OUR MUTUAL FRIEND

Charles Dickens

CONTENTS

Book the First—THE CUP AND THE LIP

  1. ON THE LOOK OUT
  2. THE MAN FROM SOMEWHERE
  3. ANOTHER MAN
  4. THE R. WILFER FAMILY
  5. BOFFIN’S BOWER
  6. CUT ADRIFT
  7. MR WEGG LOOKS AFTER HIMSELF
  8. MR BOFFIN IN CONSULTATION
  9. MR AND MRS BOFFIN IN CONSULTATION
  10. A MARRIAGE CONTRACT
  11. PODSNAPPERY
  12. THE SWEAT OF AN HONEST MAN’S BROW
  13. TRACKING THE BIRD OF PREY
  14. THE BIRD OF PREY BROUGHT DOWN
  15. TWO NEW SERVANTS
  16. MINDERS AND RE-MINDERS
  17. A DISMAL SWAMP

Book the Second—BIRDS OF A FEATHER

  1. OF AN EDUCATIONAL CHARACTER
  2. STILL EDUCATIONAL
  3. A PIECE OF WORK
  4. CUPID PROMPTED
  5. MERCURY PROMPTING
  6. A RIDDLE WITHOUT AN ANSWER
  7. IN WHICH A FRIENDLY MOVE IS ORIGINATED
  8. IN WHICH AN INNOCENT ELOPEMENT OCCURS
  9. IN WHICH THE ORPHAN MAKES HIS WILL
  10. A SUCCESSOR
  11. SOME AFFAIRS OF THE HEART
  12. MORE BIRDS OF PREY
  13. A SOLO AND A DUETT
  14. STRONG OF PURPOSE
  15. THE WHOLE CASE SO FAR
  16. AN ANNIVERSARY OCCASION

Book the Third—A LONG LANE

  1. LODGERS IN QUEER STREET
  2. A RESPECTED FRIEND IN A NEW ASPECT
  3. THE SAME RESPECTED FRIEND IN MORE ASPECTS THAN ONE
  4. A HAPPY RETURN OF THE DAY
  5. THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN FALLS INTO BAD COMPANY
  6. THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN FALLS INTO WORSE COMPANY
  7. THE FRIENDLY MOVE TAKES UP A STRONG POSITION
  8. THE END OF A LONG JOURNEY
  9. SOMEBODY BECOMES THE SUBJECT OF A PREDICTION
  10. SCOUTS OUT
  11. IN THE DARK
  12. MEANING MISCHIEF
  13. GIVE A DOG A BAD NAME, AND HANG HIM
  14. MR WEGG PREPARES A GRINDSTONE FOR MR BOFFIN’S NOSE
  15. THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN AT HIS WORST
  16. THE FEAST OF THE THREE HOBGOBLINS
  17. A SOCIAL CHORUS

Book the Fourth—A TURNING

  1. SETTING TRAPS
  2. THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN RISES A LITTLE
  3. THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN SINKS AGAIN
  4. A RUNAWAY MATCH
  5. CONCERNING THE MENDICANT’S BRIDE
  6. A CRY FOR HELP
  7. BETTER TO BE ABEL THAN CAIN
  8. A FEW GRAINS OF PEPPER
  9. TWO PLACES VACATED
  10. THE DOLLS’ DRESSMAKER DISCOVERS A WORD
  11. EFFECT IS GIVEN TO THE DOLLS’ DRESSMAKER’S DISCOVERY
  12. THE PASSING SHADOW
  13. SHOWING HOW THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN HELPED TO SCATTER DUST
  14. CHECKMATE TO THE FRIENDLY MOVE
  15. WHAT WAS CAUGHT IN THE TRAPS THAT WERE SET
  16. PERSONS AND THINGS IN GENERAL
  17. THE VOICE OF SOCIETY

POSTSCRIPT, IN LIEU OF PREFACE

BOOK THE FIRST — THE CUP AND THE LIP

Chapter 1

ON THE LOOK OUT

In these times of ours, though concerning the exact year there is no need to be precise, a boat of dirty and disreputable appearance, with two figures in it, floated on the Thames, between Southwark bridge which is of iron, and London Bridge which is of stone, as an autumn evening was closing in.

The figures in this boat were those of a strong man with ragged grizzled hair and a sun-browned face, and a dark girl of nineteen or twenty, sufficiently like him to be recognizable as his daughter. The girl rowed, pulling a pair of sculls very easily; the man, with the rudder-lines slack in his hands, and his hands loose in his waistband, kept an eager look out. He had no net, hook, or line, and he could not be a fisherman; his boat had no cushion for a sitter, no paint, no inscription, no appliance beyond a rusty boathook and a coil of rope, and he could not be a waterman; his boat was too crazy and too small to take in cargo for delivery, and he could not be a lighterman or river-carrier; there was no clue to what he looked for, but he looked for something, with a most intent and searching gaze. The tide, which had turned an hour before, was running down, and his eyes watched every little race and eddy in its broad sweep, as the boat made slight head-way against it, or drove stern foremost before it, according as he directed his daughter by a movement of his head. She watched his face as earnestly as he watched the river. But, in the intensity of her look there was a touch of dread or horror.

Allied to the bottom of the river rather than the surface, by reason of the slime and ooze with which it was covered, and its sodden state, this boat and the two figures in it obviously were doing something that they often did, and were seeking what they often sought. Half savage as the man showed, with no covering on his matted head, with his brown arms bare to between the elbow and the shoulder, with the loose knot of a looser kerchief lying low on his bare breast in a wilderness of beard and whisker, with such dress as he wore seeming to be made out of the mud that begrimed his boat, still there was a business-like usage in his steady gaze. So with every lithe action of the girl, with every turn of her wrist, perhaps most of all with her look of dread or horror; they were things of usage.

‘Keep her out, Lizzie. Tide runs strong here. Keep her well afore the sweep of it.’

Trusting to the girl’s skill and making no use of the rudder, he eyed the coming tide with an absorbed attention. So the girl eyed him. But, it happened now, that a slant of light from the setting sun glanced into the bottom of the boat, and, touching a rotten stain there which bore some resemblance to the outline of a muffled human form, coloured it as though with diluted blood. This caught the girl’s eye, and she shivered.

‘What ails you?’ said the man, immediately aware of it, though so intent on the advancing waters; ‘I see nothing afloat.’

The red light was gone, the shudder was gone, and his gaze, which had come back to the boat for a moment, travelled away again. Wheresoever the strong tide met with an impediment, his gaze paused for an instant. At every mooring-chain and rope, at every stationery boat or barge that split the current into a broad-arrowhead, at the offsets from the piers of Southwark Bridge, at the paddles of the river steamboats as they beat the filthy water, at the floating logs of timber lashed together lying off certain wharves, his shining eyes darted a hungry look. After a darkening hour or so, suddenly the rudder-lines tightened in his hold, and he steered hard towards the Surrey shore.

Always watching his face, the girl instantly answered to the action in her sculling; presently the boat swung round, quivered as from a sudden jerk, and the upper half of the man was stretched out over the stern.

The girl pulled the hood of a cloak she wore, over her head and over her face, and, looking backward so that the front folds of this hood were turned down the river, kept the boat in that direction going before the tide. Until now, the boat had barely held her own, and had hovered about one spot; but now, the banks changed swiftly, and the deepening shadows and the kindling lights of London Bridge were passed, and the tiers of shipping lay on either hand.

It was not until now that the upper half of the man came back into the boat. His arms were wet and dirty, and he washed them over the side. In his right hand he held something, and he washed that in the river too. It was money. He chinked it once, and he blew upon it once, and he spat upon it once,—‘for luck,’ he hoarsely said—before he put it in his pocket.

‘Lizzie!’

The girl turned her face towards him with a start, and rowed in silence. Her face was very pale. He was a hook-nosed man, and with that and his bright eyes and his ruffled head, bore a certain likeness to a roused bird of prey.

‘Take that thing off your face.’

She put it back.

‘Here! and give me hold of the sculls. I’ll take the rest of the spell.’

‘No, no, father! No! I can’t indeed. Father!—I cannot sit so near it!’

He was moving towards her to change places, but her terrified expostulation stopped him and he resumed his seat.

‘What hurt can it do you?’

‘None, none. But I cannot bear it.’

‘It’s my belief you hate the sight of the very river.’

‘I—I do not like it, father.’

‘As if it wasn’t your living! As if it wasn’t meat and drink to you!’

At these latter words the girl shivered again, and for a moment paused in her rowing, seeming to turn deadly faint. It escaped his attention, for he was glancing over the stern at something the boat had in tow.

‘How can you be so thankless to your best friend, Lizzie? The very fire that warmed you when you were a babby, was picked out of the river alongside the coal barges. The very basket that you slept in, the tide washed ashore. The very rockers that I put it upon to make a cradle of it, I cut out of a piece of wood that drifted from some ship or another.’

Lizzie took her right hand from the scull it held, and touched her lips with it, and for a moment held it out lovingly towards him: then, without speaking, she resumed her rowing, as another boat of similar appearance, though in rather better trim, came out from a dark place and dropped softly alongside.

‘In luck again, Gaffer?’ said a man with a squinting leer, who sculled her and who was alone, ‘I know’d you was in luck again, by your wake as you come down.’

‘Ah!’ replied the other, drily. ‘So you’re out, are you?’

‘Yes, pardner.’

There was now a tender yellow moonlight on the river, and the new comer, keeping half his boat’s length astern of the other boat, looked hard at its track.

‘I says to myself,’ he went on, ‘directly you hove in view, yonder’s Gaffer, and in luck again, by George if he ain’t! Scull it is, pardner—don’t fret yourself—I didn’t touch him.’ This was in answer to a quick impatient movement on the part of Gaffer: the speaker at the same time unshipping his scull on that side, and laying his hand on the gunwale of Gaffer’s boat and holding to it.

‘He’s had touches enough not to want no more, as well as I make him out, Gaffer! Been a knocking about with a pretty many tides, ain’t he pardner? Such is my out-of-luck ways, you see! He must have passed me when he went up last time, for I was on the lookout below bridge here. I a’most think you’re like the wulturs, pardner, and scent ’em out.’

He spoke in a dropped voice, and with more than one glance at Lizzie who had pulled on her hood again. Both men then looked with a weird unholy interest in the wake of Gaffer’s boat.

‘Easy does it, betwixt us. Shall I take him aboard, pardner?’

‘No,’ said the other. In so surly a tone that the man, after a blank stare, acknowledged it with the retort:

‘—Arn’t been eating nothing as has disagreed with you, have you, pardner?’

‘Why, yes, I have,’ said Gaffer. ‘I have been swallowing too much of that word, Pardner. I am no pardner of yours.’

‘Since when was you no pardner of mine, Gaffer Hexam Esquire?’

‘Since you was accused of robbing a man. Accused of robbing a live man!’ said Gaffer, with great indignation.

‘And what if I had been accused of robbing a dead man, Gaffer?’

‘You COULDN’T do it.’

‘Couldn’t you, Gaffer?’

‘No. Has a dead man any use for money? Is it possible for a dead man to have money? What world does a dead man belong to? ‘Tother world. What world does money belong to? This world. How can money be a corpse’s? Can a corpse own it, want it, spend it, claim it, miss it? Don’t try to go confounding the rights and wrongs of things in that way. But it’s worthy of the sneaking spirit that robs a live man.’

‘I’ll tell you what it is—.’

‘No you won’t. I’ll tell you what it is. You got off with a short time of it for putting your hand in the pocket of a sailor, a live sailor. Make the most of it and think yourself lucky, but don’t think after that to come over ME with your pardners. We have worked together in time past, but we work together no more in time present nor yet future. Let go. Cast off!’

‘Gaffer! If you think to get rid of me this way—.’

‘If I don’t get rid of you this way, I’ll try another, and chop you over the fingers with the stretcher, or take a pick at your head with the boat-hook. Cast off! Pull you, Lizzie. Pull home, since you won’t let your father pull.’

Lizzie shot ahead, and the other boat fell astern. Lizzie’s father, composing himself into the easy attitude of one who had asserted the high moralities and taken an unassailable position, slowly lighted a pipe, and smoked, and took a survey of what he had in tow. What he had in tow, lunged itself at him sometimes in an awful manner when the boat was checked, and sometimes seemed to try to wrench itself away, though for the most part it followed submissively. A neophyte might have fancied that the ripples passing over it were dreadfully like faint changes of expression on a sightless face; but Gaffer was no neophyte and had no fancies.

Chapter 2

THE MAN FROM SOMEWHERE

Mr and Mrs Veneering were bran-new people in a bran-new house in a bran-new quarter of London. Everything about the Veneerings was spick and span new. All their furniture was new, all their friends were new, all their servants were new, their plate was new, their carriage was new, their harness was new, their horses were new, their pictures were new, they themselves were new, they were as newly married as was lawfully compatible with their having a bran-new baby, and if they had set up a great-grandfather, he would have come home in matting from the Pantechnicon, without a scratch upon him, French polished to the crown of his head.

For, in the Veneering establishment, from the hall-chairs with the new coat of arms, to the grand pianoforte with the new action, and upstairs again to the new fire-escape, all things were in a state of high varnish and polish. And what was observable in the furniture, was observable in the Veneerings—the surface smelt a little too much of the workshop and was a trifle sticky.

There was an innocent piece of dinner-furniture that went upon easy castors and was kept over a livery stable-yard in Duke Street, Saint James’s, when not in use, to whom the Veneerings were a source of blind confusion. The name of this article was Twemlow. Being first cousin to Lord Snigsworth, he was in frequent requisition, and at many houses might be said to represent the dining-table in its normal state. Mr and Mrs Veneering, for example, arranging a dinner, habitually started with Twemlow, and then put leaves in him, or added guests to him. Sometimes, the table consisted of Twemlow and half a dozen leaves; sometimes, of Twemlow and a dozen leaves; sometimes, Twemlow was pulled out to his utmost extent of twenty leaves. Mr and Mrs Veneering on occasions of ceremony faced each other in the centre of the board, and thus the parallel still held; for, it always happened that the more Twemlow was pulled out, the further he found himself from the center, and nearer to the sideboard at one end of the room, or the window-curtains at the other.

But, it was not this which steeped the feeble soul of Twemlow in confusion. This he was used to, and could take soundings of. The abyss to which he could find no bottom, and from which started forth the engrossing and ever-swelling difficulty of his life, was the insoluble question whether he was Veneering’s oldest friend, or newest friend. To the excogitation of this problem, the harmless gentleman had devoted many anxious hours, both in his lodgings over the livery stable-yard, and in the cold gloom, favourable to meditation, of Saint James’s Square. Thus. Twemlow had first known Veneering at his club, where Veneering then knew nobody but the man who made them known to one another, who seemed to be the most intimate friend he had in the world, and whom he had known two days—the bond of union between their souls, the nefarious conduct of the committee respecting the cookery of a fillet of veal, having been accidentally cemented at that date. Immediately upon this, Twemlow received an invitation to dine with Veneering, and dined: the man being of the party. Immediately upon that, Twemlow received an invitation to dine with the man, and dined: Veneering being of the party. At the man’s were a Member, an Engineer, a Payer-off of the National Debt, a Poem on Shakespeare, a Grievance, and a Public Office, who all seem to be utter strangers to Veneering. And yet immediately after that, Twemlow received an invitation to dine at Veneerings, expressly to meet the Member, the Engineer, the Payer-off of the National Debt, the Poem on Shakespeare, the Grievance, and the Public Office, and, dining, discovered that all of them were the most intimate friends Veneering had in the world, and that the wives of all of them (who were all there) were the objects of Mrs Veneering’s most devoted affection and tender confidence.

Thus it had come about, that Mr Twemlow had said to himself in his lodgings, with his hand to his forehead: ‘I must not think of this. This is enough to soften any man’s brain,’—and yet was always thinking of it, and could never form a conclusion.

This evening the Veneerings give a banquet. Eleven leaves in the Twemlow; fourteen in company all told. Four pigeon-breasted retainers in plain clothes stand in line in the hall. A fifth retainer, proceeding up the staircase with a mournful air—as who should say, ‘Here is another wretched creature come to dinner; such is life!’—announces, ‘Mis-ter Twemlow!’

Mrs Veneering welcomes her sweet Mr Twemlow. Mr Veneering welcomes his dear Twemlow. Mrs Veneering does not expect that Mr Twemlow can in nature care much for such insipid things as babies, but so old a friend must please to look at baby. ‘Ah! You will know the friend of your family better, Tootleums,’ says Mr Veneering, nodding emotionally at that new article, ‘when you begin to take notice.’ He then begs to make his dear Twemlow known to his two friends, Mr Boots and Mr Brewer—and clearly has no distinct idea which is which.

But now a fearful circumstance occurs.

‘Mis-ter and Mis-sus Podsnap!’

‘My dear,’ says Mr Veneering to Mrs Veneering, with an air of much friendly interest, while the door stands open, ‘the Podsnaps.’

A too, too smiling large man, with a fatal freshness on him, appearing with his wife, instantly deserts his wife and darts at Twemlow with:

‘How do you do? So glad to know you. Charming house you have here. I hope we are not late. So glad of the opportunity, I am sure!’

When the first shock fell upon him, Twemlow twice skipped back in his neat little shoes and his neat little silk stockings of a bygone fashion, as if impelled to leap over a sofa behind him; but the large man closed with him and proved too strong.

‘Let me,’ says the large man, trying to attract the attention of his wife in the distance, ‘have the pleasure of presenting Mrs Podsnap to her host. She will be,’ in his fatal freshness he seems to find perpetual verdure and eternal youth in the phrase, ‘she will be so glad of the opportunity, I am sure!’

In the meantime, Mrs Podsnap, unable to originate a mistake on her own account, because Mrs Veneering is the only other lady there, does her best in the way of handsomely supporting her husband’s, by looking towards Mr Twemlow with a plaintive countenance and remarking to Mrs Veneering in a feeling manner, firstly, that she fears he has been rather bilious of late, and, secondly, that the baby is already very like him.

It is questionable whether any man quite relishes being mistaken for any other man; but, Mr Veneering having this very evening set up the shirt-front of the young Antinous in new worked cambric just come home, is not at all complimented by being supposed to be Twemlow, who is dry and weazen and some thirty years older. Mrs Veneering equally resents the imputation of being the wife of Twemlow. As to Twemlow, he is so sensible of being a much better bred man than Veneering, that he considers the large man an offensive ass.

In this complicated dilemma, Mr Veneering approaches the large man with extended hand and, smilingly assures that incorrigible personage that he is delighted to see him: who in his fatal freshness instantly replies:

‘Thank you. I am ashamed to say that I cannot at this moment recall where we met, but I am so glad of this opportunity, I am sure!’

Then pouncing upon Twemlow, who holds back with all his feeble might, he is haling him off to present him, as Veneering, to Mrs Podsnap, when the arrival of more guests unravels the mistake. Whereupon, having re-shaken hands with Veneering as Veneering, he re-shakes hands with Twemlow as Twemlow, and winds it all up to his own perfect satisfaction by saying to the last-named, ‘Ridiculous opportunity—but so glad of it, I am sure!’

Now, Twemlow having undergone this terrific experience, having likewise noted the fusion of Boots in Brewer and Brewer in Boots, and having further observed that of the remaining seven guests four discrete characters enter with wandering eyes and wholly declined to commit themselves as to which is Veneering, until Veneering has them in his grasp;—Twemlow having profited by these studies, finds his brain wholesomely hardening as he approaches the conclusion that he really is Veneering’s oldest friend, when his brain softens again and all is lost, through his eyes encountering Veneering and the large man linked together as twin brothers in the back drawing-room near the conservatory door, and through his ears informing him in the tones of Mrs Veneering that the same large man is to be baby’s godfather.

‘Dinner is on the table!’

Thus the melancholy retainer, as who should say, ‘Come down and be poisoned, ye unhappy children of men!’

Twemlow, having no lady assigned him, goes down in the rear, with his hand to his forehead. Boots and Brewer, thinking him indisposed, whisper, ‘Man faint. Had no lunch.’ But he is only stunned by the unvanquishable difficulty of his existence.

Revived by soup, Twemlow discourses mildly of the Court Circular with Boots and Brewer. Is appealed to, at the fish stage of the banquet, by Veneering, on the disputed question whether his cousin Lord Snigsworth is in or out of town? Gives it that his cousin is out of town. ‘At Snigsworthy Park?’ Veneering inquires. ‘At Snigsworthy,’ Twemlow rejoins. Boots and Brewer regard this as a man to be cultivated; and Veneering is clear that he is a remunerative article. Meantime the retainer goes round, like a gloomy Analytical Chemist: always seeming to say, after ‘Chablis, sir?’—‘You wouldn’t if you knew what it’s made of.’

The great looking-glass above the sideboard, reflects the table and the company. Reflects the new Veneering crest, in gold and eke in silver, frosted and also thawed, a camel of all work. The Heralds’ College found out a Crusading ancestor for Veneering who bore a camel on his shield (or might have done it if he had thought of it), and a caravan of camels take charge of the fruits and flowers and candles, and kneel down to be loaded with the salt. Reflects Veneering; forty, wavy-haired, dark, tending to corpulence, sly, mysterious, filmy—a kind of sufficiently well-looking veiled-prophet, not prophesying. Reflects Mrs Veneering; fair, aquiline-nosed and fingered, not so much light hair as she might have, gorgeous in raiment and jewels, enthusiastic, propitiatory, conscious that a corner of her husband’s veil is over herself. Reflects Podsnap; prosperously feeding, two little light-coloured wiry wings, one on either side of his else bald head, looking as like his hairbrushes as his hair, dissolving view of red beads on his forehead, large allowance of crumpled shirt-collar up behind. Reflects Mrs Podsnap; fine woman for Professor Owen, quantity of bone, neck and nostrils like a rocking-horse, hard features, majestic head-dress in which Podsnap has hung golden offerings. Reflects Twemlow; grey, dry, polite, susceptible to east wind, First-Gentleman-in-Europe collar and cravat, cheeks drawn in as if he had made a great effort to retire into himself some years ago, and had got so far and had never got any farther. Reflects mature young lady; raven locks, and complexion that lights up well when well powdered—as it is—carrying on considerably in the captivation of mature young gentleman; with too much nose in his face, too much ginger in his whiskers, too much torso in his waistcoat, too much sparkle in his studs, his eyes, his buttons, his talk, and his teeth. Reflects charming old Lady Tippins on Veneering’s right; with an immense obtuse drab oblong face, like a face in a tablespoon, and a dyed Long Walk up the top of her head, as a convenient public approach to the bunch of false hair behind, pleased to patronize Mrs Veneering opposite, who is pleased to be patronized. Reflects a certain ‘Mortimer’, another of Veneering’s oldest friends; who never was in the house before, and appears not to want to come again, who sits disconsolate on Mrs Veneering’s left, and who was inveigled by Lady Tippins (a friend of his boyhood) to come to these people’s and talk, and who won’t talk. Reflects Eugene, friend of Mortimer; buried alive in the back of his chair, behind a shoulder—with a powder-epaulette on it—of the mature young lady, and gloomily resorting to the champagne chalice whenever proffered by the Analytical Chemist. Lastly, the looking-glass reflects Boots and Brewer, and two other stuffed Buffers interposed between the rest of the company and possible accidents.

The Veneering dinners are excellent dinners—or new people wouldn’t come—and all goes well. Notably, Lady Tippins has made a series of experiments on her digestive functions, so extremely complicated and daring, that if they could be published with their results it might benefit the human race. Having taken in provisions from all parts of the world, this hardy old cruiser has last touched at the North Pole, when, as the ice-plates are being removed, the following words fall from her:

‘I assure you, my dear Veneering—’

(Poor Twemlow’s hand approaches his forehead, for it would seem now, that Lady Tippins is going to be the oldest friend.)

‘I assure you, my dear Veneering, that it is the oddest affair! Like the advertising people, I don’t ask you to trust me, without offering a respectable reference. Mortimer there, is my reference, and knows all about it.’

Mortimer raises his drooping eyelids, and slightly opens his mouth. But a faint smile, expressive of ‘What’s the use!’ passes over his face, and he drops his eyelids and shuts his mouth.

‘Now, Mortimer,’ says Lady Tippins, rapping the sticks of her closed green fan upon the knuckles of her left hand—which is particularly rich in knuckles, ‘I insist upon your telling all that is to be told about the man from Jamaica.’

‘Give you my honour I never heard of any man from Jamaica, except the man who was a brother,’ replies Mortimer.

‘Tobago, then.’

‘Nor yet from Tobago.’

‘Except,’ Eugene strikes in: so unexpectedly that the mature young lady, who has forgotten all about him, with a start takes the epaulette out of his way: ‘except our friend who long lived on rice-pudding and isinglass, till at length to his something or other, his physician said something else, and a leg of mutton somehow ended in daygo.’

A reviving impression goes round the table that Eugene is coming out. An unfulfilled impression, for he goes in again.

‘Now, my dear Mrs Veneering,’ quoth Lady Tippins, I appeal to you whether this is not the basest conduct ever known in this world? I carry my lovers about, two or three at a time, on condition that they are very obedient and devoted; and here is my oldest lover-in-chief, the head of all my slaves, throwing off his allegiance before company! And here is another of my lovers, a rough Cymon at present certainly, but of whom I had most hopeful expectations as to his turning out well in course of time, pretending that he can’t remember his nursery rhymes! On purpose to annoy me, for he knows how I doat upon them!’

A grisly little fiction concerning her lovers is Lady Tippins’s point. She is always attended by a lover or two, and she keeps a little list of her lovers, and she is always booking a new lover, or striking out an old lover, or putting a lover in her black list, or promoting a lover to her blue list, or adding up her lovers, or otherwise posting her book. Mrs Veneering is charmed by the humour, and so is Veneering. Perhaps it is enhanced by a certain yellow play in Lady Tippins’s throat, like the legs of scratching poultry.

‘I banish the false wretch from this moment, and I strike him out of my Cupidon (my name for my Ledger, my dear,) this very night. But I am resolved to have the account of the man from Somewhere, and I beg you to elicit it for me, my love,’ to Mrs Veneering, ‘as I have lost my own influence. Oh, you perjured man!’ This to Mortimer, with a rattle of her fan.

‘We are all very much interested in the man from Somewhere,’ Veneering observes.

Then the four Buffers, taking heart of grace all four at once, say:

‘Deeply interested!’

‘Quite excited!’

‘Dramatic!’

‘Man from Nowhere, perhaps!’

And then Mrs Veneering—for the Lady Tippins’s winning wiles are contagious—folds her hands in the manner of a supplicating child, turns to her left neighbour, and says, ‘Tease! Pay! Man from Tumwhere!’ At which the four Buffers, again mysteriously moved all four at once, explain, ‘You can’t resist!’

‘Upon my life,’ says Mortimer languidly, ‘I find it immensely embarrassing to have the eyes of Europe upon me to this extent, and my only consolation is that you will all of you execrate Lady Tippins in your secret hearts when you find, as you inevitably will, the man from Somewhere a bore. Sorry to destroy romance by fixing him with a local habitation, but he comes from the place, the name of which escapes me, but will suggest itself to everybody else here, where they make the wine.’

Eugene suggests ‘Day and Martin’s.’

‘No, not that place,’ returns the unmoved Mortimer, ‘that’s where they make the Port. My man comes from the country where they make the Cape Wine. But look here, old fellow; it’s not at all statistical and it’s rather odd.’

It is always noticeable at the table of the Veneerings, that no man troubles himself much about the Veneerings themselves, and that any one who has anything to tell, generally tells it to anybody else in preference.

‘The man,’ Mortimer goes on, addressing Eugene, ‘whose name is Harmon, was only son of a tremendous old rascal who made his money by Dust.’

‘Red velveteens and a bell?’ the gloomy Eugene inquires.

‘And a ladder and basket if you like. By which means, or by others, he grew rich as a Dust Contractor, and lived in a hollow in a hilly country entirely composed of Dust. On his own small estate the growling old vagabond threw up his own mountain range, like an old volcano, and its geological formation was Dust. Coal-dust, vegetable-dust, bone-dust, crockery dust, rough dust and sifted dust,—all manner of Dust.’

A passing remembrance of Mrs Veneering, here induces Mortimer to address his next half-dozen words to her; after which he wanders away again, tries Twemlow and finds he doesn’t answer, ultimately takes up with the Buffers who receive him enthusiastically.

‘The moral being—I believe that’s the right expression—of this exemplary person, derived its highest gratification from anathematizing his nearest relations and turning them out of doors. Having begun (as was natural) by rendering these attentions to the wife of his bosom, he next found himself at leisure to bestow a similar recognition on the claims of his daughter. He chose a husband for her, entirely to his own satisfaction and not in the least to hers, and proceeded to settle upon her, as her marriage portion, I don’t know how much Dust, but something immense. At this stage of the affair the poor girl respectfully intimated that she was secretly engaged to that popular character whom the novelists and versifiers call Another, and that such a marriage would make Dust of her heart and Dust of her life—in short, would set her up, on a very extensive scale, in her father’s business. Immediately, the venerable parent—on a cold winter’s night, it is said—anathematized and turned her out.’

Here, the Analytical Chemist (who has evidently formed a very low opinion of Mortimer’s story) concedes a little claret to the Buffers; who, again mysteriously moved all four at once, screw it slowly into themselves with a peculiar twist of enjoyment, as they cry in chorus, ‘Pray go on.’

‘The pecuniary resources of Another were, as they usually are, of a very limited nature. I believe I am not using too strong an expression when I say that Another was hard up. However, he married the young lady, and they lived in a humble dwelling, probably possessing a porch ornamented with honeysuckle and woodbine twining, until she died. I must refer you to the Registrar of the District in which the humble dwelling was situated, for the certified cause of death; but early sorrow and anxiety may have had to do with it, though they may not appear in the ruled pages and printed forms. Indisputably this was the case with Another, for he was so cut up by the loss of his young wife that if he outlived her a year it was as much as he did.’

There is that in the indolent Mortimer, which seems to hint that if good society might on any account allow itself to be impressible, he, one of good society, might have the weakness to be impressed by what he here relates. It is hidden with great pains, but it is in him. The gloomy Eugene too, is not without some kindred touch; for, when that appalling Lady Tippins declares that if Another had survived, he should have gone down at the head of her list of lovers—and also when the mature young lady shrugs her epaulettes, and laughs at some private and confidential comment from the mature young gentleman—his gloom deepens to that degree that he trifles quite ferociously with his dessert-knife.

Mortimer proceeds.

‘We must now return, as novelists say, and as we all wish they wouldn’t, to the man from Somewhere. Being a boy of fourteen, cheaply educated at Brussels when his sister’s expulsion befell, it was some little time before he heard of it—probably from herself, for the mother was dead; but that I don’t know. Instantly, he absconded, and came over here. He must have been a boy of spirit and resource, to get here on a stopped allowance of five sous a week; but he did it somehow, and he burst in on his father, and pleaded his sister’s cause. Venerable parent promptly resorts to anathematization, and turns him out. Shocked and terrified boy takes flight, seeks his fortune, gets aboard ship, ultimately turns up on dry land among the Cape wine: small proprietor, farmer, grower—whatever you like to call it.’

At this juncture, shuffling is heard in the hall, and tapping is heard at the dining-room door. Analytical Chemist goes to the door, confers angrily with unseen tapper, appears to become mollified by descrying reason in the tapping, and goes out.

‘So he was discovered, only the other day, after having been expatriated about fourteen years.’

A Buffer, suddenly astounding the other three, by detaching himself, and asserting individuality, inquires: ‘How discovered, and why?’

‘Ah! To be sure. Thank you for reminding me. Venerable parent dies.’

Same Buffer, emboldened by success, says: ‘When?’

‘The other day. Ten or twelve months ago.’

Same Buffer inquires with smartness, ‘What of?’ But herein perishes a melancholy example; being regarded by the three other Buffers with a stony stare, and attracting no further attention from any mortal.

‘Venerable parent,’ Mortimer repeats with a passing remembrance that there is a Veneering at table, and for the first time addressing him—‘dies.’

The gratified Veneering repeats, gravely, ‘dies’; and folds his arms, and composes his brow to hear it out in a judicial manner, when he finds himself again deserted in the bleak world.

‘His will is found,’ said Mortimer, catching Mrs Podsnap’s rocking-horse’s eye. ‘It is dated very soon after the son’s flight. It leaves the lowest of the range of dust-mountains, with some sort of a dwelling-house at its foot, to an old servant who is sole executor, and all the rest of the property—which is very considerable—to the son. He directs himself to be buried with certain eccentric ceremonies and precautions against his coming to life, with which I need not bore you, and that’s all—except—’ and this ends the story.

The Analytical Chemist returning, everybody looks at him. Not because anybody wants to see him, but because of that subtle influence in nature which impels humanity to embrace the slightest opportunity of looking at anything, rather than the person who addresses it.

‘—Except that the son’s inheriting is made conditional on his marrying a girl, who at the date of the will, was a child of four or five years old, and who is now a marriageable young woman. Advertisement and inquiry discovered the son in the man from Somewhere, and at the present moment, he is on his way home from there—no doubt, in a state of great astonishment—to succeed to a very large fortune, and to take a wife.’

Mrs Podsnap inquires whether the young person is a young person of personal charms? Mortimer is unable to report.

Mr Podsnap inquires what would become of the very large fortune, in the event of the marriage condition not being fulfilled? Mortimer replies, that by special testamentary clause it would then go to the old servant above mentioned, passing over and excluding the son; also, that if the son had not been living, the same old servant would have been sole residuary legatee.

Mrs Veneering has just succeeded in waking Lady Tippins from a snore, by dexterously shunting a train of plates and dishes at her knuckles across the table; when everybody but Mortimer himself becomes aware that the Analytical Chemist is, in a ghostly manner, offering him a folded paper. Curiosity detains Mrs Veneering a few moments.

Mortimer, in spite of all the arts of the chemist, placidly refreshes himself with a glass of Madeira, and remains unconscious of the Document which engrosses the general attention, until Lady Tippins (who has a habit of waking totally insensible), having remembered where she is, and recovered a perception of surrounding objects, says: ‘Falser man than Don Juan; why don’t you take the note from the commendatore?’ Upon which, the chemist advances it under the nose of Mortimer, who looks round at him, and says:

‘What’s this?’

Analytical Chemist bends and whispers.

‘WHO?’ says Mortimer.

Analytical Chemist again bends and whispers.

Mortimer stares at him, and unfolds the paper. Reads it, reads it twice, turns it over to look at the blank outside, reads it a third time.

‘This arrives in an extraordinarily opportune manner,’ says Mortimer then, looking with an altered face round the table: ‘this is the conclusion of the story of the identical man.’

‘Already married?’ one guesses.

‘Declines to marry?’ another guesses.

‘Codicil among the dust?’ another guesses.

‘Why, no,’ says Mortimer; ‘remarkable thing, you are all wrong. The story is completer and rather more exciting than I supposed. Man’s drowned!’

Chapter 3

ANOTHER MAN

As the disappearing skirts of the ladies ascended the Veneering staircase, Mortimer, following them forth from the dining-room, turned into a library of bran-new books, in bran-new bindings liberally gilded, and requested to see the messenger who had brought the paper. He was a boy of about fifteen. Mortimer looked at the boy, and the boy looked at the bran-new pilgrims on the wall, going to Canterbury in more gold frame than procession, and more carving than country.

‘Whose writing is this?’

‘Mine, sir.’

‘Who told you to write it?’

‘My father, Jesse Hexam.’

‘Is it he who found the body?’

‘Yes, sir.’

‘What is your father?’

The boy hesitated, looked reproachfully at the pilgrims as if they had involved him in a little difficulty, then said, folding a plait in the right leg of his trousers, ‘He gets his living along-shore.’

‘Is it far?’

‘Is which far?’ asked the boy, upon his guard, and again upon the road to Canterbury.

‘To your father’s?’

‘It’s a goodish stretch, sir. I come up in a cab, and the cab’s waiting to be paid. We could go back in it before you paid it, if you liked. I went first to your office, according to the direction of the papers found in the pockets, and there I see nobody but a chap of about my age who sent me on here.’

There was a curious mixture in the boy, of uncompleted savagery, and uncompleted civilization. His voice was hoarse and coarse, and his face was coarse, and his stunted figure was coarse; but he was cleaner than other boys of his type; and his writing, though large and round, was good; and he glanced at the backs of the books, with an awakened curiosity that went below the binding. No one who can read, ever looks at a book, even unopened on a shelf, like one who cannot.

‘Were any means taken, do you know, boy, to ascertain if it was possible to restore life?’ Mortimer inquired, as he sought for his hat.

‘You wouldn’t ask, sir, if you knew his state. Pharaoh’s multitude that were drowned in the Red Sea, ain’t more beyond restoring to life. If Lazarus was only half as far gone, that was the greatest of all the miracles.’

‘Halloa!’ cried Mortimer, turning round with his hat upon his head, ‘you seem to be at home in the Red Sea, my young friend?’

‘Read of it with teacher at the school,’ said the boy.

‘And Lazarus?’

‘Yes, and him too. But don’t you tell my father! We should have no peace in our place, if that got touched upon. It’s my sister’s contriving.’

‘You seem to have a good sister.’

‘She ain’t half bad,’ said the boy; ‘but if she knows her letters it’s the most she does—and them I learned her.’

The gloomy Eugene, with his hands in his pockets, had strolled in and assisted at the latter part of the dialogue; when the boy spoke these words slightingly of his sister, he took him roughly enough by the chin, and turned up his face to look at it.

Well, I’m sure, sir!’ said the boy, resisting; ‘I hope you’ll know me again.’

Eugene vouchsafed no answer; but made the proposal to Mortimer, ‘I’ll go with you, if you like?’ So, they all three went away together in the vehicle that had brought the boy; the two friends (once boys together at a public school) inside, smoking cigars; the messenger on the box beside the driver.

‘Let me see,’ said Mortimer, as they went along; ‘I have been, Eugene, upon the honourable roll of solicitors of the High Court of Chancery, and attorneys at Common Law, five years; and—except gratuitously taking instructions, on an average once a fortnight, for the will of Lady Tippins who has nothing to leave—I have had no scrap of business but this romantic business.’

‘And I,’ said Eugene, ‘have been “called” seven years, and have had no business at all, and never shall have any. And if I had, I shouldn’t know how to do it.’

‘I am far from being clear as to the last particular,’ returned Mortimer, with great composure, ‘that I have much advantage over you.’

‘I hate,’ said Eugene, putting his legs up on the opposite seat, ‘I hate my profession.’

‘Shall I incommode you, if I put mine up too?’ returned Mortimer. ‘Thank you. I hate mine.’

‘It was forced upon me,’ said the gloomy Eugene, ‘because it was understood that we wanted a barrister in the family. We have got a precious one.’

‘It was forced upon me,’ said Mortimer, ‘because it was understood that we wanted a solicitor in the family. And we have got a precious one.’

‘There are four of us, with our names painted on a door-post in right of one black hole called a set of chambers,’ said Eugene; ‘and each of us has the fourth of a clerk—Cassim Baba, in the robber’s cave—and Cassim is the only respectable member of the party.’

‘I am one by myself, one,’ said Mortimer, ‘high up an awful staircase commanding a burial-ground, and I have a whole clerk to myself, and he has nothing to do but look at the burial-ground, and what he will turn out when arrived at maturity, I cannot conceive. Whether, in that shabby rook’s nest, he is always plotting wisdom, or plotting murder; whether he will grow up, after so much solitary brooding, to enlighten his fellow-creatures, or to poison them; is the only speck of interest that presents itself to my professional view. Will you give me a light? Thank you.’

‘Then idiots talk,’ said Eugene, leaning back, folding his arms, smoking with his eyes shut, and speaking slightly through his nose, ‘of Energy. If there is a word in the dictionary under any letter from A to Z that I abominate, it is energy. It is such a conventional superstition, such parrot gabble! What the deuce! Am I to rush out into the street, collar the first man of a wealthy appearance that I meet, shake him, and say, “Go to law upon the spot, you dog, and retain me, or I’ll be the death of you”? Yet that would be energy.’

‘Precisely my view of the case, Eugene. But show me a good opportunity, show me something really worth being energetic about, and I’ll show you energy.’

‘And so will I,’ said Eugene.

And it is likely enough that ten thousand other young men, within the limits of the London Post-office town delivery, made the same hopeful remark in the course of the same evening.

The wheels rolled on, and rolled down by the Monument and by the Tower, and by the Docks; down by Ratcliffe, and by Rotherhithe; down by where accumulated scum of humanity seemed to be washed from higher grounds, like so much moral sewage, and to be pausing until its own weight forced it over the bank and sunk it in the river. In and out among vessels that seemed to have got ashore, and houses that seemed to have got afloat—among bowsprits staring into windows, and windows staring into ships—the wheels rolled on, until they stopped at a dark corner, river-washed and otherwise not washed at all, where the boy alighted and opened the door.

‘You must walk the rest, sir; it’s not many yards.’ He spoke in the singular number, to the express exclusion of Eugene.

‘This is a confoundedly out-of-the-way place,’ said Mortimer, slipping over the stones and refuse on the shore, as the boy turned the corner sharp.

‘Here’s my father’s, sir; where the light is.’

The low building had the look of having once been a mill. There was a rotten wart of wood upon its forehead that seemed to indicate where the sails had been, but the whole was very indistinctly seen in the obscurity of the night. The boy lifted the latch of the door, and they passed at once into a low circular room, where a man stood before a red fire, looking down into it, and a girl sat engaged in needlework. The fire was in a rusty brazier, not fitted to the hearth; and a common lamp, shaped like a hyacinth-root, smoked and flared in the neck of a stone bottle on the table. There was a wooden bunk or berth in a corner, and in another corner a wooden stair leading above—so clumsy and steep that it was little better than a ladder. Two or three old sculls and oars stood against the wall, and against another part of the wall was a small dresser, making a spare show of the commonest articles of crockery and cooking-vessels. The roof of the room was not plastered, but was formed of the flooring of the room above. This, being very old, knotted, seamed, and beamed, gave a lowering aspect to the chamber; and roof, and walls, and floor, alike abounding in old smears of flour, red-lead (or some such stain which it had probably acquired in warehousing), and damp, alike had a look of decomposition.

‘The gentleman, father.’

The figure at the red fire turned, raised its ruffled head, and looked like a bird of prey.

‘You’re Mortimer Lightwood Esquire; are you, sir?’

‘Mortimer Lightwood is my name. What you found,’ said Mortimer, glancing rather shrinkingly towards the bunk; ‘is it here?’

‘’Tain’t not to say here, but it’s close by. I do everything reg’lar. I’ve giv’ notice of the circumstarnce to the police, and the police have took possession of it. No time ain’t been lost, on any hand. The police have put into print already, and here’s what the print says of it.’

Taking up the bottle with the lamp in it, he held it near a paper on the wall, with the police heading, BODY FOUND. The two friends read the handbill as it stuck against the wall, and Gaffer read them as he held the light.

‘Only papers on the unfortunate man, I see,’ said Lightwood, glancing from the description of what was found, to the finder.

‘Only papers.’

Here the girl arose with her work in her hand, and went out at the door.

‘No money,’ pursued Mortimer; ‘but threepence in one of the skirt-pockets.’

‘Three. Penny. Pieces,’ said Gaffer Hexam, in as many sentences.

‘The trousers pockets empty, and turned inside out.’

Gaffer Hexam nodded. ‘But that’s common. Whether it’s the wash of the tide or no, I can’t say. Now, here,’ moving the light to another similar placard, ‘HIS pockets was found empty, and turned inside out. And here,’ moving the light to another, ‘HER pocket was found empty, and turned inside out. And so was this one’s. And so was that one’s. I can’t read, nor I don’t want to it, for I know ’em by their places on the wall. This one was a sailor, with two anchors and a flag and G. F. T. on his arm. Look and see if he warn’t.’

‘Quite right.’

‘This one was the young woman in grey boots, and her linen marked with a cross. Look and see if she warn’t.’

‘Quite right.’

‘This is him as had a nasty cut over the eye. This is them two young sisters what tied themselves together with a handkecher. This the drunken old chap, in a pair of list slippers and a nightcap, wot had offered—it afterwards come out—to make a hole in the water for a quartern of rum stood aforehand, and kept to his word for the first and last time in his life. They pretty well papers the room, you see; but I know ’em all. I’m scholar enough!’

He waved the light over the whole, as if to typify the light of his scholarly intelligence, and then put it down on the table and stood behind it looking intently at his visitors. He had the special peculiarity of some birds of prey, that when he knitted his brow, his ruffled crest stood highest.

‘You did not find all these yourself; did you?’ asked Eugene.

To which the bird of prey slowly rejoined, ‘And what might YOUR name be, now?’

‘This is my friend,’ Mortimer Lightwood interposed; ‘Mr Eugene Wrayburn.’

‘Mr Eugene Wrayburn, is it? And what might Mr Eugene Wrayburn have asked of me?’

‘I asked you, simply, if you found all these yourself?’

‘I answer you, simply, most on ’em.’

‘Do you suppose there has been much violence and robbery, beforehand, among these cases?’

‘I don’t suppose at all about it,’ returned Gaffer. ‘I ain’t one of the supposing sort. If you’d got your living to haul out of the river every day of your life, you mightn’t be much given to supposing. Am I to show the way?’

As he opened the door, in pursuance of a nod from Lightwood, an extremely pale and disturbed face appeared in the doorway—the face of a man much agitated.

‘A body missing?’ asked Gaffer Hexam, stopping short; ‘or a body found? Which?’

‘I am lost!’ replied the man, in a hurried and an eager manner.

‘Lost?’

‘I—I—am a stranger, and don’t know the way. I—I—want to find the place where I can see what is described here. It is possible I may know it.’ He was panting, and could hardly speak; but, he showed a copy of the newly-printed bill that was still wet upon the wall. Perhaps its newness, or perhaps the accuracy of his observation of its general look, guided Gaffer to a ready conclusion.

‘This gentleman, Mr Lightwood, is on that business.’

‘Mr Lightwood?’

During a pause, Mortimer and the stranger confronted each other. Neither knew the other.

‘I think, sir,’ said Mortimer, breaking the awkward silence with his airy self-possession, ‘that you did me the honour to mention my name?’

‘I repeated it, after this man.’

‘You said you were a stranger in London?’

‘An utter stranger.’

‘Are you seeking a Mr Harmon?’

‘No.’

‘Then I believe I can assure you that you are on a fruitless errand, and will not find what you fear to find. Will you come with us?’

A little winding through some muddy alleys that might have been deposited by the last ill-savoured tide, brought them to the wicket-gate and bright lamp of a Police Station; where they found the Night-Inspector, with a pen and ink, and ruler, posting up his books in a whitewashed office, as studiously as if he were in a monastery on top of a mountain, and no howling fury of a drunken woman were banging herself against a cell-door in the back-yard at his elbow. With the same air of a recluse much given to study, he desisted from his books to bestow a distrustful nod of recognition upon Gaffer, plainly importing, ‘Ah! we know all about YOU, and you’ll overdo it some day;’ and to inform Mr Mortimer Lightwood and friends, that he would attend them immediately. Then, he finished ruling the work he had in hand (it might have been illuminating a missal, he was so calm), in a very neat and methodical manner, showing not the slightest consciousness of the woman who was banging herself with increased violence, and shrieking most terrifically for some other woman’s liver.

‘A bull’s-eye,’ said the Night-Inspector, taking up his keys. Which a deferential satellite produced. ‘Now, gentlemen.’

With one of his keys, he opened a cool grot at the end of the yard, and they all went in. They quickly came out again, no one speaking but Eugene: who remarked to Mortimer, in a whisper, ‘Not MUCH worse than Lady Tippins.’

So, back to the whitewashed library of the monastery—with that liver still in shrieking requisition, as it had been loudly, while they looked at the silent sight they came to see—and there through the merits of the case as summed up by the Abbot. No clue to how body came into river. Very often was no clue. Too late to know for certain, whether injuries received before or after death; one excellent surgical opinion said, before; other excellent surgical opinion said, after. Steward of ship in which gentleman came home passenger, had been round to view, and could swear to identity. Likewise could swear to clothes. And then, you see, you had the papers, too. How was it he had totally disappeared on leaving ship, till found in river? Well! Probably had been upon some little game. Probably thought it a harmless game, wasn’t up to things, and it turned out a fatal game. Inquest to-morrow, and no doubt open verdict.

‘It appears to have knocked your friend over—knocked him completely off his legs,’ Mr Inspector remarked, when he had finished his summing up. ‘It has given him a bad turn to be sure!’ This was said in a very low voice, and with a searching look (not the first he had cast) at the stranger.

Mr Lightwood explained that it was no friend of his.

‘Indeed?’ said Mr Inspector, with an attentive ear; ‘where did you pick him up?’

Mr Lightwood explained further.

Mr Inspector had delivered his summing up, and had added these words, with his elbows leaning on his desk, and the fingers and thumb of his right hand, fitting themselves to the fingers and thumb of his left. Mr Inspector moved nothing but his eyes, as he now added, raising his voice:

‘Turned you faint, sir! Seems you’re not accustomed to this kind of work?’

The stranger, who was leaning against the chimneypiece with drooping head, looked round and answered, ‘No. It’s a horrible sight!’

‘You expected to identify, I am told, sir?’

‘Yes.’

‘HAVE you identified?’

‘No. It’s a horrible sight. O! a horrible, horrible sight!’

‘Who did you think it might have been?’ asked Mr Inspector. ‘Give us a description, sir. Perhaps we can help you.’

‘No, no,’ said the stranger; ‘it would be quite useless. Good-night.’

Mr Inspector had not moved, and had given no order; but, the satellite slipped his back against the wicket, and laid his left arm along the top of it, and with his right hand turned the bull’s-eye he had taken from his chief—in quite a casual manner—towards the stranger.

‘You missed a friend, you know; or you missed a foe, you know; or you wouldn’t have come here, you know. Well, then; ain’t it reasonable to ask, who was it?’ Thus, Mr Inspector.

‘You must excuse my telling you. No class of man can understand better than you, that families may not choose to publish their disagreements and misfortunes, except on the last necessity. I do not dispute that you discharge your duty in asking me the question; you will not dispute my right to withhold the answer. Good-night.’

Again he turned towards the wicket, where the satellite, with his eye upon his chief, remained a dumb statue.

‘At least,’ said Mr Inspector, ‘you will not object to leave me your card, sir?’

‘I should not object, if I had one; but I have not.’ He reddened and was much confused as he gave the answer.

‘At least,’ said Mr Inspector, with no change of voice or manner, ‘you will not object to write down your name and address?’

‘Not at all.’

Mr Inspector dipped a pen in his inkstand, and deftly laid it on a piece of paper close beside him; then resumed his former attitude. The stranger stepped up to the desk, and wrote in a rather tremulous hand—Mr Inspector taking sidelong note of every hair of his head when it was bent down for the purpose—‘Mr Julius Handford, Exchequer Coffee House, Palace Yard, Westminster.’

‘Staying there, I presume, sir?’

‘Staying there.’

‘Consequently, from the country?’

‘Eh? Yes—from the country.’

‘Good-night, sir.’

The satellite removed his arm and opened the wicket, and Mr Julius Handford went out.

‘Reserve!’ said Mr Inspector. ‘Take care of this piece of paper, keep him in view without giving offence, ascertain that he IS staying there, and find out anything you can about him.’

The satellite was gone; and Mr Inspector, becoming once again the quiet Abbot of that Monastery, dipped his pen in his ink and resumed his books. The two friends who had watched him, more amused by the professional manner than suspicious of Mr Julius Handford, inquired before taking their departure too whether he believed there was anything that really looked bad here?

The Abbot replied with reticence, couldn’t say. If a murder, anybody might have done it. Burglary or pocket-picking wanted ’prenticeship. Not so, murder. We were all of us up to that. Had seen scores of people come to identify, and never saw one person struck in that particular way. Might, however, have been Stomach and not Mind. If so, rum stomach. But to be sure there were rum everythings. Pity there was not a word of truth in that superstition about bodies bleeding when touched by the hand of the right person; you never got a sign out of bodies. You got row enough out of such as her—she was good for all night now (referring here to the banging demands for the liver), ‘but you got nothing out of bodies if it was ever so.’

There being nothing more to be done until the Inquest was held next day, the friends went away together, and Gaffer Hexam and his son went their separate way. But, arriving at the last corner, Gaffer bade his boy go home while he turned into a red-curtained tavern, that stood dropsically bulging over the causeway, ‘for a half-a-pint.’

The boy lifted the latch he had lifted before, and found his sister again seated before the fire at her work. Who raised her head upon his coming in and asking:

‘Where did you go, Liz?’

‘I went out in the dark.’

‘There was no necessity for that. It was all right enough.’

‘One of the gentlemen, the one who didn’t speak while I was there, looked hard at me. And I was afraid he might know what my face meant. But there! Don’t mind me, Charley! I was all in a tremble of another sort when you owned to father you could write a little.’

‘Ah! But I made believe I wrote so badly, as that it was odds if any one could read it. And when I wrote slowest and smeared but with my finger most, father was best pleased, as he stood looking over me.’

The girl put aside her work, and drawing her seat close to his seat by the fire, laid her arm gently on his shoulder.

‘You’ll make the most of your time, Charley; won’t you?’

‘Won’t I? Come! I like that. Don’t I?’

‘Yes, Charley, yes. You work hard at your learning, I know. And I work a little, Charley, and plan and contrive a little (wake out of my sleep contriving sometimes), how to get together a shilling now, and a shilling then, that shall make father believe you are beginning to earn a stray living along shore.’

‘You are father’s favourite, and can make him believe anything.’

‘I wish I could, Charley! For if I could make him believe that learning was a good thing, and that we might lead better lives, I should be a’most content to die.’

‘Don’t talk stuff about dying, Liz.’

She placed her hands in one another on his shoulder, and laying her rich brown cheek against them as she looked down at the fire, went on thoughtfully:

‘Of an evening, Charley, when you are at the school, and father’s—’

‘At the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters,’ the boy struck in, with a backward nod of his head towards the public-house.

‘Yes. Then as I sit a-looking at the fire, I seem to see in the burning coal—like where that glow is now—’

‘That’s gas, that is,’ said the boy, ‘coming out of a bit of a forest that’s been under the mud that was under the water in the days of Noah’s Ark. Look here! When I take the poker—so—and give it a dig—’

‘Don’t disturb it, Charley, or it’ll be all in a blaze. It’s that dull glow near it, coming and going, that I mean. When I look at it of an evening, it comes like pictures to me, Charley.’

‘Show us a picture,’ said the boy. ‘Tell us where to look.’

‘Ah! It wants my eyes, Charley.’

‘Cut away then, and tell us what your eyes make of it.’

‘Why, there are you and me, Charley, when you were quite a baby that never knew a mother—’

‘Don’t go saying I never knew a mother,’ interposed the boy, ‘for I knew a little sister that was sister and mother both.’

The girl laughed delightedly, and her eyes filled with pleasant tears, as he put both his arms round her waist and so held her.

‘There are you and me, Charley, when father was away at work and locked us out, for fear we should set ourselves afire or fall out of window, sitting on the door-sill, sitting on other door-steps, sitting on the bank of the river, wandering about to get through the time. You are rather heavy to carry, Charley, and I am often obliged to rest. Sometimes we are sleepy and fall asleep together in a corner, sometimes we are very hungry, sometimes we are a little frightened, but what is oftenest hard upon us is the cold. You remember, Charley?’

‘I remember,’ said the boy, pressing her to him twice or thrice, ‘that I snuggled under a little shawl, and it was warm there.’

‘Sometimes it rains, and we creep under a boat or the like of that: sometimes it’s dark, and we get among the gaslights, sitting watching the people as they go along the streets. At last, up comes father and takes us home. And home seems such a shelter after out of doors! And father pulls my shoes off, and dries my feet at the fire, and has me to sit by him while he smokes his pipe long after you are abed, and I notice that father’s is a large hand but never a heavy one when it touches me, and that father’s is a rough voice but never an angry one when it speaks to me. So, I grow up, and little by little father trusts me, and makes me his companion, and, let him be put out as he may, never once strikes me.’

The listening boy gave a grunt here, as much as to say ‘But he strikes ME though!’

‘Those are some of the pictures of what is past, Charley.’

‘Cut away again,’ said the boy, ‘and give us a fortune-telling one; a future one.’

Well! There am I, continuing with father and holding to father, because father loves me and I love father. I can’t so much as read a book, because, if I had learned, father would have thought I was deserting him, and I should have lost my influence. I have not the influence I want to have, I cannot stop some dreadful things I try to stop, but I go on in the hope and trust that the time will come. In the meanwhile I know that I am in some things a stay to father, and that if I was not faithful to him he would—in revenge-like, or in disappointment, or both—go wild and bad.’

‘Give us a touch of the fortune-telling pictures about me.’

‘I was passing on to them, Charley,’ said the girl, who had not changed her attitude since she began, and who now mournfully shook her head; ‘the others were all leading up. There are you—’

‘Where am I, Liz?’

‘Still in the hollow down by the flare.’

‘There seems to be the deuce-and-all in the hollow down by the flare,’ said the boy, glancing from her eyes to the brazier, which had a grisly skeleton look on its long thin legs.

‘There are you, Charley, working your way, in secret from father, at the school; and you get prizes; and you go on better and better; and you come to be a—what was it you called it when you told me about that?’

‘Ha, ha! Fortune-telling not know the name!’ cried the boy, seeming to be rather relieved by this default on the part of the hollow down by the flare. ‘Pupil-teacher.’

‘You come to be a pupil-teacher, and you still go on better and better, and you rise to be a master full of learning and respect. But the secret has come to father’s knowledge long before, and it has divided you from father, and from me.’

‘No it hasn’t!’

‘Yes it has, Charley. I see, as plain as plain can be, that your way is not ours, and that even if father could be got to forgive your taking it (which he never could be), that way of yours would be darkened by our way. But I see too, Charley—’

‘Still as plain as plain can be, Liz?’ asked the boy playfully.

‘Ah! Still. That it is a great work to have cut you away from father’s life, and to have made a new and good beginning. So there am I, Charley, left alone with father, keeping him as straight as I can, watching for more influence than I have, and hoping that through some fortunate chance, or when he is ill, or when—I don’t know what—I may turn him to wish to do better things.’

‘You said you couldn’t read a book, Lizzie. Your library of books is the hollow down by the flare, I think.’

‘I should be very glad to be able to read real books. I feel my want of learning very much, Charley. But I should feel it much more, if I didn’t know it to be a tie between me and father.—Hark! Father’s tread!’

It being now past midnight, the bird of prey went straight to roost. At mid-day following he reappeared at the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters, in the character, not new to him, of a witness before a Coroner’s Jury.

Mr Mortimer Lightwood, besides sustaining the character of one of the witnesses, doubled the part with that of the eminent solicitor who watched the proceedings on behalf of the representatives of the deceased, as was duly recorded in the newspapers. Mr Inspector watched the proceedings too, and kept his watching closely to himself. Mr Julius Handford having given his right address, and being reported in solvent circumstances as to his bill, though nothing more was known of him at his hotel except that his way of life was very retired, had no summons to appear, and was merely present in the shades of Mr Inspector’s mind.

The case was made interesting to the public, by Mr Mortimer Lightwood’s evidence touching the circumstances under which the deceased, Mr John Harmon, had returned to England; exclusive private proprietorship in which circumstances was set up at dinner-tables for several days, by Veneering, Twemlow, Podsnap, and all the Buffers: who all related them irreconcilably with one another, and contradicted themselves. It was also made interesting by the testimony of Job Potterson, the ship’s steward, and one Mr Jacob Kibble, a fellow-passenger, that the deceased Mr John Harmon did bring over, in a hand-valise with which he did disembark, the sum realized by the forced sale of his little landed property, and that the sum exceeded, in ready money, seven hundred pounds. It was further made interesting, by the remarkable experiences of Jesse Hexam in having rescued from the Thames so many dead bodies, and for whose behoof a rapturous admirer subscribing himself ‘A friend to Burial’ (perhaps an undertaker), sent eighteen postage stamps, and five ‘Now Sir’s to the editor of the Times.

Upon the evidence adduced before them, the Jury found, That the body of Mr John Harmon had been discovered floating in the Thames, in an advanced state of decay, and much injured; and that the said Mr John Harmon had come by his death under highly suspicious circumstances, though by whose act or in what precise manner there was no evidence before this Jury to show. And they appended to their verdict, a recommendation to the Home Office (which Mr Inspector appeared to think highly sensible), to offer a reward for the solution of the mystery. Within eight-and-forty hours, a reward of One Hundred Pounds was proclaimed, together with a free pardon to any person or persons not the actual perpetrator or perpetrators, and so forth in due form.

This Proclamation rendered Mr Inspector additionally studious, and caused him to stand meditating on river-stairs and causeways, and to go lurking about in boats, putting this and that together. But, according to the success with which you put this and that together, you get a woman and a fish apart, or a Mermaid in combination. And Mr Inspector could turn out nothing better than a Mermaid, which no Judge and Jury would believe in.

Thus, like the tides on which it had been borne to the knowledge of men, the Harmon Murder—as it came to be popularly called—went up and down, and ebbed and flowed, now in the town, now in the country, now among palaces, now among hovels, now among lords and ladies and gentlefolks, now among labourers and hammerers and ballast-heavers, until at last, after a long interval of slack water it got out to sea and drifted away.

Chapter 4

THE R. WILFER FAMILY

Reginald Wilfer is a name with rather a grand sound, suggesting on first acquaintance brasses in country churches, scrolls in stained-glass windows, and generally the De Wilfers who came over with the Conqueror. For, it is a remarkable fact in genealogy that no De Any ones ever came over with Anybody else.

But, the Reginald Wilfer family were of such commonplace extraction and pursuits that their forefathers had for generations modestly subsisted on the Docks, the Excise Office, and the Custom House, and the existing R. Wilfer was a poor clerk. So poor a clerk, through having a limited salary and an unlimited family, that he had never yet attained the modest object of his ambition: which was, to wear a complete new suit of clothes, hat and boots included, at one time. His black hat was brown before he could afford a coat, his pantaloons were white at the seams and knees before he could buy a pair of boots, his boots had worn out before he could treat himself to new pantaloons, and, by the time he worked round to the hat again, that shining modern article roofed-in an ancient ruin of various periods.

If the conventional Cherub could ever grow up and be clothed, he might be photographed as a portrait of Wilfer. His chubby, smooth, innocent appearance was a reason for his being always treated with condescension when he was not put down. A stranger entering his own poor house at about ten o’clock P.M. might have been surprised to find him sitting up to supper. So boyish was he in his curves and proportions, that his old schoolmaster meeting him in Cheapside, might have been unable to withstand the temptation of caning him on the spot. In short, he was the conventional cherub, after the supposititious shoot just mentioned, rather grey, with signs of care on his expression, and in decidedly insolvent circumstances.

He was shy, and unwilling to own to the name of Reginald, as being too aspiring and self-assertive a name. In his signature he used only the initial R., and imparted what it really stood for, to none but chosen friends, under the seal of confidence. Out of this, the facetious habit had arisen in the neighbourhood surrounding Mincing Lane of making christian names for him of adjectives and participles beginning with R. Some of these were more or less appropriate: as Rusty, Retiring, Ruddy, Round, Ripe, Ridiculous, Ruminative; others, derived their point from their want of application: as Raging, Rattling, Roaring, Raffish. But, his popular name was Rumty, which in a moment of inspiration had been bestowed upon him by a gentleman of convivial habits connected with the drug-markets, as the beginning of a social chorus, his leading part in the execution of which had led this gentleman to the Temple of Fame, and of which the whole expressive burden ran:

‘Rumty iddity, row dow dow, Sing toodlely, teedlely, bow wow wow.’

Thus he was constantly addressed, even in minor notes on business, as ‘Dear Rumty’; in answer to which, he sedately signed himself, ‘Yours truly, R. Wilfer.’

He was clerk in the drug-house of Chicksey, Veneering, and Stobbles. Chicksey and Stobbles, his former masters, had both become absorbed in Veneering, once their traveller or commission agent: who had signalized his accession to supreme power by bringing into the business a quantity of plate-glass window and French-polished mahogany partition, and a gleaming and enormous doorplate.

R. Wilfer locked up his desk one evening, and, putting his bunch of keys in his pocket much as if it were his peg-top, made for home. His home was in the Holloway region north of London, and then divided from it by fields and trees. Between Battle Bridge and that part of the Holloway district in which he dwelt, was a tract of suburban Sahara, where tiles and bricks were burnt, bones were boiled, carpets were beat, rubbish was shot, dogs were fought, and dust was heaped by contractors. Skirting the border of this desert, by the way he took, when the light of its kiln-fires made lurid smears on the fog, R. Wilfer sighed and shook his head.

‘Ah me!’ said he, ‘what might have been is not what is!’

With which commentary on human life, indicating an experience of it not exclusively his own, he made the best of his way to the end of his journey.

Mrs Wilfer was, of course, a tall woman and an angular. Her lord being cherubic, she was necessarily majestic, according to the principle which matrimonially unites contrasts. She was much given to tying up her head in a pocket-handkerchief, knotted under the chin. This head-gear, in conjunction with a pair of gloves worn within doors, she seemed to consider as at once a kind of armour against misfortune (invariably assuming it when in low spirits or difficulties), and as a species of full dress. It was therefore with some sinking of the spirit that her husband beheld her thus heroically attired, putting down her candle in the little hall, and coming down the doorsteps through the little front court to open the gate for him.

Something had gone wrong with the house-door, for R. Wilfer stopped on the steps, staring at it, and cried:

‘Hal-loa?’

‘Yes,’ said Mrs Wilfer, ‘the man came himself with a pair of pincers, and took it off, and took it away. He said that as he had no expectation of ever being paid for it, and as he had an order for another LADIES’ SCHOOL door-plate, it was better (burnished up) for the interests of all parties.’

‘Perhaps it was, my dear; what do you think?’

‘You are master here, R. W.,’ returned his wife. ‘It is as you think; not as I do. Perhaps it might have been better if the man had taken the door too?’

‘My dear, we couldn’t have done without the door.’

‘Couldn’t we?’

‘Why, my dear! Could we?’

‘It is as you think, R. W.; not as I do.’ With those submissive words, the dutiful wife preceded him down a few stairs to a little basement front room, half kitchen, half parlour, where a girl of about nineteen, with an exceedingly pretty figure and face, but with an impatient and petulant expression both in her face and in her shoulders (which in her sex and at her age are very expressive of discontent), sat playing draughts with a younger girl, who was the youngest of the House of Wilfer. Not to encumber this page by telling off the Wilfers in detail and casting them up in the gross, it is enough for the present that the rest were what is called ‘out in the world,’ in various ways, and that they were Many. So many, that when one of his dutiful children called in to see him, R. Wilfer generally seemed to say to himself, after a little mental arithmetic, ‘Oh! here’s another of ’em!’ before adding aloud, ‘How de do, John,’ or Susan, as the case might be.

Well Piggywiggies,’ said R. W., ‘how de do to-night? What I was thinking of, my dear,’ to Mrs Wilfer already seated in a corner with folded gloves, ‘was, that as we have let our first floor so well, and as we have now no place in which you could teach pupils even if pupils—’

‘The milkman said he knew of two young ladies of the highest respectability who were in search of a suitable establishment, and he took a card,’ interposed Mrs Wilfer, with severe monotony, as if she were reading an Act of Parliament aloud. ‘Tell your father whether it was last Monday, Bella.’

‘But we never heard any more of it, ma,’ said Bella, the elder girl.

‘In addition to which, my dear,’ her husband urged, ‘if you have no place to put two young persons into—’

‘Pardon me,’ Mrs Wilfer again interposed; ‘they were not young persons. Two young ladies of the highest respectability. Tell your father, Bella, whether the milkman said so.’

‘My dear, it is the same thing.’

‘No it is not,’ said Mrs Wilfer, with the same impressive monotony. ‘Pardon me!’

‘I mean, my dear, it is the same thing as to space. As to space. If you have no space in which to put two youthful fellow-creatures, however eminently respectable, which I do not doubt, where are those youthful fellow-creatures to be accommodated? I carry it no further than that. And solely looking at it,’ said her husband, making the stipulation at once in a conciliatory, complimentary, and argumentative tone—‘as I am sure you will agree, my love—from a fellow-creature point of view, my dear.’

‘I have nothing more to say,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, with a meek renunciatory action of her gloves. ‘It is as you think, R. W.; not as I do.’

Here, the huffing of Miss Bella and the loss of three of her men at a swoop, aggravated by the coronation of an opponent, led to that young lady’s jerking the draught-board and pieces off the table: which her sister went down on her knees to pick up.

‘Poor Bella!’ said Mrs Wilfer.

‘And poor Lavinia, perhaps, my dear?’ suggested R. W.

‘Pardon me,’ said Mrs Wilfer, ‘no!’

It was one of the worthy woman’s specialities that she had an amazing power of gratifying her splenetic or worldly-minded humours by extolling her own family: which she thus proceeded, in the present case, to do.

‘No, R. W. Lavinia has not known the trial that Bella has known. The trial that your daughter Bella has undergone, is, perhaps, without a parallel, and has been borne, I will say, Nobly. When you see your daughter Bella in her black dress, which she alone of all the family wears, and when you remember the circumstances which have led to her wearing it, and when you know how those circumstances have been sustained, then, R. W., lay your head upon your pillow and say, “Poor Lavinia!”’

Here, Miss Lavinia, from her kneeling situation under the table, put in that she didn’t want to be ‘poored by pa’, or anybody else.

‘I am sure you do not, my dear,’ returned her mother, ‘for you have a fine brave spirit. And your sister Cecilia has a fine brave spirit of another kind, a spirit of pure devotion, a beau-ti-ful spirit! The self-sacrifice of Cecilia reveals a pure and womanly character, very seldom equalled, never surpassed. I have now in my pocket a letter from your sister Cecilia, received this morning—received three months after her marriage, poor child!—in which she tells me that her husband must unexpectedly shelter under their roof his reduced aunt. “But I will be true to him, mamma,” she touchingly writes, “I will not leave him, I must not forget that he is my husband. Let his aunt come!” If this is not pathetic, if this is not woman’s devotion—!’ The good lady waved her gloves in a sense of the impossibility of saying more, and tied the pocket-handkerchief over her head in a tighter knot under her chin.

Bella, who was now seated on the rug to warm herself, with her brown eyes on the fire and a handful of her brown curls in her mouth, laughed at this, and then pouted and half cried.

‘I am sure,’ said she, ‘though you have no feeling for me, pa, I am one of the most unfortunate girls that ever lived. You know how poor we are’ (it is probable he did, having some reason to know it!), ‘and what a glimpse of wealth I had, and how it melted away, and how I am here in this ridiculous mourning—which I hate!—a kind of a widow who never was married. And yet you don’t feel for me.—Yes you do, yes you do.’

This abrupt change was occasioned by her father’s face. She stopped to pull him down from his chair in an attitude highly favourable to strangulation, and to give him a kiss and a pat or two on the cheek.

‘But you ought to feel for me, you know, pa.’

‘My dear, I do.’

‘Yes, and I say you ought to. If they had only left me alone and told me nothing about it, it would have mattered much less. But that nasty Mr Lightwood feels it his duty, as he says, to write and tell me what is in reserve for me, and then I am obliged to get rid of George Sampson.’

Here, Lavinia, rising to the surface with the last draughtman rescued, interposed, ‘You never cared for George Sampson, Bella.’

‘And did I say I did, miss?’ Then, pouting again, with the curls in her mouth; ‘George Sampson was very fond of me, and admired me very much, and put up with everything I did to him.’

‘You were rude enough to him,’ Lavinia again interposed.

‘And did I say I wasn’t, miss? I am not setting up to be sentimental about George Sampson. I only say George Sampson was better than nothing.’

‘You didn’t show him that you thought even that,’ Lavinia again interposed.

‘You are a chit and a little idiot,’ returned Bella, ‘or you wouldn’t make such a dolly speech. What did you expect me to do? Wait till you are a woman, and don’t talk about what you don’t understand. You only show your ignorance!’ Then, whimpering again, and at intervals biting the curls, and stopping to look how much was bitten off, ‘It’s a shame! There never was such a hard case! I shouldn’t care so much if it wasn’t so ridiculous. It was ridiculous enough to have a stranger coming over to marry me, whether he liked it or not. It was ridiculous enough to know what an embarrassing meeting it would be, and how we never could pretend to have an inclination of our own, either of us. It was ridiculous enough to know I shouldn’t like him—how COULD I like him, left to him in a will, like a dozen of spoons, with everything cut and dried beforehand, like orange chips. Talk of orange flowers indeed! I declare again it’s a shame! Those ridiculous points would have been smoothed away by the money, for I love money, and want money—want it dreadfully. I hate to be poor, and we are degradingly poor, offensively poor, miserably poor, beastly poor. But here I am, left with all the ridiculous parts of the situation remaining, and, added to them all, this ridiculous dress! And if the truth was known, when the Harmon murder was all over the town, and people were speculating on its being suicide, I dare say those impudent wretches at the clubs and places made jokes about the miserable creature’s having preferred a watery grave to me. It’s likely enough they took such liberties; I shouldn’t wonder! I declare it’s a very hard case indeed, and I am a most unfortunate girl. The idea of being a kind of a widow, and never having been married! And the idea of being as poor as ever after all, and going into black, besides, for a man I never saw, and should have hated—as far as HE was concerned—if I had seen!’

The young lady’s lamentations were checked at this point by a knuckle, knocking at the half-open door of the room. The knuckle had knocked two or three times already, but had not been heard.

‘Who is it?’ said Mrs Wilfer, in her Act-of-Parliament manner. ‘Enter!’

A gentleman coming in, Miss Bella, with a short and sharp exclamation, scrambled off the hearth-rug and massed the bitten curls together in their right place on her neck.

‘The servant girl had her key in the door as I came up, and directed me to this room, telling me I was expected. I am afraid I should have asked her to announce me.’

‘Pardon me,’ returned Mrs Wilfer. ‘Not at all. Two of my daughters. R. W., this is the gentleman who has taken your first-floor. He was so good as to make an appointment for to-night, when you would be at home.’

A dark gentleman. Thirty at the utmost. An expressive, one might say handsome, face. A very bad manner. In the last degree constrained, reserved, diffident, troubled. His eyes were on Miss Bella for an instant, and then looked at the ground as he addressed the master of the house.

‘Seeing that I am quite satisfied, Mr Wilfer, with the rooms, and with their situation, and with their price, I suppose a memorandum between us of two or three lines, and a payment down, will bind the bargain? I wish to send in furniture without delay.’

Two or three times during this short address, the cherub addressed had made chubby motions towards a chair. The gentleman now took it, laying a hesitating hand on a corner of the table, and with another hesitating hand lifting the crown of his hat to his lips, and drawing it before his mouth.

‘The gentleman, R. W.,’ said Mrs Wilfer, ‘proposes to take your apartments by the quarter. A quarter’s notice on either side.’

‘Shall I mention, sir,’ insinuated the landlord, expecting it to be received as a matter of course, ‘the form of a reference?’

‘I think,’ returned the gentleman, after a pause, ‘that a reference is not necessary; neither, to say the truth, is it convenient, for I am a stranger in London. I require no reference from you, and perhaps, therefore, you will require none from me. That will be fair on both sides. Indeed, I show the greater confidence of the two, for I will pay in advance whatever you please, and I am going to trust my furniture here. Whereas, if you were in embarrassed circumstances—this is merely supposititious—’

Conscience causing R. Wilfer to colour, Mrs Wilfer, from a corner (she always got into stately corners) came to the rescue with a deep-toned ‘Per-fectly.’

‘—Why then I—might lose it.’

Well!’ observed R. Wilfer, cheerfully, ‘money and goods are certainly the best of references.’

‘Do you think they ARE the best, pa?’ asked Miss Bella, in a low voice, and without looking over her shoulder as she warmed her foot on the fender.

‘Among the best, my dear.’

‘I should have thought, myself, it was so easy to add the usual kind of one,’ said Bella, with a toss of her curls.

The gentleman listened to her, with a face of marked attention, though he neither looked up nor changed his attitude. He sat, still and silent, until his future landlord accepted his proposals, and brought writing materials to complete the business. He sat, still and silent, while the landlord wrote.

When the agreement was ready in duplicate (the landlord having worked at it like some cherubic scribe, in what is conventionally called a doubtful, which means a not at all doubtful, Old Master), it was signed by the contracting parties, Bella looking on as scornful witness. The contracting parties were R. Wilfer, and John Rokesmith Esquire.

When it came to Bella’s turn to sign her name, Mr Rokesmith, who was standing, as he had sat, with a hesitating hand upon the table, looked at her stealthily, but narrowly. He looked at the pretty figure bending down over the paper and saying, ‘Where am I to go, pa? Here, in this corner?’ He looked at the beautiful brown hair, shading the coquettish face; he looked at the free dash of the signature, which was a bold one for a woman’s; and then they looked at one another.

‘Much obliged to you, Miss Wilfer.’

‘Obliged?’

‘I have given you so much trouble.’

‘Signing my name? Yes, certainly. But I am your landlord’s daughter, sir.’

As there was nothing more to do but pay eight sovereigns in earnest of the bargain, pocket the agreement, appoint a time for the arrival of his furniture and himself, and go, Mr Rokesmith did that as awkwardly as it might be done, and was escorted by his landlord to the outer air. When R. Wilfer returned, candlestick in hand, to the bosom of his family, he found the bosom agitated.

‘Pa,’ said Bella, ‘we have got a Murderer for a tenant.’

‘Pa,’ said Lavinia, ‘we have got a Robber.’

‘To see him unable for his life to look anybody in the face!’ said Bella. ‘There never was such an exhibition.’

‘My dears,’ said their father, ‘he is a diffident gentleman, and I should say particularly so in the society of girls of your age.’

‘Nonsense, our age!’ cried Bella, impatiently. ‘What’s that got to do with him?’

‘Besides, we are not of the same age:—which age?’ demanded Lavinia.

‘Never YOU mind, Lavvy,’ retorted Bella; ‘you wait till you are of an age to ask such questions. Pa, mark my words! Between Mr Rokesmith and me, there is a natural antipathy and a deep distrust; and something will come of it!’

‘My dear, and girls,’ said the cherub-patriarch, ‘between Mr Rokesmith and me, there is a matter of eight sovereigns, and something for supper shall come of it, if you’ll agree upon the article.’

This was a neat and happy turn to give the subject, treats being rare in the Wilfer household, where a monotonous appearance of Dutch-cheese at ten o’clock in the evening had been rather frequently commented on by the dimpled shoulders of Miss Bella. Indeed, the modest Dutchman himself seemed conscious of his want of variety, and generally came before the family in a state of apologetic perspiration. After some discussion on the relative merits of veal-cutlet, sweetbread, and lobster, a decision was pronounced in favour of veal-cutlet. Mrs Wilfer then solemnly divested herself of her handkerchief and gloves, as a preliminary sacrifice to preparing the frying-pan, and R. W. himself went out to purchase the viand. He soon returned, bearing the same in a fresh cabbage-leaf, where it coyly embraced a rasher of ham. Melodious sounds were not long in rising from the frying-pan on the fire, or in seeming, as the firelight danced in the mellow halls of a couple of full bottles on the table, to play appropriate dance-music.

The cloth was laid by Lavvy. Bella, as the acknowledged ornament of the family, employed both her hands in giving her hair an additional wave while sitting in the easiest chair, and occasionally threw in a direction touching the supper: as, ‘Very brown, ma;’ or, to her sister, ‘Put the saltcellar straight, miss, and don’t be a dowdy little puss.’

Meantime her father, chinking Mr Rokesmith’s gold as he sat expectant between his knife and fork, remarked that six of those sovereigns came just in time for their landlord, and stood them in a little pile on the white tablecloth to look at.

‘I hate our landlord!’ said Bella.

But, observing a fall in her father’s face, she went and sat down by him at the table, and began touching up his hair with the handle of a fork. It was one of the girl’s spoilt ways to be always arranging the family’s hair—perhaps because her own was so pretty, and occupied so much of her attention.

‘You deserve to have a house of your own; don’t you, poor pa?’

‘I don’t deserve it better than another, my dear.’

‘At any rate I, for one, want it more than another,’ said Bella, holding him by the chin, as she stuck his flaxen hair on end, ‘and I grudge this money going to the Monster that swallows up so much, when we all want—Everything. And if you say (as you want to say; I know you want to say so, pa) “that’s neither reasonable nor honest, Bella,” then I answer, “Maybe not, pa—very likely—but it’s one of the consequences of being poor, and of thoroughly hating and detesting to be poor, and that’s my case.” Now, you look lovely, pa; why don’t you always wear your hair like that? And here’s the cutlet! If it isn’t very brown, ma, I can’t eat it, and must have a bit put back to be done expressly.’

However, as it was brown, even to Bella’s taste, the young lady graciously partook of it without reconsignment to the frying-pan, and also, in due course, of the contents of the two bottles: whereof one held Scotch ale and the other rum. The latter perfume, with the fostering aid of boiling water and lemon-peel, diffused itself throughout the room, and became so highly concentrated around the warm fireside, that the wind passing over the house roof must have rushed off charged with a delicious whiff of it, after buzzing like a great bee at that particular chimneypot.

‘Pa,’ said Bella, sipping the fragrant mixture and warming her favourite ankle; ‘when old Mr Harmon made such a fool of me (not to mention himself, as he is dead), what do you suppose he did it for?’

‘Impossible to say, my dear. As I have told you time out of number since his will was brought to light, I doubt if I ever exchanged a hundred words with the old gentleman. If it was his whim to surprise us, his whim succeeded. For he certainly did it.’

‘And I was stamping my foot and screaming, when he first took notice of me; was I?’ said Bella, contemplating the ankle before mentioned.

‘You were stamping your little foot, my dear, and screaming with your little voice, and laying into me with your little bonnet, which you had snatched off for the purpose,’ returned her father, as if the remembrance gave a relish to the rum; ‘you were doing this one Sunday morning when I took you out, because I didn’t go the exact way you wanted, when the old gentleman, sitting on a seat near, said, “That’s a nice girl; that’s a VERY nice girl; a promising girl!” And so you were, my dear.’

‘And then he asked my name, did he, pa?’

‘Then he asked your name, my dear, and mine; and on other Sunday mornings, when we walked his way, we saw him again, and—and really that’s all.’

As that was all the rum and water too, or, in other words, as R. W. delicately signified that his glass was empty, by throwing back his head and standing the glass upside down on his nose and upper lip, it might have been charitable in Mrs Wilfer to suggest replenishment. But that heroine briefly suggesting ‘Bedtime’ instead, the bottles were put away, and the family retired; she cherubically escorted, like some severe saint in a painting, or merely human matron allegorically treated.

‘And by this time to-morrow,’ said Lavinia when the two girls were alone in their room, ‘we shall have Mr Rokesmith here, and shall be expecting to have our throats cut.’

‘You needn’t stand between me and the candle for all that,’ retorted Bella. ‘This is another of the consequences of being poor! The idea of a girl with a really fine head of hair, having to do it by one flat candle and a few inches of looking-glass!’

‘You caught George Sampson with it, Bella, bad as your means of dressing it are.’

‘You low little thing. Caught George Sampson with it! Don’t talk about catching people, miss, till your own time for catching—as you call it—comes.’

‘Perhaps it has come,’ muttered Lavvy, with a toss of her head.

‘What did you say?’ asked Bella, very sharply. ‘What did you say, miss?’

Lavvy declining equally to repeat or to explain, Bella gradually lapsed over her hair-dressing into a soliloquy on the miseries of being poor, as exemplified in having nothing to put on, nothing to go out in, nothing to dress by, only a nasty box to dress at instead of a commodious dressing-table, and being obliged to take in suspicious lodgers. On the last grievance as her climax, she laid great stress—and might have laid greater, had she known that if Mr Julius Handford had a twin brother upon earth, Mr John Rokesmith was the man.

Chapter 5

BOFFIN’S BOWER

Over against a London house, a corner house not far from Cavendish Square, a man with a wooden leg had sat for some years, with his remaining foot in a basket in cold weather, picking up a living on this wise:—Every morning at eight o’clock, he stumped to the corner, carrying a chair, a clothes-horse, a pair of trestles, a board, a basket, and an umbrella, all strapped together. Separating these, the board and trestles became a counter, the basket supplied the few small lots of fruit and sweets that he offered for sale upon it and became a foot-warmer, the unfolded clothes-horse displayed a choice collection of halfpenny ballads and became a screen, and the stool planted within it became his post for the rest of the day. All weathers saw the man at the post. This is to be accepted in a double sense, for he contrived a back to his wooden stool, by placing it against the lamp-post. When the weather was wet, he put up his umbrella over his stock in trade, not over himself; when the weather was dry, he furled that faded article, tied it round with a piece of yarn, and laid it cross-wise under the trestles: where it looked like an unwholesomely-forced lettuce that had lost in colour and crispness what it had gained in size.

He had established his right to the corner, by imperceptible prescription. He had never varied his ground an inch, but had in the beginning diffidently taken the corner upon which the side of the house gave. A howling corner in the winter time, a dusty corner in the summer time, an undesirable corner at the best of times. Shelterless fragments of straw and paper got up revolving storms there, when the main street was at peace; and the water-cart, as if it were drunk or short-sighted, came blundering and jolting round it, making it muddy when all else was clean.

On the front of his sale-board hung a little placard, like a kettle-holder, bearing the inscription in his own small text:

Errands gone On with fi Delity By Ladies and Gentlemen I remain Your humble Servt. Silas Wegg.

He had not only settled it with himself in course of time, that he was errand-goer by appointment to the house at the corner (though he received such commissions not half a dozen times in a year, and then only as some servant’s deputy), but also that he was one of the house’s retainers and owed vassalage to it and was bound to leal and loyal interest in it. For this reason, he always spoke of it as ‘Our House,’ and, though his knowledge of its affairs was mostly speculative and all wrong, claimed to be in its confidence. On similar grounds he never beheld an inmate at any one of its windows but he touched his hat. Yet, he knew so little about the inmates that he gave them names of his own invention: as ‘Miss Elizabeth’, ‘Master George’, ‘Aunt Jane’, ‘Uncle Parker’—having no authority whatever for any such designations, but particularly the last—to which, as a natural consequence, he stuck with great obstinacy.

Over the house itself, he exercised the same imaginary power as over its inhabitants and their affairs. He had never been in it, the length of a piece of fat black water-pipe which trailed itself over the area-door into a damp stone passage, and had rather the air of a leech on the house that had ‘taken’ wonderfully; but this was no impediment to his arranging it according to a plan of his own. It was a great dingy house with a quantity of dim side window and blank back premises, and it cost his mind a world of trouble so to lay it out as to account for everything in its external appearance. But, this once done, was quite satisfactory, and he rested persuaded, that he knew his way about the house blindfold: from the barred garrets in the high roof, to the two iron extinguishers before the main door—which seemed to request all lively visitors to have the kindness to put themselves out, before entering.

Assuredly, this stall of Silas Wegg’s was the hardest little stall of all the sterile little stalls in London. It gave you the face-ache to look at his apples, the stomach-ache to look at his oranges, the tooth-ache to look at his nuts. Of the latter commodity he had always a grim little heap, on which lay a little wooden measure which had no discernible inside, and was considered to represent the penn’orth appointed by Magna Charta. Whether from too much east wind or no—it was an easterly corner—the stall, the stock, and the keeper, were all as dry as the Desert. Wegg was a knotty man, and a close-grained, with a face carved out of very hard material, that had just as much play of expression as a watchman’s rattle. When he laughed, certain jerks occurred in it, and the rattle sprung. Sooth to say, he was so wooden a man that he seemed to have taken his wooden leg naturally, and rather suggested to the fanciful observer, that he might be expected—if his development received no untimely check—to be completely set up with a pair of wooden legs in about six months.

Mr Wegg was an observant person, or, as he himself said, ‘took a powerful sight of notice’. He saluted all his regular passers-by every day, as he sat on his stool backed up by the lamp-post; and on the adaptable character of these salutes he greatly plumed himself. Thus, to the rector, he addressed a bow, compounded of lay deference, and a slight touch of the shady preliminary meditation at church; to the doctor, a confidential bow, as to a gentleman whose acquaintance with his inside he begged respectfully to acknowledge; before the Quality he delighted to abase himself; and for Uncle Parker, who was in the army (at least, so he had settled it), he put his open hand to the side of his hat, in a military manner which that angry-eyed buttoned-up inflammatory-faced old gentleman appeared but imperfectly to appreciate.

The only article in which Silas dealt, that was not hard, was gingerbread. On a certain day, some wretched infant having purchased the damp gingerbread-horse (fearfully out of condition), and the adhesive bird-cage, which had been exposed for the day’s sale, he had taken a tin box from under his stool to produce a relay of those dreadful specimens, and was going to look in at the lid, when he said to himself, pausing: ‘Oh! Here you are again!’

The words referred to a broad, round-shouldered, one-sided old fellow in mourning, coming comically ambling towards the corner, dressed in a pea over-coat, and carrying a large stick. He wore thick shoes, and thick leather gaiters, and thick gloves like a hedger’s. Both as to his dress and to himself, he was of an overlapping rhinoceros build, with folds in his cheeks, and his forehead, and his eyelids, and his lips, and his ears; but with bright, eager, childishly-inquiring, grey eyes, under his ragged eyebrows, and broad-brimmed hat. A very odd-looking old fellow altogether.

‘Here you are again,’ repeated Mr Wegg, musing. ‘And what are you now? Are you in the Funns, or where are you? Have you lately come to settle in this neighbourhood, or do you own to another neighbourhood? Are you in independent circumstances, or is it wasting the motions of a bow on you? Come! I’ll speculate! I’ll invest a bow in you.’

Which Mr Wegg, having replaced his tin box, accordingly did, as he rose to bait his gingerbread-trap for some other devoted infant. The salute was acknowledged with:

‘Morning, sir! Morning! Morning!’

(‘Calls me Sir!’ said Mr Wegg, to himself; ‘HE won’t answer. A bow gone!’)

‘Morning, morning, morning!’

‘Appears to be rather a ’arty old cock, too,’ said Mr Wegg, as before; ‘Good morning to YOU, sir.’

‘Do you remember me, then?’ asked his new acquaintance, stopping in his amble, one-sided, before the stall, and speaking in a pounding way, though with great good-humour.

‘I have noticed you go past our house, sir, several times in the course of the last week or so.’

‘Our house,’ repeated the other. ‘Meaning—?’

‘Yes,’ said Mr Wegg, nodding, as the other pointed the clumsy forefinger of his right glove at the corner house.

‘Oh! Now, what,’ pursued the old fellow, in an inquisitive manner, carrying his knotted stick in his left arm as if it were a baby, ‘what do they allow you now?’

‘It’s job work that I do for our house,’ returned Silas, drily, and with reticence; ‘it’s not yet brought to an exact allowance.’

‘Oh! It’s not yet brought to an exact allowance? No! It’s not yet brought to an exact allowance. Oh!—Morning, morning, morning!’

‘Appears to be rather a cracked old cock,’ thought Silas, qualifying his former good opinion, as the other ambled off. But, in a moment he was back again with the question:

‘How did you get your wooden leg?’

Mr Wegg replied, (tartly to this personal inquiry), ‘In an accident.’

‘Do you like it?’

Well! I haven’t got to keep it warm,’ Mr Wegg made answer, in a sort of desperation occasioned by the singularity of the question.

‘He hasn’t,’ repeated the other to his knotted stick, as he gave it a hug; ‘he hasn’t got—ha!—ha!—to keep it warm! Did you ever hear of the name of Boffin?’

‘No,’ said Mr Wegg, who was growing restive under this examination. ‘I never did hear of the name of Boffin.’

‘Do you like it?’

‘Why, no,’ retorted Mr Wegg, again approaching desperation; ‘I can’t say I do.’

‘Why don’t you like it?’

‘I don’t know why I don’t,’ retorted Mr Wegg, approaching frenzy, ‘but I don’t at all.’

‘Now, I’ll tell you something that’ll make you sorry for that,’ said the stranger, smiling. ‘My name’s Boffin.’

‘I can’t help it!’ returned Mr Wegg. Implying in his manner the offensive addition, ‘and if I could, I wouldn’t.’

‘But there’s another chance for you,’ said Mr Boffin, smiling still, ‘Do you like the name of Nicodemus? Think it over. Nick, or Noddy.’

‘It is not, sir,’ Mr Wegg rejoined, as he sat down on his stool, with an air of gentle resignation, combined with melancholy candour; ‘it is not a name as I could wish any one that I had a respect for, to call ME by; but there may be persons that would not view it with the same objections.—I don’t know why,’ Mr Wegg added, anticipating another question.

‘Noddy Boffin,’ said that gentleman. ‘Noddy. That’s my name. Noddy—or Nick—Boffin. What’s your name?’

Silas Wegg.—I don’t,’ said Mr Wegg, bestirring himself to take the same precaution as before, ‘I don’t know why Silas, and I don’t know why Wegg.’

‘Now, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin, hugging his stick closer, ‘I want to make a sort of offer to you. Do you remember when you first see me?’

The wooden Wegg looked at him with a meditative eye, and also with a softened air as descrying possibility of profit. ‘Let me think. I ain’t quite sure, and yet I generally take a powerful sight of notice, too. Was it on a Monday morning, when the butcher-boy had been to our house for orders, and bought a ballad of me, which, being unacquainted with the tune, I run it over to him?’

‘Right, Wegg, right! But he bought more than one.’

‘Yes, to be sure, sir; he bought several; and wishing to lay out his money to the best, he took my opinion to guide his choice, and we went over the collection together. To be sure we did. Here was him as it might be, and here was myself as it might be, and there was you, Mr Boffin, as you identically are, with your self-same stick under your very same arm, and your very same back towards us. To—be—sure!’ added Mr Wegg, looking a little round Mr Boffin, to take him in the rear, and identify this last extraordinary coincidence, ‘your wery self-same back!’

‘What do you think I was doing, Wegg?’

‘I should judge, sir, that you might be glancing your eye down the street.’

‘No, Wegg. I was a listening.’

‘Was you, indeed?’ said Mr Wegg, dubiously.

‘Not in a dishonourable way, Wegg, because you was singing to the butcher; and you wouldn’t sing secrets to a butcher in the street, you know.’

‘It never happened that I did so yet, to the best of my remembrance,’ said Mr Wegg, cautiously. ‘But I might do it. A man can’t say what he might wish to do some day or another.’ (This, not to release any little advantage he might derive from Mr Boffin’s avowal.)

Well,’ repeated Boffin, ‘I was a listening to you and to him. And what do you—you haven’t got another stool, have you? I’m rather thick in my breath.’

‘I haven’t got another, but you’re welcome to this,’ said Wegg, resigning it. ‘It’s a treat to me to stand.’

‘Lard!’ exclaimed Mr Boffin, in a tone of great enjoyment, as he settled himself down, still nursing his stick like a baby, ‘it’s a pleasant place, this! And then to be shut in on each side, with these ballads, like so many book-leaf blinkers! Why, its delightful!’

‘If I am not mistaken, sir,’ Mr Wegg delicately hinted, resting a hand on his stall, and bending over the discursive Boffin, ‘you alluded to some offer or another that was in your mind?’

‘I’m coming to it! All right. I’m coming to it! I was going to say that when I listened that morning, I listened with hadmiration amounting to haw. I thought to myself, “Here’s a man with a wooden leg—a literary man with—“’

‘N—not exactly so, sir,’ said Mr Wegg.

‘Why, you know every one of these songs by name and by tune, and if you want to read or to sing any one on ’em off straight, you’ve only to whip on your spectacles and do it!’ cried Mr Boffin. ‘I see you at it!’

Well, sir,’ returned Mr Wegg, with a conscious inclination of the head; ‘we’ll say literary, then.’

‘“A literary man—WITH a wooden leg—and all Print is open to him!” That’s what I thought to myself, that morning,’ pursued Mr Boffin, leaning forward to describe, uncramped by the clotheshorse, as large an arc as his right arm could make; ‘“all Print is open to him!” And it is, ain’t it?’

‘Why, truly, sir,’ Mr Wegg admitted, with modesty; ‘I believe you couldn’t show me the piece of English print, that I wouldn’t be equal to collaring and throwing.’

‘On the spot?’ said Mr Boffin.

‘On the spot.’

‘I know’d it! Then consider this. Here am I, a man without a wooden leg, and yet all print is shut to me.’

‘Indeed, sir?’ Mr Wegg returned with increasing self-complacency. ‘Education neglected?’

‘Neg—lected!’ repeated Boffin, with emphasis. ‘That ain’t no word for it. I don’t mean to say but what if you showed me a B, I could so far give you change for it, as to answer Boffin.’

‘Come, come, sir,’ said Mr Wegg, throwing in a little encouragement, ‘that’s something, too.’

‘It’s something,’ answered Mr Boffin, ‘but I’ll take my oath it ain’t much.’

‘Perhaps it’s not as much as could be wished by an inquiring mind, sir,’ Mr Wegg admitted.

‘Now, look here. I’m retired from business. Me and Mrs Boffin—Henerietty Boffin—which her father’s name was Henery, and her mother’s name was Hetty, and so you get it—we live on a compittance, under the will of a diseased governor.’

‘Gentleman dead, sir?’

‘Man alive, don’t I tell you? A diseased governor? Now, it’s too late for me to begin shovelling and sifting at alphabeds and grammar-books. I’m getting to be a old bird, and I want to take it easy. But I want some reading—some fine bold reading, some splendid book in a gorging Lord-Mayor’s-Show of wollumes’ (probably meaning gorgeous, but misled by association of ideas); ‘as’ll reach right down your pint of view, and take time to go by you. How can I get that reading, Wegg? By,’ tapping him on the breast with the head of his thick stick, ‘paying a man truly qualified to do it, so much an hour (say twopence) to come and do it.’

‘Hem! Flattered, sir, I am sure,’ said Wegg, beginning to regard himself in quite a new light. ‘Hew! This is the offer you mentioned, sir?’

‘Yes. Do you like it?’

‘I am considering of it, Mr Boffin.’

‘I don’t,’ said Boffin, in a free-handed manner, ‘want to tie a literary man—WITH a wooden leg—down too tight. A halfpenny an hour shan’t part us. The hours are your own to choose, after you’ve done for the day with your house here. I live over Maiden Lane way—out Holloway direction—and you’ve only got to go East-and-by-North when you’ve finished here, and you’re there. Twopence halfpenny an hour,’ said Boffin, taking a piece of chalk from his pocket and getting off the stool to work the sum on the top of it in his own way; ‘two long’uns and a short’un—twopence halfpenny; two short’uns is a long’un and two two long’uns is four long’uns—making five long’uns; six nights a week at five long’uns a night,’ scoring them all down separately, ‘and you mount up to thirty long’uns. A round’un! Half a crown!’

Pointing to this result as a large and satisfactory one, Mr Boffin smeared it out with his moistened glove, and sat down on the remains.

‘Half a crown,’ said Wegg, meditating. ‘Yes. (It ain’t much, sir.) Half a crown.’

‘Per week, you know.’

‘Per week. Yes. As to the amount of strain upon the intellect now. Was you thinking at all of poetry?’ Mr Wegg inquired, musing.

‘Would it come dearer?’ Mr Boffin asked.

‘It would come dearer,’ Mr Wegg returned. ‘For when a person comes to grind off poetry night after night, it is but right he should expect to be paid for its weakening effect on his mind.’

‘To tell you the truth Wegg,’ said Boffin, ‘I wasn’t thinking of poetry, except in so fur as this:—If you was to happen now and then to feel yourself in the mind to tip me and Mrs Boffin one of your ballads, why then we should drop into poetry.’

‘I follow you, sir,’ said Wegg. ‘But not being a regular musical professional, I should be loath to engage myself for that; and therefore when I dropped into poetry, I should ask to be considered so fur, in the light of a friend.’

At this, Mr Boffin’s eyes sparkled, and he shook Silas earnestly by the hand: protesting that it was more than he could have asked, and that he took it very kindly indeed.

‘What do you think of the terms, Wegg?’ Mr Boffin then demanded, with unconcealed anxiety.

Silas, who had stimulated this anxiety by his hard reserve of manner, and who had begun to understand his man very well, replied with an air; as if he were saying something extraordinarily generous and great:

‘Mr Boffin, I never bargain.’

‘So I should have thought of you!’ said Mr Boffin, admiringly. ‘No, sir. I never did ’aggle and I never will ’aggle. Consequently I meet you at once, free and fair, with—Done, for double the money!’

Mr Boffin seemed a little unprepared for this conclusion, but assented, with the remark, ‘You know better what it ought to be than I do, Wegg,’ and again shook hands with him upon it.

‘Could you begin to night, Wegg?’ he then demanded.

‘Yes, sir,’ said Mr Wegg, careful to leave all the eagerness to him. ‘I see no difficulty if you wish it. You are provided with the needful implement—a book, sir?’

‘Bought him at a sale,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Eight wollumes. Red and gold. Purple ribbon in every wollume, to keep the place where you leave off. Do you know him?’

‘The book’s name, sir?’ inquired Silas.

‘I thought you might have know’d him without it,’ said Mr Boffin slightly disappointed. ‘His name is Decline-And-Fall-Off-The-Rooshan-Empire.’ (Mr Boffin went over these stones slowly and with much caution.)

‘Ay indeed!’ said Mr Wegg, nodding his head with an air of friendly recognition.

‘You know him, Wegg?’

‘I haven’t been not to say right slap through him, very lately,’ Mr Wegg made answer, ‘having been otherways employed, Mr Boffin. But know him? Old familiar declining and falling off the Rooshan? Rather, sir! Ever since I was not so high as your stick. Ever since my eldest brother left our cottage to enlist into the army. On which occasion, as the ballad that was made about it describes:

‘Beside that cottage door, Mr Boffin, A girl was on her knees; She held aloft a snowy scarf, Sir, Which (my eldest brother noticed) fluttered in the breeze. She breathed a prayer for him, Mr Boffin; A prayer he coold not hear. And my eldest brother lean’d upon his sword, Mr Boffin, And wiped away a tear.’

Much impressed by this family circumstance, and also by the friendly disposition of Mr Wegg, as exemplified in his so soon dropping into poetry, Mr Boffin again shook hands with that ligneous sharper, and besought him to name his hour. Mr Wegg named eight.

‘Where I live,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘is called The Bower. Boffin’s Bower is the name Mrs Boffin christened it when we come into it as a property. If you should meet with anybody that don’t know it by that name (which hardly anybody does), when you’ve got nigh upon about a odd mile, or say and a quarter if you like, up Maiden Lane, Battle Bridge, ask for Harmony Jail, and you’ll be put right. I shall expect you, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin, clapping him on the shoulder with the greatest enthusiasm, ‘most joyfully. I shall have no peace or patience till you come. Print is now opening ahead of me. This night, a literary man—WITH a wooden leg—’ he bestowed an admiring look upon that decoration, as if it greatly enhanced the relish of Mr Wegg’s attainments—‘will begin to lead me a new life! My fist again, Wegg. Morning, morning, morning!’

Left alone at his stall as the other ambled off, Mr Wegg subsided into his screen, produced a small pocket-handkerchief of a penitentially-scrubbing character, and took himself by the nose with a thoughtful aspect. Also, while he still grasped that feature, he directed several thoughtful looks down the street, after the retiring figure of Mr Boffin. But, profound gravity sat enthroned on Wegg’s countenance. For, while he considered within himself that this was an old fellow of rare simplicity, that this was an opportunity to be improved, and that here might be money to be got beyond present calculation, still he compromised himself by no admission that his new engagement was at all out of his way, or involved the least element of the ridiculous. Mr Wegg would even have picked a handsome quarrel with any one who should have challenged his deep acquaintance with those aforesaid eight volumes of Decline and Fall. His gravity was unusual, portentous, and immeasurable, not because he admitted any doubt of himself but because he perceived it necessary to forestall any doubt of himself in others. And herein he ranged with that very numerous class of impostors, who are quite as determined to keep up appearances to themselves, as to their neighbours.

A certain loftiness, likewise, took possession of Mr Wegg; a condescending sense of being in request as an official expounder of mysteries. It did not move him to commercial greatness, but rather to littleness, insomuch that if it had been within the possibilities of things for the wooden measure to hold fewer nuts than usual, it would have done so that day. But, when night came, and with her veiled eyes beheld him stumping towards Boffin’s Bower, he was elated too.

The Bower was as difficult to find, as Fair Rosamond’s without the clue. Mr Wegg, having reached the quarter indicated, inquired for the Bower half a dozen times without the least success, until he remembered to ask for Harmony Jail. This occasioned a quick change in the spirits of a hoarse gentleman and a donkey, whom he had much perplexed.

‘Why, yer mean Old Harmon’s, do yer?’ said the hoarse gentleman, who was driving his donkey in a truck, with a carrot for a whip. ‘Why didn’t yer niver say so? Eddard and me is a goin’ by HIM! Jump in.’

Mr Wegg complied, and the hoarse gentleman invited his attention to the third person in company, thus;

‘Now, you look at Eddard’s ears. What was it as you named, agin? Whisper.’

Mr Wegg whispered, ‘Boffin’s Bower.’

‘Eddard! (keep yer hi on his ears) cut away to Boffin’s Bower!’

Edward, with his ears lying back, remained immoveable.

‘Eddard! (keep yer hi on his ears) cut away to Old Harmon’s.’ Edward instantly pricked up his ears to their utmost, and rattled off at such a pace that Mr Wegg’s conversation was jolted out of him in a most dislocated state.

‘Was-it-Ev-verajail?’ asked Mr Wegg, holding on.

‘Not a proper jail, wot you and me would get committed to,’ returned his escort; ‘they giv’ it the name, on accounts of Old Harmon living solitary there.’

‘And-why-did-they-callitharm-Ony?’ asked Wegg.

‘On accounts of his never agreeing with nobody. Like a speeches of chaff. Harmon’s Jail; Harmony Jail. Working it round like.’

‘Doyouknow-Mist-Erboff-in?’ asked Wegg.

‘I should think so! Everybody do about here. Eddard knows him. (Keep yer hi on his ears.) Noddy Boffin, Eddard!’

The effect of the name was so very alarming, in respect of causing a temporary disappearance of Edward’s head, casting his hind hoofs in the air, greatly accelerating the pace and increasing the jolting, that Mr Wegg was fain to devote his attention exclusively to holding on, and to relinquish his desire of ascertaining whether this homage to Boffin was to be considered complimentary or the reverse.

Presently, Edward stopped at a gateway, and Wegg discreetly lost no time in slipping out at the back of the truck. The moment he was landed, his late driver with a wave of the carrot, said ‘Supper, Eddard!’ and he, the hind hoofs, the truck, and Edward, all seemed to fly into the air together, in a kind of apotheosis.

Pushing the gate, which stood ajar, Wegg looked into an enclosed space where certain tall dark mounds rose high against the sky, and where the pathway to the Bower was indicated, as the moonlight showed, between two lines of broken crockery set in ashes. A white figure advancing along this path, proved to be nothing more ghostly than Mr Boffin, easily attired for the pursuit of knowledge, in an undress garment of short white smock-frock. Having received his literary friend with great cordiality, he conducted him to the interior of the Bower and there presented him to Mrs Boffin:—a stout lady of a rubicund and cheerful aspect, dressed (to Mr Wegg’s consternation) in a low evening-dress of sable satin, and a large black velvet hat and feathers.

‘Mrs Boffin, Wegg,’ said Boffin, ‘is a highflyer at Fashion. And her make is such, that she does it credit. As to myself I ain’t yet as Fash’nable as I may come to be. Henerietty, old lady, this is the gentleman that’s a going to decline and fall off the Rooshan Empire.’

‘And I am sure I hope it’ll do you both good,’ said Mrs Boffin.

It was the queerest of rooms, fitted and furnished more like a luxurious amateur tap-room than anything else within the ken of Silas Wegg. There were two wooden settles by the fire, one on either side of it, with a corresponding table before each. On one of these tables, the eight volumes were ranged flat, in a row, like a galvanic battery; on the other, certain squat case-bottles of inviting appearance seemed to stand on tiptoe to exchange glances with Mr Wegg over a front row of tumblers and a basin of white sugar. On the hob, a kettle steamed; on the hearth, a cat reposed. Facing the fire between the settles, a sofa, a footstool, and a little table, formed a centrepiece devoted to Mrs Boffin. They were garish in taste and colour, but were expensive articles of drawing-room furniture that had a very odd look beside the settles and the flaring gaslight pendent from the ceiling. There was a flowery carpet on the floor; but, instead of reaching to the fireside, its glowing vegetation stopped short at Mrs Boffin’s footstool, and gave place to a region of sand and sawdust. Mr Wegg also noticed, with admiring eyes, that, while the flowery land displayed such hollow ornamentation as stuffed birds and waxen fruits under glass-shades, there were, in the territory where vegetation ceased, compensatory shelves on which the best part of a large pie and likewise of a cold joint were plainly discernible among other solids. The room itself was large, though low; and the heavy frames of its old-fashioned windows, and the heavy beams in its crooked ceiling, seemed to indicate that it had once been a house of some mark standing alone in the country.

‘Do you like it, Wegg?’ asked Mr Boffin, in his pouncing manner.

‘I admire it greatly, sir,’ said Wegg. ‘Peculiar comfort at this fireside, sir.’

‘Do you understand it, Wegg?’

‘Why, in a general way, sir,’ Mr Wegg was beginning slowly and knowingly, with his head stuck on one side, as evasive people do begin, when the other cut him short:

‘You DON’T understand it, Wegg, and I’ll explain it. These arrangements is made by mutual consent between Mrs Boffin and me. Mrs Boffin, as I’ve mentioned, is a highflyer at Fashion; at present I’m not. I don’t go higher than comfort, and comfort of the sort that I’m equal to the enjoyment of. Well then. Where would be the good of Mrs Boffin and me quarrelling over it? We never did quarrel, before we come into Boffin’s Bower as a property; why quarrel when we HAVE come into Boffin’s Bower as a property? So Mrs Boffin, she keeps up her part of the room, in her way; I keep up my part of the room in mine. In consequence of which we have at once, Sociability (I should go melancholy mad without Mrs Boffin), Fashion, and Comfort. If I get by degrees to be a higher-flyer at Fashion, then Mrs Boffin will by degrees come for’arder. If Mrs Boffin should ever be less of a dab at Fashion than she is at the present time, then Mrs Boffin’s carpet would go back’arder. If we should both continny as we are, why then HERE we are, and give us a kiss, old lady.’

Mrs Boffin who, perpetually smiling, had approached and drawn her plump arm through her lord’s, most willingly complied. Fashion, in the form of her black velvet hat and feathers, tried to prevent it; but got deservedly crushed in the endeavour.

‘So now, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin, wiping his mouth with an air of much refreshment, ‘you begin to know us as we are. This is a charming spot, is the Bower, but you must get to apprechiate it by degrees. It’s a spot to find out the merits of; little by little, and a new’un every day. There’s a serpentining walk up each of the mounds, that gives you the yard and neighbourhood changing every moment. When you get to the top, there’s a view of the neighbouring premises, not to be surpassed. The premises of Mrs Boffin’s late father (Canine Provision Trade), you look down into, as if they was your own. And the top of the High Mound is crowned with a lattice-work Arbour, in which, if you don’t read out loud many a book in the summer, ay, and as a friend, drop many a time into poetry too, it shan’t be my fault. Now, what’ll you read on?’

‘Thank you, sir,’ returned Wegg, as if there were nothing new in his reading at all. ‘I generally do it on gin and water.’

‘Keeps the organ moist, does it, Wegg?’ asked Mr Boffin, with innocent eagerness.

‘N-no, sir,’ replied Wegg, coolly, ‘I should hardly describe it so, sir. I should say, mellers it. Mellers it, is the word I should employ, Mr Boffin.’

His wooden conceit and craft kept exact pace with the delighted expectation of his victim. The visions rising before his mercenary mind, of the many ways in which this connexion was to be turned to account, never obscured the foremost idea natural to a dull overreaching man, that he must not make himself too cheap.

Mrs Boffin’s Fashion, as a less inexorable deity than the idol usually worshipped under that name, did not forbid her mixing for her literary guest, or asking if he found the result to his liking. On his returning a gracious answer and taking his place at the literary settle, Mr Boffin began to compose himself as a listener, at the opposite settle, with exultant eyes.

‘Sorry to deprive you of a pipe, Wegg,’ he said, filling his own, ‘but you can’t do both together. Oh! and another thing I forgot to name! When you come in here of an evening, and look round you, and notice anything on a shelf that happens to catch your fancy, mention it.’

Wegg, who had been going to put on his spectacles, immediately laid them down, with the sprightly observation:

‘You read my thoughts, sir. DO my eyes deceive me, or is that object up there a—a pie? It can’t be a pie.’

‘Yes, it’s a pie, Wegg,’ replied Mr Boffin, with a glance of some little discomfiture at the Decline and Fall.

‘HAVE I lost my smell for fruits, or is it a apple pie, sir?’ asked Wegg.

‘It’s a veal and ham pie,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘Is it indeed, sir? And it would be hard, sir, to name the pie that is a better pie than a weal and hammer,’ said Mr Wegg, nodding his head emotionally.

‘Have some, Wegg?’

‘Thank you, Mr Boffin, I think I will, at your invitation. I wouldn’t at any other party’s, at the present juncture; but at yours, sir!—And meaty jelly too, especially when a little salt, which is the case where there’s ham, is mellering to the organ, is very mellering to the organ.’ Mr Wegg did not say what organ, but spoke with a cheerful generality.

So, the pie was brought down, and the worthy Mr Boffin exercised his patience until Wegg, in the exercise of his knife and fork, had finished the dish: only profiting by the opportunity to inform Wegg that although it was not strictly Fashionable to keep the contents of a larder thus exposed to view, he (Mr Boffin) considered it hospitable; for the reason, that instead of saying, in a comparatively unmeaning manner, to a visitor, ‘There are such and such edibles down stairs; will you have anything up?’ you took the bold practical course of saying, ‘Cast your eye along the shelves, and, if you see anything you like there, have it down.’

And now, Mr Wegg at length pushed away his plate and put on his spectacles, and Mr Boffin lighted his pipe and looked with beaming eyes into the opening world before him, and Mrs Boffin reclined in a fashionable manner on her sofa: as one who would be part of the audience if she found she could, and would go to sleep if she found she couldn’t.

‘Hem!’ began Wegg, ‘This, Mr Boffin and Lady, is the first chapter of the first wollume of the Decline and Fall off—’ here he looked hard at the book, and stopped.

‘What’s the matter, Wegg?’

‘Why, it comes into my mind, do you know, sir,’ said Wegg with an air of insinuating frankness (having first again looked hard at the book), ‘that you made a little mistake this morning, which I had meant to set you right in, only something put it out of my head. I think you said Rooshan Empire, sir?’

‘It is Rooshan; ain’t it, Wegg?’

‘No, sir. Roman. Roman.’

‘What’s the difference, Wegg?’

‘The difference, sir?’ Mr Wegg was faltering and in danger of breaking down, when a bright thought flashed upon him. ‘The difference, sir? There you place me in a difficulty, Mr Boffin. Suffice it to observe, that the difference is best postponed to some other occasion when Mrs Boffin does not honour us with her company. In Mrs Boffin’s presence, sir, we had better drop it.’

Mr Wegg thus came out of his disadvantage with quite a chivalrous air, and not only that, but by dint of repeating with a manly delicacy, ‘In Mrs Boffin’s presence, sir, we had better drop it!’ turned the disadvantage on Boffin, who felt that he had committed himself in a very painful manner.

Then, Mr Wegg, in a dry unflinching way, entered on his task; going straight across country at everything that came before him; taking all the hard words, biographical and geographical; getting rather shaken by Hadrian, Trajan, and the Antonines; stumbling at Polybius (pronounced Polly Beeious, and supposed by Mr Boffin to be a Roman virgin, and by Mrs Boffin to be responsible for that necessity of dropping it); heavily unseated by Titus Antoninus Pius; up again and galloping smoothly with Augustus; finally, getting over the ground well with Commodus: who, under the appellation of Commodious, was held by Mr Boffin to have been quite unworthy of his English origin, and ‘not to have acted up to his name’ in his government of the Roman people. With the death of this personage, Mr Wegg terminated his first reading; long before which consummation several total eclipses of Mrs Boffin’s candle behind her black velvet disc, would have been very alarming, but for being regularly accompanied by a potent smell of burnt pens when her feathers took fire, which acted as a restorative and woke her. Mr Wegg, having read on by rote and attached as few ideas as possible to the text, came out of the encounter fresh; but, Mr Boffin, who had soon laid down his unfinished pipe, and had ever since sat intently staring with his eyes and mind at the confounding enormities of the Romans, was so severely punished that he could hardly wish his literary friend Good-night, and articulate ‘Tomorrow.’

‘Commodious,’ gasped Mr Boffin, staring at the moon, after letting Wegg out at the gate and fastening it: ‘Commodious fights in that wild-beast-show, seven hundred and thirty-five times, in one character only! As if that wasn’t stunning enough, a hundred lions is turned into the same wild-beast-show all at once! As if that wasn’t stunning enough, Commodious, in another character, kills ’em all off in a hundred goes! As if that wasn’t stunning enough, Vittle-us (and well named too) eats six millions’ worth, English money, in seven months! Wegg takes it easy, but upon-my-soul to a old bird like myself these are scarers. And even now that Commodious is strangled, I don’t see a way to our bettering ourselves.’ Mr Boffin added as he turned his pensive steps towards the Bower and shook his head, ‘I didn’t think this morning there was half so many Scarers in Print. But I’m in for it now!’

Chapter 6

CUT ADRIFT

The Six Jolly Fellowship Porters, already mentioned as a tavern of a dropsical appearance, had long settled down into a state of hale infirmity. In its whole constitution it had not a straight floor, and hardly a straight line; but it had outlasted, and clearly would yet outlast, many a better-trimmed building, many a sprucer public-house. Externally, it was a narrow lopsided wooden jumble of corpulent windows heaped one upon another as you might heap as many toppling oranges, with a crazy wooden verandah impending over the water; indeed the whole house, inclusive of the complaining flag-staff on the roof, impended over the water, but seemed to have got into the condition of a faint-hearted diver who has paused so long on the brink that he will never go in at all.

This description applies to the river-frontage of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters. The back of the establishment, though the chief entrance was there, so contracted that it merely represented in its connexion with the front, the handle of a flat iron set upright on its broadest end. This handle stood at the bottom of a wilderness of court and alley: which wilderness pressed so hard and close upon the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters as to leave the hostelry not an inch of ground beyond its door. For this reason, in combination with the fact that the house was all but afloat at high water, when the Porters had a family wash the linen subjected to that operation might usually be seen drying on lines stretched across the reception-rooms and bed-chambers.

The wood forming the chimney-pieces, beams, partitions, floors and doors, of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters, seemed in its old age fraught with confused memories of its youth. In many places it had become gnarled and riven, according to the manner of old trees; knots started out of it; and here and there it seemed to twist itself into some likeness of boughs. In this state of second childhood, it had an air of being in its own way garrulous about its early life. Not without reason was it often asserted by the regular frequenters of the Porters, that when the light shone full upon the grain of certain panels, and particularly upon an old corner cupboard of walnut-wood in the bar, you might trace little forests there, and tiny trees like the parent tree, in full umbrageous leaf.

The bar of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters was a bar to soften the human breast. The available space in it was not much larger than a hackney-coach; but no one could have wished the bar bigger, that space was so girt in by corpulent little casks, and by cordial-bottles radiant with fictitious grapes in bunches, and by lemons in nets, and by biscuits in baskets, and by the polite beer-pulls that made low bows when customers were served with beer, and by the cheese in a snug corner, and by the landlady’s own small table in a snugger corner near the fire, with the cloth everlastingly laid. This haven was divided from the rough world by a glass partition and a half-door, with a leaden sill upon it for the convenience of resting your liquor; but, over this half-door the bar’s snugness so gushed forth that, albeit customers drank there standing, in a dark and draughty passage where they were shouldered by other customers passing in and out, they always appeared to drink under an enchanting delusion that they were in the bar itself.

For the rest, both the tap and parlour of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters gave upon the river, and had red curtains matching the noses of the regular customers, and were provided with comfortable fireside tin utensils, like models of sugar-loaf hats, made in that shape that they might, with their pointed ends, seek out for themselves glowing nooks in the depths of the red coals, when they mulled your ale, or heated for you those delectable drinks, Purl, Flip, and Dog’s Nose. The first of these humming compounds was a speciality of the Porters, which, through an inscription on its door-posts, gently appealed to your feelings as, ‘The Early Purl House’. For, it would seem that Purl must always be taken early; though whether for any more distinctly stomachic reason than that, as the early bird catches the worm, so the early purl catches the customer, cannot here be resolved. It only remains to add that in the handle of the flat iron, and opposite the bar, was a very little room like a three-cornered hat, into which no direct ray of sun, moon, or star, ever penetrated, but which was superstitiously regarded as a sanctuary replete with comfort and retirement by gaslight, and on the door of which was therefore painted its alluring name: Cosy.

Miss Potterson, sole proprietor and manager of the Fellowship Porters, reigned supreme on her throne, the Bar, and a man must have drunk himself mad drunk indeed if he thought he could contest a point with her. Being known on her own authority as Miss Abbey Potterson, some water-side heads, which (like the water) were none of the clearest, harboured muddled notions that, because of her dignity and firmness, she was named after, or in some sort related to, the Abbey at Westminster. But, Abbey was only short for Abigail, by which name Miss Potterson had been christened at Limehouse Church, some sixty and odd years before.

‘Now, you mind, you Riderhood,’ said Miss Abbey Potterson, with emphatic forefinger over the half-door, ‘the Fellowship don’t want you at all, and would rather by far have your room than your company; but if you were as welcome here as you are not, you shouldn’t even then have another drop of drink here this night, after this present pint of beer. So make the most of it.’

‘But you know, Miss Potterson,’ this was suggested very meekly though, ‘if I behave myself, you can’t help serving me, miss.’

‘CAN’T I!’ said Abbey, with infinite expression.

‘No, Miss Potterson; because, you see, the law—’

‘I am the law here, my man,’ returned Miss Abbey, ‘and I’ll soon convince you of that, if you doubt it at all.’

‘I never said I did doubt it at all, Miss Abbey.’

‘So much the better for you.’

Abbey the supreme threw the customer’s halfpence into the till, and, seating herself in her fireside-chair, resumed the newspaper she had been reading. She was a tall, upright, well-favoured woman, though severe of countenance, and had more of the air of a schoolmistress than mistress of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters. The man on the other side of the half-door, was a waterside-man with a squinting leer, and he eyed her as if he were one of her pupils in disgrace.

‘You’re cruel hard upon me, Miss Potterson.’

Miss Potterson read her newspaper with contracted brows, and took no notice until he whispered:

‘Miss Potterson! Ma’am! Might I have half a word with you?’

Deigning then to turn her eyes sideways towards the suppliant, Miss Potterson beheld him knuckling his low forehead, and ducking at her with his head, as if he were asking leave to fling himself head foremost over the half-door and alight on his feet in the bar.

Well?’ said Miss Potterson, with a manner as short as she herself was long, ‘say your half word. Bring it out.’

‘Miss Potterson! Ma’am! Would you ’sxcuse me taking the liberty of asking, is it my character that you take objections to?’

‘Certainly,’ said Miss Potterson.

‘Is it that you’re afraid of—’

‘I am not afraid OF YOU,’ interposed Miss Potterson, ‘if you mean that.’

‘But I humbly don’t mean that, Miss Abbey.’

‘Then what do you mean?’

‘You really are so cruel hard upon me! What I was going to make inquiries was no more than, might you have any apprehensions—leastways beliefs or suppositions—that the company’s property mightn’t be altogether to be considered safe, if I used the house too regular?’

‘What do you want to know for?’

Well, Miss Abbey, respectfully meaning no offence to you, it would be some satisfaction to a man’s mind, to understand why the Fellowship Porters is not to be free to such as me, and is to be free to such as Gaffer.’

The face of the hostess darkened with some shadow of perplexity, as she replied: ‘Gaffer has never been where you have been.’

‘Signifying in Quod, Miss? Perhaps not. But he may have merited it. He may be suspected of far worse than ever I was.’

‘Who suspects him?’

‘Many, perhaps. One, beyond all doubts. I do.’

‘YOU are not much,’ said Miss Abbey Potterson, knitting her brows again with disdain.

‘But I was his pardner. Mind you, Miss Abbey, I was his pardner. As such I know more of the ins and outs of him than any person living does. Notice this! I am the man that was his pardner, and I am the man that suspects him.’

‘Then,’ suggested Miss Abbey, though with a deeper shade of perplexity than before, ‘you criminate yourself.’

‘No I don’t, Miss Abbey. For how does it stand? It stands this way. When I was his pardner, I couldn’t never give him satisfaction. Why couldn’t I never give him satisfaction? Because my luck was bad; because I couldn’t find many enough of ’em. How was his luck? Always good. Notice this! Always good! Ah! There’s a many games, Miss Abbey, in which there’s chance, but there’s a many others in which there’s skill too, mixed along with it.’

‘That Gaffer has a skill in finding what he finds, who doubts, man?’ asked Miss Abbey.

‘A skill in purwiding what he finds, perhaps,’ said Riderhood, shaking his evil head.

Miss Abbey knitted her brow at him, as he darkly leered at her. ‘If you’re out upon the river pretty nigh every tide, and if you want to find a man or woman in the river, you’ll greatly help your luck, Miss Abbey, by knocking a man or woman on the head aforehand and pitching ’em in.’

‘Gracious Lud!’ was the involuntary exclamation of Miss Potterson.

‘Mind you!’ returned the other, stretching forward over the half door to throw his words into the bar; for his voice was as if the head of his boat’s mop were down his throat; ‘I say so, Miss Abbey! And mind you! I’ll follow him up, Miss Abbey! And mind you! I’ll bring him to hook at last, if it’s twenty year hence, I will! Who’s he, to be favoured along of his daughter? Ain’t I got a daughter of my own!’

With that flourish, and seeming to have talked himself rather more drunk and much more ferocious than he had begun by being, Mr Riderhood took up his pint pot and swaggered off to the taproom.

Gaffer was not there, but a pretty strong muster of Miss Abbey’s pupils were, who exhibited, when occasion required, the greatest docility. On the clock’s striking ten, and Miss Abbey’s appearing at the door, and addressing a certain person in a faded scarlet jacket, with ‘George Jones, your time’s up! I told your wife you should be punctual,’ Jones submissively rose, gave the company good-night, and retired. At half-past ten, on Miss Abbey’s looking in again, and saying, ‘William Williams, Bob Glamour, and Jonathan, you are all due,’ Williams, Bob, and Jonathan with similar meekness took their leave and evaporated. Greater wonder than these, when a bottle-nosed person in a glazed hat had after some considerable hesitation ordered another glass of gin and water of the attendant potboy, and when Miss Abbey, instead of sending it, appeared in person, saying, ‘Captain Joey, you have had as much as will do you good,’ not only did the captain feebly rub his knees and contemplate the fire without offering a word of protest, but the rest of the company murmured, ‘Ay, ay, Captain! Miss Abbey’s right; you be guided by Miss Abbey, Captain.’ Nor, was Miss Abbey’s vigilance in anywise abated by this submission, but rather sharpened; for, looking round on the deferential faces of her school, and descrying two other young persons in need of admonition, she thus bestowed it: ‘Tom Tootle, it’s time for a young fellow who’s going to be married next month, to be at home and asleep. And you needn’t nudge him, Mr Jack Mullins, for I know your work begins early tomorrow, and I say the same to you. So come! Good-night, like good lads!’ Upon which, the blushing Tootle looked to Mullins, and the blushing Mullins looked to Tootle, on the question who should rise first, and finally both rose together and went out on the broad grin, followed by Miss Abbey; in whose presence the company did not take the liberty of grinning likewise.

In such an establishment, the white-aproned pot-boy with his shirt-sleeves arranged in a tight roll on each bare shoulder, was a mere hint of the possibility of physical force, thrown out as a matter of state and form. Exactly at the closing hour, all the guests who were left, filed out in the best order: Miss Abbey standing at the half door of the bar, to hold a ceremony of review and dismissal. All wished Miss Abbey good-night and Miss Abbey wished good-night to all, except Riderhood. The sapient pot-boy, looking on officially, then had the conviction borne in upon his soul, that the man was evermore outcast and excommunicate from the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters.

‘You Bob Gliddery,’ said Miss Abbey to this pot-boy, ‘run round to Hexam’s and tell his daughter Lizzie that I want to speak to her.’

With exemplary swiftness Bob Gliddery departed, and returned. Lizzie, following him, arrived as one of the two female domestics of the Fellowship Porters arranged on the snug little table by the bar fire, Miss Potterson’s supper of hot sausages and mashed potatoes.

‘Come in and sit ye down, girl,’ said Miss Abbey. ‘Can you eat a bit?’

‘No thank you, Miss. I have had my supper.’

‘I have had mine too, I think,’ said Miss Abbey, pushing away the untasted dish, ‘and more than enough of it. I am put out, Lizzie.’

‘I am very sorry for it, Miss.’

‘Then why, in the name of Goodness,’ quoth Miss Abbey, sharply, ‘do you do it?’

‘I do it, Miss!’

‘There, there. Don’t look astonished. I ought to have begun with a word of explanation, but it’s my way to make short cuts at things. I always was a pepperer. You Bob Gliddery there, put the chain upon the door and get ye down to your supper.’

With an alacrity that seemed no less referable to the pepperer fact than to the supper fact, Bob obeyed, and his boots were heard descending towards the bed of the river.

Lizzie Hexam, Lizzie Hexam,’ then began Miss Potterson, ‘how often have I held out to you the opportunity of getting clear of your father, and doing well?’

‘Very often, Miss.’

‘Very often? Yes! And I might as well have spoken to the iron funnel of the strongest sea-going steamer that passes the Fellowship Porters.’

‘No, Miss,’ Lizzie pleaded; ‘because that would not be thankful, and I am.’

‘I vow and declare I am half ashamed of myself for taking such an interest in you,’ said Miss Abbey, pettishly, ‘for I don’t believe I should do it if you were not good-looking. Why ain’t you ugly?’

Lizzie merely answered this difficult question with an apologetic glance.

‘However, you ain’t,’ resumed Miss Potterson, ‘so it’s no use going into that. I must take you as I find you. Which indeed is what I’ve done. And you mean to say you are still obstinate?’

‘Not obstinate, Miss, I hope.’

‘Firm (I suppose you call it) then?’

‘Yes, Miss. Fixed like.’

‘Never was an obstinate person yet, who would own to the word!’ remarked Miss Potterson, rubbing her vexed nose; ‘I’m sure I would, if I was obstinate; but I am a pepperer, which is different. Lizzie Hexam, Lizzie Hexam, think again. Do you know the worst of your father?’

‘Do I know the worst of father!’ she repeated, opening her eyes.

‘Do you know the suspicions to which your father makes himself liable? Do you know the suspicions that are actually about, against him?’

The consciousness of what he habitually did, oppressed the girl heavily, and she slowly cast down her eyes.

‘Say, Lizzie. Do you know?’ urged Miss Abbey.

‘Please to tell me what the suspicions are, Miss,’ she asked after a silence, with her eyes upon the ground.

‘It’s not an easy thing to tell a daughter, but it must be told. It is thought by some, then, that your father helps to their death a few of those that he finds dead.’

The relief of hearing what she felt sure was a false suspicion, in place of the expected real and true one, so lightened Lizzie’s breast for the moment, that Miss Abbey was amazed at her demeanour. She raised her eyes quickly, shook her head, and, in a kind of triumph, almost laughed.

‘They little know father who talk like that!’

(‘She takes it,’ thought Miss Abbey, ‘very quietly. She takes it with extraordinary quietness!’)

‘And perhaps,’ said Lizzie, as a recollection flashed upon her, ‘it is some one who has a grudge against father; some one who has threatened father! Is it Riderhood, Miss?’

Well; yes it is.’

‘Yes! He was father’s partner, and father broke with him, and now he revenges himself. Father broke with him when I was by, and he was very angry at it. And besides, Miss Abbey!—Will you never, without strong reason, let pass your lips what I am going to say?’

She bent forward to say it in a whisper.

‘I promise,’ said Miss Abbey.

‘It was on the night when the Harmon murder was found out, through father, just above bridge. And just below bridge, as we were sculling home, Riderhood crept out of the dark in his boat. And many and many times afterwards, when such great pains were taken to come to the bottom of the crime, and it never could be come near, I thought in my own thoughts, could Riderhood himself have done the murder, and did he purposely let father find the body? It seemed a’most wicked and cruel to so much as think such a thing; but now that he tries to throw it upon father, I go back to it as if it was a truth. Can it be a truth? That was put into my mind by the dead?’

She asked this question, rather of the fire than of the hostess of the Fellowship Porters, and looked round the little bar with troubled eyes.

But, Miss Potterson, as a ready schoolmistress accustomed to bring her pupils to book, set the matter in a light that was essentially of this world.

‘You poor deluded girl,’ she said, ‘don’t you see that you can’t open your mind to particular suspicions of one of the two, without opening your mind to general suspicions of the other? They had worked together. Their goings-on had been going on for some time. Even granting that it was as you have had in your thoughts, what the two had done together would come familiar to the mind of one.’

‘You don’t know father, Miss, when you talk like that. Indeed, indeed, you don’t know father.’

‘Lizzie, Lizzie,’ said Miss Potterson. ‘Leave him. You needn’t break with him altogether, but leave him. Do well away from him; not because of what I have told you to-night—we’ll pass no judgment upon that, and we’ll hope it may not be—but because of what I have urged on you before. No matter whether it’s owing to your good looks or not, I like you and I want to serve you. Lizzie, come under my direction. Don’t fling yourself away, my girl, but be persuaded into being respectable and happy.’

In the sound good feeling and good sense of her entreaty, Miss Abbey had softened into a soothing tone, and had even drawn her arm round the girl’s waist. But, she only replied, ‘Thank you, thank you! I can’t. I won’t. I must not think of it. The harder father is borne upon, the more he needs me to lean on.’

And then Miss Abbey, who, like all hard people when they do soften, felt that there was considerable compensation owing to her, underwent reaction and became frigid.

‘I have done what I can,’ she said, ‘and you must go your way. You make your bed, and you must lie on it. But tell your father one thing: he must not come here any more.’

‘Oh, Miss, will you forbid him the house where I know he’s safe?’

‘The Fellowships,’ returned Miss Abbey, ‘has itself to look to, as well as others. It has been hard work to establish order here, and make the Fellowships what it is, and it is daily and nightly hard work to keep it so. The Fellowships must not have a taint upon it that may give it a bad name. I forbid the house to Riderhood, and I forbid the house to Gaffer. I forbid both, equally. I find from Riderhood and you together, that there are suspicions against both men, and I’m not going to take upon myself to decide betwixt them. They are both tarred with a dirty brush, and I can’t have the Fellowships tarred with the same brush. That’s all I know.’

‘Good-night, Miss!’ said Lizzie Hexam, sorrowfully.

‘Hah!—Good-night!’ returned Miss Abbey with a shake of her head.

‘Believe me, Miss Abbey, I am truly grateful all the same.’

‘I can believe a good deal,’ returned the stately Abbey, ‘so I’ll try to believe that too, Lizzie.’

No supper did Miss Potterson take that night, and only half her usual tumbler of hot Port Negus. And the female domestics—two robust sisters, with staring black eyes, shining flat red faces, blunt noses, and strong black curls, like dolls—interchanged the sentiment that Missis had had her hair combed the wrong way by somebody. And the pot-boy afterwards remarked, that he hadn’t been ‘so rattled to bed’, since his late mother had systematically accelerated his retirement to rest with a poker.

The chaining of the door behind her, as she went forth, disenchanted Lizzie Hexam of that first relief she had felt. The night was black and shrill, the river-side wilderness was melancholy, and there was a sound of casting-out, in the rattling of the iron-links, and the grating of the bolts and staples under Miss Abbey’s hand. As she came beneath the lowering sky, a sense of being involved in a murky shade of Murder dropped upon her; and, as the tidal swell of the river broke at her feet without her seeing how it gathered, so, her thoughts startled her by rushing out of an unseen void and striking at her heart.

Of her father’s being groundlessly suspected, she felt sure. Sure. Sure. And yet, repeat the word inwardly as often as she would, the attempt to reason out and prove that she was sure, always came after it and failed. Riderhood had done the deed, and entrapped her father. Riderhood had not done the deed, but had resolved in his malice to turn against her father, the appearances that were ready to his hand to distort. Equally and swiftly upon either putting of the case, followed the frightful possibility that her father, being innocent, yet might come to be believed guilty. She had heard of people suffering Death for bloodshed of which they were afterwards proved pure, and those ill-fated persons were not, first, in that dangerous wrong in which her father stood. Then at the best, the beginning of his being set apart, whispered against, and avoided, was a certain fact. It dated from that very night. And as the great black river with its dreary shores was soon lost to her view in the gloom, so, she stood on the river’s brink unable to see into the vast blank misery of a life suspected, and fallen away from by good and bad, but knowing that it lay there dim before her, stretching away to the great ocean, Death.

One thing only, was clear to the girl’s mind. Accustomed from her very babyhood promptly to do the thing that could be done—whether to keep out weather, to ward off cold, to postpone hunger, or what not—she started out of her meditation, and ran home.

The room was quiet, and the lamp burnt on the table. In the bunk in the corner, her brother lay asleep. She bent over him softly, kissed him, and came to the table.

‘By the time of Miss Abbey’s closing, and by the run of the tide, it must be one. Tide’s running up. Father at Chiswick, wouldn’t think of coming down, till after the turn, and that’s at half after four. I’ll call Charley at six. I shall hear the church-clocks strike, as I sit here.’

Very quietly, she placed a chair before the scanty fire, and sat down in it, drawing her shawl about her.

‘Charley’s hollow down by the flare is not there now. Poor Charley!’

The clock struck two, and the clock struck three, and the clock struck four, and she remained there, with a woman’s patience and her own purpose. When the morning was well on between four and five, she slipped off her shoes (that her going about might not wake Charley), trimmed the fire sparingly, put water on to boil, and set the table for breakfast. Then she went up the ladder, lamp in hand, and came down again, and glided about and about, making a little bundle. Lastly, from her pocket, and from the chimney-piece, and from an inverted basin on the highest shelf she brought halfpence, a few sixpences, fewer shillings, and fell to laboriously and noiselessly counting them, and setting aside one little heap. She was still so engaged, when she was startled by:

‘Hal-loa!’ From her brother, sitting up in bed.

‘You made me jump, Charley.’

‘Jump! Didn’t you make ME jump, when I opened my eyes a moment ago, and saw you sitting there, like the ghost of a girl miser, in the dead of the night.’

‘It’s not the dead of the night, Charley. It’s nigh six in the morning.’

‘Is it though? But what are you up to, Liz?’

‘Still telling your fortune, Charley.’

‘It seems to be a precious small one, if that’s it,’ said the boy. ‘What are you putting that little pile of money by itself for?’

‘For you, Charley.’

‘What do you mean?’

‘Get out of bed, Charley, and get washed and dressed, and then I’ll tell you.’

Her composed manner, and her low distinct voice, always had an influence over him. His head was soon in a basin of water, and out of it again, and staring at her through a storm of towelling.

‘I never,’ towelling at himself as if he were his bitterest enemy, ‘saw such a girl as you are. What IS the move, Liz?’

‘Are you almost ready for breakfast, Charley?’

‘You can pour it out. Hal-loa! I say? And a bundle?’

‘And a bundle, Charley.’

‘You don’t mean it’s for me, too?’

‘Yes, Charley; I do; indeed.’

More serious of face, and more slow of action, than he had been, the boy completed his dressing, and came and sat down at the little breakfast-table, with his eyes amazedly directed to her face.

‘You see, Charley dear, I have made up my mind that this is the right time for your going away from us. Over and above all the blessed change of by-and-bye, you’ll be much happier, and do much better, even so soon as next month. Even so soon as next week.’

‘How do you know I shall?’

‘I don’t quite know how, Charley, but I do.’ In spite of her unchanged manner of speaking, and her unchanged appearance of composure, she scarcely trusted herself to look at him, but kept her eyes employed on the cutting and buttering of his bread, and on the mixing of his tea, and other such little preparations. ‘You must leave father to me, Charley—I will do what I can with him—but you must go.’

‘You don’t stand upon ceremony, I think,’ grumbled the boy, throwing his bread and butter about, in an ill-humour.

She made him no answer.

‘I tell you what,’ said the boy, then, bursting out into an angry whimpering, ‘you’re a selfish jade, and you think there’s not enough for three of us, and you want to get rid of me.’

‘If you believe so, Charley,—yes, then I believe too, that I am a selfish jade, and that I think there’s not enough for three of us, and that I want to get rid of you.’

It was only when the boy rushed at her, and threw his arms round her neck, that she lost her self-restraint. But she lost it then, and wept over him.

‘Don’t cry, don’t cry! I am satisfied to go, Liz; I am satisfied to go. I know you send me away for my good.’

‘O, Charley, Charley, Heaven above us knows I do!’

‘Yes yes. Don’t mind what I said. Don’t remember it. Kiss me.’

After a silence, she loosed him, to dry her eyes and regain her strong quiet influence.

‘Now listen, Charley dear. We both know it must be done, and I alone know there is good reason for its being done at once. Go straight to the school, and say that you and I agreed upon it—that we can’t overcome father’s opposition—that father will never trouble them, but will never take you back. You are a credit to the school, and you will be a greater credit to it yet, and they will help you to get a living. Show what clothes you have brought, and what money, and say that I will send some more money. If I can get some in no other way, I will ask a little help of those two gentlemen who came here that night.’

‘I say!’ cried her brother, quickly. ‘Don’t you have it of that chap that took hold of me by the chin! Don’t you have it of that Wrayburn one!’

Perhaps a slight additional tinge of red flushed up into her face and brow, as with a nod she laid a hand upon his lips to keep him silently attentive.

‘And above all things mind this, Charley! Be sure you always speak well of father. Be sure you always give father his full due. You can’t deny that because father has no learning himself he is set against it in you; but favour nothing else against him, and be sure you say—as you know—that your sister is devoted to him. And if you should ever happen to hear anything said against father that is new to you, it will not be true. Remember, Charley! It will not be true.’

The boy looked at her with some doubt and surprise, but she went on again without heeding it.

‘Above all things remember! It will not be true. I have nothing more to say, Charley dear, except, be good, and get learning, and only think of some things in the old life here, as if you had dreamed them in a dream last night. Good-bye, my Darling!’

Though so young, she infused in these parting words a love that was far more like a mother’s than a sister’s, and before which the boy was quite bowed down. After holding her to his breast with a passionate cry, he took up his bundle and darted out at the door, with an arm across his eyes.

The white face of the winter day came sluggishly on, veiled in a frosty mist; and the shadowy ships in the river slowly changed to black substances; and the sun, blood-red on the eastern marshes behind dark masts and yards, seemed filled with the ruins of a forest it had set on fire. Lizzie, looking for her father, saw him coming, and stood upon the causeway that he might see her.

He had nothing with him but his boat, and came on apace. A knot of those amphibious human-creatures who appear to have some mysterious power of extracting a subsistence out of tidal water by looking at it, were gathered together about the causeway. As her father’s boat grounded, they became contemplative of the mud, and dispersed themselves. She saw that the mute avoidance had begun.

Gaffer saw it, too, in so far as that he was moved when he set foot on shore, to stare around him. But, he promptly set to work to haul up his boat, and make her fast, and take the sculls and rudder and rope out of her. Carrying these with Lizzie’s aid, he passed up to his dwelling.

‘Sit close to the fire, father, dear, while I cook your breakfast. It’s all ready for cooking, and only been waiting for you. You must be frozen.’

Well, Lizzie, I ain’t of a glow; that’s certain. And my hands seem nailed through to the sculls. See how dead they are!’ Something suggestive in their colour, and perhaps in her face, struck him as he held them up; he turned his shoulder and held them down to the fire.

‘You were not out in the perishing night, I hope, father?’

‘No, my dear. Lay aboard a barge, by a blazing coal-fire.—Where’s that boy?’

‘There’s a drop of brandy for your tea, father, if you’ll put it in while I turn this bit of meat. If the river was to get frozen, there would be a deal of distress; wouldn’t there, father?’

‘Ah! there’s always enough of that,’ said Gaffer, dropping the liquor into his cup from a squat black bottle, and dropping it slowly that it might seem more; ‘distress is for ever a going about, like sut in the air—Ain’t that boy up yet?’

‘The meat’s ready now, father. Eat it while it’s hot and comfortable. After you have finished, we’ll turn round to the fire and talk.’

But, he perceived that he was evaded, and, having thrown a hasty angry glance towards the bunk, plucked at a corner of her apron and asked:

‘What’s gone with that boy?’

‘Father, if you’ll begin your breakfast, I’ll sit by and tell you.’ He looked at her, stirred his tea and took two or three gulps, then cut at his piece of hot steak with his case-knife, and said, eating:

‘Now then. What’s gone with that boy?’

‘Don’t be angry, dear. It seems, father, that he has quite a gift of learning.’

‘Unnat’ral young beggar!’ said the parent, shaking his knife in the air.

‘And that having this gift, and not being equally good at other things, he has made shift to get some schooling.’

’unnat’ral young beggar!’ said the parent again, with his former action.

‘—And that knowing you have nothing to spare, father, and not wishing to be a burden on you, he gradually made up his mind to go seek his fortune out of learning. He went away this morning, father, and he cried very much at going, and he hoped you would forgive him.’

‘Let him never come a nigh me to ask me my forgiveness,’ said the father, again emphasizing his words with the knife. ‘Let him never come within sight of my eyes, nor yet within reach of my arm. His own father ain’t good enough for him. He’s disowned his own father. His own father therefore, disowns him for ever and ever, as a unnat’ral young beggar.’

He had pushed away his plate. With the natural need of a strong rough man in anger, to do something forcible, he now clutched his knife overhand, and struck downward with it at the end of every succeeding sentence. As he would have struck with his own clenched fist if there had chanced to be nothing in it.

‘He’s welcome to go. He’s more welcome to go than to stay. But let him never come back. Let him never put his head inside that door. And let you never speak a word more in his favour, or you’ll disown your own father, likewise, and what your father says of him he’ll have to come to say of you. Now I see why them men yonder held aloof from me. They says to one another, “Here comes the man as ain’t good enough for his own son!” Lizzie—!’

But, she stopped him with a cry. Looking at her he saw her, with a face quite strange to him, shrinking back against the wall, with her hands before her eyes.

‘Father, don’t! I can’t bear to see you striking with it. Put it down!’

He looked at the knife; but in his astonishment still held it.

‘Father, it’s too horrible. O put it down, put it down!’

Confounded by her appearance and exclamation, he tossed it away, and stood up with his open hands held out before him.

‘What’s come to you, Liz? Can you think I would strike at you with a knife?’

‘No, father, no; you would never hurt me.’

‘What should I hurt?’

‘Nothing, dear father. On my knees, I am certain, in my heart and soul I am certain, nothing! But it was too dreadful to bear; for it looked—’ her hands covering her face again, ‘O it looked—’

‘What did it look like?’

The recollection of his murderous figure, combining with her trial of last night, and her trial of the morning, caused her to drop at his feet, without having answered.

He had never seen her so before. He raised her with the utmost tenderness, calling her the best of daughters, and ‘my poor pretty creetur’, and laid her head upon his knee, and tried to restore her. But failing, he laid her head gently down again, got a pillow and placed it under her dark hair, and sought on the table for a spoonful of brandy. There being none left, he hurriedly caught up the empty bottle, and ran out at the door.

He returned as hurriedly as he had gone, with the bottle still empty. He kneeled down by her, took her head on his arm, and moistened her lips with a little water into which he dipped his fingers: saying, fiercely, as he looked around, now over this shoulder, now over that:

‘Have we got a pest in the house? Is there summ’at deadly sticking to my clothes? What’s let loose upon us? Who loosed it?’

Chapter 7

MR WEGG LOOKS AFTER HIMSELF

Silas Wegg, being on his road to the Roman Empire, approaches it by way of Clerkenwell. The time is early in the evening; the weather moist and raw. Mr Wegg finds leisure to make a little circuit, by reason that he folds his screen early, now that he combines another source of income with it, and also that he feels it due to himself to be anxiously expected at the Bower. ‘Boffin will get all the eagerer for waiting a bit,’ says Silas, screwing up, as he stumps along, first his right eye, and then his left. Which is something superfluous in him, for Nature has already screwed both pretty tight.

‘If I get on with him as I expect to get on,’ Silas pursues, stumping and meditating, ‘it wouldn’t become me to leave it here. It wouldn’t be respectable.’ Animated by this reflection, he stumps faster, and looks a long way before him, as a man with an ambitious project in abeyance often will do.

Aware of a working-jeweller population taking sanctuary about the church in Clerkenwell, Mr Wegg is conscious of an interest in, and a respect for, the neighbourhood. But, his sensations in this regard halt as to their strict morality, as he halts in his gait; for, they suggest the delights of a coat of invisibility in which to walk off safely with the precious stones and watch-cases, but stop short of any compunction for the people who would lose the same.

Not, however, towards the ‘shops’ where cunning artificers work in pearls and diamonds and gold and silver, making their hands so rich, that the enriched water in which they wash them is bought for the refiners;—not towards these does Mr Wegg stump, but towards the poorer shops of small retail traders in commodities to eat and drink and keep folks warm, and of Italian frame-makers, and of barbers, and of brokers, and of dealers in dogs and singing-birds. From these, in a narrow and a dirty street devoted to such callings, Mr Wegg selects one dark shop-window with a tallow candle dimly burning in it, surrounded by a muddle of objects vaguely resembling pieces of leather and dry stick, but among which nothing is resolvable into anything distinct, save the candle itself in its old tin candlestick, and two preserved frogs fighting a small-sword duel. Stumping with fresh vigour, he goes in at the dark greasy entry, pushes a little greasy dark reluctant side-door, and follows the door into the little dark greasy shop. It is so dark that nothing can be made out in it, over a little counter, but another tallow candle in another old tin candlestick, close to the face of a man stooping low in a chair.

Mr Wegg nods to the face, ‘Good evening.’

The face looking up is a sallow face with weak eyes, surmounted by a tangle of reddish-dusty hair. The owner of the face has no cravat on, and has opened his tumbled shirt-collar to work with the more ease. For the same reason he has no coat on: only a loose waistcoat over his yellow linen. His eyes are like the over-tried eyes of an engraver, but he is not that; his expression and stoop are like those of a shoemaker, but he is not that.

‘Good evening, Mr Venus. Don’t you remember?’

With slowly dawning remembrance, Mr Venus rises, and holds his candle over the little counter, and holds it down towards the legs, natural and artificial, of Mr Wegg.

‘To be SURE!’ he says, then. ‘How do you do?’

‘Wegg, you know,’ that gentleman explains.

‘Yes, yes,’ says the other. ‘Hospital amputation?’

‘Just so,’ says Mr Wegg.

‘Yes, yes,’ quoth Venus. ‘How do you do? Sit down by the fire, and warm your—your other one.’

The little counter being so short a counter that it leaves the fireplace, which would have been behind it if it had been longer, accessible, Mr Wegg sits down on a box in front of the fire, and inhales a warm and comfortable smell which is not the smell of the shop. ‘For that,’ Mr Wegg inwardly decides, as he takes a corrective sniff or two, ‘is musty, leathery, feathery, cellary, gluey, gummy, and,’ with another sniff, ‘as it might be, strong of old pairs of bellows.’

‘My tea is drawing, and my muffin is on the hob, Mr Wegg; will you partake?’

It being one of Mr Wegg’s guiding rules in life always to partake, he says he will. But, the little shop is so excessively dark, is stuck so full of black shelves and brackets and nooks and corners, that he sees Mr Venus’s cup and saucer only because it is close under the candle, and does not see from what mysterious recess Mr Venus produces another for himself until it is under his nose. Concurrently, Wegg perceives a pretty little dead bird lying on the counter, with its head drooping on one side against the rim of Mr Venus’s saucer, and a long stiff wire piercing its breast. As if it were Cock Robin, the hero of the ballad, and Mr Venus were the sparrow with his bow and arrow, and Mr Wegg were the fly with his little eye.

Mr Venus dives, and produces another muffin, yet untoasted; taking the arrow out of the breast of Cock Robin, he proceeds to toast it on the end of that cruel instrument. When it is brown, he dives again and produces butter, with which he completes his work.

Mr Wegg, as an artful man who is sure of his supper by-and-bye, presses muffin on his host to soothe him into a compliant state of mind, or, as one might say, to grease his works. As the muffins disappear, little by little, the black shelves and nooks and corners begin to appear, and Mr Wegg gradually acquires an imperfect notion that over against him on the chimney-piece is a Hindoo baby in a bottle, curved up with his big head tucked under him, as he would instantly throw a summersault if the bottle were large enough.

When he deems Mr Venus’s wheels sufficiently lubricated, Mr Wegg approaches his object by asking, as he lightly taps his hands together, to express an undesigning frame of mind:

‘And how have I been going on, this long time, Mr Venus?’

‘Very bad,’ says Mr Venus, uncompromisingly.

‘What? Am I still at home?’ asks Wegg, with an air of surprise.

‘Always at home.’

This would seem to be secretly agreeable to Wegg, but he veils his feelings, and observes, ‘Strange. To what do you attribute it?’

‘I don’t know,’ replies Venus, who is a haggard melancholy man, speaking in a weak voice of querulous complaint, ‘to what to attribute it, Mr Wegg. I can’t work you into a miscellaneous one, no how. Do what I will, you can’t be got to fit. Anybody with a passable knowledge would pick you out at a look, and say,—“No go! Don’t match!”’

Well, but hang it, Mr Venus,’ Wegg expostulates with some little irritation, ‘that can’t be personal and peculiar in ME. It must often happen with miscellaneous ones.’

‘With ribs (I grant you) always. But not else. When I prepare a miscellaneous one, I know beforehand that I can’t keep to nature, and be miscellaneous with ribs, because every man has his own ribs, and no other man’s will go with them; but elseways I can be miscellaneous. I have just sent home a Beauty—a perfect Beauty—to a school of art. One leg Belgian, one leg English, and the pickings of eight other people in it. Talk of not being qualified to be miscellaneous! By rights you OUGHT to be, Mr Wegg.’

Silas looks as hard at his one leg as he can in the dim light, and after a pause sulkily opines ‘that it must be the fault of the other people. Or how do you mean to say it comes about?’ he demands impatiently.

‘I don’t know how it comes about. Stand up a minute. Hold the light.’ Mr Venus takes from a corner by his chair, the bones of a leg and foot, beautifully pure, and put together with exquisite neatness. These he compares with Mr Wegg’s leg; that gentleman looking on, as if he were being measured for a riding-boot. ‘No, I don’t know how it is, but so it is. You have got a twist in that bone, to the best of my belief. I never saw the likes of you.’

Mr Wegg having looked distrustfully at his own limb, and suspiciously at the pattern with which it has been compared, makes the point:

‘I’ll bet a pound that ain’t an English one!’

‘An easy wager, when we run so much into foreign! No, it belongs to that French gentleman.’

As he nods towards a point of darkness behind Mr Wegg, the latter, with a slight start, looks round for ‘that French gentleman,’ whom he at length descries to be represented (in a very workmanlike manner) by his ribs only, standing on a shelf in another corner, like a piece of armour or a pair of stays.

‘Oh!’ says Mr Wegg, with a sort of sense of being introduced; ‘I dare say you were all right enough in your own country, but I hope no objections will be taken to my saying that the Frenchman was never yet born as I should wish to match.’

At this moment the greasy door is violently pushed inward, and a boy follows it, who says, after having let it slam:

‘Come for the stuffed canary.’

‘It’s three and ninepence,’ returns Venus; ‘have you got the money?’

The boy produces four shillings. Mr Venus, always in exceedingly low spirits and making whimpering sounds, peers about for the stuffed canary. On his taking the candle to assist his search, Mr Wegg observes that he has a convenient little shelf near his knees, exclusively appropriated to skeleton hands, which have very much the appearance of wanting to lay hold of him. From these Mr Venus rescues the canary in a glass case, and shows it to the boy.

‘There!’ he whimpers. ‘There’s animation! On a twig, making up his mind to hop! Take care of him; he’s a lovely specimen.—And three is four.’

The boy gathers up his change and has pulled the door open by a leather strap nailed to it for the purpose, when Venus cries out:

‘Stop him! Come back, you young villain! You’ve got a tooth among them halfpence.’

‘How was I to know I’d got it? You giv it me. I don’t want none of your teeth; I’ve got enough of my own.’ So the boy pipes, as he selects it from his change, and throws it on the counter.

‘Don’t sauce ME, in the wicious pride of your youth,’ Mr Venus retorts pathetically. ‘Don’t hit ME because you see I’m down. I’m low enough without that. It dropped into the till, I suppose. They drop into everything. There was two in the coffee-pot at breakfast time. Molars.’

‘Very well, then,’ argues the boy, ‘what do you call names for?’

To which Mr Venus only replies, shaking his shock of dusty hair, and winking his weak eyes, ‘Don’t sauce ME, in the wicious pride of your youth; don’t hit ME, because you see I’m down. You’ve no idea how small you’d come out, if I had the articulating of you.’

This consideration seems to have its effect on the boy, for he goes out grumbling.

‘Oh dear me, dear me!’ sighs Mr Venus, heavily, snuffing the candle, ‘the world that appeared so flowery has ceased to blow! You’re casting your eye round the shop, Mr Wegg. Let me show you a light. My working bench. My young man’s bench. A Wice. Tools. Bones, warious. Skulls, warious. Preserved Indian baby. African ditto. Bottled preparations, warious. Everything within reach of your hand, in good preservation. The mouldy ones a-top. What’s in those hampers over them again, I don’t quite remember. Say, human warious. Cats. Articulated English baby. Dogs. Ducks. Glass eyes, warious. Mummied bird. Dried cuticle, warious. Oh, dear me! That’s the general panoramic view.’

Having so held and waved the candle as that all these heterogeneous objects seemed to come forward obediently when they were named, and then retire again, Mr Venus despondently repeats, ‘Oh dear me, dear me!’ resumes his seat, and with drooping despondency upon him, falls to pouring himself out more tea.

‘Where am I?’ asks Mr Wegg.

‘You’re somewhere in the back shop across the yard, sir; and speaking quite candidly, I wish I’d never bought you of the Hospital Porter.’

‘Now, look here, what did you give for me?’

Well,’ replies Venus, blowing his tea: his head and face peering out of the darkness, over the smoke of it, as if he were modernizing the old original rise in his family: ‘you were one of a warious lot, and I don’t know.’

Silas puts his point in the improved form of ‘What will you take for me?’

Well,’ replies Venus, still blowing his tea, ‘I’m not prepared, at a moment’s notice, to tell you, Mr Wegg.’

‘Come! According to your own account I’m not worth much,’ Wegg reasons persuasively.

‘Not for miscellaneous working in, I grant you, Mr Wegg; but you might turn out valuable yet, as a—’ here Mr Venus takes a gulp of tea, so hot that it makes him choke, and sets his weak eyes watering; ‘as a Monstrosity, if you’ll excuse me.’

Repressing an indignant look, indicative of anything but a disposition to excuse him, Silas pursues his point.

‘I think you know me, Mr Venus, and I think you know I never bargain.’

Mr Venus takes gulps of hot tea, shutting his eyes at every gulp, and opening them again in a spasmodic manner; but does not commit himself to assent.

‘I have a prospect of getting on in life and elevating myself by my own independent exertions,’ says Wegg, feelingly, ‘and I shouldn’t like—I tell you openly I should NOT like—under such circumstances, to be what I may call dispersed, a part of me here, and a part of me there, but should wish to collect myself like a genteel person.’

‘It’s a prospect at present, is it, Mr Wegg? Then you haven’t got the money for a deal about you? Then I’ll tell you what I’ll do with you; I’ll hold you over. I am a man of my word, and you needn’t be afraid of my disposing of you. I’ll hold you over. That’s a promise. Oh dear me, dear me!’

Fain to accept his promise, and wishing to propitiate him, Mr Wegg looks on as he sighs and pours himself out more tea, and then says, trying to get a sympathetic tone into his voice:

‘You seem very low, Mr Venus. Is business bad?’

‘Never was so good.’

‘Is your hand out at all?’

‘Never was so well in. Mr Wegg, I’m not only first in the trade, but I’m THE trade. You may go and buy a skeleton at the West End if you like, and pay the West End price, but it’ll be my putting together. I’ve as much to do as I can possibly do, with the assistance of my young man, and I take a pride and a pleasure in it.’

Mr Venus thus delivers himself, his right hand extended, his smoking saucer in his left hand, protesting as though he were going to burst into a flood of tears.

‘That ain’t a state of things to make you low, Mr Venus.’

‘Mr Wegg, I know it ain’t. Mr Wegg, not to name myself as a workman without an equal, I’ve gone on improving myself in my knowledge of Anatomy, till both by sight and by name I’m perfect. Mr Wegg, if you was brought here loose in a bag to be articulated, I’d name your smallest bones blindfold equally with your largest, as fast as I could pick ’em out, and I’d sort ’em all, and sort your wertebrae, in a manner that would equally surprise and charm you.’

Well,’ remarks Silas (though not quite so readily as last time), ‘THAT ain’t a state of things to be low about.—Not for YOU to be low about, leastways.’

‘Mr Wegg, I know it ain’t; Mr Wegg, I know it ain’t. But it’s the heart that lowers me, it is the heart! Be so good as take and read that card out loud.’

Silas receives one from his hand, which Venus takes from a wonderful litter in a drawer, and putting on his spectacles, reads:

‘“Mr Venus,”’

‘Yes. Go on.’

‘“Preserver of Animals and Birds,”’

‘Yes. Go on.’

‘“Articulator of human bones.”’

‘That’s it,’ with a groan. ‘That’s it! Mr Wegg, I’m thirty-two, and a bachelor. Mr Wegg, I love her. Mr Wegg, she is worthy of being loved by a Potentate!’ Here Silas is rather alarmed by Mr Venus’s springing to his feet in the hurry of his spirits, and haggardly confronting him with his hand on his coat collar; but Mr Venus, begging pardon, sits down again, saying, with the calmness of despair, ‘She objects to the business.’

‘Does she know the profits of it?’

‘She knows the profits of it, but she don’t appreciate the art of it, and she objects to it. “I do not wish,” she writes in her own handwriting, “to regard myself, nor yet to be regarded, in that boney light”.’

Mr Venus pours himself out more tea, with a look and in an attitude of the deepest desolation.

‘And so a man climbs to the top of the tree, Mr Wegg, only to see that there’s no look-out when he’s up there! I sit here of a night surrounded by the lovely trophies of my art, and what have they done for me? Ruined me. Brought me to the pass of being informed that “she does not wish to regard herself, nor yet to be regarded, in that boney light”!’ Having repeated the fatal expressions, Mr Venus drinks more tea by gulps, and offers an explanation of his doing so.

‘It lowers me. When I’m equally lowered all over, lethargy sets in. By sticking to it till one or two in the morning, I get oblivion. Don’t let me detain you, Mr Wegg. I’m not company for any one.’

‘It is not on that account,’ says Silas, rising, ‘but because I’ve got an appointment. It’s time I was at Harmon’s.’

‘Eh?’ said Mr Venus. ‘Harmon’s, up Battle Bridge way?’

Mr Wegg admits that he is bound for that port.

‘You ought to be in a good thing, if you’ve worked yourself in there. There’s lots of money going, there.’

‘To think,’ says Silas, ‘that you should catch it up so quick, and know about it. Wonderful!’

‘Not at all, Mr Wegg. The old gentleman wanted to know the nature and worth of everything that was found in the dust; and many’s the bone, and feather, and what not, that he’s brought to me.’

‘Really, now!’

‘Yes. (Oh dear me, dear me!) And he’s buried quite in this neighbourhood, you know. Over yonder.’

Mr Wegg does not know, but he makes as if he did, by responsively nodding his head. He also follows with his eyes, the toss of Venus’s head: as if to seek a direction to over yonder.

‘I took an interest in that discovery in the river,’ says Venus. ‘(She hadn’t written her cutting refusal at that time.) I’ve got up there—never mind, though.’

He had raised the candle at arm’s length towards one of the dark shelves, and Mr Wegg had turned to look, when he broke off.

‘The old gentleman was well known all round here. There used to be stories about his having hidden all kinds of property in those dust mounds. I suppose there was nothing in ’em. Probably you know, Mr Wegg?’

‘Nothing in ’em,’ says Wegg, who has never heard a word of this before.

‘Don’t let me detain you. Good night!’

The unfortunate Mr Venus gives him a shake of the hand with a shake of his own head, and drooping down in his chair, proceeds to pour himself out more tea. Mr Wegg, looking back over his shoulder as he pulls the door open by the strap, notices that the movement so shakes the crazy shop, and so shakes a momentary flare out of the candle, as that the babies—Hindoo, African, and British—the ‘human warious’, the French gentleman, the green glass-eyed cats, the dogs, the ducks, and all the rest of the collection, show for an instant as if paralytically animated; while even poor little Cock Robin at Mr Venus’s elbow turns over on his innocent side. Next moment, Mr Wegg is stumping under the gaslights and through the mud.

Chapter 8

MR BOFFIN IN CONSULTATION

Whosoever had gone out of Fleet Street into the Temple at the date of this history, and had wandered disconsolate about the Temple until he stumbled on a dismal churchyard, and had looked up at the dismal windows commanding that churchyard until at the most dismal window of them all he saw a dismal boy, would in him have beheld, at one grand comprehensive swoop of the eye, the managing clerk, junior clerk, common-law clerk, conveyancing clerk, chancery clerk, every refinement and department of clerk, of Mr Mortimer Lightwood, erewhile called in the newspapers eminent solicitor.

Mr Boffin having been several times in communication with this clerkly essence, both on its own ground and at the Bower, had no difficulty in identifying it when he saw it up in its dusty eyrie. To the second floor on which the window was situated, he ascended, much pre-occupied in mind by the uncertainties besetting the Roman Empire, and much regretting the death of the amiable Pertinax: who only last night had left the Imperial affairs in a state of great confusion, by falling a victim to the fury of the praetorian guards.

‘Morning, morning, morning!’ said Mr Boffin, with a wave of his hand, as the office door was opened by the dismal boy, whose appropriate name was Blight. ‘Governor in?’

‘Mr Lightwood gave you an appointment, sir, I think?’

‘I don’t want him to give it, you know,’ returned Mr Boffin; ‘I’ll pay my way, my boy.’

‘No doubt, sir. Would you walk in? Mr Lightwood ain’t in at the present moment, but I expect him back very shortly. Would you take a seat in Mr Lightwood’s room, sir, while I look over our Appointment Book?’ Young Blight made a great show of fetching from his desk a long thin manuscript volume with a brown paper cover, and running his finger down the day’s appointments, murmuring, ‘Mr Aggs, Mr Baggs, Mr Caggs, Mr Daggs, Mr Faggs, Mr Gaggs, Mr Boffin. Yes, sir; quite right. You are a little before your time, sir. Mr Lightwood will be in directly.’

‘I’m not in a hurry,’ said Mr Boffin

‘Thank you, sir. I’ll take the opportunity, if you please, of entering your name in our Callers’ Book for the day.’ Young Blight made another great show of changing the volume, taking up a pen, sucking it, dipping it, and running over previous entries before he wrote. As, ‘Mr Alley, Mr Balley, Mr Calley, Mr Dalley, Mr Falley, Mr Galley, Mr Halley, Mr Lalley, Mr Malley. And Mr Boffin.’

‘Strict system here; eh, my lad?’ said Mr Boffin, as he was booked.

‘Yes, sir,’ returned the boy. ‘I couldn’t get on without it.’

By which he probably meant that his mind would have been shattered to pieces without this fiction of an occupation. Wearing in his solitary confinement no fetters that he could polish, and being provided with no drinking-cup that he could carve, he had fallen on the device of ringing alphabetical changes into the two volumes in question, or of entering vast numbers of persons out of the Directory as transacting business with Mr Lightwood. It was the more necessary for his spirits, because, being of a sensitive temperament, he was apt to consider it personally disgraceful to himself that his master had no clients.

‘How long have you been in the law, now?’ asked Mr Boffin, with a pounce, in his usual inquisitive way.

‘I’ve been in the law, now, sir, about three years.’

‘Must have been as good as born in it!’ said Mr Boffin, with admiration. ‘Do you like it?’

‘I don’t mind it much,’ returned Young Blight, heaving a sigh, as if its bitterness were past.

‘What wages do you get?’

‘Half what I could wish,’ replied young Blight.

‘What’s the whole that you could wish?’

‘Fifteen shillings a week,’ said the boy.

‘About how long might it take you now, at a average rate of going, to be a Judge?’ asked Mr Boffin, after surveying his small stature in silence.

The boy answered that he had not yet quite worked out that little calculation.

‘I suppose there’s nothing to prevent your going in for it?’ said Mr Boffin.

The boy virtually replied that as he had the honour to be a Briton who never never never, there was nothing to prevent his going in for it. Yet he seemed inclined to suspect that there might be something to prevent his coming out with it.

‘Would a couple of pound help you up at all?’ asked Mr Boffin.

On this head, young Blight had no doubt whatever, so Mr Boffin made him a present of that sum of money, and thanked him for his attention to his (Mr Boffin’s) affairs; which, he added, were now, he believed, as good as settled.

Then Mr Boffin, with his stick at his ear, like a Familiar Spirit explaining the office to him, sat staring at a little bookcase of Law Practice and Law Reports, and at a window, and at an empty blue bag, and at a stick of sealing-wax, and a pen, and a box of wafers, and an apple, and a writing-pad—all very dusty—and at a number of inky smears and blots, and at an imperfectly-disguised gun-case pretending to be something legal, and at an iron box labelled HARMON ESTATE, until Mr Lightwood appeared.

Mr Lightwood explained that he came from the proctor’s, with whom he had been engaged in transacting Mr Boffin’s affairs.

‘And they seem to have taken a deal out of you!’ said Mr Boffin, with commiseration.

Mr Lightwood, without explaining that his weariness was chronic, proceeded with his exposition that, all forms of law having been at length complied with, will of Harmon deceased having been proved, death of Harmon next inheriting having been proved, &c., and so forth, Court of Chancery having been moved, &c. and so forth, he, Mr Lightwood, had now the gratification, honour, and happiness, again &c. and so forth, of congratulating Mr Boffin on coming into possession as residuary legatee, of upwards of one hundred thousand pounds, standing in the books of the Governor and Company of the Bank of England, again &c. and so forth.

‘And what is particularly eligible in the property Mr Boffin, is, that it involves no trouble. There are no estates to manage, no rents to return so much per cent upon in bad times (which is an extremely dear way of getting your name into the newspapers), no voters to become parboiled in hot water with, no agents to take the cream off the milk before it comes to table. You could put the whole in a cash-box to-morrow morning, and take it with you to—say, to the Rocky Mountains. Inasmuch as every man,’ concluded Mr Lightwood, with an indolent smile, ‘appears to be under a fatal spell which obliges him, sooner or later, to mention the Rocky Mountains in a tone of extreme familiarity to some other man, I hope you’ll excuse my pressing you into the service of that gigantic range of geographical bores.’

Without following this last remark very closely, Mr Boffin cast his perplexed gaze first at the ceiling, and then at the carpet.

Well,’ he remarked, ‘I don’t know what to say about it, I am sure. I was a’most as well as I was. It’s a great lot to take care of.’

‘My dear Mr Boffin, then DON’T take care of it!’

‘Eh?’ said that gentleman.

‘Speaking now,’ returned Mortimer, ‘with the irresponsible imbecility of a private individual, and not with the profundity of a professional adviser, I should say that if the circumstance of its being too much, weighs upon your mind, you have the haven of consolation open to you that you can easily make it less. And if you should be apprehensive of the trouble of doing so, there is the further haven of consolation that any number of people will take the trouble off your hands.’

Well! I don’t quite see it,’ retorted Mr Boffin, still perplexed. ‘That’s not satisfactory, you know, what you’re a-saying.’

‘Is Anything satisfactory, Mr Boffin?’ asked Mortimer, raising his eyebrows.

‘I used to find it so,’ answered Mr Boffin, with a wistful look. ‘While I was foreman at the Bower—afore it WAS the Bower—I considered the business very satisfactory. The old man was a awful Tartar (saying it, I’m sure, without disrespect to his memory) but the business was a pleasant one to look after, from before daylight to past dark. It’s a’most a pity,’ said Mr Boffin, rubbing his ear, ‘that he ever went and made so much money. It would have been better for him if he hadn’t so given himself up to it. You may depend upon it,’ making the discovery all of a sudden, ‘that HE found it a great lot to take care of!’

Mr Lightwood coughed, not convinced.

‘And speaking of satisfactory,’ pursued Mr Boffin, ‘why, Lord save us! when we come to take it to pieces, bit by bit, where’s the satisfactoriness of the money as yet? When the old man does right the poor boy after all, the poor boy gets no good of it. He gets made away with, at the moment when he’s lifting (as one may say) the cup and sarser to his lips. Mr Lightwood, I will now name to you, that on behalf of the poor dear boy, me and Mrs Boffin have stood out against the old man times out of number, till he has called us every name he could lay his tongue to. I have seen him, after Mrs Boffin has given him her mind respecting the claims of the nat’ral affections, catch off Mrs Boffin’s bonnet (she wore, in general, a black straw, perched as a matter of convenience on the top of her head), and send it spinning across the yard. I have indeed. And once, when he did this in a manner that amounted to personal, I should have given him a rattler for himself, if Mrs Boffin hadn’t thrown herself betwixt us, and received flush on the temple. Which dropped her, Mr Lightwood. Dropped her.’

Mr Lightwood murmured ‘Equal honour—Mrs Boffin’s head and heart.’

‘You understand; I name this,’ pursued Mr Boffin, ‘to show you, now the affairs are wound up, that me and Mrs Boffin have ever stood as we were in Christian honour bound, the children’s friend. Me and Mrs Boffin stood the poor girl’s friend; me and Mrs Boffin stood the poor boy’s friend; me and Mrs Boffin up and faced the old man when we momently expected to be turned out for our pains. As to Mrs Boffin,’ said Mr Boffin lowering his voice, ‘she mightn’t wish it mentioned now she’s Fashionable, but she went so far as to tell him, in my presence, he was a flinty-hearted rascal.’

Mr Lightwood murmured ‘Vigorous Saxon spirit—Mrs Boffin’s ancestors—bowmen—Agincourt and Cressy.’

‘The last time me and Mrs Boffin saw the poor boy,’ said Mr Boffin, warming (as fat usually does) with a tendency to melt, ‘he was a child of seven year old. For when he came back to make intercession for his sister, me and Mrs Boffin were away overlooking a country contract which was to be sifted before carted, and he was come and gone in a single hour. I say he was a child of seven year old. He was going away, all alone and forlorn, to that foreign school, and he come into our place, situate up the yard of the present Bower, to have a warm at our fire. There was his little scanty travelling clothes upon him. There was his little scanty box outside in the shivering wind, which I was going to carry for him down to the steamboat, as the old man wouldn’t hear of allowing a sixpence coach-money. Mrs Boffin, then quite a young woman and pictur of a full-blown rose, stands him by her, kneels down at the fire, warms her two open hands, and falls to rubbing his cheeks; but seeing the tears come into the child’s eyes, the tears come fast into her own, and she holds him round the neck, like as if she was protecting him, and cries to me, “I’d give the wide wide world, I would, to run away with him!” I don’t say but what it cut me, and but what it at the same time heightened my feelings of admiration for Mrs Boffin. The poor child clings to her for awhile, as she clings to him, and then, when the old man calls, he says “I must go! God bless you!” and for a moment rests his heart against her bosom, and looks up at both of us, as if it was in pain—in agony. Such a look! I went aboard with him (I gave him first what little treat I thought he’d like), and I left him when he had fallen asleep in his berth, and I came back to Mrs Boffin. But tell her what I would of how I had left him, it all went for nothing, for, according to her thoughts, he never changed that look that he had looked up at us two. But it did one piece of good. Mrs Boffin and me had no child of our own, and had sometimes wished that how we had one. But not now. “We might both of us die,” says Mrs Boffin, “and other eyes might see that lonely look in our child.” So of a night, when it was very cold, or when the wind roared, or the rain dripped heavy, she would wake sobbing, and call out in a fluster, “Don’t you see the poor child’s face? O shelter the poor child!”—till in course of years it gently wore out, as many things do.’

‘My dear Mr Boffin, everything wears to rags,’ said Mortimer, with a light laugh.

‘I won’t go so far as to say everything,’ returned Mr Boffin, on whom his manner seemed to grate, ‘because there’s some things that I never found among the dust. Well, sir. So Mrs Boffin and me grow older and older in the old man’s service, living and working pretty hard in it, till the old man is discovered dead in his bed. Then Mrs Boffin and me seal up his box, always standing on the table at the side of his bed, and having frequently heerd tell of the Temple as a spot where lawyer’s dust is contracted for, I come down here in search of a lawyer to advise, and I see your young man up at this present elevation, chopping at the flies on the window-sill with his penknife, and I give him a Hoy! not then having the pleasure of your acquaintance, and by that means come to gain the honour. Then you, and the gentleman in the uncomfortable neck-cloth under the little archway in Saint Paul’s Churchyard—’

‘Doctors’ Commons,’ observed Lightwood.

‘I understood it was another name,’ said Mr Boffin, pausing, ‘but you know best. Then you and Doctor Scommons, you go to work, and you do the thing that’s proper, and you and Doctor S. take steps for finding out the poor boy, and at last you do find out the poor boy, and me and Mrs Boffin often exchange the observation, “We shall see him again, under happy circumstances.” But it was never to be; and the want of satisfactoriness is, that after all the money never gets to him.’

‘But it gets,’ remarked Lightwood, with a languid inclination of the head, ‘into excellent hands.’

‘It gets into the hands of me and Mrs Boffin only this very day and hour, and that’s what I am working round to, having waited for this day and hour a’ purpose. Mr Lightwood, here has been a wicked cruel murder. By that murder me and Mrs Boffin mysteriously profit. For the apprehension and conviction of the murderer, we offer a reward of one tithe of the property—a reward of Ten Thousand Pound.’

‘Mr Boffin, it’s too much.’

‘Mr Lightwood, me and Mrs Boffin have fixed the sum together, and we stand to it.’

‘But let me represent to you,’ returned Lightwood, ‘speaking now with professional profundity, and not with individual imbecility, that the offer of such an immense reward is a temptation to forced suspicion, forced construction of circumstances, strained accusation, a whole tool-box of edged tools.’

Well,’ said Mr Boffin, a little staggered, ‘that’s the sum we put o’ one side for the purpose. Whether it shall be openly declared in the new notices that must now be put about in our names—’

‘In your name, Mr Boffin; in your name.’

‘Very well; in my name, which is the same as Mrs Boffin’s, and means both of us, is to be considered in drawing ’em up. But this is the first instruction that I, as the owner of the property, give to my lawyer on coming into it.’

‘Your lawyer, Mr Boffin,’ returned Lightwood, making a very short note of it with a very rusty pen, ‘has the gratification of taking the instruction. There is another?’

‘There is just one other, and no more. Make me as compact a little will as can be reconciled with tightness, leaving the whole of the property to “my beloved wife, Henerietty Boffin, sole executrix”. Make it as short as you can, using those words; but make it tight.’

At some loss to fathom Mr Boffin’s notions of a tight will, Lightwood felt his way.

‘I beg your pardon, but professional profundity must be exact. When you say tight—’

‘I mean tight,’ Mr Boffin explained.

‘Exactly so. And nothing can be more laudable. But is the tightness to bind Mrs Boffin to any and what conditions?’

‘Bind Mrs Boffin?’ interposed her husband. ‘No! What are you thinking of! What I want is, to make it all hers so tight as that her hold of it can’t be loosed.’

‘Hers freely, to do what she likes with? Hers absolutely?’

‘Absolutely?’ repeated Mr Boffin, with a short sturdy laugh. ‘Hah! I should think so! It would be handsome in me to begin to bind Mrs Boffin at this time of day!’

So that instruction, too, was taken by Mr Lightwood; and Mr Lightwood, having taken it, was in the act of showing Mr Boffin out, when Mr Eugene Wrayburn almost jostled him in the door-way. Consequently Mr Lightwood said, in his cool manner, ‘Let me make you two known to one another,’ and further signified that Mr Wrayburn was counsel learned in the law, and that, partly in the way of business and partly in the way of pleasure, he had imparted to Mr Wrayburn some of the interesting facts of Mr Boffin’s biography.

‘Delighted,’ said Eugene—though he didn’t look so—‘to know Mr Boffin.’

‘Thankee, sir, thankee,’ returned that gentleman. ‘And how do YOU like the law?’

‘A—not particularly,’ returned Eugene.

‘Too dry for you, eh? Well, I suppose it wants some years of sticking to, before you master it. But there’s nothing like work. Look at the bees.’

‘I beg your pardon,’ returned Eugene, with a reluctant smile, ‘but will you excuse my mentioning that I always protest against being referred to the bees?’

‘Do you!’ said Mr Boffin.

‘I object on principle,’ said Eugene, ‘as a biped—’

‘As a what?’ asked Mr Boffin.

‘As a two-footed creature;—I object on principle, as a two-footed creature, to being constantly referred to insects and four-footed creatures. I object to being required to model my proceedings according to the proceedings of the bee, or the dog, or the spider, or the camel. I fully admit that the camel, for instance, is an excessively temperate person; but he has several stomachs to entertain himself with, and I have only one. Besides, I am not fitted up with a convenient cool cellar to keep my drink in.’

‘But I said, you know,’ urged Mr Boffin, rather at a loss for an answer, ‘the bee.’

‘Exactly. And may I represent to you that it’s injudicious to say the bee? For the whole case is assumed. Conceding for a moment that there is any analogy between a bee, and a man in a shirt and pantaloons (which I deny), and that it is settled that the man is to learn from the bee (which I also deny), the question still remains, what is he to learn? To imitate? Or to avoid? When your friends the bees worry themselves to that highly fluttered extent about their sovereign, and become perfectly distracted touching the slightest monarchical movement, are we men to learn the greatness of Tuft-hunting, or the littleness of the Court Circular? I am not clear, Mr Boffin, but that the hive may be satirical.’

‘At all events, they work,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘Ye-es,’ returned Eugene, disparagingly, ‘they work; but don’t you think they overdo it? They work so much more than they need—they make so much more than they can eat—they are so incessantly boring and buzzing at their one idea till Death comes upon them—that don’t you think they overdo it? And are human labourers to have no holidays, because of the bees? And am I never to have change of air, because the bees don’t? Mr Boffin, I think honey excellent at breakfast; but, regarded in the light of my conventional schoolmaster and moralist, I protest against the tyrannical humbug of your friend the bee. With the highest respect for you.’

‘Thankee,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Morning, morning!’

But, the worthy Mr Boffin jogged away with a comfortless impression he could have dispensed with, that there was a deal of unsatisfactoriness in the world, besides what he had recalled as appertaining to the Harmon property. And he was still jogging along Fleet Street in this condition of mind, when he became aware that he was closely tracked and observed by a man of genteel appearance.

‘Now then?’ said Mr Boffin, stopping short, with his meditations brought to an abrupt check, ‘what’s the next article?’

‘I beg your pardon, Mr Boffin.’

‘My name too, eh? How did you come by it? I don’t know you.’

‘No, sir, you don’t know me.’

Mr Boffin looked full at the man, and the man looked full at him.

‘No,’ said Mr Boffin, after a glance at the pavement, as if it were made of faces and he were trying to match the man’s, ‘I DON’T know you.’

‘I am nobody,’ said the stranger, ‘and not likely to be known; but Mr Boffin’s wealth—’

‘Oh! that’s got about already, has it?’ muttered Mr Boffin.

‘—And his romantic manner of acquiring it, make him conspicuous. You were pointed out to me the other day.’

Well,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘I should say I was a disappintment to you when I WAS pinted out, if your politeness would allow you to confess it, for I am well aware I am not much to look at. What might you want with me? Not in the law, are you?’

‘No, sir.’

‘No information to give, for a reward?’

‘No, sir.’

There may have been a momentary mantling in the face of the man as he made the last answer, but it passed directly.

‘If I don’t mistake, you have followed me from my lawyer’s and tried to fix my attention. Say out! Have you? Or haven’t you?’ demanded Mr Boffin, rather angry.

‘Yes.’

‘Why have you?’

‘If you will allow me to walk beside you, Mr Boffin, I will tell you. Would you object to turn aside into this place—I think it is called Clifford’s Inn—where we can hear one another better than in the roaring street?’

(‘Now,’ thought Mr Boffin, ‘if he proposes a game at skittles, or meets a country gentleman just come into property, or produces any article of jewellery he has found, I’ll knock him down!’ With this discreet reflection, and carrying his stick in his arms much as Punch carries his, Mr Boffin turned into Clifford’s Inn aforesaid.)

‘Mr Boffin, I happened to be in Chancery Lane this morning, when I saw you going along before me. I took the liberty of following you, trying to make up my mind to speak to you, till you went into your lawyer’s. Then I waited outside till you came out.’

(‘Don’t quite sound like skittles, nor yet country gentleman, nor yet jewellery,’ thought Mr Boffin, ‘but there’s no knowing.’)

‘I am afraid my object is a bold one, I am afraid it has little of the usual practical world about it, but I venture it. If you ask me, or if you ask yourself—which is more likely—what emboldens me, I answer, I have been strongly assured, that you are a man of rectitude and plain dealing, with the soundest of sound hearts, and that you are blessed in a wife distinguished by the same qualities.’

‘Your information is true of Mrs Boffin, anyhow,’ was Mr Boffin’s answer, as he surveyed his new friend again. There was something repressed in the strange man’s manner, and he walked with his eyes on the ground—though conscious, for all that, of Mr Boffin’s observation—and he spoke in a subdued voice. But his words came easily, and his voice was agreeable in tone, albeit constrained.

‘When I add, I can discern for myself what the general tongue says of you—that you are quite unspoiled by Fortune, and not uplifted—I trust you will not, as a man of an open nature, suspect that I mean to flatter you, but will believe that all I mean is to excuse myself, these being my only excuses for my present intrusion.’

(‘How much?’ thought Mr Boffin. ‘It must be coming to money. How much?’)

‘You will probably change your manner of living, Mr Boffin, in your changed circumstances. You will probably keep a larger house, have many matters to arrange, and be beset by numbers of correspondents. If you would try me as your Secretary—’

‘As WHAT?’ cried Mr Boffin, with his eyes wide open.

‘Your Secretary.’

Well,’ said Mr Boffin, under his breath, ‘that’s a queer thing!’

‘Or,’ pursued the stranger, wondering at Mr Boffin’s wonder, ‘if you would try me as your man of business under any name, I know you would find me faithful and grateful, and I hope you would find me useful. You may naturally think that my immediate object is money. Not so, for I would willingly serve you a year—two years—any term you might appoint—before that should begin to be a consideration between us.’

‘Where do you come from?’ asked Mr Boffin.

‘I come,’ returned the other, meeting his eye, ‘from many countries.’

Boffin’s acquaintances with the names and situations of foreign lands being limited in extent and somewhat confused in quality, he shaped his next question on an elastic model.

‘From—any particular place?’

‘I have been in many places.’

‘What have you been?’ asked Mr Boffin.

Here again he made no great advance, for the reply was, ‘I have been a student and a traveller.’

‘But if it ain’t a liberty to plump it out,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘what do you do for your living?’

‘I have mentioned,’ returned the other, with another look at him, and a smile, ‘what I aspire to do. I have been superseded as to some slight intentions I had, and I may say that I have now to begin life.’

Not very well knowing how to get rid of this applicant, and feeling the more embarrassed because his manner and appearance claimed a delicacy in which the worthy Mr Boffin feared he himself might be deficient, that gentleman glanced into the mouldy little plantation or cat-preserve, of Clifford’s Inn, as it was that day, in search of a suggestion. Sparrows were there, cats were there, dry-rot and wet-rot were there, but it was not otherwise a suggestive spot.

‘All this time,’ said the stranger, producing a little pocket-book and taking out a card, ‘I have not mentioned my name. My name is Rokesmith. I lodge at one Mr Wilfer’s, at Holloway.’

Mr Boffin stared again.

‘Father of Miss Bella Wilfer?’ said he.

‘My landlord has a daughter named Bella. Yes; no doubt.’

Now, this name had been more or less in Mr Boffin’s thoughts all the morning, and for days before; therefore he said:

‘That’s singular, too!’ unconsciously staring again, past all bounds of good manners, with the card in his hand. ‘Though, by-the-bye, I suppose it was one of that family that pinted me out?’

‘No. I have never been in the streets with one of them.’

‘Heard me talked of among ’em, though?’

‘No. I occupy my own rooms, and have held scarcely any communication with them.’

‘Odder and odder!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Well, sir, to tell you the truth, I don’t know what to say to you.’

‘Say nothing,’ returned Mr Rokesmith; ‘allow me to call on you in a few days. I am not so unconscionable as to think it likely that you would accept me on trust at first sight, and take me out of the very street. Let me come to you for your further opinion, at your leisure.’

‘That’s fair, and I don’t object,’ said Mr Boffin; ‘but it must be on condition that it’s fully understood that I no more know that I shall ever be in want of any gentleman as Secretary—it WAS Secretary you said; wasn’t it?’

‘Yes.’

Again Mr Boffin’s eyes opened wide, and he stared at the applicant from head to foot, repeating ‘Queer!—You’re sure it was Secretary? Are you?’

‘I am sure I said so.’

—‘As Secretary,’ repeated Mr Boffin, meditating upon the word; ‘I no more know that I may ever want a Secretary, or what not, than I do that I shall ever be in want of the man in the moon. Me and Mrs Boffin have not even settled that we shall make any change in our way of life. Mrs Boffin’s inclinations certainly do tend towards Fashion; but, being already set up in a fashionable way at the Bower, she may not make further alterations. However, sir, as you don’t press yourself, I wish to meet you so far as saying, by all means call at the Bower if you like. Call in the course of a week or two. At the same time, I consider that I ought to name, in addition to what I have already named, that I have in my employment a literary man—WITH a wooden leg—as I have no thoughts of parting from.’

‘I regret to hear I am in some sort anticipated,’ Mr Rokesmith answered, evidently having heard it with surprise; ‘but perhaps other duties might arise?’

‘You see,’ returned Mr Boffin, with a confidential sense of dignity, ‘as to my literary man’s duties, they’re clear. Professionally he declines and he falls, and as a friend he drops into poetry.’

Without observing that these duties seemed by no means clear to Mr Rokesmith’s astonished comprehension, Mr Boffin went on:

‘And now, sir, I’ll wish you good-day. You can call at the Bower any time in a week or two. It’s not above a mile or so from you, and your landlord can direct you to it. But as he may not know it by its new name of Boffin’s Bower, say, when you inquire of him, it’s Harmon’s; will you?’

‘Harmoon’s,’ repeated Mr Rokesmith, seeming to have caught the sound imperfectly, ‘Harmarn’s. How do you spell it?’

‘Why, as to the spelling of it,’ returned Mr Boffin, with great presence of mind, ‘that’s YOUR look out. Harmon’s is all you’ve got to say to HIM. Morning, morning, morning!’ And so departed, without looking back.

Chapter 9

MR AND MRS BOFFIN IN CONSULTATION

Betaking himself straight homeward, Mr Boffin, without further let or hindrance, arrived at the Bower, and gave Mrs Boffin (in a walking dress of black velvet and feathers, like a mourning coach-horse) an account of all he had said and done since breakfast.

‘This brings us round, my dear,’ he then pursued, ‘to the question we left unfinished: namely, whether there’s to be any new go-in for Fashion.’

‘Now, I’ll tell you what I want, Noddy,’ said Mrs Boffin, smoothing her dress with an air of immense enjoyment, ‘I want Society.’

‘Fashionable Society, my dear?’

‘Yes!’ cried Mrs Boffin, laughing with the glee of a child. ‘Yes! It’s no good my being kept here like Wax-Work; is it now?’

‘People have to pay to see Wax-Work, my dear,’ returned her husband, ‘whereas (though you’d be cheap at the same money) the neighbours is welcome to see YOU for nothing.’

‘But it don’t answer,’ said the cheerful Mrs Boffin. ‘When we worked like the neighbours, we suited one another. Now we have left work off; we have left off suiting one another.’

‘What, do you think of beginning work again?’ Mr Boffin hinted.

‘Out of the question! We have come into a great fortune, and we must do what’s right by our fortune; we must act up to it.’

Mr Boffin, who had a deep respect for his wife’s intuitive wisdom, replied, though rather pensively: ‘I suppose we must.’

‘It’s never been acted up to yet, and, consequently, no good has come of it,’ said Mrs Boffin.

‘True, to the present time,’ Mr Boffin assented, with his former pensiveness, as he took his seat upon his settle. ‘I hope good may be coming of it in the future time. Towards which, what’s your views, old lady?’

Mrs Boffin, a smiling creature, broad of figure and simple of nature, with her hands folded in her lap, and with buxom creases in her throat, proceeded to expound her views.

‘I say, a good house in a good neighbourhood, good things about us, good living, and good society. I say, live like our means, without extravagance, and be happy.’

‘Yes. I say be happy, too,’ assented the still pensive Mr Boffin. ‘Lor-a-mussy!’ exclaimed Mrs Boffin, laughing and clapping her hands, and gaily rocking herself to and fro, ‘when I think of me in a light yellow chariot and pair, with silver boxes to the wheels—’

‘Oh! you was thinking of that, was you, my dear?’

‘Yes!’ cried the delighted creature. ‘And with a footman up behind, with a bar across, to keep his legs from being poled! And with a coachman up in front, sinking down into a seat big enough for three of him, all covered with upholstery in green and white! And with two bay horses tossing their heads and stepping higher than they trot long-ways! And with you and me leaning back inside, as grand as ninepence! Oh-h-h-h My! Ha ha ha ha ha!’

Mrs Boffin clapped her hands again, rocked herself again, beat her feet upon the floor, and wiped the tears of laughter from her eyes.

‘And what, my old lady,’ inquired Mr Boffin, when he also had sympathetically laughed: ‘what’s your views on the subject of the Bower?’

‘Shut it up. Don’t part with it, but put somebody in it, to keep it.’

‘Any other views?’

‘Noddy,’ said Mrs Boffin, coming from her fashionable sofa to his side on the plain settle, and hooking her comfortable arm through his, ‘Next I think—and I really have been thinking early and late—of the disappointed girl; her that was so cruelly disappointed, you know, both of her husband and his riches. Don’t you think we might do something for her? Have her to live with us? Or something of that sort?’

‘Ne-ver once thought of the way of doing it!’ cried Mr Boffin, smiting the table in his admiration. ‘What a thinking steam-ingein this old lady is. And she don’t know how she does it. Neither does the ingein!’

Mrs Boffin pulled his nearest ear, in acknowledgment of this piece of philosophy, and then said, gradually toning down to a motherly strain: ‘Last, and not least, I have taken a fancy. You remember dear little John Harmon, before he went to school? Over yonder across the yard, at our fire? Now that he is past all benefit of the money, and it’s come to us, I should like to find some orphan child, and take the boy and adopt him and give him John’s name, and provide for him. Somehow, it would make me easier, I fancy. Say it’s only a whim—’

‘But I don’t say so,’ interposed her husband.

‘No, but deary, if you did—’

‘I should be a Beast if I did,’ her husband interposed again.

‘That’s as much as to say you agree? Good and kind of you, and like you, deary! And don’t you begin to find it pleasant now,’ said Mrs Boffin, once more radiant in her comely way from head to foot, and once more smoothing her dress with immense enjoyment, ‘don’t you begin to find it pleasant already, to think that a child will be made brighter, and better, and happier, because of that poor sad child that day? And isn’t it pleasant to know that the good will be done with the poor sad child’s own money?’

‘Yes; and it’s pleasant to know that you are Mrs Boffin,’ said her husband, ‘and it’s been a pleasant thing to know this many and many a year!’ It was ruin to Mrs Boffin’s aspirations, but, having so spoken, they sat side by side, a hopelessly Unfashionable pair.

These two ignorant and unpolished people had guided themselves so far on in their journey of life, by a religious sense of duty and desire to do right. Ten thousand weaknesses and absurdities might have been detected in the breasts of both; ten thousand vanities additional, possibly, in the breast of the woman. But the hard wrathful and sordid nature that had wrung as much work out of them as could be got in their best days, for as little money as could be paid to hurry on their worst, had never been so warped but that it knew their moral straightness and respected it. In its own despite, in a constant conflict with itself and them, it had done so. And this is the eternal law. For, Evil often stops short at itself and dies with the doer of it; but Good, never.

Through his most inveterate purposes, the dead Jailer of Harmony Jail had known these two faithful servants to be honest and true. While he raged at them and reviled them for opposing him with the speech of the honest and true, it had scratched his stony heart, and he had perceived the powerlessness of all his wealth to buy them if he had addressed himself to the attempt. So, even while he was their griping taskmaster and never gave them a good word, he had written their names down in his will. So, even while it was his daily declaration that he mistrusted all mankind—and sorely indeed he did mistrust all who bore any resemblance to himself—he was as certain that these two people, surviving him, would be trustworthy in all things from the greatest to the least, as he was that he must surely die.

Mr and Mrs Boffin, sitting side by side, with Fashion withdrawn to an immeasurable distance, fell to discussing how they could best find their orphan. Mrs Boffin suggested advertisement in the newspapers, requesting orphans answering annexed description to apply at the Bower on a certain day; but Mr Boffin wisely apprehending obstruction of the neighbouring thoroughfares by orphan swarms, this course was negatived. Mrs Boffin next suggested application to their clergyman for a likely orphan. Mr Boffin thinking better of this scheme, they resolved to call upon the reverend gentleman at once, and to take the same opportunity of making acquaintance with Miss Bella Wilfer. In order that these visits might be visits of state, Mrs Boffin’s equipage was ordered out.

This consisted of a long hammer-headed old horse, formerly used in the business, attached to a four-wheeled chaise of the same period, which had long been exclusively used by the Harmony Jail poultry as the favourite laying-place of several discreet hens. An unwonted application of corn to the horse, and of paint and varnish to the carriage, when both fell in as a part of the Boffin legacy, had made what Mr Boffin considered a neat turn-out of the whole; and a driver being added, in the person of a long hammer-headed young man who was a very good match for the horse, left nothing to be desired. He, too, had been formerly used in the business, but was now entombed by an honest jobbing tailor of the district in a perfect Sepulchre of coat and gaiters, sealed with ponderous buttons.

Behind this domestic, Mr and Mrs Boffin took their seats in the back compartment of the vehicle: which was sufficiently commodious, but had an undignified and alarming tendency, in getting over a rough crossing, to hiccup itself away from the front compartment. On their being descried emerging from the gates of the Bower, the neighbourhood turned out at door and window to salute the Boffins. Among those who were ever and again left behind, staring after the equipage, were many youthful spirits, who hailed it in stentorian tones with such congratulations as ‘Nod-dy Bof-fin!’ ‘Bof-fin’s mon-ey!’ ‘Down with the dust, Bof-fin!’ and other similar compliments. These, the hammer-headed young man took in such ill part that he often impaired the majesty of the progress by pulling up short, and making as though he would alight to exterminate the offenders; a purpose from which he only allowed himself to be dissuaded after long and lively arguments with his employers.

At length the Bower district was left behind, and the peaceful dwelling of the Reverend Frank Milvey was gained. The Reverend Frank Milvey’s abode was a very modest abode, because his income was a very modest income. He was officially accessible to every blundering old woman who had incoherence to bestow upon him, and readily received the Boffins. He was quite a young man, expensively educated and wretchedly paid, with quite a young wife and half a dozen quite young children. He was under the necessity of teaching and translating from the classics, to eke out his scanty means, yet was generally expected to have more time to spare than the idlest person in the parish, and more money than the richest. He accepted the needless inequalities and inconsistencies of his life, with a kind of conventional submission that was almost slavish; and any daring layman who would have adjusted such burdens as his, more decently and graciously, would have had small help from him.

With a ready patient face and manner, and yet with a latent smile that showed a quick enough observation of Mrs Boffin’s dress, Mr Milvey, in his little book-room—charged with sounds and cries as though the six children above were coming down through the ceiling, and the roasting leg of mutton below were coming up through the floor—listened to Mrs Boffin’s statement of her want of an orphan.

‘I think,’ said Mr Milvey, ‘that you have never had a child of your own, Mr and Mrs Boffin?’

Never.

‘But, like the Kings and Queens in the Fairy Tales, I suppose you have wished for one?’

In a general way, yes.

Mr Milvey smiled again, as he remarked to himself ‘Those kings and queens were always wishing for children.’ It occurring to him, perhaps, that if they had been Curates, their wishes might have tended in the opposite direction.

‘I think,’ he pursued, ‘we had better take Mrs Milvey into our Council. She is indispensable to me. If you please, I’ll call her.’

So, Mr Milvey called, ‘Margaretta, my dear!’ and Mrs Milvey came down. A pretty, bright little woman, something worn by anxiety, who had repressed many pretty tastes and bright fancies, and substituted in their stead, schools, soup, flannel, coals, and all the week-day cares and Sunday coughs of a large population, young and old. As gallantly had Mr Milvey repressed much in himself that naturally belonged to his old studies and old fellow-students, and taken up among the poor and their children with the hard crumbs of life.

‘Mr and Mrs Boffin, my dear, whose good fortune you have heard of.’

Mrs Milvey, with the most unaffected grace in the world, congratulated them, and was glad to see them. Yet her engaging face, being an open as well as a perceptive one, was not without her husband’s latent smile.

‘Mrs Boffin wishes to adopt a little boy, my dear.’

Mrs Milvey, looking rather alarmed, her husband added:

‘An orphan, my dear.’

‘Oh!’ said Mrs Milvey, reassured for her own little boys.

‘And I was thinking, Margaretta, that perhaps old Mrs Goody’s grandchild might answer the purpose.

‘Oh my DEAR Frank! I DON’T think that would do!’

‘No?’

‘Oh NO!’

The smiling Mrs Boffin, feeling it incumbent on her to take part in the conversation, and being charmed with the emphatic little wife and her ready interest, here offered her acknowledgments and inquired what there was against him?

‘I DON’T think,’ said Mrs Milvey, glancing at the Reverend Frank, ‘—and I believe my husband will agree with me when he considers it again—that you could possibly keep that orphan clean from snuff. Because his grandmother takes so MANY ounces, and drops it over him.’

‘But he would not be living with his grandmother then, Margaretta,’ said Mr Milvey.

‘No, Frank, but it would be impossible to keep her from Mrs Boffin’s house; and the MORE there was to eat and drink there, the oftener she would go. And she IS an inconvenient woman. I HOPE it’s not uncharitable to remember that last Christmas Eve she drank eleven cups of tea, and grumbled all the time. And she is NOT a grateful woman, Frank. You recollect her addressing a crowd outside this house, about her wrongs, when, one night after we had gone to bed, she brought back the petticoat of new flannel that had been given her, because it was too short.’

‘That’s true,’ said Mr Milvey. ‘I don’t think that would do. Would little Harrison—’

‘Oh, FRANK!’ remonstrated his emphatic wife.

‘He has no grandmother, my dear.’

‘No, but I DON’T think Mrs Boffin would like an orphan who squints so MUCH.’

‘That’s true again,’ said Mr Milvey, becoming haggard with perplexity. ‘If a little girl would do—’

‘But, my DEAR Frank, Mrs Boffin wants a boy.’

‘That’s true again,’ said Mr Milvey. ‘Tom Bocker is a nice boy’ (thoughtfully).

‘But I DOUBT, Frank,’ Mrs Milvey hinted, after a little hesitation, ‘if Mrs Boffin wants an orphan QUITE nineteen, who drives a cart and waters the roads.’

Mr Milvey referred the point to Mrs Boffin in a look; on that smiling lady’s shaking her black velvet bonnet and bows, he remarked, in lower spirits, ‘that’s true again.’

‘I am sure,’ said Mrs Boffin, concerned at giving so much trouble, ‘that if I had known you would have taken so much pains, sir—and you too, ma’ am—I don’t think I would have come.’

‘PRAY don’t say that!’ urged Mrs Milvey.

‘No, don’t say that,’ assented Mr Milvey, ‘because we are so much obliged to you for giving us the preference.’ Which Mrs Milvey confirmed; and really the kind, conscientious couple spoke, as if they kept some profitable orphan warehouse and were personally patronized. ‘But it is a responsible trust,’ added Mr Milvey, ‘and difficult to discharge. At the same time, we are naturally very unwilling to lose the chance you so kindly give us, and if you could afford us a day or two to look about us,—you know, Margaretta, we might carefully examine the workhouse, and the Infant School, and your District.’

‘To be SURE!’ said the emphatic little wife.

‘We have orphans, I know,’ pursued Mr Milvey, quite with the air as if he might have added, ‘in stock,’ and quite as anxiously as if there were great competition in the business and he were afraid of losing an order, ‘over at the clay-pits; but they are employed by relations or friends, and I am afraid it would come at last to a transaction in the way of barter. And even if you exchanged blankets for the child—or books and firing—it would be impossible to prevent their being turned into liquor.’

Accordingly, it was resolved that Mr and Mrs Milvey should search for an orphan likely to suit, and as free as possible from the foregoing objections, and should communicate again with Mrs Boffin. Then, Mr Boffin took the liberty of mentioning to Mr Milvey that if Mr Milvey would do him the kindness to be perpetually his banker to the extent of ‘a twenty-pound note or so,’ to be expended without any reference to him, he would be heartily obliged. At this, both Mr Milvey and Mrs Milvey were quite as much pleased as if they had no wants of their own, but only knew what poverty was, in the persons of other people; and so the interview terminated with satisfaction and good opinion on all sides.

‘Now, old lady,’ said Mr Boffin, as they resumed their seats behind the hammer-headed horse and man: ‘having made a very agreeable visit there, we’ll try Wilfer’s.’

It appeared, on their drawing up at the family gate, that to try Wilfer’s was a thing more easily projected than done, on account of the extreme difficulty of getting into that establishment; three pulls at the bell producing no external result; though each was attended by audible sounds of scampering and rushing within. At the fourth tug—vindictively administered by the hammer-headed young man—Miss Lavinia appeared, emerging from the house in an accidental manner, with a bonnet and parasol, as designing to take a contemplative walk. The young lady was astonished to find visitors at the gate, and expressed her feelings in appropriate action.

‘Here’s Mr and Mrs Boffin!’ growled the hammer-headed young man through the bars of the gate, and at the same time shaking it, as if he were on view in a Menagerie; ‘they’ve been here half an hour.’

‘Who did you say?’ asked Miss Lavinia.

‘Mr and Mrs BOFFIN’ returned the young man, rising into a roar.

Miss Lavinia tripped up the steps to the house-door, tripped down the steps with the key, tripped across the little garden, and opened the gate. ‘Please to walk in,’ said Miss Lavinia, haughtily. ‘Our servant is out.’

Mr and Mrs Boffin complying, and pausing in the little hall until Miss Lavinia came up to show them where to go next, perceived three pairs of listening legs upon the stairs above. Mrs Wilfer’s legs, Miss Bella’s legs, Mr George Sampson’s legs.

‘Mr and Mrs Boffin, I think?’ said Lavinia, in a warning voice. Strained attention on the part of Mrs Wilfer’s legs, of Miss Bella’s legs, of Mr George Sampson’s legs.

‘Yes, Miss.’

‘If you’ll step this way—down these stairs—I’ll let Ma know.’ Excited flight of Mrs Wilfer’s legs, of Miss Bella’s legs, of Mr George Sampson’s legs.

After waiting some quarter of an hour alone in the family sitting-room, which presented traces of having been so hastily arranged after a meal, that one might have doubted whether it was made tidy for visitors, or cleared for blindman’s buff, Mr and Mrs Boffin became aware of the entrance of Mrs Wilfer, majestically faint, and with a condescending stitch in her side: which was her company manner.

‘Pardon me,’ said Mrs Wilfer, after the first salutations, and as soon as she had adjusted the handkerchief under her chin, and waved her gloved hands, ‘to what am I indebted for this honour?’

‘To make short of it, ma’am,’ returned Mr Boffin, ‘perhaps you may be acquainted with the names of me and Mrs Boffin, as having come into a certain property.’

‘I have heard, sir,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, with a dignified bend of her head, ‘of such being the case.’

‘And I dare say, ma’am,’ pursued Mr Boffin, while Mrs Boffin added confirmatory nods and smiles, ‘you are not very much inclined to take kindly to us?’

‘Pardon me,’ said Mrs Wilfer. ‘’Twere unjust to visit upon Mr and Mrs Boffin, a calamity which was doubtless a dispensation.’ These words were rendered the more effective by a serenely heroic expression of suffering.

‘That’s fairly meant, I am sure,’ remarked the honest Mr Boffin; ‘Mrs Boffin and me, ma’am, are plain people, and we don’t want to pretend to anything, nor yet to go round and round at anything because there’s always a straight way to everything. Consequently, we make this call to say, that we shall be glad to have the honour and pleasure of your daughter’s acquaintance, and that we shall be rejoiced if your daughter will come to consider our house in the light of her home equally with this. In short, we want to cheer your daughter, and to give her the opportunity of sharing such pleasures as we are a going to take ourselves. We want to brisk her up, and brisk her about, and give her a change.’

‘That’s it!’ said the open-hearted Mrs Boffin. ‘Lor! Let’s be comfortable.’

Mrs Wilfer bent her head in a distant manner to her lady visitor, and with majestic monotony replied to the gentleman:

‘Pardon me. I have several daughters. Which of my daughters am I to understand is thus favoured by the kind intentions of Mr Boffin and his lady?’

‘Don’t you see?’ the ever-smiling Mrs Boffin put in. ‘Naturally, Miss Bella, you know.’

‘Oh-h!’ said Mrs Wilfer, with a severely unconvinced look. ‘My daughter Bella is accessible and shall speak for herself.’ Then opening the door a little way, simultaneously with a sound of scuttling outside it, the good lady made the proclamation, ‘Send Miss Bella to me!’ which proclamation, though grandly formal, and one might almost say heraldic, to hear, was in fact enunciated with her maternal eyes reproachfully glaring on that young lady in the flesh—and in so much of it that she was retiring with difficulty into the small closet under the stairs, apprehensive of the emergence of Mr and Mrs Boffin.

‘The avocations of R. W., my husband,’ Mrs Wilfer explained, on resuming her seat, ‘keep him fully engaged in the City at this time of the day, or he would have had the honour of participating in your reception beneath our humble roof.’

‘Very pleasant premises!’ said Mr Boffin, cheerfully.

‘Pardon me, sir,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, correcting him, ‘it is the abode of conscious though independent Poverty.’

Finding it rather difficult to pursue the conversation down this road, Mr and Mrs Boffin sat staring at mid-air, and Mrs Wilfer sat silently giving them to understand that every breath she drew required to be drawn with a self-denial rarely paralleled in history, until Miss Bella appeared: whom Mrs Wilfer presented, and to whom she explained the purpose of the visitors.

‘I am much obliged to you, I am sure,’ said Miss Bella, coldly shaking her curls, ‘but I doubt if I have the inclination to go out at all.’

‘Bella!’ Mrs Wilfer admonished her; ‘Bella, you must conquer this.’

‘Yes, do what your Ma says, and conquer it, my dear,’ urged Mrs Boffin, ‘because we shall be so glad to have you, and because you are much too pretty to keep yourself shut up.’ With that, the pleasant creature gave her a kiss, and patted her on her dimpled shoulders; Mrs Wilfer sitting stiffly by, like a functionary presiding over an interview previous to an execution.

‘We are going to move into a nice house,’ said Mrs Boffin, who was woman enough to compromise Mr Boffin on that point, when he couldn’t very well contest it; ‘and we are going to set up a nice carriage, and we’ll go everywhere and see everything. And you mustn’t,’ seating Bella beside her, and patting her hand, ‘you mustn’t feel a dislike to us to begin with, because we couldn’t help it, you know, my dear.’

With the natural tendency of youth to yield to candour and sweet temper, Miss Bella was so touched by the simplicity of this address that she frankly returned Mrs Boffin’s kiss. Not at all to the satisfaction of that good woman of the world, her mother, who sought to hold the advantageous ground of obliging the Boffins instead of being obliged.

‘My youngest daughter, Lavinia,’ said Mrs Wilfer, glad to make a diversion, as that young lady reappeared. ‘Mr George Sampson, a friend of the family.’

The friend of the family was in that stage of tender passion which bound him to regard everybody else as the foe of the family. He put the round head of his cane in his mouth, like a stopper, when he sat down. As if he felt himself full to the throat with affronting sentiments. And he eyed the Boffins with implacable eyes.

‘If you like to bring your sister with you when you come to stay with us,’ said Mrs Boffin, ‘of course we shall be glad. The better you please yourself, Miss Bella, the better you’ll please us.’

‘Oh, my consent is of no consequence at all, I suppose?’ cried Miss Lavinia.

‘Lavvy,’ said her sister, in a low voice, ‘have the goodness to be seen and not heard.’

‘No, I won’t,’ replied the sharp Lavinia. ‘I’m not a child, to be taken notice of by strangers.’

‘You ARE a child.’

‘I’m not a child, and I won’t be taken notice of. “Bring your sister,” indeed!’

Lavinia!’ said Mrs Wilfer. ‘Hold! I will not allow you to utter in my presence the absurd suspicion that any strangers—I care not what their names—can patronize my child. Do you dare to suppose, you ridiculous girl, that Mr and Mrs Boffin would enter these doors upon a patronizing errand; or, if they did, would remain within them, only for one single instant, while your mother had the strength yet remaining in her vital frame to request them to depart? You little know your mother if you presume to think so.’

‘It’s all very fine,’ Lavinia began to grumble, when Mrs Wilfer repeated:

‘Hold! I will not allow this. Do you not know what is due to guests? Do you not comprehend that in presuming to hint that this lady and gentleman could have any idea of patronizing any member of your family—I care not which—you accuse them of an impertinence little less than insane?’

‘Never mind me and Mrs Boffin, ma’am,’ said Mr Boffin, smilingly: ‘we don’t care.’

‘Pardon me, but I do,’ returned Mrs Wilfer.

Miss Lavinia laughed a short laugh as she muttered, ‘Yes, to be sure.’

‘And I require my audacious child,’ proceeded Mrs Wilfer, with a withering look at her youngest, on whom it had not the slightest effect, ‘to please to be just to her sister Bella; to remember that her sister Bella is much sought after; and that when her sister Bella accepts an attention, she considers herself to be conferring qui-i-ite as much honour,’—this with an indignant shiver,—‘as she receives.’

But, here Miss Bella repudiated, and said quietly, ‘I can speak for myself; you know, ma. You needn’t bring ME in, please.’

‘And it’s all very well aiming at others through convenient me,’ said the irrepressible Lavinia, spitefully; ‘but I should like to ask George Sampson what he says to it.’

‘Mr Sampson,’ proclaimed Mrs Wilfer, seeing that young gentleman take his stopper out, and so darkly fixing him with her eyes as that he put it in again: ‘Mr Sampson, as a friend of this family and a frequenter of this house, is, I am persuaded, far too well-bred to interpose on such an invitation.’

This exaltation of the young gentleman moved the conscientious Mrs Boffin to repentance for having done him an injustice in her mind, and consequently to saying that she and Mr Boffin would at any time be glad to see him; an attention which he handsomely acknowledged by replying, with his stopper unremoved, ‘Much obliged to you, but I’m always engaged, day and night.’

However, Bella compensating for all drawbacks by responding to the advances of the Boffins in an engaging way, that easy pair were on the whole well satisfied, and proposed to the said Bella that as soon as they should be in a condition to receive her in a manner suitable to their desires, Mrs Boffin should return with notice of the fact. This arrangement Mrs Wilfer sanctioned with a stately inclination of her head and wave of her gloves, as who should say, ‘Your demerits shall be overlooked, and you shall be mercifully gratified, poor people.’

‘By-the-bye, ma’am,’ said Mr Boffin, turning back as he was going, ‘you have a lodger?’

‘A gentleman,’ Mrs Wilfer answered, qualifying the low expression, ‘undoubtedly occupies our first floor.’

‘I may call him Our Mutual Friend,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘What sort of a fellow IS Our Mutual Friend, now? Do you like him?’

‘Mr Rokesmith is very punctual, very quiet, a very eligible inmate.’

‘Because,’ Mr Boffin explained, ‘you must know that I’m not particularly well acquainted with Our Mutual Friend, for I have only seen him once. You give a good account of him. Is he at home?’

‘Mr Rokesmith is at home,’ said Mrs Wilfer; ‘indeed,’ pointing through the window, ‘there he stands at the garden gate. Waiting for you, perhaps?’

‘Perhaps so,’ replied Mr Boffin. ‘Saw me come in, maybe.’

Bella had closely attended to this short dialogue. Accompanying Mrs Boffin to the gate, she as closely watched what followed.

‘How are you, sir, how are you?’ said Mr Boffin. ‘This is Mrs Boffin. Mr Rokesmith, that I told you of; my dear.’

She gave him good day, and he bestirred himself and helped her to her seat, and the like, with a ready hand.

‘Good-bye for the present, Miss Bella,’ said Mrs Boffin, calling out a hearty parting. ‘We shall meet again soon! And then I hope I shall have my little John Harmon to show you.’

Mr Rokesmith, who was at the wheel adjusting the skirts of her dress, suddenly looked behind him, and around him, and then looked up at her, with a face so pale that Mrs Boffin cried:

‘Gracious!’ And after a moment, ‘What’s the matter, sir?’

‘How can you show her the Dead?’ returned Mr Rokesmith.

‘It’s only an adopted child. One I have told her of. One I’m going to give the name to!’

‘You took me by surprise,’ said Mr Rokesmith, ‘and it sounded like an omen, that you should speak of showing the Dead to one so young and blooming.’

Now, Bella suspected by this time that Mr Rokesmith admired her. Whether the knowledge (for it was rather that than suspicion) caused her to incline to him a little more, or a little less, than she had done at first; whether it rendered her eager to find out more about him, because she sought to establish reason for her distrust, or because she sought to free him from it; was as yet dark to her own heart. But at most times he occupied a great amount of her attention, and she had set her attention closely on this incident.

That he knew it as well as she, she knew as well as he, when they were left together standing on the path by the garden gate.

‘Those are worthy people, Miss Wilfer.’

‘Do you know them well?’ asked Bella.

He smiled, reproaching her, and she coloured, reproaching herself—both, with the knowledge that she had meant to entrap him into an answer not true—when he said ‘I know OF them.’

‘Truly, he told us he had seen you but once.’

‘Truly, I supposed he did.’

Bella was nervous now, and would have been glad to recall her question.

‘You thought it strange that, feeling much interested in you, I should start at what sounded like a proposal to bring you into contact with the murdered man who lies in his grave. I might have known—of course in a moment should have known—that it could not have that meaning. But my interest remains.’

Re-entering the family-room in a meditative state, Miss Bella was received by the irrepressible Lavinia with:

‘There, Bella! At last I hope you have got your wishes realized—by your Boffins. You’ll be rich enough now—with your Boffins. You can have as much flirting as you like—at your Boffins. But you won’t take ME to your Boffins, I can tell you—you and your Boffins too!’

‘If,’ quoth Mr George Sampson, moodily pulling his stopper out, ‘Miss Bella’s Mr Boffin comes any more of his nonsense to ME, I only wish him to understand, as betwixt man and man, that he does it at his per—’ and was going to say peril; but Miss Lavinia, having no confidence in his mental powers, and feeling his oration to have no definite application to any circumstances, jerked his stopper in again, with a sharpness that made his eyes water.

And now the worthy Mrs Wilfer, having used her youngest daughter as a lay-figure for the edification of these Boffins, became bland to her, and proceeded to develop her last instance of force of character, which was still in reserve. This was, to illuminate the family with her remarkable powers as a physiognomist; powers that terrified R. W. when ever let loose, as being always fraught with gloom and evil which no inferior prescience was aware of. And this Mrs Wilfer now did, be it observed, in jealousy of these Boffins, in the very same moments when she was already reflecting how she would flourish these very same Boffins and the state they kept, over the heads of her Boffinless friends.

‘Of their manners,’ said Mrs Wilfer, ‘I say nothing. Of their appearance, I say nothing. Of the disinterestedness of their intentions towards Bella, I say nothing. But the craft, the secrecy, the dark deep underhanded plotting, written in Mrs Boffin’s countenance, make me shudder.’

As an incontrovertible proof that those baleful attributes were all there, Mrs Wilfer shuddered on the spot.

Chapter 10

A MARRIAGE CONTRACT

There is excitement in the Veneering mansion. The mature young lady is going to be married (powder and all) to the mature young gentleman, and she is to be married from the Veneering house, and the Veneerings are to give the breakfast. The Analytical, who objects as a matter of principle to everything that occurs on the premises, necessarily objects to the match; but his consent has been dispensed with, and a spring-van is delivering its load of greenhouse plants at the door, in order that to-morrow’s feast may be crowned with flowers.

The mature young lady is a lady of property. The mature young gentleman is a gentleman of property. He invests his property. He goes, in a condescending amateurish way, into the City, attends meetings of Directors, and has to do with traffic in Shares. As is well known to the wise in their generation, traffic in Shares is the one thing to have to do with in this world. Have no antecedents, no established character, no cultivation, no ideas, no manners; have Shares. Have Shares enough to be on Boards of Direction in capital letters, oscillate on mysterious business between London and Paris, and be great. Where does he come from? Shares. Where is he going to? Shares. What are his tastes? Shares. Has he any principles? Shares. What squeezes him into Parliament? Shares. Perhaps he never of himself achieved success in anything, never originated anything, never produced anything? Sufficient answer to all; Shares. O mighty Shares! To set those blaring images so high, and to cause us smaller vermin, as under the influence of henbane or opium, to cry out, night and day, ‘Relieve us of our money, scatter it for us, buy us and sell us, ruin us, only we beseech ye take rank among the powers of the earth, and fatten on us’!

While the Loves and Graces have been preparing this torch for Hymen, which is to be kindled to-morrow, Mr Twemlow has suffered much in his mind. It would seem that both the mature young lady and the mature young gentleman must indubitably be Veneering’s oldest friends. Wards of his, perhaps? Yet that can scarcely be, for they are older than himself. Veneering has been in their confidence throughout, and has done much to lure them to the altar. He has mentioned to Twemlow how he said to Mrs Veneering, ‘Anastatia, this must be a match.’ He has mentioned to Twemlow how he regards Sophronia Akershem (the mature young lady) in the light of a sister, and Alfred Lammle (the mature young gentleman) in the light of a brother. Twemlow has asked him whether he went to school as a junior with Alfred? He has answered, ‘Not exactly.’ Whether Sophronia was adopted by his mother? He has answered, ‘Not precisely so.’ Twemlow’s hand has gone to his forehead with a lost air.

But, two or three weeks ago, Twemlow, sitting over his newspaper, and over his dry-toast and weak tea, and over the stable-yard in Duke Street, St James’s, received a highly-perfumed cocked-hat and monogram from Mrs Veneering, entreating her dearest Mr T., if not particularly engaged that day, to come like a charming soul and make a fourth at dinner with dear Mr Podsnap, for the discussion of an interesting family topic; the last three words doubly underlined and pointed with a note of admiration. And Twemlow replying, ‘Not engaged, and more than delighted,’ goes, and this takes place:

‘My dear Twemlow,’ says Veneering, ‘your ready response to Anastatia’s unceremonious invitation is truly kind, and like an old, old friend. You know our dear friend Podsnap?’

Twemlow ought to know the dear friend Podsnap who covered him with so much confusion, and he says he does know him, and Podsnap reciprocates. Apparently, Podsnap has been so wrought upon in a short time, as to believe that he has been intimate in the house many, many, many years. In the friendliest manner he is making himself quite at home with his back to the fire, executing a statuette of the Colossus at Rhodes. Twemlow has before noticed in his feeble way how soon the Veneering guests become infected with the Veneering fiction. Not, however, that he has the least notion of its being his own case.

‘Our friends, Alfred and Sophronia,’ pursues Veneering the veiled prophet: ‘our friends Alfred and Sophronia, you will be glad to hear, my dear fellows, are going to be married. As my wife and I make it a family affair the entire direction of which we take upon ourselves, of course our first step is to communicate the fact to our family friends.’

(‘Oh!’ thinks Twemlow, with his eyes on Podsnap, ‘then there are only two of us, and he’s the other.’)

‘I did hope,’ Veneering goes on, ‘to have had Lady Tippins to meet you; but she is always in request, and is unfortunately engaged.’

(‘Oh!’ thinks Twemlow, with his eyes wandering, ‘then there are three of us, and SHE’S the other.’)

‘Mortimer Lightwood,’ resumes Veneering, ‘whom you both know, is out of town; but he writes, in his whimsical manner, that as we ask him to be bridegroom’s best man when the ceremony takes place, he will not refuse, though he doesn’t see what he has to do with it.’

(‘Oh!’ thinks Twemlow, with his eyes rolling, ‘then there are four of us, and HE’S the other.’)

‘Boots and Brewer,’ observes Veneering, ‘whom you also know, I have not asked to-day; but I reserve them for the occasion.’

(‘Then,’ thinks Twemlow, with his eyes shut, ‘there are si—’ But here collapses and does not completely recover until dinner is over and the Analytical has been requested to withdraw.)

‘We now come,’ says Veneering, ‘to the point, the real point, of our little family consultation. Sophronia, having lost both father and mother, has no one to give her away.’

‘Give her away yourself,’ says Podsnap.

‘My dear Podsnap, no. For three reasons. Firstly, because I couldn’t take so much upon myself when I have respected family friends to remember. Secondly, because I am not so vain as to think that I look the part. Thirdly, because Anastatia is a little superstitious on the subject and feels averse to my giving away anybody until baby is old enough to be married.’

‘What would happen if he did?’ Podsnap inquires of Mrs Veneering.

‘My dear Mr Podsnap, it’s very foolish I know, but I have an instinctive presentiment that if Hamilton gave away anybody else first, he would never give away baby.’ Thus Mrs Veneering; with her open hands pressed together, and each of her eight aquiline fingers looking so very like her one aquiline nose that the bran-new jewels on them seem necessary for distinction’s sake.

‘But, my dear Podsnap,’ quoth Veneering, ‘there IS a tried friend of our family who, I think and hope you will agree with me, Podsnap, is the friend on whom this agreeable duty almost naturally devolves. That friend,’ saying the words as if the company were about a hundred and fifty in number, ‘is now among us. That friend is Twemlow.’

‘Certainly!’ from Podsnap.

‘That friend,’ Veneering repeats with greater firmness, ‘is our dear good Twemlow. And I cannot sufficiently express to you, my dear Podsnap, the pleasure I feel in having this opinion of mine and Anastatia’s so readily confirmed by you, that other equally familiar and tried friend who stands in the proud position—I mean who proudly stands in the position—or I ought rather to say, who places Anastatia and myself in the proud position of himself standing in the simple position—of baby’s godfather.’ And, indeed, Veneering is much relieved in mind to find that Podsnap betrays no jealousy of Twemlow’s elevation.

So, it has come to pass that the spring-van is strewing flowers on the rosy hours and on the staircase, and that Twemlow is surveying the ground on which he is to play his distinguished part to-morrow. He has already been to the church, and taken note of the various impediments in the aisle, under the auspices of an extremely dreary widow who opens the pews, and whose left hand appears to be in a state of acute rheumatism, but is in fact voluntarily doubled up to act as a money-box.

And now Veneering shoots out of the Study wherein he is accustomed, when contemplative, to give his mind to the carving and gilding of the Pilgrims going to Canterbury, in order to show Twemlow the little flourish he has prepared for the trumpets of fashion, describing how that on the seventeenth instant, at St James’s Church, the Reverend Blank Blank, assisted by the Reverend Dash Dash, united in the bonds of matrimony, Alfred Lammle Esquire, of Sackville Street, Piccadilly, to Sophronia, only daughter of the late Horatio Akershem, Esquire, of Yorkshire. Also how the fair bride was married from the house of Hamilton Veneering, Esquire, of Stucconia, and was given away by Melvin Twemlow, Esquire, of Duke Street, St James’s, second cousin to Lord Snigsworth, of Snigsworthy Park. While perusing which composition, Twemlow makes some opaque approach to perceiving that if the Reverend Blank Blank and the Reverend Dash Dash fail, after this introduction, to become enrolled in the list of Veneering’s dearest and oldest friends, they will have none but themselves to thank for it.

After which, appears Sophronia (whom Twemlow has seen twice in his lifetime), to thank Twemlow for counterfeiting the late Horatio Akershem Esquire, broadly of Yorkshire. And after her, appears Alfred (whom Twemlow has seen once in his lifetime), to do the same and to make a pasty sort of glitter, as if he were constructed for candle-light only, and had been let out into daylight by some grand mistake. And after that, comes Mrs Veneering, in a pervadingly aquiline state of figure, and with transparent little knobs on her temper, like the little transparent knob on the bridge of her nose, ‘Worn out by worry and excitement,’ as she tells her dear Mr Twemlow, and reluctantly revived with curacoa by the Analytical. And after that, the bridesmaids begin to come by rail-road from various parts of the country, and to come like adorable recruits enlisted by a sergeant not present; for, on arriving at the Veneering depot, they are in a barrack of strangers.

So, Twemlow goes home to Duke Street, St James’s, to take a plate of mutton broth with a chop in it, and a look at the marriage-service, in order that he may cut in at the right place to-morrow; and he is low, and feels it dull over the livery stable-yard, and is distinctly aware of a dint in his heart, made by the most adorable of the adorable bridesmaids. For, the poor little harmless gentleman once had his fancy, like the rest of us, and she didn’t answer (as she often does not), and he thinks the adorable bridesmaid is like the fancy as she was then (which she is not at all), and that if the fancy had not married some one else for money, but had married him for love, he and she would have been happy (which they wouldn’t have been), and that she has a tenderness for him still (whereas her toughness is a proverb). Brooding over the fire, with his dried little head in his dried little hands, and his dried little elbows on his dried little knees, Twemlow is melancholy. ‘No Adorable to bear me company here!’ thinks he. ‘No Adorable at the club! A waste, a waste, a waste, my Twemlow!’ And so drops asleep, and has galvanic starts all over him.

Betimes next morning, that horrible old Lady Tippins (relict of the late Sir Thomas Tippins, knighted in mistake for somebody else by His Majesty King George the Third, who, while performing the ceremony, was graciously pleased to observe, ‘What, what, what? Who, who, who? Why, why, why?’) begins to be dyed and varnished for the interesting occasion. She has a reputation for giving smart accounts of things, and she must be at these people’s early, my dear, to lose nothing of the fun. Whereabout in the bonnet and drapery announced by her name, any fragment of the real woman may be concealed, is perhaps known to her maid; but you could easily buy all you see of her, in Bond Street; or you might scalp her, and peel her, and scrape her, and make two Lady Tippinses out of her, and yet not penetrate to the genuine article. She has a large gold eye-glass, has Lady Tippins, to survey the proceedings with. If she had one in each eye, it might keep that other drooping lid up, and look more uniform. But perennial youth is in her artificial flowers, and her list of lovers is full.

‘Mortimer, you wretch,’ says Lady Tippins, turning the eyeglass about and about, ‘where is your charge, the bridegroom?’

‘Give you my honour,’ returns Mortimer, ‘I don’t know, and I don’t care.’

‘Miserable! Is that the way you do your duty?’

‘Beyond an impression that he is to sit upon my knee and be seconded at some point of the solemnities, like a principal at a prizefight, I assure you I have no notion what my duty is,’ returns Mortimer.

Eugene is also in attendance, with a pervading air upon him of having presupposed the ceremony to be a funeral, and of being disappointed. The scene is the Vestry-room of St James’s Church, with a number of leathery old registers on shelves, that might be bound in Lady Tippinses.

But, hark! A carriage at the gate, and Mortimer’s man arrives, looking rather like a spurious Mephistopheles and an unacknowledged member of that gentleman’s family. Whom Lady Tippins, surveying through her eye-glass, considers a fine man, and quite a catch; and of whom Mortimer remarks, in the lowest spirits, as he approaches, ‘I believe this is my fellow, confound him!’ More carriages at the gate, and lo the rest of the characters. Whom Lady Tippins, standing on a cushion, surveying through the eye-glass, thus checks off. ‘Bride; five-and-forty if a day, thirty shillings a yard, veil fifteen pound, pocket-handkerchief a present. Bridesmaids; kept down for fear of outshining bride, consequently not girls, twelve and sixpence a yard, Veneering’s flowers, snub-nosed one rather pretty but too conscious of her stockings, bonnets three pound ten. Twemlow; blessed release for the dear man if she really was his daughter, nervous even under the pretence that she is, well he may be. Mrs Veneering; never saw such velvet, say two thousand pounds as she stands, absolute jeweller’s window, father must have been a pawnbroker, or how could these people do it? Attendant unknowns; pokey.’

Ceremony performed, register signed, Lady Tippins escorted out of sacred edifice by Veneering, carriages rolling back to Stucconia, servants with favours and flowers, Veneering’s house reached, drawing-rooms most magnificent. Here, the Podsnaps await the happy party; Mr Podsnap, with his hair-brushes made the most of; that imperial rocking-horse, Mrs Podsnap, majestically skittish. Here, too, are Boots and Brewer, and the two other Buffers; each Buffer with a flower in his button-hole, his hair curled, and his gloves buttoned on tight, apparently come prepared, if anything had happened to the bridegroom, to be married instantly. Here, too, the bride’s aunt and next relation; a widowed female of a Medusa sort, in a stoney cap, glaring petrifaction at her fellow-creatures. Here, too, the bride’s trustee; an oilcake-fed style of business-gentleman with mooney spectacles, and an object of much interest. Veneering launching himself upon this trustee as his oldest friend (which makes seven, Twemlow thought), and confidentially retiring with him into the conservatory, it is understood that Veneering is his co-trustee, and that they are arranging about the fortune. Buffers are even overheard to whisper Thir-ty Thou-sand Pou-nds! with a smack and a relish suggestive of the very finest oysters. Pokey unknowns, amazed to find how intimately they know Veneering, pluck up spirit, fold their arms, and begin to contradict him before breakfast. What time Mrs Veneering, carrying baby dressed as a bridesmaid, flits about among the company, emitting flashes of many-coloured lightning from diamonds, emeralds, and rubies.

The Analytical, in course of time achieving what he feels to be due to himself in bringing to a dignified conclusion several quarrels he has on hand with the pastrycook’s men, announces breakfast. Dining-room no less magnificent than drawing-room; tables superb; all the camels out, and all laden. Splendid cake, covered with Cupids, silver, and true-lovers’ knots. Splendid bracelet, produced by Veneering before going down, and clasped upon the arm of bride. Yet nobody seems to think much more of the Veneerings than if they were a tolerable landlord and landlady doing the thing in the way of business at so much a head. The bride and bridegroom talk and laugh apart, as has always been their manner; and the Buffers work their way through the dishes with systematic perseverance, as has always been THEIR manner; and the pokey unknowns are exceedingly benevolent to one another in invitations to take glasses of champagne; but Mrs Podsnap, arching her mane and rocking her grandest, has a far more deferential audience than Mrs Veneering; and Podsnap all but does the honours.

Another dismal circumstance is, that Veneering, having the captivating Tippins on one side of him and the bride’s aunt on the other, finds it immensely difficult to keep the peace. For, Medusa, besides unmistakingly glaring petrifaction at the fascinating Tippins, follows every lively remark made by that dear creature, with an audible snort: which may be referable to a chronic cold in the head, but may also be referable to indignation and contempt. And this snort being regular in its reproduction, at length comes to be expected by the company, who make embarrassing pauses when it is falling due, and by waiting for it, render it more emphatic when it comes. The stoney aunt has likewise an injurious way of rejecting all dishes whereof Lady Tippins partakes: saying aloud when they are proffered to her, ‘No, no, no, not for me. Take it away!’ As with a set purpose of implying a misgiving that if nourished upon similar meats, she might come to be like that charmer, which would be a fatal consummation. Aware of her enemy, Lady Tippins tries a youthful sally or two, and tries the eye-glass; but, from the impenetrable cap and snorting armour of the stoney aunt all weapons rebound powerless.

Another objectionable circumstance is, that the pokey unknowns support each other in being unimpressible. They persist in not being frightened by the gold and silver camels, and they are banded together to defy the elaborately chased ice-pails. They even seem to unite in some vague utterance of the sentiment that the landlord and landlady will make a pretty good profit out of this, and they almost carry themselves like customers. Nor is there compensating influence in the adorable bridesmaids; for, having very little interest in the bride, and none at all in one another, those lovely beings become, each one of her own account, depreciatingly contemplative of the millinery present; while the bridegroom’s man, exhausted, in the back of his chair, appears to be improving the occasion by penitentially contemplating all the wrong he has ever done; the difference between him and his friend Eugene, being, that the latter, in the back of HIS chair, appears to be contemplating all the wrong he would like to do—particularly to the present company.

In which state of affairs, the usual ceremonies rather droop and flag, and the splendid cake when cut by the fair hand of the bride has but an indigestible appearance. However, all the things indispensable to be said are said, and all the things indispensable to be done are done (including Lady Tippins’s yawning, falling asleep, and waking insensible), and there is hurried preparation for the nuptial journey to the Isle of Wight, and the outer air teems with brass bands and spectators. In full sight of whom, the malignant star of the Analytical has pre-ordained that pain and ridicule shall befall him. For he, standing on the doorsteps to grace the departure, is suddenly caught a most prodigious thump on the side of his head with a heavy shoe, which a Buffer in the hall, champagne-flushed and wild of aim, has borrowed on the spur of the moment from the pastrycook’s porter, to cast after the departing pair as an auspicious omen.

So they all go up again into the gorgeous drawing-rooms—all of them flushed with breakfast, as having taken scarlatina sociably—and there the combined unknowns do malignant things with their legs to ottomans, and take as much as possible out of the splendid furniture. And so, Lady Tippins, quite undetermined whether today is the day before yesterday, or the day after to-morrow, or the week after next, fades away; and Mortimer Lightwood and Eugene fade away, and Twemlow fades away, and the stoney aunt goes away—she declines to fade, proving rock to the last—and even the unknowns are slowly strained off, and it is all over.

All over, that is to say, for the time being. But, there is another time to come, and it comes in about a fortnight, and it comes to Mr and Mrs Lammle on the sands at Shanklin, in the Isle of Wight.

Mr and Mrs Lammle have walked for some time on the Shanklin sands, and one may see by their footprints that they have not walked arm in arm, and that they have not walked in a straight track, and that they have walked in a moody humour; for, the lady has prodded little spirting holes in the damp sand before her with her parasol, and the gentleman has trailed his stick after him. As if he were of the Mephistopheles family indeed, and had walked with a drooping tail.

‘Do you mean to tell me, then, Sophronia—’

Thus he begins after a long silence, when Sophronia flashes fiercely, and turns upon him.

‘Don’t put it upon ME, sir. I ask you, do YOU mean to tell me?’

Mr Lammle falls silent again, and they walk as before. Mrs Lammle opens her nostrils and bites her under-lip; Mr Lammle takes his gingerous whiskers in his left hand, and, bringing them together, frowns furtively at his beloved, out of a thick gingerous bush.

‘Do I mean to say!’ Mrs Lammle after a time repeats, with indignation. ‘Putting it on me! The unmanly disingenuousness!’

Mr Lammle stops, releases his whiskers, and looks at her. ‘The what?’

Mrs Lammle haughtily replies, without stopping, and without looking back. ‘The meanness.’

He is at her side again in a pace or two, and he retorts, ‘That is not what you said. You said disingenuousness.’

‘What if I did?’

‘There is no “if” in the case. You did.’

‘I did, then. And what of it?’

‘What of it?’ says Mr Lammle. ‘Have you the face to utter the word to me?’

‘The face, too!’ replied Mrs Lammle, staring at him with cold scorn. ‘Pray, how dare you, sir, utter the word to me?’

‘I never did.’

As this happens to be true, Mrs Lammle is thrown on the feminine resource of saying, ‘I don’t care what you uttered or did not utter.’

After a little more walking and a little more silence, Mr Lammle breaks the latter.

‘You shall proceed in your own way. You claim a right to ask me do I mean to tell you. Do I mean to tell you what?’

‘That you are a man of property?’

‘No.’

‘Then you married me on false pretences?’

‘So be it. Next comes what you mean to say. Do you mean to say you are a woman of property?’

‘No.’

‘Then you married me on false pretences.’

‘If you were so dull a fortune-hunter that you deceived yourself, or if you were so greedy and grasping that you were over-willing to be deceived by appearances, is it my fault, you adventurer?’ the lady demands, with great asperity.

‘I asked Veneering, and he told me you were rich.’

‘Veneering!’ with great contempt. ‘And what does Veneering know about me!’

‘Was he not your trustee?’

‘No. I have no trustee, but the one you saw on the day when you fraudulently married me. And his trust is not a very difficult one, for it is only an annuity of a hundred and fifteen pounds. I think there are some odd shillings or pence, if you are very particular.’

Mr Lammle bestows a by no means loving look upon the partner of his joys and sorrows, and he mutters something; but checks himself.

‘Question for question. It is my turn again, Mrs Lammle. What made you suppose me a man of property?’

‘You made me suppose you so. Perhaps you will deny that you always presented yourself to me in that character?’

‘But you asked somebody, too. Come, Mrs Lammle, admission for admission. You asked somebody?’

‘I asked Veneering.’

‘And Veneering knew as much of me as he knew of you, or as anybody knows of him.’

After more silent walking, the bride stops short, to say in a passionate manner:

‘I never will forgive the Veneerings for this!’

‘Neither will I,’ returns the bridegroom.

With that, they walk again; she, making those angry spirts in the sand; he, dragging that dejected tail. The tide is low, and seems to have thrown them together high on the bare shore. A gull comes sweeping by their heads and flouts them. There was a golden surface on the brown cliffs but now, and behold they are only damp earth. A taunting roar comes from the sea, and the far-out rollers mount upon one another, to look at the entrapped impostors, and to join in impish and exultant gambols.

‘Do you pretend to believe,’ Mrs Lammle resumes, sternly, ‘when you talk of my marrying you for worldly advantages, that it was within the bounds of reasonable probability that I would have married you for yourself?’

‘Again there are two sides to the question, Mrs Lammle. What do you pretend to believe?’

‘So you first deceive me and then insult me!’ cries the lady, with a heaving bosom.

‘Not at all. I have originated nothing. The double-edged question was yours.’

‘Was mine!’ the bride repeats, and her parasol breaks in her angry hand.

His colour has turned to a livid white, and ominous marks have come to light about his nose, as if the finger of the very devil himself had, within the last few moments, touched it here and there. But he has repressive power, and she has none.

‘Throw it away,’ he coolly recommends as to the parasol; ‘you have made it useless; you look ridiculous with it.’

Whereupon she calls him in her rage, ‘A deliberate villain,’ and so casts the broken thing from her as that it strikes him in falling. The finger-marks are something whiter for the instant, but he walks on at her side.

She bursts into tears, declaring herself the wretchedest, the most deceived, the worst-used, of women. Then she says that if she had the courage to kill herself, she would do it. Then she calls him vile impostor. Then she asks him, why, in the disappointment of his base speculation, he does not take her life with his own hand, under the present favourable circumstances. Then she cries again. Then she is enraged again, and makes some mention of swindlers. Finally, she sits down crying on a block of stone, and is in all the known and unknown humours of her sex at once. Pending her changes, those aforesaid marks in his face have come and gone, now here now there, like white steps of a pipe on which the diabolical performer has played a tune. Also his livid lips are parted at last, as if he were breathless with running. Yet he is not.

‘Now, get up, Mrs Lammle, and let us speak reasonably.’

She sits upon her stone, and takes no heed of him.

‘Get up, I tell you.’

Raising her head, she looks contemptuously in his face, and repeats, ‘You tell me! Tell me, forsooth!’

She affects not to know that his eyes are fastened on her as she droops her head again; but her whole figure reveals that she knows it uneasily.

‘Enough of this. Come! Do you hear? Get up.’

Yielding to his hand, she rises, and they walk again; but this time with their faces turned towards their place of residence.

‘Mrs Lammle, we have both been deceiving, and we have both been deceived. We have both been biting, and we have both been bitten. In a nut-shell, there’s the state of the case.’

‘You sought me out—’

‘Tut! Let us have done with that. WE know very well how it was. Why should you and I talk about it, when you and I can’t disguise it? To proceed. I am disappointed and cut a poor figure.’

‘Am I no one?’

‘Some one—and I was coming to you, if you had waited a moment. You, too, are disappointed and cut a poor figure.’

‘An injured figure!’

‘You are now cool enough, Sophronia, to see that you can’t be injured without my being equally injured; and that therefore the mere word is not to the purpose. When I look back, I wonder how I can have been such a fool as to take you to so great an extent upon trust.’

‘And when I look back—’ the bride cries, interrupting.

‘And when you look back, you wonder how you can have been—you’ll excuse the word?’

‘Most certainly, with so much reason.’

‘—Such a fool as to take ME to so great an extent upon trust. But the folly is committed on both sides. I cannot get rid of you; you cannot get rid of me. What follows?’

‘Shame and misery,’ the bride bitterly replies.

‘I don’t know. A mutual understanding follows, and I think it may carry us through. Here I split my discourse (give me your arm, Sophronia), into three heads, to make it shorter and plainer. Firstly, it’s enough to have been done, without the mortification of being known to have been done. So we agree to keep the fact to ourselves. You agree?’

‘If it is possible, I do.’

‘Possible! We have pretended well enough to one another. Can’t we, united, pretend to the world? Agreed. Secondly, we owe the Veneerings a grudge, and we owe all other people the grudge of wishing them to be taken in, as we ourselves have been taken in. Agreed?’

‘Yes. Agreed.’

‘We come smoothly to thirdly. You have called me an adventurer, Sophronia. So I am. In plain uncomplimentary English, so I am. So are you, my dear. So are many people. We agree to keep our own secret, and to work together in furtherance of our own schemes.’

‘What schemes?’

‘Any scheme that will bring us money. By our own schemes, I mean our joint interest. Agreed?’

She answers, after a little hesitation, ‘I suppose so. Agreed.’

‘Carried at once, you see! Now, Sophronia, only half a dozen words more. We know one another perfectly. Don’t be tempted into twitting me with the past knowledge that you have of me, because it is identical with the past knowledge that I have of you, and in twitting me, you twit yourself, and I don’t want to hear you do it. With this good understanding established between us, it is better never done. To wind up all:—You have shown temper today, Sophronia. Don’t be betrayed into doing so again, because I have a Devil of a temper myself.’

So, the happy pair, with this hopeful marriage contract thus signed, sealed, and delivered, repair homeward. If, when those infernal finger-marks were on the white and breathless countenance of Alfred Lammle, Esquire, they denoted that he conceived the purpose of subduing his dear wife Mrs Alfred Lammle, by at once divesting her of any lingering reality or pretence of self-respect, the purpose would seem to have been presently executed. The mature young lady has mighty little need of powder, now, for her downcast face, as he escorts her in the light of the setting sun to their abode of bliss.

Chapter 11

PODSNAPPERY

Mr Podsnap was well to do, and stood very high in Mr Podsnap’s opinion. Beginning with a good inheritance, he had married a good inheritance, and had thriven exceedingly in the Marine Insurance way, and was quite satisfied. He never could make out why everybody was not quite satisfied, and he felt conscious that he set a brilliant social example in being particularly well satisfied with most things, and, above all other things, with himself.

Thus happily acquainted with his own merit and importance, Mr Podsnap settled that whatever he put behind him he put out of existence. There was a dignified conclusiveness—not to add a grand convenience—in this way of getting rid of disagreeables which had done much towards establishing Mr Podsnap in his lofty place in Mr Podsnap’s satisfaction. ‘I don’t want to know about it; I don’t choose to discuss it; I don’t admit it!’ Mr Podsnap had even acquired a peculiar flourish of his right arm in often clearing the world of its most difficult problems, by sweeping them behind him (and consequently sheer away) with those words and a flushed face. For they affronted him.

Mr Podsnap’s world was not a very large world, morally; no, nor even geographically: seeing that although his business was sustained upon commerce with other countries, he considered other countries, with that important reservation, a mistake, and of their manners and customs would conclusively observe, ‘Not English!’ when, PRESTO! with a flourish of the arm, and a flush of the face, they were swept away. Elsewise, the world got up at eight, shaved close at a quarter-past, breakfasted at nine, went to the City at ten, came home at half-past five, and dined at seven. Mr Podsnap’s notions of the Arts in their integrity might have been stated thus. Literature; large print, respectfully descriptive of getting up at eight, shaving close at a quarter past, breakfasting at nine, going to the City at ten, coming home at half-past five, and dining at seven. Painting and Sculpture; models and portraits representing Professors of getting up at eight, shaving close at a quarter past, breakfasting at nine, going to the City at ten, coming home at half-past five, and dining at seven. Music; a respectable performance (without variations) on stringed and wind instruments, sedately expressive of getting up at eight, shaving close at a quarter past, breakfasting at nine, going to the City at ten, coming home at half-past five, and dining at seven. Nothing else to be permitted to those same vagrants the Arts, on pain of excommunication. Nothing else To Be—anywhere!

As a so eminently respectable man, Mr Podsnap was sensible of its being required of him to take Providence under his protection. Consequently he always knew exactly what Providence meant. Inferior and less respectable men might fall short of that mark, but Mr Podsnap was always up to it. And it was very remarkable (and must have been very comfortable) that what Providence meant, was invariably what Mr Podsnap meant.

These may be said to have been the articles of a faith and school which the present chapter takes the liberty of calling, after its representative man, Podsnappery. They were confined within close bounds, as Mr Podsnap’s own head was confined by his shirt-collar; and they were enunciated with a sounding pomp that smacked of the creaking of Mr Podsnap’s own boots.

There was a Miss Podsnap. And this young rocking-horse was being trained in her mother’s art of prancing in a stately manner without ever getting on. But the high parental action was not yet imparted to her, and in truth she was but an undersized damsel, with high shoulders, low spirits, chilled elbows, and a rasped surface of nose, who seemed to take occasional frosty peeps out of childhood into womanhood, and to shrink back again, overcome by her mother’s head-dress and her father from head to foot—crushed by the mere dead-weight of Podsnappery.

A certain institution in Mr Podsnap’s mind which he called ‘the young person’ may be considered to have been embodied in Miss Podsnap, his daughter. It was an inconvenient and exacting institution, as requiring everything in the universe to be filed down and fitted to it. The question about everything was, would it bring a blush into the cheek of the young person? And the inconvenience of the young person was, that, according to Mr Podsnap, she seemed always liable to burst into blushes when there was no need at all. There appeared to be no line of demarcation between the young person’s excessive innocence, and another person’s guiltiest knowledge. Take Mr Podsnap’s word for it, and the soberest tints of drab, white, lilac, and grey, were all flaming red to this troublesome Bull of a young person.

The Podsnaps lived in a shady angle adjoining Portman Square. They were a kind of people certain to dwell in the shade, wherever they dwelt. Miss Podsnap’s life had been, from her first appearance on this planet, altogether of a shady order; for, Mr Podsnap’s young person was likely to get little good out of association with other young persons, and had therefore been restricted to companionship with not very congenial older persons, and with massive furniture. Miss Podsnap’s early views of life being principally derived from the reflections of it in her father’s boots, and in the walnut and rosewood tables of the dim drawing-rooms, and in their swarthy giants of looking-glasses, were of a sombre cast; and it was not wonderful that now, when she was on most days solemnly tooled through the Park by the side of her mother in a great tall custard-coloured phaeton, she showed above the apron of that vehicle like a dejected young person sitting up in bed to take a startled look at things in general, and very strongly desiring to get her head under the counterpane again.

Said Mr Podsnap to Mrs Podsnap, ‘Georgiana is almost eighteen.’

Said Mrs Podsnap to Mr Podsnap, assenting, ‘Almost eighteen.’

Said Mr Podsnap then to Mrs Podsnap, ‘Really I think we should have some people on Georgiana’s birthday.’

Said Mrs Podsnap then to Mr Podsnap, ‘Which will enable us to clear off all those people who are due.’

So it came to pass that Mr and Mrs Podsnap requested the honour of the company of seventeen friends of their souls at dinner; and that they substituted other friends of their souls for such of the seventeen original friends of their souls as deeply regretted that a prior engagement prevented their having the honour of dining with Mr and Mrs Podsnap, in pursuance of their kind invitation; and that Mrs Podsnap said of all these inconsolable personages, as she checked them off with a pencil in her list, ‘Asked, at any rate, and got rid of;’ and that they successfully disposed of a good many friends of their souls in this way, and felt their consciences much lightened.

There were still other friends of their souls who were not entitled to be asked to dinner, but had a claim to be invited to come and take a haunch of mutton vapour-bath at half-past nine. For the clearing off of these worthies, Mrs Podsnap added a small and early evening to the dinner, and looked in at the music-shop to bespeak a well-conducted automaton to come and play quadrilles for a carpet dance.

Mr and Mrs Veneering, and Mr and Mrs Veneering’s bran-new bride and bridegroom, were of the dinner company; but the Podsnap establishment had nothing else in common with the Veneerings. Mr Podsnap could tolerate taste in a mushroom man who stood in need of that sort of thing, but was far above it himself. Hideous solidity was the characteristic of the Podsnap plate. Everything was made to look as heavy as it could, and to take up as much room as possible. Everything said boastfully, ‘Here you have as much of me in my ugliness as if I were only lead; but I am so many ounces of precious metal worth so much an ounce;—wouldn’t you like to melt me down?’ A corpulent straddling epergne, blotched all over as if it had broken out in an eruption rather than been ornamented, delivered this address from an unsightly silver platform in the centre of the table. Four silver wine-coolers, each furnished with four staring heads, each head obtrusively carrying a big silver ring in each of its ears, conveyed the sentiment up and down the table, and handed it on to the pot-bellied silver salt-cellars. All the big silver spoons and forks widened the mouths of the company expressly for the purpose of thrusting the sentiment down their throats with every morsel they ate.

The majority of the guests were like the plate, and included several heavy articles weighing ever so much. But there was a foreign gentleman among them: whom Mr Podsnap had invited after much debate with himself—believing the whole European continent to be in mortal alliance against the young person—and there was a droll disposition, not only on the part of Mr Podsnap but of everybody else, to treat him as if he were a child who was hard of hearing.

As a delicate concession to this unfortunately-born foreigner, Mr Podsnap, in receiving him, had presented his wife as ‘Madame Podsnap;’ also his daughter as ‘Mademoiselle Podsnap,’ with some inclination to add ‘ma fille,’ in which bold venture, however, he checked himself. The Veneerings being at that time the only other arrivals, he had added (in a condescendingly explanatory manner), ‘Monsieur Vey-nair-reeng,’ and had then subsided into English.

‘How Do You Like London?’ Mr Podsnap now inquired from his station of host, as if he were administering something in the nature of a powder or potion to the deaf child; ‘London, Londres, London?’

The foreign gentleman admired it.

‘You find it Very Large?’ said Mr Podsnap, spaciously.

The foreign gentleman found it very large.

‘And Very Rich?’

The foreign gentleman found it, without doubt, enormement riche.

‘Enormously Rich, We say,’ returned Mr Podsnap, in a condescending manner. ‘Our English adverbs do Not terminate in Mong, and We Pronounce the “ch” as if there were a “t” before it. We say Ritch.’

‘Reetch,’ remarked the foreign gentleman.

‘And Do You Find, Sir,’ pursued Mr Podsnap, with dignity, ‘Many Evidences that Strike You, of our British Constitution in the Streets Of The World’s Metropolis, London, Londres, London?’

The foreign gentleman begged to be pardoned, but did not altogether understand.

‘The Constitution Britannique,’ Mr Podsnap explained, as if he were teaching in an infant school. ‘We Say British, But You Say Britannique, You Know’ (forgivingly, as if that were not his fault). ‘The Constitution, Sir.’

The foreign gentleman said, ‘Mais, yees; I know eem.’

A youngish sallowish gentleman in spectacles, with a lumpy forehead, seated in a supplementary chair at a corner of the table, here caused a profound sensation by saying, in a raised voice, ‘ESKER,’ and then stopping dead.

‘Mais oui,’ said the foreign gentleman, turning towards him. ‘Est-ce que? Quoi donc?’

But the gentleman with the lumpy forehead having for the time delivered himself of all that he found behind his lumps, spake for the time no more.

‘I Was Inquiring,’ said Mr Podsnap, resuming the thread of his discourse, ‘Whether You Have Observed in our Streets as We should say, Upon our Pavvy as You would say, any Tokens—’

The foreign gentleman, with patient courtesy entreated pardon; ‘But what was tokenz?’

‘Marks,’ said Mr Podsnap; ‘Signs, you know, Appearances—Traces.’

‘Ah! Of a Orse?’ inquired the foreign gentleman.

‘We call it Horse,’ said Mr Podsnap, with forbearance. ‘In England, Angleterre, England, We Aspirate the “H,” and We Say “Horse.” Only our Lower Classes Say “Orse!”’

‘Pardon,’ said the foreign gentleman; ‘I am alwiz wrong!’

‘Our Language,’ said Mr Podsnap, with a gracious consciousness of being always right, ‘is Difficult. Ours is a Copious Language, and Trying to Strangers. I will not Pursue my Question.’

But the lumpy gentleman, unwilling to give it up, again madly said, ‘ESKER,’ and again spake no more.

‘It merely referred,’ Mr Podsnap explained, with a sense of meritorious proprietorship, ‘to Our Constitution, Sir. We Englishmen are Very Proud of our Constitution, Sir. It Was Bestowed Upon Us By Providence. No Other Country is so Favoured as This Country.’

‘And ozer countries?—’ the foreign gentleman was beginning, when Mr Podsnap put him right again.

‘We do not say Ozer; we say Other: the letters are “T” and “H;” You say Tay and Aish, You Know; (still with clemency). The sound is “th”—“th!”’

‘And OTHER countries,’ said the foreign gentleman. ‘They do how?’

‘They do, Sir,’ returned Mr Podsnap, gravely shaking his head; ‘they do—I am sorry to be obliged to say it—AS they do.’

‘It was a little particular of Providence,’ said the foreign gentleman, laughing; ‘for the frontier is not large.’

‘Undoubtedly,’ assented Mr Podsnap; ‘But So it is. It was the Charter of the Land. This Island was Blest, Sir, to the Direct Exclusion of such Other Countries as—as there may happen to be. And if we were all Englishmen present, I would say,’ added Mr Podsnap, looking round upon his compatriots, and sounding solemnly with his theme, ‘that there is in the Englishman a combination of qualities, a modesty, an independence, a responsibility, a repose, combined with an absence of everything calculated to call a blush into the cheek of a young person, which one would seek in vain among the Nations of the Earth.’

Having delivered this little summary, Mr Podsnap’s face flushed, as he thought of the remote possibility of its being at all qualified by any prejudiced citizen of any other country; and, with his favourite right-arm flourish, he put the rest of Europe and the whole of Asia, Africa, and America nowhere.

The audience were much edified by this passage of words; and Mr Podsnap, feeling that he was in rather remarkable force to-day, became smiling and conversational.

‘Has anything more been heard, Veneering,’ he inquired, ‘of the lucky legatee?’

‘Nothing more,’ returned Veneering, ‘than that he has come into possession of the property. I am told people now call him The Golden Dustman. I mentioned to you some time ago, I think, that the young lady whose intended husband was murdered is daughter to a clerk of mine?’

‘Yes, you told me that,’ said Podsnap; ‘and by-the-bye, I wish you would tell it again here, for it’s a curious coincidence—curious that the first news of the discovery should have been brought straight to your table (when I was there), and curious that one of your people should have been so nearly interested in it. Just relate that, will you?’

Veneering was more than ready to do it, for he had prospered exceedingly upon the Harmon Murder, and had turned the social distinction it conferred upon him to the account of making several dozen of bran-new bosom-friends. Indeed, such another lucky hit would almost have set him up in that way to his satisfaction. So, addressing himself to the most desirable of his neighbours, while Mrs Veneering secured the next most desirable, he plunged into the case, and emerged from it twenty minutes afterwards with a Bank Director in his arms. In the mean time, Mrs Veneering had dived into the same waters for a wealthy Ship-Broker, and had brought him up, safe and sound, by the hair. Then Mrs Veneering had to relate, to a larger circle, how she had been to see the girl, and how she was really pretty, and (considering her station) presentable. And this she did with such a successful display of her eight aquiline fingers and their encircling jewels, that she happily laid hold of a drifting General Officer, his wife and daughter, and not only restored their animation which had become suspended, but made them lively friends within an hour.

Although Mr Podsnap would in a general way have highly disapproved of Bodies in rivers as ineligible topics with reference to the cheek of the young person, he had, as one may say, a share in this affair which made him a part proprietor. As its returns were immediate, too, in the way of restraining the company from speechless contemplation of the wine-coolers, it paid, and he was satisfied.

And now the haunch of mutton vapour-bath having received a gamey infusion, and a few last touches of sweets and coffee, was quite ready, and the bathers came; but not before the discreet automaton had got behind the bars of the piano music-desk, and there presented the appearance of a captive languishing in a rose-wood jail. And who now so pleasant or so well assorted as Mr and Mrs Alfred Lammle, he all sparkle, she all gracious contentment, both at occasional intervals exchanging looks like partners at cards who played a game against All England.

There was not much youth among the bathers, but there was no youth (the young person always excepted) in the articles of Podsnappery. Bald bathers folded their arms and talked to Mr Podsnap on the hearthrug; sleek-whiskered bathers, with hats in their hands, lunged at Mrs Podsnap and retreated; prowling bathers, went about looking into ornamental boxes and bowls as if they had suspicions of larceny on the part of the Podsnaps, and expected to find something they had lost at the bottom; bathers of the gentler sex sat silently comparing ivory shoulders. All this time and always, poor little Miss Podsnap, whose tiny efforts (if she had made any) were swallowed up in the magnificence of her mother’s rocking, kept herself as much out of sight and mind as she could, and appeared to be counting on many dismal returns of the day. It was somehow understood, as a secret article in the state proprieties of Podsnappery that nothing must be said about the day. Consequently this young damsel’s nativity was hushed up and looked over, as if it were agreed on all hands that it would have been better that she had never been born.

The Lammles were so fond of the dear Veneerings that they could not for some time detach themselves from those excellent friends; but at length, either a very open smile on Mr Lammle’s part, or a very secret elevation of one of his gingerous eyebrows—certainly the one or the other—seemed to say to Mrs Lammle, ‘Why don’t you play?’ And so, looking about her, she saw Miss Podsnap, and seeming to say responsively, ‘That card?’ and to be answered, ‘Yes,’ went and sat beside Miss Podsnap.

Mrs Lammle was overjoyed to escape into a corner for a little quiet talk.

It promised to be a very quiet talk, for Miss Podsnap replied in a flutter, ‘Oh! Indeed, it’s very kind of you, but I am afraid I DON’T talk.’

‘Let us make a beginning,’ said the insinuating Mrs Lammle, with her best smile.

‘Oh! I am afraid you’ll find me very dull. But Ma talks!’

That was plainly to be seen, for Ma was talking then at her usual canter, with arched head and mane, opened eyes and nostrils.

‘Fond of reading perhaps?’

‘Yes. At least I—don’t mind that so much,’ returned Miss Podsnap.

‘M-m-m-m-music.’ So insinuating was Mrs Lammle that she got half a dozen ms into the word before she got it out.

‘I haven’t nerve to play even if I could. Ma plays.’

(At exactly the same canter, and with a certain flourishing appearance of doing something, Ma did, in fact, occasionally take a rock upon the instrument.)

‘Of course you like dancing?’

‘Oh no, I don’t,’ said Miss Podsnap.

‘No? With your youth and attractions? Truly, my dear, you surprise me!’

‘I can’t say,’ observed Miss Podsnap, after hesitating considerably, and stealing several timid looks at Mrs Lammle’s carefully arranged face, ‘how I might have liked it if I had been a—you won’t mention it, WILL you?’

‘My dear! Never!’

‘No, I am sure you won’t. I can’t say then how I should have liked it, if I had been a chimney-sweep on May-day.’

‘Gracious!’ was the exclamation which amazement elicited from Mrs Lammle.

‘There! I knew you’d wonder. But you won’t mention it, will you?’

‘Upon my word, my love,’ said Mrs Lammle, ‘you make me ten times more desirous, now I talk to you, to know you well than I was when I sat over yonder looking at you. How I wish we could be real friends! Try me as a real friend. Come! Don’t fancy me a frumpy old married woman, my dear; I was married but the other day, you know; I am dressed as a bride now, you see. About the chimney-sweeps?’

‘Hush! Ma’ll hear.’

‘She can’t hear from where she sits.’

‘Don’t you be too sure of that,’ said Miss Podsnap, in a lower voice. ‘Well, what I mean is, that they seem to enjoy it.’

‘And that perhaps you would have enjoyed it, if you had been one of them?’

Miss Podsnap nodded significantly.

‘Then you don’t enjoy it now?’

‘How is it possible?’ said Miss Podsnap. ‘Oh it is such a dreadful thing! If I was wicked enough—and strong enough—to kill anybody, it should be my partner.’

This was such an entirely new view of the Terpsichorean art as socially practised, that Mrs Lammle looked at her young friend in some astonishment. Her young friend sat nervously twiddling her fingers in a pinioned attitude, as if she were trying to hide her elbows. But this latter Utopian object (in short sleeves) always appeared to be the great inoffensive aim of her existence.

‘It sounds horrid, don’t it?’ said Miss Podsnap, with a penitential face.

Mrs Lammle, not very well knowing what to answer, resolved herself into a look of smiling encouragement.

‘But it is, and it always has been,’ pursued Miss Podsnap, ‘such a trial to me! I so dread being awful. And it is so awful! No one knows what I suffered at Madame Sauteuse’s, where I learnt to dance and make presentation-curtseys, and other dreadful things—or at least where they tried to teach me. Ma can do it.’

‘At any rate, my love,’ said Mrs Lammle, soothingly, ‘that’s over.’

‘Yes, it’s over,’ returned Miss Podsnap, ‘but there’s nothing gained by that. It’s worse here, than at Madame Sauteuse’s. Ma was there, and Ma’s here; but Pa wasn’t there, and company wasn’t there, and there were not real partners there. Oh there’s Ma speaking to the man at the piano! Oh there’s Ma going up to somebody! Oh I know she’s going to bring him to me! Oh please don’t, please don’t, please don’t! Oh keep away, keep away, keep away!’ These pious ejaculations Miss Podsnap uttered with her eyes closed, and her head leaning back against the wall.

But the Ogre advanced under the pilotage of Ma, and Ma said, ‘Georgiana, Mr Grompus,’ and the Ogre clutched his victim and bore her off to his castle in the top couple. Then the discreet automaton who had surveyed his ground, played a blossomless tuneless ‘set,’ and sixteen disciples of Podsnappery went through the figures of - 1, Getting up at eight and shaving close at a quarter past - 2, Breakfasting at nine - 3, Going to the City at ten - 4, Coming home at half-past five - 5, Dining at seven, and the grand chain.

While these solemnities were in progress, Mr Alfred Lammle (most loving of husbands) approached the chair of Mrs Alfred Lammle (most loving of wives), and bending over the back of it, trifled for some few seconds with Mrs Lammle’s bracelet. Slightly in contrast with this brief airy toying, one might have noticed a certain dark attention in Mrs Lammle’s face as she said some words with her eyes on Mr Lammle’s waistcoat, and seemed in return to receive some lesson. But it was all done as a breath passes from a mirror.

And now, the grand chain riveted to the last link, the discreet automaton ceased, and the sixteen, two and two, took a walk among the furniture. And herein the unconsciousness of the Ogre Grompus was pleasantly conspicuous; for, that complacent monster, believing that he was giving Miss Podsnap a treat, prolonged to the utmost stretch of possibility a peripatetic account of an archery meeting; while his victim, heading the procession of sixteen as it slowly circled about, like a revolving funeral, never raised her eyes except once to steal a glance at Mrs Lammle, expressive of intense despair.

At length the procession was dissolved by the violent arrival of a nutmeg, before which the drawing-room door bounced open as if it were a cannon-ball; and while that fragrant article, dispersed through several glasses of coloured warm water, was going the round of society, Miss Podsnap returned to her seat by her new friend.

‘Oh my goodness,’ said Miss Podsnap. ‘THAT’S over! I hope you didn’t look at me.’

‘My dear, why not?’

‘Oh I know all about myself,’ said Miss Podsnap.

‘I’ll tell you something I know about you, my dear,’ returned Mrs Lammle in her winning way, ‘and that is, you are most unnecessarily shy.’

‘Ma ain’t,’ said Miss Podsnap. ‘—I detest you! Go along!’ This shot was levelled under her breath at the gallant Grompus for bestowing an insinuating smile upon her in passing.

‘Pardon me if I scarcely see, my dear Miss Podsnap,’ Mrs Lammle was beginning when the young lady interposed.

‘If we are going to be real friends (and I suppose we are, for you are the only person who ever proposed it) don’t let us be awful. It’s awful enough to BE Miss Podsnap, without being called so. Call me Georgiana.’

‘Dearest Georgiana,’ Mrs Lammle began again.

‘Thank you,’ said Miss Podsnap.

‘Dearest Georgiana, pardon me if I scarcely see, my love, why your mamma’s not being shy, is a reason why you should be.’

‘Don’t you really see that?’ asked Miss Podsnap, plucking at her fingers in a troubled manner, and furtively casting her eyes now on Mrs Lammle, now on the ground. ‘Then perhaps it isn’t?’

‘My dearest Georgiana, you defer much too readily to my poor opinion. Indeed it is not even an opinion, darling, for it is only a confession of my dullness.’

‘Oh YOU are not dull,’ returned Miss Podsnap. ‘I am dull, but you couldn’t have made me talk if you were.’

Some little touch of conscience answering this perception of her having gained a purpose, called bloom enough into Mrs Lammle’s face to make it look brighter as she sat smiling her best smile on her dear Georgiana, and shaking her head with an affectionate playfulness. Not that it meant anything, but that Georgiana seemed to like it.

‘What I mean is,’ pursued Georgiana, ‘that Ma being so endowed with awfulness, and Pa being so endowed with awfulness, and there being so much awfulness everywhere—I mean, at least, everywhere where I am—perhaps it makes me who am so deficient in awfulness, and frightened at it—I say it very badly—I don’t know whether you can understand what I mean?’

‘Perfectly, dearest Georgiana!’ Mrs Lammle was proceeding with every reassuring wile, when the head of that young lady suddenly went back against the wall again and her eyes closed.

‘Oh there’s Ma being awful with somebody with a glass in his eye! Oh I know she’s going to bring him here! Oh don’t bring him, don’t bring him! Oh he’ll be my partner with his glass in his eye! Oh what shall I do!’ This time Georgiana accompanied her ejaculations with taps of her feet upon the floor, and was altogether in quite a desperate condition. But, there was no escape from the majestic Mrs Podsnap’s production of an ambling stranger, with one eye screwed up into extinction and the other framed and glazed, who, having looked down out of that organ, as if he descried Miss Podsnap at the bottom of some perpendicular shaft, brought her to the surface, and ambled off with her. And then the captive at the piano played another ‘set,’ expressive of his mournful aspirations after freedom, and other sixteen went through the former melancholy motions, and the ambler took Miss Podsnap for a furniture walk, as if he had struck out an entirely original conception.

In the mean time a stray personage of a meek demeanour, who had wandered to the hearthrug and got among the heads of tribes assembled there in conference with Mr Podsnap, eliminated Mr Podsnap’s flush and flourish by a highly unpolite remark; no less than a reference to the circumstance that some half-dozen people had lately died in the streets, of starvation. It was clearly ill-timed after dinner. It was not adapted to the cheek of the young person. It was not in good taste.

‘I don’t believe it,’ said Mr Podsnap, putting it behind him.

The meek man was afraid we must take it as proved, because there were the Inquests and the Registrar’s returns.

‘Then it was their own fault,’ said Mr Podsnap.

Veneering and other elders of tribes commended this way out of it. At once a short cut and a broad road.

The man of meek demeanour intimated that truly it would seem from the facts, as if starvation had been forced upon the culprits in question—as if, in their wretched manner, they had made their weak protests against it—as if they would have taken the liberty of staving it off if they could—as if they would rather not have been starved upon the whole, if perfectly agreeable to all parties.

‘There is not,’ said Mr Podsnap, flushing angrily, ‘there is not a country in the world, sir, where so noble a provision is made for the poor as in this country.’

The meek man was quite willing to concede that, but perhaps it rendered the matter even worse, as showing that there must be something appallingly wrong somewhere.

‘Where?’ said Mr Podsnap.

The meek man hinted Wouldn’t it be well to try, very seriously, to find out where?

‘Ah!’ said Mr Podsnap. ‘Easy to say somewhere; not so easy to say where! But I see what you are driving at. I knew it from the first. Centralization. No. Never with my consent. Not English.’

An approving murmur arose from the heads of tribes; as saying, ‘There you have him! Hold him!’

He was not aware (the meek man submitted of himself) that he was driving at any ization. He had no favourite ization that he knew of. But he certainly was more staggered by these terrible occurrences than he was by names, of howsoever so many syllables. Might he ask, was dying of destitution and neglect necessarily English?

‘You know what the population of London is, I suppose,’ said Mr Podsnap.

The meek man supposed he did, but supposed that had absolutely nothing to do with it, if its laws were well administered.

‘And you know; at least I hope you know;’ said Mr Podsnap, with severity, ‘that Providence has declared that you shall have the poor always with you?’

The meek man also hoped he knew that.

‘I am glad to hear it,’ said Mr Podsnap with a portentous air. ‘I am glad to hear it. It will render you cautious how you fly in the face of Providence.’

In reference to that absurd and irreverent conventional phrase, the meek man said, for which Mr Podsnap was not responsible, he the meek man had no fear of doing anything so impossible; but—

But Mr Podsnap felt that the time had come for flushing and flourishing this meek man down for good. So he said:

‘I must decline to pursue this painful discussion. It is not pleasant to my feelings; it is repugnant to my feelings. I have said that I do not admit these things. I have also said that if they do occur (not that I admit it), the fault lies with the sufferers themselves. It is not for ME’—Mr Podsnap pointed ‘me’ forcibly, as adding by implication though it may be all very well for YOU—‘it is not for me to impugn the workings of Providence. I know better than that, I trust, and I have mentioned what the intentions of Providence are. Besides,’ said Mr Podsnap, flushing high up among his hair-brushes, with a strong consciousness of personal affront, ‘the subject is a very disagreeable one. I will go so far as to say it is an odious one. It is not one to be introduced among our wives and young persons, and I—’ He finished with that flourish of his arm which added more expressively than any words, And I remove it from the face of the earth.

Simultaneously with this quenching of the meek man’s ineffectual fire; Georgiana having left the ambler up a lane of sofa, in a No Thoroughfare of back drawing-room, to find his own way out, came back to Mrs Lammle. And who should be with Mrs Lammle, but Mr Lammle. So fond of her!

‘Alfred, my love, here is my friend. Georgiana, dearest girl, you must like my husband next to me.’

Mr Lammle was proud to be so soon distinguished by this special commendation to Miss Podsnap’s favour. But if Mr Lammle were prone to be jealous of his dear Sophronia’s friendships, he would be jealous of her feeling towards Miss Podsnap.

‘Say Georgiana, darling,’ interposed his wife.

‘Towards—shall I?—Georgiana.’ Mr Lammle uttered the name, with a delicate curve of his right hand, from his lips outward. ‘For never have I known Sophronia (who is not apt to take sudden likings) so attracted and so captivated as she is by—shall I once more?—Georgiana.’

The object of this homage sat uneasily enough in receipt of it, and then said, turning to Mrs Lammle, much embarrassed:

‘I wonder what you like me for! I am sure I can’t think.’

‘Dearest Georgiana, for yourself. For your difference from all around you.’

Well! That may be. For I think I like you for your difference from all around me,’ said Georgiana with a smile of relief.

‘We must be going with the rest,’ observed Mrs Lammle, rising with a show of unwillingness, amidst a general dispersal. ‘We are real friends, Georgiana dear?’

‘Real.’

‘Good night, dear girl!’

She had established an attraction over the shrinking nature upon which her smiling eyes were fixed, for Georgiana held her hand while she answered in a secret and half-frightened tone:

‘Don’t forget me when you are gone away. And come again soon. Good night!’

Charming to see Mr and Mrs Lammle taking leave so gracefully, and going down the stairs so lovingly and sweetly. Not quite so charming to see their smiling faces fall and brood as they dropped moodily into separate corners of their little carriage. But to be sure that was a sight behind the scenes, which nobody saw, and which nobody was meant to see.

Certain big, heavy vehicles, built on the model of the Podsnap plate, took away the heavy articles of guests weighing ever so much; and the less valuable articles got away after their various manners; and the Podsnap plate was put to bed. As Mr Podsnap stood with his back to the drawing-room fire, pulling up his shirtcollar, like a veritable cock of the walk literally pluming himself in the midst of his possessions, nothing would have astonished him more than an intimation that Miss Podsnap, or any other young person properly born and bred, could not be exactly put away like the plate, brought out like the plate, polished like the plate, counted, weighed, and valued like the plate. That such a young person could possibly have a morbid vacancy in the heart for anything younger than the plate, or less monotonous than the plate; or that such a young person’s thoughts could try to scale the region bounded on the north, south, east, and west, by the plate; was a monstrous imagination which he would on the spot have flourished into space. This perhaps in some sort arose from Mr Podsnap’s blushing young person being, so to speak, all cheek; whereas there is a possibility that there may be young persons of a rather more complex organization.

If Mr Podsnap, pulling up his shirt-collar, could only have heard himself called ‘that fellow’ in a certain short dialogue, which passed between Mr and Mrs Lammle in their opposite corners of their little carriage, rolling home!

‘Sophronia, are you awake?’

‘Am I likely to be asleep, sir?’

‘Very likely, I should think, after that fellow’s company. Attend to what I am going to say.’

‘I have attended to what you have already said, have I not? What else have I been doing all to-night.’

‘Attend, I tell you,’ (in a raised voice) ‘to what I am going to say. Keep close to that idiot girl. Keep her under your thumb. You have her fast, and you are not to let her go. Do you hear?’

‘I hear you.’

‘I foresee there is money to be made out of this, besides taking that fellow down a peg. We owe each other money, you know.’

Mrs Lammle winced a little at the reminder, but only enough to shake her scents and essences anew into the atmosphere of the little carriage, as she settled herself afresh in her own dark corner.

Chapter 12

THE SWEAT OF AN HONEST MAN’S BROW

Mr Mortimer Lightwood and Mr Eugene Wrayburn took a coffee-house dinner together in Mr Lightwood’s office. They had newly agreed to set up a joint establishment together. They had taken a bachelor cottage near Hampton, on the brink of the Thames, with a lawn, and a boat-house; and all things fitting, and were to float with the stream through the summer and the Long Vacation.

It was not summer yet, but spring; and it was not gentle spring ethereally mild, as in Thomson’s Seasons, but nipping spring with an easterly wind, as in Johnson’s, Jackson’s, Dickson’s, Smith’s, and Jones’s Seasons. The grating wind sawed rather than blew; and as it sawed, the sawdust whirled about the sawpit. Every street was a sawpit, and there were no top-sawyers; every passenger was an under-sawyer, with the sawdust blinding him and choking him.

That mysterious paper currency which circulates in London when the wind blows, gyrated here and there and everywhere. Whence can it come, whither can it go? It hangs on every bush, flutters in every tree, is caught flying by the electric wires, haunts every enclosure, drinks at every pump, cowers at every grating, shudders upon every plot of grass, seeks rest in vain behind the legions of iron rails. In Paris, where nothing is wasted, costly and luxurious city though it be, but where wonderful human ants creep out of holes and pick up every scrap, there is no such thing. There, it blows nothing but dust. There, sharp eyes and sharp stomachs reap even the east wind, and get something out of it.

The wind sawed, and the sawdust whirled. The shrubs wrung their many hands, bemoaning that they had been over-persuaded by the sun to bud; the young leaves pined; the sparrows repented of their early marriages, like men and women; the colours of the rainbow were discernible, not in floral spring, but in the faces of the people whom it nibbled and pinched. And ever the wind sawed, and the sawdust whirled.

When the spring evenings are too long and light to shut out, and such weather is rife, the city which Mr Podsnap so explanatorily called London, Londres, London, is at its worst. Such a black shrill city, combining the qualities of a smoky house and a scolding wife; such a gritty city; such a hopeless city, with no rent in the leaden canopy of its sky; such a beleaguered city, invested by the great Marsh Forces of Essex and Kent. So the two old schoolfellows felt it to be, as, their dinner done, they turned towards the fire to smoke. Young Blight was gone, the coffee-house waiter was gone, the plates and dishes were gone, the wine was going—but not in the same direction.

‘The wind sounds up here,’ quoth Eugene, stirring the fire, ‘as if we were keeping a lighthouse. I wish we were.’

‘Don’t you think it would bore us?’ Lightwood asked.

‘Not more than any other place. And there would be no Circuit to go. But that’s a selfish consideration, personal to me.’

‘And no clients to come,’ added Lightwood. ‘Not that that’s a selfish consideration at all personal to ME.’

‘If we were on an isolated rock in a stormy sea,’ said Eugene, smoking with his eyes on the fire, ‘Lady Tippins couldn’t put off to visit us, or, better still, might put off and get swamped. People couldn’t ask one to wedding breakfasts. There would be no Precedents to hammer at, except the plain-sailing Precedent of keeping the light up. It would be exciting to look out for wrecks.’

‘But otherwise,’ suggested Lightwood, ‘there might be a degree of sameness in the life.’

‘I have thought of that also,’ said Eugene, as if he really had been considering the subject in its various bearings with an eye to the business; ‘but it would be a defined and limited monotony. It would not extend beyond two people. Now, it’s a question with me, Mortimer, whether a monotony defined with that precision and limited to that extent, might not be more endurable than the unlimited monotony of one’s fellow-creatures.’

As Lightwood laughed and passed the wine, he remarked, ‘We shall have an opportunity, in our boating summer, of trying the question.’

‘An imperfect one,’ Eugene acquiesced, with a sigh, ‘but so we shall. I hope we may not prove too much for one another.’

‘Now, regarding your respected father,’ said Lightwood, bringing him to a subject they had expressly appointed to discuss: always the most slippery eel of eels of subjects to lay hold of.

‘Yes, regarding my respected father,’ assented Eugene, settling himself in his arm-chair. ‘I would rather have approached my respected father by candlelight, as a theme requiring a little artificial brilliancy; but we will take him by twilight, enlivened with a glow of Wallsend.’

He stirred the fire again as he spoke, and having made it blaze, resumed.

‘My respected father has found, down in the parental neighbourhood, a wife for his not-generally-respected son.’

‘With some money, of course?’

‘With some money, of course, or he would not have found her. My respected father—let me shorten the dutiful tautology by substituting in future M. R. F., which sounds military, and rather like the Duke of Wellington.’

‘What an absurd fellow you are, Eugene!’

‘Not at all, I assure you. M. R. F. having always in the clearest manner provided (as he calls it) for his children by pre-arranging from the hour of the birth of each, and sometimes from an earlier period, what the devoted little victim’s calling and course in life should be, M. R. F. pre-arranged for myself that I was to be the barrister I am (with the slight addition of an enormous practice, which has not accrued), and also the married man I am not.’

‘The first you have often told me.’

‘The first I have often told you. Considering myself sufficiently incongruous on my legal eminence, I have until now suppressed my domestic destiny. You know M. R. F., but not as well as I do. If you knew him as well as I do, he would amuse you.’

‘Filially spoken, Eugene!’

‘Perfectly so, believe me; and with every sentiment of affectionate deference towards M. R. F. But if he amuses me, I can’t help it. When my eldest brother was born, of course the rest of us knew (I mean the rest of us would have known, if we had been in existence) that he was heir to the Family Embarrassments—we call it before the company the Family Estate. But when my second brother was going to be born by-and-by, “this,” says M. R. F., “is a little pillar of the church.” Was born, and became a pillar of the church; a very shaky one. My third brother appeared, considerably in advance of his engagement to my mother; but M. R. F., not at all put out by surprise, instantly declared him a Circumnavigator. Was pitch-forked into the Navy, but has not circumnavigated. I announced myself and was disposed of with the highly satisfactory results embodied before you. When my younger brother was half an hour old, it was settled by M. R. F. that he should have a mechanical genius. And so on. Therefore I say that M. R. F. amuses me.’

‘Touching the lady, Eugene.’

‘There M. R. F. ceases to be amusing, because my intentions are opposed to touching the lady.’

‘Do you know her?’

‘Not in the least.’

‘Hadn’t you better see her?’

‘My dear Mortimer, you have studied my character. Could I possibly go down there, labelled “ELIGIBLE. ON VIEW,” and meet the lady, similarly labelled? Anything to carry out M. R. F.’s arrangements, I am sure, with the greatest pleasure—except matrimony. Could I possibly support it? I, so soon bored, so constantly, so fatally?’

‘But you are not a consistent fellow, Eugene.’

‘In susceptibility to boredom,’ returned that worthy, ‘I assure you I am the most consistent of mankind.’

‘Why, it was but now that you were dwelling in the advantages of a monotony of two.’

‘In a lighthouse. Do me the justice to remember the condition. In a lighthouse.’

Mortimer laughed again, and Eugene, having laughed too for the first time, as if he found himself on reflection rather entertaining, relapsed into his usual gloom, and drowsily said, as he enjoyed his cigar, ‘No, there is no help for it; one of the prophetic deliveries of M. R. F. must for ever remain unfulfilled. With every disposition to oblige him, he must submit to a failure.’

It had grown darker as they talked, and the wind was sawing and the sawdust was whirling outside paler windows. The underlying churchyard was already settling into deep dim shade, and the shade was creeping up to the housetops among which they sat. ‘As if,’ said Eugene, ‘as if the churchyard ghosts were rising.’

He had walked to the window with his cigar in his mouth, to exalt its flavour by comparing the fireside with the outside, when he stopped midway on his return to his arm-chair, and said:

‘Apparently one of the ghosts has lost its way, and dropped in to be directed. Look at this phantom!’

Lightwood, whose back was towards the door, turned his head, and there, in the darkness of the entry, stood a something in the likeness of a man: to whom he addressed the not irrelevant inquiry, ‘Who the devil are you?’

‘I ask your pardons, Governors,’ replied the ghost, in a hoarse double-barrelled whisper, ‘but might either on you be Lawyer Lightwood?’

‘What do you mean by not knocking at the door?’ demanded Mortimer.

‘I ask your pardons, Governors,’ replied the ghost, as before, ‘but probable you was not aware your door stood open.’

‘What do you want?’

Hereunto the ghost again hoarsely replied, in its double-barrelled manner, ‘I ask your pardons, Governors, but might one on you be Lawyer Lightwood?’

‘One of us is,’ said the owner of that name.

‘All right, Governors Both,’ returned the ghost, carefully closing the room door; ‘’tickler business.’

Mortimer lighted the candles. They showed the visitor to be an ill-looking visitor with a squinting leer, who, as he spoke, fumbled at an old sodden fur cap, formless and mangey, that looked like a furry animal, dog or cat, puppy or kitten, drowned and decaying.

‘Now,’ said Mortimer, ‘what is it?’

‘Governors Both,’ returned the man, in what he meant to be a wheedling tone, ‘which on you might be Lawyer Lightwood?’

‘I am.’

‘Lawyer Lightwood,’ ducking at him with a servile air, ‘I am a man as gets my living, and as seeks to get my living, by the sweat of my brow. Not to risk being done out of the sweat of my brow, by any chances, I should wish afore going further to be swore in.’

‘I am not a swearer in of people, man.’

The visitor, clearly anything but reliant on this assurance, doggedly muttered ‘Alfred David.’

‘Is that your name?’ asked Lightwood.

‘My name?’ returned the man. ‘No; I want to take a Alfred David.’

(Which Eugene, smoking and contemplating him, interpreted as meaning Affidavit.)

‘I tell you, my good fellow,’ said Lightwood, with his indolent laugh, ‘that I have nothing to do with swearing.’

‘He can swear AT you,’ Eugene explained; ‘and so can I. But we can’t do more for you.’

Much discomfited by this information, the visitor turned the drowned dog or cat, puppy or kitten, about and about, and looked from one of the Governors Both to the other of the Governors Both, while he deeply considered within himself. At length he decided:

‘Then I must be took down.’

‘Where?’ asked Lightwood.

‘Here,’ said the man. ‘In pen and ink.’

‘First, let us know what your business is about.’

‘It’s about,’ said the man, taking a step forward, dropping his hoarse voice, and shading it with his hand, ‘it’s about from five to ten thousand pound reward. That’s what it’s about. It’s about Murder. That’s what it’s about.’

‘Come nearer the table. Sit down. Will you have a glass of wine?’

‘Yes, I will,’ said the man; ‘and I don’t deceive you, Governors.’

It was given him. Making a stiff arm to the elbow, he poured the wine into his mouth, tilted it into his right cheek, as saying, ‘What do you think of it?’ tilted it into his left cheek, as saying, ‘What do YOU think of it?’ jerked it into his stomach, as saying, ‘What do YOU think of it?’ To conclude, smacked his lips, as if all three replied, ‘We think well of it.’

‘Will you have another?’

‘Yes, I will,’ he repeated, ‘and I don’t deceive you, Governors.’ And also repeated the other proceedings.

‘Now,’ began Lightwood, ‘what’s your name?’

‘Why, there you’re rather fast, Lawyer Lightwood,’ he replied, in a remonstrant manner. ‘Don’t you see, Lawyer Lightwood? There you’re a little bit fast. I’m going to earn from five to ten thousand pound by the sweat of my brow; and as a poor man doing justice to the sweat of my brow, is it likely I can afford to part with so much as my name without its being took down?’

Deferring to the man’s sense of the binding powers of pen and ink and paper, Lightwood nodded acceptance of Eugene’s nodded proposal to take those spells in hand. Eugene, bringing them to the table, sat down as clerk or notary.

‘Now,’ said Lightwood, ‘what’s your name?’

But further precaution was still due to the sweat of this honest fellow’s brow.

‘I should wish, Lawyer Lightwood,’ he stipulated, ‘to have that T’other Governor as my witness that what I said I said. Consequent, will the T’other Governor be so good as chuck me his name and where he lives?’

Eugene, cigar in mouth and pen in hand, tossed him his card. After spelling it out slowly, the man made it into a little roll, and tied it up in an end of his neckerchief still more slowly.

‘Now,’ said Lightwood, for the third time, ‘if you have quite completed your various preparations, my friend, and have fully ascertained that your spirits are cool and not in any way hurried, what’s your name?’

‘Roger Riderhood.’

‘Dwelling-place?’

‘Lime’us Hole.’

‘Calling or occupation?’

Not quite so glib with this answer as with the previous two, Mr Riderhood gave in the definition, ‘Waterside character.’

‘Anything against you?’ Eugene quietly put in, as he wrote.

Rather baulked, Mr Riderhood evasively remarked, with an innocent air, that he believed the T’other Governor had asked him summa’t.

‘Ever in trouble?’ said Eugene.

‘Once.’ (Might happen to any man, Mr Riderhood added incidentally.)

‘On suspicion of—’

‘Of seaman’s pocket,’ said Mr Riderhood. ‘Whereby I was in reality the man’s best friend, and tried to take care of him.’

‘With the sweat of your brow?’ asked Eugene.

‘Till it poured down like rain,’ said Roger Riderhood.

Eugene leaned back in his chair, and smoked with his eyes negligently turned on the informer, and his pen ready to reduce him to more writing. Lightwood also smoked, with his eyes negligently turned on the informer.

‘Now let me be took down again,’ said Riderhood, when he had turned the drowned cap over and under, and had brushed it the wrong way (if it had a right way) with his sleeve. ‘I give information that the man that done the Harmon Murder is Gaffer Hexam, the man that found the body. The hand of Jesse Hexam, commonly called Gaffer on the river and along shore, is the hand that done that deed. His hand and no other.’

The two friends glanced at one another with more serious faces than they had shown yet.

‘Tell us on what grounds you make this accusation,’ said Mortimer Lightwood.

‘On the grounds,’ answered Riderhood, wiping his face with his sleeve, ‘that I was Gaffer’s pardner, and suspected of him many a long day and many a dark night. On the grounds that I knowed his ways. On the grounds that I broke the pardnership because I see the danger; which I warn you his daughter may tell you another story about that, for anythink I can say, but you know what it’ll be worth, for she’d tell you lies, the world round and the heavens broad, to save her father. On the grounds that it’s well understood along the cause’ays and the stairs that he done it. On the grounds that he’s fell off from, because he done it. On the grounds that I will swear he done it. On the grounds that you may take me where you will, and get me sworn to it. I don’t want to back out of the consequences. I have made up MY mind. Take me anywheres.’

‘All this is nothing,’ said Lightwood.

‘Nothing?’ repeated Riderhood, indignantly and amazedly.

‘Merely nothing. It goes to no more than that you suspect this man of the crime. You may do so with some reason, or you may do so with no reason, but he cannot be convicted on your suspicion.’

‘Haven’t I said—I appeal to the T’other Governor as my witness—haven’t I said from the first minute that I opened my mouth in this here world-without-end-everlasting chair’ (he evidently used that form of words as next in force to an affidavit), ‘that I was willing to swear that he done it? Haven’t I said, Take me and get me sworn to it? Don’t I say so now? You won’t deny it, Lawyer Lightwood?’

‘Surely not; but you only offer to swear to your suspicion, and I tell you it is not enough to swear to your suspicion.’

‘Not enough, ain’t it, Lawyer Lightwood?’ he cautiously demanded.

‘Positively not.’

‘And did I say it WAS enough? Now, I appeal to the T’other Governor. Now, fair! Did I say so?’

‘He certainly has not said that he had no more to tell,’ Eugene observed in a low voice without looking at him, ‘whatever he seemed to imply.’

‘Hah!’ cried the informer, triumphantly perceiving that the remark was generally in his favour, though apparently not closely understanding it. ‘Fort’nate for me I had a witness!’

‘Go on, then,’ said Lightwood. ‘Say out what you have to say. No after-thought.’

‘Let me be took down then!’ cried the informer, eagerly and anxiously. ‘Let me be took down, for by George and the Draggin I’m a coming to it now! Don’t do nothing to keep back from a honest man the fruits of the sweat of his brow! I give information, then, that he told me that he done it. Is THAT enough?’

‘Take care what you say, my friend,’ returned Mortimer.

‘Lawyer Lightwood, take care, you, what I say; for I judge you’ll be answerable for follering it up!’ Then, slowly and emphatically beating it all out with his open right hand on the palm of his left; ‘I, Roger Riderhood, Lime’us Hole, Waterside character, tell you, Lawyer Lightwood, that the man Jesse Hexam, commonly called upon the river and along-shore Gaffer, told me that he done the deed. What’s more, he told me with his own lips that he done the deed. What’s more, he said that he done the deed. And I’ll swear it!’

‘Where did he tell you so?’

‘Outside,’ replied Riderhood, always beating it out, with his head determinedly set askew, and his eyes watchfully dividing their attention between his two auditors, ‘outside the door of the Six Jolly Fellowships, towards a quarter after twelve o’clock at midnight—but I will not in my conscience undertake to swear to so fine a matter as five minutes—on the night when he picked up the body. The Six Jolly Fellowships won’t run away. If it turns out that he warn’t at the Six Jolly Fellowships that night at midnight, I’m a liar.’

‘What did he say?’

‘I’ll tell you (take me down, T’other Governor, I ask no better). He come out first; I come out last. I might be a minute arter him; I might be half a minute, I might be a quarter of a minute; I cannot swear to that, and therefore I won’t. That’s knowing the obligations of a Alfred David, ain’t it?’

‘Go on.’

‘I found him a waiting to speak to me. He says to me, “Rogue Riderhood”—for that’s the name I’m mostly called by—not for any meaning in it, for meaning it has none, but because of its being similar to Roger.’

‘Never mind that.’

‘’Scuse ME, Lawyer Lightwood, it’s a part of the truth, and as such I do mind it, and I must mind it and I will mind it. “Rogue Riderhood,” he says, “words passed betwixt us on the river tonight.” Which they had; ask his daughter! “I threatened you,” he says, “to chop you over the fingers with my boat’s stretcher, or take a aim at your brains with my boathook. I did so on accounts of your looking too hard at what I had in tow, as if you was suspicious, and on accounts of your holding on to the gunwale of my boat.” I says to him, “Gaffer, I know it.” He says to me, “Rogue Riderhood, you are a man in a dozen”—I think he said in a score, but of that I am not positive, so take the lowest figure, for precious be the obligations of a Alfred David. “And,” he says, “when your fellow-men is up, be it their lives or be it their watches, sharp is ever the word with you. Had you suspicions?” I says, “Gaffer, I had; and what’s more, I have.” He falls a shaking, and he says, “Of what?” I says, “Of foul play.” He falls a shaking worse, and he says, “There WAS foul play then. I done it for his money. Don’t betray me!” Those were the words as ever he used.’

There was a silence, broken only by the fall of the ashes in the grate. An opportunity which the informer improved by smearing himself all over the head and neck and face with his drowned cap, and not at all improving his own appearance.

‘What more?’ asked Lightwood.

‘Of him, d’ye mean, Lawyer Lightwood?’

‘Of anything to the purpose.’

‘Now, I’m blest if I understand you, Governors Both,’ said the informer, in a creeping manner: propitiating both, though only one had spoken. ‘What? Ain’t THAT enough?’

‘Did you ask him how he did it, where he did it, when he did it?’

‘Far be it from me, Lawyer Lightwood! I was so troubled in my mind, that I wouldn’t have knowed more, no, not for the sum as I expect to earn from you by the sweat of my brow, twice told! I had put an end to the pardnership. I had cut the connexion. I couldn’t undo what was done; and when he begs and prays, “Old pardner, on my knees, don’t split upon me!” I only makes answer “Never speak another word to Roger Riderhood, nor look him in the face!” and I shuns that man.’

Having given these words a swing to make them mount the higher and go the further, Rogue Riderhood poured himself out another glass of wine unbidden, and seemed to chew it, as, with the half-emptied glass in his hand, he stared at the candles.

Mortimer glanced at Eugene, but Eugene sat glowering at his paper, and would give him no responsive glance. Mortimer again turned to the informer, to whom he said:

‘You have been troubled in your mind a long time, man?’

Giving his wine a final chew, and swallowing it, the informer answered in a single word:

‘Hages!’

‘When all that stir was made, when the Government reward was offered, when the police were on the alert, when the whole country rang with the crime!’ said Mortimer, impatiently.

‘Hah!’ Mr Riderhood very slowly and hoarsely chimed in, with several retrospective nods of his head. ‘Warn’t I troubled in my mind then!’

‘When conjecture ran wild, when the most extravagant suspicions were afloat, when half a dozen innocent people might have been laid by the heels any hour in the day!’ said Mortimer, almost warming.

‘Hah!’ Mr Riderhood chimed in, as before. ‘Warn’t I troubled in my mind through it all!’

‘But he hadn’t,’ said Eugene, drawing a lady’s head upon his writing-paper, and touching it at intervals, ‘the opportunity then of earning so much money, you see.’

‘The T’other Governor hits the nail, Lawyer Lightwood! It was that as turned me. I had many times and again struggled to relieve myself of the trouble on my mind, but I couldn’t get it off. I had once very nigh got it off to Miss Abbey Potterson which keeps the Six Jolly Fellowships—there is the ’ouse, it won’t run away,—there lives the lady, she ain’t likely to be struck dead afore you get there—ask her!—but I couldn’t do it. At last, out comes the new bill with your own lawful name, Lawyer Lightwood, printed to it, and then I asks the question of my own intellects, Am I to have this trouble on my mind for ever? Am I never to throw it off? Am I always to think more of Gaffer than of my own self? If he’s got a daughter, ain’t I got a daughter?’

‘And echo answered—?’ Eugene suggested.

‘“You have,”’ said Mr Riderhood, in a firm tone.

‘Incidentally mentioning, at the same time, her age?’ inquired Eugene.

‘Yes, governor. Two-and-twenty last October. And then I put it to myself, “Regarding the money. It is a pot of money.” For it IS a pot,’ said Mr Riderhood, with candour, ‘and why deny it?’

‘Hear!’ from Eugene as he touched his drawing.

‘“It is a pot of money; but is it a sin for a labouring man that moistens every crust of bread he earns, with his tears—or if not with them, with the colds he catches in his head—is it a sin for that man to earn it? Say there is anything again earning it.” This I put to myself strong, as in duty bound; “how can it be said without blaming Lawyer Lightwood for offering it to be earned?” And was it for ME to blame Lawyer Lightwood? No.’

‘No,’ said Eugene.

‘Certainly not, Governor,’ Mr Riderhood acquiesced. ‘So I made up my mind to get my trouble off my mind, and to earn by the sweat of my brow what was held out to me. And what’s more,’ he added, suddenly turning bloodthirsty, ‘I mean to have it! And now I tell you, once and away, Lawyer Lightwood, that Jesse Hexam, commonly called Gaffer, his hand and no other, done the deed, on his own confession to me. And I give him up to you, and I want him took. This night!’

After another silence, broken only by the fall of the ashes in the grate, which attracted the informer’s attention as if it were the chinking of money, Mortimer Lightwood leaned over his friend, and said in a whisper:

‘I suppose I must go with this fellow to our imperturbable friend at the police-station.’

‘I suppose,’ said Eugene, ‘there is no help for it.’

‘Do you believe him?’

‘I believe him to be a thorough rascal. But he may tell the truth, for his own purpose, and for this occasion only.’

‘It doesn’t look like it.’

‘HE doesn’t,’ said Eugene. ‘But neither is his late partner, whom he denounces, a prepossessing person. The firm are cut-throat Shepherds both, in appearance. I should like to ask him one thing.’

The subject of this conference sat leering at the ashes, trying with all his might to overhear what was said, but feigning abstraction as the ‘Governors Both’ glanced at him.

‘You mentioned (twice, I think) a daughter of this Hexam’s,’ said Eugene, aloud. ‘You don’t mean to imply that she had any guilty knowledge of the crime?’

The honest man, after considering—perhaps considering how his answer might affect the fruits of the sweat of his brow—replied, unreservedly, ‘No, I don’t.’

‘And you implicate no other person?’

‘It ain’t what I implicate, it’s what Gaffer implicated,’ was the dogged and determined answer. ‘I don’t pretend to know more than that his words to me was, “I done it.” Those was his words.’

‘I must see this out, Mortimer,’ whispered Eugene, rising. ‘How shall we go?’

‘Let us walk,’ whispered Lightwood, ‘and give this fellow time to think of it.’

Having exchanged the question and answer, they prepared themselves for going out, and Mr Riderhood rose. While extinguishing the candles, Lightwood, quite as a matter of course took up the glass from which that honest gentleman had drunk, and coolly tossed it under the grate, where it fell shivering into fragments.

‘Now, if you will take the lead,’ said Lightwood, ‘Mr Wrayburn and I will follow. You know where to go, I suppose?’

‘I suppose I do, Lawyer Lightwood.’

‘Take the lead, then.’

The waterside character pulled his drowned cap over his ears with both hands, and making himself more round-shouldered than nature had made him, by the sullen and persistent slouch with which he went, went down the stairs, round by the Temple Church, across the Temple into Whitefriars, and so on by the waterside streets.

‘Look at his hang-dog air,’ said Lightwood, following.

‘It strikes me rather as a hang-MAN air,’ returned Eugene. ‘He has undeniable intentions that way.’

They said little else as they followed. He went on before them as an ugly Fate might have done, and they kept him in view, and would have been glad enough to lose sight of him. But on he went before them, always at the same distance, and the same rate. Aslant against the hard implacable weather and the rough wind, he was no more to be driven back than hurried forward, but held on like an advancing Destiny. There came, when they were about midway on their journey, a heavy rush of hail, which in a few minutes pelted the streets clear, and whitened them. It made no difference to him. A man’s life being to be taken and the price of it got, the hailstones to arrest the purpose must lie larger and deeper than those. He crashed through them, leaving marks in the fast-melting slush that were mere shapeless holes; one might have fancied, following, that the very fashion of humanity had departed from his feet.

The blast went by, and the moon contended with the fast-flying clouds, and the wild disorder reigning up there made the pitiful little tumults in the streets of no account. It was not that the wind swept all the brawlers into places of shelter, as it had swept the hail still lingering in heaps wherever there was refuge for it; but that it seemed as if the streets were absorbed by the sky, and the night were all in the air.

‘If he has had time to think of it,’ said Eugene, ‘he has not had time to think better of it—or differently of it, if that’s better. There is no sign of drawing back in him; and as I recollect this place, we must be close upon the corner where we alighted that night.’

In fact, a few abrupt turns brought them to the river side, where they had slipped about among the stones, and where they now slipped more; the wind coming against them in slants and flaws, across the tide and the windings of the river, in a furious way. With that habit of getting under the lee of any shelter which waterside characters acquire, the waterside character at present in question led the way to the leeside of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters before he spoke.

‘Look round here, Lawyer Lightwood, at them red curtains. It’s the Fellowships, the ’ouse as I told you wouldn’t run away. And has it run away?’

Not showing himself much impressed by this remarkable confirmation of the informer’s evidence, Lightwood inquired what other business they had there?

‘I wished you to see the Fellowships for yourself, Lawyer Lightwood, that you might judge whether I’m a liar; and now I’ll see Gaffer’s window for myself, that we may know whether he’s at home.’

With that, he crept away.

‘He’ll come back, I suppose?’ murmured Lightwood.

‘Ay! and go through with it,’ murmured Eugene.

He came back after a very short interval indeed.

‘Gaffer’s out, and his boat’s out. His daughter’s at home, sitting a-looking at the fire. But there’s some supper getting ready, so Gaffer’s expected. I can find what move he’s upon, easy enough, presently.’

Then he beckoned and led the way again, and they came to the police-station, still as clean and cool and steady as before, saving that the flame of its lamp—being but a lamp-flame, and only attached to the Force as an outsider—flickered in the wind.

Also, within doors, Mr Inspector was at his studies as of yore. He recognized the friends the instant they reappeared, but their reappearance had no effect on his composure. Not even the circumstance that Riderhood was their conductor moved him, otherwise than that as he took a dip of ink he seemed, by a settlement of his chin in his stock, to propound to that personage, without looking at him, the question, ‘What have YOU been up to, last?’

Mortimer Lightwood asked him, would he be so good as look at those notes? Handing him Eugene’s.

Having read the first few lines, Mr Inspector mounted to that (for him) extraordinary pitch of emotion that he said, ‘Does either of you two gentlemen happen to have a pinch of snuff about him?’ Finding that neither had, he did quite as well without it, and read on.

‘Have you heard these read?’ he then demanded of the honest man.

‘No,’ said Riderhood.

‘Then you had better hear them.’ And so read them aloud, in an official manner.

‘Are these notes correct, now, as to the information you bring here and the evidence you mean to give?’ he asked, when he had finished reading.

‘They are. They are as correct,’ returned Mr Riderhood, ‘as I am. I can’t say more than that for ’em.’

‘I’ll take this man myself, sir,’ said Mr Inspector to Lightwood. Then to Riderhood, ‘Is he at home? Where is he? What’s he doing? You have made it your business to know all about him, no doubt.’

Riderhood said what he did know, and promised to find out in a few minutes what he didn’t know.

‘Stop,’ said Mr Inspector; ‘not till I tell you: We mustn’t look like business. Would you two gentlemen object to making a pretence of taking a glass of something in my company at the Fellowships? Well-conducted house, and highly respectable landlady.’

They replied that they would be happy to substitute a reality for the pretence, which, in the main, appeared to be as one with Mr Inspector’s meaning.

‘Very good,’ said he, taking his hat from its peg, and putting a pair of handcuffs in his pocket as if they were his gloves. ‘Reserve!’ Reserve saluted. ‘You know where to find me?’ Reserve again saluted. ‘Riderhood, when you have found out concerning his coming home, come round to the window of Cosy, tap twice at it, and wait for me. Now, gentlemen.’

As the three went out together, and Riderhood slouched off from under the trembling lamp his separate way, Lightwood asked the officer what he thought of this?

Mr Inspector replied, with due generality and reticence, that it was always more likely that a man had done a bad thing than that he hadn’t. That he himself had several times ‘reckoned up’ Gaffer, but had never been able to bring him to a satisfactory criminal total. That if this story was true, it was only in part true. That the two men, very shy characters, would have been jointly and pretty equally ‘in it;’ but that this man had ‘spotted’ the other, to save himself and get the money.

‘And I think,’ added Mr Inspector, in conclusion, ‘that if all goes well with him, he’s in a tolerable way of getting it. But as this is the Fellowships, gentlemen, where the lights are, I recommend dropping the subject. You can’t do better than be interested in some lime works anywhere down about Northfleet, and doubtful whether some of your lime don’t get into bad company as it comes up in barges.’

‘You hear Eugene?’ said Lightwood, over his shoulder. ‘You are deeply interested in lime.’

‘Without lime,’ returned that unmoved barrister-at-law, ‘my existence would be unilluminated by a ray of hope.’

Chapter 13

TRACKING THE BIRD OF PREY

The two lime merchants, with their escort, entered the dominions of Miss Abbey Potterson, to whom their escort (presenting them and their pretended business over the half-door of the bar, in a confidential way) preferred his figurative request that ‘a mouthful of fire’ might be lighted in Cosy. Always well disposed to assist the constituted authorities, Miss Abbey bade Bob Gliddery attend the gentlemen to that retreat, and promptly enliven it with fire and gaslight. Of this commission the bare-armed Bob, leading the way with a flaming wisp of paper, so speedily acquitted himself, that Cosy seemed to leap out of a dark sleep and embrace them warmly, the moment they passed the lintels of its hospitable door.

‘They burn sherry very well here,’ said Mr Inspector, as a piece of local intelligence. ‘Perhaps you gentlemen might like a bottle?’

The answer being By all means, Bob Gliddery received his instructions from Mr Inspector, and departed in a becoming state of alacrity engendered by reverence for the majesty of the law.

‘It’s a certain fact,’ said Mr Inspector, ‘that this man we have received our information from,’ indicating Riderhood with his thumb over his shoulder, ‘has for some time past given the other man a bad name arising out of your lime barges, and that the other man has been avoided in consequence. I don’t say what it means or proves, but it’s a certain fact. I had it first from one of the opposite sex of my acquaintance,’ vaguely indicating Miss Abbey with his thumb over his shoulder, ‘down away at a distance, over yonder.’

Then probably Mr Inspector was not quite unprepared for their visit that evening? Lightwood hinted.

Well you see,’ said Mr Inspector, ‘it was a question of making a move. It’s of no use moving if you don’t know what your move is. You had better by far keep still. In the matter of this lime, I certainly had an idea that it might lie betwixt the two men; I always had that idea. Still I was forced to wait for a start, and I wasn’t so lucky as to get a start. This man that we have received our information from, has got a start, and if he don’t meet with a check he may make the running and come in first. There may turn out to be something considerable for him that comes in second, and I don’t mention who may or who may not try for that place. There’s duty to do, and I shall do it, under any circumstances; to the best of my judgment and ability.’

‘Speaking as a shipper of lime—’ began Eugene.

‘Which no man has a better right to do than yourself, you know,’ said Mr Inspector.

‘I hope not,’ said Eugene; ‘my father having been a shipper of lime before me, and my grandfather before him—in fact we having been a family immersed to the crowns of our heads in lime during several generations—I beg to observe that if this missing lime could be got hold of without any young female relative of any distinguished gentleman engaged in the lime trade (which I cherish next to my life) being present, I think it might be a more agreeable proceeding to the assisting bystanders, that is to say, lime-burners.’

‘I also,’ said Lightwood, pushing his friend aside with a laugh, ‘should much prefer that.’

‘It shall be done, gentlemen, if it can be done conveniently,’ said Mr Inspector, with coolness. ‘There is no wish on my part to cause any distress in that quarter. Indeed, I am sorry for that quarter.’

‘There was a boy in that quarter,’ remarked Eugene. ‘He is still there?’

‘No,’ said Mr Inspector. ‘He has quitted those works. He is otherwise disposed of.’

‘Will she be left alone then?’ asked Eugene.

‘She will be left,’ said Mr Inspector, ‘alone.’

Bob’s reappearance with a steaming jug broke off the conversation. But although the jug steamed forth a delicious perfume, its contents had not received that last happy touch which the surpassing finish of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters imparted on such momentous occasions. Bob carried in his left hand one of those iron models of sugar-loaf hats, before mentioned, into which he emptied the jug, and the pointed end of which he thrust deep down into the fire, so leaving it for a few moments while he disappeared and reappeared with three bright drinking-glasses. Placing these on the table and bending over the fire, meritoriously sensible of the trying nature of his duty, he watched the wreaths of steam, until at the special instant of projection he caught up the iron vessel and gave it one delicate twirl, causing it to send forth one gentle hiss. Then he restored the contents to the jug; held over the steam of the jug, each of the three bright glasses in succession; finally filled them all, and with a clear conscience awaited the applause of his fellow-creatures.

It was bestowed (Mr Inspector having proposed as an appropriate sentiment ‘The lime trade!’) and Bob withdrew to report the commendations of the guests to Miss Abbey in the bar. It may be here in confidence admitted that, the room being close shut in his absence, there had not appeared to be the slightest reason for the elaborate maintenance of this same lime fiction. Only it had been regarded by Mr Inspector as so uncommonly satisfactory, and so fraught with mysterious virtues, that neither of his clients had presumed to question it.

Two taps were now heard on the outside of the window. Mr Inspector, hastily fortifying himself with another glass, strolled out with a noiseless foot and an unoccupied countenance. As one might go to survey the weather and the general aspect of the heavenly bodies.

‘This is becoming grim, Mortimer,’ said Eugene, in a low voice. ‘I don’t like this.’

‘Nor I’ said Lightwood. ‘Shall we go?’

‘Being here, let us stay. You ought to see it out, and I won’t leave you. Besides, that lonely girl with the dark hair runs in my head. It was little more than a glimpse we had of her that last time, and yet I almost see her waiting by the fire to-night. Do you feel like a dark combination of traitor and pickpocket when you think of that girl?’

‘Rather,’ returned Lightwood. ‘Do you?’

‘Very much so.’

Their escort strolled back again, and reported. Divested of its various lime-lights and shadows, his report went to the effect that Gaffer was away in his boat, supposed to be on his old look-out; that he had been expected last high-water; that having missed it for some reason or other, he was not, according to his usual habits at night, to be counted on before next high-water, or it might be an hour or so later; that his daughter, surveyed through the window, would seem to be so expecting him, for the supper was not cooking, but set out ready to be cooked; that it would be high-water at about one, and that it was now barely ten; that there was nothing to be done but watch and wait; that the informer was keeping watch at the instant of that present reporting, but that two heads were better than one (especially when the second was Mr Inspector’s); and that the reporter meant to share the watch. And forasmuch as crouching under the lee of a hauled-up boat on a night when it blew cold and strong, and when the weather was varied with blasts of hail at times, might be wearisome to amateurs, the reporter closed with the recommendation that the two gentlemen should remain, for a while at any rate, in their present quarters, which were weather-tight and warm.

They were not inclined to dispute this recommendation, but they wanted to know where they could join the watchers when so disposed. Rather than trust to a verbal description of the place, which might mislead, Eugene (with a less weighty sense of personal trouble on him than he usually had) would go out with Mr Inspector, note the spot, and come back.

On the shelving bank of the river, among the slimy stones of a causeway—not the special causeway of the Six Jolly Fellowships, which had a landing-place of its own, but another, a little removed, and very near to the old windmill which was the denounced man’s dwelling-place—were a few boats; some, moored and already beginning to float; others, hauled up above the reach of the tide. Under one of these latter, Eugene’s companion disappeared. And when Eugene had observed its position with reference to the other boats, and had made sure that he could not miss it, he turned his eyes upon the building where, as he had been told, the lonely girl with the dark hair sat by the fire.

He could see the light of the fire shining through the window. Perhaps it drew him on to look in. Perhaps he had come out with the express intention. That part of the bank having rank grass growing on it, there was no difficulty in getting close, without any noise of footsteps: it was but to scramble up a ragged face of pretty hard mud some three or four feet high and come upon the grass and to the window. He came to the window by that means.

She had no other light than the light of the fire. The unkindled lamp stood on the table. She sat on the ground, looking at the brazier, with her face leaning on her hand. There was a kind of film or flicker on her face, which at first he took to be the fitful firelight; but, on a second look, he saw that she was weeping. A sad and solitary spectacle, as shown him by the rising and the falling of the fire.

It was a little window of but four pieces of glass, and was not curtained; he chose it because the larger window near it was. It showed him the room, and the bills upon the wall respecting the drowned people starting out and receding by turns. But he glanced slightly at them, though he looked long and steadily at her. A deep rich piece of colour, with the brown flush of her cheek and the shining lustre of her hair, though sad and solitary, weeping by the rising and the falling of the fire.

She started up. He had been so very still that he felt sure it was not he who had disturbed her, so merely withdrew from the window and stood near it in the shadow of the wall. She opened the door, and said in an alarmed tone, ‘Father, was that you calling me?’ And again, ‘Father!’ And once again, after listening, ‘Father! I thought I heard you call me twice before!’

No response. As she re-entered at the door, he dropped over the bank and made his way back, among the ooze and near the hiding-place, to Mortimer Lightwood: to whom he told what he had seen of the girl, and how this was becoming very grim indeed.

‘If the real man feels as guilty as I do,’ said Eugene, ‘he is remarkably uncomfortable.’

‘Influence of secrecy,’ suggested Lightwood.

‘I am not at all obliged to it for making me Guy Fawkes in the vault and a Sneak in the area both at once,’ said Eugene. ‘Give me some more of that stuff.’

Lightwood helped him to some more of that stuff, but it had been cooling, and didn’t answer now.

‘Pooh,’ said Eugene, spitting it out among the ashes. ‘Tastes like the wash of the river.’

‘Are you so familiar with the flavour of the wash of the river?’

‘I seem to be to-night. I feel as if I had been half drowned, and swallowing a gallon of it.’

‘Influence of locality,’ suggested Lightwood.

‘You are mighty learned to-night, you and your influences,’ returned Eugene. ‘How long shall we stay here?’

‘How long do you think?’

‘If I could choose, I should say a minute,’ replied Eugene, ‘for the Jolly Fellowship Porters are not the jolliest dogs I have known. But I suppose we are best here until they turn us out with the other suspicious characters, at midnight.’

Thereupon he stirred the fire, and sat down on one side of it. It struck eleven, and he made believe to compose himself patiently. But gradually he took the fidgets in one leg, and then in the other leg, and then in one arm, and then in the other arm, and then in his chin, and then in his back, and then in his forehead, and then in his hair, and then in his nose; and then he stretched himself recumbent on two chairs, and groaned; and then he started up.

‘Invisible insects of diabolical activity swarm in this place. I am tickled and twitched all over. Mentally, I have now committed a burglary under the meanest circumstances, and the myrmidons of justice are at my heels.’

‘I am quite as bad,’ said Lightwood, sitting up facing him, with a tumbled head; after going through some wonderful evolutions, in which his head had been the lowest part of him. ‘This restlessness began with me, long ago. All the time you were out, I felt like Gulliver with the Lilliputians firing upon him.’

‘It won’t do, Mortimer. We must get into the air; we must join our dear friend and brother, Riderhood. And let us tranquillize ourselves by making a compact. Next time (with a view to our peace of mind) we’ll commit the crime, instead of taking the criminal. You swear it?’

‘Certainly.’

‘Sworn! Let Tippins look to it. Her life’s in danger.’

Mortimer rang the bell to pay the score, and Bob appeared to transact that business with him: whom Eugene, in his careless extravagance, asked if he would like a situation in the lime-trade?

‘Thankee sir, no sir,’ said Bob. ‘I’ve a good sitiwation here, sir.’

‘If you change your mind at any time,’ returned Eugene, ‘come to me at my works, and you’ll always find an opening in the lime-kiln.’

‘Thankee sir,’ said Bob.

‘This is my partner,’ said Eugene, ‘who keeps the books and attends to the wages. A fair day’s wages for a fair day’s work is ever my partner’s motto.’

‘And a very good ’un it is, gentlemen,’ said Bob, receiving his fee, and drawing a bow out of his head with his right hand, very much as he would have drawn a pint of beer out of the beer engine.

‘Eugene,’ Mortimer apostrophized him, laughing quite heartily when they were alone again, ‘how CAN you be so ridiculous?’

‘I am in a ridiculous humour,’ quoth Eugene; ‘I am a ridiculous fellow. Everything is ridiculous. Come along!’

It passed into Mortimer Lightwood’s mind that a change of some sort, best expressed perhaps as an intensification of all that was wildest and most negligent and reckless in his friend, had come upon him in the last half-hour or so. Thoroughly used to him as he was, he found something new and strained in him that was for the moment perplexing. This passed into his mind, and passed out again; but he remembered it afterwards.

‘There’s where she sits, you see,’ said Eugene, when they were standing under the bank, roared and riven at by the wind. ‘There’s the light of her fire.’

‘I’ll take a peep through the window,’ said Mortimer.

‘No, don’t!’ Eugene caught him by the arm. ‘Best, not make a show of her. Come to our honest friend.’

He led him to the post of watch, and they both dropped down and crept under the lee of the boat; a better shelter than it had seemed before, being directly contrasted with the blowing wind and the bare night.

‘Mr Inspector at home?’ whispered Eugene.

‘Here I am, sir.’

‘And our friend of the perspiring brow is at the far corner there? Good. Anything happened?’

‘His daughter has been out, thinking she heard him calling, unless it was a sign to him to keep out of the way. It might have been.’

‘It might have been Rule Britannia,’ muttered Eugene, ‘but it wasn’t. Mortimer!’

‘Here!’ (On the other side of Mr Inspector.)

‘Two burglaries now, and a forgery!’

With this indication of his depressed state of mind, Eugene fell silent.

They were all silent for a long while. As it got to be flood-tide, and the water came nearer to them, noises on the river became more frequent, and they listened more. To the turning of steam-paddles, to the clinking of iron chain, to the creaking of blocks, to the measured working of oars, to the occasional violent barking of some passing dog on shipboard, who seemed to scent them lying in their hiding-place. The night was not so dark but that, besides the lights at bows and mastheads gliding to and fro, they could discern some shadowy bulk attached; and now and then a ghostly lighter with a large dark sail, like a warning arm, would start up very near them, pass on, and vanish. At this time of their watch, the water close to them would be often agitated by some impulsion given it from a distance. Often they believed this beat and plash to be the boat they lay in wait for, running in ashore; and again and again they would have started up, but for the immobility with which the informer, well used to the river, kept quiet in his place.

The wind carried away the striking of the great multitude of city church clocks, for those lay to leeward of them; but there were bells to windward that told them of its being One—Two—Three. Without that aid they would have known how the night wore, by the falling of the tide, recorded in the appearance of an ever-widening black wet strip of shore, and the emergence of the paved causeway from the river, foot by foot.

As the time so passed, this slinking business became a more and more precarious one. It would seem as if the man had had some intimation of what was in hand against him, or had taken fright? His movements might have been planned to gain for him, in getting beyond their reach, twelve hours’ advantage? The honest man who had expended the sweat of his brow became uneasy, and began to complain with bitterness of the proneness of mankind to cheat him—him invested with the dignity of Labour!

Their retreat was so chosen that while they could watch the river, they could watch the house. No one had passed in or out, since the daughter thought she heard the father calling. No one could pass in or out without being seen.

‘But it will be light at five,’ said Mr Inspector, ‘and then WE shall be seen.’

‘Look here,’ said Riderhood, ‘what do you say to this? He may have been lurking in and out, and just holding his own betwixt two or three bridges, for hours back.’

‘What do you make of that?’ said Mr Inspector. Stoical, but contradictory.

‘He may be doing so at this present time.’

‘What do you make of that?’ said Mr Inspector.

‘My boat’s among them boats here at the cause’ay.’

‘And what do you make of your boat?’ said Mr Inspector.

‘What if I put off in her and take a look round? I know his ways, and the likely nooks he favours. I know where he’d be at such a time of the tide, and where he’d be at such another time. Ain’t I been his pardner? None of you need show. None of you need stir. I can shove her off without help; and as to me being seen, I’m about at all times.’

‘You might have given a worse opinion,’ said Mr Inspector, after brief consideration. ‘Try it.’

‘Stop a bit. Let’s work it out. If I want you, I’ll drop round under the Fellowships and tip you a whistle.’

‘If I might so far presume as to offer a suggestion to my honourable and gallant friend, whose knowledge of naval matters far be it from me to impeach,’ Eugene struck in with great deliberation, ‘it would be, that to tip a whistle is to advertise mystery and invite speculation. My honourable and gallant friend will, I trust, excuse me, as an independent member, for throwing out a remark which I feel to be due to this house and the country.’

‘Was that the T’other Governor, or Lawyer Lightwood?’ asked Riderhood. For, they spoke as they crouched or lay, without seeing one another’s faces.

‘In reply to the question put by my honourable and gallant friend,’ said Eugene, who was lying on his back with his hat on his face, as an attitude highly expressive of watchfulness, ‘I can have no hesitation in replying (it not being inconsistent with the public service) that those accents were the accents of the T’other Governor.’

‘You’ve tolerable good eyes, ain’t you, Governor? You’ve all tolerable good eyes, ain’t you?’ demanded the informer.

All.

‘Then if I row up under the Fellowship and lay there, no need to whistle. You’ll make out that there’s a speck of something or another there, and you’ll know it’s me, and you’ll come down that cause’ay to me. Understood all?’

Understood all.

‘Off she goes then!’

In a moment, with the wind cutting keenly at him sideways, he was staggering down to his boat; in a few moments he was clear, and creeping up the river under their own shore.

Eugene had raised himself on his elbow to look into the darkness after him. ‘I wish the boat of my honourable and gallant friend,’ he murmured, lying down again and speaking into his hat, ‘may be endowed with philanthropy enough to turn bottom-upward and extinguish him!—Mortimer.’

‘My honourable friend.’

‘Three burglaries, two forgeries, and a midnight assassination.’ Yet in spite of having those weights on his conscience, Eugene was somewhat enlivened by the late slight change in the circumstances of affairs. So were his two companions. Its being a change was everything. The suspense seemed to have taken a new lease, and to have begun afresh from a recent date. There was something additional to look for. They were all three more sharply on the alert, and less deadened by the miserable influences of the place and time.

More than an hour had passed, and they were even dozing, when one of the three—each said it was he, and he had NOT dozed—made out Riderhood in his boat at the spot agreed on. They sprang up, came out from their shelter, and went down to him. When he saw them coming, he dropped alongside the causeway; so that they, standing on the causeway, could speak with him in whispers, under the shadowy mass of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters fast asleep.

‘Blest if I can make it out!’ said he, staring at them.

‘Make what out? Have you seen him?’

‘No.’

‘What HAVE you seen?’ asked Lightwood. For, he was staring at them in the strangest way.

‘I’ve seen his boat.’

‘Not empty?’

‘Yes, empty. And what’s more,—adrift. And what’s more,—with one scull gone. And what’s more,—with t’other scull jammed in the thowels and broke short off. And what’s more,—the boat’s drove tight by the tide ’atwixt two tiers of barges. And what’s more,—he’s in luck again, by George if he ain’t!’

Chapter 14

THE BIRD OF PREY BROUGHT DOWN

Cold on the shore, in the raw cold of that leaden crisis in the four-and-twenty hours when the vital force of all the noblest and prettiest things that live is at its lowest, the three watchers looked each at the blank faces of the other two, and all at the blank face of Riderhood in his boat.

‘Gaffer’s boat, Gaffer in luck again, and yet no Gaffer!’ So spake Riderhood, staring disconsolate.

As if with one accord, they all turned their eyes towards the light of the fire shining through the window. It was fainter and duller. Perhaps fire, like the higher animal and vegetable life it helps to sustain, has its greatest tendency towards death, when the night is dying and the day is not yet born.

‘If it was me that had the law of this here job in hand,’ growled Riderhood with a threatening shake of his head, ‘blest if I wouldn’t lay hold of HER, at any rate!’

‘Ay, but it is not you,’ said Eugene. With something so suddenly fierce in him that the informer returned submissively; ‘Well, well, well, t’other governor, I didn’t say it was. A man may speak.’

‘And vermin may be silent,’ said Eugene. ‘Hold your tongue, you water-rat!’

Astonished by his friend’s unusual heat, Lightwood stared too, and then said: ‘What can have become of this man?’

‘Can’t imagine. Unless he dived overboard.’ The informer wiped his brow ruefully as he said it, sitting in his boat and always staring disconsolate.

‘Did you make his boat fast?’

‘She’s fast enough till the tide runs back. I couldn’t make her faster than she is. Come aboard of mine, and see for your own-selves.’

There was a little backwardness in complying, for the freight looked too much for the boat; but on Riderhood’s protesting ‘that he had had half a dozen, dead and alive, in her afore now, and she was nothing deep in the water nor down in the stern even then, to speak of;’ they carefully took their places, and trimmed the crazy thing. While they were doing so, Riderhood still sat staring disconsolate.

‘All right. Give way!’ said Lightwood.

‘Give way, by George!’ repeated Riderhood, before shoving off. ‘If he’s gone and made off any how Lawyer Lightwood, it’s enough to make me give way in a different manner. But he always WAS a cheat, con-found him! He always was a infernal cheat, was Gaffer. Nothing straightfor’ard, nothing on the square. So mean, so underhanded. Never going through with a thing, nor carrying it out like a man!’

‘Hallo! Steady!’ cried Eugene (he had recovered immediately on embarking), as they bumped heavily against a pile; and then in a lower voice reversed his late apostrophe by remarking (‘I wish the boat of my honourable and gallant friend may be endowed with philanthropy enough not to turn bottom-upward and extinguish us!) Steady, steady! Sit close, Mortimer. Here’s the hail again. See how it flies, like a troop of wild cats, at Mr Riderhood’s eyes!’

Indeed he had the full benefit of it, and it so mauled him, though he bent his head low and tried to present nothing but the mangy cap to it, that he dropped under the lee of a tier of shipping, and they lay there until it was over. The squall had come up, like a spiteful messenger before the morning; there followed in its wake a ragged tear of light which ripped the dark clouds until they showed a great grey hole of day.

They were all shivering, and everything about them seemed to be shivering; the river itself; craft, rigging, sails, such early smoke as there yet was on the shore. Black with wet, and altered to the eye by white patches of hail and sleet, the huddled buildings looked lower than usual, as if they were cowering, and had shrunk with the cold. Very little life was to be seen on either bank, windows and doors were shut, and the staring black and white letters upon wharves and warehouses ‘looked,’ said Eugene to Mortimer, ‘like inscriptions over the graves of dead businesses.’

As they glided slowly on, keeping under the shore and sneaking in and out among the shipping by back-alleys of water, in a pilfering way that seemed to be their boatman’s normal manner of progression, all the objects among which they crept were so huge in contrast with their wretched boat, as to threaten to crush it. Not a ship’s hull, with its rusty iron links of cable run out of hawse-holes long discoloured with the iron’s rusty tears, but seemed to be there with a fell intention. Not a figure-head but had the menacing look of bursting forward to run them down. Not a sluice gate, or a painted scale upon a post or wall, showing the depth of water, but seemed to hint, like the dreadfully facetious Wolf in bed in Grandmamma’s cottage, ‘That’s to drown YOU in, my dears!’ Not a lumbering black barge, with its cracked and blistered side impending over them, but seemed to suck at the river with a thirst for sucking them under. And everything so vaunted the spoiling influences of water—discoloured copper, rotten wood, honey-combed stone, green dank deposit—that the after-consequences of being crushed, sucked under, and drawn down, looked as ugly to the imagination as the main event.

Some half-hour of this work, and Riderhood unshipped his sculls, stood holding on to a barge, and hand over hand long-wise along the barge’s side gradually worked his boat under her head into a secret little nook of scummy water. And driven into that nook, and wedged as he had described, was Gaffer’s boat; that boat with the stain still in it, bearing some resemblance to a muffled human form.

‘Now tell me I’m a liar!’ said the honest man.

(‘With a morbid expectation,’ murmured Eugene to Lightwood, ‘that somebody is always going to tell him the truth.’)

‘This is Hexam’s boat,’ said Mr Inspector. ‘I know her well.’

‘Look at the broken scull. Look at the t’other scull gone. NOW tell me I am a liar!’ said the honest man.

Mr Inspector stepped into the boat. Eugene and Mortimer looked on.

‘And see now!’ added Riderhood, creeping aft, and showing a stretched rope made fast there and towing overboard. ‘Didn’t I tell you he was in luck again?’

‘Haul in,’ said Mr Inspector.

‘Easy to say haul in,’ answered Riderhood. ‘Not so easy done. His luck’s got fouled under the keels of the barges. I tried to haul in last time, but I couldn’t. See how taut the line is!’

‘I must have it up,’ said Mr Inspector. ‘I am going to take this boat ashore, and his luck along with it. Try easy now.’

He tried easy now; but the luck resisted; wouldn’t come.

‘I mean to have it, and the boat too,’ said Mr Inspector, playing the line.

But still the luck resisted; wouldn’t come.

‘Take care,’ said Riderhood. ‘You’ll disfigure. Or pull asunder perhaps.’

‘I am not going to do either, not even to your Grandmother,’ said Mr Inspector; ‘but I mean to have it. Come!’ he added, at once persuasively and with authority to the hidden object in the water, as he played the line again; ‘it’s no good this sort of game, you know. You MUST come up. I mean to have you.’

There was so much virtue in this distinctly and decidedly meaning to have it, that it yielded a little, even while the line was played.

‘I told you so,’ quoth Mr Inspector, pulling off his outer coat, and leaning well over the stern with a will. ‘Come!’

It was an awful sort of fishing, but it no more disconcerted Mr Inspector than if he had been fishing in a punt on a summer evening by some soothing weir high up the peaceful river. After certain minutes, and a few directions to the rest to ‘ease her a little for’ard,’ and ‘now ease her a trifle aft,’ and the like, he said composedly, ‘All clear!’ and the line and the boat came free together.

Accepting Lightwood’s proffered hand to help him up, he then put on his coat, and said to Riderhood, ‘Hand me over those spare sculls of yours, and I’ll pull this in to the nearest stairs. Go ahead you, and keep out in pretty open water, that I mayn’t get fouled again.’

His directions were obeyed, and they pulled ashore directly; two in one boat, two in the other.

‘Now,’ said Mr Inspector, again to Riderhood, when they were all on the slushy stones; ‘you have had more practice in this than I have had, and ought to be a better workman at it. Undo the tow-rope, and we’ll help you haul in.’

Riderhood got into the boat accordingly. It appeared as if he had scarcely had a moment’s time to touch the rope or look over the stern, when he came scrambling back, as pale as the morning, and gasped out:

‘By the Lord, he’s done me!’

‘What do you mean?’ they all demanded.

He pointed behind him at the boat, and gasped to that degree that he dropped upon the stones to get his breath.

‘Gaffer’s done me. It’s Gaffer!’

They ran to the rope, leaving him gasping there. Soon, the form of the bird of prey, dead some hours, lay stretched upon the shore, with a new blast storming at it and clotting the wet hair with hail-stones.

Father, was that you calling me? Father! I thought I heard you call me twice before! Words never to be answered, those, upon the earth-side of the grave. The wind sweeps jeeringly over Father, whips him with the frayed ends of his dress and his jagged hair, tries to turn him where he lies stark on his back, and force his face towards the rising sun, that he may be shamed the more. A lull, and the wind is secret and prying with him; lifts and lets falls a rag; hides palpitating under another rag; runs nimbly through his hair and beard. Then, in a rush, it cruelly taunts him. Father, was that you calling me? Was it you, the voiceless and the dead? Was it you, thus buffeted as you lie here in a heap? Was it you, thus baptized unto Death, with these flying impurities now flung upon your face? Why not speak, Father? Soaking into this filthy ground as you lie here, is your own shape. Did you never see such a shape soaked into your boat? Speak, Father. Speak to us, the winds, the only listeners left you!

‘Now see,’ said Mr Inspector, after mature deliberation: kneeling on one knee beside the body, when they had stood looking down on the drowned man, as he had many a time looked down on many another man: ‘the way of it was this. Of course you gentlemen hardly failed to observe that he was towing by the neck and arms.’

They had helped to release the rope, and of course not.

‘And you will have observed before, and you will observe now, that this knot, which was drawn chock-tight round his neck by the strain of his own arms, is a slip-knot’: holding it up for demonstration.

Plain enough.

‘Likewise you will have observed how he had run the other end of this rope to his boat.’

It had the curves and indentations in it still, where it had been twined and bound.

‘Now see,’ said Mr Inspector, ‘see how it works round upon him. It’s a wild tempestuous evening when this man that was,’ stooping to wipe some hailstones out of his hair with an end of his own drowned jacket, ‘—there! Now he’s more like himself; though he’s badly bruised,—when this man that was, rows out upon the river on his usual lay. He carries with him this coil of rope. He always carries with him this coil of rope. It’s as well known to me as he was himself. Sometimes it lay in the bottom of his boat. Sometimes he hung it loose round his neck. He was a light-dresser was this man;—you see?’ lifting the loose neckerchief over his breast, and taking the opportunity of wiping the dead lips with it—‘and when it was wet, or freezing, or blew cold, he would hang this coil of line round his neck. Last evening he does this. Worse for him! He dodges about in his boat, does this man, till he gets chilled. His hands,’ taking up one of them, which dropped like a leaden weight, ‘get numbed. He sees some object that’s in his way of business, floating. He makes ready to secure that object. He unwinds the end of his coil that he wants to take some turns on in his boat, and he takes turns enough on it to secure that it shan’t run out. He makes it too secure, as it happens. He is a little longer about this than usual, his hands being numbed. His object drifts up, before he is quite ready for it. He catches at it, thinks he’ll make sure of the contents of the pockets anyhow, in case he should be parted from it, bends right over the stern, and in one of these heavy squalls, or in the cross-swell of two steamers, or in not being quite prepared, or through all or most or some, gets a lurch, overbalances and goes head-foremost overboard. Now see! He can swim, can this man, and instantly he strikes out. But in such striking-out he tangles his arms, pulls strong on the slip-knot, and it runs home. The object he had expected to take in tow, floats by, and his own boat tows him dead, to where we found him, all entangled in his own line. You’ll ask me how I make out about the pockets? First, I’ll tell you more; there was silver in ’em. How do I make that out? Simple and satisfactory. Because he’s got it here.’ The lecturer held up the tightly clenched right hand.

‘What is to be done with the remains?’ asked Lightwood.

‘If you wouldn’t object to standing by him half a minute, sir,’ was the reply, ‘I’ll find the nearest of our men to come and take charge of him;—I still call it HIM, you see,’ said Mr Inspector, looking back as he went, with a philosophical smile upon the force of habit.

‘Eugene,’ said Lightwood and was about to add ‘we may wait at a little distance,’ when turning his head he found that no Eugene was there.

He raised his voice and called ‘Eugene! Holloa!’ But no Eugene replied.

It was broad daylight now, and he looked about. But no Eugene was in all the view.

Mr Inspector speedily returning down the wooden stairs, with a police constable, Lightwood asked him if he had seen his friend leave them? Mr Inspector could not exactly say that he had seen him go, but had noticed that he was restless.

‘Singular and entertaining combination, sir, your friend.’

‘I wish it had not been a part of his singular entertaining combination to give me the slip under these dreary circumstances at this time of the morning,’ said Lightwood. ‘Can we get anything hot to drink?’

We could, and we did. In a public-house kitchen with a large fire. We got hot brandy and water, and it revived us wonderfully. Mr Inspector having to Mr Riderhood announced his official intention of ‘keeping his eye upon him’, stood him in a corner of the fireplace, like a wet umbrella, and took no further outward and visible notice of that honest man, except ordering a separate service of brandy and water for him: apparently out of the public funds.

As Mortimer Lightwood sat before the blazing fire, conscious of drinking brandy and water then and there in his sleep, and yet at one and the same time drinking burnt sherry at the Six Jolly Fellowships, and lying under the boat on the river shore, and sitting in the boat that Riderhood rowed, and listening to the lecture recently concluded, and having to dine in the Temple with an unknown man, who described himself as M. H. F. Eugene Gaffer Harmon, and said he lived at Hailstorm,—as he passed through these curious vicissitudes of fatigue and slumber, arranged upon the scale of a dozen hours to the second, he became aware of answering aloud a communication of pressing importance that had never been made to him, and then turned it into a cough on beholding Mr Inspector. For, he felt, with some natural indignation, that that functionary might otherwise suspect him of having closed his eyes, or wandered in his attention.

‘Here just before us, you see,’ said Mr Inspector.

‘I see,’ said Lightwood, with dignity.

‘And had hot brandy and water too, you see,’ said Mr Inspector, ‘and then cut off at a great rate.’

‘Who?’ said Lightwood.

‘Your friend, you know.’

‘I know,’ he replied, again with dignity.

After hearing, in a mist through which Mr Inspector loomed vague and large, that the officer took upon himself to prepare the dead man’s daughter for what had befallen in the night, and generally that he took everything upon himself, Mortimer Lightwood stumbled in his sleep to a cab-stand, called a cab, and had entered the army and committed a capital military offence and been tried by court martial and found guilty and had arranged his affairs and been marched out to be shot, before the door banged.

Hard work rowing the cab through the City to the Temple, for a cup of from five to ten thousand pounds value, given by Mr Boffin; and hard work holding forth at that immeasurable length to Eugene (when he had been rescued with a rope from the running pavement) for making off in that extraordinary manner! But he offered such ample apologies, and was so very penitent, that when Lightwood got out of the cab, he gave the driver a particular charge to be careful of him. Which the driver (knowing there was no other fare left inside) stared at prodigiously.

In short, the night’s work had so exhausted and worn out this actor in it, that he had become a mere somnambulist. He was too tired to rest in his sleep, until he was even tired out of being too tired, and dropped into oblivion. Late in the afternoon he awoke, and in some anxiety sent round to Eugene’s lodging hard by, to inquire if he were up yet?

Oh yes, he was up. In fact, he had not been to bed. He had just come home. And here he was, close following on the heels of the message.

‘Why what bloodshot, draggled, dishevelled spectacle is this!’ cried Mortimer.

‘Are my feathers so very much rumpled?’ said Eugene, coolly going up to the looking-glass. They ARE rather out of sorts. But consider. Such a night for plumage!’

‘Such a night?’ repeated Mortimer. ‘What became of you in the morning?’

‘My dear fellow,’ said Eugene, sitting on his bed, ‘I felt that we had bored one another so long, that an unbroken continuance of those relations must inevitably terminate in our flying to opposite points of the earth. I also felt that I had committed every crime in the Newgate Calendar. So, for mingled considerations of friendship and felony, I took a walk.’

Chapter 15

TWO NEW SERVANTS

Mr and Mrs Boffin sat after breakfast, in the Bower, a prey to prosperity. Mr Boffin’s face denoted Care and Complication. Many disordered papers were before him, and he looked at them about as hopefully as an innocent civilian might look at a crowd of troops whom he was required at five minutes’ notice to manoeuvre and review. He had been engaged in some attempts to make notes of these papers; but being troubled (as men of his stamp often are) with an exceedingly distrustful and corrective thumb, that busy member had so often interposed to smear his notes, that they were little more legible than the various impressions of itself; which blurred his nose and forehead. It is curious to consider, in such a case as Mr Boffin’s, what a cheap article ink is, and how far it may be made to go. As a grain of musk will scent a drawer for many years, and still lose nothing appreciable of its original weight, so a halfpenny-worth of ink would blot Mr Boffin to the roots of his hair and the calves of his legs, without inscribing a line on the paper before him, or appearing to diminish in the inkstand.

Mr Boffin was in such severe literary difficulties that his eyes were prominent and fixed, and his breathing was stertorous, when, to the great relief of Mrs Boffin, who observed these symptoms with alarm, the yard bell rang.

‘Who’s that, I wonder!’ said Mrs Boffin.

Mr Boffin drew a long breath, laid down his pen, looked at his notes as doubting whether he had the pleasure of their acquaintance, and appeared, on a second perusal of their countenances, to be confirmed in his impression that he had not, when there was announced by the hammer-headed young man:

‘Mr Rokesmith.’

‘Oh!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Oh indeed! Our and the Wilfers’ Mutual Friend, my dear. Yes. Ask him to come in.’

Mr Rokesmith appeared.

‘Sit down, sir,’ said Mr Boffin, shaking hands with him. ‘Mrs Boffin you’re already acquainted with. Well, sir, I am rather unprepared to see you, for, to tell you the truth, I’ve been so busy with one thing and another, that I’ve not had time to turn your offer over.’

‘That’s apology for both of us: for Mr Boffin, and for me as well,’ said the smiling Mrs Boffin. ‘But Lor! we can talk it over now; can’t us?’

Mr Rokesmith bowed, thanked her, and said he hoped so.

‘Let me see then,’ resumed Mr Boffin, with his hand to his chin. ‘It was Secretary that you named; wasn’t it?’

‘I said Secretary,’ assented Mr Rokesmith.

‘It rather puzzled me at the time,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘and it rather puzzled me and Mrs Boffin when we spoke of it afterwards, because (not to make a mystery of our belief) we have always believed a Secretary to be a piece of furniture, mostly of mahogany, lined with green baize or leather, with a lot of little drawers in it. Now, you won’t think I take a liberty when I mention that you certainly ain’t THAT.’

Certainly not, said Mr Rokesmith. But he had used the word in the sense of Steward.

‘Why, as to Steward, you see,’ returned Mr Boffin, with his hand still to his chin, ‘the odds are that Mrs Boffin and me may never go upon the water. Being both bad sailors, we should want a Steward if we did; but there’s generally one provided.’

Mr Rokesmith again explained; defining the duties he sought to undertake, as those of general superintendent, or manager, or overlooker, or man of business.

‘Now, for instance—come!’ said Mr Boffin, in his pouncing way. ‘If you entered my employment, what would you do?’

‘I would keep exact accounts of all the expenditure you sanctioned, Mr Boffin. I would write your letters, under your direction. I would transact your business with people in your pay or employment. I would,’ with a glance and a half-smile at the table, ‘arrange your papers—’

Mr Boffin rubbed his inky ear, and looked at his wife.

‘—And so arrange them as to have them always in order for immediate reference, with a note of the contents of each outside it.’

‘I tell you what,’ said Mr Boffin, slowly crumpling his own blotted note in his hand; ‘if you’ll turn to at these present papers, and see what you can make of ’em, I shall know better what I can make of you.’

No sooner said than done. Relinquishing his hat and gloves, Mr Rokesmith sat down quietly at the table, arranged the open papers into an orderly heap, cast his eyes over each in succession, folded it, docketed it on the outside, laid it in a second heap, and, when that second heap was complete and the first gone, took from his pocket a piece of string and tied it together with a remarkably dexterous hand at a running curve and a loop.

‘Good!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Very good! Now let us hear what they’re all about; will you be so good?’

John Rokesmith read his abstracts aloud. They were all about the new house. Decorator’s estimate, so much. Furniture estimate, so much. Estimate for furniture of offices, so much. Coach-maker’s estimate, so much. Horse-dealer’s estimate, so much. Harness-maker’s estimate, so much. Goldsmith’s estimate, so much. Total, so very much. Then came correspondence. Acceptance of Mr Boffin’s offer of such a date, and to such an effect. Rejection of Mr Boffin’s proposal of such a date and to such an effect. Concerning Mr Boffin’s scheme of such another date to such another effect. All compact and methodical.

‘Apple-pie order!’ said Mr Boffin, after checking off each inscription with his hand, like a man beating time. ‘And whatever you do with your ink, I can’t think, for you’re as clean as a whistle after it. Now, as to a letter. Let’s,’ said Mr Boffin, rubbing his hands in his pleasantly childish admiration, ‘let’s try a letter next.’

‘To whom shall it be addressed, Mr Boffin?’

‘Anyone. Yourself.’

Mr Rokesmith quickly wrote, and then read aloud:

‘“Mr Boffin presents his compliments to Mr John Rokesmith, and begs to say that he has decided on giving Mr John Rokesmith a trial in the capacity he desires to fill. Mr Boffin takes Mr John Rokesmith at his word, in postponing to some indefinite period, the consideration of salary. It is quite understood that Mr Boffin is in no way committed on that point. Mr Boffin has merely to add, that he relies on Mr John Rokesmith’s assurance that he will be faithful and serviceable. Mr John Rokesmith will please enter on his duties immediately.”’

Well! Now, Noddy!’ cried Mrs Boffin, clapping her hands, ‘That IS a good one!’

Mr Boffin was no less delighted; indeed, in his own bosom, he regarded both the composition itself and the device that had given birth to it, as a very remarkable monument of human ingenuity.

‘And I tell you, my deary,’ said Mrs Boffin, ‘that if you don’t close with Mr Rokesmith now at once, and if you ever go a muddling yourself again with things never meant nor made for you, you’ll have an apoplexy—besides iron-moulding your linen—and you’ll break my heart.’

Mr Boffin embraced his spouse for these words of wisdom, and then, congratulating John Rokesmith on the brilliancy of his achievements, gave him his hand in pledge of their new relations. So did Mrs Boffin.

‘Now,’ said Mr Boffin, who, in his frankness, felt that it did not become him to have a gentleman in his employment five minutes, without reposing some confidence in him, ‘you must be let a little more into our affairs, Rokesmith. I mentioned to you, when I made your acquaintance, or I might better say when you made mine, that Mrs Boffin’s inclinations was setting in the way of Fashion, but that I didn’t know how fashionable we might or might not grow. Well! Mrs Boffin has carried the day, and we’re going in neck and crop for Fashion.’

‘I rather inferred that, sir,’ replied John Rokesmith, ‘from the scale on which your new establishment is to be maintained.’

‘Yes,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘it’s to be a Spanker. The fact is, my literary man named to me that a house with which he is, as I may say, connected—in which he has an interest—’

‘As property?’ inquired John Rokesmith.

‘Why no,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘not exactly that; a sort of a family tie.’

‘Association?’ the Secretary suggested.

‘Ah!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Perhaps. Anyhow, he named to me that the house had a board up, “This Eminently Aristocratic Mansion to be let or sold.” Me and Mrs Boffin went to look at it, and finding it beyond a doubt Eminently Aristocratic (though a trifle high and dull, which after all may be part of the same thing) took it. My literary man was so friendly as to drop into a charming piece of poetry on that occasion, in which he complimented Mrs Boffin on coming into possession of—how did it go, my dear?’

Mrs Boffin replied:

‘“The gay, the gay and festive scene, The halls, the halls of dazzling light.”’

‘That’s it! And it was made neater by there really being two halls in the house, a front ’un and a back ’un, besides the servants’. He likewise dropped into a very pretty piece of poetry to be sure, respecting the extent to which he would be willing to put himself out of the way to bring Mrs Boffin round, in case she should ever get low in her spirits in the house. Mrs Boffin has a wonderful memory. Will you repeat it, my dear?’

Mrs Boffin complied, by reciting the verses in which this obliging offer had been made, exactly as she had received them.

‘“I’ll tell thee how the maiden wept, Mrs Boffin, When her true love was slain ma’am, And how her broken spirit slept, Mrs Boffin, And never woke again ma’am. I’ll tell thee (if agreeable to Mr Boffin) how the steed drew nigh, And left his lord afar; And if my tale (which I hope Mr Boffin might excuse) should make you sigh, I’ll strike the light guitar.”’

‘Correct to the letter!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘And I consider that the poetry brings us both in, in a beautiful manner.’

The effect of the poem on the Secretary being evidently to astonish him, Mr Boffin was confirmed in his high opinion of it, and was greatly pleased.

‘Now, you see, Rokesmith,’ he went on, ‘a literary man—WITH a wooden leg—is liable to jealousy. I shall therefore cast about for comfortable ways and means of not calling up Wegg’s jealousy, but of keeping you in your department, and keeping him in his.’

‘Lor!’ cried Mrs Boffin. ‘What I say is, the world’s wide enough for all of us!’

‘So it is, my dear,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘when not literary. But when so, not so. And I am bound to bear in mind that I took Wegg on, at a time when I had no thought of being fashionable or of leaving the Bower. To let him feel himself anyways slighted now, would be to be guilty of a meanness, and to act like having one’s head turned by the halls of dazzling light. Which Lord forbid! Rokesmith, what shall we say about your living in the house?’

‘In this house?’

‘No, no. I have got other plans for this house. In the new house?’

‘That will be as you please, Mr Boffin. I hold myself quite at your disposal. You know where I live at present.’

Well!’ said Mr Boffin, after considering the point; ‘suppose you keep as you are for the present, and we’ll decide by-and-by. You’ll begin to take charge at once, of all that’s going on in the new house, will you?’

‘Most willingly. I will begin this very day. Will you give me the address?’

Mr Boffin repeated it, and the Secretary wrote it down in his pocket-book. Mrs Boffin took the opportunity of his being so engaged, to get a better observation of his face than she had yet taken. It impressed her in his favour, for she nodded aside to Mr Boffin, ‘I like him.’

‘I will see directly that everything is in train, Mr Boffin.’

‘Thank’ee. Being here, would you care at all to look round the Bower?’

‘I should greatly like it. I have heard so much of its story.’

‘Come!’ said Mr Boffin. And he and Mrs Boffin led the way.

A gloomy house the Bower, with sordid signs on it of having been, through its long existence as Harmony Jail, in miserly holding. Bare of paint, bare of paper on the walls, bare of furniture, bare of experience of human life. Whatever is built by man for man’s occupation, must, like natural creations, fulfil the intention of its existence, or soon perish. This old house had wasted—more from desuetude than it would have wasted from use, twenty years for one.

A certain leanness falls upon houses not sufficiently imbued with life (as if they were nourished upon it), which was very noticeable here. The staircase, balustrades, and rails, had a spare look—an air of being denuded to the bone—which the panels of the walls and the jambs of the doors and windows also bore. The scanty moveables partook of it; save for the cleanliness of the place, the dust into which they were all resolving would have lain thick on the floors; and those, both in colour and in grain, were worn like old faces that had kept much alone.

The bedroom where the clutching old man had lost his grip on life, was left as he had left it. There was the old grisly four-post bedstead, without hangings, and with a jail-like upper rim of iron and spikes; and there was the old patch-work counterpane. There was the tight-clenched old bureau, receding atop like a bad and secret forehead; there was the cumbersome old table with twisted legs, at the bed-side; and there was the box upon it, in which the will had lain. A few old chairs with patch-work covers, under which the more precious stuff to be preserved had slowly lost its quality of colour without imparting pleasure to any eye, stood against the wall. A hard family likeness was on all these things.

‘The room was kept like this, Rokesmith,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘against the son’s return. In short, everything in the house was kept exactly as it came to us, for him to see and approve. Even now, nothing is changed but our own room below-stairs that you have just left. When the son came home for the last time in his life, and for the last time in his life saw his father, it was most likely in this room that they met.’

As the Secretary looked all round it, his eyes rested on a side door in a corner.

‘Another staircase,’ said Mr Boffin, unlocking the door, ‘leading down into the yard. We’ll go down this way, as you may like to see the yard, and it’s all in the road. When the son was a little child, it was up and down these stairs that he mostly came and went to his father. He was very timid of his father. I’ve seen him sit on these stairs, in his shy way, poor child, many a time. Mr and Mrs Boffin have comforted him, sitting with his little book on these stairs, often.’

‘Ah! And his poor sister too,’ said Mrs Boffin. ‘And here’s the sunny place on the white wall where they one day measured one another. Their own little hands wrote up their names here, only with a pencil; but the names are here still, and the poor dears gone for ever.’

‘We must take care of the names, old lady,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘We must take care of the names. They shan’t be rubbed out in our time, nor yet, if we can help it, in the time after us. Poor little children!’

‘Ah, poor little children!’ said Mrs Boffin.

They had opened the door at the bottom of the staircase giving on the yard, and they stood in the sunlight, looking at the scrawl of the two unsteady childish hands two or three steps up the staircase. There was something in this simple memento of a blighted childhood, and in the tenderness of Mrs Boffin, that touched the Secretary.

Mr Boffin then showed his new man of business the Mounds, and his own particular Mound which had been left him as his legacy under the will before he acquired the whole estate.

‘It would have been enough for us,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘in case it had pleased God to spare the last of those two young lives and sorrowful deaths. We didn’t want the rest.’

At the treasures of the yard, and at the outside of the house, and at the detached building which Mr Boffin pointed out as the residence of himself and his wife during the many years of their service, the Secretary looked with interest. It was not until Mr Boffin had shown him every wonder of the Bower twice over, that he remembered his having duties to discharge elsewhere.

‘You have no instructions to give me, Mr Boffin, in reference to this place?’

‘Not any, Rokesmith. No.’

‘Might I ask, without seeming impertinent, whether you have any intention of selling it?’

‘Certainly not. In remembrance of our old master, our old master’s children, and our old service, me and Mrs Boffin mean to keep it up as it stands.’

The Secretary’s eyes glanced with so much meaning in them at the Mounds, that Mr Boffin said, as if in answer to a remark:

‘Ay, ay, that’s another thing. I may sell THEM, though I should be sorry to see the neighbourhood deprived of ’em too. It’ll look but a poor dead flat without the Mounds. Still I don’t say that I’m going to keep ’em always there, for the sake of the beauty of the landscape. There’s no hurry about it; that’s all I say at present. I ain’t a scholar in much, Rokesmith, but I’m a pretty fair scholar in dust. I can price the Mounds to a fraction, and I know how they can be best disposed of; and likewise that they take no harm by standing where they do. You’ll look in to-morrow, will you be so kind?’

‘Every day. And the sooner I can get you into your new house, complete, the better you will be pleased, sir?’

Well, it ain’t that I’m in a mortal hurry,’ said Mr Boffin; ‘only when you DO pay people for looking alive, it’s as well to know that they ARE looking alive. Ain’t that your opinion?’

‘Quite!’ replied the Secretary; and so withdrew.

‘Now,’ said Mr Boffin to himself; subsiding into his regular series of turns in the yard, ‘if I can make it comfortable with Wegg, my affairs will be going smooth.’

The man of low cunning had, of course, acquired a mastery over the man of high simplicity. The mean man had, of course, got the better of the generous man. How long such conquests last, is another matter; that they are achieved, is every-day experience, not even to be flourished away by Podsnappery itself. The undesigning Boffin had become so far immeshed by the wily Wegg that his mind misgave him he was a very designing man indeed in purposing to do more for Wegg. It seemed to him (so skilful was Wegg) that he was plotting darkly, when he was contriving to do the very thing that Wegg was plotting to get him to do. And thus, while he was mentally turning the kindest of kind faces on Wegg this morning, he was not absolutely sure but that he might somehow deserve the charge of turning his back on him.

For these reasons Mr Boffin passed but anxious hours until evening came, and with it Mr Wegg, stumping leisurely to the Roman Empire. At about this period Mr Boffin had become profoundly interested in the fortunes of a great military leader known to him as Bully Sawyers, but perhaps better known to fame and easier of identification by the classical student, under the less Britannic name of Belisarius. Even this general’s career paled in interest for Mr Boffin before the clearing of his conscience with Wegg; and hence, when that literary gentleman had according to custom eaten and drunk until he was all a-glow, and when he took up his book with the usual chirping introduction, ‘And now, Mr Boffin, sir, we’ll decline and we’ll fall!’ Mr Boffin stopped him.

‘You remember, Wegg, when I first told you that I wanted to make a sort of offer to you?’

‘Let me get on my considering cap, sir,’ replied that gentleman, turning the open book face downward. ‘When you first told me that you wanted to make a sort of offer to me? Now let me think.’ (as if there were the least necessity) ‘Yes, to be sure I do, Mr Boffin. It was at my corner. To be sure it was! You had first asked me whether I liked your name, and Candour had compelled a reply in the negative case. I little thought then, sir, how familiar that name would come to be!’

‘I hope it will be more familiar still, Wegg.’

‘Do you, Mr Boffin? Much obliged to you, I’m sure. Is it your pleasure, sir, that we decline and we fall?’ with a feint of taking up the book.

‘Not just yet awhile, Wegg. In fact, I have got another offer to make you.’

Mr Wegg (who had had nothing else in his mind for several nights) took off his spectacles with an air of bland surprise.

‘And I hope you’ll like it, Wegg.’

‘Thank you, sir,’ returned that reticent individual. ‘I hope it may prove so. On all accounts, I am sure.’ (This, as a philanthropic aspiration.)

‘What do you think,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘of not keeping a stall, Wegg?’

‘I think, sir,’ replied Wegg, ‘that I should like to be shown the gentleman prepared to make it worth my while!’

‘Here he is,’ said Mr Boffin.

Mr Wegg was going to say, My Benefactor, and had said My Bene, when a grandiloquent change came over him.

‘No, Mr Boffin, not you sir. Anybody but you. Do not fear, Mr Boffin, that I shall contaminate the premises which your gold has bought, with MY lowly pursuits. I am aware, sir, that it would not become me to carry on my little traffic under the windows of your mansion. I have already thought of that, and taken my measures. No need to be bought out, sir. Would Stepney Fields be considered intrusive? If not remote enough, I can go remoter. In the words of the poet’s song, which I do not quite remember:

Thrown on the wide world, doom’d to wander and roam, Bereft of my parents, bereft of a home, A stranger to something and what’s his name joy, Behold little Edmund the poor Peasant boy.

—And equally,’ said Mr Wegg, repairing the want of direct application in the last line, ‘behold myself on a similar footing!’

‘Now, Wegg, Wegg, Wegg,’ remonstrated the excellent Boffin. ‘You are too sensitive.’

‘I know I am, sir,’ returned Wegg, with obstinate magnanimity. ‘I am acquainted with my faults. I always was, from a child, too sensitive.’

‘But listen,’ pursued the Golden Dustman; ‘hear me out, Wegg. You have taken it into your head that I mean to pension you off.’

‘True, sir,’ returned Wegg, still with an obstinate magnanimity. ‘I am acquainted with my faults. Far be it from me to deny them. I HAVE taken it into my head.’

‘But I DON’T mean it.’

The assurance seemed hardly as comforting to Mr Wegg, as Mr Boffin intended it to be. Indeed, an appreciable elongation of his visage might have been observed as he replied:

‘Don’t you, indeed, sir?’

‘No,’ pursued Mr Boffin; ‘because that would express, as I understand it, that you were not going to do anything to deserve your money. But you are; you are.’

‘That, sir,’ replied Mr Wegg, cheering up bravely, ‘is quite another pair of shoes. Now, my independence as a man is again elevated. Now, I no longer

Weep for the hour, When to Boffinses bower, The Lord of the valley with offers came; Neither does the moon hide her light From the heavens to-night, And weep behind her clouds o’er any individual in the present Company’s shame.

—Please to proceed, Mr Boffin.’

‘Thank’ee, Wegg, both for your confidence in me and for your frequent dropping into poetry; both of which is friendly. Well, then; my idea is, that you should give up your stall, and that I should put you into the Bower here, to keep it for us. It’s a pleasant spot; and a man with coals and candles and a pound a week might be in clover here.’

‘Hem! Would that man, sir—we will say that man, for the purposes of argueyment;’ Mr Wegg made a smiling demonstration of great perspicuity here; ‘would that man, sir, be expected to throw any other capacity in, or would any other capacity be considered extra? Now let us (for the purposes of argueyment) suppose that man to be engaged as a reader: say (for the purposes of argueyment) in the evening. Would that man’s pay as a reader in the evening, be added to the other amount, which, adopting your language, we will call clover; or would it merge into that amount, or clover?’

Well,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘I suppose it would be added.’

‘I suppose it would, sir. You are right, sir. Exactly my own views, Mr Boffin.’ Here Wegg rose, and balancing himself on his wooden leg, fluttered over his prey with extended hand. ‘Mr Boffin, consider it done. Say no more, sir, not a word more. My stall and I are for ever parted. The collection of ballads will in future be reserved for private study, with the object of making poetry tributary’—Wegg was so proud of having found this word, that he said it again, with a capital letter—‘Tributary, to friendship. Mr Boffin, don’t allow yourself to be made uncomfortable by the pang it gives me to part from my stock and stall. Similar emotion was undergone by my own father when promoted for his merits from his occupation as a waterman to a situation under Government. His Christian name was Thomas. His words at the time (I was then an infant, but so deep was their impression on me, that I committed them to memory) were:

Then farewell, my trim-built wherry, Oars and coat and badge farewell! Never more at Chelsea Ferry, Shall your Thomas take a spell!

—My father got over it, Mr Boffin, and so shall I.’

While delivering these valedictory observations, Wegg continually disappointed Mr Boffin of his hand by flourishing it in the air. He now darted it at his patron, who took it, and felt his mind relieved of a great weight: observing that as they had arranged their joint affairs so satisfactorily, he would now be glad to look into those of Bully Sawyers. Which, indeed, had been left over-night in a very unpromising posture, and for whose impending expedition against the Persians the weather had been by no means favourable all day.

Mr Wegg resumed his spectacles therefore. But Sawyers was not to be of the party that night; for, before Wegg had found his place, Mrs Boffin’s tread was heard upon the stairs, so unusually heavy and hurried, that Mr Boffin would have started up at the sound, anticipating some occurrence much out of the common course, even though she had not also called to him in an agitated tone.

Mr Boffin hurried out, and found her on the dark staircase, panting, with a lighted candle in her hand.

‘What’s the matter, my dear?’

‘I don’t know; I don’t know; but I wish you’d come up-stairs.’

Much surprised, Mr Boffin went up stairs and accompanied Mrs Boffin into their own room: a second large room on the same floor as the room in which the late proprietor had died. Mr Boffin looked all round him, and saw nothing more unusual than various articles of folded linen on a large chest, which Mrs Boffin had been sorting.

‘What is it, my dear? Why, you’re frightened! YOU frightened?’

‘I am not one of that sort certainly,’ said Mrs Boffin, as she sat down in a chair to recover herself, and took her husband’s arm; ‘but it’s very strange!’

‘What is, my dear?’

‘Noddy, the faces of the old man and the two children are all over the house to-night.’

‘My dear?’ exclaimed Mr Boffin. But not without a certain uncomfortable sensation gliding down his back.

‘I know it must sound foolish, and yet it is so.’

‘Where did you think you saw them?’

‘I don’t know that I think I saw them anywhere. I felt them.’

‘Touched them?’

‘No. Felt them in the air. I was sorting those things on the chest, and not thinking of the old man or the children, but singing to myself, when all in a moment I felt there was a face growing out of the dark.’

‘What face?’ asked her husband, looking about him.

‘For a moment it was the old man’s, and then it got younger. For a moment it was both the children’s, and then it got older. For a moment it was a strange face, and then it was all the faces.’

‘And then it was gone?’

‘Yes; and then it was gone.’

‘Where were you then, old lady?’

‘Here, at the chest. Well; I got the better of it, and went on sorting, and went on singing to myself. “Lor!” I says, “I’ll think of something else—something comfortable—and put it out of my head.” So I thought of the new house and Miss Bella Wilfer, and was thinking at a great rate with that sheet there in my hand, when all of a sudden, the faces seemed to be hidden in among the folds of it and I let it drop.’

As it still lay on the floor where it had fallen, Mr Boffin picked it up and laid it on the chest.

‘And then you ran down stairs?’

‘No. I thought I’d try another room, and shake it off. I says to myself, “I’ll go and walk slowly up and down the old man’s room three times, from end to end, and then I shall have conquered it.” I went in with the candle in my hand; but the moment I came near the bed, the air got thick with them.’

‘With the faces?’

‘Yes, and I even felt that they were in the dark behind the side-door, and on the little staircase, floating away into the yard. Then, I called you.’

Mr Boffin, lost in amazement, looked at Mrs Boffin. Mrs Boffin, lost in her own fluttered inability to make this out, looked at Mr Boffin.

‘I think, my dear,’ said the Golden Dustman, ‘I’ll at once get rid of Wegg for the night, because he’s coming to inhabit the Bower, and it might be put into his head or somebody else’s, if he heard this and it got about that the house is haunted. Whereas we know better. Don’t we?’

‘I never had the feeling in the house before,’ said Mrs Boffin; ‘and I have been about it alone at all hours of the night. I have been in the house when Death was in it, and I have been in the house when Murder was a new part of its adventures, and I never had a fright in it yet.’

‘And won’t again, my dear,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Depend upon it, it comes of thinking and dwelling on that dark spot.’

‘Yes; but why didn’t it come before?’ asked Mrs Boffin.

This draft on Mr Boffin’s philosophy could only be met by that gentleman with the remark that everything that is at all, must begin at some time. Then, tucking his wife’s arm under his own, that she might not be left by herself to be troubled again, he descended to release Wegg. Who, being something drowsy after his plentiful repast, and constitutionally of a shirking temperament, was well enough pleased to stump away, without doing what he had come to do, and was paid for doing.

Mr Boffin then put on his hat, and Mrs Boffin her shawl; and the pair, further provided with a bunch of keys and a lighted lantern, went all over the dismal house—dismal everywhere, but in their own two rooms—from cellar to cock-loft. Not resting satisfied with giving that much chace to Mrs Boffin’s fancies, they pursued them into the yard and outbuildings, and under the Mounds. And setting the lantern, when all was done, at the foot of one of the Mounds, they comfortably trotted to and fro for an evening walk, to the end that the murky cobwebs in Mrs Boffin’s brain might be blown away.

‘There, my dear!’ said Mr Boffin when they came in to supper. ‘That was the treatment, you see. Completely worked round, haven’t you?’

‘Yes, deary,’ said Mrs Boffin, laying aside her shawl. ‘I’m not nervous any more. I’m not a bit troubled now. I’d go anywhere about the house the same as ever. But—’

‘Eh!’ said Mr Boffin.

‘But I’ve only to shut my eyes.’

‘And what then?’

‘Why then,’ said Mrs Boffin, speaking with her eyes closed, and her left hand thoughtfully touching her brow, ‘then, there they are! The old man’s face, and it gets younger. The two children’s faces, and they get older. A face that I don’t know. And then all the faces!’

Opening her eyes again, and seeing her husband’s face across the table, she leaned forward to give it a pat on the cheek, and sat down to supper, declaring it to be the best face in the world.

Chapter 16

MINDERS AND RE-MINDERS

The Secretary lost no time in getting to work, and his vigilance and method soon set their mark on the Golden Dustman’s affairs. His earnestness in determining to understand the length and breadth and depth of every piece of work submitted to him by his employer, was as special as his despatch in transacting it. He accepted no information or explanation at second hand, but made himself the master of everything confided to him.

One part of the Secretary’s conduct, underlying all the rest, might have been mistrusted by a man with a better knowledge of men than the Golden Dustman had. The Secretary was as far from being inquisitive or intrusive as Secretary could be, but nothing less than a complete understanding of the whole of the affairs would content him. It soon became apparent (from the knowledge with which he set out) that he must have been to the office where the Harmon will was registered, and must have read the will. He anticipated Mr Boffin’s consideration whether he should be advised with on this or that topic, by showing that he already knew of it and understood it. He did this with no attempt at concealment, seeming to be satisfied that it was part of his duty to have prepared himself at all attainable points for its utmost discharge.

This might—let it be repeated—have awakened some little vague mistrust in a man more worldly-wise than the Golden Dustman. On the other hand, the Secretary was discerning, discreet, and silent, though as zealous as if the affairs had been his own. He showed no love of patronage or the command of money, but distinctly preferred resigning both to Mr Boffin. If, in his limited sphere, he sought power, it was the power of knowledge; the power derivable from a perfect comprehension of his business.

As on the Secretary’s face there was a nameless cloud, so on his manner there was a shadow equally indefinable. It was not that he was embarrassed, as on that first night with the Wilfer family; he was habitually unembarrassed now, and yet the something remained. It was not that his manner was bad, as on that occasion; it was now very good, as being modest, gracious, and ready. Yet the something never left it. It has been written of men who have undergone a cruel captivity, or who have passed through a terrible strait, or who in self-preservation have killed a defenceless fellow-creature, that the record thereof has never faded from their countenances until they died. Was there any such record here?

He established a temporary office for himself in the new house, and all went well under his hand, with one singular exception. He manifestly objected to communicate with Mr Boffin’s solicitor. Two or three times, when there was some slight occasion for his doing so, he transferred the task to Mr Boffin; and his evasion of it soon became so curiously apparent, that Mr Boffin spoke to him on the subject of his reluctance.

‘It is so,’ the Secretary admitted. ‘I would rather not.’

Had he any personal objection to Mr Lightwood?

‘I don’t know him.’

Had he suffered from law-suits?

‘Not more than other men,’ was his short answer.

Was he prejudiced against the race of lawyers?

‘No. But while I am in your employment, sir, I would rather be excused from going between the lawyer and the client. Of course if you press it, Mr Boffin, I am ready to comply. But I should take it as a great favour if you would not press it without urgent occasion.’

Now, it could not be said that there WAS urgent occasion, for Lightwood retained no other affairs in his hands than such as still lingered and languished about the undiscovered criminal, and such as arose out of the purchase of the house. Many other matters that might have travelled to him, now stopped short at the Secretary, under whose administration they were far more expeditiously and satisfactorily disposed of than they would have been if they had got into Young Blight’s domain. This the Golden Dustman quite understood. Even the matter immediately in hand was of very little moment as requiring personal appearance on the Secretary’s part, for it amounted to no more than this:—The death of Hexam rendering the sweat of the honest man’s brow unprofitable, the honest man had shufflingly declined to moisten his brow for nothing, with that severe exertion which is known in legal circles as swearing your way through a stone wall. Consequently, that new light had gone sputtering out. But, the airing of the old facts had led some one concerned to suggest that it would be well before they were reconsigned to their gloomy shelf—now probably for ever—to induce or compel that Mr Julius Handford to reappear and be questioned. And all traces of Mr Julius Handford being lost, Lightwood now referred to his client for authority to seek him through public advertisement.

‘Does your objection go to writing to Lightwood, Rokesmith?’

‘Not in the least, sir.’

‘Then perhaps you’ll write him a line, and say he is free to do what he likes. I don’t think it promises.’

‘I don’t think it promises,’ said the Secretary.

‘Still, he may do what he likes.’

‘I will write immediately. Let me thank you for so considerately yielding to my disinclination. It may seem less unreasonable, if I avow to you that although I don’t know Mr Lightwood, I have a disagreeable association connected with him. It is not his fault; he is not at all to blame for it, and does not even know my name.’

Mr Boffin dismissed the matter with a nod or two. The letter was written, and next day Mr Julius Handford was advertised for. He was requested to place himself in communication with Mr Mortimer Lightwood, as a possible means of furthering the ends of justice, and a reward was offered to any one acquainted with his whereabout who would communicate the same to the said Mr Mortimer Lightwood at his office in the Temple. Every day for six weeks this advertisement appeared at the head of all the newspapers, and every day for six weeks the Secretary, when he saw it, said to himself; in the tone in which he had said to his employer,—‘I don’t think it promises!’

Among his first occupations the pursuit of that orphan wanted by Mrs Boffin held a conspicuous place. From the earliest moment of his engagement he showed a particular desire to please her, and, knowing her to have this object at heart, he followed it up with unwearying alacrity and interest.

Mr and Mrs Milvey had found their search a difficult one. Either an eligible orphan was of the wrong sex (which almost always happened) or was too old, or too young, or too sickly, or too dirty, or too much accustomed to the streets, or too likely to run away; or, it was found impossible to complete the philanthropic transaction without buying the orphan. For, the instant it became known that anybody wanted the orphan, up started some affectionate relative of the orphan who put a price upon the orphan’s head. The suddenness of an orphan’s rise in the market was not to be paralleled by the maddest records of the Stock Exchange. He would be at five thousand per cent discount out at nurse making a mud pie at nine in the morning, and (being inquired for) would go up to five thousand per cent premium before noon. The market was ‘rigged’ in various artful ways. Counterfeit stock got into circulation. Parents boldly represented themselves as dead, and brought their orphans with them. Genuine orphan-stock was surreptitiously withdrawn from the market. It being announced, by emissaries posted for the purpose, that Mr and Mrs Milvey were coming down the court, orphan scrip would be instantly concealed, and production refused, save on a condition usually stated by the brokers as ‘a gallon of beer’. Likewise, fluctuations of a wild and South-Sea nature were occasioned, by orphan-holders keeping back, and then rushing into the market a dozen together. But, the uniform principle at the root of all these various operations was bargain and sale; and that principle could not be recognized by Mr and Mrs Milvey.

At length, tidings were received by the Reverend Frank of a charming orphan to be found at Brentford. One of the deceased parents (late his parishioners) had a poor widowed grandmother in that agreeable town, and she, Mrs Betty Higden, had carried off the orphan with maternal care, but could not afford to keep him.

The Secretary proposed to Mrs Boffin, either to go down himself and take a preliminary survey of this orphan, or to drive her down, that she might at once form her own opinion. Mrs Boffin preferring the latter course, they set off one morning in a hired phaeton, conveying the hammer-headed young man behind them.

The abode of Mrs Betty Higden was not easy to find, lying in such complicated back settlements of muddy Brentford that they left their equipage at the sign of the Three Magpies, and went in search of it on foot. After many inquiries and defeats, there was pointed out to them in a lane, a very small cottage residence, with a board across the open doorway, hooked on to which board by the armpits was a young gentleman of tender years, angling for mud with a headless wooden horse and line. In this young sportsman, distinguished by a crisply curling auburn head and a bluff countenance, the Secretary descried the orphan.

It unfortunately happened as they quickened their pace, that the orphan, lost to considerations of personal safety in the ardour of the moment, overbalanced himself and toppled into the street. Being an orphan of a chubby conformation, he then took to rolling, and had rolled into the gutter before they could come up. From the gutter he was rescued by John Rokesmith, and thus the first meeting with Mrs Higden was inaugurated by the awkward circumstance of their being in possession—one would say at first sight unlawful possession—of the orphan, upside down and purple in the countenance. The board across the doorway too, acting as a trap equally for the feet of Mrs Higden coming out, and the feet of Mrs Boffin and John Rokesmith going in, greatly increased the difficulty of the situation: to which the cries of the orphan imparted a lugubrious and inhuman character.

At first, it was impossible to explain, on account of the orphan’s ‘holding his breath’: a most terrific proceeding, super-inducing in the orphan lead-colour rigidity and a deadly silence, compared with which his cries were music yielding the height of enjoyment. But as he gradually recovered, Mrs Boffin gradually introduced herself; and smiling peace was gradually wooed back to Mrs Betty Higden’s home.

It was then perceived to be a small home with a large mangle in it, at the handle of which machine stood a very long boy, with a very little head, and an open mouth of disproportionate capacity that seemed to assist his eyes in staring at the visitors. In a corner below the mangle, on a couple of stools, sat two very little children: a boy and a girl; and when the very long boy, in an interval of staring, took a turn at the mangle, it was alarming to see how it lunged itself at those two innocents, like a catapult designed for their destruction, harmlessly retiring when within an inch of their heads. The room was clean and neat. It had a brick floor, and a window of diamond panes, and a flounce hanging below the chimney-piece, and strings nailed from bottom to top outside the window on which scarlet-beans were to grow in the coming season if the Fates were propitious. However propitious they might have been in the seasons that were gone, to Betty Higden in the matter of beans, they had not been very favourable in the matter of coins; for it was easy to see that she was poor.

She was one of those old women, was Mrs Betty Higden, who by dint of an indomitable purpose and a strong constitution fight out many years, though each year has come with its new knock-down blows fresh to the fight against her, wearied by it; an active old woman, with a bright dark eye and a resolute face, yet quite a tender creature too; not a logically-reasoning woman, but God is good, and hearts may count in Heaven as high as heads.

‘Yes sure!’ said she, when the business was opened, ‘Mrs Milvey had the kindness to write to me, ma’am, and I got Sloppy to read it. It was a pretty letter. But she’s an affable lady.’

The visitors glanced at the long boy, who seemed to indicate by a broader stare of his mouth and eyes that in him Sloppy stood confessed.

‘For I aint, you must know,’ said Betty, ‘much of a hand at reading writing-hand, though I can read my Bible and most print. And I do love a newspaper. You mightn’t think it, but Sloppy is a beautiful reader of a newspaper. He do the Police in different voices.’

The visitors again considered it a point of politeness to look at Sloppy, who, looking at them, suddenly threw back his head, extended his mouth to its utmost width, and laughed loud and long. At this the two innocents, with their brains in that apparent danger, laughed, and Mrs Higden laughed, and the orphan laughed, and then the visitors laughed. Which was more cheerful than intelligible.

Then Sloppy seeming to be seized with an industrious mania or fury, turned to at the mangle, and impelled it at the heads of the innocents with such a creaking and rumbling, that Mrs Higden stopped him.

‘The gentlefolks can’t hear themselves speak, Sloppy. Bide a bit, bide a bit!’

‘Is that the dear child in your lap?’ said Mrs Boffin.

‘Yes, ma’am, this is Johnny.’

‘Johnny, too!’ cried Mrs Boffin, turning to the Secretary; ‘already Johnny! Only one of the two names left to give him! He’s a pretty boy.’

With his chin tucked down in his shy childish manner, he was looking furtively at Mrs Boffin out of his blue eyes, and reaching his fat dimpled hand up to the lips of the old woman, who was kissing it by times.

‘Yes, ma’am, he’s a pretty boy, he’s a dear darling boy, he’s the child of my own last left daughter’s daughter. But she’s gone the way of all the rest.’

‘Those are not his brother and sister?’ said Mrs Boffin.

‘Oh, dear no, ma’am. Those are Minders.’

‘Minders?’ the Secretary repeated.

‘Left to be Minded, sir. I keep a Minding-School. I can take only three, on account of the Mangle. But I love children, and Four-pence a week is Four-pence. Come here, Toddles and Poddles.’

Toddles was the pet-name of the boy; Poddles of the girl. At their little unsteady pace, they came across the floor, hand-in-hand, as if they were traversing an extremely difficult road intersected by brooks, and, when they had had their heads patted by Mrs Betty Higden, made lunges at the orphan, dramatically representing an attempt to bear him, crowing, into captivity and slavery. All the three children enjoyed this to a delightful extent, and the sympathetic Sloppy again laughed long and loud. When it was discreet to stop the play, Betty Higden said ‘Go to your seats Toddles and Poddles,’ and they returned hand-in-hand across country, seeming to find the brooks rather swollen by late rains.

‘And Master—or Mister—Sloppy?’ said the Secretary, in doubt whether he was man, boy, or what.

‘A love-child,’ returned Betty Higden, dropping her voice; ‘parents never known; found in the street. He was brought up in the—’ with a shiver of repugnance, ‘—the House.’

‘The Poor-house?’ said the Secretary.

Mrs Higden set that resolute old face of hers, and darkly nodded yes.

‘You dislike the mention of it.’

‘Dislike the mention of it?’ answered the old woman. ‘Kill me sooner than take me there. Throw this pretty child under cart-horses feet and a loaded waggon, sooner than take him there. Come to us and find us all a-dying, and set a light to us all where we lie and let us all blaze away with the house into a heap of cinders sooner than move a corpse of us there!’

A surprising spirit in this lonely woman after so many years of hard working, and hard living, my Lords and Gentlemen and Honourable Boards! What is it that we call it in our grandiose speeches? British independence, rather perverted? Is that, or something like it, the ring of the cant?

‘Do I never read in the newspapers,’ said the dame, fondling the child—‘God help me and the like of me!—how the worn-out people that do come down to that, get driven from post to pillar and pillar to post, a-purpose to tire them out! Do I never read how they are put off, put off, put off—how they are grudged, grudged, grudged, the shelter, or the doctor, or the drop of physic, or the bit of bread? Do I never read how they grow heartsick of it and give it up, after having let themselves drop so low, and how they after all die out for want of help? Then I say, I hope I can die as well as another, and I’ll die without that disgrace.’

Absolutely impossible my Lords and Gentlemen and Honourable Boards, by any stretch of legislative wisdom to set these perverse people right in their logic?

‘Johnny, my pretty,’ continued old Betty, caressing the child, and rather mourning over it than speaking to it, ‘your old Granny Betty is nigher fourscore year than threescore and ten. She never begged nor had a penny of the Union money in all her life. She paid scot and she paid lot when she had money to pay; she worked when she could, and she starved when she must. You pray that your Granny may have strength enough left her at the last (she’s strong for an old one, Johnny), to get up from her bed and run and hide herself and swown to death in a hole, sooner than fall into the hands of those Cruel Jacks we read of that dodge and drive, and worry and weary, and scorn and shame, the decent poor.’

A brilliant success, my Lords and Gentlemen and Honourable Boards to have brought it to this in the minds of the best of the poor! Under submission, might it be worth thinking of at any odd time?

The fright and abhorrence that Mrs Betty Higden smoothed out of her strong face as she ended this diversion, showed how seriously she had meant it.

‘And does he work for you?’ asked the Secretary, gently bringing the discourse back to Master or Mister Sloppy.

‘Yes,’ said Betty with a good-humoured smile and nod of the head. ‘And well too.’

‘Does he live here?’

‘He lives more here than anywhere. He was thought to be no better than a Natural, and first come to me as a Minder. I made interest with Mr Blogg the Beadle to have him as a Minder, seeing him by chance up at church, and thinking I might do something with him. For he was a weak ricketty creetur then.’

‘Is he called by his right name?’

‘Why, you see, speaking quite correctly, he has no right name. I always understood he took his name from being found on a Sloppy night.’

‘He seems an amiable fellow.’

‘Bless you, sir, there’s not a bit of him,’ returned Betty, ‘that’s not amiable. So you may judge how amiable he is, by running your eye along his heighth.’

Of an ungainly make was Sloppy. Too much of him longwise, too little of him broadwise, and too many sharp angles of him angle-wise. One of those shambling male human creatures, born to be indiscreetly candid in the revelation of buttons; every button he had about him glaring at the public to a quite preternatural extent. A considerable capital of knee and elbow and wrist and ankle, had Sloppy, and he didn’t know how to dispose of it to the best advantage, but was always investing it in wrong securities, and so getting himself into embarrassed circumstances. Full-Private Number One in the Awkward Squad of the rank and file of life, was Sloppy, and yet had his glimmering notions of standing true to the Colours.

‘And now,’ said Mrs Boffin, ‘concerning Johnny.’

As Johnny, with his chin tucked in and lips pouting, reclined in Betty’s lap, concentrating his blue eyes on the visitors and shading them from observation with a dimpled arm, old Betty took one of his fresh fat hands in her withered right, and fell to gently beating it on her withered left.

‘Yes, ma’am. Concerning Johnny.’

‘If you trust the dear child to me,’ said Mrs Boffin, with a face inviting trust, ‘he shall have the best of homes, the best of care, the best of education, the best of friends. Please God I will be a true good mother to him!’

‘I am thankful to you, ma’am, and the dear child would be thankful if he was old enough to understand.’ Still lightly beating the little hand upon her own. ‘I wouldn’t stand in the dear child’s light, not if I had all my life before me instead of a very little of it. But I hope you won’t take it ill that I cleave to the child closer than words can tell, for he’s the last living thing left me.’

‘Take it ill, my dear soul? Is it likely? And you so tender of him as to bring him home here!’

‘I have seen,’ said Betty, still with that light beat upon her hard rough hand, ‘so many of them on my lap. And they are all gone but this one! I am ashamed to seem so selfish, but I don’t really mean it. It’ll be the making of his fortune, and he’ll be a gentleman when I am dead. I—I—don’t know what comes over me. I—try against it. Don’t notice me!’ The light beat stopped, the resolute mouth gave way, and the fine strong old face broke up into weakness and tears.

Now, greatly to the relief of the visitors, the emotional Sloppy no sooner beheld his patroness in this condition, than, throwing back his head and throwing open his mouth, he lifted up his voice and bellowed. This alarming note of something wrong instantly terrified Toddles and Poddles, who were no sooner heard to roar surprisingly, than Johnny, curving himself the wrong way and striking out at Mrs Boffin with a pair of indifferent shoes, became a prey to despair. The absurdity of the situation put its pathos to the rout. Mrs Betty Higden was herself in a moment, and brought them all to order with that speed, that Sloppy, stopping short in a polysyllabic bellow, transferred his energy to the mangle, and had taken several penitential turns before he could be stopped.

‘There, there, there!’ said Mrs Boffin, almost regarding her kind self as the most ruthless of women. ‘Nothing is going to be done. Nobody need be frightened. We’re all comfortable; ain’t we, Mrs Higden?’

‘Sure and certain we are,’ returned Betty.

‘And there really is no hurry, you know,’ said Mrs Boffin in a lower voice. ‘Take time to think of it, my good creature!’

‘Don’t you fear ME no more, ma’am,’ said Betty; ‘I thought of it for good yesterday. I don’t know what come over me just now, but it’ll never come again.’

Well, then, Johnny shall have more time to think of it,’ returned Mrs Boffin; ‘the pretty child shall have time to get used to it. And you’ll get him more used to it, if you think well of it; won’t you?’

Betty undertook that, cheerfully and readily.

‘Lor,’ cried Mrs Boffin, looking radiantly about her, ‘we want to make everybody happy, not dismal!—And perhaps you wouldn’t mind letting me know how used to it you begin to get, and how it all goes on?’

‘I’ll send Sloppy,’ said Mrs Higden.

‘And this gentleman who has come with me will pay him for his trouble,’ said Mrs Boffin. ‘And Mr Sloppy, whenever you come to my house, be sure you never go away without having had a good dinner of meat, beer, vegetables, and pudding.’

This still further brightened the face of affairs; for, the highly sympathetic Sloppy, first broadly staring and grinning, and then roaring with laughter, Toddles and Poddles followed suit, and Johnny trumped the trick. T and P considering these favourable circumstances for the resumption of that dramatic descent upon Johnny, again came across-country hand-in-hand upon a buccaneering expedition; and this having been fought out in the chimney corner behind Mrs Higden’s chair, with great valour on both sides, those desperate pirates returned hand-in-hand to their stools, across the dry bed of a mountain torrent.

‘You must tell me what I can do for you, Betty my friend,’ said Mrs Boffin confidentially, ‘if not to-day, next time.’

‘Thank you all the same, ma’am, but I want nothing for myself. I can work. I’m strong. I can walk twenty mile if I’m put to it.’ Old Betty was proud, and said it with a sparkle in her bright eyes.

‘Yes, but there are some little comforts that you wouldn’t be the worse for,’ returned Mrs Boffin. ‘Bless ye, I wasn’t born a lady any more than you.’

‘It seems to me,’ said Betty, smiling, ‘that you were born a lady, and a true one, or there never was a lady born. But I couldn’t take anything from you, my dear. I never did take anything from any one. It ain’t that I’m not grateful, but I love to earn it better.’

Well, well!’ returned Mrs Boffin. ‘I only spoke of little things, or I wouldn’t have taken the liberty.’

Betty put her visitor’s hand to her lips, in acknowledgment of the delicate answer. Wonderfully upright her figure was, and wonderfully self-reliant her look, as, standing facing her visitor, she explained herself further.

‘If I could have kept the dear child, without the dread that’s always upon me of his coming to that fate I have spoken of, I could never have parted with him, even to you. For I love him, I love him, I love him! I love my husband long dead and gone, in him; I love my children dead and gone, in him; I love my young and hopeful days dead and gone, in him. I couldn’t sell that love, and look you in your bright kind face. It’s a free gift. I am in want of nothing. When my strength fails me, if I can but die out quick and quiet, I shall be quite content. I have stood between my dead and that shame I have spoken of; and it has been kept off from every one of them. Sewed into my gown,’ with her hand upon her breast, ‘is just enough to lay me in the grave. Only see that it’s rightly spent, so as I may rest free to the last from that cruelty and disgrace, and you’ll have done much more than a little thing for me, and all that in this present world my heart is set upon.’

Mrs Betty Higden’s visitor pressed her hand. There was no more breaking up of the strong old face into weakness. My Lords and Gentlemen and Honourable Boards, it really was as composed as our own faces, and almost as dignified.

And now, Johnny was to be inveigled into occupying a temporary position on Mrs Boffin’s lap. It was not until he had been piqued into competition with the two diminutive Minders, by seeing them successively raised to that post and retire from it without injury, that he could be by any means induced to leave Mrs Betty Higden’s skirts; towards which he exhibited, even when in Mrs Boffin’s embrace, strong yearnings, spiritual and bodily; the former expressed in a very gloomy visage, the latter in extended arms. However, a general description of the toy-wonders lurking in Mr Boffin’s house, so far conciliated this worldly-minded orphan as to induce him to stare at her frowningly, with a fist in his mouth, and even at length to chuckle when a richly-caparisoned horse on wheels, with a miraculous gift of cantering to cake-shops, was mentioned. This sound being taken up by the Minders, swelled into a rapturous trio which gave general satisfaction.

So, the interview was considered very successful, and Mrs Boffin was pleased, and all were satisfied. Not least of all, Sloppy, who undertook to conduct the visitors back by the best way to the Three Magpies, and whom the hammer-headed young man much despised.

This piece of business thus put in train, the Secretary drove Mrs Boffin back to the Bower, and found employment for himself at the new house until evening. Whether, when evening came, he took a way to his lodgings that led through fields, with any design of finding Miss Bella Wilfer in those fields, is not so certain as that she regularly walked there at that hour.

And, moreover, it is certain that there she was.

No longer in mourning, Miss Bella was dressed in as pretty colours as she could muster. There is no denying that she was as pretty as they, and that she and the colours went very prettily together. She was reading as she walked, and of course it is to be inferred, from her showing no knowledge of Mr Rokesmith’s approach, that she did not know he was approaching.

‘Eh?’ said Miss Bella, raising her eyes from her book, when he stopped before her. ‘Oh! It’s you.’

‘Only I. A fine evening!’

‘Is it?’ said Bella, looking coldly round. ‘I suppose it is, now you mention it. I have not been thinking of the evening.’

‘So intent upon your book?’

‘Ye-e-es,’ replied Bella, with a drawl of indifference.

‘A love story, Miss Wilfer?’

‘Oh dear no, or I shouldn’t be reading it. It’s more about money than anything else.’

‘And does it say that money is better than anything?’

‘Upon my word,’ returned Bella, ‘I forget what it says, but you can find out for yourself if you like, Mr Rokesmith. I don’t want it any more.’

The Secretary took the book—she had fluttered the leaves as if it were a fan—and walked beside her.

‘I am charged with a message for you, Miss Wilfer.’

‘Impossible, I think!’ said Bella, with another drawl.

‘From Mrs Boffin. She desired me to assure you of the pleasure she has in finding that she will be ready to receive you in another week or two at furthest.’

Bella turned her head towards him, with her prettily-insolent eyebrows raised, and her eyelids drooping. As much as to say, ‘How did YOU come by the message, pray?’

‘I have been waiting for an opportunity of telling you that I am Mr Boffin’s Secretary.’

‘I am as wise as ever,’ said Miss Bella, loftily, ‘for I don’t know what a Secretary is. Not that it signifies.’

‘Not at all.’

A covert glance at her face, as he walked beside her, showed him that she had not expected his ready assent to that proposition.

‘Then are you going to be always there, Mr Rokesmith?’ she inquired, as if that would be a drawback.

‘Always? No. Very much there? Yes.’

‘Dear me!’ drawled Bella, in a tone of mortification.

‘But my position there as Secretary, will be very different from yours as guest. You will know little or nothing about me. I shall transact the business: you will transact the pleasure. I shall have my salary to earn; you will have nothing to do but to enjoy and attract.’

‘Attract, sir?’ said Bella, again with her eyebrows raised, and her eyelids drooping. ‘I don’t understand you.’

Without replying on this point, Mr Rokesmith went on.

‘Excuse me; when I first saw you in your black dress—’

(‘There!’ was Miss Bella’s mental exclamation. ‘What did I say to them at home? Everybody noticed that ridiculous mourning.’)

‘When I first saw you in your black dress, I was at a loss to account for that distinction between yourself and your family. I hope it was not impertinent to speculate upon it?’

‘I hope not, I am sure,’ said Miss Bella, haughtily. ‘But you ought to know best how you speculated upon it.’

Mr Rokesmith inclined his head in a deprecatory manner, and went on.

‘Since I have been entrusted with Mr Boffin’s affairs, I have necessarily come to understand the little mystery. I venture to remark that I feel persuaded that much of your loss may be repaired. I speak, of course, merely of wealth, Miss Wilfer. The loss of a perfect stranger, whose worth, or worthlessness, I cannot estimate—nor you either—is beside the question. But this excellent gentleman and lady are so full of simplicity, so full of generosity, so inclined towards you, and so desirous to—how shall I express it?—to make amends for their good fortune, that you have only to respond.’

As he watched her with another covert look, he saw a certain ambitious triumph in her face which no assumed coldness could conceal.

‘As we have been brought under one roof by an accidental combination of circumstances, which oddly extends itself to the new relations before us, I have taken the liberty of saying these few words. You don’t consider them intrusive I hope?’ said the Secretary with deference.

‘Really, Mr Rokesmith, I can’t say what I consider them,’ returned the young lady. ‘They are perfectly new to me, and may be founded altogether on your own imagination.’

‘You will see.’

These same fields were opposite the Wilfer premises. The discreet Mrs Wilfer now looking out of window and beholding her daughter in conference with her lodger, instantly tied up her head and came out for a casual walk.

‘I have been telling Miss Wilfer,’ said John Rokesmith, as the majestic lady came stalking up, ‘that I have become, by a curious chance, Mr Boffin’s Secretary or man of business.’

‘I have not,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, waving her gloves in her chronic state of dignity, and vague ill-usage, ‘the honour of any intimate acquaintance with Mr Boffin, and it is not for me to congratulate that gentleman on the acquisition he has made.’

‘A poor one enough,’ said Rokesmith.

‘Pardon me,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, ‘the merits of Mr Boffin may be highly distinguished—may be more distinguished than the countenance of Mrs Boffin would imply—but it were the insanity of humility to deem him worthy of a better assistant.’

‘You are very good. I have also been telling Miss Wilfer that she is expected very shortly at the new residence in town.’

‘Having tacitly consented,’ said Mrs Wilfer, with a grand shrug of her shoulders, and another wave of her gloves, ‘to my child’s acceptance of the proffered attentions of Mrs Boffin, I interpose no objection.’

Here Miss Bella offered the remonstrance: ‘Don’t talk nonsense, ma, please.’

‘Peace!’ said Mrs Wilfer.

‘No, ma, I am not going to be made so absurd. Interposing objections!’

‘I say,’ repeated Mrs Wilfer, with a vast access of grandeur, ‘that I am NOT going to interpose objections. If Mrs Boffin (to whose countenance no disciple of Lavater could possibly for a single moment subscribe),’ with a shiver, ‘seeks to illuminate her new residence in town with the attractions of a child of mine, I am content that she should be favoured by the company of a child of mine.’

‘You use the word, ma’am, I have myself used,’ said Rokesmith, with a glance at Bella, ‘when you speak of Miss Wilfer’s attractions there.’

‘Pardon me,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, with dreadful solemnity, ‘but I had not finished.’

‘Pray excuse me.’

‘I was about to say,’ pursued Mrs Wilfer, who clearly had not had the faintest idea of saying anything more: ‘that when I use the term attractions, I do so with the qualification that I do not mean it in any way whatever.’

The excellent lady delivered this luminous elucidation of her views with an air of greatly obliging her hearers, and greatly distinguishing herself. Whereat Miss Bella laughed a scornful little laugh and said:

‘Quite enough about this, I am sure, on all sides. Have the goodness, Mr Rokesmith, to give my love to Mrs Boffin—’

‘Pardon me!’ cried Mrs Wilfer. ‘Compliments.’

Love!’ repeated Bella, with a little stamp of her foot.

‘No!’ said Mrs Wilfer, monotonously. ‘Compliments.’

(‘Say Miss Wilfer’s love, and Mrs Wilfer’s compliments,’ the Secretary proposed, as a compromise.)

‘And I shall be very glad to come when she is ready for me. The sooner, the better.’

‘One last word, Bella,’ said Mrs Wilfer, ‘before descending to the family apartment. I trust that as a child of mine you will ever be sensible that it will be graceful in you, when associating with Mr and Mrs Boffin upon equal terms, to remember that the Secretary, Mr Rokesmith, as your father’s lodger, has a claim on your good word.’

The condescension with which Mrs Wilfer delivered this proclamation of patronage, was as wonderful as the swiftness with which the lodger had lost caste in the Secretary. He smiled as the mother retired down stairs; but his face fell, as the daughter followed.

‘So insolent, so trivial, so capricious, so mercenary, so careless, so hard to touch, so hard to turn!’ he said, bitterly.

And added as he went upstairs. ‘And yet so pretty, so pretty!’

And added presently, as he walked to and fro in his room. ‘And if she knew!’

She knew that he was shaking the house by his walking to and fro; and she declared it another of the miseries of being poor, that you couldn’t get rid of a haunting Secretary, stump—stump—stumping overhead in the dark, like a Ghost.

Chapter 17

A DISMAL SWAMP

And now, in the blooming summer days, behold Mr and Mrs Boffin established in the eminently aristocratic family mansion, and behold all manner of crawling, creeping, fluttering, and buzzing creatures, attracted by the gold dust of the Golden Dustman!

Foremost among those leaving cards at the eminently aristocratic door before it is quite painted, are the Veneerings: out of breath, one might imagine, from the impetuosity of their rush to the eminently aristocratic steps. One copper-plate Mrs Veneering, two copper-plate Mr Veneerings, and a connubial copper-plate Mr and Mrs Veneering, requesting the honour of Mr and Mrs Boffin’s company at dinner with the utmost Analytical solemnities. The enchanting Lady Tippins leaves a card. Twemlow leaves cards. A tall custard-coloured phaeton tooling up in a solemn manner leaves four cards, to wit, a couple of Mr Podsnaps, a Mrs Podsnap, and a Miss Podsnap. All the world and his wife and daughter leave cards. Sometimes the world’s wife has so many daughters, that her card reads rather like a Miscellaneous Lot at an Auction; comprising Mrs Tapkins, Miss Tapkins, Miss Frederica Tapkins, Miss Antonina Tapkins, Miss Malvina Tapkins, and Miss Euphemia Tapkins; at the same time, the same lady leaves the card of Mrs Henry George Alfred Swoshle, NEE Tapkins; also, a card, Mrs Tapkins at Home, Wednesdays, Music, Portland Place.

Miss Bella Wilfer becomes an inmate, for an indefinite period, of the eminently aristocratic dwelling. Mrs Boffin bears Miss Bella away to her Milliner’s and Dressmaker’s, and she gets beautifully dressed. The Veneerings find with swift remorse that they have omitted to invite Miss Bella Wilfer. One Mrs Veneering and one Mr and Mrs Veneering requesting that additional honour, instantly do penance in white cardboard on the hall table. Mrs Tapkins likewise discovers her omission, and with promptitude repairs it; for herself; for Miss Tapkins, for Miss Frederica Tapkins, for Miss Antonina Tapkins, for Miss Malvina Tapkins, and for Miss Euphemia Tapkins. Likewise, for Mrs Henry George Alfred Swoshle NEE Tapkins. Likewise, for Mrs Tapkins at Home, Wednesdays, Music, Portland Place.

Tradesmen’s books hunger, and tradesmen’s mouths water, for the gold dust of the Golden Dustman. As Mrs Boffin and Miss Wilfer drive out, or as Mr Boffin walks out at his jog-trot pace, the fishmonger pulls off his hat with an air of reverence founded on conviction. His men cleanse their fingers on their woollen aprons before presuming to touch their foreheads to Mr Boffin or Lady. The gaping salmon and the golden mullet lying on the slab seem to turn up their eyes sideways, as they would turn up their hands if they had any, in worshipping admiration. The butcher, though a portly and a prosperous man, doesn’t know what to do with himself; so anxious is he to express humility when discovered by the passing Boffins taking the air in a mutton grove. Presents are made to the Boffin servants, and bland strangers with business-cards meeting said servants in the street, offer hypothetical corruption. As, ‘Supposing I was to be favoured with an order from Mr Boffin, my dear friend, it would be worth my while’—to do a certain thing that I hope might not prove wholly disagreeable to your feelings.

But no one knows so well as the Secretary, who opens and reads the letters, what a set is made at the man marked by a stroke of notoriety. Oh the varieties of dust for ocular use, offered in exchange for the gold dust of the Golden Dustman! Fifty-seven churches to be erected with half-crowns, forty-two parsonage houses to be repaired with shillings, seven-and-twenty organs to be built with halfpence, twelve hundred children to be brought up on postage stamps. Not that a half-crown, shilling, halfpenny, or postage stamp, would be particularly acceptable from Mr Boffin, but that it is so obvious he is the man to make up the deficiency. And then the charities, my Christian brother! And mostly in difficulties, yet mostly lavish, too, in the expensive articles of print and paper. Large fat private double letter, sealed with ducal coronet. ‘Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire. My Dear Sir,—Having consented to preside at the forthcoming Annual Dinner of the Family Party Fund, and feeling deeply impressed with the immense usefulness of that noble Institution and the great importance of its being supported by a List of Stewards that shall prove to the public the interest taken in it by popular and distinguished men, I have undertaken to ask you to become a Steward on that occasion. Soliciting your favourable reply before the 14th instant, I am, My Dear Sir, Your faithful Servant, LINSEED. P.S. The Steward’s fee is limited to three Guineas.’ Friendly this, on the part of the Duke of Linseed (and thoughtful in the postscript), only lithographed by the hundred and presenting but a pale individuality of an address to Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire, in quite another hand. It takes two noble Earls and a Viscount, combined, to inform Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire, in an equally flattering manner, that an estimable lady in the West of England has offered to present a purse containing twenty pounds, to the Society for Granting Annuities to Unassuming Members of the Middle Classes, if twenty individuals will previously present purses of one hundred pounds each. And those benevolent noblemen very kindly point out that if Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire, should wish to present two or more purses, it will not be inconsistent with the design of the estimable lady in the West of England, provided each purse be coupled with the name of some member of his honoured and respected family.

These are the corporate beggars. But there are, besides, the individual beggars; and how does the heart of the Secretary fail him when he has to cope with THEM! And they must be coped with to some extent, because they all enclose documents (they call their scraps documents; but they are, as to papers deserving the name, what minced veal is to a calf), the non-return of which would be their ruin. That is to say, they are utterly ruined now, but they would be more utterly ruined then. Among these correspondents are several daughters of general officers, long accustomed to every luxury of life (except spelling), who little thought, when their gallant fathers waged war in the Peninsula, that they would ever have to appeal to those whom Providence, in its inscrutable wisdom, has blessed with untold gold, and from among whom they select the name of Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire, for a maiden effort in this wise, understanding that he has such a heart as never was. The Secretary learns, too, that confidence between man and wife would seem to obtain but rarely when virtue is in distress, so numerous are the wives who take up their pens to ask Mr Boffin for money without the knowledge of their devoted husbands, who would never permit it; while, on the other hand, so numerous are the husbands who take up their pens to ask Mr Boffin for money without the knowledge of their devoted wives, who would instantly go out of their senses if they had the least suspicion of the circumstance. There are the inspired beggars, too. These were sitting, only yesterday evening, musing over a fragment of candle which must soon go out and leave them in the dark for the rest of their nights, when surely some Angel whispered the name of Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire, to their souls, imparting rays of hope, nay confidence, to which they had long been strangers! Akin to these are the suggestively-befriended beggars. They were partaking of a cold potato and water by the flickering and gloomy light of a lucifer-match, in their lodgings (rent considerably in arrear, and heartless landlady threatening expulsion ‘like a dog’ into the streets), when a gifted friend happening to look in, said, ‘Write immediately to Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire,’ and would take no denial. There are the nobly independent beggars too. These, in the days of their abundance, ever regarded gold as dross, and have not yet got over that only impediment in the way of their amassing wealth, but they want no dross from Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire; No, Mr Boffin; the world may term it pride, paltry pride if you will, but they wouldn’t take it if you offered it; a loan, sir—for fourteen weeks to the day, interest calculated at the rate of five per cent per annum, to be bestowed upon any charitable institution you may name—is all they want of you, and if you have the meanness to refuse it, count on being despised by these great spirits. There are the beggars of punctual business-habits too. These will make an end of themselves at a quarter to one P.M. on Tuesday, if no Post-office order is in the interim received from Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire; arriving after a quarter to one P.M. on Tuesday, it need not be sent, as they will then (having made an exact memorandum of the heartless circumstances) be ‘cold in death.’ There are the beggars on horseback too, in another sense from the sense of the proverb. These are mounted and ready to start on the highway to affluence. The goal is before them, the road is in the best condition, their spurs are on, the steed is willing, but, at the last moment, for want of some special thing—a clock, a violin, an astronomical telescope, an electrifying machine—they must dismount for ever, unless they receive its equivalent in money from Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire. Less given to detail are the beggars who make sporting ventures. These, usually to be addressed in reply under initials at a country post-office, inquire in feminine hands, Dare one who cannot disclose herself to Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire, but whose name might startle him were it revealed, solicit the immediate advance of two hundred pounds from unexpected riches exercising their noblest privilege in the trust of a common humanity?

In such a Dismal Swamp does the new house stand, and through it does the Secretary daily struggle breast-high. Not to mention all the people alive who have made inventions that won’t act, and all the jobbers who job in all the jobberies jobbed; though these may be regarded as the Alligators of the Dismal Swamp, and are always lying by to drag the Golden Dustman under.

But the old house. There are no designs against the Golden Dustman there? There are no fish of the shark tribe in the Bower waters? Perhaps not. Still, Wegg is established there, and would seem, judged by his secret proceedings, to cherish a notion of making a discovery. For, when a man with a wooden leg lies prone on his stomach to peep under bedsteads; and hops up ladders, like some extinct bird, to survey the tops of presses and cupboards; and provides himself an iron rod which he is always poking and prodding into dust-mounds; the probability is that he expects to find something.

BOOK THE SECOND — BIRDS OF A FEATHER

Chapter 1

OF AN EDUCATIONAL CHARACTER

The school at which young Charley Hexam had first learned from a book—the streets being, for pupils of his degree, the great Preparatory Establishment in which very much that is never unlearned is learned without and before book—was a miserable loft in an unsavoury yard. Its atmosphere was oppressive and disagreeable; it was crowded, noisy, and confusing; half the pupils dropped asleep, or fell into a state of waking stupefaction; the other half kept them in either condition by maintaining a monotonous droning noise, as if they were performing, out of time and tune, on a ruder sort of bagpipe. The teachers, animated solely by good intentions, had no idea of execution, and a lamentable jumble was the upshot of their kind endeavours.

It was a school for all ages, and for both sexes. The latter were kept apart, and the former were partitioned off into square assortments. But, all the place was pervaded by a grimly ludicrous pretence that every pupil was childish and innocent. This pretence, much favoured by the lady-visitors, led to the ghastliest absurdities. Young women old in the vices of the commonest and worst life, were expected to profess themselves enthralled by the good child’s book, the Adventures of Little Margery, who resided in the village cottage by the mill; severely reproved and morally squashed the miller, when she was five and he was fifty; divided her porridge with singing birds; denied herself a new nankeen bonnet, on the ground that the turnips did not wear nankeen bonnets, neither did the sheep who ate them; who plaited straw and delivered the dreariest orations to all comers, at all sorts of unseasonable times. So, unwieldy young dredgers and hulking mudlarks were referred to the experiences of Thomas Twopence, who, having resolved not to rob (under circumstances of uncommon atrocity) his particular friend and benefactor, of eighteenpence, presently came into supernatural possession of three and sixpence, and lived a shining light ever afterwards. (Note, that the benefactor came to no good.) Several swaggering sinners had written their own biographies in the same strain; it always appearing from the lessons of those very boastful persons, that you were to do good, not because it WAS good, but because you were to make a good thing of it. Contrariwise, the adult pupils were taught to read (if they could learn) out of the New Testament; and by dint of stumbling over the syllables and keeping their bewildered eyes on the particular syllables coming round to their turn, were as absolutely ignorant of the sublime history, as if they had never seen or heard of it. An exceedingly and confoundingly perplexing jumble of a school, in fact, where black spirits and grey, red spirits and white, jumbled jumbled jumbled jumbled, jumbled every night. And particularly every Sunday night. For then, an inclined plane of unfortunate infants would be handed over to the prosiest and worst of all the teachers with good intentions, whom nobody older would endure. Who, taking his stand on the floor before them as chief executioner, would be attended by a conventional volunteer boy as executioner’s assistant. When and where it first became the conventional system that a weary or inattentive infant in a class must have its face smoothed downward with a hot hand, or when and where the conventional volunteer boy first beheld such system in operation, and became inflamed with a sacred zeal to administer it, matters not. It was the function of the chief executioner to hold forth, and it was the function of the acolyte to dart at sleeping infants, yawning infants, restless infants, whimpering infants, and smooth their wretched faces; sometimes with one hand, as if he were anointing them for a whisker; sometimes with both hands, applied after the fashion of blinkers. And so the jumble would be in action in this department for a mortal hour; the exponent drawling on to My Dearert Childerrenerr, let us say, for example, about the beautiful coming to the Sepulchre; and repeating the word Sepulchre (commonly used among infants) five hundred times, and never once hinting what it meant; the conventional boy smoothing away right and left, as an infallible commentary; the whole hot-bed of flushed and exhausted infants exchanging measles, rashes, whooping-cough, fever, and stomach disorders, as if they were assembled in High Market for the purpose.

Even in this temple of good intentions, an exceptionally sharp boy exceptionally determined to learn, could learn something, and, having learned it, could impart it much better than the teachers; as being more knowing than they, and not at the disadvantage in which they stood towards the shrewder pupils. In this way it had come about that Charley Hexam had risen in the jumble, taught in the jumble, and been received from the jumble into a better school.

‘So you want to go and see your sister, Hexam?’

‘If you please, Mr Headstone.’

‘I have half a mind to go with you. Where does your sister live?’

‘Why, she is not settled yet, Mr Headstone. I’d rather you didn’t see her till she is settled, if it was all the same to you.’

‘Look here, Hexam.’ Mr Bradley Headstone, highly certificated stipendiary schoolmaster, drew his right forefinger through one of the buttonholes of the boy’s coat, and looked at it attentively. ‘I hope your sister may be good company for you?’

‘Why do you doubt it, Mr Headstone?’

‘I did not say I doubted it.’

‘No, sir; you didn’t say so.’

Bradley Headstone looked at his finger again, took it out of the buttonhole and looked at it closer, bit the side of it and looked at it again.

‘You see, Hexam, you will be one of us. In good time you are sure to pass a creditable examination and become one of us. Then the question is—’

The boy waited so long for the question, while the schoolmaster looked at a new side of his finger, and bit it, and looked at it again, that at length the boy repeated:

‘The question is, sir—?’

‘Whether you had not better leave well alone.’

‘Is it well to leave my sister alone, Mr Headstone?’

‘I do not say so, because I do not know. I put it to you. I ask you to think of it. I want you to consider. You know how well you are doing here.’

‘After all, she got me here,’ said the boy, with a struggle.

‘Perceiving the necessity of it,’ acquiesced the schoolmaster, ‘and making up her mind fully to the separation. Yes.’

The boy, with a return of that former reluctance or struggle or whatever it was, seemed to debate with himself. At length he said, raising his eyes to the master’s face:

‘I wish you’d come with me and see her, Mr Headstone, though she is not settled. I wish you’d come with me, and take her in the rough, and judge her for yourself.’

‘You are sure you would not like,’ asked the schoolmaster, ‘to prepare her?’

‘My sister Lizzie,’ said the boy, proudly, ‘wants no preparing, Mr Headstone. What she is, she is, and shows herself to be. There’s no pretending about my sister.’

His confidence in her, sat more easily upon him than the indecision with which he had twice contended. It was his better nature to be true to her, if it were his worse nature to be wholly selfish. And as yet the better nature had the stronger hold.

Well, I can spare the evening,’ said the schoolmaster. ‘I am ready to walk with you.’

‘Thank you, Mr Headstone. And I am ready to go.’

Bradley Headstone, in his decent black coat and waistcoat, and decent white shirt, and decent formal black tie, and decent pantaloons of pepper and salt, with his decent silver watch in his pocket and its decent hair-guard round his neck, looked a thoroughly decent young man of six-and-twenty. He was never seen in any other dress, and yet there was a certain stiffness in his manner of wearing this, as if there were a want of adaptation between him and it, recalling some mechanics in their holiday clothes. He had acquired mechanically a great store of teacher’s knowledge. He could do mental arithmetic mechanically, sing at sight mechanically, blow various wind instruments mechanically, even play the great church organ mechanically. From his early childhood up, his mind had been a place of mechanical stowage. The arrangement of his wholesale warehouse, so that it might be always ready to meet the demands of retail dealers—history here, geography there, astronomy to the right, political economy to the left—natural history, the physical sciences, figures, music, the lower mathematics, and what not, all in their several places—this care had imparted to his countenance a look of care; while the habit of questioning and being questioned had given him a suspicious manner, or a manner that would be better described as one of lying in wait. There was a kind of settled trouble in the face. It was the face belonging to a naturally slow or inattentive intellect that had toiled hard to get what it had won, and that had to hold it now that it was gotten. He always seemed to be uneasy lest anything should be missing from his mental warehouse, and taking stock to assure himself.

Suppression of so much to make room for so much, had given him a constrained manner, over and above. Yet there was enough of what was animal, and of what was fiery (though smouldering), still visible in him, to suggest that if young Bradley Headstone, when a pauper lad, had chanced to be told off for the sea, he would not have been the last man in a ship’s crew. Regarding that origin of his, he was proud, moody, and sullen, desiring it to be forgotten. And few people knew of it.

In some visits to the Jumble his attention had been attracted to this boy Hexam. An undeniable boy for a pupil-teacher; an undeniable boy to do credit to the master who should bring him on. Combined with this consideration, there may have been some thought of the pauper lad now never to be mentioned. Be that how it might, he had with pains gradually worked the boy into his own school, and procured him some offices to discharge there, which were repaid with food and lodging. Such were the circumstances that had brought together, Bradley Headstone and young Charley Hexam that autumn evening. Autumn, because full half a year had come and gone since the bird of prey lay dead upon the river-shore.

The schools—for they were twofold, as the sexes—were down in that district of the flat country tending to the Thames, where Kent and Surrey meet, and where the railways still bestride the market-gardens that will soon die under them. The schools were newly built, and there were so many like them all over the country, that one might have thought the whole were but one restless edifice with the locomotive gift of Aladdin’s palace. They were in a neighbourhood which looked like a toy neighbourhood taken in blocks out of a box by a child of particularly incoherent mind, and set up anyhow; here, one side of a new street; there, a large solitary public-house facing nowhere; here, another unfinished street already in ruins; there, a church; here, an immense new warehouse; there, a dilapidated old country villa; then, a medley of black ditch, sparkling cucumber-frame, rank field, richly cultivated kitchen-garden, brick viaduct, arch-spanned canal, and disorder of frowziness and fog. As if the child had given the table a kick, and gone to sleep.

But, even among school-buildings, school-teachers, and school-pupils, all according to pattern and all engendered in the light of the latest Gospel according to Monotony, the older pattern into which so many fortunes have been shaped for good and evil, comes out. It came out in Miss Peecher the schoolmistress, watering her flowers, as Mr Bradley Headstone walked forth. It came out in Miss Peecher the schoolmistress, watering the flowers in the little dusty bit of garden attached to her small official residence, with little windows like the eyes in needles, and little doors like the covers of school-books.

Small, shining, neat, methodical, and buxom was Miss Peecher; cherry-cheeked and tuneful of voice. A little pincushion, a little housewife, a little book, a little workbox, a little set of tables and weights and measures, and a little woman, all in one. She could write a little essay on any subject, exactly a slate long, beginning at the left-hand top of one side and ending at the right-hand bottom of the other, and the essay should be strictly according to rule. If Mr Bradley Headstone had addressed a written proposal of marriage to her, she would probably have replied in a complete little essay on the theme exactly a slate long, but would certainly have replied Yes. For she loved him. The decent hair-guard that went round his neck and took care of his decent silver watch was an object of envy to her. So would Miss Peecher have gone round his neck and taken care of him. Of him, insensible. Because he did not love Miss Peecher.

Miss Peecher’s favourite pupil, who assisted her in her little household, was in attendance with a can of water to replenish her little watering-pot, and sufficiently divined the state of Miss Peecher’s affections to feel it necessary that she herself should love young Charley Hexam. So, there was a double palpitation among the double stocks and double wall-flowers, when the master and the boy looked over the little gate.

‘A fine evening, Miss Peecher,’ said the Master.

‘A very fine evening, Mr Headstone,’ said Miss Peecher. ‘Are you taking a walk?’

‘Hexam and I are going to take a long walk.’

‘Charming weather,’ remarked Miss Peecher, ‘FOR a long walk.’

‘Ours is rather on business than mere pleasure,’ said the Master. Miss Peecher inverting her watering-pot, and very carefully shaking out the few last drops over a flower, as if there were some special virtue in them which would make it a Jack’s beanstalk before morning, called for replenishment to her pupil, who had been speaking to the boy.

‘Good-night, Miss Peecher,’ said the Master.

‘Good-night, Mr Headstone,’ said the Mistress.

The pupil had been, in her state of pupilage, so imbued with the class-custom of stretching out an arm, as if to hail a cab or omnibus, whenever she found she had an observation on hand to offer to Miss Peecher, that she often did it in their domestic relations; and she did it now.

Well, Mary Anne?’ said Miss Peecher.

‘If you please, ma’am, Hexam said they were going to see his sister.’

‘But that can’t be, I think,’ returned Miss Peecher: ‘because Mr Headstone can have no business with HER.’

Mary Anne again hailed.

Well, Mary Anne?’

‘If you please, ma’am, perhaps it’s Hexam’s business?’

‘That may be,’ said Miss Peecher. ‘I didn’t think of that. Not that it matters at all.’

Mary Anne again hailed.

Well, Mary Anne?’

‘They say she’s very handsome.’

‘Oh, Mary Anne, Mary Anne!’ returned Miss Peecher, slightly colouring and shaking her head, a little out of humour; ‘how often have I told you not to use that vague expression, not to speak in that general way? When you say THEY say, what do you mean? Part of speech They?’

Mary Anne hooked her right arm behind her in her left hand, as being under examination, and replied:

‘Personal pronoun.’

‘Person, They?’

‘Third person.’

‘Number, They?’

‘Plural number.’

‘Then how many do you mean, Mary Anne? Two? Or more?’

‘I beg your pardon, ma’am,’ said Mary Anne, disconcerted now she came to think of it; ‘but I don’t know that I mean more than her brother himself.’ As she said it, she unhooked her arm.

‘I felt convinced of it,’ returned Miss Peecher, smiling again. ‘Now pray, Mary Anne, be careful another time. He says is very different from they say, remember. Difference between he says and they say? Give it me.’

Mary Anne immediately hooked her right arm behind her in her left hand—an attitude absolutely necessary to the situation—and replied: ‘One is indicative mood, present tense, third person singular, verb active to say. Other is indicative mood, present tense, third person plural, verb active to say.’

‘Why verb active, Mary Anne?’

‘Because it takes a pronoun after it in the objective case, Miss Peecher.’

‘Very good indeed,’ remarked Miss Peecher, with encouragement. ‘In fact, could not be better. Don’t forget to apply it, another time, Mary Anne.’ This said, Miss Peecher finished the watering of her flowers, and went into her little official residence, and took a refresher of the principal rivers and mountains of the world, their breadths, depths, and heights, before settling the measurements of the body of a dress for her own personal occupation.

Bradley Headstone and Charley Hexam duly got to the Surrey side of Westminster Bridge, and crossed the bridge, and made along the Middlesex shore towards Millbank. In this region are a certain little street called Church Street, and a certain little blind square, called Smith Square, in the centre of which last retreat is a very hideous church with four towers at the four corners, generally resembling some petrified monster, frightful and gigantic, on its back with its legs in the air. They found a tree near by in a corner, and a blacksmith’s forge, and a timber yard, and a dealer’s in old iron. What a rusty portion of a boiler and a great iron wheel or so meant by lying half-buried in the dealer’s fore-court, nobody seemed to know or to want to know. Like the Miller of questionable jollity in the song, They cared for Nobody, no not they, and Nobody cared for them.

After making the round of this place, and noting that there was a deadly kind of repose on it, more as though it had taken laudanum than fallen into a natural rest, they stopped at the point where the street and the square joined, and where there were some little quiet houses in a row. To these Charley Hexam finally led the way, and at one of these stopped.

‘This must be where my sister lives, sir. This is where she came for a temporary lodging, soon after father’s death.’

‘How often have you seen her since?’

‘Why, only twice, sir,’ returned the boy, with his former reluctance; ‘but that’s as much her doing as mine.’

‘How does she support herself?’

‘She was always a fair needlewoman, and she keeps the stockroom of a seaman’s outfitter.’

‘Does she ever work at her own lodging here?’

‘Sometimes; but her regular hours and regular occupation are at their place of business, I believe, sir. This is the number.’

The boy knocked at a door, and the door promptly opened with a spring and a click. A parlour door within a small entry stood open, and disclosed a child—a dwarf—a girl—a something—sitting on a little low old-fashioned arm-chair, which had a kind of little working bench before it.

‘I can’t get up,’ said the child, ‘because my back’s bad, and my legs are queer. But I’m the person of the house.’

‘Who else is at home?’ asked Charley Hexam, staring.

‘Nobody’s at home at present,’ returned the child, with a glib assertion of her dignity, ‘except the person of the house. What did you want, young man?’

‘I wanted to see my sister.’

‘Many young men have sisters,’ returned the child. ‘Give me your name, young man?’

The queer little figure, and the queer but not ugly little face, with its bright grey eyes, were so sharp, that the sharpness of the manner seemed unavoidable. As if, being turned out of that mould, it must be sharp.

‘Hexam is my name.’

‘Ah, indeed?’ said the person of the house. ‘I thought it might be. Your sister will be in, in about a quarter of an hour. I am very fond of your sister. She’s my particular friend. Take a seat. And this gentleman’s name?’

‘Mr Headstone, my schoolmaster.’

‘Take a seat. And would you please to shut the street door first? I can’t very well do it myself; because my back’s so bad, and my legs are so queer.’

They complied in silence, and the little figure went on with its work of gumming or gluing together with a camel’s-hair brush certain pieces of cardboard and thin wood, previously cut into various shapes. The scissors and knives upon the bench showed that the child herself had cut them; and the bright scraps of velvet and silk and ribbon also strewn upon the bench showed that when duly stuffed (and stuffing too was there), she was to cover them smartly. The dexterity of her nimble fingers was remarkable, and, as she brought two thin edges accurately together by giving them a little bite, she would glance at the visitors out of the corners of her grey eyes with a look that out-sharpened all her other sharpness.

‘You can’t tell me the name of my trade, I’ll be bound,’ she said, after taking several of these observations.

‘You make pincushions,’ said Charley.

‘What else do I make?’

‘Pen-wipers,’ said Bradley Headstone.

‘Ha! ha! What else do I make? You’re a schoolmaster, but you can’t tell me.’

‘You do something,’ he returned, pointing to a corner of the little bench, ‘with straw; but I don’t know what.’

Well done you!’ cried the person of the house. ‘I only make pincushions and pen-wipers, to use up my waste. But my straw really does belong to my business. Try again. What do I make with my straw?’

‘Dinner-mats?’

‘A schoolmaster, and says dinner-mats! I’ll give you a clue to my trade, in a game of forfeits. I love my love with a B because she’s Beautiful; I hate my love with a B because she is Brazen; I took her to the sign of the Blue Boar, and I treated her with Bonnets; her name’s Bouncer, and she lives in Bedlam.—Now, what do I make with my straw?’

‘Ladies’ bonnets?’

‘Fine ladies’,’ said the person of the house, nodding assent. ‘Dolls’. I’m a Doll’s Dressmaker.’

‘I hope it’s a good business?’

The person of the house shrugged her shoulders and shook her head. ‘No. Poorly paid. And I’m often so pressed for time! I had a doll married, last week, and was obliged to work all night. And it’s not good for me, on account of my back being so bad and my legs so queer.’

They looked at the little creature with a wonder that did not diminish, and the schoolmaster said: ‘I am sorry your fine ladies are so inconsiderate.’

‘It’s the way with them,’ said the person of the house, shrugging her shoulders again. ‘And they take no care of their clothes, and they never keep to the same fashions a month. I work for a doll with three daughters. Bless you, she’s enough to ruin her husband!’ The person of the house gave a weird little laugh here, and gave them another look out of the corners of her eyes. She had an elfin chin that was capable of great expression; and whenever she gave this look, she hitched this chin up. As if her eyes and her chin worked together on the same wires.

‘Are you always as busy as you are now?’

‘Busier. I’m slack just now. I finished a large mourning order the day before yesterday. Doll I work for, lost a canary-bird.’ The person of the house gave another little laugh, and then nodded her head several times, as who should moralize, ‘Oh this world, this world!’

‘Are you alone all day?’ asked Bradley Headstone. ‘Don’t any of the neighbouring children—?’

‘Ah, lud!’ cried the person of the house, with a little scream, as if the word had pricked her. ‘Don’t talk of children. I can’t bear children. I know their tricks and their manners.’ She said this with an angry little shake of her tight fist close before her eyes.

Perhaps it scarcely required the teacher-habit, to perceive that the doll’s dressmaker was inclined to be bitter on the difference between herself and other children. But both master and pupil understood it so.

‘Always running about and screeching, always playing and fighting, always skip-skip-skipping on the pavement and chalking it for their games! Oh! I know their tricks and their manners!’ Shaking the little fist as before. ‘And that’s not all. Ever so often calling names in through a person’s keyhole, and imitating a person’s back and legs. Oh! I know their tricks and their manners. And I’ll tell you what I’d do, to punish ’em. There’s doors under the church in the Square—black doors, leading into black vaults. Well! I’d open one of those doors, and I’d cram ’em all in, and then I’d lock the door and through the keyhole I’d blow in pepper.’

‘What would be the good of blowing in pepper?’ asked Charley Hexam.

‘To set ’em sneezing,’ said the person of the house, ‘and make their eyes water. And when they were all sneezing and inflamed, I’d mock ’em through the keyhole. Just as they, with their tricks and their manners, mock a person through a person’s keyhole!’

An uncommonly emphatic shake of her little fist close before her eyes, seemed to ease the mind of the person of the house; for she added with recovered composure, ‘No, no, no. No children for me. Give me grown-ups.’

It was difficult to guess the age of this strange creature, for her poor figure furnished no clue to it, and her face was at once so young and so old. Twelve, or at the most thirteen, might be near the mark.

‘I always did like grown-ups,’ she went on, ‘and always kept company with them. So sensible. Sit so quiet. Don’t go prancing and capering about! And I mean always to keep among none but grown-ups till I marry. I suppose I must make up my mind to marry, one of these days.’

She listened to a step outside that caught her ear, and there was a soft knock at the door. Pulling at a handle within her reach, she said, with a pleased laugh: ‘Now here, for instance, is a grown-up that’s my particular friend!’ and Lizzie Hexam in a black dress entered the room.

‘Charley! You!’

Taking him to her arms in the old way—of which he seemed a little ashamed—she saw no one else.

‘There, there, there, Liz, all right my dear. See! Here’s Mr Headstone come with me.’

Her eyes met those of the schoolmaster, who had evidently expected to see a very different sort of person, and a murmured word or two of salutation passed between them. She was a little flurried by the unexpected visit, and the schoolmaster was not at his ease. But he never was, quite.

‘I told Mr Headstone you were not settled, Liz, but he was so kind as to take an interest in coming, and so I brought him. How well you look!’

Bradley seemed to think so.

‘Ah! Don’t she, don’t she?’ cried the person of the house, resuming her occupation, though the twilight was falling fast. ‘I believe you she does! But go on with your chat, one and all:

“You one two three, My com-pa-nie, And don’t mind me;”

—pointing this impromptu rhyme with three points of her thin fore-finger.

‘I didn’t expect a visit from you, Charley,’ said his sister. ‘I supposed that if you wanted to see me you would have sent to me, appointing me to come somewhere near the school, as I did last time. I saw my brother near the school, sir,’ to Bradley Headstone, ‘because it’s easier for me to go there, than for him to come here. I work about midway between the two places.’

‘You don’t see much of one another,’ said Bradley, not improving in respect of ease.

‘No.’ With a rather sad shake of her head. ‘Charley always does well, Mr Headstone?’

‘He could not do better. I regard his course as quite plain before him.’

‘I hoped so. I am so thankful. So well done of you, Charley dear! It is better for me not to come (except when he wants me) between him and his prospects. You think so, Mr Headstone?’

Conscious that his pupil-teacher was looking for his answer, that he himself had suggested the boy’s keeping aloof from this sister, now seen for the first time face to face, Bradley Headstone stammered:

‘Your brother is very much occupied, you know. He has to work hard. One cannot but say that the less his attention is diverted from his work, the better for his future. When he shall have established himself, why then—it will be another thing then.’

Lizzie shook her head again, and returned, with a quiet smile: ‘I always advised him as you advise him. Did I not, Charley?’

Well, never mind that now,’ said the boy. ‘How are you getting on?’

‘Very well, Charley. I want for nothing.’

‘You have your own room here?’

‘Oh yes. Upstairs. And it’s quiet, and pleasant, and airy.’

‘And she always has the use of this room for visitors,’ said the person of the house, screwing up one of her little bony fists, like an opera-glass, and looking through it, with her eyes and her chin in that quaint accordance. ‘Always this room for visitors; haven’t you, Lizzie dear?’

It happened that Bradley Headstone noticed a very slight action of Lizzie Hexam’s hand, as though it checked the doll’s dressmaker. And it happened that the latter noticed him in the same instant; for she made a double eyeglass of her two hands, looked at him through it, and cried, with a waggish shake of her head: ‘Aha! Caught you spying, did I?’

It might have fallen out so, any way; but Bradley Headstone also noticed that immediately after this, Lizzie, who had not taken off her bonnet, rather hurriedly proposed that as the room was getting dark they should go out into the air. They went out; the visitors saying good-night to the doll’s dressmaker, whom they left, leaning back in her chair with her arms crossed, singing to herself in a sweet thoughtful little voice.

‘I’ll saunter on by the river,’ said Bradley. ‘You will be glad to talk together.’

As his uneasy figure went on before them among the evening shadows, the boy said to his sister, petulantly:

‘When are you going to settle yourself in some Christian sort of place, Liz? I thought you were going to do it before now.’

‘I am very well where I am, Charley.’

‘Very well where you are! I am ashamed to have brought Mr Headstone with me. How came you to get into such company as that little witch’s?’

‘By chance at first, as it seemed, Charley. But I think it must have been by something more than chance, for that child—You remember the bills upon the walls at home?’

‘Confound the bills upon the walls at home! I want to forget the bills upon the walls at home, and it would be better for you to do the same,’ grumbled the boy. ‘Well; what of them?’

‘This child is the grandchild of the old man.’

‘What old man?’

‘The terrible drunken old man, in the list slippers and the night-cap.’

The boy asked, rubbing his nose in a manner that half expressed vexation at hearing so much, and half curiosity to hear more: ‘How came you to make that out? What a girl you are!’

‘The child’s father is employed by the house that employs me; that’s how I came to know it, Charley. The father is like his own father, a weak wretched trembling creature, falling to pieces, never sober. But a good workman too, at the work he does. The mother is dead. This poor ailing little creature has come to be what she is, surrounded by drunken people from her cradle—if she ever had one, Charley.’

‘I don’t see what you have to do with her, for all that,’ said the boy.

‘Don’t you, Charley?’

The boy looked doggedly at the river. They were at Millbank, and the river rolled on their left. His sister gently touched him on the shoulder, and pointed to it.

‘Any compensation—restitution—never mind the word, you know my meaning. Father’s grave.’

But he did not respond with any tenderness. After a moody silence he broke out in an ill-used tone:

‘It’ll be a very hard thing, Liz, if, when I am trying my best to get up in the world, you pull me back.’

‘I, Charley?’

‘Yes, you, Liz. Why can’t you let bygones be bygones? Why can’t you, as Mr Headstone said to me this very evening about another matter, leave well alone? What we have got to do, is, to turn our faces full in our new direction, and keep straight on.’

‘And never look back? Not even to try to make some amends?’

‘You are such a dreamer,’ said the boy, with his former petulance. ‘It was all very well when we sat before the fire—when we looked into the hollow down by the flare—but we are looking into the real world, now.’

‘Ah, we were looking into the real world then, Charley!’

‘I understand what you mean by that, but you are not justified in it. I don’t want, as I raise myself to shake you off, Liz. I want to carry you up with me. That’s what I want to do, and mean to do. I know what I owe you. I said to Mr Headstone this very evening, “After all, my sister got me here.” Well, then. Don’t pull me back, and hold me down. That’s all I ask, and surely that’s not unconscionable.’

She had kept a steadfast look upon him, and she answered with composure:

‘I am not here selfishly, Charley. To please myself I could not be too far from that river.’

‘Nor could you be too far from it to please me. Let us get quit of it equally. Why should you linger about it any more than I? I give it a wide berth.’

‘I can’t get away from it, I think,’ said Lizzie, passing her hand across her forehead. ‘It’s no purpose of mine that I live by it still.’

‘There you go, Liz! Dreaming again! You lodge yourself of your own accord in a house with a drunken—tailor, I suppose—or something of the sort, and a little crooked antic of a child, or old person, or whatever it is, and then you talk as if you were drawn or driven there. Now, do be more practical.’

She had been practical enough with him, in suffering and striving for him; but she only laid her hand upon his shoulder—not reproachfully—and tapped it twice or thrice. She had been used to do so, to soothe him when she carried him about, a child as heavy as herself. Tears started to his eyes.

‘Upon my word, Liz,’ drawing the back of his hand across them, ‘I mean to be a good brother to you, and to prove that I know what I owe you. All I say is, that I hope you’ll control your fancies a little, on my account. I’ll get a school, and then you must come and live with me, and you’ll have to control your fancies then, so why not now? Now, say I haven’t vexed you.’

‘You haven’t, Charley, you haven’t.’

‘And say I haven’t hurt you.’

‘You haven’t, Charley.’ But this answer was less ready.

‘Say you are sure I didn’t mean to. Come! There’s Mr Headstone stopping and looking over the wall at the tide, to hint that it’s time to go. Kiss me, and tell me that you know I didn’t mean to hurt you.’

She told him so, and they embraced, and walked on and came up with the schoolmaster.

‘But we go your sister’s way,’ he remarked, when the boy told him he was ready. And with his cumbrous and uneasy action he stiffly offered her his arm. Her hand was just within it, when she drew it back. He looked round with a start, as if he thought she had detected something that repelled her, in the momentary touch.

‘I will not go in just yet,’ said Lizzie. ‘And you have a distance before you, and will walk faster without me.’

Being by this time close to Vauxhall Bridge, they resolved, in consequence, to take that way over the Thames, and they left her; Bradley Headstone giving her his hand at parting, and she thanking him for his care of her brother.

The master and the pupil walked on, rapidly and silently. They had nearly crossed the bridge, when a gentleman came coolly sauntering towards them, with a cigar in his mouth, his coat thrown back, and his hands behind him. Something in the careless manner of this person, and in a certain lazily arrogant air with which he approached, holding possession of twice as much pavement as another would have claimed, instantly caught the boy’s attention. As the gentleman passed the boy looked at him narrowly, and then stood still, looking after him.

‘Who is it that you stare after?’ asked Bradley.

‘Why!’ said the boy, with a confused and pondering frown upon his face, ‘It IS that Wrayburn one!’

Bradley Headstone scrutinized the boy as closely as the boy had scrutinized the gentleman.

‘I beg your pardon, Mr Headstone, but I couldn’t help wondering what in the world brought HIM here!’

Though he said it as if his wonder were past—at the same time resuming the walk—it was not lost upon the master that he looked over his shoulder after speaking, and that the same perplexed and pondering frown was heavy on his face.

‘You don’t appear to like your friend, Hexam?’

‘I DON’T like him,’ said the boy.

‘Why not?’

‘He took hold of me by the chin in a precious impertinent way, the first time I ever saw him,’ said the boy.

‘Again, why?’

‘For nothing. Or—it’s much the same—because something I happened to say about my sister didn’t happen to please him.’

‘Then he knows your sister?’

‘He didn’t at that time,’ said the boy, still moodily pondering.

‘Does now?’

The boy had so lost himself that he looked at Mr Bradley Headstone as they walked on side by side, without attempting to reply until the question had been repeated; then he nodded and answered, ‘Yes, sir.’

‘Going to see her, I dare say.’

‘It can’t be!’ said the boy, quickly. ‘He doesn’t know her well enough. I should like to catch him at it!’

When they had walked on for a time, more rapidly than before, the master said, clasping the pupil’s arm between the elbow and the shoulder with his hand:

‘You were going to tell me something about that person. What did you say his name was?’

‘Wrayburn. Mr Eugene Wrayburn. He is what they call a barrister, with nothing to do. The first time he came to our old place was when my father was alive. He came on business; not that it was HIS business—HE never had any business—he was brought by a friend of his.’

‘And the other times?’

‘There was only one other time that I know of. When my father was killed by accident, he chanced to be one of the finders. He was mooning about, I suppose, taking liberties with people’s chins; but there he was, somehow. He brought the news home to my sister early in the morning, and brought Miss Abbey Potterson, a neighbour, to help break it to her. He was mooning about the house when I was fetched home in the afternoon—they didn’t know where to find me till my sister could be brought round sufficiently to tell them—and then he mooned away.’

‘And is that all?’

‘That’s all, sir.’

Bradley Headstone gradually released the boy’s arm, as if he were thoughtful, and they walked on side by side as before. After a long silence between them, Bradley resumed the talk.

‘I suppose—your sister—’ with a curious break both before and after the words, ‘has received hardly any teaching, Hexam?’

‘Hardly any, sir.’

‘Sacrificed, no doubt, to her father’s objections. I remember them in your case. Yet—your sister—scarcely looks or speaks like an ignorant person.’

‘Lizzie has as much thought as the best, Mr Headstone. Too much, perhaps, without teaching. I used to call the fire at home, her books, for she was always full of fancies—sometimes quite wise fancies, considering—when she sat looking at it.’

‘I don’t like that,’ said Bradley Headstone.

His pupil was a little surprised by this striking in with so sudden and decided and emotional an objection, but took it as a proof of the master’s interest in himself. It emboldened him to say:

‘I have never brought myself to mention it openly to you, Mr Headstone, and you’re my witness that I couldn’t even make up my mind to take it from you before we came out to-night; but it’s a painful thing to think that if I get on as well as you hope, I shall be—I won’t say disgraced, because I don’t mean disgraced—but—rather put to the blush if it was known—by a sister who has been very good to me.’

‘Yes,’ said Bradley Headstone in a slurring way, for his mind scarcely seemed to touch that point, so smoothly did it glide to another, ‘and there is this possibility to consider. Some man who had worked his way might come to admire—your sister—and might even in time bring himself to think of marrying—your sister—and it would be a sad drawback and a heavy penalty upon him, if; overcoming in his mind other inequalities of condition and other considerations against it, this inequality and this consideration remained in full force.’

‘That’s much my own meaning, sir.’

‘Ay, ay,’ said Bradley Headstone, ‘but you spoke of a mere brother. Now, the case I have supposed would be a much stronger case; because an admirer, a husband, would form the connexion voluntarily, besides being obliged to proclaim it: which a brother is not. After all, you know, it must be said of you that you couldn’t help yourself: while it would be said of him, with equal reason, that he could.’

‘That’s true, sir. Sometimes since Lizzie was left free by father’s death, I have thought that such a young woman might soon acquire more than enough to pass muster. And sometimes I have even thought that perhaps Miss Peecher—’

‘For the purpose, I would advise Not Miss Peecher,’ Bradley Headstone struck in with a recurrence of his late decision of manner.

‘Would you be so kind as to think of it for me, Mr Headstone?’

‘Yes, Hexam, yes. I’ll think of it. I’ll think maturely of it. I’ll think well of it.’

Their walk was almost a silent one afterwards, until it ended at the school-house. There, one of neat Miss Peecher’s little windows, like the eyes in needles, was illuminated, and in a corner near it sat Mary Anne watching, while Miss Peecher at the table stitched at the neat little body she was making up by brown paper pattern for her own wearing. N.B. Miss Peecher and Miss Peecher’s pupils were not much encouraged in the unscholastic art of needlework, by Government.

Mary Anne with her face to the window, held her arm up.

Well, Mary Anne?’

‘Mr Headstone coming home, ma’am.’

In about a minute, Mary Anne again hailed.

‘Yes, Mary Anne?’

‘Gone in and locked his door, ma’am.’

Miss Peecher repressed a sigh as she gathered her work together for bed, and transfixed that part of her dress where her heart would have been if she had had the dress on, with a sharp, sharp needle.

Chapter 2

STILL EDUCATIONAL

The person of the house, doll’s dressmaker and manufacturer of ornamental pincushions and pen-wipers, sat in her quaint little low arm-chair, singing in the dark, until Lizzie came back. The person of the house had attained that dignity while yet of very tender years indeed, through being the only trustworthy person IN the house.

Well Lizzie-Mizzie-Wizzie,’ said she, breaking off in her song, ‘what’s the news out of doors?’

‘What’s the news in doors?’ returned Lizzie, playfully smoothing the bright long fair hair which grew very luxuriant and beautiful on the head of the doll’s dressmaker.

‘Let me see, said the blind man. Why the last news is, that I don’t mean to marry your brother.’

‘No?’

‘No-o,’ shaking her head and her chin. ‘Don’t like the boy.’

‘What do you say to his master?’

‘I say that I think he’s bespoke.’

Lizzie finished putting the hair carefully back over the misshapen shoulders, and then lighted a candle. It showed the little parlour to be dingy, but orderly and clean. She stood it on the mantelshelf, remote from the dressmaker’s eyes, and then put the room door open, and the house door open, and turned the little low chair and its occupant towards the outer air. It was a sultry night, and this was a fine-weather arrangement when the day’s work was done. To complete it, she seated herself in a chair by the side of the little chair, and protectingly drew under her arm the spare hand that crept up to her.

‘This is what your loving Jenny Wren calls the best time in the day and night,’ said the person of the house. Her real name was Fanny Cleaver; but she had long ago chosen to bestow upon herself the appellation of Miss Jenny Wren.

‘I have been thinking,’ Jenny went on, ‘as I sat at work to-day, what a thing it would be, if I should be able to have your company till I am married, or at least courted. Because when I am courted, I shall make Him do some of the things that you do for me. He couldn’t brush my hair like you do, or help me up and down stairs like you do, and he couldn’t do anything like you do; but he could take my work home, and he could call for orders in his clumsy way. And he shall too. I’LL trot him about, I can tell him!’

Jenny Wren had her personal vanities—happily for her—and no intentions were stronger in her breast than the various trials and torments that were, in the fulness of time, to be inflicted upon ‘him.’

‘Wherever he may happen to be just at present, or whoever he may happen to be,’ said Miss Wren, ‘I know his tricks and his manners, and I give him warning to look out.’

‘Don’t you think you are rather hard upon him?’ asked her friend, smiling, and smoothing her hair.

‘Not a bit,’ replied the sage Miss Wren, with an air of vast experience. ‘My dear, they don’t care for you, those fellows, if you’re NOT hard upon ’em. But I was saying If I should be able to have your company. Ah! What a large If! Ain’t it?’

‘I have no intention of parting company, Jenny.’

‘Don’t say that, or you’ll go directly.’

‘Am I so little to be relied upon?’

‘You’re more to be relied upon than silver and gold.’ As she said it, Miss Wren suddenly broke off, screwed up her eyes and her chin, and looked prodigiously knowing. ‘Aha!

Who comes here? A Grenadier. What does he want? A pot of beer.

And nothing else in the world, my dear!’

A man’s figure paused on the pavement at the outer door. ‘Mr Eugene Wrayburn, ain’t it?’ said Miss Wren.

‘So I am told,’ was the answer.

‘You may come in, if you’re good.’

‘I am not good,’ said Eugene, ‘but I’ll come in.’

He gave his hand to Jenny Wren, and he gave his hand to Lizzie, and he stood leaning by the door at Lizzie’s side. He had been strolling with his cigar, he said, (it was smoked out and gone by this time,) and he had strolled round to return in that direction that he might look in as he passed. Had she not seen her brother to-night?

‘Yes,’ said Lizzie, whose manner was a little troubled.

Gracious condescension on our brother’s part! Mr Eugene Wrayburn thought he had passed my young gentleman on the bridge yonder. Who was his friend with him?

‘The schoolmaster.’

‘To be sure. Looked like it.’

Lizzie sat so still, that one could not have said wherein the fact of her manner being troubled was expressed; and yet one could not have doubted it. Eugene was as easy as ever; but perhaps, as she sat with her eyes cast down, it might have been rather more perceptible that his attention was concentrated upon her for certain moments, than its concentration upon any subject for any short time ever was, elsewhere.

‘I have nothing to report, Lizzie,’ said Eugene. ‘But, having promised you that an eye should be always kept on Mr Riderhood through my friend Lightwood, I like occasionally to renew my assurance that I keep my promise, and keep my friend up to the mark.’

‘I should not have doubted it, sir.’

‘Generally, I confess myself a man to be doubted,’ returned Eugene, coolly, ‘for all that.’

‘Why are you?’ asked the sharp Miss Wren.

‘Because, my dear,’ said the airy Eugene, ‘I am a bad idle dog.’

‘Then why don’t you reform and be a good dog?’ inquired Miss Wren.

‘Because, my dear,’ returned Eugene, ‘there’s nobody who makes it worth my while. Have you considered my suggestion, Lizzie?’ This in a lower voice, but only as if it were a graver matter; not at all to the exclusion of the person of the house.

‘I have thought of it, Mr Wrayburn, but I have not been able to make up my mind to accept it.’

‘False pride!’ said Eugene.

‘I think not, Mr Wrayburn. I hope not.’

‘False pride!’ repeated Eugene. ‘Why, what else is it? The thing is worth nothing in itself. The thing is worth nothing to me. What can it be worth to me? You know the most I make of it. I propose to be of some use to somebody—which I never was in this world, and never shall be on any other occasion—by paying some qualified person of your own sex and age, so many (or rather so few) contemptible shillings, to come here, certain nights in the week, and give you certain instruction which you wouldn’t want if you hadn’t been a self-denying daughter and sister. You know that it’s good to have it, or you would never have so devoted yourself to your brother’s having it. Then why not have it: especially when our friend Miss Jenny here would profit by it too? If I proposed to be the teacher, or to attend the lessons—obviously incongruous!—but as to that, I might as well be on the other side of the globe, or not on the globe at all. False pride, Lizzie. Because true pride wouldn’t shame, or be shamed by, your thankless brother. True pride wouldn’t have schoolmasters brought here, like doctors, to look at a bad case. True pride would go to work and do it. You know that, well enough, for you know that your own true pride would do it to-morrow, if you had the ways and means which false pride won’t let me supply. Very well. I add no more than this. Your false pride does wrong to yourself and does wrong to your dead father.’

‘How to my father, Mr Wrayburn?’ she asked, with an anxious face.

‘How to your father? Can you ask! By perpetuating the consequences of his ignorant and blind obstinacy. By resolving not to set right the wrong he did you. By determining that the deprivation to which he condemned you, and which he forced upon you, shall always rest upon his head.’

It chanced to be a subtle string to sound, in her who had so spoken to her brother within the hour. It sounded far more forcibly, because of the change in the speaker for the moment; the passing appearance of earnestness, complete conviction, injured resentment of suspicion, generous and unselfish interest. All these qualities, in him usually so light and careless, she felt to be inseparable from some touch of their opposites in her own breast. She thought, had she, so far below him and so different, rejected this disinterestedness, because of some vain misgiving that he sought her out, or heeded any personal attractions that he might descry in her? The poor girl, pure of heart and purpose, could not bear to think it. Sinking before her own eyes, as she suspected herself of it, she drooped her head as though she had done him some wicked and grievous injury, and broke into silent tears.

‘Don’t be distressed,’ said Eugene, very, very kindly. ‘I hope it is not I who have distressed you. I meant no more than to put the matter in its true light before you; though I acknowledge I did it selfishly enough, for I am disappointed.’

Disappointed of doing her a service. How else COULD he be disappointed?

‘It won’t break my heart,’ laughed Eugene; ‘it won’t stay by me eight-and-forty hours; but I am genuinely disappointed. I had set my fancy on doing this little thing for you and for our friend Miss Jenny. The novelty of my doing anything in the least useful, had its charms. I see, now, that I might have managed it better. I might have affected to do it wholly for our friend Miss J. I might have got myself up, morally, as Sir Eugene Bountiful. But upon my soul I can’t make flourishes, and I would rather be disappointed than try.’

If he meant to follow home what was in Lizzie’s thoughts, it was skilfully done. If he followed it by mere fortuitous coincidence, it was done by an evil chance.

‘It opened out so naturally before me,’ said Eugene. ‘The ball seemed so thrown into my hands by accident! I happen to be originally brought into contact with you, Lizzie, on those two occasions that you know of. I happen to be able to promise you that a watch shall be kept upon that false accuser, Riderhood. I happen to be able to give you some little consolation in the darkest hour of your distress, by assuring you that I don’t believe him. On the same occasion I tell you that I am the idlest and least of lawyers, but that I am better than none, in a case I have noted down with my own hand, and that you may be always sure of my best help, and incidentally of Lightwood’s too, in your efforts to clear your father. So, it gradually takes my fancy that I may help you—so easily!—to clear your father of that other blame which I mentioned a few minutes ago, and which is a just and real one. I hope I have explained myself; for I am heartily sorry to have distressed you. I hate to claim to mean well, but I really did mean honestly and simply well, and I want you to know it.’

‘I have never doubted that, Mr Wrayburn,’ said Lizzie; the more repentant, the less he claimed.

‘I am very glad to hear it. Though if you had quite understood my whole meaning at first, I think you would not have refused. Do you think you would?’

‘I—don’t know that I should, Mr Wrayburn.’

Well! Then why refuse now you do understand it?’

‘It’s not easy for me to talk to you,’ returned Lizzie, in some confusion, ‘for you see all the consequences of what I say, as soon as I say it.’

‘Take all the consequences,’ laughed Eugene, ‘and take away my disappointment. Lizzie Hexam, as I truly respect you, and as I am your friend and a poor devil of a gentleman, I protest I don’t even now understand why you hesitate.’

There was an appearance of openness, trustfulness, unsuspecting generosity, in his words and manner, that won the poor girl over; and not only won her over, but again caused her to feel as though she had been influenced by the opposite qualities, with vanity at their head.

‘I will not hesitate any longer, Mr Wrayburn. I hope you will not think the worse of me for having hesitated at all. For myself and for Jenny—you let me answer for you, Jenny dear?’

The little creature had been leaning back, attentive, with her elbows resting on the elbows of her chair, and her chin upon her hands. Without changing her attitude, she answered, ‘Yes!’ so suddenly that it rather seemed as if she had chopped the monosyllable than spoken it.

‘For myself and for Jenny, I thankfully accept your kind offer.’

‘Agreed! Dismissed!’ said Eugene, giving Lizzie his hand before lightly waving it, as if he waved the whole subject away. ‘I hope it may not be often that so much is made of so little!’

Then he fell to talking playfully with Jenny Wren. ‘I think of setting up a doll, Miss Jenny,’ he said.

‘You had better not,’ replied the dressmaker.

‘Why not?’

‘You are sure to break it. All you children do.’

‘But that makes good for trade, you know, Miss Wren,’ returned Eugene. ‘Much as people’s breaking promises and contracts and bargains of all sorts, makes good for MY trade.’

‘I don’t know about that,’ Miss Wren retorted; ‘but you had better by half set up a pen-wiper, and turn industrious, and use it.’

‘Why, if we were all as industrious as you, little Busy-Body, we should begin to work as soon as we could crawl, and there would be a bad thing!’

‘Do you mean,’ returned the little creature, with a flush suffusing her face, ‘bad for your backs and your legs?’

‘No, no, no,’ said Eugene; shocked—to do him justice—at the thought of trifling with her infirmity. ‘Bad for business, bad for business. If we all set to work as soon as we could use our hands, it would be all over with the dolls’ dressmakers.’

‘There’s something in that,’ replied Miss Wren; ‘you have a sort of an idea in your noddle sometimes.’ Then, in a changed tone; ‘Talking of ideas, my Lizzie,’ they were sitting side by side as they had sat at first, ‘I wonder how it happens that when I am work, work, working here, all alone in the summer-time, I smell flowers.’

‘As a commonplace individual, I should say,’ Eugene suggested languidly—for he was growing weary of the person of the house—‘that you smell flowers because you DO smell flowers.’

‘No I don’t,’ said the little creature, resting one arm upon the elbow of her chair, resting her chin upon that hand, and looking vacantly before her; ‘this is not a flowery neighbourhood. It’s anything but that. And yet as I sit at work, I smell miles of flowers. I smell roses, till I think I see the rose-leaves lying in heaps, bushels, on the floor. I smell fallen leaves, till I put down my hand—so—and expect to make them rustle. I smell the white and the pink May in the hedges, and all sorts of flowers that I never was among. For I have seen very few flowers indeed, in my life.’

‘Pleasant fancies to have, Jenny dear!’ said her friend: with a glance towards Eugene as if she would have asked him whether they were given the child in compensation for her losses.

‘So I think, Lizzie, when they come to me. And the birds I hear! Oh!’ cried the little creature, holding out her hand and looking upward, ‘how they sing!’

There was something in the face and action for the moment, quite inspired and beautiful. Then the chin dropped musingly upon the hand again.

‘I dare say my birds sing better than other birds, and my flowers smell better than other flowers. For when I was a little child,’ in a tone as though it were ages ago, ‘the children that I used to see early in the morning were very different from any others that I ever saw. They were not like me; they were not chilled, anxious, ragged, or beaten; they were never in pain. They were not like the children of the neighbours; they never made me tremble all over, by setting up shrill noises, and they never mocked me. Such numbers of them too! All in white dresses, and with something shining on the borders, and on their heads, that I have never been able to imitate with my work, though I know it so well. They used to come down in long bright slanting rows, and say all together, “Who is this in pain! Who is this in pain!” When I told them who it was, they answered, “Come and play with us!” When I said “I never play! I can’t play!” they swept about me and took me up, and made me light. Then it was all delicious ease and rest till they laid me down, and said, all together, “Have patience, and we will come again.” Whenever they came back, I used to know they were coming before I saw the long bright rows, by hearing them ask, all together a long way off, “Who is this in pain! Who is this in pain!” And I used to cry out, “O my blessed children, it’s poor me. Have pity on me. Take me up and make me light!”’

By degrees, as she progressed in this remembrance, the hand was raised, the late ecstatic look returned, and she became quite beautiful. Having so paused for a moment, silent, with a listening smile upon her face, she looked round and recalled herself.

‘What poor fun you think me; don’t you, Mr Wrayburn? You may well look tired of me. But it’s Saturday night, and I won’t detain you.’

‘That is to say, Miss Wren,’ observed Eugene, quite ready to profit by the hint, ‘you wish me to go?’

Well, it’s Saturday night,’ she returned, ‘and my child’s coming home. And my child is a troublesome bad child, and costs me a world of scolding. I would rather you didn’t see my child.’

‘A doll?’ said Eugene, not understanding, and looking for an explanation.

But Lizzie, with her lips only, shaping the two words, ‘Her father,’ he delayed no longer. He took his leave immediately. At the corner of the street he stopped to light another cigar, and possibly to ask himself what he was doing otherwise. If so, the answer was indefinite and vague. Who knows what he is doing, who is careless what he does!

A man stumbled against him as he turned away, who mumbled some maudlin apology. Looking after this man, Eugene saw him go in at the door by which he himself had just come out.

On the man’s stumbling into the room, Lizzie rose to leave it.

‘Don’t go away, Miss Hexam,’ he said in a submissive manner, speaking thickly and with difficulty. ‘Don’t fly from unfortunate man in shattered state of health. Give poor invalid honour of your company. It ain’t—ain’t catching.’

Lizzie murmured that she had something to do in her own room, and went away upstairs.

‘How’s my Jenny?’ said the man, timidly. ‘How’s my Jenny Wren, best of children, object dearest affections broken-hearted invalid?’

To which the person of the house, stretching out her arm in an attitude of command, replied with irresponsive asperity: ‘Go along with you! Go along into your corner! Get into your corner directly!’

The wretched spectacle made as if he would have offered some remonstrance; but not venturing to resist the person of the house, thought better of it, and went and sat down on a particular chair of disgrace.

‘Oh-h-h!’ cried the person of the house, pointing her little finger, ‘You bad old boy! Oh-h-h you naughty, wicked creature! WHAT do you mean by it?’

The shaking figure, unnerved and disjointed from head to foot, put out its two hands a little way, as making overtures of peace and reconciliation. Abject tears stood in its eyes, and stained the blotched red of its cheeks. The swollen lead-coloured under lip trembled with a shameful whine. The whole indecorous threadbare ruin, from the broken shoes to the prematurely-grey scanty hair, grovelled. Not with any sense worthy to be called a sense, of this dire reversal of the places of parent and child, but in a pitiful expostulation to be let off from a scolding.

‘I know your tricks and your manners,’ cried Miss Wren. ‘I know where you’ve been to!’ (which indeed it did not require discernment to discover). ‘Oh, you disgraceful old chap!’

The very breathing of the figure was contemptible, as it laboured and rattled in that operation, like a blundering clock.

‘Slave, slave, slave, from morning to night,’ pursued the person of the house, ‘and all for this! WHAT do you mean by it?’

There was something in that emphasized ‘What,’ which absurdly frightened the figure. As often as the person of the house worked her way round to it—even as soon as he saw that it was coming—he collapsed in an extra degree.

‘I wish you had been taken up, and locked up,’ said the person of the house. ‘I wish you had been poked into cells and black holes, and run over by rats and spiders and beetles. I know their tricks and their manners, and they’d have tickled you nicely. Ain’t you ashamed of yourself?’

‘Yes, my dear,’ stammered the father.

‘Then,’ said the person of the house, terrifying him by a grand muster of her spirits and forces before recurring to the emphatic word, ‘WHAT do you mean by it?’

‘Circumstances over which had no control,’ was the miserable creature’s plea in extenuation.

‘I’LL circumstance you and control you too,’ retorted the person of the house, speaking with vehement sharpness, ‘if you talk in that way. I’ll give you in charge to the police, and have you fined five shillings when you can’t pay, and then I won’t pay the money for you, and you’ll be transported for life. How should you like to be transported for life?’

‘Shouldn’t like it. Poor shattered invalid. Trouble nobody long,’ cried the wretched figure.

‘Come, come!’ said the person of the house, tapping the table near her in a business-like manner, and shaking her head and her chin; ‘you know what you’ve got to do. Put down your money this instant.’

The obedient figure began to rummage in its pockets.

‘Spent a fortune out of your wages, I’ll be bound!’ said the person of the house. ‘Put it here! All you’ve got left! Every farthing!’

Such a business as he made of collecting it from his dogs’-eared pockets; of expecting it in this pocket, and not finding it; of not expecting it in that pocket, and passing it over; of finding no pocket where that other pocket ought to be!

‘Is this all?’ demanded the person of the house, when a confused heap of pence and shillings lay on the table.

‘Got no more,’ was the rueful answer, with an accordant shake of the head.

‘Let me make sure. You know what you’ve got to do. Turn all your pockets inside out, and leave ’em so!’ cried the person of the house.

He obeyed. And if anything could have made him look more abject or more dismally ridiculous than before, it would have been his so displaying himself.

‘Here’s but seven and eightpence halfpenny!’ exclaimed Miss Wren, after reducing the heap to order. ‘Oh, you prodigal old son! Now you shall be starved.’

‘No, don’t starve me,’ he urged, whimpering.

‘If you were treated as you ought to be,’ said Miss Wren, ‘you’d be fed upon the skewers of cats’ meat;—only the skewers, after the cats had had the meat. As it is, go to bed.’

When he stumbled out of the corner to comply, he again put out both his hands, and pleaded: ‘Circumstances over which no control—’

‘Get along with you to bed!’ cried Miss Wren, snapping him up. ‘Don’t speak to me. I’m not going to forgive you. Go to bed this moment!’

Seeing another emphatic ‘What’ upon its way, he evaded it by complying and was heard to shuffle heavily up stairs, and shut his door, and throw himself on his bed. Within a little while afterwards, Lizzie came down.

‘Shall we have our supper, Jenny dear?’

‘Ah! bless us and save us, we need have something to keep us going,’ returned Miss Jenny, shrugging her shoulders.

Lizzie laid a cloth upon the little bench (more handy for the person of the house than an ordinary table), and put upon it such plain fare as they were accustomed to have, and drew up a stool for herself.

‘Now for supper! What are you thinking of, Jenny darling?’

‘I was thinking,’ she returned, coming out of a deep study, ‘what I would do to Him, if he should turn out a drunkard.’

‘Oh, but he won’t,’ said Lizzie. ‘You’ll take care of that, beforehand.’

‘I shall try to take care of it beforehand, but he might deceive me. Oh, my dear, all those fellows with their tricks and their manners do deceive!’ With the little fist in full action. ‘And if so, I tell you what I think I’d do. When he was asleep, I’d make a spoon red hot, and I’d have some boiling liquor bubbling in a saucepan, and I’d take it out hissing, and I’d open his mouth with the other hand—or perhaps he’d sleep with his mouth ready open—and I’d pour it down his throat, and blister it and choke him.’

‘I am sure you would do no such horrible thing,’ said Lizzie.

‘Shouldn’t I? Well; perhaps I shouldn’t. But I should like to!’

‘I am equally sure you would not.’

‘Not even like to? Well, you generally know best. Only you haven’t always lived among it as I have lived—and your back isn’t bad and your legs are not queer.’

As they went on with their supper, Lizzie tried to bring her round to that prettier and better state. But, the charm was broken. The person of the house was the person of a house full of sordid shames and cares, with an upper room in which that abased figure was infecting even innocent sleep with sensual brutality and degradation. The doll’s dressmaker had become a little quaint shrew; of the world, worldly; of the earth, earthy.

Poor doll’s dressmaker! How often so dragged down by hands that should have raised her up; how often so misdirected when losing her way on the eternal road, and asking guidance! Poor, poor little doll’s dressmaker!

Chapter 3

A PIECE OF WORK

Britannia, sitting meditating one fine day (perhaps in the attitude in which she is presented on the copper coinage), discovers all of a sudden that she wants Veneering in Parliament. It occurs to her that Veneering is ‘a representative man’—which cannot in these times be doubted—and that Her Majesty’s faithful Commons are incomplete without him. So, Britannia mentions to a legal gentleman of her acquaintance that if Veneering will ‘put down’ five thousand pounds, he may write a couple of initial letters after his name at the extremely cheap rate of two thousand five hundred per letter. It is clearly understood between Britannia and the legal gentleman that nobody is to take up the five thousand pounds, but that being put down they will disappear by magical conjuration and enchantment.

The legal gentleman in Britannia’s confidence going straight from that lady to Veneering, thus commissioned, Veneering declares himself highly flattered, but requires breathing time to ascertain ‘whether his friends will rally round him.’ Above all things, he says, it behoves him to be clear, at a crisis of this importance, ‘whether his friends will rally round him.’ The legal gentleman, in the interests of his client cannot allow much time for this purpose, as the lady rather thinks she knows somebody prepared to put down six thousand pounds; but he says he will give Veneering four hours.

Veneering then says to Mrs Veneering, ‘We must work,’ and throws himself into a Hansom cab. Mrs Veneering in the same moment relinquishes baby to Nurse; presses her aquiline hands upon her brow, to arrange the throbbing intellect within; orders out the carriage; and repeats in a distracted and devoted manner, compounded of Ophelia and any self-immolating female of antiquity you may prefer, ‘We must work.’

Veneering having instructed his driver to charge at the Public in the streets, like the Life-Guards at Waterloo, is driven furiously to Duke Street, Saint James’s. There, he finds Twemlow in his lodgings, fresh from the hands of a secret artist who has been doing something to his hair with yolks of eggs. The process requiring that Twemlow shall, for two hours after the application, allow his hair to stick upright and dry gradually, he is in an appropriate state for the receipt of startling intelligence; looking equally like the Monument on Fish Street Hill, and King Priam on a certain incendiary occasion not wholly unknown as a neat point from the classics.

‘My dear Twemlow,’ says Veneering, grasping both his hands, ‘as the dearest and oldest of my friends—’

(‘Then there can be no more doubt about it in future,’ thinks Twemlow, ‘and I AM!’)

‘—Are you of opinion that your cousin, Lord Snigsworth, would give his name as a Member of my Committee? I don’t go so far as to ask for his lordship; I only ask for his name. Do you think he would give me his name?’

In sudden low spirits, Twemlow replies, ‘I don’t think he would.’

‘My political opinions,’ says Veneering, not previously aware of having any, ‘are identical with those of Lord Snigsworth, and perhaps as a matter of public feeling and public principle, Lord Snigsworth would give me his name.’

‘It might be so,’ says Twemlow; ‘but—’ And perplexedly scratching his head, forgetful of the yolks of eggs, is the more discomfited by being reminded how stickey he is.

‘Between such old and intimate friends as ourselves,’ pursues Veneering, ‘there should in such a case be no reserve. Promise me that if I ask you to do anything for me which you don’t like to do, or feel the slightest difficulty in doing, you will freely tell me so.’

This, Twemlow is so kind as to promise, with every appearance of most heartily intending to keep his word.

‘Would you have any objection to write down to Snigsworthy Park, and ask this favour of Lord Snigsworth? Of course if it were granted I should know that I owed it solely to you; while at the same time you would put it to Lord Snigsworth entirely upon public grounds. Would you have any objection?’

Says Twemlow, with his hand to his forehead, ‘You have exacted a promise from me.’

‘I have, my dear Twemlow.’

‘And you expect me to keep it honourably.’

‘I do, my dear Twemlow.’

‘ON the whole, then;—observe me,’ urges Twemlow with great nicety, as if; in the case of its having been off the whole, he would have done it directly—‘ON the whole, I must beg you to excuse me from addressing any communication to Lord Snigsworth.’

‘Bless you, bless you!’ says Veneering; horribly disappointed, but grasping him by both hands again, in a particularly fervent manner.

It is not to be wondered at that poor Twemlow should decline to inflict a letter on his noble cousin (who has gout in the temper), inasmuch as his noble cousin, who allows him a small annuity on which he lives, takes it out of him, as the phrase goes, in extreme severity; putting him, when he visits at Snigsworthy Park, under a kind of martial law; ordaining that he shall hang his hat on a particular peg, sit on a particular chair, talk on particular subjects to particular people, and perform particular exercises: such as sounding the praises of the Family Varnish (not to say Pictures), and abstaining from the choicest of the Family Wines unless expressly invited to partake.

‘One thing, however, I CAN do for you,’ says Twemlow; ‘and that is, work for you.’

Veneering blesses him again.

‘I’ll go,’ says Twemlow, in a rising hurry of spirits, ‘to the club;—let us see now; what o’clock is it?’

‘Twenty minutes to eleven.’

‘I’ll be,’ says Twemlow, ‘at the club by ten minutes to twelve, and I’ll never leave it all day.’

Veneering feels that his friends are rallying round him, and says, ‘Thank you, thank you. I knew I could rely upon you. I said to Anastatia before leaving home just now to come to you—of course the first friend I have seen on a subject so momentous to me, my dear Twemlow—I said to Anastatia, “We must work.”’

‘You were right, you were right,’ replies Twemlow. ‘Tell me. Is SHE working?’

‘She is,’ says Veneering.

‘Good!’ cries Twemlow, polite little gentleman that he is. ‘A woman’s tact is invaluable. To have the dear sex with us, is to have everything with us.’

‘But you have not imparted to me,’ remarks Veneering, ‘what you think of my entering the House of Commons?’

‘I think,’ rejoins Twemlow, feelingly, ‘that it is the best club in London.’

Veneering again blesses him, plunges down stairs, rushes into his Hansom, and directs the driver to be up and at the British Public, and to charge into the City.

Meanwhile Twemlow, in an increasing hurry of spirits, gets his hair down as well as he can—which is not very well; for, after these glutinous applications it is restive, and has a surface on it somewhat in the nature of pastry—and gets to the club by the appointed time. At the club he promptly secures a large window, writing materials, and all the newspapers, and establishes himself; immoveable, to be respectfully contemplated by Pall Mall. Sometimes, when a man enters who nods to him, Twemlow says, ‘Do you know Veneering?’ Man says, ‘No; member of the club?’ Twemlow says, ‘Yes. Coming in for Pocket-Breaches.’ Man says, ‘Ah! Hope he may find it worth the money!’ yawns, and saunters out. Towards six o’clock of the afternoon, Twemlow begins to persuade himself that he is positively jaded with work, and thinks it much to be regretted that he was not brought up as a Parliamentary agent.

From Twemlow’s, Veneering dashes at Podsnap’s place of business. Finds Podsnap reading the paper, standing, and inclined to be oratorical over the astonishing discovery he has made, that Italy is not England. Respectfully entreats Podsnap’s pardon for stopping the flow of his words of wisdom, and informs him what is in the wind. Tells Podsnap that their political opinions are identical. Gives Podsnap to understand that he, Veneering, formed his political opinions while sitting at the feet of him, Podsnap. Seeks earnestly to know whether Podsnap ‘will rally round him?’

Says Podsnap, something sternly, ‘Now, first of all, Veneering, do you ask my advice?’

Veneering falters that as so old and so dear a friend—

‘Yes, yes, that’s all very well,’ says Podsnap; ‘but have you made up your mind to take this borough of Pocket-Breaches on its own terms, or do you ask my opinion whether you shall take it or leave it alone?’

Veneering repeats that his heart’s desire and his soul’s thirst are, that Podsnap shall rally round him.

‘Now, I’ll be plain with you, Veneering,’ says Podsnap, knitting his brows. ‘You will infer that I don’t care about Parliament, from the fact of my not being there?’

Why, of course Veneering knows that! Of course Veneering knows that if Podsnap chose to go there, he would be there, in a space of time that might be stated by the light and thoughtless as a jiffy.

‘It is not worth my while,’ pursues Podsnap, becoming handsomely mollified, ‘and it is the reverse of important to my position. But it is not my wish to set myself up as law for another man, differently situated. You think it IS worth YOUR while, and IS important to YOUR position. Is that so?’

Always with the proviso that Podsnap will rally round him, Veneering thinks it is so.

‘Then you don’t ask my advice,’ says Podsnap. ‘Good. Then I won’t give it you. But you do ask my help. Good. Then I’ll work for you.’

Veneering instantly blesses him, and apprises him that Twemlow is already working. Podsnap does not quite approve that anybody should be already working—regarding it rather in the light of a liberty—but tolerates Twemlow, and says he is a well-connected old female who will do no harm.

‘I have nothing very particular to do to-day,’ adds Podsnap, ‘and I’ll mix with some influential people. I had engaged myself to dinner, but I’ll send Mrs Podsnap and get off going myself; and I’ll dine with you at eight. It’s important we should report progress and compare notes. Now, let me see. You ought to have a couple of active energetic fellows, of gentlemanly manners, to go about.’

Veneering, after cogitation, thinks of Boots and Brewer.

‘Whom I have met at your house,’ says Podsnap. ‘Yes. They’ll do very well. Let them each have a cab, and go about.’

Veneering immediately mentions what a blessing he feels it, to possess a friend capable of such grand administrative suggestions, and really is elated at this going about of Boots and Brewer, as an idea wearing an electioneering aspect and looking desperately like business. Leaving Podsnap, at a hand-gallop, he descends upon Boots and Brewer, who enthusiastically rally round him by at once bolting off in cabs, taking opposite directions. Then Veneering repairs to the legal gentleman in Britannia’s confidence, and with him transacts some delicate affairs of business, and issues an address to the independent electors of Pocket-Breaches, announcing that he is coming among them for their suffrages, as the mariner returns to the home of his early childhood: a phrase which is none the worse for his never having been near the place in his life, and not even now distinctly knowing where it is.

Mrs Veneering, during the same eventful hours, is not idle. No sooner does the carriage turn out, all complete, than she turns into it, all complete, and gives the word ‘To Lady Tippins’s.’ That charmer dwells over a staymaker’s in the Belgravian Borders, with a life-size model in the window on the ground floor of a distinguished beauty in a blue petticoat, stay-lace in hand, looking over her shoulder at the town in innocent surprise. As well she may, to find herself dressing under the circumstances.

Lady Tippins at home? Lady Tippins at home, with the room darkened, and her back (like the lady’s at the ground-floor window, though for a different reason) cunningly turned towards the light. Lady Tippins is so surprised by seeing her dear Mrs Veneering so early—in the middle of the night, the pretty creature calls it—that her eyelids almost go up, under the influence of that emotion.

To whom Mrs Veneering incoherently communicates, how that Veneering has been offered Pocket-Breaches; how that it is the time for rallying round; how that Veneering has said ‘We must work’; how that she is here, as a wife and mother, to entreat Lady Tippins to work; how that the carriage is at Lady Tippins’s disposal for purposes of work; how that she, proprietress of said bran new elegant equipage, will return home on foot—on bleeding feet if need be—to work (not specifying how), until she drops by the side of baby’s crib.

‘My love,’ says Lady Tippins, ‘compose yourself; we’ll bring him in.’ And Lady Tippins really does work, and work the Veneering horses too; for she clatters about town all day, calling upon everybody she knows, and showing her entertaining powers and green fan to immense advantage, by rattling on with, My dear soul, what do you think? What do you suppose me to be? You’ll never guess. I’m pretending to be an electioneering agent. And for what place of all places? Pocket-Breaches. And why? Because the dearest friend I have in the world has bought it. And who is the dearest friend I have in the world? A man of the name of Veneering. Not omitting his wife, who is the other dearest friend I have in the world; and I positively declare I forgot their baby, who is the other. And we are carrying on this little farce to keep up appearances, and isn’t it refreshing! Then, my precious child, the fun of it is that nobody knows who these Veneerings are, and that they know nobody, and that they have a house out of the Tales of the Genii, and give dinners out of the Arabian Nights. Curious to see ’em, my dear? Say you’ll know ’em. Come and dine with ’em. They shan’t bore you. Say who shall meet you. We’ll make up a party of our own, and I’ll engage that they shall not interfere with you for one single moment. You really ought to see their gold and silver camels. I call their dinner-table, the Caravan. Do come and dine with my Veneerings, my own Veneerings, my exclusive property, the dearest friends I have in the world! And above all, my dear, be sure you promise me your vote and interest and all sorts of plumpers for Pocket-Breaches; for we couldn’t think of spending sixpence on it, my love, and can only consent to be brought in by the spontaneous thingummies of the incorruptible whatdoyoucallums.

Now, the point of view seized by the bewitching Tippins, that this same working and rallying round is to keep up appearances, may have something in it, but not all the truth. More is done, or considered to be done—which does as well—by taking cabs, and ‘going about,’ than the fair Tippins knew of. Many vast vague reputations have been made, solely by taking cabs and going about. This particularly obtains in all Parliamentary affairs. Whether the business in hand be to get a man in, or get a man out, or get a man over, or promote a railway, or jockey a railway, or what else, nothing is understood to be so effectual as scouring nowhere in a violent hurry—in short, as taking cabs and going about.

Probably because this reason is in the air, Twemlow, far from being singular in his persuasion that he works like a Trojan, is capped by Podsnap, who in his turn is capped by Boots and Brewer. At eight o’clock when all these hard workers assemble to dine at Veneering’s, it is understood that the cabs of Boots and Brewer mustn’t leave the door, but that pails of water must be brought from the nearest baiting-place, and cast over the horses’ legs on the very spot, lest Boots and Brewer should have instant occasion to mount and away. Those fleet messengers require the Analytical to see that their hats are deposited where they can be laid hold of at an instant’s notice; and they dine (remarkably well though) with the air of firemen in charge of an engine, expecting intelligence of some tremendous conflagration.

Mrs Veneering faintly remarks, as dinner opens, that many such days would be too much for her.

‘Many such days would be too much for all of us,’ says Podsnap; ‘but we’ll bring him in!’

‘We’ll bring him in,’ says Lady Tippins, sportively waving her green fan. ‘Veneering for ever!’

‘We’ll bring him in!’ says Twemlow.

‘We’ll bring him in!’ say Boots and Brewer.

Strictly speaking, it would be hard to show cause why they should not bring him in, Pocket-Breaches having closed its little bargain, and there being no opposition. However, it is agreed that they must ‘work’ to the last, and that if they did not work, something indefinite would happen. It is likewise agreed that they are all so exhausted with the work behind them, and need to be so fortified for the work before them, as to require peculiar strengthening from Veneering’s cellar. Therefore, the Analytical has orders to produce the cream of the cream of his binns, and therefore it falls out that rallying becomes rather a trying word for the occasion; Lady Tippins being observed gamely to inculcate the necessity of rearing round their dear Veneering; Podsnap advocating roaring round him; Boots and Brewer declaring their intention of reeling round him; and Veneering thanking his devoted friends one and all, with great emotion, for rarullarulling round him.

In these inspiring moments, Brewer strikes out an idea which is the great hit of the day. He consults his watch, and says (like Guy Fawkes), he’ll now go down to the House of Commons and see how things look.

‘I’ll keep about the lobby for an hour or so,’ says Brewer, with a deeply mysterious countenance, ‘and if things look well, I won’t come back, but will order my cab for nine in the morning.’

‘You couldn’t do better,’ says Podsnap.

Veneering expresses his inability ever to acknowledge this last service. Tears stand in Mrs Veneering’s affectionate eyes. Boots shows envy, loses ground, and is regarded as possessing a second-rate mind. They all crowd to the door, to see Brewer off. Brewer says to his driver, ‘Now, is your horse pretty fresh?’ eyeing the animal with critical scrutiny. Driver says he’s as fresh as butter. ‘Put him along then,’ says Brewer; ‘House of Commons.’ Driver darts up, Brewer leaps in, they cheer him as he departs, and Mr Podsnap says, ‘Mark my words, sir. That’s a man of resource; that’s a man to make his way in life.’

When the time comes for Veneering to deliver a neat and appropriate stammer to the men of Pocket-Breaches, only Podsnap and Twemlow accompany him by railway to that sequestered spot. The legal gentleman is at the Pocket-Breaches Branch Station, with an open carriage with a printed bill ‘Veneering for ever’ stuck upon it, as if it were a wall; and they gloriously proceed, amidst the grins of the populace, to a feeble little town hall on crutches, with some onions and bootlaces under it, which the legal gentleman says are a Market; and from the front window of that edifice Veneering speaks to the listening earth. In the moment of his taking his hat off, Podsnap, as per agreement made with Mrs Veneering, telegraphs to that wife and mother, ‘He’s up.’

Veneering loses his way in the usual No Thoroughfares of speech, and Podsnap and Twemlow say Hear hear! and sometimes, when he can’t by any means back himself out of some very unlucky No Thoroughfare, ‘He-a-a-r He-a-a-r!’ with an air of facetious conviction, as if the ingenuity of the thing gave them a sensation of exquisite pleasure. But Veneering makes two remarkably good points; so good, that they are supposed to have been suggested to him by the legal gentleman in Britannia’s confidence, while briefly conferring on the stairs.

Point the first is this. Veneering institutes an original comparison between the country, and a ship; pointedly calling the ship, the Vessel of the State, and the Minister the Man at the Helm. Veneering’s object is to let Pocket-Breaches know that his friend on his right (Podsnap) is a man of wealth. Consequently says he, ‘And, gentlemen, when the timbers of the Vessel of the State are unsound and the Man at the Helm is unskilful, would those great Marine Insurers, who rank among our world-famed merchant-princes—would they insure her, gentlemen? Would they underwrite her? Would they incur a risk in her? Would they have confidence in her? Why, gentlemen, if I appealed to my honourable friend upon my right, himself among the greatest and most respected of that great and much respected class, he would answer No!’

Point the second is this. The telling fact that Twemlow is related to Lord Snigsworth, must be let off. Veneering supposes a state of public affairs that probably never could by any possibility exist (though this is not quite certain, in consequence of his picture being unintelligible to himself and everybody else), and thus proceeds. ‘Why, gentlemen, if I were to indicate such a programme to any class of society, I say it would be received with derision, would be pointed at by the finger of scorn. If I indicated such a programme to any worthy and intelligent tradesman of your town—nay, I will here be personal, and say Our town—what would he reply? He would reply, “Away with it!” That’s what HE would reply, gentlemen. In his honest indignation he would reply, “Away with it!” But suppose I mounted higher in the social scale. Suppose I drew my arm through the arm of my respected friend upon my left, and, walking with him through the ancestral woods of his family, and under the spreading beeches of Snigsworthy Park, approached the noble hall, crossed the courtyard, entered by the door, went up the staircase, and, passing from room to room, found myself at last in the august presence of my friend’s near kinsman, Lord Snigsworth. And suppose I said to that venerable earl, “My Lord, I am here before your lordship, presented by your lordship’s near kinsman, my friend upon my left, to indicate that programme;” what would his lordship answer? Why, he would answer, “Away with it!” That’s what he would answer, gentlemen. “Away with it!” Unconsciously using, in his exalted sphere, the exact language of the worthy and intelligent tradesman of our town, the near and dear kinsman of my friend upon my left would answer in his wrath, “Away with it!”’

Veneering finishes with this last success, and Mr Podsnap telegraphs to Mrs Veneering, ‘He’s down.’

Then, dinner is had at the Hotel with the legal gentleman, and then there are in due succession, nomination, and declaration. Finally Mr Podsnap telegraphs to Mrs Veneering, ‘We have brought him in.’

Another gorgeous dinner awaits them on their return to the Veneering halls, and Lady Tippins awaits them, and Boots and Brewer await them. There is a modest assertion on everybody’s part that everybody single-handed ‘brought him in’; but in the main it is conceded by all, that that stroke of business on Brewer’s part, in going down to the house that night to see how things looked, was the master-stroke.

A touching little incident is related by Mrs Veneering, in the course of the evening. Mrs Veneering is habitually disposed to be tearful, and has an extra disposition that way after her late excitement. Previous to withdrawing from the dinner-table with Lady Tippins, she says, in a pathetic and physically weak manner:

‘You will all think it foolish of me, I know, but I must mention it. As I sat by Baby’s crib, on the night before the election, Baby was very uneasy in her sleep.’

The Analytical chemist, who is gloomily looking on, has diabolical impulses to suggest ‘Wind’ and throw up his situation; but represses them.

‘After an interval almost convulsive, Baby curled her little hands in one another and smiled.’

Mrs Veneering stopping here, Mr Podsnap deems it incumbent on him to say: ‘I wonder why!’

‘Could it be, I asked myself,’ says Mrs Veneering, looking about her for her pocket-handkerchief, ‘that the Fairies were telling Baby that her papa would shortly be an M. P.?’

So overcome by the sentiment is Mrs Veneering, that they all get up to make a clear stage for Veneering, who goes round the table to the rescue, and bears her out backward, with her feet impressively scraping the carpet: after remarking that her work has been too much for her strength. Whether the fairies made any mention of the five thousand pounds, and it disagreed with Baby, is not speculated upon.

Poor little Twemlow, quite done up, is touched, and still continues touched after he is safely housed over the livery-stable yard in Duke Street, Saint James’s. But there, upon his sofa, a tremendous consideration breaks in upon the mild gentleman, putting all softer considerations to the rout.

‘Gracious heavens! Now I have time to think of it, he never saw one of his constituents in all his days, until we saw them together!’

After having paced the room in distress of mind, with his hand to his forehead, the innocent Twemlow returns to his sofa and moans:

‘I shall either go distracted, or die, of this man. He comes upon me too late in life. I am not strong enough to bear him!’

Chapter 4

CUPID PROMPTED

To use the cold language of the world, Mrs Alfred Lammle rapidly improved the acquaintance of Miss Podsnap. To use the warm language of Mrs Lammle, she and her sweet Georgiana soon became one: in heart, in mind, in sentiment, in soul.

Whenever Georgiana could escape from the thraldom of Podsnappery; could throw off the bedclothes of the custard-coloured phaeton, and get up; could shrink out of the range of her mother’s rocking, and (so to speak) rescue her poor little frosty toes from being rocked over; she repaired to her friend, Mrs Alfred Lammle. Mrs Podsnap by no means objected. As a consciously ‘splendid woman,’ accustomed to overhear herself so denominated by elderly osteologists pursuing their studies in dinner society, Mrs Podsnap could dispense with her daughter. Mr Podsnap, for his part, on being informed where Georgiana was, swelled with patronage of the Lammles. That they, when unable to lay hold of him, should respectfully grasp at the hem of his mantle; that they, when they could not bask in the glory of him the sun, should take up with the pale reflected light of the watery young moon his daughter; appeared quite natural, becoming, and proper. It gave him a better opinion of the discretion of the Lammles than he had heretofore held, as showing that they appreciated the value of the connexion. So, Georgiana repairing to her friend, Mr Podsnap went out to dinner, and to dinner, and yet to dinner, arm in arm with Mrs Podsnap: settling his obstinate head in his cravat and shirt-collar, much as if he were performing on the Pandean pipes, in his own honour, the triumphal march, See the conquering Podsnap comes, Sound the trumpets, beat the drums!

It was a trait in Mr Podsnap’s character (and in one form or other it will be generally seen to pervade the depths and shallows of Podsnappery), that he could not endure a hint of disparagement of any friend or acquaintance of his. ‘How dare you?’ he would seem to say, in such a case. ‘What do you mean? I have licensed this person. This person has taken out MY certificate. Through this person you strike at me, Podsnap the Great. And it is not that I particularly care for the person’s dignity, but that I do most particularly care for Podsnap’s.’ Hence, if any one in his presence had presumed to doubt the responsibility of the Lammles, he would have been mightily huffed. Not that any one did, for Veneering, M.P., was always the authority for their being very rich, and perhaps believed it. As indeed he might, if he chose, for anything he knew of the matter.

Mr and Mrs Lammle’s house in Sackville Street, Piccadilly, was but a temporary residence. It has done well enough, they informed their friends, for Mr Lammle when a bachelor, but it would not do now. So, they were always looking at palatial residences in the best situations, and always very nearly taking or buying one, but never quite concluding the bargain. Hereby they made for themselves a shining little reputation apart. People said, on seeing a vacant palatial residence, ‘The very thing for the Lammles!’ and wrote to the Lammles about it, and the Lammles always went to look at it, but unfortunately it never exactly answered. In short, they suffered so many disappointments, that they began to think it would be necessary to build a palatial residence. And hereby they made another shining reputation; many persons of their acquaintance becoming by anticipation dissatisfied with their own houses, and envious of the non-existent Lammle structure.

The handsome fittings and furnishings of the house in Sackville Street were piled thick and high over the skeleton up-stairs, and if it ever whispered from under its load of upholstery, ‘Here I am in the closet!’ it was to very few ears, and certainly never to Miss Podsnap’s. What Miss Podsnap was particularly charmed with, next to the graces of her friend, was the happiness of her friend’s married life. This was frequently their theme of conversation.

‘I am sure,’ said Miss Podsnap, ‘Mr Lammle is like a lover. At least I—I should think he was.’

‘Georgiana, darling!’ said Mrs Lammle, holding up a forefinger, ‘Take care!’

‘Oh my goodness me!’ exclaimed Miss Podsnap, reddening. ‘What have I said now?’

‘Alfred, you know,’ hinted Mrs Lammle, playfully shaking her head. ‘You were never to say Mr Lammle any more, Georgiana.’

‘Oh! Alfred, then. I am glad it’s no worse. I was afraid I had said something shocking. I am always saying something wrong to ma.’

‘To me, Georgiana dearest?’

‘No, not to you; you are not ma. I wish you were.’

Mrs Lammle bestowed a sweet and loving smile upon her friend, which Miss Podsnap returned as she best could. They sat at lunch in Mrs Lammle’s own boudoir.

‘And so, dearest Georgiana, Alfred is like your notion of a lover?’

‘I don’t say that, Sophronia,’ Georgiana replied, beginning to conceal her elbows. ‘I haven’t any notion of a lover. The dreadful wretches that ma brings up at places to torment me, are not lovers. I only mean that Mr—’

‘Again, dearest Georgiana?’

‘That Alfred—’

‘Sounds much better, darling.’

‘—Loves you so. He always treats you with such delicate gallantry and attention. Now, don’t he?’

‘Truly, my dear,’ said Mrs Lammle, with a rather singular expression crossing her face. ‘I believe that he loves me, fully as much as I love him.’

‘Oh, what happiness!’ exclaimed Miss Podsnap.

‘But do you know, my Georgiana,’ Mrs Lammle resumed presently, ‘that there is something suspicious in your enthusiastic sympathy with Alfred’s tenderness?’

‘Good gracious no, I hope not!’

‘Doesn’t it rather suggest,’ said Mrs Lammle archly, ‘that my Georgiana’s little heart is—’

‘Oh don’t!’ Miss Podsnap blushingly besought her. ‘Please don’t! I assure you, Sophronia, that I only praise Alfred, because he is your husband and so fond of you.’

Sophronia’s glance was as if a rather new light broke in upon her. It shaded off into a cool smile, as she said, with her eyes upon her lunch, and her eyebrows raised:

‘You are quite wrong, my love, in your guess at my meaning. What I insinuated was, that my Georgiana’s little heart was growing conscious of a vacancy.’

‘No, no, no,’ said Georgiana. ‘I wouldn’t have anybody say anything to me in that way for I don’t know how many thousand pounds.’

‘In what way, my Georgiana?’ inquired Mrs Lammle, still smiling coolly with her eyes upon her lunch, and her eyebrows raised.

‘YOU know,’ returned poor little Miss Podsnap. ‘I think I should go out of my mind, Sophronia, with vexation and shyness and detestation, if anybody did. It’s enough for me to see how loving you and your husband are. That’s a different thing. I couldn’t bear to have anything of that sort going on with myself. I should beg and pray to—to have the person taken away and trampled upon.’

Ah! here was Alfred. Having stolen in unobserved, he playfully leaned on the back of Sophronia’s chair, and, as Miss Podsnap saw him, put one of Sophronia’s wandering locks to his lips, and waved a kiss from it towards Miss Podsnap.

‘What is this about husbands and detestations?’ inquired the captivating Alfred.

‘Why, they say,’ returned his wife, ‘that listeners never hear any good of themselves; though you—but pray how long have you been here, sir?’

‘This instant arrived, my own.’

‘Then I may go on—though if you had been here but a moment or two sooner, you would have heard your praises sounded by Georgiana.’

‘Only, if they were to be called praises at all which I really don’t think they were,’ explained Miss Podsnap in a flutter, ‘for being so devoted to Sophronia.’

‘Sophronia!’ murmured Alfred. ‘My life!’ and kissed her hand. In return for which she kissed his watch-chain.

‘But it was not I who was to be taken away and trampled upon, I hope?’ said Alfred, drawing a seat between them.

‘Ask Georgiana, my soul,’ replied his wife.

Alfred touchingly appealed to Georgiana.

‘Oh, it was nobody,’ replied Miss Podsnap. ‘It was nonsense.’

‘But if you are determined to know, Mr Inquisitive Pet, as I suppose you are,’ said the happy and fond Sophronia, smiling, ‘it was any one who should venture to aspire to Georgiana.’

‘Sophronia, my love,’ remonstrated Mr Lammle, becoming graver, ‘you are not serious?’

‘Alfred, my love,’ returned his wife, ‘I dare say Georgiana was not, but I am.’

‘Now this,’ said Mr Lammle, ‘shows the accidental combinations that there are in things! Could you believe, my Ownest, that I came in here with the name of an aspirant to our Georgiana on my lips?’

‘Of course I could believe, Alfred,’ said Mrs Lammle, ‘anything that YOU told me.’

‘You dear one! And I anything that YOU told me.’

How delightful those interchanges, and the looks accompanying them! Now, if the skeleton up-stairs had taken that opportunity, for instance, of calling out ‘Here I am, suffocating in the closet!’

‘I give you my honour, my dear Sophronia—’

‘And I know what that is, love,’ said she.

‘You do, my darling—that I came into the room all but uttering young Fledgeby’s name. Tell Georgiana, dearest, about young Fledgeby.’

‘Oh no, don’t! Please don’t!’ cried Miss Podsnap, putting her fingers in her ears. ‘I’d rather not.’

Mrs Lammle laughed in her gayest manner, and, removing her Georgiana’s unresisting hands, and playfully holding them in her own at arms’ length, sometimes near together and sometimes wide apart, went on:

‘You must know, you dearly beloved little goose, that once upon a time there was a certain person called young Fledgeby. And this young Fledgeby, who was of an excellent family and rich, was known to two other certain persons, dearly attached to one another and called Mr and Mrs Alfred Lammle. So this young Fledgeby, being one night at the play, there sees with Mr and Mrs Alfred Lammle, a certain heroine called—’

‘No, don’t say Georgiana Podsnap!’ pleaded that young lady almost in tears. ‘Please don’t. Oh do do do say somebody else! Not Georgiana Podsnap. Oh don’t, don’t, don’t!’

‘No other,’ said Mrs Lammle, laughing airily, and, full of affectionate blandishments, opening and closing Georgiana’s arms like a pair of compasses, ‘than my little Georgiana Podsnap. So this young Fledgeby goes to that Alfred Lammle and says—’

‘Oh ple-e-e-ease don’t!’ Georgiana, as if the supplication were being squeezed out of her by powerful compression. ‘I so hate him for saying it!’

‘For saying what, my dear?’ laughed Mrs Lammle.

‘Oh, I don’t know what he said,’ cried Georgiana wildly, ‘but I hate him all the same for saying it.’

‘My dear,’ said Mrs Lammle, always laughing in her most captivating way, ‘the poor young fellow only says that he is stricken all of a heap.’

‘Oh, what shall I ever do!’ interposed Georgiana. ‘Oh my goodness what a Fool he must be!’

‘—And implores to be asked to dinner, and to make a fourth at the play another time. And so he dines to-morrow and goes to the Opera with us. That’s all. Except, my dear Georgiana—and what will you think of this!—that he is infinitely shyer than you, and far more afraid of you than you ever were of any one in all your days!’

In perturbation of mind Miss Podsnap still fumed and plucked at her hands a little, but could not help laughing at the notion of anybody’s being afraid of her. With that advantage, Sophronia flattered her and rallied her more successfully, and then the insinuating Alfred flattered her and rallied her, and promised that at any moment when she might require that service at his hands, he would take young Fledgeby out and trample on him. Thus it remained amicably understood that young Fledgeby was to come to admire, and that Georgiana was to come to be admired; and Georgiana with the entirely new sensation in her breast of having that prospect before her, and with many kisses from her dear Sophronia in present possession, preceded six feet one of discontented footman (an amount of the article that always came for her when she walked home) to her father’s dwelling.

The happy pair being left together, Mrs Lammle said to her husband:

‘If I understand this girl, sir, your dangerous fascinations have produced some effect upon her. I mention the conquest in good time because I apprehend your scheme to be more important to you than your vanity.’

There was a mirror on the wall before them, and her eyes just caught him smirking in it. She gave the reflected image a look of the deepest disdain, and the image received it in the glass. Next moment they quietly eyed each other, as if they, the principals, had had no part in that expressive transaction.

It may have been that Mrs Lammle tried in some manner to excuse her conduct to herself by depreciating the poor little victim of whom she spoke with acrimonious contempt. It may have been too that in this she did not quite succeed, for it is very difficult to resist confidence, and she knew she had Georgiana’s.

Nothing more was said between the happy pair. Perhaps conspirators who have once established an understanding, may not be over-fond of repeating the terms and objects of their conspiracy. Next day came; came Georgiana; and came Fledgeby.

Georgiana had by this time seen a good deal of the house and its frequenters. As there was a certain handsome room with a billiard table in it—on the ground floor, eating out a backyard—which might have been Mr Lammle’s office, or library, but was called by neither name, but simply Mr Lammle’s room, so it would have been hard for stronger female heads than Georgiana’s to determine whether its frequenters were men of pleasure or men of business. Between the room and the men there were strong points of general resemblance. Both were too gaudy, too slangey, too odorous of cigars, and too much given to horseflesh; the latter characteristic being exemplified in the room by its decorations, and in the men by their conversation. High-stepping horses seemed necessary to all Mr Lammle’s friends—as necessary as their transaction of business together in a gipsy way at untimely hours of the morning and evening, and in rushes and snatches. There were friends who seemed to be always coming and going across the Channel, on errands about the Bourse, and Greek and Spanish and India and Mexican and par and premium and discount and three quarters and seven eighths. There were other friends who seemed to be always lolling and lounging in and out of the City, on questions of the Bourse, and Greek and Spanish and India and Mexican and par and premium and discount and three quarters and seven eighths. They were all feverish, boastful, and indefinably loose; and they all ate and drank a great deal; and made bets in eating and drinking. They all spoke of sums of money, and only mentioned the sums and left the money to be understood; as ‘five and forty thousand Tom,’ or ‘Two hundred and twenty-two on every individual share in the lot Joe.’ They seemed to divide the world into two classes of people; people who were making enormous fortunes, and people who were being enormously ruined. They were always in a hurry, and yet seemed to have nothing tangible to do; except a few of them (these, mostly asthmatic and thick-lipped) who were for ever demonstrating to the rest, with gold pencil-cases which they could hardly hold because of the big rings on their forefingers, how money was to be made. Lastly, they all swore at their grooms, and the grooms were not quite as respectful or complete as other men’s grooms; seeming somehow to fall short of the groom point as their masters fell short of the gentleman point.

Young Fledgeby was none of these. Young Fledgeby had a peachy cheek, or a cheek compounded of the peach and the red red red wall on which it grows, and was an awkward, sandy-haired, small-eyed youth, exceeding slim (his enemies would have said lanky), and prone to self-examination in the articles of whisker and moustache. While feeling for the whisker that he anxiously expected, Fledgeby underwent remarkable fluctuations of spirits, ranging along the whole scale from confidence to despair. There were times when he started, as exclaiming ‘By Jupiter here it is at last!’ There were other times when, being equally depressed, he would be seen to shake his head, and give up hope. To see him at those periods leaning on a chimneypiece, like as on an urn containing the ashes of his ambition, with the cheek that would not sprout, upon the hand on which that cheek had forced conviction, was a distressing sight.

Not so was Fledgeby seen on this occasion. Arrayed in superb raiment, with his opera hat under his arm, he concluded his self-examination hopefully, awaited the arrival of Miss Podsnap, and talked small-talk with Mrs Lammle. In facetious homage to the smallness of his talk, and the jerky nature of his manners, Fledgeby’s familiars had agreed to confer upon him (behind his back) the honorary title of Fascination Fledgeby.

‘Warm weather, Mrs Lammle,’ said Fascination Fledgeby. Mrs Lammle thought it scarcely as warm as it had been yesterday. ‘Perhaps not,’ said Fascination Fledgeby, with great quickness of repartee; ‘but I expect it will be devilish warm to-morrow.’

He threw off another little scintillation. ‘Been out to-day, Mrs Lammle?’

Mrs Lammle answered, for a short drive.

‘Some people,’ said Fascination Fledgeby, ‘are accustomed to take long drives; but it generally appears to me that if they make ’em too long, they overdo it.’

Being in such feather, he might have surpassed himself in his next sally, had not Miss Podsnap been announced. Mrs Lammle flew to embrace her darling little Georgy, and when the first transports were over, presented Mr Fledgeby. Mr Lammle came on the scene last, for he was always late, and so were the frequenters always late; all hands being bound to be made late, by private information about the Bourse, and Greek and Spanish and India and Mexican and par and premium and discount and three quarters and seven eighths.

A handsome little dinner was served immediately, and Mr Lammle sat sparkling at his end of the table, with his servant behind his chair, and HIS ever-lingering doubts upon the subject of his wages behind himself. Mr Lammle’s utmost powers of sparkling were in requisition to-day, for Fascination Fledgeby and Georgiana not only struck each other speechless, but struck each other into astonishing attitudes; Georgiana, as she sat facing Fledgeby, making such efforts to conceal her elbows as were totally incompatible with the use of a knife and fork; and Fledgeby, as he sat facing Georgiana, avoiding her countenance by every possible device, and betraying the discomposure of his mind in feeling for his whiskers with his spoon, his wine glass, and his bread.

So, Mr and Mrs Alfred Lammle had to prompt, and this is how they prompted.

‘Georgiana,’ said Mr Lammle, low and smiling, and sparkling all over, like a harlequin; ‘you are not in your usual spirits. Why are you not in your usual spirits, Georgiana?’

Georgiana faltered that she was much the same as she was in general; she was not aware of being different.

‘Not aware of being different!’ retorted Mr Alfred Lammle. ‘You, my dear Georgiana! Who are always so natural and unconstrained with us! Who are such a relief from the crowd that are all alike! Who are the embodiment of gentleness, simplicity, and reality!’

Miss Podsnap looked at the door, as if she entertained confused thoughts of taking refuge from these compliments in flight.

‘Now, I will be judged,’ said Mr Lammle, raising his voice a little, ‘by my friend Fledgeby.’

‘Oh DON’T!’ Miss Podsnap faintly ejaculated: when Mrs Lammle took the prompt-book.

‘I beg your pardon, Alfred, my dear, but I cannot part with Mr Fledgeby quite yet; you must wait for him a moment. Mr Fledgeby and I are engaged in a personal discussion.’

Fledgeby must have conducted it on his side with immense art, for no appearance of uttering one syllable had escaped him.

‘A personal discussion, Sophronia, my love? What discussion? Fledgeby, I am jealous. What discussion, Fledgeby?’

‘Shall I tell him, Mr Fledgeby?’ asked Mrs Lammle.

Trying to look as if he knew anything about it, Fascination replied, ‘Yes, tell him.’

‘We were discussing then,’ said Mrs Lammle, ‘if you MUST know, Alfred, whether Mr Fledgeby was in his usual flow of spirits.’

‘Why, that is the very point, Sophronia, that Georgiana and I were discussing as to herself! What did Fledgeby say?’

‘Oh, a likely thing, sir, that I am going to tell you everything, and be told nothing! What did Georgiana say?’

‘Georgiana said she was doing her usual justice to herself to-day, and I said she was not.’

‘Precisely,’ exclaimed Mrs Lammle, ‘what I said to Mr Fledgeby.’ Still, it wouldn’t do. They would not look at one another. No, not even when the sparkling host proposed that the quartette should take an appropriately sparkling glass of wine. Georgiana looked from her wine glass at Mr Lammle and at Mrs Lammle; but mightn’t, couldn’t, shouldn’t, wouldn’t, look at Mr Fledgeby. Fascination looked from his wine glass at Mrs Lammle and at Mr Lammle; but mightn’t, couldn’t, shouldn’t, wouldn’t, look at Georgiana.

More prompting was necessary. Cupid must be brought up to the mark. The manager had put him down in the bill for the part, and he must play it.

‘Sophronia, my dear,’ said Mr Lammle, ‘I don’t like the colour of your dress.’

‘I appeal,’ said Mrs Lammle, ‘to Mr Fledgeby.’

‘And I,’ said Mr Lammle, ‘to Georgiana.’

‘Georgy, my love,’ remarked Mrs Lammle aside to her dear girl, ‘I rely upon you not to go over to the opposition. Now, Mr Fledgeby.’

Fascination wished to know if the colour were not called rose-colour? Yes, said Mr Lammle; actually he knew everything; it was really rose-colour. Fascination took rose-colour to mean the colour of roses. (In this he was very warmly supported by Mr and Mrs Lammle.) Fascination had heard the term Queen of Flowers applied to the Rose. Similarly, it might be said that the dress was the Queen of Dresses. (‘Very happy, Fledgeby!’ from Mr Lammle.) Notwithstanding, Fascination’s opinion was that we all had our eyes—or at least a large majority of us—and that—and—and his farther opinion was several ands, with nothing beyond them.

‘Oh, Mr Fledgeby,’ said Mrs Lammle, ‘to desert me in that way! Oh, Mr Fledgeby, to abandon my poor dear injured rose and declare for blue!’

‘Victory, victory!’ cried Mr Lammle; ‘your dress is condemned, my dear.’

‘But what,’ said Mrs Lammle, stealing her affectionate hand towards her dear girl’s, ‘what does Georgy say?’

‘She says,’ replied Mr Lammle, interpreting for her, ‘that in her eyes you look well in any colour, Sophronia, and that if she had expected to be embarrassed by so pretty a compliment as she has received, she would have worn another colour herself. Though I tell her, in reply, that it would not have saved her, for whatever colour she had worn would have been Fledgeby’s colour. But what does Fledgeby say?’

‘He says,’ replied Mrs Lammle, interpreting for him, and patting the back of her dear girl’s hand, as if it were Fledgeby who was patting it, ‘that it was no compliment, but a little natural act of homage that he couldn’t resist. And,’ expressing more feeling as if it were more feeling on the part of Fledgeby, ‘he is right, he is right!’

Still, no not even now, would they look at one another. Seeming to gnash his sparkling teeth, studs, eyes, and buttons, all at once, Mr Lammle secretly bent a dark frown on the two, expressive of an intense desire to bring them together by knocking their heads together.

‘Have you heard this opera of to-night, Fledgeby?’ he asked, stopping very short, to prevent himself from running on into ‘confound you.’

‘Why no, not exactly,’ said Fledgeby. ‘In fact I don’t know a note of it.’

‘Neither do you know it, Georgy?’ said Mrs Lammle. ‘N-no,’ replied Georgiana, faintly, under the sympathetic coincidence.

‘Why, then,’ said Mrs Lammle, charmed by the discovery which flowed from the premises, ‘you neither of you know it! How charming!’

Even the craven Fledgeby felt that the time was now come when he must strike a blow. He struck it by saying, partly to Mrs Lammle and partly to the circumambient air, ‘I consider myself very fortunate in being reserved by—’

As he stopped dead, Mr Lammle, making that gingerous bush of his whiskers to look out of, offered him the word ‘Destiny.’

‘No, I wasn’t going to say that,’ said Fledgeby. ‘I was going to say Fate. I consider it very fortunate that Fate has written in the book of—in the book which is its own property—that I should go to that opera for the first time under the memorable circumstances of going with Miss Podsnap.’

To which Georgiana replied, hooking her two little fingers in one another, and addressing the tablecloth, ‘Thank you, but I generally go with no one but you, Sophronia, and I like that very much.’

Content perforce with this success for the time, Mr Lammle let Miss Podsnap out of the room, as if he were opening her cage door, and Mrs Lammle followed. Coffee being presently served up stairs, he kept a watch on Fledgeby until Miss Podsnap’s cup was empty, and then directed him with his finger (as if that young gentleman were a slow Retriever) to go and fetch it. This feat he performed, not only without failure, but even with the original embellishment of informing Miss Podsnap that green tea was considered bad for the nerves. Though there Miss Podsnap unintentionally threw him out by faltering, ‘Oh, is it indeed? How does it act?’ Which he was not prepared to elucidate.

The carriage announced, Mrs Lammle said; ‘Don’t mind me, Mr Fledgeby, my skirts and cloak occupy both my hands, take Miss Podsnap.’ And he took her, and Mrs Lammle went next, and Mr Lammle went last, savagely following his little flock, like a drover.

But he was all sparkle and glitter in the box at the Opera, and there he and his dear wife made a conversation between Fledgeby and Georgiana in the following ingenious and skilful manner. They sat in this order: Mrs Lammle, Fascination Fledgeby, Georgiana, Mr Lammle. Mrs Lammle made leading remarks to Fledgeby, only requiring monosyllabic replies. Mr Lammle did the like with Georgiana. At times Mrs Lammle would lean forward to address Mr Lammle to this purpose.

‘Alfred, my dear, Mr Fledgeby very justly says, apropos of the last scene, that true constancy would not require any such stimulant as the stage deems necessary.’ To which Mr Lammle would reply, ‘Ay, Sophronia, my love, but as Georgiana has observed to me, the lady had no sufficient reason to know the state of the gentleman’s affections.’ To which Mrs Lammle would rejoin, ‘Very true, Alfred; but Mr Fledgeby points out,’ this. To which Alfred would demur: ‘Undoubtedly, Sophronia, but Georgiana acutely remarks,’ that. Through this device the two young people conversed at great length and committed themselves to a variety of delicate sentiments, without having once opened their lips, save to say yes or no, and even that not to one another.

Fledgeby took his leave of Miss Podsnap at the carriage door, and the Lammles dropped her at her own home, and on the way Mrs Lammle archly rallied her, in her fond and protecting manner, by saying at intervals, ‘Oh little Georgiana, little Georgiana!’ Which was not much; but the tone added, ‘You have enslaved your Fledgeby.’

And thus the Lammles got home at last, and the lady sat down moody and weary, looking at her dark lord engaged in a deed of violence with a bottle of soda-water as though he were wringing the neck of some unlucky creature and pouring its blood down his throat. As he wiped his dripping whiskers in an ogreish way, he met her eyes, and pausing, said, with no very gentle voice:

Well?’

‘Was such an absolute Booby necessary to the purpose?’

‘I know what I am doing. He is no such dolt as you suppose.’

‘A genius, perhaps?’

‘You sneer, perhaps; and you take a lofty air upon yourself perhaps! But I tell you this:—when that young fellow’s interest is concerned, he holds as tight as a horse-leech. When money is in question with that young fellow, he is a match for the Devil.’

‘Is he a match for you?’

‘He is. Almost as good a one as you thought me for you. He has no quality of youth in him, but such as you have seen to-day. Touch him upon money, and you touch no booby then. He really is a dolt, I suppose, in other things; but it answers his one purpose very well.’

‘Has she money in her own right in any case?’

‘Ay! she has money in her own right in any case. You have done so well to-day, Sophronia, that I answer the question, though you know I object to any such questions. You have done so well to-day, Sophronia, that you must be tired. Get to bed.’

Chapter 5

MERCURY PROMPTING

Fledgeby deserved Mr Alfred Lammle’s eulogium. He was the meanest cur existing, with a single pair of legs. And instinct (a word we all clearly understand) going largely on four legs, and reason always on two, meanness on four legs never attains the perfection of meanness on two.

The father of this young gentleman had been a money-lender, who had transacted professional business with the mother of this young gentleman, when he, the latter, was waiting in the vast dark ante-chambers of the present world to be born. The lady, a widow, being unable to pay the money-lender, married him; and in due course, Fledgeby was summoned out of the vast dark ante-chambers to come and be presented to the Registrar-General. Rather a curious speculation how Fledgeby would otherwise have disposed of his leisure until Doomsday.

Fledgeby’s mother offended her family by marrying Fledgeby’s father. It is one of the easiest achievements in life to offend your family when your family want to get rid of you. Fledgeby’s mother’s family had been very much offended with her for being poor, and broke with her for becoming comparatively rich. Fledgeby’s mother’s family was the Snigsworth family. She had even the high honour to be cousin to Lord Snigsworth—so many times removed that the noble Earl would have had no compunction in removing her one time more and dropping her clean outside the cousinly pale; but cousin for all that.

Among her pre-matrimonial transactions with Fledgeby’s father, Fledgeby’s mother had raised money of him at a great disadvantage on a certain reversionary interest. The reversion falling in soon after they were married, Fledgeby’s father laid hold of the cash for his separate use and benefit. This led to subjective differences of opinion, not to say objective interchanges of boot-jacks, backgammon boards, and other such domestic missiles, between Fledgeby’s father and Fledgeby’s mother, and those led to Fledgeby’s mother spending as much money as she could, and to Fledgeby’s father doing all he couldn’t to restrain her. Fledgeby’s childhood had been, in consequence, a stormy one; but the winds and the waves had gone down in the grave, and Fledgeby flourished alone.

He lived in chambers in the Albany, did Fledgeby, and maintained a spruce appearance. But his youthful fire was all composed of sparks from the grindstone; and as the sparks flew off, went out, and never warmed anything, be sure that Fledgeby had his tools at the grindstone, and turned it with a wary eye.

Mr Alfred Lammle came round to the Albany to breakfast with Fledgeby. Present on the table, one scanty pot of tea, one scanty loaf, two scanty pats of butter, two scanty rashers of bacon, two pitiful eggs, and an abundance of handsome china bought a secondhand bargain.

‘What did you think of Georgiana?’ asked Mr Lammle.

‘Why, I’ll tell you,’ said Fledgeby, very deliberately.

‘Do, my boy.’

‘You misunderstand me,’ said Fledgeby. ‘I don’t mean I’ll tell you that. I mean I’ll tell you something else.’

‘Tell me anything, old fellow!’

‘Ah, but there you misunderstand me again,’ said Fledgeby. ‘I mean I’ll tell you nothing.’

Mr Lammle sparkled at him, but frowned at him too.

‘Look here,’ said Fledgeby. ‘You’re deep and you’re ready. Whether I am deep or not, never mind. I am not ready. But I can do one thing, Lammle, I can hold my tongue. And I intend always doing it.’

‘You are a long-headed fellow, Fledgeby.’

‘May be, or may not be. If I am a short-tongued fellow, it may amount to the same thing. Now, Lammle, I am never going to answer questions.’

‘My dear fellow, it was the simplest question in the world.’

‘Never mind. It seemed so, but things are not always what they seem. I saw a man examined as a witness in Westminster Hall. Questions put to him seemed the simplest in the world, but turned out to be anything rather than that, after he had answered ’em. Very well. Then he should have held his tongue. If he had held his tongue he would have kept out of scrapes that he got into.’

‘If I had held my tongue, you would never have seen the subject of my question,’ remarked Lammle, darkening.

‘Now, Lammle,’ said Fascination Fledgeby, calmly feeling for his whisker, ‘it won’t do. I won’t be led on into a discussion. I can’t manage a discussion. But I can manage to hold my tongue.’

‘Can?’ Mr Lammle fell back upon propitiation. ‘I should think you could! Why, when these fellows of our acquaintance drink and you drink with them, the more talkative they get, the more silent you get. The more they let out, the more you keep in.’

‘I don’t object, Lammle,’ returned Fledgeby, with an internal chuckle, ‘to being understood, though I object to being questioned. That certainly IS the way I do it.’

‘And when all the rest of us are discussing our ventures, none of us ever know what a single venture of yours is!’

‘And none of you ever will from me, Lammle,’ replied Fledgeby, with another internal chuckle; ‘that certainly IS the way I do it.’

‘Why of course it is, I know!’ rejoined Lammle, with a flourish of frankness, and a laugh, and stretching out his hands as if to show the universe a remarkable man in Fledgeby. ‘If I hadn’t known it of my Fledgeby, should I have proposed our little compact of advantage, to my Fledgeby?’

‘Ah!’ remarked Fascination, shaking his head slyly. ‘But I am not to be got at in that way. I am not vain. That sort of vanity don’t pay, Lammle. No, no, no. Compliments only make me hold my tongue the more.’

Alfred Lammle pushed his plate away (no great sacrifice under the circumstances of there being so little in it), thrust his hands in his pockets, leaned back in his chair, and contemplated Fledgeby in silence. Then he slowly released his left hand from its pocket, and made that bush of his whiskers, still contemplating him in silence. Then he slowly broke silence, and slowly said: ‘What—the—Dev-il is this fellow about this morning?’

‘Now, look here, Lammle,’ said Fascination Fledgeby, with the meanest of twinkles in his meanest of eyes: which were too near together, by the way: ‘look here, Lammle; I am very well aware that I didn’t show to advantage last night, and that you and your wife—who, I consider, is a very clever woman and an agreeable woman—did. I am not calculated to show to advantage under that sort of circumstances. I know very well you two did show to advantage, and managed capitally. But don’t you on that account come talking to me as if I was your doll and puppet, because I am not.

‘And all this,’ cried Alfred, after studying with a look the meanness that was fain to have the meanest help, and yet was so mean as to turn upon it: ‘all this because of one simple natural question!’

‘You should have waited till I thought proper to say something about it of myself. I don’t like your coming over me with your Georgianas, as if you was her proprietor and mine too.’

Well, when you are in the gracious mind to say anything about it of yourself,’ retorted Lammle, ‘pray do.’

‘I have done it. I have said you managed capitally. You and your wife both. If you’ll go on managing capitally, I’ll go on doing my part. Only don’t crow.’

‘I crow!’ exclaimed Lammle, shrugging his shoulders.

‘Or,’ pursued the other—‘or take it in your head that people are your puppets because they don’t come out to advantage at the particular moments when you do, with the assistance of a very clever and agreeable wife. All the rest keep on doing, and let Mrs Lammle keep on doing. Now, I have held my tongue when I thought proper, and I have spoken when I thought proper, and there’s an end of that. And now the question is,’ proceeded Fledgeby, with the greatest reluctance, ‘will you have another egg?’

‘No, I won’t,’ said Lammle, shortly.

‘Perhaps you’re right and will find yourself better without it,’ replied Fascination, in greatly improved spirits. ‘To ask you if you’ll have another rasher would be unmeaning flattery, for it would make you thirsty all day. Will you have some more bread and butter?’

‘No, I won’t,’ repeated Lammle.

‘Then I will,’ said Fascination. And it was not a mere retort for the sound’s sake, but was a cheerful cogent consequence of the refusal; for if Lammle had applied himself again to the loaf, it would have been so heavily visited, in Fledgeby’s opinion, as to demand abstinence from bread, on his part, for the remainder of that meal at least, if not for the whole of the next.

Whether this young gentleman (for he was but three-and-twenty) combined with the miserly vice of an old man, any of the open-handed vices of a young one, was a moot point; so very honourably did he keep his own counsel. He was sensible of the value of appearances as an investment, and liked to dress well; but he drove a bargain for every moveable about him, from the coat on his back to the china on his breakfast-table; and every bargain by representing somebody’s ruin or somebody’s loss, acquired a peculiar charm for him. It was a part of his avarice to take, within narrow bounds, long odds at races; if he won, he drove harder bargains; if he lost, he half starved himself until next time. Why money should be so precious to an Ass too dull and mean to exchange it for any other satisfaction, is strange; but there is no animal so sure to get laden with it, as the Ass who sees nothing written on the face of the earth and sky but the three letters L. S. D.—not Luxury, Sensuality, Dissoluteness, which they often stand for, but the three dry letters. Your concentrated Fox is seldom comparable to your concentrated Ass in money-breeding.

Fascination Fledgeby feigned to be a young gentleman living on his means, but was known secretly to be a kind of outlaw in the bill-broking line, and to put money out at high interest in various ways. His circle of familiar acquaintance, from Mr Lammle round, all had a touch of the outlaw, as to their rovings in the merry greenwood of Jobbery Forest, lying on the outskirts of the Share-Market and the Stock Exchange.

‘I suppose you, Lammle,’ said Fledgeby, eating his bread and butter, ‘always did go in for female society?’

‘Always,’ replied Lammle, glooming considerably under his late treatment.

‘Came natural to you, eh?’ said Fledgeby.

‘The sex were pleased to like me, sir,’ said Lammle sulkily, but with the air of a man who had not been able to help himself.

‘Made a pretty good thing of marrying, didn’t you?’ asked Fledgeby.

The other smiled (an ugly smile), and tapped one tap upon his nose.

‘My late governor made a mess of it,’ said Fledgeby. ‘But Geor—is the right name Georgina or Georgiana?’

‘Georgiana.’

‘I was thinking yesterday, I didn’t know there was such a name. I thought it must end in ina.’

‘Why?’

‘Why, you play—if you can—the Concertina, you know,’ replied Fledgeby, meditating very slowly. ‘And you have—when you catch it—the Scarlatina. And you can come down from a balloon in a parach—no you can’t though. Well, say Georgeute—I mean Georgiana.’

‘You were going to remark of Georgiana—?’ Lammle moodily hinted, after waiting in vain.

‘I was going to remark of Georgiana, sir,’ said Fledgeby, not at all pleased to be reminded of his having forgotten it, ‘that she don’t seem to be violent. Don’t seem to be of the pitching-in order.’

‘She has the gentleness of the dove, Mr Fledgeby.’

‘Of course you’ll say so,’ replied Fledgeby, sharpening, the moment his interest was touched by another. ‘But you know, the real look-out is this:—what I say, not what you say. I say having my late governor and my late mother in my eye—that Georgiana don’t seem to be of the pitching-in order.’

The respected Mr Lammle was a bully, by nature and by usual practice. Perceiving, as Fledgeby’s affronts cumulated, that conciliation by no means answered the purpose here, he now directed a scowling look into Fledgeby’s small eyes for the effect of the opposite treatment. Satisfied by what he saw there, he burst into a violent passion and struck his hand upon the table, making the china ring and dance.

‘You are a very offensive fellow, sir,’ cried Mr Lammle, rising. ‘You are a highly offensive scoundrel. What do you mean by this behaviour?’

‘I say!’ remonstrated Fledgeby. ‘Don’t break out.’

‘You are a very offensive fellow sir,’ repeated Mr Lammle. ‘You are a highly offensive scoundrel!’

‘I SAY, you know!’ urged Fledgeby, quailing.

‘Why, you coarse and vulgar vagabond!’ said Mr Lammle, looking fiercely about him, ‘if your servant was here to give me sixpence of your money to get my boots cleaned afterwards—for you are not worth the expenditure—I’d kick you.’

‘No you wouldn’t,’ pleaded Fledgeby. ‘I am sure you’d think better of it.’

‘I tell you what, Mr Fledgeby,’ said Lammle advancing on him. ‘Since you presume to contradict me, I’ll assert myself a little. Give me your nose!’

Fledgeby covered it with his hand instead, and said, retreating, ‘I beg you won’t!’

‘Give me your nose, sir,’ repeated Lammle.

Still covering that feature and backing, Mr Fledgeby reiterated (apparently with a severe cold in his head), ‘I beg, I beg, you won’t.’

‘And this fellow,’ exclaimed Lammle, stopping and making the most of his chest—‘This fellow presumes on my having selected him out of all the young fellows I know, for an advantageous opportunity! This fellow presumes on my having in my desk round the corner, his dirty note of hand for a wretched sum payable on the occurrence of a certain event, which event can only be of my and my wife’s bringing about! This fellow, Fledgeby, presumes to be impertinent to me, Lammle. Give me your nose sir!’

‘No! Stop! I beg your pardon,’ said Fledgeby, with humility.

‘What do you say, sir?’ demanded Mr Lammle, seeming too furious to understand.

‘I beg your pardon,’ repeated Fledgeby.

‘Repeat your words louder, sir. The just indignation of a gentleman has sent the blood boiling to my head. I don’t hear you.’

‘I say,’ repeated Fledgeby, with laborious explanatory politeness, ‘I beg your pardon.’

Mr Lammle paused. ‘As a man of honour,’ said he, throwing himself into a chair, ‘I am disarmed.’

Mr Fledgeby also took a chair, though less demonstratively, and by slow approaches removed his hand from his nose. Some natural diffidence assailed him as to blowing it, so shortly after its having assumed a personal and delicate, not to say public, character; but he overcame his scruples by degrees, and modestly took that liberty under an implied protest.

‘Lammle,’ he said sneakingly, when that was done, ‘I hope we are friends again?’

‘Mr Fledgeby,’ returned Lammle, ‘say no more.’

‘I must have gone too far in making myself disagreeable,’ said Fledgeby, ‘but I never intended it.’

‘Say no more, say no more!’ Mr Lammle repeated in a magnificent tone. ‘Give me your’—Fledgeby started—‘hand.’

They shook hands, and on Mr Lammle’s part, in particular, there ensued great geniality. For, he was quite as much of a dastard as the other, and had been in equal danger of falling into the second place for good, when he took heart just in time, to act upon the information conveyed to him by Fledgeby’s eye.

The breakfast ended in a perfect understanding. Incessant machinations were to be kept at work by Mr and Mrs Lammle; love was to be made for Fledgeby, and conquest was to be insured to him; he on his part very humbly admitting his defects as to the softer social arts, and entreating to be backed to the utmost by his two able coadjutors.

Little recked Mr Podsnap of the traps and toils besetting his Young Person. He regarded her as safe within the Temple of Podsnappery, hiding the fulness of time when she, Georgiana, should take him, Fitz-Podsnap, who with all his worldly goods should her endow. It would call a blush into the cheek of his standard Young Person to have anything to do with such matters save to take as directed, and with worldly goods as per settlement to be endowed. Who giveth this woman to be married to this man? I, Podsnap. Perish the daring thought that any smaller creation should come between!

It was a public holiday, and Fledgeby did not recover his spirits or his usual temperature of nose until the afternoon. Walking into the City in the holiday afternoon, he walked against a living stream setting out of it; and thus, when he turned into the precincts of St Mary Axe, he found a prevalent repose and quiet there. A yellow overhanging plaster-fronted house at which he stopped was quiet too. The blinds were all drawn down, and the inscription Pubsey and Co. seemed to doze in the counting-house window on the ground-floor giving on the sleepy street.

Fledgeby knocked and rang, and Fledgeby rang and knocked, but no one came. Fledgeby crossed the narrow street and looked up at the house-windows, but nobody looked down at Fledgeby. He got out of temper, crossed the narrow street again, and pulled the housebell as if it were the house’s nose, and he were taking a hint from his late experience. His ear at the keyhole seemed then, at last, to give him assurance that something stirred within. His eye at the keyhole seemed to confirm his ear, for he angrily pulled the house’s nose again, and pulled and pulled and continued to pull, until a human nose appeared in the dark doorway.

‘Now you sir!’ cried Fledgeby. ‘These are nice games!’

He addressed an old Jewish man in an ancient coat, long of skirt, and wide of pocket. A venerable man, bald and shining at the top of his head, and with long grey hair flowing down at its sides and mingling with his beard. A man who with a graceful Eastern action of homage bent his head, and stretched out his hands with the palms downward, as if to deprecate the wrath of a superior.

‘What have you been up to?’ said Fledgeby, storming at him.

‘Generous Christian master,’ urged the Jewish man, ‘it being holiday, I looked for no one.’

‘Holiday he blowed!’ said Fledgeby, entering. ‘What have YOU got to do with holidays? Shut the door.’

With his former action the old man obeyed. In the entry hung his rusty large-brimmed low-crowned hat, as long out of date as his coat; in the corner near it stood his staff—no walking-stick but a veritable staff. Fledgeby turned into the counting-house, perched himself on a business stool, and cocked his hat. There were light boxes on shelves in the counting-house, and strings of mock beads hanging up. There were samples of cheap clocks, and samples of cheap vases of flowers. Foreign toys, all.

Perched on the stool with his hat cocked on his head and one of his legs dangling, the youth of Fledgeby hardly contrasted to advantage with the age of the Jewish man as he stood with his bare head bowed, and his eyes (which he only raised in speaking) on the ground. His clothing was worn down to the rusty hue of the hat in the entry, but though he looked shabby he did not look mean. Now, Fledgeby, though not shabby, did look mean.

‘You have not told me what you were up to, you sir,’ said Fledgeby, scratching his head with the brim of his hat.

‘Sir, I was breathing the air.’

‘In the cellar, that you didn’t hear?’

‘On the house-top.’

‘Upon my soul! That’s a way of doing business.’

‘Sir,’ the old man represented with a grave and patient air, ‘there must be two parties to the transaction of business, and the holiday has left me alone.’

‘Ah! Can’t be buyer and seller too. That’s what the Jews say; ain’t it?’

‘At least we say truly, if we say so,’ answered the old man with a smile.

‘Your people need speak the truth sometimes, for they lie enough,’ remarked Fascination Fledgeby.

‘Sir, there is,’ returned the old man with quiet emphasis, ‘too much untruth among all denominations of men.’

Rather dashed, Fascination Fledgeby took another scratch at his intellectual head with his hat, to gain time for rallying.

‘For instance,’ he resumed, as though it were he who had spoken last, ‘who but you and I ever heard of a poor Jew?’

‘The Jews,’ said the old man, raising his eyes from the ground with his former smile. ‘They hear of poor Jews often, and are very good to them.’

‘Bother that!’ returned Fledgeby. ‘You know what I mean. You’d persuade me if you could, that you are a poor Jew. I wish you’d confess how much you really did make out of my late governor. I should have a better opinion of you.’

The old man only bent his head, and stretched out his hands as before.

‘Don’t go on posturing like a Deaf and Dumb School,’ said the ingenious Fledgeby, ‘but express yourself like a Christian—or as nearly as you can.’

‘I had had sickness and misfortunes, and was so poor,’ said the old man, ‘as hopelessly to owe the father, principal and interest. The son inheriting, was so merciful as to forgive me both, and place me here.’

He made a little gesture as though he kissed the hem of an imaginary garment worn by the noble youth before him. It was humbly done, but picturesquely, and was not abasing to the doer.

‘You won’t say more, I see,’ said Fledgeby, looking at him as if he would like to try the effect of extracting a double-tooth or two, ‘and so it’s of no use my putting it to you. But confess this, Riah; who believes you to be poor now?’

‘No one,’ said the old man.

‘There you’re right,’ assented Fledgeby.

‘No one,’ repeated the old man with a grave slow wave of his head. ‘All scout it as a fable. Were I to say “This little fancy business is not mine”;’ with a lithe sweep of his easily-turning hand around him, to comprehend the various objects on the shelves; ‘“it is the little business of a Christian young gentleman who places me, his servant, in trust and charge here, and to whom I am accountable for every single bead,” they would laugh. When, in the larger money-business, I tell the borrowers—’

‘I say, old chap!’ interposed Fledgeby, ‘I hope you mind what you DO tell ’em?’

‘Sir, I tell them no more than I am about to repeat. When I tell them, “I cannot promise this, I cannot answer for the other, I must see my principal, I have not the money, I am a poor man and it does not rest with me,” they are so unbelieving and so impatient, that they sometimes curse me in Jehovah’s name.’

‘That’s deuced good, that is!’ said Fascination Fledgeby.

‘And at other times they say, “Can it never be done without these tricks, Mr Riah? Come, come, Mr Riah, we know the arts of your people”—my people!—“If the money is to be lent, fetch it, fetch it; if it is not to be lent, keep it and say so.” They never believe me.’

‘THAT’S all right,’ said Fascination Fledgeby.

‘They say, “We know, Mr Riah, we know. We have but to look at you, and we know.”’

‘Oh, a good ’un are you for the post,’ thought Fledgeby, ‘and a good ’un was I to mark you out for it! I may be slow, but I am precious sure.’

Not a syllable of this reflection shaped itself in any scrap of Mr Fledgeby’s breath, lest it should tend to put his servant’s price up. But looking at the old man as he stood quiet with his head bowed and his eyes cast down, he felt that to relinquish an inch of his baldness, an inch of his grey hair, an inch of his coat-skirt, an inch of his hat-brim, an inch of his walking-staff, would be to relinquish hundreds of pounds.

‘Look here, Riah,’ said Fledgeby, mollified by these self-approving considerations. ‘I want to go a little more into buying-up queer bills. Look out in that direction.’

‘Sir, it shall be done.’

‘Casting my eye over the accounts, I find that branch of business pays pretty fairly, and I am game for extending it. I like to know people’s affairs likewise. So look out.’

‘Sir, I will, promptly.’

‘Put it about in the right quarters, that you’ll buy queer bills by the lump—by the pound weight if that’s all—supposing you see your way to a fair chance on looking over the parcel. And there’s one thing more. Come to me with the books for periodical inspection as usual, at eight on Monday morning.’

Riah drew some folding tablets from his breast and noted it down.

‘That’s all I wanted to say at the present time,’ continued Fledgeby in a grudging vein, as he got off the stool, ‘except that I wish you’d take the air where you can hear the bell, or the knocker, either one of the two or both. By-the-by how DO you take the air at the top of the house? Do you stick your head out of a chimney-pot?’

‘Sir, there are leads there, and I have made a little garden there.’

‘To bury your money in, you old dodger?’

‘A thumbnail’s space of garden would hold the treasure I bury, master,’ said Riah. ‘Twelve shillings a week, even when they are an old man’s wages, bury themselves.’

‘I should like to know what you really are worth,’ returned Fledgeby, with whom his growing rich on that stipend and gratitude was a very convenient fiction. ‘But come! Let’s have a look at your garden on the tiles, before I go!’

The old man took a step back, and hesitated.

‘Truly, sir, I have company there.’

‘Have you, by George!’ said Fledgeby; ‘I suppose you happen to know whose premises these are?’

‘Sir, they are yours, and I am your servant in them.’

‘Oh! I thought you might have overlooked that,’ retorted Fledgeby, with his eyes on Riah’s beard as he felt for his own; ‘having company on my premises, you know!’

‘Come up and see the guests, sir. I hope for your admission that they can do no harm.’

Passing him with a courteous reverence, specially unlike any action that Mr Fledgeby could for his life have imparted to his own head and hands, the old man began to ascend the stairs. As he toiled on before, with his palm upon the stair-rail, and his long black skirt, a very gaberdine, overhanging each successive step, he might have been the leader in some pilgrimage of devotional ascent to a prophet’s tomb. Not troubled by any such weak imagining, Fascination Fledgeby merely speculated on the time of life at which his beard had begun, and thought once more what a good ’un he was for the part.

Some final wooden steps conducted them, stooping under a low penthouse roof, to the house-top. Riah stood still, and, turning to his master, pointed out his guests.

Lizzie Hexam and Jenny Wren. For whom, perhaps with some old instinct of his race, the gentle Jew had spread a carpet. Seated on it, against no more romantic object than a blackened chimney-stack over which some bumble creeper had been trained, they both pored over one book; both with attentive faces; Jenny with the sharper; Lizzie with the more perplexed. Another little book or two were lying near, and a common basket of common fruit, and another basket full of strings of beads and tinsel scraps. A few boxes of humble flowers and evergreens completed the garden; and the encompassing wilderness of dowager old chimneys twirled their cowls and fluttered their smoke, rather as if they were bridling, and fanning themselves, and looking on in a state of airy surprise.

Taking her eyes off the book, to test her memory of something in it, Lizzie was the first to see herself observed. As she rose, Miss Wren likewise became conscious, and said, irreverently addressing the great chief of the premises: ‘Whoever you are, I can’t get up, because my back’s bad and my legs are queer.’

‘This is my master,’ said Riah, stepping forward.

(‘Don’t look like anybody’s master,’ observed Miss Wren to herself, with a hitch of her chin and eyes.)

‘This, sir,’ pursued the old man, ‘is a little dressmaker for little people. Explain to the master, Jenny.’

‘Dolls; that’s all,’ said Jenny, shortly. ‘Very difficult to fit too, because their figures are so uncertain. You never know where to expect their waists.’

‘Her friend,’ resumed the old man, motioning towards Lizzie; ‘and as industrious as virtuous. But that they both are. They are busy early and late, sir, early and late; and in bye-times, as on this holiday, they go to book-learning.’

‘Not much good to be got out of that,’ remarked Fledgeby.

‘Depends upon the person!’ quoth Miss Wren, snapping him up.

‘I made acquaintance with my guests, sir,’ pursued the Jew, with an evident purpose of drawing out the dressmaker, ‘through their coming here to buy of our damage and waste for Miss Jenny’s millinery. Our waste goes into the best of company, sir, on her rosy-cheeked little customers. They wear it in their hair, and on their ball-dresses, and even (so she tells me) are presented at Court with it.’

‘Ah!’ said Fledgeby, on whose intelligence this doll-fancy made rather strong demands; ‘she’s been buying that basketful to-day, I suppose?’

‘I suppose she has,’ Miss Jenny interposed; ‘and paying for it too, most likely!’

‘Let’s have a look at it,’ said the suspicious chief. Riah handed it to him. ‘How much for this now?’

‘Two precious silver shillings,’ said Miss Wren.

Riah confirmed her with two nods, as Fledgeby looked to him. A nod for each shilling.

Well,’ said Fledgeby, poking into the contents of the basket with his forefinger, ‘the price is not so bad. You have got good measure, Miss What-is-it.’

‘Try Jenny,’ suggested that young lady with great calmness.

‘You have got good measure, Miss Jenny; but the price is not so bad.—And you,’ said Fledgeby, turning to the other visitor, ‘do you buy anything here, miss?’

‘No, sir.’

‘Nor sell anything neither, miss?’

‘No, sir.’

Looking askew at the questioner, Jenny stole her hand up to her friend’s, and drew her friend down, so that she bent beside her on her knee.

‘We are thankful to come here for rest, sir,’ said Jenny. ‘You see, you don’t know what the rest of this place is to us; does he, Lizzie? It’s the quiet, and the air.’

‘The quiet!’ repeated Fledgeby, with a contemptuous turn of his head towards the City’s roar. ‘And the air!’ with a ‘Poof!’ at the smoke.

‘Ah!’ said Jenny. ‘But it’s so high. And you see the clouds rushing on above the narrow streets, not minding them, and you see the golden arrows pointing at the mountains in the sky from which the wind comes, and you feel as if you were dead.’

The little creature looked above her, holding up her slight transparent hand.

‘How do you feel when you are dead?’ asked Fledgeby, much perplexed.

‘Oh, so tranquil!’ cried the little creature, smiling. ‘Oh, so peaceful and so thankful! And you hear the people who are alive, crying, and working, and calling to one another down in the close dark streets, and you seem to pity them so! And such a chain has fallen from you, and such a strange good sorrowful happiness comes upon you!’

Her eyes fell on the old man, who, with his hands folded, quietly looked on.

‘Why it was only just now,’ said the little creature, pointing at him, ‘that I fancied I saw him come out of his grave! He toiled out at that low door so bent and worn, and then he took his breath and stood upright, and looked all round him at the sky, and the wind blew upon him, and his life down in the dark was over!—Till he was called back to life,’ she added, looking round at Fledgeby with that lower look of sharpness. ‘Why did you call him back?’

‘He was long enough coming, anyhow,’ grumbled Fledgeby.

‘But you are not dead, you know,’ said Jenny Wren. ‘Get down to life!’

Mr Fledgeby seemed to think it rather a good suggestion, and with a nod turned round. As Riah followed to attend him down the stairs, the little creature called out to the Jew in a silvery tone, ‘Don’t be long gone. Come back, and be dead!’ And still as they went down they heard the little sweet voice, more and more faintly, half calling and half singing, ‘Come back and be dead, Come back and be dead!’

When they got down into the entry, Fledgeby, pausing under the shadow of the broad old hat, and mechanically poising the staff, said to the old man:

‘That’s a handsome girl, that one in her senses.’

‘And as good as handsome,’ answered Riah.

‘At all events,’ observed Fledgeby, with a dry whistle, ‘I hope she ain’t bad enough to put any chap up to the fastenings, and get the premises broken open. You look out. Keep your weather eye awake and don’t make any more acquaintances, however handsome. Of course you always keep my name to yourself?’

‘Sir, assuredly I do.’

‘If they ask it, say it’s Pubsey, or say it’s Co, or say it’s anything you like, but what it is.’

His grateful servant—in whose race gratitude is deep, strong, and enduring—bowed his head, and actually did now put the hem of his coat to his lips: though so lightly that the wearer knew nothing of it.

Thus, Fascination Fledgeby went his way, exulting in the artful cleverness with which he had turned his thumb down on a Jew, and the old man went his different way up-stairs. As he mounted, the call or song began to sound in his ears again, and, looking above, he saw the face of the little creature looking down out of a Glory of her long bright radiant hair, and musically repeating to him, like a vision:

‘Come up and be dead! Come up and be dead!’

Chapter 6

A RIDDLE WITHOUT AN ANSWER

Again Mr Mortimer Lightwood and Mr Eugene Wrayburn sat together in the Temple. This evening, however, they were not together in the place of business of the eminent solicitor, but in another dismal set of chambers facing it on the same second-floor; on whose dungeon-like black outer-door appeared the legend:

PRIVATE

MR EUGENE WRAYBURN

MR MORTIMER LIGHTWOOD

(Mr Lightwood’s Offices opposite.)

Appearances indicated that this establishment was a very recent institution. The white letters of the inscription were extremely white and extremely strong to the sense of smell, the complexion of the tables and chairs was (like Lady Tippins’s) a little too blooming to be believed in, and the carpets and floorcloth seemed to rush at the beholder’s face in the unusual prominency of their patterns. But the Temple, accustomed to tone down both the still life and the human life that has much to do with it, would soon get the better of all that.

Well!’ said Eugene, on one side of the fire, ‘I feel tolerably comfortable. I hope the upholsterer may do the same.’

‘Why shouldn’t he?’ asked Lightwood, from the other side of the fire.

‘To be sure,’ pursued Eugene, reflecting, ‘he is not in the secret of our pecuniary affairs, so perhaps he may be in an easy frame of mind.’

‘We shall pay him,’ said Mortimer.

‘Shall we, really?’ returned Eugene, indolently surprised. ‘You don’t say so!’

‘I mean to pay him, Eugene, for my part,’ said Mortimer, in a slightly injured tone.

‘Ah! I mean to pay him too,’ retorted Eugene. ‘But then I mean so much that I—that I don’t mean.’

‘Don’t mean?’

‘So much that I only mean and shall always only mean and nothing more, my dear Mortimer. It’s the same thing.’

His friend, lying back in his easy chair, watched him lying back in his easy chair, as he stretched out his legs on the hearth-rug, and said, with the amused look that Eugene Wrayburn could always awaken in him without seeming to try or care:

‘Anyhow, your vagaries have increased the bill.’

‘Calls the domestic virtues vagaries!’ exclaimed Eugene, raising his eyes to the ceiling.

‘This very complete little kitchen of ours,’ said Mortimer, ‘in which nothing will ever be cooked—’

‘My dear, dear Mortimer,’ returned his friend, lazily lifting his head a little to look at him, ‘how often have I pointed out to you that its moral influence is the important thing?’

‘Its moral influence on this fellow!’ exclaimed Lightwood, laughing.

‘Do me the favour,’ said Eugene, getting out of his chair with much gravity, ‘to come and inspect that feature of our establishment which you rashly disparage.’ With that, taking up a candle, he conducted his chum into the fourth room of the set of chambers—a little narrow room—which was very completely and neatly fitted as a kitchen. ‘See!’ said Eugene, ‘miniature flour-barrel, rolling-pin, spice-box, shelf of brown jars, chopping-board, coffee-mill, dresser elegantly furnished with crockery, saucepans and pans, roasting jack, a charming kettle, an armoury of dish-covers. The moral influence of these objects, in forming the domestic virtues, may have an immense influence upon me; not upon you, for you are a hopeless case, but upon me. In fact, I have an idea that I feel the domestic virtues already forming. Do me the favour to step into my bedroom. Secretaire, you see, and abstruse set of solid mahogany pigeon-holes, one for every letter of the alphabet. To what use do I devote them? I receive a bill—say from Jones. I docket it neatly at the secretaire, JONES, and I put it into pigeonhole J. It’s the next thing to a receipt and is quite as satisfactory to ME. And I very much wish, Mortimer,’ sitting on his bed, with the air of a philosopher lecturing a disciple, ‘that my example might induce YOU to cultivate habits of punctuality and method; and, by means of the moral influences with which I have surrounded you, to encourage the formation of the domestic virtues.’

Mortimer laughed again, with his usual commentaries of ‘How CAN you be so ridiculous, Eugene!’ and ‘What an absurd fellow you are!’ but when his laugh was out, there was something serious, if not anxious, in his face. Despite that pernicious assumption of lassitude and indifference, which had become his second nature, he was strongly attached to his friend. He had founded himself upon Eugene when they were yet boys at school; and at this hour imitated him no less, admired him no less, loved him no less, than in those departed days.

‘Eugene,’ said he, ‘if I could find you in earnest for a minute, I would try to say an earnest word to you.’

‘An earnest word?’ repeated Eugene. ‘The moral influences are beginning to work. Say on.’

Well, I will,’ returned the other, ‘though you are not earnest yet.’

‘In this desire for earnestness,’ murmured Eugene, with the air of one who was meditating deeply, ‘I trace the happy influences of the little flour-barrel and the coffee-mill. Gratifying.’

‘Eugene,’ resumed Mortimer, disregarding the light interruption, and laying a hand upon Eugene’s shoulder, as he, Mortimer, stood before him seated on his bed, ‘you are withholding something from me.’

Eugene looked at him, but said nothing.

‘All this past summer, you have been withholding something from me. Before we entered on our boating vacation, you were as bent upon it as I have seen you upon anything since we first rowed together. But you cared very little for it when it came, often found it a tie and a drag upon you, and were constantly away. Now it was well enough half-a-dozen times, a dozen times, twenty times, to say to me in your own odd manner, which I know so well and like so much, that your disappearances were precautions against our boring one another; but of course after a short while I began to know that they covered something. I don’t ask what it is, as you have not told me; but the fact is so. Say, is it not?’

‘I give you my word of honour, Mortimer,’ returned Eugene, after a serious pause of a few moments, ‘that I don’t know.’

‘Don’t know, Eugene?’

‘Upon my soul, don’t know. I know less about myself than about most people in the world, and I don’t know.’

‘You have some design in your mind?’

‘Have I? I don’t think I have.’

‘At any rate, you have some subject of interest there which used not to be there?’

‘I really can’t say,’ replied Eugene, shaking his head blankly, after pausing again to reconsider. ‘At times I have thought yes; at other times I have thought no. Now, I have been inclined to pursue such a subject; now I have felt that it was absurd, and that it tired and embarrassed me. Absolutely, I can’t say. Frankly and faithfully, I would if I could.’

So replying, he clapped a hand, in his turn, on his friend’s shoulder, as he rose from his seat upon the bed, and said:

‘You must take your friend as he is. You know what I am, my dear Mortimer. You know how dreadfully susceptible I am to boredom. You know that when I became enough of a man to find myself an embodied conundrum, I bored myself to the last degree by trying to find out what I meant. You know that at length I gave it up, and declined to guess any more. Then how can I possibly give you the answer that I have not discovered? The old nursery form runs, “Riddle-me-riddle-me-ree, p’raps you can’t tell me what this may be?” My reply runs, “No. Upon my life, I can’t.”’

So much of what was fantastically true to his own knowledge of this utterly careless Eugene, mingled with the answer, that Mortimer could not receive it as a mere evasion. Besides, it was given with an engaging air of openness, and of special exemption of the one friend he valued, from his reckless indifference.

‘Come, dear boy!’ said Eugene. ‘Let us try the effect of smoking. If it enlightens me at all on this question, I will impart unreservedly.’

They returned to the room they had come from, and, finding it heated, opened a window. Having lighted their cigars, they leaned out of this window, smoking, and looking down at the moonlight, as it shone into the court below.

‘No enlightenment,’ resumed Eugene, after certain minutes of silence. ‘I feel sincerely apologetic, my dear Mortimer, but nothing comes.’

‘If nothing comes,’ returned Mortimer, ‘nothing can come from it. So I shall hope that this may hold good throughout, and that there may be nothing on foot. Nothing injurious to you, Eugene, or—’

Eugene stayed him for a moment with his hand on his arm, while he took a piece of earth from an old flowerpot on the window-sill and dexterously shot it at a little point of light opposite; having done which to his satisfaction, he said, ‘Or?’

‘Or injurious to any one else.’

‘How,’ said Eugene, taking another little piece of earth, and shooting it with great precision at the former mark, ‘how injurious to any one else?’

‘I don’t know.’

‘And,’ said Eugene, taking, as he said the word, another shot, ‘to whom else?’

‘I don’t know.’

Checking himself with another piece of earth in his hand, Eugene looked at his friend inquiringly and a little suspiciously. There was no concealed or half-expressed meaning in his face.

‘Two belated wanderers in the mazes of the law,’ said Eugene, attracted by the sound of footsteps, and glancing down as he spoke, ‘stray into the court. They examine the door-posts of number one, seeking the name they want. Not finding it at number one, they come to number two. On the hat of wanderer number two, the shorter one, I drop this pellet. Hitting him on the hat, I smoke serenely, and become absorbed in contemplation of the sky.’

Both the wanderers looked up towards the window; but, after interchanging a mutter or two, soon applied themselves to the door-posts below. There they seemed to discover what they wanted, for they disappeared from view by entering at the doorway. ‘When they emerge,’ said Eugene, ‘you shall see me bring them both down’; and so prepared two pellets for the purpose.

He had not reckoned on their seeking his name, or Lightwood’s. But either the one or the other would seem to be in question, for now there came a knock at the door. ‘I am on duty to-night,’ said Mortimer, ‘stay you where you are, Eugene.’ Requiring no persuasion, he stayed there, smoking quietly, and not at all curious to know who knocked, until Mortimer spoke to him from within the room, and touched him. Then, drawing in his head, he found the visitors to be young Charley Hexam and the schoolmaster; both standing facing him, and both recognized at a glance.

‘You recollect this young fellow, Eugene?’ said Mortimer.

‘Let me look at him,’ returned Wrayburn, coolly. ‘Oh, yes, yes. I recollect him!’

He had not been about to repeat that former action of taking him by the chin, but the boy had suspected him of it, and had thrown up his arm with an angry start. Laughingly, Wrayburn looked to Lightwood for an explanation of this odd visit.

‘He says he has something to say.’

‘Surely it must be to you, Mortimer.’

‘So I thought, but he says no. He says it is to you.’

‘Yes, I do say so,’ interposed the boy. ‘And I mean to say what I want to say, too, Mr Eugene Wrayburn!’

Passing him with his eyes as if there were nothing where he stood, Eugene looked on to Bradley Headstone. With consummate indolence, he turned to Mortimer, inquiring: ‘And who may this other person be?’

‘I am Charles Hexam’s friend,’ said Bradley; ‘I am Charles Hexam’s schoolmaster.’

‘My good sir, you should teach your pupils better manners,’ returned Eugene.

Composedly smoking, he leaned an elbow on the chimneypiece, at the side of the fire, and looked at the schoolmaster. It was a cruel look, in its cold disdain of him, as a creature of no worth. The schoolmaster looked at him, and that, too, was a cruel look, though of the different kind, that it had a raging jealousy and fiery wrath in it.

Very remarkably, neither Eugene Wrayburn nor Bradley Headstone looked at all at the boy. Through the ensuing dialogue, those two, no matter who spoke, or whom was addressed, looked at each other. There was some secret, sure perception between them, which set them against one another in all ways.

‘In some high respects, Mr Eugene Wrayburn,’ said Bradley, answering him with pale and quivering lips, ‘the natural feelings of my pupils are stronger than my teaching.’

‘In most respects, I dare say,’ replied Eugene, enjoying his cigar, ‘though whether high or low is of no importance. You have my name very correctly. Pray what is yours?’

‘It cannot concern you much to know, but—’

‘True,’ interposed Eugene, striking sharply and cutting him short at his mistake, ‘it does not concern me at all to know. I can say Schoolmaster, which is a most respectable title. You are right, Schoolmaster.’

It was not the dullest part of this goad in its galling of Bradley Headstone, that he had made it himself in a moment of incautious anger. He tried to set his lips so as to prevent their quivering, but they quivered fast.

‘Mr Eugene Wrayburn,’ said the boy, ‘I want a word with you. I have wanted it so much, that we have looked out your address in the book, and we have been to your office, and we have come from your office here.’

‘You have given yourself much trouble, Schoolmaster,’ observed Eugene, blowing the feathery ash from his cigar. ‘I hope it may prove remunerative.’

‘And I am glad to speak,’ pursued the boy, ‘in presence of Mr Lightwood, because it was through Mr Lightwood that you ever saw my sister.’

For a mere moment, Wrayburn turned his eyes aside from the schoolmaster to note the effect of the last word on Mortimer, who, standing on the opposite side of the fire, as soon as the word was spoken, turned his face towards the fire and looked down into it.

‘Similarly, it was through Mr Lightwood that you ever saw her again, for you were with him on the night when my father was found, and so I found you with her on the next day. Since then, you have seen my sister often. You have seen my sister oftener and oftener. And I want to know why?’

‘Was this worth while, Schoolmaster?’ murmured Eugene, with the air of a disinterested adviser. ‘So much trouble for nothing? You should know best, but I think not.’

‘I don’t know, Mr Wrayburn,’ answered Bradley, with his passion rising, ‘why you address me—’

‘Don’t you? said Eugene. ‘Then I won’t.’

He said it so tauntingly in his perfect placidity, that the respectable right-hand clutching the respectable hair-guard of the respectable watch could have wound it round his throat and strangled him with it. Not another word did Eugene deem it worth while to utter, but stood leaning his head upon his hand, smoking, and looking imperturbably at the chafing Bradley Headstone with his clutching right-hand, until Bradley was wellnigh mad.

‘Mr Wrayburn,’ proceeded the boy, ‘we not only know this that I have charged upon you, but we know more. It has not yet come to my sister’s knowledge that we have found it out, but we have. We had a plan, Mr Headstone and I, for my sister’s education, and for its being advised and overlooked by Mr Headstone, who is a much more competent authority, whatever you may pretend to think, as you smoke, than you could produce, if you tried. Then, what do we find? What do we find, Mr Lightwood? Why, we find that my sister is already being taught, without our knowing it. We find that while my sister gives an unwilling and cold ear to our schemes for her advantage—I, her brother, and Mr Headstone, the most competent authority, as his certificates would easily prove, that could be produced—she is wilfully and willingly profiting by other schemes. Ay, and taking pains, too, for I know what such pains are. And so does Mr Headstone! Well! Somebody pays for this, is a thought that naturally occurs to us; who pays? We apply ourselves to find out, Mr Lightwood, and we find that your friend, this Mr Eugene Wrayburn, here, pays. Then I ask him what right has he to do it, and what does he mean by it, and how comes he to be taking such a liberty without my consent, when I am raising myself in the scale of society by my own exertions and Mr Headstone’s aid, and have no right to have any darkness cast upon my prospects, or any imputation upon my respectability, through my sister?’

The boyish weakness of this speech, combined with its great selfishness, made it a poor one indeed. And yet Bradley Headstone, used to the little audience of a school, and unused to the larger ways of men, showed a kind of exultation in it.

‘Now I tell Mr Eugene Wrayburn,’ pursued the boy, forced into the use of the third person by the hopelessness of addressing him in the first, ‘that I object to his having any acquaintance at all with my sister, and that I request him to drop it altogether. He is not to take it into his head that I am afraid of my sister’s caring for HIM—’

(As the boy sneered, the Master sneered, and Eugene blew off the feathery ash again.)

—‘But I object to it, and that’s enough. I am more important to my sister than he thinks. As I raise myself, I intend to raise her; she knows that, and she has to look to me for her prospects. Now I understand all this very well, and so does Mr Headstone. My sister is an excellent girl, but she has some romantic notions; not about such things as your Mr Eugene Wrayburns, but about the death of my father and other matters of that sort. Mr Wrayburn encourages those notions to make himself of importance, and so she thinks she ought to be grateful to him, and perhaps even likes to be. Now I don’t choose her to be grateful to him, or to be grateful to anybody but me, except Mr Headstone. And I tell Mr Wrayburn that if he don’t take heed of what I say, it will be worse for her. Let him turn that over in his memory, and make sure of it. Worse for her!’

A pause ensued, in which the schoolmaster looked very awkward.

‘May I suggest, Schoolmaster,’ said Eugene, removing his fast-waning cigar from his lips to glance at it, ‘that you can now take your pupil away.’

‘And Mr Lightwood,’ added the boy, with a burning face, under the flaming aggravation of getting no sort of answer or attention, ‘I hope you’ll take notice of what I have said to your friend, and of what your friend has heard me say, word by word, whatever he pretends to the contrary. You are bound to take notice of it, Mr Lightwood, for, as I have already mentioned, you first brought your friend into my sister’s company, and but for you we never should have seen him. Lord knows none of us ever wanted him, any more than any of us will ever miss him. Now Mr Headstone, as Mr Eugene Wrayburn has been obliged to hear what I had to say, and couldn’t help himself, and as I have said it out to the last word, we have done all we wanted to do, and may go.’

‘Go down-stairs, and leave me a moment, Hexam,’ he returned. The boy complying with an indignant look and as much noise as he could make, swung out of the room; and Lightwood went to the window, and leaned there, looking out.

‘You think me of no more value than the dirt under your feet,’ said Bradley to Eugene, speaking in a carefully weighed and measured tone, or he could not have spoken at all.

‘I assure you, Schoolmaster,’ replied Eugene, ‘I don’t think about you.’

‘That’s not true,’ returned the other; ‘you know better.’

‘That’s coarse,’ Eugene retorted; ‘but you DON’T know better.’

‘Mr Wrayburn, at least I know very well that it would be idle to set myself against you in insolent words or overbearing manners. That lad who has just gone out could put you to shame in half-a-dozen branches of knowledge in half an hour, but you can throw him aside like an inferior. You can do as much by me, I have no doubt, beforehand.’

‘Possibly,’ remarked Eugene.

‘But I am more than a lad,’ said Bradley, with his clutching hand, ‘and I WILL be heard, sir.’

‘As a schoolmaster,’ said Eugene, ‘you are always being heard. That ought to content you.’

‘But it does not content me,’ replied the other, white with passion. ‘Do you suppose that a man, in forming himself for the duties I discharge, and in watching and repressing himself daily to discharge them well, dismisses a man’s nature?’

‘I suppose you,’ said Eugene, ‘judging from what I see as I look at you, to be rather too passionate for a good schoolmaster.’ As he spoke, he tossed away the end of his cigar.

‘Passionate with you, sir, I admit I am. Passionate with you, sir, I respect myself for being. But I have not Devils for my pupils.’

‘For your Teachers, I should rather say,’ replied Eugene.

‘Mr Wrayburn.’

‘Schoolmaster.’

‘Sir, my name is Bradley Headstone.’

‘As you justly said, my good sir, your name cannot concern me. Now, what more?’

‘This more. Oh, what a misfortune is mine,’ cried Bradley, breaking off to wipe the starting perspiration from his face as he shook from head to foot, ‘that I cannot so control myself as to appear a stronger creature than this, when a man who has not felt in all his life what I have felt in a day can so command himself!’ He said it in a very agony, and even followed it with an errant motion of his hands as if he could have torn himself.

Eugene Wrayburn looked on at him, as if he found him beginning to be rather an entertaining study.

‘Mr Wrayburn, I desire to say something to you on my own part.’

‘Come, come, Schoolmaster,’ returned Eugene, with a languid approach to impatience as the other again struggled with himself; ‘say what you have to say. And let me remind you that the door is standing open, and your young friend waiting for you on the stairs.’

‘When I accompanied that youth here, sir, I did so with the purpose of adding, as a man whom you should not be permitted to put aside, in case you put him aside as a boy, that his instinct is correct and right.’ Thus Bradley Headstone, with great effort and difficulty.

‘Is that all?’ asked Eugene.

‘No, sir,’ said the other, flushed and fierce. ‘I strongly support him in his disapproval of your visits to his sister, and in his objection to your officiousness—and worse—in what you have taken upon yourself to do for her.’

‘Is THAT all?’ asked Eugene.

‘No, sir. I determined to tell you that you are not justified in these proceedings, and that they are injurious to his sister.’

‘Are you her schoolmaster as well as her brother’s?—Or perhaps you would like to be?’ said Eugene.

It was a stab that the blood followed, in its rush to Bradley Headstone’s face, as swiftly as if it had been dealt with a dagger. ‘What do you mean by that?’ was as much as he could utter.

‘A natural ambition enough,’ said Eugene, coolly. ‘Far be it from me to say otherwise. The sister who is something too much upon your lips, perhaps—is so very different from all the associations to which she had been used, and from all the low obscure people about her, that it is a very natural ambition.’

‘Do you throw my obscurity in my teeth, Mr Wrayburn?’

‘That can hardly be, for I know nothing concerning it, Schoolmaster, and seek to know nothing.’

‘You reproach me with my origin,’ said Bradley Headstone; ‘you cast insinuations at my bringing-up. But I tell you, sir, I have worked my way onward, out of both and in spite of both, and have a right to be considered a better man than you, with better reasons for being proud.’

‘How I can reproach you with what is not within my knowledge, or how I can cast stones that were never in my hand, is a problem for the ingenuity of a schoolmaster to prove,’ returned Eugene. ‘Is THAT all?’

‘No, sir. If you suppose that boy—’

‘Who really will be tired of waiting,’ said Eugene, politely.

‘If you suppose that boy to be friendless, Mr Wrayburn, you deceive yourself. I am his friend, and you shall find me so.’

‘And you will find HIM on the stairs,’ remarked Eugene.

‘You may have promised yourself, sir, that you could do what you chose here, because you had to deal with a mere boy, inexperienced, friendless, and unassisted. But I give you warning that this mean calculation is wrong. You have to do with a man also. You have to do with me. I will support him, and, if need be, require reparation for him. My hand and heart are in this cause, and are open to him.’

‘And—quite a coincidence—the door is open,’ remarked Eugene.

‘I scorn your shifty evasions, and I scorn you,’ said the schoolmaster. ‘In the meanness of your nature you revile me with the meanness of my birth. I hold you in contempt for it. But if you don’t profit by this visit, and act accordingly, you will find me as bitterly in earnest against you as I could be if I deemed you worth a second thought on my own account.’

With a consciously bad grace and stiff manner, as Wrayburn looked so easily and calmly on, he went out with these words, and the heavy door closed like a furnace-door upon his red and white heats of rage.

‘A curious monomaniac,’ said Eugene. ‘The man seems to believe that everybody was acquainted with his mother!’

Mortimer Lightwood being still at the window, to which he had in delicacy withdrawn, Eugene called to him, and he fell to slowly pacing the room.

‘My dear fellow,’ said Eugene, as he lighted another cigar, ‘I fear my unexpected visitors have been troublesome. If as a set-off (excuse the legal phrase from a barrister-at-law) you would like to ask Tippins to tea, I pledge myself to make love to her.’

‘Eugene, Eugene, Eugene,’ replied Mortimer, still pacing the room, ‘I am sorry for this. And to think that I have been so blind!’

‘How blind, dear boy?’ inquired his unmoved friend.

‘What were your words that night at the river-side public-house?’ said Lightwood, stopping. ‘What was it that you asked me? Did I feel like a dark combination of traitor and pickpocket when I thought of that girl?’

‘I seem to remember the expression,’ said Eugene.

‘How do YOU feel when you think of her just now?’

His friend made no direct reply, but observed, after a few whiffs of his cigar, ‘Don’t mistake the situation. There is no better girl in all this London than Lizzie Hexam. There is no better among my people at home; no better among your people.’

‘Granted. What follows?’

‘There,’ said Eugene, looking after him dubiously as he paced away to the other end of the room, ‘you put me again upon guessing the riddle that I have given up.’

‘Eugene, do you design to capture and desert this girl?’

‘My dear fellow, no.’

‘Do you design to marry her?’

‘My dear fellow, no.’

‘Do you design to pursue her?’

‘My dear fellow, I don’t design anything. I have no design whatever. I am incapable of designs. If I conceived a design, I should speedily abandon it, exhausted by the operation.’

‘Oh Eugene, Eugene!’

‘My dear Mortimer, not that tone of melancholy reproach, I entreat. What can I do more than tell you all I know, and acknowledge my ignorance of all I don’t know! How does that little old song go, which, under pretence of being cheerful, is by far the most lugubrious I ever heard in my life?

“Away with melancholy, Nor doleful changes ring On life and human folly, But merrily merrily sing Fal la!”

Don’t let us sing Fal la, my dear Mortimer (which is comparatively unmeaning), but let us sing that we give up guessing the riddle altogether.’

‘Are you in communication with this girl, Eugene, and is what these people say true?’

‘I concede both admissions to my honourable and learned friend.’

‘Then what is to come of it? What are you doing? Where are you going?’

‘My dear Mortimer, one would think the schoolmaster had left behind him a catechizing infection. You are ruffled by the want of another cigar. Take one of these, I entreat. Light it at mine, which is in perfect order. So! Now do me the justice to observe that I am doing all I can towards self-improvement, and that you have a light thrown on those household implements which, when you only saw them as in a glass darkly, you were hastily—I must say hastily—inclined to depreciate. Sensible of my deficiencies, I have surrounded myself with moral influences expressly meant to promote the formation of the domestic virtues. To those influences, and to the improving society of my friend from boyhood, commend me with your best wishes.’

‘Ah, Eugene!’ said Lightwood, affectionately, now standing near him, so that they both stood in one little cloud of smoke; ‘I would that you answered my three questions! What is to come of it? What are you doing? Where are you going?’

‘And my dear Mortimer,’ returned Eugene, lightly fanning away the smoke with his hand for the better exposition of his frankness of face and manner, ‘believe me, I would answer them instantly if I could. But to enable me to do so, I must first have found out the troublesome conundrum long abandoned. Here it is. Eugene Wrayburn.’ Tapping his forehead and breast. ‘Riddle-me, riddle-me-ree, perhaps you can’t tell me what this may be?—No, upon my life I can’t. I give it up!’

Chapter 7

IN WHICH A FRIENDLY MOVE IS ORIGINATED

The arrangement between Mr Boffin and his literary man, Mr Silas Wegg, so far altered with the altered habits of Mr Boffin’s life, as that the Roman Empire usually declined in the morning and in the eminently aristocratic family mansion, rather than in the evening, as of yore, and in Boffin’s Bower. There were occasions, however, when Mr Boffin, seeking a brief refuge from the blandishments of fashion, would present himself at the Bower after dark, to anticipate the next sallying forth of Wegg, and would there, on the old settle, pursue the downward fortunes of those enervated and corrupted masters of the world who were by this time on their last legs. If Wegg had been worse paid for his office, or better qualified to discharge it, he would have considered these visits complimentary and agreeable; but, holding the position of a handsomely-remunerated humbug, he resented them. This was quite according to rule, for the incompetent servant, by whomsoever employed, is always against his employer. Even those born governors, noble and right honourable creatures, who have been the most imbecile in high places, have uniformly shown themselves the most opposed (sometimes in belying distrust, sometimes in vapid insolence) to THEIR employer. What is in such wise true of the public master and servant, is equally true of the private master and servant all the world over.

When Mr Silas Wegg did at last obtain free access to ‘Our House’, as he had been wont to call the mansion outside which he had sat shelterless so long, and when he did at last find it in all particulars as different from his mental plans of it as according to the nature of things it well could be, that far-seeing and far-reaching character, by way of asserting himself and making out a case for compensation, affected to fall into a melancholy strain of musing over the mournful past; as if the house and he had had a fall in life together.

‘And this, sir,’ Silas would say to his patron, sadly nodding his head and musing, ‘was once Our House! This, sir, is the building from which I have so often seen those great creatures, Miss Elizabeth, Master George, Aunt Jane, and Uncle Parker’—whose very names were of his own inventing—‘pass and repass! And has it come to this, indeed! Ah dear me, dear me!’

So tender were his lamentations, that the kindly Mr Boffin was quite sorry for him, and almost felt mistrustful that in buying the house he had done him an irreparable injury.

Two or three diplomatic interviews, the result of great subtlety on Mr Wegg’s part, but assuming the mask of careless yielding to a fortuitous combination of circumstances impelling him towards Clerkenwell, had enabled him to complete his bargain with Mr Venus.

‘Bring me round to the Bower,’ said Silas, when the bargain was closed, ‘next Saturday evening, and if a sociable glass of old Jamaikey warm should meet your views, I am not the man to begrudge it.’

‘You are aware of my being poor company, sir,’ replied Mr Venus, ‘but be it so.’

It being so, here is Saturday evening come, and here is Mr Venus come, and ringing at the Bower-gate.

Mr Wegg opens the gate, descries a sort of brown paper truncheon under Mr Venus’s arm, and remarks, in a dry tone: ‘Oh! I thought perhaps you might have come in a cab.’

‘No, Mr Wegg,’ replies Venus. ‘I am not above a parcel.’

‘Above a parcel! No!’ says Wegg, with some dissatisfaction. But does not openly growl, ‘a certain sort of parcel might be above you.’

‘Here is your purchase, Mr Wegg,’ says Venus, politely handing it over, ‘and I am glad to restore it to the source from whence it—flowed.’

‘Thankee,’ says Wegg. ‘Now this affair is concluded, I may mention to you in a friendly way that I’ve my doubts whether, if I had consulted a lawyer, you could have kept this article back from me. I only throw it out as a legal point.’

‘Do you think so, Mr Wegg? I bought you in open contract.’

‘You can’t buy human flesh and blood in this country, sir; not alive, you can’t,’ says Wegg, shaking his head. ‘Then query, bone?’

‘As a legal point?’ asks Venus.

‘As a legal point.’

‘I am not competent to speak upon that, Mr Wegg,’ says Venus, reddening and growing something louder; ‘but upon a point of fact I think myself competent to speak; and as a point of fact I would have seen you—will you allow me to say, further?’

‘I wouldn’t say more than further, if I was you,’ Mr Wegg suggests, pacifically.

—‘Before I’d have given that packet into your hand without being paid my price for it. I don’t pretend to know how the point of law may stand, but I’m thoroughly confident upon the point of fact.’

As Mr Venus is irritable (no doubt owing to his disappointment in love), and as it is not the cue of Mr Wegg to have him out of temper, the latter gentleman soothingly remarks, ‘I only put it as a little case; I only put it ha’porthetically.’

‘Then I’d rather, Mr Wegg, you put it another time, penn’orth-etically,’ is Mr Venus’s retort, ‘for I tell you candidly I don’t like your little cases.’

Arrived by this time in Mr Wegg’s sitting-room, made bright on the chilly evening by gaslight and fire, Mr Venus softens and compliments him on his abode; profiting by the occasion to remind Wegg that he (Venus) told him he had got into a good thing.

‘Tolerable,’ Wegg rejoins. ‘But bear in mind, Mr Venus, that there’s no gold without its alloy. Mix for yourself and take a seat in the chimbley-corner. Will you perform upon a pipe, sir?’

‘I am but an indifferent performer, sir,’ returns the other; ‘but I’ll accompany you with a whiff or two at intervals.’

So, Mr Venus mixes, and Wegg mixes; and Mr Venus lights and puffs, and Wegg lights and puffs.

‘And there’s alloy even in this metal of yours, Mr Wegg, you was remarking?’

‘Mystery,’ returns Wegg. ‘I don’t like it, Mr Venus. I don’t like to have the life knocked out of former inhabitants of this house, in the gloomy dark, and not know who did it.’

‘Might you have any suspicions, Mr Wegg?’

‘No,’ returns that gentleman. ‘I know who profits by it. But I’ve no suspicions.’

Having said which, Mr Wegg smokes and looks at the fire with a most determined expression of Charity; as if he had caught that cardinal virtue by the skirts as she felt it her painful duty to depart from him, and held her by main force.

‘Similarly,’ resumes Wegg, ‘I have observations as I can offer upon certain points and parties; but I make no objections, Mr Venus. Here is an immense fortune drops from the clouds upon a person that shall be nameless. Here is a weekly allowance, with a certain weight of coals, drops from the clouds upon me. Which of us is the better man? Not the person that shall be nameless. That’s an observation of mine, but I don’t make it an objection. I take my allowance and my certain weight of coals. He takes his fortune. That’s the way it works.’

‘It would be a good thing for me, if I could see things in the calm light you do, Mr Wegg.’

‘Again look here,’ pursues Silas, with an oratorical flourish of his pipe and his wooden leg: the latter having an undignified tendency to tilt him back in his chair; ‘here’s another observation, Mr Venus, unaccompanied with an objection. Him that shall be nameless is liable to be talked over. He gets talked over. Him that shall be nameless, having me at his right hand, naturally looking to be promoted higher, and you may perhaps say meriting to be promoted higher—’

(Mr Venus murmurs that he does say so.)

‘—Him that shall be nameless, under such circumstances passes me by, and puts a talking-over stranger above my head. Which of us two is the better man? Which of us two can repeat most poetry? Which of us two has, in the service of him that shall be nameless, tackled the Romans, both civil and military, till he has got as husky as if he’d been weaned and ever since brought up on sawdust? Not the talking-over stranger. Yet the house is as free to him as if it was his, and he has his room, and is put upon a footing, and draws about a thousand a year. I am banished to the Bower, to be found in it like a piece of furniture whenever wanted. Merit, therefore, don’t win. That’s the way it works. I observe it, because I can’t help observing it, being accustomed to take a powerful sight of notice; but I don’t object. Ever here before, Mr Venus?’

‘Not inside the gate, Mr Wegg.’

‘You’ve been as far as the gate then, Mr Venus?’

‘Yes, Mr Wegg, and peeped in from curiosity.’

‘Did you see anything?’

‘Nothing but the dust-yard.’

Mr Wegg rolls his eyes all round the room, in that ever unsatisfied quest of his, and then rolls his eyes all round Mr Venus; as if suspicious of his having something about him to be found out.

‘And yet, sir,’ he pursues, ‘being acquainted with old Mr Harmon, one would have thought it might have been polite in you, too, to give him a call. And you’re naturally of a polite disposition, you are.’ This last clause as a softening compliment to Mr Venus.

‘It is true, sir,’ replies Venus, winking his weak eyes, and running his fingers through his dusty shock of hair, ‘that I was so, before a certain observation soured me. You understand to what I allude, Mr Wegg? To a certain written statement respecting not wishing to be regarded in a certain light. Since that, all is fled, save gall.’

‘Not all,’ says Mr Wegg, in a tone of sentimental condolence.

‘Yes, sir,’ returns Venus, ‘all! The world may deem it harsh, but I’d quite as soon pitch into my best friend as not. Indeed, I’d sooner!’

Involuntarily making a pass with his wooden leg to guard himself as Mr Venus springs up in the emphasis of this unsociable declaration, Mr Wegg tilts over on his back, chair and all, and is rescued by that harmless misanthrope, in a disjointed state and ruefully rubbing his head.

‘Why, you lost your balance, Mr Wegg,’ says Venus, handing him his pipe.

‘And about time to do it,’ grumbles Silas, ‘when a man’s visitors, without a word of notice, conduct themselves with the sudden wiciousness of Jacks-in-boxes! Don’t come flying out of your chair like that, Mr Venus!’

‘I ask your pardon, Mr Wegg. I am so soured.’

‘Yes, but hang it,’ says Wegg argumentatively, ‘a well-governed mind can be soured sitting! And as to being regarded in lights, there’s bumpey lights as well as bony. In which,’ again rubbing his head, ‘I object to regard myself.’

‘I’ll bear it in memory, sir.’

‘If you’ll be so good.’ Mr Wegg slowly subdues his ironical tone and his lingering irritation, and resumes his pipe. ‘We were talking of old Mr Harmon being a friend of yours.’

‘Not a friend, Mr Wegg. Only known to speak to, and to have a little deal with now and then. A very inquisitive character, Mr Wegg, regarding what was found in the dust. As inquisitive as secret.’

‘Ah! You found him secret?’ returns Wegg, with a greedy relish.

‘He had always the look of it, and the manner of it.’

‘Ah!’ with another roll of his eyes. ‘As to what was found in the dust now. Did you ever hear him mention how he found it, my dear friend? Living on the mysterious premises, one would like to know. For instance, where he found things? Or, for instance, how he set about it? Whether he began at the top of the mounds, or whether he began at the bottom. Whether he prodded’; Mr Wegg’s pantomime is skilful and expressive here; ‘or whether he scooped? Should you say scooped, my dear Mr Venus; or should you as a man—say prodded?’

‘I should say neither, Mr Wegg.’

‘As a fellow-man, Mr Venus—mix again—why neither?’

‘Because I suppose, sir, that what was found, was found in the sorting and sifting. All the mounds are sorted and sifted?’

‘You shall see ’em and pass your opinion. Mix again.’

On each occasion of his saying ‘mix again’, Mr Wegg, with a hop on his wooden leg, hitches his chair a little nearer; more as if he were proposing that himself and Mr Venus should mix again, than that they should replenish their glasses.

‘Living (as I said before) on the mysterious premises,’ says Wegg when the other has acted on his hospitable entreaty, ‘one likes to know. Would you be inclined to say now—as a brother—that he ever hid things in the dust, as well as found ’em?’

‘Mr Wegg, on the whole I should say he might.’

Mr Wegg claps on his spectacles, and admiringly surveys Mr Venus from head to foot.

‘As a mortal equally with myself, whose hand I take in mine for the first time this day, having unaccountably overlooked that act so full of boundless confidence binding a fellow-creetur TO a fellow creetur,’ says Wegg, holding Mr Venus’s palm out, flat and ready for smiting, and now smiting it; ‘as such—and no other—for I scorn all lowlier ties betwixt myself and the man walking with his face erect that alone I call my Twin—regarded and regarding in this trustful bond—what do you think he might have hid?’

‘It is but a supposition, Mr Wegg.’

‘As a Being with his hand upon his heart,’ cries Wegg; and the apostrophe is not the less impressive for the Being’s hand being actually upon his rum and water; ‘put your supposition into language, and bring it out, Mr Venus!’

‘He was the species of old gentleman, sir,’ slowly returns that practical anatomist, after drinking, ‘that I should judge likely to take such opportunities as this place offered, of stowing away money, valuables, maybe papers.’

‘As one that was ever an ornament to human life,’ says Mr Wegg, again holding out Mr Venus’s palm as if he were going to tell his fortune by chiromancy, and holding his own up ready for smiting it when the time should come; ‘as one that the poet might have had his eye on, in writing the national naval words:

Helm a-weather, now lay her close, Yard arm and yard arm she lies; Again, cried I, Mr Venus, give her t’other dose, Man shrouds and grapple, sir, or she flies!

—that is to say, regarded in the light of true British Oak, for such you are—explain, Mr Venus, the expression “papers”!’

‘Seeing that the old gentleman was generally cutting off some near relation, or blocking out some natural affection,’ Mr Venus rejoins, ‘he most likely made a good many wills and codicils.’

The palm of Silas Wegg descends with a sounding smack upon the palm of Venus, and Wegg lavishly exclaims, ‘Twin in opinion equally with feeling! Mix a little more!’

Having now hitched his wooden leg and his chair close in front of Mr Venus, Mr Wegg rapidly mixes for both, gives his visitor his glass, touches its rim with the rim of his own, puts his own to his lips, puts it down, and spreading his hands on his visitor’s knees thus addresses him:

Mr Venus. It ain’t that I object to being passed over for a stranger, though I regard the stranger as a more than doubtful customer. It ain’t for the sake of making money, though money is ever welcome. It ain’t for myself, though I am not so haughty as to be above doing myself a good turn. It’s for the cause of the right.’

Mr Venus, passively winking his weak eyes both at once, demands: ‘What is, Mr Wegg?’

‘The friendly move, sir, that I now propose. You see the move, sir?’

‘Till you have pointed it out, Mr Wegg, I can’t say whether I do or not.’

‘If there IS anything to be found on these premises, let us find it together. Let us make the friendly move of agreeing to look for it together. Let us make the friendly move of agreeing to share the profits of it equally betwixt us. In the cause of the right.’ Thus Silas assuming a noble air.

‘Then,’ says Mr Venus, looking up, after meditating with his hair held in his hands, as if he could only fix his attention by fixing his head; ‘if anything was to be unburied from under the dust, it would be kept a secret by you and me? Would that be it, Mr Wegg?’

‘That would depend upon what it was, Mr Venus. Say it was money, or plate, or jewellery, it would be as much ours as anybody else’s.’

Mr Venus rubs an eyebrow, interrogatively.

‘In the cause of the right it would. Because it would be unknowingly sold with the mounds else, and the buyer would get what he was never meant to have, and never bought. And what would that be, Mr Venus, but the cause of the wrong?’

‘Say it was papers,’ Mr Venus propounds.

‘According to what they contained we should offer to dispose of ’em to the parties most interested,’ replies Wegg, promptly.

‘In the cause of the right, Mr Wegg?’

‘Always so, Mr Venus. If the parties should use them in the cause of the wrong, that would be their act and deed. Mr Venus. I have an opinion of you, sir, to which it is not easy to give mouth. Since I called upon you that evening when you were, as I may say, floating your powerful mind in tea, I have felt that you required to be roused with an object. In this friendly move, sir, you will have a glorious object to rouse you.’

Mr Wegg then goes on to enlarge upon what throughout has been uppermost in his crafty mind:—the qualifications of Mr Venus for such a search. He expatiates on Mr Venus’s patient habits and delicate manipulation; on his skill in piecing little things together; on his knowledge of various tissues and textures; on the likelihood of small indications leading him on to the discovery of great concealments. ‘While as to myself,’ says Wegg, ‘I am not good at it. Whether I gave myself up to prodding, or whether I gave myself up to scooping, I couldn’t do it with that delicate touch so as not to show that I was disturbing the mounds. Quite different with YOU, going to work (as YOU would) in the light of a fellow-man, holily pledged in a friendly move to his brother man.’ Mr Wegg next modestly remarks on the want of adaptation in a wooden leg to ladders and such like airy perches, and also hints at an inherent tendency in that timber fiction, when called into action for the purposes of a promenade on an ashey slope, to stick itself into the yielding foothold, and peg its owner to one spot. Then, leaving this part of the subject, he remarks on the special phenomenon that before his installation in the Bower, it was from Mr Venus that he first heard of the legend of hidden wealth in the Mounds: ‘which’, he observes with a vaguely pious air, ‘was surely never meant for nothing.’ Lastly, he returns to the cause of the right, gloomily foreshadowing the possibility of something being unearthed to criminate Mr Boffin (of whom he once more candidly admits it cannot be denied that he profits by a murder), and anticipating his denunciation by the friendly movers to avenging justice. And this, Mr Wegg expressly points out, not at all for the sake of the reward—though it would be a want of principle not to take it.

To all this, Mr Venus, with his shock of dusty hair cocked after the manner of a terrier’s ears, attends profoundly. When Mr Wegg, having finished, opens his arms wide, as if to show Mr Venus how bare his breast is, and then folds them pending a reply, Mr Venus winks at him with both eyes some little time before speaking.

‘I see you have tried it by yourself, Mr Wegg,’ he says when he does speak. ‘You have found out the difficulties by experience.’

‘No, it can hardly be said that I have tried it,’ replies Wegg, a little dashed by the hint. ‘I have just skimmed it. Skimmed it.’

‘And found nothing besides the difficulties?’

Wegg shakes his head.

‘I scarcely know what to say to this, Mr Wegg,’ observes Venus, after ruminating for a while.

‘Say yes,’ Wegg naturally urges.

‘If I wasn’t soured, my answer would be no. But being soured, Mr Wegg, and driven to reckless madness and desperation, I suppose it’s Yes.’

Wegg joyfully reproduces the two glasses, repeats the ceremony of clinking their rims, and inwardly drinks with great heartiness to the health and success in life of the young lady who has reduced Mr Venus to his present convenient state of mind.

The articles of the friendly move are then severally recited and agreed upon. They are but secrecy, fidelity, and perseverance. The Bower to be always free of access to Mr Venus for his researches, and every precaution to be taken against their attracting observation in the neighbourhood.

‘There’s a footstep!’ exclaims Venus.

‘Where?’ cries Wegg, starting.

‘Outside. St!’

They are in the act of ratifying the treaty of friendly move, by shaking hands upon it. They softly break off, light their pipes which have gone out, and lean back in their chairs. No doubt, a footstep. It approaches the window, and a hand taps at the glass. ‘Come in!’ calls Wegg; meaning come round by the door. But the heavy old-fashioned sash is slowly raised, and a head slowly looks in out of the dark background of night.

‘Pray is Mr Silas Wegg here? Oh! I see him!’

The friendly movers might not have been quite at their ease, even though the visitor had entered in the usual manner. But, leaning on the breast-high window, and staring in out of the darkness, they find the visitor extremely embarrassing. Especially Mr Venus: who removes his pipe, draws back his head, and stares at the starer, as if it were his own Hindoo baby come to fetch him home.

‘Good evening, Mr Wegg. The yard gate-lock should be looked to, if you please; it don’t catch.’

‘Is it Mr Rokesmith?’ falters Wegg.

‘It is Mr Rokesmith. Don’t let me disturb you. I am not coming in. I have only a message for you, which I undertook to deliver on my way home to my lodgings. I was in two minds about coming beyond the gate without ringing: not knowing but you might have a dog about.’

‘I wish I had,’ mutters Wegg, with his back turned as he rose from his chair. ‘St! Hush! The talking-over stranger, Mr Venus.’

‘Is that any one I know?’ inquires the staring Secretary.

‘No, Mr Rokesmith. Friend of mine. Passing the evening with me.’

‘Oh! I beg his pardon. Mr Boffin wishes you to know that he does not expect you to stay at home any evening, on the chance of his coming. It has occurred to him that he may, without intending it, have been a tie upon you. In future, if he should come without notice, he will take his chance of finding you, and it will be all the same to him if he does not. I undertook to tell you on my way. That’s all.’

With that, and ‘Good night,’ the Secretary lowers the window, and disappears. They listen, and hear his footsteps go back to the gate, and hear the gate close after him.

‘And for that individual, Mr Venus,’ remarks Wegg, when he is fully gone, ‘I have been passed over! Let me ask you what you think of him?’

Apparently, Mr Venus does not know what to think of him, for he makes sundry efforts to reply, without delivering himself of any other articulate utterance than that he has ‘a singular look’.

‘A double look, you mean, sir,’ rejoins Wegg, playing bitterly upon the word. ‘That’s HIS look. Any amount of singular look for me, but not a double look! That’s an under-handed mind, sir.’

‘Do you say there’s something against him?’ Venus asks.

‘Something against him?’ repeats Wegg. ‘Something? What would the relief be to my feelings—as a fellow-man—if I wasn’t the slave of truth, and didn’t feel myself compelled to answer, Everything!’

See into what wonderful maudlin refuges, featherless ostriches plunge their heads! It is such unspeakable moral compensation to Wegg, to be overcome by the consideration that Mr Rokesmith has an underhanded mind!

‘On this starlight night, Mr Venus,’ he remarks, when he is showing that friendly mover out across the yard, and both are something the worse for mixing again and again: ‘on this starlight night to think that talking-over strangers, and underhanded minds, can go walking home under the sky, as if they was all square!’

‘The spectacle of those orbs,’ says Mr Venus, gazing upward with his hat tumbling off; ‘brings heavy on me her crushing words that she did not wish to regard herself nor yet to be regarded in that—’

‘I know! I know! You needn’t repeat ’em,’ says Wegg, pressing his hand. ‘But think how those stars steady me in the cause of the right against some that shall be nameless. It isn’t that I bear malice. But see how they glisten with old remembrances! Old remembrances of what, sir?’

Mr Venus begins drearily replying, ‘Of her words, in her own handwriting, that she does not wish to regard herself, nor yet—’ when Silas cuts him short with dignity.

‘No, sir! Remembrances of Our House, of Master George, of Aunt Jane, of Uncle Parker, all laid waste! All offered up sacrifices to the minion of fortune and the worm of the hour!’

Chapter 8

IN WHICH AN INNOCENT ELOPEMENT OCCURS

The minion of fortune and the worm of the hour, or in less cutting language, Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire, the Golden Dustman, had become as much at home in his eminently aristocratic family mansion as he was likely ever to be. He could not but feel that, like an eminently aristocratic family cheese, it was much too large for his wants, and bred an infinite amount of parasites; but he was content to regard this drawback on his property as a sort of perpetual Legacy Duty. He felt the more resigned to it, forasmuch as Mrs Boffin enjoyed herself completely, and Miss Bella was delighted.

That young lady was, no doubt, an acquisition to the Boffins. She was far too pretty to be unattractive anywhere, and far too quick of perception to be below the tone of her new career. Whether it improved her heart might be a matter of taste that was open to question; but as touching another matter of taste, its improvement of her appearance and manner, there could be no question whatever.

And thus it soon came about that Miss Bella began to set Mrs Boffin right; and even further, that Miss Bella began to feel ill at ease, and as it were responsible, when she saw Mrs Boffin going wrong. Not that so sweet a disposition and so sound a nature could ever go very wrong even among the great visiting authorities who agreed that the Boffins were ‘charmingly vulgar’ (which for certain was not their own case in saying so), but that when she made a slip on the social ice on which all the children of Podsnappery, with genteel souls to be saved, are required to skate in circles, or to slide in long rows, she inevitably tripped Miss Bella up (so that young lady felt), and caused her to experience great confusion under the glances of the more skilful performers engaged in those ice-exercises.

At Miss Bella’s time of life it was not to be expected that she should examine herself very closely on the congruity or stability of her position in Mr Boffin’s house. And as she had never been sparing of complaints of her old home when she had no other to compare it with, so there was no novelty of ingratitude or disdain in her very much preferring her new one.

‘An invaluable man is Rokesmith,’ said Mr Boffin, after some two or three months. ‘But I can’t quite make him out.’

Neither could Bella, so she found the subject rather interesting.

‘He takes more care of my affairs, morning, noon, and night,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘than fifty other men put together either could or would; and yet he has ways of his own that are like tying a scaffolding-pole right across the road, and bringing me up short when I am almost a-walking arm in arm with him.’

‘May I ask how so, sir?’ inquired Bella.

Well, my dear,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘he won’t meet any company here, but you. When we have visitors, I should wish him to have his regular place at the table like ourselves; but no, he won’t take it.’

‘If he considers himself above it,’ said Miss Bella, with an airy toss of her head, ‘I should leave him alone.’

‘It ain’t that, my dear,’ replied Mr Boffin, thinking it over. ‘He don’t consider himself above it.’

‘Perhaps he considers himself beneath it,’ suggested Bella. ‘If so, he ought to know best.’

‘No, my dear; nor it ain’t that, neither. No,’ repeated Mr Boffin, with a shake of his head, after again thinking it over; ‘Rokesmith’s a modest man, but he don’t consider himself beneath it.’

‘Then what does he consider, sir?’ asked Bella.

‘Dashed if I know!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘It seemed at first as if it was only Lightwood that he objected to meet. And now it seems to be everybody, except you.’

Oho! thought Miss Bella. ‘In—deed! That’s it, is it!’ For Mr Mortimer Lightwood had dined there two or three times, and she had met him elsewhere, and he had shown her some attention. ‘Rather cool in a Secretary—and Pa’s lodger—to make me the subject of his jealousy!’

That Pa’s daughter should be so contemptuous of Pa’s lodger was odd; but there were odder anomalies than that in the mind of the spoilt girl: spoilt first by poverty, and then by wealth. Be it this history’s part, however, to leave them to unravel themselves.

‘A little too much, I think,’ Miss Bella reflected scornfully, ‘to have Pa’s lodger laying claim to me, and keeping eligible people off! A little too much, indeed, to have the opportunities opened to me by Mr and Mrs Boffin, appropriated by a mere Secretary and Pa’s lodger!’

Yet it was not so very long ago that Bella had been fluttered by the discovery that this same Secretary and lodger seem to like her. Ah! but the eminently aristocratic mansion and Mrs Boffin’s dressmaker had not come into play then.

In spite of his seemingly retiring manners a very intrusive person, this Secretary and lodger, in Miss Bella’s opinion. Always a light in his office-room when we came home from the play or Opera, and he always at the carriage-door to hand us out. Always a provoking radiance too on Mrs Boffin’s face, and an abominably cheerful reception of him, as if it were possible seriously to approve what the man had in his mind!

‘You never charge me, Miss Wilfer,’ said the Secretary, encountering her by chance alone in the great drawing-room, ‘with commissions for home. I shall always be happy to execute any commands you may have in that direction.’

‘Pray what may you mean, Mr Rokesmith?’ inquired Miss Bella, with languidly drooping eyelids.

‘By home? I mean your father’s house at Holloway.’

She coloured under the retort—so skilfully thrust, that the words seemed to be merely a plain answer, given in plain good faith—and said, rather more emphatically and sharply:

‘What commissions and commands are you speaking of?’

‘Only little words of remembrance as I assume you sent somehow or other,’ replied the Secretary with his former air. ‘It would be a pleasure to me if you would make me the bearer of them. As you know, I come and go between the two houses every day.’

‘You needn’t remind me of that, sir.’

She was too quick in this petulant sally against ‘Pa’s lodger’; and she felt that she had been so when she met his quiet look.

‘They don’t send many—what was your expression?—words of remembrance to me,’ said Bella, making haste to take refuge in ill-usage.

‘They frequently ask me about you, and I give them such slight intelligence as I can.’

‘I hope it’s truly given,’ exclaimed Bella.

‘I hope you cannot doubt it, for it would be very much against you, if you could.’

‘No, I do not doubt it. I deserve the reproach, which is very just indeed. I beg your pardon, Mr Rokesmith.’

‘I should beg you not to do so, but that it shows you to such admirable advantage,’ he replied with earnestness. ‘Forgive me; I could not help saying that. To return to what I have digressed from, let me add that perhaps they think I report them to you, deliver little messages, and the like. But I forbear to trouble you, as you never ask me.’

‘I am going, sir,’ said Bella, looking at him as if he had reproved her, ‘to see them tomorrow.’

‘Is that,’ he asked, hesitating, ‘said to me, or to them?’

‘To which you please.’

‘To both? Shall I make it a message?’

‘You can if you like, Mr Rokesmith. Message or no message, I am going to see them tomorrow.’

‘Then I will tell them so.’

He lingered a moment, as though to give her the opportunity of prolonging the conversation if she wished. As she remained silent, he left her. Two incidents of the little interview were felt by Miss Bella herself, when alone again, to be very curious. The first was, that he unquestionably left her with a penitent air upon her, and a penitent feeling in her heart. The second was, that she had not an intention or a thought of going home, until she had announced it to him as a settled design.

‘What can I mean by it, or what can he mean by it?’ was her mental inquiry: ‘He has no right to any power over me, and how do I come to mind him when I don’t care for him?’

Mrs Boffin, insisting that Bella should make tomorrow’s expedition in the chariot, she went home in great grandeur. Mrs Wilfer and Miss Lavinia had speculated much on the probabilities and improbabilities of her coming in this gorgeous state, and, on beholding the chariot from the window at which they were secreted to look out for it, agreed that it must be detained at the door as long as possible, for the mortification and confusion of the neighbours. Then they repaired to the usual family room, to receive Miss Bella with a becoming show of indifference.

The family room looked very small and very mean, and the downward staircase by which it was attained looked very narrow and very crooked. The little house and all its arrangements were a poor contrast to the eminently aristocratic dwelling. ‘I can hardly believe,’ thought Bella, ‘that I ever did endure life in this place!’

Gloomy majesty on the part of Mrs Wilfer, and native pertness on the part of Lavvy, did not mend the matter. Bella really stood in natural need of a little help, and she got none.

‘This,’ said Mrs Wilfer, presenting a cheek to be kissed, as sympathetic and responsive as the back of the bowl of a spoon, ‘is quite an honour! You will probably find your sister Lavvy grown, Bella.’

‘Ma,’ Miss Lavinia interposed, ‘there can be no objection to your being aggravating, because Bella richly deserves it; but I really must request that you will not drag in such ridiculous nonsense as my having grown when I am past the growing age.’

‘I grew, myself,’ Mrs Wilfer sternly proclaimed, ‘after I was married.’

‘Very well, Ma,’ returned Lavvy, ‘then I think you had much better have left it alone.’

The lofty glare with which the majestic woman received this answer, might have embarrassed a less pert opponent, but it had no effect upon Lavinia: who, leaving her parent to the enjoyment of any amount of glaring at she might deem desirable under the circumstances, accosted her sister, undismayed.

‘I suppose you won’t consider yourself quite disgraced, Bella, if I give you a kiss? Well! And how do you do, Bella? And how are your Boffins?’

‘Peace!’ exclaimed Mrs Wilfer. ‘Hold! I will not suffer this tone of levity.’

‘My goodness me! How are your Spoffins, then?’ said Lavvy, ‘since Ma so very much objects to your Boffins.’

‘Impertinent girl! Minx!’ said Mrs Wilfer, with dread severity.

‘I don’t care whether I am a Minx, or a Sphinx,’ returned Lavinia, coolly, tossing her head; ‘it’s exactly the same thing to me, and I’d every bit as soon be one as the other; but I know this—I’ll not grow after I’m married!’

‘You will not? YOU will not?’ repeated Mrs Wilfer, solemnly.

‘No, Ma, I will not. Nothing shall induce me.’

Mrs Wilfer, having waved her gloves, became loftily pathetic.

‘But it was to be expected;’ thus she spake. ‘A child of mine deserts me for the proud and prosperous, and another child of mine despises me. It is quite fitting.’

‘Ma,’ Bella struck in, ‘Mr and Mrs Boffin are prosperous, no doubt; but you have no right to say they are proud. You must know very well that they are not.’

‘In short, Ma,’ said Lavvy, bouncing over to the enemy without a word of notice, ‘you must know very well—or if you don’t, more shame for you!—that Mr and Mrs Boffin are just absolute perfection.’

‘Truly,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, courteously receiving the deserter, ‘it would seem that we are required to think so. And this, Lavinia, is my reason for objecting to a tone of levity. Mrs Boffin (of whose physiognomy I can never speak with the composure I would desire to preserve), and your mother, are not on terms of intimacy. It is not for a moment to be supposed that she and her husband dare to presume to speak of this family as the Wilfers. I cannot therefore condescend to speak of them as the Boffins. No; for such a tone—call it familiarity, levity, equality, or what you will—would imply those social interchanges which do not exist. Do I render myself intelligible?’

Without taking the least notice of this inquiry, albeit delivered in an imposing and forensic manner, Lavinia reminded her sister, ‘After all, you know, Bella, you haven’t told us how your Whatshisnames are.’

‘I don’t want to speak of them here,’ replied Bella, suppressing indignation, and tapping her foot on the floor. ‘They are much too kind and too good to be drawn into these discussions.’

‘Why put it so?’ demanded Mrs Wilfer, with biting sarcasm. ‘Why adopt a circuitous form of speech? It is polite and it is obliging; but why do it? Why not openly say that they are much too kind and too good for US? We understand the allusion. Why disguise the phrase?’

‘Ma,’ said Bella, with one beat of her foot, ‘you are enough to drive a saint mad, and so is Lavvy.’

‘Unfortunate Lavvy!’ cried Mrs Wilfer, in a tone of commiseration. ‘She always comes for it. My poor child!’ But Lavvy, with the suddenness of her former desertion, now bounced over to the other enemy: very sharply remarking, ‘Don’t patronize ME, Ma, because I can take care of myself.’

‘I only wonder,’ resumed Mrs Wilfer, directing her observations to her elder daughter, as safer on the whole than her utterly unmanageable younger, ‘that you found time and inclination to tear yourself from Mr and Mrs Boffin, and come to see us at all. I only wonder that our claims, contending against the superior claims of Mr and Mrs Boffin, had any weight. I feel I ought to be thankful for gaining so much, in competition with Mr and Mrs Boffin.’ (The good lady bitterly emphasized the first letter of the word Boffin, as if it represented her chief objection to the owners of that name, and as if she could have born Doffin, Moffin, or Poffin much better.)

‘Ma,’ said Bella, angrily, ‘you force me to say that I am truly sorry I did come home, and that I never will come home again, except when poor dear Pa is here. For, Pa is too magnanimous to feel envy and spite towards my generous friends, and Pa is delicate enough and gentle enough to remember the sort of little claim they thought I had upon them and the unusually trying position in which, through no act of my own, I had been placed. And I always did love poor dear Pa better than all the rest of you put together, and I always do and I always shall!’

Here Bella, deriving no comfort from her charming bonnet and her elegant dress, burst into tears.

‘I think, R.W.,’ cried Mrs Wilfer, lifting up her eyes and apostrophising the air, ‘that if you were present, it would be a trial to your feelings to hear your wife and the mother of your family depreciated in your name. But Fate has spared you this, R.W., whatever it may have thought proper to inflict upon her!’

Here Mrs Wilfer burst into tears.

‘I hate the Boffins!’ protested Miss Lavinia. ‘I don’t care who objects to their being called the Boffins. I WILL call ’em the Boffins. The Boffins, the Boffins, the Boffins! And I say they are mischief-making Boffins, and I say the Boffins have set Bella against me, and I tell the Boffins to their faces:’ which was not strictly the fact, but the young lady was excited: ‘that they are detestable Boffins, disreputable Boffins, odious Boffins, beastly Boffins. There!’

Here Miss Lavinia burst into tears.

The front garden-gate clanked, and the Secretary was seen coming at a brisk pace up the steps. ‘Leave Me to open the door to him,’ said Mrs Wilfer, rising with stately resignation as she shook her head and dried her eyes; ‘we have at present no stipendiary girl to do so. We have nothing to conceal. If he sees these traces of emotion on our cheeks, let him construe them as he may.’

With those words she stalked out. In a few moments she stalked in again, proclaiming in her heraldic manner, ‘Mr Rokesmith is the bearer of a packet for Miss Bella Wilfer.’

Mr Rokesmith followed close upon his name, and of course saw what was amiss. But he discreetly affected to see nothing, and addressed Miss Bella.

‘Mr Boffin intended to have placed this in the carriage for you this morning. He wished you to have it, as a little keepsake he had prepared—it is only a purse, Miss Wilfer—but as he was disappointed in his fancy, I volunteered to come after you with it.’

Bella took it in her hand, and thanked him.

‘We have been quarrelling here a little, Mr Rokesmith, but not more than we used; you know our agreeable ways among ourselves. You find me just going. Good-bye, mamma. Good-bye, Lavvy!’ and with a kiss for each Miss Bella turned to the door. The Secretary would have attended her, but Mrs Wilfer advancing and saying with dignity, ‘Pardon me! Permit me to assert my natural right to escort my child to the equipage which is in waiting for her,’ he begged pardon and gave place. It was a very magnificent spectacle indeed, to see Mrs Wilfer throw open the house-door, and loudly demand with extended gloves, ‘The male domestic of Mrs Boffin!’ To whom presenting himself, she delivered the brief but majestic charge, ‘Miss Wilfer. Coming out!’ and so delivered her over, like a female Lieutenant of the Tower relinquishing a State Prisoner. The effect of this ceremonial was for some quarter of an hour afterwards perfectly paralyzing on the neighbours, and was much enhanced by the worthy lady airing herself for that term in a kind of splendidly serene trance on the top step.

When Bella was seated in the carriage, she opened the little packet in her hand. It contained a pretty purse, and the purse contained a bank note for fifty pounds. ‘This shall be a joyful surprise for poor dear Pa,’ said Bella, ‘and I’ll take it myself into the City!’

As she was uninformed respecting the exact locality of the place of business of Chicksey Veneering and Stobbles, but knew it to be near Mincing Lane, she directed herself to be driven to the corner of that darksome spot. Thence she despatched ‘the male domestic of Mrs Boffin,’ in search of the counting-house of Chicksey Veneering and Stobbles, with a message importing that if R. Wilfer could come out, there was a lady waiting who would be glad to speak with him. The delivery of these mysterious words from the mouth of a footman caused so great an excitement in the counting-house, that a youthful scout was instantly appointed to follow Rumty, observe the lady, and come in with his report. Nor was the agitation by any means diminished, when the scout rushed back with the intelligence that the lady was ‘a slap-up gal in a bang-up chariot.’

Rumty himself, with his pen behind his ear under his rusty hat, arrived at the carriage-door in a breathless condition, and had been fairly lugged into the vehicle by his cravat and embraced almost unto choking, before he recognized his daughter. ‘My dear child!’ he then panted, incoherently. ‘Good gracious me! What a lovely woman you are! I thought you had been unkind and forgotten your mother and sister.’

‘I have just been to see them, Pa dear.’

‘Oh! and how—how did you find your mother?’ asked R. W., dubiously.

‘Very disagreeable, Pa, and so was Lavvy.’

‘They are sometimes a little liable to it,’ observed the patient cherub; ‘but I hope you made allowances, Bella, my dear?’

‘No. I was disagreeable too, Pa; we were all of us disagreeable together. But I want you to come and dine with me somewhere, Pa.’

‘Why, my dear, I have already partaken of a—if one might mention such an article in this superb chariot—of a—Saveloy,’ replied R. Wilfer, modestly dropping his voice on the word, as he eyed the canary-coloured fittings.

‘Oh! That’s nothing, Pa!’

‘Truly, it ain’t as much as one could sometimes wish it to be, my dear,’ he admitted, drawing his hand across his mouth. ‘Still, when circumstances over which you have no control, interpose obstacles between yourself and Small Germans, you can’t do better than bring a contented mind to bear on’—again dropping his voice in deference to the chariot—‘Saveloys!’

‘You poor good Pa! Pa, do, I beg and pray, get leave for the rest of the day, and come and pass it with me!’

Well, my dear, I’ll cut back and ask for leave.’

‘But before you cut back,’ said Bella, who had already taken him by the chin, pulled his hat off, and begun to stick up his hair in her old way, ‘do say that you are sure I am giddy and inconsiderate, but have never really slighted you, Pa.’

‘My dear, I say it with all my heart. And might I likewise observe,’ her father delicately hinted, with a glance out at window, ‘that perhaps it might be calculated to attract attention, having one’s hair publicly done by a lovely woman in an elegant turn-out in Fenchurch Street?’

Bella laughed and put on his hat again. But when his boyish figure bobbed away, its shabbiness and cheerful patience smote the tears out of her eyes. ‘I hate that Secretary for thinking it of me,’ she said to herself, ‘and yet it seems half true!’

Back came her father, more like a boy than ever, in his release from school. ‘All right, my dear. Leave given at once. Really very handsomely done!’

‘Now where can we find some quiet place, Pa, in which I can wait for you while you go on an errand for me, if I send the carriage away?’

It demanded cogitation. ‘You see, my dear,’ he explained, ‘you really have become such a very lovely woman, that it ought to be a very quiet place.’ At length he suggested, ‘Near the garden up by the Trinity House on Tower Hill.’ So, they were driven there, and Bella dismissed the chariot; sending a pencilled note by it to Mrs Boffin, that she was with her father.

‘Now, Pa, attend to what I am going to say, and promise and vow to be obedient.’

‘I promise and vow, my dear.’

‘You ask no questions. You take this purse; you go to the nearest place where they keep everything of the very very best, ready made; you buy and put on, the most beautiful suit of clothes, the most beautiful hat, and the most beautiful pair of bright boots (patent leather, Pa, mind!) that are to be got for money; and you come back to me.’

‘But, my dear Bella—’

‘Take care, Pa!’ pointing her forefinger at him, merrily. ‘You have promised and vowed. It’s perjury, you know.’

There was water in the foolish little fellow’s eyes, but she kissed them dry (though her own were wet), and he bobbed away again. After half an hour, he came back, so brilliantly transformed, that Bella was obliged to walk round him in ecstatic admiration twenty times, before she could draw her arm through his, and delightedly squeeze it.

‘Now, Pa,’ said Bella, hugging him close, ‘take this lovely woman out to dinner.’

‘Where shall we go, my dear?’

‘Greenwich!’ said Bella, valiantly. ‘And be sure you treat this lovely woman with everything of the best.’

While they were going along to take boat, ‘Don’t you wish, my dear,’ said R. W., timidly, ‘that your mother was here?’

‘No, I don’t, Pa, for I like to have you all to myself to-day. I was always your little favourite at home, and you were always mine. We have run away together often, before now; haven’t we, Pa?’

‘Ah, to be sure we have! Many a Sunday when your mother was—was a little liable to it,’ repeating his former delicate expression after pausing to cough.

‘Yes, and I am afraid I was seldom or never as good as I ought to have been, Pa. I made you carry me, over and over again, when you should have made me walk; and I often drove you in harness, when you would much rather have sat down and read your news-paper: didn’t I?’

‘Sometimes, sometimes. But Lor, what a child you were! What a companion you were!’

‘Companion? That’s just what I want to be to-day, Pa.’

‘You are safe to succeed, my love. Your brothers and sisters have all in their turns been companions to me, to a certain extent, but only to a certain extent. Your mother has, throughout life, been a companion that any man might—might look up to—and—and commit the sayings of, to memory—and—form himself upon—if he—’

‘If he liked the model?’ suggested Bella.

‘We-ell, ye-es,’ he returned, thinking about it, not quite satisfied with the phrase: ‘or perhaps I might say, if it was in him. Supposing, for instance, that a man wanted to be always marching, he would find your mother an inestimable companion. But if he had any taste for walking, or should wish at any time to break into a trot, he might sometimes find it a little difficult to keep step with your mother. Or take it this way, Bella,’ he added, after a moment’s reflection; ‘Supposing that a man had to go through life, we won’t say with a companion, but we’ll say to a tune. Very good. Supposing that the tune allotted to him was the Dead March in Saul. Well. It would be a very suitable tune for particular occasions—none better—but it would be difficult to keep time with in the ordinary run of domestic transactions. For instance, if he took his supper after a hard day, to the Dead March in Saul, his food might be likely to sit heavy on him. Or, if he was at any time inclined to relieve his mind by singing a comic song or dancing a hornpipe, and was obliged to do it to the Dead March in Saul, he might find himself put out in the execution of his lively intentions.’

‘Poor Pa!’ thought Bella, as she hung upon his arm.

‘Now, what I will say for you, my dear,’ the cherub pursued mildly and without a notion of complaining, ‘is, that you are so adaptable. So adaptable.’

‘Indeed I am afraid I have shown a wretched temper, Pa. I am afraid I have been very complaining, and very capricious. I seldom or never thought of it before. But when I sat in the carriage just now and saw you coming along the pavement, I reproached myself.’

‘Not at all, my dear. Don’t speak of such a thing.’

A happy and a chatty man was Pa in his new clothes that day. Take it for all in all, it was perhaps the happiest day he had ever known in his life; not even excepting that on which his heroic partner had approached the nuptial altar to the tune of the Dead March in Saul.

The little expedition down the river was delightful, and the little room overlooking the river into which they were shown for dinner was delightful. Everything was delightful. The park was delightful, the punch was delightful, the dishes of fish were delightful, the wine was delightful. Bella was more delightful than any other item in the festival; drawing Pa out in the gayest manner; making a point of always mentioning herself as the lovely woman; stimulating Pa to order things, by declaring that the lovely woman insisted on being treated with them; and in short causing Pa to be quite enraptured with the consideration that he WAS the Pa of such a charming daughter.

And then, as they sat looking at the ships and steamboats making their way to the sea with the tide that was running down, the lovely woman imagined all sorts of voyages for herself and Pa. Now, Pa, in the character of owner of a lumbering square-sailed collier, was tacking away to Newcastle, to fetch black diamonds to make his fortune with; now, Pa was going to China in that handsome threemasted ship, to bring home opium, with which he would for ever cut out Chicksey Veneering and Stobbles, and to bring home silks and shawls without end for the decoration of his charming daughter. Now, John Harmon’s disastrous fate was all a dream, and he had come home and found the lovely woman just the article for him, and the lovely woman had found him just the article for her, and they were going away on a trip, in their gallant bark, to look after their vines, with streamers flying at all points, a band playing on deck and Pa established in the great cabin. Now, John Harmon was consigned to his grave again, and a merchant of immense wealth (name unknown) had courted and married the lovely woman, and he was so enormously rich that everything you saw upon the river sailing or steaming belonged to him, and he kept a perfect fleet of yachts for pleasure, and that little impudent yacht which you saw over there, with the great white sail, was called The Bella, in honour of his wife, and she held her state aboard when it pleased her, like a modern Cleopatra. Anon, there would embark in that troop-ship when she got to Gravesend, a mighty general, of large property (name also unknown), who wouldn’t hear of going to victory without his wife, and whose wife was the lovely woman, and she was destined to become the idol of all the red coats and blue jackets alow and aloft. And then again: you saw that ship being towed out by a steam-tug? Well! where did you suppose she was going to? She was going among the coral reefs and cocoa-nuts and all that sort of thing, and she was chartered for a fortunate individual of the name of Pa (himself on board, and much respected by all hands), and she was going, for his sole profit and advantage, to fetch a cargo of sweet-smelling woods, the most beautiful that ever were seen, and the most profitable that ever were heard of; and her cargo would be a great fortune, as indeed it ought to be: the lovely woman who had purchased her and fitted her expressly for this voyage, being married to an Indian Prince, who was a Something-or-Other, and who wore Cashmere shawls all over himself and diamonds and emeralds blazing in his turban, and was beautifully coffee-coloured and excessively devoted, though a little too jealous. Thus Bella ran on merrily, in a manner perfectly enchanting to Pa, who was as willing to put his head into the Sultan’s tub of water as the beggar-boys below the window were to put THEIR heads in the mud.

‘I suppose, my dear,’ said Pa after dinner, ‘we may come to the conclusion at home, that we have lost you for good?’

Bella shook her head. Didn’t know. Couldn’t say. All she was able to report was, that she was most handsomely supplied with everything she could possibly want, and that whenever she hinted at leaving Mr and Mrs Boffin, they wouldn’t hear of it.

‘And now, Pa,’ pursued Bella, ‘I’ll make a confession to you. I am the most mercenary little wretch that ever lived in the world.’

‘I should hardly have thought it of you, my dear,’ returned her father, first glancing at himself; and then at the dessert.

‘I understand what you mean, Pa, but it’s not that. It’s not that I care for money to keep as money, but I do care so much for what it will buy!’

‘Really I think most of us do,’ returned R. W.

‘But not to the dreadful extent that I do, Pa. O-o!’ cried Bella, screwing the exclamation out of herself with a twist of her dimpled chin. ‘I AM so mercenary!’

With a wistful glance R. W. said, in default of having anything better to say: ‘About when did you begin to feel it coming on, my dear?’

‘That’s it, Pa. That’s the terrible part of it. When I was at home, and only knew what it was to be poor, I grumbled but didn’t so much mind. When I was at home expecting to be rich, I thought vaguely of all the great things I would do. But when I had been disappointed of my splendid fortune, and came to see it from day to day in other hands, and to have before my eyes what it could really do, then I became the mercenary little wretch I am.’

‘It’s your fancy, my dear.’

‘I can assure you it’s nothing of the sort, Pa!’ said Bella, nodding at him, with her very pretty eyebrows raised as high as they would go, and looking comically frightened. ‘It’s a fact. I am always avariciously scheming.’

‘Lor! But how?’

‘I’ll tell you, Pa. I don’t mind telling YOU, because we have always been favourites of each other’s, and because you are not like a Pa, but more like a sort of a younger brother with a dear venerable chubbiness on him. And besides,’ added Bella, laughing as she pointed a rallying finger at his face, ‘because I have got you in my power. This is a secret expedition. If ever you tell of me, I’ll tell of you. I’ll tell Ma that you dined at Greenwich.’

Well; seriously, my dear,’ observed R. W., with some trepidation of manner, ‘it might be as well not to mention it.’

‘Aha!’ laughed Bella. ‘I knew you wouldn’t like it, sir! So you keep my confidence, and I’ll keep yours. But betray the lovely woman, and you shall find her a serpent. Now, you may give me a kiss, Pa, and I should like to give your hair a turn, because it has been dreadfully neglected in my absence.’

R. W. submitted his head to the operator, and the operator went on talking; at the same time putting separate locks of his hair through a curious process of being smartly rolled over her two revolving forefingers, which were then suddenly pulled out of it in opposite lateral directions. On each of these occasions the patient winced and winked.

‘I have made up my mind that I must have money, Pa. I feel that I can’t beg it, borrow it, or steal it; and so I have resolved that I must marry it.’

R. W. cast up his eyes towards her, as well as he could under the operating circumstances, and said in a tone of remonstrance, ‘My de-ar Bella!’

‘Have resolved, I say, Pa, that to get money I must marry money. In consequence of which, I am always looking out for money to captivate.’

‘My de-a-r Bella!’

‘Yes, Pa, that is the state of the case. If ever there was a mercenary plotter whose thoughts and designs were always in her mean occupation, I am the amiable creature. But I don’t care. I hate and detest being poor, and I won’t be poor if I can marry money. Now you are deliciously fluffy, Pa, and in a state to astonish the waiter and pay the bill.’

‘But, my dear Bella, this is quite alarming at your age.’

‘I told you so, Pa, but you wouldn’t believe it,’ returned Bella, with a pleasant childish gravity. ‘Isn’t it shocking?’

‘It would be quite so, if you fully knew what you said, my dear, or meant it.’

Well, Pa, I can only tell you that I mean nothing else. Talk to me of love!’ said Bella, contemptuously: though her face and figure certainly rendered the subject no incongruous one. ‘Talk to me of fiery dragons! But talk to me of poverty and wealth, and there indeed we touch upon realities.’

‘My De-ar, this is becoming Awful—’ her father was emphatically beginning: when she stopped him.

‘Pa, tell me. Did you marry money?’

‘You know I didn’t, my dear.’

Bella hummed the Dead March in Saul, and said, after all it signified very little! But seeing him look grave and downcast, she took him round the neck and kissed him back to cheerfulness again.

‘I didn’t mean that last touch, Pa; it was only said in joke. Now mind! You are not to tell of me, and I’ll not tell of you. And more than that; I promise to have no secrets from you, Pa, and you may make certain that, whatever mercenary things go on, I shall always tell you all about them in strict confidence.’

Fain to be satisfied with this concession from the lovely woman, R. W. rang the bell, and paid the bill. ‘Now, all the rest of this, Pa,’ said Bella, rolling up the purse when they were alone again, hammering it small with her little fist on the table, and cramming it into one of the pockets of his new waistcoat, ‘is for you, to buy presents with for them at home, and to pay bills with, and to divide as you like, and spend exactly as you think proper. Last of all take notice, Pa, that it’s not the fruit of any avaricious scheme. Perhaps if it was, your little mercenary wretch of a daughter wouldn’t make so free with it!’

After which, she tugged at his coat with both hands, and pulled him all askew in buttoning that garment over the precious waistcoat pocket, and then tied her dimples into her bonnet-strings in a very knowing way, and took him back to London. Arrived at Mr Boffin’s door, she set him with his back against it, tenderly took him by the ears as convenient handles for her purpose, and kissed him until he knocked muffled double knocks at the door with the back of his head. That done, she once more reminded him of their compact and gaily parted from him.

Not so gaily, however, but that tears filled her eyes as he went away down the dark street. Not so gaily, but that she several times said, ‘Ah, poor little Pa! Ah, poor dear struggling shabby little Pa!’ before she took heart to knock at the door. Not so gaily, but that the brilliant furniture seemed to stare her out of countenance as if it insisted on being compared with the dingy furniture at home. Not so gaily, but that she fell into very low spirits sitting late in her own room, and very heartily wept, as she wished, now that the deceased old John Harmon had never made a will about her, now that the deceased young John Harmon had lived to marry her. ‘Contradictory things to wish,’ said Bella, ‘but my life and fortunes are so contradictory altogether that what can I expect myself to be!’

Chapter 9

IN WHICH THE ORPHAN MAKES HIS WILL

The Secretary, working in the Dismal Swamp betimes next morning, was informed that a youth waited in the hall who gave the name of Sloppy. The footman who communicated this intelligence made a decent pause before uttering the name, to express that it was forced on his reluctance by the youth in question, and that if the youth had had the good sense and good taste to inherit some other name it would have spared the feelings of him the bearer.

‘Mrs Boffin will be very well pleased,’ said the Secretary in a perfectly composed way. ‘Show him in.’

Mr Sloppy being introduced, remained close to the door: revealing in various parts of his form many surprising, confounding, and incomprehensible buttons.

‘I am glad to see you,’ said John Rokesmith, in a cheerful tone of welcome. ‘I have been expecting you.’

Sloppy explained that he had meant to come before, but that the Orphan (of whom he made mention as Our Johnny) had been ailing, and he had waited to report him well.

‘Then he is well now?’ said the Secretary.

‘No he ain’t,’ said Sloppy.

Mr Sloppy having shaken his head to a considerable extent, proceeded to remark that he thought Johnny ‘must have took ’em from the Minders.’ Being asked what he meant, he answered, them that come out upon him and partickler his chest. Being requested to explain himself, he stated that there was some of ’em wot you couldn’t kiver with a sixpence. Pressed to fall back upon a nominative case, he opined that they wos about as red as ever red could be. ‘But as long as they strikes out’ards, sir,’ continued Sloppy, ‘they ain’t so much. It’s their striking in’ards that’s to be kep off.’

John Rokesmith hoped the child had had medical attendance? Oh yes, said Sloppy, he had been took to the doctor’s shop once. And what did the doctor call it? Rokesmith asked him. After some perplexed reflection, Sloppy answered, brightening, ‘He called it something as wos wery long for spots.’ Rokesmith suggested measles. ‘No,’ said Sloppy with confidence, ‘ever so much longer than THEM, sir!’ (Mr Sloppy was elevated by this fact, and seemed to consider that it reflected credit on the poor little patient.)

‘Mrs Boffin will be sorry to hear this,’ said Rokesmith.

‘Mrs Higden said so, sir, when she kep it from her, hoping as Our Johnny would work round.’

‘But I hope he will?’ said Rokesmith, with a quick turn upon the messenger.

‘I hope so,’ answered Sloppy. ‘It all depends on their striking in’ards.’ He then went on to say that whether Johnny had ‘took ’em’ from the Minders, or whether the Minders had ‘took ’em’ from Johnny, the Minders had been sent home and had ‘got ’em.’ Furthermore, that Mrs Higden’s days and nights being devoted to Our Johnny, who was never out of her lap, the whole of the mangling arrangements had devolved upon himself, and he had had ‘rayther a tight time’. The ungainly piece of honesty beamed and blushed as he said it, quite enraptured with the remembrance of having been serviceable.

‘Last night,’ said Sloppy, ‘when I was a-turning at the wheel pretty late, the mangle seemed to go like Our Johnny’s breathing. It begun beautiful, then as it went out it shook a little and got unsteady, then as it took the turn to come home it had a rattle-like and lumbered a bit, then it come smooth, and so it went on till I scarce know’d which was mangle and which was Our Johnny. Nor Our Johnny, he scarce know’d either, for sometimes when the mangle lumbers he says, “Me choking, Granny!” and Mrs Higden holds him up in her lap and says to me “Bide a bit, Sloppy,” and we all stops together. And when Our Johnny gets his breathing again, I turns again, and we all goes on together.’

Sloppy had gradually expanded with his description into a stare and a vacant grin. He now contracted, being silent, into a half-repressed gush of tears, and, under pretence of being heated, drew the under part of his sleeve across his eyes with a singularly awkward, laborious, and roundabout smear.

‘This is unfortunate,’ said Rokesmith. ‘I must go and break it to Mrs Boffin. Stay you here, Sloppy.’

Sloppy stayed there, staring at the pattern of the paper on the wall, until the Secretary and Mrs Boffin came back together. And with Mrs Boffin was a young lady (Miss Bella Wilfer by name) who was better worth staring at, it occurred to Sloppy, than the best of wall-papering.

‘Ah, my poor dear pretty little John Harmon!’ exclaimed Mrs Boffin.

‘Yes mum,’ said the sympathetic Sloppy.

‘You don’t think he is in a very, very bad way, do you?’ asked the pleasant creature with her wholesome cordiality.

Put upon his good faith, and finding it in collision with his inclinations, Sloppy threw back his head and uttered a mellifluous howl, rounded off with a sniff.

‘So bad as that!’ cried Mrs Boffin. ‘And Betty Higden not to tell me of it sooner!’

‘I think she might have been mistrustful, mum,’ answered Sloppy, hesitating.

‘Of what, for Heaven’s sake?’

‘I think she might have been mistrustful, mum,’ returned Sloppy with submission, ‘of standing in Our Johnny’s light. There’s so much trouble in illness, and so much expense, and she’s seen such a lot of its being objected to.’

‘But she never can have thought,’ said Mrs Boffin, ‘that I would grudge the dear child anything?’

‘No mum, but she might have thought (as a habit-like) of its standing in Johnny’s light, and might have tried to bring him through it unbeknownst.’

Sloppy knew his ground well. To conceal herself in sickness, like a lower animal; to creep out of sight and coil herself away and die; had become this woman’s instinct. To catch up in her arms the sick child who was dear to her, and hide it as if it were a criminal, and keep off all ministration but such as her own ignorant tenderness and patience could supply, had become this woman’s idea of maternal love, fidelity, and duty. The shameful accounts we read, every week in the Christian year, my lords and gentlemen and honourable boards, the infamous records of small official inhumanity, do not pass by the people as they pass by us. And hence these irrational, blind, and obstinate prejudices, so astonishing to our magnificence, and having no more reason in them—God save the Queen and Confound their politics—no, than smoke has in coming from fire!

‘It’s not a right place for the poor child to stay in,’ said Mrs Boffin. ‘Tell us, dear Mr Rokesmith, what to do for the best.’

He had already thought what to do, and the consultation was very short. He could pave the way, he said, in half an hour, and then they would go down to Brentford. ‘Pray take me,’ said Bella. Therefore a carriage was ordered, of capacity to take them all, and in the meantime Sloppy was regaled, feasting alone in the Secretary’s room, with a complete realization of that fairy vision—meat, beer, vegetables, and pudding. In consequence of which his buttons became more importunate of public notice than before, with the exception of two or three about the region of the waistband, which modestly withdrew into a creasy retirement.

Punctual to the time, appeared the carriage and the Secretary. He sat on the box, and Mr Sloppy graced the rumble. So, to the Three Magpies as before: where Mrs Boffin and Miss Bella were handed out, and whence they all went on foot to Mrs Betty Higden’s.

But, on the way down, they had stopped at a toy-shop, and had bought that noble charger, a description of whose points and trappings had on the last occasion conciliated the then worldly-minded orphan, and also a Noah’s ark, and also a yellow bird with an artificial voice in him, and also a military doll so well dressed that if he had only been of life-size his brother-officers in the Guards might never have found him out. Bearing these gifts, they raised the latch of Betty Higden’s door, and saw her sitting in the dimmest and furthest corner with poor Johnny in her lap.

‘And how’s my boy, Betty?’ asked Mrs Boffin, sitting down beside her.

‘He’s bad! He’s bad!’ said Betty. ‘I begin to be afeerd he’ll not be yours any more than mine. All others belonging to him have gone to the Power and the Glory, and I have a mind that they’re drawing him to them—leading him away.’

‘No, no, no,’ said Mrs Boffin.

‘I don’t know why else he clenches his little hand as if it had hold of a finger that I can’t see. Look at it,’ said Betty, opening the wrappers in which the flushed child lay, and showing his small right hand lying closed upon his breast. ‘It’s always so. It don’t mind me.’

‘Is he asleep?’

‘No, I think not. You’re not asleep, my Johnny?’

‘No,’ said Johnny, with a quiet air of pity for himself; and without opening his eyes.

‘Here’s the lady, Johnny. And the horse.’

Johnny could bear the lady, with complete indifference, but not the horse. Opening his heavy eyes, he slowly broke into a smile on beholding that splendid phenomenon, and wanted to take it in his arms. As it was much too big, it was put upon a chair where he could hold it by the mane and contemplate it. Which he soon forgot to do.

But, Johnny murmuring something with his eyes closed, and Mrs Boffin not knowing what, old Betty bent her ear to listen and took pains to understand. Being asked by her to repeat what he had said, he did so two or three times, and then it came out that he must have seen more than they supposed when he looked up to see the horse, for the murmur was, ‘Who is the boofer lady?’ Now, the boofer, or beautiful, lady was Bella; and whereas this notice from the poor baby would have touched her of itself; it was rendered more pathetic by the late melting of her heart to her poor little father, and their joke about the lovely woman. So, Bella’s behaviour was very tender and very natural when she kneeled on the brick floor to clasp the child, and when the child, with a child’s admiration of what is young and pretty, fondled the boofer lady.

‘Now, my good dear Betty,’ said Mrs Boffin, hoping that she saw her opportunity, and laying her hand persuasively on her arm; ‘we have come to remove Johnny from this cottage to where he can be taken better care of.’

Instantly, and before another word could be spoken, the old woman started up with blazing eyes, and rushed at the door with the sick child.

‘Stand away from me every one of ye!’ she cried out wildly. ‘I see what ye mean now. Let me go my way, all of ye. I’d sooner kill the Pretty, and kill myself!’

‘Stay, stay!’ said Rokesmith, soothing her. ‘You don’t understand.’

‘I understand too well. I know too much about it, sir. I’ve run from it too many a year. No! Never for me, nor for the child, while there’s water enough in England to cover us!’

The terror, the shame, the passion of horror and repugnance, firing the worn face and perfectly maddening it, would have been a quite terrible sight, if embodied in one old fellow-creature alone. Yet it ‘crops up’—as our slang goes—my lords and gentlemen and honourable boards, in other fellow-creatures, rather frequently!

‘It’s been chasing me all my life, but it shall never take me nor mine alive!’ cried old Betty. ‘I’ve done with ye. I’d have fastened door and window and starved out, afore I’d ever have let ye in, if I had known what ye came for!’

But, catching sight of Mrs Boffin’s wholesome face, she relented, and crouching down by the door and bending over her burden to hush it, said humbly: ‘Maybe my fears has put me wrong. If they have so, tell me, and the good Lord forgive me! I’m quick to take this fright, I know, and my head is summ’at light with wearying and watching.’

‘There, there, there!’ returned Mrs Boffin. ‘Come, come! Say no more of it, Betty. It was a mistake, a mistake. Any one of us might have made it in your place, and felt just as you do.’

‘The Lord bless ye!’ said the old woman, stretching out her hand.

‘Now, see, Betty,’ pursued the sweet compassionate soul, holding the hand kindly, ‘what I really did mean, and what I should have begun by saying out, if I had only been a little wiser and handier. We want to move Johnny to a place where there are none but children; a place set up on purpose for sick children; where the good doctors and nurses pass their lives with children, talk to none but children, touch none but children, comfort and cure none but children.’

‘Is there really such a place?’ asked the old woman, with a gaze of wonder.

‘Yes, Betty, on my word, and you shall see it. If my home was a better place for the dear boy, I’d take him to it; but indeed indeed it’s not.’

‘You shall take him,’ returned Betty, fervently kissing the comforting hand, ‘where you will, my deary. I am not so hard, but that I believe your face and voice, and I will, as long as I can see and hear.’

This victory gained, Rokesmith made haste to profit by it, for he saw how woefully time had been lost. He despatched Sloppy to bring the carriage to the door; caused the child to be carefully wrapped up; bade old Betty get her bonnet on; collected the toys, enabling the little fellow to comprehend that his treasures were to be transported with him; and had all things prepared so easily that they were ready for the carriage as soon as it appeared, and in a minute afterwards were on their way. Sloppy they left behind, relieving his overcharged breast with a paroxysm of mangling.

At the Children’s Hospital, the gallant steed, the Noah’s ark, yellow bird, and the officer in the Guards, were made as welcome as their child-owner. But the doctor said aside to Rokesmith, ‘This should have been days ago. Too late!’

However, they were all carried up into a fresh airy room, and there Johnny came to himself, out of a sleep or a swoon or whatever it was, to find himself lying in a little quiet bed, with a little platform over his breast, on which were already arranged, to give him heart and urge him to cheer up, the Noah’s ark, the noble steed, and the yellow bird; with the officer in the Guards doing duty over the whole, quite as much to the satisfaction of his country as if he had been upon Parade. And at the bed’s head was a coloured picture beautiful to see, representing as it were another Johnny seated on the knee of some Angel surely who loved little children. And, marvellous fact, to lie and stare at: Johnny had become one of a little family, all in little quiet beds (except two playing dominoes in little arm-chairs at a little table on the hearth): and on all the little beds were little platforms whereon were to be seen dolls’ houses, woolly dogs with mechanical barks in them not very dissimilar from the artificial voice pervading the bowels of the yellow bird, tin armies, Moorish tumblers, wooden tea things, and the riches of the earth.

As Johnny murmured something in his placid admiration, the ministering women at his bed’s head asked him what he said. It seemed that he wanted to know whether all these were brothers and sisters of his? So they told him yes. It seemed then, that he wanted to know whether God had brought them all together there? So they told him yes again. They made out then, that he wanted to know whether they would all get out of pain? So they answered yes to that question likewise, and made him understand that the reply included himself.

Johnny’s powers of sustaining conversation were as yet so very imperfectly developed, even in a state of health, that in sickness they were little more than monosyllabic. But, he had to be washed and tended, and remedies were applied, and though those offices were far, far more skilfully and lightly done than ever anything had been done for him in his little life, so rough and short, they would have hurt and tired him but for an amazing circumstance which laid hold of his attention. This was no less than the appearance on his own little platform in pairs, of All Creation, on its way into his own particular ark: the elephant leading, and the fly, with a diffident sense of his size, politely bringing up the rear. A very little brother lying in the next bed with a broken leg, was so enchanted by this spectacle that his delight exalted its enthralling interest; and so came rest and sleep.

‘I see you are not afraid to leave the dear child here, Betty,’ whispered Mrs Boffin.

‘No, ma’am. Most willingly, most thankfully, with all my heart and soul.’

So, they kissed him, and left him there, and old Betty was to come back early in the morning, and nobody but Rokesmith knew for certain how that the doctor had said, ‘This should have been days ago. Too late!’

But, Rokesmith knowing it, and knowing that his bearing it in mind would be acceptable thereafter to that good woman who had been the only light in the childhood of desolate John Harmon dead and gone, resolved that late at night he would go back to the bedside of John Harmon’s namesake, and see how it fared with him.

The family whom God had brought together were not all asleep, but were all quiet. From bed to bed, a light womanly tread and a pleasant fresh face passed in the silence of the night. A little head would lift itself up into the softened light here and there, to be kissed as the face went by—for these little patients are very loving—and would then submit itself to be composed to rest again. The mite with the broken leg was restless, and moaned; but after a while turned his face towards Johnny’s bed, to fortify himself with a view of the ark, and fell asleep. Over most of the beds, the toys were yet grouped as the children had left them when they last laid themselves down, and, in their innocent grotesqueness and incongruity, they might have stood for the children’s dreams.

The doctor came in too, to see how it fared with Johnny. And he and Rokesmith stood together, looking down with compassion on him.

‘What is it, Johnny?’ Rokesmith was the questioner, and put an arm round the poor baby as he made a struggle.

‘Him!’ said the little fellow. ‘Those!’

The doctor was quick to understand children, and, taking the horse, the ark, the yellow bird, and the man in the Guards, from Johnny’s bed, softly placed them on that of his next neighbour, the mite with the broken leg.

With a weary and yet a pleased smile, and with an action as if he stretched his little figure out to rest, the child heaved his body on the sustaining arm, and seeking Rokesmith’s face with his lips, said:

‘A kiss for the boofer lady.’

Having now bequeathed all he had to dispose of, and arranged his affairs in this world, Johnny, thus speaking, left it.

Chapter 10

A SUCCESSOR

Some of the Reverend Frank Milvey’s brethren had found themselves exceedingly uncomfortable in their minds, because they were required to bury the dead too hopefully. But, the Reverend Frank, inclining to the belief that they were required to do one or two other things (say out of nine-and-thirty) calculated to trouble their consciences rather more if they would think as much about them, held his peace.

Indeed, the Reverend Frank Milvey was a forbearing man, who noticed many sad warps and blights in the vineyard wherein he worked, and did not profess that they made him savagely wise. He only learned that the more he himself knew, in his little limited human way, the better he could distantly imagine what Omniscience might know.

Wherefore, if the Reverend Frank had had to read the words that troubled some of his brethren, and profitably touched innumerable hearts, in a worse case than Johnny’s, he would have done so out of the pity and humility of his soul. Reading them over Johnny, he thought of his own six children, but not of his poverty, and read them with dimmed eyes. And very seriously did he and his bright little wife, who had been listening, look down into the small grave and walk home arm-in-arm.

There was grief in the aristocratic house, and there was joy in the Bower. Mr Wegg argued, if an orphan were wanted, was he not an orphan himself; and could a better be desired? And why go beating about Brentford bushes, seeking orphans forsooth who had established no claims upon you and made no sacrifices for you, when here was an orphan ready to your hand who had given up in your cause, Miss Elizabeth, Master George, Aunt Jane, and Uncle Parker?

Mr Wegg chuckled, consequently, when he heard the tidings. Nay, it was afterwards affirmed by a witness who shall at present be nameless, that in the seclusion of the Bower he poked out his wooden leg, in the stage-ballet manner, and executed a taunting or triumphant pirouette on the genuine leg remaining to him.

John Rokesmith’s manner towards Mrs Boffin at this time, was more the manner of a young man towards a mother, than that of a Secretary towards his employer’s wife. It had always been marked by a subdued affectionate deference that seemed to have sprung up on the very day of his engagement; whatever was odd in her dress or her ways had seemed to have no oddity for him; he had sometimes borne a quietly-amused face in her company, but still it had seemed as if the pleasure her genial temper and radiant nature yielded him, could have been quite as naturally expressed in a tear as in a smile. The completeness of his sympathy with her fancy for having a little John Harmon to protect and rear, he had shown in every act and word, and now that the kind fancy was disappointed, he treated it with a manly tenderness and respect for which she could hardly thank him enough.

‘But I do thank you, Mr Rokesmith,’ said Mrs Boffin, ‘and I thank you most kindly. You love children.’

‘I hope everybody does.’

‘They ought,’ said Mrs Boffin; ‘but we don’t all of us do what we ought, do us?’

John Rokesmith replied, ‘Some among us supply the short-comings of the rest. You have loved children well, Mr Boffin has told me.’

‘Not a bit better than he has, but that’s his way; he puts all the good upon me. You speak rather sadly, Mr Rokesmith.’

‘Do I?’

‘It sounds to me so. Were you one of many children?’ He shook his head.

‘An only child?’

‘No there was another. Dead long ago.’

‘Father or mother alive?’

‘Dead.’—

‘And the rest of your relations?’

‘Dead—if I ever had any living. I never heard of any.’

At this point of the dialogue Bella came in with a light step. She paused at the door a moment, hesitating whether to remain or retire; perplexed by finding that she was not observed.

‘Now, don’t mind an old lady’s talk,’ said Mrs Boffin, ‘but tell me. Are you quite sure, Mr Rokesmith, that you have never had a disappointment in love?’

‘Quite sure. Why do you ask me?’

‘Why, for this reason. Sometimes you have a kind of kept-down manner with you, which is not like your age. You can’t be thirty?’

‘I am not yet thirty.’

Deeming it high time to make her presence known, Bella coughed here to attract attention, begged pardon, and said she would go, fearing that she interrupted some matter of business.

‘No, don’t go,’ rejoined Mrs Boffin, ‘because we are coming to business, instead of having begun it, and you belong to it as much now, my dear Bella, as I do. But I want my Noddy to consult with us. Would somebody be so good as find my Noddy for me?’

Rokesmith departed on that errand, and presently returned accompanied by Mr Boffin at his jog-trot. Bella felt a little vague trepidation as to the subject-matter of this same consultation, until Mrs Boffin announced it.

‘Now, you come and sit by me, my dear,’ said that worthy soul, taking her comfortable place on a large ottoman in the centre of the room, and drawing her arm through Bella’s; ‘and Noddy, you sit here, and Mr Rokesmith you sit there. Now, you see, what I want to talk about, is this. Mr and Mrs Milvey have sent me the kindest note possible (which Mr Rokesmith just now read to me out aloud, for I ain’t good at handwritings), offering to find me another little child to name and educate and bring up. Well. This has set me thinking.’

(‘And she is a steam-ingein at it,’ murmured Mr Boffin, in an admiring parenthesis, ‘when she once begins. It mayn’t be so easy to start her; but once started, she’s a ingein.’)

‘—This has set me thinking, I say,’ repeated Mrs Boffin, cordially beaming under the influence of her husband’s compliment, ‘and I have thought two things. First of all, that I have grown timid of reviving John Harmon’s name. It’s an unfortunate name, and I fancy I should reproach myself if I gave it to another dear child, and it proved again unlucky.’

‘Now, whether,’ said Mr Boffin, gravely propounding a case for his Secretary’s opinion; ‘whether one might call that a superstition?’

‘It is a matter of feeling with Mrs Boffin,’ said Rokesmith, gently. ‘The name has always been unfortunate. It has now this new unfortunate association connected with it. The name has died out. Why revive it? Might I ask Miss Wilfer what she thinks?’

‘It has not been a fortunate name for me,’ said Bella, colouring—‘or at least it was not, until it led to my being here—but that is not the point in my thoughts. As we had given the name to the poor child, and as the poor child took so lovingly to me, I think I should feel jealous of calling another child by it. I think I should feel as if the name had become endeared to me, and I had no right to use it so.’

‘And that’s your opinion?’ remarked Mr Boffin, observant of the Secretary’s face and again addressing him.

‘I say again, it is a matter of feeling,’ returned the Secretary. ‘I think Miss Wilfer’s feeling very womanly and pretty.’

‘Now, give us your opinion, Noddy,’ said Mrs Boffin.

‘My opinion, old lady,’ returned the Golden Dustman, ‘is your opinion.’

‘Then,’ said Mrs Boffin, ‘we agree not to revive John Harmon’s name, but to let it rest in the grave. It is, as Mr Rokesmith says, a matter of feeling, but Lor how many matters ARE matters of feeling! Well; and so I come to the second thing I have thought of. You must know, Bella, my dear, and Mr Rokesmith, that when I first named to my husband my thoughts of adopting a little orphan boy in remembrance of John Harmon, I further named to my husband that it was comforting to think that how the poor boy would be benefited by John’s own money, and protected from John’s own forlornness.’

‘Hear, hear!’ cried Mr Boffin. ‘So she did. Ancoar!’

‘No, not Ancoar, Noddy, my dear,’ returned Mrs Boffin, ‘because I am going to say something else. I meant that, I am sure, as much as I still mean it. But this little death has made me ask myself the question, seriously, whether I wasn’t too bent upon pleasing myself. Else why did I seek out so much for a pretty child, and a child quite to my liking? Wanting to do good, why not do it for its own sake, and put my tastes and likings by?’

‘Perhaps,’ said Bella; and perhaps she said it with some little sensitiveness arising out of those old curious relations of hers towards the murdered man; ‘perhaps, in reviving the name, you would not have liked to give it to a less interesting child than the original. He interested you very much.’

Well, my dear,’ returned Mrs Boffin, giving her a squeeze, ‘it’s kind of you to find that reason out, and I hope it may have been so, and indeed to a certain extent I believe it was so, but I am afraid not to the whole extent. However, that don’t come in question now, because we have done with the name.’

‘Laid it up as a remembrance,’ suggested Bella, musingly.

‘Much better said, my dear; laid it up as a remembrance. Well then; I have been thinking if I take any orphan to provide for, let it not be a pet and a plaything for me, but a creature to be helped for its own sake.’

‘Not pretty then?’ said Bella.

‘No,’ returned Mrs Boffin, stoutly.

‘Nor prepossessing then?’ said Bella.

‘No,’ returned Mrs Boffin. ‘Not necessarily so. That’s as it may happen. A well-disposed boy comes in my way who may be even a little wanting in such advantages for getting on in life, but is honest and industrious and requires a helping hand and deserves it. If I am very much in earnest and quite determined to be unselfish, let me take care of HIM.’

Here the footman whose feelings had been hurt on the former occasion, appeared, and crossing to Rokesmith apologetically announced the objectionable Sloppy.

The four members of Council looked at one another, and paused. ‘Shall he be brought here, ma’am?’ asked Rokesmith.

‘Yes,’ said Mrs Boffin. Whereupon the footman disappeared, reappeared presenting Sloppy, and retired much disgusted.

The consideration of Mrs Boffin had clothed Mr Sloppy in a suit of black, on which the tailor had received personal directions from Rokesmith to expend the utmost cunning of his art, with a view to the concealment of the cohering and sustaining buttons. But, so much more powerful were the frailties of Sloppy’s form than the strongest resources of tailoring science, that he now stood before the Council, a perfect Argus in the way of buttons: shining and winking and gleaming and twinkling out of a hundred of those eyes of bright metal, at the dazzled spectators. The artistic taste of some unknown hatter had furnished him with a hatband of wholesale capacity which was fluted behind, from the crown of his hat to the brim, and terminated in a black bunch, from which the imagination shrunk discomfited and the reason revolted. Some special powers with which his legs were endowed, had already hitched up his glossy trousers at the ankles, and bagged them at the knees; while similar gifts in his arms had raised his coat-sleeves from his wrists and accumulated them at his elbows. Thus set forth, with the additional embellishments of a very little tail to his coat, and a yawning gulf at his waistband, Sloppy stood confessed.

‘And how is Betty, my good fellow?’ Mrs Boffin asked him.

‘Thankee, mum,’ said Sloppy, ‘she do pretty nicely, and sending her dooty and many thanks for the tea and all faviours and wishing to know the family’s healths.’

‘Have you just come, Sloppy?’

‘Yes, mum.’

‘Then you have not had your dinner yet?’

‘No, mum. But I mean to it. For I ain’t forgotten your handsome orders that I was never to go away without having had a good ’un off of meat and beer and pudding—no: there was four of ’em, for I reckoned ’em up when I had ’em; meat one, beer two, vegetables three, and which was four?—Why, pudding, HE was four!’ Here Sloppy threw his head back, opened his mouth wide, and laughed rapturously.

‘How are the two poor little Minders?’ asked Mrs Boffin.

‘Striking right out, mum, and coming round beautiful.’

Mrs Boffin looked on the other three members of Council, and then said, beckoning with her finger:

‘Sloppy.’

‘Yes, mum.’

‘Come forward, Sloppy. Should you like to dine here every day?’

‘Off of all four on ’em, mum? O mum!’ Sloppy’s feelings obliged him to squeeze his hat, and contract one leg at the knee.

‘Yes. And should you like to be always taken care of here, if you were industrious and deserving?’

‘Oh, mum!—But there’s Mrs Higden,’ said Sloppy, checking himself in his raptures, drawing back, and shaking his head with very serious meaning. ‘There’s Mrs Higden. Mrs Higden goes before all. None can ever be better friends to me than Mrs Higden’s been. And she must be turned for, must Mrs Higden. Where would Mrs Higden be if she warn’t turned for!’ At the mere thought of Mrs Higden in this inconceivable affliction, Mr Sloppy’s countenance became pale, and manifested the most distressful emotions.

‘You are as right as right can be, Sloppy,’ said Mrs Boffin ‘and far be it from me to tell you otherwise. It shall be seen to. If Betty Higden can be turned for all the same, you shall come here and be taken care of for life, and be made able to keep her in other ways than the turning.’

‘Even as to that, mum,’ answered the ecstatic Sloppy, ‘the turning might be done in the night, don’t you see? I could be here in the day, and turn in the night. I don’t want no sleep, I don’t. Or even if I any ways should want a wink or two,’ added Sloppy, after a moment’s apologetic reflection, ‘I could take ’em turning. I’ve took ’em turning many a time, and enjoyed ’em wonderful!’

On the grateful impulse of the moment, Mr Sloppy kissed Mrs Boffin’s hand, and then detaching himself from that good creature that he might have room enough for his feelings, threw back his head, opened his mouth wide, and uttered a dismal howl. It was creditable to his tenderness of heart, but suggested that he might on occasion give some offence to the neighbours: the rather, as the footman looked in, and begged pardon, finding he was not wanted, but excused himself; on the ground ‘that he thought it was Cats.’

Chapter 11

SOME AFFAIRS OF THE HEART

Little Miss Peecher, from her little official dwelling-house, with its little windows like the eyes in needles, and its little doors like the covers of school-books, was very observant indeed of the object of her quiet affections. Love, though said to be afflicted with blindness, is a vigilant watchman, and Miss Peecher kept him on double duty over Mr Bradley Headstone. It was not that she was naturally given to playing the spy—it was not that she was at all secret, plotting, or mean—it was simply that she loved the irresponsive Bradley with all the primitive and homely stock of love that had never been examined or certificated out of her. If her faithful slate had had the latent qualities of sympathetic paper, and its pencil those of invisible ink, many a little treatise calculated to astonish the pupils would have come bursting through the dry sums in school-time under the warming influence of Miss Peecher’s bosom. For, oftentimes when school was not, and her calm leisure and calm little house were her own, Miss Peecher would commit to the confidential slate an imaginary description of how, upon a balmy evening at dusk, two figures might have been observed in the market-garden ground round the corner, of whom one, being a manly form, bent over the other, being a womanly form of short stature and some compactness, and breathed in a low voice the words, ‘Emma Peecher, wilt thou be my own?’ after which the womanly form’s head reposed upon the manly form’s shoulder, and the nightingales tuned up. Though all unseen, and unsuspected by the pupils, Bradley Headstone even pervaded the school exercises. Was Geography in question? He would come triumphantly flying out of Vesuvius and Aetna ahead of the lava, and would boil unharmed in the hot springs of Iceland, and would float majestically down the Ganges and the Nile. Did History chronicle a king of men? Behold him in pepper-and-salt pantaloons, with his watch-guard round his neck. Were copies to be written? In capital B’s and H’s most of the girls under Miss Peecher’s tuition were half a year ahead of every other letter in the alphabet. And Mental Arithmetic, administered by Miss Peecher, often devoted itself to providing Bradley Headstone with a wardrobe of fabulous extent: fourscore and four neck-ties at two and ninepence-halfpenny, two gross of silver watches at four pounds fifteen and sixpence, seventy-four black hats at eighteen shillings; and many similar superfluities.

The vigilant watchman, using his daily opportunities of turning his eyes in Bradley’s direction, soon apprized Miss Peecher that Bradley was more preoccupied than had been his wont, and more given to strolling about with a downcast and reserved face, turning something difficult in his mind that was not in the scholastic syllabus. Putting this and that together—combining under the head ‘this,’ present appearances and the intimacy with Charley Hexam, and ranging under the head ‘that’ the visit to his sister, the watchman reported to Miss Peecher his strong suspicions that the sister was at the bottom of it.

‘I wonder,’ said Miss Peecher, as she sat making up her weekly report on a half-holiday afternoon, ‘what they call Hexam’s sister?’

Mary Anne, at her needlework, attendant and attentive, held her arm up.

Well, Mary Anne?’

‘She is named Lizzie, ma’am.’

‘She can hardly be named Lizzie, I think, Mary Anne,’ returned Miss Peecher, in a tunefully instructive voice. ‘Is Lizzie a Christian name, Mary Anne?’

Mary Anne laid down her work, rose, hooked herself behind, as being under catechization, and replied: ‘No, it is a corruption, Miss Peecher.’

‘Who gave her that name?’ Miss Peecher was going on, from the mere force of habit, when she checked herself; on Mary Anne’s evincing theological impatience to strike in with her godfathers and her godmothers, and said: ‘I mean of what name is it a corruption?’

‘Elizabeth, or Eliza, Miss Peecher.’

‘Right, Mary Anne. Whether there were any Lizzies in the early Christian Church must be considered very doubtful, very doubtful.’ Miss Peecher was exceedingly sage here. ‘Speaking correctly, we say, then, that Hexam’s sister is called Lizzie; not that she is named so. Do we not, Mary Anne?’

‘We do, Miss Peecher.’

‘And where,’ pursued Miss Peecher, complacent in her little transparent fiction of conducting the examination in a semiofficial manner for Mary Anne’s benefit, not her own, ‘where does this young woman, who is called but not named Lizzie, live? Think, now, before answering.’

‘In Church Street, Smith Square, by Mill Bank, ma’am.’

‘In Church Street, Smith Square, by Mill Bank,’ repeated Miss Peecher, as if possessed beforehand of the book in which it was written. Exactly so. And what occupation does this young woman pursue, Mary Anne? Take time.’

‘She has a place of trust at an outfitter’s in the City, ma’am.’

‘Oh!’ said Miss Peecher, pondering on it; but smoothly added, in a confirmatory tone, ‘At an outfitter’s in the City. Ye-es?’

‘And Charley—’ Mary Anne was proceeding, when Miss Peecher stared.

‘I mean Hexam, Miss Peecher.’

‘I should think you did, Mary Anne. I am glad to hear you do. And Hexam—’

‘Says,’ Mary Anne went on, ‘that he is not pleased with his sister, and that his sister won’t be guided by his advice, and persists in being guided by somebody else’s; and that—’

‘Mr Headstone coming across the garden!’ exclaimed Miss Peecher, with a flushed glance at the looking-glass. ‘You have answered very well, Mary Anne. You are forming an excellent habit of arranging your thoughts clearly. That will do.’

The discreet Mary Anne resumed her seat and her silence, and stitched, and stitched, and was stitching when the schoolmaster’s shadow came in before him, announcing that he might be instantly expected.

‘Good evening, Miss Peecher,’ he said, pursuing the shadow, and taking its place.

‘Good evening, Mr Headstone. Mary Anne, a chair.’

‘Thank you,’ said Bradley, seating himself in his constrained manner. ‘This is but a flying visit. I have looked in, on my way, to ask a kindness of you as a neighbour.’

‘Did you say on your way, Mr Headstone?’ asked Miss Peecher.

‘On my way to—where I am going.’

‘Church Street, Smith Square, by Mill Bank,’ repeated Miss Peecher, in her own thoughts.

‘Charley Hexam has gone to get a book or two he wants, and will probably be back before me. As we leave my house empty, I took the liberty of telling him I would leave the key here. Would you kindly allow me to do so?’

‘Certainly, Mr Headstone. Going for an evening walk, sir?’

‘Partly for a walk, and partly for—on business.’

‘Business in Church Street, Smith Square, by Mill Bank,’ repeated Miss Peecher to herself.

‘Having said which,’ pursued Bradley, laying his door-key on the table, ‘I must be already going. There is nothing I can do for you, Miss Peecher?’

‘Thank you, Mr Headstone. In which direction?’

‘In the direction of Westminster.’

‘Mill Bank,’ Miss Peecher repeated in her own thoughts once again. ‘No, thank you, Mr Headstone; I’ll not trouble you.’

‘You couldn’t trouble me,’ said the schoolmaster.

‘Ah!’ returned Miss Peecher, though not aloud; ‘but you can trouble ME!’ And for all her quiet manner, and her quiet smile, she was full of trouble as he went his way.

She was right touching his destination. He held as straight a course for the house of the dolls’ dressmaker as the wisdom of his ancestors, exemplified in the construction of the intervening streets, would let him, and walked with a bent head hammering at one fixed idea. It had been an immoveable idea since he first set eyes upon her. It seemed to him as if all that he could suppress in himself he had suppressed, as if all that he could restrain in himself he had restrained, and the time had come—in a rush, in a moment—when the power of self-command had departed from him. Love at first sight is a trite expression quite sufficiently discussed; enough that in certain smouldering natures like this man’s, that passion leaps into a blaze, and makes such head as fire does in a rage of wind, when other passions, but for its mastery, could be held in chains. As a multitude of weak, imitative natures are always lying by, ready to go mad upon the next wrong idea that may be broached—in these times, generally some form of tribute to Somebody for something that never was done, or, if ever done, that was done by Somebody Else—so these less ordinary natures may lie by for years, ready on the touch of an instant to burst into flame.

The schoolmaster went his way, brooding and brooding, and a sense of being vanquished in a struggle might have been pieced out of his worried face. Truly, in his breast there lingered a resentful shame to find himself defeated by this passion for Charley Hexam’s sister, though in the very self-same moments he was concentrating himself upon the object of bringing the passion to a successful issue.

He appeared before the dolls’ dressmaker, sitting alone at her work. ‘Oho!’ thought that sharp young personage, ‘it’s you, is it? I know your tricks and your manners, my friend!’

‘Hexam’s sister,’ said Bradley Headstone, ‘is not come home yet?’

‘You are quite a conjuror,’ returned Miss Wren.

‘I will wait, if you please, for I want to speak to her.’

‘Do you?’ returned Miss Wren. ‘Sit down. I hope it’s mutual.’ Bradley glanced distrustfully at the shrewd face again bending over the work, and said, trying to conquer doubt and hesitation:

‘I hope you don’t imply that my visit will be unacceptable to Hexam’s sister?’

‘There! Don’t call her that. I can’t bear you to call her that,’ returned Miss Wren, snapping her fingers in a volley of impatient snaps, ‘for I don’t like Hexam.’

‘Indeed?’

‘No.’ Miss Wren wrinkled her nose, to express dislike. ‘Selfish. Thinks only of himself. The way with all of you.’

‘The way with all of us? Then you don’t like ME?’

‘So-so,’ replied Miss Wren, with a shrug and a laugh. ‘Don’t know much about you.’

‘But I was not aware it was the way with all of us,’ said Bradley, returning to the accusation, a little injured. ‘Won’t you say, some of us?’

‘Meaning,’ returned the little creature, ‘every one of you, but you. Hah! Now look this lady in the face. This is Mrs Truth. The Honourable. Full-dressed.’

Bradley glanced at the doll she held up for his observation—which had been lying on its face on her bench, while with a needle and thread she fastened the dress on at the back—and looked from it to her.

‘I stand the Honourable Mrs T. on my bench in this corner against the wall, where her blue eyes can shine upon you,’ pursued Miss Wren, doing so, and making two little dabs at him in the air with her needle, as if she pricked him with it in his own eyes; ‘and I defy you to tell me, with Mrs T. for a witness, what you have come here for.’

‘To see Hexam’s sister.’

‘You don’t say so!’ retorted Miss Wren, hitching her chin. ‘But on whose account?’

‘Her own.’

‘O Mrs T.!’ exclaimed Miss Wren. ‘You hear him!’

‘To reason with her,’ pursued Bradley, half humouring what was present, and half angry with what was not present; ‘for her own sake.’

‘Oh Mrs T.!’ exclaimed the dressmaker.

‘For her own sake,’ repeated Bradley, warming, ‘and for her brother’s, and as a perfectly disinterested person.’

‘Really, Mrs T.,’ remarked the dressmaker, ‘since it comes to this, we must positively turn you with your face to the wall.’ She had hardly done so, when Lizzie Hexam arrived, and showed some surprise on seeing Bradley Headstone there, and Jenny shaking her little fist at him close before her eyes, and the Honourable Mrs T. with her face to the wall.

‘Here’s a perfectly disinterested person, Lizzie dear,’ said the knowing Miss Wren, ‘come to talk with you, for your own sake and your brother’s. Think of that. I am sure there ought to be no third party present at anything so very kind and so very serious; and so, if you’ll remove the third party upstairs, my dear, the third party will retire.’

Lizzie took the hand which the dolls’ dressmaker held out to her for the purpose of being supported away, but only looked at her with an inquiring smile, and made no other movement.

‘The third party hobbles awfully, you know, when she’s left to herself;’ said Miss Wren, ‘her back being so bad, and her legs so queer; so she can’t retire gracefully unless you help her, Lizzie.’

‘She can do no better than stay where she is,’ returned Lizzie, releasing the hand, and laying her own lightly on Miss Jenny’s curls. And then to Bradley: ‘From Charley, sir?’

In an irresolute way, and stealing a clumsy look at her, Bradley rose to place a chair for her, and then returned to his own.

‘Strictly speaking,’ said he, ‘I come from Charley, because I left him only a little while ago; but I am not commissioned by Charley. I come of my own spontaneous act.’

With her elbows on her bench, and her chin upon her hands, Miss Jenny Wren sat looking at him with a watchful sidelong look. Lizzie, in her different way, sat looking at him too.

‘The fact is,’ began Bradley, with a mouth so dry that he had some difficulty in articulating his words: the consciousness of which rendered his manner still more ungainly and undecided; ‘the truth is, that Charley, having no secrets from me (to the best of my belief), has confided the whole of this matter to me.’

He came to a stop, and Lizzie asked: ‘what matter, sir?’

‘I thought,’ returned the schoolmaster, stealing another look at her, and seeming to try in vain to sustain it; for the look dropped as it lighted on her eyes, ‘that it might be so superfluous as to be almost impertinent, to enter upon a definition of it. My allusion was to this matter of your having put aside your brother’s plans for you, and given the preference to those of Mr—I believe the name is Mr Eugene Wrayburn.’

He made this point of not being certain of the name, with another uneasy look at her, which dropped like the last.

Nothing being said on the other side, he had to begin again, and began with new embarrassment.

‘Your brother’s plans were communicated to me when he first had them in his thoughts. In point of fact he spoke to me about them when I was last here—when we were walking back together, and when I—when the impression was fresh upon me of having seen his sister.’

There might have been no meaning in it, but the little dressmaker here removed one of her supporting hands from her chin, and musingly turned the Honourable Mrs T. with her face to the company. That done, she fell into her former attitude.

‘I approved of his idea,’ said Bradley, with his uneasy look wandering to the doll, and unconsciously resting there longer than it had rested on Lizzie, ‘both because your brother ought naturally to be the originator of any such scheme, and because I hoped to be able to promote it. I should have had inexpressible pleasure, I should have taken inexpressible interest, in promoting it. Therefore I must acknowledge that when your brother was disappointed, I too was disappointed. I wish to avoid reservation or concealment, and I fully acknowledge that.’

He appeared to have encouraged himself by having got so far. At all events he went on with much greater firmness and force of emphasis: though with a curious disposition to set his teeth, and with a curious tight-screwing movement of his right hand in the clenching palm of his left, like the action of one who was being physically hurt, and was unwilling to cry out.

‘I am a man of strong feelings, and I have strongly felt this disappointment. I do strongly feel it. I don’t show what I feel; some of us are obliged habitually to keep it down. To keep it down. But to return to your brother. He has taken the matter so much to heart that he has remonstrated (in my presence he remonstrated) with Mr Eugene Wrayburn, if that be the name. He did so, quite ineffectually. As any one not blinded to the real character of Mr—Mr Eugene Wrayburn—would readily suppose.’

He looked at Lizzie again, and held the look. And his face turned from burning red to white, and from white back to burning red, and so for the time to lasting deadly white.

‘Finally, I resolved to come here alone, and appeal to you. I resolved to come here alone, and entreat you to retract the course you have chosen, and instead of confiding in a mere stranger—a person of most insolent behaviour to your brother and others—to prefer your brother and your brother’s friend.’

Lizzie Hexam had changed colour when those changes came over him, and her face now expressed some anger, more dislike, and even a touch of fear. But she answered him very steadily.

‘I cannot doubt, Mr Headstone, that your visit is well meant. You have been so good a friend to Charley that I have no right to doubt it. I have nothing to tell Charley, but that I accepted the help to which he so much objects before he made any plans for me; or certainly before I knew of any. It was considerately and delicately offered, and there were reasons that had weight with me which should be as dear to Charley as to me. I have no more to say to Charley on this subject.’

His lips trembled and stood apart, as he followed this repudiation of himself; and limitation of her words to her brother.

‘I should have told Charley, if he had come to me,’ she resumed, as though it were an after-thought, ‘that Jenny and I find our teacher very able and very patient, and that she takes great pains with us. So much so, that we have said to her we hope in a very little while to be able to go on by ourselves. Charley knows about teachers, and I should also have told him, for his satisfaction, that ours comes from an institution where teachers are regularly brought up.’

‘I should like to ask you,’ said Bradley Headstone, grinding his words slowly out, as though they came from a rusty mill; ‘I should like to ask you, if I may without offence, whether you would have objected—no; rather, I should like to say, if I may without offence, that I wish I had had the opportunity of coming here with your brother and devoting my poor abilities and experience to your service.’

‘Thank you, Mr Headstone.’

‘But I fear,’ he pursued, after a pause, furtively wrenching at the seat of his chair with one hand, as if he would have wrenched the chair to pieces, and gloomily observing her while her eyes were cast down, ‘that my humble services would not have found much favour with you?’

She made no reply, and the poor stricken wretch sat contending with himself in a heat of passion and torment. After a while he took out his handkerchief and wiped his forehead and hands.

‘There is only one thing more I had to say, but it is the most important. There is a reason against this matter, there is a personal relation concerned in this matter, not yet explained to you. It might—I don’t say it would—it might—induce you to think differently. To proceed under the present circumstances is out of the question. Will you please come to the understanding that there shall be another interview on the subject?’

‘With Charley, Mr Headstone?’

‘With—well,’ he answered, breaking off, ‘yes! Say with him too. Will you please come to the understanding that there must be another interview under more favourable circumstances, before the whole case can be submitted?’

‘I don’t,’ said Lizzie, shaking her head, ‘Understand your meaning, Mr Headstone.’

‘Limit my meaning for the present,’ he interrupted, ‘to the whole case being submitted to you in another interview.’

‘What case, Mr Headstone? What is wanting to it?’

‘You—you shall be informed in the other interview.’ Then he said, as if in a burst of irrepressible despair, ‘I—I leave it all incomplete! There is a spell upon me, I think!’ And then added, almost as if he asked for pity, ‘Good-night!’

He held out his hand. As she, with manifest hesitation, not to say reluctance, touched it, a strange tremble passed over him, and his face, so deadly white, was moved as by a stroke of pain. Then he was gone.

The dolls’ dressmaker sat with her attitude unchanged, eyeing the door by which he had departed, until Lizzie pushed her bench aside and sat down near her. Then, eyeing Lizzie as she had previously eyed Bradley and the door, Miss Wren chopped that very sudden and keen chop in which her jaws sometimes indulged, leaned back in her chair with folded arms, and thus expressed herself:

‘Humph! If he—I mean, of course, my dear, the party who is coming to court me when the time comes—should be THAT sort of man, he may spare himself the trouble. He wouldn’t do to be trotted about and made useful. He’d take fire and blow up while he was about it.’

‘And so you would be rid of him,’ said Lizzie, humouring her.

‘Not so easily,’ returned Miss Wren. ‘He wouldn’t blow up alone. He’d carry me up with him. I know his tricks and his manners.’

‘Would he want to hurt you, do you mean?’ asked Lizzie.

‘Mightn’t exactly want to do it, my dear,’ returned Miss Wren; ‘but a lot of gunpowder among lighted lucifer-matches in the next room might almost as well be here.’

‘He is a very strange man,’ said Lizzie, thoughtfully.

‘I wish he was so very strange a man as to be a total stranger,’ answered the sharp little thing.

It being Lizzie’s regular occupation when they were alone of an evening to brush out and smooth the long fair hair of the dolls’ dressmaker, she unfastened a ribbon that kept it back while the little creature was at her work, and it fell in a beautiful shower over the poor shoulders that were much in need of such adorning rain. ‘Not now, Lizzie, dear,’ said Jenny; ‘let us have a talk by the fire.’ With those words, she in her turn loosened her friend’s dark hair, and it dropped of its own weight over her bosom, in two rich masses. Pretending to compare the colours and admire the contrast, Jenny so managed a mere touch or two of her nimble hands, as that she herself laying a cheek on one of the dark folds, seemed blinded by her own clustering curls to all but the fire, while the fine handsome face and brow of Lizzie were revealed without obstruction in the sombre light.

‘Let us have a talk,’ said Jenny, ‘about Mr Eugene Wrayburn.’

Something sparkled down among the fair hair resting on the dark hair; and if it were not a star—which it couldn’t be—it was an eye; and if it were an eye, it was Jenny Wren’s eye, bright and watchful as the bird’s whose name she had taken.

‘Why about Mr Wrayburn?’ Lizzie asked.

‘For no better reason than because I’m in the humour. I wonder whether he’s rich!’

‘No, not rich.’

‘Poor?’

‘I think so, for a gentleman.’

‘Ah! To be sure! Yes, he’s a gentleman. Not of our sort; is he?’ A shake of the head, a thoughtful shake of the head, and the answer, softly spoken, ‘Oh no, oh no!’

The dolls’ dressmaker had an arm round her friend’s waist. Adjusting the arm, she slyly took the opportunity of blowing at her own hair where it fell over her face; then the eye down there, under lighter shadows sparkled more brightly and appeared more watchful.

‘When He turns up, he shan’t be a gentleman; I’ll very soon send him packing, if he is. However, he’s not Mr Wrayburn; I haven’t captivated HIM. I wonder whether anybody has, Lizzie!’

‘It is very likely.’

‘Is it very likely? I wonder who!’

‘Is it not very likely that some lady has been taken by him, and that he may love her dearly?’

‘Perhaps. I don’t know. What would you think of him, Lizzie, if you were a lady?’

‘I a lady!’ she repeated, laughing. ‘Such a fancy!’

‘Yes. But say: just as a fancy, and for instance.’

‘I a lady! I, a poor girl who used to row poor father on the river. I, who had rowed poor father out and home on the very night when I saw him for the first time. I, who was made so timid by his looking at me, that I got up and went out!’

(‘He did look at you, even that night, though you were not a lady!’ thought Miss Wren.)

‘I a lady!’ Lizzie went on in a low voice, with her eyes upon the fire. ‘I, with poor father’s grave not even cleared of undeserved stain and shame, and he trying to clear it for me! I a lady!’

‘Only as a fancy, and for instance,’ urged Miss Wren.

‘Too much, Jenny, dear, too much! My fancy is not able to get that far.’ As the low fire gleamed upon her, it showed her smiling, mournfully and abstractedly.

‘But I am in the humour, and I must be humoured, Lizzie, because after all I am a poor little thing, and have had a hard day with my bad child. Look in the fire, as I like to hear you tell how you used to do when you lived in that dreary old house that had once been a windmill. Look in the—what was its name when you told fortunes with your brother that I DON’T like?’

‘The hollow down by the flare?’

‘Ah! That’s the name! You can find a lady there, I know.’

‘More easily than I can make one of such material as myself, Jenny.’

The sparkling eye looked steadfastly up, as the musing face looked thoughtfully down. ‘Well?’ said the dolls’ dressmaker, ‘We have found our lady?’

Lizzie nodded, and asked, ‘Shall she be rich?’

‘She had better be, as he’s poor.’

‘She is very rich. Shall she be handsome?’

‘Even you can be that, Lizzie, so she ought to be.’

‘She is very handsome.’

‘What does she say about him?’ asked Miss Jenny, in a low voice: watchful, through an intervening silence, of the face looking down at the fire.

‘She is glad, glad, to be rich, that he may have the money. She is glad, glad, to be beautiful, that he may be proud of her. Her poor heart—’

‘Eh? Her poor heart?’ said Miss Wren.

‘Her heart—is given him, with all its love and truth. She would joyfully die with him, or, better than that, die for him. She knows he has failings, but she thinks they have grown up through his being like one cast away, for the want of something to trust in, and care for, and think well of. And she says, that lady rich and beautiful that I can never come near, “Only put me in that empty place, only try how little I mind myself, only prove what a world of things I will do and bear for you, and I hope that you might even come to be much better than you are, through me who am so much worse, and hardly worth the thinking of beside you.”’

As the face looking at the fire had become exalted and forgetful in the rapture of these words, the little creature, openly clearing away her fair hair with her disengaged hand, had gazed at it with earnest attention and something like alarm. Now that the speaker ceased, the little creature laid down her head again, and moaned, ‘O me, O me, O me!’

‘In pain, dear Jenny?’ asked Lizzie, as if awakened.

‘Yes, but not the old pain. Lay me down, lay me down. Don’t go out of my sight to-night. Lock the door and keep close to me.’ Then turning away her face, she said in a whisper to herself, ‘My Lizzie, my poor Lizzie! O my blessed children, come back in the long bright slanting rows, and come for her, not me. She wants help more than I, my blessed children!’

She had stretched her hands up with that higher and better look, and now she turned again, and folded them round Lizzie’s neck, and rocked herself on Lizzie’s breast.

Chapter 12

MORE BIRDS OF PREY

Rogue Riderhood dwelt deep and dark in Limehouse Hole, among the riggers, and the mast, oar and block makers, and the boat-builders, and the sail-lofts, as in a kind of ship’s hold stored full of waterside characters, some no better than himself, some very much better, and none much worse. The Hole, albeit in a general way not over nice in its choice of company, was rather shy in reference to the honour of cultivating the Rogue’s acquaintance; more frequently giving him the cold shoulder than the warm hand, and seldom or never drinking with him unless at his own expense. A part of the Hole, indeed, contained so much public spirit and private virtue that not even this strong leverage could move it to good fellowship with a tainted accuser. But, there may have been the drawback on this magnanimous morality, that its exponents held a true witness before Justice to be the next unneighbourly and accursed character to a false one.

Had it not been for the daughter whom he often mentioned, Mr Riderhood might have found the Hole a mere grave as to any means it would yield him of getting a living. But Miss Pleasant Riderhood had some little position and connection in Limehouse Hole. Upon the smallest of small scales, she was an unlicensed pawnbroker, keeping what was popularly called a Leaving Shop, by lending insignificant sums on insignificant articles of property deposited with her as security. In her four-and-twentieth year of life, Pleasant was already in her fifth year of this way of trade. Her deceased mother had established the business, and on that parent’s demise she had appropriated a secret capital of fifteen shillings to establishing herself in it; the existence of such capital in a pillow being the last intelligible confidential communication made to her by the departed, before succumbing to dropsical conditions of snuff and gin, incompatible equally with coherence and existence.

Why christened Pleasant, the late Mrs Riderhood might possibly have been at some time able to explain, and possibly not. Her daughter had no information on that point. Pleasant she found herself, and she couldn’t help it. She had not been consulted on the question, any more than on the question of her coming into these terrestrial parts, to want a name. Similarly, she found herself possessed of what is colloquially termed a swivel eye (derived from her father), which she might perhaps have declined if her sentiments on the subject had been taken. She was not otherwise positively ill-looking, though anxious, meagre, of a muddy complexion, and looking as old again as she really was.

As some dogs have it in the blood, or are trained, to worry certain creatures to a certain point, so—not to make the comparison disrespectfully—Pleasant Riderhood had it in the blood, or had been trained, to regard seamen, within certain limits, as her prey. Show her a man in a blue jacket, and, figuratively speaking, she pinned him instantly. Yet, all things considered, she was not of an evil mind or an unkindly disposition. For, observe how many things were to be considered according to her own unfortunate experience. Show Pleasant Riderhood a Wedding in the street, and she only saw two people taking out a regular licence to quarrel and fight. Show her a Christening, and she saw a little heathen personage having a quite superfluous name bestowed upon it, inasmuch as it would be commonly addressed by some abusive epithet: which little personage was not in the least wanted by anybody, and would be shoved and banged out of everybody’s way, until it should grow big enough to shove and bang. Show her a Funeral, and she saw an unremunerative ceremony in the nature of a black masquerade, conferring a temporary gentility on the performers, at an immense expense, and representing the only formal party ever given by the deceased. Show her a live father, and she saw but a duplicate of her own father, who from her infancy had been taken with fits and starts of discharging his duty to her, which duty was always incorporated in the form of a fist or a leathern strap, and being discharged hurt her. All things considered, therefore, Pleasant Riderhood was not so very, very bad. There was even a touch of romance in her—of such romance as could creep into Limehouse Hole—and maybe sometimes of a summer evening, when she stood with folded arms at her shop-door, looking from the reeking street to the sky where the sun was setting, she may have had some vaporous visions of far-off islands in the southern seas or elsewhere (not being geographically particular), where it would be good to roam with a congenial partner among groves of bread-fruit, waiting for ships to be wafted from the hollow ports of civilization. For, sailors to be got the better of, were essential to Miss Pleasant’s Eden.

Not on a summer evening did she come to her little shop-door, when a certain man standing over against the house on the opposite side of the street took notice of her. That was on a cold shrewd windy evening, after dark. Pleasant Riderhood shared with most of the lady inhabitants of the Hole, the peculiarity that her hair was a ragged knot, constantly coming down behind, and that she never could enter upon any undertaking without first twisting it into place. At that particular moment, being newly come to the threshold to take a look out of doors, she was winding herself up with both hands after this fashion. And so prevalent was the fashion, that on the occasion of a fight or other disturbance in the Hole, the ladies would be seen flocking from all quarters universally twisting their back-hair as they came along, and many of them, in the hurry of the moment, carrying their back-combs in their mouths.

It was a wretched little shop, with a roof that any man standing in it could touch with his hand; little better than a cellar or cave, down three steps. Yet in its ill-lighted window, among a flaring handkerchief or two, an old peacoat or so, a few valueless watches and compasses, a jar of tobacco and two crossed pipes, a bottle of walnut ketchup, and some horrible sweets these—creature discomforts serving as a blind to the main business of the Leaving Shop—was displayed the inscription SEAMAN’S BOARDING-HOUSE.

Taking notice of Pleasant Riderhood at the door, the man crossed so quickly that she was still winding herself up, when he stood close before her.

‘Is your father at home?’ said he.

‘I think he is,’ returned Pleasant, dropping her arms; ‘come in.’

It was a tentative reply, the man having a seafaring appearance. Her father was not at home, and Pleasant knew it. ‘Take a seat by the fire,’ were her hospitable words when she had got him in; ‘men of your calling are always welcome here.’

‘Thankee,’ said the man.

His manner was the manner of a sailor, and his hands were the hands of a sailor, except that they were smooth. Pleasant had an eye for sailors, and she noticed the unused colour and texture of the hands, sunburnt though they were, as sharply as she noticed their unmistakable looseness and suppleness, as he sat himself down with his left arm carelessly thrown across his left leg a little above the knee, and the right arm as carelessly thrown over the elbow of the wooden chair, with the hand curved, half open and half shut, as if it had just let go a rope.

‘Might you be looking for a Boarding-House?’ Pleasant inquired, taking her observant stand on one side of the fire.

‘I don’t rightly know my plans yet,’ returned the man.

‘You ain’t looking for a Leaving Shop?’

‘No,’ said the man.

‘No,’ assented Pleasant, ‘you’ve got too much of an outfit on you for that. But if you should want either, this is both.’

‘Ay, ay!’ said the man, glancing round the place. ‘I know. I’ve been here before.’

‘Did you Leave anything when you were here before?’ asked Pleasant, with a view to principal and interest.

‘No.’ The man shook his head.

‘I am pretty sure you never boarded here?’

‘No.’ The man again shook his head.

‘What DID you do here when you were here before?’ asked Pleasant. ‘For I don’t remember you.’

‘It’s not at all likely you should. I only stood at the door, one night—on the lower step there—while a shipmate of mine looked in to speak to your father. I remember the place well.’ Looking very curiously round it.

‘Might that have been long ago?’

‘Ay, a goodish bit ago. When I came off my last voyage.’

‘Then you have not been to sea lately?’

‘No. Been in the sick bay since then, and been employed ashore.’

‘Then, to be sure, that accounts for your hands.’

The man with a keen look, a quick smile, and a change of manner, caught her up. ‘You’re a good observer. Yes. That accounts for my hands.’

Pleasant was somewhat disquieted by his look, and returned it suspiciously. Not only was his change of manner, though very sudden, quite collected, but his former manner, which he resumed, had a certain suppressed confidence and sense of power in it that were half threatening.

‘Will your father be long?’ he inquired.

‘I don’t know. I can’t say.’

‘As you supposed he was at home, it would seem that he has just gone out? How’s that?’

‘I supposed he had come home,’ Pleasant explained.

‘Oh! You supposed he had come home? Then he has been some time out? How’s that?’

‘I don’t want to deceive you. Father’s on the river in his boat.’

‘At the old work?’ asked the man.

‘I don’t know what you mean,’ said Pleasant, shrinking a step back. ‘What on earth d’ye want?’

‘I don’t want to hurt your father. I don’t want to say I might, if I chose. I want to speak to him. Not much in that, is there? There shall be no secrets from you; you shall be by. And plainly, Miss Riderhood, there’s nothing to be got out of me, or made of me. I am not good for the Leaving Shop, I am not good for the Boarding-House, I am not good for anything in your way to the extent of sixpenn’orth of halfpence. Put the idea aside, and we shall get on together.’

‘But you’re a seafaring man?’ argued Pleasant, as if that were a sufficient reason for his being good for something in her way.

‘Yes and no. I have been, and I may be again. But I am not for you. Won’t you take my word for it?’

The conversation had arrived at a crisis to justify Miss Pleasant’s hair in tumbling down. It tumbled down accordingly, and she twisted it up, looking from under her bent forehead at the man. In taking stock of his familiarly worn rough-weather nautical clothes, piece by piece, she took stock of a formidable knife in a sheath at his waist ready to his hand, and of a whistle hanging round his neck, and of a short jagged knotted club with a loaded head that peeped out of a pocket of his loose outer jacket or frock. He sat quietly looking at her; but, with these appendages partially revealing themselves, and with a quantity of bristling oakum-coloured head and whisker, he had a formidable appearance.

‘Won’t you take my word for it?’ he asked again.

Pleasant answered with a short dumb nod. He rejoined with another short dumb nod. Then he got up and stood with his arms folded, in front of the fire, looking down into it occasionally, as she stood with her arms folded, leaning against the side of the chimney-piece.

‘To wile away the time till your father comes,’ he said,—‘pray is there much robbing and murdering of seamen about the water-side now?’

‘No,’ said Pleasant.

‘Any?’

‘Complaints of that sort are sometimes made, about Ratcliffe and Wapping and up that way. But who knows how many are true?’

‘To be sure. And it don’t seem necessary.’

‘That’s what I say,’ observed Pleasant. ‘Where’s the reason for it? Bless the sailors, it ain’t as if they ever could keep what they have, without it.’

‘You’re right. Their money may be soon got out of them, without violence,’ said the man.

‘Of course it may,’ said Pleasant; ‘and then they ship again and get more. And the best thing for ’em, too, to ship again as soon as ever they can be brought to it. They’re never so well off as when they’re afloat.’

‘I’ll tell you why I ask,’ pursued the visitor, looking up from the fire. ‘I was once beset that way myself, and left for dead.’

‘No?’ said Pleasant. ‘Where did it happen?’

‘It happened,’ returned the man, with a ruminative air, as he drew his right hand across his chin, and dipped the other in the pocket of his rough outer coat, ‘it happened somewhere about here as I reckon. I don’t think it can have been a mile from here.’

‘Were you drunk?’ asked Pleasant.

‘I was muddled, but not with fair drinking. I had not been drinking, you understand. A mouthful did it.’

Pleasant with a grave look shook her head; importing that she understood the process, but decidedly disapproved.

‘Fair trade is one thing,’ said she, ‘but that’s another. No one has a right to carry on with Jack in THAT way.’

‘The sentiment does you credit,’ returned the man, with a grim smile; and added, in a mutter, ‘the more so, as I believe it’s not your father’s.—Yes, I had a bad time of it, that time. I lost everything, and had a sharp struggle for my life, weak as I was.’

‘Did you get the parties punished?’ asked Pleasant.

‘A tremendous punishment followed,’ said the man, more seriously; ‘but it was not of my bringing about.’

‘Of whose, then?’ asked Pleasant.

The man pointed upward with his forefinger, and, slowly recovering that hand, settled his chin in it again as he looked at the fire. Bringing her inherited eye to bear upon him, Pleasant Riderhood felt more and more uncomfortable, his manner was so mysterious, so stern, so self-possessed.

‘Anyways,’ said the damsel, ‘I am glad punishment followed, and I say so. Fair trade with seafaring men gets a bad name through deeds of violence. I am as much against deeds of violence being done to seafaring men, as seafaring men can be themselves. I am of the same opinion as my mother was, when she was living. Fair trade, my mother used to say, but no robbery and no blows.’ In the way of trade Miss Pleasant would have taken—and indeed did take when she could—as much as thirty shillings a week for board that would be dear at five, and likewise conducted the Leaving business upon correspondingly equitable principles; yet she had that tenderness of conscience and those feelings of humanity, that the moment her ideas of trade were overstepped, she became the seaman’s champion, even against her father whom she seldom otherwise resisted.

But, she was here interrupted by her father’s voice exclaiming angrily, ‘Now, Poll Parrot!’ and by her father’s hat being heavily flung from his hand and striking her face. Accustomed to such occasional manifestations of his sense of parental duty, Pleasant merely wiped her face on her hair (which of course had tumbled down) before she twisted it up. This was another common procedure on the part of the ladies of the Hole, when heated by verbal or fistic altercation.

‘Blest if I believe such a Poll Parrot as you was ever learned to speak!’ growled Mr Riderhood, stooping to pick up his hat, and making a feint at her with his head and right elbow; for he took the delicate subject of robbing seamen in extraordinary dudgeon, and was out of humour too. ‘What are you Poll Parroting at now? Ain’t you got nothing to do but fold your arms and stand a Poll Parroting all night?’

‘Let her alone,’ urged the man. ‘She was only speaking to me.’

‘Let her alone too!’ retorted Mr Riderhood, eyeing him all over. ‘Do you know she’s my daughter?’

‘Yes.’

‘And don’t you know that I won’t have no Poll Parroting on the part of my daughter? No, nor yet that I won’t take no Poll Parroting from no man? And who may YOU be, and what may YOU want?’

‘How can I tell you until you are silent?’ returned the other fiercely.

Well,’ said Mr Riderhood, quailing a little, ‘I am willing to be silent for the purpose of hearing. But don’t Poll Parrot me.’

‘Are you thirsty, you?’ the man asked, in the same fierce short way, after returning his look.

‘Why nat’rally,’ said Mr Riderhood, ‘ain’t I always thirsty!’ (Indignant at the absurdity of the question.)

‘What will you drink?’ demanded the man.

‘Sherry wine,’ returned Mr Riderhood, in the same sharp tone, ‘if you’re capable of it.’

The man put his hand in his pocket, took out half a sovereign, and begged the favour of Miss Pleasant that she would fetch a bottle. ‘With the cork undrawn,’ he added, emphatically, looking at her father.

‘I’ll take my Alfred David,’ muttered Mr Riderhood, slowly relaxing into a dark smile, ‘that you know a move. Do I know YOU? N—n—no, I don’t know you.’

The man replied, ‘No, you don’t know me.’ And so they stood looking at one another surlily enough, until Pleasant came back.

‘There’s small glasses on the shelf,’ said Riderhood to his daughter. ‘Give me the one without a foot. I gets my living by the sweat of my brow, and it’s good enough for ME.’ This had a modest self-denying appearance; but it soon turned out that as, by reason of the impossibility of standing the glass upright while there was anything in it, it required to be emptied as soon as filled, Mr Riderhood managed to drink in the proportion of three to one.

With his Fortunatus’s goblet ready in his hand, Mr Riderhood sat down on one side of the table before the fire, and the strange man on the other: Pleasant occupying a stool between the latter and the fireside. The background, composed of handkerchiefs, coats, shirts, hats, and other old articles ‘On Leaving,’ had a general dim resemblance to human listeners; especially where a shiny black sou’wester suit and hat hung, looking very like a clumsy mariner with his back to the company, who was so curious to overhear, that he paused for the purpose with his coat half pulled on, and his shoulders up to his ears in the uncompleted action.

The visitor first held the bottle against the light of the candle, and next examined the top of the cork. Satisfied that it had not been tampered with, he slowly took from his breastpocket a rusty clasp-knife, and, with a corkscrew in the handle, opened the wine. That done, he looked at the cork, unscrewed it from the corkscrew, laid each separately on the table, and, with the end of the sailor’s knot of his neckerchief, dusted the inside of the neck of the bottle. All this with great deliberation.

At first Riderhood had sat with his footless glass extended at arm’s length for filling, while the very deliberate stranger seemed absorbed in his preparations. But, gradually his arm reverted home to him, and his glass was lowered and lowered until he rested it upside down upon the table. By the same degrees his attention became concentrated on the knife. And now, as the man held out the bottle to fill all round, Riderhood stood up, leaned over the table to look closer at the knife, and stared from it to him.

‘What’s the matter?’ asked the man.

‘Why, I know that knife!’ said Riderhood.

‘Yes, I dare say you do.’

He motioned to him to hold up his glass, and filled it. Riderhood emptied it to the last drop and began again.

‘That there knife—’

‘Stop,’ said the man, composedly. ‘I was going to drink to your daughter. Your health, Miss Riderhood.’

‘That knife was the knife of a seaman named George Radfoot.’

‘It was.’

‘That seaman was well beknown to me.’

‘He was.’

‘What’s come to him?’

Death has come to him. Death came to him in an ugly shape. He looked,’ said the man, ‘very horrible after it.’

‘Arter what?’ said Riderhood, with a frowning stare.

‘After he was killed.’

‘Killed? Who killed him?’

Only answering with a shrug, the man filled the footless glass, and Riderhood emptied it: looking amazedly from his daughter to his visitor.

‘You don’t mean to tell a honest man—’ he was recommencing with his empty glass in his hand, when his eye became fascinated by the stranger’s outer coat. He leaned across the table to see it nearer, touched the sleeve, turned the cuff to look at the sleeve-lining (the man, in his perfect composure, offering not the least objection), and exclaimed, ‘It’s my belief as this here coat was George Radfoot’s too!’

‘You are right. He wore it the last time you ever saw him, and the last time you ever will see him—in this world.’

‘It’s my belief you mean to tell me to my face you killed him!’ exclaimed Riderhood; but, nevertheless, allowing his glass to be filled again.

The man only answered with another shrug, and showed no symptom of confusion.

‘Wish I may die if I know what to be up to with this chap!’ said Riderhood, after staring at him, and tossing his last glassful down his throat. ‘Let’s know what to make of you. Say something plain.’

‘I will,’ returned the other, leaning forward across the table, and speaking in a low impressive voice. ‘What a liar you are!’

The honest witness rose, and made as though he would fling his glass in the man’s face. The man not wincing, and merely shaking his forefinger half knowingly, half menacingly, the piece of honesty thought better of it and sat down again, putting the glass down too.

‘And when you went to that lawyer yonder in the Temple with that invented story,’ said the stranger, in an exasperatingly comfortable sort of confidence, ‘you might have had your strong suspicions of a friend of your own, you know. I think you had, you know.’

‘Me my suspicions? Of what friend?’

‘Tell me again whose knife was this?’ demanded the man.

‘It was possessed by, and was the property of—him as I have made mention on,’ said Riderhood, stupidly evading the actual mention of the name.

‘Tell me again whose coat was this?’

‘That there article of clothing likeways belonged to, and was wore by—him as I have made mention on,’ was again the dull Old Bailey evasion.

‘I suspect that you gave him the credit of the deed, and of keeping cleverly out of the way. But there was small cleverness in HIS keeping out of the way. The cleverness would have been, to have got back for one single instant to the light of the sun.’

‘Things is come to a pretty pass,’ growled Mr Riderhood, rising to his feet, goaded to stand at bay, ‘when bullyers as is wearing dead men’s clothes, and bullyers as is armed with dead men’s knives, is to come into the houses of honest live men, getting their livings by the sweats of their brows, and is to make these here sort of charges with no rhyme and no reason, neither the one nor yet the other! Why should I have had my suspicions of him?’

‘Because you knew him,’ replied the man; ‘because you had been one with him, and knew his real character under a fair outside; because on the night which you had afterwards reason to believe to be the very night of the murder, he came in here, within an hour of his having left his ship in the docks, and asked you in what lodgings he could find room. Was there no stranger with him?’

‘I’ll take my world-without-end everlasting Alfred David that you warn’t with him,’ answered Riderhood. ‘You talk big, you do, but things look pretty black against yourself, to my thinking. You charge again’ me that George Radfoot got lost sight of, and was no more thought of. What’s that for a sailor? Why there’s fifty such, out of sight and out of mind, ten times as long as him—through entering in different names, re-shipping when the out’ard voyage is made, and what not—a turning up to light every day about here, and no matter made of it. Ask my daughter. You could go on Poll Parroting enough with her, when I warn’t come in: Poll Parrot a little with her on this pint. You and your suspicions of my suspicions of him! What are my suspicions of you? You tell me George Radfoot got killed. I ask you who done it and how you know it. You carry his knife and you wear his coat. I ask you how you come by ’em? Hand over that there bottle!’ Here Mr Riderhood appeared to labour under a virtuous delusion that it was his own property. ‘And you,’ he added, turning to his daughter, as he filled the footless glass, ‘if it warn’t wasting good sherry wine on you, I’d chuck this at you, for Poll Parroting with this man. It’s along of Poll Parroting that such like as him gets their suspicions, whereas I gets mine by argueyment, and being nat’rally a honest man, and sweating away at the brow as a honest man ought.’ Here he filled the footless goblet again, and stood chewing one half of its contents and looking down into the other as he slowly rolled the wine about in the glass; while Pleasant, whose sympathetic hair had come down on her being apostrophised, rearranged it, much in the style of the tail of a horse when proceeding to market to be sold.

Well? Have you finished?’ asked the strange man.

‘No,’ said Riderhood, ‘I ain’t. Far from it. Now then! I want to know how George Radfoot come by his death, and how you come by his kit?’

‘If you ever do know, you won’t know now.’

‘And next I want to know,’ proceeded Riderhood ‘whether you mean to charge that what-you-may-call-it-murder—’

‘Harmon murder, father,’ suggested Pleasant.

‘No Poll Parroting!’ he vociferated, in return. ‘Keep your mouth shut!—I want to know, you sir, whether you charge that there crime on George Radfoot?’

‘If you ever do know, you won’t know now.’

‘Perhaps you done it yourself?’ said Riderhood, with a threatening action.

‘I alone know,’ returned the man, sternly shaking his head, ‘the mysteries of that crime. I alone know that your trumped-up story cannot possibly be true. I alone know that it must be altogether false, and that you must know it to be altogether false. I come here to-night to tell you so much of what I know, and no more.’

Mr Riderhood, with his crooked eye upon his visitor, meditated for some moments, and then refilled his glass, and tipped the contents down his throat in three tips.

‘Shut the shop-door!’ he then said to his daughter, putting the glass suddenly down. ‘And turn the key and stand by it! If you know all this, you sir,’ getting, as he spoke, between the visitor and the door, ‘why han’t you gone to Lawyer Lightwood?’

‘That, also, is alone known to myself,’ was the cool answer.

‘Don’t you know that, if you didn’t do the deed, what you say you could tell is worth from five to ten thousand pound?’ asked Riderhood.

‘I know it very well, and when I claim the money you shall share it.’

The honest man paused, and drew a little nearer to the visitor, and a little further from the door.

‘I know it,’ repeated the man, quietly, ‘as well as I know that you and George Radfoot were one together in more than one dark business; and as well as I know that you, Roger Riderhood, conspired against an innocent man for blood-money; and as well as I know that I can—and that I swear I will!—give you up on both scores, and be the proof against you in my own person, if you defy me!’

‘Father!’ cried Pleasant, from the door. ‘Don’t defy him! Give way to him! Don’t get into more trouble, father!’

‘Will you leave off a Poll Parroting, I ask you?’ cried Mr Riderhood, half beside himself between the two. Then, propitiatingly and crawlingly: ‘You sir! You han’t said what you want of me. Is it fair, is it worthy of yourself, to talk of my defying you afore ever you say what you want of me?’

‘I don’t want much,’ said the man. ‘This accusation of yours must not be left half made and half unmade. What was done for the blood-money must be thoroughly undone.’

Well; but Shipmate—’

‘Don’t call me Shipmate,’ said the man.

‘Captain, then,’ urged Mr Riderhood; ‘there! You won’t object to Captain. It’s a honourable title, and you fully look it. Captain! Ain’t the man dead? Now I ask you fair. Ain’t Gaffer dead?’

Well,’ returned the other, with impatience, ‘yes, he is dead. What then?’

‘Can words hurt a dead man, Captain? I only ask you fair.’

‘They can hurt the memory of a dead man, and they can hurt his living children. How many children had this man?’

‘Meaning Gaffer, Captain?’

‘Of whom else are we speaking?’ returned the other, with a movement of his foot, as if Rogue Riderhood were beginning to sneak before him in the body as well as the spirit, and he spurned him off. ‘I have heard of a daughter, and a son. I ask for information; I ask YOUR daughter; I prefer to speak to her. What children did Hexam leave?’

Pleasant, looking to her father for permission to reply, that honest man exclaimed with great bitterness:

‘Why the devil don’t you answer the Captain? You can Poll Parrot enough when you ain’t wanted to Poll Parrot, you perwerse jade!’

Thus encouraged, Pleasant explained that there were only Lizzie, the daughter in question, and the youth. Both very respectable, she added.

‘It is dreadful that any stigma should attach to them,’ said the visitor, whom the consideration rendered so uneasy that he rose, and paced to and fro, muttering, ‘Dreadful! Unforeseen? How could it be foreseen!’ Then he stopped, and asked aloud: ‘Where do they live?’

Pleasant further explained that only the daughter had resided with the father at the time of his accidental death, and that she had immediately afterwards quitted the neighbourhood.

‘I know that,’ said the man, ‘for I have been to the place they dwelt in, at the time of the inquest. Could you quietly find out for me where she lives now?’

Pleasant had no doubt she could do that. Within what time, did she think? Within a day. The visitor said that was well, and he would return for the information, relying on its being obtained. To this dialogue Riderhood had attended in silence, and he now obsequiously bespake the Captain.

‘Captain! Mentioning them unfort’net words of mine respecting Gaffer, it is contrairily to be bore in mind that Gaffer always were a precious rascal, and that his line were a thieving line. Likeways when I went to them two Governors, Lawyer Lightwood and the t’other Governor, with my information, I may have been a little over-eager for the cause of justice, or (to put it another way) a little over-stimilated by them feelings which rouses a man up, when a pot of money is going about, to get his hand into that pot of money for his family’s sake. Besides which, I think the wine of them two Governors was—I will not say a hocussed wine, but fur from a wine as was elthy for the mind. And there’s another thing to be remembered, Captain. Did I stick to them words when Gaffer was no more, and did I say bold to them two Governors, “Governors both, wot I informed I still inform; wot was took down I hold to”? No. I says, frank and open—no shuffling, mind you, Captain!—“I may have been mistook, I’ve been a thinking of it, it mayn’t have been took down correct on this and that, and I won’t swear to thick and thin, I’d rayther forfeit your good opinions than do it.” And so far as I know,’ concluded Mr Riderhood, by way of proof and evidence to character, ‘I HAVE actiwally forfeited the good opinions of several persons—even your own, Captain, if I understand your words—but I’d sooner do it than be forswore. There; if that’s conspiracy, call me conspirator.’

‘You shall sign,’ said the visitor, taking very little heed of this oration, ‘a statement that it was all utterly false, and the poor girl shall have it. I will bring it with me for your signature, when I come again.’

‘When might you be expected, Captain?’ inquired Riderhood, again dubiously getting between him and door.

‘Quite soon enough for you. I shall not disappoint you; don’t be afraid.’

‘Might you be inclined to leave any name, Captain?’

‘No, not at all. I have no such intention.’

‘“Shall” is summ’at of a hard word, Captain,’ urged Riderhood, still feebly dodging between him and the door, as he advanced. ‘When you say a man “shall” sign this and that and t’other, Captain, you order him about in a grand sort of a way. Don’t it seem so to yourself?’

The man stood still, and angrily fixed him with his eyes.

‘Father, father!’ entreated Pleasant, from the door, with her disengaged hand nervously trembling at her lips; ‘don’t! Don’t get into trouble any more!’

‘Hear me out, Captain, hear me out! All I was wishing to mention, Captain, afore you took your departer,’ said the sneaking Mr Riderhood, falling out of his path, ‘was, your handsome words relating to the reward.’

‘When I claim it,’ said the man, in a tone which seemed to leave some such words as ‘you dog,’ very distinctly understood, ‘you shall share it.’

Looking stedfastly at Riderhood, he once more said in a low voice, this time with a grim sort of admiration of him as a perfect piece of evil, ‘What a liar you are!’ and, nodding his head twice or thrice over the compliment, passed out of the shop. But, to Pleasant he said good-night kindly.

The honest man who gained his living by the sweat of his brow remained in a state akin to stupefaction, until the footless glass and the unfinished bottle conveyed themselves into his mind. From his mind he conveyed them into his hands, and so conveyed the last of the wine into his stomach. When that was done, he awoke to a clear perception that Poll Parroting was solely chargeable with what had passed. Therefore, not to be remiss in his duty as a father, he threw a pair of sea-boots at Pleasant, which she ducked to avoid, and then cried, poor thing, using her hair for a pocket-handkerchief.

Chapter 13

A SOLO AND A DUETT

The wind was blowing so hard when the visitor came out at the shop-door into the darkness and dirt of Limehouse Hole, that it almost blew him in again. Doors were slamming violently, lamps were flickering or blown out, signs were rocking in their frames, the water of the kennels, wind-dispersed, flew about in drops like rain. Indifferent to the weather, and even preferring it to better weather for its clearance of the streets, the man looked about him with a scrutinizing glance. ‘Thus much I know,’ he murmured. ‘I have never been here since that night, and never was here before that night, but thus much I recognize. I wonder which way did we take when we came out of that shop. We turned to the right as I have turned, but I can recall no more. Did we go by this alley? Or down that little lane?’

He tried both, but both confused him equally, and he came straying back to the same spot. ‘I remember there were poles pushed out of upper windows on which clothes were drying, and I remember a low public-house, and the sound flowing down a narrow passage belonging to it of the scraping of a fiddle and the shuffling of feet. But here are all these things in the lane, and here are all these things in the alley. And I have nothing else in my mind but a wall, a dark doorway, a flight of stairs, and a room.’

He tried a new direction, but made nothing of it; walls, dark doorways, flights of stairs and rooms, were too abundant. And, like most people so puzzled, he again and again described a circle, and found himself at the point from which he had begun. ‘This is like what I have read in narratives of escape from prison,’ said he, ‘where the little track of the fugitives in the night always seems to take the shape of the great round world, on which they wander; as if it were a secret law.’

Here he ceased to be the oakum-headed, oakum-whiskered man on whom Miss Pleasant Riderhood had looked, and, allowing for his being still wrapped in a nautical overcoat, became as like that same lost wanted Mr Julius Handford, as never man was like another in this world. In the breast of the coat he stowed the bristling hair and whisker, in a moment, as the favouring wind went with him down a solitary place that it had swept clear of passengers. Yet in that same moment he was the Secretary also, Mr Boffin’s Secretary. For John Rokesmith, too, was as like that same lost wanted Mr Julius Handford as never man was like another in this world.

‘I have no clue to the scene of my death,’ said he. ‘Not that it matters now. But having risked discovery by venturing here at all, I should have been glad to track some part of the way.’ With which singular words he abandoned his search, came up out of Limehouse Hole, and took the way past Limehouse Church. At the great iron gate of the churchyard he stopped and looked in. He looked up at the high tower spectrally resisting the wind, and he looked round at the white tombstones, like enough to the dead in their winding-sheets, and he counted the nine tolls of the clock-bell.

‘It is a sensation not experienced by many mortals,’ said he, ‘to be looking into a churchyard on a wild windy night, and to feel that I no more hold a place among the living than these dead do, and even to know that I lie buried somewhere else, as they lie buried here. Nothing uses me to it. A spirit that was once a man could hardly feel stranger or lonelier, going unrecognized among mankind, than I feel.

‘But this is the fanciful side of the situation. It has a real side, so difficult that, though I think of it every day, I never thoroughly think it out. Now, let me determine to think it out as I walk home. I know I evade it, as many men—perhaps most men—do evade thinking their way through their greatest perplexity. I will try to pin myself to mine. Don’t evade it, John Harmon; don’t evade it; think it out!

‘When I came to England, attracted to the country with which I had none but most miserable associations, by the accounts of my fine inheritance that found me abroad, I came back, shrinking from my father’s money, shrinking from my father’s memory, mistrustful of being forced on a mercenary wife, mistrustful of my father’s intention in thrusting that marriage on me, mistrustful that I was already growing avaricious, mistrustful that I was slackening in gratitude to the two dear noble honest friends who had made the only sunlight in my childish life or that of my heartbroken sister. I came back, timid, divided in my mind, afraid of myself and everybody here, knowing of nothing but wretchedness that my father’s wealth had ever brought about. Now, stop, and so far think it out, John Harmon. Is that so? That is exactly so.

‘On board serving as third mate was George Radfoot. I knew nothing of him. His name first became known to me about a week before we sailed, through my being accosted by one of the ship-agent’s clerks as “Mr Radfoot.” It was one day when I had gone aboard to look to my preparations, and the clerk, coming behind me as I stood on deck, tapped me on the shoulder, and said, “Mr Rad-foot, look here,” referring to some papers that he had in his hand. And my name first became known to Radfoot, through another clerk within a day or two, and while the ship was yet in port, coming up behind him, tapping him on the shoulder and beginning, “I beg your pardon, Mr Harmon—.” I believe we were alike in bulk and stature but not otherwise, and that we were not strikingly alike, even in those respects, when we were together and could be compared.

‘However, a sociable word or two on these mistakes became an easy introduction between us, and the weather was hot, and he helped me to a cool cabin on deck alongside his own, and his first school had been at Brussels as mine had been, and he had learnt French as I had learnt it, and he had a little history of himself to relate—God only knows how much of it true, and how much of it false—that had its likeness to mine. I had been a seaman too. So we got to be confidential together, and the more easily yet, because he and every one on board had known by general rumour what I was making the voyage to England for. By such degrees and means, he came to the knowledge of my uneasiness of mind, and of its setting at that time in the direction of desiring to see and form some judgment of my allotted wife, before she could possibly know me for myself; also to try Mrs Boffin and give her a glad surprise. So the plot was made out of our getting common sailors’ dresses (as he was able to guide me about London), and throwing ourselves in Bella Wilfer’s neighbourhood, and trying to put ourselves in her way, and doing whatever chance might favour on the spot, and seeing what came of it. If nothing came of it, I should be no worse off, and there would merely be a short delay in my presenting myself to Lightwood. I have all these facts right? Yes. They are all accurately right.

‘His advantage in all this was, that for a time I was to be lost. It might be for a day or for two days, but I must be lost sight of on landing, or there would be recognition, anticipation, and failure. Therefore, I disembarked with my valise in my hand—as Potterson the steward and Mr Jacob Kibble my fellow-passenger afterwards remembered—and waited for him in the dark by that very Limehouse Church which is now behind me.

‘As I had always shunned the port of London, I only knew the church through his pointing out its spire from on board. Perhaps I might recall, if it were any good to try, the way by which I went to it alone from the river; but how we two went from it to Riderhood’s shop, I don’t know—any more than I know what turns we took and doubles we made, after we left it. The way was purposely confused, no doubt.

‘But let me go on thinking the facts out, and avoid confusing them with my speculations. Whether he took me by a straight way or a crooked way, what is that to the purpose now? Steady, John Harmon.

‘When we stopped at Riderhood’s, and he asked that scoundrel a question or two, purporting to refer only to the lodging-houses in which there was accommodation for us, had I the least suspicion of him? None. Certainly none until afterwards when I held the clue. I think he must have got from Riderhood in a paper, the drug, or whatever it was, that afterwards stupefied me, but I am far from sure. All I felt safe in charging on him to-night, was old companionship in villainy between them. Their undisguised intimacy, and the character I now know Riderhood to bear, made that not at all adventurous. But I am not clear about the drug. Thinking out the circumstances on which I found my suspicion, they are only two. One: I remember his changing a small folded paper from one pocket to another, after we came out, which he had not touched before. Two: I now know Riderhood to have been previously taken up for being concerned in the robbery of an unlucky seaman, to whom some such poison had been given.

‘It is my conviction that we cannot have gone a mile from that shop, before we came to the wall, the dark doorway, the flight of stairs, and the room. The night was particularly dark and it rained hard. As I think the circumstances back, I hear the rain splashing on the stone pavement of the passage, which was not under cover. The room overlooked the river, or a dock, or a creek, and the tide was out. Being possessed of the time down to that point, I know by the hour that it must have been about low water; but while the coffee was getting ready, I drew back the curtain (a dark-brown curtain), and, looking out, knew by the kind of reflection below, of the few neighbouring lights, that they were reflected in tidal mud.

‘He had carried under his arm a canvas bag, containing a suit of his clothes. I had no change of outer clothes with me, as I was to buy slops. “You are very wet, Mr Harmon,”—I can hear him saying—“and I am quite dry under this good waterproof coat. Put on these clothes of mine. You may find on trying them that they will answer your purpose to-morrow, as well as the slops you mean to buy, or better. While you change, I’ll hurry the hot coffee.” When he came back, I had his clothes on, and there was a black man with him, wearing a linen jacket, like a steward, who put the smoking coffee on the table in a tray and never looked at me. I am so far literal and exact? Literal and exact, I am certain.

‘Now, I pass to sick and deranged impressions; they are so strong, that I rely upon them; but there are spaces between them that I know nothing about, and they are not pervaded by any idea of time.

‘I had drank some coffee, when to my sense of sight he began to swell immensely, and something urged me to rush at him. We had a struggle near the door. He got from me, through my not knowing where to strike, in the whirling round of the room, and the flashing of flames of fire between us. I dropped down. Lying helpless on the ground, I was turned over by a foot. I was dragged by the neck into a corner. I heard men speak together. I was turned over by other feet. I saw a figure like myself lying dressed in my clothes on a bed. What might have been, for anything I knew, a silence of days, weeks, months, years, was broken by a violent wrestling of men all over the room. The figure like myself was assailed, and my valise was in its hand. I was trodden upon and fallen over. I heard a noise of blows, and thought it was a wood-cutter cutting down a tree. I could not have said that my name was John Harmon—I could not have thought it—I didn’t know it—but when I heard the blows, I thought of the wood-cutter and his axe, and had some dead idea that I was lying in a forest.

‘This is still correct? Still correct, with the exception that I cannot possibly express it to myself without using the word I. But it was not I. There was no such thing as I, within my knowledge.

‘It was only after a downward slide through something like a tube, and then a great noise and a sparkling and crackling as of fires, that the consciousness came upon me, “This is John Harmon drowning! John Harmon, struggle for your life. John Harmon, call on Heaven and save yourself!” I think I cried it out aloud in a great agony, and then a heavy horrid unintelligible something vanished, and it was I who was struggling there alone in the water.

‘I was very weak and faint, frightfully oppressed with drowsiness, and driving fast with the tide. Looking over the black water, I saw the lights racing past me on the two banks of the river, as if they were eager to be gone and leave me dying in the dark. The tide was running down, but I knew nothing of up or down then. When, guiding myself safely with Heaven’s assistance before the fierce set of the water, I at last caught at a boat moored, one of a tier of boats at a causeway, I was sucked under her, and came up, only just alive, on the other side.

‘Was I long in the water? Long enough to be chilled to the heart, but I don’t know how long. Yet the cold was merciful, for it was the cold night air and the rain that restored me from a swoon on the stones of the causeway. They naturally supposed me to have toppled in, drunk, when I crept to the public-house it belonged to; for I had no notion where I was, and could not articulate—through the poison that had made me insensible having affected my speech—and I supposed the night to be the previous night, as it was still dark and raining. But I had lost twenty-four hours.

‘I have checked the calculation often, and it must have been two nights that I lay recovering in that public-house. Let me see. Yes. I am sure it was while I lay in that bed there, that the thought entered my head of turning the danger I had passed through, to the account of being for some time supposed to have disappeared mysteriously, and of proving Bella. The dread of our being forced on one another, and perpetuating the fate that seemed to have fallen on my father’s riches—the fate that they should lead to nothing but evil—was strong upon the moral timidity that dates from my childhood with my poor sister.

‘As to this hour I cannot understand that side of the river where I recovered the shore, being the opposite side to that on which I was ensnared, I shall never understand it now. Even at this moment, while I leave the river behind me, going home, I cannot conceive that it rolls between me and that spot, or that the sea is where it is. But this is not thinking it out; this is making a leap to the present time.

‘I could not have done it, but for the fortune in the waterproof belt round my body. Not a great fortune, forty and odd pounds for the inheritor of a hundred and odd thousand! But it was enough. Without it I must have disclosed myself. Without it, I could never have gone to that Exchequer Coffee House, or taken Mrs Wilfer’s lodgings.

‘Some twelve days I lived at that hotel, before the night when I saw the corpse of Radfoot at the Police Station. The inexpressible mental horror that I laboured under, as one of the consequences of the poison, makes the interval seem greatly longer, but I know it cannot have been longer. That suffering has gradually weakened and weakened since, and has only come upon me by starts, and I hope I am free from it now; but even now, I have sometimes to think, constrain myself, and stop before speaking, or I could not say the words I want to say.

‘Again I ramble away from thinking it out to the end. It is not so far to the end that I need be tempted to break off. Now, on straight!

‘I examined the newspapers every day for tidings that I was missing, but saw none. Going out that night to walk (for I kept retired while it was light), I found a crowd assembled round a placard posted at Whitehall. It described myself, John Harmon, as found dead and mutilated in the river under circumstances of strong suspicion, described my dress, described the papers in my pockets, and stated where I was lying for recognition. In a wild incautious way I hurried there, and there—with the horror of the death I had escaped, before my eyes in its most appalling shape, added to the inconceivable horror tormenting me at that time when the poisonous stuff was strongest on me—I perceived that Radfoot had been murdered by some unknown hands for the money for which he would have murdered me, and that probably we had both been shot into the river from the same dark place into the same dark tide, when the stream ran deep and strong.

‘That night I almost gave up my mystery, though I suspected no one, could offer no information, knew absolutely nothing save that the murdered man was not I, but Radfoot. Next day while I hesitated, and next day while I hesitated, it seemed as if the whole country were determined to have me dead. The Inquest declared me dead, the Government proclaimed me dead; I could not listen at my fireside for five minutes to the outer noises, but it was borne into my ears that I was dead.

‘So John Harmon died, and Julius Handford disappeared, and John Rokesmith was born. John Rokesmith’s intent to-night has been to repair a wrong that he could never have imagined possible, coming to his ears through the Lightwood talk related to him, and which he is bound by every consideration to remedy. In that intent John Rokesmith will persevere, as his duty is.

‘Now, is it all thought out? All to this time? Nothing omitted? No, nothing. But beyond this time? To think it out through the future, is a harder though a much shorter task than to think it out through the past. John Harmon is dead. Should John Harmon come to life?

‘If yes, why? If no, why?’

‘Take yes, first. To enlighten human Justice concerning the offence of one far beyond it who may have a living mother. To enlighten it with the lights of a stone passage, a flight of stairs, a brown window-curtain, and a black man. To come into possession of my father’s money, and with it sordidly to buy a beautiful creature whom I love—I cannot help it; reason has nothing to do with it; I love her against reason—but who would as soon love me for my own sake, as she would love the beggar at the corner. What a use for the money, and how worthy of its old misuses!

‘Now, take no. The reasons why John Harmon should not come to life. Because he has passively allowed these dear old faithful friends to pass into possession of the property. Because he sees them happy with it, making a good use of it, effacing the old rust and tarnish on the money. Because they have virtually adopted Bella, and will provide for her. Because there is affection enough in her nature, and warmth enough in her heart, to develop into something enduringly good, under favourable conditions. Because her faults have been intensified by her place in my father’s will, and she is already growing better. Because her marriage with John Harmon, after what I have heard from her own lips, would be a shocking mockery, of which both she and I must always be conscious, and which would degrade her in her mind, and me in mine, and each of us in the other’s. Because if John Harmon comes to life and does not marry her, the property falls into the very hands that hold it now.

‘What would I have? Dead, I have found the true friends of my lifetime still as true as tender and as faithful as when I was alive, and making my memory an incentive to good actions done in my name. Dead, I have found them when they might have slighted my name, and passed greedily over my grave to ease and wealth, lingering by the way, like single-hearted children, to recall their love for me when I was a poor frightened child. Dead, I have heard from the woman who would have been my wife if I had lived, the revolting truth that I should have purchased her, caring nothing for me, as a Sultan buys a slave.

‘What would I have? If the dead could know, or do know, how the living use them, who among the hosts of dead has found a more disinterested fidelity on earth than I? Is not that enough for me? If I had come back, these noble creatures would have welcomed me, wept over me, given up everything to me with joy. I did not come back, and they have passed unspoiled into my place. Let them rest in it, and let Bella rest in hers.

‘What course for me then? This. To live the same quiet Secretary life, carefully avoiding chances of recognition, until they shall have become more accustomed to their altered state, and until the great swarm of swindlers under many names shall have found newer prey. By that time, the method I am establishing through all the affairs, and with which I will every day take new pains to make them both familiar, will be, I may hope, a machine in such working order as that they can keep it going. I know I need but ask of their generosity, to have. When the right time comes, I will ask no more than will replace me in my former path of life, and John Rokesmith shall tread it as contentedly as he may. But John Harmon shall come back no more.

‘That I may never, in the days to come afar off, have any weak misgiving that Bella might, in any contingency, have taken me for my own sake if I had plainly asked her, I WILL plainly ask her: proving beyond all question what I already know too well. And now it is all thought out, from the beginning to the end, and my mind is easier.’

So deeply engaged had the living-dead man been, in thus communing with himself, that he had regarded neither the wind nor the way, and had resisted the former instinctively as he had pursued the latter. But being now come into the City, where there was a coach-stand, he stood irresolute whether to go to his lodgings, or to go first to Mr Boffin’s house. He decided to go round by the house, arguing, as he carried his overcoat upon his arm, that it was less likely to attract notice if left there, than if taken to Holloway: both Mrs Wilfer and Miss Lavinia being ravenously curious touching every article of which the lodger stood possessed.

Arriving at the house, he found that Mr and Mrs Boffin were out, but that Miss Wilfer was in the drawing-room. Miss Wilfer had remained at home, in consequence of not feeling very well, and had inquired in the evening if Mr Rokesmith were in his room.

‘Make my compliments to Miss Wilfer, and say I am here now.’

Miss Wilfer’s compliments came down in return, and, if it were not too much trouble, would Mr Rokesmith be so kind as to come up before he went?

It was not too much trouble, and Mr Rokesmith came up.

Oh she looked very pretty, she looked very, very pretty! If the father of the late John Harmon had but left his money unconditionally to his son, and if his son had but lighted on this loveable girl for himself, and had the happiness to make her loving as well as loveable!

‘Dear me! Are you not well, Mr Rokesmith?’

‘Yes, quite well. I was sorry to hear, when I came in, that YOU were not.’

‘A mere nothing. I had a headache—gone now—and was not quite fit for a hot theatre, so I stayed at home. I asked you if you were not well, because you look so white.’

‘Do I? I have had a busy evening.’

She was on a low ottoman before the fire, with a little shining jewel of a table, and her book and her work, beside her. Ah! what a different life the late John Harmon’s, if it had been his happy privilege to take his place upon that ottoman, and draw his arm about that waist, and say, ‘I hope the time has been long without me? What a Home Goddess you look, my darling!’

But, the present John Rokesmith, far removed from the late John Harmon, remained standing at a distance. A little distance in respect of space, but a great distance in respect of separation.

‘Mr Rokesmith,’ said Bella, taking up her work, and inspecting it all round the corners, ‘I wanted to say something to you when I could have the opportunity, as an explanation why I was rude to you the other day. You have no right to think ill of me, sir.’

The sharp little way in which she darted a look at him, half sensitively injured, and half pettishly, would have been very much admired by the late John Harmon.

‘You don’t know how well I think of you, Miss Wilfer.’

‘Truly, you must have a very high opinion of me, Mr Rokesmith, when you believe that in prosperity I neglect and forget my old home.’

‘Do I believe so?’

‘You DID, sir, at any rate,’ returned Bella.

‘I took the liberty of reminding you of a little omission into which you had fallen—insensibly and naturally fallen. It was no more than that.’

‘And I beg leave to ask you, Mr Rokesmith,’ said Bella, ‘why you took that liberty?—I hope there is no offence in the phrase; it is your own, remember.’

‘Because I am truly, deeply, profoundly interested in you, Miss Wilfer. Because I wish to see you always at your best. Because I—shall I go on?’

‘No, sir,’ returned Bella, with a burning face, ‘you have said more than enough. I beg that you will NOT go on. If you have any generosity, any honour, you will say no more.’

The late John Harmon, looking at the proud face with the down-cast eyes, and at the quick breathing as it stirred the fall of bright brown hair over the beautiful neck, would probably have remained silent.

‘I wish to speak to you, sir,’ said Bella, ‘once for all, and I don’t know how to do it. I have sat here all this evening, wishing to speak to you, and determining to speak to you, and feeling that I must. I beg for a moment’s time.’

He remained silent, and she remained with her face averted, sometimes making a slight movement as if she would turn and speak. At length she did so.

‘You know how I am situated here, sir, and you know how I am situated at home. I must speak to you for myself, since there is no one about me whom I could ask to do so. It is not generous in you, it is not honourable in you, to conduct yourself towards me as you do.’

‘Is it ungenerous or dishonourable to be devoted to you; fascinated by you?’

‘Preposterous!’ said Bella.

The late John Harmon might have thought it rather a contemptuous and lofty word of repudiation.

‘I now feel obliged to go on,’ pursued the Secretary, ‘though it were only in self-explanation and self-defence. I hope, Miss Wilfer, that it is not unpardonable—even in me—to make an honest declaration of an honest devotion to you.’

‘An honest declaration!’ repeated Bella, with emphasis.

‘Is it otherwise?’

‘I must request, sir,’ said Bella, taking refuge in a touch of timely resentment, ‘that I may not be questioned. You must excuse me if I decline to be cross-examined.’

‘Oh, Miss Wilfer, this is hardly charitable. I ask you nothing but what your own emphasis suggests. However, I waive even that question. But what I have declared, I take my stand by. I cannot recall the avowal of my earnest and deep attachment to you, and I do not recall it.’

‘I reject it, sir,’ said Bella.

‘I should be blind and deaf if I were not prepared for the reply. Forgive my offence, for it carries its punishment with it.’

‘What punishment?’ asked Bella.

‘Is my present endurance none? But excuse me; I did not mean to cross-examine you again.’

‘You take advantage of a hasty word of mine,’ said Bella with a little sting of self-reproach, ‘to make me seem—I don’t know what. I spoke without consideration when I used it. If that was bad, I am sorry; but you repeat it after consideration, and that seems to me to be at least no better. For the rest, I beg it may be understood, Mr Rokesmith, that there is an end of this between us, now and for ever.’

‘Now and for ever,’ he repeated.

‘Yes. I appeal to you, sir,’ proceeded Bella with increasing spirit, ‘not to pursue me. I appeal to you not to take advantage of your position in this house to make my position in it distressing and disagreeable. I appeal to you to discontinue your habit of making your misplaced attentions as plain to Mrs Boffin as to me.’

‘Have I done so?’

‘I should think you have,’ replied Bella. ‘In any case it is not your fault if you have not, Mr Rokesmith.’

‘I hope you are wrong in that impression. I should be very sorry to have justified it. I think I have not. For the future there is no apprehension. It is all over.’

‘I am much relieved to hear it,’ said Bella. ‘I have far other views in life, and why should you waste your own?’

‘Mine!’ said the Secretary. ‘My life!’

His curious tone caused Bella to glance at the curious smile with which he said it. It was gone as he glanced back. ‘Pardon me, Miss Wilfer,’ he proceeded, when their eyes met; ‘you have used some hard words, for which I do not doubt you have a justification in your mind, that I do not understand. Ungenerous and dishonourable. In what?’

‘I would rather not be asked,’ said Bella, haughtily looking down.

‘I would rather not ask, but the question is imposed upon me. Kindly explain; or if not kindly, justly.’

‘Oh, sir!’ said Bella, raising her eyes to his, after a little struggle to forbear, ‘is it generous and honourable to use the power here which your favour with Mr and Mrs Boffin and your ability in your place give you, against me?’

‘Against you?’

‘Is it generous and honourable to form a plan for gradually bringing their influence to bear upon a suit which I have shown you that I do not like, and which I tell you that I utterly reject?’

The late John Harmon could have borne a good deal, but he would have been cut to the heart by such a suspicion as this.

‘Would it be generous and honourable to step into your place—if you did so, for I don’t know that you did, and I hope you did not—anticipating, or knowing beforehand, that I should come here, and designing to take me at this disadvantage?’

‘This mean and cruel disadvantage,’ said the Secretary.

‘Yes,’ assented Bella.

The Secretary kept silence for a little while; then merely said, ‘You are wholly mistaken, Miss Wilfer; wonderfully mistaken. I cannot say, however, that it is your fault. If I deserve better things of you, you do not know it.’

‘At least, sir,’ retorted Bella, with her old indignation rising, ‘you know the history of my being here at all. I have heard Mr Boffin say that you are master of every line and word of that will, as you are master of all his affairs. And was it not enough that I should have been willed away, like a horse, or a dog, or a bird; but must you too begin to dispose of me in your mind, and speculate in me, as soon as I had ceased to be the talk and the laugh of the town? Am I for ever to be made the property of strangers?’

‘Believe me,’ returned the Secretary, ‘you are wonderfully mistaken.’

‘I should be glad to know it,’ answered Bella.

‘I doubt if you ever will. Good-night. Of course I shall be careful to conceal any traces of this interview from Mr and Mrs Boffin, as long as I remain here. Trust me, what you have complained of is at an end for ever.’

‘I am glad I have spoken, then, Mr Rokesmith. It has been painful and difficult, but it is done. If I have hurt you, I hope you will forgive me. I am inexperienced and impetuous, and I have been a little spoilt; but I really am not so bad as I dare say I appear, or as you think me.’

He quitted the room when Bella had said this, relenting in her wilful inconsistent way. Left alone, she threw herself back on her ottoman, and said, ‘I didn’t know the lovely woman was such a Dragon!’ Then, she got up and looked in the glass, and said to her image, ‘You have been positively swelling your features, you little fool!’ Then, she took an impatient walk to the other end of the room and back, and said, ‘I wish Pa was here to have a talk about an avaricious marriage; but he is better away, poor dear, for I know I should pull his hair if he WAS here.’ And then she threw her work away, and threw her book after it, and sat down and hummed a tune, and hummed it out of tune, and quarrelled with it.

And John Rokesmith, what did he?

He went down to his room, and buried John Harmon many additional fathoms deep. He took his hat, and walked out, and, as he went to Holloway or anywhere else—not at all minding where—heaped mounds upon mounds of earth over John Harmon’s grave. His walking did not bring him home until the dawn of day. And so busy had he been all night, piling and piling weights upon weights of earth above John Harmon’s grave, that by that time John Harmon lay buried under a whole Alpine range; and still the Sexton Rokesmith accumulated mountains over him, lightening his labour with the dirge, ‘Cover him, crush him, keep him down!’

Chapter 14

STRONG OF PURPOSE

The sexton-task of piling earth above John Harmon all night long, was not conducive to sound sleep; but Rokesmith had some broken morning rest, and rose strengthened in his purpose. It was all over now. No ghost should trouble Mr and Mrs Boffin’s peace; invisible and voiceless, the ghost should look on for a little while longer at the state of existence out of which it had departed, and then should for ever cease to haunt the scenes in which it had no place.

He went over it all again. He had lapsed into the condition in which he found himself, as many a man lapses into many a condition, without perceiving the accumulative power of its separate circumstances. When in the distrust engendered by his wretched childhood and the action for evil—never yet for good within his knowledge then—of his father and his father’s wealth on all within their influence, he conceived the idea of his first deception, it was meant to be harmless, it was to last but a few hours or days, it was to involve in it only the girl so capriciously forced upon him and upon whom he was so capriciously forced, and it was honestly meant well towards her. For, if he had found her unhappy in the prospect of that marriage (through her heart inclining to another man or for any other cause), he would seriously have said: ‘This is another of the old perverted uses of the misery-making money. I will let it go to my and my sister’s only protectors and friends.’ When the snare into which he fell so outstripped his first intention as that he found himself placarded by the police authorities upon the London walls for dead, he confusedly accepted the aid that fell upon him, without considering how firmly it must seem to fix the Boffins in their accession to the fortune. When he saw them, and knew them, and even from his vantage-ground of inspection could find no flaw in them, he asked himself, ‘And shall I come to life to dispossess such people as these?’ There was no good to set against the putting of them to that hard proof. He had heard from Bella’s own lips when he stood tapping at the door on that night of his taking the lodgings, that the marriage would have been on her part thoroughly mercenary. He had since tried her, in his own unknown person and supposed station, and she not only rejected his advances but resented them. Was it for him to have the shame of buying her, or the meanness of punishing her? Yet, by coming to life and accepting the condition of the inheritance, he must do the former; and by coming to life and rejecting it, he must do the latter.

Another consequence that he had never foreshadowed, was the implication of an innocent man in his supposed murder. He would obtain complete retraction from the accuser, and set the wrong right; but clearly the wrong could never have been done if he had never planned a deception. Then, whatever inconvenience or distress of mind the deception cost him, it was manful repentantly to accept as among its consequences, and make no complaint.

Thus John Rokesmith in the morning, and it buried John Harmon still many fathoms deeper than he had been buried in the night.

Going out earlier than he was accustomed to do, he encountered the cherub at the door. The cherub’s way was for a certain space his way, and they walked together.

It was impossible not to notice the change in the cherub’s appearance. The cherub felt very conscious of it, and modestly remarked:

‘A present from my daughter Bella, Mr Rokesmith.’

The words gave the Secretary a stroke of pleasure, for he remembered the fifty pounds, and he still loved the girl. No doubt it was very weak—it always IS very weak, some authorities hold—but he loved the girl.

‘I don’t know whether you happen to have read many books of African Travel, Mr Rokesmith?’ said R. W.

‘I have read several.’

Well, you know, there’s usually a King George, or a King Boy, or a King Sambo, or a King Bill, or Bull, or Rum, or Junk, or whatever name the sailors may have happened to give him.’

‘Where?’ asked Rokesmith.

‘Anywhere. Anywhere in Africa, I mean. Pretty well everywhere, I may say; for black kings are cheap—and I think’—said R. W., with an apologetic air, ‘nasty’.

‘I am much of your opinion, Mr Wilfer. You were going to say—?’

‘I was going to say, the king is generally dressed in a London hat only, or a Manchester pair of braces, or one epaulette, or an uniform coat with his legs in the sleeves, or something of that kind.’

‘Just so,’ said the Secretary.

‘In confidence, I assure you, Mr Rokesmith,’ observed the cheerful cherub, ‘that when more of my family were at home and to be provided for, I used to remind myself immensely of that king. You have no idea, as a single man, of the difficulty I have had in wearing more than one good article at a time.’

‘I can easily believe it, Mr Wilfer.’

‘I only mention it,’ said R. W. in the warmth of his heart, ‘as a proof of the amiable, delicate, and considerate affection of my daughter Bella. If she had been a little spoilt, I couldn’t have thought so very much of it, under the circumstances. But no, not a bit. And she is so very pretty! I hope you agree with me in finding her very pretty, Mr Rokesmith?’

‘Certainly I do. Every one must.’

‘I hope so,’ said the cherub. ‘Indeed, I have no doubt of it. This is a great advancement for her in life, Mr Rokesmith. A great opening of her prospects?’

‘Miss Wilfer could have no better friends than Mr and Mrs Boffin.’

‘Impossible!’ said the gratified cherub. ‘Really I begin to think things are very well as they are. If Mr John Harmon had lived—’

‘He is better dead,’ said the Secretary.

‘No, I won’t go so far as to say that,’ urged the cherub, a little remonstrant against the very decisive and unpitying tone; ‘but he mightn’t have suited Bella, or Bella mightn’t have suited him, or fifty things, whereas now I hope she can choose for herself.’

‘Has she—as you place the confidence in me of speaking on the subject, you will excuse my asking—has she—perhaps—chosen?’ faltered the Secretary.

‘Oh dear no!’ returned R. W.

‘Young ladies sometimes,’ Rokesmith hinted, ‘choose without mentioning their choice to their fathers.’

‘Not in this case, Mr Rokesmith. Between my daughter Bella and me there is a regular league and covenant of confidence. It was ratified only the other day. The ratification dates from—these,’ said the cherub, giving a little pull at the lappels of his coat and the pockets of his trousers. ‘Oh no, she has not chosen. To be sure, young George Sampson, in the days when Mr John Harmon—’

‘Who I wish had never been born!’ said the Secretary, with a gloomy brow.

R. W. looked at him with surprise, as thinking he had contracted an unaccountable spite against the poor deceased, and continued: ‘In the days when Mr John Harmon was being sought out, young George Sampson certainly was hovering about Bella, and Bella let him hover. But it never was seriously thought of, and it’s still less than ever to be thought of now. For Bella is ambitious, Mr Rokesmith, and I think I may predict will marry fortune. This time, you see, she will have the person and the property before her together, and will be able to make her choice with her eyes open. This is my road. I am very sorry to part company so soon. Good morning, sir!’

The Secretary pursued his way, not very much elevated in spirits by this conversation, and, arriving at the Boffin mansion, found Betty Higden waiting for him.

‘I should thank you kindly, sir,’ said Betty, ‘if I might make so bold as have a word or two wi’ you.’

She should have as many words as she liked, he told her; and took her into his room, and made her sit down.

‘’Tis concerning Sloppy, sir,’ said Betty. ‘And that’s how I come here by myself. Not wishing him to know what I’m a-going to say to you, I got the start of him early and walked up.’

‘You have wonderful energy,’ returned Rokesmith. ‘You are as young as I am.’

Betty Higden gravely shook her head. ‘I am strong for my time of life, sir, but not young, thank the Lord!’

‘Are you thankful for not being young?’

‘Yes, sir. If I was young, it would all have to be gone through again, and the end would be a weary way off, don’t you see? But never mind me; ’tis concerning Sloppy.’

‘And what about him, Betty?’

‘’Tis just this, sir. It can’t be reasoned out of his head by any powers of mine but what that he can do right by your kind lady and gentleman and do his work for me, both together. Now he can’t. To give himself up to being put in the way of arning a good living and getting on, he must give me up. Well; he won’t.’

‘I respect him for it,’ said Rokesmith.

‘DO ye, sir? I don’t know but what I do myself. Still that don’t make it right to let him have his way. So as he won’t give me up, I’m a-going to give him up.’

‘How, Betty?’

‘I’m a-going to run away from him.’

With an astonished look at the indomitable old face and the bright eyes, the Secretary repeated, ‘Run away from him?’

‘Yes, sir,’ said Betty, with one nod. And in the nod and in the firm set of her mouth, there was a vigour of purpose not to be doubted.

‘Come, come!’ said the Secretary. ‘We must talk about this. Let us take our time over it, and try to get at the true sense of the case and the true course, by degrees.’

‘Now, lookee here, by dear,’ returned old Betty—‘asking your excuse for being so familiar, but being of a time of life a’most to be your grandmother twice over. Now, lookee, here. ’Tis a poor living and a hard as is to be got out of this work that I’m a doing now, and but for Sloppy I don’t know as I should have held to it this long. But it did just keep us on, the two together. Now that I’m alone—with even Johnny gone—I’d far sooner be upon my feet and tiring of myself out, than a sitting folding and folding by the fire. And I’ll tell you why. There’s a deadness steals over me at times, that the kind of life favours and I don’t like. Now, I seem to have Johnny in my arms—now, his mother—now, his mother’s mother—now, I seem to be a child myself, a lying once again in the arms of my own mother—then I get numbed, thought and sense, till I start out of my seat, afeerd that I’m a growing like the poor old people that they brick up in the Unions, as you may sometimes see when they let ’em out of the four walls to have a warm in the sun, crawling quite scared about the streets. I was a nimble girl, and have always been a active body, as I told your lady, first time ever I see her good face. I can still walk twenty mile if I am put to it. I’d far better be a walking than a getting numbed and dreary. I’m a good fair knitter, and can make many little things to sell. The loan from your lady and gentleman of twenty shillings to fit out a basket with, would be a fortune for me. Trudging round the country and tiring of myself out, I shall keep the deadness off, and get my own bread by my own labour. And what more can I want?’

‘And this is your plan,’ said the Secretary, ‘for running away?’

‘Show me a better! My deary, show me a better! Why, I know very well,’ said old Betty Higden, ‘and you know very well, that your lady and gentleman would set me up like a queen for the rest of my life, if so be that we could make it right among us to have it so. But we can’t make it right among us to have it so. I’ve never took charity yet, nor yet has any one belonging to me. And it would be forsaking of myself indeed, and forsaking of my children dead and gone, and forsaking of their children dead and gone, to set up a contradiction now at last.’

‘It might come to be justifiable and unavoidable at last,’ the Secretary gently hinted, with a slight stress on the word.

‘I hope it never will! It ain’t that I mean to give offence by being anyways proud,’ said the old creature simply, ‘but that I want to be of a piece like, and helpful of myself right through to my death.’

‘And to be sure,’ added the Secretary, as a comfort for her, ‘Sloppy will be eagerly looking forward to his opportunity of being to you what you have been to him.’

‘Trust him for that, sir!’ said Betty, cheerfully. ‘Though he had need to be something quick about it, for I’m a getting to be an old one. But I’m a strong one too, and travel and weather never hurt me yet! Now, be so kind as speak for me to your lady and gentleman, and tell ’em what I ask of their good friendliness to let me do, and why I ask it.’

The Secretary felt that there was no gainsaying what was urged by this brave old heroine, and he presently repaired to Mrs Boffin and recommended her to let Betty Higden have her way, at all events for the time. ‘It would be far more satisfactory to your kind heart, I know,’ he said, ‘to provide for her, but it may be a duty to respect this independent spirit.’ Mrs Boffin was not proof against the consideration set before her. She and her husband had worked too, and had brought their simple faith and honour clean out of dustheaps. If they owed a duty to Betty Higden, of a surety that duty must be done.

‘But, Betty,’ said Mrs Boffin, when she accompanied John Rokesmith back to his room, and shone upon her with the light of her radiant face, ‘granted all else, I think I wouldn’t run away’.

‘’Twould come easier to Sloppy,’ said Mrs Higden, shaking her head. ‘’Twould come easier to me too. But ’tis as you please.’

‘When would you go?’

‘Now,’ was the bright and ready answer. ‘To-day, my deary, to-morrow. Bless ye, I am used to it. I know many parts of the country well. When nothing else was to be done, I have worked in many a market-garden afore now, and in many a hop-garden too.’

‘If I give my consent to your going, Betty—which Mr Rokesmith thinks I ought to do—’

Betty thanked him with a grateful curtsey.

‘—We must not lose sight of you. We must not let you pass out of our knowledge. We must know all about you.’

‘Yes, my deary, but not through letter-writing, because letter-writing—indeed, writing of most sorts hadn’t much come up for such as me when I was young. But I shall be to and fro. No fear of my missing a chance of giving myself a sight of your reviving face. Besides,’ said Betty, with logical good faith, ‘I shall have a debt to pay off, by littles, and naturally that would bring me back, if nothing else would.’

‘MUST it be done?’ asked Mrs Boffin, still reluctant, of the Secretary.

‘I think it must.’

After more discussion it was agreed that it should be done, and Mrs Boffin summoned Bella to note down the little purchases that were necessary to set Betty up in trade. ‘Don’t ye be timorous for me, my dear,’ said the stanch old heart, observant of Bella’s face: ‘when I take my seat with my work, clean and busy and fresh, in a country market-place, I shall turn a sixpence as sure as ever a farmer’s wife there.’

The Secretary took that opportunity of touching on the practical question of Mr Sloppy’s capabilities. He would have made a wonderful cabinet-maker, said Mrs Higden, ‘if there had been the money to put him to it.’ She had seen him handle tools that he had borrowed to mend the mangle, or to knock a broken piece of furniture together, in a surprising manner. As to constructing toys for the Minders, out of nothing, he had done that daily. And once as many as a dozen people had got together in the lane to see the neatness with which he fitted the broken pieces of a foreign monkey’s musical instrument. ‘That’s well,’ said the Secretary. ‘It will not be hard to find a trade for him.’

John Harmon being buried under mountains now, the Secretary that very same day set himself to finish his affairs and have done with him. He drew up an ample declaration, to be signed by Rogue Riderhood (knowing he could get his signature to it, by making him another and much shorter evening call), and then considered to whom should he give the document? To Hexam’s son, or daughter? Resolved speedily, to the daughter. But it would be safer to avoid seeing the daughter, because the son had seen Julius Handford, and—he could not be too careful—there might possibly be some comparison of notes between the son and daughter, which would awaken slumbering suspicion, and lead to consequences. ‘I might even,’ he reflected, ‘be apprehended as having been concerned in my own murder!’ Therefore, best to send it to the daughter under cover by the post. Pleasant Riderhood had undertaken to find out where she lived, and it was not necessary that it should be attended by a single word of explanation. So far, straight.

But, all that he knew of the daughter he derived from Mrs Boffin’s accounts of what she heard from Mr Lightwood, who seemed to have a reputation for his manner of relating a story, and to have made this story quite his own. It interested him, and he would like to have the means of knowing more—as, for instance, that she received the exonerating paper, and that it satisfied her—by opening some channel altogether independent of Lightwood: who likewise had seen Julius Handford, who had publicly advertised for Julius Handford, and whom of all men he, the Secretary, most avoided. ‘But with whom the common course of things might bring me in a moment face to face, any day in the week or any hour in the day.’

Now, to cast about for some likely means of opening such a channel. The boy, Hexam, was training for and with a schoolmaster. The Secretary knew it, because his sister’s share in that disposal of him seemed to be the best part of Lightwood’s account of the family. This young fellow, Sloppy, stood in need of some instruction. If he, the Secretary, engaged that schoolmaster to impart it to him, the channel might be opened. The next point was, did Mrs Boffin know the schoolmaster’s name? No, but she knew where the school was. Quite enough. Promptly the Secretary wrote to the master of that school, and that very evening Bradley Headstone answered in person.

The Secretary stated to the schoolmaster how the object was, to send to him for certain occasional evening instruction, a youth whom Mr and Mrs Boffin wished to help to an industrious and useful place in life. The schoolmaster was willing to undertake the charge of such a pupil. The Secretary inquired on what terms? The schoolmaster stated on what terms. Agreed and disposed of.

‘May I ask, sir,’ said Bradley Headstone, ‘to whose good opinion I owe a recommendation to you?’

‘You should know that I am not the principal here. I am Mr Boffin’s Secretary. Mr Boffin is a gentleman who inherited a property of which you may have heard some public mention; the Harmon property.’

‘Mr Harmon,’ said Bradley: who would have been a great deal more at a loss than he was, if he had known to whom he spoke: ‘was murdered and found in the river.’

‘Was murdered and found in the river.’

‘It was not—’

‘No,’ interposed the Secretary, smiling, ‘it was not he who recommended you. Mr Boffin heard of you through a certain Mr Lightwood. I think you know Mr Lightwood, or know of him?’

‘I know as much of him as I wish to know, sir. I have no acquaintance with Mr Lightwood, and I desire none. I have no objection to Mr Lightwood, but I have a particular objection to some of Mr Lightwood’s friends—in short, to one of Mr Lightwood’s friends. His great friend.’

He could hardly get the words out, even then and there, so fierce did he grow (though keeping himself down with infinite pains of repression), when the careless and contemptuous bearing of Eugene Wrayburn rose before his mind.

The Secretary saw there was a strong feeling here on some sore point, and he would have made a diversion from it, but for Bradley’s holding to it in his cumbersome way.

‘I have no objection to mention the friend by name,’ he said, doggedly. ‘The person I object to, is Mr Eugene Wrayburn.’

The Secretary remembered him. In his disturbed recollection of that night when he was striving against the drugged drink, there was but a dim image of Eugene’s person; but he remembered his name, and his manner of speaking, and how he had gone with them to view the body, and where he had stood, and what he had said.

‘Pray, Mr Headstone, what is the name,’ he asked, again trying to make a diversion, ‘of young Hexam’s sister?’

‘Her name is Lizzie,’ said the schoolmaster, with a strong contraction of his whole face.

‘She is a young woman of a remarkable character; is she not?’

‘She is sufficiently remarkable to be very superior to Mr Eugene Wrayburn—though an ordinary person might be that,’ said the schoolmaster; ‘and I hope you will not think it impertinent in me, sir, to ask why you put the two names together?’

‘By mere accident,’ returned the Secretary. ‘Observing that Mr Wrayburn was a disagreeable subject with you, I tried to get away from it: though not very successfully, it would appear.’

‘Do you know Mr Wrayburn, sir?’

‘No.’

‘Then perhaps the names cannot be put together on the authority of any representation of his?’

‘Certainly not.’

‘I took the liberty to ask,’ said Bradley, after casting his eyes on the ground, ‘because he is capable of making any representation, in the swaggering levity of his insolence. I—I hope you will not misunderstand me, sir. I—I am much interested in this brother and sister, and the subject awakens very strong feelings within me. Very, very, strong feelings.’ With a shaking hand, Bradley took out his handkerchief and wiped his brow.

The Secretary thought, as he glanced at the schoolmaster’s face, that he had opened a channel here indeed, and that it was an unexpectedly dark and deep and stormy one, and difficult to sound. All at once, in the midst of his turbulent emotions, Bradley stopped and seemed to challenge his look. Much as though he suddenly asked him, ‘What do you see in me?’

‘The brother, young Hexam, was your real recommendation here,’ said the Secretary, quietly going back to the point; ‘Mr and Mrs Boffin happening to know, through Mr Lightwood, that he was your pupil. Anything that I ask respecting the brother and sister, or either of them, I ask for myself out of my own interest in the subject, and not in my official character, or on Mr Boffin’s behalf. How I come to be interested, I need not explain. You know the father’s connection with the discovery of Mr Harmon’s body.’

‘Sir,’ replied Bradley, very restlessly indeed, ‘I know all the circumstances of that case.’

‘Pray tell me, Mr Headstone,’ said the Secretary. ‘Does the sister suffer under any stigma because of the impossible accusation—groundless would be a better word—that was made against the father, and substantially withdrawn?’

‘No, sir,’ returned Bradley, with a kind of anger.

‘I am very glad to hear it.’

‘The sister,’ said Bradley, separating his words over-carefully, and speaking as if he were repeating them from a book, ‘suffers under no reproach that repels a man of unimpeachable character who had made for himself every step of his way in life, from placing her in his own station. I will not say, raising her to his own station; I say, placing her in it. The sister labours under no reproach, unless she should unfortunately make it for herself. When such a man is not deterred from regarding her as his equal, and when he has convinced himself that there is no blemish on her, I think the fact must be taken to be pretty expressive.’

‘And there is such a man?’ said the Secretary.

Bradley Headstone knotted his brows, and squared his large lower jaw, and fixed his eyes on the ground with an air of determination that seemed unnecessary to the occasion, as he replied: ‘And there is such a man.’

The Secretary had no reason or excuse for prolonging the conversation, and it ended here. Within three hours the oakum-headed apparition once more dived into the Leaving Shop, and that night Rogue Riderhood’s recantation lay in the post office, addressed under cover to Lizzie Hexam at her right address.

All these proceedings occupied John Rokesmith so much, that it was not until the following day that he saw Bella again. It seemed then to be tacitly understood between them that they were to be as distantly easy as they could, without attracting the attention of Mr and Mrs Boffin to any marked change in their manner. The fitting out of old Betty Higden was favourable to this, as keeping Bella engaged and interested, and as occupying the general attention.

‘I think,’ said Rokesmith, when they all stood about her, while she packed her tidy basket—except Bella, who was busily helping on her knees at the chair on which it stood; ‘that at least you might keep a letter in your pocket, Mrs Higden, which I would write for you and date from here, merely stating, in the names of Mr and Mrs Boffin, that they are your friends;—I won’t say patrons, because they wouldn’t like it.’

‘No, no, no,’ said Mr Boffin; ‘no patronizing! Let’s keep out of THAT, whatever we come to.’

‘There’s more than enough of that about, without us; ain’t there, Noddy?’ said Mrs Boffin.

‘I believe you, old lady!’ returned the Golden Dustman. ‘Overmuch indeed!’

‘But people sometimes like to be patronized; don’t they, sir?’ asked Bella, looking up.

‘I don’t. And if THEY do, my dear, they ought to learn better,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Patrons and Patronesses, and Vice-Patrons and Vice-Patronesses, and Deceased Patrons and Deceased Patronesses, and Ex-Vice-Patrons and Ex-Vice-Patronesses, what does it all mean in the books of the Charities that come pouring in on Rokesmith as he sits among ’em pretty well up to his neck! If Mr Tom Noakes gives his five shillings ain’t he a Patron, and if Mrs Jack Styles gives her five shillings ain’t she a Patroness? What the deuce is it all about? If it ain’t stark staring impudence, what do you call it?’

‘Don’t be warm, Noddy,’ Mrs Boffin urged.

‘Warm!’ cried Mr Boffin. ‘It’s enough to make a man smoking hot. I can’t go anywhere without being Patronized. I don’t want to be Patronized. If I buy a ticket for a Flower Show, or a Music Show, or any sort of Show, and pay pretty heavy for it, why am I to be Patroned and Patronessed as if the Patrons and Patronesses treated me? If there’s a good thing to be done, can’t it be done on its own merits? If there’s a bad thing to be done, can it ever be Patroned and Patronessed right? Yet when a new Institution’s going to be built, it seems to me that the bricks and mortar ain’t made of half so much consequence as the Patrons and Patronesses; no, nor yet the objects. I wish somebody would tell me whether other countries get Patronized to anything like the extent of this one! And as to the Patrons and Patronesses themselves, I wonder they’re not ashamed of themselves. They ain’t Pills, or Hair-Washes, or Invigorating Nervous Essences, to be puffed in that way!’

Having delivered himself of these remarks, Mr Boffin took a trot, according to his usual custom, and trotted back to the spot from which he had started.

‘As to the letter, Rokesmith,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘you’re as right as a trivet. Give her the letter, make her take the letter, put it in her pocket by violence. She might fall sick. You know you might fall sick,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Don’t deny it, Mrs Higden, in your obstinacy; you know you might.’

Old Betty laughed, and said that she would take the letter and be thankful.

‘That’s right!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Come! That’s sensible. And don’t be thankful to us (for we never thought of it), but to Mr Rokesmith.’

The letter was written, and read to her, and given to her.

‘Now, how do you feel?’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Do you like it?’

‘The letter, sir?’ said Betty. ‘Ay, it’s a beautiful letter!’

‘No, no, no; not the letter,’ said Mr Boffin; ‘the idea. Are you sure you’re strong enough to carry out the idea?’

‘I shall be stronger, and keep the deadness off better, this way, than any way left open to me, sir.’

‘Don’t say than any way left open, you know,’ urged Mr Boffin; ‘because there are ways without end. A housekeeper would be acceptable over yonder at the Bower, for instance. Wouldn’t you like to see the Bower, and know a retired literary man of the name of Wegg that lives there—WITH a wooden leg?’

Old Betty was proof even against this temptation, and fell to adjusting her black bonnet and shawl.

‘I wouldn’t let you go, now it comes to this, after all,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘if I didn’t hope that it may make a man and a workman of Sloppy, in as short a time as ever a man and workman was made yet. Why, what have you got there, Betty? Not a doll?’

It was the man in the Guards who had been on duty over Johnny’s bed. The solitary old woman showed what it was, and put it up quietly in her dress. Then, she gratefully took leave of Mrs Boffin, and of Mr Boffin, and of Rokesmith, and then put her old withered arms round Bella’s young and blooming neck, and said, repeating Johnny’s words: ‘A kiss for the boofer lady.’

The Secretary looked on from a doorway at the boofer lady thus encircled, and still looked on at the boofer lady standing alone there, when the determined old figure with its steady bright eyes was trudging through the streets, away from paralysis and pauperism.

Chapter 15

THE WHOLE CASE SO FAR

Bradley Headstone held fast by that other interview he was to have with Lizzie Hexam. In stipulating for it, he had been impelled by a feeling little short of desperation, and the feeling abided by him. It was very soon after his interview with the Secretary, that he and Charley Hexam set out one leaden evening, not unnoticed by Miss Peecher, to have this desperate interview accomplished.

‘That dolls’ dressmaker,’ said Bradley, ‘is favourable neither to me nor to you, Hexam.’

‘A pert crooked little chit, Mr Headstone! I knew she would put herself in the way, if she could, and would be sure to strike in with something impertinent. It was on that account that I proposed our going to the City to-night and meeting my sister.’

‘So I supposed,’ said Bradley, getting his gloves on his nervous hands as he walked. ‘So I supposed.’

‘Nobody but my sister,’ pursued Charley, ‘would have found out such an extraordinary companion. She has done it in a ridiculous fancy of giving herself up to another. She told me so, that night when we went there.’

‘Why should she give herself up to the dressmaker?’ asked Bradley.

‘Oh!’ said the boy, colouring. ‘One of her romantic ideas! I tried to convince her so, but I didn’t succeed. However, what we have got to do, is, to succeed to-night, Mr Headstone, and then all the rest follows.’

‘You are still sanguine, Hexam.’

‘Certainly I am, sir. Why, we have everything on our side.’

‘Except your sister, perhaps,’ thought Bradley. But he only gloomily thought it, and said nothing.

‘Everything on our side,’ repeated the boy with boyish confidence. ‘Respectability, an excellent connexion for me, common sense, everything!’

‘To be sure, your sister has always shown herself a devoted sister,’ said Bradley, willing to sustain himself on even that low ground of hope.

‘Naturally, Mr Headstone, I have a good deal of influence with her. And now that you have honoured me with your confidence and spoken to me first, I say again, we have everything on our side.’

And Bradley thought again, ‘Except your sister, perhaps.’

A grey dusty withered evening in London city has not a hopeful aspect. The closed warehouses and offices have an air of death about them, and the national dread of colour has an air of mourning. The towers and steeples of the many house-encompassed churches, dark and dingy as the sky that seems descending on them, are no relief to the general gloom; a sun-dial on a church-wall has the look, in its useless black shade, of having failed in its business enterprise and stopped payment for ever; melancholy waifs and strays of housekeepers and porters sweep melancholy waifs and strays of papers and pins into the kennels, and other more melancholy waifs and strays explore them, searching and stooping and poking for anything to sell. The set of humanity outward from the City is as a set of prisoners departing from gaol, and dismal Newgate seems quite as fit a stronghold for the mighty Lord Mayor as his own state-dwelling.

On such an evening, when the city grit gets into the hair and eyes and skin, and when the fallen leaves of the few unhappy city trees grind down in corners under wheels of wind, the schoolmaster and the pupil emerged upon the Leadenhall Street region, spying eastward for Lizzie. Being something too soon in their arrival, they lurked at a corner, waiting for her to appear. The best-looking among us will not look very well, lurking at a corner, and Bradley came out of that disadvantage very poorly indeed.

‘Here she comes, Mr Headstone! Let us go forward and meet her.’

As they advanced, she saw them coming, and seemed rather troubled. But she greeted her brother with the usual warmth, and touched the extended hand of Bradley.

‘Why, where are you going, Charley, dear?’ she asked him then.

‘Nowhere. We came on purpose to meet you.’

‘To meet me, Charley?’

‘Yes. We are going to walk with you. But don’t let us take the great leading streets where every one walks, and we can’t hear ourselves speak. Let us go by the quiet backways. Here’s a large paved court by this church, and quiet, too. Let us go up here.’

‘But it’s not in the way, Charley.’

‘Yes it is,’ said the boy, petulantly. ‘It’s in my way, and my way is yours.’

She had not released his hand, and, still holding it, looked at him with a kind of appeal. He avoided her eyes, under pretence of saying, ‘Come along, Mr Headstone.’ Bradley walked at his side—not at hers—and the brother and sister walked hand in hand. The court brought them to a churchyard; a paved square court, with a raised bank of earth about breast high, in the middle, enclosed by iron rails. Here, conveniently and healthfully elevated above the level of the living, were the dead, and the tombstones; some of the latter droopingly inclined from the perpendicular, as if they were ashamed of the lies they told.

They paced the whole of this place once, in a constrained and uncomfortable manner, when the boy stopped and said:

‘Lizzie, Mr Headstone has something to say to you. I don’t wish to be an interruption either to him or to you, and so I’ll go and take a little stroll and come back. I know in a general way what Mr Headstone intends to say, and I very highly approve of it, as I hope—and indeed I do not doubt—you will. I needn’t tell you, Lizzie, that I am under great obligations to Mr Headstone, and that I am very anxious for Mr Headstone to succeed in all he undertakes. As I hope—and as, indeed, I don’t doubt—you must be.’

‘Charley,’ returned his sister, detaining his hand as he withdrew it, ‘I think you had better stay. I think Mr Headstone had better not say what he thinks of saying.’

‘Why, how do you know what it is?’ returned the boy.

‘Perhaps I don’t, but—’

‘Perhaps you don’t? No, Liz, I should think not. If you knew what it was, you would give me a very different answer. There; let go; be sensible. I wonder you don’t remember that Mr Headstone is looking on.’

She allowed him to separate himself from her, and he, after saying, ‘Now Liz, be a rational girl and a good sister,’ walked away. She remained standing alone with Bradley Headstone, and it was not until she raised her eyes, that he spoke.

‘I said,’ he began, ‘when I saw you last, that there was something unexplained, which might perhaps influence you. I have come this evening to explain it. I hope you will not judge of me by my hesitating manner when I speak to you. You see me at my greatest disadvantage. It is most unfortunate for me that I wish you to see me at my best, and that I know you see me at my worst.’

She moved slowly on when he paused, and he moved slowly on beside her.

‘It seems egotistical to begin by saying so much about myself,’ he resumed, ‘but whatever I say to you seems, even in my own ears, below what I want to say, and different from what I want to say. I can’t help it. So it is. You are the ruin of me.’

She started at the passionate sound of the last words, and at the passionate action of his hands, with which they were accompanied.

‘Yes! you are the ruin—the ruin—the ruin—of me. I have no resources in myself, I have no confidence in myself, I have no government of myself when you are near me or in my thoughts. And you are always in my thoughts now. I have never been quit of you since I first saw you. Oh, that was a wretched day for me! That was a wretched, miserable day!’

A touch of pity for him mingled with her dislike of him, and she said: ‘Mr Headstone, I am grieved to have done you any harm, but I have never meant it.’

‘There!’ he cried, despairingly. ‘Now, I seem to have reproached you, instead of revealing to you the state of my own mind! Bear with me. I am always wrong when you are in question. It is my doom.’

Struggling with himself, and by times looking up at the deserted windows of the houses as if there could be anything written in their grimy panes that would help him, he paced the whole pavement at her side, before he spoke again.

‘I must try to give expression to what is in my mind; it shall and must be spoken. Though you see me so confounded—though you strike me so helpless—I ask you to believe that there are many people who think well of me; that there are some people who highly esteem me; that I have in my way won a Station which is considered worth winning.’

‘Surely, Mr Headstone, I do believe it. Surely I have always known it from Charley.’

‘I ask you to believe that if I were to offer my home such as it is, my station such as it is, my affections such as they are, to any one of the best considered, and best qualified, and most distinguished, among the young women engaged in my calling, they would probably be accepted. Even readily accepted.’

‘I do not doubt it,’ said Lizzie, with her eyes upon the ground.

‘I have sometimes had it in my thoughts to make that offer and to settle down as many men of my class do: I on the one side of a school, my wife on the other, both of us interested in the same work.’

‘Why have you not done so?’ asked Lizzie Hexam. ‘Why do you not do so?’

‘Far better that I never did! The only one grain of comfort I have had these many weeks,’ he said, always speaking passionately, and, when most emphatic, repeating that former action of his hands, which was like flinging his heart’s blood down before her in drops upon the pavement-stones; ‘the only one grain of comfort I have had these many weeks is, that I never did. For if I had, and if the same spell had come upon me for my ruin, I know I should have broken that tie asunder as if it had been thread.’

She glanced at him with a glance of fear, and a shrinking gesture. He answered, as if she had spoken.

‘No! It would not have been voluntary on my part, any more than it is voluntary in me to be here now. You draw me to you. If I were shut up in a strong prison, you would draw me out. I should break through the wall to come to you. If I were lying on a sick bed, you would draw me up—to stagger to your feet and fall there.’

The wild energy of the man, now quite let loose, was absolutely terrible. He stopped and laid his hand upon a piece of the coping of the burial-ground enclosure, as if he would have dislodged the stone.

‘No man knows till the time comes, what depths are within him. To some men it never comes; let them rest and be thankful! To me, you brought it; on me, you forced it; and the bottom of this raging sea,’ striking himself upon the breast, ‘has been heaved up ever since.’

‘Mr Headstone, I have heard enough. Let me stop you here. It will be better for you and better for me. Let us find my brother.’

‘Not yet. It shall and must be spoken. I have been in torments ever since I stopped short of it before. You are alarmed. It is another of my miseries that I cannot speak to you or speak of you without stumbling at every syllable, unless I let the check go altogether and run mad. Here is a man lighting the lamps. He will be gone directly. I entreat of you let us walk round this place again. You have no reason to look alarmed; I can restrain myself, and I will.’

She yielded to the entreaty—how could she do otherwise!—and they paced the stones in silence. One by one the lights leaped up making the cold grey church tower more remote, and they were alone again. He said no more until they had regained the spot where he had broken off; there, he again stood still, and again grasped the stone. In saying what he said then, he never looked at her; but looked at it and wrenched at it.

‘You know what I am going to say. I love you. What other men may mean when they use that expression, I cannot tell; what I mean is, that I am under the influence of some tremendous attraction which I have resisted in vain, and which overmasters me. You could draw me to fire, you could draw me to water, you could draw me to the gallows, you could draw me to any death, you could draw me to anything I have most avoided, you could draw me to any exposure and disgrace. This and the confusion of my thoughts, so that I am fit for nothing, is what I mean by your being the ruin of me. But if you would return a favourable answer to my offer of myself in marriage, you could draw me to any good—every good—with equal force. My circumstances are quite easy, and you would want for nothing. My reputation stands quite high, and would be a shield for yours. If you saw me at my work, able to do it well and respected in it, you might even come to take a sort of pride in me;—I would try hard that you should. Whatever considerations I may have thought of against this offer, I have conquered, and I make it with all my heart. Your brother favours me to the utmost, and it is likely that we might live and work together; anyhow, it is certain that he would have my best influence and support. I don’t know what I could say more if I tried. I might only weaken what is ill enough said as it is. I only add that if it is any claim on you to be in earnest, I am in thorough earnest, dreadful earnest.’

The powdered mortar from under the stone at which he wrenched, rattled on the pavement to confirm his words.

‘Mr Headstone—’

‘Stop! I implore you, before you answer me, to walk round this place once more. It will give you a minute’s time to think, and me a minute’s time to get some fortitude together.’

Again she yielded to the entreaty, and again they came back to the same place, and again he worked at the stone.

‘Is it,’ he said, with his attention apparently engrossed by it, ‘yes, or no?’

‘Mr Headstone, I thank you sincerely, I thank you gratefully, and hope you may find a worthy wife before long and be very happy. But it is no.’

‘Is no short time necessary for reflection; no weeks or days?’ he asked, in the same half-suffocated way.

‘None whatever.’

‘Are you quite decided, and is there no chance of any change in my favour?’

‘I am quite decided, Mr Headstone, and I am bound to answer I am certain there is none.’

‘Then,’ said he, suddenly changing his tone and turning to her, and bringing his clenched hand down upon the stone with a force that laid the knuckles raw and bleeding; ‘then I hope that I may never kill him!’

The dark look of hatred and revenge with which the words broke from his livid lips, and with which he stood holding out his smeared hand as if it held some weapon and had just struck a mortal blow, made her so afraid of him that she turned to run away. But he caught her by the arm.

‘Mr Headstone, let me go. Mr Headstone, I must call for help!’

‘It is I who should call for help,’ he said; ‘you don’t know yet how much I need it.’

The working of his face as she shrank from it, glancing round for her brother and uncertain what to do, might have extorted a cry from her in another instant; but all at once he sternly stopped it and fixed it, as if Death itself had done so.

‘There! You see I have recovered myself. Hear me out.’

With much of the dignity of courage, as she recalled her self-reliant life and her right to be free from accountability to this man, she released her arm from his grasp and stood looking full at him. She had never been so handsome, in his eyes. A shade came over them while he looked back at her, as if she drew the very light out of them to herself.

‘This time, at least, I will leave nothing unsaid,’ he went on, folding his hands before him, clearly to prevent his being betrayed into any impetuous gesture; ‘this last time at least I will not be tortured with after-thoughts of a lost opportunity. Mr Eugene Wrayburn.’

‘Was it of him you spoke in your ungovernable rage and violence?’ Lizzie Hexam demanded with spirit.

He bit his lip, and looked at her, and said never a word.

‘Was it Mr Wrayburn that you threatened?’

He bit his lip again, and looked at her, and said never a word.

‘You asked me to hear you out, and you will not speak. Let me find my brother.’

‘Stay! I threatened no one.’

Her look dropped for an instant to his bleeding hand. He lifted it to his mouth, wiped it on his sleeve, and again folded it over the other. ‘Mr Eugene Wrayburn,’ he repeated.

‘Why do you mention that name again and again, Mr Headstone?’

‘Because it is the text of the little I have left to say. Observe! There are no threats in it. If I utter a threat, stop me, and fasten it upon me. Mr Eugene Wrayburn.’

A worse threat than was conveyed in his manner of uttering the name, could hardly have escaped him.

‘He haunts you. You accept favours from him. You are willing enough to listen to HIM. I know it, as well as he does.’

‘Mr Wrayburn has been considerate and good to me, sir,’ said Lizzie, proudly, ‘in connexion with the death and with the memory of my poor father.’

‘No doubt. He is of course a very considerate and a very good man, Mr Eugene Wrayburn.’

‘He is nothing to you, I think,’ said Lizzie, with an indignation she could not repress.

‘Oh yes, he is. There you mistake. He is much to me.’

‘What can he be to you?’

‘He can be a rival to me among other things,’ said Bradley.

‘Mr Headstone,’ returned Lizzie, with a burning face, ‘it is cowardly in you to speak to me in this way. But it makes me able to tell you that I do not like you, and that I never have liked you from the first, and that no other living creature has anything to do with the effect you have produced upon me for yourself.’

His head bent for a moment, as if under a weight, and he then looked up again, moistening his lips. ‘I was going on with the little I had left to say. I knew all this about Mr Eugene Wrayburn, all the while you were drawing me to you. I strove against the knowledge, but quite in vain. It made no difference in me. With Mr Eugene Wrayburn in my mind, I went on. With Mr Eugene Wrayburn in my mind, I spoke to you just now. With Mr Eugene Wrayburn in my mind, I have been set aside and I have been cast out.’

‘If you give those names to my thanking you for your proposal and declining it, is it my fault, Mr Headstone?’ said Lizzie, compassionating the bitter struggle he could not conceal, almost as much as she was repelled and alarmed by it.

‘I am not complaining,’ he returned, ‘I am only stating the case. I had to wrestle with my self-respect when I submitted to be drawn to you in spite of Mr Wrayburn. You may imagine how low my self-respect lies now.’

She was hurt and angry; but repressed herself in consideration of his suffering, and of his being her brother’s friend.

‘And it lies under his feet,’ said Bradley, unfolding his hands in spite of himself, and fiercely motioning with them both towards the stones of the pavement. ‘Remember that! It lies under that fellow’s feet, and he treads upon it and exults above it.’

‘He does not!’ said Lizzie.

‘He does!’ said Bradley. ‘I have stood before him face to face, and he crushed me down in the dirt of his contempt, and walked over me. Why? Because he knew with triumph what was in store for me to-night.’

‘O, Mr Headstone, you talk quite wildly.’

‘Quite collectedly. I know what I say too well. Now I have said all. I have used no threat, remember; I have done no more than show you how the case stands;—how the case stands, so far.’

At this moment her brother sauntered into view close by. She darted to him, and caught him by the hand. Bradley followed, and laid his heavy hand on the boy’s opposite shoulder.

‘Charley Hexam, I am going home. I must walk home by myself to-night, and get shut up in my room without being spoken to. Give me half an hour’s start, and let me be, till you find me at my work in the morning. I shall be at my work in the morning just as usual.’

Clasping his hands, he uttered a short unearthly broken cry, and went his way. The brother and sister were left looking at one another near a lamp in the solitary churchyard, and the boy’s face clouded and darkened, as he said in a rough tone: ‘What is the meaning of this? What have you done to my best friend? Out with the truth!’

‘Charley!’ said his sister. ‘Speak a little more considerately!’

‘I am not in the humour for consideration, or for nonsense of any sort,’ replied the boy. ‘What have you been doing? Why has Mr Headstone gone from us in that way?’

‘He asked me—you know he asked me—to be his wife, Charley.’

Well?’ said the boy, impatiently.

‘And I was obliged to tell him that I could not be his wife.’

‘You were obliged to tell him,’ repeated the boy angrily, between his teeth, and rudely pushing her away. ‘You were obliged to tell him! Do you know that he is worth fifty of you?’

‘It may easily be so, Charley, but I cannot marry him.’

‘You mean that you are conscious that you can’t appreciate him, and don’t deserve him, I suppose?’

‘I mean that I do not like him, Charley, and that I will never marry him.’

‘Upon my soul,’ exclaimed the boy, ‘you are a nice picture of a sister! Upon my soul, you are a pretty piece of disinterestedness! And so all my endeavours to cancel the past and to raise myself in the world, and to raise you with me, are to be beaten down by YOUR low whims; are they?’

‘I will not reproach you, Charley.’

‘Hear her!’ exclaimed the boy, looking round at the darkness. ‘She won’t reproach me! She does her best to destroy my fortunes and her own, and she won’t reproach me! Why, you’ll tell me, next, that you won’t reproach Mr Headstone for coming out of the sphere to which he is an ornament, and putting himself at YOUR feet, to be rejected by YOU!’

‘No, Charley; I will only tell you, as I told himself, that I thank him for doing so, that I am sorry he did so, and that I hope he will do much better, and be happy.’

Some touch of compunction smote the boy’s hardening heart as he looked upon her, his patient little nurse in infancy, his patient friend, adviser, and reclaimer in boyhood, the self-forgetting sister who had done everything for him. His tone relented, and he drew her arm through his.

‘Now, come, Liz; don’t let us quarrel: let us be reasonable and talk this over like brother and sister. Will you listen to me?’

‘Oh, Charley!’ she replied through her starting tears; ‘do I not listen to you, and hear many hard things!’

‘Then I am sorry. There, Liz! I am unfeignedly sorry. Only you do put me out so. Now see. Mr Headstone is perfectly devoted to you. He has told me in the strongest manner that he has never been his old self for one single minute since I first brought him to see you. Miss Peecher, our schoolmistress—pretty and young, and all that—is known to be very much attached to him, and he won’t so much as look at her or hear of her. Now, his devotion to you must be a disinterested one; mustn’t it? If he married Miss Peecher, he would be a great deal better off in all worldly respects, than in marrying you. Well then; he has nothing to get by it, has he?’

‘Nothing, Heaven knows!’

‘Very well then,’ said the boy; ‘that’s something in his favour, and a great thing. Then I come in. Mr Headstone has always got me on, and he has a good deal in his power, and of course if he was my brother-in-law he wouldn’t get me on less, but would get me on more. Mr Headstone comes and confides in me, in a very delicate way, and says, “I hope my marrying your sister would be agreeable to you, Hexam, and useful to you?” I say, “There’s nothing in the world, Mr Headstone, that I could be better pleased with.” Mr Headstone says, “Then I may rely upon your intimate knowledge of me for your good word with your sister, Hexam?” And I say, “Certainly, Mr Headstone, and naturally I have a good deal of influence with her.” So I have; haven’t I, Liz?’

‘Yes, Charley.’

Well said! Now, you see, we begin to get on, the moment we begin to be really talking it over, like brother and sister. Very well. Then YOU come in. As Mr Headstone’s wife you would be occupying a most respectable station, and you would be holding a far better place in society than you hold now, and you would at length get quit of the river-side and the old disagreeables belonging to it, and you would be rid for good of dolls’ dressmakers and their drunken fathers, and the like of that. Not that I want to disparage Miss Jenny Wren: I dare say she is all very well in her way; but her way is not your way as Mr Headstone’s wife. Now, you see, Liz, on all three accounts—on Mr Headstone’s, on mine, on yours—nothing could be better or more desirable.’

They were walking slowly as the boy spoke, and here he stood still, to see what effect he had made. His sister’s eyes were fixed upon him; but as they showed no yielding, and as she remained silent, he walked her on again. There was some discomfiture in his tone as he resumed, though he tried to conceal it.

‘Having so much influence with you, Liz, as I have, perhaps I should have done better to have had a little chat with you in the first instance, before Mr Headstone spoke for himself. But really all this in his favour seemed so plain and undeniable, and I knew you to have always been so reasonable and sensible, that I didn’t consider it worth while. Very likely that was a mistake of mine. However, it’s soon set right. All that need be done to set it right, is for you to tell me at once that I may go home and tell Mr Headstone that what has taken place is not final, and that it will all come round by-and-by.’

He stopped again. The pale face looked anxiously and lovingly at him, but she shook her head.

‘Can’t you speak?’ said the boy sharply.

‘I am very unwilling to speak, Charley. If I must, I must. I cannot authorize you to say any such thing to Mr Headstone: I cannot allow you to say any such thing to Mr Headstone. Nothing remains to be said to him from me, after what I have said for good and all, to-night.’

‘And this girl,’ cried the boy, contemptuously throwing her off again, ‘calls herself a sister!’

‘Charley, dear, that is the second time that you have almost struck me. Don’t be hurt by my words. I don’t mean—Heaven forbid!—that you intended it; but you hardly know with what a sudden swing you removed yourself from me.’

‘However!’ said the boy, taking no heed of the remonstrance, and pursuing his own mortified disappointment, ‘I know what this means, and you shall not disgrace me.’

‘It means what I have told you, Charley, and nothing more.’

‘That’s not true,’ said the boy in a violent tone, ‘and you know it’s not. It means your precious Mr Wrayburn; that’s what it means.’

‘Charley! If you remember any old days of ours together, forbear!’

‘But you shall not disgrace me,’ doggedly pursued the boy. ‘I am determined that after I have climbed up out of the mire, you shall not pull me down. You can’t disgrace me if I have nothing to do with you, and I will have nothing to do with you for the future.’

‘Charley! On many a night like this, and many a worse night, I have sat on the stones of the street, hushing you in my arms. Unsay those words without even saying you are sorry for them, and my arms are open to you still, and so is my heart.’

‘I’ll not unsay them. I’ll say them again. You are an inveterately bad girl, and a false sister, and I have done with you. For ever, I have done with you!’

He threw up his ungrateful and ungracious hand as if it set up a barrier between them, and flung himself upon his heel and left her. She remained impassive on the same spot, silent and motionless, until the striking of the church clock roused her, and she turned away. But then, with the breaking up of her immobility came the breaking up of the waters that the cold heart of the selfish boy had frozen. And ‘O that I were lying here with the dead!’ and ‘O Charley, Charley, that this should be the end of our pictures in the fire!’ were all the words she said, as she laid her face in her hands on the stone coping.

A figure passed by, and passed on, but stopped and looked round at her. It was the figure of an old man with a bowed head, wearing a large brimmed low-crowned hat, and a long-skirted coat. After hesitating a little, the figure turned back, and, advancing with an air of gentleness and compassion, said:

‘Pardon me, young woman, for speaking to you, but you are under some distress of mind. I cannot pass upon my way and leave you weeping here alone, as if there was nothing in the place. Can I help you? Can I do anything to give you comfort?’

She raised her head at the sound of these kind words, and answered gladly, ‘O, Mr Riah, is it you?’

‘My daughter,’ said the old man, ‘I stand amazed! I spoke as to a stranger. Take my arm, take my arm. What grieves you? Who has done this? Poor girl, poor girl!’

‘My brother has quarrelled with me,’ sobbed Lizzie, ‘and renounced me.’

‘He is a thankless dog,’ said the Jew, angrily. ‘Let him go. Shake the dust from thy feet and let him go. Come, daughter! Come home with me—it is but across the road—and take a little time to recover your peace and to make your eyes seemly, and then I will bear you company through the streets. For it is past your usual time, and will soon be late, and the way is long, and there is much company out of doors to-night.’

She accepted the support he offered her, and they slowly passed out of the churchyard. They were in the act of emerging into the main thoroughfare, when another figure loitering discontentedly by, and looking up the street and down it, and all about, started and exclaimed, ‘Lizzie! why, where have you been? Why, what’s the matter?’

As Eugene Wrayburn thus addressed her, she drew closer to the Jew, and bent her head. The Jew having taken in the whole of Eugene at one sharp glance, cast his eyes upon the ground, and stood mute.

‘Lizzie, what is the matter?’

‘Mr Wrayburn, I cannot tell you now. I cannot tell you to-night, if I ever can tell you. Pray leave me.’

‘But, Lizzie, I came expressly to join you. I came to walk home with you, having dined at a coffee-house in this neighbourhood and knowing your hour. And I have been lingering about,’ added Eugene, ‘like a bailiff; or,’ with a look at Riah, ‘an old clothesman.’

The Jew lifted up his eyes, and took in Eugene once more, at another glance.

‘Mr Wrayburn, pray, pray, leave me with this protector. And one thing more. Pray, pray be careful of yourself.’

‘Mysteries of Udolpho!’ said Eugene, with a look of wonder. ‘May I be excused for asking, in the elderly gentleman’s presence, who is this kind protector?’

‘A trustworthy friend,’ said Lizzie.

‘I will relieve him of his trust,’ returned Eugene. ‘But you must tell me, Lizzie, what is the matter?’

‘Her brother is the matter,’ said the old man, lifting up his eyes again.

‘Our brother the matter?’ returned Eugene, with airy contempt. ‘Our brother is not worth a thought, far less a tear. What has our brother done?’

The old man lifted up his eyes again, with one grave look at Wrayburn, and one grave glance at Lizzie, as she stood looking down. Both were so full of meaning that even Eugene was checked in his light career, and subsided into a thoughtful ‘Humph!’

With an air of perfect patience the old man, remaining mute and keeping his eyes cast down, stood, retaining Lizzie’s arm, as though in his habit of passive endurance, it would be all one to him if he had stood there motionless all night.

‘If Mr Aaron,’ said Eugene, who soon found this fatiguing, ‘will be good enough to relinquish his charge to me, he will be quite free for any engagement he may have at the Synagogue. Mr Aaron, will you have the kindness?’

But the old man stood stock still.

‘Good evening, Mr Aaron,’ said Eugene, politely; ‘we need not detain you.’ Then turning to Lizzie, ‘Is our friend Mr Aaron a little deaf?’

‘My hearing is very good, Christian gentleman,’ replied the old man, calmly; ‘but I will hear only one voice to-night, desiring me to leave this damsel before I have conveyed her to her home. If she requests it, I will do it. I will do it for no one else.’

‘May I ask why so, Mr Aaron?’ said Eugene, quite undisturbed in his ease.

‘Excuse me. If she asks me, I will tell her,’ replied the old man. ‘I will tell no one else.’

‘I do not ask you,’ said Lizzie, ‘and I beg you to take me home. Mr Wrayburn, I have had a bitter trial to-night, and I hope you will not think me ungrateful, or mysterious, or changeable. I am neither; I am wretched. Pray remember what I said to you. Pray, pray, take care.’

‘My dear Lizzie,’ he returned, in a low voice, bending over her on the other side; ‘of what? Of whom?’

‘Of any one you have lately seen and made angry.’

He snapped his fingers and laughed. ‘Come,’ said he, ‘since no better may be, Mr Aaron and I will divide this trust, and see you home together. Mr Aaron on that side; I on this. If perfectly agreeable to Mr Aaron, the escort will now proceed.’

He knew his power over her. He knew that she would not insist upon his leaving her. He knew that, her fears for him being aroused, she would be uneasy if he were out of her sight. For all his seeming levity and carelessness, he knew whatever he chose to know of the thoughts of her heart.

And going on at her side, so gaily, regardless of all that had been urged against him; so superior in his sallies and self-possession to the gloomy constraint of her suitor and the selfish petulance of her brother; so faithful to her, as it seemed, when her own stock was faithless; what an immense advantage, what an overpowering influence, were his that night! Add to the rest, poor girl, that she had heard him vilified for her sake, and that she had suffered for his, and where the wonder that his occasional tones of serious interest (setting off his carelessness, as if it were assumed to calm her), that his lightest touch, his lightest look, his very presence beside her in the dark common street, were like glimpses of an enchanted world, which it was natural for jealousy and malice and all meanness to be unable to bear the brightness of, and to gird at as bad spirits might.

Nothing more being said of repairing to Riah’s, they went direct to Lizzie’s lodging. A little short of the house-door she parted from them, and went in alone.

‘Mr Aaron,’ said Eugene, when they were left together in the street, ‘with many thanks for your company, it remains for me unwillingly to say Farewell.’

‘Sir,’ returned the other, ‘I give you good night, and I wish that you were not so thoughtless.’

‘Mr Aaron,’ returned Eugene, ‘I give you good night, and I wish (for you are a little dull) that you were not so thoughtful.’

But now, that his part was played out for the evening, and when in turning his back upon the Jew he came off the stage, he was thoughtful himself. ‘How did Lightwood’s catechism run?’ he murmured, as he stopped to light his cigar. ‘What is to come of it? What are you doing? Where are you going? We shall soon know now. Ah!’ with a heavy sigh.

The heavy sigh was repeated as if by an echo, an hour afterwards, when Riah, who had been sitting on some dark steps in a corner over against the house, arose and went his patient way; stealing through the streets in his ancient dress, like the ghost of a departed Time.

Chapter 16

AN ANNIVERSARY OCCASION

The estimable Twemlow, dressing himself in his lodgings over the stable-yard in Duke Street, Saint James’s, and hearing the horses at their toilette below, finds himself on the whole in a disadvantageous position as compared with the noble animals at livery. For whereas, on the one hand, he has no attendant to slap him soundingly and require him in gruff accents to come up and come over, still, on the other hand, he has no attendant at all; and the mild gentleman’s finger-joints and other joints working rustily in the morning, he could deem it agreeable even to be tied up by the countenance at his chamber-door, so he were there skilfully rubbed down and slushed and sluiced and polished and clothed, while himself taking merely a passive part in these trying transactions.

How the fascinating Tippins gets on when arraying herself for the bewilderment of the senses of men, is known only to the Graces and her maid; but perhaps even that engaging creature, though not reduced to the self-dependence of Twemlow could dispense with a good deal of the trouble attendant on the daily restoration of her charms, seeing that as to her face and neck this adorable divinity is, as it were, a diurnal species of lobster—throwing off a shell every forenoon, and needing to keep in a retired spot until the new crust hardens.

Howbeit, Twemlow doth at length invest himself with collar and cravat and wristbands to his knuckles, and goeth forth to breakfast. And to breakfast with whom but his near neighbours, the Lammles of Sackville Street, who have imparted to him that he will meet his distant kinsman, Mr Fledgely. The awful Snigsworth might taboo and prohibit Fledgely, but the peaceable Twemlow reasons, If he IS my kinsman I didn’t make him so, and to meet a man is not to know him.’

It is the first anniversary of the happy marriage of Mr and Mrs Lammle, and the celebration is a breakfast, because a dinner on the desired scale of sumptuosity cannot be achieved within less limits than those of the non-existent palatial residence of which so many people are madly envious. So, Twemlow trips with not a little stiffness across Piccadilly, sensible of having once been more upright in figure and less in danger of being knocked down by swift vehicles. To be sure that was in the days when he hoped for leave from the dread Snigsworth to do something, or be something, in life, and before that magnificent Tartar issued the ukase, ‘As he will never distinguish himself, he must be a poor gentleman-pensioner of mine, and let him hereby consider himself pensioned.’

Ah! my Twemlow! Say, little feeble grey personage, what thoughts are in thy breast to-day, of the Fancy—so still to call her who bruised thy heart when it was green and thy head brown—and whether it be better or worse, more painful or less, to believe in the Fancy to this hour, than to know her for a greedy armour-plated crocodile, with no more capacity of imagining the delicate and sensitive and tender spot behind thy waistcoat, than of going straight at it with a knitting-needle. Say likewise, my Twemlow, whether it be the happier lot to be a poor relation of the great, or to stand in the wintry slush giving the hack horses to drink out of the shallow tub at the coach-stand, into which thou has so nearly set thy uncertain foot. Twemlow says nothing, and goes on.

As he approaches the Lammles’ door, drives up a little one-horse carriage, containing Tippins the divine. Tippins, letting down the window, playfully extols the vigilance of her cavalier in being in waiting there to hand her out. Twemlow hands her out with as much polite gravity as if she were anything real, and they proceed upstairs. Tippins all abroad about the legs, and seeking to express that those unsteady articles are only skipping in their native buoyancy.

And dear Mrs Lammle and dear Mr Lammle, how do you do, and when are you going down to what’s-its-name place—Guy, Earl of Warwick, you know—what is it?—Dun Cow—to claim the flitch of bacon? And Mortimer, whose name is for ever blotted out from my list of lovers, by reason first of fickleness and then of base desertion, how do YOU do, wretch? And Mr Wrayburn, YOU here! What can YOU come for, because we are all very sure before-hand that you are not going to talk! And Veneering, M.P., how are things going on down at the house, and when will you turn out those terrible people for us? And Mrs Veneering, my dear, can it positively be true that you go down to that stifling place night after night, to hear those men prose? Talking of which, Veneering, why don’t you prose, for you haven’t opened your lips there yet, and we are dying to hear what you have got to say to us! Miss Podsnap, charmed to see you. Pa, here? No! Ma, neither? Oh! Mr Boots! Delighted. Mr Brewer! This IS a gathering of the clans. Thus Tippins, and surveys Fledgeby and outsiders through golden glass, murmuring as she turns about and about, in her innocent giddy way, Anybody else I know? No, I think not. Nobody there. Nobody THERE. Nobody anywhere!

Mr Lammle, all a-glitter, produces his friend Fledgeby, as dying for the honour of presentation to Lady Tippins. Fledgeby presented, has the air of going to say something, has the air of going to say nothing, has an air successively of meditation, of resignation, and of desolation, backs on Brewer, makes the tour of Boots, and fades into the extreme background, feeling for his whisker, as if it might have turned up since he was there five minutes ago.

But Lammle has him out again before he has so much as completely ascertained the bareness of the land. He would seem to be in a bad way, Fledgeby; for Lammle represents him as dying again. He is dying now, of want of presentation to Twemlow.

Twemlow offers his hand. Glad to see him. ‘Your mother, sir, was a connexion of mine.’

‘I believe so,’ says Fledgeby, ‘but my mother and her family were two.’

‘Are you staying in town?’ asks Twemlow.

‘I always am,’ says Fledgeby.

‘You like town,’ says Twemlow. But is felled flat by Fledgeby’s taking it quite ill, and replying, No, he don’t like town. Lammle tries to break the force of the fall, by remarking that some people do not like town. Fledgeby retorting that he never heard of any such case but his own, Twemlow goes down again heavily.

‘There is nothing new this morning, I suppose?’ says Twemlow, returning to the mark with great spirit.

Fledgeby has not heard of anything.

‘No, there’s not a word of news,’ says Lammle.

‘Not a particle,’ adds Boots.

‘Not an atom,’ chimes in Brewer.

Somehow the execution of this little concerted piece appears to raise the general spirits as with a sense of duty done, and sets the company a going. Everybody seems more equal than before, to the calamity of being in the society of everybody else. Even Eugene standing in a window, moodily swinging the tassel of a blind, gives it a smarter jerk now, as if he found himself in better case.

Breakfast announced. Everything on table showy and gaudy, but with a self-assertingly temporary and nomadic air on the decorations, as boasting that they will be much more showy and gaudy in the palatial residence. Mr Lammle’s own particular servant behind his chair; the Analytical behind Veneering’s chair; instances in point that such servants fall into two classes: one mistrusting the master’s acquaintances, and the other mistrusting the master. Mr Lammle’s servant, of the second class. Appearing to be lost in wonder and low spirits because the police are so long in coming to take his master up on some charge of the first magnitude.

Veneering, M.P., on the right of Mrs Lammle; Twemlow on her left; Mrs Veneering, W.M.P. (wife of Member of Parliament), and Lady Tippins on Mr Lammle’s right and left. But be sure that well within the fascination of Mr Lammle’s eye and smile sits little Georgiana. And be sure that close to little Georgiana, also under inspection by the same gingerous gentleman, sits Fledgeby.

Oftener than twice or thrice while breakfast is in progress, Mr Twemlow gives a little sudden turn towards Mrs Lammle, and then says to her, ‘I beg your pardon!’ This not being Twemlow’s usual way, why is it his way to-day? Why, the truth is, Twemlow repeatedly labours under the impression that Mrs Lammle is going to speak to him, and turning finds that it is not so, and mostly that she has her eyes upon Veneering. Strange that this impression so abides by Twemlow after being corrected, yet so it is.

Lady Tippins partaking plentifully of the fruits of the earth (including grape-juice in the category) becomes livelier, and applies herself to elicit sparks from Mortimer Lightwood. It is always understood among the initiated, that that faithless lover must be planted at table opposite to Lady Tippins, who will then strike conversational fire out of him. In a pause of mastication and deglutition, Lady Tippins, contemplating Mortimer, recalls that it was at our dear Veneerings, and in the presence of a party who are surely all here, that he told them his story of the man from somewhere, which afterwards became so horribly interesting and vulgarly popular.

‘Yes, Lady Tippins,’ assents Mortimer; ‘as they say on the stage, “Even so!”’

‘Then we expect you,’ retorts the charmer, ‘to sustain your reputation, and tell us something else.’

‘Lady Tippins, I exhausted myself for life that day, and there is nothing more to be got out of me.’

Mortimer parries thus, with a sense upon him that elsewhere it is Eugene and not he who is the jester, and that in these circles where Eugene persists in being speechless, he, Mortimer, is but the double of the friend on whom he has founded himself.

‘But,’ quoth the fascinating Tippins, ‘I am resolved on getting something more out of you. Traitor! what is this I hear about another disappearance?’

‘As it is you who have heard it,’ returns Lightwood, ‘perhaps you’ll tell us.’

Monster, away!’ retorts Lady Tippins. ‘Your own Golden Dustman referred me to you.’

Mr Lammle, striking in here, proclaims aloud that there is a sequel to the story of the man from somewhere. Silence ensues upon the proclamation.

‘I assure you,’ says Lightwood, glancing round the table, ‘I have nothing to tell.’ But Eugene adding in a low voice, ‘There, tell it, tell it!’ he corrects himself with the addition, ‘Nothing worth mentioning.’

Boots and Brewer immediately perceive that it is immensely worth mentioning, and become politely clamorous. Veneering is also visited by a perception to the same effect. But it is understood that his attention is now rather used up, and difficult to hold, that being the tone of the House of Commons.

‘Pray don’t be at the trouble of composing yourselves to listen,’ says Mortimer Lightwood, ‘because I shall have finished long before you have fallen into comfortable attitudes. It’s like—’

‘It’s like,’ impatiently interrupts Eugene, ‘the children’s narrative:

“I’ll tell you a story Of Jack a Manory, And now my story’s begun; I’ll tell you another Of Jack and his brother, And now my story is done.”

—Get on, and get it over!’

Eugene says this with a sound of vexation in his voice, leaning back in his chair and looking balefully at Lady Tippins, who nods to him as her dear Bear, and playfully insinuates that she (a self-evident proposition) is Beauty, and he Beast.

‘The reference,’ proceeds Mortimer, ‘which I suppose to be made by my honourable and fair enslaver opposite, is to the following circumstance. Very lately, the young woman, Lizzie Hexam, daughter of the late Jesse Hexam, otherwise Gaffer, who will be remembered to have found the body of the man from somewhere, mysteriously received, she knew not from whom, an explicit retraction of the charges made against her father, by another water-side character of the name of Riderhood. Nobody believed them, because little Rogue Riderhood—I am tempted into the paraphrase by remembering the charming wolf who would have rendered society a great service if he had devoured Mr Riderhood’s father and mother in their infancy—had previously played fast and loose with the said charges, and, in fact, abandoned them. However, the retraction I have mentioned found its way into Lizzie Hexam’s hands, with a general flavour on it of having been favoured by some anonymous messenger in a dark cloak and slouched hat, and was by her forwarded, in her father’s vindication, to Mr Boffin, my client. You will excuse the phraseology of the shop, but as I never had another client, and in all likelihood never shall have, I am rather proud of him as a natural curiosity probably unique.’

Although as easy as usual on the surface, Lightwood is not quite as easy as usual below it. With an air of not minding Eugene at all, he feels that the subject is not altogether a safe one in that connexion.

‘The natural curiosity which forms the sole ornament of my professional museum,’ he resumes, ‘hereupon desires his Secretary—an individual of the hermit-crab or oyster species, and whose name, I think, is Chokesmith—but it doesn’t in the least matter—say Artichoke—to put himself in communication with Lizzie Hexam. Artichoke professes his readiness so to do, endeavours to do so, but fails.’

‘Why fails?’ asks Boots.

‘How fails?’ asks Brewer.

‘Pardon me,’ returns Lightwood, ‘I must postpone the reply for one moment, or we shall have an anti-climax. Artichoke failing signally, my client refers the task to me: his purpose being to advance the interests of the object of his search. I proceed to put myself in communication with her; I even happen to possess some special means,’ with a glance at Eugene, ‘of putting myself in communication with her; but I fail too, because she has vanished.’

‘Vanished!’ is the general echo.

‘Disappeared,’ says Mortimer. ‘Nobody knows how, nobody knows when, nobody knows where. And so ends the story to which my honourable and fair enslaver opposite referred.’

Tippins, with a bewitching little scream, opines that we shall every one of us be murdered in our beds. Eugene eyes her as if some of us would be enough for him. Mrs Veneering, W.M.P., remarks that these social mysteries make one afraid of leaving Baby. Veneering, M.P., wishes to be informed (with something of a second-hand air of seeing the Right Honourable Gentleman at the head of the Home Department in his place) whether it is intended to be conveyed that the vanished person has been spirited away or otherwise harmed? Instead of Lightwood’s answering, Eugene answers, and answers hastily and vexedly: ‘No, no, no; he doesn’t mean that; he means voluntarily vanished—but utterly—completely.’

However, the great subject of the happiness of Mr and Mrs Lammle must not be allowed to vanish with the other vanishments—with the vanishing of the murderer, the vanishing of Julius Handford, the vanishing of Lizzie Hexam,—and therefore Veneering must recall the present sheep to the pen from which they have strayed. Who so fit to discourse of the happiness of Mr and Mrs Lammle, they being the dearest and oldest friends he has in the world; or what audience so fit for him to take into his confidence as that audience, a noun of multitude or signifying many, who are all the oldest and dearest friends he has in the world? So Veneering, without the formality of rising, launches into a familiar oration, gradually toning into the Parliamentary sing-song, in which he sees at that board his dear friend Twemlow who on that day twelvemonth bestowed on his dear friend Lammle the fair hand of his dear friend Sophronia, and in which he also sees at that board his dear friends Boots and Brewer whose rallying round him at a period when his dear friend Lady Tippins likewise rallied round him—ay, and in the foremost rank—he can never forget while memory holds her seat. But he is free to confess that he misses from that board his dear old friend Podsnap, though he is well represented by his dear young friend Georgiana. And he further sees at that board (this he announces with pomp, as if exulting in the powers of an extraordinary telescope) his friend Mr Fledgeby, if he will permit him to call him so. For all of these reasons, and many more which he right well knows will have occurred to persons of your exceptional acuteness, he is here to submit to you that the time has arrived when, with our hearts in our glasses, with tears in our eyes, with blessings on our lips, and in a general way with a profusion of gammon and spinach in our emotional larders, we should one and all drink to our dear friends the Lammles, wishing them many years as happy as the last, and many many friends as congenially united as themselves. And this he will add; that Anastatia Veneering (who is instantly heard to weep) is formed on the same model as her old and chosen friend Sophronia Lammle, in respect that she is devoted to the man who wooed and won her, and nobly discharges the duties of a wife.

Seeing no better way out of it, Veneering here pulls up his oratorical Pegasus extremely short, and plumps down, clean over his head, with: ‘Lammle, God bless you!’

Then Lammle. Too much of him every way; pervadingly too much nose of a coarse wrong shape, and his nose in his mind and his manners; too much smile to be real; too much frown to be false; too many large teeth to be visible at once without suggesting a bite. He thanks you, dear friends, for your kindly greeting, and hopes to receive you—it may be on the next of these delightful occasions—in a residence better suited to your claims on the rites of hospitality. He will never forget that at Veneering’s he first saw Sophronia. Sophronia will never forget that at Veneering’s she first saw him. ‘They spoke of it soon after they were married, and agreed that they would never forget it. In fact, to Veneering they owe their union. They hope to show their sense of this some day (‘No, no, from Veneering)—oh yes, yes, and let him rely upon it, they will if they can! His marriage with Sophronia was not a marriage of interest on either side: she had her little fortune, he had his little fortune: they joined their little fortunes: it was a marriage of pure inclination and suitability. Thank you! Sophronia and he are fond of the society of young people; but he is not sure that their house would be a good house for young people proposing to remain single, since the contemplation of its domestic bliss might induce them to change their minds. He will not apply this to any one present; certainly not to their darling little Georgiana. Again thank you! Neither, by-the-by, will he apply it to his friend Fledgeby. He thanks Veneering for the feeling manner in which he referred to their common friend Fledgeby, for he holds that gentleman in the highest estimation. Thank you. In fact (returning unexpectedly to Fledgeby), the better you know him, the more you find in him that you desire to know. Again thank you! In his dear Sophronia’s name and in his own, thank you!

Mrs Lammle has sat quite still, with her eyes cast down upon the table-cloth. As Mr Lammle’s address ends, Twemlow once more turns to her involuntarily, not cured yet of that often recurring impression that she is going to speak to him. This time she really is going to speak to him. Veneering is talking with his other next neighbour, and she speaks in a low voice.

‘Mr Twemlow.’

He answers, ‘I beg your pardon? Yes?’ Still a little doubtful, because of her not looking at him.

‘You have the soul of a gentleman, and I know I may trust you. Will you give me the opportunity of saying a few words to you when you come up stairs?’

‘Assuredly. I shall be honoured.’

‘Don’t seem to do so, if you please, and don’t think it inconsistent if my manner should be more careless than my words. I may be watched.’

Intensely astonished, Twemlow puts his hand to his forehead, and sinks back in his chair meditating. Mrs Lammle rises. All rise. The ladies go up stairs. The gentlemen soon saunter after them. Fledgeby has devoted the interval to taking an observation of Boots’s whiskers, Brewer’s whiskers, and Lammle’s whiskers, and considering which pattern of whisker he would prefer to produce out of himself by friction, if the Genie of the cheek would only answer to his rubbing.

In the drawing-room, groups form as usual. Lightwood, Boots, and Brewer, flutter like moths around that yellow wax candle—guttering down, and with some hint of a winding-sheet in it—Lady Tippins. Outsiders cultivate Veneering, M P., and Mrs Veneering, W.M.P. Lammle stands with folded arms, Mephistophelean in a corner, with Georgiana and Fledgeby. Mrs Lammle, on a sofa by a table, invites Mr Twemlow’s attention to a book of portraits in her hand.

Mr Twemlow takes his station on a settee before her, and Mrs Lammle shows him a portrait.

‘You have reason to be surprised,’ she says softly, ‘but I wish you wouldn’t look so.’

Disturbed Twemlow, making an effort not to look so, looks much more so.

‘I think, Mr Twemlow, you never saw that distant connexion of yours before to-day?’

‘No, never.’

‘Now that you do see him, you see what he is. You are not proud of him?’

‘To say the truth, Mrs Lammle, no.’

‘If you knew more of him, you would be less inclined to acknowledge him. Here is another portrait. What do you think of it?’

Twemlow has just presence of mind enough to say aloud: ‘Very like! Uncommonly like!’

‘You have noticed, perhaps, whom he favours with his attentions? You notice where he is now, and how engaged?’

‘Yes. But Mr Lammle—’

She darts a look at him which he cannot comprehend, and shows him another portrait.

‘Very good; is it not?’

‘Charming!’ says Twemlow.

‘So like as to be almost a caricature?—Mr Twemlow, it is impossible to tell you what the struggle in my mind has been, before I could bring myself to speak to you as I do now. It is only in the conviction that I may trust you never to betray me, that I can proceed. Sincerely promise me that you never will betray my confidence—that you will respect it, even though you may no longer respect me,—and I shall be as satisfied as if you had sworn it.’

‘Madam, on the honour of a poor gentleman—’

‘Thank you. I can desire no more. Mr Twemlow, I implore you to save that child!’

‘That child?’

‘Georgiana. She will be sacrificed. She will be inveigled and married to that connexion of yours. It is a partnership affair, a money-speculation. She has no strength of will or character to help herself and she is on the brink of being sold into wretchedness for life.’

‘Amazing! But what can I do to prevent it?’ demands Twemlow, shocked and bewildered to the last degree.

‘Here is another portrait. And not good, is it?’

Aghast at the light manner of her throwing her head back to look at it critically, Twemlow still dimly perceives the expediency of throwing his own head back, and does so. Though he no more sees the portrait than if it were in China.

‘Decidedly not good,’ says Mrs Lammle. ‘Stiff and exaggerated!’

‘And ex—’ But Twemlow, in his demolished state, cannot command the word, and trails off into ‘—actly so.’

‘Mr Twemlow, your word will have weight with her pompous, self-blinded father. You know how much he makes of your family. Lose no time. Warn him.’

‘But warn him against whom?’

‘Against me.’

By great good fortune Twemlow receives a stimulant at this critical instant. The stimulant is Lammle’s voice.

‘Sophronia, my dear, what portraits are you showing Twemlow?’

‘Public characters, Alfred.’

‘Show him the last of me.’

‘Yes, Alfred.’

She puts the book down, takes another book up, turns the leaves, and presents the portrait to Twemlow.

‘That is the last of Mr Lammle. Do you think it good?—Warn her father against me. I deserve it, for I have been in the scheme from the first. It is my husband’s scheme, your connexion’s, and mine. I tell you this, only to show you the necessity of the poor little foolish affectionate creature’s being befriended and rescued. You will not repeat this to her father. You will spare me so far, and spare my husband. For, though this celebration of to-day is all a mockery, he is my husband, and we must live.—Do you think it like?’

Twemlow, in a stunned condition, feigns to compare the portrait in his hand with the original looking towards him from his Mephistophelean corner.

‘Very well indeed!’ are at length the words which Twemlow with great difficulty extracts from himself.

‘I am glad you think so. On the whole, I myself consider it the best. The others are so dark. Now here, for instance, is another of Mr Lammle—’

‘But I don’t understand; I don’t see my way,’ Twemlow stammers, as he falters over the book with his glass at his eye. ‘How warn her father, and not tell him? Tell him how much? Tell him how little? I—I—am getting lost.’

‘Tell him I am a match-maker; tell him I am an artful and designing woman; tell him you are sure his daughter is best out of my house and my company. Tell him any such things of me; they will all be true. You know what a puffed-up man he is, and how easily you can cause his vanity to take the alarm. Tell him as much as will give him the alarm and make him careful of her, and spare me the rest. Mr Twemlow, I feel my sudden degradation in your eyes; familiar as I am with my degradation in my own eyes, I keenly feel the change that must have come upon me in yours, in these last few moments. But I trust to your good faith with me as implicitly as when I began. If you knew how often I have tried to speak to you to-day, you would almost pity me. I want no new promise from you on my own account, for I am satisfied, and I always shall be satisfied, with the promise you have given me. I can venture to say no more, for I see that I am watched. If you would set my mind at rest with the assurance that you will interpose with the father and save this harmless girl, close that book before you return it to me, and I shall know what you mean, and deeply thank you in my heart.—Alfred, Mr Twemlow thinks the last one the best, and quite agrees with you and me.’

Alfred advances. The groups break up. Lady Tippins rises to go, and Mrs Veneering follows her leader. For the moment, Mrs Lammle does not turn to them, but remains looking at Twemlow looking at Alfred’s portrait through his eyeglass. The moment past, Twemlow drops his eyeglass at its ribbon’s length, rises, and closes the book with an emphasis which makes that fragile nursling of the fairies, Tippins, start.

Then good-bye and good-bye, and charming occasion worthy of the Golden Age, and more about the flitch of bacon, and the like of that; and Twemlow goes staggering across Piccadilly with his hand to his forehead, and is nearly run down by a flushed lettercart, and at last drops safe in his easy-chair, innocent good gentleman, with his hand to his forehead still, and his head in a whirl.

BOOK THE THIRD — A LONG LANE

Chapter 1

LODGERS IN QUEER STREET

It was a foggy day in London, and the fog was heavy and dark. Animate London, with smarting eyes and irritated lungs, was blinking, wheezing, and choking; inanimate London was a sooty spectre, divided in purpose between being visible and invisible, and so being wholly neither. Gaslights flared in the shops with a haggard and unblest air, as knowing themselves to be night-creatures that had no business abroad under the sun; while the sun itself when it was for a few moments dimly indicated through circling eddies of fog, showed as if it had gone out and were collapsing flat and cold. Even in the surrounding country it was a foggy day, but there the fog was grey, whereas in London it was, at about the boundary line, dark yellow, and a little within it brown, and then browner, and then browner, until at the heart of the City—which call Saint Mary Axe—it was rusty-black. From any point of the high ridge of land northward, it might have been discerned that the loftiest buildings made an occasional struggle to get their heads above the foggy sea, and especially that the great dome of Saint Paul’s seemed to die hard; but this was not perceivable in the streets at their feet, where the whole metropolis was a heap of vapour charged with muffled sound of wheels, and enfolding a gigantic catarrh.

At nine o’clock on such a morning, the place of business of Pubsey and Co. was not the liveliest object even in Saint Mary Axe—which is not a very lively spot—with a sobbing gaslight in the counting-house window, and a burglarious stream of fog creeping in to strangle it through the keyhole of the main door. But the light went out, and the main door opened, and Riah came forth with a bag under his arm.

Almost in the act of coming out at the door, Riah went into the fog, and was lost to the eyes of Saint Mary Axe. But the eyes of this history can follow him westward, by Cornhill, Cheapside, Fleet Street, and the Strand, to Piccadilly and the Albany. Thither he went at his grave and measured pace, staff in hand, skirt at heel; and more than one head, turning to look back at his venerable figure already lost in the mist, supposed it to be some ordinary figure indistinctly seen, which fancy and the fog had worked into that passing likeness.

Arrived at the house in which his master’s chambers were on the second floor, Riah proceeded up the stairs, and paused at Fascination Fledgeby’s door. Making free with neither bell nor knocker, he struck upon the door with the top of his staff, and, having listened, sat down on the threshold. It was characteristic of his habitual submission, that he sat down on the raw dark staircase, as many of his ancestors had probably sat down in dungeons, taking what befell him as it might befall.

After a time, when he had grown so cold as to be fain to blow upon his fingers, he arose and knocked with his staff again, and listened again, and again sat down to wait. Thrice he repeated these actions before his listening ears were greeted by the voice of Fledgeby, calling from his bed, ‘Hold your row!—I’ll come and open the door directly!’ But, in lieu of coming directly, he fell into a sweet sleep for some quarter of an hour more, during which added interval Riah sat upon the stairs and waited with perfect patience.

At length the door stood open, and Mr Fledgeby’s retreating drapery plunged into bed again. Following it at a respectful distance, Riah passed into the bed-chamber, where a fire had been sometime lighted, and was burning briskly.

‘Why, what time of night do you mean to call it?’ inquired Fledgeby, turning away beneath the clothes, and presenting a comfortable rampart of shoulder to the chilled figure of the old man.

‘Sir, it is full half-past ten in the morning.’

‘The deuce it is! Then it must be precious foggy?’

‘Very foggy, sir.’

‘And raw, then?’

‘Chill and bitter,’ said Riah, drawing out a handkerchief, and wiping the moisture from his beard and long grey hair as he stood on the verge of the rug, with his eyes on the acceptable fire.

With a plunge of enjoyment, Fledgeby settled himself afresh.

‘Any snow, or sleet, or slush, or anything of that sort?’ he asked.

‘No, sir, no. Not quite so bad as that. The streets are pretty clean.’

‘You needn’t brag about it,’ returned Fledgeby, disappointed in his desire to heighten the contrast between his bed and the streets. ‘But you’re always bragging about something. Got the books there?’

‘They are here, sir.’

‘All right. I’ll turn the general subject over in my mind for a minute or two, and while I’m about it you can empty your bag and get ready for me.’

With another comfortable plunge, Mr Fledgeby fell asleep again. The old man, having obeyed his directions, sat down on the edge of a chair, and, folding his hands before him, gradually yielded to the influence of the warmth, and dozed. He was roused by Mr Fledgeby’s appearing erect at the foot of the bed, in Turkish slippers, rose-coloured Turkish trousers (got cheap from somebody who had cheated some other somebody out of them), and a gown and cap to correspond. In that costume he would have left nothing to be desired, if he had been further fitted out with a bottomless chair, a lantern, and a bunch of matches.

‘Now, old ’un!’ cried Fascination, in his light raillery, ‘what dodgery are you up to next, sitting there with your eyes shut? You ain’t asleep. Catch a weasel at it, and catch a Jew!’

‘Truly, sir, I fear I nodded,’ said the old man.

‘Not you!’ returned Fledgeby, with a cunning look. ‘A telling move with a good many, I dare say, but it won’t put ME off my guard. Not a bad notion though, if you want to look indifferent in driving a bargain. Oh, you are a dodger!’

The old man shook his head, gently repudiating the imputation, and suppressed a sigh, and moved to the table at which Mr Fledgeby was now pouring out for himself a cup of steaming and fragrant coffee from a pot that had stood ready on the hob. It was an edifying spectacle, the young man in his easy chair taking his coffee, and the old man with his grey head bent, standing awaiting his pleasure.

‘Now!’ said Fledgeby. ‘Fork out your balance in hand, and prove by figures how you make it out that it ain’t more. First of all, light that candle.’

Riah obeyed, and then taking a bag from his breast, and referring to the sum in the accounts for which they made him responsible, told it out upon the table. Fledgeby told it again with great care, and rang every sovereign.

‘I suppose,’ he said, taking one up to eye it closely, ‘you haven’t been lightening any of these; but it’s a trade of your people’s, you know. YOU understand what sweating a pound means, don’t you?’

‘Much as you do, sir,’ returned the old man, with his hands under opposite cuffs of his loose sleeves, as he stood at the table, deferentially observant of the master’s face. ‘May I take the liberty to say something?’

‘You may,’ Fledgeby graciously conceded.

‘Do you not, sir—without intending it—of a surety without intending it—sometimes mingle the character I fairly earn in your employment, with the character which it is your policy that I should bear?’

‘I don’t find it worth my while to cut things so fine as to go into the inquiry,’ Fascination coolly answered.

‘Not in justice?’

‘Bother justice!’ said Fledgeby.

‘Not in generosity?’

‘Jews and generosity!’ said Fledgeby. ‘That’s a good connexion! Bring out your vouchers, and don’t talk Jerusalem palaver.’

The vouchers were produced, and for the next half-hour Mr Fledgeby concentrated his sublime attention on them. They and the accounts were all found correct, and the books and the papers resumed their places in the bag.

‘Next,’ said Fledgeby, ‘concerning that bill-broking branch of the business; the branch I like best. What queer bills are to be bought, and at what prices? You have got your list of what’s in the market?’

‘Sir, a long list,’ replied Riah, taking out a pocket-book, and selecting from its contents a folded paper, which, being unfolded, became a sheet of foolscap covered with close writing.

‘Whew!’ whistled Fledgeby, as he took it in his hand. ‘Queer Street is full of lodgers just at present! These are to be disposed of in parcels; are they?’

‘In parcels as set forth,’ returned the old man, looking over his master’s shoulder; ‘or the lump.’

‘Half the lump will be waste-paper, one knows beforehand,’ said Fledgeby. ‘Can you get it at waste-paper price? That’s the question.’

Riah shook his head, and Fledgeby cast his small eyes down the list. They presently began to twinkle, and he no sooner became conscious of their twinkling, than he looked up over his shoulder at the grave face above him, and moved to the chimney-piece. Making a desk of it, he stood there with his back to the old man, warming his knees, perusing the list at his leisure, and often returning to some lines of it, as though they were particularly interesting. At those times he glanced in the chimney-glass to see what note the old man took of him. He took none that could be detected, but, aware of his employer’s suspicions, stood with his eyes on the ground.

Mr Fledgeby was thus amiably engaged when a step was heard at the outer door, and the door was heard to open hastily. ‘Hark! That’s your doing, you Pump of Israel,’ said Fledgeby; ‘you can’t have shut it.’ Then the step was heard within, and the voice of Mr Alfred Lammle called aloud, ‘Are you anywhere here, Fledgeby?’ To which Fledgeby, after cautioning Riah in a low voice to take his cue as it should be given him, replied, ‘Here I am!’ and opened his bedroom door.

‘Come in!’ said Fledgeby. ‘This gentleman is only Pubsey and Co. of Saint Mary Axe, that I am trying to make terms for an unfortunate friend with in a matter of some dishonoured bills. But really Pubsey and Co. are so strict with their debtors, and so hard to move, that I seem to be wasting my time. Can’t I make ANY terms with you on my friend’s part, Mr Riah?’

‘I am but the representative of another, sir,’ returned the Jew in a low voice. ‘I do as I am bidden by my principal. It is not my capital that is invested in the business. It is not my profit that arises therefrom.’

‘Ha ha!’ laughed Fledgeby. ‘Lammle?’

‘Ha ha!’ laughed Lammle. ‘Yes. Of course. We know.’

‘Devilish good, ain’t it, Lammle?’ said Fledgeby, unspeakably amused by his hidden joke.

‘Always the same, always the same!’ said Lammle. ‘Mr—’

‘Riah, Pubsey and Co. Saint Mary Axe,’ Fledgeby put in, as he wiped away the tears that trickled from his eyes, so rare was his enjoyment of his secret joke.

‘Mr Riah is bound to observe the invariable forms for such cases made and provided,’ said Lammle.

‘He is only the representative of another!’ cried Fledgeby. ‘Does as he is told by his principal! Not his capital that’s invested in the business. Oh, that’s good! Ha ha ha ha!’ Mr Lammle joined in the laugh and looked knowing; and the more he did both, the more exquisite the secret joke became for Mr Fledgeby.

‘However,’ said that fascinating gentleman, wiping his eyes again, ‘if we go on in this way, we shall seem to be almost making game of Mr Riah, or of Pubsey and Co. Saint Mary Axe, or of somebody: which is far from our intention. Mr Riah, if you would have the kindness to step into the next room for a few moments while I speak with Mr Lammle here, I should like to try to make terms with you once again before you go.’

The old man, who had never raised his eyes during the whole transaction of Mr Fledgeby’s joke, silently bowed and passed out by the door which Fledgeby opened for him. Having closed it on him, Fledgeby returned to Lammle, standing with his back to the bedroom fire, with one hand under his coat-skirts, and all his whiskers in the other.

‘Halloa!’ said Fledgeby. ‘There’s something wrong!’

‘How do you know it?’ demanded Lammle.

‘Because you show it,’ replied Fledgeby in unintentional rhyme.

Well then; there is,’ said Lammle; ‘there IS something wrong; the whole thing’s wrong.’

‘I say!’ remonstrated Fascination very slowly, and sitting down with his hands on his knees to stare at his glowering friend with his back to the fire.

‘I tell you, Fledgeby,’ repeated Lammle, with a sweep of his right arm, ‘the whole thing’s wrong. The game’s up.’

‘What game’s up?’ demanded Fledgeby, as slowly as before, and more sternly.

‘THE game. OUR game. Read that.’

Fledgeby took a note from his extended hand and read it aloud. ‘Alfred Lammle, Esquire. Sir: Allow Mrs Podsnap and myself to express our united sense of the polite attentions of Mrs Alfred Lammle and yourself towards our daughter, Georgiana. Allow us also, wholly to reject them for the future, and to communicate our final desire that the two families may become entire strangers. I have the honour to be, Sir, your most obedient and very humble servant, JOHN PODSNAP.’ Fledgeby looked at the three blank sides of this note, quite as long and earnestly as at the first expressive side, and then looked at Lammle, who responded with another extensive sweep of his right arm.

‘Whose doing is this?’ said Fledgeby.

‘Impossible to imagine,’ said Lammle.

‘Perhaps,’ suggested Fledgeby, after reflecting with a very discontented brow, ‘somebody has been giving you a bad character.’

‘Or you,’ said Lammle, with a deeper frown.

Mr Fledgeby appeared to be on the verge of some mutinous expressions, when his hand happened to touch his nose. A certain remembrance connected with that feature operating as a timely warning, he took it thoughtfully between his thumb and forefinger, and pondered; Lammle meanwhile eyeing him with furtive eyes.

Well!’ said Fledgeby. ‘This won’t improve with talking about. If we ever find out who did it, we’ll mark that person. There’s nothing more to be said, except that you undertook to do what circumstances prevent your doing.’

‘And that you undertook to do what you might have done by this time, if you had made a prompter use of circumstances,’ snarled Lammle.

‘Hah! That,’ remarked Fledgeby, with his hands in the Turkish trousers, ‘is matter of opinion.’

‘Mr Fledgeby,’ said Lammle, in a bullying tone, ‘am I to understand that you in any way reflect upon me, or hint dissatisfaction with me, in this affair?’

‘No,’ said Fledgeby; ‘provided you have brought my promissory note in your pocket, and now hand it over.’

Lammle produced it, not without reluctance. Fledgeby looked at it, identified it, twisted it up, and threw it into the fire. They both looked at it as it blazed, went out, and flew in feathery ash up the chimney.

‘NOW, Mr Fledgeby,’ said Lammle, as before; ‘am I to understand that you in any way reflect upon me, or hint dissatisfaction with me, in this affair?’

‘No,’ said Fledgeby.

‘Finally and unreservedly no?’

‘Yes.’

‘Fledgeby, my hand.’

Mr Fledgeby took it, saying, ‘And if we ever find out who did this, we’ll mark that person. And in the most friendly manner, let me mention one thing more. I don’t know what your circumstances are, and I don’t ask. You have sustained a loss here. Many men are liable to be involved at times, and you may be, or you may not be. But whatever you do, Lammle, don’t—don’t—don’t, I beg of you—ever fall into the hands of Pubsey and Co. in the next room, for they are grinders. Regular flayers and grinders, my dear Lammle,’ repeated Fledgeby with a peculiar relish, ‘and they’ll skin you by the inch, from the nape of your neck to the sole of your foot, and grind every inch of your skin to tooth-powder. You have seen what Mr Riah is. Never fall into his hands, Lammle, I beg of you as a friend!’

Mr Lammle, disclosing some alarm at the solemnity of this affectionate adjuration, demanded why the devil he ever should fall into the hands of Pubsey and Co.?

‘To confess the fact, I was made a little uneasy,’ said the candid Fledgeby, ‘by the manner in which that Jew looked at you when he heard your name. I didn’t like his eye. But it may have been the heated fancy of a friend. Of course if you are sure that you have no personal security out, which you may not be quite equal to meeting, and which can have got into his hands, it must have been fancy. Still, I didn’t like his eye.’

The brooding Lammle, with certain white dints coming and going in his palpitating nose, looked as if some tormenting imp were pinching it. Fledgeby, watching him with a twitch in his mean face which did duty there for a smile, looked very like the tormentor who was pinching.

‘But I mustn’t keep him waiting too long,’ said Fledgeby, ‘or he’ll revenge it on my unfortunate friend. How’s your very clever and agreeable wife? She knows we have broken down?’

‘I showed her the letter.’

‘Very much surprised?’ asked Fledgeby.

‘I think she would have been more so,’ answered Lammle, ‘if there had been more go in YOU?’

‘Oh!—She lays it upon me, then?’

‘Mr Fledgeby, I will not have my words misconstrued.’

‘Don’t break out, Lammle,’ urged Fledgeby, in a submissive tone, ‘because there’s no occasion. I only asked a question. Then she don’t lay it upon me? To ask another question.’

‘No, sir.’

‘Very good,’ said Fledgeby, plainly seeing that she did. ‘My compliments to her. Good-bye!’

They shook hands, and Lammle strode out pondering. Fledgeby saw him into the fog, and, returning to the fire and musing with his face to it, stretched the legs of the rose-coloured Turkish trousers wide apart, and meditatively bent his knees, as if he were going down upon them.

‘You have a pair of whiskers, Lammle, which I never liked,’ murmured Fledgeby, ‘and which money can’t produce; you are boastful of your manners and your conversation; you wanted to pull my nose, and you have let me in for a failure, and your wife says I am the cause of it. I’ll bowl you down. I will, though I have no whiskers,’ here he rubbed the places where they were due, ‘and no manners, and no conversation!’

Having thus relieved his noble mind, he collected the legs of the Turkish trousers, straightened himself on his knees, and called out to Riah in the next room, ‘Halloa, you sir!’ At sight of the old man re-entering with a gentleness monstrously in contrast with the character he had given him, Mr Fledgeby was so tickled again, that he exclaimed, laughing, ‘Good! Good! Upon my soul it is uncommon good!’

‘Now, old ’un,’ proceeded Fledgeby, when he had had his laugh out, ‘you’ll buy up these lots that I mark with my pencil—there’s a tick there, and a tick there, and a tick there—and I wager two-pence you’ll afterwards go on squeezing those Christians like the Jew you are. Now, next you’ll want a cheque—or you’ll say you want it, though you’ve capital enough somewhere, if one only knew where, but you’d be peppered and salted and grilled on a gridiron before you’d own to it—and that cheque I’ll write.’

When he had unlocked a drawer and taken a key from it to open another drawer, in which was another key that opened another drawer, in which was another key that opened another drawer, in which was the cheque book; and when he had written the cheque; and when, reversing the key and drawer process, he had placed his cheque book in safety again; he beckoned the old man, with the folded cheque, to come and take it.

‘Old ’un,’ said Fledgeby, when the Jew had put it in his pocketbook, and was putting that in the breast of his outer garment; ‘so much at present for my affairs. Now a word about affairs that are not exactly mine. Where is she?’

With his hand not yet withdrawn from the breast of his garment, Riah started and paused.

‘Oho!’ said Fledgeby. ‘Didn’t expect it! Where have you hidden her?’

Showing that he was taken by surprise, the old man looked at his master with some passing confusion, which the master highly enjoyed.

‘Is she in the house I pay rent and taxes for in Saint Mary Axe?’ demanded Fledgeby.

‘No, sir.’

‘Is she in your garden up atop of that house—gone up to be dead, or whatever the game is?’ asked Fledgeby.

‘No, sir.’

‘Where is she then?’

Riah bent his eyes upon the ground, as if considering whether he could answer the question without breach of faith, and then silently raised them to Fledgeby’s face, as if he could not.

‘Come!’ said Fledgeby. ‘I won’t press that just now. But I want to know this, and I will know this, mind you. What are you up to?’

The old man, with an apologetic action of his head and hands, as not comprehending the master’s meaning, addressed to him a look of mute inquiry.

‘You can’t be a gallivanting dodger,’ said Fledgeby. ‘For you’re a “regular pity the sorrows”, you know—if you DO know any Christian rhyme—“whose trembling limbs have borne him to”—et cetrer. You’re one of the Patriarchs; you’re a shaky old card; and you can’t be in love with this Lizzie?’

‘O, sir!’ expostulated Riah. ‘O, sir, sir, sir!’

‘Then why,’ retorted Fledgeby, with some slight tinge of a blush, ‘don’t you out with your reason for having your spoon in the soup at all?’

‘Sir, I will tell you the truth. But (your pardon for the stipulation) it is in sacred confidence; it is strictly upon honour.’

Honour too!’ cried Fledgeby, with a mocking lip. ‘Honour among Jews. Well. Cut away.’

‘It is upon honour, sir?’ the other still stipulated, with respectful firmness.

‘Oh, certainly. Honour bright,’ said Fledgeby.

The old man, never bidden to sit down, stood with an earnest hand laid on the back of the young man’s easy chair. The young man sat looking at the fire with a face of listening curiosity, ready to check him off and catch him tripping.

‘Cut away,’ said Fledgeby. ‘Start with your motive.’

‘Sir, I have no motive but to help the helpless.’

Mr Fledgeby could only express the feelings to which this incredible statement gave rise in his breast, by a prodigiously long derisive sniff.

‘How I came to know, and much to esteem and to respect, this damsel, I mentioned when you saw her in my poor garden on the house-top,’ said the Jew.

‘Did you?’ said Fledgeby, distrustfully. ‘Well. Perhaps you did, though.’

‘The better I knew her, the more interest I felt in her fortunes. They gathered to a crisis. I found her beset by a selfish and ungrateful brother, beset by an unacceptable wooer, beset by the snares of a more powerful lover, beset by the wiles of her own heart.’

‘She took to one of the chaps then?’

‘Sir, it was only natural that she should incline towards him, for he had many and great advantages. But he was not of her station, and to marry her was not in his mind. Perils were closing round her, and the circle was fast darkening, when I—being as you have said, sir, too old and broken to be suspected of any feeling for her but a father’s—stepped in, and counselled flight. I said, “My daughter, there are times of moral danger when the hardest virtuous resolution to form is flight, and when the most heroic bravery is flight.” She answered, she had had this in her thoughts; but whither to fly without help she knew not, and there were none to help her. I showed her there was one to help her, and it was I. And she is gone.’

‘What did you do with her?’ asked Fledgeby, feeling his cheek.

‘I placed her,’ said the old man, ‘at a distance;’ with a grave smooth outward sweep from one another of his two open hands at arm’s length; ‘at a distance—among certain of our people, where her industry would serve her, and where she could hope to exercise it, unassailed from any quarter.’

Fledgeby’s eyes had come from the fire to notice the action of his hands when he said ‘at a distance.’ Fledgeby now tried (very unsuccessfully) to imitate that action, as he shook his head and said, ‘Placed her in that direction, did you? Oh you circular old dodger!’

With one hand across his breast and the other on the easy chair, Riah, without justifying himself, waited for further questioning. But, that it was hopeless to question him on that one reserved point, Fledgeby, with his small eyes too near together, saw full well.

‘Lizzie,’ said Fledgeby, looking at the fire again, and then looking up. ‘Humph, Lizzie. You didn’t tell me the other name in your garden atop of the house. I’ll be more communicative with you. The other name’s Hexam.’

Riah bent his head in assent.

‘Look here, you sir,’ said Fledgeby. ‘I have a notion I know something of the inveigling chap, the powerful one. Has he anything to do with the law?’

‘Nominally, I believe it his calling.’

‘I thought so. Name anything like Lightwood?’

‘Sir, not at all like.’

‘Come, old ’un,’ said Fledgeby, meeting his eyes with a wink, ‘say the name.’

‘Wrayburn.’

‘By Jupiter!’ cried Fledgeby. ‘That one, is it? I thought it might be the other, but I never dreamt of that one! I shouldn’t object to your baulking either of the pair, dodger, for they are both conceited enough; but that one is as cool a customer as ever I met with. Got a beard besides, and presumes upon it. Well done, old ’un! Go on and prosper!’

Brightened by this unexpected commendation, Riah asked were there more instructions for him?

‘No,’ said Fledgeby, ‘you may toddle now, Judah, and grope about on the orders you have got.’ Dismissed with those pleasing words, the old man took his broad hat and staff, and left the great presence: more as if he were some superior creature benignantly blessing Mr Fledgeby, than the poor dependent on whom he set his foot. Left alone, Mr Fledgeby locked his outer door, and came back to his fire.

Well done you!’ said Fascination to himself. ‘Slow, you may be; sure, you are!’ This he twice or thrice repeated with much complacency, as he again dispersed the legs of the Turkish trousers and bent the knees.

‘A tidy shot that, I flatter myself,’ he then soliloquised. ‘And a Jew brought down with it! Now, when I heard the story told at Lammle’s, I didn’t make a jump at Riah. Not a hit of it; I got at him by degrees.’ Herein he was quite accurate; it being his habit, not to jump, or leap, or make an upward spring, at anything in life, but to crawl at everything.

‘I got at him,’ pursued Fledgeby, feeling for his whisker, ‘by degrees. If your Lammles or your Lightwoods had got at him anyhow, they would have asked him the question whether he hadn’t something to do with that gal’s disappearance. I knew a better way of going to work. Having got behind the hedge, and put him in the light, I took a shot at him and brought him down plump. Oh! It don’t count for much, being a Jew, in a match against ME!’

Another dry twist in place of a smile, made his face crooked here.

‘As to Christians,’ proceeded Fledgeby, ‘look out, fellow-Christians, particularly you that lodge in Queer Street! I have got the run of Queer Street now, and you shall see some games there. To work a lot of power over you and you not know it, knowing as you think yourselves, would be almost worth laying out money upon. But when it comes to squeezing a profit out of you into the bargain, it’s something like!’

With this apostrophe Mr Fledgeby appropriately proceeded to divest himself of his Turkish garments, and invest himself with Christian attire. Pending which operation, and his morning ablutions, and his anointing of himself with the last infallible preparation for the production of luxuriant and glossy hair upon the human countenance (quacks being the only sages he believed in besides usurers), the murky fog closed about him and shut him up in its sooty embrace. If it had never let him out any more, the world would have had no irreparable loss, but could have easily replaced him from its stock on hand.

Chapter 2

A RESPECTED FRIEND IN A NEW ASPECT

In the evening of this same foggy day when the yellow window-blind of Pubsey and Co. was drawn down upon the day’s work, Riah the Jew once more came forth into Saint Mary Axe. But this time he carried no bag, and was not bound on his master’s affairs. He passed over London Bridge, and returned to the Middlesex shore by that of Westminster, and so, ever wading through the fog, waded to the doorstep of the dolls’ dressmaker.

Miss Wren expected him. He could see her through the window by the light of her low fire—carefully banked up with damp cinders that it might last the longer and waste the less when she was out—sitting waiting for him in her bonnet. His tap at the glass roused her from the musing solitude in which she sat, and she came to the door to open it; aiding her steps with a little crutch-stick.

‘Good evening, godmother!’ said Miss Jenny Wren.

The old man laughed, and gave her his arm to lean on.

‘Won’t you come in and warm yourself, godmother?’ asked Miss Jenny Wren.

‘Not if you are ready, Cinderella, my dear.’

Well!’ exclaimed Miss Wren, delighted. ‘Now you ARE a clever old boy! If we gave prizes at this establishment (but we only keep blanks), you should have the first silver medal, for taking me up so quick.’ As she spake thus, Miss Wren removed the key of the house-door from the keyhole and put it in her pocket, and then bustlingly closed the door, and tried it as they both stood on the step. Satisfied that her dwelling was safe, she drew one hand through the old man’s arm and prepared to ply her crutch-stick with the other. But the key was an instrument of such gigantic proportions, that before they started Riah proposed to carry it.

‘No, no, no! I’ll carry it myself,’ returned Miss Wren. ‘I’m awfully lopsided, you know, and stowed down in my pocket it’ll trim the ship. To let you into a secret, godmother, I wear my pocket on my high side, o’ purpose.’

With that they began their plodding through the fog.

‘Yes, it was truly sharp of you, godmother,’ resumed Miss Wren with great approbation, ‘to understand me. But, you see, you ARE so like the fairy godmother in the bright little books! You look so unlike the rest of people, and so much as if you had changed yourself into that shape, just this moment, with some benevolent object. Boh!’ cried Miss Jenny, putting her face close to the old man’s. ‘I can see your features, godmother, behind the beard.’

‘Does the fancy go to my changing other objects too, Jenny?’

‘Ah! That it does! If you’d only borrow my stick and tap this piece of pavement—this dirty stone that my foot taps—it would start up a coach and six. I say! Let’s believe so!’

‘With all my heart,’ replied the good old man.

‘And I’ll tell you what I must ask you to do, godmother. I must ask you to be so kind as give my child a tap, and change him altogether. O my child has been such a bad, bad child of late! It worries me nearly out of my wits. Not done a stroke of work these ten days. Has had the horrors, too, and fancied that four copper-coloured men in red wanted to throw him into a fiery furnace.’

‘But that’s dangerous, Jenny.’

‘Dangerous, godmother? My child is always dangerous, more or less. He might’—here the little creature glanced back over her shoulder at the sky—‘be setting the house on fire at this present moment. I don’t know who would have a child, for my part! It’s no use shaking him. I have shaken him till I have made myself giddy. “Why don’t you mind your Commandments and honour your parent, you naughty old boy?” I said to him all the time. But he only whimpered and stared at me.’

‘What shall be changed, after him?’ asked Riah in a compassionately playful voice.

‘Upon my word, godmother, I am afraid I must be selfish next, and get you to set me right in the back and the legs. It’s a little thing to you with your power, godmother, but it’s a great deal to poor weak aching me.’

There was no querulous complaining in the words, but they were not the less touching for that.

‘And then?’

‘Yes, and then—YOU know, godmother. We’ll both jump up into the coach and six and go to Lizzie. This reminds me, godmother, to ask you a serious question. You are as wise as wise can be (having been brought up by the fairies), and you can tell me this: Is it better to have had a good thing and lost it, or never to have had it?’

‘Explain, god-daughter.’

‘I feel so much more solitary and helpless without Lizzie now, than I used to feel before I knew her.’ (Tears were in her eyes as she said so.)

‘Some beloved companionship fades out of most lives, my dear,’ said the Jew,—‘that of a wife, and a fair daughter, and a son of promise, has faded out of my own life—but the happiness was.’

‘Ah!’ said Miss Wren thoughtfully, by no means convinced, and chopping the exclamation with that sharp little hatchet of hers; ‘then I tell you what change I think you had better begin with, godmother. You had better change Is into Was and Was into Is, and keep them so.’

‘Would that suit your case? Would you not be always in pain then?’ asked the old man tenderly.

‘Right!’ exclaimed Miss Wren with another chop. ‘You have changed me wiser, godmother.—Not,’ she added with the quaint hitch of her chin and eyes, ‘that you need be a very wonderful godmother to do that deed.’

Thus conversing, and having crossed Westminster Bridge, they traversed the ground that Riah had lately traversed, and new ground likewise; for, when they had recrossed the Thames by way of London Bridge, they struck down by the river and held their still foggier course that way.

But previously, as they were going along, Jenny twisted her venerable friend aside to a brilliantly-lighted toy-shop window, and said: ‘Now look at ’em! All my work!’

This referred to a dazzling semicircle of dolls in all the colours of the rainbow, who were dressed for presentation at court, for going to balls, for going out driving, for going out on horseback, for going out walking, for going to get married, for going to help other dolls to get married, for all the gay events of life.

‘Pretty, pretty, pretty!’ said the old man with a clap of his hands. ‘Most elegant taste!’

‘Glad you like ’em,’ returned Miss Wren, loftily. ‘But the fun is, godmother, how I make the great ladies try my dresses on. Though it’s the hardest part of my business, and would be, even if my back were not bad and my legs queer.’

He looked at her as not understanding what she said.

‘Bless you, godmother,’ said Miss Wren, ‘I have to scud about town at all hours. If it was only sitting at my bench, cutting out and sewing, it would be comparatively easy work; but it’s the trying-on by the great ladies that takes it out of me.’

‘How, the trying-on?’ asked Riah.

‘What a mooney godmother you are, after all!’ returned Miss Wren. ‘Look here. There’s a Drawing Room, or a grand day in the Park, or a Show, or a Fete, or what you like. Very well. I squeeze among the crowd, and I look about me. When I see a great lady very suitable for my business, I say “You’ll do, my dear!” and I take particular notice of her, and run home and cut her out and baste her. Then another day, I come scudding back again to try on, and then I take particular notice of her again. Sometimes she plainly seems to say, ‘How that little creature is staring!’ and sometimes likes it and sometimes don’t, but much more often yes than no. All the time I am only saying to myself, “I must hollow out a bit here; I must slope away there;” and I am making a perfect slave of her, with making her try on my doll’s dress. Evening parties are severer work for me, because there’s only a doorway for a full view, and what with hobbling among the wheels of the carriages and the legs of the horses, I fully expect to be run over some night. However, there I have ’em, just the same. When they go bobbing into the hall from the carriage, and catch a glimpse of my little physiognomy poked out from behind a policeman’s cape in the rain, I dare say they think I am wondering and admiring with all my eyes and heart, but they little think they’re only working for my dolls! There was Lady Belinda Whitrose. I made her do double duty in one night. I said when she came out of the carriage, “YOU’ll do, my dear!” and I ran straight home and cut her out and basted her. Back I came again, and waited behind the men that called the carriages. Very bad night too. At last, “Lady Belinda Whitrose’s carriage! Lady Belinda Whitrose coming down!” And I made her try on—oh! and take pains about it too—before she got seated. That’s Lady Belinda hanging up by the waist, much too near the gaslight for a wax one, with her toes turned in.’

When they had plodded on for some time nigh the river, Riah asked the way to a certain tavern called the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters. Following the directions he received, they arrived, after two or three puzzled stoppages for consideration, and some uncertain looking about them, at the door of Miss Abbey Potterson’s dominions. A peep through the glass portion of the door revealed to them the glories of the bar, and Miss Abbey herself seated in state on her snug throne, reading the newspaper. To whom, with deference, they presented themselves.

Taking her eyes off her newspaper, and pausing with a suspended expression of countenance, as if she must finish the paragraph in hand before undertaking any other business whatever, Miss Abbey demanded, with some slight asperity: ‘Now then, what’s for you?’

‘Could we see Miss Potterson?’ asked the old man, uncovering his head.

‘You not only could, but you can and you do,’ replied the hostess.

‘Might we speak with you, madam?’

By this time Miss Abbey’s eyes had possessed themselves of the small figure of Miss Jenny Wren. For the closer observation of which, Miss Abbey laid aside her newspaper, rose, and looked over the half-door of the bar. The crutch-stick seemed to entreat for its owner leave to come in and rest by the fire; so, Miss Abbey opened the half-door, and said, as though replying to the crutch-stick:

‘Yes, come in and rest by the fire.’

‘My name is Riah,’ said the old man, with courteous action, ‘and my avocation is in London city. This, my young companion—’

‘Stop a bit,’ interposed Miss Wren. ‘I’ll give the lady my card.’ She produced it from her pocket with an air, after struggling with the gigantic door-key which had got upon the top of it and kept it down. Miss Abbey, with manifest tokens of astonishment, took the diminutive document, and found it to run concisely thus:—

MISS JENNY WREN

DOLLS’ DRESSMAKER.

Dolls attended at their own residences.

‘Lud!’ exclaimed Miss Potterson, staring. And dropped the card.

‘We take the liberty of coming, my young companion and I, madam,’ said Riah, ‘on behalf of Lizzie Hexam.’

Miss Potterson was stooping to loosen the bonnet-strings of the dolls’ dressmaker. She looked round rather angrily, and said: ‘Lizzie Hexam is a very proud young woman.’

‘She would be so proud,’ returned Riah, dexterously, ‘to stand well in your good opinion, that before she quitted London for—’

‘For where, in the name of the Cape of Good Hope?’ asked Miss Potterson, as though supposing her to have emigrated.

‘For the country,’ was the cautious answer,—‘she made us promise to come and show you a paper, which she left in our hands for that special purpose. I am an unserviceable friend of hers, who began to know her after her departure from this neighbourhood. She has been for some time living with my young companion, and has been a helpful and a comfortable friend to her. Much needed, madam,’ he added, in a lower voice. ‘Believe me; if you knew all, much needed.’

‘I can believe that,’ said Miss Abbey, with a softening glance at the little creature.

‘And if it’s proud to have a heart that never hardens, and a temper that never tires, and a touch that never hurts,’ Miss Jenny struck in, flushed, ‘she is proud. And if it’s not, she is NOT.’

Her set purpose of contradicting Miss Abbey point blank, was so far from offending that dread authority, as to elicit a gracious smile. ‘You do right, child,’ said Miss Abbey, ‘to speak well of those who deserve well of you.’

‘Right or wrong,’ muttered Miss Wren, inaudibly, with a visible hitch of her chin, ‘I mean to do it, and you may make up your mind to THAT, old lady.’

‘Here is the paper, madam,’ said the Jew, delivering into Miss Potterson’s hands the original document drawn up by Rokesmith, and signed by Riderhood. ‘Will you please to read it?’

‘But first of all,’ said Miss Abbey, ‘—did you ever taste shrub, child?’

Miss Wren shook her head.

‘Should you like to?’

‘Should if it’s good,’ returned Miss Wren.

‘You shall try. And, if you find it good, I’ll mix some for you with hot water. Put your poor little feet on the fender. It’s a cold, cold night, and the fog clings so.’ As Miss Abbey helped her to turn her chair, her loosened bonnet dropped on the floor. ‘Why, what lovely hair!’ cried Miss Abbey. ‘And enough to make wigs for all the dolls in the world. What a quantity!’

‘Call THAT a quantity?’ returned Miss Wren. ‘Poof! What do you say to the rest of it?’ As she spoke, she untied a band, and the golden stream fell over herself and over the chair, and flowed down to the ground. Miss Abbey’s admiration seemed to increase her perplexity. She beckoned the Jew towards her, as she reached down the shrub-bottle from its niche, and whispered:

Child, or woman?’

Child in years,’ was the answer; ‘woman in self-reliance and trial.’

‘You are talking about Me, good people,’ thought Miss Jenny, sitting in her golden bower, warming her feet. ‘I can’t hear what you say, but I know your tricks and your manners!’

The shrub, when tasted from a spoon, perfectly harmonizing with Miss Jenny’s palate, a judicious amount was mixed by Miss Potterson’s skilful hands, whereof Riah too partook. After this preliminary, Miss Abbey read the document; and, as often as she raised her eyebrows in so doing, the watchful Miss Jenny accompanied the action with an expressive and emphatic sip of the shrub and water.

‘As far as this goes,’ said Miss Abbey Potterson, when she had read it several times, and thought about it, ‘it proves (what didn’t much need proving) that Rogue Riderhood is a villain. I have my doubts whether he is not the villain who solely did the deed; but I have no expectation of those doubts ever being cleared up now. I believe I did Lizzie’s father wrong, but never Lizzie’s self; because when things were at the worst I trusted her, had perfect confidence in her, and tried to persuade her to come to me for a refuge. I am very sorry to have done a man wrong, particularly when it can’t be undone. Be kind enough to let Lizzie know what I say; not forgetting that if she will come to the Porters, after all, bygones being bygones, she will find a home at the Porters, and a friend at the Porters. She knows Miss Abbey of old, remind her, and she knows what-like the home, and what-like the friend, is likely to turn out. I am generally short and sweet—or short and sour, according as it may be and as opinions vary—’ remarked Miss Abbey, ‘and that’s about all I have got to say, and enough too.’

But before the shrub and water was sipped out, Miss Abbey bethought herself that she would like to keep a copy of the paper by her. ‘It’s not long, sir,’ said she to Riah, ‘and perhaps you wouldn’t mind just jotting it down.’ The old man willingly put on his spectacles, and, standing at the little desk in the corner where Miss Abbey filed her receipts and kept her sample phials (customers’ scores were interdicted by the strict administration of the Porters), wrote out the copy in a fair round character. As he stood there, doing his methodical penmanship, his ancient scribelike figure intent upon the work, and the little dolls’ dressmaker sitting in her golden bower before the fire, Miss Abbey had her doubts whether she had not dreamed those two rare figures into the bar of the Six Jolly Fellowships, and might not wake with a nod next moment and find them gone.

Miss Abbey had twice made the experiment of shutting her eyes and opening them again, still finding the figures there, when, dreamlike, a confused hubbub arose in the public room. As she started up, and they all three looked at one another, it became a noise of clamouring voices and of the stir of feet; then all the windows were heard to be hastily thrown up, and shouts and cries came floating into the house from the river. A moment more, and Bob Gliddery came clattering along the passage, with the noise of all the nails in his boots condensed into every separate nail.

‘What is it?’ asked Miss Abbey.

‘It’s summut run down in the fog, ma’am,’ answered Bob. ‘There’s ever so many people in the river.’

‘Tell ’em to put on all the kettles!’ cried Miss Abbey. ‘See that the boiler’s full. Get a bath out. Hang some blankets to the fire. Heat some stone bottles. Have your senses about you, you girls down stairs, and use ’em.’

While Miss Abbey partly delivered these directions to Bob—whom she seized by the hair, and whose head she knocked against the wall, as a general injunction to vigilance and presence of mind—and partly hailed the kitchen with them—the company in the public room, jostling one another, rushed out to the causeway, and the outer noise increased.

‘Come and look,’ said Miss Abbey to her visitors. They all three hurried to the vacated public room, and passed by one of the windows into the wooden verandah overhanging the river.

‘Does anybody down there know what has happened?’ demanded Miss Abbey, in her voice of authority.

‘It’s a steamer, Miss Abbey,’ cried one blurred figure in the fog.

‘It always IS a steamer, Miss Abbey,’ cried another.

‘Them’s her lights, Miss Abbey, wot you see a-blinking yonder,’ cried another.

‘She’s a-blowing off her steam, Miss Abbey, and that’s what makes the fog and the noise worse, don’t you see?’ explained another.

Boats were putting off, torches were lighting up, people were rushing tumultuously to the water’s edge. Some man fell in with a splash, and was pulled out again with a roar of laughter. The drags were called for. A cry for the life-buoy passed from mouth to mouth. It was impossible to make out what was going on upon the river, for every boat that put off sculled into the fog and was lost to view at a boat’s length. Nothing was clear but that the unpopular steamer was assailed with reproaches on all sides. She was the Murderer, bound for Gallows Bay; she was the Manslaughterer, bound for Penal Settlement; her captain ought to be tried for his life; her crew ran down men in row-boats with a relish; she mashed up Thames lightermen with her paddles; she fired property with her funnels; she always was, and she always would be, wreaking destruction upon somebody or something, after the manner of all her kind. The whole bulk of the fog teemed with such taunts, uttered in tones of universal hoarseness. All the while, the steamer’s lights moved spectrally a very little, as she lay-to, waiting the upshot of whatever accident had happened. Now, she began burning blue-lights. These made a luminous patch about her, as if she had set the fog on fire, and in the patch—the cries changing their note, and becoming more fitful and more excited—shadows of men and boats could be seen moving, while voices shouted: ‘There!’ ‘There again!’ ‘A couple more strokes a-head!’ ‘Hurrah!’ ‘Look out!’ ‘Hold on!’ ‘Haul in!’ and the like. Lastly, with a few tumbling clots of blue fire, the night closed in dark again, the wheels of the steamer were heard revolving, and her lights glided smoothly away in the direction of the sea.

It appeared to Miss Abbey and her two companions that a considerable time had been thus occupied. There was now as eager a set towards the shore beneath the house as there had been from it; and it was only on the first boat of the rush coming in that it was known what had occurred.

‘If that’s Tom Tootle,’ Miss Abbey made proclamation, in her most commanding tones, ‘let him instantly come underneath here.’

The submissive Tom complied, attended by a crowd.

‘What is it, Tootle?’ demanded Miss Abbey.

‘It’s a foreign steamer, miss, run down a wherry.’

‘How many in the wherry?’

‘One man, Miss Abbey.’

‘Found?’

‘Yes. He’s been under water a long time, Miss; but they’ve grappled up the body.’

‘Let ’em bring it here. You, Bob Gliddery, shut the house-door and stand by it on the inside, and don’t you open till I tell you. Any police down there?’

‘Here, Miss Abbey,’ was official rejoinder.

‘After they have brought the body in, keep the crowd out, will you? And help Bob Gliddery to shut ’em out.’

‘All right, Miss Abbey.’

The autocratic landlady withdrew into the house with Riah and Miss Jenny, and disposed those forces, one on either side of her, within the half-door of the bar, as behind a breastwork.

‘You two stand close here,’ said Miss Abbey, ‘and you’ll come to no hurt, and see it brought in. Bob, you stand by the door.’

That sentinel, smartly giving his rolled shirt-sleeves an extra and a final tuck on his shoulders, obeyed.

Sound of advancing voices, sound of advancing steps. Shuffle and talk without. Momentary pause. Two peculiarly blunt knocks or pokes at the door, as if the dead man arriving on his back were striking at it with the soles of his motionless feet.

‘That’s the stretcher, or the shutter, whichever of the two they are carrying,’ said Miss Abbey, with experienced ear. ‘Open, you Bob!’

Door opened. Heavy tread of laden men. A halt. A rush. Stoppage of rush. Door shut. Baffled boots from the vexed souls of disappointed outsiders.

‘Come on, men!’ said Miss Abbey; for so potent was she with her subjects that even then the bearers awaited her permission. ‘First floor.’

The entry being low, and the staircase being low, they so took up the burden they had set down, as to carry that low. The recumbent figure, in passing, lay hardly as high as the half door.

Miss Abbey started back at sight of it. ‘Why, good God!’ said she, turning to her two companions, ‘that’s the very man who made the declaration we have just had in our hands. That’s Riderhood!’

Chapter 3

THE SAME RESPECTED FRIEND IN MORE ASPECTS THAN ONE

In sooth, it is Riderhood and no other, or it is the outer husk and shell of Riderhood and no other, that is borne into Miss Abbey’s first-floor bedroom. Supple to twist and turn as the Rogue has ever been, he is sufficiently rigid now; and not without much shuffling of attendant feet, and tilting of his bier this way and that way, and peril even of his sliding off it and being tumbled in a heap over the balustrades, can he be got up stairs.

‘Fetch a doctor,’ quoth Miss Abbey. And then, ‘Fetch his daughter.’ On both of which errands, quick messengers depart.

The doctor-seeking messenger meets the doctor halfway, coming under convoy of police. Doctor examines the dank carcase, and pronounces, not hopefully, that it is worth while trying to reanimate the same. All the best means are at once in action, and everybody present lends a hand, and a heart and soul. No one has the least regard for the man; with them all, he has been an object of avoidance, suspicion, and aversion; but the spark of life within him is curiously separable from himself now, and they have a deep interest in it, probably because it IS life, and they are living and must die.

In answer to the doctor’s inquiry how did it happen, and was anyone to blame, Tom Tootle gives in his verdict, unavoidable accident and no one to blame but the sufferer. ‘He was slinking about in his boat,’ says Tom, ‘which slinking were, not to speak ill of the dead, the manner of the man, when he come right athwart the steamer’s bows and she cut him in two.’ Mr Tootle is so far figurative, touching the dismemberment, as that he means the boat, and not the man. For, the man lies whole before them.

Captain Joey, the bottle-nosed regular customer in the glazed hat, is a pupil of the much-respected old school, and (having insinuated himself into the chamber, in the execution of the important service of carrying the drowned man’s neck-kerchief) favours the doctor with a sagacious old-scholastic suggestion that the body should be hung up by the heels, ‘sim’lar’, says Captain Joey, ‘to mutton in a butcher’s shop,’ and should then, as a particularly choice manoeuvre for promoting easy respiration, be rolled upon casks. These scraps of the wisdom of the captain’s ancestors are received with such speechless indignation by Miss Abbey, that she instantly seizes the Captain by the collar, and without a single word ejects him, not presuming to remonstrate, from the scene.

There then remain, to assist the doctor and Tom, only those three other regular customers, Bob Glamour, William Williams, and Jonathan (family name of the latter, if any, unknown to man-kind), who are quite enough. Miss Abbey having looked in to make sure that nothing is wanted, descends to the bar, and there awaits the result, with the gentle Jew and Miss Jenny Wren.

If you are not gone for good, Mr Riderhood, it would be something to know where you are hiding at present. This flabby lump of mortality that we work so hard at with such patient perseverance, yields no sign of you. If you are gone for good, Rogue, it is very solemn, and if you are coming back, it is hardly less so. Nay, in the suspense and mystery of the latter question, involving that of where you may be now, there is a solemnity even added to that of death, making us who are in attendance alike afraid to look on you and to look off you, and making those below start at the least sound of a creaking plank in the floor.

Stay! Did that eyelid tremble? So the doctor, breathing low, and closely watching, asks himself.

No.

Did that nostril twitch?

No.

This artificial respiration ceasing, do I feel any faint flutter under my hand upon the chest?

No.

Over and over again No. No. But try over and over again, nevertheless.

See! A token of life! An indubitable token of life! The spark may smoulder and go out, or it may glow and expand, but see! The four rough fellows, seeing, shed tears. Neither Riderhood in this world, nor Riderhood in the other, could draw tears from them; but a striving human soul between the two can do it easily.

He is struggling to come back. Now, he is almost here, now he is far away again. Now he is struggling harder to get back. And yet—like us all, when we swoon—like us all, every day of our lives when we wake—he is instinctively unwilling to be restored to the consciousness of this existence, and would be left dormant, if he could.

Bob Gliddery returns with Pleasant Riderhood, who was out when sought for, and hard to find. She has a shawl over her head, and her first action, when she takes it off weeping, and curtseys to Miss Abbey, is to wind her hair up.

‘Thank you, Miss Abbey, for having father here.’

‘I am bound to say, girl, I didn’t know who it was,’ returns Miss Abbey; ‘but I hope it would have been pretty much the same if I had known.’

Poor Pleasant, fortified with a sip of brandy, is ushered into the first-floor chamber. She could not express much sentiment about her father if she were called upon to pronounce his funeral oration, but she has a greater tenderness for him than he ever had for her, and crying bitterly when she sees him stretched unconscious, asks the doctor, with clasped hands: ‘Is there no hope, sir? O poor father! Is poor father dead?’

To which the doctor, on one knee beside the body, busy and watchful, only rejoins without looking round: ‘Now, my girl, unless you have the self-command to be perfectly quiet, I cannot allow you to remain in the room.’

Pleasant, consequently, wipes her eyes with her back-hair, which is in fresh need of being wound up, and having got it out of the way, watches with terrified interest all that goes on. Her natural woman’s aptitude soon renders her able to give a little help. Anticipating the doctor’s want of this or that, she quietly has it ready for him, and so by degrees is intrusted with the charge of supporting her father’s head upon her arm.

It is something so new to Pleasant to see her father an object of sympathy and interest, to find any one very willing to tolerate his society in this world, not to say pressingly and soothingly entreating him to belong to it, that it gives her a sensation she never experienced before. Some hazy idea that if affairs could remain thus for a long time it would be a respectable change, floats in her mind. Also some vague idea that the old evil is drowned out of him, and that if he should happily come back to resume his occupation of the empty form that lies upon the bed, his spirit will be altered. In which state of mind she kisses the stony lips, and quite believes that the impassive hand she chafes will revive a tender hand, if it revive ever.

Sweet delusion for Pleasant Riderhood. But they minister to him with such extraordinary interest, their anxiety is so keen, their vigilance is so great, their excited joy grows so intense as the signs of life strengthen, that how can she resist it, poor thing! And now he begins to breathe naturally, and he stirs, and the doctor declares him to have come back from that inexplicable journey where he stopped on the dark road, and to be here.

Tom Tootle, who is nearest to the doctor when he says this, grasps the doctor fervently by the hand. Bob Glamour, William Williams, and Jonathan of the no surname, all shake hands with one another round, and with the doctor too. Bob Glamour blows his nose, and Jonathan of the no surname is moved to do likewise, but lacking a pocket handkerchief abandons that outlet for his emotion. Pleasant sheds tears deserving her own name, and her sweet delusion is at its height.

There is intelligence in his eyes. He wants to ask a question. He wonders where he is. Tell him.

‘Father, you were run down on the river, and are at Miss Abbey Potterson’s.’

He stares at his daughter, stares all around him, closes his eyes, and lies slumbering on her arm.

The short-lived delusion begins to fade. The low, bad, unimpressible face is coming up from the depths of the river, or what other depths, to the surface again. As he grows warm, the doctor and the four men cool. As his lineaments soften with life, their faces and their hearts harden to him.

‘He will do now,’ says the doctor, washing his hands, and looking at the patient with growing disfavour.

‘Many a better man,’ moralizes Tom Tootle with a gloomy shake of the head, ‘ain’t had his luck.’

‘It’s to be hoped he’ll make a better use of his life,’ says Bob Glamour, ‘than I expect he will.’

‘Or than he done afore,’ adds William Williams.

‘But no, not he!’ says Jonathan of the no surname, clinching the quartette.

They speak in a low tone because of his daughter, but she sees that they have all drawn off, and that they stand in a group at the other end of the room, shunning him. It would be too much to suspect them of being sorry that he didn’t die when he had done so much towards it, but they clearly wish that they had had a better subject to bestow their pains on. Intelligence is conveyed to Miss Abbey in the bar, who reappears on the scene, and contemplates from a distance, holding whispered discourse with the doctor. The spark of life was deeply interesting while it was in abeyance, but now that it has got established in Mr Riderhood, there appears to be a general desire that circumstances had admitted of its being developed in anybody else, rather than that gentleman.

‘However,’ says Miss Abbey, cheering them up, ‘you have done your duty like good and true men, and you had better come down and take something at the expense of the Porters.’

This they all do, leaving the daughter watching the father. To whom, in their absence, Bob Gliddery presents himself.

‘His gills looks rum; don’t they?’ says Bob, after inspecting the patient.

Pleasant faintly nods.

‘His gills’ll look rummer when he wakes; won’t they?’ says Bob.

Pleasant hopes not. Why?

‘When he finds himself here, you know,’ Bob explains. ‘Cause Miss Abbey forbid him the house and ordered him out of it. But what you may call the Fates ordered him into it again. Which is rumness; ain’t it?’

‘He wouldn’t have come here of his own accord,’ returns poor Pleasant, with an effort at a little pride.

‘No,’ retorts Bob. ‘Nor he wouldn’t have been let in, if he had.’

The short delusion is quite dispelled now. As plainly as she sees on her arm the old father, unimproved, Pleasant sees that everybody there will cut him when he recovers consciousness. ‘I’ll take him away ever so soon as I can,’ thinks Pleasant with a sigh; ‘he’s best at home.’

Presently they all return, and wait for him to become conscious that they will all be glad to get rid of him. Some clothes are got together for him to wear, his own being saturated with water, and his present dress being composed of blankets.

Becoming more and more uncomfortable, as though the prevalent dislike were finding him out somewhere in his sleep and expressing itself to him, the patient at last opens his eyes wide, and is assisted by his daughter to sit up in bed.

Well, Riderhood,’ says the doctor, ‘how do you feel?’

He replies gruffly, ‘Nothing to boast on.’ Having, in fact, returned to life in an uncommonly sulky state.

‘I don’t mean to preach; but I hope,’ says the doctor, gravely shaking his head, ‘that this escape may have a good effect upon you, Riderhood.’

The patient’s discontented growl of a reply is not intelligible; his daughter, however, could interpret, if she would, that what he says is, he ‘don’t want no Poll-Parroting’.

Mr Riderhood next demands his shirt; and draws it on over his head (with his daughter’s help) exactly as if he had just had a Fight.

‘Warn’t it a steamer?’ he pauses to ask her.

‘Yes, father.’

‘I’ll have the law on her, bust her! and make her pay for it.’

He then buttons his linen very moodily, twice or thrice stopping to examine his arms and hands, as if to see what punishment he has received in the Fight. He then doggedly demands his other garments, and slowly gets them on, with an appearance of great malevolence towards his late opponent and all the spectators. He has an impression that his nose is bleeding, and several times draws the back of his hand across it, and looks for the result, in a pugilistic manner, greatly strengthening that incongruous resemblance.

‘Where’s my fur cap?’ he asks in a surly voice, when he has shuffled his clothes on.

‘In the river,’ somebody rejoins.

‘And warn’t there no honest man to pick it up? O’ course there was though, and to cut off with it arterwards. You are a rare lot, all on you!’

Thus, Mr Riderhood: taking from the hands of his daughter, with special ill-will, a lent cap, and grumbling as he pulls it down over his ears. Then, getting on his unsteady legs, leaning heavily upon her, and growling, ‘Hold still, can’t you? What! You must be a staggering next, must you?’ he takes his departure out of the ring in which he has had that little turn-up with Death.

Chapter 4

A HAPPY RETURN OF THE DAY

Mr and Mrs Wilfer had seen a full quarter of a hundred more anniversaries of their wedding day than Mr and Mrs Lammle had seen of theirs, but they still celebrated the occasion in the bosom of their family. Not that these celebrations ever resulted in anything particularly agreeable, or that the family was ever disappointed by that circumstance on account of having looked forward to the return of the auspicious day with sanguine anticipations of enjoyment. It was kept morally, rather as a Fast than a Feast, enabling Mrs Wilfer to hold a sombre darkling state, which exhibited that impressive woman in her choicest colours.

The noble lady’s condition on these delightful occasions was one compounded of heroic endurance and heroic forgiveness. Lurid indications of the better marriages she might have made, shone athwart the awful gloom of her composure, and fitfully revealed the cherub as a little monster unaccountably favoured by Heaven, who had possessed himself of a blessing for which many of his superiors had sued and contended in vain. So firmly had this his position towards his treasure become established, that when the anniversary arrived, it always found him in an apologetic state. It is not impossible that his modest penitence may have even gone the length of sometimes severely reproving him for that he ever took the liberty of making so exalted a character his wife.

As for the children of the union, their experience of these festivals had been sufficiently uncomfortable to lead them annually to wish, when out of their tenderest years, either that Ma had married somebody else instead of much-teased Pa, or that Pa had married somebody else instead of Ma. When there came to be but two sisters left at home, the daring mind of Bella on the next of these occasions scaled the height of wondering with droll vexation ‘what on earth Pa ever could have seen in Ma, to induce him to make such a little fool of himself as to ask her to have him.’

The revolving year now bringing the day round in its orderly sequence, Bella arrived in the Boffin chariot to assist at the celebration. It was the family custom when the day recurred, to sacrifice a pair of fowls on the altar of Hymen; and Bella had sent a note beforehand, to intimate that she would bring the votive offering with her. So, Bella and the fowls, by the united energies of two horses, two men, four wheels, and a plum-pudding carriage dog with as uncomfortable a collar on as if he had been George the Fourth, were deposited at the door of the parental dwelling. They were there received by Mrs Wilfer in person, whose dignity on this, as on most special occasions, was heightened by a mysterious toothache.

‘I shall not require the carriage at night,’ said Bella. ‘I shall walk back.’

The male domestic of Mrs Boffin touched his hat, and in the act of departure had an awful glare bestowed upon him by Mrs Wilfer, intended to carry deep into his audacious soul the assurance that, whatever his private suspicions might be, male domestics in livery were no rarity there.

Well, dear Ma,’ said Bella, ‘and how do you do?’

‘I am as well, Bella,’ replied Mrs Wilfer, ‘as can be expected.’

‘Dear me, Ma,’ said Bella; ‘you talk as if one was just born!’

‘That’s exactly what Ma has been doing,’ interposed Lavvy, over the maternal shoulder, ‘ever since we got up this morning. It’s all very well to laugh, Bella, but anything more exasperating it is impossible to conceive.’

Mrs Wilfer, with a look too full of majesty to be accompanied by any words, attended both her daughters to the kitchen, where the sacrifice was to be prepared.

‘Mr Rokesmith,’ said she, resignedly, ‘has been so polite as to place his sitting-room at our disposal to-day. You will therefore, Bella, be entertained in the humble abode of your parents, so far in accordance with your present style of living, that there will be a drawing-room for your reception as well as a dining-room. Your papa invited Mr Rokesmith to partake of our lowly fare. In excusing himself on account of a particular engagement, he offered the use of his apartment.’

Bella happened to know that he had no engagement out of his own room at Mr Boffin’s, but she approved of his staying away. ‘We should only have put one another out of countenance,’ she thought, ‘and we do that quite often enough as it is.’

Yet she had sufficient curiosity about his room, to run up to it with the least possible delay, and make a close inspection of its contents. It was tastefully though economically furnished, and very neatly arranged. There were shelves and stands of books, English, French, and Italian; and in a portfolio on the writing-table there were sheets upon sheets of memoranda and calculations in figures, evidently referring to the Boffin property. On that table also, carefully backed with canvas, varnished, mounted, and rolled like a map, was the placard descriptive of the murdered man who had come from afar to be her husband. She shrank from this ghostly surprise, and felt quite frightened as she rolled and tied it up again. Peeping about here and there, she came upon a print, a graceful head of a pretty woman, elegantly framed, hanging in the corner by the easy chair. ‘Oh, indeed, sir!’ said Bella, after stopping to ruminate before it. ‘Oh, indeed, sir! I fancy I can guess whom you think THAT’S like. But I’ll tell you what it’s much more like—your impudence!’ Having said which she decamped: not solely because she was offended, but because there was nothing else to look at.

‘Now, Ma,’ said Bella, reappearing in the kitchen with some remains of a blush, ‘you and Lavvy think magnificent me fit for nothing, but I intend to prove the contrary. I mean to be Cook today.’

‘Hold!’ rejoined her majestic mother. ‘I cannot permit it. Cook, in that dress!’

‘As for my dress, Ma,’ returned Bella, merrily searching in a dresser-drawer, ‘I mean to apron it and towel it all over the front; and as to permission, I mean to do without.’

‘YOU cook?’ said Mrs Wilfer. ‘YOU, who never cooked when you were at home?’

‘Yes, Ma,’ returned Bella; ‘that is precisely the state of the case.’

She girded herself with a white apron, and busily with knots and pins contrived a bib to it, coming close and tight under her chin, as if it had caught her round the neck to kiss her. Over this bib her dimples looked delightful, and under it her pretty figure not less so. ‘Now, Ma,’ said Bella, pushing back her hair from her temples with both hands, ‘what’s first?’

‘First,’ returned Mrs Wilfer solemnly, ‘if you persist in what I cannot but regard as conduct utterly incompatible with the equipage in which you arrived—’

(‘Which I do, Ma.’)

‘First, then, you put the fowls down to the fire.’

‘To—be—sure!’ cried Bella; ‘and flour them, and twirl them round, and there they go!’ sending them spinning at a great rate. ‘What’s next, Ma?’

‘Next,’ said Mrs Wilfer with a wave of her gloves, expressive of abdication under protest from the culinary throne, ‘I would recommend examination of the bacon in the saucepan on the fire, and also of the potatoes by the application of a fork. Preparation of the greens will further become necessary if you persist in this unseemly demeanour.’

‘As of course I do, Ma.’

Persisting, Bella gave her attention to one thing and forgot the other, and gave her attention to the other and forgot the third, and remembering the third was distracted by the fourth, and made amends whenever she went wrong by giving the unfortunate fowls an extra spin, which made their chance of ever getting cooked exceedingly doubtful. But it was pleasant cookery too. Meantime Miss Lavinia, oscillating between the kitchen and the opposite room, prepared the dining-table in the latter chamber. This office she (always doing her household spiriting with unwillingness) performed in a startling series of whisks and bumps; laying the table-cloth as if she were raising the wind, putting down the glasses and salt-cellars as if she were knocking at the door, and clashing the knives and forks in a skirmishing manner suggestive of hand-to-hand conflict.

‘Look at Ma,’ whispered Lavinia to Bella when this was done, and they stood over the roasting fowls. ‘If one was the most dutiful child in existence (of course on the whole one hopes one is), isn’t she enough to make one want to poke her with something wooden, sitting there bolt upright in a corner?’

‘Only suppose,’ returned Bella, ‘that poor Pa was to sit bolt upright in another corner.’

‘My dear, he couldn’t do it,’ said Lavvy. ‘Pa would loll directly. But indeed I do not believe there ever was any human creature who could keep so bolt upright as Ma, ‘or put such an amount of aggravation into one back! What’s the matter, Ma? Ain’t you well, Ma?’

‘Doubtless I am very well,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, turning her eyes upon her youngest born, with scornful fortitude. ‘What should be the matter with Me?’

‘You don’t seem very brisk, Ma,’ retorted Lavvy the bold.

‘Brisk?’ repeated her parent, ‘Brisk? Whence the low expression, Lavinia? If I am uncomplaining, if I am silently contented with my lot, let that suffice for my family.’

Well, Ma,’ returned Lavvy, ‘since you will force it out of me, I must respectfully take leave to say that your family are no doubt under the greatest obligations to you for having an annual toothache on your wedding day, and that it’s very disinterested in you, and an immense blessing to them. Still, on the whole, it is possible to be too boastful even of that boon.’

‘You incarnation of sauciness,’ said Mrs Wilfer, ‘do you speak like that to me? On this day, of all days in the year? Pray do you know what would have become of you, if I had not bestowed my hand upon R. W., your father, on this day?’

‘No, Ma,’ replied Lavvy, ‘I really do not; and, with the greatest respect for your abilities and information, I very much doubt if you do either.’

Whether or no the sharp vigour of this sally on a weak point of Mrs Wilfer’s entrenchments might have routed that heroine for the time, is rendered uncertain by the arrival of a flag of truce in the person of Mr George Sampson: bidden to the feast as a friend of the family, whose affections were now understood to be in course of transference from Bella to Lavinia, and whom Lavinia kept—possibly in remembrance of his bad taste in having overlooked her in the first instance—under a course of stinging discipline.

‘I congratulate you, Mrs Wilfer,’ said Mr George Sampson, who had meditated this neat address while coming along, ‘on the day.’ Mrs Wilfer thanked him with a magnanimous sigh, and again became an unresisting prey to that inscrutable toothache.

‘I am surprised,’ said Mr Sampson feebly, ‘that Miss Bella condescends to cook.’

Here Miss Lavinia descended on the ill-starred young gentleman with a crushing supposition that at all events it was no business of his. This disposed of Mr Sampson in a melancholy retirement of spirit, until the cherub arrived, whose amazement at the lovely woman’s occupation was great.

However, she persisted in dishing the dinner as well as cooking it, and then sat down, bibless and apronless, to partake of it as an illustrious guest: Mrs Wilfer first responding to her husband’s cheerful ‘For what we are about to receive—’ with a sepulchral Amen, calculated to cast a damp upon the stoutest appetite.

‘But what,’ said Bella, as she watched the carving of the fowls, ‘makes them pink inside, I wonder, Pa! Is it the breed?’

‘No, I don’t think it’s the breed, my dear,’ returned Pa. ‘I rather think it is because they are not done.’

‘They ought to be,’ said Bella.

‘Yes, I am aware they ought to be, my dear,’ rejoined her father, ‘but they—ain’t.’

So, the gridiron was put in requisition, and the good-tempered cherub, who was often as un-cherubically employed in his own family as if he had been in the employment of some of the Old Masters, undertook to grill the fowls. Indeed, except in respect of staring about him (a branch of the public service to which the pictorial cherub is much addicted), this domestic cherub discharged as many odd functions as his prototype; with the difference, say, that he performed with a blacking-brush on the family’s boots, instead of performing on enormous wind instruments and double-basses, and that he conducted himself with cheerful alacrity to much useful purpose, instead of foreshortening himself in the air with the vaguest intentions.

Bella helped him with his supplemental cookery, and made him very happy, but put him in mortal terror too by asking him when they sat down at table again, how he supposed they cooked fowls at the Greenwich dinners, and whether he believed they really were such pleasant dinners as people said? His secret winks and nods of remonstrance, in reply, made the mischievous Bella laugh until she choked, and then Lavinia was obliged to slap her on the back, and then she laughed the more.

But her mother was a fine corrective at the other end of the table; to whom her father, in the innocence of his good-fellowship, at intervals appealed with: ‘My dear, I am afraid you are not enjoying yourself?’

‘Why so, R. W.?’ she would sonorously reply.

‘Because, my dear, you seem a little out of sorts.’

‘Not at all,’ would be the rejoinder, in exactly the same tone.

‘Would you take a merry-thought, my dear?’

‘Thank you. I will take whatever you please, R. W.’

Well, but my dear, do you like it?’

‘I like it as well as I like anything, R. W.’ The stately woman would then, with a meritorious appearance of devoting herself to the general good, pursue her dinner as if she were feeding somebody else on high public grounds.

Bella had brought dessert and two bottles of wine, thus shedding unprecedented splendour on the occasion. Mrs Wilfer did the honours of the first glass by proclaiming: ‘R. W. I drink to you.

‘Thank you, my dear. And I to you.’

‘Pa and Ma!’ said Bella.

‘Permit me,’ Mrs Wilfer interposed, with outstretched glove. ‘No. I think not. I drank to your papa. If, however, you insist on including me, I can in gratitude offer no objection.’

‘Why, Lor, Ma,’ interposed Lavvy the bold, ‘isn’t it the day that made you and Pa one and the same? I have no patience!’

‘By whatever other circumstance the day may be marked, it is not the day, Lavinia, on which I will allow a child of mine to pounce upon me. I beg—nay, command!—that you will not pounce. R. W., it is appropriate to recall that it is for you to command and for me to obey. It is your house, and you are master at your own table. Both our healths!’ Drinking the toast with tremendous stiffness.

‘I really am a little afraid, my dear,’ hinted the cherub meekly, ‘that you are not enjoying yourself?’

‘On the contrary,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, ‘quite so. Why should I not?’

‘I thought, my dear, that perhaps your face might—’

‘My face might be a martyrdom, but what would that import, or who should know it, if I smiled?’

And she did smile; manifestly freezing the blood of Mr George Sampson by so doing. For that young gentleman, catching her smiling eye, was so very much appalled by its expression as to cast about in his thoughts concerning what he had done to bring it down upon himself.

‘The mind naturally falls,’ said Mrs Wilfer, ‘shall I say into a reverie, or shall I say into a retrospect? on a day like this.’

Lavvy, sitting with defiantly folded arms, replied (but not audibly), ‘For goodness’ sake say whichever of the two you like best, Ma, and get it over.’

‘The mind,’ pursued Mrs Wilfer in an oratorical manner, ‘naturally reverts to Papa and Mamma—I here allude to my parents—at a period before the earliest dawn of this day. I was considered tall; perhaps I was. Papa and Mamma were unquestionably tall. I have rarely seen a finer woman than my mother; never than my father.’

The irrepressible Lavvy remarked aloud, ‘Whatever grandpapa was, he wasn’t a female.’

‘Your grandpapa,’ retorted Mrs Wilfer, with an awful look, and in an awful tone, ‘was what I describe him to have been, and would have struck any of his grandchildren to the earth who presumed to question it. It was one of mamma’s cherished hopes that I should become united to a tall member of society. It may have been a weakness, but if so, it was equally the weakness, I believe, of King Frederick of Prussia.’ These remarks being offered to Mr George Sampson, who had not the courage to come out for single combat, but lurked with his chest under the table and his eyes cast down, Mrs Wilfer proceeded, in a voice of increasing sternness and impressiveness, until she should force that skulker to give himself up. ‘Mamma would appear to have had an indefinable foreboding of what afterwards happened, for she would frequently urge upon me, “Not a little man. Promise me, my child, not a little man. Never, never, never, marry a little man!” Papa also would remark to me (he possessed extraordinary humour), “that a family of whales must not ally themselves with sprats.” His company was eagerly sought, as may be supposed, by the wits of the day, and our house was their continual resort. I have known as many as three copper-plate engravers exchanging the most exquisite sallies and retorts there, at one time.’ (Here Mr Sampson delivered himself captive, and said, with an uneasy movement on his chair, that three was a large number, and it must have been highly entertaining.) ‘Among the most prominent members of that distinguished circle, was a gentleman measuring six feet four in height. HE was NOT an engraver.’ (Here Mr Sampson said, with no reason whatever, Of course not.) ‘This gentleman was so obliging as to honour me with attentions which I could not fail to understand.’ (Here Mr Sampson murmured that when it came to that, you could always tell.) ‘I immediately announced to both my parents that those attentions were misplaced, and that I could not favour his suit. They inquired was he too tall? I replied it was not the stature, but the intellect was too lofty. At our house, I said, the tone was too brilliant, the pressure was too high, to be maintained by me, a mere woman, in every-day domestic life. I well remember mamma’s clasping her hands, and exclaiming “This will end in a little man!”’ (Here Mr Sampson glanced at his host and shook his head with despondency.) ‘She afterwards went so far as to predict that it would end in a little man whose mind would be below the average, but that was in what I may denominate a paroxysm of maternal disappointment. Within a month,’ said Mrs Wilfer, deepening her voice, as if she were relating a terrible ghost story, ‘within a-month, I first saw R. W. my husband. Within a year, I married him. It is natural for the mind to recall these dark coincidences on the present day.’

Mr Sampson at length released from the custody of Mrs Wilfer’s eye, now drew a long breath, and made the original and striking remark that there was no accounting for these sort of presentiments. R. W. scratched his head and looked apologetically all round the table until he came to his wife, when observing her as it were shrouded in a more sombre veil than before, he once more hinted, ‘My dear, I am really afraid you are not altogether enjoying yourself?’ To which she once more replied, ‘On the contrary, R. W. Quite so.’

The wretched Mr Sampson’s position at this agreeable entertainment was truly pitiable. For, not only was he exposed defenceless to the harangues of Mrs Wilfer, but he received the utmost contumely at the hands of Lavinia; who, partly to show Bella that she (Lavinia) could do what she liked with him, and partly to pay him off for still obviously admiring Bella’s beauty, led him the life of a dog. Illuminated on the one hand by the stately graces of Mrs Wilfer’s oratory, and shadowed on the other by the checks and frowns of the young lady to whom he had devoted himself in his destitution, the sufferings of this young gentleman were distressing to witness. If his mind for the moment reeled under them, it may be urged, in extenuation of its weakness, that it was constitutionally a knock-knee’d mind and never very strong upon its legs.

The rosy hours were thus beguiled until it was time for Bella to have Pa’s escort back. The dimples duly tied up in the bonnet-strings and the leave-taking done, they got out into the air, and the cherub drew a long breath as if he found it refreshing.

Well, dear Pa,’ said Bella, ‘the anniversary may be considered over.’

‘Yes, my dear,’ returned the cherub, ‘there’s another of ’em gone.’

Bella drew his arm closer through hers as they walked along, and gave it a number of consolatory pats. ‘Thank you, my dear,’ he said, as if she had spoken; ‘I am all right, my dear. Well, and how do you get on, Bella?’

‘I am not at all improved, Pa.’

‘Ain’t you really though?’

‘No, Pa. On the contrary, I am worse.’

‘Lor!’ said the cherub.

‘I am worse, Pa. I make so many calculations how much a year I must have when I marry, and what is the least I can manage to do with, that I am beginning to get wrinkles over my nose. Did you notice any wrinkles over my nose this evening, Pa?’

Pa laughing at this, Bella gave him two or three shakes.

‘You won’t laugh, sir, when you see your lovely woman turning haggard. You had better be prepared in time, I can tell you. I shall not be able to keep my greediness for money out of my eyes long, and when you see it there you’ll be sorry, and serve you right for not being warned in time. Now, sir, we entered into a bond of confidence. Have you anything to impart?’

‘I thought it was you who was to impart, my love.’

‘Oh! did you indeed, sir? Then why didn’t you ask me, the moment we came out? The confidences of lovely women are not to be slighted. However, I forgive you this once, and look here, Pa; that’s’—Bella laid the little forefinger of her right glove on her lip, and then laid it on her father’s lip—‘that’s a kiss for you. And now I am going seriously to tell you—let me see how many—four secrets. Mind! Serious, grave, weighty secrets. Strictly between ourselves.’

‘Number one, my dear?’ said her father, settling her arm comfortably and confidentially.

‘Number one,’ said Bella, ‘will electrify you, Pa. Who do you think has’—she was confused here in spite of her merry way of beginning ‘has made an offer to me?’

Pa looked in her face, and looked at the ground, and looked in her face again, and declared he could never guess.

‘Mr Rokesmith.’

‘You don’t tell me so, my dear!’

‘Mis—ter Roke—smith, Pa,’ said Bella separating the syllables for emphasis. ‘What do you say to THAT?’

Pa answered quietly with the counter-question, ‘What did YOU say to that, my love?’

‘I said No,’ returned Bella sharply. ‘Of course.’

‘Yes. Of course,’ said her father, meditating.

‘And I told him why I thought it a betrayal of trust on his part, and an affront to me,’ said Bella.

‘Yes. To be sure. I am astonished indeed. I wonder he committed himself without seeing more of his way first. Now I think of it, I suspect he always has admired you though, my dear.’

‘A hackney coachman may admire me,’ remarked Bella, with a touch of her mother’s loftiness.

‘It’s highly probable, my love. Number two, my dear?’

‘Number two, Pa, is much to the same purpose, though not so preposterous. Mr Lightwood would propose to me, if I would let him.’

‘Then I understand, my dear, that you don’t intend to let him?’

Bella again saying, with her former emphasis, ‘Why, of course not!’ her father felt himself bound to echo, ‘Of course not.’

‘I don’t care for him,’ said Bella.

‘That’s enough,’ her father interposed.

‘No, Pa, it’s NOT enough,’ rejoined Bella, giving him another shake or two. ‘Haven’t I told you what a mercenary little wretch I am? It only becomes enough when he has no money, and no clients, and no expectations, and no anything but debts.’

‘Hah!’ said the cherub, a little depressed. ‘Number three, my dear?’

‘Number three, Pa, is a better thing. A generous thing, a noble thing, a delightful thing. Mrs Boffin has herself told me, as a secret, with her own kind lips—and truer lips never opened or closed in this life, I am sure—that they wish to see me well married; and that when I marry with their consent they will portion me most handsomely.’ Here the grateful girl burst out crying very heartily.

‘Don’t cry, my darling,’ said her father, with his hand to his eyes; ‘it’s excusable in me to be a little overcome when I find that my dear favourite child is, after all disappointments, to be so provided for and so raised in the world; but don’t YOU cry, don’t YOU cry. I am very thankful. I congratulate you with all my heart, my dear.’ The good soft little fellow, drying his eyes, here, Bella put her arms round his neck and tenderly kissed him on the high road, passionately telling him he was the best of fathers and the best of friends, and that on her wedding-morning she would go down on her knees to him and beg his pardon for having ever teased him or seemed insensible to the worth of such a patient, sympathetic, genial, fresh young heart. At every one of her adjectives she redoubled her kisses, and finally kissed his hat off, and then laughed immoderately when the wind took it and he ran after it.

When he had recovered his hat and his breath, and they were going on again once more, said her father then: ‘Number four, my dear?’

Bella’s countenance fell in the midst of her mirth. ‘After all, perhaps I had better put off number four, Pa. Let me try once more, if for never so short a time, to hope that it may not really be so.’

The change in her, strengthened the cherub’s interest in number four, and he said quietly: ‘May not be so, my dear? May not be how, my dear?’

Bella looked at him pensively, and shook her head.

‘And yet I know right well it is so, Pa. I know it only too well.’

‘My love,’ returned her father, ‘you make me quite uncomfortable. Have you said No to anybody else, my dear?’

‘No, Pa.’

‘Yes to anybody?’ he suggested, lifting up his eyebrows.

‘No, Pa.’

‘Is there anybody else who would take his chance between Yes and No, if you would let him, my dear?’

‘Not that I know of, Pa.’

‘There can’t be somebody who won’t take his chance when you want him to?’ said the cherub, as a last resource.

‘Why, of course not, Pa,’ said Bella, giving him another shake or two.

‘No, of course not,’ he assented. ‘Bella, my dear, I am afraid I must either have no sleep to-night, or I must press for number four.’

‘Oh, Pa, there is no good in number four! I am so sorry for it, I am so unwilling to believe it, I have tried so earnestly not to see it, that it is very hard to tell, even to you. But Mr Boffin is being spoilt by prosperity, and is changing every day.’

‘My dear Bella, I hope and trust not.’

‘I have hoped and trusted not too, Pa; but every day he changes for the worse, and for the worse. Not to me—he is always much the same to me—but to others about him. Before my eyes he grows suspicious, capricious, hard, tyrannical, unjust. If ever a good man were ruined by good fortune, it is my benefactor. And yet, Pa, think how terrible the fascination of money is! I see this, and hate this, and dread this, and don’t know but that money might make a much worse change in me. And yet I have money always in my thoughts and my desires; and the whole life I place before myself is money, money, money, and what money can make of life!’

Chapter 5

THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN FALLS INTO BAD COMPANY

Were Bella Wilfer’s bright and ready little wits at fault, or was the Golden Dustman passing through the furnace of proof and coming out dross? Ill news travels fast. We shall know full soon.

On that very night of her return from the Happy Return, something chanced which Bella closely followed with her eyes and ears. There was an apartment at the side of the Boffin mansion, known as Mr Boffin’s room. Far less grand than the rest of the house, it was far more comfortable, being pervaded by a certain air of homely snugness, which upholstering despotism had banished to that spot when it inexorably set its face against Mr Boffin’s appeals for mercy in behalf of any other chamber. Thus, although a room of modest situation—for its windows gave on Silas Wegg’s old corner—and of no pretensions to velvet, satin, or gilding, it had got itself established in a domestic position analogous to that of an easy dressing-gown or pair of slippers; and whenever the family wanted to enjoy a particularly pleasant fireside evening, they enjoyed it, as an institution that must be, in Mr Boffin’s room.

Mr and Mrs Boffin were reported sitting in this room, when Bella got back. Entering it, she found the Secretary there too; in official attendance it would appear, for he was standing with some papers in his hand by a table with shaded candles on it, at which Mr Boffin was seated thrown back in his easy chair.

‘You are busy, sir,’ said Bella, hesitating at the door.

‘Not at all, my dear, not at all. You’re one of ourselves. We never make company of you. Come in, come in. Here’s the old lady in her usual place.’

Mrs Boffin adding her nod and smile of welcome to Mr Boffin’s words, Bella took her book to a chair in the fireside corner, by Mrs Boffin’s work-table. Mr Boffin’s station was on the opposite side.

‘Now, Rokesmith,’ said the Golden Dustman, so sharply rapping the table to bespeak his attention as Bella turned the leaves of her book, that she started; ‘where were we?’

‘You were saying, sir,’ returned the Secretary, with an air of some reluctance and a glance towards those others who were present, ‘that you considered the time had come for fixing my salary.’

‘Don’t be above calling it wages, man,’ said Mr Boffin, testily. ‘What the deuce! I never talked of any salary when I was in service.’

‘My wages,’ said the Secretary, correcting himself.

‘Rokesmith, you are not proud, I hope?’ observed Mr Boffin, eyeing him askance.

‘I hope not, sir.’

‘Because I never was, when I was poor,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Poverty and pride don’t go at all well together. Mind that. How can they go well together? Why it stands to reason. A man, being poor, has nothing to be proud of. It’s nonsense.’

With a slight inclination of his head, and a look of some surprise, the Secretary seemed to assent by forming the syllables of the word ‘nonsense’ on his lips.

‘Now, concerning these same wages,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Sit down.’

The Secretary sat down.

‘Why didn’t you sit down before?’ asked Mr Boffin, distrustfully. ‘I hope that wasn’t pride? But about these wages. Now, I’ve gone into the matter, and I say two hundred a year. What do you think of it? Do you think it’s enough?’

‘Thank you. It is a fair proposal.’

‘I don’t say, you know,’ Mr Boffin stipulated, ‘but what it may be more than enough. And I’ll tell you why, Rokesmith. A man of property, like me, is bound to consider the market-price. At first I didn’t enter into that as much as I might have done; but I’ve got acquainted with other men of property since, and I’ve got acquainted with the duties of property. I mustn’t go putting the market-price up, because money may happen not to be an object with me. A sheep is worth so much in the market, and I ought to give it and no more. A secretary is worth so much in the market, and I ought to give it and no more. However, I don’t mind stretching a point with you.’

‘Mr Boffin, you are very good,’ replied the Secretary, with an effort.

‘Then we put the figure,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘at two hundred a year. Then the figure’s disposed of. Now, there must be no misunderstanding regarding what I buy for two hundred a year. If I pay for a sheep, I buy it out and out. Similarly, if I pay for a secretary, I buy HIM out and out.’

‘In other words, you purchase my whole time?’

‘Certainly I do. Look here,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘it ain’t that I want to occupy your whole time; you can take up a book for a minute or two when you’ve nothing better to do, though I think you’ll a’most always find something useful to do. But I want to keep you in attendance. It’s convenient to have you at all times ready on the premises. Therefore, betwixt your breakfast and your supper,—on the premises I expect to find you.’

The Secretary bowed.

‘In bygone days, when I was in service myself,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘I couldn’t go cutting about at my will and pleasure, and you won’t expect to go cutting about at your will and pleasure. You’ve rather got into a habit of that, lately; but perhaps it was for want of a right specification betwixt us. Now, let there be a right specification betwixt us, and let it be this. If you want leave, ask for it.’

Again the Secretary bowed. His manner was uneasy and astonished, and showed a sense of humiliation.

‘I’ll have a bell,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘hung from this room to yours, and when I want you, I’ll touch it. I don’t call to mind that I have anything more to say at the present moment.’

The Secretary rose, gathered up his papers, and withdrew. Bella’s eyes followed him to the door, lighted on Mr Boffin complacently thrown back in his easy chair, and drooped over her book.

‘I have let that chap, that young man of mine,’ said Mr Boffin, taking a trot up and down the room, ‘get above his work. It won’t do. I must have him down a peg. A man of property owes a duty to other men of property, and must look sharp after his inferiors.’

Bella felt that Mrs Boffin was not comfortable, and that the eyes of that good creature sought to discover from her face what attention she had given to this discourse, and what impression it had made upon her. For which reason Bella’s eyes drooped more engrossedly over her book, and she turned the page with an air of profound absorption in it.

‘Noddy,’ said Mrs Boffin, after thoughtfully pausing in her work.

‘My dear,’ returned the Golden Dustman, stopping short in his trot.

‘Excuse my putting it to you, Noddy, but now really! Haven’t you been a little strict with Mr Rokesmith to-night? Haven’t you been a little—just a little little—not quite like your old self?’

‘Why, old woman, I hope so,’ returned Mr Boffin, cheerfully, if not boastfully.

Hope so, deary?’

‘Our old selves wouldn’t do here, old lady. Haven’t you found that out yet? Our old selves would be fit for nothing here but to be robbed and imposed upon. Our old selves weren’t people of fortune; our new selves are; it’s a great difference.’

‘Ah!’ said Mrs Boffin, pausing in her work again, softly to draw a long breath and to look at the fire. ‘A great difference.’

‘And we must be up to the difference,’ pursued her husband; ‘we must be equal to the change; that’s what we must be. We’ve got to hold our own now, against everybody (for everybody’s hand is stretched out to be dipped into our pockets), and we have got to recollect that money makes money, as well as makes everything else.’

‘Mentioning recollecting,’ said Mrs Boffin, with her work abandoned, her eyes upon the fire, and her chin upon her hand, ‘do you recollect, Noddy, how you said to Mr Rokesmith when he first came to see us at the Bower, and you engaged him—how you said to him that if it had pleased Heaven to send John Harmon to his fortune safe, we could have been content with the one Mound which was our legacy, and should never have wanted the rest?’

‘Ay, I remember, old lady. But we hadn’t tried what it was to have the rest then. Our new shoes had come home, but we hadn’t put ’em on. We’re wearing ’em now, we’re wearing ’em, and must step out accordingly.’

Mrs Boffin took up her work again, and plied her needle in silence.

‘As to Rokesmith, that young man of mine,’ said Mr Boffin, dropping his voice and glancing towards the door with an apprehension of being overheard by some eavesdropper there, ‘it’s the same with him as with the footmen. I have found out that you must either scrunch them, or let them scrunch you. If you ain’t imperious with ’em, they won’t believe in your being any better than themselves, if as good, after the stories (lies mostly) that they have heard of your beginnings. There’s nothing betwixt stiffening yourself up, and throwing yourself away; take my word for that, old lady.’

Bella ventured for a moment to look stealthily towards him under her eyelashes, and she saw a dark cloud of suspicion, covetousness, and conceit, overshadowing the once open face.

‘Hows’ever,’ said he, ‘this isn’t entertaining to Miss Bella. Is it, Bella?’

A deceiving Bella she was, to look at him with that pensively abstracted air, as if her mind were full of her book, and she had not heard a single word!

‘Hah! Better employed than to attend to it,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘That’s right, that’s right. Especially as you have no call to be told how to value yourself, my dear.’

Colouring a little under this compliment, Bella returned, ‘I hope sir, you don’t think me vain?’

‘Not a bit, my dear,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘But I think it’s very creditable in you, at your age, to be so well up with the pace of the world, and to know what to go in for. You are right. Go in for money, my love. Money’s the article. You’ll make money of your good looks, and of the money Mrs Boffin and me will have the pleasure of settling upon you, and you’ll live and die rich. That’s the state to live and die in!’ said Mr Boffin, in an unctuous manner. ‘R—r—rich!’

There was an expression of distress in Mrs Boffin’s face, as, after watching her husband’s, she turned to their adopted girl, and said:

‘Don’t mind him, Bella, my dear.’

‘Eh?’ cried Mr Boffin. ‘What! Not mind him?’

‘I don’t mean that,’ said Mrs Boffin, with a worried look, ‘but I mean, don’t believe him to be anything but good and generous, Bella, because he is the best of men. No, I must say that much, Noddy. You are always the best of men.’

She made the declaration as if he were objecting to it: which assuredly he was not in any way.

‘And as to you, my dear Bella,’ said Mrs Boffin, still with that distressed expression, ‘he is so much attached to you, whatever he says, that your own father has not a truer interest in you and can hardly like you better than he does.’

‘Says too!’ cried Mr Boffin. ‘Whatever he says! Why, I say so, openly. Give me a kiss, my dear child, in saying Good Night, and let me confirm what my old lady tells you. I am very fond of you, my dear, and I am entirely of your mind, and you and I will take care that you shall be rich. These good looks of yours (which you have some right to be vain of; my dear, though you are not, you know) are worth money, and you shall make money of ’em. The money you will have, will be worth money, and you shall make money of that too. There’s a golden ball at your feet. Good night, my dear.’

Somehow, Bella was not so well pleased with this assurance and this prospect as she might have been. Somehow, when she put her arms round Mrs Boffin’s neck and said Good Night, she derived a sense of unworthiness from the still anxious face of that good woman and her obvious wish to excuse her husband. ‘Why, what need to excuse him?’ thought Bella, sitting down in her own room. ‘What he said was very sensible, I am sure, and very true, I am sure. It is only what I often say to myself. Don’t I like it then? No, I don’t like it, and, though he is my liberal benefactor, I disparage him for it. Then pray,’ said Bella, sternly putting the question to herself in the looking-glass as usual, ‘what do you mean by this, you inconsistent little Beast?’

The looking-glass preserving a discreet ministerial silence when thus called upon for explanation, Bella went to bed with a weariness upon her spirit which was more than the weariness of want of sleep. And again in the morning, she looked for the cloud, and for the deepening of the cloud, upon the Golden Dustman’s face.

She had begun by this time to be his frequent companion in his morning strolls about the streets, and it was at this time that he made her a party to his engaging in a curious pursuit. Having been hard at work in one dull enclosure all his life, he had a child’s delight in looking at shops. It had been one of the first novelties and pleasures of his freedom, and was equally the delight of his wife. For many years their only walks in London had been taken on Sundays when the shops were shut; and when every day in the week became their holiday, they derived an enjoyment from the variety and fancy and beauty of the display in the windows, which seemed incapable of exhaustion. As if the principal streets were a great Theatre and the play were childishly new to them, Mr and Mrs Boffin, from the beginning of Bella’s intimacy in their house, had been constantly in the front row, charmed with all they saw and applauding vigorously. But now, Mr Boffin’s interest began to centre in book-shops; and more than that—for that of itself would not have been much—in one exceptional kind of book.

‘Look in here, my dear,’ Mr Boffin would say, checking Bella’s arm at a bookseller’s window; ‘you can read at sight, and your eyes are as sharp as they’re bright. Now, look well about you, my dear, and tell me if you see any book about a Miser.’

If Bella saw such a book, Mr Boffin would instantly dart in and buy it. And still, as if they had not found it, they would seek out another book-shop, and Mr Boffin would say, ‘Now, look well all round, my dear, for a Life of a Miser, or any book of that sort; any Lives of odd characters who may have been Misers.’

Bella, thus directed, would examine the window with the greatest attention, while Mr Boffin would examine her face. The moment she pointed out any book as being entitled Lives of eccentric personages, Anecdotes of strange characters, Records of remarkable individuals, or anything to that purpose, Mr Boffin’s countenance would light up, and he would instantly dart in and buy it. Size, price, quality, were of no account. Any book that seemed to promise a chance of miserly biography, Mr Boffin purchased without a moment’s delay and carried home. Happening to be informed by a bookseller that a portion of the Annual Register was devoted to ‘Characters’, Mr Boffin at once bought a whole set of that ingenious compilation, and began to carry it home piecemeal, confiding a volume to Bella, and bearing three himself. The completion of this labour occupied them about a fortnight. When the task was done, Mr Boffin, with his appetite for Misers whetted instead of satiated, began to look out again.

It very soon became unnecessary to tell Bella what to look for, and an understanding was established between her and Mr Boffin that she was always to look for Lives of Misers. Morning after morning they roamed about the town together, pursuing this singular research. Miserly literature not being abundant, the proportion of failures to successes may have been as a hundred to one; still Mr Boffin, never wearied, remained as avaricious for misers as he had been at the first onset. It was curious that Bella never saw the books about the house, nor did she ever hear from Mr Boffin one word of reference to their contents. He seemed to save up his Misers as they had saved up their money. As they had been greedy for it, and secret about it, and had hidden it, so he was greedy for them, and secret about them, and hid them. But beyond all doubt it was to be noticed, and was by Bella very clearly noticed, that, as he pursued the acquisition of those dismal records with the ardour of Don Quixote for his books of chivalry, he began to spend his money with a more sparing hand. And often when he came out of a shop with some new account of one of those wretched lunatics, she would almost shrink from the sly dry chuckle with which he would take her arm again and trot away. It did not appear that Mrs Boffin knew of this taste. He made no allusion to it, except in the morning walks when he and Bella were always alone; and Bella, partly under the impression that he took her into his confidence by implication, and partly in remembrance of Mrs Boffin’s anxious face that night, held the same reserve.

While these occurrences were in progress, Mrs Lammle made the discovery that Bella had a fascinating influence over her. The Lammles, originally presented by the dear Veneerings, visited the Boffins on all grand occasions, and Mrs Lammle had not previously found this out; but now the knowledge came upon her all at once. It was a most extraordinary thing (she said to Mrs Boffin); she was foolishly susceptible of the power of beauty, but it wasn’t altogether that; she never had been able to resist a natural grace of manner, but it wasn’t altogether that; it was more than that, and there was no name for the indescribable extent and degree to which she was captivated by this charming girl.

This charming girl having the words repeated to her by Mrs Boffin (who was proud of her being admired, and would have done anything to give her pleasure), naturally recognized in Mrs Lammle a woman of penetration and taste. Responding to the sentiments, by being very gracious to Mrs Lammle, she gave that lady the means of so improving her opportunity, as that the captivation became reciprocal, though always wearing an appearance of greater sobriety on Bella’s part than on the enthusiastic Sophronia’s. Howbeit, they were so much together that, for a time, the Boffin chariot held Mrs Lammle oftener than Mrs Boffin: a preference of which the latter worthy soul was not in the least jealous, placidly remarking, ‘Mrs Lammle is a younger companion for her than I am, and Lor! she’s more fashionable.’

But between Bella Wilfer and Georgiana Podsnap there was this one difference, among many others, that Bella was in no danger of being captivated by Alfred. She distrusted and disliked him. Indeed, her perception was so quick, and her observation so sharp, that after all she mistrusted his wife too, though with her giddy vanity and wilfulness she squeezed the mistrust away into a corner of her mind, and blocked it up there.

Mrs Lammle took the friendliest interest in Bella’s making a good match. Mrs Lammle said, in a sportive way, she really must show her beautiful Bella what kind of wealthy creatures she and Alfred had on hand, who would as one man fall at her feet enslaved. Fitting occasion made, Mrs Lammle accordingly produced the most passable of those feverish, boastful, and indefinably loose gentlemen who were always lounging in and out of the City on questions of the Bourse and Greek and Spanish and India and Mexican and par and premium and discount and three-quarters and seven-eighths. Who in their agreeable manner did homage to Bella as if she were a compound of fine girl, thorough-bred horse, well-built drag, and remarkable pipe. But without the least effect, though even Mr Fledgeby’s attractions were cast into the scale.

‘I fear, Bella dear,’ said Mrs Lammle one day in the chariot, ‘that you will be very hard to please.’

‘I don’t expect to be pleased, dear,’ said Bella, with a languid turn of her eyes.

‘Truly, my love,’ returned Sophronia, shaking her head, and smiling her best smile, ‘it would not be very easy to find a man worthy of your attractions.’

‘The question is not a man, my dear,’ said Bella, coolly, ‘but an establishment.’

‘My love,’ returned Mrs Lammle, ‘your prudence amazes me—where DID you study life so well!—you are right. In such a case as yours, the object is a fitting establishment. You could not descend to an inadequate one from Mr Boffin’s house, and even if your beauty alone could not command it, it is to be assumed that Mr and Mrs Boffin will—’

‘Oh! they have already,’ Bella interposed.

‘No! Have they really?’

A little vexed by a suspicion that she had spoken precipitately, and withal a little defiant of her own vexation, Bella determined not to retreat.

‘That is to say,’ she explained, ‘they have told me they mean to portion me as their adopted child, if you mean that. But don’t mention it.’

‘Mention it!’ replied Mrs Lammle, as if she were full of awakened feeling at the suggestion of such an impossibility. ‘Men-tion it!’

‘I don’t mind telling you, Mrs Lammle—’ Bella began again.

‘My love, say Sophronia, or I must not say Bella.’

With a little short, petulant ‘Oh!’ Bella complied. ‘Oh!—Sophronia then—I don’t mind telling you, Sophronia, that I am convinced I have no heart, as people call it; and that I think that sort of thing is nonsense.’

‘Brave girl!’ murmured Mrs Lammle.

‘And so,’ pursued Bella, ‘as to seeking to please myself, I don’t; except in the one respect I have mentioned. I am indifferent otherwise.’

‘But you can’t help pleasing, Bella,’ said Mrs Lammle, rallying her with an arch look and her best smile, ‘you can’t help making a proud and an admiring husband. You may not care to please yourself, and you may not care to please him, but you are not a free agent as to pleasing: you are forced to do that, in spite of yourself, my dear; so it may be a question whether you may not as well please yourself too, if you can.’

Now, the very grossness of this flattery put Bella upon proving that she actually did please in spite of herself. She had a misgiving that she was doing wrong—though she had an indistinct foreshadowing that some harm might come of it thereafter, she little thought what consequences it would really bring about—but she went on with her confidence.

‘Don’t talk of pleasing in spite of one’s self, dear,’ said Bella. ‘I have had enough of that.’

‘Ay?’ cried Mrs Lammle. ‘Am I already corroborated, Bella?’

‘Never mind, Sophronia, we will not speak of it any more. Don’t ask me about it.’

This plainly meaning Do ask me about it, Mrs Lammle did as she was requested.

‘Tell me, Bella. Come, my dear. What provoking burr has been inconveniently attracted to the charming skirts, and with difficulty shaken off?’

‘Provoking indeed,’ said Bella, ‘and no burr to boast of! But don’t ask me.’

‘Shall I guess?’

‘You would never guess. What would you say to our Secretary?’

‘My dear! The hermit Secretary, who creeps up and down the back stairs, and is never seen!’

‘I don’t know about his creeping up and down the back stairs,’ said Bella, rather contemptuously, ‘further than knowing that he does no such thing; and as to his never being seen, I should be content never to have seen him, though he is quite as visible as you are. But I pleased HIM (for my sins) and he had the presumption to tell me so.’

‘The man never made a declaration to you, my dear Bella!’

‘Are you sure of that, Sophronia?’ said Bella. ‘I am not. In fact, I am sure of the contrary.’

‘The man must be mad,’ said Mrs Lammle, with a kind of resignation.

‘He appeared to be in his senses,’ returned Bella, tossing her head, ‘and he had plenty to say for himself. I told him my opinion of his declaration and his conduct, and dismissed him. Of course this has all been very inconvenient to me, and very disagreeable. It has remained a secret, however. That word reminds me to observe, Sophronia, that I have glided on into telling you the secret, and that I rely upon you never to mention it.’

‘Mention it!’ repeated Mrs Lammle with her former feeling. ‘Men-tion it!’

This time Sophronia was so much in earnest that she found it necessary to bend forward in the carriage and give Bella a kiss. A Judas order of kiss; for she thought, while she yet pressed Bella’s hand after giving it, ‘Upon your own showing, you vain heartless girl, puffed up by the doting folly of a dustman, I need have no relenting towards YOU. If my husband, who sends me here, should form any schemes for making YOU a victim, I should certainly not cross him again.’ In those very same moments, Bella was thinking, ‘Why am I always at war with myself? Why have I told, as if upon compulsion, what I knew all along I ought to have withheld? Why am I making a friend of this woman beside me, in spite of the whispers against her that I hear in my heart?’

As usual, there was no answer in the looking-glass when she got home and referred these questions to it. Perhaps if she had consulted some better oracle, the result might have been more satisfactory; but she did not, and all things consequent marched the march before them.

On one point connected with the watch she kept on Mr Boffin, she felt very inquisitive, and that was the question whether the Secretary watched him too, and followed the sure and steady change in him, as she did? Her very limited intercourse with Mr Rokesmith rendered this hard to find out. Their communication now, at no time extended beyond the preservation of commonplace appearances before Mr and Mrs Boffin; and if Bella and the Secretary were ever left alone together by any chance, he immediately withdrew. She consulted his face when she could do so covertly, as she worked or read, and could make nothing of it. He looked subdued; but he had acquired a strong command of feature, and, whenever Mr Boffin spoke to him in Bella’s presence, or whatever revelation of himself Mr Boffin made, the Secretary’s face changed no more than a wall. A slightly knitted brow, that expressed nothing but an almost mechanical attention, and a compression of the mouth, that might have been a guard against a scornful smile—these she saw from morning to night, from day to day, from week to week, monotonous, unvarying, set, as in a piece of sculpture.

The worst of the matter was, that it thus fell out insensibly—and most provokingly, as Bella complained to herself, in her impetuous little manner—that her observation of Mr Boffin involved a continual observation of Mr Rokesmith. ‘Won’t THAT extract a look from him?’—‘Can it be possible THAT makes no impression on him?’ Such questions Bella would propose to herself, often as many times in a day as there were hours in it. Impossible to know. Always the same fixed face.

‘Can he be so base as to sell his very nature for two hundred a year?’ Bella would think. And then, ‘But why not? It’s a mere question of price with others besides him. I suppose I would sell mine, if I could get enough for it.’ And so she would come round again to the war with herself.

A kind of illegibility, though a different kind, stole over Mr Boffin’s face. Its old simplicity of expression got masked by a certain craftiness that assimilated even his good-humour to itself. His very smile was cunning, as if he had been studying smiles among the portraits of his misers. Saving an occasional burst of impatience, or coarse assertion of his mastery, his good-humour remained to him, but it had now a sordid alloy of distrust; and though his eyes should twinkle and all his face should laugh, he would sit holding himself in his own arms, as if he had an inclination to hoard himself up, and must always grudgingly stand on the defensive.

What with taking heed of these two faces, and what with feeling conscious that the stealthy occupation must set some mark on her own, Bella soon began to think that there was not a candid or a natural face among them all but Mrs Boffin’s. None the less because it was far less radiant than of yore, faithfully reflecting in its anxiety and regret every line of change in the Golden Dustman’s.

‘Rokesmith,’ said Mr Boffin one evening when they were all in his room again, and he and the Secretary had been going over some accounts, ‘I am spending too much money. Or leastways, you are spending too much for me.’

‘You are rich, sir.’

‘I am not,’ said Mr Boffin.

The sharpness of the retort was next to telling the Secretary that he lied. But it brought no change of expression into the set face.

‘I tell you I am not rich,’ repeated Mr Boffin, ‘and I won’t have it.’

‘You are not rich, sir?’ repeated the Secretary, in measured words.

Well,’ returned Mr Boffin, ‘if I am, that’s my business. I am not going to spend at this rate, to please you, or anybody. You wouldn’t like it, if it was your money.’

‘Even in that impossible case, sir, I—’

‘Hold your tongue!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘You oughtn’t to like it in any case. There! I didn’t mean to be rude, but you put me out so, and after all I’m master. I didn’t intend to tell you to hold your tongue. I beg your pardon. Don’t hold your tongue. Only, don’t contradict. Did you ever come across the life of Mr Elwes?’ referring to his favourite subject at last.

‘The miser?’

‘Ah, people called him a miser. People are always calling other people something. Did you ever read about him?’

‘I think so.’

‘He never owned to being rich, and yet he might have bought me twice over. Did you ever hear of Daniel Dancer?’

‘Another miser? Yes.’

‘He was a good ’un,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘and he had a sister worthy of him. They never called themselves rich neither. If they HAD called themselves rich, most likely they wouldn’t have been so.’

‘They lived and died very miserably. Did they not, sir?’

‘No, I don’t know that they did,’ said Mr Boffin, curtly.

‘Then they are not the Misers I mean. Those abject wretches—’

‘Don’t call names, Rokesmith,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘—That exemplary brother and sister—lived and died in the foulest and filthiest degradation.’

‘They pleased themselves,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘and I suppose they could have done no more if they had spent their money. But however, I ain’t going to fling mine away. Keep the expenses down. The fact is, you ain’t enough here, Rokesmith. It wants constant attention in the littlest things. Some of us will be dying in a workhouse next.’

‘As the persons you have cited,’ quietly remarked the Secretary, ‘thought they would, if I remember, sir.’

‘And very creditable in ’em too,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Very independent in ’em! But never mind them just now. Have you given notice to quit your lodgings?’

‘Under your direction, I have, sir.’

‘Then I tell you what,’ said Mr Boffin; ‘pay the quarter’s rent—pay the quarter’s rent, it’ll be the cheapest thing in the end—and come here at once, so that you may be always on the spot, day and night, and keep the expenses down. You’ll charge the quarter’s rent to me, and we must try and save it somewhere. You’ve got some lovely furniture; haven’t you?’

‘The furniture in my rooms is my own.’

‘Then we shan’t have to buy any for you. In case you was to think it,’ said Mr Boffin, with a look of peculiar shrewdness, ‘so honourably independent in you as to make it a relief to your mind, to make that furniture over to me in the light of a set-off against the quarter’s rent, why ease your mind, ease your mind. I don’t ask it, but I won’t stand in your way if you should consider it due to yourself. As to your room, choose any empty room at the top of the house.’

‘Any empty room will do for me,’ said the Secretary.

‘You can take your pick,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘and it’ll be as good as eight or ten shillings a week added to your income. I won’t deduct for it; I look to you to make it up handsomely by keeping the expenses down. Now, if you’ll show a light, I’ll come to your office-room and dispose of a letter or two.’

On that clear, generous face of Mrs Boffin’s, Bella had seen such traces of a pang at the heart while this dialogue was being held, that she had not the courage to turn her eyes to it when they were left alone. Feigning to be intent on her embroidery, she sat plying her needle until her busy hand was stopped by Mrs Boffin’s hand being lightly laid upon it. Yielding to the touch, she felt her hand carried to the good soul’s lips, and felt a tear fall on it.

‘Oh, my loved husband!’ said Mrs Boffin. ‘This is hard to see and hear. But my dear Bella, believe me that in spite of all the change in him, he is the best of men.’

He came back, at the moment when Bella had taken the hand comfortingly between her own.

‘Eh?’ said he, mistrustfully looking in at the door. ‘What’s she telling you?’

‘She is only praising you, sir,’ said Bella.

‘Praising me? You are sure? Not blaming me for standing on my own defence against a crew of plunderers, who could suck me dry by driblets? Not blaming me for getting a little hoard together?’

He came up to them, and his wife folded her hands upon his shoulder, and shook her head as she laid it on her hands.

‘There, there, there!’ urged Mr Boffin, not unkindly. ‘Don’t take on, old lady.’

‘But I can’t bear to see you so, my dear.’

‘Nonsense! Recollect we are not our old selves. Recollect, we must scrunch or be scrunched. Recollect, we must hold our own. Recollect, money makes money. Don’t you be uneasy, Bella, my child; don’t you be doubtful. The more I save, the more you shall have.’

Bella thought it was well for his wife that she was musing with her affectionate face on his shoulder; for there was a cunning light in his eyes as he said all this, which seemed to cast a disagreeable illumination on the change in him, and make it morally uglier.

Chapter 6

THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN FALLS INTO WORSE COMPANY

It had come to pass that Mr Silas Wegg now rarely attended the minion of fortune and the worm of the hour, at his (the worm’s and minion’s) own house, but lay under general instructions to await him within a certain margin of hours at the Bower. Mr Wegg took this arrangement in great dudgeon, because the appointed hours were evening hours, and those he considered precious to the progress of the friendly move. But it was quite in character, he bitterly remarked to Mr Venus, that the upstart who had trampled on those eminent creatures, Miss Elizabeth, Master George, Aunt Jane, and Uncle Parker, should oppress his literary man.

The Roman Empire having worked out its destruction, Mr Boffin next appeared in a cab with Rollin’s Ancient History, which valuable work being found to possess lethargic properties, broke down, at about the period when the whole of the army of Alexander the Macedonian (at that time about forty thousand strong) burst into tears simultaneously, on his being taken with a shivering fit after bathing. The Wars of the Jews, likewise languishing under Mr Wegg’s generalship, Mr Boffin arrived in another cab with Plutarch: whose Lives he found in the sequel extremely entertaining, though he hoped Plutarch might not expect him to believe them all. What to believe, in the course of his reading, was Mr Boffin’s chief literary difficulty indeed; for some time he was divided in his mind between half, all, or none; at length, when he decided, as a moderate man, to compound with half, the question still remained, which half? And that stumbling-block he never got over.

One evening, when Silas Wegg had grown accustomed to the arrival of his patron in a cab, accompanied by some profane historian charged with unutterable names of incomprehensible peoples, of impossible descent, waging wars any number of years and syllables long, and carrying illimitable hosts and riches about, with the greatest ease, beyond the confines of geography—one evening the usual time passed by, and no patron appeared. After half an hour’s grace, Mr Wegg proceeded to the outer gate, and there executed a whistle, conveying to Mr Venus, if perchance within hearing, the tidings of his being at home and disengaged. Forth from the shelter of a neighbouring wall, Mr Venus then emerged.

‘Brother in arms,’ said Mr Wegg, in excellent spirits, ‘welcome!’

In return, Mr Venus gave him a rather dry good evening.

‘Walk in, brother,’ said Silas, clapping him on the shoulder, ‘and take your seat in my chimley corner; for what says the ballad?

“No malice to dread, sir, And no falsehood to fear, But truth to delight me, Mr Venus, And I forgot what to cheer. Li toddle de om dee. And something to guide, My ain fireside, sir, My ain fireside.”’

With this quotation (depending for its neatness rather on the spirit than the words), Mr Wegg conducted his guest to his hearth.

‘And you come, brother,’ said Mr Wegg, in a hospitable glow, ‘you come like I don’t know what—exactly like it—I shouldn’t know you from it—shedding a halo all around you.’

‘What kind of halo?’ asked Mr Venus.

‘’Ope sir,’ replied Silas. ‘That’s YOUR halo.’

Mr Venus appeared doubtful on the point, and looked rather discontentedly at the fire.

‘We’ll devote the evening, brother,’ exclaimed Wegg, ‘to prosecute our friendly move. And arterwards, crushing a flowing wine-cup—which I allude to brewing rum and water—we’ll pledge one another. For what says the Poet?

“And you needn’t, Mr Venus, be your black bottle, For surely I’ll be mine, And we’ll take a glass with a slice of lemon in it to which you’re partial, For auld lang syne.”’

This flow of quotation and hospitality in Wegg indicated his observation of some little querulousness on the part of Venus.

‘Why, as to the friendly move,’ observed the last-named gentleman, rubbing his knees peevishly, ‘one of my objections to it is, that it DON’T move.’

‘Rome, brother,’ returned Wegg: ‘a city which (it may not be generally known) originated in twins and a wolf; and ended in Imperial marble: wasn’t built in a day.’

‘Did I say it was?’ asked Venus.

‘No, you did not, brother. Well-inquired.’

‘But I do say,’ proceeded Venus, ‘that I am taken from among my trophies of anatomy, am called upon to exchange my human warious for mere coal-ashes warious, and nothing comes of it. I think I must give up.’

‘No, sir!’ remonstrated Wegg, enthusiastically. ‘No, Sir!

“Charge, Chester, charge, On, Mr Venus, on!”

Never say die, sir! A man of your mark!’

‘It’s not so much saying it that I object to,’ returned Mr Venus, ‘as doing it. And having got to do it whether or no, I can’t afford to waste my time on groping for nothing in cinders.’

‘But think how little time you have given to the move, sir, after all,’ urged Wegg. ‘Add the evenings so occupied together, and what do they come to? And you, sir, harmonizer with myself in opinions, views, and feelings, you with the patience to fit together on wires the whole framework of society—I allude to the human skelinton—you to give in so soon!’

‘I don’t like it,’ returned Mr Venus moodily, as he put his head between his knees and stuck up his dusty hair. ‘And there’s no encouragement to go on.’

‘Not them Mounds without,’ said Mr Wegg, extending his right hand with an air of solemn reasoning, ‘encouragement? Not them Mounds now looking down upon us?’

‘They’re too big,’ grumbled Venus. ‘What’s a scratch here and a scrape there, a poke in this place and a dig in the other, to them. Besides; what have we found?’

‘What HAVE we found?’ cried Wegg, delighted to be able to acquiesce. ‘Ah! There I grant you, comrade. Nothing. But on the contrary, comrade, what MAY we find? There you’ll grant me. Anything.’

‘I don’t like it,’ pettishly returned Venus as before. ‘I came into it without enough consideration. And besides again. Isn’t your own Mr Boffin well acquainted with the Mounds? And wasn’t he well acquainted with the deceased and his ways? And has he ever showed any expectation of finding anything?’

At that moment wheels were heard.

‘Now, I should be loth,’ said Mr Wegg, with an air of patient injury, ‘to think so ill of him as to suppose him capable of coming at this time of night. And yet it sounds like him.’

A ring at the yard bell.

‘It is him,’ said Mr Wegg, ‘and he is capable of it. I am sorry, because I could have wished to keep up a little lingering fragment of respect for him.’

Here Mr Boffin was heard lustily calling at the yard gate, ‘Halloa! Wegg! Halloa!’

‘Keep your seat, Mr Venus,’ said Wegg. ‘He may not stop.’ And then called out, ‘Halloa, sir! Halloa! I’m with you directly, sir! Half a minute, Mr Boffin. Coming, sir, as fast as my leg will bring me!’ And so with a show of much cheerful alacrity stumped out to the gate with a light, and there, through the window of a cab, descried Mr Boffin inside, blocked up with books.

‘Here! lend a hand, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin excitedly, ‘I can’t get out till the way is cleared for me. This is the Annual Register, Wegg, in a cab-full of wollumes. Do you know him?’

‘Know the Animal Register, sir?’ returned the Impostor, who had caught the name imperfectly. ‘For a trifling wager, I think I could find any Animal in him, blindfold, Mr Boffin.’

‘And here’s Kirby’s Wonderful Museum,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘and Caulfield’s Characters, and Wilson’s. Such Characters, Wegg, such Characters! I must have one or two of the best of ’em to-night. It’s amazing what places they used to put the guineas in, wrapped up in rags. Catch hold of that pile of wollumes, Wegg, or it’ll bulge out and burst into the mud. Is there anyone about, to help?’

‘There’s a friend of mine, sir, that had the intention of spending the evening with me when I gave you up—much against my will—for the night.’

‘Call him out,’ cried Mr Boffin in a bustle; ‘get him to bear a hand. Don’t drop that one under your arm. It’s Dancer. Him and his sister made pies of a dead sheep they found when they were out a walking. Where’s your friend? Oh, here’s your friend. Would you be so good as help Wegg and myself with these books? But don’t take Jemmy Taylor of Southwark, nor yet Jemmy Wood of Gloucester. These are the two Jemmys. I’ll carry them myself.’

Not ceasing to talk and bustle, in a state of great excitement, Mr Boffin directed the removal and arrangement of the books, appearing to be in some sort beside himself until they were all deposited on the floor, and the cab was dismissed.

‘There!’ said Mr Boffin, gloating over them. ‘There they are, like the four-and-twenty fiddlers—all of a row. Get on your spectacles, Wegg; I know where to find the best of ’em, and we’ll have a taste at once of what we have got before us. What’s your friend’s name?’

Mr Wegg presented his friend as Mr Venus.

‘Eh?’ cried Mr Boffin, catching at the name. ‘Of Clerkenwell?’

‘Of Clerkenwell, sir,’ said Mr Venus.

‘Why, I’ve heard of you,’ cried Mr Boffin, ‘I heard of you in the old man’s time. You knew him. Did you ever buy anything of him?’ With piercing eagerness.

‘No, sir,’ returned Venus.

‘But he showed you things; didn’t he?’

Mr Venus, with a glance at his friend, replied in the affirmative.

‘What did he show you?’ asked Mr Boffin, putting his hands behind him, and eagerly advancing his head. ‘Did he show you boxes, little cabinets, pocket-books, parcels, anything locked or sealed, anything tied up?’

Mr Venus shook his head.

‘Are you a judge of china?’

Mr Venus again shook his head.

‘Because if he had ever showed you a teapot, I should be glad to know of it,’ said Mr Boffin. And then, with his right hand at his lips, repeated thoughtfully, ‘a Teapot, a Teapot’, and glanced over the books on the floor, as if he knew there was something interesting connected with a teapot, somewhere among them.

Mr Wegg and Mr Venus looked at one another wonderingly: and Mr Wegg, in fitting on his spectacles, opened his eyes wide, over their rims, and tapped the side of his nose: as an admonition to Venus to keep himself generally wide awake.

‘A Teapot,’ repeated Mr Boffin, continuing to muse and survey the books; ‘a Teapot, a Teapot. Are you ready, Wegg?’

‘I am at your service, sir,’ replied that gentleman, taking his usual seat on the usual settle, and poking his wooden leg under the table before it. ‘Mr Venus, would you make yourself useful, and take a seat beside me, sir, for the conveniency of snuffing the candles?’

Venus complying with the invitation while it was yet being given, Silas pegged at him with his wooden leg, to call his particular attention to Mr Boffin standing musing before the fire, in the space between the two settles.

‘Hem! Ahem!’ coughed Mr Wegg to attract his employer’s attention. ‘Would you wish to commence with an Animal, sir—from the Register?’

‘No,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘no, Wegg.’ With that, producing a little book from his breast-pocket, he handed it with great care to the literary gentlemen, and inquired, ‘What do you call that, Wegg?’

‘This, sir,’ replied Silas, adjusting his spectacles, and referring to the title-page, ‘is Merryweather’s Lives and Anecdotes of Misers. Mr Venus, would you make yourself useful and draw the candles a little nearer, sir?’ This to have a special opportunity of bestowing a stare upon his comrade.

‘Which of ’em have you got in that lot?’ asked Mr Boffin. ‘Can you find out pretty easy?’

Well, sir,’ replied Silas, turning to the table of contents and slowly fluttering the leaves of the book, ‘I should say they must be pretty well all here, sir; here’s a large assortment, sir; my eye catches John Overs, sir, John Little, sir, Dick Jarrel, John Elwes, the Reverend Mr Jones of Blewbury, Vulture Hopkins, Daniel Dancer—’

‘Give us Dancer, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin.

With another stare at his comrade, Silas sought and found the place.

‘Page a hundred and nine, Mr Boffin. Chapter eight. Contents of chapter, “His birth and estate. His garments and outward appearance. Miss Dancer and her feminine graces. The Miser’s Mansion. The finding of a treasure. The Story of the Mutton Pies. A Miser’s Idea of Death. Bob, the Miser’s cur. Griffiths and his Master. How to turn a penny. A substitute for a Fire. The Advantages of keeping a Snuff-box. The Miser dies without a Shirt. The Treasures of a Dunghill—”’

‘Eh? What’s that?’ demanded Mr Boffin.

‘“The Treasures,” sir,’ repeated Silas, reading very distinctly, ‘“of a Dunghill.” Mr Venus, sir, would you obleege with the snuffers?’ This, to secure attention to his adding with his lips only, ‘Mounds!’

Mr Boffin drew an arm-chair into the space where he stood, and said, seating himself and slyly rubbing his hands:

‘Give us Dancer.’

Mr Wegg pursued the biography of that eminent man through its various phases of avarice and dirt, through Miss Dancer’s death on a sick regimen of cold dumpling, and through Mr Dancer’s keeping his rags together with a hayband, and warming his dinner by sitting upon it, down to the consolatory incident of his dying naked in a sack. After which he read on as follows:

‘“The house, or rather the heap of ruins, in which Mr Dancer lived, and which at his death devolved to the right of Captain Holmes, was a most miserable, decayed building, for it had not been repaired for more than half a century.”’

(Here Mr Wegg eyes his comrade and the room in which they sat: which had not been repaired for a long time.)

‘“But though poor in external structure, the ruinous fabric was very rich in the interior. It took many weeks to explore its whole contents; and Captain Holmes found it a very agreeable task to dive into the miser’s secret hoards.”’

(Here Mr Wegg repeated ‘secret hoards’, and pegged his comrade again.)

‘“One of Mr Dancer’s richest escretoires was found to be a dungheap in the cowhouse; a sum but little short of two thousand five hundred pounds was contained in this rich piece of manure; and in an old jacket, carefully tied, and strongly nailed down to the manger, in bank notes and gold were found five hundred pounds more.”’

(Here Mr Wegg’s wooden leg started forward under the table, and slowly elevated itself as he read on.)

‘“Several bowls were discovered filled with guineas and half-guineas; and at different times on searching the corners of the house they found various parcels of bank notes. Some were crammed into the crevices of the wall”’;

(Here Mr Venus looked at the wall.)

‘“Bundles were hid under the cushions and covers of the chairs”’;

(Here Mr Venus looked under himself on the settle.)

‘“Some were reposing snugly at the back of the drawers; and notes amounting to six hundred pounds were found neatly doubled up in the inside of an old teapot. In the stable the Captain found jugs full of old dollars and shillings. The chimney was not left unsearched, and paid very well for the trouble; for in nineteen different holes, all filled with soot, were found various sums of money, amounting together to more than two hundred pounds.”’

On the way to this crisis Mr Wegg’s wooden leg had gradually elevated itself more and more, and he had nudged Mr Venus with his opposite elbow deeper and deeper, until at length the preservation of his balance became incompatible with the two actions, and he now dropped over sideways upon that gentleman, squeezing him against the settle’s edge. Nor did either of the two, for some few seconds, make any effort to recover himself; both remaining in a kind of pecuniary swoon.

But the sight of Mr Boffin sitting in the arm-chair hugging himself, with his eyes upon the fire, acted as a restorative. Counterfeiting a sneeze to cover their movements, Mr Wegg, with a spasmodic ‘Tish-ho!’ pulled himself and Mr Venus up in a masterly manner.

‘Let’s have some more,’ said Mr Boffin, hungrily.

‘John Elwes is the next, sir. Is it your pleasure to take John Elwes?’

‘Ah!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Let’s hear what John did.’

He did not appear to have hidden anything, so went off rather flatly. But an exemplary lady named Wilcocks, who had stowed away gold and silver in a pickle-pot in a clock-case, a canister-full of treasure in a hole under her stairs, and a quantity of money in an old rat-trap, revived the interest. To her succeeded another lady, claiming to be a pauper, whose wealth was found wrapped up in little scraps of paper and old rag. To her, another lady, apple-woman by trade, who had saved a fortune of ten thousand pounds and hidden it ‘here and there, in cracks and corners, behind bricks and under the flooring.’ To her, a French gentleman, who had crammed up his chimney, rather to the detriment of its drawing powers, ‘a leather valise, containing twenty thousand francs, gold coins, and a large quantity of precious stones,’ as discovered by a chimneysweep after his death. By these steps Mr Wegg arrived at a concluding instance of the human Magpie:

‘Many years ago, there lived at Cambridge a miserly old couple of the name of Jardine: they had two sons: the father was a perfect miser, and at his death one thousand guineas were discovered secreted in his bed. The two sons grew up as parsimonious as their sire. When about twenty years of age, they commenced business at Cambridge as drapers, and they continued there until their death. The establishment of the Messrs Jardine was the most dirty of all the shops in Cambridge. Customers seldom went in to purchase, except perhaps out of curiosity. The brothers were most disreputable-looking beings; for, although surrounded with gay apparel as their staple in trade, they wore the most filthy rags themselves. It is said that they had no bed, and, to save the expense of one, always slept on a bundle of packing-cloths under the counter. In their housekeeping they were penurious in the extreme. A joint of meat did not grace their board for twenty years. Yet when the first of the brothers died, the other, much to his surprise, found large sums of money which had been secreted even from him.’

‘There!’ cried Mr Boffin. ‘Even from him, you see! There was only two of ’em, and yet one of ’em hid from the other.’

Mr Venus, who since his introduction to the French gentleman, had been stooping to peer up the chimney, had his attention recalled by the last sentence, and took the liberty of repeating it.

‘Do you like it?’ asked Mr Boffin, turning suddenly.

‘I beg your pardon, sir?’

‘Do you like what Wegg’s been a-reading?’

Mr Venus answered that he found it extremely interesting.

‘Then come again,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘and hear some more. Come when you like; come the day after to-morrow, half an hour sooner. There’s plenty more; there’s no end to it.’

Mr Venus expressed his acknowledgments and accepted the invitation.

‘It’s wonderful what’s been hid, at one time and another,’ said Mr Boffin, ruminating; ‘truly wonderful.’

‘Meaning sir,’ observed Wegg, with a propitiatory face to draw him out, and with another peg at his friend and brother, ‘in the way of money?’

‘Money,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Ah! And papers.’

Mr Wegg, in a languid transport, again dropped over on Mr Venus, and again recovering himself, masked his emotions with a sneeze.

’tish-ho! Did you say papers too, sir? Been hidden, sir?’

‘Hidden and forgot,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Why the bookseller that sold me the Wonderful Museum—where’s the Wonderful Museum?’ He was on his knees on the floor in a moment, groping eagerly among the books.

‘Can I assist you, sir?’ asked Wegg.

‘No, I have got it; here it is,’ said Mr Boffin, dusting it with the sleeve of his coat. ‘Wollume four. I know it was the fourth wollume, that the bookseller read it to me out of. Look for it, Wegg.’

Silas took the book and turned the leaves.

‘Remarkable petrefaction, sir?’

‘No, that’s not it,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘It can’t have been a petrefaction.’

‘Memoirs of General John Reid, commonly called The Walking Rushlight, sir? With portrait?’

‘No, nor yet him,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘Remarkable case of a person who swallowed a crown-piece, sir?’

‘To hide it?’ asked Mr Boffin.

‘Why, no, sir,’ replied Wegg, consulting the text, ‘it appears to have been done by accident. Oh! This next must be it. “Singular discovery of a will, lost twenty-one years.”’

‘That’s it!’ cried Mr Boffin. ‘Read that.’

‘“A most extraordinary case,”’ read Silas Wegg aloud, ‘“was tried at the last Maryborough assizes in Ireland. It was briefly this. Robert Baldwin, in March 1782, made his will, in which he devised the lands now in question, to the children of his youngest son; soon after which his faculties failed him, and he became altogether childish and died, above eighty years old. The defendant, the eldest son, immediately afterwards gave out that his father had destroyed the will; and no will being found, he entered into possession of the lands in question, and so matters remained for twenty-one years, the whole family during all that time believing that the father had died without a will. But after twenty-one years the defendant’s wife died, and he very soon afterwards, at the age of seventy-eight, married a very young woman: which caused some anxiety to his two sons, whose poignant expressions of this feeling so exasperated their father, that he in his resentment executed a will to disinherit his eldest son, and in his fit of anger showed it to his second son, who instantly determined to get at it, and destroy it, in order to preserve the property to his brother. With this view, he broke open his father’s desk, where he found—not his father’s will which he sought after, but the will of his grandfather, which was then altogether forgotten in the family.”’

‘There!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘See what men put away and forget, or mean to destroy, and don’t!’ He then added in a slow tone, ‘As—ton—ish—ing!’ And as he rolled his eyes all round the room, Wegg and Venus likewise rolled their eyes all round the room. And then Wegg, singly, fixed his eyes on Mr Boffin looking at the fire again; as if he had a mind to spring upon him and demand his thoughts or his life.

‘However, time’s up for to-night,’ said Mr Boffin, waving his hand after a silence. ‘More, the day after to-morrow. Range the books upon the shelves, Wegg. I dare say Mr Venus will be so kind as help you.’

While speaking, he thrust his hand into the breast of his outer coat, and struggled with some object there that was too large to be got out easily. What was the stupefaction of the friendly movers when this object at last emerging, proved to be a much-dilapidated dark lantern!

Without at all noticing the effect produced by this little instrument, Mr Boffin stood it on his knee, and, producing a box of matches, deliberately lighted the candle in the lantern, blew out the kindled match, and cast the end into the fire. ‘I’m going, Wegg,’ he then announced, ‘to take a turn about the place and round the yard. I don’t want you. Me and this same lantern have taken hundreds—thousands—of such turns in our time together.’

‘But I couldn’t think, sir—not on any account, I couldn’t,’—Wegg was politely beginning, when Mr Boffin, who had risen and was going towards the door, stopped:

‘I have told you that I don’t want you, Wegg.’

Wegg looked intelligently thoughtful, as if that had not occurred to his mind until he now brought it to bear on the circumstance. He had nothing for it but to let Mr Boffin go out and shut the door behind him. But, the instant he was on the other side of it, Wegg clutched Venus with both hands, and said in a choking whisper, as if he were being strangled:

Mr Venus, he must be followed, he must be watched, he mustn’t be lost sight of for a moment.’

‘Why mustn’t he?’ asked Venus, also strangling.

‘Comrade, you might have noticed I was a little elewated in spirits when you come in to-night. I’ve found something.’

‘What have you found?’ asked Venus, clutching him with both hands, so that they stood interlocked like a couple of preposterous gladiators.

‘There’s no time to tell you now. I think he must have gone to look for it. We must have an eye upon him instantly.’

Releasing each other, they crept to the door, opened it softly, and peeped out. It was a cloudy night, and the black shadow of the Mounds made the dark yard darker. ‘If not a double swindler,’ whispered Wegg, ‘why a dark lantern? We could have seen what he was about, if he had carried a light one. Softly, this way.’

Cautiously along the path that was bordered by fragments of crockery set in ashes, the two stole after him. They could hear him at his peculiar trot, crushing the loose cinders as he went. ‘He knows the place by heart,’ muttered Silas, ‘and don’t need to turn his lantern on, confound him!’ But he did turn it on, almost in that same instant, and flashed its light upon the first of the Mounds.

‘Is that the spot?’ asked Venus in a whisper.

‘He’s warm,’ said Silas in the same tone. ‘He’s precious warm. He’s close. I think he must be going to look for it. What’s that he’s got in his hand?’

‘A shovel,’ answered Venus. ‘And he knows how to use it, remember, fifty times as well as either of us.’

‘If he looks for it and misses it, partner,’ suggested Wegg, ‘what shall we do?’

‘First of all, wait till he does,’ said Venus.

Discreet advice too, for he darkened his lantern again, and the mound turned black. After a few seconds, he turned the light on once more, and was seen standing at the foot of the second mound, slowly raising the lantern little by little until he held it up at arm’s length, as if he were examining the condition of the whole surface.

‘That can’t be the spot too?’ said Venus.

‘No,’ said Wegg, ‘he’s getting cold.’

‘It strikes me,’ whispered Venus, ‘that he wants to find out whether any one has been groping about there.’

‘Hush!’ returned Wegg, ‘he’s getting colder and colder.—Now he’s freezing!’

This exclamation was elicited by his having turned the lantern off again, and on again, and being visible at the foot of the third mound.

‘Why, he’s going up it!’ said Venus.

‘Shovel and all!’ said Wegg.

At a nimbler trot, as if the shovel over his shoulder stimulated him by reviving old associations, Mr Boffin ascended the ‘serpentining walk’, up the Mound which he had described to Silas Wegg on the occasion of their beginning to decline and fall. On striking into it he turned his lantern off. The two followed him, stooping low, so that their figures might make no mark in relief against the sky when he should turn his lantern on again. Mr Venus took the lead, towing Mr Wegg, in order that his refractory leg might be promptly extricated from any pitfalls it should dig for itself. They could just make out that the Golden Dustman stopped to breathe. Of course they stopped too, instantly.

‘This is his own Mound,’ whispered Wegg, as he recovered his wind, ‘this one.’

‘Why all three are his own,’ returned Venus.

‘So he thinks; but he’s used to call this his own, because it’s the one first left to him; the one that was his legacy when it was all he took under the will.’

‘When he shows his light,’ said Venus, keeping watch upon his dusky figure all the time, ‘drop lower and keep closer.’

He went on again, and they followed again. Gaining the top of the Mound, he turned on his light—but only partially—and stood it on the ground. A bare lopsided weatherbeaten pole was planted in the ashes there, and had been there many a year. Hard by this pole, his lantern stood: lighting a few feet of the lower part of it and a little of the ashy surface around, and then casting off a purposeless little clear trail of light into the air.

‘He can never be going to dig up the pole!’ whispered Venus as they dropped low and kept close.

‘Perhaps it’s holler and full of something,’ whispered Wegg.

He was going to dig, with whatsoever object, for he tucked up his cuffs and spat on his hands, and then went at it like an old digger as he was. He had no design upon the pole, except that he measured a shovel’s length from it before beginning, nor was it his purpose to dig deep. Some dozen or so of expert strokes sufficed. Then, he stopped, looked down into the cavity, bent over it, and took out what appeared to be an ordinary case-bottle: one of those squat, high-shouldered, short-necked glass bottles which the Dutchman is said to keep his Courage in. As soon as he had done this, he turned off his lantern, and they could hear that he was filling up the hole in the dark. The ashes being easily moved by a skilful hand, the spies took this as a hint to make off in good time. Accordingly, Mr Venus slipped past Mr Wegg and towed him down. But Mr Wegg’s descent was not accomplished without some personal inconvenience, for his self-willed leg sticking into the ashes about half way down, and time pressing, Mr Venus took the liberty of hauling him from his tether by the collar: which occasioned him to make the rest of the journey on his back, with his head enveloped in the skirts of his coat, and his wooden leg coming last, like a drag. So flustered was Mr Wegg by this mode of travelling, that when he was set on the level ground with his intellectual developments uppermost, he was quite unconscious of his bearings, and had not the least idea where his place of residence was to be found, until Mr Venus shoved him into it. Even then he staggered round and round, weakly staring about him, until Mr Venus with a hard brush brushed his senses into him and the dust out of him.

Mr Boffin came down leisurely, for this brushing process had been well accomplished, and Mr Venus had had time to take his breath, before he reappeared. That he had the bottle somewhere about him could not be doubted; where, was not so clear. He wore a large rough coat, buttoned over, and it might be in any one of half a dozen pockets.

‘What’s the matter, Wegg?’ said Mr Boffin. ‘You are as pale as a candle.’

Mr Wegg replied, with literal exactness, that he felt as if he had had a turn.

‘Bile,’ said Mr Boffin, blowing out the light in the lantern, shutting it up, and stowing it away in the breast of his coat as before. ‘Are you subject to bile, Wegg?’

Mr Wegg again replied, with strict adherence to truth, that he didn’t think he had ever had a similar sensation in his head, to anything like the same extent.

‘Physic yourself to-morrow, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘to be in order for next night. By-the-by, this neighbourhood is going to have a loss, Wegg.’

‘A loss, sir?’

‘Going to lose the Mounds.’

The friendly movers made such an obvious effort not to look at one another, that they might as well have stared at one another with all their might.

‘Have you parted with them, Mr Boffin?’ asked Silas.

‘Yes; they’re going. Mine’s as good as gone already.’

‘You mean the little one of the three, with the pole atop, sir.’

‘Yes,’ said Mr Boffin, rubbing his ear in his old way, with that new touch of craftiness added to it. ‘It has fetched a penny. It’ll begin to be carted off to-morrow.’

‘Have you been out to take leave of your old friend, sir?’ asked Silas, jocosely.

‘No,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘What the devil put that in your head?’

He was so sudden and rough, that Wegg, who had been hovering closer and closer to his skirts, despatching the back of his hand on exploring expeditions in search of the bottle’s surface, retired two or three paces.

‘No offence, sir,’ said Wegg, humbly. ‘No offence.’

Mr Boffin eyed him as a dog might eye another dog who wanted his bone; and actually retorted with a low growl, as the dog might have retorted.

‘Good-night,’ he said, after having sunk into a moody silence, with his hands clasped behind him, and his eyes suspiciously wandering about Wegg.—‘No! stop there. I know the way out, and I want no light.’

Avarice, and the evening’s legends of avarice, and the inflammatory effect of what he had seen, and perhaps the rush of his ill-conditioned blood to his brain in his descent, wrought Silas Wegg to such a pitch of insatiable appetite, that when the door closed he made a swoop at it and drew Venus along with him.

‘He mustn’t go,’ he cried. ‘We mustn’t let him go? He has got that bottle about him. We must have that bottle.’

‘Why, you wouldn’t take it by force?’ said Venus, restraining him.

‘Wouldn’t I? Yes I would. I’d take it by any force, I’d have it at any price! Are you so afraid of one old man as to let him go, you coward?’

‘I am so afraid of you, as not to let YOU go,’ muttered Venus, sturdily, clasping him in his arms.

‘Did you hear him?’ retorted Wegg. ‘Did you hear him say that he was resolved to disappoint us? Did you hear him say, you cur, that he was going to have the Mounds cleared off, when no doubt the whole place will be rummaged? If you haven’t the spirit of a mouse to defend your rights, I have. Let me go after him.’

As in his wildness he was making a strong struggle for it, Mr Venus deemed it expedient to lift him, throw him, and fall with him; well knowing that, once down, he would not be up again easily with his wooden leg. So they both rolled on the floor, and, as they did so, Mr Boffin shut the gate.

Chapter 7

THE FRIENDLY MOVE TAKES UP A STRONG POSITION

The friendly movers sat upright on the floor, panting and eyeing one another, after Mr Boffin had slammed the gate and gone away. In the weak eyes of Venus, and in every reddish dust-coloured hair in his shock of hair, there was a marked distrust of Wegg and an alertness to fly at him on perceiving the smallest occasion. In the hard-grained face of Wegg, and in his stiff knotty figure (he looked like a German wooden toy), there was expressed a politic conciliation, which had no spontaneity in it. Both were flushed, flustered, and rumpled, by the late scuffle; and Wegg, in coming to the ground, had received a humming knock on the back of his devoted head, which caused him still to rub it with an air of having been highly—but disagreeably—astonished. Each was silent for some time, leaving it to the other to begin.

‘Brother,’ said Wegg, at length breaking the silence, ‘you were right, and I was wrong. I forgot myself.’

Mr Venus knowingly cocked his shock of hair, as rather thinking Mr Wegg had remembered himself, in respect of appearing without any disguise.

‘But comrade,’ pursued Wegg, ‘it was never your lot to know Miss Elizabeth, Master George, Aunt Jane, nor Uncle Parker.’

Mr Venus admitted that he had never known those distinguished persons, and added, in effect, that he had never so much as desired the honour of their acquaintance.

‘Don’t say that, comrade!’ retorted Wegg: ‘No, don’t say that! Because, without having known them, you never can fully know what it is to be stimilated to frenzy by the sight of the Usurper.’

Offering these excusatory words as if they reflected great credit on himself, Mr Wegg impelled himself with his hands towards a chair in a corner of the room, and there, after a variety of awkward gambols, attained a perpendicular position. Mr Venus also rose.

‘Comrade,’ said Wegg, ‘take a seat. Comrade, what a speaking countenance is yours!’

Mr Venus involuntarily smoothed his countenance, and looked at his hand, as if to see whether any of its speaking properties came off.

‘For clearly do I know, mark you,’ pursued Wegg, pointing his words with his forefinger, ‘clearly do I know what question your expressive features puts to me.’

‘What question?’ said Venus.

‘The question,’ returned Wegg, with a sort of joyful affability, ‘why I didn’t mention sooner, that I had found something. Says your speaking countenance to me: “Why didn’t you communicate that, when I first come in this evening? Why did you keep it back till you thought Mr Boffin had come to look for the article?” Your speaking countenance,’ said Wegg, ‘puts it plainer than language. Now, you can’t read in my face what answer I give?’

‘No, I can’t,’ said Venus.

‘I knew it! And why not?’ returned Wegg, with the same joyful candour. ‘Because I lay no claims to a speaking countenance. Because I am well aware of my deficiencies. All men are not gifted alike. But I can answer in words. And in what words? These. I wanted to give you a delightful sap—pur—IZE!’

Having thus elongated and emphasized the word Surprise, Mr Wegg shook his friend and brother by both hands, and then clapped him on both knees, like an affectionate patron who entreated him not to mention so small a service as that which it had been his happy privilege to render.

‘Your speaking countenance,’ said Wegg, ‘being answered to its satisfaction, only asks then, “What have you found?” Why, I hear it say the words!’

Well?’ retorted Venus snappishly, after waiting in vain. ‘If you hear it say the words, why don’t you answer it?’

‘Hear me out!’ said Wegg. ‘I’m a-going to. Hear me out! Man and brother, partner in feelings equally with undertakings and actions, I have found a cash-box.’

‘Where?’

‘—Hear me out!’ said Wegg. (He tried to reserve whatever he could, and, whenever disclosure was forced upon him, broke into a radiant gush of Hear me out.) ‘On a certain day, sir—’

‘When?’ said Venus bluntly.

‘N—no,’ returned Wegg, shaking his head at once observantly, thoughtfully, and playfully. ‘No, sir! That’s not your expressive countenance which asks that question. That’s your voice; merely your voice. To proceed. On a certain day, sir, I happened to be walking in the yard—taking my lonely round—for in the words of a friend of my own family, the author of All’s Well arranged as a duett:

“Deserted, as you will remember, Mr Venus, by the waning moon, When stars, it will occur to you before I mention it, proclaim night’s cheerless noon, On tower, fort, or tented ground, The sentry walks his lonely round, The sentry walks;”

—under those circumstances, sir, I happened to be walking in the yard early one afternoon, and happened to have an iron rod in my hand, with which I have been sometimes accustomed to beguile the monotony of a literary life, when I struck it against an object not necessary to trouble you by naming—’

‘It is necessary. What object?’ demanded Venus, in a wrathful tone.

‘—Hear me out!’ said Wegg. ‘The Pump.—When I struck it against the Pump, and found, not only that the top was loose and opened with a lid, but that something in it rattled. That something, comrade, I discovered to be a small flat oblong cash-box. Shall I say it was disappointingly light?’

‘There were papers in it,’ said Venus.

‘There your expressive countenance speaks indeed!’ cried Wegg. ‘A paper. The box was locked, tied up, and sealed, and on the outside was a parchment label, with the writing, “MY WILL, JOHN HARMON, TEMPORARILY DEPOSITED HERE.”’

‘We must know its contents,’ said Venus.

‘—Hear me out!’ cried Wegg. ‘I said so, and I broke the box open.’

‘Without coming to me!’ exclaimed Venus.

‘Exactly so, sir!’ returned Wegg, blandly and buoyantly. ‘I see I take you with me! Hear, hear, hear! Resolved, as your discriminating good sense perceives, that if you was to have a sap—pur—IZE, it should be a complete one! Well, sir. And so, as you have honoured me by anticipating, I examined the document. Regularly executed, regularly witnessed, very short. Inasmuch as he has never made friends, and has ever had a rebellious family, he, John Harmon, gives to Nicodemus Boffin the Little Mound, which is quite enough for him, and gives the whole rest and residue of his property to the Crown.’

‘The date of the will that has been proved, must be looked to,’ remarked Venus. ‘It may be later than this one.’

‘—Hear me out!’ cried Wegg. ‘I said so. I paid a shilling (never mind your sixpence of it) to look up that will. Brother, that will is dated months before this will. And now, as a fellow-man, and as a partner in a friendly move,’ added Wegg, benignantly taking him by both hands again, and clapping him on both knees again, ‘say have I completed my labour of love to your perfect satisfaction, and are you sap—pur—IZED?’

Mr Venus contemplated his fellow-man and partner with doubting eyes, and then rejoined stiffly:

‘This is great news indeed, Mr Wegg. There’s no denying it. But I could have wished you had told it me before you got your fright to-night, and I could have wished you had ever asked me as your partner what we were to do, before you thought you were dividing a responsibility.’

‘—Hear me out!’ cried Wegg. ‘I knew you was a-going to say so. But alone I bore the anxiety, and alone I’ll bear the blame!’ This with an air of great magnanimity.

‘No,’ said Venus. ‘Let’s see this will and this box.’

‘Do I understand, brother,’ returned Wegg with considerable reluctance, ‘that it is your wish to see this will and this—?’

Mr Venus smote the table with his hand.

‘—Hear me out!’ said Wegg. ‘Hear me out! I’ll go and fetch ’em.’

After being some time absent, as if in his covetousness he could hardly make up his mind to produce the treasure to his partner, he returned with an old leathern hat-box, into which he had put the other box, for the better preservation of commonplace appearances, and for the disarming of suspicion. ‘But I don’t half like opening it here,’ said Silas in a low voice, looking around: ‘he might come back, he may not be gone; we don’t know what he may be up to, after what we’ve seen.’

‘There’s something in that,’ assented Venus. ‘Come to my place.’

Jealous of the custody of the box, and yet fearful of opening it under the existing circumstances, Wegg hesitated. ‘Come, I tell you,’ repeated Venus, chafing, ‘to my place.’ Not very well seeing his way to a refusal, Mr Wegg then rejoined in a gush, ‘—Hear me out!—Certainly.’ So he locked up the Bower and they set forth: Mr Venus taking his arm, and keeping it with remarkable tenacity.

They found the usual dim light burning in the window of Mr Venus’s establishment, imperfectly disclosing to the public the usual pair of preserved frogs, sword in hand, with their point of honour still unsettled. Mr Venus had closed his shop door on coming out, and now opened it with the key and shut it again as soon as they were within; but not before he had put up and barred the shutters of the shop window. ‘No one can get in without being let in,’ said he then, ‘and we couldn’t be more snug than here.’ So he raked together the yet warm cinders in the rusty grate, and made a fire, and trimmed the candle on the little counter. As the fire cast its flickering gleams here and there upon the dark greasy walls; the Hindoo baby, the African baby, the articulated English baby, the assortment of skulls, and the rest of the collection, came starting to their various stations as if they had all been out, like their master and were punctual in a general rendezvous to assist at the secret. The French gentleman had grown considerably since Mr Wegg last saw him, being now accommodated with a pair of legs and a head, though his arms were yet in abeyance. To whomsoever the head had originally belonged, Silas Wegg would have regarded it as a personal favour if he had not cut quite so many teeth.

Silas took his seat in silence on the wooden box before the fire, and Venus dropping into his low chair produced from among his skeleton hands, his tea-tray and tea-cups, and put the kettle on. Silas inwardly approved of these preparations, trusting they might end in Mr Venus’s diluting his intellect.

‘Now, sir,’ said Venus, ‘all is safe and quiet. Let us see this discovery.’

With still reluctant hands, and not without several glances towards the skeleton hands, as if he mistrusted that a couple of them might spring forth and clutch the document, Wegg opened the hat-box and revealed the cash-box, opened the cash-box and revealed the will. He held a corner of it tight, while Venus, taking hold of another corner, searchingly and attentively read it.

‘Was I correct in my account of it, partner?’ said Mr Wegg at length.

‘Partner, you were,’ said Mr Venus.

Mr Wegg thereupon made an easy, graceful movement, as though he would fold it up; but Mr Venus held on by his corner.

‘No, sir,’ said Mr Venus, winking his weak eyes and shaking his head. ‘No, partner. The question is now brought up, who is going to take care of this. Do you know who is going to take care of this, partner?’

‘I am,’ said Wegg.

‘Oh dear no, partner,’ retorted Venus. ‘That’s a mistake. I am. Now look here, Mr Wegg. I don’t want to have any words with you, and still less do I want to have any anatomical pursuits with you.’

‘What do you mean?’ said Wegg, quickly.

‘I mean, partner,’ replied Venus, slowly, ‘that it’s hardly possible for a man to feel in a more amiable state towards another man than I do towards you at this present moment. But I am on my own ground, I am surrounded by the trophies of my art, and my tools is very handy.’

‘What do you mean, Mr Venus?’ asked Wegg again.

‘I am surrounded, as I have observed,’ said Mr Venus, placidly, ‘by the trophies of my art. They are numerous, my stock of human warious is large, the shop is pretty well crammed, and I don’t just now want any more trophies of my art. But I like my art, and I know how to exercise my art.’

‘No man better,’ assented Mr Wegg, with a somewhat staggered air.

‘There’s the Miscellanies of several human specimens,’ said Venus, ‘(though you mightn’t think it) in the box on which you’re sitting. There’s the Miscellanies of several human specimens, in the lovely compo-one behind the door’; with a nod towards the French gentleman. ‘It still wants a pair of arms. I DON’T say that I’m in any hurry for ’em.’

‘You must be wandering in your mind, partner,’ Silas remonstrated.

‘You’ll excuse me if I wander,’ returned Venus; ‘I am sometimes rather subject to it. I like my art, and I know how to exercise my art, and I mean to have the keeping of this document.’

‘But what has that got to do with your art, partner?’ asked Wegg, in an insinuating tone.

Mr Venus winked his chronically-fatigued eyes both at once, and adjusting the kettle on the fire, remarked to himself, in a hollow voice, ‘She’ll bile in a couple of minutes.’

Silas Wegg glanced at the kettle, glanced at the shelves, glanced at the French gentleman behind the door, and shrank a little as he glanced at Mr Venus winking his red eyes, and feeling in his waistcoat pocket—as for a lancet, say—with his unoccupied hand. He and Venus were necessarily seated close together, as each held a corner of the document, which was but a common sheet of paper.

‘Partner,’ said Wegg, even more insinuatingly than before, ‘I propose that we cut it in half, and each keep a half.’

Venus shook his shock of hair, as he replied, ‘It wouldn’t do to mutilate it, partner. It might seem to be cancelled.’

‘Partner,’ said Wegg, after a silence, during which they had contemplated one another, ‘don’t your speaking countenance say that you’re a-going to suggest a middle course?’

Venus shook his shock of hair as he replied, ‘Partner, you have kept this paper from me once. You shall never keep it from me again. I offer you the box and the label to take care of, but I’ll take care of the paper.’

Silas hesitated a little longer, and then suddenly releasing his corner, and resuming his buoyant and benignant tone, exclaimed, ‘What’s life without trustfulness! What’s a fellow-man without honour! You’re welcome to it, partner, in a spirit of trust and confidence.’

Continuing to wink his red eyes both together—but in a self-communing way, and without any show of triumph—Mr Venus folded the paper now left in his hand, and locked it in a drawer behind him, and pocketed the key. He then proposed ‘A cup of tea, partner?’ To which Mr Wegg returned, ‘Thank’ee, partner,’ and the tea was made and poured out.

‘Next,’ said Venus, blowing at his tea in his saucer, and looking over it at his confidential friend, ‘comes the question, What’s the course to be pursued?’

On this head, Silas Wegg had much to say. Silas had to say That, he would beg to remind his comrade, brother, and partner, of the impressive passages they had read that evening; of the evident parallel in Mr Boffin’s mind between them and the late owner of the Bower, and the present circumstances of the Bower; of the bottle; and of the box. That, the fortunes of his brother and comrade, and of himself were evidently made, inasmuch as they had but to put their price upon this document, and get that price from the minion of fortune and the worm of the hour: who now appeared to be less of a minion and more of a worm than had been previously supposed. That, he considered it plain that such price was stateable in a single expressive word, and that the word was, ‘Halves!’ That, the question then arose when ‘Halves!’ should be called. That, here he had a plan of action to recommend, with a conditional clause. That, the plan of action was that they should lie by with patience; that, they should allow the Mounds to be gradually levelled and cleared away, while retaining to themselves their present opportunity of watching the process—which would be, he conceived, to put the trouble and cost of daily digging and delving upon somebody else, while they might nightly turn such complete disturbance of the dust to the account of their own private investigations—and that, when the Mounds were gone, and they had worked those chances for their own joint benefit solely, they should then, and not before, explode on the minion and worm. But here came the conditional clause, and to this he entreated the special attention of his comrade, brother, and partner. It was not to be borne that the minion and worm should carry off any of that property which was now to be regarded as their own property. When he, Mr Wegg, had seen the minion surreptitiously making off with that bottle, and its precious contents unknown, he had looked upon him in the light of a mere robber, and, as such, would have despoiled him of his ill-gotten gain, but for the judicious interference of his comrade, brother, and partner. Therefore, the conditional clause he proposed was, that, if the minion should return in his late sneaking manner, and if, being closely watched, he should be found to possess himself of anything, no matter what, the sharp sword impending over his head should be instantly shown him, he should be strictly examined as to what he knew or suspected, should be severely handled by them his masters, and should be kept in a state of abject moral bondage and slavery until the time when they should see fit to permit him to purchase his freedom at the price of half his possessions. If, said Mr Wegg by way of peroration, he had erred in saying only ‘Halves!’ he trusted to his comrade, brother, and partner not to hesitate to set him right, and to reprove his weakness. It might be more according to the rights of things, to say Two-thirds; it might be more according to the rights of things, to say Three-fourths. On those points he was ever open to correction.

Mr Venus, having wafted his attention to this discourse over three successive saucers of tea, signified his concurrence in the views advanced. Inspirited hereby, Mr Wegg extended his right hand, and declared it to be a hand which never yet. Without entering into more minute particulars. Mr Venus, sticking to his tea, briefly professed his belief as polite forms required of him, that it WAS a hand which never yet. But contented himself with looking at it, and did not take it to his bosom.

‘Brother,’ said Wegg, when this happy understanding was established, ‘I should like to ask you something. You remember the night when I first looked in here, and found you floating your powerful mind in tea?’

Still swilling tea, Mr Venus nodded assent.

‘And there you sit, sir,’ pursued Wegg with an air of thoughtful admiration, ‘as if you had never left off! There you sit, sir, as if you had an unlimited capacity of assimilating the flagrant article! There you sit, sir, in the midst of your works, looking as if you’d been called upon for Home, Sweet Home, and was obleeging the company!

“A exile from home splendour dazzles in vain, O give you your lowly Preparations again, The birds stuffed so sweetly that can’t be expected to come at your call, Give you these with the peace of mind dearer than all. Home, Home, Home, sweet Home!”

—Be it ever,’ added Mr Wegg in prose as he glanced about the shop, ‘ever so ghastly, all things considered there’s no place like it.’

‘You said you’d like to ask something; but you haven’t asked it,’ remarked Venus, very unsympathetic in manner.

‘Your peace of mind,’ said Wegg, offering condolence, ‘your peace of mind was in a poor way that night. HOW’S it going on? IS it looking up at all?’

‘She does not wish,’ replied Mr Venus with a comical mixture of indignant obstinacy and tender melancholy, ‘to regard herself, nor yet to be regarded, in that particular light. There’s no more to be said.’

‘Ah, dear me, dear me!’ exclaimed Wegg with a sigh, but eyeing him while pretending to keep him company in eyeing the fire, ‘such is Woman! And I remember you said that night, sitting there as I sat here—said that night when your peace of mind was first laid low, that you had taken an interest in these very affairs. Such is coincidence!’

‘Her father,’ rejoined Venus, and then stopped to swallow more tea, ‘her father was mixed up in them.’

‘You didn’t mention her name, sir, I think?’ observed Wegg, pensively. ‘No, you didn’t mention her name that night.’

‘Pleasant Riderhood.’

‘In—deed!’ cried Wegg. ‘Pleasant Riderhood. There’s something moving in the name. Pleasant. Dear me! Seems to express what she might have been, if she hadn’t made that unpleasant remark—and what she ain’t, in consequence of having made it. Would it at all pour balm into your wounds, Mr Venus, to inquire how you came acquainted with her?’

‘I was down at the water-side,’ said Venus, taking another gulp of tea and mournfully winking at the fire—‘looking for parrots’—taking another gulp and stopping.

Mr Wegg hinted, to jog his attention: ‘You could hardly have been out parrot-shooting, in the British climate, sir?’

‘No, no, no,’ said Venus fretfully. ‘I was down at the water-side, looking for parrots brought home by sailors, to buy for stuffing.’

‘Ay, ay, ay, sir!’

‘—And looking for a nice pair of rattlesnakes, to articulate for a Museum—when I was doomed to fall in with her and deal with her. It was just at the time of that discovery in the river. Her father had seen the discovery being towed in the river. I made the popularity of the subject a reason for going back to improve the acquaintance, and I have never since been the man I was. My very bones is rendered flabby by brooding over it. If they could be brought to me loose, to sort, I should hardly have the face to claim ’em as mine. To such an extent have I fallen off under it.’

Mr Wegg, less interested than he had been, glanced at one particular shelf in the dark.

‘Why I remember, Mr Venus,’ he said in a tone of friendly commiseration ‘(for I remember every word that falls from you, sir), I remember that you said that night, you had got up there—and then your words was, “Never mind.”’

‘—The parrot that I bought of her,’ said Venus, with a despondent rise and fall of his eyes. ‘Yes; there it lies on its side, dried up; except for its plumage, very like myself. I’ve never had the heart to prepare it, and I never shall have now.’

With a disappointed face, Silas mentally consigned this parrot to regions more than tropical, and, seeming for the time to have lost his power of assuming an interest in the woes of Mr Venus, fell to tightening his wooden leg as a preparation for departure: its gymnastic performances of that evening having severely tried its constitution.

After Silas had left the shop, hat-box in hand, and had left Mr Venus to lower himself to oblivion-point with the requisite weight of tea, it greatly preyed on his ingenuous mind that he had taken this artist into partnership at all. He bitterly felt that he had overreached himself in the beginning, by grasping at Mr Venus’s mere straws of hints, now shown to be worthless for his purpose. Casting about for ways and means of dissolving the connexion without loss of money, reproaching himself for having been betrayed into an avowal of his secret, and complimenting himself beyond measure on his purely accidental good luck, he beguiled the distance between Clerkenwell and the mansion of the Golden Dustman.

For, Silas Wegg felt it to be quite out of the question that he could lay his head upon his pillow in peace, without first hovering over Mr Boffin’s house in the superior character of its Evil Genius. Power (unless it be the power of intellect or virtue) has ever the greatest attraction for the lowest natures; and the mere defiance of the unconscious house-front, with his power to strip the roof off the inhabiting family like the roof of a house of cards, was a treat which had a charm for Silas Wegg.

As he hovered on the opposite side of the street, exulting, the carriage drove up.

‘There’ll shortly be an end of YOU,’ said Wegg, threatening it with the hat-box. ‘YOUR varnish is fading.’

Mrs Boffin descended and went in.

‘Look out for a fall, my Lady Dustwoman,’ said Wegg.

Bella lightly descended, and ran in after her.

‘How brisk we are!’ said Wegg. ‘You won’t run so gaily to your old shabby home, my girl. You’ll have to go there, though.’

A little while, and the Secretary came out.

‘I was passed over for you,’ said Wegg. ‘But you had better provide yourself with another situation, young man.’

Mr Boffin’s shadow passed upon the blinds of three large windows as he trotted down the room, and passed again as he went back.

‘Yoop!’ cried Wegg. ‘You’re there, are you? Where’s the bottle? You would give your bottle for my box, Dustman!’

Having now composed his mind for slumber, he turned homeward. Such was the greed of the fellow, that his mind had shot beyond halves, two-thirds, three-fourths, and gone straight to spoliation of the whole. ‘Though that wouldn’t quite do,’ he considered, growing cooler as he got away. ‘That’s what would happen to him if he didn’t buy us up. We should get nothing by that.’

We so judge others by ourselves, that it had never come into his head before, that he might not buy us up, and might prove honest, and prefer to be poor. It caused him a slight tremor as it passed; but a very slight one, for the idle thought was gone directly.

‘He’s grown too fond of money for that,’ said Wegg; ‘he’s grown too fond of money.’ The burden fell into a strain or tune as he stumped along the pavements. All the way home he stumped it out of the rattling streets, PIANO with his own foot, and FORTE with his wooden leg, ‘He’s GROWN too FOND of MONEY for THAT, he’s GROWN too FOND of MONEY.’

Even next day Silas soothed himself with this melodious strain, when he was called out of bed at daybreak, to set open the yard-gate and admit the train of carts and horses that came to carry off the little Mound. And all day long, as he kept unwinking watch on the slow process which promised to protract itself through many days and weeks, whenever (to save himself from being choked with dust) he patrolled a little cinderous beat he established for the purpose, without taking his eyes from the diggers, he still stumped to the tune: He’s GROWN too FOND of MONEY for THAT, he’s GROWN too FOND of MONEY.’

Chapter 8

THE END OF A LONG JOURNEY

The train of carts and horses came and went all day from dawn to nightfall, making little or no daily impression on the heap of ashes, though, as the days passed on, the heap was seen to be slowly melting. My lords and gentlemen and honourable boards, when you in the course of your dust-shovelling and cinder-raking have piled up a mountain of pretentious failure, you must off with your honourable coats for the removal of it, and fall to the work with the power of all the queen’s horses and all the queen’s men, or it will come rushing down and bury us alive.

Yes, verily, my lords and gentlemen and honourable boards, adapting your Catechism to the occasion, and by God’s help so you must. For when we have got things to the pass that with an enormous treasure at disposal to relieve the poor, the best of the poor detest our mercies, hide their heads from us, and shame us by starving to death in the midst of us, it is a pass impossible of prosperity, impossible of continuance. It may not be so written in the Gospel according to Podsnappery; you may not ‘find these words’ for the text of a sermon, in the Returns of the Board of Trade; but they have been the truth since the foundations of the universe were laid, and they will be the truth until the foundations of the universe are shaken by the Builder. This boastful handiwork of ours, which fails in its terrors for the professional pauper, the sturdy breaker of windows and the rampant tearer of clothes, strikes with a cruel and a wicked stab at the stricken sufferer, and is a horror to the deserving and unfortunate. We must mend it, lords and gentlemen and honourable boards, or in its own evil hour it will mar every one of us.

Old Betty Higden fared upon her pilgrimage as many ruggedly honest creatures, women and men, fare on their toiling way along the roads of life. Patiently to earn a spare bare living, and quietly to die, untouched by workhouse hands—this was her highest sublunary hope.

Nothing had been heard of her at Mr Boffin’s house since she trudged off. The weather had been hard and the roads had been bad, and her spirit was up. A less stanch spirit might have been subdued by such adverse influences; but the loan for her little outfit was in no part repaid, and it had gone worse with her than she had foreseen, and she was put upon proving her case and maintaining her independence.

Faithful soul! When she had spoken to the Secretary of that ‘deadness that steals over me at times’, her fortitude had made too little of it. Oftener and ever oftener, it came stealing over her; darker and ever darker, like the shadow of advancing Death. That the shadow should be deep as it came on, like the shadow of an actual presence, was in accordance with the laws of the physical world, for all the Light that shone on Betty Higden lay beyond Death.

The poor old creature had taken the upward course of the river Thames as her general track; it was the track in which her last home lay, and of which she had last had local love and knowledge. She had hovered for a little while in the near neighbourhood of her abandoned dwelling, and had sold, and knitted and sold, and gone on. In the pleasant towns of Chertsey, Walton, Kingston, and Staines, her figure came to be quite well known for some short weeks, and then again passed on.

She would take her stand in market-places, where there were such things, on market days; at other times, in the busiest (that was seldom very busy) portion of the little quiet High Street; at still other times she would explore the outlying roads for great houses, and would ask leave at the Lodge to pass in with her basket, and would not often get it. But ladies in carriages would frequently make purchases from her trifling stock, and were usually pleased with her bright eyes and her hopeful speech. In these and her clean dress originated a fable that she was well to do in the world: one might say, for her station, rich. As making a comfortable provision for its subject which costs nobody anything, this class of fable has long been popular.

In those pleasant little towns on Thames, you may hear the fall of the water over the weirs, or even, in still weather, the rustle of the rushes; and from the bridge you may see the young river, dimpled like a young child, playfully gliding away among the trees, unpolluted by the defilements that lie in wait for it on its course, and as yet out of hearing of the deep summons of the sea. It were too much to pretend that Betty Higden made out such thoughts; no; but she heard the tender river whispering to many like herself, ‘Come to me, come to me! When the cruel shame and terror you have so long fled from, most beset you, come to me! I am the Relieving Officer appointed by eternal ordinance to do my work; I am not held in estimation according as I shirk it. My breast is softer than the pauper-nurse’s; death in my arms is peacefuller than among the pauper-wards. Come to me!’

There was abundant place for gentler fancies too, in her untutored mind. Those gentlefolks and their children inside those fine houses, could they think, as they looked out at her, what it was to be really hungry, really cold? Did they feel any of the wonder about her, that she felt about them? Bless the dear laughing children! If they could have seen sick Johnny in her arms, would they have cried for pity? If they could have seen dead Johnny on that little bed, would they have understood it? Bless the dear children for his sake, anyhow! So with the humbler houses in the little street, the inner firelight shining on the panes as the outer twilight darkened. When the families gathered in-doors there, for the night, it was only a foolish fancy to feel as if it were a little hard in them to close the shutter and blacken the flame. So with the lighted shops, and speculations whether their masters and mistresses taking tea in a perspective of back-parlour—not so far within but that the flavour of tea and toast came out, mingled with the glow of light, into the street—ate or drank or wore what they sold, with the greater relish because they dealt in it. So with the churchyard on a branch of the solitary way to the night’s sleeping-place. ‘Ah me! The dead and I seem to have it pretty much to ourselves in the dark and in this weather! But so much the better for all who are warmly housed at home.’ The poor soul envied no one in bitterness, and grudged no one anything.

But, the old abhorrence grew stronger on her as she grew weaker, and it found more sustaining food than she did in her wanderings. Now, she would light upon the shameful spectacle of some desolate creature—or some wretched ragged groups of either sex, or of both sexes, with children among them, huddled together like the smaller vermin for a little warmth—lingering and lingering on a doorstep, while the appointed evader of the public trust did his dirty office of trying to weary them out and so get rid of them. Now, she would light upon some poor decent person, like herself, going afoot on a pilgrimage of many weary miles to see some worn-out relative or friend who had been charitably clutched off to a great blank barren Union House, as far from old home as the County Jail (the remoteness of which is always its worst punishment for small rural offenders), and in its dietary, and in its lodging, and in its tending of the sick, a much more penal establishment. Sometimes she would hear a newspaper read out, and would learn how the Registrar General cast up the units that had within the last week died of want and of exposure to the weather: for which that Recording Angel seemed to have a regular fixed place in his sum, as if they were its halfpence. All such things she would hear discussed, as we, my lords and gentlemen and honourable boards, in our unapproachable magnificence never hear them, and from all such things she would fly with the wings of raging Despair.

This is not to be received as a figure of speech. Old Betty Higden however tired, however footsore, would start up and be driven away by her awakened horror of falling into the hands of Charity. It is a remarkable Christian improvement, to have made a pursuing Fury of the Good Samaritan; but it was so in this case, and it is a type of many, many, many.

Two incidents united to intensify the old unreasoning abhorrence—granted in a previous place to be unreasoning, because the people always are unreasoning, and invariably make a point of producing all their smoke without fire.

One day she was sitting in a market-place on a bench outside an inn, with her little wares for sale, when the deadness that she strove against came over her so heavily that the scene departed from before her eyes; when it returned, she found herself on the ground, her head supported by some good-natured market-women, and a little crowd about her.

‘Are you better now, mother?’ asked one of the women. ‘Do you think you can do nicely now?’

‘Have I been ill then?’ asked old Betty.

‘You have had a faint like,’ was the answer, ‘or a fit. It ain’t that you’ve been a-struggling, mother, but you’ve been stiff and numbed.’

‘Ah!’ said Betty, recovering her memory. ‘It’s the numbness. Yes. It comes over me at times.’

Was it gone? the women asked her.

‘It’s gone now,’ said Betty. ‘I shall be stronger than I was afore. Many thanks to ye, my dears, and when you come to be as old as I am, may others do as much for you!’

They assisted her to rise, but she could not stand yet, and they supported her when she sat down again upon the bench.

‘My head’s a bit light, and my feet are a bit heavy,’ said old Betty, leaning her face drowsily on the breast of the woman who had spoken before. ‘They’ll both come nat’ral in a minute. There’s nothing more the matter.’

‘Ask her,’ said some farmers standing by, who had come out from their market-dinner, ‘who belongs to her.’

‘Are there any folks belonging to you, mother?’ said the woman.

‘Yes sure,’ answered Betty. ‘I heerd the gentleman say it, but I couldn’t answer quick enough. There’s plenty belonging to me. Don’t ye fear for me, my dear.’

‘But are any of ’em near here?’ said the men’s voices; the women’s voices chiming in when it was said, and prolonging the strain.

‘Quite near enough,’ said Betty, rousing herself. ‘Don’t ye be afeard for me, neighbours.’

‘But you are not fit to travel. Where are you going?’ was the next compassionate chorus she heard.

‘I’m a going to London when I’ve sold out all,’ said Betty, rising with difficulty. ‘I’ve right good friends in London. I want for nothing. I shall come to no harm. Thankye. Don’t ye be afeard for me.’

A well-meaning bystander, yellow-legginged and purple-faced, said hoarsely over his red comforter, as she rose to her feet, that she ‘oughtn’t to be let to go’.

‘For the Lord’s love don’t meddle with me!’ cried old Betty, all her fears crowding on her. ‘I am quite well now, and I must go this minute.’

She caught up her basket as she spoke and was making an unsteady rush away from them, when the same bystander checked her with his hand on her sleeve, and urged her to come with him and see the parish-doctor. Strengthening herself by the utmost exercise of her resolution, the poor trembling creature shook him off, almost fiercely, and took to flight. Nor did she feel safe until she had set a mile or two of by-road between herself and the marketplace, and had crept into a copse, like a hunted animal, to hide and recover breath. Not until then for the first time did she venture to recall how she had looked over her shoulder before turning out of the town, and had seen the sign of the White Lion hanging across the road, and the fluttering market booths, and the old grey church, and the little crowd gazing after her but not attempting to follow her.

The second frightening incident was this. She had been again as bad, and had been for some days better, and was travelling along by a part of the road where it touched the river, and in wet seasons was so often overflowed by it that there were tall white posts set up to mark the way. A barge was being towed towards her, and she sat down on the bank to rest and watch it. As the tow-rope was slackened by a turn of the stream and dipped into the water, such a confusion stole into her mind that she thought she saw the forms of her dead children and dead grandchildren peopling the barge, and waving their hands to her in solemn measure; then, as the rope tightened and came up, dropping diamonds, it seemed to vibrate into two parallel ropes and strike her, with a twang, though it was far off. When she looked again, there was no barge, no river, no daylight, and a man whom she had never before seen held a candle close to her face.

‘Now, Missis,’ said he; ‘where did you come from and where are you going to?’

The poor soul confusedly asked the counter-question where she was?

‘I am the Lock,’ said the man.

‘The Lock?’

‘I am the Deputy Lock, on job, and this is the Lock-house. (Lock or Deputy Lock, it’s all one, while the t’other man’s in the hospital.) What’s your Parish?’

‘Parish!’ She was up from the truckle-bed directly, wildly feeling about her for her basket, and gazing at him in affright.

‘You’ll be asked the question down town,’ said the man. ‘They won’t let you be more than a Casual there. They’ll pass you on to your settlement, Missis, with all speed. You’re not in a state to be let come upon strange parishes ’ceptin as a Casual.’

‘’Twas the deadness again!’ murmured Betty Higden, with her hand to her head.

‘It was the deadness, there’s not a doubt about it,’ returned the man. ‘I should have thought the deadness was a mild word for it, if it had been named to me when we brought you in. Have you got any friends, Missis?’

‘The best of friends, Master.’

‘I should recommend your looking ’em up if you consider ’em game to do anything for you,’ said the Deputy Lock. ‘Have you got any money?’

‘Just a morsel of money, sir.’

‘Do you want to keep it?’

‘Sure I do!’

Well, you know,’ said the Deputy Lock, shrugging his shoulders with his hands in his pockets, and shaking his head in a sulkily ominous manner, ‘the parish authorities down town will have it out of you, if you go on, you may take your Alfred David.’

‘Then I’ll not go on.’

‘They’ll make you pay, as fur as your money will go,’ pursued the Deputy, ‘for your relief as a Casual and for your being passed to your Parish.’

‘Thank ye kindly, Master, for your warning, thank ye for your shelter, and good night.’

‘Stop a bit,’ said the Deputy, striking in between her and the door. ‘Why are you all of a shake, and what’s your hurry, Missis?’

‘Oh, Master, Master,’ returned Betty Higden, ‘I’ve fought against the Parish and fled from it, all my life, and I want to die free of it!’

‘I don’t know,’ said the Deputy, with deliberation, ‘as I ought to let you go. I’m a honest man as gets my living by the sweat of my brow, and I may fall into trouble by letting you go. I’ve fell into trouble afore now, by George, and I know what it is, and it’s made me careful. You might be took with your deadness again, half a mile off—or half of half a quarter, for the matter of that—and then it would be asked, Why did that there honest Deputy Lock, let her go, instead of putting her safe with the Parish? That’s what a man of his character ought to have done, it would be argueyfied,’ said the Deputy Lock, cunningly harping on the strong string of her terror; ‘he ought to have handed her over safe to the Parish. That was to be expected of a man of his merits.’

As he stood in the doorway, the poor old careworn wayworn woman burst into tears, and clasped her hands, as if in a very agony she prayed to him.

‘As I’ve told you, Master, I’ve the best of friends. This letter will show how true I spoke, and they will be thankful for me.’

The Deputy Lock opened the letter with a grave face, which underwent no change as he eyed its contents. But it might have done, if he could have read them.

‘What amount of small change, Missis,’ he said, with an abstracted air, after a little meditation, ‘might you call a morsel of money?’

Hurriedly emptying her pocket, old Betty laid down on the table, a shilling, and two sixpenny pieces, and a few pence.

‘If I was to let you go instead of handing you over safe to the Parish,’ said the Deputy, counting the money with his eyes, ‘might it be your own free wish to leave that there behind you?’

‘Take it, Master, take it, and welcome and thankful!’

‘I’m a man,’ said the Deputy, giving her back the letter, and pocketing the coins, one by one, ‘as earns his living by the sweat of his brow;’ here he drew his sleeve across his forehead, as if this particular portion of his humble gains were the result of sheer hard labour and virtuous industry; ‘and I won’t stand in your way. Go where you like.’

She was gone out of the Lock-house as soon as he gave her this permission, and her tottering steps were on the road again. But, afraid to go back and afraid to go forward; seeing what she fled from, in the sky-glare of the lights of the little town before her, and leaving a confused horror of it everywhere behind her, as if she had escaped it in every stone of every market-place; she struck off by side ways, among which she got bewildered and lost. That night she took refuge from the Samaritan in his latest accredited form, under a farmer’s rick; and if—worth thinking of, perhaps, my fellow-Christians—the Samaritan had in the lonely night, ‘passed by on the other side’, she would have most devoutly thanked High Heaven for her escape from him.

The morning found her afoot again, but fast declining as to the clearness of her thoughts, though not as to the steadiness of her purpose. Comprehending that her strength was quitting her, and that the struggle of her life was almost ended, she could neither reason out the means of getting back to her protectors, nor even form the idea. The overmastering dread, and the proud stubborn resolution it engendered in her to die undegraded, were the two distinct impressions left in her failing mind. Supported only by a sense that she was bent on conquering in her life-long fight, she went on.

The time was come, now, when the wants of this little life were passing away from her. She could not have swallowed food, though a table had been spread for her in the next field. The day was cold and wet, but she scarcely knew it. She crept on, poor soul, like a criminal afraid of being taken, and felt little beyond the terror of falling down while it was yet daylight, and being found alive. She had no fear that she would live through another night.

Sewn in the breast of her gown, the money to pay for her burial was still intact. If she could wear through the day, and then lie down to die under cover of the darkness, she would die independent. If she were captured previously, the money would be taken from her as a pauper who had no right to it, and she would be carried to the accursed workhouse. Gaining her end, the letter would be found in her breast, along with the money, and the gentlefolks would say when it was given back to them, ‘She prized it, did old Betty Higden; she was true to it; and while she lived, she would never let it be disgraced by falling into the hands of those that she held in horror.’ Most illogical, inconsequential, and light-headed, this; but travellers in the valley of the shadow of death are apt to be light-headed; and worn-out old people of low estate have a trick of reasoning as indifferently as they live, and doubtless would appreciate our Poor Law more philosophically on an income of ten thousand a year.

So, keeping to byways, and shunning human approach, this troublesome old woman hid herself, and fared on all through the dreary day. Yet so unlike was she to vagrant hiders in general, that sometimes, as the day advanced, there was a bright fire in her eyes, and a quicker beating at her feeble heart, as though she said exultingly, ‘The Lord will see me through it!’

By what visionary hands she was led along upon that journey of escape from the Samaritan; by what voices, hushed in the grave, she seemed to be addressed; how she fancied the dead child in her arms again, and times innumerable adjusted her shawl to keep it warm; what infinite variety of forms of tower and roof and steeple the trees took; how many furious horsemen rode at her, crying, ‘There she goes! Stop! Stop, Betty Higden!’ and melted away as they came close; be these things left untold. Faring on and hiding, hiding and faring on, the poor harmless creature, as though she were a Murderess and the whole country were up after her, wore out the day, and gained the night.

Water-meadows, or such like,’ she had sometimes murmured, on the day’s pilgrimage, when she had raised her head and taken any note of the real objects about her. There now arose in the darkness, a great building, full of lighted windows. Smoke was issuing from a high chimney in the rear of it, and there was the sound of a water-wheel at the side. Between her and the building, lay a piece of water, in which the lighted windows were reflected, and on its nearest margin was a plantation of trees. ‘I humbly thank the Power and the Glory,’ said Betty Higden, holding up her withered hands, ‘that I have come to my journey’s end!’

She crept among the trees to the trunk of a tree whence she could see, beyond some intervening trees and branches, the lighted windows, both in their reality and their reflection in the water. She placed her orderly little basket at her side, and sank upon the ground, supporting herself against the tree. It brought to her mind the foot of the Cross, and she committed herself to Him who died upon it. Her strength held out to enable her to arrange the letter in her breast, so as that it could be seen that she had a paper there. It had held out for this, and it departed when this was done.

‘I am safe here,’ was her last benumbed thought. ‘When I am found dead at the foot of the Cross, it will be by some of my own sort; some of the working people who work among the lights yonder. I cannot see the lighted windows now, but they are there. I am thankful for all!’

The darkness gone, and a face bending down.

‘It cannot be the boofer lady?’

‘I don’t understand what you say. Let me wet your lips again with this brandy. I have been away to fetch it. Did you think that I was long gone?’

It is as the face of a woman, shaded by a quantity of rich dark hair. It is the earnest face of a woman who is young and handsome. But all is over with me on earth, and this must be an Angel.

‘Have I been long dead?’

‘I don’t understand what you say. Let me wet your lips again. I hurried all I could, and brought no one back with me, lest you should die of the shock of strangers.’

‘Am I not dead?’

‘I cannot understand what you say. Your voice is so low and broken that I cannot hear you. Do you hear me?’

‘Yes.’

‘Do you mean Yes?’

‘Yes.’

‘I was coming from my work just now, along the path outside (I was up with the night-hands last night), and I heard a groan, and found you lying here.’

‘What work, deary?’

‘Did you ask what work? At the paper-mill.’

‘Where is it?’

‘Your face is turned up to the sky, and you can’t see it. It is close by. You can see my face, here, between you and the sky?’

‘Yes.’

‘Dare I lift you?’

‘Not yet.’

‘Not even lift your head to get it on my arm? I will do it by very gentle degrees. You shall hardly feel it.’

‘Not yet. Paper. Letter.’

‘This paper in your breast?’

‘Bless ye!’

‘Let me wet your lips again. Am I to open it? To read it?’

‘Bless ye!’

She reads it with surprise, and looks down with a new expression and an added interest on the motionless face she kneels beside.

‘I know these names. I have heard them often.’

‘Will you send it, my dear?’

‘I cannot understand you. Let me wet your lips again, and your forehead. There. O poor thing, poor thing!’ These words through her fast-dropping tears. ‘What was it that you asked me? Wait till I bring my ear quite close.’

‘Will you send it, my dear?’

‘Will I send it to the writers? Is that your wish? Yes, certainly.’

‘You’ll not give it up to any one but them?’

‘No.’

‘As you must grow old in time, and come to your dying hour, my dear, you’ll not give it up to any one but them?’

‘No. Most solemnly.’

‘Never to the Parish!’ with a convulsed struggle.

‘No. Most solemnly.’

‘Nor let the Parish touch me, not yet so much as look at me!’ with another struggle.

‘No. Faithfully.’

A look of thankfulness and triumph lights the worn old face.

The eyes, which have been darkly fixed upon the sky, turn with meaning in them towards the compassionate face from which the tears are dropping, and a smile is on the aged lips as they ask:

‘What is your name, my dear?’

‘My name is Lizzie Hexam.’

‘I must be sore disfigured. Are you afraid to kiss me?’

The answer is, the ready pressure of her lips upon the cold but smiling mouth.

‘Bless ye! NOW lift me, my love.’

Lizzie Hexam very softly raised the weather-stained grey head, and lifted her as high as Heaven.

Chapter 9

SOMEBODY BECOMES THE SUBJECT OF A PREDICTION

‘“We give thee hearty thanks for that it hath pleased thee to deliver this our sister out of the miseries of this sinful world.”’ So read the Reverend Frank Milvey in a not untroubled voice, for his heart misgave him that all was not quite right between us and our sister—or say our sister in Law—Poor Law—and that we sometimes read these words in an awful manner, over our Sister and our Brother too.

And Sloppy—on whom the brave deceased had never turned her back until she ran away from him, knowing that otherwise he would not be separated from her—Sloppy could not in his conscience as yet find the hearty thanks required of it. Selfish in Sloppy, and yet excusable, it may be humbly hoped, because our sister had been more than his mother.

The words were read above the ashes of Betty Higden, in a corner of a churchyard near the river; in a churchyard so obscure that there was nothing in it but grass-mounds, not so much as one single tombstone. It might not be to do an unreasonably great deal for the diggers and hewers, in a registering age, if we ticketed their graves at the common charge; so that a new generation might know which was which: so that the soldier, sailor, emigrant, coming home, should be able to identify the resting-place of father, mother, playmate, or betrothed. For, we turn up our eyes and say that we are all alike in death, and we might turn them down and work the saying out in this world, so far. It would be sentimental, perhaps? But how say ye, my lords and gentleman and honourable boards, shall we not find good standing-room left for a little sentiment, if we look into our crowds?

Near unto the Reverend Frank Milvey as he read, stood his little wife, John Rokesmith the Secretary, and Bella Wilfer. These, over and above Sloppy, were the mourners at the lowly grave. Not a penny had been added to the money sewn in her dress: what her honest spirit had so long projected, was fulfilled.

‘I’ve took it in my head,’ said Sloppy, laying it, inconsolable, against the church door, when all was done: ‘I’ve took it in my wretched head that I might have sometimes turned a little harder for her, and it cuts me deep to think so now.’

The Reverend Frank Milvey, comforting Sloppy, expounded to him how the best of us were more or less remiss in our turnings at our respective Mangles—some of us very much so—and how we were all a halting, failing, feeble, and inconstant crew.

‘SHE warn’t, sir,’ said Sloppy, taking this ghostly counsel rather ill, in behalf of his late benefactress. ‘Let us speak for ourselves, sir. She went through with whatever duty she had to do. She went through with me, she went through with the Minders, she went through with herself, she went through with everythink. O Mrs Higden, Mrs Higden, you was a woman and a mother and a mangler in a million million!’

With those heartfelt words, Sloppy removed his dejected head from the church door, and took it back to the grave in the corner, and laid it down there, and wept alone. ‘Not a very poor grave,’ said the Reverend Frank Milvey, brushing his hand across his eyes, ‘when it has that homely figure on it. Richer, I think, than it could be made by most of the sculpture in Westminster Abbey!’

They left him undisturbed, and passed out at the wicket-gate. The water-wheel of the paper-mill was audible there, and seemed to have a softening influence on the bright wintry scene. They had arrived but a little while before, and Lizzie Hexam now told them the little she could add to the letter in which she had enclosed Mr Rokesmith’s letter and had asked for their instructions. This was merely how she had heard the groan, and what had afterwards passed, and how she had obtained leave for the remains to be placed in that sweet, fresh, empty store-room of the mill from which they had just accompanied them to the churchyard, and how the last requests had been religiously observed.

‘I could not have done it all, or nearly all, of myself,’ said Lizzie. ‘I should not have wanted the will; but I should not have had the power, without our managing partner.’

‘Surely not the Jew who received us?’ said Mrs Milvey.

(‘My dear,’ observed her husband in parenthesis, ‘why not?’)

‘The gentleman certainly is a Jew,’ said Lizzie, ‘and the lady, his wife, is a Jewess, and I was first brought to their notice by a Jew. But I think there cannot be kinder people in the world.’

‘But suppose they try to convert you!’ suggested Mrs Milvey, bristling in her good little way, as a clergyman’s wife.

‘To do what, ma’am?’ asked Lizzie, with a modest smile.

‘To make you change your religion,’ said Mrs Milvey.

Lizzie shook her head, still smiling. ‘They have never asked me what my religion is. They asked me what my story was, and I told them. They asked me to be industrious and faithful, and I promised to be so. They most willingly and cheerfully do their duty to all of us who are employed here, and we try to do ours to them. Indeed they do much more than their duty to us, for they are wonderfully mindful of us in many ways.’

‘It is easy to see you’re a favourite, my dear,’ said little Mrs Milvey, not quite pleased.

‘It would be very ungrateful in me to say I am not,’ returned Lizzie, ‘for I have been already raised to a place of confidence here. But that makes no difference in their following their own religion and leaving all of us to ours. They never talk of theirs to us, and they never talk of ours to us. If I was the last in the mill, it would be just the same. They never asked me what religion that poor thing had followed.’

‘My dear,’ said Mrs Milvey, aside to the Reverend Frank, ‘I wish you would talk to her.’

‘My dear,’ said the Reverend Frank aside to his good little wife, ‘I think I will leave it to somebody else. The circumstances are hardly favourable. There are plenty of talkers going about, my love, and she will soon find one.’

While this discourse was interchanging, both Bella and the Secretary observed Lizzie Hexam with great attention. Brought face to face for the first time with the daughter of his supposed murderer, it was natural that John Harmon should have his own secret reasons for a careful scrutiny of her countenance and manner. Bella knew that Lizzie’s father had been falsely accused of the crime which had had so great an influence on her own life and fortunes; and her interest, though it had no secret springs, like that of the Secretary, was equally natural. Both had expected to see something very different from the real Lizzie Hexam, and thus it fell out that she became the unconscious means of bringing them together.

For, when they had walked on with her to the little house in the clean village by the paper-mill, where Lizzie had a lodging with an elderly couple employed in the establishment, and when Mrs Milvey and Bella had been up to see her room and had come down, the mill bell rang. This called Lizzie away for the time, and left the Secretary and Bella standing rather awkwardly in the small street; Mrs Milvey being engaged in pursuing the village children, and her investigations whether they were in danger of becoming children of Israel; and the Reverend Frank being engaged—to say the truth—in evading that branch of his spiritual functions, and getting out of sight surreptitiously.

Bella at length said:

‘Hadn’t we better talk about the commission we have undertaken, Mr Rokesmith?’

‘By all means,’ said the Secretary.

‘I suppose,’ faltered Bella, ‘that we ARE both commissioned, or we shouldn’t both be here?’

‘I suppose so,’ was the Secretary’s answer.

‘When I proposed to come with Mr and Mrs Milvey,’ said Bella, ‘Mrs Boffin urged me to do so, in order that I might give her my small report—it’s not worth anything, Mr Rokesmith, except for it’s being a woman’s—which indeed with you may be a fresh reason for it’s being worth nothing—of Lizzie Hexam.’

‘Mr Boffin,’ said the Secretary, ‘directed me to come for the same purpose.’

As they spoke they were leaving the little street and emerging on the wooded landscape by the river.

‘You think well of her, Mr Rokesmith?’ pursued Bella, conscious of making all the advances.

‘I think highly of her.’

‘I am so glad of that! Something quite refined in her beauty, is there not?’

‘Her appearance is very striking.’

‘There is a shade of sadness upon her that is quite touching. At least I—I am not setting up my own poor opinion, you know, Mr Rokesmith,’ said Bella, excusing and explaining herself in a pretty shy way; ‘I am consulting you.’

‘I noticed that sadness. I hope it may not,’ said the Secretary in a lower voice, ‘be the result of the false accusation which has been retracted.’

When they had passed on a little further without speaking, Bella, after stealing a glance or two at the Secretary, suddenly said:

‘Oh, Mr Rokesmith, don’t be hard with me, don’t be stern with me; be magnanimous! I want to talk with you on equal terms.’

The Secretary as suddenly brightened, and returned: ‘Upon my honour I had no thought but for you. I forced myself to be constrained, lest you might misinterpret my being more natural. There. It’s gone.’

‘Thank you,’ said Bella, holding out her little hand. ‘Forgive me.’

‘No!’ cried the Secretary, eagerly. ‘Forgive ME!’ For there were tears in her eyes, and they were prettier in his sight (though they smote him on the heart rather reproachfully too) than any other glitter in the world.

When they had walked a little further:

‘You were going to speak to me,’ said the Secretary, with the shadow so long on him quite thrown off and cast away, ‘about Lizzie Hexam. So was I going to speak to you, if I could have begun.’

‘Now that you CAN begin, sir,’ returned Bella, with a look as if she italicized the word by putting one of her dimples under it, ‘what were you going to say?’

‘You remember, of course, that in her short letter to Mrs Boffin—short, but containing everything to the purpose—she stipulated that either her name, or else her place of residence, must be kept strictly a secret among us.’

Bella nodded Yes.

‘It is my duty to find out why she made that stipulation. I have it in charge from Mr Boffin to discover, and I am very desirous for myself to discover, whether that retracted accusation still leaves any stain upon her. I mean whether it places her at any disadvantage towards any one, even towards herself.’

‘Yes,’ said Bella, nodding thoughtfully; ‘I understand. That seems wise, and considerate.’

‘You may not have noticed, Miss Wilfer, that she has the same kind of interest in you, that you have in her. Just as you are attracted by her beaut—by her appearance and manner, she is attracted by yours.’

‘I certainly have NOT noticed it,’ returned Bella, again italicizing with the dimple, ‘and I should have given her credit for—’

The Secretary with a smile held up his hand, so plainly interposing ‘not for better taste’, that Bella’s colour deepened over the little piece of coquetry she was checked in.

‘And so,’ resumed the Secretary, ‘if you would speak with her alone before we go away from here, I feel quite sure that a natural and easy confidence would arise between you. Of course you would not be asked to betray it; and of course you would not, if you were. But if you do not object to put this question to her—to ascertain for us her own feeling in this one matter—you can do so at a far greater advantage than I or any else could. Mr Boffin is anxious on the subject. And I am,’ added the Secretary after a moment, ‘for a special reason, very anxious.’

‘I shall be happy, Mr Rokesmith,’ returned Bella, ‘to be of the least use; for I feel, after the serious scene of to-day, that I am useless enough in this world.’

‘Don’t say that,’ urged the Secretary.

‘Oh, but I mean that,’ said Bella, raising her eyebrows.

‘No one is useless in this world,’ retorted the Secretary, ‘who lightens the burden of it for any one else.’

‘But I assure you I DON’T, Mr Rokesmith,’ said Bella, half-crying.

‘Not for your father?’

‘Dear, loving, self-forgetting, easily-satisfied Pa! Oh, yes! He thinks so.’

‘It is enough if he only thinks so,’ said the Secretary. ‘Excuse the interruption: I don’t like to hear you depreciate yourself.’

‘But YOU once depreciated ME, sir,’ thought Bella, pouting, ‘and I hope you may be satisfied with the consequences you brought upon your head!’ However, she said nothing to that purpose; she even said something to a different purpose.

‘Mr Rokesmith, it seems so long since we spoke together naturally, that I am embarrassed in approaching another subject. Mr Boffin. You know I am very grateful to him; don’t you? You know I feel a true respect for him, and am bound to him by the strong ties of his own generosity; now don’t you?’

‘Unquestionably. And also that you are his favourite companion.’

‘That makes it,’ said Bella, ‘so very difficult to speak of him. But—. Does he treat you well?’

‘You see how he treats me,’ the Secretary answered, with a patient and yet proud air.

‘Yes, and I see it with pain,’ said Bella, very energetically.

The Secretary gave her such a radiant look, that if he had thanked her a hundred times, he could not have said as much as the look said.

‘I see it with pain,’ repeated Bella, ‘and it often makes me miserable. Miserable, because I cannot bear to be supposed to approve of it, or have any indirect share in it. Miserable, because I cannot bear to be forced to admit to myself that Fortune is spoiling Mr Boffin.’

‘Miss Wilfer,’ said the Secretary, with a beaming face, ‘if you could know with what delight I make the discovery that Fortune isn’t spoiling YOU, you would know that it more than compensates me for any slight at any other hands.’

‘Oh, don’t speak of ME,’ said Bella, giving herself an impatient little slap with her glove. ‘You don’t know me as well as—’

‘As you know yourself?’ suggested the Secretary, finding that she stopped. ‘DO you know yourself?’

‘I know quite enough of myself,’ said Bella, with a charming air of being inclined to give herself up as a bad job, ‘and I don’t improve upon acquaintance. But Mr Boffin.’

‘That Mr Boffin’s manner to me, or consideration for me, is not what it used to be,’ observed the Secretary, ‘must be admitted. It is too plain to be denied.’

‘Are you disposed to deny it, Mr Rokesmith?’ asked Bella, with a look of wonder.

‘Ought I not to be glad to do so, if I could: though it were only for my own sake?’

‘Truly,’ returned Bella, ‘it must try you very much, and—you must please promise me that you won’t take ill what I am going to add, Mr Rokesmith?’

‘I promise it with all my heart.’

‘—And it must sometimes, I should think,’ said Bella, hesitating, ‘a little lower you in your own estimation?’

Assenting with a movement of his head, though not at all looking as if it did, the Secretary replied:

‘I have very strong reasons, Miss Wilfer, for bearing with the drawbacks of my position in the house we both inhabit. Believe that they are not all mercenary, although I have, through a series of strange fatalities, faded out of my place in life. If what you see with such a gracious and good sympathy is calculated to rouse my pride, there are other considerations (and those you do not see) urging me to quiet endurance. The latter are by far the stronger.’

‘I think I have noticed, Mr Rokesmith,’ said Bella, looking at him with curiosity, as not quite making him out, ‘that you repress yourself, and force yourself, to act a passive part.’

‘You are right. I repress myself and force myself to act a part. It is not in tameness of spirit that I submit. I have a settled purpose.’

‘And a good one, I hope,’ said Bella.

‘And a good one, I hope,’ he answered, looking steadily at her.

‘Sometimes I have fancied, sir,’ said Bella, turning away her eyes, ‘that your great regard for Mrs Boffin is a very powerful motive with you.’

‘You are right again; it is. I would do anything for her, bear anything for her. There are no words to express how I esteem that good, good woman.’

‘As I do too! May I ask you one thing more, Mr Rokesmith?’

‘Anything more.’

‘Of course you see that she really suffers, when Mr Boffin shows how he is changing?’

‘I see it, every day, as you see it, and am grieved to give her pain.’

‘To give her pain?’ said Bella, repeating the phrase quickly, with her eyebrows raised.

‘I am generally the unfortunate cause of it.’

‘Perhaps she says to you, as she often says to me, that he is the best of men, in spite of all.’

‘I often overhear her, in her honest and beautiful devotion to him, saying so to you,’ returned the Secretary, with the same steady look, ‘but I cannot assert that she ever says so to me.’

Bella met the steady look for a moment with a wistful, musing little look of her own, and then, nodding her pretty head several times, like a dimpled philosopher (of the very best school) who was moralizing on Life, heaved a little sigh, and gave up things in general for a bad job, as she had previously been inclined to give up herself.

But, for all that, they had a very pleasant walk. The trees were bare of leaves, and the river was bare of water-lilies; but the sky was not bare of its beautiful blue, and the water reflected it, and a delicious wind ran with the stream, touching the surface crisply. Perhaps the old mirror was never yet made by human hands, which, if all the images it has in its time reflected could pass across its surface again, would fail to reveal some scene of horror or distress. But the great serene mirror of the river seemed as if it might have reproduced all it had ever reflected between those placid banks, and brought nothing to the light save what was peaceful, pastoral, and blooming.

So, they walked, speaking of the newly filled-up grave, and of Johnny, and of many things. So, on their return, they met brisk Mrs Milvey coming to seek them, with the agreeable intelligence that there was no fear for the village children, there being a Christian school in the village, and no worse Judaical interference with it than to plant its garden. So, they got back to the village as Lizzie Hexam was coming from the paper-mill, and Bella detached herself to speak with her in her own home.

‘I am afraid it is a poor room for you,’ said Lizzie, with a smile of welcome, as she offered the post of honour by the fireside.

‘Not so poor as you think, my dear,’ returned Bella, ‘if you knew all.’ Indeed, though attained by some wonderful winding narrow stairs, which seemed to have been erected in a pure white chimney, and though very low in the ceiling, and very rugged in the floor, and rather blinking as to the proportions of its lattice window, it was a pleasanter room than that despised chamber once at home, in which Bella had first bemoaned the miseries of taking lodgers.

The day was closing as the two girls looked at one another by the fireside. The dusky room was lighted by the fire. The grate might have been the old brazier, and the glow might have been the old hollow down by the flare.

‘It’s quite new to me,’ said Lizzie, ‘to be visited by a lady so nearly of my own age, and so pretty, as you. It’s a pleasure to me to look at you.’

‘I have nothing left to begin with,’ returned Bella, blushing, ‘because I was going to say that it was a pleasure to me to look at you, Lizzie. But we can begin without a beginning, can’t we?’

Lizzie took the pretty little hand that was held out in as pretty a little frankness.

‘Now, dear,’ said Bella, drawing her chair a little nearer, and taking Lizzie’s arm as if they were going out for a walk, ‘I am commissioned with something to say, and I dare say I shall say it wrong, but I won’t if I can help it. It is in reference to your letter to Mr and Mrs Boffin, and this is what it is. Let me see. Oh yes! This is what it is.’

With this exordium, Bella set forth that request of Lizzie’s touching secrecy, and delicately spoke of that false accusation and its retraction, and asked might she beg to be informed whether it had any bearing, near or remote, on such request. ‘I feel, my dear,’ said Bella, quite amazing herself by the business-like manner in which she was getting on, ‘that the subject must be a painful one to you, but I am mixed up in it also; for—I don’t know whether you may know it or suspect it—I am the willed-away girl who was to have been married to the unfortunate gentleman, if he had been pleased to approve of me. So I was dragged into the subject without my consent, and you were dragged into it without your consent, and there is very little to choose between us.’

‘I had no doubt,’ said Lizzie, ‘that you were the Miss Wilfer I have often heard named. Can you tell me who my unknown friend is?’

‘Unknown friend, my dear?’ said Bella.

‘Who caused the charge against poor father to be contradicted, and sent me the written paper.’

Bella had never heard of him. Had no notion who he was.

‘I should have been glad to thank him,’ returned Lizzie. ‘He has done a great deal for me. I must hope that he will let me thank him some day. You asked me has it anything to do—’

‘It or the accusation itself,’ Bella put in.

‘Yes. Has either anything to do with my wishing to live quite secret and retired here? No.’

As Lizzie Hexam shook her head in giving this reply and as her glance sought the fire, there was a quiet resolution in her folded hands, not lost on Bella’s bright eyes.

‘Have you lived much alone?’ asked Bella.

‘Yes. It’s nothing new to me. I used to be always alone many hours together, in the day and in the night, when poor father was alive.’

‘You have a brother, I have been told?’

‘I have a brother, but he is not friendly with me. He is a very good boy though, and has raised himself by his industry. I don’t complain of him.’

As she said it, with her eyes upon the fire-glow, there was an instantaneous escape of distress into her face. Bella seized the moment to touch her hand.

‘Lizzie, I wish you would tell me whether you have any friend of your own sex and age.’

‘I have lived that lonely kind of life, that I have never had one,’ was the answer.

‘Nor I neither,’ said Bella. ‘Not that my life has been lonely, for I could have sometimes wished it lonelier, instead of having Ma going on like the Tragic Muse with a face-ache in majestic corners, and Lavvy being spiteful—though of course I am very fond of them both. I wish you could make a friend of me, Lizzie. Do you think you could? I have no more of what they call character, my dear, than a canary-bird, but I know I am trustworthy.’

The wayward, playful, affectionate nature, giddy for want of the weight of some sustaining purpose, and capricious because it was always fluttering among little things, was yet a captivating one. To Lizzie it was so new, so pretty, at once so womanly and so childish, that it won her completely. And when Bella said again, ‘Do you think you could, Lizzie?’ with her eyebrows raised, her head inquiringly on one side, and an odd doubt about it in her own bosom, Lizzie showed beyond all question that she thought she could.

‘Tell me, my dear,’ said Bella, ‘what is the matter, and why you live like this.’

Lizzie presently began, by way of prelude, ‘You must have many lovers—’ when Bella checked her with a little scream of astonishment.

‘My dear, I haven’t one!’

‘Not one?’

Well! Perhaps one,’ said Bella. ‘I am sure I don’t know. I HAD one, but what he may think about it at the present time I can’t say. Perhaps I have half a one (of course I don’t count that Idiot, George Sampson). However, never mind me. I want to hear about you.’

‘There is a certain man,’ said Lizzie, ‘a passionate and angry man, who says he loves me, and who I must believe does love me. He is the friend of my brother. I shrank from him within myself when my brother first brought him to me; but the last time I saw him he terrified me more than I can say.’ There she stopped.

‘Did you come here to escape from him, Lizzie?’

‘I came here immediately after he so alarmed me.’

‘Are you afraid of him here?’

‘I am not timid generally, but I am always afraid of him. I am afraid to see a newspaper, or to hear a word spoken of what is done in London, lest he should have done some violence.’

‘Then you are not afraid of him for yourself, dear?’ said Bella, after pondering on the words.

‘I should be even that, if I met him about here. I look round for him always, as I pass to and fro at night.’

‘Are you afraid of anything he may do to himself in London, my dear?’

‘No. He might be fierce enough even to do some violence to himself, but I don’t think of that.’

‘Then it would almost seem, dear,’ said Bella quaintly, ‘as if there must be somebody else?’

Lizzie put her hands before her face for a moment before replying: ‘The words are always in my ears, and the blow he struck upon a stone wall as he said them is always before my eyes. I have tried hard to think it not worth remembering, but I cannot make so little of it. His hand was trickling down with blood as he said to me, “Then I hope that I may never kill him!’

Rather startled, Bella made and clasped a girdle of her arms round Lizzie’s waist, and then asked quietly, in a soft voice, as they both looked at the fire:

‘Kill him! Is this man so jealous, then?’

‘Of a gentleman,’ said Lizzie. ‘—I hardly know how to tell you—of a gentleman far above me and my way of life, who broke father’s death to me, and has shown an interest in me since.’

‘Does he love you?’

Lizzie shook her head.

‘Does he admire you?’

Lizzie ceased to shake her head, and pressed her hand upon her living girdle.

‘Is it through his influence that you came here?’

‘O no! And of all the world I wouldn’t have him know that I am here, or get the least clue where to find me.’

‘Lizzie, dear! Why?’ asked Bella, in amazement at this burst. But then quickly added, reading Lizzie’s face: ‘No. Don’t say why. That was a foolish question of mine. I see, I see.’

There was silence between them. Lizzie, with a drooping head, glanced down at the glow in the fire where her first fancies had been nursed, and her first escape made from the grim life out of which she had plucked her brother, foreseeing her reward.

‘You know all now,’ she said, raising her eyes to Bella’s. ‘There is nothing left out. This is my reason for living secret here, with the aid of a good old man who is my true friend. For a short part of my life at home with father, I knew of things—don’t ask me what—that I set my face against, and tried to better. I don’t think I could have done more, then, without letting my hold on father go; but they sometimes lie heavy on my mind. By doing all for the best, I hope I may wear them out.’

‘And wear out too,’ said Bella soothingly, ‘this weakness, Lizzie, in favour of one who is not worthy of it.’

‘No. I don’t want to wear that out,’ was the flushed reply, ‘nor do I want to believe, nor do I believe, that he is not worthy of it. What should I gain by that, and how much should I lose!’

Bella’s expressive little eyebrows remonstrated with the fire for some short time before she rejoined:

‘Don’t think that I press you, Lizzie; but wouldn’t you gain in peace, and hope, and even in freedom? Wouldn’t it be better not to live a secret life in hiding, and not to be shut out from your natural and wholesome prospects? Forgive my asking you, would that be no gain?’

‘Does a woman’s heart that—that has that weakness in it which you have spoken of,’ returned Lizzie, ‘seek to gain anything?’

The question was so directly at variance with Bella’s views in life, as set forth to her father, that she said internally, ‘There, you little mercenary wretch! Do you hear that? Ain’t you ashamed of your self?’ and unclasped the girdle of her arms, expressly to give herself a penitential poke in the side.

‘But you said, Lizzie,’ observed Bella, returning to her subject when she had administered this chastisement, ‘that you would lose, besides. Would you mind telling me what you would lose, Lizzie?’

‘I should lose some of the best recollections, best encouragements, and best objects, that I carry through my daily life. I should lose my belief that if I had been his equal, and he had loved me, I should have tried with all my might to make him better and happier, as he would have made me. I should lose almost all the value that I put upon the little learning I have, which is all owing to him, and which I conquered the difficulties of, that he might not think it thrown away upon me. I should lose a kind of picture of him—or of what he might have been, if I had been a lady, and he had loved me—which is always with me, and which I somehow feel that I could not do a mean or a wrong thing before. I should leave off prizing the remembrance that he has done me nothing but good since I have known him, and that he has made a change within me, like—like the change in the grain of these hands, which were coarse, and cracked, and hard, and brown when I rowed on the river with father, and are softened and made supple by this new work as you see them now.’

They trembled, but with no weakness, as she showed them.

‘Understand me, my dear;’ thus she went on. ‘I have never dreamed of the possibility of his being anything to me on this earth but the kind picture that I know I could not make you understand, if the understanding was not in your own breast already. I have no more dreamed of the possibility of MY being his wife, than he ever has—and words could not be stronger than that. And yet I love him. I love him so much, and so dearly, that when I sometimes think my life may be but a weary one, I am proud of it and glad of it. I am proud and glad to suffer something for him, even though it is of no service to him, and he will never know of it or care for it.’

Bella sat enchained by the deep, unselfish passion of this girl or woman of her own age, courageously revealing itself in the confidence of her sympathetic perception of its truth. And yet she had never experienced anything like it, or thought of the existence of anything like it.

‘It was late upon a wretched night,’ said Lizzie, ‘when his eyes first looked at me in my old river-side home, very different from this. His eyes may never look at me again. I would rather that they never did; I hope that they never may. But I would not have the light of them taken out of my life, for anything my life can give me. I have told you everything now, my dear. If it comes a little strange to me to have parted with it, I am not sorry. I had no thought of ever parting with a single word of it, a moment before you came in; but you came in, and my mind changed.’

Bella kissed her on the cheek, and thanked her warmly for her confidence. ‘I only wish,’ said Bella, ‘I was more deserving of it.’

‘More deserving of it?’ repeated Lizzie, with an incredulous smile.

‘I don’t mean in respect of keeping it,’ said Bella, ‘because any one should tear me to bits before getting at a syllable of it—though there’s no merit in that, for I am naturally as obstinate as a Pig. What I mean is, Lizzie, that I am a mere impertinent piece of conceit, and you shame me.’

Lizzie put up the pretty brown hair that came tumbling down, owing to the energy with which Bella shook her head; and she remonstrated while thus engaged, ‘My dear!’

‘Oh, it’s all very well to call me your dear,’ said Bella, with a pettish whimper, ‘and I am glad to be called so, though I have slight enough claim to be. But I AM such a nasty little thing!’

‘My dear!’ urged Lizzie again.

‘Such a shallow, cold, worldly, Limited little brute!’ said Bella, bringing out her last adjective with culminating force.

‘Do you think,’ inquired Lizzie with her quiet smile, the hair being now secured, ‘that I don’t know better?’

‘DO you know better though?’ said Bella. ‘Do you really believe you know better? Oh, I should be so glad if you did know better, but I am so very much afraid that I must know best!’

Lizzie asked her, laughing outright, whether she ever saw her own face or heard her own voice?

‘I suppose so,’ returned Bella; ‘I look in the glass often enough, and I chatter like a Magpie.’

‘I have seen your face, and heard your voice, at any rate,’ said Lizzie, ‘and they have tempted me to say to you—with a certainty of not going wrong—what I thought I should never say to any one. Does that look ill?’

‘No, I hope it doesn’t,’ pouted Bella, stopping herself in something between a humoured laugh and a humoured sob.

‘I used once to see pictures in the fire,’ said Lizzie playfully, ‘to please my brother. Shall I tell you what I see down there where the fire is glowing?’

They had risen, and were standing on the hearth, the time being come for separating; each had drawn an arm around the other to take leave.

‘Shall I tell you,’ asked Lizzie, ‘what I see down there?’

‘Limited little b?’ suggested Bella with her eyebrows raised.

‘A heart well worth winning, and well won. A heart that, once won, goes through fire and water for the winner, and never changes, and is never daunted.’

‘Girl’s heart?’ asked Bella, with accompanying eyebrows.

Lizzie nodded. ‘And the figure to which it belongs—’

‘Is yours,’ suggested Bella.

‘No. Most clearly and distinctly yours.’

So the interview terminated with pleasant words on both sides, and with many reminders on the part of Bella that they were friends, and pledges that she would soon come down into that part of the country again. There with Lizzie returned to her occupation, and Bella ran over to the little inn to rejoin her company.

‘You look rather serious, Miss Wilfer,’ was the Secretary’s first remark.

‘I feel rather serious,’ returned Miss Wilfer.

She had nothing else to tell him but that Lizzie Hexam’s secret had no reference whatever to the cruel charge, or its withdrawal. Oh yes though! said Bella; she might as well mention one other thing; Lizzie was very desirous to thank her unknown friend who had sent her the written retractation. Was she, indeed? observed the Secretary. Ah! Bella asked him, had he any notion who that unknown friend might be? He had no notion whatever.

They were on the borders of Oxfordshire, so far had poor old Betty Higden strayed. They were to return by the train presently, and, the station being near at hand, the Reverend Frank and Mrs Frank, and Sloppy and Bella and the Secretary, set out to walk to it. Few rustic paths are wide enough for five, and Bella and the Secretary dropped behind.

‘Can you believe, Mr Rokesmith,’ said Bella, ‘that I feel as if whole years had passed since I went into Lizzie Hexam’s cottage?’

‘We have crowded a good deal into the day,’ he returned, ‘and you were much affected in the churchyard. You are over-tired.’

‘No, I am not at all tired. I have not quite expressed what I mean. I don’t mean that I feel as if a great space of time had gone by, but that I feel as if much had happened—to myself, you know.’

‘For good, I hope?’

‘I hope so,’ said Bella.

‘You are cold; I felt you tremble. Pray let me put this wrapper of mine about you. May I fold it over this shoulder without injuring your dress? Now, it will be too heavy and too long. Let me carry this end over my arm, as you have no arm to give me.’

Yes she had though. How she got it out, in her muffled state, Heaven knows; but she got it out somehow—there it was—and slipped it through the Secretary’s.

‘I have had a long and interesting talk with Lizzie, Mr Rokesmith, and she gave me her full confidence.’

‘She could not withhold it,’ said the Secretary.

‘I wonder how you come,’ said Bella, stopping short as she glanced at him, ‘to say to me just what she said about it!’

‘I infer that it must be because I feel just as she felt about it.’

‘And how was that, do you mean to say, sir?’ asked Bella, moving again.

‘That if you were inclined to win her confidence—anybody’s confidence—you were sure to do it.’

The railway, at this point, knowingly shutting a green eye and opening a red one, they had to run for it. As Bella could not run easily so wrapped up, the Secretary had to help her. When she took her opposite place in the carriage corner, the brightness in her face was so charming to behold, that on her exclaiming, ‘What beautiful stars and what a glorious night!’ the Secretary said ‘Yes,’ but seemed to prefer to see the night and the stars in the light of her lovely little countenance, to looking out of window.

O boofer lady, fascinating boofer lady! If I were but legally executor of Johnny’s will! If I had but the right to pay your legacy and to take your receipt!—Something to this purpose surely mingled with the blast of the train as it cleared the stations, all knowingly shutting up their green eyes and opening their red ones when they prepared to let the boofer lady pass.

Chapter 10

SCOUTS OUT

‘And so, Miss Wren,’ said Mr Eugene Wrayburn, ‘I cannot persuade you to dress me a doll?’

‘No,’ replied Miss Wren snappishly; ‘if you want one, go and buy one at the shop.’

‘And my charming young goddaughter,’ said Mr Wrayburn plaintively, ‘down in Hertfordshire—’

(‘Humbugshire you mean, I think,’ interposed Miss Wren.)

‘—is to be put upon the cold footing of the general public, and is to derive no advantage from my private acquaintance with the Court Dressmaker?’

‘If it’s any advantage to your charming godchild—and oh, a precious godfather she has got!’—replied Miss Wren, pricking at him in the air with her needle, ‘to be informed that the Court Dressmaker knows your tricks and your manners, you may tell her so by post, with my compliments.’

Miss Wren was busy at her work by candle-light, and Mr Wrayburn, half amused and half vexed, and all idle and shiftless, stood by her bench looking on. Miss Wren’s troublesome child was in the corner in deep disgrace, and exhibiting great wretchedness in the shivering stage of prostration from drink.

‘Ugh, you disgraceful boy!’ exclaimed Miss Wren, attracted by the sound of his chattering teeth, ‘I wish they’d all drop down your throat and play at dice in your stomach! Boh, wicked child! Bee-baa, black sheep!’

On her accompanying each of these reproaches with a threatening stamp of the foot, the wretched creature protested with a whine.

‘Pay five shillings for you indeed!’ Miss Wren proceeded; ‘how many hours do you suppose it costs me to earn five shillings, you infamous boy?—Don’t cry like that, or I’ll throw a doll at you. Pay five shillings fine for you indeed. Fine in more ways than one, I think! I’d give the dustman five shillings, to carry you off in the dust cart.’

‘No, no,’ pleaded the absurd creature. ‘Please!’

‘He’s enough to break his mother’s heart, is this boy,’ said Miss Wren, half appealing to Eugene. ‘I wish I had never brought him up. He’d be sharper than a serpent’s tooth, if he wasn’t as dull as ditch water. Look at him. There’s a pretty object for a parent’s eyes!’

Assuredly, in his worse than swinish state (for swine at least fatten on their guzzling, and make themselves good to eat), he was a pretty object for any eyes.

‘A muddling and a swipey old child,’ said Miss Wren, rating him with great severity, ‘fit for nothing but to be preserved in the liquor that destroys him, and put in a great glass bottle as a sight for other swipey children of his own pattern,—if he has no consideration for his liver, has he none for his mother?’

‘Yes. Deration, oh don’t!’ cried the subject of these angry remarks.

‘Oh don’t and oh don’t,’ pursued Miss Wren. ‘It’s oh do and oh do. And why do you?’

‘Won’t do so any more. Won’t indeed. Pray!’

‘There!’ said Miss Wren, covering her eyes with her hand. ‘I can’t bear to look at you. Go up stairs and get me my bonnet and shawl. Make yourself useful in some way, bad boy, and let me have your room instead of your company, for one half minute.’

Obeying her, he shambled out, and Eugene Wrayburn saw the tears exude from between the little creature’s fingers as she kept her hand before her eyes. He was sorry, but his sympathy did not move his carelessness to do anything but feel sorry.

‘I’m going to the Italian Opera to try on,’ said Miss Wren, taking away her hand after a little while, and laughing satirically to hide that she had been crying; ‘I must see your back before I go, Mr Wrayburn. Let me first tell you, once for all, that it’s of no use your paying visits to me. You wouldn’t get what you want, of me, no, not if you brought pincers with you to tear it out.’

‘Are you so obstinate on the subject of a doll’s dress for my godchild?’

‘Ah!’ returned Miss Wren with a hitch of her chin, ‘I am so obstinate. And of course it’s on the subject of a doll’s dress—or ADdress—whichever you like. Get along and give it up!’

Her degraded charge had come back, and was standing behind her with the bonnet and shawl.

‘Give ’em to me and get back into your corner, you naughty old thing!’ said Miss Wren, as she turned and espied him. ‘No, no, I won’t have your help. Go into your corner, this minute!’

The miserable man, feebly rubbing the back of his faltering hands downward from the wrists, shuffled on to his post of disgrace; but not without a curious glance at Eugene in passing him, accompanied with what seemed as if it might have been an action of his elbow, if any action of any limb or joint he had, would have answered truly to his will. Taking no more particular notice of him than instinctively falling away from the disagreeable contact, Eugene, with a lazy compliment or so to Miss Wren, begged leave to light his cigar, and departed.

‘Now you prodigal old son,’ said Jenny, shaking her head and her emphatic little forefinger at her burden, ‘you sit there till I come back. You dare to move out of your corner for a single instant while I’m gone, and I’ll know the reason why.’

With this admonition, she blew her work candles out, leaving him to the light of the fire, and, taking her big door-key in her pocket and her crutch-stick in her hand, marched off.

Eugene lounged slowly towards the Temple, smoking his cigar, but saw no more of the dolls’ dressmaker, through the accident of their taking opposite sides of the street. He lounged along moodily, and stopped at Charing Cross to look about him, with as little interest in the crowd as any man might take, and was lounging on again, when a most unexpected object caught his eyes. No less an object than Jenny Wren’s bad boy trying to make up his mind to cross the road.

A more ridiculous and feeble spectacle than this tottering wretch making unsteady sallies into the roadway, and as often staggering back again, oppressed by terrors of vehicles that were a long way off or were nowhere, the streets could not have shown. Over and over again, when the course was perfectly clear, he set out, got half way, described a loop, turned, and went back again; when he might have crossed and re-crossed half a dozen times. Then, he would stand shivering on the edge of the pavement, looking up the street and looking down, while scores of people jostled him, and crossed, and went on. Stimulated in course of time by the sight of so many successes, he would make another sally, make another loop, would all but have his foot on the opposite pavement, would see or imagine something coming, and would stagger back again. There, he would stand making spasmodic preparations as if for a great leap, and at last would decide on a start at precisely the wrong moment, and would be roared at by drivers, and would shrink back once more, and stand in the old spot shivering, with the whole of the proceedings to go through again.

‘It strikes me,’ remarked Eugene coolly, after watching him for some minutes, ‘that my friend is likely to be rather behind time if he has any appointment on hand.’ With which remark he strolled on, and took no further thought of him.

Lightwood was at home when he got to the Chambers, and had dined alone there. Eugene drew a chair to the fire by which he was having his wine and reading the evening paper, and brought a glass, and filled it for good fellowship’s sake.

‘My dear Mortimer, you are the express picture of contented industry, reposing (on credit) after the virtuous labours of the day.’

‘My dear Eugene, you are the express picture of discontented idleness not reposing at all. Where have you been?’

‘I have been,’ replied Wrayburn, ‘—about town. I have turned up at the present juncture, with the intention of consulting my highly intelligent and respected solicitor on the position of my affairs.’

‘Your highly intelligent and respected solicitor is of opinion that your affairs are in a bad way, Eugene.’

‘Though whether,’ said Eugene thoughtfully, ‘that can be intelligently said, now, of the affairs of a client who has nothing to lose and who cannot possibly be made to pay, may be open to question.’

‘You have fallen into the hands of the Jews, Eugene.’

‘My dear boy,’ returned the debtor, very composedly taking up his glass, ‘having previously fallen into the hands of some of the Christians, I can bear it with philosophy.’

‘I have had an interview to-day, Eugene, with a Jew, who seems determined to press us hard. Quite a Shylock, and quite a Patriarch. A picturesque grey-headed and grey-bearded old Jew, in a shovel-hat and gaberdine.’

‘Not,’ said Eugene, pausing in setting down his glass, ‘surely not my worthy friend Mr Aaron?’

‘He calls himself Mr Riah.’

‘By-the-by,’ said Eugene, ‘it comes into my mind that—no doubt with an instinctive desire to receive him into the bosom of our Church—I gave him the name of Aaron!’

‘Eugene, Eugene,’ returned Lightwood, ‘you are more ridiculous than usual. Say what you mean.’

‘Merely, my dear fellow, that I have the honour and pleasure of a speaking acquaintance with such a Patriarch as you describe, and that I address him as Mr Aaron, because it appears to me Hebraic, expressive, appropriate, and complimentary. Notwithstanding which strong reasons for its being his name, it may not be his name.’

‘I believe you are the absurdest man on the face of the earth,’ said Lightwood, laughing.

‘Not at all, I assure you. Did he mention that he knew me?’

‘He did not. He only said of you that he expected to be paid by you.’

‘Which looks,’ remarked Eugene with much gravity, ‘like NOT knowing me. I hope it may not be my worthy friend Mr Aaron, for, to tell you the truth, Mortimer, I doubt he may have a prepossession against me. I strongly suspect him of having had a hand in spiriting away Lizzie.’

‘Everything,’ returned Lightwood impatiently, ‘seems, by a fatality, to bring us round to Lizzie. “About town” meant about Lizzie, just now, Eugene.’

‘My solicitor, do you know,’ observed Eugene, turning round to the furniture, ‘is a man of infinite discernment!’

‘Did it not, Eugene?’

‘Yes it did, Mortimer.’

‘And yet, Eugene, you know you do not really care for her.’

Eugene Wrayburn rose, and put his hands in his pockets, and stood with a foot on the fender, indolently rocking his body and looking at the fire. After a prolonged pause, he replied: ‘I don’t know that. I must ask you not to say that, as if we took it for granted.’

‘But if you do care for her, so much the more should you leave her to herself.’

Having again paused as before, Eugene said: ‘I don’t know that, either. But tell me. Did you ever see me take so much trouble about anything, as about this disappearance of hers? I ask, for information.’

‘My dear Eugene, I wish I ever had!’

‘Then you have not? Just so. You confirm my own impression. Does that look as if I cared for her? I ask, for information.’

‘I asked YOU for information, Eugene,’ said Mortimer reproachfully.

‘Dear boy, I know it, but I can’t give it. I thirst for information. What do I mean? If my taking so much trouble to recover her does not mean that I care for her, what does it mean? “If Peter Piper picked a peck of pickled pepper, where’s the peck,” &c.?’

Though he said this gaily, he said it with a perplexed and inquisitive face, as if he actually did not know what to make of himself. ‘Look on to the end—’ Lightwood was beginning to remonstrate, when he caught at the words:

‘Ah! See now! That’s exactly what I am incapable of doing. How very acute you are, Mortimer, in finding my weak place! When we were at school together, I got up my lessons at the last moment, day by day and bit by bit; now we are out in life together, I get up my lessons in the same way. In the present task I have not got beyond this:—I am bent on finding Lizzie, and I mean to find her, and I will take any means of finding her that offer themselves. Fair means or foul means, are all alike to me. I ask you—for information—what does that mean? When I have found her I may ask you—also for information—what do I mean now? But it would be premature in this stage, and it’s not the character of my mind.’

Lightwood was shaking his head over the air with which his friend held forth thus—an air so whimsically open and argumentative as almost to deprive what he said of the appearance of evasion—when a shuffling was heard at the outer door, and then an undecided knock, as though some hand were groping for the knocker. ‘The frolicsome youth of the neighbourhood,’ said Eugene, ‘whom I should be delighted to pitch from this elevation into the churchyard below, without any intermediate ceremonies, have probably turned the lamp out. I am on duty to-night, and will see to the door.’

His friend had barely had time to recall the unprecedented gleam of determination with which he had spoken of finding this girl, and which had faded out of him with the breath of the spoken words, when Eugene came back, ushering in a most disgraceful shadow of a man, shaking from head to foot, and clothed in shabby grease and smear.

‘This interesting gentleman,’ said Eugene, ‘is the son—the occasionally rather trying son, for he has his failings—of a lady of my acquaintance. My dear Mortimer—Mr Dolls.’ Eugene had no idea what his name was, knowing the little dressmaker’s to be assumed, but presented him with easy confidence under the first appellation that his associations suggested.

‘I gather, my dear Mortimer,’ pursued Eugene, as Lightwood stared at the obscene visitor, ‘from the manner of Mr Dolls—which is occasionally complicated—that he desires to make some communication to me. I have mentioned to Mr Dolls that you and I are on terms of confidence, and have requested Mr Dolls to develop his views here.’

The wretched object being much embarrassed by holding what remained of his hat, Eugene airily tossed it to the door, and put him down in a chair.

‘It will be necessary, I think,’ he observed, ‘to wind up Mr Dolls, before anything to any mortal purpose can be got out of him. Brandy, Mr Dolls, or—?’

‘Threepenn’orth Rum,’ said Mr Dolls.

A judiciously small quantity of the spirit was given him in a wine-glass, and he began to convey it to his mouth, with all kinds of falterings and gyrations on the road.

‘The nerves of Mr Dolls,’ remarked Eugene to Lightwood, ‘are considerably unstrung. And I deem it on the whole expedient to fumigate Mr Dolls.’

He took the shovel from the grate, sprinkled a few live ashes on it, and from a box on the chimney-piece took a few pastiles, which he set upon them; then, with great composure began placidly waving the shovel in front of Mr Dolls, to cut him off from his company.

‘Lord bless my soul, Eugene!’ cried Lightwood, laughing again, ‘what a mad fellow you are! Why does this creature come to see you?’

‘We shall hear,’ said Wrayburn, very observant of his face withal. ‘Now then. Speak out. Don’t be afraid. State your business, Dolls.’

‘Mist Wrayburn!’ said the visitor, thickly and huskily. ‘—’tis Mist Wrayburn, ain’t?’ With a stupid stare.

‘Of course it is. Look at me. What do you want?’

Mr Dolls collapsed in his chair, and faintly said ‘Threepenn’orth Rum.’

‘Will you do me the favour, my dear Mortimer, to wind up Mr Dolls again?’ said Eugene. ‘I am occupied with the fumigation.’

A similar quantity was poured into his glass, and he got it to his lips by similar circuitous ways. Having drunk it, Mr Dolls, with an evident fear of running down again unless he made haste, proceeded to business.

‘Mist Wrayburn. Tried to nudge you, but you wouldn’t. You want that drection. You want t’know where she lives. Do you Mist Wrayburn?’

With a glance at his friend, Eugene replied to the question sternly, ‘I do.’

‘I am er man,’ said Mr Dolls, trying to smite himself on the breast, but bringing his hand to bear upon the vicinity of his eye, ‘er do it. I am er man er do it.’

‘What are you the man to do?’ demanded Eugene, still sternly.

‘Er give up that drection.’

‘Have you got it?’

With a most laborious attempt at pride and dignity, Mr Dolls rolled his head for some time, awakening the highest expectations, and then answered, as if it were the happiest point that could possibly be expected of him: ‘No.’

‘What do you mean then?’

Mr Dolls, collapsing in the drowsiest manner after his late intellectual triumph, replied: ‘Threepenn’orth Rum.’

Wind him up again, my dear Mortimer,’ said Wrayburn; ‘wind him up again.’

‘Eugene, Eugene,’ urged Lightwood in a low voice, as he complied, ‘can you stoop to the use of such an instrument as this?’

‘I said,’ was the reply, made with that former gleam of determination, ‘that I would find her out by any means, fair or foul. These are foul, and I’ll take them—if I am not first tempted to break the head of Mr Dolls with the fumigator. Can you get the direction? Do you mean that? Speak! If that’s what you have come for, say how much you want.’

‘Ten shillings—Threepenn’orths Rum,’ said Mr Dolls.

‘You shall have it.’

‘Fifteen shillings—Threepenn’orths Rum,’ said Mr Dolls, making an attempt to stiffen himself.

‘You shall have it. Stop at that. How will you get the direction you talk of?’

‘I am er man,’ said Mr Dolls, with majesty, ‘er get it, sir.’

‘How will you get it, I ask you?’

‘I am ill-used vidual,’ said Mr Dolls. ‘Blown up morning t’night. Called names. She makes Mint money, sir, and never stands Threepenn’orth Rum.’

‘Get on,’ rejoined Eugene, tapping his palsied head with the fire-shovel, as it sank on his breast. ‘What comes next?’

Making a dignified attempt to gather himself together, but, as it were, dropping half a dozen pieces of himself while he tried in vain to pick up one, Mr Dolls, swaying his head from side to side, regarded his questioner with what he supposed to be a haughty smile and a scornful glance.

‘She looks upon me as mere child, sir. I am NOT mere child, sir. Man. Man talent. Lerrers pass betwixt ’em. Postman lerrers. Easy for man talent er get drection, as get his own drection.’

‘Get it then,’ said Eugene; adding very heartily under his breath, ‘—You Brute! Get it, and bring it here to me, and earn the money for sixty threepenn’orths of rum, and drink them all, one a top of another, and drink yourself dead with all possible expedition.’ The latter clauses of these special instructions he addressed to the fire, as he gave it back the ashes he had taken from it, and replaced the shovel.

Mr Dolls now struck out the highly unexpected discovery that he had been insulted by Lightwood, and stated his desire to ‘have it out with him’ on the spot, and defied him to come on, upon the liberal terms of a sovereign to a halfpenny. Mr Dolls then fell a crying, and then exhibited a tendency to fall asleep. This last manifestation as by far the most alarming, by reason of its threatening his prolonged stay on the premises, necessitated vigorous measures. Eugene picked up his worn-out hat with the tongs, clapped it on his head, and, taking him by the collar—all this at arm’s length—conducted him down stairs and out of the precincts into Fleet Street. There, he turned his face westward, and left him.

When he got back, Lightwood was standing over the fire, brooding in a sufficiently low-spirited manner.

‘I’ll wash my hands of Mr Dolls physically—’ said Eugene, ‘and be with you again directly, Mortimer.’

‘I would much prefer,’ retorted Mortimer, ‘your washing your hands of Mr Dolls, morally, Eugene.’

‘So would I,’ said Eugene; ‘but you see, dear boy, I can’t do without him.’

In a minute or two he resumed his chair, as perfectly unconcerned as usual, and rallied his friend on having so narrowly escaped the prowess of their muscular visitor.

‘I can’t be amused on this theme,’ said Mortimer, restlessly. ‘You can make almost any theme amusing to me, Eugene, but not this.’

Well!’ cried Eugene, ‘I am a little ashamed of it myself, and therefore let us change the subject.’

‘It is so deplorably underhanded,’ said Mortimer. ‘It is so unworthy of you, this setting on of such a shameful scout.’

‘We have changed the subject!’ exclaimed Eugene, airily. ‘We have found a new one in that word, scout. Don’t be like Patience on a mantelpiece frowning at Dolls, but sit down, and I’ll tell you something that you really will find amusing. Take a cigar. Look at this of mine. I light it—draw one puff—breathe the smoke out—there it goes—it’s Dolls!—it’s gone—and being gone you are a man again.’

‘Your subject,’ said Mortimer, after lighting a cigar, and comforting himself with a whiff or two, ‘was scouts, Eugene.’

‘Exactly. Isn’t it droll that I never go out after dark, but I find myself attended, always by one scout, and often by two?’

Lightwood took his cigar from his lips in surprise, and looked at his friend, as if with a latent suspicion that there must be a jest or hidden meaning in his words.

‘On my honour, no,’ said Wrayburn, answering the look and smiling carelessly; ‘I don’t wonder at your supposing so, but on my honour, no. I say what I mean. I never go out after dark, but I find myself in the ludicrous situation of being followed and observed at a distance, always by one scout, and often by two.’

‘Are you sure, Eugene?’

‘Sure? My dear boy, they are always the same.’

‘But there’s no process out against you. The Jews only threaten. They have done nothing. Besides, they know where to find you, and I represent you. Why take the trouble?’

‘Observe the legal mind!’ remarked Eugene, turning round to the furniture again, with an air of indolent rapture. ‘Observe the dyer’s hand, assimilating itself to what it works in,—or would work in, if anybody would give it anything to do. Respected solicitor, it’s not that. The schoolmaster’s abroad.’

‘The schoolmaster?’

‘Ay! Sometimes the schoolmaster and the pupil are both abroad. Why, how soon you rust in my absence! You don’t understand yet? Those fellows who were here one night. They are the scouts I speak of, as doing me the honour to attend me after dark.’

‘How long has this been going on?’ asked Lightwood, opposing a serious face to the laugh of his friend.

‘I apprehend it has been going on, ever since a certain person went off. Probably, it had been going on some little time before I noticed it: which would bring it to about that time.’

‘Do you think they suppose you to have inveigled her away?’

‘My dear Mortimer, you know the absorbing nature of my professional occupations; I really have not had leisure to think about it.’

‘Have you asked them what they want? Have you objected?’

‘Why should I ask them what they want, dear fellow, when I am indifferent what they want? Why should I express objection, when I don’t object?’

‘You are in your most reckless mood. But you called the situation just now, a ludicrous one; and most men object to that, even those who are utterly indifferent to everything else.’

‘You charm me, Mortimer, with your reading of my weaknesses. (By-the-by, that very word, Reading, in its critical use, always charms me. An actress’s Reading of a chambermaid, a dancer’s Reading of a hornpipe, a singer’s Reading of a song, a marine painter’s Reading of the sea, the kettle-drum’s Reading of an instrumental passage, are phrases ever youthful and delightful.) I was mentioning your perception of my weaknesses. I own to the weakness of objecting to occupy a ludicrous position, and therefore I transfer the position to the scouts.’

‘I wish, Eugene, you would speak a little more soberly and plainly, if it were only out of consideration for my feeling less at ease than you do.’

‘Then soberly and plainly, Mortimer, I goad the schoolmaster to madness. I make the schoolmaster so ridiculous, and so aware of being made ridiculous, that I see him chafe and fret at every pore when we cross one another. The amiable occupation has been the solace of my life, since I was baulked in the manner unnecessary to recall. I have derived inexpressible comfort from it. I do it thus: I stroll out after dark, stroll a little way, look in at a window and furtively look out for the schoolmaster. Sooner or later, I perceive the schoolmaster on the watch; sometimes accompanied by his hopeful pupil; oftener, pupil-less. Having made sure of his watching me, I tempt him on, all over London. One night I go east, another night north, in a few nights I go all round the compass. Sometimes, I walk; sometimes, I proceed in cabs, draining the pocket of the schoolmaster who then follows in cabs. I study and get up abstruse No Thoroughfares in the course of the day. With Venetian mystery I seek those No Thoroughfares at night, glide into them by means of dark courts, tempt the schoolmaster to follow, turn suddenly, and catch him before he can retreat. Then we face one another, and I pass him as unaware of his existence, and he undergoes grinding torments. Similarly, I walk at a great pace down a short street, rapidly turn the corner, and, getting out of his view, as rapidly turn back. I catch him coming on post, again pass him as unaware of his existence, and again he undergoes grinding torments. Night after night his disappointment is acute, but hope springs eternal in the scholastic breast, and he follows me again to-morrow. Thus I enjoy the pleasures of the chase, and derive great benefit from the healthful exercise. When I do not enjoy the pleasures of the chase, for anything I know he watches at the Temple Gate all night.’

‘This is an extraordinary story,’ observed Lightwood, who had heard it out with serious attention. ‘I don’t like it.’

‘You are a little hipped, dear fellow,’ said Eugene; ‘you have been too sedentary. Come and enjoy the pleasures of the chase.’

‘Do you mean that you believe he is watching now?’

‘I have not the slightest doubt he is.’

‘Have you seen him to-night?’

‘I forgot to look for him when I was last out,’ returned Eugene with the calmest indifference; ‘but I dare say he was there. Come! Be a British sportsman and enjoy the pleasures of the chase. It will do you good.’

Lightwood hesitated; but, yielding to his curiosity, rose.

‘Bravo!’ cried Eugene, rising too. ‘Or, if Yoicks would be in better keeping, consider that I said Yoicks. Look to your feet, Mortimer, for we shall try your boots. When you are ready, I am—need I say with a Hey Ho Chivey, and likewise with a Hark Forward, Hark Forward, Tantivy?’

‘Will nothing make you serious?’ said Mortimer, laughing through his gravity.

‘I am always serious, but just now I am a little excited by the glorious fact that a southerly wind and a cloudy sky proclaim a hunting evening. Ready? So. We turn out the lamp and shut the door, and take the field.’

As the two friends passed out of the Temple into the public street, Eugene demanded with a show of courteous patronage in which direction Mortimer would you like the run to be? ‘There is a rather difficult country about Bethnal Green,’ said Eugene, ‘and we have not taken in that direction lately. What is your opinion of Bethnal Green?’ Mortimer assented to Bethnal Green, and they turned eastward. ‘Now, when we come to St Paul’s churchyard,’ pursued Eugene, ‘we’ll loiter artfully, and I’ll show you the schoolmaster.’ But, they both saw him, before they got there; alone, and stealing after them in the shadow of the houses, on the opposite side of the way.

‘Get your wind,’ said Eugene, ‘for I am off directly. Does it occur to you that the boys of Merry England will begin to deteriorate in an educational light, if this lasts long? The schoolmaster can’t attend to me and the boys too. Got your wind? I am off!’

At what a rate he went, to breathe the schoolmaster; and how he then lounged and loitered, to put his patience to another kind of wear; what preposterous ways he took, with no other object on earth than to disappoint and punish him; and how he wore him out by every piece of ingenuity that his eccentric humour could devise; all this Lightwood noted, with a feeling of astonishment that so careless a man could be so wary, and that so idle a man could take so much trouble. At last, far on in the third hour of the pleasures of the chase, when he had brought the poor dogging wretch round again into the City, he twisted Mortimer up a few dark entries, twisted him into a little square court, twisted him sharp round again, and they almost ran against Bradley Headstone.

‘And you see, as I was saying, Mortimer,’ remarked Eugene aloud with the utmost coolness, as though there were no one within hearing by themselves: ‘and you see, as I was saying—undergoing grinding torments.’

It was not too strong a phrase for the occasion. Looking like the hunted and not the hunter, baffled, worn, with the exhaustion of deferred hope and consuming hate and anger in his face, white-lipped, wild-eyed, draggle-haired, seamed with jealousy and anger, and torturing himself with the conviction that he showed it all and they exulted in it, he went by them in the dark, like a haggard head suspended in the air: so completely did the force of his expression cancel his figure.

Mortimer Lightwood was not an extraordinarily impressible man, but this face impressed him. He spoke of it more than once on the remainder of the way home, and more than once when they got home.

They had been abed in their respective rooms two or three hours, when Eugene was partly awakened by hearing a footstep going about, and was fully awakened by seeing Lightwood standing at his bedside.

‘Nothing wrong, Mortimer?’

‘No.’

‘What fancy takes you, then, for walking about in the night?’

‘I am horribly wakeful.’

‘How comes that about, I wonder!’

‘Eugene, I cannot lose sight of that fellow’s face.’

‘Odd!’ said Eugene with a light laugh, ‘I can.’ And turned over, and fell asleep again.

Chapter 11

IN THE DARK

There was no sleep for Bradley Headstone on that night when Eugene Wrayburn turned so easily in his bed; there was no sleep for little Miss Peecher. Bradley consumed the lonely hours, and consumed himself in haunting the spot where his careless rival lay a dreaming; little Miss Peecher wore them away in listening for the return home of the master of her heart, and in sorrowfully presaging that much was amiss with him. Yet more was amiss with him than Miss Peecher’s simply arranged little work-box of thoughts, fitted with no gloomy and dark recesses, could hold. For, the state of the man was murderous.

The state of the man was murderous, and he knew it. More; he irritated it, with a kind of perverse pleasure akin to that which a sick man sometimes has in irritating a wound upon his body. Tied up all day with his disciplined show upon him, subdued to the performance of his routine of educational tricks, encircled by a gabbling crowd, he broke loose at night like an ill-tamed wild animal. Under his daily restraint, it was his compensation, not his trouble, to give a glance towards his state at night, and to the freedom of its being indulged. If great criminals told the truth—which, being great criminals, they do not—they would very rarely tell of their struggles against the crime. Their struggles are towards it. They buffet with opposing waves, to gain the bloody shore, not to recede from it. This man perfectly comprehended that he hated his rival with his strongest and worst forces, and that if he tracked him to Lizzie Hexam, his so doing would never serve himself with her, or serve her. All his pains were taken, to the end that he might incense himself with the sight of the detested figure in her company and favour, in her place of concealment. And he knew as well what act of his would follow if he did, as he knew that his mother had borne him. Granted, that he may not have held it necessary to make express mention to himself of the one familiar truth any more than of the other.

He knew equally well that he fed his wrath and hatred, and that he accumulated provocation and self-justification, by being made the nightly sport of the reckless and insolent Eugene. Knowing all this,—and still always going on with infinite endurance, pains, and perseverance, could his dark soul doubt whither he went?

Baffled, exasperated, and weary, he lingered opposite the Temple gate when it closed on Wrayburn and Lightwood, debating with himself should he go home for that time or should he watch longer. Possessed in his jealousy by the fixed idea that Wrayburn was in the secret, if it were not altogether of his contriving, Bradley was as confident of getting the better of him at last by sullenly sticking to him, as he would have been—and often had been—of mastering any piece of study in the way of his vocation, by the like slow persistent process. A man of rapid passions and sluggish intelligence, it had served him often and should serve him again.

The suspicion crossed him as he rested in a doorway with his eyes upon the Temple gate, that perhaps she was even concealed in that set of Chambers. It would furnish another reason for Wrayburn’s purposeless walks, and it might be. He thought of it and thought of it, until he resolved to steal up the stairs, if the gatekeeper would let him through, and listen. So, the haggard head suspended in the air flitted across the road, like the spectre of one of the many heads erst hoisted upon neighbouring Temple Bar, and stopped before the watchman.

The watchman looked at it, and asked: ‘Who for?’

‘Mr Wrayburn.’

‘It’s very late.’

‘He came back with Mr Lightwood, I know, near upon two hours ago. But if he has gone to bed, I’ll put a paper in his letter-box. I am expected.’

The watchman said no more, but opened the gate, though rather doubtfully. Seeing, however, that the visitor went straight and fast in the right direction, he seemed satisfied.

The haggard head floated up the dark staircase, and softly descended nearer to the floor outside the outer door of the chambers. The doors of the rooms within, appeared to be standing open. There were rays of candlelight from one of them, and there was the sound of a footstep going about. There were two voices. The words they uttered were not distinguishable, but they were both the voices of men. In a few moments the voices were silent, and there was no sound of footstep, and the inner light went out. If Lightwood could have seen the face which kept him awake, staring and listening in the darkness outside the door as he spoke of it, he might have been less disposed to sleep, through the remainder of the night.

‘Not there,’ said Bradley; ‘but she might have been.’ The head arose to its former height from the ground, floated down the stair-case again, and passed on to the gate. A man was standing there, in parley with the watchman.

‘Oh!’ said the watchman. ‘Here he is!’

Perceiving himself to be the antecedent, Bradley looked from the watchman to the man.

‘This man is leaving a letter for Mr Lightwood,’ the watchman explained, showing it in his hand; ‘and I was mentioning that a person had just gone up to Mr Lightwood’s chambers. It might be the same business perhaps?’

‘No,’ said Bradley, glancing at the man, who was a stranger to him.

‘No,’ the man assented in a surly way; ‘my letter—it’s wrote by my daughter, but it’s mine—is about my business, and my business ain’t nobody else’s business.’

As Bradley passed out at the gate with an undecided foot, he heard it shut behind him, and heard the footstep of the man coming after him.

‘’Scuse me,’ said the man, who appeared to have been drinking and rather stumbled at him than touched him, to attract his attention: ‘but might you be acquainted with the T’other Governor?’

‘With whom?’ asked Bradley.

‘With,’ returned the man, pointing backward over his right shoulder with his right thumb, ‘the T’other Governor?’

‘I don’t know what you mean.’

‘Why look here,’ hooking his proposition on his left-hand fingers with the forefinger of his right. ‘There’s two Governors, ain’t there? One and one, two—Lawyer Lightwood, my first finger, he’s one, ain’t he? Well; might you be acquainted with my middle finger, the T’other?’

‘I know quite as much of him,’ said Bradley, with a frown and a distant look before him, ‘as I want to know.’

‘Hooroar!’ cried the man. ‘Hooroar T’other t’other Governor. Hooroar T’otherest Governor! I am of your way of thinkin’.’

‘Don’t make such a noise at this dead hour of the night. What are you talking about?’

‘Look here, T’otherest Governor,’ replied the man, becoming hoarsely confidential. ‘The T’other Governor he’s always joked his jokes agin me, owing, as I believe, to my being a honest man as gets my living by the sweat of my brow. Which he ain’t, and he don’t.’

‘What is that to me?’

‘T’otherest Governor,’ returned the man in a tone of injured innocence, ‘if you don’t care to hear no more, don’t hear no more. You begun it. You said, and likeways showed pretty plain, as you warn’t by no means friendly to him. But I don’t seek to force my company nor yet my opinions on no man. I am a honest man, that’s what I am. Put me in the dock anywhere—I don’t care where—and I says, “My Lord, I am a honest man.” Put me in the witness-box anywhere—I don’t care where—and I says the same to his lordship, and I kisses the book. I don’t kiss my coat-cuff; I kisses the book.’

It was not so much in deference to these strong testimonials to character, as in his restless casting about for any way or help towards the discovery on which he was concentrated, that Bradley Headstone replied: ‘You needn’t take offence. I didn’t mean to stop you. You were too—loud in the open street; that was all.’

‘’Totherest Governor,’ replied Mr Riderhood, mollified and mysterious, ‘I know wot it is to be loud, and I know wot it is to be soft. Nat’rally I do. It would be a wonder if I did not, being by the Chris’en name of Roger, which took it arter my own father, which took it from his own father, though which of our fam’ly fust took it nat’ral I will not in any ways mislead you by undertakin’ to say. And wishing that your elth may be better than your looks, which your inside must be bad indeed if it’s on the footing of your out.’

Startled by the implication that his face revealed too much of his mind, Bradley made an effort to clear his brow. It might be worth knowing what this strange man’s business was with Lightwood, or Wrayburn, or both, at such an unseasonable hour. He set himself to find out, for the man might prove to be a messenger between those two.

‘You call at the Temple late,’ he remarked, with a lumbering show of ease.

‘Wish I may die,’ cried Mr Riderhood, with a hoarse laugh, ‘if I warn’t a goin’ to say the self-same words to you, T’otherest Governor!’

‘It chanced so with me,’ said Bradley, looking disconcertedly about him.

‘And it chanced so with me,’ said Riderhood. ‘But I don’t mind telling you how. Why should I mind telling you? I’m a Deputy Lock-keeper up the river, and I was off duty yes’day, and I shall be on to-morrow.’

‘Yes?’

‘Yes, and I come to London to look arter my private affairs. My private affairs is to get appinted to the Lock as reg’lar keeper at fust hand, and to have the law of a busted B’low-Bridge steamer which drownded of me. I ain’t a goin’ to be drownded and not paid for it!’

Bradley looked at him, as though he were claiming to be a Ghost.

‘The steamer,’ said Mr Riderhood, obstinately, ‘run me down and drownded of me. Interference on the part of other parties brought me round; but I never asked ’em to bring me round, nor yet the steamer never asked ’em to it. I mean to be paid for the life as the steamer took.’

‘Was that your business at Mr Lightwood’s chambers in the middle of the night?’ asked Bradley, eyeing him with distrust.

‘That and to get a writing to be fust-hand Lock Keeper. A recommendation in writing being looked for, who else ought to give it to me? As I says in the letter in my daughter’s hand, with my mark put to it to make it good in law, Who but you, Lawyer Lightwood, ought to hand over this here stifficate, and who but you ought to go in for damages on my account agin the Steamer? For (as I says under my mark) I have had trouble enough along of you and your friend. If you, Lawyer Lightwood, had backed me good and true, and if the T’other Governor had took me down correct (I says under my mark), I should have been worth money at the present time, instead of having a barge-load of bad names chucked at me, and being forced to eat my words, which is a unsatisfying sort of food wotever a man’s appetite! And when you mention the middle of the night, T’otherest Governor,’ growled Mr Riderhood, winding up his monotonous summary of his wrongs, ‘throw your eye on this here bundle under my arm, and bear in mind that I’m a walking back to my Lock, and that the Temple laid upon my line of road.’

Bradley Headstone’s face had changed during this latter recital, and he had observed the speaker with a more sustained attention.

‘Do you know,’ said he, after a pause, during which they walked on side by side, ‘that I believe I could tell you your name, if I tried?’

‘Prove your opinion,’ was the answer, accompanied with a stop and a stare. ‘Try.’

‘Your name is Riderhood.’

‘I’m blest if it ain’t,’ returned that gentleman. ‘But I don’t know your’n.’

‘That’s quite another thing,’ said Bradley. ‘I never supposed you did.’

As Bradley walked on meditating, the Rogue walked on at his side muttering. The purport of the muttering was: ‘that Rogue Riderhood, by George! seemed to be made public property on, now, and that every man seemed to think himself free to handle his name as if it was a Street Pump.’ The purport of the meditating was: ‘Here is an instrument. Can I use it?’

They had walked along the Strand, and into Pall Mall, and had turned up-hill towards Hyde Park Corner; Bradley Headstone waiting on the pace and lead of Riderhood, and leaving him to indicate the course. So slow were the schoolmaster’s thoughts, and so indistinct his purposes when they were but tributary to the one absorbing purpose or rather when, like dark trees under a stormy sky, they only lined the long vista at the end of which he saw those two figures of Wrayburn and Lizzie on which his eyes were fixed—that at least a good half-mile was traversed before he spoke again. Even then, it was only to ask:

‘Where is your Lock?’

‘Twenty mile and odd—call it five-and-twenty mile and odd, if you like—up stream,’ was the sullen reply.

‘How is it called?’

‘Plashwater Weir Mill Lock.’

‘Suppose I was to offer you five shillings; what then?’

‘Why, then, I’d take it,’ said Mr Riderhood.

The schoolmaster put his hand in his pocket, and produced two half-crowns, and placed them in Mr Riderhood’s palm: who stopped at a convenient doorstep to ring them both, before acknowledging their receipt.

‘There’s one thing about you, T’otherest Governor,’ said Riderhood, faring on again, ‘as looks well and goes fur. You’re a ready money man. Now;’ when he had carefully pocketed the coins on that side of himself which was furthest from his new friend; ‘what’s this for?’

‘For you.’

‘Why, o’ course I know THAT,’ said Riderhood, as arguing something that was self-evident. ‘O’ course I know very well as no man in his right senses would suppose as anythink would make me give it up agin when I’d once got it. But what do you want for it?’

‘I don’t know that I want anything for it. Or if I do want anything for it, I don’t know what it is.’ Bradley gave this answer in a stolid, vacant, and self-communing manner, which Mr Riderhood found very extraordinary.

‘You have no goodwill towards this Wrayburn,’ said Bradley, coming to the name in a reluctant and forced way, as if he were dragged to it.

‘No.’

‘Neither have I.’

Riderhood nodded, and asked: ‘Is it for that?’

‘It’s as much for that as anything else. It’s something to be agreed with, on a subject that occupies so much of one’s thoughts.’

‘It don’t agree with YOU,’ returned Mr Riderhood, bluntly. ‘No! It don’t, T’otherest Governor, and it’s no use a lookin’ as if you wanted to make out that it did. I tell you it rankles in you. It rankles in you, rusts in you, and pisons you.’

‘Say that it does so,’ returned Bradley with quivering lips; ‘is there no cause for it?’

‘Cause enough, I’ll bet a pound!’ cried Mr Riderhood.

‘Haven’t you yourself declared that the fellow has heaped provocations, insults, and affronts on you, or something to that effect? He has done the same by me. He is made of venomous insults and affronts, from the crown of his head to the sole of his foot. Are you so hopeful or so stupid, as not to know that he and the other will treat your application with contempt, and light their cigars with it?’

‘I shouldn’t wonder if they did, by George!’ said Riderhood, turning angry.

‘If they did! They will. Let me ask you a question. I know something more than your name about you; I knew something about Gaffer Hexam. When did you last set eyes upon his daughter?’

‘When did I last set eyes upon his daughter, T’otherest Governor?’ repeated Mr Riderhood, growing intentionally slower of comprehension as the other quickened in his speech.

‘Yes. Not to speak to her. To see her—anywhere?’

The Rogue had got the clue he wanted, though he held it with a clumsy hand. Looking perplexedly at the passionate face, as if he were trying to work out a sum in his mind, he slowly answered:

‘I ain’t set eyes upon her—never once—not since the day of Gaffer’s death.’

‘You know her well, by sight?’

‘I should think I did! No one better.’

‘And you know him as well?’

‘Who’s him?’ asked Riderhood, taking off his hat and rubbing his forehead, as he directed a dull look at his questioner.

‘Curse the name! Is it so agreeable to you that you want to hear it again?’

‘Oh! HIM!’ said Riderhood, who had craftily worked the schoolmaster into this corner, that he might again take note of his face under its evil possession. ‘I’d know HIM among a thousand.’

‘Did you—’ Bradley tried to ask it quietly; but, do what he might with his voice, he could not subdue his face;—‘did you ever see them together?’

(The Rogue had got the clue in both hands now.)

‘I see ’em together, T’otherest Governor, on the very day when Gaffer was towed ashore.’

Bradley could have hidden a reserved piece of information from the sharp eyes of a whole inquisitive class, but he could not veil from the eyes of the ignorant Riderhood the withheld question next in his breast. ‘You shall put it plain if you want it answered,’ thought the Rogue, doggedly; ‘I ain’t a-going a wolunteering.’

Well! was he insolent to her too?’ asked Bradley after a struggle. ‘Or did he make a show of being kind to her?’

‘He made a show of being most uncommon kind to her,’ said Riderhood. ‘By George! now I—’

His flying off at a tangent was indisputably natural. Bradley looked at him for the reason.

‘Now I think of it,’ said Mr Riderhood, evasively, for he was substituting those words for ‘Now I see you so jealous,’ which was the phrase really in his mind; ‘P’r’aps he went and took me down wrong, a purpose, on account o’ being sweet upon her!’

The baseness of confirming him in this suspicion or pretence of one (for he could not have really entertained it), was a line’s breadth beyond the mark the schoolmaster had reached. The baseness of communing and intriguing with the fellow who would have set that stain upon her, and upon her brother too, was attained. The line’s breadth further, lay beyond. He made no reply, but walked on with a lowering face.

What he might gain by this acquaintance, he could not work out in his slow and cumbrous thoughts. The man had an injury against the object of his hatred, and that was something; though it was less than he supposed, for there dwelt in the man no such deadly rage and resentment as burned in his own breast. The man knew her, and might by a fortunate chance see her, or hear of her; that was something, as enlisting one pair of eyes and ears the more. The man was a bad man, and willing enough to be in his pay. That was something, for his own state and purpose were as bad as bad could be, and he seemed to derive a vague support from the possession of a congenial instrument, though it might never be used.

Suddenly he stood still, and asked Riderhood point-blank if he knew where she was? Clearly, he did not know. He asked Riderhood if he would be willing, in case any intelligence of her, or of Wrayburn as seeking her or associating with her, should fall in his way, to communicate it if it were paid for? He would be very willing indeed. He was ‘agin ’em both,’ he said with an oath, and for why? ’Cause they had both stood betwixt him and his getting his living by the sweat of his brow.

‘It will not be long then,’ said Bradley Headstone, after some more discourse to this effect, ‘before we see one another again. Here is the country road, and here is the day. Both have come upon me by surprise.’

‘But, T’otherest Governor,’ urged Mr Riderhood, ‘I don’t know where to find you.’

‘It is of no consequence. I know where to find you, and I’ll come to your Lock.’

‘But, T’otherest Governor,’ urged Mr Riderhood again, ‘no luck never come yet of a dry acquaintance. Let’s wet it, in a mouth-fill of rum and milk, T’otherest Governor.’

Bradley assenting, went with him into an early public-house, haunted by unsavoury smells of musty hay and stale straw, where returning carts, farmers’ men, gaunt dogs, fowls of a beery breed, and certain human nightbirds fluttering home to roost, were solacing themselves after their several manners; and where not one of the nightbirds hovering about the sloppy bar failed to discern at a glance in the passion-wasted nightbird with respectable feathers, the worst nightbird of all.

An inspiration of affection for a half-drunken carter going his way led to Mr Riderhood’s being elevated on a high heap of baskets on a waggon, and pursuing his journey recumbent on his back with his head on his bundle. Bradley then turned to retrace his steps, and by-and-by struck off through little-traversed ways, and by-and-by reached school and home. Up came the sun to find him washed and brushed, methodically dressed in decent black coat and waistcoat, decent formal black tie, and pepper-and-salt pantaloons, with his decent silver watch in its pocket, and its decent hair-guard round his neck: a scholastic huntsman clad for the field, with his fresh pack yelping and barking around him.

Yet more really bewitched than the miserable creatures of the much-lamented times, who accused themselves of impossibilities under a contagion of horror and the strongly suggestive influences of Torture, he had been ridden hard by Evil Spirits in the night that was newly gone. He had been spurred and whipped and heavily sweated. If a record of the sport had usurped the places of the peaceful texts from Scripture on the wall, the most advanced of the scholars might have taken fright and run away from the master.

Chapter 12

MEANING MISCHIEF

Up came the sun, streaming all over London, and in its glorious impartiality even condescending to make prismatic sparkles in the whiskers of Mr Alfred Lammle as he sat at breakfast. In need of some brightening from without, was Mr Alfred Lammle, for he had the air of being dull enough within, and looked grievously discontented.

Mrs Alfred Lammle faced her lord. The happy pair of swindlers, with the comfortable tie between them that each had swindled the other, sat moodily observant of the tablecloth. Things looked so gloomy in the breakfast-room, albeit on the sunny side of Sackville Street, that any of the family tradespeople glancing through the blinds might have taken the hint to send in his account and press for it. But this, indeed, most of the family tradespeople had already done, without the hint.

‘It seems to me,’ said Mrs Lammle, ‘that you have had no money at all, ever since we have been married.’

‘What seems to you,’ said Mr Lammle, ‘to have been the case, may possibly have been the case. It doesn’t matter.’

Was it the speciality of Mr and Mrs Lammle, or does it ever obtain with other loving couples? In these matrimonial dialogues they never addressed each other, but always some invisible presence that appeared to take a station about midway between them. Perhaps the skeleton in the cupboard comes out to be talked to, on such domestic occasions?

‘I have never seen any money in the house,’ said Mrs Lammle to the skeleton, ‘except my own annuity. That I swear.’

‘You needn’t take the trouble of swearing,’ said Mr Lammle to the skeleton; ‘once more, it doesn’t matter. You never turned your annuity to so good an account.’

‘Good an account! In what way?’ asked Mrs Lammle.

‘In the way of getting credit, and living well,’ said Mr Lammle. Perhaps the skeleton laughed scornfully on being intrusted with this question and this answer; certainly Mrs Lammle did, and Mr Lammle did.

‘And what is to happen next?’ asked Mrs Lammle of the skeleton.

‘Smash is to happen next,’ said Mr Lammle to the same authority.

After this, Mrs Lammle looked disdainfully at the skeleton—but without carrying the look on to Mr Lammle—and drooped her eyes. After that, Mr Lammle did exactly the same thing, and drooped HIS eyes. A servant then entering with toast, the skeleton retired into the closet, and shut itself up.

‘Sophronia,’ said Mr Lammle, when the servant had withdrawn. And then, very much louder: ‘Sophronia!’

Well?’

‘Attend to me, if you please.’ He eyed her sternly until she did attend, and then went on. ‘I want to take counsel with you. Come, come; no more trifling. You know our league and covenant. We are to work together for our joint interest, and you are as knowing a hand as I am. We shouldn’t be together, if you were not. What’s to be done? We are hemmed into a corner. What shall we do?’

‘Have you no scheme on foot that will bring in anything?’

Mr Lammle plunged into his whiskers for reflection, and came out hopeless: ‘No; as adventurers we are obliged to play rash games for chances of high winnings, and there has been a run of luck against us.’

She was resuming, ‘Have you nothing—’ when he stopped her.

‘We, Sophronia. We, we, we.’

‘Have we nothing to sell?’

‘Deuce a bit. I have given a Jew a bill of sale on this furniture, and he could take it to-morrow, to-day, now. He would have taken it before now, I believe, but for Fledgeby.’

‘What has Fledgeby to do with him?’

‘Knew him. Cautioned me against him before I got into his claws. Couldn’t persuade him then, in behalf of somebody else.’

‘Do you mean that Fledgeby has at all softened him towards you?’

‘Us, Sophronia. Us, us, us.’

‘Towards us?’

‘I mean that the Jew has not yet done what he might have done, and that Fledgeby takes the credit of having got him to hold his hand.’

‘Do you believe Fledgeby?’

‘Sophronia, I never believe anybody. I never have, my dear, since I believed you. But it looks like it.’

Having given her this back-handed reminder of her mutinous observations to the skeleton, Mr Lammle rose from table—perhaps, the better to conceal a smile, and a white dint or two about his nose—and took a turn on the carpet and came to the hearthrug.

‘If we could have packed the brute off with Georgiana;—but however; that’s spilled milk.’

As Lammle, standing gathering up the skirts of his dressing-gown with his back to the fire, said this, looking down at his wife, she turned pale and looked down at the ground. With a sense of disloyalty upon her, and perhaps with a sense of personal danger—for she was afraid of him—even afraid of his hand and afraid of his foot, though he had never done her violence—she hastened to put herself right in his eyes.

‘If we could borrow money, Alfred—’

‘Beg money, borrow money, or steal money. It would be all one to us, Sophronia,’ her husband struck in.

‘—Then, we could weather this?’

‘No doubt. To offer another original and undeniable remark, Sophronia, two and two make four.’

But, seeing that she was turning something in her mind, he gathered up the skirts of his dressing-gown again, and, tucking them under one arm, and collecting his ample whiskers in his other hand, kept his eye upon her, silently.

‘It is natural, Alfred,’ she said, looking up with some timidity into his face, ‘to think in such an emergency of the richest people we know, and the simplest.’

‘Just so, Sophronia.’

‘The Boffins.’

‘Just so, Sophronia.’

‘Is there nothing to be done with them?’

‘What is there to be done with them, Sophronia?’

She cast about in her thoughts again, and he kept his eye upon her as before.

‘Of course I have repeatedly thought of the Boffins, Sophronia,’ he resumed, after a fruitless silence; ‘but I have seen my way to nothing. They are well guarded. That infernal Secretary stands between them and—people of merit.’

‘If he could be got rid of?’ said she, brightening a little, after more casting about.

‘Take time, Sophronia,’ observed her watchful husband, in a patronizing manner.

‘If working him out of the way could be presented in the light of a service to Mr Boffin?’

‘Take time, Sophronia.’

‘We have remarked lately, Alfred, that the old man is turning very suspicious and distrustful.’

‘Miserly too, my dear; which is far the most unpromising for us. Nevertheless, take time, Sophronia, take time.’

She took time and then said:

‘Suppose we should address ourselves to that tendency in him of which we have made ourselves quite sure. Suppose my conscience—’

‘And we know what a conscience it is, my soul. Yes?’

‘Suppose my conscience should not allow me to keep to myself any longer what that upstart girl told me of the Secretary’s having made a declaration to her. Suppose my conscience should oblige me to repeat it to Mr Boffin.’

‘I rather like that,’ said Lammle.

‘Suppose I so repeated it to Mr Boffin, as to insinuate that my sensitive delicacy and honour—’

‘Very good words, Sophronia.’

‘—As to insinuate that OUR sensitive delicacy and honour,’ she resumed, with a bitter stress upon the phrase, ‘would not allow us to be silent parties to so mercenary and designing a speculation on the Secretary’s part, and so gross a breach of faith towards his confiding employer. Suppose I had imparted my virtuous uneasiness to my excellent husband, and he had said, in his integrity, “Sophronia, you must immediately disclose this to Mr Boffin.”’

‘Once more, Sophronia,’ observed Lammle, changing the leg on which he stood, ‘I rather like that.’

‘You remark that he is well guarded,’ she pursued. ‘I think so too. But if this should lead to his discharging his Secretary, there would be a weak place made.’

‘Go on expounding, Sophronia. I begin to like this very much.’

‘Having, in our unimpeachable rectitude, done him the service of opening his eyes to the treachery of the person he trusted, we shall have established a claim upon him and a confidence with him. Whether it can be made much of, or little of, we must wait—because we can’t help it—to see. Probably we shall make the most of it that is to be made.’

‘Probably,’ said Lammle.

‘Do you think it impossible,’ she asked, in the same cold plotting way, ‘that you might replace the Secretary?’

‘Not impossible, Sophronia. It might be brought about. At any rate it might be skilfully led up to.’

She nodded her understanding of the hint, as she looked at the fire. ‘Mr Lammle,’ she said, musingly: not without a slight ironical touch: ‘Mr Lammle would be so delighted to do anything in his power. Mr Lammle, himself a man of business as well as a capitalist. Mr Lammle, accustomed to be intrusted with the most delicate affairs. Mr Lammle, who has managed my own little fortune so admirably, but who, to be sure, began to make his reputation with the advantage of being a man of property, above temptation, and beyond suspicion.’

Mr Lammle smiled, and even patted her on the head. In his sinister relish of the scheme, as he stood above her, making it the subject of his cogitations, he seemed to have twice as much nose on his face as he had ever had in his life.

He stood pondering, and she sat looking at the dusty fire without moving, for some time. But, the moment he began to speak again she looked up with a wince and attended to him, as if that double-dealing of hers had been in her mind, and the fear were revived in her of his hand or his foot.

‘It appears to me, Sophronia, that you have omitted one branch of the subject. Perhaps not, for women understand women. We might oust the girl herself?’

Mrs Lammle shook her head. ‘She has an immensely strong hold upon them both, Alfred. Not to be compared with that of a paid secretary.’

‘But the dear child,’ said Lammle, with a crooked smile, ‘ought to have been open with her benefactor and benefactress. The darling love ought to have reposed unbounded confidence in her benefactor and benefactress.’

Sophronia shook her head again.

Well! Women understand women,’ said her husband, rather disappointed. ‘I don’t press it. It might be the making of our fortune to make a clean sweep of them both. With me to manage the property, and my wife to manage the people—Whew!’

Again shaking her head, she returned: ‘They will never quarrel with the girl. They will never punish the girl. We must accept the girl, rely upon it.’

Well!’ cried Lammle, shrugging his shoulders, ‘so be it: only always remember that we don’t want her.’

‘Now, the sole remaining question is,’ said Mrs Lammle, ‘when shall I begin?’

‘You cannot begin too soon, Sophronia. As I have told you, the condition of our affairs is desperate, and may be blown upon at any moment.’

‘I must secure Mr Boffin alone, Alfred. If his wife was present, she would throw oil upon the waters. I know I should fail to move him to an angry outburst, if his wife was there. And as to the girl herself—as I am going to betray her confidence, she is equally out of the question.’

‘It wouldn’t do to write for an appointment?’ said Lammle.

‘No, certainly not. They would wonder among themselves why I wrote, and I want to have him wholly unprepared.’

‘Call, and ask to see him alone?’ suggested Lammle.

‘I would rather not do that either. Leave it to me. Spare me the little carriage for to-day, and for to-morrow (if I don’t succeed to-day), and I’ll lie in wait for him.’

It was barely settled when a manly form was seen to pass the windows and heard to knock and ring. ‘Here’s Fledgeby,’ said Lammle. ‘He admires you, and has a high opinion of you. I’ll be out. Coax him to use his influence with the Jew. His name is Riah, of the House of Pubsey and Co.’ Adding these words under his breath, lest he should be audible in the erect ears of Mr Fledgeby, through two keyholes and the hall, Lammle, making signals of discretion to his servant, went softly up stairs.

‘Mr Fledgeby,’ said Mrs Lammle, giving him a very gracious reception, ‘so glad to see you! My poor dear Alfred, who is greatly worried just now about his affairs, went out rather early. Dear Mr Fledgeby, do sit down.’

Dear Mr Fledgeby did sit down, and satisfied himself (or, judging from the expression of his countenance, DISsatisfied himself) that nothing new had occurred in the way of whisker-sprout since he came round the corner from the Albany.

‘Dear Mr Fledgeby, it was needless to mention to you that my poor dear Alfred is much worried about his affairs at present, for he has told me what a comfort you are to him in his temporary difficulties, and what a great service you have rendered him.’

‘Oh!’ said Mr Fledgeby.

‘Yes,’ said Mrs Lammle.

‘I didn’t know,’ remarked Mr Fledgeby, trying a new part of his chair, ‘but that Lammle might be reserved about his affairs.’

‘Not to me,’ said Mrs Lammle, with deep feeling.

‘Oh, indeed?’ said Fledgeby.

‘Not to me, dear Mr Fledgeby. I am his wife.’

‘Yes. I—I always understood so,’ said Mr Fledgeby.

‘And as the wife of Alfred, may I, dear Mr Fledgeby, wholly without his authority or knowledge, as I am sure your discernment will perceive, entreat you to continue that great service, and once more use your well-earned influence with Mr Riah for a little more indulgence? The name I have heard Alfred mention, tossing in his dreams, IS Riah; is it not?’

‘The name of the Creditor is Riah,’ said Mr Fledgeby, with a rather uncompromising accent on his noun-substantive. ‘Saint Mary Axe. Pubsey and Co.’

‘Oh yes!’ exclaimed Mrs Lammle, clasping her hands with a certain gushing wildness. ‘Pubsey and Co.!’

‘The pleading of the feminine—’ Mr Fledgeby began, and there stuck so long for a word to get on with, that Mrs Lammle offered him sweetly, ‘Heart?’

‘No,’ said Mr Fledgeby, ‘Gender—is ever what a man is bound to listen to, and I wish it rested with myself. But this Riah is a nasty one, Mrs Lammle; he really is.’

‘Not if YOU speak to him, dear Mr Fledgeby.’

‘Upon my soul and body he is!’ said Fledgeby.

‘Try. Try once more, dearest Mr Fledgeby. What is there you cannot do, if you will!’

‘Thank you,’ said Fledgeby, ‘you’re very complimentary to say so. I don’t mind trying him again, at your request. But of course I can’t answer for the consequences. Riah is a tough subject, and when he says he’ll do a thing, he’ll do it.’

‘Exactly so,’ cried Mrs Lammle, ‘and when he says to you he’ll wait, he’ll wait.’

(‘She is a devilish clever woman,’ thought Fledgeby. ‘I didn’t see that opening, but she spies it out and cuts into it as soon as it’s made.’)

‘In point of fact, dear Mr Fledgeby,’ Mrs Lammle went on in a very interesting manner, ‘not to affect concealment of Alfred’s hopes, to you who are so much his friend, there is a distant break in his horizon.’

This figure of speech seemed rather mysterious to Fascination Fledgeby, who said, ‘There’s a what in his—eh?’

‘Alfred, dear Mr Fledgeby, discussed with me this very morning before he went out, some prospects he has, which might entirely change the aspect of his present troubles.’

‘Really?’ said Fledgeby.

‘O yes!’ Here Mrs Lammle brought her handkerchief into play. ‘And you know, dear Mr Fledgeby—you who study the human heart, and study the world—what an affliction it would be to lose position and to lose credit, when ability to tide over a very short time might save all appearances.’

‘Oh!’ said Fledgeby. ‘Then you think, Mrs Lammle, that if Lammle got time, he wouldn’t burst up?—To use an expression,’ Mr Fledgeby apologetically explained, ‘which is adopted in the Money Market.’

‘Indeed yes. Truly, truly, yes!’

‘That makes all the difference,’ said Fledgeby. ‘I’ll make a point of seeing Riah at once.’

‘Blessings on you, dearest Mr Fledgeby!’

‘Not at all,’ said Fledgeby. She gave him her hand. ‘The hand,’ said Mr Fledgeby, ‘of a lovely and superior-minded female is ever the repayment of a—’

‘Noble action!’ said Mrs Lammle, extremely anxious to get rid of him.

‘It wasn’t what I was going to say,’ returned Fledgeby, who never would, under any circumstances, accept a suggested expression, ‘but you’re very complimentary. May I imprint a—a one—upon it? Good morning!’

‘I may depend upon your promptitude, dearest Mr Fledgeby?’

Said Fledgeby, looking back at the door and respectfully kissing his hand, ‘You may depend upon it.’

In fact, Mr Fledgeby sped on his errand of mercy through the streets, at so brisk a rate that his feet might have been winged by all the good spirits that wait on Generosity. They might have taken up their station in his breast, too, for he was blithe and merry. There was quite a fresh trill in his voice, when, arriving at the counting-house in St Mary Axe, and finding it for the moment empty, he trolled forth at the foot of the staircase: ‘Now, Judah, what are you up to there?’

The old man appeared, with his accustomed deference.

‘Halloa!’ said Fledgeby, falling back, with a wink. ‘You mean mischief, Jerusalem!’

The old man raised his eyes inquiringly.

‘Yes you do,’ said Fledgeby. ‘Oh, you sinner! Oh, you dodger! What! You’re going to act upon that bill of sale at Lammle’s, are you? Nothing will turn you, won’t it? You won’t be put off for another single minute, won’t you?’

Ordered to immediate action by the master’s tone and look, the old man took up his hat from the little counter where it lay.

‘You have been told that he might pull through it, if you didn’t go in to win, Wide-Awake; have you?’ said Fledgeby. ‘And it’s not your game that he should pull through it; ain’t it? You having got security, and there being enough to pay you? Oh, you Jew!’

The old man stood irresolute and uncertain for a moment, as if there might be further instructions for him in reserve.

‘Do I go, sir?’ he at length asked in a low voice.

‘Asks me if he is going!’ exclaimed Fledgeby. ‘Asks me, as if he didn’t know his own purpose! Asks me, as if he hadn’t got his hat on ready! Asks me, as if his sharp old eye—why, it cuts like a knife—wasn’t looking at his walking-stick by the door!’

‘Do I go, sir?’

‘Do you go?’ sneered Fledgeby. ‘Yes, you do go. Toddle, Judah!’

Chapter 13

GIVE A DOG A BAD NAME, AND HANG HIM

Fascination Fledgeby, left alone in the counting-house, strolled about with his hat on one side, whistling, and investigating the drawers, and prying here and there for any small evidences of his being cheated, but could find none. ‘Not his merit that he don’t cheat me,’ was Mr Fledgeby’s commentary delivered with a wink, ‘but my precaution.’ He then with a lazy grandeur asserted his rights as lord of Pubsey and Co. by poking his cane at the stools and boxes, and spitting in the fireplace, and so loitered royally to the window and looked out into the narrow street, with his small eyes just peering over the top of Pubsey and Co.’s blind. As a blind in more senses than one, it reminded him that he was alone in the counting-house with the front door open. He was moving away to shut it, lest he should be injudiciously identified with the establishment, when he was stopped by some one coming to the door.

This some one was the dolls’ dressmaker, with a little basket on her arm, and her crutch stick in her hand. Her keen eyes had espied Mr Fledgeby before Mr Fledgeby had espied her, and he was paralysed in his purpose of shutting her out, not so much by her approaching the door, as by her favouring him with a shower of nods, the instant he saw her. This advantage she improved by hobbling up the steps with such despatch that before Mr Fledgeby could take measures for her finding nobody at home, she was face to face with him in the counting-house.

Hope I see you well, sir,’ said Miss Wren. ‘Mr Riah in?’

Fledgeby had dropped into a chair, in the attitude of one waiting wearily. ‘I suppose he will be back soon,’ he replied; ‘he has cut out and left me expecting him back, in an odd way. Haven’t I seen you before?’

‘Once before—if you had your eyesight,’ replied Miss Wren; the conditional clause in an under-tone.

‘When you were carrying on some games up at the top of the house. I remember. How’s your friend?’

‘I have more friends than one, sir, I hope,’ replied Miss Wren. ‘Which friend?’

‘Never mind,’ said Mr Fledgeby, shutting up one eye, ‘any of your friends, all your friends. Are they pretty tolerable?’

Somewhat confounded, Miss Wren parried the pleasantry, and sat down in a corner behind the door, with her basket in her lap. By-and-by, she said, breaking a long and patient silence:

‘I beg your pardon, sir, but I am used to find Mr Riah at this time, and so I generally come at this time. I only want to buy my poor little two shillings’ worth of waste. Perhaps you’ll kindly let me have it, and I’ll trot off to my work.’

‘I let you have it?’ said Fledgeby, turning his head towards her; for he had been sitting blinking at the light, and feeling his cheek. ‘Why, you don’t really suppose that I have anything to do with the place, or the business; do you?’

‘Suppose?’ exclaimed Miss Wren. ‘He said, that day, you were the master!’

‘The old cock in black said? Riah said? Why, he’d say anything.’

Well; but you said so too,’ returned Miss Wren. ‘Or at least you took on like the master, and didn’t contradict him.’

‘One of his dodges,’ said Mr Fledgeby, with a cool and contemptuous shrug. ‘He’s made of dodges. He said to me, “Come up to the top of the house, sir, and I’ll show you a handsome girl. But I shall call you the master.” So I went up to the top of the house and he showed me the handsome girl (very well worth looking at she was), and I was called the master. I don’t know why. I dare say he don’t. He loves a dodge for its own sake; being,’ added Mr Fledgeby, after casting about for an expressive phrase, ‘the dodgerest of all the dodgers.’

‘Oh my head!’ cried the dolls’ dressmaker, holding it with both her hands, as if it were cracking. ‘You can’t mean what you say.’

‘I can, my little woman, retorted Fledgeby, ‘and I do, I assure you.’

This repudiation was not only an act of deliberate policy on Fledgeby’s part, in case of his being surprised by any other caller, but was also a retort upon Miss Wren for her over-sharpness, and a pleasant instance of his humour as regarded the old Jew. ‘He has got a bad name as an old Jew, and he is paid for the use of it, and I’ll have my money’s worth out of him.’ This was Fledgeby’s habitual reflection in the way of business, and it was sharpened just now by the old man’s presuming to have a secret from him: though of the secret itself, as annoying somebody else whom he disliked, he by no means disapproved.

Miss Wren with a fallen countenance sat behind the door looking thoughtfully at the ground, and the long and patient silence had again set in for some time, when the expression of Mr Fledgeby’s face betokened that through the upper portion of the door, which was of glass, he saw some one faltering on the brink of the counting-house. Presently there was a rustle and a tap, and then some more rustling and another tap. Fledgeby taking no notice, the door was at length softly opened, and the dried face of a mild little elderly gentleman looked in.

‘Mr Riah?’ said this visitor, very politely.

‘I am waiting for him, sir,’ returned Mr Fledgeby. ‘He went out and left me here. I expect him back every minute. Perhaps you had better take a chair.’

The gentleman took a chair, and put his hand to his forehead, as if he were in a melancholy frame of mind. Mr Fledgeby eyed him aside, and seemed to relish his attitude.

‘A fine day, sir,’ remarked Fledgeby.

The little dried gentleman was so occupied with his own depressed reflections that he did not notice the remark until the sound of Mr Fledgeby’s voice had died out of the counting-house. Then he started, and said: ‘I beg your pardon, sir. I fear you spoke to me?’

‘I said,’ remarked Fledgeby, a little louder than before, ‘it was a fine day.’

‘I beg your pardon. I beg your pardon. Yes.’

Again the little dried gentleman put his hand to his forehead, and again Mr Fledgeby seemed to enjoy his doing it. When the gentleman changed his attitude with a sigh, Fledgeby spake with a grin.

‘Mr Twemlow, I think?’

The dried gentleman seemed much surprised.

‘Had the pleasure of dining with you at Lammle’s,’ said Fledgeby. ‘Even have the honour of being a connexion of yours. An unexpected sort of place this to meet in; but one never knows, when one gets into the City, what people one may knock up against. I hope you have your health, and are enjoying yourself.’

There might have been a touch of impertinence in the last words; on the other hand, it might have been but the native grace of Mr Fledgeby’s manner. Mr Fledgeby sat on a stool with a foot on the rail of another stool, and his hat on. Mr Twemlow had uncovered on looking in at the door, and remained so. Now the conscientious Twemlow, knowing what he had done to thwart the gracious Fledgeby, was particularly disconcerted by this encounter. He was as ill at ease as a gentleman well could be. He felt himself bound to conduct himself stiffly towards Fledgeby, and he made him a distant bow. Fledgeby made his small eyes smaller in taking special note of his manner. The dolls’ dressmaker sat in her corner behind the door, with her eyes on the ground and her hands folded on her basket, holding her crutch-stick between them, and appearing to take no heed of anything.

‘He’s a long time,’ muttered Mr Fledgeby, looking at his watch. ‘What time may you make it, Mr Twemlow?’

Mr Twemlow made it ten minutes past twelve, sir.

‘As near as a toucher,’ assented Fledgeby. ‘I hope, Mr Twemlow, your business here may be of a more agreeable character than mine.’

‘Thank you, sir,’ said Mr Twemlow.

Fledgeby again made his small eyes smaller, as he glanced with great complacency at Twemlow, who was timorously tapping the table with a folded letter.

‘What I know of Mr Riah,’ said Fledgeby, with a very disparaging utterance of his name, ‘leads me to believe that this is about the shop for disagreeable business. I have always found him the bitingest and tightest screw in London.’

Mr Twemlow acknowledged the remark with a little distant bow. It evidently made him nervous.

‘So much so,’ pursued Fledgeby, ‘that if it wasn’t to be true to a friend, nobody should catch me waiting here a single minute. But if you have friends in adversity, stand by them. That’s what I say and act up to.’

The equitable Twemlow felt that this sentiment, irrespective of the utterer, demanded his cordial assent. ‘You are very right, sir,’ he rejoined with spirit. ‘You indicate the generous and manly course.’

‘Glad to have your approbation,’ returned Fledgeby. ‘It’s a coincidence, Mr Twemlow;’ here he descended from his perch, and sauntered towards him; ‘that the friends I am standing by to-day are the friends at whose house I met you! The Lammles. She’s a very taking and agreeable woman?’

Conscience smote the gentle Twemlow pale. ‘Yes,’ he said. ‘She is.’

‘And when she appealed to me this morning, to come and try what I could do to pacify their creditor, this Mr Riah—that I certainly have gained some little influence with in transacting business for another friend, but nothing like so much as she supposes—and when a woman like that spoke to me as her dearest Mr Fledgeby, and shed tears—why what could I do, you know?’

Twemlow gasped ‘Nothing but come.’

‘Nothing but come. And so I came. But why,’ said Fledgeby, putting his hands in his pockets and counterfeiting deep meditation, ‘why Riah should have started up, when I told him that the Lammles entreated him to hold over a Bill of Sale he has on all their effects; and why he should have cut out, saying he would be back directly; and why he should have left me here alone so long; I cannot understand.’

The chivalrous Twemlow, Knight of the Simple Heart, was not in a condition to offer any suggestion. He was too penitent, too remorseful. For the first time in his life he had done an underhanded action, and he had done wrong. He had secretly interposed against this confiding young man, for no better real reason than because the young man’s ways were not his ways.

But, the confiding young man proceeded to heap coals of fire on his sensitive head.

‘I beg your pardon, Mr Twemlow; you see I am acquainted with the nature of the affairs that are transacted here. Is there anything I can do for you here? You have always been brought up as a gentleman, and never as a man of business;’ another touch of possible impertinence in this place; ‘and perhaps you are but a poor man of business. What else is to be expected!’

‘I am even a poorer man of business than I am a man, sir,’ returned Twemlow, ‘and I could hardly express my deficiency in a stronger way. I really do not so much as clearly understand my position in the matter on which I am brought here. But there are reasons which make me very delicate of accepting your assistance. I am greatly, greatly, disinclined to profit by it. I don’t deserve it.’

Good childish creature! Condemned to a passage through the world by such narrow little dimly-lighted ways, and picking up so few specks or spots on the road!

‘Perhaps,’ said Fledgeby, ‘you may be a little proud of entering on the topic,—having been brought up as a gentleman.’

‘It’s not that, sir,’ returned Twemlow, ‘it’s not that. I hope I distinguish between true pride and false pride.’

‘I have no pride at all, myself,’ said Fledgeby, ‘and perhaps I don’t cut things so fine as to know one from t’other. But I know this is a place where even a man of business needs his wits about him; and if mine can be of any use to you here, you’re welcome to them.’

‘You are very good,’ said Twemlow, faltering. ‘But I am most unwilling—’

‘I don’t, you know,’ proceeded Fledgeby with an ill-favoured glance, ‘entertain the vanity of supposing that my wits could be of any use to you in society, but they might be here. You cultivate society and society cultivates you, but Mr Riah’s not society. In society, Mr Riah is kept dark; eh, Mr Twemlow?’

Twemlow, much disturbed, and with his hand fluttering about his forehead, replied: ‘Quite true.’

The confiding young man besought him to state his case. The innocent Twemlow, expecting Fledgeby to be astounded by what he should unfold, and not for an instant conceiving the possibility of its happening every day, but treating of it as a terrible phenomenon occurring in the course of ages, related how that he had had a deceased friend, a married civil officer with a family, who had wanted money for change of place or change of post, and how he, Twemlow, had ‘given him his name,’ with the usual, but in the eyes of Twemlow almost incredible result that he had been left to repay what he had never had. How, in the course of years, he had reduced the principal by trifling sums, ‘having,’ said Twemlow, ‘always to observe great economy, being in the enjoyment of a fixed income limited in extent, and that depending on the munificence of a certain nobleman,’ and had always pinched the full interest out of himself with punctual pinches. How he had come, in course of time, to look upon this one only debt of his life as a regular quarterly drawback, and no worse, when ‘his name’ had some way fallen into the possession of Mr Riah, who had sent him notice to redeem it by paying up in full, in one plump sum, or take tremendous consequences. This, with hazy remembrances of how he had been carried to some office to ‘confess judgment’ (as he recollected the phrase), and how he had been carried to another office where his life was assured for somebody not wholly unconnected with the sherry trade whom he remembered by the remarkable circumstance that he had a Straduarius violin to dispose of, and also a Madonna, formed the sum and substance of Mr Twemlow’s narrative. Through which stalked the shadow of the awful Snigsworth, eyed afar off by money-lenders as Security in the Mist, and menacing Twemlow with his baronial truncheon.

To all, Mr Fledgeby listened with the modest gravity becoming a confiding young man who knew it all beforehand, and, when it was finished, seriously shook his head. ‘I don’t like, Mr Twemlow,’ said Fledgeby, ‘I don’t like Riah’s calling in the principal. If he’s determined to call it in, it must come.’

‘But supposing, sir,’ said Twemlow, downcast, ‘that it can’t come?’

‘Then,’ retorted Fledgeby, ‘you must go, you know.’

‘Where?’ asked Twemlow, faintly.

‘To prison,’ returned Fledgeby. Whereat Mr Twemlow leaned his innocent head upon his hand, and moaned a little moan of distress and disgrace.

‘However,’ said Fledgeby, appearing to pluck up his spirits, ‘we’ll hope it’s not so bad as that comes to. If you’ll allow me, I’ll mention to Mr Riah when he comes in, who you are, and I’ll tell him you’re my friend, and I’ll say my say for you, instead of your saying it for yourself; I may be able to do it in a more business-like way. You won’t consider it a liberty?’

‘I thank you again and again, sir,’ said Twemlow. ‘I am strong, strongly, disinclined to avail myself of your generosity, though my helplessness yields. For I cannot but feel that I—to put it in the mildest form of speech—that I have done nothing to deserve it.’

‘Where CAN he be?’ muttered Fledgeby, referring to his watch again. ‘What CAN he have gone out for? Did you ever see him, Mr Twemlow?’

‘Never.’

‘He is a thorough Jew to look at, but he is a more thorough Jew to deal with. He’s worst when he’s quiet. If he’s quiet, I shall take it as a very bad sign. Keep your eye upon him when he comes in, and, if he’s quiet, don’t be hopeful. Here he is!—He looks quiet.’

With these words, which had the effect of causing the harmless Twemlow painful agitation, Mr Fledgeby withdrew to his former post, and the old man entered the counting-house.

‘Why, Mr Riah,’ said Fledgeby, ‘I thought you were lost!’

The old man, glancing at the stranger, stood stock-still. He perceived that his master was leading up to the orders he was to take, and he waited to understand them.

‘I really thought,’ repeated Fledgeby slowly, ‘that you were lost, Mr Riah. Why, now I look at you—but no, you can’t have done it; no, you can’t have done it!’

Hat in hand, the old man lifted his head, and looked distressfully at Fledgeby as seeking to know what new moral burden he was to bear.

‘You can’t have rushed out to get the start of everybody else, and put in that bill of sale at Lammle’s?’ said Fledgeby. ‘Say you haven’t, Mr Riah.’

‘Sir, I have,’ replied the old man in a low voice.

‘Oh my eye!’ cried Fledgeby. ‘Tut, tut, tut! Dear, dear, dear! Well! I knew you were a hard customer, Mr Riah, but I never thought you were as hard as that.’

‘Sir,’ said the old man, with great uneasiness, ‘I do as I am directed. I am not the principal here. I am but the agent of a superior, and I have no choice, no power.’

‘Don’t say so,’ retorted Fledgeby, secretly exultant as the old man stretched out his hands, with a shrinking action of defending himself against the sharp construction of the two observers. ‘Don’t play the tune of the trade, Mr Riah. You’ve a right to get in your debts, if you’re determined to do it, but don’t pretend what every one in your line regularly pretends. At least, don’t do it to me. Why should you, Mr Riah? You know I know all about you.’

The old man clasped the skirt of his long coat with his disengaged hand, and directed a wistful look at Fledgeby.

‘And don’t,’ said Fledgeby, ‘don’t, I entreat you as a favour, Mr Riah, be so devilish meek, for I know what’ll follow if you are. Look here, Mr Riah. This gentleman is Mr Twemlow.’

The Jew turned to him and bowed. That poor lamb bowed in return; polite, and terrified.

‘I have made such a failure,’ proceeded Fledgeby, ‘in trying to do anything with you for my friend Lammle, that I’ve hardly a hope of doing anything with you for my friend (and connexion indeed) Mr Twemlow. But I do think that if you would do a favour for anybody, you would for me, and I won’t fail for want of trying, and I’ve passed my promise to Mr Twemlow besides. Now, Mr Riah, here is Mr Twemlow. Always good for his interest, always coming up to time, always paying his little way. Now, why should you press Mr Twemlow? You can’t have any spite against Mr Twemlow! Why not be easy with Mr Twemlow?’

The old man looked into Fledgeby’s little eyes for any sign of leave to be easy with Mr Twemlow; but there was no sign in them.

‘Mr Twemlow is no connexion of yours, Mr Riah,’ said Fledgeby; ‘you can’t want to be even with him for having through life gone in for a gentleman and hung on to his Family. If Mr Twemlow has a contempt for business, what can it matter to you?’

‘But pardon me,’ interposed the gentle victim, ‘I have not. I should consider it presumption.’

‘There, Mr Riah!’ said Fledgeby, ‘isn’t that handsomely said? Come! Make terms with me for Mr Twemlow.’

The old man looked again for any sign of permission to spare the poor little gentleman. No. Mr Fledgeby meant him to be racked.

‘I am very sorry, Mr Twemlow,’ said Riah. ‘I have my instructions. I am invested with no authority for diverging from them. The money must be paid.’

‘In full and slap down, do you mean, Mr Riah?’ asked Fledgeby, to make things quite explicit.

‘In full, sir, and at once,’ was Riah’s answer.

Mr Fledgeby shook his head deploringly at Twemlow, and mutely expressed in reference to the venerable figure standing before him with eyes upon the ground: ‘What a Monster of an Israelite this is!’

‘Mr Riah,’ said Fledgeby.

The old man lifted up his eyes once more to the little eyes in Mr Fledgeby’s head, with some reviving hope that the sign might be coming yet.

‘Mr Riah, it’s of no use my holding back the fact. There’s a certain great party in the background in Mr Twemlow’s case, and you know it.’

‘I know it,’ the old man admitted.

‘Now, I’ll put it as a plain point of business, Mr Riah. Are you fully determined (as a plain point of business) either to have that said great party’s security, or that said great party’s money?’

‘Fully determined,’ answered Riah, as he read his master’s face, and learnt the book.

‘Not at all caring for, and indeed as it seems to me rather enjoying,’ said Fledgeby, with peculiar unction, ‘the precious kick-up and row that will come off between Mr Twemlow and the said great party?’

This required no answer, and received none. Poor Mr Twemlow, who had betrayed the keenest mental terrors since his noble kinsman loomed in the perspective, rose with a sigh to take his departure. ‘I thank you very much, sir,’ he said, offering Fledgeby his feverish hand. ‘You have done me an unmerited service. Thank you, thank you!’

‘Don’t mention it,’ answered Fledgeby. ‘It’s a failure so far, but I’ll stay behind, and take another touch at Mr Riah.’

‘Do not deceive yourself Mr Twemlow,’ said the Jew, then addressing him directly for the first time. ‘There is no hope for you. You must expect no leniency here. You must pay in full, and you cannot pay too promptly, or you will be put to heavy charges. Trust nothing to me, sir. Money, money, money.’ When he had said these words in an emphatic manner, he acknowledged Mr Twemlow’s still polite motion of his head, and that amiable little worthy took his departure in the lowest spirits.

Fascination Fledgeby was in such a merry vein when the counting-house was cleared of him, that he had nothing for it but to go to the window, and lean his arms on the frame of the blind, and have his silent laugh out, with his back to his subordinate. When he turned round again with a composed countenance, his subordinate still stood in the same place, and the dolls’ dressmaker sat behind the door with a look of horror.

‘Halloa!’ cried Mr Fledgeby, ‘you’re forgetting this young lady, Mr Riah, and she has been waiting long enough too. Sell her her waste, please, and give her good measure if you can make up your mind to do the liberal thing for once.’

He looked on for a time, as the Jew filled her little basket with such scraps as she was used to buy; but, his merry vein coming on again, he was obliged to turn round to the window once more, and lean his arms on the blind.

‘There, my Cinderella dear,’ said the old man in a whisper, and with a worn-out look, ‘the basket’s full now. Bless you! And get you gone!’

‘Don’t call me your Cinderella dear,’ returned Miss Wren. ‘O you cruel godmother!’

She shook that emphatic little forefinger of hers in his face at parting, as earnestly and reproachfully as she had ever shaken it at her grim old child at home.

‘You are not the godmother at all!’ said she. ‘You are the Wolf in the Forest, the wicked Wolf! And if ever my dear Lizzie is sold and betrayed, I shall know who sold and betrayed her!’

Chapter 14

MR WEGG PREPARES A GRINDSTONE FOR MR BOFFIN’S NOSE

Having assisted at a few more expositions of the lives of Misers, Mr Venus became almost indispensable to the evenings at the Bower. The circumstance of having another listener to the wonders unfolded by Wegg, or, as it were, another calculator to cast up the guineas found in teapots, chimneys, racks and mangers, and other such banks of deposit, seemed greatly to heighten Mr Boffin’s enjoyment; while Silas Wegg, for his part, though of a jealous temperament which might under ordinary circumstances have resented the anatomist’s getting into favour, was so very anxious to keep his eye on that gentleman—lest, being too much left to himself, he should be tempted to play any tricks with the precious document in his keeping—that he never lost an opportunity of commending him to Mr Boffin’s notice as a third party whose company was much to be desired. Another friendly demonstration towards him Mr Wegg now regularly gratified. After each sitting was over, and the patron had departed, Mr Wegg invariably saw Mr Venus home. To be sure, he as invariably requested to be refreshed with a sight of the paper in which he was a joint proprietor; but he never failed to remark that it was the great pleasure he derived from Mr Venus’s improving society which had insensibly lured him round to Clerkenwell again, and that, finding himself once more attracted to the spot by the social powers of Mr V., he would beg leave to go through that little incidental procedure, as a matter of form. ‘For well I know, sir,’ Mr Wegg would add, ‘that a man of your delicate mind would wish to be checked off whenever the opportunity arises, and it is not for me to baulk your feelings.’

A certain rustiness in Mr Venus, which never became so lubricated by the oil of Mr Wegg but that he turned under the screw in a creaking and stiff manner, was very noticeable at about this period. While assisting at the literary evenings, he even went so far, on two or three occasions, as to correct Mr Wegg when he grossly mispronounced a word, or made nonsense of a passage; insomuch that Mr Wegg took to surveying his course in the day, and to making arrangements for getting round rocks at night instead of running straight upon them. Of the slightest anatomical reference he became particularly shy, and, if he saw a bone ahead, would go any distance out of his way rather than mention it by name.

The adverse destinies ordained that one evening Mr Wegg’s labouring bark became beset by polysyllables, and embarrassed among a perfect archipelago of hard words. It being necessary to take soundings every minute, and to feel the way with the greatest caution, Mr Wegg’s attention was fully employed. Advantage was taken of this dilemma by Mr Venus, to pass a scrap of paper into Mr Boffin’s hand, and lay his finger on his own lip.

When Mr Boffin got home at night he found that the paper contained Mr Venus’s card and these words: ‘Should be glad to be honoured with a call respecting business of your own, about dusk on an early evening.’

The very next evening saw Mr Boffin peeping in at the preserved frogs in Mr Venus’s shop-window, and saw Mr Venus espying Mr Boffin with the readiness of one on the alert, and beckoning that gentleman into his interior. Responding, Mr Boffin was invited to seat himself on the box of human miscellanies before the fire, and did so, looking round the place with admiring eyes. The fire being low and fitful, and the dusk gloomy, the whole stock seemed to be winking and blinking with both eyes, as Mr Venus did. The French gentleman, though he had no eyes, was not at all behind-hand, but appeared, as the flame rose and fell, to open and shut his no eyes, with the regularity of the glass-eyed dogs and ducks and birds. The big-headed babies were equally obliging in lending their grotesque aid to the general effect.

‘You see, Mr Venus, I’ve lost no time,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Here I am.’

‘Here you are, sir,’ assented Mr Venus.

‘I don’t like secrecy,’ pursued Mr Boffin—‘at least, not in a general way I don’t—but I dare say you’ll show me good reason for being secret so far.’

‘I think I shall, sir,’ returned Venus.

‘Good,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘You don’t expect Wegg, I take it for granted?’

‘No, sir. I expect no one but the present company.’

Mr Boffin glanced about him, as accepting under that inclusive denomination the French gentleman and the circle in which he didn’t move, and repeated, ‘The present company.’

‘Sir,’ said Mr Venus, ‘before entering upon business, I shall have to ask you for your word and honour that we are in confidence.’

‘Let’s wait a bit and understand what the expression means,’ answered Mr Boffin. ‘In confidence for how long? In confidence for ever and a day?’

‘I take your hint, sir,’ said Venus; ‘you think you might consider the business, when you came to know it, to be of a nature incompatible with confidence on your part?’

‘I might,’ said Mr Boffin with a cautious look.

‘True, sir. Well, sir,’ observed Venus, after clutching at his dusty hair, to brighten his ideas, ‘let us put it another way. I open the business with you, relying upon your honour not to do anything in it, and not to mention me in it, without my knowledge.’

‘That sounds fair,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘I agree to that.’

‘I have your word and honour, sir?’

‘My good fellow,’ retorted Mr Boffin, ‘you have my word; and how you can have that, without my honour too, I don’t know. I’ve sorted a lot of dust in my time, but I never knew the two things go into separate heaps.’

This remark seemed rather to abash Mr Venus. He hesitated, and said, ‘Very true, sir;’ and again, ‘Very true, sir,’ before resuming the thread of his discourse.

‘Mr Boffin, if I confess to you that I fell into a proposal of which you were the subject, and of which you oughtn’t to have been the subject, you will allow me to mention, and will please take into favourable consideration, that I was in a crushed state of mind at the time.’

The Golden Dustman, with his hands folded on the top of his stout stick, with his chin resting upon them, and with something leering and whimsical in his eyes, gave a nod, and said, ‘Quite so, Venus.’

‘That proposal, sir, was a conspiring breach of your confidence, to such an extent, that I ought at once to have made it known to you. But I didn’t, Mr Boffin, and I fell into it.’

Without moving eye or finger, Mr Boffin gave another nod, and placidly repeated, ‘Quite so, Venus.’

‘Not that I was ever hearty in it, sir,’ the penitent anatomist went on, ‘or that I ever viewed myself with anything but reproach for having turned out of the paths of science into the paths of—’ he was going to say ‘villany,’ but, unwilling to press too hard upon himself, substituted with great emphasis—‘Weggery.’

Placid and whimsical of look as ever, Mr Boffin answered:

‘Quite so, Venus.’

‘And now, sir,’ said Venus, ‘having prepared your mind in the rough, I will articulate the details.’ With which brief professional exordium, he entered on the history of the friendly move, and truly recounted it. One might have thought that it would have extracted some show of surprise or anger, or other emotion, from Mr Boffin, but it extracted nothing beyond his former comment:

‘Quite so, Venus.’

‘I have astonished you, sir, I believe?’ said Mr Venus, pausing dubiously.

Mr Boffin simply answered as aforesaid: ‘Quite so, Venus.’

By this time the astonishment was all on the other side. It did not, however, so continue. For, when Venus passed to Wegg’s discovery, and from that to their having both seen Mr Boffin dig up the Dutch bottle, that gentleman changed colour, changed his attitude, became extremely restless, and ended (when Venus ended) by being in a state of manifest anxiety, trepidation, and confusion.

‘Now, sir,’ said Venus, finishing off; ‘you best know what was in that Dutch bottle, and why you dug it up, and took it away. I don’t pretend to know anything more about it than I saw. All I know is this: I am proud of my calling after all (though it has been attended by one dreadful drawback which has told upon my heart, and almost equally upon my skeleton), and I mean to live by my calling. Putting the same meaning into other words, I do not mean to turn a single dishonest penny by this affair. As the best amends I can make you for having ever gone into it, I make known to you, as a warning, what Wegg has found out. My opinion is, that Wegg is not to be silenced at a modest price, and I build that opinion on his beginning to dispose of your property the moment he knew his power. Whether it’s worth your while to silence him at any price, you will decide for yourself, and take your measures accordingly. As far as I am concerned, I have no price. If I am ever called upon for the truth, I tell it, but I want to do no more than I have now done and ended.’

‘Thank’ee, Venus!’ said Mr Boffin, with a hearty grip of his hand; ‘thank’ee, Venus, thank’ee, Venus!’ And then walked up and down the little shop in great agitation. ‘But look here, Venus,’ he by-and-by resumed, nervously sitting down again; ‘if I have to buy Wegg up, I shan’t buy him any cheaper for your being out of it. Instead of his having half the money—it was to have been half, I suppose? Share and share alike?’

‘It was to have been half, sir,’ answered Venus.

‘Instead of that, he’ll now have all. I shall pay the same, if not more. For you tell me he’s an unconscionable dog, a ravenous rascal.’

‘He is,’ said Venus.

‘Don’t you think, Venus,’ insinuated Mr Boffin, after looking at the fire for a while—‘don’t you feel as if—you might like to pretend to be in it till Wegg was bought up, and then ease your mind by handing over to me what you had made believe to pocket?’

‘No I don’t, sir,’ returned Venus, very positively.

‘Not to make amends?’ insinuated Mr Boffin.

‘No, sir. It seems to me, after maturely thinking it over, that the best amends for having got out of the square is to get back into the square.’

‘Humph!’ mused Mr Boffin. ‘When you say the square, you mean—’

‘I mean,’ said Venus, stoutly and shortly, ‘the right.’

‘It appears to me,’ said Mr Boffin, grumbling over the fire in an injured manner, ‘that the right is with me, if it’s anywhere. I have much more right to the old man’s money than the Crown can ever have. What was the Crown to him except the King’s Taxes? Whereas, me and my wife, we was all in all to him.’

Mr Venus, with his head upon his hands, rendered melancholy by the contemplation of Mr Boffin’s avarice, only murmured to steep himself in the luxury of that frame of mind: ‘She did not wish so to regard herself, nor yet to be so regarded.’

‘And how am I to live,’ asked Mr Boffin, piteously, ‘if I’m to be going buying fellows up out of the little that I’ve got? And how am I to set about it? When am I to get my money ready? When am I to make a bid? You haven’t told me when he threatens to drop down upon me.’

Venus explained under what conditions, and with what views, the dropping down upon Mr Boffin was held over until the Mounds should be cleared away. Mr Boffin listened attentively. ‘I suppose,’ said he, with a gleam of hope, ‘there’s no doubt about the genuineness and date of this confounded will?’

‘None whatever,’ said Mr Venus.

‘Where might it be deposited at present?’ asked Mr Boffin, in a wheedling tone.

‘It’s in my possession, sir.’

‘Is it?’ he cried, with great eagerness. ‘Now, for any liberal sum of money that could be agreed upon, Venus, would you put it in the fire?’

‘No, sir, I wouldn’t,’ interrupted Mr Venus.

‘Nor pass it over to me?’

‘That would be the same thing. No, sir,’ said Mr Venus.

The Golden Dustman seemed about to pursue these questions, when a stumping noise was heard outside, coming towards the door. ‘Hush! here’s Wegg!’ said Venus. ‘Get behind the young alligator in the corner, Mr Boffin, and judge him for yourself. I won’t light a candle till he’s gone; there’ll only be the glow of the fire; Wegg’s well acquainted with the alligator, and he won’t take particular notice of him. Draw your legs in, Mr Boffin, at present I see a pair of shoes at the end of his tail. Get your head well behind his smile, Mr Boffin, and you’ll lie comfortable there; you’ll find plenty of room behind his smile. He’s a little dusty, but he’s very like you in tone. Are you right, sir?’

Mr Boffin had but whispered an affirmative response, when Wegg came stumping in. ‘Partner,’ said that gentleman in a sprightly manner, ‘how’s yourself?’

‘Tolerable,’ returned Mr Venus. ‘Not much to boast of.’

‘In-deed!’ said Wegg: ‘sorry, partner, that you’re not picking up faster, but your soul’s too large for your body, sir; that’s where it is. And how’s our stock in trade, partner? Safe bind, safe find, partner? Is that about it?’

‘Do you wish to see it?’ asked Venus.

‘If you please, partner,’ said Wegg, rubbing his hands. ‘I wish to see it jintly with yourself. Or, in similar words to some that was set to music some time back:

“I wish you to see it with your eyes, And I will pledge with mine.”’

Turning his back and turning a key, Mr Venus produced the document, holding on by his usual corner. Mr Wegg, holding on by the opposite corner, sat down on the seat so lately vacated by Mr Boffin, and looked it over. ‘All right, sir,’ he slowly and unwillingly admitted, in his reluctance to loose his hold, ‘all right!’ And greedily watched his partner as he turned his back again, and turned his key again.

‘There’s nothing new, I suppose?’ said Venus, resuming his low chair behind the counter.

‘Yes there is, sir,’ replied Wegg; ‘there was something new this morning. That foxey old grasper and griper—’

‘Mr Boffin?’ inquired Venus, with a glance towards the alligator’s yard or two of smile.

‘Mister be blowed!’ cried Wegg, yielding to his honest indignation. ‘Boffin. Dusty Boffin. That foxey old grunter and grinder, sir, turns into the yard this morning, to meddle with our property, a menial tool of his own, a young man by the name of Sloppy. Ecod, when I say to him, “What do you want here, young man? This is a private yard,” he pulls out a paper from Boffin’s other blackguard, the one I was passed over for. “This is to authorize Sloppy to overlook the carting and to watch the work.” That’s pretty strong, I think, Mr Venus?’

‘Remember he doesn’t know yet of our claim on the property,’ suggested Venus.

‘Then he must have a hint of it,’ said Wegg, ‘and a strong one that’ll jog his terrors a bit. Give him an inch, and he’ll take an ell. Let him alone this time, and what’ll he do with our property next? I tell you what, Mr Venus; it comes to this; I must be overbearing with Boffin, or I shall fly into several pieces. I can’t contain myself when I look at him. Every time I see him putting his hand in his pocket, I see him putting it into my pocket. Every time I hear him jingling his money, I hear him taking liberties with my money. Flesh and blood can’t bear it. No,’ said Mr Wegg, greatly exasperated, ‘and I’ll go further. A wooden leg can’t bear it!’

‘But, Mr Wegg,’ urged Venus, ‘it was your own idea that he should not be exploded upon, till the Mounds were carted away.’

‘But it was likewise my idea, Mr Venus,’ retorted Wegg, ‘that if he came sneaking and sniffing about the property, he should be threatened, given to understand that he has no right to it, and be made our slave. Wasn’t that my idea, Mr Venus?’

‘It certainly was, Mr Wegg.’

‘It certainly was, as you say, partner,’ assented Wegg, put into a better humour by the ready admission. ‘Very well. I consider his planting one of his menial tools in the yard, an act of sneaking and sniffing. And his nose shall be put to the grindstone for it.’

‘It was not your fault, Mr Wegg, I must admit,’ said Venus, ‘that he got off with the Dutch bottle that night.’

‘As you handsomely say again, partner! No, it was not my fault. I’d have had that bottle out of him. Was it to be borne that he should come, like a thief in the dark, digging among stuff that was far more ours than his (seeing that we could deprive him of every grain of it, if he didn’t buy us at our own figure), and carrying off treasure from its bowels? No, it was not to be borne. And for that, too, his nose shall be put to the grindstone.’

‘How do you propose to do it, Mr Wegg?’

‘To put his nose to the grindstone? I propose,’ returned that estimable man, ‘to insult him openly. And, if looking into this eye of mine, he dares to offer a word in answer, to retort upon him before he can take his breath, “Add another word to that, you dusty old dog, and you’re a beggar.”’

‘Suppose he says nothing, Mr Wegg?’

‘Then,’ replied Wegg, ‘we shall have come to an understanding with very little trouble, and I’ll break him and drive him, Mr Venus. I’ll put him in harness, and I’ll bear him up tight, and I’ll break him and drive him. The harder the old Dust is driven, sir, the higher he’ll pay. And I mean to be paid high, Mr Venus, I promise you.’

‘You speak quite revengefully, Mr Wegg.’

‘Revengefully, sir? Is it for him that I have declined and falled, night after night? Is it for his pleasure that I’ve waited at home of an evening, like a set of skittles, to be set up and knocked over, set up and knocked over, by whatever balls—or books—he chose to bring against me? Why, I’m a hundred times the man he is, sir; five hundred times!’

Perhaps it was with the malicious intent of urging him on to his worst that Mr Venus looked as if he doubted that.

‘What? Was it outside the house at present ockypied, to its disgrace, by that minion of fortune and worm of the hour,’ said Wegg, falling back upon his strongest terms of reprobation, and slapping the counter, ‘that I, Silas Wegg, five hundred times the man he ever was, sat in all weathers, waiting for a errand or a customer? Was it outside that very house as I first set eyes upon him, rolling in the lap of luxury, when I was selling halfpenny ballads there for a living? And am I to grovel in the dust for HIM to walk over? No!’

There was a grin upon the ghastly countenance of the French gentleman under the influence of the firelight, as if he were computing how many thousand slanderers and traitors array themselves against the fortunate, on premises exactly answering to those of Mr Wegg. One might have fancied that the big-headed babies were toppling over with their hydrocephalic attempts to reckon up the children of men who transform their benefactors into their injurers by the same process. The yard or two of smile on the part of the alligator might have been invested with the meaning, ‘All about this was quite familiar knowledge down in the depths of the slime, ages ago.’

‘But,’ said Wegg, possibly with some slight perception to the foregoing effect, ‘your speaking countenance remarks, Mr Venus, that I’m duller and savager than usual. Perhaps I HAVE allowed myself to brood too much. Begone, dull Care! ’tis gone, sir. I’ve looked in upon you, and empire resumes her sway. For, as the song says—subject to your correction, sir—

“When the heart of a man is depressed with cares, The mist is dispelled if Venus appears. Like the notes of a fiddle, you sweetly, sir, sweetly, Raises our spirits and charms our ears.”

Good-night, sir.’

‘I shall have a word or two to say to you, Mr Wegg, before long,’ remarked Venus, ‘respecting my share in the project we’ve been speaking of.’

‘My time, sir,’ returned Wegg, ‘is yours. In the meanwhile let it be fully understood that I shall not neglect bringing the grindstone to bear, nor yet bringing Dusty Boffin’s nose to it. His nose once brought to it, shall be held to it by these hands, Mr Venus, till the sparks flies out in showers.’

With this agreeable promise Wegg stumped out, and shut the shop-door after him. ‘Wait till I light a candle, Mr Boffin,’ said Venus, ‘and you’ll come out more comfortable.’ So, he lighting a candle and holding it up at arm’s length, Mr Boffin disengaged himself from behind the alligator’s smile, with an expression of countenance so very downcast that it not only appeared as if the alligator had the whole of the joke to himself, but further as if it had been conceived and executed at Mr Boffin’s expense.

‘That’s a treacherous fellow,’ said Mr Boffin, dusting his arms and legs as he came forth, the alligator having been but musty company. ‘That’s a dreadful fellow.’

‘The alligator, sir?’ said Venus.

‘No, Venus, no. The Serpent.’

‘You’ll have the goodness to notice, Mr Boffin,’ remarked Venus, ‘that I said nothing to him about my going out of the affair altogether, because I didn’t wish to take you anyways by surprise. But I can’t be too soon out of it for my satisfaction, Mr Boffin, and I now put it to you when it will suit your views for me to retire?’

‘Thank’ee, Venus, thank’ee, Venus; but I don’t know what to say,’ returned Mr Boffin, ‘I don’t know what to do. He’ll drop down on me any way. He seems fully determined to drop down; don’t he?’

Mr Venus opined that such was clearly his intention.

‘You might be a sort of protection for me, if you remained in it,’ said Mr Boffin; ‘you might stand betwixt him and me, and take the edge off him. Don’t you feel as if you could make a show of remaining in it, Venus, till I had time to turn myself round?’

Venus naturally inquired how long Mr Boffin thought it might take him to turn himself round?

‘I am sure I don’t know,’ was the answer, given quite at a loss. ‘Everything is so at sixes and sevens. If I had never come into the property, I shouldn’t have minded. But being in it, it would be very trying to be turned out; now, don’t you acknowledge that it would, Venus?’

Mr Venus preferred, he said, to leave Mr Boffin to arrive at his own conclusions on that delicate question.

‘I am sure I don’t know what to do,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘If I ask advice of any one else, it’s only letting in another person to be bought out, and then I shall be ruined that way, and might as well have given up the property and gone slap to the workhouse. If I was to take advice of my young man, Rokesmith, I should have to buy HIM out. Sooner or later, of course, he’d drop down upon me, like Wegg. I was brought into the world to be dropped down upon, it appears to me.’

Mr Venus listened to these lamentations in silence, while Mr Boffin jogged to and fro, holding his pockets as if he had a pain in them.

‘After all, you haven’t said what you mean to do yourself, Venus. When you do go out of it, how do you mean to go?’

Venus replied that as Wegg had found the document and handed it to him, it was his intention to hand it back to Wegg, with the declaration that he himself would have nothing to say to it, or do with it, and that Wegg must act as he chose, and take the consequences.

‘And then he drops down with his whole weight upon ME!’ cried Mr Boffin, ruefully. ‘I’d sooner be dropped upon by you than by him, or even by you jintly, than by him alone!’

Mr Venus could only repeat that it was his fixed intention to betake himself to the paths of science, and to walk in the same all the days of his life; not dropping down upon his fellow-creatures until they were deceased, and then only to articulate them to the best of his humble ability.

‘How long could you be persuaded to keep up the appearance of remaining in it?’ asked Mr Boffin, retiring on his other idea. ‘Could you be got to do so, till the Mounds are gone?’

No. That would protract the mental uneasiness of Mr Venus too long, he said.

‘Not if I was to show you reason now?’ demanded Mr Boffin; ‘not if I was to show you good and sufficient reason?’

If by good and sufficient reason Mr Boffin meant honest and unimpeachable reason, that might weigh with Mr Venus against his personal wishes and convenience. But he must add that he saw no opening to the possibility of such reason being shown him.

‘Come and see me, Venus,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘at my house.’

‘Is the reason there, sir?’ asked Mr Venus, with an incredulous smile and blink.

‘It may be, or may not be,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘just as you view it. But in the meantime don’t go out of the matter. Look here. Do this. Give me your word that you won’t take any steps with Wegg, without my knowledge, just as I have given you my word that I won’t without yours.’

‘Done, Mr Boffin!’ said Venus, after brief consideration.

‘Thank’ee, Venus, thank’ee, Venus! Done!’

‘When shall I come to see you, Mr Boffin.’

‘When you like. The sooner the better. I must be going now. Good-night, Venus.’

‘Good-night, sir.’

‘And good-night to the rest of the present company,’ said Mr Boffin, glancing round the shop. ‘They make a queer show, Venus, and I should like to be better acquainted with them some day. Good-night, Venus, good-night! Thankee, Venus, thankee, Venus!’ With that he jogged out into the street, and jogged upon his homeward way.

‘Now, I wonder,’ he meditated as he went along, nursing his stick, ‘whether it can be, that Venus is setting himself to get the better of Wegg? Whether it can be, that he means, when I have bought Wegg out, to have me all to himself and to pick me clean to the bones!’

It was a cunning and suspicious idea, quite in the way of his school of Misers, and he looked very cunning and suspicious as he went jogging through the streets. More than once or twice, more than twice or thrice, say half a dozen times, he took his stick from the arm on which he nursed it, and hit a straight sharp rap at the air with its head. Possibly the wooden countenance of Mr Silas Wegg was incorporeally before him at those moments, for he hit with intense satisfaction.

He was within a few streets of his own house, when a little private carriage, coming in the contrary direction, passed him, turned round, and passed him again. It was a little carriage of eccentric movement, for again he heard it stop behind him and turn round, and again he saw it pass him. Then it stopped, and then went on, out of sight. But, not far out of sight, for, when he came to the corner of his own street, there it stood again.

There was a lady’s face at the window as he came up with this carriage, and he was passing it when the lady softly called to him by his name.

‘I beg your pardon, Ma’am?’ said Mr Boffin, coming to a stop.

‘It is Mrs Lammle,’ said the lady.

Mr Boffin went up to the window, and hoped Mrs Lammle was well.

‘Not very well, dear Mr Boffin; I have fluttered myself by being—perhaps foolishly—uneasy and anxious. I have been waiting for you some time. Can I speak to you?’

Mr Boffin proposed that Mrs Lammle should drive on to his house, a few hundred yards further.

‘I would rather not, Mr Boffin, unless you particularly wish it. I feel the difficulty and delicacy of the matter so much that I would rather avoid speaking to you at your own home. You must think this very strange?’

Mr Boffin said no, but meant yes.

‘It is because I am so grateful for the good opinion of all my friends, and am so touched by it, that I cannot bear to run the risk of forfeiting it in any case, even in the cause of duty. I have asked my husband (my dear Alfred, Mr Boffin) whether it is the cause of duty, and he has most emphatically said Yes. I wish I had asked him sooner. It would have spared me much distress.’

(‘Can this be more dropping down upon me!’ thought Mr Boffin, quite bewildered.)

‘It was Alfred who sent me to you, Mr Boffin. Alfred said, “Don’t come back, Sophronia, until you have seen Mr Boffin, and told him all. Whatever he may think of it, he ought certainly to know it.” Would you mind coming into the carriage?’

Mr Boffin answered, ‘Not at all,’ and took his seat at Mrs Lammle’s side.

‘Drive slowly anywhere,’ Mrs Lammle called to her coachman, ‘and don’t let the carriage rattle.’

‘It MUST be more dropping down, I think,’ said Mr Boffin to himself. ‘What next?’

Chapter 15

THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN AT HIS WORST

The breakfast table at Mr Boffin’s was usually a very pleasant one, and was always presided over by Bella. As though he began each new day in his healthy natural character, and some waking hours were necessary to his relapse into the corrupting influences of his wealth, the face and the demeanour of the Golden Dustman were generally unclouded at that meal. It would have been easy to believe then, that there was no change in him. It was as the day went on that the clouds gathered, and the brightness of the morning became obscured. One might have said that the shadows of avarice and distrust lengthened as his own shadow lengthened, and that the night closed around him gradually.

But, one morning long afterwards to be remembered, it was black midnight with the Golden Dustman when he first appeared. His altered character had never been so grossly marked. His bearing towards his Secretary was so charged with insolent distrust and arrogance, that the latter rose and left the table before breakfast was half done. The look he directed at the Secretary’s retiring figure was so cunningly malignant, that Bella would have sat astounded and indignant, even though he had not gone the length of secretly threatening Rokesmith with his clenched fist as he closed the door. This unlucky morning, of all mornings in the year, was the morning next after Mr Boffin’s interview with Mrs Lammle in her little carriage.

Bella looked to Mrs Boffin’s face for comment on, or explanation of, this stormy humour in her husband, but none was there. An anxious and a distressed observation of her own face was all she could read in it. When they were left alone together—which was not until noon, for Mr Boffin sat long in his easy-chair, by turns jogging up and down the breakfast-room, clenching his fist and muttering—Bella, in consternation, asked her what had happened, what was wrong? ‘I am forbidden to speak to you about it, Bella dear; I mustn’t tell you,’ was all the answer she could get. And still, whenever, in her wonder and dismay, she raised her eyes to Mrs Boffin’s face, she saw in it the same anxious and distressed observation of her own.

Oppressed by her sense that trouble was impending, and lost in speculations why Mrs Boffin should look at her as if she had any part in it, Bella found the day long and dreary. It was far on in the afternoon when, she being in her own room, a servant brought her a message from Mr Boffin begging her to come to his.

Mrs Boffin was there, seated on a sofa, and Mr Boffin was jogging up and down. On seeing Bella he stopped, beckoned her to him, and drew her arm through his. ‘Don’t be alarmed, my dear,’ he said, gently; ‘I am not angry with you. Why you actually tremble! Don’t be alarmed, Bella my dear. I’ll see you righted.’

‘See me righted?’ thought Bella. And then repeated aloud in a tone of astonishment: ‘see me righted, sir?’

‘Ay, ay!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘See you righted. Send Mr Rokesmith here, you sir.’

Bella would have been lost in perplexity if there had been pause enough; but the servant found Mr Rokesmith near at hand, and he almost immediately presented himself.

‘Shut the door, sir!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘I have got something to say to you which I fancy you’ll not be pleased to hear.’

‘I am sorry to reply, Mr Boffin,’ returned the Secretary, as, having closed the door, he turned and faced him, ‘that I think that very likely.’

‘What do you mean?’ blustered Mr Boffin.

‘I mean that it has become no novelty to me to hear from your lips what I would rather not hear.’

‘Oh! Perhaps we shall change that,’ said Mr Boffin with a threatening roll of his head.

‘I hope so,’ returned the Secretary. He was quiet and respectful; but stood, as Bella thought (and was glad to think), on his manhood too.

‘Now, sir,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘look at this young lady on my arm.’

Bella involuntarily raising her eyes, when this sudden reference was made to herself, met those of Mr Rokesmith. He was pale and seemed agitated. Then her eyes passed on to Mrs Boffin’s, and she met the look again. In a flash it enlightened her, and she began to understand what she had done.

‘I say to you, sir,’ Mr Boffin repeated, ‘look at this young lady on my arm.’

‘I do so,’ returned the Secretary.

As his glance rested again on Bella for a moment, she thought there was reproach in it. But it is possible that the reproach was within herself.

‘How dare you, sir,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘tamper, unknown to me, with this young lady? How dare you come out of your station, and your place in my house, to pester this young lady with your impudent addresses?’

‘I must decline to answer questions,’ said the Secretary, ‘that are so offensively asked.’

‘You decline to answer?’ retorted Mr Boffin. ‘You decline to answer, do you? Then I’ll tell you what it is, Rokesmith; I’ll answer for you. There are two sides to this matter, and I’ll take ’em separately. The first side is, sheer Insolence. That’s the first side.’

The Secretary smiled with some bitterness, as though he would have said, ‘So I see and hear.’

‘It was sheer Insolence in you, I tell you,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘even to think of this young lady. This young lady was far above YOU. This young lady was no match for YOU. This young lady was lying in wait (as she was qualified to do) for money, and you had no money.’

Bella hung her head and seemed to shrink a little from Mr Boffin’s protecting arm.

‘What are you, I should like to know,’ pursued Mr Boffin, ‘that you were to have the audacity to follow up this young lady? This young lady was looking about the market for a good bid; she wasn’t in it to be snapped up by fellows that had no money to lay out; nothing to buy with.’

‘Oh, Mr Boffin! Mrs Boffin, pray say something for me!’ murmured Bella, disengaging her arm, and covering her face with her hands.

‘Old lady,’ said Mr Boffin, anticipating his wife, ‘you hold your tongue. Bella, my dear, don’t you let yourself be put out. I’ll right you.’

‘But you don’t, you don’t right me!’ exclaimed Bella, with great emphasis. ‘You wrong me, wrong me!’

‘Don’t you be put out, my dear,’ complacently retorted Mr Boffin. ‘I’ll bring this young man to book. Now, you Rokesmith! You can’t decline to hear, you know, as well as to answer. You hear me tell you that the first side of your conduct was Insolence—Insolence and Presumption. Answer me one thing, if you can. Didn’t this young lady tell you so herself?’

‘Did I, Mr Rokesmith?’ asked Bella with her face still covered. ‘O say, Mr Rokesmith! Did I?’

‘Don’t be distressed, Miss Wilfer; it matters very little now.’

‘Ah! You can’t deny it, though!’ said Mr Boffin, with a knowing shake of his head.

‘But I have asked him to forgive me since,’ cried Bella; ‘and I would ask him to forgive me now again, upon my knees, if it would spare him!’

Here Mrs Boffin broke out a-crying.

‘Old lady,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘stop that noise! Tender-hearted in you, Miss Bella; but I mean to have it out right through with this young man, having got him into a corner. Now, you Rokesmith. I tell you that’s one side of your conduct—Insolence and Presumption. Now, I’m a-coming to the other, which is much worse. This was a speculation of yours.’

‘I indignantly deny it.’

‘It’s of no use your denying it; it doesn’t signify a bit whether you deny it or not; I’ve got a head upon my shoulders, and it ain’t a baby’s. What!’ said Mr Boffin, gathering himself together in his most suspicious attitude, and wrinkling his face into a very map of curves and corners. ‘Don’t I know what grabs are made at a man with money? If I didn’t keep my eyes open, and my pockets buttoned, shouldn’t I be brought to the workhouse before I knew where I was? Wasn’t the experience of Dancer, and Elwes, and Hopkins, and Blewbury Jones, and ever so many more of ’em, similar to mine? Didn’t everybody want to make grabs at what they’d got, and bring ’em to poverty and ruin? Weren’t they forced to hide everything belonging to ’em, for fear it should be snatched from ’em? Of course they was. I shall be told next that they didn’t know human natur!’

‘They! Poor creatures,’ murmured the Secretary.

‘What do you say?’ asked Mr Boffin, snapping at him. ‘However, you needn’t be at the trouble of repeating it, for it ain’t worth hearing, and won’t go down with ME. I’m a-going to unfold your plan, before this young lady; I’m a-going to show this young lady the second view of you; and nothing you can say will stave it off. (Now, attend here, Bella, my dear.) Rokesmith, you’re a needy chap. You’re a chap that I pick up in the street. Are you, or ain’t you?’

‘Go on, Mr Boffin; don’t appeal to me.’

‘Not appeal to YOU,’ retorted Mr Boffin as if he hadn’t done so. ‘No, I should hope not! Appealing to YOU, would be rather a rum course. As I was saying, you’re a needy chap that I pick up in the street. You come and ask me in the street to take you for a Secretary, and I take you. Very good.’

‘Very bad,’ murmured the Secretary.

‘What do you say?’ asked Mr Boffin, snapping at him again.

He returned no answer. Mr Boffin, after eyeing him with a comical look of discomfited curiosity, was fain to begin afresh.

‘This Rokesmith is a needy young man that I take for my Secretary out of the open street. This Rokesmith gets acquainted with my affairs, and gets to know that I mean to settle a sum of money on this young lady. “Oho!” says this Rokesmith;’ here Mr Boffin clapped a finger against his nose, and tapped it several times with a sneaking air, as embodying Rokesmith confidentially confabulating with his own nose; ‘“This will be a good haul; I’ll go in for this!” And so this Rokesmith, greedy and hungering, begins a-creeping on his hands and knees towards the money. Not so bad a speculation either: for if this young lady had had less spirit, or had had less sense, through being at all in the romantic line, by George he might have worked it out and made it pay! But fortunately she was too many for him, and a pretty figure he cuts now he is exposed. There he stands!’ said Mr Boffin, addressing Rokesmith himself with ridiculous inconsistency. ‘Look at him!’

‘Your unfortunate suspicions, Mr Boffin—’ began the Secretary.

‘Precious unfortunate for you, I can tell you,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘—are not to be combated by any one, and I address myself to no such hopeless task. But I will say a word upon the truth.’

‘Yah! Much you care about the truth,’ said Mr Boffin, with a snap of his fingers.

‘Noddy! My dear love!’ expostulated his wife.

‘Old lady,’ returned Mr Boffin, ‘you keep still. I say to this Rokesmith here, much he cares about the truth. I tell him again, much he cares about the truth.’

‘Our connexion being at an end, Mr Boffin,’ said the Secretary, ‘it can be of very little moment to me what you say.’

‘Oh! You are knowing enough,’ retorted Mr Boffin, with a sly look, ‘to have found out that our connexion’s at an end, eh? But you can’t get beforehand with me. Look at this in my hand. This is your pay, on your discharge. You can only follow suit. You can’t deprive me of the lead. Let’s have no pretending that you discharge yourself. I discharge you.’

‘So that I go,’ remarked the Secretary, waving the point aside with his hand, ‘it is all one to me.’

‘Is it?’ said Mr Boffin. ‘But it’s two to me, let me tell you. Allowing a fellow that’s found out, to discharge himself, is one thing; discharging him for insolence and presumption, and likewise for designs upon his master’s money, is another. One and one’s two; not one. (Old lady, don’t you cut in. You keep still.)’

‘Have you said all you wish to say to me?’ demanded the Secretary.

‘I don’t know whether I have or not,’ answered Mr Boffin. ‘It depends.’

‘Perhaps you will consider whether there are any other strong expressions that you would like to bestow upon me?’

‘I’ll consider that,’ said Mr Boffin, obstinately, ‘at my convenience, and not at yours. You want the last word. It may not be suitable to let you have it.’

‘Noddy! My dear, dear Noddy! You sound so hard!’ cried poor Mrs Boffin, not to be quite repressed.

‘Old lady,’ said her husband, but without harshness, ‘if you cut in when requested not, I’ll get a pillow and carry you out of the room upon it. What do you want to say, you Rokesmith?’

‘To you, Mr Boffin, nothing. But to Miss Wilfer and to your good kind wife, a word.’

‘Out with it then,’ replied Mr Boffin, ‘and cut it short, for we’ve had enough of you.’

‘I have borne,’ said the Secretary, in a low voice, ‘with my false position here, that I might not be separated from Miss Wilfer. To be near her, has been a recompense to me from day to day, even for the undeserved treatment I have had here, and for the degraded aspect in which she has often seen me. Since Miss Wilfer rejected me, I have never again urged my suit, to the best of my belief, with a spoken syllable or a look. But I have never changed in my devotion to her, except—if she will forgive my saying so—that it is deeper than it was, and better founded.’

‘Now, mark this chap’s saying Miss Wilfer, when he means L.s.d.!’ cried Mr Boffin, with a cunning wink. ‘Now, mark this chap’s making Miss Wilfer stand for Pounds, Shillings, and Pence!’

‘My feeling for Miss Wilfer,’ pursued the Secretary, without deigning to notice him, ‘is not one to be ashamed of. I avow it. I love her. Let me go where I may when I presently leave this house, I shall go into a blank life, leaving her.’

‘Leaving L.s.d. behind me,’ said Mr Boffin, by way of commentary, with another wink.

‘That I am incapable,’ the Secretary went on, still without heeding him, ‘of a mercenary project, or a mercenary thought, in connexion with Miss Wilfer, is nothing meritorious in me, because any prize that I could put before my fancy would sink into insignificance beside her. If the greatest wealth or the highest rank were hers, it would only be important in my sight as removing her still farther from me, and making me more hopeless, if that could be. Say,’ remarked the Secretary, looking full at his late master, ‘say that with a word she could strip Mr Boffin of his fortune and take possession of it, she would be of no greater worth in my eyes than she is.’

‘What do you think by this time, old lady,’ asked Mr Boffin, turning to his wife in a bantering tone, ‘about this Rokesmith here, and his caring for the truth? You needn’t say what you think, my dear, because I don’t want you to cut in, but you can think it all the same. As to taking possession of my property, I warrant you he wouldn’t do that himself if he could.’

‘No,’ returned the Secretary, with another full look.

‘Ha, ha, ha!’ laughed Mr Boffin. ‘There’s nothing like a good ’un while you ARE about it.’

‘I have been for a moment,’ said the Secretary, turning from him and falling into his former manner, ‘diverted from the little I have to say. My interest in Miss Wilfer began when I first saw her; even began when I had only heard of her. It was, in fact, the cause of my throwing myself in Mr Boffin’s way, and entering his service. Miss Wilfer has never known this until now. I mention it now, only as a corroboration (though I hope it may be needless) of my being free from the sordid design attributed to me.’

‘Now, this is a very artful dog,’ said Mr Boffin, with a deep look. ‘This is a longer-headed schemer than I thought him. See how patiently and methodically he goes to work. He gets to know about me and my property, and about this young lady, and her share in poor young John’s story, and he puts this and that together, and he says to himself, “I’ll get in with Boffin, and I’ll get in with this young lady, and I’ll work ’em both at the same time, and I’ll bring my pigs to market somewhere.” I hear him say it, bless you! I look at him, now, and I see him say it!’

Mr Boffin pointed at the culprit, as it were in the act, and hugged himself in his great penetration.

‘But luckily he hadn’t to deal with the people he supposed, Bella, my dear!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘No! Luckily he had to deal with you, and with me, and with Daniel and Miss Dancer, and with Elwes, and with Vulture Hopkins, and with Blewbury Jones and all the rest of us, one down t’other come on. And he’s beat; that’s what he is; regularly beat. He thought to squeeze money out of us, and he has done for himself instead, Bella my dear!’

Bella my dear made no response, gave no sign of acquiescence. When she had first covered her face she had sunk upon a chair with her hands resting on the back of it, and had never moved since. There was a short silence at this point, and Mrs Boffin softly rose as if to go to her. But, Mr Boffin stopped her with a gesture, and she obediently sat down again and stayed where she was.

‘There’s your pay, Mister Rokesmith,’ said the Golden Dustman, jerking the folded scrap of paper he had in his hand, towards his late Secretary. ‘I dare say you can stoop to pick it up, after what you have stooped to here.’

‘I have stooped to nothing but this,’ Rokesmith answered as he took it from the ground; ‘and this is mine, for I have earned it by the hardest of hard labour.’

‘You’re a pretty quick packer, I hope,’ said Mr Boffin; ‘because the sooner you are gone, bag and baggage, the better for all parties.’

‘You need have no fear of my lingering.’

‘There’s just one thing though,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘that I should like to ask you before we come to a good riddance, if it was only to show this young lady how conceited you schemers are, in thinking that nobody finds out how you contradict yourselves.’

‘Ask me anything you wish to ask,’ returned Rokesmith, ‘but use the expedition that you recommend.’

‘You pretend to have a mighty admiration for this young lady?’ said Mr Boffin, laying his hand protectingly on Bella’s head without looking down at her.

‘I do not pretend.’

‘Oh! Well. You HAVE a mighty admiration for this young lady—since you are so particular?’

‘Yes.’

‘How do you reconcile that, with this young lady’s being a weak-spirited, improvident idiot, not knowing what was due to herself, flinging up her money to the church-weathercocks, and racing off at a splitting pace for the workhouse?’

‘I don’t understand you.’

‘Don’t you? Or won’t you? What else could you have made this young lady out to be, if she had listened to such addresses as yours?’

‘What else, if I had been so happy as to win her affections and possess her heart?’

‘Win her affections,’ retorted Mr Boffin, with ineffable contempt, ‘and possess her heart! Mew says the cat, Quack-quack says the duck, Bow-wow-wow says the dog! Win her affections and possess her heart! Mew, Quack-quack, Bow-wow!’

John Rokesmith stared at him in his outburst, as if with some faint idea that he had gone mad.

‘What is due to this young lady,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘is Money, and this young lady right well knows it.’

‘You slander the young lady.’

‘YOU slander the young lady; you with your affections and hearts and trumpery,’ returned Mr Boffin. ‘It’s of a piece with the rest of your behaviour. I heard of these doings of yours only last night, or you should have heard of ’em from me, sooner, take your oath of it. I heard of ’em from a lady with as good a headpiece as the best, and she knows this young lady, and I know this young lady, and we all three know that it’s Money she makes a stand for—money, money, money—and that you and your affections and hearts are a Lie, sir!’

‘Mrs Boffin,’ said Rokesmith, quietly turning to her, ‘for your delicate and unvarying kindness I thank you with the warmest gratitude. Good-bye! Miss Wilfer, good-bye!’

‘And now, my dear,’ said Mr Boffin, laying his hand on Bella’s head again, ‘you may begin to make yourself quite comfortable, and I hope you feel that you’ve been righted.’

But, Bella was so far from appearing to feel it, that she shrank from his hand and from the chair, and, starting up in an incoherent passion of tears, and stretching out her arms, cried, ‘O Mr Rokesmith, before you go, if you could but make me poor again! O! Make me poor again, Somebody, I beg and pray, or my heart will break if this goes on! Pa, dear, make me poor again and take me home! I was bad enough there, but I have been so much worse here. Don’t give me money, Mr Boffin, I won’t have money. Keep it away from me, and only let me speak to good little Pa, and lay my head upon his shoulder, and tell him all my griefs. Nobody else can understand me, nobody else can comfort me, nobody else knows how unworthy I am, and yet can love me like a little child. I am better with Pa than any one—more innocent, more sorry, more glad!’ So, crying out in a wild way that she could not bear this, Bella drooped her head on Mrs Boffin’s ready breast.

John Rokesmith from his place in the room, and Mr Boffin from his, looked on at her in silence until she was silent herself. Then Mr Boffin observed in a soothing and comfortable tone, ‘There, my dear, there; you are righted now, and it’s ALL right. I don’t wonder, I’m sure, at your being a little flurried by having a scene with this fellow, but it’s all over, my dear, and you’re righted, and it’s—and it’s ALL right!’ Which Mr Boffin repeated with a highly satisfied air of completeness and finality.

‘I hate you!’ cried Bella, turning suddenly upon him, with a stamp of her little foot—‘at least, I can’t hate you, but I don’t like you!’

‘HUL—LO!’ exclaimed Mr Boffin in an amazed under-tone.

‘You’re a scolding, unjust, abusive, aggravating, bad old creature!’ cried Bella. ‘I am angry with my ungrateful self for calling you names; but you are, you are; you know you are!’

Mr Boffin stared here, and stared there, as misdoubting that he must be in some sort of fit.

‘I have heard you with shame,’ said Bella. ‘With shame for myself, and with shame for you. You ought to be above the base tale-bearing of a time-serving woman; but you are above nothing now.’

Mr Boffin, seeming to become convinced that this was a fit, rolled his eyes and loosened his neckcloth.

‘When I came here, I respected you and honoured you, and I soon loved you,’ cried Bella. ‘And now I can’t bear the sight of you. At least, I don’t know that I ought to go so far as that—only you’re a—you’re a Monster!’ Having shot this bolt out with a great expenditure of force, Bella hysterically laughed and cried together.

‘The best wish I can wish you is,’ said Bella, returning to the charge, ‘that you had not one single farthing in the world. If any true friend and well-wisher could make you a bankrupt, you would be a Duck; but as a man of property you are a Demon!’

After despatching this second bolt with a still greater expenditure of force, Bella laughed and cried still more.

‘Mr Rokesmith, pray stay one moment. Pray hear one word from me before you go! I am deeply sorry for the reproaches you have borne on my account. Out of the depths of my heart I earnestly and truly beg your pardon.’

As she stepped towards him, he met her. As she gave him her hand, he put it to his lips, and said, ‘God bless you!’ No laughing was mixed with Bella’s crying then; her tears were pure and fervent.

‘There is not an ungenerous word that I have heard addressed to you—heard with scorn and indignation, Mr Rokesmith—but it has wounded me far more than you, for I have deserved it, and you never have. Mr Rokesmith, it is to me you owe this perverted account of what passed between us that night. I parted with the secret, even while I was angry with myself for doing so. It was very bad in me, but indeed it was not wicked. I did it in a moment of conceit and folly—one of my many such moments—one of my many such hours—years. As I am punished for it severely, try to forgive it!’

‘I do with all my soul.’

‘Thank you. O thank you! Don’t part from me till I have said one other word, to do you justice. The only fault you can be truly charged with, in having spoken to me as you did that night—with how much delicacy and how much forbearance no one but I can know or be grateful to you for—is, that you laid yourself open to be slighted by a worldly shallow girl whose head was turned, and who was quite unable to rise to the worth of what you offered her. Mr Rokesmith, that girl has often seen herself in a pitiful and poor light since, but never in so pitiful and poor a light as now, when the mean tone in which she answered you—sordid and vain girl that she was—has been echoed in her ears by Mr Boffin.’

He kissed her hand again.

‘Mr Boffin’s speeches were detestable to me, shocking to me,’ said Bella, startling that gentleman with another stamp of her little foot. ‘It is quite true that there was a time, and very lately, when I deserved to be so “righted,” Mr Rokesmith; but I hope that I shall never deserve it again!’

He once more put her hand to his lips, and then relinquished it, and left the room. Bella was hurrying back to the chair in which she had hidden her face so long, when, catching sight of Mrs Boffin by the way, she stopped at her. ‘He is gone,’ sobbed Bella indignantly, despairingly, in fifty ways at once, with her arms round Mrs Boffin’s neck. ‘He has been most shamefully abused, and most unjustly and most basely driven away, and I am the cause of it!’

All this time, Mr Boffin had been rolling his eyes over his loosened neckerchief, as if his fit were still upon him. Appearing now to think that he was coming to, he stared straight before him for a while, tied his neckerchief again, took several long inspirations, swallowed several times, and ultimately exclaimed with a deep sigh, as if he felt himself on the whole better: ‘Well!’

No word, good or bad, did Mrs Boffin say; but she tenderly took care of Bella, and glanced at her husband as if for orders. Mr Boffin, without imparting any, took his seat on a chair over against them, and there sat leaning forward, with a fixed countenance, his legs apart, a hand on each knee, and his elbows squared, until Bella should dry her eyes and raise her head, which in the fulness of time she did.

‘I must go home,’ said Bella, rising hurriedly. ‘I am very grateful to you for all you have done for me, but I can’t stay here.’

‘My darling girl!’ remonstrated Mrs Boffin.

‘No, I can’t stay here,’ said Bella; ‘I can’t indeed.—Ugh! you vicious old thing!’ (This to Mr Boffin.)

‘Don’t be rash, my love,’ urged Mrs Boffin. ‘Think well of what you do.’

‘Yes, you had better think well,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘I shall never more think well of YOU,’ cried Bella, cutting him short, with intense defiance in her expressive little eyebrows, and championship of the late Secretary in every dimple. ‘No! Never again! Your money has changed you to marble. You are a hard-hearted Miser. You are worse than Dancer, worse than Hopkins, worse than Blackberry Jones, worse than any of the wretches. And more!’ proceeded Bella, breaking into tears again, ‘you were wholly undeserving of the Gentleman you have lost.’

‘Why, you don’t mean to say, Miss Bella,’ the Golden Dustman slowly remonstrated, ‘that you set up Rokesmith against me?’

‘I do!’ said Bella. ‘He is worth a Million of you.’

Very pretty she looked, though very angry, as she made herself as tall as she possibly could (which was not extremely tall), and utterly renounced her patron with a lofty toss of her rich brown head.

‘I would rather he thought well of me,’ said Bella, ‘though he swept the street for bread, than that you did, though you splashed the mud upon him from the wheels of a chariot of pure gold.—There!’

Well I’m sure!’ cried Mr Boffin, staring.

‘And for a long time past, when you have thought you set yourself above him, I have only seen you under his feet,’ said Bella—‘There! And throughout I saw in him the master, and I saw in you the man—There! And when you used him shamefully, I took his part and loved him—There! I boast of it!’

After which strong avowal Bella underwent reaction, and cried to any extent, with her face on the back of her chair.

‘Now, look here,’ said Mr Boffin, as soon as he could find an opening for breaking the silence and striking in. ‘Give me your attention, Bella. I am not angry.’

‘I AM!’ said Bella.

‘I say,’ resumed the Golden Dustman, ‘I am not angry, and I mean kindly to you, and I want to overlook this. So you’ll stay where you are, and we’ll agree to say no more about it.’

‘No, I can’t stay here,’ cried Bella, rising hurriedly again; ‘I can’t think of staying here. I must go home for good.’

‘Now, don’t be silly,’ Mr Boffin reasoned. ‘Don’t do what you can’t undo; don’t do what you’re sure to be sorry for.’

‘I shall never be sorry for it,’ said Bella; ‘and I should always be sorry, and should every minute of my life despise myself if I remained here after what has happened.’

‘At least, Bella,’ argued Mr Boffin, ‘let there be no mistake about it. Look before you leap, you know. Stay where you are, and all’s well, and all’s as it was to be. Go away, and you can never come back.’

‘I know that I can never come back, and that’s what I mean,’ said Bella.

‘You mustn’t expect,’ Mr Boffin pursued, ‘that I’m a-going to settle money on you, if you leave us like this, because I am not. No, Bella! Be careful! Not one brass farthing.’

‘Expect!’ said Bella, haughtily. ‘Do you think that any power on earth could make me take it, if you did, sir?’

But there was Mrs Boffin to part from, and, in the full flush of her dignity, the impressible little soul collapsed again. Down upon her knees before that good woman, she rocked herself upon her breast, and cried, and sobbed, and folded her in her arms with all her might.

‘You’re a dear, a dear, the best of dears!’ cried Bella. ‘You’re the best of human creatures. I can never be thankful enough to you, and I can never forget you. If I should live to be blind and deaf I know I shall see and hear you, in my fancy, to the last of my dim old days!’

Mrs Boffin wept most heartily, and embraced her with all fondness; but said not one single word except that she was her dear girl. She said that often enough, to be sure, for she said it over and over again; but not one word else.

Bella broke from her at length, and was going weeping out of the room, when in her own little queer affectionate way, she half relented towards Mr Boffin.

‘I am very glad,’ sobbed Bella, ‘that I called you names, sir, because you richly deserved it. But I am very sorry that I called you names, because you used to be so different. Say good-bye!’

‘Good-bye,’ said Mr Boffin, shortly.

‘If I knew which of your hands was the least spoilt, I would ask you to let me touch it,’ said Bella, ‘for the last time. But not because I repent of what I have said to you. For I don’t. It’s true!’

‘Try the left hand,’ said Mr Boffin, holding it out in a stolid manner; ‘it’s the least used.’

‘You have been wonderfully good and kind to me,’ said Bella, ‘and I kiss it for that. You have been as bad as bad could be to Mr Rokesmith, and I throw it away for that. Thank you for myself, and good-bye!’

‘Good-bye,’ said Mr Boffin as before.

Bella caught him round the neck and kissed him, and ran out for ever.

She ran up-stairs, and sat down on the floor in her own room, and cried abundantly. But the day was declining and she had no time to lose. She opened all the places where she kept her dresses; selected only those she had brought with her, leaving all the rest; and made a great misshapen bundle of them, to be sent for afterwards.

‘I won’t take one of the others,’ said Bella, tying the knots of the bundle very tight, in the severity of her resolution. ‘I’ll leave all the presents behind, and begin again entirely on my own account.’ That the resolution might be thoroughly carried into practice, she even changed the dress she wore, for that in which she had come to the grand mansion. Even the bonnet she put on, was the bonnet that had mounted into the Boffin chariot at Holloway.

‘Now, I am complete,’ said Bella. ‘It’s a little trying, but I have steeped my eyes in cold water, and I won’t cry any more. You have been a pleasant room to me, dear room. Adieu! We shall never see each other again.’

With a parting kiss of her fingers to it, she softly closed the door and went with a light foot down the great staircase, pausing and listening as she went, that she might meet none of the household. No one chanced to be about, and she got down to the hall in quiet. The door of the late Secretary’s room stood open. She peeped in as she passed, and divined from the emptiness of his table, and the general appearance of things, that he was already gone. Softly opening the great hall door, and softly closing it upon herself, she turned and kissed it on the outside—insensible old combination of wood and iron that it was!—before she ran away from the house at a swift pace.

‘That was well done!’ panted Bella, slackening in the next street, and subsiding into a walk. ‘If I had left myself any breath to cry with, I should have cried again. Now poor dear darling little Pa, you are going to see your lovely woman unexpectedly.’

Chapter 16

THE FEAST OF THE THREE HOBGOBLINS

The City looked unpromising enough, as Bella made her way along its gritty streets. Most of its money-mills were slackening sail, or had left off grinding for the day. The master-millers had already departed, and the journeymen were departing. There was a jaded aspect on the business lanes and courts, and the very pavements had a weary appearance, confused by the tread of a million of feet. There must be hours of night to temper down the day’s distraction of so feverish a place. As yet the worry of the newly-stopped whirling and grinding on the part of the money-mills seemed to linger in the air, and the quiet was more like the prostration of a spent giant than the repose of one who was renewing his strength.

If Bella thought, as she glanced at the mighty Bank, how agreeable it would be to have an hour’s gardening there, with a bright copper shovel, among the money, still she was not in an avaricious vein. Much improved in that respect, and with certain half-formed images which had little gold in their composition, dancing before her bright eyes, she arrived in the drug-flavoured region of Mincing Lane, with the sensation of having just opened a drawer in a chemist’s shop.

The counting-house of Chicksey, Veneering, and Stobbles was pointed out by an elderly female accustomed to the care of offices, who dropped upon Bella out of a public-house, wiping her mouth, and accounted for its humidity on natural principles well known to the physical sciences, by explaining that she had looked in at the door to see what o’clock it was. The counting-house was a wall-eyed ground floor by a dark gateway, and Bella was considering, as she approached it, could there be any precedent in the City for her going in and asking for R. Wilfer, when whom should she see, sitting at one of the windows with the plate-glass sash raised, but R. Wilfer himself, preparing to take a slight refection.

On approaching nearer, Bella discerned that the refection had the appearance of a small cottage-loaf and a pennyworth of milk. Simultaneously with this discovery on her part, her father discovered her, and invoked the echoes of Mincing Lane to exclaim ‘My gracious me!’

He then came cherubically flying out without a hat, and embraced her, and handed her in. ‘For it’s after hours and I am all alone, my dear,’ he explained, ‘and am having—as I sometimes do when they are all gone—a quiet tea.’

Looking round the office, as if her father were a captive and this his cell, Bella hugged him and choked him to her heart’s content.

‘I never was so surprised, my dear!’ said her father. ‘I couldn’t believe my eyes. Upon my life, I thought they had taken to lying! The idea of your coming down the Lane yourself! Why didn’t you send the footman down the Lane, my dear?’

‘I have brought no footman with me, Pa.’

‘Oh indeed! But you have brought the elegant turn-out, my love?’

‘No, Pa.’

‘You never can have walked, my dear?’

‘Yes, I have, Pa.’

He looked so very much astonished, that Bella could not make up her mind to break it to him just yet.

‘The consequence is, Pa, that your lovely woman feels a little faint, and would very much like to share your tea.’

The cottage loaf and the pennyworth of milk had been set forth on a sheet of paper on the window-seat. The cherubic pocket-knife, with the first bit of the loaf still on its point, lay beside them where it had been hastily thrown down. Bella took the bit off, and put it in her mouth. ‘My dear child,’ said her father, ‘the idea of your partaking of such lowly fare! But at least you must have your own loaf and your own penn’orth. One moment, my dear. The Dairy is just over the way and round the corner.’

Regardless of Bella’s dissuasions he ran out, and quickly returned with the new supply. ‘My dear child,’ he said, as he spread it on another piece of paper before her, ‘the idea of a splendid—!’ and then looked at her figure, and stopped short.

‘What’s the matter, Pa?’

‘—of a splendid female,’ he resumed more slowly, ‘putting up with such accommodation as the present!—Is that a new dress you have on, my dear?’

‘No, Pa, an old one. Don’t you remember it?’

‘Why, I THOUGHT I remembered it, my dear!’

‘You should, for you bought it, Pa.’

‘Yes, I THOUGHT I bought it my dear!’ said the cherub, giving himself a little shake, as if to rouse his faculties.

‘And have you grown so fickle that you don’t like your own taste, Pa dear?’

Well, my love,’ he returned, swallowing a bit of the cottage loaf with considerable effort, for it seemed to stick by the way: ‘I should have thought it was hardly sufficiently splendid for existing circumstances.’

‘And so, Pa,’ said Bella, moving coaxingly to his side instead of remaining opposite, ‘you sometimes have a quiet tea here all alone? I am not in the tea’s way, if I draw my arm over your shoulder like this, Pa?’

‘Yes, my dear, and no, my dear. Yes to the first question, and Certainly Not to the second. Respecting the quiet tea, my dear, why you see the occupations of the day are sometimes a little wearing; and if there’s nothing interposed between the day and your mother, why SHE is sometimes a little wearing, too.’

‘I know, Pa.’

‘Yes, my dear. So sometimes I put a quiet tea at the window here, with a little quiet contemplation of the Lane (which comes soothing), between the day, and domestic—’

‘Bliss,’ suggested Bella, sorrowfully.

‘And domestic Bliss,’ said her father, quite contented to accept the phrase.

Bella kissed him. ‘And it is in this dark dingy place of captivity, poor dear, that you pass all the hours of your life when you are not at home?’

‘Not at home, or not on the road there, or on the road here, my love. Yes. You see that little desk in the corner?’

‘In the dark corner, furthest both from the light and from the fireplace? The shabbiest desk of all the desks?’

‘Now, does it really strike you in that point of view, my dear?’ said her father, surveying it artistically with his head on one side: ‘that’s mine. That’s called Rumty’s Perch.’

‘Whose Perch?’ asked Bella with great indignation.

‘Rumty’s. You see, being rather high and up two steps they call it a Perch. And they call ME Rumty.’

‘How dare they!’ exclaimed Bella.

‘They’re playful, Bella my dear; they’re playful. They’re more or less younger than I am, and they’re playful. What does it matter? It might be Surly, or Sulky, or fifty disagreeable things that I really shouldn’t like to be considered. But Rumty! Lor, why not Rumty?’

To inflict a heavy disappointment on this sweet nature, which had been, through all her caprices, the object of her recognition, love, and admiration from infancy, Bella felt to be the hardest task of her hard day. ‘I should have done better,’ she thought, ‘to tell him at first; I should have done better to tell him just now, when he had some slight misgiving; he is quite happy again, and I shall make him wretched.’

He was falling back on his loaf and milk, with the pleasantest composure, and Bella stealing her arm a little closer about him, and at the same time sticking up his hair with an irresistible propensity to play with him founded on the habit of her whole life, had prepared herself to say: ‘Pa dear, don’t be cast down, but I must tell you something disagreeable!’ when he interrupted her in an unlooked-for manner.

‘My gracious me!’ he exclaimed, invoking the Mincing Lane echoes as before. ‘This is very extraordinary!’

‘What is, Pa?’

‘Why here’s Mr Rokesmith now!’

‘No, no, Pa, no,’ cried Bella, greatly flurried. ‘Surely not.’

‘Yes there is! Look here!’

Sooth to say, Mr Rokesmith not only passed the window, but came into the counting-house. And not only came into the counting-house, but, finding himself alone there with Bella and her father, rushed at Bella and caught her in his arms, with the rapturous words ‘My dear, dear girl; my gallant, generous, disinterested, courageous, noble girl!’ And not only that even, (which one might have thought astonishment enough for one dose), but Bella, after hanging her head for a moment, lifted it up and laid it on his breast, as if that were her head’s chosen and lasting resting-place!

‘I knew you would come to him, and I followed you,’ said Rokesmith. ‘My love, my life! You ARE mine?’

To which Bella responded, ‘Yes, I AM yours if you think me worth taking!’ And after that, seemed to shrink to next to nothing in the clasp of his arms, partly because it was such a strong one on his part, and partly because there was such a yielding to it on hers.

The cherub, whose hair would have done for itself under the influence of this amazing spectacle, what Bella had just now done for it, staggered back into the window-seat from which he had risen, and surveyed the pair with his eyes dilated to their utmost.

‘But we must think of dear Pa,’ said Bella; ‘I haven’t told dear Pa; let us speak to Pa.’ Upon which they turned to do so.

‘I wish first, my dear,’ remarked the cherub faintly, ‘that you’d have the kindness to sprinkle me with a little milk, for I feel as if I was—Going.’

In fact, the good little fellow had become alarmingly limp, and his senses seemed to be rapidly escaping, from the knees upward. Bella sprinkled him with kisses instead of milk, but gave him a little of that article to drink; and he gradually revived under her caressing care.

‘We’ll break it to you gently, dearest Pa,’ said Bella.

‘My dear,’ returned the cherub, looking at them both, ‘you broke so much in the first—Gush, if I may so express myself—that I think I am equal to a good large breakage now.’

‘Mr Wilfer,’ said John Rokesmith, excitedly and joyfully, ‘Bella takes me, though I have no fortune, even no present occupation; nothing but what I can get in the life before us. Bella takes me!’

‘Yes, I should rather have inferred, my dear sir,’ returned the cherub feebly, ‘that Bella took you, from what I have within these few minutes remarked.’

‘You don’t know, Pa,’ said Bella, ‘how ill I have used him!’

‘You don’t know, sir,’ said Rokesmith, ‘what a heart she has!’

‘You don’t know, Pa,’ said Bella, ‘what a shocking creature I was growing, when he saved me from myself!’

‘You don’t know, sir,’ said Rokesmith, ‘what a sacrifice she has made for me!’

‘My dear Bella,’ replied the cherub, still pathetically scared, ‘and my dear John Rokesmith, if you will allow me so to call you—’

‘Yes do, Pa, do!’ urged Bella. ‘I allow you, and my will is his law. Isn’t it—dear John Rokesmith?’

There was an engaging shyness in Bella, coupled with an engaging tenderness of love and confidence and pride, in thus first calling him by name, which made it quite excusable in John Rokesmith to do what he did. What he did was, once more to give her the appearance of vanishing as aforesaid.

‘I think, my dears,’ observed the cherub, ‘that if you could make it convenient to sit one on one side of me, and the other on the other, we should get on rather more consecutively, and make things rather plainer. John Rokesmith mentioned, a while ago, that he had no present occupation.’

‘None,’ said Rokesmith.

‘No, Pa, none,’ said Bella.

‘From which I argue,’ proceeded the cherub, ‘that he has left Mr Boffin?’

‘Yes, Pa. And so—’

‘Stop a bit, my dear. I wish to lead up to it by degrees. And that Mr Boffin has not treated him well?’

‘Has treated him most shamefully, dear Pa!’ cried Bella with a flashing face.

‘Of which,’ pursued the cherub, enjoining patience with his hand, ‘a certain mercenary young person distantly related to myself, could not approve? Am I leading up to it right?’

‘Could not approve, sweet Pa,’ said Bella, with a tearful laugh and a joyful kiss.

‘Upon which,’ pursued the cherub, ‘the certain mercenary young person distantly related to myself, having previously observed and mentioned to myself that prosperity was spoiling Mr Boffin, felt that she must not sell her sense of what was right and what was wrong, and what was true and what was false, and what was just and what was unjust, for any price that could be paid to her by any one alive? Am I leading up to it right?’

With another tearful laugh Bella joyfully kissed him again.

‘And therefore—and therefore,’ the cherub went on in a glowing voice, as Bella’s hand stole gradually up his waistcoat to his neck, ‘this mercenary young person distantly related to myself, refused the price, took off the splendid fashions that were part of it, put on the comparatively poor dress that I had last given her, and trusting to my supporting her in what was right, came straight to me. Have I led up to it?’

Bella’s hand was round his neck by this time, and her face was on it.

‘The mercenary young person distantly related to myself,’ said her good father, ‘did well! The mercenary young person distantly related to myself, did not trust to me in vain! I admire this mercenary young person distantly related to myself, more in this dress than if she had come to me in China silks, Cashmere shawls, and Golconda diamonds. I love this young person dearly. I say to the man of this young person’s heart, out of my heart and with all of it, “My blessing on this engagement betwixt you, and she brings you a good fortune when she brings you the poverty she has accepted for your sake and the honest truth’s!”’

The stanch little man’s voice failed him as he gave John Rokesmith his hand, and he was silent, bending his face low over his daughter. But, not for long. He soon looked up, saying in a sprightly tone:

‘And now, my dear child, if you think you can entertain John Rokesmith for a minute and a half, I’ll run over to the Dairy, and fetch HIM a cottage loaf and a drink of milk, that we may all have tea together.’

It was, as Bella gaily said, like the supper provided for the three nursery hobgoblins at their house in the forest, without their thunderous low growlings of the alarming discovery, ‘Somebody’s been drinking MY milk!’ It was a delicious repast; by far the most delicious that Bella, or John Rokesmith, or even R. Wilfer had ever made. The uncongenial oddity of its surroundings, with the two brass knobs of the iron safe of Chicksey, Veneering, and Stobbles staring from a corner, like the eyes of some dull dragon, only made it the more delightful.

‘To think,’ said the cherub, looking round the office with unspeakable enjoyment, ‘that anything of a tender nature should come off here, is what tickles me. To think that ever I should have seen my Bella folded in the arms of her future husband, HERE, you know!’

It was not until the cottage loaves and the milk had for some time disappeared, and the foreshadowings of night were creeping over Mincing Lane, that the cherub by degrees became a little nervous, and said to Bella, as he cleared his throat:

‘Hem!—Have you thought at all about your mother, my dear?’

‘Yes, Pa.’

‘And your sister Lavvy, for instance, my dear?’

‘Yes, Pa. I think we had better not enter into particulars at home. I think it will be quite enough to say that I had a difference with Mr Boffin, and have left for good.’

‘John Rokesmith being acquainted with your Ma, my love,’ said her father, after some slight hesitation, ‘I need have no delicacy in hinting before him that you may perhaps find your Ma a little wearing.’

‘A little, patient Pa?’ said Bella with a tuneful laugh: the tune fuller for being so loving in its tone.

Well! We’ll say, strictly in confidence among ourselves, wearing; we won’t qualify it,’ the cherub stoutly admitted. ‘And your sister’s temper is wearing.’

‘I don’t mind, Pa.’

‘And you must prepare yourself you know, my precious,’ said her father, with much gentleness, ‘for our looking very poor and meagre at home, and being at the best but very uncomfortable, after Mr Boffin’s house.’

‘I don’t mind, Pa. I could bear much harder trials—for John.’

The closing words were not so softly and blushingly said but that John heard them, and showed that he heard them by again assisting Bella to another of those mysterious disappearances.

Well!’ said the cherub gaily, and not expressing disapproval, ‘when you—when you come back from retirement, my love, and reappear on the surface, I think it will be time to lock up and go.’

If the counting-house of Chicksey, Veneering, and Stobbles had ever been shut up by three happier people, glad as most people were to shut it up, they must have been superlatively happy indeed. But first Bella mounted upon Rumty’s Perch, and said, ‘Show me what you do here all day long, dear Pa. Do you write like this?’ laying her round cheek upon her plump left arm, and losing sight of her pen in waves of hair, in a highly unbusiness-like manner. Though John Rokesmith seemed to like it.

So, the three hobgoblins, having effaced all traces of their feast, and swept up the crumbs, came out of Mincing Lane to walk to Holloway; and if two of the hobgoblins didn’t wish the distance twice as long as it was, the third hobgoblin was much mistaken. Indeed, that modest spirit deemed himself so much in the way of their deep enjoyment of the journey, that he apologetically remarked: ‘I think, my dears, I’ll take the lead on the other side of the road, and seem not to belong to you.’ Which he did, cherubically strewing the path with smiles, in the absence of flowers.

It was almost ten o’clock when they stopped within view of Wilfer Castle; and then, the spot being quiet and deserted, Bella began a series of disappearances which threatened to last all night.

‘I think, John,’ the cherub hinted at last, ‘that if you can spare me the young person distantly related to myself, I’ll take her in.’

‘I can’t spare her,’ answered John, ‘but I must lend her to you.—My Darling!’ A word of magic which caused Bella instantly to disappear again.

‘Now, dearest Pa,’ said Bella, when she became visible, ‘put your hand in mine, and we’ll run home as fast as ever we can run, and get it over. Now, Pa. Once!—’

‘My dear,’ the cherub faltered, with something of a craven air, ‘I was going to observe that if your mother—’

‘You mustn’t hang back, sir, to gain time,’ cried Bella, putting out her right foot; ‘do you see that, sir? That’s the mark; come up to the mark, sir. Once! Twice! Three times and away, Pa!’ Off she skimmed, bearing the cherub along, nor ever stopped, nor suffered him to stop, until she had pulled at the bell. ‘Now, dear Pa,’ said Bella, taking him by both ears as if he were a pitcher, and conveying his face to her rosy lips, ‘we are in for it!’

Miss Lavvy came out to open the gate, waited on by that attentive cavalier and friend of the family, Mr George Sampson. ‘Why, it’s never Bella!’ exclaimed Miss Lavvy starting back at the sight. And then bawled, ‘Ma! Here’s Bella!’

This produced, before they could get into the house, Mrs Wilfer. Who, standing in the portal, received them with ghostly gloom, and all her other appliances of ceremony.

‘My child is welcome, though unlooked for,’ said she, at the time presenting her cheek as if it were a cool slate for visitors to enrol themselves upon. ‘You too, R. W., are welcome, though late. Does the male domestic of Mrs Boffin hear me there?’ This deep-toned inquiry was cast forth into the night, for response from the menial in question.

‘There is no one waiting, Ma, dear,’ said Bella.

‘There is no one waiting?’ repeated Mrs Wilfer in majestic accents.

‘No, Ma, dear.’

A dignified shiver pervaded Mrs Wilfer’s shoulders and gloves, as who should say, ‘An Enigma!’ and then she marched at the head of the procession to the family keeping-room, where she observed:

‘Unless, R. W.:’ who started on being solemnly turned upon: ‘you have taken the precaution of making some addition to our frugal supper on your way home, it will prove but a distasteful one to Bella. Cold neck of mutton and a lettuce can ill compete with the luxuries of Mr Boffin’s board.’

‘Pray don’t talk like that, Ma dear,’ said Bella; ‘Mr Boffin’s board is nothing to me.’

But, here Miss Lavinia, who had been intently eyeing Bella’s bonnet, struck in with ‘Why, Bella!’

‘Yes, Lavvy, I know.’

The Irrepressible lowered her eyes to Bella’s dress, and stooped to look at it, exclaiming again: ‘Why, Bella!’

‘Yes, Lavvy, I know what I have got on. I was going to tell Ma when you interrupted. I have left Mr Boffin’s house for good, Ma, and I have come home again.’

Mrs Wilfer spake no word, but, having glared at her offspring for a minute or two in an awful silence, retired into her corner of state backward, and sat down: like a frozen article on sale in a Russian market.

‘In short, dear Ma,’ said Bella, taking off the depreciated bonnet and shaking out her hair, ‘I have had a very serious difference with Mr Boffin on the subject of his treatment of a member of his household, and it’s a final difference, and there’s an end of all.’

‘And I am bound to tell you, my dear,’ added R. W., submissively, ‘that Bella has acted in a truly brave spirit, and with a truly right feeling. And therefore I hope, my dear, you’ll not allow yourself to be greatly disappointed.’

‘George!’ said Miss Lavvy, in a sepulchral, warning voice, founded on her mother’s; ‘George Sampson, speak! What did I tell you about those Boffins?’

Mr Sampson perceiving his frail bark to be labouring among shoals and breakers, thought it safest not to refer back to any particular thing that he had been told, lest he should refer back to the wrong thing. With admirable seamanship he got his bark into deep water by murmuring ‘Yes indeed.’

‘Yes! I told George Sampson, as George Sampson tells you,’ said Miss Lavvy, ‘that those hateful Boffins would pick a quarrel with Bella, as soon as her novelty had worn off. Have they done it, or have they not? Was I right, or was I wrong? And what do you say to us, Bella, of your Boffins now?’

‘Lavvy and Ma,’ said Bella, ‘I say of Mr and Mrs Boffin what I always have said; and I always shall say of them what I always have said. But nothing will induce me to quarrel with any one to-night. I hope you are not sorry to see me, Ma dear,’ kissing her; ‘and I hope you are not sorry to see me, Lavvy,’ kissing her too; ‘and as I notice the lettuce Ma mentioned, on the table, I’ll make the salad.’

Bella playfully setting herself about the task, Mrs Wilfer’s impressive countenance followed her with glaring eyes, presenting a combination of the once popular sign of the Saracen’s Head, with a piece of Dutch clock-work, and suggesting to an imaginative mind that from the composition of the salad, her daughter might prudently omit the vinegar. But no word issued from the majestic matron’s lips. And this was more terrific to her husband (as perhaps she knew) than any flow of eloquence with which she could have edified the company.

‘Now, Ma dear,’ said Bella in due course, ‘the salad’s ready, and it’s past supper-time.’

Mrs Wilfer rose, but remained speechless. ‘George!’ said Miss Lavinia in her voice of warning, ‘Ma’s chair!’ Mr Sampson flew to the excellent lady’s back, and followed her up close chair in hand, as she stalked to the banquet. Arrived at the table, she took her rigid seat, after favouring Mr Sampson with a glare for himself, which caused the young gentleman to retire to his place in much confusion.

The cherub not presuming to address so tremendous an object, transacted her supper through the agency of a third person, as ‘Mutton to your Ma, Bella, my dear’; and ‘Lavvy, I dare say your Ma would take some lettuce if you were to put it on her plate.’ Mrs Wilfer’s manner of receiving those viands was marked by petrified absence of mind; in which state, likewise, she partook of them, occasionally laying down her knife and fork, as saying within her own spirit, ‘What is this I am doing?’ and glaring at one or other of the party, as if in indignant search of information. A magnetic result of such glaring was, that the person glared at could not by any means successfully pretend to be ignorant of the fact: so that a bystander, without beholding Mrs Wilfer at all, must have known at whom she was glaring, by seeing her refracted from the countenance of the beglared one.

Miss Lavinia was extremely affable to Mr Sampson on this special occasion, and took the opportunity of informing her sister why.

‘It was not worth troubling you about, Bella, when you were in a sphere so far removed from your family as to make it a matter in which you could be expected to take very little interest,’ said Lavinia with a toss of her chin; ‘but George Sampson is paying his addresses to me.’

Bella was glad to hear it. Mr Sampson became thoughtfully red, and felt called upon to encircle Miss Lavinia’s waist with his arm; but, encountering a large pin in the young lady’s belt, scarified a finger, uttered a sharp exclamation, and attracted the lightning of Mrs Wilfer’s glare.

‘George is getting on very well,’ said Miss Lavinia which might not have been supposed at the moment—‘and I dare say we shall be married, one of these days. I didn’t care to mention it when you were with your Bof—’ here Miss Lavinia checked herself in a bounce, and added more placidly, ‘when you were with Mr and Mrs Boffin; but now I think it sisterly to name the circumstance.’

‘Thank you, Lavvy dear. I congratulate you.’

‘Thank you, Bella. The truth is, George and I did discuss whether I should tell you; but I said to George that you wouldn’t be much interested in so paltry an affair, and that it was far more likely you would rather detach yourself from us altogether, than have him added to the rest of us.’

‘That was a mistake, dear Lavvy,’ said Bella.

‘It turns out to be,’ replied Miss Lavinia; ‘but circumstances have changed, you know, my dear. George is in a new situation, and his prospects are very good indeed. I shouldn’t have had the courage to tell you so yesterday, when you would have thought his prospects poor, and not worth notice; but I feel quite bold tonight.’

‘When did you begin to feel timid, Lavvy?’ inquired Bella, with a smile.

‘I didn’t say that I ever felt timid, Bella,’ replied the Irrepressible. ‘But perhaps I might have said, if I had not been restrained by delicacy towards a sister’s feelings, that I have for some time felt independent; too independent, my dear, to subject myself to have my intended match (you’ll prick yourself again, George) looked down upon. It is not that I could have blamed you for looking down upon it, when you were looking up to a rich and great match, Bella; it is only that I was independent.’

Whether the Irrepressible felt slighted by Bella’s declaration that she would not quarrel, or whether her spitefulness was evoked by Bella’s return to the sphere of Mr George Sampson’s courtship, or whether it was a necessary fillip to her spirits that she should come into collision with somebody on the present occasion,—anyhow she made a dash at her stately parent now, with the greatest impetuosity.

‘Ma, pray don’t sit staring at me in that intensely aggravating manner! If you see a black on my nose, tell me so; if you don’t, leave me alone.’

‘Do you address Me in those words?’ said Mrs Wilfer. ‘Do you presume?’

‘Don’t talk about presuming, Ma, for goodness’ sake. A girl who is old enough to be engaged, is quite old enough to object to be stared at as if she was a Clock.’

‘Audacious one!’ said Mrs Wilfer. ‘Your grandmamma, if so addressed by one of her daughters, at any age, would have insisted on her retiring to a dark apartment.’

‘My grandmamma,’ returned Lavvy, folding her arms and leaning back in her chair, ‘wouldn’t have sat staring people out of countenance, I think.’

‘She would!’ said Mrs Wilfer.

‘Then it’s a pity she didn’t know better,’ said Lavvy. ‘And if my grandmamma wasn’t in her dotage when she took to insisting on people’s retiring to dark apartments, she ought to have been. A pretty exhibition my grandmamma must have made of herself! I wonder whether she ever insisted on people’s retiring into the ball of St Paul’s; and if she did, how she got them there!’

Silence!’ proclaimed Mrs Wilfer. ‘I command silence!’

‘I have not the slightest intention of being silent, Ma,’ returned Lavinia coolly, ‘but quite the contrary. I am not going to be eyed as if I had come from the Boffins, and sit silent under it. I am not going to have George Sampson eyed as if HE had come from the Boffins, and sit silent under it. If Pa thinks proper to be eyed as if HE had come from the Boffins also, well and good. I don’t choose to. And I won’t!’

Lavinia’s engineering having made this crooked opening at Bella, Mrs Wilfer strode into it.

‘You rebellious spirit! You mutinous child! Tell me this, Lavinia. If in violation of your mother’s sentiments, you had condescended to allow yourself to be patronized by the Boffins, and if you had come from those halls of slavery—’

‘That’s mere nonsense, Ma,’ said Lavinia.

‘How!’ exclaimed Mrs Wilfer, with sublime severity.

‘Halls of slavery, Ma, is mere stuff and nonsense,’ returned the unmoved Irrepressible.

‘I say, presumptuous child, if you had come from the neighbourhood of Portland Place, bending under the yoke of patronage and attended by its domestics in glittering garb to visit me, do you think my deep-seated feelings could have been expressed in looks?’

‘All I think about it, is,’ returned Lavinia, ‘that I should wish them expressed to the right person.’

‘And if,’ pursued her mother, ‘if making light of my warnings that the face of Mrs Boffin alone was a face teeming with evil, you had clung to Mrs Boffin instead of to me, and had after all come home rejected by Mrs Boffin, trampled under foot by Mrs Boffin, and cast out by Mrs Boffin, do you think my feelings could have been expressed in looks?’

Lavinia was about replying to her honoured parent that she might as well have dispensed with her looks altogether then, when Bella rose and said, ‘Good night, dear Ma. I have had a tiring day, and I’ll go to bed.’ This broke up the agreeable party. Mr George Sampson shortly afterwards took his leave, accompanied by Miss Lavinia with a candle as far as the hall, and without a candle as far as the garden gate; Mrs Wilfer, washing her hands of the Boffins, went to bed after the manner of Lady Macbeth; and R. W. was left alone among the dilapidations of the supper table, in a melancholy attitude.

But, a light footstep roused him from his meditations, and it was Bella’s. Her pretty hair was hanging all about her, and she had tripped down softly, brush in hand, and barefoot, to say good-night to him.

‘My dear, you most unquestionably ARE a lovely woman,’ said the cherub, taking up a tress in his hand.

‘Look here, sir,’ said Bella; ‘when your lovely woman marries, you shall have that piece if you like, and she’ll make you a chain of it. Would you prize that remembrance of the dear creature?’

‘Yes, my precious.’

‘Then you shall have it if you’re good, sir. I am very, very sorry, dearest Pa, to have brought home all this trouble.’

‘My pet,’ returned her father, in the simplest good faith, ‘don’t make yourself uneasy about that. It really is not worth mentioning, because things at home would have taken pretty much the same turn any way. If your mother and sister don’t find one subject to get at times a little wearing on, they find another. We’re never out of a wearing subject, my dear, I assure you. I am afraid you find your old room with Lavvy, dreadfully inconvenient, Bella?’

‘No I don’t, Pa; I don’t mind. Why don’t I mind, do you think, Pa?’

Well, my child, you used to complain of it when it wasn’t such a contrast as it must be now. Upon my word, I can only answer, because you are so much improved.’

‘No, Pa. Because I am so thankful and so happy!’

Here she choked him until her long hair made him sneeze, and then she laughed until she made him laugh, and then she choked him again that they might not be overheard.

‘Listen, sir,’ said Bella. ‘Your lovely woman was told her fortune to night on her way home. It won’t be a large fortune, because if the lovely woman’s Intended gets a certain appointment that he hopes to get soon, she will marry on a hundred and fifty pounds a year. But that’s at first, and even if it should never be more, the lovely woman will make it quite enough. But that’s not all, sir. In the fortune there’s a certain fair man—a little man, the fortune-teller said—who, it seems, will always find himself near the lovely woman, and will always have kept, expressly for him, such a peaceful corner in the lovely woman’s little house as never was. Tell me the name of that man, sir.’

‘Is he a Knave in the pack of cards?’ inquired the cherub, with a twinkle in his eyes.

‘Yes!’ cried Bella, in high glee, choking him again. ‘He’s the Knave of Wilfers! Dear Pa, the lovely woman means to look forward to this fortune that has been told for her, so delightfully, and to cause it to make her a much better lovely woman than she ever has been yet. What the little fair man is expected to do, sir, is to look forward to it also, by saying to himself when he is in danger of being over-worried, “I see land at last!”

‘I see land at last!’ repeated her father.

‘There’s a dear Knave of Wilfers!’ exclaimed Bella; then putting out her small white bare foot, ‘That’s the mark, sir. Come to the mark. Put your boot against it. We keep to it together, mind! Now, sir, you may kiss the lovely woman before she runs away, so thankful and so happy. O yes, fair little man, so thankful and so happy!’

Chapter 17

A SOCIAL CHORUS

Amazement sits enthroned upon the countenances of Mr and Mrs Alfred Lammle’s circle of acquaintance, when the disposal of their first-class furniture and effects (including a Billiard Table in capital letters), ‘by auction, under a bill of sale,’ is publicly announced on a waving hearthrug in Sackville Street. But, nobody is half so much amazed as Hamilton Veneering, Esquire, M.P. for Pocket-Breaches, who instantly begins to find out that the Lammles are the only people ever entered on his soul’s register, who are NOT the oldest and dearest friends he has in the world. Mrs Veneering, W.M.P. for Pocket-Breaches, like a faithful wife shares her husband’s discovery and inexpressible astonishment. Perhaps the Veneerings twain may deem the last unutterable feeling particularly due to their reputation, by reason that once upon a time some of the longer heads in the City are whispered to have shaken themselves, when Veneering’s extensive dealings and great wealth were mentioned. But, it is certain that neither Mr nor Mrs Veneering can find words to wonder in, and it becomes necessary that they give to the oldest and dearest friends they have in the world, a wondering dinner.

For, it is by this time noticeable that, whatever befals, the Veneerings must give a dinner upon it. Lady Tippins lives in a chronic state of invitation to dine with the Veneerings, and in a chronic state of inflammation arising from the dinners. Boots and Brewer go about in cabs, with no other intelligible business on earth than to beat up people to come and dine with the Veneerings. Veneering pervades the legislative lobbies, intent upon entrapping his fellow-legislators to dinner. Mrs Veneering dined with five-and-twenty bran-new faces over night; calls upon them all to day; sends them every one a dinner-card to-morrow, for the week after next; before that dinner is digested, calls upon their brothers and sisters, their sons and daughters, their nephews and nieces, their aunts and uncles and cousins, and invites them all to dinner. And still, as at first, howsoever, the dining circle widens, it is to be observed that all the diners are consistent in appearing to go to the Veneerings, not to dine with Mr and Mrs Veneering (which would seem to be the last thing in their minds), but to dine with one another.

Perhaps, after all,—who knows?—Veneering may find this dining, though expensive, remunerative, in the sense that it makes champions. Mr Podsnap, as a representative man, is not alone in caring very particularly for his own dignity, if not for that of his acquaintances, and therefore in angrily supporting the acquaintances who have taken out his Permit, lest, in their being lessened, he should be. The gold and silver camels, and the ice-pails, and the rest of the Veneering table decorations, make a brilliant show, and when I, Podsnap, casually remark elsewhere that I dined last Monday with a gorgeous caravan of camels, I find it personally offensive to have it hinted to me that they are broken-kneed camels, or camels labouring under suspicion of any sort. ‘I don’t display camels myself, I am above them: I am a more solid man; but these camels have basked in the light of my countenance, and how dare you, sir, insinuate to me that I have irradiated any but unimpeachable camels?’

The camels are polishing up in the Analytical’s pantry for the dinner of wonderment on the occasion of the Lammles going to pieces, and Mr Twemlow feels a little queer on the sofa at his lodgings over the stable yard in Duke Street, Saint James’s, in consequence of having taken two advertised pills at about mid-day, on the faith of the printed representation accompanying the box (price one and a penny halfpenny, government stamp included), that the same ‘will be found highly salutary as a precautionary measure in connection with the pleasures of the table.’ To whom, while sickly with the fancy of an insoluble pill sticking in his gullet, and also with the sensation of a deposit of warm gum languidly wandering within him a little lower down, a servant enters with the announcement that a lady wishes to speak with him.

‘A lady!’ says Twemlow, pluming his ruffled feathers. ‘Ask the favour of the lady’s name.’

The lady’s name is Lammle. The lady will not detain Mr Twemlow longer than a very few minutes. The lady is sure that Mr Twemlow will do her the kindness to see her, on being told that she particularly desires a short interview. The lady has no doubt whatever of Mr Twemlow’s compliance when he hears her name. Has begged the servant to be particular not to mistake her name. Would have sent in a card, but has none.

‘Show the lady in.’ Lady shown in, comes in.

Mr Twemlow’s little rooms are modestly furnished, in an old-fashioned manner (rather like the housekeeper’s room at Snigsworthy Park), and would be bare of mere ornament, were it not for a full-length engraving of the sublime Snigsworth over the chimneypiece, snorting at a Corinthian column, with an enormous roll of paper at his feet, and a heavy curtain going to tumble down on his head; those accessories being understood to represent the noble lord as somehow in the act of saving his country.

‘Pray take a seat, Mrs Lammle.’ Mrs Lammle takes a seat and opens the conversation.

‘I have no doubt, Mr Twemlow, that you have heard of a reverse of fortune having befallen us. Of course you have heard of it, for no kind of news travels so fast—among one’s friends especially.’

Mindful of the wondering dinner, Twemlow, with a little twinge, admits the imputation.

‘Probably it will not,’ says Mrs Lammle, with a certain hardened manner upon her, that makes Twemlow shrink, ‘have surprised you so much as some others, after what passed between us at the house which is now turned out at windows. I have taken the liberty of calling upon you, Mr Twemlow, to add a sort of postscript to what I said that day.’

Mr Twemlow’s dry and hollow cheeks become more dry and hollow at the prospect of some new complication.

‘Really,’ says the uneasy little gentleman, ‘really, Mrs Lammle, I should take it as a favour if you could excuse me from any further confidence. It has ever been one of the objects of my life—which, unfortunately, has not had many objects—to be inoffensive, and to keep out of cabals and interferences.’

Mrs Lammle, by far the more observant of the two, scarcely finds it necessary to look at Twemlow while he speaks, so easily does she read him.

‘My postscript—to retain the term I have used’—says Mrs Lammle, fixing her eyes on his face, to enforce what she says herself—‘coincides exactly with what you say, Mr Twemlow. So far from troubling you with any new confidence, I merely wish to remind you what the old one was. So far from asking you for interference, I merely wish to claim your strict neutrality.’

Twemlow going on to reply, she rests her eyes again, knowing her ears to be quite enough for the contents of so weak a vessel.

‘I can, I suppose,’ says Twemlow, nervously, ‘offer no reasonable objection to hearing anything that you do me the honour to wish to say to me under those heads. But if I may, with all possible delicacy and politeness, entreat you not to range beyond them, I—I beg to do so.’

‘Sir,’ says Mrs Lammle, raising her eyes to his face again, and quite daunting him with her hardened manner, ‘I imparted to you a certain piece of knowledge, to be imparted again, as you thought best, to a certain person.’

‘Which I did,’ says Twemlow.

‘And for doing which, I thank you; though, indeed, I scarcely know why I turned traitress to my husband in the matter, for the girl is a poor little fool. I was a poor little fool once myself; I can find no better reason.’ Seeing the effect she produces on him by her indifferent laugh and cold look, she keeps her eyes upon him as she proceeds. ‘Mr Twemlow, if you should chance to see my husband, or to see me, or to see both of us, in the favour or confidence of any one else—whether of our common acquaintance or not, is of no consequence—you have no right to use against us the knowledge I intrusted you with, for one special purpose which has been accomplished. This is what I came to say. It is not a stipulation; to a gentleman it is simply a reminder.’

Twemlow sits murmuring to himself with his hand to his forehead.

‘It is so plain a case,’ Mrs Lammle goes on, ‘as between me (from the first relying on your honour) and you, that I will not waste another word upon it.’ She looks steadily at Mr Twemlow, until, with a shrug, he makes her a little one-sided bow, as though saying ‘Yes, I think you have a right to rely upon me,’ and then she moistens her lips, and shows a sense of relief.

‘I trust I have kept the promise I made through your servant, that I would detain you a very few minutes. I need trouble you no longer, Mr Twemlow.’

‘Stay!’ says Twemlow, rising as she rises. ‘Pardon me a moment. I should never have sought you out, madam, to say what I am going to say, but since you have sought me out and are here, I will throw it off my mind. Was it quite consistent, in candour, with our taking that resolution against Mr Fledgeby, that you should afterwards address Mr Fledgeby as your dear and confidential friend, and entreat a favour of Mr Fledgeby? Always supposing that you did; I assert no knowledge of my own on the subject; it has been represented to me that you did.’

‘Then he told you?’ retorts Mrs Lammle, who again has saved her eyes while listening, and uses them with strong effect while speaking.

‘Yes.’

‘It is strange that he should have told you the truth,’ says Mrs Lammle, seriously pondering. ‘Pray where did a circumstance so very extraordinary happen?’

Twemlow hesitates. He is shorter than the lady as well as weaker, and, as she stands above him with her hardened manner and her well-used eyes, he finds himself at such a disadvantage that he would like to be of the opposite sex.

‘May I ask where it happened, Mr Twemlow? In strict confidence?’

‘I must confess,’ says the mild little gentleman, coming to his answer by degrees, ‘that I felt some compunctions when Mr Fledgeby mentioned it. I must admit that I could not regard myself in an agreeable light. More particularly, as Mr Fledgeby did, with great civility, which I could not feel that I deserved from him, render me the same service that you had entreated him to render you.’

It is a part of the true nobility of the poor gentleman’s soul to say this last sentence. ‘Otherwise,’ he has reflected, ‘I shall assume the superior position of having no difficulties of my own, while I know of hers. Which would be mean, very mean.’

‘Was Mr Fledgeby’s advocacy as effectual in your case as in ours?’ Mrs Lammle demands.

‘As ineffectual.’

‘Can you make up your mind to tell me where you saw Mr Fledgeby, Mr Twemlow?’

‘I beg your pardon. I fully intended to have done so. The reservation was not intentional. I encountered Mr Fledgeby, quite by accident, on the spot.—By the expression, on the spot, I mean at Mr Riah’s in Saint Mary Axe.’

‘Have you the misfortune to be in Mr Riah’s hands then?’

‘Unfortunately, madam,’ returns Twemlow, ‘the one money obligation to which I stand committed, the one debt of my life (but it is a just debt; pray observe that I don’t dispute it), has fallen into Mr Riah’s hands.’

‘Mr Twemlow,’ says Mrs Lammle, fixing his eyes with hers: which he would prevent her doing if he could, but he can’t; ‘it has fallen into Mr Fledgeby’s hands. Mr Riah is his mask. It has fallen into Mr Fledgeby’s hands. Let me tell you that, for your guidance. The information may be of use to you, if only to prevent your credulity, in judging another man’s truthfulness by your own, from being imposed upon.’

‘Impossible!’ cries Twemlow, standing aghast. ‘How do you know it?’

‘I scarcely know how I know it. The whole train of circumstances seemed to take fire at once, and show it to me.’

‘Oh! Then you have no proof.’

‘It is very strange,’ says Mrs Lammle, coldly and boldly, and with some disdain, ‘how like men are to one another in some things, though their characters are as different as can be! No two men can have less affinity between them, one would say, than Mr Twemlow and my husband. Yet my husband replies to me “You have no proof,” and Mr Twemlow replies to me with the very same words!’

‘But why, madam?’ Twemlow ventures gently to argue. ‘Consider why the very same words? Because they state the fact. Because you HAVE no proof.’

‘Men are very wise in their way,’ quoth Mrs Lammle, glancing haughtily at the Snigsworth portrait, and shaking out her dress before departing; ‘but they have wisdom to learn. My husband, who is not over-confiding, ingenuous, or inexperienced, sees this plain thing no more than Mr Twemlow does—because there is no proof! Yet I believe five women out of six, in my place, would see it as clearly as I do. However, I will never rest (if only in remembrance of Mr Fledgeby’s having kissed my hand) until my husband does see it. And you will do well for yourself to see it from this time forth, Mr Twemlow, though I CAN give you no proof.’

As she moves towards the door, Mr Twemlow, attending on her, expresses his soothing hope that the condition of Mr Lammle’s affairs is not irretrievable.

‘I don’t know,’ Mrs Lammle answers, stopping, and sketching out the pattern of the paper on the wall with the point of her parasol; ‘it depends. There may be an opening for him dawning now, or there may be none. We shall soon find out. If none, we are bankrupt here, and must go abroad, I suppose.’

Mr Twemlow, in his good-natured desire to make the best of it, remarks that there are pleasant lives abroad.

‘Yes,’ returns Mrs Lammle, still sketching on the wall; ‘but I doubt whether billiard-playing, card-playing, and so forth, for the means to live under suspicion at a dirty table-d’hote, is one of them.’

It is much for Mr Lammle, Twemlow politely intimates (though greatly shocked), to have one always beside him who is attached to him in all his fortunes, and whose restraining influence will prevent him from courses that would be discreditable and ruinous. As he says it, Mrs Lammle leaves off sketching, and looks at him.

‘Restraining influence, Mr Twemlow? We must eat and drink, and dress, and have a roof over our heads. Always beside him and attached in all his fortunes? Not much to boast of in that; what can a woman at my age do? My husband and I deceived one another when we married; we must bear the consequences of the deception—that is to say, bear one another, and bear the burden of scheming together for to-day’s dinner and to-morrow’s breakfast—till death divorces us.’

With those words, she walks out into Duke Street, Saint James’s. Mr Twemlow returning to his sofa, lays down his aching head on its slippery little horsehair bolster, with a strong internal conviction that a painful interview is not the kind of thing to be taken after the dinner pills which are so highly salutary in connexion with the pleasures of the table.

But, six o’clock in the evening finds the worthy little gentleman getting better, and also getting himself into his obsolete little silk stockings and pumps, for the wondering dinner at the Veneerings. And seven o’clock in the evening finds him trotting out into Duke Street, to trot to the corner and save a sixpence in coach-hire.

Tippins the divine has dined herself into such a condition by this time, that a morbid mind might desire her, for a blessed change, to sup at last, and turn into bed. Such a mind has Mr Eugene Wrayburn, whom Twemlow finds contemplating Tippins with the moodiest of visages, while that playful creature rallies him on being so long overdue at the woolsack. Skittish is Tippins with Mortimer Lightwood too, and has raps to give him with her fan for having been best man at the nuptials of these deceiving what’s-their-names who have gone to pieces. Though, indeed, the fan is generally lively, and taps away at the men in all directions, with something of a grisly sound suggestive of the clattering of Lady Tippins’s bones.

A new race of intimate friends has sprung up at Veneering’s since he went into Parliament for the public good, to whom Mrs Veneering is very attentive. These friends, like astronomical distances, are only to be spoken of in the very largest figures. Boots says that one of them is a Contractor who (it has been calculated) gives employment, directly and indirectly, to five hundred thousand men. Brewer says that another of them is a Chairman, in such request at so many Boards, so far apart, that he never travels less by railway than three thousand miles a week. Buffer says that another of them hadn’t a sixpence eighteen months ago, and, through the brilliancy of his genius in getting those shares issued at eighty-five, and buying them all up with no money and selling them at par for cash, has now three hundred and seventy-five thousand pounds—Buffer particularly insisting on the odd seventy-five, and declining to take a farthing less. With Buffer, Boots, and Brewer, Lady Tippins is eminently facetious on the subject of these Fathers of the Scrip-Church: surveying them through her eyeglass, and inquiring whether Boots and Brewer and Buffer think they will make her fortune if she makes love to them? with other pleasantries of that nature. Veneering, in his different way, is much occupied with the Fathers too, piously retiring with them into the conservatory, from which retreat the word ‘Committee’ is occasionally heard, and where the Fathers instruct Veneering how he must leave the valley of the piano on his left, take the level of the mantelpiece, cross by an open cutting at the candelabra, seize the carrying-traffic at the console, and cut up the opposition root and branch at the window curtains.

Mr and Mrs Podsnap are of the company, and the Fathers descry in Mrs Podsnap a fine woman. She is consigned to a Father—Boots’s Father, who employs five hundred thousand men—and is brought to anchor on Veneering’s left; thus affording opportunity to the sportive Tippins on his right (he, as usual, being mere vacant space), to entreat to be told something about those loves of Navvies, and whether they really do live on raw beefsteaks, and drink porter out of their barrows. But, in spite of such little skirmishes it is felt that this was to be a wondering dinner, and that the wondering must not be neglected. Accordingly, Brewer, as the man who has the greatest reputation to sustain, becomes the interpreter of the general instinct.

‘I took,’ says Brewer in a favourable pause, ‘a cab this morning, and I rattled off to that Sale.’

Boots (devoured by envy) says, ‘So did I.’

Buffer says, ‘So did I’; but can find nobody to care whether he did or not.

‘And what was it like?’ inquires Veneering.

‘I assure you,’ replies Brewer, looking about for anybody else to address his answer to, and giving the preference to Lightwood; ‘I assure you, the things were going for a song. Handsome things enough, but fetching nothing.’

‘So I heard this afternoon,’ says Lightwood.

Brewer begs to know now, would it be fair to ask a professional man how—on—earth—these—people—ever—did—come—TO—such—A—total smash? (Brewer’s divisions being for emphasis.)

Lightwood replies that he was consulted certainly, but could give no opinion which would pay off the Bill of Sale, and therefore violates no confidence in supposing that it came of their living beyond their means.

‘But how,’ says Veneering, ‘CAN people do that!’

Hah! That is felt on all hands to be a shot in the bull’s eye. How CAN people do that! The Analytical Chemist going round with champagne, looks very much as if HE could give them a pretty good idea how people did that, if he had a mind.

‘How,’ says Mrs Veneering, laying down her fork to press her aquiline hands together at the tips of the fingers, and addressing the Father who travels the three thousand miles per week: ‘how a mother can look at her baby, and know that she lives beyond her husband’s means, I cannot imagine.’

Eugene suggests that Mrs Lammle, not being a mother, had no baby to look at.

‘True,’ says Mrs Veneering, ‘but the principle is the same.’

Boots is clear that the principle is the same. So is Buffer. It is the unfortunate destiny of Buffer to damage a cause by espousing it. The rest of the company have meekly yielded to the proposition that the principle is the same, until Buffer says it is; when instantly a general murmur arises that the principle is not the same.

‘But I don’t understand,’ says the Father of the three hundred and seventy-five thousand pounds, ‘—if these people spoken of, occupied the position of being in society—they were in society?’

Veneering is bound to confess that they dined here, and were even married from here.

‘Then I don’t understand,’ pursues the Father, ‘how even their living beyond their means could bring them to what has been termed a total smash. Because, there is always such a thing as an adjustment of affairs, in the case of people of any standing at all.’

Eugene (who would seem to be in a gloomy state of suggestiveness), suggests, ‘Suppose you have no means and live beyond them?’

This is too insolvent a state of things for the Father to entertain. It is too insolvent a state of things for any one with any self-respect to entertain, and is universally scouted. But, it is so amazing how any people can have come to a total smash, that everybody feels bound to account for it specially. One of the Fathers says, ‘Gaming table.’ Another of the Fathers says, ‘Speculated without knowing that speculation is a science.’ Boots says ‘Horses.’ Lady Tippins says to her fan, ‘Two establishments.’ Mr Podsnap, saying nothing, is referred to for his opinion; which he delivers as follows; much flushed and extremely angry:

‘Don’t ask me. I desire to take no part in the discussion of these people’s affairs. I abhor the subject. It is an odious subject, an offensive subject, a subject that makes me sick, and I—’ And with his favourite right-arm flourish which sweeps away everything and settles it for ever, Mr Podsnap sweeps these inconveniently unexplainable wretches who have lived beyond their means and gone to total smash, off the face of the universe.

Eugene, leaning back in his chair, is observing Mr Podsnap with an irreverent face, and may be about to offer a new suggestion, when the Analytical is beheld in collision with the Coachman; the Coachman manifesting a purpose of coming at the company with a silver salver, as though intent upon making a collection for his wife and family; the Analytical cutting him off at the sideboard. The superior stateliness, if not the superior generalship, of the Analytical prevails over a man who is as nothing off the box; and the Coachman, yielding up his salver, retires defeated.

Then, the Analytical, perusing a scrap of paper lying on the salver, with the air of a literary Censor, adjusts it, takes his time about going to the table with it, and presents it to Mr Eugene Wrayburn. Whereupon the pleasant Tippins says aloud, ‘The Lord Chancellor has resigned!’

With distracting coolness and slowness—for he knows the curiosity of the Charmer to be always devouring—Eugene makes a pretence of getting out an eyeglass, polishing it, and reading the paper with difficulty, long after he has seen what is written on it. What is written on it in wet ink, is:

‘Young Blight.’

‘Waiting?’ says Eugene over his shoulder, in confidence, with the Analytical.

‘Waiting,’ returns the Analytical in responsive confidence.

Eugene looks ‘Excuse me,’ towards Mrs Veneering, goes out, and finds Young Blight, Mortimer’s clerk, at the hall-door.

‘You told me to bring him, sir, to wherever you was, if he come while you was out and I was in,’ says that discreet young gentleman, standing on tiptoe to whisper; ‘and I’ve brought him.’

‘Sharp boy. Where is he?’ asks Eugene.

‘He’s in a cab, sir, at the door. I thought it best not to show him, you see, if it could be helped; for he’s a-shaking all over, like—Blight’s simile is perhaps inspired by the surrounding dishes of sweets—‘like Glue Monge.’

‘Sharp boy again,’ returns Eugene. ‘I’ll go to him.’

Goes out straightway, and, leisurely leaning his arms on the open window of a cab in waiting, looks in at Mr Dolls: who has brought his own atmosphere with him, and would seem from its odour to have brought it, for convenience of carriage, in a rum-cask.

‘Now Dolls, wake up!’

‘Mist Wrayburn? Drection! Fifteen shillings!’

After carefully reading the dingy scrap of paper handed to him, and as carefully tucking it into his waistcoat pocket, Eugene tells out the money; beginning incautiously by telling the first shilling into Mr Dolls’s hand, which instantly jerks it out of window; and ending by telling the fifteen shillings on the seat.

‘Give him a ride back to Charing Cross, sharp boy, and there get rid of him.’

Returning to the dining-room, and pausing for an instant behind the screen at the door, Eugene overhears, above the hum and clatter, the fair Tippins saying: ‘I am dying to ask him what he was called out for!’

‘Are you?’ mutters Eugene, ‘then perhaps if you can’t ask him, you’ll die. So I’ll be a benefactor to society, and go. A stroll and a cigar, and I can think this over. Think this over.’ Thus, with a thoughtful face, he finds his hat and cloak, unseen of the Analytical, and goes his way.

BOOK THE FOURTH — A TURNING

Chapter 1

SETTING TRAPS

Plashwater Weir Mill Lock looked tranquil and pretty on an evening in the summer time. A soft air stirred the leaves of the fresh green trees, and passed like a smooth shadow over the river, and like a smoother shadow over the yielding grass. The voice of the falling water, like the voices of the sea and the wind, were as an outer memory to a contemplative listener; but not particularly so to Mr Riderhood, who sat on one of the blunt wooden levers of his lock-gates, dozing. Wine must be got into a butt by some agency before it can be drawn out; and the wine of sentiment never having been got into Mr Riderhood by any agency, nothing in nature tapped him.

As the Rogue sat, ever and again nodding himself off his balance, his recovery was always attended by an angry stare and growl, as if, in the absence of any one else, he had aggressive inclinations towards himself. In one of these starts the cry of ‘Lock, ho! Lock!’ prevented his relapse into a doze. Shaking himself as he got up like the surly brute he was, he gave his growl a responsive twist at the end, and turned his face down-stream to see who hailed.

It was an amateur-sculler, well up to his work though taking it easily, in so light a boat that the Rogue remarked: ‘A little less on you, and you’d a’most ha’ been a Wagerbut’; then went to work at his windlass handles and sluices, to let the sculler in. As the latter stood in his boat, holding on by the boat-hook to the woodwork at the lock side, waiting for the gates to open, Rogue Riderhood recognized his ‘T’other governor,’ Mr Eugene Wrayburn; who was, however, too indifferent or too much engaged to recognize him.

The creaking lock-gates opened slowly, and the light boat passed in as soon as there was room enough, and the creaking lock-gates closed upon it, and it floated low down in the dock between the two sets of gates, until the water should rise and the second gates should open and let it out. When Riderhood had run to his second windlass and turned it, and while he leaned against the lever of that gate to help it to swing open presently, he noticed, lying to rest under the green hedge by the towing-path astern of the Lock, a Bargeman.

The water rose and rose as the sluice poured in, dispersing the scum which had formed behind the lumbering gates, and sending the boat up, so that the sculler gradually rose like an apparition against the light from the bargeman’s point of view. Riderhood observed that the bargeman rose too, leaning on his arm, and seemed to have his eyes fastened on the rising figure.

But, there was the toll to be taken, as the gates were now complaining and opening. The T’other governor tossed it ashore, twisted in a piece of paper, and as he did so, knew his man.

‘Ay, ay? It’s you, is it, honest friend?’ said Eugene, seating himself preparatory to resuming his sculls. ‘You got the place, then?’

‘I got the place, and no thanks to you for it, nor yet none to Lawyer Lightwood,’ gruffly answered Riderhood.

‘We saved our recommendation, honest fellow,’ said Eugene, ‘for the next candidate—the one who will offer himself when you are transported or hanged. Don’t be long about it; will you be so good?’

So imperturbable was the air with which he gravely bent to his work that Riderhood remained staring at him, without having found a retort, until he had rowed past a line of wooden objects by the weir, which showed like huge teetotums standing at rest in the water, and was almost hidden by the drooping boughs on the left bank, as he rowed away, keeping out of the opposing current. It being then too late to retort with any effect—if that could ever have been done—the honest man confined himself to cursing and growling in a grim under-tone. Having then got his gates shut, he crossed back by his plank lock-bridge to the towing-path side of the river.

If, in so doing, he took another glance at the bargeman, he did it by stealth. He cast himself on the grass by the Lock side, in an indolent way, with his back in that direction, and, having gathered a few blades, fell to chewing them. The dip of Eugene Wrayburn’s sculls had become hardly audible in his ears when the bargeman passed him, putting the utmost width that he could between them, and keeping under the hedge. Then, Riderhood sat up and took a long look at his figure, and then cried: ‘Hi—I—i! Lock, ho! Lock! Plashwater Weir Mill Lock!’

The bargeman stopped, and looked back.

‘Plashwater Weir Mill Lock, T’otherest gov—er—nor—or—or—or!’ cried Mr Riderhood, with his hands to his mouth.

The bargeman turned back. Approaching nearer and nearer, the bargeman became Bradley Headstone, in rough water-side second-hand clothing.

‘Wish I may die,’ said Riderhood, smiting his right leg, and laughing, as he sat on the grass, ‘if you ain’t ha’ been a imitating me, T’otherest governor! Never thought myself so good-looking afore!’

Truly, Bradley Headstone had taken careful note of the honest man’s dress in the course of that night-walk they had had together. He must have committed it to memory, and slowly got it by heart. It was exactly reproduced in the dress he now wore. And whereas, in his own schoolmaster clothes, he usually looked as if they were the clothes of some other man, he now looked, in the clothes of some other man or men, as if they were his own.

‘THIS your Lock?’ said Bradley, whose surprise had a genuine air; ‘they told me, where I last inquired, it was the third I should come to. This is only the second.’

‘It’s my belief, governor,’ returned Riderhood, with a wink and shake of his head, ‘that you’ve dropped one in your counting. It ain’t Locks as YOU’VE been giving your mind to. No, no!’

As he expressively jerked his pointing finger in the direction the boat had taken, a flush of impatience mounted into Bradley’s face, and he looked anxiously up the river.

‘It ain’t Locks as YOU’VE been a reckoning up,’ said Riderhood, when the schoolmaster’s eyes came back again. ‘No, no!’

‘What other calculations do you suppose I have been occupied with? Mathematics?’

‘I never heerd it called that. It’s a long word for it. Hows’ever, p’raps you call it so,’ said Riderhood, stubbornly chewing his grass.

‘It. What?’

‘I’ll say them, instead of it, if you like,’ was the coolly growled reply. ‘It’s safer talk too.’

‘What do you mean that I should understand by them?’

‘Spites, affronts, offences giv’ and took, deadly aggrawations, such like,’ answered Riderhood.

Do what Bradley Headstone would, he could not keep that former flush of impatience out of his face, or so master his eyes as to prevent their again looking anxiously up the river.

‘Ha ha! Don’t be afeerd, T’otherest,’ said Riderhood. ‘The T’other’s got to make way agin the stream, and he takes it easy. You can soon come up with him. But wot’s the good of saying that to you! YOU know how fur you could have outwalked him betwixt anywheres about where he lost the tide—say Richmond—and this, if you had a mind to it.’

‘You think I have been following him?’ said Bradley.

‘I KNOW you have,’ said Riderhood.

Well! I have, I have,’ Bradley admitted. ‘But,’ with another anxious look up the river, ‘he may land.’

‘Easy you! He won’t be lost if he does land,’ said Riderhood. ‘He must leave his boat behind him. He can’t make a bundle or a parcel on it, and carry it ashore with him under his arm.’

‘He was speaking to you just now,’ said Bradley, kneeling on one knee on the grass beside the Lock-keeper. ‘What did he say?’

‘Cheek,’ said Riderhood.

‘What?’

‘Cheek,’ repeated Riderhood, with an angry oath; ‘cheek is what he said. He can’t say nothing but cheek. I’d ha’ liked to plump down aboard of him, neck and crop, with a heavy jump, and sunk him.’

Bradley turned away his haggard face for a few moments, and then said, tearing up a tuft of grass:

‘Damn him!’

‘Hooroar!’ cried Riderhood. ‘Does you credit! Hooroar! I cry chorus to the T’otherest.’

‘What turn,’ said Bradley, with an effort at self-repression that forced him to wipe his face, ‘did his insolence take to-day?’

‘It took the turn,’ answered Riderhood, with sullen ferocity, ‘of hoping as I was getting ready to be hanged.’

‘Let him look to that,’ cried Bradley. ‘Let him look to that! It will be bad for him when men he has injured, and at whom he has jeered, are thinking of getting hanged. Let HIM get ready for HIS fate, when that comes about. There was more meaning in what he said than he knew of, or he wouldn’t have had brains enough to say it. Let him look to it; let him look to it! When men he has wronged, and on whom he has bestowed his insolence, are getting ready to be hanged, there is a death-bell ringing. And not for them.’

Riderhood, looking fixedly at him, gradually arose from his recumbent posture while the schoolmaster said these words with the utmost concentration of rage and hatred. So, when the words were all spoken, he too kneeled on one knee on the grass, and the two men looked at one another.

‘Oh!’ said Riderhood, very deliberately spitting out the grass he had been chewing. ‘Then, I make out, T’otherest, as he is a-going to her?’

‘He left London,’ answered Bradley, ‘yesterday. I have hardly a doubt, this time, that at last he is going to her.’

‘You ain’t sure, then?’

‘I am as sure here,’ said Bradley, with a clutch at the breast of his coarse shirt, ‘as if it was written there;’ with a blow or a stab at the sky.

‘Ah! But judging from the looks on you,’ retorted Riderhood, completely ridding himself of his grass, and drawing his sleeve across his mouth, ‘you’ve made ekally sure afore, and have got disapinted. It has told upon you.’

‘Listen,’ said Bradley, in a low voice, bending forward to lay his hand upon the Lock-keeper’s shoulder. ‘These are my holidays.’

‘Are they, by George!’ muttered Riderhood, with his eyes on the passion-wasted face. ‘Your working days must be stiff ’uns, if these is your holidays.’

‘And I have never left him,’ pursued Bradley, waving the interruption aside with an impatient hand, ‘since they began. And I never will leave him now, till I have seen him with her.’

‘And when you have seen him with her?’ said Riderhood.

‘—I’ll come back to you.’

Riderhood stiffened the knee on which he had been resting, got up, and looked gloomily at his new friend. After a few moments they walked side by side in the direction the boat had taken, as if by tacit consent; Bradley pressing forward, and Riderhood holding back; Bradley getting out his neat prim purse into his hand (a present made him by penny subscription among his pupils); and Riderhood, unfolding his arms to smear his coat-cuff across his mouth with a thoughtful air.

‘I have a pound for you,’ said Bradley.

‘You’ve two,’ said Riderhood.

Bradley held a sovereign between his fingers. Slouching at his side with his eyes upon the towing-path, Riderhood held his left hand open, with a certain slight drawing action towards himself. Bradley dipped in his purse for another sovereign, and two chinked in Riderhood’s hand, the drawing action of which, promptly strengthening, drew them home to his pocket.

‘Now, I must follow him,’ said Bradley Headstone. ‘He takes this river-road—the fool!—to confuse observation, or divert attention, if not solely to baffle me. But he must have the power of making himself invisible before he can shake Me off.’

Riderhood stopped. ‘If you don’t get disapinted agin, T’otherest, maybe you’ll put up at the Lock-house when you come back?’

‘I will.’

Riderhood nodded, and the figure of the bargeman went its way along the soft turf by the side of the towing-path, keeping near the hedge and moving quickly. They had turned a point from which a long stretch of river was visible. A stranger to the scene might have been certain that here and there along the line of hedge a figure stood, watching the bargeman, and waiting for him to come up. So he himself had often believed at first, until his eyes became used to the posts, bearing the dagger that slew Wat Tyler, in the City of London shield.

Within Mr Riderhood’s knowledge all daggers were as one. Even to Bradley Headstone, who could have told to the letter without book all about Wat Tyler, Lord Mayor Walworth, and the King, that it is dutiful for youth to know, there was but one subject living in the world for every sharp destructive instrument that summer evening. So, Riderhood looking after him as he went, and he with his furtive hand laid upon the dagger as he passed it, and his eyes upon the boat, were much upon a par.

The boat went on, under the arching trees, and over their tranquil shadows in the water. The bargeman skulking on the opposite bank of the stream, went on after it. Sparkles of light showed Riderhood when and where the rower dipped his blades, until, even as he stood idly watching, the sun went down and the landscape was dyed red. And then the red had the appearance of fading out of it and mounting up to Heaven, as we say that blood, guiltily shed, does.

Turning back towards his Lock (he had not gone out of view of it), the Rogue pondered as deeply as it was within the contracted power of such a fellow to do. ‘Why did he copy my clothes? He could have looked like what he wanted to look like, without that.’ This was the subject-matter in his thoughts; in which, too, there came lumbering up, by times, like any half floating and half sinking rubbish in the river, the question, Was it done by accident? The setting of a trap for finding out whether it was accidentally done, soon superseded, as a practical piece of cunning, the abstruser inquiry why otherwise it was done. And he devised a means.

Rogue Riderhood went into his Lock-house, and brought forth, into the now sober grey light, his chest of clothes. Sitting on the grass beside it, he turned out, one by one, the articles it contained, until he came to a conspicuous bright red neckerchief stained black here and there by wear. It arrested his attention, and he sat pausing over it, until he took off the rusty colourless wisp that he wore round his throat, and substituted the red neckerchief, leaving the long ends flowing. ‘Now,’ said the Rogue, ‘if arter he sees me in this neckhankecher, I see him in a sim’lar neckhankecher, it won’t be accident!’ Elated by his device, he carried his chest in again and went to supper.

‘Lock ho! Lock!’ It was a light night, and a barge coming down summoned him out of a long doze. In due course he had let the barge through and was alone again, looking to the closing of his gates, when Bradley Headstone appeared before him, standing on the brink of the Lock.

‘Halloa!’ said Riderhood. ‘Back a’ ready, T’otherest?’

‘He has put up for the night, at an Angler’s Inn,’ was the fatigued and hoarse reply. ‘He goes on, up the river, at six in the morning. I have come back for a couple of hours’ rest.’

‘You want ’em,’ said Riderhood, making towards the schoolmaster by his plank bridge.

‘I don’t want them,’ returned Bradley, irritably, ‘because I would rather not have them, but would much prefer to follow him all night. However, if he won’t lead, I can’t follow. I have been waiting about, until I could discover, for a certainty, at what time he starts; if I couldn’t have made sure of it, I should have stayed there.—This would be a bad pit for a man to be flung into with his hands tied. These slippery smooth walls would give him no chance. And I suppose those gates would suck him down?’

‘Suck him down, or swaller him up, he wouldn’t get out,’ said Riderhood. ‘Not even, if his hands warn’t tied, he wouldn’t. Shut him in at both ends, and I’d give him a pint o’ old ale ever to come up to me standing here.’

Bradley looked down with a ghastly relish. ‘You run about the brink, and run across it, in this uncertain light, on a few inches width of rotten wood,’ said he. ‘I wonder you have no thought of being drowned.’

‘I can’t be!’ said Riderhood.

‘You can’t be drowned?’

‘No!’ said Riderhood, shaking his head with an air of thorough conviction, ‘it’s well known. I’ve been brought out o’ drowning, and I can’t be drowned. I wouldn’t have that there busted B’lowbridger aware on it, or her people might make it tell agin’ the damages I mean to get. But it’s well known to water-side characters like myself, that him as has been brought out o drowning, can never be drowned.’

Bradley smiled sourly at the ignorance he would have corrected in one of his pupils, and continued to look down into the water, as if the place had a gloomy fascination for him.

‘You seem to like it,’ said Riderhood.

He took no notice, but stood looking down, as if he had not heard the words. There was a very dark expression on his face; an expression that the Rogue found it hard to understand. It was fierce, and full of purpose; but the purpose might have been as much against himself as against another. If he had stepped back for a spring, taken a leap, and thrown himself in, it would have been no surprising sequel to the look. Perhaps his troubled soul, set upon some violence, did hover for the moment between that violence and another.

‘Didn’t you say,’ asked Riderhood, after watching him for a while with a sidelong glance, ‘as you had come back for a couple o’ hours’ rest?’ But, even then he had to jog him with his elbow before he answered.

‘Eh? Yes.’

‘Hadn’t you better come in and take your couple o’ hours’ rest?’

‘Thank you. Yes.’

With the look of one just awakened, he followed Riderhood into the Lock-house, where the latter produced from a cupboard some cold salt beef and half a loaf, some gin in a bottle, and some water in a jug. The last he brought in, cool and dripping, from the river.

‘There, T’otherest,’ said Riderhood, stooping over him to put it on the table. ‘You’d better take a bite and a sup, afore you takes your snooze.’ The draggling ends of the red neckerchief caught the schoolmaster’s eyes. Riderhood saw him look at it.

‘Oh!’ thought that worthy. ‘You’re a-taking notice, are you? Come! You shall have a good squint at it then.’ With which reflection he sat down on the other side of the table, threw open his vest, and made a pretence of re-tying the neckerchief with much deliberation.

Bradley ate and drank. As he sat at his platter and mug, Riderhood saw him, again and yet again, steal a look at the neckerchief, as if he were correcting his slow observation and prompting his sluggish memory. ‘When you’re ready for your snooze,’ said that honest creature, ‘chuck yourself on my bed in the corner, T’otherest. It’ll be broad day afore three. I’ll call you early.’

‘I shall require no calling,’ answered Bradley. And soon afterwards, divesting himself only of his shoes and coat, laid himself down.

Riderhood, leaning back in his wooden arm-chair with his arms folded on his breast, looked at him lying with his right hand clenched in his sleep and his teeth set, until a film came over his own sight, and he slept too. He awoke to find that it was daylight, and that his visitor was already astir, and going out to the river-side to cool his head:—‘Though I’m blest,’ muttered Riderhood at the Lock-house door, looking after him, ‘if I think there’s water enough in all the Thames to do THAT for you!’ Within five minutes he had taken his departure, and was passing on into the calm distance as he had passed yesterday. Riderhood knew when a fish leaped, by his starting and glancing round.

‘Lock ho! Lock!’ at intervals all day, and ‘Lock ho! Lock!’ thrice in the ensuing night, but no return of Bradley. The second day was sultry and oppressive. In the afternoon, a thunderstorm came up, and had but newly broken into a furious sweep of rain when he rushed in at the door, like the storm itself.

‘You’ve seen him with her!’ exclaimed Riderhood, starting up.

‘I have.’

‘Where?’

‘At his journey’s end. His boat’s hauled up for three days. I heard him give the order. Then, I saw him wait for her and meet her. I saw them’—he stopped as though he were suffocating, and began again—‘I saw them walking side by side, last night.’

‘What did you do?’

‘Nothing.’

‘What are you going to do?’

He dropped into a chair, and laughed. Immediately afterwards, a great spirt of blood burst from his nose.

‘How does that happen?’ asked Riderhood.

‘I don’t know. I can’t keep it back. It has happened twice—three times—four times—I don’t know how many times—since last night. I taste it, smell it, see it, it chokes me, and then it breaks out like this.’

He went into the pelting rain again with his head bare, and, bending low over the river, and scooping up the water with his two hands, washed the blood away. All beyond his figure, as Riderhood looked from the door, was a vast dark curtain in solemn movement towards one quarter of the heavens. He raised his head and came back, wet from head to foot, but with the lower parts of his sleeves, where he had dipped into the river, streaming water.

‘Your face is like a ghost’s,’ said Riderhood.

‘Did you ever see a ghost?’ was the sullen retort.

‘I mean to say, you’re quite wore out.’

‘That may well be. I have had no rest since I left here. I don’t remember that I have so much as sat down since I left here.’

‘Lie down now, then,’ said Riderhood.

‘I will, if you’ll give me something to quench my thirst first.’

The bottle and jug were again produced, and he mixed a weak draught, and another, and drank both in quick succession. ‘You asked me something,’ he said then.

‘No, I didn’t,’ replied Riderhood.

‘I tell you,’ retorted Bradley, turning upon him in a wild and desperate manner, ‘you asked me something, before I went out to wash my face in the river.

‘Oh! Then?’ said Riderhood, backing a little. ‘I asked you wot you wos a-going to do.’

‘How can a man in this state know?’ he answered, protesting with both his tremulous hands, with an action so vigorously angry that he shook the water from his sleeves upon the floor, as if he had wrung them. ‘How can I plan anything, if I haven’t sleep?’

‘Why, that’s what I as good as said,’ returned the other. ‘Didn’t I say lie down?’

Well, perhaps you did.’

Well! Anyways I says it again. Sleep where you slept last; the sounder and longer you can sleep, the better you’ll know arterwards what you’re up to.’

His pointing to the truckle bed in the corner, seemed gradually to bring that poor couch to Bradley’s wandering remembrance. He slipped off his worn down-trodden shoes, and cast himself heavily, all wet as he was, upon the bed.

Riderhood sat down in his wooden arm-chair, and looked through the window at the lightning, and listened to the thunder. But, his thoughts were far from being absorbed by the thunder and the lightning, for again and again and again he looked very curiously at the exhausted man upon the bed. The man had turned up the collar of the rough coat he wore, to shelter himself from the storm, and had buttoned it about his neck. Unconscious of that, and of most things, he had left the coat so, both when he had laved his face in the river, and when he had cast himself upon the bed; though it would have been much easier to him if he had unloosened it.

The thunder rolled heavily, and the forked lightning seemed to make jagged rents in every part of the vast curtain without, as Riderhood sat by the window, glancing at the bed. Sometimes, he saw the man upon the bed, by a red light; sometimes, by a blue; sometimes, he scarcely saw him in the darkness of the storm; sometimes he saw nothing of him in the blinding glare of palpitating white fire. Anon, the rain would come again with a tremendous rush, and the river would seem to rise to meet it, and a blast of wind, bursting upon the door, would flutter the hair and dress of the man, as if invisible messengers were come around the bed to carry him away. From all these phases of the storm, Riderhood would turn, as if they were interruptions—rather striking interruptions possibly, but interruptions still—of his scrutiny of the sleeper.

‘He sleeps sound,’ he said within himself; ‘yet he’s that up to me and that noticing of me that my getting out of my chair may wake him, when a rattling peal won’t; let alone my touching of him.’

He very cautiously rose to his feet. ‘T’otherest,’ he said, in a low, calm voice, ‘are you a lying easy? There’s a chill in the air, governor. Shall I put a coat over you?’

No answer.

‘That’s about what it is a’ready, you see,’ muttered Riderhood in a lower and a different voice; ‘a coat over you, a coat over you!’

The sleeper moving an arm, he sat down again in his chair, and feigned to watch the storm from the window. It was a grand spectacle, but not so grand as to keep his eyes, for half a minute together, from stealing a look at the man upon the bed.

It was at the concealed throat of the sleeper that Riderhood so often looked so curiously, until the sleep seemed to deepen into the stupor of the dead-tired in mind and body. Then, Riderhood came from the window cautiously, and stood by the bed.

‘Poor man!’ he murmured in a low tone, with a crafty face, and a very watchful eye and ready foot, lest he should start up; ‘this here coat of his must make him uneasy in his sleep. Shall I loosen it for him, and make him more comfortable? Ah! I think I ought to do it, poor man. I think I will.’

He touched the first button with a very cautious hand, and a step backward. But, the sleeper remaining in profound unconsciousness, he touched the other buttons with a more assured hand, and perhaps the more lightly on that account. Softly and slowly, he opened the coat and drew it back.

The draggling ends of a bright-red neckerchief were then disclosed, and he had even been at the pains of dipping parts of it in some liquid, to give it the appearance of having become stained by wear. With a much-perplexed face, Riderhood looked from it to the sleeper, and from the sleeper to it, and finally crept back to his chair, and there, with his hand to his chin, sat long in a brown study, looking at both.

Chapter 2

THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN RISES A LITTLE

Mr and Mrs Lammle had come to breakfast with Mr and Mrs Boffin. They were not absolutely uninvited, but had pressed themselves with so much urgency on the golden couple, that evasion of the honour and pleasure of their company would have been difficult, if desired. They were in a charming state of mind, were Mr and Mrs Lammle, and almost as fond of Mr and Mrs Boffin as of one another.

‘My dear Mrs Boffin,’ said Mrs Lammle, ‘it imparts new life to me, to see my Alfred in confidential communication with Mr Boffin. The two were formed to become intimate. So much simplicity combined with so much force of character, such natural sagacity united to such amiability and gentleness—these are the distinguishing characteristics of both.’

This being said aloud, gave Mr Lammle an opportunity, as he came with Mr Boffin from the window to the breakfast table, of taking up his dear and honoured wife.

‘My Sophronia,’ said that gentleman, ‘your too partial estimate of your husband’s character—’

‘No! Not too partial, Alfred,’ urged the lady, tenderly moved; ‘never say that.’

‘My child, your favourable opinion, then, of your husband—you don’t object to that phrase, darling?’

‘How can I, Alfred?’

‘Your favourable opinion then, my Precious, does less than justice to Mr Boffin, and more than justice to me.’

‘To the first charge, Alfred, I plead guilty. But to the second, oh no, no!’

‘Less than justice to Mr Boffin, Sophronia,’ said Mr Lammle, soaring into a tone of moral grandeur, ‘because it represents Mr Boffin as on my lower level; more than justice to me, Sophronia, because it represents me as on Mr Boffin’s higher level. Mr Boffin bears and forbears far more than I could.’

‘Far more than you could for yourself, Alfred?’

‘My love, that is not the question.’

‘Not the question, Lawyer?’ said Mrs Lammle, archly.

‘No, dear Sophronia. From my lower level, I regard Mr Boffin as too generous, as possessed of too much clemency, as being too good to persons who are unworthy of him and ungrateful to him. To those noble qualities I can lay no claim. On the contrary, they rouse my indignation when I see them in action.’

‘Alfred!’

‘They rouse my indignation, my dear, against the unworthy persons, and give me a combative desire to stand between Mr Boffin and all such persons. Why? Because, in my lower nature I am more worldly and less delicate. Not being so magnanimous as Mr Boffin, I feel his injuries more than he does himself, and feel more capable of opposing his injurers.’

It struck Mrs Lammle that it appeared rather difficult this morning to bring Mr and Mrs Boffin into agreeable conversation. Here had been several lures thrown out, and neither of them had uttered a word. Here were she, Mrs Lammle, and her husband discoursing at once affectingly and effectively, but discoursing alone. Assuming that the dear old creatures were impressed by what they heard, still one would like to be sure of it, the more so, as at least one of the dear old creatures was somewhat pointedly referred to. If the dear old creatures were too bashful or too dull to assume their required places in the discussion, why then it would seem desirable that the dear old creatures should be taken by their heads and shoulders and brought into it.

‘But is not my husband saying in effect,’ asked Mrs Lammle, therefore, with an innocent air, of Mr and Mrs Boffin, ‘that he becomes unmindful of his own temporary misfortunes in his admiration of another whom he is burning to serve? And is not that making an admission that his nature is a generous one? I am wretched in argument, but surely this is so, dear Mr and Mrs Boffin?’

Still, neither Mr and Mrs Boffin said a word. He sat with his eyes on his plate, eating his muffins and ham, and she sat shyly looking at the teapot. Mrs Lammle’s innocent appeal was merely thrown into the air, to mingle with the steam of the urn. Glancing towards Mr and Mrs Boffin, she very slightly raised her eyebrows, as though inquiring of her husband: ‘Do I notice anything wrong here?’

Mr Lammle, who had found his chest effective on a variety of occasions, manoeuvred his capacious shirt front into the largest demonstration possible, and then smiling retorted on his wife, thus:

‘Sophronia, darling, Mr and Mrs Boffin will remind you of the old adage, that self-praise is no recommendation.’

Self-praise, Alfred? Do you mean because we are one and the same?’

‘No, my dear child. I mean that you cannot fail to remember, if you reflect for a single moment, that what you are pleased to compliment me upon feeling in the case of Mr Boffin, you have yourself confided to me as your own feeling in the case of Mrs Boffin.’

(‘I shall be beaten by this Lawyer,’ Mrs Lammle gaily whispered to Mrs Boffin. ‘I am afraid I must admit it, if he presses me, for it’s damagingly true.’)

Several white dints began to come and go about Mr Lammle’s nose, as he observed that Mrs Boffin merely looked up from the teapot for a moment with an embarrassed smile, which was no smile, and then looked down again.

‘Do you admit the charge, Sophronia?’ inquired Alfred, in a rallying tone.

‘Really, I think,’ said Mrs Lammle, still gaily, ‘I must throw myself on the protection of the Court. Am I bound to answer that question, my Lord?’ To Mr Boffin.

‘You needn’t, if you don’t like, ma’am,’ was his answer. ‘It’s not of the least consequence.’

Both husband and wife glanced at him, very doubtfully. His manner was grave, but not coarse, and derived some dignity from a certain repressed dislike of the tone of the conversation.

Again Mrs Lammle raised her eyebrows for instruction from her husband. He replied in a slight nod, ‘Try ’em again.’

‘To protect myself against the suspicion of covert self-laudation, my dear Mrs Boffin,’ said the airy Mrs Lammle therefore, ‘I must tell you how it was.’

‘No. Pray don’t,’ Mr Boffin interposed.

Mrs Lammle turned to him laughingly. ‘The Court objects?’

‘Ma’am,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘the Court (if I am the Court) does object. The Court objects for two reasons. First, because the Court don’t think it fair. Secondly, because the dear old lady, Mrs Court (if I am Mr) gets distressed by it.’

A very remarkable wavering between two bearings—between her propitiatory bearing there, and her defiant bearing at Mr Twemlow’s—was observable on the part of Mrs Lammle as she said:

‘What does the Court not consider fair?’

‘Letting you go on,’ replied Mr Boffin, nodding his head soothingly, as who should say, We won’t be harder on you than we can help; we’ll make the best of it. ‘It’s not above-board and it’s not fair. When the old lady is uncomfortable, there’s sure to be good reason for it. I see she is uncomfortable, and I plainly see this is the good reason wherefore. HAVE you breakfasted, ma’am.’

Mrs Lammle, settling into her defiant manner, pushed her plate away, looked at her husband, and laughed; but by no means gaily.

‘Have YOU breakfasted, sir?’ inquired Mr Boffin.

‘Thank you,’ replied Alfred, showing all his teeth. ‘If Mrs Boffin will oblige me, I’ll take another cup of tea.’

He spilled a little of it over the chest which ought to have been so effective, and which had done so little; but on the whole drank it with something of an air, though the coming and going dints got almost as large, the while, as if they had been made by pressure of the teaspoon. ‘A thousand thanks,’ he then observed. ‘I have breakfasted.’

‘Now, which,’ said Mr Boffin softly, taking out a pocket-book, ‘which of you two is Cashier?’

‘Sophronia, my dear,’ remarked her husband, as he leaned back in his chair, waving his right hand towards her, while he hung his left hand by the thumb in the arm-hole of his waistcoat: ‘it shall be your department.’

‘I would rather,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘that it was your husband’s, ma’am, because—but never mind, because, I would rather have to do with him. However, what I have to say, I will say with as little offence as possible; if I can say it without any, I shall be heartily glad. You two have done me a service, a very great service, in doing what you did (my old lady knows what it was), and I have put into this envelope a bank note for a hundred pound. I consider the service well worth a hundred pound, and I am well pleased to pay the money. Would you do me the favour to take it, and likewise to accept my thanks?’

With a haughty action, and without looking towards him, Mrs Lammle held out her left hand, and into it Mr Boffin put the little packet. When she had conveyed it to her bosom, Mr Lammle had the appearance of feeling relieved, and breathing more freely, as not having been quite certain that the hundred pounds were his, until the note had been safely transferred out of Mr Boffin’s keeping into his own Sophronia’s.

‘It is not impossible,’ said Mr Boffin, addressing Alfred, ‘that you have had some general idea, sir, of replacing Rokesmith, in course of time?’

‘It is not,’ assented Alfred, with a glittering smile and a great deal of nose, ‘not impossible.’

‘And perhaps, ma’am,’ pursued Mr Boffin, addressing Sophronia, ‘you have been so kind as to take up my old lady in your own mind, and to do her the honour of turning the question over whether you mightn’t one of these days have her in charge, like? Whether you mightn’t be a sort of Miss Bella Wilfer to her, and something more?’

‘I should hope,’ returned Mrs Lammle, with a scornful look and in a loud voice, ‘that if I were anything to your wife, sir, I could hardly fail to be something more than Miss Bella Wilfer, as you call her.’

‘What do YOU call her, ma’am?’ asked Mr Boffin.

Mrs Lammle disdained to reply, and sat defiantly beating one foot on the ground.

‘Again I think I may say, that’s not impossible. Is it, sir?’ asked Mr Boffin, turning to Alfred.

‘It is not,’ said Alfred, smiling assent as before, ‘not impossible.’

‘Now,’ said Mr Boffin, gently, ‘it won’t do. I don’t wish to say a single word that might be afterwards remembered as unpleasant; but it won’t do.’

‘Sophronia, my love,’ her husband repeated in a bantering manner, ‘you hear? It won’t do.’

‘No,’ said Mr Boffin, with his voice still dropped, ‘it really won’t. You positively must excuse us. If you’ll go your way, we’ll go ours, and so I hope this affair ends to the satisfaction of all parties.’

Mrs Lammle gave him the look of a decidedly dissatisfied party demanding exemption from the category; but said nothing.

‘The best thing we can make of the affair,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘is a matter of business, and as a matter of business it’s brought to a conclusion. You have done me a great service, a very great service, and I have paid for it. Is there any objection to the price?’

Mr and Mrs Lammle looked at one another across the table, but neither could say that there was. Mr Lammle shrugged his shoulders, and Mrs Lammle sat rigid.

‘Very good,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘We hope (my old lady and me) that you’ll give us credit for taking the plainest and honestest short-cut that could be taken under the circumstances. We have talked it over with a deal of care (my old lady and me), and we have felt that at all to lead you on, or even at all to let you go on of your own selves, wouldn’t be the right thing. So, I have openly given you to understand that—’ Mr Boffin sought for a new turn of speech, but could find none so expressive as his former one, repeated in a confidential tone, ‘—that it won’t do. If I could have put the case more pleasantly I would; but I hope I haven’t put it very unpleasantly; at all events I haven’t meant to. So,’ said Mr Boffin, by way of peroration, ‘wishing you well in the way you go, we now conclude with the observation that perhaps you’ll go it.’

Mr Lammle rose with an impudent laugh on his side of the table, and Mrs Lammle rose with a disdainful frown on hers. At this moment a hasty foot was heard on the staircase, and Georgiana Podsnap broke into the room, unannounced and in tears.

‘Oh, my dear Sophronia,’ cried Georgiana, wringing her hands as she ran up to embrace her, ‘to think that you and Alfred should be ruined! Oh, my poor dear Sophronia, to think that you should have had a Sale at your house after all your kindness to me! Oh, Mr and Mrs Boffin, pray forgive me for this intrusion, but you don’t know how fond I was of Sophronia when Pa wouldn’t let me go there any more, or what I have felt for Sophronia since I heard from Ma of her having been brought low in the world. You don’t, you can’t, you never can, think, how I have lain awake at night and cried for my good Sophronia, my first and only friend!’

Mrs Lammle’s manner changed under the poor silly girl’s embraces, and she turned extremely pale: directing one appealing look, first to Mrs Boffin, and then to Mr Boffin. Both understood her instantly, with a more delicate subtlety than much better educated people, whose perception came less directly from the heart, could have brought to bear upon the case.

‘I haven’t a minute,’ said poor little Georgiana, ‘to stay. I am out shopping early with Ma, and I said I had a headache and got Ma to leave me outside in the phaeton, in Piccadilly, and ran round to Sackville Street, and heard that Sophronia was here, and then Ma came to see, oh such a dreadful old stony woman from the country in a turban in Portland Place, and I said I wouldn’t go up with Ma but would drive round and leave cards for the Boffins, which is taking a liberty with the name; but oh my goodness I am distracted, and the phaeton’s at the door, and what would Pa say if he knew it!’

‘Don’t ye be timid, my dear,’ said Mrs Boffin. ‘You came in to see us.’

‘Oh, no, I didn’t,’ cried Georgiana. ‘It’s very impolite, I know, but I came to see my poor Sophronia, my only friend. Oh! how I felt the separation, my dear Sophronia, before I knew you were brought low in the world, and how much more I feel it now!’

There were actually tears in the bold woman’s eyes, as the soft-headed and soft-hearted girl twined her arms about her neck.

‘But I’ve come on business,’ said Georgiana, sobbing and drying her face, and then searching in a little reticule, ‘and if I don’t despatch it I shall have come for nothing, and oh good gracious! what would Pa say if he knew of Sackville Street, and what would Ma say if she was kept waiting on the doorsteps of that dreadful turban, and there never were such pawing horses as ours unsettling my mind every moment more and more when I want more mind than I have got, by pawing up Mr Boffin’s street where they have no business to be. Oh! where is, where is it? Oh! I can’t find it!’ All this time sobbing, and searching in the little reticule.

‘What do you miss, my dear?’ asked Mr Boffin, stepping forward.

‘Oh! it’s little enough,’ replied Georgiana, ‘because Ma always treats me as if I was in the nursery (I am sure I wish I was!), but I hardly ever spend it and it has mounted up to fifteen pounds, Sophronia, and I hope three five-pound notes are better than nothing, though so little, so little! And now I have found that—oh, my goodness! there’s the other gone next! Oh no, it isn’t, here it is!’

With that, always sobbing and searching in the reticule, Georgiana produced a necklace.

‘Ma says chits and jewels have no business together,’ pursued Georgiana, ‘and that’s the reason why I have no trinkets except this, but I suppose my aunt Hawkinson was of a different opinion, because she left me this, though I used to think she might just as well have buried it, for it’s always kept in jewellers’ cotton. However, here it is, I am thankful to say, and of use at last, and you’ll sell it, dear Sophronia, and buy things with it.’

‘Give it to me,’ said Mr Boffin, gently taking it. ‘I’ll see that it’s properly disposed of.’

‘Oh! are you such a friend of Sophronia’s, Mr Boffin?’ cried Georgiana. ‘Oh, how good of you! Oh, my gracious! there was something else, and it’s gone out of my head! Oh no, it isn’t, I remember what it was. My grandmamma’s property, that’ll come to me when I am of age, Mr Boffin, will be all my own, and neither Pa nor Ma nor anybody else will have any control over it, and what I wish to do is to make some of it over somehow to Sophronia and Alfred, by signing something somewhere that’ll prevail on somebody to advance them something. I want them to have something handsome to bring them up in the world again. Oh, my goodness me! Being such a friend of my dear Sophronia’s, you won’t refuse me, will you?’

‘No, no,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘it shall be seen to.’

‘Oh, thank you, thank you!’ cried Georgiana. ‘If my maid had a little note and half a crown, I could run round to the pastrycook’s to sign something, or I could sign something in the Square if somebody would come and cough for me to let ’em in with the key, and would bring a pen and ink with ’em and a bit of blotting-paper. Oh, my gracious! I must tear myself away, or Pa and Ma will both find out! Dear, dear Sophronia, good, good-bye!’

The credulous little creature again embraced Mrs Lammle most affectionately, and then held out her hand to Mr Lammle.

‘Good-bye, dear Mr Lammle—I mean Alfred. You won’t think after to-day that I have deserted you and Sophronia because you have been brought low in the world, will you? Oh me! oh me! I have been crying my eyes out of my head, and Ma will be sure to ask me what’s the matter. Oh, take me down, somebody, please, please, please!’

Mr Boffin took her down, and saw her driven away, with her poor little red eyes and weak chin peering over the great apron of the custard-coloured phaeton, as if she had been ordered to expiate some childish misdemeanour by going to bed in the daylight, and were peeping over the counterpane in a miserable flutter of repentance and low spirits. Returning to the breakfast-room, he found Mrs Lammle still standing on her side of the table, and Mr Lammle on his.

‘I’ll take care,’ said Mr Boffin, showing the money and the necklace, ‘that these are soon given back.’

Mrs Lammle had taken up her parasol from a side table, and stood sketching with it on the pattern of the damask cloth, as she had sketched on the pattern of Mr Twemlow’s papered wall.

‘You will not undeceive her I hope, Mr Boffin?’ she said, turning her head towards him, but not her eyes.

‘No,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘I mean, as to the worth and value of her friend,’ Mrs Lammle explained, in a measured voice, and with an emphasis on her last word.

‘No,’ he returned. ‘I may try to give a hint at her home that she is in want of kind and careful protection, but I shall say no more than that to her parents, and I shall say nothing to the young lady herself.’

‘Mr and Mrs Boffin,’ said Mrs Lammle, still sketching, and seeming to bestow great pains upon it, ‘there are not many people, I think, who, under the circumstances, would have been so considerate and sparing as you have been to me just now. Do you care to be thanked?’

‘Thanks are always worth having,’ said Mrs Boffin, in her ready good nature.

‘Then thank you both.’

‘Sophronia,’ asked her husband, mockingly, ‘are you sentimental?’

Well, well, my good sir,’ Mr Boffin interposed, ‘it’s a very good thing to think well of another person, and it’s a very good thing to be thought well of BY another person. Mrs Lammle will be none the worse for it, if she is.’

‘Much obliged. But I asked Mrs Lammle if she was.’

She stood sketching on the table-cloth, with her face clouded and set, and was silent.

‘Because,’ said Alfred, ‘I am disposed to be sentimental myself, on your appropriation of the jewels and the money, Mr Boffin. As our little Georgiana said, three five-pound notes are better than nothing, and if you sell a necklace you can buy things with the produce.’

‘IF you sell it,’ was Mr Boffin’s comment, as he put it in his pocket.

Alfred followed it with his looks, and also greedily pursued the notes until they vanished into Mr Boffin’s waistcoat pocket. Then he directed a look, half exasperated and half jeering, at his wife. She still stood sketching; but, as she sketched, there was a struggle within her, which found expression in the depth of the few last lines the parasol point indented into the table-cloth, and then some tears fell from her eyes.

‘Why, confound the woman,’ exclaimed Lammle, ‘she is sentimental.’

She walked to the window, flinching under his angry stare, looked out for a moment, and turned round quite coldly.

‘You have had no former cause of complaint on the sentimental score, Alfred, and you will have none in future. It is not worth your noticing. We go abroad soon, with the money we have earned here?’

‘You know we do; you know we must.’

‘There is no fear of my taking any sentiment with me. I should soon be eased of it, if I did. But it will be all left behind. It IS all left behind. Are you ready, Alfred?’

‘What the deuce have I been waiting for but you, Sophronia?’

‘Let us go then. I am sorry I have delayed our dignified departure.’

She passed out and he followed her. Mr and Mrs Boffin had the curiosity softly to raise a window and look after them as they went down the long street. They walked arm-in-arm, showily enough, but without appearing to interchange a syllable. It might have been fanciful to suppose that under their outer bearing there was something of the shamed air of two cheats who were linked together by concealed handcuffs; but, not so, to suppose that they were haggardly weary of one another, of themselves, and of all this world. In turning the street corner they might have turned out of this world, for anything Mr and Mrs Boffin ever saw of them to the contrary; for, they set eyes on the Lammles never more.

Chapter 3

THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN SINKS AGAIN

The evening of that day being one of the reading evenings at the Bower, Mr Boffin kissed Mrs Boffin after a five o’clock dinner, and trotted out, nursing his big stick in both arms, so that, as of old, it seemed to be whispering in his ear. He carried so very attentive an expression on his countenance that it appeared as if the confidential discourse of the big stick required to be followed closely. Mr Boffin’s face was like the face of a thoughtful listener to an intricate communication, and, in trotting along, he occasionally glanced at that companion with the look of a man who was interposing the remark: ‘You don’t mean it!’

Mr Boffin and his stick went on alone together, until they arrived at certain cross-ways where they would be likely to fall in with any one coming, at about the same time, from Clerkenwell to the Bower. Here they stopped, and Mr Boffin consulted his watch.

‘It wants five minutes, good, to Venus’s appointment,’ said he. ‘I’m rather early.’

But Venus was a punctual man, and, even as Mr Boffin replaced his watch in its pocket, was to be descried coming towards him. He quickened his pace on seeing Mr Boffin already at the place of meeting, and was soon at his side.

‘Thank’ee, Venus,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Thank’ee, thank’ee, thank’ee!’

It would not have been very evident why he thanked the anatomist, but for his furnishing the explanation in what he went on to say.

‘All right, Venus, all right. Now, that you’ve been to see me, and have consented to keep up the appearance before Wegg of remaining in it for a time, I have got a sort of a backer. All right, Venus. Thank’ee, Venus. Thank’ee, thank’ee, thank’ee!’

Mr Venus shook the proffered hand with a modest air, and they pursued the direction of the Bower.

‘Do you think Wegg is likely to drop down upon me to-night, Venus?’ inquired Mr Boffin, wistfully, as they went along.

‘I think he is, sir.’

‘Have you any particular reason for thinking so, Venus?’

Well, sir,’ returned that personage, ‘the fact is, he has given me another look-in, to make sure of what he calls our stock-in-trade being correct, and he has mentioned his intention that he was not to be put off beginning with you the very next time you should come. And this,’ hinted Mr Venus, delicately, ‘being the very next time, you know, sir—’

—‘Why, therefore you suppose he’ll turn to at the grindstone, eh, Wegg?’ said Mr Boffin.

‘Just so, sir.’

Mr Boffin took his nose in his hand, as if it were already excoriated, and the sparks were beginning to fly out of that feature. ‘He’s a terrible fellow, Venus; he’s an awful fellow. I don’t know how ever I shall go through with it. You must stand by me, Venus like a good man and true. You’ll do all you can to stand by me, Venus; won’t you?’

Mr Venus replied with the assurance that he would; and Mr Boffin, looking anxious and dispirited, pursued the way in silence until they rang at the Bower gate. The stumping approach of Wegg was soon heard behind it, and as it turned upon its hinges he became visible with his hand on the lock.

‘Mr Boffin, sir?’ he remarked. ‘You’re quite a stranger!’

‘Yes. I’ve been otherwise occupied, Wegg.’

‘Have you indeed, sir?’ returned the literary gentleman, with a threatening sneer. ‘Hah! I’ve been looking for you, sir, rather what I may call specially.’

‘You don’t say so, Wegg?’

‘Yes, I do say so, sir. And if you hadn’t come round to me tonight, dash my wig if I wouldn’t have come round to you tomorrow. Now! I tell you!’

‘Nothing wrong, I hope, Wegg?’

‘Oh no, Mr Boffin,’ was the ironical answer. ‘Nothing wrong! What should be wrong in Boffinses Bower! Step in, sir.’

‘“If you’ll come to the Bower I’ve shaded for you, Your bed shan’t be roses all spangled with doo: Will you, will you, will you, will you, come to the Bower? Oh, won’t you, won’t you, won’t you, won’t you, come to the Bower?”’

An unholy glare of contradiction and offence shone in the eyes of Mr Wegg, as he turned the key on his patron, after ushering him into the yard with this vocal quotation. Mr Boffin’s air was crestfallen and submissive. Whispered Wegg to Venus, as they crossed the yard behind him: ‘Look at the worm and minion; he’s down in the mouth already.’ Whispered Venus to Wegg: ‘That’s because I’ve told him. I’ve prepared the way for you.’

Mr Boffin, entering the usual chamber, laid his stick upon the settle usually reserved for him, thrust his hands into his pockets, and, with his shoulders raised and his hat drooping back upon them, looking disconsolately at Wegg. ‘My friend and partner, Mr Venus, gives me to understand,’ remarked that man of might, addressing him, ‘that you are aware of our power over you. Now, when you have took your hat off, we’ll go into that pint.’

Mr Boffin shook it off with one shake, so that it dropped on the floor behind him, and remained in his former attitude with his former rueful look upon him.

‘First of all, I’m a-going to call you Boffin, for short,’ said Wegg. ‘If you don’t like it, it’s open to you to lump it.’

‘I don’t mind it, Wegg,’ Mr Boffin replied.

‘That’s lucky for you, Boffin. Now, do you want to be read to?’

‘I don’t particularly care about it to-night, Wegg.’

‘Because if you did want to,’ pursued Mr Wegg, the brilliancy of whose point was dimmed by his having been unexpectedly answered: ‘you wouldn’t be. I’ve been your slave long enough. I’m not to be trampled under-foot by a dustman any more. With the single exception of the salary, I renounce the whole and total sitiwation.’

‘Since you say it is to be so, Wegg,’ returned Mr Boffin, with folded hands, ‘I suppose it must be.’

‘I suppose it must be,’ Wegg retorted. ‘Next (to clear the ground before coming to business), you’ve placed in this yard a skulking, a sneaking, and a sniffing, menial.’

‘He hadn’t a cold in his head when I sent him here,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘Boffin!’ retorted Wegg, ‘I warn you not to attempt a joke with me!’

Here Mr Venus interposed, and remarked that he conceived Mr Boffin to have taken the description literally; the rather, forasmuch as he, Mr Venus, had himself supposed the menial to have contracted an affliction or a habit of the nose, involving a serious drawback on the pleasures of social intercourse, until he had discovered that Mr Wegg’s description of him was to be accepted as merely figurative.

‘Anyhow, and every how,’ said Wegg, ‘he has been planted here, and he is here. Now, I won’t have him here. So I call upon Boffin, before I say another word, to fetch him in and send him packing to the right-about.’

The unsuspecting Sloppy was at that moment airing his many buttons within view of the window. Mr Boffin, after a short interval of impassive discomfiture, opened the window and beckoned him to come in.

‘I call upon Boffin,’ said Wegg, with one arm a-kimbo and his head on one side, like a bullying counsel pausing for an answer from a witness, ‘to inform that menial that I am Master here!’

In humble obedience, when the button-gleaming Sloppy entered Mr Boffin said to him: ‘Sloppy, my fine fellow, Mr Wegg is Master here. He doesn’t want you, and you are to go from here.’

‘For good!’ Mr Wegg severely stipulated.

‘For good,’ said Mr Boffin.

Sloppy stared, with both his eyes and all his buttons, and his mouth wide open; but was without loss of time escorted forth by Silas Wegg, pushed out at the yard gate by the shoulders, and locked out.

‘The atomspear,’ said Wegg, stumping back into the room again, a little reddened by his late exertion, ‘is now freer for the purposes of respiration. Mr Venus, sir, take a chair. Boffin, you may sit down.’

Mr Boffin, still with his hands ruefully stuck in his pockets, sat on the edge of the settle, shrunk into a small compass, and eyed the potent Silas with conciliatory looks.

‘This gentleman,’ said Silas Wegg, pointing out Venus, ‘this gentleman, Boffin, is more milk and watery with you than I’ll be. But he hasn’t borne the Roman yoke as I have, nor yet he hasn’t been required to pander to your depraved appetite for miserly characters.’

‘I never meant, my dear Wegg—’ Mr Boffin was beginning, when Silas stopped him.

‘Hold your tongue, Boffin! Answer when you’re called upon to answer. You’ll find you’ve got quite enough to do. Now, you’re aware—are you—that you’re in possession of property to which you’ve no right at all? Are you aware of that?’

Venus tells me so,’ said Mr Boffin, glancing towards him for any support he could give.

‘I tell you so,’ returned Silas. ‘Now, here’s my hat, Boffin, and here’s my walking-stick. Trifle with me, and instead of making a bargain with you, I’ll put on my hat and take up my walking-stick, and go out, and make a bargain with the rightful owner. Now, what do you say?’

‘I say,’ returned Mr Boffin, leaning forward in alarmed appeal, with his hands on his knees, ‘that I am sure I don’t want to trifle, Wegg. I have said so to Venus.’

‘You certainly have, sir,’ said Venus.

‘You’re too milk and watery with our friend, you are indeed,’ remonstrated Silas, with a disapproving shake of his wooden head. ‘Then at once you confess yourself desirous to come to terms, do you Boffin? Before you answer, keep this hat well in your mind and also this walking-stick.’

‘I am willing, Wegg, to come to terms.’

‘Willing won’t do, Boffin. I won’t take willing. Are you desirous to come to terms? Do you ask to be allowed as a favour to come to terms?’ Mr Wegg again planted his arm, and put his head on one side.

‘Yes.’

‘Yes what?’ said the inexorable Wegg: ‘I won’t take yes. I’ll have it out of you in full, Boffin.’

‘Dear me!’ cried that unfortunate gentleman. ‘I am so worrited! I ask to be allowed to come to terms, supposing your document is all correct.’

‘Don’t you be afraid of that,’ said Silas, poking his head at him. ‘You shall be satisfied by seeing it. Mr Venus will show it you, and I’ll hold you the while. Then you want to know what the terms are. Is that about the sum and substance of it? Will you or won’t you answer, Boffin?’ For he had paused a moment.

‘Dear me!’ cried that unfortunate gentleman again, ‘I am worrited to that degree that I’m almost off my head. You hurry me so. Be so good as name the terms, Wegg.’

‘Now, mark, Boffin,’ returned Silas: ‘Mark ’em well, because they’re the lowest terms and the only terms. You’ll throw your Mound (the little Mound as comes to you any way) into the general estate, and then you’ll divide the whole property into three parts, and you’ll keep one and hand over the others.’

Mr Venus’s mouth screwed itself up, as Mr Boffin’s face lengthened itself, Mr Venus not having been prepared for such a rapacious demand.

‘Now, wait a bit, Boffin,’ Wegg proceeded, ‘there’s something more. You’ve been a squandering this property—laying some of it out on yourself. That won’t do. You’ve bought a house. You’ll be charged for it.’

‘I shall be ruined, Wegg!’ Mr Boffin faintly protested.

‘Now, wait a bit, Boffin; there’s something more. You’ll leave me in sole custody of these Mounds till they’re all laid low. If any waluables should be found in ’em, I’ll take care of such waluables. You’ll produce your contract for the sale of the Mounds, that we may know to a penny what they’re worth, and you’ll make out likewise an exact list of all the other property. When the Mounds is cleared away to the last shovel-full, the final diwision will come off.’

‘Dreadful, dreadful, dreadful! I shall die in a workhouse!’ cried the Golden Dustman, with his hands to his head.

‘Now, wait a bit, Boffin; there’s something more. You’ve been unlawfully ferreting about this yard. You’ve been seen in the act of ferreting about this yard. Two pair of eyes at the present moment brought to bear upon you, have seen you dig up a Dutch bottle.’

‘It was mine, Wegg,’ protested Mr Boffin. ‘I put it there myself.’

‘What was in it, Boffin?’ inquired Silas.

‘Not gold, not silver, not bank notes, not jewels, nothing that you could turn into money, Wegg; upon my soul!’

‘Prepared, Mr Venus,’ said Wegg, turning to his partner with a knowing and superior air, ‘for an ewasive answer on the part of our dusty friend here, I have hit out a little idea which I think will meet your views. We charge that bottle against our dusty friend at a thousand pound.’

Mr Boffin drew a deep groan.

‘Now, wait a bit, Boffin; there’s something more. In your employment is an under-handed sneak, named Rokesmith. It won’t answer to have HIM about, while this business of ours is about. He must be discharged.’

‘Rokesmith is already discharged,’ said Mr Boffin, speaking in a muffled voice, with his hands before his face, as he rocked himself on the settle.

‘Already discharged, is he?’ returned Wegg, surprised. ‘Oh! Then, Boffin, I believe there’s nothing more at present.’

The unlucky gentleman continuing to rock himself to and fro, and to utter an occasional moan, Mr Venus besought him to bear up against his reverses, and to take time to accustom himself to the thought of his new position. But, his taking time was exactly the thing of all others that Silas Wegg could not be induced to hear of. ‘Yes or no, and no half measures!’ was the motto which that obdurate person many times repeated; shaking his fist at Mr Boffin, and pegging his motto into the floor with his wooden leg, in a threatening and alarming manner.

At length, Mr Boffin entreated to be allowed a quarter of an hour’s grace, and a cooling walk of that duration in the yard. With some difficulty Mr Wegg granted this great favour, but only on condition that he accompanied Mr Boffin in his walk, as not knowing what he might fraudulently unearth if he were left to himself. A more absurd sight than Mr Boffin in his mental irritation trotting very nimbly, and Mr Wegg hopping after him with great exertion, eager to watch the slightest turn of an eyelash, lest it should indicate a spot rich with some secret, assuredly had never been seen in the shadow of the Mounds. Mr Wegg was much distressed when the quarter of an hour expired, and came hopping in, a very bad second.

‘I can’t help myself!’ cried Mr Boffin, flouncing on the settle in a forlorn manner, with his hands deep in his pockets, as if his pockets had sunk. ‘What’s the good of my pretending to stand out, when I can’t help myself? I must give in to the terms. But I should like to see the document.’

Wegg, who was all for clinching the nail he had so strongly driven home, announced that Boffin should see it without an hour’s delay. Taking him into custody for that purpose, or overshadowing him as if he really were his Evil Genius in visible form, Mr Wegg clapped Mr Boffin’s hat upon the back of his head, and walked him out by the arm, asserting a proprietorship over his soul and body that was at once more grim and more ridiculous than anything in Mr Venus’s rare collection. That light-haired gentleman followed close upon their heels, at least backing up Mr Boffin in a literal sense, if he had not had recent opportunities of doing so spiritually; while Mr Boffin, trotting on as hard as he could trot, involved Silas Wegg in frequent collisions with the public, much as a pre-occupied blind man’s dog may be seen to involve his master.

Thus they reached Mr Venus’s establishment, somewhat heated by the nature of their progress thither. Mr Wegg, especially, was in a flaming glow, and stood in the little shop, panting and mopping his head with his pocket-handkerchief, speechless for several minutes.

Meanwhile, Mr Venus, who had left the duelling frogs to fight it out in his absence by candlelight for the public delectation, put the shutters up. When all was snug, and the shop-door fastened, he said to the perspiring Silas: ‘I suppose, Mr Wegg, we may now produce the paper?’

‘Hold on a minute, sir,’ replied that discreet character; ‘hold on a minute. Will you obligingly shove that box—which you mentioned on a former occasion as containing miscellanies—towards me in the midst of the shop here?’

Mr Venus did as he was asked.

‘Very good,’ said Silas, looking about: ‘ve—ry good. Will you hand me that chair, sir, to put a-top of it?’

Venus handed him the chair.

‘Now, Boffin,’ said Wegg, ‘mount up here and take your seat, will you?’

Mr Boffin, as if he were about to have his portrait painted, or to be electrified, or to be made a Freemason, or to be placed at any other solitary disadvantage, ascended the rostrum prepared for him.

‘Now, Mr Venus,’ said Silas, taking off his coat, ‘when I catches our friend here round the arms and body, and pins him tight to the back of the chair, you may show him what he wants to see. If you’ll open it and hold it well up in one hand, sir, and a candle in the other, he can read it charming.’

Mr Boffin seemed rather inclined to object to these precautionary arrangements, but, being immediately embraced by Wegg, resigned himself. Venus then produced the document, and Mr Boffin slowly spelt it out aloud: so very slowly, that Wegg, who was holding him in the chair with the grip of a wrestler, became again exceedingly the worse for his exertions. ‘Say when you’ve put it safe back, Mr Venus,’ he uttered with difficulty, ‘for the strain of this is terrimenjious.’

At length the document was restored to its place; and Wegg, whose uncomfortable attitude had been that of a very persevering man unsuccessfully attempting to stand upon his head, took a seat to recover himself. Mr Boffin, for his part, made no attempt to come down, but remained aloft disconsolate.

Well, Boffin!’ said Wegg, as soon as he was in a condition to speak. ‘Now, you know.’

‘Yes, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin, meekly. ‘Now, I know.’

‘You have no doubts about it, Boffin.’

‘No, Wegg. No, Wegg. None,’ was the slow and sad reply.

‘Then, take care, you,’ said Wegg, ‘that you stick to your conditions. Mr Venus, if on this auspicious occasion, you should happen to have a drop of anything not quite so mild as tea in the ’ouse, I think I’d take the friendly liberty of asking you for a specimen of it.’

Mr Venus, reminded of the duties of hospitality, produced some rum. In answer to the inquiry, ‘Will you mix it, Mr Wegg?’ that gentleman pleasantly rejoined, ‘I think not, sir. On so auspicious an occasion, I prefer to take it in the form of a Gum-Tickler.’

Mr Boffin, declining rum, being still elevated on his pedestal, was in a convenient position to be addressed. Wegg having eyed him with an impudent air at leisure, addressed him, therefore, while refreshing himself with his dram.

‘Bof—fin!’

‘Yes, Wegg,’ he answered, coming out of a fit of abstraction, with a sigh.

‘I haven’t mentioned one thing, because it’s a detail that comes of course. You must be followed up, you know. You must be kept under inspection.’

‘I don’t quite understand,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘Don’t you?’ sneered Wegg. ‘Where’s your wits, Boffin? Till the Mounds is down and this business completed, you’re accountable for all the property, recollect. Consider yourself accountable to me. Mr Venus here being too milk and watery with you, I am the boy for you.’

‘I’ve been a-thinking,’ said Mr Boffin, in a tone of despondency, ‘that I must keep the knowledge from my old lady.’

‘The knowledge of the diwision, d’ye mean?’ inquired Wegg, helping himself to a third Gum-Tickler—for he had already taken a second.

‘Yes. If she was to die first of us two she might then think all her life, poor thing, that I had got the rest of the fortune still, and was saving it.’

‘I suspect, Boffin,’ returned Wegg, shaking his head sagaciously, and bestowing a wooden wink upon him, ‘that you’ve found out some account of some old chap, supposed to be a Miser, who got himself the credit of having much more money than he had. However, I don’t mind.’

‘Don’t you see, Wegg?’ Mr Boffin feelingly represented to him: ‘don’t you see? My old lady has got so used to the property. It would be such a hard surprise.’

‘I don’t see it at all,’ blustered Wegg. ‘You’ll have as much as I shall. And who are you?’

‘But then, again,’ Mr Boffin gently represented; ‘my old lady has very upright principles.’

‘Who’s your old lady,’ returned Wegg, ‘to set herself up for having uprighter principles than mine?’

Mr Boffin seemed a little less patient at this point than at any other of the negotiations. But he commanded himself, and said tamely enough: ‘I think it must be kept from my old lady, Wegg.’

Well,’ said Wegg, contemptuously, though, perhaps, perceiving some hint of danger otherwise, ‘keep it from your old lady. I ain’t going to tell her. I can have you under close inspection without that. I’m as good a man as you, and better. Ask me to dinner. Give me the run of your ’ouse. I was good enough for you and your old lady once, when I helped you out with your weal and hammers. Was there no Miss Elizabeth, Master George, Aunt Jane, and Uncle Parker, before YOU two?’

‘Gently, Mr Wegg, gently,’ Venus urged.

‘Milk and water-erily you mean, sir,’ he returned, with some little thickness of speech, in consequence of the Gum-Ticklers having tickled it. ‘I’ve got him under inspection, and I’ll inspect him.

“Along the line the signal ran, England expects as this present man Will keep Boffin to his duty.”

—Boffin, I’ll see you home.’

Mr Boffin descended with an air of resignation, and gave himself up, after taking friendly leave of Mr Venus. Once more, Inspector and Inspected went through the streets together, and so arrived at Mr Boffin’s door.

But even there, when Mr Boffin had given his keeper good-night, and had let himself in with his key, and had softly closed the door, even there and then, the all-powerful Silas must needs claim another assertion of his newly-asserted power.

‘Bof—fin!’ he called through the keyhole.

‘Yes, Wegg,’ was the reply through the same channel.

‘Come out. Show yourself again. Let’s have another look at you!’ Mr Boffin—ah, how fallen from the high estate of his honest simplicity!—opened the door and obeyed.

‘Go in. You may get to bed now,’ said Wegg, with a grin.

The door was hardly closed, when he again called through the keyhole: ‘Bof—fin!’

‘Yes, Wegg.’

This time Silas made no reply, but laboured with a will at turning an imaginary grindstone outside the keyhole, while Mr Boffin stooped at it within; he then laughed silently, and stumped home.

Chapter 4

A RUNAWAY MATCH

Cherubic Pa arose with as little noise as possible from beside majestic Ma, one morning early, having a holiday before him. Pa and the lovely woman had a rather particular appointment to keep.

Yet Pa and the lovely woman were not going out together. Bella was up before four, but had no bonnet on. She was waiting at the foot of the stairs—was sitting on the bottom stair, in fact—to receive Pa when he came down, but her only object seemed to be to get Pa well out of the house.

‘Your breakfast is ready, sir,’ whispered Bella, after greeting him with a hug, ‘and all you have to do, is, to eat it up and drink it up, and escape. How do you feel, Pa?’

‘To the best of my judgement, like a housebreaker new to the business, my dear, who can’t make himself quite comfortable till he is off the premises.’

Bella tucked her arm in his with a merry noiseless laugh, and they went down to the kitchen on tiptoe; she stopping on every separate stair to put the tip of her forefinger on her rosy lips, and then lay it on his lips, according to her favourite petting way of kissing Pa.

‘How do YOU feel, my love?’ asked R. W., as she gave him his breakfast.

‘I feel as if the Fortune-teller was coming true, dear Pa, and the fair little man was turning out as was predicted.’

‘Ho! Only the fair little man?’ said her father.

Bella put another of those finger-seals upon his lips, and then said, kneeling down by him as he sat at table: ‘Now, look here, sir. If you keep well up to the mark this day, what do you think you deserve? What did I promise you should have, if you were good, upon a certain occasion?’

‘Upon my word I don’t remember, Precious. Yes, I do, though. Wasn’t it one of these beau—tiful tresses?’ with his caressing hand upon her hair.

‘Wasn’t it, too!’ returned Bella, pretending to pout. ‘Upon my word! Do you know, sir, that the Fortune-teller would give five thousand guineas (if it was quite convenient to him, which it isn’t) for the lovely piece I have cut off for you? You can form no idea, sir, of the number of times he kissed quite a scrubby little piece—in comparison—that I cut off for HIM. And he wears it, too, round his neck, I can tell you! Near his heart!’ said Bella, nodding. ‘Ah! very near his heart! However, you have been a good, good boy, and you are the best of all the dearest boys that ever were, this morning, and here’s the chain I have made of it, Pa, and you must let me put it round your neck with my own loving hands.’

As Pa bent his head, she cried over him a little, and then said (after having stopped to dry her eyes on his white waistcoat, the discovery of which incongruous circumstance made her laugh): ‘Now, darling Pa, give me your hands that I may fold them together, and do you say after me:—My little Bella.’

‘My little Bella,’ repeated Pa.

‘I am very fond of you.’

‘I am very fond of you, my darling,’ said Pa.

‘You mustn’t say anything not dictated to you, sir. You daren’t do it in your responses at Church, and you mustn’t do it in your responses out of Church.’

‘I withdraw the darling,’ said Pa.

‘That’s a pious boy! Now again:—You were always—’

‘You were always,’ repeated Pa.

‘A vexatious—’

‘No you weren’t,’ said Pa.

‘A vexatious (do you hear, sir?), a vexatious, capricious, thankless, troublesome, Animal; but I hope you’ll do better in the time to come, and I bless you and forgive you!’ Here, she quite forgot that it was Pa’s turn to make the responses, and clung to his neck. ‘Dear Pa, if you knew how much I think this morning of what you told me once, about the first time of our seeing old Mr Harmon, when I stamped and screamed and beat you with my detestable little bonnet! I feel as if I had been stamping and screaming and beating you with my hateful little bonnet, ever since I was born, darling!’

‘Nonsense, my love. And as to your bonnets, they have always been nice bonnets, for they have always become you—or you have become them; perhaps it was that—at every age.’

‘Did I hurt you much, poor little Pa?’ asked Bella, laughing (notwithstanding her repentance), with fantastic pleasure in the picture, ‘when I beat you with my bonnet?’

‘No, my child. Wouldn’t have hurt a fly!’

‘Ay, but I am afraid I shouldn’t have beat you at all, unless I had meant to hurt you,’ said Bella. ‘Did I pinch your legs, Pa?’

‘Not much, my dear; but I think it’s almost time I—’

‘Oh, yes!’ cried Bella. ‘If I go on chattering, you’ll be taken alive. Fly, Pa, fly!’

So, they went softly up the kitchen stairs on tiptoe, and Bella with her light hand softly removed the fastenings of the house door, and Pa, having received a parting hug, made off. When he had gone a little way, he looked back. Upon which, Bella set another of those finger seals upon the air, and thrust out her little foot expressive of the mark. Pa, in appropriate action, expressed fidelity to the mark, and made off as fast as he could go.

Bella walked thoughtfully in the garden for an hour and more, and then, returning to the bedroom where Lavvy the Irrepressible still slumbered, put on a little bonnet of quiet, but on the whole of sly appearance, which she had yesterday made. ‘I am going for a walk, Lavvy,’ she said, as she stooped down and kissed her. The Irrepressible, with a bounce in the bed, and a remark that it wasn’t time to get up yet, relapsed into unconsciousness, if she had come out of it.

Behold Bella tripping along the streets, the dearest girl afoot under the summer sun! Behold Pa waiting for Bella behind a pump, at least three miles from the parental roof-tree. Behold Bella and Pa aboard an early steamboat for Greenwich.

Were they expected at Greenwich? Probably. At least, Mr John Rokesmith was on the pier looking out, about a couple of hours before the coaly (but to him gold-dusty) little steamboat got her steam up in London. Probably. At least, Mr John Rokesmith seemed perfectly satisfied when he descried them on board. Probably. At least, Bella no sooner stepped ashore than she took Mr John Rokesmith’s arm, without evincing surprise, and the two walked away together with an ethereal air of happiness which, as it were, wafted up from the earth and drew after them a gruff and glum old pensioner to see it out. Two wooden legs had this gruff and glum old pensioner, and, a minute before Bella stepped out of the boat, and drew that confiding little arm of hers through Rokesmith’s, he had had no object in life but tobacco, and not enough of that. Stranded was Gruff and Glum in a harbour of everlasting mud, when all in an instant Bella floated him, and away he went.

Say, cherubic parent taking the lead, in what direction do we steer first? With some such inquiry in his thoughts, Gruff and Glum, stricken by so sudden an interest that he perked his neck and looked over the intervening people, as if he were trying to stand on tiptoe with his two wooden legs, took an observation of R. W. There was no ‘first’ in the case, Gruff and Glum made out; the cherubic parent was bearing down and crowding on direct for Greenwich church, to see his relations.

For, Gruff and Glum, though most events acted on him simply as tobacco-stoppers, pressing down and condensing the quids within him, might be imagined to trace a family resemblance between the cherubs in the church architecture, and the cherub in the white waistcoat. Some remembrance of old Valentines, wherein a cherub, less appropriately attired for a proverbially uncertain climate, had been seen conducting lovers to the altar, might have been fancied to inflame the ardour of his timber toes. Be it as it might, he gave his moorings the slip, and followed in chase.

The cherub went before, all beaming smiles; Bella and John Rokesmith followed; Gruff and Glum stuck to them like wax. For years, the wings of his mind had gone to look after the legs of his body; but Bella had brought them back for him per steamer, and they were spread again.

He was a slow sailer on a wind of happiness, but he took a cross cut for the rendezvous, and pegged away as if he were scoring furiously at cribbage. When the shadow of the church-porch swallowed them up, victorious Gruff and Glum likewise presented himself to be swallowed up. And by this time the cherubic parent was so fearful of surprise, that, but for the two wooden legs on which Gruff and Glum was reassuringly mounted, his conscience might have introduced, in the person of that pensioner, his own stately lady disguised, arrived at Greenwich in a car and griffins, like the spiteful Fairy at the christenings of the Princesses, to do something dreadful to the marriage service. And truly he had a momentary reason to be pale of face, and to whisper to Bella, ‘You don’t think that can be your Ma; do you, my dear?’ on account of a mysterious rustling and a stealthy movement somewhere in the remote neighbourhood of the organ, though it was gone directly and was heard no more. Albeit it was heard of afterwards, as will afterwards be read in this veracious register of marriage.

Who taketh? I, John, and so do I, Bella. Who giveth? I, R. W. Forasmuch, Gruff and Glum, as John and Bella have consented together in holy wedlock, you may (in short) consider it done, and withdraw your two wooden legs from this temple. To the foregoing purport, the Minister speaking, as directed by the Rubric, to the People, selectly represented in the present instance by G. and G. above mentioned.

And now, the church-porch having swallowed up Bella Wilfer for ever and ever, had it not in its power to relinquish that young woman, but slid into the happy sunlight, Mrs John Rokesmith instead. And long on the bright steps stood Gruff and Glum, looking after the pretty bride, with a narcotic consciousness of having dreamed a dream.

After which, Bella took out from her pocket a little letter, and read it aloud to Pa and John; this being a true copy of the same.

‘DEAREST MA,

I hope you won’t be angry, but I am most happily married to Mr John Rokesmith, who loves me better than I can ever deserve, except by loving him with all my heart. I thought it best not to mention it beforehand, in case it should cause any little difference at home. Please tell darling Pa. With love to Lavvy,

Ever dearest Ma, Your affectionate daughter, BELLA (P.S.—Rokesmith).’

Then, John Rokesmith put the queen’s countenance on the letter—when had Her Gracious Majesty looked so benign as on that blessed morning!—and then Bella popped it into the post-office, and said merrily, ‘Now, dearest Pa, you are safe, and will never be taken alive!’

Pa was, at first, in the stirred depths of his conscience, so far from sure of being safe yet, that he made out majestic matrons lurking in ambush among the harmless trees of Greenwich Park, and seemed to see a stately countenance tied up in a well-known pocket-handkerchief glooming down at him from a window of the Observatory, where the Familiars of the Astronomer Royal nightly outwatch the winking stars. But, the minutes passing on and no Mrs Wilfer in the flesh appearing, he became more confident, and so repaired with good heart and appetite to Mr and Mrs John Rokesmith’s cottage on Blackheath, where breakfast was ready.

A modest little cottage but a bright and a fresh, and on the snowy tablecloth the prettiest of little breakfasts. In waiting, too, like an attendant summer breeze, a fluttering young damsel, all pink and ribbons, blushing as if she had been married instead of Bella, and yet asserting the triumph of her sex over both John and Pa, in an exulting and exalted flurry: as who should say, ‘This is what you must all come to, gentlemen, when we choose to bring you to book.’ This same young damsel was Bella’s serving-maid, and unto her did deliver a bunch of keys, commanding treasures in the way of dry-saltery, groceries, jams and pickles, the investigation of which made pastime after breakfast, when Bella declared that ‘Pa must taste everything, John dear, or it will never be lucky,’ and when Pa had all sorts of things poked into his mouth, and didn’t quite know what to do with them when they were put there.

Then they, all three, out for a charming ride, and for a charming stroll among heath in bloom, and there behold the identical Gruff and Glum with his wooden legs horizontally disposed before him, apparently sitting meditating on the vicissitudes of life! To whom said Bella, in her light-hearted surprise: ‘Oh! How do you do again? What a dear old pensioner you are!’ To which Gruff and Glum responded that he see her married this morning, my Beauty, and that if it warn’t a liberty he wished her ji and the fairest of fair wind and weather; further, in a general way requesting to know what cheer? and scrambling up on his two wooden legs to salute, hat in hand, ship-shape, with the gallantry of a man-of-warsman and a heart of oak.

It was a pleasant sight, in the midst of the golden bloom, to see this salt old Gruff and Glum, waving his shovel hat at Bella, while his thin white hair flowed free, as if she had once more launched him into blue water again. ‘You are a charming old pensioner,’ said Bella, ‘and I am so happy that I wish I could make you happy, too.’ Answered Gruff and Glum, ‘Give me leave to kiss your hand, my Lovely, and it’s done!’ So it was done to the general contentment; and if Gruff and Glum didn’t in the course of the afternoon splice the main brace, it was not for want of the means of inflicting that outrage on the feelings of the Infant Bands of Hope.

But, the marriage dinner was the crowning success, for what had bride and bridegroom plotted to do, but to have and to hold that dinner in the very room of the very hotel where Pa and the lovely woman had once dined together! Bella sat between Pa and John, and divided her attentions pretty equally, but felt it necessary (in the waiter’s absence before dinner) to remind Pa that she was HIS lovely woman no longer.

‘I am well aware of it, my dear,’ returned the cherub, ‘and I resign you willingly.’

‘Willingly, sir? You ought to be brokenhearted.’

‘So I should be, my dear, if I thought that I was going to lose you.’

‘But you know you are not; don’t you, poor dear Pa? You know that you have only made a new relation who will be as fond of you and as thankful to you—for my sake and your own sake both—as I am; don’t you, dear little Pa? Look here, Pa!’ Bella put her finger on her own lip, and then on Pa’s, and then on her own lip again, and then on her husband’s. ‘Now, we are a partnership of three, dear Pa.’

The appearance of dinner here cut Bella short in one of her disappearances: the more effectually, because it was put on under the auspices of a solemn gentleman in black clothes and a white cravat, who looked much more like a clergyman than THE clergyman, and seemed to have mounted a great deal higher in the church: not to say, scaled the steeple. This dignitary, conferring in secrecy with John Rokesmith on the subject of punch and wines, bent his head as though stooping to the Papistical practice of receiving auricular confession. Likewise, on John’s offering a suggestion which didn’t meet his views, his face became overcast and reproachful, as enjoining penance.

What a dinner! Specimens of all the fishes that swim in the sea, surely had swum their way to it, and if samples of the fishes of divers colours that made a speech in the Arabian Nights (quite a ministerial explanation in respect of cloudiness), and then jumped out of the frying-pan, were not to be recognized, it was only because they had all become of one hue by being cooked in batter among the whitebait. And the dishes being seasoned with Bliss—an article which they are sometimes out of, at Greenwich—were of perfect flavour, and the golden drinks had been bottled in the golden age and hoarding up their sparkles ever since.

The best of it was, that Bella and John and the cherub had made a covenant that they would not reveal to mortal eyes any appearance whatever of being a wedding party. Now, the supervising dignitary, the Archbishop of Greenwich, knew this as well as if he had performed the nuptial ceremony. And the loftiness with which his Grace entered into their confidence without being invited, and insisted on a show of keeping the waiters out of it, was the crowning glory of the entertainment.

There was an innocent young waiter of a slender form and with weakish legs, as yet unversed in the wiles of waiterhood, and but too evidently of a romantic temperament, and deeply (it were not too much to add hopelessly) in love with some young female not aware of his merit. This guileless youth, descrying the position of affairs, which even his innocence could not mistake, limited his waiting to languishing admiringly against the sideboard when Bella didn’t want anything, and swooping at her when she did. Him, his Grace the Archbishop perpetually obstructed, cutting him out with his elbow in the moment of success, despatching him in degrading quest of melted butter, and, when by any chance he got hold of any dish worth having, bereaving him of it, and ordering him to stand back.

‘Pray excuse him, madam,’ said the Archbishop in a low stately voice; ‘he is a very young man on liking, and we DON’T like him.’

This induced John Rokesmith to observe—by way of making the thing more natural—‘Bella, my love, this is so much more successful than any of our past anniversaries, that I think we must keep our future anniversaries here.’

Whereunto Bella replied, with probably the least successful attempt at looking matronly that ever was seen: ‘Indeed, I think so, John, dear.’

Here the Archbishop of Greenwich coughed a stately cough to attract the attention of three of his ministers present, and staring at them, seemed to say: ‘I call upon you by your fealty to believe this!’

With his own hands he afterwards put on the dessert, as remarking to the three guests, ‘The period has now arrived at which we can dispense with the assistance of those fellows who are not in our confidence,’ and would have retired with complete dignity but for a daring action issuing from the misguided brain of the young man on liking. He finding, by ill-fortune, a piece of orange flower somewhere in the lobbies now approached undetected with the same in a finger-glass, and placed it on Bella’s right hand. The Archbishop instantly ejected and excommunicated him; but the thing was done.

‘I trust, madam,’ said his Grace, returning alone, ‘that you will have the kindness to overlook it, in consideration of its being the act of a very young man who is merely here on liking, and who will never answer.’

With that, he solemnly bowed and retired, and they all burst into laughter, long and merry. ‘Disguise is of no use,’ said Bella; ‘they all find me out; I think it must be, Pa and John dear, because I look so happy!’

Her husband feeling it necessary at this point to demand one of those mysterious disappearances on Bella’s part, she dutifully obeyed; saying in a softened voice from her place of concealment:

‘You remember how we talked about the ships that day, Pa?’

‘Yes, my dear.’

‘Isn’t it strange, now, to think that there was no John in all the ships, Pa?’

‘Not at all, my dear.’

‘Oh, Pa! Not at all?’

‘No, my dear. How can we tell what coming people are aboard the ships that may be sailing to us now from the unknown seas!’

Bella remaining invisible and silent, her father remained at his dessert and wine, until he remembered it was time for him to get home to Holloway. ‘Though I positively cannot tear myself away,’ he cherubically added, ‘—it would be a sin—without drinking to many, many happy returns of this most happy day.’

‘Here! ten thousand times!’ cried John. ‘I fill my glass and my precious wife’s.’

‘Gentlemen,’ said the cherub, inaudibly addressing, in his Anglo-Saxon tendency to throw his feelings into the form of a speech, the boys down below, who were bidding against each other to put their heads in the mud for sixpence: ‘Gentlemen—and Bella and John—you will readily suppose that it is not my intention to trouble you with many observations on the present occasion. You will also at once infer the nature and even the terms of the toast I am about to propose on the present occasion. Gentlemen—and Bella and John—the present occasion is an occasion fraught with feelings that I cannot trust myself to express. But gentlemen—and Bella and John—for the part I have had in it, for the confidence you have placed in me, and for the affectionate good-nature and kindness with which you have determined not to find me in the way, when I am well aware that I cannot be otherwise than in it more or less, I do most heartily thank you. Gentlemen—and Bella and John—my love to you, and may we meet, as on the present occasion, on many future occasions; that is to say, gentlemen—and Bella and John—on many happy returns of the present happy occasion.’

Having thus concluded his address, the amiable cherub embraced his daughter, and took his flight to the steamboat which was to convey him to London, and was then lying at the floating pier, doing its best to bump the same to bits. But, the happy couple were not going to part with him in that way, and before he had been on board two minutes, there they were, looking down at him from the wharf above.

‘Pa, dear!’ cried Bella, beckoning him with her parasol to approach the side, and bending gracefully to whisper.

‘Yes, my darling.’

‘Did I beat you much with that horrid little bonnet, Pa?’

‘Nothing to speak of; my dear.’

‘Did I pinch your legs, Pa?’

‘Only nicely, my pet.’

‘You are sure you quite forgive me, Pa? Please, Pa, please, forgive me quite!’ Half laughing at him and half crying to him, Bella besought him in the prettiest manner; in a manner so engaging and so playful and so natural, that her cherubic parent made a coaxing face as if she had never grown up, and said, ‘What a silly little Mouse it is!’

‘But you do forgive me that, and everything else; don’t you, Pa?’

‘Yes, my dearest.’

‘And you don’t feel solitary or neglected, going away by yourself; do you, Pa?’

‘Lord bless you! No, my Life!’

‘Good-bye, dearest Pa. Good-bye!’

‘Good-bye, my darling! Take her away, my dear John. Take her home!’

So, she leaning on her husband’s arm, they turned homeward by a rosy path which the gracious sun struck out for them in its setting. And O there are days in this life, worth life and worth death. And O what a bright old song it is, that O ’tis love, ’tis love, ’tis love that makes the world go round!

Chapter 5

CONCERNING THE MENDICANT’S BRIDE

The impressive gloom with which Mrs Wilfer received her husband on his return from the wedding, knocked so hard at the door of the cherubic conscience, and likewise so impaired the firmness of the cherubic legs, that the culprit’s tottering condition of mind and body might have roused suspicion in less occupied persons than the grimly heroic lady, Miss Lavinia, and that esteemed friend of the family, Mr George Sampson. But, the attention of all three being fully possessed by the main fact of the marriage, they had happily none to bestow on the guilty conspirator; to which fortunate circumstance he owed the escape for which he was in nowise indebted to himself.

‘You do not, R. W.’ said Mrs Wilfer from her stately corner, ‘inquire for your daughter Bella.’

‘To be sure, my dear,’ he returned, with a most flagrant assumption of unconsciousness, ‘I did omit it. How—or perhaps I should rather say where—IS Bella?’

‘Not here,’ Mrs Wilfer proclaimed, with folded arms.

The cherub faintly muttered something to the abortive effect of ‘Oh, indeed, my dear!’

‘Not here,’ repeated Mrs Wilfer, in a stern sonorous voice. ‘In a word, R. W., you have no daughter Bella.’

‘No daughter Bella, my dear?’

‘No. Your daughter Bella,’ said Mrs Wilfer, with a lofty air of never having had the least copartnership in that young lady: of whom she now made reproachful mention as an article of luxury which her husband had set up entirely on his own account, and in direct opposition to her advice: ‘—your daughter Bella has bestowed herself upon a Mendicant.’

‘Good gracious, my dear!’

‘Show your father his daughter Bella’s letter, Lavinia,’ said Mrs Wilfer, in her monotonous Act of Parliament tone, and waving her hand. ‘I think your father will admit it to be documentary proof of what I tell him. I believe your father is acquainted with his daughter Bella’s writing. But I do not know. He may tell you he is not. Nothing will surprise me.’

‘Posted at Greenwich, and dated this morning,’ said the Irrepressible, flouncing at her father in handing him the evidence. ‘Hopes Ma won’t be angry, but is happily married to Mr John Rokesmith, and didn’t mention it beforehand to avoid words, and please tell darling you, and love to me, and I should like to know what you’d have said if any other unmarried member of the family had done it!’

He read the letter, and faintly exclaimed ‘Dear me!’

‘You may well say Dear me!’ rejoined Mrs Wilfer, in a deep tone. Upon which encouragement he said it again, though scarcely with the success he had expected; for the scornful lady then remarked, with extreme bitterness: ‘You said that before.’

‘It’s very surprising. But I suppose, my dear,’ hinted the cherub, as he folded the letter after a disconcerting silence, ‘that we must make the best of it? Would you object to my pointing out, my dear, that Mr John Rokesmith is not (so far as I am acquainted with him), strictly speaking, a Mendicant.’

‘Indeed?’ returned Mrs Wilfer, with an awful air of politeness. ‘Truly so? I was not aware that Mr John Rokesmith was a gentleman of landed property. But I am much relieved to hear it.’

‘I doubt if you HAVE heard it, my dear,’ the cherub submitted with hesitation.

‘Thank you,’ said Mrs Wilfer. ‘I make false statements, it appears? So be it. If my daughter flies in my face, surely my husband may. The one thing is not more unnatural than the other. There seems a fitness in the arrangement. By all means!’ Assuming, with a shiver of resignation, a deadly cheerfulness.

But, here the Irrepressible skirmished into the conflict, dragging the reluctant form of Mr Sampson after her.

‘Ma,’ interposed the young lady, ‘I must say I think it would be much better if you would keep to the point, and not hold forth about people’s flying into people’s faces, which is nothing more nor less than impossible nonsense.’

‘How!’ exclaimed Mrs Wilfer, knitting her dark brows.

‘Just im-possible nonsense, Ma,’ returned Lavvy, ‘and George Sampson knows it is, as well as I do.’

Mrs Wilfer suddenly becoming petrified, fixed her indignant eyes upon the wretched George: who, divided between the support due from him to his love, and the support due from him to his love’s mamma, supported nobody, not even himself.

‘The true point is,’ pursued Lavinia, ‘that Bella has behaved in a most unsisterly way to me, and might have severely compromised me with George and with George’s family, by making off and getting married in this very low and disreputable manner—with some pew-opener or other, I suppose, for a bridesmaid—when she ought to have confided in me, and ought to have said, “If, Lavvy, you consider it due to your engagement with George, that you should countenance the occasion by being present, then Lavvy, I beg you to BE present, keeping my secret from Ma and Pa.” As of course I should have done.’

‘As of course you would have done? Ingrate!’ exclaimed Mrs Wilfer. ‘Viper!’

‘I say! You know ma’am. Upon my honour you mustn’t,’ Mr Sampson remonstrated, shaking his head seriously. ‘With the highest respect for you, ma’am, upon my life you mustn’t. No really, you know. When a man with the feelings of a gentleman finds himself engaged to a young lady, and it comes (even on the part of a member of the family) to vipers, you know!—I would merely put it to your own good feeling, you know,’ said Mr Sampson, in rather lame conclusion.

Mrs Wilfer’s baleful stare at the young gentleman in acknowledgment of his obliging interference was of such a nature that Miss Lavinia burst into tears, and caught him round the neck for his protection.

‘My own unnatural mother,’ screamed the young lady, ‘wants to annihilate George! But you shan’t be annihilated, George. I’ll die first!’

Mr Sampson, in the arms of his mistress, still struggled to shake his head at Mrs Wilfer, and to remark: ‘With every sentiment of respect for you, you know, ma’am—vipers really doesn’t do you credit.’

‘You shall not be annihilated, George!’ cried Miss Lavinia. ‘Ma shall destroy me first, and then she’ll be contented. Oh, oh, oh! Have I lured George from his happy home to expose him to this! George, dear, be free! Leave me, ever dearest George, to Ma and to my fate. Give my love to your aunt, George dear, and implore her not to curse the viper that has crossed your path and blighted your existence. Oh, oh, oh!’ The young lady who, hysterically speaking, was only just come of age, and had never gone off yet, here fell into a highly creditable crisis, which, regarded as a first performance, was very successful; Mr Sampson, bending over the body meanwhile, in a state of distraction, which induced him to address Mrs Wilfer in the inconsistent expressions: ‘Demon—with the highest respect for you—behold your work!’

The cherub stood helplessly rubbing his chin and looking on, but on the whole was inclined to welcome this diversion as one in which, by reason of the absorbent properties of hysterics, the previous question would become absorbed. And so, indeed, it proved, for the Irrepressible gradually coming to herself; and asking with wild emotion, ‘George dear, are you safe?’ and further, ‘George love, what has happened? Where is Ma?’ Mr Sampson, with words of comfort, raised her prostrate form, and handed her to Mrs Wilfer as if the young lady were something in the nature of refreshments. Mrs Wilfer with dignity partaking of the refreshments, by kissing her once on the brow (as if accepting an oyster), Miss Lavvy, tottering, returned to the protection of Mr Sampson; to whom she said, ‘George dear, I am afraid I have been foolish; but I am still a little weak and giddy; don’t let go my hand, George!’ And whom she afterwards greatly agitated at intervals, by giving utterance, when least expected, to a sound between a sob and a bottle of soda water, that seemed to rend the bosom of her frock.

Among the most remarkable effects of this crisis may be mentioned its having, when peace was restored, an inexplicable moral influence, of an elevating kind, on Miss Lavinia, Mrs Wilfer, and Mr George Sampson, from which R. W. was altogether excluded, as an outsider and non-sympathizer. Miss Lavinia assumed a modest air of having distinguished herself; Mrs Wilfer, a serene air of forgiveness and resignation; Mr Sampson, an air of having been improved and chastened. The influence pervaded the spirit in which they returned to the previous question.

‘George dear,’ said Lavvy, with a melancholy smile, ‘after what has passed, I am sure Ma will tell Pa that he may tell Bella we shall all be glad to see her and her husband.’

Mr Sampson said he was sure of it too; murmuring how eminently he respected Mrs Wilfer, and ever must, and ever would. Never more eminently, he added, than after what had passed.

‘Far be it from me,’ said Mrs Wilfer, making deep proclamation from her corner, ‘to run counter to the feelings of a child of mine, and of a Youth,’ Mr Sampson hardly seemed to like that word, ‘who is the object of her maiden preference. I may feel—nay, know—that I have been deluded and deceived. I may feel—nay, know—that I have been set aside and passed over. I may feel—nay, know—that after having so far overcome my repugnance towards Mr and Mrs Boffin as to receive them under this roof, and to consent to your daughter Bella’s,’ here turning to her husband, ‘residing under theirs, it were well if your daughter Bella,’ again turning to her husband, ‘had profited in a worldly point of view by a connection so distasteful, so disreputable. I may feel—nay, know—that in uniting herself to Mr Rokesmith she has united herself to one who is, in spite of shallow sophistry, a Mendicant. And I may feel well assured that your daughter Bella,’ again turning to her husband, ‘does not exalt her family by becoming a Mendicant’s bride. But I suppress what I feel, and say nothing of it.’

Mr Sampson murmured that this was the sort of thing you might expect from one who had ever in her own family been an example and never an outrage. And ever more so (Mr Sampson added, with some degree of obscurity,) and never more so, than in and through what had passed. He must take the liberty of adding, that what was true of the mother was true of the youngest daughter, and that he could never forget the touching feelings that the conduct of both had awakened within him. In conclusion, he did hope that there wasn’t a man with a beating heart who was capable of something that remained undescribed, in consequence of Miss Lavinia’s stopping him as he reeled in his speech.

‘Therefore, R. W.’ said Mrs Wilfer, resuming her discourse and turning to her lord again, ‘let your daughter Bella come when she will, and she will be received. So,’ after a short pause, and an air of having taken medicine in it, ‘so will her husband.’

‘And I beg, Pa,’ said Lavinia, ‘that you will not tell Bella what I have undergone. It can do no good, and it might cause her to reproach herself.’

‘My dearest girl,’ urged Mr Sampson, ‘she ought to know it.’

‘No, George,’ said Lavinia, in a tone of resolute self-denial. ‘No, dearest George, let it be buried in oblivion.’

Mr Sampson considered that, ‘too noble.’

‘Nothing is too noble, dearest George,’ returned Lavinia. ‘And Pa, I hope you will be careful not to refer before Bella, if you can help it, to my engagement to George. It might seem like reminding her of her having cast herself away. And I hope, Pa, that you will think it equally right to avoid mentioning George’s rising prospects, when Bella is present. It might seem like taunting her with her own poor fortunes. Let me ever remember that I am her younger sister, and ever spare her painful contrasts, which could not but wound her sharply.’

Mr Sampson expressed his belief that such was the demeanour of Angels. Miss Lavvy replied with solemnity, ‘No, dearest George, I am but too well aware that I am merely human.’

Mrs Wilfer, for her part, still further improved the occasion by sitting with her eyes fastened on her husband, like two great black notes of interrogation, severely inquiring, Are you looking into your breast? Do you deserve your blessings? Can you lay your hand upon your heart and say that you are worthy of so hysterical a daughter? I do not ask you if you are worthy of such a wife—put Me out of the question—but are you sufficiently conscious of, and thankful for, the pervading moral grandeur of the family spectacle on which you are gazing? These inquiries proved very harassing to R. W. who, besides being a little disturbed by wine, was in perpetual terror of committing himself by the utterance of stray words that would betray his guilty foreknowledge. However, the scene being over, and—all things considered—well over, he sought refuge in a doze; which gave his lady immense offence.

‘Can you think of your daughter Bella, and sleep?’ she disdainfully inquired.

To which he mildly answered, ‘Yes, I think I can, my dear.’

‘Then,’ said Mrs Wilfer, with solemn indignation, ‘I would recommend you, if you have a human feeling, to retire to bed.’

‘Thank you, my dear,’ he replied; ‘I think it IS the best place for me.’ And with these unsympathetic words very gladly withdrew.

Within a few weeks afterwards, the Mendicant’s bride (arm-in-arm with the Mendicant) came to tea, in fulfilment of an engagement made through her father. And the way in which the Mendicant’s bride dashed at the unassailable position so considerately to be held by Miss Lavy, and scattered the whole of the works in all directions in a moment, was triumphant.

‘Dearest Ma,’ cried Bella, running into the room with a radiant face, ‘how do you do, dearest Ma?’ And then embraced her, joyously. ‘And Lavvy darling, how do YOU do, and how’s George Sampson, and how is he getting on, and when are you going to be married, and how rich are you going to grow? You must tell me all about it, Lavvy dear, immediately. John, love, kiss Ma and Lavvy, and then we shall all be at home and comfortable.’

Mrs Wilfer stared, but was helpless. Miss Lavinia stared, but was helpless. Apparently with no compunction, and assuredly with no ceremony, Bella tossed her bonnet away, and sat down to make the tea.

‘Dearest Ma and Lavvy, you both take sugar, I know. And Pa (you good little Pa), you don’t take milk. John does. I didn’t before I was married; but I do now, because John does. John dear, did you kiss Ma and Lavvy? Oh, you did! Quite correct, John dear; but I didn’t see you do it, so I asked. Cut some bread and butter, John; that’s a love. Ma likes it doubled. And now you must tell me, dearest Ma and Lavvy, upon your words and honours! Didn’t you for a moment—just a moment—think I was a dreadful little wretch when I wrote to say I had run away?’

Before Mrs Wilfer could wave her gloves, the Mendicant’s bride in her merriest affectionate manner went on again.

‘I think it must have made you rather cross, dear Ma and Lavvy, and I know I deserved that you should be very cross. But you see I had been such a heedless, heartless creature, and had led you so to expect that I should marry for money, and so to make sure that I was incapable of marrying for love, that I thought you couldn’t believe me. Because, you see, you didn’t know how much of Good, Good, Good, I had learnt from John. Well! So I was sly about it, and ashamed of what you supposed me to be, and fearful that we couldn’t understand one another and might come to words, which we should all be sorry for afterwards, and so I said to John that if he liked to take me without any fuss, he might. And as he did like, I let him. And we were married at Greenwich church in the presence of nobody—except an unknown individual who dropped in,’ here her eyes sparkled more brightly, ‘and half a pensioner. And now, isn’t it nice, dearest Ma and Lavvy, to know that no words have been said which any of us can be sorry for, and that we are all the best of friends at the pleasantest of teas!’

Having got up and kissed them again, she slipped back to her chair (after a loop on the road to squeeze her husband round the neck) and again went on.

‘And now you will naturally want to know, dearest Ma and Lavvy, how we live, and what we have got to live upon. Well! And so we live on Blackheath, in the charm—ingest of dolls’ houses, de—lightfully furnished, and we have a clever little servant who is de—cidedly pretty, and we are economical and orderly, and do everything by clockwork, and we have a hundred and fifty pounds a year, and we have all we want, and more. And lastly, if you would like to know in confidence, as perhaps you may, what is my opinion of my husband, my opinion is—that I almost love him!’

‘And if you would like to know in confidence, as perhaps you may,’ said her husband, smiling, as he stood by her side, without her having detected his approach, ‘my opinion of my wife, my opinion is—.’ But Bella started up, and put her hand upon his lips.

‘Stop, Sir! No, John, dear! Seriously! Please not yet a while! I want to be something so much worthier than the doll in the doll’s house.’

‘My darling, are you not?’

‘Not half, not a quarter, so much worthier as I hope you may some day find me! Try me through some reverse, John—try me through some trial—and tell them after THAT, what you think of me.’

‘I will, my Life,’ said John. ‘I promise it.’

‘That’s my dear John. And you won’t speak a word now; will you?’

‘And I won’t,’ said John, with a very expressive look of admiration around him, ‘speak a word now!’

She laid her laughing cheek upon his breast to thank him, and said, looking at the rest of them sideways out of her bright eyes: ‘I’ll go further, Pa and Ma and Lavvy. John don’t suspect it—he has no idea of it—but I quite love him!’

Even Mrs Wilfer relaxed under the influence of her married daughter, and seemed in a majestic manner to imply remotely that if R. W. had been a more deserving object, she too might have condescended to come down from her pedestal for his beguilement. Miss Lavinia, on the other hand, had strong doubts of the policy of the course of treatment, and whether it might not spoil Mr Sampson, if experimented on in the case of that young gentleman. R. W. himself was for his part convinced that he was father of one of the most charming of girls, and that Rokesmith was the most favoured of men; which opinion, if propounded to him, Rokesmith would probably not have contested.

The newly-married pair left early, so that they might walk at leisure to their starting-place from London, for Greenwich. At first they were very cheerful and talked much; but after a while, Bella fancied that her husband was turning somewhat thoughtful. So she asked him:

‘John dear, what’s the matter?’

‘Matter, my love?’

‘Won’t you tell me,’ said Bella, looking up into his face, ‘what you are thinking of?’

‘There’s not much in the thought, my soul. I was thinking whether you wouldn’t like me to be rich?’

‘You rich, John?’ repeated Bella, shrinking a little.

‘I mean, really rich. Say, as rich as Mr Boffin. You would like that?’

‘I should be almost afraid to try, John dear. Was he much the better for his wealth? Was I much the better for the little part I once had in it?’

‘But all people are not the worse for riches, my own.’

‘Most people?’ Bella musingly suggested with raised eyebrows.

‘Nor even most people, it may be hoped. If you were rich, for instance, you would have a great power of doing good to others.’

‘Yes, sir, for instance,’ Bella playfully rejoined; ‘but should I exercise the power, for instance? And again, sir, for instance; should I, at the same time, have a great power of doing harm to myself?’

Laughing and pressing her arm, he retorted: ‘But still, again for instance; would you exercise that power?’

‘I don’t know,’ said Bella, thoughtfully shaking her head. ‘I hope not. I think not. But it’s so easy to hope not and think not, without the riches.’

‘Why don’t you say, my darling—instead of that phrase—being poor?’ he asked, looking earnestly at her.

‘Why don’t I say, being poor! Because I am not poor. Dear John, it’s not possible that you suppose I think we are poor?’

‘I do, my love.’

‘Oh John!’

‘Understand me, sweetheart. I know that I am rich beyond all wealth in having you; but I think OF you, and think FOR you. In such a dress as you are wearing now, you first charmed me, and in no dress could you ever look, to my thinking, more graceful or more beautiful. But you have admired many finer dresses this very day; and is it not natural that I wish I could give them to you?’

‘It’s very nice that you should wish it, John. It brings these tears of grateful pleasure into my eyes, to hear you say so with such tenderness. But I don’t want them.’

‘Again,’ he pursued, ‘we are now walking through the muddy streets. I love those pretty feet so dearly, that I feel as if I could not bear the dirt to soil the sole of your shoe. Is it not natural that I wish you could ride in a carriage?’

‘It’s very nice,’ said Bella, glancing downward at the feet in question, ‘to know that you admire them so much, John dear, and since you do, I am sorry that these shoes are a full size too large. But I don’t want a carriage, believe me.’

‘You would like one if you could have one, Bella?’

‘I shouldn’t like it for its own sake, half so well as such a wish for it. Dear John, your wishes are as real to me as the wishes in the Fairy story, that were all fulfilled as soon as spoken. Wish me everything that you can wish for the woman you dearly love, and I have as good as got it, John. I have better than got it, John!’

They were not the less happy for such talk, and home was not the less home for coming after it. Bella was fast developing a perfect genius for home. All the loves and graces seemed (her husband thought) to have taken domestic service with her, and to help her to make home engaging.

Her married life glided happily on. She was alone all day, for, after an early breakfast her husband repaired every morning to the City, and did not return until their late dinner hour. He was ‘in a China house,’ he explained to Bella: which she found quite satisfactory, without pursuing the China house into minuter details than a wholesale vision of tea, rice, odd-smelling silks, carved boxes, and tight-eyed people in more than double-soled shoes, with their pigtails pulling their heads of hair off, painted on transparent porcelain. She always walked with her husband to the railroad, and was always there again to meet him; her old coquettish ways a little sobered down (but not much), and her dress as daintily managed as if she managed nothing else. But, John gone to business and Bella returned home, the dress would be laid aside, trim little wrappers and aprons would be substituted, and Bella, putting back her hair with both hands, as if she were making the most business-like arrangements for going dramatically distracted, would enter on the household affairs of the day. Such weighing and mixing and chopping and grating, such dusting and washing and polishing, such snipping and weeding and trowelling and other small gardening, such making and mending and folding and airing, such diverse arrangements, and above all such severe study! For Mrs J. R., who had never been wont to do too much at home as Miss B. W., was under the constant necessity of referring for advice and support to a sage volume entitled The Complete British Family Housewife, which she would sit consulting, with her elbows on the table and her temples on her hands, like some perplexed enchantress poring over the Black Art. This, principally because the Complete British Housewife, however sound a Briton at heart, was by no means an expert Briton at expressing herself with clearness in the British tongue, and sometimes might have issued her directions to equal purpose in the Kamskatchan language. In any crisis of this nature, Bella would suddenly exclaim aloud, ‘Oh you ridiculous old thing, what do you mean by that? You must have been drinking!’ And having made this marginal note, would try the Housewife again, with all her dimples screwed into an expression of profound research.

There was likewise a coolness on the part of the British Housewife, which Mrs John Rokesmith found highly exasperating. She would say, ‘Take a salamander,’ as if a general should command a private to catch a Tartar. Or, she would casually issue the order, ‘Throw in a handful—’ of something entirely unattainable. In these, the Housewife’s most glaring moments of unreason, Bella would shut her up and knock her on the table, apostrophising her with the compliment, ‘O you ARE a stupid old Donkey! Where am I to get it, do you think?’

Another branch of study claimed the attention of Mrs John Rokesmith for a regular period every day. This was the mastering of the newspaper, so that she might be close up with John on general topics when John came home. In her desire to be in all things his companion, she would have set herself with equal zeal to master Algebra, or Euclid, if he had divided his soul between her and either. Wonderful was the way in which she would store up the City Intelligence, and beamingly shed it upon John in the course of the evening; incidentally mentioning the commodities that were looking up in the markets, and how much gold had been taken to the Bank, and trying to look wise and serious over it until she would laugh at herself most charmingly and would say, kissing him: ‘It all comes of my love, John dear.’

For a City man, John certainly did appear to care as little as might be for the looking up or looking down of things, as well as for the gold that got taken to the Bank. But he cared, beyond all expression, for his wife, as a most precious and sweet commodity that was always looking up, and that never was worth less than all the gold in the world. And she, being inspired by her affection, and having a quick wit and a fine ready instinct, made amazing progress in her domestic efficiency, though, as an endearing creature, she made no progress at all. This was her husband’s verdict, and he justified it by telling her that she had begun her married life as the most endearing creature that could possibly be.

‘And you have such a cheerful spirit!’ he said, fondly. ‘You are like a bright light in the house.’

‘Am I truly, John?’

‘Are you truly? Yes, indeed. Only much more, and much better.’

‘Do you know, John dear,’ said Bella, taking him by a button of his coat, ‘that I sometimes, at odd moments—don’t laugh, John, please.’

Nothing should induce John to do it, when she asked him not to do it.

‘—That I sometimes think, John, I feel a little serious.’

‘Are you too much alone, my darling?’

‘O dear, no, John! The time is so short that I have not a moment too much in the week.’

‘Why serious, my life, then? When serious?’

‘When I laugh, I think,’ said Bella, laughing as she laid her head upon his shoulder. ‘You wouldn’t believe, sir, that I feel serious now? But I do.’ And she laughed again, and something glistened in her eyes.

‘Would you like to be rich, pet?’ he asked her coaxingly.

‘Rich, John! How CAN you ask such goose’s questions?’

‘Do you regret anything, my love?’

‘Regret anything? No!’ Bella confidently answered. But then, suddenly changing, she said, between laughing and glistening: ‘Oh yes, I do though. I regret Mrs Boffin.’

‘I, too, regret that separation very much. But perhaps it is only temporary. Perhaps things may so fall out, as that you may sometimes see her again—as that we may sometimes see her again.’ Bella might be very anxious on the subject, but she scarcely seemed so at the moment. With an absent air, she was investigating that button on her husband’s coat, when Pa came in to spend the evening.

Pa had his special chair and his special corner reserved for him on all occasions, and—without disparagement of his domestic joys—was far happier there, than anywhere. It was always pleasantly droll to see Pa and Bella together; but on this present evening her husband thought her more than usually fantastic with him.

‘You are a very good little boy,’ said Bella, ‘to come unexpectedly, as soon as you could get out of school. And how have they used you at school to-day, you dear?’

Well, my pet,’ replied the cherub, smiling and rubbing his hands as she sat him down in his chair, ‘I attend two schools. There’s the Mincing Lane establishment, and there’s your mother’s Academy. Which might you mean, my dear?’

‘Both,’ said Bella.

‘Both, eh? Why, to say the truth, both have taken a little out of me to-day, my dear, but that was to be expected. There’s no royal road to learning; and what is life but learning!’

‘And what do you do with yourself when you have got your learning by heart, you silly child?’

‘Why then, my dear,’ said the cherub, after a little consideration, ‘I suppose I die.’

‘You are a very bad boy,’ retorted Bella, ‘to talk about dismal things and be out of spirits.’

‘My Bella,’ rejoined her father, ‘I am not out of spirits. I am as gay as a lark.’ Which his face confirmed.

‘Then if you are sure and certain it’s not you, I suppose it must be I,’ said Bella; ‘so I won’t do so any more. John dear, we must give this little fellow his supper, you know.’

‘Of course we must, my darling.’

‘He has been grubbing and grubbing at school,’ said Bella, looking at her father’s hand and lightly slapping it, ‘till he’s not fit to be seen. O what a grubby child!’

‘Indeed, my dear,’ said her father, ‘I was going to ask to be allowed to wash my hands, only you find me out so soon.’

‘Come here, sir!’ cried Bella, taking him by the front of his coat, ‘come here and be washed directly. You are not to be trusted to do it for yourself. Come here, sir!’

The cherub, to his genial amusement, was accordingly conducted to a little washing-room, where Bella soaped his face and rubbed his face, and soaped his hands and rubbed his hands, and splashed him and rinsed him and towelled him, until he was as red as beet-root, even to his very ears: ‘Now you must be brushed and combed, sir,’ said Bella, busily. ‘Hold the light, John. Shut your eyes, sir, and let me take hold of your chin. Be good directly, and do as you are told!’

Her father being more than willing to obey, she dressed his hair in her most elaborate manner, brushing it out straight, parting it, winding it over her fingers, sticking it up on end, and constantly falling back on John to get a good look at the effect of it. Who always received her on his disengaged arm, and detained her, while the patient cherub stood waiting to be finished.

‘There!’ said Bella, when she had at last completed the final touches. ‘Now, you are something like a genteel boy! Put your jacket on, and come and have your supper.’

The cherub investing himself with his coat was led back to his corner—where, but for having no egotism in his pleasant nature, he would have answered well enough for that radiant though self-sufficient boy, Jack Horner—Bella with her own hands laid a cloth for him, and brought him his supper on a tray. ‘Stop a moment,’ said she, ‘we must keep his little clothes clean;’ and tied a napkin under his chin, in a very methodical manner.

While he took his supper, Bella sat by him, sometimes admonishing him to hold his fork by the handle, like a polite child, and at other times carving for him, or pouring out his drink. Fantastic as it all was, and accustomed as she ever had been to make a plaything of her good father, ever delighted that she should put him to that account, still there was an occasional something on Bella’s part that was new. It could not be said that she was less playful, whimsical, or natural, than she always had been; but it seemed, her husband thought, as if there were some rather graver reason than he had supposed for what she had so lately said, and as if throughout all this, there were glimpses of an underlying seriousness.

It was a circumstance in support of this view of the case, that when she had lighted her father’s pipe, and mixed him his glass of grog, she sat down on a stool between her father and her husband, leaning her arm upon the latter, and was very quiet. So quiet, that when her father rose to take his leave, she looked round with a start, as if she had forgotten his being there.

‘You go a little way with Pa, John?’

‘Yes, my dear. Do you?’

‘I have not written to Lizzie Hexam since I wrote and told her that I really had a lover—a whole one. I have often thought I would like to tell her how right she was when she pretended to read in the live coals that I would go through fire and water for him. I am in the humour to tell her so to-night, John, and I’ll stay at home and do it.’

‘You are tired.’

‘Not at all tired, John dear, but in the humour to write to Lizzie. Good night, dear Pa. Good night, you dear, good, gentle Pa!’

Left to herself she sat down to write, and wrote Lizzie a long letter. She had but completed it and read it over, when her husband came back. ‘You are just in time, sir,’ said Bella; ‘I am going to give you your first curtain lecture. It shall be a parlour-curtain lecture. You shall take this chair of mine when I have folded my letter, and I will take the stool (though you ought to take it, I can tell you, sir, if it’s the stool of repentance), and you’ll soon find yourself taken to task soundly.’

Her letter folded, sealed, and directed, and her pen wiped, and her middle finger wiped, and her desk locked up and put away, and these transactions performed with an air of severe business sedateness, which the Complete British Housewife might have assumed, and certainly would not have rounded off and broken down in with a musical laugh, as Bella did: she placed her husband in his chair, and placed herself upon her stool.

‘Now, sir! To begin at the beginning. What is your name?’

A question more decidedly rushing at the secret he was keeping from her, could not have astounded him. But he kept his countenance and his secret, and answered, ‘John Rokesmith, my dear.’

‘Good boy! Who gave you that name?’

With a returning suspicion that something might have betrayed him to her, he answered, interrogatively, ‘My godfathers and my godmothers, dear love?’

‘Pretty good!’ said Bella. ‘Not goodest good, because you hesitate about it. However, as you know your Catechism fairly, so far, I’ll let you off the rest. Now, I am going to examine you out of my own head. John dear, why did you go back, this evening, to the question you once asked me before—would I like to be rich?’

Again, his secret! He looked down at her as she looked up at him, with her hands folded on his knee, and it was as nearly told as ever secret was.

Having no reply ready, he could do no better than embrace her.

‘In short, dear John,’ said Bella, ‘this is the topic of my lecture: I want nothing on earth, and I want you to believe it.’

‘If that’s all, the lecture may be considered over, for I do.’

‘It’s not all, John dear,’ Bella hesitated. ‘It’s only Firstly. There’s a dreadful Secondly, and a dreadful Thirdly to come—as I used to say to myself in sermon-time when I was a very small-sized sinner at church.’

‘Let them come, my dearest.’

‘Are you sure, John dear; are you absolutely certain in your innermost heart of hearts—?’

‘Which is not in my keeping,’ he rejoined.

‘No, John, but the key is.—Are you absolutely certain that down at the bottom of that heart of hearts, which you have given to me as I have given mine to you, there is no remembrance that I was once very mercenary?’

‘Why, if there were no remembrance in me of the time you speak of,’ he softly asked her with his lips to hers, ‘could I love you quite as well as I do; could I have in the Calendar of my life the brightest of its days; could I whenever I look at your dear face, or hear your dear voice, see and hear my noble champion? It can never have been that which made you serious, darling?’

‘No John, it wasn’t that, and still less was it Mrs Boffin, though I love her. Wait a moment, and I’ll go on with the lecture. Give me a moment, because I like to cry for joy. It’s so delicious, John dear, to cry for joy.’

She did so on his neck, and, still clinging there, laughed a little when she said, ‘I think I am ready now for Thirdly, John.’

‘I am ready for Thirdly,’ said John, ‘whatever it is.’

‘I believe, John,’ pursued Bella, ‘that you believe that I believe—’

‘My dear child,’ cried her husband gaily, ‘what a quantity of believing!’

‘Isn’t there?’ said Bella, with another laugh. ‘I never knew such a quantity! It’s like verbs in an exercise. But I can’t get on with less believing. I’ll try again. I believe, dear John, that you believe that I believe that we have as much money as we require, and that we want for nothing.’

‘It is strictly true, Bella.’

‘But if our money should by any means be rendered not so much—if we had to stint ourselves a little in purchases that we can afford to make now—would you still have the same confidence in my being quite contented, John?’

‘Precisely the same confidence, my soul.’

‘Thank you, John dear, thousands upon thousands of times. And I may take it for granted, no doubt,’ with a little faltering, ‘that you would be quite as contented yourself John? But, yes, I know I may. For, knowing that I should be so, how surely I may know that you would be so; you who are so much stronger, and firmer, and more reasonable and more generous, than I am.’

‘Hush!’ said her husband, ‘I must not hear that. You are all wrong there, though otherwise as right as can be. And now I am brought to a little piece of news, my dearest, that I might have told you earlier in the evening. I have strong reason for confidently believing that we shall never be in the receipt of a smaller income than our present income.’

She might have shown herself more interested in the intelligence; but she had returned to the investigation of the coat-button that had engaged her attention a few hours before, and scarcely seemed to heed what he said.

‘And now we have got to the bottom of it at last,’ cried her husband, rallying her, ‘and this is the thing that made you serious?’

‘No dear,’ said Bella, twisting the button and shaking her head, ‘it wasn’t this.’

‘Why then, Lord bless this little wife of mine, there’s a Fourthly!’ exclaimed John.

‘This worried me a little, and so did Secondly,’ said Bella, occupied with the button, ‘but it was quite another sort of seriousness—a much deeper and quieter sort of seriousness—that I spoke of John dear.’

As he bent his face to hers, she raised hers to meet it, and laid her little right hand on his eyes, and kept it there.

‘Do you remember, John, on the day we were married, Pa’s speaking of the ships that might be sailing towards us from the unknown seas?’

‘Perfectly, my darling!’

‘I think…among them…there is a ship upon the ocean…bringing…to you and me…a little baby, John.’

Chapter 6

A CRY FOR HELP

The Paper Mill had stopped work for the night, and the paths and roads in its neighbourhood were sprinkled with clusters of people going home from their day’s labour in it. There were men, women, and children in the groups, and there was no want of lively colour to flutter in the gentle evening wind. The mingling of various voices and the sound of laughter made a cheerful impression upon the ear, analogous to that of the fluttering colours upon the eye. Into the sheet of water reflecting the flushed sky in the foreground of the living picture, a knot of urchins were casting stones, and watching the expansion of the rippling circles. So, in the rosy evening, one might watch the ever-widening beauty of the landscape—beyond the newly-released workers wending home—beyond the silver river—beyond the deep green fields of corn, so prospering, that the loiterers in their narrow threads of pathway seemed to float immersed breast-high—beyond the hedgerows and the clumps of trees—beyond the windmills on the ridge—away to where the sky appeared to meet the earth, as if there were no immensity of space between mankind and Heaven.

It was a Saturday evening, and at such a time the village dogs, always much more interested in the doings of humanity than in the affairs of their own species, were particularly active. At the general shop, at the butcher’s and at the public-house, they evinced an inquiring spirit never to be satiated. Their especial interest in the public-house would seem to imply some latent rakishness in the canine character; for little was eaten there, and they, having no taste for beer or tobacco (Mrs Hubbard’s dog is said to have smoked, but proof is wanting), could only have been attracted by sympathy with loose convivial habits. Moreover, a most wretched fiddle played within; a fiddle so unutterably vile, that one lean long-bodied cur, with a better ear than the rest, found himself under compulsion at intervals to go round the corner and howl. Yet, even he returned to the public-house on each occasion with the tenacity of a confirmed drunkard.

Fearful to relate, there was even a sort of little Fair in the village. Some despairing gingerbread that had been vainly trying to dispose of itself all over the country, and had cast a quantity of dust upon its head in its mortification, again appealed to the public from an infirm booth. So did a heap of nuts, long, long exiled from Barcelona, and yet speaking English so indifferently as to call fourteen of themselves a pint. A Peep-show which had originally started with the Battle of Waterloo, and had since made it every other battle of later date by altering the Duke of Wellington’s nose, tempted the student of illustrated history. A Fat Lady, perhaps in part sustained upon postponed pork, her professional associate being a Learned Pig, displayed her life-size picture in a low dress as she appeared when presented at Court, several yards round. All this was a vicious spectacle as any poor idea of amusement on the part of the rougher hewers of wood and drawers of water in this land of England ever is and shall be. They MUST NOT vary the rheumatism with amusement. They may vary it with fever and ague, or with as many rheumatic variations as they have joints; but positively not with entertainment after their own manner.

The various sounds arising from this scene of depravity, and floating away into the still evening air, made the evening, at any point which they just reached fitfully, mellowed by the distance, more still by contrast. Such was the stillness of the evening to Eugene Wrayburn, as he walked by the river with his hands behind him.

He walked slowly, and with the measured step and preoccupied air of one who was waiting. He walked between the two points, an osier-bed at this end and some floating lilies at that, and at each point stopped and looked expectantly in one direction.

‘It is very quiet,’ said he.

It was very quiet. Some sheep were grazing on the grass by the river-side, and it seemed to him that he had never before heard the crisp tearing sound with which they cropped it. He stopped idly, and looked at them.

‘You are stupid enough, I suppose. But if you are clever enough to get through life tolerably to your satisfaction, you have got the better of me, Man as I am, and Mutton as you are!’

A rustle in a field beyond the hedge attracted his attention. ‘What’s here to do?’ he asked himself leisurely going towards the gate and looking over. ‘No jealous paper-miller? No pleasures of the chase in this part of the country? Mostly fishing hereabouts!’

The field had been newly mown, and there were yet the marks of the scythe on the yellow-green ground, and the track of wheels where the hay had been carried. Following the tracks with his eyes, the view closed with the new hayrick in a corner.

Now, if he had gone on to the hayrick, and gone round it? But, say that the event was to be, as the event fell out, and how idle are such suppositions! Besides, if he had gone; what is there of warning in a Bargeman lying on his face?

‘A bird flying to the hedge,’ was all he thought about it; and came back, and resumed his walk.

‘If I had not a reliance on her being truthful,’ said Eugene, after taking some half-dozen turns, ‘I should begin to think she had given me the slip for the second time. But she promised, and she is a girl of her word.’

Turning again at the water-lilies, he saw her coming, and advanced to meet her.

‘I was saying to myself, Lizzie, that you were sure to come, though you were late.’

‘I had to linger through the village as if I had no object before me, and I had to speak to several people in passing along, Mr Wrayburn.’

‘Are the lads of the village—and the ladies—such scandal-mongers?’ he asked, as he took her hand and drew it through his arm.

She submitted to walk slowly on, with downcast eyes. He put her hand to his lips, and she quietly drew it away.

‘Will you walk beside me, Mr Wrayburn, and not touch me?’ For, his arm was already stealing round her waist.

She stopped again, and gave him an earnest supplicating look. ‘Well, Lizzie, well!’ said he, in an easy way though ill at ease with himself ‘don’t be unhappy, don’t be reproachful.’

‘I cannot help being unhappy, but I do not mean to be reproachful. Mr Wrayburn, I implore you to go away from this neighbourhood, to-morrow morning.’

‘Lizzie, Lizzie, Lizzie!’ he remonstrated. ‘As well be reproachful as wholly unreasonable. I can’t go away.’

‘Why not?’

Faith!’ said Eugene in his airily candid manner. ‘Because you won’t let me. Mind! I don’t mean to be reproachful either. I don’t complain that you design to keep me here. But you do it, you do it.’

‘Will you walk beside me, and not touch me;’ for, his arm was coming about her again; ‘while I speak to you very seriously, Mr Wrayburn?’

‘I will do anything within the limits of possibility, for you, Lizzie,’ he answered with pleasant gaiety as he folded his arms. ‘See here! Napoleon Buonaparte at St Helena.’

‘When you spoke to me as I came from the Mill the night before last,’ said Lizzie, fixing her eyes upon him with the look of supplication which troubled his better nature, ‘you told me that you were much surprised to see me, and that you were on a solitary fishing excursion. Was it true?’

‘It was not,’ replied Eugene composedly, ‘in the least true. I came here, because I had information that I should find you here.’

‘Can you imagine why I left London, Mr Wrayburn?’

‘I am afraid, Lizzie,’ he openly answered, ‘that you left London to get rid of me. It is not flattering to my self-love, but I am afraid you did.’

‘I did.’

‘How could you be so cruel?’

‘O Mr Wrayburn,’ she answered, suddenly breaking into tears, ‘is the cruelty on my side! O Mr Wrayburn, Mr Wrayburn, is there no cruelty in your being here to-night!’

‘In the name of all that’s good—and that is not conjuring you in my own name, for Heaven knows I am not good’—said Eugene, ‘don’t be distressed!’

‘What else can I be, when I know the distance and the difference between us? What else can I be, when to tell me why you came here, is to put me to shame!’ said Lizzie, covering her face.

He looked at her with a real sentiment of remorseful tenderness and pity. It was not strong enough to impell him to sacrifice himself and spare her, but it was a strong emotion.

‘Lizzie! I never thought before, that there was a woman in the world who could affect me so much by saying so little. But don’t be hard in your construction of me. You don’t know what my state of mind towards you is. You don’t know how you haunt me and bewilder me. You don’t know how the cursed carelessness that is over-officious in helping me at every other turning of my life, WON’T help me here. You have struck it dead, I think, and I sometimes almost wish you had struck me dead along with it.’

She had not been prepared for such passionate expressions, and they awakened some natural sparks of feminine pride and joy in her breast. To consider, wrong as he was, that he could care so much for her, and that she had the power to move him so!

‘It grieves you to see me distressed, Mr Wrayburn; it grieves me to see you distressed. I don’t reproach you. Indeed I don’t reproach you. You have not felt this as I feel it, being so different from me, and beginning from another point of view. You have not thought. But I entreat you to think now, think now!’

‘What am I to think of?’ asked Eugene, bitterly.

‘Think of me.’

‘Tell me how NOT to think of you, Lizzie, and you’ll change me altogether.’

‘I don’t mean in that way. Think of me, as belonging to another station, and quite cut off from you in honour. Remember that I have no protector near me, unless I have one in your noble heart. Respect my good name. If you feel towards me, in one particular, as you might if I was a lady, give me the full claims of a lady upon your generous behaviour. I am removed from you and your family by being a working girl. How true a gentleman to be as considerate of me as if I was removed by being a Queen!’

He would have been base indeed to have stood untouched by her appeal. His face expressed contrition and indecision as he asked:

‘Have I injured you so much, Lizzie?’

‘No, no. You may set me quite right. I don’t speak of the past, Mr Wrayburn, but of the present and the future. Are we not here now, because through two days you have followed me so closely where there are so many eyes to see you, that I consented to this appointment as an escape?’

‘Again, not very flattering to my self-love,’ said Eugene, moodily; ‘but yes. Yes. Yes.’

‘Then I beseech you, Mr Wrayburn, I beg and pray you, leave this neighbourhood. If you do not, consider to what you will drive me.’

He did consider within himself for a moment or two, and then retorted, ‘Drive you? To what shall I drive you, Lizzie?’

‘You will drive me away. I live here peacefully and respected, and I am well employed here. You will force me to quit this place as I quitted London, and—by following me again—will force me to quit the next place in which I may find refuge, as I quitted this.’

‘Are you so determined, Lizzie—forgive the word I am going to use, for its literal truth—to fly from a lover?’

‘I am so determined,’ she answered resolutely, though trembling, ‘to fly from such a lover. There was a poor woman died here but a little while ago, scores of years older than I am, whom I found by chance, lying on the wet earth. You may have heard some account of her?’

‘I think I have,’ he answered, ‘if her name was Higden.’

‘Her name was Higden. Though she was so weak and old, she kept true to one purpose to the very last. Even at the very last, she made me promise that her purpose should be kept to, after she was dead, so settled was her determination. What she did, I can do. Mr Wrayburn, if I believed—but I do not believe—that you could be so cruel to me as to drive me from place to place to wear me out, you should drive me to death and not do it.’

He looked full at her handsome face, and in his own handsome face there was a light of blended admiration, anger, and reproach, which she—who loved him so in secret whose heart had long been so full, and he the cause of its overflowing—drooped before. She tried hard to retain her firmness, but he saw it melting away under his eyes. In the moment of its dissolution, and of his first full knowledge of his influence upon her, she dropped, and he caught her on his arm.

‘Lizzie! Rest so a moment. Answer what I ask you. If I had not been what you call removed from you and cut off from you, would you have made this appeal to me to leave you?’

‘I don’t know, I don’t know. Don’t ask me, Mr Wrayburn. Let me go back.’

‘I swear to you, Lizzie, you shall go directly. I swear to you, you shall go alone. I’ll not accompany you, I’ll not follow you, if you will reply.’

‘How can I, Mr Wrayburn? How can I tell you what I should have done, if you had not been what you are?’

‘If I had not been what you make me out to be,’ he struck in, skilfully changing the form of words, ‘would you still have hated me?’

‘O Mr Wrayburn,’ she replied appealingly, and weeping, ‘you know me better than to think I do!’

‘If I had not been what you make me out to be, Lizzie, would you still have been indifferent to me?’

‘O Mr Wrayburn,’ she answered as before, ‘you know me better than that too!’

There was something in the attitude of her whole figure as he supported it, and she hung her head, which besought him to be merciful and not force her to disclose her heart. He was not merciful with her, and he made her do it.

‘If I know you better than quite to believe (unfortunate dog though I am!) that you hate me, or even that you are wholly indifferent to me, Lizzie, let me know so much more from yourself before we separate. Let me know how you would have dealt with me if you had regarded me as being what you would have considered on equal terms with you.’

‘It is impossible, Mr Wrayburn. How can I think of you as being on equal terms with me? If my mind could put you on equal terms with me, you could not be yourself. How could I remember, then, the night when I first saw you, and when I went out of the room because you looked at me so attentively? Or, the night that passed into the morning when you broke to me that my father was dead? Or, the nights when you used to come to see me at my next home? Or, your having known how uninstructed I was, and having caused me to be taught better? Or, my having so looked up to you and wondered at you, and at first thought you so good to be at all mindful of me?’

‘Only “at first” thought me so good, Lizzie? What did you think me after “at first”? So bad?’

‘I don’t say that. I don’t mean that. But after the first wonder and pleasure of being noticed by one so different from any one who had ever spoken to me, I began to feel that it might have been better if I had never seen you.’

‘Why?’

‘Because you WERE so different,’ she answered in a lower voice. ‘Because it was so endless, so hopeless. Spare me!’

‘Did you think for me at all, Lizzie?’ he asked, as if he were a little stung.

‘Not much, Mr Wrayburn. Not much until to-night.’

‘Will you tell me why?’

‘I never supposed until to-night that you needed to be thought for. But if you do need to be; if you do truly feel at heart that you have indeed been towards me what you have called yourself to-night, and that there is nothing for us in this life but separation; then Heaven help you, and Heaven bless you!’

The purity with which in these words she expressed something of her own love and her own suffering, made a deep impression on him for the passing time. He held her, almost as if she were sanctified to him by death, and kissed her, once, almost as he might have kissed the dead.

‘I promised that I would not accompany you, nor follow you. Shall I keep you in view? You have been agitated, and it’s growing dark.’

‘I am used to be out alone at this hour, and I entreat you not to do so.’

‘I promise. I can bring myself to promise nothing more tonight, Lizzie, except that I will try what I can do.’

‘There is but one means, Mr Wrayburn, of sparing yourself and of sparing me, every way. Leave this neighbourhood to-morrow morning.’

‘I will try.’

As he spoke the words in a grave voice, she put her hand in his, removed it, and went away by the river-side.

‘Now, could Mortimer believe this?’ murmured Eugene, still remaining, after a while, where she had left him. ‘Can I even believe it myself?’

He referred to the circumstance that there were tears upon his hand, as he stood covering his eyes. ‘A most ridiculous position this, to be found out in!’ was his next thought. And his next struck its root in a little rising resentment against the cause of the tears.

‘Yet I have gained a wonderful power over her, too, let her be as much in earnest as she will!’

The reflection brought back the yielding of her face and form as she had drooped under his gaze. Contemplating the reproduction, he seemed to see, for the second time, in the appeal and in the confession of weakness, a little fear.

‘And she loves me. And so earnest a character must be very earnest in that passion. She cannot choose for herself to be strong in this fancy, wavering in that, and weak in the other. She must go through with her nature, as I must go through with mine. If mine exacts its pains and penalties all round, so must hers, I suppose.’

Pursuing the inquiry into his own nature, he thought, ‘Now, if I married her. If, outfacing the absurdity of the situation in correspondence with M. R. F., I astonished M. R. F. to the utmost extent of his respected powers, by informing him that I had married her, how would M. R. F. reason with the legal mind? “You wouldn’t marry for some money and some station, because you were frightfully likely to become bored. Are you less frightfully likely to become bored, marrying for no money and no station? Are you sure of yourself?” Legal mind, in spite of forensic protestations, must secretly admit, “Good reasoning on the part of M. R. F. NOT sure of myself.”’

In the very act of calling this tone of levity to his aid, he felt it to be profligate and worthless, and asserted her against it.

‘And yet,’ said Eugene, ‘I should like to see the fellow (Mortimer excepted) who would undertake to tell me that this was not a real sentiment on my part, won out of me by her beauty and her worth, in spite of myself, and that I would not be true to her. I should particularly like to see the fellow to-night who would tell me so, or who would tell me anything that could be construed to her disadvantage; for I am wearily out of sorts with one Wrayburn who cuts a sorry figure, and I would far rather be out of sorts with somebody else. “Eugene, Eugene, Eugene, this is a bad business.” Ah! So go the Mortimer Lightwood bells, and they sound melancholy to-night.’

Strolling on, he thought of something else to take himself to task for. ‘Where is the analogy, Brute Beast,’ he said impatiently, ‘between a woman whom your father coolly finds out for you and a woman whom you have found out for yourself, and have ever drifted after with more and more of constancy since you first set eyes upon her? Ass! Can you reason no better than that?’

But, again he subsided into a reminiscence of his first full knowledge of his power just now, and of her disclosure of her heart. To try no more to go away, and to try her again, was the reckless conclusion it turned uppermost. And yet again, ‘Eugene, Eugene, Eugene, this is a bad business!’ And, ‘I wish I could stop the Lightwood peal, for it sounds like a knell.’

Looking above, he found that the young moon was up, and that the stars were beginning to shine in the sky from which the tones of red and yellow were flickering out, in favour of the calm blue of a summer night. He was still by the river-side. Turning suddenly, he met a man, so close upon him that Eugene, surprised, stepped back, to avoid a collision. The man carried something over his shoulder which might have been a broken oar, or spar, or bar, and took no notice of him, but passed on.

‘Halloa, friend!’ said Eugene, calling after him, ‘are you blind?’

The man made no reply, but went his way.

Eugene Wrayburn went the opposite way, with his hands behind him and his purpose in his thoughts. He passed the sheep, and passed the gate, and came within hearing of the village sounds, and came to the bridge. The inn where he stayed, like the village and the mill, was not across the river, but on that side of the stream on which he walked. However, knowing the rushy bank and the backwater on the other side to be a retired place, and feeling out of humour for noise or company, he crossed the bridge, and sauntered on: looking up at the stars as they seemed one by one to be kindled in the sky, and looking down at the river as the same stars seemed to be kindled deep in the water. A landing-place overshadowed by a willow, and a pleasure-boat lying moored there among some stakes, caught his eye as he passed along. The spot was in such dark shadow, that he paused to make out what was there, and then passed on again.

The rippling of the river seemed to cause a correspondent stir in his uneasy reflections. He would have laid them asleep if he could, but they were in movement, like the stream, and all tending one way with a strong current. As the ripple under the moon broke unexpectedly now and then, and palely flashed in a new shape and with a new sound, so parts of his thoughts started, unbidden, from the rest, and revealed their wickedness. ‘Out of the question to marry her,’ said Eugene, ‘and out of the question to leave her. The crisis!’

He had sauntered far enough. Before turning to retrace his steps, he stopped upon the margin, to look down at the reflected night. In an instant, with a dreadful crash, the reflected night turned crooked, flames shot jaggedly across the air, and the moon and stars came bursting from the sky.

Was he struck by lightning? With some incoherent half-formed thought to that effect, he turned under the blows that were blinding him and mashing his life, and closed with a murderer, whom he caught by a red neckerchief—unless the raining down of his own blood gave it that hue.

Eugene was light, active, and expert; but his arms were broken, or he was paralysed, and could do no more than hang on to the man, with his head swung back, so that he could see nothing but the heaving sky. After dragging at the assailant, he fell on the bank with him, and then there was another great crash, and then a splash, and all was done.

Lizzie Hexam, too, had avoided the noise, and the Saturday movement of people in the straggling street, and chose to walk alone by the water until her tears should be dry, and she could so compose herself as to escape remark upon her looking ill or unhappy on going home. The peaceful serenity of the hour and place, having no reproaches or evil intentions within her breast to contend against, sank healingly into its depths. She had meditated and taken comfort. She, too, was turning homeward, when she heard a strange sound.

It startled her, for it was like a sound of blows. She stood still, and listened. It sickened her, for blows fell heavily and cruelly on the quiet of the night. As she listened, undecided, all was silent. As she yet listened, she heard a faint groan, and a fall into the river.

Her old bold life and habit instantly inspired her. Without vain waste of breath in crying for help where there were none to hear, she ran towards the spot from which the sounds had come. It lay between her and the bridge, but it was more removed from her than she had thought; the night being so very quiet, and sound travelling far with the help of water.

At length, she reached a part of the green bank, much and newly trodden, where there lay some broken splintered pieces of wood and some torn fragments of clothes. Stooping, she saw that the grass was bloody. Following the drops and smears, she saw that the watery margin of the bank was bloody. Following the current with her eyes, she saw a bloody face turned up towards the moon, and drifting away.

Now, merciful Heaven be thanked for that old time, and grant, O Blessed Lord, that through thy wonderful workings it may turn to good at last! To whomsoever the drifting face belongs, be it man’s or woman’s, help my humble hands, Lord God, to raise it from death and restore it to some one to whom it must be dear!

It was thought, fervently thought, but not for a moment did the prayer check her. She was away before it welled up in her mind, away, swift and true, yet steady above all—for without steadiness it could never be done—to the landing-place under the willow-tree, where she also had seen the boat lying moored among the stakes.

A sure touch of her old practised hand, a sure step of her old practised foot, a sure light balance of her body, and she was in the boat. A quick glance of her practised eye showed her, even through the deep dark shadow, the sculls in a rack against the red-brick garden-wall. Another moment, and she had cast off (taking the line with her), and the boat had shot out into the moonlight, and she was rowing down the stream as never other woman rowed on English water.

Intently over her shoulder, without slackening speed, she looked ahead for the driving face. She passed the scene of the struggle—yonder it was, on her left, well over the boat’s stern—she passed on her right, the end of the village street, a hilly street that almost dipped into the river; its sounds were growing faint again, and she slackened; looking as the boat drove, everywhere, everywhere, for the floating face.

She merely kept the boat before the stream now, and rested on her oars, knowing well that if the face were not soon visible, it had gone down, and she would overshoot it. An untrained sight would never have seen by the moonlight what she saw at the length of a few strokes astern. She saw the drowning figure rise to the surface, slightly struggle, and as if by instinct turn over on its back to float. Just so had she first dimly seen the face which she now dimly saw again.

Firm of look and firm of purpose, she intently watched its coming on, until it was very near; then, with a touch unshipped her sculls, and crept aft in the boat, between kneeling and crouching. Once, she let the body evade her, not being sure of her grasp. Twice, and she had seized it by its bloody hair.

It was insensible, if not virtually dead; it was mutilated, and streaked the water all about it with dark red streaks. As it could not help itself, it was impossible for her to get it on board. She bent over the stern to secure it with the line, and then the river and its shores rang to the terrible cry she uttered.

But, as if possessed by supernatural spirit and strength, she lashed it safe, resumed her seat, and rowed in, desperately, for the nearest shallow water where she might run the boat aground. Desperately, but not wildly, for she knew that if she lost distinctness of intention, all was lost and gone.

She ran the boat ashore, went into the water, released him from the line, and by main strength lifted him in her arms and laid him in the bottom of the boat. He had fearful wounds upon him, and she bound them up with her dress torn into strips. Else, supposing him to be still alive, she foresaw that he must bleed to death before he could be landed at his inn, which was the nearest place for succour.

This done very rapidly, she kissed his disfigured forehead, looked up in anguish to the stars, and blessed him and forgave him, ‘if she had anything to forgive.’ It was only in that instant that she thought of herself, and then she thought of herself only for him.

Now, merciful Heaven be thanked for that old time, enabling me, without a wasted moment, to have got the boat afloat again, and to row back against the stream! And grant, O Blessed Lord God, that through poor me he may be raised from death, and preserved to some one else to whom he may be dear one day, though never dearer than to me!

She rowed hard—rowed desperately, but never wildly—and seldom removed her eyes from him in the bottom of the boat. She had so laid him there, as that she might see his disfigured face; it was so much disfigured that his mother might have covered it, but it was above and beyond disfigurement in her eyes.

The boat touched the edge of the patch of inn lawn, sloping gently to the water. There were lights in the windows, but there chanced to be no one out of doors. She made the boat fast, and again by main strength took him up, and never laid him down until she laid him down in the house.

Surgeons were sent for, and she sat supporting his head. She had oftentimes heard in days that were gone, how doctors would lift the hand of an insensible wounded person, and would drop it if the person were dead. She waited for the awful moment when the doctors might lift this hand, all broken and bruised, and let it fall.

The first of the surgeons came, and asked, before proceeding to his examination, ‘Who brought him in?’

‘I brought him in, sir,’ answered Lizzie, at whom all present looked.

‘You, my dear? You could not lift, far less carry, this weight.’

‘I think I could not, at another time, sir; but I am sure I did.’

The surgeon looked at her with great attention, and with some compassion. Having with a grave face touched the wounds upon the head, and the broken arms, he took the hand.

O! would he let it drop?

He appeared irresolute. He did not retain it, but laid it gently down, took a candle, looked more closely at the injuries on the head, and at the pupils of the eyes. That done, he replaced the candle and took the hand again. Another surgeon then coming in, the two exchanged a whisper, and the second took the hand. Neither did he let it fall at once, but kept it for a while and laid it gently down.

‘Attend to the poor girl,’ said the first surgeon then. ‘She is quite unconscious. She sees nothing and hears nothing. All the better for her! Don’t rouse her, if you can help it; only move her. Poor girl, poor girl! She must be amazingly strong of heart, but it is much to be feared that she has set her heart upon the dead. Be gentle with her.’

Chapter 7

BETTER TO BE ABEL THAN CAIN

Day was breaking at Plashwater Weir Mill Lock. Stars were yet visible, but there was dull light in the east that was not the light of night. The moon had gone down, and a mist crept along the banks of the river, seen through which the trees were the ghosts of trees, and the water was the ghost of water. This earth looked spectral, and so did the pale stars: while the cold eastern glare, expressionless as to heat or colour, with the eye of the firmament quenched, might have been likened to the stare of the dead.

Perhaps it was so likened by the lonely Bargeman, standing on the brink of the lock. For certain, Bradley Headstone looked that way, when a chill air came up, and when it passed on murmuring, as if it whispered something that made the phantom trees and water tremble—or threaten—for fancy might have made it either.

He turned away, and tried the Lock-house door. It was fastened on the inside.

‘Is he afraid of me?’ he muttered, knocking.

Rogue Riderhood was soon roused, and soon undrew the bolt and let him in.

‘Why, T’otherest, I thought you had been and got lost! Two nights away! I a’most believed as you’d giv’ me the slip, and I had as good as half a mind for to advertise you in the newspapers to come for’ard.’

Bradley’s face turned so dark on this hint, that Riderhood deemed it expedient to soften it into a compliment.

‘But not you, governor, not you,’ he went on, stolidly shaking his head. ‘For what did I say to myself arter having amused myself with that there stretch of a comic idea, as a sort of a playful game? Why, I says to myself; “He’s a man o’ honour.” That’s what I says to myself. “He’s a man o’ double honour.”’

Very remarkably, Riderhood put no question to him. He had looked at him on opening the door, and he now looked at him again (stealthily this time), and the result of his looking was, that he asked him no question.

‘You’ll be for another forty on ’em, governor, as I judges, afore you turns your mind to breakfast,’ said Riderhood, when his visitor sat down, resting his chin on his hand, with his eyes on the ground. And very remarkably again: Riderhood feigned to set the scanty furniture in order, while he spoke, to have a show of reason for not looking at him.

‘Yes. I had better sleep, I think,’ said Bradley, without changing his position.

‘I myself should recommend it, governor,’ assented Riderhood. ‘Might you be anyways dry?’

‘Yes. I should like a drink,’ said Bradley; but without appearing to attend much.

Mr Riderhood got out his bottle, and fetched his jug-full of water, and administered a potation. Then, he shook the coverlet of his bed and spread it smooth, and Bradley stretched himself upon it in the clothes he wore. Mr Riderhood poetically remarking that he would pick the bones of his night’s rest, in his wooden chair, sat in the window as before; but, as before, watched the sleeper narrowly until he was very sound asleep. Then, he rose and looked at him close, in the bright daylight, on every side, with great minuteness. He went out to his Lock to sum up what he had seen.

‘One of his sleeves is tore right away below the elber, and the t’other’s had a good rip at the shoulder. He’s been hung on to, pretty tight, for his shirt’s all tore out of the neck-gathers. He’s been in the grass and he’s been in the water. And he’s spotted, and I know with what, and with whose. Hooroar!’

Bradley slept long. Early in the afternoon a barge came down. Other barges had passed through, both ways, before it; but the Lock-keeper hailed only this particular barge, for news, as if he had made a time calculation with some nicety. The men on board told him a piece of news, and there was a lingering on their part to enlarge upon it.

Twelve hours had intervened since Bradley’s lying down, when he got up. ‘Not that I swaller it,’ said Riderhood, squinting at his Lock, when he saw Bradley coming out of the house, ‘as you’ve been a sleeping all the time, old boy!’

Bradley came to him, sitting on his wooden lever, and asked what o’clock it was? Riderhood told him it was between two and three.

‘When are you relieved?’ asked Bradley.

‘Day arter to-morrow, governor.’

‘Not sooner?’

‘Not a inch sooner, governor.’

On both sides, importance seemed attached to this question of relief. Riderhood quite petted his reply; saying a second time, and prolonging a negative roll of his head, ‘n—n—not a inch sooner, governor.’

‘Did I tell you I was going on to-night?’ asked Bradley.

‘No, governor,’ returned Riderhood, in a cheerful, affable, and conversational manner, ‘you did not tell me so. But most like you meant to it and forgot to it. How, otherways, could a doubt have come into your head about it, governor?’

‘As the sun goes down, I intend to go on,’ said Bradley.

‘So much the more necessairy is a Peck,’ returned Riderhood. ‘Come in and have it, T’otherest.’

The formality of spreading a tablecloth not being observed in Mr Riderhood’s establishment, the serving of the ‘peck’ was the affair of a moment; it merely consisting in the handing down of a capacious baking dish with three-fourths of an immense meat pie in it, and the production of two pocket-knives, an earthenware mug, and a large brown bottle of beer.

Both ate and drank, but Riderhood much the more abundantly. In lieu of plates, that honest man cut two triangular pieces from the thick crust of the pie, and laid them, inside uppermost, upon the table: the one before himself, and the other before his guest. Upon these platters he placed two goodly portions of the contents of the pie, thus imparting the unusual interest to the entertainment that each partaker scooped out the inside of his plate, and consumed it with his other fare, besides having the sport of pursuing the clots of congealed gravy over the plain of the table, and successfully taking them into his mouth at last from the blade of his knife, in case of their not first sliding off it.

Bradley Headstone was so remarkably awkward at these exercises, that the Rogue observed it.

‘Look out, T’otherest!’ he cried, ‘you’ll cut your hand!’

But, the caution came too late, for Bradley gashed it at the instant. And, what was more unlucky, in asking Riderhood to tie it up, and in standing close to him for the purpose, he shook his hand under the smart of the wound, and shook blood over Riderhood’s dress.

When dinner was done, and when what remained of the platters and what remained of the congealed gravy had been put back into what remained of the pie, which served as an economical investment for all miscellaneous savings, Riderhood filled the mug with beer and took a long drink. And now he did look at Bradley, and with an evil eye.

‘T’otherest!’ he said, hoarsely, as he bent across the table to touch his arm. ‘The news has gone down the river afore you.’

‘What news?’

‘Who do you think,’ said Riderhood, with a hitch of his head, as if he disdainfully jerked the feint away, ‘picked up the body? Guess.’

‘I am not good at guessing anything.’

‘She did. Hooroar! You had him there agin. She did.’

The convulsive twitching of Bradley Headstone’s face, and the sudden hot humour that broke out upon it, showed how grimly the intelligence touched him. But he said not a single word, good or bad. He only smiled in a lowering manner, and got up and stood leaning at the window, looking through it. Riderhood followed him with his eyes. Riderhood cast down his eyes on his own besprinkled clothes. Riderhood began to have an air of being better at a guess than Bradley owned to being.

‘I have been so long in want of rest,’ said the schoolmaster, ‘that with your leave I’ll lie down again.’

‘And welcome, T’otherest!’ was the hospitable answer of his host. He had laid himself down without waiting for it, and he remained upon the bed until the sun was low. When he arose and came out to resume his journey, he found his host waiting for him on the grass by the towing-path outside the door.

‘Whenever it may be necessary that you and I should have any further communication together,’ said Bradley, ‘I will come back. Good-night!’

Well, since no better can be,’ said Riderhood, turning on his heel, ‘Good-night!’ But he turned again as the other set forth, and added under his breath, looking after him with a leer: ‘You wouldn’t be let to go like that, if my Relief warn’t as good as come. I’ll catch you up in a mile.’

In a word, his real time of relief being that evening at sunset, his mate came lounging in, within a quarter of an hour. Not staying to fill up the utmost margin of his time, but borrowing an hour or so, to be repaid again when he should relieve his reliever, Riderhood straightway followed on the track of Bradley Headstone.

He was a better follower than Bradley. It had been the calling of his life to slink and skulk and dog and waylay, and he knew his calling well. He effected such a forced march on leaving the Lock House that he was close up with him—that is to say, as close up with him as he deemed it convenient to be—before another Lock was passed. His man looked back pretty often as he went, but got no hint of him. HE knew how to take advantage of the ground, and where to put the hedge between them, and where the wall, and when to duck, and when to drop, and had a thousand arts beyond the doomed Bradley’s slow conception.

But, all his arts were brought to a standstill, like himself when Bradley, turning into a green lane or riding by the river-side—a solitary spot run wild in nettles, briars, and brambles, and encumbered with the scathed trunks of a whole hedgerow of felled trees, on the outskirts of a little wood—began stepping on these trunks and dropping down among them and stepping on them again, apparently as a schoolboy might have done, but assuredly with no schoolboy purpose, or want of purpose.

‘What are you up to?’ muttered Riderhood, down in the ditch, and holding the hedge a little open with both hands. And soon his actions made a most extraordinary reply. ‘By George and the Draggin!’ cried Riderhood, ‘if he ain’t a going to bathe!’

He had passed back, on and among the trunks of trees again, and has passed on to the water-side and had begun undressing on the grass. For a moment it had a suspicious look of suicide, arranged to counterfeit accident. ‘But you wouldn’t have fetched a bundle under your arm, from among that timber, if such was your game!’ said Riderhood. Nevertheless it was a relief to him when the bather after a plunge and a few strokes came out. ‘For I shouldn’t,’ he said in a feeling manner, ‘have liked to lose you till I had made more money out of you neither.’

Prone in another ditch (he had changed his ditch as his man had changed his position), and holding apart so small a patch of the hedge that the sharpest eyes could not have detected him, Rogue Riderhood watched the bather dressing. And now gradually came the wonder that he stood up, completely clothed, another man, and not the Bargeman.

‘Aha!’ said Riderhood. ‘Much as you was dressed that night. I see. You’re a taking me with you, now. You’re deep. But I knows a deeper.’

When the bather had finished dressing, he kneeled on the grass, doing something with his hands, and again stood up with his bundle under his arm. Looking all around him with great attention, he then went to the river’s edge, and flung it in as far, and yet as lightly as he could. It was not until he was so decidedly upon his way again as to be beyond a bend of the river and for the time out of view, that Riderhood scrambled from the ditch.

‘Now,’ was his debate with himself ‘shall I foller you on, or shall I let you loose for this once, and go a fishing?’ The debate continuing, he followed, as a precautionary measure in any case, and got him again in sight. ‘If I was to let you loose this once,’ said Riderhood then, still following, ‘I could make you come to me agin, or I could find you out in one way or another. If I wasn’t to go a fishing, others might.—I’ll let you loose this once, and go a fishing!’ With that, he suddenly dropped the pursuit and turned.

The miserable man whom he had released for the time, but not for long, went on towards London. Bradley was suspicious of every sound he heard, and of every face he saw, but was under a spell which very commonly falls upon the shedder of blood, and had no suspicion of the real danger that lurked in his life, and would have it yet. Riderhood was much in his thoughts—had never been out of his thoughts since the night-adventure of their first meeting; but Riderhood occupied a very different place there, from the place of pursuer; and Bradley had been at the pains of devising so many means of fitting that place to him, and of wedging him into it, that his mind could not compass the possibility of his occupying any other. And this is another spell against which the shedder of blood for ever strives in vain. There are fifty doors by which discovery may enter. With infinite pains and cunning, he double locks and bars forty-nine of them, and cannot see the fiftieth standing wide open.

Now, too, was he cursed with a state of mind more wearing and more wearisome than remorse. He had no remorse; but the evildoer who can hold that avenger at bay, cannot escape the slower torture of incessantly doing the evil deed again and doing it more efficiently. In the defensive declarations and pretended confessions of murderers, the pursuing shadow of this torture may be traced through every lie they tell. If I had done it as alleged, is it conceivable that I would have made this and this mistake? If I had done it as alleged, should I have left that unguarded place which that false and wicked witness against me so infamously deposed to? The state of that wretch who continually finds the weak spots in his own crime, and strives to strengthen them when it is unchangeable, is a state that aggravates the offence by doing the deed a thousand times instead of once; but it is a state, too, that tauntingly visits the offence upon a sullen unrepentant nature with its heaviest punishment every time.

Bradley toiled on, chained heavily to the idea of his hatred and his vengeance, and thinking how he might have satiated both in many better ways than the way he had taken. The instrument might have been better, the spot and the hour might have been better chosen. To batter a man down from behind in the dark, on the brink of a river, was well enough, but he ought to have been instantly disabled, whereas he had turned and seized his assailant; and so, to end it before chance-help came, and to be rid of him, he had been hurriedly thrown backward into the river before the life was fully beaten out of him. Now if it could be done again, it must not be so done. Supposing his head had been held down under water for a while. Supposing the first blow had been truer. Supposing he had been shot. Supposing he had been strangled. Suppose this way, that way, the other way. Suppose anything but getting unchained from the one idea, for that was inexorably impossible.

The school reopened next day. The scholars saw little or no change in their master’s face, for it always wore its slowly labouring expression. But, as he heard his classes, he was always doing the deed and doing it better. As he paused with his piece of chalk at the black board before writing on it, he was thinking of the spot, and whether the water was not deeper and the fall straighter, a little higher up, or a little lower down. He had half a mind to draw a line or two upon the board, and show himself what he meant. He was doing it again and improving on the manner, at prayers, in his mental arithmetic, all through his questioning, all through the day.

Charley Hexam was a master now, in another school, under another head. It was evening, and Bradley was walking in his garden observed from behind a blind by gentle little Miss Peecher, who contemplated offering him a loan of her smelling salts for headache, when Mary Anne, in faithful attendance, held up her arm.

‘Yes, Mary Anne?’

‘Young Mr Hexam, if you please, ma’am, coming to see Mr Headstone.’

‘Very good, Mary Anne.’

Again Mary Anne held up her arm.

‘You may speak, Mary Anne?’

‘Mr Headstone has beckoned young Mr Hexam into his house, ma’am, and he has gone in himself without waiting for young Mr Hexam to come up, and now HE has gone in too, ma’am, and has shut the door.’

‘With all my heart, Mary Anne.’

Again Mary Anne’s telegraphic arm worked.

‘What more, Mary Anne?’

‘They must find it rather dull and dark, Miss Peecher, for the parlour blind’s down, and neither of them pulls it up.’

‘There is no accounting,’ said good Miss Peecher with a little sad sigh which she repressed by laying her hand on her neat methodical boddice, ‘there is no accounting for tastes, Mary Anne.’

Charley, entering the dark room, stopped short when he saw his old friend in its yellow shade.

‘Come in, Hexam, come in.’

Charley advanced to take the hand that was held out to him; but stopped again, short of it. The heavy, bloodshot eyes of the schoolmaster, rising to his face with an effort, met his look of scrutiny.

‘Mr Headstone, what’s the matter?’

‘Matter? Where?’

‘Mr Headstone, have you heard the news? This news about the fellow, Mr Eugene Wrayburn? That he is killed?’

‘He is dead, then!’ exclaimed Bradley.

Young Hexam standing looking at him, he moistened his lips with his tongue, looked about the room, glanced at his former pupil, and looked down. ‘I heard of the outrage,’ said Bradley, trying to constrain his working mouth, ‘but I had not heard the end of it.’

‘Where were you,’ said the boy, advancing a step as he lowered his voice, ‘when it was done? Stop! I don’t ask that. Don’t tell me. If you force your confidence upon me, Mr Headstone, I’ll give up every word of it. Mind! Take notice. I’ll give up it, and I’ll give up you. I will!’

The wretched creature seemed to suffer acutely under this renunciation. A desolate air of utter and complete loneliness fell upon him, like a visible shade.

‘It’s for me to speak, not you,’ said the boy. ‘If you do, you’ll do it at your peril. I am going to put your selfishness before you, Mr Headstone—your passionate, violent, and ungovernable selfishness—to show you why I can, and why I will, have nothing more to do with you.’

He looked at young Hexam as if he were waiting for a scholar to go on with a lesson that he knew by heart and was deadly tired of. But he had said his last word to him.

‘If you had any part—I don’t say what—in this attack,’ pursued the boy; ‘or if you know anything about it—I don’t say how much—or if you know who did it—I go no closer—you did an injury to me that’s never to be forgiven. You know that I took you with me to his chambers in the Temple when I told him my opinion of him, and made myself responsible for my opinion of you. You know that I took you with me when I was watching him with a view to recovering my sister and bringing her to her senses; you know that I have allowed myself to be mixed up with you, all through this business, in favouring your desire to marry my sister. And how do you know that, pursuing the ends of your own violent temper, you have not laid me open to suspicion? Is that your gratitude to me, Mr Headstone?’

Bradley sat looking steadily before him at the vacant air. As often as young Hexam stopped, he turned his eyes towards him, as if he were waiting for him to go on with the lesson, and get it done. As often as the boy resumed, Bradley resumed his fixed face.

‘I am going to be plain with you, Mr Headstone,’ said young Hexam, shaking his head in a half-threatening manner, ‘because this is no time for affecting not to know things that I do know—except certain things at which it might not be very safe for you, to hint again. What I mean is this: if you were a good master, I was a good pupil. I have done you plenty of credit, and in improving my own reputation I have improved yours quite as much. Very well then. Starting on equal terms, I want to put before you how you have shown your gratitude to me, for doing all I could to further your wishes with reference to my sister. You have compromised me by being seen about with me, endeavouring to counteract this Mr Eugene Wrayburn. That’s the first thing you have done. If my character, and my now dropping you, help me out of that, Mr Headstone, the deliverance is to be attributed to me, and not to you. No thanks to you for it!’

The boy stopping again, he moved his eyes again.

‘I am going on, Mr Headstone, don’t you be afraid. I am going on to the end, and I have told you beforehand what the end is. Now, you know my story. You are as well aware as I am, that I have had many disadvantages to leave behind me in life. You have heard me mention my father, and you are sufficiently acquainted with the fact that the home from which I, as I may say, escaped, might have been a more creditable one than it was. My father died, and then it might have been supposed that my way to respectability was pretty clear. No. For then my sister begins.’

He spoke as confidently, and with as entire an absence of any tell-tale colour in his cheek, as if there were no softening old time behind him. Not wonderful, for there WAS none in his hollow empty heart. What is there but self, for selfishness to see behind it?

‘When I speak of my sister, I devoutly wish that you had never seen her, Mr Headstone. However, you did see her, and that’s useless now. I confided in you about her. I explained her character to you, and how she interposed some ridiculous fanciful notions in the way of our being as respectable as I tried for. You fell in love with her, and I favoured you with all my might. She could not be induced to favour you, and so we came into collision with this Mr Eugene Wrayburn. Now, what have you done? Why, you have justified my sister in being firmly set against you from first to last, and you have put me in the wrong again! And why have you done it? Because, Mr Headstone, you are in all your passions so selfish, and so concentrated upon yourself that you have not bestowed one proper thought on me.’

The cool conviction with which the boy took up and held his position, could have been derived from no other vice in human nature.

‘It is,’ he went on, actually with tears, ‘an extraordinary circumstance attendant on my life, that every effort I make towards perfect respectability, is impeded by somebody else through no fault of mine! Not content with doing what I have put before you, you will drag my name into notoriety through dragging my sister’s—which you are pretty sure to do, if my suspicions have any foundation at all—and the worse you prove to be, the harder it will be for me to detach myself from being associated with you in people’s minds.’

When he had dried his eyes and heaved a sob over his injuries, he began moving towards the door.

‘However, I have made up my mind that I will become respectable in the scale of society, and that I will not be dragged down by others. I have done with my sister as well as with you. Since she cares so little for me as to care nothing for undermining my respectability, she shall go her way and I will go mine. My prospects are very good, and I mean to follow them alone. Mr Headstone, I don’t say what you have got upon your conscience, for I don’t know. Whatever lies upon it, I hope you will see the justice of keeping wide and clear of me, and will find a consolation in completely exonerating all but yourself. I hope, before many years are out, to succeed the master in my present school, and the mistress being a single woman, though some years older than I am, I might even marry her. If it is any comfort to you to know what plans I may work out by keeping myself strictly respectable in the scale of society, these are the plans at present occurring to me. In conclusion, if you feel a sense of having injured me, and a desire to make some small reparation, I hope you will think how respectable you might have been yourself and will contemplate your blighted existence.’

Was it strange that the wretched man should take this heavily to heart? Perhaps he had taken the boy to heart, first, through some long laborious years; perhaps through the same years he had found his drudgery lightened by communication with a brighter and more apprehensive spirit than his own; perhaps a family resemblance of face and voice between the boy and his sister, smote him hard in the gloom of his fallen state. For whichsoever reason, or for all, he drooped his devoted head when the boy was gone, and shrank together on the floor, and grovelled there, with the palms of his hands tight-clasping his hot temples, in unutterable misery, and unrelieved by a single tear.

Rogue Riderhood had been busy with the river that day. He had fished with assiduity on the previous evening, but the light was short, and he had fished unsuccessfully. He had fished again that day with better luck, and had carried his fish home to Plashwater Weir Mill Lock-house, in a bundle.

Chapter 8

A FEW GRAINS OF PEPPER

The dolls’ dressmaker went no more to the business-premises of Pubsey and Co. in St Mary Axe, after chance had disclosed to her (as she supposed) the flinty and hypocritical character of Mr Riah. She often moralized over her work on the tricks and the manners of that venerable cheat, but made her little purchases elsewhere, and lived a secluded life. After much consultation with herself, she decided not to put Lizzie Hexam on her guard against the old man, arguing that the disappointment of finding him out would come upon her quite soon enough. Therefore, in her communication with her friend by letter, she was silent on this theme, and principally dilated on the backslidings of her bad child, who every day grew worse and worse.

‘You wicked old boy,’ Miss Wren would say to him, with a menacing forefinger, ‘you’ll force me to run away from you, after all, you will; and then you’ll shake to bits, and there’ll be nobody to pick up the pieces!’

At this foreshadowing of a desolate decease, the wicked old boy would whine and whimper, and would sit shaking himself into the lowest of low spirits, until such time as he could shake himself out of the house and shake another threepennyworth into himself. But dead drunk or dead sober (he had come to such a pass that he was least alive in the latter state), it was always on the conscience of the paralytic scarecrow that he had betrayed his sharp parent for sixty threepennyworths of rum, which were all gone, and that her sharpness would infallibly detect his having done it, sooner or later. All things considered therefore, and addition made of the state of his body to the state of his mind, the bed on which Mr Dolls reposed was a bed of roses from which the flowers and leaves had entirely faded, leaving him to lie upon the thorns and stalks.

On a certain day, Miss Wren was alone at her work, with the house-door set open for coolness, and was trolling in a small sweet voice a mournful little song which might have been the song of the doll she was dressing, bemoaning the brittleness and meltability of wax, when whom should she descry standing on the pavement, looking in at her, but Mr Fledgeby.

‘I thought it was you?’ said Fledgeby, coming up the two steps.

‘Did you?’ Miss Wren retorted. ‘And I thought it was you, young man. Quite a coincidence. You’re not mistaken, and I’m not mistaken. How clever we are!’

Well, and how are you?’ said Fledgeby.

‘I am pretty much as usual, sir,’ replied Miss Wren. ‘A very unfortunate parent, worried out of my life and senses by a very bad child.’

Fledgeby’s small eyes opened so wide that they might have passed for ordinary-sized eyes, as he stared about him for the very young person whom he supposed to be in question.

‘But you’re not a parent,’ said Miss Wren, ‘and consequently it’s of no use talking to you upon a family subject.—To what am I to attribute the honour and favour?’

‘To a wish to improve your acquaintance,’ Mr Fledgeby replied.

Miss Wren, stopping to bite her thread, looked at him very knowingly.

‘We never meet now,’ said Fledgeby; ‘do we?’

‘No,’ said Miss Wren, chopping off the word.

‘So I had a mind,’ pursued Fledgeby, ‘to come and have a talk with you about our dodging friend, the child of Israel.’

‘So HE gave you my address; did he?’ asked Miss Wren.

‘I got it out of him,’ said Fledgeby, with a stammer.

‘You seem to see a good deal of him,’ remarked Miss Wren, with shrewd distrust. ‘A good deal of him you seem to see, considering.’

‘Yes, I do,’ said Fledgeby. ‘Considering.’

‘Haven’t you,’ inquired the dressmaker, bending over the doll on which her art was being exercised, ‘done interceding with him yet?’

‘No,’ said Fledgeby, shaking his head.

‘La! Been interceding with him all this time, and sticking to him still?’ said Miss Wren, busy with her work.

‘Sticking to him is the word,’ said Fledgeby.

Miss Wren pursued her occupation with a concentrated air, and asked, after an interval of silent industry:

‘Are you in the army?’

‘Not exactly,’ said Fledgeby, rather flattered by the question.

‘Navy?’ asked Miss Wren.

‘N—no,’ said Fledgeby. He qualified these two negatives, as if he were not absolutely in either service, but was almost in both.

‘What are you then?’ demanded Miss Wren.

‘I am a gentleman, I am,’ said Fledgeby.

‘Oh!’ assented Jenny, screwing up her mouth with an appearance of conviction. ‘Yes, to be sure! That accounts for your having so much time to give to interceding. But only to think how kind and friendly a gentleman you must be!’

Mr Fledgeby found that he was skating round a board marked Dangerous, and had better cut out a fresh track. ‘Let’s get back to the dodgerest of the dodgers,’ said he. ‘What’s he up to in the case of your friend the handsome gal? He must have some object. What’s his object?’

‘Cannot undertake to say, sir, I am sure!’ returned Miss Wren, composedly.

‘He won’t acknowledge where she’s gone,’ said Fledgeby; ‘and I have a fancy that I should like to have another look at her. Now I know he knows where she is gone.’

‘Cannot undertake to say, sir, I am sure!’ Miss Wren again rejoined.

‘And you know where she is gone,’ hazarded Fledgeby.

‘Cannot undertake to say, sir, really,’ replied Miss Wren.

The quaint little chin met Mr Fledgeby’s gaze with such a baffling hitch, that that agreeable gentleman was for some time at a loss how to resume his fascinating part in the dialogue. At length he said:

‘Miss Jenny!—That’s your name, if I don’t mistake?’

‘Probably you don’t mistake, sir,’ was Miss Wren’s cool answer; ‘because you had it on the best authority. Mine, you know.’

‘Miss Jenny! Instead of coming up and being dead, let’s come out and look alive. It’ll pay better, I assure you,’ said Fledgeby, bestowing an inveigling twinkle or two upon the dressmaker. ‘You’ll find it pay better.’

‘Perhaps,’ said Miss Jenny, holding out her doll at arm’s length, and critically contemplating the effect of her art with her scissors on her lips and her head thrown back, as if her interest lay there, and not in the conversation; ‘perhaps you’ll explain your meaning, young man, which is Greek to me.—You must have another touch of blue in your trimming, my dear.’ Having addressed the last remark to her fair client, Miss Wren proceeded to snip at some blue fragments that lay before her, among fragments of all colours, and to thread a needle from a skein of blue silk.

‘Look here,’ said Fledgeby.—‘Are you attending?’

‘I am attending, sir,’ replied Miss Wren, without the slightest appearance of so doing. ‘Another touch of blue in your trimming, my dear.’

Well, look here,’ said Fledgeby, rather discouraged by the circumstances under which he found himself pursuing the conversation. ‘If you’re attending—’

(‘Light blue, my sweet young lady,’ remarked Miss Wren, in a sprightly tone, ‘being best suited to your fair complexion and your flaxen curls.’)

‘I say, if you’re attending,’ proceeded Fledgeby, ‘it’ll pay better in this way. It’ll lead in a roundabout manner to your buying damage and waste of Pubsey and Co. at a nominal price, or even getting it for nothing.’

‘Aha!’ thought the dressmaker. ‘But you are not so roundabout, Little Eyes, that I don’t notice your answering for Pubsey and Co. after all! Little Eyes, Little Eyes, you’re too cunning by half.’

‘And I take it for granted,’ pursued Fledgeby, ‘that to get the most of your materials for nothing would be well worth your while, Miss Jenny?’

‘You may take it for granted,’ returned the dressmaker with many knowing nods, ‘that it’s always well worth my while to make money.’

‘Now,’ said Fledgeby approvingly, ‘you’re answering to a sensible purpose. Now, you’re coming out and looking alive! So I make so free, Miss Jenny, as to offer the remark, that you and Judah were too thick together to last. You can’t come to be intimate with such a deep file as Judah without beginning to see a little way into him, you know,’ said Fledgeby with a wink.

‘I must own,’ returned the dressmaker, with her eyes upon her work, ‘that we are not good friends at present.’

‘I know you’re not good friends at present,’ said Fledgeby. ‘I know all about it. I should like to pay off Judah, by not letting him have his own deep way in everything. In most things he’ll get it by hook or by crook, but—hang it all!—don’t let him have his own deep way in everything. That’s too much.’ Mr Fledgeby said this with some display of indignant warmth, as if he was counsel in the cause for Virtue.

‘How can I prevent his having his own way?’ began the dressmaker.

‘Deep way, I called it,’ said Fledgeby.

‘—His own deep way, in anything?’

‘I’ll tell you,’ said Fledgeby. ‘I like to hear you ask it, because it’s looking alive. It’s what I should expect to find in one of your sagacious understanding. Now, candidly.’

‘Eh?’ cried Miss Jenny.

‘I said, now candidly,’ Mr Fledgeby explained, a little put out.

‘Oh-h!’

‘I should be glad to countermine him, respecting the handsome gal, your friend. He means something there. You may depend upon it, Judah means something there. He has a motive, and of course his motive is a dark motive. Now, whatever his motive is, it’s necessary to his motive’—Mr Fledgeby’s constructive powers were not equal to the avoidance of some tautology here—‘that it should be kept from me, what he has done with her. So I put it to you, who know: What HAS he done with her? I ask no more. And is that asking much, when you understand that it will pay?’

Miss Jenny Wren, who had cast her eyes upon the bench again after her last interruption, sat looking at it, needle in hand but not working, for some moments. She then briskly resumed her work, and said with a sidelong glance of her eyes and chin at Mr Fledgeby:

‘Where d’ye live?’

‘Albany, Piccadilly,’ replied Fledgeby.

‘When are you at home?’

‘When you like.’

‘Breakfast-time?’ said Jenny, in her abruptest and shortest manner.

‘No better time in the day,’ said Fledgeby.

‘I’ll look in upon you to-morrow, young man. Those two ladies,’ pointing to dolls, ‘have an appointment in Bond Street at ten precisely. When I’ve dropped ’em there, I’ll drive round to you.’ With a weird little laugh, Miss Jenny pointed to her crutch-stick as her equipage.

‘This is looking alive indeed!’ cried Fledgeby, rising.

‘Mark you! I promise you nothing,’ said the dolls’ dressmaker, dabbing two dabs at him with her needle, as if she put out both his eyes.

‘No no. I understand,’ returned Fledgeby. ‘The damage and waste question shall be settled first. It shall be made to pay; don’t you be afraid. Good-day, Miss Jenny.’

‘Good-day, young man.’

Mr Fledgeby’s prepossessing form withdrew itself; and the little dressmaker, clipping and snipping and stitching, and stitching and snipping and clipping, fell to work at a great rate; musing and muttering all the time.

‘Misty, misty, misty. Can’t make it out. Little Eyes and the wolf in a conspiracy? Or Little Eyes and the wolf against one another? Can’t make it out. My poor Lizzie, have they both designs against you, either way? Can’t make it out. Is Little Eyes Pubsey, and the wolf Co? Can’t make it out. Pubsey true to Co, and Co to Pubsey? Pubsey false to Co, and Co to Pubsey? Can’t make it out. What said Little Eyes? “Now, candidly?” Ah! However the cat jumps, HE’S a liar. That’s all I can make out at present; but you may go to bed in the Albany, Piccadilly, with THAT for your pillow, young man!’ Thereupon, the little dressmaker again dabbed out his eyes separately, and making a loop in the air of her thread and deftly catching it into a knot with her needle, seemed to bowstring him into the bargain.

For the terrors undergone by Mr Dolls that evening when his little parent sat profoundly meditating over her work, and when he imagined himself found out, as often as she changed her attitude, or turned her eyes towards him, there is no adequate name. Moreover it was her habit to shake her head at that wretched old boy whenever she caught his eye as he shivered and shook. What are popularly called ‘the trembles’ being in full force upon him that evening, and likewise what are popularly called ‘the horrors,’ he had a very bad time of it; which was not made better by his being so remorseful as frequently to moan ‘Sixty threepennorths.’ This imperfect sentence not being at all intelligible as a confession, but sounding like a Gargantuan order for a dram, brought him into new difficulties by occasioning his parent to pounce at him in a more than usually snappish manner, and to overwhelm him with bitter reproaches.

What was a bad time for Mr Dolls, could not fail to be a bad time for the dolls’ dressmaker. However, she was on the alert next morning, and drove to Bond Street, and set down the two ladies punctually, and then directed her equipage to conduct her to the Albany. Arrived at the doorway of the house in which Mr Fledgeby’s chambers were, she found a lady standing there in a travelling dress, holding in her hand—of all things in the world—a gentleman’s hat.

‘You want some one?’ said the lady in a stern manner.

‘I am going up stairs to Mr Fledgeby’s.’

‘You cannot do that at this moment. There is a gentleman with him. I am waiting for the gentleman. His business with Mr Fledgeby will very soon be transacted, and then you can go up. Until the gentleman comes down, you must wait here.’

While speaking, and afterwards, the lady kept watchfully between her and the staircase, as if prepared to oppose her going up, by force. The lady being of a stature to stop her with a hand, and looking mightily determined, the dressmaker stood still.

Well? Why do you listen?’ asked the lady.

‘I am not listening,’ said the dressmaker.

‘What do you hear?’ asked the lady, altering her phrase.

‘Is it a kind of a spluttering somewhere?’ said the dressmaker, with an inquiring look.

‘Mr Fledgeby in his shower-bath, perhaps,’ remarked the lady, smiling.

‘And somebody’s beating a carpet, I think?’

‘Mr Fledgeby’s carpet, I dare say,’ replied the smiling lady.

Miss Wren had a reasonably good eye for smiles, being well accustomed to them on the part of her young friends, though their smiles mostly ran smaller than in nature. But she had never seen so singular a smile as that upon this lady’s face. It twitched her nostrils open in a remarkable manner, and contracted her lips and eyebrows. It was a smile of enjoyment too, though of such a fierce kind that Miss Wren thought she would rather not enjoy herself than do it in that way.

Well!’ said the lady, watching her. ‘What now?’

‘I hope there’s nothing the matter!’ said the dressmaker.

‘Where?’ inquired the lady.

‘I don’t know where,’ said Miss Wren, staring about her. ‘But I never heard such odd noises. Don’t you think I had better call somebody?’

‘I think you had better not,’ returned the lady with a significant frown, and drawing closer.

On this hint, the dressmaker relinquished the idea, and stood looking at the lady as hard as the lady looked at her. Meanwhile the dressmaker listened with amazement to the odd noises which still continued, and the lady listened too, but with a coolness in which there was no trace of amazement.

Soon afterwards, came a slamming and banging of doors; and then came running down stairs, a gentleman with whiskers, and out of breath, who seemed to be red-hot.

‘Is your business done, Alfred?’ inquired the lady.

‘Very thoroughly done,’ replied the gentleman, as he took his hat from her.

‘You can go up to Mr Fledgeby as soon as you like,’ said the lady, moving haughtily away.

‘Oh! And you can take these three pieces of stick with you,’ added the gentleman politely, ‘and say, if you please, that they come from Mr Alfred Lammle, with his compliments on leaving England. Mr Alfred Lammle. Be so good as not to forget the name.’

The three pieces of stick were three broken and frayed fragments of a stout lithe cane. Miss Jenny taking them wonderingly, and the gentleman repeating with a grin, ‘Mr Alfred Lammle, if you’ll be so good. Compliments, on leaving England,’ the lady and gentleman walked away quite deliberately, and Miss Jenny and her crutch-stick went up stairs. ‘Lammle, Lammle, Lammle?’ Miss Jenny repeated as she panted from stair to stair, ‘where have I heard that name? Lammle, Lammle? I know! Saint Mary Axe!’

With a gleam of new intelligence in her sharp face, the dolls’ dressmaker pulled at Fledgeby’s bell. No one answered; but, from within the chambers, there proceeded a continuous spluttering sound of a highly singular and unintelligible nature.

‘Good gracious! Is Little Eyes choking?’ cried Miss Jenny.

Pulling at the bell again and getting no reply, she pushed the outer door, and found it standing ajar. No one being visible on her opening it wider, and the spluttering continuing, she took the liberty of opening an inner door, and then beheld the extraordinary spectacle of Mr Fledgeby in a shirt, a pair of Turkish trousers, and a Turkish cap, rolling over and over on his own carpet, and spluttering wonderfully.

‘Oh Lord!’ gasped Mr Fledgeby. ‘Oh my eye! Stop thief! I am strangling. Fire! Oh my eye! A glass of water. Give me a glass of water. Shut the door. Murder! Oh Lord!’ And then rolled and spluttered more than ever.

Hurrying into another room, Miss Jenny got a glass of water, and brought it for Fledgeby’s relief: who, gasping, spluttering, and rattling in his throat betweenwhiles, drank some water, and laid his head faintly on her arm.

‘Oh my eye!’ cried Fledgeby, struggling anew. ‘It’s salt and snuff. It’s up my nose, and down my throat, and in my wind-pipe. Ugh! Ow! Ow! Ow! Ah—h—h—h!’ And here, crowing fearfully, with his eyes starting out of his head, appeared to be contending with every mortal disease incidental to poultry.

‘And Oh my Eye, I’m so sore!’ cried Fledgeby, starting, over on his back, in a spasmodic way that caused the dressmaker to retreat to the wall. ‘Oh I smart so! Do put something to my back and arms, and legs and shoulders. Ugh! It’s down my throat again and can’t come up. Ow! Ow! Ow! Ah—h—h—h! Oh I smart so!’ Here Mr Fledgeby bounded up, and bounded down, and went rolling over and over again.

The dolls’ dressmaker looked on until he rolled himself into a corner with his Turkish slippers uppermost, and then, resolving in the first place to address her ministration to the salt and snuff, gave him more water and slapped his back. But, the latter application was by no means a success, causing Mr Fledgeby to scream, and to cry out, ‘Oh my eye! don’t slap me! I’m covered with weales and I smart so!’

However, he gradually ceased to choke and crow, saving at intervals, and Miss Jenny got him into an easy-chair: where, with his eyes red and watery, with his features swollen, and with some half-dozen livid bars across his face, he presented a most rueful sight.

‘What ever possessed you to take salt and snuff, young man?’ inquired Miss Jenny.

‘I didn’t take it,’ the dismal youth replied. ‘It was crammed into my mouth.’

‘Who crammed it?’ asked Miss Jenny.

‘He did,’ answered Fledgeby. ‘The assassin. Lammle. He rubbed it into my mouth and up my nose and down my throat—Ow! Ow! Ow! Ah—h—h—h! Ugh!—to prevent my crying out, and then cruelly assaulted me.’

‘With this?’ asked Miss Jenny, showing the pieces of cane.

‘That’s the weapon,’ said Fledgeby, eyeing it with the air of an acquaintance. ‘He broke it over me. Oh I smart so! How did you come by it?’

‘When he ran down stairs and joined the lady he had left in the hall with his hat’—Miss Jenny began.

‘Oh!’ groaned Mr Fledgeby, writhing, ‘she was holding his hat, was she? I might have known she was in it.’

‘When he came down stairs and joined the lady who wouldn’t let me come up, he gave me the pieces for you, and I was to say, “With Mr Alfred Lammle’s compliments on his leaving England.”’ Miss Jenny said it with such spiteful satisfaction, and such a hitch of her chin and eyes as might have added to Mr Fledgeby’s miseries, if he could have noticed either, in his bodily pain with his hand to his head.

‘Shall I go for the police?’ inquired Miss Jenny, with a nimble start towards the door.

‘Stop! No, don’t!’ cried Fledgeby. ‘Don’t, please. We had better keep it quiet. Will you be so good as shut the door? Oh I do smart so!’

In testimony of the extent to which he smarted, Mr Fledgeby came wallowing out of the easy-chair, and took another roll on the carpet.

‘Now the door’s shut,’ said Mr Fledgeby, sitting up in anguish, with his Turkish cap half on and half off, and the bars on his face getting bluer, ‘do me the kindness to look at my back and shoulders. They must be in an awful state, for I hadn’t got my dressing-gown on, when the brute came rushing in. Cut my shirt away from the collar; there’s a pair of scissors on that table. Oh!’ groaned Mr Fledgeby, with his hand to his head again. ‘How I do smart, to be sure!’

‘There?’ inquired Miss Jenny, alluding to the back and shoulders.

‘Oh Lord, yes!’ moaned Fledgeby, rocking himself. ‘And all over! Everywhere!’

The busy little dressmaker quickly snipped the shirt away, and laid bare the results of as furious and sound a thrashing as even Mr Fledgeby merited. ‘You may well smart, young man!’ exclaimed Miss Jenny. And stealthily rubbed her little hands behind him, and poked a few exultant pokes with her two forefingers over the crown of his head.

‘What do you think of vinegar and brown paper?’ inquired the suffering Fledgeby, still rocking and moaning. ‘Does it look as if vinegar and brown paper was the sort of application?’

‘Yes,’ said Miss Jenny, with a silent chuckle. ‘It looks as if it ought to be Pickled.’

Mr Fledgeby collapsed under the word ‘Pickled,’ and groaned again. ‘My kitchen is on this floor,’ he said; ‘you’ll find brown paper in a dresser-drawer there, and a bottle of vinegar on a shelf. Would you have the kindness to make a few plasters and put ’em on? It can’t be kept too quiet.’

‘One, two—hum—five, six. You’ll want six,’ said the dress-maker.

‘There’s smart enough,’ whimpered Mr Fledgeby, groaning and writhing again, ‘for sixty.’

Miss Jenny repaired to the kitchen, scissors in hand, found the brown paper and found the vinegar, and skilfully cut out and steeped six large plasters. When they were all lying ready on the dresser, an idea occurred to her as she was about to gather them up.

‘I think,’ said Miss Jenny with a silent laugh, ‘he ought to have a little pepper? Just a few grains? I think the young man’s tricks and manners make a claim upon his friends for a little pepper?’

Mr Fledgeby’s evil star showing her the pepper-box on the chimneypiece, she climbed upon a chair, and got it down, and sprinkled all the plasters with a judicious hand. She then went back to Mr Fledgeby, and stuck them all on him: Mr Fledgeby uttering a sharp howl as each was put in its place.

‘There, young man!’ said the dolls’ dressmaker. ‘Now I hope you feel pretty comfortable?’

Apparently, Mr Fledgeby did not, for he cried by way of answer, ‘Oh—h how I do smart!’

Miss Jenny got his Persian gown upon him, extinguished his eyes crookedly with his Persian cap, and helped him to his bed: upon which he climbed groaning. ‘Business between you and me being out of the question to-day, young man, and my time being precious,’ said Miss Jenny then, ‘I’ll make myself scarce. Are you comfortable now?’

‘Oh my eye!’ cried Mr Fledgeby. ‘No, I ain’t. Oh—h—h! how I do smart!’

The last thing Miss Jenny saw, as she looked back before closing the room door, was Mr Fledgeby in the act of plunging and gambolling all over his bed, like a porpoise or dolphin in its native element. She then shut the bedroom door, and all the other doors, and going down stairs and emerging from the Albany into the busy streets, took omnibus for Saint Mary Axe: pressing on the road all the gaily-dressed ladies whom she could see from the window, and making them unconscious lay-figures for dolls, while she mentally cut them out and basted them.

Chapter 9

TWO PLACES VACATED

Set down by the omnibus at the corner of Saint Mary Axe, and trusting to her feet and her crutch-stick within its precincts, the dolls’ dressmaker proceeded to the place of business of Pubsey and Co. All there was sunny and quiet externally, and shady and quiet internally. Hiding herself in the entry outside the glass door, she could see from that post of observation the old man in his spectacles sitting writing at his desk.

‘Boh!’ cried the dressmaker, popping in her head at the glass-door. ‘Mr Wolf at home?’

The old man took his glasses off, and mildly laid them down beside him. ‘Ah Jenny, is it you? I thought you had given me up.’

‘And so I had given up the treacherous wolf of the forest,’ she replied; ‘but, godmother, it strikes me you have come back. I am not quite sure, because the wolf and you change forms. I want to ask you a question or two, to find out whether you are really godmother or really wolf. May I?’

‘Yes, Jenny, yes.’ But Riah glanced towards the door, as if he thought his principal might appear there, unseasonably.

‘If you’re afraid of the fox,’ said Miss Jenny, ‘you may dismiss all present expectations of seeing that animal. HE won’t show himself abroad, for many a day.’

‘What do you mean, my child?’

‘I mean, godmother,’ replied Miss Wren, sitting down beside the Jew, ‘that the fox has caught a famous flogging, and that if his skin and bones are not tingling, aching, and smarting at this present instant, no fox did ever tingle, ache, and smart.’ Therewith Miss Jenny related what had come to pass in the Albany, omitting the few grains of pepper.

‘Now, godmother,’ she went on, ‘I particularly wish to ask you what has taken place here, since I left the wolf here? Because I have an idea about the size of a marble, rolling about in my little noddle. First and foremost, are you Pubsey and Co., or are you either? Upon your solemn word and honour.’

The old man shook his head.

‘Secondly, isn’t Fledgeby both Pubsey and Co.?’

The old man answered with a reluctant nod.

‘My idea,’ exclaimed Miss Wren, ‘is now about the size of an orange. But before it gets any bigger, welcome back, dear godmother!’

The little creature folded her arms about the old man’s neck with great earnestness, and kissed him. ‘I humbly beg your forgiveness, godmother. I am truly sorry. I ought to have had more faith in you. But what could I suppose when you said nothing for yourself, you know? I don’t mean to offer that as a justification, but what could I suppose, when you were a silent party to all he said? It did look bad; now didn’t it?’

‘It looked so bad, Jenny,’ responded the old man, with gravity, ‘that I will straightway tell you what an impression it wrought upon me. I was hateful in mine own eyes. I was hateful to myself, in being so hateful to the debtor and to you. But more than that, and worse than that, and to pass out far and broad beyond myself—I reflected that evening, sitting alone in my garden on the housetop, that I was doing dishonour to my ancient faith and race. I reflected—clearly reflected for the first time—that in bending my neck to the yoke I was willing to wear, I bent the unwilling necks of the whole Jewish people. For it is not, in Christian countries, with the Jews as with other peoples. Men say, “This is a bad Greek, but there are good Greeks. This is a bad Turk, but there are good Turks.” Not so with the Jews. Men find the bad among us easily enough—among what peoples are the bad not easily found?—but they take the worst of us as samples of the best; they take the lowest of us as presentations of the highest; and they say “All Jews are alike.” If, doing what I was content to do here, because I was grateful for the past and have small need of money now, I had been a Christian, I could have done it, compromising no one but my individual self. But doing it as a Jew, I could not choose but compromise the Jews of all conditions and all countries. It is a little hard upon us, but it is the truth. I would that all our people remembered it! Though I have little right to say so, seeing that it came home so late to me.’

The dolls’ dressmaker sat holding the old man by the hand, and looking thoughtfully in his face.

‘Thus I reflected, I say, sitting that evening in my garden on the housetop. And passing the painful scene of that day in review before me many times, I always saw that the poor gentleman believed the story readily, because I was one of the Jews—that you believed the story readily, my child, because I was one of the Jews—that the story itself first came into the invention of the originator thereof, because I was one of the Jews. This was the result of my having had you three before me, face to face, and seeing the thing visibly presented as upon a theatre. Wherefore I perceived that the obligation was upon me to leave this service. But Jenny, my dear,’ said Riah, breaking off, ‘I promised that you should pursue your questions, and I obstruct them.’

‘On the contrary, godmother; my idea is as large now as a pumpkin—and YOU know what a pumpkin is, don’t you? So you gave notice that you were going? Does that come next?’ asked Miss Jenny with a look of close attention.

‘I indited a letter to my master. Yes. To that effect.’

‘And what said Tingling-Tossing-Aching-Screaming-Scratching-Smarter?’ asked Miss Wren with an unspeakable enjoyment in the utterance of those honourable titles and in the recollection of the pepper.

‘He held me to certain months of servitude, which were his lawful term of notice. They expire to-morrow. Upon their expiration—not before—I had meant to set myself right with my Cinderella.’

‘My idea is getting so immense now,’ cried Miss Wren, clasping her temples, ‘that my head won’t hold it! Listen, godmother; I am going to expound. Little Eyes (that’s Screaming-Scratching-Smarter) owes you a heavy grudge for going. Little Eyes casts about how best to pay you off. Little Eyes thinks of Lizzie. Little Eyes says to himself, “I’ll find out where he has placed that girl, and I’ll betray his secret because it’s dear to him.” Perhaps Little Eyes thinks, “I’ll make love to her myself too;” but that I can’t swear—all the rest I can. So, Little Eyes comes to me, and I go to Little Eyes. That’s the way of it. And now the murder’s all out, I’m sorry,’ added the dolls’ dressmaker, rigid from head to foot with energy as she shook her little fist before her eyes, ‘that I didn’t give him Cayenne pepper and chopped pickled Capsicum!’

This expression of regret being but partially intelligible to Mr Riah, the old man reverted to the injuries Fledgeby had received, and hinted at the necessity of his at once going to tend that beaten cur.

‘Godmother, godmother, godmother!’ cried Miss Wren irritably, ‘I really lose all patience with you. One would think you believed in the Good Samaritan. How can you be so inconsistent?’

‘Jenny dear,’ began the old man gently, ‘it is the custom of our people to help—’

‘Oh! Bother your people!’ interposed Miss Wren, with a toss of her head. ‘If your people don’t know better than to go and help Little Eyes, it’s a pity they ever got out of Egypt. Over and above that,’ she added, ‘he wouldn’t take your help if you offered it. Too much ashamed. Wants to keep it close and quiet, and to keep you out of the way.’

They were still debating this point when a shadow darkened the entry, and the glass door was opened by a messenger who brought a letter unceremoniously addressed, ‘Riah.’ To which he said there was an answer wanted.

The letter, which was scrawled in pencil uphill and downhill and round crooked corners, ran thus:

‘OLD RIAH,

Your accounts being all squared, go. Shut up the place, turn out directly, and send me the key by bearer. Go. You are an unthankful dog of a Jew. Get out.

F.’

The dolls’ dressmaker found it delicious to trace the screaming and smarting of Little Eyes in the distorted writing of this epistle. She laughed over it and jeered at it in a convenient corner (to the great astonishment of the messenger) while the old man got his few goods together in a black bag. That done, the shutters of the upper windows closed, and the office blind pulled down, they issued forth upon the steps with the attendant messenger. There, while Miss Jenny held the bag, the old man locked the house door, and handed over the key to him; who at once retired with the same.

Well, godmother,’ said Miss Wren, as they remained upon the steps together, looking at one another. ‘And so you’re thrown upon the world!’

‘It would appear so, Jenny, and somewhat suddenly.’

‘Where are you going to seek your fortune?’ asked Miss Wren.

The old man smiled, but looked about him with a look of having lost his way in life, which did not escape the dolls’ dressmaker.

‘Verily, Jenny,’ said he, ‘the question is to the purpose, and more easily asked than answered. But as I have experience of the ready goodwill and good help of those who have given occupation to Lizzie, I think I will seek them out for myself.’

‘On foot?’ asked Miss Wren, with a chop.

‘Ay!’ said the old man. ‘Have I not my staff?’

It was exactly because he had his staff, and presented so quaint an aspect, that she mistrusted his making the journey.

‘The best thing you can do,’ said Jenny, ‘for the time being, at all events, is to come home with me, godmother. Nobody’s there but my bad child, and Lizzie’s lodging stands empty.’ The old man when satisfied that no inconvenience could be entailed on any one by his compliance, readily complied; and the singularly-assorted couple once more went through the streets together.

Now, the bad child having been strictly charged by his parent to remain at home in her absence, of course went out; and, being in the very last stage of mental decrepitude, went out with two objects; firstly, to establish a claim he conceived himself to have upon any licensed victualler living, to be supplied with threepennyworth of rum for nothing; and secondly, to bestow some maudlin remorse on Mr Eugene Wrayburn, and see what profit came of it. Stumblingly pursuing these two designs—they both meant rum, the only meaning of which he was capable—the degraded creature staggered into Covent Garden Market and there bivouacked, to have an attack of the trembles succeeded by an attack of the horrors, in a doorway.

This market of Covent Garden was quite out of the creature’s line of road, but it had the attraction for him which it has for the worst of the solitary members of the drunken tribe. It may be the companionship of the nightly stir, or it may be the companionship of the gin and beer that slop about among carters and hucksters, or it may be the companionship of the trodden vegetable refuse which is so like their own dress that perhaps they take the Market for a great wardrobe; but be it what it may, you shall see no such individual drunkards on doorsteps anywhere, as there. Of dozing women-drunkards especially, you shall come upon such specimens there, in the morning sunlight, as you might seek out of doors in vain through London. Such stale vapid rejected cabbage-leaf and cabbage-stalk dress, such damaged-orange countenance, such squashed pulp of humanity, are open to the day nowhere else. So, the attraction of the Market drew Mr Dolls to it, and he had out his two fits of trembles and horrors in a doorway on which a woman had had out her sodden nap a few hours before.

There is a swarm of young savages always flitting about this same place, creeping off with fragments of orange-chests, and mouldy litter—Heaven knows into what holes they can convey them, having no home!—whose bare feet fall with a blunt dull softness on the pavement as the policeman hunts them, and who are (perhaps for that reason) little heard by the Powers that be, whereas in top-boots they would make a deafening clatter. These, delighting in the trembles and the horrors of Mr Dolls, as in a gratuitous drama, flocked about him in his doorway, butted at him, leaped at him, and pelted him. Hence, when he came out of his invalid retirement and shook off that ragged train, he was much bespattered, and in worse case than ever. But, not yet at his worst; for, going into a public-house, and being supplied in stress of business with his rum, and seeking to vanish without payment, he was collared, searched, found penniless, and admonished not to try that again, by having a pail of dirty water cast over him. This application superinduced another fit of the trembles; after which Mr Dolls, as finding himself in good cue for making a call on a professional friend, addressed himself to the Temple.

There was nobody at the chambers but Young Blight. That discreet youth, sensible of a certain incongruity in the association of such a client with the business that might be coming some day, with the best intentions temporized with Dolls, and offered a shilling for coach-hire home. Mr Dolls, accepting the shilling, promptly laid it out in two threepennyworths of conspiracy against his life, and two threepennyworths of raging repentance. Returning to the Chambers with which burden, he was descried coming round into the court, by the wary young Blight watching from the window: who instantly closed the outer door, and left the miserable object to expend his fury on the panels.

The more the door resisted him, the more dangerous and imminent became that bloody conspiracy against his life. Force of police arriving, he recognized in them the conspirators, and laid about him hoarsely, fiercely, staringly, convulsively, foamingly. A humble machine, familiar to the conspirators and called by the expressive name of Stretcher, being unavoidably sent for, he was rendered a harmless bundle of torn rags by being strapped down upon it, with voice and consciousness gone out of him, and life fast going. As this machine was borne out at the Temple gate by four men, the poor little dolls’ dressmaker and her Jewish friend were coming up the street.

‘Let us see what it is,’ cried the dressmaker. ‘Let us make haste and look, godmother.’

The brisk little crutch-stick was but too brisk. ‘O gentlemen, gentlemen, he belongs to me!’

‘Belongs to you?’ said the head of the party, stopping it.

‘O yes, dear gentlemen, he’s my child, out without leave. My poor bad, bad boy! and he don’t know me, he don’t know me! O what shall I do,’ cried the little creature, wildly beating her hands together, ‘when my own child don’t know me!’

The head of the party looked (as well he might) to the old man for explanation. He whispered, as the dolls’ dressmaker bent over the exhausted form and vainly tried to extract some sign of recognition from it: ‘It’s her drunken father.’

As the load was put down in the street, Riah drew the head of the party aside, and whispered that he thought the man was dying. ‘No, surely not?’ returned the other. But he became less confident, on looking, and directed the bearers to ‘bring him to the nearest doctor’s shop.’

Thither he was brought; the window becoming from within, a wall of faces, deformed into all kinds of shapes through the agency of globular red bottles, green bottles, blue bottles, and other coloured bottles. A ghastly light shining upon him that he didn’t need, the beast so furious but a few minutes gone, was quiet enough now, with a strange mysterious writing on his face, reflected from one of the great bottles, as if Death had marked him: ‘Mine.’

The medical testimony was more precise and more to the purpose than it sometimes is in a Court of Justice. ‘You had better send for something to cover it. All’s over.’

Therefore, the police sent for something to cover it, and it was covered and borne through the streets, the people falling away. After it, went the dolls’ dressmaker, hiding her face in the Jewish skirts, and clinging to them with one hand, while with the other she plied her stick. It was carried home, and, by reason that the staircase was very narrow, it was put down in the parlour—the little working-bench being set aside to make room for it—and there, in the midst of the dolls with no speculation in their eyes, lay Mr Dolls with no speculation in his.

Many flaunting dolls had to be gaily dressed, before the money was in the dressmaker’s pocket to get mourning for Mr Dolls. As the old man, Riah, sat by, helping her in such small ways as he could, he found it difficult to make out whether she really did realize that the deceased had been her father.

‘If my poor boy,’ she would say, ‘had been brought up better, he might have done better. Not that I reproach myself. I hope I have no cause for that.’

‘None indeed, Jenny, I am very certain.’

‘Thank you, godmother. It cheers me to hear you say so. But you see it is so hard to bring up a child well, when you work, work, work, all day. When he was out of employment, I couldn’t always keep him near me. He got fractious and nervous, and I was obliged to let him go into the streets. And he never did well in the streets, he never did well out of sight. How often it happens with children!’

‘Too often, even in this sad sense!’ thought the old man.

‘How can I say what I might have turned out myself, but for my back having been so bad and my legs so queer, when I was young!’ the dressmaker would go on. ‘I had nothing to do but work, and so I worked. I couldn’t play. But my poor unfortunate child could play, and it turned out the worse for him.’

‘And not for him alone, Jenny.’

Well! I don’t know, godmother. He suffered heavily, did my unfortunate boy. He was very, very ill sometimes. And I called him a quantity of names;’ shaking her head over her work, and dropping tears. ‘I don’t know that his going wrong was much the worse for me. If it ever was, let us forget it.’

‘You are a good girl, you are a patient girl.’

‘As for patience,’ she would reply with a shrug, ‘not much of that, godmother. If I had been patient, I should never have called him names. But I hope I did it for his good. And besides, I felt my responsibility as a mother, so much. I tried reasoning, and reasoning failed. I tried coaxing, and coaxing failed. I tried scolding and scolding failed. But I was bound to try everything, you know, with such a charge upon my hands. Where would have been my duty to my poor lost boy, if I had not tried everything!’

With such talk, mostly in a cheerful tone on the part of the industrious little creature, the day-work and the night-work were beguiled until enough of smart dolls had gone forth to bring into the kitchen, where the working-bench now stood, the sombre stuff that the occasion required, and to bring into the house the other sombre preparations. ‘And now,’ said Miss Jenny, ‘having knocked off my rosy-cheeked young friends, I’ll knock off my white-cheeked self.’ This referred to her making her own dress, which at last was done. ‘The disadvantage of making for yourself,’ said Miss Jenny, as she stood upon a chair to look at the result in the glass, ‘is, that you can’t charge anybody else for the job, and the advantage is, that you haven’t to go out to try on. Humph! Very fair indeed! If He could see me now (whoever he is) I hope he wouldn’t repent of his bargain!’

The simple arrangements were of her own making, and were stated to Riah thus:

‘I mean to go alone, godmother, in my usual carriage, and you’ll be so kind as keep house while I am gone. It’s not far off. And when I return, we’ll have a cup of tea, and a chat over future arrangements. It’s a very plain last house that I have been able to give my poor unfortunate boy; but he’ll accept the will for the deed if he knows anything about it; and if he doesn’t know anything about it,’ with a sob, and wiping her eyes, ‘why, it won’t matter to him. I see the service in the Prayer-book says, that we brought nothing into this world and it is certain we can take nothing out. It comforts me for not being able to hire a lot of stupid undertaker’s things for my poor child, and seeming as if I was trying to smuggle ’em out of this world with him, when of course I must break down in the attempt, and bring ’em all back again. As it is, there’ll be nothing to bring back but me, and that’s quite consistent, for I shan’t be brought back, some day!’

After that previous carrying of him in the streets, the wretched old fellow seemed to be twice buried. He was taken on the shoulders of half a dozen blossom-faced men, who shuffled with him to the churchyard, and who were preceded by another blossom-faced man, affecting a stately stalk, as if he were a Policeman of the D(eath) Division, and ceremoniously pretending not to know his intimate acquaintances, as he led the pageant. Yet, the spectacle of only one little mourner hobbling after, caused many people to turn their heads with a look of interest.

At last the troublesome deceased was got into the ground, to be buried no more, and the stately stalker stalked back before the solitary dressmaker, as if she were bound in honour to have no notion of the way home. Those Furies, the conventionalities, being thus appeased, he left her.

‘I must have a very short cry, godmother, before I cheer up for good,’ said the little creature, coming in. ‘Because after all a child is a child, you know.’

It was a longer cry than might have been expected. Howbeit, it wore itself out in a shadowy corner, and then the dressmaker came forth, and washed her face, and made the tea. ‘You wouldn’t mind my cutting out something while we are at tea, would you?’ she asked her Jewish friend, with a coaxing air.

‘Cinderella, dear child,’ the old man expostulated, ‘will you never rest?’

‘Oh! It’s not work, cutting out a pattern isn’t,’ said Miss Jenny, with her busy little scissors already snipping at some paper. ‘The truth is, godmother, I want to fix it while I have it correct in my mind.’

‘Have you seen it to-day then?’ asked Riah.

‘Yes, godmother. Saw it just now. It’s a surplice, that’s what it is. Thing our clergymen wear, you know,’ explained Miss Jenny, in consideration of his professing another faith.

‘And what have you to do with that, Jenny?’

‘Why, godmother,’ replied the dressmaker, ‘you must know that we Professors who live upon our taste and invention, are obliged to keep our eyes always open. And you know already that I have many extra expenses to meet just now. So, it came into my head while I was weeping at my poor boy’s grave, that something in my way might be done with a clergyman.’

‘What can be done?’ asked the old man.

‘Not a funeral, never fear!’ returned Miss Jenny, anticipating his objection with a nod. ‘The public don’t like to be made melancholy, I know very well. I am seldom called upon to put my young friends into mourning; not into real mourning, that is; Court mourning they are rather proud of. But a doll clergyman, my dear,—glossy black curls and whiskers—uniting two of my young friends in matrimony,’ said Miss Jenny, shaking her forefinger, ‘is quite another affair. If you don’t see those three at the altar in Bond Street, in a jiffy, my name’s Jack Robinson!’

With her expert little ways in sharp action, she had got a doll into whitey-brown paper orders, before the meal was over, and was displaying it for the edification of the Jewish mind, when a knock was heard at the street-door. Riah went to open it, and presently came back, ushering in, with the grave and courteous air that sat so well upon him, a gentleman.

The gentleman was a stranger to the dressmaker; but even in the moment of his casting his eyes upon her, there was something in his manner which brought to her remembrance Mr Eugene Wrayburn.

‘Pardon me,’ said the gentleman. ‘You are the dolls’ dressmaker?’

‘I am the dolls’ dressmaker, sir.’

Lizzie Hexam’s friend?’

‘Yes, sir,’ replied Miss Jenny, instantly on the defensive. ‘And Lizzie Hexam’s friend.’

‘Here is a note from her, entreating you to accede to the request of Mr Mortimer Lightwood, the bearer. Mr Riah chances to know that I am Mr Mortimer Lightwood, and will tell you so.’

Riah bent his head in corroboration.

‘Will you read the note?’

‘It’s very short,’ said Jenny, with a look of wonder, when she had read it.

‘There was no time to make it longer. Time was so very precious. My dear friend Mr Eugene Wrayburn is dying.’

The dressmaker clasped her hands, and uttered a little piteous cry.

‘Is dying,’ repeated Lightwood, with emotion, ‘at some distance from here. He is sinking under injuries received at the hands of a villain who attacked him in the dark. I come straight from his bedside. He is almost always insensible. In a short restless interval of sensibility, or partial sensibility, I made out that he asked for you to be brought to sit by him. Hardly relying on my own interpretation of the indistinct sounds he made, I caused Lizzie to hear them. We were both sure that he asked for you.’

The dressmaker, with her hands still clasped, looked affrightedly from the one to the other of her two companions.

‘If you delay, he may die with his request ungratified, with his last wish—intrusted to me—we have long been much more than brothers—unfulfilled. I shall break down, if I try to say more.’

In a few moments the black bonnet and the crutch-stick were on duty, the good Jew was left in possession of the house, and the dolls’ dressmaker, side by side in a chaise with Mortimer Lightwood, was posting out of town.

Chapter 10

THE DOLLS’ DRESSMAKER DISCOVERS A WORD

A darkened and hushed room; the river outside the windows flowing on to the vast ocean; a figure on the bed, swathed and bandaged and bound, lying helpless on its back, with its two useless arms in splints at its sides. Only two days of usage so familiarized the little dressmaker with this scene, that it held the place occupied two days ago by the recollections of years.

He had scarcely moved since her arrival. Sometimes his eyes were open, sometimes closed. When they were open, there was no meaning in their unwinking stare at one spot straight before them, unless for a moment the brow knitted into a faint expression of anger, or surprise. Then, Mortimer Lightwood would speak to him, and on occasions he would be so far roused as to make an attempt to pronounce his friend’s name. But, in an instant consciousness was gone again, and no spirit of Eugene was in Eugene’s crushed outer form.

They provided Jenny with materials for plying her work, and she had a little table placed at the foot of his bed. Sitting there, with her rich shower of hair falling over the chair-back, they hoped she might attract his notice. With the same object, she would sing, just above her breath, when he opened his eyes, or she saw his brow knit into that faint expression, so evanescent that it was like a shape made in water. But as yet he had not heeded. The ‘they’ here mentioned were the medical attendant; Lizzie, who was there in all her intervals of rest; and Lightwood, who never left him.

The two days became three, and the three days became four. At length, quite unexpectedly, he said something in a whisper.

‘What was it, my dear Eugene?’

‘Will you, Mortimer—’

‘Will I—?

—‘Send for her?’

‘My dear fellow, she is here.’

Quite unconscious of the long blank, he supposed that they were still speaking together.

The little dressmaker stood up at the foot of the bed, humming her song, and nodded to him brightly. ‘I can’t shake hands, Jenny,’ said Eugene, with something of his old look; ‘but I am very glad to see you.’

Mortimer repeated this to her, for it could only be made out by bending over him and closely watching his attempts to say it. In a little while, he added:

‘Ask her if she has seen the children.’

Mortimer could not understand this, neither could Jenny herself, until he added:

‘Ask her if she has smelt the flowers.’

‘Oh! I know!’ cried Jenny. ‘I understand him now!’ Then, Lightwood yielded his place to her quick approach, and she said, bending over the bed, with that better look: ‘You mean my long bright slanting rows of children, who used to bring me ease and rest? You mean the children who used to take me up, and make me light?’

Eugene smiled, ‘Yes.’

‘I have not seen them since I saw you. I never see them now, but I am hardly ever in pain now.’

‘It was a pretty fancy,’ said Eugene.

‘But I have heard my birds sing,’ cried the little creature, ‘and I have smelt my flowers. Yes, indeed I have! And both were most beautiful and most Divine!’

‘Stay and help to nurse me,’ said Eugene, quietly. ‘I should like you to have the fancy here, before I die.’

She touched his lips with her hand, and shaded her eyes with that same hand as she went back to her work and her little low song. He heard the song with evident pleasure, until she allowed it gradually to sink away into silence.

‘Mortimer.’

‘My dear Eugene.’

‘If you can give me anything to keep me here for only a few minutes—’

‘To keep you here, Eugene?’

‘To prevent my wandering away I don’t know where—for I begin to be sensible that I have just come back, and that I shall lose myself again—do so, dear boy!’

Mortimer gave him such stimulants as could be given him with safety (they were always at hand, ready), and bending over him once more, was about to caution him, when he said:

‘Don’t tell me not to speak, for I must speak. If you knew the harassing anxiety that gnaws and wears me when I am wandering in those places—where are those endless places, Mortimer? They must be at an immense distance!’

He saw in his friend’s face that he was losing himself; for he added after a moment: ‘Don’t be afraid—I am not gone yet. What was it?’

‘You wanted to tell me something, Eugene. My poor dear fellow, you wanted to say something to your old friend—to the friend who has always loved you, admired you, imitated you, founded himself upon you, been nothing without you, and who, God knows, would be here in your place if he could!’

‘Tut, tut!’ said Eugene with a tender glance as the other put his hand before his face. ‘I am not worth it. I acknowledge that I like it, dear boy, but I am not worth it. This attack, my dear Mortimer; this murder—’

His friend leaned over him with renewed attention, saying: ‘You and I suspect some one.’

‘More than suspect. But, Mortimer, while I lie here, and when I lie here no longer, I trust to you that the perpetrator is never brought to justice.’

‘Eugene?’

‘Her innocent reputation would be ruined, my friend. She would be punished, not he. I have wronged her enough in fact; I have wronged her still more in intention. You recollect what pavement is said to be made of good intentions. It is made of bad intentions too. Mortimer, I am lying on it, and I know!’

‘Be comforted, my dear Eugene.’

‘I will, when you have promised me. Dear Mortimer, the man must never be pursued. If he should be accused, you must keep him silent and save him. Don’t think of avenging me; think only of hushing the story and protecting her. You can confuse the case, and turn aside the circumstances. Listen to what I say to you. It was not the schoolmaster, Bradley Headstone. Do you hear me? Twice; it was not the schoolmaster, Bradley Headstone. Do you hear me? Three times; it was not the schoolmaster, Bradley Headstone.’

He stopped, exhausted. His speech had been whispered, broken, and indistinct; but by a great effort he had made it plain enough to be unmistakeable.

‘Dear fellow, I am wandering away. Stay me for another moment, if you can.’

Lightwood lifted his head at the neck, and put a wine-glass to his lips. He rallied.

‘I don’t know how long ago it was done, whether weeks, days, or hours. No matter. There is inquiry on foot, and pursuit. Say! Is there not?’

‘Yes.’

‘Check it; divert it! Don’t let her be brought in question. Shield her. The guilty man, brought to justice, would poison her name. Let the guilty man go unpunished. Lizzie and my reparation before all! Promise me!’

‘Eugene, I do. I promise you!’

In the act of turning his eyes gratefully towards his friend, he wandered away. His eyes stood still, and settled into that former intent unmeaning stare.

Hours and hours, days and nights, he remained in this same condition. There were times when he would calmly speak to his friend after a long period of unconsciousness, and would say he was better, and would ask for something. Before it could be given him, he would be gone again.

The dolls’ dressmaker, all softened compassion now, watched him with an earnestness that never relaxed. She would regularly change the ice, or the cooling spirit, on his head, and would keep her ear at the pillow betweenwhiles, listening for any faint words that fell from him in his wanderings. It was amazing through how many hours at a time she would remain beside him, in a crouching attitude, attentive to his slightest moan. As he could not move a hand, he could make no sign of distress; but, through this close watching (if through no secret sympathy or power) the little creature attained an understanding of him that Lightwood did not possess. Mortimer would often turn to her, as if she were an interpreter between this sentient world and the insensible man; and she would change the dressing of a wound, or ease a ligature, or turn his face, or alter the pressure of the bedclothes on him, with an absolute certainty of doing right. The natural lightness and delicacy of touch which had become very refined by practice in her miniature work, no doubt was involved in this; but her perception was at least as fine.

The one word, Lizzie, he muttered millions of times. In a certain phase of his distressful state, which was the worst to those who tended him, he would roll his head upon the pillow, incessantly repeating the name in a hurried and impatient manner, with the misery of a disturbed mind, and the monotony of a machine. Equally, when he lay still and staring, he would repeat it for hours without cessation, but then, always in a tone of subdued warning and horror. Her presence and her touch upon his breast or face would often stop this, and then they learned to expect that he would for some time remain still, with his eyes closed, and that he would be conscious on opening them. But, the heavy disappointment of their hope—revived by the welcome silence of the room—was, that his spirit would glide away again and be lost, in the moment of their joy that it was there.

This frequent rising of a drowning man from the deep, to sink again, was dreadful to the beholders. But, gradually the change stole upon him that it became dreadful to himself. His desire to impart something that was on his mind, his unspeakable yearning to have speech with his friend and make a communication to him, so troubled him when he recovered consciousness, that its term was thereby shortened. As the man rising from the deep would disappear the sooner for fighting with the water, so he in his desperate struggle went down again.

One afternoon when he had been lying still, and Lizzie, unrecognized, had just stolen out of the room to pursue her occupation, he uttered Lightwood’s name.

‘My dear Eugene, I am here.’

‘How long is this to last, Mortimer?’

Lightwood shook his head. ‘Still, Eugene, you are no worse than you were.’

‘But I know there’s no hope. Yet I pray it may last long enough for you to do me one last service, and for me to do one last action. Keep me here a few moments, Mortimer. Try, try!’

His friend gave him what aid he could, and encouraged him to believe that he was more composed, though even then his eyes were losing the expression they so rarely recovered.

‘Hold me here, dear fellow, if you can. Stop my wandering away. I am going!’

‘Not yet, not yet. Tell me, dear Eugene, what is it I shall do?’

‘Keep me here for only a single minute. I am going away again. Don’t let me go. Hear me speak first. Stop me—stop me!’

‘My poor Eugene, try to be calm.’

‘I do try. I try so hard. If you only knew how hard! Don’t let me wander till I have spoken. Give me a little more wine.’

Lightwood complied. Eugene, with a most pathetic struggle against the unconsciousness that was coming over him, and with a look of appeal that affected his friend profoundly, said:

‘You can leave me with Jenny, while you speak to her and tell her what I beseech of her. You can leave me with Jenny, while you are gone. There’s not much for you to do. You won’t be long away.’

‘No, no, no. But tell me what it is that I shall do, Eugene!’

‘I am going! You can’t hold me.’

‘Tell me in a word, Eugene!’

His eyes were fixed again, and the only word that came from his lips was the word millions of times repeated. Lizzie, Lizzie, Lizzie.

But, the watchful little dressmaker had been vigilant as ever in her watch, and she now came up and touched Lightwood’s arm as he looked down at his friend, despairingly.

‘Hush!’ she said, with her finger on her lips. ‘His eyes are closing. He’ll be conscious when he next opens them. Shall I give you a leading word to say to him?’

‘O Jenny, if you could only give me the right word!’

‘I can. Stoop down.’

He stooped, and she whispered in his ear. She whispered in his ear one short word of a single syllable. Lightwood started, and looked at her.

‘Try it,’ said the little creature, with an excited and exultant face. She then bent over the unconscious man, and, for the first time, kissed him on the cheek, and kissed the poor maimed hand that was nearest to her. Then, she withdrew to the foot of the bed.

Some two hours afterwards, Mortimer Lightwood saw his consciousness come back, and instantly, but very tranquilly, bent over him.

‘Don’t speak, Eugene. Do no more than look at me, and listen to me. You follow what I say.’

He moved his head in assent.

‘I am going on from the point where we broke off. Is the word we should soon have come to—is it—Wife?’

‘O God bless you, Mortimer!’

‘Hush! Don’t be agitated. Don’t speak. Hear me, dear Eugene. Your mind will be more at peace, lying here, if you make Lizzie your wife. You wish me to speak to her, and tell her so, and entreat her to be your wife. You ask her to kneel at this bedside and be married to you, that your reparation may be complete. Is that so?’

‘Yes. God bless you! Yes.’

‘It shall be done, Eugene. Trust it to me. I shall have to go away for some few hours, to give effect to your wishes. You see this is unavoidable?’

‘Dear friend, I said so.’

‘True. But I had not the clue then. How do you think I got it?’

Glancing wistfully around, Eugene saw Miss Jenny at the foot of the bed, looking at him with her elbows on the bed, and her head upon her hands. There was a trace of his whimsical air upon him, as he tried to smile at her.

‘Yes indeed,’ said Lightwood, ‘the discovery was hers. Observe my dear Eugene; while I am away you will know that I have discharged my trust with Lizzie, by finding her here, in my present place at your bedside, to leave you no more. A final word before I go. This is the right course of a true man, Eugene. And I solemnly believe, with all my soul, that if Providence should mercifully restore you to us, you will be blessed with a noble wife in the preserver of your life, whom you will dearly love.’

‘Amen. I am sure of that. But I shall not come through it, Mortimer.’

‘You will not be the less hopeful or less strong, for this, Eugene.’

‘No. Touch my face with yours, in case I should not hold out till you come back. I love you, Mortimer. Don’t be uneasy for me while you are gone. If my dear brave girl will take me, I feel persuaded that I shall live long enough to be married, dear fellow.’

Miss Jenny gave up altogether on this parting taking place between the friends, and sitting with her back towards the bed in the bower made by her bright hair, wept heartily, though noiselessly. Mortimer Lightwood was soon gone. As the evening light lengthened the heavy reflections of the trees in the river, another figure came with a soft step into the sick room.

‘Is he conscious?’ asked the little dressmaker, as the figure took its station by the pillow. For, Jenny had given place to it immediately, and could not see the sufferer’s face, in the dark room, from her new and removed position.

‘He is conscious, Jenny,’ murmured Eugene for himself. ‘He knows his wife.’

Chapter 11

EFFECT IS GIVEN TO THE DOLLS’ DRESSMAKER’S DISCOVERY

Mrs John Rokesmith sat at needlework in her neat little room, beside a basket of neat little articles of clothing, which presented so much of the appearance of being in the dolls’ dressmaker’s way of business, that one might have supposed she was going to set up in opposition to Miss Wren. Whether the Complete British Family Housewife had imparted sage counsel anent them, did not appear, but probably not, as that cloudy oracle was nowhere visible. For certain, however, Mrs John Rokesmith stitched at them with so dexterous a hand, that she must have taken lessons of somebody. Love is in all things a most wonderful teacher, and perhaps love (from a pictorial point of view, with nothing on but a thimble), had been teaching this branch of needlework to Mrs John Rokesmith.

It was near John’s time for coming home, but as Mrs John was desirous to finish a special triumph of her skill before dinner, she did not go out to meet him. Placidly, though rather consequentially smiling, she sat stitching away with a regular sound, like a sort of dimpled little charming Dresden-china clock by the very best maker.

A knock at the door, and a ring at the bell. Not John; or Bella would have flown out to meet him. Then who, if not John? Bella was asking herself the question, when that fluttering little fool of a servant fluttered in, saying, ‘Mr Lightwood!’

Oh good gracious!

Bella had but time to throw a handkerchief over the basket, when Mr Lightwood made his bow. There was something amiss with Mr Lightwood, for he was strangely grave and looked ill.

With a brief reference to the happy time when it had been his privilege to know Mrs Rokesmith as Miss Wilfer, Mr Lightwood explained what was amiss with him and why he came. He came bearing Lizzie Hexam’s earnest hope that Mrs John Rokesmith would see her married.

Bella was so fluttered by the request, and by the short narrative he had feelingly given her, that there never was a more timely smelling-bottle than John’s knock. ‘My husband,’ said Bella; ‘I’ll bring him in.’

But, that turned out to be more easily said than done; for, the instant she mentioned Mr Lightwood’s name, John stopped, with his hand upon the lock of the room door.

‘Come up stairs, my darling.’

Bella was amazed by the flush in his face, and by his sudden turning away. ‘What can it mean?’ she thought, as she accompanied him up stairs.

‘Now, my life,’ said John, taking her on his knee, ‘tell me all about it.’

All very well to say, ‘Tell me all about it;’ but John was very much confused. His attention evidently trailed off, now and then, even while Bella told him all about it. Yet she knew that he took a great interest in Lizzie and her fortunes. What could it mean?

‘You will come to this marriage with me, John dear?’

‘N—no, my love; I can’t do that.’

‘You can’t do that, John?’

‘No, my dear, it’s quite out of the question. Not to be thought of.’

‘Am I to go alone, John?’

‘No, my dear, you will go with Mr Lightwood.’

‘Don’t you think it’s time we went down to Mr Lightwood, John dear?’ Bella insinuated.

‘My darling, it’s almost time you went, but I must ask you to excuse me to him altogether.’

‘You never mean, John dear, that you are not going to see him? Why, he knows you have come home. I told him so.’

‘That’s a little unfortunate, but it can’t be helped. Unfortunate or fortunate, I positively cannot see him, my love.’

Bella cast about in her mind what could be his reason for this unaccountable behaviour; as she sat on his knee looking at him in astonishment and pouting a little. A weak reason presented itself.

‘John dear, you never can be jealous of Mr Lightwood?’

‘Why, my precious child,’ returned her husband, laughing outright: ‘how could I be jealous of him? Why should I be jealous of him?’

‘Because, you know, John,’ pursued Bella, pouting a little more, ‘though he did rather admire me once, it was not my fault.’

‘It was your fault that I admired you,’ returned her husband, with a look of pride in her, ‘and why not your fault that he admired you? But, I jealous on that account? Why, I must go distracted for life, if I turned jealous of every one who used to find my wife beautiful and winning!’

‘I am half angry with you, John dear,’ said Bella, laughing a little, ‘and half pleased with you; because you are such a stupid old fellow, and yet you say nice things, as if you meant them. Don’t be mysterious, sir. What harm do you know of Mr Lightwood?’

‘None, my love.’

‘What has he ever done to you, John?’

‘He has never done anything to me, my dear. I know no more against him than I know against Mr Wrayburn; he has never done anything to me; neither has Mr Wrayburn. And yet I have exactly the same objection to both of them.’

‘Oh, John!’ retorted Bella, as if she were giving him up for a bad job, as she used to give up herself. ‘You are nothing better than a sphinx! And a married sphinx isn’t a—isn’t a nice confidential husband,’ said Bella, in a tone of injury.

‘Bella, my life,’ said John Rokesmith, touching her cheek, with a grave smile, as she cast down her eyes and pouted again; ‘look at me. I want to speak to you.’

‘In earnest, Blue Beard of the secret chamber?’ asked Bella, clearing her pretty face.

‘In earnest. And I confess to the secret chamber. Don’t you remember that you asked me not to declare what I thought of your higher qualities until you had been tried?’

‘Yes, John dear. And I fully meant it, and I fully mean it.’

‘The time will come, my darling—I am no prophet, but I say so,—when you WILL be tried. The time will come, I think, when you will undergo a trial through which you will never pass quite triumphantly for me, unless you can put perfect faith in me.’

‘Then you may be sure of me, John dear, for I can put perfect faith in you, and I do, and I always, always will. Don’t judge me by a little thing like this, John. In little things, I am a little thing myself—I always was. But in great things, I hope not; I don’t mean to boast, John dear, but I hope not!’

He was even better convinced of the truth of what she said than she was, as he felt her loving arms about him. If the Golden Dustman’s riches had been his to stake, he would have staked them to the last farthing on the fidelity through good and evil of her affectionate and trusting heart.

‘Now, I’ll go down to, and go away with, Mr Lightwood,’ said Bella, springing up. ‘You are the most creasing and tumbling Clumsy-Boots of a packer, John, that ever was; but if you’re quite good, and will promise never to do so any more (though I don’t know what you have done!) you may pack me a little bag for a night, while I get my bonnet on.’

He gaily complied, and she tied her dimpled chin up, and shook her head into her bonnet, and pulled out the bows of her bonnet-strings, and got her gloves on, finger by finger, and finally got them on her little plump hands, and bade him good-bye and went down. Mr Lightwood’s impatience was much relieved when he found her dressed for departure.

‘Mr Rokesmith goes with us?’ he said, hesitating, with a look towards the door.

‘Oh, I forgot!’ replied Bella. ‘His best compliments. His face is swollen to the size of two faces, and he is to go to bed directly, poor fellow, to wait for the doctor, who is coming to lance him.’

‘It is curious,’ observed Lightwood, ‘that I have never yet seen Mr Rokesmith, though we have been engaged in the same affairs.’

‘Really?’ said the unblushing Bella.

‘I begin to think,’ observed Lightwood, ‘that I never shall see him.’

‘These things happen so oddly sometimes,’ said Bella with a steady countenance, ‘that there seems a kind of fatality in them. But I am quite ready, Mr Lightwood.’

They started directly, in a little carriage that Lightwood had brought with him from never-to-be-forgotten Greenwich; and from Greenwich they started directly for London; and in London they waited at a railway station until such time as the Reverend Frank Milvey, and Margaretta his wife, with whom Mortimer Lightwood had been already in conference, should come and join them.

That worthy couple were delayed by a portentous old parishioner of the female gender, who was one of the plagues of their lives, and with whom they bore with most exemplary sweetness and good-humour, notwithstanding her having an infection of absurdity about her, that communicated itself to everything with which, and everybody with whom, she came in contact. She was a member of the Reverend Frank’s congregation, and made a point of distinguishing herself in that body, by conspicuously weeping at everything, however cheering, said by the Reverend Frank in his public ministration; also by applying to herself the various lamentations of David, and complaining in a personally injured manner (much in arrear of the clerk and the rest of the respondents) that her enemies were digging pit-falls about her, and breaking her with rods of iron. Indeed, this old widow discharged herself of that portion of the Morning and Evening Service as if she were lodging a complaint on oath and applying for a warrant before a magistrate. But this was not her most inconvenient characteristic, for that took the form of an impression, usually recurring in inclement weather and at about daybreak, that she had something on her mind and stood in immediate need of the Reverend Frank to come and take it off. Many a time had that kind creature got up, and gone out to Mrs Sprodgkin (such was the disciple’s name), suppressing a strong sense of her comicality by his strong sense of duty, and perfectly knowing that nothing but a cold would come of it. However, beyond themselves, the Reverend Frank Milvey and Mrs Milvey seldom hinted that Mrs Sprodgkin was hardly worth the trouble she gave; but both made the best of her, as they did of all their troubles.

This very exacting member of the fold appeared to be endowed with a sixth sense, in regard of knowing when the Reverend Frank Milvey least desired her company, and with promptitude appearing in his little hall. Consequently, when the Reverend Frank had willingly engaged that he and his wife would accompany Lightwood back, he said, as a matter of course: ‘We must make haste to get out, Margaretta, my dear, or we shall be descended on by Mrs Sprodgkin.’ To which Mrs Milvey replied, in her pleasantly emphatic way, ‘Oh YES, for she IS such a marplot, Frank, and DOES worry so!’ Words that were scarcely uttered when their theme was announced as in faithful attendance below, desiring counsel on a spiritual matter. The points on which Mrs Sprodgkin sought elucidation being seldom of a pressing nature (as Who begat Whom, or some information concerning the Amorites), Mrs Milvey on this special occasion resorted to the device of buying her off with a present of tea and sugar, and a loaf and butter. These gifts Mrs Sprodgkin accepted, but still insisted on dutifully remaining in the hall, to curtsey to the Reverend Frank as he came forth. Who, incautiously saying in his genial manner, ‘Well, Sally, there you are!’ involved himself in a discursive address from Mrs Sprodgkin, revolving around the result that she regarded tea and sugar in the light of myrrh and frankincense, and considered bread and butter identical with locusts and wild honey. Having communicated this edifying piece of information, Mrs Sprodgkin was left still unadjourned in the hall, and Mr and Mrs Milvey hurried in a heated condition to the railway station. All of which is here recorded to the honour of that good Christian pair, representatives of hundreds of other good Christian pairs as conscientious and as useful, who merge the smallness of their work in its greatness, and feel in no danger of losing dignity when they adapt themselves to incomprehensible humbugs.

‘Detained at the last moment by one who had a claim upon me,’ was the Reverend Frank’s apology to Lightwood, taking no thought of himself. To which Mrs Milvey added, taking thought for him, like the championing little wife she was; ‘Oh yes, detained at the last moment. But AS to the claim, Frank, I MUST say that I DO think you are OVER-considerate sometimes, and allow THAT to be a LITTLE abused.’

Bella felt conscious, in spite of her late pledge for herself, that her husband’s absence would give disagreeable occasion for surprise to the Milveys. Nor could she appear quite at her ease when Mrs Milvey asked:

‘HOW is Mr Rokesmith, and IS he gone before us, or DOES he follow us?’

It becoming necessary, upon this, to send him to bed again and hold him in waiting to be lanced again, Bella did it. But not half as well on the second occasion as on the first; for, a twice-told white one seems almost to become a black one, when you are not used to it.

‘Oh DEAR!’ said Mrs Milvey, ‘I am SO sorry! Mr Rokesmith took SUCH an interest in Lizzie Hexam, when we were there before. And if we had ONLY known of his face, we COULD have given him something that would have kept it down long enough for so SHORT a purpose.’

By way of making the white one whiter, Bella hastened to stipulate that he was not in pain. Mrs Milvey was SO glad of it.

‘I don’t know HOW it is,’ said Mrs Milvey, ‘and I am SURE you don’t, Frank, but the clergy and their wives seem to CAUSE swelled faces. Whenever I take notice of a child in the school, it seems to me as if its face swelled INSTANTLY. Frank NEVER makes acquaintance with a new old woman, but she gets the face-ache. And another thing is, we DO make the poor children sniff so. I don’t know HOW we do it, and I should be so glad not to; but the MORE we take notice of them, the MORE they sniff. Just as they do when the text is given out.—Frank, that’s a schoolmaster. I have seen him somewhere.’

The reference was to a young man of reserved appearance, in a coat and waistcoat of black, and pantaloons of pepper and salt. He had come into the office of the station, from its interior, in an unsettled way, immediately after Lightwood had gone out to the train; and he had been hurriedly reading the printed bills and notices on the wall. He had had a wandering interest in what was said among the people waiting there and passing to and fro. He had drawn nearer, at about the time when Mrs Milvey mentioned Lizzie Hexam, and had remained near, since: though always glancing towards the door by which Lightwood had gone out. He stood with his back towards them, and his gloved hands clasped behind him. There was now so evident a faltering upon him, expressive of indecision whether or no he should express his having heard himself referred to, that Mr Milvey spoke to him.

‘I cannot recall your name,’ he said, ‘but I remember to have seen you in your school.’

‘My name is Bradley Headstone, sir,’ he replied, backing into a more retired place.

‘I ought to have remembered it,’ said Mr Milvey, giving him his hand. ‘I hope you are well? A little overworked, I am afraid?’

‘Yes, I am overworked just at present, sir.’

‘Had no play in your last holiday time?’

‘No, sir.’

‘All work and no play, Mr Headstone, will not make dulness, in your case, I dare say; but it will make dyspepsia, if you don’t take care.’

‘I will endeavour to take care, sir. Might I beg leave to speak to you, outside, a moment?’

‘By all means.’

It was evening, and the office was well lighted. The schoolmaster, who had never remitted his watch on Lightwood’s door, now moved by another door to a corner without, where there was more shadow than light; and said, plucking at his gloves:

‘One of your ladies, sir, mentioned within my hearing a name that I am acquainted with; I may say, well acquainted with. The name of the sister of an old pupil of mine. He was my pupil for a long time, and has got on and gone upward rapidly. The name of Hexam. The name of Lizzie Hexam.’ He seemed to be a shy man, struggling against nervousness, and spoke in a very constrained way. The break he set between his last two sentences was quite embarrassing to his hearer.

‘Yes,’ replied Mr Milvey. ‘We are going down to see her.’

‘I gathered as much, sir. I hope there is nothing amiss with the sister of my old pupil? I hope no bereavement has befallen her. I hope she is in no affliction? Has lost no—relation?’

Mr Milvey thought this a man with a very odd manner, and a dark downward look; but he answered in his usual open way.

‘I am glad to tell you, Mr Headstone, that the sister of your old pupil has not sustained any such loss. You thought I might be going down to bury some one?’

‘That may have been the connexion of ideas, sir, with your clerical character, but I was not conscious of it.—Then you are not, sir?’

A man with a very odd manner indeed, and with a lurking look that was quite oppressive.

‘No. In fact,’ said Mr Milvey, ‘since you are so interested in the sister of your old pupil, I may as well tell you that I am going down to marry her.’

The schoolmaster started back.

‘Not to marry her, myself,’ said Mr Milvey, with a smile, ‘because I have a wife already. To perform the marriage service at her wedding.’

Bradley Headstone caught hold of a pillar behind him. If Mr Milvey knew an ashy face when he saw it, he saw it then.

‘You are quite ill, Mr Headstone!’

‘It is not much, sir. It will pass over very soon. I am accustomed to be seized with giddiness. Don’t let me detain you, sir; I stand in need of no assistance, I thank you. Much obliged by your sparing me these minutes of your time.’

As Mr Milvey, who had no more minutes to spare, made a suitable reply and turned back into the office, he observed the schoolmaster to lean against the pillar with his hat in his hand, and to pull at his neckcloth as if he were trying to tear it off. The Reverend Frank accordingly directed the notice of one of the attendants to him, by saying: ‘There is a person outside who seems to be really ill, and to require some help, though he says he does not.’

Lightwood had by this time secured their places, and the departure-bell was about to be rung. They took their seats, and were beginning to move out of the station, when the same attendant came running along the platform, looking into all the carriages.

‘Oh! You are here, sir!’ he said, springing on the step, and holding the window-frame by his elbow, as the carriage moved. ‘That person you pointed out to me is in a fit.’

‘I infer from what he told me that he is subject to such attacks. He will come to, in the air, in a little while.’

He was took very bad to be sure, and was biting and knocking about him (the man said) furiously. Would the gentleman give him his card, as he had seen him first? The gentleman did so, with the explanation that he knew no more of the man attacked than that he was a man of a very respectable occupation, who had said he was out of health, as his appearance would of itself have indicated. The attendant received the card, watched his opportunity for sliding down, slid down, and so it ended.

Then, the train rattled among the house-tops, and among the ragged sides of houses torn down to make way for it, and over the swarming streets, and under the fruitful earth, until it shot across the river: bursting over the quiet surface like a bomb-shell, and gone again as if it had exploded in the rush of smoke and steam and glare. A little more, and again it roared across the river, a great rocket: spurning the watery turnings and doublings with ineffable contempt, and going straight to its end, as Father Time goes to his. To whom it is no matter what living waters run high or low, reflect the heavenly lights and darknesses, produce their little growth of weeds and flowers, turn here, turn there, are noisy or still, are troubled or at rest, for their course has one sure termination, though their sources and devices are many.

Then, a carriage ride succeeded, near the solemn river, stealing away by night, as all things steal away, by night and by day, so quietly yielding to the attraction of the loadstone rock of Eternity; and the nearer they drew to the chamber where Eugene lay, the more they feared that they might find his wanderings done. At last they saw its dim light shining out, and it gave them hope: though Lightwood faltered as he thought: ‘If he were gone, she would still be sitting by him.’

But he lay quiet, half in stupor, half in sleep. Bella, entering with a raised admonitory finger, kissed Lizzie softly, but said not a word. Neither did any of them speak, but all sat down at the foot of the bed, silently waiting. And now, in this night-watch, mingling with the flow of the river and with the rush of the train, came the questions into Bella’s mind again: What could be in the depths of that mystery of John’s? Why was it that he had never been seen by Mr Lightwood, whom he still avoided? When would that trial come, through which her faith in, and her duty to, her dear husband, was to carry her, rendering him triumphant? For, that had been his term. Her passing through the trial was to make the man she loved with all her heart, triumphant. Term not to sink out of sight in Bella’s breast.

Far on in the night, Eugene opened his eyes. He was sensible, and said at once: ‘How does the time go? Has our Mortimer come back?’

Lightwood was there immediately, to answer for himself. ‘Yes, Eugene, and all is ready.’

‘Dear boy!’ returned Eugene with a smile, ‘we both thank you heartily. Lizzie, tell them how welcome they are, and that I would be eloquent if I could.’

‘There is no need,’ said Mr Milvey. ‘We know it. Are you better, Mr Wrayburn?’

‘I am much happier,’ said Eugene.

‘Much better too, I hope?’

Eugene turned his eyes towards Lizzie, as if to spare her, and answered nothing.

Then, they all stood around the bed, and Mr Milvey, opening his book, began the service; so rarely associated with the shadow of death; so inseparable in the mind from a flush of life and gaiety and hope and health and joy. Bella thought how different from her own sunny little wedding, and wept. Mrs Milvey overflowed with pity, and wept too. The dolls’ dressmaker, with her hands before her face, wept in her golden bower. Reading in a low clear voice, and bending over Eugene, who kept his eyes upon him, Mr Milvey did his office with suitable simplicity. As the bridegroom could not move his hand, they touched his fingers with the ring, and so put it on the bride. When the two plighted their troth, she laid her hand on his and kept it there. When the ceremony was done, and all the rest departed from the room, she drew her arm under his head, and laid her own head down upon the pillow by his side.

‘Undraw the curtains, my dear girl,’ said Eugene, after a while, ‘and let us see our wedding-day.’

The sun was rising, and his first rays struck into the room, as she came back, and put her lips to his. ‘I bless the day!’ said Eugene. ‘I bless the day!’ said Lizzie.

‘You have made a poor marriage of it, my sweet wife,’ said Eugene. ‘A shattered graceless fellow, stretched at his length here, and next to nothing for you when you are a young widow.’

‘I have made the marriage that I would have given all the world to dare to hope for,’ she replied.

‘You have thrown yourself away,’ said Eugene, shaking his head. ‘But you have followed the treasure of your heart. My justification is, that you had thrown that away first, dear girl!’

‘No. I had given it to you.’

‘The same thing, my poor Lizzie!’

‘Hush! hush! A very different thing.’

There were tears in his eyes, and she besought him to close them. ‘No,’ said Eugene, again shaking his head; ‘let me look at you, Lizzie, while I can. You brave devoted girl! You heroine!’

Her own eyes filled under his praises. And when he mustered strength to move his wounded head a very little way, and lay it on her bosom, the tears of both fell.

‘Lizzie,’ said Eugene, after a silence: ‘when you see me wandering away from this refuge that I have so ill deserved, speak to me by my name, and I think I shall come back.’

‘Yes, dear Eugene.’

‘There!’ he exclaimed, smiling. ‘I should have gone then, but for that!’

A little while afterwards, when he appeared to be sinking into insensibility, she said, in a calm loving voice: ‘Eugene, my dear husband!’ He immediately answered: ‘There again! You see how you can recall me!’ And afterwards, when he could not speak, he still answered by a slight movement of his head upon her bosom.

The sun was high in the sky, when she gently disengaged herself to give him the stimulants and nourishment he required. The utter helplessness of the wreck of him that lay cast ashore there, now alarmed her, but he himself appeared a little more hopeful.

‘Ah, my beloved Lizzie!’ he said, faintly. ‘How shall I ever pay all I owe you, if I recover!’

‘Don’t be ashamed of me,’ she replied, ‘and you will have more than paid all.’

‘It would require a life, Lizzie, to pay all; more than a life.’

‘Live for that, then; live for me, Eugene; live to see how hard I will try to improve myself, and never to discredit you.’

‘My darling girl,’ he replied, rallying more of his old manner than he had ever yet got together. ‘On the contrary, I have been thinking whether it is not the best thing I can do, to die.’

‘The best thing you can do, to leave me with a broken heart?’

‘I don’t mean that, my dear girl. I was not thinking of that. What I was thinking of was this. Out of your compassion for me, in this maimed and broken state, you make so much of me—you think so well of me—you love me so dearly.’

‘Heaven knows I love you dearly!’

‘And Heaven knows I prize it! Well. If I live, you’ll find me out.’

‘I shall find out that my husband has a mine of purpose and energy, and will turn it to the best account?’

‘I hope so, dearest Lizzie,’ said Eugene, wistfully, and yet somewhat whimsically. ‘I hope so. But I can’t summon the vanity to think so. How can I think so, looking back on such a trifling wasted youth as mine! I humbly hope it; but I daren’t believe it. There is a sharp misgiving in my conscience that if I were to live, I should disappoint your good opinion and my own—and that I ought to die, my dear!’

Chapter 12

THE PASSING SHADOW

The winds and tides rose and fell a certain number of times, the earth moved round the sun a certain number of times, the ship upon the ocean made her voyage safely, and brought a baby-Bella home. Then who so blest and happy as Mrs John Rokesmith, saving and excepting Mr John Rokesmith!

‘Would you not like to be rich NOW, my darling?’

‘How can you ask me such a question, John dear? Am I not rich?’

These were among the first words spoken near the baby Bella as she lay asleep. She soon proved to be a baby of wonderful intelligence, evincing the strongest objection to her grandmother’s society, and being invariably seized with a painful acidity of the stomach when that dignified lady honoured her with any attention.

It was charming to see Bella contemplating this baby, and finding out her own dimples in that tiny reflection, as if she were looking in the glass without personal vanity. Her cherubic father justly remarked to her husband that the baby seemed to make her younger than before, reminding him of the days when she had a pet doll and used to talk to it as she carried it about. The world might have been challenged to produce another baby who had such a store of pleasant nonsense said and sung to it, as Bella said and sung to this baby; or who was dressed and undressed as often in four-and-twenty hours as Bella dressed and undressed this baby; or who was held behind doors and poked out to stop its father’s way when he came home, as this baby was; or, in a word, who did half the number of baby things, through the lively invention of a gay and proud young mother, that this inexhaustible baby did.

The inexhaustible baby was two or three months old, when Bella began to notice a cloud upon her husband’s brow. Watching it, she saw a gathering and deepening anxiety there, which caused her great disquiet. More than once, she awoke him muttering in his sleep; and, though he muttered nothing worse than her own name, it was plain to her that his restlessness originated in some load of care. Therefore, Bella at length put in her claim to divide this load, and hear her half of it.

‘You know, John dear,’ she said, cheerily reverting to their former conversation, ‘that I hope I may safely be trusted in great things. And it surely cannot be a little thing that causes you so much uneasiness. It’s very considerate of you to try to hide from me that you are uncomfortable about something, but it’s quite impossible to be done, John love.’

‘I admit that I am rather uneasy, my own.’

‘Then please to tell me what about, sir.’

But no, he evaded that. ‘Never mind!’ thought Bella, resolutely. ‘John requires me to put perfect faith in him, and he shall not be disappointed.’

She went up to London one day, to meet him, in order that they might make some purchases. She found him waiting for her at her journey’s end, and they walked away together through the streets. He was in gay spirits, though still harping on that notion of their being rich; and he said, now let them make believe that yonder fine carriage was theirs, and that it was waiting to take them home to a fine house they had; what would Bella, in that case, best like to find in the house? Well! Bella didn’t know: already having everything she wanted, she couldn’t say. But, by degrees she was led on to confess that she would like to have for the inexhaustible baby such a nursery as never was seen. It was to be ‘a very rainbow for colours’, as she was quite sure baby noticed colours; and the staircase was to be adorned with the most exquisite flowers, as she was absolutely certain baby noticed flowers; and there was to be an aviary somewhere, of the loveliest little birds, as there was not the smallest doubt in the world that baby noticed birds. Was there nothing else? No, John dear. The predilections of the inexhaustible baby being provided for, Bella could think of nothing else.

They were chatting on in this way, and John had suggested, ‘No jewels for your own wear, for instance?’ and Bella had replied laughing. O! if he came to that, yes, there might be a beautiful ivory case of jewels on her dressing-table; when these pictures were in a moment darkened and blotted out.

They turned a corner, and met Mr Lightwood.

He stopped as if he were petrified by the sight of Bella’s husband, who in the same moment had changed colour.

‘Mr Lightwood and I have met before,’ he said.

‘Met before, John?’ Bella repeated in a tone of wonder. ‘Mr Lightwood told me he had never seen you.’

‘I did not then know that I had,’ said Lightwood, discomposed on her account. ‘I believed that I had only heard of—Mr Rokesmith.’ With an emphasis on the name.

‘When Mr Lightwood saw me, my love,’ observed her husband, not avoiding his eye, but looking at him, ‘my name was Julius Handford.’

Julius Handford! The name that Bella had so often seen in old newspapers, when she was an inmate of Mr Boffin’s house! Julius Handford, who had been publicly entreated to appear, and for intelligence of whom a reward had been publicly offered!

‘I would have avoided mentioning it in your presence,’ said Lightwood to Bella, delicately; ‘but since your husband mentions it himself, I must confirm his strange admission. I saw him as Mr Julius Handford, and I afterwards (unquestionably to his knowledge) took great pains to trace him out.’

‘Quite true. But it was not my object or my interest,’ said Rokesmith, quietly, ‘to be traced out.’

Bella looked from the one to the other, in amazement.

‘Mr Lightwood,’ pursued her husband, ‘as chance has brought us face to face at last—which is not to be wondered at, for the wonder is, that, in spite of all my pains to the contrary, chance has not confronted us together sooner—I have only to remind you that you have been at my house, and to add that I have not changed my residence.’

‘Sir’ returned Lightwood, with a meaning glance towards Bella, ‘my position is a truly painful one. I hope that no complicity in a very dark transaction may attach to you, but you cannot fail to know that your own extraordinary conduct has laid you under suspicion.’

‘I know it has,’ was all the reply.

‘My professional duty,’ said Lightwood hesitating, with another glance towards Bella, ‘is greatly at variance with my personal inclination; but I doubt, Mr Handford, or Mr Rokesmith, whether I am justified in taking leave of you here, with your whole course unexplained.’

Bella caught her husband by the hand.

‘Don’t be alarmed, my darling. Mr Lightwood will find that he is quite justified in taking leave of me here. At all events,’ added Rokesmith, ‘he will find that I mean to take leave of him here.’

‘I think, sir,’ said Lightwood, ‘you can scarcely deny that when I came to your house on the occasion to which you have referred, you avoided me of a set purpose.’

‘Mr Lightwood, I assure you I have no disposition to deny it, or intention to deny it. I should have continued to avoid you, in pursuance of the same set purpose, for a short time longer, if we had not met now. I am going straight home, and shall remain at home to-morrow until noon. Hereafter, I hope we may be better acquainted. Good-day.’

Lightwood stood irresolute, but Bella’s husband passed him in the steadiest manner, with Bella on his arm; and they went home without encountering any further remonstrance or molestation from any one.

When they had dined and were alone, John Rokesmith said to his wife, who had preserved her cheerfulness: ‘And you don’t ask me, my dear, why I bore that name?’

‘No, John love. I should dearly like to know, of course;’ (which her anxious face confirmed;) ‘but I wait until you can tell me of your own free will. You asked me if I could have perfect faith in you, and I said yes, and I meant it.’

It did not escape Bella’s notice that he began to look triumphant. She wanted no strengthening in her firmness; but if she had had need of any, she would have derived it from his kindling face.

‘You cannot have been prepared, my dearest, for such a discovery as that this mysterious Mr Handford was identical with your husband?’

‘No, John dear, of course not. But you told me to prepare to be tried, and I prepared myself.’

He drew her to nestle closer to him, and told her it would soon be over, and the truth would soon appear. ‘And now,’ he went on, ‘lay stress, my dear, on these words that I am going to add. I stand in no kind of peril, and I can by possibility be hurt at no one’s hand.’

‘You are quite, quite sure of that, John dear?’

‘Not a hair of my head! Moreover, I have done no wrong, and have injured no man. Shall I swear it?’

‘No, John!’ cried Bella, laying her hand upon his lips, with a proud look. ‘Never to me!’

‘But circumstances,’ he went on ‘—I can, and I will, disperse them in a moment—have surrounded me with one of the strangest suspicions ever known. You heard Mr Lightwood speak of a dark transaction?’

‘Yes, John.’

‘You are prepared to hear explicitly what he meant?’

‘Yes, John.’

‘My life, he meant the murder of John Harmon, your allotted husband.’

With a fast palpitating heart, Bella grasped him by the arm. ‘You cannot be suspected, John?’

‘Dear love, I can be—for I am!’

There was silence between them, as she sat looking in his face, with the colour quite gone from her own face and lips. ‘How dare they!’ she cried at length, in a burst of generous indignation. ‘My beloved husband, how dare they!’

He caught her in his arms as she opened hers, and held her to his heart. ‘Even knowing this, you can trust me, Bella?’

‘I can trust you, John dear, with all my soul. If I could not trust you, I should fall dead at your feet.’

The kindling triumph in his face was bright indeed, as he looked up and rapturously exclaimed, what had he done to deserve the blessing of this dear confiding creature’s heart! Again she put her hand upon his lips, saying, ‘Hush!’ and then told him, in her own little natural pathetic way, that if all the world were against him, she would be for him; that if all the world repudiated him, she would believe him; that if he were infamous in other eyes, he would be honoured in hers; and that, under the worst unmerited suspicion, she could devote her life to consoling him, and imparting her own faith in him to their little child.

A twilight calm of happiness then succeeding to their radiant noon, they remained at peace, until a strange voice in the room startled them both. The room being by that time dark, the voice said, ‘Don’t let the lady be alarmed by my striking a light,’ and immediately a match rattled, and glimmered in a hand. The hand and the match and the voice were then seen by John Rokesmith to belong to Mr Inspector, once meditatively active in this chronicle.

‘I take the liberty,’ said Mr Inspector, in a business-like manner, ‘to bring myself to the recollection of Mr Julius Handford, who gave me his name and address down at our place a considerable time ago. Would the lady object to my lighting the pair of candles on the chimneypiece, to throw a further light upon the subject? No? Thank you, ma’am. Now, we look cheerful.’

Mr Inspector, in a dark-blue buttoned-up frock coat and pantaloons, presented a serviceable, half-pay, Royal Arms kind of appearance, as he applied his pocket handkerchief to his nose and bowed to the lady.

‘You favoured me, Mr Handford,’ said Mr Inspector, ‘by writing down your name and address, and I produce the piece of paper on which you wrote it. Comparing the same with the writing on the fly-leaf of this book on the table—and a sweet pretty volume it is—I find the writing of the entry, “Mrs John Rokesmith. From her husband on her birthday”—and very gratifying to the feelings such memorials are—to correspond exactly. Can I have a word with you?’

‘Certainly. Here, if you please,’ was the reply.

‘Why,’ retorted Mr Inspector, again using his pocket handkerchief, ‘though there’s nothing for the lady to be at all alarmed at, still, ladies are apt to take alarm at matters of business—being of that fragile sex that they’re not accustomed to them when not of a strictly domestic character—and I do generally make it a rule to propose retirement from the presence of ladies, before entering upon business topics. Or perhaps,’ Mr Inspector hinted, ‘if the lady was to step up-stairs, and take a look at baby now!’

‘Mrs Rokesmith,’—her husband was beginning; when Mr Inspector, regarding the words as an introduction, said, ‘Happy I am sure, to have the honour.’ And bowed, with gallantry.

‘Mrs Rokesmith,’ resumed her husband, ‘is satisfied that she can have no reason for being alarmed, whatever the business is.’

‘Really? Is that so?’ said Mr Inspector. ‘But it’s a sex to live and learn from, and there’s nothing a lady can’t accomplish when she once fully gives her mind to it. It’s the case with my own wife. Well, ma’am, this good gentleman of yours has given rise to a rather large amount of trouble which might have been avoided if he had come forward and explained himself. Well you see! He DIDN’T come forward and explain himself. Consequently, now that we meet, him and me, you’ll say—and say right—that there’s nothing to be alarmed at, in my proposing to him TO come forward—or, putting the same meaning in another form, to come along with me—and explain himself.’

When Mr Inspector put it in that other form, ‘to come along with me,’ there was a relishing roll in his voice, and his eye beamed with an official lustre.

‘Do you propose to take me into custody?’ inquired John Rokesmith, very coolly.

‘Why argue?’ returned Mr Inspector in a comfortable sort of remonstrance; ‘ain’t it enough that I propose that you shall come along with me?’

‘For what reason?’

‘Lord bless my soul and body!’ returned Mr Inspector, ‘I wonder at it in a man of your education. Why argue?’

‘What do you charge against me?’

‘I wonder at you before a lady,’ said Mr Inspector, shaking his head reproachfully: ‘I wonder, brought up as you have been, you haven’t a more delicate mind! I charge you, then, with being some way concerned in the Harmon Murder. I don’t say whether before, or in, or after, the fact. I don’t say whether with having some knowledge of it that hasn’t come out.’

‘You don’t surprise me. I foresaw your visit this afternoon.’

‘Don’t!’ said Mr Inspector. ‘Why, why argue? It’s my duty to inform you that whatever you say, will be used against you.’

‘I don’t think it will.’

‘But I tell you it will,’ said Mr Inspector. ‘Now, having received the caution, do you still say that you foresaw my visit this afternoon?’

‘Yes. And I will say something more, if you will step with me into the next room.’

With a reassuring kiss on the lips of the frightened Bella, her husband (to whom Mr Inspector obligingly offered his arm), took up a candle, and withdrew with that gentleman. They were a full half-hour in conference. When they returned, Mr Inspector looked considerably astonished.

‘I have invited this worthy officer, my dear,’ said John, ‘to make a short excursion with me in which you shall be a sharer. He will take something to eat and drink, I dare say, on your invitation, while you are getting your bonnet on.’

Mr Inspector declined eating, but assented to the proposal of a glass of brandy and water. Mixing this cold, and pensively consuming it, he broke at intervals into such soliloquies as that he never did know such a move, that he never had been so gravelled, and that what a game was this to try the sort of stuff a man’s opinion of himself was made of! Concurrently with these comments, he more than once burst out a laughing, with the half-enjoying and half-piqued air of a man, who had given up a good conundrum, after much guessing, and been told the answer. Bella was so timid of him, that she noted these things in a half-shrinking, half-perceptive way, and similarly noted that there was a great change in his manner towards John. That coming-along-with-him deportment was now lost in long musing looks at John and at herself and sometimes in slow heavy rubs of his hand across his forehead, as if he were ironing out the creases which his deep pondering made there. He had had some coughing and whistling satellites secretly gravitating towards him about the premises, but they were now dismissed, and he eyed John as if he had meant to do him a public service, but had unfortunately been anticipated. Whether Bella might have noted anything more, if she had been less afraid of him, she could not determine; but it was all inexplicable to her, and not the faintest flash of the real state of the case broke in upon her mind. Mr Inspector’s increased notice of herself and knowing way of raising his eyebrows when their eyes by any chance met, as if he put the question ‘Don’t you see?’ augmented her timidity, and, consequently, her perplexity. For all these reasons, when he and she and John, at towards nine o’clock of a winter evening went to London, and began driving from London Bridge, among low-lying water-side wharves and docks and strange places, Bella was in the state of a dreamer; perfectly unable to account for her being there, perfectly unable to forecast what would happen next, or whither she was going, or why; certain of nothing in the immediate present, but that she confided in John, and that John seemed somehow to be getting more triumphant. But what a certainty was that!

They alighted at last at the corner of a court, where there was a building with a bright lamp and wicket gate. Its orderly appearance was very unlike that of the surrounding neighbourhood, and was explained by the inscription POLICE STATION.

‘We are not going in here, John?’ said Bella, clinging to him.

‘Yes, my dear; but of our own accord. We shall come out again as easily, never fear.’

The whitewashed room was pure white as of old, the methodical book-keeping was in peaceful progress as of old, and some distant howler was banging against a cell door as of old. The sanctuary was not a permanent abiding-place, but a kind of criminal Pickford’s. The lower passions and vices were regularly ticked off in the books, warehoused in the cells, carted away as per accompanying invoice, and left little mark upon it.

Mr Inspector placed two chairs for his visitors, before the fire, and communed in a low voice with a brother of his order (also of a half-pay, and Royal Arms aspect), who, judged only by his occupation at the moment, might have been a writing-master, setting copies. Their conference done, Mr Inspector returned to the fireplace, and, having observed that he would step round to the Fellowships and see how matters stood, went out. He soon came back again, saying, ‘Nothing could be better, for they’re at supper with Miss Abbey in the bar;’ and then they all three went out together.

Still, as in a dream, Bella found herself entering a snug old-fashioned public-house, and found herself smuggled into a little three-cornered room nearly opposite the bar of that establishment. Mr Inspector achieved the smuggling of herself and John into this queer room, called Cosy in an inscription on the door, by entering in the narrow passage first in order, and suddenly turning round upon them with extended arms, as if they had been two sheep. The room was lighted for their reception.

‘Now,’ said Mr Inspector to John, turning the gas lower; ‘I’ll mix with ’em in a casual way, and when I say Identification, perhaps you’ll show yourself.’

John nodded, and Mr Inspector went alone to the half-door of the bar. From the dim doorway of Cosy, within which Bella and her husband stood, they could see a comfortable little party of three persons sitting at supper in the bar, and could hear everything that was said.

The three persons were Miss Abbey and two male guests. To whom collectively, Mr Inspector remarked that the weather was getting sharp for the time of year.

‘It need be sharp to suit your wits, sir,’ said Miss Abbey. ‘What have you got in hand now?’

‘Thanking you for your compliment: not much, Miss Abbey,’ was Mr Inspector’s rejoinder.

‘Who have you got in Cosy?’ asked Miss Abbey.

‘Only a gentleman and his wife, Miss.’

‘And who are they? If one may ask it without detriment to your deep plans in the interests of the honest public?’ said Miss Abbey, proud of Mr Inspector as an administrative genius.

‘They are strangers in this part of the town, Miss Abbey. They are waiting till I shall want the gentleman to show himself somewhere, for half a moment.’

‘While they’re waiting,’ said Miss Abbey, ‘couldn’t you join us?’

Mr Inspector immediately slipped into the bar, and sat down at the side of the half-door, with his back towards the passage, and directly facing the two guests. ‘I don’t take my supper till later in the night,’ said he, ‘and therefore I won’t disturb the compactness of the table. But I’ll take a glass of flip, if that’s flip in the jug in the fender.’

‘That’s flip,’ replied Miss Abbey, ‘and it’s my making, and if even you can find out better, I shall be glad to know where.’ Filling him, with hospitable hands, a steaming tumbler, Miss Abbey replaced the jug by the fire; the company not having yet arrived at the flip-stage of their supper, but being as yet skirmishing with strong ale.

‘Ah—h!’ cried Mr Inspector. ‘That’s the smack! There’s not a Detective in the Force, Miss Abbey, that could find out better stuff than that.’

‘Glad to hear you say so,’ rejoined Miss Abbey. ‘You ought to know, if anybody does.’

‘Mr Job Potterson,’ Mr Inspector continued, ‘I drink your health. Mr Jacob Kibble, I drink yours. Hope you have made a prosperous voyage home, gentlemen both.’

Mr Kibble, an unctuous broad man of few words and many mouthfuls, said, more briefly than pointedly, raising his ale to his lips: ‘Same to you.’ Mr Job Potterson, a semi-seafaring man of obliging demeanour, said, ‘Thank you, sir.’

‘Lord bless my soul and body!’ cried Mr Inspector. ‘Talk of trades, Miss Abbey, and the way they set their marks on men’ (a subject which nobody had approached); ‘who wouldn’t know your brother to be a Steward! There’s a bright and ready twinkle in his eye, there’s a neatness in his action, there’s a smartness in his figure, there’s an air of reliability about him in case you wanted a basin, which points out the steward! And Mr Kibble; ain’t he Passenger, all over? While there’s that mercantile cut upon him which would make you happy to give him credit for five hundred pound, don’t you see the salt sea shining on him too?’

‘YOU do, I dare say,’ returned Miss Abbey, ‘but I don’t. And as for stewarding, I think it’s time my brother gave that up, and took his House in hand on his sister’s retiring. The House will go to pieces if he don’t. I wouldn’t sell it for any money that could be told out, to a person that I couldn’t depend upon to be a Law to the Porters, as I have been.’

‘There you’re right, Miss,’ said Mr Inspector. ‘A better kept house is not known to our men. What do I say? Half so well a kept house is not known to our men. Show the Force the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters, and the Force—to a constable—will show you a piece of perfection, Mr Kibble.’

That gentleman, with a very serious shake of his head, subscribed the article.

‘And talk of Time slipping by you, as if it was an animal at rustic sports with its tail soaped,’ said Mr Inspector (again, a subject which nobody had approached); ‘why, well you may. Well you may. How has it slipped by us, since the time when Mr Job Potterson here present, Mr Jacob Kibble here present, and an Officer of the Force here present, first came together on a matter of Identification!’

Bella’s husband stepped softly to the half-door of the bar, and stood there.

‘How has Time slipped by us,’ Mr Inspector went on slowly, with his eyes narrowly observant of the two guests, ‘since we three very men, at an Inquest in this very house—Mr Kibble? Taken ill, sir?’

Mr Kibble had staggered up, with his lower jaw dropped, catching Potterson by the shoulder, and pointing to the half-door. He now cried out: ‘Potterson! Look! Look there!’ Potterson started up, started back, and exclaimed: ‘Heaven defend us, what’s that!’ Bella’s husband stepped back to Bella, took her in his arms (for she was terrified by the unintelligible terror of the two men), and shut the door of the little room. A hurry of voices succeeded, in which Mr Inspector’s voice was busiest; it gradually slackened and sank; and Mr Inspector reappeared. ‘Sharp’s the word, sir!’ he said, looking in with a knowing wink. ‘We’ll get your lady out at once.’ Immediately, Bella and her husband were under the stars, making their way back, alone, to the vehicle they had kept in waiting.

All this was most extraordinary, and Bella could make nothing of it but that John was in the right. How in the right, and how suspected of being in the wrong, she could not divine. Some vague idea that he had never really assumed the name of Handford, and that there was a remarkable likeness between him and that mysterious person, was her nearest approach to any definite explanation. But John was triumphant; that much was made apparent; and she could wait for the rest.

When John came home to dinner next day, he said, sitting down on the sofa by Bella and baby-Bella: ‘My dear, I have a piece of news to tell you. I have left the China House.’

As he seemed to like having left it, Bella took it for granted that there was no misfortune in the case.

‘In a word, my love,’ said John, ‘the China House is broken up and abolished. There is no such thing any more.’

‘Then, are you already in another House, John?’

‘Yes, my darling. I am in another way of business. And I am rather better off.’

The inexhaustible baby was instantly made to congratulate him, and to say, with appropriate action on the part of a very limp arm and a speckled fist: ‘Three cheers, ladies and gemplemorums. Hoo—ray!’

‘I am afraid, my life,’ said John, ‘that you have become very much attached to this cottage?’

‘Afraid I have, John? Of course I have.’

‘The reason why I said afraid,’ returned John, ‘is, because we must move.’

‘O John!’

‘Yes, my dear, we must move. We must have our head-quarters in London now. In short, there’s a dwelling-house rent-free, attached to my new position, and we must occupy it.’

‘That’s a gain, John.’

‘Yes, my dear, it is undoubtedly a gain.’

He gave her a very blithe look, and a very sly look. Which occasioned the inexhaustible baby to square at him with the speckled fists, and demand in a threatening manner what he meant?

‘My love, you said it was a gain, and I said it was a gain. A very innocent remark, surely.’

‘I won’t,’ said the inexhaustible baby, ‘—allow—you—to—make—game—of—my—venerable—Ma.’ At each division administering a soft facer with one of the speckled fists.

John having stooped down to receive these punishing visitations, Bella asked him, would it be necessary to move soon? Why yes, indeed (said John), he did propose that they should move very soon. Taking the furniture with them, of course? (said Bella). Why, no (said John), the fact was, that the house was—in a sort of a kind of a way—furnished already.

The inexhaustible baby, hearing this, resumed the offensive, and said: ‘But there’s no nursery for me, sir. What do you mean, marble-hearted parent?’ To which the marble-hearted parent rejoined that there was a—sort of a kind of a—nursery, and it might be ‘made to do’. ‘Made to do?’ returned the Inexhaustible, administering more punishment, ‘what do you take me for?’ And was then turned over on its back in Bella’s lap, and smothered with kisses.

‘But really, John dear,’ said Bella, flushed in quite a lovely manner by these exercises, ‘will the new house, just as it stands, do for baby? That’s the question.’

‘I felt that to be the question,’ he returned, ‘and therefore I arranged that you should come with me and look at it, to-morrow morning.’ Appointment made, accordingly, for Bella to go up with him to-morrow morning; John kissed; and Bella delighted.

When they reached London in pursuance of their little plan, they took coach and drove westward. Not only drove westward, but drove into that particular westward division, which Bella had seen last when she turned her face from Mr Boffin’s door. Not only drove into that particular division, but drove at last into that very street. Not only drove into that very street, but stopped at last at that very house.

‘John dear!’ cried Bella, looking out of window in a flutter. ‘Do you see where we are?’

‘Yes, my love. The coachman’s quite right.’

The house-door was opened without any knocking or ringing, and John promptly helped her out. The servant who stood holding the door, asked no question of John, neither did he go before them or follow them as they went straight up-stairs. It was only her husband’s encircling arm, urging her on, that prevented Bella from stopping at the foot of the staircase. As they ascended, it was seen to be tastefully ornamented with most beautiful flowers.

‘O John!’ said Bella, faintly. ‘What does this mean?’

‘Nothing, my darling, nothing. Let us go on.’

Going on a little higher, they came to a charming aviary, in which a number of tropical birds, more gorgeous in colour than the flowers, were flying about; and among those birds were gold and silver fish, and mosses, and water-lilies, and a fountain, and all manner of wonders.

‘O my dear John!’ said Bella. ‘What does this mean?’

‘Nothing, my darling, nothing. Let us go on.’

They went on, until they came to a door. As John put out his hand to open it, Bella caught his hand.

‘I don’t know what it means, but it’s too much for me. Hold me, John, love.’

John caught her up in his arm, and lightly dashed into the room with her.

Behold Mr and Mrs Boffin, beaming! Behold Mrs Boffin clapping her hands in an ecstacy, running to Bella with tears of joy pouring down her comely face, and folding her to her breast, with the words: ‘My deary deary, deary girl, that Noddy and me saw married and couldn’t wish joy to, or so much as speak to! My deary, deary, deary, wife of John and mother of his little child! My loving loving, bright bright, Pretty Pretty! Welcome to your house and home, my deary!’

Chapter 13

SHOWING HOW THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN HELPED TO SCATTER DUST

In all the first bewilderment of her wonder, the most bewilderingly wonderful thing to Bella was the shining countenance of Mr Boffin. That his wife should be joyous, open-hearted, and genial, or that her face should express every quality that was large and trusting, and no quality that was little or mean, was accordant with Bella’s experience. But, that he, with a perfectly beneficent air and a plump rosy face, should be standing there, looking at her and John, like some jovial good spirit, was marvellous. For, how had he looked when she last saw him in that very room (it was the room in which she had given him that piece of her mind at parting), and what had become of all those crooked lines of suspicion, avarice, and distrust, that twisted his visage then?

Mrs Boffin seated Bella on the large ottoman, and seated herself beside her, and John her husband seated himself on the other side of her, and Mr Boffin stood beaming at every one and everything he could see, with surpassing jollity and enjoyment. Mrs Boffin was then taken with a laughing fit of clapping her hands, and clapping her knees, and rocking herself to and fro, and then with another laughing fit of embracing Bella, and rocking her to and fro—both fits, of considerable duration.

‘Old lady, old lady,’ said Mr Boffin, at length; ‘if you don’t begin somebody else must.’

‘I’m a going to begin, Noddy, my dear,’ returned Mrs Boffin. ‘Only it isn’t easy for a person to know where to begin, when a person is in this state of delight and happiness. Bella, my dear. Tell me, who’s this?’

‘Who is this?’ repeated Bella. ‘My husband.’

‘Ah! But tell me his name, deary!’ cried Mrs Boffin.

‘Rokesmith.’

‘No, it ain’t!’ cried Mrs Boffin, clapping her hands, and shaking her head. ‘Not a bit of it.’

‘Handford then,’ suggested Bella.

‘No, it ain’t!’ cried Mrs Boffin, again clapping her hands and shaking her head. ‘Not a bit of it.’

‘At least, his name is John, I suppose?’ said Bella.

‘Ah! I should think so, deary!’ cried Mrs Boffin. ‘I should hope so! Many and many is the time I have called him by his name of John. But what’s his other name, his true other name? Give a guess, my pretty!’

‘I can’t guess,’ said Bella, turning her pale face from one to another.

‘I could,’ cried Mrs Boffin, ‘and what’s more, I did! I found him out, all in a flash as I may say, one night. Didn’t I, Noddy?’

‘Ay! That the old lady did!’ said Mr Boffin, with stout pride in the circumstance.

‘Harkee to me, deary,’ pursued Mrs Boffin, taking Bella’s hands between her own, and gently beating on them from time to time. ‘It was after a particular night when John had been disappointed—as he thought—in his affections. It was after a night when John had made an offer to a certain young lady, and the certain young lady had refused it. It was after a particular night, when he felt himself cast-away-like, and had made up his mind to go seek his fortune. It was the very next night. My Noddy wanted a paper out of his Secretary’s room, and I says to Noddy, “I am going by the door, and I’ll ask him for it.” I tapped at his door, and he didn’t hear me. I looked in, and saw him a sitting lonely by his fire, brooding over it. He chanced to look up with a pleased kind of smile in my company when he saw me, and then in a single moment every grain of the gunpowder that had been lying sprinkled thick about him ever since I first set eyes upon him as a man at the Bower, took fire! Too many a time had I seen him sitting lonely, when he was a poor child, to be pitied, heart and hand! Too many a time had I seen him in need of being brightened up with a comforting word! Too many and too many a time to be mistaken, when that glimpse of him come at last! No, no! I just makes out to cry, “I know you now! You’re John!” And he catches me as I drops.—So what,’ says Mrs Boffin, breaking off in the rush of her speech to smile most radiantly, ‘might you think by this time that your husband’s name was, dear?’

‘Not,’ returned Bella, with quivering lips; ‘not Harmon? That’s not possible?’

‘Don’t tremble. Why not possible, deary, when so many things are possible?’ demanded Mrs Boffin, in a soothing tone.

‘He was killed,’ gasped Bella.

‘Thought to be,’ said Mrs Boffin. ‘But if ever John Harmon drew the breath of life on earth, that is certainly John Harmon’s arm round your waist now, my pretty. If ever John Harmon had a wife on earth, that wife is certainly you. If ever John Harmon and his wife had a child on earth, that child is certainly this.’

By a master-stroke of secret arrangement, the inexhaustible baby here appeared at the door, suspended in mid-air by invisible agency. Mrs Boffin, plunging at it, brought it to Bella’s lap, where both Mrs and Mr Boffin (as the saying is) ‘took it out of’ the Inexhaustible in a shower of caresses. It was only this timely appearance that kept Bella from swooning. This, and her husband’s earnestness in explaining further to her how it had come to pass that he had been supposed to be slain, and had even been suspected of his own murder; also, how he had put a pious fraud upon her which had preyed upon his mind, as the time for its disclosure approached, lest she might not make full allowance for the object with which it had originated, and in which it had fully developed.

‘But bless ye, my beauty!’ cried Mrs Boffin, taking him up short at this point, with another hearty clap of her hands. ‘It wasn’t John only that was in it. We was all of us in it.’

‘I don’t,’ said Bella, looking vacantly from one to another, ‘yet understand—’

‘Of course you don’t, my deary,’ exclaimed Mrs Boffin. ‘How can you till you’re told! So now I am a going to tell you. So you put your two hands between my two hands again,’ cried the comfortable creature, embracing her, ‘with that blessed little picter lying on your lap, and you shall be told all the story. Now, I’m a going to tell the story. Once, twice, three times, and the horses is off. Here they go! When I cries out that night, “I know you now, you’re John!”—which was my exact words; wasn’t they, John?’

‘Your exact words,’ said John, laying his hand on hers.

‘That’s a very good arrangement,’ cried Mrs Boffin. ‘Keep it there, John. And as we was all of us in it, Noddy you come and lay yours a top of his, and we won’t break the pile till the story’s done.’

Mr Boffin hitched up a chair, and added his broad brown right hand to the heap.

‘That’s capital!’ said Mrs Boffin, giving it a kiss. ‘Seems quite a family building; don’t it? But the horses is off. Well! When I cries out that night, “I know you now! you’re John!” John catches of me, it is true; but I ain’t a light weight, bless ye, and he’s forced to let me down. Noddy, he hears a noise, and in he trots, and as soon as I anyways comes to myself I calls to him, “Noddy, well I might say as I did say, that night at the Bower, for the Lord be thankful this is John!” On which he gives a heave, and down he goes likewise, with his head under the writing-table. This brings me round comfortable, and that brings him round comfortable, and then John and him and me we all fall a crying for joy.’

‘Yes! They cry for joy, my darling,’ her husband struck in. ‘You understand? These two, whom I come to life to disappoint and dispossess, cry for joy!’

Bella looked at him confusedly, and looked again at Mrs Boffin’s radiant face.

‘That’s right, my dear, don’t you mind him,’ said Mrs Boffin, ‘stick to me. Well! Then we sits down, gradually gets cool, and holds a confabulation. John, he tells us how he is despairing in his mind on accounts of a certain fair young person, and how, if I hadn’t found him out, he was going away to seek his fortune far and wide, and had fully meant never to come to life, but to leave the property as our wrongful inheritance for ever and a day. At which you never see a man so frightened as my Noddy was. For to think that he should have come into the property wrongful, however innocent, and—more than that—might have gone on keeping it to his dying day, turned him whiter than chalk.’

‘And you too,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘Don’t you mind him, neither, my deary,’ resumed Mrs Boffin; ‘stick to me. This brings up a confabulation regarding the certain fair young person; when Noddy he gives it as his opinion that she is a deary creetur. “She may be a leetle spoilt, and nat’rally spoilt,” he says, “by circumstances, but that’s only the surface, and I lay my life,” he says, “that she’s the true golden gold at heart.”’

‘So did you,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘Don’t you mind him a single morsel, my dear,’ proceeded Mrs Boffin, ‘but stick to me. Then says John, O, if he could but prove so! Then we both of us ups and says, that minute, “Prove so!”’

With a start, Bella directed a hurried glance towards Mr Boffin. But, he was sitting thoughtfully smiling at that broad brown hand of his, and either didn’t see it, or would take no notice of it.

‘“Prove it, John!” we says,’ repeated Mrs Boffin. ‘“Prove it and overcome your doubts with triumph, and be happy for the first time in your life, and for the rest of your life.” This puts John in a state, to be sure. Then we says, “What will content you? If she was to stand up for you when you was slighted, if she was to show herself of a generous mind when you was oppressed, if she was to be truest to you when you was poorest and friendliest, and all this against her own seeming interest, how would that do?” “Do?” says John, “it would raise me to the skies.” “Then,” says my Noddy, “make your preparations for the ascent, John, it being my firm belief that up you go!”’

Bella caught Mr Boffin’s twinkling eye for half an instant; but he got it away from her, and restored it to his broad brown hand.

‘From the first, you was always a special favourite of Noddy’s,’ said Mrs Boffin, shaking her head. ‘O you were! And if I had been inclined to be jealous, I don’t know what I mightn’t have done to you. But as I wasn’t—why, my beauty,’ with a hearty laugh and an embrace, ‘I made you a special favourite of my own too. But the horses is coming round the corner. Well! Then says my Noddy, shaking his sides till he was fit to make ’em ache again: “Look out for being slighted and oppressed, John, for if ever a man had a hard master, you shall find me from this present time to be such to you.” And then he began!’ cried Mrs Boffin, in an ecstacy of admiration. ‘Lord bless you, then he began! And how he DID begin; didn’t he!’

Bella looked half frightened, and yet half laughed.

‘But, bless you,’ pursued Mrs Boffin, ‘if you could have seen him of a night, at that time of it! The way he’d sit and chuckle over himself! The way he’d say “I’ve been a regular brown bear to-day,” and take himself in his arms and hug himself at the thoughts of the brute he had pretended. But every night he says to me: “Better and better, old lady. What did we say of her? She’ll come through it, the true golden gold. This’ll be the happiest piece of work we ever done.” And then he’d say, “I’ll be a grislier old growler to-morrow!” and laugh, he would, till John and me was often forced to slap his back, and bring it out of his windpipes with a little water.’

Mr Boffin, with his face bent over his heavy hand, made no sound, but rolled his shoulders when thus referred to, as if he were vastly enjoying himself.

‘And so, my good and pretty,’ pursued Mrs Boffin, ‘you was married, and there was we hid up in the church-organ by this husband of yours; for he wouldn’t let us out with it then, as was first meant. “No,” he says, “she’s so unselfish and contented, that I can’t afford to be rich yet. I must wait a little longer.” Then, when baby was expected, he says, “She is such a cheerful, glorious housewife that I can’t afford to be rich yet. I must wait a little longer.” Then when baby was born, he says, “She is so much better than she ever was, that I can’t afford to be rich yet. I must wait a little longer.” And so he goes on and on, till I says outright, “Now, John, if you don’t fix a time for setting her up in her own house and home, and letting us walk out of it, I’ll turn Informer.” Then he says he’ll only wait to triumph beyond what we ever thought possible, and to show her to us better than even we ever supposed; and he says, “She shall see me under suspicion of having murdered myself, and YOU shall see how trusting and how true she’ll be.” Well! Noddy and me agreed to that, and he was right, and here you are, and the horses is in, and the story is done, and God bless you my Beauty, and God bless us all!’

The pile of hands dispersed, and Bella and Mrs Boffin took a good long hug of one another: to the apparent peril of the inexhaustible baby, lying staring in Bella’s lap.

‘But IS the story done?’ said Bella, pondering. ‘Is there no more of it?’

‘What more of it should there be, deary?’ returned Mrs Boffin, full of glee.

‘Are you sure you have left nothing out of it?’ asked Bella.

‘I don’t think I have,’ said Mrs Boffin, archly.

‘John dear,’ said Bella, ‘you’re a good nurse; will you please hold baby?’ Having deposited the Inexhaustible in his arms with those words, Bella looked hard at Mr Boffin, who had moved to a table where he was leaning his head upon his hand with his face turned away, and, quietly settling herself on her knees at his side, and drawing one arm over his shoulder, said: ‘Please I beg your pardon, and I made a small mistake of a word when I took leave of you last. Please I think you are better (not worse) than Hopkins, better (not worse) than Dancer, better (not worse) than Blackberry Jones, better (not worse) than any of them! Please something more!’ cried Bella, with an exultant ringing laugh as she struggled with him and forced him to turn his delighted face to hers. ‘Please I have found out something not yet mentioned. Please I don’t believe you are a hard-hearted miser at all, and please I don’t believe you ever for one single minute were!’

At this, Mrs Boffin fairly screamed with rapture, and sat beating her feet upon the floor, clapping her hands, and bobbing herself backwards and forwards, like a demented member of some Mandarin’s family.

‘O, I understand you now, sir!’ cried Bella. ‘I want neither you nor any one else to tell me the rest of the story. I can tell it to YOU, now, if you would like to hear it.’

‘Can you, my dear?’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Tell it then.’

‘What?’ cried Bella, holding him prisoner by the coat with both hands. ‘When you saw what a greedy little wretch you were the patron of, you determined to show her how much misused and misprized riches could do, and often had done, to spoil people; did you? Not caring what she thought of you (and Goodness knows THAT was of no consequence!) you showed her, in yourself, the most detestable sides of wealth, saying in your own mind, “This shallow creature would never work the truth out of her own weak soul, if she had a hundred years to do it in; but a glaring instance kept before her may open even her eyes and set her thinking.” That was what you said to yourself, was it, sir?’

‘I never said anything of the sort,’ Mr Boffin declared in a state of the highest enjoyment.

‘Then you ought to have said it, sir,’ returned Bella, giving him two pulls and one kiss, ‘for you must have thought and meant it. You saw that good fortune was turning my stupid head and hardening my silly heart—was making me grasping, calculating, insolent, insufferable—and you took the pains to be the dearest and kindest fingerpost that ever was set up anywhere, pointing out the road that I was taking and the end it led to. Confess instantly!’

‘John,’ said Mr Boffin, one broad piece of sunshine from head to foot, ‘I wish you’d help me out of this.’

‘You can’t be heard by counsel, sir,’ returned Bella. ‘You must speak for yourself. Confess instantly!’

Well, my dear,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘the truth is, that when we did go in for the little scheme that my old lady has pinted out, I did put it to John, what did he think of going in for some such general scheme as YOU have pinted out? But I didn’t in any way so word it, because I didn’t in any way so mean it. I only said to John, wouldn’t it be more consistent, me going in for being a reg’lar brown bear respecting him, to go in as a reg’lar brown bear all round?’

‘Confess this minute, sir,’ said Bella, ‘that you did it to correct and amend me!’

‘Certainly, my dear child,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘I didn’t do it to harm you; you may be sure of that. And I did hope it might just hint a caution. Still, it ought to be mentioned that no sooner had my old lady found out John, than John made known to her and me that he had had his eye upon a thankless person by the name of Silas Wegg. Partly for the punishment of which Wegg, by leading him on in a very unhandsome and underhanded game that he was playing, them books that you and me bought so many of together (and, by-the-by, my dear, he wasn’t Blackberry Jones, but Blewberry) was read aloud to me by that person of the name of Silas Wegg aforesaid.’

Bella, who was still on her knees at Mr Boffin’s feet, gradually sank down into a sitting posture on the ground, as she meditated more and more thoughtfully, with her eyes upon his beaming face.

‘Still,’ said Bella, after this meditative pause, ‘there remain two things that I cannot understand. Mrs Boffin never supposed any part of the change in Mr Boffin to be real; did she?—You never did; did you?’ asked Bella, turning to her.

‘No!’ returned Mrs Boffin, with a most rotund and glowing negative.

‘And yet you took it very much to heart,’ said Bella. ‘I remember its making you very uneasy, indeed.’

‘Ecod, you see Mrs John has a sharp eye, John!’ cried Mr Boffin, shaking his head with an admiring air. ‘You’re right, my dear. The old lady nearly blowed us into shivers and smithers, many times.’

‘Why?’ asked Bella. ‘How did that happen, when she was in your secret?’

‘Why, it was a weakness in the old lady,’ said Mr Boffin; ‘and yet, to tell you the whole truth and nothing but the truth, I’m rather proud of it. My dear, the old lady thinks so high of me that she couldn’t abear to see and hear me coming out as a reg’lar brown one. Couldn’t abear to make-believe as I meant it! In consequence of which, we was everlastingly in danger with her.’

Mrs Boffin laughed heartily at herself; but a certain glistening in her honest eyes revealed that she was by no means cured of that dangerous propensity.

‘I assure you, my dear,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘that on the celebrated day when I made what has since been agreed upon to be my grandest demonstration—I allude to Mew says the cat, Quack quack says the duck, and Bow-wow-wow says the dog—I assure you, my dear, that on that celebrated day, them flinty and unbelieving words hit my old lady so hard on my account, that I had to hold her, to prevent her running out after you, and defending me by saying I was playing a part.’

Mrs Boffin laughed heartily again, and her eyes glistened again, and it then appeared, not only that in that burst of sarcastic eloquence Mr Boffin was considered by his two fellow-conspirators to have outdone himself, but that in his own opinion it was a remarkable achievement. ‘Never thought of it afore the moment, my dear!’ he observed to Bella. ‘When John said, if he had been so happy as to win your affections and possess your heart, it come into my head to turn round upon him with “Win her affections and possess her heart! Mew says the cat, Quack quack says the duck, and Bow-wow-wow says the dog.” I couldn’t tell you how it come into my head or where from, but it had so much the sound of a rasper that I own to you it astonished myself. I was awful nigh bursting out a laughing though, when it made John stare!’

‘You said, my pretty,’ Mrs Boffin reminded Bella, ‘that there was one other thing you couldn’t understand.’

‘O yes!’ cried Bella, covering her face with her hands; ‘but that I never shall be able to understand as long as I live. It is, how John could love me so when I so little deserved it, and how you, Mr and Mrs Boffin, could be so forgetful of yourselves, and take such pains and trouble, to make me a little better, and after all to help him to so unworthy a wife. But I am very very grateful.’

It was John Harmon’s turn then—John Harmon now for good, and John Rokesmith for nevermore—to plead with her (quite unnecessarily) in behalf of his deception, and to tell her, over and over again, that it had been prolonged by her own winning graces in her supposed station of life. This led on to many interchanges of endearment and enjoyment on all sides, in the midst of which the Inexhaustible being observed staring, in a most imbecile manner, on Mrs Boffin’s breast, was pronounced to be supernaturally intelligent as to the whole transaction, and was made to declare to the ladies and gemplemorums, with a wave of the speckled fist (with difficulty detached from an exceedingly short waist), ‘I have already informed my venerable Ma that I know all about it!’

Then, said John Harmon, would Mrs John Harmon come and see her house? And a dainty house it was, and a tastefully beautiful; and they went through it in procession; the Inexhaustible on Mrs Boffin’s bosom (still staring) occupying the middle station, and Mr Boffin bringing up the rear. And on Bella’s exquisite toilette table was an ivory casket, and in the casket were jewels the like of which she had never dreamed of, and aloft on an upper floor was a nursery garnished as with rainbows; ‘though we were hard put to it,’ said John Harmon, ‘to get it done in so short a time.’

The house inspected, emissaries removed the Inexhaustible, who was shortly afterwards heard screaming among the rainbows; whereupon Bella withdrew herself from the presence and knowledge of gemplemorums, and the screaming ceased, and smiling Peace associated herself with that young olive branch.

‘Come and look in, Noddy!’ said Mrs Boffin to Mr Boffin.

Mr Boffin, submitting to be led on tiptoe to the nursery door, looked in with immense satisfaction, although there was nothing to see but Bella in a musing state of happiness, seated in a little low chair upon the hearth, with her child in her fair young arms, and her soft eyelashes shading her eyes from the fire.

‘It looks as if the old man’s spirit had found rest at last; don’t it?’ said Mrs Boffin.

‘Yes, old lady.’

‘And as if his money had turned bright again, after a long long rust in the dark, and was at last a beginning to sparkle in the sunlight?’

‘Yes, old lady.’

‘And it makes a pretty and a promising picter; don’t it?’

‘Yes, old lady.’

But, aware at the instant of a fine opening for a point, Mr Boffin quenched that observation in this—delivered in the grisliest growling of the regular brown bear. ‘A pretty and a hopeful picter? Mew, Quack quack, Bow-wow!’ And then trotted silently downstairs, with his shoulders in a state of the liveliest commotion.

Chapter 14

CHECKMATE TO THE FRIENDLY MOVE

Mr and Mrs John Harmon had so timed their taking possession of their rightful name and their London house, that the event befell on the very day when the last waggon-load of the last Mound was driven out at the gates of Boffin’s Bower. As it jolted away, Mr Wegg felt that the last load was correspondingly removed from his mind, and hailed the auspicious season when that black sheep, Boffin, was to be closely sheared.

Over the whole slow process of levelling the Mounds, Silas had kept watch with rapacious eyes. But, eyes no less rapacious had watched the growth of the Mounds in years bygone, and had vigilantly sifted the dust of which they were composed. No valuables turned up. How should there be any, seeing that the old hard jailer of Harmony Jail had coined every waif and stray into money, long before?

Though disappointed by this bare result, Mr Wegg felt too sensibly relieved by the close of the labour, to grumble to any great extent. A foreman-representative of the dust contractors, purchasers of the Mounds, had worn Mr Wegg down to skin and bone. This supervisor of the proceedings, asserting his employers’ rights to cart off by daylight, nightlight, torchlight, when they would, must have been the death of Silas if the work had lasted much longer. Seeming never to need sleep himself, he would reappear, with a tied-up broken head, in fantail hat and velveteen smalls, like an accursed goblin, at the most unholy and untimely hours. Tired out by keeping close ward over a long day’s work in fog and rain, Silas would have just crawled to bed and be dozing, when a horrid shake and rumble under his pillow would announce an approaching train of carts, escorted by this Demon of Unrest, to fall to work again. At another time, he would be rumbled up out of his soundest sleep, in the dead of the night; at another, would be kept at his post eight-and-forty hours on end. The more his persecutor besought him not to trouble himself to turn out, the more suspicious was the crafty Wegg that indications had been observed of something hidden somewhere, and that attempts were on foot to circumvent him. So continually broken was his rest through these means, that he led the life of having wagered to keep ten thousand dog-watches in ten thousand hours, and looked piteously upon himself as always getting up and yet never going to bed. So gaunt and haggard had he grown at last, that his wooden leg showed disproportionate, and presented a thriving appearance in contrast with the rest of his plagued body, which might almost have been termed chubby.

However, Wegg’s comfort was, that all his disagreeables were now over, and that he was immediately coming into his property. Of late, the grindstone did undoubtedly appear to have been whirling at his own nose rather than Boffin’s, but Boffin’s nose was now to be sharpened fine. Thus far, Mr Wegg had let his dusty friend off lightly, having been baulked in that amiable design of frequently dining with him, by the machinations of the sleepless dustman. He had been constrained to depute Mr Venus to keep their dusty friend, Boffin, under inspection, while he himself turned lank and lean at the Bower.

To Mr Venus’s museum Mr Wegg repaired when at length the Mounds were down and gone. It being evening, he found that gentleman, as he expected, seated over his fire; but did not find him, as he expected, floating his powerful mind in tea.

‘Why, you smell rather comfortable here!’ said Wegg, seeming to take it ill, and stopping and sniffing as he entered.

‘I AM rather comfortable, sir,’ said Venus.

‘You don’t use lemon in your business, do you?’ asked Wegg, sniffing again.

‘No, Mr Wegg,’ said Venus. ‘When I use it at all, I mostly use it in cobblers’ punch.’

‘What do you call cobblers’ punch?’ demanded Wegg, in a worse humour than before.

‘It’s difficult to impart the receipt for it, sir,’ returned Venus, ‘because, however particular you may be in allotting your materials, so much will still depend upon the individual gifts, and there being a feeling thrown into it. But the groundwork is gin.’

‘In a Dutch bottle?’ said Wegg gloomily, as he sat himself down.

‘Very good, sir, very good!’ cried Venus. ‘Will you partake, sir?’

‘Will I partake?’ returned Wegg very surlily. ‘Why, of course I will! WILL a man partake, as has been tormented out of his five senses by an everlasting dustman with his head tied up! WILL he, too! As if he wouldn’t!’

‘Don’t let it put you out, Mr Wegg. You don’t seem in your usual spirits.’

‘If you come to that, you don’t seem in your usual spirits,’ growled Wegg. ‘You seem to be setting up for lively.’

This circumstance appeared, in his then state of mind, to give Mr Wegg uncommon offence.

‘And you’ve been having your hair cut!’ said Wegg, missing the usual dusty shock.

‘Yes, Mr Wegg. But don’t let that put you out, either.’

‘And I am blest if you ain’t getting fat!’ said Wegg, with culminating discontent. ‘What are you going to do next?’

Well, Mr Wegg,’ said Venus, smiling in a sprightly manner, ‘I suspect you could hardly guess what I am going to do next.’

‘I don’t want to guess,’ retorted Wegg. ‘All I’ve got to say is, that it’s well for you that the diwision of labour has been what it has been. It’s well for you to have had so light a part in this business, when mine has been so heavy. You haven’t had YOUR rest broke, I’ll be bound.’

‘Not at all, sir,’ said Venus. ‘Never rested so well in all my life, I thank you.’

‘Ah!’ grumbled Wegg, ‘you should have been me. If you had been me, and had been fretted out of your bed, and your sleep, and your meals, and your mind, for a stretch of months together, you’d have been out of condition and out of sorts.’

‘Certainly, it has trained you down, Mr Wegg,’ said Venus, contemplating his figure with an artist’s eye. ‘Trained you down very low, it has! So weazen and yellow is the kivering upon your bones, that one might almost fancy you had come to give a look-in upon the French gentleman in the corner, instead of me.’

Mr Wegg, glancing in great dudgeon towards the French gentleman’s corner, seemed to notice something new there, which induced him to glance at the opposite corner, and then to put on his glasses and stare at all the nooks and corners of the dim shop in succession.

‘Why, you’ve been having the place cleaned up!’ he exclaimed.

‘Yes, Mr Wegg. By the hand of adorable woman.’

‘Then what you’re going to do next, I suppose, is to get married?’

‘That’s it, sir.’

Silas took off his glasses again—finding himself too intensely disgusted by the sprightly appearance of his friend and partner to bear a magnified view of him and made the inquiry:

‘To the old party?’

‘Mr Wegg!’ said Venus, with a sudden flush of wrath. ‘The lady in question is not a old party.’

‘I meant,’ exclaimed Wegg, testily, ‘to the party as formerly objected?’

‘Mr Wegg,’ said Venus, ‘in a case of so much delicacy, I must trouble you to say what you mean. There are strings that must not be played upon. No sir! Not sounded, unless in the most respectful and tuneful manner. Of such melodious strings is Miss Pleasant Riderhood formed.’

‘Then it IS the lady as formerly objected?’ said Wegg.

‘Sir,’ returned Venus with dignity, ‘I accept the altered phrase. It is the lady as formerly objected.’

‘When is it to come off?’ asked Silas.

‘Mr Wegg,’ said Venus, with another flush. ‘I cannot permit it to be put in the form of a Fight. I must temperately but firmly call upon you, sir, to amend that question.’

‘When is the lady,’ Wegg reluctantly demanded, constraining his ill temper in remembrance of the partnership and its stock in trade, ‘a going to give her ’and where she has already given her ’art?’

‘Sir,’ returned Venus, ‘I again accept the altered phrase, and with pleasure. The lady is a going to give her ’and where she has already given her ’art, next Monday.’

‘Then the lady’s objection has been met?’ said Silas.

‘Mr Wegg,’ said Venus, ‘as I did name to you, I think, on a former occasion, if not on former occasions—’

‘On former occasions,’ interrupted Wegg.

‘—What,’ pursued Venus, ‘what the nature of the lady’s objection was, I may impart, without violating any of the tender confidences since sprung up between the lady and myself, how it has been met, through the kind interference of two good friends of mine: one, previously acquainted with the lady: and one, not. The pint was thrown out, sir, by those two friends when they did me the great service of waiting on the lady to try if a union betwixt the lady and me could not be brought to bear—the pint, I say, was thrown out by them, sir, whether if, after marriage, I confined myself to the articulation of men, children, and the lower animals, it might not relieve the lady’s mind of her feeling respecting being as a lady—regarded in a bony light. It was a happy thought, sir, and it took root.’

‘It would seem, Mr Venus,’ observed Wegg, with a touch of distrust, ‘that you are flush of friends?’

‘Pretty well, sir,’ that gentleman answered, in a tone of placid mystery. ‘So-so, sir. Pretty well.’

‘However,’ said Wegg, after eyeing him with another touch of distrust, ‘I wish you joy. One man spends his fortune in one way, and another in another. You are going to try matrimony. I mean to try travelling.’

‘Indeed, Mr Wegg?’

‘Change of air, sea-scenery, and my natural rest, I hope may bring me round after the persecutions I have undergone from the dustman with his head tied up, which I just now mentioned. The tough job being ended and the Mounds laid low, the hour is come for Boffin to stump up. Would ten to-morrow morning suit you, partner, for finally bringing Boffin’s nose to the grindstone?’

Ten to-morrow morning would quite suit Mr Venus for that excellent purpose.

‘You have had him well under inspection, I hope?’ said Silas.

Mr Venus had had him under inspection pretty well every day.

‘Suppose you was just to step round to-night then, and give him orders from me—I say from me, because he knows I won’t be played with—to be ready with his papers, his accounts, and his cash, at that time in the morning?’ said Wegg. ‘And as a matter of form, which will be agreeable to your own feelings, before we go out (for I’ll walk with you part of the way, though my leg gives under me with weariness), let’s have a look at the stock in trade.’

Mr Venus produced it, and it was perfectly correct; Mr Venus undertook to produce it again in the morning, and to keep tryst with Mr Wegg on Boffin’s doorstep as the clock struck ten. At a certain point of the road between Clerkenwell and Boffin’s house (Mr Wegg expressly insisted that there should be no prefix to the Golden Dustman’s name) the partners separated for the night.

It was a very bad night; to which succeeded a very bad morning. The streets were so unusually slushy, muddy, and miserable, in the morning, that Wegg rode to the scene of action; arguing that a man who was, as it were, going to the Bank to draw out a handsome property, could well afford that trifling expense.

Venus was punctual, and Wegg undertook to knock at the door, and conduct the conference. Door knocked at. Door opened.

‘Boffin at home?’

The servant replied that MR Boffin was at home.

‘He’ll do,’ said Wegg, ‘though it ain’t what I call him.’

The servant inquired if they had any appointment?

‘Now, I tell you what, young fellow,’ said Wegg, ‘I won’t have it. This won’t do for me. I don’t want menials. I want Boffin.’

They were shown into a waiting-room, where the all-powerful Wegg wore his hat, and whistled, and with his forefinger stirred up a clock that stood upon the chimneypiece, until he made it strike. In a few minutes they were shown upstairs into what used to be Boffin’s room; which, besides the door of entrance, had folding-doors in it, to make it one of a suite of rooms when occasion required. Here, Boffin was seated at a library-table, and here Mr Wegg, having imperiously motioned the servant to withdraw, drew up a chair and seated himself, in his hat, close beside him. Here, also, Mr Wegg instantly underwent the remarkable experience of having his hat twitched off his head and thrown out of a window, which was opened and shut for the purpose.

‘Be careful what insolent liberties you take in that gentleman’s presence,’ said the owner of the hand which had done this, ‘or I will throw you after it.’

Wegg involuntarily clapped his hand to his bare head, and stared at the Secretary. For, it was he addressed him with a severe countenance, and who had come in quietly by the folding-doors.

‘Oh!’ said Wegg, as soon as he recovered his suspended power of speech. ‘Very good! I gave directions for YOU to be dismissed. And you ain’t gone, ain’t you? Oh! We’ll look into this presently. Very good!’

‘No, nor I ain’t gone,’ said another voice.

Somebody else had come in quietly by the folding-doors. Turning his head, Wegg beheld his persecutor, the ever-wakeful dustman, accoutred with fantail hat and velveteen smalls complete. Who, untying his tied-up broken head, revealed a head that was whole, and a face that was Sloppy’s.

‘Ha, ha, ha, gentlemen!’ roared Sloppy in a peal of laughter, and with immeasureable relish. ‘He never thought as I could sleep standing, and often done it when I turned for Mrs Higden! He never thought as I used to give Mrs Higden the Police-news in different voices! But I did lead him a life all through it, gentlemen, I hope I really and truly DID!’ Here, Mr Sloppy opening his mouth to a quite alarming extent, and throwing back his head to peal again, revealed incalculable buttons.

‘Oh!’ said Wegg, slightly discomfited, but not much as yet: ‘one and one is two not dismissed, is it? Bof—fin! Just let me ask a question. Who set this chap on, in this dress, when the carting began? Who employed this fellow?’

‘I say!’ remonstrated Sloppy, jerking his head forward. ‘No fellows, or I’ll throw you out of winder!’

Mr Boffin appeased him with a wave of his hand, and said: ‘I employed him, Wegg.’

‘Oh! You employed him, Boffin? Very good. Mr Venus, we raise our terms, and we can’t do better than proceed to business. Bof—fin! I want the room cleared of these two scum.’

‘That’s not going to be done, Wegg,’ replied Mr Boffin, sitting composedly on the library-table, at one end, while the Secretary sat composedly on it at the other.

‘Bof—fin! Not going to be done?’ repeated Wegg. ‘Not at your peril?’

‘No, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin, shaking his head good-humouredly. ‘Not at my peril, and not on any other terms.’

Wegg reflected a moment, and then said: ‘Mr Venus, will you be so good as hand me over that same dockyment?’

‘Certainly, sir,’ replied Venus, handing it to him with much politeness. ‘There it is. Having now, sir, parted with it, I wish to make a small observation: not so much because it is anyways necessary, or expresses any new doctrine or discovery, as because it is a comfort to my mind. Silas Wegg, you are a precious old rascal.’

Mr Wegg, who, as if anticipating a compliment, had been beating time with the paper to the other’s politeness until this unexpected conclusion came upon him, stopped rather abruptly.

Silas Wegg,’ said Venus, ‘know that I took the liberty of taking Mr Boffin into our concern as a sleeping partner, at a very early period of our firm’s existence.’

‘Quite true,’ added Mr Boffin; ‘and I tested Venus by making him a pretended proposal or two; and I found him on the whole a very honest man, Wegg.’

‘So Mr Boffin, in his indulgence, is pleased to say,’ Venus remarked: ‘though in the beginning of this dirt, my hands were not, for a few hours, quite as clean as I could wish. But I hope I made early and full amends.’

Venus, you did,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Certainly, certainly, certainly.’

Venus inclined his head with respect and gratitude. ‘Thank you, sir. I am much obliged to you, sir, for all. For your good opinion now, for your way of receiving and encouraging me when I first put myself in communication with you, and for the influence since so kindly brought to bear upon a certain lady, both by yourself and by Mr John Harmon.’ To whom, when thus making mention of him, he also bowed.

Wegg followed the name with sharp ears, and the action with sharp eyes, and a certain cringing air was infusing itself into his bullying air, when his attention was re-claimed by Venus.

‘Everything else between you and me, Mr Wegg,’ said Venus, ‘now explains itself, and you can now make out, sir, without further words from me. But totally to prevent any unpleasantness or mistake that might arise on what I consider an important point, to be made quite clear at the close of our acquaintance, I beg the leave of Mr Boffin and Mr John Harmon to repeat an observation which I have already had the pleasure of bringing under your notice. You are a precious old rascal!’

‘You are a fool,’ said Wegg, with a snap of his fingers, ‘and I’d have got rid of you before now, if I could have struck out any way of doing it. I have thought it over, I can tell you. You may go, and welcome. You leave the more for me. Because, you know,’ said Wegg, dividing his next observation between Mr Boffin and Mr Harmon, ‘I am worth my price, and I mean to have it. This getting off is all very well in its way, and it tells with such an anatomical Pump as this one,’ pointing out Mr Venus, ‘but it won’t do with a Man. I am here to be bought off, and I have named my figure. Now, buy me, or leave me.’

‘I’ll leave you, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin, laughing, ‘as far as I am concerned.’

‘Bof—fin!’ replied Wegg, turning upon him with a severe air, ‘I understand YOUR new-born boldness. I see the brass underneath YOUR silver plating. YOU have got YOUR nose out of joint. Knowing that you’ve nothing at stake, you can afford to come the independent game. Why, you’re just so much smeary glass to see through, you know! But Mr Harmon is in another sitiwation. What Mr Harmon risks, is quite another pair of shoes. Now, I’ve heerd something lately about this being Mr Harmon—I make out now, some hints that I’ve met on that subject in the newspaper—and I drop you, Bof—fin, as beneath my notice. I ask Mr Harmon whether he has any idea of the contents of this present paper?’

‘It is a will of my late father’s, of more recent date than the will proved by Mr Boffin (address whom again, as you have addressed him already, and I’ll knock you down), leaving the whole of his property to the Crown,’ said John Harmon, with as much indifference as was compatible with extreme sternness.

‘Right you are!’ cried Wegg. ‘Then,’ screwing the weight of his body upon his wooden leg, and screwing his wooden head very much on one side, and screwing up one eye: ‘then, I put the question to you, what’s this paper worth?’

‘Nothing,’ said John Harmon.

Wegg had repeated the word with a sneer, and was entering on some sarcastic retort, when, to his boundless amazement, he found himself gripped by the cravat; shaken until his teeth chattered; shoved back, staggering, into a corner of the room; and pinned there.

‘You scoundrel!’ said John Harmon, whose seafaring hold was like that of a vice.

‘You’re knocking my head against the wall,’ urged Silas faintly.

‘I mean to knock your head against the wall,’ returned John Harmon, suiting his action to his words, with the heartiest good will; ‘and I’d give a thousand pounds for leave to knock your brains out. Listen, you scoundrel, and look at that Dutch bottle.’

Sloppy held it up, for his edification.

‘That Dutch bottle, scoundrel, contained the latest will of the many wills made by my unhappy self-tormenting father. That will gives everything absolutely to my noble benefactor and yours, Mr Boffin, excluding and reviling me, and my sister (then already dead of a broken heart), by name. That Dutch bottle was found by my noble benefactor and yours, after he entered on possession of the estate. That Dutch bottle distressed him beyond measure, because, though I and my sister were both no more, it cast a slur upon our memory which he knew we had done nothing in our miserable youth, to deserve. That Dutch bottle, therefore, he buried in the Mound belonging to him, and there it lay while you, you thankless wretch, were prodding and poking—often very near it, I dare say. His intention was, that it should never see the light; but he was afraid to destroy it, lest to destroy such a document, even with his great generous motive, might be an offence at law. After the discovery was made here who I was, Mr Boffin, still restless on the subject, told me, upon certain conditions impossible for such a hound as you to appreciate, the secret of that Dutch bottle. I urged upon him the necessity of its being dug up, and the paper being legally produced and established. The first thing you saw him do, and the second thing has been done without your knowledge. Consequently, the paper now rattling in your hand as I shake you—and I should like to shake the life out of you—is worth less than the rotten cork of the Dutch bottle, do you understand?’

Judging from the fallen countenance of Silas as his head wagged backwards and forwards in a most uncomfortable manner, he did understand.

‘Now, scoundrel,’ said John Harmon, taking another sailor-like turn on his cravat and holding him in his corner at arms’ length, ‘I shall make two more short speeches to you, because I hope they will torment you. Your discovery was a genuine discovery (such as it was), for nobody had thought of looking into that place. Neither did we know you had made it, until Venus spoke to Mr Boffin, though I kept you under good observation from my first appearance here, and though Sloppy has long made it the chief occupation and delight of his life, to attend you like your shadow. I tell you this, that you may know we knew enough of you to persuade Mr Boffin to let us lead you on, deluded, to the last possible moment, in order that your disappointment might be the heaviest possible disappointment. That’s the first short speech, do you understand?’

Here, John Harmon assisted his comprehension with another shake.

‘Now, scoundrel,’ he pursued, ‘I am going to finish. You supposed me just now, to be the possessor of my father’s property.—So I am. But through any act of my father’s, or by any right I have? No. Through the munificence of Mr Boffin. The conditions that he made with me, before parting with the secret of the Dutch bottle, were, that I should take the fortune, and that he should take his Mound and no more. I owe everything I possess, solely to the disinterestedness, uprightness, tenderness, goodness (there are no words to satisfy me) of Mr and Mrs Boffin. And when, knowing what I knew, I saw such a mud-worm as you presume to rise in this house against this noble soul, the wonder is,’ added John Harmon through his clenched teeth, and with a very ugly turn indeed on Wegg’s cravat, ‘that I didn’t try to twist your head off, and fling THAT out of window! So. That’s the last short speech, do you understand?’

Silas, released, put his hand to his throat, cleared it, and looked as if he had a rather large fishbone in that region. Simultaneously with this action on his part in his corner, a singular, and on the surface an incomprehensible, movement was made by Mr Sloppy: who began backing towards Mr Wegg along the wall, in the manner of a porter or heaver who is about to lift a sack of flour or coals.

‘I am sorry, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin, in his clemency, ‘that my old lady and I can’t have a better opinion of you than the bad one we are forced to entertain. But I shouldn’t like to leave you, after all said and done, worse off in life than I found you. Therefore say in a word, before we part, what it’ll cost to set you up in another stall.’

‘And in another place,’ John Harmon struck in. ‘You don’t come outside these windows.’

‘Mr Boffin,’ returned Wegg in avaricious humiliation: ‘when I first had the honour of making your acquaintance, I had got together a collection of ballads which was, I may say, above price.’

‘Then they can’t be paid for,’ said John Harmon, ‘and you had better not try, my dear sir.’

‘Pardon me, Mr Boffin,’ resumed Wegg, with a malignant glance in the last speaker’s direction, ‘I was putting the case to you, who, if my senses did not deceive me, put the case to me. I had a very choice collection of ballads, and there was a new stock of gingerbread in the tin box. I say no more, but would rather leave it to you.’

‘But it’s difficult to name what’s right,’ said Mr Boffin uneasily, with his hand in his pocket, ‘and I don’t want to go beyond what’s right, because you really have turned out such a very bad fellow. So artful, and so ungrateful you have been, Wegg; for when did I ever injure you?’

‘There was also,’ Mr Wegg went on, in a meditative manner, ‘a errand connection, in which I was much respected. But I would not wish to be deemed covetous, and I would rather leave it to you, Mr Boffin.’

‘Upon my word, I don’t know what to put it at,’ the Golden Dustman muttered.

‘There was likewise,’ resumed Wegg, ‘a pair of trestles, for which alone a Irish person, who was deemed a judge of trestles, offered five and six—a sum I would not hear of, for I should have lost by it—and there was a stool, a umbrella, a clothes-horse, and a tray. But I leave it to you, Mr Boffin.’

The Golden Dustman seeming to be engaged in some abstruse calculation, Mr Wegg assisted him with the following additional items.

‘There was, further, Miss Elizabeth, Master George, Aunt Jane, and Uncle Parker. Ah! When a man thinks of the loss of such patronage as that; when a man finds so fair a garden rooted up by pigs; he finds it hard indeed, without going high, to work it into money. But I leave it wholly to you, sir.’

Mr Sloppy still continued his singular, and on the surface his incomprehensible, movement.

‘Leading on has been mentioned,’ said Wegg with a melancholy air, ‘and it’s not easy to say how far the tone of my mind may have been lowered by unwholesome reading on the subject of Misers, when you was leading me and others on to think you one yourself, sir. All I can say is, that I felt my tone of mind a lowering at the time. And how can a man put a price upon his mind! There was likewise a hat just now. But I leave the ole to you, Mr Boffin.’

‘Come!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Here’s a couple of pound.’

‘In justice to myself, I couldn’t take it, sir.’

The words were but out of his mouth when John Harmon lifted his finger, and Sloppy, who was now close to Wegg, backed to Wegg’s back, stooped, grasped his coat collar behind with both hands, and deftly swung him up like the sack of flour or coals before mentioned. A countenance of special discontent and amazement Mr Wegg exhibited in this position, with his buttons almost as prominently on view as Sloppy’s own, and with his wooden leg in a highly unaccommodating state. But, not for many seconds was his countenance visible in the room; for, Sloppy lightly trotted out with him and trotted down the staircase, Mr Venus attending to open the street door. Mr Sloppy’s instructions had been to deposit his burden in the road; but, a scavenger’s cart happening to stand unattended at the corner, with its little ladder planted against the wheel, Mr S. found it impossible to resist the temptation of shooting Mr Silas Wegg into the cart’s contents. A somewhat difficult feat, achieved with great dexterity, and with a prodigious splash.

Chapter 15

WHAT WAS CAUGHT IN THE TRAPS THAT WERE SET

How Bradley Headstone had been racked and riven in his mind since the quiet evening when by the river-side he had risen, as it were, out of the ashes of the Bargeman, none but he could have told. Not even he could have told, for such misery can only be felt.

First, he had to bear the combined weight of the knowledge of what he had done, of that haunting reproach that he might have done it so much better, and of the dread of discovery. This was load enough to crush him, and he laboured under it day and night. It was as heavy on him in his scanty sleep, as in his red-eyed waking hours. It bore him down with a dread unchanging monotony, in which there was not a moment’s variety. The overweighted beast of burden, or the overweighted slave, can for certain instants shift the physical load, and find some slight respite even in enforcing additional pain upon such a set of muscles or such a limb. Not even that poor mockery of relief could the wretched man obtain, under the steady pressure of the infernal atmosphere into which he had entered.

Time went by, and no visible suspicion dogged him; time went by, and in such public accounts of the attack as were renewed at intervals, he began to see Mr Lightwood (who acted as lawyer for the injured man) straying further from the fact, going wider of the issue, and evidently slackening in his zeal. By degrees, a glimmering of the cause of this began to break on Bradley’s sight. Then came the chance meeting with Mr Milvey at the railway station (where he often lingered in his leisure hours, as a place where any fresh news of his deed would be circulated, or any placard referring to it would be posted), and then he saw in the light what he had brought about.

For, then he saw that through his desperate attempt to separate those two for ever, he had been made the means of uniting them. That he had dipped his hands in blood, to mark himself a miserable fool and tool. That Eugene Wrayburn, for his wife’s sake, set him aside and left him to crawl along his blasted course. He thought of Fate, or Providence, or be the directing Power what it might, as having put a fraud upon him—overreached him—and in his impotent mad rage bit, and tore, and had his fit.

New assurance of the truth came upon him in the next few following days, when it was put forth how the wounded man had been married on his bed, and to whom, and how, though always in a dangerous condition, he was a shade better. Bradley would far rather have been seized for his murder, than he would have read that passage, knowing himself spared, and knowing why.

But, not to be still further defrauded and overreached—which he would be, if implicated by Riderhood, and punished by the law for his abject failure, as though it had been a success—he kept close in his school during the day, ventured out warily at night, and went no more to the railway station. He examined the advertisements in the newspapers for any sign that Riderhood acted on his hinted threat of so summoning him to renew their acquaintance, but found none. Having paid him handsomely for the support and accommodation he had had at the Lock House, and knowing him to be a very ignorant man who could not write, he began to doubt whether he was to be feared at all, or whether they need ever meet again.

All this time, his mind was never off the rack, and his raging sense of having been made to fling himself across the chasm which divided those two, and bridge it over for their coming together, never cooled down. This horrible condition brought on other fits. He could not have said how many, or when; but he saw in the faces of his pupils that they had seen him in that state, and that they were possessed by a dread of his relapsing.

One winter day when a slight fall of snow was feathering the sills and frames of the schoolroom windows, he stood at his black board, crayon in hand, about to commence with a class; when, reading in the countenances of those boys that there was something wrong, and that they seemed in alarm for him, he turned his eyes to the door towards which they faced. He then saw a slouching man of forbidding appearance standing in the midst of the school, with a bundle under his arm; and saw that it was Riderhood.

He sat down on a stool which one of his boys put for him, and he had a passing knowledge that he was in danger of falling, and that his face was becoming distorted. But, the fit went off for that time, and he wiped his mouth, and stood up again.

‘Beg your pardon, governor! By your leave!’ said Riderhood, knuckling his forehead, with a chuckle and a leer. ‘What place may this be?’

‘This is a school.’

‘Where young folks learns wot’s right?’ said Riderhood, gravely nodding. ‘Beg your pardon, governor! By your leave! But who teaches this school?’

‘I do.’

‘You’re the master, are you, learned governor?’

‘Yes. I am the master.’

‘And a lovely thing it must be,’ said Riderhood, ‘fur to learn young folks wot’s right, and fur to know wot THEY know wot you do it. Beg your pardon, learned governor! By your leave!—That there black board; wot’s it for?’

‘It is for drawing on, or writing on.’

‘Is it though!’ said Riderhood. ‘Who’d have thought it, from the looks on it! WOULD you be so kind as write your name upon it, learned governor?’ (In a wheedling tone.)

Bradley hesitated for a moment; but placed his usual signature, enlarged, upon the board.

‘I ain’t a learned character myself,’ said Riderhood, surveying the class, ‘but I do admire learning in others. I should dearly like to hear these here young folks read that there name off, from the writing.’

The arms of the class went up. At the miserable master’s nod, the shrill chorus arose: ‘Bradley Headstone!’

‘No?’ cried Riderhood. ‘You don’t mean it? Headstone! Why, that’s in a churchyard. Hooroar for another turn!’

Another tossing of arms, another nod, and another shrill chorus:

Bradley Headstone!’

‘I’ve got it now!’ said Riderhood, after attentively listening, and internally repeating: ‘Bradley. I see. Chris’en name, Bradley sim’lar to Roger which is my own. Eh? Fam’ly name, Headstone, sim’lar to Riderhood which is my own. Eh?’

Shrill chorus. ‘Yes!’

‘Might you be acquainted, learned governor,’ said Riderhood, ‘with a person of about your own heighth and breadth, and wot ’ud pull down in a scale about your own weight, answering to a name sounding summat like Totherest?’

With a desperation in him that made him perfectly quiet, though his jaw was heavily squared; with his eyes upon Riderhood; and with traces of quickened breathing in his nostrils; the schoolmaster replied, in a suppressed voice, after a pause: ‘I think I know the man you mean.’

‘I thought you knowed the man I mean, learned governor. I want the man.’

With a half glance around him at his pupils, Bradley returned:

‘Do you suppose he is here?’

‘Begging your pardon, learned governor, and by your leave,’ said Riderhood, with a laugh, ‘how could I suppose he’s here, when there’s nobody here but you, and me, and these young lambs wot you’re a learning on? But he is most excellent company, that man, and I want him to come and see me at my Lock, up the river.’

‘I’ll tell him so.’

‘D’ye think he’ll come?’ asked Riderhood.

‘I am sure he will.’

‘Having got your word for him,’ said Riderhood, ‘I shall count upon him. P’raps you’d so fur obleege me, learned governor, as tell him that if he don’t come precious soon, I’ll look him up.’

‘He shall know it.’

‘Thankee. As I says a while ago,’ pursued Riderhood, changing his hoarse tone and leering round upon the class again, ‘though not a learned character my own self, I do admire learning in others, to be sure! Being here and having met with your kind attention, Master, might I, afore I go, ask a question of these here young lambs of yourn?’

‘If it is in the way of school,’ said Bradley, always sustaining his dark look at the other, and speaking in his suppressed voice, ‘you may.’

‘Oh! It’s in the way of school!’ cried Riderhood. ‘I’ll pound it, Master, to be in the way of school. Wot’s the diwisions of water, my lambs? Wot sorts of water is there on the land?’

Shrill chorus: ‘Seas, rivers, lakes, and ponds.’

‘Seas, rivers, lakes, and ponds,’ said Riderhood. ‘They’ve got all the lot, Master! Blowed if I shouldn’t have left out lakes, never having clapped eyes upon one, to my knowledge. Seas, rivers, lakes, and ponds. Wot is it, lambs, as they ketches in seas, rivers, lakes, and ponds?’

Shrill chorus (with some contempt for the ease of the question):

‘Fish!’

‘Good a-gin!’ said Riderhood. ‘But wot else is it, my lambs, as they sometimes ketches in rivers?’

Chorus at a loss. One shrill voice: ‘Weed!’

‘Good agin!’ cried Riderhood. ‘But it ain’t weed neither. You’ll never guess, my dears. Wot is it, besides fish, as they sometimes ketches in rivers? Well! I’ll tell you. It’s suits o’ clothes.’

Bradley’s face changed.

‘Leastways, lambs,’ said Riderhood, observing him out of the corners of his eyes, ‘that’s wot I my own self sometimes ketches in rivers. For strike me blind, my lambs, if I didn’t ketch in a river the wery bundle under my arm!’

The class looked at the master, as if appealing from the irregular entrapment of this mode of examination. The master looked at the examiner, as if he would have torn him to pieces.

‘I ask your pardon, learned governor,’ said Riderhood, smearing his sleeve across his mouth as he laughed with a relish, ‘tain’t fair to the lambs, I know. It wos a bit of fun of mine. But upon my soul I drawed this here bundle out of a river! It’s a Bargeman’s suit of clothes. You see, it had been sunk there by the man as wore it, and I got it up.’

‘How do you know it was sunk by the man who wore it?’ asked Bradley.

‘Cause I see him do it,’ said Riderhood.

They looked at each other. Bradley, slowly withdrawing his eyes, turned his face to the black board and slowly wiped his name out.

‘A heap of thanks, Master,’ said Riderhood, ‘for bestowing so much of your time, and of the lambses’ time, upon a man as hasn’t got no other recommendation to you than being a honest man. Wishing to see at my Lock up the river, the person as we’ve spoke of, and as you’ve answered for, I takes my leave of the lambs and of their learned governor both.’

With those words, he slouched out of the school, leaving the master to get through his weary work as he might, and leaving the whispering pupils to observe the master’s face until he fell into the fit which had been long impending.

The next day but one was Saturday, and a holiday. Bradley rose early, and set out on foot for Plashwater Weir Mill Lock. He rose so early that it was not yet light when he began his journey. Before extinguishing the candle by which he had dressed himself, he made a little parcel of his decent silver watch and its decent guard, and wrote inside the paper: ‘Kindly take care of these for me.’ He then addressed the parcel to Miss Peecher, and left it on the most protected corner of the little seat in her little porch.

It was a cold hard easterly morning when he latched the garden gate and turned away. The light snowfall which had feathered his schoolroom windows on the Thursday, still lingered in the air, and was falling white, while the wind blew black. The tardy day did not appear until he had been on foot two hours, and had traversed a greater part of London from east to west. Such breakfast as he had, he took at the comfortless public-house where he had parted from Riderhood on the occasion of their night-walk. He took it, standing at the littered bar, and looked loweringly at a man who stood where Riderhood had stood that early morning.

He outwalked the short day, and was on the towing-path by the river, somewhat footsore, when the night closed in. Still two or three miles short of the Lock, he slackened his pace then, but went steadily on. The ground was now covered with snow, though thinly, and there were floating lumps of ice in the more exposed parts of the river, and broken sheets of ice under the shelter of the banks. He took heed of nothing but the ice, the snow, and the distance, until he saw a light ahead, which he knew gleamed from the Lock House window. It arrested his steps, and he looked all around. The ice, and the snow, and he, and the one light, had absolute possession of the dreary scene. In the distance before him, lay the place where he had struck the worse than useless blows that mocked him with Lizzie’s presence there as Eugene’s wife. In the distance behind him, lay the place where the children with pointing arms had seemed to devote him to the demons in crying out his name. Within there, where the light was, was the man who as to both distances could give him up to ruin. To these limits had his world shrunk.

He mended his pace, keeping his eyes upon the light with a strange intensity, as if he were taking aim at it. When he approached it so nearly as that it parted into rays, they seemed to fasten themselves to him and draw him on. When he struck the door with his hand, his foot followed so quickly on his hand, that he was in the room before he was bidden to enter.

The light was the joint product of a fire and a candle. Between the two, with his feet on the iron fender, sat Riderhood, pipe in mouth.

He looked up with a surly nod when his visitor came in. His visitor looked down with a surly nod. His outer clothing removed, the visitor then took a seat on the opposite side of the fire.

‘Not a smoker, I think?’ said Riderhood, pushing a bottle to him across the table.

‘No.’

They both lapsed into silence, with their eyes upon the fire.

‘You don’t need to be told I am here,’ said Bradley at length. ‘Who is to begin?’

‘I’ll begin,’ said Riderhood, ‘when I’ve smoked this here pipe out.’

He finished it with great deliberation, knocked out the ashes on the hob, and put it by.

‘I’ll begin,’ he then repeated, ‘Bradley Headstone, Master, if you wish it.’

‘Wish it? I wish to know what you want with me.’

‘And so you shall.’ Riderhood had looked hard at his hands and his pockets, apparently as a precautionary measure lest he should have any weapon about him. But, he now leaned forward, turning the collar of his waistcoat with an inquisitive finger, and asked, ‘Why, where’s your watch?’

‘I have left it behind.’

‘I want it. But it can be fetched. I’ve took a fancy to it.’

Bradley answered with a contemptuous laugh.

‘I want it,’ repeated Riderhood, in a louder voice, ‘and I mean to have it.’

‘That is what you want of me, is it?’

‘No,’ said Riderhood, still louder; ‘it’s on’y part of what I want of you. I want money of you.’

‘Anything else?’

‘Everythink else!’ roared Riderhood, in a very loud and furious way. ‘Answer me like that, and I won’t talk to you at all.’

Bradley looked at him.

‘Don’t so much as look at me like that, or I won’t talk to you at all,’ vociferated Riderhood. ‘But, instead of talking, I’ll bring my hand down upon you with all its weight,’ heavily smiting the table with great force, ‘and smash you!’

‘Go on,’ said Bradley, after moistening his lips.

‘O! I’m a going on. Don’t you fear but I’ll go on full-fast enough for you, and fur enough for you, without your telling. Look here, Bradley Headstone, Master. You might have split the T’other governor to chips and wedges, without my caring, except that I might have come upon you for a glass or so now and then. Else why have to do with you at all? But when you copied my clothes, and when you copied my neckhankercher, and when you shook blood upon me after you had done the trick, you did wot I’ll be paid for and paid heavy for. If it come to be throw’d upon you, you was to be ready to throw it upon me, was you? Where else but in Plashwater Weir Mill Lock was there a man dressed according as described? Where else but in Plashwater Weir Mill Lock was there a man as had had words with him coming through in his boat? Look at the Lock-keeper in Plashwater Weir Mill Lock, in them same answering clothes and with that same answering red neckhankercher, and see whether his clothes happens to be bloody or not. Yes, they do happen to be bloody. Ah, you sly devil!’

Bradley, very white, sat looking at him in silence.

‘But two could play at your game,’ said Riderhood, snapping his fingers at him half a dozen times, ‘and I played it long ago; long afore you tried your clumsy hand at it; in days when you hadn’t begun croaking your lecters or what not in your school. I know to a figure how you done it. Where you stole away, I could steal away arter you, and do it knowinger than you. I know how you come away from London in your own clothes, and where you changed your clothes, and hid your clothes. I see you with my own eyes take your own clothes from their hiding-place among them felled trees, and take a dip in the river to account for your dressing yourself, to any one as might come by. I see you rise up Bradley Headstone, Master, where you sat down Bargeman. I see you pitch your Bargeman’s bundle into the river. I hooked your Bargeman’s bundle out of the river. I’ve got your Bargeman’s clothes, tore this way and that way with the scuffle, stained green with the grass, and spattered all over with what bust from the blows. I’ve got them, and I’ve got you. I don’t care a curse for the T’other governor, alive or dead, but I care a many curses for my own self. And as you laid your plots agin me and was a sly devil agin me, I’ll be paid for it—I’ll be paid for it—I’ll be paid for it—till I’ve drained you dry!’

Bradley looked at the fire, with a working face, and was silent for a while. At last he said, with what seemed an inconsistent composure of voice and feature:

‘You can’t get blood out of a stone, Riderhood.’

‘I can get money out of a schoolmaster though.’

‘You can’t get out of me what is not in me. You can’t wrest from me what I have not got. Mine is but a poor calling. You have had more than two guineas from me, already. Do you know how long it has taken me (allowing for a long and arduous training) to earn such a sum?’

‘I don’t know, nor I don’t care. Yours is a ’spectable calling. To save your ’spectability, it’s worth your while to pawn every article of clothes you’ve got, sell every stick in your house, and beg and borrow every penny you can get trusted with. When you’ve done that and handed over, I’ll leave you. Not afore.’

‘How do you mean, you’ll leave me?’

‘I mean as I’ll keep you company, wherever you go, when you go away from here. Let the Lock take care of itself. I’ll take care of you, once I’ve got you.’

Bradley again looked at the fire. Eyeing him aside, Riderhood took up his pipe, refilled it, lighted it, and sat smoking. Bradley leaned his elbows on his knees, and his head upon his hands, and looked at the fire with a most intent abstraction.

‘Riderhood,’ he said, raising himself in his chair, after a long silence, and drawing out his purse and putting it on the table. ‘Say I part with this, which is all the money I have; say I let you have my watch; say that every quarter, when I draw my salary, I pay you a certain portion of it.’

‘Say nothink of the sort,’ retorted Riderhood, shaking his head as he smoked. ‘You’ve got away once, and I won’t run the chance agin. I’ve had trouble enough to find you, and shouldn’t have found you, if I hadn’t seen you slipping along the street overnight, and watched you till you was safe housed. I’ll have one settlement with you for good and all.’

‘Riderhood, I am a man who has lived a retired life. I have no resources beyond myself. I have absolutely no friends.’

‘That’s a lie,’ said Riderhood. ‘You’ve got one friend as I knows of; one as is good for a Savings-Bank book, or I’m a blue monkey!’

Bradley’s face darkened, and his hand slowly closed on the purse and drew it back, as he sat listening for what the other should go on to say.

‘I went into the wrong shop, fust, last Thursday,’ said Riderhood. ‘Found myself among the young ladies, by George! Over the young ladies, I see a Missis. That Missis is sweet enough upon you, Master, to sell herself up, slap, to get you out of trouble. Make her do it then.’

Bradley stared at him so very suddenly that Riderhood, not quite knowing how to take it, affected to be occupied with the encircling smoke from his pipe; fanning it away with his hand, and blowing it off.

‘You spoke to the mistress, did you?’ inquired Bradley, with that former composure of voice and feature that seemed inconsistent, and with averted eyes.

‘Poof! Yes,’ said Riderhood, withdrawing his attention from the smoke. ‘I spoke to her. I didn’t say much to her. She was put in a fluster by my dropping in among the young ladies (I never did set up for a lady’s man), and she took me into her parlour to hope as there was nothink wrong. I tells her, “O no, nothink wrong. The master’s my wery good friend.” But I see how the land laid, and that she was comfortable off.’

Bradley put the purse in his pocket, grasped his left wrist with his right hand, and sat rigidly contemplating the fire.

‘She couldn’t live more handy to you than she does,’ said Riderhood, ‘and when I goes home with you (as of course I am a going), I recommend you to clean her out without loss of time. You can marry her, arter you and me have come to a settlement. She’s nice-looking, and I know you can’t be keeping company with no one else, having been so lately disapinted in another quarter.’

Not one other word did Bradley utter all that night. Not once did he change his attitude, or loosen his hold upon his wrist. Rigid before the fire, as if it were a charmed flame that was turning him old, he sat, with the dark lines deepening in his face, its stare becoming more and more haggard, its surface turning whiter and whiter as if it were being overspread with ashes, and the very texture and colour of his hair degenerating.

Not until the late daylight made the window transparent, did this decaying statue move. Then it slowly arose, and sat in the window looking out.

Riderhood had kept his chair all night. In the earlier part of the night he had muttered twice or thrice that it was bitter cold; or that the fire burnt fast, when he got up to mend it; but, as he could elicit from his companion neither sound nor movement, he had afterwards held his peace. He was making some disorderly preparations for coffee, when Bradley came from the window and put on his outer coat and hat.

‘Hadn’t us better have a bit o’ breakfast afore we start?’ said Riderhood. ‘It ain’t good to freeze a empty stomach, Master.’

Without a sign to show that he heard, Bradley walked out of the Lock House. Catching up from the table a piece of bread, and taking his Bargeman’s bundle under his arm, Riderhood immediately followed him. Bradley turned towards London. Riderhood caught him up, and walked at his side.

The two men trudged on, side by side, in silence, full three miles. Suddenly, Bradley turned to retrace his course. Instantly, Riderhood turned likewise, and they went back side by side.

Bradley re-entered the Lock House. So did Riderhood. Bradley sat down in the window. Riderhood warmed himself at the fire. After an hour or more, Bradley abruptly got up again, and again went out, but this time turned the other way. Riderhood was close after him, caught him up in a few paces, and walked at his side.

This time, as before, when he found his attendant not to be shaken off, Bradley suddenly turned back. This time, as before, Riderhood turned back along with him. But, not this time, as before, did they go into the Lock House, for Bradley came to a stand on the snow-covered turf by the Lock, looking up the river and down the river. Navigation was impeded by the frost, and the scene was a mere white and yellow desert.

‘Come, come, Master,’ urged Riderhood, at his side. ‘This is a dry game. And where’s the good of it? You can’t get rid of me, except by coming to a settlement. I am a going along with you wherever you go.’

Without a word of reply, Bradley passed quickly from him over the wooden bridge on the lock gates. ‘Why, there’s even less sense in this move than t’other,’ said Riderhood, following. ‘The Weir’s there, and you’ll have to come back, you know.’

Without taking the least notice, Bradley leaned his body against a post, in a resting attitude, and there rested with his eyes cast down. ‘Being brought here,’ said Riderhood, gruffly, ‘I’ll turn it to some use by changing my gates.’ With a rattle and a rush of water, he then swung-to the lock gates that were standing open, before opening the others. So, both sets of gates were, for the moment, closed.

‘You’d better by far be reasonable, Bradley Headstone, Master,’ said Riderhood, passing him, ‘or I’ll drain you all the dryer for it, when we do settle.—Ah! Would you!’

Bradley had caught him round the body. He seemed to be girdled with an iron ring. They were on the brink of the Lock, about midway between the two sets of gates.

‘Let go!’ said Riderhood, ‘or I’ll get my knife out and slash you wherever I can cut you. Let go!’

Bradley was drawing to the Lock-edge. Riderhood was drawing away from it. It was a strong grapple, and a fierce struggle, arm and leg. Bradley got him round, with his back to the Lock, and still worked him backward.

‘Let go!’ said Riderhood. ‘Stop! What are you trying at? You can’t drown Me. Ain’t I told you that the man as has come through drowning can never be drowned? I can’t be drowned.’

‘I can be!’ returned Bradley, in a desperate, clenched voice. ‘I am resolved to be. I’ll hold you living, and I’ll hold you dead. Come down!’

Riderhood went over into the smooth pit, backward, and Bradley Headstone upon him. When the two were found, lying under the ooze and scum behind one of the rotting gates, Riderhood’s hold had relaxed, probably in falling, and his eyes were staring upward. But, he was girdled still with Bradley’s iron ring, and the rivets of the iron ring held tight.

Chapter 16

PERSONS AND THINGS IN GENERAL

Mr and Mrs John Harmon’s first delightful occupation was, to set all matters right that had strayed in any way wrong, or that might, could, would, or should, have strayed in any way wrong, while their name was in abeyance. In tracing out affairs for which John’s fictitious death was to be considered in any way responsible, they used a very broad and free construction; regarding, for instance, the dolls’ dressmaker as having a claim on their protection, because of her association with Mrs Eugene Wrayburn, and because of Mrs Eugene’s old association, in her turn, with the dark side of the story. It followed that the old man, Riah, as a good and serviceable friend to both, was not to be disclaimed. Nor even Mr Inspector, as having been trepanned into an industrious hunt on a false scent. It may be remarked, in connexion with that worthy officer, that a rumour shortly afterwards pervaded the Force, to the effect that he had confided to Miss Abbey Potterson, over a jug of mellow flip in the bar of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters, that he ‘didn’t stand to lose a farthing’ through Mr Harmon’s coming to life, but was quite as well satisfied as if that gentleman had been barbarously murdered, and he (Mr Inspector) had pocketed the government reward.

In all their arrangements of such nature, Mr and Mrs John Harmon derived much assistance from their eminent solicitor, Mr Mortimer Lightwood; who laid about him professionally with such unwonted despatch and intention, that a piece of work was vigorously pursued as soon as cut out; whereby Young Blight was acted on as by that transatlantic dram which is poetically named An Eye-Opener, and found himself staring at real clients instead of out of window. The accessibility of Riah proving very useful as to a few hints towards the disentanglement of Eugene’s affairs, Lightwood applied himself with infinite zest to attacking and harassing Mr Fledgeby: who, discovering himself in danger of being blown into the air by certain explosive transactions in which he had been engaged, and having been sufficiently flayed under his beating, came to a parley and asked for quarter. The harmless Twemlow profited by the conditions entered into, though he little thought it. Mr Riah unaccountably melted; waited in person on him over the stable yard in Duke Street, St James’s, no longer ravening but mild, to inform him that payment of interest as heretofore, but henceforth at Mr Lightwood’s offices, would appease his Jewish rancour; and departed with the secret that Mr John Harmon had advanced the money and become the creditor. Thus, was the sublime Snigsworth’s wrath averted, and thus did he snort no larger amount of moral grandeur at the Corinthian column in the print over the fireplace, than was normally in his (and the British) constitution.

Mrs Wilfer’s first visit to the Mendicant’s bride at the new abode of Mendicancy, was a grand event. Pa had been sent for into the City, on the very day of taking possession, and had been stunned with astonishment, and brought-to, and led about the house by one ear, to behold its various treasures, and had been enraptured and enchanted. Pa had also been appointed Secretary, and had been enjoined to give instant notice of resignation to Chicksey, Veneering, and Stobbles, for ever and ever. But Ma came later, and came, as was her due, in state.

The carriage was sent for Ma, who entered it with a bearing worthy of the occasion, accompanied, rather than supported, by Miss Lavinia, who altogether declined to recognize the maternal majesty. Mr George Sampson meekly followed. He was received in the vehicle, by Mrs Wilfer, as if admitted to the honour of assisting at a funeral in the family, and she then issued the order, ‘Onward!’ to the Mendicant’s menial.

‘I wish to goodness, Ma,’ said Lavvy, throwing herself back among the cushions, with her arms crossed, ‘that you’d loll a little.’

‘How!’ repeated Mrs Wilfer. ‘Loll!’

‘Yes, Ma.’

‘I hope,’ said the impressive lady, ‘I am incapable of it.’

‘I am sure you look so, Ma. But why one should go out to dine with one’s own daughter or sister, as if one’s under-petticoat was a backboard, I do NOT understand.’

‘Neither do I understand,’ retorted Mrs Wilfer, with deep scorn, ‘how a young lady can mention the garment in the name of which you have indulged. I blush for you.’

‘Thank you, Ma,’ said Lavvy, yawning, ‘but I can do it for myself, I am obliged to you, when there’s any occasion.’

Here, Mr Sampson, with the view of establishing harmony, which he never under any circumstances succeeded in doing, said with an agreeable smile: ‘After all, you know, ma’am, we know it’s there.’ And immediately felt that he had committed himself.

‘We know it’s there!’ said Mrs Wilfer, glaring.

‘Really, George,’ remonstrated Miss Lavinia, ‘I must say that I don’t understand your allusions, and that I think you might be more delicate and less personal.’

‘Go it!’ cried Mr Sampson, becoming, on the shortest notice, a prey to despair. ‘Oh yes! Go it, Miss Lavinia Wilfer!’

‘What you may mean, George Sampson, by your omnibus-driving expressions, I cannot pretend to imagine. Neither,’ said Miss Lavinia, ‘Mr George Sampson, do I wish to imagine. It is enough for me to know in my own heart that I am not going to—’ having imprudently got into a sentence without providing a way out of it, Miss Lavinia was constrained to close with ‘going to it’. A weak conclusion which, however, derived some appearance of strength from disdain.

‘Oh yes!’ cried Mr Sampson, with bitterness. ‘Thus it ever is. I never—’

‘If you mean to say,’ Miss Lavvy cut him short, that you never brought up a young gazelle, you may save yourself the trouble, because nobody in this carriage supposes that you ever did. We know you better.’ (As if this were a home-thrust.)

Lavinia,’ returned Mr Sampson, in a dismal vein, ‘I did not mean to say so. What I did mean to say, was, that I never expected to retain my favoured place in this family, after Fortune shed her beams upon it. Why do you take me,’ said Mr Sampson, ‘to the glittering halls with which I can never compete, and then taunt me with my moderate salary? Is it generous? Is it kind?’

The stately lady, Mrs Wilfer, perceiving her opportunity of delivering a few remarks from the throne, here took up the altercation.

‘Mr Sampson,’ she began, ‘I cannot permit you to misrepresent the intentions of a child of mine.’

‘Let him alone, Ma,’ Miss Lavvy interposed with haughtiness. ‘It is indifferent to me what he says or does.’

‘Nay, Lavinia,’ quoth Mrs Wilfer, ‘this touches the blood of the family. If Mr George Sampson attributes, even to my youngest daughter—’

(‘I don’t see why you should use the word “even”, Ma,’ Miss Lavvy interposed, ‘because I am quite as important as any of the others.’)

‘Peace!’ said Mrs Wilfer, solemnly. ‘I repeat, if Mr George Sampson attributes, to my youngest daughter, grovelling motives, he attributes them equally to the mother of my youngest daughter. That mother repudiates them, and demands of Mr George Sampson, as a youth of honour, what he WOULD have? I may be mistaken—nothing is more likely—but Mr George Sampson,’ proceeded Mrs Wilfer, majestically waving her gloves, ‘appears to me to be seated in a first-class equipage. Mr George Sampson appears to me to be on his way, by his own admission, to a residence that may be termed Palatial. Mr George Sampson appears to me to be invited to participate in the—shall I say the—Elevation which has descended on the family with which he is ambitious, shall I say to Mingle? Whence, then, this tone on Mr Sampson’s part?’

‘It is only, ma’am,’ Mr Sampson explained, in exceedingly low spirits, ‘because, in a pecuniary sense, I am painfully conscious of my unworthiness. Lavinia is now highly connected. Can I hope that she will still remain the same Lavinia as of old? And is it not pardonable if I feel sensitive, when I see a disposition on her part to take me up short?’

‘If you are not satisfied with your position, sir,’ observed Miss Lavinia, with much politeness, ‘we can set you down at any turning you may please to indicate to my sister’s coachman.’

‘Dearest Lavinia,’ urged Mr Sampson, pathetically, ‘I adore you.’

‘Then if you can’t do it in a more agreeable manner,’ returned the young lady, ‘I wish you wouldn’t.’

‘I also,’ pursued Mr Sampson, ‘respect you, ma’am, to an extent which must ever be below your merits, I am well aware, but still up to an uncommon mark. Bear with a wretch, Lavinia, bear with a wretch, ma’am, who feels the noble sacrifices you make for him, but is goaded almost to madness,’ Mr Sampson slapped his forehead, ‘when he thinks of competing with the rich and influential.’

‘When you have to compete with the rich and influential, it will probably be mentioned to you,’ said Miss Lavvy, ‘in good time. At least, it will if the case is MY case.’

Mr Sampson immediately expressed his fervent Opinion that this was ‘more than human’, and was brought upon his knees at Miss Lavinia’s feet.

It was the crowning addition indispensable to the full enjoyment of both mother and daughter, to bear Mr Sampson, a grateful captive, into the glittering halls he had mentioned, and to parade him through the same, at once a living witness of their glory, and a bright instance of their condescension. Ascending the staircase, Miss Lavinia permitted him to walk at her side, with the air of saying: ‘Notwithstanding all these surroundings, I am yours as yet, George. How long it may last is another question, but I am yours as yet.’ She also benignantly intimated to him, aloud, the nature of the objects upon which he looked, and to which he was unaccustomed: as, ‘Exotics, George,’ ‘An aviary, George,’ ‘An ormolu clock, George,’ and the like. While, through the whole of the decorations, Mrs Wilfer led the way with the bearing of a Savage Chief, who would feel himself compromised by manifesting the slightest token of surprise or admiration.

Indeed, the bearing of this impressive woman, throughout the day, was a pattern to all impressive women under similar circumstances. She renewed the acquaintance of Mr and Mrs Boffin, as if Mr and Mrs Boffin had said of her what she had said of them, and as if Time alone could quite wear her injury out. She regarded every servant who approached her, as her sworn enemy, expressly intending to offer her affronts with the dishes, and to pour forth outrages on her moral feelings from the decanters. She sat erect at table, on the right hand of her son-in-law, as half suspecting poison in the viands, and as bearing up with native force of character against other deadly ambushes. Her carriage towards Bella was as a carriage towards a young lady of good position, whom she had met in society a few years ago. Even when, slightly thawing under the influence of sparkling champagne, she related to her son-in-law some passages of domestic interest concerning her papa, she infused into the narrative such Arctic suggestions of her having been an unappreciated blessing to mankind, since her papa’s days, and also of that gentleman’s having been a frosty impersonation of a frosty race, as struck cold to the very soles of the feet of the hearers. The Inexhaustible being produced, staring, and evidently intending a weak and washy smile shortly, no sooner beheld her, than it was stricken spasmodic and inconsolable. When she took her leave at last, it would have been hard to say whether it was with the air of going to the scaffold herself, or of leaving the inmates of the house for immediate execution. Yet, John Harmon enjoyed it all merrily, and told his wife, when he and she were alone, that her natural ways had never seemed so dearly natural as beside this foil, and that although he did not dispute her being her father’s daughter, he should ever remain stedfast in the faith that she could not be her mother’s.

This visit was, as has been said, a grand event. Another event, not grand but deemed in the house a special one, occurred at about the same period; and this was, the first interview between Mr Sloppy and Miss Wren.

The dolls’ dressmaker, being at work for the Inexhaustible upon a full-dressed doll some two sizes larger than that young person, Mr Sloppy undertook to call for it, and did so.

‘Come in, sir,’ said Miss Wren, who was working at her bench. ‘And who may you be?’

Mr Sloppy introduced himself by name and buttons.

‘Oh indeed!’ cried Jenny. ‘Ah! I have been looking forward to knowing you. I heard of your distinguishing yourself.’

‘Did you, Miss?’ grinned Sloppy. ‘I am sure I am glad to hear it, but I don’t know how.’

‘Pitching somebody into a mud-cart,’ said Miss Wren.

‘Oh! That way!’ cried Sloppy. ‘Yes, Miss.’ And threw back his head and laughed.

‘Bless us!’ exclaimed Miss Wren, with a start. ‘Don’t open your mouth as wide as that, young man, or it’ll catch so, and not shut again some day.’

Mr Sloppy opened it, if possible, wider, and kept it open until his laugh was out.

‘Why, you’re like the giant,’ said Miss Wren, ‘when he came home in the land of Beanstalk, and wanted Jack for supper.’

‘Was he good-looking, Miss?’ asked Sloppy.

‘No,’ said Miss Wren. ‘Ugly.’

Her visitor glanced round the room—which had many comforts in it now, that had not been in it before—and said: ‘This is a pretty place, Miss.’

‘Glad you think so, sir,’ returned Miss Wren. ‘And what do you think of Me?’

The honesty of Mr Sloppy being severely taxed by the question, he twisted a button, grinned, and faltered.

‘Out with it!’ said Miss Wren, with an arch look. ‘Don’t you think me a queer little comicality?’ In shaking her head at him after asking the question, she shook her hair down.

‘Oh!’ cried Sloppy, in a burst of admiration. ‘What a lot, and what a colour!’

Miss Wren, with her usual expressive hitch, went on with her work. But, left her hair as it was; not displeased by the effect it had made.

‘You don’t live here alone; do you, Miss?’ asked Sloppy.

‘No,’ said Miss Wren, with a chop. ‘Live here with my fairy godmother.’

‘With;’ Mr Sloppy couldn’t make it out; ‘with who did you say, Miss?’

Well!’ replied Miss Wren, more seriously. ‘With my second father. Or with my first, for that matter.’ And she shook her head, and drew a sigh. ‘If you had known a poor child I used to have here,’ she added, ‘you’d have understood me. But you didn’t, and you can’t. All the better!’

‘You must have been taught a long time,’ said Sloppy, glancing at the array of dolls in hand, ‘before you came to work so neatly, Miss, and with such a pretty taste.’

‘Never was taught a stitch, young man!’ returned the dress-maker, tossing her head. ‘Just gobbled and gobbled, till I found out how to do it. Badly enough at first, but better now.’

‘And here have I,’ said Sloppy, in something of a self-reproachful tone, ‘been a learning and a learning, and here has Mr Boffin been a paying and a paying, ever so long!’

‘I have heard what your trade is,’ observed Miss Wren; ‘it’s cabinet-making.’

Mr Sloppy nodded. ‘Now that the Mounds is done with, it is. I’ll tell you what, Miss. I should like to make you something.’

‘Much obliged. But what?’

‘I could make you,’ said Sloppy, surveying the room, ‘I could make you a handy set of nests to lay the dolls in. Or I could make you a handy little set of drawers, to keep your silks and threads and scraps in. Or I could turn you a rare handle for that crutch-stick, if it belongs to him you call your father.’

‘It belongs to me,’ returned the little creature, with a quick flush of her face and neck. ‘I am lame.’

Poor Sloppy flushed too, for there was an instinctive delicacy behind his buttons, and his own hand had struck it. He said, perhaps, the best thing in the way of amends that could be said. ‘I am very glad it’s yours, because I’d rather ornament it for you than for any one else. Please may I look at it?’

Miss Wren was in the act of handing it to him over her bench, when she paused. ‘But you had better see me use it,’ she said, sharply. ‘This is the way. Hoppetty, Kicketty, Pep-peg-peg. Not pretty; is it?’

‘It seems to me that you hardly want it at all,’ said Sloppy.

The little dressmaker sat down again, and gave it into his hand, saying, with that better look upon her, and with a smile: ‘Thank you!’

‘And as concerning the nests and the drawers,’ said Sloppy, after measuring the handle on his sleeve, and softly standing the stick aside against the wall, ‘why, it would be a real pleasure to me. I’ve heerd tell that you can sing most beautiful; and I should be better paid with a song than with any money, for I always loved the likes of that, and often giv’ Mrs Higden and Johnny a comic song myself, with “Spoken” in it. Though that’s not your sort, I’ll wager.’

‘You are a very kind young man,’ returned the dressmaker; ‘a really kind young man. I accept your offer.—I suppose He won’t mind,’ she added as an afterthought, shrugging her shoulders; ‘and if he does, he may!’

‘Meaning him that you call your father, Miss,’ asked Sloppy.

‘No, no,’ replied Miss Wren. ‘Him, Him, Him!’

‘Him, him, him?’ repeated Sloppy; staring about, as if for Him.

‘Him who is coming to court and marry me,’ returned Miss Wren. ‘Dear me, how slow you are!’

‘Oh! HIM!’ said Sloppy. And seemed to turn thoughtful and a little troubled. ‘I never thought of him. When is he coming, Miss?’

‘What a question!’ cried Miss Wren. ‘How should I know!’

‘Where is he coming from, Miss?’

‘Why, good gracious, how can I tell! He is coming from somewhere or other, I suppose, and he is coming some day or other, I suppose. I don’t know any more about him, at present.’

This tickled Mr Sloppy as an extraordinarily good joke, and he threw back his head and laughed with measureless enjoyment. At the sight of him laughing in that absurd way, the dolls’ dressmaker laughed very heartily indeed. So they both laughed, till they were tired.

‘There, there, there!’ said Miss Wren. ‘For goodness’ sake, stop, Giant, or I shall be swallowed up alive, before I know it. And to this minute you haven’t said what you’ve come for.’

‘I have come for little Miss Harmonses doll,’ said Sloppy.

‘I thought as much,’ remarked Miss Wren, ‘and here is little Miss Harmonses doll waiting for you. She’s folded up in silver paper, you see, as if she was wrapped from head to foot in new Bank notes. Take care of her, and there’s my hand, and thank you again.’

‘I’ll take more care of her than if she was a gold image,’ said Sloppy, ‘and there’s both MY hands, Miss, and I’ll soon come back again.’

But, the greatest event of all, in the new life of Mr and Mrs John Harmon, was a visit from Mr and Mrs Eugene Wrayburn. Sadly wan and worn was the once gallant Eugene, and walked resting on his wife’s arm, and leaning heavily upon a stick. But, he was daily growing stronger and better, and it was declared by the medical attendants that he might not be much disfigured by-and-by. It was a grand event, indeed, when Mr and Mrs Eugene Wrayburn came to stay at Mr and Mrs John Harmon’s house: where, by the way, Mr and Mrs Boffin (exquisitely happy, and daily cruising about, to look at shops,) were likewise staying indefinitely.

To Mr Eugene Wrayburn, in confidence, did Mrs John Harmon impart what she had known of the state of his wife’s affections, in his reckless time. And to Mrs John Harmon, in confidence, did Mr Eugene Wrayburn impart that, please God, she should see how his wife had changed him!

‘I make no protestations,’ said Eugene; ‘—who does, who means them!—I have made a resolution.’

‘But would you believe, Bella,’ interposed his wife, coming to resume her nurse’s place at his side, for he never got on well without her: ‘that on our wedding day he told me he almost thought the best thing he could do, was to die?’

‘As I didn’t do it, Lizzie,’ said Eugene, ‘I’ll do that better thing you suggested—for your sake.’

That same afternoon, Eugene lying on his couch in his own room upstairs, Lightwood came to chat with him, while Bella took his wife out for a ride. ‘Nothing short of force will make her go,’ Eugene had said; so, Bella had playfully forced her.

‘Dear old fellow,’ Eugene began with Lightwood, reaching up his hand, ‘you couldn’t have come at a better time, for my mind is full, and I want to empty it. First, of my present, before I touch upon my future. M. R. F., who is a much younger cavalier than I, and a professed admirer of beauty, was so affable as to remark the other day (he paid us a visit of two days up the river there, and much objected to the accommodation of the hotel), that Lizzie ought to have her portrait painted. Which, coming from M. R. F., may be considered equivalent to a melodramatic blessing.’

‘You are getting well,’ said Mortimer, with a smile.

‘Really,’ said Eugene, ‘I mean it. When M. R. F. said that, and followed it up by rolling the claret (for which he called, and I paid), in his mouth, and saying, “My dear son, why do you drink this trash?” it was tantamount in him—to a paternal benediction on our union, accompanied with a gush of tears. The coolness of M. R. F. is not to be measured by ordinary standards.’

‘True enough,’ said Lightwood.

‘That’s all,’ pursued Eugene, ‘that I shall ever hear from M. R. F. on the subject, and he will continue to saunter through the world with his hat on one side. My marriage being thus solemnly recognized at the family altar, I have no further trouble on that score. Next, you really have done wonders for me, Mortimer, in easing my money-perplexities, and with such a guardian and steward beside me, as the preserver of my life (I am hardly strong yet, you see, for I am not man enough to refer to her without a trembling voice—she is so inexpressibly dear to me, Mortimer!), the little that I can call my own will be more than it ever has been. It need be more, for you know what it always has been in my hands. Nothing.’

‘Worse than nothing, I fancy, Eugene. My own small income (I devoutly wish that my grandfather had left it to the Ocean rather than to me!) has been an effective Something, in the way of preventing me from turning to at Anything. And I think yours has been much the same.’

‘There spake the voice of wisdom,’ said Eugene. ‘We are shepherds both. In turning to at last, we turn to in earnest. Let us say no more of that, for a few years to come. Now, I have had an idea, Mortimer, of taking myself and my wife to one of the colonies, and working at my vocation there.’

‘I should be lost without you, Eugene; but you may be right.’

‘No,’ said Eugene, emphatically. ‘Not right. Wrong!’

He said it with such a lively—almost angry—flash, that Mortimer showed himself greatly surprised.

‘You think this thumped head of mine is excited?’ Eugene went on, with a high look; ‘not so, believe me. I can say to you of the healthful music of my pulse what Hamlet said of his. My blood is up, but wholesomely up, when I think of it. Tell me! Shall I turn coward to Lizzie, and sneak away with her, as if I were ashamed of her! Where would your friend’s part in this world be, Mortimer, if she had turned coward to him, and on immeasurably better occasion?’

‘Honourable and stanch,’ said Lightwood. ‘And yet, Eugene—’

‘And yet what, Mortimer?’

‘And yet, are you sure that you might not feel (for her sake, I say for her sake) any slight coldness towards her on the part of—Society?’

‘O! You and I may well stumble at the word,’ returned Eugene, laughing. ‘Do we mean our Tippins?’

‘Perhaps we do,’ said Mortimer, laughing also.

Faith, we DO!’ returned Eugene, with great animation. ‘We may hide behind the bush and beat about it, but we DO! Now, my wife is something nearer to my heart, Mortimer, than Tippins is, and I owe her a little more than I owe to Tippins, and I am rather prouder of her than I ever was of Tippins. Therefore, I will fight it out to the last gasp, with her and for her, here, in the open field. When I hide her, or strike for her, faint-heartedly, in a hole or a corner, do you whom I love next best upon earth, tell me what I shall most righteously deserve to be told:—that she would have done well to turn me over with her foot that night when I lay bleeding to death, and spat in my dastard face.’

The glow that shone upon him as he spoke the words, so irradiated his features that he looked, for the time, as though he had never been mutilated. His friend responded as Eugene would have had him respond, and they discoursed of the future until Lizzie came back. After resuming her place at his side, and tenderly touching his hands and his head, she said:

‘Eugene, dear, you made me go out, but I ought to have stayed with you. You are more flushed than you have been for many days. What have you been doing?’

‘Nothing,’ replied Eugene, ‘but looking forward to your coming back.’

‘And talking to Mr Lightwood,’ said Lizzie, turning to him with a smile. ‘But it cannot have been Society that disturbed you.’

Faith, my dear love!’ retorted Eugene, in his old airy manner, as he laughed and kissed her, ‘I rather think it WAS Society though!’

The word ran so much in Mortimer Lightwood’s thoughts as he went home to the Temple that night, that he resolved to take a look at Society, which he had not seen for a considerable period.

Chapter 17

THE VOICE OF SOCIETY

Behoves Mortimer Lightwood, therefore, to answer a dinner card from Mr and Mrs Veneering requesting the honour, and to signify that Mr Mortimer Lightwood will be happy to have the other honour. The Veneerings have been, as usual, indefatigably dealing dinner cards to Society, and whoever desires to take a hand had best be quick about it, for it is written in the Books of the Insolvent Fates that Veneering shall make a resounding smash next week. Yes. Having found out the clue to that great mystery how people can contrive to live beyond their means, and having over-jobbed his jobberies as legislator deputed to the Universe by the pure electors of Pocket-Breaches, it shall come to pass next week that Veneering will accept the Chiltern Hundreds, that the legal gentleman in Britannia’s confidence will again accept the Pocket-Breaches Thousands, and that the Veneerings will retire to Calais, there to live on Mrs Veneering’s diamonds (in which Mr Veneering, as a good husband, has from time to time invested considerable sums), and to relate to Neptune and others, how that, before Veneering retired from Parliament, the House of Commons was composed of himself and the six hundred and fifty-seven dearest and oldest friends he had in the world. It shall likewise come to pass, at as nearly as possible the same period, that Society will discover that it always did despise Veneering, and distrust Veneering, and that when it went to Veneering’s to dinner it always had misgivings—though very secretly at the time, it would seem, and in a perfectly private and confidential manner.

The next week’s books of the Insolvent Fates, however, being not yet opened, there is the usual rush to the Veneerings, of the people who go to their house to dine with one another and not with them. There is Lady Tippins. There are Podsnap the Great, and Mrs Podsnap. There is Twemlow. There are Buffer, Boots, and Brewer. There is the Contractor, who is Providence to five hundred thousand men. There is the Chairman, travelling three thousand miles per week. There is the brilliant genius who turned the shares into that remarkably exact sum of three hundred and seventy five thousand pounds, no shillings, and nopence.

To whom, add Mortimer Lightwood, coming in among them with a reassumption of his old languid air, founded on Eugene, and belonging to the days when he told the story of the man from Somewhere.

That fresh fairy, Tippins, all but screams at sight of her false swain. She summons the deserter to her with her fan; but the deserter, predetermined not to come, talks Britain with Podsnap. Podsnap always talks Britain, and talks as if he were a sort of Private Watchman employed, in the British interests, against the rest of the world. ‘We know what Russia means, sir,’ says Podsnap; ‘we know what France wants; we see what America is up to; but we know what England is. That’s enough for us.’

However, when dinner is served, and Lightwood drops into his old place over against Lady Tippins, she can be fended off no longer. ‘Long banished Robinson Crusoe,’ says the charmer, exchanging salutations, ‘how did you leave the Island?’

‘Thank you,’ says Lightwood. ‘It made no complaint of being in pain anywhere.’

‘Say, how did you leave the savages?’ asks Lady Tippins.

‘They were becoming civilized when I left Juan Fernandez,’ says Lightwood. ‘At least they were eating one another, which looked like it.’

‘Tormentor!’ returns the dear young creature. ‘You know what I mean, and you trifle with my impatience. Tell me something, immediately, about the married pair. You were at the wedding.’

‘Was I, by-the-by?’ Mortimer pretends, at great leisure, to consider. ‘So I was!’

‘How was the bride dressed? In rowing costume?’

Mortimer looks gloomy, and declines to answer.

‘I hope she steered herself, skiffed herself, paddled herself, larboarded and starboarded herself, or whatever the technical term may be, to the ceremony?’ proceeds the playful Tippins.

‘However she got to it, she graced it,’ says Mortimer.

Lady Tippins with a skittish little scream, attracts the general attention. ‘Graced it! Take care of me if I faint, Veneering. He means to tell us, that a horrid female waterman is graceful!’

‘Pardon me. I mean to tell you nothing, Lady Tippins,’ replies Lightwood. And keeps his word by eating his dinner with a show of the utmost indifference.

‘You shall not escape me in this way, you morose backwoodsman,’ retorts Lady Tippins. ‘You shall not evade the question, to screen your friend Eugene, who has made this exhibition of himself. The knowledge shall be brought home to you that such a ridiculous affair is condemned by the voice of Society. My dear Mrs Veneering, do let us resolve ourselves into a Committee of the whole House on the subject.’

Mrs Veneering, always charmed by this rattling sylph, cries. ‘Oh yes! Do let us resolve ourselves into a Committee of the whole House! So delicious!’ Veneering says, ‘As many as are of that opinion, say Aye,—contrary, No—the Ayes have it.’ But nobody takes the slightest notice of his joke.

‘Now, I am Chairwoman of Committees!’ cries Lady Tippins.

(‘What spirits she has!’ exclaims Mrs Veneering; to whom likewise nobody attends.)

‘And this,’ pursues the sprightly one, ‘is a Committee of the whole House to what-you-may-call-it—elicit, I suppose—the voice of Society. The question before the Committee is, whether a young man of very fair family, good appearance, and some talent, makes a fool or a wise man of himself in marrying a female waterman, turned factory girl.’

‘Hardly so, I think,’ the stubborn Mortimer strikes in. ‘I take the question to be, whether such a man as you describe, Lady Tippins, does right or wrong in marrying a brave woman (I say nothing of her beauty), who has saved his life, with a wonderful energy and address; whom he knows to be virtuous, and possessed of remarkable qualities; whom he has long admired, and who is deeply attached to him.’

‘But, excuse me,’ says Podsnap, with his temper and his shirt-collar about equally rumpled; ‘was this young woman ever a female waterman?’

‘Never. But she sometimes rowed in a boat with her father, I believe.’

General sensation against the young woman. Brewer shakes his head. Boots shakes his head. Buffer shakes his head.

‘And now, Mr Lightwood, was she ever,’ pursues Podsnap, with his indignation rising high into those hair-brushes of his, ‘a factory girl?’

‘Never. But she had some employment in a paper mill, I believe.’

General sensation repeated. Brewer says, ‘Oh dear!’ Boots says, ‘Oh dear!’ Buffer says, ‘Oh dear!’ All, in a rumbling tone of protest.

‘Then all I have to say is,’ returns Podsnap, putting the thing away with his right arm, ‘that my gorge rises against such a marriage—that it offends and disgusts me—that it makes me sick—and that I desire to know no more about it.’

(‘Now I wonder,’ thinks Mortimer, amused, ‘whether YOU are the Voice of Society!’)

‘Hear, hear, hear!’ cries Lady Tippins. ‘Your opinion of this MESALLIANCE, honourable colleagues of the honourable member who has just sat down?’

Mrs Podsnap is of opinion that in these matters there should be an equality of station and fortune, and that a man accustomed to Society should look out for a woman accustomed to Society and capable of bearing her part in it with—an ease and elegance of carriage—that.’ Mrs Podsnap stops there, delicately intimating that every such man should look out for a fine woman as nearly resembling herself as he may hope to discover.

(‘Now I wonder,’ thinks Mortimer, ‘whether you are the Voice!’)

Lady Tippins next canvasses the Contractor, of five hundred thousand power. It appears to this potentate, that what the man in question should have done, would have been, to buy the young woman a boat and a small annuity, and set her up for herself. These things are a question of beefsteaks and porter. You buy the young woman a boat. Very good. You buy her, at the same time, a small annuity. You speak of that annuity in pounds sterling, but it is in reality so many pounds of beefsteaks and so many pints of porter. On the one hand, the young woman has the boat. On the other hand, she consumes so many pounds of beefsteaks and so many pints of porter. Those beefsteaks and that porter are the fuel to that young woman’s engine. She derives therefrom a certain amount of power to row the boat; that power will produce so much money; you add that to the small annuity; and thus you get at the young woman’s income. That (it seems to the Contractor) is the way of looking at it.

The fair enslaver having fallen into one of her gentle sleeps during the last exposition, nobody likes to wake her. Fortunately, she comes awake of herself, and puts the question to the Wandering Chairman. The Wanderer can only speak of the case as if it were his own. If such a young woman as the young woman described, had saved his own life, he would have been very much obliged to her, wouldn’t have married her, and would have got her a berth in an Electric Telegraph Office, where young women answer very well.

What does the Genius of the three hundred and seventy-five thousand pounds, no shillings, and nopence, think? He can’t say what he thinks, without asking: Had the young woman any money?

‘No,’ says Lightwood, in an uncompromising voice; ‘no money.’

Madness and moonshine,’ is then the compressed verdict of the Genius. ‘A man may do anything lawful, for money. But for no money!—Bosh!’

What does Boots say?

Boots says he wouldn’t have done it under twenty thousand pound.

What does Brewer say?

Brewer says what Boots says.

What does Buffer say?

Buffer says he knows a man who married a bathing-woman, and bolted.

Lady Tippins fancies she has collected the suffrages of the whole Committee (nobody dreaming of asking the Veneerings for their opinion), when, looking round the table through her eyeglass, she perceives Mr Twemlow with his hand to his forehead.

Good gracious! My Twemlow forgotten! My dearest! My own! What is his vote?

Twemlow has the air of being ill at ease, as he takes his hand from his forehead and replies.

‘I am disposed to think,’ says he, ‘that this is a question of the feelings of a gentleman.’

‘A gentleman can have no feelings who contracts such a marriage,’ flushes Podsnap.

‘Pardon me, sir,’ says Twemlow, rather less mildly than usual, ‘I don’t agree with you. If this gentleman’s feelings of gratitude, of respect, of admiration, and affection, induced him (as I presume they did) to marry this lady—’

‘This lady!’ echoes Podsnap.

‘Sir,’ returns Twemlow, with his wristbands bristling a little, ‘YOU repeat the word; I repeat the word. This lady. What else would you call her, if the gentleman were present?’

This being something in the nature of a poser for Podsnap, he merely waves it away with a speechless wave.

‘I say,’ resumes Twemlow, ‘if such feelings on the part of this gentleman, induced this gentleman to marry this lady, I think he is the greater gentleman for the action, and makes her the greater lady. I beg to say, that when I use the word, gentleman, I use it in the sense in which the degree may be attained by any man. The feelings of a gentleman I hold sacred, and I confess I am not comfortable when they are made the subject of sport or general discussion.’

‘I should like to know,’ sneers Podsnap, ‘whether your noble relation would be of your opinion.’

‘Mr Podsnap,’ retorts Twemlow, ‘permit me. He might be, or he might not be. I cannot say. But, I could not allow even him to dictate to me on a point of great delicacy, on which I feel very strongly.’

Somehow, a canopy of wet blanket seems to descend upon the company, and Lady Tippins was never known to turn so very greedy or so very cross. Mortimer Lightwood alone brightens. He has been asking himself, as to every other member of the Committee in turn, ‘I wonder whether you are the Voice!’ But he does not ask himself the question after Twemlow has spoken, and he glances in Twemlow’s direction as if he were grateful. When the company disperse—by which time Mr and Mrs Veneering have had quite as much as they want of the honour, and the guests have had quite as much as THEY want of the other honour—Mortimer sees Twemlow home, shakes hands with him cordially at parting, and fares to the Temple, gaily.

POSTSCRIPT

IN LIEU OF PREFACE

When I devised this story, I foresaw the likelihood that a class of readers and commentators would suppose that I was at great pains to conceal exactly what I was at great pains to suggest: namely, that Mr John Harmon was not slain, and that Mr John Rokesmith was he. Pleasing myself with the idea that the supposition might in part arise out of some ingenuity in the story, and thinking it worth while, in the interests of art, to hint to an audience that an artist (of whatever denomination) may perhaps be trusted to know what he is about in his vocation, if they will concede him a little patience, I was not alarmed by the anticipation.

To keep for a long time unsuspected, yet always working itself out, another purpose originating in that leading incident, and turning it to a pleasant and useful account at last, was at once the most interesting and the most difficult part of my design. Its difficulty was much enhanced by the mode of publication; for, it would be very unreasonable to expect that many readers, pursuing a story in portions from month to month through nineteen months, will, until they have it before them complete, perceive the relations of its finer threads to the whole pattern which is always before the eyes of the story-weaver at his loom. Yet, that I hold the advantages of the mode of publication to outweigh its disadvantages, may be easily believed of one who revived it in the Pickwick Papers after long disuse, and has pursued it ever since.

There is sometimes an odd disposition in this country to dispute as improbable in fiction, what are the commonest experiences in fact. Therefore, I note here, though it may not be at all necessary, that there are hundreds of Will Cases (as they are called), far more remarkable than that fancied in this book; and that the stores of the Prerogative Office teem with instances of testators who have made, changed, contradicted, hidden, forgotten, left cancelled, and left uncancelled, each many more wills than were ever made by the elder Mr Harmon of Harmony Jail.

In my social experiences since Mrs Betty Higden came upon the scene and left it, I have found Circumlocutional champions disposed to be warm with me on the subject of my view of the Poor Law. My friend Mr Bounderby could never see any difference between leaving the Coketown ‘hands’ exactly as they were, and requiring them to be fed with turtle soup and venison out of gold spoons. Idiotic propositions of a parallel nature have been freely offered for my acceptance, and I have been called upon to admit that I would give Poor Law relief to anybody, anywhere, anyhow. Putting this nonsense aside, I have observed a suspicious tendency in the champions to divide into two parties; the one, contending that there are no deserving Poor who prefer death by slow starvation and bitter weather, to the mercies of some Relieving Officers and some Union Houses; the other, admitting that there are such Poor, but denying that they have any cause or reason for what they do. The records in our newspapers, the late exposure by THE LANCET, and the common sense and senses of common people, furnish too abundant evidence against both defences. But, that my view of the Poor Law may not be mistaken or misrepresented, I will state it. I believe there has been in England, since the days of the STUARTS, no law so often infamously administered, no law so often openly violated, no law habitually so ill-supervised. In the majority of the shameful cases of disease and death from destitution, that shock the Public and disgrace the country, the illegality is quite equal to the inhumanity—and known language could say no more of their lawlessness.

On Friday the Ninth of June in the present year, Mr and Mrs Boffin (in their manuscript dress of receiving Mr and Mrs Lammle at breakfast) were on the South Eastern Railway with me, in a terribly destructive accident. When I had done what I could to help others, I climbed back into my carriage—nearly turned over a viaduct, and caught aslant upon the turn—to extricate the worthy couple. They were much soiled, but otherwise unhurt. The same happy result attended Miss Bella Wilfer on her wedding day, and Mr Riderhood inspecting Bradley Headstone’s red neckerchief as he lay asleep. I remember with devout thankfulness that I can never be much nearer parting company with my readers for ever, than I was then, until there shall be written against my life, the two words with which I have this day closed this book:—THE END.

September 2nd, 1865.

Book the First—THE CUP AND THE LIP

  1. ON THE LOOK OUT
  2. THE MAN FROM SOMEWHERE
  3. ANOTHER MAN
  4. THE R. WILFER FAMILY
  5. BOFFIN’S BOWER
  6. CUT ADRIFT
  7. MR WEGG LOOKS AFTER HIMSELF
  8. MR BOFFIN IN CONSULTATION
  9. MR AND MRS BOFFIN IN CONSULTATION
  10. A MARRIAGE CONTRACT
  11. PODSNAPPERY
  12. THE SWEAT OF AN HONEST MAN’S BROW
  13. TRACKING THE BIRD OF PREY
  14. THE BIRD OF PREY BROUGHT DOWN
  15. TWO NEW SERVANTS
  16. MINDERS AND RE-MINDERS
  17. A DISMAL SWAMP

Il Calice e le Labbra – Il Primo Libro

  1. ALL’ATTENZIONE
  2. L’UOMO DI DA QUALCHE PARTE
    3 UN ALTRO UOMO
    4 LA FAMIGLIA WILFER
    5 IL GIOIELLO DI BOFFIN
    6 ABANDONATO A SE STESSO
    7 IL SIGNOR WEGG SI OCCUPA DI SE STESSO
    8 IL SIGNOR BOFFIN IN CONSULTAZIONE
    9 IL SIGORNO E LA SIGNORA BOFFIN IN CONSULTAZIONE
    10 UN CONTRATTO DI MATRIMONIO
    11 TRUFFE E ABUSI
    12 IL SUDORE DELLA TESTA DI UN UOMO ONESTO
    13 INSEGUIRE LA PREDA AEREA
    14 LA PREDA AEREA CATTURATA
    15 DUE NUovi SERVITORI
    16 RICORDI E RICORDATORI
    17 UN BOSCO TRISTE E DESOLATO

Book the Second—BIRDS OF A FEATHER

  1. OF AN EDUCATIONAL CHARACTER
  2. STILL EDUCATIONAL
  3. A PIECE OF WORK
  4. CUPID PROMPTED
  5. MERCURY PROMPTING
  6. A RIDDLE WITHOUT AN ANSWER
  7. IN WHICH A FRIENDLY MOVE IS ORIGINATED
  8. IN WHICH AN INNOCENT ELOPEMENT OCCURS
  9. IN WHICH THE ORPHAN MAKES HIS WILL
  10. A SUCCESSOR
  11. SOME AFFAIRS OF THE HEART
  12. MORE BIRDS OF PREY
  13. A SOLO AND A DUETT
  14. STRONG OF PURPOSE
  15. THE WHOLE CASE SO FAR
  16. AN ANNIVERSARY OCCASION

Il secondo libro: Uccelli di piuma

  1. DI CARATTERE EDOCAZIONALE
  2. ANCORA DI CARATTERE EDOCAZIONALE
  3. UN’OPERA D’ARTE
  4. SPINTO DA COPRILEVANTE
  5. SPINTO DA MERCOURIO
  6. UN ENIGMA SENZA RISPOSTA
  7. IN CUI NASCE UN ATTO DI AMICHEZZA
  8. IN CUI AVVIENE UN INNOCENTE FUGA D’AMORE
  9. IN CUI L’ORFANO ESPRIME LE SUE VOLENZE
  10. UN SUCCESSORE
  11. ALGUNI AFFARI DEL CUORE
  12. ANCORA UCCELLI DA PREDA
  13. UN SOLO E UN DUETTO
  14. DECISO NEL SUO INTENTO
  15. L’INTERA STORIA FINORA
  16. UN’OCASIONE DI ANNIVERSARIO

Book the Third—A LONG LANE

  1. LODGERS IN QUEER STREET
  2. A RESPECTED FRIEND IN A NEW ASPECT
  3. THE SAME RESPECTED FRIEND IN MORE ASPECTS THAN ONE
  4. A HAPPY RETURN OF THE DAY
  5. THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN FALLS INTO BAD COMPANY
  6. THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN FALLS INTO WORSE COMPANY
  7. THE FRIENDLY MOVE TAKES UP A STRONG POSITION
  8. THE END OF A LONG JOURNEY
  9. SOMEBODY BECOMES THE SUBJECT OF A PREDICTION
  10. SCOUTS OUT
  11. IN THE DARK
  12. MEANING MISCHIEF
  13. GIVE A DOG A BAD NAME, AND HANG HIM
  14. MR WEGG PREPARES A GRINDSTONE FOR MR BOFFIN’S NOSE
  15. THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN AT HIS WORST
  16. THE FEAST OF THE THREE HOBGOBLINS
  17. A SOCIAL CHORUS

Titolo:
Il terzo libro – Un lungo sentiero

  1. Gli inquilini di Gay Street
  2. Un rispettabile amico sotto un nuovo aspetto
    3Lo stesso rispettabile amico sotto più aspetti
    4Il felice ritorno di quel giorno
    5Il Ragazzo d’Oro finisce in cattive compagnie
    6Il Ragazzo d’Oro finisce in compagnie ancora peggiori
    7Quel gesto amichevole assume una posizione importante
    8La fine di un lungo viaggio
    9Qualcuno diventa oggetto di una previsione
    10Le ricerche continuano. 11Nell’oscurità. 12Scherzi maliziosi. 13Dai a un cane un cattivo nome, e poi uccidilo. 14Il signor Wegg prepara una pietra per affilare il naso del signor Boffin. 15Il Ragazzo d’Oro al suo peggio. 16La festa dei tre hobgoblin. 17Un coro sociale.

Book the Fourth—A TURNING

  1. SETTING TRAPS
  2. THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN RISES A LITTLE
  3. THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN SINKS AGAIN
  4. A RUNAWAY MATCH
  5. CONCERNING THE MENDICANT’S BRIDE
  6. A CRY FOR HELP
  7. BETTER TO BE ABEL THAN CAIN
  8. A FEW GRAINS OF PEPPER
  9. TWO PLACES VACATED
  10. THE DOLLS’ DRESSMAKER DISCOVERS A WORD
  11. EFFECT IS GIVEN TO THE DOLLS’ DRESSMAKER’S DISCOVERY
  12. THE PASSING SHADOW
  13. SHOWING HOW THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN HELPED TO SCATTER DUST
  14. CHECKMATE TO THE FRIENDLY MOVE
  15. WHAT WAS CAUGHT IN THE TRAPS THAT WERE SET
  16. PERSONS AND THINGS IN GENERAL
  17. THE VOICE OF SOCIETY

POSTSCRIPT, IN LIEU OF PREFACE

Il quarto libro: un punto di svolta

  1. Posizionare le trappole
  2. Il “Uomo della Polvere d’Oro” si alza per un attimo
  3. Il “Uomo della Polvere d’Oro” sprofonda di nuovo
  4. Una partita in fuga
  5. Riguardo alla sposa del mendicante
  6. Un grido d’aiuto
    7Meglio essere Abele che Caino
    8Qualche granello di pepe
    9Due posti lasciati vuoti
    10La sarta delle bambole scopre una parola
    11Viene dato effetto alla scoperta della sarta delle bambole
    12L’ombra che passa
    13Come il “Uomo della Polvere d’Oro” abbia aiutato a disperdere la polvere
    14Scacco matto al movimento amichevole
    15Ciò che è stato catturato nelle trappole posizionate
    16Persone e cose in generale
    17La voce della società

Postfazione, al posto di prefazione

BOOK THE FIRST — THE CUP AND THE LIP Chapter 1

ON THE LOOK OUT

In these times of ours, though concerning the exact year there is no need to be precise, a boat of dirty and disreputable appearance, with two figures in it, floated on the Thames, between Southwark bridge which is of iron, and London Bridge which is of stone, as an autumn evening was closing in.

The figures in this boat were those of a strong man with ragged grizzled hair and a sun-browned face, and a dark girl of nineteen or twenty, sufficiently like him to be recognizable as his daughter. The girl rowed, pulling a pair of sculls very easily; the man, with the rudder-lines slack in his hands, and his hands loose in his waistband, kept an eager look out. He had no net, hook, or line, and he could not be a fisherman; his boat had no cushion for a sitter, no paint, no inscription, no appliance beyond a rusty boathook and a coil of rope, and he could not be a waterman; his boat was too crazy and too small to take in cargo for delivery, and he could not be a lighterman or river-carrier; there was no clue to what he looked for, but he looked for something, with a most intent and searching gaze. The tide, which had turned an hour before, was running down, and his eyes watched every little race and eddy in its broad sweep, as the boat made slight head-way against it, or drove stern foremost before it, according as he directed his daughter by a movement of his head. She watched his face as earnestly as he watched the river. But, in the intensity of her look there was a touch of dread or horror.

Allied to the bottom of the river rather than the surface, by reason of the slime and ooze with which it was covered, and its sodden state, this boat and the two figures in it obviously were doing something that they often did, and were seeking what they often sought. Half savage as the man showed, with no covering on his matted head, with his brown arms bare to between the elbow and the shoulder, with the loose knot of a looser kerchief lying low on his bare breast in a wilderness of beard and whisker, with such dress as he wore seeming to be made out of the mud that begrimed his boat, still there was a business-like usage in his steady gaze. So with every lithe action of the girl, with every turn of her wrist, perhaps most of all with her look of dread or horror; they were things of usage.

‘Keep her out, Lizzie. Tide runs strong here. Keep her well afore the sweep of it.’

Trusting to the girl’s skill and making no use of the rudder, he eyed the coming tide with an absorbed attention. So the girl eyed him. But, it happened now, that a slant of light from the setting sun glanced into the bottom of the boat, and, touching a rotten stain there which bore some resemblance to the outline of a muffled human form, coloured it as though with diluted blood. This caught the girl’s eye, and she shivered.

‘What ails you?’ said the man, immediately aware of it, though so intent on the advancing waters; ‘I see nothing afloat.’

The red light was gone, the shudder was gone, and his gaze, which had come back to the boat for a moment, travelled away again. Wheresoever the strong tide met with an impediment, his gaze paused for an instant. At every mooring-chain and rope, at every stationery boat or barge that split the current into a broad-arrowhead, at the offsets from the piers of Southwark Bridge, at the paddles of the river steamboats as they beat the filthy water, at the floating logs of timber lashed together lying off certain wharves, his shining eyes darted a hungry look. After a darkening hour or so, suddenly the rudder-lines tightened in his hold, and he steered hard towards the Surrey shore.

Always watching his face, the girl instantly answered to the action in her sculling; presently the boat swung round, quivered as from a sudden jerk, and the upper half of the man was stretched out over the stern.

The girl pulled the hood of a cloak she wore, over her head and over her face, and, looking backward so that the front folds of this hood were turned down the river, kept the boat in that direction going before the tide. Until now, the boat had barely held her own, and had hovered about one spot; but now, the banks changed swiftly, and the deepening shadows and the kindling lights of London Bridge were passed, and the tiers of shipping lay on either hand.

It was not until now that the upper half of the man came back into the boat. His arms were wet and dirty, and he washed them over the side. In his right hand he held something, and he washed that in the river too. It was money. He chinked it once, and he blew upon it once, and he spat upon it once,—‘for luck,’ he hoarsely said—before he put it in his pocket.

‘Lizzie!’

The girl turned her face towards him with a start, and rowed in silence. Her face was very pale. He was a hook-nosed man, and with that and his bright eyes and his ruffled head, bore a certain likeness to a roused bird of prey.

‘Take that thing off your face.’

She put it back.

‘Here! and give me hold of the sculls. I’ll take the rest of the spell.’

‘No, no, father! No! I can’t indeed. Father!—I cannot sit so near it!’

He was moving towards her to change places, but her terrified expostulation stopped him and he resumed his seat.

‘What hurt can it do you?’

‘None, none. But I cannot bear it.’

‘It’s my belief you hate the sight of the very river.’

‘I—I do not like it, father.’

‘As if it wasn’t your living! As if it wasn’t meat and drink to you!’

At these latter words the girl shivered again, and for a moment paused in her rowing, seeming to turn deadly faint. It escaped his attention, for he was glancing over the stern at something the boat had in tow.

‘How can you be so thankless to your best friend, Lizzie? The very fire that warmed you when you were a babby, was picked out of the river alongside the coal barges. The very basket that you slept in, the tide washed ashore. The very rockers that I put it upon to make a cradle of it, I cut out of a piece of wood that drifted from some ship or another.’

Lizzie took her right hand from the scull it held, and touched her lips with it, and for a moment held it out lovingly towards him: then, without speaking, she resumed her rowing, as another boat of similar appearance, though in rather better trim, came out from a dark place and dropped softly alongside.

‘In luck again, Gaffer?’ said a man with a squinting leer, who sculled her and who was alone, ‘I know’d you was in luck again, by your wake as you come down.’

‘Ah!’ replied the other, drily. ‘So you’re out, are you?’

‘Yes, pardner.’

There was now a tender yellow moonlight on the river, and the new comer, keeping half his boat’s length astern of the other boat, looked hard at its track.

‘I says to myself,’ he went on, ‘directly you hove in view, yonder’s Gaffer, and in luck again, by George if he ain’t! Scull it is, pardner—don’t fret yourself—I didn’t touch him.’ This was in answer to a quick impatient movement on the part of Gaffer: the speaker at the same time unshipping his scull on that side, and laying his hand on the gunwale of Gaffer’s boat and holding to it.

‘He’s had touches enough not to want no more, as well as I make him out, Gaffer! Been a knocking about with a pretty many tides, ain’t he pardner? Such is my out-of-luck ways, you see! He must have passed me when he went up last time, for I was on the lookout below bridge here. I a’most think you’re like the wulturs, pardner, and scent ’em out.’

He spoke in a dropped voice, and with more than one glance at Lizzie who had pulled on her hood again. Both men then looked with a weird unholy interest in the wake of Gaffer’s boat.

‘Easy does it, betwixt us. Shall I take him aboard, pardner?’

‘No,’ said the other. In so surly a tone that the man, after a blank stare, acknowledged it with the retort:

‘—Arn’t been eating nothing as has disagreed with you, have you, pardner?’

‘Why, yes, I have,’ said Gaffer. ‘I have been swallowing too much of that word, Pardner. I am no pardner of yours.’

‘Since when was you no pardner of mine, Gaffer Hexam Esquire?’

‘Since you was accused of robbing a man. Accused of robbing a live man!’ said Gaffer, with great indignation.

‘And what if I had been accused of robbing a dead man, Gaffer?’

‘You COULDN’T do it.’

‘Couldn’t you, Gaffer?’

‘No. Has a dead man any use for money? Is it possible for a dead man to have money? What world does a dead man belong to? ‘Tother world. What world does money belong to? This world. How can money be a corpse’s? Can a corpse own it, want it, spend it, claim it, miss it? Don’t try to go confounding the rights and wrongs of things in that way. But it’s worthy of the sneaking spirit that robs a live man.’

‘I’ll tell you what it is—.’

‘No you won’t. I’ll tell you what it is. You got off with a short time of it for putting your hand in the pocket of a sailor, a live sailor. Make the most of it and think yourself lucky, but don’t think after that to come over ME with your pardners. We have worked together in time past, but we work together no more in time present nor yet future. Let go. Cast off!’

‘Gaffer! If you think to get rid of me this way—.’

‘If I don’t get rid of you this way, I’ll try another, and chop you over the fingers with the stretcher, or take a pick at your head with the boat-hook. Cast off! Pull you, Lizzie. Pull home, since you won’t let your father pull.’

Lizzie shot ahead, and the other boat fell astern. Lizzie’s father, composing himself into the easy attitude of one who had asserted the high moralities and taken an unassailable position, slowly lighted a pipe, and smoked, and took a survey of what he had in tow. What he had in tow, lunged itself at him sometimes in an awful manner when the boat was checked, and sometimes seemed to try to wrench itself away, though for the most part it followed submissively. A neophyte might have fancied that the ripples passing over it were dreadfully like faint changes of expression on a sightless face; but Gaffer was no neophyte and had no fancies.

Libro primo – La coppa e le labbra
Capitolo 1

Attenzione in allerta

In questi tempi nostri, anche se non è necessario essere precisi riguardo all’anno esatto, una barca di aspetto sporco e poco rispettabile, con due persone a bordo, galleggiava sul Tamigi, tra il ponte di Southwark in ferro e il ponte di Londra in pietra, mentre una serata d’autunno si avvicinava.

Le figure su quella barca erano quelle di un uomo forte, con i capelli grigi e arruffati e il viso abbronzato dal sole, e di una ragazza scura, di diciannove o vent’anni, abbastanza simile a lui da essere riconosciuta come sua figlia. La ragazza remava con grande facilità; l’uomo, con le cime del timone molli tra le mani e le braccia appoggiate alla vita, osservava attentamente ciò che accadeva intorno. Non aveva reti, ami né fili: quindi non poteva essere un pescatore; la sua barca non aveva cuscini per i passeggeri, né vernice, né iscrizioni; inoltre, non possedeva alcun attrezzo, se non un gancio arrugginito e un rotolo di corda: quindi non poteva essere nemmeno un barcaiolo. La sua imbarcazione era troppo piccola e malconcia per trasportare merci; quindi non poteva essere un corriere fluviale. Non c’era alcun indizio su ciò che cercasse, ma sembrava cercare qualcosa con uno sguardo intenso e attento. La marea, che si era invertita un’ora prima, stava scendendo; i suoi occhi seguivano ogni piccola corrente e increspatura nel suo vasto movimento, mentre la barca avanzava lentamente contro di essa o veniva spinta avanti dalla corrente, a seconda dei segnali che l’uomo dava alla figlia con il movimento della testa. La ragazza osservava il suo viso con lo stesso impegno con cui lui osservava il fiume. Tuttavia, nell’intensità del suo sguardo c’era un’ombra di paura o terrore.

Legato alla riva inferiore del fiume, piuttosto che alla superficie stessa, a causa dello slime e della melma che lo ricoprivano nonché del suo stato umido, questo barca e le due figure al suo interno stavano chiaramente facendo ciò che spesso facevano, cercando ciò che di solito cercavano. L’uomo, seminomade, con la testa coperta di capelli arruffati, le braccia marroni scoperte fino al gomito e alla spalla, un fazzoletto lento legato intorno al petto nudo, in mezzo a una barba folta, e vestito come se i suoi abiti fossero fatti della stessa melma che imbrattava il suo barca, ciononostante, nel suo sguardo serio si percepiva una certa efficienza. Così come ogni movimento aggraziato della ragazza, ogni movimento del suo polso, e soprattutto quell’espressione di terrore o orrore sul suo viso: tutto ciò faceva parte di un rituale consolidato.

“Tienila lontana, Lizzie. Le onde qui sono molto forti. Assicurati che lei stia >bene prima che arrivi la marea.”

Confidando nella abilità della ragazza e senza utilizzare il timone, osservava con attenzione la marea che stava arrivando. Anche la ragazza lo guardava. Ma in quel momento, un raggio di luce del sole al tramonto penetrò nel fondo della barca e, illuminando una macchia marcia che assomigliava vagamente alla sagoma di una figura umana, la fece apparire come se fosse coperta di %sangue diluito. Questo attirò l’attenzione della ragazza, che rabbrividì.

“Che cosa ti affligge?” disse l’uomo, rendendosene immediatamente conto, nonostante fosse così concentrato sulle acque in movimento; “Non vedo nulla galleggiare.”

La luce rossa era scomparsa, il tremito era cessato; il suo sguardo, che per un momento si era rivolto verso la barca, si allontanò di nuovo. Ovunque la forte corrente incontrasse un ostacolo, il suo sguardo si soffermava per un istante: su ogni catena di ormeggio e cima, su ogni barca o chiatta che divideva la corrente in fasci stretti, sulle strutture dei moli del Southwark Bridge, sui remi delle navi a vapore che sollevavano schizzi d’acqua sporca. I suoi occhi brillanti lanciavano sguardi avidi. Dopo circa un’ora di oscurità, improvvisamente le corde del timone si tesero nella sua presa; egli virò con forza verso la riva del Surrey.

Osservando attentamente il suo volto, la ragazza reagì immediatamente alle sue mosse; poco dopo la barca ruotò di colpo, tremò come se avesse ricevuto un impulso improvviso, e la parte superiore del corpo dell’uomo si trovò distesa sopra la poppa.

La ragazza tirò il cappuccio del mantello che indossava sulla testa e sul viso; guardando indietro in modo che le pieghe anteriori del cappuccio fossero rivolte verso il fiume, fece mantenere la barca in quella direzione, seguendo la corrente. Fino ad allora, la barca faticava a restare ferma e galleggiava più o meno nello stesso punto; ma ora le rive cambiavano rapidamente, e le ombre si facevano sempre più profonde mentre i lumi del London Bridge iniziavano ad apparire; da entrambi i lati si vedevano file di imbarcazioni.

Fu solo ora che la parte superiore del corpo di quell’uomo tornò nella barca. Le sue braccia erano bagnate e sporche; le lavò oltre il bordo. Nella sua mano destra teneva qualcosa, e anche quello lo lavò nel fiume. Erano soldi. Li fece tintinnare una volta, soffiò su di loro una volta, e ci sputò sopra una volta, “Per portare fortuna”, disse con voce rauca, prima di metterli in tasca.

“Lizzie!”

La ragazza girò il viso verso di lui all’improvviso, e remò in silenzio. Il suo viso era molto pallido. Lui aveva il naso adunco; con quel naso, i suoi occhi luminosi e i capelli scompigliati, assomigliava in qualche modo a un rapace svegliato di notte.

“Togli quella cosa dal tuo viso.”

Lo rimise a posto.

“Ecco! Dammi le pagaie; penserò io al resto del lavoro.”

“No, no, padre! Non posso proprio. Padre, non riesco a sedermi così vicino!”

Stava per avvicinarsi a lei per scambiare posto, ma le sue parole terrorizzate lo fermarono e tornò a sedersi.

“Che danno può farti?”

“Niente, niente. Ma non ce la faccio più.”

“Credo che tu odi semplicemente l’aspetto stesso di quel fiume.”

“Non mi piace affatto, padre.”

“Come se non fosse la tua vita stessa. Come se non fosse ciò di cui hai bisogno per vivere!”

All’udire queste ultime parole, la ragazza tremò di nuovo e per un momento smise di remare, sembrando sul punto di svenire. Lui non se ne accorse, perché stava guardando verso poppa, verso qualcosa che la barca stava trascinando dietro di sé.

“Come puoi essere così ingrata verso la tua migliore amica, Lizzie? Quel fuoco che ti ha riscaldato quando eri piccola è stato raccolto dal >fiume, insieme alle barche che trasportavano il carbone. La stessa cesta in cui hai dormito è stata portata a riva dalla marea. E quelle stesse culle su cui l’ho sistemata sono state realizzate con pezzi di legno trascinati da qualche >nave.”

Lizzie tolse la sua mano destra dalla pagaia che stava tenendo, se la portò alle labbra e, per un momento, la tese verso di lui con affetto; poi, senza dire una parola, riprese a remare. In quel mentre, un’altra barca di aspetto simile, ma in condizioni molto migliori, uscì da un punto buio e si avvicinò silenziosamente al loro fianco.

“Di nuovo fortunata, Gaffer?” disse un uomo con uno sguardo malizioso, che la spinse via e che era solo. “Lo sapevo che saresti stata fortunata di nuovo, a giudicare da come sei arrivata.”

“Ah!”, rispose l’altro in tono secco. “Quindi ti sei arreso, eh?”

“Sì, amico mio.”

Ora una tenue luce lunare gialla illuminava il >fiume; il nuovo arrivato, mantenendo la sua barca a metà distanza rispetto all’altra, osservava attentamente la traccia che quest’ultima lasciava sul pelo dell’acqua.

“Mi sono detto,” continuò, “appena ti ho visto, ecco lì Gaffer. E per fortuna, davvero per fortuna! Non preoccuparti, amico: non l’ho toccato.” Queste parole rispondevano a un movimento impaziente da parte di Gaffer; nel frattempo, il narratore aveva smontato la sua canoa e appoggiato la mano sul bordo della barca di Gaffer, tenendosi saldamente.

“Ne ha avute abbastanza da non volerne più, credimi. Anche se io l’ho fatto uscire lo stesso, Gaffer! Ha avuto a che fare con un bel po’ di donne, vero, amico? È proprio la mia sfortuna. Deve essermi superato l’ultima volta che è andato via, perché ero di guardia qui sotto il ponte. Credo quasi che tu sia come quegli animali selvatici, riesci a individuarli dal loro odore, vero?”

Parlava con voce sommessa, e lanciò più di uno sguardo verso Lizzie, che aveva di nuovo tirato su il cappuccio. Entrambi gli uomini poi fissarono, con un interesse strano e inquietante, la scia lasciata dalla barca di Gaffer.

“Con calma, amico. Dovrei prenderlo con me, che ne dici?”

“No,” disse l’altro. Con un tono così scortese che l’uomo, dopo averlo fissato per un momento in silenzio, acconsentì con una risposta altrettanto scortese.

“Non ho mangiato nulla. E questo non ti è piaciuto, vero, amico mio?”

“Sì, certo che ne ho,” disse Gaffer. “Ho ingoiato troppo spesso quella parola. Non sono affatto tuo compagno.”

“Da quando non sei più mio socio, Gaffer Hexam Esquire?”

“Poiché sei stato accusato di derubare un uomo. Accusato di derubare un uomo vivo!” disse Gaffer, con grande indignazione.

“E se fossi stato accusato di aver derubato un morto, Gaffer?”

“Non avresti mai potuto farlo.”

“Non potresti farlo tu, caposquadra?”

“No. A morto che utilità ha il denaro? È possibile che un morto abbia del denaro? A quale mondo appartiene un morto? Al ‘altro mondo’. A quale mondo appartiene il denaro? A questo mondo. Come può il denaro appartenere a un cadavere? Un cadavere può possederlo, desiderarlo, spenderlo, rivendicarlo, sentire la sua mancanza? Non cercare di confondere in quel modo i giusti e gli sbagli delle cose. Ma è degno dello spirito subdolo che deruba un uomo vivo.”

“Te lo dico io cos’è, ”

“No, non lo farai. Ti dirò cosa è. Sei riuscito a cavartela con poco, per aver messo la mano nella tasca di un marinaio, un marinaio vivo. Goditelo e considerati fortunato, ma non pensare nemmeno per un attimo di venire da ME con i tuoi complici. In passato abbiamo lavorato insieme, ma ora non lo facciamo più, né nel presente né nel futuro. Lascia perdere. Andartene!”

“Regista! Se pensi di sbarazzarti di me in questo modo, ”

“Se non mi sbarazzo di te in questo modo, proverò un altro: ti taglierò le dita con lo strumento per tirare in secco la barca, o ti colpirò la testa con l’uncino da pesca. Lascia andare! Tira, Lizzie. Portami a casa, visto che non permetti nemmeno a tuo padre di farlo.”

Lizzie si staccò in avanti, e l’altra barca rimase indietro. Il padre di Lizzie, assumendo quell’atteggiamento disinvolto tipico di chi ha sempre difeso principi morali elevati e occupato una posizione inattaccabile, accese lentamente la pipa e iniziò a fumare, osservando ciò che aveva trainato dietro di sé. Quello che aveva trainato, a volte si avventava contro di lui in modo terribile quando la barca rallentava, altre volte sembrava cercare di liberarsi, anche se per lo più seguiva docilmente. Un principiante avrebbe potuto pensare che le increspature create sul suo dorso assomigliassero a deboli cambiamenti d’espressione su un volto cieco; ma Gaffer non era certo un principiante e non aveva alcuna fantasia del genere.

Chapter 2

THE MAN FROM SOMEWHERE

Mr and Mrs Veneering were bran-new people in a bran-new house in a bran-new quarter of London. Everything about the Veneerings was spick and span new. All their furniture was new, all their friends were new, all their servants were new, their plate was new, their carriage was new, their harness was new, their horses were new, their pictures were new, they themselves were new, they were as newly married as was lawfully compatible with their having a bran-new baby, and if they had set up a great-grandfather, he would have come home in matting from the Pantechnicon, without a scratch upon him, French polished to the crown of his head.

For, in the Veneering establishment, from the hall-chairs with the new coat of arms, to the grand pianoforte with the new action, and upstairs again to the new fire-escape, all things were in a state of high varnish and polish. And what was observable in the furniture, was observable in the Veneerings—the surface smelt a little too much of the workshop and was a trifle sticky.

There was an innocent piece of dinner-furniture that went upon easy castors and was kept over a livery stable-yard in Duke Street, Saint James’s, when not in use, to whom the Veneerings were a source of blind confusion. The name of this article was Twemlow. Being first cousin to Lord Snigsworth, he was in frequent requisition, and at many houses might be said to represent the dining-table in its normal state. Mr and Mrs Veneering, for example, arranging a dinner, habitually started with Twemlow, and then put leaves in him, or added guests to him. Sometimes, the table consisted of Twemlow and half a dozen leaves; sometimes, of Twemlow and a dozen leaves; sometimes, Twemlow was pulled out to his utmost extent of twenty leaves. Mr and Mrs Veneering on occasions of ceremony faced each other in the centre of the board, and thus the parallel still held; for, it always happened that the more Twemlow was pulled out, the further he found himself from the center, and nearer to the sideboard at one end of the room, or the window-curtains at the other.

But, it was not this which steeped the feeble soul of Twemlow in confusion. This he was used to, and could take soundings of. The abyss to which he could find no bottom, and from which started forth the engrossing and ever-swelling difficulty of his life, was the insoluble question whether he was Veneering’s oldest friend, or newest friend. To the excogitation of this problem, the harmless gentleman had devoted many anxious hours, both in his lodgings over the livery stable-yard, and in the cold gloom, favourable to meditation, of Saint James’s Square. Thus. Twemlow had first known Veneering at his club, where Veneering then knew nobody but the man who made them known to one another, who seemed to be the most intimate friend he had in the world, and whom he had known two days—the bond of union between their souls, the nefarious conduct of the committee respecting the cookery of a fillet of veal, having been accidentally cemented at that date. Immediately upon this, Twemlow received an invitation to dine with Veneering, and dined: the man being of the party. Immediately upon that, Twemlow received an invitation to dine with the man, and dined: Veneering being of the party. At the man’s were a Member, an Engineer, a Payer-off of the National Debt, a Poem on Shakespeare, a Grievance, and a Public Office, who all seem to be utter strangers to Veneering. And yet immediately after that, Twemlow received an invitation to dine at Veneerings, expressly to meet the Member, the Engineer, the Payer-off of the National Debt, the Poem on Shakespeare, the Grievance, and the Public Office, and, dining, discovered that all of them were the most intimate friends Veneering had in the world, and that the wives of all of them (who were all there) were the objects of Mrs Veneering’s most devoted affection and tender confidence.

Thus it had come about, that Mr Twemlow had said to himself in his lodgings, with his hand to his forehead: ‘I must not think of this. This is enough to soften any man’s brain,’—and yet was always thinking of it, and could never form a conclusion.

This evening the Veneerings give a banquet. Eleven leaves in the Twemlow; fourteen in company all told. Four pigeon-breasted retainers in plain clothes stand in line in the hall. A fifth retainer, proceeding up the staircase with a mournful air—as who should say, ‘Here is another wretched creature come to dinner; such is life!’—announces, ‘Mis-ter Twemlow!’

Mrs Veneering welcomes her sweet Mr Twemlow. Mr Veneering welcomes his dear Twemlow. Mrs Veneering does not expect that Mr Twemlow can in nature care much for such insipid things as babies, but so old a friend must please to look at baby. ‘Ah! You will know the friend of your family better, Tootleums,’ says Mr Veneering, nodding emotionally at that new article, ‘when you begin to take notice.’ He then begs to make his dear Twemlow known to his two friends, Mr Boots and Mr Brewer—and clearly has no distinct idea which is which.

But now a fearful circumstance occurs.

‘Mis-ter and Mis-sus Podsnap!’

‘My dear,’ says Mr Veneering to Mrs Veneering, with an air of much friendly interest, while the door stands open, ‘the Podsnaps.’

A too, too smiling large man, with a fatal freshness on him, appearing with his wife, instantly deserts his wife and darts at Twemlow with:

‘How do you do? So glad to know you. Charming house you have here. I hope we are not late. So glad of the opportunity, I am sure!’

When the first shock fell upon him, Twemlow twice skipped back in his neat little shoes and his neat little silk stockings of a bygone fashion, as if impelled to leap over a sofa behind him; but the large man closed with him and proved too strong.

‘Let me,’ says the large man, trying to attract the attention of his wife in the distance, ‘have the pleasure of presenting Mrs Podsnap to her host. She will be,’ in his fatal freshness he seems to find perpetual verdure and eternal youth in the phrase, ‘she will be so glad of the opportunity, I am sure!’

Capitolo 2

L’uomo di chissà dove

Il signor e la signora Veneering erano persone completamente nuove, in una casa completamente nuova, situata in un quartiere completamente nuovo di Londra. Tutto ciò che riguardava i Veneering era assolutamente nuovo: tutti i loro mobili, tutti i loro amici, tutti i loro servitori. Anche le loro stoviglie, la loro carrozza, i cavalli, i quadri. Persino loro stessi erano “nuovi”. Erano appena sposati, e avevano anche un bambino piccolo. Se avessero avuto un bisnonno, sarebbe tornato a casa avvolto in stuoie provenienti dal Pantechnicon, senza una singola graffiatura, lucidissimo fino alla punta della testa.

Perché, nell’ambiente dei lavoratori addetti alla verniciatura, dalle poltrone d’ingresso con i nuovi stemmi araldici al grande pianoforte dotato di meccanismi rinnovati, fino alle nuove uscite di emergenza, tutto era in uno stato di perfetta lucidatura. E ciò che si osservava nei mobili si riscontrava anche nelle superfici verniciate: il loro odore ricordava troppo quello del laboratorio e presentavano una leggera consistenza appiccicosa.

C’era un pezzo di mobili da pranzo assolutamente innocente: si muoveva facilmente su rotelle e, quando non veniva utilizzato, veniva lasciato nel cortile di una scuderia in Duke Street, Saint James’s. Per i Veneering, quel mobile rappresentava una fonte continua di confusione. Il nome di questo oggetto era Twemlow. Essendo cugino di primo grado di Lord Snigsworth, veniva spesso richiesto; in molte case si potrebbe dire che rappresentasse il tavolo da pranzo nel suo stato normale. Il signor e la signora Veneering, ad esempio, quando organizzavano una cena, iniziavano sempre con Twemlow, per poi aggiungere altre stoviglie o ospiti. A volte il tavolo era composto da Twemlow e mezza dozzina di altri piatti; altre volte, da Twemlow e una dozzina; ancora altre volte, Twemlow veniva esteso al massimo delle sue possibilità, fino a raggiungere venti piatti. Nei momenti di cerimonia, il signor e la signora Veneering si trovavano uno di fronte all’altro al centro del tavolo. E così il “parallelismo” continuava ad esistere: più Twemlow veniva esteso, più si allontanava dal centro del tavolo, avvicinandosi invece al mobile bar o alle tende della finestra all’estremità della stanza.

Ma non era questo ciò che gettava nella confusione l’indebolita ‘anima di Twemlow. A questo era abituato e riusciva a comprenderlo. L’abisso senza fondo dal quale provenivano le difficoltà sempre più ingenti della sua vita era la questione irrisolta: se fosse il vecchio o il nuovo amico di Veneering. A riflettere su questo problema, quel gentiluomo inoffensivo aveva dedicato molte ore ansiose, sia nel suo alloggio situato sopra il cortile della stalla, che nella fredda e solitaria atmosfera di Saint James’s Square, propizia alla meditazione. Fu così che Twemlow conobbe Veneering per la prima volta nel suo club: all’epoca, Veneering non conosceva nessuno, tranne l’uomo che li aveva fatti incontrare, colui che sembrava essere il suo amico più intimo al mondo, e che lui conosceva da soli due giorni. Il legame tra le loro anime fu “cementato” in quel momento, a causa di una questione riguardante la cottura di un filetto di vitello. Subito dopo, Twemlow ricevette un invito a cena da Veneering, e vi andò; tra gli ospiti c’era anche quell’uomo. Ancora dopo, ricevette un altro invito a cena da quell’uomo, questa volta con Veneering come ospite. A casa di quest’ultimo c’erano un membro del parlamento, un ingegnere, un responsabile dei pagamenti del debito pubblico, un poema su Shakespeare, una petizione e una carica pubblica, tutti persone che sembravano essere completamente sconosciute a Veneering. Eppure, poco dopo, Twemlow ricevette ancora un invito a cena da Veneering, espressamente per incontrare quel membro del parlamento, quell’ingegnere, quel responsabile dei pagamenti del debito pubblico, quel poema su Shakespeare, quella petizione e quella carica pubblica. E durante la cena scoprì che tutti loro erano i più intimi amici di Veneering al mondo, e che le mogli di tutti loro (che erano presenti) erano l’oggetto dell’affetto più profondo e della fiducia più sincera da parte di Mrs Veneering.

Ed ecco come era successo: il signor Twemlow, nella sua stanza d’alloggio, si premeva la fronte con la mano e si diceva: “Non devo pensarci. Questo è sufficiente per far perdere la ragione a qualsiasi uomo, ” Eppure non smetteva mai di pensarci, senza riuscire mai a giungere a una conclusione.

Stasera i Veneerings danno un banchetto. Undici foglie nel Twemlow; quattordici in totale. Quattro servitori dal petto piatto, vestiti in abiti semplici, stanno in fila nel salone. Un quinto servitore, salendo le scale con un’aria triste – come se volesse dire: “Ecco un’altra creatura misera venuta a cena; così è la vita! – annuncia: “Signor Twemlow!”

La signora Veneering dà il benvenuto al suo caro signor Twemlow. La signora Veneering non si aspetta che il signor Twemlow possa, per natura, interessarsi molto a cose insipide come i bambini, ma un vecchio amico dovrebbe pur voler dare un’occhiata al bambino, “Ah! Conoscerete meglio l’amico della vostra famiglia, Tootleums,” dice il signor Veneering, annuendo con emozione davanti a quell’articolo nuovo, “quando inizierete a prestarci attenzione.” Poi chiede di presentare il suo caro Twemlow ai suoi due amici, il signor Boots e il signor Brewer. E chiaramente non ha la minima idea di quale sia quale.

Ma ora si verifica una circostanza spaventosa.

“Signor e Signora Podsnap!”

“Mia cara,” disse il signor Veneering alla signora Veneering, con un tono di grande interesse amichevole, mentre la porta era ancora aperta, “i Podsnaps, ”

Un uomo troppo, troppo sorridente, con un’aria di freschezza mortale, apparve insieme a sua moglie; ma immediatamente abbandonò lei e si precipitò verso Twemlow.

“Come state? Sono molto felice di conoscervi. Che incantevole >casa avete qui. Spero non siamo in ritardo. Sono davvero grata per questa opportunità!”

Quando il primo shock lo colpì, Twemlow fece due passi indietro con i suoi piccoli scarponi ordinati e le sue calze di seta eleganti, ormai di moda passata, come se volesse saltare oltre un divano alle sue spalle; ma l’uomo più grande lo raggiunse e si rivelò troppo forte.

“Lasciate che sia io,” disse l’uomo robusto, cercando di attirare l’attenzione della moglie in lontananza, “ad avere il piacere di presentare la signora Podsnap al suo ospite. Sarà, ”, con quella sua freschezza fatale sembrava trovare sempreverde e eterna giovinezza nelle parole che pronunciava, “sarà davvero molto felice di questa opportunità, ne sono sicuro!”

In the meantime, Mrs Podsnap, unable to originate a mistake on her own account, because Mrs Veneering is the only other lady there, does her best in the way of handsomely supporting her husband’s, by looking towards Mr Twemlow with a plaintive countenance and remarking to Mrs Veneering in a feeling manner, firstly, that she fears he has been rather bilious of late, and, secondly, that the baby is already very like him.

It is questionable whether any man quite relishes being mistaken for any other man; but, Mr Veneering having this very evening set up the shirt-front of the young Antinous in new worked cambric just come home, is not at all complimented by being supposed to be Twemlow, who is dry and weazen and some thirty years older. Mrs Veneering equally resents the imputation of being the wife of Twemlow. As to Twemlow, he is so sensible of being a much better bred man than Veneering, that he considers the large man an offensive ass.

In this complicated dilemma, Mr Veneering approaches the large man with extended hand and, smilingly assures that incorrigible personage that he is delighted to see him: who in his fatal freshness instantly replies:

‘Thank you. I am ashamed to say that I cannot at this moment recall where we met, but I am so glad of this opportunity, I am sure!’

Then pouncing upon Twemlow, who holds back with all his feeble might, he is haling him off to present him, as Veneering, to Mrs Podsnap, when the arrival of more guests unravels the mistake. Whereupon, having re-shaken hands with Veneering as Veneering, he re-shakes hands with Twemlow as Twemlow, and winds it all up to his own perfect satisfaction by saying to the last-named, ‘Ridiculous opportunity—but so glad of it, I am sure!’

Now, Twemlow having undergone this terrific experience, having likewise noted the fusion of Boots in Brewer and Brewer in Boots, and having further observed that of the remaining seven guests four discrete characters enter with wandering eyes and wholly declined to commit themselves as to which is Veneering, until Veneering has them in his grasp;—Twemlow having profited by these studies, finds his brain wholesomely hardening as he approaches the conclusion that he really is Veneering’s oldest friend, when his brain softens again and all is lost, through his eyes encountering Veneering and the large man linked together as twin brothers in the back drawing-room near the conservatory door, and through his ears informing him in the tones of Mrs Veneering that the same large man is to be baby’s godfather.

‘Dinner is on the table!’

Thus the melancholy retainer, as who should say, ‘Come down and be poisoned, ye unhappy children of men!’

Twemlow, having no lady assigned him, goes down in the rear, with his hand to his forehead. Boots and Brewer, thinking him indisposed, whisper, ‘Man faint. Had no lunch.’ But he is only stunned by the unvanquishable difficulty of his existence.

Revived by soup, Twemlow discourses mildly of the Court Circular with Boots and Brewer. Is appealed to, at the fish stage of the banquet, by Veneering, on the disputed question whether his cousin Lord Snigsworth is in or out of town? Gives it that his cousin is out of town. ‘At Snigsworthy Park?’ Veneering inquires. ‘At Snigsworthy,’ Twemlow rejoins. Boots and Brewer regard this as a man to be cultivated; and Veneering is clear that he is a remunerative article. Meantime the retainer goes round, like a gloomy Analytical Chemist: always seeming to say, after ‘Chablis, sir?’—‘You wouldn’t if you knew what it’s made of.’

The great looking-glass above the sideboard, reflects the table and the company. Reflects the new Veneering crest, in gold and eke in silver, frosted and also thawed, a camel of all work. The Heralds’ College found out a Crusading ancestor for Veneering who bore a camel on his shield (or might have done it if he had thought of it), and a caravan of camels take charge of the fruits and flowers and candles, and kneel down to be loaded with the salt. Reflects Veneering; forty, wavy-haired, dark, tending to corpulence, sly, mysterious, filmy—a kind of sufficiently well-looking veiled-prophet, not prophesying. Reflects Mrs Veneering; fair, aquiline-nosed and fingered, not so much light hair as she might have, gorgeous in raiment and jewels, enthusiastic, propitiatory, conscious that a corner of her husband’s veil is over herself. Reflects Podsnap; prosperously feeding, two little light-coloured wiry wings, one on either side of his else bald head, looking as like his hairbrushes as his hair, dissolving view of red beads on his forehead, large allowance of crumpled shirt-collar up behind. Reflects Mrs Podsnap; fine woman for Professor Owen, quantity of bone, neck and nostrils like a rocking-horse, hard features, majestic head-dress in which Podsnap has hung golden offerings. Reflects Twemlow; grey, dry, polite, susceptible to east wind, First-Gentleman-in-Europe collar and cravat, cheeks drawn in as if he had made a great effort to retire into himself some years ago, and had got so far and had never got any farther. Reflects mature young lady; raven locks, and complexion that lights up well when well powdered—as it is—carrying on considerably in the captivation of mature young gentleman; with too much nose in his face, too much ginger in his whiskers, too much torso in his waistcoat, too much sparkle in his studs, his eyes, his buttons, his talk, and his teeth. Reflects charming old Lady Tippins on Veneering’s right; with an immense obtuse drab oblong face, like a face in a tablespoon, and a dyed Long Walk up the top of her head, as a convenient public approach to the bunch of false hair behind, pleased to patronize Mrs Veneering opposite, who is pleased to be patronized. Reflects a certain ‘Mortimer’, another of Veneering’s oldest friends; who never was in the house before, and appears not to want to come again, who sits disconsolate on Mrs Veneering’s left, and who was inveigled by Lady Tippins (a friend of his boyhood) to come to these people’s and talk, and who won’t talk. Reflects Eugene, friend of Mortimer; buried alive in the back of his chair, behind a shoulder—with a powder-epaulette on it—of the mature young lady, and gloomily resorting to the champagne chalice whenever proffered by the Analytical Chemist. Lastly, the looking-glass reflects Boots and Brewer, and two other stuffed Buffers interposed between the rest of the company and possible accidents.

Nel frattempo, la signora Podsnap, non riuscendo a commettere errori da sola – poiché la signora Veneering è l’unica altra donna presente – fa del suo meglio per “sostenere” il marito: guarda con un’espressione supplichevole verso il signor Twemlow e, in tono affettuoso, dice alla signora Veneering che teme che lui ultimamente sia piuttosto irritabile, e che il bambino assomigli molto a lui.

È discutibile se qualcuno apprezzi davvero essere scambiato per un altro uomo; ma poiché il signor Veneering, proprio questa sera, aveva fatto confezionare il colletto della camicia del giovane Antinous in cambric nuovo appena arrivato a casa, non è affatto lusingato dal pensiero che lo si possa confondere con Twemlow, che è asciutto, magro e circa trent’anni più vecchio. Anche la signora Veneering detesta profondamente essere considerata la moglie di Twemlow. Quanto a Twemlow, lui è così consapevole di essere una persona di ben altra educazione rispetto a Veneering, che considera quest’ultimo un vero e proprio idiota offensivo.

In questa complicata situazione di dilemma, il signor Veneering si avvicina all’uomo robusto tendendogli la mano e, sorridendo, assicura a quella persona irredimibile che è molto felice di vederla; ma quest’ultima, con la sua freschezza fatale, risponde immediatamente.

“Grazie. Mi vergogno ad ammetterlo, ma in questo momento non ricordo dove ci siamo conosciuti. Ma sono così felice di questa opportunità, ne sono sicura!”

Poi, afferrando Twemlow, che si oppone con tutte le sue deboli forze, lo trascina via per presentarlo, sotto il nome di Veneering, a Mrs Podsnap; ma l’arrivo di altri ospiti fa sì che il malinteso venga risolto. A quel punto, dopo essersi nuovamente stretto la mano con Veneering come tale, si stringe di nuovo la mano con Twemlow come Twemlow stesso, e conclude tutto con grande soddisfazione, dicendo a quest’ultimo: “Un’opportunità ridicola, ma ne sono davvero felice!”

Ora, dopo aver vissuto quest’esperienza terribile, e avendo notato anche la fusione di “Boots” in “Brewer” e di “Brewer” in “Boots”, nonché osservato che dei restanti sette ospiti quattro personaggi distinti entravano con lo sguardo assente, rifiutandosi categoricamente di rivelare chi fosse Veneering, fino a quando quest’ultimo non li aveva sotto il suo controllo. Twemlow, avendo tratto profitto da queste osservazioni, concluse che in realtà era l’amico più anziano di Veneering; ma poi la sua mente si indebolì di nuovo, e tutto andò perduto quando i suoi occhi videro Veneering e quell’uomo alto insieme, come fratelli gemelli, nel salotto posteriore vicino alla porta del giardino. E le parole della signora Veneering gli rivelarono che proprio quell’uomo sarebbe stato il padrino di battesimo del bambino.

“La cena è pronta!”

E così quel fedele compagno della melancolia, come se volesse dire: “Scendete e venite avvelenati, voi infelici figli dell’uomo!”

Twemlow, non avendo una signora assegnatagli, scende nella parte posteriore, tenendosi la fronte con la mano. Boots e Brewer, pensando che stesse male, sussurrano: “L’uomo sta per svenire. Non ha pranzato.” Ma in realtà è solo sopraffatto dalla difficoltà insormontabile della sua esistenza.

Rinvigorito dalla zuppa, Twemlow parla con calma del Comunicato Ufficiale della Corte con Boots e Brewer. Durante la fase dei piatti di pesce del banchetto, Veneering gli chiede riguardo alla questione controversa se suo cugino Lord Snigsworth si trovi in città o no; Twemlow risponde che è fuori città. “A Snigsworthy Park?”, chiede Veneering. “A Snigsworthy”, ripete Twemlow. Boots e Brewer considerano Twemlow una persona da coltivare; per Veneering, rappresenta sicuramente un’opportunità redditizia. Nel frattempo, il segretario gira intorno come un cupo chimico analitico: sembra sempre voler dire, dopo aver chiesto “Chablis, signore?”, “Non lo vorrebbe se sapesse di cosa è fatto”.

Lo splendido specchio sopra il comò riflette la tavola e i presenti. Riflette anche lo stemma di Veneering, realizzato in oro e argento, con finiture lucide e opache; sembra proprio un cammello. Il College degli Araldici ha scoperto che un antenato di Veneering partecipò alle Crociate, e sul suo scudo c’era raffigurato un cammello. Una carovana di cammelli trasporta frutta, fiori e candele. Riflette anche Mrs. Veneering: bella, con il naso aquilino e dita affusolate; vestita splendidamente, piena di entusiasmo. E poi c’è Podsnap: un uomo dall’aspetto prospero, con due “piccole ali” bionde ai lati della testa calva. E infine, la signora Podsnap. Una donna adatta al professor Owen. E Twemlow. Un uomo anziano, educato, ma dallo sguardo distante. La giovane donna matura. Con i capelli neri e una pelle luminosa. E il giovane gentiluomo maturo. Che sembra avere troppo di tutto. E poi Lady Tippins. E Mortimer. Un vecchio amico di Veneering. Che non sembra voler più tornare in quella casa. E infine, Eugene. Amico di Mortimer. Nascosto dietro la sedia della giovane donna. E il bicchiere di champagne offerto dall’analista chimico. Infine, lo specchio riflette anche Boots, Brewer e altri due “protettori” che si trovano tra gli ospiti e eventuali pericoli.

The Veneering dinners are excellent dinners—or new people wouldn’t come—and all goes well. Notably, Lady Tippins has made a series of experiments on her digestive functions, so extremely complicated and daring, that if they could be published with their results it might benefit the human race. Having taken in provisions from all parts of the world, this hardy old cruiser has last touched at the North Pole, when, as the ice-plates are being removed, the following words fall from her:

‘I assure you, my dear Veneering—’

(Poor Twemlow’s hand approaches his forehead, for it would seem now, that Lady Tippins is going to be the oldest friend.)

‘I assure you, my dear Veneering, that it is the oddest affair! Like the advertising people, I don’t ask you to trust me, without offering a respectable reference. Mortimer there, is my reference, and knows all about it.’

Mortimer raises his drooping eyelids, and slightly opens his mouth. But a faint smile, expressive of ‘What’s the use!’ passes over his face, and he drops his eyelids and shuts his mouth.

‘Now, Mortimer,’ says Lady Tippins, rapping the sticks of her closed green fan upon the knuckles of her left hand—which is particularly rich in knuckles, ‘I insist upon your telling all that is to be told about the man from Jamaica.’

‘Give you my honour I never heard of any man from Jamaica, except the man who was a brother,’ replies Mortimer.

‘Tobago, then.’

‘Nor yet from Tobago.’

‘Except,’ Eugene strikes in: so unexpectedly that the mature young lady, who has forgotten all about him, with a start takes the epaulette out of his way: ‘except our friend who long lived on rice-pudding and isinglass, till at length to his something or other, his physician said something else, and a leg of mutton somehow ended in daygo.’

A reviving impression goes round the table that Eugene is coming out. An unfulfilled impression, for he goes in again.

‘Now, my dear Mrs Veneering,’ quoth Lady Tippins, I appeal to you whether this is not the basest conduct ever known in this world? I carry my lovers about, two or three at a time, on condition that they are very obedient and devoted; and here is my oldest lover-in-chief, the head of all my slaves, throwing off his allegiance before company! And here is another of my lovers, a rough Cymon at present certainly, but of whom I had most hopeful expectations as to his turning out well in course of time, pretending that he can’t remember his nursery rhymes! On purpose to annoy me, for he knows how I doat upon them!’

A grisly little fiction concerning her lovers is Lady Tippins’s point. She is always attended by a lover or two, and she keeps a little list of her lovers, and she is always booking a new lover, or striking out an old lover, or putting a lover in her black list, or promoting a lover to her blue list, or adding up her lovers, or otherwise posting her book. Mrs Veneering is charmed by the humour, and so is Veneering. Perhaps it is enhanced by a certain yellow play in Lady Tippins’s throat, like the legs of scratching poultry.

‘I banish the false wretch from this moment, and I strike him out of my Cupidon (my name for my Ledger, my dear,) this very night. But I am resolved to have the account of the man from Somewhere, and I beg you to elicit it for me, my love,’ to Mrs Veneering, ‘as I have lost my own influence. Oh, you perjured man!’ This to Mortimer, with a rattle of her fan.

‘We are all very much interested in the man from Somewhere,’ Veneering observes.

Then the four Buffers, taking heart of grace all four at once, say:

‘Deeply interested!’

‘Quite excited!’

‘Dramatic!’

‘Man from Nowhere, perhaps!’

And then Mrs Veneering—for the Lady Tippins’s winning wiles are contagious—folds her hands in the manner of a supplicating child, turns to her left neighbour, and says, ‘Tease! Pay! Man from Tumwhere!’ At which the four Buffers, again mysteriously moved all four at once, explain, ‘You can’t resist!’

‘Upon my life,’ says Mortimer languidly, ‘I find it immensely embarrassing to have the eyes of Europe upon me to this extent, and my only consolation is that you will all of you execrate Lady Tippins in your secret hearts when you find, as you inevitably will, the man from Somewhere a bore. Sorry to destroy romance by fixing him with a local habitation, but he comes from the place, the name of which escapes me, but will suggest itself to everybody else here, where they make the wine.’

Eugene suggests ‘Day and Martin’s.’

‘No, not that place,’ returns the unmoved Mortimer, ‘that’s where they make the Port. My man comes from the country where they make the Cape Wine. But look here, old fellow; it’s not at all statistical and it’s rather odd.’

It is always noticeable at the table of the Veneerings, that no man troubles himself much about the Veneerings themselves, and that any one who has anything to tell, generally tells it to anybody else in preference.

‘The man,’ Mortimer goes on, addressing Eugene, ‘whose name is Harmon, was only son of a tremendous old rascal who made his money by Dust.’

‘Red velveteens and a bell?’ the gloomy Eugene inquires.

‘And a ladder and basket if you like. By which means, or by others, he grew rich as a Dust Contractor, and lived in a hollow in a hilly country entirely composed of Dust. On his own small estate the growling old vagabond threw up his own mountain range, like an old volcano, and its geological formation was Dust. Coal-dust, vegetable-dust, bone-dust, crockery dust, rough dust and sifted dust,—all manner of Dust.’

A passing remembrance of Mrs Veneering, here induces Mortimer to address his next half-dozen words to her; after which he wanders away again, tries Twemlow and finds he doesn’t answer, ultimately takes up with the Buffers who receive him enthusiastically.

I banchetti del Veneering sono davvero eccellenti; altrimenti nessuno verrebbe. E tutto procede benissimo. In particolare, Lady Tippins ha condotto una serie di esperimenti sulle proprie funzioni digestive. Esperimenti così complessi e audaci che, se potessero essere pubblicati con i risultati ottenuti, potrebbero davvero giovare all’umanità. Avendo raccolto provviste da tutte le parti del mondo, questo robusto vecchio “cruiser” ha toccato per l’ultima volta il Polo Nord. Quando le lastre di ghiaccio venivano rimosse, dalle sue parole trapelò quanto segue:

“Vi assicuro, mio caro Veneering, ”

(Povero Twemlow. La sua mano si avvicina alla fronte; sembra proprio che Lady Tippins diventerà la sua amica più cara.)

“Vi assicuro, mio caro Veneering, che si tratta di un caso davvero strano! Proprio come fanno gli addetti alla pubblicità, non vi chiedo di credermi senza fornirvi una referenza affidabile. Mortimer è la mia referenza: lui sa tutto al riguardo.”

Mortimer solleva le palpebre pesanti e apre leggermente la bocca. Ma un debole sorriso, che esprime il pensiero “A cosa serve!”, gli passa sul viso; poi abbassa di nuovo le palpebre e chiude la bocca.

“Ora, Mortimer,” disse Lady Tippins, battendo le stecche del suo ventaglio verde chiuso sulle nocche della sua mano sinistra – che aveva particolarmente molte nocche – “insisto affinché tu racconti tutto ciò che c’è da dire su quell’uomo giamaicano.”

“Vi giuro sulla mia onore. Non ho mai sentito parlare di nessun uomo proveniente dalla Giamaica, tranne quell’uomo che era mio fratello,” risponde Mortimer.

“Tobago, allora.”

“Né ancora da Tobago.”

“Tranne, ”, interviene Eugene, così all’improvviso che la giovane donna adulta, che aveva completamente dimenticato di lui, sobbalza e sposta via l’epaulette che gli era davanti: “Tranne il nostro amico che ha vissuto a lungo nutrendosi solo di budino di riso e alghe, finché, per qualche motivo, il suo medico gli ha consigliato qualcos’altro, e alla fine, una gamba di montone è finita nel pasto quotidiano.”

Un’impressione che sembra riaffiorare intorno al tavolo è che Eugene stia per uscire. Ma si tratta di un’illusione, perché lui ritorna dentro.

“Ora, mia cara signora Veneering,” disse Lady Tippins, “vi chiedo: non è questa la condotta più spregevole mai conosciuta in questo mondo? Porto con me i miei amanti, due o tre alla volta, a condizione che siano molto obbedienti e devoti; e ecco qui il mio più anziano ‘amante’ principale, il capo di tutti i miei ‘schiavi’, che getta via la sua lealtà davanti a tutti! E c’è anche un altro dei miei ‘amanti’: al momento è certamente un tipo rozzo e grossolano, ma avevo grandi speranze che si sarebbe comportato bene col tempo. E invece finge di non ricordare più le filastrocche che gli leggevamo da bambino! Lo fa apposta per infastidirmi, perché sa quanto io tenga a quelle filastrocche, ”

Una piccola e macabra storia riguardante i suoi amanti è proprio il punto che Lady Tippins vuole sottolineare. È sempre accompagnata da uno o due amanti, tiene un piccolo elenco dei suoi amanti e continua costantemente a aggiungere nuovi nomi, a cancellarne vecchi, ad inserirli nella sua “lista nera” o in quella “lista blu”. La signora Veneering è affascinata dal suo umorismo, così come Veneering stesso. Forse quel senso dell’umorismo viene ancora esaltato da un certo tono stridulo nella voce di Lady Tippins, simile al suono delle zampe di un pollame che si gratta.

“Scaccio questo miserabile bugiardo da questo momento stesso e lo elimino dalla mia lista dei debitori (così chiamo il mio registro finanziario, caro mio), proprio questa notte. Ma sono decisa ad ottenere informazioni su quest’uomo proveniente da qualche parte. Ti prego, mio amore, di cercarle per me, poiché ho perso ogni influenza. Oh, uomo infedele!” Queste parole furono rivolte a Mortimer, accompagnate dal fruscio del suo ventaglio.

“Tutti noi siamo molto interessati a quell’uomo di chissà dove,” osserva Veneering.

“Allora i quattro Buffers, presi da un improvviso coraggio, dicono tutti insieme, ”

“Molto interessato!”

“Molto eccitato!”

“Drammatico!”

“Un uomo venuto da chissà dove, forse!”

E poi la signora Veneering – poiché le affascinanti arti della signorina Tippins sono davvero contagiose – incrocia le mani come farebbe un bambino che supplica, si rivolge alla sua vicina di sinistra e dice: “Prendetela in giro! Pagate! L’uomo di Tumwhere!” A queste parole, i quattro Buffers, ancora una volta muovendosi tutti insieme in modo misterioso, spiegano: “Non potete resistere!”

“Per la mia vita,” disse Mortimer con aria languida, “trovo estremamente imbarazzante essere sotto l’attenzione di tutta Europa in questo modo; l’unica consolazione è che voi tutti, nei vostri cuori segreti, maledirete Lady Tippins quando scoprirete, come inevitabilmente accadrà, che quell’uomo proveniente da chissà dove è in realtà noioso. Mi dispiace distruggere questa romanza assegnandogli una residenza locale. Ma proviene proprio da quel posto. Il nome mi sfugge, ma sicuramente tutti voi qui lo ricorderete: è il luogo dove producono il vino.”

“Eugene suggerisce ‘Day and Martin’s’.”

“No, non quel posto,” risponde impassibile Mortimer, “lì producono il Porto. Il mio uomo viene da una regione dove si produce il Vino del Capo. Ma guarda qui, vecchio mio: questa informazione non ha alcun valore statistico e in realtà è piuttosto strana.”

È sempre evidente, al tavolo dei “Veneratori”, che nessuno si preoccupa davvero molto dei “Veneratori” stessi, e che chi ha qualcosa da dire di solito preferisce dirlo a chiunque altro piuttosto che a loro.

“Quell’uomo,” continua Mortimer rivolgendosi a Eugene, “il cui nome è Harmon, era l’unico figlio di un vecchio furfante che aveva fatto fortuna con il polvere.”

“Vestiti rossi di velluto e una campanella?” chiede con tono cupo Eugene.

‘E anche una scala e un cesto, se lo desideri. Con questi mezzi, o con altri, divenne ricco come un imprenditore nel settore del polvere, e visse in una cavità situata in una regione collinosa interamente composta da polvere. Nella sua piccola proprietà, quel vecchio vagabondo ruggente creò la propria catena montuosa, simile a un vecchio vulcano; la sua formazione geologica era tutta di polvere: carbone-polvere, materiale vegetale-polvere, ossa-polvere, stoviglie in polvere, materiali grezzi in polvere e polveri setacciate, ogni tipo di polvere.’

Un fugace ricordo di Mrs Veneering spinge Mortimer a rivolgere le sue prossime sei parole a lei; dopo di ciò si allontana di nuovo, prova con Twemlow ma scopre che non risponde, e alla fine decide di parlare con i Buffers, che lo accolgono con entusiasmo.

‘The moral being—I believe that’s the right expression—of this exemplary person, derived its highest gratification from anathematizing his nearest relations and turning them out of doors. Having begun (as was natural) by rendering these attentions to the wife of his bosom, he next found himself at leisure to bestow a similar recognition on the claims of his daughter. He chose a husband for her, entirely to his own satisfaction and not in the least to hers, and proceeded to settle upon her, as her marriage portion, I don’t know how much Dust, but something immense. At this stage of the affair the poor girl respectfully intimated that she was secretly engaged to that popular character whom the novelists and versifiers call Another, and that such a marriage would make Dust of her heart and Dust of her life—in short, would set her up, on a very extensive scale, in her father’s business. Immediately, the venerable parent—on a cold winter’s night, it is said—anathematized and turned her out.’

Here, the Analytical Chemist (who has evidently formed a very low opinion of Mortimer’s story) concedes a little claret to the Buffers; who, again mysteriously moved all four at once, screw it slowly into themselves with a peculiar twist of enjoyment, as they cry in chorus, ‘Pray go on.’

‘The pecuniary resources of Another were, as they usually are, of a very limited nature. I believe I am not using too strong an expression when I say that Another was hard up. However, he married the young lady, and they lived in a humble dwelling, probably possessing a porch ornamented with honeysuckle and woodbine twining, until she died. I must refer you to the Registrar of the District in which the humble dwelling was situated, for the certified cause of death; but early sorrow and anxiety may have had to do with it, though they may not appear in the ruled pages and printed forms. Indisputably this was the case with Another, for he was so cut up by the loss of his young wife that if he outlived her a year it was as much as he did.’

There is that in the indolent Mortimer, which seems to hint that if good society might on any account allow itself to be impressible, he, one of good society, might have the weakness to be impressed by what he here relates. It is hidden with great pains, but it is in him. The gloomy Eugene too, is not without some kindred touch; for, when that appalling Lady Tippins declares that if Another had survived, he should have gone down at the head of her list of lovers—and also when the mature young lady shrugs her epaulettes, and laughs at some private and confidential comment from the mature young gentleman—his gloom deepens to that degree that he trifles quite ferociously with his dessert-knife.

Mortimer proceeds.

‘We must now return, as novelists say, and as we all wish they wouldn’t, to the man from Somewhere. Being a boy of fourteen, cheaply educated at Brussels when his sister’s expulsion befell, it was some little time before he heard of it—probably from herself, for the mother was dead; but that I don’t know. Instantly, he absconded, and came over here. He must have been a boy of spirit and resource, to get here on a stopped allowance of five sous a week; but he did it somehow, and he burst in on his father, and pleaded his sister’s cause. Venerable parent promptly resorts to anathematization, and turns him out. Shocked and terrified boy takes flight, seeks his fortune, gets aboard ship, ultimately turns up on dry land among the Cape wine: small proprietor, farmer, grower—whatever you like to call it.’

At this juncture, shuffling is heard in the hall, and tapping is heard at the dining-room door. Analytical Chemist goes to the door, confers angrily with unseen tapper, appears to become mollified by descrying reason in the tapping, and goes out.

‘So he was discovered, only the other day, after having been expatriated about fourteen years.’

A Buffer, suddenly astounding the other three, by detaching himself, and asserting individuality, inquires: ‘How discovered, and why?’

‘Ah! To be sure. Thank you for reminding me. Venerable parent dies.’

Same Buffer, emboldened by success, says: ‘When?’

‘The other day. Ten or twelve months ago.’

Same Buffer inquires with smartness, ‘What of?’ But herein perishes a melancholy example; being regarded by the three other Buffers with a stony stare, and attracting no further attention from any mortal.

‘Venerable parent,’ Mortimer repeats with a passing remembrance that there is a Veneering at table, and for the first time addressing him—‘dies.’

The gratified Veneering repeats, gravely, ‘dies’; and folds his arms, and composes his brow to hear it out in a judicial manner, when he finds himself again deserted in the bleak world.

‘His will is found,’ said Mortimer, catching Mrs Podsnap’s rocking-horse’s eye. ‘It is dated very soon after the son’s flight. It leaves the lowest of the range of dust-mountains, with some sort of a dwelling-house at its foot, to an old servant who is sole executor, and all the rest of the property—which is very considerable—to the son. He directs himself to be buried with certain eccentric ceremonies and precautions against his coming to life, with which I need not bore you, and that’s all—except—’ and this ends the story.

The Analytical Chemist returning, everybody looks at him. Not because anybody wants to see him, but because of that subtle influence in nature which impels humanity to embrace the slightest opportunity of looking at anything, rather than the person who addresses it.

‘—Except that the son’s inheriting is made conditional on his marrying a girl, who at the date of the will, was a child of four or five years old, and who is now a marriageable young woman. Advertisement and inquiry discovered the son in the man from Somewhere, and at the present moment, he is on his way home from there—no doubt, in a state of great astonishment—to succeed to a very large fortune, and to take a wife.’

Mrs Podsnap inquires whether the young person is a young person of personal charms? Mortimer is unable to report.

Mr Podsnap inquires what would become of the very large fortune, in the event of the marriage condition not being fulfilled? Mortimer replies, that by special testamentary clause it would then go to the old servant above mentioned, passing over and excluding the son; also, that if the son had not been living, the same old servant would have been sole residuary legatee.

Mrs Veneering has just succeeded in waking Lady Tippins from a snore, by dexterously shunting a train of plates and dishes at her knuckles across the table; when everybody but Mortimer himself becomes aware that the Analytical Chemist is, in a ghostly manner, offering him a folded paper. Curiosity detains Mrs Veneering a few moments.

Mortimer, in spite of all the arts of the chemist, placidly refreshes himself with a glass of Madeira, and remains unconscious of the Document which engrosses the general attention, until Lady Tippins (who has a habit of waking totally insensible), having remembered where she is, and recovered a perception of surrounding objects, says: ‘Falser man than Don Juan; why don’t you take the note from the commendatore?’ Upon which, the chemist advances it under the nose of Mortimer, who looks round at him, and says:

‘What’s this?’

Analytical Chemist bends and whispers.

‘WHO?’ says Mortimer.

Analytical Chemist again bends and whispers.

Mortimer stares at him, and unfolds the paper. Reads it, reads it twice, turns it over to look at the blank outside, reads it a third time.

‘This arrives in an extraordinarily opportune manner,’ says Mortimer then, looking with an altered face round the table: ‘this is the conclusion of the story of the identical man.’

‘Already married?’ one guesses.

‘Declines to marry?’ another guesses.

‘Codicil among the dust?’ another guesses.

‘Why, no,’ says Mortimer; ‘remarkable thing, you are all wrong. The story is completer and rather more exciting than I supposed. Man’s drowned!’

‘La “essenza morale” – credo sia l’espressione giusta – di questa persona esemplare trovava la sua massima soddisfazione nell’anatemaizzare i suoi parenti più stretti e nel cacciarli di casa. Avendo iniziato, come era naturale, con queste attenzioni verso la moglie del suo cuore, successivamente si dedicò anche alle richieste della sua figlia. Le scelse un marito esclusivamente per soddisfare i propri desideri, e non affatto quelli di lei; inoltre le assegnò, come dote nuziale, una somma enorme. A questo punto, la povera ragazza gli rivelò rispettosamente di essere segretamente fidanzata con quel personaggio popolare che romanzi e poeti chiamano “Un Altro”; un matrimonio del genere avrebbe trasformato il suo cuore in “polvere” e la sua vita in “polvere”. In breve, l’avrebbe messa direttamente a capo degli affari di suo padre. All’istante, quel rispettabile genitore – si dice che fosse una fredda notte d’inverno – la maledisse e la cacciò di casa.’

Ecco, l’Chimico Analitico (che evidentemente ha un’opinione molto negativa della storia di Mortimer) concede loro un po’ di claretto; questi, a loro volta, muovendosi tutti insieme in modo misterioso, ne bevono lentamente, godendoselo con un certo piacere, mentre cantano in coro: “Per favore, continuate.”

Le risorse finanziarie di Quell’Altro erano, come di solito, di natura molto limitata. Credo di non esagerare quando dico che Quell’Altro si trovava in difficoltà economiche. Tuttavia, sposò la giovane donna e vissero in una dimora umile, probabilmente adornata da gelsomini e piante rampicanti; lei morì poco dopo il matrimonio. Devo rivolgermi al registro del distretto in cui si trovava quella dimora per conoscere la causa ufficiale della sua morte; tuttavia, dolore e ansia possono esserne stati i motivi, anche se questi non sono riportati nei documenti ufficiali. Indubbiamente fu proprio questo il caso di Quell’Altro: il lutto per la perdita della giovane moglie lo distrusse così profondamente che sopravvisse a lei solo per un anno al massimo.

In quel pigro Mortimer c’è qualcosa che sembra suggerire che, se anche la buona società potesse permettersi di essere influenzata da certe cose, lui, essendo parte della buona società, potrebbe avere la debolezza di lasciarsi commuovere da ciò che qui racconta. Questo tratto è nascosto con grande cura, ma esiste davvero in lui. Anche quel cupo Eugene non è privo di simili tendenze: quando quella terribile Lady Tippins afferma che se un altro fosse sopravvissuto, lui sarebbe stato tra i primi nella sua lista di amanti. E anche quando la giovane donna adulta alza le spalle e ride di qualche commento privato e confidenziale da parte del giovane gentiluomo maturo, la sua tristezza si intensifica a tal punto che inizia a maneggiare con estrema violenza il coltello da dessert.

Mortimer prosegue.

“Dobbiamo ora tornare, come dicono i romanzi, e come tutti noi speriamo che non accada, a quell’uomo di ‘Da qualche parte’. Essendo un ragazzo di quattordici anni, con una scarsa istruzione ricevuta a Bruxelles quando sua sorella fu espulsa, trascorse un po’ di tempo prima che venisse a saperne – probabilmente da lei stessa, poiché la madre era morta; ma non ne sono certo. All’istante fuggì e arrivò qui. Doveva essere davvero un ragazzo pieno di spirito e risorse per riuscire a raggiungere questo posto con una misera pensione di cinque soldi a settimana; comunque ci riuscì, andò dal padre e difese la causa di sua sorella. Il rispettabile genitore reagì immediatamente maledicendolo e cacciandolo via. Spaventato e terrorizzato, il ragazzo fuggì, cercò fortuna, salì su una nave, e alla fine si ritrovò in terraferma, diventando un piccolo proprietario terriero, un agricoltore, un coltivatore, insomma, quello che si vuole.”

In questo momento, si sente qualcuno che barcolla nel corridoio e bussa alla porta della sala da pranzo. Il Chimico Analitico va alla porta, discute con irritazione con la persona che sta bussando, sembra placarsi dopo aver compreso il motivo di quei colpi e poi esce.

“So che è stato scoperto solo l’altro giorno, dopo essere stato espatriato circa quattordici anni fa.”

A Buffer, sorprendendo improvvisamente gli altri tre, si stacca dal gruppo e afferma la propria individualità, chiedendo: “Come è stata scoperta, e perché?”

“Ah! Certo, grazie per avermelo ricordato. Un caro genitore è morto.”

Lo stesso responsabile del progetto, incoraggiato dal successo, dice: “Quando?”

“Un giorno di qualche tempo fa. Dieci o dodici mesi fa.”

Lo stesso Buffer chiede con saggezza: “E poi?” Ma qui si verifica un esempio di melancolia; gli altri tre Buffers lo guardano con uno sguardo freddo e distaccato, e nessun altro essere umano presta più attenzione a lui.

“Nobile parente,” ripete Mortimer, ricordando per un attimo che c’è una persona di rango elevato alla tavola, e per la prima volta gli parla direttamente, “muore.”

Il compiaciuto Veneering ripete, con aria solenne, “morte”; poi incrocia le braccia e corruga la fronte, pronto ad ascoltare fino in fondo, come se si trattasse di una decisione giudiziaria, quando si ritrova nuovamente abbandonato in questo mondo desolato.

“La sua volontà è stata trovata,” disse Mortimer, attirando l’attenzione di Mrs Podsnap. “È datata poco dopo la fuga del figlio. Lascia in eredità, ai piedi delle più basse catene di montagne coperte di polvere, una sorta di dimora a un vecchio servitore che ne è l’esecutore unico; il resto dei beni, che sono piuttosto considerevoli, va al figlio. Egli dispone inoltre che venga sepolto con alcune cerimonie stravaganti e precauzioni per evitare che possa risorgere. Di questo non c’è bisogno di parlare oltre. E questo è tutto.”

Il Chimico Analitico torna, e tutti lo guardano. Non perché qualcuno voglia davvero vederlo, ma a causa di quella sottile influenza presente nella >natura che spinge l’umanità ad approfittare della minima opportunità per osservare qualsiasi cosa, piuttosto che la persona che ne parla.

‘—Tranne che l’eredità del figlio sia subordinata al suo matrimonio con una ragazza che, al momento della stesura del testamento, aveva solo quattro o cinque anni e che ora è diventata una giovane donna idonea al matrimonio. Grazie a pubblicità e indagini, il figlio è stato rintracciato in un uomo proveniente da chissà dove; attualmente si sta dirigendo verso casa, senza dubbio, nel più grande stupore, per ereditare una fortuna enorme e prendere moglie.’

La signora Podsnap chiede se quella giovane donna possieda attrattive personali; Mortimer non è in grado di rispondere.

Il signor Podsnap chiede cosa accadrebbe a quella enorme fortuna nel caso in cui la condizione del matrimonio non venisse rispettata. Mortimer risponde che, grazie a una clausola testamentaria speciale, essa andrebbe alla suddetta vecchia serva, escludendo completamente il figlio; inoltre, se il figlio non fosse mai esistito, quella stessa vecchia serva sarebbe stata l’unica erede residua.

La signora Veneering è appena riuscita a svegliare Lady Tippins da un sonnellino, spostando abilmente una serie di piatti e stoviglie proprio davanti ai suoi pollici, sul tavolo; quando tutti, tranne Mortimer stesso, si accorgono che la chimica analitica gli sta offrendo, in modo strano e quasi fantomatico, un foglio di carta piegato. La curiosità fa sì che la signora Veneering rimanga lì per qualche momento.

Mortimer, nonostante tutte le arti del chimico, si rinfresca tranquillamente con un bicchiere di Madeira, rimanendo ignaro del Documento che attira l’attenzione generale. Fino a quando Lady Tippins – che ha l’abitudine di svegliarsi completamente priva di sensi – ricorda dove si trova e recupera la capacità di percepire gli oggetti intorno a sé, dice: “Uomo più ingannevole di Don Juan. Perché non prendi quella nota dal commendatore?” Allora il chimico gliela mostra sotto il naso; Mortimer guarda intorno a sé e risponde:

“Che cos’è questo?”

Il chimico analitico si china e sussurra.

“Chi?” dice Mortimer.

Il chimico analitico si china di nuovo e sussurra.

Mortimer lo fissa e apre il foglio di carta. Lo legge, lo legge due volte, poi lo gira per guardare la parte bianca sul retro, e lo legge una terza volta.

“Arriva in un momento estremamente opportuno,” dice Mortimer, poi, guardando intorno al tavolo con un’espressione diversa: “Questa è la conclusione della storia di quell’uomo identico.”

“Già sposato?”, si chiede qualcuno.

“Rifiuta di sposarsi?”, ipotizza un altro.

“Un codicillo tra la polvere?” ipotizza un altro.

“Perché no,” dice Mortimer; “è davvero straordinario. Voi tutti vi sbagliate. La storia è più completa e anche molto più avvincente di quanto pensassi. L’uomo è annegato!”

Chapter 3

ANOTHER MAN

As the disappearing skirts of the ladies ascended the Veneering staircase, Mortimer, following them forth from the dining-room, turned into a library of bran-new books, in bran-new bindings liberally gilded, and requested to see the messenger who had brought the paper. He was a boy of about fifteen. Mortimer looked at the boy, and the boy looked at the bran-new pilgrims on the wall, going to Canterbury in more gold frame than procession, and more carving than country.

‘Whose writing is this?’

‘Mine, sir.’

‘Who told you to write it?’

‘My father, Jesse Hexam.’

‘Is it he who found the body?’

‘Yes, sir.’

‘What is your father?’

The boy hesitated, looked reproachfully at the pilgrims as if they had involved him in a little difficulty, then said, folding a plait in the right leg of his trousers, ‘He gets his living along-shore.’

‘Is it far?’

‘Is which far?’ asked the boy, upon his guard, and again upon the road to Canterbury.

‘To your father’s?’

‘It’s a goodish stretch, sir. I come up in a cab, and the cab’s waiting to be paid. We could go back in it before you paid it, if you liked. I went first to your office, according to the direction of the papers found in the pockets, and there I see nobody but a chap of about my age who sent me on here.’

There was a curious mixture in the boy, of uncompleted savagery, and uncompleted civilization. His voice was hoarse and coarse, and his face was coarse, and his stunted figure was coarse; but he was cleaner than other boys of his type; and his writing, though large and round, was good; and he glanced at the backs of the books, with an awakened curiosity that went below the binding. No one who can read, ever looks at a book, even unopened on a shelf, like one who cannot.

‘Were any means taken, do you know, boy, to ascertain if it was possible to restore life?’ Mortimer inquired, as he sought for his hat.

‘You wouldn’t ask, sir, if you knew his state. Pharaoh’s multitude that were drowned in the Red Sea, ain’t more beyond restoring to life. If Lazarus was only half as far gone, that was the greatest of all the miracles.’

‘Halloa!’ cried Mortimer, turning round with his hat upon his head, ‘you seem to be at home in the Red Sea, my young friend?’

‘Read of it with teacher at the school,’ said the boy.

‘And Lazarus?’

‘Yes, and him too. But don’t you tell my father! We should have no peace in our place, if that got touched upon. It’s my sister’s contriving.’

‘You seem to have a good sister.’

‘She ain’t half bad,’ said the boy; ‘but if she knows her letters it’s the most she does—and them I learned her.’

The gloomy Eugene, with his hands in his pockets, had strolled in and assisted at the latter part of the dialogue; when the boy spoke these words slightingly of his sister, he took him roughly enough by the chin, and turned up his face to look at it.

Well, I’m sure, sir!’ said the boy, resisting; ‘I hope you’ll know me again.’

Eugene vouchsafed no answer; but made the proposal to Mortimer, ‘I’ll go with you, if you like?’ So, they all three went away together in the vehicle that had brought the boy; the two friends (once boys together at a public school) inside, smoking cigars; the messenger on the box beside the driver.

‘Let me see,’ said Mortimer, as they went along; ‘I have been, Eugene, upon the honourable roll of solicitors of the High Court of Chancery, and attorneys at Common Law, five years; and—except gratuitously taking instructions, on an average once a fortnight, for the will of Lady Tippins who has nothing to leave—I have had no scrap of business but this romantic business.’

‘And I,’ said Eugene, ‘have been “called” seven years, and have had no business at all, and never shall have any. And if I had, I shouldn’t know how to do it.’

‘I am far from being clear as to the last particular,’ returned Mortimer, with great composure, ‘that I have much advantage over you.’

‘I hate,’ said Eugene, putting his legs up on the opposite seat, ‘I hate my profession.’

‘Shall I incommode you, if I put mine up too?’ returned Mortimer. ‘Thank you. I hate mine.’

‘It was forced upon me,’ said the gloomy Eugene, ‘because it was understood that we wanted a barrister in the family. We have got a precious one.’

‘It was forced upon me,’ said Mortimer, ‘because it was understood that we wanted a solicitor in the family. And we have got a precious one.’

‘There are four of us, with our names painted on a door-post in right of one black hole called a set of chambers,’ said Eugene; ‘and each of us has the fourth of a clerk—Cassim Baba, in the robber’s cave—and Cassim is the only respectable member of the party.’

‘I am one by myself, one,’ said Mortimer, ‘high up an awful staircase commanding a burial-ground, and I have a whole clerk to myself, and he has nothing to do but look at the burial-ground, and what he will turn out when arrived at maturity, I cannot conceive. Whether, in that shabby rook’s nest, he is always plotting wisdom, or plotting murder; whether he will grow up, after so much solitary brooding, to enlighten his fellow-creatures, or to poison them; is the only speck of interest that presents itself to my professional view. Will you give me a light? Thank you.’

‘Then idiots talk,’ said Eugene, leaning back, folding his arms, smoking with his eyes shut, and speaking slightly through his nose, ‘of Energy. If there is a word in the dictionary under any letter from A to Z that I abominate, it is energy. It is such a conventional superstition, such parrot gabble! What the deuce! Am I to rush out into the street, collar the first man of a wealthy appearance that I meet, shake him, and say, “Go to law upon the spot, you dog, and retain me, or I’ll be the death of you”? Yet that would be energy.’

‘Precisely my view of the case, Eugene. But show me a good opportunity, show me something really worth being energetic about, and I’ll show you energy.’

Capitolo 3

Un altro uomo

Mentre le gonne delle signore scomparivano su per la scala di legno lucido, Mortimer, seguendole fuori dalla sala da pranzo, si trovò in una biblioteca piena di libri nuovi di zecca, con rilegature completamente dorate. Chiese di vedere il messaggero che aveva portato quel documento. Era un ragazzo di circa quindici anni. Mortimer lo guardò, e il ragazzo osservò i “pellegrini” dipinti sul muro: andavano a Canterbury in ambienti decorati con più oro e intagli rispetto a quanto si potesse trovare in una normale processione campestre.

“Di chi è questa scrittura?”

“Mio, signore.”

“Chi ti ha detto di scriverlo?”

“Mio padre, Jesse Hexam.”

“È lui che ha trovato il corpo?”

“Sì, signore.”

“Chi è tuo padre?”

Il ragazzo esitò, guardò i pellegrini con aria di rimprovero, come se lo avessero coinvolto in qualche piccolo problema, poi disse, sistemando una piega sulla gamba destra dei suoi pantaloni: “Lui si guadagna da vivere lungo la riva.”

“È lontano?”

“Quanto è lontano ancora?” chiese il ragazzo, guardingo, mentre si trovava di nuovo sulla strada per Canterbury.

“Di tuo padre?”

“È una bella distanza, signore. Sono arrivato con un taxi, e il tassista sta aspettando di essere pagato. Possiamo tornare indietro con quel taxi prima che lo paghi, se vuole. Sono andato prima nel suo ufficio, seguendo le indicazioni scritte sui documenti trovati nelle tasche; lì non c’era nessuno, tranne un ragazzo più o meno della mia età che mi ha mandato qui.”

In quel ragazzo c’era una curiosa miscela di selvaggiazza incompleta e civiltà incompleta. La sua voce era rauca e grossolana, il suo viso era ruvido, e la sua statura atrofizzata era anch’essa poco sviluppata; tuttavia, era più pulito di altri ragazzi della sua stessa condizione. La sua scrittura, sebbene grande e rotonda, era corretta; inoltre, dava un’occhiata alle pagine posteriori dei libri con una curiosità svegliata, che andava ben oltre la semplice superficie della rilegatura. Nessuno che sappia leggere guarda mai un libro, anche se non aperto sugli scaffali, come farebbe qualcuno che non sa leggere.

“Si sono presi qualche provvedimento, sai, ragazzo, per verificare se fosse possibile ripristinare la vita?” chiese Mortimer mentre cercava il suo cappello.

“Non me lo chiedereste, signore, se conosceste la sua condizione. La moltitudine del Faraone che annegò nel Mar Rosso non potrebbe essere riportata in vita nemmeno con tutti i mezzi possibili. Se Lazzaro fosse solo alla metà di quella situazione disperata, quello sarebbe stato il più grande dei miracoli.”

“Salve!” gridò Mortimer, girandosi con il cappello ancora in testa. “Sembri davvero a casa tua nel Mar Rosso, mio giovane amico, ”

“Leggilo con l’insegnante a scuola,” disse il ragazzo.

“E Lazzaro?”

“Sì, anche lui. Ma non dirlo a mio padre! Non avremmo mai pace in casa nostra se si menzionasse l’argomento. È stata un’idea di mia sorella.”

“Sembra che tu abbia una sorella davvero meravigliosa.”

“Non è affatto male,” disse il ragazzo; “ma se sa leggere, è tutto ciò che sa. E anche quella l’ho insegnata io a lei.”

Il cupo Eugene, con le mani in tasca, era entrato e aveva assistito alla seconda parte del dialogo; quando il ragazzo pronunciò quelle parole offensive nei confronti di sua sorella, Eugene lo afferrò bruscamente per il mento e gli sollevò il viso per guardarlo.

“Beh, ne sono sicuro, signore!” disse il ragazzo, resistendo; “Spero che mi riconoscerete di nuovo.”

Eugene non rispose; ma fece questa proposta a Mortimer: “Verrò con te, se vuoi.” Così, i tre partirono insieme con il veicolo che aveva portato il ragazzo; i due amici (che un tempo erano stati compagni di scuola) dentro, a fumare sigari; il messaggero sul sedile accanto al conducente.

“Lasciami pensare,” disse Mortimer mentre camminavano; “Sono stato, Eugene, per cinque anni, tra gli onorabili avvocati della Alta Corte di Cancelleria e procuratori secondo il diritto comune. E, ad eccezione del fatto che ogni quindici giorni circa prestavo gratuitamente assistenza legale per la stesura del testamento di Lady Tippins, che non ha nulla da lasciare in eredità, non ho avuto affari di alcun tipo, se non questo, ”

“E io,” disse Eugene, “sono stato ‘chiamato’ da sette anni, ma non ho avuto alcun incarico, e mai ne avrò uno. E anche se ne avessi uno, non saprei come svolgerlo.”

“Non sono affatto certo riguardo all’ultimo dettaglio che mi faccia avere un grande vantaggio su di te,” rispose Mortimer con grande calma.

“Odio,” disse Eugene, mettendo le gambe sul sedile di fronte, “odio la mia professione.”

“Vi darò disturbo se ne metto anch’io una?” rispose Mortimer. “Grazie. Odio la mia.”

“Mi è stato imposto,” disse il cupo Eugene, “perché si riteneva che avremmo dovuto avere un avvocato in famiglia. E ora ne abbiamo uno davvero prezioso.”

“Mi è stato imposto,” disse Mortimer, “perché si riteneva che avremmo avuto bisogno di un avvocato nella famiglia. E ne abbiamo ottenuto uno davvero prezioso.”

“Siamo in quattro, e i nostri nomi sono scritti su un palo accanto a un buco nero chiamato ‘insieme di camere’,” disse Eugene; “e ognuno di noi ha un assistente. Cassim Baba, nella caverna del ladro. E Cassim è l’unico membro rispettabile del nostro gruppo.”

“Sono solo, completamente solo,” disse Mortimer, “lontano su una terribile scala che conduce a un cimitero. Ho tutto un impiegato a mia disposizione, e lui non ha altro da fare se non guardare quel cimitero. Non riesco nemmeno a immaginare cosa diventerà quando sarà adulto. Forse in quell’angolo desolato sta sempre tramando saggezze, o omicidi. Forse, dopo tante riflessioni solitarie, crescerà per illuminare i suoi simili, o per avvelenarli. Questa è l’unica cosa che mi interessa, dal punto di vista professionale. Mi potreste accendere una luce? Grazie.”

“Allora gli idioti parlano,” disse Eugene, appoggiandosi allo schienale, incrociando le braccia, fumando con gli occhi chiusi e parlando leggermente attraverso il naso, “di Energia. Se c’è una parola nel dizionario, sotto qualsiasi lettera dall’A alla Z, che io aborrisca, quella è ‘energia’. È una superstizione convenzionale, un banale ripetere ciò che gli altri dicono! Per l’amor del cielo, dovrei uscire in strada, afferrare il primo uomo dall’aspetto ricco che incontro, scuoterlo e dirgli: ‘Vai subito in tribunale, cane miserabile, oppure ti distruggerò’? Eppure anche questo sarebbe considerato ‘energia’, ”

“Esattamente la mia visione della situazione, Eugene. Ma dimmi una buona opportunità, qualcosa che davvero valga la pena di impegnarsi per realizzarla, e allora ti mostrerò tutta la mia energia.”

‘And so will I,’ said Eugene.

And it is likely enough that ten thousand other young men, within the limits of the London Post-office town delivery, made the same hopeful remark in the course of the same evening.

The wheels rolled on, and rolled down by the Monument and by the Tower, and by the Docks; down by Ratcliffe, and by Rotherhithe; down by where accumulated scum of humanity seemed to be washed from higher grounds, like so much moral sewage, and to be pausing until its own weight forced it over the bank and sunk it in the river. In and out among vessels that seemed to have got ashore, and houses that seemed to have got afloat—among bowsprits staring into windows, and windows staring into ships—the wheels rolled on, until they stopped at a dark corner, river-washed and otherwise not washed at all, where the boy alighted and opened the door.

‘You must walk the rest, sir; it’s not many yards.’ He spoke in the singular number, to the express exclusion of Eugene.

‘This is a confoundedly out-of-the-way place,’ said Mortimer, slipping over the stones and refuse on the shore, as the boy turned the corner sharp.

‘Here’s my father’s, sir; where the light is.’

The low building had the look of having once been a mill. There was a rotten wart of wood upon its forehead that seemed to indicate where the sails had been, but the whole was very indistinctly seen in the obscurity of the night. The boy lifted the latch of the door, and they passed at once into a low circular room, where a man stood before a red fire, looking down into it, and a girl sat engaged in needlework. The fire was in a rusty brazier, not fitted to the hearth; and a common lamp, shaped like a hyacinth-root, smoked and flared in the neck of a stone bottle on the table. There was a wooden bunk or berth in a corner, and in another corner a wooden stair leading above—so clumsy and steep that it was little better than a ladder. Two or three old sculls and oars stood against the wall, and against another part of the wall was a small dresser, making a spare show of the commonest articles of crockery and cooking-vessels. The roof of the room was not plastered, but was formed of the flooring of the room above. This, being very old, knotted, seamed, and beamed, gave a lowering aspect to the chamber; and roof, and walls, and floor, alike abounding in old smears of flour, red-lead (or some such stain which it had probably acquired in warehousing), and damp, alike had a look of decomposition.

‘The gentleman, father.’

The figure at the red fire turned, raised its ruffled head, and looked like a bird of prey.

‘You’re Mortimer Lightwood Esquire; are you, sir?’

‘Mortimer Lightwood is my name. What you found,’ said Mortimer, glancing rather shrinkingly towards the bunk; ‘is it here?’

‘’Tain’t not to say here, but it’s close by. I do everything reg’lar. I’ve giv’ notice of the circumstarnce to the police, and the police have took possession of it. No time ain’t been lost, on any hand. The police have put into print already, and here’s what the print says of it.’

Taking up the bottle with the lamp in it, he held it near a paper on the wall, with the police heading, BODY FOUND. The two friends read the handbill as it stuck against the wall, and Gaffer read them as he held the light.

‘Only papers on the unfortunate man, I see,’ said Lightwood, glancing from the description of what was found, to the finder.

‘Only papers.’

Here the girl arose with her work in her hand, and went out at the door.

‘No money,’ pursued Mortimer; ‘but threepence in one of the skirt-pockets.’

‘Three. Penny. Pieces,’ said Gaffer Hexam, in as many sentences.

‘The trousers pockets empty, and turned inside out.’

Gaffer Hexam nodded. ‘But that’s common. Whether it’s the wash of the tide or no, I can’t say. Now, here,’ moving the light to another similar placard, ‘HIS pockets was found empty, and turned inside out. And here,’ moving the light to another, ‘HER pocket was found empty, and turned inside out. And so was this one’s. And so was that one’s. I can’t read, nor I don’t want to it, for I know ’em by their places on the wall. This one was a sailor, with two anchors and a flag and G. F. T. on his arm. Look and see if he warn’t.’

‘Quite right.’

‘This one was the young woman in grey boots, and her linen marked with a cross. Look and see if she warn’t.’

‘Quite right.’

‘This is him as had a nasty cut over the eye. This is them two young sisters what tied themselves together with a handkecher. This the drunken old chap, in a pair of list slippers and a nightcap, wot had offered—it afterwards come out—to make a hole in the water for a quartern of rum stood aforehand, and kept to his word for the first and last time in his life. They pretty well papers the room, you see; but I know ’em all. I’m scholar enough!’

He waved the light over the whole, as if to typify the light of his scholarly intelligence, and then put it down on the table and stood behind it looking intently at his visitors. He had the special peculiarity of some birds of prey, that when he knitted his brow, his ruffled crest stood highest.

‘You did not find all these yourself; did you?’ asked Eugene.

To which the bird of prey slowly rejoined, ‘And what might YOUR name be, now?’

‘This is my friend,’ Mortimer Lightwood interposed; ‘Mr Eugene Wrayburn.’

‘Mr Eugene Wrayburn, is it? And what might Mr Eugene Wrayburn have asked of me?’

‘I asked you, simply, if you found all these yourself?’

‘I answer you, simply, most on ’em.’

‘Do you suppose there has been much violence and robbery, beforehand, among these cases?’

‘I don’t suppose at all about it,’ returned Gaffer. ‘I ain’t one of the supposing sort. If you’d got your living to haul out of the river every day of your life, you mightn’t be much given to supposing. Am I to show the way?’

As he opened the door, in pursuance of a nod from Lightwood, an extremely pale and disturbed face appeared in the doorway—the face of a man much agitated.

“Anch’io lo farò,” disse Eugene.

È molto probabile che altre diecimila giovani persone, all’interno dell’area di consegna urbana del Ufficio Postale di Londra, abbiano fatto lo stesso commento pieno di speranza nella stessa serata.

Le ruote continuarono a rotolare, passando accanto al Monumento e alla Torre, oltre i Docks; lungo il percorso di Ratcliffe e Rotherhithe; fino a raggiungere quel punto in cui lo “scarto” umano sembrava essere stato spinto giù dalle zone più elevate, come se si trattasse di rifiuti morali. Quel materiale si fermava lì, aspettando che il proprio peso lo spingesse oltre la riva e lo facesse affondare nel fiume. Tra imbarcazioni semisepolate sulla riva e case che sembravano essere state trascinate in acqua, tra alberi maestri che “guardavano” dentro le finestre e finestre che “guardavano” dentro le navi. Le ruote continuarono a rotolare, fino a fermarsi in un angolo buio, bagnato dal fiume. Il ragazzo scese dalla carrozza e aprì la porta.

“Dovete percorrere il resto da soli, signore; non sono molte iarde.” Parlava al singolare, escludendo deliberatamente Eugene.

“Questo è davvero un posto incredibilmente remoto e inaccessibile,” disse Mortimer, inciampando nelle pietre e nei rifiuti presenti sulla riva, mentre il ragazzo svoltava bruscamente l’angolo.

“Ecco di mio padre, signore; là dove c’è la luce.”

L’edificio basso aveva l’aspetto di essere stato un tempo una mulino. Sulla sua “fronte” c’era un pezzo di legno marcio che sembrava indicare il punto in cui un tempo si trovavano le vele, ma tutto era molto poco visibile nell’oscurità della notte. Il ragazzo sollevò la serratura della porta e loro entrarono immediatamente in una stanza circolare e bassa; lì c’era un uomo davanti a un fuoco rosso, che lo fissava attentamente, mentre una ragazza sedeva intenta a lavorare a maglia. Il fuoco era acceso in un braciere arrugginito, non fissato al camino; accanto c’era una lampada comune, a forma di radice di giglio, che fumava e mandava bagliori nel collo di una bottiglia di pietra posata sul tavolo. In un angolo c’era un letto di legno, e in un altro angolo una scala di legno che conduceva al piano di sopra: così malconcia e ripida da essere quasi indistinguibile da una scala vera e propria. Due o tre remi vecchi erano appoggiati al muro; accanto a un’altra parte del muro c’era un piccolo comò che esibiva, in modo un po’ ridicolo, gli oggetti più comuni di ceramica e pentole da cucina. Il soffitto della stanza non era intonacato, ma costituito semplicemente dal pavimento del piano di sopra; essendo molto vecchio, pieno di nodi, crepe e travi, dava alla stanza un aspetto cupo e deprimente. Sia il soffitto che i muri e il pavimento erano coperti da vecchi strati di farina, piombo rosso (o qualche altra sostanza simile, probabilmente accumulatasi durante la conservazione degli oggetti) e umidità; tutto aveva un aspetto di decadenza.

“Il gentiluomo, il padre.”

La figura accanto al rosso fuoco si girò, sollevò la testa arruffata e sembrava un uccello rapace.

“Lei è il signor Mortimer Lightwood, vero?”

“Mi chiamo Mortimer Lightwood. Quello che avete trovato,” disse Mortimer, guardando con una certa apprensione verso il letto, “è qui?”

“Non voglio dire niente di negativo, ma si trova proprio vicino qui. Faccio tutto secondo le regole. Ho informato la polizia della situazione e loro ne hanno preso possesso. Non è stato perso alcun tempo. La polizia ha già pubblicato un comunicato ufficiale, ed ecco cosa dice.”

Prendendo la bottiglia con la lampada al suo interno, la avvicinò a un foglio di carta appeso al muro; c’era scritto: “Corpo trovato”. I due amici lessero l’avviso mentre era attaccato al muro, e Gaffer lo lesse tenendo la lampada accesa.

“Solo articoli su quell’uomo sfortunato, a quanto pare,” disse Lightwood, guardando alternativamente la descrizione di ciò che era stato trovato e la persona che l’aveva scoperto.

Solo carte.

Qui la ragazza si alzò con il suo lavoro in mano e uscì dalla porta.

“Nessun soldo,” insistette Mortimer; “ma tre penny in una delle tasche della gonna.”

“Tre, penny, pezzi,” disse Gaffer Hexam, pronunciando ogni frase separatamente.

“I tasche dei pantaloni sono vuote e rivoltate all’interno.”

Gaffer Hexam annuì. “Ma questo è abbastanza comune. Che si tratti dell’effetto della marea o meno, non posso dirlo con certezza. Ora, ecco, ” spostò la luce su un altro cartello simile. “Le sue tasche sono state trovate vuote e rivoltate dentro fuori. E qui, anche le sue tasche erano vuote e rivoltate. Lo stesso vale per queste altre. Non riesco a leggere ciò che c’è scritto, né voglio farlo; li riconosco già dai loro posti sul muro. Questo era un marinaio: aveva due ancore, una bandiera e le lettere G. F. T. sul braccio. Guardate se non vi sembra che avesse ricevuto qualche avvertimento.”

“Esattamente.”

“Questa era la giovane donna con gli stivali grigi, e il suo abito di lino era segnato da una croce. Guarda se non fosse lei.”

“Esattamente.”

‘Questo è lui, con un brutto taglio sopra l’occhio. Queste sono le due giovani sorelle che si sono legate insieme con un fazzoletto. Questo è il vecchio ubriaco, in pantofole di feltro e con un berretto da notte; aveva promesso, e poi mantenne la sua parola per la prima e ultima volta in vita sua. Hanno decorato abbastanza bene la stanza, vedete, ma io li conosco tutti. Sono abbastanza colto!’

Fece scorrere la luce su tutto ciò che aveva intorno, come per simboleggiare la luminosità della sua intelligenza accademica; poi posò la lampada sul tavolo e si mise dietro di essa, osservando attentamente i suoi visitatori. Possedeva quella particolare caratteristica tipica di alcuni uccelli rapaci: quando aggrottava la fronte, le sue piume si rizzavano al massimo.

“Non sei stato tu ad trovare tutte queste cose da solo, vero?” chiese Eugene.

“E qual potrebbe essere il TUO nome, ora?” rispose lentamente l’uccello rapace.

“Questo è mio amico,” intervenne Mortimer Lightwood; “il signor Eugene Wrayburn.”

“Signor Eugene Wrayburn, giusto? E cosa potrebbe voler chiedermi il signor :Eugene Wrayburn?”

“Ti ho chiesto semplicemente se li hai trovati tutti da solo, ”

“Vi rispondo semplicemente: la maggior parte di loro.”

“Pensi che in molti di questi casi ci sia stata molta violenza e rapina prima che tutto accadesse?”

“Non ci penso affatto,” rispose Gaffer. “Non sono il tipo che si mette a fare congetture. Se dovessi guadagnarmi da vivere tirando cose fuori dal fiume ogni giorno della mia vita, forse non avrei molta voglia di fare congetture. Devo mostrarvi la strada?”

Mentre apriva la porta, su indicazione di Lightwood, apparve sulla soglia un volto estremamente pallido e turbato: il viso di un uomo molto agitato.

‘A body missing?’ asked Gaffer Hexam, stopping short; ‘or a body found? Which?’

‘I am lost!’ replied the man, in a hurried and an eager manner.

‘Lost?’

‘I—I—am a stranger, and don’t know the way. I—I—want to find the place where I can see what is described here. It is possible I may know it.’ He was panting, and could hardly speak; but, he showed a copy of the newly-printed bill that was still wet upon the wall. Perhaps its newness, or perhaps the accuracy of his observation of its general look, guided Gaffer to a ready conclusion.

‘This gentleman, Mr Lightwood, is on that business.’

‘Mr Lightwood?’

During a pause, Mortimer and the stranger confronted each other. Neither knew the other.

‘I think, sir,’ said Mortimer, breaking the awkward silence with his airy self-possession, ‘that you did me the honour to mention my name?’

‘I repeated it, after this man.’

‘You said you were a stranger in London?’

‘An utter stranger.’

‘Are you seeking a Mr Harmon?’

‘No.’

‘Then I believe I can assure you that you are on a fruitless errand, and will not find what you fear to find. Will you come with us?’

A little winding through some muddy alleys that might have been deposited by the last ill-savoured tide, brought them to the wicket-gate and bright lamp of a Police Station; where they found the Night-Inspector, with a pen and ink, and ruler, posting up his books in a whitewashed office, as studiously as if he were in a monastery on top of a mountain, and no howling fury of a drunken woman were banging herself against a cell-door in the back-yard at his elbow. With the same air of a recluse much given to study, he desisted from his books to bestow a distrustful nod of recognition upon Gaffer, plainly importing, ‘Ah! we know all about YOU, and you’ll overdo it some day;’ and to inform Mr Mortimer Lightwood and friends, that he would attend them immediately. Then, he finished ruling the work he had in hand (it might have been illuminating a missal, he was so calm), in a very neat and methodical manner, showing not the slightest consciousness of the woman who was banging herself with increased violence, and shrieking most terrifically for some other woman’s liver.

‘A bull’s-eye,’ said the Night-Inspector, taking up his keys. Which a deferential satellite produced. ‘Now, gentlemen.’

With one of his keys, he opened a cool grot at the end of the yard, and they all went in. They quickly came out again, no one speaking but Eugene: who remarked to Mortimer, in a whisper, ‘Not MUCH worse than Lady Tippins.’

So, back to the whitewashed library of the monastery—with that liver still in shrieking requisition, as it had been loudly, while they looked at the silent sight they came to see—and there through the merits of the case as summed up by the Abbot. No clue to how body came into river. Very often was no clue. Too late to know for certain, whether injuries received before or after death; one excellent surgical opinion said, before; other excellent surgical opinion said, after. Steward of ship in which gentleman came home passenger, had been round to view, and could swear to identity. Likewise could swear to clothes. And then, you see, you had the papers, too. How was it he had totally disappeared on leaving ship, till found in river? Well! Probably had been upon some little game. Probably thought it a harmless game, wasn’t up to things, and it turned out a fatal game. Inquest to-morrow, and no doubt open verdict.

‘It appears to have knocked your friend over—knocked him completely off his legs,’ Mr Inspector remarked, when he had finished his summing up. ‘It has given him a bad turn to be sure!’ This was said in a very low voice, and with a searching look (not the first he had cast) at the stranger.

Mr Lightwood explained that it was no friend of his.

‘Indeed?’ said Mr Inspector, with an attentive ear; ‘where did you pick him up?’

Mr Lightwood explained further.

Mr Inspector had delivered his summing up, and had added these words, with his elbows leaning on his desk, and the fingers and thumb of his right hand, fitting themselves to the fingers and thumb of his left. Mr Inspector moved nothing but his eyes, as he now added, raising his voice:

‘Turned you faint, sir! Seems you’re not accustomed to this kind of work?’

The stranger, who was leaning against the chimneypiece with drooping head, looked round and answered, ‘No. It’s a horrible sight!’

‘You expected to identify, I am told, sir?’

‘Yes.’

‘HAVE you identified?’

‘No. It’s a horrible sight. O! a horrible, horrible sight!’

‘Who did you think it might have been?’ asked Mr Inspector. ‘Give us a description, sir. Perhaps we can help you.’

‘No, no,’ said the stranger; ‘it would be quite useless. Good-night.’

Mr Inspector had not moved, and had given no order; but, the satellite slipped his back against the wicket, and laid his left arm along the top of it, and with his right hand turned the bull’s-eye he had taken from his chief—in quite a casual manner—towards the stranger.

‘You missed a friend, you know; or you missed a foe, you know; or you wouldn’t have come here, you know. Well, then; ain’t it reasonable to ask, who was it?’ Thus, Mr Inspector.

‘You must excuse my telling you. No class of man can understand better than you, that families may not choose to publish their disagreements and misfortunes, except on the last necessity. I do not dispute that you discharge your duty in asking me the question; you will not dispute my right to withhold the answer. Good-night.’

Again he turned towards the wicket, where the satellite, with his eye upon his chief, remained a dumb statue.

‘At least,’ said Mr Inspector, ‘you will not object to leave me your card, sir?’

‘I should not object, if I had one; but I have not.’ He reddened and was much confused as he gave the answer.

“Un -corpo scomparso?”, chiese Gaffer Hexam, fermandosi di colpo; “o un -corpo trovato? Quale dei due?”

“Sono perso!” rispose l’uomo, in modo affrettato ed ansioso.

“Perso?”

“Sono, sono uno straniero e non conosco la strada. Voglio trovare il luogo in cui posso vedere ciò che qui viene descritto. Forse lo conosco già.” Respirava affannosamente e faticava a parlare; tuttavia mostrò una copia del manifesto appena stampato, ancora umido sulla parete. Forse fu la sua novità, o forse l’accuratezza con cui ne osservò l’aspetto generale, a guidare Gaffer verso una conclusione immediata.

“Questo signore, il signor Lightwood, si occupa proprio di quella questione.”

“Signor Lightwood?”

Durante una pausa, Mortimer e lo sconosciuto si trovarono di fronte l’uno all’altro. Nessuno dei due conosceva l’altro.

“Penso, signore,” disse Mortimer, rompendo il imbarazzante silenzio con la sua aria disinvolta e sicura di sé, “che mi abbia fatto l’onore di menzionare il mio nome, ”

“Lo ripeto, dopo quest’uomo.”

“Hai detto di essere uno straniero a Londra, ”

“Un perfetto sconosciuto.”

“Sta cercando il signor Harmon?”

‘No.’

“Allora credo di potervi assicurare che state compiendo un viaggio inutile e non troverete ciò che temete di trovare. Volete venire con noi?”

Dopo aver percorso alcuni vicoli tortuosi e fangosi, probabilmente formatisi con l’ultima marea torbida, arrivarono davanti al cancello di una stazione di polizia, illuminato da una lampada vivace; lì trovarono l’ispettore di notte, impegnato a compilare i suoi registri con penna, inchiostro e riga squadra, in un ufficio imbiancato, con la stessa concentrazione di uno studioso in un monastero sulle montagne. Nonostante le urla furiose di una donna ubriaca che si sbatteva contro la porta di una cella nel cortile alle sue spalle. Con lo stesso atteggiamento di un eremita dedicato allo studio, interruppe il suo lavoro per lanciare a Gaffer uno sguardo scettico, come a dire: “Ah, di te sappiamo tutto; prima o poi farai qualcosa di troppo, ” Poi comunicò a Mr Mortimer Lightwood e ai suoi compagni che li avrebbe raggiunti immediatamente. Infine terminò il suo compito con estrema meticolosità, senza mostrare la minima curiosità per quella donna che continuava a sbattere contro la porta della cella, urlando terribilmente, forse chiedendo l’aiuto di un’altra donna.

“Un tiro perfetto,” disse l’ispettore notturno, prendendo le sue chiavi. Un satellite obbediente gliele aveva prodotte. “Ora, signori.”

Con una delle sue chiavi aprì una fresca grotta alla fine del cortile, e tutti vi entrarono. Ne uscirono rapidamente, senza che nessuno parlasse tranne Eugene, il quale sussurrò a Mortimer: “Niente di molto peggio di Lady Tippins, ”

Torniamo quindi alla biblioteca imbiancata del monastero: quel fegato continuava ancora a “chiedere” attenzione con i suoi strilli, proprio come aveva fatto in modo così rumoroso poco prima. Mentre loro osservavano quella scena silenziosa che erano venuti ad vedere, l’Abate riassunse i dettagli del caso. Nessuna traccia di come quel corpo fosse finito nel fiume. Spesso non c’era alcuna spiegazione. Era troppo tardi per stabilire con certezza se le ferite fossero state causate prima o dopo la morte; un eccellente chirurgo affermava che fossero avvenute prima, un altro sosteneva il contrario. Lo steward della nave su cui quel gentiluomo era tornato a casa aveva ispezionato il corpo e poteva giurare sulla sua identità. Allo stesso modo, poteva confermare l’identicità dei vestiti indossati. E poi, c’erano anche i documenti. Come mai quell’uomo era scomparso completamente dopo essere sceso dalla nave, per essere ritrovato nel fiume? Probabilmente stava partecipando a qualche piccola avventura. Forse pensava che fosse qualcosa di inoffensivo. Ma si è rivelata una cosa mortale. L’inchiesta sarà domani. E non ci saranno dubbi sul verdetto finale.

“Sembra che abbia fatto cadere vostro amico, lo ha completamente privato della capacità di camminare,” osservò il signor ispettore al termine del suo resoconto. “Di certo gli ha causato un grave danno, ” Queste parole furono pronunciate a voce molto bassa, accompagnate da uno sguardo attento (non il primo che l’uomo aveva rivolto allo straniero).

Il signor Lightwood spiegò che non era affatto suo amico.

“Davvero?” disse l’ispettore, ascoltando attentamente; “dove l’avete incontrato?”

Il signor Lightwood spiegò ulteriormente.

Il signor ispettore aveva concluso il suo discorso e aggiunse queste parole, appoggiando i gomiti sulla scrivania e intrecciando le dita della mano destra con quelle della sinistra. Il signor ispettore non mosse nulla se non gli occhi, mentre alzava la voce per continuare:

“Vi ha fatto svenire, signore. Sembra che non siate abituati a questo tipo di lavoro, ”

Lo sconosciuto, che si appoggiava al caminetto con la testa china, guardò intorno e rispose: “No. È una vista orribile!”

“Si aspettava di riconoscerlo, mi è stato detto, signore?”

“Sì, davvero.”

“L’avete identificato?”

“Mai. È una scena orribile. Oh, davvero orribile!”

“Chi pensava che potesse essere?” chiese il signor ispettore. “Faccia una descrizione, signore. Forse possiamo aiutarla.”

“No, no,” disse lo sconosciuto; “sarebbe del tutto inutile. Buona notte.”

Il signor ispettore non si era mosso e non aveva dato alcun ordine; ma il suo assistente si appoggiò alla recinzione dietro di lui, posizionò il braccio sinistro sulla sommità della stessa e, con la mano destra, in modo del tutto disinvolto, orientò il bersaglio che aveva preso dal proprio capo verso lo sconosciuto.

“Hai perso un amico, capisci, oppure hai perso un nemico, capisci. Altrimenti non saresti venuto qui, capisci. Beh, allora, non è ragionevole chiedere: chi era?” Così disse il signor ispettore.

“Deve scusarmi per ciò che sto per dirvi. Nessuna classe di persone può capire meglio di voi che le famiglie non devono rendere pubblici i loro dissidi e i loro mali, se non in caso di estrema necessità. Non contesto il fatto che abbiate adempiuto al vostro dovere ponendomi questa domanda; né metto in discussione il mio diritto di rifiutare di rispondervi. Buona notte.”

Di nuovo si voltò verso la porta di ingresso; il satellite, con lo sguardo fisso sul suo capo, rimase immobile come una statua silenziosa.

“Almeno,” disse l’ispettore, “non avrete obiezioni ad lasciarmi il vostro biglietto, vero?”

“Non dovrei obiettare, se ne avessi uno; ma non ne ho.” Arrossì e si confuse molto mentre rispondeva.

‘At least,’ said Mr Inspector, with no change of voice or manner, ‘you will not object to write down your name and address?’

‘Not at all.’

Mr Inspector dipped a pen in his inkstand, and deftly laid it on a piece of paper close beside him; then resumed his former attitude. The stranger stepped up to the desk, and wrote in a rather tremulous hand—Mr Inspector taking sidelong note of every hair of his head when it was bent down for the purpose—‘Mr Julius Handford, Exchequer Coffee House, Palace Yard, Westminster.’

‘Staying there, I presume, sir?’

‘Staying there.’

‘Consequently, from the country?’

‘Eh? Yes—from the country.’

‘Good-night, sir.’

The satellite removed his arm and opened the wicket, and Mr Julius Handford went out.

‘Reserve!’ said Mr Inspector. ‘Take care of this piece of paper, keep him in view without giving offence, ascertain that he IS staying there, and find out anything you can about him.’

The satellite was gone; and Mr Inspector, becoming once again the quiet Abbot of that Monastery, dipped his pen in his ink and resumed his books. The two friends who had watched him, more amused by the professional manner than suspicious of Mr Julius Handford, inquired before taking their departure too whether he believed there was anything that really looked bad here?

The Abbot replied with reticence, couldn’t say. If a murder, anybody might have done it. Burglary or pocket-picking wanted ’prenticeship. Not so, murder. We were all of us up to that. Had seen scores of people come to identify, and never saw one person struck in that particular way. Might, however, have been Stomach and not Mind. If so, rum stomach. But to be sure there were rum everythings. Pity there was not a word of truth in that superstition about bodies bleeding when touched by the hand of the right person; you never got a sign out of bodies. You got row enough out of such as her—she was good for all night now (referring here to the banging demands for the liver), ‘but you got nothing out of bodies if it was ever so.’

There being nothing more to be done until the Inquest was held next day, the friends went away together, and Gaffer Hexam and his son went their separate way. But, arriving at the last corner, Gaffer bade his boy go home while he turned into a red-curtained tavern, that stood dropsically bulging over the causeway, ‘for a half-a-pint.’

The boy lifted the latch he had lifted before, and found his sister again seated before the fire at her work. Who raised her head upon his coming in and asking:

‘Where did you go, Liz?’

‘I went out in the dark.’

‘There was no necessity for that. It was all right enough.’

‘One of the gentlemen, the one who didn’t speak while I was there, looked hard at me. And I was afraid he might know what my face meant. But there! Don’t mind me, Charley! I was all in a tremble of another sort when you owned to father you could write a little.’

‘Ah! But I made believe I wrote so badly, as that it was odds if any one could read it. And when I wrote slowest and smeared but with my finger most, father was best pleased, as he stood looking over me.’

The girl put aside her work, and drawing her seat close to his seat by the fire, laid her arm gently on his shoulder.

‘You’ll make the most of your time, Charley; won’t you?’

‘Won’t I? Come! I like that. Don’t I?’

‘Yes, Charley, yes. You work hard at your learning, I know. And I work a little, Charley, and plan and contrive a little (wake out of my sleep contriving sometimes), how to get together a shilling now, and a shilling then, that shall make father believe you are beginning to earn a stray living along shore.’

‘You are father’s favourite, and can make him believe anything.’

‘I wish I could, Charley! For if I could make him believe that learning was a good thing, and that we might lead better lives, I should be a’most content to die.’

‘Don’t talk stuff about dying, Liz.’

She placed her hands in one another on his shoulder, and laying her rich brown cheek against them as she looked down at the fire, went on thoughtfully:

‘Of an evening, Charley, when you are at the school, and father’s—’

‘At the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters,’ the boy struck in, with a backward nod of his head towards the public-house.

‘Yes. Then as I sit a-looking at the fire, I seem to see in the burning coal—like where that glow is now—’

‘That’s gas, that is,’ said the boy, ‘coming out of a bit of a forest that’s been under the mud that was under the water in the days of Noah’s Ark. Look here! When I take the poker—so—and give it a dig—’

‘Don’t disturb it, Charley, or it’ll be all in a blaze. It’s that dull glow near it, coming and going, that I mean. When I look at it of an evening, it comes like pictures to me, Charley.’

‘Show us a picture,’ said the boy. ‘Tell us where to look.’

‘Ah! It wants my eyes, Charley.’

‘Cut away then, and tell us what your eyes make of it.’

‘Why, there are you and me, Charley, when you were quite a baby that never knew a mother—’

‘Don’t go saying I never knew a mother,’ interposed the boy, ‘for I knew a little sister that was sister and mother both.’

The girl laughed delightedly, and her eyes filled with pleasant tears, as he put both his arms round her waist and so held her.

‘There are you and me, Charley, when father was away at work and locked us out, for fear we should set ourselves afire or fall out of window, sitting on the door-sill, sitting on other door-steps, sitting on the bank of the river, wandering about to get through the time. You are rather heavy to carry, Charley, and I am often obliged to rest. Sometimes we are sleepy and fall asleep together in a corner, sometimes we are very hungry, sometimes we are a little frightened, but what is oftenest hard upon us is the cold. You remember, Charley?’

‘I remember,’ said the boy, pressing her to him twice or thrice, ‘that I snuggled under a little shawl, and it was warm there.’

“Almeno,” disse il signor ispettore, senza cambiare tono o modo di parlare, “non vi opporrete a scrivere il vostro nome e indirizzo, vero?”

“Assolutamente no.”

Il signor ispettore intinse la penna nel calamaio e la posizionò abilmente su un foglio di carta vicino a sé; poi riprese la sua solita postura. Lo sconosciuto si avvicinò alla scrivania e scrisse, con una mano piuttosto tremante: “Signor Julius Handford, Exchequer Coffee House, Palace Yard, Westminster.” Il signor ispettore osservava attentamente ogni singola ciocca di capelli dell’uomo mentre questi si chinava per scrivere.

“Rimane lì, presumo, signore?”

“Rimanere lì.”

“Pertanto, dalla campagna?”

“Eh? Sì, dalla campagna.”

“Buona notte, signore.”

Il satellite gli rimuoveva il braccio e apriva la porta; poi il signor Julius Handford uscì.

“Riservatelo!”, disse l’Ispettore. “Prendetevi cura di questo foglio di carta, tenetelo sott’occhio senza offendere nessuno, assicuratevi che rimanga lì e cercate di scoprire tutto ciò che potete su di lui.”

Il satellite era scomparso; e il signor ispettore, tornando ancora una volta ad essere l’ tranquillo abate di quel monastero, immerse la penna nell’inchiostro e riprese a leggere i suoi libri. I due amici che lo avevano osservato, più divertiti dal suo comportamento professionale che sospettosi del signor Julius Handford, gli chiesero prima di andarsene se riteneva davvero che ci fosse qualcosa di seriamente problematico in quella situazione.

L’Abate rispose con reticenza: “Non posso dirlo. Se si tratta di omicidio, chiunque potrebbe averlo commesso. Per rapina o furti minori servono ‘apprendisti’, ma per un omicidio. No, nessuno di noi sarebbe in grado di farlo. Abbiamo visto molte persone venire a identificare il colpevole, ma mai nessuna che fosse stata colpita esattamente in quel modo. Forse si trattava di qualcosa legato allo stomaco e non alla mente. Ma per essere sicuri, beh, c’era sempre del rum coinvolto in quelle situazioni. Peccato che in quella superstizione secondo cui i corpi sanguinano quando vengono toccati dalla persona giusta non ci sia nemmeno una parola di verità; dai corpi non si ottiene mai nulla di concreto. Al contrario, persone come lei, beh, erano utili per certe ‘notti’ (si riferisce qui alle continue richieste riguardo al fegato), ma dai corpi davvero non si ottiene nulla.”

Non essendoci più nulla da fare fino all’indomani, quando si sarebbe tenuta l’inchiesta, gli amici se ne andarono insieme; Gaffer Hexam e suo figlio presero invece strade diverse. Ma arrivati all’ultimo angolo, Gaffer disse al ragazzo di tornare a casa, mentre lui entrò in una taverna con tende rosse, situata proprio sopra il pontile, per bere “mezza pinta”.

Il ragazzo sollevò di nuovo la sbarra che aveva già alzato prima, e vide sua sorella seduta davanti al focolare, intenta al suo lavoro. Al suo arrivo, lei alzò lo sguardo e chiese.

“Dove sei andata, Liz?”

“Sono uscito nel buio.”

Non c’era alcuna necessità di farlo. Andava più che bene così.

“Uno dei signori, quello che non ha parlato mentre ero lì, mi ha guardato attentamente. E avevo paura che potesse capire cosa significasse il mio viso. Ma lascia perdere, Charley! Ero semplicemente tremante per un’altra ragione quando hai ammesso di saper scrivere un po’.”

“Ah! Ma ho finto di scrivere in modo così maldestro che era improbabile che qualcuno riuscisse a leggerlo. E quando scrivevo più lentamente e con maggiore difficoltà, soprattutto usando il dito, mio padre era molto soddisfatto; si fermava sempre a guardarmi mentre scrivevo.”

La ragazza mise da parte il suo lavoro, avvicinò la sua sedia a quella di lui vicino al focolare e posò dolcemente il braccio sulle sue spalle.

“Farai del tuo tempo il miglior uso possibile, Charley, vero?”

“Non lo farò forse? Vieni! Mi piace. Non è vero?”

“Sì, Charley, sì. So che ti impegni molto nello studio. E anch’io faccio un po’ di sforzo, Charley: penso e progetto come riuscire a racimolare qualche soldo, uno dopo l’altro, in modo che tuo padre creda che tu stia iniziando a guadagnarti da vivere.”

“Sei il preferito di tuo padre, e puoi fargli credere qualsiasi cosa.”

“Vorrei tanto poterlo fare, Charley! Perché se riuscissi a fargli credere che imparare sia una cosa positiva e che possiamo vivere vite migliori, sarei assolutamente felice di morire.”

“Non parlare mai di morte, Liz.”

Posò le mani una sull’altra sulle sue spalle, appoggiò la sua guancia marrone scuro contro di esse e, guardando il fuoco, continuò a riflettere pensierosamente.

“Una sera, Charley, quando tu sarai a scuola e anche papà, ”

“Al ‘Six Jolly Fellowship Porters’”, intervenne il ragazzo, facendo un cenno con la testa verso l’edificio pubblico.

“Sì. Mentre sono seduto a guardare il fuoco, sembra che riesca a vedere, nel carbone che brucia, proprio lì dove c’è quel bagliore ora, ”

“Quello è gas,” disse il ragazzo, “che esce da una piccola foresta che si trovava sotto lo fango, nascosta dall’acqua ai tempi dell’Arca di Noè. Guardate qui! Quando prendo questa paletta e la uso per scavare, ”

“Non disturbarlo, Charley, altrimenti tutto andrà in fiamme. Intendo quel debole bagliore che si accende e si spegne vicino a esso. Quando lo guardo una sera, mi sembrano dei quadri, Charley.”

“Mostraci una foto”, disse il ragazzo. “Dicci dove dobbiamo guardare”.

“Ah! Vuole i miei occhi, Charley.”

“Taglia via quindi e raccontaci cosa ne pensano i tuoi occhi.”

“Eccoci qui, tu e io, Charley, quando eri ancora un bambino piccolo che non conosceva nemmeno sua madre, ”

“Non dite mai che non abbia conosciuto una madre,” intervenne il ragazzo, “perché ho conosciuto una sorellina che era sia sorella che madre.”

La ragazza rise felicemente, e i suoi occhi si riempirono di piacevoli lacrime, mentre lui le circondava la vita con entrambe le braccia e la teneva così stretta.

“Ecco noi due, Charley: quando nostro padre era via al lavoro e ci chiudeva fuori, per paura che potessimo darci fuoco o cadere dalla finestra, sedevamo sullo stipite della porta, su altri gradini, sulla riva del fiume, girovagando per passare il tempo. Sei abbastanza pesante da portare, Charley. Spesso devo riposarmi. A volte ci addormentiamo insieme in un angolo, a volte abbiamo molto fame, a volte siamo un po’ spaventati. Ma quello che ci fa davvero soffrire di più è il freddo. Te lo ricordi, Charley?”

“Ricordo,” disse il ragazzo, stringendola a sé due o tre volte, “che mi rannicchiai sotto una piccola sciarpa, e lì faceva caldo.”

‘Sometimes it rains, and we creep under a boat or the like of that: sometimes it’s dark, and we get among the gaslights, sitting watching the people as they go along the streets. At last, up comes father and takes us home. And home seems such a shelter after out of doors! And father pulls my shoes off, and dries my feet at the fire, and has me to sit by him while he smokes his pipe long after you are abed, and I notice that father’s is a large hand but never a heavy one when it touches me, and that father’s is a rough voice but never an angry one when it speaks to me. So, I grow up, and little by little father trusts me, and makes me his companion, and, let him be put out as he may, never once strikes me.’

The listening boy gave a grunt here, as much as to say ‘But he strikes ME though!’

‘Those are some of the pictures of what is past, Charley.’

‘Cut away again,’ said the boy, ‘and give us a fortune-telling one; a future one.’

Well! There am I, continuing with father and holding to father, because father loves me and I love father. I can’t so much as read a book, because, if I had learned, father would have thought I was deserting him, and I should have lost my influence. I have not the influence I want to have, I cannot stop some dreadful things I try to stop, but I go on in the hope and trust that the time will come. In the meanwhile I know that I am in some things a stay to father, and that if I was not faithful to him he would—in revenge-like, or in disappointment, or both—go wild and bad.’

‘Give us a touch of the fortune-telling pictures about me.’

‘I was passing on to them, Charley,’ said the girl, who had not changed her attitude since she began, and who now mournfully shook her head; ‘the others were all leading up. There are you—’

‘Where am I, Liz?’

‘Still in the hollow down by the flare.’

‘There seems to be the deuce-and-all in the hollow down by the flare,’ said the boy, glancing from her eyes to the brazier, which had a grisly skeleton look on its long thin legs.

‘There are you, Charley, working your way, in secret from father, at the school; and you get prizes; and you go on better and better; and you come to be a—what was it you called it when you told me about that?’

‘Ha, ha! Fortune-telling not know the name!’ cried the boy, seeming to be rather relieved by this default on the part of the hollow down by the flare. ‘Pupil-teacher.’

‘You come to be a pupil-teacher, and you still go on better and better, and you rise to be a master full of learning and respect. But the secret has come to father’s knowledge long before, and it has divided you from father, and from me.’

‘No it hasn’t!’

‘Yes it has, Charley. I see, as plain as plain can be, that your way is not ours, and that even if father could be got to forgive your taking it (which he never could be), that way of yours would be darkened by our way. But I see too, Charley—’

‘Still as plain as plain can be, Liz?’ asked the boy playfully.

‘Ah! Still. That it is a great work to have cut you away from father’s life, and to have made a new and good beginning. So there am I, Charley, left alone with father, keeping him as straight as I can, watching for more influence than I have, and hoping that through some fortunate chance, or when he is ill, or when—I don’t know what—I may turn him to wish to do better things.’

‘You said you couldn’t read a book, Lizzie. Your library of books is the hollow down by the flare, I think.’

‘I should be very glad to be able to read real books. I feel my want of learning very much, Charley. But I should feel it much more, if I didn’t know it to be a tie between me and father.—Hark! Father’s tread!’

It being now past midnight, the bird of prey went straight to roost. At mid-day following he reappeared at the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters, in the character, not new to him, of a witness before a Coroner’s Jury.

Mr Mortimer Lightwood, besides sustaining the character of one of the witnesses, doubled the part with that of the eminent solicitor who watched the proceedings on behalf of the representatives of the deceased, as was duly recorded in the newspapers. Mr Inspector watched the proceedings too, and kept his watching closely to himself. Mr Julius Handford having given his right address, and being reported in solvent circumstances as to his bill, though nothing more was known of him at his hotel except that his way of life was very retired, had no summons to appear, and was merely present in the shades of Mr Inspector’s mind.

The case was made interesting to the public, by Mr Mortimer Lightwood’s evidence touching the circumstances under which the deceased, Mr John Harmon, had returned to England; exclusive private proprietorship in which circumstances was set up at dinner-tables for several days, by Veneering, Twemlow, Podsnap, and all the Buffers: who all related them irreconcilably with one another, and contradicted themselves. It was also made interesting by the testimony of Job Potterson, the ship’s steward, and one Mr Jacob Kibble, a fellow-passenger, that the deceased Mr John Harmon did bring over, in a hand-valise with which he did disembark, the sum realized by the forced sale of his little landed property, and that the sum exceeded, in ready money, seven hundred pounds. It was further made interesting, by the remarkable experiences of Jesse Hexam in having rescued from the Thames so many dead bodies, and for whose behoof a rapturous admirer subscribing himself ‘A friend to Burial’ (perhaps an undertaker), sent eighteen postage stamps, and five ‘Now Sir’s to the editor of the Times.

Upon the evidence adduced before them, the Jury found, That the body of Mr John Harmon had been discovered floating in the Thames, in an advanced state of decay, and much injured; and that the said Mr John Harmon had come by his death under highly suspicious circumstances, though by whose act or in what precise manner there was no evidence before this Jury to show. And they appended to their verdict, a recommendation to the Home Office (which Mr Inspector appeared to think highly sensible), to offer a reward for the solution of the mystery. Within eight-and-forty hours, a reward of One Hundred Pounds was proclaimed, together with a free pardon to any person or persons not the actual perpetrator or perpetrators, and so forth in due form.

This Proclamation rendered Mr Inspector additionally studious, and caused him to stand meditating on river-stairs and causeways, and to go lurking about in boats, putting this and that together. But, according to the success with which you put this and that together, you get a woman and a fish apart, or a Mermaid in combination. And Mr Inspector could turn out nothing better than a Mermaid, which no Judge and Jury would believe in.

Thus, like the tides on which it had been borne to the knowledge of men, the Harmon Murder—as it came to be popularly called—went up and down, and ebbed and flowed, now in the town, now in the country, now among palaces, now among hovels, now among lords and ladies and gentlefolks, now among labourers and hammerers and ballast-heavers, until at last, after a long interval of slack water it got out to sea and drifted away.

“A volte piove, e ci rifugiamo sotto una barca o qualcosa del genere; a volte fa buio, e ci mettiamo tra i lampioni a gas, seduti a osservare la gente che passa per le strade. Alla fine arriva papà e ci porta a casa. E la casa sembra un vero rifugio dopo essere stati fuori. Papà mi toglie le scarpe, mi asciuga i piedi vicino al focolare, e mi fa sedere accanto a lui mentre fuma la pipa, molto tempo dopo che tu sei andato a letto. Noto che la mano di papà è grande, ma mai pesante quando mi tocca; la sua voce è ruvida, ma mai arrabbiata quando parla con me. Così cresco. E poco a poco, papà inizia a fidarsi di me, a farmi il suo compagno. E per quanto possa essere arrabbiato, non mi colpisce mai.”

Il ragazzo che ascoltava emise un grugnito, come per dire: “Ma lui colpisce ME!”

“Queste sono alcune delle immagini di ciò che è passato, Charley.”

“Taglia di nuovo,” disse il ragazzo, “e facci uno che predica il futuro.”

‘Beh! Ecco me qui, che continuo al fianco di mio padre e mi attengo a lui, perché mio padre mi ama e io amo mio padre. Non riesco nemmeno a leggere un libro, perché se avessi imparato, mio padre penserebbe che lo sto abbandonando e perderei la mia influenza su di lui. Non ho l’influenza che vorrei avere; non riesco a impedire alcune cose terribili che cerco di fermare. Ma continuo nella >speranza e credo che arriverà il momento giusto. Nel frattempo so che, in alcuni modi, rappresento un sostegno per mio padre. E se non fossi fedele a lui, lui, per vendetta, delusione o entrambe le cose, diventerebbe pazzo e cattivo.’

“Datemi qualche immagine che predica il mio futuro, ”

“Stavo solo passando loro le informazioni, Charley,” disse la ragazza, che non aveva cambiato atteggiamento dall’inizio e ora scuoteva tristemente la testa; “tutti gli altri stavano già arrivando. Ecco te, ”

“Dove sono, Liz?”

“Ancora nella cavità vicino alla fiamma.”

“Sembra che ci sia qualcosa di molto strano nella cavità vicino al braciere,” disse il ragazzo, guardando prima i suoi occhi e poi il braciere, il cui lungo stelo sottile aveva un aspetto spaventoso, simile a quello di uno >scheletro.

Eccoti qua, Charley: lavori di nascosto da tuo padre a scuola, ottieni premi, vai sempre meglio. E diventerai, come hai detto quando mi ne hai parlato?

“Ah ah! Le previsioni del futuro non conoscono nemmeno il nome!” gridò il ragazzo, sembrando piuttosto sollevato da questo fallimento da parte di quella cavità situata vicino alla fiamma. “Allievo-insegnante, ”

“Sei diventato un allievo-insegnante, e continui ad migliorare sempre di più, fino a diventare un maestro pieno di conoscenza e rispetto. Ma il segreto è stato scoperto da tuo padre molto tempo fa, e questo ha separato te da lui, e da me.”

“No, non è vero!”

“Sì, lo ha davvero, Charley. Vedo chiaramente che il tuo percorso non è il nostro, e che anche se riuscissimo a far perdonare a nostro padre il fatto che tu l’abbia scelto (cosa che mai accadrebbe), quel tuo percorso verrebbe comunque oscurato dal nostro. Ma vedo anche, Charley, ”

“È davvero semplice come può esserlo, Liz?”, chiese il ragazzo scherzando.

‘Ah! Comunque sia. È davvero un grande risultato avervi separati dalla vita di vostro padre e avervi dato una nuova e migliore opportunità. Ecco me qui, Charley: lasciato solo con mio padre, cerco di tenerlo sulla retta via, di fare attenzione a qualsiasi influenza negativa possa esserci intorno a lui. E spero che, per qualche fortunata coincidenza, o quando si ammalerà, o quando, non so cosa, riuscirò a far sì che desideri fare cose migliori.’

“Hai detto di non saper leggere, Lizzie. La tua ‘biblioteca’ di libri è probabilmente quella cavità vicino al punto in cui è scoppiata l’esplosione.”

“Sarei molto felice di poter leggere veri libri. Mi rendo conto di quanto desideri imparare, Charley. Ma questa sensazione sarebbe ancora più forte se non sapessi che questo desiderio rappresenta un legame tra me e mio padre. Ascolta! Sono i passi di papà!”

Essendo ormai passata la mezzanotte, l’uccello rapace andò direttamente a riposare. Al mezzogiorno seguente ricomparve presso i “Six Jolly Fellowship Porters”, assumendo, come al solito, il ruolo di testimone davanti a una giuria del coroner.

Il signor Mortimer Lightwood, oltre a ricoprire il ruolo di uno dei testimoni, interpretava anche quello dell’eminente avvocato che seguiva le procedure legali a nome dei rappresentanti del defunto, come fu debitamente riportato nei giornali. Anche l’ispettore osservava attentamente gli sviluppi degli eventi, ma teneva per sé queste informazioni. Il signor Julius Handford, avendo fornito il proprio indirizzo corretto e risultando solvente riguardo al proprio debito, non ricevette alcuna convocazione ufficiale; rimase semplicemente presente nella mente dell’ispettore.

Il caso divenne interessante per il pubblico grazie alle testimonianze di Mr Mortimer Lightwood riguardo alle circostanze in cui il defunto, Mr John Harmon, era tornato in Inghilterra; queste testimonianze furono ripetute più volte ai tavoli da pranzo per diversi giorni da Veneering, Twemlow, Podsnap e tutti gli altri presenti, i quali le raccontarono in modi incompatibili tra loro e si contraddissero reciprocamente. Il caso divenne ancora più interessante grazie alle dichiarazioni di Job Potterson, il cameriere di bordo della nave, e di un altro passeggero di nome Jacob Kibble: entrambi affermarono che Mr John Harmon aveva portato con sé, in una valigetta da viaggio, la somma ottenuta dalla vendita forzata delle sue piccole proprietà terriere, e che tale somma superava i settecento sterline in contanti. Inoltre, il caso divenne ancora più interessante grazie alle straordinarie esperienze di Jesse Hexam, che aveva salvato molti corpi dal Tamigi; per suo beneficio, un entusiasta ammiratore, autodefinitosi “Un amico dei funerali” (forse un impresario funebre), inviò all’editore del “Times” diciotto francobolli e cinque lettere.

Sulla base delle prove presentate davanti a loro, la Giuria concluse che il corpo del signor John Harmon era stato trovato galleggiante nel Tamigi, in uno stato avanzato di decomposizione e gravemente danneggiato; inoltre, il suddetto signor John Harmon era deceduto in circostanze estremamente sospette, anche se non esistevano prove concrete che indicassero chi fosse l’autore dell’omicidio o in quale modo esso fosse stato commesso. Nella loro sentenza, la Giuria raccomandò all’Ministero dell’interno (che, a quanto pare, il signor ispettore riteneva una proposta molto sensata) di offrire una ricompensa per la risoluzione del mistero. Entro ottantaquattro ore fu annunciata una ricompensa di cento sterline, insieme alla promessa di un’amnistia totale a chiunque non fosse il vero colpevole, e così via, secondo le procedure previste dalla legge.

Questa Proclamazione rese il signor ispettore ancora più diligente nel suo lavoro; lo spinse infatti a riflettere attentamente sulle rive dei fiumi e sui canali navigabili, e ad aggirarsi su delle barche, mettendo insieme vari elementi per cercare di capire la situazione. Tuttavia, a seconda del “successo” ottenuto nel collegare questi diversi elementi, ciò che ne risultava era, una donna separata da un pesce, o addirittura una Sirena! E il signor ispettore non riuscì a concludere nulla di meglio, una Sirena, che nessun giudice e nessuna giuria avrebbero mai creduto vera.

Così, proprio come le maree che lo avevano portato alla conoscenza degli uomini, l’omicidio di Harmon – così come venne poi chiamato popolarmente – subì alti e bassi, si diffuse ora in città, ora in campagna, tra palazzi e tughe, tra signori e gentildonne, ma anche tra operai e lavoratori manuali; fino a quando, dopo un lungo periodo di calma, finì per “uscire in mare” e allontanarsi.

Chapter 4

THE R. WILFER FAMILY

Reginald Wilfer is a name with rather a grand sound, suggesting on first acquaintance brasses in country churches, scrolls in stained-glass windows, and generally the De Wilfers who came over with the Conqueror. For, it is a remarkable fact in genealogy that no De Any ones ever came over with Anybody else.

But, the Reginald Wilfer family were of such commonplace extraction and pursuits that their forefathers had for generations modestly subsisted on the Docks, the Excise Office, and the Custom House, and the existing R. Wilfer was a poor clerk. So poor a clerk, through having a limited salary and an unlimited family, that he had never yet attained the modest object of his ambition: which was, to wear a complete new suit of clothes, hat and boots included, at one time. His black hat was brown before he could afford a coat, his pantaloons were white at the seams and knees before he could buy a pair of boots, his boots had worn out before he could treat himself to new pantaloons, and, by the time he worked round to the hat again, that shining modern article roofed-in an ancient ruin of various periods.

If the conventional Cherub could ever grow up and be clothed, he might be photographed as a portrait of Wilfer. His chubby, smooth, innocent appearance was a reason for his being always treated with condescension when he was not put down. A stranger entering his own poor house at about ten o’clock P.M. might have been surprised to find him sitting up to supper. So boyish was he in his curves and proportions, that his old schoolmaster meeting him in Cheapside, might have been unable to withstand the temptation of caning him on the spot. In short, he was the conventional cherub, after the supposititious shoot just mentioned, rather grey, with signs of care on his expression, and in decidedly insolvent circumstances.

He was shy, and unwilling to own to the name of Reginald, as being too aspiring and self-assertive a name. In his signature he used only the initial R., and imparted what it really stood for, to none but chosen friends, under the seal of confidence. Out of this, the facetious habit had arisen in the neighbourhood surrounding Mincing Lane of making christian names for him of adjectives and participles beginning with R. Some of these were more or less appropriate: as Rusty, Retiring, Ruddy, Round, Ripe, Ridiculous, Ruminative; others, derived their point from their want of application: as Raging, Rattling, Roaring, Raffish. But, his popular name was Rumty, which in a moment of inspiration had been bestowed upon him by a gentleman of convivial habits connected with the drug-markets, as the beginning of a social chorus, his leading part in the execution of which had led this gentleman to the Temple of Fame, and of which the whole expressive burden ran:

‘Rumty iddity, row dow dow, Sing toodlely, teedlely, bow wow wow.’

Thus he was constantly addressed, even in minor notes on business, as ‘Dear Rumty’; in answer to which, he sedately signed himself, ‘Yours truly, R. Wilfer.’

He was clerk in the drug-house of Chicksey, Veneering, and Stobbles. Chicksey and Stobbles, his former masters, had both become absorbed in Veneering, once their traveller or commission agent: who had signalized his accession to supreme power by bringing into the business a quantity of plate-glass window and French-polished mahogany partition, and a gleaming and enormous doorplate.

R. Wilfer locked up his desk one evening, and, putting his bunch of keys in his pocket much as if it were his peg-top, made for home. His home was in the Holloway region north of London, and then divided from it by fields and trees. Between Battle Bridge and that part of the Holloway district in which he dwelt, was a tract of suburban Sahara, where tiles and bricks were burnt, bones were boiled, carpets were beat, rubbish was shot, dogs were fought, and dust was heaped by contractors. Skirting the border of this desert, by the way he took, when the light of its kiln-fires made lurid smears on the fog, R. Wilfer sighed and shook his head.

‘Ah me!’ said he, ‘what might have been is not what is!’

With which commentary on human life, indicating an experience of it not exclusively his own, he made the best of his way to the end of his journey.

Mrs Wilfer was, of course, a tall woman and an angular. Her lord being cherubic, she was necessarily majestic, according to the principle which matrimonially unites contrasts. She was much given to tying up her head in a pocket-handkerchief, knotted under the chin. This head-gear, in conjunction with a pair of gloves worn within doors, she seemed to consider as at once a kind of armour against misfortune (invariably assuming it when in low spirits or difficulties), and as a species of full dress. It was therefore with some sinking of the spirit that her husband beheld her thus heroically attired, putting down her candle in the little hall, and coming down the doorsteps through the little front court to open the gate for him.

Something had gone wrong with the house-door, for R. Wilfer stopped on the steps, staring at it, and cried:

‘Hal-loa?’

‘Yes,’ said Mrs Wilfer, ‘the man came himself with a pair of pincers, and took it off, and took it away. He said that as he had no expectation of ever being paid for it, and as he had an order for another LADIES’ SCHOOL door-plate, it was better (burnished up) for the interests of all parties.’

‘Perhaps it was, my dear; what do you think?’

‘You are master here, R. W.,’ returned his wife. ‘It is as you think; not as I do. Perhaps it might have been better if the man had taken the door too?’

‘My dear, we couldn’t have done without the door.’

‘Couldn’t we?’

‘Why, my dear! Could we?’

‘It is as you think, R. W.; not as I do.’ With those submissive words, the dutiful wife preceded him down a few stairs to a little basement front room, half kitchen, half parlour, where a girl of about nineteen, with an exceedingly pretty figure and face, but with an impatient and petulant expression both in her face and in her shoulders (which in her sex and at her age are very expressive of discontent), sat playing draughts with a younger girl, who was the youngest of the House of Wilfer. Not to encumber this page by telling off the Wilfers in detail and casting them up in the gross, it is enough for the present that the rest were what is called ‘out in the world,’ in various ways, and that they were Many. So many, that when one of his dutiful children called in to see him, R. Wilfer generally seemed to say to himself, after a little mental arithmetic, ‘Oh! here’s another of ’em!’ before adding aloud, ‘How de do, John,’ or Susan, as the case might be.

Capitolo 4

La famiglia Wilfer

Reginald Wilfer è un nome dal suono piuttosto imponente; al primo ascolto evoca immagini di bronzi nelle chiese di campagna, rotoli dipinti nelle vetrate colorate, e in generale i membri della famiglia De Wilfer che arrivarono in Inghilterra insieme al Conquistatore. Infatti, è un fatto notevole nella genealogia il fatto che nessun membro della famiglia De Wilfer sia mai arrivato in Inghilterra insieme ad altri gruppi o individui.

Ma la famiglia di Reginald Wilfer proveniva da ambienti e occupazioni assolutamente comuni; i loro antenati, per generazioni, si erano guadagnato da vivere in modo modesto nei porti, presso l’ufficio delle tasse e l’ufficio doganale. Il Reginald Wilfer che conosciamo era un impiegato povero: così povero, a causa di uno stipendio limitato e di una famiglia numerosa, che non era mai riuscito ad ottenere l’obiettivo modesto della sua ambizione: indossare un intero abito nuovo, compresi cappello e stivali, tutto in una volta sola. Il suo cappello nero diventava marrone prima che potesse permettersi un cappotto; i suoi pantaloni presentavano strappi alle cuciture e ai ginocchi prima che riuscisse a comprare un paio di stivali nuovi; gli stivali, invece, si consumavano prima che potesse acquistare dei pantaloni nuovi. E quando finalmente arrivava il momento di sostituire anche il cappello, quest’ultimo risultava ormai coperto da strati di polvere e logoriamenti, come se fosse stato “inserito” all’interno di rovine antiche appartenenti a epoche diverse.

Se quel cherubino convenzionale potesse mai crescere e vestirsi normalmente, forse verrebbe fotografato come ritratto di Wilfer. Il suo aspetto paffuto, liscio e innocente era il motivo per cui veniva sempre trattato con condiscendenza, a meno che non venisse ignorato del tutto. Un estraneo che entrasse nella sua misera casa verso le dieci di sera sarebbe probabilmente rimasto sorpreso nel trovarlo seduto a tavola per la cena. Era così infantile nelle sue forme e proporzioni, che il suo vecchio insegnante, incontrandolo in Cheapside, forse non avrebbe potuto resistere alla tentazione di frustarlo sul posto. In breve, era proprio quel tipico cherubino convenzionale: un po’ grigio, con segni di preoccupazione sul viso, e in condizioni decisamente difficili.

Era timido e riluttante ad ammettere di chiamarsi Reginald, poiché riteneva che quel nome fosse troppo ambizioso e troppo esigente dal punto di vista dell’autoaffermazione. Nella sua firma utilizzava soltanto la lettera iniziale “R”, rivelando il vero significato di quel nome solo ad amici scelti, sotto il segno della confidenza. Da questa abitudine nacque, nel quartiere intorno a Mincing Lane, l’usanza umoristica di dargli nomi cristiani composti da aggettivi e participi che iniziassero con la lettera “R”. Alcuni di questi nomi erano più o meno appropriati: Rusty, Retiring, Ruddy, Round, Ripe, Ridiculous, Ruminative; altri, invece, non avevano alcun senso pratico: Raging, Rattling, Roaring, Raffish. Ma il nome con cui era conosciuto dalla gente era “Rumty”, un soprannome che gli fu dato in un momento di ispirazione da un gentiluomo dalle abitudini conviviali, legate al mercato della droga. Il significato di quel nome risiedeva nel fatto che esso rappresentava il ruolo principale che quell’uomo svolgeva nelle attività del mercato della droga, ruolo che lo aveva portato al “Tempio della Fama”.

“Rumty iddity, row dow dow,
Sing toodlely, teedlely, bow wow wow.”

Pertanto, veniva sempre chiamato così, anche nelle note più semplici relative agli affari: “Caro Rumty”; e lui rispondeva con calma firmandosi: “Vostro sinceramente, R. Wilfer”.

Era impiegato nella farmacia di Chicksey, Veneering e Stobbles. Chicksey e Stobbles, i suoi ex datori di lavoro, si erano entrambi dedicati al settore dei rivestimenti in legno; il loro agente viaggiatore aveva segnalato il suo raggiungimento del potere supremo introducendo nell’attività una grande quantità di vetrate per finestre e pannelli divisori in mogano lucidato a mano, oltre a un enorme e scintillante campanello d’ingresso.

Una sera, R. Wilfer chiuse a chiave la sua scrivania e, mettendosi il mazzo di chiavi in tasca come se fosse un oggetto prezioso, si diresse verso casa. La sua casa si trovava nella zona di Holloway, a nord di )Londra, e da essa era separata da campi e alberi. Tra Battle Bridge e quella parte del quartiere di Holloway in cui abitava, c’era un vero e proprio “deserto suburbano”: lì i mattoni venivano bruciati, le ossa bollite, i tappeti distrutti, la spazzatura gettata dappertutto, i cani combattuti tra loro e la polvere accumulata dai lavoratori. Costeggiando il confine di questo “deserto”, mentre la luce delle fornaci creava strisce fosche nella nebbia, R. Wilfer sospirò e scosse la testa.

“Ahimè!”, disse, “ciò che avrebbe potuto essere non è ciò che è!”

Con quel commento sulla vita umana, che rifletteva un’esperienza non esclusivamente sua, portò a termine al meglio la propria viaggio.

La signora Wilfer era, naturalmente, una donna alta e dal fisico angoloso. Poiché suo marito aveva un aspetto cherubico, lei doveva necessariamente apparire maestosa, secondo quel principio che, nel matrimonio, unisce i contrasti. Aveva l’abitudine di legarsi la testa con un fazzoletto da tasca, annodandolo sotto il mento. Questo copricapo, unito a un paio di guanti indossati all’interno della casa, sembrava rappresentare per lei sia una sorta di armatura contro le sfortune (che indossava invariabilmente quando era di cattivo umore o si trovava in difficoltà), sia un abito completo. Fu quindi con un certo senso di scoraggiamento che suo marito la vide vestita in questo modo “eroico”: posava la candela nel piccolo corridoio e scendeva i gradini attraverso il cortile anteriore per aprirgli il cancello.

C’era qualcosa che non andava con la porta di quella casa, perché R. Wilfer si fermò sui gradini, la fissò e gridò:

“Ehi?”

“Sì,” disse la signora Wilfer, “l’uomo è venuto personalmente con un paio di pinze, l’ha rimosso e se l’è portato via. Ha detto che poiché non si aspettava mai di essere pagato per quel lavoro, e avendo ricevuto un ordine per un’altra targa da applicare alla porta della scuola femminile, era meglio che venisse lucidata, per il bene di tutte le parti coinvolte.”

“Forse sì, caro mio. Che ne pensi?”

“Tu sei il padrone di casa qui, R. W.” rispose sua moglie. “È come pensi tu, non come penso io. Forse sarebbe stato meglio se anche quell’uomo avesse preso la porta, ”

“Mia cara, non avremmo potuto farcela senza quella porta.”

“Non potremmo forse?”

“Ma caro, come potremmo?”

“È come pensi tu, R. W.; non come penso io.” Con queste parole sottomesse, la moglie devota lo precedette per alcuni gradini fino a una piccola stanza al piano interrato: metà cucina, metà salotto. Lì, una ragazza di circa diciannove anni, con un corpo e un viso estremamente belli, ma con un’espressione impaziente e capricciosa sia sul volto che sulle spalle (che, per il suo sesso e la sua età, esprimevano chiaramente il suo discontento), stava giocando a dama con una ragazza più giovane, l’ultima dei membri della famiglia Wilfer. Per non appesantire questa pagina descrivendo in dettaglio i Wilfer e denigrandoli, basta dire che gli altri membri della famiglia erano tutti “fuori nel mondo”, ognuno a modo suo, e che erano molti. Così tanti, che quando uno dei loro figli veniva a trovarlo, R. Wilfer di solito pensava tra sé: “Oh! Un altro di loro, ” prima di rispondere ad alta voce: “Come stai, John, o Susan, a seconda del caso.”

Well Piggywiggies,’ said R. W., ‘how de do to-night? What I was thinking of, my dear,’ to Mrs Wilfer already seated in a corner with folded gloves, ‘was, that as we have let our first floor so well, and as we have now no place in which you could teach pupils even if pupils—’

‘The milkman said he knew of two young ladies of the highest respectability who were in search of a suitable establishment, and he took a card,’ interposed Mrs Wilfer, with severe monotony, as if she were reading an Act of Parliament aloud. ‘Tell your father whether it was last Monday, Bella.’

‘But we never heard any more of it, ma,’ said Bella, the elder girl.

‘In addition to which, my dear,’ her husband urged, ‘if you have no place to put two young persons into—’

‘Pardon me,’ Mrs Wilfer again interposed; ‘they were not young persons. Two young ladies of the highest respectability. Tell your father, Bella, whether the milkman said so.’

‘My dear, it is the same thing.’

‘No it is not,’ said Mrs Wilfer, with the same impressive monotony. ‘Pardon me!’

‘I mean, my dear, it is the same thing as to space. As to space. If you have no space in which to put two youthful fellow-creatures, however eminently respectable, which I do not doubt, where are those youthful fellow-creatures to be accommodated? I carry it no further than that. And solely looking at it,’ said her husband, making the stipulation at once in a conciliatory, complimentary, and argumentative tone—‘as I am sure you will agree, my love—from a fellow-creature point of view, my dear.’

‘I have nothing more to say,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, with a meek renunciatory action of her gloves. ‘It is as you think, R. W.; not as I do.’

Here, the huffing of Miss Bella and the loss of three of her men at a swoop, aggravated by the coronation of an opponent, led to that young lady’s jerking the draught-board and pieces off the table: which her sister went down on her knees to pick up.

‘Poor Bella!’ said Mrs Wilfer.

‘And poor Lavinia, perhaps, my dear?’ suggested R. W.

‘Pardon me,’ said Mrs Wilfer, ‘no!’

It was one of the worthy woman’s specialities that she had an amazing power of gratifying her splenetic or worldly-minded humours by extolling her own family: which she thus proceeded, in the present case, to do.

‘No, R. W. Lavinia has not known the trial that Bella has known. The trial that your daughter Bella has undergone, is, perhaps, without a parallel, and has been borne, I will say, Nobly. When you see your daughter Bella in her black dress, which she alone of all the family wears, and when you remember the circumstances which have led to her wearing it, and when you know how those circumstances have been sustained, then, R. W., lay your head upon your pillow and say, “Poor Lavinia!”’

Here, Miss Lavinia, from her kneeling situation under the table, put in that she didn’t want to be ‘poored by pa’, or anybody else.

‘I am sure you do not, my dear,’ returned her mother, ‘for you have a fine brave spirit. And your sister Cecilia has a fine brave spirit of another kind, a spirit of pure devotion, a beau-ti-ful spirit! The self-sacrifice of Cecilia reveals a pure and womanly character, very seldom equalled, never surpassed. I have now in my pocket a letter from your sister Cecilia, received this morning—received three months after her marriage, poor child!—in which she tells me that her husband must unexpectedly shelter under their roof his reduced aunt. “But I will be true to him, mamma,” she touchingly writes, “I will not leave him, I must not forget that he is my husband. Let his aunt come!” If this is not pathetic, if this is not woman’s devotion—!’ The good lady waved her gloves in a sense of the impossibility of saying more, and tied the pocket-handkerchief over her head in a tighter knot under her chin.

Bella, who was now seated on the rug to warm herself, with her brown eyes on the fire and a handful of her brown curls in her mouth, laughed at this, and then pouted and half cried.

‘I am sure,’ said she, ‘though you have no feeling for me, pa, I am one of the most unfortunate girls that ever lived. You know how poor we are’ (it is probable he did, having some reason to know it!), ‘and what a glimpse of wealth I had, and how it melted away, and how I am here in this ridiculous mourning—which I hate!—a kind of a widow who never was married. And yet you don’t feel for me.—Yes you do, yes you do.’

This abrupt change was occasioned by her father’s face. She stopped to pull him down from his chair in an attitude highly favourable to strangulation, and to give him a kiss and a pat or two on the cheek.

‘But you ought to feel for me, you know, pa.’

‘My dear, I do.’

‘Yes, and I say you ought to. If they had only left me alone and told me nothing about it, it would have mattered much less. But that nasty Mr Lightwood feels it his duty, as he says, to write and tell me what is in reserve for me, and then I am obliged to get rid of George Sampson.’

Here, Lavinia, rising to the surface with the last draughtman rescued, interposed, ‘You never cared for George Sampson, Bella.’

‘And did I say I did, miss?’ Then, pouting again, with the curls in her mouth; ‘George Sampson was very fond of me, and admired me very much, and put up with everything I did to him.’

‘You were rude enough to him,’ Lavinia again interposed.

‘And did I say I wasn’t, miss? I am not setting up to be sentimental about George Sampson. I only say George Sampson was better than nothing.’

‘You didn’t show him that you thought even that,’ Lavinia again interposed.

‘You are a chit and a little idiot,’ returned Bella, ‘or you wouldn’t make such a dolly speech. What did you expect me to do? Wait till you are a woman, and don’t talk about what you don’t understand. You only show your ignorance!’ Then, whimpering again, and at intervals biting the curls, and stopping to look how much was bitten off, ‘It’s a shame! There never was such a hard case! I shouldn’t care so much if it wasn’t so ridiculous. It was ridiculous enough to have a stranger coming over to marry me, whether he liked it or not. It was ridiculous enough to know what an embarrassing meeting it would be, and how we never could pretend to have an inclination of our own, either of us. It was ridiculous enough to know I shouldn’t like him—how COULD I like him, left to him in a will, like a dozen of spoons, with everything cut and dried beforehand, like orange chips. Talk of orange flowers indeed! I declare again it’s a shame! Those ridiculous points would have been smoothed away by the money, for I love money, and want money—want it dreadfully. I hate to be poor, and we are degradingly poor, offensively poor, miserably poor, beastly poor. But here I am, left with all the ridiculous parts of the situation remaining, and, added to them all, this ridiculous dress! And if the truth was known, when the Harmon murder was all over the town, and people were speculating on its being suicide, I dare say those impudent wretches at the clubs and places made jokes about the miserable creature’s having preferred a watery grave to me. It’s likely enough they took such liberties; I shouldn’t wonder! I declare it’s a very hard case indeed, and I am a most unfortunate girl. The idea of being a kind of a widow, and never having been married! And the idea of being as poor as ever after all, and going into black, besides, for a man I never saw, and should have hated—as far as HE was concerned—if I had seen!’

“Beh, Piggywiggies,” disse R. W., “come state stasera? Quello a cui pensavo, mia cara,” continuò rivolto alla signora Wilfer già seduta in un angolo con i guanti ripiegati, “è che, dato che abbiamo sistemato così bene il piano terra e ora non abbiamo più nessun posto dove potreste insegnare agli studenti, ”

“Il lattivendolo ha detto di conoscere due giovani signore di altissima reputazione che stavano cercando un ambiente adatto per stabilirsi, e mi ha dato una sua cartolina,” intervenne la signora Wilfer con tono monotono e severo, come se stesse leggendo ad alta voce un atto del Parlamento. “Dì a tuo padre se è stato lo scorso lunedì, Bella.”

“Ma non abbiamo mai più sentito nulla al riguardo”, disse Bella, la ragazza più anziana.

“Inoltre,” insistette suo marito, “se non hai un posto dove sistemare due giovani persone, ”

“Perdonatemi,” intervenne di nuovo la signora Wilfer; “non erano persone giovani. Due giovani donne di estrema rispettabilità. Dite a vostro padre, Bella, se il lattivendolo ha detto davvero così.”

“Mia cara, è la stessa cosa.”

“Mai,” disse la signora Wilfer, con quella stessa monotonia imponente.
“Scusi!”

“Voglio dire, cara mia, è la stessa cosa del ‘spazio’. Del ‘spazio’, appunto. Se non si dispone di spazio in cui inserire due giovani esseri umani, per quanto estremamente rispettabili siano – e di questo non dubito affatto – dove allora potranno essere alloggiati? Non vado oltre in questa riflessione. E considerando la questione soltanto da questo punto di vista,” disse suo marito, usando un tono al contempo conciliante, lusinghiero e argomentativo, “sono sicuro che sarai d’accordo, mia amore, dal punto di vista di un altro essere umano, cara mia.”

“Non ho più nulla da dire,” rispose la signora Wilfer, con un gesto umile e rassegnato delle sue mani guantate. “È come pensi tu, R. W.; non come penso io.”

Qui, il respiro affannoso di Miss Bella e la perdita di tre dei suoi uomini in un attacco a sorpresa, aggravate dal fatto che un suo avversario fosse stato incoronato, portarono quella giovane signora a scagliare via la scacchiera e le pedine dal tavolo; sua sorella dovette quindi inginocchiarsi per raccoglierle.

“Povera Bella!”, disse la signora Wilfer.

“E povera Lavinia, forse, ”, suggerì R. W.

“Scusi,” disse la signora Wilfer, “no!”

Era una delle caratteristiche di quella donna nobile il fatto che possedesse un’incredibile capacità di soddisfare i suoi umori irascibili o materialisti lodando la propria famiglia; ed è proprio ciò che fece in questo caso.

“No, R. W. Lavinia non ha dovuto affrontare le stesse prove che ha dovuto sopportare tua figlia Bella. Le difficoltà attraverso cui è passata tua figlia sono forse senza precedenti, e lei le ha affrontate, con nobiltà. Quando vedrai tua figlia Bella nel suo abito nero, che indossa sola in tutta la famiglia, quando ricorderai le circostanze che l’hanno costretta a indossarlo, e quando saprai come quelle circostanze siano state mantenute, allora, R. W., appoggia la testa sul cuscino e diciti: ‘Povera Lavinia!’”

Ecco, la signorina Lavinia, dalla sua posizione inginocchiata sotto il tavolo, dichiarò che non voleva essere “miserabile a causa di papà” o di nessun altro.

“Sono sicura che non lo faccia, mia cara,” rispose sua madre, “perché lei possiede uno spirito nobile e coraggioso. E tua sorella Cecilia ha un altro tipo di spirito nobile e coraggioso: uno spirito di pura devozione, un vero spirito meraviglioso! Il autosacrificio di Cecilia rivela un carattere puro e femminile, molto raro da trovare, mai eguagliato. Ora ho in tasca una lettera di tua sorella Cecilia, ricevuta stamattina, ricevuta tre mesi dopo il suo matrimonio, povera bambina. In essa mi dice che suo marito dovrà ospitare improvvisamente sotto il loro tetto sua zia. ‘Ma sarò fedele a lui, mamma,’ scrive lei con commozione, ‘non lo abbandonerò, non devo dimenticare che è mio marito. Che venga pure sua zia!’ Se questo non è commovente, se questo non rappresenta l’esempio perfetto della devozione femminile, ” La buona signora scosse le mani, come a indicare l’impossibilità di aggiungere altro, e si legò il fazzoletto in testa più stretto sotto il mento.

Bella, che ora era seduta sul tappeto per scaldarsi, con i suoi occhi marroni fissi sul fuoco e una manciata delle sue onde castane tra le labbra, rise a queste parole; poi fece il broncio e quasi pianse.

“Sono sicura,” disse lei, “anche se non provi nulla per me, papà, sono una delle ragazze più sfortunate che siano mai esistite. Sai quanto siamo poveri, ” (è probabile che lo sapesse, avendo qualche motivo per saperlo!), “, e quale breve momento di ricchezza ho avuto, e come tutto sia svanito. E ora mi trovo qui, in questo ridicolo lutto che odio. Una sorta di vedova che non è mai stata sposata. Eppure tu non provi nulla per me. No, invece lo provi, lo provi sicuramente.”

Questo cambiamento improvviso fu causato dall’espressione sul viso di suo padre. Si fermò per tirarlo giù dalla sedia, con un atteggiamento più che propenso al “strangolamento”, e gli diede un bacio e due carezze sulla guancia.

“Ma dovresti provare compassione per me, lo sai, papà.”

“Mia cara, lo faccio.”

“Sì, e dico che dovresti farlo. Se solo mi avessero lasciato solo senza dirmi nulla al riguardo, la cosa avrebbe avuto molto meno importanza. Ma quel fastidioso signor Lightwood ritiene sia suo dovere, come dice lui stesso, scrivermi e dirmi ciò che mi aspetta. E allora io sono costretto a sbarazzarmi di George Sampson.”

Ecco, Lavinia, emergendo in superficie insieme all’ultimo disegnatore salvato, intervenne dicendo: “Tu non hai mai avuto davvero a cuore George Sampson, Bella.”

“E non vi ho già detto di sì, signorina?” Poi, facendo di nuovo il broncio con quelle sue onde di capelli intorno alla bocca: “George Sampson mi voleva molto bene, mi ammirava davvero tanto, e sopportava tutto ciò che gli facevo.”

“Sei stata abbastanza scortese con lui,” intervenne di nuovo Lavinia.

“E ho già detto che non lo sono, signorina. Non intendo certo diventare sentimentale riguardo a George Sampson. Dico soltanto che George Sampson era meglio di niente.”

“Non gli hai mostrato nemmeno che lo pensavi,” intervenne di nuovo Lavinia.

“Sei solo una sciocchina e una piccola idiota,” rispose Bella, “altrimenti non diresti cose del genere. Cosa ti aspettavi che facessi? Aspetta di diventare donna prima di parlare di ciò che non capisci. Mostri soltanto la tua ignoranza!” Poi, singhiozzando di nuovo, mordeva le sue treccie a intervalli regolari, fermandosi ogni tanto per controllare quanto ne aveva tagliato via, “È una vergogna! Non c’è mai stata una situazione così assurda. Non mi importerebbe così tanto se non fosse così ridicola. È stato ridicolo che uno sconosciuto venisse a chiedermi in sposa, che gli piacesse o no. È stato ridicolo sapere quanto sarebbe stato imbarazzante quell’incontro, e che nessuno di noi avrebbe potuto fingere di provare dei sentimenti veri. È stato ridicolo rendersi conto che non dovrei nemmeno piacergli. COME POTREI piacergli, se mi è stato lasciato in eredità insieme a una dozzina di cucchiai, tutto già preparato e “essiccato”, come delle chips all’arancia. Parliamo davvero di ‘fiori d’arancia’! Dichiaro ancora una volta: è una vera vergogna. Tutti questi aspetti ridicoli sarebbero stati risolti con i soldi. Perché io amo i soldi. Li desidero disperatamente. Odio essere povera. E siamo poverissimi, in modo umiliante, offensivo, miserabile. Ma eccomi qui, con tutti questi aspetti assurdi della situazione ancora intatti. E, per di più, questo abito ridicolo! E se la gente scoprisse la verità. Quando l’omicidio di Harmon fu oggetto di tutte le chiacchiere in città, e la gente iniziò a ipotizzare che si trattasse di un suicidio. Oserei dire che quegli insulti dei membri dei club avrebbero scherzato sul fatto che quella povera ragazza avesse preferito una tomba piuttosto che me. È molto probabile che abbiano osato dire cose del genere. Non dovrei meravigliarmene affatto! Dichiaro davvero che è una situazione molto difficile. E sono una ragazza davvero sfortunata. L’idea di essere una sorta di vedova, senza mai essere stata sposata. E l’idea di rimanere povera com’era sempre stata. Per un uomo che non ho mai visto, e che avrei dovuto odiare. Se solo lo avessi conosciuto, ”

The young lady’s lamentations were checked at this point by a knuckle, knocking at the half-open door of the room. The knuckle had knocked two or three times already, but had not been heard.

‘Who is it?’ said Mrs Wilfer, in her Act-of-Parliament manner. ‘Enter!’

A gentleman coming in, Miss Bella, with a short and sharp exclamation, scrambled off the hearth-rug and massed the bitten curls together in their right place on her neck.

‘The servant girl had her key in the door as I came up, and directed me to this room, telling me I was expected. I am afraid I should have asked her to announce me.’

‘Pardon me,’ returned Mrs Wilfer. ‘Not at all. Two of my daughters. R. W., this is the gentleman who has taken your first-floor. He was so good as to make an appointment for to-night, when you would be at home.’

A dark gentleman. Thirty at the utmost. An expressive, one might say handsome, face. A very bad manner. In the last degree constrained, reserved, diffident, troubled. His eyes were on Miss Bella for an instant, and then looked at the ground as he addressed the master of the house.

‘Seeing that I am quite satisfied, Mr Wilfer, with the rooms, and with their situation, and with their price, I suppose a memorandum between us of two or three lines, and a payment down, will bind the bargain? I wish to send in furniture without delay.’

Two or three times during this short address, the cherub addressed had made chubby motions towards a chair. The gentleman now took it, laying a hesitating hand on a corner of the table, and with another hesitating hand lifting the crown of his hat to his lips, and drawing it before his mouth.

‘The gentleman, R. W.,’ said Mrs Wilfer, ‘proposes to take your apartments by the quarter. A quarter’s notice on either side.’

‘Shall I mention, sir,’ insinuated the landlord, expecting it to be received as a matter of course, ‘the form of a reference?’

‘I think,’ returned the gentleman, after a pause, ‘that a reference is not necessary; neither, to say the truth, is it convenient, for I am a stranger in London. I require no reference from you, and perhaps, therefore, you will require none from me. That will be fair on both sides. Indeed, I show the greater confidence of the two, for I will pay in advance whatever you please, and I am going to trust my furniture here. Whereas, if you were in embarrassed circumstances—this is merely supposititious—’

Conscience causing R. Wilfer to colour, Mrs Wilfer, from a corner (she always got into stately corners) came to the rescue with a deep-toned ‘Per-fectly.’

‘—Why then I—might lose it.’

Well!’ observed R. Wilfer, cheerfully, ‘money and goods are certainly the best of references.’

‘Do you think they ARE the best, pa?’ asked Miss Bella, in a low voice, and without looking over her shoulder as she warmed her foot on the fender.

‘Among the best, my dear.’

‘I should have thought, myself, it was so easy to add the usual kind of one,’ said Bella, with a toss of her curls.

The gentleman listened to her, with a face of marked attention, though he neither looked up nor changed his attitude. He sat, still and silent, until his future landlord accepted his proposals, and brought writing materials to complete the business. He sat, still and silent, while the landlord wrote.

When the agreement was ready in duplicate (the landlord having worked at it like some cherubic scribe, in what is conventionally called a doubtful, which means a not at all doubtful, Old Master), it was signed by the contracting parties, Bella looking on as scornful witness. The contracting parties were R. Wilfer, and John Rokesmith Esquire.

When it came to Bella’s turn to sign her name, Mr Rokesmith, who was standing, as he had sat, with a hesitating hand upon the table, looked at her stealthily, but narrowly. He looked at the pretty figure bending down over the paper and saying, ‘Where am I to go, pa? Here, in this corner?’ He looked at the beautiful brown hair, shading the coquettish face; he looked at the free dash of the signature, which was a bold one for a woman’s; and then they looked at one another.

‘Much obliged to you, Miss Wilfer.’

‘Obliged?’

‘I have given you so much trouble.’

‘Signing my name? Yes, certainly. But I am your landlord’s daughter, sir.’

As there was nothing more to do but pay eight sovereigns in earnest of the bargain, pocket the agreement, appoint a time for the arrival of his furniture and himself, and go, Mr Rokesmith did that as awkwardly as it might be done, and was escorted by his landlord to the outer air. When R. Wilfer returned, candlestick in hand, to the bosom of his family, he found the bosom agitated.

‘Pa,’ said Bella, ‘we have got a Murderer for a tenant.’

‘Pa,’ said Lavinia, ‘we have got a Robber.’

‘To see him unable for his life to look anybody in the face!’ said Bella. ‘There never was such an exhibition.’

‘My dears,’ said their father, ‘he is a diffident gentleman, and I should say particularly so in the society of girls of your age.’

‘Nonsense, our age!’ cried Bella, impatiently. ‘What’s that got to do with him?’

‘Besides, we are not of the same age:—which age?’ demanded Lavinia.

‘Never YOU mind, Lavvy,’ retorted Bella; ‘you wait till you are of an age to ask such questions. Pa, mark my words! Between Mr Rokesmith and me, there is a natural antipathy and a deep distrust; and something will come of it!’

‘My dear, and girls,’ said the cherub-patriarch, ‘between Mr Rokesmith and me, there is a matter of eight sovereigns, and something for supper shall come of it, if you’ll agree upon the article.’

This was a neat and happy turn to give the subject, treats being rare in the Wilfer household, where a monotonous appearance of Dutch-cheese at ten o’clock in the evening had been rather frequently commented on by the dimpled shoulders of Miss Bella. Indeed, the modest Dutchman himself seemed conscious of his want of variety, and generally came before the family in a state of apologetic perspiration. After some discussion on the relative merits of veal-cutlet, sweetbread, and lobster, a decision was pronounced in favour of veal-cutlet. Mrs Wilfer then solemnly divested herself of her handkerchief and gloves, as a preliminary sacrifice to preparing the frying-pan, and R. W. himself went out to purchase the viand. He soon returned, bearing the same in a fresh cabbage-leaf, where it coyly embraced a rasher of ham. Melodious sounds were not long in rising from the frying-pan on the fire, or in seeming, as the firelight danced in the mellow halls of a couple of full bottles on the table, to play appropriate dance-music.

In quel momento, i lamenti della giovane signora furono interrotti dal rumore di un pugno che bussava alla porta semiaperta della stanza. Il pugno aveva già bussato due o tre volte, ma nessuno aveva risposto.

“Chi è?” disse la signora Wilfer con quel suo tono solenne e formale. “Entri!”

Un gentiluomo entrò; la signorina Bella, con un’esclamazione breve e acuta, si affrettò a sistemare i riccioli morsi sul suo collo nel posto giusto.

Quando sono arrivato, la serva aveva la chiave nella porta e mi ha indicato questa stanza, dicendomi che mi aspettavano. Forse avrei dovuto chiederle di annunciarmi.

“Perdonatemi,” rispose la signora Wilfer. “Assolutamente no. Sono due delle mie figlie. R.W., questo è il signore che ha preso l’appartamento al primo piano. È stato così gentile da fissare un appuntamento per stasera, quando sarete a casa.”

Un gentiluomo dall’aspetto cupo. Al massimo trent’anni. Un volto espressivo, si potrebbe dire anche attraente. Ma maniere molto scarse. Estremamente rigido, riservato, timido, turbato. I suoi occhi si posarono per un istante su Miss Bella, poi si abbassarono mentre parlava con il padrone di quella casa.

Visto che sono assolutamente soddisfatto delle stanze, della loro posizione e del loro prezzo, penso che un breve accordo scritto tra noi, insieme a un acconto, sia sufficiente per concludere l’affare. Vorrei inviare i mobili il prima possibile.

Due o tre volte durante questo breve discorso, il cherubino a cui si rivolgeva fece dei gesti con le manine indicando una sedia. L’uomo allora prese quella sedia, posò esitantemente una mano in un angolo del tavolo, e con l’altra mano sollevò la corona del proprio cappello portandola alle labbra, poi la avvicinò alla bocca.

“Il signore, R. W.”, disse la signora Wilfer, “desidera affittare i vostri appartamenti per un periodo di un quarto d’anno. È necessaria una comunicazione anticipata di un quarto d’anno da entrambe le parti.”

“Devo forse menzionare, signore,” insinuò il padrone di casa, aspettandosi che venisse accettato come qualcosa di scontato, “la possibilità di fornire una referenza?”

“Penso,” rispose il gentiluomo dopo una pausa, “che non sia necessario alcun referente; anzi, per dire la verità, non sarebbe nemmeno conveniente, poiché sono uno straniero a )Londra. Non ho bisogno di alcuna raccomandazione da parte tua, e forse, quindi, nemmeno tu ne avrai bisogno da me. Questo sarebbe equo per entrambi. In realtà, io dimostro una maggiore fiducia dei due: pagherò in anticipo qualsiasi somma tu decida, e affiderò qui i miei mobili. Mentre, se tu fossi in circostanze difficili, questo è soltanto un ipotesi, ”

La conscienza fece sì che R. Wilfer arrossisse; la signora Wilfer, che si trovava in un angolo (si metteva sempre in angoli solenni), venne in suo aiuto dicendo con voce profonda: “Perfettamente”.

“—Allora potrei perderlo.”

“Beh!”, osservò R. Wilfer con allegria, “denaro e beni sono sicuramente le migliori referenze.”

“Pensi davvero che siano i migliori, papà?”, chiese Miss Bella a bassa voce, senza guardarsi indietro mentre scaldava il piede contro la fiancata dell’auto.

“Tra i migliori, mia cara.”

“Avrei dovuto pensarci da sola. È così facile aggiungere quel tipo di elemento abituale,” disse Bella, scuotendo i suoi riccioli.

Il gentiluomo la ascoltò con un’espressione di grande attenzione, anche se né alzò lo sguardo né cambiò atteggiamento. Rimase seduto, immobile e in silenzio, fino a quando il suo futuro proprietario non accettò le sue proposte e portò i materiali necessari per concludere l’affare. Continuò a rimanere seduto, immobile e in silenzio, mentre il proprietario scriveva.

Quando l’accordo fu pronto in due copie (il proprietario aveva lavorato su di esso con la diligenza di un scrivano angelico, in quello che comunemente si definisce un modo “dubbio”, il che in realtà significa assolutamente certo), venne firmato dalle parti contraenti, con Bella che assisteva come testimone sprezzante. Le parti contraenti erano R. Wilfer e John Rokesmith Esquire.

Quando arrivò il turno di Bella di firmare il suo nome, il signor Rokesmith, che stava in piedi proprio dove era seduto prima, con la mano esitante appoggiata sul tavolo, la guardò di nascosto ma attentamente. Guardò quella bella figura china sul foglio e le chiese: “Dove dovrei mettere il mio nome, papà? Qui, in questo angolo?” Guardò i bei capelli castani che incorniciavano quel viso grazioso; osservò anche la firma, decisa e audace per una donna. Poi si guardarono l’un l’altro.

“Grazie mille, signorina Wilfer.”

“Costretto?”

“Vi ho causato così tanti problemi.”

“Firmare il mio nome? Certo che sì. Ma sono la figlia del vostro proprietario, signore.”

Non essendoci più nulla da fare se non pagare otto sovrani come acconto dell’accordo, mettersi in tasca il contratto, fissare una data per l’arrivo dei mobili e di sé stesso, il signor Rokesmith fece tutto ciò nel modo più goffo possibile; in seguito fu accompagnato dal suo padrone di casa fino all’esterno. Quando R. Wilfer tornò, con un candelabro in mano, tra le braccia della sua famiglia, trovò tutti molto agitati.

“Papà,” disse Bella, “abbiamo un assassino come inquilino.”

“Papà,” disse Lavinia, “abbiamo un ladro.”

“Vederlo incapace di guardare in faccia nessuno, ” disse Bella. “Non c’è mai stata una scena del genere.”

“Miei cari,” disse loro il padre, “è un gentiluomo timido, e devo dire che lo è particolarmente nella compagnia di ragazze della vostra età.”

“Sciocchezze, della nostra epoca!”, esclamò Bella con impazienza. “Cosa c’entra questo con lui?”

“Inoltre, non abbiamo la stessa età. Quale età esattamente?” chiese Lavinia.

“Mai tu, Lavvy,” ribatté Bella; “aspetta di arrivare all’età giusta per fare domande del genere. Papà, ascoltami bene: tra me e il signor Rokesmith c’è un’antipatia naturale e una profonda sfiducia. E ne seguiranno conseguenze!”

“Mia cara, e ragazze,” disse il patriarca dei cherubini, “tra il signor Rokesmith e me c’è una questione riguardante otto sovrani; se vi accordate sulle condizioni, anche qualcosa da mangiare per la cena ne deriverà.”

Fu una svolta piacevole e felice per l’argomento trattato: i dolci, essendo rari nella casa dei Wilfer, erano spesso oggetto di commenti da parte di Miss Bella. Infatti, lo stesso modesto olandese sembrava rendersi conto della mancanza di varietà nel suo menù quotidiano, e solitamente si presentava davanti alla famiglia in uno stato di evidente imbarazzo. Dopo alcune discussioni sui relativi pregi delle cotolette di vitello, del fegato dolce e del gambero, fu presa la decisione di optare per le cotolette di vitello. A quel punto, la signora Wilfer si tolse seriamente fazzoletto e guanti come primo passo verso la preparazione del pasto; R. W., intanto, andò a comprare il necessario. Tornò presto, portando il cibo avvolto in una fresca foglia di cavolo, dove era “abbracciato” da un pezzo di prosciutto. Non passò molto che dal pentolone sul fuoco si alzarono suoni melodiosi; sembrava quasi che la luce del fuoco danzasse insieme alle due bottiglie piene presenti sul tavolo, creando una musica adatta a un ballo.

The cloth was laid by Lavvy. Bella, as the acknowledged ornament of the family, employed both her hands in giving her hair an additional wave while sitting in the easiest chair, and occasionally threw in a direction touching the supper: as, ‘Very brown, ma;’ or, to her sister, ‘Put the saltcellar straight, miss, and don’t be a dowdy little puss.’

Meantime her father, chinking Mr Rokesmith’s gold as he sat expectant between his knife and fork, remarked that six of those sovereigns came just in time for their landlord, and stood them in a little pile on the white tablecloth to look at.

‘I hate our landlord!’ said Bella.

But, observing a fall in her father’s face, she went and sat down by him at the table, and began touching up his hair with the handle of a fork. It was one of the girl’s spoilt ways to be always arranging the family’s hair—perhaps because her own was so pretty, and occupied so much of her attention.

‘You deserve to have a house of your own; don’t you, poor pa?’

‘I don’t deserve it better than another, my dear.’

‘At any rate I, for one, want it more than another,’ said Bella, holding him by the chin, as she stuck his flaxen hair on end, ‘and I grudge this money going to the Monster that swallows up so much, when we all want—Everything. And if you say (as you want to say; I know you want to say so, pa) “that’s neither reasonable nor honest, Bella,” then I answer, “Maybe not, pa—very likely—but it’s one of the consequences of being poor, and of thoroughly hating and detesting to be poor, and that’s my case.” Now, you look lovely, pa; why don’t you always wear your hair like that? And here’s the cutlet! If it isn’t very brown, ma, I can’t eat it, and must have a bit put back to be done expressly.’

However, as it was brown, even to Bella’s taste, the young lady graciously partook of it without reconsignment to the frying-pan, and also, in due course, of the contents of the two bottles: whereof one held Scotch ale and the other rum. The latter perfume, with the fostering aid of boiling water and lemon-peel, diffused itself throughout the room, and became so highly concentrated around the warm fireside, that the wind passing over the house roof must have rushed off charged with a delicious whiff of it, after buzzing like a great bee at that particular chimneypot.

‘Pa,’ said Bella, sipping the fragrant mixture and warming her favourite ankle; ‘when old Mr Harmon made such a fool of me (not to mention himself, as he is dead), what do you suppose he did it for?’

‘Impossible to say, my dear. As I have told you time out of number since his will was brought to light, I doubt if I ever exchanged a hundred words with the old gentleman. If it was his whim to surprise us, his whim succeeded. For he certainly did it.’

‘And I was stamping my foot and screaming, when he first took notice of me; was I?’ said Bella, contemplating the ankle before mentioned.

‘You were stamping your little foot, my dear, and screaming with your little voice, and laying into me with your little bonnet, which you had snatched off for the purpose,’ returned her father, as if the remembrance gave a relish to the rum; ‘you were doing this one Sunday morning when I took you out, because I didn’t go the exact way you wanted, when the old gentleman, sitting on a seat near, said, “That’s a nice girl; that’s a VERY nice girl; a promising girl!” And so you were, my dear.’

‘And then he asked my name, did he, pa?’

‘Then he asked your name, my dear, and mine; and on other Sunday mornings, when we walked his way, we saw him again, and—and really that’s all.’

As that was all the rum and water too, or, in other words, as R. W. delicately signified that his glass was empty, by throwing back his head and standing the glass upside down on his nose and upper lip, it might have been charitable in Mrs Wilfer to suggest replenishment. But that heroine briefly suggesting ‘Bedtime’ instead, the bottles were put away, and the family retired; she cherubically escorted, like some severe saint in a painting, or merely human matron allegorically treated.

‘And by this time to-morrow,’ said Lavinia when the two girls were alone in their room, ‘we shall have Mr Rokesmith here, and shall be expecting to have our throats cut.’

‘You needn’t stand between me and the candle for all that,’ retorted Bella. ‘This is another of the consequences of being poor! The idea of a girl with a really fine head of hair, having to do it by one flat candle and a few inches of looking-glass!’

‘You caught George Sampson with it, Bella, bad as your means of dressing it are.’

‘You low little thing. Caught George Sampson with it! Don’t talk about catching people, miss, till your own time for catching—as you call it—comes.’

‘Perhaps it has come,’ muttered Lavvy, with a toss of her head.

‘What did you say?’ asked Bella, very sharply. ‘What did you say, miss?’

Lavvy declining equally to repeat or to explain, Bella gradually lapsed over her hair-dressing into a soliloquy on the miseries of being poor, as exemplified in having nothing to put on, nothing to go out in, nothing to dress by, only a nasty box to dress at instead of a commodious dressing-table, and being obliged to take in suspicious lodgers. On the last grievance as her climax, she laid great stress—and might have laid greater, had she known that if Mr Julius Handford had a twin brother upon earth, Mr John Rokesmith was the man.

Il tessuto fu steso da Lavvy. Bella, riconosciuta come l’ornamento principale della famiglia, utilizzava entrambe le mani per dare ai propri capelli un’altra onda mentre sedeva nella sedia più comoda, e di tanto in tanto faceva commenti riguardo alla cena: tipo “Molto marrone, ma, ”, o, rivolta a sua sorella, “Metti dritta la saliera, signorina, e non essere una sciocchina noiosa”.

Nel frattempo, suo padre, mentre contava l’oro del signor Rokesmith seduto tra coltello e forchetta in attesa, osservò che sei di quelle monete arrivavano proprio in tempo per il loro proprietario, e le dispose in un piccolo mucchio sul tovagliolo bianco per ammirarle.

“Odio il nostro padrone di casa!” disse Bella.

Ma, notando un’espressione triste sul viso di suo padre, andò a sedersi accanto a lui al tavolo e iniziò ad aggiustargli i capelli con il manico di una forchetta. Era uno dei suoi modi viziati: sistemare sempre i capelli della famiglia. Forse perché i suoi propri erano così belli e richiedevano tutta la sua attenzione.

“Meriti davvero di avere una tua casa tutta tua. Non è vero, povero papà?”

“Non merito niente di meglio degli altri, mio caro.”

“Comunque, io lo voglio più di chiunque altro,” disse Bella, tenendolo per il mento e sistemandogli i capelli biondi all’indietro. “Non sopporto che questi soldi vadano a quel mostro che consuma tutto ciò di cui abbiamo bisogno. Tutto. E se tu dici (come sicuramente vorrai dire; so che lo farai, papà) ‘Questo non è né ragionevole né onesto, Bella’, io rispondo: ‘Forse no, papà. Molto probabilmente no. Ma è una delle conseguenze di essere poveri. E di odiare profondamente la povertà. Ed è proprio il mio caso.’ Ora, sembri davvero carino, papà. Perché non porti sempre i capelli così? E ecco qui la cotoletta! Se non è abbastanza dorata, mamma, non posso mangiarla. Dovrò metterci un po’ di altro grasso sopra per farla cuocere bene.’”

Tuttavia, poiché aveva un colore marrone, anche a piacere di Bella, la giovane signorina la gustò con piacere senza doverla rimettere nella padella; in seguito, bevve anche il contenuto delle due bottiglie: una conteneva birra scozzese e l’altra rum. Il profumo del rum, grazie all’aiuto dell’acqua bollente e della scorza di limone, si diffuse in tutta la stanza; intorno al caldo focolare, il suo aroma divenne così intenso che il vento che soffiava sul tetto della casa doveva trasportarlo con sé, diffondendo un delizioso profumo mentre sfrecciava sopra quella particolare canna fumaria.

“Papà,” disse Bella, sorseggiando quella miscela profumata e riscaldandosi la caviglia preferita; “quando il vecchio signor Harmon si comportò in modo così stupido con me (per non parlare di lui stesso, visto che è morto), secondo te perché lo fece?”

“Impossibile dirlo, caro mio. Come ti ho ripetuto innumerevoli volte da quando la sua volontà è venuta alla luce, dubito persino di aver mai scambiato cento parole con quell’anziano signore. Se voleva sorprenderci, beh, ci è riuscito di certo.”

“E io pestavo i piedi e urlavo, quando finalmente lui si accorse di me, vero?” disse Bella, osservando la caviglia menzionata in precedenza.

“Stavi battendo i tuoi piccoli piedini, mia cara, e gridando con la tua vocina dolce. E mi colpivi anche con il tuo berrettino, che avevi strappato apposta per farlo,” rispose suo padre, come se quel ricordo gli desse piacere mentre beveva il rum; “Lo facesti proprio quella mattina di domenica quando ti portai fuori. Perché non presi esattamente la strada che volevi tu. L’anziano signore, seduto lì vicino, disse: ‘Che bella ragazza. Davvero una bellissima ragazza; una ragazza promettente!’ E infatti lo eri, mia cara.”

“E poi mi ha chiesto il nome, vero, papà?”

“Poi chiese i nostri nomi, carina, e anche il mio; e in altre mattine di )domenica, quando passavamo da quella parte, lo vedevamo di nuovo. E davvero, questo è tutto.”

Poiché tutto il rum e anche l’acqua erano finiti, o, in altre parole, poiché R. W., con un gesto delicato, fece capire che il suo bicchiere era vuoto, appoggiandosi all’indietro e tenendo il bicchiere capovolto sul naso e sulle labbra superiori, sarebbe stato gentile da parte della signora Wilfer suggerirgli di rifornirsi. Ma invece, quella “eroina” suggerì brevemente che fosse ora di andare a letto; così le bottiglie furono riposte e tutta la famiglia si ritirò. Lei, come un cherubino, li accompagnò fino alla porta, come se fossero dei severi santi in un dipinto, o semplicemente come una madre umana trattata in modo allegorico.

“Entro domani a quest’ora,” disse Lavinia quando le due ragazze furono da sole nella loro stanza, “il signor Rokesmith sarà qui, e possiamo aspettarci che ci taglino la gola.”

“Non c’è bisogno che tu stia tra me e la candela per tutto questo,” ribatté Bella. “È un’altra conseguenza della povertà. L’idea che una ragazza con dei capelli davvero belli debba accontentarsi di una sola candela e di qualche centimetro di specchio, ”

“L’hai beccato con quella cosa, Bella, per quanto squallidi siano i tuoi metodi per usarla.”

“Piccola birichina. Hai beccato George Sampson con quella cosa! Non parlare di ‘catturare le persone’, signorina, finché non arriverà il tuo momento per farlo, come tu dici.”

“Forse è arrivato,” mormorò Lavvy, scuotendo la testa.

“Cosa hai detto?”, chiese Bella in tono molto deciso. “Cos’ha detto, signorina?”

Poiché Lavvy rifiutava sia di ripetere che di spiegare, Bella iniziò gradualmente a passare dal parlare del proprio lavoro di parrucchiera a un monologo sulle miserie della povertà: non avere nulla da indossare, nulla con cui uscire, nessun comodo armadio per vestirsi, ma solo una brutta scatola al posto di un tavolo da trucco confortevole. E dover accogliere in casa ospiti sospetti. Sulla quest’ultima lamentela fece particolare enfasi; avesse saputo che se il signor Julius Handford aveva un fratello gemello su questa terra, quel uomo era il signor John Rokesmith, l’enfasi sarebbe stata ancora maggiore.

Chapter 5

BOFFIN’S BOWER

Over against a London house, a corner house not far from Cavendish Square, a man with a wooden leg had sat for some years, with his remaining foot in a basket in cold weather, picking up a living on this wise:—Every morning at eight o’clock, he stumped to the corner, carrying a chair, a clothes-horse, a pair of trestles, a board, a basket, and an umbrella, all strapped together. Separating these, the board and trestles became a counter, the basket supplied the few small lots of fruit and sweets that he offered for sale upon it and became a foot-warmer, the unfolded clothes-horse displayed a choice collection of halfpenny ballads and became a screen, and the stool planted within it became his post for the rest of the day. All weathers saw the man at the post. This is to be accepted in a double sense, for he contrived a back to his wooden stool, by placing it against the lamp-post. When the weather was wet, he put up his umbrella over his stock in trade, not over himself; when the weather was dry, he furled that faded article, tied it round with a piece of yarn, and laid it cross-wise under the trestles: where it looked like an unwholesomely-forced lettuce that had lost in colour and crispness what it had gained in size.

He had established his right to the corner, by imperceptible prescription. He had never varied his ground an inch, but had in the beginning diffidently taken the corner upon which the side of the house gave. A howling corner in the winter time, a dusty corner in the summer time, an undesirable corner at the best of times. Shelterless fragments of straw and paper got up revolving storms there, when the main street was at peace; and the water-cart, as if it were drunk or short-sighted, came blundering and jolting round it, making it muddy when all else was clean.

On the front of his sale-board hung a little placard, like a kettle-holder, bearing the inscription in his own small text:

Errands gone On with fi Delity By Ladies and Gentlemen I remain Your humble Servt. Silas Wegg.

He had not only settled it with himself in course of time, that he was errand-goer by appointment to the house at the corner (though he received such commissions not half a dozen times in a year, and then only as some servant’s deputy), but also that he was one of the house’s retainers and owed vassalage to it and was bound to leal and loyal interest in it. For this reason, he always spoke of it as ‘Our House,’ and, though his knowledge of its affairs was mostly speculative and all wrong, claimed to be in its confidence. On similar grounds he never beheld an inmate at any one of its windows but he touched his hat. Yet, he knew so little about the inmates that he gave them names of his own invention: as ‘Miss Elizabeth’, ‘Master George’, ‘Aunt Jane’, ‘Uncle Parker’—having no authority whatever for any such designations, but particularly the last—to which, as a natural consequence, he stuck with great obstinacy.

Over the house itself, he exercised the same imaginary power as over its inhabitants and their affairs. He had never been in it, the length of a piece of fat black water-pipe which trailed itself over the area-door into a damp stone passage, and had rather the air of a leech on the house that had ‘taken’ wonderfully; but this was no impediment to his arranging it according to a plan of his own. It was a great dingy house with a quantity of dim side window and blank back premises, and it cost his mind a world of trouble so to lay it out as to account for everything in its external appearance. But, this once done, was quite satisfactory, and he rested persuaded, that he knew his way about the house blindfold: from the barred garrets in the high roof, to the two iron extinguishers before the main door—which seemed to request all lively visitors to have the kindness to put themselves out, before entering.

Assuredly, this stall of Silas Wegg’s was the hardest little stall of all the sterile little stalls in London. It gave you the face-ache to look at his apples, the stomach-ache to look at his oranges, the tooth-ache to look at his nuts. Of the latter commodity he had always a grim little heap, on which lay a little wooden measure which had no discernible inside, and was considered to represent the penn’orth appointed by Magna Charta. Whether from too much east wind or no—it was an easterly corner—the stall, the stock, and the keeper, were all as dry as the Desert. Wegg was a knotty man, and a close-grained, with a face carved out of very hard material, that had just as much play of expression as a watchman’s rattle. When he laughed, certain jerks occurred in it, and the rattle sprung. Sooth to say, he was so wooden a man that he seemed to have taken his wooden leg naturally, and rather suggested to the fanciful observer, that he might be expected—if his development received no untimely check—to be completely set up with a pair of wooden legs in about six months.

Mr Wegg was an observant person, or, as he himself said, ‘took a powerful sight of notice’. He saluted all his regular passers-by every day, as he sat on his stool backed up by the lamp-post; and on the adaptable character of these salutes he greatly plumed himself. Thus, to the rector, he addressed a bow, compounded of lay deference, and a slight touch of the shady preliminary meditation at church; to the doctor, a confidential bow, as to a gentleman whose acquaintance with his inside he begged respectfully to acknowledge; before the Quality he delighted to abase himself; and for Uncle Parker, who was in the army (at least, so he had settled it), he put his open hand to the side of his hat, in a military manner which that angry-eyed buttoned-up inflammatory-faced old gentleman appeared but imperfectly to appreciate.

Capitolo 5

Il rifugio dello scienziato

Di fronte a una casa di Londra, in un angolo non lontano da Cavendish Square, c’era un uomo con una gamba di legno che da anni si guadagnava da vivere in questo modo: ogni mattina alle otto in punto, zoppicando, portava fino all’angolo una sedia, un cavalletto per i vestiti, un tavolino, un cestino e un ombrello, tutti legati insieme. Separandoli, il tavolino e il cavalletto diventavano un bancone; il cestino conteneva le poche mele e le caramelle che vendeva, fungeva anche da scaldapiedi; i vestiti aperti mostravano una selezione di canzoni a mezzo penny e servivano da schermo; lo sgabello su cui si sedeva diventava il suo “posto di lavoro” per tutto il giorno. In qualsiasi condizione meteorologica, si poteva sempre trovare quell’uomo al suo posto. Questo va inteso in senso duplice: aveva infatti costruito un “dorso” per lo sgabello di legno, appoggiandolo contro il lampione. Quando pioveva, apriva l’ombrello sopra il proprio “negozio”, non su di sé; quando faceva bel tempo, ripiegava quell’oggetto logoro, lo legava con un pezzo di filo e lo posizionava a croce sotto i cavalletti. Sembrava davvero una lattuga mal conservata, che aveva perso colore e freschezza, ma aumentato di dimensioni.

Aveva stabilito il proprio diritto su quel angolo, attraverso una presenza quasi impercettibile. Non aveva mai cambiato posizione di un millimetro; all’inizio, con esitazione, si era insediato in quell’angolo dove si appoggiava il lato della casa. In inverno, un angolo desolato e freddo; in estate, pieno di polvere; in qualsiasi stagione, comunque poco attraente. Frammenti di paglia e carta vi si accumulavano, creando tempeste quando la strada principale era tranquilla; il carretto del latte, come se fosse ubriaco o miope, ci sbatteva contro, rendendo quel luogo fangoso mentre tutto intorno era pulito.

Sul davanti del suo cartello di vendita era appeso un piccolo cartellino, simile a un portabicchiere, su cui era scritta l’iscrizione nel suo carattere minuscolo e particolare.

Le commissioni sono finite,
proseguiamo con il nostro divertimento. Damas e gentiluomini,
io rimango sempre
il vostro umile servitore.
Silas Wegg

Non solo si era convinto, nel corso del tempo, di essere il messaggero incaricato di recarsi regolarmente nella casa situata all’angolo (sebbene ricevesse tali incarichi soltanto un paio di volte all’anno, e anche in quei casi solo come rappresentante di qualche servitore), ma credeva anche di essere uno dei fedeli sostenitori di quella casa, legato a essa da vincoli di vassallaggio e impegnato a sostenerne gli interessi con lealtà assoluta. Per questo motivo parlava sempre di essa come della “Nostra Casa”. Sebbene la sua conoscenza degli affari interni fosse per lo più superficiale e spesso errata, pretendeva comunque di godere della loro fiducia. Per lo stesso motivo, ogni volta che vedeva qualcuno alle finestre di quella casa, si toccava il cappello in segno di rispetto; tuttavia conosceva così poco quelle persone da dare loro nomi inventati: “Miss Elizabeth”, “Master George”, “Aunt Jane”, “Uncle Parker”, senza alcun fondamento reale per tali denominazioni, soprattutto l’ultima, a cui si atteneva con grande ostinazione.

Su tutta la >casa stessa, esercitava lo stesso potere immaginario che su i suoi abitanti e le loro faccende. Non vi era mai stato prima: tutto ciò che conosceva di quella casa era un pezzo di tubo nero e untuoso che si estendeva fino alla porta d’ingresso, conducendo in un corridoio di pietra umido. Tuttavia, questo non gli impediva di organizzarla secondo i suoi progetti personali. Era una casa vecchia e trasandata, con molte finestre oscurate e spazi posteriori desolati; ci volle molto impegno per sistemarla in modo che tutto corrispondesse alla sua immagine esterna. Ma una volta completato il lavoro, risultò assolutamente soddisfacente. E lui era convinto di conoscere quella casa “a occhi chiusi”: dalle soffitte con le finestre sbarrate fino ai due estintori di ferro davanti alla porta principale, che sembravano invitare tutti i visitatori a spegnersi prima di entrare.

Senza dubbio, il banchetto di Silas Wegg era il più desolato e insignificante di tutti i piccoli banchetti sterili che si trovavano in Londra. Guardare le sue mele provocava mal di testa, le sue arance causavano dolori allo stomaco, mentre i suoi frutti a guscio davano fastidio ai denti. Di questi ultimi, ne aveva sempre una piccola pila; sopra di essa giaceva un misurino di legno privo di qualsiasi indicazione interna, e che rappresentava, secondo la tradizione, la quantità stabilita dalla Magna Carta. Che fosse a causa del troppo vento orientale o meno, il banchetto, le merci esposte e il loro venditore erano tutti altrettanto aridi quanto il Deserto. Silas Wegg era un uomo dal viso rigido e inespressivo, come se fosse stato scolpito in materiale molto duro; quando rideva, il suo volto subiva delle contrazioni che facevano sembrare quel suono simile a quello di una campanella. A dire il vero, era così “di legno” che si sarebbe potuto pensare che avesse ricevuto quella gamba di legno fin dalla nascita. E, per un osservatore fantasioso, non sarebbe stato affatto sorprendente se, in sei mesi, fosse diventato completamente “fatto di legno”.

Il signor Wegg era una persona attenta osservatrice; o, come lui stesso diceva, “prestava grande attenzione a ciò che lo circondava”. Ogni giorno, seduto sul suo sgabello appoggiato al lampione, salutava tutti i passanti abituali; e si compiaceva molto di questa sua abilità nel salutare in modo appropriato. Al rettore rivolgeva un inchino che combinava rispetto profano con un leggero accenno alla meditazione preliminare tipica della chiesa; al dottore, un inchino confidenziale, come a un gentiluomo la cui conoscenza dei suoi affari privati sperava di poter ottenere con rispetto; davanti ai nobili si compiaceva di umiliarsi; e per lo zio Parker, che era nell’esercito (almeno così credeva), posava la mano aperta sul lato del cappello in un gesto militare che quel vecchio signore dall’aspetto irascibile e cupo sembrava apprezzare solo in modo parziale.

The only article in which Silas dealt, that was not hard, was gingerbread. On a certain day, some wretched infant having purchased the damp gingerbread-horse (fearfully out of condition), and the adhesive bird-cage, which had been exposed for the day’s sale, he had taken a tin box from under his stool to produce a relay of those dreadful specimens, and was going to look in at the lid, when he said to himself, pausing: ‘Oh! Here you are again!’

The words referred to a broad, round-shouldered, one-sided old fellow in mourning, coming comically ambling towards the corner, dressed in a pea over-coat, and carrying a large stick. He wore thick shoes, and thick leather gaiters, and thick gloves like a hedger’s. Both as to his dress and to himself, he was of an overlapping rhinoceros build, with folds in his cheeks, and his forehead, and his eyelids, and his lips, and his ears; but with bright, eager, childishly-inquiring, grey eyes, under his ragged eyebrows, and broad-brimmed hat. A very odd-looking old fellow altogether.

‘Here you are again,’ repeated Mr Wegg, musing. ‘And what are you now? Are you in the Funns, or where are you? Have you lately come to settle in this neighbourhood, or do you own to another neighbourhood? Are you in independent circumstances, or is it wasting the motions of a bow on you? Come! I’ll speculate! I’ll invest a bow in you.’

Which Mr Wegg, having replaced his tin box, accordingly did, as he rose to bait his gingerbread-trap for some other devoted infant. The salute was acknowledged with:

‘Morning, sir! Morning! Morning!’

(‘Calls me Sir!’ said Mr Wegg, to himself; ‘HE won’t answer. A bow gone!’)

‘Morning, morning, morning!’

‘Appears to be rather a ’arty old cock, too,’ said Mr Wegg, as before; ‘Good morning to YOU, sir.’

‘Do you remember me, then?’ asked his new acquaintance, stopping in his amble, one-sided, before the stall, and speaking in a pounding way, though with great good-humour.

‘I have noticed you go past our house, sir, several times in the course of the last week or so.’

‘Our house,’ repeated the other. ‘Meaning—?’

‘Yes,’ said Mr Wegg, nodding, as the other pointed the clumsy forefinger of his right glove at the corner house.

‘Oh! Now, what,’ pursued the old fellow, in an inquisitive manner, carrying his knotted stick in his left arm as if it were a baby, ‘what do they allow you now?’

‘It’s job work that I do for our house,’ returned Silas, drily, and with reticence; ‘it’s not yet brought to an exact allowance.’

‘Oh! It’s not yet brought to an exact allowance? No! It’s not yet brought to an exact allowance. Oh!—Morning, morning, morning!’

‘Appears to be rather a cracked old cock,’ thought Silas, qualifying his former good opinion, as the other ambled off. But, in a moment he was back again with the question:

‘How did you get your wooden leg?’

Mr Wegg replied, (tartly to this personal inquiry), ‘In an accident.’

‘Do you like it?’

Well! I haven’t got to keep it warm,’ Mr Wegg made answer, in a sort of desperation occasioned by the singularity of the question.

‘He hasn’t,’ repeated the other to his knotted stick, as he gave it a hug; ‘he hasn’t got—ha!—ha!—to keep it warm! Did you ever hear of the name of Boffin?’

‘No,’ said Mr Wegg, who was growing restive under this examination. ‘I never did hear of the name of Boffin.’

‘Do you like it?’

‘Why, no,’ retorted Mr Wegg, again approaching desperation; ‘I can’t say I do.’

‘Why don’t you like it?’

‘I don’t know why I don’t,’ retorted Mr Wegg, approaching frenzy, ‘but I don’t at all.’

‘Now, I’ll tell you something that’ll make you sorry for that,’ said the stranger, smiling. ‘My name’s Boffin.’

‘I can’t help it!’ returned Mr Wegg. Implying in his manner the offensive addition, ‘and if I could, I wouldn’t.’

‘But there’s another chance for you,’ said Mr Boffin, smiling still, ‘Do you like the name of Nicodemus? Think it over. Nick, or Noddy.’

‘It is not, sir,’ Mr Wegg rejoined, as he sat down on his stool, with an air of gentle resignation, combined with melancholy candour; ‘it is not a name as I could wish any one that I had a respect for, to call ME by; but there may be persons that would not view it with the same objections.—I don’t know why,’ Mr Wegg added, anticipating another question.

‘Noddy Boffin,’ said that gentleman. ‘Noddy. That’s my name. Noddy—or Nick—Boffin. What’s your name?’

Silas Wegg.—I don’t,’ said Mr Wegg, bestirring himself to take the same precaution as before, ‘I don’t know why Silas, and I don’t know why Wegg.’

‘Now, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin, hugging his stick closer, ‘I want to make a sort of offer to you. Do you remember when you first see me?’

The wooden Wegg looked at him with a meditative eye, and also with a softened air as descrying possibility of profit. ‘Let me think. I ain’t quite sure, and yet I generally take a powerful sight of notice, too. Was it on a Monday morning, when the butcher-boy had been to our house for orders, and bought a ballad of me, which, being unacquainted with the tune, I run it over to him?’

‘Right, Wegg, right! But he bought more than one.’

‘Yes, to be sure, sir; he bought several; and wishing to lay out his money to the best, he took my opinion to guide his choice, and we went over the collection together. To be sure we did. Here was him as it might be, and here was myself as it might be, and there was you, Mr Boffin, as you identically are, with your self-same stick under your very same arm, and your very same back towards us. To—be—sure!’ added Mr Wegg, looking a little round Mr Boffin, to take him in the rear, and identify this last extraordinary coincidence, ‘your wery self-same back!’

‘What do you think I was doing, Wegg?’

‘I should judge, sir, that you might be glancing your eye down the street.’

‘No, Wegg. I was a listening.’

‘Was you, indeed?’ said Mr Wegg, dubiously.

‘Not in a dishonourable way, Wegg, because you was singing to the butcher; and you wouldn’t sing secrets to a butcher in the street, you know.’

L’unico argomento di cui Silas si occupò e che non risultava particolarmente difficile da trattare era quello relativo al pan di zenzero. Un certo giorno, un povero bambino acquistò quel pan di zenzero umido e in cattive condizioni, così come la gabbia per uccelli incollata, esposta in vendita durante la giornata. Prese quindi una scatola di latta da sotto lo sgabello per esaminare quegli oggetti orribili, e proprio mentre stava per sollevare il coperchio, si fermò e disse tra sé: “Oh! Ecco qui di nuovo, ”

Le parole descrivevano un vecchio dall’aspetto strano: di corporatura robusta, con spalle larghe e un viso piatto su un lato; vestito con un cappotto pesante e munito di un grosso bastone, indossava scarpe spesse, gambiere di cuoio e guanti spessi. Sia nel suo abbigliamento che nella sua stessa figura, ricordava vagamente un rinoceronte; aveva pieghe sulle guance, sulla fronte, sulle palpebre, sulle labbra e sulle orecchie. Ma i suoi occhi grigi, luminosi e curiosi, sotto sopracciglia disordinate e un cappello a tesa larga, gli conferivano un aspetto davvero bizzarro. Un vecchio davvero molto strano.

“Eccoti di nuovo,” ripeté il signor Wegg, pensieroso. “E ora cosa fai? Sei nella famiglia Funn, o dove sei? Sei appena arrivato in questo quartiere, o abiti in un altro? Ti trovi in condizioni economiche stabili, o è solo uno spreco usare un arco per te? Dai! Lasciami indovinare. Investirò un po’ di fiducia in te.”

Il signor Wegg, dopo aver sostituito la sua scatola di latta, fece ciò che era previsto; al suo risveglio, preparò di nuovo la sua trappola di pan di zenzero per catturare qualche altro bambino ingenuo. Il saluto ricevuto fu.

“Buongiorno, signore! Buongiorno! Buongiorno!”

“Mi chiama ‘Signore’!”, disse il signor Wegg tra sé; “Non risponde. Un inchino sprecato!”

“Buongiorno, buongiorno, buongiorno!”

“Sembra proprio un vecchio libertino dal gusto artistico,” disse il signor Wegg, come prima;
“Buongiorno a VOI, signore.”

“Allora ti ricordi di me?” chiese il suo nuovo conoscente, fermandosi davanti al banchetto e parlando in modo deciso, sebbene con grande buon umore.

“Ho notato che, nell’ultima settimana circa, lei passa più volte davanti alla nostra casa, signore.”

“La nostra casa”, ripeté l’altro. “Cioè,?”

“Sì,” disse il signor Wegg annuendo, mentre l’altro puntava con il goffo dito indice della sua mano destra verso l’angolo di quella casa.

“Ora, cosa, ”, continuò l’uomo anziano con tono curioso, tenendo il suo bastone nodoso nel braccio sinistro come se fosse un bambino, “cosa ti permettono di fare ora?”

“È solo il mio lavoro per la nostra casa”, rispose Silas in tono secco e reticente; “non è ancora stato pagato esattamente come dovrebbe.”

“Oh! Non è ancora stato regolamentato con precisione? No! Non è ancora stato messo in ordine con esattezza. Oh! Buongiorno, buongiorno!”

“Sembra proprio un vecchio gallo pazzo,” pensò Silas, modificando la sua precedente buona opinione mentre l’altro se ne andava zoppicando. Ma dopo poco tornò indietro con la stessa domanda:

“Come hai ottenuto quella gamba di legno?”

“Per un incidente”, rispose il signor Wegg in tono secco a questa domanda personale.

“Ti piace?”

“Beh! Non devo mica tenerla al caldo,” rispose il signor Wegg, con una certa disperazione dovuta alla stranezza della domanda.

“Non l’ha fatto,” ripeté l’altro, abbracciando il suo bastone nodoso; “non ha nemmeno avuto la possibilità di tenerlo al caldo. Hai mai sentito parlare di Boffin?”

“No,” disse il signor Wegg, che iniziava a sentirsi a disagio sotto quel interrogatorio. “Non ho mai sentito parlare di questo nome, Boffin.”

“Ti piace?”

“Mai e poi mai,” ribatté il signor Wegg, avvicinandosi sempre di più alla disperazione; “Non posso dire di sì.”

“Perché non ti piace?”

“Non so perché non lo faccia,” ribatté il signor Wegg, avvicinandosi sempre di più alla follia, “ma semplicemente non lo faccio.”

“Ora vi dirò qualcosa che vi farà pentire di quello che avete fatto,” disse lo sconosciuto sorridendo. “Mi chiamo Boffin.”

“Non posso farci nulla!” rispose il signor Wegg, aggiungendo con un tono offensivo: “E anche se potessi, non lo farei.”

“Ma c’è un’altra possibilità per te,” disse il signor Boffin, continuando a sorridere, “Ti piace il nome Nicodemo? Pensaci bene. Nick, o Noddy.”

“Non è così, signore,” rispose il signor Wegg, sedendosi sul suo sgabello con un’aria di dolce resignazione mescolata a una sincera melancolia; “non è certo un nome che vorrei che qualcuno che mi stima mi chiamasse con esso; ma forse ci sono persone che non avrebbero gli stessi pregiudizi. Non so perché,” aggiunse il signor Wegg, anticipando una possibile domanda.

“Noddy Boffin,” disse quel signore. “Noddy. Questo è il mio nome: Noddy, o Nick. Boffin. E tu, come ti chiami?”

“‘Silas Wegg’. — No,” disse il signor Wegg, alzandosi per prendere le stesse precauzioni di prima, “non so perché Silas, e non so nemmeno perché Wegg.”

“Ora, Wegg,” disse il signor Boffin, stringendo più forte il suo bastone, “voglio farti una sorta di proposta. Ti ricordi quando mi hai visto per la prima volta?”

Il vecchio Wegg lo guardò con occhi pensierosi, e anche con un tono più gentile, come se avesse intravisto la possibilità di trarne profitto. “Lasciami riflettere. Non ne sono del tutto sicuro, ma di solito noto subito certe cose. Fu forse una mattina di lunedì, quando il ragazzo del macellaio venne a prendere le ordinazioni da noi e comprò anche una canzone da me. Poiché non conosceva la melodia, gliela feci ascoltare, ”

“Esatto, Wegg, esatto! Ma ne ha comprati più di uno.”

“Sì, certamente, signore; ne comprò diversi; e desiderando investire i suoi soldi nel modo migliore, chiese il mio parere per farsi guidare nella scelta, e insieme esaminammo l’intera collezione. Certo che lo facemmo. Ecco lui, così com’è, ed ecco me, così com’ero io, e c’era anche lei, signor Boffin, proprio come è ora, con lo stesso bastone sotto il braccio e la stessa schiena rivolta verso di noi. Davvero!” aggiunse il signor Wegg, guardando attentamente il signor Boffin per verificare questa straordinaria coincidenza: “La sua stessa schiena, proprio quella!”

“Cosa pensi che stessi facendo, Wegg?”

“Credo che stia guardando giù per la strada, signore.”

“No, Wegg. Stavo ascoltando.”

“Davvero sei stato tu?” disse il signor Wegg, con scetticismo.

“Non in modo disonorevole, Wegg, perché cantavi al macellaio; e non canteresti certo dei segreti a un macellaio per strada, lo sai bene.”

‘It never happened that I did so yet, to the best of my remembrance,’ said Mr Wegg, cautiously. ‘But I might do it. A man can’t say what he might wish to do some day or another.’ (This, not to release any little advantage he might derive from Mr Boffin’s avowal.)

Well,’ repeated Boffin, ‘I was a listening to you and to him. And what do you—you haven’t got another stool, have you? I’m rather thick in my breath.’

‘I haven’t got another, but you’re welcome to this,’ said Wegg, resigning it. ‘It’s a treat to me to stand.’

‘Lard!’ exclaimed Mr Boffin, in a tone of great enjoyment, as he settled himself down, still nursing his stick like a baby, ‘it’s a pleasant place, this! And then to be shut in on each side, with these ballads, like so many book-leaf blinkers! Why, its delightful!’

‘If I am not mistaken, sir,’ Mr Wegg delicately hinted, resting a hand on his stall, and bending over the discursive Boffin, ‘you alluded to some offer or another that was in your mind?’

‘I’m coming to it! All right. I’m coming to it! I was going to say that when I listened that morning, I listened with hadmiration amounting to haw. I thought to myself, “Here’s a man with a wooden leg—a literary man with—“’

‘N—not exactly so, sir,’ said Mr Wegg.

‘Why, you know every one of these songs by name and by tune, and if you want to read or to sing any one on ’em off straight, you’ve only to whip on your spectacles and do it!’ cried Mr Boffin. ‘I see you at it!’

Well, sir,’ returned Mr Wegg, with a conscious inclination of the head; ‘we’ll say literary, then.’

‘“A literary man—WITH a wooden leg—and all Print is open to him!” That’s what I thought to myself, that morning,’ pursued Mr Boffin, leaning forward to describe, uncramped by the clotheshorse, as large an arc as his right arm could make; ‘“all Print is open to him!” And it is, ain’t it?’

‘Why, truly, sir,’ Mr Wegg admitted, with modesty; ‘I believe you couldn’t show me the piece of English print, that I wouldn’t be equal to collaring and throwing.’

‘On the spot?’ said Mr Boffin.

‘On the spot.’

‘I know’d it! Then consider this. Here am I, a man without a wooden leg, and yet all print is shut to me.’

‘Indeed, sir?’ Mr Wegg returned with increasing self-complacency. ‘Education neglected?’

‘Neg—lected!’ repeated Boffin, with emphasis. ‘That ain’t no word for it. I don’t mean to say but what if you showed me a B, I could so far give you change for it, as to answer Boffin.’

‘Come, come, sir,’ said Mr Wegg, throwing in a little encouragement, ‘that’s something, too.’

‘It’s something,’ answered Mr Boffin, ‘but I’ll take my oath it ain’t much.’

‘Perhaps it’s not as much as could be wished by an inquiring mind, sir,’ Mr Wegg admitted.

‘Now, look here. I’m retired from business. Me and Mrs Boffin—Henerietty Boffin—which her father’s name was Henery, and her mother’s name was Hetty, and so you get it—we live on a compittance, under the will of a diseased governor.’

‘Gentleman dead, sir?’

‘Man alive, don’t I tell you? A diseased governor? Now, it’s too late for me to begin shovelling and sifting at alphabeds and grammar-books. I’m getting to be a old bird, and I want to take it easy. But I want some reading—some fine bold reading, some splendid book in a gorging Lord-Mayor’s-Show of wollumes’ (probably meaning gorgeous, but misled by association of ideas); ‘as’ll reach right down your pint of view, and take time to go by you. How can I get that reading, Wegg? By,’ tapping him on the breast with the head of his thick stick, ‘paying a man truly qualified to do it, so much an hour (say twopence) to come and do it.’

‘Hem! Flattered, sir, I am sure,’ said Wegg, beginning to regard himself in quite a new light. ‘Hew! This is the offer you mentioned, sir?’

‘Yes. Do you like it?’

‘I am considering of it, Mr Boffin.’

‘I don’t,’ said Boffin, in a free-handed manner, ‘want to tie a literary man—WITH a wooden leg—down too tight. A halfpenny an hour shan’t part us. The hours are your own to choose, after you’ve done for the day with your house here. I live over Maiden Lane way—out Holloway direction—and you’ve only got to go East-and-by-North when you’ve finished here, and you’re there. Twopence halfpenny an hour,’ said Boffin, taking a piece of chalk from his pocket and getting off the stool to work the sum on the top of it in his own way; ‘two long’uns and a short’un—twopence halfpenny; two short’uns is a long’un and two two long’uns is four long’uns—making five long’uns; six nights a week at five long’uns a night,’ scoring them all down separately, ‘and you mount up to thirty long’uns. A round’un! Half a crown!’

Pointing to this result as a large and satisfactory one, Mr Boffin smeared it out with his moistened glove, and sat down on the remains.

‘Half a crown,’ said Wegg, meditating. ‘Yes. (It ain’t much, sir.) Half a crown.’

‘Per week, you know.’

‘Per week. Yes. As to the amount of strain upon the intellect now. Was you thinking at all of poetry?’ Mr Wegg inquired, musing.

‘Would it come dearer?’ Mr Boffin asked.

‘It would come dearer,’ Mr Wegg returned. ‘For when a person comes to grind off poetry night after night, it is but right he should expect to be paid for its weakening effect on his mind.’

‘To tell you the truth Wegg,’ said Boffin, ‘I wasn’t thinking of poetry, except in so fur as this:—If you was to happen now and then to feel yourself in the mind to tip me and Mrs Boffin one of your ballads, why then we should drop into poetry.’

‘I follow you, sir,’ said Wegg. ‘But not being a regular musical professional, I should be loath to engage myself for that; and therefore when I dropped into poetry, I should ask to be considered so fur, in the light of a friend.’

At this, Mr Boffin’s eyes sparkled, and he shook Silas earnestly by the hand: protesting that it was more than he could have asked, and that he took it very kindly indeed.

‘What do you think of the terms, Wegg?’ Mr Boffin then demanded, with unconcealed anxiety.

“Per quanto ne ricordo, non è mai successo che io facessi una cosa del genere,” disse il signor Wegg con cautela. “Ma potrei farlo. Un uomo non può mai sapere cosa potrebbe voler fare in un futuro.” (Questo, naturalmente, senza voler approfittare in alcun modo delle dichiarazioni del signor Boffin.)

“Beh,” ripeté Boffin, “vi stavo ascoltando entrambi. E voi, non avete un altro sgabello, vero? Ho il respiro un po’ affannoso, ”

“Non ne ho un altro, ma puoi prenderlo pure,” disse Wegg, rassegnandosi. “Per me è già un piacere poter stare in piedi.”

“Lardo!” esclamò il signor Boffin con grande piacere, mentre si sistemava comodamente, ancora tenendo in mano il suo bastone come un bambino. “È davvero un posto delizioso. E poi essere circondati da tutte queste canzoni, come se fossero delle pagine di libro che lampeggiano! Che meraviglia!”

“Se non mi sbaglio, signore,” suggerì con delicatezza il signor Wegg, appoggiando una mano sul suo banco e chinandosi verso il loquace Boffin, “ha accennato a qualche offerta che aveva in mente, vero?”

‘Sto per arrivarci! Va bene, sto per arrivarci! Volevo dire che, ascoltandolo quella mattina, l’ho ascoltato con ammirazione. Ho pensato: “Ecco un uomo con una gamba di legno. Un uomo letterario, ”’

“Non esattamente, signore,” disse il signor Wegg.

“Ma insomma, conosci ogni una di queste canzoni per nome e melodia; se vuoi leggerla o cantarla subito, basta che metta gli occhiali e lo faccia!” esclamò il signor Boffin. “Vedo che ci proverai!”

“Beh, signore,” rispose il signor Wegg, inclinando leggermente la testa; “allora diremo che si tratta di letteratura.”

“Un uomo di lettere, con una gamba di legno, e tutta la stampa gli è accessibile!” Ecco cosa pensai quella mattina, continuò il signor Boffin, inclinandosi in avanti per descrivere, senza essere ostacolato dal cavalletto da sarto, un arco quanto più ampio possibile con il suo braccio destro; “Tutta la stampa gli è accessibile. E infatti lo è, vero?”

“Davvero, signore,” ammise con umiltà il signor Wegg, “credo che non ci sarebbe alcun pezzo di stampa inglese che io non fossi in grado di catturare e gettare via.”

“Sul posto stesso?” disse il signor Boffin.

“In situ.”

“Lo sapevo! Allora ascolta questo: eccomi qui, un uomo senza gamba di legno, eppure tutte le librerie mi sono chiuse.”

“Davvero, signore?” Il signor Wegg rispose con un crescente senso di auto-soddisfazione.
“L’istruzione è stata trascurata?”

“Neg—lettato!” ripeté Boffin, con enfasi. “Quella non è la parola giusta. Non voglio dire nulla di male, ma se mi mostraste una ‘B’, potrei persino darvi il resto della moneta in cambio, tanto per rispondere correttamente a ‘Boffin’.”

“Ma davvero, signore,” disse il signor Wegg, aggiungendo qualche parola di incoraggiamento, “questo è anche qualcosa.”

“È qualcosa, ”, rispose il signor Boffin, “ma giuro che non è molto.”

“Forse non è tutto ciò che un intelletto curioso potrebbe desiderare, signore,” ammise il signor Wegg.

“Ora, ascoltate bene. Sono in pensione dal mondo degli affari. Io e la signora Boffin. Henerietty Boffin; il nome di suo padre era Henery e quello di sua madre Hetty, viviamo grazie a una rendita, prevista nel testamento di un governatore malato.”

“Un gentiluomo è morto, signore?”

“Per l’amor del cielo, non ve lo dico forse? Un governatore malato. Ora è troppo tardi per iniziare a cercare tra libri di grammatica e testi scolastici. Sto invecchiando, e voglio semplicemente rilassarmi un po’. Ma ho bisogno di qualcosa da leggere. Qualcosa di davvero bello, di elegante. Un libro meraviglioso, insomma. Come posso procurarmelo, Wegg? Pagando una persona veramente qualificata per farlo, diciamo venti penny all’ora, ” Gli batté il palmo della mano sul petto con l’estremità del suo grosso bastone.

“Ehm! Molto lusingato, signore, ne sono certo,” disse Wegg, iniziando a considerarsi sotto una luce del tutto nuova. “Ah! Questa è dunque l’offerta di cui parlavate, signore?”

“Sì. Ti piace?”

“Ci sto pensando, signor Boffin.”

“Non voglio,” disse Boffin in modo disinvolto, “legare troppo stretto un uomo di lettere, anche se ha una gamba di legno. Mezzo penny all’ora non ci separerà mai. Puoi scegliere tu stesso gli orari, dopo aver finito il tuo lavoro in questa casa. Io abito poco più avanti, lungo Maiden Lane, in direzione Holloway; basta che tu vada verso est e poi nord una volta terminato qui, e sarai arrivato. Due penny e mezzo all’ora,” aggiunse Boffin, tirando fuori un pezzo di gesso dal taschino e mettendosi in piedi per calcolare la somma a modo suo; “due ‘lunghe’ unità più una ‘corta’, due penny e mezzo; due ‘corte’ unità fanno una ‘lunga’, e due ‘lunghe’ fanno quattro, quindi cinque ‘lunghe’ unità in totale. Sei notti a settimana, per cinque ‘lunghe’ unità a notte, ” scrivendo ogni cifra con cura, “fai trenta ‘lunghe’ unità in totale. Mezza corona!”

Indicando questo risultato come un grande e soddisfacente, il signor Boffin lo spalmò con il guanto umido e poi si sedette sui suoi resti.

“Mezza corona”, disse Wegg, pensieroso. “Sì. Non è molto, signore. Mezza corona.”

“Una settimana al mese, sai.”

“Per settimana. Sì. Per quanto riguarda lo sforzo intellettuale richiesto al momento. Stavi pensando alla poesia?” chiese il signor Wegg, riflettendo.

“Costerebbe di più?” chiese il signor Boffin.

“Costerebbe di più,” rispose il signor Wegg. “Perché quando una persona passa le notti a scrivere poesie, è giusto che si aspetti di essere pagata per l’effetto negativo che tutto ciò ha sulla sua mente.”

“Per dirti la verità, Wegg,” disse Boffin, “non stavo pensando alla poesia, se non nel senso che. Se ogni tanto ti venisse in mente di regalarci una delle tue ballate, allora potremmo davvero dedicarci alla poesia.”

“Vi seguo, signore,” disse Wegg. “Ma non essendo un professionista musicale a tutti gli effetti, mi rifiuterei di impegnarmi in una simile attività; per questo motivo, quando ho iniziato a scrivere poesia, ho chiesto che mi si considerasse tale, su esortazione di un amico.”

A questo punto, gli occhi del signor Boffin brillarono di gioia; strinse con sincera emozione la mano di Silas, sostenendo che fosse più di quanto avesse potuto sperare e che accettasse davvero con grande gratitudine quel dono.

“Che ne pensi di questi termini, Wegg?” chiese il signor Boffin, con un’ansia evidente.

Silas, who had stimulated this anxiety by his hard reserve of manner, and who had begun to understand his man very well, replied with an air; as if he were saying something extraordinarily generous and great:

‘Mr Boffin, I never bargain.’

‘So I should have thought of you!’ said Mr Boffin, admiringly. ‘No, sir. I never did ’aggle and I never will ’aggle. Consequently I meet you at once, free and fair, with—Done, for double the money!’

Mr Boffin seemed a little unprepared for this conclusion, but assented, with the remark, ‘You know better what it ought to be than I do, Wegg,’ and again shook hands with him upon it.

‘Could you begin to night, Wegg?’ he then demanded.

‘Yes, sir,’ said Mr Wegg, careful to leave all the eagerness to him. ‘I see no difficulty if you wish it. You are provided with the needful implement—a book, sir?’

‘Bought him at a sale,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Eight wollumes. Red and gold. Purple ribbon in every wollume, to keep the place where you leave off. Do you know him?’

‘The book’s name, sir?’ inquired Silas.

‘I thought you might have know’d him without it,’ said Mr Boffin slightly disappointed. ‘His name is Decline-And-Fall-Off-The-Rooshan-Empire.’ (Mr Boffin went over these stones slowly and with much caution.)

‘Ay indeed!’ said Mr Wegg, nodding his head with an air of friendly recognition.

‘You know him, Wegg?’

‘I haven’t been not to say right slap through him, very lately,’ Mr Wegg made answer, ‘having been otherways employed, Mr Boffin. But know him? Old familiar declining and falling off the Rooshan? Rather, sir! Ever since I was not so high as your stick. Ever since my eldest brother left our cottage to enlist into the army. On which occasion, as the ballad that was made about it describes:

‘Beside that cottage door, Mr Boffin, A girl was on her knees; She held aloft a snowy scarf, Sir, Which (my eldest brother noticed) fluttered in the breeze. She breathed a prayer for him, Mr Boffin; A prayer he coold not hear. And my eldest brother lean’d upon his sword, Mr Boffin, And wiped away a tear.’

Much impressed by this family circumstance, and also by the friendly disposition of Mr Wegg, as exemplified in his so soon dropping into poetry, Mr Boffin again shook hands with that ligneous sharper, and besought him to name his hour. Mr Wegg named eight.

‘Where I live,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘is called The Bower. Boffin’s Bower is the name Mrs Boffin christened it when we come into it as a property. If you should meet with anybody that don’t know it by that name (which hardly anybody does), when you’ve got nigh upon about a odd mile, or say and a quarter if you like, up Maiden Lane, Battle Bridge, ask for Harmony Jail, and you’ll be put right. I shall expect you, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin, clapping him on the shoulder with the greatest enthusiasm, ‘most joyfully. I shall have no peace or patience till you come. Print is now opening ahead of me. This night, a literary man—WITH a wooden leg—’ he bestowed an admiring look upon that decoration, as if it greatly enhanced the relish of Mr Wegg’s attainments—‘will begin to lead me a new life! My fist again, Wegg. Morning, morning, morning!’

Left alone at his stall as the other ambled off, Mr Wegg subsided into his screen, produced a small pocket-handkerchief of a penitentially-scrubbing character, and took himself by the nose with a thoughtful aspect. Also, while he still grasped that feature, he directed several thoughtful looks down the street, after the retiring figure of Mr Boffin. But, profound gravity sat enthroned on Wegg’s countenance. For, while he considered within himself that this was an old fellow of rare simplicity, that this was an opportunity to be improved, and that here might be money to be got beyond present calculation, still he compromised himself by no admission that his new engagement was at all out of his way, or involved the least element of the ridiculous. Mr Wegg would even have picked a handsome quarrel with any one who should have challenged his deep acquaintance with those aforesaid eight volumes of Decline and Fall. His gravity was unusual, portentous, and immeasurable, not because he admitted any doubt of himself but because he perceived it necessary to forestall any doubt of himself in others. And herein he ranged with that very numerous class of impostors, who are quite as determined to keep up appearances to themselves, as to their neighbours.

A certain loftiness, likewise, took possession of Mr Wegg; a condescending sense of being in request as an official expounder of mysteries. It did not move him to commercial greatness, but rather to littleness, insomuch that if it had been within the possibilities of things for the wooden measure to hold fewer nuts than usual, it would have done so that day. But, when night came, and with her veiled eyes beheld him stumping towards Boffin’s Bower, he was elated too.

The Bower was as difficult to find, as Fair Rosamond’s without the clue. Mr Wegg, having reached the quarter indicated, inquired for the Bower half a dozen times without the least success, until he remembered to ask for Harmony Jail. This occasioned a quick change in the spirits of a hoarse gentleman and a donkey, whom he had much perplexed.

‘Why, yer mean Old Harmon’s, do yer?’ said the hoarse gentleman, who was driving his donkey in a truck, with a carrot for a whip. ‘Why didn’t yer niver say so? Eddard and me is a goin’ by HIM! Jump in.’

Mr Wegg complied, and the hoarse gentleman invited his attention to the third person in company, thus;

‘Now, you look at Eddard’s ears. What was it as you named, agin? Whisper.’

Mr Wegg whispered, ‘Boffin’s Bower.’

‘Eddard! (keep yer hi on his ears) cut away to Boffin’s Bower!’

Edward, with his ears lying back, remained immoveable.

‘Eddard! (keep yer hi on his ears) cut away to Old Harmon’s.’ Edward instantly pricked up his ears to their utmost, and rattled off at such a pace that Mr Wegg’s conversation was jolted out of him in a most dislocated state.

Silas, che aveva alimentato questa ansia con il suo atteggiamento freddo e riservato, e che aveva iniziato a comprendere molto bene la natura della sua persona, rispose con un tono come se stesse dicendo qualcosa di estremamente generoso e importante.

“Signor Boffin, io non negozio mai.”

“Avrei dovuto pensare a te!” disse il signor Boffin, con ammirazione. “No, signore. Non mi sono mai messo in mezzo e non lo farò mai. Quindi ci incontriamo subito, in modo libero e onesto. Ecco fatto: per raddoppiato il prezzo!”

Il signor Boffin sembrava un po’ impreparato di fronte a questa conclusione, ma acconsentì, aggiungendo: “Tu sai meglio di me cosa dovrebbe essere, Wegg”, e strinse nuovamente la sua mano in segno di accordo.

“Potresti iniziare stasera, Wegg?” chiese poi.

“Sì, signore,” disse il signor Wegg, facendo attenzione a lasciare tutta la sua entusiasmo a lui.
“Non vedo alcuna difficoltà, se lo desiderate. Vi è fornito l’strumento necessario, un libro, signore?”

“L’ho comprato durante una svendita,” disse il signor Boffin. “Otto volumi. Rossi e dorati. Ciascun volume aveva un nastro viola, per segnare il punto in cui si era interrotti la lettura. Lo conosci?”

“Qual è il nome del libro, signore?” chiese Silas.

“Pensavo che forse lo avreste riconosciuto anche senza questo,” disse il signor Boffin, con un leggero disappunto. “Il suo nome è Decline-And-Fall-Off-The-Rooshan-Empire.” (Il signor Boffin esaminò quelle pietre lentamente e con molta attenzione.)

“Proprio così!” disse il signor Wegg, annuendo con un’espressione di cordiale riconoscimento.

“Lo conosci, Wegg?”

“Non posso dire di averlo frequentato molto ultimamente,” rispose il signor Wegg, “perché ero impegnato in altre cose, signor Boffin. Ma lo conosce? Quel vecchio conoscuto che sta declinando e perdendo la salute. Sì, signore! Da quando non ero nemmeno alto quanto il suo bastone. Da quando mio fratello maggiore lasciò la nostra capanna per arruolarsi nell’esercito. In quell’occasione, come descrive la canzone che ne fu scritta, ”

‘Accanto a quella porta di capanna, signor Boffin,
una ragazza era in ginocchio; teneva alta una sciarpa bianca come la neve,
che (come notò mio fratello maggiore) svolazzava al vento.
Pregava per lui, signor Boffin. Ma una preghiera che lui non poté sentire.
Mio fratello maggiore si appoggiò alla sua _spada, signor Boffin,
e asciugò una lacrima.’

Molto colpito da questa situazione familiare, e anche dall’atteggiamento amichevole del signor Wegg, come dimostrato dal suo improvviso interesse per la poesia, il signor Boffin strinse di nuovo la mano a quel “mercante di legname” e gli chiese quando fosse disponibile. Il signor Wegg rispose che era alle otto.

“Dove vivo,” disse il signor Boffin, “si chiama The Bower. ‘Boffin’s Bower’ è il nome che la signora Boffin gli ha dato quando l’abbiamo acquistato come proprietà. Se doveste incontrare qualcuno che non lo conosce con quel nome (il che è praticamente impossibile), quando sarete arrivati a circa un miglio e mezzo, o diciamo un miglio e un quarto lungo Maiden Lane, vicino a Battle Bridge, chiedete di Harmony Jail e vi indicheranno la strada giusta. Vi aspetto con grande entusiasmo, Wegg,” aggiunse battendogli sulla spalla. “Non avrò pace né pazienza finché non sarete arrivato. La stampa sta per aprirmi nuove opportunità. Questa sera, un uomo di lettere, con una gamba di legno, ” disse, lanciando uno sguardo ammirativo verso quella protesi, come se contribuisse notevolmente al valore delle qualità del signor Wegg, “inizierà a guidarmi in una nuova vita! Ancora una volta, il mio ringraziamento, Wegg. Buongiorno, buongiorno, buongiorno!”

Lasciato solo al suo banchetto mentre gli altri se ne andavano, il signor Wegg si immerse nella sua lettura; estrasse un piccolo fazzoletto e iniziò a pulirsi con aria pensierosa. Continuando a fissare la strada, osservava la figura del signor Boffin che si allontanava. Tuttavia, sul suo volto aleggiava una profonda serietà. Anche se considerava il signor Boffin un uomo semplice e onesto, e vedeva in lui un’opportunità per migliorare se stesso o guadagnare del denaro, non ammise mai che la sua nuova relazione rappresentasse alcun ostacolo o comportasse qualcosa di ridicolo. Il signor Wegg sarebbe stato pronto a litigare con chiunque avesse messo in dubbio la sua profonda conoscenza di quegli otto volumi su “Declino e Caduta”. La sua serietà era insolita, minacciosa, e incommensurabile. Non perché nutrisse dubbi su se stesso, ma perché riteneva necessario prevenire che altri ne avessero. E in questo, apparteneva a quella numerosa categoria di impostori che sono altrettanto determinati a mantenere un’immagine positiva sia davanti a sé stessi che ai loro vicini.

Anche il signor Wegg fu invaso da una certa arie di superiorità; da un senso di importanza derivante dal suo ruolo di esperto ufficiale nell’interpretare i misteri. Questo non lo spingeva verso la grandezza commerciale, ma piuttosto verso l’umiltà. Al punto che, se fosse stato possibile che quella misura di legno contenesse meno noci del solito, lui avrebbe fatto in modo che ciò accadesse proprio quel giorno. Ma quando arrivò la notte e, con i suoi occhi velati, lo vide barcollare verso il “Boschetto di Boffin”, anche lui fu estremamente compiaciuto.

Il padiglione era altrettanto difficile da trovare quanto il castello di Fair Rosamond, se non si conosceva alcuna indicazione. Il signor Wegg, arrivato nel quartiere indicato, chiese più volte informazioni sul padiglione senza ottenere alcun risultato, fino a quando non si ricordò di chiedere informazioni sulla “Prigione Harmony”. Questo cambiò immediatamente l’umore di un signore raucoso e di un asino che lui aveva molto confuso.

“Ah, intendi Old Harmon, vero?” disse il signore raucoso che guidava il suo asino in un carretto, usando una carota come frusta. “Perché non l’hai mai detto? Io e Eddard andiamo da LUI! Salta su.”

Il signor Wegg obbedì, e il gentiluomo dalla voce rauca attirò la sua attenzione sulla terza persona presente nella compagnia, dicendo così:

“Ora, osservate le orecchie di Eddard. Come si chiamava quel suono che sentivate prima? Un sussurro.”

“Il rifugio dello scienziato” mormorò Mr Wegg.

“Eddard! Ascolta bene: dirigiti subito verso la Bosca di Boffin!”

Edward, con le orecchie appiattite all’indietro, rimase immobile.

“Eddard! (tieni bene le orecchie!) Passiamo ora a Old Harmon.” Edward allungò immediatamente le orecchie al massimo e iniziò a parlare così velocemente che la conversazione del signor Wegg venne interrotta in modo completamente disordinato.

‘Was-it-Ev-verajail?’ asked Mr Wegg, holding on.

‘Not a proper jail, wot you and me would get committed to,’ returned his escort; ‘they giv’ it the name, on accounts of Old Harmon living solitary there.’

‘And-why-did-they-callitharm-Ony?’ asked Wegg.

‘On accounts of his never agreeing with nobody. Like a speeches of chaff. Harmon’s Jail; Harmony Jail. Working it round like.’

‘Doyouknow-Mist-Erboff-in?’ asked Wegg.

‘I should think so! Everybody do about here. Eddard knows him. (Keep yer hi on his ears.) Noddy Boffin, Eddard!’

The effect of the name was so very alarming, in respect of causing a temporary disappearance of Edward’s head, casting his hind hoofs in the air, greatly accelerating the pace and increasing the jolting, that Mr Wegg was fain to devote his attention exclusively to holding on, and to relinquish his desire of ascertaining whether this homage to Boffin was to be considered complimentary or the reverse.

Presently, Edward stopped at a gateway, and Wegg discreetly lost no time in slipping out at the back of the truck. The moment he was landed, his late driver with a wave of the carrot, said ‘Supper, Eddard!’ and he, the hind hoofs, the truck, and Edward, all seemed to fly into the air together, in a kind of apotheosis.

Pushing the gate, which stood ajar, Wegg looked into an enclosed space where certain tall dark mounds rose high against the sky, and where the pathway to the Bower was indicated, as the moonlight showed, between two lines of broken crockery set in ashes. A white figure advancing along this path, proved to be nothing more ghostly than Mr Boffin, easily attired for the pursuit of knowledge, in an undress garment of short white smock-frock. Having received his literary friend with great cordiality, he conducted him to the interior of the Bower and there presented him to Mrs Boffin:—a stout lady of a rubicund and cheerful aspect, dressed (to Mr Wegg’s consternation) in a low evening-dress of sable satin, and a large black velvet hat and feathers.

‘Mrs Boffin, Wegg,’ said Boffin, ‘is a highflyer at Fashion. And her make is such, that she does it credit. As to myself I ain’t yet as Fash’nable as I may come to be. Henerietty, old lady, this is the gentleman that’s a going to decline and fall off the Rooshan Empire.’

‘And I am sure I hope it’ll do you both good,’ said Mrs Boffin.

It was the queerest of rooms, fitted and furnished more like a luxurious amateur tap-room than anything else within the ken of Silas Wegg. There were two wooden settles by the fire, one on either side of it, with a corresponding table before each. On one of these tables, the eight volumes were ranged flat, in a row, like a galvanic battery; on the other, certain squat case-bottles of inviting appearance seemed to stand on tiptoe to exchange glances with Mr Wegg over a front row of tumblers and a basin of white sugar. On the hob, a kettle steamed; on the hearth, a cat reposed. Facing the fire between the settles, a sofa, a footstool, and a little table, formed a centrepiece devoted to Mrs Boffin. They were garish in taste and colour, but were expensive articles of drawing-room furniture that had a very odd look beside the settles and the flaring gaslight pendent from the ceiling. There was a flowery carpet on the floor; but, instead of reaching to the fireside, its glowing vegetation stopped short at Mrs Boffin’s footstool, and gave place to a region of sand and sawdust. Mr Wegg also noticed, with admiring eyes, that, while the flowery land displayed such hollow ornamentation as stuffed birds and waxen fruits under glass-shades, there were, in the territory where vegetation ceased, compensatory shelves on which the best part of a large pie and likewise of a cold joint were plainly discernible among other solids. The room itself was large, though low; and the heavy frames of its old-fashioned windows, and the heavy beams in its crooked ceiling, seemed to indicate that it had once been a house of some mark standing alone in the country.

‘Do you like it, Wegg?’ asked Mr Boffin, in his pouncing manner.

‘I admire it greatly, sir,’ said Wegg. ‘Peculiar comfort at this fireside, sir.’

‘Do you understand it, Wegg?’

‘Why, in a general way, sir,’ Mr Wegg was beginning slowly and knowingly, with his head stuck on one side, as evasive people do begin, when the other cut him short:

‘You DON’T understand it, Wegg, and I’ll explain it. These arrangements is made by mutual consent between Mrs Boffin and me. Mrs Boffin, as I’ve mentioned, is a highflyer at Fashion; at present I’m not. I don’t go higher than comfort, and comfort of the sort that I’m equal to the enjoyment of. Well then. Where would be the good of Mrs Boffin and me quarrelling over it? We never did quarrel, before we come into Boffin’s Bower as a property; why quarrel when we HAVE come into Boffin’s Bower as a property? So Mrs Boffin, she keeps up her part of the room, in her way; I keep up my part of the room in mine. In consequence of which we have at once, Sociability (I should go melancholy mad without Mrs Boffin), Fashion, and Comfort. If I get by degrees to be a higher-flyer at Fashion, then Mrs Boffin will by degrees come for’arder. If Mrs Boffin should ever be less of a dab at Fashion than she is at the present time, then Mrs Boffin’s carpet would go back’arder. If we should both continny as we are, why then HERE we are, and give us a kiss, old lady.’

Mrs Boffin who, perpetually smiling, had approached and drawn her plump arm through her lord’s, most willingly complied. Fashion, in the form of her black velvet hat and feathers, tried to prevent it; but got deservedly crushed in the endeavour.

‘So now, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin, wiping his mouth with an air of much refreshment, ‘you begin to know us as we are. This is a charming spot, is the Bower, but you must get to apprechiate it by degrees. It’s a spot to find out the merits of; little by little, and a new’un every day. There’s a serpentining walk up each of the mounds, that gives you the yard and neighbourhood changing every moment. When you get to the top, there’s a view of the neighbouring premises, not to be surpassed. The premises of Mrs Boffin’s late father (Canine Provision Trade), you look down into, as if they was your own. And the top of the High Mound is crowned with a lattice-work Arbour, in which, if you don’t read out loud many a book in the summer, ay, and as a friend, drop many a time into poetry too, it shan’t be my fault. Now, what’ll you read on?’

“Era davvero vero?”, chiese il signor Wegg, insistendo.

“Non è una vera prigione, quella in cui tu e io verremmo rinchiusi,” rispose il suo accompagnatore; “si dà quel nome solo perché il vecchio Harmon vi vive da solo.”

“E perché l’hanno chiamato Ony?” chiese Wegg.

“Perché non era mai d’accordo con nessuno. Come se i suoi discorsi fossero solo chiacchiere senza senso. La prigione di Harmony. Gestirla in quel modo, ”

“Conosci Mist Erboff, vero?”, chiese Wegg.

“Certo che sì! Tutti qui lo conoscono. Eddard lo conosce bene, (Continuate a tenerlo d’occhio.) Noddy Boffin, Eddard!”

L’effetto di quel nome era davvero allarmante: causava la scomparsa temporanea della testa di Edward, facendo sollevare le sue zampe posteriori in aria e accelerando notevolmente il passo, con conseguenti scossoni molto intensi. Per questo motivo, il signor Wegg dovette concentrarsi esclusivamente nel tentativo di non perdere l’equilibrio, rinunciando così al proprio desiderio di scoprire se quel gesto di omaggio a Boffin fosse da considerare lusinghiero o meno.

In quel momento, Edward si fermò davanti a un cancello; Wegg, con discrezione, non perse tempo e scivolò fuori dal retro del camion. Non appena fu a terra, il suo nuovo autista, agitando una carota, gli disse: “Cena, Eddard!”, e lui, insieme al camion e alle sue zampe posteriori, sembrò volare in aria tutti insieme, in una sorta di apoteosi.

Spingendo il cancello, che era semiaperto, Wegg guardò all’interno di uno spazio chiuso: lì c’erano alcune alte e scure colline che si ergevano fino al cielo; il sentiero che conduceva al Padiglione era indicato dalla luce della luna, tra due file di stoviglie rotte disposte tra le ceneri. Una figura bianca che avanzava lungo quel sentiero risultò essere nient’altro che il signor Boffin, vestito in modo semplice e adatto alla ricerca della conoscenza: indossava soltanto una corta veste bianca. Dopo aver accolto con grande cordialità il suo amico letterario, lo accompagnò all’interno del Padiglione e lo presentò a sua moglie, la signora Boffin: una donna robusta, dal viso rossiccio e sorridente, vestita (per la costernazione di Wegg) con un abito da sera nero in satin di zibellino, accompagnato da un grande cappello nero di velluto e piume.

“Signora Boffin, Wegg,” disse Boffin, “è una persona molto influente nel mondo della moda. E il suo modo di comportarsi è tale da farle guadagnare rispetto in quel campo. Per quanto mi riguarda, non sono ancora abbastanza alla moda. Henerietty, signora anziana, questo è l’uomo che presto declinerà e cadrà dal ‘Regno della Moda’.”

“E sono sicura che vi farà bene a entrambi,” disse la signora Boffin.

Era la stanza più strana che si potesse immaginare: arredata e decorata più come un lussuoso locale per dilettanti che come qualsiasi altra cosa conosciuta da Silas Wegg. C’erano due poltrone di legno accanto al focolare, una su ciascun lato, con un tavolo corrispondente davanti a ciascuna. Su uno di questi tavoli, gli otto volumi erano disposti in fila, come una batteria elettrica; sull’altro, alcune bottiglie dall’aspetto invitante sembravano “in piedi sulle punte” per scambiare sguardi con il signor Wegg, oltre a una serie di bicchieri e una ciotola di zucchero bianco. Sul fornello bolliva una pentola; sul camino riposava un gatto. Di fronte al focolare, tra le due poltrone, un divano, un piedistallo e un piccolo tavolo costituivano il centro dell’arredamento dedicato alla signora Boffin. Gli oggetti presenti in quella stanza erano di gusto e colore vistosi, ma si trattava di mobili costosi, che apparivano davvero strani accanto alle poltrone e alla lampada a gas appesa al soffitto. Sul pavimento c’era un tappeto fiorito; tuttavia, invece di estendersi fino al lato del focolare, la sua “vegetazione” si fermava ai piedi del piedistallo della signora Boffin, lasciando il posto a una zona di sabbia e segatura. Il signor Wegg notò anche, con occhi ammirati, che mentre quella parte del tappeto era decorata con uccellini imbalsamati e frutti di cera sotto vetrine, nella zona in cui la “vegetazione” cessava, c’erano scaffali su cui si potevano vedere chiaramente una grande torta e del prosciutto freddo, insieme ad altri cibi solidi. La stanza stessa era ampia, sebbene bassa; i pesanti telai delle sue finestre antiche e le travi spesse del soffitto inclinato sembravano indicare che un tempo fosse stata una casa di qualche rilievo, situata in campagna.

“Ti piace, Wegg?”, chiese il signor Boffin con quel suo modo deciso e aggressivo.

“Lo ammiro molto, signore,” disse Wegg. “Un conforto davvero particolare accanto a questo fuoco, signore.”

“Capisci davvero, Wegg?”

“Perché, in generale, ”, stava cominciando lentamente e con aria evasiva il signor Wegg, inclinando la testa da un lato, come fanno le persone che cercano di eludere una domanda diretta; ma l’altro lo interruppe subito:

“Tu NON capisci, Wegg, e te lo spiegherò. Questi accordi sono stati presi con il consenso reciproco tra la signora Boffin e me. La signora Boffin, come ho già detto, è una persona molto influente nel mondo della moda; al momento io non lo sono. Non cerco mai di raggiungere livelli superiori a quelli che mi permettono di godermi comodità. Quindi, qual sarebbe il senso che avesse litigare con la signora Boffin su questo argomento? Prima ancora di acquistare la ‘Boffin’s Bower’ come proprietà, non abbiamo mai litigato; perché dovremmo farlo ora che l’abbiamo davvero ottenuta? La signora Boffin si occupa della sua parte della casa a modo suo; io mi occupo della mia. In questo modo, possediamo contemporaneamente compagnia, moda e comodità. Se gradualmente diventassi più influente nel mondo della moda, anche la signora Boffin lo diventerebbe di conseguenza. Se invece lei perdesse un po’ dell’influenza che attualmente ha in questo campo, la sua posizione sociale diminuirebbe. Ma se continueremo entrambi così come siamo ora, beh, eccoci qui, no? Diamoci un bacio, vecchia signora.”

La signora Boffin, che sorrideva sempre, si avvicinò e infilò volentieri il suo braccio robusto sotto quello del suo signore. La moda, rappresentata dal suo cappello di velluto nero e dalle piume, cercò di impedirlo; ma fu meritatamente sconfitta in quel tentativo.

“Ora capisci, Wegg,” disse il signor Boffin, asciugandosi la bocca con aria di grande soddisfazione, “cominci a conoscerci veramente come siamo. Questo è un posto incantevole, ma bisogna apprezzarlo poco a poco. È un luogo in cui si possono scoprire i suoi pregi, giorno dopo giorno, ogni volta che ci si ritorna. C’è un sentiero serpeggiante che conduce su ciascuna di queste colline; seguendolo, il panorama intorno cambia continuamente. Arrivato in cima, si gode una vista incomparabile sugli edifici vicini. Quelli del defunto padre della signora Boffin, per esempio, sembrano quasi appartenerci. E la cima della collina più alta è adornata da un pergolato; se in estate non leggerai ad alta voce molti libri, beh, e se ogni tanto ti dedicherai anche alla poesia, non sarà certo colpa mia. Allora, cosa vorresti leggere?”

‘Thank you, sir,’ returned Wegg, as if there were nothing new in his reading at all. ‘I generally do it on gin and water.’

‘Keeps the organ moist, does it, Wegg?’ asked Mr Boffin, with innocent eagerness.

‘N-no, sir,’ replied Wegg, coolly, ‘I should hardly describe it so, sir. I should say, mellers it. Mellers it, is the word I should employ, Mr Boffin.’

His wooden conceit and craft kept exact pace with the delighted expectation of his victim. The visions rising before his mercenary mind, of the many ways in which this connexion was to be turned to account, never obscured the foremost idea natural to a dull overreaching man, that he must not make himself too cheap.

Mrs Boffin’s Fashion, as a less inexorable deity than the idol usually worshipped under that name, did not forbid her mixing for her literary guest, or asking if he found the result to his liking. On his returning a gracious answer and taking his place at the literary settle, Mr Boffin began to compose himself as a listener, at the opposite settle, with exultant eyes.

‘Sorry to deprive you of a pipe, Wegg,’ he said, filling his own, ‘but you can’t do both together. Oh! and another thing I forgot to name! When you come in here of an evening, and look round you, and notice anything on a shelf that happens to catch your fancy, mention it.’

Wegg, who had been going to put on his spectacles, immediately laid them down, with the sprightly observation:

‘You read my thoughts, sir. DO my eyes deceive me, or is that object up there a—a pie? It can’t be a pie.’

‘Yes, it’s a pie, Wegg,’ replied Mr Boffin, with a glance of some little discomfiture at the Decline and Fall.

‘HAVE I lost my smell for fruits, or is it a apple pie, sir?’ asked Wegg.

‘It’s a veal and ham pie,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘Is it indeed, sir? And it would be hard, sir, to name the pie that is a better pie than a weal and hammer,’ said Mr Wegg, nodding his head emotionally.

‘Have some, Wegg?’

‘Thank you, Mr Boffin, I think I will, at your invitation. I wouldn’t at any other party’s, at the present juncture; but at yours, sir!—And meaty jelly too, especially when a little salt, which is the case where there’s ham, is mellering to the organ, is very mellering to the organ.’ Mr Wegg did not say what organ, but spoke with a cheerful generality.

So, the pie was brought down, and the worthy Mr Boffin exercised his patience until Wegg, in the exercise of his knife and fork, had finished the dish: only profiting by the opportunity to inform Wegg that although it was not strictly Fashionable to keep the contents of a larder thus exposed to view, he (Mr Boffin) considered it hospitable; for the reason, that instead of saying, in a comparatively unmeaning manner, to a visitor, ‘There are such and such edibles down stairs; will you have anything up?’ you took the bold practical course of saying, ‘Cast your eye along the shelves, and, if you see anything you like there, have it down.’

And now, Mr Wegg at length pushed away his plate and put on his spectacles, and Mr Boffin lighted his pipe and looked with beaming eyes into the opening world before him, and Mrs Boffin reclined in a fashionable manner on her sofa: as one who would be part of the audience if she found she could, and would go to sleep if she found she couldn’t.

‘Hem!’ began Wegg, ‘This, Mr Boffin and Lady, is the first chapter of the first wollume of the Decline and Fall off—’ here he looked hard at the book, and stopped.

‘What’s the matter, Wegg?’

‘Why, it comes into my mind, do you know, sir,’ said Wegg with an air of insinuating frankness (having first again looked hard at the book), ‘that you made a little mistake this morning, which I had meant to set you right in, only something put it out of my head. I think you said Rooshan Empire, sir?’

‘It is Rooshan; ain’t it, Wegg?’

‘No, sir. Roman. Roman.’

‘What’s the difference, Wegg?’

‘The difference, sir?’ Mr Wegg was faltering and in danger of breaking down, when a bright thought flashed upon him. ‘The difference, sir? There you place me in a difficulty, Mr Boffin. Suffice it to observe, that the difference is best postponed to some other occasion when Mrs Boffin does not honour us with her company. In Mrs Boffin’s presence, sir, we had better drop it.’

Mr Wegg thus came out of his disadvantage with quite a chivalrous air, and not only that, but by dint of repeating with a manly delicacy, ‘In Mrs Boffin’s presence, sir, we had better drop it!’ turned the disadvantage on Boffin, who felt that he had committed himself in a very painful manner.

Then, Mr Wegg, in a dry unflinching way, entered on his task; going straight across country at everything that came before him; taking all the hard words, biographical and geographical; getting rather shaken by Hadrian, Trajan, and the Antonines; stumbling at Polybius (pronounced Polly Beeious, and supposed by Mr Boffin to be a Roman virgin, and by Mrs Boffin to be responsible for that necessity of dropping it); heavily unseated by Titus Antoninus Pius; up again and galloping smoothly with Augustus; finally, getting over the ground well with Commodus: who, under the appellation of Commodious, was held by Mr Boffin to have been quite unworthy of his English origin, and ‘not to have acted up to his name’ in his government of the Roman people. With the death of this personage, Mr Wegg terminated his first reading; long before which consummation several total eclipses of Mrs Boffin’s candle behind her black velvet disc, would have been very alarming, but for being regularly accompanied by a potent smell of burnt pens when her feathers took fire, which acted as a restorative and woke her. Mr Wegg, having read on by rote and attached as few ideas as possible to the text, came out of the encounter fresh; but, Mr Boffin, who had soon laid down his unfinished pipe, and had ever since sat intently staring with his eyes and mind at the confounding enormities of the Romans, was so severely punished that he could hardly wish his literary friend Good-night, and articulate ‘Tomorrow.’

‘Commodious,’ gasped Mr Boffin, staring at the moon, after letting Wegg out at the gate and fastening it: ‘Commodious fights in that wild-beast-show, seven hundred and thirty-five times, in one character only! As if that wasn’t stunning enough, a hundred lions is turned into the same wild-beast-show all at once! As if that wasn’t stunning enough, Commodious, in another character, kills ’em all off in a hundred goes! As if that wasn’t stunning enough, Vittle-us (and well named too) eats six millions’ worth, English money, in seven months! Wegg takes it easy, but upon-my-soul to a old bird like myself these are scarers. And even now that Commodious is strangled, I don’t see a way to our bettering ourselves.’ Mr Boffin added as he turned his pensive steps towards the Bower and shook his head, ‘I didn’t think this morning there was half so many Scarers in Print. But I’m in for it now!’

“Grazie, signore,” rispose Wegg, come se ci fosse nulla di nuovo in quello che aveva letto. “Di solito lo bevo con gin e acqua.”

“Mantiene l’organo umido, vero, Wegg?”, chiese il signor Boffin con un’ansia innocente.

“N-no, signore,” rispose Wegg, con calma, “non credo che sia il modo giusto per descriverlo, signore. Direi piuttosto, ‘mescolarlo’. È questa la parola che dovrei usare, signor Boffin.”

La sua presunzione e abilità artigianale andavano esattamente di pari passo con le aspettative deluse della sua vittima. Le immagini che si formavano nella sua mente mercenaria, riguardanti i molti modi in cui poteva sfruttare questa situazione a proprio vantaggio, non offuscavano mai l’idea principale che caratterizzava un uomo meschino e avido: non doveva certo sottovalutarsi troppo.

La moda di Mrs Boffin, essendo una divinità meno spietata di quella solitamente adorata con quel nome, non le impediva di preparare qualcosa per il suo ospite letterario, né di chiedergli se gli piacesse il risultato. Al suo ritorno, ricevette una risposta gentile e si sistemò al posto designato per ascoltare; dall’altro lato, con occhi pieni di entusiasmo, Mr Boffin iniziò ad ascoltare a sua volta.

“Mi dispiace privarti di una pipa, Wegg,” disse, riempiendo la propria, “ma non puoi avere entrambe le cose contemporaneamente. Ah! E un’altra cosa che ho dimenticato di menzionare. Quando vieni qui la sera, guardati intorno e se noti qualcosa sugli scaffali che ti piaccia, fallo sapere.”

Wegg, che stava per mettersi gli occhiali, li posò immediatamente a terra, aggiungendo con spirito:

“Leggete nei miei pensieri, signore. Mi inganno forse i miei occhi, o quell’oggetto lassù è davvero una torta? Non può essere una torta, ”

“Sì, è una torta, Wegg,” rispose il signor Boffin, lanciando un’occhiata leggermente imbarazzata verso quel testo sul “Declino e caduta”.

“Ho perso l’olfatto per la frutta, o è una torta di mele, signore?”, chiese Wegg.

“È una torta di vitello e prosciutto,” disse il signor Boffin.

“Davvero è così, signore? E sarebbe davvero difficile trovare un nome per una torta che sia migliore di quella chiamata ‘weal and hammer’”, disse il signor Wegg, annuendo con emozione.

“Ne vuoi un po’, Wegg?”

“Grazie, signor Boffin, credo che accetterò la sua invito. Non lo farei mai a nessun’altra festa, in questo momento; ma alla sua sì, signore! E poi c’è anche la gelatina, soprattutto se ci aggiungi un po’ di sale, come nel caso della carne di maiale: il sale è davvero delizioso, ” Il signor Wegg non specificò quale organo si riferisse, ma parlò in modo generico e allegramente.

Quindi, la torta fu portata giù e il nobile signor Boffin dimostrò grande pazienza finché Wegg, utilizzando forchetta e coltello, non ebbe terminato di mangiare il piatto. Approfittò dell’occasione per informare Wegg che, anche se non era del tutto “alla moda” tenere i cibi in dispensa esposti a tutti gli occhi, lui (il signor Boffin) lo riteneva un comportamento ospitale. Il motivo? Invece di dire, in modo piuttosto banale, a un visitatore: “Giù al piano di sotto ci sono questi e quegli alimenti; desiderate qualcosa?”, si preferiva prendere l’iniziativa e dire direttamente: “Date un’occhiata agli scaffali e, se trovate qualcosa che vi piace, prendetelo pure”.

E ora, finalmente, il signor Wegg allontanò il suo piatto e si mise gli occhiali; il signor Boffin accese la sua pipa e guardò con occhi radiante il mondo che si apriva davanti a lui; la signora Boffin, invece, si appoggiò comodamente al divano: come se volesse partecipare alla “spettacolazione”, ma sarebbe andata a dormire se non fosse riuscita a farlo.

“Ehm!”, cominciò Wegg, “Questo, signor Boffin e signora, è il primo capitolo del primo volume de ‘Il declino e la caduta, ’” Qui guardò attentamente il libro e si fermò.

“Che c’è che non va, Wegg?”

“Perché, mi è venuto in mente, sa, signore,” disse Wegg con un tono di franchezza insinuante (dopo aver nuovamente osservato attentamente il libro), “che stamattina ha commesso un piccolo errore, e io volevo correggerlo per lei, ma poi me ne sono dimenticato. Credo abbia detto ‘Impero di Rooshan’, signore, ”

“È Rooshan, vero, Wegg?”

“No, signore. Romano. Romano.”

“Qual è la differenza, Wegg?”

“La differenza, signore?” Il signor Wegg stava balbettando e rischiava di crollare; in quel momento gli venne in mente un’idea luminosa. “La differenza, signore. Questo mi mette in difficoltà, signor Boffin. Basti osservare che questa discussione è meglio rimandarla a un’altra occasione, quando la signora Boffin non ci onorerà della sua compagnia. In presenza della signora Boffin, signore, sarebbe meglio evitarne l’argomento.”

Il signor Wegg riuscì così a rimediare alla sua svantaggiosa situazione con un atteggiamento davvero cavalleresco; non solo, ma ripetendo con una delicatezza virile: “In presenza della signora Boffin, signore, sarebbe meglio che non ne parlassimo!”, riuscì a trasformare quella svantaggia in un vantaggio per sé, facendo sì che la signora Boffin si sentisse in una posizione molto imbarazzante.

Allora, il signor Wegg, in modo freddo e deciso, iniziò la sua lettura; attraversò direttamente la campagna, ignorando tutto ciò che gli si parava davanti; affrontò con difficoltà tutti quei nomi e informazioni biografiche e geografiche complessi; fu un po’ turbato da figure come Adriano, Traiano e gli Antonini; inciampò anche in Polibio (pronunciato “Polly Beeious”; il signor Boffin lo considerava una vergine romana, mentre la signora Boffin attribuiva a lui la responsabilità di quella particolare pronuncia); fu profondamente scosso dalla figura di Tito Antonino Pio; poi riprese con fiducia con Augusto; infine riuscì a completare la lettura senza grandi difficoltà con Commodo: quest’ultimo, secondo il signor Boffin, non era affatto degno della sua origine inglese e “non aveva mantenuto le aspettative del suo nome” nella guida del popolo romano. Con la morte di questo personaggio, il signor Wegg concluse la prima lettura; molto prima di quel momento, però, diversi “eclissi totali” della candela della signora Boffin dietro il suo disco di velluto nero avrebbero potuto essere molto allarmanti, se non fossero stati regolarmente accompagnati da un forte odore di penne bruciate ogni volta che le sue piume prendevano fuoco; questo odore, in realtà, aveva l’effetto di rianimarla. Il signor Wegg, avendo letto meccanicamente e associando al testo il minor numero possibile di idee, ne uscì completamente riposato; la signora Boffin, invece, dopo aver posato rapidamente la sua pipa incompiuta, rimase seduta a fissare con attenzione le incredibili enormità dei Romani, e fu punita così severamente che a malapena desiderava dire “Buonanotte” al suo amico letterario, e “Domani”.

“Comodious, ”, esclamò il signor Boffin, fissando la luna, dopo aver fatto uscire Wegg dal cancello e averlo chiuso a chiave: “Comodious. Combattere settantatré volte e cinquanta in quel ‘spettacolo di bestie selvatiche’, sempre con lo stesso personaggio! E come se questo non fosse già sufficientemente sbalorditivo, cento leoni vengono trasformati tutti insieme nello stesso spettacolo. E ancora: Comodious, in un altro personaggio, li uccide tutti in cento occasioni diverse. E poi c’è Vittle-us (un nome davvero appropriato, ) che, in sette mesi, mangia l’equivalente di sei milioni di sterline inglesi! Wegg se la prende comoda. Ma per l’anima mia, per un vecchio come me, queste storie sono davvero spaventose. E anche ora che Comodious è stato strangolato, non vedo alcun modo per migliorare la nostra situazione, ” Il signor Boffin aggiunse, dirigendosi pensieroso verso il padiglione e scuotendo la testa: “Stamattina non avrei mai immaginato che ci fossero così tante storie spaventose pubblicate. Ma ora sono davvero nei guai, ”

Chapter 6

CUT ADRIFT

The Six Jolly Fellowship Porters, already mentioned as a tavern of a dropsical appearance, had long settled down into a state of hale infirmity. In its whole constitution it had not a straight floor, and hardly a straight line; but it had outlasted, and clearly would yet outlast, many a better-trimmed building, many a sprucer public-house. Externally, it was a narrow lopsided wooden jumble of corpulent windows heaped one upon another as you might heap as many toppling oranges, with a crazy wooden verandah impending over the water; indeed the whole house, inclusive of the complaining flag-staff on the roof, impended over the water, but seemed to have got into the condition of a faint-hearted diver who has paused so long on the brink that he will never go in at all.

This description applies to the river-frontage of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters. The back of the establishment, though the chief entrance was there, so contracted that it merely represented in its connexion with the front, the handle of a flat iron set upright on its broadest end. This handle stood at the bottom of a wilderness of court and alley: which wilderness pressed so hard and close upon the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters as to leave the hostelry not an inch of ground beyond its door. For this reason, in combination with the fact that the house was all but afloat at high water, when the Porters had a family wash the linen subjected to that operation might usually be seen drying on lines stretched across the reception-rooms and bed-chambers.

The wood forming the chimney-pieces, beams, partitions, floors and doors, of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters, seemed in its old age fraught with confused memories of its youth. In many places it had become gnarled and riven, according to the manner of old trees; knots started out of it; and here and there it seemed to twist itself into some likeness of boughs. In this state of second childhood, it had an air of being in its own way garrulous about its early life. Not without reason was it often asserted by the regular frequenters of the Porters, that when the light shone full upon the grain of certain panels, and particularly upon an old corner cupboard of walnut-wood in the bar, you might trace little forests there, and tiny trees like the parent tree, in full umbrageous leaf.

The bar of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters was a bar to soften the human breast. The available space in it was not much larger than a hackney-coach; but no one could have wished the bar bigger, that space was so girt in by corpulent little casks, and by cordial-bottles radiant with fictitious grapes in bunches, and by lemons in nets, and by biscuits in baskets, and by the polite beer-pulls that made low bows when customers were served with beer, and by the cheese in a snug corner, and by the landlady’s own small table in a snugger corner near the fire, with the cloth everlastingly laid. This haven was divided from the rough world by a glass partition and a half-door, with a leaden sill upon it for the convenience of resting your liquor; but, over this half-door the bar’s snugness so gushed forth that, albeit customers drank there standing, in a dark and draughty passage where they were shouldered by other customers passing in and out, they always appeared to drink under an enchanting delusion that they were in the bar itself.

For the rest, both the tap and parlour of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters gave upon the river, and had red curtains matching the noses of the regular customers, and were provided with comfortable fireside tin utensils, like models of sugar-loaf hats, made in that shape that they might, with their pointed ends, seek out for themselves glowing nooks in the depths of the red coals, when they mulled your ale, or heated for you those delectable drinks, Purl, Flip, and Dog’s Nose. The first of these humming compounds was a speciality of the Porters, which, through an inscription on its door-posts, gently appealed to your feelings as, ‘The Early Purl House’. For, it would seem that Purl must always be taken early; though whether for any more distinctly stomachic reason than that, as the early bird catches the worm, so the early purl catches the customer, cannot here be resolved. It only remains to add that in the handle of the flat iron, and opposite the bar, was a very little room like a three-cornered hat, into which no direct ray of sun, moon, or star, ever penetrated, but which was superstitiously regarded as a sanctuary replete with comfort and retirement by gaslight, and on the door of which was therefore painted its alluring name: Cosy.

Miss Potterson, sole proprietor and manager of the Fellowship Porters, reigned supreme on her throne, the Bar, and a man must have drunk himself mad drunk indeed if he thought he could contest a point with her. Being known on her own authority as Miss Abbey Potterson, some water-side heads, which (like the water) were none of the clearest, harboured muddled notions that, because of her dignity and firmness, she was named after, or in some sort related to, the Abbey at Westminster. But, Abbey was only short for Abigail, by which name Miss Potterson had been christened at Limehouse Church, some sixty and odd years before.

‘Now, you mind, you Riderhood,’ said Miss Abbey Potterson, with emphatic forefinger over the half-door, ‘the Fellowship don’t want you at all, and would rather by far have your room than your company; but if you were as welcome here as you are not, you shouldn’t even then have another drop of drink here this night, after this present pint of beer. So make the most of it.’

‘But you know, Miss Potterson,’ this was suggested very meekly though, ‘if I behave myself, you can’t help serving me, miss.’

‘CAN’T I!’ said Abbey, with infinite expression.

Capitolo 6

Alla deriva

I Sei Portieri della Felice Compagnia, già menzionati come una taverna dall’aspetto trasandato, da tempo erano caduti in uno stato di decadenza totale. L’intero edificio non aveva un pavimento dritto, né una singola linea retta; tuttavia era sopravvissuto, e probabilmente sarebbe sopravvissuto ancora a molti edifici più curatamente costruiti, a molte strutture pubbliche più imponenti. Esternamente, si presentava come un ammasso disordinato di assi di legno, con finestre sovrapposte le una alle altre, come se fossero delle arance pronte a cadere; inoltre, un’assurda veranda di legno sporgeva sopra l’acqua; l’intero edificio, compresa la bandiera che sventolava sul tetto, sembrava pendere sopra il fiume, come se un tuffatore timido si fosse fermato troppo a lungo sul bordo per mai decidersi a immergersi.

Questa descrizione si riferisce alla facciata sul fiume dell’ostello Six Jolly Fellowship Porters. La parte posteriore dell’edificio, sebbene presentasse l’ingresso principale, era così angusta che, rispetto alla facciata, assomigliava soltanto al manico di una piastra da stirare posta in posizione verticale sul suo lato più largo. Questo “manico” si trovava alla fine di un labirinto di cortili e vicoli stretti che circondavano completamente l’ostello, non lasciando nemmeno un centimetro di spazio libero oltre la sua porta. Per questo motivo, e considerando anche il fatto che l’edificio era quasi completamente sommerso dall’acqua alta, quando i portieri lavavano la biancheria, quest’ultima veniva solitamente stesa ad asciugare su corde tese attraverso le sale d’accoglienza e le camere da letto.

Il legno che costituiva i pezzi del camino, le travi, le pareti divisorie, i pavimenti e le porte dei “Six Jolly Fellowship Porters”, nella sua vecchiaia sembrava portare con sé ricordi confusi della sua giovinezza. In molti punti era diventato contorto e crepato, proprio come gli alberi antichi; erano spuntati nodi dappertutto, e qua e là il legno sembrava intrecciarsi a formare delle sorta di rami. In questo stato, simile a una seconda “infanzia”, aveva l’aspetto di raccontare, a suo modo, della sua vita passata. Non senza motivo, i frequentatori abituali del locale sostenevano spesso che, quando la luce illuminava appieno le venature di certi pannelli – in particolare un vecchio armadio angolare realizzato in noce nel bar – si potevano intravedere “piccoli boschi” e alberelli simili all’albero originale, completamente ricoperti di foglie.

Il bar della Six Jolly Fellowship Porters era un luogo creato per addolcire il cuore umano. Lo spazio disponibile al suo interno non era molto più grande di quello di una vettura a cavalli; tuttavia, nessuno avrebbe desiderato che fosse più ampio: lo spazio era completamente occupato da piccoli barili panciuti, bottiglie di liquori decorati con uva finta, limoni disposti in reti, biscotti in cesti, e da quegli efficienti servitori che si inchinavano leggermente quando servivano la birra ai clienti. In un angolo tranquillo era anche esposto del formaggio, mentre nella parte ancora più appartata, vicino al >focolare, c’era il piccolo tavolo della padrona di casa, sempre coperto da una tovaglia pulita. Questo rifugio era separato dal mondo esterno da una parete di vetro e da una porta semiclassica, munita di un davanzale di piombo per permettere ai clienti di appoggiarsi comodamente mentre bevevano. Tuttavia, nonostante i clienti bevessero in piedi, in un corridoio buio e freddo dove venivano spinti avanti e indietro dagli altri avventori, sembrava sempre che bevessero all’interno del vero bar, immersi in un’atmosfera incantevole.

Per il resto, sia la taverna che il bancone della Six Jolly Fellowship si trovavano sul fiume; avevano tende rosse in armonia con i volti dei clienti abituali e erano dotati di comodi utensili di latta da utilizzare accanto al fuoco, come modellini di cappelli a pan di zucchero, fatti apposta in modo che le loro estremità appuntite potessero individuare da sole gli angoli più caldi tra i carboni rossi, quando preparavano la vostra birra o scaldavano quei deliziosi drink come Purl, Flip e Dog’s Nose. Il primo di questi drink era una specialità dei camerieri; l’insegna sulla porta recitava: “The Early Purl House”. Sembrava infatti che il drink Purl dovesse essere assunto sempre presto, anche se non si può stabilire con certezza se ci fosse un motivo legato alla salute dello stomaco, visto che come il primo uccello cattura il verme, così anche il primo cliente arriva nella taverna. Resta da aggiungere che sul manico della piastra per stirare, di fronte al bancone, c’era uno spazio piccolissimo a forma di cappello a tre punte; nessun raggio di sole, luna o stella vi penetrava mai, ma quel luogo era considerato, per superstizione, un rifugio confortevole e tranquillo. Per questo motivo sulla porta era dipinto il suo nome allettante: Cosy.

Miss Potterson, proprietaria e direttrice unica dell’azienda Fellowship Porters, regnava sovrana sul suo “trono”, il bar. Un uomo avrebbe dovuto essere completamente ubriaco per pensare di poter contestare le sue decisioni. Conosciuta ufficialmente come Miss Abbey Potterson, alcuni individui poco perspicaci avevano l’idea confusa che il suo nome derivasse dall’Abbazia di Westminster. Ma in realtà “Abbey” era soltanto l’abbreviazione di Abigail: questo era il nome con cui Miss Potterson era stata battezzata nella chiesa di Limehouse, circa sessant’anni prima.

“Ora, state bene a sentire, voi della Ridershood,” disse Miss Abbey Potterson, puntando con enfasi il dito indice sulla porta semiaperta, “la Confraternita non vi vuole affatto; preferirebbe di gran lunga avere la vostra stanza che la vostra compagnia. Ma anche se foste benvenuti qui come invece non lo siete, non dovreste nemmeno bere un altro goccio d’alcol questa notte, dopo quella pinta di birra che avete già bevuto. Quindi approfittatene al massimo.”

“Ma sa, signorina Potterson,” fu detto in modo molto umile, “se mi comporto bene, non potrà fare a meno di servirmi, vero?”

“Non posso forse farlo?”, disse Abbey, con un’espressione infinitamente significativa.

‘No, Miss Potterson; because, you see, the law—’

‘I am the law here, my man,’ returned Miss Abbey, ‘and I’ll soon convince you of that, if you doubt it at all.’

‘I never said I did doubt it at all, Miss Abbey.’

‘So much the better for you.’

Abbey the supreme threw the customer’s halfpence into the till, and, seating herself in her fireside-chair, resumed the newspaper she had been reading. She was a tall, upright, well-favoured woman, though severe of countenance, and had more of the air of a schoolmistress than mistress of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters. The man on the other side of the half-door, was a waterside-man with a squinting leer, and he eyed her as if he were one of her pupils in disgrace.

‘You’re cruel hard upon me, Miss Potterson.’

Miss Potterson read her newspaper with contracted brows, and took no notice until he whispered:

‘Miss Potterson! Ma’am! Might I have half a word with you?’

Deigning then to turn her eyes sideways towards the suppliant, Miss Potterson beheld him knuckling his low forehead, and ducking at her with his head, as if he were asking leave to fling himself head foremost over the half-door and alight on his feet in the bar.

Well?’ said Miss Potterson, with a manner as short as she herself was long, ‘say your half word. Bring it out.’

‘Miss Potterson! Ma’am! Would you ’sxcuse me taking the liberty of asking, is it my character that you take objections to?’

‘Certainly,’ said Miss Potterson.

‘Is it that you’re afraid of—’

‘I am not afraid OF YOU,’ interposed Miss Potterson, ‘if you mean that.’

‘But I humbly don’t mean that, Miss Abbey.’

‘Then what do you mean?’

‘You really are so cruel hard upon me! What I was going to make inquiries was no more than, might you have any apprehensions—leastways beliefs or suppositions—that the company’s property mightn’t be altogether to be considered safe, if I used the house too regular?’

‘What do you want to know for?’

Well, Miss Abbey, respectfully meaning no offence to you, it would be some satisfaction to a man’s mind, to understand why the Fellowship Porters is not to be free to such as me, and is to be free to such as Gaffer.’

The face of the hostess darkened with some shadow of perplexity, as she replied: ‘Gaffer has never been where you have been.’

‘Signifying in Quod, Miss? Perhaps not. But he may have merited it. He may be suspected of far worse than ever I was.’

‘Who suspects him?’

‘Many, perhaps. One, beyond all doubts. I do.’

‘YOU are not much,’ said Miss Abbey Potterson, knitting her brows again with disdain.

‘But I was his pardner. Mind you, Miss Abbey, I was his pardner. As such I know more of the ins and outs of him than any person living does. Notice this! I am the man that was his pardner, and I am the man that suspects him.’

‘Then,’ suggested Miss Abbey, though with a deeper shade of perplexity than before, ‘you criminate yourself.’

‘No I don’t, Miss Abbey. For how does it stand? It stands this way. When I was his pardner, I couldn’t never give him satisfaction. Why couldn’t I never give him satisfaction? Because my luck was bad; because I couldn’t find many enough of ’em. How was his luck? Always good. Notice this! Always good! Ah! There’s a many games, Miss Abbey, in which there’s chance, but there’s a many others in which there’s skill too, mixed along with it.’

‘That Gaffer has a skill in finding what he finds, who doubts, man?’ asked Miss Abbey.

‘A skill in purwiding what he finds, perhaps,’ said Riderhood, shaking his evil head.

Miss Abbey knitted her brow at him, as he darkly leered at her. ‘If you’re out upon the river pretty nigh every tide, and if you want to find a man or woman in the river, you’ll greatly help your luck, Miss Abbey, by knocking a man or woman on the head aforehand and pitching ’em in.’

‘Gracious Lud!’ was the involuntary exclamation of Miss Potterson.

‘Mind you!’ returned the other, stretching forward over the half door to throw his words into the bar; for his voice was as if the head of his boat’s mop were down his throat; ‘I say so, Miss Abbey! And mind you! I’ll follow him up, Miss Abbey! And mind you! I’ll bring him to hook at last, if it’s twenty year hence, I will! Who’s he, to be favoured along of his daughter? Ain’t I got a daughter of my own!’

With that flourish, and seeming to have talked himself rather more drunk and much more ferocious than he had begun by being, Mr Riderhood took up his pint pot and swaggered off to the taproom.

Gaffer was not there, but a pretty strong muster of Miss Abbey’s pupils were, who exhibited, when occasion required, the greatest docility. On the clock’s striking ten, and Miss Abbey’s appearing at the door, and addressing a certain person in a faded scarlet jacket, with ‘George Jones, your time’s up! I told your wife you should be punctual,’ Jones submissively rose, gave the company good-night, and retired. At half-past ten, on Miss Abbey’s looking in again, and saying, ‘William Williams, Bob Glamour, and Jonathan, you are all due,’ Williams, Bob, and Jonathan with similar meekness took their leave and evaporated. Greater wonder than these, when a bottle-nosed person in a glazed hat had after some considerable hesitation ordered another glass of gin and water of the attendant potboy, and when Miss Abbey, instead of sending it, appeared in person, saying, ‘Captain Joey, you have had as much as will do you good,’ not only did the captain feebly rub his knees and contemplate the fire without offering a word of protest, but the rest of the company murmured, ‘Ay, ay, Captain! Miss Abbey’s right; you be guided by Miss Abbey, Captain.’ Nor, was Miss Abbey’s vigilance in anywise abated by this submission, but rather sharpened; for, looking round on the deferential faces of her school, and descrying two other young persons in need of admonition, she thus bestowed it: ‘Tom Tootle, it’s time for a young fellow who’s going to be married next month, to be at home and asleep. And you needn’t nudge him, Mr Jack Mullins, for I know your work begins early tomorrow, and I say the same to you. So come! Good-night, like good lads!’ Upon which, the blushing Tootle looked to Mullins, and the blushing Mullins looked to Tootle, on the question who should rise first, and finally both rose together and went out on the broad grin, followed by Miss Abbey; in whose presence the company did not take the liberty of grinning likewise.

“No, signorina Potterson; perché, vedete, la legge, ”

“Qui la legge sono io, mio caro,” rispose Miss Abbey, “e presto vi convincerò di questo, se anche solo ne dubitate.”

“Non ho mai detto di dubitarne affatto, signorina Abbey.”

Meglio per te.

Abbey la Suprema gettò i mezzo penny del cliente nel registratore di cassa e, sedendosi nella sua poltrona accanto al camino, riprese a leggere il giornale che stava leggendo. Era una donna alta, eretta e di bell’aspetto, sebbene avesse un’espressione severa; sembrava più una maestra che la direttrice dei “Sei Allegri Portieri”. L’uomo dall’altra parte della porta semiaperta era un uomo del porto, con uno sguardo strabico e malizioso; la osservava come se fosse uno dei suoi studenti in disgrazia.

“Sei troppo crudele con me, signorina Potterson.”

La signorina Potterson leggeva il suo giornale con le sopracciglia corrugate, senza accorgersi di nulla fino a quando lui non sussurrò:

“Signorina Potterson! Signora! Potrei parlarle un attimo?”

Decidendo quindi di rivolgere lo sguardo verso il supplicante, la signorina Potterson lo vide inchinarsi profondamente e avvicinare la testa verso di lei, come se stesse chiedendo il permesso di gettarsi attraverso la porta semiaperta per atterrare in piedi nel bar.

“‘Beh?’” disse la signorina Potterson, con un tono altrettanto breve quanto lei stessa era alta; “dì pure quello che hai da dire. Parla.”

“Signorina Potterson! Signora! Le chiedo scusa se oso domandare. È forse il mio carattere che le dispiace?”

“Certamente,” disse la signorina Potterson.

“È forse perché hai paura di, ”

“Non ho paura di te,” intervenne la signorina Potterson, “se è questo che intendi.”

“Ma umilmente non intendo dire questo, signorina Abbey.”

“Allora cosa intendi?”

“Sei davvero troppo crudele con me! Le domande che intendevo fare erano semplicemente per sapere se avessi qualche preoccupazione, o almeno qualche sospetto o ipotesi, riguardo al fatto che i beni dell’azienda potessero non essere del tutto al sicuro, nel caso utilizzassi quella casa con troppa frequenza, ”

“Cosa vuoi sapere a cosa serve?”

‘Beh, signorina Abbey, senza volerla offendere, sarebbe davvero gratificante per un uomo capire perché il gruppo dei portieri sia libero per persone come Gaffer e non invece per persone come me.’

Il viso dell’hostess si oscurò per un’ombra di perplessità, mentre rispondeva: “Il direttore della fotografia non è mai stato nei luoghi in cui sei stato tu.”

“Cosa significa con ‘Quod’, signorina? Forse nulla. Ma forse se lo meritava. Potrebbe essere sospettato di cose molto peggiori di quelle di cui ero accusata io.”

“Chi sospetta di lui?”

“Molti, forse. Uno, senza alcun dubbio. Io sì.”

“Non sei poi molto,” disse la signorina Abbey Potterson, aggrottando di nuovo le sopracciglia con disprezzo.

“Ma io ero il suo compagno. Si ricordi, signorina Abbey, io ero il suo compagno. Per questo so più cose su di lui di qualsiasi altra persona vivente. Capisce? Sono l’uomo che era il suo compagno, e sono anche l’uomo che lo sospetta.”

“Allora,” suggerì la signorina Abbey, sebbene con un tono di perplessità ancora più profondo del precedente, “vi incriminate da soli.”

“No, non lo faccio, signorina Abbey. E allora, qual è la situazione? È questa: quando ero sua compagna, non riuscivo mai a dargli soddisfazione. Perché non ci riuscivo mai? Perché avevo sfortuna; perché non ne trovavo abbastanza. E lui, invece? Sempre fortunato. Noti bene! Sempre fortunato! Ah! Ci sono molti giochi in cui c’è solo fortuna, signorina Abbey, ma ce ne sono anche molti altri in cui serve anche abilità.”

“Quel Gaffer ha davvero un talento nel trovare ciò che cerca. Chi potrebbe dubitarne, amico mio?” chiese la signorina Abbey.

“Forse è una capacità nel preservare ciò che trova,” disse Riderhood, scuotendo la sua testa malvagia.

La signorina Abbey aggrottò la fronte verso di lui, mentre lui la fissava con uno sguardo cupo. “Se viaggiate spesso lungo il fiume con ogni marea, e se volete trovare un uomo o una donna nel fiume, vi aiuterà molto, signorina Abbey, se prima di tutto colpite quell’uomo o quella donna alla testa e poi li gettate dentro il fiume.”

“Caro Lud!” fu l’esclamazione involontaria della signorina Potterson.

“State attenta!” rispose l’altro, sporgendosi in avanti attraverso la porta semiaperta per far sentire le sue parole chiaramente; la sua voce sembrava provenire direttamente dalla gola, “Lo dico io, signorina Abbey! E state attenta: lo seguirò fino in fondo, signorina Abbey! Lo costringerò ad arrendersi, anche se dovesse volerci vent’anni. Chi è lui, per essere favorito insieme a sua figlia? Non ho anch’io una mia figlia?”

Con quel gesto teatrale, e sembrando essersi reso ancora più ubriaco e molto più minaccioso di quanto non fosse all’inizio, il signor Riderhood prese la sua pinta e si avviò con aria trionfale verso la taverna.

Gaffer non c’era, ma c’erano un bel po’ di alunni di Miss Abbey, i quali, quando necessario, dimostravano la massima sottomissione. Alle dieci in punto, quando l’orologio suonò e Miss Abbey apparve alla porta, rivolgendosi a una persona con una giacca scarlatta sbiadita disse: “George Jones, è ora di andare! Ho detto a tua moglie che dovevi essere puntuale.” Jones si alzò docilmente, augurò buona notte a tutti e se ne andò. Alle dieci e mezza, quando Miss Abbey tornò a dire: “William Williams, Bob Glamour, Jonathan, è ora di andare”, anche loro se ne andarono con la stessa sottomissione. C’era però uno spettacolo ancora più sorprendente: una persona dal naso a bottiglia, con un cappello lucido, dopo aver esitato per un po’, ordinò un altro bicchiere di gin e acqua al cameriere. Quando Miss Abbey si presentò personalmente per portarglielo, disse: “Capitano Joey, ne hai già bevuto abbastanza.” Il capitano non solo non protestò, ma anche gli altri presenti mormorarono: “Sì, sì, ha ragione Miss Abbey; lasciatevi guidare da lei, Capitano.” La vigilanza di Miss Abbey non diminuì affatto a causa di questa sottomissione; anzi, ne fu rafforzata. Guardando i volti rispettosi dei suoi alunni, individuò altri due giovani che avevano bisogno di essere rimproverati e disse loro: “Tom Tootle, è ora che un ragazzo che si sposa il mese prossimo torni a casa e vada a dormire. E non c’è bisogno che tu lo spinga, Mr Jack Mullins, so che domani inizi presto a lavorare, quindi stessa cosa vale per te. Andate ora! Buona notte, bravi ragazzi!” Tom Tootle, arrossendo, guardò Mullins; Mullins, arrossendo a sua volta, guardò Tootle. Alla fine si alzarono entrambi e uscirono, seguiti da Miss Abbey; davanti a lei, gli altri non osarono sorridere.

In such an establishment, the white-aproned pot-boy with his shirt-sleeves arranged in a tight roll on each bare shoulder, was a mere hint of the possibility of physical force, thrown out as a matter of state and form. Exactly at the closing hour, all the guests who were left, filed out in the best order: Miss Abbey standing at the half door of the bar, to hold a ceremony of review and dismissal. All wished Miss Abbey good-night and Miss Abbey wished good-night to all, except Riderhood. The sapient pot-boy, looking on officially, then had the conviction borne in upon his soul, that the man was evermore outcast and excommunicate from the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters.

‘You Bob Gliddery,’ said Miss Abbey to this pot-boy, ‘run round to Hexam’s and tell his daughter Lizzie that I want to speak to her.’

With exemplary swiftness Bob Gliddery departed, and returned. Lizzie, following him, arrived as one of the two female domestics of the Fellowship Porters arranged on the snug little table by the bar fire, Miss Potterson’s supper of hot sausages and mashed potatoes.

‘Come in and sit ye down, girl,’ said Miss Abbey. ‘Can you eat a bit?’

‘No thank you, Miss. I have had my supper.’

‘I have had mine too, I think,’ said Miss Abbey, pushing away the untasted dish, ‘and more than enough of it. I am put out, Lizzie.’

‘I am very sorry for it, Miss.’

‘Then why, in the name of Goodness,’ quoth Miss Abbey, sharply, ‘do you do it?’

‘I do it, Miss!’

‘There, there. Don’t look astonished. I ought to have begun with a word of explanation, but it’s my way to make short cuts at things. I always was a pepperer. You Bob Gliddery there, put the chain upon the door and get ye down to your supper.’

With an alacrity that seemed no less referable to the pepperer fact than to the supper fact, Bob obeyed, and his boots were heard descending towards the bed of the river.

Lizzie Hexam, Lizzie Hexam,’ then began Miss Potterson, ‘how often have I held out to you the opportunity of getting clear of your father, and doing well?’

‘Very often, Miss.’

‘Very often? Yes! And I might as well have spoken to the iron funnel of the strongest sea-going steamer that passes the Fellowship Porters.’

‘No, Miss,’ Lizzie pleaded; ‘because that would not be thankful, and I am.’

‘I vow and declare I am half ashamed of myself for taking such an interest in you,’ said Miss Abbey, pettishly, ‘for I don’t believe I should do it if you were not good-looking. Why ain’t you ugly?’

Lizzie merely answered this difficult question with an apologetic glance.

‘However, you ain’t,’ resumed Miss Potterson, ‘so it’s no use going into that. I must take you as I find you. Which indeed is what I’ve done. And you mean to say you are still obstinate?’

‘Not obstinate, Miss, I hope.’

‘Firm (I suppose you call it) then?’

‘Yes, Miss. Fixed like.’

‘Never was an obstinate person yet, who would own to the word!’ remarked Miss Potterson, rubbing her vexed nose; ‘I’m sure I would, if I was obstinate; but I am a pepperer, which is different. Lizzie Hexam, Lizzie Hexam, think again. Do you know the worst of your father?’

‘Do I know the worst of father!’ she repeated, opening her eyes.

‘Do you know the suspicions to which your father makes himself liable? Do you know the suspicions that are actually about, against him?’

The consciousness of what he habitually did, oppressed the girl heavily, and she slowly cast down her eyes.

‘Say, Lizzie. Do you know?’ urged Miss Abbey.

‘Please to tell me what the suspicions are, Miss,’ she asked after a silence, with her eyes upon the ground.

‘It’s not an easy thing to tell a daughter, but it must be told. It is thought by some, then, that your father helps to their death a few of those that he finds dead.’

The relief of hearing what she felt sure was a false suspicion, in place of the expected real and true one, so lightened Lizzie’s breast for the moment, that Miss Abbey was amazed at her demeanour. She raised her eyes quickly, shook her head, and, in a kind of triumph, almost laughed.

‘They little know father who talk like that!’

(‘She takes it,’ thought Miss Abbey, ‘very quietly. She takes it with extraordinary quietness!’)

‘And perhaps,’ said Lizzie, as a recollection flashed upon her, ‘it is some one who has a grudge against father; some one who has threatened father! Is it Riderhood, Miss?’

Well; yes it is.’

‘Yes! He was father’s partner, and father broke with him, and now he revenges himself. Father broke with him when I was by, and he was very angry at it. And besides, Miss Abbey!—Will you never, without strong reason, let pass your lips what I am going to say?’

She bent forward to say it in a whisper.

‘I promise,’ said Miss Abbey.

‘It was on the night when the Harmon murder was found out, through father, just above bridge. And just below bridge, as we were sculling home, Riderhood crept out of the dark in his boat. And many and many times afterwards, when such great pains were taken to come to the bottom of the crime, and it never could be come near, I thought in my own thoughts, could Riderhood himself have done the murder, and did he purposely let father find the body? It seemed a’most wicked and cruel to so much as think such a thing; but now that he tries to throw it upon father, I go back to it as if it was a truth. Can it be a truth? That was put into my mind by the dead?’

She asked this question, rather of the fire than of the hostess of the Fellowship Porters, and looked round the little bar with troubled eyes.

But, Miss Potterson, as a ready schoolmistress accustomed to bring her pupils to book, set the matter in a light that was essentially of this world.

‘You poor deluded girl,’ she said, ‘don’t you see that you can’t open your mind to particular suspicions of one of the two, without opening your mind to general suspicions of the other? They had worked together. Their goings-on had been going on for some time. Even granting that it was as you have had in your thoughts, what the two had done together would come familiar to the mind of one.’

In un posto del genere, quel ragazzo in grembiule bianco, con le maniche della camicia arrotolate strettamente attorno alle spalle nude, rappresentava soltanto un vago accenno alla possibilità dell’uso della forza fisica, qualcosa che veniva presentato come una questione di forma e di decoro. Esattamente all’ora di chiusura, tutti gli ospiti rimasti uscirono in perfetto ordine: Miss Abbey stava all’ingresso del bar per concludere la serata con un gesto formale di commiato. Tutti augurarono a Miss Abbey buona notte, e lei ricambiò gli auguri a tutti, tranne che a Riderhood. Il saggio ragazzo in grembiule bianco, osservando la scena con distacco, ebbe la certezza nel proprio cuore che quell’uomo fosse ormai escluso per sempre dalla “Six Jolly Fellowship Porters”.

“Tu, Bob Gliddery,” disse la signorina Abbey a questo ragazzo addetto alle consegne, “vai subito da Hexam e digli alla sua figlia Lizzie che voglio parlarle.”

Con una velocità esemplare, Bob Gliddery se ne andò e poi tornò. Lizzie, seguendolo, arrivò insieme alle altre due domestiche della Fellowship Porters; si sedettero intorno al piccolo tavolino accanto al focolare, dove Miss Potterson aveva preparato la cena: salsicce calde e patate schiacciate.

“Entra e siediti, ragazza,” disse la signorina Abbey. “Puoi mangiare qualcosa?”

“No, grazie, signorina. Ho già cenato.”

“Anch’io ne ho avuto abbastanza, credo,” disse la signorina Abbey, spingendo via il piatto intatto, “più che a sufficienza. Sono davvero stanca, Lizzie.”

“Mi dispiace molto, signorina.”

“Allora, per l’amor del cielo,” esclamò la signorina Abbey con tono deciso, “perché lo fate?”

“Lo faccio io, signorina!”

“Ecco, ecco. Non sembrare così sorpreso. Avrei dovuto iniziare con una spiegazione, ma io sono abituato a prendere scorciatoie. Sono sempre stato uno che agisce in modo diretto. Tu, Bob Gliddery, metti la catena sulla porta e vai a mangiare.”

Con una fretta che sembrava dovuta tanto al fatto di dover preparare il cibo quanto a quello di dover cenare, Bob obbedì, e si sentì il rumore delle sue scarpe che scendevano verso il letto del fiume.

“‘Lizzie Hexam, Lizzie Hexam,’” cominciò la signorina Potterson, “quante volte vi ho offerto l’opportunità di allontanarvi da vostro padre e di vivere bene?”

“Molto spesso, signorina.”

“Molto spesso? Sì! E avrei potuto benissimo parlare con il condotto di ferro della nave da viaggio più potente che passi davanti al porto dei portatori della Confraternita.”

“No, signorina,” supplicò Lizzie; “perché non sarebbe un segno di riconoscenza, e io lo sono.”

“Giuro e dichiaro che mi vergogno un po’ di interessarmi così tanto a te,” disse Miss Abbey, in tono capriccioso, “perché non credo che lo farei se non fossi attraente. Perché non sei brutta?”

Lizzie rispose semplicemente a questa difficile domanda con uno sguardo di scusa.

“Tuttavia, non lo sei,” riprese la signorina Potterson, “quindi non ha senso approfondire l’argomento. Devo accettarti così come sei. E infatti è esattamente ciò che ho fatto. E vuoi dire che sei ancora testardo?”

“Non essere ostinata, signorina. Io spero.”

“Deciso, allora?”

“Sì, signorina. È sistemato.”

“Non c’è mai stata una persona testarda che si attenga davvero alle sue promesse!” osservò la signorina Potterson, strofinandosi il naso infastidito; “Sicuramente lo farei io, se fossi testarda. Ma io sono una persona che cerca sempre di trovare una soluzione, il che è diverso. Lizzie Hexam, Lizzie Hexam, pensaci bene: sai qual è la cosa peggiore di tuo padre?”

“Conosco forse il peggio di mio padre, ”, ripeté, aprendo gli occhi.

“Sai quali sospetti tuo padre si sta esponendo? Sai di quali accuse effettivamente si tratta contro di lui?”

La consapevolezza di ciò che faceva abitualmente opprimeva profondamente la ragazza, e lei lentamente abbassò lo sguardo.

“Dimmi, Lizzie. Lo sai?” insistette la signorina Abbey.

“Per favore, ditemi quali siano queste sospetti, signorina,” chiese dopo un silenzio, tenendo lo sguardo rivolto verso il pavimento.

“Non è facile dirlo a una figlia, ma deve essere detto. Alcuni pensano quindi che tuo padre contribuisca alla morte di alcune delle persone che trova morte.”

Il sollievo nel scoprire che quella che lei era certa fosse una falsa sospettazione, e non la vera e reale che si aspettava, allentò per un momento il peso sul petto di Lizzie al punto che Miss Abbey rimase sorpresa dal suo comportamento. Alzò rapidamente lo sguardo, scosse la testa e, con una sorta di trionfo, quasi rise.

“Quei piccoli non sanno affatto chi sia il padre che parla in quel modo, ”

“Lo prende,” pensò la signorina Abbey, “molto in silenzio. Lo prende con una tranquillità straordinaria!”

“Forse,” disse Lizzie, mentre un ricordo le balenava in mente, “è qualcuno che ha un rancore contro mio padre; qualcuno che lo ha minacciato. È forse Riderhood, signorina?”

Beh; sì, lo è.’

‘Sì! Era il compagno di mio padre, e mio padre si è separato da lui; ora lui si vendica. Mio padre si è separato da lui mentre io c’ero, ed è stato molto arrabbiato per questo. E poi, signorina Abbey. Non permetterà mai, senza una ragione valida, che io dica ciò che sto per dire?’

Si chinò in avanti per dirlo sottovoce.

“Te lo prometto,” disse la signorina Abbey.

‘Fu quella stessa notte che fu scoperto l’omicidio di Harmon, grazie a mio padre; il corpo era proprio sopra il ponte. E proprio sotto il ponte, mentre tornavamo a casa in barca, Riderhood emerse dall’oscurità con la sua imbarcazione. Molte volte, dopo, quando si facevano tutti questi sforzi per scoprire la verità su quel crimine senza riuscirci mai, pensavo tra me e me: forse era stato proprio Riderhood ad assassinarlo, e aveva lasciato che mio padre trovasse il corpo? Pensare una cosa del genere sembrava davvero malvagio e crudele; ma ora che lui cerca di incolpare mio padre, allora comincio a credere che possa essere la verità. Può davvero esserlo? È stata questa morta ad avermi fatto pensare così?’

Pose questa domanda, non riguardo alla fiamma, ma riguardo alla responsabile del “Fellowship Porters”, e guardò intorno al piccolo bar con occhi preoccupati.

Ma, signorina Potterson, essendo una maestra esperta abituata a indirizzare i suoi alunni verso lo studio, presentò la questione in termini strettamente legati a questo mondo.

“Povera ragazza ingannata,” disse lei, “non capisci che se inizi a sospettare qualcosa di uno dei due, inevitabilmente inizierai anche a sospettare lo stesso dell’altro? Loro avevano lavorato insieme; le loro attività proseguivano da un po’ di tempo. Anche ammettendo che fosse come pensi tu, ciò che avevano fatto insieme sarebbe comunque sembrato naturale a uno di loro.”

‘You don’t know father, Miss, when you talk like that. Indeed, indeed, you don’t know father.’

‘Lizzie, Lizzie,’ said Miss Potterson. ‘Leave him. You needn’t break with him altogether, but leave him. Do well away from him; not because of what I have told you to-night—we’ll pass no judgment upon that, and we’ll hope it may not be—but because of what I have urged on you before. No matter whether it’s owing to your good looks or not, I like you and I want to serve you. Lizzie, come under my direction. Don’t fling yourself away, my girl, but be persuaded into being respectable and happy.’

In the sound good feeling and good sense of her entreaty, Miss Abbey had softened into a soothing tone, and had even drawn her arm round the girl’s waist. But, she only replied, ‘Thank you, thank you! I can’t. I won’t. I must not think of it. The harder father is borne upon, the more he needs me to lean on.’

And then Miss Abbey, who, like all hard people when they do soften, felt that there was considerable compensation owing to her, underwent reaction and became frigid.

‘I have done what I can,’ she said, ‘and you must go your way. You make your bed, and you must lie on it. But tell your father one thing: he must not come here any more.’

‘Oh, Miss, will you forbid him the house where I know he’s safe?’

‘The Fellowships,’ returned Miss Abbey, ‘has itself to look to, as well as others. It has been hard work to establish order here, and make the Fellowships what it is, and it is daily and nightly hard work to keep it so. The Fellowships must not have a taint upon it that may give it a bad name. I forbid the house to Riderhood, and I forbid the house to Gaffer. I forbid both, equally. I find from Riderhood and you together, that there are suspicions against both men, and I’m not going to take upon myself to decide betwixt them. They are both tarred with a dirty brush, and I can’t have the Fellowships tarred with the same brush. That’s all I know.’

‘Good-night, Miss!’ said Lizzie Hexam, sorrowfully.

‘Hah!—Good-night!’ returned Miss Abbey with a shake of her head.

‘Believe me, Miss Abbey, I am truly grateful all the same.’

‘I can believe a good deal,’ returned the stately Abbey, ‘so I’ll try to believe that too, Lizzie.’

No supper did Miss Potterson take that night, and only half her usual tumbler of hot Port Negus. And the female domestics—two robust sisters, with staring black eyes, shining flat red faces, blunt noses, and strong black curls, like dolls—interchanged the sentiment that Missis had had her hair combed the wrong way by somebody. And the pot-boy afterwards remarked, that he hadn’t been ‘so rattled to bed’, since his late mother had systematically accelerated his retirement to rest with a poker.

The chaining of the door behind her, as she went forth, disenchanted Lizzie Hexam of that first relief she had felt. The night was black and shrill, the river-side wilderness was melancholy, and there was a sound of casting-out, in the rattling of the iron-links, and the grating of the bolts and staples under Miss Abbey’s hand. As she came beneath the lowering sky, a sense of being involved in a murky shade of Murder dropped upon her; and, as the tidal swell of the river broke at her feet without her seeing how it gathered, so, her thoughts startled her by rushing out of an unseen void and striking at her heart.

Of her father’s being groundlessly suspected, she felt sure. Sure. Sure. And yet, repeat the word inwardly as often as she would, the attempt to reason out and prove that she was sure, always came after it and failed. Riderhood had done the deed, and entrapped her father. Riderhood had not done the deed, but had resolved in his malice to turn against her father, the appearances that were ready to his hand to distort. Equally and swiftly upon either putting of the case, followed the frightful possibility that her father, being innocent, yet might come to be believed guilty. She had heard of people suffering Death for bloodshed of which they were afterwards proved pure, and those ill-fated persons were not, first, in that dangerous wrong in which her father stood. Then at the best, the beginning of his being set apart, whispered against, and avoided, was a certain fact. It dated from that very night. And as the great black river with its dreary shores was soon lost to her view in the gloom, so, she stood on the river’s brink unable to see into the vast blank misery of a life suspected, and fallen away from by good and bad, but knowing that it lay there dim before her, stretching away to the great ocean, Death.

One thing only, was clear to the girl’s mind. Accustomed from her very babyhood promptly to do the thing that could be done—whether to keep out weather, to ward off cold, to postpone hunger, or what not—she started out of her meditation, and ran home.

The room was quiet, and the lamp burnt on the table. In the bunk in the corner, her brother lay asleep. She bent over him softly, kissed him, and came to the table.

‘By the time of Miss Abbey’s closing, and by the run of the tide, it must be one. Tide’s running up. Father at Chiswick, wouldn’t think of coming down, till after the turn, and that’s at half after four. I’ll call Charley at six. I shall hear the church-clocks strike, as I sit here.’

Very quietly, she placed a chair before the scanty fire, and sat down in it, drawing her shawl about her.

‘Charley’s hollow down by the flare is not there now. Poor Charley!’

The clock struck two, and the clock struck three, and the clock struck four, and she remained there, with a woman’s patience and her own purpose. When the morning was well on between four and five, she slipped off her shoes (that her going about might not wake Charley), trimmed the fire sparingly, put water on to boil, and set the table for breakfast. Then she went up the ladder, lamp in hand, and came down again, and glided about and about, making a little bundle. Lastly, from her pocket, and from the chimney-piece, and from an inverted basin on the highest shelf she brought halfpence, a few sixpences, fewer shillings, and fell to laboriously and noiselessly counting them, and setting aside one little heap. She was still so engaged, when she was startled by:

“Non capisci, padre. Signorina, quando parli in quel modo. Davvero, non capisci, padre.”

“Lizzie, Lizzie,” disse la signorina Potterson. “Lascialo andare. Non c’è bisogno che rompi completamente i rapporti con lui, ma lascialo andare. Allontanati da lui il più possibile; non per quello che ti ho detto stanotte, non giudicheremo su questo, e speriamo che non sia necessario, ma per ciò che ti ho già consigliato in precedenza. Che si tratti della tua bellezza o meno, mi piaci e voglio aiutarti. Lizzie, segui i miei consigli. Non rovinare la tua vita, mia cara, cerca di essere rispettabile e felice.”

Nella dolcezza del tono e nella sensatezza delle sue parole, la signorina Abbey aveva assunto un atteggiamento rassicurante, addirittura avvolgendo il braccio intorno alla vita della ragazza. Ma rispose soltanto: “Grazie, grazie! Non posso. Non voglio. Non devo nemmeno pensarci. Più mio padre affronta difficoltà, più ha bisogno che io sia al suo fianco.”

E poi la signorina Abbey, che, come tutte le persone dure quando si addolciscono, sentì di meritare una certa compensazione; quindi ebbe una reazione negativa e divenne fredda e distaccata.

“Ho fatto quello che potevo,” disse lei, “e ora devi andare per la tua strada. Chi fa il proprio letto, in esso deve dormire. Ma digli una cosa a tuo padre: non deve più venire qui.”

“Oh, signorina, potrebbe impedirgli di entrare in quella >casa dove so che è al sicuro?”

“Le Borse di Studio,” rispose la signorina Abbey, “devono prendersi cura di se stesse, proprio come fanno gli altri. È stato un lavoro arduo stabilire l’ordine qui e rendere le Borse di Studio ciò che sono oggi, ed è ancora un lavoro quotidiano mantenere tale ordine. Non deve esserci nulla che possa macchiarle e dare loro una cattiva reputazione. Proibisco a Riderhood e a >Gaffer di partecipare alle attività legate alle Borse di Studio. Li proibisco entrambi, allo stesso modo. Ho scoperto che sia da parte di Riderhood che da parte tua esistono sospetti nei loro confronti, e non intendo assumermi il compito di decidere tra loro. Entrambi sono stati bollati come colpevoli, e non posso permettere che anche le Borse di Studio vengano compromesse allo stesso modo. Questo è tutto ciò che so.”

“Buona notte, signorina!”, disse tristemente Lizzie Hexam.

“Ahah! Buona notte!” rispose la signorina Abbey scuotendo la testa.

“Credetemi, signorina Abbey, sono davvero grato lo stesso.”

“Posso credere in molte cose,” rispose l’imponente Abate, “quindi proverò anche a credere in questo, Lizzie.”

Quella notte, la signorina Potterson non mangiò nulla; bevve soltanto metà della sua solita tazza di Porto Negus caldo. Le domestiche – due donne robuste, con occhi neri e luminosi, facce rosse e piatte, nasi tozzi e folte ciocche di capelli neri – si scambiarono l’opinione che qualcuno avesse pettinato i capelli della signorina nel modo sbagliato. In seguito, il ragazzo incaricato di portare le bevande osservò che non era mai andato a letto “così turbato”, da quando sua madre defunta aveva sistematicamente accelerato il suo ritiro a riposo, con un attrezzo apposito.

Il chiudersi a chiave della porta dietro di lei, mentre usciva, dissipò l’illusione di sollievo che Lizzie Hexam aveva provato inizialmente. La notte era buia e tenebrosa; la landa desolata lungo il fiume appariva cupa e malinconica. Si udivano i suoni prodotti dall’apertura e dal chiudersi delle catene di ferro, nonché dallo stridore dei lucchetti sotto le mani di Miss Abbey. Mentre camminava sotto quel cielo cupo, Lizzie Hexam ebbe la sensazione di essere coinvolta in qualcosa di oscuro e sinistro. Come le onde del fiume che si infrangevano ai suoi piedi senza che lei potesse vedere da dove provenissero, anche i suoi pensieri la colpirono all’improvviso, emergendo da un vuoto invisibile e ferendole il cuore.

Del fatto che suo padre fosse accusato senza fondamento, ne era certa. Certa. Certa.
Eppure, per quanto ripetesse quella parola dentro di sé, ogni tentativo di razionalizzare e dimostrare la propria certezza falliva sempre.
Il “Riderhood” aveva commesso quel crimine e intrappolato suo padre; oppure non l’aveva commesso, ma con malizia aveva deciso di tradirlo, utilizzando tutte le prove a disposizione per distorcerne la verità.
In entrambi i casi, emergeva sempre la terribile possibilità che suo padre, pur essendo innocente, venisse ritenuto colpevole. Aveva sentito parlare di persone che erano state condannate a morte per crimini di cui in seguito si era dimostrato che erano innocenti. E quelle sfortunate non avevano mai commesso il reato di cui era accusato suo padre.
In ogni caso, l’inizio di quella diffamazione e di quel distacco da parte degli altri era un fatto innegabile. Era iniziato proprio quella notte.
E mentre il grande fiume nero, con le sue rive desolate, scompariva gradualmente nell’oscurità, lei rimaneva lì, sul bordo del fiume, incapace di immaginare tutta la miseria di una vita accusata ingiustamente, abbandonata sia dai buoni che dai cattivi. Ma sapeva che quella miseria esisteva davvero, si estendeva lontano, fino all’oceano della morte.

C’era una sola cosa chiara nella mente della ragazza. Abituata fin da piccolissima a fare ciò che era possibile fare – che si trattasse di proteggersi dal maltempo, di scacciare il freddo, di rimandare la fame, o altro ancora – uscì dalla sua meditazione e corse a casa.

La stanza era silenziosa, e la lampada sul tavolo continuava a bruciare. Nella brandina nell’angolo, suo fratello dormiva. Lei si chinò su di lui dolcemente, lo baciò e poi tornò al tavolo.

‘Entro l’ora in cui la signorina Abbey terminerà il suo discorso, e considerando il flusso della marea, deve essere già mezzanotte. La marea sta salendo. Mio padre è a Chiswick; non penserebbe mai di tornare qui prima che la marea cambi direzione, cioè dopo le quattro e mezza. Chiamerò Charley alle sei. Sentirò suonare le campane della chiesa mentre sono seduta qui.’

Molto silenziosamente, posizionò una sedia davanti al debole fuoco e vi si sedette, avvolgendo se stessa nel suo scialle.

“La buca di Charley vicino al falò non c’è più. Povero Charley!”

L’orologio suonò le due, poi le tre, e infine le quattro; lei rimase lì, con la pazienza di una donna e il proprio scopo ben chiaro in mente. Quando fu ormai mattina, tra le quattro e le cinque, si tolse le scarpe (per non svegliare Charley), ravvivò leggermente il fuoco, mise l’acqua a bollire e preparò la tavola per la colazione. Poi salì sulla scala, con una lampada in mano, scese di nuovo e si mosse silenziosamente intorno, preparando un piccolo fagottino. Infine, dalla tasca, dal camino e da un bacile capovolto sullo scaffale più alto, raccolse mezzo penny, qualche sei pence e pochi scellini; iniziò quindi a contarli con cura, mettendo da parte un piccolo mucchietto. Era ancora impegnata in queste operazioni quando fu improvvisamente sorpresa.

‘Hal-loa!’ From her brother, sitting up in bed.

‘You made me jump, Charley.’

‘Jump! Didn’t you make ME jump, when I opened my eyes a moment ago, and saw you sitting there, like the ghost of a girl miser, in the dead of the night.’

‘It’s not the dead of the night, Charley. It’s nigh six in the morning.’

‘Is it though? But what are you up to, Liz?’

‘Still telling your fortune, Charley.’

‘It seems to be a precious small one, if that’s it,’ said the boy. ‘What are you putting that little pile of money by itself for?’

‘For you, Charley.’

‘What do you mean?’

‘Get out of bed, Charley, and get washed and dressed, and then I’ll tell you.’

Her composed manner, and her low distinct voice, always had an influence over him. His head was soon in a basin of water, and out of it again, and staring at her through a storm of towelling.

‘I never,’ towelling at himself as if he were his bitterest enemy, ‘saw such a girl as you are. What IS the move, Liz?’

‘Are you almost ready for breakfast, Charley?’

‘You can pour it out. Hal-loa! I say? And a bundle?’

‘And a bundle, Charley.’

‘You don’t mean it’s for me, too?’

‘Yes, Charley; I do; indeed.’

More serious of face, and more slow of action, than he had been, the boy completed his dressing, and came and sat down at the little breakfast-table, with his eyes amazedly directed to her face.

‘You see, Charley dear, I have made up my mind that this is the right time for your going away from us. Over and above all the blessed change of by-and-bye, you’ll be much happier, and do much better, even so soon as next month. Even so soon as next week.’

‘How do you know I shall?’

‘I don’t quite know how, Charley, but I do.’ In spite of her unchanged manner of speaking, and her unchanged appearance of composure, she scarcely trusted herself to look at him, but kept her eyes employed on the cutting and buttering of his bread, and on the mixing of his tea, and other such little preparations. ‘You must leave father to me, Charley—I will do what I can with him—but you must go.’

‘You don’t stand upon ceremony, I think,’ grumbled the boy, throwing his bread and butter about, in an ill-humour.

She made him no answer.

‘I tell you what,’ said the boy, then, bursting out into an angry whimpering, ‘you’re a selfish jade, and you think there’s not enough for three of us, and you want to get rid of me.’

‘If you believe so, Charley,—yes, then I believe too, that I am a selfish jade, and that I think there’s not enough for three of us, and that I want to get rid of you.’

It was only when the boy rushed at her, and threw his arms round her neck, that she lost her self-restraint. But she lost it then, and wept over him.

‘Don’t cry, don’t cry! I am satisfied to go, Liz; I am satisfied to go. I know you send me away for my good.’

‘O, Charley, Charley, Heaven above us knows I do!’

‘Yes yes. Don’t mind what I said. Don’t remember it. Kiss me.’

After a silence, she loosed him, to dry her eyes and regain her strong quiet influence.

‘Now listen, Charley dear. We both know it must be done, and I alone know there is good reason for its being done at once. Go straight to the school, and say that you and I agreed upon it—that we can’t overcome father’s opposition—that father will never trouble them, but will never take you back. You are a credit to the school, and you will be a greater credit to it yet, and they will help you to get a living. Show what clothes you have brought, and what money, and say that I will send some more money. If I can get some in no other way, I will ask a little help of those two gentlemen who came here that night.’

‘I say!’ cried her brother, quickly. ‘Don’t you have it of that chap that took hold of me by the chin! Don’t you have it of that Wrayburn one!’

Perhaps a slight additional tinge of red flushed up into her face and brow, as with a nod she laid a hand upon his lips to keep him silently attentive.

‘And above all things mind this, Charley! Be sure you always speak well of father. Be sure you always give father his full due. You can’t deny that because father has no learning himself he is set against it in you; but favour nothing else against him, and be sure you say—as you know—that your sister is devoted to him. And if you should ever happen to hear anything said against father that is new to you, it will not be true. Remember, Charley! It will not be true.’

The boy looked at her with some doubt and surprise, but she went on again without heeding it.

‘Above all things remember! It will not be true. I have nothing more to say, Charley dear, except, be good, and get learning, and only think of some things in the old life here, as if you had dreamed them in a dream last night. Good-bye, my Darling!’

Though so young, she infused in these parting words a love that was far more like a mother’s than a sister’s, and before which the boy was quite bowed down. After holding her to his breast with a passionate cry, he took up his bundle and darted out at the door, with an arm across his eyes.

The white face of the winter day came sluggishly on, veiled in a frosty mist; and the shadowy ships in the river slowly changed to black substances; and the sun, blood-red on the eastern marshes behind dark masts and yards, seemed filled with the ruins of a forest it had set on fire. Lizzie, looking for her father, saw him coming, and stood upon the causeway that he might see her.

He had nothing with him but his boat, and came on apace. A knot of those amphibious human-creatures who appear to have some mysterious power of extracting a subsistence out of tidal water by looking at it, were gathered together about the causeway. As her father’s boat grounded, they became contemplative of the mud, and dispersed themselves. She saw that the mute avoidance had begun.

“Salve!” Era suo fratello, che si era alzato a sedere sul letto.

“Mi hai fatto sobbalzare, Charley.”

“Salta! Non sei stato tu a farmi saltare, quando ho aperto gli occhi un attimo fa e ti ho visto seduto lì, come lo fantasma di una ragazza avara, nel bel mezzo della notte?”

“Non è ancora mezzanotte, Charley. Sono quasi le sei del mattino.”

“Davvero? Ma cosa stai combinando, Liz?”

“Continui ancora a leggere il futuro per gli altri, Charley, ”

“Sembra davvero un oggetto prezioso. Se è proprio quello che cerchi,” disse il ragazzo. “Perché hai messo da parte quel piccolo mucchietto di soldi, separato dagli altri?”

“Per te, Charley.”

“Cosa intendi dire?”

“Alzati dal letto, Charley, fai la doccia e vestiti, poi ti dirò cosa fare.”

Il suo modo composto e la sua voce bassa e chiara avevano sempre un certo effetto su di lui. Presto la sua testa finì immersa in una bacinella d’acqua, per poi riemergere subito dopo, mentre la fissava attraverso una “tempesta” di asciugamani.

“Mai,” si disse, asciugandosi come se fosse il proprio più acerrimo nemico, “ho visto una ragazza come te. Qual è il tuo gioco, Liz?”

“Sei quasi pronto per colazione, Charley?”

“Puoi dirlo pure ad alta voce. Ehi, ehí! Che ne dici di un pacchetto anche?”

“E anche un mazzo, Charley.”

“Non vuoi dire che è anche per me?”

“Sì, Charley; lo faccio davvero.”

Con un’espressione più seria e movimenti più lenti rispetto a prima, il ragazzo finì di vestirsi e si sedette al piccolo tavolo della colazione, fissando con stupore il suo viso.

“Vedi, caro Charley, ho deciso che questo è il momento giusto per la tua partenza da noi. Oltre a tutti i benefici cambiamenti che avverranno in futuro, sarai molto più felice e avrai successo già da lunedì prossimo. Anzi, già da questa settimana.”

“Come fai a sapere che lo farò?”

“Non so esattamente come, Charley, ma lo farò.” Nonostante il suo modo di parlare invariato e l’aspetto apparentemente calmo, faticava a fidarsi abbastanza da guardarlo; teneva gli occhi fissi sul taglio del pane, sull’impastare del burro, sulla preparazione del tè e su altre piccole attività del genere. “Devi lasciare mio padre a me, Charley. Farò del mio meglio con lui, ma devi andartene.”

“Non ti curi affatto delle formalità, vero?”, borbottò il ragazzo, gettando via il proprio pane e burro con un cattivo umore.

Non gli rispose affatto.

“Te lo dico io,” disse il ragazzo, poi, scoppiando in un pianto furioso, “sei una persona egoista; pensi che non ci sia abbastanza per noi tre e vuoi sbarazzarti di me.”

“Se tu la pensi così, Charley, allora anch’io credo di essere una persona egoista, che ritiene non ci sia abbastanza per noi tre, e che voglia sbarazzarmi di te.”

Fu solo quando il ragazzo le corse incontro e le gettò le braccia intorno al collo che lei perse il controllo di sé. Ma lo perse in quel momento, e pianse per lui.

“Non piangere, non piangere! Sono felice di andarmene, Liz; sono davvero felice. So che mi mandi via per il mio bene.”

“Oh, Charley, Charley. Il cielo lo sa, quanto lo dico davvero!”

“Sì sì. Non badare a quello che ho detto, dimenticalo pure. Baciami.”

Dopo un silenzio, lo lasciò andare, per asciugarsi le lacrime e riacquistare il proprio forte e tranquillo ascendente.

“Ora ascolta, caro Charley. Sappiamo entrambi che questa cosa deve essere fatta, e solo io so che ci sono buone ragioni per farla subito. Vai direttamente a scuola e spiega che tu ed io ne abbiamo già parlato; che non possiamo superare l’opposizione di tuo padre; che lui non li disturberà mai, ma non ti riprenderà mai con sé. Sei un onore per la scuola, e diventerai ancora di più un onore per lei. Loro ti aiuteranno a trovare un lavoro. Mostra loro quali vestiti hai portato e quanto denaro hai; digli che manderò ancora del denaro. Se non riesco ad ottenerlo in altro modo, chiederò un piccolo aiuto a quei due signori che sono venuti qui quella notte.”

“Lo dico io!” esclamò suo fratello in fretta. “Non te lo ricordi di quel tizio che mi ha afferrato per il mento? Non te lo ricordi di quel Wrayburn?”

Forse un leggero rossore si diffuse sul suo viso e sulla sua fronte; con un cenno del capo, posò una mano sulle sue labbra per farlo rimanere in silenzio e attento.

‘E soprattutto, ricorda questo, Charley: assicurati sempre di parlare bene di tuo padre. Assicurati di riconoscergli sempre il giusto merito. Non puoi negare che, poiché tuo padre stesso non ha ricevuto un’istruzione, sia contrario a queste cose in te; ma non favorisci nulla che possa danneggiarlo, e ricorda sempre di dire – come sai bene – che tua sorella è devota a lui. E se mai dovesti sentire qualcosa contro tuo padre che non conoscevi prima, non sarà vero. Ricordalo, Charley: non sarà vero.’

Il ragazzo la guardò con un po’ di dubbio e sorpresa, ma lei continuò senza darci peso.

‘Soprattutto ricorda: non sarà vero. Non ho più nulla da dire, caro Charley. Tranne che devi essere buono, studiare e pensare solo a quelle cose della vecchia vita, come se le avessi sognate in un sogno la scorsa notte. Addio, mio caro!’

Sebbene fosse così giovane, nelle sue parole d’addio infuse un amore che assomigliava molto di più a quello di una madre che a quello di una sorella; davanti a tale amore il ragazzo si sentì completamente sopraffatto. Dopo averla stretta al petto con un grido appassionato, prese il proprio fagotto e corse verso la porta, coprendosi gli occhi con un braccio.

Il volto bianco della giornata invernale si fece lentamente strada, avvolto in una nebbia gelida; le imbarcazioni silenziose nel fiume cambiarono gradualmente colore, diventando nere; il sole, di un rosso sangue sulle paludi orientali, dietro alberi e pennoni scuri, sembrava essere pieno delle rovine di una foresta che aveva dato alle fiamme. Lizzie, cercando suo padre, lo vide avvicinarsi e si fermò sulla diga affinché potesse vederla.

Non aveva con sé nulla se non la sua barca, e viaggiava a grande velocità. Un gruppo di quelle creature umano-anfibie che sembrano possedere un misterioso potere per ricavare il cibo dall’acqua delle maree, semplicemente osservandola, si era radunato intorno al canale di collegamento. Quando la barca di suo padre toccò terra, quelle creature iniziarono a osservare attentamente il fango e poi si dispersero. Lei vide che quell’atteggiamento di distacco silenzioso aveva già iniziato.

Gaffer saw it, too, in so far as that he was moved when he set foot on shore, to stare around him. But, he promptly set to work to haul up his boat, and make her fast, and take the sculls and rudder and rope out of her. Carrying these with Lizzie’s aid, he passed up to his dwelling.

‘Sit close to the fire, father, dear, while I cook your breakfast. It’s all ready for cooking, and only been waiting for you. You must be frozen.’

Well, Lizzie, I ain’t of a glow; that’s certain. And my hands seem nailed through to the sculls. See how dead they are!’ Something suggestive in their colour, and perhaps in her face, struck him as he held them up; he turned his shoulder and held them down to the fire.

‘You were not out in the perishing night, I hope, father?’

‘No, my dear. Lay aboard a barge, by a blazing coal-fire.—Where’s that boy?’

‘There’s a drop of brandy for your tea, father, if you’ll put it in while I turn this bit of meat. If the river was to get frozen, there would be a deal of distress; wouldn’t there, father?’

‘Ah! there’s always enough of that,’ said Gaffer, dropping the liquor into his cup from a squat black bottle, and dropping it slowly that it might seem more; ‘distress is for ever a going about, like sut in the air—Ain’t that boy up yet?’

‘The meat’s ready now, father. Eat it while it’s hot and comfortable. After you have finished, we’ll turn round to the fire and talk.’

But, he perceived that he was evaded, and, having thrown a hasty angry glance towards the bunk, plucked at a corner of her apron and asked:

‘What’s gone with that boy?’

‘Father, if you’ll begin your breakfast, I’ll sit by and tell you.’ He looked at her, stirred his tea and took two or three gulps, then cut at his piece of hot steak with his case-knife, and said, eating:

‘Now then. What’s gone with that boy?’

‘Don’t be angry, dear. It seems, father, that he has quite a gift of learning.’

‘Unnat’ral young beggar!’ said the parent, shaking his knife in the air.

‘And that having this gift, and not being equally good at other things, he has made shift to get some schooling.’

’unnat’ral young beggar!’ said the parent again, with his former action.

‘—And that knowing you have nothing to spare, father, and not wishing to be a burden on you, he gradually made up his mind to go seek his fortune out of learning. He went away this morning, father, and he cried very much at going, and he hoped you would forgive him.’

‘Let him never come a nigh me to ask me my forgiveness,’ said the father, again emphasizing his words with the knife. ‘Let him never come within sight of my eyes, nor yet within reach of my arm. His own father ain’t good enough for him. He’s disowned his own father. His own father therefore, disowns him for ever and ever, as a unnat’ral young beggar.’

He had pushed away his plate. With the natural need of a strong rough man in anger, to do something forcible, he now clutched his knife overhand, and struck downward with it at the end of every succeeding sentence. As he would have struck with his own clenched fist if there had chanced to be nothing in it.

‘He’s welcome to go. He’s more welcome to go than to stay. But let him never come back. Let him never put his head inside that door. And let you never speak a word more in his favour, or you’ll disown your own father, likewise, and what your father says of him he’ll have to come to say of you. Now I see why them men yonder held aloof from me. They says to one another, “Here comes the man as ain’t good enough for his own son!” Lizzie—!’

But, she stopped him with a cry. Looking at her he saw her, with a face quite strange to him, shrinking back against the wall, with her hands before her eyes.

‘Father, don’t! I can’t bear to see you striking with it. Put it down!’

He looked at the knife; but in his astonishment still held it.

‘Father, it’s too horrible. O put it down, put it down!’

Confounded by her appearance and exclamation, he tossed it away, and stood up with his open hands held out before him.

‘What’s come to you, Liz? Can you think I would strike at you with a knife?’

‘No, father, no; you would never hurt me.’

‘What should I hurt?’

‘Nothing, dear father. On my knees, I am certain, in my heart and soul I am certain, nothing! But it was too dreadful to bear; for it looked—’ her hands covering her face again, ‘O it looked—’

‘What did it look like?’

The recollection of his murderous figure, combining with her trial of last night, and her trial of the morning, caused her to drop at his feet, without having answered.

He had never seen her so before. He raised her with the utmost tenderness, calling her the best of daughters, and ‘my poor pretty creetur’, and laid her head upon his knee, and tried to restore her. But failing, he laid her head gently down again, got a pillow and placed it under her dark hair, and sought on the table for a spoonful of brandy. There being none left, he hurriedly caught up the empty bottle, and ran out at the door.

He returned as hurriedly as he had gone, with the bottle still empty. He kneeled down by her, took her head on his arm, and moistened her lips with a little water into which he dipped his fingers: saying, fiercely, as he looked around, now over this shoulder, now over that:

‘Have we got a pest in the house? Is there summ’at deadly sticking to my clothes? What’s let loose upon us? Who loosed it?’

Anche Gaffer se ne accorse; infatti, quando mise piede sulla riva, rimase commosso e si guardò intorno. Ma subito iniziò a lavorare per tirare su la sua barca, assicurarla saldamente e prendere fuori i remi, il timone e le corde. Con l’aiuto di Lizzie, portò tutto ciò fino alla sua abitazione.

“Siediti vicino al fuoco, caro padre, mentre preparo la colazione per te. È già tutto pronto e aspetta solo te. Devi essere congelato.”

“Beh, Lizzie, non sto affatto bene. Di questo sono sicuro. E le mie mani sembrano essere inchiodate alle remi. Vedi quanto sono fredde?” Il colore delle sue mani, e forse anche il suo viso, gli parvero strani quando le sollevò; allora le abbassò verso il fuoco.

“Non eri fuori, nella terribile notte, vero, padre?”

“No, mio caro. Mettiti su una barca, vicino a un fuoco di carbone ardente. Dove è quel ragazzo?”

“C’è un goccio di brandy per il tuo tè, padre, se lo aggiungi mentre io preparo questa carne. Se il fiume dovesse congelarsi, ci sarebbero molti problemi, vero, padre?”

“Ah! Ne abbiamo sempre abbastanza,” disse Gaffer, versando il liquore nella sua tazza da una bottiglia nera e tozza, facendolo scorrere lentamente per far sembrare che ce ne fosse di più; “la sofferenza è sempre con noi, come fumo nell’aria. Quel ragazzo non è ancora tornato?”

“La carne è pronta ora, padre. Mangiala mentre è calda e deliziosa. Dopo che avrai finito, torneremo vicino al fuoco e parleremo.”

Ma si rese conto che lo stavano eludendo; quindi, dopo aver gettato uno sguardo furioso e rapido verso il letto, afferrò un angolo del suo grembiule e chiese:

“Che fine ha fatto quel ragazzo?”

“Padre, se inizi a colazione, mi siederò accanto a te e ti racconterò.” La guardò, mescolò il tè e ne bevve due o tre sorsi, poi prese il suo pezzo di bistecca calda con il coltello da tasca e disse, mangiando:

“Ora bene. Che fine ha fatto quel ragazzo?”

“Non arrabbiarti, caro. Sembra che quel ragazzo abbia davvero un notevole talento nell’apprendimento, padre.”

“Maledetto giovane mendicante!” disse il genitore, agitando il coltello in aria.

‘Avendo questo dono, ma non essendo altrettanto bravo in altre cose, è riuscito comunque a ricevere un po’ di istruzione.’

“Un giovane mendicante innaturale!” disse di nuovo il genitore, ripetendo la sua precedente azione.

“—E sapendo che non avevi nulla da offrirgli, padre, e non volendo diventare un peso per te, decise gradualmente di cercare la sua fortuna attraverso lo studio. È partito stamattina, padre. Ha pianto molto all’idea di andarsene, e sperava che tu gli perdonassi.”

“Che non si avvicini mai più a me per chiedermi il mio perdono”, disse il padre, sottolineando di nuovo le sue parole con il coltello. “Che non entri mai più nel raggio del mio sguardo, né all’altezza del mio braccio. Nemmeno suo padre è abbastanza buono per lui. Lui ha rinnegato suo padre. Pertanto, suo padre lo rinnega per sempre, come un giovane mendicante innaturale.”

Aveva spinto via il proprio piatto. Con quella naturale necessità di un uomo forte e ruvido di fare qualcosa di deciso quando arrabbiato, ora stringeva il coltello nella mano destra e lo abbassava con forza alla fine di ogni frase che pronunciava. Come se avesse voluto colpire con il proprio pugno chiuso, anche se in realtà non c’era nulla nel coltello.

“Può andarsene pure. Anzi, è meglio che se ne vada piuttosto che restare. Ma che non torni mai più. Che non metta mai più piede in quella casa. E che tu non parli mai più a suo favore. Altrimenti negherai tuo stesso padre, e ciò che lui dice di lui dovrà poi essere detto anche di te. Ora capisco perché quegli uomini si tenessero alla larga da me. Si dicevano l’un l’altro: ‘Ecco arrivare un uomo che non è nemmeno degno di suo figlio!’ Lizzie, ”

Ma lei lo fermò con un grido. Guardandola, vide che aveva un’espressione del viso completamente strana per lui; si ritraeva contro il muro, con le mani davanti agli occhi.

“Padre, no! Non riesco a sopportare di vederti colpirlo. Mettilo giù!”

Guardò il coltello; ma, per lo stupore, continuò a tenerlo in mano.

“Padre, è troppo orribile. Mettilo giù, per favore!”

Confuso dal suo aspetto e dalla sua esclamazione, la gettò via e si alzò tenendo le mani aperte davanti a sé.

“Che ti è successo, Liz? Pensi davvero che io potrei attaccarti con un coltello?”

“No, padre, no; tu non mi faresti mai del male.”

“Su cosa dovrei fare del male?”

“Niente, caro padre. In ginocchio, ne sono certa. Nel mio cuore e nella mia ‘anima, ne sono certa: niente! Ma è stato troppo terribile da sopportare. Perché sembrava, ” Le sue mani coprirono di nuovo il viso. “Oh, sembrava, ”

“Com’era fatto?”

Il ricordo della sua figura assassina, unito alle prove che aveva dovuto affrontare la scorsa notte e quella mattina, la fece crollare ai suoi piedi, senza riuscire a rispondere.

Non l’aveva mai vista in quel modo prima. La trattava con la massima tenerezza, chiamandola la migliore delle figlie e “povera mia cara creatura”, posandole la testa sulle ginocchia nel tentativo di farla riprendere i sensi. Ma non riuscendoci, le adagiò dolcemente la testa a terra, prese un cuscino e lo mise sotto i suoi capelli scuri, poi cercò su tavolo una cucchiaiata di brandy. Non trovandone, afferrò in fretta la bottiglia vuota e corse fuori dalla porta.

Tornò altrettanto in fretta di quanto se n’era andato, la bottiglia ancora vuota. Si inginocchiò accanto a lei, le posò la testa sul braccio e umidificò le sue labbra con un po’ d’acqua che aveva immerso le dita in essa; poi, guardandosi intorno con aria furiosa, ora da un lato ora dall’altro, disse:

“Abbiamo qualche insetto pericoloso in questa casa? C’è qualcosa di mortale attaccato ai miei vestiti? Che cosa ci è piombata addosso? Chi l’ha mandata?”

Chapter 7

MR WEGG LOOKS AFTER HIMSELF

Silas Wegg, being on his road to the Roman Empire, approaches it by way of Clerkenwell. The time is early in the evening; the weather moist and raw. Mr Wegg finds leisure to make a little circuit, by reason that he folds his screen early, now that he combines another source of income with it, and also that he feels it due to himself to be anxiously expected at the Bower. ‘Boffin will get all the eagerer for waiting a bit,’ says Silas, screwing up, as he stumps along, first his right eye, and then his left. Which is something superfluous in him, for Nature has already screwed both pretty tight.

‘If I get on with him as I expect to get on,’ Silas pursues, stumping and meditating, ‘it wouldn’t become me to leave it here. It wouldn’t be respectable.’ Animated by this reflection, he stumps faster, and looks a long way before him, as a man with an ambitious project in abeyance often will do.

Aware of a working-jeweller population taking sanctuary about the church in Clerkenwell, Mr Wegg is conscious of an interest in, and a respect for, the neighbourhood. But, his sensations in this regard halt as to their strict morality, as he halts in his gait; for, they suggest the delights of a coat of invisibility in which to walk off safely with the precious stones and watch-cases, but stop short of any compunction for the people who would lose the same.

Not, however, towards the ‘shops’ where cunning artificers work in pearls and diamonds and gold and silver, making their hands so rich, that the enriched water in which they wash them is bought for the refiners;—not towards these does Mr Wegg stump, but towards the poorer shops of small retail traders in commodities to eat and drink and keep folks warm, and of Italian frame-makers, and of barbers, and of brokers, and of dealers in dogs and singing-birds. From these, in a narrow and a dirty street devoted to such callings, Mr Wegg selects one dark shop-window with a tallow candle dimly burning in it, surrounded by a muddle of objects vaguely resembling pieces of leather and dry stick, but among which nothing is resolvable into anything distinct, save the candle itself in its old tin candlestick, and two preserved frogs fighting a small-sword duel. Stumping with fresh vigour, he goes in at the dark greasy entry, pushes a little greasy dark reluctant side-door, and follows the door into the little dark greasy shop. It is so dark that nothing can be made out in it, over a little counter, but another tallow candle in another old tin candlestick, close to the face of a man stooping low in a chair.

Mr Wegg nods to the face, ‘Good evening.’

The face looking up is a sallow face with weak eyes, surmounted by a tangle of reddish-dusty hair. The owner of the face has no cravat on, and has opened his tumbled shirt-collar to work with the more ease. For the same reason he has no coat on: only a loose waistcoat over his yellow linen. His eyes are like the over-tried eyes of an engraver, but he is not that; his expression and stoop are like those of a shoemaker, but he is not that.

‘Good evening, Mr Venus. Don’t you remember?’

With slowly dawning remembrance, Mr Venus rises, and holds his candle over the little counter, and holds it down towards the legs, natural and artificial, of Mr Wegg.

‘To be SURE!’ he says, then. ‘How do you do?’

‘Wegg, you know,’ that gentleman explains.

‘Yes, yes,’ says the other. ‘Hospital amputation?’

‘Just so,’ says Mr Wegg.

‘Yes, yes,’ quoth Venus. ‘How do you do? Sit down by the fire, and warm your—your other one.’

The little counter being so short a counter that it leaves the fireplace, which would have been behind it if it had been longer, accessible, Mr Wegg sits down on a box in front of the fire, and inhales a warm and comfortable smell which is not the smell of the shop. ‘For that,’ Mr Wegg inwardly decides, as he takes a corrective sniff or two, ‘is musty, leathery, feathery, cellary, gluey, gummy, and,’ with another sniff, ‘as it might be, strong of old pairs of bellows.’

‘My tea is drawing, and my muffin is on the hob, Mr Wegg; will you partake?’

It being one of Mr Wegg’s guiding rules in life always to partake, he says he will. But, the little shop is so excessively dark, is stuck so full of black shelves and brackets and nooks and corners, that he sees Mr Venus’s cup and saucer only because it is close under the candle, and does not see from what mysterious recess Mr Venus produces another for himself until it is under his nose. Concurrently, Wegg perceives a pretty little dead bird lying on the counter, with its head drooping on one side against the rim of Mr Venus’s saucer, and a long stiff wire piercing its breast. As if it were Cock Robin, the hero of the ballad, and Mr Venus were the sparrow with his bow and arrow, and Mr Wegg were the fly with his little eye.

Mr Venus dives, and produces another muffin, yet untoasted; taking the arrow out of the breast of Cock Robin, he proceeds to toast it on the end of that cruel instrument. When it is brown, he dives again and produces butter, with which he completes his work.

Mr Wegg, as an artful man who is sure of his supper by-and-bye, presses muffin on his host to soothe him into a compliant state of mind, or, as one might say, to grease his works. As the muffins disappear, little by little, the black shelves and nooks and corners begin to appear, and Mr Wegg gradually acquires an imperfect notion that over against him on the chimney-piece is a Hindoo baby in a bottle, curved up with his big head tucked under him, as he would instantly throw a summersault if the bottle were large enough.

When he deems Mr Venus’s wheels sufficiently lubricated, Mr Wegg approaches his object by asking, as he lightly taps his hands together, to express an undesigning frame of mind:

‘And how have I been going on, this long time, Mr Venus?’

Capitolo 7

Il signor Wegg si prende cura di sé

Silas Wegg, lungo il suo viaggio verso l’Impero Romano, si avvicina a esso passando per Clerkenwell. È ancora presto la sera; il tempo è umido e freddo. Silas trova il tempo di fare un piccolo giro: infatti chiude il suo parasole molto presto, ora che ne ha trovato un’altra fonte di reddito; inoltre, ritiene sia giusto che la gente lo aspetti con ansia al Bower. “Boffin diventerà ancora più impaziente se dovrà aspettare un po’ di più”, pensa Silas, mentre zoppica avanti, prima chiudendo l’occhio destro e poi quello sinistro. Il che è del tutto superfluo, visto che >Natura gli ha già stretto entrambi gli occhi abbastanza strettamente.

“Se le cose andranno come mi aspetto”, continua Silas, camminando adagio e riflettendo, “non sarebbe da me lasciarle così com’sono. Non sarebbe rispettabile.” Motivato da questo pensiero, accelera il passo e guarda lontano davanti a sé, proprio come fa spesso una persona con un progetto ambizioso in sospeso.

Consapevole che nella zona di Clerkenwell, intorno alla chiesa, vi fosse una comunità di orafi impegnati nel loro lavoro che cercava rifugio lì, il signor Wegg era consapevole dell’interesse e del rispetto che quella zona suscitava in lui. Tuttavia, le sue considerazioni a questo proposito si fermavano davanti ai rigorosi principi morali in gioco; quelle immagini gli suggerivano infatti i piaceri legati all’uso di un “mantello dell’invisibilità” che gli permettesse di portare via in sicurezza le pietre preziose e gli orologi, ma non andavano oltre il punto di provare alcun rimorso per le persone che ne avrebbero perso la proprietà.

Tuttavia, non si dirigeva verso quelle “botteghe” dove abili artigiani lavorano con perle, diamanti, oro e argento, arricchendo così tanto le loro mani che persino l’acqua utilizzata per lavarle viene acquistata dai raffinatori; no, non verso queste botteghe si dirigeva il signor Wegg, ma verso quelle più povere, gestite da piccoli commercianti di alimenti e articoli necessari alla vita quotidiana, da artigiani italiani, barbieri, broker e venditori di cani e uccelli canori. In una strada stretta e sporca dedicata a queste attività, il signor Wegg sceglieva una bottega buia, con una candela di sego che bruciava debolmente all’interno; intorno c’era un disordine di oggetti che assomigliavano vagamente a pezzi di cuoio e bastoni secchi, ma tra tutto quel caos non si riusciva a distinguere nulla di chiaro, se non la candela stessa nel suo vecchio portacandele di latta e due rane conservate che sembravano impegnate in un piccolo duello con una spada. Con nuovo vigore, entrava nella bottega buia e sporca, spingeva una porta laterale altrettanto sporca e scura, e si addentrava nel negozio. Era così buio che non si riusciva a vedere nulla, tranne un’altra candela di sego in un altro vecchio portacandele di latta, posizionata vicino al viso di un uomo chino su una sedia.

Buonasera, signor Wegg.

Il viso che guarda verso l’alto è un volto pallido con occhi deboli, sormontato da una massa di capelli rossastri e polverosi. Chi possiede quel viso non indossa cravatta e ha aperto il colletto della camicia per lavorare più agevolmente; per lo stesso motivo non porta nemmeno cappotto: solo un gilet largo sopra la sua camicia di lino gialla. I suoi occhi sembrano quelli di uno incisore che ha esercitato a lungo la sua arte, ma in realtà non lo è; il suo sguardo e la sua postura assomigliano a quelli di un calzolaio, ma nemmeno lui lo è.

“Buonasera, Signor Venere. Non se ne ricorda?”

Con i ricordi che iniziano lentamente a riaffiorare, Signor Venus si alza e punta la sua candela verso le gambe, sia naturali che artificiali, del signor Wegg.

“Per essere sicuri!”, dice allora. “Come va?”

“Wegg, lo sai,” spiega quel gentiluomo.

“Sì, sì,” dice l’altro. “Amputazione in ospedale?”

“Solo per essere sicuri,” dice il signor Wegg.

“Sì, sì,” disse >Venere. “Come stai? Siediti vicino al >focolare e riscalda, l’altra tua parte.”

Il piccolo bancone era così corto che lasciava scoperta la stufa; se fosse stato più lungo, avrebbe coperto quella zona. Il signor Wegg si sedette su una scatola davanti al fuoco e inalò un odore caldo e confortevole, che però non era l’odore tipico del negozio. “Proprio per questo,” decise tra sé il signor Wegg, dopo aver annusato ancora un paio di volte, “questo odore è stantio, simile a quello della pelle o delle penne, e anche al profumo dei vecchi mantici.”

“Il mio tè sta bollendo e il mio muffin è sul fornello, signor Wegg: vorrebbe unirsi a me?”

Essendo una delle regole guida nella vita di Mr Wegg partecipare sempre a tutto ciò che avviene, lui dice che lo farà. Ma il piccolo negozio è così estremamente buio, pieno di scaffali neri, ripiani e angoli nascosti, che riesce a vedere la tazza e il piattino di Mr Venus soltanto perché si trovano proprio sotto la candela; non riesce nemmeno a capire da quale nascondiglio misterioso Mr Venus ne tiri fuori un altro per sé, fino a quando non gli arriva direttamente davanti al naso. Nel frattempo, Wegg nota anche un piccolo uccellino morto disteso sul bancone: la testa pende da un lato, appoggiata sul bordo del piattino di Mr Venus, e un lungo filo rigido gli attraversa il petto. Sembra proprio Cock Robin, il eroe della ballata. E Mr Venus potrebbe essere il passero con la sua balestra, mentre Mr Wegg, beh, lui è soltanto la mosca con il suo piccolo occhio.

Mr Venus si tuffa e produce un altro muffin, ancora crudo; prende la freccia dal petto di Cock Robin e inizia a tostarlo all’estremità di quell’arma crudele. Quando diventa dorato, si tuffa di nuovo e produce il burro, con cui completa il suo lavoro.

Il signor Wegg, essendo un uomo astuto che è certo di ottenere la sua cena molto presto, insiste nel far mangiare dei muffin al suo ospite per indurlo ad assumere uno stato d’animo docile, o, per usare un’espressione più appropriata, per facilitare il compimento dei suoi piani. Man mano che i muffin scompaiono, poco a poco, gli scaffali neri e tutti gli angoli nascosti iniziano ad apparire; gradualmente, il signor Wegg comincia a intravedere, sul camino, un bambino indù in una bottiglia, il quale, con la testa grande ripiegata sotto il corpo, sembrerebbe essere pronto a fare un salto se solo la bottiglia fosse abbastanza grande.

Quando ritiene che le ruote di Signor Venere siano sufficientemente lubrificate, Signor Wegg si avvicina al suo obiettivo chiedendo, mentre batte leggermente le mani una contro l’altra, di esprimere un atteggiamento disinvolto e senza secondi fini.

“E come me la sono cavata in tutto questo tempo, Signor Venere?”

‘Very bad,’ says Mr Venus, uncompromisingly.

‘What? Am I still at home?’ asks Wegg, with an air of surprise.

‘Always at home.’

This would seem to be secretly agreeable to Wegg, but he veils his feelings, and observes, ‘Strange. To what do you attribute it?’

‘I don’t know,’ replies Venus, who is a haggard melancholy man, speaking in a weak voice of querulous complaint, ‘to what to attribute it, Mr Wegg. I can’t work you into a miscellaneous one, no how. Do what I will, you can’t be got to fit. Anybody with a passable knowledge would pick you out at a look, and say,—“No go! Don’t match!”’

Well, but hang it, Mr Venus,’ Wegg expostulates with some little irritation, ‘that can’t be personal and peculiar in ME. It must often happen with miscellaneous ones.’

‘With ribs (I grant you) always. But not else. When I prepare a miscellaneous one, I know beforehand that I can’t keep to nature, and be miscellaneous with ribs, because every man has his own ribs, and no other man’s will go with them; but elseways I can be miscellaneous. I have just sent home a Beauty—a perfect Beauty—to a school of art. One leg Belgian, one leg English, and the pickings of eight other people in it. Talk of not being qualified to be miscellaneous! By rights you OUGHT to be, Mr Wegg.’

Silas looks as hard at his one leg as he can in the dim light, and after a pause sulkily opines ‘that it must be the fault of the other people. Or how do you mean to say it comes about?’ he demands impatiently.

‘I don’t know how it comes about. Stand up a minute. Hold the light.’ Mr Venus takes from a corner by his chair, the bones of a leg and foot, beautifully pure, and put together with exquisite neatness. These he compares with Mr Wegg’s leg; that gentleman looking on, as if he were being measured for a riding-boot. ‘No, I don’t know how it is, but so it is. You have got a twist in that bone, to the best of my belief. I never saw the likes of you.’

Mr Wegg having looked distrustfully at his own limb, and suspiciously at the pattern with which it has been compared, makes the point:

‘I’ll bet a pound that ain’t an English one!’

‘An easy wager, when we run so much into foreign! No, it belongs to that French gentleman.’

As he nods towards a point of darkness behind Mr Wegg, the latter, with a slight start, looks round for ‘that French gentleman,’ whom he at length descries to be represented (in a very workmanlike manner) by his ribs only, standing on a shelf in another corner, like a piece of armour or a pair of stays.

‘Oh!’ says Mr Wegg, with a sort of sense of being introduced; ‘I dare say you were all right enough in your own country, but I hope no objections will be taken to my saying that the Frenchman was never yet born as I should wish to match.’

At this moment the greasy door is violently pushed inward, and a boy follows it, who says, after having let it slam:

‘Come for the stuffed canary.’

‘It’s three and ninepence,’ returns Venus; ‘have you got the money?’

The boy produces four shillings. Mr Venus, always in exceedingly low spirits and making whimpering sounds, peers about for the stuffed canary. On his taking the candle to assist his search, Mr Wegg observes that he has a convenient little shelf near his knees, exclusively appropriated to skeleton hands, which have very much the appearance of wanting to lay hold of him. From these Mr Venus rescues the canary in a glass case, and shows it to the boy.

‘There!’ he whimpers. ‘There’s animation! On a twig, making up his mind to hop! Take care of him; he’s a lovely specimen.—And three is four.’

The boy gathers up his change and has pulled the door open by a leather strap nailed to it for the purpose, when Venus cries out:

‘Stop him! Come back, you young villain! You’ve got a tooth among them halfpence.’

‘How was I to know I’d got it? You giv it me. I don’t want none of your teeth; I’ve got enough of my own.’ So the boy pipes, as he selects it from his change, and throws it on the counter.

‘Don’t sauce ME, in the wicious pride of your youth,’ Mr Venus retorts pathetically. ‘Don’t hit ME because you see I’m down. I’m low enough without that. It dropped into the till, I suppose. They drop into everything. There was two in the coffee-pot at breakfast time. Molars.’

‘Very well, then,’ argues the boy, ‘what do you call names for?’

To which Mr Venus only replies, shaking his shock of dusty hair, and winking his weak eyes, ‘Don’t sauce ME, in the wicious pride of your youth; don’t hit ME, because you see I’m down. You’ve no idea how small you’d come out, if I had the articulating of you.’

This consideration seems to have its effect on the boy, for he goes out grumbling.

‘Oh dear me, dear me!’ sighs Mr Venus, heavily, snuffing the candle, ‘the world that appeared so flowery has ceased to blow! You’re casting your eye round the shop, Mr Wegg. Let me show you a light. My working bench. My young man’s bench. A Wice. Tools. Bones, warious. Skulls, warious. Preserved Indian baby. African ditto. Bottled preparations, warious. Everything within reach of your hand, in good preservation. The mouldy ones a-top. What’s in those hampers over them again, I don’t quite remember. Say, human warious. Cats. Articulated English baby. Dogs. Ducks. Glass eyes, warious. Mummied bird. Dried cuticle, warious. Oh, dear me! That’s the general panoramic view.’

Having so held and waved the candle as that all these heterogeneous objects seemed to come forward obediently when they were named, and then retire again, Mr Venus despondently repeats, ‘Oh dear me, dear me!’ resumes his seat, and with drooping despondency upon him, falls to pouring himself out more tea.

‘Where am I?’ asks Mr Wegg.

‘You’re somewhere in the back shop across the yard, sir; and speaking quite candidly, I wish I’d never bought you of the Hospital Porter.’

“Molto male,” disse Signor Venere senza alcun compromesso.

“Cosa? Sono ancora a casa?” chiede Wegg, con un tono sorpreso.

“Sempre a casa.”

Questo sembrerebbe essere in realtà gradito a Wegg, ma lui nasconde i propri sentimenti e osserva: “Strano. A cosa lo attribuisci?”

“Non lo so,” risponde Venus, un uomo magro e malinconico che parla con una voce debole e piena di lamentele, “a cosa attribuirlo, signor Wegg. Non riesco proprio a farvi adattare a nulla. Faccia quello che vuole, ma non riuscite comunque a essere utili in alcun modo. Chiunque abbia un minimo di conoscenza vi riconoscerebbe subito e direbbe: ‘No, non andate bene!’”

“Beh, ma insomma, Signor Venus,” obietta Wegg con un certo fastidio, “non può trattarsi di qualcosa di personale o specifico per ME. Deve succedere spesso anche ad altre persone.”

“Con le costole, sì, lo ammetto. Ma nient’altro. Quando preparo qualcosa di “vario”, so già in anticipo che non posso attenermi alla ‘natura’ delle cose; dopo tutto, ogni persona ha le proprie costole, e quelle di nessun altro andrebbero bene. Ma per il resto, sì, posso essere “variato”. Ho appena mandato a casa una ‘bellezza’ perfetta, una vera bellezza, in una scuola d’arte. Una gamba belga, un’altra inglese, e il meglio di altre otto persone mescolate insieme. Parlate pure di non essere qualificati per essere “variati”. In realtà, voi sì che lo siete, signor Wegg.”

Silas osserva con attenzione la sua gamba nel debole chiarore della luce; dopo una pausa, commenta in tono cupo: “Deve essere colpa degli altri. O come si spiega che sia successo così?”, chiede impazientemente.

“Non so come sia possibile. Alzati un attimo, tieni la luce.” Signor Venus prende da un angolo vicino alla sua sedia le ossa di una gamba e di un piede, bellissime e purissime, e le assembla con estrema cura. Le confronta con la gamba del signor Wegg; quel gentiluomo guarda, come se stesse facendo misurare i propri piedi per un paio di stivali da equitazione. “No. Non so come sia possibile, ma è così. Secondo me, quella ossa presenta una torsione. Non ho mai visto nulla del genere.”

Il signor Wegg, dopo aver osservato con sospetto il proprio arto e anche il modo in cui è stato paragonato ad altro, illustra perfettamente il punto.

“Scommetto una sterlina che non è inglese!”

“Una scommessa facile, visto quanto ci imbattiamo spesso in stranieri. No, appartiene a quel gentiluomo francese.”

Mentre annuisce verso un punto d’oscurità dietro il signor Wegg, quest’ultimo, sobbalzando leggermente, guarda intorno alla ricerca di “quel gentiluomo francese”, che alla fine descrive come essere rappresentato (in modo molto accurato) soltanto dalle sue costole, posizionate su uno scaffale in un altro angolo, simili a una parte dell’armatura o a un paio di stecche.

“Oh!”, disse il signor Wegg, con un certo senso di imbarazzo; “Credo che in vostra patria foste abbastanza a vostro agio, ma spero che nessuno si offenda se dico che quel francese non è mai stato così bravo come vorrei io”.

In questo momento la porta unta viene spinta con forza verso l’interno, e un ragazzo la segue; dopo che questa si è chiusa con violenza, lui dice.

“Vieni a prendere il canarino imbottito.”

“Sono tre sterline e nove pence,” risponde Venere; “hai i soldi?”

Il ragazzo produce quattro scellini. Signor Venere, sempre di pessimo umore e emettendo suoni lamentosi, cerca dappertutto il canarino di pezza. Quando prende la candela per aiutarsi nella ricerca, Signor Wegg nota che vicino alle sue ginocchia c’è un piccolo ripiano, appositamente adatto alle mani scheletriche del ragazzo, le quali sembrano proprio volerlo afferrare. Da lì Signor Venere recupera il canarino e lo mostra al ragazzo.

“Lì!” piagnucola. “C’è movimento. Su un rametto, sta decidendo se saltare o no. Prendetevi cura di lui; è davvero un esemplare adorabile. E tre fa quattro.”

Il ragazzo raccolge le sue monete di resto e apre la porta utilizzando una cinghia di pelle fissata apposta a tale scopo; in quel momento, Venere grida.

“Fermatelo! Torna indietro, tu giovane malvagio. Hai solo mezzo penny tra i denti!”

“Come avrei potuto sapere che l’avevo? Me l’hai dato tu. Non voglio nessuno dei tuoi denti; ne ho già abbastanza dei miei.” Così dice il ragazzo, mentre sceglie la moneta dalla sua mancia e la getta sul bancone.

“Non mettermi il sale addosso, con quell’odiosa orgoglio della tua giovinezza,” ribatte pateticamente Signor Venere. “Non colpirmi solo perché vedi che sono giù. Sono già abbastanza basso senza questo. Devono essere caduti nel registratore di cassa. Cadono in tutto. A colazione c’erano due nella caffettiera. Molari.”

“Molto bene, allora,” obietta il ragazzo, “perché si danno dei nomi alle cose?”

A cui Signor Venere risponde soltanto scuotendo la sua chioma polverosa e battendo le palpebre deboli: “Non insultarmi con l’arroganza malvagia della tua giovinezza; non colpirmi, perché vedi che sono caduto. Non hai idea di quanto piccolo appariresti tu stesso, se avessi la capacità di muoverti come te.”

Questa considerazione sembra aver avuto un effetto sul ragazzo, perché esce borbottando.

‘Oh mio Dio, mio Dio!’ sospira profondamente Signor Venus, spegnendo la candela, ‘il mondo che sembrava così fiorito ha smesso di “fiorire”. Guardate intorno al negozio, Signor Wegg. Lasciate che vi mostri le mie cose: il mio banco da lavoro, quello del mio giovane assistente. Strumenti, ossa di ogni tipo, crani vari. Un bambino indiano conservato, uno africano. Preparati in bottiglia. Tutto ciò che è a portata di mano, ben conservato. Quelli ammuffiti sono lassù. Cosa ci sono in quelle ceste sopra di loro? Non ricordo bene. Ah, animali di ogni sorta: gatti, un bambino inglese articolato. Cani, anatre. Occhi di vetro vari. Un uccello mummificato. Pelle essiccata. Oh mio Dio. Ecco la vista d’insieme.’

Tenendo e agitando la candela in quel modo, tanto che tutti questi oggetti eterogenei sembravano avvicinarsi obbedientemente non appena venivano nominati, per poi allontanarsi di nuovo, Signor Venere ripeté con disperazione: “Oh mio Dio, mio Dio!”, tornò a sedersi e, con aria sconsolata, iniziò a versarsi altro tè.

“Dove mi trovo?” chiede il signor Wegg.

“Si trova da qualche parte nel magazzino sul retro, dall’altra parte del cortile, signore. E, a dire la verità, vorrei non averla mai comprata dal portiere dell’ospedale.”

‘Now, look here, what did you give for me?’

Well,’ replies Venus, blowing his tea: his head and face peering out of the darkness, over the smoke of it, as if he were modernizing the old original rise in his family: ‘you were one of a warious lot, and I don’t know.’

Silas puts his point in the improved form of ‘What will you take for me?’

Well,’ replies Venus, still blowing his tea, ‘I’m not prepared, at a moment’s notice, to tell you, Mr Wegg.’

‘Come! According to your own account I’m not worth much,’ Wegg reasons persuasively.

‘Not for miscellaneous working in, I grant you, Mr Wegg; but you might turn out valuable yet, as a—’ here Mr Venus takes a gulp of tea, so hot that it makes him choke, and sets his weak eyes watering; ‘as a Monstrosity, if you’ll excuse me.’

Repressing an indignant look, indicative of anything but a disposition to excuse him, Silas pursues his point.

‘I think you know me, Mr Venus, and I think you know I never bargain.’

Mr Venus takes gulps of hot tea, shutting his eyes at every gulp, and opening them again in a spasmodic manner; but does not commit himself to assent.

‘I have a prospect of getting on in life and elevating myself by my own independent exertions,’ says Wegg, feelingly, ‘and I shouldn’t like—I tell you openly I should NOT like—under such circumstances, to be what I may call dispersed, a part of me here, and a part of me there, but should wish to collect myself like a genteel person.’

‘It’s a prospect at present, is it, Mr Wegg? Then you haven’t got the money for a deal about you? Then I’ll tell you what I’ll do with you; I’ll hold you over. I am a man of my word, and you needn’t be afraid of my disposing of you. I’ll hold you over. That’s a promise. Oh dear me, dear me!’

Fain to accept his promise, and wishing to propitiate him, Mr Wegg looks on as he sighs and pours himself out more tea, and then says, trying to get a sympathetic tone into his voice:

‘You seem very low, Mr Venus. Is business bad?’

‘Never was so good.’

‘Is your hand out at all?’

‘Never was so well in. Mr Wegg, I’m not only first in the trade, but I’m THE trade. You may go and buy a skeleton at the West End if you like, and pay the West End price, but it’ll be my putting together. I’ve as much to do as I can possibly do, with the assistance of my young man, and I take a pride and a pleasure in it.’

Mr Venus thus delivers himself, his right hand extended, his smoking saucer in his left hand, protesting as though he were going to burst into a flood of tears.

‘That ain’t a state of things to make you low, Mr Venus.’

‘Mr Wegg, I know it ain’t. Mr Wegg, not to name myself as a workman without an equal, I’ve gone on improving myself in my knowledge of Anatomy, till both by sight and by name I’m perfect. Mr Wegg, if you was brought here loose in a bag to be articulated, I’d name your smallest bones blindfold equally with your largest, as fast as I could pick ’em out, and I’d sort ’em all, and sort your wertebrae, in a manner that would equally surprise and charm you.’

Well,’ remarks Silas (though not quite so readily as last time), ‘THAT ain’t a state of things to be low about.—Not for YOU to be low about, leastways.’

‘Mr Wegg, I know it ain’t; Mr Wegg, I know it ain’t. But it’s the heart that lowers me, it is the heart! Be so good as take and read that card out loud.’

Silas receives one from his hand, which Venus takes from a wonderful litter in a drawer, and putting on his spectacles, reads:

‘“Mr Venus,”’

‘Yes. Go on.’

‘“Preserver of Animals and Birds,”’

‘Yes. Go on.’

‘“Articulator of human bones.”’

‘That’s it,’ with a groan. ‘That’s it! Mr Wegg, I’m thirty-two, and a bachelor. Mr Wegg, I love her. Mr Wegg, she is worthy of being loved by a Potentate!’ Here Silas is rather alarmed by Mr Venus’s springing to his feet in the hurry of his spirits, and haggardly confronting him with his hand on his coat collar; but Mr Venus, begging pardon, sits down again, saying, with the calmness of despair, ‘She objects to the business.’

‘Does she know the profits of it?’

‘She knows the profits of it, but she don’t appreciate the art of it, and she objects to it. “I do not wish,” she writes in her own handwriting, “to regard myself, nor yet to be regarded, in that boney light”.’

Mr Venus pours himself out more tea, with a look and in an attitude of the deepest desolation.

‘And so a man climbs to the top of the tree, Mr Wegg, only to see that there’s no look-out when he’s up there! I sit here of a night surrounded by the lovely trophies of my art, and what have they done for me? Ruined me. Brought me to the pass of being informed that “she does not wish to regard herself, nor yet to be regarded, in that boney light”!’ Having repeated the fatal expressions, Mr Venus drinks more tea by gulps, and offers an explanation of his doing so.

‘It lowers me. When I’m equally lowered all over, lethargy sets in. By sticking to it till one or two in the morning, I get oblivion. Don’t let me detain you, Mr Wegg. I’m not company for any one.’

‘It is not on that account,’ says Silas, rising, ‘but because I’ve got an appointment. It’s time I was at Harmon’s.’

‘Eh?’ said Mr Venus. ‘Harmon’s, up Battle Bridge way?’

Mr Wegg admits that he is bound for that port.

‘You ought to be in a good thing, if you’ve worked yourself in there. There’s lots of money going, there.’

‘To think,’ says Silas, ‘that you should catch it up so quick, and know about it. Wonderful!’

‘Not at all, Mr Wegg. The old gentleman wanted to know the nature and worth of everything that was found in the dust; and many’s the bone, and feather, and what not, that he’s brought to me.’

‘Really, now!’

‘Yes. (Oh dear me, dear me!) And he’s buried quite in this neighbourhood, you know. Over yonder.’

Mr Wegg does not know, but he makes as if he did, by responsively nodding his head. He also follows with his eyes, the toss of Venus’s head: as if to seek a direction to over yonder.

‘I took an interest in that discovery in the river,’ says Venus. ‘(She hadn’t written her cutting refusal at that time.) I’ve got up there—never mind, though.’

He had raised the candle at arm’s length towards one of the dark shelves, and Mr Wegg had turned to look, when he broke off.

‘The old gentleman was well known all round here. There used to be stories about his having hidden all kinds of property in those dust mounds. I suppose there was nothing in ’em. Probably you know, Mr Wegg?’

‘Nothing in ’em,’ says Wegg, who has never heard a word of this before.

‘Don’t let me detain you. Good night!’

The unfortunate Mr Venus gives him a shake of the hand with a shake of his own head, and drooping down in his chair, proceeds to pour himself out more tea. Mr Wegg, looking back over his shoulder as he pulls the door open by the strap, notices that the movement so shakes the crazy shop, and so shakes a momentary flare out of the candle, as that the babies—Hindoo, African, and British—the ‘human warious’, the French gentleman, the green glass-eyed cats, the dogs, the ducks, and all the rest of the collection, show for an instant as if paralytically animated; while even poor little Cock Robin at Mr Venus’s elbow turns over on his innocent side. Next moment, Mr Wegg is stumping under the gaslights and through the mud.

“Ora, guarda qui: cosa mi hai dato in cambio?”

“Beh,” risponde Venus, soffiando sul suo tè; la sua testa e il suo viso spuntano dall’oscurità, oltre il fumo del tè, come se stesse modernizzando quella vecchia tradizione familiare, “Eri uno di quelli strani, davvero. Non so proprio cosa pensare.”

“Silas esprime il proprio punto di vista con la formulazione raffinata: ‘Quanto vuoi che ti dia in cambio?’”

“Beh,” rispose Venere, continuando a soffiare sul suo tè, “non sono pronta, in qualsiasi momento, ad informarvi, signor Wegg.”

“Come! Secondo le tue stesse parole, non valgo molto,” ragiona Wegg in modo persuasivo.

“Non certo per compiti diversi, lo ammetto, signor Wegg; ma potreste comunque rivelarvi utili, come, ”, qui il signor Venus beve un sorso di tè così caldo da soffocarsi e i suoi occhi deboli iniziano a lacrimare; “come una ‘Monstruosità’, se mi permettete il termine.”

Trattenendo un’espressione indignata, che certamente non indicava alcuna disposizione ad scusarlo, Silas continua a sostenere il proprio punto di vista.

“Credo che mi conosca bene, Signor Venus, e so anche che non ho mai l’abitudine di trattare.”

Signor Venere beve sorsi di tè caldo, chiudendo gli occhi ad ogni sorso e riaprendoli in modo convulso; ma non si impegna a dare il proprio assenso.

“Ho la possibilità di farcela nella vita e di migliorare la mia condizione grazie ai miei sforzi indipendenti,” dice Wegg con emozione, “e non mi andrebbe bene. Vi dico apertamente che NON mi andrebbe bene, in tali circostanze, essere diviso in parti: una parte qui e un’altra lì; vorrei invece raccogliermi come si addice a una persona perbene.”

‘È solo una possibilità al momento, vero, signor Wegg? Quindi non avete i soldi necessari per concludere l’accordo. Allora vi dico cosa farò con voi: vi tratterrò qui. Sono un uomo di parola, quindi non dovete temere che io vi sbarazzi in qualche modo. Vi tratterrò qui. Questa è una promessa. Oh mio Dio, mio Dio!’

Desideroso di accettare la sua promessa e di compiacerlo, il signor Wegg lo osserva mentre sospira e si versa ancora del tè, poi dice, cercando di dare un tono comprensivo alla propria voce:

“Sembri molto depresso, Signor Venere. Gli affari vanno male?”

“Mai è stato così bello.”

“Metti davvero la mano fuori?”

‘Non c’è mai stato nessuno più bravo di me. Signor Wegg, non solo sono il primo nel mio settore, ma sono proprio IO quel settore stesso. Potete andare a comprare uno scheletro nell’East End, se volete, e pagare il prezzo dell’East End, ma sarà io ad assemblarlo. Ho già abbastanza da fare, con l’aiuto del mio giovane assistente. E ne sono davvero orgoglioso e mi dà grande piacere.’

Signor Venere si presenta così: con la mano destra tesa e il piattino da fumo nella sinistra, protestando come se stesse per scoppiare in un pianto dirotto.

“Non è certo una situazione che possa renderti triste, Signor Venere.”

‘Signor Wegg, so io so che non è così. Signor Wegg, senza volermi vantare di essere un lavoratore pari agli altri, ho continuato ad migliorare le mie conoscenze di Anatomia, fino a conoscere ogni osso sia per forma che per nome. Signor Wegg, se vi portassero qui dentro una borsa e vi chiedessero di identificare i vostri ossi, riconoscerei senza esitazione anche il più piccolo tra quelli più grandi, e li ordinerei tutti in modo tale da sorprendervi e incantarvi allo stesso modo.’

“Beh,” osservò Silas (anche se non con la stessa prontezza della volta precedente), “non è certo una situazione di cui doversi preoccupare. Almeno, non per te.”

“Signor Wegg, so che non è vero. Signor Wegg, lo so bene. Ma è il cuore che mi abbassa lo spirito, è proprio il cuore! Per favore, prenda quella carta e leggila ad alta voce.”

Silas ne riceve uno dalle sue mani; Venere lo prende da un meraviglioso mucchio di oggetti in un cassetto, se lo mette gli occhiali e legge:

“‘Signor Venere,’’

“Sì, continua pure.”

“Protettore di animali e uccelli”.

“Sì, continua pure.”

“L’articolatore delle ossa umane”.

“È finita,” disse con un gemito. “È davvero finita! Signor Wegg, ho trentadue anni e sono ancora scapolo. Signor Wegg, la amo. Signor Wegg, lei merita di essere amata da un potente!” A questo punto Silas si allarma un po’ vedendo Signor Venus alzarsi di scatto, preso dall’emozione, e fissarlo con la mano appoggiata alla manica del suo cappotto; ma Signor Venus, chiedendo scusa, si siede di nuovo e, con la calma della -disperazione, dice: “Lei si oppone a questa proposta.”

“Sa quali siano i profitti che ne derivano?”

“Conosce i benefici che ne derivano, ma non apprezza l’arte che c’è dietro, e si oppone a essa. ‘Non desidero’, scrive con la sua stessa calligrafia, ‘che io stessa venga considerata, né che io consideri me stessa, sotto quella luce fredda e spietata.’”

Signor Venere si versa ancora del tè, con uno sguardo e un atteggiamento di profonda desolazione.

‘E così un uomo sale in cima all’albero, signor Wegg, solo per scoprire che lassù non c’è nessuna postazione di osservazione! Io mi siedo qui, di notte, circondato dai bellissimi trofei del mio lavoro. E cosa mi hanno portato? La rovina. Mi hanno fatto capire che “lei non vuole essere vista, né considerata, sotto quella luce spietata”!’ Dopo aver ripetuto queste parole fatali, signor Venus beve altro tè in grandi sorsi e fornisce una spiegazione del suo comportamento.

“Mi abbassa. Quando sono completamente sopraffatto da questa sensazione, arriva la letargia. Rimanendo sveglio fino all’una o alle due di notte, riesco a dimenticare tutto. Non lasciate che vi trattiene, signor Wegg. Non sono certo una compagnia adatta per nessuno.”

“Non è per quel motivo,” dice Silas alzandosi, “ma perché ho un appuntamento. È arrivato il momento di andare da Harmon.”

“Eh?”, disse Signor Venus. “La casa di Harmon, in direzione del ponte di battaglia?”

Il signor Wegg ammette di essere diretto verso quel porto.

“Dovresti essere fortunato, se sei riuscito a entrare lì. Ci passano un sacco di soldi.”

“Pensare,” dice Silas, “che tu abbia imparato così in fretta e che ne sappia già tanto. Meraviglioso!”

‘Assolutamente no, signor Wegg. Il vecchio gentiluomo voleva conoscere la natura e il valore di tutto ciò che veniva trovato nella polvere; e mi ha portato molte ossa, piume e altre cose del genere.’

“Davvero, ora!”

“Sì. (Oh mio Dio, mio Dio, ) E è sepolto proprio in questo quartiere, sai. Laggiù.”

Il signor Wegg non lo sa, ma finge di saperlo annuendo in modo appropriato. Segue anche con lo sguardo il movimento della testa di Venere, come se cercasse una direzione da seguire laggiù in lontananza.

“Mi sono interessata a quella scoperta nel fiume,” dice Venus. “(All’epoca non aveva ancora scritto la sua risposta decisa.) Sono andata lassù, ma lasciamo perdere.”

Aveva sollevato la candela a braccio teso verso uno degli scaffali bui; quando l’aveva spezzata, il signor Wegg si era girato per guardare.

Quel vecchio signore era molto conosciuto in tutta questa zona. Si raccontavano storie su come avesse nascosto ogni sorta di proprietà in quei cumuli di polvere. Immagino che non ci fosse nulla davvero lì dentro. Forse lo sa anche lei, signor Wegg?

“Niente dentro di loro,” dice Wegg, che non aveva mai sentito parlare di questo prima d’ora.

“Non lasciate che vi trattiene. Buona notte!”

Il sfortunato Signor Venus gli stringe la mano scuotendo anche la propria testa; poi si abbandona sulla sedia e continua a versarsi altro tè. Il signor Wegg, guardando indietro mentre apre la porta con la corda, nota che quel movimento fa tremare tutta la strana bottega. E così anche la candela: per un istante, i bambini – indù, africani e britannici – il “gentiluomo francese”, i gatti dagli occhi verdi di vetro, i cani, le anatre e tutti gli altri oggetti della collezione sembrano animarsi improvvisamente; persino povero piccolo Cock Robin, appoggiato al gomito del signor Venus, si ribalta sul lato “innocente”. Un attimo dopo, il signor Wegg si allontana barcollando sotto i lumi a gas e attraverso il fango.

Chapter 8

MR BOFFIN IN CONSULTATION

Whosoever had gone out of Fleet Street into the Temple at the date of this history, and had wandered disconsolate about the Temple until he stumbled on a dismal churchyard, and had looked up at the dismal windows commanding that churchyard until at the most dismal window of them all he saw a dismal boy, would in him have beheld, at one grand comprehensive swoop of the eye, the managing clerk, junior clerk, common-law clerk, conveyancing clerk, chancery clerk, every refinement and department of clerk, of Mr Mortimer Lightwood, erewhile called in the newspapers eminent solicitor.

Mr Boffin having been several times in communication with this clerkly essence, both on its own ground and at the Bower, had no difficulty in identifying it when he saw it up in its dusty eyrie. To the second floor on which the window was situated, he ascended, much pre-occupied in mind by the uncertainties besetting the Roman Empire, and much regretting the death of the amiable Pertinax: who only last night had left the Imperial affairs in a state of great confusion, by falling a victim to the fury of the praetorian guards.

‘Morning, morning, morning!’ said Mr Boffin, with a wave of his hand, as the office door was opened by the dismal boy, whose appropriate name was Blight. ‘Governor in?’

‘Mr Lightwood gave you an appointment, sir, I think?’

‘I don’t want him to give it, you know,’ returned Mr Boffin; ‘I’ll pay my way, my boy.’

‘No doubt, sir. Would you walk in? Mr Lightwood ain’t in at the present moment, but I expect him back very shortly. Would you take a seat in Mr Lightwood’s room, sir, while I look over our Appointment Book?’ Young Blight made a great show of fetching from his desk a long thin manuscript volume with a brown paper cover, and running his finger down the day’s appointments, murmuring, ‘Mr Aggs, Mr Baggs, Mr Caggs, Mr Daggs, Mr Faggs, Mr Gaggs, Mr Boffin. Yes, sir; quite right. You are a little before your time, sir. Mr Lightwood will be in directly.’

‘I’m not in a hurry,’ said Mr Boffin

‘Thank you, sir. I’ll take the opportunity, if you please, of entering your name in our Callers’ Book for the day.’ Young Blight made another great show of changing the volume, taking up a pen, sucking it, dipping it, and running over previous entries before he wrote. As, ‘Mr Alley, Mr Balley, Mr Calley, Mr Dalley, Mr Falley, Mr Galley, Mr Halley, Mr Lalley, Mr Malley. And Mr Boffin.’

‘Strict system here; eh, my lad?’ said Mr Boffin, as he was booked.

‘Yes, sir,’ returned the boy. ‘I couldn’t get on without it.’

By which he probably meant that his mind would have been shattered to pieces without this fiction of an occupation. Wearing in his solitary confinement no fetters that he could polish, and being provided with no drinking-cup that he could carve, he had fallen on the device of ringing alphabetical changes into the two volumes in question, or of entering vast numbers of persons out of the Directory as transacting business with Mr Lightwood. It was the more necessary for his spirits, because, being of a sensitive temperament, he was apt to consider it personally disgraceful to himself that his master had no clients.

‘How long have you been in the law, now?’ asked Mr Boffin, with a pounce, in his usual inquisitive way.

‘I’ve been in the law, now, sir, about three years.’

‘Must have been as good as born in it!’ said Mr Boffin, with admiration. ‘Do you like it?’

‘I don’t mind it much,’ returned Young Blight, heaving a sigh, as if its bitterness were past.

‘What wages do you get?’

‘Half what I could wish,’ replied young Blight.

‘What’s the whole that you could wish?’

‘Fifteen shillings a week,’ said the boy.

‘About how long might it take you now, at a average rate of going, to be a Judge?’ asked Mr Boffin, after surveying his small stature in silence.

The boy answered that he had not yet quite worked out that little calculation.

‘I suppose there’s nothing to prevent your going in for it?’ said Mr Boffin.

The boy virtually replied that as he had the honour to be a Briton who never never never, there was nothing to prevent his going in for it. Yet he seemed inclined to suspect that there might be something to prevent his coming out with it.

‘Would a couple of pound help you up at all?’ asked Mr Boffin.

On this head, young Blight had no doubt whatever, so Mr Boffin made him a present of that sum of money, and thanked him for his attention to his (Mr Boffin’s) affairs; which, he added, were now, he believed, as good as settled.

Then Mr Boffin, with his stick at his ear, like a Familiar Spirit explaining the office to him, sat staring at a little bookcase of Law Practice and Law Reports, and at a window, and at an empty blue bag, and at a stick of sealing-wax, and a pen, and a box of wafers, and an apple, and a writing-pad—all very dusty—and at a number of inky smears and blots, and at an imperfectly-disguised gun-case pretending to be something legal, and at an iron box labelled HARMON ESTATE, until Mr Lightwood appeared.

Mr Lightwood explained that he came from the proctor’s, with whom he had been engaged in transacting Mr Boffin’s affairs.

‘And they seem to have taken a deal out of you!’ said Mr Boffin, with commiseration.

Mr Lightwood, without explaining that his weariness was chronic, proceeded with his exposition that, all forms of law having been at length complied with, will of Harmon deceased having been proved, death of Harmon next inheriting having been proved, &c., and so forth, Court of Chancery having been moved, &c. and so forth, he, Mr Lightwood, had now the gratification, honour, and happiness, again &c. and so forth, of congratulating Mr Boffin on coming into possession as residuary legatee, of upwards of one hundred thousand pounds, standing in the books of the Governor and Company of the Bank of England, again &c. and so forth.

Capitolo 8

Il signor Boffin in consulenza

Chiunque, nel giorno in cui si svolge questa storia, fosse uscito da Fleet Street e si fosse aggirato desolatamente per il Temple fino a imbattersi in un triste cimitero, alzando lo sguardo verso le tetre finestre che si affacciavano su quel luogo, e osservando la finestra più cupa di tutte, avrebbe visto lì un ragazzo dall’aspetto malinconico. E in quell’unico, rapido sguardo, avrebbe riconosciuto tutti i ruoli e le funzioni svolte da quel ragazzo: segretario junior, segretario legale, segretario per gli atti notarili, segretario presso la Corte di Cassazione. In altre parole, ogni aspetto della professione legale del signor Mortimer Lightwood, un tempo definito dai giornali “eminente avvocato”.

Il signor Boffin, avendo avuto più volte contatti con questa “essenza clerica”, sia sul posto che al Bower, non ebbe alcuna difficoltà nel riconoscerla quando la vide nel suo angolo polveroso. Salì al secondo piano, dove si trovava la finestra, profondamente preoccupato dalle incertezze che affliggevano l’Impero Romano e molto addolorato per la morte dell’amabile Pertinax: quest’ultimo, solo la sera precedente, aveva lasciato gli affari imperiali in uno stato di grande confusione, diventando vittima della furia delle guardie pretoriane.

“Buongiorno, buongiorno, buongiorno!” disse il signor Boffin, facendo un gesto con la mano, mentre la porta dell’ufficio veniva aperta dal ragazzo dall’aspetto triste, il cui nome, del resto, era proprio Blight. “Il governatore è dentro?”

“Credo che il signor Lightwood le abbia fissato un appuntamento, signore, ”

“Non voglio che lui lo dia, capisci,” rispose il signor Boffin; “pagherò io le spese, ragazzo mio.”

“Nessun dubbio, signore. Vuole entrare? Il signor Lightwood al momento non è qui, ma dovrebbe tornare molto presto. Posso farla accomodare nella stanza del signor Lightwood mentre controllo il nostro Libro degli Appuntamenti?” Il giovane Blight si affrettò a prendere dal suo tavolo un lungo manoscritto rilegato in carta marrone, scorrendo l’elenco degli appuntamenti di quel giorno e mormorando: “Il signor Aggs, il signor Baggs, il signor Caggs, il signor Daggs, il signor Faggs, il signor Gaggs, il signor Boffin. Sì, signore; è tutto corretto. È un po’ in anticipo sul suo orario, signore. Il signor Lightwood arriverà tra poco.”

“Non ho fretta,” disse il signor Boffin.

“Grazie, signore. Se le è possibile, vorrei approfittare dell’occasione per inserire il suo nome nel nostro Libro degli Ospiti di oggi.” Il giovane Blight fece un altro spettacolo straordinario: cambiò più volte il volume del registratore, prese una penna, la succhiò, la intinse nell’inchiostro e sfogliò le voci precedenti prima di scrivere. “Signor Alley, signor Balley, signor Calley, signor Dalley, signor Falley, signor Galley, signor Halley, signor Lalley, signor Malley. E signor Boffin.”

“Un sistema molto rigido qui, eh, ragazzo mio?” disse il signor Boffin mentre veniva registrato.

“Sì, signore,” rispose il ragazzo. “Non avrei potuto salire senza di esso.”

Con ciò probabilmente intendeva dire che la sua mente sarebbe andata in frantumi senza questa finzione di un’occupazione. Rinchiuso nella solitudine, privo di oggetti su cui poter esercitare le proprie abilità manuali, né di una tazza da intagliare, aveva trovato sollievo nell’inserire modifiche alfabetiche nei due volumi in questione, o nell’aggiungere nomi di molte persone presenti nell’elenco come clienti del signor Lightwood. Questo gli era ancora più necessario, poiché, essendo di temperamento sensibile, riteneva personalmente disonorevole che il suo padrone non avesse alcun cliente.

“Da quanto tempo lavori nel campo legale, ormai?”, chiese il signor Boffin, con il suo solito modo curioso e diretto.

“Sono nel campo legale da circa tre anni, signore.”

“Deve essere stato altrettanto bello come se ci si fosse nati!” disse il signor Boffin, con ammirazione. “Ti piace?”

“Non mi dispiace molto,” rispose Young Blight, sospirando, come se la sua amarezza fosse ormai passata.

“Quanto guadagni?”

“Metà di ciò che potrei desiderare,” rispose il giovane Blight.

“Cosa potresti desiderare di più?”

“Quindici scellini a settimana,” disse il ragazzo.

“Quanto tempo ti ci vorrebbe, a un ritmo medio, per diventare un giudice?” chiese il signor Boffin, dopo aver osservato la sua piccola statura in silenzio.

Il ragazzo rispose che non aveva ancora del tutto risolto quel piccolo calcolo.

“Suppongo non ci sia nulla che ti impedisca di provarci, vero?” disse il signor Boffin.

Il ragazzo rispose praticamente che, avendo l’onore di essere un britannico che, mai e poi mai, non c’era nulla che potesse impedirgli di provarci. Tuttavia, sembrava incline a sospettare che potesse esserci qualcosa che gli avrebbe impedito di riuscirci.

“Un paio di sterline potrebbero esserti d’aiuto in qualche modo?” chiese il signor Boffin.

In questo senso, il giovane Blight non aveva alcun dubbio, quindi il signor Boffin gli regalò quella somma di denaro e lo ringraziò per la sua attenzione verso i suoi affari; aggiungendo che, a suo parere, ora tutto fosse ormai sistemato.

Allora il signor Boffin, con il suo bastone all’orecchio, come se fosse uno spirito guida che gli spiegava tutto, rimase seduto a fissare una piccola libreria piena di testi giuridici e raccolte di sentenze, una finestra, un sacco blu vuoto, un bastone di cera da sigillatura, una penna, una scatola di wafer, una mela, un blocco per appunti, tutto molto polveroso. Guardò anche diverse macchie d’inchiostro, alcuni segni illeggibili, e una custodia da pistola mal nascondata che fingeva di essere qualcosa di legale. Fino a quando non apparve il signor Lightwood.

Il signor Lightwood spiegò che era venuto dal procuratore, con il quale aveva discusso delle questioni relative al signor Boffin.

“E sembra che tu abbia accettato qualche accordo a loro vantaggio!” disse il signor Boffin con compassione.

Il signor Lightwood, senza spiegare che la sua stanchezza fosse cronica, proseguì nella sua esposizione: poiché tutte le forme legali previste erano state rispettate, la volontà del defunto Harmon era stata dimostrata, la morte di Harmon e l’identificazione del suo successore erano state verificate, ecc.; inoltre, il Tribunale della Cancelleria era stato interpellato, ecc. E così via. Ora, il signor Lightwood provava la soddisfazione, l’onore e la felicità di poter congratularsi con il signor Boffin per l’acquisizione, in qualità di legatario residuo, di una somma superiore a centomila sterline, registrata nei registri della Banca d’Inghilterra, ecc. E così via.

‘And what is particularly eligible in the property Mr Boffin, is, that it involves no trouble. There are no estates to manage, no rents to return so much per cent upon in bad times (which is an extremely dear way of getting your name into the newspapers), no voters to become parboiled in hot water with, no agents to take the cream off the milk before it comes to table. You could put the whole in a cash-box to-morrow morning, and take it with you to—say, to the Rocky Mountains. Inasmuch as every man,’ concluded Mr Lightwood, with an indolent smile, ‘appears to be under a fatal spell which obliges him, sooner or later, to mention the Rocky Mountains in a tone of extreme familiarity to some other man, I hope you’ll excuse my pressing you into the service of that gigantic range of geographical bores.’

Without following this last remark very closely, Mr Boffin cast his perplexed gaze first at the ceiling, and then at the carpet.

Well,’ he remarked, ‘I don’t know what to say about it, I am sure. I was a’most as well as I was. It’s a great lot to take care of.’

‘My dear Mr Boffin, then DON’T take care of it!’

‘Eh?’ said that gentleman.

‘Speaking now,’ returned Mortimer, ‘with the irresponsible imbecility of a private individual, and not with the profundity of a professional adviser, I should say that if the circumstance of its being too much, weighs upon your mind, you have the haven of consolation open to you that you can easily make it less. And if you should be apprehensive of the trouble of doing so, there is the further haven of consolation that any number of people will take the trouble off your hands.’

Well! I don’t quite see it,’ retorted Mr Boffin, still perplexed. ‘That’s not satisfactory, you know, what you’re a-saying.’

‘Is Anything satisfactory, Mr Boffin?’ asked Mortimer, raising his eyebrows.

‘I used to find it so,’ answered Mr Boffin, with a wistful look. ‘While I was foreman at the Bower—afore it WAS the Bower—I considered the business very satisfactory. The old man was a awful Tartar (saying it, I’m sure, without disrespect to his memory) but the business was a pleasant one to look after, from before daylight to past dark. It’s a’most a pity,’ said Mr Boffin, rubbing his ear, ‘that he ever went and made so much money. It would have been better for him if he hadn’t so given himself up to it. You may depend upon it,’ making the discovery all of a sudden, ‘that HE found it a great lot to take care of!’

Mr Lightwood coughed, not convinced.

‘And speaking of satisfactory,’ pursued Mr Boffin, ‘why, Lord save us! when we come to take it to pieces, bit by bit, where’s the satisfactoriness of the money as yet? When the old man does right the poor boy after all, the poor boy gets no good of it. He gets made away with, at the moment when he’s lifting (as one may say) the cup and sarser to his lips. Mr Lightwood, I will now name to you, that on behalf of the poor dear boy, me and Mrs Boffin have stood out against the old man times out of number, till he has called us every name he could lay his tongue to. I have seen him, after Mrs Boffin has given him her mind respecting the claims of the nat’ral affections, catch off Mrs Boffin’s bonnet (she wore, in general, a black straw, perched as a matter of convenience on the top of her head), and send it spinning across the yard. I have indeed. And once, when he did this in a manner that amounted to personal, I should have given him a rattler for himself, if Mrs Boffin hadn’t thrown herself betwixt us, and received flush on the temple. Which dropped her, Mr Lightwood. Dropped her.’

Mr Lightwood murmured ‘Equal honour—Mrs Boffin’s head and heart.’

‘You understand; I name this,’ pursued Mr Boffin, ‘to show you, now the affairs are wound up, that me and Mrs Boffin have ever stood as we were in Christian honour bound, the children’s friend. Me and Mrs Boffin stood the poor girl’s friend; me and Mrs Boffin stood the poor boy’s friend; me and Mrs Boffin up and faced the old man when we momently expected to be turned out for our pains. As to Mrs Boffin,’ said Mr Boffin lowering his voice, ‘she mightn’t wish it mentioned now she’s Fashionable, but she went so far as to tell him, in my presence, he was a flinty-hearted rascal.’

Mr Lightwood murmured ‘Vigorous Saxon spirit—Mrs Boffin’s ancestors—bowmen—Agincourt and Cressy.’

‘The last time me and Mrs Boffin saw the poor boy,’ said Mr Boffin, warming (as fat usually does) with a tendency to melt, ‘he was a child of seven year old. For when he came back to make intercession for his sister, me and Mrs Boffin were away overlooking a country contract which was to be sifted before carted, and he was come and gone in a single hour. I say he was a child of seven year old. He was going away, all alone and forlorn, to that foreign school, and he come into our place, situate up the yard of the present Bower, to have a warm at our fire. There was his little scanty travelling clothes upon him. There was his little scanty box outside in the shivering wind, which I was going to carry for him down to the steamboat, as the old man wouldn’t hear of allowing a sixpence coach-money. Mrs Boffin, then quite a young woman and pictur of a full-blown rose, stands him by her, kneels down at the fire, warms her two open hands, and falls to rubbing his cheeks; but seeing the tears come into the child’s eyes, the tears come fast into her own, and she holds him round the neck, like as if she was protecting him, and cries to me, “I’d give the wide wide world, I would, to run away with him!” I don’t say but what it cut me, and but what it at the same time heightened my feelings of admiration for Mrs Boffin. The poor child clings to her for awhile, as she clings to him, and then, when the old man calls, he says “I must go! God bless you!” and for a moment rests his heart against her bosom, and looks up at both of us, as if it was in pain—in agony. Such a look! I went aboard with him (I gave him first what little treat I thought he’d like), and I left him when he had fallen asleep in his berth, and I came back to Mrs Boffin. But tell her what I would of how I had left him, it all went for nothing, for, according to her thoughts, he never changed that look that he had looked up at us two. But it did one piece of good. Mrs Boffin and me had no child of our own, and had sometimes wished that how we had one. But not now. “We might both of us die,” says Mrs Boffin, “and other eyes might see that lonely look in our child.” So of a night, when it was very cold, or when the wind roared, or the rain dripped heavy, she would wake sobbing, and call out in a fluster, “Don’t you see the poor child’s face? O shelter the poor child!”—till in course of years it gently wore out, as many things do.’

“E ciò che rende questa proprietà particolarmente interessante, signor Boffin, è il fatto che non comporti alcun problema. Non ci sono immobili da gestire, né affitti da riscuotere con percentuali elevate nei momenti difficili (il che rappresenterebbe davvero un modo costoso per finire sui giornali), né elettori da ‘cuocere’ in acqua bollente, né agenti che si impossessino della parte migliore delle cose prima che arrivino a destinazione. Potreste mettere tutto quel denaro in una cassaforte già domani mattina e portarlo con voi, diciamo, fino alle Montagne Rocciose. Poiché ogni uomo,” concluse il signor Lightwood con un sorriso pigro, “sembra essere sotto un incantesimo che lo costringe, prima o poi, a menzionare le Montagne Rocciose con tono estremamente familiare verso un altro uomo, spero che mi perdonerete se insisto affinché vi occupiate di questa ‘enorme distesa geografica noiosa’, ”

Senza prestare molta attenzione a quest’ultima osservazione, il signor Boffin rivolse prima lo sguardo perplesso verso il soffitto e poi verso il tappeto.

“Beh,” osservò, “non so proprio cosa dire. Sono stato davvero il più, ” “Stavo bene, sì. Ma ci sono molte cose di cui occuparsi.”

“Mio caro signor Boffin, allora non vi occupate nemmeno di farlo!”

“Eh?”, disse quel gentiluomo.

“Parlando ora,” rispose Mortimer, “con l’irresponsabilità e la stupidità di un privato individuo, e non con la profondità di un consulente professionista, direi che se il fatto che le cose siano troppo gravi vi preoccupa, avete a disposizione un grande conforto: potete facilmente ridurre la gravità della situazione. E se temeste di dovervi impegnare in questo compito, c’è ancora un altro conforto: molte persone saranno felici di togliervi questo onere.”

“Beh! Non capisco proprio,” ribatté il signor Boffin, ancora perplesso.
“Non è affatto soddisfacente quello che stai dicendo, sai, ”

“C’è qualcosa che la soddisfi, signor Boffin?”, chiese Mortimer, alzando le sopracciglia.

“Lo pensavo anch’io,” rispose il signor Boffin con uno sguardo malinconico. “Quando ero caposquadra alla Bower, prima che diventasse davvero la Bower, ritenevo che l’attività fosse molto soddisfacente. Quell’uomo era davvero terribile (lo dico senza voler mancare di rispetto alla sua memoria), ma gestire quell’attività era piacevole, dal sorgere del sole fino a notte fonda. È davvero un peccato,” aggiunse il signor Boffin strofinandosi l’orecchio, “che abbia mai guadagnato così tanti soldi. Sarebbe stato meglio per lui se non si fosse dedicato completamente a questo lavoro. E posso dirvi con certezza, ” concluse all’improvviso, “che anche PER LUI era davvero molto impegnativo da gestire!”

Il signor Lightwood tossì, non del tutto convinto.

“E parlando di cose soddisfacenti, ”, proseguì il signor Boffin, “diamine, quando finalmente si arriva a analizzare tutto nei dettagli, dove sta mai la vera soddisfazione che dovrebbe derivare dal denaro? Quando quell’uomo fa finalmente del bene per quel povero ragazzo, lui non ne trae alcun beneficio. Gli viene portato via proprio nel momento in cui, per così dire, sta per bere dalla coppa della felicità. Signor Lightwood, le dirò: per conto di quel povero ragazzo, io e la signora Boffin ci siamo opposti più volte a quell’uomo, fino a quando non ci ha insultato con tutte le parole possibili. L’ho visto, dopo che la signora Boffin gli aveva espresso chiaramente le sue opinioni riguardo ai diritti legati agli affetti naturali, strappare il cappello di paglia della signora Boffin (che lei di solito indossava per comodità) e scagliarlo attraverso il cortile. Davvero. E una volta, quando l’ha fatto in modo particolarmente offensivo, avrei voluto prenderlo a schiaffi, se non fosse stato per la signora Boffin che si è messa tra noi e ha ricevuto un colpo sulla tempia. Il che l’ha fatta cadere, signor Lightwood. Cadere.”

Il signor Lightwood mormorò: “Uguale ‘onore. La testa e il cuore della signora Boffin.”

“Capite; chiamo le cose così,” proseguì il signor Boffin, “per mostrarvi che, ora che tutto è sistemato, io e la signora Boffin abbiamo sempre agito secondo i principi dell’onore cristiano, come amici dei bambini. Io e la signora Boffin siamo stati amici di quella povera ragazza; io e la signora Boffin siamo stati amici anche di quel povero ragazzo; io e la signora Boffin ci siamo schierati contro quell’uomo anziano quando temevamo di essere rifiutati per i nostri sforzi. Per quanto riguarda la signora Boffin,” disse il signor Boffin abbassando la voce, “forse ora che è diventata ‘alla moda’, non vorrebbe che se ne parlasse. Ma lei ha persino detto, davanti a me, che quell’uomo era un individuo senza cuore.”

Il signor Lightwood mormorò: “Un vigoroso spirito sassone, gli antenati della signora Boffin, arcieri. Agincourt e Cressy.”

“L’ultima volta che io e la signora Boffin abbiamo visto quel povero bambino,” disse il signor Boffin, “aveva sette anni. Quando tornò per intercedere a favore di sua sorella, noi eravamo via a esaminare un contratto agricolo che doveva essere controllato prima di essere trasportato; lui era entrato e uscito in soltanto un’ora. Indossava i suoi miseri vestiti da viaggio, e la sua piccola scatola giaceva fuori, esposta al freddo vento. Stavo per portargliela fino al battello a vapore, perché quell’uomo anziano si rifiutava assolutamente di pagare le spese del viaggio. La signora Boffin, allora ancora una giovane donna bellissima, gli si avvicinò, si inginocchiò davanti al fuoco, scaldò le sue mani e iniziò a strofinargli le guance. Ma vedendo le lacrime negli occhi del bambino, anche lei cominciò a piangere; lo abbracciò stretto, come se volesse proteggerlo, e mi disse: ‘Darei tutto al mondo pur di poter scappare con lui!’ Quel momento mi colpì profondamente. E allo stesso tempo aumentò ancora di più il mio rispetto per la signora Boffin. Il povero bambino rimase con lei per un po’, poi, quando l’uomo anziano lo chiamò, disse: ‘Devo andare. Che Dio vi benedica!’ Si appoggiò per un attimo al suo petto, guardandoci entrambi con uno sguardo pieno di dolore. Un tale sguardo. Lo accompagnai a bordo del battello (gli diedi prima quella piccola cosa che pensavo gli piacesse) e tornai dalla signora Boffin. Ma non importa quanto le raccontassi di come l’avevo lasciato. Tutto fu inutile. Secondo lei, quel bambino non cambiò mai quell’espressione con cui ci aveva guardati. Comunque, una cosa positiva ne risultò: io e la signora Boffin non avevamo figli propri, e a volte desideravamo averne. Ma ora no, ‘Potremmo entrambi morire,’ diceva la signora Boffin, ‘e altri occhi potrebbero vedere quell’espressione di solitudine nel nostro bambino, ’ Così, nelle notti molto fredde, quando il vento soffiava forte o la pioggia cadeva intensamente, lei si svegliava in lacrime e gridava: ‘Non vedete il viso di quel povero bambino? Oh, proteggetelo!’. Con il passare degli anni, quella tristezza lentamente svanì, come succede spesso, ”

‘My dear Mr Boffin, everything wears to rags,’ said Mortimer, with a light laugh.

‘I won’t go so far as to say everything,’ returned Mr Boffin, on whom his manner seemed to grate, ‘because there’s some things that I never found among the dust. Well, sir. So Mrs Boffin and me grow older and older in the old man’s service, living and working pretty hard in it, till the old man is discovered dead in his bed. Then Mrs Boffin and me seal up his box, always standing on the table at the side of his bed, and having frequently heerd tell of the Temple as a spot where lawyer’s dust is contracted for, I come down here in search of a lawyer to advise, and I see your young man up at this present elevation, chopping at the flies on the window-sill with his penknife, and I give him a Hoy! not then having the pleasure of your acquaintance, and by that means come to gain the honour. Then you, and the gentleman in the uncomfortable neck-cloth under the little archway in Saint Paul’s Churchyard—’

‘Doctors’ Commons,’ observed Lightwood.

‘I understood it was another name,’ said Mr Boffin, pausing, ‘but you know best. Then you and Doctor Scommons, you go to work, and you do the thing that’s proper, and you and Doctor S. take steps for finding out the poor boy, and at last you do find out the poor boy, and me and Mrs Boffin often exchange the observation, “We shall see him again, under happy circumstances.” But it was never to be; and the want of satisfactoriness is, that after all the money never gets to him.’

‘But it gets,’ remarked Lightwood, with a languid inclination of the head, ‘into excellent hands.’

‘It gets into the hands of me and Mrs Boffin only this very day and hour, and that’s what I am working round to, having waited for this day and hour a’ purpose. Mr Lightwood, here has been a wicked cruel murder. By that murder me and Mrs Boffin mysteriously profit. For the apprehension and conviction of the murderer, we offer a reward of one tithe of the property—a reward of Ten Thousand Pound.’

‘Mr Boffin, it’s too much.’

‘Mr Lightwood, me and Mrs Boffin have fixed the sum together, and we stand to it.’

‘But let me represent to you,’ returned Lightwood, ‘speaking now with professional profundity, and not with individual imbecility, that the offer of such an immense reward is a temptation to forced suspicion, forced construction of circumstances, strained accusation, a whole tool-box of edged tools.’

Well,’ said Mr Boffin, a little staggered, ‘that’s the sum we put o’ one side for the purpose. Whether it shall be openly declared in the new notices that must now be put about in our names—’

‘In your name, Mr Boffin; in your name.’

‘Very well; in my name, which is the same as Mrs Boffin’s, and means both of us, is to be considered in drawing ’em up. But this is the first instruction that I, as the owner of the property, give to my lawyer on coming into it.’

‘Your lawyer, Mr Boffin,’ returned Lightwood, making a very short note of it with a very rusty pen, ‘has the gratification of taking the instruction. There is another?’

‘There is just one other, and no more. Make me as compact a little will as can be reconciled with tightness, leaving the whole of the property to “my beloved wife, Henerietty Boffin, sole executrix”. Make it as short as you can, using those words; but make it tight.’

At some loss to fathom Mr Boffin’s notions of a tight will, Lightwood felt his way.

‘I beg your pardon, but professional profundity must be exact. When you say tight—’

‘I mean tight,’ Mr Boffin explained.

‘Exactly so. And nothing can be more laudable. But is the tightness to bind Mrs Boffin to any and what conditions?’

‘Bind Mrs Boffin?’ interposed her husband. ‘No! What are you thinking of! What I want is, to make it all hers so tight as that her hold of it can’t be loosed.’

‘Hers freely, to do what she likes with? Hers absolutely?’

‘Absolutely?’ repeated Mr Boffin, with a short sturdy laugh. ‘Hah! I should think so! It would be handsome in me to begin to bind Mrs Boffin at this time of day!’

So that instruction, too, was taken by Mr Lightwood; and Mr Lightwood, having taken it, was in the act of showing Mr Boffin out, when Mr Eugene Wrayburn almost jostled him in the door-way. Consequently Mr Lightwood said, in his cool manner, ‘Let me make you two known to one another,’ and further signified that Mr Wrayburn was counsel learned in the law, and that, partly in the way of business and partly in the way of pleasure, he had imparted to Mr Wrayburn some of the interesting facts of Mr Boffin’s biography.

‘Delighted,’ said Eugene—though he didn’t look so—‘to know Mr Boffin.’

‘Thankee, sir, thankee,’ returned that gentleman. ‘And how do YOU like the law?’

‘A—not particularly,’ returned Eugene.

‘Too dry for you, eh? Well, I suppose it wants some years of sticking to, before you master it. But there’s nothing like work. Look at the bees.’

‘I beg your pardon,’ returned Eugene, with a reluctant smile, ‘but will you excuse my mentioning that I always protest against being referred to the bees?’

‘Do you!’ said Mr Boffin.

‘I object on principle,’ said Eugene, ‘as a biped—’

‘As a what?’ asked Mr Boffin.

‘As a two-footed creature;—I object on principle, as a two-footed creature, to being constantly referred to insects and four-footed creatures. I object to being required to model my proceedings according to the proceedings of the bee, or the dog, or the spider, or the camel. I fully admit that the camel, for instance, is an excessively temperate person; but he has several stomachs to entertain himself with, and I have only one. Besides, I am not fitted up with a convenient cool cellar to keep my drink in.’

‘But I said, you know,’ urged Mr Boffin, rather at a loss for an answer, ‘the bee.’

‘Exactly. And may I represent to you that it’s injudicious to say the bee? For the whole case is assumed. Conceding for a moment that there is any analogy between a bee, and a man in a shirt and pantaloons (which I deny), and that it is settled that the man is to learn from the bee (which I also deny), the question still remains, what is he to learn? To imitate? Or to avoid? When your friends the bees worry themselves to that highly fluttered extent about their sovereign, and become perfectly distracted touching the slightest monarchical movement, are we men to learn the greatness of Tuft-hunting, or the littleness of the Court Circular? I am not clear, Mr Boffin, but that the hive may be satirical.’

“Mio caro signor Boffin, tutto finisce per consumarsi fino a diventare stracci,” disse Mortimer, ridendo leggermente.

“Non vorrei dire che sappia tutto,” rispose il signor Boffin, a cui quel modo di parlare sembrava infastidire, “perché ci sono alcune cose che non ho mai trovato tra quella polvere. Beh, signore. La signora Boffin ed io invecchiamo sempre di più al servizio di quell’uomo, lavorando sodo giorno e notte, finché un giorno lo trovano morto nel suo letto. Allora noi sigilliamo la sua scatola, che rimane sempre sul tavolo accanto al suo letto. Avendo spesso sentito parlare del Temple come luogo dove si contrattano servizi legati alla polvere degli avvocati, sono venuto qui in cerca di un avvocato per chiedere consiglio. E ho visto il vostro giovane qui, che col suo coltello da tasca sta uccidendo le mosche sul davanzale della finestra. Non avevo ancora l’onore di conoscervi, ma così ho ottenuto questa opportunità. Voi, e quel signore con quella sciarpa scomoda intorno al collo sotto il piccolo arco nel cimitero di Saint Paul’s, ”

“La Camera dei Medici”, osservò Lightwood.

“Ho capito che si trattava di un altro nome,” disse il signor Boffin, facendo una pausa, “ma voi ne sapete più di me. Allora voi e il dottor Scommons dovete mettervi al lavoro e fare ciò che è giusto; dovete prendere le misure necessarie per trovare quel povero ragazzo. E alla fine lo trovate davvero. Io e la signora Boffin spesso ci diciamo: ‘Lo rivedremo, in circostanze felici.’ Ma questo non sarebbe mai successo. E il fatto che tutto quel denaro non sia mai arrivato a lui rappresenta una vera tragedia.”

“Ma finirà nelle mani giuste,” osservò Lightwood, inclinando la testa con aria stanca.

“È arrivato nelle mie mani e in quelle di Mrs Boffin proprio oggi, in questo preciso momento, ed è per questo che sto lavorando, aspettando apposta questo giorno e questa ora. Signor Lightwood, si è verificato un omicidio terribile e crudele. Grazie a quell’omicidio, io e Mrs Boffin ne traiamo benefici misteriosi. Per la cattura e la condanna dell’assassino, offriamo una ricompensa pari a un decimo del patrimonio dell’assassino. Una ricompensa di diecimila sterline.”

“Signor Boffin, è troppo.”

“Signor Lightwood, io e la signora Boffin abbiamo concordato l’importo totale, ed è nostro dovere onorarlo.”

“Ma lasciate che vi spieghi,” rispose Lightwood, “parlando ora con la profondità di un professionista, e non con l’ignoranza di un individuo, che l’offerta di una ricompensa così enorme rappresenta una tentazione per suscitare sospetti ingiustificati, inventare circostanze false, lanciare accuse infondate, insomma, un intero insieme di strumenti manipolativi.”

“Beh,” disse il signor Boffin, un po’ barcollante, “quella è proprio la somma che abbiamo messo da parte a tale scopo. Se dovrà essere dichiarata apertamente nelle nuove avvisi che dovranno essere pubblicati ora a nostro nome, ”

“In tuo nome, signor Boffin; in tuo nome.”

‘Molto bene; il mio nome, che è lo stesso di quello della signora Boffin e quindi rappresenta entrambi noi, deve essere preso in considerazione nella redazione di tali documenti. Ma questa è la prima istruzione che io, come proprietario del bene, do al mio avvocato non appena ne assumo il controllo.’

“Il vostro avvocato, il signor Boffin,” rispose Lightwood, annotandolo brevemente con una penna molto arrugginita, “ha l’onore di accettare l’incarico. C’è qualcun altro?”

‘C’è solo un’altra clausola, e nessun’altra. Fate che questa mia volontà sia il più concisa possibile, senza però trascurare la chiarezza; lasciate che l’intera proprietà venga affidata “alla mia amata moglie, Henerietty Boffin, unica esecutrice”. Sforzatevi di rendere questa clausola il più breve possibile, utilizzando soltanto queste parole, ma fate in modo che sia chiara e comprensibile.’

Non riuscendo a comprendere appieno le concezioni del signor Boffin riguardo alla “volontà ferma”, Lightwood cercò di orientarsi nel discorso.

“Mi scusi, ma la precisione nel linguaggio professionale è essenziale. Quando si dice ‘tight’, ”

“Voglio dire, stretto,” spiegò il signor Boffin.

Esattamente così. E nulla potrebbe essere più lodevole. Ma è davvero necessario vincolare la signora Boffin a qualsiasi condizione si voglia?

“Legare la signora Boffin?” intervenne suo marito. “No! A cosa stai pensando? Quello che voglio è far sì che tutto le appartenga completamente, in modo che non possa più liberarsene.”

“Di sua proprietà, da utilizzare come vuole. Assolutamente sua?”

“Assolutamente?” ripeté il signor Boffin, ridendo brevemente e sonoramente. “Ah! Certo che sì! Sarebbe davvero bello da parte mia iniziare a corteggiare la signora Boffin proprio a quest’ora della giornata, ”

Anche quell’istruzione fu presa in considerazione da Mr Lightwood; e dopo averla ricevuta, mentre stava accompagnando Mr Boffin verso l’uscita, Mr Eugene Wrayburn lo urtò quasi all’ingresso. Di conseguenza, Mr Lightwood disse, con il suo solito tono calmo: “Lasciate che vi presenti l’un l’altro”, e aggiunse che Mr Wrayburn era un avvocato esperto in legge, e che, sia per motivi di lavoro che per piacere, gli aveva raccontato alcune delle curiose informazioni sulla biografia di Mr Boffin.

“Felice,” disse Eugene – anche se non sembrava affatto così – “di conoscere il signor Boffin.”

“Grazie mille, signore,” rispose quel gentiluomo. “E a lei, come piace la legge?”

“N-no particolarmente,” rispose Eugene.

“Troppo secco per te, eh? Beh, immagino che servano alcuni anni di pratica prima di riuscire a padroneggiarlo. Ma non c’è niente di meglio del lavoro. Guarda le Api.”

“Mi scusi,” rispose Eugene con un sorriso riluttante, “ma potrebbe perdonarmi se le dico che mi oppongo sempre quando mi si parla di ‘api’?”

“Davvero!” disse il signor Boffin.

“Obietto per principio,” disse Eugene, “in quanto bipede, ”

“Come cosa?” chiese il signor Boffin.

“Come creatura a due piedi. Obietto per principio, proprio perché sono una creatura a due piedi, che venga continuamente paragonato agli —insetti o alle creature a quattro piedi. Mi dispiace dovermi adeguare ai comportamenti dell’ape, del cane, dell’aracno o della cammella nel modo in cui mi muovo o agisco. Ammetto senz’altro che la cammella sia una creatura estremamente moderata. Ma lei ha diversi stomaci per divertirsi, mentre io ne ho soltanto uno. Inoltre, non sono dotato di un comodo scantinato fresco in cui conservare le mie bevande.”

“Ma ho detto, sai, ”, insistette il signor Boffin, un po’ senza sapere cosa rispondere, “la ape.”

‘Esattamente. E posso dirle che è poco saggio parlare di “ape”? Perché l’intera questione è già stata presa in considerazione. Ammettiamo per un momento che esista qualche analogia tra un’ape e un uomo in camicia e pantaloni (cosa che nego), e che si sia stabilito che l’uomo debba imparare dall’ape (cosa anch’io nego), rimane comunque la domanda: cosa dovrebbe imparare? Imparare ad imitare, o a evitare certi comportamenti? Quando le vostre amiche le api si preoccupano così tanto per il loro “sovrano” e diventano completamente distratte al minimo segnale che riguarda la monarchia, dobbiamo noi uomini imparare l’“immensità” dell’attività di raccogliere peli o la “piccolezza” delle comunicazioni ufficiali? Non sono del tutto sicuro, signor Boffin. Ma sembra che l’intera situazione possa essere considerata satirica.’

‘At all events, they work,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘Ye-es,’ returned Eugene, disparagingly, ‘they work; but don’t you think they overdo it? They work so much more than they need—they make so much more than they can eat—they are so incessantly boring and buzzing at their one idea till Death comes upon them—that don’t you think they overdo it? And are human labourers to have no holidays, because of the bees? And am I never to have change of air, because the bees don’t? Mr Boffin, I think honey excellent at breakfast; but, regarded in the light of my conventional schoolmaster and moralist, I protest against the tyrannical humbug of your friend the bee. With the highest respect for you.’

‘Thankee,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Morning, morning!’

But, the worthy Mr Boffin jogged away with a comfortless impression he could have dispensed with, that there was a deal of unsatisfactoriness in the world, besides what he had recalled as appertaining to the Harmon property. And he was still jogging along Fleet Street in this condition of mind, when he became aware that he was closely tracked and observed by a man of genteel appearance.

‘Now then?’ said Mr Boffin, stopping short, with his meditations brought to an abrupt check, ‘what’s the next article?’

‘I beg your pardon, Mr Boffin.’

‘My name too, eh? How did you come by it? I don’t know you.’

‘No, sir, you don’t know me.’

Mr Boffin looked full at the man, and the man looked full at him.

‘No,’ said Mr Boffin, after a glance at the pavement, as if it were made of faces and he were trying to match the man’s, ‘I DON’T know you.’

‘I am nobody,’ said the stranger, ‘and not likely to be known; but Mr Boffin’s wealth—’

‘Oh! that’s got about already, has it?’ muttered Mr Boffin.

‘—And his romantic manner of acquiring it, make him conspicuous. You were pointed out to me the other day.’

Well,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘I should say I was a disappintment to you when I WAS pinted out, if your politeness would allow you to confess it, for I am well aware I am not much to look at. What might you want with me? Not in the law, are you?’

‘No, sir.’

‘No information to give, for a reward?’

‘No, sir.’

There may have been a momentary mantling in the face of the man as he made the last answer, but it passed directly.

‘If I don’t mistake, you have followed me from my lawyer’s and tried to fix my attention. Say out! Have you? Or haven’t you?’ demanded Mr Boffin, rather angry.

‘Yes.’

‘Why have you?’

‘If you will allow me to walk beside you, Mr Boffin, I will tell you. Would you object to turn aside into this place—I think it is called Clifford’s Inn—where we can hear one another better than in the roaring street?’

(‘Now,’ thought Mr Boffin, ‘if he proposes a game at skittles, or meets a country gentleman just come into property, or produces any article of jewellery he has found, I’ll knock him down!’ With this discreet reflection, and carrying his stick in his arms much as Punch carries his, Mr Boffin turned into Clifford’s Inn aforesaid.)

‘Mr Boffin, I happened to be in Chancery Lane this morning, when I saw you going along before me. I took the liberty of following you, trying to make up my mind to speak to you, till you went into your lawyer’s. Then I waited outside till you came out.’

(‘Don’t quite sound like skittles, nor yet country gentleman, nor yet jewellery,’ thought Mr Boffin, ‘but there’s no knowing.’)

‘I am afraid my object is a bold one, I am afraid it has little of the usual practical world about it, but I venture it. If you ask me, or if you ask yourself—which is more likely—what emboldens me, I answer, I have been strongly assured, that you are a man of rectitude and plain dealing, with the soundest of sound hearts, and that you are blessed in a wife distinguished by the same qualities.’

‘Your information is true of Mrs Boffin, anyhow,’ was Mr Boffin’s answer, as he surveyed his new friend again. There was something repressed in the strange man’s manner, and he walked with his eyes on the ground—though conscious, for all that, of Mr Boffin’s observation—and he spoke in a subdued voice. But his words came easily, and his voice was agreeable in tone, albeit constrained.

‘When I add, I can discern for myself what the general tongue says of you—that you are quite unspoiled by Fortune, and not uplifted—I trust you will not, as a man of an open nature, suspect that I mean to flatter you, but will believe that all I mean is to excuse myself, these being my only excuses for my present intrusion.’

(‘How much?’ thought Mr Boffin. ‘It must be coming to money. How much?’)

‘You will probably change your manner of living, Mr Boffin, in your changed circumstances. You will probably keep a larger house, have many matters to arrange, and be beset by numbers of correspondents. If you would try me as your Secretary—’

‘As WHAT?’ cried Mr Boffin, with his eyes wide open.

‘Your Secretary.’

Well,’ said Mr Boffin, under his breath, ‘that’s a queer thing!’

‘Or,’ pursued the stranger, wondering at Mr Boffin’s wonder, ‘if you would try me as your man of business under any name, I know you would find me faithful and grateful, and I hope you would find me useful. You may naturally think that my immediate object is money. Not so, for I would willingly serve you a year—two years—any term you might appoint—before that should begin to be a consideration between us.’

‘Where do you come from?’ asked Mr Boffin.

‘I come,’ returned the other, meeting his eye, ‘from many countries.’

Boffin’s acquaintances with the names and situations of foreign lands being limited in extent and somewhat confused in quality, he shaped his next question on an elastic model.

‘From—any particular place?’

‘I have been in many places.’

‘What have you been?’ asked Mr Boffin.

Here again he made no great advance, for the reply was, ‘I have been a student and a traveller.’

‘But if it ain’t a liberty to plump it out,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘what do you do for your living?’

“Comunque sia, funzionano,” disse il signor Boffin.

“Sì-sì,” rispose Eugene con disprezzo, “lavorano sì, ma non pensi che esagerino? Lavorano molto più di quanto sia necessario; producono molto di più di ciò che possono consumare; sono costantemente impegnati a lavorare su quell’unica idea fino a quando la Morte non li colpisce. Non credi che esagerino? E i lavoratori umani dovrebbero forse rinunciare alle vacanze solo perché ci sono le Api? E io non dovrei mai cambiare aria, solo perché le api non lo fanno? Signor Boffin, penso che il miele sia ottimo a colazione, ma, considerando i valori del mio vecchio insegnante e moralista, protesto contro questa tirannica assurdità della sua amica l’ape. Con tutto il rispetto per lei.”

“Grazie,” disse il signor Boffin. “Buongiorno!”

Ma il nobile signor Boffin continuava a camminare con l’impressione sgradevole che avrebbe potuto tranquillamente ignorare: c’era qualcosa di insoddisfacente nel mondo, oltre a ciò che ricordava riguardo alla proprietà Harmon. E mentre proseguiva lungo Fleet Street in questo stato d’animo, si rese conto che un uomo dall’aspetto distinto lo stava seguendo e osservando da vicino.

“Allora?” disse il signor Boffin, fermandosi di colpo, le sue riflessioni interrotte bruscamente, “qual è l’articolo successivo?”

“Mi scusi, signor Boffin.”

“Anche il mio nome. Eh? Come l’hai ottenuto? Non ti conosco.”

“No, signore, non mi conosce.”

Il signor Boffin guardò quell’uomo dritto negli occhi, e anche quell’uomo lo guardò dritto negli occhi.

“No,” disse il signor Boffin, dopo aver dato un’occhiata al marciapiede, come se fosse fatto di volti e stesse cercando di individuare quello dell’uomo in questione, “Non ti conosco.”

“Non sono nessuno“, disse lo sconosciuto, “e probabilmente non verrò mai conosciuto; ma la ricchezza del signor Boffin, “

“Ah, è già finito, vero?” mormorò il signor Boffin.

“E il suo modo romantico di ottenerla lo rende particolarmente evidente. Mi è stato menzionato l’altro giorno.”

‘Beh,’ disse il signor Boffin, ‘devo dire che sono stato una delusione per voi quando sono stato espulso, se la vostra gentilezza vi permette di ammetterlo, perché so benissimo di non essere molto attraente. Cosa potreste volere da me? Non certo a scopo legale, vero?’

“No, signore.”

“Nessuna informazione da fornire, in cambio di una ricompensa?”

“No, signore.”

Forse, nel momento in cui quell’uomo diede la sua ultima risposta, apparve un breve velo sul suo viso, ma scomparve immediatamente.

“Se non mi sbaglio, mi avete seguito dal mio studio legale e avete cercato di attirare la mia attenzione. Diteci chiaramente: l’avete fatto o no?” chiese il signor Boffin, piuttosto arrabbiato.

“Sì, davvero.”

“Perché l’hai fatto?”

“Se mi permette di camminare al suo fianco, signor Boffin, le dirò tutto. Le dispiacerebbe svoltare in questo posto, credo si chiami Clifford’s Inn, dove potremo sentirci meglio rispetto a questa strada rumorosa?”

(“Ora,” pensò il signor Boffin, “se propone di giocare a skittles, o incontra un gentiluomo di campagna appena entrato in possesso di una fortuna, o mostra qualche gioiello che ha trovato, lo colpirò!” Con questo pensiero discreto, e tenendo il suo bastone tra le braccia proprio come lo fa Punch, il signor Boffin si diresse verso l’osteria di Clifford menzionata in precedenza.)

‘Signor Boffin, stamattina mi trovavo per caso in Chancery Lane quando vi ho visto passare davanti a me. Mi sono permesso di seguirvi, cercando di decidere se parlarvi o meno, finché non siete entrato nello studio del vostro avvocato. Poi sono rimasto ad aspettare fuori fino a quando non siete uscito.’

“Non sembra proprio niente di simile alle caramelle Skittles, né un vero gentiluomo di campagna, né tantomeno un oggetto di gioielleria, ”, pensò il signor Boffin, “ma chissà.”

“Temo che il mio approccio sia piuttosto audace; temo che non abbia molto a che fare con le solite praticità del mondo. Ma lo tento comunque. Se mi chiedete, o se vi chiedete voi stessi – il che è più probabile – cosa mi dà il coraggio di farlo, vi rispondo: sono stato fermamente assicurato che siate un uomo onesto e leale, con un cuore sincero e integro. E che la vostra moglie possieda le stesse qualità.”

“Comunque, le tue informazioni su Mrs Boffin sono vere,” fu la risposta di Mr Boffin, mentre osservava nuovamente il suo nuovo amico. C’era qualcosa di represso nel comportamento di quell’uomo strano; camminava con lo sguardo fisso a terra, pur essendo consapevole dell’attenzione di Mr Boffin, e parlava con voce sommessa. Tuttavia, le sue parole uscivano facilmente e il tono della sua voce era piacevole, anche se un po’ controllato.

‘Quando penso a ciò che tutti dicono di te, capisco che la Fortuna non ti ha influenzato in alcun modo negativo, e che non sei stato elevato da nessun privilegio. Spero che tu, essendo una persona schietta e aperta, non pensi che io intenda lusingarti, ma che comprenda semplicemente che queste sono le uniche scuse che ho per aver interferito nella tua vita in questo modo.’

“Quanto costa?” pensò il signor Boffin. “Deve essere un affare redditizio. Quanto?”

“Probabilmente cambierà il suo stile di vita, signor Boffin, nelle sue nuove circostanze. Probabilmente si troverà ad abitare in una casa più grande, avrà molte cose da organizzare e sarà assediato da numerosi corrispondenti. Se volesse provarmi come suo segretario, ”

“Come COSA?”, gridò il signor Boffin, con gli occhi spalancati.

“La tua segretaria.”

“Beh, ”, disse sottovoce il signor Boffin, “che strana cosa!”

“O,” continuò lo sconosciuto, meravigliandosi per la stranezza del signor Boffin, “se volessete provare a farmi lavorare come vostro collaboratore, sotto qualsiasi nome voi scegliate, so che mi trovereste fedele e grato. E spero anche che vi sia utile. Potreste pensare che il mio unico scopo sia il denaro. Ma non è così: sarei felice di servirvi per un anno, due anni, qualsiasi periodo voi stabiliate. Prima ancora che il denaro diventi un argomento di discussione tra noi.”

“Da dove vieni?” chiese il signor Boffin.

“Vengo,” rispose l’altro, incrociando il suo sguardo, “da molti paesi.”

Poiché le conoscenze di Boffin sui nomi e sulle caratteristiche dei paesi stranieri erano limitate e piuttosto confuse, formulò la sua domanda successiva seguendo un approccio flessibile.

“Da, un luogo specifico?”

“Ho visitato molti posti.”

“Cosa hai fatto?” chiese il signor Boffin.

Ancora una volta non ottenne grandi risultati, perché la risposta fu: “Sono stato uno studente e un viaggiatore.”

“Ma se non è considerata una libertà poterlo fare liberamente,” disse il signor Boffin, “allora con cosa vi guadagnate da vivere?”

‘I have mentioned,’ returned the other, with another look at him, and a smile, ‘what I aspire to do. I have been superseded as to some slight intentions I had, and I may say that I have now to begin life.’

Not very well knowing how to get rid of this applicant, and feeling the more embarrassed because his manner and appearance claimed a delicacy in which the worthy Mr Boffin feared he himself might be deficient, that gentleman glanced into the mouldy little plantation or cat-preserve, of Clifford’s Inn, as it was that day, in search of a suggestion. Sparrows were there, cats were there, dry-rot and wet-rot were there, but it was not otherwise a suggestive spot.

‘All this time,’ said the stranger, producing a little pocket-book and taking out a card, ‘I have not mentioned my name. My name is Rokesmith. I lodge at one Mr Wilfer’s, at Holloway.’

Mr Boffin stared again.

‘Father of Miss Bella Wilfer?’ said he.

‘My landlord has a daughter named Bella. Yes; no doubt.’

Now, this name had been more or less in Mr Boffin’s thoughts all the morning, and for days before; therefore he said:

‘That’s singular, too!’ unconsciously staring again, past all bounds of good manners, with the card in his hand. ‘Though, by-the-bye, I suppose it was one of that family that pinted me out?’

‘No. I have never been in the streets with one of them.’

‘Heard me talked of among ’em, though?’

‘No. I occupy my own rooms, and have held scarcely any communication with them.’

‘Odder and odder!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Well, sir, to tell you the truth, I don’t know what to say to you.’

‘Say nothing,’ returned Mr Rokesmith; ‘allow me to call on you in a few days. I am not so unconscionable as to think it likely that you would accept me on trust at first sight, and take me out of the very street. Let me come to you for your further opinion, at your leisure.’

‘That’s fair, and I don’t object,’ said Mr Boffin; ‘but it must be on condition that it’s fully understood that I no more know that I shall ever be in want of any gentleman as Secretary—it WAS Secretary you said; wasn’t it?’

‘Yes.’

Again Mr Boffin’s eyes opened wide, and he stared at the applicant from head to foot, repeating ‘Queer!—You’re sure it was Secretary? Are you?’

‘I am sure I said so.’

—‘As Secretary,’ repeated Mr Boffin, meditating upon the word; ‘I no more know that I may ever want a Secretary, or what not, than I do that I shall ever be in want of the man in the moon. Me and Mrs Boffin have not even settled that we shall make any change in our way of life. Mrs Boffin’s inclinations certainly do tend towards Fashion; but, being already set up in a fashionable way at the Bower, she may not make further alterations. However, sir, as you don’t press yourself, I wish to meet you so far as saying, by all means call at the Bower if you like. Call in the course of a week or two. At the same time, I consider that I ought to name, in addition to what I have already named, that I have in my employment a literary man—WITH a wooden leg—as I have no thoughts of parting from.’

‘I regret to hear I am in some sort anticipated,’ Mr Rokesmith answered, evidently having heard it with surprise; ‘but perhaps other duties might arise?’

‘You see,’ returned Mr Boffin, with a confidential sense of dignity, ‘as to my literary man’s duties, they’re clear. Professionally he declines and he falls, and as a friend he drops into poetry.’

Without observing that these duties seemed by no means clear to Mr Rokesmith’s astonished comprehension, Mr Boffin went on:

‘And now, sir, I’ll wish you good-day. You can call at the Bower any time in a week or two. It’s not above a mile or so from you, and your landlord can direct you to it. But as he may not know it by its new name of Boffin’s Bower, say, when you inquire of him, it’s Harmon’s; will you?’

‘Harmoon’s,’ repeated Mr Rokesmith, seeming to have caught the sound imperfectly, ‘Harmarn’s. How do you spell it?’

‘Why, as to the spelling of it,’ returned Mr Boffin, with great presence of mind, ‘that’s YOUR look out. Harmon’s is all you’ve got to say to HIM. Morning, morning, morning!’ And so departed, without looking back.

“Ho già menzionato,” rispose l’altro, guardandolo di nuovo e sorridendo, “ciò che desidero fare. Per quanto riguarda alcuni piccoli progetti che avevo in mente, sono stato sostituito, e posso dire che ora devo ricominciare da capo.”

Non sapendo molto bene come sbarazzarsi di quel candidato, e sentendosi ancora più imbarazzato dal fatto che il suo modo di comportarsi e il suo aspetto sembravano indicare una raffinatezza di cui temeva di essere privo anche lui stesso, quell’uomo gettò un’occhiata nel piccolo giardino muffito dell’ostello Clifford in cerca di ispirazione. C’erano gazze, c’erano gatti, c’era marciume secco e marciume umido, ma non era certo un posto particolarmente suggestivo.

“Per tutto questo tempo,” disse lo sconosciuto, estraendo un piccolo taccuino e una carta, “non ho mai menzionato il mio nome. Il mio nome è Rokesmith. Alloggio presso un certo signor Wilfer, a Holloway.”

Il signor Boffin fissò di nuovo la scena.

“Padre della signorina Bella Wilfer?”, disse lui.

Il mio padrone di casa ha una figlia di nome Bella. Sì; nessun >dubbio al riguardo.

Ora, questo nome era più o meno presente nei pensieri del signor Boffin per tutta la mattina, e anche negli giorni precedenti; quindi disse:

“È davvero unico!” continuò a fissarlo inconsciamente, oltre ogni limite di buone maniere, tenendo ancora la carta in mano. “Anche se, a pensarci bene, forse è stato uno di quei personaggi ad avermi ritratto, ”

“Mai. Non sono mai stato per le strade con uno di loro.”

“Mi hanno sentito parlare di loro, vero?”

“No. Occupo le mie stanze e ho avuto quasi nessun contatto con loro.”

“Sempre più strano!” disse il signor Boffin. “Beh, signore, a dire la verità, non so proprio cosa dirvi.”

“Non dite nulla,” rispose il signor Rokesmith; “lasciate che vi venga a trovare tra qualche giorno. Non sono così senza cuore da pensare che accettereste di incontrarmi sulla fiducia al primo sguardo e che mi portaste via, proprio in mezzo alla strada. Lasciate che vi venga a parlare quando avrete tempo.”

“È giusto, e non ho obiezioni,” disse il signor Boffin; “ma deve essere chiaro che io non ho la minima idea se in futuro avrò ancora bisogno di un gentiluomo come segretario. Avete detto ‘segretario’, vero?”

“Sì, davvero.”

Di nuovo, gli occhi del signor Boffin si spalancarono e fissò l’aspirante dalla testa ai piedi, ripetendo: “Strano. Sei sicuro che fosse il Segretario? Davvero?”

“Sono sicuro di averlo detto.”

“Come segretario, ”, ripeté il signor Boffin, riflettendo su quella parola; “non so affatto se avrò mai bisogno di un segretario o di qualcos’altro del genere, proprio come non so se avrò mai bisogno dell’uomo che vive sulla luna. Io e la signora Boffin non abbiamo nemmeno deciso se cambieremo il nostro stile di vita. Le inclinazioni della signora Boffin tendono sicuramente verso la moda; ma essendo già abituata a vivere in modo elegante nella casa chiamata ‘Bower’, forse non farà ulteriori modifiche. Comunque, dato che lei non insiste, vorrei dirle che può venire alla ‘Bower’ quando vuole. Venga tra una settimana o due. Inoltre, devo aggiungere che ho assunto un uomo di lettere, con una gamba di legno; non ho affatto intenzione di licenziarlo.”

“Mi dispiace sentire che ci si aspetti qualcosa da me,” rispose il signor Rokesmith, chiaramente sorpreso dall’informazione; “ma forse potrebbero sorgere altre responsabilità, ”

“Vede,” rispose il signor Boffin con un senso di dignità confidenziale, “per quanto riguarda i doveri di uno scrittore, questi sono chiari: professionalmente si ritira e cade, ma come amico, si dedica alla poesia.”

Senza notare che queste mansioni non sembravano affatto chiare alla comprensione sorpresa del signor Rokesmith, il signor Boffin continuò:

‘E ora, signore, le auguro buon giorno. Può venire al Bower in qualsiasi momento tra una o due settimane. Si trova a non più di un miglio da casa sua, e il suo padrone di casa potrà indicarglielo. Ma poiché forse non lo conoscerà con il nuovo nome, “Boffin’s Bower”, quando glielo chiederà, dica che si chiama “Harmon’s”; va bene?’

“Harmoon’s,” ripeté il signor Rokesmith, sembrando aver captato quel nome in modo imperfetto, “Harmarn’s. Come si scrive?”

“Beh, per quanto riguarda la sua grafia, ”, rispose il signor Boffin con grande calma, “quella è una questione che riguarda TE. Devi essere tu a parlarne con lui. Buongiorno, buongiorno!” E se ne andò, senza voltarsi indietro.

Chapter 9

MR AND MRS BOFFIN IN CONSULTATION

Betaking himself straight homeward, Mr Boffin, without further let or hindrance, arrived at the Bower, and gave Mrs Boffin (in a walking dress of black velvet and feathers, like a mourning coach-horse) an account of all he had said and done since breakfast.

‘This brings us round, my dear,’ he then pursued, ‘to the question we left unfinished: namely, whether there’s to be any new go-in for Fashion.’

‘Now, I’ll tell you what I want, Noddy,’ said Mrs Boffin, smoothing her dress with an air of immense enjoyment, ‘I want Society.’

‘Fashionable Society, my dear?’

‘Yes!’ cried Mrs Boffin, laughing with the glee of a child. ‘Yes! It’s no good my being kept here like Wax-Work; is it now?’

‘People have to pay to see Wax-Work, my dear,’ returned her husband, ‘whereas (though you’d be cheap at the same money) the neighbours is welcome to see YOU for nothing.’

‘But it don’t answer,’ said the cheerful Mrs Boffin. ‘When we worked like the neighbours, we suited one another. Now we have left work off; we have left off suiting one another.’

‘What, do you think of beginning work again?’ Mr Boffin hinted.

‘Out of the question! We have come into a great fortune, and we must do what’s right by our fortune; we must act up to it.’

Mr Boffin, who had a deep respect for his wife’s intuitive wisdom, replied, though rather pensively: ‘I suppose we must.’

‘It’s never been acted up to yet, and, consequently, no good has come of it,’ said Mrs Boffin.

‘True, to the present time,’ Mr Boffin assented, with his former pensiveness, as he took his seat upon his settle. ‘I hope good may be coming of it in the future time. Towards which, what’s your views, old lady?’

Mrs Boffin, a smiling creature, broad of figure and simple of nature, with her hands folded in her lap, and with buxom creases in her throat, proceeded to expound her views.

‘I say, a good house in a good neighbourhood, good things about us, good living, and good society. I say, live like our means, without extravagance, and be happy.’

‘Yes. I say be happy, too,’ assented the still pensive Mr Boffin. ‘Lor-a-mussy!’ exclaimed Mrs Boffin, laughing and clapping her hands, and gaily rocking herself to and fro, ‘when I think of me in a light yellow chariot and pair, with silver boxes to the wheels—’

‘Oh! you was thinking of that, was you, my dear?’

‘Yes!’ cried the delighted creature. ‘And with a footman up behind, with a bar across, to keep his legs from being poled! And with a coachman up in front, sinking down into a seat big enough for three of him, all covered with upholstery in green and white! And with two bay horses tossing their heads and stepping higher than they trot long-ways! And with you and me leaning back inside, as grand as ninepence! Oh-h-h-h My! Ha ha ha ha ha!’

Mrs Boffin clapped her hands again, rocked herself again, beat her feet upon the floor, and wiped the tears of laughter from her eyes.

‘And what, my old lady,’ inquired Mr Boffin, when he also had sympathetically laughed: ‘what’s your views on the subject of the Bower?’

‘Shut it up. Don’t part with it, but put somebody in it, to keep it.’

‘Any other views?’

‘Noddy,’ said Mrs Boffin, coming from her fashionable sofa to his side on the plain settle, and hooking her comfortable arm through his, ‘Next I think—and I really have been thinking early and late—of the disappointed girl; her that was so cruelly disappointed, you know, both of her husband and his riches. Don’t you think we might do something for her? Have her to live with us? Or something of that sort?’

‘Ne-ver once thought of the way of doing it!’ cried Mr Boffin, smiting the table in his admiration. ‘What a thinking steam-ingein this old lady is. And she don’t know how she does it. Neither does the ingein!’

Mrs Boffin pulled his nearest ear, in acknowledgment of this piece of philosophy, and then said, gradually toning down to a motherly strain: ‘Last, and not least, I have taken a fancy. You remember dear little John Harmon, before he went to school? Over yonder across the yard, at our fire? Now that he is past all benefit of the money, and it’s come to us, I should like to find some orphan child, and take the boy and adopt him and give him John’s name, and provide for him. Somehow, it would make me easier, I fancy. Say it’s only a whim—’

‘But I don’t say so,’ interposed her husband.

‘No, but deary, if you did—’

‘I should be a Beast if I did,’ her husband interposed again.

‘That’s as much as to say you agree? Good and kind of you, and like you, deary! And don’t you begin to find it pleasant now,’ said Mrs Boffin, once more radiant in her comely way from head to foot, and once more smoothing her dress with immense enjoyment, ‘don’t you begin to find it pleasant already, to think that a child will be made brighter, and better, and happier, because of that poor sad child that day? And isn’t it pleasant to know that the good will be done with the poor sad child’s own money?’

‘Yes; and it’s pleasant to know that you are Mrs Boffin,’ said her husband, ‘and it’s been a pleasant thing to know this many and many a year!’ It was ruin to Mrs Boffin’s aspirations, but, having so spoken, they sat side by side, a hopelessly Unfashionable pair.

These two ignorant and unpolished people had guided themselves so far on in their journey of life, by a religious sense of duty and desire to do right. Ten thousand weaknesses and absurdities might have been detected in the breasts of both; ten thousand vanities additional, possibly, in the breast of the woman. But the hard wrathful and sordid nature that had wrung as much work out of them as could be got in their best days, for as little money as could be paid to hurry on their worst, had never been so warped but that it knew their moral straightness and respected it. In its own despite, in a constant conflict with itself and them, it had done so. And this is the eternal law. For, Evil often stops short at itself and dies with the doer of it; but Good, never.

Capitolo 9

I signori Boffin in consultazione

Dirigendosi dritto verso casa, il signor Boffin, senza ulteriori ostacoli o ritardi, arrivò alla Bower e raccontò alla signora Boffin (vestita con un abito da passeggio di velluto nero e piume, simile a una carrozza funebre) tutto ciò che aveva detto e fatto da quando avevano fatto colazione.

“Questo ci riporta, carissima,” proseguì, “alla domanda che abbiamo lasciato in sospeso: ovvero, se sia opportuno intraprendere nuove iniziative nel settore della moda.”

“Ora vi dirò cosa voglio, Noddy,” disse la signora Boffin, lisciandosi il vestito con aria di grande soddisfazione, “Voglio la Società.”

“Una società alla moda, mia cara?”

“Sì!” esclamò la signora Boffin, ridendo con la gioia di un bambino. “Sì. Non ha senso che io rimanga qui rinchiusa come una statuina di cera, vero?”

“Le persone devono pagare per vedere le opere in cera, cara mia,” rispose suo marito, “mentre i vicini possono venire a vederti TU gratuitamente, anche se tu non chiedi nulla in cambio.”

“Ma non risponde,” disse la allegra signora Boffin. “Quando lavoravamo come facevano i vicini, ci si adattava a vicenda. Ora che abbiamo smesso di lavorare, abbiamo anche smesso di adattarci l’uno all’altro.”

“Che ne dici di riprendere a lavorare?” suggerì il signor Boffin.

“Assolutamente no! Abbiamo avuto una grande fortuna e dobbiamo fare ciò che è giusto per onorarla; dobbiamo comportarci in modo degno di essa.”

Il signor Boffin, che nutriva un profondo rispetto per la saggezza intuitiva di sua moglie, rispose, sebbene con aria pensierosa: “Suppongo che dobbiamo farlo.”

“Non è mai stato portato avanti fino ad ora, e di conseguenza non ne è derivato alcun beneficio,” disse la signora Boffin.

“Vero, fino ad oggi,” concordò il signor Boffin, con la solita sua aria pensierosa, mentre si sedeva sul suo sgabello. “Spero che in futuro ne derivino cose positive. E lei, vecchia signora, cosa ne pensa?”

La signora Boffin, una creatura sorridente, di corporatura robusta e dal carattere semplice, con le mani incrociate in grembo e delle pieghe morbide intorno al collo, iniziò a esporre le sue opinioni.

“Dico io: una bella >casa in un bel quartiere, cose positive su di noi, una buona vita e una buona società. Dico io: vivi secondo le tue possibilità, senza eccessi, e sii felice.”

“Sì. Dico anch’io che dovremmo essere felici,” convenne il signor Boffin, ancora assorto nei suoi pensieri.
“Oh, mio Dio!” esclamò la signora Boffin, ridendo e battendo le mani, dondolandosi allegramente avanti e indietro, “quando penso a me in una carrozza gialla chiaro, con due cavalli e scatole d’argento attaccate ai raggi delle ruote, ”

“Ah, quindi stavi pensando a quello, vero, mio caro?”

‘Sì!’ esclamò la creatura felice. ‘E con un valletto dietro, con una barra per impedire che le sue gambe venissero colpite dai pali. E con un cocchiere davanti, seduto su uno sgabello abbastanza grande da contenerli tutti e tre, completamente rivestito di tappezzeria verde e bianca. E con due cavalli che scuotevano la testa e avanzavano più velocemente del solito. E con te e me seduti dentro, in modo così elegante. Oh, mio Dio! Ah ah ah ah ah!’

La signora Boffin batté di nuovo le mani, si dondolò ancora, picchiò i piedi sul pavimento e si asciugò le lacrime di risate dagli occhi.

“E allora, mia cara signora,” chiese il signor Boffin, dopo essersi anche lui messo a ridere con simpatia, “qual è la sua opinione sull’argomento del Bower?”

“Stai zitto. Non separartene, ma metti qualcuno al suo interno per tenerla sotto controllo.”

“Altre opinioni?”

“Noddy,” disse la signora Boffin, alzandosi dal suo comodo divano e avvicinandosi a lui sul semplice sgabello; infilò poi il proprio braccio sotto il suo. “Ora penso, e ci ho davvero pensato molto, a quella ragazza delusa; quella che è stata così crudelmente privata sia del marito che della sua ricchezza. Non credi che potremmo fare qualcosa per lei? Farla vivere con noi, o qualcosa del genere?”

“Non ho mai pensato nemmeno al modo in cui farlo!” esclamò il signor Boffin, battendo il tavolo per l’ammirazione. “Che donna geniale questa vecchia signora. E lei stessa non sa come ci riesca; nemmeno quel macchinista lo sa!”

La signora Boffin gli tirò l’orecchio più vicino, in segno di approvazione per questo ragionamento, e poi disse, abbassando gradualmente il tono in modo materno: “Infine, e non meno importante, mi è venuta un’idea. Ti ricordi del caro piccolo John Harmon, prima che andasse a scuola? Lì, dall’altra parte del cortile, vicino al nostro >focolare. Ora che i soldi non possono più essere utilizzati da lui e sono passati a noi, vorrei trovare qualche orfano o >bambino, adottarlo, dargli il nome di John e prendersi cura di lui. Forse così mi sentirei un po’ più sollevata. Diciamo che è solo un capriccio, ”

“Ma io non la penso così,” intervenne suo marito.

“No, ma tesoro, se lo facessi, ”

“Se lo facessi, diventerei davvero una bestia”, intervenne di nuovo suo marito.

“Vuol dire che sei d’accordo? Che gentile da parte tua. Caro mio! E non cominci forse già a trovarlo piacevole, il pensiero che un >bambino possa diventare più felice e migliore grazie a quel povero, triste >bambino? E non è anche bello sapere che tutto questo verrà fatto con i soldi stessi di quel povero, triste >bambino?” disse la signora Boffin, ancora una volta radiosa in tutto il suo aspetto grazioso, e ancora una volta lisciandosi la gonna con grande soddisfazione.

“Sì; ed è piacevole sapere che sei la signora Boffin,” disse suo marito, “ed è stato davvero bello saperlo per tanti, tantissimi anni!” Queste parole rappresentavano una rovina per le aspirazioni della signora Boffin, ma, dopo averle pronunciate, sedettero uno accanto all’altro, formando una coppia irrimediabilmente fuori moda.

Queste due persone ignoranti e rozze si erano finora guidate nel loro >vita grazie a un senso religioso del dovere e al desiderio di fare il bene. Forse in entrambi esistevano diecimila debolezze e assurdità; forse nella donna c’erano anche diecimila vanità in più. Ma quella natura dura, irascibile e meschina che aveva fatto sì che lavorassero tanto quanto era possibile nei loro giorni migliori, e che li spingeva a compiere azioni negative per pochissimo denaro, non era mai stata così distorta da ignorare la loro rettitudine morale; anzi, la rispettava. Nonostante tutto ciò, in un conflitto costante con se stessa e con loro, aveva agito proprio così. E questa è la legge eterna: il Male spesso si ferma davanti a sé stesso e muore insieme al suo autore; il Bene, invece, mai.

Through his most inveterate purposes, the dead Jailer of Harmony Jail had known these two faithful servants to be honest and true. While he raged at them and reviled them for opposing him with the speech of the honest and true, it had scratched his stony heart, and he had perceived the powerlessness of all his wealth to buy them if he had addressed himself to the attempt. So, even while he was their griping taskmaster and never gave them a good word, he had written their names down in his will. So, even while it was his daily declaration that he mistrusted all mankind—and sorely indeed he did mistrust all who bore any resemblance to himself—he was as certain that these two people, surviving him, would be trustworthy in all things from the greatest to the least, as he was that he must surely die.

Mr and Mrs Boffin, sitting side by side, with Fashion withdrawn to an immeasurable distance, fell to discussing how they could best find their orphan. Mrs Boffin suggested advertisement in the newspapers, requesting orphans answering annexed description to apply at the Bower on a certain day; but Mr Boffin wisely apprehending obstruction of the neighbouring thoroughfares by orphan swarms, this course was negatived. Mrs Boffin next suggested application to their clergyman for a likely orphan. Mr Boffin thinking better of this scheme, they resolved to call upon the reverend gentleman at once, and to take the same opportunity of making acquaintance with Miss Bella Wilfer. In order that these visits might be visits of state, Mrs Boffin’s equipage was ordered out.

This consisted of a long hammer-headed old horse, formerly used in the business, attached to a four-wheeled chaise of the same period, which had long been exclusively used by the Harmony Jail poultry as the favourite laying-place of several discreet hens. An unwonted application of corn to the horse, and of paint and varnish to the carriage, when both fell in as a part of the Boffin legacy, had made what Mr Boffin considered a neat turn-out of the whole; and a driver being added, in the person of a long hammer-headed young man who was a very good match for the horse, left nothing to be desired. He, too, had been formerly used in the business, but was now entombed by an honest jobbing tailor of the district in a perfect Sepulchre of coat and gaiters, sealed with ponderous buttons.

Behind this domestic, Mr and Mrs Boffin took their seats in the back compartment of the vehicle: which was sufficiently commodious, but had an undignified and alarming tendency, in getting over a rough crossing, to hiccup itself away from the front compartment. On their being descried emerging from the gates of the Bower, the neighbourhood turned out at door and window to salute the Boffins. Among those who were ever and again left behind, staring after the equipage, were many youthful spirits, who hailed it in stentorian tones with such congratulations as ‘Nod-dy Bof-fin!’ ‘Bof-fin’s mon-ey!’ ‘Down with the dust, Bof-fin!’ and other similar compliments. These, the hammer-headed young man took in such ill part that he often impaired the majesty of the progress by pulling up short, and making as though he would alight to exterminate the offenders; a purpose from which he only allowed himself to be dissuaded after long and lively arguments with his employers.

At length the Bower district was left behind, and the peaceful dwelling of the Reverend Frank Milvey was gained. The Reverend Frank Milvey’s abode was a very modest abode, because his income was a very modest income. He was officially accessible to every blundering old woman who had incoherence to bestow upon him, and readily received the Boffins. He was quite a young man, expensively educated and wretchedly paid, with quite a young wife and half a dozen quite young children. He was under the necessity of teaching and translating from the classics, to eke out his scanty means, yet was generally expected to have more time to spare than the idlest person in the parish, and more money than the richest. He accepted the needless inequalities and inconsistencies of his life, with a kind of conventional submission that was almost slavish; and any daring layman who would have adjusted such burdens as his, more decently and graciously, would have had small help from him.

With a ready patient face and manner, and yet with a latent smile that showed a quick enough observation of Mrs Boffin’s dress, Mr Milvey, in his little book-room—charged with sounds and cries as though the six children above were coming down through the ceiling, and the roasting leg of mutton below were coming up through the floor—listened to Mrs Boffin’s statement of her want of an orphan.

‘I think,’ said Mr Milvey, ‘that you have never had a child of your own, Mr and Mrs Boffin?’

Never.

‘But, like the Kings and Queens in the Fairy Tales, I suppose you have wished for one?’

In a general way, yes.

Mr Milvey smiled again, as he remarked to himself ‘Those kings and queens were always wishing for children.’ It occurring to him, perhaps, that if they had been Curates, their wishes might have tended in the opposite direction.

‘I think,’ he pursued, ‘we had better take Mrs Milvey into our Council. She is indispensable to me. If you please, I’ll call her.’

So, Mr Milvey called, ‘Margaretta, my dear!’ and Mrs Milvey came down. A pretty, bright little woman, something worn by anxiety, who had repressed many pretty tastes and bright fancies, and substituted in their stead, schools, soup, flannel, coals, and all the week-day cares and Sunday coughs of a large population, young and old. As gallantly had Mr Milvey repressed much in himself that naturally belonged to his old studies and old fellow-students, and taken up among the poor and their children with the hard crumbs of life.

‘Mr and Mrs Boffin, my dear, whose good fortune you have heard of.’

Nonostante i suoi intenti più ostinati, il defunto carceriere della Prigione dell’Armonia sapeva che questi due fedeli servitori erano onesti e sinceri. Anche se li odiava e li malediceva per avergli opposto le parole dell’onestà e della sincerità, ciò aveva ferito il suo cuore di pietra; egli si rese conto anche dell’inutilità di tutto il proprio denaro nel tentativo di corromperli. Così, pur essendo il loro severo padrone che non pronunciava mai una parola gentile nei loro confronti, scrisse i loro nomi nel proprio testamento. Eppure, sebbene dichiarasse ogni giorno di non fidarsi di tutta l’umanità – e in effetti non si fidava affatto di chiunque avesse anche solo un minimo di somiglianza con lui – era altrettanto certo che questi due uomini, sopravvivendogli, sarebbero stati affidabili in ogni cosa, dalla più importante alla più banale, proprio come sapeva di dover morire inevitabilmente.

Il signor e la signora Boffin, seduti uno accanto all’altro, con Fashion ormai lontana chissà dove, iniziarono a discutere su come trovare al meglio il loro orfano. La signora Boffin suggerì di pubblicare un annuncio sui giornali, invitando gli orfani che corrispondessero alla descrizione fornita ad presentarsi quel giorno presso la casa dei Boffin; ma il signor Boffin, temendo che l’arrivo di tanti orfani potesse causare ingorghi nelle strade vicine, scartò questa idea. La signora Boffin propose allora di rivolgersi al loro pastore per chiedere informazioni su un possibile orfano. Dopo aver riflettuto meglio su questo piano, decisero di andare immediatamente dal reverendo e di approfittare dell’occasione per conoscere anche la signorina Bella Wilfer. Affinché queste visite avessero l’aria di cerimonie ufficiali, il carrozzone della signora Boffin fu fatto preparare.

Si trattava di un vecchio cavallo dalla testa a martello, precedentemente utilizzato nell’attività commerciale, attaccato a una carrozza a quattro ruote dello stesso periodo; questa carrozza era da tempo utilizzata esclusivamente dalle galline della prigione Harmony come luogo preferito per deporre le uova. Un uso insolito di mais per il cavallo, nonché di vernice e lucido per la carrozza, quando entrambi furono inclusi nel lascito del signor Boffin, resero l’insieme estremamente presentabile ai suoi occhi; inoltre, l’aggiunta di un cocchiere – un giovane dall’aspetto robusto e adatto al cavallo – rendeva il tutto perfetto. Anche lui era stato precedentemente impiegato nell’attività commerciale, ma ora riposava in pace sotto i vestiti di un onesto sarto del quartiere, sigillati da pesanti bottoni.

Dietro questo veicolo domestico, il signor e la signora Boffin presero posto nella parte posteriore dell’auto: un ambiente abbastanza confortevole, ma che presentava una tendenza sgradevole e inquietante: quando superavano terreni accidentati, l’intero veicolo aveva l’abitudine di “sussultare” allontanandosi dalla parte anteriore. Quando si videro uscire dai cancelli della residenza dei Boffin, i vicini uscirono tutti dalle loro case e si affacciarono alle finestre per salutarli. Tra coloro che rimasero indietro a guardare il veicolo allontanarsi c’erano molti giovani che lo acclamavano con grida come “Evviva i Boffin!”, “I soldi dei Boffin!”, “Via la polvere, Boffin!”, e altri complimenti simili. Questi insulti furono presi molto sul serio dal giovane dai capelli duri; spesso si fermava di colpo, come se volesse scendere per eliminare gli offensori. Solo dopo lunghe e accese discussioni con i suoi padroni si decideva a proseguire il viaggio.

Finalmente, il quartiere di Bower fu lasciato alle spalle, e si raggiunse la tranquilla dimora del Reverendo Frank Milvey. L’abitazione del Reverendo Frank Milvey era molto modesta, poiché i suoi guadagni erano assai limitati. Era disponibile per qualsiasi anziana donna confusa che volesse riversargli le proprie lamentele, e accoglieva volentieri anche i Boffins. Era un giovane uomo, ben istruito ma con uno stipendio misero; aveva una moglie molto giovane e mezza dozzina di bambini piccoli. Per guadagnarsi da vivere, era costretto a insegnare e tradurre dai classici, nonostante ciò si aspettasse che avesse più tempo libero rispetto alla persona più oziosa della parrocchia, e anche più denaro dei ricchi. Accettava senza proteste queste ingiustizie e contraddizioni della sua vita, con una sorta di sottomissione convenzionale che rasentava la schiavitù; chiunque, tra i laici, avesse osato affrontare tali responsabilità in modo più dignitoso e gentile, avrebbe ricevuto da lui ben poco aiuto.

Con un viso e un comportamento pazienti, ma con un sorriso nascosto che rivelava una rapida osservazione dell’abito della signora Boffin, il signor Milvey, nella sua piccola stanza da studio – piena di suoni e grida, come se i sei bambini al piano di sopra stessero per cadere dal soffitto, e la coscia di montone arrostita al piano di sotto stesse per uscire dal pavimento – ascoltò la signora Boffin raccontare della sua necessità di trovare un orfano.

“Credo,” disse il signor Milvey, “che voi due, signor e signora Boffin, non abbiate mai avuto un vostro proprio bambino, vero?”

Mai.

“Ma, proprio come i Re e le Regine delle fiabe, immagino che anche tu abbia desiderato averne uno, ”

In generale, sì.

Il signor Milvey sorrise di nuovo, pensando tra sé: “Quei re e quelle regine desideravano sempre avere dei figli. Forse, se fossero stati curati, i loro desideri sarebbero andati nella direzione opposta.”

“Penso,” continuò, “che sarebbe meglio includere la signora Milvey nel nostro Consiglio. È indispensabile per me. Se volete, la chiamo subito.”

Sì, il signor Milvey chiamò: “Margaretta, mia cara!”, e la signora Milvey scese giù. Era una donna piccola, carina e vivace, ma segnata dall’ansia; aveva represso molti dei suoi gusti delicati e delle sue fantasie brillanti, sostituendoli con scuole, zuppe, flanella, carbone, e tutte le preoccupazioni quotidiane di una grande famiglia, giovani e anziani compresi. Proprio come il signor Milvey aveva represso in sé molte cose che naturalmente appartenevano ai suoi vecchi studi e ai suoi compagni d’un tempo, dedicandosi invece ai poveri e ai loro bambini con le poche risorse disponibili nella vita quotidiana.

“Il signor e la signora Boffin, miei cari, della cui fortuna avrete sicuramente sentito parlare.”

Mrs Milvey, with the most unaffected grace in the world, congratulated them, and was glad to see them. Yet her engaging face, being an open as well as a perceptive one, was not without her husband’s latent smile.

‘Mrs Boffin wishes to adopt a little boy, my dear.’

Mrs Milvey, looking rather alarmed, her husband added:

‘An orphan, my dear.’

‘Oh!’ said Mrs Milvey, reassured for her own little boys.

‘And I was thinking, Margaretta, that perhaps old Mrs Goody’s grandchild might answer the purpose.

‘Oh my DEAR Frank! I DON’T think that would do!’

‘No?’

‘Oh NO!’

The smiling Mrs Boffin, feeling it incumbent on her to take part in the conversation, and being charmed with the emphatic little wife and her ready interest, here offered her acknowledgments and inquired what there was against him?

‘I DON’T think,’ said Mrs Milvey, glancing at the Reverend Frank, ‘—and I believe my husband will agree with me when he considers it again—that you could possibly keep that orphan clean from snuff. Because his grandmother takes so MANY ounces, and drops it over him.’

‘But he would not be living with his grandmother then, Margaretta,’ said Mr Milvey.

‘No, Frank, but it would be impossible to keep her from Mrs Boffin’s house; and the MORE there was to eat and drink there, the oftener she would go. And she IS an inconvenient woman. I HOPE it’s not uncharitable to remember that last Christmas Eve she drank eleven cups of tea, and grumbled all the time. And she is NOT a grateful woman, Frank. You recollect her addressing a crowd outside this house, about her wrongs, when, one night after we had gone to bed, she brought back the petticoat of new flannel that had been given her, because it was too short.’

‘That’s true,’ said Mr Milvey. ‘I don’t think that would do. Would little Harrison—’

‘Oh, FRANK!’ remonstrated his emphatic wife.

‘He has no grandmother, my dear.’

‘No, but I DON’T think Mrs Boffin would like an orphan who squints so MUCH.’

‘That’s true again,’ said Mr Milvey, becoming haggard with perplexity. ‘If a little girl would do—’

‘But, my DEAR Frank, Mrs Boffin wants a boy.’

‘That’s true again,’ said Mr Milvey. ‘Tom Bocker is a nice boy’ (thoughtfully).

‘But I DOUBT, Frank,’ Mrs Milvey hinted, after a little hesitation, ‘if Mrs Boffin wants an orphan QUITE nineteen, who drives a cart and waters the roads.’

Mr Milvey referred the point to Mrs Boffin in a look; on that smiling lady’s shaking her black velvet bonnet and bows, he remarked, in lower spirits, ‘that’s true again.’

‘I am sure,’ said Mrs Boffin, concerned at giving so much trouble, ‘that if I had known you would have taken so much pains, sir—and you too, ma’ am—I don’t think I would have come.’

‘PRAY don’t say that!’ urged Mrs Milvey.

‘No, don’t say that,’ assented Mr Milvey, ‘because we are so much obliged to you for giving us the preference.’ Which Mrs Milvey confirmed; and really the kind, conscientious couple spoke, as if they kept some profitable orphan warehouse and were personally patronized. ‘But it is a responsible trust,’ added Mr Milvey, ‘and difficult to discharge. At the same time, we are naturally very unwilling to lose the chance you so kindly give us, and if you could afford us a day or two to look about us,—you know, Margaretta, we might carefully examine the workhouse, and the Infant School, and your District.’

‘To be SURE!’ said the emphatic little wife.

‘We have orphans, I know,’ pursued Mr Milvey, quite with the air as if he might have added, ‘in stock,’ and quite as anxiously as if there were great competition in the business and he were afraid of losing an order, ‘over at the clay-pits; but they are employed by relations or friends, and I am afraid it would come at last to a transaction in the way of barter. And even if you exchanged blankets for the child—or books and firing—it would be impossible to prevent their being turned into liquor.’

Accordingly, it was resolved that Mr and Mrs Milvey should search for an orphan likely to suit, and as free as possible from the foregoing objections, and should communicate again with Mrs Boffin. Then, Mr Boffin took the liberty of mentioning to Mr Milvey that if Mr Milvey would do him the kindness to be perpetually his banker to the extent of ‘a twenty-pound note or so,’ to be expended without any reference to him, he would be heartily obliged. At this, both Mr Milvey and Mrs Milvey were quite as much pleased as if they had no wants of their own, but only knew what poverty was, in the persons of other people; and so the interview terminated with satisfaction and good opinion on all sides.

‘Now, old lady,’ said Mr Boffin, as they resumed their seats behind the hammer-headed horse and man: ‘having made a very agreeable visit there, we’ll try Wilfer’s.’

It appeared, on their drawing up at the family gate, that to try Wilfer’s was a thing more easily projected than done, on account of the extreme difficulty of getting into that establishment; three pulls at the bell producing no external result; though each was attended by audible sounds of scampering and rushing within. At the fourth tug—vindictively administered by the hammer-headed young man—Miss Lavinia appeared, emerging from the house in an accidental manner, with a bonnet and parasol, as designing to take a contemplative walk. The young lady was astonished to find visitors at the gate, and expressed her feelings in appropriate action.

‘Here’s Mr and Mrs Boffin!’ growled the hammer-headed young man through the bars of the gate, and at the same time shaking it, as if he were on view in a Menagerie; ‘they’ve been here half an hour.’

‘Who did you say?’ asked Miss Lavinia.

‘Mr and Mrs BOFFIN’ returned the young man, rising into a roar.

Miss Lavinia tripped up the steps to the house-door, tripped down the steps with the key, tripped across the little garden, and opened the gate. ‘Please to walk in,’ said Miss Lavinia, haughtily. ‘Our servant is out.’

Mr and Mrs Boffin complying, and pausing in the little hall until Miss Lavinia came up to show them where to go next, perceived three pairs of listening legs upon the stairs above. Mrs Wilfer’s legs, Miss Bella’s legs, Mr George Sampson’s legs.

‘Mr and Mrs Boffin, I think?’ said Lavinia, in a warning voice. Strained attention on the part of Mrs Wilfer’s legs, of Miss Bella’s legs, of Mr George Sampson’s legs.

‘Yes, Miss.’

‘If you’ll step this way—down these stairs—I’ll let Ma know.’ Excited flight of Mrs Wilfer’s legs, of Miss Bella’s legs, of Mr George Sampson’s legs.

After waiting some quarter of an hour alone in the family sitting-room, which presented traces of having been so hastily arranged after a meal, that one might have doubted whether it was made tidy for visitors, or cleared for blindman’s buff, Mr and Mrs Boffin became aware of the entrance of Mrs Wilfer, majestically faint, and with a condescending stitch in her side: which was her company manner.

‘Pardon me,’ said Mrs Wilfer, after the first salutations, and as soon as she had adjusted the handkerchief under her chin, and waved her gloved hands, ‘to what am I indebted for this honour?’

‘To make short of it, ma’am,’ returned Mr Boffin, ‘perhaps you may be acquainted with the names of me and Mrs Boffin, as having come into a certain property.’

‘I have heard, sir,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, with a dignified bend of her head, ‘of such being the case.’

‘And I dare say, ma’am,’ pursued Mr Boffin, while Mrs Boffin added confirmatory nods and smiles, ‘you are not very much inclined to take kindly to us?’

‘Pardon me,’ said Mrs Wilfer. ‘’Twere unjust to visit upon Mr and Mrs Boffin, a calamity which was doubtless a dispensation.’ These words were rendered the more effective by a serenely heroic expression of suffering.

‘That’s fairly meant, I am sure,’ remarked the honest Mr Boffin; ‘Mrs Boffin and me, ma’am, are plain people, and we don’t want to pretend to anything, nor yet to go round and round at anything because there’s always a straight way to everything. Consequently, we make this call to say, that we shall be glad to have the honour and pleasure of your daughter’s acquaintance, and that we shall be rejoiced if your daughter will come to consider our house in the light of her home equally with this. In short, we want to cheer your daughter, and to give her the opportunity of sharing such pleasures as we are a going to take ourselves. We want to brisk her up, and brisk her about, and give her a change.’

‘That’s it!’ said the open-hearted Mrs Boffin. ‘Lor! Let’s be comfortable.’

Mrs Wilfer bent her head in a distant manner to her lady visitor, and with majestic monotony replied to the gentleman:

‘Pardon me. I have several daughters. Which of my daughters am I to understand is thus favoured by the kind intentions of Mr Boffin and his lady?’

‘Don’t you see?’ the ever-smiling Mrs Boffin put in. ‘Naturally, Miss Bella, you know.’

‘Oh-h!’ said Mrs Wilfer, with a severely unconvinced look. ‘My daughter Bella is accessible and shall speak for herself.’ Then opening the door a little way, simultaneously with a sound of scuttling outside it, the good lady made the proclamation, ‘Send Miss Bella to me!’ which proclamation, though grandly formal, and one might almost say heraldic, to hear, was in fact enunciated with her maternal eyes reproachfully glaring on that young lady in the flesh—and in so much of it that she was retiring with difficulty into the small closet under the stairs, apprehensive of the emergence of Mr and Mrs Boffin.

‘The avocations of R. W., my husband,’ Mrs Wilfer explained, on resuming her seat, ‘keep him fully engaged in the City at this time of the day, or he would have had the honour of participating in your reception beneath our humble roof.’

‘Very pleasant premises!’ said Mr Boffin, cheerfully.

‘Pardon me, sir,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, correcting him, ‘it is the abode of conscious though independent Poverty.’

Finding it rather difficult to pursue the conversation down this road, Mr and Mrs Boffin sat staring at mid-air, and Mrs Wilfer sat silently giving them to understand that every breath she drew required to be drawn with a self-denial rarely paralleled in history, until Miss Bella appeared: whom Mrs Wilfer presented, and to whom she explained the purpose of the visitors.

‘I am much obliged to you, I am sure,’ said Miss Bella, coldly shaking her curls, ‘but I doubt if I have the inclination to go out at all.’

‘Bella!’ Mrs Wilfer admonished her; ‘Bella, you must conquer this.’

‘Yes, do what your Ma says, and conquer it, my dear,’ urged Mrs Boffin, ‘because we shall be so glad to have you, and because you are much too pretty to keep yourself shut up.’ With that, the pleasant creature gave her a kiss, and patted her on her dimpled shoulders; Mrs Wilfer sitting stiffly by, like a functionary presiding over an interview previous to an execution.

‘We are going to move into a nice house,’ said Mrs Boffin, who was woman enough to compromise Mr Boffin on that point, when he couldn’t very well contest it; ‘and we are going to set up a nice carriage, and we’ll go everywhere and see everything. And you mustn’t,’ seating Bella beside her, and patting her hand, ‘you mustn’t feel a dislike to us to begin with, because we couldn’t help it, you know, my dear.’

With the natural tendency of youth to yield to candour and sweet temper, Miss Bella was so touched by the simplicity of this address that she frankly returned Mrs Boffin’s kiss. Not at all to the satisfaction of that good woman of the world, her mother, who sought to hold the advantageous ground of obliging the Boffins instead of being obliged.

‘My youngest daughter, Lavinia,’ said Mrs Wilfer, glad to make a diversion, as that young lady reappeared. ‘Mr George Sampson, a friend of the family.’

The friend of the family was in that stage of tender passion which bound him to regard everybody else as the foe of the family. He put the round head of his cane in his mouth, like a stopper, when he sat down. As if he felt himself full to the throat with affronting sentiments. And he eyed the Boffins with implacable eyes.

Il signor e la signora Boffin obbedirono e si fermarono nel piccolo corridoio in attesa che la signorina Lavinia venisse a indicare loro dove andare successivamente; notarono allora tre paia di gambe che ascoltavano attentamente sulle scale sopra di loro: le gambe della signora Wilfer, quelle della signorina Bella e quelle del signor George Sampson.

“Signor e signora Boffin, giusto?” disse Lavinia con voce allarmante. Tutti fissavano attentamente le gambe della signora Wilfer, quelle di miss Bella e quelle del signor George Sampson.

“Sì, signorina.”

“Se volete venire da questa parte, giù per queste scale, farò sapere alla mamma.”
Le gambe della signora Wilfer, quelle di Miss Bella e quelle del signor George Sampson si muovevano velocemente, piene di eccitazione.

Dopo aver aspettato da solo per circa un quarto d’ora nella sala da pranzo di famiglia, che presentava tracce di essere stata allestita in fretta e furia dopo un pasto, al punto da far dubitare se fosse stata sistemata apposta per gli ospiti o preparata per qualche gioco, il signor e la signora Boffin notarono l’ingresso della signora Wilfer: lei entrò con aria maestosa, fingendosi svenuta, e con un atteggiamento condiscendente. Questo era il suo modo abituale di comportarsi.

“Perdonatemi,” disse la signora Wilfer, dopo i primi saluti, e non appena si sistemò il fazzoletto sotto il mento e agitò le mani guantate, “di cosa devo essere grata per questo onore?”

“In breve, signora,” rispose il signor Boffin, “forse conoscete i nostri nomi, il mio e quello della signora Boffin, poiché siamo entrati in possesso di una certa proprietà.”

“Ho sentito parlare di questo, signore,” rispose la signora Wilfer, inchinandosi con dignità, “e so che è vero.”

“E oserei dire, signora,” continuò il signor Boffin, mentre la signora Boffin annuiva e sorrideva in segno di conferma, “che lei non è molto propensa ad essere gentile con noi, vero?”

“Perdonatemi,” disse la signora Wilfer. “Sarebbe ingiusto addolorare il signor e la signora Boffin in un momento che, senza dubbio, rappresenta una sorta di provvidenza.” Queste parole divennero ancora più efficaci grazie a un’espressione serena e coraggiosa di sofferenza.

“È certamente detto con buone intenzioni,” osservò l’onesto signor Boffin; “la signora Boffin ed io siamo persone semplici e non vogliamo fingere nulla, né tantomeno complicare le cose quando esiste sempre un modo diretto per risolverle. Pertanto, facciamo questa richiesta nel chiaro intento di essere onorati e felici di conoscere vostra figlia, e saremmo molto lieti se lei considerasse la nostra casa come una seconda dimora, proprio come la sua. In breve, vogliamo rendere vostra figlia più allegra, darle l’opportunità di condividere le gioie che anche noi ci apprestiamo a goderci. Vogliamo farla sentire più vivace e stimolare il suo spirito.”

“Ecco fatto!”, esclamò la generosa signora Boffin. “Oh, diamoci un po’ di comodità.”

La signora Wilfer chinò la testa in modo distaccato verso la sua ospite e, con una voce maestosa e monotona, rispose al gentiluomo:

“Perdonatemi. Ho diverse figlie. Quale di loro, secondo voi, è quella che riceve tali attenzioni gentili da parte del signor Boffin e della sua signora?”

“Non lo vede?” intervenne la sempre sorridente signora Boffin. “Naturalmente, signorina Bella, lei lo sa.”

“Oh-h!”, disse la signora Wilfer con un’espressione chiaramente scettica. “Mia figlia Bella è disponibile e parlerà per sé stessa.” Poi, aprendo leggermente la porta, contemporaneamente a un rumore di movimenti all’esterno, la gentile signora pronunciò: “Fatemi venire la signorina Bella!”. Quella dichiarazione, sebbene estremamente formale e quasi cerimoniosa, fu in realtà pronunciata con uno sguardo materno pieno di rimprovero rivolto verso quella giovane donna. A tal punto che lei stessa si ritirò a fatica nella piccola stanza sotto le scale, temendo l’arrivo del signor e della signora Boffin.

“Le occupazioni di R. W., mio marito,” spiegò la signora Wilfer, risedendo al suo posto, “lo tengono completamente impegnato nella >Città a quest’ora del giorno; altrimenti avrebbe avuto l’onore di partecipare alla vostra ricevimento sotto il nostro umile tetto.”

“Locali davvero molto piacevoli!” disse il signor Boffin, con entusiasmo.

“Perdonatemi, signore,” rispose la signora Wilfer correggendolo, “è l’abitazione della povertà consapevole, sebbene indipendente.”

Ritenendo piuttosto difficile proseguire la conversazione su questa strada, il signor e la signora Boffin rimasero seduti a fissare il vuoto, mentre la signora Wilfer stava in silenzio, facendo loro capire che ogni respiro che prendeva richiedeva un grado di auto-sacrificio raramente paragonabile nella storia. Fino all’arrivo della signorina Bella: alla quale la signora Wilfer fece le presentazioni e spiegò lo scopo della visita dei visitatori.

“Sono molto grata a voi, ne sono sicura,” disse la signorina Bella, scuotendo freddamente i suoi riccioli, “ma dubito che abbia alcuna voglia di uscire.”

“Bella!”, la rimproverò la signora Wilfer; “Bella, devi riuscirci”.

“Sì, fai quello che ti dice tua madre e conquistalo, carina mia,” la esortò la signora Boffin. “Perché saremmo così felici di averti con noi, e perché sei troppo bella per tenerti nascosta.” Detto questo, quella deliziosa creatura le diede un bacio e le accarezzò le spalle paffute; la signora Wilfer, intanto, sedeva rigida accanto a loro, come una funzionaria che presiedesse un colloquio precedente all’esecuzione.

“Andremo ad abitare in una bella casa,” disse la signora Boffin, che era abbastanza donna da essere disposta a fare delle concessioni su quel punto quando il signor Boffin non poteva davvero opporsi; “e compreremo anche una bella carrozza, così potremo andare ovunque e vedere tutto. E tu,” aggiunse, sedendo Bella accanto a sé e accarezzandole la mano, “non devi assolutamente provare antipatia per noi fin dall’inizio, perché non abbiamo potuto farci nulla, capisci, cara?”

Data la naturale tendenza della gioventù a essere schietta e gentile, Miss Bella fu così commossa dalla semplicità di quel gesto che ricambiò sinceramente il bacio di Mrs Boffin. Questo, tuttavia, non soddisfece affatto quella brava donna di mondo, sua madre, la quale cercava sempre di mantenere una posizione vantaggiosa, ossia di dovere qualcosa ai Boffin piuttosto che essere in debito con loro.

“Mia figlia minore, Lavinia”, disse la signora Wilfer, felice di cambiare argomento non appena quella giovane signorina ricomparve. “Il signor George Sampson, un amico della famiglia.”

L’amico di famiglia si trovava in quella fase di passione tenera che lo spingeva a considerare tutti gli altri come nemici della famiglia. Quando si sedeva, metteva la punta rotonda del suo bastone in bocca, come se fosse un tappo, come se avesse il cuore pieno di sentimenti offensivi. E guardava i Boffins con occhi implacabili.

‘If you like to bring your sister with you when you come to stay with us,’ said Mrs Boffin, ‘of course we shall be glad. The better you please yourself, Miss Bella, the better you’ll please us.’

‘Oh, my consent is of no consequence at all, I suppose?’ cried Miss Lavinia.

‘Lavvy,’ said her sister, in a low voice, ‘have the goodness to be seen and not heard.’

‘No, I won’t,’ replied the sharp Lavinia. ‘I’m not a child, to be taken notice of by strangers.’

‘You ARE a child.’

‘I’m not a child, and I won’t be taken notice of. “Bring your sister,” indeed!’

Lavinia!’ said Mrs Wilfer. ‘Hold! I will not allow you to utter in my presence the absurd suspicion that any strangers—I care not what their names—can patronize my child. Do you dare to suppose, you ridiculous girl, that Mr and Mrs Boffin would enter these doors upon a patronizing errand; or, if they did, would remain within them, only for one single instant, while your mother had the strength yet remaining in her vital frame to request them to depart? You little know your mother if you presume to think so.’

‘It’s all very fine,’ Lavinia began to grumble, when Mrs Wilfer repeated:

‘Hold! I will not allow this. Do you not know what is due to guests? Do you not comprehend that in presuming to hint that this lady and gentleman could have any idea of patronizing any member of your family—I care not which—you accuse them of an impertinence little less than insane?’

‘Never mind me and Mrs Boffin, ma’am,’ said Mr Boffin, smilingly: ‘we don’t care.’

‘Pardon me, but I do,’ returned Mrs Wilfer.

Miss Lavinia laughed a short laugh as she muttered, ‘Yes, to be sure.’

‘And I require my audacious child,’ proceeded Mrs Wilfer, with a withering look at her youngest, on whom it had not the slightest effect, ‘to please to be just to her sister Bella; to remember that her sister Bella is much sought after; and that when her sister Bella accepts an attention, she considers herself to be conferring qui-i-ite as much honour,’—this with an indignant shiver,—‘as she receives.’

But, here Miss Bella repudiated, and said quietly, ‘I can speak for myself; you know, ma. You needn’t bring ME in, please.’

‘And it’s all very well aiming at others through convenient me,’ said the irrepressible Lavinia, spitefully; ‘but I should like to ask George Sampson what he says to it.’

‘Mr Sampson,’ proclaimed Mrs Wilfer, seeing that young gentleman take his stopper out, and so darkly fixing him with her eyes as that he put it in again: ‘Mr Sampson, as a friend of this family and a frequenter of this house, is, I am persuaded, far too well-bred to interpose on such an invitation.’

This exaltation of the young gentleman moved the conscientious Mrs Boffin to repentance for having done him an injustice in her mind, and consequently to saying that she and Mr Boffin would at any time be glad to see him; an attention which he handsomely acknowledged by replying, with his stopper unremoved, ‘Much obliged to you, but I’m always engaged, day and night.’

However, Bella compensating for all drawbacks by responding to the advances of the Boffins in an engaging way, that easy pair were on the whole well satisfied, and proposed to the said Bella that as soon as they should be in a condition to receive her in a manner suitable to their desires, Mrs Boffin should return with notice of the fact. This arrangement Mrs Wilfer sanctioned with a stately inclination of her head and wave of her gloves, as who should say, ‘Your demerits shall be overlooked, and you shall be mercifully gratified, poor people.’

‘By-the-bye, ma’am,’ said Mr Boffin, turning back as he was going, ‘you have a lodger?’

‘A gentleman,’ Mrs Wilfer answered, qualifying the low expression, ‘undoubtedly occupies our first floor.’

‘I may call him Our Mutual Friend,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘What sort of a fellow IS Our Mutual Friend, now? Do you like him?’

‘Mr Rokesmith is very punctual, very quiet, a very eligible inmate.’

‘Because,’ Mr Boffin explained, ‘you must know that I’m not particularly well acquainted with Our Mutual Friend, for I have only seen him once. You give a good account of him. Is he at home?’

‘Mr Rokesmith is at home,’ said Mrs Wilfer; ‘indeed,’ pointing through the window, ‘there he stands at the garden gate. Waiting for you, perhaps?’

‘Perhaps so,’ replied Mr Boffin. ‘Saw me come in, maybe.’

Bella had closely attended to this short dialogue. Accompanying Mrs Boffin to the gate, she as closely watched what followed.

‘How are you, sir, how are you?’ said Mr Boffin. ‘This is Mrs Boffin. Mr Rokesmith, that I told you of; my dear.’

She gave him good day, and he bestirred himself and helped her to her seat, and the like, with a ready hand.

‘Good-bye for the present, Miss Bella,’ said Mrs Boffin, calling out a hearty parting. ‘We shall meet again soon! And then I hope I shall have my little John Harmon to show you.’

Mr Rokesmith, who was at the wheel adjusting the skirts of her dress, suddenly looked behind him, and around him, and then looked up at her, with a face so pale that Mrs Boffin cried:

‘Gracious!’ And after a moment, ‘What’s the matter, sir?’

‘How can you show her the Dead?’ returned Mr Rokesmith.

‘It’s only an adopted child. One I have told her of. One I’m going to give the name to!’

‘You took me by surprise,’ said Mr Rokesmith, ‘and it sounded like an omen, that you should speak of showing the Dead to one so young and blooming.’

Now, Bella suspected by this time that Mr Rokesmith admired her. Whether the knowledge (for it was rather that than suspicion) caused her to incline to him a little more, or a little less, than she had done at first; whether it rendered her eager to find out more about him, because she sought to establish reason for her distrust, or because she sought to free him from it; was as yet dark to her own heart. But at most times he occupied a great amount of her attention, and she had set her attention closely on this incident.

“Se vuoi portare tua sorella con te quando vieni a stare da noi,” disse la signora Boffin, “certamente saremo felici. Più ti diverti tu, signorina Bella, più ci farai felici anche noi.”

“Oh, immagino che il mio consenso non abbia alcuna importanza, vero?” gridò la signorina Lavinia.

“Lavvy,” disse sua sorella a bassa voce, “per favore, fai in modo di essere vista ma non sentita.”

“No, non lo farò,” rispose la decisa Lavinia. “Non sono una bambina da cui gli sconosciuti debbano prendersi cura.”

“Sei davvero un bambino.”

“Non sono più un bambino, quindi probabilmente nessuno si accorgerà di me, ‘Porta tua sorella con te’, davvero!”

Lavinia!’ disse la signora Wilfer. ‘Aspetta! Non permetterò che tu esprima davanti a me una sospetto assurdo, secondo cui qualche estraneo – non mi interessa quale sia il loro nome – possa prendersi cura della mia figlia. Osi forse pensare, tu ragazza ridicola, che il signor e la signora Boffin entrerebbero in questa casa con intenzioni paternalistiche; o, anche se lo facessero, rimarrebbero lì dentro nemmeno per un istante, mentre tua madre avrebbe ancora la forza di chiedere loro di andarsene? Non conosci affatto tua madre se osi pensare una cosa del genere.’

“Tutto va molto bene,” iniziò a brontolare Lavinia, quando la signora Wilfer ripeté:

“Fermatevi! Non permetterò che accada. Non sapete forse cosa è dovuto agli ospiti? Non capite che, presumendo anche solo di insinuare che questa signora e questo gentiluomo possano avere l’idea di prendersi cura di qualche membro della vostra famiglia – non mi interessa quale – li state accusando di una scortesia quasi folle?”

“Lasciate perdere me e la signora Boffin, signora,” disse il signor Boffin sorridendo: “a noi non importa.”

“Mi scusi, ma sì,” rispose la signora Wilfer.

La signorina Lavinia rise brevemente e mormorò: “Sì, senza dubbio.”

“E richiedo che la mia audace bambina,” proseguì la signora Wilfer, lanciando uno sguardo sprezzante verso la sua figlia minore, che però non ne fu affatto influenzata, “si comporti con giustizia nei confronti di sua sorella Bella; che ricordi che sua sorella Bella è molto corteggiata; e che quando lei, Bella, accetta un’attenzione, si consideri di aver conferito altrettanta onore, ”, disse rabbrividendo di indignazione, “quanto ne riceve lei stessa.”

Ma qui Miss Bella si rifiutò e disse tranquillamente: “Posso parlare per me stessa; tu lo sai, mamma. Non c’è bisogno di coinvolgermi, per favore.”

“E tutto questo, in realtà, serve soltanto a colpire gli altri attraverso di me, in modo comodo e conveniente,” disse l’irreprimibile Lavinia con malizia; “ma mi piacerebbe chiedere a George Sampson cosa ne pensa.”

“Signor Sampson,” esclamò la signora Wilfer, vedendo quel giovane gentiluomo estrarre il tappo della bottiglia e fissandolo con tale intensità che lui fu costretto a rimetterlo dentro: “Signor Sampson, essendo un amico di questa famiglia e un frequentatore di questa casa, sono convinta che lei sia troppo ben educato per intervenire in una questione del genere.”

Questo esaltamento da parte del giovane gentiluomo spinse la coscienziosa signora Boffin a pentirsi di avergli fatto un torto nel suo cuore; di conseguenza, disse che lei e il signor Boffin sarebbero stati sempre felici di vederlo. Lui ringraziò cortesemente, rispondendo senza togliersi il tappo dalla bocca: “Grazie mille, ma sono sempre impegnato, sia di giorno che di notte.”

Tuttavia, Bella compensava tutti questi svantaggi rispondendo in modo affascinante alle avance dei Boffin; quindi quella simpatica coppia era nel complesso molto soddisfatta. Proposero dunque a Bella che, non appena fossero stati in grado di accoglierla in un modo conforme ai loro desideri, la signora Boffin potesse tornare e comunicarlo loro. Questa proposta fu approvata dalla signora Wilfer con un solenne cenno del capo e un gesto delle mani, come a dire: “I vostri difetti verranno ignorati e vi verrà concessa misericordiosamente ciò che desiderate, poverini.”

“Arrivederci, signora,” disse il signor Boffin voltandosi mentre se ne andava, “ha un inquilino?”

“Un gentiluomo,” rispose la signora Wilfer, precisando quel commento poco lusinghiero, “senza dubbio abita al nostro primo piano.”

“Posso chiamarlo il Nostro Amico Comune,” disse il signor Boffin. “Ma che tipo di persona è davvero questo Nostro Amico Comune? Ti piace?”

“Il signor Rokesmith è molto puntuale, molto silenzioso, un detenuto davvero idoneo.”

“Perché,” spiegò il signor Boffin, “dovete sapere che non conosco molto bene il nostro ‘Amico Comune’, visto che l’ho incontrato solo una volta. Avete descritto bene le sue caratteristiche. È a casa in questo momento?”

“Il signor Rokesmith è a casa,” disse la signora Wilfer; “infatti,” aggiunse indicando attraverso la finestra, “lì sta, vicino al cancello del jardino. Forse vi aspetta, ”

“Forse sì,” rispose il signor Boffin. “Forse mi ha visto entrare.”

Bella aveva seguito attentamente questo breve dialogo. Accompagnando la signora Boffin fino al cancello, aveva osservato con attenzione ciò che è successo dopo.

“Come sta, signore, come sta?” disse il signor Boffin. “Questa è la signora Boffin. Il signor Rokesmith, di cui le ho parlato. Mia cara.”

Gli disse “buongiorno”, e lui si alzò prontamente per aiutarla a sedersi, facendo tutto con grande sollecitudine.

“Addio per ora, signorina Bella,” disse la signora Boffin, con un caloroso saluto d’addio. “Ci rivedremo presto! E allora spero di potervi presentare il mio piccolo John Harmon.”

Il signor Rokesmith, che era intento ad aggiustare le gonne del suo abito, all’improvviso guardò indietro, intorno a sé, e poi alzò lo sguardo verso di lei; il suo viso era così pallido che la signora Boffin gridò.

“Mio Dio!” E dopo un momento: “Che cosa c’è, signore?”

“Come puoi mostrarle i Morti?” rispose il signor Rokesmith.

“È solo un bambino adottivo. Uno di cui le ho parlato. Uno a cui darò un nome!”

“Mi hai colto di sorpresa,” disse il signor Rokesmith, “e sembra quasi un presagio che tu abbia parlato di mostrare i Morti a qualcuno così giovane e pieno di vita.”

Ora, a quel momento, Bella sospettava che il signor Rokesmith la ammirasse. Se questa consapevolezza (poiché si trattava più di una certezza che di un semplice sospetto) la spingesse ad avvicinarsi a lui di più o di meno rispetto all’inizio, se la rendesse desiderosa di scoprire di più su di lui, nel tentativo di trovare motivazioni per la sua diffidenza o al contrario per liberarlo da essa. Questo rimaneva ancora un mistero per lei stessa. Tuttavia, la maggior parte delle volte il signor Rokesmith occupava gran parte dei suoi pensieri, e lei aveva prestato molta attenzione a questo episodio.

That he knew it as well as she, she knew as well as he, when they were left together standing on the path by the garden gate.

‘Those are worthy people, Miss Wilfer.’

‘Do you know them well?’ asked Bella.

He smiled, reproaching her, and she coloured, reproaching herself—both, with the knowledge that she had meant to entrap him into an answer not true—when he said ‘I know OF them.’

‘Truly, he told us he had seen you but once.’

‘Truly, I supposed he did.’

Bella was nervous now, and would have been glad to recall her question.

‘You thought it strange that, feeling much interested in you, I should start at what sounded like a proposal to bring you into contact with the murdered man who lies in his grave. I might have known—of course in a moment should have known—that it could not have that meaning. But my interest remains.’

Re-entering the family-room in a meditative state, Miss Bella was received by the irrepressible Lavinia with:

‘There, Bella! At last I hope you have got your wishes realized—by your Boffins. You’ll be rich enough now—with your Boffins. You can have as much flirting as you like—at your Boffins. But you won’t take ME to your Boffins, I can tell you—you and your Boffins too!’

‘If,’ quoth Mr George Sampson, moodily pulling his stopper out, ‘Miss Bella’s Mr Boffin comes any more of his nonsense to ME, I only wish him to understand, as betwixt man and man, that he does it at his per—’ and was going to say peril; but Miss Lavinia, having no confidence in his mental powers, and feeling his oration to have no definite application to any circumstances, jerked his stopper in again, with a sharpness that made his eyes water.

And now the worthy Mrs Wilfer, having used her youngest daughter as a lay-figure for the edification of these Boffins, became bland to her, and proceeded to develop her last instance of force of character, which was still in reserve. This was, to illuminate the family with her remarkable powers as a physiognomist; powers that terrified R. W. when ever let loose, as being always fraught with gloom and evil which no inferior prescience was aware of. And this Mrs Wilfer now did, be it observed, in jealousy of these Boffins, in the very same moments when she was already reflecting how she would flourish these very same Boffins and the state they kept, over the heads of her Boffinless friends.

‘Of their manners,’ said Mrs Wilfer, ‘I say nothing. Of their appearance, I say nothing. Of the disinterestedness of their intentions towards Bella, I say nothing. But the craft, the secrecy, the dark deep underhanded plotting, written in Mrs Boffin’s countenance, make me shudder.’

As an incontrovertible proof that those baleful attributes were all there, Mrs Wilfer shuddered on the spot.

Lui lo sapeva altrettanto bene quanto lei; anche lei lo sapeva altrettanto bene quanto lui, quando rimasero soli in piedi sul sentiero accanto al cancello del giardino.

“Sono persone meritevoli, signorina Wilfer.”

“Li conosci davvero bene?” chiese Bella.

Sorrise, rimproverandola, e lei arrossì, rimproverandosi. Entrambi sapevano che aveva voluto indurlo a dare una risposta falsa, quando lui disse: “Ne so qualcosa”.

“Veramente, ci ha detto di avervi visto solo una volta.”

“Credo davvero che lo abbia fatto.”

Ora Bella era nervosa, e avrebbe voluto poter ricordare la sua domanda.

“Ti è sembrato strano che, essendo molto interessato a te, abbia iniziato con qualcosa che suonava come una proposta per farti incontrare l’uomo assassinato che giace nella sua tomba. Avrei dovuto capirlo subito: ovviamente avrei dovuto rendersi conto che non poteva avere quel significato. Ma il mio interesse rimane.”

Rientrando nella sala familiare in uno stato di meditazione, la signorina Bella fu accolta dall’irrefrenabile Lavinia con.

“Ecco, Bella! Finalmente spero che i tuoi desideri siano stati realizzati grazie ai tuoi scienziati. Ora sarai abbastanza ricca, con loro. Potrai flirtare quanto vuoi, con loro. Ma non mi porterai mai da loro, te lo dico io. Tu e i tuoi scienziati!”

“Se,” disse il signor George Sampson, estraendo malinconicamente il tappo della sua bottiglia, “se il signor Boffin di Miss Bella dovesse ancora venire da ME con le sue sciocchezze, vorrei solo che capisse, da uomo a uomo, che sta commettendo un grave, errore.” Stava per dire “pericolo”, ma la signorina Lavinia, non fidandosi delle sue capacità mentali e ritenendo che il suo discorso non si riferisse affatto a nessuna situazione concreta, gli rimise bruscamente il tappo nella bottiglia, con tale forza da fargli venire le lacrime agli occhi.

E ora la stimata signora Wilfer, avendo utilizzato sua figlia minore come esempio concreto per l’educazione di questi Boffins, iniziò a considerarla insignificante e decise di mettere in mostra l’ultima manifestazione del proprio carattere forte, ancora in riserva. Si trattava di utilizzare le sue straordinarie capacità come fisionomista per “illuminare” la famiglia; capacità che terrorizzavano R. W., poiché sempre cariche di oscurità e malevolenza, cose di cui nessuna previsione ordinaria avrebbe potuto essere a conoscenza. E ora, osserviamo bene, la signora Wilfer lo faceva per gelosia nei confronti di questi Boffins, proprio nei momenti in cui stava già pensando a come poter promuovere ulteriormente quegli stessi Boffins e lo stato sociale in cui si trovavano, a scapito delle sue amiche prive di tali “benefici”.

“Per quanto riguarda i loro modi,” disse la signora Wilfer, “non ho nulla da dire. Per quanto riguarda il loro aspetto, non ho nulla da dire. Per quanto riguarda l’imparzialità delle loro intenzioni verso Bella, non ho nulla da dire. Ma quella astuzia, quel segreto, quei piani subdoli e oscuri, visibili sul volto della signora Boffin, mi fanno rabbrividire.”

Come prova inconfutabile del fatto che quegli attributi malefici esistessero davvero, la signora Wilfer rabbrividì sul posto.

Chapter 10

A MARRIAGE CONTRACT

There is excitement in the Veneering mansion. The mature young lady is going to be married (powder and all) to the mature young gentleman, and she is to be married from the Veneering house, and the Veneerings are to give the breakfast. The Analytical, who objects as a matter of principle to everything that occurs on the premises, necessarily objects to the match; but his consent has been dispensed with, and a spring-van is delivering its load of greenhouse plants at the door, in order that to-morrow’s feast may be crowned with flowers.

The mature young lady is a lady of property. The mature young gentleman is a gentleman of property. He invests his property. He goes, in a condescending amateurish way, into the City, attends meetings of Directors, and has to do with traffic in Shares. As is well known to the wise in their generation, traffic in Shares is the one thing to have to do with in this world. Have no antecedents, no established character, no cultivation, no ideas, no manners; have Shares. Have Shares enough to be on Boards of Direction in capital letters, oscillate on mysterious business between London and Paris, and be great. Where does he come from? Shares. Where is he going to? Shares. What are his tastes? Shares. Has he any principles? Shares. What squeezes him into Parliament? Shares. Perhaps he never of himself achieved success in anything, never originated anything, never produced anything? Sufficient answer to all; Shares. O mighty Shares! To set those blaring images so high, and to cause us smaller vermin, as under the influence of henbane or opium, to cry out, night and day, ‘Relieve us of our money, scatter it for us, buy us and sell us, ruin us, only we beseech ye take rank among the powers of the earth, and fatten on us’!

While the Loves and Graces have been preparing this torch for Hymen, which is to be kindled to-morrow, Mr Twemlow has suffered much in his mind. It would seem that both the mature young lady and the mature young gentleman must indubitably be Veneering’s oldest friends. Wards of his, perhaps? Yet that can scarcely be, for they are older than himself. Veneering has been in their confidence throughout, and has done much to lure them to the altar. He has mentioned to Twemlow how he said to Mrs Veneering, ‘Anastatia, this must be a match.’ He has mentioned to Twemlow how he regards Sophronia Akershem (the mature young lady) in the light of a sister, and Alfred Lammle (the mature young gentleman) in the light of a brother. Twemlow has asked him whether he went to school as a junior with Alfred? He has answered, ‘Not exactly.’ Whether Sophronia was adopted by his mother? He has answered, ‘Not precisely so.’ Twemlow’s hand has gone to his forehead with a lost air.

But, two or three weeks ago, Twemlow, sitting over his newspaper, and over his dry-toast and weak tea, and over the stable-yard in Duke Street, St James’s, received a highly-perfumed cocked-hat and monogram from Mrs Veneering, entreating her dearest Mr T., if not particularly engaged that day, to come like a charming soul and make a fourth at dinner with dear Mr Podsnap, for the discussion of an interesting family topic; the last three words doubly underlined and pointed with a note of admiration. And Twemlow replying, ‘Not engaged, and more than delighted,’ goes, and this takes place:

‘My dear Twemlow,’ says Veneering, ‘your ready response to Anastatia’s unceremonious invitation is truly kind, and like an old, old friend. You know our dear friend Podsnap?’

Twemlow ought to know the dear friend Podsnap who covered him with so much confusion, and he says he does know him, and Podsnap reciprocates. Apparently, Podsnap has been so wrought upon in a short time, as to believe that he has been intimate in the house many, many, many years. In the friendliest manner he is making himself quite at home with his back to the fire, executing a statuette of the Colossus at Rhodes. Twemlow has before noticed in his feeble way how soon the Veneering guests become infected with the Veneering fiction. Not, however, that he has the least notion of its being his own case.

‘Our friends, Alfred and Sophronia,’ pursues Veneering the veiled prophet: ‘our friends Alfred and Sophronia, you will be glad to hear, my dear fellows, are going to be married. As my wife and I make it a family affair the entire direction of which we take upon ourselves, of course our first step is to communicate the fact to our family friends.’

(‘Oh!’ thinks Twemlow, with his eyes on Podsnap, ‘then there are only two of us, and he’s the other.’)

‘I did hope,’ Veneering goes on, ‘to have had Lady Tippins to meet you; but she is always in request, and is unfortunately engaged.’

(‘Oh!’ thinks Twemlow, with his eyes wandering, ‘then there are three of us, and SHE’S the other.’)

‘Mortimer Lightwood,’ resumes Veneering, ‘whom you both know, is out of town; but he writes, in his whimsical manner, that as we ask him to be bridegroom’s best man when the ceremony takes place, he will not refuse, though he doesn’t see what he has to do with it.’

(‘Oh!’ thinks Twemlow, with his eyes rolling, ‘then there are four of us, and HE’S the other.’)

‘Boots and Brewer,’ observes Veneering, ‘whom you also know, I have not asked to-day; but I reserve them for the occasion.’

(‘Then,’ thinks Twemlow, with his eyes shut, ‘there are si—’ But here collapses and does not completely recover until dinner is over and the Analytical has been requested to withdraw.)

‘We now come,’ says Veneering, ‘to the point, the real point, of our little family consultation. Sophronia, having lost both father and mother, has no one to give her away.’

‘Give her away yourself,’ says Podsnap.

‘My dear Podsnap, no. For three reasons. Firstly, because I couldn’t take so much upon myself when I have respected family friends to remember. Secondly, because I am not so vain as to think that I look the part. Thirdly, because Anastatia is a little superstitious on the subject and feels averse to my giving away anybody until baby is old enough to be married.’

Capitolo 10

Un contratto di mattrimonio

C’è grande eccitazione nella dimora dei Veneering. La giovane donna adulta sta per sposare il giovane gentiluomo adulto; il matrimonio si svolgerà presso la casa dei Veneering, e loro stessi offriranno la colazione. L’Analitico, che per principio si oppone a tutto ciò che avviene in quella dimora, naturalmente si oppone anche a questo matrimonio; tuttavia, il suo consenso non è stato necessario. In questo momento, un furgone sta consegnando all’interno piante da serra, affinché la festa di domani possa essere arricchita da fiori.

La giovane donna matura è una signora con proprietà. Il giovane uomo maturo è un gentiluomo con proprietà; investe il proprio patrimonio. Con un atteggiamento condiscendente e dilettantistico, si reca in Città, partecipa alle riunioni dei consigli di amministrazione e si occupa del commercio azionario. Come è ben noto a coloro che hanno saggezza nella loro generazione, il commercio azionario è l’unica cosa importante da fare in questo mondo. Nessun precedente, nessun carattere consolidato, nessuna cultura, nessune idee, nessun comportamento. Solo azioni. Avere abbastanza azioni da far parte dei consigli di amministrazione, muoversi in affari misteriosi tra Londra e Parigi, ed essere considerati importanti. Da dove viene? Dalle azioni. Dove va? Dalle azioni. Quali sono i suoi gusti? Le azioni. Ha qualche principio? Le azioni. Cosa lo spinge a entrare in Parlamento? Le azioni. Forse non ha mai ottenuto alcun successo da solo, non ha mai creato nulla, non ha mai prodotto nulla. Una risposta sufficiente a tutto: le azioni. Oh, potenti azioni! Alzare quelle immagini così in alto, e farci, noi piccoli esseri insignificanti, gridare giorno e notte: “Riduceteci dei nostri soldi, distribuiteli per noi, comprateci e vendeteci, rovinatemi. Ma vi preghiamo, assumete un posto tra le potenze della terra e nutritevi a spese nostre”!

Mentre le “Amore e Grazie” preparavano questa torcia per l’uso di domani, il signor Twemlow aveva sofferto molto interiormente. Sembra che sia la giovane donna matura quanto il giovane gentiluomo maturo siano senza dubbio i più vecchi amici di Veneering. Forse addirittura suoi protetti? Ma questo è improbabile, visto che sono più anziani di lui stesso. Veneering ha sempre avuto fiducia in loro e ha fatto molto per convincerli a sposarsi. Ha raccontato a Twemlow di aver detto alla signora Veneering: “Anastatia, questo deve essere un matrimonio perfetto”. Ha anche parlato a Twemlow del suo rapporto con Sophronia Akershem (la giovane donna matura) come se fosse una sorella, e con Alfred Lammle (il giovane gentiluomo maturo) come se fosse un fratello. Twemlow gli ha chiesto se avesse frequentato la scuola insieme ad Alfred. Lui ha risposto: “Non esattamente”. Gli ha anche chiesto se Sophronia fosse stata adottata da sua madre. E lui ha risposto: “Nemmeno questo”. Twemlow si è preso il viso tra le mani, con un’espressione perplessa.

Ma due o tre settimane fa, Twemlow, seduto davanti al suo giornale, con il suo pane tostato e il suo tè debole, e guardando il cortile della stalla in Duke Street, St James’s, ricevette un cappello a cilindro profumatissimo e un monogramma da parte di Mrs Veneering. Lei lo pregava di far venire il suo caro Mr T., anche se quel giorno non era particolarmente impegnato, affinché partecipasse a cena con dear Mr Podsnap per discutere di un argomento familiare interessante; le ultime tre parole erano state sottolineate due volte e segnalate con un tono di ammirazione. E Twemlow, rispondendo “Non sono impegnato, e ne sarei più che felice”, andò. E così accadde.

“Mio caro Twemlow,” disse Veneering, “la tua pronta risposta all’invito così informale di Anastasia è davvero gentile. Come un vecchio amico. Conosci il nostro caro amico Podsnap?”

Twemlow dovrebbe conoscere quel caro amico Podsnap che lo ha messo in tanta confusione; lui dice di conoscerlo davvero, e anche Podsnap ricambia questa stessa sensazione. A quanto pare, Podsnap è stato profondamente influenzato in poco tempo, al punto di credere di essere stato un ospite assiduo in quella casa per molti, molti anni. Con la massima cordialità, si sta comportando come se fosse a casa sua, seduto davanti al fuoco e realizzando una statuetta del Colosso di Rodi. In precedenza, Twemlow aveva già notato, in modo discreto, quanto velocemente quegli ospiti “falsamente cordiali” venissero contagiati da quelle stesse menzogne. Tuttavia, lui non ha la minima idea che anche lui faccia parte di questa situazione.

“I nostri amici, Alfred e Sophronia,” continua Veneering rivolgendosi al profeta velato: “i nostri amici Alfred e Sophronia, saranno felici di saperlo, cari compagni, si sposano. Poiché io e mia moglie consideriamo questa un’affare familiare, di cui ci assumiamo interamente la responsabilità, naturalmente il nostro primo passo è comunicarlo ai nostri amici della famiglia.”

“Oh!” pensò Twemlow, fissando Podsnap. “Allora siamo solo in due, e lui è l’altro.”

“Speravo davvero,” continua Veneering, “che Lady Tippins potesse incontrarti; ma è sempre molto richiesta e, purtroppo, è già impegnata.”

“Oh!” pensò Twemlow, con lo sguardo perso nel vuoto, “allora siamo in tre, e lei è l’altra.”

“Mortimer Lightwood,” continua Veneering, “che entrambi conoscete, è fuori città in questo momento; ma scrive, nel suo modo stravagante, che poiché gli chiediamo di essere il testimone principale dello sposo durante la cerimonia, non rifiuterà, anche se non capisce quale sia il suo ruolo in tutto ciò.”

“Oh!” pensò Twemlow, con gli occhi che gli si giravano nella testa, “allora siamo in quattro, e LUI è l’altro.”

“Boots and Brewer,” osserva Veneering, “che anche tu conosci, non l’ho chiesto oggi; ma lo riservo per un’occasione speciale.”

(Poi,” pensa Twemlow, con gli occhi chiusi, “ci sono, ma qui il pensiero si interrompe e non riprende completamente fino a quando la cena non è finita e non viene chiesto all’“Analitico” di ritirarsi.”)

“Ora arriviamo,” dice Veneering, “al punto cruciale, al vero obiettivo della nostra piccola riunione familiare. Sophronia, avendo perso sia padre che madre, non ha nessuno che possa darla in sposa.”

“Dalle tu stesso via”, dice Podsnap.

“Mio caro Podsnap, no. Per tre ragioni. Prima di tutto, perché non potrei assumermi una responsabilità del genere, soprattutto considerando che devo ricordare anche tanti amici e parenti a cui tengo molto. In secondo luogo, perché non sono così vanitoso da pensare di essere adatto per il ruolo. Terzo e ultimo, perché Anastatia è un po’ superstiziosa in merito e si oppone al fatto che io presenti qualcuno prima che il bambino sia abbastanza grande per sposarsi.”

‘What would happen if he did?’ Podsnap inquires of Mrs Veneering.

‘My dear Mr Podsnap, it’s very foolish I know, but I have an instinctive presentiment that if Hamilton gave away anybody else first, he would never give away baby.’ Thus Mrs Veneering; with her open hands pressed together, and each of her eight aquiline fingers looking so very like her one aquiline nose that the bran-new jewels on them seem necessary for distinction’s sake.

‘But, my dear Podsnap,’ quoth Veneering, ‘there IS a tried friend of our family who, I think and hope you will agree with me, Podsnap, is the friend on whom this agreeable duty almost naturally devolves. That friend,’ saying the words as if the company were about a hundred and fifty in number, ‘is now among us. That friend is Twemlow.’

‘Certainly!’ from Podsnap.

‘That friend,’ Veneering repeats with greater firmness, ‘is our dear good Twemlow. And I cannot sufficiently express to you, my dear Podsnap, the pleasure I feel in having this opinion of mine and Anastatia’s so readily confirmed by you, that other equally familiar and tried friend who stands in the proud position—I mean who proudly stands in the position—or I ought rather to say, who places Anastatia and myself in the proud position of himself standing in the simple position—of baby’s godfather.’ And, indeed, Veneering is much relieved in mind to find that Podsnap betrays no jealousy of Twemlow’s elevation.

So, it has come to pass that the spring-van is strewing flowers on the rosy hours and on the staircase, and that Twemlow is surveying the ground on which he is to play his distinguished part to-morrow. He has already been to the church, and taken note of the various impediments in the aisle, under the auspices of an extremely dreary widow who opens the pews, and whose left hand appears to be in a state of acute rheumatism, but is in fact voluntarily doubled up to act as a money-box.

And now Veneering shoots out of the Study wherein he is accustomed, when contemplative, to give his mind to the carving and gilding of the Pilgrims going to Canterbury, in order to show Twemlow the little flourish he has prepared for the trumpets of fashion, describing how that on the seventeenth instant, at St James’s Church, the Reverend Blank Blank, assisted by the Reverend Dash Dash, united in the bonds of matrimony, Alfred Lammle Esquire, of Sackville Street, Piccadilly, to Sophronia, only daughter of the late Horatio Akershem, Esquire, of Yorkshire. Also how the fair bride was married from the house of Hamilton Veneering, Esquire, of Stucconia, and was given away by Melvin Twemlow, Esquire, of Duke Street, St James’s, second cousin to Lord Snigsworth, of Snigsworthy Park. While perusing which composition, Twemlow makes some opaque approach to perceiving that if the Reverend Blank Blank and the Reverend Dash Dash fail, after this introduction, to become enrolled in the list of Veneering’s dearest and oldest friends, they will have none but themselves to thank for it.

After which, appears Sophronia (whom Twemlow has seen twice in his lifetime), to thank Twemlow for counterfeiting the late Horatio Akershem Esquire, broadly of Yorkshire. And after her, appears Alfred (whom Twemlow has seen once in his lifetime), to do the same and to make a pasty sort of glitter, as if he were constructed for candle-light only, and had been let out into daylight by some grand mistake. And after that, comes Mrs Veneering, in a pervadingly aquiline state of figure, and with transparent little knobs on her temper, like the little transparent knob on the bridge of her nose, ‘Worn out by worry and excitement,’ as she tells her dear Mr Twemlow, and reluctantly revived with curacoa by the Analytical. And after that, the bridesmaids begin to come by rail-road from various parts of the country, and to come like adorable recruits enlisted by a sergeant not present; for, on arriving at the Veneering depot, they are in a barrack of strangers.

So, Twemlow goes home to Duke Street, St James’s, to take a plate of mutton broth with a chop in it, and a look at the marriage-service, in order that he may cut in at the right place to-morrow; and he is low, and feels it dull over the livery stable-yard, and is distinctly aware of a dint in his heart, made by the most adorable of the adorable bridesmaids. For, the poor little harmless gentleman once had his fancy, like the rest of us, and she didn’t answer (as she often does not), and he thinks the adorable bridesmaid is like the fancy as she was then (which she is not at all), and that if the fancy had not married some one else for money, but had married him for love, he and she would have been happy (which they wouldn’t have been), and that she has a tenderness for him still (whereas her toughness is a proverb). Brooding over the fire, with his dried little head in his dried little hands, and his dried little elbows on his dried little knees, Twemlow is melancholy. ‘No Adorable to bear me company here!’ thinks he. ‘No Adorable at the club! A waste, a waste, a waste, my Twemlow!’ And so drops asleep, and has galvanic starts all over him.

Betimes next morning, that horrible old Lady Tippins (relict of the late Sir Thomas Tippins, knighted in mistake for somebody else by His Majesty King George the Third, who, while performing the ceremony, was graciously pleased to observe, ‘What, what, what? Who, who, who? Why, why, why?’) begins to be dyed and varnished for the interesting occasion. She has a reputation for giving smart accounts of things, and she must be at these people’s early, my dear, to lose nothing of the fun. Whereabout in the bonnet and drapery announced by her name, any fragment of the real woman may be concealed, is perhaps known to her maid; but you could easily buy all you see of her, in Bond Street; or you might scalp her, and peel her, and scrape her, and make two Lady Tippinses out of her, and yet not penetrate to the genuine article. She has a large gold eye-glass, has Lady Tippins, to survey the proceedings with. If she had one in each eye, it might keep that other drooping lid up, and look more uniform. But perennial youth is in her artificial flowers, and her list of lovers is full.

“Cosa succederebbe se lo facesse?” chiede Podsnap a Mrs Veneering.

“Mio caro signor Podsnap, so che è molto sciocco da parte mia, ma ho un presentimento istintivo: se Hamilton dovesse tradire qualcun altro prima, non tradirebbe mai il bambino.” Così disse la signora Veneering; con le mani aperte premute una contro l’altra, e ciascuno dei suoi otto dita affusolati che assomigliavano così tanto al suo naso aquilino da far sembrare necessari quegli gioielli nuovi di zecca soltanto per evidenziarne la bellezza.

“Ma, caro Podsnap,” disse Veneering, “esiste davvero un amico di lunga data della nostra famiglia che, credo e spero anche tu sia d’accordo con me, Podsnap, è l’amico a cui quasi naturalmente spetta questo compito piacevole. Quell’amico, ”, disse pronunciando queste parole come se ci fossero circa centocinquanta persone presenti, “è proprio tra di noi in questo momento. Quell’amico è Twemlow.”

“Certamente!” disse Podsnap.

“Quel amico,” ripete Veneering con maggiore fermezza, “è il nostro caro e buon Twemlow. E non posso esprimervi a sufficienza, mio caro Podsnap, quanto mi faccia piacere che questa mia opinione, così come quella di Anastatia, venga così prontamente confermata da voi, da quell’altro amico altrettanto conosciuto e affidabile che occupa una posizione tanto nobile. Voglio dire, che ci mette in una posizione nobile, lui stesso essendo nella semplice posizione di padrino del bambino.” E infatti, Veneering è molto sollevato nel constatare che Podsnap non mostra alcuna invidia per l’ascesa sociale di Twemlow.

Sì, è successo che il carro primaverile sparga fiori nelle ore più belle della giornata e sulle scale, e che Twemlow ispezioni il luogo dove domani dovrà svolgere il suo ruolo importante. È già stato in chiesa e ha notato i vari ostacoli presenti nel corridoio, sotto la supervisione di una vedova estremamente noiosa che apre le panche. La sua mano sinistra sembra soffrire di un grave reumatismo, ma in realtà è stata volontariamente piegata a metà per fungere da cassetta delle offerte.

E ora Veneering esce dallo studio dove è solito, di notte, dedicarsi al lavoro di intaglio e doratura delle raffigurazioni dei pellegrini diretti a Canterbury, al fine di mostrare a Twemlow i piccoli dettagli che ha preparato per “le trombe della moda”. Descrive in particolare come, nel diciassettesimo momento, nella chiesa di San Giacomo, il reverendo Blank Blank, assistito dal reverendo Dash Dash, abbia unito in matrimonio Alfred Lammle, di Sackville Street a Piccadilly, con Sophronia, unica figlia del defunto Horatio Akershem, dello Yorkshire. Racconta anche come la bella sposa sia stata accompagnata alla cerimonia dalla famiglia Hamilton Veneering, di Stucconia, e come il testimone di nozze sia stato Melvin Twemlow, di Duke Street a San Giacomo, cugino di secondo grado di Lord Snigsworth, di Snigsworthy Park. Mentre legge queste descrizioni, Twemlow inizia a rendersi conto che, se il reverendo Blank Blank e il reverendo Dash Dash non riusciranno, dopo questa presentazione, ad essere inclusi nell’elenco degli amici più cari e antichi di Veneering, dovranno ringraziare soltanto se stessi per questo.

Dopo di ciò, appare Sophronia (che Twemlow ha visto soltanto due volte nella sua vita), per ringraziarlo di aver falsificato le carte del defunto Horatio Akershem Esquire, originario dello Yorkshire. Poi arriva Alfred (che Twemlow ha visto una volta sola), per fare lo stesso e creare un effetto luminoso, come se fosse stato creato appositamente per l’illuminazione a candela e fosse stato portato alla luce del giorno per qualche grande errore. Subito dopo, arriva la signora Veneering: il suo aspetto è estremamente magro e snello; il suo carattere, inoltre, sembra “trasparente”, come quel piccolo rigonfiamento trasparente sul dorso del suo naso. Lei dice a Twemlow che è “consumata dalla preoccupazione e dall’emozione”, ma che è stata rianimata con il curacoa fornito dallo “Analitico”. Infine, le damigelle d’onore iniziano ad arrivare da varie parti del paese, come adorabili nuove reclute arruolate da un sergente assente, perché, non appena giungono al deposito della famiglia Veneering, si trovano in mezzo a sconosciuti.

Quindi, Twemlow torna a casa, in Duke Street, St James’s, per mangiare una ciotola di brodo di montone con un pezzo di carne e per assistere alla cerimonia nuziale, così da poter intervenire nel momento giusto il giorno dopo. È povero, si sente solo e triste nel cortile dello stallo, ed è ben consapevole del dolore che prova nel suo cuore, causato dalla più adorabile delle damigelle d’onore. Perché quel povero giovane, come tutti noi, aveva avuto un’infatuazione per lei; lei non gli ha risposto (come spesso non fa), e lui pensa che quella damigella d’onore sia ancora l’oggetto della sua passione, anche se in realtà non lo è affatto. Pensa che, se solo lei lo avesse sposato per amore e non per denaro, loro sarebbero stati felici, ma non lo sono stati. E ora pensa che lei provi ancora qualcosa per lui, anche se in realtà è molto dura con lui. Rimuginando davanti al fuoco, con la testa tra le mani e i gomiti sulle ginocchia, Twemlow è profondamente malinconico. “Nessuna Adorabile qui a farmi compagnia. Nessuna Adorabile al club. Un vero spreco, un vero spreco, ” E così si addormenta, svegliandosi di continuo per scosse improvvisi.

La mattina seguente, quella terribile vecchia signora Tippins – rimasero di Sir Thomas Tippins, cavaliere nominato per errore da Sua Maestà il re Giorgio III durante la cerimonia di investitura – iniziò a farsi tingere e lucidare per l’occasione speciale. Era nota per raccontare le cose in modo molto vivace; doveva quindi arrivare presto da quelle persone, cara mia, per non perdersi nulla dello spettacolo. Dove, esattamente, all’interno del cappello e delle vesti che portava, si potesse nascondere qualche traccia della vera natura di quella donna. Forse solo la sua cameriera lo sapeva; ma tutto ciò che si poteva vedere di lei si poteva facilmente comprare in Bond Street. O forse si sarebbe potuto “scalparla”, “pelarla” e “raschiarla”, creando così due “Lady Tippins”, senza però riuscire a scoprire la verità su di lei. Aveva un grande occhialone d’oro con cui osservare tutto ciò che accadeva. Se ne avesse avuti uno in ogni occhio, forse l’altro lembo della palpebra sarebbe rimasto sollevato, facendola sembrare ancora più uniforme. Ma la sua eterna giovinezza si rifletteva nei suoi fiori artificiali. E la lista dei suoi amanti era lunga.

‘Mortimer, you wretch,’ says Lady Tippins, turning the eyeglass about and about, ‘where is your charge, the bridegroom?’

‘Give you my honour,’ returns Mortimer, ‘I don’t know, and I don’t care.’

‘Miserable! Is that the way you do your duty?’

‘Beyond an impression that he is to sit upon my knee and be seconded at some point of the solemnities, like a principal at a prizefight, I assure you I have no notion what my duty is,’ returns Mortimer.

Eugene is also in attendance, with a pervading air upon him of having presupposed the ceremony to be a funeral, and of being disappointed. The scene is the Vestry-room of St James’s Church, with a number of leathery old registers on shelves, that might be bound in Lady Tippinses.

But, hark! A carriage at the gate, and Mortimer’s man arrives, looking rather like a spurious Mephistopheles and an unacknowledged member of that gentleman’s family. Whom Lady Tippins, surveying through her eye-glass, considers a fine man, and quite a catch; and of whom Mortimer remarks, in the lowest spirits, as he approaches, ‘I believe this is my fellow, confound him!’ More carriages at the gate, and lo the rest of the characters. Whom Lady Tippins, standing on a cushion, surveying through the eye-glass, thus checks off. ‘Bride; five-and-forty if a day, thirty shillings a yard, veil fifteen pound, pocket-handkerchief a present. Bridesmaids; kept down for fear of outshining bride, consequently not girls, twelve and sixpence a yard, Veneering’s flowers, snub-nosed one rather pretty but too conscious of her stockings, bonnets three pound ten. Twemlow; blessed release for the dear man if she really was his daughter, nervous even under the pretence that she is, well he may be. Mrs Veneering; never saw such velvet, say two thousand pounds as she stands, absolute jeweller’s window, father must have been a pawnbroker, or how could these people do it? Attendant unknowns; pokey.’

Ceremony performed, register signed, Lady Tippins escorted out of sacred edifice by Veneering, carriages rolling back to Stucconia, servants with favours and flowers, Veneering’s house reached, drawing-rooms most magnificent. Here, the Podsnaps await the happy party; Mr Podsnap, with his hair-brushes made the most of; that imperial rocking-horse, Mrs Podsnap, majestically skittish. Here, too, are Boots and Brewer, and the two other Buffers; each Buffer with a flower in his button-hole, his hair curled, and his gloves buttoned on tight, apparently come prepared, if anything had happened to the bridegroom, to be married instantly. Here, too, the bride’s aunt and next relation; a widowed female of a Medusa sort, in a stoney cap, glaring petrifaction at her fellow-creatures. Here, too, the bride’s trustee; an oilcake-fed style of business-gentleman with mooney spectacles, and an object of much interest. Veneering launching himself upon this trustee as his oldest friend (which makes seven, Twemlow thought), and confidentially retiring with him into the conservatory, it is understood that Veneering is his co-trustee, and that they are arranging about the fortune. Buffers are even overheard to whisper Thir-ty Thou-sand Pou-nds! with a smack and a relish suggestive of the very finest oysters. Pokey unknowns, amazed to find how intimately they know Veneering, pluck up spirit, fold their arms, and begin to contradict him before breakfast. What time Mrs Veneering, carrying baby dressed as a bridesmaid, flits about among the company, emitting flashes of many-coloured lightning from diamonds, emeralds, and rubies.

The Analytical, in course of time achieving what he feels to be due to himself in bringing to a dignified conclusion several quarrels he has on hand with the pastrycook’s men, announces breakfast. Dining-room no less magnificent than drawing-room; tables superb; all the camels out, and all laden. Splendid cake, covered with Cupids, silver, and true-lovers’ knots. Splendid bracelet, produced by Veneering before going down, and clasped upon the arm of bride. Yet nobody seems to think much more of the Veneerings than if they were a tolerable landlord and landlady doing the thing in the way of business at so much a head. The bride and bridegroom talk and laugh apart, as has always been their manner; and the Buffers work their way through the dishes with systematic perseverance, as has always been THEIR manner; and the pokey unknowns are exceedingly benevolent to one another in invitations to take glasses of champagne; but Mrs Podsnap, arching her mane and rocking her grandest, has a far more deferential audience than Mrs Veneering; and Podsnap all but does the honours.

Another dismal circumstance is, that Veneering, having the captivating Tippins on one side of him and the bride’s aunt on the other, finds it immensely difficult to keep the peace. For, Medusa, besides unmistakingly glaring petrifaction at the fascinating Tippins, follows every lively remark made by that dear creature, with an audible snort: which may be referable to a chronic cold in the head, but may also be referable to indignation and contempt. And this snort being regular in its reproduction, at length comes to be expected by the company, who make embarrassing pauses when it is falling due, and by waiting for it, render it more emphatic when it comes. The stoney aunt has likewise an injurious way of rejecting all dishes whereof Lady Tippins partakes: saying aloud when they are proffered to her, ‘No, no, no, not for me. Take it away!’ As with a set purpose of implying a misgiving that if nourished upon similar meats, she might come to be like that charmer, which would be a fatal consummation. Aware of her enemy, Lady Tippins tries a youthful sally or two, and tries the eye-glass; but, from the impenetrable cap and snorting armour of the stoney aunt all weapons rebound powerless.

Another objectionable circumstance is, that the pokey unknowns support each other in being unimpressible. They persist in not being frightened by the gold and silver camels, and they are banded together to defy the elaborately chased ice-pails. They even seem to unite in some vague utterance of the sentiment that the landlord and landlady will make a pretty good profit out of this, and they almost carry themselves like customers. Nor is there compensating influence in the adorable bridesmaids; for, having very little interest in the bride, and none at all in one another, those lovely beings become, each one of her own account, depreciatingly contemplative of the millinery present; while the bridegroom’s man, exhausted, in the back of his chair, appears to be improving the occasion by penitentially contemplating all the wrong he has ever done; the difference between him and his friend Eugene, being, that the latter, in the back of HIS chair, appears to be contemplating all the wrong he would like to do—particularly to the present company.

“Mortimer, maledetto,” disse Lady Tippins, girando continuamente il suo monocolo, “dove è la tua responsabilità, lo sposo?”

“Ti do la mia onore,” risponde Mortimer, “ma non lo so e non mi interessa.”

“Misero! È davvero così che si compie il proprio dovere?”

“Oltre all’impressione che debba sedersi sulle mie ginocchia e assumere un ruolo di secondo piano in alcune parti delle cerimonie, come un arbitro in un incontro di pugilato, vi assicuro che non ho la minima idea di quale sia il mio dovere,” risponde Mortimer.

Anche Eugene è presente; sembra evidente che abbia presunto che la cerimonia fosse un funerale e che quindi sia deluso. La scena si svolge nella sala delle vesti della chiesa di St James’s; sugli scaffali ci sono diversi vecchi registri in pelle, probabilmente realizzati da Lady Tippins.

Ma ascoltate! Una carrozza alla porta. Arriva l’uomo di Mortimer, che sembra proprio un falso Mefistofele, un membro non riconosciuto della famiglia di quel gentiluomo. Lady Tippins, osservandolo attraverso il suo monocolo, lo considera un uomo davvero interessante. E Mortimer, avvicinandosi con aria cupa, commenta: “Credo che sia proprio lui. Maledetto!” Altre carrozze arrivano alla porta. E ecco gli altri personaggi. Lady Tippins, in piedi su un cuscino e guardando attraverso il monocolo, li elenca così:
“Sposa: cinquantacinque anni, trenta scellini al metro per il velo, quindici sterline per il fazzoletto da tasca. Damigelle d’onore: scelte con attenzione per non oscurare la sposa; dodici scellini al metro. I fiori di Veneering. Quella con il naso schiacciato è abbastanza carina, ma si preoccupa troppo delle sue calze. Cappelli: tre sterline e dieci. Twemlow. Che sollievo per lui se davvero fosse sua figlia. Anche se finge di esserlo. Beh, forse è davvero così. Signora Veneering. Mai visto un velluto del genere. Direi due migliaia di sterline. Quella donna sembra proprio uscita da una vetrina di gioielleria. Il padre dev’essere stato un usuraio. Altrimenti, come avrebbero potuto permetterselo? Gli assistenti. Poco interessanti, ”

La cerimonia è terminata, il registro è stato firmato; Lady Tippins viene scortata fuori dall’edificio sacro da Veneering. Le carrozze si dirigono verso Stucconia; i servitori, muniti di doni e fiori, accompagnano Veneering fino a casa sua, dove gli salotti sono davvero magnifici. Qui attende la felice compagnia: il signor Podsnap, che approfitta al massimo delle sue spazzole per capelli; la signora Podsnap, dall’aspetto maestoso e un po’ irrequieto. Anche qui ci sono Boots, Brewer e gli altri due “Buffers”: ognuno di loro indossa un fiore all’occhiello, i capelli arricciati e i guanti ben infilati; sembrano davvero pronti a sposarsi all’istante, nel caso fosse successo qualcosa al fidanzato. Presenti anche la zia e le altre parenti della sposa: una donna vedova, dall’aspetto minaccioso, con un cappello di pietra, che fissa con occhi gelidi gli altri presenti. C’è anche il tutore finanziario della sposa: un uomo dall’aspetto cupo, con occhiali da miope, oggetto di grande interesse per tutti. Si dice che Veneering sia suo co-tutore e che stiano discutendo insieme delle questioni legate al patrimonio. Si sentono persino i “Buffers” sussurrare “Trentamila sterline!”, con un tono che sembra alludere a ostriche di altissima qualità. Gli sconosciuti, stupiti dal fatto che conoscano così bene Veneering, si fanno coraggio e iniziano a contraddirlo prima ancora della colazione. La signora Veneering, con il bambino vestito da damigella d’onore, va avanti e indietro tra la compagnia, emanando scintille di luce provenienti dai diamanti, dagli smeraldi e dai rubini.

Nel corso del tempo, l’uomo analitico, ritenendo di essersi meritato ciò che gli spettava per aver risolto in modo dignitoso diverse controversie in corso con i dipendenti del pasticcere, annunciò la colazione. La sala da pranzo era altrettanto maestosa della sala da ricevimento: tavoli squisiti, tutti i servitori presenti e carichi di cibo. C’era una torta splendida, ricoperta di Cupidi, argento e nodi d’amore veri. E anche un braccialetto magnifico, creato da Veneering prima della cerimonia, che fu indossato dal braccio della sposa. Tuttavia, nessuno sembrava considerare i Veneering molto diversi da una normale coppia di proprietari terrieri che svolgeva il proprio compito in modo professionale. La sposa e lo sposo chiacchieravano e ridevano come al solito; i camerieri servivano con metodica diligenza, così come facevano sempre. Gli sconosciuti presenti si dimostravano estremamente gentili gli uni con gli altri, invitandosi a bere champagne. Ma la signora Podsnap, con il suo portamento maestoso e i suoi modi autoritari, attirava un pubblico molto più rispettoso di quello della signora Veneering. E quasi tutti i compiti cerimoniali venivano svolti da Podsnap stesso.

Un’altra circostanza deprimente è che Veneering, trovandosi con la affascinante Tippins da un lato e la zia della sposa dall’altro, ha grandissime difficoltà a mantenere la pace. Infatti, Medusa, oltre a fissare con uno sguardo gelido e minaccioso Tippins, reagisce con un sonoro sputo ogni volta che quella cara creatura pronuncia qualcosa di divertente. Il che potrebbe essere dovuto a un raffreddore cronico alla testa, ma potrebbe anche significare indignazione e disprezzo. Poiché questo sputo si ripete sistematicamente, alla fine tutti se ne aspettano; di conseguenza, quando arriva il momento, le persone fanno pause imbarazzanti, rendendo così quel gesto ancora più evidente. Anche la zia “di pietra” ha un modo offensivo per rifiutare tutti i piatti che Tippins mangia: li rifiuta ad alta voce, dicendo “No, no, no. Non per me! Portateli via!”. Come se volesse insinuare che, se continuasse a consumare cibi del genere, potrebbe diventare come quella strega affascinante, il che sarebbe una conseguenza fatale. Consapevole della sua nemica, Tippins prova qualche scherzo o utilizza gli occhiali, ma tutte le sue “armi” vengono respinte senza alcun effetto dall’impenetrabile armatura di disprezzo e ostilità della zia di pietra.

Un’altra circostanza spiacevole è che quegli sconosciuti e insignificanti si sostengono a vicenda nel rimanere indifferenti a tutto. Insistono nel non lasciarsi intimidire nemmeno dai “cammelli d’oro e d’argento” simboli di ricchezza, e si uniscono per sfidare quelle tentazioni elaborate e apparentemente allettanti. Sembra persino che condividano l’idea che il padrone di casa trarrà notevoli profitti da questa situazione, e si comportano quasi come clienti. Non c’è nemmeno un’influenza positiva da parte delle adorabili damigelle d’onore: poiché hanno molto poco interesse per la sposa e nessun interesse reciproco tra loro, quelle giovani donne osservano con disprezzo l’abbigliamento sfarzoso presente; mentre lo sposo, esausto, seduto in fondo alla sala, sembra riflettere con rimorso su tutti i torti che ha commesso. La differenza tra lui e il suo amico Eugene sta nel fatto che quest’ultimo, anch’egli seduto in fondo alla sua sedia, sembra invece riflettere su tutti i torti che vorrebbe commettere, soprattutto nei confronti dei presenti.

In which state of affairs, the usual ceremonies rather droop and flag, and the splendid cake when cut by the fair hand of the bride has but an indigestible appearance. However, all the things indispensable to be said are said, and all the things indispensable to be done are done (including Lady Tippins’s yawning, falling asleep, and waking insensible), and there is hurried preparation for the nuptial journey to the Isle of Wight, and the outer air teems with brass bands and spectators. In full sight of whom, the malignant star of the Analytical has pre-ordained that pain and ridicule shall befall him. For he, standing on the doorsteps to grace the departure, is suddenly caught a most prodigious thump on the side of his head with a heavy shoe, which a Buffer in the hall, champagne-flushed and wild of aim, has borrowed on the spur of the moment from the pastrycook’s porter, to cast after the departing pair as an auspicious omen.

So they all go up again into the gorgeous drawing-rooms—all of them flushed with breakfast, as having taken scarlatina sociably—and there the combined unknowns do malignant things with their legs to ottomans, and take as much as possible out of the splendid furniture. And so, Lady Tippins, quite undetermined whether today is the day before yesterday, or the day after to-morrow, or the week after next, fades away; and Mortimer Lightwood and Eugene fade away, and Twemlow fades away, and the stoney aunt goes away—she declines to fade, proving rock to the last—and even the unknowns are slowly strained off, and it is all over.

All over, that is to say, for the time being. But, there is another time to come, and it comes in about a fortnight, and it comes to Mr and Mrs Lammle on the sands at Shanklin, in the Isle of Wight.

Mr and Mrs Lammle have walked for some time on the Shanklin sands, and one may see by their footprints that they have not walked arm in arm, and that they have not walked in a straight track, and that they have walked in a moody humour; for, the lady has prodded little spirting holes in the damp sand before her with her parasol, and the gentleman has trailed his stick after him. As if he were of the Mephistopheles family indeed, and had walked with a drooping tail.

‘Do you mean to tell me, then, Sophronia—’

Thus he begins after a long silence, when Sophronia flashes fiercely, and turns upon him.

‘Don’t put it upon ME, sir. I ask you, do YOU mean to tell me?’

Mr Lammle falls silent again, and they walk as before. Mrs Lammle opens her nostrils and bites her under-lip; Mr Lammle takes his gingerous whiskers in his left hand, and, bringing them together, frowns furtively at his beloved, out of a thick gingerous bush.

‘Do I mean to say!’ Mrs Lammle after a time repeats, with indignation. ‘Putting it on me! The unmanly disingenuousness!’

Mr Lammle stops, releases his whiskers, and looks at her. ‘The what?’

Mrs Lammle haughtily replies, without stopping, and without looking back. ‘The meanness.’

He is at her side again in a pace or two, and he retorts, ‘That is not what you said. You said disingenuousness.’

‘What if I did?’

‘There is no “if” in the case. You did.’

‘I did, then. And what of it?’

‘What of it?’ says Mr Lammle. ‘Have you the face to utter the word to me?’

‘The face, too!’ replied Mrs Lammle, staring at him with cold scorn. ‘Pray, how dare you, sir, utter the word to me?’

‘I never did.’

As this happens to be true, Mrs Lammle is thrown on the feminine resource of saying, ‘I don’t care what you uttered or did not utter.’

After a little more walking and a little more silence, Mr Lammle breaks the latter.

‘You shall proceed in your own way. You claim a right to ask me do I mean to tell you. Do I mean to tell you what?’

‘That you are a man of property?’

‘No.’

‘Then you married me on false pretences?’

‘So be it. Next comes what you mean to say. Do you mean to say you are a woman of property?’

‘No.’

‘Then you married me on false pretences.’

‘If you were so dull a fortune-hunter that you deceived yourself, or if you were so greedy and grasping that you were over-willing to be deceived by appearances, is it my fault, you adventurer?’ the lady demands, with great asperity.

‘I asked Veneering, and he told me you were rich.’

‘Veneering!’ with great contempt. ‘And what does Veneering know about me!’

‘Was he not your trustee?’

‘No. I have no trustee, but the one you saw on the day when you fraudulently married me. And his trust is not a very difficult one, for it is only an annuity of a hundred and fifteen pounds. I think there are some odd shillings or pence, if you are very particular.’

Mr Lammle bestows a by no means loving look upon the partner of his joys and sorrows, and he mutters something; but checks himself.

‘Question for question. It is my turn again, Mrs Lammle. What made you suppose me a man of property?’

‘You made me suppose you so. Perhaps you will deny that you always presented yourself to me in that character?’

‘But you asked somebody, too. Come, Mrs Lammle, admission for admission. You asked somebody?’

‘I asked Veneering.’

‘And Veneering knew as much of me as he knew of you, or as anybody knows of him.’

After more silent walking, the bride stops short, to say in a passionate manner:

‘I never will forgive the Veneerings for this!’

‘Neither will I,’ returns the bridegroom.

With that, they walk again; she, making those angry spirts in the sand; he, dragging that dejected tail. The tide is low, and seems to have thrown them together high on the bare shore. A gull comes sweeping by their heads and flouts them. There was a golden surface on the brown cliffs but now, and behold they are only damp earth. A taunting roar comes from the sea, and the far-out rollers mount upon one another, to look at the entrapped impostors, and to join in impish and exultant gambols.

‘Do you pretend to believe,’ Mrs Lammle resumes, sternly, ‘when you talk of my marrying you for worldly advantages, that it was within the bounds of reasonable probability that I would have married you for yourself?’

In tale situazione, le solite cerimonie appaiono piuttosto svogliate e il stendardo sembra perdere il suo splendore; anche la magnifica torta, una volta tagliata dalla mano della sposa, ha un aspetto poco attraente. Tuttavia, vengono dette tutte le cose indispensabili da dire e fatte tutte le cose necessarie (compresa l’apertura della bocca di Lady Tippins, il suo sonnellino e il suo risveglio privo di sensi). Si prepara quindi in fretta la viaggio nuziale verso l’Isola di Wight, mentre l’aria esterna è piena di bande musicali e spettatori. Proprio sotto i loro occhi, la “stella malvagia dell’Analisi” ha predestinato che su di lui si abbattano >dolore e ridicolo. Poiché lui, in piedi sul gradino della porta per assistere alla partenza, viene improvvisamente colpito con un forte pugno sulla testa da uno stivale pesante: l’aggressore è un servitore nel corridoio, rosso in viso e privo di mira precisa; ha preso lo stivale all’istante dal portiere del pasticcere, per lanciarlo come un presagio favorevole alla coppia che si allontanava.

Quindi tutti salgono di nuovo nelle meravigliose sale da pranzo; sono tutti arrossiti per aver mangiato la colazione, come se avessero contratto la scarlattina in modo “sociale”. Lì, quelle incertezze combinate fanno cose “malvagie” con le loro gambe sui divani, e sfruttano al massimo quei bellissimi mobili. E così, Lady Tippins – del tutto incapace di capire se oggi sia il giorno prima di ieri, o il giorno dopo domani, o la settimana prossima – scompare; anche Mortimer Lightwood, Eugene e Twemlow scompaiono. E persino quella zia rigida si allontana: rifiuta di scomparire, dimostrando di essere davvero “roccia” fino alla fine. E anche quelle incertezze, lentamente, svaniscono. Ed è tutto finito.

Dappertutto, cioè, per il momento. Ma ci sarà un altro momento che arriverà tra circa quindici giorni, e avverrà a casa del signor e della signora Lammle, sulle spiagge di Shanklin, sull’Isola di Wight.

Il signor e la signora Lammle hanno camminato per un po’ sulle spiagge di Shanklin; dai loro segni lasciati sulla sabbia si può vedere che non hanno camminato abbracciati, né lungo una traiettoria dritta, ma piuttosto con un umore capriccioso. La signora, infatti, ha usato il suo ombrello per creare piccoli fori nella sabbia umida davanti a sé, mentre il signore lasciava dietro di sé le orme del proprio bastone. Come se davvero appartenesse alla famiglia di Mefistofele e camminasse con la coda tra le gambe.

“Quindi vuoi dirmi, Sophronia, ”

Così inizia, dopo un lungo silenzio, quando Sofronia irrompe con furia e si rivolge contro di lui.

“Non mettermelo addosso, signore. La prego, intende davvero dirmi questo?”

Il signor Lammle tace di nuovo, e proseguono il loro cammino come prima. La signora Lammle apre le narici e morde il labbro inferiore; il signor Lammle prende le sue folte sopracciglia con la mano sinistra, le avvicina e, con un cipiglio furtivo, guarda la sua amata, che si nasconde dietro un fitto cespuglio.

“Voglio forse dire, ” ripete la signora Lammle più e più volte, con indignazione. “Incolparmi di questo. Quella mancanza di coraggio e sincerità!”

“Mr Lammle si ferma, lascia andare le sue basette e la guarda, ‘Il cosa?’”

“La meschinità”, risponde la signora Lammle con aria sprezzante, senza fermarsi e senza guardare indietro.

È di nuovo al suo fianco dopo un attimo, e ribatte: “Non è quello che hai detto. Hai detto che si trattava di disonestà.”

“E se lo facessi?”

“Non c’è alcun ‘se’ in questa situazione: l’hai fatto.”

“L’ho fatto, e allora? E cosa cambia?”

“E allora?” dice il signor Lammle. “Hai davvero il coraggio di pronunciare quella parola davanti a me?”

“Anche il viso!” rispose la signora Lammle, fissandolo con freddo disprezzo.
“Per favore, come osate pronunciare quella parola davanti a me?”

“Non l’ho mai fatto.”

Poiché questo è effettivamente vero, la signora Lammle ricorre all’espressione tipicamente femminile: “Non mi interessa ciò che hai detto o non hai detto”.

Dopo aver camminato ancora un po’ e dopo un po’ di silenzio, il signor Lammle rompe quel silenzio.

“Puoi procedere come preferisci. Affermi di avere il diritto di chiedermi. Cioè, vuoi che ti dica qualcosa?”

“Che tu sia un uomo con proprietà?”

‘No.’

“Quindi mi hai sposato sotto falsi pretesti?”

“Va bene, allora parla pure. Vuoi dire che sei una donna con proprietà?”

‘No.’

“Allora mi hai sposato sotto falsi pretesti.”

“Se sei così stupido da cercare fortuna al punto di ingannarti da solo, o se sei così avido e geloso da essere troppo disposto a lasciarti ingannare dalle apparenze, è forse colpa mia, tu avventuriero?” chiede la signora con grande asprezza.

“Ho chiesto a Veneering, e mi ha detto che sei ricco.”

“Falsità!” esclamò con profondo disprezzo. “E cosa può mai sapere questa falsità di me?”

“Non era forse il tuo fiduciario?”

“No. Non ho alcun fiduciario, ma quello che avete visto il giorno in cui mi avete sposata fraudolentemente. E la sua ‘fiducia’ non è certo qualcosa di molto importante, si tratta soltanto di un’annuità di centocinquantacinque sterline. Credo ci siano anche qualche scellino o pence in più, se vi interessa davvero.”

Il signor Lammle lancia uno sguardo tutt’altro che affettuoso alla compagna delle sue gioie e dei suoi dolori, e mormora qualcosa, ma si trattiene.

“Domanda per domanda. Ora tocca di nuovo a me, signora Lammle. Perché avete pensato che fossi una persona benestante?”

“Mi hai fatto credere che fosse così. Forse negherai di esserti sempre presentato a me con quel ruolo, ”

“Ma anche voi avete chiesto a qualcuno, no? Ditemi, signora Lammle: risposta per risposta. Avete chiesto a qualcuno?”

“Ho chiesto a Veneering.”

“E Veneering sapeva di me tanto quanto sapeva di te, o quanto chiunque sappia di lui.”

Dopo aver camminato in silenzio per un po’, la sposa si ferma e dice con passione:

“Non perdonerò mai i Venering per questo!”

“Nemmeno io,” risponde lo sposo.

Con questo, riprendono a camminare; lei, disegnando quelle furiose linee sulla sabbia; lui, trascinando dietro di sé quella coda abbattuta. La marea è bassa e sembra averli gettati insieme, lontano sulla riva desolata. Una gabbiana sfreccia sopra le loro teste, deridendoli. C’era una superficie dorata sulle scogliere brune, ma ora, ecco, non sono che terra umida. Un ringhio beffardo proviene dal mare; le onde lontane si sovrappongono a vicenda, osservando quegli impostori intrappolati e unendosi alle loro risate maliziose e trionfanti.

“Pretendi davvero di credere,” riprende la signora Lammle con severità, “quando dici che ti ho sposato per motivi materiali, che ci fosse anche solo una remota possibilità che ti avessi sposato per te stesso?”

‘Again there are two sides to the question, Mrs Lammle. What do you pretend to believe?’

‘So you first deceive me and then insult me!’ cries the lady, with a heaving bosom.

‘Not at all. I have originated nothing. The double-edged question was yours.’

‘Was mine!’ the bride repeats, and her parasol breaks in her angry hand.

His colour has turned to a livid white, and ominous marks have come to light about his nose, as if the finger of the very devil himself had, within the last few moments, touched it here and there. But he has repressive power, and she has none.

‘Throw it away,’ he coolly recommends as to the parasol; ‘you have made it useless; you look ridiculous with it.’

Whereupon she calls him in her rage, ‘A deliberate villain,’ and so casts the broken thing from her as that it strikes him in falling. The finger-marks are something whiter for the instant, but he walks on at her side.

She bursts into tears, declaring herself the wretchedest, the most deceived, the worst-used, of women. Then she says that if she had the courage to kill herself, she would do it. Then she calls him vile impostor. Then she asks him, why, in the disappointment of his base speculation, he does not take her life with his own hand, under the present favourable circumstances. Then she cries again. Then she is enraged again, and makes some mention of swindlers. Finally, she sits down crying on a block of stone, and is in all the known and unknown humours of her sex at once. Pending her changes, those aforesaid marks in his face have come and gone, now here now there, like white steps of a pipe on which the diabolical performer has played a tune. Also his livid lips are parted at last, as if he were breathless with running. Yet he is not.

‘Now, get up, Mrs Lammle, and let us speak reasonably.’

She sits upon her stone, and takes no heed of him.

‘Get up, I tell you.’

Raising her head, she looks contemptuously in his face, and repeats, ‘You tell me! Tell me, forsooth!’

She affects not to know that his eyes are fastened on her as she droops her head again; but her whole figure reveals that she knows it uneasily.

‘Enough of this. Come! Do you hear? Get up.’

Yielding to his hand, she rises, and they walk again; but this time with their faces turned towards their place of residence.

‘Mrs Lammle, we have both been deceiving, and we have both been deceived. We have both been biting, and we have both been bitten. In a nut-shell, there’s the state of the case.’

‘You sought me out—’

‘Tut! Let us have done with that. WE know very well how it was. Why should you and I talk about it, when you and I can’t disguise it? To proceed. I am disappointed and cut a poor figure.’

‘Am I no one?’

‘Some one—and I was coming to you, if you had waited a moment. You, too, are disappointed and cut a poor figure.’

‘An injured figure!’

‘You are now cool enough, Sophronia, to see that you can’t be injured without my being equally injured; and that therefore the mere word is not to the purpose. When I look back, I wonder how I can have been such a fool as to take you to so great an extent upon trust.’

‘And when I look back—’ the bride cries, interrupting.

‘And when you look back, you wonder how you can have been—you’ll excuse the word?’

‘Most certainly, with so much reason.’

‘—Such a fool as to take ME to so great an extent upon trust. But the folly is committed on both sides. I cannot get rid of you; you cannot get rid of me. What follows?’

‘Shame and misery,’ the bride bitterly replies.

‘I don’t know. A mutual understanding follows, and I think it may carry us through. Here I split my discourse (give me your arm, Sophronia), into three heads, to make it shorter and plainer. Firstly, it’s enough to have been done, without the mortification of being known to have been done. So we agree to keep the fact to ourselves. You agree?’

‘If it is possible, I do.’

‘Possible! We have pretended well enough to one another. Can’t we, united, pretend to the world? Agreed. Secondly, we owe the Veneerings a grudge, and we owe all other people the grudge of wishing them to be taken in, as we ourselves have been taken in. Agreed?’

‘Yes. Agreed.’

‘We come smoothly to thirdly. You have called me an adventurer, Sophronia. So I am. In plain uncomplimentary English, so I am. So are you, my dear. So are many people. We agree to keep our own secret, and to work together in furtherance of our own schemes.’

‘What schemes?’

‘Any scheme that will bring us money. By our own schemes, I mean our joint interest. Agreed?’

She answers, after a little hesitation, ‘I suppose so. Agreed.’

‘Carried at once, you see! Now, Sophronia, only half a dozen words more. We know one another perfectly. Don’t be tempted into twitting me with the past knowledge that you have of me, because it is identical with the past knowledge that I have of you, and in twitting me, you twit yourself, and I don’t want to hear you do it. With this good understanding established between us, it is better never done. To wind up all:—You have shown temper today, Sophronia. Don’t be betrayed into doing so again, because I have a Devil of a temper myself.’

So, the happy pair, with this hopeful marriage contract thus signed, sealed, and delivered, repair homeward. If, when those infernal finger-marks were on the white and breathless countenance of Alfred Lammle, Esquire, they denoted that he conceived the purpose of subduing his dear wife Mrs Alfred Lammle, by at once divesting her of any lingering reality or pretence of self-respect, the purpose would seem to have been presently executed. The mature young lady has mighty little need of powder, now, for her downcast face, as he escorts her in the light of the setting sun to their abode of bliss.

“Di nuovo, c’è sempre due facce della questione, signora Lammle. Cosa crede lei di credere?”

“So che prima mi inganni e poi mi offendi!” esclama la signora, con il petto che si solleva in un singhiozzo.

‘Assolutamente no. Non ho creato nulla; quella domanda a doppio taglio era tua.’

“Era mia!”, ripete la sposa, mentre il suo ombrello si rompe nella sua mano furiosa.

Il suo colore è diventato un bianco livido, e sono apparse macchie inquietanti intorno al suo naso, come se lo stesso dito del diavolo lo avesse toccato più volte negli ultimi momenti. Ma lui possiede il potere di reprimere tali segni, mentre lei no.

“Buttala via,” suggerì freddamente riguardo al ombrello; “l’hai reso inutile; sembri ridicolo con quello addosso.”

Allora, nella sua rabbia, lo chiamò “un deliberato Villainmalvagio” e gettò via quell’oggetto rotto; esso lo colpì mentre cadeva. Le impronte delle dita diventarono per un istante ancora più bianche, ma lui continuò a camminare al suo fianco.

Scoppia in lacrime, dichiarandosi la donna più sfortunata, più ingannata, più tradita di tutte. Poi dice che, se avesse il coraggio di suicidarsi, lo farebbe subito. Lo definisce un vile impostore e gli chiede perché, di fronte al fallimento delle sue basse speculazioni, non le tolga la vita con le sue stesse mani, in queste circostanze favorevoli. Poi piange di nuovo, si arrabbia ancora e menziona alcuni truffatori. Alla fine si siede su un blocco di pietra, piangendo, e manifesta tutte le emozioni tipiche del suo sesso, sia quelle conosciute che quelle sconosciute. Nel corso dei suoi cambi d’umore, i segni visibili sul suo volto appaiono e scompaiono continuamente, come se fossero “passi bianchi” su un flauto suonato da qualcuno diabolico. Anche le sue labbra livide si aprono finalmente, come se fosse senza fiato. Ma in realtà non lo è.

“Ora, alzati, signora Lammle, e parliamoci in modo ragionevole.”

Si siede sulla sua pietra e non gli presta alcuna attenzione.

“Alzati, ti dico.”

Alzando lo sguardo, lo fissa con disprezzo e ripete:
“Dimmelo! Dimmelo davvero!”

Finge di non sapere che i suoi occhi sono fissi su di lei mentre abbassa di nuovo la testa; ma tutto il suo atteggiamento rivela chiaramente che ne è a conoscenza, e in modo molto imbarazzato.

Basta così. Vieni! Mi senti? Alzati.

Cedendo alla sua mano, lei si alza e camminano di nuovo; ma questa volta con il viso rivolto verso la loro dimora.

“Signora Lammle, entrambi abbiamo ingannato, e entrambi siamo stati ingannati. Entrambi abbiamo ferito, e entrambi siamo stati feriti. In poche parole, questa è la situazione.”

“Mi hai cercato, ”

“Basta! Lasciamo perdere questa faccenda. Sappiamo molto bene com’è andata. Perché dovremmo parlarne io e te, se non possiamo nemmeno nasconderlo? Ora continuiamo. Sono deluso e mi sono fatto una brutta figura.”

“Non sono forse nessuno?”

“Qualcuno. E stavo per venire da te, se solo avessi aspettato un attimo. Anche tu sei deluso e fai una brutta figura.”

“Una figura ferita!”

“Ora sei abbastanza matura, Sophronia, da capire che non puoi essere ferita senza che anch’io ne risenta; quindi le semplici parole non bastano. Ripensandoci, mi chiedo come abbia potuto essere così stupida da affidarmi a te fino a quel punto.”

“E quando ripenso indietro, ” piange la sposa, interrompendosi.

E quando ci ripensi, ti chiedi come sia stato possibile. Scusami per la parola.

“Certamente, e con molte ragioni a sostegno.”

“Un tale idiota da affidarsi a ME fino a quel punto. Ma la follia è reciproca: non posso sbarazzarmi di te, e tu non puoi sbarazzarti di me. Cosa succederà ora?”

“Disgrazia e miseria,” risponde amaramente la sposa.

“Non lo so. Segue una comprensione reciproca, e penso che possa aiutarci. Ora divido il mio discorso (dammi il braccio, Sophronia) in tre parti, per renderlo più breve e chiaro. Prima di tutto, basta che sia stato fatto, senza la umiliazione di dover far sapere che è stato fatto. Quindi concordiamo nel tenere il segreto per noi stessi. Sei d’accordo?”

“Se è possibile, lo faccio.”

‘Possibile! Abbiamo recitato abbastanza bene l’uno davanti all’altro. Non possiamo forse, uniti, recitare anche davanti al mondo? D’accordo. In secondo luogo, dobbiamo portare rancore ai Veneerings. E dobbiamo portare rancore a tutte le altre persone, desiderando che vengano accettate proprio come noi lo siamo stati. D’accordo?’

“Sì. D’accordo.”

“Passiamo ora al terzo punto. Mi avete definito un’avventuriera, Sophronia. E lo sono. In termini piuttosto poco lusinghieri, sì, lo sono. Lo siete anche voi, mia cara. E molte altre persone lo sono. Concordiamo quindi nel mantenere i nostri segreti e nel lavorare insieme per realizzare i nostri obiettivi.”

“Quali piani?”

“Qualsiasi piano che possa farci guadagnare denaro. Intendo dire i piani che servano al nostro interesse comune. D’accordo?”

“Suppongo di sì. D’accordo,” risponde dopo un breve esitazione.

“Portato via immediatamente, vedi! Ora, Sofronia, solo altre mezza dozzina di parole. Ci conosciamo perfettamente l’uno con l’altro. Non lasciarti tentare dal rivelarmi cose che sai su di me, perché sono esattamente le stesse cose che so anch’io su di te; facendolo, ti metteresti nei guai tu stessa. E io non voglio sentirtelo fare. Con questa buona comprensione che c’è tra noi, è meglio non farlo mai più. Oggi hai mostrato di avere un carattere impulsivo, Sofronia. Non lasciarti trascinare di nuovo a comportarti così, perché anch’io ho un temperamento terribile.”

Dunque, la felice coppia, con questo speranzoso contratto di matrimonio firmato, sigillato e consegnato, tornò a casa. Se quelle orribili impronte digitali presenti sul volto pallido e sconvolto di Alfred Lammle, signore, indicavano che egli aveva intenzione di privare la sua cara moglie, la signora Alfred Lammle, di qualsiasi residuo di autostima o dignità personale, allora sembra che tale intento sia stato immediatamente realizzato. Ora, mentre lui l’accompagna nella luce del tramonto verso la loro dimora felice, quella giovane donna matura ha davvero bisogno molto poco di trucco.

Chapter 11

PODSNAPPERY

Mr Podsnap was well to do, and stood very high in Mr Podsnap’s opinion. Beginning with a good inheritance, he had married a good inheritance, and had thriven exceedingly in the Marine Insurance way, and was quite satisfied. He never could make out why everybody was not quite satisfied, and he felt conscious that he set a brilliant social example in being particularly well satisfied with most things, and, above all other things, with himself.

Thus happily acquainted with his own merit and importance, Mr Podsnap settled that whatever he put behind him he put out of existence. There was a dignified conclusiveness—not to add a grand convenience—in this way of getting rid of disagreeables which had done much towards establishing Mr Podsnap in his lofty place in Mr Podsnap’s satisfaction. ‘I don’t want to know about it; I don’t choose to discuss it; I don’t admit it!’ Mr Podsnap had even acquired a peculiar flourish of his right arm in often clearing the world of its most difficult problems, by sweeping them behind him (and consequently sheer away) with those words and a flushed face. For they affronted him.

Mr Podsnap’s world was not a very large world, morally; no, nor even geographically: seeing that although his business was sustained upon commerce with other countries, he considered other countries, with that important reservation, a mistake, and of their manners and customs would conclusively observe, ‘Not English!’ when, PRESTO! with a flourish of the arm, and a flush of the face, they were swept away. Elsewise, the world got up at eight, shaved close at a quarter-past, breakfasted at nine, went to the City at ten, came home at half-past five, and dined at seven. Mr Podsnap’s notions of the Arts in their integrity might have been stated thus. Literature; large print, respectfully descriptive of getting up at eight, shaving close at a quarter past, breakfasting at nine, going to the City at ten, coming home at half-past five, and dining at seven. Painting and Sculpture; models and portraits representing Professors of getting up at eight, shaving close at a quarter past, breakfasting at nine, going to the City at ten, coming home at half-past five, and dining at seven. Music; a respectable performance (without variations) on stringed and wind instruments, sedately expressive of getting up at eight, shaving close at a quarter past, breakfasting at nine, going to the City at ten, coming home at half-past five, and dining at seven. Nothing else to be permitted to those same vagrants the Arts, on pain of excommunication. Nothing else To Be—anywhere!

As a so eminently respectable man, Mr Podsnap was sensible of its being required of him to take Providence under his protection. Consequently he always knew exactly what Providence meant. Inferior and less respectable men might fall short of that mark, but Mr Podsnap was always up to it. And it was very remarkable (and must have been very comfortable) that what Providence meant, was invariably what Mr Podsnap meant.

These may be said to have been the articles of a faith and school which the present chapter takes the liberty of calling, after its representative man, Podsnappery. They were confined within close bounds, as Mr Podsnap’s own head was confined by his shirt-collar; and they were enunciated with a sounding pomp that smacked of the creaking of Mr Podsnap’s own boots.

There was a Miss Podsnap. And this young rocking-horse was being trained in her mother’s art of prancing in a stately manner without ever getting on. But the high parental action was not yet imparted to her, and in truth she was but an undersized damsel, with high shoulders, low spirits, chilled elbows, and a rasped surface of nose, who seemed to take occasional frosty peeps out of childhood into womanhood, and to shrink back again, overcome by her mother’s head-dress and her father from head to foot—crushed by the mere dead-weight of Podsnappery.

A certain institution in Mr Podsnap’s mind which he called ‘the young person’ may be considered to have been embodied in Miss Podsnap, his daughter. It was an inconvenient and exacting institution, as requiring everything in the universe to be filed down and fitted to it. The question about everything was, would it bring a blush into the cheek of the young person? And the inconvenience of the young person was, that, according to Mr Podsnap, she seemed always liable to burst into blushes when there was no need at all. There appeared to be no line of demarcation between the young person’s excessive innocence, and another person’s guiltiest knowledge. Take Mr Podsnap’s word for it, and the soberest tints of drab, white, lilac, and grey, were all flaming red to this troublesome Bull of a young person.

The Podsnaps lived in a shady angle adjoining Portman Square. They were a kind of people certain to dwell in the shade, wherever they dwelt. Miss Podsnap’s life had been, from her first appearance on this planet, altogether of a shady order; for, Mr Podsnap’s young person was likely to get little good out of association with other young persons, and had therefore been restricted to companionship with not very congenial older persons, and with massive furniture. Miss Podsnap’s early views of life being principally derived from the reflections of it in her father’s boots, and in the walnut and rosewood tables of the dim drawing-rooms, and in their swarthy giants of looking-glasses, were of a sombre cast; and it was not wonderful that now, when she was on most days solemnly tooled through the Park by the side of her mother in a great tall custard-coloured phaeton, she showed above the apron of that vehicle like a dejected young person sitting up in bed to take a startled look at things in general, and very strongly desiring to get her head under the counterpane again.

Capitolo 11

PODSNAPPERY

Il signor Podsnap era davvero una persona molto soddisfatta di sé; secondo lui, occupava una posizione molto elevata nella società. Partendo da un’ottima eredità, aveva sposato una donna altrettanto benestante e aveva avuto grande successo nel settore dell’assicurazione marittima, essendo quindi assolutamente soddisfatto della propria vita. Non riusciva mai a capire perché gli altri non fossero altrettanto contenti, e si sentiva orgoglioso di rappresentare un esempio positivo in termini di soddisfazione personale, soprattutto riguardo a se stesso.

Così, felicemente consapevole dei propri meriti e dell’importanza che rivestiva, il signor Podsnap decise che qualsiasi cosa lasciasse alle sue spalle doveva essere considerata come se non esistesse più. C’era una sorta di dignitosa conclusività in questo modo di sbarazzarsi di tutto ciò che poteva causargli dispiacere, e, per di più, tale approccio presentava notevoli vantaggi pratici. “Non voglio saperne nulla; non intendo discuterne; non la ammetto nemmeno!” Il signor Podsnap aveva persino sviluppato un particolare modo di muovere il braccio destro, utilizzandolo per “spazzare via” tutti i problemi più difficili con quelle parole e con il viso arrossito, perché essi lo offendevano.

Il mondo di Mr Podsnap non era un mondo molto vasto, né in termini morali né geografici: sebbene il suo commercio si basasse sulle relazioni con altri paesi, considerava questi ultimi, con quella importante riserva, degli errori; riguardo ai loro costumi e alle loro usanze, concludeva sempre: “Non sono inglesi!”. Altrimenti, nella vita quotidiana di Mr Podsnap tutto seguiva uno schema preciso: si alzava alle otto, si radeva puntualmente alle nove meno un quarto, faceva colazione alle nove, andava in città alle dieci, tornava a casa alle cinque e mezza e pranzava alle sette. Le sue idee sull’Arte, nella sua interezza, potrebbero essere così descritte:
Letteratura: opere di grande formato che descrivono con rispetto le abitudini quotidiane di Mr Podsnap.
Pittura e Scultura: modelli e ritratti che raffigurano professori che seguono lo stesso schema di vita.
Musica: esecuzioni rispettabili (senza variazioni) su strumenti a corda e a fiato, che esprimono in modo tranquillo le stesse abitudini quotidiane.
Nient’altro era permesso a queste “arti”, altrimenti venivano escluse. Nient’altro, da nessuna parte!

Essendo un uomo estremamente rispettabile, il signor Podsnap era consapevole del fatto che fosse suo dovere mettere la Provvidenza sotto la sua protezione. Di conseguenza, sapeva sempre esattamente cosa significasse la Provvidenza. Uomini inferiori e meno rispettabili potevano non raggiungere questo livello, ma il signor Podsnap ci riusciva sempre. E era davvero notevole (e sicuramente molto confortante) che ciò che significava la Provvidenza fosse esattamente ciò che significava per il signor Podsnap.

Si può dire che questi fossero i principi di una determinata fede e scuola di pensiero, che il presente capitolo si permette di chiamare, in onore del suo rappresentante, “il modo di pensare di Podsnap”. Questi principi erano confinati entro stretti limiti, proprio come la testa del signor Podsnap era confinata dal colletto della sua camicia; inoltre, venivano enunciati con una pompa e un fasto che ricordavano il rumore scricchiolante delle scarpe del signor Podsnap stesso.

C’era una certa Miss Podsnap. E questo giovane cavallo a dondolo stava imparando l’arte di muoversi con grazia e dignità, senza mai salire in sella. Ma le abitudini e i comportamenti tipici dei suoi genitori non erano ancora stati trasmessi a lui; in realtà, era soltanto una ragazzina di statura bassa, con spalle alte, spirito depresso, gomiti freddi e il naso ruvido. Sembrava che, di tanto in tanto, gettasse uno sguardo gelido dal periodo dell’infanzia verso l’età adulta, per poi ritrarsi immediatamente, sopraffatta dall’influenza dominante dei suoi genitori.

In mente del signor Podsnap esisteva un certo concetto che chiamava “la giovane persona”; questo concetto sembrava essersi concretizzato in sua figlia, la signorina Podsnap. Si trattava di un concetto scomodo e esigente, poiché richiedeva che tutto nell’universo fosse sistemato e adattato a quel modello ideale. La domanda principale era sempre: “Questo comportamento farà arrossire le guance della giovane persona?” L’inconveniente per la stessa consisteva nel fatto che, secondo il signor Podsnap, lei sembrava sempre essere sul punto di arrossire, anche quando non c’era alcun motivo. Non esisteva apparentemente alcuna linea di demarcazione tra l’eccessiva innocenza della giovane persona e la colpevolezza più grave di un’altra persona. Se ci si fidava delle parole del signor Podsnap, anche i toni più sobri di bianco, grigio e viola apparivano rossi fuoco agli occhi di questa fastidiosa “giovane persona”.

I Podsnap vivevano in un angolo ombreggiato adiacente a Portman Square. Erano quel tipo di persone che, ovunque vivessero, tendevano inevitabilmente a trovarsi nell’ombra. La vita di Miss Podsnap, fin dal suo primo arrivo su questo pianeta, era stata del tutto caratterizzata dall’oscurità: infatti, la giovane Podsnap probabilmente non traeva alcun beneficio dall’interazione con altre persone della sua età, e quindi si limitava a frequentare individui più anziani e mobili di dimensioni imponenti. Le prime idee che Miss Podsnap aveva sulla vita derivavano principalmente dalle immagini che essa rifletteva negli stivali di suo padre, nei tavoli di noce e di rovere presenti nelle stanze buie della casa, nonché negli enormi specchi presenti in quelle stesse stanze; idee quindi piuttosto cupe. Non sorprende quindi che, ora, la maggior parte dei giorni, mentre viaggiava solennemente per il Parco al fianco di sua madre in una grande carrozza color crema, lei apparisse come una giovane donna depressa, seduta a letto e lanciando sguardi spaventati intorno a sé, desiderosa più che altro di tornare sotto le coperte.

Said Mr Podsnap to Mrs Podsnap, ‘Georgiana is almost eighteen.’

Said Mrs Podsnap to Mr Podsnap, assenting, ‘Almost eighteen.’

Said Mr Podsnap then to Mrs Podsnap, ‘Really I think we should have some people on Georgiana’s birthday.’

Said Mrs Podsnap then to Mr Podsnap, ‘Which will enable us to clear off all those people who are due.’

So it came to pass that Mr and Mrs Podsnap requested the honour of the company of seventeen friends of their souls at dinner; and that they substituted other friends of their souls for such of the seventeen original friends of their souls as deeply regretted that a prior engagement prevented their having the honour of dining with Mr and Mrs Podsnap, in pursuance of their kind invitation; and that Mrs Podsnap said of all these inconsolable personages, as she checked them off with a pencil in her list, ‘Asked, at any rate, and got rid of;’ and that they successfully disposed of a good many friends of their souls in this way, and felt their consciences much lightened.

There were still other friends of their souls who were not entitled to be asked to dinner, but had a claim to be invited to come and take a haunch of mutton vapour-bath at half-past nine. For the clearing off of these worthies, Mrs Podsnap added a small and early evening to the dinner, and looked in at the music-shop to bespeak a well-conducted automaton to come and play quadrilles for a carpet dance.

Mr and Mrs Veneering, and Mr and Mrs Veneering’s bran-new bride and bridegroom, were of the dinner company; but the Podsnap establishment had nothing else in common with the Veneerings. Mr Podsnap could tolerate taste in a mushroom man who stood in need of that sort of thing, but was far above it himself. Hideous solidity was the characteristic of the Podsnap plate. Everything was made to look as heavy as it could, and to take up as much room as possible. Everything said boastfully, ‘Here you have as much of me in my ugliness as if I were only lead; but I am so many ounces of precious metal worth so much an ounce;—wouldn’t you like to melt me down?’ A corpulent straddling epergne, blotched all over as if it had broken out in an eruption rather than been ornamented, delivered this address from an unsightly silver platform in the centre of the table. Four silver wine-coolers, each furnished with four staring heads, each head obtrusively carrying a big silver ring in each of its ears, conveyed the sentiment up and down the table, and handed it on to the pot-bellied silver salt-cellars. All the big silver spoons and forks widened the mouths of the company expressly for the purpose of thrusting the sentiment down their throats with every morsel they ate.

The majority of the guests were like the plate, and included several heavy articles weighing ever so much. But there was a foreign gentleman among them: whom Mr Podsnap had invited after much debate with himself—believing the whole European continent to be in mortal alliance against the young person—and there was a droll disposition, not only on the part of Mr Podsnap but of everybody else, to treat him as if he were a child who was hard of hearing.

As a delicate concession to this unfortunately-born foreigner, Mr Podsnap, in receiving him, had presented his wife as ‘Madame Podsnap;’ also his daughter as ‘Mademoiselle Podsnap,’ with some inclination to add ‘ma fille,’ in which bold venture, however, he checked himself. The Veneerings being at that time the only other arrivals, he had added (in a condescendingly explanatory manner), ‘Monsieur Vey-nair-reeng,’ and had then subsided into English.

‘How Do You Like London?’ Mr Podsnap now inquired from his station of host, as if he were administering something in the nature of a powder or potion to the deaf child; ‘London, Londres, London?’

The foreign gentleman admired it.

‘You find it Very Large?’ said Mr Podsnap, spaciously.

The foreign gentleman found it very large.

‘And Very Rich?’

The foreign gentleman found it, without doubt, enormement riche.

‘Enormously Rich, We say,’ returned Mr Podsnap, in a condescending manner. ‘Our English adverbs do Not terminate in Mong, and We Pronounce the “ch” as if there were a “t” before it. We say Ritch.’

‘Reetch,’ remarked the foreign gentleman.

‘And Do You Find, Sir,’ pursued Mr Podsnap, with dignity, ‘Many Evidences that Strike You, of our British Constitution in the Streets Of The World’s Metropolis, London, Londres, London?’

The foreign gentleman begged to be pardoned, but did not altogether understand.

‘The Constitution Britannique,’ Mr Podsnap explained, as if he were teaching in an infant school. ‘We Say British, But You Say Britannique, You Know’ (forgivingly, as if that were not his fault). ‘The Constitution, Sir.’

The foreign gentleman said, ‘Mais, yees; I know eem.’

A youngish sallowish gentleman in spectacles, with a lumpy forehead, seated in a supplementary chair at a corner of the table, here caused a profound sensation by saying, in a raised voice, ‘ESKER,’ and then stopping dead.

‘Mais oui,’ said the foreign gentleman, turning towards him. ‘Est-ce que? Quoi donc?’

But the gentleman with the lumpy forehead having for the time delivered himself of all that he found behind his lumps, spake for the time no more.

‘I Was Inquiring,’ said Mr Podsnap, resuming the thread of his discourse, ‘Whether You Have Observed in our Streets as We should say, Upon our Pavvy as You would say, any Tokens—’

The foreign gentleman, with patient courtesy entreated pardon; ‘But what was tokenz?’

‘Marks,’ said Mr Podsnap; ‘Signs, you know, Appearances—Traces.’

‘Ah! Of a Orse?’ inquired the foreign gentleman.

‘We call it Horse,’ said Mr Podsnap, with forbearance. ‘In England, Angleterre, England, We Aspirate the “H,” and We Say “Horse.” Only our Lower Classes Say “Orse!”’

‘Pardon,’ said the foreign gentleman; ‘I am alwiz wrong!’

“Georgiana ha quasi diciotto anni”, disse il signor Podsnap alla signora Podsnap.

“Quasi diciotto”, disse la signora Podsnap al signor Podsnap, in segno di accordo.

Allora il signor Podsnap disse alla signora Podsnap: “Davvero, penso che dovremmo invitare alcune persone per il compleanno di Georgiana.”

Allora la signora Podsnap disse al signor Podsnap: “Questo ci permetterà di liberarci di tutte quelle persone che ci sono dovute.”

Accadde quindi che il signor e la signora Podsnap chiesero l’onore della compagnia di diciassette amici intimi a cena; sostituirono però questi ultimi con altri amici intimi, quelli che, pur rammaricandosi profondamente, non poterono partecipare al banchetto su invito dei Podsnap a causa di impegni precedenti; la signora Podsnap, mentre li cancellava dalla lista con una matita, disse di tutti questi “personaggi inconsolabili”: “Almeno hanno chiesto di venire e così sono riusciti a liberarsene”; in questo modo, riuscirono effettivamente a sbarazzarsi di molti dei loro amici intimi, sentendosi così molto più sollevati nella coscienza.

C’erano ancora altri amici veri e propri che, pur non avendo il diritto di essere invitati a cena, avevano comunque il diritto di essere invitati ad assistere a una “cena al vapore di montone” alle nove e mezza. Per onorare questi preziosi ospiti, la signora Podsnap organizzò una piccola cena serale anticipata e andò anche nel negozio di strumenti musicali per ordinare un automa ben suonato che potesse suonare le quadriglie durante la danza sul tappeto.

Il signor e la signora Veneering, insieme alla loro giovane sposa e allo sposo, facevano parte del gruppo che partecipava al banchetto; tuttavia, l’intera cerchia dei Podsnap non aveva assolutamente nulla in comune con i Veneering. Il signor Podsnap poteva tollerare un certo gusto estetico in una persona che ne avesse bisogno, ma lui stesso era ben al di sopra di tutto ciò. La caratteristica distintiva dei piatti preparati dai Podsnap era la loro orribile solidità: ogni elemento veniva realizzato in modo da apparire il più pesante possibile e occupare il maggior spazio possibile; tutto sembrava gridare con orgoglio: “Ecco, qui avete tutta la mia bruttezza, come se fossi soltanto piombo; ma in realtà sono costituito da molte once di metallo prezioso. Non vorreste forse fondermi?” Un enorme vaso d’argento, macchiato e disordinatamente decorato, si trovava al centro del tavolo e diffondeva questo messaggio; quattro frigoriferi d’argento, ciascuno munito di quattro “teste” che fissavano chiunque li guardasse e ognuna delle quali portava un grosso anello d’argento all’orecchio, ripetevano lo stesso messaggio lungo tutto il tavolo, fino ad arrivare ai saliera d’argento. Tutte le grandi cucchiaie e forchette d’argento sembravano essere state create apposta per costringere tutti i presenti ad ingoiare quel messaggio con ogni boccone che mangiavano.

La maggior parte degli ospiti era come quei piatti pesanti, e tra di loro c’erano diversi oggetti molto ingombranti. Ma c’era anche un gentiluomo straniero: il signor Podsnap lo aveva invitato dopo molte discussioni interne, convinto che l’intero continente europeo fosse alleati contro quel giovane. E tutti, compreso il signor Podsnap, avevano l’abitudine di trattarlo come se fosse un >bambino con problemi di udito.

Come delicata concessione a questo straniero nato sfortunatamente, il signor Podsnap, presentandolo, aveva definito sua moglie “Madame Podsnap” e sua figlia “Mademoiselle Podsnap”, con l’istinto di aggiungere “ma fille”, ma si trattenne da farlo. Poiché gli altri arrivati in quel momento erano soltanto i signori Veneering, aveva anche aggiunto (in tono condiscendente e spiegativo): “Monsieur Vey-nair-reeng”, per poi passare immediatamente al linguaggio inglese.

“Come vi piace Londra?”, chiese ora il signor Podsnap dal suo ruolo di ospite, come se stesse somministrando qualcosa del genere di una polvere o una pozione a un bambino sordo; “Londra, Londres, Londra?”

Il gentiluomo straniero la ammirò molto.

“Lo trovi molto grande?”, disse il signor Podsnap, con aria spaziosa.

Il gentiluomo straniero trovò che fosse molto grande.

“E molto ricco?”

Il gentiluomo straniero lo trovò, senza alcun >dubbio, estremamente ricco.

“Estremamente ricchi, diciamo,” rispose il signor Podsnap in tono condiscendente. “I nostri avverbi inglesi non terminano con ‘mong’, e pronunciamo la ‘ch’ come se ci fosse una ‘t’ prima di essa. Diciamo ‘Ritch’.”

“Reech,” commentò il gentiluomo straniero.

“E trovate anche voi, signore,” proseguì il signor Podsnap con dignità, “molti indizi che dimostrino la validità della nostra Costituzione britannica per le strade della metropoli mondiale, Londra, Londres, Londra?”

Il gentiluomo straniero pregò di essere perdonato, ma non capiva del tutto.

“La Costituzione Britannica,” spiegò il signor Podsnap, come se stesse insegnando in una scuola dell’infanzia. “Noi la chiamiamo British, ma voi la chiamate Britannique, capite?” (con un tono indulgente, come se non fosse colpa sua). “La Costituzione, signore.”

Il gentiluomo straniero disse: “Ma sì, certo; lo conosco.”

Un giovane signore dall’aspetto pallido e con gli occhiali, dalla fronte un po’ sporgente, seduto su una sedia aggiuntiva nell’angolo del tavolo, provocò grande sensazione dicendo ad alta voce “ESKER”, per poi fermarsi all’improvviso.

“Ma sì,” disse il gentiluomo straniero, voltandosi verso di lui. “Che cosa, di cosa si tratta?”

Ma il gentiluomo con la fronte piena di protuberanze, dopo essersi liberato di tutto ciò che trovava dietro quelle protuberanze, non parlò più per quella volta.

“Stavo chiedendo,” disse il signor Podsnap, riprendendo il filo del suo discorso, “se avete notato, per così dire, nelle nostre strade, o meglio, sui nostri marciapiedi, qualche segno particolare, ”

Il gentiluomo straniero, con paziente cortesia, chiese scusa; “Ma qual era il segno che dimostrasse la sua sincerità?”

“Segni”, disse il signor Podsnap; “Indizi, insomma, manifestazioni, tracce”.

“Ah! Un orso?” chiese il gentiluomo straniero.

“Lo chiamiamo Cavallo,” disse il signor Podsnap con pazienza. “In Inghilterra, in Angleterre. Noi pronunciamo la ‘H’ e diciamo ‘Cavallo’. Solo le nostre classi inferiori dicono ‘Orse!’”

“Scusi,” disse il gentiluomo straniero; “sempre sbaglio io!”

‘Our Language,’ said Mr Podsnap, with a gracious consciousness of being always right, ‘is Difficult. Ours is a Copious Language, and Trying to Strangers. I will not Pursue my Question.’

But the lumpy gentleman, unwilling to give it up, again madly said, ‘ESKER,’ and again spake no more.

‘It merely referred,’ Mr Podsnap explained, with a sense of meritorious proprietorship, ‘to Our Constitution, Sir. We Englishmen are Very Proud of our Constitution, Sir. It Was Bestowed Upon Us By Providence. No Other Country is so Favoured as This Country.’

‘And ozer countries?—’ the foreign gentleman was beginning, when Mr Podsnap put him right again.

‘We do not say Ozer; we say Other: the letters are “T” and “H;” You say Tay and Aish, You Know; (still with clemency). The sound is “th”—“th!”’

‘And OTHER countries,’ said the foreign gentleman. ‘They do how?’

‘They do, Sir,’ returned Mr Podsnap, gravely shaking his head; ‘they do—I am sorry to be obliged to say it—AS they do.’

‘It was a little particular of Providence,’ said the foreign gentleman, laughing; ‘for the frontier is not large.’

‘Undoubtedly,’ assented Mr Podsnap; ‘But So it is. It was the Charter of the Land. This Island was Blest, Sir, to the Direct Exclusion of such Other Countries as—as there may happen to be. And if we were all Englishmen present, I would say,’ added Mr Podsnap, looking round upon his compatriots, and sounding solemnly with his theme, ‘that there is in the Englishman a combination of qualities, a modesty, an independence, a responsibility, a repose, combined with an absence of everything calculated to call a blush into the cheek of a young person, which one would seek in vain among the Nations of the Earth.’

Having delivered this little summary, Mr Podsnap’s face flushed, as he thought of the remote possibility of its being at all qualified by any prejudiced citizen of any other country; and, with his favourite right-arm flourish, he put the rest of Europe and the whole of Asia, Africa, and America nowhere.

The audience were much edified by this passage of words; and Mr Podsnap, feeling that he was in rather remarkable force to-day, became smiling and conversational.

‘Has anything more been heard, Veneering,’ he inquired, ‘of the lucky legatee?’

‘Nothing more,’ returned Veneering, ‘than that he has come into possession of the property. I am told people now call him The Golden Dustman. I mentioned to you some time ago, I think, that the young lady whose intended husband was murdered is daughter to a clerk of mine?’

‘Yes, you told me that,’ said Podsnap; ‘and by-the-bye, I wish you would tell it again here, for it’s a curious coincidence—curious that the first news of the discovery should have been brought straight to your table (when I was there), and curious that one of your people should have been so nearly interested in it. Just relate that, will you?’

Veneering was more than ready to do it, for he had prospered exceedingly upon the Harmon Murder, and had turned the social distinction it conferred upon him to the account of making several dozen of bran-new bosom-friends. Indeed, such another lucky hit would almost have set him up in that way to his satisfaction. So, addressing himself to the most desirable of his neighbours, while Mrs Veneering secured the next most desirable, he plunged into the case, and emerged from it twenty minutes afterwards with a Bank Director in his arms. In the mean time, Mrs Veneering had dived into the same waters for a wealthy Ship-Broker, and had brought him up, safe and sound, by the hair. Then Mrs Veneering had to relate, to a larger circle, how she had been to see the girl, and how she was really pretty, and (considering her station) presentable. And this she did with such a successful display of her eight aquiline fingers and their encircling jewels, that she happily laid hold of a drifting General Officer, his wife and daughter, and not only restored their animation which had become suspended, but made them lively friends within an hour.

Although Mr Podsnap would in a general way have highly disapproved of Bodies in rivers as ineligible topics with reference to the cheek of the young person, he had, as one may say, a share in this affair which made him a part proprietor. As its returns were immediate, too, in the way of restraining the company from speechless contemplation of the wine-coolers, it paid, and he was satisfied.

And now the haunch of mutton vapour-bath having received a gamey infusion, and a few last touches of sweets and coffee, was quite ready, and the bathers came; but not before the discreet automaton had got behind the bars of the piano music-desk, and there presented the appearance of a captive languishing in a rose-wood jail. And who now so pleasant or so well assorted as Mr and Mrs Alfred Lammle, he all sparkle, she all gracious contentment, both at occasional intervals exchanging looks like partners at cards who played a game against All England.

There was not much youth among the bathers, but there was no youth (the young person always excepted) in the articles of Podsnappery. Bald bathers folded their arms and talked to Mr Podsnap on the hearthrug; sleek-whiskered bathers, with hats in their hands, lunged at Mrs Podsnap and retreated; prowling bathers, went about looking into ornamental boxes and bowls as if they had suspicions of larceny on the part of the Podsnaps, and expected to find something they had lost at the bottom; bathers of the gentler sex sat silently comparing ivory shoulders. All this time and always, poor little Miss Podsnap, whose tiny efforts (if she had made any) were swallowed up in the magnificence of her mother’s rocking, kept herself as much out of sight and mind as she could, and appeared to be counting on many dismal returns of the day. It was somehow understood, as a secret article in the state proprieties of Podsnappery that nothing must be said about the day. Consequently this young damsel’s nativity was hushed up and looked over, as if it were agreed on all hands that it would have been better that she had never been born.

“La nostra lingua,” disse il signor Podsnap, con la compiaciuta consapevolezza di avere sempre ragione, “è difficile. La nostra è una lingua ricca e complessa; cercare di spiegarla agli stranieri è davvero arduo. Non proseguirò nella mia domanda.”

Ma quel signore goffo, riluttante a rinunciarci, disse di nuovo con follia: “ESKER”, e poi non aggiunse più nulla.

“Si riferiva semplicemente,” spiegò il signor Podsnap con un senso di legittimo orgoglio, “alla nostra Costituzione, signore. Noi inglesi siamo molto fieri della nostra Costituzione; ci è stata concessa dalla Provvidenza. Nessun altro paese è così favorito come il nostro.”

“E gli altri paesi?” stava per dire il gentiluomo straniero, quando il signor Podsnap lo interruppe di nuovo.

“Noi non diciamo ‘Ozer’, ma ‘Other’: le lettere sono ‘T’ e ‘H’. Voi dite ‘Tay’ e ‘Aish’, lo sapete. Il suono è ‘th’, ‘th!’”

“E altri paesi,” disse il gentiluomo straniero. “Come fanno loro?”

“Sì, signore,” rispose il signor Podsnap scuotendo seriamente la testa; “sì. Mi dispiace doverlo dire, ma è proprio così.”

“È stato davvero un po’ strano da parte della Provvidenza,” disse il gentiluomo straniero, ridendo; “dopotutto, la frontiera non è molto estesa.”

“Senza dubbio,” convenne il signor Podsnap; “ma è proprio così. Era la Carta del Paese. Quest’isola era benedetta, signore, al punto da escludere completamente altre nazioni, quelle che potrebbero esistere. E se fossimo tutti inglesi presenti, direi,” aggiunse il signor Podsnap, guardandosi intorno ai suoi connazionali e assumendo un tono solenne, “che nell’inglese c’è una combinazione di qualità: modestia, indipendenza, responsabilità, insieme all’assenza di tutto ciò che potrebbe far arrossire il viso di una giovane persona. Qualità che si cercherebbe invano tra tutte le nazioni della Terra.”

Dopo aver fornito questo breve riassunto, il viso del signor Podsnap si arrossì, mentre pensava alla remota possibilità che qualcun cittadino prevenuto di un altro paese potesse considerarlo valido; e, con il suo gesto preferito con il braccio destro, fece sì che il resto dell’Europa, insieme all’intera Asia, Africa e America, venissero completamente ignorati.

Il pubblico fu molto commosso da questo passaggio di parole; e il signor Podsnap, sentendosi particolarmente ispirato quel giorno, iniziò a sorridere e a chiacchierare più volentieri.

“Si è saputo qualcosa di nuovo riguardo al fortunato erede?” chiese.

“Nient’altro,” rispose Veneering, “se non che ha preso possesso di quella proprietà. Mi è stato detto che ora la gente lo chiami ‘Il Raccoglitore di Polvere d’Oro’. Vi ho già parlato, credo, qualche volta fa, della giovane donna la cui futura sposa fu assassinata. Lei è figlia di uno dei miei impiegati, vero?”

“Sì, me l’hai detto,” disse Podsnap; “e a proposito, mi piacerebbe che lo ripetessi qui, perché è una curiosa coincidenza. È strano che la prima notizia di questa scoperta sia arrivata proprio da te (quando ero lì), e strano anche che uno dei tuoi uomini fosse così interessato ad essa. Raccontamelo, per favore.”

Veneering era più che pronto ad agire: aveva tratto enorme profitto dall’omicidio di Harmon e aveva sfruttato la posizione sociale che questo gli aveva conferito per farsi diversi “amici intimi” nuovi di zecca. Un altro colpo del genere avrebbe quasi potuto sistemarlo definitivamente a suo piacimento. Così, rivolgendosi al vicino più desiderabile, mentre la signora Veneering si occupava di quello successivo per importanza, si gettò nell’impresa e, venti minuti dopo, ne uscì con un direttore di banca tra le braccia. Nel frattempo, la signora Veneering aveva cercato di conquistare un ricco broker navale, riuscendo a portarlo “sano e salvo” nelle sue reti. Poi raccontò a un gruppo più ampio come fosse andata a vedere quella ragazza: era davvero bella, e (tenendo conto della sua condizione sociale) anche presentabile. E lo fece mostrando con grande successo i suoi otto dita affusolate e i gioielli che le adornavano. Riuscì così ad attirare l’attenzione di un generale in congedo, di sua moglie e figlia: non solo ristabilì la loro allegria, ma li trasformò anche in amici intimi nel giro di un’ora.

Sebbene il signor Podsnap, in linea di massima, avrebbe disapprovato profondamente l’argomento delle “corpi nei fiumi” come tema inappropriato per un giovane, egli, per così dire, ne aveva una sorta di parte: questo lo rendeva, in qualche modo, coinvolto nella faccenda. Poiché i benefici derivanti da questa pratica erano immediati – nel senso che impedivano alla compagnia di fissare a bocca aperta le bottiglie refrigerate con il ghiaccio – egli ne fu soddisfatto.

E ora, dopo che il bagno di vapore al profumo di agnello era stato arricchito con alcune erbe aromatiche e completato con un tocco finale di dolci e caffè, era completamente pronto. E arrivarono anche coloro che desideravano fare il bagno; ma solo dopo che l’astuto automa si era nascosto dietro le sbarre del pianoforte, assumendo l’aspetto di un prigioniero rinchiuso in una gabbia di legno di rosa. E chi potrebbe essere più piacevole o meglio abbinato di Mr e Mrs Alfred Lammle? Lui, pieno di vivacità; lei, irradiante felicità. Di tanto in tanto si scambiavano sguardi, come due giocatori che affrontavano l’intera Inghilterra al gioco delle carte.

Tra i bagnanti non c’erano molte persone giovani, ma non c’era nessuno giovane – ad eccezione del ragazzo – tra gli oggetti e le cose appartenenti alla famiglia Podsnap. I bagnanti calvi incrociavano le braccia e parlavano con il signor Podsnap sul tappeto del camino; quelli con i baffi curatissimi, tenendo i cappelli in mano, si avvicinavano alla signora Podsnap per poi allontanarsi subito; altri bagnanti, aggirandosi intorno, controllavano le scatole e i vasi decorativi, come se sospettassero che i Podsnap avessero rubato qualcosa, e si aspettassero di trovare ciò che avevano perso. I bagnanti del sesso femminile sedevano in silenzio, confrontando le proprie spalle “di avorio”. In tutto questo tempo, povera piccola signorina Podsnap, i suoi deboli tentativi (se mai ne fece) venivano completamente soffocati dalla magnificenza di sua madre. Lei cercava in ogni modo di restare fuori dal campo visivo e dall’attenzione di tutti, e sembrava aspettarsi soltanto risultati deludenti per quel giorno. Si considerava un “segreto” delle regole della famiglia Podsnap non parlare affatto di quella giornata. Di conseguenza, la nascita di questa giovane ragazza fu tenuta segreta, come se tutti fossero d’accordo sul fatto che sarebbe stato meglio se lei non fosse mai nata.

The Lammles were so fond of the dear Veneerings that they could not for some time detach themselves from those excellent friends; but at length, either a very open smile on Mr Lammle’s part, or a very secret elevation of one of his gingerous eyebrows—certainly the one or the other—seemed to say to Mrs Lammle, ‘Why don’t you play?’ And so, looking about her, she saw Miss Podsnap, and seeming to say responsively, ‘That card?’ and to be answered, ‘Yes,’ went and sat beside Miss Podsnap.

Mrs Lammle was overjoyed to escape into a corner for a little quiet talk.

It promised to be a very quiet talk, for Miss Podsnap replied in a flutter, ‘Oh! Indeed, it’s very kind of you, but I am afraid I DON’T talk.’

‘Let us make a beginning,’ said the insinuating Mrs Lammle, with her best smile.

‘Oh! I am afraid you’ll find me very dull. But Ma talks!’

That was plainly to be seen, for Ma was talking then at her usual canter, with arched head and mane, opened eyes and nostrils.

‘Fond of reading perhaps?’

‘Yes. At least I—don’t mind that so much,’ returned Miss Podsnap.

‘M-m-m-m-music.’ So insinuating was Mrs Lammle that she got half a dozen ms into the word before she got it out.

‘I haven’t nerve to play even if I could. Ma plays.’

(At exactly the same canter, and with a certain flourishing appearance of doing something, Ma did, in fact, occasionally take a rock upon the instrument.)

‘Of course you like dancing?’

‘Oh no, I don’t,’ said Miss Podsnap.

‘No? With your youth and attractions? Truly, my dear, you surprise me!’

‘I can’t say,’ observed Miss Podsnap, after hesitating considerably, and stealing several timid looks at Mrs Lammle’s carefully arranged face, ‘how I might have liked it if I had been a—you won’t mention it, WILL you?’

‘My dear! Never!’

‘No, I am sure you won’t. I can’t say then how I should have liked it, if I had been a chimney-sweep on May-day.’

‘Gracious!’ was the exclamation which amazement elicited from Mrs Lammle.

‘There! I knew you’d wonder. But you won’t mention it, will you?’

‘Upon my word, my love,’ said Mrs Lammle, ‘you make me ten times more desirous, now I talk to you, to know you well than I was when I sat over yonder looking at you. How I wish we could be real friends! Try me as a real friend. Come! Don’t fancy me a frumpy old married woman, my dear; I was married but the other day, you know; I am dressed as a bride now, you see. About the chimney-sweeps?’

‘Hush! Ma’ll hear.’

‘She can’t hear from where she sits.’

‘Don’t you be too sure of that,’ said Miss Podsnap, in a lower voice. ‘Well, what I mean is, that they seem to enjoy it.’

‘And that perhaps you would have enjoyed it, if you had been one of them?’

Miss Podsnap nodded significantly.

‘Then you don’t enjoy it now?’

‘How is it possible?’ said Miss Podsnap. ‘Oh it is such a dreadful thing! If I was wicked enough—and strong enough—to kill anybody, it should be my partner.’

This was such an entirely new view of the Terpsichorean art as socially practised, that Mrs Lammle looked at her young friend in some astonishment. Her young friend sat nervously twiddling her fingers in a pinioned attitude, as if she were trying to hide her elbows. But this latter Utopian object (in short sleeves) always appeared to be the great inoffensive aim of her existence.

‘It sounds horrid, don’t it?’ said Miss Podsnap, with a penitential face.

Mrs Lammle, not very well knowing what to answer, resolved herself into a look of smiling encouragement.

‘But it is, and it always has been,’ pursued Miss Podsnap, ‘such a trial to me! I so dread being awful. And it is so awful! No one knows what I suffered at Madame Sauteuse’s, where I learnt to dance and make presentation-curtseys, and other dreadful things—or at least where they tried to teach me. Ma can do it.’

‘At any rate, my love,’ said Mrs Lammle, soothingly, ‘that’s over.’

‘Yes, it’s over,’ returned Miss Podsnap, ‘but there’s nothing gained by that. It’s worse here, than at Madame Sauteuse’s. Ma was there, and Ma’s here; but Pa wasn’t there, and company wasn’t there, and there were not real partners there. Oh there’s Ma speaking to the man at the piano! Oh there’s Ma going up to somebody! Oh I know she’s going to bring him to me! Oh please don’t, please don’t, please don’t! Oh keep away, keep away, keep away!’ These pious ejaculations Miss Podsnap uttered with her eyes closed, and her head leaning back against the wall.

But the Ogre advanced under the pilotage of Ma, and Ma said, ‘Georgiana, Mr Grompus,’ and the Ogre clutched his victim and bore her off to his castle in the top couple. Then the discreet automaton who had surveyed his ground, played a blossomless tuneless ‘set,’ and sixteen disciples of Podsnappery went through the figures of - 1, Getting up at eight and shaving close at a quarter past - 2, Breakfasting at nine - 3, Going to the City at ten - 4, Coming home at half-past five - 5, Dining at seven, and the grand chain.

While these solemnities were in progress, Mr Alfred Lammle (most loving of husbands) approached the chair of Mrs Alfred Lammle (most loving of wives), and bending over the back of it, trifled for some few seconds with Mrs Lammle’s bracelet. Slightly in contrast with this brief airy toying, one might have noticed a certain dark attention in Mrs Lammle’s face as she said some words with her eyes on Mr Lammle’s waistcoat, and seemed in return to receive some lesson. But it was all done as a breath passes from a mirror.

And now, the grand chain riveted to the last link, the discreet automaton ceased, and the sixteen, two and two, took a walk among the furniture. And herein the unconsciousness of the Ogre Grompus was pleasantly conspicuous; for, that complacent monster, believing that he was giving Miss Podsnap a treat, prolonged to the utmost stretch of possibility a peripatetic account of an archery meeting; while his victim, heading the procession of sixteen as it slowly circled about, like a revolving funeral, never raised her eyes except once to steal a glance at Mrs Lammle, expressive of intense despair.

I Lammle amavano così tanto i cari Veneering che, per un certo periodo, non riuscirono a staccarsi da quegli eccellenti amici; ma alla fine, o un sorriso molto aperto da parte del signor Lammle, oppure un leggero sollevamento di una delle sue sopracciglia – sicuramente uno dei due – sembrarono dire alla signora Lammle: “Perché non giochi?” E così, guardandosi intorno, lei vide la signorina Podsnap e, come se rispondesse al suo invito, disse: “Quella carta?”, e ricevendo una risposta affermativa, andò a sedersi accanto alla signorina Podsnap.

La signora Lammle era felicissima di potersi ritirare in un angolo per una breve chiacchierata tranquilla.

Prometteva di essere una conversazione molto tranquilla, perché la signorina Podsnap rispose con voce tremante: “Oh! Davvero, è molto gentile da parte sua, ma temo di NON saper parlare.”

“Cominciamo pure,” disse la seducente signora Lammle, con il suo sorriso più affabile.

“Ahimè, temo di essere molto noiosa. Ma mia madre parla!”

Era evidente a tutti: Ma stava parlando come al solito, con la testa e la criniera erette, gli occhi e le narici aperte.

“Amante della lettura, forse?”

“Sì. Almeno io, non mi dispiace così tanto,” rispose la signorina Podsnap.

“M-m-m-musica, ” La signora Lammle pronunciò quella parola in modo molto insinuante, impiegando ben sei “m” prima di riuscire a dirla correttamente.

“Non ho il coraggio di suonare, anche se potessi. Ma lui sì.”

(A esattamente lo stesso ritmo, e con un certo atteggiamento teatrale come se stesse facendo qualcosa di importante, Ma, in realtà, di tanto in tanto prendeva una pietra per utilizzarla come strumento.)

“Certo che ti piace ballare, ”

“Oh no, non lo faccio,” disse la signorina Podsnap.

“No? Con la tua giovinezza e le tue attrattive? Davvero, mia cara, mi sorprendi!”

“Non posso dirlo,” osservò la signorina Podsnap, dopo aver esitato a lungo e aver lanciato diversi sguardi timidi verso il viso attentamente truccato della signora Lammle, “non so proprio come avrei reagito se fossi stata, beh, non lo dirà mica, vero?”

“Mia cara. Mai!”

“No, sono sicuro che non lo farai. Allora non posso dire come mi sarebbe piaciuto, se fossi stato un spazzacamini il Primo Maggio.”

“Grazie!” fu l’esclamazione che la sorpresa fece uscire dalla bocca della signora Lammle.

“Ecco! Sapevo che saresti stato curioso. Ma non ne parlerai, vero?”

“Per la mia parola, mio amore”,” disse la signora Lammle, “adesso che parlo con te, desidero conoscerti meglio di dieci volte rispetto a quando ero seduta laggiù a guardarti. Quanto vorrei che potessimo diventare vere amiche! Prova a considerarmi una vera amica. Non pensare a me come a una vecchia donna sposata e noiosa, caro; mi sono sposata solo l’altro giorno, sai? Ora sono vestita come una sposa, vedi. E quelle donne che puliscono i camini?”

“Zitta! Ti sentirò.”

“Da dove si trova, non riesce a sentire nulla.”

“Non essere troppo sicura di questo,” disse la signorina Podsnap a voce più bassa. “Voglio dire, sembrano davvero goderselo.”

“E forse vi sarebbe piaciuto, se foste stati tra loro, ”

La signorina Podsnap annuì con decisione.

“Allora ora non ti piace più?”

“Come è possibile?” disse la signorina Podsnap. “Oh, è una cosa terribile. Se fossi abbastanza malvagia e abbastanza forte da uccidere qualcuno, dovrebbe essere proprio lei la mia vittima.”

Questa era davvero una visione completamente nuova dell’arte terpsichorea come pratica sociale, al punto che la signora Lammle guardò la sua giovane amica con notevole stupore. La sua giovane amica sedeva nervosamente, torcendosi le dita in una posizione imbarazzante, come se cercasse di nascondere i gomiti. Ma questo “oggetto utopico” (con maniche corte) sembrava sempre rappresentare lo scopo principale e del tutto innocuo della sua esistenza.

“Sembra orribile, vero?” disse la signorina Podsnap, con un’espressione pentita.

La signora Lammle, non sapendo bene cosa rispondere, decise di rivolgergli un sorriso incoraggiante.

“Ma è proprio così, e sempre lo è stato,” insistette la signorina Podsnap, “è davvero una prova terribile per me! Ho così paura di essere orribile. E in effetti sono orribile! Nessuno sa quanto abbia sofferto a casa della Madame Sauteuse, dove ho imparato a )danzare e a fare inchini di presentazione, e altre cose ancora più terribili. O almeno è lì che hanno cercato di insegnarmele. Ma io non ci riesco.”

“Comunque sia, mio caro,” disse la signora Lammle in tono rassicurante, “ormai è finito.”

“Sì, è finito,” rispose la signorina Podsnap, “ma non c’è nulla di positivo in questo. Qui è ancora peggio che da Madame Sauteuse. Ma era lì, e Ma è qui; ma Papà non c’era, né compagnia, né veri partner. Oh, Ma sta parlando con quell’uomo al pianoforte! Oh, sta andando da qualcuno. Oh, so che lo porterà da me. Oh, per favore no, per favore no, per favore no! Oh, allontanati, allontanati, allontanati!” Queste esclamazioni piene di disperazione la signorina Podsnap le pronunciava con gli occhi chiusi, la testa appoggiata al muro.

Ma l’Ogre avanzò sotto la guida di Ma, che disse: “Georgiana, signor Grompus, ”, e l’Ogre afferrò la sua vittima e se la portò via nel suo castello situato in cima. Poi l’automato discreto, che aveva già esaminato il terreno circostante, suonò una melodia senza note né fiori. Sedici discepoli di Podsnappery seguirono quindi questa sequenza di azioni: 1) Alzarsi alle otto e radersi alle venti minuti dopo; 2) Fare colazione alle nove; 3) Andare in Città alle dieci; 4) Tornare a casa alle cinque e mezza; 5] Pranzare alle sette. E così via, in un ordine preciso.

Mentre queste solennità erano in corso, il signor Alfred Lammle (il più amorevole dei mariti) si avvicinò alla sedia della signora Alfred Lammle (la più amorevole delle mogli), si chinò sullo schienale e per qualche secondo giocò con il braccialetto di lei. In netto contrasto con questo breve e leggero gioco, si sarebbe potuto notare un certo interesse intenso sul volto della signora Lammle mentre pronunciava alcune parole fissando il gilet del marito; sembrava che ricevesse in cambio qualche “lezione”. Ma tutto ciò avvenne come un soffio che passa davanti a uno specchio.

E ora, con l’ultima maglia della grande catena fissata al suo posto, l’automato silenzioso smise di funzionare; i sedici componenti del gruppo iniziarono a camminare tra i mobili. In quel momento, l’incoscienza del mostro Grompus risultava particolarmente evidente: quel compiaciuto mostro, convinto di stare regalando una piacevole esperienza a Miss Podsnap, prolungò all’estremo limite possibile il suo racconto su un incontro di tiro con l’arco; mentre la sua vittima, in testa al gruppo che si muoveva lentamente in cerchio, come un corteo funebre, non sollevò mai lo sguardo se non una volta, per lanciare uno sguardo furtivo verso Mrs Lammle, pieno di intensa -disperazione.

At length the procession was dissolved by the violent arrival of a nutmeg, before which the drawing-room door bounced open as if it were a cannon-ball; and while that fragrant article, dispersed through several glasses of coloured warm water, was going the round of society, Miss Podsnap returned to her seat by her new friend.

‘Oh my goodness,’ said Miss Podsnap. ‘THAT’S over! I hope you didn’t look at me.’

‘My dear, why not?’

‘Oh I know all about myself,’ said Miss Podsnap.

‘I’ll tell you something I know about you, my dear,’ returned Mrs Lammle in her winning way, ‘and that is, you are most unnecessarily shy.’

‘Ma ain’t,’ said Miss Podsnap. ‘—I detest you! Go along!’ This shot was levelled under her breath at the gallant Grompus for bestowing an insinuating smile upon her in passing.

‘Pardon me if I scarcely see, my dear Miss Podsnap,’ Mrs Lammle was beginning when the young lady interposed.

‘If we are going to be real friends (and I suppose we are, for you are the only person who ever proposed it) don’t let us be awful. It’s awful enough to BE Miss Podsnap, without being called so. Call me Georgiana.’

‘Dearest Georgiana,’ Mrs Lammle began again.

‘Thank you,’ said Miss Podsnap.

‘Dearest Georgiana, pardon me if I scarcely see, my love, why your mamma’s not being shy, is a reason why you should be.’

‘Don’t you really see that?’ asked Miss Podsnap, plucking at her fingers in a troubled manner, and furtively casting her eyes now on Mrs Lammle, now on the ground. ‘Then perhaps it isn’t?’

‘My dearest Georgiana, you defer much too readily to my poor opinion. Indeed it is not even an opinion, darling, for it is only a confession of my dullness.’

‘Oh YOU are not dull,’ returned Miss Podsnap. ‘I am dull, but you couldn’t have made me talk if you were.’

Some little touch of conscience answering this perception of her having gained a purpose, called bloom enough into Mrs Lammle’s face to make it look brighter as she sat smiling her best smile on her dear Georgiana, and shaking her head with an affectionate playfulness. Not that it meant anything, but that Georgiana seemed to like it.

‘What I mean is,’ pursued Georgiana, ‘that Ma being so endowed with awfulness, and Pa being so endowed with awfulness, and there being so much awfulness everywhere—I mean, at least, everywhere where I am—perhaps it makes me who am so deficient in awfulness, and frightened at it—I say it very badly—I don’t know whether you can understand what I mean?’

‘Perfectly, dearest Georgiana!’ Mrs Lammle was proceeding with every reassuring wile, when the head of that young lady suddenly went back against the wall again and her eyes closed.

‘Oh there’s Ma being awful with somebody with a glass in his eye! Oh I know she’s going to bring him here! Oh don’t bring him, don’t bring him! Oh he’ll be my partner with his glass in his eye! Oh what shall I do!’ This time Georgiana accompanied her ejaculations with taps of her feet upon the floor, and was altogether in quite a desperate condition. But, there was no escape from the majestic Mrs Podsnap’s production of an ambling stranger, with one eye screwed up into extinction and the other framed and glazed, who, having looked down out of that organ, as if he descried Miss Podsnap at the bottom of some perpendicular shaft, brought her to the surface, and ambled off with her. And then the captive at the piano played another ‘set,’ expressive of his mournful aspirations after freedom, and other sixteen went through the former melancholy motions, and the ambler took Miss Podsnap for a furniture walk, as if he had struck out an entirely original conception.

In the mean time a stray personage of a meek demeanour, who had wandered to the hearthrug and got among the heads of tribes assembled there in conference with Mr Podsnap, eliminated Mr Podsnap’s flush and flourish by a highly unpolite remark; no less than a reference to the circumstance that some half-dozen people had lately died in the streets, of starvation. It was clearly ill-timed after dinner. It was not adapted to the cheek of the young person. It was not in good taste.

‘I don’t believe it,’ said Mr Podsnap, putting it behind him.

The meek man was afraid we must take it as proved, because there were the Inquests and the Registrar’s returns.

‘Then it was their own fault,’ said Mr Podsnap.

Veneering and other elders of tribes commended this way out of it. At once a short cut and a broad road.

The man of meek demeanour intimated that truly it would seem from the facts, as if starvation had been forced upon the culprits in question—as if, in their wretched manner, they had made their weak protests against it—as if they would have taken the liberty of staving it off if they could—as if they would rather not have been starved upon the whole, if perfectly agreeable to all parties.

‘There is not,’ said Mr Podsnap, flushing angrily, ‘there is not a country in the world, sir, where so noble a provision is made for the poor as in this country.’

The meek man was quite willing to concede that, but perhaps it rendered the matter even worse, as showing that there must be something appallingly wrong somewhere.

‘Where?’ said Mr Podsnap.

The meek man hinted Wouldn’t it be well to try, very seriously, to find out where?

‘Ah!’ said Mr Podsnap. ‘Easy to say somewhere; not so easy to say where! But I see what you are driving at. I knew it from the first. Centralization. No. Never with my consent. Not English.’

An approving murmur arose from the heads of tribes; as saying, ‘There you have him! Hold him!’

He was not aware (the meek man submitted of himself) that he was driving at any ization. He had no favourite ization that he knew of. But he certainly was more staggered by these terrible occurrences than he was by names, of howsoever so many syllables. Might he ask, was dying of destitution and neglect necessarily English?

Finalmente, la processione si sciolse con l’arrivo improvviso di un pezzo di noce moscata: la porta del salotto si aprì con violenza, come se fosse stata colpita da una palla di cannone. Mentre quel profumato ingrediente veniva distribuito in diversi bicchieri di acqua calda colorata, Miss Podsnap tornò al suo posto insieme alla sua nuova amica.

“Mio Dio,” disse la signorina Podsnap. “È finito tutto! Spero che non mi abbiate guardata.”

“Mia cara, perché no?”

“Ah, so tutto di me stessa,” disse la signorina Podsnap.

“Ti dirò qualcosa che so di te, caro mio,” rispose la signora Lammle con il suo modo affascinante, “e cioè che sei estremamente timido per niente.”

“Ma non è vero,” disse la signorina Podsnap. “Vi odio! Andatevene!” Queste parole furono sussurrate contro il nobile Grompus per averle rivolto, mentre passava, un sorriso insinuante.

“Perdonatemi se quasi non riesco a vedere, cara signorina Podsnap,” stava per dire la signora Lammle quando la giovane signora intervenne.

“Se vogliamo davvero essere amici veri (e suppongo che lo siamo, visto che sei l’unica persona ad aver mai proposto questa idea), non comportiamoci male. È già abbastanza brutto essere chiamata ‘Miss Podsnap’, senza doverlo davvero essere. Chiamami Georgiana.”

“Carissima Georgiana,” riprese a dire la signora Lammle.

“Grazie,” disse la signorina Podsnap.

“Carissima Georgiana, perdonami se quasi non riesco a vedere. Mio amore, il fatto che tua madre non sia timida è proprio una ragione per cui tu dovresti esserlo.”

“Non lo vedi davvero?” chiese la signorina Podsnap, tormentandosi le dita in modo ansioso e lanciando occhiate furtive ora alla signora Lammle, ora a terra. “Allora forse non esiste davvero, ”

“Mia adorata Georgiana, tu ascolti troppo facilmente il mio povero parere. In realtà non è nemmeno un parere, tesoro. È soltanto una confessione della mia stupidità.”

“Ah, tu non sei noiosa,” rispose la signorina Podsnap. “Io sì che sono noiosa, ma nemmeno tu avresti potuto costringermi a parlare.”

Un leggero segno di conscienza fece sì che, di fronte a questa percezione di aver trovato uno scopo nella propria vita, sul viso della signora Lammle apparisse un sorriso ancora più luminoso mentre sedeva ad abbracciare la sua cara Georgiana, scuotendo la testa con affettuosa giocosità. Non che questo significasse davvero qualcosa, ma sembrava che a Georgiana piacesse.

“Quello che voglio dire,” proseguì Georgiana, “è che poiché Mamma è così ricca di qualità terribili, e Papà è anch’egli così pieno di orrore, e poiché ovunque c’è tanta terribilità. Voglio dire, almeno ovunque io mi trovi, forse questo fa sì che io, che sono così priva di queste qualità terribili e ne ho paura, beh, lo dico in modo molto impreciso. Non so se riuscite a capire cosa intendo.”

“Perfettamente, cara Georgiana!” La signora Lammle continuava a parlare con quel tono rassicurante e affettuoso, quando all’improvviso la testa di quella giovane donna si appoggiò di nuovo contro il muro e lei chiuse gli occhi.

“Oh, Ma sta trattando terribilmente qualcuno che ha un vetro nell’occhio! So che lo porterà qui. Oh, non fatelo venire, per favore! Sarà il mio compagno, con quel vetro nell’occhio. Cosa dovrei fare?” Questa volta, Georgiana accompagnava le sue esclamazioni battendo i piedi sul pavimento; era davvero in uno stato disperato. Ma non c’era scampo: la maestosa signora Podsnap fece comparire un estraneo con un occhio completamente chiuso e l’altro coperto da una lente. Quell’uomo, dopo aver “guardato” attraverso quel vetro – come se descrivesse la signorina Podsnap in fondo a qualche strapieno verticale – la portò via con sé. Poi il prigioniero al pianoforte suonò un altro brano, esprimendo le sue tristi aspirazioni alla libertà; altri sedici individui ripeterono le stesse movenze malinconiche. E l’uomo che aveva accompagnato la signorina Podsnap se ne andò, come se avesse ideato tutto da solo.

Nel frattempo, una persona di aspetto mite e dall’aria timida si era avvicinata al focolare, mescolandosi tra i capi delle tribù riunite lì per una discussione con il signor Podsnap; con un commento estremamente scortese, riuscì a far svanire il rossore e l’entusiasmo del signor Podsnap. Un commento che faceva riferimento al fatto che alcune persone erano morte di fame per strada poco tempo prima. Era chiaramente inopportuno dopo cena, non adatto affatto alle maniere di quel giovane. E decisamente privo di buon gusto.

“Non ci credo,” disse il signor Podsnap, mettendo la questione da parte.

L’uomo mite temeva che dovessimo considerarlo una verità certa, poiché esistevano le inchieste e i rapporti del registratore.

“Allora è stata colpa loro,” disse il signor Podsnap.

I capi delle tribù e gli anziani lodarono questa soluzione; in un attimo, si creò una scorciatoia e una strada ampia e facilmente percorribile.

L’uomo dal comportamento umile suggerì che, a giudicare dai fatti, sembrava davvero che ai colpevoli in questione fosse stata imposta la fame; sembrava che, con il loro modo miserabile, avessero fatto deboli proteste contro di essa; sembrava che avrebbero potuto prendersi la libertà di evitarla se ne avessero avuta l’opportunità; sembrava che, in definitiva, avrebbero preferito non essere lasciati morire di fame, se ciò fosse stato del tutto accettabile per tutte le parti coinvolte.

“Non c’è,” disse il signor Podsnap, arrossendo di rabbia, “nessun paese al mondo, signore, dove si prevedano misure così nobili a favore dei poveri come in questo paese.”

L’uomo mite era più che disposto ad ammetterlo, ma forse questo rendeva la situazione ancora peggiore, poiché dimostrava che doveva esserci qualcosa di terribilmente sbagliato da qualche parte.

“Dove?” disse il signor Podsnap.

L’uomo mite suggerì: “Non sarebbe forse buono provare, seriamente, a scoprire dove?”

“Ah!” disse il signor Podsnap. “È facile dirlo da qualche parte, ma non così facile dire dove! Comunque capisco cosa intendi. L’avevo già intuito fin dall’inizio: centralizzazione. No. Mai con il mio consenso. Non è inglese.”

Si levò un mormorio di approvazione tra le file delle tribù; come a dire: “Eccolo lì! Tenetelo!”

Non se ne rendeva conto (quell’uomo mite si sottometteva completamente a ciò che gli accadeva); non aveva alcuna preferenza particolare riguardo alle diverse forme in cui le cose potevano manifestarsi. Ma certamente quelle terribili esperienze lo sconvolgevano molto di più dei nomi, per quanto composti da molte sillabe. Potrebbe chiedersi: morire di povertà e abbandono è necessariamente qualcosa che riguarda soltanto gli inglesi?

‘You know what the population of London is, I suppose,’ said Mr Podsnap.

The meek man supposed he did, but supposed that had absolutely nothing to do with it, if its laws were well administered.

‘And you know; at least I hope you know;’ said Mr Podsnap, with severity, ‘that Providence has declared that you shall have the poor always with you?’

The meek man also hoped he knew that.

‘I am glad to hear it,’ said Mr Podsnap with a portentous air. ‘I am glad to hear it. It will render you cautious how you fly in the face of Providence.’

In reference to that absurd and irreverent conventional phrase, the meek man said, for which Mr Podsnap was not responsible, he the meek man had no fear of doing anything so impossible; but—

But Mr Podsnap felt that the time had come for flushing and flourishing this meek man down for good. So he said:

‘I must decline to pursue this painful discussion. It is not pleasant to my feelings; it is repugnant to my feelings. I have said that I do not admit these things. I have also said that if they do occur (not that I admit it), the fault lies with the sufferers themselves. It is not for ME’—Mr Podsnap pointed ‘me’ forcibly, as adding by implication though it may be all very well for YOU—‘it is not for me to impugn the workings of Providence. I know better than that, I trust, and I have mentioned what the intentions of Providence are. Besides,’ said Mr Podsnap, flushing high up among his hair-brushes, with a strong consciousness of personal affront, ‘the subject is a very disagreeable one. I will go so far as to say it is an odious one. It is not one to be introduced among our wives and young persons, and I—’ He finished with that flourish of his arm which added more expressively than any words, And I remove it from the face of the earth.

Simultaneously with this quenching of the meek man’s ineffectual fire; Georgiana having left the ambler up a lane of sofa, in a No Thoroughfare of back drawing-room, to find his own way out, came back to Mrs Lammle. And who should be with Mrs Lammle, but Mr Lammle. So fond of her!

‘Alfred, my love, here is my friend. Georgiana, dearest girl, you must like my husband next to me.’

Mr Lammle was proud to be so soon distinguished by this special commendation to Miss Podsnap’s favour. But if Mr Lammle were prone to be jealous of his dear Sophronia’s friendships, he would be jealous of her feeling towards Miss Podsnap.

‘Say Georgiana, darling,’ interposed his wife.

‘Towards—shall I?—Georgiana.’ Mr Lammle uttered the name, with a delicate curve of his right hand, from his lips outward. ‘For never have I known Sophronia (who is not apt to take sudden likings) so attracted and so captivated as she is by—shall I once more?—Georgiana.’

The object of this homage sat uneasily enough in receipt of it, and then said, turning to Mrs Lammle, much embarrassed:

‘I wonder what you like me for! I am sure I can’t think.’

‘Dearest Georgiana, for yourself. For your difference from all around you.’

Well! That may be. For I think I like you for your difference from all around me,’ said Georgiana with a smile of relief.

‘We must be going with the rest,’ observed Mrs Lammle, rising with a show of unwillingness, amidst a general dispersal. ‘We are real friends, Georgiana dear?’

‘Real.’

‘Good night, dear girl!’

She had established an attraction over the shrinking nature upon which her smiling eyes were fixed, for Georgiana held her hand while she answered in a secret and half-frightened tone:

‘Don’t forget me when you are gone away. And come again soon. Good night!’

Charming to see Mr and Mrs Lammle taking leave so gracefully, and going down the stairs so lovingly and sweetly. Not quite so charming to see their smiling faces fall and brood as they dropped moodily into separate corners of their little carriage. But to be sure that was a sight behind the scenes, which nobody saw, and which nobody was meant to see.

Certain big, heavy vehicles, built on the model of the Podsnap plate, took away the heavy articles of guests weighing ever so much; and the less valuable articles got away after their various manners; and the Podsnap plate was put to bed. As Mr Podsnap stood with his back to the drawing-room fire, pulling up his shirtcollar, like a veritable cock of the walk literally pluming himself in the midst of his possessions, nothing would have astonished him more than an intimation that Miss Podsnap, or any other young person properly born and bred, could not be exactly put away like the plate, brought out like the plate, polished like the plate, counted, weighed, and valued like the plate. That such a young person could possibly have a morbid vacancy in the heart for anything younger than the plate, or less monotonous than the plate; or that such a young person’s thoughts could try to scale the region bounded on the north, south, east, and west, by the plate; was a monstrous imagination which he would on the spot have flourished into space. This perhaps in some sort arose from Mr Podsnap’s blushing young person being, so to speak, all cheek; whereas there is a possibility that there may be young persons of a rather more complex organization.

If Mr Podsnap, pulling up his shirt-collar, could only have heard himself called ‘that fellow’ in a certain short dialogue, which passed between Mr and Mrs Lammle in their opposite corners of their little carriage, rolling home!

‘Sophronia, are you awake?’

‘Am I likely to be asleep, sir?’

‘Very likely, I should think, after that fellow’s company. Attend to what I am going to say.’

‘I have attended to what you have already said, have I not? What else have I been doing all to-night.’

‘Attend, I tell you,’ (in a raised voice) ‘to what I am going to say. Keep close to that idiot girl. Keep her under your thumb. You have her fast, and you are not to let her go. Do you hear?’

‘I hear you.’

‘I foresee there is money to be made out of this, besides taking that fellow down a peg. We owe each other money, you know.’

Mrs Lammle winced a little at the reminder, but only enough to shake her scents and essences anew into the atmosphere of the little carriage, as she settled herself afresh in her own dark corner.

“Immagino che sappiate quanti abitanti ha Londra,” disse il signor Podsnap.

L’uomo mite pensava di sì, ma riteneva che ciò non avesse assolutamente nulla a che fare con la questione, purché le leggi venissero applicate in modo corretto.

“E sai, almeno spero che tu sappia, ” disse il signor Podsnap con severità, “che la Provvidenza ha decretato che i poveri debbano sempre essere con te?”

Anche l’uomo mite sperava che lui lo sapesse.

“Sono felice di saperlo,” disse il signor Podsnap con un tono minaccioso. “Sono davvero felice. Vi farà essere più cauti nel contrastare la Provvidenza.”

Riferendosi a quella frase convenzionale assurda e irriverente, l’uomo mite disse che, poiché il signor Podsnap non ne era responsabile, lui, l’uomo mite, non aveva alcuna paura di fare qualcosa di così impossibile; ma.

Ma il signor Podsnap riteneva che fosse arrivato il momento di eliminare per sempre quest’uomo umile e mansueto. Così disse:

“Devo rifiutare di proseguire questa dolorosa discussione. Non è conforme ai miei sentimenti; anzi, li offende profondamente. Ho già detto che non ammetto queste cose. Ho anche affermato che, se dovessero verificarsi (non che io lo ammetta), la colpa ricade sugli stessi individui coinvolti. Non spetta a ME” – il signor Podsnap sottolineò con forza la parola “ME”, come per insinuare che, anche se tutto ciò potesse essere molto vantaggioso PER VOI, non spettava comunque a lui mettere in discussione l’operato della Provvidenza. “So meglio di chiunque altro quali siano le intenzioni della Provvidenza”, aggiunse. “Inoltre, ”, proseguì, arrossendo profondamente, “questo argomento è davvero molto sgradevole; anzi, odioso. Non è certo adatto da discutere tra le nostre mogli e i giovani. E io, ”, concluse con quel gesto della mano che, più di qualsiasi parola, esprimeva chiaramente la sua opinione: “Io lo eliminerò dalla faccia della terra”.

Contemporaneamente a questa estinzione del “fiammello” inefficace di quell’uomo mite;
dopo che Georgiana lo aveva lasciato in un angolo appartato del salotto, affinché trovasse da solo la via d’uscita, tornò da Mrs Lammle. E chi c’era con lei, se non Mr Lammle? Che le voleva così bene!

“Alfred, mio amore, questa è la mia amica. Georgiana, cara ragazza, sicuramente ti piacerà mio marito accanto a me.”

Il signor Lammle era orgoglioso di essere così presto onorato con questa speciale lode da parte della signorina Podsnap. Ma se il signor Lammle fosse incline a provare gelosia per le amicizie della sua cara Sophronia, sarebbe geloso anche del suo sentimento verso la signorina Podsnap.

“Dì ‘Georgiana, carina’,” intervenne sua moglie.

“Verso, dovrei dire?. Georgiana.” Il signor Lammle pronunciò quel nome, tracciando con la mano destra un movimento delicato dalle labbra verso l’esterno. “Perché mai, in tutta la mia vita, non ho visto Sophronia (che di solito non si affeziona facilmente) essere così attratta e conquistata da, dovrei ancora dirlo?. Georgiana.”

L’oggetto di questo omaggio, ricevutolo, sembrava piuttosto a disagio e poi, rivolgendosi a Mrs Lammle con grande imbarazzo, disse.

“Mi chiedo perché tu mi piaccia. Sono sicura di non riuscire a capirlo.”

“Carissima Georgiana, per te. Per la tua diversità rispetto a tutti quelli intorno a te.”

‘Beh! Forse è proprio così. Credo che mi piacciate proprio per la vostra diversità rispetto a tutti quelli intorno a me,’ disse Georgiana con un sorriso di sollievo.

“Dobbiamo andare con gli altri,” osservò la signora Lammle, alzandosi con evidente riluttanza, mentre tutti si disperdevano. “Siamo davvero amiche, vero, Georgiana cara?”

“Reale.”

“Buona notte, cara ragazza!”

Aveva sviluppato un’attrazione per quella natura in via di scomparire, su cui i suoi occhi sorridenti erano fissi; mentre rispondeva, con tono segreto e leggermente spaventato, Georgiana le teneva la mano.

“Non dimenticarmi quando te ne andrai. E torna presto. Buona notte!”

È davvero incantevole vedere il signor e la signora Lammle congedarsi in modo così elegante, scendere le scale con tanta tenerezza e dolcezza. Non altrettanto piacevole, invece, vedere i loro volti sorridenti rabbuiarsi non appena si sedettero tristemente nei rispettivi angoli della loro piccola carrozza. Ma di certo, quella era una scena che avveniva “dietro le quinte”, invisibile a tutti, e destinata a rimanere tale.

Alcuni veicoli grandi e pesanti, costruiti seguendo il modello della lastra di Podsnap, venivano utilizzati per trasportare gli oggetti pesanti dei clienti; gli oggetti meno preziosi, invece, venivano portati via in modi diversi. E così la lastra di Podsnap finì “messa da parte”. Mentre il signor Podsnap stava con le spalle rivolte al camino del salotto, tirandosi su il colletto della camicia, come un vero e proprio pavone che si pavoneggiava tra i suoi possedimenti, nulla lo avrebbe sorpreso di più dell’idea che la signorina Podsnap, o qualsiasi altra giovane donna ben nata e educata, non potesse essere “messa da parte” come quella lastra, portata fuori come quella lastra, lucidata come quella lastra, contata, pesata e valutata come quella lastra. Che una giovane donna potesse provare interesse per qualcosa di più giovane o meno monotono della lastra. Era un’idea assurda; lui stesso l’avrebbe immediatamente respinta come del tutto impossibile. Forse questo atteggiamento derivava dal fatto che la giovane donna di cui il signor Podsnap andava fiero era, per così dire, “solo faccia”; mentre esistono sicuramente giovani donne con una struttura psicologica molto più complessa.

Se solo il signor Podsnap, tirandosi su il colletto della camicia, avesse potuto sentire se stesso chiamato “quel tizio” in un breve dialogo che si svolse tra il signore e la signora Lammle, nei loro angoli opposti del loro piccolo vagone, mentre riportavano a casa.

“Sophronia, sei sveglia?”

“Sarò probabilmente addormentato, signore?”

“È molto probabile, penso, dopo aver trascorso del tempo con quell’uomo. Ascoltate attentamente ciò che sto per dire.”

“Ho prestato attenzione a ciò che hai già detto, vero? Cosa altro potrei aver fatto per tutta la notte?”

“Ascoltami bene,” disse alzando la voce, “quello che sto per dire. Stai vicino a quella ragazza idiota, tienila sotto controllo. L’hai in pugno, quindi non devi lasciarla andare. Capisci?”

“Ti capisco.”

“Prevedo che ci sia del denaro da guadagnare in questo, oltre a mettere quel tizio in difficoltà. Dopo tutto, ci dobbiamo dei soldi, lo sai.”

La signora Lammle fece una piccola smorfia al ricordo di quella cosa, ma solo quel tanto sufficiente per rimescolare nuovamente i suoi profumi ed essenze nell’atmosfera della piccola carrozza, mentre si sistemava di nuovo nel suo angolo buio.

Chapter 12

THE SWEAT OF AN HONEST MAN’S BROW

Mr Mortimer Lightwood and Mr Eugene Wrayburn took a coffee-house dinner together in Mr Lightwood’s office. They had newly agreed to set up a joint establishment together. They had taken a bachelor cottage near Hampton, on the brink of the Thames, with a lawn, and a boat-house; and all things fitting, and were to float with the stream through the summer and the Long Vacation.

It was not summer yet, but spring; and it was not gentle spring ethereally mild, as in Thomson’s Seasons, but nipping spring with an easterly wind, as in Johnson’s, Jackson’s, Dickson’s, Smith’s, and Jones’s Seasons. The grating wind sawed rather than blew; and as it sawed, the sawdust whirled about the sawpit. Every street was a sawpit, and there were no top-sawyers; every passenger was an under-sawyer, with the sawdust blinding him and choking him.

That mysterious paper currency which circulates in London when the wind blows, gyrated here and there and everywhere. Whence can it come, whither can it go? It hangs on every bush, flutters in every tree, is caught flying by the electric wires, haunts every enclosure, drinks at every pump, cowers at every grating, shudders upon every plot of grass, seeks rest in vain behind the legions of iron rails. In Paris, where nothing is wasted, costly and luxurious city though it be, but where wonderful human ants creep out of holes and pick up every scrap, there is no such thing. There, it blows nothing but dust. There, sharp eyes and sharp stomachs reap even the east wind, and get something out of it.

The wind sawed, and the sawdust whirled. The shrubs wrung their many hands, bemoaning that they had been over-persuaded by the sun to bud; the young leaves pined; the sparrows repented of their early marriages, like men and women; the colours of the rainbow were discernible, not in floral spring, but in the faces of the people whom it nibbled and pinched. And ever the wind sawed, and the sawdust whirled.

When the spring evenings are too long and light to shut out, and such weather is rife, the city which Mr Podsnap so explanatorily called London, Londres, London, is at its worst. Such a black shrill city, combining the qualities of a smoky house and a scolding wife; such a gritty city; such a hopeless city, with no rent in the leaden canopy of its sky; such a beleaguered city, invested by the great Marsh Forces of Essex and Kent. So the two old schoolfellows felt it to be, as, their dinner done, they turned towards the fire to smoke. Young Blight was gone, the coffee-house waiter was gone, the plates and dishes were gone, the wine was going—but not in the same direction.

‘The wind sounds up here,’ quoth Eugene, stirring the fire, ‘as if we were keeping a lighthouse. I wish we were.’

‘Don’t you think it would bore us?’ Lightwood asked.

‘Not more than any other place. And there would be no Circuit to go. But that’s a selfish consideration, personal to me.’

‘And no clients to come,’ added Lightwood. ‘Not that that’s a selfish consideration at all personal to ME.’

‘If we were on an isolated rock in a stormy sea,’ said Eugene, smoking with his eyes on the fire, ‘Lady Tippins couldn’t put off to visit us, or, better still, might put off and get swamped. People couldn’t ask one to wedding breakfasts. There would be no Precedents to hammer at, except the plain-sailing Precedent of keeping the light up. It would be exciting to look out for wrecks.’

‘But otherwise,’ suggested Lightwood, ‘there might be a degree of sameness in the life.’

‘I have thought of that also,’ said Eugene, as if he really had been considering the subject in its various bearings with an eye to the business; ‘but it would be a defined and limited monotony. It would not extend beyond two people. Now, it’s a question with me, Mortimer, whether a monotony defined with that precision and limited to that extent, might not be more endurable than the unlimited monotony of one’s fellow-creatures.’

As Lightwood laughed and passed the wine, he remarked, ‘We shall have an opportunity, in our boating summer, of trying the question.’

‘An imperfect one,’ Eugene acquiesced, with a sigh, ‘but so we shall. I hope we may not prove too much for one another.’

‘Now, regarding your respected father,’ said Lightwood, bringing him to a subject they had expressly appointed to discuss: always the most slippery eel of eels of subjects to lay hold of.

‘Yes, regarding my respected father,’ assented Eugene, settling himself in his arm-chair. ‘I would rather have approached my respected father by candlelight, as a theme requiring a little artificial brilliancy; but we will take him by twilight, enlivened with a glow of Wallsend.’

He stirred the fire again as he spoke, and having made it blaze, resumed.

‘My respected father has found, down in the parental neighbourhood, a wife for his not-generally-respected son.’

‘With some money, of course?’

‘With some money, of course, or he would not have found her. My respected father—let me shorten the dutiful tautology by substituting in future M. R. F., which sounds military, and rather like the Duke of Wellington.’

‘What an absurd fellow you are, Eugene!’

‘Not at all, I assure you. M. R. F. having always in the clearest manner provided (as he calls it) for his children by pre-arranging from the hour of the birth of each, and sometimes from an earlier period, what the devoted little victim’s calling and course in life should be, M. R. F. pre-arranged for myself that I was to be the barrister I am (with the slight addition of an enormous practice, which has not accrued), and also the married man I am not.’

‘The first you have often told me.’

‘The first I have often told you. Considering myself sufficiently incongruous on my legal eminence, I have until now suppressed my domestic destiny. You know M. R. F., but not as well as I do. If you knew him as well as I do, he would amuse you.’

Capitolo 12

Il sudore della fronte di un uomo onesto

Il signor Mortimer Lightwood e il signor Eugene Wrayburn cenarono insieme in un ristorante vicino all’ufficio del signor Lightwood. Avevano appena deciso di avviare un’impresa congiunta. Avevano acquistato una piccola casa vicino a Hampton, sulle rive del Tamigi, con un prato e una casa per il barche; tutto era pronto, e avevano intenzione di trascorrere l’estate e le vacanze in quella località.

Non era ancora estate, ma primavera; e non si trattava di una primavera dolce e delicata, come descritta in Thomson’s Stagioni, bensì di una primavera fredda e pungente, caratterizzata da un vento orientale gelido, come descritto invece in opere di Johnson, Jackson, Dickson, Smith e Jones. Il vento tagliente sembrava più che altro “tagliare” piuttosto che soffiare; mentre “tagliava”, la polvere di legno vorticava intorno a esso. Ogni strada diventava una sorta di “scatola da taglio”; ogni passeggero, colpito dalla polvere, si trovava in condizioni difficili, come se fosse stato coinvolto in un processo di segatura.

Quella misteriosa moneta cartacea che circola a )Londra quando soffia il vento, vola qua e là, ovunque si possa immaginare. Da dove può provenire, dove può andare? Si attacca a ogni cespuglio, svolazza tra gli alberi, viene catturata dai fili elettrici, si aggira intorno a ogni recinto, beve dall’acqua di ogni fontana, si nasconde dietro ogni griglia. Inutilmente cerca riposo dietro le legioni di binari di ferro. A Parigi, dove nulla viene sprecato – nonostante sia una città costosa e lussuosa – dove meravigliose “formiche umane” escono dalle loro tane per raccogliere ogni frammento, non esiste nulla del genere. Lì, non si solleva altro che polvere. Lì, occhi acuti e stomaci robusti sfruttano persino il vento orientale per ottenere qualcosa da esso.

Il vento tagliava incessantemente, e la polvere di legno vorticava nell’aria. Gli arbusti “strizzavano” le loro molteplici foglie, lamentandosi di essere stati troppo persuasi dal sole a germogliare; le giovani foglie soffrivano; gli uccellini si pentivano dei loro “matrimoni” prematuri, proprio come gli uomini e le donne. I colori dell’arcobaleno erano visibili non nella primavera fiorita, ma sui volti delle persone che il vento accarezzava e pizzicava. E il vento continuava a tagliare, e la polvere di legno a vorticare.

Quando le serate di primavera sono troppo lunghe e troppo chiare per poter essere chiuse fuori, e quando questo tipo di tempo è frequente, la città che il signor Podsnap ha definito con tanta enfasi “Londra”, Londres, Londra, raggiunge il suo peggior stato. Una città così cupa e stridula, che unisce le caratteristiche di una casa fumosa e di una moglie sempre pronta a rimproverare; una città così grigiastra e desolata. Senza alcuna speranza, con il cielo plumbeo che sembra schiacciare tutto sotto di sé; una città assediata, circondata dalle immense forze naturali dell’Essex e del Kent. Così la vedevano quei due vecchi compagni di scuola, mentre, dopo aver finito di cenare, si avvicinavano al focolare per fumare. Il giovane Blight se n’era andato, così come il cameriere del caffè; i piatti e le stoviglie erano stati portati via. Ma il vino, no: non era andato nella stessa direzione.

“Il vento suona così forte qui sopra,” disse Eugene, mescolando il foco, “come se stessimo gestendo un faro. Vorrei che fosse vero.”

“Non pensi che ci annoierebbe?” chiese Lightwood.

“Non più di qualsiasi altro posto. E non ci sarebbe alcun ‘Circuito’ da seguire. Ma questo è un pensiero egoistico, legato solo a me.”

“E nessun cliente in arrivo,” aggiunse Lightwood. “Anche se, in realtà, questo non è affatto un pensiero egoistico o personale da parte mia.”

“Se fossimo su una roccia isolata in un mare tempestoso,” disse Eugene, fumando con lo sguardo fisso sul fuoco, “Lady Tippins non potrebbe venire a trovarci. Anzi, forse riuscirebbe a farlo, ma verrebbe travolta dalla tempesta. Le persone non potrebbero chiedere a qualcuno di partecipare ai banchetti nuziali. Non ci sarebbero precedenti da seguire, tranne il semplice principio di tenere accesa la luce. Sarebbe emozionante stare all’erta per individuare eventuali relitti, ”

“Ma altrimenti,” suggerì Lightwood, “la vita potrebbe diventare piuttosto monotona.”

“Anch’io ci ho pensato,” disse Eugene, come se davvero avesse esaminato la questione sotto tutti i suoi aspetti, tenendo conto delle implicazioni pratiche; “ma sarebbe una monotonia definita e limitata. Non riguarderebbe che due persone. Ora, la domanda che mi pongo, Mortimer, è se una monotonia del genere, così precisa e circoscritta, non possa rivelarsi più sopportabile della monotonia infinita delle altre creature umane.”

Mentre Lightwood rideva e passava il vino, osservò: “Durante la nostra vacanza estiva in barca, avremo l’occasione di mettere alla prova questa ipotesi.”

“Uno imperfetto,” convenne Eugene con un sospiro, “ma così sarà. Spero che non ci riveliamo troppo difficili l’uno per l’altro.”

“Ora, riguardo a vostro rispettabile padre, ”, disse Lightwood, introducendo l’argomento che avevano concordato di discutere: sempre uno degli argomenti più difficili da affrontare.

“Sì, riguardo al mio rispettabile padre,” concordò Eugene, sistemandosi nella sua poltrona. “Avrei preferito avvicinarmi a lui alla luce delle candele, poiché si trattava di un argomento che richiedeva una certa artificialità luminosa; ma lo affronteremo al crepuscolo, avvolto nel bagliore di Wallsend.”

Mentre parlava, rimestò di nuovo nel fuoco; una volta che l’aveva fatto divampare, continuò il suo discorso.

“Mio rispettabile padre ha trovato, nel quartiere residenziale dei genitori, una moglie per suo figlio, che non è generalmente stimato.”

“Certo, con un po’ di soldi, ”

“Con un po’ di denaro, naturalmente; altrimenti non l’avrebbe trovata. Mio rispettabile padre. Lasciate che abbrevi questa noiosa ripetizione, chiamandolo in futuro ‘M. R. F.’: suona più militare, e un po’ come il Duca di Wellington.”

“Che tipo assurdo che sei, Eugene!”

‘Assolutamente no, vi assicuro. Il signor R.F., fin da sempre in modo molto chiaro, aveva previsto – come lui stesso diceva – quale sarebbe stata la vocazione e il percorso di vita dei suoi figli, già dall’istante della loro nascita, o talvolta anche prima. Per quanto mi riguarda, il signor R.F. aveva già deciso che io sarei diventato l’avvocato che sono oggi (con l’unica aggiunta di un numero esorbitante di clienti, che in realtà non è mai aumentato, ) e anche che non avrei mai sposato nessuno.’

“La prima volta che mi l’hai detto, ”

“Di questo te l’ho detto spesso. Ritenendomi sufficientemente incompatibile con la mia posizione legale di rilievo, ho fino ad ora nascosto il mio vero destino personale. Conosci M. R. F., ma non così bene come me. Se lo conoscessi come lo conosco io, ti divertirebbe molto.”

‘Filially spoken, Eugene!’

‘Perfectly so, believe me; and with every sentiment of affectionate deference towards M. R. F. But if he amuses me, I can’t help it. When my eldest brother was born, of course the rest of us knew (I mean the rest of us would have known, if we had been in existence) that he was heir to the Family Embarrassments—we call it before the company the Family Estate. But when my second brother was going to be born by-and-by, “this,” says M. R. F., “is a little pillar of the church.” Was born, and became a pillar of the church; a very shaky one. My third brother appeared, considerably in advance of his engagement to my mother; but M. R. F., not at all put out by surprise, instantly declared him a Circumnavigator. Was pitch-forked into the Navy, but has not circumnavigated. I announced myself and was disposed of with the highly satisfactory results embodied before you. When my younger brother was half an hour old, it was settled by M. R. F. that he should have a mechanical genius. And so on. Therefore I say that M. R. F. amuses me.’

‘Touching the lady, Eugene.’

‘There M. R. F. ceases to be amusing, because my intentions are opposed to touching the lady.’

‘Do you know her?’

‘Not in the least.’

‘Hadn’t you better see her?’

‘My dear Mortimer, you have studied my character. Could I possibly go down there, labelled “ELIGIBLE. ON VIEW,” and meet the lady, similarly labelled? Anything to carry out M. R. F.’s arrangements, I am sure, with the greatest pleasure—except matrimony. Could I possibly support it? I, so soon bored, so constantly, so fatally?’

‘But you are not a consistent fellow, Eugene.’

‘In susceptibility to boredom,’ returned that worthy, ‘I assure you I am the most consistent of mankind.’

‘Why, it was but now that you were dwelling in the advantages of a monotony of two.’

‘In a lighthouse. Do me the justice to remember the condition. In a lighthouse.’

Mortimer laughed again, and Eugene, having laughed too for the first time, as if he found himself on reflection rather entertaining, relapsed into his usual gloom, and drowsily said, as he enjoyed his cigar, ‘No, there is no help for it; one of the prophetic deliveries of M. R. F. must for ever remain unfulfilled. With every disposition to oblige him, he must submit to a failure.’

It had grown darker as they talked, and the wind was sawing and the sawdust was whirling outside paler windows. The underlying churchyard was already settling into deep dim shade, and the shade was creeping up to the housetops among which they sat. ‘As if,’ said Eugene, ‘as if the churchyard ghosts were rising.’

He had walked to the window with his cigar in his mouth, to exalt its flavour by comparing the fireside with the outside, when he stopped midway on his return to his arm-chair, and said:

‘Apparently one of the ghosts has lost its way, and dropped in to be directed. Look at this phantom!’

Lightwood, whose back was towards the door, turned his head, and there, in the darkness of the entry, stood a something in the likeness of a man: to whom he addressed the not irrelevant inquiry, ‘Who the devil are you?’

‘I ask your pardons, Governors,’ replied the ghost, in a hoarse double-barrelled whisper, ‘but might either on you be Lawyer Lightwood?’

‘What do you mean by not knocking at the door?’ demanded Mortimer.

‘I ask your pardons, Governors,’ replied the ghost, as before, ‘but probable you was not aware your door stood open.’

‘What do you want?’

Hereunto the ghost again hoarsely replied, in its double-barrelled manner, ‘I ask your pardons, Governors, but might one on you be Lawyer Lightwood?’

‘One of us is,’ said the owner of that name.

‘All right, Governors Both,’ returned the ghost, carefully closing the room door; ‘’tickler business.’

Mortimer lighted the candles. They showed the visitor to be an ill-looking visitor with a squinting leer, who, as he spoke, fumbled at an old sodden fur cap, formless and mangey, that looked like a furry animal, dog or cat, puppy or kitten, drowned and decaying.

‘Now,’ said Mortimer, ‘what is it?’

‘Governors Both,’ returned the man, in what he meant to be a wheedling tone, ‘which on you might be Lawyer Lightwood?’

‘I am.’

‘Lawyer Lightwood,’ ducking at him with a servile air, ‘I am a man as gets my living, and as seeks to get my living, by the sweat of my brow. Not to risk being done out of the sweat of my brow, by any chances, I should wish afore going further to be swore in.’

‘I am not a swearer in of people, man.’

The visitor, clearly anything but reliant on this assurance, doggedly muttered ‘Alfred David.’

‘Is that your name?’ asked Lightwood.

‘My name?’ returned the man. ‘No; I want to take a Alfred David.’

(Which Eugene, smoking and contemplating him, interpreted as meaning Affidavit.)

‘I tell you, my good fellow,’ said Lightwood, with his indolent laugh, ‘that I have nothing to do with swearing.’

‘He can swear AT you,’ Eugene explained; ‘and so can I. But we can’t do more for you.’

Much discomfited by this information, the visitor turned the drowned dog or cat, puppy or kitten, about and about, and looked from one of the Governors Both to the other of the Governors Both, while he deeply considered within himself. At length he decided:

‘Then I must be took down.’

‘Where?’ asked Lightwood.

‘Here,’ said the man. ‘In pen and ink.’

‘First, let us know what your business is about.’

‘It’s about,’ said the man, taking a step forward, dropping his hoarse voice, and shading it with his hand, ‘it’s about from five to ten thousand pound reward. That’s what it’s about. It’s about Murder. That’s what it’s about.’

‘Come nearer the table. Sit down. Will you have a glass of wine?’

‘Yes, I will,’ said the man; ‘and I don’t deceive you, Governors.’

It was given him. Making a stiff arm to the elbow, he poured the wine into his mouth, tilted it into his right cheek, as saying, ‘What do you think of it?’ tilted it into his left cheek, as saying, ‘What do YOU think of it?’ jerked it into his stomach, as saying, ‘What do YOU think of it?’ To conclude, smacked his lips, as if all three replied, ‘We think well of it.’

“Parla come un figlio, Eugene!”

‘Assolutamente sì, credetemi; e con ogni sentimento di affettuosa deferenza verso il signor R.F. Ma se mi diverte, non posso farci nulla. Quando è nato mio fratello maggiore, naturalmente tutti noi sapevamo (intendo dire che avremmo saputo, se fossimo esistiti) che sarebbe stato l’erede dei “problemi familiari”, noi li chiamiamo davanti alla gente “la fortuna di famiglia”. Ma quando stava per nascere mio fratello minore, il signor R.F. disse: “Questo, è un piccolo pilastro della chiesa”. Ed effettivamente nacque e divenne un “pilastro della chiesa”, anche se molto instabile. Mio terzo fratello arrivò sulla scena molto prima del suo fidanzamento con mia madre; ma il signor R.F., per nulla sorpreso, lo dichiarò immediatamente un “circumnavigatore”. Fu mandato nella Marina, ma non ha mai fatto nessuna circumnavigazione. Io stesso mi sono presentato, e sono stato “risolto” con i risultati estremamente soddisfacenti che avete visto prima. Quando mio fratello minore aveva appena mezz’ora di vita, il signor R.F. decise già che avrebbe avuto un genio per la meccanica. E così via. Quindi dico: il signor R.F. mi diverte davvero.’

“Toccare la signora, Eugene.”

“In quel caso, il signor M. R. F. smette di essere divertente, perché le mie intenzioni sono opposte all’idea di toccare quella signora.”

“La conosci?”

“Assolutamente no.”

“Non sarebbe meglio che la vedessi?”

‘Mio caro Mortimer, hai conosciuto il mio carattere. Potrei forse andare laggiù, etichettato come “IDONEO. VISIBILE”, e incontrare quella signora, anch’essa etichettata allo stesso modo? Qualsiasi cosa possa aiutare a realizzare gli accordi del signor R. F., lo farò con grande piacere, tranne il matrimonio. Potrei davvero sopportarlo? Io, che mi annoio così facilmente, così costantemente, così fatalmente, ’

“Ma tu non sei davvero una persona coerente, Eugene.”

“Nella suscettibilità alla noia,” rispose quell’uomo degno di stima, “vi assicuro di essere la persona più costante dell’umanità.”

“Ma è proprio ora che hai iniziato a godere dei vantaggi di una monotonia a due, ”

“In un faro. Fatemi il favore di ricordare questa condizione: in un faro.”

Mortimer rise di nuovo, e Eugene, avendo riso anche lui per la prima volta, come se, riflettendoci, trovasse la cosa abbastanza divertente, tornò immediatamente nel suo solito umore cupo e, mentre gustava il suo sigaro, mormorò con voce somnolenta: “No, non c’è niente da fare; uno dei presagi profetici di M. R. F. dovrà rimanere per sempre irrealizzato. Nonostante tutto il desiderio di accontentarlo, dovrà accettare questa sconfitta.”

Mentre parlavano, l’oscurità era aumentata; il vento soffiava forte e la polvere di legno vorticava fuori dalle finestre più chiare. Il cimitero sottostante era già avvolto in un’ombra profonda e densa, e quell’oscurità si stava lentamente diffondendo anche sui tetti delle case dove sedevano. “Come se, ”, disse Eugene, “come se gli fantasmi del cimitero stessero risorgendo.”

Si era avvicinato alla finestra con il sigaro in bocca, per apprezzarne meglio il sapore confrontando l’atmosfera accanto al fuoco con quella all’esterno; poi si fermò a metà strada, tornando verso la sua poltrona, e disse:

“A quanto pare uno degli fantasmi si è perso e è finito qui per essere guidato nella direzione giusta. Guardate questo spettro!”

Lightwood, con le spalle rivolte verso la porta, girò la testa e lì, nell’oscurità dell’ingresso, c’era qualcosa che assomigliava a un uomo. Gli rivolse quindi questa domanda non del tutto irrilevante: “Chi diavolo siete?”

“Chiedo il vostro perdono, Governatori,” rispose lo fantasma con un sussurro rauco e tremolante, “ma tra voi c’è forse l’avvocato Lightwood?”

“Cosa intendi per ‘non bussare alla porta’?”, chiese Mortimer.

“Chiedo scusa, Governatori,” rispose l’fantasma come prima, “ma probabilmente non vi eravate resi conto che la vostra porta era aperta.”

“Cosa vuoi?”

A questo, lo fantasma rispose di nuovo con voce rauca, nel suo modo caratteristico, “Chiedo scusa, Governatori. Ma tra voi c’è forse un certo Avvocato Lightwood?”

“Uno di noi lo è,” disse la persona che portava quel nome.

“Bene, Governatori entrambi,” rispose l’fantasma, chiudendo con cura la porta della stanza; “una faccenda piuttosto delicata.”

Mortimer accese le candele. Si vide che il visitatore aveva un aspetto poco attraente e uno sguardo strano; mentre parlava, si agitava goffamente con un vecchio cappello di pelliccia umido e logoro, senza forma e pieno di pulci, che sembrava appartenere a qualche animale peloso: un cane, un gatto, un cucciolo o un gattino, annegato e in decomposizione.

“Ora,” disse Mortimer, “di cosa si tratta?”

“Entrambi governatori,” rispose l’uomo, usando un tono che voleva sembrare supplichevole, “ma forse lei è il signor Lightwood, l’avvocato?”

‘I am.’

“Avvocato Lightwood,” disse lui, inchinandosi con un atteggiamento servile, “sono un uomo che cerca di guadagnarsi da vivere con il sudore della propria fronte. Non vorrei correre il rischio di perdere tutto ciò per cui ho lavorato; quindi, prima di andare oltre, vorrei essere formalmente nominato avvocato.”

“Non sono uno che maledice le persone, amico.”

Il visitatore, chiaramente del tutto insoddisfatto di questa garanzia, continuava a mormorare ostinatamente “Alfred David”.

“È quel il tuo nome?” chiese Lightwood.

“Il mio nome?”, rispose l’uomo. “No; voglio prendere un Alfred David.”

(Che Eugene, fumando e contemplandolo, interpretò come significando “Deposizione”).

“Te lo dico io, caro amico,” disse Lightwood con la sua risata pigra, “io non ho nulla a che fare con le imprecazioni.”

“Può anche maledirti”, spiegò Eugene, “e anch’io posso farlo. Ma non possiamo fare altro per te.”

Molto sconcertato da queste informazioni, il visitatore girò più volte il cane o il gatto annegati, il cucciolo di cane o di gatto, e li osservò uno dopo l’altro, mentre rifletteva profondamente dentro di sé. Alla fine decise:

“Allora devo essere eliminato.”

“Dove?” chiese Lightwood.

“Ecco,” disse l’uomo. “In inchiostro e carta.”

“Prima di tutto, ditemi di cosa si tratta il vostro affare.”

“Si tratta di, ” disse l’uomo, facendo un passo avanti, abbassando la sua voce rauca e coprendola con la mano, “si tratta di una ricompensa di cinque a diecimila sterline. È proprio di questo che si tratta. Si tratta di omicidio.”

Avvicinati al tavolo, siediti. Vuoi un bicchiere di vino?

“Sì, lo farò,” disse l’uomo; “e non vi sto ingannando, Governatori.”

Glielo diedero. Tenendo il braccio rigido fino al gomito, versò il vino nella bocca, lo inclinò verso la guancia destra, come per dire: “Che ne pensi?” Poi lo inclinò verso la guancia sinistra, come per chiedere: “E TU che ne pensi?” Lo bevve tutto d’un fiato, come se tutti e tre rispondessero: “Lo troviamo ottimo.” Infine, si leccò le labbra, come se quelle risposte fossero state un assenso unanime.

‘Will you have another?’

‘Yes, I will,’ he repeated, ‘and I don’t deceive you, Governors.’ And also repeated the other proceedings.

‘Now,’ began Lightwood, ‘what’s your name?’

‘Why, there you’re rather fast, Lawyer Lightwood,’ he replied, in a remonstrant manner. ‘Don’t you see, Lawyer Lightwood? There you’re a little bit fast. I’m going to earn from five to ten thousand pound by the sweat of my brow; and as a poor man doing justice to the sweat of my brow, is it likely I can afford to part with so much as my name without its being took down?’

Deferring to the man’s sense of the binding powers of pen and ink and paper, Lightwood nodded acceptance of Eugene’s nodded proposal to take those spells in hand. Eugene, bringing them to the table, sat down as clerk or notary.

‘Now,’ said Lightwood, ‘what’s your name?’

But further precaution was still due to the sweat of this honest fellow’s brow.

‘I should wish, Lawyer Lightwood,’ he stipulated, ‘to have that T’other Governor as my witness that what I said I said. Consequent, will the T’other Governor be so good as chuck me his name and where he lives?’

Eugene, cigar in mouth and pen in hand, tossed him his card. After spelling it out slowly, the man made it into a little roll, and tied it up in an end of his neckerchief still more slowly.

‘Now,’ said Lightwood, for the third time, ‘if you have quite completed your various preparations, my friend, and have fully ascertained that your spirits are cool and not in any way hurried, what’s your name?’

‘Roger Riderhood.’

‘Dwelling-place?’

‘Lime’us Hole.’

‘Calling or occupation?’

Not quite so glib with this answer as with the previous two, Mr Riderhood gave in the definition, ‘Waterside character.’

‘Anything against you?’ Eugene quietly put in, as he wrote.

Rather baulked, Mr Riderhood evasively remarked, with an innocent air, that he believed the T’other Governor had asked him summa’t.

‘Ever in trouble?’ said Eugene.

‘Once.’ (Might happen to any man, Mr Riderhood added incidentally.)

‘On suspicion of—’

‘Of seaman’s pocket,’ said Mr Riderhood. ‘Whereby I was in reality the man’s best friend, and tried to take care of him.’

‘With the sweat of your brow?’ asked Eugene.

‘Till it poured down like rain,’ said Roger Riderhood.

Eugene leaned back in his chair, and smoked with his eyes negligently turned on the informer, and his pen ready to reduce him to more writing. Lightwood also smoked, with his eyes negligently turned on the informer.

‘Now let me be took down again,’ said Riderhood, when he had turned the drowned cap over and under, and had brushed it the wrong way (if it had a right way) with his sleeve. ‘I give information that the man that done the Harmon Murder is Gaffer Hexam, the man that found the body. The hand of Jesse Hexam, commonly called Gaffer on the river and along shore, is the hand that done that deed. His hand and no other.’

The two friends glanced at one another with more serious faces than they had shown yet.

‘Tell us on what grounds you make this accusation,’ said Mortimer Lightwood.

‘On the grounds,’ answered Riderhood, wiping his face with his sleeve, ‘that I was Gaffer’s pardner, and suspected of him many a long day and many a dark night. On the grounds that I knowed his ways. On the grounds that I broke the pardnership because I see the danger; which I warn you his daughter may tell you another story about that, for anythink I can say, but you know what it’ll be worth, for she’d tell you lies, the world round and the heavens broad, to save her father. On the grounds that it’s well understood along the cause’ays and the stairs that he done it. On the grounds that he’s fell off from, because he done it. On the grounds that I will swear he done it. On the grounds that you may take me where you will, and get me sworn to it. I don’t want to back out of the consequences. I have made up MY mind. Take me anywheres.’

‘All this is nothing,’ said Lightwood.

‘Nothing?’ repeated Riderhood, indignantly and amazedly.

‘Merely nothing. It goes to no more than that you suspect this man of the crime. You may do so with some reason, or you may do so with no reason, but he cannot be convicted on your suspicion.’

‘Haven’t I said—I appeal to the T’other Governor as my witness—haven’t I said from the first minute that I opened my mouth in this here world-without-end-everlasting chair’ (he evidently used that form of words as next in force to an affidavit), ‘that I was willing to swear that he done it? Haven’t I said, Take me and get me sworn to it? Don’t I say so now? You won’t deny it, Lawyer Lightwood?’

‘Surely not; but you only offer to swear to your suspicion, and I tell you it is not enough to swear to your suspicion.’

‘Not enough, ain’t it, Lawyer Lightwood?’ he cautiously demanded.

‘Positively not.’

‘And did I say it WAS enough? Now, I appeal to the T’other Governor. Now, fair! Did I say so?’

‘He certainly has not said that he had no more to tell,’ Eugene observed in a low voice without looking at him, ‘whatever he seemed to imply.’

‘Hah!’ cried the informer, triumphantly perceiving that the remark was generally in his favour, though apparently not closely understanding it. ‘Fort’nate for me I had a witness!’

‘Go on, then,’ said Lightwood. ‘Say out what you have to say. No after-thought.’

‘Let me be took down then!’ cried the informer, eagerly and anxiously. ‘Let me be took down, for by George and the Draggin I’m a coming to it now! Don’t do nothing to keep back from a honest man the fruits of the sweat of his brow! I give information, then, that he told me that he done it. Is THAT enough?’

‘Take care what you say, my friend,’ returned Mortimer.

‘Lawyer Lightwood, take care, you, what I say; for I judge you’ll be answerable for follering it up!’ Then, slowly and emphatically beating it all out with his open right hand on the palm of his left; ‘I, Roger Riderhood, Lime’us Hole, Waterside character, tell you, Lawyer Lightwood, that the man Jesse Hexam, commonly called upon the river and along-shore Gaffer, told me that he done the deed. What’s more, he told me with his own lips that he done the deed. What’s more, he said that he done the deed. And I’ll swear it!’

“Ne vuoi un altro?”

“Sì, lo farò,” ripeté, “e non vi sto ingannando, Governatori.” E ripeté anche le altre procedure previste.

“Ora,” iniziò Lightwood, “qual è il tuo nome?”

“Ma insomma, sei piuttosto veloce, Avvocato Lightwood,” rispose lui in tono di rimprovero. “Non capisci? Sei un po’ troppo veloce. Lavorando sodo, guadagnerò tra i cinque e diecimila sterline; e io, che sono povero ma cerco di onorare il duro lavoro che faccio, come potrei permettermi di perdere anche solo il mio nome senza che venga distrutto?”

Riconoscendo il potere vincolante della penna, dell’inchiostro e del carta da parte di quell’uomo, Lightwood acconsentì alla proposta di Eugene di assumersi la responsabilità di quelle magie. Eugene, portandole sul tavolo, si sedette come segretario o notaio.

“Ora,” disse Lightwood, “qual è il tuo nome?”

Ma era ancora necessario prendere ulteriori precauzioni, a causa del sudore che imperlava la fronte di questo onesto uomo.

“Vorrei, Avvocato Lightwood,” precisò, “che anche l’altro Governatore fosse testimone del fatto che quanto ho detto lo ho davvero detto. Pertanto, potrebbe gentilmente darmi il suo nome e indicarmi dove vive?”

Eugene, con il sigaro in bocca e la penna in mano, gli gettò la sua carta. Dopo averla letta ad alta voce lentamente, l’uomo la arrotolò e la legò con l’estremità del suo fazzoletto, ancora più lentamente.

“Ora,” disse Lightwood, per la terza volta, “se avete completato tutti i vostri preparativi e vi siete assicurati che siate completamente calmi e senza alcuna fretta, qual è il vostro nome?”

Roger Riderhood

“Dimora?”

“Lime”us Hole.

“Chiamata o occupazione?”

Non altrettanto disinvolto nella risposta come nelle precedenti due, il signor Riderhood fornì una definizione: “Personaggio tipico di Waterside”.

“C’è qualcosa contro di te?” chiese Eugene sottovoce mentre scriveva.

Piuttosto imbarazzato, il signor Riderhood rispose in modo evasivo, con un tono innocente, dicendo di credere che l’altro governatore gli avesse chiesto qualcosa.

“Sempre nei guai?” disse Eugene.

“Una volta.” (Può accadere a qualsiasi uomo,” aggiunse incidentalmente il signor Riderhood.)

“Sospettato di, ”

“Della tasca del marinaio,” disse il signor Riderhood. “In quel ruolo ero in realtà il suo migliore amico e cercavo sempre di prendermi cura di lui.”

“Con il sudore della tua fronte?”, chiese Eugene.

“Fino a quando non iniziò a piovere a dirotto,” disse Roger Riderhood.

Eugene si appoggiò allo schienale della sedia e fumò, con lo sguardo distratto rivolto all’informatore, mentre la sua penna era pronta a registrare ogni sua parola. Anche Lightwood fumava, con lo stesso atteggiamento distaccato.

“Ora lasciate che venga di nuovo arrestato,” disse Riderhood, dopo aver girato più volte il cappello bagnato e averlo pulito nel modo sbagliato (se mai esistesse un modo giusto). “Rivelo che l’uomo responsabile dell’omicidio di Harmon è Gaffer Hexam, lo stesso che ha trovato il corpo della vittima. È la mano di Jesse Hexam, comunemente chiamato ‘Gaffer’ sul >fiume e lungo le sue rive, ad aver compiuto quell’atto. Solo la sua mano.”

I due amici si scambiarono uno sguardo con espressioni più serie di quante avessero mostrato fino ad allora.

“Diteci su quali basi fate questa accusa,” disse Mortimer Lightwood.

“Per questi motivi,” rispose Riderhood asciugandosi il viso con la manica, “perché ero il socio di Gaffer e per molto tempo sono stato sospettato di aver commesso i suoi crimini, sia di giorno che di notte. Perché conoscevo i suoi modi di agire. Perché ho rotto quella partnership perché vedo il pericolo che comportava; vi avverto: sua figlia potrebbe raccontarvi una storia diversa al riguardo. Ma qualsiasi cosa io dica, voi sapete quanto valga la sua parola. Lei direbbe qualsiasi bugia, anche le più assurde, pur di salvare suo padre. Perché è opinione comune, lungo tutta la zona, che sia stato lui ad averlo fatto. Perché ha perso ogni credibilità dopo aver commesso quel crimine. Perché giuro su Dio che è stato lui. Portatemi dove volete, e fatemi giurare su questo. Non voglio affrontare le conseguenze delle mie parole. Ho preso la mia decisione. Portatemi ovunque.”

“Tutto questo non è nulla,” disse Lightwood.

“Niente?” ripeté Riderhood, indignato e sorpreso.

‘Nient’altro. Si tratta semplicemente del fatto che sospettate quest’uomo di aver commesso il crimine. Potete farlo per motivi validi, oppure senza alcun motivo, ma non si può condannarlo sulla base di una semplice sospetta.’

“Non l’ho forse detto? Appello al secondo Governatore come mio testimone. Non ho forse detto fin dal primo momento in cui ho aperto bocca in questo mondo senza fine e eterno che ero disposto a giurare che è stato lui ad averlo fatto? Non vi ho chiesto di portarmi via per farmi giurare su questo? Non lo sto dicendo anche ora? Non lo negherete, avvocato Lightwood, ”

“Certamente no; ma voi offrite solo di giurare sulla vostra supposizione, e vi dico che non è sufficiente giurare sulla propria supposizione.”

“Non basta, vero, avvocato Lightwood?”, chiese con cautela.

“Assolutamente no.”

“E ho detto che era SUFFICIENTE? Ora, mi rivolgo all’altro Governatore. Onestamente, l’ho detto davvero?”

“Certo non ha detto di non avere altro da raccontare,” osservò Eugene a bassa voce, senza guardarlo, “nonostante sembrasse insinuare il contrario.”

“Ahah!” esclamò l’informatore, compiaciuto di vedere che il commento era generalmente a suo favore, anche se apparentemente non lo capiva del tutto. “Che fortuna aver avuto un testimone!”

“Allora vai avanti,” disse Lightwood. “Di’ pure ciò che hai da dire. Senza rimpianti.”

“Allora lasciate che venga punito!” gridò l’informatore, con impazienza e ansia. “Lasciate che venga punito, perché giuro su Dio che ora dirò la verità! Non impedite a un uomo onesto di ricevere il frutto del proprio lavoro! Vi sto dicendo ciò che mi ha rivelato lui stesso: ha ammesso di averlo fatto. Basta questo?”

“Fai attenzione a quello che dici, amico mio,” rispose Mortimer.

“Avvocato Lightwood, stia attento a ciò che sto per dirle; perché ritengo che dovrà rispondere delle conseguenze!” Poi, battendo lentamente e con forza il palmo della mano sinistra con la destra aperta, continuò: “Io, Roger Riderhood, un uomo di Waterside, le dico che Jesse Hexam, comunemente chiamato ‘Gaffer’ sul fiume e lungo le sue rive, mi ha detto di essere stato lui ad aver commesso quell’atto. E me lo ha detto con le sue stesse parole. Lo giuro!”

‘Where did he tell you so?’

‘Outside,’ replied Riderhood, always beating it out, with his head determinedly set askew, and his eyes watchfully dividing their attention between his two auditors, ‘outside the door of the Six Jolly Fellowships, towards a quarter after twelve o’clock at midnight—but I will not in my conscience undertake to swear to so fine a matter as five minutes—on the night when he picked up the body. The Six Jolly Fellowships won’t run away. If it turns out that he warn’t at the Six Jolly Fellowships that night at midnight, I’m a liar.’

‘What did he say?’

‘I’ll tell you (take me down, T’other Governor, I ask no better). He come out first; I come out last. I might be a minute arter him; I might be half a minute, I might be a quarter of a minute; I cannot swear to that, and therefore I won’t. That’s knowing the obligations of a Alfred David, ain’t it?’

‘Go on.’

‘I found him a waiting to speak to me. He says to me, “Rogue Riderhood”—for that’s the name I’m mostly called by—not for any meaning in it, for meaning it has none, but because of its being similar to Roger.’

‘Never mind that.’

‘’Scuse ME, Lawyer Lightwood, it’s a part of the truth, and as such I do mind it, and I must mind it and I will mind it. “Rogue Riderhood,” he says, “words passed betwixt us on the river tonight.” Which they had; ask his daughter! “I threatened you,” he says, “to chop you over the fingers with my boat’s stretcher, or take a aim at your brains with my boathook. I did so on accounts of your looking too hard at what I had in tow, as if you was suspicious, and on accounts of your holding on to the gunwale of my boat.” I says to him, “Gaffer, I know it.” He says to me, “Rogue Riderhood, you are a man in a dozen”—I think he said in a score, but of that I am not positive, so take the lowest figure, for precious be the obligations of a Alfred David. “And,” he says, “when your fellow-men is up, be it their lives or be it their watches, sharp is ever the word with you. Had you suspicions?” I says, “Gaffer, I had; and what’s more, I have.” He falls a shaking, and he says, “Of what?” I says, “Of foul play.” He falls a shaking worse, and he says, “There WAS foul play then. I done it for his money. Don’t betray me!” Those were the words as ever he used.’

There was a silence, broken only by the fall of the ashes in the grate. An opportunity which the informer improved by smearing himself all over the head and neck and face with his drowned cap, and not at all improving his own appearance.

‘What more?’ asked Lightwood.

‘Of him, d’ye mean, Lawyer Lightwood?’

‘Of anything to the purpose.’

‘Now, I’m blest if I understand you, Governors Both,’ said the informer, in a creeping manner: propitiating both, though only one had spoken. ‘What? Ain’t THAT enough?’

‘Did you ask him how he did it, where he did it, when he did it?’

‘Far be it from me, Lawyer Lightwood! I was so troubled in my mind, that I wouldn’t have knowed more, no, not for the sum as I expect to earn from you by the sweat of my brow, twice told! I had put an end to the pardnership. I had cut the connexion. I couldn’t undo what was done; and when he begs and prays, “Old pardner, on my knees, don’t split upon me!” I only makes answer “Never speak another word to Roger Riderhood, nor look him in the face!” and I shuns that man.’

Having given these words a swing to make them mount the higher and go the further, Rogue Riderhood poured himself out another glass of wine unbidden, and seemed to chew it, as, with the half-emptied glass in his hand, he stared at the candles.

Mortimer glanced at Eugene, but Eugene sat glowering at his paper, and would give him no responsive glance. Mortimer again turned to the informer, to whom he said:

‘You have been troubled in your mind a long time, man?’

Giving his wine a final chew, and swallowing it, the informer answered in a single word:

‘Hages!’

‘When all that stir was made, when the Government reward was offered, when the police were on the alert, when the whole country rang with the crime!’ said Mortimer, impatiently.

‘Hah!’ Mr Riderhood very slowly and hoarsely chimed in, with several retrospective nods of his head. ‘Warn’t I troubled in my mind then!’

‘When conjecture ran wild, when the most extravagant suspicions were afloat, when half a dozen innocent people might have been laid by the heels any hour in the day!’ said Mortimer, almost warming.

‘Hah!’ Mr Riderhood chimed in, as before. ‘Warn’t I troubled in my mind through it all!’

‘But he hadn’t,’ said Eugene, drawing a lady’s head upon his writing-paper, and touching it at intervals, ‘the opportunity then of earning so much money, you see.’

‘The T’other Governor hits the nail, Lawyer Lightwood! It was that as turned me. I had many times and again struggled to relieve myself of the trouble on my mind, but I couldn’t get it off. I had once very nigh got it off to Miss Abbey Potterson which keeps the Six Jolly Fellowships—there is the ’ouse, it won’t run away,—there lives the lady, she ain’t likely to be struck dead afore you get there—ask her!—but I couldn’t do it. At last, out comes the new bill with your own lawful name, Lawyer Lightwood, printed to it, and then I asks the question of my own intellects, Am I to have this trouble on my mind for ever? Am I never to throw it off? Am I always to think more of Gaffer than of my own self? If he’s got a daughter, ain’t I got a daughter?’

‘And echo answered—?’ Eugene suggested.

‘“You have,”’ said Mr Riderhood, in a firm tone.

‘Incidentally mentioning, at the same time, her age?’ inquired Eugene.

‘Yes, governor. Two-and-twenty last October. And then I put it to myself, “Regarding the money. It is a pot of money.” For it IS a pot,’ said Mr Riderhood, with candour, ‘and why deny it?’

‘Hear!’ from Eugene as he touched his drawing.

‘“It is a pot of money; but is it a sin for a labouring man that moistens every crust of bread he earns, with his tears—or if not with them, with the colds he catches in his head—is it a sin for that man to earn it? Say there is anything again earning it.” This I put to myself strong, as in duty bound; “how can it be said without blaming Lawyer Lightwood for offering it to be earned?” And was it for ME to blame Lawyer Lightwood? No.’

“Dove te l’ha detto?”

“Fuori,” rispose Riderhood, sempre parlando in fretta, con la testa inclinata in modo deciso e gli occhi che osservavano attentamente i suoi due ascoltatori, “fuori dalla porta dei Six Jolly Fellowships, verso le dodici e un quarto di notte. Ma non potrei mai giurare su una questione così importante come cinque minuti. Quella notte in cui ha raccolto il corpo. I Six Jolly Fellowships non spariranno mica. Se dovesse risultare che quella notte non si trovava lì, allora sarei un bugiardo.”

“Cosa ha detto?”

“Vi dico io (portatemi giù, altro Governatore. Non chiedo di meglio). Lui è uscito per primo; io sono uscito per ultimo. Potrei essere un minuto dopo di lui. O forse mezzo minuto, o addirittura un quarto di minuto. Non posso giurarlo, e quindi non lo dirò. Questo significa conoscere i propri doveri come un vero Alfred David, no?”

‘Go on.’

‘L’ho trovato ad aspettarmi per parlarmi. Mi ha detto: “Rogue Riderhood”, perché è il nome con cui mi chiamano di solito; non perché abbia alcun significato particolare, ma semplicemente perché assomiglia a “Roger”.’

“Lascia perdere.”

“Scusi ME, Avvocato Lightwood, ma fa parte della verità; quindi mi interessa, devo preoccuparmene e lo farò.” “‘Rogue Riderhood’”, dice lui, “parole scambiate tra noi stasera sul fiume, ” Le avevano davvero scambiate; chiedetelo a sua figlia! “Vi ho minacciato”, continua, “di tagliarvi le dita con il mio rematore o di colpirvi la testa con il mio gancio da barca. L’ho fatto perché vi interessavate troppo a ciò che trasportavo, come se foste sospettosi, e perché vi aggrappavate al bordo della mia barca.” Gli dico: “Gaffer, lo so.” Lui risponde: “‘Rogue Riderhood’, sei un uomo davvero complicato, ” Penso abbia detto “un uomo davvero difficile da capire”, ma non ne sono sicuro; quindi prendiamo il valore più basso. Perché le obbligazioni verso un Alfred David sono davvero preziose. “E poi”, aggiunge, “quando i tuoi compagni vengono presi in ostaggio, che si tratti della loro vita o degli orologi che portano con sé, per te la parola è sempre dura. Avevi dei sospetti?” Gli rispondo: “Gaffer, sì. E anzi, li ho ancora.” Lui inizia a tremare e chiede: “Di cosa?” Gli dico: “Di un complotto malvagio.” Trema ancora di più e dice: “Allora c’è stato davvero un complotto. L’ho fatto per i suoi soldi. Non tradirmi!” Queste sono state le sue parole, come sempre.

C’era un silenzio, interrotto soltanto dal cadere delle ceneri nella grata. L’informatore approfittò di questa situazione spalmandosi la propria coperta inzuppata sulla testa, sul collo e sul viso, senza però migliorare affatto il proprio aspetto esteriore.

“Cosa altro c’è?” chiese Lightwood.

“Di lui, intendi dire, l’avvocato Lightwood?”

“Qualsiasi cosa che serva allo scopo.”

“Ora, non so proprio cosa intendiate voi due, Governatori,” disse l’informatore, con un tono insidioso: cercando di compiacere entrambi, anche se solo uno aveva parlato. “Cosa? Non è abbastanza?”

“Gli hai chiesto come l’ha fatto, dove l’ha fatto, quando l’ha fatto?”

“Mai e poi mai, Avvocato Lightwood! Ero così turbato nella mia mente che non avrei saputo cosa fare, nemmeno per la somma che spero di guadagnare da voi con il mio duro lavoro. Avevo già terminato quella partnership, interrotto ogni legame con lui. Non potevo più rimediare a ciò che era stato fatto; e quando lui supplica, “Vecchio socio, in ginocchio ti prego, non abbandonarmi!”, io rispondo soltanto: ‘Non dire mai più una parola a Roger Riderhood, né guardarlo in faccia!’ E lo evito completamente.”

Dopo aver dato a queste parole un po’ di slancio per farle “salire più in alto e andare più lontano”, il “Rogue Riderhood” si versò un altro bicchiere di vino senza essere stato invitato, e sembrava quasi masticarlo mentre, con il bicchiere半 vuoto in mano, fissava le candele.

Mortimer lanciò un’occhiata a Eugene, ma questi se ne stava seduto a fissare il suo foglio di carta, senza degnarlo nemmeno di uno sguardo. Mortimer si rivolse quindi di nuovo all’informatore e gli disse:

“Hai sofferto molto nella tua mente, per molto tempo, uomo, ”

“Sì, davvero.”

“Hages!”

“Quando tutto quel trambusto scoppiò, quando il Governo offrì una ricompensa, quando la polizia era all’erta, quando l’intero paese fu scosso da quell’omicidio, ”, disse Mortimer con impazienza.

“Ahah!” intervenne lentamente e con voce rauca il signor Riderhood, annuendo più volte in segno di ricordo. “Quanto mi sono preoccupato all’epoca, ”

“Quando le congetture diventavano incontrollabili, quando emergevano i sospetti più assurdi, quando mezza dozzina di persone innocenti potevano essere accusate in qualsiasi momento della giornata, ”, disse Mortimer, quasi con calore.

“Ahah!” intervenne il signor Riderhood, come sempre. “Quanto mi sono preoccupato per tutto questo, ”

“Ma non l’aveva,” disse Eugene, disegnando la testa di una donna sul suo foglio di carta e toccandola di tanto in tanto, “quell’opportunità, cioè, di guadagnare così tanti soldi.”

“Quell’altro governatore ha colpito nel segno, avvocato Lightwood! È stato proprio questo che mi ha fatto cambiare idea. Molte volte ho cercato di liberarmi del problema che avevo in mente, ma non ci sono riuscito. Una volta sono quasi riuscito a parlarne con la signorina Abbey Potterson, quella che gestisce le Sei Borse di Studio. Quella casa non scapperà mica; lei vive lì, e probabilmente non morirà prima che tu arrivi. Chiedile pure! Ma non ci sono riuscito. Alla fine è arrivato quel nuovo provvedimento, con il tuo nome legale stampato sopra. E allora mi sono posto questa domanda: dovrò continuare a portarmi questo peso addosso per sempre? Non riuscirò mai a liberarmene? Dovrò pensare sempre di più a Gaffer che a me stesso? Se lui ha una figlia, non ne ho anch’io una?”

“E l’eco rispose,?” suggerì Eugene.

“Lo hai,” disse il signor Riderhood con tono deciso.

“Per inciso, a che età è esattamente?” chiese Eugene.

“Sì, governatore. Venti e due l’ottobre scorso. E poi mi sono detto: ‘Per quanto riguarda quei soldi. È davvero una somma considerevole.’ Perché lo è davvero,” disse Mr Riderhood con onestà, “e perché negarlo?”

“Ascoltate!” disse Eugene mentre toccava il suo disegno.

“È una somma di denaro. Ma è un peccato per un lavoratore che, con le sue lacrime – o, se non con queste, con i raffreddori che si prende – impiega ogni singola moneta guadagnata? È davvero un peccato che quel lavoro gli venga pagato? Ditemi: esiste qualcosa di più giusto per guadagnare denaro?” Me lo chiedevo con forza, sentendomi in dovere di farlo, “Come si può dire che non sia colpa dell’avvocato Lightwood se offre questa opportunità di guadagno?” E doveva davvero essere colpa sua? No.

‘No,’ said Eugene.

‘Certainly not, Governor,’ Mr Riderhood acquiesced. ‘So I made up my mind to get my trouble off my mind, and to earn by the sweat of my brow what was held out to me. And what’s more,’ he added, suddenly turning bloodthirsty, ‘I mean to have it! And now I tell you, once and away, Lawyer Lightwood, that Jesse Hexam, commonly called Gaffer, his hand and no other, done the deed, on his own confession to me. And I give him up to you, and I want him took. This night!’

After another silence, broken only by the fall of the ashes in the grate, which attracted the informer’s attention as if it were the chinking of money, Mortimer Lightwood leaned over his friend, and said in a whisper:

‘I suppose I must go with this fellow to our imperturbable friend at the police-station.’

‘I suppose,’ said Eugene, ‘there is no help for it.’

‘Do you believe him?’

‘I believe him to be a thorough rascal. But he may tell the truth, for his own purpose, and for this occasion only.’

‘It doesn’t look like it.’

‘HE doesn’t,’ said Eugene. ‘But neither is his late partner, whom he denounces, a prepossessing person. The firm are cut-throat Shepherds both, in appearance. I should like to ask him one thing.’

The subject of this conference sat leering at the ashes, trying with all his might to overhear what was said, but feigning abstraction as the ‘Governors Both’ glanced at him.

‘You mentioned (twice, I think) a daughter of this Hexam’s,’ said Eugene, aloud. ‘You don’t mean to imply that she had any guilty knowledge of the crime?’

The honest man, after considering—perhaps considering how his answer might affect the fruits of the sweat of his brow—replied, unreservedly, ‘No, I don’t.’

‘And you implicate no other person?’

‘It ain’t what I implicate, it’s what Gaffer implicated,’ was the dogged and determined answer. ‘I don’t pretend to know more than that his words to me was, “I done it.” Those was his words.’

‘I must see this out, Mortimer,’ whispered Eugene, rising. ‘How shall we go?’

‘Let us walk,’ whispered Lightwood, ‘and give this fellow time to think of it.’

Having exchanged the question and answer, they prepared themselves for going out, and Mr Riderhood rose. While extinguishing the candles, Lightwood, quite as a matter of course took up the glass from which that honest gentleman had drunk, and coolly tossed it under the grate, where it fell shivering into fragments.

‘Now, if you will take the lead,’ said Lightwood, ‘Mr Wrayburn and I will follow. You know where to go, I suppose?’

‘I suppose I do, Lawyer Lightwood.’

‘Take the lead, then.’

The waterside character pulled his drowned cap over his ears with both hands, and making himself more round-shouldered than nature had made him, by the sullen and persistent slouch with which he went, went down the stairs, round by the Temple Church, across the Temple into Whitefriars, and so on by the waterside streets.

‘Look at his hang-dog air,’ said Lightwood, following.

‘It strikes me rather as a hang-MAN air,’ returned Eugene. ‘He has undeniable intentions that way.’

They said little else as they followed. He went on before them as an ugly Fate might have done, and they kept him in view, and would have been glad enough to lose sight of him. But on he went before them, always at the same distance, and the same rate. Aslant against the hard implacable weather and the rough wind, he was no more to be driven back than hurried forward, but held on like an advancing Destiny. There came, when they were about midway on their journey, a heavy rush of hail, which in a few minutes pelted the streets clear, and whitened them. It made no difference to him. A man’s life being to be taken and the price of it got, the hailstones to arrest the purpose must lie larger and deeper than those. He crashed through them, leaving marks in the fast-melting slush that were mere shapeless holes; one might have fancied, following, that the very fashion of humanity had departed from his feet.

The blast went by, and the moon contended with the fast-flying clouds, and the wild disorder reigning up there made the pitiful little tumults in the streets of no account. It was not that the wind swept all the brawlers into places of shelter, as it had swept the hail still lingering in heaps wherever there was refuge for it; but that it seemed as if the streets were absorbed by the sky, and the night were all in the air.

‘If he has had time to think of it,’ said Eugene, ‘he has not had time to think better of it—or differently of it, if that’s better. There is no sign of drawing back in him; and as I recollect this place, we must be close upon the corner where we alighted that night.’

In fact, a few abrupt turns brought them to the river side, where they had slipped about among the stones, and where they now slipped more; the wind coming against them in slants and flaws, across the tide and the windings of the river, in a furious way. With that habit of getting under the lee of any shelter which waterside characters acquire, the waterside character at present in question led the way to the leeside of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters before he spoke.

‘Look round here, Lawyer Lightwood, at them red curtains. It’s the Fellowships, the ’ouse as I told you wouldn’t run away. And has it run away?’

Not showing himself much impressed by this remarkable confirmation of the informer’s evidence, Lightwood inquired what other business they had there?

‘I wished you to see the Fellowships for yourself, Lawyer Lightwood, that you might judge whether I’m a liar; and now I’ll see Gaffer’s window for myself, that we may know whether he’s at home.’

With that, he crept away.

‘He’ll come back, I suppose?’ murmured Lightwood.

‘Ay! and go through with it,’ murmured Eugene.

He came back after a very short interval indeed.

“No,” disse Eugene.

“Certamente no, Governatore,” acconsentì il signor Riderhood. “So che ho deciso di liberarmi dei miei problemi e di guadagnare con il mio lavoro ciò che mi veniva rifiutato. E inoltre,” aggiunse, improvvisamente animato da una determinazione feroce, “intendo assicurarmelo! E ora vi dico, una volta per tutte, avvocato Lightwood: Jesse Hexam, comunemente chiamato Gaffer, è stato lui ad averlo fatto, secondo la sua stessa confessione. Vi consegno lui. Voglio che venga preso. Questa notte!”

Dopo un altro silenzio, interrotto soltanto dal rumore delle ceneri che cadevano nella grata, il quale attirò l’attenzione dell’informatore, come se fosse il suono di monete che tintinnavano, Mortimer Lightwood si chinò verso il suo amico e disse sottovoce:

“Suppongo di dover andare con questo tizio dal nostro amico imperturbabile alla stazione di polizia.”

“Suppongo che non ci sia niente da fare,” disse Eugene.

“Credete in lui?”

Credo che sia un vero furfante. Ma potrebbe dire la verità, per i suoi propri scopi, e solo in questa occasione.

“Non sembra proprio così.”

“Lui no,” disse Eugene. “Ma nemmeno il suo defunto socio, che egli denuncia, è una persona particolarmente persuasiva. Entrambi, dall’aspetto, sembrano individui spietati e competitivi. Vorrei chiedergli una cosa.”

Il partecipante a questa conferenza sedeva lì, fissando le ceneri e cercando con tutte le sue forze di captare ciò che veniva detto, ma fingeva di essere assorto nei suoi pensieri quando i “Due Governatori” lo guardavano.

“Hai menzionato (due volte, credo) una figlia di questo Hexam,” disse Eugene ad alta voce. “Non intendi forse insinuare che lei avesse qualche conoscenza colpevole riguardo al crimine?”

L’uomo onesto, dopo averci pensato bene – forse considerando come la sua risposta potesse influenzare i frutti del suo duro lavoro – rispose senza esitazioni: “No, non lo faccio.”

“E non coinvolgi nessun altro?”

“Non si tratta di ciò che io insinuo, ma di ciò che il caposquadra ha insinuato,” fu la risposta decisa e ostinata. “Non pretendo di sapere di più; le sue parole a me furono: ‘L’ho fatto io.’ Queste sono state le sue parole.”

“Devo portare questa cosa a termine, Mortimer,” sussurrò Eugene alzandosi. “Come facciamo ad andare?”

“Andiamo a piedi,” sussurrò Lightwood, “e diamo a questo tizio un po’ di tempo per pensarci.”

Dopo aver scambiato domande e risposte, si prepararono ad uscire; il signor Riderhood si alzò in piedi. Mentre spegneva le candele, Lightwood, con estrema naturalezza, prese il bicchiere dal quale quel gentiluomo aveva bevuto e lo gettò freddamente sotto la grata, dove andò in frantumi.

“Ora, se vuoi prendere tu l’iniziativa,” disse Lightwood, “io e il signor Wrayburn ti seguiremo. Immagino che tu sappia dove andare, vero?”

“Credo di sì, avvocato Lightwood.”

“Allora prendi tu l’iniziativa.”

Quel personaggio che abitava vicino al fiume si coprì le orecchie con il cappello che aveva inzuppato nell’acqua, usando entrambe le mani; e, con quella sua andatura curva e persistente, fece scendere le scale, passò accanto alla Temple Church, attraversò il quartiere di Whitefriars, proseguendo lungo le strade che costeggiavano il fiume.

“Guardate quell’aria sconsolata che ha,” disse Lightwood, seguendolo.

“Mi sembra piuttosto il comportamento tipico di uno che gioca al “gioco dell’impiccagione”,” rispose Eugene. “Ha intenzioni inequivocabili in questo senso.”

Non dissero molto altro mentre lo seguivano. Lui procedeva davanti a loro come avrebbe potuto fare una brutta Sorte; loro lo tenevano d’occhio, ma in realtà avrebbero preferito perderlo di vista. Ma lui continuava ad avanzare sempre alla stessa distanza e allo stesso ritmo. Nonostante il duro e implacabile tempo e il forte >vento, non veniva né spinto indietro né accelerato; sembrava piuttosto essere guidato da una Destinazione ineluttabile. Quando erano a metà del loro viaggio, arrivò un violento acquazzone di grandine che, in pochi minuti, pulì le strade, lasciandole bianche. Ma per lui non faceva alcuna differenza. Poiché la vita di quell’uomo era destinata a essere presa e il prezzo da pagare era stato stabilito, gli ostacoli rappresentati dalla grandine dovevano essere qualcosa di più grande e profondo. Lui li superò senza problemi, lasciando dietro di sé soltanto buchi informi nella neve che si scioglieva rapidamente; sembrava quasi che lo stesso spirito dell’umanità fosse svanito dai suoi passi.

La bomba esplose, e la luna lottò contro le nuvole che volavano velocemente; il caos selvaggio che regnava lassù rendeva insignificanti i piccoli disordini nelle strade. Non era perché il vento avesse spinto tutti i litiganti in luoghi sicuri, come aveva fatto con la grandine che si accumulava ovunque ci fosse riparo; sembrava piuttosto che le strade venissero inghiottite dal cielo, e che tutta la notte fosse soltanto nell’aria.

“Se ha avuto il tempo di pensarci,” disse Eugene, “non ha avuto il tempo di cambiare idea, o forse di pensarci in modo diverso, se questo fosse meglio. Non c’è alcun segno che abbia cambiato idea; e ricordando questo posto, deviamo essere vicini all’angolo dove siamo scesi quella notte.”

Infatti, dopo alcune svolte brusche, arrivarono sul lato del fiume, dove si muovevano con difficoltà tra le pietre; il >vento soffiava contro di loro con forza, attraverso la corrente e i meandri del fiume. Con quell’abitudine tipica delle persone che vivono vicino all’acqua di cercare riparo sotto qualsiasi ostacolo si presentasse, il personaggio in questione li guidò verso l’area più protetta, prima ancora di parlare.

“Guardate intorno qui, Avvocato Lightwood, quelle tende rosse. È la casa delle borse di studio, quella che vi ho detto non sarebbe mai andata via. E invece se n’è andata?”

Non sembrando molto impressionato da questa notevole conferma delle dichiarazioni del informatore, Lightwood chiese quali altre faccende avessero lì.

“Vorrei che vedessi tu stesso queste borse di studio, avvocato Lightwood, così potresti giudicare se io sia un bugiardo; ora andrò a vedere personalmente la finestra di Gaffer, per scoprire se si trovi a casa.”

Con questo, si allontanò furtivamente.

“Tornerà, immagino, ”, mormorò Lightwood.

“Ah, e portalo a termine,” mormorò Eugene.

Tornò davvero dopo un intervallo molto breve.

‘Gaffer’s out, and his boat’s out. His daughter’s at home, sitting a-looking at the fire. But there’s some supper getting ready, so Gaffer’s expected. I can find what move he’s upon, easy enough, presently.’

Then he beckoned and led the way again, and they came to the police-station, still as clean and cool and steady as before, saving that the flame of its lamp—being but a lamp-flame, and only attached to the Force as an outsider—flickered in the wind.

Also, within doors, Mr Inspector was at his studies as of yore. He recognized the friends the instant they reappeared, but their reappearance had no effect on his composure. Not even the circumstance that Riderhood was their conductor moved him, otherwise than that as he took a dip of ink he seemed, by a settlement of his chin in his stock, to propound to that personage, without looking at him, the question, ‘What have YOU been up to, last?’

Mortimer Lightwood asked him, would he be so good as look at those notes? Handing him Eugene’s.

Having read the first few lines, Mr Inspector mounted to that (for him) extraordinary pitch of emotion that he said, ‘Does either of you two gentlemen happen to have a pinch of snuff about him?’ Finding that neither had, he did quite as well without it, and read on.

‘Have you heard these read?’ he then demanded of the honest man.

‘No,’ said Riderhood.

‘Then you had better hear them.’ And so read them aloud, in an official manner.

‘Are these notes correct, now, as to the information you bring here and the evidence you mean to give?’ he asked, when he had finished reading.

‘They are. They are as correct,’ returned Mr Riderhood, ‘as I am. I can’t say more than that for ’em.’

‘I’ll take this man myself, sir,’ said Mr Inspector to Lightwood. Then to Riderhood, ‘Is he at home? Where is he? What’s he doing? You have made it your business to know all about him, no doubt.’

Riderhood said what he did know, and promised to find out in a few minutes what he didn’t know.

‘Stop,’ said Mr Inspector; ‘not till I tell you: We mustn’t look like business. Would you two gentlemen object to making a pretence of taking a glass of something in my company at the Fellowships? Well-conducted house, and highly respectable landlady.’

They replied that they would be happy to substitute a reality for the pretence, which, in the main, appeared to be as one with Mr Inspector’s meaning.

‘Very good,’ said he, taking his hat from its peg, and putting a pair of handcuffs in his pocket as if they were his gloves. ‘Reserve!’ Reserve saluted. ‘You know where to find me?’ Reserve again saluted. ‘Riderhood, when you have found out concerning his coming home, come round to the window of Cosy, tap twice at it, and wait for me. Now, gentlemen.’

As the three went out together, and Riderhood slouched off from under the trembling lamp his separate way, Lightwood asked the officer what he thought of this?

Mr Inspector replied, with due generality and reticence, that it was always more likely that a man had done a bad thing than that he hadn’t. That he himself had several times ‘reckoned up’ Gaffer, but had never been able to bring him to a satisfactory criminal total. That if this story was true, it was only in part true. That the two men, very shy characters, would have been jointly and pretty equally ‘in it;’ but that this man had ‘spotted’ the other, to save himself and get the money.

‘And I think,’ added Mr Inspector, in conclusion, ‘that if all goes well with him, he’s in a tolerable way of getting it. But as this is the Fellowships, gentlemen, where the lights are, I recommend dropping the subject. You can’t do better than be interested in some lime works anywhere down about Northfleet, and doubtful whether some of your lime don’t get into bad company as it comes up in barges.’

‘You hear Eugene?’ said Lightwood, over his shoulder. ‘You are deeply interested in lime.’

‘Without lime,’ returned that unmoved barrister-at-law, ‘my existence would be unilluminated by a ray of hope.’

“Il Gaffer non c’è, e nemmeno la sua barca. Sua figlia è a casa, seduta davanti al focolare. Ma stanno preparando la cena, quindi il Gaffer dovrebbe tornare presto. Posso facilmente scoprire cosa sta facendo in questo momento.”

Poi fece un cenno con la mano e li guidò di nuovo; arrivarono alla stazione di polizia, ancora pulita, fresca e stabile come prima, tranne che la fiamma della sua lampada – essendo soltanto una fiamma di lampada, e legata alla Forza solo in quanto “esterna” ad essa – tremolava nel vento.

Anche all’interno della casa, il signor ispettore era immerso nei suoi studi, proprio come un tempo. Riconobbe subito quegli amici non appena ricomparvero, ma la loro presenza non influenzò minimamente la sua calma. Nemmeno il fatto che Riderhood fosse il loro accompagnatore lo turbò; anzi, mentre intingeva la penna nell’inchiostro, inclinando leggermente il mento sul colletto della camicia, sembrò porre a quella persona, senza nemmeno guardarla, questa domanda: “Cosa hai fatto di recente?”

Mortimer Lightwood gli chiese se fosse così gentile da dare un’occhiata a quelle note, porgendogli quelle di Eugene.

Dopo aver letto le prime righe, il signor ispettore si lasciò travolgere da quell’emozione straordinaria e disse: “Per caso uno di voi due gentiluomini ha con sé un po’ di tabacco per il naso?” Poiché nessuno dei due ne aveva, se la cavò comunque abbastanza bene senza di esso e continuò a leggere.

“Hai sentito leggere queste cose?” chiese poi all’uomo onesto.

“No,” disse Riderhood.

“Allora è meglio che le ascolti.” E così le lesse ad alta voce, in modo ufficiale.

“Sono queste le note corrette riguardo alle informazioni che porti con te e alle prove che intendi presentare?” chiese lui, dopo aver finito di leggere.

“Lo sono. Sono altrettanto corretti,” rispose il signor Riderhood, “quanto lo sono io. Non posso dire di più al loro riguardo.”

“Prenderò questo uomo personalmente, signore,” disse l’ispettore a Lightwood. Poi, rivolgendosi a Riderhood: “È a casa? Dove si trova? Cosa sta facendo? È evidente che vi siete impegnati a sapere tutto su di lui, senza alcun dubbio.”

Riderhood disse ciò che sapeva e promise di scoprire, in pochi minuti, ciò che non sapeva.

“Basta,” disse il signor ispettore; “non prima che vi dica: non dobbiamo sembrare impegnati in affari. Vi dispiacerebbe, voi due gentiluomini, fingere di bere qualcosa insieme a me al pub delle Fellowships? È un posto ben gestito, con una padrona di casa molto rispettabile.”

Risposero che sarebbero stati felici di sostituire quella finzione con la realtà, il che, in linea di massima, sembrava corrispondere al significato inteso dall’Ispettore.

“Molto bene,” disse lui, prendendo il cappello dal suo gancio e mettendosi un paio di manette in tasca, come se fossero i suoi guanti. “Reserve!” Reserve salutò. “Sai dove trovarmi?” Reserve rispose nuovamente con un saluto. “Riderhood, non appena avrai scoperto quando tornerà a casa, vieni alla finestra di Cosy, bussa due volte e aspettami. Ora, signori.”

Mentre i tre uscivano insieme, e Riderhood si allontanava da solo sotto la luce tremolante della lampada, Lightwood chiese all’ufficiale cosa ne pensasse di tutto questo.

Il signor ispettore rispose, con una certa genericità e reticenza, che era sempre più probabile che un uomo avesse commesso un reato piuttosto che che non l’avesse fatto. Disse anche di aver più volte “sospettato” del Gaffer, ma di non essere mai riuscito a incolparlo formalmente. Aggiunse che, se quella storia era vera, lo era solo in parte: i due uomini, entrambi molto timidi, erano probabilmente coinvolti insieme; tuttavia uno dei due aveva tradito l’altro per salvare se stesso e ottenere i soldi.

“E penso,” aggiunse infine il signor ispettore, “che se tutto va bene per lui, possa comunque raggiungere i suoi obiettivi in modo tollerabile. Ma poiché si tratta di queste borse di studio, signori, beh, consiglio di lasciare cadere l’argomento. Non potete fare di meglio che interessarvi a qualche cantiere di produzione di calce nei dintorni di Northfleet, e chiedervi se, durante il trasporto, quella calce non finisca in compagnie poco raccomandabili.”

“Lo senti, Eugene?”, disse Lightwood, girandosi verso di lui. “Sei davvero molto interessato alla calce, ”

“Senza lastra di calce,” rispose quel freddo avvocato, “la mia esistenza non sarebbe illuminata nemmeno da un raggio di speranza.”

Chapter 13

TRACKING THE BIRD OF PREY

The two lime merchants, with their escort, entered the dominions of Miss Abbey Potterson, to whom their escort (presenting them and their pretended business over the half-door of the bar, in a confidential way) preferred his figurative request that ‘a mouthful of fire’ might be lighted in Cosy. Always well disposed to assist the constituted authorities, Miss Abbey bade Bob Gliddery attend the gentlemen to that retreat, and promptly enliven it with fire and gaslight. Of this commission the bare-armed Bob, leading the way with a flaming wisp of paper, so speedily acquitted himself, that Cosy seemed to leap out of a dark sleep and embrace them warmly, the moment they passed the lintels of its hospitable door.

‘They burn sherry very well here,’ said Mr Inspector, as a piece of local intelligence. ‘Perhaps you gentlemen might like a bottle?’

The answer being By all means, Bob Gliddery received his instructions from Mr Inspector, and departed in a becoming state of alacrity engendered by reverence for the majesty of the law.

‘It’s a certain fact,’ said Mr Inspector, ‘that this man we have received our information from,’ indicating Riderhood with his thumb over his shoulder, ‘has for some time past given the other man a bad name arising out of your lime barges, and that the other man has been avoided in consequence. I don’t say what it means or proves, but it’s a certain fact. I had it first from one of the opposite sex of my acquaintance,’ vaguely indicating Miss Abbey with his thumb over his shoulder, ‘down away at a distance, over yonder.’

Then probably Mr Inspector was not quite unprepared for their visit that evening? Lightwood hinted.

Well you see,’ said Mr Inspector, ‘it was a question of making a move. It’s of no use moving if you don’t know what your move is. You had better by far keep still. In the matter of this lime, I certainly had an idea that it might lie betwixt the two men; I always had that idea. Still I was forced to wait for a start, and I wasn’t so lucky as to get a start. This man that we have received our information from, has got a start, and if he don’t meet with a check he may make the running and come in first. There may turn out to be something considerable for him that comes in second, and I don’t mention who may or who may not try for that place. There’s duty to do, and I shall do it, under any circumstances; to the best of my judgment and ability.’

‘Speaking as a shipper of lime—’ began Eugene.

‘Which no man has a better right to do than yourself, you know,’ said Mr Inspector.

‘I hope not,’ said Eugene; ‘my father having been a shipper of lime before me, and my grandfather before him—in fact we having been a family immersed to the crowns of our heads in lime during several generations—I beg to observe that if this missing lime could be got hold of without any young female relative of any distinguished gentleman engaged in the lime trade (which I cherish next to my life) being present, I think it might be a more agreeable proceeding to the assisting bystanders, that is to say, lime-burners.’

‘I also,’ said Lightwood, pushing his friend aside with a laugh, ‘should much prefer that.’

‘It shall be done, gentlemen, if it can be done conveniently,’ said Mr Inspector, with coolness. ‘There is no wish on my part to cause any distress in that quarter. Indeed, I am sorry for that quarter.’

‘There was a boy in that quarter,’ remarked Eugene. ‘He is still there?’

‘No,’ said Mr Inspector. ‘He has quitted those works. He is otherwise disposed of.’

‘Will she be left alone then?’ asked Eugene.

‘She will be left,’ said Mr Inspector, ‘alone.’

Bob’s reappearance with a steaming jug broke off the conversation. But although the jug steamed forth a delicious perfume, its contents had not received that last happy touch which the surpassing finish of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters imparted on such momentous occasions. Bob carried in his left hand one of those iron models of sugar-loaf hats, before mentioned, into which he emptied the jug, and the pointed end of which he thrust deep down into the fire, so leaving it for a few moments while he disappeared and reappeared with three bright drinking-glasses. Placing these on the table and bending over the fire, meritoriously sensible of the trying nature of his duty, he watched the wreaths of steam, until at the special instant of projection he caught up the iron vessel and gave it one delicate twirl, causing it to send forth one gentle hiss. Then he restored the contents to the jug; held over the steam of the jug, each of the three bright glasses in succession; finally filled them all, and with a clear conscience awaited the applause of his fellow-creatures.

It was bestowed (Mr Inspector having proposed as an appropriate sentiment ‘The lime trade!’) and Bob withdrew to report the commendations of the guests to Miss Abbey in the bar. It may be here in confidence admitted that, the room being close shut in his absence, there had not appeared to be the slightest reason for the elaborate maintenance of this same lime fiction. Only it had been regarded by Mr Inspector as so uncommonly satisfactory, and so fraught with mysterious virtues, that neither of his clients had presumed to question it.

Two taps were now heard on the outside of the window. Mr Inspector, hastily fortifying himself with another glass, strolled out with a noiseless foot and an unoccupied countenance. As one might go to survey the weather and the general aspect of the heavenly bodies.

‘This is becoming grim, Mortimer,’ said Eugene, in a low voice. ‘I don’t like this.’

‘Nor I’ said Lightwood. ‘Shall we go?’

‘Being here, let us stay. You ought to see it out, and I won’t leave you. Besides, that lonely girl with the dark hair runs in my head. It was little more than a glimpse we had of her that last time, and yet I almost see her waiting by the fire to-night. Do you feel like a dark combination of traitor and pickpocket when you think of that girl?’

Capitolo 13

Inseguendo l’uccello da preda

I due mercanti di lime, insieme alla loro scorta, entrarono nei domini di Miss Abbey Potterson. La loro scorta, presentandoli e spiegando il loro presunto affare attraverso la porta semiaperta del bar, in modo confidenziale, preferì formulare una richiesta un po’ metaforica: che “una fiamma venisse accesa” nel locale Cosy. Sempre disposta ad aiutare le autorità costituite, Miss Abbey ordinò a Bob Gliddery di accompagnare quei signori in quel luogo e di ravvivarlo immediatamente con fuoco e luce elettrica. Bob, con le braccia nude e guidando la strada con un lembo di carta infuocata, si occupò della commissione con tale rapidità che Cosy sembrò “svegliarsi” all’istante dal suo buio sonno e accoglierli calorosamente non appena superarono la soglia della sua porta ospitale.

“Qui si prepara lo sherry in modo molto ottimo,” disse il signor ispettore, fornendo un’informazione locale. “Forse voi signori vorreste una bottiglia?”

La risposta fu: “Certamente”. Bob Gliddery ricevette le istruzioni dal signor ispettore e partì con grande sollecitudine, mosso dalla reverenza per la maestosità della legge.

“È un fatto certo,” disse l’ispettore, “che quest’uomo da cui abbiamo ricevuto le informazioni, ” indicando Riderhood con il pollice sulla spalla, “da qualche tempo fa sta dando cattiva reputazione all’altro uomo a causa delle vostre barche per il trasporto della calce, e di conseguenza quell’uomo viene evitato da tutti. Non dico cosa significhi o cosa dimostri, ma è un fatto certo. L’ho saputo per primo da una persona del sesso opposto che conosco, ” indicando vagamente Miss Abbey con il pollice sulla spalla, “lontano da qui, laggiù.”

Allora probabilmente il signor ispettore non era del tutto impreparato a quella loro visita quella sera, suggerì Lightwood.

“Beh,” disse l’ispettore, “si trattava semplicemente di fare un primo passo. Non ha senso muoversi se non si sa quale sia il proprio obiettivo. È molto meglio restare immobili. Per quanto riguarda questa questione del limone, avevo sicuramente l’impressione che potesse essere collegata a quei due uomini; l’ho sempre pensato. Tuttavia, sono stato costretto ad aspettare che qualcuno facesse il primo passo. E non sono stato abbastanza fortunato da riuscirci. L’uomo da cui abbiamo ricevuto queste informazioni ha già fatto quel passo; se non incontra ostacoli, potrebbe arrivare per primo. Potrebbe anche ottenere qualcosa di molto importante, se dovesse arrivare secondo. E non menziono chi possa o meno cercare di conquistare quella posizione. C’è un dovere da compiere, e lo farò, in qualsiasi circostanza. Secondo il mio giudizio e le mie capacità.”

“Parlando in qualità di spedizioniere di limone, ” iniziò Eugene.

“Nessuno ha più diritto di farlo di te, lo sai,” disse l’ispettore.

“Non lo spero affatto,” disse Eugene; “mio padre è stato un commerciante di calce prima di me, e mio nonno prima ancora di lui. In effetti, per diverse generazioni la nostra famiglia è stata strettamente legata al commercio della calce. Vorrei sottolineare che, se si riuscisse a recuperare questa calce mancante senza che alcuna giovane parente femminile di qualche nobile signore impegnato nel settore della calce (che amo più della mia stessa vita) fosse presente, beh, penso che sarebbe un modo molto più appropriato per aiutare coloro che sono lì presenti, cioè i lavoratori che si occupano della produzione di calce.”

“Anch’io,” disse Lightwood, spingendo via il suo amico con una risata, “preferirei di gran lunga così.”

“Si farà, signori, se è possibile farlo in modo conveniente,” disse l’ispettore con calma. “Non desidero affatto causare alcun disagio in quella zona. Anzi, mi dispiace per loro.”

“C’era un ragazzo in quel quartiere,” osservò Eugene. “È ancora lì?”

“No”, disse l’ispettore. “Ha lasciato quei lavori. È stato assegnato ad altre mansioni”.

“Allora sarà lasciata sola?” chiese Eugene.

“Rimarrà sola,” disse l’ispettore, “senza nessuno.”

Il ritorno di Bob con un pentolone fumante interruppe la conversazione. Ma sebbene il pentolone emanasse un delizioso profumo, il suo contenuto non aveva ricevuto quella “ultima nota di perfezione” che l’eccellente lavorazione dei bicchieri prodotti da Six Jolly Fellowship Porters conferiva in occasioni così importanti. Bob teneva nella mano sinistra uno di quei cappelli a forma di panetto di zucchero menzionati prima; vi versò il contenuto del pentolone e infilò l’estremità appuntita nel fuoco, lasciandolo lì per qualche momento. Poi scomparve e riapparve con tre bicchieri luminosi. Li posò sul tavolo, si chinò sopra il fuoco e, consapevole della difficoltà della sua missione, osservò attentamente i vortici di vapore fino al momento giusto; afferrò quindi il pentolone di ferro e lo girò delicatamente, facendolo emettere un leggero sibilo. Infine versò il contenuto nei bicchieri e, con la coscienza pulita, attese gli applausi dei suoi compagni.

Fu conferito (il signor ispettore aveva proposto come sentimento appropriato “Il commercio della calce!”); Bob si ritirò quindi per riferire alle signorine Abbey, nel bar, le lodi degli ospiti. Si può ammettere in confidenza che, poiché la stanza era stata chiusa a chiave durante la sua assenza, non sembrava esserci alcun motivo per mantenere questa “fandonia” riguardante la calce. Tuttavia, il signor ispettore l’aveva ritenuta così eccezionalmente soddisfacente e piena di virtù misteriose, che nessuno dei suoi clienti aveva osato metterla in dubbio.

Ora si sentivano due colpi alla finestra esterna. Il signor ispettore, dopo essersi rapidamente rifornito di un altro bicchiere, uscì con passi silenziosi e un’espressione indifferente, come se fosse andato a osservare il tempo e lo stato generale dei corpi celesti.

“Sta diventando sempre più grave, Mortimer,” disse Eugene a bassa voce. “Non mi piace affatto.”

“Nemmeno io”, disse Lightwood. “Andiamo?”

“Essendo qui, restiamo. Dovresti portare questa cosa a termine, e io non ti lascierò. Inoltre, quella ragazza sola con i capelli scuri non smette di tornarmi in mente. Quella volta l’abbiamo vista solo per un attimo, eppure quasi riesco a immaginarla che aspetta accanto al fuoco fino a notte. Non ti senti come una sorta di traditore e ladro in uno stesso tempo, quando pensi a quella ragazza?”

‘Rather,’ returned Lightwood. ‘Do you?’

‘Very much so.’

Their escort strolled back again, and reported. Divested of its various lime-lights and shadows, his report went to the effect that Gaffer was away in his boat, supposed to be on his old look-out; that he had been expected last high-water; that having missed it for some reason or other, he was not, according to his usual habits at night, to be counted on before next high-water, or it might be an hour or so later; that his daughter, surveyed through the window, would seem to be so expecting him, for the supper was not cooking, but set out ready to be cooked; that it would be high-water at about one, and that it was now barely ten; that there was nothing to be done but watch and wait; that the informer was keeping watch at the instant of that present reporting, but that two heads were better than one (especially when the second was Mr Inspector’s); and that the reporter meant to share the watch. And forasmuch as crouching under the lee of a hauled-up boat on a night when it blew cold and strong, and when the weather was varied with blasts of hail at times, might be wearisome to amateurs, the reporter closed with the recommendation that the two gentlemen should remain, for a while at any rate, in their present quarters, which were weather-tight and warm.

They were not inclined to dispute this recommendation, but they wanted to know where they could join the watchers when so disposed. Rather than trust to a verbal description of the place, which might mislead, Eugene (with a less weighty sense of personal trouble on him than he usually had) would go out with Mr Inspector, note the spot, and come back.

On the shelving bank of the river, among the slimy stones of a causeway—not the special causeway of the Six Jolly Fellowships, which had a landing-place of its own, but another, a little removed, and very near to the old windmill which was the denounced man’s dwelling-place—were a few boats; some, moored and already beginning to float; others, hauled up above the reach of the tide. Under one of these latter, Eugene’s companion disappeared. And when Eugene had observed its position with reference to the other boats, and had made sure that he could not miss it, he turned his eyes upon the building where, as he had been told, the lonely girl with the dark hair sat by the fire.

He could see the light of the fire shining through the window. Perhaps it drew him on to look in. Perhaps he had come out with the express intention. That part of the bank having rank grass growing on it, there was no difficulty in getting close, without any noise of footsteps: it was but to scramble up a ragged face of pretty hard mud some three or four feet high and come upon the grass and to the window. He came to the window by that means.

She had no other light than the light of the fire. The unkindled lamp stood on the table. She sat on the ground, looking at the brazier, with her face leaning on her hand. There was a kind of film or flicker on her face, which at first he took to be the fitful firelight; but, on a second look, he saw that she was weeping. A sad and solitary spectacle, as shown him by the rising and the falling of the fire.

It was a little window of but four pieces of glass, and was not curtained; he chose it because the larger window near it was. It showed him the room, and the bills upon the wall respecting the drowned people starting out and receding by turns. But he glanced slightly at them, though he looked long and steadily at her. A deep rich piece of colour, with the brown flush of her cheek and the shining lustre of her hair, though sad and solitary, weeping by the rising and the falling of the fire.

She started up. He had been so very still that he felt sure it was not he who had disturbed her, so merely withdrew from the window and stood near it in the shadow of the wall. She opened the door, and said in an alarmed tone, ‘Father, was that you calling me?’ And again, ‘Father!’ And once again, after listening, ‘Father! I thought I heard you call me twice before!’

No response. As she re-entered at the door, he dropped over the bank and made his way back, among the ooze and near the hiding-place, to Mortimer Lightwood: to whom he told what he had seen of the girl, and how this was becoming very grim indeed.

‘If the real man feels as guilty as I do,’ said Eugene, ‘he is remarkably uncomfortable.’

‘Influence of secrecy,’ suggested Lightwood.

‘I am not at all obliged to it for making me Guy Fawkes in the vault and a Sneak in the area both at once,’ said Eugene. ‘Give me some more of that stuff.’

Lightwood helped him to some more of that stuff, but it had been cooling, and didn’t answer now.

‘Pooh,’ said Eugene, spitting it out among the ashes. ‘Tastes like the wash of the river.’

‘Are you so familiar with the flavour of the wash of the river?’

‘I seem to be to-night. I feel as if I had been half drowned, and swallowing a gallon of it.’

‘Influence of locality,’ suggested Lightwood.

‘You are mighty learned to-night, you and your influences,’ returned Eugene. ‘How long shall we stay here?’

‘How long do you think?’

‘If I could choose, I should say a minute,’ replied Eugene, ‘for the Jolly Fellowship Porters are not the jolliest dogs I have known. But I suppose we are best here until they turn us out with the other suspicious characters, at midnight.’

Thereupon he stirred the fire, and sat down on one side of it. It struck eleven, and he made believe to compose himself patiently. But gradually he took the fidgets in one leg, and then in the other leg, and then in one arm, and then in the other arm, and then in his chin, and then in his back, and then in his forehead, and then in his hair, and then in his nose; and then he stretched himself recumbent on two chairs, and groaned; and then he started up.

“Piuttosto,” rispose Lightwood. “Davvero?”

“Assolutamente sì.”

La loro scorta tornò indietro e riferì quanto osservato. Dopo aver eliminato tutte le distorsioni causate dalle luci e dalle ombre, il resoconto indicava che Gaffer si trovava sulla sua barca, presumibilmente impegnato nella sua solita attività di sorveglianza; era stato aspettato all’ultimo momento previsto per l’arrivo dell’alta marea, ma, a causa di qualche motivo, non sarebbe arrivato prima della prossima alta marea, forse tra un’ora o giù di lì. Sua figlia, osservata attraverso la finestra, sembrava aspettarlo con ansia: la cena non era ancora stata preparata, ma era già pronta per essere cucinata. L’alta marea sarebbe arrivata intorno all’una di notte, mentre in quel momento erano appena le dieci; non c’era nulla da fare se non attendere pazientemente. L’informatore stava continuando a sorvegliare in quel momento stesso, ma due occhi vedevano meglio di uno (soprattutto quando il secondo era quello dell’ispettore), e il reporter si offrì di condividere la veglia con lui. Poiché rimanere accovacciati sotto una barca tirata in secco, in una notte fredda e tempestosa, con frequenti raffiche di grandine, poteva risultare scomodo per degli amatori, il reporter suggerì che i due signori rimanessero almeno per un po’ nelle loro stanze, dove faceva caldo e non c’era pericolo di bagnarsi.

Non erano disposti a contestare questa raccomandazione, ma volevano sapere dove poter unirsi ai guardiani quando fosse il momento giusto. Piuttosto che affidarsi a una descrizione verbale del luogo, che avrebbe potuto essere fuorviante, Eugene (che in quel momento non aveva le solite preoccupazioni personali) avrebbe accompagnato l’ispettore per individuare il posto e poi tornare indietro.

Sul ciglio del fiume, tra le pietre viscide di un sentiero pedonale – non il particolare sentiero delle Sei Società Gioiose, che aveva una propria banchina di sbarco, ma un altro, più lontano e molto vicino all’antico mulino a vento dove abitava quell’uomo maledetto – c’erano alcune barche: alcune ormeggiate e già pronte per partire; altre tirate in secco al di sopra dell’altezza delle maree. Sotto una di queste ultime scomparve il compagno di Eugene. E quando Eugene ebbe verificato la sua posizione rispetto alle altre barche, assicurandosi di non poterla perdere di vista, rivolse lo sguardo verso l’edificio dove, come gli era stato detto, la ragazza solitaria dai capelli scuri sedeva accanto al focolare.

Poteva vedere la luce del fuoco che filtrava attraverso la finestra. Forse era quella luce ad attirarlo a guardare dentro. O forse era uscito con quell’intenzione precisa. Quella parte della riva era ricoperta di erba alta, quindi non fu difficile avvicinarsi senza fare rumore: bastava arrampicarsi su una superficie irregolare e piuttosto dura, alta circa tre o quattro piedi, per poi raggiungere l’erba e la finestra. Ed è così che riuscì ad arrivare fino alla finestra.

Non aveva altra luce se non quella del fuoco. La lampada, ancora spenta, giaceva sul tavolo. Lei sedeva a terra, fissando il braciere, con il viso appoggiato sulla mano. Sul suo volto c’era una sorta di velo o di tremolio luminoso; all’inizio lui pensò che fosse causato dal movimento incostante della fiamma, ma guardandola meglio si rese conto che stava piangendo. Una scena triste e solitaria, come quella che gli veniva rivelata dal tremolio del fuoco.

Era una piccola finestra composta da soltanto quattro pezzi di vetro, e non era coperta da tende; l’aveva scelta proprio perché la vicina finestra, più grande, lo attirava di più. Quella piccola finestra gli permetteva di vedere la stanza e i cartelli appesi al muro riguardanti le persone annegate: apparivano alternativamente in primo piano e poi sfumavano all’orizzonte. Ma li guardò solo di sfuggita, mentre fissava a lungo e con attenzione lei. Un colore intenso e profondo: il rossore delle sue guance e il lucido splendore dei suoi capelli. Nonostante tutto, sembrava triste e solitaria, mentre piangeva al ritmo del tremolio delle fiamme.

Si alzò. Era rimasto così immobile che era certo non fosse stato lui a disturbarla; quindi si allontanò semplicemente dalla finestra e si fermò vicino ad essa, nell’ombra del muro. Lei aprì la porta e disse con tono allarmato: “Padre, sei stato tu a chiamarmi?” E ancora: “Padre!” E una terza volta, dopo aver ascoltato: “Padre! Pensavo di averti sentito chiamarmi due volte prima, ”

Nessuna risposta. Mentre lei rientrava dalla porta, lui si alzò dal banco e tornò indietro, tra il fango e vicino al nascondiglio, da Mortimer Lightwood: a cui raccontò ciò che aveva visto riguardo alla ragazza, e come la situazione stesse diventando davvero molto grave.

“Se un vero uomo si sente colpevole quanto me”, disse Eugene, “deve provare una notevole disagio.”

“L’influenza del segreto”, suggerì Lightwood.

“Non sono affatto obbligato a farlo, solo perché mi hanno fatto diventare sia Guy Fawkes che un “Sneak” nella stessa zona,” disse Eugene. “Dammi ancora un po’ di quella roba.”

Lightwood lo aiutò a preparare ancora un po’ di quella roba, ma ormai si era raffreddata e non rispondeva più.

“Pfui,” disse Eugene, sputandola tra le ceneri. “Ha il sapore dell’acqua del >fiume.”

“Conosci così bene il sapore dell’acqua del >fiume?”

‘Sembra che sia arrivata la notte. Mi sento come se fossi stato quasi annegato e avessi ingoiato un intero gallone d’acqua.’

“L’influenza della località”, suggerì Lightwood.

“Siete davvero molto eruditi, voi e le vostre influenze, ”, rispose Eugene. “Per quanto tempo dovremo rimanere qui?”

“Quanto tempo pensi che ci vorrà?”

“Se potessi scegliere, direi un minuto”, rispose Eugene, “perché i portieri della Jolly Fellowship non sono certo i cani più allegri che abbia mai conosciuto. Ma immagino che qui sia meglio aspettare, fino a quando non ci manderanno via insieme agli altri personaggi sospetti, a mezzanotte.”

Allora ravvivò il fuoco e si sedette su un lato di esso. Erano le undici; fingeva di essere paziente, ma gradualmente iniziò a muovere una gamba, poi l’altra, poi un braccio, poi l’altro, poi il mento, poi la schiena, poi la fronte, poi i capelli, poi il naso. Poi si stese su due sedie e gemette; infine si alzò in piedi.

‘Invisible insects of diabolical activity swarm in this place. I am tickled and twitched all over. Mentally, I have now committed a burglary under the meanest circumstances, and the myrmidons of justice are at my heels.’

‘I am quite as bad,’ said Lightwood, sitting up facing him, with a tumbled head; after going through some wonderful evolutions, in which his head had been the lowest part of him. ‘This restlessness began with me, long ago. All the time you were out, I felt like Gulliver with the Lilliputians firing upon him.’

‘It won’t do, Mortimer. We must get into the air; we must join our dear friend and brother, Riderhood. And let us tranquillize ourselves by making a compact. Next time (with a view to our peace of mind) we’ll commit the crime, instead of taking the criminal. You swear it?’

‘Certainly.’

‘Sworn! Let Tippins look to it. Her life’s in danger.’

Mortimer rang the bell to pay the score, and Bob appeared to transact that business with him: whom Eugene, in his careless extravagance, asked if he would like a situation in the lime-trade?

‘Thankee sir, no sir,’ said Bob. ‘I’ve a good sitiwation here, sir.’

‘If you change your mind at any time,’ returned Eugene, ‘come to me at my works, and you’ll always find an opening in the lime-kiln.’

‘Thankee sir,’ said Bob.

‘This is my partner,’ said Eugene, ‘who keeps the books and attends to the wages. A fair day’s wages for a fair day’s work is ever my partner’s motto.’

‘And a very good ’un it is, gentlemen,’ said Bob, receiving his fee, and drawing a bow out of his head with his right hand, very much as he would have drawn a pint of beer out of the beer engine.

‘Eugene,’ Mortimer apostrophized him, laughing quite heartily when they were alone again, ‘how CAN you be so ridiculous?’

‘I am in a ridiculous humour,’ quoth Eugene; ‘I am a ridiculous fellow. Everything is ridiculous. Come along!’

It passed into Mortimer Lightwood’s mind that a change of some sort, best expressed perhaps as an intensification of all that was wildest and most negligent and reckless in his friend, had come upon him in the last half-hour or so. Thoroughly used to him as he was, he found something new and strained in him that was for the moment perplexing. This passed into his mind, and passed out again; but he remembered it afterwards.

‘There’s where she sits, you see,’ said Eugene, when they were standing under the bank, roared and riven at by the wind. ‘There’s the light of her fire.’

‘I’ll take a peep through the window,’ said Mortimer.

‘No, don’t!’ Eugene caught him by the arm. ‘Best, not make a show of her. Come to our honest friend.’

He led him to the post of watch, and they both dropped down and crept under the lee of the boat; a better shelter than it had seemed before, being directly contrasted with the blowing wind and the bare night.

‘Mr Inspector at home?’ whispered Eugene.

‘Here I am, sir.’

‘And our friend of the perspiring brow is at the far corner there? Good. Anything happened?’

‘His daughter has been out, thinking she heard him calling, unless it was a sign to him to keep out of the way. It might have been.’

‘It might have been Rule Britannia,’ muttered Eugene, ‘but it wasn’t. Mortimer!’

‘Here!’ (On the other side of Mr Inspector.)

‘Two burglaries now, and a forgery!’

With this indication of his depressed state of mind, Eugene fell silent.

They were all silent for a long while. As it got to be flood-tide, and the water came nearer to them, noises on the river became more frequent, and they listened more. To the turning of steam-paddles, to the clinking of iron chain, to the creaking of blocks, to the measured working of oars, to the occasional violent barking of some passing dog on shipboard, who seemed to scent them lying in their hiding-place. The night was not so dark but that, besides the lights at bows and mastheads gliding to and fro, they could discern some shadowy bulk attached; and now and then a ghostly lighter with a large dark sail, like a warning arm, would start up very near them, pass on, and vanish. At this time of their watch, the water close to them would be often agitated by some impulsion given it from a distance. Often they believed this beat and plash to be the boat they lay in wait for, running in ashore; and again and again they would have started up, but for the immobility with which the informer, well used to the river, kept quiet in his place.

The wind carried away the striking of the great multitude of city church clocks, for those lay to leeward of them; but there were bells to windward that told them of its being One—Two—Three. Without that aid they would have known how the night wore, by the falling of the tide, recorded in the appearance of an ever-widening black wet strip of shore, and the emergence of the paved causeway from the river, foot by foot.

As the time so passed, this slinking business became a more and more precarious one. It would seem as if the man had had some intimation of what was in hand against him, or had taken fright? His movements might have been planned to gain for him, in getting beyond their reach, twelve hours’ advantage? The honest man who had expended the sweat of his brow became uneasy, and began to complain with bitterness of the proneness of mankind to cheat him—him invested with the dignity of Labour!

Their retreat was so chosen that while they could watch the river, they could watch the house. No one had passed in or out, since the daughter thought she heard the father calling. No one could pass in or out without being seen.

‘But it will be light at five,’ said Mr Inspector, ‘and then WE shall be seen.’

‘Look here,’ said Riderhood, ‘what do you say to this? He may have been lurking in and out, and just holding his own betwixt two or three bridges, for hours back.’

“Invisibili —insetti dalle attività demoniache infestano questo posto. Mi sento solleticato in tutto il corpo. Mentalmente, ho appena commesso un furto nelle circostanze più spiacevoli possibili. E ora le forze della giustizia mi stanno alle calcagna.”

“Anch’io sono più o meno nella stessa situazione,” disse Lightwood, alzandosi e sedendosi di fronte a lui, con la testa piegata all’indietro; dopo aver attraversato alcune strane posizioni in cui la sua testa era diventata la parte più bassa del suo corpo, “Questo senso di inquietudine è iniziato con me, molto tempo fa. Ogni volta che tu eri via, mi sentivo come Gulliver sotto il fuoco dei Lilliputiani.”

“Non va bene, Mortimer. Dobbiamo andare in aria; dobbiamo unirci al nostro caro amico e fratello, Riderhood. E cerchiamo di tranquillizzarci facendo un patto: la prossima volta (per il nostro stesso bene), commetteremo noi il crimine, invece di catturare il criminale. Lo giuri?”

‘Senz’altro.’

“Giurato! Che Tippins se ne occupi. La sua vita è in pericolo.”

Mortimer suonò la campanella per saldare il conto, e Bob sembrò occuparsi di quella faccenda con lui: a chi Eugene, nella sua spensierata prodigalità, chiese se volesse partecipare al commercio del gesso.

“Grazie mille, signore, ma no,” disse Bob. “Ho una situazione molto buona qui, signore.”

“Se cambi idea in qualsiasi momento,” rispose Eugene, “vieni da me al mio laboratorio e troverai sempre un posto libero nel forno a calce.”

“Grazie, signore,” disse Bob.

“Questo è il mio socio,” disse Eugene, “quello che si occupa dei conti e delle paghe. ‘Un giusto compenso per un giusto lavoro’ è sempre stato lo motto del mio socio.”

“E davvero un ottimo lavoro, signori,” disse Bob, ricevendo il suo compenso e facendo un inchino con la destra, proprio come avrebbe estratto una pinta di birra da una macchina per produrre birra.

“Eugene,” lo apostrofò Mortimer, ridendo di cuore quando furono di nuovo soli, “come fai a essere così ridicolo?”

“Sono in uno stato d’animo ridicolo,” disse Eugene; “sono davvero un tipo ridicolo. Tutto è ridicolo. Andiamo!”

A Mortimer Lightwood venne in mente che, nell’ultima mezzora circa, il suo amico aveva subito qualche cambiamento: forse si trattava semplicemente di un’intensificazione di tutto ciò che in lui era più selvaggio, più negligente e più sconsiderato. Essendo abituatissimo a lui, notò qualcosa di nuovo e insolito nel suo comportamento, qualcosa che per il momento lo lasciava perplesso. Questo pensiero gli attraversò la mente e poi svanì; ma in seguito se ne ricordò.

“Ecco dove siede,” disse Eugene mentre stavano sotto la riva, scossa e devastata dal vento. “Ecco la luce del suo fuoco.”

“Darò un’occhiata attraverso la finestra”, disse Mortimer.

“No, non farlo!” Eugene lo afferrò per il braccio. “È meglio non fare scenate per lei. Vieni dal nostro onesto amico.”

Lo portò al posto di guardia; entrambi si abbassarono e strisciarono sotto la protezione della barca: un rifugio molto migliore di quanto sembrasse in precedenza, considerando il forte vento che soffiava e l’oscura :notte che li circondava.

“L’ispettore a casa?” sussurrò Eugene.

“Eccomi qui, signore.”

“E il nostro amico con la fronte sudata è in quell’angolo lontano? Bene. È successo qualcosa?”

“Sua figlia è uscita, pensando di averlo sentito chiamare. A meno che non fosse un segnale per lui di tenersi alla larga. Forse lo era.”

“Avrebbe potuto essere ‘Rule Britannia’, ma non lo era. Mortimer!” mormorò Eugene.

“Eccola!” (Dall’altra parte del signor ispettore.)

“Due furti in casa e anche una falsificazione!”

Con questa descrizione del suo stato d’animo depressivo, Eugene rimase in silenzio.

Rimasero tutti in silenzio per molto tempo. Man mano che la marea iniziava ad alzarsi e l’acqua si avvicinava sempre di più a loro, i suoni provenienti dal fiume diventavano sempre più frequenti, e loro ascoltavano con maggiore attenzione: il rumore delle pale a vapore che giravano, lo sferragliare delle catene di ferro, il cigolio dei blocchi, il movimento regolare degli remi. Di tanto in tanto, anche il latrato violento di qualche cane che passava sulle barche, come se avesse annusato la loro presenza nascosta. La notte non era così buia da impedire loro di distinguere, oltre alle luci delle prue e dei pennoni che si muovevano avanti e indietro, anche alcune ombre vicine a loro; di tanto in tanto, una barca più leggera, con una grande vela scura, sembrava comparire molto vicina, poi passare oltre e scomparire. In quel momento della loro veglia, l’acqua intorno a loro era spesso agitata da movimenti causati da forze lontane; molte volte credevano che quei rumori fossero prodotti proprio dalla barca che stavano aspettando. Ma ogni volta si trattennero dal muoversi, grazie alla immobilità con cui il loro informatore, ben conoscitore del fiume, rimaneva fermo nel suo posto.

Il vento portò via il suono delle campane di molte chiese della città, per coloro che si trovavano al lato sottovento; ma c’erano campane situate al lato sopravento che segnavano il passare del tempo: Uno. Due. Tre. Senza quel segnale, avrebbero potuto conoscere lo scorrere della notte osservando il ritiro della marea, che si manifestava con la comparsa di una striscia nera e umida sulla riva, e l’emergere, passo dopo passo, del cammino lastricato dal fiume.

Con il passare del tempo, questa attività losca divenne sempre più precaria. Sembra che quell’uomo avesse avuto qualche indizio di ciò che gli stava preparando contro, o forse si era spaventato. I suoi movimenti potrebbero essere stati pianificati per guadagnarsi dodici ore di vantaggio, allontanandosi così dalla portata dei suoi nemici. L’uomo onesto che aveva lavorato sodo iniziò a sentirsi a disagio e cominciò a lamentarsi amaramente della propensione degli esseri umani a ingannarlo, lui, che era stato investito della dignità del lavoro!

La loro posizione era stata scelta con cura: da lì potevano osservare sia il fiume che la casa. Nessuno era entrato o uscito, perché la figlia credeva di aver sentito il padre chiamarla. Nessuno avrebbe potuto muoversi senza essere visto.

“Ma alle cinque farà luce,” disse il signor ispettore, “e allora NOI verremo visti.”

“Guarda qui,” disse Riderhood, “che ne pensi di questo? Potrebbe essere stato a nascondersi avanti e indietro, restando nascosto tra due o tre ponti per ore intere.”

‘What do you make of that?’ said Mr Inspector. Stoical, but contradictory.

‘He may be doing so at this present time.’

‘What do you make of that?’ said Mr Inspector.

‘My boat’s among them boats here at the cause’ay.’

‘And what do you make of your boat?’ said Mr Inspector.

‘What if I put off in her and take a look round? I know his ways, and the likely nooks he favours. I know where he’d be at such a time of the tide, and where he’d be at such another time. Ain’t I been his pardner? None of you need show. None of you need stir. I can shove her off without help; and as to me being seen, I’m about at all times.’

‘You might have given a worse opinion,’ said Mr Inspector, after brief consideration. ‘Try it.’

‘Stop a bit. Let’s work it out. If I want you, I’ll drop round under the Fellowships and tip you a whistle.’

‘If I might so far presume as to offer a suggestion to my honourable and gallant friend, whose knowledge of naval matters far be it from me to impeach,’ Eugene struck in with great deliberation, ‘it would be, that to tip a whistle is to advertise mystery and invite speculation. My honourable and gallant friend will, I trust, excuse me, as an independent member, for throwing out a remark which I feel to be due to this house and the country.’

‘Was that the T’other Governor, or Lawyer Lightwood?’ asked Riderhood. For, they spoke as they crouched or lay, without seeing one another’s faces.

‘In reply to the question put by my honourable and gallant friend,’ said Eugene, who was lying on his back with his hat on his face, as an attitude highly expressive of watchfulness, ‘I can have no hesitation in replying (it not being inconsistent with the public service) that those accents were the accents of the T’other Governor.’

‘You’ve tolerable good eyes, ain’t you, Governor? You’ve all tolerable good eyes, ain’t you?’ demanded the informer.

All.

‘Then if I row up under the Fellowship and lay there, no need to whistle. You’ll make out that there’s a speck of something or another there, and you’ll know it’s me, and you’ll come down that cause’ay to me. Understood all?’

Understood all.

‘Off she goes then!’

In a moment, with the wind cutting keenly at him sideways, he was staggering down to his boat; in a few moments he was clear, and creeping up the river under their own shore.

Eugene had raised himself on his elbow to look into the darkness after him. ‘I wish the boat of my honourable and gallant friend,’ he murmured, lying down again and speaking into his hat, ‘may be endowed with philanthropy enough to turn bottom-upward and extinguish him!—Mortimer.’

‘My honourable friend.’

‘Three burglaries, two forgeries, and a midnight assassination.’ Yet in spite of having those weights on his conscience, Eugene was somewhat enlivened by the late slight change in the circumstances of affairs. So were his two companions. Its being a change was everything. The suspense seemed to have taken a new lease, and to have begun afresh from a recent date. There was something additional to look for. They were all three more sharply on the alert, and less deadened by the miserable influences of the place and time.

More than an hour had passed, and they were even dozing, when one of the three—each said it was he, and he had NOT dozed—made out Riderhood in his boat at the spot agreed on. They sprang up, came out from their shelter, and went down to him. When he saw them coming, he dropped alongside the causeway; so that they, standing on the causeway, could speak with him in whispers, under the shadowy mass of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters fast asleep.

‘Blest if I can make it out!’ said he, staring at them.

‘Make what out? Have you seen him?’

‘No.’

‘What HAVE you seen?’ asked Lightwood. For, he was staring at them in the strangest way.

‘I’ve seen his boat.’

‘Not empty?’

‘Yes, empty. And what’s more,—adrift. And what’s more,—with one scull gone. And what’s more,—with t’other scull jammed in the thowels and broke short off. And what’s more,—the boat’s drove tight by the tide ’atwixt two tiers of barges. And what’s more,—he’s in luck again, by George if he ain’t!’

“Che ne pensi di questo?” disse l’ispettore. Stilizzato, ma contraddittorio.

“Forse lo sta facendo proprio in questo momento.”

“Che ne pensate?” disse il signor ispettore.

“La mia barca è tra quelle qui, nel bel mezzo del tutto.”

“E che ne pensate della vostra barca?” chiese il signor ispettore.

‘E se la lasciassi da parte e facessi un giro intorno? Conosco i suoi comportamenti e i luoghi che preferisce frequentare. So dove potrebbe essere a quest’ora del giorno, e anche in un altro momento diverso. Non sono stato forse il suo compagno? Nessuno di voi ha bisogno di intervenire; posso liberarmene da solo senza aiuto. E per quanto riguarda il fatto che mi vedano, beh, sono sempre visibile.’

“Avreste potuto dare un’opinione ancora peggiore,” disse il signor ispettore, dopo una breve riflessione. “Provateci.”

“Fermati un attimo. Diamo un’occhiata insieme. Se ti voglio, verrò da te sotto le ‘Fellowships’ e ti fisserò con un fischio.”

“Se posso osare fare una proposta al mio onorevole e nobile amico, la cui conoscenza in materia navale non è certo qualcosa che io possa mettere in dubbio”, intervenne Eugene con grande ponderazione, “sarebbe che soffiare nel fischietto equivale a annunciare un mistero e ad incoraggiare le speculazioni. Spero che il mio onorevole e nobile amico mi perdoni, in qualità di membro indipendente, per aver espresso un’opinione che ritengo sia doverosa verso questa assemblea e verso il paese.”

“Era quel governatore, o l’avvocato Lightwood?”, chiese Riderhood.
Perché parlavano mentre erano accovacciati o sdraiati, senza potersi vedere in faccia.

“In risposta alla domanda posta dal mio nobile e valoroso amico,” disse Eugene, che giaceva a pancia in su con il cappello sul viso, in un atteggiamento che esprimeva chiaramente la sua attenzione, “non ho alcuna esitazione nel rispondere (poiché ciò non è contrario al dovere pubblico) che quegli accenti erano gli accenti dell’altro governatore.”

“Hai occhi abbastanza belli, no? Tutti voi avete occhi abbastanza belli, vero?” insistette l’informatore.

Tutti.

“Allora, se remo fino sotto il “Fellowship” e mi fermo lì, non c’è bisogno di fischiare. Riconoscerete che c’è qualcosa lì, e capirete che sono io; verràte giù da me. Capito tutto?”

Capito tutto.

“E via che parte!”

In un attimo, con il >vento che lo colpiva violentemente di lato, barcollò verso la sua barca; dopo pochi istanti si allontanò e iniziò a risalire il >fiume lungo la riva opposta.

Eugene si era alzato sul gomito per guardare nella direzione in cui lui era scomparso nel buio. “Vorrei che la barca del mio onorevole e nobile amico,” mormorò, sdraiandosi di nuovo e parlando attraverso il cappello, “fosse dotata di abbastanza filantropia da capovolgersi e annientarlo. Mortimer.”

“Mio onorevole amico.”

“Tre furti in abitazione, due falsificazioni e un assassinio a mezzanotte.” Eppure, nonostante questi pesi sulla sua coscienza, Eugene si sentiva in qualche modo più vivace a causa di quel lieve cambiamento nelle circostanze. Lo stesso valeva per i suoi due compagni. Il fatto che ci fosse un cambiamento era già qualcosa; l’atmosfera di suspense sembrava aver ripreso vigore, come se tutto fosse iniziato da nuovo da una data recente. C’era qualcos’altro da cercare. Tutti e tre erano ora più all’erta, meno sopraffatti dalle influenze negative di quel luogo e di quella ora.

Era trascorso più di un’ora, e loro stavano persino sonnecchiando, quando uno dei tre – ognuno sosteneva di essere stato lui, ma nessuno aveva davvero sonnecchiato – riconobbe Riderhood sulla sua barca, nel luogo concordato in precedenza. Si alzarono immediatamente, uscirono dal loro rifugio e andarono da lui. Quando li vide avvicinarsi, si nascose lungo la diga; così loro, stando sulla diga, poterono parlare con lui sottovoce, sotto l’ombra dei dormienti portatori del Six Jolly Fellowship Porters.

“Se solo riuscissi a uscirne, ”, disse, fissandoli.

“Cosa dici? L’hai visto?”

‘No.’

“Cosa avete visto?” chiese Lightwood. Infatti, li stava fissando in un modo davvero strano.

“Ho visto la sua barca.”

“Non è vuoto?”

‘Sì, vuoto. E per di più, alla deriva. E per di più, con una pagaia mancante. E per di più, l’altra pagaia incastrata nei remi e spezzata. E per di più, la barca è stata spinta contro due file di chiatte dalla marea. E per di più, ha di nuovo fortuna, per George se non ne ha!’

Chapter 14

THE BIRD OF PREY BROUGHT DOWN

Cold on the shore, in the raw cold of that leaden crisis in the four-and-twenty hours when the vital force of all the noblest and prettiest things that live is at its lowest, the three watchers looked each at the blank faces of the other two, and all at the blank face of Riderhood in his boat.

‘Gaffer’s boat, Gaffer in luck again, and yet no Gaffer!’ So spake Riderhood, staring disconsolate.

As if with one accord, they all turned their eyes towards the light of the fire shining through the window. It was fainter and duller. Perhaps fire, like the higher animal and vegetable life it helps to sustain, has its greatest tendency towards death, when the night is dying and the day is not yet born.

‘If it was me that had the law of this here job in hand,’ growled Riderhood with a threatening shake of his head, ‘blest if I wouldn’t lay hold of HER, at any rate!’

‘Ay, but it is not you,’ said Eugene. With something so suddenly fierce in him that the informer returned submissively; ‘Well, well, well, t’other governor, I didn’t say it was. A man may speak.’

‘And vermin may be silent,’ said Eugene. ‘Hold your tongue, you water-rat!’

Astonished by his friend’s unusual heat, Lightwood stared too, and then said: ‘What can have become of this man?’

‘Can’t imagine. Unless he dived overboard.’ The informer wiped his brow ruefully as he said it, sitting in his boat and always staring disconsolate.

‘Did you make his boat fast?’

‘She’s fast enough till the tide runs back. I couldn’t make her faster than she is. Come aboard of mine, and see for your own-selves.’

There was a little backwardness in complying, for the freight looked too much for the boat; but on Riderhood’s protesting ‘that he had had half a dozen, dead and alive, in her afore now, and she was nothing deep in the water nor down in the stern even then, to speak of;’ they carefully took their places, and trimmed the crazy thing. While they were doing so, Riderhood still sat staring disconsolate.

‘All right. Give way!’ said Lightwood.

‘Give way, by George!’ repeated Riderhood, before shoving off. ‘If he’s gone and made off any how Lawyer Lightwood, it’s enough to make me give way in a different manner. But he always WAS a cheat, con-found him! He always was a infernal cheat, was Gaffer. Nothing straightfor’ard, nothing on the square. So mean, so underhanded. Never going through with a thing, nor carrying it out like a man!’

‘Hallo! Steady!’ cried Eugene (he had recovered immediately on embarking), as they bumped heavily against a pile; and then in a lower voice reversed his late apostrophe by remarking (‘I wish the boat of my honourable and gallant friend may be endowed with philanthropy enough not to turn bottom-upward and extinguish us!) Steady, steady! Sit close, Mortimer. Here’s the hail again. See how it flies, like a troop of wild cats, at Mr Riderhood’s eyes!’

Indeed he had the full benefit of it, and it so mauled him, though he bent his head low and tried to present nothing but the mangy cap to it, that he dropped under the lee of a tier of shipping, and they lay there until it was over. The squall had come up, like a spiteful messenger before the morning; there followed in its wake a ragged tear of light which ripped the dark clouds until they showed a great grey hole of day.

They were all shivering, and everything about them seemed to be shivering; the river itself; craft, rigging, sails, such early smoke as there yet was on the shore. Black with wet, and altered to the eye by white patches of hail and sleet, the huddled buildings looked lower than usual, as if they were cowering, and had shrunk with the cold. Very little life was to be seen on either bank, windows and doors were shut, and the staring black and white letters upon wharves and warehouses ‘looked,’ said Eugene to Mortimer, ‘like inscriptions over the graves of dead businesses.’

As they glided slowly on, keeping under the shore and sneaking in and out among the shipping by back-alleys of water, in a pilfering way that seemed to be their boatman’s normal manner of progression, all the objects among which they crept were so huge in contrast with their wretched boat, as to threaten to crush it. Not a ship’s hull, with its rusty iron links of cable run out of hawse-holes long discoloured with the iron’s rusty tears, but seemed to be there with a fell intention. Not a figure-head but had the menacing look of bursting forward to run them down. Not a sluice gate, or a painted scale upon a post or wall, showing the depth of water, but seemed to hint, like the dreadfully facetious Wolf in bed in Grandmamma’s cottage, ‘That’s to drown YOU in, my dears!’ Not a lumbering black barge, with its cracked and blistered side impending over them, but seemed to suck at the river with a thirst for sucking them under. And everything so vaunted the spoiling influences of water—discoloured copper, rotten wood, honey-combed stone, green dank deposit—that the after-consequences of being crushed, sucked under, and drawn down, looked as ugly to the imagination as the main event.

Some half-hour of this work, and Riderhood unshipped his sculls, stood holding on to a barge, and hand over hand long-wise along the barge’s side gradually worked his boat under her head into a secret little nook of scummy water. And driven into that nook, and wedged as he had described, was Gaffer’s boat; that boat with the stain still in it, bearing some resemblance to a muffled human form.

‘Now tell me I’m a liar!’ said the honest man.

(‘With a morbid expectation,’ murmured Eugene to Lightwood, ‘that somebody is always going to tell him the truth.’)

‘This is Hexam’s boat,’ said Mr Inspector. ‘I know her well.’

‘Look at the broken scull. Look at the t’other scull gone. NOW tell me I am a liar!’ said the honest man.

Capitolo 14

Il rapace abbattuto

Freddo sulla riva, nel gelido intenso di quella crisi cupa che si verifica nelle ventiquattro ore in cui la forza vitale di tutte le cose più nobili e belle è al suo livello più basso, i tre osservatori fissarono il volto vuoto degli altri due, e tutti insieme il volto vuoto di Riderhood nella sua barca.

“La barca del Gaffer. Il Gaffer è di nuovo fortunato. Eppure non c’è nessun Gaffer!” Così disse Riderhood, guardando con aria desolata.

Come se fossero d’accordo, tutti rivolsero lo sguardo verso la luce del fuoco che filtrava attraverso la finestra. Era più debole e meno intensa. Forse il fuoco, proprio come gli animali e le piante di cui aiuta a sostenere la vita, ha una tendenza naturale verso la morte quando la notte sta per finire e il giorno non è ancora arrivato.

“Se fossi io ad avere il controllo di questo lavoro,” ringhiò Riderhood scuotendo la testa minacciosamente, “giuro che non mi lascerei sfuggire LEI, a tutti i costi!”

“Ah, ma non sei tu,” disse Eugene. Con una rabbia così improvvisa in lui che l’informatore tornò indietro sottomesso; “Beh, beh, beh, quell’altro governatore, non ho detto che fosse lui. Un uomo può anche sbagliarsi.”

“E anche i parassiti possono rimanere in silenzio,” disse Eugene. “Tieni la bocca chiusa, tu stupido topo d’acqua!”

Sorpreso dal calore insolito del suo amico, anche Lightwood fissò la scena e poi disse: “Che cosa può essere successo a quest’uomo?”

“Non riesco a immaginarlo. A meno che non sia saltato in mare.” L’informatore si asciugò la fronte con rammarico mentre lo diceva, seduto nella sua barca e fissando il vuoto con aria desolata.

“Hai fissato bene la sua barca?”

“È abbastanza veloce finché non si ritira la marea. Non potrei farla andare più velocemente di così. Salite sulla mia barca e vedetelo con i vostri occhi.”

C’era un certo ritardo nell’eseguire gli ordini, perché il carico sembrava troppo pesante per la barca; ma dopo che Riderhood protestò dicendo “che aveva già avuto una mezza dozzina di passeggeri, vivi e morti, a bordo in precedenza, e che la barca non era affatto profonda nell’acqua, né tantomeno nella parte posteriore”; loro presero con cura i loro posti e sistemarono la barca. Mentre lo facevano, Riderhood continuava a sedere lì, con un’espressione desolata sul viso.

“Bene, fatevi da parte!” disse Lightwood.

“Fai posto, per l’amor di Dio!” ripeté Riderhood, prima di spingere via gli ostacoli. “Se è davvero andato via e ha fatto qualcosa con quel Lawyer Lightwood, questo basta perché io decida di arrendermi in un altro modo. Ma lui era sempre stato un truffatore, maledetto! Non faceva mai nulla onestamente, niente che fosse pulito e leale. Era così meschino, così subdolo. Mai si impegnava seriamente in nulla, né lo portava a termine come un vero uomo!”

“Salve! Tenetevi forte!” gridò Eugene (si era ripreso immediatamente non appena era salito a bordo), mentre la barca urtava violentemente contro un ostacolo; poi, con voce più bassa, modificò il proprio commentio precedente aggiungendo: (“Spero che la barca del mio onorevole e nobile amico sia abbastanza filantropa da non capovolgersi e farci annegare, ”). Tenetevi forte, tenetevi forte! Sedetevi vicino, Mortimer. Ecco di nuovo il vento; vedete come soffia, come una banda di gatti selvatici che attaccano gli occhi del signor Riderhood!

Infatti ne trasse tutto il beneficio possibile; ma la tempesta lo colpì con violenza tale che, pur abbassando la testa e cercando di offrire in vista soltanto il suo vecchio cappello logoro, finì per nascondersi dietro una fila di navi. Lì rimasero fino a quando la tempesta non si placò. La bufera era arrivata come un messaggero ostile prima dell’alba; dopo di essa, un raggio di luce squarciò le nuvole scure, aprendo uno spazio grigio nella notte.

Tutti tremavano; sembrava che tutto intorno a loro tremasse: il fiume stesso, le imbarcazioni, le vele, persino la leggera nebbia presente sulla riva. I edifici ammassati, bagnati dalla pioggia e segnati da macchie bianche di grandine e nevischio, sembravano più bassi del solito, come se si stessero rannicchiando per proteggersi dal freddo. Sulla riva non si vedeva quasi nessuna traccia di vita: finestre e porte erano chiuse, e le lettere nere e bianche presenti sui moli e nei magazzini “sembravano”, disse Eugene a Mortimer, “iscrizioni sulle tombe di imprese ormai defunte”.

Mentre scivolavano lentamente, tenendosi sotto la riva e muovendosi furtivamente tra le navi lungo i canali secondari dell’acqua, con un modo di procedere che sembrava essere il normale stile del loro barcaiolo, tutti gli oggetti intorno a loro erano così enormi rispetto alla loro misera imbarcazione da sembrare in grado di schiacciarla. Nessuna carena di nave, con i suoi cavi d’acciaio arrugginiti che uscivano dalle aperture per le catene, ormai scoloriti a causa dell’ossidazione, sembrava essere lì per caso; nessun timone aveva un aspetto minaccioso, pronto a schiantarli; nessuna grata di sbarramento o scala dipinta su un palo o su un muro indicava la profondità dell’acqua, ma sembravano tutti suggerire, con una sorta di sinistra ironia, “Questo è per annegarvi, miei cari, ”. Nessuna grande barca nera, con i suoi fianchi crepati e gonfi d’umidità, minacciava di schiacciarli; tutto sembrava invece aspirare a trascinarli sott’acqua. E tutto ciò che li circondava esaltava gli effetti distruttivi dell’acqua: rame scolorito, legno marcio, pietre porose e umide. Le conseguenze di essere schiacciati, trascinati sott’acqua o sommersi sembravano altrettanto orribili nella loro immaginazione quanto l’evento stesso che li minacciava.

Dopo circa mezz’ora di lavoro, Riderhood smontò le pagaie del suo canotto, si tenne aggrappato a una chiatta e, procedendo lentamente lungo il bordo della chiatta, fece scivolare il proprio canotto in un piccolo angolo nascosto, pieno d’acqua torbida. E lì, come aveva descritto, era incastonato il canotto di Gaffer; quel canotto ancora macchiato, che assomigliava vagamente a una forma umana.

“Ora dimmi che sono un bugiardo!” disse l’uomo onesto.

“Con un’aspettativa morbosa”, mormorò Eugene a Lightwood, “sperando sempre che qualcuno gli dica la verità.”

“Questo è il barco di Hexam,” disse l’ispettore. “La conosco molto bene.”

“Guardate quella pagaia rotta. Guardate anche l’altra pagaia scomparsa. Ora ditemi che sono un bugiardo!” disse l’uomo onesto.

Mr Inspector stepped into the boat. Eugene and Mortimer looked on.

‘And see now!’ added Riderhood, creeping aft, and showing a stretched rope made fast there and towing overboard. ‘Didn’t I tell you he was in luck again?’

‘Haul in,’ said Mr Inspector.

‘Easy to say haul in,’ answered Riderhood. ‘Not so easy done. His luck’s got fouled under the keels of the barges. I tried to haul in last time, but I couldn’t. See how taut the line is!’

‘I must have it up,’ said Mr Inspector. ‘I am going to take this boat ashore, and his luck along with it. Try easy now.’

He tried easy now; but the luck resisted; wouldn’t come.

‘I mean to have it, and the boat too,’ said Mr Inspector, playing the line.

But still the luck resisted; wouldn’t come.

‘Take care,’ said Riderhood. ‘You’ll disfigure. Or pull asunder perhaps.’

‘I am not going to do either, not even to your Grandmother,’ said Mr Inspector; ‘but I mean to have it. Come!’ he added, at once persuasively and with authority to the hidden object in the water, as he played the line again; ‘it’s no good this sort of game, you know. You MUST come up. I mean to have you.’

There was so much virtue in this distinctly and decidedly meaning to have it, that it yielded a little, even while the line was played.

‘I told you so,’ quoth Mr Inspector, pulling off his outer coat, and leaning well over the stern with a will. ‘Come!’

It was an awful sort of fishing, but it no more disconcerted Mr Inspector than if he had been fishing in a punt on a summer evening by some soothing weir high up the peaceful river. After certain minutes, and a few directions to the rest to ‘ease her a little for’ard,’ and ‘now ease her a trifle aft,’ and the like, he said composedly, ‘All clear!’ and the line and the boat came free together.

Accepting Lightwood’s proffered hand to help him up, he then put on his coat, and said to Riderhood, ‘Hand me over those spare sculls of yours, and I’ll pull this in to the nearest stairs. Go ahead you, and keep out in pretty open water, that I mayn’t get fouled again.’

His directions were obeyed, and they pulled ashore directly; two in one boat, two in the other.

‘Now,’ said Mr Inspector, again to Riderhood, when they were all on the slushy stones; ‘you have had more practice in this than I have had, and ought to be a better workman at it. Undo the tow-rope, and we’ll help you haul in.’

Riderhood got into the boat accordingly. It appeared as if he had scarcely had a moment’s time to touch the rope or look over the stern, when he came scrambling back, as pale as the morning, and gasped out:

‘By the Lord, he’s done me!’

‘What do you mean?’ they all demanded.

He pointed behind him at the boat, and gasped to that degree that he dropped upon the stones to get his breath.

‘Gaffer’s done me. It’s Gaffer!’

They ran to the rope, leaving him gasping there. Soon, the form of the bird of prey, dead some hours, lay stretched upon the shore, with a new blast storming at it and clotting the wet hair with hail-stones.

Father, was that you calling me? Father! I thought I heard you call me twice before! Words never to be answered, those, upon the earth-side of the grave. The wind sweeps jeeringly over Father, whips him with the frayed ends of his dress and his jagged hair, tries to turn him where he lies stark on his back, and force his face towards the rising sun, that he may be shamed the more. A lull, and the wind is secret and prying with him; lifts and lets falls a rag; hides palpitating under another rag; runs nimbly through his hair and beard. Then, in a rush, it cruelly taunts him. Father, was that you calling me? Was it you, the voiceless and the dead? Was it you, thus buffeted as you lie here in a heap? Was it you, thus baptized unto Death, with these flying impurities now flung upon your face? Why not speak, Father? Soaking into this filthy ground as you lie here, is your own shape. Did you never see such a shape soaked into your boat? Speak, Father. Speak to us, the winds, the only listeners left you!

‘Now see,’ said Mr Inspector, after mature deliberation: kneeling on one knee beside the body, when they had stood looking down on the drowned man, as he had many a time looked down on many another man: ‘the way of it was this. Of course you gentlemen hardly failed to observe that he was towing by the neck and arms.’

They had helped to release the rope, and of course not.

‘And you will have observed before, and you will observe now, that this knot, which was drawn chock-tight round his neck by the strain of his own arms, is a slip-knot’: holding it up for demonstration.

Plain enough.

‘Likewise you will have observed how he had run the other end of this rope to his boat.’

It had the curves and indentations in it still, where it had been twined and bound.

‘Now see,’ said Mr Inspector, ‘see how it works round upon him. It’s a wild tempestuous evening when this man that was,’ stooping to wipe some hailstones out of his hair with an end of his own drowned jacket, ‘—there! Now he’s more like himself; though he’s badly bruised,—when this man that was, rows out upon the river on his usual lay. He carries with him this coil of rope. He always carries with him this coil of rope. It’s as well known to me as he was himself. Sometimes it lay in the bottom of his boat. Sometimes he hung it loose round his neck. He was a light-dresser was this man;—you see?’ lifting the loose neckerchief over his breast, and taking the opportunity of wiping the dead lips with it—‘and when it was wet, or freezing, or blew cold, he would hang this coil of line round his neck. Last evening he does this. Worse for him! He dodges about in his boat, does this man, till he gets chilled. His hands,’ taking up one of them, which dropped like a leaden weight, ‘get numbed. He sees some object that’s in his way of business, floating. He makes ready to secure that object. He unwinds the end of his coil that he wants to take some turns on in his boat, and he takes turns enough on it to secure that it shan’t run out. He makes it too secure, as it happens. He is a little longer about this than usual, his hands being numbed. His object drifts up, before he is quite ready for it. He catches at it, thinks he’ll make sure of the contents of the pockets anyhow, in case he should be parted from it, bends right over the stern, and in one of these heavy squalls, or in the cross-swell of two steamers, or in not being quite prepared, or through all or most or some, gets a lurch, overbalances and goes head-foremost overboard. Now see! He can swim, can this man, and instantly he strikes out. But in such striking-out he tangles his arms, pulls strong on the slip-knot, and it runs home. The object he had expected to take in tow, floats by, and his own boat tows him dead, to where we found him, all entangled in his own line. You’ll ask me how I make out about the pockets? First, I’ll tell you more; there was silver in ’em. How do I make that out? Simple and satisfactory. Because he’s got it here.’ The lecturer held up the tightly clenched right hand.

Il signor ispettore salì sulla barca. Eugene e Mortimer osservavano la scena.

“E ora vedete!” aggiunse Riderhood, avvicinandosi furtivamente da poppa e mostrando una corda tesa e fissata lì, che veniva trascinata fuori dalla barca. “Non vi avevo detto che aveva di nuovo fortuna?”

“Tirate indietro,” disse il signor ispettore.

“È facile dire di tirarlo a riva,” rispose Riderhood. “Ma non è affatto facile farlo. La sua fortuna è andata persa sotto le chiglie delle barche. Ho provato l’ultima volta, ma non ci sono riuscito. Vedi quanto la corda sia tesa!”

“Devo assolutamente prenderlo,” disse l’ispettore. “Porterò questa barca a riva, e anche la sua fortuna con essa. Ora cerca di fare le cose con calma.”

Ora provava a fare le cose in modo più semplice, ma la fortuna gli resisteva, non voleva arrivare.

“Intendo averlo, e anche la barca,” disse il signor ispettore, recitando quella battuta.

Ma la fortuna continuava a resistere. Non voleva arrivare.

“Stai attento,” disse Riderhood. “Potresti rimanere sfigurato. O forse anche essere diviso in due.”

“Non intendo fare nessuna delle due cose, nemmeno per tua Nonna,” disse il signor ispettore; “ma voglio quella cosa. Vieni!” aggiunse subito, con tono persuasivo e autoritario, rivolgendosi all’oggetto nascosto nell’acqua, mentre suonava di nuovo quella melodia; “Questo genere di giochi non serve a nulla. Devi venire fuori. Voglio che tu venga.”

C’era così tanta virtù in questo desiderio chiaro e deciso di possederla, che ne derivava un certo beneficio, anche mentre si metteva in atto tale desiderio.

“Ve l’avevo detto,” disse il signor ispettore, togliendosi il cappotto esterno e appoggiandosi con forza al parapetto di poppa. “Forza!”

Era un modo terribile di pescare, ma non turbò affatto il signor ispettore, come se stesse pescando su una barca lungo un tranquillo >fiume in una serata estiva. Dopo alcuni minuti, e dopo alcune istruzioni ai suoi assistenti per “allentare leggermente la corda da davanti” o “un po’ più indietro”, disse con calma: “Tutto a posto!” E la corda, insieme alla barca, tornarono libere.

Accettando la mano che Lightwood gli tese per aiutarlo ad alzarsi, indossò il cappotto e disse a Riderhood: “Dammi quelle pagaie di riserva che hai; le userò per trascinare questa imbarcazione fino alle scale più vicine. Vai pure tu, e mantieniti in acque abbastanza aperte, così non mi incaglierò di nuovo.”

Le sue istruzioni furono seguite e attraccarono direttamente a riva: due nella stessa barca, due nell’altra.

“Ora,” disse il signor ispettore, rivolgendosi di nuovo a Riderhood mentre erano tutti sulle pietre bagnate dalla neve; “tu hai più esperienza in questo campo di me e dovresti essere più abile. Sciogli la corda di traino e noi ti aiuteremo a tirarla dentro.”

Anche Riderhood salì sulla barca. Sembrava che non avesse avuto nemmeno un attimo di tempo per toccare la corda o guardarsi intorno; poi tornò indietro di corsa, pallido come l’alba, e ansimando esclamò:

“Per Dio, mi ha rovinato!”

“Cosa intendi dire?”, chiesero tutti quanti.

Indicò la barca dietro di sé e ansimò così tanto che dovette sedersi sulle pietre per riprendere fiato.

“Il capocameraman mi ha fatto questo. È colpa del capocameraman!”

Corsero verso la corda, lasciandolo lì senza fiato. Poco dopo, il corpo dell’uccello rapace, morto da alcune ore, giaceva disteso sulla riva; una nuova tempesta lo colpì con violenza, facendo incollare i suoi capelli bagnati ai sassolini di grandine.

Padre, era davvero tu a chiamarmi? Padre. Pensavo di aver sentito che mi chiamavi due volte prima! Parole a cui non si può mai rispondere, quelle pronunciate al di là della >tomba. Il >vento soffia su di te con scherno, ti colpisce con i bordi strappati del tuo abito e i tuoi capelli tagliati a ciuffi, cerca di girarti sulla schiena e di costringere il tuo viso verso il sole nascente, affinché tu possa provare ancora più vergogna. Poi, per un attimo, tace, ma subito dopo ricomincia a tormentarti: solleva e lascia cadere stracci, li nasconde sotto altri stracci, scorre agilmente tra i tuoi capelli e la tua barba. E poi, all’improvviso, ti deride crudelmente. Padre, era davvero tu a chiamarmi? Eri tu, quella voce silenziosa e morta? Eri tu, così battuto mentre giaci qui, ammucchiato? Eri tu, battezzato con la >Morte, con queste impurità che ora ti colpiscono in faccia? Perché non parli, Padre? Mentre giaci qui, immerso in questa terra sporca, il tuo stesso corpo assume quella stessa forma. Non hai mai visto un corpo simile, immerso nella tua barca? Parla, Padre. Parla con noi, i venti, gli unici ascoltatori che ti sono rimasti!

“Ora vedete,” disse il signor ispettore, dopo lunga riflessione: inginocchiandosi accanto al corpo, mentre loro stavano osservando l’uomo annegato, proprio come lui stesso aveva spesso osservato altri uomini in passato, “Ecco com’è andata. Certo voi signori avrete notato che era trascinato per il collo e per le braccia.”

Avevano aiutato a liberare la corda, ma ovviamente non era così.

“E avrete già notato, e noterete anche ora, che questo nodo, stretto attorno al suo collo dal proprio sforzo, è in realtà un nodo scorsoio”: lo mostrò per spiegare meglio.

Abbastanza semplice.

“Altrettanto avrete notato come avesse legato l’altra estremità di questa corda al suo barca.”

Aveva ancora le stesse curve e le stesse incisioni lì dove era stato avvolto e legato.

“Ora vedete,” disse l’ispettore, “vedete come tutto si è sviluppato intorno a lui. È una serata tempestosa. Quest’uomo, che un tempo era, ” si chinò per pulirsi alcuni chicchi di grandine dai capelli con un lembo della propria giacca bagnata, “ecco! Ora sembra più se stesso, anche se è gravemente contuso. Quest’uomo, che un tempo era, esce sul fiume come al solito. Porta sempre con sé questo rotolo di corda. Lo conosco bene, tanto quanto lo conosceva lui stesso. A volte giaceva sul fondo della sua barca, altre volte se l’annodava intorno al collo. Era un uomo che amava vestirsi leggero. Vedete?” sollevò il fazzoletto che gli pendeva dal collo e ne approfittò per asciugarsi le labbra secche. “E quando era bagnato, o faceva freddo, se l’annodava intorno al collo. Ieri sera ha fatto lo stesso. Peggio per lui! Si muoveva nella barca, finché non si è congelato. Le sue mani, ” ne prese una, che pesava come un pezzo di piombo, “si sono intorpidite. Ha visto qualcosa che gli ostacolava il cammino. Si è preparato a recuperarlo. Ha srotolato un po’ di corda per legarla intorno al manico dell’oggetto. Ma l’ha fatto con troppa forza. La corda si è stretta troppo. Ci ha impiegato più tempo del solito. Le sue mani erano intorpidite. L’oggetto gli è sfuggito. Ha cercato di afferrarlo, pensando che almeno avrebbe potuto prendere il contenuto delle tasche, nel caso lo perdesse. Si è chinato in avanti. E in una di quelle raffiche violente, o a causa delle onde generate dai due vapori, o semplicemente perché non era del tutto pronto, è caduto in acqua. Ora vedete! Sa nuotare. Ma nel tentativo di salvarsi si è impigliato nella corda. L’oggetto che voleva recuperare è passato via. E la sua stessa barca lo ha trascinato verso il fondo. Dove l’abbiamo trovato, tutto intrecciato nella propria corda. Mi chiederete come abbia fatto a scoprire cosa c’era nelle tasche. Prima di tutto, vi dirò di più. C’erano delle monete d’argento. Come ho fatto a saperlo? Semplice e chiaro. Perché le ha qui, ” L’ispettore sollevò la mano destra, stretta a pugno.

‘What is to be done with the remains?’ asked Lightwood.

‘If you wouldn’t object to standing by him half a minute, sir,’ was the reply, ‘I’ll find the nearest of our men to come and take charge of him;—I still call it HIM, you see,’ said Mr Inspector, looking back as he went, with a philosophical smile upon the force of habit.

‘Eugene,’ said Lightwood and was about to add ‘we may wait at a little distance,’ when turning his head he found that no Eugene was there.

He raised his voice and called ‘Eugene! Holloa!’ But no Eugene replied.

It was broad daylight now, and he looked about. But no Eugene was in all the view.

Mr Inspector speedily returning down the wooden stairs, with a police constable, Lightwood asked him if he had seen his friend leave them? Mr Inspector could not exactly say that he had seen him go, but had noticed that he was restless.

‘Singular and entertaining combination, sir, your friend.’

‘I wish it had not been a part of his singular entertaining combination to give me the slip under these dreary circumstances at this time of the morning,’ said Lightwood. ‘Can we get anything hot to drink?’

We could, and we did. In a public-house kitchen with a large fire. We got hot brandy and water, and it revived us wonderfully. Mr Inspector having to Mr Riderhood announced his official intention of ‘keeping his eye upon him’, stood him in a corner of the fireplace, like a wet umbrella, and took no further outward and visible notice of that honest man, except ordering a separate service of brandy and water for him: apparently out of the public funds.

As Mortimer Lightwood sat before the blazing fire, conscious of drinking brandy and water then and there in his sleep, and yet at one and the same time drinking burnt sherry at the Six Jolly Fellowships, and lying under the boat on the river shore, and sitting in the boat that Riderhood rowed, and listening to the lecture recently concluded, and having to dine in the Temple with an unknown man, who described himself as M. H. F. Eugene Gaffer Harmon, and said he lived at Hailstorm,—as he passed through these curious vicissitudes of fatigue and slumber, arranged upon the scale of a dozen hours to the second, he became aware of answering aloud a communication of pressing importance that had never been made to him, and then turned it into a cough on beholding Mr Inspector. For, he felt, with some natural indignation, that that functionary might otherwise suspect him of having closed his eyes, or wandered in his attention.

‘Here just before us, you see,’ said Mr Inspector.

‘I see,’ said Lightwood, with dignity.

‘And had hot brandy and water too, you see,’ said Mr Inspector, ‘and then cut off at a great rate.’

‘Who?’ said Lightwood.

‘Your friend, you know.’

‘I know,’ he replied, again with dignity.

After hearing, in a mist through which Mr Inspector loomed vague and large, that the officer took upon himself to prepare the dead man’s daughter for what had befallen in the night, and generally that he took everything upon himself, Mortimer Lightwood stumbled in his sleep to a cab-stand, called a cab, and had entered the army and committed a capital military offence and been tried by court martial and found guilty and had arranged his affairs and been marched out to be shot, before the door banged.

Hard work rowing the cab through the City to the Temple, for a cup of from five to ten thousand pounds value, given by Mr Boffin; and hard work holding forth at that immeasurable length to Eugene (when he had been rescued with a rope from the running pavement) for making off in that extraordinary manner! But he offered such ample apologies, and was so very penitent, that when Lightwood got out of the cab, he gave the driver a particular charge to be careful of him. Which the driver (knowing there was no other fare left inside) stared at prodigiously.

In short, the night’s work had so exhausted and worn out this actor in it, that he had become a mere somnambulist. He was too tired to rest in his sleep, until he was even tired out of being too tired, and dropped into oblivion. Late in the afternoon he awoke, and in some anxiety sent round to Eugene’s lodging hard by, to inquire if he were up yet?

Oh yes, he was up. In fact, he had not been to bed. He had just come home. And here he was, close following on the heels of the message.

‘Why what bloodshot, draggled, dishevelled spectacle is this!’ cried Mortimer.

‘Are my feathers so very much rumpled?’ said Eugene, coolly going up to the looking-glass. They ARE rather out of sorts. But consider. Such a night for plumage!’

‘Such a night?’ repeated Mortimer. ‘What became of you in the morning?’

‘My dear fellow,’ said Eugene, sitting on his bed, ‘I felt that we had bored one another so long, that an unbroken continuance of those relations must inevitably terminate in our flying to opposite points of the earth. I also felt that I had committed every crime in the Newgate Calendar. So, for mingled considerations of friendship and felony, I took a walk.’

“Cosa si deve fare dei resti?” chiese Lightwood.

“Se non avesse obiezioni ad stare al suo fianco per mezzo minuto, signore,” fu la risposta, “troverò il nostro uomo più vicino per venire a prendersi cura di lui; continuo ancora a chiamarlo ‘lui’, capisce?” disse l’ispettore, guardando indietro con un sorriso filosofico, per abitudine.

“Eugene,” disse Lightwood, e stava per aggiungere “possiamo aspettare a una certa distanza”, quando, girando la testa, si rese conto che non c’era alcun Eugene lì.

Alzò la voce e chiamò: “Eugene! Ehi!” Ma nessuno rispose.

Ormai era pieno giorno, e lui guardò intorno. Ma non c’era traccia di Eugene da nessuna parte.

Il signor ispettore scese rapidamente le scale di legno, accompagnato da un agente di polizia. Lightwood gli chiese se avesse visto il suo amico lasciarli; il signor ispettore non poté affermare con certezza di averlo visto andarsene, ma aveva notato che era irrequieto.

“Una combinazione unica ed entusiasmante, signore: il vostro amico.”

“Vorrei che non facesse parte di quella sua strana combinazione di comportamenti divertenti il fatto di avermi piantato in asso in queste circostanze tristi, a questa ora della mattina,” disse Lightwood. “Possiamo trovare qualcosa da bere caldo?”

Avremmo potuto farlo, e lo facemmo. In una cucina pubblica, con un grande focolare, prendemmo del buon brandy e acqua; ci rimise immediatamente in sesto. L’ispettore, dopo aver comunicato ufficialmente a Mr Riderhood la sua intenzione di “tenere d’occhio lui”, lo lasciò in un angolo del camino, come se fosse uno “ombrello bagnato”, senza prestargli ulteriore attenzione, tranne che per ordinare per lui una porzione separata di brandy e acqua, presumibilmente a spese dei fondi pubblici.

Mentre Mortimer Lightwood sedeva davanti al fuoco ardente, consapevole di aver bevuto brandy e acqua mentre dormiva, e allo stesso tempo di bere sherry nei Six Jolly Fellowships, di giacere sotto la barca sulla riva del fiume, di sedere nella barca che Riderhood remava, di ascoltare una lezione appena conclusa, e di dover pranzare al Temple con un uomo sconosciuto che si presentò come M. H. F. Eugene Gaffer Harmon e disse di vivere a Hailstorm. Mentre attraversava queste strane alternanze di stanchezza e sonno, organizzate con precisione su una scala di dodici ore al secondo, si rese conto di aver risposto ad alta voce a un messaggio di estrema importanza che in realtà non gli era mai stato rivolto; poi, vedendo l’ispettore, trasformò quella risposta in un colpo di tosse. Perché, con una certa indignazione naturale, pensò che quel funzionario potesse sospettare che avesse chiuso gli occhi o che la sua attenzione fosse stata distratta.

“Ecco proprio davanti a noi,” disse l’ispettore.

“Capisco,” disse Lightwood con dignità.

“E c’era anche brandy forte e acqua, capite,” disse il signor ispettore, “e poi tutto è finito molto rapidamente.”

“Chi?” disse Lightwood.

“Il tuo amico, sai, ”

“Lo so,” rispose ancora una volta con dignità.

Dopo aver sentito, in mezzo a una nebbia nella quale il signor ispettore appariva vago e gigantesco, che quell’ufficiale si era assunto la responsabilità di preparare la figlia dell’uomo morto per ciò che era accaduto quella notte, e in generale che si era occupato di tutto personalmente, Mortimer Lightwood, nel corso del suo sonno, immaginò di essere arrivato davanti a un posteggio di taxi, ne chiamò uno, pensò di essersi arruolato nell’esercito, di aver commesso un grave reato militare, di essere stato processato da un tribunale marziale, dichiarato colpevole, di aver sistemato tutte le sue faccende, e poi di essere stato portato via per essere fucilato. Prima che la porta si chiudesse con un tonfo.

Un duro lavoro per guidare la carrozza attraverso la Città fino al Tempio, in cambio di una tazza del valore di cinque a diecimila sterline offerta dal signor Boffin; e poi un altro duro lavoro per trattenere Eugene (dopo che questi era stato salvato con una corda dal marciapiede) impedendogli di fuggire in quel modo straordinario! Ma Eugene si scusò ampiamente e sembrava davvero pentito, tanto che quando Lightwood scese dalla carrozza, gli diede istruzioni precise affinché avesse cura di lui. Il cocchiere, sapendo che non c’era più alcun altro compenso da guadagnare, lo guardò con grande sorpresa.

In breve, il lavoro notturno aveva così esaurito e logorato questo attore che era diventato poco più di un sonnambulo. Era troppo stanco per riposare nel suo sonno, fino a quando non si trovava talmente esausto da cadere nell’oblio. Verso la fine del pomeriggio si svegliò e, con una certa ansia, andò a cercare Eugene nella sua vicina abitazione per chiedergli se fosse già sveglio.

Oh sì, era sveglio. In realtà non si era nemmeno addormentato; era appena tornato a casa. Ed eccolo lì, subito dopo aver ricevuto quel messaggio.

“Che spettacolo orribile, sanguinolento e disordinato è questo!” gridò Mortimer.

“Le mie piume sono davvero così in disordine?” disse Eugene, avvicinandosi con calma allo specchio. Sì, sembrano proprio in disordine. Ma pensateci: che notte per le piume!

“Una tale notte?” ripeté Mortimer. “Che ne è stato di te la mattina dopo?”

“Mio caro amico,” disse Eugene, seduto sul suo letto, “ho pensato che ormai ci annoiassimo a vicenda da troppo tempo, e che una continuazione ininterrotta di quelle relazioni dovesse inevitabilmente portarci a finire in punti opposti della terra. Ho anche pensato di aver commesso tutti i crimini possibili secondo il ‘Calendario di Newgate’. Quindi, per motivi legati sia all’amicizia che ai reati gravi, sono uscito a fare una passeggiata.”

Chapter 15

TWO NEW SERVANTS

Mr and Mrs Boffin sat after breakfast, in the Bower, a prey to prosperity. Mr Boffin’s face denoted Care and Complication. Many disordered papers were before him, and he looked at them about as hopefully as an innocent civilian might look at a crowd of troops whom he was required at five minutes’ notice to manoeuvre and review. He had been engaged in some attempts to make notes of these papers; but being troubled (as men of his stamp often are) with an exceedingly distrustful and corrective thumb, that busy member had so often interposed to smear his notes, that they were little more legible than the various impressions of itself; which blurred his nose and forehead. It is curious to consider, in such a case as Mr Boffin’s, what a cheap article ink is, and how far it may be made to go. As a grain of musk will scent a drawer for many years, and still lose nothing appreciable of its original weight, so a halfpenny-worth of ink would blot Mr Boffin to the roots of his hair and the calves of his legs, without inscribing a line on the paper before him, or appearing to diminish in the inkstand.

Mr Boffin was in such severe literary difficulties that his eyes were prominent and fixed, and his breathing was stertorous, when, to the great relief of Mrs Boffin, who observed these symptoms with alarm, the yard bell rang.

‘Who’s that, I wonder!’ said Mrs Boffin.

Mr Boffin drew a long breath, laid down his pen, looked at his notes as doubting whether he had the pleasure of their acquaintance, and appeared, on a second perusal of their countenances, to be confirmed in his impression that he had not, when there was announced by the hammer-headed young man:

‘Mr Rokesmith.’

‘Oh!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Oh indeed! Our and the Wilfers’ Mutual Friend, my dear. Yes. Ask him to come in.’

Mr Rokesmith appeared.

‘Sit down, sir,’ said Mr Boffin, shaking hands with him. ‘Mrs Boffin you’re already acquainted with. Well, sir, I am rather unprepared to see you, for, to tell you the truth, I’ve been so busy with one thing and another, that I’ve not had time to turn your offer over.’

‘That’s apology for both of us: for Mr Boffin, and for me as well,’ said the smiling Mrs Boffin. ‘But Lor! we can talk it over now; can’t us?’

Mr Rokesmith bowed, thanked her, and said he hoped so.

‘Let me see then,’ resumed Mr Boffin, with his hand to his chin. ‘It was Secretary that you named; wasn’t it?’

‘I said Secretary,’ assented Mr Rokesmith.

‘It rather puzzled me at the time,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘and it rather puzzled me and Mrs Boffin when we spoke of it afterwards, because (not to make a mystery of our belief) we have always believed a Secretary to be a piece of furniture, mostly of mahogany, lined with green baize or leather, with a lot of little drawers in it. Now, you won’t think I take a liberty when I mention that you certainly ain’t THAT.’

Certainly not, said Mr Rokesmith. But he had used the word in the sense of Steward.

‘Why, as to Steward, you see,’ returned Mr Boffin, with his hand still to his chin, ‘the odds are that Mrs Boffin and me may never go upon the water. Being both bad sailors, we should want a Steward if we did; but there’s generally one provided.’

Mr Rokesmith again explained; defining the duties he sought to undertake, as those of general superintendent, or manager, or overlooker, or man of business.

‘Now, for instance—come!’ said Mr Boffin, in his pouncing way. ‘If you entered my employment, what would you do?’

‘I would keep exact accounts of all the expenditure you sanctioned, Mr Boffin. I would write your letters, under your direction. I would transact your business with people in your pay or employment. I would,’ with a glance and a half-smile at the table, ‘arrange your papers—’

Mr Boffin rubbed his inky ear, and looked at his wife.

‘—And so arrange them as to have them always in order for immediate reference, with a note of the contents of each outside it.’

‘I tell you what,’ said Mr Boffin, slowly crumpling his own blotted note in his hand; ‘if you’ll turn to at these present papers, and see what you can make of ’em, I shall know better what I can make of you.’

No sooner said than done. Relinquishing his hat and gloves, Mr Rokesmith sat down quietly at the table, arranged the open papers into an orderly heap, cast his eyes over each in succession, folded it, docketed it on the outside, laid it in a second heap, and, when that second heap was complete and the first gone, took from his pocket a piece of string and tied it together with a remarkably dexterous hand at a running curve and a loop.

‘Good!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Very good! Now let us hear what they’re all about; will you be so good?’

John Rokesmith read his abstracts aloud. They were all about the new house. Decorator’s estimate, so much. Furniture estimate, so much. Estimate for furniture of offices, so much. Coach-maker’s estimate, so much. Horse-dealer’s estimate, so much. Harness-maker’s estimate, so much. Goldsmith’s estimate, so much. Total, so very much. Then came correspondence. Acceptance of Mr Boffin’s offer of such a date, and to such an effect. Rejection of Mr Boffin’s proposal of such a date and to such an effect. Concerning Mr Boffin’s scheme of such another date to such another effect. All compact and methodical.

‘Apple-pie order!’ said Mr Boffin, after checking off each inscription with his hand, like a man beating time. ‘And whatever you do with your ink, I can’t think, for you’re as clean as a whistle after it. Now, as to a letter. Let’s,’ said Mr Boffin, rubbing his hands in his pleasantly childish admiration, ‘let’s try a letter next.’

‘To whom shall it be addressed, Mr Boffin?’

‘Anyone. Yourself.’

Mr Rokesmith quickly wrote, and then read aloud:

‘“Mr Boffin presents his compliments to Mr John Rokesmith, and begs to say that he has decided on giving Mr John Rokesmith a trial in the capacity he desires to fill. Mr Boffin takes Mr John Rokesmith at his word, in postponing to some indefinite period, the consideration of salary. It is quite understood that Mr Boffin is in no way committed on that point. Mr Boffin has merely to add, that he relies on Mr John Rokesmith’s assurance that he will be faithful and serviceable. Mr John Rokesmith will please enter on his duties immediately.”’

Capitolo 15

Due nuovi servitori

Il signor e la signora Boffin sedevano dopo colazione nel padiglione, vittime della propria prosperità. Il viso del signor Boffin esprimeva preoccupazione e complicazioni. Davanti a lui c’erano molti documenti disordinati; li guardava con lo stesso speranzoso timore con cui un civile innocente potrebbe osservare un gruppo di truppe che, all’ordine di cinque minuti, dovrebbero manovrare e sfilare davanti a lui. Aveva tentato di prendere appunti su quei documenti; ma, essendo disturbato – come spesso accade alle persone della sua indole – da un pollice estremamente diffidente e incline a cancellare tutto ciò che scriveva, quegli appunti risultavano quasi illeggibili. È curioso considerare, in un caso del genere, quanto sia economica l’inchiostro. Un granello di muschio può profumare una cassettiera per molti anni senza perdere nulla della sua efficacia; allo stesso modo, mezzo penny di inchiostro potrebbe “ cancellare” completamente il signor Boffin, dalla testa ai piedi, senza lasciare traccia sui documenti davanti a lui, né diminuire minimamente nel contenitore dove è conservato.

Il signor Boffin si trovava in difficoltà letterarie così gravi che i suoi occhi sporgevano in modo evidente e rimanevano fissi; il suo respiro era affannoso. Quando, per grande sollievo della signora Boffin, che osservava questi sintomi con preoccupazione, suonò la campanella del cortile.

“Chi è quello? Mi chiedo, ” disse la signora Boffin.

Il signor Boffin trasse un lungo respiro, posò la penna, guardò le sue note, chiedendosi se avesse davvero il piacere di conoscerli, e dopo averli osservati nuovamente, sembrò confermato nella sua impressione che in realtà non li conoscesse affatto, quando all’improvviso quel giovane testardo annunciò:

“Mr Rokesmith.”

“Oh!” disse il signor Boffin. “Davvero! Il nostro amico comune, insieme a quello dei Wilfer, caro mio. Sì, chiedetegli di entrare.”

Il signor Rokesmith apparve.

“Si sieda, signore,” disse il signor Boffin stringendogli la mano. “La signora Boffin, lei la conosce già. Beh, signore, devo ammettere di essere piuttosto impreparato ad incontrarla. Perché, a dire la verità, sono stato così impegnato in mille cose che non ho avuto il tempo di riflettere sulla sua proposta.”

“Questo è un ringraziamento per entrambi: per il signor Boffin e anche per me,” disse sorridendo la signora Boffin. “Ma, caro, ora possiamo parlarne, vero?”

Il signor Rokesmith si inchinò, le ringraziò e disse di sperarlo davvero.

“Allora lasciate che ci pensi,” riprese il signor Boffin, appoggiando una mano sul mento. “Avete menzionato il Segretario, vero?”

“Ho detto ‘segretario’”, concordò il signor Rokesmith.

“Mi lasciò piuttosto perplesso in quel momento,” disse il signor Boffin, “e ci lasciò entrambi perplessi, io e la signora Boffin, quando ne parlammo in seguito. Perché (senza voler nascondere le nostre convinzioni) abbiamo sempre creduto che un ‘segretario’ fosse in realtà un pezzo di mobilia, di solito in mogano, foderato di velluto verde o pelle, con tanti piccoli cassetti all’interno. Ora, non penserete certo che io stia prendendo troppa libertà se vi dico che voi certamente NON siete un ‘segretario’ del genere.”

“Certamente no,” disse il signor Rokesmith. “Ma aveva usato quella parola nel senso di ‘amministratore’.”

“Beh, per quanto riguarda lo steward,” rispose il signor Boffin, tenendosi ancora la mano sul mento, “è molto probabile che io e la signora Boffin non salpiamo mai sull’acqua. Essendo entrambi cattivi marinai, avremmo bisogno di uno steward se ci provassimo; ma di solito ce n’è sempre uno a disposizione.”

Il signor Rokesmith spiegò di nuovo, definendo i compiti che intendeva assumersi come quelli di sovrintendente generale, o direttore, o responsabile della gestione, o uomo d’affari.

“Ora, per esempio, come!” disse il signor Boffin, con quel suo modo deciso e aggressivo. “Se vi assumessi, cosa fareste?”

‘Tenerei un conto preciso di tutte le spese che autorizzate, signor Boffin. Scriverei le vostre lettere seguendo le vostre indicazioni. Gestirei i vostri affari con le persone che sono a vostra paglia o sotto il vostro controllo. Inoltre,’ aggiunse, lanciando un’occhiata e sorridendo leggermente verso la scrivania, ‘organizzerei i vostri documenti, ’

Il signor Boffin si strofinò l’orecchio nero di inchiostro e guardò sua moglie.

“—Quindi organizzateli in modo che siano sempre ordinati per poter essere consultati immediatamente, aggiungendo una nota con i contenuti di ciascuno all’esterno.”

“Vi dico una cosa,” disse il signor Boffin, mentre lentamente strappava in pezzi la propria nota macchiata; “se vi mettete a esaminare questi documenti e vedete cosa riuscite a capirne, allora io saprò meglio cosa posso aspettarmi da voi.”

Appena detto, appena fatto. Lasciando cadere cappello e guanti, il signor Rokesmith si sedette silenziosamente al tavolo, sistemò i documenti sparsi in un mucchio ordinato, li esaminò uno per uno, li piegò, li annotò sul lato esterno, li mise in un secondo mucchio; e quando anche questo fu completo e il primo sparì, tirò fuori dalla tasca un pezzo di corda e lo legò con grande abilità, formando una curva continua e un anello.

“Bene!” disse il signor Boffin. “Molto bene! Ora ascoltiamo di cosa stanno parlando; vuoi essere così gentile da farlo?”

John Rokesmith lesse ad alta voce i suoi appunti. Riguardavano tutti la nuova casa: stima dei costi per i decoratori, stima dei mobili, stima dei mobili da ufficio, stima del costruttore di carrozze, stima del commerciante di cavalli, stima del fabbricante di finimenti. In totale, una quantità molto elevata di informazioni. Poi arrivarono le lettere: accettazione dell’offerta di Mr Boffin per quella data e con quel risultato; rifiuto della proposta di Mr Boffin per un’altra data e con un altro risultato; inoltre, discussioni riguardo al piano di Mr Boffin per una data ancora diversa e con un effetto diverso. Tutto molto ordinato e meticolosamente organizzato.

“Ordine di mele cotte!” disse il signor Boffin, dopo aver controllato ogni iscrizione con la mano, come se stesse battendo il tempo. “E non so proprio cosa tu faccia con quella inchiostro, ma dopo sei pulito come un bambino! Ora, per quanto riguarda una lettera. Ehm,” disse il signor Boffin, strofinandosi le mani con ammirazione, “proveremo a scrivere una lettera.”

“A chi dovrà essere indirizzato, signor Boffin?”

“Chiunque. Tu stesso.”

Mr Rokesmith scrisse rapidamente, poi lesse ad alta voce:

“‘Il signor Boffin invia i suoi complimenti al signor John Rokesmith e chiede di poter comunicare che ha deciso di dare al signor Rokesmith l’opportunità di dimostrare le proprie capacità nella posizione che desidera ricoprire. Il signor Boffin si fida della parola del signor Rokesmith riguardo al rinvio, a data da definire, dell’esame sulla retribuzione; è ben chiaro che il signor Boffin non si impegna in alcun modo su questo punto. Il signor Boffin desidera soltanto ricevere la garanzia del signor Rokesmith riguardo alla sua fedeltà e all’efficienza nel suo lavoro. Il signor John Rokesmith è pregato di assumersi immediatamente le proprie responsabilità.’”

Well! Now, Noddy!’ cried Mrs Boffin, clapping her hands, ‘That IS a good one!’

Mr Boffin was no less delighted; indeed, in his own bosom, he regarded both the composition itself and the device that had given birth to it, as a very remarkable monument of human ingenuity.

‘And I tell you, my deary,’ said Mrs Boffin, ‘that if you don’t close with Mr Rokesmith now at once, and if you ever go a muddling yourself again with things never meant nor made for you, you’ll have an apoplexy—besides iron-moulding your linen—and you’ll break my heart.’

Mr Boffin embraced his spouse for these words of wisdom, and then, congratulating John Rokesmith on the brilliancy of his achievements, gave him his hand in pledge of their new relations. So did Mrs Boffin.

‘Now,’ said Mr Boffin, who, in his frankness, felt that it did not become him to have a gentleman in his employment five minutes, without reposing some confidence in him, ‘you must be let a little more into our affairs, Rokesmith. I mentioned to you, when I made your acquaintance, or I might better say when you made mine, that Mrs Boffin’s inclinations was setting in the way of Fashion, but that I didn’t know how fashionable we might or might not grow. Well! Mrs Boffin has carried the day, and we’re going in neck and crop for Fashion.’

‘I rather inferred that, sir,’ replied John Rokesmith, ‘from the scale on which your new establishment is to be maintained.’

‘Yes,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘it’s to be a Spanker. The fact is, my literary man named to me that a house with which he is, as I may say, connected—in which he has an interest—’

‘As property?’ inquired John Rokesmith.

‘Why no,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘not exactly that; a sort of a family tie.’

‘Association?’ the Secretary suggested.

‘Ah!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Perhaps. Anyhow, he named to me that the house had a board up, “This Eminently Aristocratic Mansion to be let or sold.” Me and Mrs Boffin went to look at it, and finding it beyond a doubt Eminently Aristocratic (though a trifle high and dull, which after all may be part of the same thing) took it. My literary man was so friendly as to drop into a charming piece of poetry on that occasion, in which he complimented Mrs Boffin on coming into possession of—how did it go, my dear?’

Mrs Boffin replied:

‘“The gay, the gay and festive scene, The halls, the halls of dazzling light.”’

‘That’s it! And it was made neater by there really being two halls in the house, a front ’un and a back ’un, besides the servants’. He likewise dropped into a very pretty piece of poetry to be sure, respecting the extent to which he would be willing to put himself out of the way to bring Mrs Boffin round, in case she should ever get low in her spirits in the house. Mrs Boffin has a wonderful memory. Will you repeat it, my dear?’

Mrs Boffin complied, by reciting the verses in which this obliging offer had been made, exactly as she had received them.

‘“I’ll tell thee how the maiden wept, Mrs Boffin, When her true love was slain ma’am, And how her broken spirit slept, Mrs Boffin, And never woke again ma’am. I’ll tell thee (if agreeable to Mr Boffin) how the steed drew nigh, And left his lord afar; And if my tale (which I hope Mr Boffin might excuse) should make you sigh, I’ll strike the light guitar.”’

‘Correct to the letter!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘And I consider that the poetry brings us both in, in a beautiful manner.’

The effect of the poem on the Secretary being evidently to astonish him, Mr Boffin was confirmed in his high opinion of it, and was greatly pleased.

‘Now, you see, Rokesmith,’ he went on, ‘a literary man—WITH a wooden leg—is liable to jealousy. I shall therefore cast about for comfortable ways and means of not calling up Wegg’s jealousy, but of keeping you in your department, and keeping him in his.’

‘Lor!’ cried Mrs Boffin. ‘What I say is, the world’s wide enough for all of us!’

‘So it is, my dear,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘when not literary. But when so, not so. And I am bound to bear in mind that I took Wegg on, at a time when I had no thought of being fashionable or of leaving the Bower. To let him feel himself anyways slighted now, would be to be guilty of a meanness, and to act like having one’s head turned by the halls of dazzling light. Which Lord forbid! Rokesmith, what shall we say about your living in the house?’

‘In this house?’

‘No, no. I have got other plans for this house. In the new house?’

‘That will be as you please, Mr Boffin. I hold myself quite at your disposal. You know where I live at present.’

Well!’ said Mr Boffin, after considering the point; ‘suppose you keep as you are for the present, and we’ll decide by-and-by. You’ll begin to take charge at once, of all that’s going on in the new house, will you?’

‘Most willingly. I will begin this very day. Will you give me the address?’

Mr Boffin repeated it, and the Secretary wrote it down in his pocket-book. Mrs Boffin took the opportunity of his being so engaged, to get a better observation of his face than she had yet taken. It impressed her in his favour, for she nodded aside to Mr Boffin, ‘I like him.’

‘I will see directly that everything is in train, Mr Boffin.’

‘Thank’ee. Being here, would you care at all to look round the Bower?’

‘I should greatly like it. I have heard so much of its story.’

‘Come!’ said Mr Boffin. And he and Mrs Boffin led the way.

A gloomy house the Bower, with sordid signs on it of having been, through its long existence as Harmony Jail, in miserly holding. Bare of paint, bare of paper on the walls, bare of furniture, bare of experience of human life. Whatever is built by man for man’s occupation, must, like natural creations, fulfil the intention of its existence, or soon perish. This old house had wasted—more from desuetude than it would have wasted from use, twenty years for one.

‘Benissimo! Ora, Noddy!’ esclamò la signora Boffin battendo le mani, ‘Questo sì che è stato bravo!’

Il signor Boffin era altrettanto compiaciuto; anzi, nel suo intimo, considerava sia la composizione stessa che il metodo utilizzato per crearla come un vero e proprio monumento all’ingegnosità umana.

“E te lo dico, carina mia,” disse la signora Boffin, “se non ti decidi subito a sposare il signor Rokesmith, e se continui a impigliarti in cose che non sono mai state destinate né create per te, rischi di avere un ictus, oltre a rovinare tutta la tua biancheria. E mi spezzerai il cuore.”

Il signor Boffin abbracciò sua moglie per queste parole di saggezza; poi, congratulandosi con John Rokesmith per la brillantezza dei suoi successi, gli strinse la mano a segno delle loro nuove relazioni. Lo fece anche la signora Boffin.

“Ora,” disse il signor Boffin, che, nella sua franchezza, riteneva non fosse appropriato assumere un gentiluomo al proprio servizio senza fidarsi un po’ di lui, “dovete essere messo a conoscenza di alcune cose riguardanti i nostri affari, Rokesmith. Quando vi ho conosciuto, o forse sarebbe meglio dire quando voi mi avete conosciuto, vi ho detto che le inclinazioni della signora Boffin tendevano verso la moda, ma non sapevo fino a che punto saremmo diventati alla moda o meno. Beh, alla fine la signora Boffin ha avuto la meglio, e ora ci stiamo lanciando a tutta velocità dietro la moda.”

“Piuttosto suppongo, signore,” rispose John Rokesmith, “in base alla scala su cui dovrà essere mantenuta la vostra nuova impresa.”

“Sì,” disse il signor Boffin, “dovrà essere un ‘Spanker’. In realtà, il mio uomo di lettere mi ha consigliato una casa con la quale, per così dire, è collegato, in cui ha degli interessi, ”

“Come proprietà?” chiese John Rokesmith.

“Perché no,” disse il signor Boffin, “non esattamente così; piuttosto una sorta di legame familiare.”

“Associazione?”, suggerì il Segretario.

“Ah!” disse il signor Boffin. “Forse. Comunque, mi disse che quella casa aveva un cartello appeso, su cui c’era scritto: ‘Questa eminente dimora aristocratica è in affitto o in vendita’. Io e la signora Boffin andammo a vederla e, trovandola senza alcun dubbio davvero eminente e aristocratica (sebbene un po’ troppo alta e poco attraente, il che forse fa parte dello stesso carattere di quella dimora), decidemmo di acquistarla. Il mio amico letterato fu così gentile da comporre, in quell’occasione, una deliziosa poesia nella quale lodava la signora Boffin per aver ottenuto, come si diceva, cara mia?”

Mrs Boffin rispose:

“La scena gioiosa e festosa,
i saloni illuminati da una luce abbagliante.”

‘Ecco fatto! E tutto è diventato ancora più ordinato grazie alla presenza di due sale nella >casa, uno davanti e uno dietro, oltre a quello riservato ai servitori. Ha anche scritto una poesia molto bella, per dimostrare fino a che punto fosse disposto ad impegnarsi per rendere felice la signora Boffin, nel caso in cui le sue condizioni d’animo dovessero peggiorare nella >casa. La signora Boffin ha una memoria straordinaria. Me la ripeteresti, cara?’

La signora Boffin obbedì, recitando esattamente come le erano state comunicate i versi in cui tale gentile offerta veniva fatta.

“Vi racconterò come quella fanciulla pianse, signora Boffin,
quando il suo vero amore fu ucciso. E come il suo spirito spezzato rimase immobile,
senza mai più riprendersi. Vi dirò anche (se a questo il signor Boffin acconsente) come il cavallo si avvicinò. e lasciò il suo padrone lontano. E se la mia storia (che spero il signor Boffin possa perdonare) vi farà sospirare. suonerò la chitarra.”

“Corretto alla lettera!” disse il signor Boffin. “E ritengo che questa poesia ci unisca entrambi, in modo davvero meraviglioso.”

L’effetto che il poema ebbe sul Segretario fu evidentemente quello di stupirlo; il signor Boffin ne rimase ulteriormente convinto nella sua alta stima e ne fu molto soddisfatto.

“Ora, vedi, Rokesmith,” continuò, “un uomo di lettere, con una gamba di legno, può facilmente provare gelosia. Pertanto, cercherò modi per non suscitare la gelosia di Wegg, ma per tenerti nel tuo compito e lui nel suo.”

“Lor!” esclamò la signora Boffin. “Voglio dire, il mondo è abbastanza grande per tutti noi!”

“Lo so bene, mio caro,” disse il signor Boffin, “quando non si tratta di letteratura. Ma quando invece sì, allora è tutta un’altra storia. Devo ricordare che ho assunto Wegg in un momento in cui non avevo alcuna intenzione di seguire le mode o di lasciare la ‘Bower’. Lasciarlo ora sentire di essere stato umiliato significherebbe commettere una bassezza, e comportarsi come se fossi stato influenzato da ambienti lussuosi e brillanti. Il cielo me ne scampi! Rokesmith, cosa dobbiamo dire riguardo al tuo soggiorno in quella casa?”

“In questa casa?”

“No, no. Ho altri piani per questa casa. Per la nuova casa?”

“Come desiderate, signor Boffin. Sono completamente a vostra disposizione. Sapete dove abito attualmente.”

“Beh!”, disse il signor Boffin dopo averci pensato su; “supponiamo che tu rimanga così per ora, e ne decideremo più avanti. Inizierai subito a occuparti di tutto ciò che sta accadendo nella nuova >casa, vero?”

“Con grande piacere. Inizierò proprio oggi. Mi potreste dare l’indirizzo?”

Il signor Boffin lo ripeté, e il segretario lo annotò nel suo taccuino. La signora Boffin approfittò del fatto che lui fosse così impegnato per osservare meglio il suo viso di quanto avesse potuto fare fino ad allora. Quel viso le piacque molto, e così fece un cenno al signor Boffin: “Mi piace.”

“Mi assicurerò personalmente che tutto proceda correttamente, signor Boffin.”

“Grazie. Se sei qui, ti andrebbe di dare un’occhiata intorno al padiglione?”

“Mi piacerebbe molto. Ne ho sentito parlare tantissimo.”

“Che cosa!” disse il signor Boffin. E lui e la signora Boffin presero l’iniziativa.

In una tetra >casa, il Bower, vi erano segni evidenti del suo lungo utilizzo come prigione: le pareti prive di vernice e carta da parati, gli arredi assenti, la totale mancanza di tracce di vita umana. Tutto ciò che l’uomo costruisce per il proprio uso deve, proprio come le creazioni naturali, realizzare lo scopo per cui è stato creato; altrimenti perisce rapidamente. Questa vecchia >casa era ormai in rovina, più a causa dell’inutilizzo che dell’uso stesso, dopo vent’anni di abbandono.

A certain leanness falls upon houses not sufficiently imbued with life (as if they were nourished upon it), which was very noticeable here. The staircase, balustrades, and rails, had a spare look—an air of being denuded to the bone—which the panels of the walls and the jambs of the doors and windows also bore. The scanty moveables partook of it; save for the cleanliness of the place, the dust into which they were all resolving would have lain thick on the floors; and those, both in colour and in grain, were worn like old faces that had kept much alone.

The bedroom where the clutching old man had lost his grip on life, was left as he had left it. There was the old grisly four-post bedstead, without hangings, and with a jail-like upper rim of iron and spikes; and there was the old patch-work counterpane. There was the tight-clenched old bureau, receding atop like a bad and secret forehead; there was the cumbersome old table with twisted legs, at the bed-side; and there was the box upon it, in which the will had lain. A few old chairs with patch-work covers, under which the more precious stuff to be preserved had slowly lost its quality of colour without imparting pleasure to any eye, stood against the wall. A hard family likeness was on all these things.

‘The room was kept like this, Rokesmith,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘against the son’s return. In short, everything in the house was kept exactly as it came to us, for him to see and approve. Even now, nothing is changed but our own room below-stairs that you have just left. When the son came home for the last time in his life, and for the last time in his life saw his father, it was most likely in this room that they met.’

As the Secretary looked all round it, his eyes rested on a side door in a corner.

‘Another staircase,’ said Mr Boffin, unlocking the door, ‘leading down into the yard. We’ll go down this way, as you may like to see the yard, and it’s all in the road. When the son was a little child, it was up and down these stairs that he mostly came and went to his father. He was very timid of his father. I’ve seen him sit on these stairs, in his shy way, poor child, many a time. Mr and Mrs Boffin have comforted him, sitting with his little book on these stairs, often.’

‘Ah! And his poor sister too,’ said Mrs Boffin. ‘And here’s the sunny place on the white wall where they one day measured one another. Their own little hands wrote up their names here, only with a pencil; but the names are here still, and the poor dears gone for ever.’

‘We must take care of the names, old lady,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘We must take care of the names. They shan’t be rubbed out in our time, nor yet, if we can help it, in the time after us. Poor little children!’

‘Ah, poor little children!’ said Mrs Boffin.

They had opened the door at the bottom of the staircase giving on the yard, and they stood in the sunlight, looking at the scrawl of the two unsteady childish hands two or three steps up the staircase. There was something in this simple memento of a blighted childhood, and in the tenderness of Mrs Boffin, that touched the Secretary.

Mr Boffin then showed his new man of business the Mounds, and his own particular Mound which had been left him as his legacy under the will before he acquired the whole estate.

‘It would have been enough for us,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘in case it had pleased God to spare the last of those two young lives and sorrowful deaths. We didn’t want the rest.’

At the treasures of the yard, and at the outside of the house, and at the detached building which Mr Boffin pointed out as the residence of himself and his wife during the many years of their service, the Secretary looked with interest. It was not until Mr Boffin had shown him every wonder of the Bower twice over, that he remembered his having duties to discharge elsewhere.

‘You have no instructions to give me, Mr Boffin, in reference to this place?’

‘Not any, Rokesmith. No.’

‘Might I ask, without seeming impertinent, whether you have any intention of selling it?’

‘Certainly not. In remembrance of our old master, our old master’s children, and our old service, me and Mrs Boffin mean to keep it up as it stands.’

The Secretary’s eyes glanced with so much meaning in them at the Mounds, that Mr Boffin said, as if in answer to a remark:

‘Ay, ay, that’s another thing. I may sell THEM, though I should be sorry to see the neighbourhood deprived of ’em too. It’ll look but a poor dead flat without the Mounds. Still I don’t say that I’m going to keep ’em always there, for the sake of the beauty of the landscape. There’s no hurry about it; that’s all I say at present. I ain’t a scholar in much, Rokesmith, but I’m a pretty fair scholar in dust. I can price the Mounds to a fraction, and I know how they can be best disposed of; and likewise that they take no harm by standing where they do. You’ll look in to-morrow, will you be so kind?’

‘Every day. And the sooner I can get you into your new house, complete, the better you will be pleased, sir?’

Well, it ain’t that I’m in a mortal hurry,’ said Mr Boffin; ‘only when you DO pay people for looking alive, it’s as well to know that they ARE looking alive. Ain’t that your opinion?’

‘Quite!’ replied the Secretary; and so withdrew.

‘Now,’ said Mr Boffin to himself; subsiding into his regular series of turns in the yard, ‘if I can make it comfortable with Wegg, my affairs will be going smooth.’

The man of low cunning had, of course, acquired a mastery over the man of high simplicity. The mean man had, of course, got the better of the generous man. How long such conquests last, is another matter; that they are achieved, is every-day experience, not even to be flourished away by Podsnappery itself. The undesigning Boffin had become so far immeshed by the wily Wegg that his mind misgave him he was a very designing man indeed in purposing to do more for Wegg. It seemed to him (so skilful was Wegg) that he was plotting darkly, when he was contriving to do the very thing that Wegg was plotting to get him to do. And thus, while he was mentally turning the kindest of kind faces on Wegg this morning, he was not absolutely sure but that he might somehow deserve the charge of turning his back on him.

Una certa magrezza si percepiva nelle case che non erano sufficientemente “impregnate” di vita, come se ne fossero prive; questo aspetto era particolarmente evidente in questo caso. La scala, le ringhiere e i corrimani avevano un aspetto spoglio, quasi “denudato fino all’osso”; lo stesso valeva per le pareti e gli stipiti delle porte e delle finestre. Anche gli arredi scarsi ne erano influenzati; a parte la pulizia dell’ambiente, la polvere che li ricopriva avrebbe sicuramente accumulato uno strato spesso sui pavimenti. I materiali utilizzati, sia per quanto riguarda il colore che la texture, erano logori, come vecchi volti che avevano trascorso molto tempo in solitudine.

La camera da letto dove quell’uomo anziano, ormai privo di forze, aveva perso la presa sulla vita, era rimasta esattamente com’era stata lasciata. C’era il vecchio letto a quattro colonne, senza tende, con un bordo superiore in ferro e chiodi simile a quello di una prigione; c’era anche quella vecchia coperta fatta di pezzi diversi. C’era l’antico comò, stretto e massiccio, che sembrava sporgere in avanti come una fronte cupa e segreta; c’era il vecchio tavolo ingombrante, con gambe contorte, posizionato accanto al letto; e sopra di esso c’era la scatola nella quale si trovava il testamento. Alcune vecchie sedie, coperte di tessuti patchwork, erano appoggiate contro il muro; sotto di esse, gli oggetti più preziosi da conservare avevano lentamente perso il loro colore originale, senza però offrire alcun piacere agli occhi. Tutti questi oggetti portavano con sé l’impronta caratteristica di quella famiglia.

“La stanza è stata mantenuta così, Rokesmith,” disse il signor Boffin, “per quando il figlio sarebbe tornato. In breve, tutto nella casa è stato lasciato esattamente com’era al momento del nostro arrivo, affinché lui potesse vederlo e approvarlo. Anche ora, nulla è cambiato tranne la nostra stanza al piano di sotto che avete appena lasciato. Quando il figlio tornò a casa per l’ultima volta nella sua vita, e per l’ultima volta vide suo padre, molto probabilmente fu in questa stanza che si incontrarono.”

Mentre il Segretario guardava intorno, i suoi occhi si posarono su una porta laterale in un angolo.

“Un’altra scala,” disse il signor Boffin, aprendo la porta, “che conduce nel cortile. Scenderemo di qua, così potrete vedere il cortile, tutto si trova lungo la strada. Quando il figlio era ancora un piccolo bambino, era sempre su e giù per queste scale che andava da suo padre. Aveva molta paura di lui. L’ho visto seduto qui, in modo timido e schivo, quel povero bambino. Molte volte, infatti.” Il signor e la signora Boffin lo consolavano, seduti con lui su queste scale, mentre leggeva il suo libretto.

“Ah! E anche sua povera sorella,” disse la signora Boffin. “E qui c’è quel posto soleggiato sulla parete bianca dove un giorno si misurarono a vicenda. Le loro stesse manine scrissero i loro nomi qui, solo con una matita; ma i nomi sono ancora lì, mentre quelle povere creature se ne sono andate per sempre.”

“Dobbiamo prenderci cura dei nomi, signora,” disse il signor Boffin. “Dobbiamo assicurarci che non vengano cancellati nel nostro tempo, e nemmeno, se possiamo evitarlo, in quello che seguirà dopo di noi. Poveri bambini, ”

“Ah, poveri bambini!” disse la signora Boffin.

Avevano aperto la porta situata alla base della scala che dava sul cortile; stavano sotto il sole, guardando i disegni fatti dalle due mani infantili e incerte, presenti a due o tre gradini più in alto. C’era qualcosa in questo semplice ricordo di una infanzia travagliata, e nella tenerezza della signora Boffin, che toccò il cuore del Segretario.

Il signor Boffin mostrò quindi al suo nuovo socio commerciale le colline, e in particolare quella che gli era stata lasciata in eredità nel testamento prima che acquisisse l’intera proprietà.

“Sarebbe stato sufficiente per noi,” disse il signor Boffin, “se Dio avesse voluto risparmiare le ultime due giovani vite e quelle morti così tragiche. Non volevamo nient’altro.”

Ai tesori del cortile, all’esterno della casa, e nell’edificio separato che il signor Boffin gli aveva indicato come la residenza sua e di sua moglie durante i molti anni trascorsi al servizio, il Segretario osservava con interesse. Fu solo dopo che il signor Boffin gli ebbe mostrato due volte ogni singolo magnifico dettaglio del Bower che il Segretario si ricordò di avere altri doveri da adempiere altrove.

“Non ha alcuna istruzione da darmi, signor Boffin, riguardo a questo posto?”

“Nessuno, Rokesmith. Assolutamente nessuno.”

“Posso chiedere, senza sembrare indiscreto, se avete intenzione di venderlo?”

“Certamente no. In memoria del nostro vecchio padrone, dei suoi figli e del nostro vecchio servizio, io e la signora Boffin intendiamo mantenere le cose così come sono.”

Gli occhi del Segretario guardarono le colline con un significato così profondo, che il signor Boffin disse, come se rispondesse a qualcosa:

‘Ah, ah, quella è un’altra questione. Potrei venderli, anche se mi dispiacerebbe vedere il quartiere privato di loro. Un appartamento senza quelle colline sembrerebbe davvero triste e desolato. Comunque, non dico che li terrò sempre lì, per il bene della bellezza del paesaggio. Non c’è fretta; è tutto ciò che posso dire per ora. Non sono certo un esperto in queste cose, Rokesmith, ma so abbastanza su come valutare correttamente le cose e su come disporre di esse al meglio. Inoltre, so anche che quelle colline non subiranno alcun danno se rimangono dove sono. Verrai a dare un’occhiata domani, per favore?’

“Ogni giorno. E più presto riuscirò a farvi trasferire nella vostra nuova casa, completamente pronta, meglio sarà per voi, signore.”

“Beh,” disse il signor Boffin, “non è che abbia una fretta mortale. Ma quando si paga la gente per far finta di essere vivi, è meglio essere sicuri che davvero lo siano. Non pensate anche voi?”

“Assolutamente!” rispose il Segretario; e poi si ritirò.

“Ora,” si disse il signor Boffin, riprendendo le sue abituali attività nel cortile, “se riesco a sistemare le cose con Wegg, tutto andrà per il meglio.”

L’uomo di scarsa astuzia aveva, naturalmente, preso il sopravvento sull’uomo di grande semplicità; l’uomo meschino aveva, ovviamente, avuto la meglio sull’uomo generoso. Quanto durino queste vittorie è un altro discorso; il fatto che si verifichino è una realtà quotidiana, e nemmeno le azioni disoneste di certi individui possono cancellarla. Il semplice Boffin era stato talmente influenzato dall’astuto Wegg da convincersi, a torto, di essere lui stesso un uomo molto calcolatore nel voler aiutare Wegg. Gli sembrava che Wegg stesse tramando qualcosa di losco, quando in realtà stava semplicemente facendo esattamente ciò che Wegg voleva che facesse. E così, mentre quel mattino mostrava a Wegg il volto più gentile possibile, non era del tutto sicuro di non meritare, in qualche modo, l’accusa di avergli voltato le spalle.

For these reasons Mr Boffin passed but anxious hours until evening came, and with it Mr Wegg, stumping leisurely to the Roman Empire. At about this period Mr Boffin had become profoundly interested in the fortunes of a great military leader known to him as Bully Sawyers, but perhaps better known to fame and easier of identification by the classical student, under the less Britannic name of Belisarius. Even this general’s career paled in interest for Mr Boffin before the clearing of his conscience with Wegg; and hence, when that literary gentleman had according to custom eaten and drunk until he was all a-glow, and when he took up his book with the usual chirping introduction, ‘And now, Mr Boffin, sir, we’ll decline and we’ll fall!’ Mr Boffin stopped him.

‘You remember, Wegg, when I first told you that I wanted to make a sort of offer to you?’

‘Let me get on my considering cap, sir,’ replied that gentleman, turning the open book face downward. ‘When you first told me that you wanted to make a sort of offer to me? Now let me think.’ (as if there were the least necessity) ‘Yes, to be sure I do, Mr Boffin. It was at my corner. To be sure it was! You had first asked me whether I liked your name, and Candour had compelled a reply in the negative case. I little thought then, sir, how familiar that name would come to be!’

‘I hope it will be more familiar still, Wegg.’

‘Do you, Mr Boffin? Much obliged to you, I’m sure. Is it your pleasure, sir, that we decline and we fall?’ with a feint of taking up the book.

‘Not just yet awhile, Wegg. In fact, I have got another offer to make you.’

Mr Wegg (who had had nothing else in his mind for several nights) took off his spectacles with an air of bland surprise.

‘And I hope you’ll like it, Wegg.’

‘Thank you, sir,’ returned that reticent individual. ‘I hope it may prove so. On all accounts, I am sure.’ (This, as a philanthropic aspiration.)

‘What do you think,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘of not keeping a stall, Wegg?’

‘I think, sir,’ replied Wegg, ‘that I should like to be shown the gentleman prepared to make it worth my while!’

‘Here he is,’ said Mr Boffin.

Mr Wegg was going to say, My Benefactor, and had said My Bene, when a grandiloquent change came over him.

‘No, Mr Boffin, not you sir. Anybody but you. Do not fear, Mr Boffin, that I shall contaminate the premises which your gold has bought, with MY lowly pursuits. I am aware, sir, that it would not become me to carry on my little traffic under the windows of your mansion. I have already thought of that, and taken my measures. No need to be bought out, sir. Would Stepney Fields be considered intrusive? If not remote enough, I can go remoter. In the words of the poet’s song, which I do not quite remember:

Thrown on the wide world, doom’d to wander and roam, Bereft of my parents, bereft of a home, A stranger to something and what’s his name joy, Behold little Edmund the poor Peasant boy.

—And equally,’ said Mr Wegg, repairing the want of direct application in the last line, ‘behold myself on a similar footing!’

‘Now, Wegg, Wegg, Wegg,’ remonstrated the excellent Boffin. ‘You are too sensitive.’

‘I know I am, sir,’ returned Wegg, with obstinate magnanimity. ‘I am acquainted with my faults. I always was, from a child, too sensitive.’

‘But listen,’ pursued the Golden Dustman; ‘hear me out, Wegg. You have taken it into your head that I mean to pension you off.’

‘True, sir,’ returned Wegg, still with an obstinate magnanimity. ‘I am acquainted with my faults. Far be it from me to deny them. I HAVE taken it into my head.’

‘But I DON’T mean it.’

The assurance seemed hardly as comforting to Mr Wegg, as Mr Boffin intended it to be. Indeed, an appreciable elongation of his visage might have been observed as he replied:

‘Don’t you, indeed, sir?’

‘No,’ pursued Mr Boffin; ‘because that would express, as I understand it, that you were not going to do anything to deserve your money. But you are; you are.’

‘That, sir,’ replied Mr Wegg, cheering up bravely, ‘is quite another pair of shoes. Now, my independence as a man is again elevated. Now, I no longer

Weep for the hour, When to Boffinses bower, The Lord of the valley with offers came; Neither does the moon hide her light From the heavens to-night, And weep behind her clouds o’er any individual in the present Company’s shame.

—Please to proceed, Mr Boffin.’

‘Thank’ee, Wegg, both for your confidence in me and for your frequent dropping into poetry; both of which is friendly. Well, then; my idea is, that you should give up your stall, and that I should put you into the Bower here, to keep it for us. It’s a pleasant spot; and a man with coals and candles and a pound a week might be in clover here.’

‘Hem! Would that man, sir—we will say that man, for the purposes of argueyment;’ Mr Wegg made a smiling demonstration of great perspicuity here; ‘would that man, sir, be expected to throw any other capacity in, or would any other capacity be considered extra? Now let us (for the purposes of argueyment) suppose that man to be engaged as a reader: say (for the purposes of argueyment) in the evening. Would that man’s pay as a reader in the evening, be added to the other amount, which, adopting your language, we will call clover; or would it merge into that amount, or clover?’

Well,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘I suppose it would be added.’

‘I suppose it would, sir. You are right, sir. Exactly my own views, Mr Boffin.’ Here Wegg rose, and balancing himself on his wooden leg, fluttered over his prey with extended hand. ‘Mr Boffin, consider it done. Say no more, sir, not a word more. My stall and I are for ever parted. The collection of ballads will in future be reserved for private study, with the object of making poetry tributary’—Wegg was so proud of having found this word, that he said it again, with a capital letter—‘Tributary, to friendship. Mr Boffin, don’t allow yourself to be made uncomfortable by the pang it gives me to part from my stock and stall. Similar emotion was undergone by my own father when promoted for his merits from his occupation as a waterman to a situation under Government. His Christian name was Thomas. His words at the time (I was then an infant, but so deep was their impression on me, that I committed them to memory) were:

Per queste ragioni il signor Boffin trascorse ore assai inquiete finché non giunse la sera, e con essa il signor Wegg, che arrancava senza fretta verso l’Impero Romano. In quel periodo il signor Boffin si era appassionato profondamente alle sorti di un grande condottiero a lui noto come Bully Sawyers, ma forse più noto alla fama e più facilmente identificabile dallo studioso di classici sotto il nome meno britannico di Belisario. Persino la carriera di quel generale impallidiva d’interesse, per il signor Boffin, di fronte al bisogno di mettere in pace la propria coscienza con Wegg; e perciò, quando quel signore letterato ebbe secondo il consueto mangiato e bevuto fino a diventare tutto acceso, e quando prese in mano il suo libro con la solita introduzione cinguettante: «E ora, signor Boffin, decliniamo e cadiamo!», il signor Boffin lo fermò.

«Ricordi, Wegg, quando ti dissi per la prima volta che volevo farti una specie di offerta?»

«Mi lasci mettere il berretto del riflettere, signore», rispose quel gentiluomo, girando il libro aperto a faccia in giù. «Quando mi disse per la prima volta che voleva farmi una specie di offerta? Ora mi lasci pensare.» (come se ce ne fosse la minima necessità) «Sì, certo che me ne ricordo, signor Boffin. Fu al mio angolo di strada. Certo che sì! Lei mi aveva prima chiesto se mi piaceva il suo nome, e il Candore mi aveva costretto a rispondere in senso negativo. Poco immaginavo allora, signore, quanto quel nome mi sarebbe divenuto familiare!»

«Spero che diventi ancora più familiare, Wegg.»

«Davvero, signor Boffin? Molto obbligato, ne sono certo. È suo desiderio, signore, che decliniamo e cadiamo?» con la finta di riprendere in mano il libro.

«Non ancora, per il momento, Wegg. In effetti, ho un’altra offerta da farti.»

Il signor Wegg (che non aveva avuto altro in mente per parecchie sere) si tolse gli occhiali con aria di blanda sorpresa.

«E spero che ti piacerà, Wegg.»

«Grazie, signore», rispose quell’individuo reticente. «Spero che risulti così. Sotto ogni aspetto, ne sono certo.» (Questo, come aspirazione filantropica.)

«Che ne diresti», disse il signor Boffin, «di non tenere più il banchetto, Wegg?»

«Direi, signore», rispose Wegg, «che mi piacerebbe mi fosse mostrato il gentiluomo disposto a rendermelo conveniente!»

«Eccolo qui», disse il signor Boffin.

Il signor Wegg stava per dire: Mio Benefattore, e aveva detto Mio Bene, quando un grandiloquente mutamento lo colse.

«No, signor Boffin, non lei, signore. Chiunque tranne lei. Non tema, signor Boffin, che io contamini con le MIE umili occupazioni i locali che il suo oro ha comprato. Sono consapevole, signore, che non si converrebbe a me portare avanti il mio piccolo commercio sotto le finestre della sua magione. Ci ho già pensato, e ho preso le mie misure. Non c’è bisogno di liquidarmi, signore. Stepney Fields sarebbe considerato invadente? Se non è abbastanza lontano, posso andare più lontano ancora. Nelle parole della canzone del poeta, che non ricordo del tutto:

Gettato nel vasto mondo, condannato a vagare e a errare, privo dei miei genitori, privo di una casa, estraneo a non so che e a come-si-chiama gioia, ecco il piccolo Edmund, il povero figlio del contadino.

«—E parimenti», disse il signor Wegg, riparando alla mancanza di applicazione diretta nell’ultimo verso, «ecco me stesso nella medesima condizione!»

«Suvvia, Wegg, Wegg, Wegg», protestò l’eccellente Boffin. «Sei troppo suscettibile.»

«Lo so, signore», rispose Wegg, con ostinata magnanimità. «Conosco i miei difetti. Lo sono sempre stato, fin da bambino, troppo suscettibile.»

«Ma ascolta», proseguì lo Spazzino d’Oro; «lasciami finire, Wegg. Ti sei messo in testa che io voglia metterti a riposo con una pensione.»

«Vero, signore», rispose Wegg, sempre con ostinata magnanimità. «Conosco i miei difetti. Lungi da me negarli. ME lo sono messo in testa.»

«Ma NON è questo che intendo.»

L’assicurazione parve al signor Wegg assai meno confortante di quanto il signor Boffin intendesse. Anzi, si sarebbe potuto osservare un apprezzabile allungamento del suo viso mentre rispondeva:

«Davvero no, signore?»

«No», proseguì il signor Boffin; «perché ciò vorrebbe dire, per come la intendo io, che non avresti nulla da fare per meritarti il tuo denaro. Invece ce l’avrai; ce l’avrai.»

«Questo, signore», rispose il signor Wegg, rincuorandosi coraggiosamente, «è tutt’un altro paio di scarpe. Ora la mia indipendenza d’uomo torna a innalzarsi. Ora non piango più

Piangi per l’ora, in cui al pergolato dei Boffin il Signore della valle venne con offerte; né la luna cela la sua luce ai cieli questa notte, né piange dietro le nubi per la vergogna di alcuno della presente compagnia.

—Prego, prosegua, signor Boffin.»

«Grazie, Wegg, sia per la fiducia che riponi in me sia per il tuo frequente cadere in poesia; l’una e l’altra cosa da amico. Bene, dunque; la mia idea è che tu rinunci al tuo banchetto, e che io ti installi qui al Pergolato, perché ce lo custodisca. È un posto piacevole; e un uomo con carbone, candele e una sterlina alla settimana potrebbe vivere qui nel bengodi.»

«Ehm! Quell’uomo, signore — diremo quell’uomo, ai fini dell’argomentazzione;» il signor Wegg fece qui una sorridente dimostrazione di grande perspicacia; «da quell’uomo, signore, ci si aspetterebbe che apportasse qualche altra mansione, oppure ogni altra mansione sarebbe considerata a parte? Ora supponiamo (ai fini dell’argomentazzione) che quell’uomo sia ingaggiato come lettore: diciamo (ai fini dell’argomentazzione) di sera. La paga di quell’uomo come lettore serale verrebbe aggiunta all’altra somma, che, adottando il suo linguaggio, chiameremo bengodi; oppure vi si fonderebbe dentro, in quella somma, o bengodi?»

«Bene», disse il signor Boffin, «suppongo che verrebbe aggiunta.»

«Suppongo di sì, signore. Ha ragione, signore. Esattamente le mie stesse vedute, signor Boffin.» Qui Wegg si alzò, e bilanciandosi sulla gamba di legno, si librò sulla sua preda con la mano tesa. «Signor Boffin, lo consideri fatto. Non dica altro, signore, non una parola di più. Il mio banchetto e io siamo separati per sempre. La collezione di ballate sarà in futuro riservata allo studio privato, con lo scopo di rendere la poesia tributaria» — Wegg era così fiero di aver trovato questa parola che la ripeté, con l’iniziale maiuscola — «Tributaria, all’amicizia. Signor Boffin, non si lasci turbare dalla fitta che mi dà il separarmi dalla mia mercanzia e dal mio banchetto. Simile emozione fu provata da mio padre quando fu promosso per i suoi meriti dalla sua occupazione di barcaiolo a un impiego alle dipendenze del Governo. Il suo nome di battesimo era Thomas. Le sue parole in quel momento (io ero allora un infante, ma tanto profonda fu la loro impressione su di me che le affidai alla memoria) furono:

Then farewell, my trim-built wherry, Oars and coat and badge farewell! Never more at Chelsea Ferry, Shall your Thomas take a spell!

—My father got over it, Mr Boffin, and so shall I.’

While delivering these valedictory observations, Wegg continually disappointed Mr Boffin of his hand by flourishing it in the air. He now darted it at his patron, who took it, and felt his mind relieved of a great weight: observing that as they had arranged their joint affairs so satisfactorily, he would now be glad to look into those of Bully Sawyers. Which, indeed, had been left over-night in a very unpromising posture, and for whose impending expedition against the Persians the weather had been by no means favourable all day.

Mr Wegg resumed his spectacles therefore. But Sawyers was not to be of the party that night; for, before Wegg had found his place, Mrs Boffin’s tread was heard upon the stairs, so unusually heavy and hurried, that Mr Boffin would have started up at the sound, anticipating some occurrence much out of the common course, even though she had not also called to him in an agitated tone.

Mr Boffin hurried out, and found her on the dark staircase, panting, with a lighted candle in her hand.

‘What’s the matter, my dear?’

‘I don’t know; I don’t know; but I wish you’d come up-stairs.’

Much surprised, Mr Boffin went up stairs and accompanied Mrs Boffin into their own room: a second large room on the same floor as the room in which the late proprietor had died. Mr Boffin looked all round him, and saw nothing more unusual than various articles of folded linen on a large chest, which Mrs Boffin had been sorting.

‘What is it, my dear? Why, you’re frightened! YOU frightened?’

‘I am not one of that sort certainly,’ said Mrs Boffin, as she sat down in a chair to recover herself, and took her husband’s arm; ‘but it’s very strange!’

‘What is, my dear?’

‘Noddy, the faces of the old man and the two children are all over the house to-night.’

‘My dear?’ exclaimed Mr Boffin. But not without a certain uncomfortable sensation gliding down his back.

‘I know it must sound foolish, and yet it is so.’

‘Where did you think you saw them?’

‘I don’t know that I think I saw them anywhere. I felt them.’

‘Touched them?’

‘No. Felt them in the air. I was sorting those things on the chest, and not thinking of the old man or the children, but singing to myself, when all in a moment I felt there was a face growing out of the dark.’

‘What face?’ asked her husband, looking about him.

‘For a moment it was the old man’s, and then it got younger. For a moment it was both the children’s, and then it got older. For a moment it was a strange face, and then it was all the faces.’

‘And then it was gone?’

‘Yes; and then it was gone.’

‘Where were you then, old lady?’

‘Here, at the chest. Well; I got the better of it, and went on sorting, and went on singing to myself. “Lor!” I says, “I’ll think of something else—something comfortable—and put it out of my head.” So I thought of the new house and Miss Bella Wilfer, and was thinking at a great rate with that sheet there in my hand, when all of a sudden, the faces seemed to be hidden in among the folds of it and I let it drop.’

As it still lay on the floor where it had fallen, Mr Boffin picked it up and laid it on the chest.

‘And then you ran down stairs?’

‘No. I thought I’d try another room, and shake it off. I says to myself, “I’ll go and walk slowly up and down the old man’s room three times, from end to end, and then I shall have conquered it.” I went in with the candle in my hand; but the moment I came near the bed, the air got thick with them.’

‘With the faces?’

‘Yes, and I even felt that they were in the dark behind the side-door, and on the little staircase, floating away into the yard. Then, I called you.’

Mr Boffin, lost in amazement, looked at Mrs Boffin. Mrs Boffin, lost in her own fluttered inability to make this out, looked at Mr Boffin.

‘I think, my dear,’ said the Golden Dustman, ‘I’ll at once get rid of Wegg for the night, because he’s coming to inhabit the Bower, and it might be put into his head or somebody else’s, if he heard this and it got about that the house is haunted. Whereas we know better. Don’t we?’

‘I never had the feeling in the house before,’ said Mrs Boffin; ‘and I have been about it alone at all hours of the night. I have been in the house when Death was in it, and I have been in the house when Murder was a new part of its adventures, and I never had a fright in it yet.’

‘And won’t again, my dear,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Depend upon it, it comes of thinking and dwelling on that dark spot.’

‘Yes; but why didn’t it come before?’ asked Mrs Boffin.

This draft on Mr Boffin’s philosophy could only be met by that gentleman with the remark that everything that is at all, must begin at some time. Then, tucking his wife’s arm under his own, that she might not be left by herself to be troubled again, he descended to release Wegg. Who, being something drowsy after his plentiful repast, and constitutionally of a shirking temperament, was well enough pleased to stump away, without doing what he had come to do, and was paid for doing.

Mr Boffin then put on his hat, and Mrs Boffin her shawl; and the pair, further provided with a bunch of keys and a lighted lantern, went all over the dismal house—dismal everywhere, but in their own two rooms—from cellar to cock-loft. Not resting satisfied with giving that much chace to Mrs Boffin’s fancies, they pursued them into the yard and outbuildings, and under the Mounds. And setting the lantern, when all was done, at the foot of one of the Mounds, they comfortably trotted to and fro for an evening walk, to the end that the murky cobwebs in Mrs Boffin’s brain might be blown away.

‘There, my dear!’ said Mr Boffin when they came in to supper. ‘That was the treatment, you see. Completely worked round, haven’t you?’

‘Yes, deary,’ said Mrs Boffin, laying aside her shawl. ‘I’m not nervous any more. I’m not a bit troubled now. I’d go anywhere about the house the same as ever. But—’

‘Eh!’ said Mr Boffin.

‘But I’ve only to shut my eyes.’

‘And what then?’

‘Why then,’ said Mrs Boffin, speaking with her eyes closed, and her left hand thoughtfully touching her brow, ‘then, there they are! The old man’s face, and it gets younger. The two children’s faces, and they get older. A face that I don’t know. And then all the faces!’

Opening her eyes again, and seeing her husband’s face across the table, she leaned forward to give it a pat on the cheek, and sat down to supper, declaring it to be the best face in the world.

Allora addio, mia snella barca a remi,
addio remi, mantello e distintivo!
Più mai al molo di Chelsea,
il tuo Thomas non tornerà più.

“Mio padre se ne è ripreso, signor Boffin, e anch’io lo farò.”

Mentre formulava queste osservazioni d’addio, Wegg continuava a deludere il signor Boffin agitando la sua mano in aria. Poi la lanciò verso il suo protettore, che la prese e sentì come se un grande peso gli fosse stato sollevato dal cuore: notando infatti che, avendo sistemato così bene le loro faccende comuni, ora sarebbe stato felice di occuparsi anche di quelle di Bully Sawyer. Queste ultime, in effetti, la sera precedente si trovavano in una situazione molto precaria, e il tempo non era affatto favorevole per l’imminente spedizione contro i Persiani.

Quindi il signor Wegg si rimise gli occhiali. Ma quella notte Sawyer non doveva partecipare all’incontro; infatti, prima ancora che Wegg riuscisse a trovare il proprio posto, si sentirono i passi della signora Boffin sulle scale: così pesanti e affrettati da far pensare al signor Boffin che fosse accaduto qualcosa di assolutamente insolito, anche se lei non lo aveva chiamato con tono agitato.

Il signor Boffin uscì di fretta e la trovò sulle scale buie, ansimante, con una candela accesa in mano.

“Che c’è, caro mio?”

“Non lo so. Non lo so. Ma vorrei che salissi di sopra.”

Molto sorpreso, il signor Boffin salì le scale e accompagnò la signora Boffin nella loro stanza: un’altra grande camera situata nello stesso piano di quella in cui era morto l’ex proprietario. Il signor Boffin guardò intorno a sé, ma non vide nulla di insolito, se non vari articoli di biancheria piegati su un grande armadio, che la signora Boffin stava sistemando.

“Che c’è, cara? Ma sei spaventata. Tu, spaventata?”

“Certamente non appartengo a quel genere di persone,” disse la signora Boffin mentre si sedeva su una sedia per riprendersi e prendeva il braccio di suo marito; “ma è davvero molto strano!”

“Che cos’è, carissima?”

‘Noddy, i volti dell’uomo anziano e dei due bambini sono dappertutto nella casa fino a notte.’

“Mia cara?” esclamò il signor Boffin. Ma non senza provare una certa sensazione di disagio che gli scivolava lungo la schiena.

“So che deve sembrare sciocco, ma è proprio così.”

“Dove pensavi di averli visti?”

“Non so se abbia davvero visto qualcosa. Li ho percepiti, semplicemente.”

“Li ha toccati?”

“No. Li sentivo nell’aria. Stavo sistemando quelle cose sul baule, senza pensare all’uomo anziano o ai bambini, ma cantavo tra me e me. Quando, all’improvviso, sentii che da quel buio stava emergendo un volto.”

“Che faccia?” chiese suo marito, guardandosi intorno.

Per un momento apparteneva all’uomo anziano, poi divenne più giovane. Per un momento apparteneva a entrambi i bambini, poi divenne più vecchio. Per un momento assunse l’aspetto di un volto strano, e poi divenne tutti i volti possibili.

“E poi è scomparso?”

“Sì, e poi è scomparso.”

“Dove eri allora, vecchia signora?”

‘Ecco, qui sul petto. Ho vinto io la scommessa, e ho continuato a sistemare le cose, cantando tra me e me: “Lor!”, pensavo, “devo trovare qualcos’altro, qualcosa di confortante, per scacciare questi pensieri dalla mia mente”. Così ho iniziato a pensare alla nuova casa e a Miss Bella Wilfer; mentre ci pensavo, tenendo quel foglio in mano, all’improvviso quelle facce sembrarono nascondersi tra le sue pieghe. E io l’ho lasciato cadere.’

Dato che giaceva ancora a terra dove era caduto, il signor Boffin lo raccolse e lo mise sul comò.

“E poi sei corso giù per le scale?”

“No. Ho pensato di provare un’altra stanza e di scacciarli via. Mi sono detto: ‘Andrò a camminare lentamente avanti e indietro nella stanza dell’uomo anziano per tre volte, da un capo all’altro. E poi li avrò sconfitti.’ Sono entrato con una candela in mano; ma non appena mi sono avvicinato al letto, l’aria si è riempita di loro, ”

“Con i volti?”

“Sì, e ho persino avuto l’impressione che fossero al buio dietro la porta laterale, e sul piccolo gradino, che si allontanassero verso il cortile. Poi ti ho chiamato.”

Il signor Boffin, perso nell’ammirazione, guardò la signora Boffin. La signora Boffin, persa nella sua stessa confusione e incapacità di capire ciò che stava accadendo, guardò il signor Boffin.

“Penso, mio caro,” disse l’Uomo della Polvere d’Oro, “che mi libererò subito di Wegg per questa notte, perché sta per venire ad abitare nella Casetta degli Uccelli. E potrebbe venire in mente a lui o a qualcun altro l’idea che quella casa sia infestata. Mentre noi sappiamo la verità, non è vero?”

“Non ho mai provato quella sensazione in quella casa prima d’ora,” disse la signora Boffin; “e ci sono stata da sola, in qualsiasi momento della notte. Sono stata in quella casa quando ‘La Morte’ vi abitava, e sono stata anche quando ‘L’Omicidio’ è diventato una parte delle sue ‘avventure’, ma non mi sono mai spaventata.”

“E non accadrà più, mia cara,” disse il signor Boffin. “Ne sono sicuro: tutto deriva dal fatto di pensare continuamente a quel momento oscuro.”

“Sì, ma perché non è arrivato prima?” chiese la signora Boffin.

Questo commento sulla filosofia del signor Boffin poteva essere accolto da quel gentiluomo soltanto con la osservazione che tutto ciò che esiste deve pur iniziare in un certo momento. Poi, prendendo il braccio di sua moglie sotto il proprio per evitare che rimanesse sola e si preoccupasse di nuovo, scese a liberare Wegg. Quest’ultimo, essendo piuttosto assonnato dopo quel ricco pasto e avendo per natura un temperamento schivo, fu abbastanza soddisfatto da andarsene senza fare ciò per cui era venuto, e senza ricevere nemmeno la retribuzione prevista.

Il signor Boffin si mise quindi il cappello e la signora Boffin il suo scialle; i due, muniti anche di un mazzo di chiavi e di una lanterna accesa, percorsero l’intera, tetra casa – tetra ovunque, tranne che nelle loro due stanze – dal seminterrato al solaio. Non accontentandosi di aver stimolato a sufficienza le fantasie della signora Boffin, continuarono a cercare anche nel cortile e nelle strutture annesse, nonché sotto i tumuli. Una volta terminata la loro ispezione, posero la lanterna ai piedi di uno dei tumuli e si incamminarono tranquillamente avanti e indietro per una passeggiata serale, nella speranza che così le oscure “ragnatele” presenti nella mente della signora Boffin potessero essere spazzate via.

“Ecco qua, cara mia!” disse il signor Boffin quando entrarono a cena. “Vedi, questo è stato il trattamento giusto. È andato tutto alla perfezione, vero?”

“Sì, caro,” disse la signora Boffin, mettendo da parte il suo scialle. “Non sono più nervosa. Ora non provo alcun timore. Potrei andare ovunque in questa casa come al solito. Ma, ”

“Eh!”, disse il signor Boffin.

“Ma devo solo chiudere gli occhi.”

“E poi?”

“Allora,” disse la signora Boffin, con gli occhi chiusi e la mano sinistra che le accarezzava pensierosamente la fronte, “eccoli lì! Il volto dell’uomo anziano, e sembra diventare più giovane. I volti dei due bambini, e sembrano invecchiare. Un volto che non conosco. E poi tutti questi volti!”

Riaprendo gli occhi e vedendo il viso di suo marito dall’altra parte del tavolo, si sporse in avanti per dargli una pacca sulla guancia, poi si sedette a cena, dichiarando che era il viso più bello del mondo.

Chapter 16

MINDERS AND RE-MINDERS

The Secretary lost no time in getting to work, and his vigilance and method soon set their mark on the Golden Dustman’s affairs. His earnestness in determining to understand the length and breadth and depth of every piece of work submitted to him by his employer, was as special as his despatch in transacting it. He accepted no information or explanation at second hand, but made himself the master of everything confided to him.

One part of the Secretary’s conduct, underlying all the rest, might have been mistrusted by a man with a better knowledge of men than the Golden Dustman had. The Secretary was as far from being inquisitive or intrusive as Secretary could be, but nothing less than a complete understanding of the whole of the affairs would content him. It soon became apparent (from the knowledge with which he set out) that he must have been to the office where the Harmon will was registered, and must have read the will. He anticipated Mr Boffin’s consideration whether he should be advised with on this or that topic, by showing that he already knew of it and understood it. He did this with no attempt at concealment, seeming to be satisfied that it was part of his duty to have prepared himself at all attainable points for its utmost discharge.

This might—let it be repeated—have awakened some little vague mistrust in a man more worldly-wise than the Golden Dustman. On the other hand, the Secretary was discerning, discreet, and silent, though as zealous as if the affairs had been his own. He showed no love of patronage or the command of money, but distinctly preferred resigning both to Mr Boffin. If, in his limited sphere, he sought power, it was the power of knowledge; the power derivable from a perfect comprehension of his business.

As on the Secretary’s face there was a nameless cloud, so on his manner there was a shadow equally indefinable. It was not that he was embarrassed, as on that first night with the Wilfer family; he was habitually unembarrassed now, and yet the something remained. It was not that his manner was bad, as on that occasion; it was now very good, as being modest, gracious, and ready. Yet the something never left it. It has been written of men who have undergone a cruel captivity, or who have passed through a terrible strait, or who in self-preservation have killed a defenceless fellow-creature, that the record thereof has never faded from their countenances until they died. Was there any such record here?

He established a temporary office for himself in the new house, and all went well under his hand, with one singular exception. He manifestly objected to communicate with Mr Boffin’s solicitor. Two or three times, when there was some slight occasion for his doing so, he transferred the task to Mr Boffin; and his evasion of it soon became so curiously apparent, that Mr Boffin spoke to him on the subject of his reluctance.

‘It is so,’ the Secretary admitted. ‘I would rather not.’

Had he any personal objection to Mr Lightwood?

‘I don’t know him.’

Had he suffered from law-suits?

‘Not more than other men,’ was his short answer.

Was he prejudiced against the race of lawyers?

‘No. But while I am in your employment, sir, I would rather be excused from going between the lawyer and the client. Of course if you press it, Mr Boffin, I am ready to comply. But I should take it as a great favour if you would not press it without urgent occasion.’

Now, it could not be said that there WAS urgent occasion, for Lightwood retained no other affairs in his hands than such as still lingered and languished about the undiscovered criminal, and such as arose out of the purchase of the house. Many other matters that might have travelled to him, now stopped short at the Secretary, under whose administration they were far more expeditiously and satisfactorily disposed of than they would have been if they had got into Young Blight’s domain. This the Golden Dustman quite understood. Even the matter immediately in hand was of very little moment as requiring personal appearance on the Secretary’s part, for it amounted to no more than this:—The death of Hexam rendering the sweat of the honest man’s brow unprofitable, the honest man had shufflingly declined to moisten his brow for nothing, with that severe exertion which is known in legal circles as swearing your way through a stone wall. Consequently, that new light had gone sputtering out. But, the airing of the old facts had led some one concerned to suggest that it would be well before they were reconsigned to their gloomy shelf—now probably for ever—to induce or compel that Mr Julius Handford to reappear and be questioned. And all traces of Mr Julius Handford being lost, Lightwood now referred to his client for authority to seek him through public advertisement.

‘Does your objection go to writing to Lightwood, Rokesmith?’

‘Not in the least, sir.’

‘Then perhaps you’ll write him a line, and say he is free to do what he likes. I don’t think it promises.’

‘I don’t think it promises,’ said the Secretary.

‘Still, he may do what he likes.’

‘I will write immediately. Let me thank you for so considerately yielding to my disinclination. It may seem less unreasonable, if I avow to you that although I don’t know Mr Lightwood, I have a disagreeable association connected with him. It is not his fault; he is not at all to blame for it, and does not even know my name.’

Mr Boffin dismissed the matter with a nod or two. The letter was written, and next day Mr Julius Handford was advertised for. He was requested to place himself in communication with Mr Mortimer Lightwood, as a possible means of furthering the ends of justice, and a reward was offered to any one acquainted with his whereabout who would communicate the same to the said Mr Mortimer Lightwood at his office in the Temple. Every day for six weeks this advertisement appeared at the head of all the newspapers, and every day for six weeks the Secretary, when he saw it, said to himself; in the tone in which he had said to his employer,—‘I don’t think it promises!’

Capitolo 16

Ricordatori e ricordatori

Il Segretario non perse alcun tempo nell’iniziare a lavorare; la sua attenzione e meticolosità ben presto ebbero un notevole impatto sugli affari del “Golden Dustman”. La sua determinazione nel comprendere in modo completo ogni dettaglio dei compiti che gli venivano affidati dal suo datore di lavoro era tanto evidente quanto la sua efficienza nell’eseguirli. Non accettava informazioni o spiegazioni fornite da terzi, ma si assicurava personalmente di padroneggiare completamente tutto ciò che gli veniva confidato.

Una parte del comportamento del Segretario, che stava alla base di tutto il resto, avrebbe potuto destare sospetti in una persona con una maggiore conoscenza degli esseri umani rispetto a quella del “Golden Dustman”. Il Segretario era lontano dall’essere curioso o invadente nel modo in cui un segretario può esserlo, ma nulla avrebbe potuto soddisfarlo se non una comprensione completa di tutte le questioni in gioco. Presto divenne evidente (a partire dalla conoscenza che dimostrava) che doveva essere stato nell’ufficio dove era registrato il testamento di Harmon e che lo aveva sicuramente letto. Anticipava le eventuali considerazioni del signor Boffin su questo o quell’argomento, dimostrando di già conoscerli e comprenderli. Faceva tutto ciò senza alcun tentativo di nascondere le informazioni, sembrando soddisfatto del fatto che fosse parte del suo dovere prepararsi in ogni modo possibile per adempiere al meglio alle proprie responsabilità.

Questo avrebbe potuto – si ripeta – suscitare un certo sospetto vago in una persona più esperta e saggezza del “Golden Dustman”. D’altra parte, il Segretario era perspicace, discreto e silenzioso, sebbene altrettanto zelante come se quelle faccende fossero state sue. Non mostrava alcun interesse per il potere o il controllo del denaro; anzi, preferiva decisamente cederli entrambi al signor Boffin. Se nel suo ristretto ambito cercava qualcosa, era il potere della conoscenza: il potere derivante da una comprensione perfetta dei propri compiti.

Sul volto del Segretario c’era un’ombra indefinibile, così come nel suo comportamento esisteva una sorta di timidezza altrettanto indescrivibile. Non era perché si sentisse imbarazzato, come quella prima notte con la famiglia Wilfer; ormai era abituato a non provare imbarazzo, eppure qualcosa continuava ad esserci. Non era nemmeno perché il suo comportamento fosse cattivo; ora era molto gentile, modesto e disponibile. Eppure quella sensazione persisteva. Si dice di uomini che hanno subito una prigionia crudele, o che hanno attraversato momenti terribili, o che, per motivi di autoconservazione, hanno ucciso un essere indifeso, che il ricordo di ciò non svanisce mai dal loro volto fino alla morte. Esisteva forse qualcosa del genere anche in questo caso?

Si stabilì un ufficio temporaneo nella nuova >casa, e tutto andò bene sotto la sua guida, con una singola eccezione: si opponeva categoricamente a comunicare con l’avvocato di Mr Boffin. Due o tre volte, quando ci fu qualche motivo per farlo, affidò il compito a Mr Boffin; la sua evasione divenne così evidente che Mr Boffin gli parlò apertamente riguardo alla sua riluttanza.

“È così,” ammise il Segretario. “Preferirei di no.”

Aveva qualche obiezione personale nei confronti del signor Lightwood?

“Non lo conosco.”

Aveva subito cause legali?

“Non più degli altri uomini,” fu la sua breve risposta.

Aveva pregiudizi contro la categoria degli avvocati?

“No. Ma finché sono al vostro servizio, signore, preferirei essere esentato dal fare da intermediario tra l’avvocato e il cliente. Naturalmente, se insisterete, signor Boffin, sarò pronto a obbedire. Tuttavia, considererei un grande favore se non insisteste in assenza di una vera urgenza.”

Ora, non si poteva certo dire che ci fosse un’urgenza particolare, poiché Lightwood non aveva altre questioni da gestire se non quelle legate al criminale ancora irrisolto e a acquisti relativi alla casa. Molte altre faccende che avrebbero potuto arrivargli venivano invece trattate direttamente dal Segretario, il quale le risolveva in modo molto più rapido e efficace di quanto sarebbe accaduto se fossero finite nelle mani di Young Blight. Il Golden Dustman ne era pienamente consapevole. Anche la questione immediatamente attuale non richiedeva l’intervento personale del Segretario, poiché si riduceva semplicemente a questo: con la morte di Hexam, il “sudore” prodotto dagli sforzi legati alle procedure legali risultava ormai inutile; quindi, l’indagine era stata interrotta. Tuttavia, la riesaminazione dei fatti precedenti aveva portato qualcuno a suggerire che fosse opportuno indurre o costringere il signor Julius Handford a ricomparire e essere interrogato. Poiché non esistevano più tracce del signor Handford, Lightwood chiese al proprio cliente l’autorizzazione di cercarlo attraverso annunci pubblici.

“La tua obiezione riguarda forse la lettera da inviare a Lightwood, Rokesmith?”

“Assolutamente no, signore.”

“Allora forse potresti scrivergli una lettera e dirgli che può fare ciò che vuole. Non credo che sia molto promettente, ”

“Non credo che prometta molto,” disse il Segretario.

“Comunque, può fare ciò che vuole.”

“Scriverò immediatamente. Lasciate che vi ringrazi per aver tenuto così attentamente conto della mia riluttanza. Forse sarà meno incomprensibile se vi confesso che, anche se non conosco il signor Lightwood, ho un brutto ricordo legato a lui. Non è colpa sua; non è affatto responsabile di ciò, e anzi non sa nemmeno il mio nome.”

Il signor Boffin liquidò la questione con un paio di cenni del capo. La lettera fu scritta e il giorno seguente fu pubblicato un annuncio per il signor Julius Handford. Gli veniva chiesto di mettersi in contatto con il signor Mortimer Lightwood, come possibile mezzo per perseguire gli scopi della giustizia; inoltre, veniva offerta una ricompensa a chiunque sapesse dove si trovava il signor Handford e fosse disposto a comunicarlo al suddetto signor Mortimer Lightwood presso il suo ufficio nel Temple. Per sei settimane consecutive, questo annuncio apparve in prima pagina di tutti i giornali; ogni giorno, il segretario, quando lo vedeva, si diceva tra sé – con lo stesso tono con cui aveva parlato al proprio datore di lavoro –: “Non credo che abbia grandi prospettive, ”

Among his first occupations the pursuit of that orphan wanted by Mrs Boffin held a conspicuous place. From the earliest moment of his engagement he showed a particular desire to please her, and, knowing her to have this object at heart, he followed it up with unwearying alacrity and interest.

Mr and Mrs Milvey had found their search a difficult one. Either an eligible orphan was of the wrong sex (which almost always happened) or was too old, or too young, or too sickly, or too dirty, or too much accustomed to the streets, or too likely to run away; or, it was found impossible to complete the philanthropic transaction without buying the orphan. For, the instant it became known that anybody wanted the orphan, up started some affectionate relative of the orphan who put a price upon the orphan’s head. The suddenness of an orphan’s rise in the market was not to be paralleled by the maddest records of the Stock Exchange. He would be at five thousand per cent discount out at nurse making a mud pie at nine in the morning, and (being inquired for) would go up to five thousand per cent premium before noon. The market was ‘rigged’ in various artful ways. Counterfeit stock got into circulation. Parents boldly represented themselves as dead, and brought their orphans with them. Genuine orphan-stock was surreptitiously withdrawn from the market. It being announced, by emissaries posted for the purpose, that Mr and Mrs Milvey were coming down the court, orphan scrip would be instantly concealed, and production refused, save on a condition usually stated by the brokers as ‘a gallon of beer’. Likewise, fluctuations of a wild and South-Sea nature were occasioned, by orphan-holders keeping back, and then rushing into the market a dozen together. But, the uniform principle at the root of all these various operations was bargain and sale; and that principle could not be recognized by Mr and Mrs Milvey.

At length, tidings were received by the Reverend Frank of a charming orphan to be found at Brentford. One of the deceased parents (late his parishioners) had a poor widowed grandmother in that agreeable town, and she, Mrs Betty Higden, had carried off the orphan with maternal care, but could not afford to keep him.

The Secretary proposed to Mrs Boffin, either to go down himself and take a preliminary survey of this orphan, or to drive her down, that she might at once form her own opinion. Mrs Boffin preferring the latter course, they set off one morning in a hired phaeton, conveying the hammer-headed young man behind them.

The abode of Mrs Betty Higden was not easy to find, lying in such complicated back settlements of muddy Brentford that they left their equipage at the sign of the Three Magpies, and went in search of it on foot. After many inquiries and defeats, there was pointed out to them in a lane, a very small cottage residence, with a board across the open doorway, hooked on to which board by the armpits was a young gentleman of tender years, angling for mud with a headless wooden horse and line. In this young sportsman, distinguished by a crisply curling auburn head and a bluff countenance, the Secretary descried the orphan.

It unfortunately happened as they quickened their pace, that the orphan, lost to considerations of personal safety in the ardour of the moment, overbalanced himself and toppled into the street. Being an orphan of a chubby conformation, he then took to rolling, and had rolled into the gutter before they could come up. From the gutter he was rescued by John Rokesmith, and thus the first meeting with Mrs Higden was inaugurated by the awkward circumstance of their being in possession—one would say at first sight unlawful possession—of the orphan, upside down and purple in the countenance. The board across the doorway too, acting as a trap equally for the feet of Mrs Higden coming out, and the feet of Mrs Boffin and John Rokesmith going in, greatly increased the difficulty of the situation: to which the cries of the orphan imparted a lugubrious and inhuman character.

At first, it was impossible to explain, on account of the orphan’s ‘holding his breath’: a most terrific proceeding, super-inducing in the orphan lead-colour rigidity and a deadly silence, compared with which his cries were music yielding the height of enjoyment. But as he gradually recovered, Mrs Boffin gradually introduced herself; and smiling peace was gradually wooed back to Mrs Betty Higden’s home.

It was then perceived to be a small home with a large mangle in it, at the handle of which machine stood a very long boy, with a very little head, and an open mouth of disproportionate capacity that seemed to assist his eyes in staring at the visitors. In a corner below the mangle, on a couple of stools, sat two very little children: a boy and a girl; and when the very long boy, in an interval of staring, took a turn at the mangle, it was alarming to see how it lunged itself at those two innocents, like a catapult designed for their destruction, harmlessly retiring when within an inch of their heads. The room was clean and neat. It had a brick floor, and a window of diamond panes, and a flounce hanging below the chimney-piece, and strings nailed from bottom to top outside the window on which scarlet-beans were to grow in the coming season if the Fates were propitious. However propitious they might have been in the seasons that were gone, to Betty Higden in the matter of beans, they had not been very favourable in the matter of coins; for it was easy to see that she was poor.

She was one of those old women, was Mrs Betty Higden, who by dint of an indomitable purpose and a strong constitution fight out many years, though each year has come with its new knock-down blows fresh to the fight against her, wearied by it; an active old woman, with a bright dark eye and a resolute face, yet quite a tender creature too; not a logically-reasoning woman, but God is good, and hearts may count in Heaven as high as heads.

Tra le sue prime attività, la ricerca di quella orfana desiderata dalla signora Boffin occupava un posto di rilievo. Fin dal primo momento del suo impegno, mostrò un particolare desiderio di compiacerla; e, sapendo che questo era il suo obiettivo principale, vi si dedicò con instancabile energia e interesse.

I signori e la signora Milvey trovarono la loro ricerca particolarmente difficile. O l’orfano idoneo aveva il sesso sbagliato (il che accadeva quasi sempre), oppure era troppo vecchio, troppo giovane, troppo malato, troppo sporco, troppo abituato alle strade, o troppo propenso a scappare; inoltre, risultava impossibile concludere questa operazione filantropica senza acquistare direttamente l’orfano stesso. Infatti, non appena si veniva a sapere che qualcuno lo desiderava, subito qualche parente affettuoso dell’orfano fissava un prezzo per lui. L’aumento improvviso del valore di un’orfano sul mercato non aveva eguali nemmeno nei registri più folli della Borsa Valori. Il suo prezzo poteva scendere fino al 5000% entro le prime ore del mattino, quando una nutrice preparava una torta di fango, per poi aumentare fino al 5000% entro mezzogiorno. Il mercato veniva “manipolato” in vari modi ingegnosi: venivano messi in circolazione titoli falsi, i genitori si fingevano morti portando con sé i propri orfani, mentre i veri titoli venivano segretamente ritirati dal mercato. Non appena si annunciava l’arrivo dei signori e della signora Milvey in un determinato luogo, i titoli relativi all’orfano venivano immediatamente nascosti e la loro vendita rifiutata, a meno che non venisse pagata una somma considerevole, spesso indicata dai broker come “un gallone di birra”. Inoltre, si verificavano fluttuazioni selvagge sul mercato, causate da coloro che tenevano i titoli in riserva per poi gettarli sul mercato tutti insieme. Ma il principio fondamentale alla base di tutte queste operazioni era sempre lo scambio e la vendita, un principio che i signori e la signora Milvey, ovviamente, non riuscivano a comprendere.

Finalmente, il Reverendo Frank ricevette la notizia dell’esistenza di una adorabile orfana a Brentford. Uno dei genitori deceduti (un suo parrocchiano) aveva una povera nonna vedova in quella piacevole città, e lei, la signora Betty Higden, si era presa cura dell’orfana con grande affetto materno, ma non aveva i mezzi per mantenerla.

Il Segretario propose alla signora Boffin di andare personalmente a fare un’ispezione preliminare di questa orfana, oppure di accompagnarla per permetterle di formarsi subito una propria opinione. Poiché la signora Boffin preferì quest’ultima opzione, partirono una mattina in una phaeton noleggiata, portando con sé quel giovane testardo.

La dimora di Mrs Betty Higden non era facile da trovare; si trovava in quelle complesse zone residenziali di Brentford fangose, tanto che decisero di lasciare la loro vettura davanti al cartello dei “Tre Corvi” e proseguirono a piedi alla sua ricerca. Dopo molte domande e insuccessi, qualcuno indicò loro in un vicolo una piccolissima casetta; sulla porta aperta era appesa una tavola, e sotto di essa, per le ascelle, c’era un giovane gentiluomo di tenera età che cercava di pescare nel fango utilizzando un cavallo di legno senza testa e della lenza. Il Segretario descrisse questo giovane sportivo come l’orfano in questione: aveva i capelli castani ondulati e un viso deciso.

Purtroppo, mentre acceleravano il passo, l’orfano, sopraffatto dall’entusiasmo del momento e dalle preoccupazioni per la propria sicurezza personale, perse l’equilibrio e cadde in strada. Essendo di corporatura robusta, iniziò a rotolare fino a finire nel canale di scolo, prima che loro potessero raggiungerlo. Fu John Rokesmith ad aiutarlo; così ebbe luogo il loro primo incontro con la signora Higden, in una situazione davvero imbarazzante: si trovavano tutti e tre in possesso dell’orfano – per così dire, in una condizione di possesso illegale, a prima vista. Inoltre, il palo posto sopra la porta, che rappresentava un ostacolo sia per i piedi della signora Higden che usciva, sia per quelli della signora Boffin e di John Rokesmith che entravano, aumentava notevolmente le difficoltà della situazione, ai cui lamenti dell’orfano si aggiungeva un tono lugubre e disumano.

All’inizio era impossibile spiegarlo, a causa del fatto che l’orfano “trattenesse il respiro”: un comportamento davvero terribile, che provocava in lui una rigidità estrema e un silenzio mortale; rispetto a questo, i suoi pianti sembravano musica che suscitava grande gioia. Ma man mano che si riprendeva, la signora Boffin iniziò gradualmente a farsi conoscere; e poco a poco, la pace tornò nella casa della signora Betty Higden.

Si percepiva allora come una piccola >casa con un grande macchinario al suo interno; alla maniglia di quella macchina stava un ragazzo molto alto, con una testa molto piccola e una bocca aperta di dimensioni sproporzionate, che sembrava aiutarlo a fissare gli ospiti. In un angolo, sotto il macchinario, su due sgabelli, sedevano due bambini molto piccoli: un ragazzo e una ragazza; e quando quel ragazzo alto, dopo aver fissato per un po’ gli ospiti, si girava verso il macchinario, era allarmante vedere come esso si lanciasse contro quei due innocenti, come una catapulta progettata apposta per distruggerli, per poi ritirarsi in modo inoffensivo a meno di un pollice dalla loro testa. La stanza era pulita e ordinata: aveva il pavimento in mattoni, una finestra con vetri a romboidi, e un panno appeso sotto la cappa del camino; inoltre, delle corde erano fissate dal basso all’alto fuori dalla finestra, e su di esse, se le sorti fossero state favorevoli, nelle stagioni future avrebbero dovuto crescere fagioli rossi. Tuttavia, per quanto favorevoli potessero essere state in passato, per Betty Higden, in termini di fagioli, non lo erano stati affatto in termini di denaro; era evidente che fosse povera.

Era una di quelle vecchie donne, la signora Betty Higden: grazie a una volontà indomabile e a una costituzione robusta, continuò a lottare per molti anni, nonostante ogni anno portasse con sé nuove difficoltà che minacciavano di sconfiggerla; una vecchia donna attiva, con occhi scuri e luminosi e un viso deciso, ma anche molto tenera nel profondo. Non era una donna che ragionava in modo logico, ma Dio è buono, e i cuori, in Cielo, possono avere lo stesso valore delle teste.

‘Yes sure!’ said she, when the business was opened, ‘Mrs Milvey had the kindness to write to me, ma’am, and I got Sloppy to read it. It was a pretty letter. But she’s an affable lady.’

The visitors glanced at the long boy, who seemed to indicate by a broader stare of his mouth and eyes that in him Sloppy stood confessed.

‘For I aint, you must know,’ said Betty, ‘much of a hand at reading writing-hand, though I can read my Bible and most print. And I do love a newspaper. You mightn’t think it, but Sloppy is a beautiful reader of a newspaper. He do the Police in different voices.’

The visitors again considered it a point of politeness to look at Sloppy, who, looking at them, suddenly threw back his head, extended his mouth to its utmost width, and laughed loud and long. At this the two innocents, with their brains in that apparent danger, laughed, and Mrs Higden laughed, and the orphan laughed, and then the visitors laughed. Which was more cheerful than intelligible.

Then Sloppy seeming to be seized with an industrious mania or fury, turned to at the mangle, and impelled it at the heads of the innocents with such a creaking and rumbling, that Mrs Higden stopped him.

‘The gentlefolks can’t hear themselves speak, Sloppy. Bide a bit, bide a bit!’

‘Is that the dear child in your lap?’ said Mrs Boffin.

‘Yes, ma’am, this is Johnny.’

‘Johnny, too!’ cried Mrs Boffin, turning to the Secretary; ‘already Johnny! Only one of the two names left to give him! He’s a pretty boy.’

With his chin tucked down in his shy childish manner, he was looking furtively at Mrs Boffin out of his blue eyes, and reaching his fat dimpled hand up to the lips of the old woman, who was kissing it by times.

‘Yes, ma’am, he’s a pretty boy, he’s a dear darling boy, he’s the child of my own last left daughter’s daughter. But she’s gone the way of all the rest.’

‘Those are not his brother and sister?’ said Mrs Boffin.

‘Oh, dear no, ma’am. Those are Minders.’

‘Minders?’ the Secretary repeated.

‘Left to be Minded, sir. I keep a Minding-School. I can take only three, on account of the Mangle. But I love children, and Four-pence a week is Four-pence. Come here, Toddles and Poddles.’

Toddles was the pet-name of the boy; Poddles of the girl. At their little unsteady pace, they came across the floor, hand-in-hand, as if they were traversing an extremely difficult road intersected by brooks, and, when they had had their heads patted by Mrs Betty Higden, made lunges at the orphan, dramatically representing an attempt to bear him, crowing, into captivity and slavery. All the three children enjoyed this to a delightful extent, and the sympathetic Sloppy again laughed long and loud. When it was discreet to stop the play, Betty Higden said ‘Go to your seats Toddles and Poddles,’ and they returned hand-in-hand across country, seeming to find the brooks rather swollen by late rains.

‘And Master—or Mister—Sloppy?’ said the Secretary, in doubt whether he was man, boy, or what.

‘A love-child,’ returned Betty Higden, dropping her voice; ‘parents never known; found in the street. He was brought up in the—’ with a shiver of repugnance, ‘—the House.’

‘The Poor-house?’ said the Secretary.

Mrs Higden set that resolute old face of hers, and darkly nodded yes.

‘You dislike the mention of it.’

‘Dislike the mention of it?’ answered the old woman. ‘Kill me sooner than take me there. Throw this pretty child under cart-horses feet and a loaded waggon, sooner than take him there. Come to us and find us all a-dying, and set a light to us all where we lie and let us all blaze away with the house into a heap of cinders sooner than move a corpse of us there!’

A surprising spirit in this lonely woman after so many years of hard working, and hard living, my Lords and Gentlemen and Honourable Boards! What is it that we call it in our grandiose speeches? British independence, rather perverted? Is that, or something like it, the ring of the cant?

‘Do I never read in the newspapers,’ said the dame, fondling the child—‘God help me and the like of me!—how the worn-out people that do come down to that, get driven from post to pillar and pillar to post, a-purpose to tire them out! Do I never read how they are put off, put off, put off—how they are grudged, grudged, grudged, the shelter, or the doctor, or the drop of physic, or the bit of bread? Do I never read how they grow heartsick of it and give it up, after having let themselves drop so low, and how they after all die out for want of help? Then I say, I hope I can die as well as another, and I’ll die without that disgrace.’

Absolutely impossible my Lords and Gentlemen and Honourable Boards, by any stretch of legislative wisdom to set these perverse people right in their logic?

‘Johnny, my pretty,’ continued old Betty, caressing the child, and rather mourning over it than speaking to it, ‘your old Granny Betty is nigher fourscore year than threescore and ten. She never begged nor had a penny of the Union money in all her life. She paid scot and she paid lot when she had money to pay; she worked when she could, and she starved when she must. You pray that your Granny may have strength enough left her at the last (she’s strong for an old one, Johnny), to get up from her bed and run and hide herself and swown to death in a hole, sooner than fall into the hands of those Cruel Jacks we read of that dodge and drive, and worry and weary, and scorn and shame, the decent poor.’

A brilliant success, my Lords and Gentlemen and Honourable Boards to have brought it to this in the minds of the best of the poor! Under submission, might it be worth thinking of at any odd time?

The fright and abhorrence that Mrs Betty Higden smoothed out of her strong face as she ended this diversion, showed how seriously she had meant it.

“Certo che sì!” disse lei quando l’affare fu avviato. “La signora Milvey ha avuto la gentilezza di scrivermi, signora. L’ho fatta leggere a Sloppy. Era una lettera molto carina. E lei è davvero una signora affabile.”

I visitatori gettarono un’occhiata al ragazzo alto; sembrava che, con lo sguardo più aperto delle sue labbra e dei suoi occhi, stesse confessando di essere “Sloppy”.

“Perché, sai,” disse Betty, “non sono molto brava a leggere o scrivere, anche se riesco a leggere la mia Bibbia e la maggior parte dei testi stampati. E adoro davvero i giornali. Forse non sembra, ma Sloppy è davvero bravo a leggerli; riesce persino a imitare le voci delle persone della polizia.”

I visitatori ritenero ancora una volta che fosse un gesto di cortesia osservare Sloppy; questi, guardandoli, all’improvviso alzò la testa, aprì la bocca il più possibile e rise ad alta voce per molto tempo. A questo punto, i due innocenti, con le loro menti “in quel pericolo apparente”, risero anch’essi; rise anche la signora Higden, rise l’orfano, e poi risero anche i visitatori. Il risultato fu molto più allegro che comprensibile.

Allora, come se fosse colpito da una frenesia o da un’ira improvvisa, Sloppy si diresse verso il macchinario e lo spinse contro le teste degli innocenti con un rumore così assordante che la signora Higden riuscì a fermarlo.

“La gente gentile non riesce nemmeno a sentire la propria voce, Sloppy. Aspetta un attimo!”

“È quel caro bambino che hai in grembo?” chiese la signora Boffin.

“Sì, signora, questo è Johnny.”

“Anche Johnny!” gridò la signora Boffin, rivolgendosi al segretario; “Già Johnny. Solo uno dei due nomi che ci restano da dargli! È un bel bambino.”

Con il mento abbassato, con quel suo modo timido e infantile, guardava di nascosto la signora Boffin con i suoi occhi azzurri, e allungava la sua mano paffuta e piena di fossette verso le labbra della vecchia donna, che a volte la baciava.

“Sì, signora, è un bambino molto carino, un tesoro. È il nipote della mia ultima figlia rimasta. Ma anche lei se n’è andata, come tutti gli altri.”

“Quelli non sono suo fratello e sua sorella?” disse la signora Boffin.

“Oh, no, signora. Quei sono i ‘Minders’.”

“‘Minders’?” ripeté il Segretario.

“Devo pensarci, signore. Gestisco una scuola per bambini. Posso accettarne solo tre, a causa dei limiti dello spazio. Ma amo i bambini, e quattro pence a settimana sono pur sempre quattro pence. Venite qui, Toddles e Poddles.”

“Toddles” era il soprannome del ragazzo; “Poddles” quello della ragazza. Con i loro piccoli passi incerti, camminavano mano nella mano, come se stessero attraversando una strada estremamente difficile intersecata da ruscelli. Quando la signora Betty Higden li accarezzò sulla testa, si precipitarono verso l’orfano, fingendo con grande enfasi di volerlo portare via, gridando, per metterlo in cattività e sottometterlo alla schiavitù. Tutti e tre i bambini si divertivano moltissimo, e la comprensiva Sloppy rideva di nuovo a lungo e ad alta voce. Quando fu il momento opportuno per interrompere il gioco, Betty Higden disse: “Andate ai vostri posti, Toddles e Poddles.” E loro tornarono indietro mano nella mano, come se i ruscelli fossero stati ingrossati dalle piogge recenti.

“E il Maestro, o il Signor Sloppy?”, chiese il Segretario, incerto se fosse un uomo, un ragazzo, o qualcos’altro ancora.

“Un bambino d’amore, ”, rispose Betty Higden abbassando la voce; “i genitori non sono mai stati conosciuti; è stato trovato in strada. È cresciuto nella—” con un brivido di disgusto, “—nella Casa.”

“La casa dei poveri?”, disse il Segretario.

La signora Higden assunse quell’espressione decisa tipica sua e annuì con decisione.

“Non ti piace nemmeno sentirne parlare.”

“Non sopporto nemmeno sentirne parlare?” rispose la vecchia donna. “Uccidetemi piuttosto che portarmi lì. Gettate questo bello bambino sotto gli zoccoli dei cavalli o sotto un carro carico di merci, preferibilmente che portarlo lì. Venite da noi e trovateci tutti morenti; accendete un fuoco dove giaciamo e lasciate che bruciamo tutti insieme con la casa, trasformandoci in un mucchio di cenere, piuttosto che spostare anche solo uno dei nostri corpi lì!”

Uno spirito sorprendente in questa donna solitaria, dopo tanti anni di duro lavoro e una vita difficile. Signori e gentiluomini onorabili! Come lo chiamiamo nei nostri discorsi grandiosi? Indipendenza britannica, piuttosto distorta, forse? È questo, o qualcosa del genere, il vero significato di tutto ciò?

“Non leggo mai i giornali,” disse la signora, accarezzando il bambino—“Dio aiuti me e persone come me! Non leggo mai quanto quelle persone sfinite che arrivano a quel punto vengano costrette a correre da un posto all’altro, solo per stancarle completamente? Non leggo mai quanto venga loro negato ogni tipo di aiuto: riparo, medico, una semplice medicina, anche solo un pezzo di pane? Non leggo mai come, dopo essere cadute così in basso, finiscano per arrendersi e, alla fine, muoiano per mancanza di aiuto? Allora spero davvero di poter morire allo stesso modo in cui muore chiunque altro, senza subire tale vergogna.”

Assolutamente impossibile, miei Signori e Gentiluomini, non c’è alcun modo, con qualsiasi forma di saggezza legislativa, per correggere queste persone perverse nella loro logica.

“Johnny, mio caro,” continuò la vecchia Betty, accarezzando il bambino e quasi piangendo per lui più che parlargli, “la tua vecchia nonna Betty ha ormai quasi ottant’anni. Non ha mai chiesto l’elemosina in tutta la sua vita, né ha mai ricevuto un centesimo dai fondi dell’Unione. Ha sempre pagato le tasse quando ne aveva i mezzi; ha lavorato quando poteva, e, è morta di fame quando non c’era altra scelta. Prega che tua nonna abbia ancora abbastanza forza, alla fine (è davvero forte per una vecchia, Johnny), da riuscire a alzarsi dal letto, nascondersi da qualche parte e, morire in un buco, piuttosto che finire nelle mani di quei crudeli individui di cui leggiamo sempre: quelli che tormentano, spaventano, umiliano e disprezzano i poveri onesti.”

Un brillante successo, miei Signori e Gentiluomini. Avete davvero portato a questo risultato, con l’aiuto delle migliori intenzioni da parte dei poveri! Potrebbe valere la pena considerarlo, anche in momenti meno opportuni?

Lo spavento e l’orrore che si leggevano sul volto deciso di Mrs Betty Higden quando pose fine a questa distrazione dimostravano quanto seriamente avesse preso in considerazione quelle parole.

‘And does he work for you?’ asked the Secretary, gently bringing the discourse back to Master or Mister Sloppy.

‘Yes,’ said Betty with a good-humoured smile and nod of the head. ‘And well too.’

‘Does he live here?’

‘He lives more here than anywhere. He was thought to be no better than a Natural, and first come to me as a Minder. I made interest with Mr Blogg the Beadle to have him as a Minder, seeing him by chance up at church, and thinking I might do something with him. For he was a weak ricketty creetur then.’

‘Is he called by his right name?’

‘Why, you see, speaking quite correctly, he has no right name. I always understood he took his name from being found on a Sloppy night.’

‘He seems an amiable fellow.’

‘Bless you, sir, there’s not a bit of him,’ returned Betty, ‘that’s not amiable. So you may judge how amiable he is, by running your eye along his heighth.’

Of an ungainly make was Sloppy. Too much of him longwise, too little of him broadwise, and too many sharp angles of him angle-wise. One of those shambling male human creatures, born to be indiscreetly candid in the revelation of buttons; every button he had about him glaring at the public to a quite preternatural extent. A considerable capital of knee and elbow and wrist and ankle, had Sloppy, and he didn’t know how to dispose of it to the best advantage, but was always investing it in wrong securities, and so getting himself into embarrassed circumstances. Full-Private Number One in the Awkward Squad of the rank and file of life, was Sloppy, and yet had his glimmering notions of standing true to the Colours.

‘And now,’ said Mrs Boffin, ‘concerning Johnny.’

As Johnny, with his chin tucked in and lips pouting, reclined in Betty’s lap, concentrating his blue eyes on the visitors and shading them from observation with a dimpled arm, old Betty took one of his fresh fat hands in her withered right, and fell to gently beating it on her withered left.

‘Yes, ma’am. Concerning Johnny.’

‘If you trust the dear child to me,’ said Mrs Boffin, with a face inviting trust, ‘he shall have the best of homes, the best of care, the best of education, the best of friends. Please God I will be a true good mother to him!’

‘I am thankful to you, ma’am, and the dear child would be thankful if he was old enough to understand.’ Still lightly beating the little hand upon her own. ‘I wouldn’t stand in the dear child’s light, not if I had all my life before me instead of a very little of it. But I hope you won’t take it ill that I cleave to the child closer than words can tell, for he’s the last living thing left me.’

‘Take it ill, my dear soul? Is it likely? And you so tender of him as to bring him home here!’

‘I have seen,’ said Betty, still with that light beat upon her hard rough hand, ‘so many of them on my lap. And they are all gone but this one! I am ashamed to seem so selfish, but I don’t really mean it. It’ll be the making of his fortune, and he’ll be a gentleman when I am dead. I—I—don’t know what comes over me. I—try against it. Don’t notice me!’ The light beat stopped, the resolute mouth gave way, and the fine strong old face broke up into weakness and tears.

Now, greatly to the relief of the visitors, the emotional Sloppy no sooner beheld his patroness in this condition, than, throwing back his head and throwing open his mouth, he lifted up his voice and bellowed. This alarming note of something wrong instantly terrified Toddles and Poddles, who were no sooner heard to roar surprisingly, than Johnny, curving himself the wrong way and striking out at Mrs Boffin with a pair of indifferent shoes, became a prey to despair. The absurdity of the situation put its pathos to the rout. Mrs Betty Higden was herself in a moment, and brought them all to order with that speed, that Sloppy, stopping short in a polysyllabic bellow, transferred his energy to the mangle, and had taken several penitential turns before he could be stopped.

‘There, there, there!’ said Mrs Boffin, almost regarding her kind self as the most ruthless of women. ‘Nothing is going to be done. Nobody need be frightened. We’re all comfortable; ain’t we, Mrs Higden?’

‘Sure and certain we are,’ returned Betty.

‘And there really is no hurry, you know,’ said Mrs Boffin in a lower voice. ‘Take time to think of it, my good creature!’

‘Don’t you fear ME no more, ma’am,’ said Betty; ‘I thought of it for good yesterday. I don’t know what come over me just now, but it’ll never come again.’

Well, then, Johnny shall have more time to think of it,’ returned Mrs Boffin; ‘the pretty child shall have time to get used to it. And you’ll get him more used to it, if you think well of it; won’t you?’

Betty undertook that, cheerfully and readily.

‘Lor,’ cried Mrs Boffin, looking radiantly about her, ‘we want to make everybody happy, not dismal!—And perhaps you wouldn’t mind letting me know how used to it you begin to get, and how it all goes on?’

‘I’ll send Sloppy,’ said Mrs Higden.

‘And this gentleman who has come with me will pay him for his trouble,’ said Mrs Boffin. ‘And Mr Sloppy, whenever you come to my house, be sure you never go away without having had a good dinner of meat, beer, vegetables, and pudding.’

This still further brightened the face of affairs; for, the highly sympathetic Sloppy, first broadly staring and grinning, and then roaring with laughter, Toddles and Poddles followed suit, and Johnny trumped the trick. T and P considering these favourable circumstances for the resumption of that dramatic descent upon Johnny, again came across-country hand-in-hand upon a buccaneering expedition; and this having been fought out in the chimney corner behind Mrs Higden’s chair, with great valour on both sides, those desperate pirates returned hand-in-hand to their stools, across the dry bed of a mountain torrent.

“E lavora per voi?” chiese il Segretario, riportando dolcemente il discorso su Maestro o Signor Sloppy.

“Sì,” disse Betty con un sorriso cordiale e annuendo con la testa. “E anche molto.”

“Vive qui?”

“Vive qui più che in qualsiasi altro posto. Si pensava che non fosse diverso dagli altri ‘Naturali’, e all’inizio venne da me come ‘Minder’. Mi adoperai per far sì che il signor Blogg, il sagrestano, lo assumesse come ‘Minder’: l’avevo visto per caso in chiesa e pensavo che potessi fare qualcosa per lui. Allora era un ragazzo debole e malaticcio.”

“È chiamato con il suo vero nome?”

“Vedi, per essere del tutto precisi, non ha un vero nome. Ho sempre pensato che avesse preso il suo nome perché è stato trovato una notte, in condizioni poco dignitose.”

“Sembra un tipo simpatico.”

“Che Dio la benedica, signora. Non c’è nemmeno un briciolo di gentilezza in lui,” rispose Betty. “Quindi potete immaginare quanto sia davvero scortese, se considerate solo la sua statura.”

Sloppy aveva una corporatura sgraziata: troppo alto da un lato, troppo basso dall’altro, e pieno di angoli spigolosi in tutte le direzioni. Era uno di quei tipi goffi e imbarazzanti, nati per rivelare senza pensarci troppo ogni dettaglio del proprio aspetto. Ogni bottone che indossava sembrava puntare dritto verso il pubblico, in modo davvero innaturale. Possedeva un bel po’ di carne sulle ginocchia, sui gomiti, sui polsi e sui piedi, ma non sapeva come sfruttarla al meglio; finiva sempre per investirla in “azioni” sbagliate, ritrovandosi così in situazioni imbarazzanti. Sloppy era il numero uno della squadra degli “imbarazzati” tra i comuni mortali. Eppure aveva ancora qualche vaga idea di restare fedele ai propri principi.

“E ora,” disse la signora Boffin, “parliamo di Johnny.”

Con il mento abbassato e le labbra imbronciate, Johnny si appoggiava sul grembo di Betty, fissando con i suoi occhi azzurri gli ospiti; con un braccio pieno di fossette, li schermava per evitare che lo osservassero. La vecchia Betty prese una delle sue mani paffute e fresche nella sua destra avvizzita, e iniziò a batterla dolcemente sulla sua sinistra anch’essa avvizzita.

“Sì, signora. Riguardo a Johnny.”

“Se vi fidate di me per prendervi cura del caro bambino”, disse la signora Boffin con un’espressione che invitava alla fiducia, “avrà il miglior ambiente possibile, le migliori cure, l’ottima istruzione e i migliori amici. Che Dio mi aiuti a essere davvero una buona madre per lui!”

“Sono grata a voi, signora, e anche il caro bambino sarebbe grato se fosse abbastanza grande da capire.” Continuava a battere dolcemente quella piccola mano sulla propria. “Non vorrei mai mettermi tra il caro bambino e la sua felicità, nemmeno se avessi tutta la vita davanti a me invece di soltanto pochi momenti. Ma spero che non vi dispiaccia se mi attacco al bambino più strettamente di quanto le parole possano esprimere, perché lui è l’unica cosa che mi sia rimasta in questo mondo.”

“Ti dispiace, mia cara ‘anima? È davvero possibile? E tu che sei così premurosa nei suoi confronti da averlo portato qui a casa, ”

“Li ho visti,” disse Betty, ancora con quel leggero tremito sulla sua mano ruvida e dura, “tanti di loro sul mio grembo. E ora sono tutti andati, tranne questo! Mi vergogno di sembrare così egoista, ma in realtà non lo penso davvero. Questo bambino farà fortuna. E diventerà un gentiluomo quando io morirò. Non so cosa mi stia succedendo. Cerco di resistere. Per favore, non badate a me, ” Il tremito cessò; il suo volto deciso si ammorbidì, e quel bel viso anziano si riempì di debolezza e lacrime.

Ora, per grande sollievo dei visitatori, non appena lo emotivo Sloppy vide la sua protettrice in quella condizione, gettò indietro la testa, aprì la bocca e iniziò a urlare ad alta voce. Questo allarmante segnale che qualcosa non andava spaventò immediatamente Toddles e Poddles, i quali iniziarono a ringhiare sorpresi; nel frattempo, Johnny, muovendosi nella direzione sbagliata e colpendo la signora Boffin con un paio di scarpe indifferenti, cadde preda della disperazione. L’assurdità della situazione fece sì che tutto quel pathos svanisse all’istante. La stessa signora Betty Higden intervenne rapidamente, ristabilendo l’ordine; Sloppy, interrompendo i suoi urli, rivolse la sua energia verso il “macinacarte” e fece diversi giri penitenti prima di essere fermato.

“Ecco, ecco, ecco!”, disse la signora Boffin, quasi considerando se stessa, nella sua bontà, la donna più spietata del mondo. “Non succederà nulla. Nessuno ha motivo di avere paura. Siamo tutti al sicuro, vero, signora Higden?”

“Certo che lo siamo,” rispose Betty.

“E davvero non c’è alcuna fretta, sai,” disse la signora Boffin con voce più bassa. “Prenditi il tuo tempo per pensarci bene, mia cara!”

“Non abbiate più paura di me, signora,” disse Betty; “ieri ho deciso per sempre. Non so cosa mi sia preso in quel momento, ma non accadrà mai più.”

“Beh, allora Johnny avrà più tempo per pensarci,” rispose la signora Boffin; “il carino bambino avrà il tempo di abituarsi. E tu lo aiuterai ad abituarvisi, se ci pensi bene, vero?”

Betty accettò con entusiasmo e prontezza.

“Lor,” esclamò la signora Boffin, guardandosi intorno con un sorriso radioso, “vogliamo rendere tutti felici, non tristi! Forse non vi dispiacerebbe dirmi quanto vi siate abituati a tutto questo, e come vanno le cose?”

“Manderò Sloppy,” disse la signora Higden.

“E questo signore che è venuto con me pagherà le sue spese,” disse la signora Boffin. “E voi, signor Sloppy, ogni volta che venite a casa mia, assicuratevi di non andarvene senza aver mangiato bene: carne, birra, verdure e budino.”

Questo fece ancora più migliorare la situazione; infatti, il molto comprensivo Sloppy, dopo aver fissato e sorriso ampiamente, scoppiò in una risata fragorosa, e anche Toddles e Poddles lo imitarono, mentre Johnny esagerò ulteriormente nella sua performance. Ritenendo che queste circostanze fossero favorevoli per riprendere quella “spettacolare” azione contro Johnny, T e P si misero di nuovo in viaggio insieme, intraprendendo un’avventura piena di avventure. Dopo aver combattuto con grande coraggio nell’angolo del camino, dietro la sedia della signora Higden, quei “pirati disperati” tornarono infine mano nella mano ai loro posti, attraversando il letto asciutto di un torrente montano.

‘You must tell me what I can do for you, Betty my friend,’ said Mrs Boffin confidentially, ‘if not to-day, next time.’

‘Thank you all the same, ma’am, but I want nothing for myself. I can work. I’m strong. I can walk twenty mile if I’m put to it.’ Old Betty was proud, and said it with a sparkle in her bright eyes.

‘Yes, but there are some little comforts that you wouldn’t be the worse for,’ returned Mrs Boffin. ‘Bless ye, I wasn’t born a lady any more than you.’

‘It seems to me,’ said Betty, smiling, ‘that you were born a lady, and a true one, or there never was a lady born. But I couldn’t take anything from you, my dear. I never did take anything from any one. It ain’t that I’m not grateful, but I love to earn it better.’

Well, well!’ returned Mrs Boffin. ‘I only spoke of little things, or I wouldn’t have taken the liberty.’

Betty put her visitor’s hand to her lips, in acknowledgment of the delicate answer. Wonderfully upright her figure was, and wonderfully self-reliant her look, as, standing facing her visitor, she explained herself further.

‘If I could have kept the dear child, without the dread that’s always upon me of his coming to that fate I have spoken of, I could never have parted with him, even to you. For I love him, I love him, I love him! I love my husband long dead and gone, in him; I love my children dead and gone, in him; I love my young and hopeful days dead and gone, in him. I couldn’t sell that love, and look you in your bright kind face. It’s a free gift. I am in want of nothing. When my strength fails me, if I can but die out quick and quiet, I shall be quite content. I have stood between my dead and that shame I have spoken of; and it has been kept off from every one of them. Sewed into my gown,’ with her hand upon her breast, ‘is just enough to lay me in the grave. Only see that it’s rightly spent, so as I may rest free to the last from that cruelty and disgrace, and you’ll have done much more than a little thing for me, and all that in this present world my heart is set upon.’

Mrs Betty Higden’s visitor pressed her hand. There was no more breaking up of the strong old face into weakness. My Lords and Gentlemen and Honourable Boards, it really was as composed as our own faces, and almost as dignified.

And now, Johnny was to be inveigled into occupying a temporary position on Mrs Boffin’s lap. It was not until he had been piqued into competition with the two diminutive Minders, by seeing them successively raised to that post and retire from it without injury, that he could be by any means induced to leave Mrs Betty Higden’s skirts; towards which he exhibited, even when in Mrs Boffin’s embrace, strong yearnings, spiritual and bodily; the former expressed in a very gloomy visage, the latter in extended arms. However, a general description of the toy-wonders lurking in Mr Boffin’s house, so far conciliated this worldly-minded orphan as to induce him to stare at her frowningly, with a fist in his mouth, and even at length to chuckle when a richly-caparisoned horse on wheels, with a miraculous gift of cantering to cake-shops, was mentioned. This sound being taken up by the Minders, swelled into a rapturous trio which gave general satisfaction.

So, the interview was considered very successful, and Mrs Boffin was pleased, and all were satisfied. Not least of all, Sloppy, who undertook to conduct the visitors back by the best way to the Three Magpies, and whom the hammer-headed young man much despised.

This piece of business thus put in train, the Secretary drove Mrs Boffin back to the Bower, and found employment for himself at the new house until evening. Whether, when evening came, he took a way to his lodgings that led through fields, with any design of finding Miss Bella Wilfer in those fields, is not so certain as that she regularly walked there at that hour.

And, moreover, it is certain that there she was.

No longer in mourning, Miss Bella was dressed in as pretty colours as she could muster. There is no denying that she was as pretty as they, and that she and the colours went very prettily together. She was reading as she walked, and of course it is to be inferred, from her showing no knowledge of Mr Rokesmith’s approach, that she did not know he was approaching.

‘Eh?’ said Miss Bella, raising her eyes from her book, when he stopped before her. ‘Oh! It’s you.’

‘Only I. A fine evening!’

‘Is it?’ said Bella, looking coldly round. ‘I suppose it is, now you mention it. I have not been thinking of the evening.’

‘So intent upon your book?’

‘Ye-e-es,’ replied Bella, with a drawl of indifference.

‘A love story, Miss Wilfer?’

‘Oh dear no, or I shouldn’t be reading it. It’s more about money than anything else.’

‘And does it say that money is better than anything?’

‘Upon my word,’ returned Bella, ‘I forget what it says, but you can find out for yourself if you like, Mr Rokesmith. I don’t want it any more.’

The Secretary took the book—she had fluttered the leaves as if it were a fan—and walked beside her.

‘I am charged with a message for you, Miss Wilfer.’

‘Impossible, I think!’ said Bella, with another drawl.

‘From Mrs Boffin. She desired me to assure you of the pleasure she has in finding that she will be ready to receive you in another week or two at furthest.’

Bella turned her head towards him, with her prettily-insolent eyebrows raised, and her eyelids drooping. As much as to say, ‘How did YOU come by the message, pray?’

‘I have been waiting for an opportunity of telling you that I am Mr Boffin’s Secretary.’

‘I am as wise as ever,’ said Miss Bella, loftily, ‘for I don’t know what a Secretary is. Not that it signifies.’

‘Not at all.’

A covert glance at her face, as he walked beside her, showed him that she had not expected his ready assent to that proposition.

‘Then are you going to be always there, Mr Rokesmith?’ she inquired, as if that would be a drawback.

“Devi dirmi cosa posso fare per te, Betty mia amica,” disse la signora Boffin in tono confidenziale, “se non oggi, allora la prossima volta.”

“Grazie lo stesso, signora, ma non voglio nulla per me. Posso lavorare. Sono forte; posso camminare venti miglia se necessario.” La vecchia Betty era orgogliosa e lo disse con uno scintillio negli occhi luminosi.

“Sì, ma ci sono alcune piccole comodità di cui non si farebbe certo male a disporre,” rispose la signora Boffin. “Dio vi benedica, anch’io non sono nata signora, proprio come voi.”

“Mi sembra,” disse Betty sorridendo, “che tu sia nata signora, e una vera signora; altrimenti non sarebbe mai esistita una vera signora. Ma non potrei accettare nulla da te, cara mia. Non ho mai accettato nulla da nessuno. Non è che non sia grata, ma preferisco guadagnarmi tutto con le mie forze.”

“Beh, beh!”, rispose la signora Boffin. “Ho parlato solo di cose insignificanti, altrimenti non mi sarei permessa di farlo.”

Betty posò la mano del suo visitatore sulle sue labbra, in segno di apprezzamento per quella risposta delicata. La sua figura era meravigliosamente eretta, e il suo sguardo mostrava una notevole fiducia in se stessa; mentre stava di fronte al suo visitatore, continuò a spiegarsi più dettagliatamente.

‘Se solo avessi potuto tenere con me quel caro bambino, senza la terribile paura che mi assale sempre all’idea che possa subire quella sorte di cui ho parlato, non lo avrei mai lasciato, nemmeno per te. Perché io lo amo, lo amo davvero! Amo in lui mio marito, ormai morto da tempo; amo in lui i miei figli, anch’essi scomparsi; amo in lui i giorni giovani e pieni di speranza che ho avuto. Non potrei mai vendere quell’amore, nemmeno guardandoti nel tuo viso gentile e luminoso. È un dono gratuito. Non mi manca nulla. Quando le mie forze mi abbandoneranno, se solo potrò morire in fretta e in silenzio, sarò completamente soddisfatta. Sono stata come una barriera tra i miei morti e quella vergogna di cui ho parlato. E quella vergogna è stata tenuta lontana da tutti loro. “Seminata nel mio abito”, con la mano sul petto, “è tutto ciò che mi basta per essere sepolta in pace. Solo fai in modo che venga utilizzata nel modo giusto, affinché possa riposare finalmente libera da tutta quella crudeltà e disonore. Allora avrai fatto molto più di quanto potesse chiedere il mio cuore in questo mondo, ”

Il visitatore di Mrs Betty Higden le strinse la mano. Non c’era più traccia di quella forte espressione del viso che lasciava intravedere segni di debolezza. Signori e gentiluomini, onorevoli membri del consiglio. Il suo volto era davvero altrettanto composto quanto i nostri, e quasi altrettanto dignitoso.

E ora, Johnny doveva essere indotto ad occupare temporaneamente il posto sul grembo della signora Boffin. Solo quando fu stimolato a competere con quelle due piccole “tutrice”, vedendole salire e scendere da quel ruolo senza alcun danno, riuscirono in qualche modo a convincerlo ad allontanarsi dalle gonne della signora Betty Higden; verso di lei provava infatti desideri forti, sia spirituali che fisici: il primo si manifestava in un viso molto cupo, il secondo in braccia tese verso di lei. Tuttavia, una descrizione generale delle meraviglie “da giocattolo” nascoste nella casa del signor Boffin riuscì a placare questo orfano dal modo di pensare terreno, al punto che iniziò a fissarla con espressione corrucciata, tenendosi una mano sulla bocca. E alla fine persino a ridacchiare quando venne menzionato un cavallo bardato splendidamente, dotato della straordinaria capacità di correre velocemente verso le pasticcerie. Questo suono fu ripreso dalle due “tutrice”, trasformandosi in un canto estatico che soddisfece tutti quanti.

L’intervista è stata considerata molto riuscita; la signora Boffin era soddisfatta e tutti erano contenti. In particolare, Sloppy, che si incaricò di accompagnare i visitatori al modo più sicuro fino alle Three Magpies, un giovane dall’aspetto rozzo e dal carattere ostile, che disprezzava profondamente Sloppy.

Una volta avviata questa faccenda, il Segretario riaccompagnò la signora Boffin al Bower e trovò lavoro per sé nella nuova casa fino a sera. Se, quando arrivò la sera, prese un percorso che attraversava i campi con l’intenzione di incontrare la signorina Bella Wilfer in quei luoghi, non è del tutto certo; tuttavia, lei abitualmente passeggiava lì a quell’ora.

E inoltre, è certo che lei fosse lì.

Ormai non più in lutto, la signorina Bella indossava i colori più belli che riuscisse a trovare. Non si può negare che fosse bella quanto loro, e che i colori che indossava le donassero molto. Leggeva mentre camminava; e naturalmente, dal fatto che non sembrasse affatto consapevole dell’avvicinamento del signor Rokesmith, si può dedurre che non sapesse nemmeno della sua presenza.

“Eh?”, disse la signorina Bella, alzando lo sguardo dal libro quando lui si fermò davanti a lei. “Oh! Sei tu.”

Solo io. Una bella serata!

“È vero?” disse Bella, guardandosi intorno con aria fredda. “Suppongo di sì, ora che me lo dici. Non ci ho più pensato da quella sera.”

“Così assorto nel tuo libro?”

“Sì-sì,” rispose Bella, con un tono indifferente e strascicato.

“Una storia d’amore, signorina Wilfer?”

“Oddio no, forse non dovrei leggerlo. Parla soprattutto di soldi, nient’altro.”

“E dice forse che il denaro è meglio di qualsiasi altra cosa?”

“Per la mia parola,” rispose Bella, “mi sono dimenticata cosa dice, ma se volete potete scoprirlo da soli, signor Rokesmith. Non lo voglio più.”

La segretaria prese il libro; aveva fatto svolazzare le sue pagine come se fossero state un ventaglio, e poi camminò al suo fianco.

“Devo consegnarvi un messaggio, signorina Wilfer.”

“Impossibile, penso!”, disse Bella, con quel suo tipico tono strascicato.

“Da parte della signora Boffin. Desiderava che vi assicurassi del piacere che prova nel sapere di potervi ricevere tra una o due settimane al massimo.”

Bella girò la testa verso di lui, con le sue sopracciglia bellamente insolenti sollevate e le palpebre abbassate. Come per dire: “Come mai sei venuto a sapere di questo messaggio?”

“Ho aspettato l’occasione giusta per dirvi che sono la segretaria del signor Boffin.”

“Sono ancora saggia come sempre,” disse Miss Bella con aria sprezzante, “perché non so nemmeno cosa sia un Segretario. Anche se forse non abbia alcuna importanza.”

“Assolutamente no.”

Un’occhiata furtiva al suo viso, mentre camminava al suo fianco, gli mostrò che non si aspettava il suo immediato consenso a quella proposta.

“Allora sarai sempre lì, signor Rokesmith?”, chiese lei, come se ci fosse qualcosa di negativo in questo.

‘Always? No. Very much there? Yes.’

‘Dear me!’ drawled Bella, in a tone of mortification.

‘But my position there as Secretary, will be very different from yours as guest. You will know little or nothing about me. I shall transact the business: you will transact the pleasure. I shall have my salary to earn; you will have nothing to do but to enjoy and attract.’

‘Attract, sir?’ said Bella, again with her eyebrows raised, and her eyelids drooping. ‘I don’t understand you.’

Without replying on this point, Mr Rokesmith went on.

‘Excuse me; when I first saw you in your black dress—’

(‘There!’ was Miss Bella’s mental exclamation. ‘What did I say to them at home? Everybody noticed that ridiculous mourning.’)

‘When I first saw you in your black dress, I was at a loss to account for that distinction between yourself and your family. I hope it was not impertinent to speculate upon it?’

‘I hope not, I am sure,’ said Miss Bella, haughtily. ‘But you ought to know best how you speculated upon it.’

Mr Rokesmith inclined his head in a deprecatory manner, and went on.

‘Since I have been entrusted with Mr Boffin’s affairs, I have necessarily come to understand the little mystery. I venture to remark that I feel persuaded that much of your loss may be repaired. I speak, of course, merely of wealth, Miss Wilfer. The loss of a perfect stranger, whose worth, or worthlessness, I cannot estimate—nor you either—is beside the question. But this excellent gentleman and lady are so full of simplicity, so full of generosity, so inclined towards you, and so desirous to—how shall I express it?—to make amends for their good fortune, that you have only to respond.’

As he watched her with another covert look, he saw a certain ambitious triumph in her face which no assumed coldness could conceal.

‘As we have been brought under one roof by an accidental combination of circumstances, which oddly extends itself to the new relations before us, I have taken the liberty of saying these few words. You don’t consider them intrusive I hope?’ said the Secretary with deference.

‘Really, Mr Rokesmith, I can’t say what I consider them,’ returned the young lady. ‘They are perfectly new to me, and may be founded altogether on your own imagination.’

‘You will see.’

These same fields were opposite the Wilfer premises. The discreet Mrs Wilfer now looking out of window and beholding her daughter in conference with her lodger, instantly tied up her head and came out for a casual walk.

‘I have been telling Miss Wilfer,’ said John Rokesmith, as the majestic lady came stalking up, ‘that I have become, by a curious chance, Mr Boffin’s Secretary or man of business.’

‘I have not,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, waving her gloves in her chronic state of dignity, and vague ill-usage, ‘the honour of any intimate acquaintance with Mr Boffin, and it is not for me to congratulate that gentleman on the acquisition he has made.’

‘A poor one enough,’ said Rokesmith.

‘Pardon me,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, ‘the merits of Mr Boffin may be highly distinguished—may be more distinguished than the countenance of Mrs Boffin would imply—but it were the insanity of humility to deem him worthy of a better assistant.’

‘You are very good. I have also been telling Miss Wilfer that she is expected very shortly at the new residence in town.’

‘Having tacitly consented,’ said Mrs Wilfer, with a grand shrug of her shoulders, and another wave of her gloves, ‘to my child’s acceptance of the proffered attentions of Mrs Boffin, I interpose no objection.’

Here Miss Bella offered the remonstrance: ‘Don’t talk nonsense, ma, please.’

‘Peace!’ said Mrs Wilfer.

‘No, ma, I am not going to be made so absurd. Interposing objections!’

‘I say,’ repeated Mrs Wilfer, with a vast access of grandeur, ‘that I am NOT going to interpose objections. If Mrs Boffin (to whose countenance no disciple of Lavater could possibly for a single moment subscribe),’ with a shiver, ‘seeks to illuminate her new residence in town with the attractions of a child of mine, I am content that she should be favoured by the company of a child of mine.’

‘You use the word, ma’am, I have myself used,’ said Rokesmith, with a glance at Bella, ‘when you speak of Miss Wilfer’s attractions there.’

‘Pardon me,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, with dreadful solemnity, ‘but I had not finished.’

‘Pray excuse me.’

‘I was about to say,’ pursued Mrs Wilfer, who clearly had not had the faintest idea of saying anything more: ‘that when I use the term attractions, I do so with the qualification that I do not mean it in any way whatever.’

The excellent lady delivered this luminous elucidation of her views with an air of greatly obliging her hearers, and greatly distinguishing herself. Whereat Miss Bella laughed a scornful little laugh and said:

‘Quite enough about this, I am sure, on all sides. Have the goodness, Mr Rokesmith, to give my love to Mrs Boffin—’

‘Pardon me!’ cried Mrs Wilfer. ‘Compliments.’

Love!’ repeated Bella, with a little stamp of her foot.

‘No!’ said Mrs Wilfer, monotonously. ‘Compliments.’

(‘Say Miss Wilfer’s love, and Mrs Wilfer’s compliments,’ the Secretary proposed, as a compromise.)

‘And I shall be very glad to come when she is ready for me. The sooner, the better.’

‘One last word, Bella,’ said Mrs Wilfer, ‘before descending to the family apartment. I trust that as a child of mine you will ever be sensible that it will be graceful in you, when associating with Mr and Mrs Boffin upon equal terms, to remember that the Secretary, Mr Rokesmith, as your father’s lodger, has a claim on your good word.’

The condescension with which Mrs Wilfer delivered this proclamation of patronage, was as wonderful as the swiftness with which the lodger had lost caste in the Secretary. He smiled as the mother retired down stairs; but his face fell, as the daughter followed.

‘So insolent, so trivial, so capricious, so mercenary, so careless, so hard to touch, so hard to turn!’ he said, bitterly.

And added as he went upstairs. ‘And yet so pretty, so pretty!’

And added presently, as he walked to and fro in his room. ‘And if she knew!’

She knew that he was shaking the house by his walking to and fro; and she declared it another of the miseries of being poor, that you couldn’t get rid of a haunting Secretary, stump—stump—stumping overhead in the dark, like a Ghost.

“Sempre? No. Molto presente? Sì.”

“Mio Dio!”, esclamò Bella con tono di mortificazione.

“Ma la mia posizione lì, in qualità di segretario, sarà molto diversa dalla tua, in quanto ospite. Tu saprai poco o nulla di me. Io mi occuperò degli affari; tu dovrai solo goderti il momento e attirare l’attenzione.”

“Attirare, signore?” disse Bella, di nuovo con le sopracciglia sollevate e le palpebre abbassate. “Non capisco cosa intenda.”

Senza rispondere a questo punto, il signor Rokesmith continuò.

“Scusi, la prima volta che ti ho vista con quel vestito nero, ”

“Eccolo!” fu l’esclamazione mentale di Miss Bella. “Cosa gli avevo detto a casa? Tutti avevano notato quel lutto ridicolo, ”

“Quando ti ho visto per la prima volta con quel vestito nero, non riuscivo a spiegarmi quella differenza tra te e tua famiglia. Spero che non sia stato inopportuno indagare al riguardo.”

“Non lo spero affatto,” disse Miss Bella con aria sprezzante. “Ma dovresti sapere meglio tu come hai fatto a scommetterci sopra.”

Il signor Rokesmith inclinò la testa in un gesto di supplica e continuò a parlare.

“Da quando mi sono stato incaricato degli affari del signor Boffin, ho inevitabilmente iniziato a comprendere quel piccolo mistero. Oso dire di essere convinto che gran parte della vostra perdita possa essere recuperata. Naturalmente, parlo soltanto di denaro, signorina Wilfer. La perdita di uno sconosciuto perfetto, il cui valore, o la sua inutilità, né io né voi possiamo valutare, è del tutto irrilevante in questo contesto. Ma questi eccellenti gentiluomini sono così semplici, così generosi, così propensi a aiutarvi, e desiderano tanto, come dovrei esprimermi?, di compensare la loro fortuna, che tutto ciò che dovete fare è rispondere positivamente.”

Mentre la osservava di nascosto ancora una volta, vide sul suo viso un certo trionfo ambizioso che nessuna apparente freddezza riusciva a nascondere.

“Poiché siamo stati riuniti sotto lo stesso tetto per una combinazione casuale di circostanze, e questa situazione stranamente si estende anche alle nuove relazioni che ora abbiamo l’opportunità di instaurare, ho preso la libertà di dire queste poche parole. Spero che non le consideriate invadenti, ” disse il Segretario con rispetto.

“Davvero, signor Rokesmith, non so proprio come considerarle,” rispose la giovane donna. “Sono completamente nuove per me, e forse sono basate interamente sulla sua propria immaginazione.”

“Lo vedrai.”

Questi stessi campi si trovavano di fronte alla residenza dei Wilfer. La discreta signora Wilfer, guardando ora fuori dalla finestra e vedendo sua figlia in conversazione con il suo inquilino, si legò immediatamente i capelli e uscì per una passeggiata casuale.

“Stavo dicendo alla signorina Wilfer,” disse John Rokesmith mentre la maestosa signora si avvicinava con passi decisi, “che per una strana coincidenza sono diventato il segretario o l’assistente commerciale del signor Boffin.”

“Non ho,” rispose la signora Wilfer, agitando i suoi guanti nel suo cronico stato di dignità e in uno stato generale di maltrattamento, “l’onore di conoscere intimamente il signor Boffin, e non spetta a me congratularmi con quel gentiluomo per ciò che ha ottenuto.”

“Abbastanza povero,” disse Rokesmith.

“Perdonatemi,” rispose la signora Wilfer, “i meriti del signor Boffin possono essere davvero notevoli, anzi, forse ancora più evidenti di quanto il suo aspetto possa far pensare. Ma sarebbe una vera follia ritenere che sia degno di un assistente migliore.”

“Sei molto brava. Anche io sto dicendo alla signorina Wilfer che le aspettano molto presto nella nuova residenza in città.”

“Avendo acconsentito tacitamente,” disse la signora Wilfer, con un gran gesto delle spalle e un altro movimento delle sue mani guantate, “all’accettazione da parte di mio figlio delle attenzioni offerte dalla signora Boffin, non sollevo alcuna obiezione.”

“Non dire sciocchezze, per favore”, osservò la signorina Bella.

“Pace!”, disse la signora Wilfer.

“No, ma non permetterò che mi trattino in modo così assurdo. Introducendo obiezioni!”

“Dico,” ripeté la signora Wilfer con un senso di grandezza estrema, “che NON intendo sollevare obiezioni. Se la signora Boffin (la cui faccia nessun discepolo di Lavater potrebbe mai approvare),” aggiunse rabbrividendo, “cerca di rendere più attraente la sua nuova residenza in città con la presenza di uno dei miei bambini, sono felice che possa godere della compagnia di uno dei miei bambini.”

“Usate questa parola, signora, anch’io l’ho usata,” disse Rokesmith, lanciando un’occhiata a Bella, “quando parlavate degli attratti di Miss Wilfer.”

“Scusi,” rispose la signora Wilfer con una solennità terribile, “ma non avevo ancora finito.”

“Per favore, scusate mi.”

“Stavo per dire, ”, continuò la signora Wilfer, che chiaramente non aveva la minima idea di cosa aggiungere: “che quando uso il termine ‘attrazioni’, lo faccio con la precisazione che non intendo assolutamente nulla di particolare con esso.”

La gentile signora espresse queste sue opinioni in modo chiaro e illuminante, con un tono che sembrava dimostrare grande disponibilità nei confronti degli ascoltatori, mettendosi così in evidenza. A questo, Miss Bella rise sprezzantemente e disse:

“Basta davvero, ne sono sicuro, da tutte le parti. Per favore, signor Rokesmith, porti il mio affetto alla signora Boffin, ”

“Scusi!” esclamò la signora Wilfer. “Un complimento, ”

“‘Amore!’” ripeté Bella, battendo leggermente il piede.

“Mai!” disse la signora Wilfer, in tono monotono. “I complimenti, ”

“Dica l’amore di Miss Wilfer e i complimenti della signora Wilfer,” propose il segretario come compromesso.

“E sarò molto felice di venire non appena lei sarà pronta per me. Più presto, meglio.”

“Un’ultima parola, Bella,” disse la signora Wilfer, “prima di scendere nell’appartamento di famiglia. Spero che, essendo una mia figlia, tu comprenda sempre quanto sia opportuno, quando ti relazioni con il signor e la signora Boffin su un piano di parità, ricordare che il segretario, il signor Rokesmith, in qualità di inquilino di tuo padre, ha diritto al tuo rispetto.”

La condiscendenza con cui la signora Wilfer pronunciò questa dichiarazione di protezione era altrettanto sorprendente quanto la rapidità con cui lo inquilino perse il proprio rango sociale agli occhi del segretario. Sorrise mentre la madre scendeva le scale; ma il suo viso si rabbuiò quando anche la figlia la seguì.

“Così insolenza, così banalità, così capricciosità, così interesse egoistico, così negligenza. Così difficile da raggiungere, così difficile da cambiare!” disse, con amarezza.

“Eppure così bella, davvero bellissima!” aggiunse mentre saliva le scale.

“E poi, mentre camminava avanti e indietro nella sua stanza, aggiunse: ‘E se lei lo sapesse, ’”

Sapeva che il suo continuo andirivieni stava facendo tremare l’intera casa; e dichiarò che quella era un’altra delle miserie della povertà: non riuscire a liberarsi di un “segretario” insistente, che continuava a muoversi sopra la testa nel buio, come un fantasma.

Chapter 17

A DISMAL SWAMP

And now, in the blooming summer days, behold Mr and Mrs Boffin established in the eminently aristocratic family mansion, and behold all manner of crawling, creeping, fluttering, and buzzing creatures, attracted by the gold dust of the Golden Dustman!

Foremost among those leaving cards at the eminently aristocratic door before it is quite painted, are the Veneerings: out of breath, one might imagine, from the impetuosity of their rush to the eminently aristocratic steps. One copper-plate Mrs Veneering, two copper-plate Mr Veneerings, and a connubial copper-plate Mr and Mrs Veneering, requesting the honour of Mr and Mrs Boffin’s company at dinner with the utmost Analytical solemnities. The enchanting Lady Tippins leaves a card. Twemlow leaves cards. A tall custard-coloured phaeton tooling up in a solemn manner leaves four cards, to wit, a couple of Mr Podsnaps, a Mrs Podsnap, and a Miss Podsnap. All the world and his wife and daughter leave cards. Sometimes the world’s wife has so many daughters, that her card reads rather like a Miscellaneous Lot at an Auction; comprising Mrs Tapkins, Miss Tapkins, Miss Frederica Tapkins, Miss Antonina Tapkins, Miss Malvina Tapkins, and Miss Euphemia Tapkins; at the same time, the same lady leaves the card of Mrs Henry George Alfred Swoshle, NEE Tapkins; also, a card, Mrs Tapkins at Home, Wednesdays, Music, Portland Place.

Miss Bella Wilfer becomes an inmate, for an indefinite period, of the eminently aristocratic dwelling. Mrs Boffin bears Miss Bella away to her Milliner’s and Dressmaker’s, and she gets beautifully dressed. The Veneerings find with swift remorse that they have omitted to invite Miss Bella Wilfer. One Mrs Veneering and one Mr and Mrs Veneering requesting that additional honour, instantly do penance in white cardboard on the hall table. Mrs Tapkins likewise discovers her omission, and with promptitude repairs it; for herself; for Miss Tapkins, for Miss Frederica Tapkins, for Miss Antonina Tapkins, for Miss Malvina Tapkins, and for Miss Euphemia Tapkins. Likewise, for Mrs Henry George Alfred Swoshle NEE Tapkins. Likewise, for Mrs Tapkins at Home, Wednesdays, Music, Portland Place.

Tradesmen’s books hunger, and tradesmen’s mouths water, for the gold dust of the Golden Dustman. As Mrs Boffin and Miss Wilfer drive out, or as Mr Boffin walks out at his jog-trot pace, the fishmonger pulls off his hat with an air of reverence founded on conviction. His men cleanse their fingers on their woollen aprons before presuming to touch their foreheads to Mr Boffin or Lady. The gaping salmon and the golden mullet lying on the slab seem to turn up their eyes sideways, as they would turn up their hands if they had any, in worshipping admiration. The butcher, though a portly and a prosperous man, doesn’t know what to do with himself; so anxious is he to express humility when discovered by the passing Boffins taking the air in a mutton grove. Presents are made to the Boffin servants, and bland strangers with business-cards meeting said servants in the street, offer hypothetical corruption. As, ‘Supposing I was to be favoured with an order from Mr Boffin, my dear friend, it would be worth my while’—to do a certain thing that I hope might not prove wholly disagreeable to your feelings.

But no one knows so well as the Secretary, who opens and reads the letters, what a set is made at the man marked by a stroke of notoriety. Oh the varieties of dust for ocular use, offered in exchange for the gold dust of the Golden Dustman! Fifty-seven churches to be erected with half-crowns, forty-two parsonage houses to be repaired with shillings, seven-and-twenty organs to be built with halfpence, twelve hundred children to be brought up on postage stamps. Not that a half-crown, shilling, halfpenny, or postage stamp, would be particularly acceptable from Mr Boffin, but that it is so obvious he is the man to make up the deficiency. And then the charities, my Christian brother! And mostly in difficulties, yet mostly lavish, too, in the expensive articles of print and paper. Large fat private double letter, sealed with ducal coronet. ‘Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire. My Dear Sir,—Having consented to preside at the forthcoming Annual Dinner of the Family Party Fund, and feeling deeply impressed with the immense usefulness of that noble Institution and the great importance of its being supported by a List of Stewards that shall prove to the public the interest taken in it by popular and distinguished men, I have undertaken to ask you to become a Steward on that occasion. Soliciting your favourable reply before the 14th instant, I am, My Dear Sir, Your faithful Servant, LINSEED. P.S. The Steward’s fee is limited to three Guineas.’ Friendly this, on the part of the Duke of Linseed (and thoughtful in the postscript), only lithographed by the hundred and presenting but a pale individuality of an address to Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire, in quite another hand. It takes two noble Earls and a Viscount, combined, to inform Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire, in an equally flattering manner, that an estimable lady in the West of England has offered to present a purse containing twenty pounds, to the Society for Granting Annuities to Unassuming Members of the Middle Classes, if twenty individuals will previously present purses of one hundred pounds each. And those benevolent noblemen very kindly point out that if Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire, should wish to present two or more purses, it will not be inconsistent with the design of the estimable lady in the West of England, provided each purse be coupled with the name of some member of his honoured and respected family.

These are the corporate beggars. But there are, besides, the individual beggars; and how does the heart of the Secretary fail him when he has to cope with THEM! And they must be coped with to some extent, because they all enclose documents (they call their scraps documents; but they are, as to papers deserving the name, what minced veal is to a calf), the non-return of which would be their ruin. That is to say, they are utterly ruined now, but they would be more utterly ruined then. Among these correspondents are several daughters of general officers, long accustomed to every luxury of life (except spelling), who little thought, when their gallant fathers waged war in the Peninsula, that they would ever have to appeal to those whom Providence, in its inscrutable wisdom, has blessed with untold gold, and from among whom they select the name of Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire, for a maiden effort in this wise, understanding that he has such a heart as never was. The Secretary learns, too, that confidence between man and wife would seem to obtain but rarely when virtue is in distress, so numerous are the wives who take up their pens to ask Mr Boffin for money without the knowledge of their devoted husbands, who would never permit it; while, on the other hand, so numerous are the husbands who take up their pens to ask Mr Boffin for money without the knowledge of their devoted wives, who would instantly go out of their senses if they had the least suspicion of the circumstance. There are the inspired beggars, too. These were sitting, only yesterday evening, musing over a fragment of candle which must soon go out and leave them in the dark for the rest of their nights, when surely some Angel whispered the name of Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire, to their souls, imparting rays of hope, nay confidence, to which they had long been strangers! Akin to these are the suggestively-befriended beggars. They were partaking of a cold potato and water by the flickering and gloomy light of a lucifer-match, in their lodgings (rent considerably in arrear, and heartless landlady threatening expulsion ‘like a dog’ into the streets), when a gifted friend happening to look in, said, ‘Write immediately to Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire,’ and would take no denial. There are the nobly independent beggars too. These, in the days of their abundance, ever regarded gold as dross, and have not yet got over that only impediment in the way of their amassing wealth, but they want no dross from Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire; No, Mr Boffin; the world may term it pride, paltry pride if you will, but they wouldn’t take it if you offered it; a loan, sir—for fourteen weeks to the day, interest calculated at the rate of five per cent per annum, to be bestowed upon any charitable institution you may name—is all they want of you, and if you have the meanness to refuse it, count on being despised by these great spirits. There are the beggars of punctual business-habits too. These will make an end of themselves at a quarter to one P.M. on Tuesday, if no Post-office order is in the interim received from Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire; arriving after a quarter to one P.M. on Tuesday, it need not be sent, as they will then (having made an exact memorandum of the heartless circumstances) be ‘cold in death.’ There are the beggars on horseback too, in another sense from the sense of the proverb. These are mounted and ready to start on the highway to affluence. The goal is before them, the road is in the best condition, their spurs are on, the steed is willing, but, at the last moment, for want of some special thing—a clock, a violin, an astronomical telescope, an electrifying machine—they must dismount for ever, unless they receive its equivalent in money from Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire. Less given to detail are the beggars who make sporting ventures. These, usually to be addressed in reply under initials at a country post-office, inquire in feminine hands, Dare one who cannot disclose herself to Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire, but whose name might startle him were it revealed, solicit the immediate advance of two hundred pounds from unexpected riches exercising their noblest privilege in the trust of a common humanity?

In such a Dismal Swamp does the new house stand, and through it does the Secretary daily struggle breast-high. Not to mention all the people alive who have made inventions that won’t act, and all the jobbers who job in all the jobberies jobbed; though these may be regarded as the Alligators of the Dismal Swamp, and are always lying by to drag the Golden Dustman under.

But the old house. There are no designs against the Golden Dustman there? There are no fish of the shark tribe in the Bower waters? Perhaps not. Still, Wegg is established there, and would seem, judged by his secret proceedings, to cherish a notion of making a discovery. For, when a man with a wooden leg lies prone on his stomach to peep under bedsteads; and hops up ladders, like some extinct bird, to survey the tops of presses and cupboards; and provides himself an iron rod which he is always poking and prodding into dust-mounds; the probability is that he expects to find something.

Capitolo 17

Una palude desolata

E ora, nei giorni fioriti dell’estate, ecco il signor e la signora Boffin sistemati nella maestosa dimora di una famiglia aristocratica; ed ecco ogni sorta di creature che strisciano, si muovono veloci o ronzano, attratte dal “polvere d’oro” del Golden Dustman!

Tra coloro che lasciano biglietti alla porta estremamente aristocratica, prima ancora che venga completamente dipinta, ci sono i Veneering: si potrebbe immaginare che siano senza fiato, a causa dell’impetuosità con cui si sono affrettati verso quei gradini così aristocratici. Una signora Veneering in rame, due signori Veneering in rame, e una coppia di signori e signore Veneering in rame chiedono l’onore di partecipare alla cena con i signori e le signore Boffin, con la massima solennità. Anche la deliziosa Lady Tippins lascia un biglietto; lo stesso fa Twemlow. Un alto phaeton color crema, bardato in modo solenne, lascia quattro biglietti: due del signor Podsnap, uno della signora Podsnap e uno della signorina Podsnap. Tutti, insomma, lasciano biglietti. A volte, la “moglie” del mondo ha così tante figlie che il suo biglietto assomiglia più a una “mercia varia” all’asta: include la signora Tapkins, la signorina Tapkins, la signorina Frederica Tapkins, la signorina Antonina Tapkins, la signorina Malvina Tapkins e la signorina Euphemia Tapkins. Nello stesso tempo, la stessa signora lascia anche un biglietto con il nome di Mrs Henry George Alfred Swoshle, nata Tapkins; inoltre, un altro biglietto indica che la signora Tapkins è disponibile a casa sua, ogni mercoledì, per concerti, al Portland Place.

La signorina Bella Wilfer diventa, per un periodo indeterminato, ospite di quella residenza estremamente aristocratica. La signora Boffin la porta dal suo sarto e dalla sua modista, e lei viene vestita con grande eleganza. I membri della famiglia Veneering si rendono immediatamente conto del loro errore nell’aver omesso di invitare la signorina Bella Wilfer; una signora Veneering, insieme a un signore e una signora Veneering, chiedono quindi di espiare il proprio errore indossando abiti bianchi di cartone nel salone. Anche la signora Tapkins si rende conto dell’omissione e immediatamente rimedi al problema, per sé stessa, per la signorina Tapkins, per la signorina Frederica Tapkins, per la signorina Antonina Tapkins, per la signorina Malvina Tapkins e per la signorina Euphemia Tapkins. E naturalmente, anche per la signora Tapkins che vive a Casa, dove ogni mercoledì si ascolta musica in Portland Place.

I libri degli artigiani hanno “fame”, e le loro bocche “bramano” l’oro della “Polvere d’Oro”. Mentre la signora Boffin e la signorina Wilfer escono, o mentre il signor Boffin si allontana a passo veloce, il pescevendolo si toglie il cappello con un atteggiamento di reverenza profonda. I suoi uomini puliscono le dita sui loro grembiuli di lana prima di osare toccarsi la fronte davanti al signor Boffin o alla signora. Il salmone e il mulletto dorato esposti sul tagliere sembrano sollevare gli occhi, come se avessero mani per farlo, in un gesto di ammirazione reverente. Il macellaio, pur essendo un uomo robusto e prospero, non sa cosa fare; è così ansioso di dimostrare umiltà quando i Boffin passano per caso. Si fanno regali ai servitori dei Boffin, e estranei con biglietti da visita che incontrano questi servitori per strada propongono ipotetiche corruzioni. “Supponiamo che mi venisse concessa l’opportunità di eseguire un ordine del signor Boffin, valrebbe davvero la pena, ” fare qualcosa che, spero, non risulti del tutto sgradevole per i vostri sentimenti.

Ma nessuno conosce così bene come il Segretario quelle cose: lui apre e legge le lettere. Che insieme formano davvero un quadro completo di ciò che accade a quell’uomo segnato da una nota di notorietà negativa. Oh, le infinite varietà di “polvere” utilizzabili per gli occhi, offerte in cambio della preziosa “polvere d’oro” del “Uomo della Polvere d’Oro”! Cinquantasette chiese da costruire con mezzo crown ciascuna, quarantadue case parrocchiali da riparare con scellini, ventisette organi da realizzare con mezzi penny. E millecento bambini da allevare con francobolli. Non che una mezza crown, uno scellino, un mezzo penny o un francobollo possano essere particolarmente graditi al signor Boffin. Ma è evidente che lui sia proprio la persona adatta a colmare quelle lacune. E poi ci sono le opere di carità. Mio caro fratello cristiano! Spesso in difficoltà, ma anche molto generose nell’acquisto di costosi materiali cartacei. Lettere private lunghe e rigogliose, sigillate con corone ducali, “Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire. Caro Signore, avendo accettato di presiedere la prossima Cena Annuale del Fondo della Famiglia Partecipante, e rimanendo profondamente colpito dall’enorme utilità di quell’istituto nobile e dall’importanza fondamentale che sia sostenuto da una lista di amministratori in grado di dimostrare al pubblico l’interesse che vi pongono persone popolari e distinte, ho deciso di chiedervi di diventare uno di questi amministratori in quell’occasione. Aspetto con ansia la vostra risposta entro il 14. Il vostro fedele servitore, Linseed. P.S.: La retribuzione dell’amministratore è limitata a tre ghinee, ” Amichevole da parte del Duca di Linseed. E premuroso nel postscripto. Ma stampato in modo così banale che l’indirizzo rivolto a Nicodemus Boffin sembra appartenere a qualcun altro. Servono due nobili conti e un visconte messi insieme per comunicare, in modo altrettanto lusinghiero, a Nicodemus Boffin che una gentildonna dell’Ovest dell’Inghilterra ha offerto di donare venti sterline alla Società per la Concessione di Annuità a membri umili delle classi medie. A condizione che altre venti persone donino ciascuna cento sterline. E quei nobili benefattori sottolineano gentilmente che, se Nicodemus Boffin desiderasse donare più di due somme, ciò non sarebbe contrario alle intenzioni della gentildonna dell’Ovest dell’Inghilterra, purché ogni donazione includesse il nome di un membro della sua rispettata famiglia.

I ragazzi erano paralizzati dallo stupore; il giovane ribelle non provava alcuna paura.

In una simile palude desolata sorge la nuova casa, e attraverso di essa il Segretario deve lottare ogni giorno con grande fatica. Per non parlare di tutte le persone viventi che hanno inventato cose che non funzionano, e di tutti quei commercianti che operano in ogni genere di attività. Anche se questi potrebbero essere considerati gli “alligatori” di quella palude desolata, pronti ad trascinare a fondo il “Golden Dustman”.

Ma quella vecchia casa. Non ci sono piani contro il “Uomo della Polvere d’Oro”, vero? Nelle acque di quel luogo non vivono pesci della tribù dei squali, giusto? Forse no. Comunque, Wegg si è stabilito lì, e, a giudicare dalle sue azioni segrete, sembra proprio che abbia in mente di fare qualche scoperta. Del resto, quando un uomo con una gamba di legno si sdraia per spiare sotto i letti; quando sale su scale, come un uccello estinto, per esaminare il contenuto degli armadi e delle credenze; quando si procura un bastone di ferro con cui continua a sondare le montagne di polvere, allora è probabile che abbia davvero qualcosa in mente.

BOOK THE SECOND — BIRDS OF A FEATHER Chapter 1

OF AN EDUCATIONAL CHARACTER

The school at which young Charley Hexam had first learned from a

IL SECONDO LIBRO – UCCELLI DI UNA STELLA
Capitolo 1

Di carattere educativo

La scuola dove il giovane Charley Hexam iniziò per la prima volta i suoi studi.

book—the streets being, for pupils of his degree, the great Preparatory Establishment in which very much that is never unlearned is learned without and before book—was a miserable loft in an unsavoury yard. Its atmosphere was oppressive and disagreeable; it was crowded, noisy, and confusing; half the pupils dropped asleep, or fell into a state of waking stupefaction; the other half kept them in either condition by maintaining a monotonous droning noise, as if they were performing, out of time and tune, on a ruder sort of bagpipe. The teachers, animated solely by good intentions, had no idea of execution, and a lamentable jumble was the upshot of their kind endeavours.

It was a school for all ages, and for both sexes. The latter were kept apart, and the former were partitioned off into square assortments. But, all the place was pervaded by a grimly ludicrous pretence that every pupil was childish and innocent. This pretence, much favoured by the lady-visitors, led to the ghastliest absurdities. Young women old in the vices of the commonest and worst life, were expected to profess themselves enthralled by the good child’s book, the Adventures of Little Margery, who resided in the village cottage by the mill; severely reproved and morally squashed the miller, when she was five and he was fifty; divided her porridge with singing birds; denied herself a new nankeen bonnet, on the ground that the turnips did not wear nankeen bonnets, neither did the sheep who ate them; who plaited straw and delivered the dreariest orations to all comers, at all sorts of unseasonable times. So, unwieldy young dredgers and hulking mudlarks were referred to the experiences of Thomas Twopence, who, having resolved not to rob (under circumstances of uncommon atrocity) his particular friend and benefactor, of eighteenpence, presently came into supernatural possession of three and sixpence, and lived a shining light ever afterwards. (Note, that the benefactor came to no good.) Several swaggering sinners had written their own biographies in the same strain; it always appearing from the lessons of those very boastful persons, that you were to do good, not because it WAS good, but because you were to make a good thing of it. Contrariwise, the adult pupils were taught to read (if they could learn) out of the New Testament; and by dint of stumbling over the syllables and keeping their bewildered eyes on the particular syllables coming round to their turn, were as absolutely ignorant of the sublime history, as if they had never seen or heard of it. An exceedingly and confoundingly perplexing jumble of a school, in fact, where black spirits and grey, red spirits and white, jumbled jumbled jumbled jumbled, jumbled every night. And particularly every Sunday night. For then, an inclined plane of unfortunate infants would be handed over to the prosiest and worst of all the teachers with good intentions, whom nobody older would endure. Who, taking his stand on the floor before them as chief executioner, would be attended by a conventional volunteer boy as executioner’s assistant. When and where it first became the conventional system that a weary or inattentive infant in a class must have its face smoothed downward with a hot hand, or when and where the conventional volunteer boy first beheld such system in operation, and became inflamed with a sacred zeal to administer it, matters not. It was the function of the chief executioner to hold forth, and it was the function of the acolyte to dart at sleeping infants, yawning infants, restless infants, whimpering infants, and smooth their wretched faces; sometimes with one hand, as if he were anointing them for a whisker; sometimes with both hands, applied after the fashion of blinkers. And so the jumble would be in action in this department for a mortal hour; the exponent drawling on to My Dearert Childerrenerr, let us say, for example, about the beautiful coming to the Sepulchre; and repeating the word Sepulchre (commonly used among infants) five hundred times, and never once hinting what it meant; the conventional boy smoothing away right and left, as an infallible commentary; the whole hot-bed of flushed and exhausted infants exchanging measles, rashes, whooping-cough, fever, and stomach disorders, as if they were assembled in High Market for the purpose.

Even in this temple of good intentions, an exceptionally sharp boy exceptionally determined to learn, could learn something, and, having learned it, could impart it much better than the teachers; as being more knowing than they, and not at the disadvantage in which they stood towards the shrewder pupils. In this way it had come about that Charley Hexam had risen in the jumble, taught in the jumble, and been received from the jumble into a better school.

‘So you want to go and see your sister, Hexam?’

‘If you please, Mr Headstone.’

‘I have half a mind to go with you. Where does your sister live?’

‘Why, she is not settled yet, Mr Headstone. I’d rather you didn’t see her till she is settled, if it was all the same to you.’

‘Look here, Hexam.’ Mr Bradley Headstone, highly certificated stipendiary schoolmaster, drew his right forefinger through one of the buttonholes of the boy’s coat, and looked at it attentively. ‘I hope your sister may be good company for you?’

‘Why do you doubt it, Mr Headstone?’

‘I did not say I doubted it.’

‘No, sir; you didn’t say so.’

Bradley Headstone looked at his finger again, took it out of the buttonhole and looked at it closer, bit the side of it and looked at it again.

‘You see, Hexam, you will be one of us. In good time you are sure to pass a creditable examination and become one of us. Then the question is—’

The boy waited so long for the question, while the schoolmaster looked at a new side of his finger, and bit it, and looked at it again, that at length the boy repeated:

Il libro – poiché le strade, per gli studenti del suo livello, rappresentavano il grande istituto preparatorio in cui si imparava molto di ciò che in realtà non viene mai dimenticato, senza l’aiuto dei libri e prima ancora di loro – era un misero stanzino situato in un cortile poco gradevole. L’atmosfera lì regnante era opprimente e sgradevole; lo spazio era angusto, c’era molto rumore e confusione; metà degli studenti si addormentava o cadeva in uno stato di torpida sonnolenza; l’altra metà li teneva in quelle condizioni continuando a produrre un suono monotono e incessante, come se stessero suonando una sorta di flauto di panca in modo disarmonioso e senza alcun ritmo. Gli insegnanti, animati soltanto da buone intenzioni, non avevano la minima idea di come procedere; di conseguenza, i loro sforzi risultavano in un totale disastro.

Era una scuola per tutte le età e per entrambi i sessi. I bambini di sesso maschile venivano tenuti separati da quelli di sesso femminile; inoltre, i bambini venivano divisi in gruppi omogenei. Tuttavia, in tutto l’edificio regnava l’assurda pretesa che ogni alunno fosse ancora un bambino e quindi innocente. Questa pretesa, molto favorita dalle visite delle signore, portava a situazioni assurde e grottesche: giovani donne esperte nelle vizi più volgari e perversi erano costrette a fingere di essere affascinate dal libro del “buon bambino” Little Margery, che viveva in una capanna vicino al mulino; venivano severemente rimproverate quando avevano cinque anni mentre il mugnaio ne aveva cinquanta; dividevano la loro pappa con degli uccellini canori. Si privavano anche di un nuovo cappello, sostenendo che i cavoli non indossassero cappelli, né le pecore che li mangiavano. Intrecciavano paglia e pronunciavano discorsi noiosissimi a chiunque venisse, in momenti del tutto inappropriati. Così, bambini goffi e grassottelli venivano fatti leggere storie su Thomas Twopence, che, dopo aver deciso di non derubare il proprio benefattore di diciotto penny, finiva per possedere tre o sei penny e da allora viveva una vita “luminosa”, (Nota: il benefattore, però, non ne trasse alcun vantaggio.) Anche alcuni peccatori presuntuosi avevano scritto le proprie biografie nello stesso stile; dalle loro parole sembrava sempre che si dovesse fare del bene non perché fosse davvero giusto, ma perché così si poteva ottenere un qualche vantaggio personale. Al contrario, agli alunni più grandi veniva insegnato a leggere il Nuovo Testamento. Ma, a causa degli errori nella pronuncia delle parole e dell’attenzione concentrata solo su alcune sillabe in particolare, rimanevano completamente ignoranti di quella che era la vera storia. In definitiva, si trattava di una scuola estremamente confusa e disorganizzata: ogni notte, ma soprattutto ogni domenica notte, i bambini venivano affidati agli insegnanti più noiosi e incompetenti. Questi, assumendo il ruolo di “esecutori”, erano assistiti da ragazzi volontari. Non si sa quando né come sia diventata prassi comune quella di “lisciare il viso dei bambini addormentati con una mano calda”. Ma era compito dell’insegnante principale eseguire questa procedura, mentre l’aiutante si occupava dei bambini che dormivano o erano irrequieti. A volte si usavano entrambe le mani. E così, per un’ora intera, continuava questo caos. L’insegnante parlava a lungo di cose senza senso, mentre l’aiutante applicava questa pratica su tutti i bambini presenti. Il risultato? Un ambiente pieno di bambini malati e stanchi che si ammalavano a vicenda.

Anche in questo tempio di buone intenzioni, un ragazzo eccezionalmente intelligente e determinato ad imparare potrebbe apprendere qualcosa e, una volta che l’ha appreso, trasmetterlo molto meglio degli insegnanti; poiché ne sa di più loro e non si trova nella stessa condizione svantaggiosa in cui essi si trovano rispetto agli studenti più capaci. È così che Charley Hexam è riuscito a farsi strada, ad insegnare e ad essere ammesso in una scuola migliore.

“Quindi vuoi andare a trovare tua sorella, Hexam?”

“Se le fa piacere, signor Headstone.”

“Mi andrebbe quasi di voler venire con te. Dove vive tua sorella?”

“Ma non è ancora sistemata, signor Headstone. Preferirei che non la vedesse fino a quando non lo sarà, se per lei non fa differenza.”

“Guarda qui, Hexam,” disse il signor Bradley Headstone, un insegnante di scuola privata altamente qualificato. Passò il dito indice destro attraverso uno dei bottoni del cappotto del ragazzo e lo osservò attentamente. “Spero che tua sorella possa essere una buona compagnia per te, ”

“Perché dovrebbe dubitarne, signor Headstone?”

“Non ho detto di dubitarne.”

“No, signore; non l’ha detto.”

Bradley Headstone guardò di nuovo il proprio dito, lo tirò fuori dall’asola del bottone e lo esaminò più da vicino; poi morse il lato del dito e lo osservò ancora una volta.

“Vedi, Hexam, diventerai uno di noi. Col tempo sicuramente supererai un esame degno e diventerai uno di noi. Allora la domanda è, ”

Il ragazzo aspettò a lungo la domanda; intanto l’insegnante osservava un nuovo lato del proprio dito, lo mordeva e poi lo guardava di nuovo. Alla fine il ragazzo ripeté:

‘The question is, sir—?’

‘Whether you had not better leave well alone.’

‘Is it well to leave my sister alone, Mr Headstone?’

‘I do not say so, because I do not know. I put it to you. I ask you to think of it. I want you to consider. You know how well you are doing here.’

‘After all, she got me here,’ said the boy, with a struggle.

‘Perceiving the necessity of it,’ acquiesced the schoolmaster, ‘and making up her mind fully to the separation. Yes.’

The boy, with a return of that former reluctance or struggle or whatever it was, seemed to debate with himself. At length he said, raising his eyes to the master’s face:

‘I wish you’d come with me and see her, Mr Headstone, though she is not settled. I wish you’d come with me, and take her in the rough, and judge her for yourself.’

‘You are sure you would not like,’ asked the schoolmaster, ‘to prepare her?’

‘My sister Lizzie,’ said the boy, proudly, ‘wants no preparing, Mr Headstone. What she is, she is, and shows herself to be. There’s no pretending about my sister.’

His confidence in her, sat more easily upon him than the indecision with which he had twice contended. It was his better nature to be true to her, if it were his worse nature to be wholly selfish. And as yet the better nature had the stronger hold.

Well, I can spare the evening,’ said the schoolmaster. ‘I am ready to walk with you.’

‘Thank you, Mr Headstone. And I am ready to go.’

Bradley Headstone, in his decent black coat and waistcoat, and decent white shirt, and decent formal black tie, and decent pantaloons of pepper and salt, with his decent silver watch in his pocket and its decent hair-guard round his neck, looked a thoroughly decent young man of six-and-twenty. He was never seen in any other dress, and yet there was a certain stiffness in his manner of wearing this, as if there were a want of adaptation between him and it, recalling some mechanics in their holiday clothes. He had acquired mechanically a great store of teacher’s knowledge. He could do mental arithmetic mechanically, sing at sight mechanically, blow various wind instruments mechanically, even play the great church organ mechanically. From his early childhood up, his mind had been a place of mechanical stowage. The arrangement of his wholesale warehouse, so that it might be always ready to meet the demands of retail dealers—history here, geography there, astronomy to the right, political economy to the left—natural history, the physical sciences, figures, music, the lower mathematics, and what not, all in their several places—this care had imparted to his countenance a look of care; while the habit of questioning and being questioned had given him a suspicious manner, or a manner that would be better described as one of lying in wait. There was a kind of settled trouble in the face. It was the face belonging to a naturally slow or inattentive intellect that had toiled hard to get what it had won, and that had to hold it now that it was gotten. He always seemed to be uneasy lest anything should be missing from his mental warehouse, and taking stock to assure himself.

Suppression of so much to make room for so much, had given him a constrained manner, over and above. Yet there was enough of what was animal, and of what was fiery (though smouldering), still visible in him, to suggest that if young Bradley Headstone, when a pauper lad, had chanced to be told off for the sea, he would not have been the last man in a ship’s crew. Regarding that origin of his, he was proud, moody, and sullen, desiring it to be forgotten. And few people knew of it.

In some visits to the Jumble his attention had been attracted to this boy Hexam. An undeniable boy for a pupil-teacher; an undeniable boy to do credit to the master who should bring him on. Combined with this consideration, there may have been some thought of the pauper lad now never to be mentioned. Be that how it might, he had with pains gradually worked the boy into his own school, and procured him some offices to discharge there, which were repaid with food and lodging. Such were the circumstances that had brought together, Bradley Headstone and young Charley Hexam that autumn evening. Autumn, because full half a year had come and gone since the bird of prey lay dead upon the river-shore.

The schools—for they were twofold, as the sexes—were down in that district of the flat country tending to the Thames, where Kent and Surrey meet, and where the railways still bestride the market-gardens that will soon die under them. The schools were newly built, and there were so many like them all over the country, that one might have thought the whole were but one restless edifice with the locomotive gift of Aladdin’s palace. They were in a neighbourhood which looked like a toy neighbourhood taken in blocks out of a box by a child of particularly incoherent mind, and set up anyhow; here, one side of a new street; there, a large solitary public-house facing nowhere; here, another unfinished street already in ruins; there, a church; here, an immense new warehouse; there, a dilapidated old country villa; then, a medley of black ditch, sparkling cucumber-frame, rank field, richly cultivated kitchen-garden, brick viaduct, arch-spanned canal, and disorder of frowziness and fog. As if the child had given the table a kick, and gone to sleep.

But, even among school-buildings, school-teachers, and school-pupils, all according to pattern and all engendered in the light of the latest Gospel according to Monotony, the older pattern into which so many fortunes have been shaped for good and evil, comes out. It came out in Miss Peecher the schoolmistress, watering her flowers, as Mr Bradley Headstone walked forth. It came out in Miss Peecher the schoolmistress, watering the flowers in the little dusty bit of garden attached to her small official residence, with little windows like the eyes in needles, and little doors like the covers of school-books.

“La domanda è, signore,?”

“Forse sarebbe meglio che tu lasciassi benissimoda solo.”

“È davvero giusto lasciare mia sorella da sola, signor Headstone?”

“Non lo dico perché non lo so. Vi pongo questa domanda. Vi chiedo di pensarci bene, di rifletterci attentamente. Sapete quanto stiate andando bene qui.”

“Dopotutto, è stata lei a portarmi qui,” disse il ragazzo, con qualche difficoltà.

“Riconoscendo la necessità di farlo,” acconsentì l’insegnante, “e prendendosi finalmente la decisione di separarsi. Sì.”

Il ragazzo, tornato ad essere riluttante o a lottare contro qualcosa – che fosse ciò che fosse – sembrava dibattere con se stesso. Alla fine alzò lo sguardo verso il volto del maestro e disse:

“Vorrei che veniste con me a vederla, signor Headstone, anche se non è ancora sistemata. Vorrei che veniste con me, che la prendeste con voi e la giudicaste di persona.”

“Sei sicuro di non volerlo fare tu stesso?”, chiese il maestro.

“Mia sorella Lizzie,” disse il ragazzo con orgoglio, “non vuole che si facciano preparativi, signor Headstone. È ciò che è, e lo dimostra apertamente. Non c’è bisogno di fingere nulla riguardo a mia sorella.”

La sua fiducia in lei gli pesava meno di quell’incertezza con cui aveva lottato due volte. Era la sua natura migliore quella di essere fedele a lei, anche se la sua natura peggiore lo spingeva ad agire in modo completamente egoistico. E per il momento, la natura migliore aveva la meglio.

“Beh, posso dedicare la serata a questo,” disse il maestro. “Sono pronto ad accompagnarti.”

“Grazie, signor Headstone. E sono pronto ad andare.”

Bradley Headstone, con il suo rispettabile cappotto nero, la cravatta bianca, i pantaloni eleganti e l’orologio d’argento in tasca, sembrava un giovane assolutamente rispettabile di ventisei anni. Non si lo vedeva mai vestito in altro modo, ma c’era una certa rigidità nel suo modo di indossare quegli abiti, come se ci fosse una mancanza di naturalezza tra lui e loro, un po’ come i meccanici che indossano i loro abiti festivi. Aveva acquisito, in modo meccanico, una grande quantità di conoscenze tipiche di un insegnante: sapeva fare calcoli mentali in modo automatico, cantare a prima vista, suonare vari strumenti a fiato e persino il grande organo della chiesa. Fin da piccolo, la sua mente era stata come un magazzino dove tutto veniva sistemato in modo ordinato, pronto ad essere utilizzato al momento necessario: storia qui, geografia lì, astronomia a destra, economia politica a sinistra. Tutto al proprio posto. Questa cura meticolosa aveva conferito al suo viso un’espressione preoccupata; inoltre, l’abitudine di porre domande e di essere interrogato gli aveva dato un atteggiamento sospettoso, o meglio, uno spirito di attesa vigile. Sul suo volto si leggeva una sorta di costante ansia: era il viso di una mente naturalmente lenta o distratta che aveva dovuto lavorare sodo per ottenere ciò che voleva e ora doveva mantenerlo. Sembrava sempre preoccupato che qualcosa potesse mancare nel suo “magazzino mentale”, e quindi si assicurava costantemente che tutto fosse al proprio posto.

La cancellazione di così tanto per fare spazio a qualcos’altro gli aveva conferito un comportamento rigido e controllato. Tuttavia, in lui era ancora visibile abbastanza di ciò che era animale e di ciò che era appassionato (sebbene sommerso da una sorta di torpore), da far pensare che, se al giovane Bradley Headstone, quando era solo un ragazzo povero, fosse stato detto di non andare al mare, probabilmente non sarebbe stato l’ultimo ad arruolarsi nell’equipaggio di una nave. Riguardo a quell’origine, lui ne era orgoglioso, malinconico e cupo, desiderando che venisse dimenticata. E poche persone ne erano a conoscenza.

Durante alcune visite al Jumble, l’attenzione di Bradley Headstone era stata attratta da quel ragazzo, Hexam. Un ragazzo davvero notevole per essere un allievo-insegnante; un ragazzo che avrebbe potuto onorare il maestro che lo avesse formato. Forse, considerando questo aspetto, si era anche pensato di non menzionare più mai quel ragazzo povero. Comunque fosse, Bradley Headstone aveva gradualmente fatto entrare quel ragazzo nella propria scuola e gli aveva trovato alcuni compiti da svolgere lì, in cambio del cibo e dell’alloggio. Furono queste circostanze a far incontrare, quella sera d’autunno, Bradley Headstone e il giovane Charley Hexam. Autunno, perché ormai era passato un intero semestre da quando quell’uccello rapace era morto sulla riva del fiume.

Le scuole – poiché erano due, una per i maschi e una per le femmine – si trovavano in quella zona della pianura che si estendeva lungo il fiume Tamigi, dove si incontrano le contee di Kent e Surrey; i binari ferroviari attraversavano quei giardini mercantili che presto sarebbero scomparsi sotto di loro. Le scuole erano appena state costruite, e ce n’erano così tante in tutto il paese che si poteva pensare che fossero in realtà un unico edificio gigantesco, dotato della capacità di muoversi come il palazzo magico di Aladino. Si trovavano in un quartiere che sembrava un insieme casuale di elementi presi da una scatola da un bambino dal pensiero particolarmente disordinato, e poi messi insieme a caso: da un lato c’era il lato di una nuova strada; dall’altro, un grande edificio pubblico isolato che non guardava verso nulla in particolare; ancora più avanti, un’altra strada incompleta già in rovina; poi una chiesa, un enorme magazzino nuovo, una vecchia villa di campagna fatiscente. E infine, un insieme disordinato di fossati neri, recinti di legno lucido, campi coltivati, giardini ben curati, viadotti in mattoni, canali con archi, e una confusione di elementi caotici e nebbiosi. Sembrava che quel bambino avesse dato un calcio al tavolo e poi se ne fosse andato a dormire.

Ma anche tra edifici scolastici, insegnanti e alunni, tutti conformi a uno stesso modello e nati alla luce dell’ultima dottrina della Monotonia, emerge ancora quel vecchio schema secondo cui tante fortune sono state plasmate, sia per il bene che per il male. Quel modello si manifestò in Miss Peecher, l’insegnante: mentre Mr Bradley Headstone usciva, lei annaffiava i suoi fiori. Si manifestò anche nel piccolo giardino polveroso annesso alla sua modesta residenza ufficiale, con quelle finestrelle minuscole come occhi su aghi e quei portellini simili alle copertine dei libri di testo.

Small, shining, neat, methodical, and buxom was Miss Peecher; cherry-cheeked and tuneful of voice. A little pincushion, a little housewife, a little book, a little workbox, a little set of tables and weights and measures, and a little woman, all in one. She could write a little essay on any subject, exactly a slate long, beginning at the left-hand top of one side and ending at the right-hand bottom of the other, and the essay should be strictly according to rule. If Mr Bradley Headstone had addressed a written proposal of marriage to her, she would probably have replied in a complete little essay on the theme exactly a slate long, but would certainly have replied Yes. For she loved him. The decent hair-guard that went round his neck and took care of his decent silver watch was an object of envy to her. So would Miss Peecher have gone round his neck and taken care of him. Of him, insensible. Because he did not love Miss Peecher.

Miss Peecher’s favourite pupil, who assisted her in her little household, was in attendance with a can of water to replenish her little watering-pot, and sufficiently divined the state of Miss Peecher’s affections to feel it necessary that she herself should love young Charley Hexam. So, there was a double palpitation among the double stocks and double wall-flowers, when the master and the boy looked over the little gate.

‘A fine evening, Miss Peecher,’ said the Master.

‘A very fine evening, Mr Headstone,’ said Miss Peecher. ‘Are you taking a walk?’

‘Hexam and I are going to take a long walk.’

‘Charming weather,’ remarked Miss Peecher, ‘FOR a long walk.’

‘Ours is rather on business than mere pleasure,’ said the Master. Miss Peecher inverting her watering-pot, and very carefully shaking out the few last drops over a flower, as if there were some special virtue in them which would make it a Jack’s beanstalk before morning, called for replenishment to her pupil, who had been speaking to the boy.

‘Good-night, Miss Peecher,’ said the Master.

‘Good-night, Mr Headstone,’ said the Mistress.

The pupil had been, in her state of pupilage, so imbued with the class-custom of stretching out an arm, as if to hail a cab or omnibus, whenever she found she had an observation on hand to offer to Miss Peecher, that she often did it in their domestic relations; and she did it now.

Well, Mary Anne?’ said Miss Peecher.

‘If you please, ma’am, Hexam said they were going to see his sister.’

‘But that can’t be, I think,’ returned Miss Peecher: ‘because Mr Headstone can have no business with HER.’

Mary Anne again hailed.

Well, Mary Anne?’

‘If you please, ma’am, perhaps it’s Hexam’s business?’

‘That may be,’ said Miss Peecher. ‘I didn’t think of that. Not that it matters at all.’

Mary Anne again hailed.

Well, Mary Anne?’

‘They say she’s very handsome.’

‘Oh, Mary Anne, Mary Anne!’ returned Miss Peecher, slightly colouring and shaking her head, a little out of humour; ‘how often have I told you not to use that vague expression, not to speak in that general way? When you say THEY say, what do you mean? Part of speech They?’

Mary Anne hooked her right arm behind her in her left hand, as being under examination, and replied:

‘Personal pronoun.’

‘Person, They?’

‘Third person.’

‘Number, They?’

‘Plural number.’

‘Then how many do you mean, Mary Anne? Two? Or more?’

‘I beg your pardon, ma’am,’ said Mary Anne, disconcerted now she came to think of it; ‘but I don’t know that I mean more than her brother himself.’ As she said it, she unhooked her arm.

‘I felt convinced of it,’ returned Miss Peecher, smiling again. ‘Now pray, Mary Anne, be careful another time. He says is very different from they say, remember. Difference between he says and they say? Give it me.’

Mary Anne immediately hooked her right arm behind her in her left hand—an attitude absolutely necessary to the situation—and replied: ‘One is indicative mood, present tense, third person singular, verb active to say. Other is indicative mood, present tense, third person plural, verb active to say.’

‘Why verb active, Mary Anne?’

‘Because it takes a pronoun after it in the objective case, Miss Peecher.’

‘Very good indeed,’ remarked Miss Peecher, with encouragement. ‘In fact, could not be better. Don’t forget to apply it, another time, Mary Anne.’ This said, Miss Peecher finished the watering of her flowers, and went into her little official residence, and took a refresher of the principal rivers and mountains of the world, their breadths, depths, and heights, before settling the measurements of the body of a dress for her own personal occupation.

Bradley Headstone and Charley Hexam duly got to the Surrey side of Westminster Bridge, and crossed the bridge, and made along the Middlesex shore towards Millbank. In this region are a certain little street called Church Street, and a certain little blind square, called Smith Square, in the centre of which last retreat is a very hideous church with four towers at the four corners, generally resembling some petrified monster, frightful and gigantic, on its back with its legs in the air. They found a tree near by in a corner, and a blacksmith’s forge, and a timber yard, and a dealer’s in old iron. What a rusty portion of a boiler and a great iron wheel or so meant by lying half-buried in the dealer’s fore-court, nobody seemed to know or to want to know. Like the Miller of questionable jollity in the song, They cared for Nobody, no not they, and Nobody cared for them.

After making the round of this place, and noting that there was a deadly kind of repose on it, more as though it had taken laudanum than fallen into a natural rest, they stopped at the point where the street and the square joined, and where there were some little quiet houses in a row. To these Charley Hexam finally led the way, and at one of these stopped.

Piccola, luminosa, ordinata, metodica e formosa, così era la signorina Peecher: guance rosee e voce melodiosa. Un piccolo cuscino da cucito, una piccola casalinga, un piccolo libro, un piccolo cestino da lavoro, un piccolo set di tavoli, pesi e misure, insomma, una piccola donna, tutto in uno. Era in grado di scrivere un breve >saggio su qualsiasi argomento, esattamente della lunghezza di una lastra di ardesia: iniziava nell’angolo in alto a sinistra e finiva nell’angolo in basso a destra, e il saggio doveva seguire rigorosamente le regole. Se il signor Bradley Headstone le avesse inviato una proposta scritta di >sposa, probabilmente gli avrebbe risposto con un altro breve saggio sullo stesso argomento, sempre della stessa lunghezza, ma sicuramente avrebbe detto di sì. Perché lo amava. Quel grazioso colletto che gli circondava il collo e proteggeva il suo elegante orologio d’argento era oggetto di invidia per lei. E la signorina Peecher avrebbe voluto fare lo stesso per lui. Ma lui, insensibile, perché non amava la signorina Peecher.

La studentessa preferita di Miss Peecher, che l’aiutava nelle faccende domestiche, era presente con una lattina di acqua per rifornire il suo piccolo vaso da fiori; intuì perfettamente lo stato d’animo di Miss Peecher e ritenne necessario che anche lei stessa iniziasse a amare il giovane Charley Hexam. Così, quando il maestro e il ragazzo si affacciarono oltre la piccola recinzione, vi fu una doppia emozione tra i due filari di piante e i fiori appesi al muro.

“Al termine della serata, signorina Peecher,” disse il Maestro.

“Che bella serata, signor Headstone,” disse la signorina Peecher. “Sta andando a fare una passeggiata?”

“Hexam ed io andremo a fare una lunga passeggiata.”

“Clima incantevole,” osservò la signorina Peecher, “perfetto per una lunga passeggiata.”

“Il nostro scopo è piuttosto quello di svolgere un compito che non semplicemente il divertimento,” disse il Maestro. La signorina Peecher, dopo aver capovolto il suo vaso da annaffiatura e aver scosso con molta cura le ultime gocce su un fiore, come se in esse ci fosse qualche virtù speciale che avrebbe potuto farlo crescere fino a diventare un “albero delle favole” entro la mattina, chiese al suo allievo di rifornirla, poiché questi stava parlando con il ragazzo.

“Buona notte, signorina Peecher,” disse il Maestro.

“Buona sera, signor Headstone,” disse la padrona di casa.

La studentessa, nella sua condizione di studentessa, era talmente abituata a tendere un braccio, come per chiamare un taxi o un omnibus, ogni volta che aveva qualcosa da osservare o suggerire alla signorina Peecher, che lo faceva spesso anche nelle loro relazioni quotidiane; e lo fece anche questa volta.

“Beh, Mary Anne?” disse la signorina Peecher.

“Se le è possibile, signora. Hexam ha detto che avrebbero incontrato sua sorella.”

“Ma non può essere,” rispose la signorina Peecher, “perché il signor Headstone non può avere alcun rapporto con LEI.”

Di nuovo, Mary Anne chiamò.

“Beh, Mary Anne?”

“Se le va bene, signora, forse questa è una questione che riguarda Hexam.”

“Forse è vero,” disse la signorina Peecher. “Non ci avevo pensato. Anche se, in realtà, non ha alcuna importanza.”

Di nuovo, Mary Anne chiamò.

“Beh, Mary Anne?”

Dicono che sia molto attraente.

“Oh, Mary Anne, Mary Anne!” rispose la signorina Peecher, arrossendo leggermente e scuotendo la testa, un po’ fuori dall’umore; “quante volte ti ho detto di non usare quell’espressione vaga, di non parlare in quel modo generico? Quando dici ‘loro dicono’, cosa intendi? Il sostantivo ‘loro’?”

Mary Anne incrociò il braccio destro dietro la schiena con la mano sinistra, come se fosse sotto esame, e rispose:

“Pronome personale”.

“Person, They?”

“Terza persona.”

“Numero, loro?”

“Numero plurale.”

“Quindi quanti ne intendi, Mary Anne? Due? O di più?”

“Perdonatemi, signora,” disse Mary Anne, ora imbarazzata al pensiero di ciò che aveva detto; “ma non so se io possa significare qualcosa di più rispetto a suo fratello stesso.” Mentre parlava, sciolse il braccio dall’abbraccio della signora.

“Ne ero convinta,” rispose Miss Peecher sorridendo di nuovo. “Ora, per favore, Mary Anne, fai attenzione un’altra volta. Lui dice che è molto diverso da quanto dicono gli altri. Ricorda: la differenza tra ciò che lui afferma e ciò che dicono loro. Dimmela.”

Mary Anne immediatamente incrociò il braccio destro dietro la schiena con la mano sinistra – un’azione assolutamente necessaria in quella situazione – e rispose: “Il primo caso riguarda il modo indicativo, tempo presente, persona terza singolare, verbo attivo. L’altro caso riguarda anch’esso il modo indicativo, tempo presente, persona terza plurale, verbo attivo.”

“Perché il verbo al modo attivo, Mary Anne?”

“Perché richiede un pronome al caso oggettivo dopo di sé, signorina Peecher.”

“Molto bene davvero,” commentò Miss Peecher con incoraggiamento. “Anzi, non potrebbe essere meglio. Non dimenticare di applicarlo ancora una volta, Mary Anne.” Dopo aver detto questo, Miss Peecher finì di annaffiare i suoi >fiori e andò nella sua piccola residenza ufficiale per ripassare i nomi dei principali fiumi e montagne del mondo, nonché le loro dimensioni in termini di larghezza, profondità ed altezza; dopodiché iniziò a calcolare le misure necessarie per confezionare un abito, per il proprio uso personale.

Bradley Headstone e Charley Hexam arrivarono quindi sul lato del Surrey del Ponte di Westminster, attraversarono il fiume e proseguirono lungo la riva del Middlesex in direzione di Millbank. In quella zona si trovava una piccola strada chiamata Church Street, e un piccolo spiazzo chiamato Smith Square; al centro di quest’ultimo sorgeva una chiesa davvero orribile, con quattro torri agli angoli, che assomigliava in qualche modo a un mostro pietrificato, gigantesco e spaventoso, con le zampe sollevate verso il cielo. Trovarono vicino un albero, una fucina di fabbro, un deposito di legname e un negozio che vendeva ferramenta vecchia. Quella parte arrugginita di caldaia e quella grande ruota di ferro, semisepolta nel cortile davanti al negozio, nessuno sembrava conoscere il loro significato, né avere interesse a saperlo. Proprio come il “miller” della canzone, che non si curava di nessuno, e nessuno si curava di lui.

Dopo aver visitato quel luogo e notato che vi regnava una sorta di “riposo mortale”, più simile al sonno indotto dal laudano che a un riposo naturale, si fermarono nel punto in cui la strada si incontrava con la piazza, dove c’erano alcune piccole case tranquille allineate una accanto all’altra. Fu proprio verso queste case che Charley Hexam li guidò infine, e si fermarono in una di esse.

‘This must be where my sister lives, sir. This is where she came for a temporary lodging, soon after father’s death.’

‘How often have you seen her since?’

‘Why, only twice, sir,’ returned the boy, with his former reluctance; ‘but that’s as much her doing as mine.’

‘How does she support herself?’

‘She was always a fair needlewoman, and she keeps the stockroom of a seaman’s outfitter.’

‘Does she ever work at her own lodging here?’

‘Sometimes; but her regular hours and regular occupation are at their place of business, I believe, sir. This is the number.’

The boy knocked at a door, and the door promptly opened with a spring and a click. A parlour door within a small entry stood open, and disclosed a child—a dwarf—a girl—a something—sitting on a little low old-fashioned arm-chair, which had a kind of little working bench before it.

‘I can’t get up,’ said the child, ‘because my back’s bad, and my legs are queer. But I’m the person of the house.’

‘Who else is at home?’ asked Charley Hexam, staring.

‘Nobody’s at home at present,’ returned the child, with a glib assertion of her dignity, ‘except the person of the house. What did you want, young man?’

‘I wanted to see my sister.’

‘Many young men have sisters,’ returned the child. ‘Give me your name, young man?’

The queer little figure, and the queer but not ugly little face, with its bright grey eyes, were so sharp, that the sharpness of the manner seemed unavoidable. As if, being turned out of that mould, it must be sharp.

‘Hexam is my name.’

‘Ah, indeed?’ said the person of the house. ‘I thought it might be. Your sister will be in, in about a quarter of an hour. I am very fond of your sister. She’s my particular friend. Take a seat. And this gentleman’s name?’

‘Mr Headstone, my schoolmaster.’

‘Take a seat. And would you please to shut the street door first? I can’t very well do it myself; because my back’s so bad, and my legs are so queer.’

They complied in silence, and the little figure went on with its work of gumming or gluing together with a camel’s-hair brush certain pieces of cardboard and thin wood, previously cut into various shapes. The scissors and knives upon the bench showed that the child herself had cut them; and the bright scraps of velvet and silk and ribbon also strewn upon the bench showed that when duly stuffed (and stuffing too was there), she was to cover them smartly. The dexterity of her nimble fingers was remarkable, and, as she brought two thin edges accurately together by giving them a little bite, she would glance at the visitors out of the corners of her grey eyes with a look that out-sharpened all her other sharpness.

‘You can’t tell me the name of my trade, I’ll be bound,’ she said, after taking several of these observations.

‘You make pincushions,’ said Charley.

‘What else do I make?’

‘Pen-wipers,’ said Bradley Headstone.

‘Ha! ha! What else do I make? You’re a schoolmaster, but you can’t tell me.’

‘You do something,’ he returned, pointing to a corner of the little bench, ‘with straw; but I don’t know what.’

Well done you!’ cried the person of the house. ‘I only make pincushions and pen-wipers, to use up my waste. But my straw really does belong to my business. Try again. What do I make with my straw?’

‘Dinner-mats?’

‘A schoolmaster, and says dinner-mats! I’ll give you a clue to my trade, in a game of forfeits. I love my love with a B because she’s Beautiful; I hate my love with a B because she is Brazen; I took her to the sign of the Blue Boar, and I treated her with Bonnets; her name’s Bouncer, and she lives in Bedlam.—Now, what do I make with my straw?’

‘Ladies’ bonnets?’

‘Fine ladies’,’ said the person of the house, nodding assent. ‘Dolls’. I’m a Doll’s Dressmaker.’

‘I hope it’s a good business?’

The person of the house shrugged her shoulders and shook her head. ‘No. Poorly paid. And I’m often so pressed for time! I had a doll married, last week, and was obliged to work all night. And it’s not good for me, on account of my back being so bad and my legs so queer.’

They looked at the little creature with a wonder that did not diminish, and the schoolmaster said: ‘I am sorry your fine ladies are so inconsiderate.’

‘It’s the way with them,’ said the person of the house, shrugging her shoulders again. ‘And they take no care of their clothes, and they never keep to the same fashions a month. I work for a doll with three daughters. Bless you, she’s enough to ruin her husband!’ The person of the house gave a weird little laugh here, and gave them another look out of the corners of her eyes. She had an elfin chin that was capable of great expression; and whenever she gave this look, she hitched this chin up. As if her eyes and her chin worked together on the same wires.

‘Are you always as busy as you are now?’

‘Busier. I’m slack just now. I finished a large mourning order the day before yesterday. Doll I work for, lost a canary-bird.’ The person of the house gave another little laugh, and then nodded her head several times, as who should moralize, ‘Oh this world, this world!’

‘Are you alone all day?’ asked Bradley Headstone. ‘Don’t any of the neighbouring children—?’

‘Ah, lud!’ cried the person of the house, with a little scream, as if the word had pricked her. ‘Don’t talk of children. I can’t bear children. I know their tricks and their manners.’ She said this with an angry little shake of her tight fist close before her eyes.

Perhaps it scarcely required the teacher-habit, to perceive that the doll’s dressmaker was inclined to be bitter on the difference between herself and other children. But both master and pupil understood it so.

‘Always running about and screeching, always playing and fighting, always skip-skip-skipping on the pavement and chalking it for their games! Oh! I know their tricks and their manners!’ Shaking the little fist as before. ‘And that’s not all. Ever so often calling names in through a person’s keyhole, and imitating a person’s back and legs. Oh! I know their tricks and their manners. And I’ll tell you what I’d do, to punish ’em. There’s doors under the church in the Square—black doors, leading into black vaults. Well! I’d open one of those doors, and I’d cram ’em all in, and then I’d lock the door and through the keyhole I’d blow in pepper.’

“Deve essere qui che vive mia sorella, signore. È qui che è venuta per un alloggio temporaneo, poco dopo la morte di nostro padre.”

“Quante volte l’hai vista da allora?”

“Solo due volte, signore,” rispose il ragazzo, con la solita riluttanza; “ma è altrettanto colpa sua quanto mia.”

“Come fa a mantenersi?”

“Era sempre una brava sarta, e gestisce il magazzino di un negozio che vende abbigliamento da marinaio.”

“Lavora mai nella sua stessa abitazione qui?”

“A volte sì; ma le sue ore di lavoro regolari e la sua attività principale avvengono, credo, nel luogo dove ha il suo ufficio. Ecco il numero.”

Il ragazzo bussò alla porta, e questa si aprì immediatamente con un movimento rapido e un clic. Una porta che conduceva in un salotto, all’interno di un piccolo ingresso, era aperta; al suo interno c’era un bambino – un nano – una ragazza, qualcuno seduto su una vecchia poltrona bassa e dall’aspetto antiquato, davanti alla quale c’era anche un piccolo banco da lavoro.

“Non riesco a alzarmi,” disse il bambino, “perché ho mal di schiena e le gambe mi fanno strano. Ma sono io la persona che si occupa della casa.”

“Chi altro c’è in casa?”, chiese Charley Hexam, fissando intorno a sé.

“Al momento nessuno è in casa,” rispose la bambina, ribadendo con fermezza la propria dignità, “tranne la persona che vive in questa casa. Cosa volevi, giovane uomo?”

“Volevo vedere mia sorella.”

“Molti giovani uomini hanno sorelle,” rispose il bambino. “Dimmi il tuo nome, giovane uomo.”

Quella strana piccola figura, e quel visino strano ma non brutto, con i suoi occhi grigi brillanti, erano così caratteristici che quell’aspetto “tagliente” sembrava inevitabile. Come se, essendo stati creati secondo un certo modello, dovessero necessariamente avere quel tratto distintivo.

“Hexam è il mio nome.”

“Ah, davvero?” disse la persona che abitava nella casa. “Pensavo potesse essere così. Tua sorella arriverà tra circa quindici minuti. Mi piace molto tua sorella; è una mia amica particolare. Siediti pure. E come si chiama questo signore?”

“Il signor Headstone, il mio maestro di scuola.”

“Si sieda, per favore. E potrebbe chiudere la porta d’ingresso prima? Non riesco proprio a farlo da sola. Il mio dorso è molto malato, e le mie gambe sono in condizioni pessime.”

Obbedirono in silenzio, e la piccola figura continuò il suo lavoro: usando un pennello di seta di cammello incollava o fissava insieme pezzi di cartone e legno sottile, precedentemente tagliati in varie forme. Le forbici e i coltelli presenti sul banco dimostravano che era stata la stessa bambina a tagliarli; inoltre, i pezzetti di velluto, seta e nastro sparsi sul banco indicavano che, una volta riempiti adeguatamente (e anche il riempimento era già stato preparato), avrebbe dovuto decorarli con cura. L’agilità delle sue dita era davvero notevole; mentre univa con precisione due bordi sottili, lanciava occhiate ai visitatori con gli angoli dei suoi occhi grigi, uno sguardo che superava in acutezza ogni altra sua caratteristica.

“Non puoi dirmi il nome della mia professione, sarei in pericolo,” disse lei, dopo aver fatto queste osservazioni più volte.

“Fai cuscini,” disse Charley.

“Cosa altro posso fare?”

“Pulitrici per penne,” disse Bradley Headstone.

“Ahah! Cosa altro dovrei fare? Sei un insegnante, ma non riesci a dirmelo, ”

“Fai qualcosa,” rispose lui, indicando un angolo del piccolo banco, “con la paglia, ma non so esattamente cosa.”

“Bravo davvero!” esclamò la persona che abitava nella casa. “Io faccio solo cuscini per spilli e pulitori di penne, per utilizzare al meglio i miei rifiuti. Ma le canne di paglia, quelle davvero fanno parte del mio lavoro. Provaci ancora: con le canne di paglia cosa faccio?”

“Tovaglioli da tavola?”

‘Un maestro di scuola, e dice “tovaglioli da tavola”! Vi darò un indizio sul mio mestiere, attraverso un gioco. Io amo la mia amata, perché è bella; odio la mia amata, perché è sfacciata. L’ho portata al simbolo del Cinghiale Azzurro e le ho regalato cappelli. Si chiama Bouncer, e vive a Bedlam. Ora, cosa faccio con questa paglia?’

“Cappelli da signora?”

“Signorelle,” disse la persona di quella casa, annuendo in segno di accordo. “Bamboline.”
Io sono una sarta di abiti per bamboline.

“Spero che sia un affare redditizio, ”

La persona che abitava in quella casa alzò le spalle e scosse la testa. “No. Il lavoro è mal pagato, e spesso ho troppo poco tempo a disposizione! La settimana scorsa ho dovuto lavorare tutta la notte per organizzare il matrimonio della mia bambola di pezza. E non fa bene alla mia schiena, e inoltre le mie gambe sono piene di problemi.”

Guardavano quella piccola creatura con uno stupore che non diminuiva mai, e l’insegnante disse: “Mi dispiace che le vostre signore siano così poco considerate.”

“È sempre così con loro,” disse la donna di quella casa, scrollando di nuovo le spalle. “Non si curano nemmeno dei loro vestiti, e cambiano stile ogni mese. Lavoro per una donna che ha tre figlie. Benedetta lei, è davvero capace di rovinare suo marito!” La donna dell’altra casa emise una risatina strana e li guardò di nuovo con la coda dell’occhio. Aveva un mento piccolo e grazioso che riusciva a esprimere molte cose; ogni volta che li guardava in quel modo, alzava leggermente il mento. Come se i suoi occhi e il suo mento fossero collegati da dei fili invisibili.

“Sei sempre così impegnato come adesso?”

“Più impegnata. Adesso sono un po’ svogliata. Ho terminato un grosso ordine legato al lutto il giorno prima di ieri. La persona per cui lavoro ha perso un canarino, ” La donna della casa rise di nuovo, poi annuì più volte, come se volesse dare una lezione: “Oh, questo mondo. Questo mondo!”

“Sei da solo tutto il giorno?”, chiese Bradley Headstone. “Non ci sono altri bambini dei dintorni,?”

“Ah, lud!” gridò la persona che abitava in quella casa, con un piccolo urlo, come se quella parola l’avesse pungita. “Non parlare di bambini. Non li sopporto. Conosco tutte le loro trucchi e i loro modi, ” Disse questo scuotendo con rabbia il pugno chiuso davanti ai suoi occhi.

Forse non era nemmeno necessario avere l’esperienza di un insegnante per rendersi conto che la sarta della bambola provava rancore per le differenze tra lei e gli altri bambini. Ma sia l’insegnante che lo studente lo capirono proprio in questo modo.

“Sempre in giro a correre e gridare, sempre a giocare e litigare, sempre a saltellare sul marciapiede e a disegnare con la gesso i loro giochi! Oh! Conosco bene le loro astuzie e i loro modi, ” Scuoteva il pugnetto, come prima. “E non basta: di tanto in tanto gridano insulti attraverso la fessura delle serrature e imitano la postura della gente. Oh! So tutto di loro. E vi dico cosa farei per punirli. Ci sono delle porte sotto la chiesa, nel cortile: porte nere che portano in cripte oscure. Beh, io ne aprirei una, li infilerei tutti dentro e poi chiuderei a chiave quella porta. E attraverso la fessura della serratura soffierei dentro del pepe!”

‘What would be the good of blowing in pepper?’ asked Charley Hexam.

‘To set ’em sneezing,’ said the person of the house, ‘and make their eyes water. And when they were all sneezing and inflamed, I’d mock ’em through the keyhole. Just as they, with their tricks and their manners, mock a person through a person’s keyhole!’

An uncommonly emphatic shake of her little fist close before her eyes, seemed to ease the mind of the person of the house; for she added with recovered composure, ‘No, no, no. No children for me. Give me grown-ups.’

It was difficult to guess the age of this strange creature, for her poor figure furnished no clue to it, and her face was at once so young and so old. Twelve, or at the most thirteen, might be near the mark.

‘I always did like grown-ups,’ she went on, ‘and always kept company with them. So sensible. Sit so quiet. Don’t go prancing and capering about! And I mean always to keep among none but grown-ups till I marry. I suppose I must make up my mind to marry, one of these days.’

She listened to a step outside that caught her ear, and there was a soft knock at the door. Pulling at a handle within her reach, she said, with a pleased laugh: ‘Now here, for instance, is a grown-up that’s my particular friend!’ and Lizzie Hexam in a black dress entered the room.

‘Charley! You!’

Taking him to her arms in the old way—of which he seemed a little ashamed—she saw no one else.

‘There, there, there, Liz, all right my dear. See! Here’s Mr Headstone come with me.’

Her eyes met those of the schoolmaster, who had evidently expected to see a very different sort of person, and a murmured word or two of salutation passed between them. She was a little flurried by the unexpected visit, and the schoolmaster was not at his ease. But he never was, quite.

‘I told Mr Headstone you were not settled, Liz, but he was so kind as to take an interest in coming, and so I brought him. How well you look!’

Bradley seemed to think so.

‘Ah! Don’t she, don’t she?’ cried the person of the house, resuming her occupation, though the twilight was falling fast. ‘I believe you she does! But go on with your chat, one and all:

“You one two three, My com-pa-nie, And don’t mind me;”

—pointing this impromptu rhyme with three points of her thin fore-finger.

‘I didn’t expect a visit from you, Charley,’ said his sister. ‘I supposed that if you wanted to see me you would have sent to me, appointing me to come somewhere near the school, as I did last time. I saw my brother near the school, sir,’ to Bradley Headstone, ‘because it’s easier for me to go there, than for him to come here. I work about midway between the two places.’

‘You don’t see much of one another,’ said Bradley, not improving in respect of ease.

‘No.’ With a rather sad shake of her head. ‘Charley always does well, Mr Headstone?’

‘He could not do better. I regard his course as quite plain before him.’

‘I hoped so. I am so thankful. So well done of you, Charley dear! It is better for me not to come (except when he wants me) between him and his prospects. You think so, Mr Headstone?’

Conscious that his pupil-teacher was looking for his answer, that he himself had suggested the boy’s keeping aloof from this sister, now seen for the first time face to face, Bradley Headstone stammered:

‘Your brother is very much occupied, you know. He has to work hard. One cannot but say that the less his attention is diverted from his work, the better for his future. When he shall have established himself, why then—it will be another thing then.’

Lizzie shook her head again, and returned, with a quiet smile: ‘I always advised him as you advise him. Did I not, Charley?’

Well, never mind that now,’ said the boy. ‘How are you getting on?’

‘Very well, Charley. I want for nothing.’

‘You have your own room here?’

‘Oh yes. Upstairs. And it’s quiet, and pleasant, and airy.’

‘And she always has the use of this room for visitors,’ said the person of the house, screwing up one of her little bony fists, like an opera-glass, and looking through it, with her eyes and her chin in that quaint accordance. ‘Always this room for visitors; haven’t you, Lizzie dear?’

It happened that Bradley Headstone noticed a very slight action of Lizzie Hexam’s hand, as though it checked the doll’s dressmaker. And it happened that the latter noticed him in the same instant; for she made a double eyeglass of her two hands, looked at him through it, and cried, with a waggish shake of her head: ‘Aha! Caught you spying, did I?’

It might have fallen out so, any way; but Bradley Headstone also noticed that immediately after this, Lizzie, who had not taken off her bonnet, rather hurriedly proposed that as the room was getting dark they should go out into the air. They went out; the visitors saying good-night to the doll’s dressmaker, whom they left, leaning back in her chair with her arms crossed, singing to herself in a sweet thoughtful little voice.

‘I’ll saunter on by the river,’ said Bradley. ‘You will be glad to talk together.’

As his uneasy figure went on before them among the evening shadows, the boy said to his sister, petulantly:

‘When are you going to settle yourself in some Christian sort of place, Liz? I thought you were going to do it before now.’

‘I am very well where I am, Charley.’

‘Very well where you are! I am ashamed to have brought Mr Headstone with me. How came you to get into such company as that little witch’s?’

‘By chance at first, as it seemed, Charley. But I think it must have been by something more than chance, for that child—You remember the bills upon the walls at home?’

‘Confound the bills upon the walls at home! I want to forget the bills upon the walls at home, and it would be better for you to do the same,’ grumbled the boy. ‘Well; what of them?’

“Che senso avrebbe soffiare pepe?” chiese Charley Hexam.

“Per farli starnutire,” disse la persona di quella casa, “e far loro venire le lacrime agli occhi. E quando tutti stavano starnutendo e avevano gli occhi rossi, li prendevo in giro guardandoli attraverso lo spiraglio della serratura. Proprio come loro, con i loro trucchi e i loro modi, prendono in giro le persone attraverso lo spiraglio delle loro serrature!”

Un movimento deciso e insolitamente enfatico del suo pugnetto davanti ai suoi occhi sembrò tranquillizzare la persona che si trovava in quella casa; infatti aggiunse, con compostezza riacquistata: “No, no, no. Nessun bambino per me. Voglio gli adulti.”

Era difficile indovinare l’età di questa strana creatura: la sua magra figura non forniva alcun indizio al riguardo, e il suo viso sembrava allo stesso tempo troppo giovane e troppo vecchio. Dodici, o al massimo tredici anni, forse era quella la risposta giusta.

“Mi sono sempre piaciuti gli adulti,” continuò, “e ho sempre passato il mio tempo con loro. Che persone sensate. Seduti così tranquillamente, senza fare sciocchezze! Intendo dire che voglio restare sempre tra gli adulti fino al giorno del mio matrimonio. Immagino che dovrò decidermi a sposarmi, prima o poi.”

Ascoltò dei passi fuori dalla porta che attirarono la sua attenzione; poi si udì un leggero bussare alla porta. Afferrando la maniglia a portata di mano, disse con una risata felice: “Ecco, ad esempio, un adulto che è anche mio particolare amico!” E Lizzie Hexam, vestita di nero, entrò nella stanza.

“Charley! Sei tu!”

Prendendolo tra le sue braccia nel vecchio modo, di cui sembrava un po’ imbarazzato, lei non vedeva nessun altro intorno a loro.

“Tranquilla, tranquilla, Liz. Va tutto bene, cara. Vedi? Ecco il signor Headstone che viene con me.”

I suoi occhi incrociarono quelli dell’insegnante, che evidentemente si aspettava di vedere una persona molto diversa; tra loro passarono alcune parole di saluto sussurrate. Lei era un po’ turbata da quella visita inaspettata, e l’insegnante non si sentiva a suo agio. Ma in realtà, lui non si sentiva mai del tutto a proprio agio.

“Gli ho detto, al signor Headstone, che non eri ancora sistemata, Liz, ma è stato così gentile da voler venire a trovarti, quindi l’ho portato con me. Come bene sei messa!”

Sembra che Bradley la pensasse così.

“Ah! Non è vero? Non è vero?” esclamò la persona che abitava nella casa, riprendendo il suo lavoro, anche se il crepuscolo stava calando rapidamente. “Credo proprio che lo sia. Ma continuate pure a chiacchierare, tutti quanti!”

“Tu uno due tre,
la mia compagna. E non badare a me.”

—Indicando questa rima improvvisata con tre dita della sua sottile punta del dito indice.

“Non mi aspettavo una tua visita, Charley,” disse sua sorella. “Pensavo che, se volevi vedermi, avresti mandato qualcuno a chiamarmi in un posto vicino alla scuola, come hai fatto l’ultima volta. Ho visto mio fratello vicino alla scuola, signor Bradley Headstone, perché per me è più facile andare lì che per lui venire qui. Lavoro più o meno a metà strada tra i due posti.”

“Non vi vedete molto spesso,” disse Bradley, senza mostrare alcun miglioramento nel modo di esprimersi.

“No.” Scosse la testa con un certo rammarico. “Charley riesce sempre bene, vero, signor Headstone?”

“Non avrebbe potuto fare di meglio. Ritengo che la strada da seguire sia piuttosto chiara davanti a lui.”

“Speravo proprio così. Sono davvero grata. Ottimo lavoro da parte tua, caro Charley! È meglio che io non venga (tranne quando lui mi vuole) tra lui e le sue possibilità future. Non è d’accordo, signor Headstone?”

Consapevole che la sua allieva aspettava la sua risposta, e che era stato proprio lui a suggerire al ragazzo di tenersi alla larga da questa sorella, vista ora per la prima volta faccia a faccia, Bradley Headstone balbettò:

“Tuo fratello è molto impegnato, lo sai. Deve lavorare sodo. Non si può che dire che più la sua attenzione rimane concentrata sul suo lavoro, meglio sarà per il suo futuro. Quando si sarà affermato, allora sarà un’altra storia.”

Lizzie scosse di nuovo la testa e tornò, con un sorriso tranquillo: “Gli davo sempre i consigli che tu gli dai ora. Non è vero, Charley?”

“Beh, ormai non importa più,” disse il ragazzo. “Come stai andando?”

“Molto bene, Charley. Non desidero nulla.”

“Hai una stanza tutta tua qui?”

“Ah sì. Al piano di sopra. È tranquillo, piacevole e arioso.”

“E lei può sempre usare questa stanza per gli ospiti,” disse la persona che abitava nella casa, stringendo uno dei suoi piccoli pugni ossuti come se fosse un monocolo e guardando attraverso di esso, con gli occhi e il mento in quella strana coordinazione. “Sempre questa stanza per gli ospiti. Non è vero, cara Lizzie?”

Accadde che Bradley Headstone notasse un movimento molto lieve della mano di Lizzie Hexam, come se stesse controllando l’abito della bambola. E accadde anche che lei lo notasse nello stesso istante; poiché utilizzò entrambe le mani per formare una sorta di “occhialino doppio”, lo guardò attraverso di esso e, scuotendo la testa in modo scherzoso, esclamò: “Ahah! Ti ho beccato a spiarci, vero?”

Forse era già caduto, comunque sia; ma anche Bradley Headstone notò che subito dopo, Lizzie, che non si era tolta il cappello, propose in fretta che, poiché la stanza stava diventando buia, dovessero uscire all’aperto. Uscirono; i visitatori augurarono la buona notte alla sarta della bambola, che li lasciò lì, appoggiata allo schienale della sedia con le braccia incrociate, cantando tra sé con una voce dolce e pensierosa.

“Camminerò lungo il >fiume,” disse Bradley. “Vi farà piacere chiacchierare insieme.”

Mentre la sua figura inquieta si muoveva davanti a loro tra le ombre del tramonto, il ragazzo disse alla sorella, in tono capriccioso:

“Quando deciderai di stabilirti in un posto davvero cristiano, Liz? Pensavo che l’avresti già fatto.”

“Sono molto bene dove mi trovo, Charley.”

“Molto bene dove ti trovi. Mi vergogno di aver portato con me il signor Headstone. Come hai fatto ad entrare in compagnia di una persona del genere, quella piccola strega?”

“Inizialmente sembrava essere stato per caso, Charley. Ma penso che ci debba essere stata una ragione più profonda. Perché quel >bambino. Ti ricordi i cartelli appesi alle pareti a >casa?”

“Maledetti siano quei conti appesi alle pareti di >casa! Voglio dimenticarmeli, e sarebbe meglio anche per voi farlo,” borbottò il ragazzo. “Beh, e allora che ne facciamo?”

‘This child is the grandchild of the old man.’

‘What old man?’

‘The terrible drunken old man, in the list slippers and the night-cap.’

The boy asked, rubbing his nose in a manner that half expressed vexation at hearing so much, and half curiosity to hear more: ‘How came you to make that out? What a girl you are!’

‘The child’s father is employed by the house that employs me; that’s how I came to know it, Charley. The father is like his own father, a weak wretched trembling creature, falling to pieces, never sober. But a good workman too, at the work he does. The mother is dead. This poor ailing little creature has come to be what she is, surrounded by drunken people from her cradle—if she ever had one, Charley.’

‘I don’t see what you have to do with her, for all that,’ said the boy.

‘Don’t you, Charley?’

The boy looked doggedly at the river. They were at Millbank, and the river rolled on their left. His sister gently touched him on the shoulder, and pointed to it.

‘Any compensation—restitution—never mind the word, you know my meaning. Father’s grave.’

But he did not respond with any tenderness. After a moody silence he broke out in an ill-used tone:

‘It’ll be a very hard thing, Liz, if, when I am trying my best to get up in the world, you pull me back.’

‘I, Charley?’

‘Yes, you, Liz. Why can’t you let bygones be bygones? Why can’t you, as Mr Headstone said to me this very evening about another matter, leave well alone? What we have got to do, is, to turn our faces full in our new direction, and keep straight on.’

‘And never look back? Not even to try to make some amends?’

‘You are such a dreamer,’ said the boy, with his former petulance. ‘It was all very well when we sat before the fire—when we looked into the hollow down by the flare—but we are looking into the real world, now.’

‘Ah, we were looking into the real world then, Charley!’

‘I understand what you mean by that, but you are not justified in it. I don’t want, as I raise myself to shake you off, Liz. I want to carry you up with me. That’s what I want to do, and mean to do. I know what I owe you. I said to Mr Headstone this very evening, “After all, my sister got me here.” Well, then. Don’t pull me back, and hold me down. That’s all I ask, and surely that’s not unconscionable.’

She had kept a steadfast look upon him, and she answered with composure:

‘I am not here selfishly, Charley. To please myself I could not be too far from that river.’

‘Nor could you be too far from it to please me. Let us get quit of it equally. Why should you linger about it any more than I? I give it a wide berth.’

‘I can’t get away from it, I think,’ said Lizzie, passing her hand across her forehead. ‘It’s no purpose of mine that I live by it still.’

‘There you go, Liz! Dreaming again! You lodge yourself of your own accord in a house with a drunken—tailor, I suppose—or something of the sort, and a little crooked antic of a child, or old person, or whatever it is, and then you talk as if you were drawn or driven there. Now, do be more practical.’

She had been practical enough with him, in suffering and striving for him; but she only laid her hand upon his shoulder—not reproachfully—and tapped it twice or thrice. She had been used to do so, to soothe him when she carried him about, a child as heavy as herself. Tears started to his eyes.

‘Upon my word, Liz,’ drawing the back of his hand across them, ‘I mean to be a good brother to you, and to prove that I know what I owe you. All I say is, that I hope you’ll control your fancies a little, on my account. I’ll get a school, and then you must come and live with me, and you’ll have to control your fancies then, so why not now? Now, say I haven’t vexed you.’

‘You haven’t, Charley, you haven’t.’

‘And say I haven’t hurt you.’

‘You haven’t, Charley.’ But this answer was less ready.

‘Say you are sure I didn’t mean to. Come! There’s Mr Headstone stopping and looking over the wall at the tide, to hint that it’s time to go. Kiss me, and tell me that you know I didn’t mean to hurt you.’

She told him so, and they embraced, and walked on and came up with the schoolmaster.

‘But we go your sister’s way,’ he remarked, when the boy told him he was ready. And with his cumbrous and uneasy action he stiffly offered her his arm. Her hand was just within it, when she drew it back. He looked round with a start, as if he thought she had detected something that repelled her, in the momentary touch.

‘I will not go in just yet,’ said Lizzie. ‘And you have a distance before you, and will walk faster without me.’

Being by this time close to Vauxhall Bridge, they resolved, in consequence, to take that way over the Thames, and they left her; Bradley Headstone giving her his hand at parting, and she thanking him for his care of her brother.

The master and the pupil walked on, rapidly and silently. They had nearly crossed the bridge, when a gentleman came coolly sauntering towards them, with a cigar in his mouth, his coat thrown back, and his hands behind him. Something in the careless manner of this person, and in a certain lazily arrogant air with which he approached, holding possession of twice as much pavement as another would have claimed, instantly caught the boy’s attention. As the gentleman passed the boy looked at him narrowly, and then stood still, looking after him.

‘Who is it that you stare after?’ asked Bradley.

‘Why!’ said the boy, with a confused and pondering frown upon his face, ‘It IS that Wrayburn one!’

Bradley Headstone scrutinized the boy as closely as the boy had scrutinized the gentleman.

‘I beg your pardon, Mr Headstone, but I couldn’t help wondering what in the world brought HIM here!’

Though he said it as if his wonder were past—at the same time resuming the walk—it was not lost upon the master that he looked over his shoulder after speaking, and that the same perplexed and pondering frown was heavy on his face.

“Questo bambino è il nipote dell’uomo anziano.”

“Quale vecchio uomo?”

“Quell’orribile vecchio ubriaco, con le pantofole da casa e il berretto da notte.”

Il ragazzo chiese, strofinandosi il naso in un modo che metteva in mostra sia l’irritazione per aver sentito così tanto, sia la curiosità di sapere di più: “Come hai fatto a capirlo? Che ragazza straordinaria sei!”

Il padre di questo bambino lavora nella stessa casa dove lavoro anch’io; è così che l’ho scoperto, Charley. Il padre è come un vero padre, debole, misero, tremante, sempre ubriaco, ma anche un bravo lavoratore nel suo mestiere. La madre è morta. Questo povero bambino malato è diventato ciò che è oggi, circondato da persone ubriache fin dalla culla, se mai ne ha avuta una, Charley.

“Non capisco quale sia il tuo rapporto con lei, dopotutto,” disse il ragazzo.

“Non è vero, Charley?”

Il ragazzo fissava con determinazione il fiume. Erano a Millbank, e il fiume scorreva proprio alla loro sinistra. Sua sorella gli accarezzò dolcemente la spalla e indicò il fiume.

“Qualsiasi tipo di compensazione, restituzione, non importa quale parola usare, capisci cosa intendo. La tomba di mio padre, ”

Ma non rispose con alcuna tenerezza. Dopo un silenzio cupo, esplose in toni duri e aggressivi:

“Sarà molto difficile, Liz. Se, mentre cerco con tutte le mie forze di farcela nella vita, tu mi tiri indietro.”

“Io, Charley?”

“Sì, tu, Liz. Perché non riesci a lasciare il passato dove è? Perché non puoi, come il signor Headstone mi ha detto stasera riguardo ad un’altra questione, lasciare bene da sola? Quello che dobbiamo fare è voltare completamente la nostra attenzione verso una nuova direzione e andare avanti dritti per la nostra strada.”

“E mai guardare indietro? Nemmeno per provare a rimediare in qualche modo?”

“Sei davvero un sognatore,” disse il ragazzo, con la sua solita petulanza. “Tutto era molto bello quando eravamo seduti davanti al fuoco, quando guardavamo nella cavità creata dalle fiamme. Ma ora stiamo affrontando il mondo reale.”

“Ah, allora stavamo esplorando il mondo reale, vero, Charley!”

“Capisco cosa intendi, ma non hai alcun diritto di farlo. Non voglio liberarmi di te, Liz. Voglio portarti con me. È quello che desidero e intendo fare. So quanto ti devo. Questa stessa sera ho detto al signor Headstone: ‘Dopotutto, è stata mia sorella a portarmi qui.’ Quindi, non tirarmi indietro, per favore. È tutto ciò che chiedo. E sicuramente non è ingiusto.”

Lo fissava con uno sguardo deciso e rispose con calma:

“Non sono qui per motivi egoistici, Charley. Per soddisfare i miei desideri, non potrei trovarmi troppo lontano da quel fiume.”

“Nemmeno se fossi molto lontano da esso potresti deludermi. Lasciamo che finisca tutto, in modo equo. Perché dovresti continuare a pensarci più di me? Io ne mantengo una grande distanza.”

“Non riesco a liberarmene, penso,” disse Lizzie, passandosi la mano sulla fronte. “Non è certo per mia volontà che continuo a vivere secondo quelle regole.”

Ecco fatto, Liz! Stai di nuovo sognando. Ti sistemhi da sola in una casa con un ubriaco – suppongo sia un sarto – o qualcosa del genere, insieme a un bambino un po’ strambo, o a una vecchia persona, o chissà cosa. E poi parli come se fossi stata costretta ad andarci. Sii un po’ più pragmatica, per favore.

Era stata abbastanza pragmatica con lui, nel suo soffrire e nello sforzarsi per lui; ma gli posò semplicemente una mano sulla spalla – non in modo accusatorio – e la batté due o tre volte. Era abituata a farlo, per consolarlo quando lo portava in giro, un bambino altrettanto pesante di lei. Gli occhi gli si riempirono di lacrime.

“Per la mia parola, Liz,” disse passandosi il dorso della mano sulle guance, “intendo essere un buon fratello per te e dimostrarti che so cosa ti devo. Tutto quello che dico è che spero tu possa controllare un po’ i tuoi capricci, per il mio bene. Troverò una scuola, e poi dovrai venire a vivere con me. E dovrai controllare i tuoi capricci anche allora, quindi perché non ora? Dimmi, ora non ti ho infastidita, vero?”

“Non l’hai fatto, Charley, non l’hai fatto.”

“E dì che non ti ho fatto del male.”

“Non l’hai ancora fatto, Charley.” Ma questa risposta non fu altrettanto pronta.

“Dimmi che sei sicura, non volevo farlo. Vieni! C’è il signor Headstone che si è fermato e sta guardando la marea oltre il muro, sembra volerci dire che è arrivato il tempo di andare. Baciami e dimmi che sai che non volevo farti del male.”

Glielo disse, si abbracciarono e continuarono il loro cammino fino ad incontrare l’insegnante.

“Ma andremo dalla tua sorella,” osservò lui quando il ragazzo gli disse di essere pronto. Con i suoi movimenti goffi e impacciati, le offrì rigidamente il braccio. La sua mano era appena entrata nella sua, quando lei la ritirò indietro. Lui si guardò intorno all’improvviso, come se pensasse che lei avesse percepito qualcosa di repellente in quel breve contatto.

“Non entrerò subito,” disse Lizzie. “Inoltre, tu hai ancora una lunga strada da percorrere e camminerai più velocemente senza di me.”

Essendo a quell’ora vicini al Vauxhall Bridge, decisero quindi di attraversare il Tamigi da quella parte e la lasciarono; Bradley Headstone le tenne la mano alla partenza, e lei lo ringraziò per la cura che aveva avuto per suo fratello.

Il maestro e il discepolo continuarono a camminare, velocemente e in silenzio. Erano quasi giunti al ponte quando un signore si avvicinò loro con noncuranza, con un sigaro in bocca, il cappotto gettato all’indietro e le mani dietro la schiena. Qualcosa nel modo disinvolto di quell’uomo, e nell’aria pigra e arrogante con cui si avvicinava, occupando una porzione di marciapiede doppia rispetto a quella che un altro avrebbe richiesto, attirò immediatamente l’attenzione del ragazzo. Mentre il signore gli passava accanto, il ragazzo lo osservò attentamente, poi si fermò e continuò a seguirlo con lo sguardo.

“Chi è quella persona verso cui stai fissando?” chiese Bradley.

“Perché!”, disse il ragazzo, con un’espressione confusa e pensierosa sul viso, “È proprio quel Wrayburn!”

Bradley Headstone osservò il ragazzo con la stessa attenzione con cui il ragazzo aveva osservato quel gentiluomo.

“Mi scusi, signor Headstone, ma non ho potuto fare a meno di chiedermi cosa, in nome del cielo, lo abbia portato qui!”

Anche se lo disse come se la sua meraviglia fosse già passata, e continuò comunque a camminare, il maestro notò che, dopo aver parlato, l’uomo guardava indietro con aria perplessa e pensierosa, e che lo stesso espressione confusa e meditabonda era ancora visibile sul suo volto.

‘You don’t appear to like your friend, Hexam?’

‘I DON’T like him,’ said the boy.

‘Why not?’

‘He took hold of me by the chin in a precious impertinent way, the first time I ever saw him,’ said the boy.

‘Again, why?’

‘For nothing. Or—it’s much the same—because something I happened to say about my sister didn’t happen to please him.’

‘Then he knows your sister?’

‘He didn’t at that time,’ said the boy, still moodily pondering.

‘Does now?’

The boy had so lost himself that he looked at Mr Bradley Headstone as they walked on side by side, without attempting to reply until the question had been repeated; then he nodded and answered, ‘Yes, sir.’

‘Going to see her, I dare say.’

‘It can’t be!’ said the boy, quickly. ‘He doesn’t know her well enough. I should like to catch him at it!’

When they had walked on for a time, more rapidly than before, the master said, clasping the pupil’s arm between the elbow and the shoulder with his hand:

‘You were going to tell me something about that person. What did you say his name was?’

‘Wrayburn. Mr Eugene Wrayburn. He is what they call a barrister, with nothing to do. The first time he came to our old place was when my father was alive. He came on business; not that it was HIS business—HE never had any business—he was brought by a friend of his.’

‘And the other times?’

‘There was only one other time that I know of. When my father was killed by accident, he chanced to be one of the finders. He was mooning about, I suppose, taking liberties with people’s chins; but there he was, somehow. He brought the news home to my sister early in the morning, and brought Miss Abbey Potterson, a neighbour, to help break it to her. He was mooning about the house when I was fetched home in the afternoon—they didn’t know where to find me till my sister could be brought round sufficiently to tell them—and then he mooned away.’

‘And is that all?’

‘That’s all, sir.’

Bradley Headstone gradually released the boy’s arm, as if he were thoughtful, and they walked on side by side as before. After a long silence between them, Bradley resumed the talk.

‘I suppose—your sister—’ with a curious break both before and after the words, ‘has received hardly any teaching, Hexam?’

‘Hardly any, sir.’

‘Sacrificed, no doubt, to her father’s objections. I remember them in your case. Yet—your sister—scarcely looks or speaks like an ignorant person.’

‘Lizzie has as much thought as the best, Mr Headstone. Too much, perhaps, without teaching. I used to call the fire at home, her books, for she was always full of fancies—sometimes quite wise fancies, considering—when she sat looking at it.’

‘I don’t like that,’ said Bradley Headstone.

His pupil was a little surprised by this striking in with so sudden and decided and emotional an objection, but took it as a proof of the master’s interest in himself. It emboldened him to say:

‘I have never brought myself to mention it openly to you, Mr Headstone, and you’re my witness that I couldn’t even make up my mind to take it from you before we came out to-night; but it’s a painful thing to think that if I get on as well as you hope, I shall be—I won’t say disgraced, because I don’t mean disgraced—but—rather put to the blush if it was known—by a sister who has been very good to me.’

‘Yes,’ said Bradley Headstone in a slurring way, for his mind scarcely seemed to touch that point, so smoothly did it glide to another, ‘and there is this possibility to consider. Some man who had worked his way might come to admire—your sister—and might even in time bring himself to think of marrying—your sister—and it would be a sad drawback and a heavy penalty upon him, if; overcoming in his mind other inequalities of condition and other considerations against it, this inequality and this consideration remained in full force.’

‘That’s much my own meaning, sir.’

‘Ay, ay,’ said Bradley Headstone, ‘but you spoke of a mere brother. Now, the case I have supposed would be a much stronger case; because an admirer, a husband, would form the connexion voluntarily, besides being obliged to proclaim it: which a brother is not. After all, you know, it must be said of you that you couldn’t help yourself: while it would be said of him, with equal reason, that he could.’

‘That’s true, sir. Sometimes since Lizzie was left free by father’s death, I have thought that such a young woman might soon acquire more than enough to pass muster. And sometimes I have even thought that perhaps Miss Peecher—’

‘For the purpose, I would advise Not Miss Peecher,’ Bradley Headstone struck in with a recurrence of his late decision of manner.

‘Would you be so kind as to think of it for me, Mr Headstone?’

‘Yes, Hexam, yes. I’ll think of it. I’ll think maturely of it. I’ll think well of it.’

Their walk was almost a silent one afterwards, until it ended at the school-house. There, one of neat Miss Peecher’s little windows, like the eyes in needles, was illuminated, and in a corner near it sat Mary Anne watching, while Miss Peecher at the table stitched at the neat little body she was making up by brown paper pattern for her own wearing. N.B. Miss Peecher and Miss Peecher’s pupils were not much encouraged in the unscholastic art of needlework, by Government.

Mary Anne with her face to the window, held her arm up.

Well, Mary Anne?’

‘Mr Headstone coming home, ma’am.’

In about a minute, Mary Anne again hailed.

‘Yes, Mary Anne?’

‘Gone in and locked his door, ma’am.’

Miss Peecher repressed a sigh as she gathered her work together for bed, and transfixed that part of her dress where her heart would have been if she had had the dress on, with a sharp, sharp needle.

“Non sembra che tu apprezzi molto il tuo amico, Hexam, ”

“Non mi piace,” disse il ragazzo.

“Perché no?”

“Mi afferrò per il mento in quel modo così carino e impertinente. Era la prima volta che lo vedevo,” disse il ragazzo.

“Di nuovo, perché?”

‘Per niente. O, forse, perché qualcosa che ho detto riguardo a mia sorella non gli è piaciuto.’

“Quindi conosce tua sorella?”

“Non lo fece in quel momento”, disse il ragazzo, continuando a riflettere con malinconia.

“Ora?”

Il ragazzo si era talmente perso nei suoi pensieri che, mentre camminavano fianco a fianco, guardava il signor Bradley Headstone senza provare nemmeno a rispondere finché la domanda non veniva ripetuta; poi annuì e disse: “Sì, signore.”

“Credo proprio che andrò a vederla.”

“Non può essere!” disse il ragazzo in fretta. “Non la conosce abbastanza bene. Vorrei proprio sorprenderlo mentre lo fa!”

Dopo aver camminato per un po’, più velocemente di prima, il maestro disse, stringendo il braccio dello studente tra gomito e spalla con la sua mano:

“Stavi per dirmi qualcosa su quella persona. Come si chiamava?”

‘Wrayburn. Il signor Eugene Wrayburn. Lui è quello che si chiama un avvocato, ma in realtà non ha nulla da fare. La prima volta che venne nel nostro vecchio posto fu quando mio padre era ancora vivo. Venne per affari, anche se non erano affari SUOI; nessuno dei suoi affari, insomma. Fu portato lì da un suo amico.’

“E nelle altre volte?”

“C’è stata solo un’altra volta che ne so. Quando mio padre morì in un incidente, capitò proprio che fosse uno dei primi ad accorgersene. Probabilmente stava gironzolando per lì, facendo cose senza pensarci. Comunque, fu lui a portare la notizia a mia sorella all’alba, e portò anche la signorina Abbey Potterson, una vicina, per aiutarla ad accettarla. Mentre io venivo riportato a casa nel pomeriggio, lui continuava ancora a gironzolare per la casa. Non sapevano dove trovarmi finché mia sorella non si fu ripresa abbastanza da poterli dire dove fossi. E poi se ne andò di nuovo.”

“E basta così?”

“È tutto, signore.”

Bradley Headstone allentò gradualmente la presa sul braccio del ragazzo, come se fosse assorto nei suoi pensieri, e continuarono a camminare fianco a fianco come prima. Dopo un lungo silenzio, Bradley riprese a parlare.

“Immagino, tua sorella, ” disse con una pausa strana sia prima che dopo quelle parole, “non ha ricevuto quasi alcuna istruzione, vero, Hexam?”

“Quasi nessuno, signore.”

“Sacrificata, senza alcun dubbio, nonostante le obiezioni di suo padre. Me ne ricordo nel tuo caso. Eppure tua sorella a malapena sembra o parla come una persona ignorante.”

“Lizzie ha la stessa capacità di riflessione delle persone migliori, signor Headstone. Forse anche troppa, senza però alcuna formazione. A casa, io chiamavo ‘i suoi libri’ il fuoco stesso: era sempre piena di idee stravaganti. A volte davvero sagge, se si considerano bene le circostanze.”

“Non mi piace,” disse Bradley Headstone.

Il suo allievo fu un po’ sorpreso da questa obiezione così improvvisa, decisa ed emotiva, ma la interpretò come una prova dell’interesse del maestro per lui. Questo lo incoraggiò a dire:

‘Non ho mai avuto il coraggio di parlarne apertamente con voi, signor Headstone, e siete testimone del fatto che non sono nemmeno riuscita a decidermi di prenderla da voi prima di uscire stasera. Ma è doloroso pensare che, se andrà tutto così bene come sperate voi, io. Non dirò che sarò umiliata, perché non intendo dire questo, ma piuttosto mi sentirò imbarazzata, se qualcuno lo scoprisse, soprattutto una sorella che è stata molto gentile con me.’

“Sì,” disse Bradley Headstone con voce impastata; la sua mente sembrava quasi non toccare quell’argomento, passando così fluidamente a un altro, “e c’è questa possibilità da considerare. Qualcuno che si sia fatto strada nella vita potrebbe iniziare ad ammirare tua sorella, e magari, col tempo, potrebbe persino pensare di sposarla. Ma sarebbe una grave sfortuna per lui, un grosso svantaggio, se, nonostante avesse superato altre disparità sociali e altri ostacoli, queste differenze rimanessero comunque irrisolte.”

“Esattamente quel che intendevo, signore.”

“Ah, ah,” disse Bradley Headstone, “ma tu hai parlato di un semplice fratello. Ora, il caso che ho ipotizzato sarebbe molto più convincente; perché un ammiratore, un marito, stabilirebbe tale relazione volontariamente e sarebbe anche obbligato a renderla pubblica, mentre un fratello non lo è. Dopotutto, bisogna ammettere che tu non hai potuto fare altrimenti. Mentre lui, con uguale ragione, avrebbe potuto farlo.”

“È vero, signore. A volte, da quando Lizzie è rimasta libera dopo la morte di suo padre, ho pensato che una giovane donna del genere potesse presto accumulare abbastanza ricchezze da essere considerata idonea. E a volte ho persino pensato che forse la signorina Peecher, ”

“Per questo scopo, consiglierei la signorina Peecher,” disse Bradley Headstone, riprendendo con quella sua maniera di esprimersi tipica del passato.

“Le dispiacerebbe pensarci per me, signor Headstone?”

“Sì, Hexam, sì. Ci penserò. Ne ripenserò con serietà. Ne penserò bene.”

Il loro cammino, dopo quel momento, fu quasi silenzioso, fino a quando non terminò davanti alla scuola. Lì, una delle piccole finestre ordinate della signorina Peecher, simili agli occhi di un ago, era illuminata; in un angolo vicino, Mary Anne stava osservando la scena, mentre la signorina Peecher, seduta al tavolo, cuciva il grazioso abitino che stava realizzando utilizzando un modello fatto di carta marrone per indossarlo lei stessa. Si noti che né la signorina Peecher né le sue allieve ricevevano molta incoraggiamento dal Governo nell’arte poco accademica del cucito a mano.

Mary Anne, con il viso rivolto verso la finestra, alzò il braccio.

“Beh, Mary Anne?”

“Il signor Headstone sta tornando a casa, signora.”

Dopo circa un minuto, Mary Anne chiamò di nuovo.

“Sì, Mary Anne?”

“È entrato e ha chiuso la porta a chiave, signora.”

La signorina Peecher trattenne un sospiro mentre raccoglieva i suoi oggetti per andare a letto; fissò con un ago affilato quella parte del suo abito dove avrebbe dovuto esserci il cuore, se solo ne avesse indossato uno.

Chapter 2

STILL EDUCATIONAL

The person of the house, doll’s dressmaker and manufacturer of ornamental pincushions and pen-wipers, sat in her quaint little low arm-chair, singing in the dark, until Lizzie came back. The person of the house had attained that dignity while yet of very tender years indeed, through being the only trustworthy person IN the house.

Well Lizzie-Mizzie-Wizzie,’ said she, breaking off in her song, ‘what’s the news out of doors?’

‘What’s the news in doors?’ returned Lizzie, playfully smoothing the bright long fair hair which grew very luxuriant and beautiful on the head of the doll’s dressmaker.

‘Let me see, said the blind man. Why the last news is, that I don’t mean to marry your brother.’

‘No?’

‘No-o,’ shaking her head and her chin. ‘Don’t like the boy.’

‘What do you say to his master?’

‘I say that I think he’s bespoke.’

Lizzie finished putting the hair carefully back over the misshapen shoulders, and then lighted a candle. It showed the little parlour to be dingy, but orderly and clean. She stood it on the mantelshelf, remote from the dressmaker’s eyes, and then put the room door open, and the house door open, and turned the little low chair and its occupant towards the outer air. It was a sultry night, and this was a fine-weather arrangement when the day’s work was done. To complete it, she seated herself in a chair by the side of the little chair, and protectingly drew under her arm the spare hand that crept up to her.

‘This is what your loving Jenny Wren calls the best time in the day and night,’ said the person of the house. Her real name was Fanny Cleaver; but she had long ago chosen to bestow upon herself the appellation of Miss Jenny Wren.

‘I have been thinking,’ Jenny went on, ‘as I sat at work to-day, what a thing it would be, if I should be able to have your company till I am married, or at least courted. Because when I am courted, I shall make Him do some of the things that you do for me. He couldn’t brush my hair like you do, or help me up and down stairs like you do, and he couldn’t do anything like you do; but he could take my work home, and he could call for orders in his clumsy way. And he shall too. I’LL trot him about, I can tell him!’

Jenny Wren had her personal vanities—happily for her—and no intentions were stronger in her breast than the various trials and torments that were, in the fulness of time, to be inflicted upon ‘him.’

‘Wherever he may happen to be just at present, or whoever he may happen to be,’ said Miss Wren, ‘I know his tricks and his manners, and I give him warning to look out.’

‘Don’t you think you are rather hard upon him?’ asked her friend, smiling, and smoothing her hair.

‘Not a bit,’ replied the sage Miss Wren, with an air of vast experience. ‘My dear, they don’t care for you, those fellows, if you’re NOT hard upon ’em. But I was saying If I should be able to have your company. Ah! What a large If! Ain’t it?’

‘I have no intention of parting company, Jenny.’

‘Don’t say that, or you’ll go directly.’

‘Am I so little to be relied upon?’

‘You’re more to be relied upon than silver and gold.’ As she said it, Miss Wren suddenly broke off, screwed up her eyes and her chin, and looked prodigiously knowing. ‘Aha!

Who comes here? A Grenadier. What does he want? A pot of beer.

And nothing else in the world, my dear!’

A man’s figure paused on the pavement at the outer door. ‘Mr Eugene Wrayburn, ain’t it?’ said Miss Wren.

‘So I am told,’ was the answer.

‘You may come in, if you’re good.’

‘I am not good,’ said Eugene, ‘but I’ll come in.’

He gave his hand to Jenny Wren, and he gave his hand to Lizzie, and he stood leaning by the door at Lizzie’s side. He had been strolling with his cigar, he said, (it was smoked out and gone by this time,) and he had strolled round to return in that direction that he might look in as he passed. Had she not seen her brother to-night?

‘Yes,’ said Lizzie, whose manner was a little troubled.

Gracious condescension on our brother’s part! Mr Eugene Wrayburn thought he had passed my young gentleman on the bridge yonder. Who was his friend with him?

‘The schoolmaster.’

‘To be sure. Looked like it.’

Lizzie sat so still, that one could not have said wherein the fact of her manner being troubled was expressed; and yet one could not have doubted it. Eugene was as easy as ever; but perhaps, as she sat with her eyes cast down, it might have been rather more perceptible that his attention was concentrated upon her for certain moments, than its concentration upon any subject for any short time ever was, elsewhere.

‘I have nothing to report, Lizzie,’ said Eugene. ‘But, having promised you that an eye should be always kept on Mr Riderhood through my friend Lightwood, I like occasionally to renew my assurance that I keep my promise, and keep my friend up to the mark.’

‘I should not have doubted it, sir.’

‘Generally, I confess myself a man to be doubted,’ returned Eugene, coolly, ‘for all that.’

‘Why are you?’ asked the sharp Miss Wren.

‘Because, my dear,’ said the airy Eugene, ‘I am a bad idle dog.’

‘Then why don’t you reform and be a good dog?’ inquired Miss Wren.

‘Because, my dear,’ returned Eugene, ‘there’s nobody who makes it worth my while. Have you considered my suggestion, Lizzie?’ This in a lower voice, but only as if it were a graver matter; not at all to the exclusion of the person of the house.

‘I have thought of it, Mr Wrayburn, but I have not been able to make up my mind to accept it.’

‘False pride!’ said Eugene.

‘I think not, Mr Wrayburn. I hope not.’

‘False pride!’ repeated Eugene. ‘Why, what else is it? The thing is worth nothing in itself. The thing is worth nothing to me. What can it be worth to me? You know the most I make of it. I propose to be of some use to somebody—which I never was in this world, and never shall be on any other occasion—by paying some qualified person of your own sex and age, so many (or rather so few) contemptible shillings, to come here, certain nights in the week, and give you certain instruction which you wouldn’t want if you hadn’t been a self-denying daughter and sister. You know that it’s good to have it, or you would never have so devoted yourself to your brother’s having it. Then why not have it: especially when our friend Miss Jenny here would profit by it too? If I proposed to be the teacher, or to attend the lessons—obviously incongruous!—but as to that, I might as well be on the other side of the globe, or not on the globe at all. False pride, Lizzie. Because true pride wouldn’t shame, or be shamed by, your thankless brother. True pride wouldn’t have schoolmasters brought here, like doctors, to look at a bad case. True pride would go to work and do it. You know that, well enough, for you know that your own true pride would do it to-morrow, if you had the ways and means which false pride won’t let me supply. Very well. I add no more than this. Your false pride does wrong to yourself and does wrong to your dead father.’

Capitolo 2

Ancora educativo

La persona che abitava in quella casa, sarta di bambole e produttrice di cuscini decorativi e pulitori per penne, sedeva nella sua graziosa poltrona bassa, cantando al buio, fino al ritorno di Lizzie. Quella persona aveva raggiunto tale dignità nonostante fosse ancora molto giovane, semplicemente perché era l’unica persona affidabile in quella casa.

“Beh, Lizzie-Mizzie-Wizzie,” disse lei, interrompendo la sua canzone, “che novità ci sono fuori?”

“Quali novità ci sono?” rispose Lizzie, accarezzando scherzosamente i lunghi e biondi capelli che crescevano in modo molto rigoglioso e bello sulla testa della modella di bambole.

“Lasciami pensare,” disse l’uomo cieco. “L’ultima notizia che ho ricevuto è che non intendo sposare tuo fratello.”

‘No?’

“No-o,” scuoteva la testa e il mento. “Non mi piace quel ragazzo.”

“Cosa ne dici del suo padrone?”

“Dico che penso sia stato fatto su misura.”

Lizzie finì di sistemare con cura i capelli sulle spalle deformi, poi accese una candela. La luce rivelava che la piccola stanza era piuttosto squallida, ma ordinata e pulita. Posizionò la candela sul caminetto, in modo che la sarta non potesse vederla, quindi aprì sia la porta della stanza che quella di casa, e girò la piccola sedia insieme alla persona seduta su di essa verso l’esterno. Era una notte afosa; quel gesto rappresentava un modo perfetto per godersi il bel tempo, una volta terminata la giornata di lavoro. Infine, si sedette su una sedia accanto a quella piccola e, con affetto, avvolse sotto il proprio braccio la mano che le si era avvicinata timidamente.

“Questo è ciò che la tua affettuosa Jenny Wren definisce il miglior momento della giornata e della notte”, disse la persona che abitava in quella casa. Il suo vero nome era Fanny Cleaver; ma da tempo aveva deciso di autodefinirsi “Miss Jenny Wren”.

“Stavo pensando,” continuò Jenny, “mentre lavoravo oggi. Che bello sarebbe se potessi avere la tua compagnia fino al momento del matrimonio, o almeno mentre mi corteggiano. Perché quando qualcuno mi corteggerà, lo farò fare cose che fai tu per me: non riuscirebbe mai a pettinarmi i capelli come fai tu, né ad aiutarmi ad andare su e giù per le scale. Ma potrebbe portare a casa il mio lavoro e chiedermi istruzioni nel suo modo goffo. E lo farà sicuramente. Lo farò muovere avanti e indietro come voglio io!”

Jenny Wren aveva le sue vanità personali, e, per sua fortuna, nessun desiderio era più forte nel suo cuore di quelli legati alle varie prove e sofferenze che, col passare del tempo, avrebbero dovuto affrontare ‘lui’.

“Ovunque si trovi in questo momento, o chiunque possa essere,” disse la signorina Wren, “conosco i suoi trucchi e le sue abitudini, quindi lo avverto di stare attento.”

“Non pensi che tu sia un po’ troppo dura con lui?” le chiese sua amica, sorridendo e sistemandole i capelli.

“Nemmeno un po’,” rispose la saggia signorina Wren, con l’aria di chi possiede grande esperienza.
“Mia cara, a quei ragazzi non importa nulla di te, se NON sei dura con loro. Ma stavo dicendo: se solo potessi avere la tua compagnia. Ah! Che grande ‘se’, vero?”

“Non ho alcuna intenzione di lasciarti, Jenny.”

“Non dirlo, altrimenti finirai dritto lì.”

“Sono davvero così poco affidabile?”

“Si può fare più affidamento su di te che sull’argento e sull’oro.” Mentre lo diceva, la signorina Wren si interruppe all’improvviso, strinse gli occhi e il mento, e sembrò capire tutto in un istante. “Aha!”

Chi viene qui?
Un granatiere.
Cosa vuole?
Una bottiglia di birra.

“E nient’altro al mondo, mio caro!”

Una figura maschile si fermò sul marciapiede davanti alla porta d’ingresso. “Il signor Eugene Wrayburn, giusto?” disse la signorina Wren.

“Mi è stato detto così,” fu la risposta.

“Puoi entrare, se sei bravo.”

“Non sono bravo,” disse Eugene, “ma entrerò lo stesso.”

Le diede la mano a Jenny Wren, le diede la mano anche a Lizzie, e poi rimase in piedi appoggiato alla porta al suo fianco. Aveva passeggiato fumando il suo sigaro, disse; ormai era completamente spento. Si era aggirato per tornare da quella direzione, così da poter dare un’occhiata mentre passava. Non aveva visto suo fratello la notte precedente?

“Sì,” disse Lizzie, con un tono leggermente preoccupato.

Che nobile e generosa considerazione da parte di nostro fratello! Il signor Eugene Wrayburn pensava di aver incontrato il mio giovane gentiluomo sul ponte laggiù. Chi era l’amico che lo accompagnava?

“Il maestro di scuola.”

“Certo. Sembrava proprio così.”

Lizzie stava seduta così immobile che non si sarebbe potuto dire in quale modo si manifestasse il suo turbamento; eppure non c’era dubbio al riguardo. Eugene era come sempre tranquillo; ma forse, mentre lei se ne stava lì con lo sguardo basso, era più evidente che la sua attenzione fosse concentrata su di lei in alcuni momenti, piuttosto che su qualsiasi altro argomento, nemmeno per brevi periodi.

“Non ho nulla da riferire, Lizzie,” disse Eugene. “Ma poiché vi avevo promesso che mio amico Lightwood avrebbe sempre tenuto d’occhio il signor Riderhood, mi piace di tanto in tanto ribadire che mantengo la mia promessa e che mio amico sta facendo il suo dovere al meglio.”

“Non avrei dovuto dubitarne, signore.”

“In generale, devo ammettere di essere un uomo su cui si può dubitare,” rispose Eugene con calma, “per tutto questo.”

“Perché sei così?” chiese la severa signorina Wren.

“Perché, cara mia,” disse l’allegra e spensierata Eugenia, “sono una povera cagna inutile.”

“Allora perché non ti riformi e diventi un buon cane?” chiese la signorina Wren.

“Perché, cara mia,” rispose Eugene, “non c’è nessuno che valga la pena per me. Hai considerato la mia proposta, Lizzie?” Lo disse a voce più bassa, ma solo come se si trattasse di una questione importante; del resto, non escludeva affatto la persona presente nella casa.

“Ci ho pensato, signor Wrayburn, ma non sono ancora riuscita a decidermi ad accettarlo.”

“Falsa orgoglio!”, disse Eugene.

“Non credo proprio, signor Wrayburn. Spero di no.”

“Falsa orgoglio!”, ripeté Eugene. “Perché, di cosa altro si tratta? Questa cosa in sé non ha alcun valore; per me non ha alcun significato. Quanto potrebbe valere per me? Voi sapete quanto ne ricavo. Propongo di essere utile a qualcuno – il che non è mai successo in questa vita, e non accadrà mai più in nessuna altra occasione – pagando una persona qualificata, dello stesso sesso e dell’età vostra, pochi, spregevoli penny affinché venga qui, alcune sere alla settimana, e vi dia certe istruzioni che non vorreste ricevere se non foste una figlia e una sorella disposta a rinunciare a sé stessa. Voi sapete che è utile averle; altrimenti non vi sareste dedicata con tanta dedizione al desiderio di vostro fratello di ottenerle. Allora perché non approfittarne, soprattutto se anche la nostra amica, Miss Jenny, ne trarrà beneficio? Se io stesso mi offrissi di fare da insegnante, ovviamente sarebbe assurdo! Ma in ogni caso, potrei benissimo trovarmi dall’altra parte del globo, o addirittura non esserci affatto. Falsa orgoglio, Lizzie. Perché un vero orgoglio non si vergognerebbe mai di suo fratello ingrato. Un vero orgoglio non chiamerebbe insegnanti qui, come medici che esaminano un caso grave. Un vero orgoglio andrebbe direttamente a lavorare e si occuperebbe personalmente della questione. Lo sapete bene, perché il vostro vero orgoglio lo farebbe già domani, se solo aveste i mezzi che la falsa orgoglio mi impedisce di fornirvi. Molto bene. Non aggiungo altro. Il vostro falso orgoglio vi fa del male a voi stesse e fa del male anche al vostro defunto padre.”

‘How to my father, Mr Wrayburn?’ she asked, with an anxious face.

‘How to your father? Can you ask! By perpetuating the consequences of his ignorant and blind obstinacy. By resolving not to set right the wrong he did you. By determining that the deprivation to which he condemned you, and which he forced upon you, shall always rest upon his head.’

It chanced to be a subtle string to sound, in her who had so spoken to her brother within the hour. It sounded far more forcibly, because of the change in the speaker for the moment; the passing appearance of earnestness, complete conviction, injured resentment of suspicion, generous and unselfish interest. All these qualities, in him usually so light and careless, she felt to be inseparable from some touch of their opposites in her own breast. She thought, had she, so far below him and so different, rejected this disinterestedness, because of some vain misgiving that he sought her out, or heeded any personal attractions that he might descry in her? The poor girl, pure of heart and purpose, could not bear to think it. Sinking before her own eyes, as she suspected herself of it, she drooped her head as though she had done him some wicked and grievous injury, and broke into silent tears.

‘Don’t be distressed,’ said Eugene, very, very kindly. ‘I hope it is not I who have distressed you. I meant no more than to put the matter in its true light before you; though I acknowledge I did it selfishly enough, for I am disappointed.’

Disappointed of doing her a service. How else COULD he be disappointed?

‘It won’t break my heart,’ laughed Eugene; ‘it won’t stay by me eight-and-forty hours; but I am genuinely disappointed. I had set my fancy on doing this little thing for you and for our friend Miss Jenny. The novelty of my doing anything in the least useful, had its charms. I see, now, that I might have managed it better. I might have affected to do it wholly for our friend Miss J. I might have got myself up, morally, as Sir Eugene Bountiful. But upon my soul I can’t make flourishes, and I would rather be disappointed than try.’

If he meant to follow home what was in Lizzie’s thoughts, it was skilfully done. If he followed it by mere fortuitous coincidence, it was done by an evil chance.

‘It opened out so naturally before me,’ said Eugene. ‘The ball seemed so thrown into my hands by accident! I happen to be originally brought into contact with you, Lizzie, on those two occasions that you know of. I happen to be able to promise you that a watch shall be kept upon that false accuser, Riderhood. I happen to be able to give you some little consolation in the darkest hour of your distress, by assuring you that I don’t believe him. On the same occasion I tell you that I am the idlest and least of lawyers, but that I am better than none, in a case I have noted down with my own hand, and that you may be always sure of my best help, and incidentally of Lightwood’s too, in your efforts to clear your father. So, it gradually takes my fancy that I may help you—so easily!—to clear your father of that other blame which I mentioned a few minutes ago, and which is a just and real one. I hope I have explained myself; for I am heartily sorry to have distressed you. I hate to claim to mean well, but I really did mean honestly and simply well, and I want you to know it.’

‘I have never doubted that, Mr Wrayburn,’ said Lizzie; the more repentant, the less he claimed.

‘I am very glad to hear it. Though if you had quite understood my whole meaning at first, I think you would not have refused. Do you think you would?’

‘I—don’t know that I should, Mr Wrayburn.’

Well! Then why refuse now you do understand it?’

‘It’s not easy for me to talk to you,’ returned Lizzie, in some confusion, ‘for you see all the consequences of what I say, as soon as I say it.’

‘Take all the consequences,’ laughed Eugene, ‘and take away my disappointment. Lizzie Hexam, as I truly respect you, and as I am your friend and a poor devil of a gentleman, I protest I don’t even now understand why you hesitate.’

There was an appearance of openness, trustfulness, unsuspecting generosity, in his words and manner, that won the poor girl over; and not only won her over, but again caused her to feel as though she had been influenced by the opposite qualities, with vanity at their head.

‘I will not hesitate any longer, Mr Wrayburn. I hope you will not think the worse of me for having hesitated at all. For myself and for Jenny—you let me answer for you, Jenny dear?’

The little creature had been leaning back, attentive, with her elbows resting on the elbows of her chair, and her chin upon her hands. Without changing her attitude, she answered, ‘Yes!’ so suddenly that it rather seemed as if she had chopped the monosyllable than spoken it.

‘For myself and for Jenny, I thankfully accept your kind offer.’

‘Agreed! Dismissed!’ said Eugene, giving Lizzie his hand before lightly waving it, as if he waved the whole subject away. ‘I hope it may not be often that so much is made of so little!’

Then he fell to talking playfully with Jenny Wren. ‘I think of setting up a doll, Miss Jenny,’ he said.

‘You had better not,’ replied the dressmaker.

‘Why not?’

‘You are sure to break it. All you children do.’

‘But that makes good for trade, you know, Miss Wren,’ returned Eugene. ‘Much as people’s breaking promises and contracts and bargains of all sorts, makes good for MY trade.’

‘I don’t know about that,’ Miss Wren retorted; ‘but you had better by half set up a pen-wiper, and turn industrious, and use it.’

‘Why, if we were all as industrious as you, little Busy-Body, we should begin to work as soon as we could crawl, and there would be a bad thing!’

‘Do you mean,’ returned the little creature, with a flush suffusing her face, ‘bad for your backs and your legs?’

‘No, no, no,’ said Eugene; shocked—to do him justice—at the thought of trifling with her infirmity. ‘Bad for business, bad for business. If we all set to work as soon as we could use our hands, it would be all over with the dolls’ dressmakers.’

“Come posso fare con mio padre, il signor Wrayburn?”, chiese lei, con un’espressione ansiosa.

‘Come sta tuo padre? Come puoi anche solo chiederlo! Continuando a subire le conseguenze della sua ignoranza e della sua cieca ostinazione. Decidendo di non rimediare ai torti che ti ha fatto. Confermando che la privazione a cui ti ha condannato, e che ti ha imposto con la forza, dovrà sempre ricadere su di lui.’

Fu una frase delicata e significativa da pronunciare, da parte di lei che, nel giro di un’ora, aveva già parlato in quel modo con suo fratello. Suonò però molto più intensamente, a causa del cambiamento nella persona che l’aveva detta: per un momento, era apparsa una serietà sincera, una convinzione totale, un risentimento legato alle sospetti, e anche un interesse generoso e altruistico. Tutte queste qualità, solitamente così lievi e disinvolte in lui, lei le sentiva ormai inseparabili da alcuni aspetti opposti presenti nel proprio cuore. Si chiese: se lei, così inferiore a lui e così diversa, avesse rifiutato questa sua disinteressata attenzione, forse a causa di vane preoccupazioni riguardo ai motivi per cui lui cercava il suo contatto, o perché aveva dato peso ad attrazioni personali che lui potesse percepire in lei? Povera ragazza, dal cuore puro e dai nobili principi. Non riusciva nemmeno a concepirlo. Mentre si rendeva conto di questi pensieri, le caddero le lacrime silenziose dagli occhi, come se avesse commesso nei suoi confronti qualche grave ingiustizia.

“Non essere angosciato,” disse Eugene, con molta, molta gentilezza. “Spero che non sia stato io a causarti dolore. Volevo soltanto far vedere la situazione nella sua vera luce; anche se devo ammettere di averlo fatto per motivi egoistici, perché sono deluso.”

Delusa per averle fatto un favore. In che altro modo avrebbe potuto sentirsi delusa?

“Non mi spezzerà il cuore,” rise Eugene; “non resterà con me per ottantaquattro ore. Ma sono davvero deluso. Mi ero messo in testa di fare questa piccola cosa per te e per la nostra amica Miss Jenny. Il fascino stava proprio nel fatto che fosse qualcosa di completamente inutile. Ora capisco che avrei potuto farlo meglio: avrei potuto fingere di farlo interamente per il bene della nostra amica Miss J. Avrei potuto comportarmi, moralmente parlando, come Sir Eugene Bountiful. Ma, per la mia ‘anima, non riesco a fare finti gesti generosi. Preferisco essere deluso piuttosto che provare.”

Se intendeva seguire i pensieri di Lizzie riguardo a casa, l’aveva fatto con grande abilità. Se invece era stato solo un caso fortuito, allora si trattava di una sfortuna malvagia.

“Si è aperto davanti a me in modo così naturale,” disse Eugene. “Quella palla sembrava essere stata gettata nelle mie mani per caso! È pur vero che io abbia avuto il contatto con te, Lizzie, in quelle due occasioni di cui tu sai. Posso prometterti che quell’accusatore falsario, Riderhood, verrà tenuto sotto controllo. Posso offrirti un po’ di consolazione nei momenti più difficili della tua sofferenza, assicurandoti che non credo a lui. Inoltre, posso dirti che sono forse l’avvocato più inutile e meno competente, ma almeno non peggiore degli altri. Nel caso di cui ho preso appunti personalmente, puoi essere certa del mio massimo aiuto, e anche di quello di Lightwood, nel tuo tentativo di scagionare tuo padre. Quindi, mi sembra davvero possibile aiutarti a farlo, in modo così semplice! Spero di essermi spiegato chiaramente; mi dispiace molto di averti turbata. Non vorrei mai fingere di avere buone intenzioni, ma te lo dico sinceramente: voglio che tu lo sappia.”

“Non ho mai dubitato di questo, signor Wrayburn,” disse Lizzie; più lui si mostrava pentito, meno lei pretendeva.

“Sono molto felice di saperlo. Tuttavia, se avessi capito appieno il significato completo delle mie parole fin dall’inizio, penso che non avresti rifiutato. Credi davvero che l’avresti fatto?”

“Non so se dovrei farlo, signor Wrayburn.”

‘Beh! Allora perché rifiutare ora che lo capisci?’

“Non è facile per me parlare con te,” rispose Lizzie, un po’ confusa, “perché tu vedi tutte le conseguenze di ciò che dico non appena lo dico.”

“Affronta tutte le conseguenze,” rise Eugene, “e almeno elimina la mia delusione. Lizzie Hexam, poiché ti rispetto sinceramente, e poiché sono tuo amico e un povero diavolo di gentiluomo, protesto: non capisco ancora perché esiti.”

Nelle sue parole e nel suo comportamento c’era un’aria di apertura, fiducia, generosità ingenua che conquistò la povera ragazza; e non solo la conquistò, ma le fece anche sentire come se fosse stata influenzata da qualità opposte, guidate soprattutto dalla vanità.

“Non esiterò più, signor Wrayburn. Spero che non penserete male di me per aver esitato anche solo un attimo. Per me e per Jenny, lasciate che parli a nome vostro, cara Jenny.”

La piccola creatura era appoggiata all’indietro, attenta; i gomiti le poggiavano sui braccioli della sedia e il mento sulle mani. Senza cambiare posizione, rispose: “Sì!”, in modo così improvviso che sembrava più come se avesse pronunciato quel monosillabo con forza piuttosto che parlarlo normalmente.

“Per me e per Jenny, accetto con gratitudine la tua gentile offerta.”

“D’accordo! Può andare!” disse Eugene, porgendo la mano a Lizzie prima di scuoterla leggermente, come se volesse mettere da parte l’intera questione. “Spero che non succeda spesso che si dia così tanta importanza a qualcosa di così poco, ”

Poi iniziò a chiacchierare scherzosamente con Jenny Wren. “Penso di costruire una bambola, signorina Jenny,” disse.

“Meglio di no,” rispose la sarta.

“Perché no?”

“Di sicuro lo romperete. È quello che fate sempre voi bambini.”

“Ma questo fa bene al commercio, capisce, signorina Wren,” rispose Eugene.
“Proprio come il fatto che le persone rompano promesse, contratti e accordi di ogni tipo fa bene AL MIO commercio.”

“Non ne so nulla,” ribatté la signorina Wren; “ma sarebbe meglio che preparassi subito uno strumento per pulire le penne e che lo usassi con impegno.”

“Perché, se fossimo tutti così laboriosi come te, piccoloBusy-Body, inizieremmo a lavorare non appena potremmo gattonare, e allora ci sarebbero davvero dei guai!”

“Intendi dire,” rispose la piccola creatura, con il viso che si arrossiva, “che fa male alla schiena e alle gambe?”

“No, no, no,” disse Eugene; scioccato, a dire il vero, all’idea di prendere in giro la sua infermità. “Sarebbe dannoso per gli affari. Se tutti cominciassimo a lavorare non appena potessimo usare le mani, le sartorie che producono abiti per bambole finirebbero per chiudere.”

‘There’s something in that,’ replied Miss Wren; ‘you have a sort of an idea in your noddle sometimes.’ Then, in a changed tone; ‘Talking of ideas, my Lizzie,’ they were sitting side by side as they had sat at first, ‘I wonder how it happens that when I am work, work, working here, all alone in the summer-time, I smell flowers.’

‘As a commonplace individual, I should say,’ Eugene suggested languidly—for he was growing weary of the person of the house—‘that you smell flowers because you DO smell flowers.’

‘No I don’t,’ said the little creature, resting one arm upon the elbow of her chair, resting her chin upon that hand, and looking vacantly before her; ‘this is not a flowery neighbourhood. It’s anything but that. And yet as I sit at work, I smell miles of flowers. I smell roses, till I think I see the rose-leaves lying in heaps, bushels, on the floor. I smell fallen leaves, till I put down my hand—so—and expect to make them rustle. I smell the white and the pink May in the hedges, and all sorts of flowers that I never was among. For I have seen very few flowers indeed, in my life.’

‘Pleasant fancies to have, Jenny dear!’ said her friend: with a glance towards Eugene as if she would have asked him whether they were given the child in compensation for her losses.

‘So I think, Lizzie, when they come to me. And the birds I hear! Oh!’ cried the little creature, holding out her hand and looking upward, ‘how they sing!’

There was something in the face and action for the moment, quite inspired and beautiful. Then the chin dropped musingly upon the hand again.

‘I dare say my birds sing better than other birds, and my flowers smell better than other flowers. For when I was a little child,’ in a tone as though it were ages ago, ‘the children that I used to see early in the morning were very different from any others that I ever saw. They were not like me; they were not chilled, anxious, ragged, or beaten; they were never in pain. They were not like the children of the neighbours; they never made me tremble all over, by setting up shrill noises, and they never mocked me. Such numbers of them too! All in white dresses, and with something shining on the borders, and on their heads, that I have never been able to imitate with my work, though I know it so well. They used to come down in long bright slanting rows, and say all together, “Who is this in pain! Who is this in pain!” When I told them who it was, they answered, “Come and play with us!” When I said “I never play! I can’t play!” they swept about me and took me up, and made me light. Then it was all delicious ease and rest till they laid me down, and said, all together, “Have patience, and we will come again.” Whenever they came back, I used to know they were coming before I saw the long bright rows, by hearing them ask, all together a long way off, “Who is this in pain! Who is this in pain!” And I used to cry out, “O my blessed children, it’s poor me. Have pity on me. Take me up and make me light!”’

By degrees, as she progressed in this remembrance, the hand was raised, the late ecstatic look returned, and she became quite beautiful. Having so paused for a moment, silent, with a listening smile upon her face, she looked round and recalled herself.

‘What poor fun you think me; don’t you, Mr Wrayburn? You may well look tired of me. But it’s Saturday night, and I won’t detain you.’

‘That is to say, Miss Wren,’ observed Eugene, quite ready to profit by the hint, ‘you wish me to go?’

Well, it’s Saturday night,’ she returned, ‘and my child’s coming home. And my child is a troublesome bad child, and costs me a world of scolding. I would rather you didn’t see my child.’

‘A doll?’ said Eugene, not understanding, and looking for an explanation.

But Lizzie, with her lips only, shaping the two words, ‘Her father,’ he delayed no longer. He took his leave immediately. At the corner of the street he stopped to light another cigar, and possibly to ask himself what he was doing otherwise. If so, the answer was indefinite and vague. Who knows what he is doing, who is careless what he does!

A man stumbled against him as he turned away, who mumbled some maudlin apology. Looking after this man, Eugene saw him go in at the door by which he himself had just come out.

On the man’s stumbling into the room, Lizzie rose to leave it.

‘Don’t go away, Miss Hexam,’ he said in a submissive manner, speaking thickly and with difficulty. ‘Don’t fly from unfortunate man in shattered state of health. Give poor invalid honour of your company. It ain’t—ain’t catching.’

Lizzie murmured that she had something to do in her own room, and went away upstairs.

‘How’s my Jenny?’ said the man, timidly. ‘How’s my Jenny Wren, best of children, object dearest affections broken-hearted invalid?’

To which the person of the house, stretching out her arm in an attitude of command, replied with irresponsive asperity: ‘Go along with you! Go along into your corner! Get into your corner directly!’

The wretched spectacle made as if he would have offered some remonstrance; but not venturing to resist the person of the house, thought better of it, and went and sat down on a particular chair of disgrace.

‘Oh-h-h!’ cried the person of the house, pointing her little finger, ‘You bad old boy! Oh-h-h you naughty, wicked creature! WHAT do you mean by it?’

The shaking figure, unnerved and disjointed from head to foot, put out its two hands a little way, as making overtures of peace and reconciliation. Abject tears stood in its eyes, and stained the blotched red of its cheeks. The swollen lead-coloured under lip trembled with a shameful whine. The whole indecorous threadbare ruin, from the broken shoes to the prematurely-grey scanty hair, grovelled. Not with any sense worthy to be called a sense, of this dire reversal of the places of parent and child, but in a pitiful expostulation to be let off from a scolding.

“C’è del vero in quello che dici,” rispose la signorina Wren; “a volte hai davvero delle idee interessanti.” Poi, cambiando tono: “A proposito di idee, mia Lizzie, ” Erano sedute una accanto all’altra, proprio come prima. “Mi chiedo come mai, quando lavoro qui da sola, in piena estate, senta sempre l’odore dei fiori, ”

“Come una persona comune,” suggerì Eugene con indifferenza, poiché stava iniziando a stancarsi di quella persona della casa, “dovrei dire che tu senti l’odore delle fiori perché, semplicemente odori le fiori.”

“No, non è vero,” disse la piccola creatura, appoggiando un braccio sul gomito della sedia, posizionando il mento su quella mano e guardando davanti a sé con aria assente; “questo non è un quartiere pieno di fiori. Niente affatto. Eppure, mentre lavoro, sento l’odore di migliaia di fiori. Sento l’odore delle rose, fino al punto di pensare di vedere i loro petali ammucchiati sul pavimento. Sento l’odore delle foglie cadute, tanto che mi aspetto quasi di sentirle frusciare se le tocco. Percepisco il profumo dei fiori bianchi e rosa di maggio nei cespugli. E di tante altre specie di fiori di cui non ho mai conosciuto l’esistenza. In realtà, nella mia vita ne ho visti davvero pochi.”

“Che piacevoli fantasie hai, cara Jenny!”, disse la sua amica, lanciando uno sguardo verso Eugene come se volesse chiedergli se a loro fosse stato dato quel bambino in compensazione delle sue perdite.

“Credo di saperlo, Lizzie. Quando vengono da me. E quegli uccelli che sento! Oh!” gridò la piccola creatura, tendendo la mano e guardando in alto. “Come cantano, ”

C’era qualcosa nel suo volto e nelle sue azioni in quel momento, davvero ispiratore e bello. Poi il mento ricadde di nuovo pensieroso sulla mano.

‘Oserei dire che i miei uccelli cantano meglio di altri uccelli, e i miei fiori profumano meglio di qualsiasi altro fiore. Perché quando ero piccolo,’ diceva con un tono come se fosse passato molto tempo, ‘i bambini che vedevo al mattino erano molto diversi da tutti gli altri che avessi mai incontrato. Non erano come me; non erano freddi, ansiosi, in disordine o maltrattati; non provavano mai dolore. Non erano come i bambini dei vicini; non mi facevano mai tremare con i loro rumori striduli, e non si prendevano mai gioco di me. Erano così tanti, tutti in vestiti bianchi, con qualcosa che brillava sui bordi e sulle loro teste; qualcosa che non sono mai riuscito a imitare, anche se lo conosco molto bene. Venivano giù in lunghe file luminose e dicevano tutte insieme: “Chi è questo che soffre! Chi è questo che soffre!” Quando glielo spiegavo, rispondevano: “Vieni a giocare con noi!” E quando dicevo “Non gioco mai. Non so come si giochi!”, mi circondavano e mi sollevavano in aria, facendomi sentire leggero. Poi tutto diventava dolcezza e tranquillità, finché non mi mettevano giù e dicevano tutte insieme: “Abbi pazienza, torneremo.” Ogni volta che tornavano, riuscivo a capirne l’arrivo anche prima di vedere quelle lunghe file luminose, sentendoli chiedere da lontano: “Chi è questo che soffre! Chi è questo che soffre!” E io gridavo: “Oh, miei bambini benedetti, povero me, abbiate pietà di me, portatemi su e fate che mi senta leggero!”’

Gradualmente, man mano che proseguiva nella sua rievocazione, la mano si alzò; lo sguardo estatico di un tempo ricomparve e lei divenne davvero bellissima. Dopo essersi fermata per un momento in silenzio, con un sorriso attento sul viso, guardò intorno e tornò in sé.

“Che povero divertimento pensate che io sia. Non è vero, signor Wrayburn? Forse siete davvero stanco di me. Ma è sabato sera e non vi tratterrò a lungo.”

“In altre parole, signorina Wren,” osservò Eugene, pronto a cogliere l’allusione, “volete che io vada?”

“Beh, è sabato sera,” rispose lei, “e mio figlio sta per tornare a casa. Mio altro figlio, invece, è un bambino molto problematico e mi causa un sacco di problemi. Preferirei che non vedeste mio figlio.”

“Un giocattolo a forma di bambola?” disse Eugene, senza capire, cercando una spiegazione.

Ma Lizzie, con solo le sue labbra, pronunciò quelle due parole: “Il suo padre”. Lui non esitò più; se ne andò immediatamente. All’angolo della strada si fermò per accendere un altro sigaro. E forse si chiese cosa avrebbe fatto altrimenti. Se così fu, la risposta rimase vaga e indefinita. Chi può sapere cosa fa una persona, chi si preoccupa davvero di ciò che fa?!

Mentre si allontanava, un uomo inciampò contro di lui e mormorò qualche scusa sentimentale. Prendendosi cura di quell’uomo, Eugene lo vide entrare dalla stessa porta da cui era appena uscito.

Non appena l’uomo entrò barcollando nella stanza, Lizzie si alzò per andarsene.

“Non andartene, signorina Hexam,” disse lui in tono sottomesso, parlando con difficoltà e con un accento marcato. “Non abbandonare quest’uomo sfortunato, in uno stato di salute così precario. Concedetemi l’onore della vostra compagnia. Non è mica una malattia contagiosa, ”

Lizzie mormorò che aveva qualcosa da fare nella sua stanza e se ne andò al piano di sopra.

“Come sta la mia Jenny?” chiese l’uomo, timidamente. “Come sta la mia Jenny Wren, la migliore delle bambine, l’oggetto dei miei più cari affetti, ora malata e con il cuore spezzato?”

Alla quale la persona che abitava nella casa, allungando il braccio con un gesto autoritario, rispose in modo scortese e indifferente: “Vai pure via! Vai nel tuo angolo! Mettiti subito nel tuo angolo!”

Quella misera scena sembrava indicare che volesse fare qualche obiezione; ma non osando opporsi alla persona che occupava quella posizione di autorità, preferì desistere e andò a sedersi su una sedia specificamente destinata alle umiliazioni.

“Oooh!” gridò la persona che abitava nella casa, puntando il suo dito mignolo, “Tu cattivo ragazzo! Oh-h-h, tu creatura dispettosa e malvagia. Cosa intendi dire con questo?”

Quella figura tremante, sconvolta e disarticolata dalla testa ai piedi, tese le sue due mani verso di loro, come se volesse fare segni di pace e riconciliazione. Grosse lacrime riempivano i suoi occhi, macchiando il rosso screpolato delle sue guance. Il labbro inferiore, gonfio e di colore grigio-ferro, tremava mentre emetteva un lamento vergognoso. Quell’intero essere indecoroso e logoro, dalle scarpe rotte ai capelli prematuramente ingrigiti, si prostrava davanti a loro. Non con alcun senso degno di tale nome, ma soltanto con una supplica patetica per evitare rimproveri.

‘I know your tricks and your manners,’ cried Miss Wren. ‘I know where you’ve been to!’ (which indeed it did not require discernment to discover). ‘Oh, you disgraceful old chap!’

The very breathing of the figure was contemptible, as it laboured and rattled in that operation, like a blundering clock.

‘Slave, slave, slave, from morning to night,’ pursued the person of the house, ‘and all for this! WHAT do you mean by it?’

There was something in that emphasized ‘What,’ which absurdly frightened the figure. As often as the person of the house worked her way round to it—even as soon as he saw that it was coming—he collapsed in an extra degree.

‘I wish you had been taken up, and locked up,’ said the person of the house. ‘I wish you had been poked into cells and black holes, and run over by rats and spiders and beetles. I know their tricks and their manners, and they’d have tickled you nicely. Ain’t you ashamed of yourself?’

‘Yes, my dear,’ stammered the father.

‘Then,’ said the person of the house, terrifying him by a grand muster of her spirits and forces before recurring to the emphatic word, ‘WHAT do you mean by it?’

‘Circumstances over which had no control,’ was the miserable creature’s plea in extenuation.

‘I’LL circumstance you and control you too,’ retorted the person of the house, speaking with vehement sharpness, ‘if you talk in that way. I’ll give you in charge to the police, and have you fined five shillings when you can’t pay, and then I won’t pay the money for you, and you’ll be transported for life. How should you like to be transported for life?’

‘Shouldn’t like it. Poor shattered invalid. Trouble nobody long,’ cried the wretched figure.

‘Come, come!’ said the person of the house, tapping the table near her in a business-like manner, and shaking her head and her chin; ‘you know what you’ve got to do. Put down your money this instant.’

The obedient figure began to rummage in its pockets.

‘Spent a fortune out of your wages, I’ll be bound!’ said the person of the house. ‘Put it here! All you’ve got left! Every farthing!’

Such a business as he made of collecting it from his dogs’-eared pockets; of expecting it in this pocket, and not finding it; of not expecting it in that pocket, and passing it over; of finding no pocket where that other pocket ought to be!

‘Is this all?’ demanded the person of the house, when a confused heap of pence and shillings lay on the table.

‘Got no more,’ was the rueful answer, with an accordant shake of the head.

‘Let me make sure. You know what you’ve got to do. Turn all your pockets inside out, and leave ’em so!’ cried the person of the house.

He obeyed. And if anything could have made him look more abject or more dismally ridiculous than before, it would have been his so displaying himself.

‘Here’s but seven and eightpence halfpenny!’ exclaimed Miss Wren, after reducing the heap to order. ‘Oh, you prodigal old son! Now you shall be starved.’

‘No, don’t starve me,’ he urged, whimpering.

‘If you were treated as you ought to be,’ said Miss Wren, ‘you’d be fed upon the skewers of cats’ meat;—only the skewers, after the cats had had the meat. As it is, go to bed.’

When he stumbled out of the corner to comply, he again put out both his hands, and pleaded: ‘Circumstances over which no control—’

‘Get along with you to bed!’ cried Miss Wren, snapping him up. ‘Don’t speak to me. I’m not going to forgive you. Go to bed this moment!’

Seeing another emphatic ‘What’ upon its way, he evaded it by complying and was heard to shuffle heavily up stairs, and shut his door, and throw himself on his bed. Within a little while afterwards, Lizzie came down.

‘Shall we have our supper, Jenny dear?’

‘Ah! bless us and save us, we need have something to keep us going,’ returned Miss Jenny, shrugging her shoulders.

Lizzie laid a cloth upon the little bench (more handy for the person of the house than an ordinary table), and put upon it such plain fare as they were accustomed to have, and drew up a stool for herself.

‘Now for supper! What are you thinking of, Jenny darling?’

‘I was thinking,’ she returned, coming out of a deep study, ‘what I would do to Him, if he should turn out a drunkard.’

‘Oh, but he won’t,’ said Lizzie. ‘You’ll take care of that, beforehand.’

‘I shall try to take care of it beforehand, but he might deceive me. Oh, my dear, all those fellows with their tricks and their manners do deceive!’ With the little fist in full action. ‘And if so, I tell you what I think I’d do. When he was asleep, I’d make a spoon red hot, and I’d have some boiling liquor bubbling in a saucepan, and I’d take it out hissing, and I’d open his mouth with the other hand—or perhaps he’d sleep with his mouth ready open—and I’d pour it down his throat, and blister it and choke him.’

‘I am sure you would do no such horrible thing,’ said Lizzie.

‘Shouldn’t I? Well; perhaps I shouldn’t. But I should like to!’

‘I am equally sure you would not.’

‘Not even like to? Well, you generally know best. Only you haven’t always lived among it as I have lived—and your back isn’t bad and your legs are not queer.’

As they went on with their supper, Lizzie tried to bring her round to that prettier and better state. But, the charm was broken. The person of the house was the person of a house full of sordid shames and cares, with an upper room in which that abased figure was infecting even innocent sleep with sensual brutality and degradation. The doll’s dressmaker had become a little quaint shrew; of the world, worldly; of the earth, earthy.

Poor doll’s dressmaker! How often so dragged down by hands that should have raised her up; how often so misdirected when losing her way on the eternal road, and asking guidance! Poor, poor little doll’s dressmaker!

“Conosco tutte le tue astuzie e i tuoi modi,” gridò la signorina Wren. “So dove sei stato!” (e in realtà non ci voleva certo molta perspicacia per scoprirlo). “Oh, vecchio disonorevole!”

Anche il semplice respiro di quella figura era spregevole: si sforzava disperatamente, emettendo suoni striduli durante quel processo, proprio come un orologio che funziona male.

“Schiavo, schiavo, schiavo, dal mattino alla notte, ”, ripeteva la persona di quella casa, “e tutto per questo! Cosa intendi dire con questo?”

C’era qualcosa in quel “Che” enfatizzato che, in modo assurdo, spaventava quella figura. Ogni volta che la persona che viveva in quella casa cercava di avvicinarsi a esso, anche solo quando vedeva che stava arrivando, quella figura sveniva, o perdeva i sensi ancora più profondamente.

“Vorrei che foste stati portati via e rinchiusi,” disse la persona di quella casa. “Vorrei che foste stati messi in celle o in buchi neri, calpestati da topi, ragni e scarafaggi. Conosco bene le loro astuzie e i loro modi. Vi avrebbero certo fatto divertire. Non vi vergognate di voi stessi?”

“Sì, mio caro,” balbettò il padre.

“Allora,” disse la persona di quella casa, terrorizzandolo con un’imponente manifestazione di energia e forza, prima di ripetere con enfasi: “Cosa intendi dire con questo?”

“Circonstanze su cui non avevo alcun controllo”, era la scusa di quell’essere miserabile per giustificare le proprie azioni.

“Ti metterò in una situazione difficile e controllerò anche te,” ribatté la persona di quella casa, parlando con veemenza e durezza, “se continui a parlare in quel modo. Ti consegnerò alla polizia e ti farò multare cinque scellini; se non riuscirai a pagarli, non pagherò io per te e finirai in prigione a vita. Che ne pensi di finire in prigione a vita?”

“Non dovrebbe piacermi. Povero essere spezzato, inutile. Non dà fastidio a nessuno da molto tempo, ”, gridò quella misera figura.

“Ma come, ma come!”, disse la persona che abitava nella casa, battendo sul tavolo vicino a lei in modo deciso e scuotendo la testa e il mento; “sapete benissimo cosa dovete fare. Mettete i vostri soldi subito”.

La figura obbediente iniziò a frugare nelle sue tasche.

“Devi aver speso una fortuna con i tuoi stipendi,” disse la persona che abitava in quella casa. “Mettilo qui. Tutto quello che ti è rimasto. Ogni singolo penny!”

Un comportamento del genere: raccoglierla dalle tasche a forma di orecchie dei suoi cani; aspettarsela in una tasca e non trovarla; non aspettarsela in un’altra tasca e ignorarla; non trovare nessuna tasca dove dovrebbe esserci un’altra.

“È tutto qui?” chiese la persona che abitava nella casa, quando sul tavolo vide un mucchio disordinato di penny e scellini.

“Non ne ho più,” fu la risposta piena di rammarico, accompagnata da un cenno del capo affermativo.

“Lasciami controllare. Sai cosa devi fare: rovescia tutti i tuoi taschi e lasciali così!” gridò la persona che abitava nella casa.

Obbedì. E se qualcosa avesse potuto farlo apparire ancora più umiliato o ridicolo di prima, sarebbe stato proprio il modo in cui si espose.

“Sono solo sette, otto pence e mezzo!” esclamò la signorina Wren, dopo aver sistemato tutti quei soldi in ordine. “Oh, mio povero ragazzo spendaccione. Ora sicuramente morirai di fame.”

“No, non lasciarmi morire di fame,” supplicò lui, singhiozzando.

“Se vi trattassero come meritate,” disse la signorina Wren, “vi darebbero da mangiare solo gli spiedini di carne di gatto, anzi, soltanto gli spiedini, dopo che i gatti avessero già mangiato la carne. Comunque, andate a letto ora.”

Quando uscì barcollando dall’angolo per obbedire, tese di nuovo entrambe le mani e supplicò: “Circonstanze su cui non ho alcun controllo, ”

“Vai a letto immediatamente!” gridò la signorina Wren, afferrandolo per un braccio. “Non parlarmi. Non ti perdonerò mai. Vai a letto subito!”

Vedendo arrivare un altro deciso “Che cosa?”, evitò di rispondere attenendosi alle richieste ricevute; si sentì poi salire pesantemente le scale, chiudere la porta e gettarsi a letto. Poco dopo, Lizzie scese.

“Prepariamo la cena, cara Jenny?”

“Ah! Benedicici e salvaci, abbiamo bisogno di qualcosa che ci aiuti a andare avanti,” rispose la signorina Jenny, alzando le spalle.

Lizzie stese un panno sul piccolo banco (molto più pratico per la persona che abitava in quella casa rispetto a un normale tavolo), vi mise cibi semplici e familiari, e si sistemò su uno sgabello accanto.

“Ora è ora di cena! A cosa stai pensando, cara Jenny?”

“Stavo pensando,” rispose lei, uscendo da una profonda riflessione, “cosa farei con Lui se dovesse diventare un alcolizzato.”

“Ma lui non lo farà mai,” disse Lizzie. “Tu devi occupartene in anticipo.”

“Cercherò di occuparmene in anticipo, ma potrebbe ingannarmi. Oh, mio caro, tutti quei tipi con le loro trucchi e i loro modi, davvero ingannano!” Con il pugnetto che si muoveva freneticamente. “E se dovesse succedere, vi dico cosa farei io: quando dormisse, scalderei una cucchiaiata fino a farla diventare rovente, preparerei del liquido bollente in una pentola, lo verserei dentro lui facendolo sibilare. E con l’altra mano gli aprirei la bocca. O forse dormirebbe già con la bocca aperta. E lo verserei giù per la gola, facendogli venire vesciche e soffocarlo.”

“Sono sicura che tu non faresti mai una cosa così orribile,” disse Lizzie.

“Non dovrei forse farlo? Beh; forse non dovrei. Ma mi piacerebbe molto!”

“Sono altrettanto certo che nemmeno voi lo fareste.”

“Nemmeno ti piace? Beh, di solito sei tu a sapere meglio. Solo che tu non hai vissuto sempre in mezzo a queste cose come ho fatto io. E poi la tua schiena è sana, e le tue gambe non sono strane.”

Mentre continuavano a cenare, Lizzie cercò di farle ritornare in quello stato più bello e migliore. Ma il fascino era ormai spezzato. Quella persona, che viveva in quella casa, apparteneva a una famiglia piena di vergogne e preoccupazioni meschine; nella sua stanza al piano di sopra, quella figura umiliante contagiava persino il sonno degli innocenti con brutalità sensuale e degradazione. La sarta della bambola era diventata una donna strana e volgare. Di questo mondo, terrena; di questa terra, materiale.

Povera sarta di quella bambola. Quante volte è stata trascinata giù da mani che avrebbero dovuto sollevarla; quante volte ha perso la strada lungo il percorso eterno e ha chiesto aiuto. Povera, povera sarta di quella piccola bambola.

Chapter 3

A PIECE OF WORK

Britannia, sitting meditating one fine day (perhaps in the attitude in which she is presented on the copper coinage), discovers all of a sudden that she wants Veneering in Parliament. It occurs to her that Veneering is ‘a representative man’—which cannot in these times be doubted—and that Her Majesty’s faithful Commons are incomplete without him. So, Britannia mentions to a legal gentleman of her acquaintance that if Veneering will ‘put down’ five thousand pounds, he may write a couple of initial letters after his name at the extremely cheap rate of two thousand five hundred per letter. It is clearly understood between Britannia and the legal gentleman that nobody is to take up the five thousand pounds, but that being put down they will disappear by magical conjuration and enchantment.

The legal gentleman in Britannia’s confidence going straight from that lady to Veneering, thus commissioned, Veneering declares himself highly flattered, but requires breathing time to ascertain ‘whether his friends will rally round him.’ Above all things, he says, it behoves him to be clear, at a crisis of this importance, ‘whether his friends will rally round him.’ The legal gentleman, in the interests of his client cannot allow much time for this purpose, as the lady rather thinks she knows somebody prepared to put down six thousand pounds; but he says he will give Veneering four hours.

Veneering then says to Mrs Veneering, ‘We must work,’ and throws himself into a Hansom cab. Mrs Veneering in the same moment relinquishes baby to Nurse; presses her aquiline hands upon her brow, to arrange the throbbing intellect within; orders out the carriage; and repeats in a distracted and devoted manner, compounded of Ophelia and any self-immolating female of antiquity you may prefer, ‘We must work.’

Veneering having instructed his driver to charge at the Public in the streets, like the Life-Guards at Waterloo, is driven furiously to Duke Street, Saint James’s. There, he finds Twemlow in his lodgings, fresh from the hands of a secret artist who has been doing something to his hair with yolks of eggs. The process requiring that Twemlow shall, for two hours after the application, allow his hair to stick upright and dry gradually, he is in an appropriate state for the receipt of startling intelligence; looking equally like the Monument on Fish Street Hill, and King Priam on a certain incendiary occasion not wholly unknown as a neat point from the classics.

‘My dear Twemlow,’ says Veneering, grasping both his hands, ‘as the dearest and oldest of my friends—’

(‘Then there can be no more doubt about it in future,’ thinks Twemlow, ‘and I AM!’)

‘—Are you of opinion that your cousin, Lord Snigsworth, would give his name as a Member of my Committee? I don’t go so far as to ask for his lordship; I only ask for his name. Do you think he would give me his name?’

In sudden low spirits, Twemlow replies, ‘I don’t think he would.’

‘My political opinions,’ says Veneering, not previously aware of having any, ‘are identical with those of Lord Snigsworth, and perhaps as a matter of public feeling and public principle, Lord Snigsworth would give me his name.’

‘It might be so,’ says Twemlow; ‘but—’ And perplexedly scratching his head, forgetful of the yolks of eggs, is the more discomfited by being reminded how stickey he is.

‘Between such old and intimate friends as ourselves,’ pursues Veneering, ‘there should in such a case be no reserve. Promise me that if I ask you to do anything for me which you don’t like to do, or feel the slightest difficulty in doing, you will freely tell me so.’

This, Twemlow is so kind as to promise, with every appearance of most heartily intending to keep his word.

‘Would you have any objection to write down to Snigsworthy Park, and ask this favour of Lord Snigsworth? Of course if it were granted I should know that I owed it solely to you; while at the same time you would put it to Lord Snigsworth entirely upon public grounds. Would you have any objection?’

Says Twemlow, with his hand to his forehead, ‘You have exacted a promise from me.’

‘I have, my dear Twemlow.’

‘And you expect me to keep it honourably.’

‘I do, my dear Twemlow.’

‘ON the whole, then;—observe me,’ urges Twemlow with great nicety, as if; in the case of its having been off the whole, he would have done it directly—‘ON the whole, I must beg you to excuse me from addressing any communication to Lord Snigsworth.’

‘Bless you, bless you!’ says Veneering; horribly disappointed, but grasping him by both hands again, in a particularly fervent manner.

It is not to be wondered at that poor Twemlow should decline to inflict a letter on his noble cousin (who has gout in the temper), inasmuch as his noble cousin, who allows him a small annuity on which he lives, takes it out of him, as the phrase goes, in extreme severity; putting him, when he visits at Snigsworthy Park, under a kind of martial law; ordaining that he shall hang his hat on a particular peg, sit on a particular chair, talk on particular subjects to particular people, and perform particular exercises: such as sounding the praises of the Family Varnish (not to say Pictures), and abstaining from the choicest of the Family Wines unless expressly invited to partake.

‘One thing, however, I CAN do for you,’ says Twemlow; ‘and that is, work for you.’

Veneering blesses him again.

‘I’ll go,’ says Twemlow, in a rising hurry of spirits, ‘to the club;—let us see now; what o’clock is it?’

‘Twenty minutes to eleven.’

‘I’ll be,’ says Twemlow, ‘at the club by ten minutes to twelve, and I’ll never leave it all day.’

Veneering feels that his friends are rallying round him, and says, ‘Thank you, thank you. I knew I could rely upon you. I said to Anastatia before leaving home just now to come to you—of course the first friend I have seen on a subject so momentous to me, my dear Twemlow—I said to Anastatia, “We must work.”’

Capitolo 3

Un capolavoro

Un bel giorno, Britannia, seduta in meditazione (forse nella posizione in cui è raffigurata sulle monete di rame), scopre all’improvviso di volere che Veneering entri a far parte del Parlamento. Le viene in mente che Veneering sia “un uomo rappresentativo” – il che, in questi tempi, non può essere messo in dubbio – e che i fedeli membri della Camera dei Comuni di Sua Maestà siano incompleti senza di lui. Così, Britannia menziona a un giurista che conosce che, se Veneering sarà disposto a versare cinquemila sterline, potrà scrivere alcune lettere iniziali dopo il proprio nome al prezzo estremamente basso di duemilacinquecento sterline per lettera. È chiaro tra Britannia e il giurista che nessuno dovrà effettivamente incassare quelle cinquemila sterline, ma che, una volta versate, scompariranno grazie a qualche magica formula o incantesimo.

Il gentiluomo legale, di fiducia della Britannia, andò direttamente da quella signora a Veneering. Ricevuto l’incarico, Veneering dichiarò di essere profondamente onorato, ma chiese del tempo per verificare “se i suoi amici lo avrebbero sostenuto in questa situazione”. Disse che, soprattutto in una crisi di tale importanza, era essenziale chiarire questo aspetto. Il gentiluomo legale, però, non poteva concedere molto tempo a Veneering: la signora infatti riteneva di conoscere qualcuno disposto a investire sei migliaia di sterline; ma lui promise di dare a Veneering quattro ore.

Veneering dice quindi a Mrs Veneering: “Dobbiamo lavorare”, e si getta in una vettura. Nello stesso istante, Mrs Veneering affida il bambino alla nutrice; si preme le mani affusolate sulla fronte, come per sistemare i pensieri che vi pulsano dentro; ordina di partire con la carrozza; e ripete, in modo distratto ma devoto – un misto tra l’immagine di >Ophelia e qualsiasi altra donna antica pronta a sacrificarsi per gli altri –: “Dobbiamo lavorare”.

Dopo aver ordinato al proprio autista di fermarsi presso i parcheggi pubblici, proprio come facevano i vigili del fuoco a Waterloo, veneering si dirige furiosamente verso Duke Street, a Saint James’s. Lì trova Twemlow nelle sue stanze: il giovane è appena stato curato da un misterioso artista che gli aveva applicato su i capelli delle uova di gallina. Il trattamento richiedeva che Twemlow, per due ore dopo l’applicazione, lasciasse i propri capelli ritti e li facesse asciugare gradualmente; in questo stato, era perfettamente adatto a ricevere informazioni sorprendenti. Sembrava proprio il Monumento di Fish Street Hill, o anche il re Priamo in un’occasione incendiaria. Un esempio davvero interessante tratto dai classici.

“Mio caro Twemlow,” disse Veneering, stringendogli entrambe le mani, “come il più caro e il più vecchio dei miei amici, ”

“Allora in futuro non potrà più esserci alcun >dubbio al riguardo,” pensa Twemlow, “e IO LO SO!”

“—Ritienete che vostro cugino, Lord Snigsworth, sarebbe disposto a fornire il suo nome per far parte del mio comitato? Non chiedo nemmeno la sua presenza personale; chiedo soltanto il suo nome. Credete che mi lo darebbe?”

“In improvvisa tristezza, Twemlow risponde: ‘Non credo che lo farebbe.’”

“Le mie opinioni politiche,” dice Veneering, che prima non si rendeva conto di averne alcuna, “sono identiche a quelle di Lord Snigsworth; forse, per motivi legati al sentimento pubblico e ai principi morali, Lord Snigsworth mi darebbe il suo nome.”

“Potrebbe essere così,” dice Twemlow; “ma, ” E, grattandosi confuso la testa, dimenticatosi completamente delle uova, si sente ancora più a disagio quando gli viene ricordato quanto sia appiccicoso.

“Tra amici così vecchi e intimi come noi,” prosegue Veneering, “non dovrebbe esserci alcuna riserva in una situazione del genere. Promettimi che, se ti chiederò di fare qualcosa per me che non ti piace o che ti causa anche la minima difficoltà, mi dirai sinceramente la verità.”

Twemlow è così gentile da promettere, dimostrando chiaramente di voler mantenere la sua parola.

‘Avresti qualche obiezione a scrivere a Snigsworthy Park e chiedere questo favore a Lord Snigsworth? Naturalmente, se venisse concesso, saprei di doverlo esclusivamente a te; mentre allo stesso tempo tu lo presenteresti a Lord Snigsworth su basi completamente pubbliche. Avresti qualche obiezione?’

“Avete ottenuto una promessa da me”, dice Twemlow, portandosi la mano alla fronte.

“L’ho fatto, mio caro Twemlow.”

“E tu mi aspetti che la mantenga onorabilmente, ”

“Sì, mio caro Twemlow.”

“Dunque, nel complesso, osservate bene,” insiste Twemlow con grande precisione, come se, nel caso in cui il risultato fosse stato negativo, avrebbe agito immediatamente altrimenti. “Nel complesso, devo chiedervi di scusarmi se non invierò alcuna comunicazione a Lord Snigsworth.”

“Che tu sia benedetto, che tu sia benedetto!” dice Veneering; terribilmente deluso, ma afferrandolo di nuovo con entrambe le mani, in modo particolarmente fervente.

Non c’è da meravigliarsi se quel povero Twemlow si rifiutasse di scrivere una lettera al suo nobile cugino (che ha l’ gotta nel carattere), visto che il suo nobile cugino, che gli concede una piccola rendita con cui vive, la pretende da lui in modo estremamente rigoroso; quando Twemlow va a visitarlo a Snigsworthy Park, viene sottoposto a una sorta di legge marziale: gli viene ordinato di appendere il cappello a un certo gancio, di sedersi su una certa sedia, di parlare di determinati argomenti con persone specifiche e di eseguire precisi compiti, come lodare i prodotti della Famiglia Varnish (per non parlare delle opere d’arte) e astenersi dai vini più pregiati della Famiglia a meno che non venga esplicitamente invitato a berli.

“Una cosa, però, posso fare per voi,” dice Twemlow; “ed è lavorare al vostro servizio.”

Lo strato superficiale lo benedice ancora una volta.

“Vado,” disse Twemlow, con crescente entusiasmo, “al club. Ora vediamo: che ore sono?”

“Venti minuti alle undici.”

“Ci sarò,” disse Twemlow, “al club dieci minuti prima delle dodici, e non lo lascerò per tutta la giornata.”

Veneering sente che i suoi amici lo stanno sostenendo e dice:
“Grazie, grazie. Sapevo di potermi fidare di voi. Prima di lasciare casa poco fa, ho detto ad Anastasia di venire da te. Naturalmente, lei è stata la prima persona che ho incontrato su un argomento così importante per me, mio caro Twemlow. Ho detto ad Anastasia: ‘Dobbiamo lavorare insieme.’”

‘You were right, you were right,’ replies Twemlow. ‘Tell me. Is SHE working?’

‘She is,’ says Veneering.

‘Good!’ cries Twemlow, polite little gentleman that he is. ‘A woman’s tact is invaluable. To have the dear sex with us, is to have everything with us.’

‘But you have not imparted to me,’ remarks Veneering, ‘what you think of my entering the House of Commons?’

‘I think,’ rejoins Twemlow, feelingly, ‘that it is the best club in London.’

Veneering again blesses him, plunges down stairs, rushes into his Hansom, and directs the driver to be up and at the British Public, and to charge into the City.

Meanwhile Twemlow, in an increasing hurry of spirits, gets his hair down as well as he can—which is not very well; for, after these glutinous applications it is restive, and has a surface on it somewhat in the nature of pastry—and gets to the club by the appointed time. At the club he promptly secures a large window, writing materials, and all the newspapers, and establishes himself; immoveable, to be respectfully contemplated by Pall Mall. Sometimes, when a man enters who nods to him, Twemlow says, ‘Do you know Veneering?’ Man says, ‘No; member of the club?’ Twemlow says, ‘Yes. Coming in for Pocket-Breaches.’ Man says, ‘Ah! Hope he may find it worth the money!’ yawns, and saunters out. Towards six o’clock of the afternoon, Twemlow begins to persuade himself that he is positively jaded with work, and thinks it much to be regretted that he was not brought up as a Parliamentary agent.

From Twemlow’s, Veneering dashes at Podsnap’s place of business. Finds Podsnap reading the paper, standing, and inclined to be oratorical over the astonishing discovery he has made, that Italy is not England. Respectfully entreats Podsnap’s pardon for stopping the flow of his words of wisdom, and informs him what is in the wind. Tells Podsnap that their political opinions are identical. Gives Podsnap to understand that he, Veneering, formed his political opinions while sitting at the feet of him, Podsnap. Seeks earnestly to know whether Podsnap ‘will rally round him?’

Says Podsnap, something sternly, ‘Now, first of all, Veneering, do you ask my advice?’

Veneering falters that as so old and so dear a friend—

‘Yes, yes, that’s all very well,’ says Podsnap; ‘but have you made up your mind to take this borough of Pocket-Breaches on its own terms, or do you ask my opinion whether you shall take it or leave it alone?’

Veneering repeats that his heart’s desire and his soul’s thirst are, that Podsnap shall rally round him.

‘Now, I’ll be plain with you, Veneering,’ says Podsnap, knitting his brows. ‘You will infer that I don’t care about Parliament, from the fact of my not being there?’

Why, of course Veneering knows that! Of course Veneering knows that if Podsnap chose to go there, he would be there, in a space of time that might be stated by the light and thoughtless as a jiffy.

‘It is not worth my while,’ pursues Podsnap, becoming handsomely mollified, ‘and it is the reverse of important to my position. But it is not my wish to set myself up as law for another man, differently situated. You think it IS worth YOUR while, and IS important to YOUR position. Is that so?’

Always with the proviso that Podsnap will rally round him, Veneering thinks it is so.

‘Then you don’t ask my advice,’ says Podsnap. ‘Good. Then I won’t give it you. But you do ask my help. Good. Then I’ll work for you.’

Veneering instantly blesses him, and apprises him that Twemlow is already working. Podsnap does not quite approve that anybody should be already working—regarding it rather in the light of a liberty—but tolerates Twemlow, and says he is a well-connected old female who will do no harm.

‘I have nothing very particular to do to-day,’ adds Podsnap, ‘and I’ll mix with some influential people. I had engaged myself to dinner, but I’ll send Mrs Podsnap and get off going myself; and I’ll dine with you at eight. It’s important we should report progress and compare notes. Now, let me see. You ought to have a couple of active energetic fellows, of gentlemanly manners, to go about.’

Veneering, after cogitation, thinks of Boots and Brewer.

‘Whom I have met at your house,’ says Podsnap. ‘Yes. They’ll do very well. Let them each have a cab, and go about.’

Veneering immediately mentions what a blessing he feels it, to possess a friend capable of such grand administrative suggestions, and really is elated at this going about of Boots and Brewer, as an idea wearing an electioneering aspect and looking desperately like business. Leaving Podsnap, at a hand-gallop, he descends upon Boots and Brewer, who enthusiastically rally round him by at once bolting off in cabs, taking opposite directions. Then Veneering repairs to the legal gentleman in Britannia’s confidence, and with him transacts some delicate affairs of business, and issues an address to the independent electors of Pocket-Breaches, announcing that he is coming among them for their suffrages, as the mariner returns to the home of his early childhood: a phrase which is none the worse for his never having been near the place in his life, and not even now distinctly knowing where it is.

Mrs Veneering, during the same eventful hours, is not idle. No sooner does the carriage turn out, all complete, than she turns into it, all complete, and gives the word ‘To Lady Tippins’s.’ That charmer dwells over a staymaker’s in the Belgravian Borders, with a life-size model in the window on the ground floor of a distinguished beauty in a blue petticoat, stay-lace in hand, looking over her shoulder at the town in innocent surprise. As well she may, to find herself dressing under the circumstances.

Lady Tippins at home? Lady Tippins at home, with the room darkened, and her back (like the lady’s at the ground-floor window, though for a different reason) cunningly turned towards the light. Lady Tippins is so surprised by seeing her dear Mrs Veneering so early—in the middle of the night, the pretty creature calls it—that her eyelids almost go up, under the influence of that emotion.

“Hai ragione, hai ragione,” risponde Twemlow. “Dimmi. Sta funzionando?”

“Lo è,” dice Veneering.

“Bene!”, esclama Twemlow, quel gentile e educato giovane signore. “L’astuzia di una donna è inestimabile. Aver la presenza delle donne tra noi significa avere tutto.”

“Ma non mi hai ancora detto,” osserva Veneering, “che ne pensi del mio ingresso nella Casa dei Comuni.”

“Penso,” ribatte Twemlow con emozione, “che sia il miglior club di Londra.”

Il rivestimento in legno lo benedice ancora una volta; scende di corsa le scale, sale nel suo Hansom e ordina al conducente di dirigersi immediatamente verso il British Public e di entrare nella Città.

Nel frattempo, Twemlow, sempre più ansioso, si sistema i capelli nel modo migliore che riesce, il che non è certo molto efficace; infatti, dopo queste applicazioni appiccicose, i suoi capelli diventano irrequieti e presentano una superficie simile a quella della pasta frolla. Arriva al club all’ora concordata. Lì si procura subito una grande finestra, materiale da scrivere e tutti i giornali necessari, e si sistema lì, immobile, per essere ammirato con rispetto da tutta Pall Mall. A volte, quando qualcuno entra e gli fa un cenno di saluto, Twemlow chiede: “Conosce Veneering?” L’altro risponde: “No, è membro del club?” Twemlow replica: “Sì, è venuto per cercare informazioni su ‘Pocket-Breaches’.” L’altro borbotta: “Ah, speriamo che ne valga la pena!” e se ne va. Verso le sei di pomeriggio, Twemlow inizia a convincersi di essere davvero stanco di lavorare, e pensa con rammarico di non essere stato educato per diventare un agente parlamentare.

Da casa di Twemlow, Veneering si reca presso l’ufficio di Podsnap. Trova Podsnap mentre legge il giornale, in piedi e incline a diventare eloquente riguardo alla sorprendente scoperta che ha fatto: che l’Italia non è l’Inghilterra. Chiede rispettosamente scusa per aver interrotto il flusso delle sue parole sagge e gli rivela ciò che sta “nel vento”. Gli dice inoltre che le loro opinioni politiche sono identiche. Fa capire a Podsnap che lui stesso, Veneering, ha formato le proprie idee politiche ascoltando i suoi insegnamenti. Cerca con sincerità di sapere se Podsnap “si schiererà al suo fianco”.

“Prima di tutto, Veneering,” dice Podsnap con tono severo, “mi chiedi il mio parere?”

“La facciata esterna si erode. Un amico così vecchio e caro, ”

“Sì, sì, tutto è molto bene,” dice Podsnap; “ma hai già deciso se accettare questo distretto di Pocket-Breaches secondo le sue condizioni, o vuoi chiedere il mio parere su se prenderlo o lasciarlo da solo?”

Il testo afferma che il desiderio del suo cuore e la sete della sua anima sono tali che Podsnap si radunerà intorno a lui.

“Ora, sarò franco con te, Veneering,” disse Podsnap, aggrottando la fronte. “Dai fatti che non mi trovo lì, dedurrai forse che non mi interessa affatto il Parlamento?”

Certo che Veneering lo sa! Naturalmente Veneering è consapevole che, se Podsnap avesse deciso di andarci, ci sarebbe stato, in un lasso di tempo che alcuni potrebbero definire “in un attimo”.

“Non ne vale la pena,” insiste Podsnap, ormai completamente placato, “e anzi è contrario alle mie esigenze e alla mia posizione. Ma non desidero certo impormi come legge per un altro uomo, che si trova in una situazione diversa dalla mia. Tu invece pensi che ne valga la pena, e che sia importante per la tua posizione. È davvero così?”

Sempre sotto la condizione che Podsnap si riunisca intorno a lui, Veneering pensa che sia così.

“Allora non chiedi il mio consiglio,” dice Podsnap. “Bene. Allora non te lo darò. Ma chiedi la mia aiuto. Bene. Allora lavorerò per te.”

Il rivestimento lo benedice immediatamente e gli comunica che Twemlow sta già lavorando. Podsnap non è del tutto d’accordo sul fatto che qualcuno possa già iniziare a lavorare, considerandolo piuttosto un atto di libertà, ma tollera Twemlow, dicendo che si tratta di una vecchia donna con buone connessioni che non causerà problemi.

“Oggi non ho nulla di particolare da fare,” aggiunge Podsnap, “e mi unirò ad alcune persone influenti. Avevo preso appuntamento per cena, ma manderò la signora Podsnap e me ne andrò io stesso; verrò a cena da te alle otto. È importante che facciamo il punto della situazione e scambiamo informazioni. Ora, dovresti avere con te un paio di ragazzi energici e ben educati, capaci di occuparsi delle cose necessarie.”

Dopo averci pensato su, Veneering pensa a Boots e Brewer.

“Quelli che ho incontrato a casa tua,” disse Podsnap. “Sì. Se la caveranno molto bene. Dategli ognuno una carrozza e lasciateli andare.”

Veneering menziona immediatamente quanto sia una benedizione per lui avere un amico capace di formulare proposte amministrative così brillanti; è davvero entusiasta del modo in cui stanno procedendo gli affari legati a Boots e Brewer, poiché l’idea presenta aspetti legati alla campagna elettorale e sembra davvero promettente dal punto di vista commerciale. Lasciato Podsnap al galoppo, si reca subito da Boots e Brewer, i quali lo accolgono con entusiasmo, partendo immediatamente in taxi in direzioni opposte. Successivamente, Veneering incontra il gentiluomo legale di fiducia della Britannia e insieme affrontano alcune questioni delicate relative agli affari. Infine, rivolge un discorso agli elettori indipendenti di Pocket-Breaches, annunciando che andrà tra loro a chiedere il loro voto, proprio come un marinaio ritorna al luogo della sua infanzia. Una frase che non risulta affatto meno efficace, anche se in realtà lui non ha mai messo piede in quel posto in vita sua e nemmeno ora sa con esattezza dove si trovi.

La signora Veneering, in quelle stesse ore movimentate, non se ne sta certo con le mani in mano. Non appena la carrozza è pronta, lei vi sale a bordo e dà l’ordine di dirigersi da Lady Tippins. Quella incantevole signora abita in una casa situata nei dintorni di Belgravia; al piano terra della sua residenza c’è un modellino in scala reale, esposto nella finestra. Il modellino raffigura una donna bellissima, con una sottoveste blu e i lacci da corsetto in mano; sembra guardare la città con uno sguardo di innocente sorpresa. Chissà se lei stessa si rende conto delle circostanze in cui si trova mentre si veste.

Lady Tippins a casa sua? Lady Tippins a casa sua, nella stanza al buio, con la schiena (proprio come quella della signora alla finestra del piano terra, anche se per un motivo diverso) abilmente rivolta verso la luce. Lady Tippins è così sorpresa di vedere la sua cara Mrs Veneering così presto, a metà della notte, quella bella creatura la chiama così, che le palpebre quasi si sollevano, sotto l’effetto di quell’emozione.

To whom Mrs Veneering incoherently communicates, how that Veneering has been offered Pocket-Breaches; how that it is the time for rallying round; how that Veneering has said ‘We must work’; how that she is here, as a wife and mother, to entreat Lady Tippins to work; how that the carriage is at Lady Tippins’s disposal for purposes of work; how that she, proprietress of said bran new elegant equipage, will return home on foot—on bleeding feet if need be—to work (not specifying how), until she drops by the side of baby’s crib.

‘My love,’ says Lady Tippins, ‘compose yourself; we’ll bring him in.’ And Lady Tippins really does work, and work the Veneering horses too; for she clatters about town all day, calling upon everybody she knows, and showing her entertaining powers and green fan to immense advantage, by rattling on with, My dear soul, what do you think? What do you suppose me to be? You’ll never guess. I’m pretending to be an electioneering agent. And for what place of all places? Pocket-Breaches. And why? Because the dearest friend I have in the world has bought it. And who is the dearest friend I have in the world? A man of the name of Veneering. Not omitting his wife, who is the other dearest friend I have in the world; and I positively declare I forgot their baby, who is the other. And we are carrying on this little farce to keep up appearances, and isn’t it refreshing! Then, my precious child, the fun of it is that nobody knows who these Veneerings are, and that they know nobody, and that they have a house out of the Tales of the Genii, and give dinners out of the Arabian Nights. Curious to see ’em, my dear? Say you’ll know ’em. Come and dine with ’em. They shan’t bore you. Say who shall meet you. We’ll make up a party of our own, and I’ll engage that they shall not interfere with you for one single moment. You really ought to see their gold and silver camels. I call their dinner-table, the Caravan. Do come and dine with my Veneerings, my own Veneerings, my exclusive property, the dearest friends I have in the world! And above all, my dear, be sure you promise me your vote and interest and all sorts of plumpers for Pocket-Breaches; for we couldn’t think of spending sixpence on it, my love, and can only consent to be brought in by the spontaneous thingummies of the incorruptible whatdoyoucallums.

Now, the point of view seized by the bewitching Tippins, that this same working and rallying round is to keep up appearances, may have something in it, but not all the truth. More is done, or considered to be done—which does as well—by taking cabs, and ‘going about,’ than the fair Tippins knew of. Many vast vague reputations have been made, solely by taking cabs and going about. This particularly obtains in all Parliamentary affairs. Whether the business in hand be to get a man in, or get a man out, or get a man over, or promote a railway, or jockey a railway, or what else, nothing is understood to be so effectual as scouring nowhere in a violent hurry—in short, as taking cabs and going about.

Probably because this reason is in the air, Twemlow, far from being singular in his persuasion that he works like a Trojan, is capped by Podsnap, who in his turn is capped by Boots and Brewer. At eight o’clock when all these hard workers assemble to dine at Veneering’s, it is understood that the cabs of Boots and Brewer mustn’t leave the door, but that pails of water must be brought from the nearest baiting-place, and cast over the horses’ legs on the very spot, lest Boots and Brewer should have instant occasion to mount and away. Those fleet messengers require the Analytical to see that their hats are deposited where they can be laid hold of at an instant’s notice; and they dine (remarkably well though) with the air of firemen in charge of an engine, expecting intelligence of some tremendous conflagration.

Mrs Veneering faintly remarks, as dinner opens, that many such days would be too much for her.

‘Many such days would be too much for all of us,’ says Podsnap; ‘but we’ll bring him in!’

‘We’ll bring him in,’ says Lady Tippins, sportively waving her green fan. ‘Veneering for ever!’

‘We’ll bring him in!’ says Twemlow.

‘We’ll bring him in!’ say Boots and Brewer.

Strictly speaking, it would be hard to show cause why they should not bring him in, Pocket-Breaches having closed its little bargain, and there being no opposition. However, it is agreed that they must ‘work’ to the last, and that if they did not work, something indefinite would happen. It is likewise agreed that they are all so exhausted with the work behind them, and need to be so fortified for the work before them, as to require peculiar strengthening from Veneering’s cellar. Therefore, the Analytical has orders to produce the cream of the cream of his binns, and therefore it falls out that rallying becomes rather a trying word for the occasion; Lady Tippins being observed gamely to inculcate the necessity of rearing round their dear Veneering; Podsnap advocating roaring round him; Boots and Brewer declaring their intention of reeling round him; and Veneering thanking his devoted friends one and all, with great emotion, for rarullarulling round him.

In these inspiring moments, Brewer strikes out an idea which is the great hit of the day. He consults his watch, and says (like Guy Fawkes), he’ll now go down to the House of Commons and see how things look.

‘I’ll keep about the lobby for an hour or so,’ says Brewer, with a deeply mysterious countenance, ‘and if things look well, I won’t come back, but will order my cab for nine in the morning.’

‘You couldn’t do better,’ says Podsnap.

Veneering expresses his inability ever to acknowledge this last service. Tears stand in Mrs Veneering’s affectionate eyes. Boots shows envy, loses ground, and is regarded as possessing a second-rate mind. They all crowd to the door, to see Brewer off. Brewer says to his driver, ‘Now, is your horse pretty fresh?’ eyeing the animal with critical scrutiny. Driver says he’s as fresh as butter. ‘Put him along then,’ says Brewer; ‘House of Commons.’ Driver darts up, Brewer leaps in, they cheer him as he departs, and Mr Podsnap says, ‘Mark my words, sir. That’s a man of resource; that’s a man to make his way in life.’

A chi la signora Veneering parla in modo incoerente, di come le siano state offerte opportunità per agire; di come sia giunto il momento di unirsi tutti insieme; di come Veneering abbia detto “Dobbiamo lavorare”; di come lei, in qualità di moglie e madre, sia qui per supplicare Lady Tippins di collaborare; di come la carrozza di Lady Tippins sia a disposizione per scopi lavorativi; di come lei, proprietaria di quell’elegante equipaggiamento nuovo di zecca, tornerà a casa a piedi, se necessario, anche con i piedi sanguinanti, pur di continuare a lavorare (senza specificare in che modo), fino a quando non si troverà accanto alla culla del bambino.

“Mio caro,” dice Lady Tippins, “calmati; lo porteremo dentro.” E Lady Tippins davvero lavora sodo, e si occupa anche dei “cavalli di Veneering”; passa tutto il giorno in giro per la città, chiamando tutte le persone che conosce, mostrando le sue capacità di intrattenimento e il suo ventaglio verde a grande vantaggio. Parlando senza sosta, tipo: “Mia cara anima, cosa pensi? Cosa credi che io sia? Non lo indovinerai mai. Fingo di essere un agente elettorale. E per quale posto, di tutti i posti possibili? Per Pocket-Breaches! E perché? Perché l’amico più caro che ho al mondo l’ha comprato. E chi è questo amico più caro? Un uomo di nome Veneering. Senza dimenticare sua moglie, che è l’altra persona più cara che ho al mondo. E dichiaro apertamente che ho dimenticato anche loro figlio. Continuiamo questa piccola farsa solo per mantenere le apparenze. E non è forse rinfrescante? Allora, mio caro. Il bello è che nessuno sa chi siano questi Veneering. Loro non conoscono nessuno. Hanno una casa da favola, come quelle dei Racconti dei Geni. E danno cene degne delle Mille e Una Notte. Ti interessa vederli, vero? Dì che verrai a cena da loro. Non ti annoieranno. Chi incontrerai lì? Organizzeremo un gruppo tutto nostro. E garantisco che non ti disturberanno nemmeno per un momento. Dovresti assolutamente vedere i loro cammelli d’oro e d’argento. Chiamo il loro tavolo da pranzo “la Carovana”. Vieni a cena dai miei Veneering. I miei Veneering esclusivi. Gli amici più cari che ho al mondo! E soprattutto, mio caro. Promettimi il tuo voto, il tuo sostegno. E tutto ciò che possiamo offrirti per Pocket-Breaches. Perché non potremmo mai spendere nemmeno sei pence per questo. Mio caro, ”

Ora, il punto di vista adottato dalla affascinante Tippins, secondo cui questo stesso comportamento di lavorare sodo e di unirsi insieme sia soltanto uno stratagemma per mantenere le apparenze, potrebbe contenere una certa verità, ma non tutta la verità. Si fa molto di più, o si ritiene che si faccia molto di più – e questo ha effetti concreti – semplicemente prendendo taxi e “vagando” per la città, di quanto la gentile Tippins potesse immaginare. Molte reputazioni vaste e vaghe sono state create soltanto attraverso queste attività quotidiane. Questo vale soprattutto in tutti gli affari parlamentari: che si tratti di far entrare qualcuno, di farlo uscire, di promuovere un progetto ferroviario o altro ancora, nulla sembra più efficace che muoversi freneticamente da un posto all’altro. In breve, prendere taxi e “vagare” per la città.

Probabilmente per questa ragione, Twemlow, lontano dall’essere l’unico convinto di lavorare con impegno e dedizione, è superato da Podsnap, il quale a sua volta viene sorpassato da Boots e Brewer. Alle otto in punto, quando tutti questi lavoratori si riuniscono per pranzare da Veneering’s, è chiaro che le carrozze di Boots e Brewer non devono lasciare l’edificio; al contrario, bisogna portare secchi d’acqua dal punto più vicino e versarli direttamente sulle zampe dei cavalli, affinché i due possano partire immediatamente se necessario. Quei messaggeri veloci richiedono che l’“Analitico” si assicuri che i loro cappelli siano sempre a portata di mano; e pranzano, in modo sorprendentemente buono, anche se con l’aria di vigili del fuoco incaricati di gestire un impianto antincendio, aspettandosi notizie riguardanti qualche terribile incendio.

Durante la cena, la signora Veneering osserva in tono debole che molti giorni del genere sarebbero troppi per lei.

“Molti giorni del genere sarebbero troppi per tutti noi,” dice Podsnap; “ma lo porteremo dentro!”

“Lo porteremo dentro,” dice Lady Tippins, agitando con disinvoltura il suo ventaglio verde. “Per sempre!”

“Lo porteremo dentro!”, dice Twemlow.

“Lo porteremo dentro!”, dicono Boots e Brewer.

In termini rigorosi, sarebbe difficile indicare un motivo per cui non dovrebbero portarlo con loro: poiché “Pocket-Breaches” ha già concluso il suo piccolo accordo e non c’è alcuna opposizione. Tuttavia, è stato concordato che debbano “lavorare” fino alla fine, e che se non lo facessero, accadrebbe qualcosa di impreciso. È altresì stato stabilito che siano tutti estremamente stanchi per il lavoro svolto finora, e che abbiano bisogno di un particolare sostegno per affrontare ciò che li aspetta, quindi è necessario che Veneering riceva un aiuto speciale dal suo “seminterrato”. Pertanto, all’“Analitico” è stato ordinato di fornire il meglio dei suoi risorse; e così, la parola “rallying” diventa in questo contesto piuttosto inadeguata. Si osserva infatti che Lady Tippins incoraggia con entusiasmo l’importanza di sostenere il loro caro Veneering; Podsnap ne propone un sostegno ancora più deciso; Boots e Brewer dichiarano di volerlo circondare completamente con la loro attenzione; e Veneering ringrazia tutti i suoi devoti amici, con grande emozione, per il loro impegno nel sostenerlo.

In questi momenti ispiratori, Brewer ha un’idea che si rivela il grande successo della giornata. Guarda l’orologio e dice (come Guy Fawkes), che ora andrà alla Casa dei Comuni per vedere come stanno le cose.

“Resterò nel corridoio per un’ora circa,” disse Brewer, con un’espressione profondamente misteriosa, “e se le cose andranno bene, non tornerò indietro, ma chiederò il mio taxi alle nove di questa mattina.”

“Non avresti potuto fare di meglio,” dice Podsnap.

Veneering esprime la sua incapacità di riconoscere mai questo ultimo gesto di lealtà da parte di qualcuno. )Lacrime brillano negli occhi affettuosi della signora Veneering; Boots, invece, prova invidia, perde terreno nel giudizio altrui e viene considerato una persona di scarso intelletto. Tutti si affollano alla porta per salutare Brewer. Quest’ultimo chiede al suo cocchiere: “Allora, il tuo cavallo è davvero fresco?”, esaminandolo con attenzione. Il cocchiere risponde che è fresco come il burro; “Allora parti”, dice Brewer, “verso la Casa dei Comuni”. Il cocchiere si avvia rapidamente, Brewer sale a cavallo e tutti lo acclamano mentre si allontana. Il signor Podsnap commenta: “Ricordate le mie parole, signori. Quell’uomo è pieno di risorse; riuscirà sicuramente a farsi strada nella vita”.

When the time comes for Veneering to deliver a neat and appropriate stammer to the men of Pocket-Breaches, only Podsnap and Twemlow accompany him by railway to that sequestered spot. The legal gentleman is at the Pocket-Breaches Branch Station, with an open carriage with a printed bill ‘Veneering for ever’ stuck upon it, as if it were a wall; and they gloriously proceed, amidst the grins of the populace, to a feeble little town hall on crutches, with some onions and bootlaces under it, which the legal gentleman says are a Market; and from the front window of that edifice Veneering speaks to the listening earth. In the moment of his taking his hat off, Podsnap, as per agreement made with Mrs Veneering, telegraphs to that wife and mother, ‘He’s up.’

Veneering loses his way in the usual No Thoroughfares of speech, and Podsnap and Twemlow say Hear hear! and sometimes, when he can’t by any means back himself out of some very unlucky No Thoroughfare, ‘He-a-a-r He-a-a-r!’ with an air of facetious conviction, as if the ingenuity of the thing gave them a sensation of exquisite pleasure. But Veneering makes two remarkably good points; so good, that they are supposed to have been suggested to him by the legal gentleman in Britannia’s confidence, while briefly conferring on the stairs.

Point the first is this. Veneering institutes an original comparison between the country, and a ship; pointedly calling the ship, the Vessel of the State, and the Minister the Man at the Helm. Veneering’s object is to let Pocket-Breaches know that his friend on his right (Podsnap) is a man of wealth. Consequently says he, ‘And, gentlemen, when the timbers of the Vessel of the State are unsound and the Man at the Helm is unskilful, would those great Marine Insurers, who rank among our world-famed merchant-princes—would they insure her, gentlemen? Would they underwrite her? Would they incur a risk in her? Would they have confidence in her? Why, gentlemen, if I appealed to my honourable friend upon my right, himself among the greatest and most respected of that great and much respected class, he would answer No!’

Point the second is this. The telling fact that Twemlow is related to Lord Snigsworth, must be let off. Veneering supposes a state of public affairs that probably never could by any possibility exist (though this is not quite certain, in consequence of his picture being unintelligible to himself and everybody else), and thus proceeds. ‘Why, gentlemen, if I were to indicate such a programme to any class of society, I say it would be received with derision, would be pointed at by the finger of scorn. If I indicated such a programme to any worthy and intelligent tradesman of your town—nay, I will here be personal, and say Our town—what would he reply? He would reply, “Away with it!” That’s what HE would reply, gentlemen. In his honest indignation he would reply, “Away with it!” But suppose I mounted higher in the social scale. Suppose I drew my arm through the arm of my respected friend upon my left, and, walking with him through the ancestral woods of his family, and under the spreading beeches of Snigsworthy Park, approached the noble hall, crossed the courtyard, entered by the door, went up the staircase, and, passing from room to room, found myself at last in the august presence of my friend’s near kinsman, Lord Snigsworth. And suppose I said to that venerable earl, “My Lord, I am here before your lordship, presented by your lordship’s near kinsman, my friend upon my left, to indicate that programme;” what would his lordship answer? Why, he would answer, “Away with it!” That’s what he would answer, gentlemen. “Away with it!” Unconsciously using, in his exalted sphere, the exact language of the worthy and intelligent tradesman of our town, the near and dear kinsman of my friend upon my left would answer in his wrath, “Away with it!”’

Veneering finishes with this last success, and Mr Podsnap telegraphs to Mrs Veneering, ‘He’s down.’

Then, dinner is had at the Hotel with the legal gentleman, and then there are in due succession, nomination, and declaration. Finally Mr Podsnap telegraphs to Mrs Veneering, ‘We have brought him in.’

Another gorgeous dinner awaits them on their return to the Veneering halls, and Lady Tippins awaits them, and Boots and Brewer await them. There is a modest assertion on everybody’s part that everybody single-handed ‘brought him in’; but in the main it is conceded by all, that that stroke of business on Brewer’s part, in going down to the house that night to see how things looked, was the master-stroke.

A touching little incident is related by Mrs Veneering, in the course of the evening. Mrs Veneering is habitually disposed to be tearful, and has an extra disposition that way after her late excitement. Previous to withdrawing from the dinner-table with Lady Tippins, she says, in a pathetic and physically weak manner:

‘You will all think it foolish of me, I know, but I must mention it. As I sat by Baby’s crib, on the night before the election, Baby was very uneasy in her sleep.’

The Analytical chemist, who is gloomily looking on, has diabolical impulses to suggest ‘Wind’ and throw up his situation; but represses them.

‘After an interval almost convulsive, Baby curled her little hands in one another and smiled.’

Mrs Veneering stopping here, Mr Podsnap deems it incumbent on him to say: ‘I wonder why!’

‘Could it be, I asked myself,’ says Mrs Veneering, looking about her for her pocket-handkerchief, ‘that the Fairies were telling Baby that her papa would shortly be an M. P.?’

So overcome by the sentiment is Mrs Veneering, that they all get up to make a clear stage for Veneering, who goes round the table to the rescue, and bears her out backward, with her feet impressively scraping the carpet: after remarking that her work has been too much for her strength. Whether the fairies made any mention of the five thousand pounds, and it disagreed with Baby, is not speculated upon.

Poor little Twemlow, quite done up, is touched, and still continues touched after he is safely housed over the livery-stable yard in Duke Street, Saint James’s. But there, upon his sofa, a tremendous consideration breaks in upon the mild gentleman, putting all softer considerations to the rout.

‘Gracious heavens! Now I have time to think of it, he never saw one of his constituents in all his days, until we saw them together!’

After having paced the room in distress of mind, with his hand to his forehead, the innocent Twemlow returns to his sofa and moans:

‘I shall either go distracted, or die, of this man. He comes upon me too late in life. I am not strong enough to bear him!’

Quando arriva il momento in cui Veneering deve pronunciare un discorso fluido e appropriato davanti agli uomini di Pocket-Breaches, solo Podsnap e Twemlow lo accompagnano in treno fino a quel luogo isolato. Il gentiluomo legale si trova alla stazione ferroviaria di Pocket-Breaches; lo aspetta una carrozza aperta sulla quale è attaccata un’insegna con la scritta “Veneering per sempre”, come se fosse un muro. Tra le risate della folla, i tre si dirigono verso il piccolo e malandato municipio, situato sotto alcune cipolle e lacci da scarpe; il gentiluomo legale afferma che quel luogo sia un mercato. Dalla finestra anteriore di quell’edificio, Veneering si rivolge al pubblico in ascolto. Nel momento in cui si toglie il cappello, Podsnap, secondo l’accordo preso con la signora Veneering, telegrafa a quella moglie e madre: “È arrivato”.

Veneering si perde nei soliti “sentieri senza uscita” del linguaggio parlato; Podsnap e Twemlow rispondono “Ah ah!”, e a volte, quando non riesce in alcun modo a liberarsi da una di queste situazioni imbarazzanti, ripete “Ah ah!” con un tono di finta convinzione, come se l’ingegnosità di quelle frasi gli procurasse un vero piacere. Tuttavia, Veneering solleva due argomenti davvero validi; così validi che si dice siano stati suggeriti a lui dal gentiluomo legale di fiducia della Britannia, durante una breve conversazione sulle scale.

Il primo punto da sottolineare è questo: il termine “Vessel of the State” stabilisce una metaforica analogia tra lo stato e una nave; in particolare, la nave viene definita “l’imbarcazione dello Stato”, mentre il ministro è paragonato all’“uomo al timone”. Lo scopo di questa metafora è far capire a coloro che cercano di approfittare delle debolezze dello stato che il loro alleato (Podsnap) è una persona molto ricca. Pertanto, si dice: “E dunque, signori, quando le strutture dell’imbarcazione dello Stato sono indebolite e l’uomo al timone manca di competenza, quei grandi assicuratori marittimi, che rientrano tra i principali commercianti più rispettati del mondo, li assicurerebbero mai? Accetterebbero mai di coprire i rischi legati a tale imbarcazione? Avrebbero fiducia in essa? No, signori: se mi rivolgessi al mio onorevole amico, che appartiene alla classe più prestigiosa e rispettata, lui risponderebbe ‘No’!”

Il secondo punto è questo: il fatto che Twemlow sia imparentato con Lord Snigsworth deve essere tenuto in considerazione. Quell’apparenza di rispettabilità presuppone uno stato delle cose pubbliche che probabilmente non potrebbe mai esistere (sebbene questa non sia del tutto certa, visto che anche lui stesso e tutti gli altri trovano il suo discorso incomprensibile), ed è proprio su questo che si basa tutta la sua argomentazione. “Davvero, signori,” dico io, “se proponessi un simile programma a qualsiasi strato della società, verrei accolto con derisione e disprezzo. E se lo proponessi a un onesto e intelligente commerciante della vostra città, beh, per essere preciso, del nostro paese, cosa risponderebbe? Risponderebbe: ‘Via con quella roba!’ Questo è ciò che direbbe, signori. Con sincera indignazione, direbbe: ‘Via con quella roba!’ Ma supponiamo ora di salire più in alto nella scala sociale. Supponiamo di camminare al fianco del mio rispettabile amico attraverso i boschi ancestrali della sua famiglia, sotto gli imponenti faggi del Parco Snigsworthy, fino ad arrivare alla nobile sala. E supponiamo che io dica a quel venerabile conte: ‘Mio signore, sono qui davanti a voi, presentato dal vostro caro parente, il mio amico, per proporvi questo programma.’ Cosa risponderebbe? Beh, risponderebbe ancora: ‘Via con quella roba!’ Inconsciamente, nella sua posizione elevata, utilizzando esattamente lo stesso linguaggio dell’onesto e intelligente commerciante del nostro paese, il caro parente del mio amico risponderebbe, nella sua rabbia: ‘Via con quella roba!’”

Con questo ultimo successo, i lavori di rivestimento vengono completati; il signor Podsnap telegrafa quindi alla signora Veneering: “È finito”.

Poi, la cena si svolge all’hotel con il gentiluomo legale; successivamente, in ordine, avvengono la nomina e la dichiarazione ufficiale. Infine, il signor Podsnap telegrafa alla signora Veneering: “L’abbiamo portato qui.”

Un altro meraviglioso banchetto li aspetta al loro ritorno nelle sale del Veneering; Lady Tippins è lì ad accoglierli, così come Boots e Brewer. Tutti affermano con modestia di essere stati gli unici responsabili di quel successo; tuttavia, si riconosce generalmente che l’iniziativa di Brewer, quella sera di recarsi nella casa in questione per verificare la situazione, è stata decisiva.

Durante la serata, la signora Veneering racconta un piccolo incidente commovente. La signora Veneering ha naturalmente la tendenza a piangere facilmente, e dopo l’emozione vissuta poco prima, questa tendenza si è ancora accentuata. Prima di allontanarsi dal tavolo da pranzo insieme alla signorina Tippins, disse in modo patetico e con voce debole:

“Tutti penserete che sia sciocco da parte mia, lo so, ma devo dirlo. Quella notte prima delle elezioni, mentre sedevo accanto alla culla di Baby, lei era molto irrequieta nel suo )sogno.”

Il chimico analitico, che osserva la situazione con aria cupa, prova impulsi demoniaci a suggerire soluzioni drastiche per risolvere la sua situazione; ma li reprime.

Dopo un intervallo quasi convulso, Baby intrecciò le sue manine e sorrise.

Poiché la signora Veneering si ferma qui, il signor Podsnap ritiene suo dovere dire: “Mi chiedo perché!”

“Potrebbe essere, ”, mi chiesi, mentre cercavo il mio fazzoletto di tasca intorno a me, “che le fate stessero dicendo alla bambina che suo padre sarebbe presto diventato un membro del Parlamento?”

La signora Veneering è sopraffatta da questo sentimento; tutti si alzano per creare uno spazio libero intorno a lei, che poi si avvicina al tavolo per “salvarla”, portandola via all’indietro, con i suoi piedi che strisciano visibilmente sul tappeto, dopo aver dichiarato che il compito assegnatole è stato troppo difficile per le sue forze. Non si specula su se le fate abbiano menzionato quei cinquemila sterline, né se questa informazione abbia creato disaccordo tra loro.

Povero piccolo Twemlow, completamente sconvolto, ancora commosso, continua comunque a essere turbato anche dopo essere stato al sicuro, sistemato nel cortile della scuderia in Duke Street, a Saint James’s. Ma lì, sul suo divano, un pensiero terribile invade la mente di questo gentiluomo mite, sovvertendo ogni considerazione più delicata e tenera.

“Mio Dio! Ora che ho il tempo di pensarci, mi rendo conto che in tutta la sua vita non ha mai incontrato nessuno dei suoi elettori. Fino a quando non li abbiamo visti insieme!”

Dopo aver camminato avanti e indietro nella stanza, preoccupatissimo e tenendosi la fronte con una mano, l’innocente Twemlow torna sul suo divano e sospira.

“O diventerò pazza, o morirò a causa di quest’uomo. È arrivato troppo tardi nella mia vita; non sono abbastanza forte per sopportarlo!”

Chapter 4

CUPID PROMPTED

To use the cold language of the world, Mrs Alfred Lammle rapidly improved the acquaintance of Miss Podsnap. To use the warm language of Mrs Lammle, she and her sweet Georgiana soon became one: in heart, in mind, in sentiment, in soul.

Whenever Georgiana could escape from the thraldom of Podsnappery; could throw off the bedclothes of the custard-coloured phaeton, and get up; could shrink out of the range of her mother’s rocking, and (so to speak) rescue her poor little frosty toes from being rocked over; she repaired to her friend, Mrs Alfred Lammle. Mrs Podsnap by no means objected. As a consciously ‘splendid woman,’ accustomed to overhear herself so denominated by elderly osteologists pursuing their studies in dinner society, Mrs Podsnap could dispense with her daughter. Mr Podsnap, for his part, on being informed where Georgiana was, swelled with patronage of the Lammles. That they, when unable to lay hold of him, should respectfully grasp at the hem of his mantle; that they, when they could not bask in the glory of him the sun, should take up with the pale reflected light of the watery young moon his daughter; appeared quite natural, becoming, and proper. It gave him a better opinion of the discretion of the Lammles than he had heretofore held, as showing that they appreciated the value of the connexion. So, Georgiana repairing to her friend, Mr Podsnap went out to dinner, and to dinner, and yet to dinner, arm in arm with Mrs Podsnap: settling his obstinate head in his cravat and shirt-collar, much as if he were performing on the Pandean pipes, in his own honour, the triumphal march, See the conquering Podsnap comes, Sound the trumpets, beat the drums!

It was a trait in Mr Podsnap’s character (and in one form or other it will be generally seen to pervade the depths and shallows of Podsnappery), that he could not endure a hint of disparagement of any friend or acquaintance of his. ‘How dare you?’ he would seem to say, in such a case. ‘What do you mean? I have licensed this person. This person has taken out MY certificate. Through this person you strike at me, Podsnap the Great. And it is not that I particularly care for the person’s dignity, but that I do most particularly care for Podsnap’s.’ Hence, if any one in his presence had presumed to doubt the responsibility of the Lammles, he would have been mightily huffed. Not that any one did, for Veneering, M.P., was always the authority for their being very rich, and perhaps believed it. As indeed he might, if he chose, for anything he knew of the matter.

Mr and Mrs Lammle’s house in Sackville Street, Piccadilly, was but a temporary residence. It has done well enough, they informed their friends, for Mr Lammle when a bachelor, but it would not do now. So, they were always looking at palatial residences in the best situations, and always very nearly taking or buying one, but never quite concluding the bargain. Hereby they made for themselves a shining little reputation apart. People said, on seeing a vacant palatial residence, ‘The very thing for the Lammles!’ and wrote to the Lammles about it, and the Lammles always went to look at it, but unfortunately it never exactly answered. In short, they suffered so many disappointments, that they began to think it would be necessary to build a palatial residence. And hereby they made another shining reputation; many persons of their acquaintance becoming by anticipation dissatisfied with their own houses, and envious of the non-existent Lammle structure.

The handsome fittings and furnishings of the house in Sackville Street were piled thick and high over the skeleton up-stairs, and if it ever whispered from under its load of upholstery, ‘Here I am in the closet!’ it was to very few ears, and certainly never to Miss Podsnap’s. What Miss Podsnap was particularly charmed with, next to the graces of her friend, was the happiness of her friend’s married life. This was frequently their theme of conversation.

‘I am sure,’ said Miss Podsnap, ‘Mr Lammle is like a lover. At least I—I should think he was.’

‘Georgiana, darling!’ said Mrs Lammle, holding up a forefinger, ‘Take care!’

‘Oh my goodness me!’ exclaimed Miss Podsnap, reddening. ‘What have I said now?’

‘Alfred, you know,’ hinted Mrs Lammle, playfully shaking her head. ‘You were never to say Mr Lammle any more, Georgiana.’

‘Oh! Alfred, then. I am glad it’s no worse. I was afraid I had said something shocking. I am always saying something wrong to ma.’

‘To me, Georgiana dearest?’

‘No, not to you; you are not ma. I wish you were.’

Mrs Lammle bestowed a sweet and loving smile upon her friend, which Miss Podsnap returned as she best could. They sat at lunch in Mrs Lammle’s own boudoir.

‘And so, dearest Georgiana, Alfred is like your notion of a lover?’

‘I don’t say that, Sophronia,’ Georgiana replied, beginning to conceal her elbows. ‘I haven’t any notion of a lover. The dreadful wretches that ma brings up at places to torment me, are not lovers. I only mean that Mr—’

‘Again, dearest Georgiana?’

‘That Alfred—’

‘Sounds much better, darling.’

‘—Loves you so. He always treats you with such delicate gallantry and attention. Now, don’t he?’

‘Truly, my dear,’ said Mrs Lammle, with a rather singular expression crossing her face. ‘I believe that he loves me, fully as much as I love him.’

‘Oh, what happiness!’ exclaimed Miss Podsnap.

‘But do you know, my Georgiana,’ Mrs Lammle resumed presently, ‘that there is something suspicious in your enthusiastic sympathy with Alfred’s tenderness?’

‘Good gracious no, I hope not!’

‘Doesn’t it rather suggest,’ said Mrs Lammle archly, ‘that my Georgiana’s little heart is—’

‘Oh don’t!’ Miss Podsnap blushingly besought her. ‘Please don’t! I assure you, Sophronia, that I only praise Alfred, because he is your husband and so fond of you.’

Sophronia’s glance was as if a rather new light broke in upon her. It shaded off into a cool smile, as she said, with her eyes upon her lunch, and her eyebrows raised:

Capitolo 4

CUPIDO CHE INCITA

Per usare il linguaggio freddo del mondo, la signora Alfred Lammle accelerò rapidamente il processo di conoscenza tra la signorina Podsnap e lei. Per usare il linguaggio caloroso della stessa signora Lammle, lei e sua figlia Georgiana divennero presto una cosa sola: nel cuore, nella mente, nei sentimenti, nell’‘anima.

Ogni volta che Georgiana riusciva a sfuggire alla schiavitù imposta dalla famiglia Podsnap; ogni volta che poteva gettare via le coperte di quel veicolo color crema e alzarsi in piedi; ogni volta che riusciva a allontanarsi dal raggio d’azione del dondolio materno, per così dire, salvando i suoi poveri piedini dal continuo movimento, si recava dalla sua amica, la signora Alfred Lammle. La signora Podsnap non aveva assolutamente nulla in contrario: essendo una donna che si considerava “splendida”, abituata ad essere definita così dagli anziani osteologi durante le cene sociali, poteva tranquillamente fare a meno di sua figlia. Il signor Podsnap, invece, appena veniva a sapere dove fosse Georgiana, si sentiva lusingato dal fatto che i Lammle cercassero la compagnia di sua figlia. Che, quando non riuscivano ad avvicinarsi a lui direttamente, si accontentassero almeno della “debole luce riflessa” della figlia di Podsnap. Sembrava del tutto naturale e appropriato. Questo gli faceva considerare i Lammle persone molto discrete, che apprezzavano davvero il valore di quella relazione. Così Georgiana andava dalla sua amica, mentre il signor Podsnap usciva a cena, sempre sottobraccio con la signora Podsnap. Con la testa ostinatamente infilata nel colletto della camicia, come se stesse suonando una marcia trionfale, “Ecco arrivare il conquistatore Podsnap. Suonate le trombe, battete i tamburi!”

Era una caratteristica intrinseca al signor Podsnap (e che, in un modo o nell’altro, si riscontra sempre nelle sue azioni): non riusciva a sopportare nemmeno la minima offesa rivolta ad alcun suo amico o conoscente. “Come osi?” sembrava dire in tali occasioni. “Cosa intendi? Ho concesso a questa persona le autorizzazioni necessarie; questa persona ha ottenuto il mio certificato. Attraverso di lei, colpisci me, Podsnap il Grande. E non è che mi importi davvero della dignità di quella persona. Ma mi interessa soprattutto la mia reputazione.” Pertanto, se qualcuno avesse osato mettere in dubbio la responsabilità dei Lammles in sua presenza, si sarebbe arrabbiato terribilmente. Ma nessuno lo faceva mai: Veneering, infatti, era sempre considerato l’autorità ufficiale riguardo alla loro enorme ricchezza. E forse ci credeva davvero, visto tutto ciò che sapeva sull’argomento.

La casa dei signori Lammle in Sackville Street, Piccadilly, era soltanto una residenza temporanea. “Ha funzionato abbastanza bene”, dicevano ai loro amici, “quando il signor Lammle era ancora scapolo, ma ora non più”. Così continuavano a cercare residenze lussuose nelle migliori posizioni, e quasi sempre erano sul punto di acquistarne una, ma mai riuscivano a concludere l’affare. Per questo motivo si guadagnarono una sorta di reputazione, le persone, vedendo una casa lussuosa disponibile, pensavano subito: “È proprio quello che cercano i Lammle!”, e scrivevano loro al riguardo; i Lammle andavano sempre a vederla, ma purtroppo quella casa non rispondeva mai alle loro esigenze. In breve, subirono così tante delusioni che iniziarono a pensare di dover costruire davvero una residenza lussuosa. E così si guadagnarono un’altra “reputazione”, molte persone delle loro conoscenze, infatti, iniziavano a essere insoddisfatte delle proprie case e invidiose di quella immaginaria residenza dei Lammle.

Gli eleganti arredi e accessori della casa in Sackville Street erano ammucchiati in quantità enorme sopra lo scheletro al piano di sopra; se mai questi avessero sussurrato sotto quel carico di tessuti, “Eccomi qui, nascosto nell’armadio!”, probabilmente nessuno li avrebbe sentiti, e certamente non Miss Podsnap. Quello che Miss Podsnap ammirava particolarmente, oltre alle qualità della sua amica, era la felicità della sua vita coniugale; questo argomento spesso veniva affrontato nelle loro conversazioni.

“Ne sono sicura,” disse la signorina Podsnap, “il signor Lammle è come un innamorato. Almeno io, penso che lo sia.”

“Georgiana, cara!” disse la signora Lammle, alzando un dito indice. “Stai attenta!”

“Mio Dio!” esclamò la signorina Podsnap, arrossendo. “Cosa ho detto adesso?”

“Alfred, sai, ” suggerì la signora Lammle, scuotendo leggermente la testa in modo giocoso. “D’ora in poi non devi più chiamarlo signor Lammle, Georgiana.”

“Oh! Allora è Alfred. Sono contenta che non sia niente di peggio. Temevo di aver detto qualcosa di scioccante. Sempre dico qualcosa di sbagliato, ”

“Per me, Georgiana più cara?”

“No, non a te. Tu non sei lei. Vorrei che lo fossi.”

La signora Lammle rivolse un sorriso dolce e affettuoso alla sua amica, al quale la signorina Podsnap rispose nel modo migliore che potesse. Si sedettero a pranzo nel salottino privato della signora Lammle.

“E così, cara Georgiana, Alfred è esattamente come immaginavi un amante?”

“Non dico questo, Sophronia,” rispose Georgiana, iniziando a nascondere i gomiti. “Non ho la minima idea di cosa sia un amante. Quei terribili individui che lui menziona e che vengono qui per tormentarmi, non sono affatto amanti. Intendo solo dire che il signor, ”

“Di nuovo, cara Georgiana?”

“Quel Alfred, ”

“Suona molto meglio, caro.”

“Ti ama davvero tanto. Si comporta sempre con te con una tale delicatezza e attenzione. Non è vero?”

“Davvero, mio caro,” disse la signora Lammle, con un’espressione piuttosto strana sul viso. “Credo che lui mi ami, proprio quanto io lo amo.”

“Oh, che felicità!” esclamò la signorina Podsnap.

“Ma sai, mia Georgiana,” riprese presto la signora Lammle, “che c’è qualcosa di sospetto nella tua entusiasta simpatia per la tenerezza di Alfred?”

“Mio Dio, no, spero proprio di no!”

“Non suggerisce forse,” disse la signora Lammle con un sorriso malizioso, “che il piccolo cuore di mia figlia Georgiana sia, ”

“Oh, no!” la signorina Podsnap implorò arrossendo. “Per favore, no! Ti assicuro, Sophronia, che lodo Alfred solo perché è tuo marito e ti ama molto.”

Lo sguardo di Sophronia era come se una luce nuova le si fosse accesa dentro. Si trasformò in un sorriso sereno mentre, con lo sguardo fisso sul suo pranzo e le sopracciglia sollevate, disse:

‘You are quite wrong, my love, in your guess at my meaning. What I insinuated was, that my Georgiana’s little heart was growing conscious of a vacancy.’

‘No, no, no,’ said Georgiana. ‘I wouldn’t have anybody say anything to me in that way for I don’t know how many thousand pounds.’

‘In what way, my Georgiana?’ inquired Mrs Lammle, still smiling coolly with her eyes upon her lunch, and her eyebrows raised.

‘YOU know,’ returned poor little Miss Podsnap. ‘I think I should go out of my mind, Sophronia, with vexation and shyness and detestation, if anybody did. It’s enough for me to see how loving you and your husband are. That’s a different thing. I couldn’t bear to have anything of that sort going on with myself. I should beg and pray to—to have the person taken away and trampled upon.’

Ah! here was Alfred. Having stolen in unobserved, he playfully leaned on the back of Sophronia’s chair, and, as Miss Podsnap saw him, put one of Sophronia’s wandering locks to his lips, and waved a kiss from it towards Miss Podsnap.

‘What is this about husbands and detestations?’ inquired the captivating Alfred.

‘Why, they say,’ returned his wife, ‘that listeners never hear any good of themselves; though you—but pray how long have you been here, sir?’

‘This instant arrived, my own.’

‘Then I may go on—though if you had been here but a moment or two sooner, you would have heard your praises sounded by Georgiana.’

‘Only, if they were to be called praises at all which I really don’t think they were,’ explained Miss Podsnap in a flutter, ‘for being so devoted to Sophronia.’

‘Sophronia!’ murmured Alfred. ‘My life!’ and kissed her hand. In return for which she kissed his watch-chain.

‘But it was not I who was to be taken away and trampled upon, I hope?’ said Alfred, drawing a seat between them.

‘Ask Georgiana, my soul,’ replied his wife.

Alfred touchingly appealed to Georgiana.

‘Oh, it was nobody,’ replied Miss Podsnap. ‘It was nonsense.’

‘But if you are determined to know, Mr Inquisitive Pet, as I suppose you are,’ said the happy and fond Sophronia, smiling, ‘it was any one who should venture to aspire to Georgiana.’

‘Sophronia, my love,’ remonstrated Mr Lammle, becoming graver, ‘you are not serious?’

‘Alfred, my love,’ returned his wife, ‘I dare say Georgiana was not, but I am.’

‘Now this,’ said Mr Lammle, ‘shows the accidental combinations that there are in things! Could you believe, my Ownest, that I came in here with the name of an aspirant to our Georgiana on my lips?’

‘Of course I could believe, Alfred,’ said Mrs Lammle, ‘anything that YOU told me.’

‘You dear one! And I anything that YOU told me.’

How delightful those interchanges, and the looks accompanying them! Now, if the skeleton up-stairs had taken that opportunity, for instance, of calling out ‘Here I am, suffocating in the closet!’

‘I give you my honour, my dear Sophronia—’

‘And I know what that is, love,’ said she.

‘You do, my darling—that I came into the room all but uttering young Fledgeby’s name. Tell Georgiana, dearest, about young Fledgeby.’

‘Oh no, don’t! Please don’t!’ cried Miss Podsnap, putting her fingers in her ears. ‘I’d rather not.’

Mrs Lammle laughed in her gayest manner, and, removing her Georgiana’s unresisting hands, and playfully holding them in her own at arms’ length, sometimes near together and sometimes wide apart, went on:

‘You must know, you dearly beloved little goose, that once upon a time there was a certain person called young Fledgeby. And this young Fledgeby, who was of an excellent family and rich, was known to two other certain persons, dearly attached to one another and called Mr and Mrs Alfred Lammle. So this young Fledgeby, being one night at the play, there sees with Mr and Mrs Alfred Lammle, a certain heroine called—’

‘No, don’t say Georgiana Podsnap!’ pleaded that young lady almost in tears. ‘Please don’t. Oh do do do say somebody else! Not Georgiana Podsnap. Oh don’t, don’t, don’t!’

‘No other,’ said Mrs Lammle, laughing airily, and, full of affectionate blandishments, opening and closing Georgiana’s arms like a pair of compasses, ‘than my little Georgiana Podsnap. So this young Fledgeby goes to that Alfred Lammle and says—’

‘Oh ple-e-e-ease don’t!’ Georgiana, as if the supplication were being squeezed out of her by powerful compression. ‘I so hate him for saying it!’

‘For saying what, my dear?’ laughed Mrs Lammle.

‘Oh, I don’t know what he said,’ cried Georgiana wildly, ‘but I hate him all the same for saying it.’

‘My dear,’ said Mrs Lammle, always laughing in her most captivating way, ‘the poor young fellow only says that he is stricken all of a heap.’

‘Oh, what shall I ever do!’ interposed Georgiana. ‘Oh my goodness what a Fool he must be!’

‘—And implores to be asked to dinner, and to make a fourth at the play another time. And so he dines to-morrow and goes to the Opera with us. That’s all. Except, my dear Georgiana—and what will you think of this!—that he is infinitely shyer than you, and far more afraid of you than you ever were of any one in all your days!’

In perturbation of mind Miss Podsnap still fumed and plucked at her hands a little, but could not help laughing at the notion of anybody’s being afraid of her. With that advantage, Sophronia flattered her and rallied her more successfully, and then the insinuating Alfred flattered her and rallied her, and promised that at any moment when she might require that service at his hands, he would take young Fledgeby out and trample on him. Thus it remained amicably understood that young Fledgeby was to come to admire, and that Georgiana was to come to be admired; and Georgiana with the entirely new sensation in her breast of having that prospect before her, and with many kisses from her dear Sophronia in present possession, preceded six feet one of discontented footman (an amount of the article that always came for her when she walked home) to her father’s dwelling.

“Ti sbagli completamente, mio amore, nel comprendere il senso delle mie parole. Quello che intendevo dire era che il piccolo cuore di mia Georgiana stava iniziando a percepire una certa “vuota” dentro di sé.”

“No, no, no,” disse Georgiana. “Non permetterei a nessuno di parlarmi in quel modo, per quanti migliaia di sterline non fossero in gioco.”

“In che modo, mia Georgiana?” chiese la signora Lammle, continuando a sorridere freddamente, con lo sguardo fisso sul suo pranzo e le sopracciglia sollevate.

“Lo sai,” rispose povera piccola Miss Podsnap, “penso che impazzirei di frustrazione, timidezza e disgusto se qualcuno facesse una cosa del genere con me. È già abbastanza vedere quanto tu e tuo marito siate innamorati. Quello è un altro discorso. Non potrei sopportare che qualcosa del genere accadesse a me. Chiederei e pregerei affinché quella persona venisse allontanata e calpestata.”

Ah! Ecco Alfred. Dopo essere entrato inosservato, si appoggiò scherzosamente allo schienale della sedia di Sophronia; quando la signorina Podsnap lo vide, prese una delle ciocche di capelli di Sophronia e se la portò alle labbra, poi le mandò un bacio con essa verso la signorina Podsnap.

“Di cosa si tratta, di mariti e di avversioni?” chiese il affascinante Alfred.

“Beh,” rispose sua moglie, “si dice che gli ascoltatori non sentano mai parlare bene di sé stessi; anche se voi, ma per favore, da quanto tempo siete qui, signore?”

“Questo istante è arrivato, proprio per me.”

“Allora posso continuare, anche se se foste stato qui un attimo prima, avreste sentito Georgiana lodarvi.”

“Solo che, se si dovessero davvero definire lodi, il che io sinceramente non credo,” spiegò la signorina Podsnap con un certo imbarazzo, “per il loro grande attaccamento verso Sophronia, ”

“Sophronia!” mormorò Alfred. “La mia vita, ” e le baciò la mano. In cambio, lei baciò la sua catena d’orologio.

“Ma non ero io quello che doveva essere portato via e calpestato. Lo spero, vero?” disse Alfred, tirando fuori una sedia per sedersi tra loro.

“Chiedilo a Georgiana, la mia ‘anima”, rispose sua moglie.

Alfred si rivolse con commozione a Georgiana.

“Ah, non era nessuno,” rispose la signorina Podsnap. “Era solo sciocchezze.”

“Ma se sei davvero deciso a saperlo, caro signor Curioso,” disse Sophronia, felice e affettuosa, sorridendo, “allora è qualcuno che dovrebbe osare aspirare a Georgiana.”

“Sophronia, mio amore”, rimproverò il signor Lammle, assumendo un tono più serio, “non stai parlando seriamente?”

“Alfred, il mio amore”, rispose sua moglie, “oserei dire che Georgiana non lo era, ma io sì.”

“Ora questo,” disse il signor Lammle, “dimostra le combinazioni casuali che esistono nelle cose! Riusciresti a credere, mia cara, che sono entrato qui con il nome di un pretendente alla mano di nostra Georgiana sulle labbra?”

“Certo che posso credere, Alfred,” disse la signora Lammle, “qualsiasi cosa tu mi dica.”

“Tu cara. E io, tutto ciò che mi hai detto.”

Che deliziosi quegli scambi e gli sguardi che li accompagnavano. Ora, se solo lo scheletro di sopra avesse colto quell’occasione per gridare: “Eccomi qui, soffocando nell’armadio!”

“Ti do la mia onore, cara Sophronia, ”

“E so cosa sia, l’amore,” disse lei.

“Sì, carissima. Sono entrata nella stanza quasi pronunciando il nome di quel giovane Fledgeby. Racconta a Georgiana, tesoro, tutto su di lui.”

“Oh no, per favore non fatelo!” gridò la signorina Podsnap, mettendosi le dita nelle orecchie. “Preferirei di no.”

La signora Lammle rise nel modo più allegro possibile; poi, liberando le mani inermi di Georgiana, le tenne giocosamente tra le sue, a distanza uguale dalle braccia, a volte avvicinandole, a volte allontanandole, e continuò a parlare.

“Devi sapere, tu cara piccola oca mia, che un tempo c’era una persona chiamata giovane Fledgeby. Questo giovane Fledgeby, proveniente da una famiglia eccellente e ricca, conosceva altre due persone molto legate l’una all’altra: il signor e la signora Alfred Lammle. Una notte, mentre era al teatro, vide il signor e la signora Alfred Lammle insieme a un’eroina chiamata, ”

“No, non dire Georgiana Podsnap!” supplicò quella giovane signorina quasi in lacrime. “Per favore, no. Dica qualcun altro. Non Georgiana Podsnap. Oh, per favore, ”

“Nessun altro,” disse la signora Lammle, ridendo allegramente e, piena di tenere lusinghe, apriva e chiudeva le braccia di Georgiana come se fossero una bussola, “se non la mia piccola Georgiana Podsnap. Quindi questo giovane Fledgeby va da quell’Alfred Lammle e dice, ”

“Oh, per favore, no!” Georgiana disse, come se quella preghiera le venisse strappata via con la forza. “Lo odio così tanto per averlo detto, ”

“Per aver detto cosa, caro mio?” rise la signora Lammle.

“Oh, non so cosa abbia detto,” gridò Georgiana disperatamente, “ma lo odio comunque per averlo detto.”

“Mio caro,” disse la signora Lammle, ridendo sempre con quel suo modo così affascinante,
“quel povero giovane dice soltanto di essere colpito da molte difficoltà.”

“Oh, cosa dovrei mai fare!” intervenne Georgiana. “Mio Dio, che idiota deve essere!”

“E supplica addirittura di essere invitato a cena, e di poter partecipare anche lui alla rappresentazione l’altra volta. Quindi domani cennerà con noi e andrà all’Opera insieme a noi. Tutto qui. Tranne, mia cara Georgiana, e cosa ne penserai di questo? Lui è infinitamente più timido di te, e ha molta più paura di te di quanta tu abbia mai avuto paura di chiunque in tutta la tua vita!”

In preda all’agitazione, la signorina Podsnap continuava a fremere e a tormentarsi le mani, ma non riusciva a trattenersi dal ridere all’idea che qualcuno potesse aver paura di lei. Con questo vantaggio, Sophronia continuò ad adularla e a incoraggiarla con successo; in seguito anche Alfred, con i suoi modi insinuanti, la lusingò e le promise che, in qualsiasi momento avesse avuto bisogno del suo aiuto, avrebbe portato via il giovane Fledgeby e lo avrebbe calpestato. Così fu concordato amichevolmente che il giovane Fledgeby sarebbe venuto ad ammirarla, e che Georgiana sarebbe stata l’oggetto delle sue ammirazioni; e Georgiana, con quella nuova sensazione nel cuore di avere tale prospettiva davanti a sé, e con i tanti baci ricevuti dalla sua cara Sophronia, precedette di sei piedi un cameriere scontento (una statura che le era sempre abbastanza adatta quando tornava a casa) verso la residenza di suo padre.

The happy pair being left together, Mrs Lammle said to her husband:

‘If I understand this girl, sir, your dangerous fascinations have produced some effect upon her. I mention the conquest in good time because I apprehend your scheme to be more important to you than your vanity.’

There was a mirror on the wall before them, and her eyes just caught him smirking in it. She gave the reflected image a look of the deepest disdain, and the image received it in the glass. Next moment they quietly eyed each other, as if they, the principals, had had no part in that expressive transaction.

It may have been that Mrs Lammle tried in some manner to excuse her conduct to herself by depreciating the poor little victim of whom she spoke with acrimonious contempt. It may have been too that in this she did not quite succeed, for it is very difficult to resist confidence, and she knew she had Georgiana’s.

Nothing more was said between the happy pair. Perhaps conspirators who have once established an understanding, may not be over-fond of repeating the terms and objects of their conspiracy. Next day came; came Georgiana; and came Fledgeby.

Georgiana had by this time seen a good deal of the house and its frequenters. As there was a certain handsome room with a billiard table in it—on the ground floor, eating out a backyard—which might have been Mr Lammle’s office, or library, but was called by neither name, but simply Mr Lammle’s room, so it would have been hard for stronger female heads than Georgiana’s to determine whether its frequenters were men of pleasure or men of business. Between the room and the men there were strong points of general resemblance. Both were too gaudy, too slangey, too odorous of cigars, and too much given to horseflesh; the latter characteristic being exemplified in the room by its decorations, and in the men by their conversation. High-stepping horses seemed necessary to all Mr Lammle’s friends—as necessary as their transaction of business together in a gipsy way at untimely hours of the morning and evening, and in rushes and snatches. There were friends who seemed to be always coming and going across the Channel, on errands about the Bourse, and Greek and Spanish and India and Mexican and par and premium and discount and three quarters and seven eighths. There were other friends who seemed to be always lolling and lounging in and out of the City, on questions of the Bourse, and Greek and Spanish and India and Mexican and par and premium and discount and three quarters and seven eighths. They were all feverish, boastful, and indefinably loose; and they all ate and drank a great deal; and made bets in eating and drinking. They all spoke of sums of money, and only mentioned the sums and left the money to be understood; as ‘five and forty thousand Tom,’ or ‘Two hundred and twenty-two on every individual share in the lot Joe.’ They seemed to divide the world into two classes of people; people who were making enormous fortunes, and people who were being enormously ruined. They were always in a hurry, and yet seemed to have nothing tangible to do; except a few of them (these, mostly asthmatic and thick-lipped) who were for ever demonstrating to the rest, with gold pencil-cases which they could hardly hold because of the big rings on their forefingers, how money was to be made. Lastly, they all swore at their grooms, and the grooms were not quite as respectful or complete as other men’s grooms; seeming somehow to fall short of the groom point as their masters fell short of the gentleman point.

Young Fledgeby was none of these. Young Fledgeby had a peachy cheek, or a cheek compounded of the peach and the red red red wall on which it grows, and was an awkward, sandy-haired, small-eyed youth, exceeding slim (his enemies would have said lanky), and prone to self-examination in the articles of whisker and moustache. While feeling for the whisker that he anxiously expected, Fledgeby underwent remarkable fluctuations of spirits, ranging along the whole scale from confidence to despair. There were times when he started, as exclaiming ‘By Jupiter here it is at last!’ There were other times when, being equally depressed, he would be seen to shake his head, and give up hope. To see him at those periods leaning on a chimneypiece, like as on an urn containing the ashes of his ambition, with the cheek that would not sprout, upon the hand on which that cheek had forced conviction, was a distressing sight.

Not so was Fledgeby seen on this occasion. Arrayed in superb raiment, with his opera hat under his arm, he concluded his self-examination hopefully, awaited the arrival of Miss Podsnap, and talked small-talk with Mrs Lammle. In facetious homage to the smallness of his talk, and the jerky nature of his manners, Fledgeby’s familiars had agreed to confer upon him (behind his back) the honorary title of Fascination Fledgeby.

‘Warm weather, Mrs Lammle,’ said Fascination Fledgeby. Mrs Lammle thought it scarcely as warm as it had been yesterday. ‘Perhaps not,’ said Fascination Fledgeby, with great quickness of repartee; ‘but I expect it will be devilish warm to-morrow.’

He threw off another little scintillation. ‘Been out to-day, Mrs Lammle?’

Mrs Lammle answered, for a short drive.

‘Some people,’ said Fascination Fledgeby, ‘are accustomed to take long drives; but it generally appears to me that if they make ’em too long, they overdo it.’

Being in such feather, he might have surpassed himself in his next sally, had not Miss Podsnap been announced. Mrs Lammle flew to embrace her darling little Georgy, and when the first transports were over, presented Mr Fledgeby. Mr Lammle came on the scene last, for he was always late, and so were the frequenters always late; all hands being bound to be made late, by private information about the Bourse, and Greek and Spanish and India and Mexican and par and premium and discount and three quarters and seven eighths.

“Ora che la coppia felice è rimasta insieme, la signora Lammle disse a suo marito, ”

“Se ho capito bene questa ragazza, signore, le sue affascinazioni pericolose hanno avuto un certo effetto su di lei. Menziono questo ‘conquisto’ in tempo, perché temo che il suo piano sia più importante per voi della vostra vanità.”

C’era uno specchio appeso al muro davanti a loro, e i suoi occhi lo videro sorridere al proprio riflesso. Lanciò all’immagine riflessa uno sguardo di profondo disprezzo, e l’immagine lo ricevette nello specchio. Nel momento successivo si guardarono in silenzio, come se loro, i protagonisti di quella scena, non avessero avuto alcun ruolo in quell’interazione emotiva.

Forse la signora Lammle cercò in qualche modo di giustificare il proprio comportamento verso di sé stessa, denigrando quella povera piccola vittima di cui parlava con acido disprezzo. Forse non riuscì del tutto nel suo intento, perché è molto difficile resistere alla fiducia che qualcuno ci ripone, e lei sapeva di averla conquistata da Georgiana.

Non si disse più nulla tra quella coppia felice. Forse i congiurati che una volta hanno stabilito un’intesa non amano ripetere i termini e gli oggetti della loro cospirazione. Il giorno dopo arrivò; arrivò Georgiana; e arrivò anche Fledgeby.

A quel punto, Georgiana aveva già visto gran parte della casa e dei suoi frequentatori. C’era una stanza piuttosto elegante al pianterreno, con un tavolo da biliardo; probabilmente era l’ufficio o la biblioteca di Mr Lammle, ma non veniva chiamata né in un modo né nell’altro, bensì semplicemente “la stanza di Mr Lammle”. Quindi, sarebbe stato difficile anche per una donna più perspicace di Georgiana capire se i suoi frequentatori fossero uomini d’amore o uomini d’affari. C’erano molte somiglianze tra quella stanza e quegli uomini: entrambi erano troppo vistosi, troppo inclini a usare un linguaggio volgare, emanavano un forte odore di sigari e avevano una grande passione per i cavalli; quest’ultima caratteristica si rifletteva sia nelle decorazioni della stanza che nel loro modo di parlare. Sembrava che ai compagni di Mr Lammle fossero necessari cavalli di razza, così come le loro transazioni d’affari, condotte in modo frenetico e disordinato, alle ore più insolite del giorno e della notte. C’erano amici che sembravano sempre andare avanti e indietro attraverso la Manica, per affari legati alla Borsa, o forse per questioni riguardanti l’oro, la Spagna, l’India, il Messico, e così via. Altri amici, invece, sembravano passare tutto il loro tempo a gironzolare per la Città, discutendo sempre di Borsa, o ancora di oro, Spagna, India, Messico, e simili argomenti. Erano tutti persone febbrili, presuntuose e decisamente disordinate; mangiavano e bevevano molto, e facevano scommesse su tutto. Parlavano sempre di somme di denaro, ma le menzionavano solo per farle capire senza doverle specificare chiaramente, tipo “cinquantacinquemila sterline”, o “duecentoventidue sterline per ogni singola azione della società Joe”. Sembrava che dividessero il mondo in due categorie: da un lato, persone che stavano facendo enormi fortune; dall’altro, persone che stavano andando incontro a rovina totale. Erano sempre di fretta, ma non sembravano avere nulla di concreto da fare, tranne alcuni di loro (per lo più asmatici e dalle labbra spesse), che cercavano in continuazione di dimostrare agli altri, con delle custodie per penne d’oro che a malapena riuscivano a tenere in mano a causa dei grandi anelli alle loro dita, come si potessero guadagnare soldi. Infine, tutti quanti imprecavano contro i loro cocchieri, e questi non erano certo così rispettabili o efficienti quanto i cocchieri degli altri uomini; sembrava che, in qualche modo, anche loro non raggiungessero lo standard richiesto dai loro padroni.

Il giovane Fledgeby non era affatto così. Aveva guance rosee, o meglio, guance composte da un misto di rosa e dal rosso intenso delle pareti su cui cresce. Era un ragazzo goffo, con i capelli castani e gli occhi piccoli; molto magro (i suoi nemici avrebbero detto “lungilineo”), e propenso a esaminarsi continuamente il proprio aspetto, soprattutto quanto riguardava baffi e mustache. Mentre si accarezzava con ansia i baffi che tanto desiderava avere, Fledgeby attraversava notevoli alti e bassi d’umore: a volte esclamava “Per Giove, finalmente è qui!”, altre volte, invece, sprofondava nella disperazione. Vederlo in quei momenti appoggiarsi al camino, come se si appoggiasse a un vaso contenente le ceneri delle sue ambizioni, beh, era davvero una scena angosciosa.

Non così fu visto Fledgeby in questa occasione. Vestito con abiti magnifici, con il cappello da opera sotto il braccio, concluse la sua autovalutazione e, nell’attesa dell’arrivo di Miss Podsnap, chiacchierò del più e del meno con Mrs Lammle. In un omaggio scherzoso alla banalità delle sue conversazioni e alla goffaggine dei suoi modi, i suoi conoscenti avevano deciso di conferirgli (dietro le sue spalle) il titolo onorifico di “Fascination Fledgeby”.

“Tempo caldo, signora Lammle,” disse Fascination Fledgeby. La signora Lammle pensò che non fosse affatto così caldo come il giorno prima. “Forse no,” rispose Fascination Fledgeby con grande prontezza di spirito; “ma credo che domani farà un caldo terribile.”

“Ha fatto una piccola passeggiata oggi, signora Lammle?”

La signora Lammle rispose: “Per un breve tragitto in auto.”

“Alcune persone,” disse Fascination Fledgeby, “sono abituate a fare lunghi viaggi in auto; ma a mio parere, se li rendono troppo lunghi, esagerano.”

Essendo in una situazione così vantaggiosa, avrebbe potuto superare se stesso nella sua prossima impresa, se non fosse stato annunciato l’arrivo di Miss Podsnap. La signora Lammle corse ad abbracciare il suo caro piccolo Georgy, e quando le prime emozioni si calmarono, presentò il signor Fledgeby. Il signor Lammle arrivò per ultimo, perché era sempre in ritardo, così come tutti coloro che frequentavano quei luoghi; tutti, infatti, erano costretti ad essere in ritardo a causa di informazioni private riguardanti la Borsa, nonché di termini tecnici come “par”, “premium”, “discount” e simili.

A handsome little dinner was served immediately, and Mr Lammle sat sparkling at his end of the table, with his servant behind his chair, and HIS ever-lingering doubts upon the subject of his wages behind himself. Mr Lammle’s utmost powers of sparkling were in requisition to-day, for Fascination Fledgeby and Georgiana not only struck each other speechless, but struck each other into astonishing attitudes; Georgiana, as she sat facing Fledgeby, making such efforts to conceal her elbows as were totally incompatible with the use of a knife and fork; and Fledgeby, as he sat facing Georgiana, avoiding her countenance by every possible device, and betraying the discomposure of his mind in feeling for his whiskers with his spoon, his wine glass, and his bread.

So, Mr and Mrs Alfred Lammle had to prompt, and this is how they prompted.

‘Georgiana,’ said Mr Lammle, low and smiling, and sparkling all over, like a harlequin; ‘you are not in your usual spirits. Why are you not in your usual spirits, Georgiana?’

Georgiana faltered that she was much the same as she was in general; she was not aware of being different.

‘Not aware of being different!’ retorted Mr Alfred Lammle. ‘You, my dear Georgiana! Who are always so natural and unconstrained with us! Who are such a relief from the crowd that are all alike! Who are the embodiment of gentleness, simplicity, and reality!’

Miss Podsnap looked at the door, as if she entertained confused thoughts of taking refuge from these compliments in flight.

‘Now, I will be judged,’ said Mr Lammle, raising his voice a little, ‘by my friend Fledgeby.’

‘Oh DON’T!’ Miss Podsnap faintly ejaculated: when Mrs Lammle took the prompt-book.

‘I beg your pardon, Alfred, my dear, but I cannot part with Mr Fledgeby quite yet; you must wait for him a moment. Mr Fledgeby and I are engaged in a personal discussion.’

Fledgeby must have conducted it on his side with immense art, for no appearance of uttering one syllable had escaped him.

‘A personal discussion, Sophronia, my love? What discussion? Fledgeby, I am jealous. What discussion, Fledgeby?’

‘Shall I tell him, Mr Fledgeby?’ asked Mrs Lammle.

Trying to look as if he knew anything about it, Fascination replied, ‘Yes, tell him.’

‘We were discussing then,’ said Mrs Lammle, ‘if you MUST know, Alfred, whether Mr Fledgeby was in his usual flow of spirits.’

‘Why, that is the very point, Sophronia, that Georgiana and I were discussing as to herself! What did Fledgeby say?’

‘Oh, a likely thing, sir, that I am going to tell you everything, and be told nothing! What did Georgiana say?’

‘Georgiana said she was doing her usual justice to herself to-day, and I said she was not.’

‘Precisely,’ exclaimed Mrs Lammle, ‘what I said to Mr Fledgeby.’ Still, it wouldn’t do. They would not look at one another. No, not even when the sparkling host proposed that the quartette should take an appropriately sparkling glass of wine. Georgiana looked from her wine glass at Mr Lammle and at Mrs Lammle; but mightn’t, couldn’t, shouldn’t, wouldn’t, look at Mr Fledgeby. Fascination looked from his wine glass at Mrs Lammle and at Mr Lammle; but mightn’t, couldn’t, shouldn’t, wouldn’t, look at Georgiana.

More prompting was necessary. Cupid must be brought up to the mark. The manager had put him down in the bill for the part, and he must play it.

‘Sophronia, my dear,’ said Mr Lammle, ‘I don’t like the colour of your dress.’

‘I appeal,’ said Mrs Lammle, ‘to Mr Fledgeby.’

‘And I,’ said Mr Lammle, ‘to Georgiana.’

‘Georgy, my love,’ remarked Mrs Lammle aside to her dear girl, ‘I rely upon you not to go over to the opposition. Now, Mr Fledgeby.’

Fascination wished to know if the colour were not called rose-colour? Yes, said Mr Lammle; actually he knew everything; it was really rose-colour. Fascination took rose-colour to mean the colour of roses. (In this he was very warmly supported by Mr and Mrs Lammle.) Fascination had heard the term Queen of Flowers applied to the Rose. Similarly, it might be said that the dress was the Queen of Dresses. (‘Very happy, Fledgeby!’ from Mr Lammle.) Notwithstanding, Fascination’s opinion was that we all had our eyes—or at least a large majority of us—and that—and—and his farther opinion was several ands, with nothing beyond them.

‘Oh, Mr Fledgeby,’ said Mrs Lammle, ‘to desert me in that way! Oh, Mr Fledgeby, to abandon my poor dear injured rose and declare for blue!’

‘Victory, victory!’ cried Mr Lammle; ‘your dress is condemned, my dear.’

‘But what,’ said Mrs Lammle, stealing her affectionate hand towards her dear girl’s, ‘what does Georgy say?’

‘She says,’ replied Mr Lammle, interpreting for her, ‘that in her eyes you look well in any colour, Sophronia, and that if she had expected to be embarrassed by so pretty a compliment as she has received, she would have worn another colour herself. Though I tell her, in reply, that it would not have saved her, for whatever colour she had worn would have been Fledgeby’s colour. But what does Fledgeby say?’

‘He says,’ replied Mrs Lammle, interpreting for him, and patting the back of her dear girl’s hand, as if it were Fledgeby who was patting it, ‘that it was no compliment, but a little natural act of homage that he couldn’t resist. And,’ expressing more feeling as if it were more feeling on the part of Fledgeby, ‘he is right, he is right!’

Still, no not even now, would they look at one another. Seeming to gnash his sparkling teeth, studs, eyes, and buttons, all at once, Mr Lammle secretly bent a dark frown on the two, expressive of an intense desire to bring them together by knocking their heads together.

‘Have you heard this opera of to-night, Fledgeby?’ he asked, stopping very short, to prevent himself from running on into ‘confound you.’

‘Why no, not exactly,’ said Fledgeby. ‘In fact I don’t know a note of it.’

‘Neither do you know it, Georgy?’ said Mrs Lammle. ‘N-no,’ replied Georgiana, faintly, under the sympathetic coincidence.

Fu immediatamente servita una deliziosa cena, e il signor Lammle sedeva, scintillante di entusiasmo all’estremità del tavolo, con il suo servitore dietro la sedia; le sue persistenti dubbi riguardo ai propri salari rimanevano “dietro di lui”. Oggi, il signor Lammle doveva mettere in gioco tutte le sue capacità di brillare e incantare: infatti, sia Fascination Fledgeby che Georgiana erano rimasti senza parole l’uno di fronte all’altra, assumendo atteggiamenti davvero sorprendenti. Georgiana, seduta di fronte a Fledgeby, faceva di tutto per nascondere i gomiti, il che era assolutamente impossibile mentre usava forchetta e coltello; Fledgeby, invece, evitava costantemente di guardare in faccia Georgiana, cercando disperatamente di nascondere il proprio imbarazzo, finendo per toccarsi le basette con cucchiaio, bicchiere di vino e pane.

Quindi, il signor e la signora Alfred Lammle dovettero fornire delle indicazioni, ed ecco come fecero.

“Georgiana,” disse il signor Lammle, a bassa voce e sorridendo, scintillando dappertutto come un arlecchino; “non sei nel tuo solito umore. Perché non sei nel tuo solito umore, Georgiana?”

Georgiana esitò, dicendo di essere più o meno la stessa di sempre; non si rendeva conto di essere cambiata.

“Non mi rendo conto di essere diversa!” ribatté la signora Alfred Lammle. “Tu, mia cara Georgiana. Che sei sempre così naturale e disinvolta con noi. Che rappresenti un vero sollievo rispetto a tutte quelle persone che sono tutte uguali. Che sei l’incarnazione della gentilezza, della semplicità e della realtà!”

La signorina Podsnap guardò la porta, come se avesse l’idea confusa di fuggire via per evitare quei complimenti.

“Ora sarò giudicato,” disse il signor Lammle, alzando un po’ la voce, “dal mio amico Fledgeby.”

“Oh, NO!” esclamò debolmente la signorina Podsnap quando la signora Lammle prese il libretto di sceneggiatura.

“Mi scusi tanto, Alfred mio caro, ma non posso separarmi dal signor Fledgeby proprio ora; deve aspettarlo un attimo. Il signor Fledgeby e io stiamo avendo una discussione personale.”

Fledgeby deve averlo fatto con grande abilità, poiché non gli era sfuggita nemmeno l’ombra di pronunciare una singola sillaba.

“Una discussione privata, Sophronia, il mio amore? Quale discussione? Fledgeby, sono gelosa. Di quale discussione si tratta, Fledgeby?”

“Devo dirglielo, signor Fledgeby?”, chiese la signora Lammle.

“Cercando di sembrare che sapesse qualcosa al riguardo, Fascination rispose: ‘Sì, diglielo.’”

“Stavamo discutendo allora,” disse la signora Lammle, “se proprio devi saperlo, Alfred, se il signor Fledgeby fosse nel solito stato d’animo.”

“Proprio questo era l’argomento di cui Georgiana ed io stavamo discutendo riguardo a lei! Cosa ha detto Fledgeby?”

“Oh, è molto probabile che io vi racconti tutto, e non venga a sapere nulla in cambio! Cosa ha detto Georgiana?”

“Georgiana disse che oggi stava trattandosi con la solita gentilezza, ma io dissi che non era vero.”

“Esattamente,” esclamò la signora Lammle, “esattamente quello che ho detto al signor Fledgeby.” Eppure, non andava bene. Non si guardavano nemmeno l’un l’altro. No, nemmeno quando il padrone di casa propose che il quartetto bevesse un bicchiere di vino. Georgiana guardò alternativamente il signor Lammle e la signora Lammle attraverso il suo bicchiere di vino; ma non poteva, non doveva, non avrebbe dovuto guardare il signor Fledgeby. Anche lui la guardava attraverso il suo bicchiere di vino, ma non poteva, non doveva, non avrebbe dovuto guardare Georgiana.

Era necessario ulteriore incoraggiamento. Bisognava che Cupido raggiungesse il livello richiesto. Il manager lo aveva incluso nella lista dei protagonisti per quel ruolo, e lui doveva assolutamente interpretarlo al meglio.

“Sophronia, mia cara,” disse il signor Lammle, “non mi piace il colore del tuo vestito.”

“Appello alla signorina Lammle,” disse il signor Fledgeby.

“E io,” disse il signor Lammle, “a Georgiana.”

“Georgy, il mio amore”, disse la signora Lammle sottovoce alla sua cara ragazza, “mi fido che tu non ti unirai all’opposizione. Ora, signor Fledgeby.”

Fascination voleva sapere se quel colore non venisse chiamato “colore rosa”.
“Sì”, disse il signor Lammle; in realtà sapeva tutto: era davvero colore rosa. Fascination interpretava “colore rosa” come il colore delle rose. (In questo, fu molto sostenuta dal signor e dalla signora Lammle.) Aveva infatti sentito definire la rosa “la regina dei fiori”; allo stesso modo, si poteva dire che quel vestito fosse “la regina dei vestiti”. (“Molto bene, Fledgeby!”, disse il signor Lammle.) Tuttavia, secondo Fascination, tutti noi avevamo gli occhi, o almeno la stragrande maggioranza di noi. E questa era la sua opinione.

“Oh, signor Fledgeby,” disse la signora Lammle, “abbandonarmi in quel modo. Oh, signor Fledgeby, abbandonare la mia povera, cara e ferita ‘rosa’ e scegliere il blu, ”

“Vittoria, vittoria!”, esclamò il signor Lammle; “il tuo abito è irrecuperabile, mia cara”.

“Ma cosa,” disse la signora Lammle, portando dolcemente la sua mano affettuosa verso quella della sua cara ragazza, “cosa dice Georgy?”

“Lei dice,” rispose il signor Lammle, interpretando per lei, “che ai suoi occhi tu sembri bellissima in qualsiasi colore tu indossi, Sophronia. E che se si fosse aspettata di sentirsi imbarazzata da un complimento così bello, avrebbe scelto un altro colore lei stessa. Anche se io le rispondo che questo non l’avrebbe salvata comunque: perché qualsiasi colore avesse scelto, sarebbe stato sempre il colore di Fledgeby. Ma cosa dice Fledgeby?”

“Lui dice,” rispose la signora Lammle, interpretando per lui e accarezzando il dorso della mano della sua cara ragazza, come se fosse Fledgeby a farlo, “che non si trattava di un complimento, ma di un semplice atto naturale di rispetto che non è riuscito a trattenere. E, ” esprimendo più emozione, come se quelle fossero le vere emozioni di Fledgeby, “ha ragione, ha davvero ragione!”

Ancora adesso, però, non si guardavano nemmeno. Sembrava che il signor Lammle digrignasse i denti, gli occhi e tutti quegli elementi decorativi presenti sul suo viso; in realtà, nascondeva un’intensa desiderio di farli incontrare, magari sbattendo loro le teste una contro l’altra.

“Hai sentito questa opera stasera, Fledgeby?” chiese, fermandosi di colpo per evitare di dire “confonditi”.

“Mai proprio,” disse Fledgeby. “Anzi, non conosco nemmeno una nota di quella canzone.”

“Neppure tu lo sai, Georgy?” disse la signora Lammle. “N-no,” rispose Georgiana, in un tono debole, sotto l’impatto di quella coincidenza fortuita.

‘Why, then,’ said Mrs Lammle, charmed by the discovery which flowed from the premises, ‘you neither of you know it! How charming!’

Even the craven Fledgeby felt that the time was now come when he must strike a blow. He struck it by saying, partly to Mrs Lammle and partly to the circumambient air, ‘I consider myself very fortunate in being reserved by—’

As he stopped dead, Mr Lammle, making that gingerous bush of his whiskers to look out of, offered him the word ‘Destiny.’

‘No, I wasn’t going to say that,’ said Fledgeby. ‘I was going to say Fate. I consider it very fortunate that Fate has written in the book of—in the book which is its own property—that I should go to that opera for the first time under the memorable circumstances of going with Miss Podsnap.’

To which Georgiana replied, hooking her two little fingers in one another, and addressing the tablecloth, ‘Thank you, but I generally go with no one but you, Sophronia, and I like that very much.’

Content perforce with this success for the time, Mr Lammle let Miss Podsnap out of the room, as if he were opening her cage door, and Mrs Lammle followed. Coffee being presently served up stairs, he kept a watch on Fledgeby until Miss Podsnap’s cup was empty, and then directed him with his finger (as if that young gentleman were a slow Retriever) to go and fetch it. This feat he performed, not only without failure, but even with the original embellishment of informing Miss Podsnap that green tea was considered bad for the nerves. Though there Miss Podsnap unintentionally threw him out by faltering, ‘Oh, is it indeed? How does it act?’ Which he was not prepared to elucidate.

The carriage announced, Mrs Lammle said; ‘Don’t mind me, Mr Fledgeby, my skirts and cloak occupy both my hands, take Miss Podsnap.’ And he took her, and Mrs Lammle went next, and Mr Lammle went last, savagely following his little flock, like a drover.

But he was all sparkle and glitter in the box at the Opera, and there he and his dear wife made a conversation between Fledgeby and Georgiana in the following ingenious and skilful manner. They sat in this order: Mrs Lammle, Fascination Fledgeby, Georgiana, Mr Lammle. Mrs Lammle made leading remarks to Fledgeby, only requiring monosyllabic replies. Mr Lammle did the like with Georgiana. At times Mrs Lammle would lean forward to address Mr Lammle to this purpose.

‘Alfred, my dear, Mr Fledgeby very justly says, apropos of the last scene, that true constancy would not require any such stimulant as the stage deems necessary.’ To which Mr Lammle would reply, ‘Ay, Sophronia, my love, but as Georgiana has observed to me, the lady had no sufficient reason to know the state of the gentleman’s affections.’ To which Mrs Lammle would rejoin, ‘Very true, Alfred; but Mr Fledgeby points out,’ this. To which Alfred would demur: ‘Undoubtedly, Sophronia, but Georgiana acutely remarks,’ that. Through this device the two young people conversed at great length and committed themselves to a variety of delicate sentiments, without having once opened their lips, save to say yes or no, and even that not to one another.

Fledgeby took his leave of Miss Podsnap at the carriage door, and the Lammles dropped her at her own home, and on the way Mrs Lammle archly rallied her, in her fond and protecting manner, by saying at intervals, ‘Oh little Georgiana, little Georgiana!’ Which was not much; but the tone added, ‘You have enslaved your Fledgeby.’

And thus the Lammles got home at last, and the lady sat down moody and weary, looking at her dark lord engaged in a deed of violence with a bottle of soda-water as though he were wringing the neck of some unlucky creature and pouring its blood down his throat. As he wiped his dripping whiskers in an ogreish way, he met her eyes, and pausing, said, with no very gentle voice:

Well?’

‘Was such an absolute Booby necessary to the purpose?’

‘I know what I am doing. He is no such dolt as you suppose.’

‘A genius, perhaps?’

‘You sneer, perhaps; and you take a lofty air upon yourself perhaps! But I tell you this:—when that young fellow’s interest is concerned, he holds as tight as a horse-leech. When money is in question with that young fellow, he is a match for the Devil.’

‘Is he a match for you?’

‘He is. Almost as good a one as you thought me for you. He has no quality of youth in him, but such as you have seen to-day. Touch him upon money, and you touch no booby then. He really is a dolt, I suppose, in other things; but it answers his one purpose very well.’

‘Has she money in her own right in any case?’

‘Ay! she has money in her own right in any case. You have done so well to-day, Sophronia, that I answer the question, though you know I object to any such questions. You have done so well to-day, Sophronia, that you must be tired. Get to bed.’

“Allora,” disse la signora Lammle, incantata dalla scoperta che ne derivava, “nessuno di voi due lo sa! Che delizioso!”

Anche il codardo Fledgeby sentì che era arrivato il momento in cui doveva colpire. Lo fece dicendo, in parte alla signora Lammle e in parte all’aria circostante: “Ritengo di essere molto fortunato ad essere stato risparmiato da, ”

Mentre si fermava di colpo, il signor Lammle, utilizzando quella sua folta barba come “finestra” per guardare fuori, gli propose la parola “Destino”.

“No, non intendevo dire quello,” disse Fledgeby. “Volevo dire, il Destino. Ritengo molto fortunato che il Destino abbia scritto, nel libro che è di sua proprietà, che io dovessi andare a quell’opera per la prima volta, in quelle circostanze memorabili, accompagnando Miss Podsnap.”

A cui Georgiana rispose, intrecciando i due suoi dita e rivolgendosi al tovagliolo: “Grazie, ma di solito vado solo con te, Sophronia. E mi piace molto così.”

Risolto per il momento con questo successo, il signor Lammle permise a Miss Podsnap di uscire dalla stanza, come se stesse aprendo la porta della sua gabbia; la signora Lammle lo seguì. Quando il caffè fu servito al piano di sopra, continuò a osservare Fledgeby finché la tazza di Miss Podsnap non fu vuota; poi, con un dito, gli fece segno (come se quel giovane gentiluomo fosse un cane lento ad obbedire) di andare a prenderne dell’altro. Riuscì nell’intento non solo senza errori, ma anche aggiungendo il tocco finale di informare Miss Podsnap che il tè verde era considerato dannoso per i nervi. Anche se in quel momento lei, involontariamente, lo “scaricò” dicendo: “Oh, davvero? E come agisce?” Lui, ovviamente, non era preparato a spiegarlo.

“La carrozza è pronta,” disse la signora Lammle; “Non badate a me, signor Fledgeby: le mie gonne e il mio mantello occupano entrambe le mie mani. Prendete la signorina Podsnap.” Lui la prese, poi seguì la signora Lammle, mentre il signor Lammle veniva per ultimo, seguendo con insistenza il suo “piccolo gregge”, come un pastore.

Ma nell’ambito della rappresentazione all’Opera, era tutto scintillio e lusso; lì lui e sua cara moglie intrattenevano una conversazione tra Fledgeby e Georgiana in modo ingegnoso e abile. Erano seduti in questo ordine: signora Lammle, Fascination Fledgeby, Georgiana, signor Lammle. La signora Lammle poneva domande a Fledgeby, richiedendo risposte monosillabiche; il signor Lammle faceva lo stesso con Georgiana. A volte la signora Lammle si sporgeva in avanti per rivolgersi al signor Lammle allo scopo di proseguire la conversazione.

“Alfred, mio caro, il signor Fledgeby dice molto giustamente, riguardo all’ultima scena, che una vera costanza non avrebbe bisogno di stimoli del genere, ritenuti necessari dal teatro.” A questo, il signor Lammle risponderebbe: “Ah, Sophronia, mio amore, ma come Georgiana mi ha fatto notare, quella signora non aveva motivi sufficienti per conoscere lo stato dei sentimenti di quel gentiluomo.” La signora Lammle ribatterebbe: “È vero, Alfred, ma il signor Fledgeby sottolinea proprio questo.” Alfred obietterebbe: “Indubbiamente, Sophronia, ma Georgiana osserva con acume, ” Attraverso questo sistema, i due giovani conversavano a lungo e esprimevano una serie di sentimenti delicati, senza mai aprire bocca se non per rispondere sì o no, e anche quello solo quando necessario.

Fledgeby si congedò da Miss Podsnap alla porta della carrozza, e i Lammle la lasciarono davanti a casa sua. Lungo il cammino, la signora Lammle la rincuorava con tenerezza e affetto, ripetendo di tanto in tanto: “Oh, piccola Georgiana, piccola Georgiana!” Il significato delle parole non era molto profondo; ma il tono con cui erano pronunciate trasmetteva un senso di protezione e affetto. “Hai ridotto Fledgeby in condizioni di schiavitù, ” sembrava dire quel tono.

E così i Lammles finalmente raggiunsero la >casa, e la signora si sedette, cupa e stanca, osservando il suo oscuro signore mentre compiva un atto di violenza con una bottiglia di soda-acqua, come se stesse strangolando qualche sfortunata creatura e versandone il >sangue nella propria gola. Mentre si asciugava le basette gocciolanti in modo orribile, incrociò il suo sguardo e, dopo una pausa, disse, con una voce tutt’altro che gentile:

“‘Beh?’”

“Era davvero necessario un errore così clamoroso per raggiungere quel scopo?”

“So esattamente cosa sto facendo. Lui non è così sciocco come pensate voi.”

“Un genio, forse?”

“Forse vi mettete a ridere, e forse assumete un’aria di superiorità. Ma vi dico questo: quando si tratta degli interessi di quel giovane, lui tiene duro come una sanguisuga su un cavallo. Quando c’è in gioco del denaro, quell’uomo è all’altezza persino del Diavolo.”

“È all’altezza di te?”

“Lo è davvero. Quasi altrettanto buono di quanto pensavi che fossi io per te. Non possiede più le qualità tipiche della gioventù, ma quelle che hai visto oggi. Parlagli di denaro, e allora capirai che non è affatto uno sciocco. Certo, in altre cose è probabilmente un idiota; ma per lo scopo per cui serve, funziona davvero molto bene.”

“Ha davvero del denaro tutto suo, in qualche modo?”

“Ah! Comunque lei ha del denaro tutto suo. Oggi hai fatto davvero bene, Sofronia, tanto bene che rispondo alla tua domanda, anche se so che io stesso mi oppongo a queste domande. Oggi hai fatto davvero bene, Sofronia, devi essere stanca. Vai a letto.”

Chapter 5

MERCURY PROMPTING

Fledgeby deserved Mr Alfred Lammle’s eulogium. He was the meanest cur existing, with a single pair of legs. And instinct (a word we all clearly understand) going largely on four legs, and reason always on two, meanness on four legs never attains the perfection of meanness on two.

The father of this young gentleman had been a money-lender, who had transacted professional business with the mother of this young gentleman, when he, the latter, was waiting in the vast dark ante-chambers of the present world to be born. The lady, a widow, being unable to pay the money-lender, married him; and in due course, Fledgeby was summoned out of the vast dark ante-chambers to come and be presented to the Registrar-General. Rather a curious speculation how Fledgeby would otherwise have disposed of his leisure until Doomsday.

Fledgeby’s mother offended her family by marrying Fledgeby’s father. It is one of the easiest achievements in life to offend your family when your family want to get rid of you. Fledgeby’s mother’s family had been very much offended with her for being poor, and broke with her for becoming comparatively rich. Fledgeby’s mother’s family was the Snigsworth family. She had even the high honour to be cousin to Lord Snigsworth—so many times removed that the noble Earl would have had no compunction in removing her one time more and dropping her clean outside the cousinly pale; but cousin for all that.

Among her pre-matrimonial transactions with Fledgeby’s father, Fledgeby’s mother had raised money of him at a great disadvantage on a certain reversionary interest. The reversion falling in soon after they were married, Fledgeby’s father laid hold of the cash for his separate use and benefit. This led to subjective differences of opinion, not to say objective interchanges of boot-jacks, backgammon boards, and other such domestic missiles, between Fledgeby’s father and Fledgeby’s mother, and those led to Fledgeby’s mother spending as much money as she could, and to Fledgeby’s father doing all he couldn’t to restrain her. Fledgeby’s childhood had been, in consequence, a stormy one; but the winds and the waves had gone down in the grave, and Fledgeby flourished alone.

He lived in chambers in the Albany, did Fledgeby, and maintained a spruce appearance. But his youthful fire was all composed of sparks from the grindstone; and as the sparks flew off, went out, and never warmed anything, be sure that Fledgeby had his tools at the grindstone, and turned it with a wary eye.

Mr Alfred Lammle came round to the Albany to breakfast with Fledgeby. Present on the table, one scanty pot of tea, one scanty loaf, two scanty pats of butter, two scanty rashers of bacon, two pitiful eggs, and an abundance of handsome china bought a secondhand bargain.

‘What did you think of Georgiana?’ asked Mr Lammle.

‘Why, I’ll tell you,’ said Fledgeby, very deliberately.

‘Do, my boy.’

‘You misunderstand me,’ said Fledgeby. ‘I don’t mean I’ll tell you that. I mean I’ll tell you something else.’

‘Tell me anything, old fellow!’

‘Ah, but there you misunderstand me again,’ said Fledgeby. ‘I mean I’ll tell you nothing.’

Mr Lammle sparkled at him, but frowned at him too.

‘Look here,’ said Fledgeby. ‘You’re deep and you’re ready. Whether I am deep or not, never mind. I am not ready. But I can do one thing, Lammle, I can hold my tongue. And I intend always doing it.’

‘You are a long-headed fellow, Fledgeby.’

‘May be, or may not be. If I am a short-tongued fellow, it may amount to the same thing. Now, Lammle, I am never going to answer questions.’

‘My dear fellow, it was the simplest question in the world.’

‘Never mind. It seemed so, but things are not always what they seem. I saw a man examined as a witness in Westminster Hall. Questions put to him seemed the simplest in the world, but turned out to be anything rather than that, after he had answered ’em. Very well. Then he should have held his tongue. If he had held his tongue he would have kept out of scrapes that he got into.’

‘If I had held my tongue, you would never have seen the subject of my question,’ remarked Lammle, darkening.

‘Now, Lammle,’ said Fascination Fledgeby, calmly feeling for his whisker, ‘it won’t do. I won’t be led on into a discussion. I can’t manage a discussion. But I can manage to hold my tongue.’

‘Can?’ Mr Lammle fell back upon propitiation. ‘I should think you could! Why, when these fellows of our acquaintance drink and you drink with them, the more talkative they get, the more silent you get. The more they let out, the more you keep in.’

‘I don’t object, Lammle,’ returned Fledgeby, with an internal chuckle, ‘to being understood, though I object to being questioned. That certainly IS the way I do it.’

‘And when all the rest of us are discussing our ventures, none of us ever know what a single venture of yours is!’

‘And none of you ever will from me, Lammle,’ replied Fledgeby, with another internal chuckle; ‘that certainly IS the way I do it.’

‘Why of course it is, I know!’ rejoined Lammle, with a flourish of frankness, and a laugh, and stretching out his hands as if to show the universe a remarkable man in Fledgeby. ‘If I hadn’t known it of my Fledgeby, should I have proposed our little compact of advantage, to my Fledgeby?’

‘Ah!’ remarked Fascination, shaking his head slyly. ‘But I am not to be got at in that way. I am not vain. That sort of vanity don’t pay, Lammle. No, no, no. Compliments only make me hold my tongue the more.’

Alfred Lammle pushed his plate away (no great sacrifice under the circumstances of there being so little in it), thrust his hands in his pockets, leaned back in his chair, and contemplated Fledgeby in silence. Then he slowly released his left hand from its pocket, and made that bush of his whiskers, still contemplating him in silence. Then he slowly broke silence, and slowly said: ‘What—the—Dev-il is this fellow about this morning?’

Capitolo 5

MERCURY PROMPTING

Fledgeby meritava davvero l’elogio di Mr Alfred Lammle. Era il più meschino individuo esistente, con un solo paio di gambe. L’istinto, che tutti noi comprendiamo chiaramente, si basa principalmente sul movimento delle quattro gambe, mentre la ragione opera sempre sulle due; quindi la meschinità che si manifesta attraverso le quattro gambe non può mai raggiungere la perfezione della meschinità che si esprime attraverso le due.

Il padre di questo giovane signore era un usuraio che intratteneva affari professionali con la madre dello stesso, quando quest’ultimo ancora aspettava di nascere nelle vaste e oscure anticamere di questo mondo. La donna, essendo vedova e incapace di ripagare l’usuraio, lo sposò; e di conseguenza, Fledgeby fu chiamato fuori da quelle oscure anticamere per essere presentato al Segretario Generale degli Uffici Registrali. È davvero curioso pensare a come Fledgeby avrebbe potuto occupare il proprio tempo fino al Giudizio Universale.

La madre di Fledgeby offese la sua famiglia sposando il padre di Fledgeby. È uno degli obiettivi più facili da raggiungere nella vita: offendere la propria famiglia quando essa stesso vuole sbarazzarsi di te. La famiglia della madre di Fledgeby era profondamente offesa dal suo status di povertà; inoltre, il loro rapporto si interruppe quando lei divenne relativamente ricca. La famiglia della madre di Fledgeby era quella dei Snigsworth. Lei aveva persino l’onore di essere cugina di Lord Snigsworth, anche se il legame di parentela era così remoto che il nobile conte non avrebbe esitato a “rimuoverla” una volta ancora, lasciandola completamente fuori dal raggio della loro parentela; ma pur sempre cugina, dopotutto.

Tra le sue transazioni prenuziali con il padre di Fledgeby, la madre di Fledgeby aveva ottenuto del denaro da lui a condizioni molto svantaggiose, legate a un certo diritto di riscatto futuro. Poiché tale diritto scadeva poco dopo il loro matrimonio, il padre di Fledgeby si appropriò del denaro per usarlo a proprio vantaggio. Questo causò divergenze di opinione tra i due coniugi; non si trattava certo di scambi oggettivi di oggetti domestici come scarpe da ginnastica o tavoli da backgammon, ma di conflitti che portarono la madre di Fledgeby a spendere tutto il denaro possibile, mentre il padre faceva del suo meglio per impedirglielo. Di conseguenza, l’infanzia di Fledgeby fu molto turbolenta; tuttavia, con il passare del tempo, le difficoltà si placarono e Fledgeby riuscì a crescere da solo.

Viveva in stanze ad Albany, svolgeva il lavoro di Fledgeby e manteneva un aspetto curato. Ma la sua giovane passione era solo composta da scintille provenienti dal macinino; e mentre quelle scintille volavano via, si spegnevano senza mai riscaldare nulla. Sicuramente Fledgeby teneva sempre i suoi strumenti pronto al lavoro, osservandoli con attenzione.

Il signor Alfred Lammle venne da Albany per colazione con Fledgeby. Sulla tavola c’erano: una misera tazza di tè, un misero pane, due miseri pezzi di burro, due misere fette di bacon, due poveri uova, e un’abbondanza di bella porcellana acquistata all’usato.

“Che ne pensi di Georgiana?” chiese il signor Lammle.

“Perché, vi spiegherò,” disse Fledgeby, molto deliberatamente.

“Fa’ ciò che ti dico, ragazzo mio.”

“Mi fraintendi,” disse Fledgeby. “Non intendo dire che ti dirò quella cosa. Intendo dire che ti dirò qualcos’altro.”

“Dimmi qualsiasi cosa, vecchio mio!”

“Ah, ma eccovi di nuovo a fraintendermi,” disse Fledgeby. “Voglio dire che non vi dirò nulla.”

Il signor Lammle gli sorrise, ma anche lui aggrottò la fronte.

“Guarda qui,” disse Fledgeby. “Sei pronto. Anche se io non lo sono, non importa. Posso fare una cosa, Lammle: posso tenere la bocca chiusa. E intendo farlo sempre.”

“Sei davvero un tipo paziente e riflessivo, Fledgeby.”

“Forse sì, forse no. Se fossi una persona poco loquace, probabilmente sarebbe la stessa cosa. Ora, Lammle, non risponderò mai più a domande.”

“Mio caro amico, era la domanda più semplice del mondo.”

“Nessun problema. Sembrava così, ma le cose non sono sempre quelle che appaiono. Ho visto un uomo essere interrogato come testimone a Westminster Hall. Le domande che gli venivano poste sembravano le più semplici del mondo, ma in realtà erano tutt’altro dopo che lui le aveva risposte. Molto bene, davvero. Allora avrebbe dovuto tenere la bocca chiusa. Se l’avesse fatto, si sarebbe evitato tutti quei guai in cui si è cacciato.”

“Se avessi tenuto la bocca chiusa, non avreste mai conosciuto l’argomento della mia domanda,” osservò Lammle, con un tono cupo.

“Ora, Lammle,” disse Fascination Fledgeby, accarezzandosi tranquillamente la barba, “non va bene così. Non permetterò che si inizi una discussione. Non so come gestirla. Ma posso almeno tenere a bada la lingua.”

“Puoi farlo?” Il signor Lammle ricorse all’idea di placarlo. “Penso proprio che tu possa! Dopotutto, quando questi nostri conoscenti bevono e anche tu bevi con loro, più diventano loquaci, più tu rimani in silenzio. Più loro parlano, più tu tieni per te.”

“Non ho obiezioni, Lammle,” rispose Fledgeby, ridacchiando tra sé e sé,
“a essere compreso, anche se mi dispiace essere interrogato. Di certo è così che faccio io.”

“E mentre tutti noi discutiamo delle nostre imprese, nessuno di noi sa mai quale sia una sola delle tue!”

“E nessuno di voi lo farà mai con me, Lammle,” rispose Fledgeby, ridacchiando di nuovo tra sé; “certamente è proprio così che faccio io.”

“Perché certo che sì, lo so!” ribatté Lammle con grande franchezza, ridendo e allargando le braccia come per mostrare all’universo quanto fosse straordinario quell’uomo di Fledgeby. “Se non avessi conosciuto bene il mio Fledgeby, avrei mai proposto a lui quel piccolo accordo vantaggioso?”

“Ah!”, osservò Fascination scuotendo la testa con aria astuta. “Ma non si può prendere me in quel modo. Non sono vanitoso. Quel genere di vanità non porta a nulla, Lammle. No, no, no. Gli complimenti, invece, fanno sì che io tenga ancora più la bocca chiusa.”

Alfred Lammle allontanò il proprio piatto (non certo una grande rinuncia, considerando quanto poco ci fosse dentro), infilò le mani nelle tasche, si appoggiò allo schienale della sedia e osservò Fledgeby in silenzio. Poi lentamente tirò fuori la mano sinistra dalla tasca e si sistemò quella folta barba, continuando a fissarlo in silenzio. Dopo un po’, rompette finalmente il silenzio e disse lentamente: “Ma che diavolo sta combinando questo tizio stamattina?”

‘Now, look here, Lammle,’ said Fascination Fledgeby, with the meanest of twinkles in his meanest of eyes: which were too near together, by the way: ‘look here, Lammle; I am very well aware that I didn’t show to advantage last night, and that you and your wife—who, I consider, is a very clever woman and an agreeable woman—did. I am not calculated to show to advantage under that sort of circumstances. I know very well you two did show to advantage, and managed capitally. But don’t you on that account come talking to me as if I was your doll and puppet, because I am not.

‘And all this,’ cried Alfred, after studying with a look the meanness that was fain to have the meanest help, and yet was so mean as to turn upon it: ‘all this because of one simple natural question!’

‘You should have waited till I thought proper to say something about it of myself. I don’t like your coming over me with your Georgianas, as if you was her proprietor and mine too.’

Well, when you are in the gracious mind to say anything about it of yourself,’ retorted Lammle, ‘pray do.’

‘I have done it. I have said you managed capitally. You and your wife both. If you’ll go on managing capitally, I’ll go on doing my part. Only don’t crow.’

‘I crow!’ exclaimed Lammle, shrugging his shoulders.

‘Or,’ pursued the other—‘or take it in your head that people are your puppets because they don’t come out to advantage at the particular moments when you do, with the assistance of a very clever and agreeable wife. All the rest keep on doing, and let Mrs Lammle keep on doing. Now, I have held my tongue when I thought proper, and I have spoken when I thought proper, and there’s an end of that. And now the question is,’ proceeded Fledgeby, with the greatest reluctance, ‘will you have another egg?’

‘No, I won’t,’ said Lammle, shortly.

‘Perhaps you’re right and will find yourself better without it,’ replied Fascination, in greatly improved spirits. ‘To ask you if you’ll have another rasher would be unmeaning flattery, for it would make you thirsty all day. Will you have some more bread and butter?’

‘No, I won’t,’ repeated Lammle.

‘Then I will,’ said Fascination. And it was not a mere retort for the sound’s sake, but was a cheerful cogent consequence of the refusal; for if Lammle had applied himself again to the loaf, it would have been so heavily visited, in Fledgeby’s opinion, as to demand abstinence from bread, on his part, for the remainder of that meal at least, if not for the whole of the next.

Whether this young gentleman (for he was but three-and-twenty) combined with the miserly vice of an old man, any of the open-handed vices of a young one, was a moot point; so very honourably did he keep his own counsel. He was sensible of the value of appearances as an investment, and liked to dress well; but he drove a bargain for every moveable about him, from the coat on his back to the china on his breakfast-table; and every bargain by representing somebody’s ruin or somebody’s loss, acquired a peculiar charm for him. It was a part of his avarice to take, within narrow bounds, long odds at races; if he won, he drove harder bargains; if he lost, he half starved himself until next time. Why money should be so precious to an Ass too dull and mean to exchange it for any other satisfaction, is strange; but there is no animal so sure to get laden with it, as the Ass who sees nothing written on the face of the earth and sky but the three letters L. S. D.—not Luxury, Sensuality, Dissoluteness, which they often stand for, but the three dry letters. Your concentrated Fox is seldom comparable to your concentrated Ass in money-breeding.

Fascination Fledgeby feigned to be a young gentleman living on his means, but was known secretly to be a kind of outlaw in the bill-broking line, and to put money out at high interest in various ways. His circle of familiar acquaintance, from Mr Lammle round, all had a touch of the outlaw, as to their rovings in the merry greenwood of Jobbery Forest, lying on the outskirts of the Share-Market and the Stock Exchange.

‘I suppose you, Lammle,’ said Fledgeby, eating his bread and butter, ‘always did go in for female society?’

‘Always,’ replied Lammle, glooming considerably under his late treatment.

‘Came natural to you, eh?’ said Fledgeby.

‘The sex were pleased to like me, sir,’ said Lammle sulkily, but with the air of a man who had not been able to help himself.

‘Made a pretty good thing of marrying, didn’t you?’ asked Fledgeby.

The other smiled (an ugly smile), and tapped one tap upon his nose.

‘My late governor made a mess of it,’ said Fledgeby. ‘But Geor—is the right name Georgina or Georgiana?’

‘Georgiana.’

‘I was thinking yesterday, I didn’t know there was such a name. I thought it must end in ina.’

‘Why?’

‘Why, you play—if you can—the Concertina, you know,’ replied Fledgeby, meditating very slowly. ‘And you have—when you catch it—the Scarlatina. And you can come down from a balloon in a parach—no you can’t though. Well, say Georgeute—I mean Georgiana.’

‘You were going to remark of Georgiana—?’ Lammle moodily hinted, after waiting in vain.

‘I was going to remark of Georgiana, sir,’ said Fledgeby, not at all pleased to be reminded of his having forgotten it, ‘that she don’t seem to be violent. Don’t seem to be of the pitching-in order.’

‘She has the gentleness of the dove, Mr Fledgeby.’

‘Of course you’ll say so,’ replied Fledgeby, sharpening, the moment his interest was touched by another. ‘But you know, the real look-out is this:—what I say, not what you say. I say having my late governor and my late mother in my eye—that Georgiana don’t seem to be of the pitching-in order.’

The respected Mr Lammle was a bully, by nature and by usual practice. Perceiving, as Fledgeby’s affronts cumulated, that conciliation by no means answered the purpose here, he now directed a scowling look into Fledgeby’s small eyes for the effect of the opposite treatment. Satisfied by what he saw there, he burst into a violent passion and struck his hand upon the table, making the china ring and dance.

“Ora, ascolta bene, Lammle,” disse Fascination Fledgeby, con uno sguardo malvagio nei suoi occhi troppo vicini tra loro: “ascolta bene, Lammle; so molto bene che ieri sera non sono riuscito a farmi valere, e che tu e tua moglie – che, a mio parere, è una donna molto intelligente e piacevole – invece sì. Non sono il tipo di persona che riesca a distinguersi in situazioni del genere. So benissimo che voi due avete fatto un ottimo lavoro. Ma per questo motivo, non venire a parlarmi come se fossi la tua marionetta, perché non lo sono.”

“E tutto questo,” esclamò Alfred, dopo aver osservato con attenzione quella meschinità che era disposta ad accettare anche l’aiuto più spregevole, eppure era così meschina da rifiutarlo: “tutto questo a causa di una semplice domanda naturale!”

“Avresti dovuto aspettare che fossi io a decidere quando parlare di questa cosa. Non mi piace che tu venga da me con le tue ‘Georgianas’, come se fossi il loro proprietario e anche il mio.”

“Beh,” ribatté Lammle, “se ti senti nel mood di dire qualcosa al riguardo, per favore fallo.”

“L’ho fatto. Ho detto che avete gestito tutto in modo eccellente. Tu e tua moglie. Se continuerete a gestire le cose con abilità, io continuerò a fare la mia parte. Solo, non esultate troppo.”

“Grido ‘crocio’!”, esclamò Lammle, scrollando le spalle.

“O,” continuò l’altro, “oppure pensate che le persone siano vostri burattini soltanto perché non riescono a trarre vantaggio nei momenti in cui voi lo fate, grazie all’aiuto di una moglie molto intelligente e accomodante. Tutti gli altri continuano a fare ciò che fanno, e lasciate pure che la signora Lammle continui a farlo anche lei. Ora, ho taciuto quando ho ritenuto opportuno farlo, e ho parlato quando ho ritenuto necessario farlo. E basta così. La domanda ora è,” proseguì Fledgeby con grande riluttanza, “se vorrete un altro uovo.”

“No, non lo farò,” disse Lammle in modo perentorio.

“Forse hai ragione e ti sentirai meglio senza di esso,” rispose Fascination, molto più allegra. “Chiederti se vuoi un altro pezzo di pancetta sarebbe una lusinga inutile, perché ti farebbe venire sete per tutto il giorno. Vuoi ancora del pane e burro?”

“No, non lo farò,” ripeté Lammle.

“Allora lo farò,” disse Fascination. E non si trattava semplicemente di una risposta detta solo per il gusto di pronunciare quelle parole, ma di una conseguenza logica e spontanea del suo rifiuto; perché, secondo Fledgeby, se Lammle avesse continuato a mangiare quel pane, ne avrebbe consumato una quantità tale da costringerlo ad astenersi dal pane per il resto di quella cena, se non addirittura per l’intera giornata successiva.

Se questo giovane gentiluomo (poiché aveva appena ventitré anni) combinasse le vizi avarose di un vecchio con i vizi disonesti tipici di un giovane, rimaneva una questione dibattuta; comunque, si comportava in modo estremamente onorevole. Era consapevole del valore delle apparenze come “investimento” e amava vestirsi bene; tuttavia, negoziava con grande attenzione su ogni oggetto che possedesse, dal cappotto che indossava al servizio da tavola in porcellana. Ogni affare che concludeva, basandosi sulla rovina o sulla perdita di qualcun altro, gli appariva particolarmente attraente. Faceva anche scommesse su corse, ma entro limiti molto ristretti; se vinceva, continuava a negoziare con ancora maggiore accanimento; se perdeva, si privava quasi del cibo fino alla prossima occasione. È strano che il denaro possa essere così prezioso per un animale noioso e meschino al punto da non volerlo scambiare nemmeno con altre soddisfazioni. Ma non esiste animale più propenso ad accumularlo di un asino che, sulla faccia della terra e del cielo, vede soltanto le tre lettere L.S.D.: non certo simboli di lusso, sensualità o dissolutezza, ma semplicemente tre lettere prive di significato. Il vostro astuto volpe, nel guadagnare denaro, difficilmente può competere con questo concentrato avarizia dell’asino.

Fascination Fledgeby fingeva di essere un giovane gentiluomo che viveva delle proprie risorse, ma in realtà era conosciuto segretamente come una sorta di fuorilegge nel campo della speculazione finanziaria, che prestava denaro ad alti interessi in vari modi. Tutti coloro che lo conoscevano bene, a partire da Mr Lammle, avevano in sé qualcosa del “fuorilegge”, per via delle loro attività nel mondo della finanza e degli affari, situato ai margini del mercato azionario e della Borsa.

“Immagino che tu, Lammle,” disse Fledgeby, mangiando il suo pane e burro, “abbia sempre preferito la compagnia delle donne, vero?”

“Sempre,” rispose Lammle, con un’espressione molto cupa a causa del trattamento subito di recente.

“Ti è venuto naturale, vero?” disse Fledgeby.

“Gli uomini erano felici che piacessi loro, signore,” disse Lammle in tono malinconico, ma con l’aria di uno che non era riuscito a trattenersi.

“Hai fatto davvero una bella scelta sposandoti, non è vero?” chiese Fledgeby.

L’altro sorrise (un sorriso orribile) e si diede un colpetto sul naso.

“Mio povero ex governatore ha combinato un disastro,” disse Fledgeby. “Ma Georg, il nome giusto è Georgina o Georgiana?”

“Georgiana.”

“Ieri stavo pensando. Non sapevo esistesse un nome del genere. Pensavo che finisse sicuramente con ‘ina’.”

“Perché?”

“Beh, tu suoni la Concertina, se sai farlo,” rispose Fledgeby, riflettendo molto lentamente. “E poi, quando catturi qualcosa, hai anche la Scarlatina. E puoi anche scendere da un pallone con il paracadute, no, in realtà non puoi.” “Beh, diciamo Georgeute, intendo Georgiana.”

“Volevi fare un commento su Georgiana,?” chiese Lammle con tono malinconico, dopo aver atteso invano.

“Stavo per fare un commento su Georgiana, signore,” disse Fledgeby, affatto scontento di essere stato ricordato del suo dimenticarsene, “che sembra non essere molto appassionata. Non sembra appartenere a quel tipo di persone che si impegnano con grande entusiasmo.”

“Ha la dolcezza di una colomba, signor Fledgeby.”

“Certo che lo dirai così,” rispose Fledgeby, concentrando immediatamente la sua attenzione su qualcos’altro quando il suo interesse era stato stimolato da un altro argomento. “Ma sai una cosa? L’unica cosa che conta davvero è ciò che dico io, non ciò che dici tu. Io, tenendo sempre a mente mio defunto governatore e mia defunta madre, penso che Georgiana non sembri affatto adatta per questo compito.”

Il rispettato signor Lammle era un bullo, per natura e per abitudine. Notando che, con l’aumentare delle offese di Fledgeby, nessuna forma di conciliazione avrebbe potuto risolvere la situazione, gli lanciò uno sguardo minaccioso negli occhi piccoli di Fledgeby, nella speranza che questo approccio opposto avesse l’effetto desiderato. Rassicurato da ciò che vide, scoppiò in una furia violenta e batté il pugno sul tavolo, facendo tintinnare i bicchieri di porcellana che si misero a “ballare”.

‘You are a very offensive fellow, sir,’ cried Mr Lammle, rising. ‘You are a highly offensive scoundrel. What do you mean by this behaviour?’

‘I say!’ remonstrated Fledgeby. ‘Don’t break out.’

‘You are a very offensive fellow sir,’ repeated Mr Lammle. ‘You are a highly offensive scoundrel!’

‘I SAY, you know!’ urged Fledgeby, quailing.

‘Why, you coarse and vulgar vagabond!’ said Mr Lammle, looking fiercely about him, ‘if your servant was here to give me sixpence of your money to get my boots cleaned afterwards—for you are not worth the expenditure—I’d kick you.’

‘No you wouldn’t,’ pleaded Fledgeby. ‘I am sure you’d think better of it.’

‘I tell you what, Mr Fledgeby,’ said Lammle advancing on him. ‘Since you presume to contradict me, I’ll assert myself a little. Give me your nose!’

Fledgeby covered it with his hand instead, and said, retreating, ‘I beg you won’t!’

‘Give me your nose, sir,’ repeated Lammle.

Still covering that feature and backing, Mr Fledgeby reiterated (apparently with a severe cold in his head), ‘I beg, I beg, you won’t.’

‘And this fellow,’ exclaimed Lammle, stopping and making the most of his chest—‘This fellow presumes on my having selected him out of all the young fellows I know, for an advantageous opportunity! This fellow presumes on my having in my desk round the corner, his dirty note of hand for a wretched sum payable on the occurrence of a certain event, which event can only be of my and my wife’s bringing about! This fellow, Fledgeby, presumes to be impertinent to me, Lammle. Give me your nose sir!’

‘No! Stop! I beg your pardon,’ said Fledgeby, with humility.

‘What do you say, sir?’ demanded Mr Lammle, seeming too furious to understand.

‘I beg your pardon,’ repeated Fledgeby.

‘Repeat your words louder, sir. The just indignation of a gentleman has sent the blood boiling to my head. I don’t hear you.’

‘I say,’ repeated Fledgeby, with laborious explanatory politeness, ‘I beg your pardon.’

Mr Lammle paused. ‘As a man of honour,’ said he, throwing himself into a chair, ‘I am disarmed.’

Mr Fledgeby also took a chair, though less demonstratively, and by slow approaches removed his hand from his nose. Some natural diffidence assailed him as to blowing it, so shortly after its having assumed a personal and delicate, not to say public, character; but he overcame his scruples by degrees, and modestly took that liberty under an implied protest.

‘Lammle,’ he said sneakingly, when that was done, ‘I hope we are friends again?’

‘Mr Fledgeby,’ returned Lammle, ‘say no more.’

‘I must have gone too far in making myself disagreeable,’ said Fledgeby, ‘but I never intended it.’

‘Say no more, say no more!’ Mr Lammle repeated in a magnificent tone. ‘Give me your’—Fledgeby started—‘hand.’

They shook hands, and on Mr Lammle’s part, in particular, there ensued great geniality. For, he was quite as much of a dastard as the other, and had been in equal danger of falling into the second place for good, when he took heart just in time, to act upon the information conveyed to him by Fledgeby’s eye.

The breakfast ended in a perfect understanding. Incessant machinations were to be kept at work by Mr and Mrs Lammle; love was to be made for Fledgeby, and conquest was to be insured to him; he on his part very humbly admitting his defects as to the softer social arts, and entreating to be backed to the utmost by his two able coadjutors.

Little recked Mr Podsnap of the traps and toils besetting his Young Person. He regarded her as safe within the Temple of Podsnappery, hiding the fulness of time when she, Georgiana, should take him, Fitz-Podsnap, who with all his worldly goods should her endow. It would call a blush into the cheek of his standard Young Person to have anything to do with such matters save to take as directed, and with worldly goods as per settlement to be endowed. Who giveth this woman to be married to this man? I, Podsnap. Perish the daring thought that any smaller creation should come between!

It was a public holiday, and Fledgeby did not recover his spirits or his usual temperature of nose until the afternoon. Walking into the City in the holiday afternoon, he walked against a living stream setting out of it; and thus, when he turned into the precincts of St Mary Axe, he found a prevalent repose and quiet there. A yellow overhanging plaster-fronted house at which he stopped was quiet too. The blinds were all drawn down, and the inscription Pubsey and Co. seemed to doze in the counting-house window on the ground-floor giving on the sleepy street.

Fledgeby knocked and rang, and Fledgeby rang and knocked, but no one came. Fledgeby crossed the narrow street and looked up at the house-windows, but nobody looked down at Fledgeby. He got out of temper, crossed the narrow street again, and pulled the housebell as if it were the house’s nose, and he were taking a hint from his late experience. His ear at the keyhole seemed then, at last, to give him assurance that something stirred within. His eye at the keyhole seemed to confirm his ear, for he angrily pulled the house’s nose again, and pulled and pulled and continued to pull, until a human nose appeared in the dark doorway.

‘Now you sir!’ cried Fledgeby. ‘These are nice games!’

He addressed an old Jewish man in an ancient coat, long of skirt, and wide of pocket. A venerable man, bald and shining at the top of his head, and with long grey hair flowing down at its sides and mingling with his beard. A man who with a graceful Eastern action of homage bent his head, and stretched out his hands with the palms downward, as if to deprecate the wrath of a superior.

‘What have you been up to?’ said Fledgeby, storming at him.

‘Generous Christian master,’ urged the Jewish man, ‘it being holiday, I looked for no one.’

‘Holiday he blowed!’ said Fledgeby, entering. ‘What have YOU got to do with holidays? Shut the door.’

“Siete un individuo davvero offensivo, signore,” gridò il signor Lammle alzandosi in piedi. “Siete un verme estremamente offensivo. Cosa intendete con questo comportamento?”

“Dico io!”, protestò Fledgeby. “Non iniziate una rissa.”

“Siete un individuo davvero offensivo, signore,” ripeté il signor Lammle. “Siete un verme estremamente offensivo!”

“Dico sul serio, capisci?” insistette Fledgeby, tremando di paura.

“Ma che tipo di rozzo e volgare vagabondo sei!” disse il signor Lammle, guardandosi intorno con rabbia. “Se solo il tuo servitore fosse qui per darmi sei pence dei tuoi soldi affinché pulissero le mie scarpe dopo, visto che non vali nemmeno la spesa, ti calpesterei.”

“Mai lo faresti,” supplicò Fledgeby. “Sono sicuro che cambieresti idea.”

“Le dico una cosa, signor Fledgeby,” disse Lammle avvicinandosi a lui. “Poiché osate contraddirmi, allora mi difenderò un po’. Datemi il vostro naso!”

“Fledgeby lo coprì con la mano e, arretrando, disse: ‘La prego, non fatelo!’”

“Datemmi il vostro naso, signore,” ripeté Lammle.

Continuando a parlare di quella caratteristica e del suo supporto, il signor Fledgeby ripeté (apparentemente a causa di un forte raffreddore), “Vi prego, vi prego, non fatelo.”

“E questo individuo,” esclamò Lammle, fermandosi e gonfiando il petto al massimo, “questo individuo osa presumere che io l’abbia scelto tra tutti i giovani che conosco per una opportunità vantaggiosa! Questo individuo osa presumere che nel mio ufficio ci sia quella sua sporca nota, con la misera somma da pagare in caso si verifichi un certo evento, un evento che può avvenire soltanto se io e mia moglie lo facciamo accadere! Questo individuo, Fledgeby, osa essere irrispettoso con me, Lammle. Dammi il tuo naso, signore!”

“No! Fermatevi! Vi prego,” disse Fledgeby con umiltà.

“Che ne dice, signore?”, chiese il signor Lammle, sembrando troppo furioso per capire.

“Mi scusi,” ripeté Fledgeby.

“Ripetete le vostre parole più ad alta voce, signore. L’onesta indignazione di un gentiluomo ha fatto bollire il mio sangue. Non vi sento.”

“Dico, ”, ripeté Fledgeby con una cortesia forzata e prolissa, “mi scusi per l’intrusione.”

Il signor Lammle fece una pausa. “Come uomo d’onore”, disse, sedendosi su una sedia, “mi arrendo.”

Anche il signor Fledgeby prese una sedia, sebbene in modo meno evidente, e lentamente si tolse la mano dal naso. Un certo timore naturale lo assalì all’idea di soffiarci sopra, soprattutto dopo che quel gesto aveva assunto un carattere personale e delicato, per non dire pubblico; ma gradualmente superò i suoi scrupoli e, con modestia, si concesse quella libertà, sebbene con una sorta di implicita protesta.

“Lammle,” disse lui in un sussurro, una volta fatto ciò, “spero che siamo di nuovo amici, vero?”

“Signor Fledgeby,” rispose Lammle, “non dica altro.”

“Devo esser andato troppo oltre nel rendermi antipatico,” disse Fledgeby, “ma non l’ho mai inteso.”

“Non dite altro, non dite altro!”, ripeté il signor Lammle con un tono magniloquente. “Datemmi la vostra, ” – cominciò Fledgeby – “mano.”

Si strinsero la mano, e soprattutto da parte del signor Lammle ci fu grande cordialità. Infatti, lui era altrettanto disonesto dell’altro, e aveva rischiato allo stesso modo di finire per sempre al secondo posto, quando all’ultimo momento ebbe il coraggio di agire sulla base delle informazioni che gli erano state comunicate attraverso lo sguardo di Fledgeby.

La colazione si concluse con un perfetto accordo. Il signor e la signora Lammle avrebbero continuato a intraprendere innumerevoli manovre; l’amore doveva essere conquistato da Fledgeby, e la sua vittoria garantita; lui, dal canto suo, ammetteva con grande umiltà i propri difetti nelle arti sociali più delicate, chiedendo il massimo sostegno dai suoi due abili collaboratori.

Il signor Podsnap non prevedeva affatto le insidie e le difficoltà che avrebbero minacciato la sua giovane “protetta”. La riteneva al sicuro all’interno del “Tempio della Podsnapperia”, ignaro del momento in cui lei, Georgiana, lo avrebbe sposato, rendendolo così ricco con tutti i suoi beni terreni. Sarebbe stato imbarazzante per quella giovane donna occuparsi di simili questioni, se non per eseguire ordini e accettare i beni stabiliti dal contratto matrimoniale. Chi dà in sposa questa donna a quest’uomo? Io, Podsnap. Che possa morire chi oserebbe interferire con questo accordo!

Era una festività pubblica, e Fledgeby non riuscì a riprendersi né a tornare al suo solito “temperamento” (o meglio, alla sua solita calma) fino al pomeriggio. Entrando nella Città in quella giornata festiva, incrociò un ruscello che ne sgorgava; così, quando entrò nel quartiere di St Mary Axe, notò una grande tranquillità e silenzio ovunque. Una casa gialla con facciata intonacata, davanti alla quale si fermò, era anch’essa immersa nel silenzio: le tende erano tutte tirate giù, e l’insegna “Pubsey and Co.” sembrava addormentarsi nella vetrina del negozio al piano terra, affacciata su quella strada tranquilla.

Fledgeby bussò e suonò il campanello, ma nessuno venne ad aprire. Attraversò la strada stretta e guardò verso le finestre della casa, ma nessuno si affacciò. Impaziente, attraversò di nuovo la strada e tirò il campanello con forza, come se fosse il “naso” della casa stessa, cercando di trarre indicazioni dalle sue precedenti esperienze. Alla fine, sembrò che qualcuno si fosse mosso all’interno. Il suo orecchio appoggiato alla serratura gli diede questa conferma; anche il suo occhio, osservando la finestra, sembrava confermare quella sensazione. Così continuò a tirare il campanello con rabbia, fino a quando un volto umano non apparve nell’oscura soglia della casa.

“Ora to voi, signore!” esclamò Fledgeby. “Che bei giochi, ”

Si rivolse a un anziano ebreo vestito con un vecchio cappotto, dalla gonna lunga e dalle tasche ampie. Un uomo venerabile, calvo sulla sommità della testa, con lunghi capelli grigi che gli scendevano ai lati mescolandosi con la barba. Un uomo che, con un gesto elegante tipico dell’Oriente, chinò il capo e tese le mani con i palmi rivolti verso il basso, come per esprimere umiltà di fronte a qualcuno di più potente.

“Cosa hai fatto tutto questo tempo?”, disse Fledgeby, avvicinandosi a lui con aria minacciosa.

“Nobile signore cristiano,” supplicò l’uomo ebreo, “essendo giorno di festa, non cercavo nessuno.”

“Che vacanza spettacolare!”, disse Fledgeby entrando. “E tu, che c’entri con le vacanze? Chiudi la porta.”

With his former action the old man obeyed. In the entry hung his rusty large-brimmed low-crowned hat, as long out of date as his coat; in the corner near it stood his staff—no walking-stick but a veritable staff. Fledgeby turned into the counting-house, perched himself on a business stool, and cocked his hat. There were light boxes on shelves in the counting-house, and strings of mock beads hanging up. There were samples of cheap clocks, and samples of cheap vases of flowers. Foreign toys, all.

Perched on the stool with his hat cocked on his head and one of his legs dangling, the youth of Fledgeby hardly contrasted to advantage with the age of the Jewish man as he stood with his bare head bowed, and his eyes (which he only raised in speaking) on the ground. His clothing was worn down to the rusty hue of the hat in the entry, but though he looked shabby he did not look mean. Now, Fledgeby, though not shabby, did look mean.

‘You have not told me what you were up to, you sir,’ said Fledgeby, scratching his head with the brim of his hat.

‘Sir, I was breathing the air.’

‘In the cellar, that you didn’t hear?’

‘On the house-top.’

‘Upon my soul! That’s a way of doing business.’

‘Sir,’ the old man represented with a grave and patient air, ‘there must be two parties to the transaction of business, and the holiday has left me alone.’

‘Ah! Can’t be buyer and seller too. That’s what the Jews say; ain’t it?’

‘At least we say truly, if we say so,’ answered the old man with a smile.

‘Your people need speak the truth sometimes, for they lie enough,’ remarked Fascination Fledgeby.

‘Sir, there is,’ returned the old man with quiet emphasis, ‘too much untruth among all denominations of men.’

Rather dashed, Fascination Fledgeby took another scratch at his intellectual head with his hat, to gain time for rallying.

‘For instance,’ he resumed, as though it were he who had spoken last, ‘who but you and I ever heard of a poor Jew?’

‘The Jews,’ said the old man, raising his eyes from the ground with his former smile. ‘They hear of poor Jews often, and are very good to them.’

‘Bother that!’ returned Fledgeby. ‘You know what I mean. You’d persuade me if you could, that you are a poor Jew. I wish you’d confess how much you really did make out of my late governor. I should have a better opinion of you.’

The old man only bent his head, and stretched out his hands as before.

‘Don’t go on posturing like a Deaf and Dumb School,’ said the ingenious Fledgeby, ‘but express yourself like a Christian—or as nearly as you can.’

‘I had had sickness and misfortunes, and was so poor,’ said the old man, ‘as hopelessly to owe the father, principal and interest. The son inheriting, was so merciful as to forgive me both, and place me here.’

He made a little gesture as though he kissed the hem of an imaginary garment worn by the noble youth before him. It was humbly done, but picturesquely, and was not abasing to the doer.

‘You won’t say more, I see,’ said Fledgeby, looking at him as if he would like to try the effect of extracting a double-tooth or two, ‘and so it’s of no use my putting it to you. But confess this, Riah; who believes you to be poor now?’

‘No one,’ said the old man.

‘There you’re right,’ assented Fledgeby.

‘No one,’ repeated the old man with a grave slow wave of his head. ‘All scout it as a fable. Were I to say “This little fancy business is not mine”;’ with a lithe sweep of his easily-turning hand around him, to comprehend the various objects on the shelves; ‘“it is the little business of a Christian young gentleman who places me, his servant, in trust and charge here, and to whom I am accountable for every single bead,” they would laugh. When, in the larger money-business, I tell the borrowers—’

‘I say, old chap!’ interposed Fledgeby, ‘I hope you mind what you DO tell ’em?’

‘Sir, I tell them no more than I am about to repeat. When I tell them, “I cannot promise this, I cannot answer for the other, I must see my principal, I have not the money, I am a poor man and it does not rest with me,” they are so unbelieving and so impatient, that they sometimes curse me in Jehovah’s name.’

‘That’s deuced good, that is!’ said Fascination Fledgeby.

‘And at other times they say, “Can it never be done without these tricks, Mr Riah? Come, come, Mr Riah, we know the arts of your people”—my people!—“If the money is to be lent, fetch it, fetch it; if it is not to be lent, keep it and say so.” They never believe me.’

‘THAT’S all right,’ said Fascination Fledgeby.

‘They say, “We know, Mr Riah, we know. We have but to look at you, and we know.”’

‘Oh, a good ’un are you for the post,’ thought Fledgeby, ‘and a good ’un was I to mark you out for it! I may be slow, but I am precious sure.’

Not a syllable of this reflection shaped itself in any scrap of Mr Fledgeby’s breath, lest it should tend to put his servant’s price up. But looking at the old man as he stood quiet with his head bowed and his eyes cast down, he felt that to relinquish an inch of his baldness, an inch of his grey hair, an inch of his coat-skirt, an inch of his hat-brim, an inch of his walking-staff, would be to relinquish hundreds of pounds.

‘Look here, Riah,’ said Fledgeby, mollified by these self-approving considerations. ‘I want to go a little more into buying-up queer bills. Look out in that direction.’

‘Sir, it shall be done.’

‘Casting my eye over the accounts, I find that branch of business pays pretty fairly, and I am game for extending it. I like to know people’s affairs likewise. So look out.’

‘Sir, I will, promptly.’

‘Put it about in the right quarters, that you’ll buy queer bills by the lump—by the pound weight if that’s all—supposing you see your way to a fair chance on looking over the parcel. And there’s one thing more. Come to me with the books for periodical inspection as usual, at eight on Monday morning.’

Con quel suo precedente gesto, l’uomo anziano obbedì. All’ingresso era appeso il suo vecchio cappello a tesa larga e corona bassa, altrettanto obsoleto quanto il suo cappotto; nell’angolo vicino vi stava il suo bastone: non un semplice bastone da passeggio, ma un vero e proprio bastone da guida. Fledgeby entrò nella banca, si sedette su uno sgabello da ufficio e si sistemò il cappello. Negli scaffali della banca c’erano scatole luminose e fili di perle false appese al soffitto; inoltre, c’erano campioni di orologi economici e vasi di >fiori di scarsa qualità. Insomma, solo giocattoli stranieri.

In piedi sullo sgabello, con il cappello inclinato sulla testa e una gamba penzolante, il giovane di Fledgeby non differiva molto, in termini di aspetto, dall’uomo ebreo: quest’ultimo stava in piedi con la testa nuda, gli occhi fissi a terra (li alzava solo quando parlava). I suoi vestiti erano logori, fino a raggiungere lo stesso colore arrugginito del cappello all’ingresso; tuttavia, nonostante sembrasse trasandato, non dava l’impressione di essere una persona malvagia. Ora, Fledgeby, anche se non era trasandato, sembrava proprio una persona malvagia.

“Non mi avete ancora detto cosa stavate facendo, signore,” disse Fledgeby, grattandosi la testa con il bordo del cappello.

“Signore, stavo semplicemente respirando l’aria, ”

“Nel seminterrato, che non l’hai sentito?”

“Sul tetto della casa.”

‘Per la mia ‘anima. Questo sì che è un modo per fare affari.’

“Signore,” disse l’uomo anziano con un tono serio e paziente, “per ogni transazione commerciale devono esserci due parti coinvolte, e le vacanze mi hanno lasciato da solo.”

“Ah! Non si può essere allo stesso tempo compratore e venditore. È quello che dicono gli Ebrei, vero?”

“Almeno diciamo la verità, se è vero ciò che diciamo,” rispose l’uomo anziano sorridendo.

“A volte il tuo popolo ha bisogno di dire la verità, perché mente già abbastanza,” osservò Fascination Fledgeby.

“Signore, sì,” rispose l’uomo anziano con un tono calmo ma deciso, “ci sono troppe menzogne tra tutte le fedi e le sette umane.”

Piuttosto sconfortato, Fascination Fledgeby si colpì di nuovo la testa con il cappello, per guadagnare un po’ di tempo e riprendersi.

“Ad esempio,” riprese, come se fosse stato lui ad aver parlato per ultimo, “chi altro oltre a te e me ha mai sentito parlare di un povero ebreo?”

“Il popolo ebreo,” disse l’uomo anziano, alzando lo sguardo dal suolo con il suo solito sorriso. “Spesso sentono parlare degli ebrei poveri, e sono molto gentili con loro.”

“Lascia perdere!” rispose Fledgeby. “Capisci cosa intendo. Se potessi convincermi che sei un povero ebreo, lo farei. Vorrei che ammettessi quanto hai davvero guadagnato grazie al mio defunto governatore. Allora avrei una migliore opinione di te.”

L’uomo anziano si limitò ad abbassare la testa e a tendere le mani, come prima.

“Non fare più la parte di uno scolaretto stupido e muto,” disse l’ingegnoso Fledgeby, “ma esprimiti come un cristiano, o almeno il più vicino possibile a esserlo.”

“Ho sofferto di malattie e sfortune, ed ero così povero,” disse l’uomo anziano, “da essere irrimediabilmente indebitato sia con il capitale che con gli interessi. Il figlio, ereditando tutto, fu così misericordioso da perdonarmi entrambi i debiti e portarmi qui.”

Fece un piccolo gesto, come se baciasse l’orlo di un abito immaginario indossato dal nobile giovane davanti a lui. Fu un gesto umile, ma pittoresco, e non umiliante per chi lo fece.

“Non dirai più nulla, immagino,” disse Fledgeby, guardandolo come se volesse provare a estrarre uno o due denti “doppio”, “quindi non ha senso che io continui a parlartene. Ma ammettilo, Riah: chi crederebbe ora che tu sia povero?”

“Nessuno,” disse l’uomo anziano.

“Hai ragione,” concordò Fledgeby.

“Nessuno,” ripeté l’uomo anziano scuotendo lentamente la testa con un’espressione grave. “Tutti considerano questa faccenda una semplice >favola. Se dicessi: ‘Questa piccola attività non è mia’;” e con un gesto della mano, abile nel muoversi tra gli oggetti sugli scaffali, continuasse: “‘È l’attività di un giovane gentiluomo cristiano che mi ha affidato questo compito, e per cui devo rendere conto di ogni singola cosa’, loro riderebbero. Quando invece, nel mondo degli affari finanziari più grandi, dico ai prestatari, ”

“Dico io, vecchio mio!”, intervenne Fledgeby, “spero che tu faccia attenzione a quello che dici loro, eh?”

‘Signore, dico loro esattamente ciò che sto per ripetere. Quando dico loro: “Non posso prometterlo, non posso garantire nulla, devo parlare con il mio principale, non ho i soldi, sono un uomo povero e la responsabilità non spetta a me”, sono così increduli e impazienti che a volte mi maledicono in nome di Jehovah.’

“È davvero ottimo, davvero!” disse Fascination Fledgeby.

‘E altre volte dicono: “Non si può mai fare senza queste trucchi, signor Riah? Suvvia, signor Riah, conosciamo le arti del vostro popolo, il mio popolo! Se i soldi devono essere prestati, portateli qui; se non devono essere prestati, teneteli e ditecelo chiaramente.” Non mi credono mai.’

“Va bene così,” disse Fascination Fledgeby.

“Dicono: ‘Lo sappiamo, signor Riah, lo sappiamo. Basta guardarvi per capirlo.’”

“Ah, sei proprio la persona giusta per questo incarico,” pensò Fledgeby, “e anch’io ho fatto bene a scegliere te! Forse sono lento, ma sono molto sicuro della mia scelta.”

Nessuna sillaba di questo pensiero trapelò attraverso il respiro del signor Fledgeby, affinché non contribuisse ad aumentare il prezzo del suo servitore. Ma osservando quell’uomo anziano, fermo in silenzio con la testa bassa e lo sguardo abbassato, sentì che rinunciare anche a un solo centimetro della sua calvizie, di quei capelli grigi, di quella parte del suo abito o del cappello, o persino di quel bastone da passeggio, equivarrebbe a perdere centinaia di sterline.

“Guarda qui, Riah,” disse Fledgeby, placato da queste considerazioni autoapprovanti. “Vorrei approfondire ulteriormente l’acquisto di questi strani titoli finanziari. Guarda in quella direzione.”

“Signore, verrà fatto.”

“Dopo aver esaminato i conti, ho constatato che quel ramo d’attività paga abbastanza bene, quindi sono disposto ad ampliarlo. Mi piace anche conoscere le faccende delle persone. Quindi fate attenzione.”

“Signore, lo farò immediatamente.”

“Metteteli nei luoghi giusti; in questo modo potrete comprare banconote strane a peso, se riuscite ad avere la possibilità di controllare il pacco. E c’è un’altra cosa: portatemi i libri per l’ispezione periodica, come al solito, alle otto di lunedì mattina.”

Riah drew some folding tablets from his breast and noted it down.

‘That’s all I wanted to say at the present time,’ continued Fledgeby in a grudging vein, as he got off the stool, ‘except that I wish you’d take the air where you can hear the bell, or the knocker, either one of the two or both. By-the-by how DO you take the air at the top of the house? Do you stick your head out of a chimney-pot?’

‘Sir, there are leads there, and I have made a little garden there.’

‘To bury your money in, you old dodger?’

‘A thumbnail’s space of garden would hold the treasure I bury, master,’ said Riah. ‘Twelve shillings a week, even when they are an old man’s wages, bury themselves.’

‘I should like to know what you really are worth,’ returned Fledgeby, with whom his growing rich on that stipend and gratitude was a very convenient fiction. ‘But come! Let’s have a look at your garden on the tiles, before I go!’

The old man took a step back, and hesitated.

‘Truly, sir, I have company there.’

‘Have you, by George!’ said Fledgeby; ‘I suppose you happen to know whose premises these are?’

‘Sir, they are yours, and I am your servant in them.’

‘Oh! I thought you might have overlooked that,’ retorted Fledgeby, with his eyes on Riah’s beard as he felt for his own; ‘having company on my premises, you know!’

‘Come up and see the guests, sir. I hope for your admission that they can do no harm.’

Passing him with a courteous reverence, specially unlike any action that Mr Fledgeby could for his life have imparted to his own head and hands, the old man began to ascend the stairs. As he toiled on before, with his palm upon the stair-rail, and his long black skirt, a very gaberdine, overhanging each successive step, he might have been the leader in some pilgrimage of devotional ascent to a prophet’s tomb. Not troubled by any such weak imagining, Fascination Fledgeby merely speculated on the time of life at which his beard had begun, and thought once more what a good ’un he was for the part.

Some final wooden steps conducted them, stooping under a low penthouse roof, to the house-top. Riah stood still, and, turning to his master, pointed out his guests.

Lizzie Hexam and Jenny Wren. For whom, perhaps with some old instinct of his race, the gentle Jew had spread a carpet. Seated on it, against no more romantic object than a blackened chimney-stack over which some bumble creeper had been trained, they both pored over one book; both with attentive faces; Jenny with the sharper; Lizzie with the more perplexed. Another little book or two were lying near, and a common basket of common fruit, and another basket full of strings of beads and tinsel scraps. A few boxes of humble flowers and evergreens completed the garden; and the encompassing wilderness of dowager old chimneys twirled their cowls and fluttered their smoke, rather as if they were bridling, and fanning themselves, and looking on in a state of airy surprise.

Taking her eyes off the book, to test her memory of something in it, Lizzie was the first to see herself observed. As she rose, Miss Wren likewise became conscious, and said, irreverently addressing the great chief of the premises: ‘Whoever you are, I can’t get up, because my back’s bad and my legs are queer.’

‘This is my master,’ said Riah, stepping forward.

(‘Don’t look like anybody’s master,’ observed Miss Wren to herself, with a hitch of her chin and eyes.)

‘This, sir,’ pursued the old man, ‘is a little dressmaker for little people. Explain to the master, Jenny.’

‘Dolls; that’s all,’ said Jenny, shortly. ‘Very difficult to fit too, because their figures are so uncertain. You never know where to expect their waists.’

‘Her friend,’ resumed the old man, motioning towards Lizzie; ‘and as industrious as virtuous. But that they both are. They are busy early and late, sir, early and late; and in bye-times, as on this holiday, they go to book-learning.’

‘Not much good to be got out of that,’ remarked Fledgeby.

‘Depends upon the person!’ quoth Miss Wren, snapping him up.

‘I made acquaintance with my guests, sir,’ pursued the Jew, with an evident purpose of drawing out the dressmaker, ‘through their coming here to buy of our damage and waste for Miss Jenny’s millinery. Our waste goes into the best of company, sir, on her rosy-cheeked little customers. They wear it in their hair, and on their ball-dresses, and even (so she tells me) are presented at Court with it.’

‘Ah!’ said Fledgeby, on whose intelligence this doll-fancy made rather strong demands; ‘she’s been buying that basketful to-day, I suppose?’

‘I suppose she has,’ Miss Jenny interposed; ‘and paying for it too, most likely!’

‘Let’s have a look at it,’ said the suspicious chief. Riah handed it to him. ‘How much for this now?’

‘Two precious silver shillings,’ said Miss Wren.

Riah confirmed her with two nods, as Fledgeby looked to him. A nod for each shilling.

Well,’ said Fledgeby, poking into the contents of the basket with his forefinger, ‘the price is not so bad. You have got good measure, Miss What-is-it.’

‘Try Jenny,’ suggested that young lady with great calmness.

‘You have got good measure, Miss Jenny; but the price is not so bad.—And you,’ said Fledgeby, turning to the other visitor, ‘do you buy anything here, miss?’

‘No, sir.’

‘Nor sell anything neither, miss?’

‘No, sir.’

Looking askew at the questioner, Jenny stole her hand up to her friend’s, and drew her friend down, so that she bent beside her on her knee.

‘We are thankful to come here for rest, sir,’ said Jenny. ‘You see, you don’t know what the rest of this place is to us; does he, Lizzie? It’s the quiet, and the air.’

‘The quiet!’ repeated Fledgeby, with a contemptuous turn of his head towards the City’s roar. ‘And the air!’ with a ‘Poof!’ at the smoke.

‘Ah!’ said Jenny. ‘But it’s so high. And you see the clouds rushing on above the narrow streets, not minding them, and you see the golden arrows pointing at the mountains in the sky from which the wind comes, and you feel as if you were dead.’

Riah tirò fuori alcuni taccuini pieghevoli dal petto e li usò per prendere appunti.

“Questo è tutto ciò che volevo dire per il momento,” continuò Fledgeby con riluttanza, mentre scendeva dallo sgabello, “tranne che vorrei che andaste a prendere aria in un posto dove possiate sentire il campanello o il bussolo, uno dei due, o entrambi. A proposito, come fate ad andare a prendere aria in cima alla casa? Mettete la testa fuori da una canna fumaria?”

“Signore, ci sono delle tracce lì, e ho creato anche un piccolo giardino in quel posto.”

“Seppellire i tuoi soldi lì dentro, vecchio furfante?”

“Lo spazio di una miniature nel giardino potrebbe contenere il tesoro che seppellisco, padrone,” disse Riah. “Dodici scellini a settimana, anche se rappresentano solo lo stipendio di un vecchio.”

“Mi piacerebbe sapere quanto vali davvero,” rispose Fledgeby, per il quale diventare sempre più ricco grazie a quella stipendia e alla gratitudine altrui rappresentava una finzione molto comoda. “Ma venite! Diamo un’occhiata al vostro giardino prima che me ne vada!”

L’uomo anziano fece un passo indietro e esitò.

“Veramente, signore, ho compagnia lì.”

“Davvero?”, disse Fledgeby; “Immagino che tu sappia a chi appartengono queste proprietà, no?”

“Signore, sono vostri; io sono il vostro servo al servizio di essi.”

“Ah! Pensavo che forse l’aveste trascurato,” ribatté Fledgeby, fissando la barba di Riah mentre si toccava la propria; “dopo tutto, avete compagnia nella mia casa, sapete!”

“Venga a salutare gli ospiti, signore. Spero che ammetta che non possono fare del male.”

Passandogli accanto con un rispetto cortese, e in modo del tutto diverso da qualsiasi azione Mr Fledgeby avrebbe mai potuto imparare da sé per compiere, l’uomo anziano iniziò ad ascendere le scale. Mentre si sforzava di salire, appoggiandosi con la mano alla ringhiera e con la sua lunga gonna nera che pendeva su ogni gradino, avrebbe potuto sembrare il capo di un pellegrinaggio devoto diretto alla tomba di un profeta. Senza lasciarsi influenzare da simili fantasie, Fascination Fledgeby si chiese semplicemente a quale età della sua vita fosse iniziata a crescergli la barba, e pensò ancora una volta quanto fosse adatto per quel ruolo.

Alcuni ultimi gradini di legno li condussero, costringendoli ad abbassarsi sotto il basso tetto dell’attico, fino alla cima della casa. Riah rimase fermo e, rivolgendosi al suo padrone, indicò i suoi ospiti.

Lizzie Hexam e Jenny Wren. Per loro, forse guidato da qualche antico istinto della sua razza, il gentile ebreo aveva steso un tappeto. Sedute su di esso, davanti a nient’altro di più “romantico” di una ciminiera annerita sulla quale si era arrampicata qualche pianta rampicante, entrambe leggevano con attenzione lo stesso libro; Jenny con maggiore concentrazione, Lizzie con un’espressione più perplessa. Accanto a loro giacevano altri libri, oltre a un cestino pieno di frutta comune e un altro contenente fili di perle e frammenti di nastri. Alcune scatole di semplici >fiori e piante sempreverdi completavano quel piccolo “giardino”; mentre l’immensa distesa delle vecchie ciminiere circostanti sembrava incorniciare tutto, con il loro fumo che si avvolgeva intorno a loro, come se stessero cercando di rinfrescarsi e osservando la scena con un’espressione di sorpresa e meraviglia.

Togliendo gli occhi dal libro per mettere alla prova la propria memoria riguardo al contenuto di esso, Lizzie fu la prima a rendersi conto di essere osservata. Mentre si alzava in piedi, anche la signorina Wren tornò in sé e, rivolgendosi con noncuranza al “gran capo” di quel luogo, disse: “Chiunque tu sia, non riesco ad alzarmi. Ho il dorso malato e le gambe mi fanno male.”

“Questo è il mio padrone,” disse Riah, facendo un passo avanti.

“Non comportarti come se fossi il padrone di qualcuno,” si disse Miss Wren, alzando leggermente il mento e guardando intorno.

“Questo, signore,” continuò l’uomo anziano, “è un piccolo sarto per persone piccole. Spiegate al padrone, Jenny.”

“Bamboline, nient’altro,” disse Jenny in breve. “È anche molto difficile posizionarle correttamente, perché le loro forme sono così imprecise. Non si sa mai dove dovrebbero trovarsi i loro fianchi.”

“Sua amica,” continuò l’uomo anziano, indicando Lizzie; “e altrettanto laboriosa quanto virtuosa. Anzi, entrambe lo sono. Sono sempre impegnate, da mattina a sera, signore; e nei momenti liberi, come in questa vacanza, si dedicano allo studio.”

“Non c’è molto da guadagnare da quella situazione,” osservò Fledgeby.

“Dipende dalla persona!” disse la signorina Wren, afferrandolo al volo.

“Ho fatto conoscenza con i miei clienti, signore,” continuò l’ebreo, con l’evidente intenzione di trattenere la sarta più a lungo, “poiché sono venuti qui ad acquistare i materiali che abbiamo prodotto per il negozio di abbigliamento della signorina Jenny. I nostri prodotti finiscono nelle mani delle migliori clienti, signore: quelle dalle guance rosee. Le ragazze li indossano nei capelli, nei loro abiti da ballo. E, a quanto mi dice lei, vengono persino presentati alla >Corte.”

“Ah!” disse Fledgeby, la cui intelligenza veniva messa a dura prova da questa passione per le bambole; “immagino che abbia comprato tutta quella cesta oggi, vero?”

“Immagino di sì”, intervenne la signorina Jenny; “e probabilmente deve anche pagarne le conseguenze, ”

“Diamo un’occhiata,” disse il sospettoso capo. Riah glielo passò. “Quanto costa ora?”

“Due preziosi scellini d’argento,” disse la signorina Wren.

Riah confermò con due cenni del capo, mentre Fledgeby la guardava; un cenno per ogni scellino.

“Beh,” disse Fledgeby, infilando il dito indice all’interno del cestino, “il prezzo non è poi così alto. Avete preso una buona quantità, signorina, come si chiama?”

“Prova con Jenny,” suggerì quella giovane donna con grande calma.

“Avete fatto un ottimo affare, signorina Jenny; il prezzo non è poi così alto. E voi,” disse Fledgeby, rivolgendosi all’altra visitatrice, “comprate qualcosa qui, signorina?”

“No, signore.”

“Nemmeno vendete nulla, signorina?”

“No, signore.”

Guardando di sguardo il suo interlocutore, Jenny mise la sua mano su quella dell’amica e la tirò giù, in modo che si inginocchiasse accanto a lei.

“Siamo gratevoli di poter venire qui a riposarci, signore,” disse Jenny. “Vede, lei non sa cosa significhi questo posto per noi, vero, Lizzie? È la tranquillità, è l’aria, ”

“La tranquillità!” ripeté Fledgeby, scuotendo la testa con disprezzo verso il frastuono della Città. “E l’aria, ”, aggiunse, facendo un “Puff!” al sentire il fumo.

“Ah!” disse Jenny. “Ma è così alto. E si vedono le nuvole che corrono sopra le strade strette, senza curarsene affatto; si vedono anche quelle frecce dorate che puntano verso le montagne nel cielo, da dove proviene il vento. E ti sembra di essere morta.”

The little creature looked above her, holding up her slight transparent hand.

‘How do you feel when you are dead?’ asked Fledgeby, much perplexed.

‘Oh, so tranquil!’ cried the little creature, smiling. ‘Oh, so peaceful and so thankful! And you hear the people who are alive, crying, and working, and calling to one another down in the close dark streets, and you seem to pity them so! And such a chain has fallen from you, and such a strange good sorrowful happiness comes upon you!’

Her eyes fell on the old man, who, with his hands folded, quietly looked on.

‘Why it was only just now,’ said the little creature, pointing at him, ‘that I fancied I saw him come out of his grave! He toiled out at that low door so bent and worn, and then he took his breath and stood upright, and looked all round him at the sky, and the wind blew upon him, and his life down in the dark was over!—Till he was called back to life,’ she added, looking round at Fledgeby with that lower look of sharpness. ‘Why did you call him back?’

‘He was long enough coming, anyhow,’ grumbled Fledgeby.

‘But you are not dead, you know,’ said Jenny Wren. ‘Get down to life!’

Mr Fledgeby seemed to think it rather a good suggestion, and with a nod turned round. As Riah followed to attend him down the stairs, the little creature called out to the Jew in a silvery tone, ‘Don’t be long gone. Come back, and be dead!’ And still as they went down they heard the little sweet voice, more and more faintly, half calling and half singing, ‘Come back and be dead, Come back and be dead!’

When they got down into the entry, Fledgeby, pausing under the shadow of the broad old hat, and mechanically poising the staff, said to the old man:

‘That’s a handsome girl, that one in her senses.’

‘And as good as handsome,’ answered Riah.

‘At all events,’ observed Fledgeby, with a dry whistle, ‘I hope she ain’t bad enough to put any chap up to the fastenings, and get the premises broken open. You look out. Keep your weather eye awake and don’t make any more acquaintances, however handsome. Of course you always keep my name to yourself?’

‘Sir, assuredly I do.’

‘If they ask it, say it’s Pubsey, or say it’s Co, or say it’s anything you like, but what it is.’

His grateful servant—in whose race gratitude is deep, strong, and enduring—bowed his head, and actually did now put the hem of his coat to his lips: though so lightly that the wearer knew nothing of it.

Thus, Fascination Fledgeby went his way, exulting in the artful cleverness with which he had turned his thumb down on a Jew, and the old man went his different way up-stairs. As he mounted, the call or song began to sound in his ears again, and, looking above, he saw the face of the little creature looking down out of a Glory of her long bright radiant hair, and musically repeating to him, like a vision:

‘Come up and be dead! Come up and be dead!’

La piccola creatura alzò lo sguardo verso di lei, tenendo in alto la sua esile mano trasparente.

“Come ti senti quando sei morto?” chiese Fledgeby, molto perplesso.

“Oh, quanto è tranquillo tutto questo!” esclamò la piccola creatura sorridendo. “Oh, quanto è sereno e quanto sono grata. Si sentono le persone vive, che piangono, lavorano e si chiamano a vicenda nelle strade buie e strette. E sembra proprio di provare compassione per loro. Una sorta di catena si è spezzata a causa tua, e una felicità strana, triste ma dolce, ti ha colpita, ”

I suoi occhi si posarono sull’uomo anziano, che, con le mani incrociate, osservava in silenzio.

“Perché è stato proprio solo ora,” disse la piccola creatura, indicandolo, “che ho pensato di averlo visto uscire dalla sua tomba! Si è sforzato di passare da quella porta bassa e consumata, poi ha preso fiato e si è alzato in piedi, guardandosi intorno verso il cielo. Il >vento lo ha colpito, e la sua vita nell’oscurità era finita. Fino a quando non è stato richiamato in vita,” aggiunse, guardando Fledgeby con quel suo sguardo acuto. “Perché l’hai richiamato in vita?”

“Comunque, è arrivato abbastanza tardi,” borbottò Fledgeby.

“Ma non sei morto, lo sai,” disse Jenny Wren. “Torna a vivere!”

Il signor Fledgeby sembrò considerare quella un’ottima proposta e, annuendo, si girò per andarsene. Mentre Riah lo seguiva giù per le scale, la piccola creatura gridò al ebreo con una voce argentea: “Non tardare troppo. Torna indietro, e muori!” E mentre scendevano, continuarono a sentire quella dolce vocina, sempre più debole, che sembrava mescolare richiami e canti: “Torna indietro, e muori, ”

Quando scesero nell’ingresso, Fledgeby, fermandosi all’ombra del vecchio cappello largo e tenendo meccanicamente in mano il bastone, disse al vecchio:

“Quella ragazza è davvero bella, e sembra anche sana di mente.”

“E anche molto attraente,” rispose Riah.

“Comunque,” osservò Fledgeby con un fischio secco, “spero che non sia abbastanza cattiva da far mettere qualche ragazzo nei guai e far aprire a forza quegli edifici. Stai attento. Mantieni l’occhio vigile e non farti più nuove conoscenze, per quanto attraenti possano essere. Ovviamente, tieni sempre il mio nome per te, vero?”

“Signore, certamente sì.”

“Se te lo chiedono, di’ che è Pubsey, o di’ che è Co, o di’ qualsiasi cosa tu voglia, ma digli la verità.”

Il suo grato servitore – nella cui razza la gratitudine è profonda, forte e duratura – chinò il capo e davvero posò l’orlo del proprio mantello sulle labbra; tuttavia, con tale delicatezza che il portatore non se ne accorse nemmeno.

E così, Fascination Fledgeby se ne andò per la sua strada, esultando per l’ingegnosità con cui era riuscito a mettere in difficoltà quel ebreo; l’uomo anziano, invece, salì le scale per la sua strada. Mentre saliva, quella voce o quel >canto iniziò di nuovo a risuonargli nelle orecchie; alzando lo sguardo, vide il viso di quella piccola creatura che lo fissava da sopra, tra i suoi lunghi capelli luminosi e radianti. E lei gli ripeteva quelle parole, come se fosse una visione:

“Vieni su e muori! Vieni su e muori!”

Chapter 6

A RIDDLE WITHOUT AN ANSWER

Again Mr Mortimer Lightwood and Mr Eugene Wrayburn sat together in the Temple. This evening, however, they were not together in the place of business of the eminent solicitor, but in another dismal set of chambers facing it on the same second-floor; on whose dungeon-like black outer-door appeared the legend:

PRIVATE

MR EUGENE WRAYBURN

MR MORTIMER LIGHTWOOD

(Mr Lightwood’s Offices opposite.)

Appearances indicated that this establishment was a very recent institution. The white letters of the inscription were extremely white and extremely strong to the sense of smell, the complexion of the tables and chairs was (like Lady Tippins’s) a little too blooming to be believed in, and the carpets and floorcloth seemed to rush at the beholder’s face in the unusual prominency of their patterns. But the Temple, accustomed to tone down both the still life and the human life that has much to do with it, would soon get the better of all that.

Well!’ said Eugene, on one side of the fire, ‘I feel tolerably comfortable. I hope the upholsterer may do the same.’

‘Why shouldn’t he?’ asked Lightwood, from the other side of the fire.

‘To be sure,’ pursued Eugene, reflecting, ‘he is not in the secret of our pecuniary affairs, so perhaps he may be in an easy frame of mind.’

‘We shall pay him,’ said Mortimer.

‘Shall we, really?’ returned Eugene, indolently surprised. ‘You don’t say so!’

‘I mean to pay him, Eugene, for my part,’ said Mortimer, in a slightly injured tone.

‘Ah! I mean to pay him too,’ retorted Eugene. ‘But then I mean so much that I—that I don’t mean.’

‘Don’t mean?’

‘So much that I only mean and shall always only mean and nothing more, my dear Mortimer. It’s the same thing.’

His friend, lying back in his easy chair, watched him lying back in his easy chair, as he stretched out his legs on the hearth-rug, and said, with the amused look that Eugene Wrayburn could always awaken in him without seeming to try or care:

‘Anyhow, your vagaries have increased the bill.’

‘Calls the domestic virtues vagaries!’ exclaimed Eugene, raising his eyes to the ceiling.

‘This very complete little kitchen of ours,’ said Mortimer, ‘in which nothing will ever be cooked—’

‘My dear, dear Mortimer,’ returned his friend, lazily lifting his head a little to look at him, ‘how often have I pointed out to you that its moral influence is the important thing?’

‘Its moral influence on this fellow!’ exclaimed Lightwood, laughing.

‘Do me the favour,’ said Eugene, getting out of his chair with much gravity, ‘to come and inspect that feature of our establishment which you rashly disparage.’ With that, taking up a candle, he conducted his chum into the fourth room of the set of chambers—a little narrow room—which was very completely and neatly fitted as a kitchen. ‘See!’ said Eugene, ‘miniature flour-barrel, rolling-pin, spice-box, shelf of brown jars, chopping-board, coffee-mill, dresser elegantly furnished with crockery, saucepans and pans, roasting jack, a charming kettle, an armoury of dish-covers. The moral influence of these objects, in forming the domestic virtues, may have an immense influence upon me; not upon you, for you are a hopeless case, but upon me. In fact, I have an idea that I feel the domestic virtues already forming. Do me the favour to step into my bedroom. Secretaire, you see, and abstruse set of solid mahogany pigeon-holes, one for every letter of the alphabet. To what use do I devote them? I receive a bill—say from Jones. I docket it neatly at the secretaire, JONES, and I put it into pigeonhole J. It’s the next thing to a receipt and is quite as satisfactory to ME. And I very much wish, Mortimer,’ sitting on his bed, with the air of a philosopher lecturing a disciple, ‘that my example might induce YOU to cultivate habits of punctuality and method; and, by means of the moral influences with which I have surrounded you, to encourage the formation of the domestic virtues.’

Mortimer laughed again, with his usual commentaries of ‘How CAN you be so ridiculous, Eugene!’ and ‘What an absurd fellow you are!’ but when his laugh was out, there was something serious, if not anxious, in his face. Despite that pernicious assumption of lassitude and indifference, which had become his second nature, he was strongly attached to his friend. He had founded himself upon Eugene when they were yet boys at school; and at this hour imitated him no less, admired him no less, loved him no less, than in those departed days.

‘Eugene,’ said he, ‘if I could find you in earnest for a minute, I would try to say an earnest word to you.’

‘An earnest word?’ repeated Eugene. ‘The moral influences are beginning to work. Say on.’

Well, I will,’ returned the other, ‘though you are not earnest yet.’

‘In this desire for earnestness,’ murmured Eugene, with the air of one who was meditating deeply, ‘I trace the happy influences of the little flour-barrel and the coffee-mill. Gratifying.’

‘Eugene,’ resumed Mortimer, disregarding the light interruption, and laying a hand upon Eugene’s shoulder, as he, Mortimer, stood before him seated on his bed, ‘you are withholding something from me.’

Eugene looked at him, but said nothing.

‘All this past summer, you have been withholding something from me. Before we entered on our boating vacation, you were as bent upon it as I have seen you upon anything since we first rowed together. But you cared very little for it when it came, often found it a tie and a drag upon you, and were constantly away. Now it was well enough half-a-dozen times, a dozen times, twenty times, to say to me in your own odd manner, which I know so well and like so much, that your disappearances were precautions against our boring one another; but of course after a short while I began to know that they covered something. I don’t ask what it is, as you have not told me; but the fact is so. Say, is it not?’

Capitolo 6

Un Enigma senza risposta

Di nuovo, il signor Mortimer Lightwood e il signor Eugene Wrayburn sedevano insieme nel Temple. Tuttavia, quella sera non si trovavano nell’ufficio dell’eminentissimo avvocato, ma in un altro cupo ambiente situato nello stesso secondo piano; sulla porta esterna di quel locale, scura e simile a una prigione, era visibile la seguente iscrizione:

Privato

Il signor EUGENE WRAYBURN

Il signor Mortimer Lightwood

(Gli uffici del signor Lightwood si trovano di fronte.)

A prima vista, sembrava che questa attività fosse una istituzione molto recente. Le lettere bianche dell’iscrizione erano estremamente chiare e il loro odore particolarmente intenso; il colore dei tavoli e delle sedie era (proprio come in casa di Lady Tippins) un po’ troppo vivido da sembrare reale, mentre i tappeti e le stuoie presentavano motivi decorativi così evidenti da sembrare quasi “assalire” lo sguardo di chi li osservava. Ma il Tempio, abituato a attenuare sia gli elementi statici che quelli legati alla vita umana, avrebbe presto fatto fronte a tutto ciò.

“Beh!”, disse Eugene, seduto dal lato del focolare, “Mi sento abbastanza a mio agio. Spero che anche il tappezziere si senta allo stesso modo.”

“Perché non dovrebbe farlo?” chiese Lightwood, dall’altra parte del fuoco.

“Certo,” proseguì Eugene, riflettendo, “lui non conosce i dettagli delle nostre questioni finanziarie, quindi forse è più rilassato.”

“Lo pagheremo,” disse Mortimer.

“Davvero lo faremo?” rispose Eugene, con un’indolenza sorpresa. “Non me l’aspettavo!”

“Voglio pagarlo, Eugene, per quanto mi riguarda,” disse Mortimer, con un tono leggermente offeso.

“Ah! Voglio anche pagarlo,” ribatté Eugene. “Ma poi penso a così tante cose che, insomma, non lo intendo davvero.”

“Non intende davvero?”

“Tanto che intendo soltanto questo, e sempre soltanto questo, nient’altro. Mio caro Mortimer, è la stessa cosa.”

Il suo amico, sdraiato nella sua poltrona comoda, lo osservava mentre anche lui si rilassava nella propria poltrona, allungando le gambe sul tappeto del camino, e diceva, con quell’aria divertita che Eugene Wrayburn riusciva sempre a suscitare in lui senza nemmeno sforzarsi o curarsene:

“Comunque sia, le tue decisioni capricciose hanno aumentato il conto.”

“Chiamare le virtù domestiche semplici capricci!” esclamò Eugène, alzando lo sguardo verso il soffitto.

“Questa nostra piccola cucina così completa,” disse Mortimer, “in cui non verrà mai cucinato nulla, ”

“Mio caro, caro Mortimer,” rispose il suo amico, alzando pigramente la testa per guardarlo, “quante volte ti ho detto che l’influenza morale è ciò che conta davvero?”

“La sua influenza morale su questo individuo!” esclamò Lightwood, ridendo.

“Fammi questo favore,” disse Eugene alzandosi dalla sedia con grande serietà, “vieni a ispezionare quella parte della nostra casa che tu hai osato denigrare.” Detto ciò, prese una candela e guidò il suo amico nella quarta stanza dell’appartamento: una piccola stanza stretta, ma arredata in modo molto completo e ordinato come cucina. “Vedi!” esclamò Eugene, “un barile di farina in miniatura, un matterello, una scatola per le spezie, uno scaffale con vasetti marroni, un tagliere, un macinacaffè, un comodino elegantemente fornito di stoviglie, pentole e padelle, un forno da rostire, una graziosa teiera. E poi tutta questa serie di copriteglie. L’influenza morale di questi oggetti, nella formazione delle virtù domestiche, potrebbe avere un effetto enorme su di me; non su di te, perché tu sei un caso disperato, ma su di me. Anzi, ho l’impressione che le virtù domestiche stiano già iniziando a svilupparsi in me. Fammi il favore, entra ora nella mia camera da letto: vedi, c’è un comodino con scomparti in mogano massello, uno per ogni lettera dell’alfabeto. A che scopo li uso? Quando ricevo una fattura – diciamo da parte di Jones – la registro ordinatamente nel comodino e poi la metto nello scomparto corrispondente. È praticamente come avere un ricevuto, ed è altrettanto soddisfacente per ME. E vorrei davvero molto, Mortimer,” disse sedendosi sul letto con l’aria di un filosofo che insegna a un discepolo, “che il mio esempio possa incoraggiarti a coltivare abitudini di puntualità e metodo. E che, grazie alle influenze morali che ti ho circondato, tu possa sviluppare a tua volta le virtù domestiche.”

Mortimer rise di nuovo, con i suoi soliti commenti del tipo “Come puoi essere così ridicolo, Eugene!” e “Che individuo assurdo sei!”, ma quando il suo riso si placò, sul suo viso si leggeva qualcosa di serio, se non addirittura ansioso. Nonostante quell’atteggiamento apparentemente distaccato e indifferente che era diventato la sua seconda “natura”, lui era profondamente legato al proprio amico. Si era appoggiato a Eugene fin da quando erano ancora ragazzi a scuola; e in quel momento lo imitava, lo ammirava e lo amava esattamente come nei giorni passati.

“Eugene,” disse, “se potessi trovarti un attimo da solo, cercherei di dirti qualcosa di importante.”

“Una parola sincera?”, ripeté Eugene. “Gli influssi morali stanno iniziando a fare effetto. Continua.”

“Beh, lo farò,” rispose l’altro, “anche se non sembri davvero serio.”

“In questo desiderio di sincerità,” mormorò Eugene, con l’aria di chi rifletteva profondamente, “riconosco gli effetti positivi di quel piccolo secchio per la farina e di quella macchina per il caffè. Davvero gratificanti.”

“Eugene,” riprese Mortimer, ignorando quella breve interruzione, e posò una mano sulla spalla di Eugene mentre questi era seduto sul letto davanti a lui, “mi stai nascondendo qualcosa.”

Eugene lo guardò, ma non disse nulla.

‘In tutto quest’estate scorsa, mi hai nascosto qualcosa. Prima di partire per le vacanze in barca, eri altrettanto desideroso di farlo quanto lo sei stato per qualsiasi altra cosa da quando abbiamo iniziato a remare insieme. Ma una volta che è arrivato il momento, non ti interessava affatto; spesso lo consideravi un fastidio e te ne andavi continuamente. Ora, forse, qualche volta essere assente era davvero necessario, per evitare che ci annoiassimo a vicenda, in quel tuo modo strano che conosco così bene. Ma ovviamente, dopo poco ho capito che nascondeva qualcos’altro. Non chiedo cosa sia, visto che non me l’hai detto; ma è la verità. Dimmi, non è vero?’

‘I give you my word of honour, Mortimer,’ returned Eugene, after a serious pause of a few moments, ‘that I don’t know.’

‘Don’t know, Eugene?’

‘Upon my soul, don’t know. I know less about myself than about most people in the world, and I don’t know.’

‘You have some design in your mind?’

‘Have I? I don’t think I have.’

‘At any rate, you have some subject of interest there which used not to be there?’

‘I really can’t say,’ replied Eugene, shaking his head blankly, after pausing again to reconsider. ‘At times I have thought yes; at other times I have thought no. Now, I have been inclined to pursue such a subject; now I have felt that it was absurd, and that it tired and embarrassed me. Absolutely, I can’t say. Frankly and faithfully, I would if I could.’

So replying, he clapped a hand, in his turn, on his friend’s shoulder, as he rose from his seat upon the bed, and said:

‘You must take your friend as he is. You know what I am, my dear Mortimer. You know how dreadfully susceptible I am to boredom. You know that when I became enough of a man to find myself an embodied conundrum, I bored myself to the last degree by trying to find out what I meant. You know that at length I gave it up, and declined to guess any more. Then how can I possibly give you the answer that I have not discovered? The old nursery form runs, “Riddle-me-riddle-me-ree, p’raps you can’t tell me what this may be?” My reply runs, “No. Upon my life, I can’t.”’

So much of what was fantastically true to his own knowledge of this utterly careless Eugene, mingled with the answer, that Mortimer could not receive it as a mere evasion. Besides, it was given with an engaging air of openness, and of special exemption of the one friend he valued, from his reckless indifference.

‘Come, dear boy!’ said Eugene. ‘Let us try the effect of smoking. If it enlightens me at all on this question, I will impart unreservedly.’

They returned to the room they had come from, and, finding it heated, opened a window. Having lighted their cigars, they leaned out of this window, smoking, and looking down at the moonlight, as it shone into the court below.

‘No enlightenment,’ resumed Eugene, after certain minutes of silence. ‘I feel sincerely apologetic, my dear Mortimer, but nothing comes.’

‘If nothing comes,’ returned Mortimer, ‘nothing can come from it. So I shall hope that this may hold good throughout, and that there may be nothing on foot. Nothing injurious to you, Eugene, or—’

Eugene stayed him for a moment with his hand on his arm, while he took a piece of earth from an old flowerpot on the window-sill and dexterously shot it at a little point of light opposite; having done which to his satisfaction, he said, ‘Or?’

‘Or injurious to any one else.’

‘How,’ said Eugene, taking another little piece of earth, and shooting it with great precision at the former mark, ‘how injurious to any one else?’

‘I don’t know.’

‘And,’ said Eugene, taking, as he said the word, another shot, ‘to whom else?’

‘I don’t know.’

Checking himself with another piece of earth in his hand, Eugene looked at his friend inquiringly and a little suspiciously. There was no concealed or half-expressed meaning in his face.

‘Two belated wanderers in the mazes of the law,’ said Eugene, attracted by the sound of footsteps, and glancing down as he spoke, ‘stray into the court. They examine the door-posts of number one, seeking the name they want. Not finding it at number one, they come to number two. On the hat of wanderer number two, the shorter one, I drop this pellet. Hitting him on the hat, I smoke serenely, and become absorbed in contemplation of the sky.’

Both the wanderers looked up towards the window; but, after interchanging a mutter or two, soon applied themselves to the door-posts below. There they seemed to discover what they wanted, for they disappeared from view by entering at the doorway. ‘When they emerge,’ said Eugene, ‘you shall see me bring them both down’; and so prepared two pellets for the purpose.

He had not reckoned on their seeking his name, or Lightwood’s. But either the one or the other would seem to be in question, for now there came a knock at the door. ‘I am on duty to-night,’ said Mortimer, ‘stay you where you are, Eugene.’ Requiring no persuasion, he stayed there, smoking quietly, and not at all curious to know who knocked, until Mortimer spoke to him from within the room, and touched him. Then, drawing in his head, he found the visitors to be young Charley Hexam and the schoolmaster; both standing facing him, and both recognized at a glance.

‘You recollect this young fellow, Eugene?’ said Mortimer.

‘Let me look at him,’ returned Wrayburn, coolly. ‘Oh, yes, yes. I recollect him!’

He had not been about to repeat that former action of taking him by the chin, but the boy had suspected him of it, and had thrown up his arm with an angry start. Laughingly, Wrayburn looked to Lightwood for an explanation of this odd visit.

‘He says he has something to say.’

‘Surely it must be to you, Mortimer.’

‘So I thought, but he says no. He says it is to you.’

‘Yes, I do say so,’ interposed the boy. ‘And I mean to say what I want to say, too, Mr Eugene Wrayburn!’

Passing him with his eyes as if there were nothing where he stood, Eugene looked on to Bradley Headstone. With consummate indolence, he turned to Mortimer, inquiring: ‘And who may this other person be?’

‘I am Charles Hexam’s friend,’ said Bradley; ‘I am Charles Hexam’s schoolmaster.’

‘My good sir, you should teach your pupils better manners,’ returned Eugene.

Composedly smoking, he leaned an elbow on the chimneypiece, at the side of the fire, and looked at the schoolmaster. It was a cruel look, in its cold disdain of him, as a creature of no worth. The schoolmaster looked at him, and that, too, was a cruel look, though of the different kind, that it had a raging jealousy and fiery wrath in it.

“Ti do la mia parola d’‘onore, Mortimer,” rispose Eugene, dopo una breve pausa seria, “che non lo so.”

“Non lo so, Eugene?”

“Per la mia ‘anima, non lo so. So meno di me stesso che della maggior parte delle persone al mondo. E non lo so davvero.”

“Hai qualche piano in mente?”

“L’ho fatto davvero? Non credo di sì.”

“Comunque, c’è qualcosa che ti interessa lì, e prima non c’era, vero?”

“Davvero non posso dirlo,” rispose Eugene scuotendo la testa senza sapere cosa dire, dopo essersi fermato di nuovo per riflettere. “A volte ho pensato di sì; altre volte ho pensato di no. Ora, prima ero incline ad approfondire l’argomento; ora invece mi è sembrato assurdo, e anche noioso e imbarazzante. Assolutamente, non posso dirlo. Onestamente e sinceramente, lo direi se potessi.”

Sapendo come rispondere, batté una mano sulla spalla del suo amico; poi si alzò dal letto e disse:

“Dovete accettare vostro amico per quello che è. Voi sapete chi sono io, caro Mortimer. Sapete quanto sia terribilmente suscettibile alla noia. Sapete che, quando sono diventato abbastanza ‘uomo’ da crearmi da solo un enigma da risolvere, mi sono annoiato a morte cercando di capire cosa intendessi davvero. Alla fine ho rinunciato e ho smesso di provare a indovinare. Come potrei quindi darvi una risposta che io stesso non ho ancora scoperto? C’è quella vecchia filastrocca infantile che dice: ‘Enigma-mi-enigma-mi-ree, forse non riuscite a capire di cosa si tratti?’ La mia risposta è: ‘No. Sul mio onore, non ci riesco.’”

Gran parte di ciò che era straordinariamente vero riguardo alla sua conoscenza di quel completamente negligente Eugene si mescolava alle parole pronunciate; per questo Mortimer non poteva considerarle semplicemente una scusa evasiva. Inoltre, venivano espresse con un tono sincero e aperto, come se si trattasse di un’eccezione speciale fatta per l’unico amico che lui apprezzava, rispetto alla sua indifferenza sconsiderata.

“Ma come, caro ragazzo!”, disse Eugene. “Proviamo l’effetto del fumo. Se anche solo mi aiuta a capire questa questione, te ne dirò tutto senza riserve.”

Tornarono nella stanza da cui erano venuti e, trovandola riscaldata, aprirono una finestra. Dopo aver acceso i loro sigari, si appoggiarono a quella finestra, fumando e guardando in basso la luce della luna che illuminava il cortile sottostante.

“Nessuna illuminazione,” riprese Eugene, dopo alcuni minuti di silenzio. “Mi dispiace sinceramente, caro Mortimer, ma non arriva nulla.”

“Se nulla dovesse accadere,” rispose Mortimer, “allora non potrebbe succedere assolutamente nulla. Quindi spero che questa situazione rimanga invariata e che non ci siano problemi di alcun tipo. Niente che possa nuocere a te, Eugene, o, ”

Eugene lo trattenne per un momento, posandogli una mano sul braccio; poi prese un pezzo di terra da un vecchio vaso di fiori posizionato sul davanzale della finestra e lo lanciò abilmente verso un piccolo punto luminoso situato di fronte. Dopo aver fatto ciò, con soddisfazione disse: “E allora?”

“O dannoso per qualcun altro.”

“Come,” disse Eugene, prendendo un altro piccolo pezzo di terra e lanciandolo con grande precisione nel punto precedente, “come può essere dannoso per qualcun altro?”

‘Non lo so.’

“E,” disse Eugene, mentre pronunciava quelle parole, facendo un altro tiro, “a chi altro?”

‘Non lo so.’

Controllandosi di nuovo con un altro pezzo di terra in mano, Eugene guardò il suo amico con aria interrogativa e leggermente sospettosa. Sul suo viso non c’era alcun significato nascosto o solo parzialmente espresso.

“Due viandanti ritardati nei labirinti della legge,” disse Eugene, attratto dal suono di passi; guardando giù mentre parlava, aggiunse: “Si sono persi nel cortile. Esaminano i battenti della porta numero uno, cercando il nome che desiderano. Non trovandolo lì, vanno alla porta numero due. Sulla berretta del secondo viandante, quello più basso, getto questa pallina. Colpendolo sulla testa, fumo tranquillamente e mi perdo nella contemplazione del cielo.”

Entrambi i viandanti alzarono lo sguardo verso la finestra; ma dopo essersi scambiati qualche parola sottovoce, si misero subito all’opera sui montanti della porta sottostante. Lì sembrò che trovassero ciò che cercavano, perché scomparvero dalla vista entrando dalla porta. “Quando usciranno,” disse Eugene, “vedrete me portarli giù entrambi”; e così preparò due proiettili per quell’uso.

Non si aspettava che cercassero il suo nome, o quello di Lightwood. Ma uno dei due nomi doveva essere in questione, perché improvvisamente qualcuno bussò alla porta. “Sono di servizio questa notte,” disse Mortimer, “rimani lì dove sei, Eugene.” Senza bisogno di alcuna persuasione, lui rimase fermo, fumando in silenzio, senza alcun desiderio di sapere chi avesse bussato. Fino a quando Mortimer non gli parlò dall’interno della stanza e lo toccò. Allora, guardando meglio, riconobbe che i visitatori erano il giovane Charley Hexam e l’insegnante; entrambi stavano di fronte a lui, e li riconobbe immediatamente.

“Ricordi questo giovane, Eugene?” disse Mortimer.

“Lasciami guardarlo,” rispose Wrayburn con calma. “Oh, sì, sì. Ora mi ricordo di lui!”

Non aveva intenzione di ripetere quell’azione precedente di afferrarlo per il mento, ma il ragazzo se l’era aspettato e aveva alzato il braccio con un gesto di rabbia. Ridendo, Wrayburn guardò Lightwood in cerca di una spiegazione per questa strana visita.

“Dice di avere qualcosa da dire.”

“Di certo deve essere per te, Mortimer.”

“Lo pensavo anch’io, ma lui dice di no. Dice che è per te.”

“Sì, lo dico davvero,” intervenne il ragazzo. “E intendo dire esattamente ciò che voglio dire, signor Eugene Wrayburn!”

Passandogli accanto senza degnarlo di uno sguardo, come se non ci fosse nulla al suo posto, Eugene fissò la tomba di Bradley. Con estrema indolenza, si rivolse a Mortimer chiedendo: “E chi potrebbe essere quest’altra persona?”

“Sono l’amico di Charles Hexam”, disse Bradley; “sono il maestro di scuola di Charles Hexam”.

“Mio buon signore, dovrebbe insegnare ai suoi alunni modi migliori,” rispose Eugene.

Fumando con calma, appoggiò un gomito al camino, sul lato della fiamma, e guardò il maestro. Era uno sguardo crudele, pieno di disprezzo freddo per lui, considerandolo una creatura senza valore. Il maestro lo guardò a sua volta, e anche quello era uno sguardo crudele, sebbene di tipo diverso: conteneva un’ira furiosa e un geloso risentimento ardente.

Very remarkably, neither Eugene Wrayburn nor Bradley Headstone looked at all at the boy. Through the ensuing dialogue, those two, no matter who spoke, or whom was addressed, looked at each other. There was some secret, sure perception between them, which set them against one another in all ways.

‘In some high respects, Mr Eugene Wrayburn,’ said Bradley, answering him with pale and quivering lips, ‘the natural feelings of my pupils are stronger than my teaching.’

‘In most respects, I dare say,’ replied Eugene, enjoying his cigar, ‘though whether high or low is of no importance. You have my name very correctly. Pray what is yours?’

‘It cannot concern you much to know, but—’

‘True,’ interposed Eugene, striking sharply and cutting him short at his mistake, ‘it does not concern me at all to know. I can say Schoolmaster, which is a most respectable title. You are right, Schoolmaster.’

It was not the dullest part of this goad in its galling of Bradley Headstone, that he had made it himself in a moment of incautious anger. He tried to set his lips so as to prevent their quivering, but they quivered fast.

‘Mr Eugene Wrayburn,’ said the boy, ‘I want a word with you. I have wanted it so much, that we have looked out your address in the book, and we have been to your office, and we have come from your office here.’

‘You have given yourself much trouble, Schoolmaster,’ observed Eugene, blowing the feathery ash from his cigar. ‘I hope it may prove remunerative.’

‘And I am glad to speak,’ pursued the boy, ‘in presence of Mr Lightwood, because it was through Mr Lightwood that you ever saw my sister.’

For a mere moment, Wrayburn turned his eyes aside from the schoolmaster to note the effect of the last word on Mortimer, who, standing on the opposite side of the fire, as soon as the word was spoken, turned his face towards the fire and looked down into it.

‘Similarly, it was through Mr Lightwood that you ever saw her again, for you were with him on the night when my father was found, and so I found you with her on the next day. Since then, you have seen my sister often. You have seen my sister oftener and oftener. And I want to know why?’

‘Was this worth while, Schoolmaster?’ murmured Eugene, with the air of a disinterested adviser. ‘So much trouble for nothing? You should know best, but I think not.’

‘I don’t know, Mr Wrayburn,’ answered Bradley, with his passion rising, ‘why you address me—’

‘Don’t you? said Eugene. ‘Then I won’t.’

He said it so tauntingly in his perfect placidity, that the respectable right-hand clutching the respectable hair-guard of the respectable watch could have wound it round his throat and strangled him with it. Not another word did Eugene deem it worth while to utter, but stood leaning his head upon his hand, smoking, and looking imperturbably at the chafing Bradley Headstone with his clutching right-hand, until Bradley was wellnigh mad.

‘Mr Wrayburn,’ proceeded the boy, ‘we not only know this that I have charged upon you, but we know more. It has not yet come to my sister’s knowledge that we have found it out, but we have. We had a plan, Mr Headstone and I, for my sister’s education, and for its being advised and overlooked by Mr Headstone, who is a much more competent authority, whatever you may pretend to think, as you smoke, than you could produce, if you tried. Then, what do we find? What do we find, Mr Lightwood? Why, we find that my sister is already being taught, without our knowing it. We find that while my sister gives an unwilling and cold ear to our schemes for her advantage—I, her brother, and Mr Headstone, the most competent authority, as his certificates would easily prove, that could be produced—she is wilfully and willingly profiting by other schemes. Ay, and taking pains, too, for I know what such pains are. And so does Mr Headstone! Well! Somebody pays for this, is a thought that naturally occurs to us; who pays? We apply ourselves to find out, Mr Lightwood, and we find that your friend, this Mr Eugene Wrayburn, here, pays. Then I ask him what right has he to do it, and what does he mean by it, and how comes he to be taking such a liberty without my consent, when I am raising myself in the scale of society by my own exertions and Mr Headstone’s aid, and have no right to have any darkness cast upon my prospects, or any imputation upon my respectability, through my sister?’

The boyish weakness of this speech, combined with its great selfishness, made it a poor one indeed. And yet Bradley Headstone, used to the little audience of a school, and unused to the larger ways of men, showed a kind of exultation in it.

‘Now I tell Mr Eugene Wrayburn,’ pursued the boy, forced into the use of the third person by the hopelessness of addressing him in the first, ‘that I object to his having any acquaintance at all with my sister, and that I request him to drop it altogether. He is not to take it into his head that I am afraid of my sister’s caring for HIM—’

(As the boy sneered, the Master sneered, and Eugene blew off the feathery ash again.)

—‘But I object to it, and that’s enough. I am more important to my sister than he thinks. As I raise myself, I intend to raise her; she knows that, and she has to look to me for her prospects. Now I understand all this very well, and so does Mr Headstone. My sister is an excellent girl, but she has some romantic notions; not about such things as your Mr Eugene Wrayburns, but about the death of my father and other matters of that sort. Mr Wrayburn encourages those notions to make himself of importance, and so she thinks she ought to be grateful to him, and perhaps even likes to be. Now I don’t choose her to be grateful to him, or to be grateful to anybody but me, except Mr Headstone. And I tell Mr Wrayburn that if he don’t take heed of what I say, it will be worse for her. Let him turn that over in his memory, and make sure of it. Worse for her!’

In modo molto strano, né Eugene WrayburnBradley Headstone degnarono il ragazzo nemmeno uno sguardo. Nel dialogo che seguì, quei due, indipendentemente da chi parlasse o a chi si rivolgesse, guardavano sempre l’uno l’altro. C’era tra loro una sorta di comprensione segreta, che li metteva in contrasto in ogni modo possibile.

“In alcuni importanti aspetti, signor Eugene Wrayburn,” disse Bradley, rispondendogli con labbra pallide e tremanti, “i sentimenti naturali dei miei allievi sono più forti delle mie insegnanze.”

“Per la maggior parte degli aspetti, oserei dire, ”, rispose Eugene, godendosi il suo sigaro, “anche se sia alto o basso non ha alcuna importanza. Avete pronunciato il mio nome molto correttamente. Ora, per favore, ditemi il vostro.”

“Non è certo una cosa che ti riguardi molto, ma, ”

“Vero,” intervenne Eugene, interrompendolo bruscamente e correggendo il suo errore, “non mi interessa affatto saperlo. Posso chiamarti Maestro, che è un titolo molto rispettabile. Hai ragione, Maestro.”

Non era certo la parte più offensiva di questo gesto crudele nei confronti di Bradley Headstone il fatto che lui stesso lo avesse compiuto in un momento di rabbia imprudente. Tentò di trattenere le labbra per impedire che tremassero, ma continuavano a tremare velocemente.

“Signor Eugene Wrayburn,” disse il ragazzo, “vorrei parlarle un attimo. Lo desideravo così tanto che abbiamo cercato il suo indirizzo nel libro, siamo andati nel suo ufficio e ora siamo qui.”

“Vi siete creato molti problemi, Maestro,” osservò Eugene, soffiando via la cenere piumosa dal suo sigaro. “Spero che ne valga la pena.”

“E sono felice di poter parlare,” continuò il ragazzo, “in presenza del signor Lightwood, perché è stato grazie al signor Lightwood che avete mai conosciuto mia sorella.”

Per un breve istante, Wrayburn distolse lo sguardo dall’insegnante per osservare l’effetto di quell’ultima parola su Mortimer, il quale, trovandosi dall’altra parte del focolare, non appena quella parola fu pronunciata, girò il viso verso il fuoco e lo fissò.

‘Allo stesso modo, fu grazie a Mr Lightwood che la rivedesti di nuovo, perché quella notte in cui trovarono mio padre eri con lui, e così il giorno dopo ti trovai con lei. Da allora, hai visto mia sorella spesso, sempre più spesso. E voglio sapere il motivo.’

“Ne è valsa la pena, Maestro?” mormorò Eugene con l’aria di un consigliere imparziale. “Tanto disturbo per niente? Dovresti saperlo meglio tu, ma penso di no.”

“Non lo so, signor Wrayburn,” rispose Bradley, con crescente passione, “perché si rivolge a me, ”

“Non lo farai, vero?”, disse Eugene. “Allora nemmeno io lo farò.”

Lo disse in modo così provocatorio, con quella sua perfetta calma, che il rispettabile uomo che teneva in mano la rispettabile custodia della sua rispettabile orologio avrebbe potuto avvolgerla intorno al suo collo e soffocarlo. Eugene non ritenne necessario dire una parola in più; si limitò a appoggiare la testa sulla mano, fumando, e a fissare con indifferenza quella fastidiosa tomba di Bradley, mentre continuava a tenere in mano quella custodia, fino a quando Bradley quasi impazzì.

“Signor Wrayburn,” proseguì il ragazzo, “non solo sappiamo che l’ho accusato di questo, ma sappiamo anche altro. Mia sorella non è ancora a conoscenza del fatto che abbiamo scoperto la verità, ma noi lo sappiamo. Io e il signor Headstone avevamo un piano per l’educazione di mia sorella; tuttavia, il signor Headstone, che rappresenta una autorità molto più competente di quanto lei possa pensare – nonostante fumi continuamente – ha ignorato completamente quel piano. E allora, cosa scopriamo? Scopriamo che mia sorella viene già istruita senza che noi ne fossimo a conoscenza. Scopriamo che, mentre lei ignora deliberatamente i nostri piani per il suo bene – io, suo fratello, e il signor Headstone, l’autorità più competente in materia, – lei approfitta invece volontariamente di altri metodi. E si impegna anche molto, lo so bene. Lo stesso vale per il signor Headstone! Naturalmente ci chiediamo chi paghi le conseguenze di tutto questo. Chi è colpevole? Ci impegniamo a scoprirlo, signor Lightwood. E scopriamo che è suo amico, questo signor Eugene Wrayburn, ad essere responsabile. Allora gli chiedo: quale diritto ha di farlo? Cosa intende con tutto ciò? Perché si permette di agire senza il mio consenso, mentre io sto cercando di migliorare la mia posizione sociale grazie ai miei sforzi e all’aiuto del signor Headstone. Non ho certo diritto che le mie prospettive vengano compromesse, né che la mia reputazione venga macchiata a causa di mia sorella, ”

La debolezza infantile di questo discorso, unita alla sua grande egoismo, lo rendeva davvero scadente. Eppure Bradley Headstone, abituato al piccolo pubblico di una scuola e non avvezzo ai modi di comportarsi tipici degli adulti, ne mostrava una sorta di compiacimento.

“Ora dico al signor Eugene Wrayburn,” continuò il ragazzo, costretto ad usare la terza persona a causa della speranza perduta di rivolgersi a lui direttamente, “che mi oppongo assolutamente al fatto che abbia qualsiasi tipo di rapporto con mia sorella, e gli chiedo di interromperlo immediatamente. Non deve nemmeno pensare che io abbia paura che mia sorella possa provare interesse per LUI, ”

(Mentre il ragazzo sogghignava, anche il Maestro sogghignò; Eugene soffiò via di nuovo quella cenere piumosa.)

—“Ma io mi oppongo, e basta. Sono più importante per mia sorella di quanto lui pensi. Mentre mi sviluppo, intendo farlo anche lei; lo sa bene, e deve affidarsi a me per il suo futuro. Ora capisco tutto questo molto chiaramente, e lo stesso vale per il signor Headstone. Mia sorella è una ragazza eccellente, ma ha alcune idee romantiche. Non riguardo a persone come il vostro signor Eugene Wrayburn, ma riguardo alla morte di mio padre e altre cose del genere. Il signor Wrayburn incoraggia queste idee per farsi valere; quindi lei pensa di dovergli essere grata. E forse anche le piace farlo. Ma io non voglio che sia grata a lui, né a nessun altro se non a me, tranne al signor Headstone. Gli dico chiaramente che, se non presta attenzione a ciò che dico, ne risentirà lei stessa. Che ci pensi bene. Sarà peggio per lei!”

A pause ensued, in which the schoolmaster looked very awkward.

‘May I suggest, Schoolmaster,’ said Eugene, removing his fast-waning cigar from his lips to glance at it, ‘that you can now take your pupil away.’

‘And Mr Lightwood,’ added the boy, with a burning face, under the flaming aggravation of getting no sort of answer or attention, ‘I hope you’ll take notice of what I have said to your friend, and of what your friend has heard me say, word by word, whatever he pretends to the contrary. You are bound to take notice of it, Mr Lightwood, for, as I have already mentioned, you first brought your friend into my sister’s company, and but for you we never should have seen him. Lord knows none of us ever wanted him, any more than any of us will ever miss him. Now Mr Headstone, as Mr Eugene Wrayburn has been obliged to hear what I had to say, and couldn’t help himself, and as I have said it out to the last word, we have done all we wanted to do, and may go.’

‘Go down-stairs, and leave me a moment, Hexam,’ he returned. The boy complying with an indignant look and as much noise as he could make, swung out of the room; and Lightwood went to the window, and leaned there, looking out.

‘You think me of no more value than the dirt under your feet,’ said Bradley to Eugene, speaking in a carefully weighed and measured tone, or he could not have spoken at all.

‘I assure you, Schoolmaster,’ replied Eugene, ‘I don’t think about you.’

‘That’s not true,’ returned the other; ‘you know better.’

‘That’s coarse,’ Eugene retorted; ‘but you DON’T know better.’

‘Mr Wrayburn, at least I know very well that it would be idle to set myself against you in insolent words or overbearing manners. That lad who has just gone out could put you to shame in half-a-dozen branches of knowledge in half an hour, but you can throw him aside like an inferior. You can do as much by me, I have no doubt, beforehand.’

‘Possibly,’ remarked Eugene.

‘But I am more than a lad,’ said Bradley, with his clutching hand, ‘and I WILL be heard, sir.’

‘As a schoolmaster,’ said Eugene, ‘you are always being heard. That ought to content you.’

‘But it does not content me,’ replied the other, white with passion. ‘Do you suppose that a man, in forming himself for the duties I discharge, and in watching and repressing himself daily to discharge them well, dismisses a man’s nature?’

‘I suppose you,’ said Eugene, ‘judging from what I see as I look at you, to be rather too passionate for a good schoolmaster.’ As he spoke, he tossed away the end of his cigar.

‘Passionate with you, sir, I admit I am. Passionate with you, sir, I respect myself for being. But I have not Devils for my pupils.’

‘For your Teachers, I should rather say,’ replied Eugene.

‘Mr Wrayburn.’

‘Schoolmaster.’

‘Sir, my name is Bradley Headstone.’

‘As you justly said, my good sir, your name cannot concern me. Now, what more?’

‘This more. Oh, what a misfortune is mine,’ cried Bradley, breaking off to wipe the starting perspiration from his face as he shook from head to foot, ‘that I cannot so control myself as to appear a stronger creature than this, when a man who has not felt in all his life what I have felt in a day can so command himself!’ He said it in a very agony, and even followed it with an errant motion of his hands as if he could have torn himself.

Eugene Wrayburn looked on at him, as if he found him beginning to be rather an entertaining study.

‘Mr Wrayburn, I desire to say something to you on my own part.’

‘Come, come, Schoolmaster,’ returned Eugene, with a languid approach to impatience as the other again struggled with himself; ‘say what you have to say. And let me remind you that the door is standing open, and your young friend waiting for you on the stairs.’

‘When I accompanied that youth here, sir, I did so with the purpose of adding, as a man whom you should not be permitted to put aside, in case you put him aside as a boy, that his instinct is correct and right.’ Thus Bradley Headstone, with great effort and difficulty.

‘Is that all?’ asked Eugene.

‘No, sir,’ said the other, flushed and fierce. ‘I strongly support him in his disapproval of your visits to his sister, and in his objection to your officiousness—and worse—in what you have taken upon yourself to do for her.’

‘Is THAT all?’ asked Eugene.

‘No, sir. I determined to tell you that you are not justified in these proceedings, and that they are injurious to his sister.’

‘Are you her schoolmaster as well as her brother’s?—Or perhaps you would like to be?’ said Eugene.

It was a stab that the blood followed, in its rush to Bradley Headstone’s face, as swiftly as if it had been dealt with a dagger. ‘What do you mean by that?’ was as much as he could utter.

‘A natural ambition enough,’ said Eugene, coolly. ‘Far be it from me to say otherwise. The sister who is something too much upon your lips, perhaps—is so very different from all the associations to which she had been used, and from all the low obscure people about her, that it is a very natural ambition.’

‘Do you throw my obscurity in my teeth, Mr Wrayburn?’

‘That can hardly be, for I know nothing concerning it, Schoolmaster, and seek to know nothing.’

‘You reproach me with my origin,’ said Bradley Headstone; ‘you cast insinuations at my bringing-up. But I tell you, sir, I have worked my way onward, out of both and in spite of both, and have a right to be considered a better man than you, with better reasons for being proud.’

‘How I can reproach you with what is not within my knowledge, or how I can cast stones that were never in my hand, is a problem for the ingenuity of a schoolmaster to prove,’ returned Eugene. ‘Is THAT all?’

‘No, sir. If you suppose that boy—’

‘Who really will be tired of waiting,’ said Eugene, politely.

‘If you suppose that boy to be friendless, Mr Wrayburn, you deceive yourself. I am his friend, and you shall find me so.’

Seguì un momento di silenzio; in quel momento, l’insegnante sembrava molto imbarazzato.

“Posso suggerirlo, Maestro?” disse Eugene, togliendosi dalla bocca il suo sigaro ormai quasi spento per guardarlo. “Ora potete portare via vostro allievo.”

“E anche il signor Lightwood,” aggiunse il ragazzo, con il viso arrossato per l’irritazione di non aver ricevuto alcuna risposta o attenzione, “spero che presterà attenzione a ciò che ho detto al suo amico, e a ciò che il suo amico ha sentito dire da me, parola per parola, anche se lui pretende il contrario. È obbligato a prestarci attenzione, signor Lightwood, perché, come ho già detto, è stato lei ad avvicinare il suo amico alla mia sorella, e senza di lei non lo avremmo mai conosciuto. Dio sa che nessuno di noi lo desiderava mai, né lo rimpiangeremo mai. Ora, signor Headstone, poiché il signor Eugene Wrayburn è stato costretto ad ascoltare ciò che ho detto e non ha potuto fare altrimenti, e poiché l’ho detto fino all’ultima parola, abbiamo fatto tutto ciò che volevamo, e possiamo andarcene.”

“Vai giù per le scale e lasciami solo un momento, Hexam,” disse lui. Il ragazzo, con un’espressione indignata e facendo il più rumore possibile, uscì dalla stanza; poi Lightwood si avvicinò alla finestra e vi si appoggiò, guardando fuori.

“Pensi che io non abbia più valore del fango sotto i tuoi piedi,” disse Bradley a Eugene, usando un tono attentamente calcolato e misurato; altrimenti non avrebbe potuto parlare affatto.

“Le assicuro, Maestro,” rispose Eugène, “non penso affatto a lei.”

“Non è vero,” rispose l’altro; “lo sai meglio tu.”

“È volgare,” ribatté Eugene; “ma tu semplicemente non lo sai.”

‘Signor Wrayburn, almeno so molto bene che sarebbe inutile oppormi a voi con parole insolenti o modi prepotenti. Quel ragazzo che è appena uscito potrebbe mettervi in imbarazzo in mezza dozzina di ambiti di conoscenza in mezz’ora, ma voi potete ignorarlo come se fosse inferiore. Potete fare lo stesso con me, ne sono certa.’

“Forse,” osservò Eugene.

“Ma io sono qualcosa di più di un ragazzo,” disse Bradley, stringendo la mano che gli veniva offerta, “e verrò ascoltato, signore.”

“Come insegnante,” disse Eugene, “si viene sempre ascoltati. Questo dovrebbe bastarti.”

“Ma questo non mi basta,” rispose l’altro, pallido per la passione. “Pensi davvero che un uomo, preparandosi giorno dopo giorno alle mansioni che svolgo e controllando se stesso affinché le esegua bene, possa ignorare la propria natura?”

“Suppongo che tu,” disse Eugene, “a giudicare da ciò che vedo quando ti guardo, sia piuttosto troppo appassionato per essere un buon insegnante.” Mentre parlava, gettò via il mozzicone di sigaro.

“Appassionata per voi, signore, lo ammetto. Appassionata per voi, signore. Mi rispetto per questo sentimento. Ma non ho ‘demoni’ nei miei studenti.”

“Per i vostri insegnanti, direi piuttosto, ” rispose Eugene.

“Mr Wrayburn.”

“Maestro di scuola.”

“Signore, il mio nome è Bradley Headstone.”

“Come avete giustamente detto, mio buon signore, il vostro nome non dovrebbe interessarmi. Ora, cosa c’è di più da dire?”

“Questo è troppo. Oh, quale sfortuna la mia,” gridò Bradley, interrompendosi per asciugarsi il sudore dalla fronte mentre tremava da capo a piedi. “Non riesco proprio a controllarmi abbastanza da sembrare una persona più forte di così. Mentre un uomo che in tutta la sua vita non ha provato ciò che ho provato io in un solo giorno riesce invece a dominarsi perfettamente!” Lo disse con grande angoscia, e persino fece un gesto disperato con le mani, come se volesse strapparsi via qualcosa dentro di sé.

Eugene Wrayburn lo osservava, come se trovasse interessante studiarne i comportamenti.

‘Signor Wrayburn, desidero dirle qualcosa a titolo personale.’

“Ma insomma, ma insomma, Maestro,” rispose Eugene, con un tono di languida impazienza mentre l’altro continuava a lottare con se stesso; “dica pure ciò che ha da dire. E le ricordo che la porta è aperta e il suo giovane amico la sta aspettando sulle scale.”

“Quando accompagnai quel giovane qui, signore, lo feci con l’intento di aggiungere, come una persona che non dovreste ignorare, nel caso in cui lo consideraste solo un ragazzo e quindi lo metteste da parte, che il suo istinto è corretto e giusto.” Così disse Bradley Headstone, con grande sforzo e difficoltà.

“È tutto qui?” chiese Eugene.

“No, signore,” disse l’altro, arrossito e deciso. “Lo sostengo fermamente nel suo dissenso riguardo alle vostre visite a sua sorella, e nella sua opposizione alla vostra invadenza, e anche a cose peggiori che avete osato fare per lei.”

“È Tutto QUI?” chiese Eugene.

“No, signore. Ho deciso di dirvi che queste azioni non sono giustificate e che sono dannose per sua sorella.”

“Sei davvero il suo maestro, così come lo sei del fratello. O forse vorresti esserlo?” disse Eugene.

Fu un colpo di pugnale; il sangue ne seguì la traccia, affluendo rapidamente verso il viso di Bradley Headstone, con la stessa velocità con cui sarebbe stato versato da un pugnale. “Cosa intendi dire?” fu tutto ciò che riuscì a pronunciare.

“Un’ambizione naturale, senz’altro,” disse Eugene con calma. “Non sarebbe giusto da parte mia dire il contrario. Quella sorella di cui parli così spesso, forse è davvero molto diversa da tutte le persone a cui era abituata, e da quelle umili e poco note che la circondano; quindi, un’ambizione del genere è assolutamente naturale.”

“Mi gettate in faccia la mia oscurità, signor Wrayburn?”

“È difficile che sia così, perché non so nulla al riguardo, Maestro. E non desidero saperne nulla.”

“Mi rimproverate per la mia origine,” disse Bradley Headstone; “faccete insinuazioni riguardo al mio modo di essere cresciuto. Ma vi dico, signore: ho faticato molto per arrivare dove sono ora, nonostante entrambe queste cose, e ho il diritto di essere considerato un uomo migliore di voi, con motivi più validi per essere orgoglioso.”

“Come posso rimproverarti per qualcosa che non conosco, o come posso lanciare pietre che mai ho avuto in mano? Questo è un problema che richiede l’ingegnosità di un insegnante per essere risolto,” rispose Eugene. “È Tutto Qui?”

“No, signore. Se pensate che quel ragazzo, ”

“Chi sarà davvero stanco di aspettare?” disse Eugene, con gentilezza.

“Se pensate che quel ragazzo non abbia amici, signor Wrayburn, vi sbagliate. Io sono suo amico, e potrete constatarlo voi stesso.”

‘And you will find HIM on the stairs,’ remarked Eugene.

‘You may have promised yourself, sir, that you could do what you chose here, because you had to deal with a mere boy, inexperienced, friendless, and unassisted. But I give you warning that this mean calculation is wrong. You have to do with a man also. You have to do with me. I will support him, and, if need be, require reparation for him. My hand and heart are in this cause, and are open to him.’

‘And—quite a coincidence—the door is open,’ remarked Eugene.

‘I scorn your shifty evasions, and I scorn you,’ said the schoolmaster. ‘In the meanness of your nature you revile me with the meanness of my birth. I hold you in contempt for it. But if you don’t profit by this visit, and act accordingly, you will find me as bitterly in earnest against you as I could be if I deemed you worth a second thought on my own account.’

With a consciously bad grace and stiff manner, as Wrayburn looked so easily and calmly on, he went out with these words, and the heavy door closed like a furnace-door upon his red and white heats of rage.

‘A curious monomaniac,’ said Eugene. ‘The man seems to believe that everybody was acquainted with his mother!’

Mortimer Lightwood being still at the window, to which he had in delicacy withdrawn, Eugene called to him, and he fell to slowly pacing the room.

‘My dear fellow,’ said Eugene, as he lighted another cigar, ‘I fear my unexpected visitors have been troublesome. If as a set-off (excuse the legal phrase from a barrister-at-law) you would like to ask Tippins to tea, I pledge myself to make love to her.’

‘Eugene, Eugene, Eugene,’ replied Mortimer, still pacing the room, ‘I am sorry for this. And to think that I have been so blind!’

‘How blind, dear boy?’ inquired his unmoved friend.

‘What were your words that night at the river-side public-house?’ said Lightwood, stopping. ‘What was it that you asked me? Did I feel like a dark combination of traitor and pickpocket when I thought of that girl?’

‘I seem to remember the expression,’ said Eugene.

‘How do YOU feel when you think of her just now?’

His friend made no direct reply, but observed, after a few whiffs of his cigar, ‘Don’t mistake the situation. There is no better girl in all this London than Lizzie Hexam. There is no better among my people at home; no better among your people.’

‘Granted. What follows?’

‘There,’ said Eugene, looking after him dubiously as he paced away to the other end of the room, ‘you put me again upon guessing the riddle that I have given up.’

‘Eugene, do you design to capture and desert this girl?’

‘My dear fellow, no.’

‘Do you design to marry her?’

‘My dear fellow, no.’

‘Do you design to pursue her?’

‘My dear fellow, I don’t design anything. I have no design whatever. I am incapable of designs. If I conceived a design, I should speedily abandon it, exhausted by the operation.’

‘Oh Eugene, Eugene!’

‘My dear Mortimer, not that tone of melancholy reproach, I entreat. What can I do more than tell you all I know, and acknowledge my ignorance of all I don’t know! How does that little old song go, which, under pretence of being cheerful, is by far the most lugubrious I ever heard in my life?

“Away with melancholy, Nor doleful changes ring On life and human folly, But merrily merrily sing Fal la!”

Don’t let us sing Fal la, my dear Mortimer (which is comparatively unmeaning), but let us sing that we give up guessing the riddle altogether.’

‘Are you in communication with this girl, Eugene, and is what these people say true?’

‘I concede both admissions to my honourable and learned friend.’

‘Then what is to come of it? What are you doing? Where are you going?’

‘My dear Mortimer, one would think the schoolmaster had left behind him a catechizing infection. You are ruffled by the want of another cigar. Take one of these, I entreat. Light it at mine, which is in perfect order. So! Now do me the justice to observe that I am doing all I can towards self-improvement, and that you have a light thrown on those household implements which, when you only saw them as in a glass darkly, you were hastily—I must say hastily—inclined to depreciate. Sensible of my deficiencies, I have surrounded myself with moral influences expressly meant to promote the formation of the domestic virtues. To those influences, and to the improving society of my friend from boyhood, commend me with your best wishes.’

‘Ah, Eugene!’ said Lightwood, affectionately, now standing near him, so that they both stood in one little cloud of smoke; ‘I would that you answered my three questions! What is to come of it? What are you doing? Where are you going?’

‘And my dear Mortimer,’ returned Eugene, lightly fanning away the smoke with his hand for the better exposition of his frankness of face and manner, ‘believe me, I would answer them instantly if I could. But to enable me to do so, I must first have found out the troublesome conundrum long abandoned. Here it is. Eugene Wrayburn.’ Tapping his forehead and breast. ‘Riddle-me, riddle-me-ree, perhaps you can’t tell me what this may be?—No, upon my life I can’t. I give it up!’

“E lo troverai sulle scale,” osservò Eugene.

“Forse vi siete promesso, signore, che avreste potuto fare ciò che volevate qui, perché dovevate affrontare soltanto un ragazzo: inesperto, senza amici e privo di aiuti. Ma vi avverto che questo calcolo meschino è sbagliato. Dovete affrontare anche un uomo, me. Lo sosterrò, e, se necessario, chiederò giustizia per lui. La mia mano e il mio cuore sono al suo fianco, pronti ad aiutarlo.”

“E, per coincidenza, la porta è aperta,” osservò Eugene.

“Disprezzo le tue evasive risposte, e disprezzo te stesso,” disse il maestro. “Nella meschinità della tua natura, mi offendi con la meschinità della mia nascita. Per questo ti disprezzo. Ma se non trai alcun beneficio da questa conversazione e non agisci di conseguenza, scoprirai che sono altrettanto deciso contro di te quanto lo sarei se pensassi davvero a te.”

Con una grazia deliberatamente scadente e un atteggiamento rigido, mentre Wrayburn lo osservava con tanta facilità e calma, lui uscì pronunciando queste parole; la pesante porta si chiuse poi come la porta di un forno, sigillando al suo interno il rossore e il biancore della sua rabbia.

“Un curioso monomaneaco,” disse Eugene. “Quell’uomo sembra credere che tutti conoscessero sua madre!”

Poiché Mortimer Lightwood era ancora alla finestra, dove si era ritirato con delicatezza, Eugene lo chiamò; allora lui iniziò a camminare avanti e indietro lentamente nella stanza.

“Mio caro amico,” disse Eugene accendendo un altro sigaro, “temo che questi visitatori inaspettati abbiano causato dei problemi. Se, come compensazione (scusate l’espressione legale di un avvocato), voleste invitare Tippins a prendere il tè con noi, vi prometto che farò del mio meglio per corteggiarla.”

“Eugene, Eugene, Eugene,” rispose Mortimer, continuando a camminare avanti e indietro nella stanza, “Mi dispiace molto per questo. E pensare che sono stato così cieco!”

“Che cieco sei, caro ragazzo, ”, chiese il suo amico indifferente.

“Quali furono le tue parole quella notte presso la locanda pubblica sulle rive del fiume?” chiese Lightwood, fermandosi. “Cosa mi hai chiesto? Mi sono sentito come una oscura combinazione di traditore e borseggiatore quando ho pensato a quella ragazza?”

“Credo di ricordare quell’espressione,” disse Eugene.

Come ti senti quando pensi a lei in questo momento?

Il suo amico non rispose direttamente, ma dopo aver aspirato alcune boccate dal suo sigaro osservò: “Non fraintendete la situazione. Non c’è ragazza migliore in tutta questa Londra di Lizzie Hexam. Non ce n’è nessuna migliore tra la mia gente a casa; e nemmeno tra la vostra gente.”

“Concesso. E ora cosa succede?”

“Ecco,” disse Eugene, guardandolo con scetticismo mentre lui si allontanava verso l’altra estremità della stanza, “mi costringi di nuovo a indovinare quella enigma che avevo già rinunciato a risolvere.”

“Eugene, hai intenzione di catturare e poi abbandonare questa ragazza?”

“Mio caro amico, no.”

“Intendi davvero sposarla?”

“Mio caro amico, no.”

“Intendi davvero inseguirla?”

“Mio caro amico, non ho alcun piano in mente. Non concepisco mai piani di sorta. Sarei incapace di farlo; e se anche ne avessi uno, lo abbandonerei immediatamente, esausto dal solo pensiero di attuarlo.”

“Ah, Eugene, Eugene!”

“Mio caro Mortimer, ti prego, non quel tono di melanconia e rimprovero. Cosa posso fare di più se non raccontarti tutto ciò che so e ammettere la mia ignoranza su ciò che non conosco? Come si intona quella vecchia canzoncina, che, sotto l’apparenza di essere allegra, è in realtà la più triste che abbia mai sentito in vita mia?”

“Lontano dalla malinconia,
niente cambiamenti tristi risuonino
sulla vita e sulla follia umana,
ma cantiamo felicemente,
Fal la!”

Non lasciateci cantare “Fal la”, mio caro Mortimer (che è piuttosto privo di significato), ma lasciateci cantare che rinunciamo del tutto a cercare di risolvere quel _enigma.

“Stai comunicando con questa ragazza, Eugene? E quello che dicono queste persone è vero?”

“Concedo entrambe le richieste al mio onorevole e erudito amico.”

“E allora, cosa ne sarà? Cosa stai facendo? Dove stai andando?”

‘Mio caro Mortimer, si potrebbe pensare che il maestro abbia lasciato dietro di sé un’influenza “catechistica”. Siete turbato dal fatto di non avere un altro sigaro. Prendetene uno, vi prego. Accendetelo con il mio, che è in perfette condizioni. Ora, fatemi la giustizia di ammettere che sto facendo tutto ciò che posso per migliorare me stesso, e che voi avete finalmente compreso quegli oggetti domestici che, prima, vedendoli solo in modo superficiale, eravate propenso a sottovalutarli. Consapevole delle mie carenze, mi sono circondato di influenze morali volte espressamente a promuovere lo sviluppo dei valori familiari. Raccomandatemi, con i vostri migliori auguri, a queste influenze positive e alla società progressista del mio amico d’infanzia.’

“Ah, Eugene!” disse Lightwood con affetto, ora che si trovava vicino a lui, così che entrambi erano avvolti nella stessa piccola nuvola di fumo; “Vorrei tanto che rispondessi alle mie tre domande! Cosa ne sarà in seguito? Cosa stai facendo? Dove stai andando?”

“E mio caro Mortimer,” rispose Eugene, spazzando via leggermente il fumo con la mano per poter esprimere più chiaramente la franchezza del suo volto e del suo modo di fare, “credimi, risponderei loro immediatamente se potessi. Ma per farlo, devo prima risolvere quel misterioso enigma che da tempo è stato dimenticato. Ecco qui: Eugene Wrayburn.” Si batté la fronte e il petto. “Risolvimi questo enigma, risolvimi questo mistero. Forse non riesci a capire di cosa si tratti? No, davvero non ci riesco. Mi arrendo!”

Chapter 7

IN WHICH A FRIENDLY MOVE IS ORIGINATED

The arrangement between Mr Boffin and his literary man, Mr Silas Wegg, so far altered with the altered habits of Mr Boffin’s life, as that the Roman Empire usually declined in the morning and in the eminently aristocratic family mansion, rather than in the evening, as of yore, and in Boffin’s Bower. There were occasions, however, when Mr Boffin, seeking a brief refuge from the blandishments of fashion, would present himself at the Bower after dark, to anticipate the next sallying forth of Wegg, and would there, on the old settle, pursue the downward fortunes of those enervated and corrupted masters of the world who were by this time on their last legs. If Wegg had been worse paid for his office, or better qualified to discharge it, he would have considered these visits complimentary and agreeable; but, holding the position of a handsomely-remunerated humbug, he resented them. This was quite according to rule, for the incompetent servant, by whomsoever employed, is always against his employer. Even those born governors, noble and right honourable creatures, who have been the most imbecile in high places, have uniformly shown themselves the most opposed (sometimes in belying distrust, sometimes in vapid insolence) to THEIR employer. What is in such wise true of the public master and servant, is equally true of the private master and servant all the world over.

When Mr Silas Wegg did at last obtain free access to ‘Our House’, as he had been wont to call the mansion outside which he had sat shelterless so long, and when he did at last find it in all particulars as different from his mental plans of it as according to the nature of things it well could be, that far-seeing and far-reaching character, by way of asserting himself and making out a case for compensation, affected to fall into a melancholy strain of musing over the mournful past; as if the house and he had had a fall in life together.

‘And this, sir,’ Silas would say to his patron, sadly nodding his head and musing, ‘was once Our House! This, sir, is the building from which I have so often seen those great creatures, Miss Elizabeth, Master George, Aunt Jane, and Uncle Parker’—whose very names were of his own inventing—‘pass and repass! And has it come to this, indeed! Ah dear me, dear me!’

So tender were his lamentations, that the kindly Mr Boffin was quite sorry for him, and almost felt mistrustful that in buying the house he had done him an irreparable injury.

Two or three diplomatic interviews, the result of great subtlety on Mr Wegg’s part, but assuming the mask of careless yielding to a fortuitous combination of circumstances impelling him towards Clerkenwell, had enabled him to complete his bargain with Mr Venus.

‘Bring me round to the Bower,’ said Silas, when the bargain was closed, ‘next Saturday evening, and if a sociable glass of old Jamaikey warm should meet your views, I am not the man to begrudge it.’

‘You are aware of my being poor company, sir,’ replied Mr Venus, ‘but be it so.’

It being so, here is Saturday evening come, and here is Mr Venus come, and ringing at the Bower-gate.

Mr Wegg opens the gate, descries a sort of brown paper truncheon under Mr Venus’s arm, and remarks, in a dry tone: ‘Oh! I thought perhaps you might have come in a cab.’

‘No, Mr Wegg,’ replies Venus. ‘I am not above a parcel.’

‘Above a parcel! No!’ says Wegg, with some dissatisfaction. But does not openly growl, ‘a certain sort of parcel might be above you.’

‘Here is your purchase, Mr Wegg,’ says Venus, politely handing it over, ‘and I am glad to restore it to the source from whence it—flowed.’

‘Thankee,’ says Wegg. ‘Now this affair is concluded, I may mention to you in a friendly way that I’ve my doubts whether, if I had consulted a lawyer, you could have kept this article back from me. I only throw it out as a legal point.’

‘Do you think so, Mr Wegg? I bought you in open contract.’

‘You can’t buy human flesh and blood in this country, sir; not alive, you can’t,’ says Wegg, shaking his head. ‘Then query, bone?’

‘As a legal point?’ asks Venus.

‘As a legal point.’

‘I am not competent to speak upon that, Mr Wegg,’ says Venus, reddening and growing something louder; ‘but upon a point of fact I think myself competent to speak; and as a point of fact I would have seen you—will you allow me to say, further?’

‘I wouldn’t say more than further, if I was you,’ Mr Wegg suggests, pacifically.

—‘Before I’d have given that packet into your hand without being paid my price for it. I don’t pretend to know how the point of law may stand, but I’m thoroughly confident upon the point of fact.’

As Mr Venus is irritable (no doubt owing to his disappointment in love), and as it is not the cue of Mr Wegg to have him out of temper, the latter gentleman soothingly remarks, ‘I only put it as a little case; I only put it ha’porthetically.’

‘Then I’d rather, Mr Wegg, you put it another time, penn’orth-etically,’ is Mr Venus’s retort, ‘for I tell you candidly I don’t like your little cases.’

Arrived by this time in Mr Wegg’s sitting-room, made bright on the chilly evening by gaslight and fire, Mr Venus softens and compliments him on his abode; profiting by the occasion to remind Wegg that he (Venus) told him he had got into a good thing.

‘Tolerable,’ Wegg rejoins. ‘But bear in mind, Mr Venus, that there’s no gold without its alloy. Mix for yourself and take a seat in the chimbley-corner. Will you perform upon a pipe, sir?’

‘I am but an indifferent performer, sir,’ returns the other; ‘but I’ll accompany you with a whiff or two at intervals.’

So, Mr Venus mixes, and Wegg mixes; and Mr Venus lights and puffs, and Wegg lights and puffs.

‘And there’s alloy even in this metal of yours, Mr Wegg, you was remarking?’

Capitolo 7

In cui ha origine un gesto amichevole

L’accordo tra il signor Boffin e il suo collaboratore letterario, il signor Silas Wegg, era ormai cambiato a causa dei nuovi ritmi di vita del signor Boffin: l’Impero Romano, infatti, solitamente declinava al mattino. E nella sontuosa dimora di quella famiglia aristocratica, piuttosto che alla sera, come un tempo. Nella “Casa dei Fiori” di Boffin. Tuttavia, c’erano occasioni in cui il signor Boffin, cercando per un momento di riparo dalle lusinghe della moda, si recava lì dopo il tramonto, per attendere la prossima uscita di Wegg. E lì, sul vecchio divano, seguiva con interesse le sorti declinanti di quegli “domini del mondo” deboli e corrotti che ormai erano agli sgoccioli. Se Wegg avesse ricevuto un compenso più basso per il suo incarico, o fosse stato più qualificato per svolgerlo, avrebbe considerato queste visite un complimento e piacevoli. Ma essendo una figura ben retribuita ma del tutto incompetente, le detestava. E questo era del tutto logico: il servitore inadeguato, chiunque lo assuma, è sempre contrario al proprio datore di lavoro. Anche quegli individui nati per governare, nobili e onesti, che hanno commesso i peggiori errori nelle alte cariche, si sono sempre dimostrati ostili ai propri datori di lavoro. A volte con diffidenza, a volte con insolenza vuota. Ciò che vale per il rapporto tra padrone e servitore a livello pubblico, vale altrettanto per quello privato in tutto il mondo.

Quando finalmente il signor Silas Wegg ottenne libero accesso a “La nostra casa”, come era solito chiamare quella dimora all’esterno della quale aveva trascorso tanto tempo senza riparo, e quando scoprì che in ogni dettaglio essa era molto diversa da quanto aveva immaginato, proprio come era logico considerando la natura delle cose, quell’uomo profondo e lungimirante, nel tentativo di farsi valere e chiedere un risarcimento, cadde in una melanconica riflessione sul passato triste; come se quella casa e lui stessi avessero condiviso insieme la stessa sorte negativa nella vita.

“E questo, signore,” diceva Silas al suo protettore, scuotendo tristemente la testa e riflettendo, “era un tempo la nostra casa! Questo edificio è proprio quello da cui ho spesso visto passare quelle grandi figure: la signorina Elizabeth, il maestro George, zia Jane e zio Parker” – i cui nomi, in realtà, erano frutto della sua fantasia – “andare avanti e indietro. E ora è davvero arrivato a questo punto. Ah, mio Dio, ”

Le sue lamentazioni erano così commoventi che il gentile signor Boffin ne provò davvero compassione, e quasi iniziò a dubitare di avergli causato un danno irreparabile acquistando quella casa.

Due o tre colloqui diplomatici, frutto di grande abilità da parte del signor Wegg, ma che presentavano l’aspetto di una casuale resa alle circostanze che lo avevano spinto verso Clerkenwell, gli permisero di concludere il suo accordo con il signor Venus.

“Portami al Bower,” disse Silas quando l’accordo fu concluso, “la prossima sera di sabato; e se gradisci un bicchiere di vecchio rum giamaicano caldo, non sono certo il tipo da rifiutarlo.”

“Siete consapevole che non sono una compagnia molto piacevole, signore,” rispose Il signor Venere, “ma sia così.”

Ecco quindi che arriva la sera di sabato, ed ecco che arriva Signor Venere, che suona alla porta del Padiglione.

Il signor Wegg apre il cancello, nota una sorta di bastone fatto di carta marrone sotto il braccio di il signor Venus e commenta, con tono secco: “Oh! Pensavo che forse sareste arrivato in taxi.”

“No, signor Wegg,” risponde Venere. “Non sono certo troppo nobile per occuparmi di un pacco.”

“Sopra un pacco? No!” dice Wegg, con una certa insoddisfazione. Ma non ringhia apertamente: “Un certo tipo di pacco potrebbe essere proprio sopra di te, ”

“Ecco il suo acquisto, signor Wegg,” dice Venere porgendoglielo con gentilezza, “e sono felice di restituirlo alla fonte da cui è provenuto.”

“Grazie,” disse Wegg. “Ora che questa faccenda è conclusa, posso dirvi in modo amichevole che ho dei dubbi: se avessi consultato un avvocato, riusciteste davvero a nascondermi quest’informazione? Lo menziono soltanto dal punto di vista legale.”

“Lo pensa davvero, signor Wegg? L’ho comprato tramite contratto aperto.”

“Non si può comprare carne umana e sangue in questo paese, signore; né vivi, né morti. Non è possibile,” dice Wegg scuotendo la testa. “Allora, che ne direste delle ossa?”

“Dal punto di vista legale?” chiede Venus.

“Dal punto di vista legale, ”

“Non sono competente per parlare di questo argomento, signor Wegg,” disse Venus, arrossendo e alzando un po’ la voce; “ma su un punto concreto credo di essere in grado di esprimermi; e, a proposito di questo punto concreto, avrei voluto incontrarvi, mi permettete di continuare?”

“Non direi di più, se fossi in te,” suggerisce il signor Wegg, in tono pacato.

—“Prima di consegnarti quel pacchetto, avrei voluto essere pagato per il mio lavoro. Non pretendo di sapere quale sia la posizione legale in questo caso, ma sono assolutamente certo riguardo ai fatti.”

Poiché Signor Venus è irritabile (e non c’è alcun dubbio riguardo al suo delusione in amore), e poiché non spetta a Signor Wegg farlo arrabbiare, quest’ultimo commenta con calma: “L’ho solo menzionato come un esempio; l’ho detto soltanto a titolo ipotetico”.

“Allora preferirei, signor Wegg, che lo ripeteste un’altra volta, in modo più chiaro e comprensibile,” rispose signor Venus, “perché onestamente non mi piacciono queste vostre piccole storie.”

Arrivato in questa ora nella sala da pranzo del signor Wegg, illuminata dalla luce del gas e dal fuoco in quella fredda serata, il signor Venus si comporta con gentilezza e gli fa i complimenti sull’abitazione; approfitta dell’occasione per ricordare a Wegg che lui stesso gli aveva detto di aver fatto una buona affare.

“Tollerabile,” ribatte Wegg. “Ma tenete presente, Signor Venere, che non esiste oro senza il suo legame con altri metalli. Mescolatelo voi stesso e prendetevi un posto nell’angolo del camino. Suonerete la pipa per noi, signore?”

“Sono soltanto un esecutore mediocre, signore,” risponde l’altro; “ma vi accompagnerò suonando di tanto in tanto.”

Quindi, Signor Venus mescola, e Wegg mescola anch’egli; inoltre, Signor Venus accende e soffia, e Wegg fa lo stesso.

“E anche in questo vostro metallo c’è dell’alluminio, vero, signor Wegg?”

‘Mystery,’ returns Wegg. ‘I don’t like it, Mr Venus. I don’t like to have the life knocked out of former inhabitants of this house, in the gloomy dark, and not know who did it.’

‘Might you have any suspicions, Mr Wegg?’

‘No,’ returns that gentleman. ‘I know who profits by it. But I’ve no suspicions.’

Having said which, Mr Wegg smokes and looks at the fire with a most determined expression of Charity; as if he had caught that cardinal virtue by the skirts as she felt it her painful duty to depart from him, and held her by main force.

‘Similarly,’ resumes Wegg, ‘I have observations as I can offer upon certain points and parties; but I make no objections, Mr Venus. Here is an immense fortune drops from the clouds upon a person that shall be nameless. Here is a weekly allowance, with a certain weight of coals, drops from the clouds upon me. Which of us is the better man? Not the person that shall be nameless. That’s an observation of mine, but I don’t make it an objection. I take my allowance and my certain weight of coals. He takes his fortune. That’s the way it works.’

‘It would be a good thing for me, if I could see things in the calm light you do, Mr Wegg.’

‘Again look here,’ pursues Silas, with an oratorical flourish of his pipe and his wooden leg: the latter having an undignified tendency to tilt him back in his chair; ‘here’s another observation, Mr Venus, unaccompanied with an objection. Him that shall be nameless is liable to be talked over. He gets talked over. Him that shall be nameless, having me at his right hand, naturally looking to be promoted higher, and you may perhaps say meriting to be promoted higher—’

(Mr Venus murmurs that he does say so.)

‘—Him that shall be nameless, under such circumstances passes me by, and puts a talking-over stranger above my head. Which of us two is the better man? Which of us two can repeat most poetry? Which of us two has, in the service of him that shall be nameless, tackled the Romans, both civil and military, till he has got as husky as if he’d been weaned and ever since brought up on sawdust? Not the talking-over stranger. Yet the house is as free to him as if it was his, and he has his room, and is put upon a footing, and draws about a thousand a year. I am banished to the Bower, to be found in it like a piece of furniture whenever wanted. Merit, therefore, don’t win. That’s the way it works. I observe it, because I can’t help observing it, being accustomed to take a powerful sight of notice; but I don’t object. Ever here before, Mr Venus?’

‘Not inside the gate, Mr Wegg.’

‘You’ve been as far as the gate then, Mr Venus?’

‘Yes, Mr Wegg, and peeped in from curiosity.’

‘Did you see anything?’

‘Nothing but the dust-yard.’

Mr Wegg rolls his eyes all round the room, in that ever unsatisfied quest of his, and then rolls his eyes all round Mr Venus; as if suspicious of his having something about him to be found out.

‘And yet, sir,’ he pursues, ‘being acquainted with old Mr Harmon, one would have thought it might have been polite in you, too, to give him a call. And you’re naturally of a polite disposition, you are.’ This last clause as a softening compliment to Mr Venus.

‘It is true, sir,’ replies Venus, winking his weak eyes, and running his fingers through his dusty shock of hair, ‘that I was so, before a certain observation soured me. You understand to what I allude, Mr Wegg? To a certain written statement respecting not wishing to be regarded in a certain light. Since that, all is fled, save gall.’

‘Not all,’ says Mr Wegg, in a tone of sentimental condolence.

‘Yes, sir,’ returns Venus, ‘all! The world may deem it harsh, but I’d quite as soon pitch into my best friend as not. Indeed, I’d sooner!’

Involuntarily making a pass with his wooden leg to guard himself as Mr Venus springs up in the emphasis of this unsociable declaration, Mr Wegg tilts over on his back, chair and all, and is rescued by that harmless misanthrope, in a disjointed state and ruefully rubbing his head.

‘Why, you lost your balance, Mr Wegg,’ says Venus, handing him his pipe.

‘And about time to do it,’ grumbles Silas, ‘when a man’s visitors, without a word of notice, conduct themselves with the sudden wiciousness of Jacks-in-boxes! Don’t come flying out of your chair like that, Mr Venus!’

‘I ask your pardon, Mr Wegg. I am so soured.’

‘Yes, but hang it,’ says Wegg argumentatively, ‘a well-governed mind can be soured sitting! And as to being regarded in lights, there’s bumpey lights as well as bony. In which,’ again rubbing his head, ‘I object to regard myself.’

‘I’ll bear it in memory, sir.’

‘If you’ll be so good.’ Mr Wegg slowly subdues his ironical tone and his lingering irritation, and resumes his pipe. ‘We were talking of old Mr Harmon being a friend of yours.’

‘Not a friend, Mr Wegg. Only known to speak to, and to have a little deal with now and then. A very inquisitive character, Mr Wegg, regarding what was found in the dust. As inquisitive as secret.’

‘Ah! You found him secret?’ returns Wegg, with a greedy relish.

‘He had always the look of it, and the manner of it.’

‘Ah!’ with another roll of his eyes. ‘As to what was found in the dust now. Did you ever hear him mention how he found it, my dear friend? Living on the mysterious premises, one would like to know. For instance, where he found things? Or, for instance, how he set about it? Whether he began at the top of the mounds, or whether he began at the bottom. Whether he prodded’; Mr Wegg’s pantomime is skilful and expressive here; ‘or whether he scooped? Should you say scooped, my dear Mr Venus; or should you as a man—say prodded?’

‘I should say neither, Mr Wegg.’

‘As a fellow-man, Mr Venus—mix again—why neither?’

‘Because I suppose, sir, that what was found, was found in the sorting and sifting. All the mounds are sorted and sifted?’

“Mistero,” risponde Wegg. “Non mi piace, Signor Venus. Non mi piace che la vita venga strappata agli ex abitanti di questa casa, nel buio cupo, senza sapere chi l’abbia fatto.”

“Ha qualche sospetto, signor Wegg?”

“No,” risponde quel signore. “So chi ne trae profitto. Ma non ho alcun sospetto.”

Detto questo, il signor Wegg fuma e guarda il fuoco con un’espressione di carità davvero decisa; come se avesse afferrato quella virtù fondamentale per le sue falde, proprio nel momento in cui lei sentiva il proprio doloroso dovere allontanarsi da lui, e quindi lo trattenesse con forza.

“Allo stesso modo,” prosegue Wegg, “ho delle osservazioni da fare su certi punti e persone; ma non sollevo obiezioni, Signor Venus. Ecco: una enorme fortuna cade dal cielo su una persona che rimarrà anonima. Ecco anche un sussidio settimanale, insieme a una determinata quantità di carbone, che cade dal cielo su di me. Chi di noi è la persona migliore? Non quella che rimarrà anonima. Questa è la mia osservazione, ma non la considero un’obiezione. Io accetto il mio sussidio e la mia quantità di carbone; lui accetta la sua fortuna. È così che funziona.”

Sarebbe davvero una cosa positiva per me se potessi vedere le cose con la stessa calma e chiarezza con cui lo fate voi, signor Wegg.

“Guardate ancora qui,” insiste Silas, con un gesto teatrale della sua pipa e della sua gamba di legno; quest’ultima, infatti, ha la tendenza sgradevole a farlo inclinare all’indietro sulla sedia. “Ecco un’altra osservazione, Signor Venus, senza alcuna obiezione. Chiunque venga menzionato senza nome sarà sicuramente oggetto di discussioni; e lui, avendomi al suo fianco destro, naturalmente aspira a essere promosso. E forse merita davvero di essere promosso, ”

Signor Venere mormora che effettivamente lo dice.

“—Quell’uomo che dovrà rimanere senza nome. In queste circostanze, lui mi ignora completamente e mette al mio posto uno sconosciuto che parla sempre. Chi di noi due è l’uomo migliore? Chi di noi due sa recitare più poesie? Chi di noi due, al servizio di quell’uomo senza nome, ha affrontato i Romani, sia civili che militari, fino a diventare forte come se fosse stato cresciuto solo con la segatura? Non certo quello sconosciuto che parla sempre. Eppure quella casa gli appartiene come se fosse sua; ha una stanza tutta per sé, viene trattato con rispetto e guadagna circa mille sterline all’anno. Io, invece, sono stato esiliato nel Boschetto. Lì mi trovano solo quando c’è bisogno di me, come se fossi un semplice mobile. Quindi, non cercare mai di meritare qualcosa. È così che funziona. Lo osservo perché non posso fare altrimenti, essendo abituato a prestare molta attenzione alle cose; ma non mi oppongo. Mai prima d’ora, Signor Venere?”

“Non entri dal cancello, signor Wegg.”

“Allora sei arrivato fino al cancello, Signor Venere?”

“Sì, signor Wegg, e sono entrato per curiosità.”

“Hai visto qualcosa?”

“Nient’altro che un campo pieno di polvere.”

Il signor Wegg gira gli occhi per tutta la stanza, nella sua eterna insoddisfazione riguardo a quella quest sua, e poi gira di nuovo gli occhi verso il signor Venus, come se sospettasse che quest’ultimo nascondesse qualcosa che potrebbe essere scoperto.

“Eppure, signore,” continua lui, “conoscendo il vecchio signor Harmon, si sarebbe potuto pensare che anche a voi fosse stato educato fargli una visita. E voi, dopotutto, siete naturalmente una persona cortese, vero?” Quest’ultima frase è un complimento velato rivolto a signor Venus.

“È vero, signore,” risponde Venus, battendo le palpebre dei suoi occhi deboli e passandosi le dita tra i capelli sporchi di polvere, “che prima di una certa osservazione io fossi davvero così. Capisce a cosa mi riferisco, signor Wegg? A una certa dichiarazione scritta in cui si esprimeva il desiderio di non essere considerato in un certo modo. Da allora, tutto è andato perduto, tranne l’amarezza.”

“Non tutti,” dice il signor Wegg, con un tono di commiserazione sentimentale.

“Sì, signore,” risponde Venere, “assolutamente! Anche se il mondo potrebbe considerarlo crudele, preferirei di gran lunga farlo piuttosto che non farlo affatto. Davvero, lo preferirei!”

Involontariamente, utilizzando la sua gamba di legno per proteggersi quando il signor Venus emerge improvvisamente durante questa dichiarazione così poco socievole, il signor Wegg finisce per cadere all’indietro, insieme alla sedia, e viene salvato da quel misantropo inoffensivo, in uno stato disordinato e massaggiandosi mestamente la testa.

“Perché, ha perso l’equilibrio, signor Wegg,” dice Venere porgendogli la sua pipa.

‘È proprio il momento giusto per farlo,’ borbotta Silas, ‘e invece, senza nemmeno un preavviso, gli ospiti di un uomo si comportano con quella improvvisa malvagità tipica dei “Jack-in-the-box”. Non saltare fuori dalla sedia in quel modo, signor Venus!’

“Mi scusi, signor Wegg. Sono davvero molto scontento.”

“Sì, ma lascia perdere,” dice Wegg in tono argomentativo, “una mente ben governata può rovinarsi solo a stare seduta! E per quanto riguarda essere considerato in un certo modo, ci sono luci belle e luci brutte. In questo senso,” continua strofinandosi la testa, “mi rifiuto di considerarmi in un certo modo.”

“Lo terrò nella mia memoria, signore.”

“Se vi va bene, ” Il signor Wegg smorzò lentamente il suo tono ironico e l’irritazione che ancora provava, poi riprese a fumare la sua pipa. “Stavamo parlando del fatto che il vecchio signor Harmon fosse un vostro amico.”

“Non è un amico, signor Wegg. Lo conosco solo perché ogni tanto parla con lui e abbiamo qualche piccola transazione. È una persona molto curiosa, signor Wegg. Molto curiosa riguardo a ciò che si trova nella polvere. Curiosa al punto di essere quasi misteriosa.”

“Ah! L’hai trovato di nascosto?” risponde Wegg, con un piacere avido.

“Sempre aveva quell’aspetto e quel modo di comportarsi.”

“Ah!” fece lui, roteando di nuovo gli occhi. “Per quanto riguarda ciò che è stato trovato nella polvere. Hai mai sentito parlare di come l’abbia scoperto, mio caro amico? Vivendo in quei luoghi misteriosi, si vorrebbe proprio saperlo. Ad esempio: dove ha trovato quelle cose? O, meglio ancora, come ha iniziato le ricerche. Ha cominciato dalla cima delle colline, o dal basso? Ha forzato le cose ad uscire fuori, oppure le ha semplicemente raccolte? Dovresti dire ‘raccolte’, mio caro Signor Venus. O, come uomo, dovresti dire ‘forzate ad uscire’?”

“Direi che nessuno dei due, signor Wegg.”

“Come essere umano, Signor Venere, perché anche lui no?”

“Perché suppongo, signore, che ciò che è stato trovato sia il risultato di un processo di selezione e setacciatura. Tutti i mucchi sono stati ordinati e setacciati, vero?”

‘You shall see ’em and pass your opinion. Mix again.’

On each occasion of his saying ‘mix again’, Mr Wegg, with a hop on his wooden leg, hitches his chair a little nearer; more as if he were proposing that himself and Mr Venus should mix again, than that they should replenish their glasses.

‘Living (as I said before) on the mysterious premises,’ says Wegg when the other has acted on his hospitable entreaty, ‘one likes to know. Would you be inclined to say now—as a brother—that he ever hid things in the dust, as well as found ’em?’

‘Mr Wegg, on the whole I should say he might.’

Mr Wegg claps on his spectacles, and admiringly surveys Mr Venus from head to foot.

‘As a mortal equally with myself, whose hand I take in mine for the first time this day, having unaccountably overlooked that act so full of boundless confidence binding a fellow-creetur TO a fellow creetur,’ says Wegg, holding Mr Venus’s palm out, flat and ready for smiting, and now smiting it; ‘as such—and no other—for I scorn all lowlier ties betwixt myself and the man walking with his face erect that alone I call my Twin—regarded and regarding in this trustful bond—what do you think he might have hid?’

‘It is but a supposition, Mr Wegg.’

‘As a Being with his hand upon his heart,’ cries Wegg; and the apostrophe is not the less impressive for the Being’s hand being actually upon his rum and water; ‘put your supposition into language, and bring it out, Mr Venus!’

‘He was the species of old gentleman, sir,’ slowly returns that practical anatomist, after drinking, ‘that I should judge likely to take such opportunities as this place offered, of stowing away money, valuables, maybe papers.’

‘As one that was ever an ornament to human life,’ says Mr Wegg, again holding out Mr Venus’s palm as if he were going to tell his fortune by chiromancy, and holding his own up ready for smiting it when the time should come; ‘as one that the poet might have had his eye on, in writing the national naval words:

Helm a-weather, now lay her close, Yard arm and yard arm she lies; Again, cried I, Mr Venus, give her t’other dose, Man shrouds and grapple, sir, or she flies!

—that is to say, regarded in the light of true British Oak, for such you are—explain, Mr Venus, the expression “papers”!’

‘Seeing that the old gentleman was generally cutting off some near relation, or blocking out some natural affection,’ Mr Venus rejoins, ‘he most likely made a good many wills and codicils.’

The palm of Silas Wegg descends with a sounding smack upon the palm of Venus, and Wegg lavishly exclaims, ‘Twin in opinion equally with feeling! Mix a little more!’

Having now hitched his wooden leg and his chair close in front of Mr Venus, Mr Wegg rapidly mixes for both, gives his visitor his glass, touches its rim with the rim of his own, puts his own to his lips, puts it down, and spreading his hands on his visitor’s knees thus addresses him:

Mr Venus. It ain’t that I object to being passed over for a stranger, though I regard the stranger as a more than doubtful customer. It ain’t for the sake of making money, though money is ever welcome. It ain’t for myself, though I am not so haughty as to be above doing myself a good turn. It’s for the cause of the right.’

Mr Venus, passively winking his weak eyes both at once, demands: ‘What is, Mr Wegg?’

‘The friendly move, sir, that I now propose. You see the move, sir?’

‘Till you have pointed it out, Mr Wegg, I can’t say whether I do or not.’

‘If there IS anything to be found on these premises, let us find it together. Let us make the friendly move of agreeing to look for it together. Let us make the friendly move of agreeing to share the profits of it equally betwixt us. In the cause of the right.’ Thus Silas assuming a noble air.

‘Then,’ says Mr Venus, looking up, after meditating with his hair held in his hands, as if he could only fix his attention by fixing his head; ‘if anything was to be unburied from under the dust, it would be kept a secret by you and me? Would that be it, Mr Wegg?’

‘That would depend upon what it was, Mr Venus. Say it was money, or plate, or jewellery, it would be as much ours as anybody else’s.’

Mr Venus rubs an eyebrow, interrogatively.

‘In the cause of the right it would. Because it would be unknowingly sold with the mounds else, and the buyer would get what he was never meant to have, and never bought. And what would that be, Mr Venus, but the cause of the wrong?’

‘Say it was papers,’ Mr Venus propounds.

‘According to what they contained we should offer to dispose of ’em to the parties most interested,’ replies Wegg, promptly.

‘In the cause of the right, Mr Wegg?’

‘Always so, Mr Venus. If the parties should use them in the cause of the wrong, that would be their act and deed. Mr Venus. I have an opinion of you, sir, to which it is not easy to give mouth. Since I called upon you that evening when you were, as I may say, floating your powerful mind in tea, I have felt that you required to be roused with an object. In this friendly move, sir, you will have a glorious object to rouse you.’

Mr Wegg then goes on to enlarge upon what throughout has been uppermost in his crafty mind:—the qualifications of Mr Venus for such a search. He expatiates on Mr Venus’s patient habits and delicate manipulation; on his skill in piecing little things together; on his knowledge of various tissues and textures; on the likelihood of small indications leading him on to the discovery of great concealments. ‘While as to myself,’ says Wegg, ‘I am not good at it. Whether I gave myself up to prodding, or whether I gave myself up to scooping, I couldn’t do it with that delicate touch so as not to show that I was disturbing the mounds. Quite different with YOU, going to work (as YOU would) in the light of a fellow-man, holily pledged in a friendly move to his brother man.’ Mr Wegg next modestly remarks on the want of adaptation in a wooden leg to ladders and such like airy perches, and also hints at an inherent tendency in that timber fiction, when called into action for the purposes of a promenade on an ashey slope, to stick itself into the yielding foothold, and peg its owner to one spot. Then, leaving this part of the subject, he remarks on the special phenomenon that before his installation in the Bower, it was from Mr Venus that he first heard of the legend of hidden wealth in the Mounds: ‘which’, he observes with a vaguely pious air, ‘was surely never meant for nothing.’ Lastly, he returns to the cause of the right, gloomily foreshadowing the possibility of something being unearthed to criminate Mr Boffin (of whom he once more candidly admits it cannot be denied that he profits by a murder), and anticipating his denunciation by the friendly movers to avenging justice. And this, Mr Wegg expressly points out, not at all for the sake of the reward—though it would be a want of principle not to take it.

“Li vedrai e potrai dare il tuo parere. Mescolare di nuovo.”

Ogni volta che diceva “mescolare di nuovo”, il signor Wegg, con un balzo sulla sua gamba di legno, avvicinava un po’ la sua sedia; sembrava quasi che stesse proponendo di mescolare di nuovo lui stesso e il signor Venus, piuttosto che di riempire di nuovo i loro bicchieri.

“Vivendo, come ho detto prima, in queste misteriose stanze,” dice Wegg quando l’altro ha accettato la sua invitante proposta, “si ha voglia di sapere. Saresti disposto a dire, ora, come un fratello, se abbia mai nascosto qualcosa nella polvere, proprio come poi le abbia ritrovate?”

“Signor Wegg, in generale, direi che potrebbe farlo.”

Il signor Wegg si sistema gli occhiali e osserva con ammirazione il signor Venus dalla testa ai piedi.

“Come un mortale, proprio come me, la cui mano stringo per la prima volta oggi. Avendo in modo inspiegabile trascurato quell’atto pieno di fiducia infinita che lega un essere umano a un altro essere umano,” dice Wegg, tenendo aperta la palma della mano di Mr Venus, pronta per essere colpita. E ora la colpisce; “Proprio come tale – e nessun altro – disprezzo ogni legame più umile tra me e quest’uomo che cammina con la testa alta. L’unico che chiamo mio ‘Gemello’. Guardandolo e considerandolo in questo legame di fiducia. Cosa pensi che possa aver nascosto?”

“È soltanto un’ipotesi, signor Wegg.”

“Come un Essere che tiene la mano sul cuore, ”, grida Wegg; e l’apostrofo non perde affatto il suo effetto, visto che la mano di quell’Essere è in realtà posata sul suo rum e sul acqua; “Esprimi la tua ipotesi a parole, e dimostrala, Signor Venere!”

“Era quel tipo di vecchio gentiluomo, signore,” risponde lentamente quell’anatomista pratico, dopo aver bevuto, “di cui si potrebbe pensare che approfittasse di opportunità come quelle offerte da questo posto per nascondere denaro, oggetti di valore, o forse anche documenti.”

“Come colui che fu sempre un ornamento per la vita umana”, dice di nuovo il signor Wegg, tendendo ancora una volta la mano di Mr Venus come se volesse leggere il suo destino attraverso l’chiromanzia, tenendola pronta per schiacciarla non appena arrivasse il momento giusto; “come colui su cui il poeta avrebbe potuto fissare lo sguardo quando scriveva le parole relative alla marina nazionale, ”

Elmo antitempesta, ora mettila vicino a te, Braccio dopo braccio giace immobile; Di nuovo gridai: “Signor Venere, dammi un’altra dose, L’uomo si avvolge e lotta, signore, altrimenti volerà via!”

—in altre parole, considerato alla luce del vero quercio britannico, poiché è proprio ciò che siete voi. Spiegateci, Signor Venus, il significato dell’espressione “carta”!

“Visto che quel vecchio signore tendeva generalmente a tagliare fuori alcuni parenti stretti o a soffocare certi affetti naturali,” continua Mr Venus, “è molto probabile che abbia redatto molti testamenti e codicilli.”

Il palmo di Silas Wegg si abbassa con un sonoro schiaffo sul palmo di Venus, e Wegg esclama con entusiasmo: ‘Gemelli di opinioni e di sentimenti! Mescoliamone ancora un po’!’

Dopo aver sistemato la sua gamba di legno e la sedia proprio davanti al signor Venus, il signor Wegg prepara rapidamente da bere per entrambi, porge al suo ospite il bicchiere, ne tocca il bordo con il proprio, porta il proprio bicchiere alle labbra, lo mette giù e, appoggiando le mani sulle ginocchia dell’ospite, gli dice:

Signor Venus. Non è che mi dispiaccia essere messo da parte in favore di uno sconosciuto, anche se considero quell’uomo un cliente piuttosto dubbia. Non è per guadagnare denaro, anche se il denaro è sempre benvenuto. Non è nemmeno per me stesso, anche se non sono così presuntuoso da rifiutare di trarne beneficio. È per una causa giusta.’

Signor Venus, battendo contemporaneamente le palpebre deboli, chiede: “Che cos’è, Signor Wegg?”

“La mossa amichevole che propongo ora. La vedete, signore?”

“Finché non me lo ha fatto notare, signor Wegg, non posso dire se lo faccia o meno.”

“Se c’è davvero qualcosa da trovare in questi luoghi, troviamolo insieme. Facciamo questo gesto amichevole: concordiamo nel cercarlo insieme e condividiamo equamente i benefici che ne derivano. Per la causa della giustizia.” Così disse Silas, assumendo un tono nobile.

“Allora,” disse Signor Venus alzando lo sguardo, dopo aver riflettuto con i capelli tra le mani, come se potesse concentrarsi meglio fissando il vuoto; “se qualcosa dovesse essere riportato alla luce da sotto la polvere, sarebbe un segreto solo nostro, vero, Signor Wegg?”

‘Dipenderebbe da di cosa si tratti, Signor Venus. Se fossero soldi, o automobili, o gioielli, sarebbero tanto nostri quanto di chiunque altro.’

Signor Venere ruba un sopracciglio, con aria interrogativa.

‘A causa del diritto, sì. Perché in tal modo verrebbe venduto, inconsapevolmente, insieme alle altre merci, e il compratore otterrebbe qualcosa che non era mai destinato ad avere, né mai acquistato. E cosa sarebbe questo, Signor Venere, se non la causa dell’ingiustizia?’

“Dici che si trattava di documenti,” suggerisce Signor Venus.

“Secondo ciò che contengono, dovremmo offrirci di disfarcene alle parti più interessate,” risponde prontamente Wegg.

“Per la causa del giusto, signor Wegg?”

‘Sempre così, Signor Venere. Se le parti decidessero di utilizzarle a fini malvagi, quella sarebbe la loro azione e il loro comportamento. Signor Venere, ho un’opinione su di voi, signore, un’opinione che non è facile esprimere a parole. Da quando vi ho cercato quella sera, mentre, per così dire, lasciavate che la vostra mente potente si “immergesse” nel tè, ho sentito che avevate bisogno di qualcosa che vi stimolasse. Con questo gesto amichevole, signore, avrete un motivo glorioso per riscuotervi.’

Il signor Wegg prosegue quindi esponendo in dettaglio ciò che, fin dall’inizio, occupava il primo posto nella sua mente astuta: le qualifiche del signor Venus per un’indagine del genere. Si sofferma sulle abitudini pazienti e sulla delicatezza delle sue manovre; sulla sua abilità nel mettere insieme piccoli dettagli; sulla sua conoscenza dei vari tipi di tessuti e materiali; sulla possibilità che indizi apparentemente insignificanti possano condurre alla scoperta di nascondigli molto importanti. “Per quanto mi riguarda,” dice Wegg, “non sono bravo in questo genere di cose. Non so se sia meglio insistere con le domande o cercare direttamente la verità. Non riesco a procedere con quella delicatezza necessaria per non destare sospetti.” “Ma tu, invece,” continua, “lavori alla luce della collaborazione di un altro uomo, mosso da sinceri intenti di aiuto verso il proprio simile.” Il signor Wegg aggiunge poi, in modo modesto, che una gamba di legno non è adatta per le scale o altri supporti sottili; fa anche riferimento al fatto che, quando utilizzata per camminare su pendii coperti di cenere, tende a impigliarsi nei terreni morbidi, immobilizzando chi la utilizza. Lasciato questo argomento, commenta il fatto che sia stato proprio dal signor Venus che ha sentito per la prima volta la leggenda riguardante i tesori nascosti nelle colline: “Una leggenda, senza dubbio, non sortita a caso, ” Infine, torna sull’argomento principale, preannunciando con cupa preoccupazione la possibilità che vengano scoperte prove capaci di incriminare il signor Boffin (di cui ammette apertamente che trae profitto da un crimine) e anticipa la sua denuncia da parte delle persone impegnate nella ricerca della giustizia. E precisamente, sottolinea Wegg, non per motivi di ricompensa, anche se sarebbe contrario ai suoi principi rifiutarla.

To all this, Mr Venus, with his shock of dusty hair cocked after the manner of a terrier’s ears, attends profoundly. When Mr Wegg, having finished, opens his arms wide, as if to show Mr Venus how bare his breast is, and then folds them pending a reply, Mr Venus winks at him with both eyes some little time before speaking.

‘I see you have tried it by yourself, Mr Wegg,’ he says when he does speak. ‘You have found out the difficulties by experience.’

‘No, it can hardly be said that I have tried it,’ replies Wegg, a little dashed by the hint. ‘I have just skimmed it. Skimmed it.’

‘And found nothing besides the difficulties?’

Wegg shakes his head.

‘I scarcely know what to say to this, Mr Wegg,’ observes Venus, after ruminating for a while.

‘Say yes,’ Wegg naturally urges.

‘If I wasn’t soured, my answer would be no. But being soured, Mr Wegg, and driven to reckless madness and desperation, I suppose it’s Yes.’

Wegg joyfully reproduces the two glasses, repeats the ceremony of clinking their rims, and inwardly drinks with great heartiness to the health and success in life of the young lady who has reduced Mr Venus to his present convenient state of mind.

The articles of the friendly move are then severally recited and agreed upon. They are but secrecy, fidelity, and perseverance. The Bower to be always free of access to Mr Venus for his researches, and every precaution to be taken against their attracting observation in the neighbourhood.

‘There’s a footstep!’ exclaims Venus.

‘Where?’ cries Wegg, starting.

‘Outside. St!’

They are in the act of ratifying the treaty of friendly move, by shaking hands upon it. They softly break off, light their pipes which have gone out, and lean back in their chairs. No doubt, a footstep. It approaches the window, and a hand taps at the glass. ‘Come in!’ calls Wegg; meaning come round by the door. But the heavy old-fashioned sash is slowly raised, and a head slowly looks in out of the dark background of night.

‘Pray is Mr Silas Wegg here? Oh! I see him!’

The friendly movers might not have been quite at their ease, even though the visitor had entered in the usual manner. But, leaning on the breast-high window, and staring in out of the darkness, they find the visitor extremely embarrassing. Especially Mr Venus: who removes his pipe, draws back his head, and stares at the starer, as if it were his own Hindoo baby come to fetch him home.

‘Good evening, Mr Wegg. The yard gate-lock should be looked to, if you please; it don’t catch.’

‘Is it Mr Rokesmith?’ falters Wegg.

‘It is Mr Rokesmith. Don’t let me disturb you. I am not coming in. I have only a message for you, which I undertook to deliver on my way home to my lodgings. I was in two minds about coming beyond the gate without ringing: not knowing but you might have a dog about.’

‘I wish I had,’ mutters Wegg, with his back turned as he rose from his chair. ‘St! Hush! The talking-over stranger, Mr Venus.’

‘Is that any one I know?’ inquires the staring Secretary.

‘No, Mr Rokesmith. Friend of mine. Passing the evening with me.’

‘Oh! I beg his pardon. Mr Boffin wishes you to know that he does not expect you to stay at home any evening, on the chance of his coming. It has occurred to him that he may, without intending it, have been a tie upon you. In future, if he should come without notice, he will take his chance of finding you, and it will be all the same to him if he does not. I undertook to tell you on my way. That’s all.’

With that, and ‘Good night,’ the Secretary lowers the window, and disappears. They listen, and hear his footsteps go back to the gate, and hear the gate close after him.

‘And for that individual, Mr Venus,’ remarks Wegg, when he is fully gone, ‘I have been passed over! Let me ask you what you think of him?’

Apparently, Mr Venus does not know what to think of him, for he makes sundry efforts to reply, without delivering himself of any other articulate utterance than that he has ‘a singular look’.

‘A double look, you mean, sir,’ rejoins Wegg, playing bitterly upon the word. ‘That’s HIS look. Any amount of singular look for me, but not a double look! That’s an under-handed mind, sir.’

‘Do you say there’s something against him?’ Venus asks.

‘Something against him?’ repeats Wegg. ‘Something? What would the relief be to my feelings—as a fellow-man—if I wasn’t the slave of truth, and didn’t feel myself compelled to answer, Everything!’

See into what wonderful maudlin refuges, featherless ostriches plunge their heads! It is such unspeakable moral compensation to Wegg, to be overcome by the consideration that Mr Rokesmith has an underhanded mind!

‘On this starlight night, Mr Venus,’ he remarks, when he is showing that friendly mover out across the yard, and both are something the worse for mixing again and again: ‘on this starlight night to think that talking-over strangers, and underhanded minds, can go walking home under the sky, as if they was all square!’

‘The spectacle of those orbs,’ says Mr Venus, gazing upward with his hat tumbling off; ‘brings heavy on me her crushing words that she did not wish to regard herself nor yet to be regarded in that—’

‘I know! I know! You needn’t repeat ’em,’ says Wegg, pressing his hand. ‘But think how those stars steady me in the cause of the right against some that shall be nameless. It isn’t that I bear malice. But see how they glisten with old remembrances! Old remembrances of what, sir?’

Mr Venus begins drearily replying, ‘Of her words, in her own handwriting, that she does not wish to regard herself, nor yet—’ when Silas cuts him short with dignity.

‘No, sir! Remembrances of Our House, of Master George, of Aunt Jane, of Uncle Parker, all laid waste! All offered up sacrifices to the minion of fortune and the worm of the hour!’

A tutto questo, Signor Venere, con quella ciocca di capelli polverosi sollevata all’indietro come le orecchie di un terrier, presta attenzione profonda. Quando il signor Wegg, finito di parlare, apre le braccia larghe, come per mostrare a Signor Venere quanto sia nudo il suo petto, e poi le richiude in attesa di una risposta, Signor Venere gli fa l’occhiolino con entrambi gli occhi dopo un po’, prima di parlare.

“Vedo che l’ha provato da solo, signor Wegg,” dice quando finalmente parla. “Ha scoperto le difficoltà attraverso l’esperienza.”

“No, non si può proprio dire che l’abbia provato,” risponde Wegg, un po’ offeso da quel suggerimento. “L’ho solo sfogliato velocemente. Solo sfogliato.”

“E non ha trovato nulla se non difficoltà?”

Wegg scuote la testa.

“Non so davvero cosa dire al riguardo, signor Wegg,” osserva Venus dopo averci riflettuto per un po’.

“Dì sì,” esorta naturalmente Wegg.

“Se non fossi stato offeso, la mia risposta sarebbe stata no. Ma essendo stato offeso, signor Wegg, spinto verso una follia e disperazione folli, credo che la risposta sia sì.”

Wegg riproduce con gioia i due bicchieri, ripete la cerimonia di far tintinnare i loro bordi e, nel suo intimo, beve con grande entusiasmo per la salute e il successo nella vita della giovane signora che ha ridotto Mr Venus nello stato mentale attuale in cui si trova.

Gli articoli di questo accordo amichevole vengono quindi recitati uno per uno e concordati. Essi consistono semplicemente nel rispetto della segretezza, della fedeltà e della perseveranza. Inoltre, deve essere garantito che Signor Venere abbia sempre libero accesso al luogo designato per le sue ricerche, e vanno prese tutte le precauzioni necessarie per evitare che vengano notati dai vicini.

“C’è un passo!” esclama Venere.

“Dove?”, grida Wegg, iniziando a chiedere.

“Fuori. Presto!”

Stanno appunto ratificando il trattato di amicizia stringendosi la mano. Poi si interrompono dolcemente, accendono le loro pipe ormai spente e si appoggiano allo schienale delle sedie. Nessun dubbio. Si sente un passo. Qualcuno si avvicina alla finestra e bussa sul vetro. “Entra!” dice Wegg, intendendo che debba entrare dalla porta. Ma la pesante tenda vecchio stile viene lentamente sollevata, e una testa appare lentamente nel buio della notte.

“Pray, è il signor Silas Wegg qui? Oh, lo vedo!”

I gentili traslocatori forse non si sentivano del tutto a loro agio, anche se il visitatore era entrato nel solito modo. Ma appoggiati alla finestra all’altezza del petto e fissando l’oscurità all’esterno, trovavano il visitatore estremamente imbarazzante. Soprattutto Mr Venus: che si tolse la pipa, tirò indietro la testa e fissò il visitatore, come se fosse suo figlio indù venuto a prenderlo per portarlo a casa.

“Buonasera, signor Wegg. Vorrei che controllasse la serratura del cancello del cortile: non funziona correttamente.”

“È il signor Rokesmith?”, balbetta Wegg.

‘È il signor Rokesmith. Non voglio disturbarvi. Non entro, ho solo un messaggio da consegnarvi; dovevo farlo lungo la strada per tornare alle mie stanze. Ero indeciso se entrare senza suonare il campanello. Non sapevo infatti se aveste un cane.’

“Vorrei averlo, ”, mormora Wegg, con le spalle rivolte, mentre si alza dalla sedia. “Shhh! Zitti! Quell’estraneo che parla troppo. Il signor Venere.”

“È qualcuno che conosco?”, chiede il Segretario, fissando la persona davanti a sé.

“No, signor Rokesmith. È un mio amico. Sta trascorrendo la serata con me.”

‘Oh! Le chiedo scusa. Il signor Boffin desidera che lei sappia che non si aspetta che lei rimanga a casa ogni sera, nel caso in cui lui possa venire. Gli è venuto in mente che potrebbe, senza volerlo, esserle d’intralcio. In futuro, se dovesse venire senza preavviso, proverà comunque a trovarla, ma non gli importerà nulla se non ci riuscirà. Ho promesso di dirglielo lungo la strada. Ecco tutto.’

Con queste parole e un “Buona notte”, il Segretario abbassa la finestra e scompare. Loro ascoltano e sentono i suoi passi tornare verso il cancello, poi sentono il cancello chiudersi alle sue spalle.

“E per quell’individuo, Signor Venere,” osserva Wegg quando lui se n’è andato del tutto, “mi hanno ignorato! Lasciate che vi chieda cosa ne pensate di lui, ”

A quanto pare, Signor Venere non sa proprio cosa pensare di lui, perché si sforza in tutti i modi di rispondere, senza mai pronunciare altre parole chiare se non quella che dice “ha un aspetto strano”.

“Un ‘doppio’ sguardo, intendete dire, signore,” ribatte Wegg, giocando amaramente con quella parola. “Quello è IL suo modo di guardare. Per me, invece, qualsiasi tipo di sguardo andrebbe bene, tranne un ‘doppio’ sguardo! Signore, quello è davvero un comportamento meschino.”

“Dici davvero che c’è qualcosa contro di lui?” chiede Venere.

“Qualcosa contro di lui?” ripete Wegg. “Qualcosa? Quale sollievo sarebbe per i miei sentimenti, come essere umano, se non fossi schiavo della verità e non mi sentissi obbligato a rispondere: ‘Tutto!’”

Vedete in quali meravigliosi e sentimentali rifugi si nascondono questi “struzzi senza piume”. È davvero un’incommensurabile compensazione morale per Wegg il fatto di essere sopraffatto dall’idea che il signor Rokesmith abbia un carattere meschino e subdolo!

“In questa notte illuminata dalla luce delle stelle,” osserva lui mentre indica quel movimento amichevole che si svolge nel cortile, “pensare che persone estranee e di mente subdola possano tornare a casa sotto il cielo, come se tutto fosse perfettamente normale, ”

“Lo spettacolo di quei globi,” dice Signor Venere, guardando in alto con il cappello che gli cadeva; “mi riporta alla mente quelle parole terribili che lei disse, secondo cui non desiderava essere considerata in quel modo, né che altri la considerassero così.”

“Lo so! Lo so! Non c’è bisogno che le ripetiate,” dice Wegg, premendo la sua mano.
“Ma pensate solo a come quelle stelle mi sostengano nella lotta per il giusto contro persone che non verranno nemmeno menzionate. Non è che io nutra rancore. Ma vedete com’è luminosa quella stella? Rievoca vecchi ricordi. Vecchi ricordi di cosa, signore?”

Signor Venere inizia a rispondere in modo noioso: “Secondo le sue stesse parole, scritte di suo pugno, lei non desidera più considerarsi, né tantomeno, ” quando Silas lo interrompe con dignità.

“No, signore! I ricordi della nostra Casa, di Maestro George, di Zia Jane, di Zio Parker, tutto distrutto! Tutto offerto in sacrificio al servitore della fortuna e al verme del momento!”

Chapter 8

IN WHICH AN INNOCENT ELOPEMENT OCCURS

The minion of fortune and the worm of the hour, or in less cutting language, Nicodemus Boffin, Esquire, the Golden Dustman, had become as much at home in his eminently aristocratic family mansion as he was likely ever to be. He could not but feel that, like an eminently aristocratic family cheese, it was much too large for his wants, and bred an infinite amount of parasites; but he was content to regard this drawback on his property as a sort of perpetual Legacy Duty. He felt the more resigned to it, forasmuch as Mrs Boffin enjoyed herself completely, and Miss Bella was delighted.

That young lady was, no doubt, an acquisition to the Boffins. She was far too pretty to be unattractive anywhere, and far too quick of perception to be below the tone of her new career. Whether it improved her heart might be a matter of taste that was open to question; but as touching another matter of taste, its improvement of her appearance and manner, there could be no question whatever.

And thus it soon came about that Miss Bella began to set Mrs Boffin right; and even further, that Miss Bella began to feel ill at ease, and as it were responsible, when she saw Mrs Boffin going wrong. Not that so sweet a disposition and so sound a nature could ever go very wrong even among the great visiting authorities who agreed that the Boffins were ‘charmingly vulgar’ (which for certain was not their own case in saying so), but that when she made a slip on the social ice on which all the children of Podsnappery, with genteel souls to be saved, are required to skate in circles, or to slide in long rows, she inevitably tripped Miss Bella up (so that young lady felt), and caused her to experience great confusion under the glances of the more skilful performers engaged in those ice-exercises.

At Miss Bella’s time of life it was not to be expected that she should examine herself very closely on the congruity or stability of her position in Mr Boffin’s house. And as she had never been sparing of complaints of her old home when she had no other to compare it with, so there was no novelty of ingratitude or disdain in her very much preferring her new one.

‘An invaluable man is Rokesmith,’ said Mr Boffin, after some two or three months. ‘But I can’t quite make him out.’

Neither could Bella, so she found the subject rather interesting.

‘He takes more care of my affairs, morning, noon, and night,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘than fifty other men put together either could or would; and yet he has ways of his own that are like tying a scaffolding-pole right across the road, and bringing me up short when I am almost a-walking arm in arm with him.’

‘May I ask how so, sir?’ inquired Bella.

Well, my dear,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘he won’t meet any company here, but you. When we have visitors, I should wish him to have his regular place at the table like ourselves; but no, he won’t take it.’

‘If he considers himself above it,’ said Miss Bella, with an airy toss of her head, ‘I should leave him alone.’

‘It ain’t that, my dear,’ replied Mr Boffin, thinking it over. ‘He don’t consider himself above it.’

‘Perhaps he considers himself beneath it,’ suggested Bella. ‘If so, he ought to know best.’

‘No, my dear; nor it ain’t that, neither. No,’ repeated Mr Boffin, with a shake of his head, after again thinking it over; ‘Rokesmith’s a modest man, but he don’t consider himself beneath it.’

‘Then what does he consider, sir?’ asked Bella.

‘Dashed if I know!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘It seemed at first as if it was only Lightwood that he objected to meet. And now it seems to be everybody, except you.’

Oho! thought Miss Bella. ‘In—deed! That’s it, is it!’ For Mr Mortimer Lightwood had dined there two or three times, and she had met him elsewhere, and he had shown her some attention. ‘Rather cool in a Secretary—and Pa’s lodger—to make me the subject of his jealousy!’

That Pa’s daughter should be so contemptuous of Pa’s lodger was odd; but there were odder anomalies than that in the mind of the spoilt girl: spoilt first by poverty, and then by wealth. Be it this history’s part, however, to leave them to unravel themselves.

‘A little too much, I think,’ Miss Bella reflected scornfully, ‘to have Pa’s lodger laying claim to me, and keeping eligible people off! A little too much, indeed, to have the opportunities opened to me by Mr and Mrs Boffin, appropriated by a mere Secretary and Pa’s lodger!’

Yet it was not so very long ago that Bella had been fluttered by the discovery that this same Secretary and lodger seem to like her. Ah! but the eminently aristocratic mansion and Mrs Boffin’s dressmaker had not come into play then.

In spite of his seemingly retiring manners a very intrusive person, this Secretary and lodger, in Miss Bella’s opinion. Always a light in his office-room when we came home from the play or Opera, and he always at the carriage-door to hand us out. Always a provoking radiance too on Mrs Boffin’s face, and an abominably cheerful reception of him, as if it were possible seriously to approve what the man had in his mind!

‘You never charge me, Miss Wilfer,’ said the Secretary, encountering her by chance alone in the great drawing-room, ‘with commissions for home. I shall always be happy to execute any commands you may have in that direction.’

‘Pray what may you mean, Mr Rokesmith?’ inquired Miss Bella, with languidly drooping eyelids.

‘By home? I mean your father’s house at Holloway.’

She coloured under the retort—so skilfully thrust, that the words seemed to be merely a plain answer, given in plain good faith—and said, rather more emphatically and sharply:

‘What commissions and commands are you speaking of?’

‘Only little words of remembrance as I assume you sent somehow or other,’ replied the Secretary with his former air. ‘It would be a pleasure to me if you would make me the bearer of them. As you know, I come and go between the two houses every day.’

Capitolo 8

In cui ha luogo un innocente matrimonio segreto.

Il “servo della fortuna” e il “verme dell’ora”, o per dirla in termini meno taglienti, Nicodemus Boffin, signore e “Raccoglitore di Polvere d’Oro”, si sentiva ormai perfettamente a proprio agio nella lussuosa dimora della sua estremamente aristocratica famiglia. Non poteva fare a meno di pensare che, proprio come un formaggio appartenente a una famiglia aristocratica, quella casa fosse decisamente troppo grande per le sue esigenze e generasse un’infinità di “parassiti”; tuttavia, si accontentava di considerare questo aspetto negativo della sua proprietà come una sorta di “dovere ereditario perpetuo”. Era ancora più rassegnato al fatto che la signora Boffin sembrasse godersi appieno quella vita e che Miss Bella fosse del tutto felice.

Quella giovane signora era, senza alcun dubbio, un vero e proprio acquisto per i Boffins. Era troppo bella per non essere attraente ovunque, e aveva una percezione delle cose troppo acuta per non essere all’altezza del livello della sua nuova carriera. Se questo migliorasse il suo carattere, beh, quella era una questione di gusto su cui si poteva discutere; ma riguardo al modo in cui questo avrebbe migliorato il suo aspetto e i suoi modi, non c’erano assolutamente dubbi.

E così, ben presto, Miss Bella iniziò a correggere le azioni di Mrs Boffin; anzi, iniziò persino a sentirsi a disagio e, in un certo senso, responsabile ogni volta che vedeva Mrs Boffin commettere errori. Non che una natura così gentile e sana potesse mai sbagliare davvero, nemmeno tra quelle autorità sociali che ritenevano i Boffin “deliziosamente volgari” (il che di certo non corrispondeva alla loro vera natura), ma semplicemente perché, quando Miss Bella commetteva un errore su quel “ghiaccio sociale” su cui tutti i bambini di Podsnappery devono muoversi in cerchi o in lunghe file, inevitabilmente causava problemi a Mrs Boffin (almeno così la giovane signorina lo percepiva), facendola cadere nel disordine sotto gli sguardi delle altre persone più abili in quelle pratiche sociali.

All’età di Miss Bella, non si poteva certo aspettare che lei esaminasse con attenzione la congruenza o la stabilità della sua posizione nella casa del signor Boffin. E poiché non aveva mai smesso di lamentarsi della sua vecchia casa, quando non ne aveva altre da confrontare, non c’era nulla di nuovo nel suo comportamento di ingratitudine o disprezzo nel preferire decisamente la nuova casa alla precedente.

“Un uomo davvero inestimabile è Rokesmith,” disse il signor Boffin, dopo circa due o tre mesi. “Ma non riesco proprio a capirlo del tutto.”

Nemmeno Bella riusciva a farlo, quindi trovò l’argomento piuttosto interessante.

“Si occupa delle mie faccende con maggiore cura, al mattino, a mattina e a notte”, disse il signor Boffin, “di quanto cinquanta altre persone potrebbero o volessero fare insieme; eppure ha i suoi modi particolari, come se volesse mettere un palo di impalcatura proprio in mezzo alla strada, impedendomi di procedere quando sono quasi sul punto di camminare fianco a fianco con lui.”

“Posso chiedere come mai, signore?”, domandò Bella.

“Beh, caro mio,” disse il signor Boffin, “qui non incontrerà nessuno, tranne te. Quando abbiamo ospiti, vorrei che avesse il suo solito posto a tavola come noi; ma no, lui rifiuta di sedersi lì.”

“Se si ritiene al di sopra di queste cose,” disse la signorina Bella, scuotendo leggermente la testa, “dovrei lasciarlo da solo.”

“Non è proprio così, mia cara,” rispose il signor Boffin, dopo averci pensato su. “Lui non si ritiene al di sopra di queste cose.”

“Forse si ritiene inferiore a ciò,” suggerì Bella. “In tal caso, dovrebbe saperlo meglio di chiunque altro.”

“No, mia cara; non è nemmeno questo. No,” ripeté il signor Boffin scuotendo la testa dopo averci pensato ancora un po’; “Rokesmith è un uomo umile, ma non si ritiene inferiore a tale compito.”

“Allora, cosa ritiene lui, signore?” chiese Bella.

“Che io sappia, ”, disse il signor Boffin. “All’inizio sembrava che si opponesse solo all’incontro con Lightwood; ora invece sembra che si opponga a incontrare chiunque, tranne te.”

Oho! pensò la signorina Bella. “Davvero. È proprio così!” Il signor Mortimer Lightwood era stato a cena da loro due o tre volte, e lei lo aveva incontrato anche in altri luoghi; inoltre, lui le aveva dimostrato un certo interesse. “Che strano da parte di un segretario, e inquilino di mio padre, prendersi la briga di suscitare la mia invidia!”

Il fatto che la figlia di quel padre trattasse con tale disprezzo l’inquilino di suo padre fosse strano; ma nella mente di quella ragazza viziata c’erano anomalie ancora più strane: viziata prima dalla povertà, e poi dalla ricchezza. Comunque sia, spetta a questa storia lasciare che queste cose si svelino da sole.

“Un po’ troppo, direi,” rifletté con disprezzo la signorina Bella, “che il pensionante di papà pretenda di avere diritti su di me e allo stesso tempo tenga lontani le persone adatte! Davvero un po’ troppo, che le opportunità offerte da Mr e Mrs Boffin vengano sottratte da una semplice segretaria e dal pensionante di papà, ”

Eppure, non è passato molto tempo da quando Bella aveva provato un certo turbamento scoprendo che proprio quel segretario e inquilino sembravano apprezzarla. Ah! Ma all’epoca, né la maestosa dimora aristocratica né il sarto di Mrs Boffin erano ancora entrati in gioco.

Nonostante i suoi modi apparentemente riservati, era in realtà una persona molto invadente; secondo Miss Bella, questo segretario e inquilino era sempre presente nel suo ufficio quando tornavamo a casa dal teatro o dall’opera, e ci aspettava sempre alla porta della carrozza per aiutarci. Sul viso di Mrs Boffin c’era sempre un sorriso provocatorio, e lo accoglievano in modo terribilmente cordiale, come se fosse davvero possibile approvare ciò che quell’uomo aveva in mente.

“Non mi addebita mai nulla, signorina Wilfer,” disse il segretario, incontrandola per caso da sola nel grande salotto, “per commissioni relative alla casa. Sarò sempre felice di eseguire qualsiasi ordine lei abbia in quel senso.”

“Che cosa intende dire con ‘pregare’, signor Rokesmith?”, chiese la signorina Bella, con le palpebre pesantemente abbassate.

“A casa? Intendo la casa di tuo padre a Holloway.”

Rispose con abilità alla replica, in modo che quelle parole sembrassero semplicemente una risposta schietta, data con sincera fede; e disse, con maggiore enfasi e durezza:

“Di quali commissioni e ordini stai parlando?”

“Solo piccole parole di ricordo, presumo che le abbiate inviate in qualche modo, ”, rispose il Segretario con il suo solito tono. “Mi farebbe piacere se mi permetteste di essere il loro portatore. Come sapete, vado avanti e indietro tra le due case ogni giorno.”

‘You needn’t remind me of that, sir.’

She was too quick in this petulant sally against ‘Pa’s lodger’; and she felt that she had been so when she met his quiet look.

‘They don’t send many—what was your expression?—words of remembrance to me,’ said Bella, making haste to take refuge in ill-usage.

‘They frequently ask me about you, and I give them such slight intelligence as I can.’

‘I hope it’s truly given,’ exclaimed Bella.

‘I hope you cannot doubt it, for it would be very much against you, if you could.’

‘No, I do not doubt it. I deserve the reproach, which is very just indeed. I beg your pardon, Mr Rokesmith.’

‘I should beg you not to do so, but that it shows you to such admirable advantage,’ he replied with earnestness. ‘Forgive me; I could not help saying that. To return to what I have digressed from, let me add that perhaps they think I report them to you, deliver little messages, and the like. But I forbear to trouble you, as you never ask me.’

‘I am going, sir,’ said Bella, looking at him as if he had reproved her, ‘to see them tomorrow.’

‘Is that,’ he asked, hesitating, ‘said to me, or to them?’

‘To which you please.’

‘To both? Shall I make it a message?’

‘You can if you like, Mr Rokesmith. Message or no message, I am going to see them tomorrow.’

‘Then I will tell them so.’

He lingered a moment, as though to give her the opportunity of prolonging the conversation if she wished. As she remained silent, he left her. Two incidents of the little interview were felt by Miss Bella herself, when alone again, to be very curious. The first was, that he unquestionably left her with a penitent air upon her, and a penitent feeling in her heart. The second was, that she had not an intention or a thought of going home, until she had announced it to him as a settled design.

‘What can I mean by it, or what can he mean by it?’ was her mental inquiry: ‘He has no right to any power over me, and how do I come to mind him when I don’t care for him?’

Mrs Boffin, insisting that Bella should make tomorrow’s expedition in the chariot, she went home in great grandeur. Mrs Wilfer and Miss Lavinia had speculated much on the probabilities and improbabilities of her coming in this gorgeous state, and, on beholding the chariot from the window at which they were secreted to look out for it, agreed that it must be detained at the door as long as possible, for the mortification and confusion of the neighbours. Then they repaired to the usual family room, to receive Miss Bella with a becoming show of indifference.

The family room looked very small and very mean, and the downward staircase by which it was attained looked very narrow and very crooked. The little house and all its arrangements were a poor contrast to the eminently aristocratic dwelling. ‘I can hardly believe,’ thought Bella, ‘that I ever did endure life in this place!’

Gloomy majesty on the part of Mrs Wilfer, and native pertness on the part of Lavvy, did not mend the matter. Bella really stood in natural need of a little help, and she got none.

‘This,’ said Mrs Wilfer, presenting a cheek to be kissed, as sympathetic and responsive as the back of the bowl of a spoon, ‘is quite an honour! You will probably find your sister Lavvy grown, Bella.’

‘Ma,’ Miss Lavinia interposed, ‘there can be no objection to your being aggravating, because Bella richly deserves it; but I really must request that you will not drag in such ridiculous nonsense as my having grown when I am past the growing age.’

‘I grew, myself,’ Mrs Wilfer sternly proclaimed, ‘after I was married.’

‘Very well, Ma,’ returned Lavvy, ‘then I think you had much better have left it alone.’

The lofty glare with which the majestic woman received this answer, might have embarrassed a less pert opponent, but it had no effect upon Lavinia: who, leaving her parent to the enjoyment of any amount of glaring at she might deem desirable under the circumstances, accosted her sister, undismayed.

‘I suppose you won’t consider yourself quite disgraced, Bella, if I give you a kiss? Well! And how do you do, Bella? And how are your Boffins?’

‘Peace!’ exclaimed Mrs Wilfer. ‘Hold! I will not suffer this tone of levity.’

‘My goodness me! How are your Spoffins, then?’ said Lavvy, ‘since Ma so very much objects to your Boffins.’

‘Impertinent girl! Minx!’ said Mrs Wilfer, with dread severity.

‘I don’t care whether I am a Minx, or a Sphinx,’ returned Lavinia, coolly, tossing her head; ‘it’s exactly the same thing to me, and I’d every bit as soon be one as the other; but I know this—I’ll not grow after I’m married!’

‘You will not? YOU will not?’ repeated Mrs Wilfer, solemnly.

‘No, Ma, I will not. Nothing shall induce me.’

Mrs Wilfer, having waved her gloves, became loftily pathetic.

‘But it was to be expected;’ thus she spake. ‘A child of mine deserts me for the proud and prosperous, and another child of mine despises me. It is quite fitting.’

‘Ma,’ Bella struck in, ‘Mr and Mrs Boffin are prosperous, no doubt; but you have no right to say they are proud. You must know very well that they are not.’

‘In short, Ma,’ said Lavvy, bouncing over to the enemy without a word of notice, ‘you must know very well—or if you don’t, more shame for you!—that Mr and Mrs Boffin are just absolute perfection.’

‘Truly,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, courteously receiving the deserter, ‘it would seem that we are required to think so. And this, Lavinia, is my reason for objecting to a tone of levity. Mrs Boffin (of whose physiognomy I can never speak with the composure I would desire to preserve), and your mother, are not on terms of intimacy. It is not for a moment to be supposed that she and her husband dare to presume to speak of this family as the Wilfers. I cannot therefore condescend to speak of them as the Boffins. No; for such a tone—call it familiarity, levity, equality, or what you will—would imply those social interchanges which do not exist. Do I render myself intelligible?’

“Non c’è bisogno che me lo ricordi, signore.”

Fu troppo veloce nel lanciare questa sciocca offesa contro “l’inquilino di papà”; e si rese conto di averlo fatto anche quando incrociò il suo sguardo tranquillo.

“Non mi mandano molte, come hai detto tu?, parole di ricordo,” disse Bella, affrettandosi a rifugiarsi nell’uso di parole offensive.

“Mi chiedono spesso di te, e io fornisco loro solo le informazioni più essenziali che riesco a raccogliere.”

“Spero davvero che sia stato dato,” esclamò Bella.

‘Spero che non possiate dubitarne, perché sarebbe molto dannoso per voi se poteste farlo.’

“No, non ne dubito affatto. Merito questa rimprovera, che è davvero più che meritata. Vi chiedo scusa, signor Rokesmith.”

“Dovrei supplicarti di non farlo, ma questo ti sarebbe di grande aiuto,” rispose con sincerità. “Perdonami; non ho potuto fare a meno di dirlo. Tornando al discorso che avevo interrotto, forse pensano che io li denunci a te, che porti messaggi per loro e cose del genere. Ma preferisco non disturbarti, visto che tu non me lo chiedi mai.”

“Vado, signore,” disse Bella, guardandolo come se l’avesse rimproverata, “per vederli domani.”

“È detto a me,” chiese esitando, “o a loro?”

“A vostra discrezione.”

“Per entrambi? Devo trasformarlo in un messaggio?”

“Può farlo se vuole, signor Rokesmith. Che ci sia un messaggio o meno, li incontrerò domani.”

“Allora glielo dirò.”

Rimase lì per un momento, come se volesse darle la possibilità di prolungare la conversazione, se lo desiderasse. Poiché lei rimase in silenzio, se ne andò. Due momenti di quell’incontro furono particolarmente significativi per Miss Bella, quando rimase di nuovo sola, e le sembrarono molto curiosi. Il primo fu che lui, senza dubbio, la lasciò con un’aria di pentimento e lei provò un sentimento simile nel suo cuore. Il secondo fu che non aveva alcuna intenzione o pensiero di tornare a casa, fino a quando non glielo comunicò come una decisione definitiva.

“Cosa posso intendere con questo, o cosa può intendere lui con questo?” si chiedeva mentalmente. “Lui non ha alcun diritto su di me. E perché dovrei pensare a lui, se non mi interessa affatto?”

La signora Boffin, insistendo affinché Bella partecipasse all’esplorazione di domani in carrozza, tornò a casa con grande pompa. La signora Wilfer e la signorina Lavinia avevano molto discusso sulle probabilità e improbabilità del suo arrivo in tale stato splendido; e, vedendo la carrozza dalla finestra da cui stavano spiando, concordarono che dovesse essere trattenuta alla porta il più a lungo possibile, per causare imbarazzo e confusione ai vicini. Poi si recarono nella solita sala familiare, pronte ad accogliere la signorina Bella con un’apparente indifferenza.

La sala familiare sembrava molto piccola e squallida; la stretta e tortuosa scala che conduceva lì dentro appariva davvero angusta. Quella piccola casa e tutte le sue disposizioni costituivano un povero contrasto rispetto all’abitazione decisamente aristocratica. “Non riesco quasi a credere”, pensò Bella, “che abbia mai potuto sopportare di vivere in questo posto!”

La cupa dignità della signora Wilfer e la sfrontatezza naturale di Lavvy non migliorarono affatto la situazione. Bella aveva davvero bisogno di un po’ di aiuto, ma non ne ricevette alcuno.

“Questo,” disse la signora Wilfer, porgendo una guancia da baciare, con un’espressione così comprensiva e disponibile come il dorso di una cucchiaiata, “è davvero un grande ‘onore! Probabilmente troverai tua sorella Lavvy cresciuta molto, Bella.”

“Ma,” intervenne la signorina Lavinia, “non si può certo obiettare al fatto che tu la stia provocando, perché Bella se lo merita davvero; ma devo davvero chiederti di non tirare in ballo sciocchezze ridicole come il fatto che io sia cresciuta ormai oltre l’età in cui ci si dovrebbe crescere.”

“Sono cresciuta io stessa,” dichiarò severamente la signora Wilfer, “dopo essermi sposata.”

“Molto bene,” rispose Lavvy, “ma allora penso che sarebbe stato molto meglio lasciarlo stare.”

Lo sguardo gelido e sprezzante con cui quella donna maestosa accolse questa risposta avrebbe potuto imbarazzare un avversario meno audace, ma non ebbe alcun effetto su Lavinia: che, lasciando suo padre a godersi tutto il disprezzo che riteneva opportuno in quelle circostanze, si avvicinò alla sua sorella senza alcuna esitazione.

“Immagino che non ti considererai del tutto umiliata, Bella, se ti do un bacio. Bene! E come stai, Bella? E come vanno i tuoi Boffins?”

“Pace!” esclamò la signora Wilfer. “Aspettate! Non tollererò questo tono leggero e irrispettoso.”

“Mio Dio, cara! Come stanno i tuoi Spoffins, allora?” disse Lavvy, “visto che tua madre si oppone così tanto ai tuoi Boffins, ”

“Ragazza impertinente! Birichina!” disse la signora Wilfer con una severità terribile.

“Non mi importa se sono una Minx o una Sfinge,” rispose Lavinia con calma, scuotendo la testa; “per me è esattamente la stessa cosa, e sarei altrettanto felice in entrambi i casi; ma so una cosa: non crescerò più dopo il matrimonio!”

“Non lo farai? Davvero non lo farai?” ripeté la signora Wilfer con solennità.

“No, ma non lo farò. Niente potrà convincermi.”

La signora Wilfer, dopo aver agitato i guanti, assunse un’aria di nobile compassione.

“Ma era prevedibile,” disse lei. “Un mio bambino mi abbandona per persone orgogliose e ricche, e un altro mio bambino mi disprezza. È del tutto appropriato.”

“Ma,” intervenne Bella, “il signor e la signora Boffin sono persone benestanti, senza alcun dubbio; ma non avete il diritto di dire che siano orgogliosi. Dovreste sapere molto bene che non lo sono.”

“In breve, Ma,” disse Lavvy, avvicinandosi all’avversario senza dire una parola, “dovresti saperlo molto bene, o, se non lo sai, è ancora più vergognoso per te! Il signor e la signora Boffin sono semplicemente perfetti.”

“Certamente,” rispose la signora Wilfer, accogliendo con cortesia il “disertore”, “sembrerebbe proprio che dovremmo pensarla così. E questa, Lavinia, è la ragione per cui mi oppongo a un tono leggero o superficiale. La signora Boffin (di cui non riesco mai a parlare con la calma che vorrei mantenere) e tua madre non hanno rapporti di intimità. Non si può nemmeno pensare che lei e suo marito osino definire questa famiglia ‘i Wilfer’. Pertanto, non posso certo concedermi il lusso di chiamarli ‘i Boffin’. No; un tale tono – chiamatelo familiarità, leggerezza, uguaglianza o come volete – implicherebbe rapporti sociali che in realtà non esistono. Vi sono stata chiara?”

Without taking the least notice of this inquiry, albeit delivered in an imposing and forensic manner, Lavinia reminded her sister, ‘After all, you know, Bella, you haven’t told us how your Whatshisnames are.’

‘I don’t want to speak of them here,’ replied Bella, suppressing indignation, and tapping her foot on the floor. ‘They are much too kind and too good to be drawn into these discussions.’

‘Why put it so?’ demanded Mrs Wilfer, with biting sarcasm. ‘Why adopt a circuitous form of speech? It is polite and it is obliging; but why do it? Why not openly say that they are much too kind and too good for US? We understand the allusion. Why disguise the phrase?’

‘Ma,’ said Bella, with one beat of her foot, ‘you are enough to drive a saint mad, and so is Lavvy.’

‘Unfortunate Lavvy!’ cried Mrs Wilfer, in a tone of commiseration. ‘She always comes for it. My poor child!’ But Lavvy, with the suddenness of her former desertion, now bounced over to the other enemy: very sharply remarking, ‘Don’t patronize ME, Ma, because I can take care of myself.’

‘I only wonder,’ resumed Mrs Wilfer, directing her observations to her elder daughter, as safer on the whole than her utterly unmanageable younger, ‘that you found time and inclination to tear yourself from Mr and Mrs Boffin, and come to see us at all. I only wonder that our claims, contending against the superior claims of Mr and Mrs Boffin, had any weight. I feel I ought to be thankful for gaining so much, in competition with Mr and Mrs Boffin.’ (The good lady bitterly emphasized the first letter of the word Boffin, as if it represented her chief objection to the owners of that name, and as if she could have born Doffin, Moffin, or Poffin much better.)

‘Ma,’ said Bella, angrily, ‘you force me to say that I am truly sorry I did come home, and that I never will come home again, except when poor dear Pa is here. For, Pa is too magnanimous to feel envy and spite towards my generous friends, and Pa is delicate enough and gentle enough to remember the sort of little claim they thought I had upon them and the unusually trying position in which, through no act of my own, I had been placed. And I always did love poor dear Pa better than all the rest of you put together, and I always do and I always shall!’

Here Bella, deriving no comfort from her charming bonnet and her elegant dress, burst into tears.

‘I think, R.W.,’ cried Mrs Wilfer, lifting up her eyes and apostrophising the air, ‘that if you were present, it would be a trial to your feelings to hear your wife and the mother of your family depreciated in your name. But Fate has spared you this, R.W., whatever it may have thought proper to inflict upon her!’

Here Mrs Wilfer burst into tears.

‘I hate the Boffins!’ protested Miss Lavinia. ‘I don’t care who objects to their being called the Boffins. I WILL call ’em the Boffins. The Boffins, the Boffins, the Boffins! And I say they are mischief-making Boffins, and I say the Boffins have set Bella against me, and I tell the Boffins to their faces:’ which was not strictly the fact, but the young lady was excited: ‘that they are detestable Boffins, disreputable Boffins, odious Boffins, beastly Boffins. There!’

Here Miss Lavinia burst into tears.

The front garden-gate clanked, and the Secretary was seen coming at a brisk pace up the steps. ‘Leave Me to open the door to him,’ said Mrs Wilfer, rising with stately resignation as she shook her head and dried her eyes; ‘we have at present no stipendiary girl to do so. We have nothing to conceal. If he sees these traces of emotion on our cheeks, let him construe them as he may.’

With those words she stalked out. In a few moments she stalked in again, proclaiming in her heraldic manner, ‘Mr Rokesmith is the bearer of a packet for Miss Bella Wilfer.’

Mr Rokesmith followed close upon his name, and of course saw what was amiss. But he discreetly affected to see nothing, and addressed Miss Bella.

‘Mr Boffin intended to have placed this in the carriage for you this morning. He wished you to have it, as a little keepsake he had prepared—it is only a purse, Miss Wilfer—but as he was disappointed in his fancy, I volunteered to come after you with it.’

Bella took it in her hand, and thanked him.

‘We have been quarrelling here a little, Mr Rokesmith, but not more than we used; you know our agreeable ways among ourselves. You find me just going. Good-bye, mamma. Good-bye, Lavvy!’ and with a kiss for each Miss Bella turned to the door. The Secretary would have attended her, but Mrs Wilfer advancing and saying with dignity, ‘Pardon me! Permit me to assert my natural right to escort my child to the equipage which is in waiting for her,’ he begged pardon and gave place. It was a very magnificent spectacle indeed, to see Mrs Wilfer throw open the house-door, and loudly demand with extended gloves, ‘The male domestic of Mrs Boffin!’ To whom presenting himself, she delivered the brief but majestic charge, ‘Miss Wilfer. Coming out!’ and so delivered her over, like a female Lieutenant of the Tower relinquishing a State Prisoner. The effect of this ceremonial was for some quarter of an hour afterwards perfectly paralyzing on the neighbours, and was much enhanced by the worthy lady airing herself for that term in a kind of splendidly serene trance on the top step.

When Bella was seated in the carriage, she opened the little packet in her hand. It contained a pretty purse, and the purse contained a bank note for fifty pounds. ‘This shall be a joyful surprise for poor dear Pa,’ said Bella, ‘and I’ll take it myself into the City!’

As she was uninformed respecting the exact locality of the place of business of Chicksey Veneering and Stobbles, but knew it to be near Mincing Lane, she directed herself to be driven to the corner of that darksome spot. Thence she despatched ‘the male domestic of Mrs Boffin,’ in search of the counting-house of Chicksey Veneering and Stobbles, with a message importing that if R. Wilfer could come out, there was a lady waiting who would be glad to speak with him. The delivery of these mysterious words from the mouth of a footman caused so great an excitement in the counting-house, that a youthful scout was instantly appointed to follow Rumty, observe the lady, and come in with his report. Nor was the agitation by any means diminished, when the scout rushed back with the intelligence that the lady was ‘a slap-up gal in a bang-up chariot.’

Senza prestare la minima attenzione a questa domanda, pur posta in modo autoritario e dettagliato, Lavinia ricordò alla sorella: “Dopotutto, Bella, non ci hai ancora raccontato come stanno andando le cose con quei tuoi, com’è che si chiamano?”

“Non voglio parlare di loro qui,” rispose Bella, trattenendo la propria indignazione e battendo il piede a terra. “Sono troppo gentili e troppo buone per essere coinvolte in queste discussioni.”

“Perché dirlo in quel modo?” chiese la signora Wilfer con un sarcasmo tagliente. “Perché adottare una forma di espressione così tortuosa? È educato e gentile, ma perché proprio? Perché non dire apertamente che sono troppo gentili e troppo buoni per noi? Capiamo il sottinteso. Perché nascondere le parole?”

“Ma,” disse Bella, battendo un piede, “sei davvero capace di far impazzire anche un santo. E lo stesso vale per Lavvy.”

“Povera Lavvy!”, esclamò la signora Wilfer con tono di compassione. “Sempre lei che finisce nei guai. Mia povera bambina!” Ma Lavvy, con la stessa repentinità con cui aveva abbandonato prima il gruppo, ora si schierò dall’altra parte: osservando in tono tagliente: “Non cercate di trattarmi con superiorità, mamma. So badare a me stessa.”

“Mi chiedo soltanto,” riprese la signora Wilfer, rivolgendo le sue osservazioni alla figlia maggiore – poiché in generale era più facile comunicare con lei rispetto alla sorella minore, del tutto indomabile – “come tu abbia trovato il tempo e la voglia di allontanarti da Mr e Mrs Boffin per venire a trovarci. Mi chiedo soltanto se le nostre richieste, in contrasto con quelle dei signori Boffin, abbiano avuto qualche peso. Credo di dover essere grata per aver ottenuto qualcosa, nonostante la concorrenza dei Boffin.” (La gentile signora sottolineava amaramente la prima lettera della parola “Boffin”, come se rappresentasse il suo principale motivo di disapprovazione nei confronti di quella famiglia; in realtà, avrebbe preferito che si chiamassero Doffin, Moffin o Poffin.)

“Ma,” disse Bella, arrabbiata, “mi costringi a dire che mi dispiace davvero di essere tornata a >casa, e che non tornerò mai più a >casa se non quando povero caro Papà sarà qui. Perché Papà è troppo nobile per provare invidia o rancore verso i miei generosi amici, ed è anche abbastanza premuroso e gentile da ricordarsi di quel piccolo debito che loro pensavano io avessi nei loro confronti, e della situazione particolarmente difficile in cui mi sono trovata, senza alcuna colpa mia. E io ho sempre amato povero caro Papà più di tutti voi messi insieme, e lo amerò sempre!”

Ecco Bella: senza trovare alcun conforto nel suo delizioso cappello né nel suo abito elegante, scoppiò in lacrime.

“Penso, R.W.,” gridò la signora Wilfer, alzando lo sguardo e rivolgendosi all’aria intorno a lei, “che se tu fossi presente, ascoltare tua moglie e la madre della tua famiglia essere denigrate in tuo nome sarebbe una prova troppo dura per i tuoi sentimenti. Ma il Fato ti ha risparmiato questo, R.W., qualunque cosa abbia ritenuto giusto infliggertele, ”

In quel momento, la signora Wilfer scoppiò in lacrime.

“Odio quei Boffins!” protestò la signorina Lavinia. “Non mi interessa chi si opponga al fatto che vengano chiamati Boffins. IO li chiamerò Boffins. I Boffins, i Boffins, i Boffins! Dico che sono dei Boffins che combinano guai, dico che hanno messo Bella contro di me. E glielo dico in faccia!” Il che, in realtà, non era del tutto vero. Ma la giovane signorina era molto eccitata.

In quel momento, la signorina Lavinia scoppiò in lacrime.

Il cancello del giardino anteriore si aprì con un rumore metallico, e si vide il Segretario avvicinarsi rapidamente lungo i gradini. “Lasciate che sia io ad aprire la porta per lui”, disse la signora Wilfer alzandosi con dignitosa resignazione, scuotendo la testa e asciugandosi gli occhi; “al momento non abbiamo nessuna ragazza stipendiata a farlo. Non abbiamo nulla da nascondere. Se vede queste tracce di emozione sulle nostre guance, che le interpreti come vuole”.

Con quelle parole se ne andò con passi decisi. Dopo pochi minuti tornò indietro, annunciando con il suo solito tono autoritario: “Il signor Rokesmith ha un pacco per la signorina Bella Wilfer.”

Il signor Rokesmith lo seguì immediatamente e, naturalmente, si rese conto di ciò che non andava. Tuttavia, fingendo con discrezione di non aver notato nulla, si rivolse alla signorina Bella.

‘Il signor Boffin aveva intenzione di metterlo nel vagone per voi questa mattina. Voleva che lo aveste, come un piccolo ricordo che aveva preparato. È solo una borsa, signorina Wilfer. Ma poiché la sua iniziativa non è andata a buon fine, io mi sono offerta di portargliela.’

Bella la prese in mano e gli ringraziò.

“Abbiamo avuto qualche piccola discussione qui, signor Rokesmith, ma nulla di più del solito; lei conosce i nostri modi cordiali tra noi. Vede che sto per andare. Addio, mamma. Addio, Lavvy!” E dopo aver baciato entrambe le signorine Bella, si diresse verso la porta. Il segretario avrebbe voluto accompagnarla, ma la signora Wilfer intervenne con dignità: “Permettetemi di esercitare il mio diritto naturale di scortare mia figlia fino alla vettura che l’aspetta, ” Lui chiese scusa e si fece da parte. Fu davvero uno spettacolo imponente vedere la signora Wilfer aprire con forza la porta di casa e chiedere ad alta voce, con i guanti tesi: “Il domestico maschio della signora Boffin!” Quando quest’ultimo si presentò, lei gli impartì l’ordine breve ma solenne: “Signorina Wilfer. Venga fuori!” E così lo affidò alle sue cure, come se fosse una sorta di tenente del Tower che consegna un prigioniero di stato. L’effetto di questa cerimonia rimase visibile tra i vicini per almeno un quarto d’ora; inoltre, il fatto che la signora Wilfer si esibisse in quella sorta di trance serena e maestosa sul gradino più alto della casa contribuì notevolmente ad aumentare l’impressione suscitata.

Quando Bella si sedette nella carrozza, aprì il piccolo pacchetto che aveva in mano. Conteneva una graziosa borsa, e dentro la borsa c’era un biglietto da cinquanta sterline. “Questo sarà una sorpresa gioiosa per povero caro Papà,” disse Bella, “e lo porterò io stessa in Città!”

Non avendo informazioni precise sulla locazione esatta dell’ufficio di Chicksey Veneering and Stobbles, ma sapendo che si trovava vicino a Mincing Lane, chiese di essere portata all’angolo di quel luogo poco illuminato. Da lì inviò “il domestico maschio della signora Boffin” alla ricerca dell’ufficio di Chicksey Veneering and Stobbles, con il messaggio che, se R. Wilfer fosse potuto uscire, c’era una signora ad aspettarlo che avrebbe voluto parlargli. La consegna di queste parole misteriose da parte di un domestico causò grande agitazione nell’ufficio; immediatamente fu incaricato un giovane di seguire Rumty, osservare la signora e riferire i suoi movimenti. L’agitazione non diminuì affatto quando il giovane tornò dicendo che la signora era “una donna bellissima in una carrozza elegante”.

Rumty himself, with his pen behind his ear under his rusty hat, arrived at the carriage-door in a breathless condition, and had been fairly lugged into the vehicle by his cravat and embraced almost unto choking, before he recognized his daughter. ‘My dear child!’ he then panted, incoherently. ‘Good gracious me! What a lovely woman you are! I thought you had been unkind and forgotten your mother and sister.’

‘I have just been to see them, Pa dear.’

‘Oh! and how—how did you find your mother?’ asked R. W., dubiously.

‘Very disagreeable, Pa, and so was Lavvy.’

‘They are sometimes a little liable to it,’ observed the patient cherub; ‘but I hope you made allowances, Bella, my dear?’

‘No. I was disagreeable too, Pa; we were all of us disagreeable together. But I want you to come and dine with me somewhere, Pa.’

‘Why, my dear, I have already partaken of a—if one might mention such an article in this superb chariot—of a—Saveloy,’ replied R. Wilfer, modestly dropping his voice on the word, as he eyed the canary-coloured fittings.

‘Oh! That’s nothing, Pa!’

‘Truly, it ain’t as much as one could sometimes wish it to be, my dear,’ he admitted, drawing his hand across his mouth. ‘Still, when circumstances over which you have no control, interpose obstacles between yourself and Small Germans, you can’t do better than bring a contented mind to bear on’—again dropping his voice in deference to the chariot—‘Saveloys!’

‘You poor good Pa! Pa, do, I beg and pray, get leave for the rest of the day, and come and pass it with me!’

Well, my dear, I’ll cut back and ask for leave.’

‘But before you cut back,’ said Bella, who had already taken him by the chin, pulled his hat off, and begun to stick up his hair in her old way, ‘do say that you are sure I am giddy and inconsiderate, but have never really slighted you, Pa.’

‘My dear, I say it with all my heart. And might I likewise observe,’ her father delicately hinted, with a glance out at window, ‘that perhaps it might be calculated to attract attention, having one’s hair publicly done by a lovely woman in an elegant turn-out in Fenchurch Street?’

Bella laughed and put on his hat again. But when his boyish figure bobbed away, its shabbiness and cheerful patience smote the tears out of her eyes. ‘I hate that Secretary for thinking it of me,’ she said to herself, ‘and yet it seems half true!’

Back came her father, more like a boy than ever, in his release from school. ‘All right, my dear. Leave given at once. Really very handsomely done!’

‘Now where can we find some quiet place, Pa, in which I can wait for you while you go on an errand for me, if I send the carriage away?’

It demanded cogitation. ‘You see, my dear,’ he explained, ‘you really have become such a very lovely woman, that it ought to be a very quiet place.’ At length he suggested, ‘Near the garden up by the Trinity House on Tower Hill.’ So, they were driven there, and Bella dismissed the chariot; sending a pencilled note by it to Mrs Boffin, that she was with her father.

‘Now, Pa, attend to what I am going to say, and promise and vow to be obedient.’

‘I promise and vow, my dear.’

‘You ask no questions. You take this purse; you go to the nearest place where they keep everything of the very very best, ready made; you buy and put on, the most beautiful suit of clothes, the most beautiful hat, and the most beautiful pair of bright boots (patent leather, Pa, mind!) that are to be got for money; and you come back to me.’

‘But, my dear Bella—’

‘Take care, Pa!’ pointing her forefinger at him, merrily. ‘You have promised and vowed. It’s perjury, you know.’

There was water in the foolish little fellow’s eyes, but she kissed them dry (though her own were wet), and he bobbed away again. After half an hour, he came back, so brilliantly transformed, that Bella was obliged to walk round him in ecstatic admiration twenty times, before she could draw her arm through his, and delightedly squeeze it.

‘Now, Pa,’ said Bella, hugging him close, ‘take this lovely woman out to dinner.’

‘Where shall we go, my dear?’

‘Greenwich!’ said Bella, valiantly. ‘And be sure you treat this lovely woman with everything of the best.’

While they were going along to take boat, ‘Don’t you wish, my dear,’ said R. W., timidly, ‘that your mother was here?’

‘No, I don’t, Pa, for I like to have you all to myself to-day. I was always your little favourite at home, and you were always mine. We have run away together often, before now; haven’t we, Pa?’

‘Ah, to be sure we have! Many a Sunday when your mother was—was a little liable to it,’ repeating his former delicate expression after pausing to cough.

‘Yes, and I am afraid I was seldom or never as good as I ought to have been, Pa. I made you carry me, over and over again, when you should have made me walk; and I often drove you in harness, when you would much rather have sat down and read your news-paper: didn’t I?’

‘Sometimes, sometimes. But Lor, what a child you were! What a companion you were!’

‘Companion? That’s just what I want to be to-day, Pa.’

‘You are safe to succeed, my love. Your brothers and sisters have all in their turns been companions to me, to a certain extent, but only to a certain extent. Your mother has, throughout life, been a companion that any man might—might look up to—and—and commit the sayings of, to memory—and—form himself upon—if he—’

‘If he liked the model?’ suggested Bella.

‘We-ell, ye-es,’ he returned, thinking about it, not quite satisfied with the phrase: ‘or perhaps I might say, if it was in him. Supposing, for instance, that a man wanted to be always marching, he would find your mother an inestimable companion. But if he had any taste for walking, or should wish at any time to break into a trot, he might sometimes find it a little difficult to keep step with your mother. Or take it this way, Bella,’ he added, after a moment’s reflection; ‘Supposing that a man had to go through life, we won’t say with a companion, but we’ll say to a tune. Very good. Supposing that the tune allotted to him was the Dead March in Saul. Well. It would be a very suitable tune for particular occasions—none better—but it would be difficult to keep time with in the ordinary run of domestic transactions. For instance, if he took his supper after a hard day, to the Dead March in Saul, his food might be likely to sit heavy on him. Or, if he was at any time inclined to relieve his mind by singing a comic song or dancing a hornpipe, and was obliged to do it to the Dead March in Saul, he might find himself put out in the execution of his lively intentions.’

Rumty stesso, con la penna dietro l’orecchio sotto il suo cappello arrugginito, arrivò alla porta della carrozza senza fiato; fu praticamente trascinato dentro dal colletto della sua cravatta e abbracciato con tale forza da rischiare di soffocare, prima ancora di riconoscere sua figlia. “Mia cara >bambina!” esclamò ansimando, in modo incoerente. “Mio Dio. Che donna meravigliosa sei! Pensavo che fossi stata crudele e avessi dimenticato tua madre e tua sorella, ”

“Ho appena fatto visita a loro, caro papà.”

“Oh! E come, come hai trovato tua madre?” chiese R. W., con scetticismo.

“Molto sgradevole, papà. E lo stesso valeva per Lavvy.”

“A volte sono un po’ inclini a farlo,” osservò il carino angioletto; “ma spero che tu abbia tenuto conto di questo, Bella, mia cara, ”

“No. Anche io ero sgradevole, papà; eravamo tutti insieme sgradevoli. Ma voglio che tu venga a cena con me da qualche parte, papà.”

“Ma carina mia, ho già assaggiato, beh, si potrebbe dire un piatto del genere in questa splendida carrozza, una sorta di Saveloy,” rispose R. Wilfer, abbassando modestamente la voce mentre osservava gli accessori di colore canarino.

“Ah, niente di che, papà!”

“Davvero, non è tutto ciò che a volte si potrebbe desiderare, mia cara,” ammise, passandosi una mano sulla bocca. “Comunque, quando circostanze su cui non hai alcun controllo creano ostacoli tra te e quei ‘piccoli tedeschi’, non puoi fare di meglio che cercare di essere serena, ” Di nuovo abbassò la voce in segno di rispetto per il carro, “Per le salsicce!”

“Povero caro papà! Papà, ti prego, chiedi di poter stare con me per il resto della giornata e trascorrila insieme a me!”

“Beh, caro mio, mi limiterò a chiedere permesso.”

“Ma prima di smettere,” disse Bella, che ormai gli aveva afferrato il mento, gli aveva tolto il cappello e aveva iniziato a sistemargli i capelli nel suo solito modo, “dimmi che sei sicuro che io sia solo sciocca e irragionevole, ma che in realtà non ti ho mai trattato con disprezzo, papà.”

“Mia cara, lo dico con tutto il cuore. E potrei anche osservare,” suggerì delicatamente suo padre, guardando fuori dalla finestra, “che forse sarebbe un modo per attirare l’attenzione, avere i capelli acconciati pubblicamente da una bella donna, in abiti eleganti, in Fenchurch Street, ”

Bella rise e si rimise il cappello. Ma quando la sua figura infantile si allontanò, la sua povertà e la sua pazienza gioiosa le strapparono le lacrime dagli occhi. “Odio quel Segretario per averci pensato,” disse a se stessa, “eppure sembra che sia anche in parte vero, ”

Tornò suo padre, più simile a un ragazzo che mai, dopo essere stato lasciato libero dalla scuola. “Bene, cara. Il permesso è stato concesso subito. Davvero fatto molto bene!”

“Ora, dove possiamo trovare un posto tranquillo, papà, dove io possa aspettarti mentre tu vai a svolgere una commissione per me, se mando via la carrozza?”

Richiedeva una profonda riflessione. “Vedi, mia cara,” spiegò, “sei davvero diventata una donna così meravigliosa che il luogo in cui vivi dovrebbe essere molto tranquillo.” Alla fine suggerì: “Vicino al giardino situato vicino alla Trinity House, sulla Tower Hill.” Così, furono portati lì e Bella fece ritirare la carrozza; inviò poi una nota scritta a mano a Mrs Boffin, comunicandole che era con suo padre.

“Ora, papà, ascolta attentamente quello che sto per dire e prometti di essere obbediente.”

“Prometto e giuro, mio caro.”

“Non fai domande. Prendi questa borsa, vai al negozio più vicino dove vendono solo le cose migliori, pronte all’uso; comprati e indossa il vestito più bello, il cappello più elegante e il paio di stivali più lucidi (in pelle verniciata, eh!) che tu possa permetterti. E poi torna da me.”

“Ma, mia cara Bella, ”

“Stai attento, papà!”, disse puntandogli l’indice con allegria. “Hai promesso e giurato. È spergiuro, lo sai.”

Negli occhi di quel piccolo sciocco c’erano lacrime, ma lei le asciugò con un bacio (sebbene i suoi occhi fossero pieni di lacrime anch’essi), e lui se ne andò di nuovo. Dopo mezz’ora tornò, trasformato in modo così straordinario che Bella dovette girargli intorno venti volte, piena di ammirazione estatica, prima di poter mettere il braccio sotto il suo e stringerlo felicemente.

“Ora, papà”, disse Bella abbracciandolo stretto, “porta questa meravigliosa donna a cena”.

“Dove andremo, mio caro?”

“Greenwich!”, disse Bella con coraggio. “E assicurati di trattare questa meravigliosa donna con tutto il meglio che ci sia.”

Mentre si dirigevano verso il barco, “Non vorresti, caro mio,” disse timidamente R. W., “che tua madre fosse qui?”

“No, non lo faccio, papà, perché oggi voglio averti tutto per me. Sono sempre stato il tuo piccolo preferito a >casa, e tu sei sempre stato il mio. Abbiamo già fuggito insieme molte volte in passato, vero, papà?”

“Ah, certo che ne abbiamo! Molte volte la domenica, quando tua madre era, beh, un po’ incline a farlo,” ripeté usando quella stessa espressione delicata di prima, dopo essersi schiarito la voce con un colpo di tosse.

“Sì, e temo di non essere mai stato abbastanza bravo come avrei dovuto essere, papà. Ti ho fatto portarmi in spalla, ancora e ancora, quando invece avresti dovuto farmi camminare da solo; e spesso ti ho costretto a lavorare duramente, mentre tu avresti preferito sederti e leggere il tuo giornale. Non è vero?”

“A volte sì, a volte no. Ma Lor, che bambino eri! Che compagno meraviglioso sei stato!”

“Compagno. È proprio quello che voglio essere oggi, papà.”

“Puoi riuscire senza problemi, mio amore. I tuoi fratelli e sorelle sono stati, a turno, miei compagni, ma solo in una certa misura. Tua madre, invece, per tutta la vita è stata un compagno su cui qualsiasi uomo potrebbe fare affidamento, al quale potrebbe ispirarsi, il cui esempio potrebbe seguire, ”

“Se gli piaceva il modello?”, suggerì Bella.

“Beh, ehm,” rispose lui, dopo averci pensato un po’, non del tutto soddisfatto di quella frase: “O forse potrei dire, se ci fosse qualcosa dentro di lui. Supponiamo, ad esempio, che un uomo volesse camminare sempre senza sosta: tua madre gli sarebbe senz’altro una compagna inestimabile. Ma se avesse qualche preferenza per la passeggiata, o se desiderasse a volte aumentare il passo, beh, potrebbe trovarsi un po’ in difficoltà a tenere il ritmo con tua madre. O ancora, consideriamo questa ipotesi: supponiamo che un uomo debba ‘vivere’ seguendo una certa melodia, non diremmo necessariamente che si tratti di una compagna, ma piuttosto di una melodia. Molto bene. Supponiamo che la melodia assegnatogli sia la ‘Marcia Funebre di Saul’. Beh, sarebbe senz’altro adatta a occasioni particolari, nessuna migliore, ma difficilmente potrebbe aiutarlo nelle normali attività quotidiane. Ad esempio, se mangiasse la cena dopo una giornata faticosa seguendo quella melodia, beh, probabilmente gli peserebbe sullo stomaco. Oppure, se a volte volesse distrarsi cantando una canzone allegra o ballando, e fosse costretto a farlo seguendo proprio quella melodia, beh, potrebbe ritrovarsi in difficoltà nell’eseguire tali attività.”

‘Poor Pa!’ thought Bella, as she hung upon his arm.

‘Now, what I will say for you, my dear,’ the cherub pursued mildly and without a notion of complaining, ‘is, that you are so adaptable. So adaptable.’

‘Indeed I am afraid I have shown a wretched temper, Pa. I am afraid I have been very complaining, and very capricious. I seldom or never thought of it before. But when I sat in the carriage just now and saw you coming along the pavement, I reproached myself.’

‘Not at all, my dear. Don’t speak of such a thing.’

A happy and a chatty man was Pa in his new clothes that day. Take it for all in all, it was perhaps the happiest day he had ever known in his life; not even excepting that on which his heroic partner had approached the nuptial altar to the tune of the Dead March in Saul.

The little expedition down the river was delightful, and the little room overlooking the river into which they were shown for dinner was delightful. Everything was delightful. The park was delightful, the punch was delightful, the dishes of fish were delightful, the wine was delightful. Bella was more delightful than any other item in the festival; drawing Pa out in the gayest manner; making a point of always mentioning herself as the lovely woman; stimulating Pa to order things, by declaring that the lovely woman insisted on being treated with them; and in short causing Pa to be quite enraptured with the consideration that he WAS the Pa of such a charming daughter.

And then, as they sat looking at the ships and steamboats making their way to the sea with the tide that was running down, the lovely woman imagined all sorts of voyages for herself and Pa. Now, Pa, in the character of owner of a lumbering square-sailed collier, was tacking away to Newcastle, to fetch black diamonds to make his fortune with; now, Pa was going to China in that handsome threemasted ship, to bring home opium, with which he would for ever cut out Chicksey Veneering and Stobbles, and to bring home silks and shawls without end for the decoration of his charming daughter. Now, John Harmon’s disastrous fate was all a dream, and he had come home and found the lovely woman just the article for him, and the lovely woman had found him just the article for her, and they were going away on a trip, in their gallant bark, to look after their vines, with streamers flying at all points, a band playing on deck and Pa established in the great cabin. Now, John Harmon was consigned to his grave again, and a merchant of immense wealth (name unknown) had courted and married the lovely woman, and he was so enormously rich that everything you saw upon the river sailing or steaming belonged to him, and he kept a perfect fleet of yachts for pleasure, and that little impudent yacht which you saw over there, with the great white sail, was called The Bella, in honour of his wife, and she held her state aboard when it pleased her, like a modern Cleopatra. Anon, there would embark in that troop-ship when she got to Gravesend, a mighty general, of large property (name also unknown), who wouldn’t hear of going to victory without his wife, and whose wife was the lovely woman, and she was destined to become the idol of all the red coats and blue jackets alow and aloft. And then again: you saw that ship being towed out by a steam-tug? Well! where did you suppose she was going to? She was going among the coral reefs and cocoa-nuts and all that sort of thing, and she was chartered for a fortunate individual of the name of Pa (himself on board, and much respected by all hands), and she was going, for his sole profit and advantage, to fetch a cargo of sweet-smelling woods, the most beautiful that ever were seen, and the most profitable that ever were heard of; and her cargo would be a great fortune, as indeed it ought to be: the lovely woman who had purchased her and fitted her expressly for this voyage, being married to an Indian Prince, who was a Something-or-Other, and who wore Cashmere shawls all over himself and diamonds and emeralds blazing in his turban, and was beautifully coffee-coloured and excessively devoted, though a little too jealous. Thus Bella ran on merrily, in a manner perfectly enchanting to Pa, who was as willing to put his head into the Sultan’s tub of water as the beggar-boys below the window were to put THEIR heads in the mud.

‘I suppose, my dear,’ said Pa after dinner, ‘we may come to the conclusion at home, that we have lost you for good?’

Bella shook her head. Didn’t know. Couldn’t say. All she was able to report was, that she was most handsomely supplied with everything she could possibly want, and that whenever she hinted at leaving Mr and Mrs Boffin, they wouldn’t hear of it.

‘And now, Pa,’ pursued Bella, ‘I’ll make a confession to you. I am the most mercenary little wretch that ever lived in the world.’

‘I should hardly have thought it of you, my dear,’ returned her father, first glancing at himself; and then at the dessert.

‘I understand what you mean, Pa, but it’s not that. It’s not that I care for money to keep as money, but I do care so much for what it will buy!’

‘Really I think most of us do,’ returned R. W.

‘But not to the dreadful extent that I do, Pa. O-o!’ cried Bella, screwing the exclamation out of herself with a twist of her dimpled chin. ‘I AM so mercenary!’

With a wistful glance R. W. said, in default of having anything better to say: ‘About when did you begin to feel it coming on, my dear?’

‘That’s it, Pa. That’s the terrible part of it. When I was at home, and only knew what it was to be poor, I grumbled but didn’t so much mind. When I was at home expecting to be rich, I thought vaguely of all the great things I would do. But when I had been disappointed of my splendid fortune, and came to see it from day to day in other hands, and to have before my eyes what it could really do, then I became the mercenary little wretch I am.’

“Povero papà!”, pensò Bella mentre si appoggiava al suo braccio.

“Ora, quello che voglio dirti, caro mio,” proseguì il cherubino con dolcezza e senza alcuna intenzione di lamentarsi, “è che sei davvero molto adattabile. Molto adattabile.”

“Davvero temo di aver mostrato un carattere terribile, papà. Temo di essere stata molto lamentosa e capricciosa. Raramente, o forse mai, ci avevo pensato prima. Ma quando poco fa ero nella carrozza e vi ho visto avvicinarvi lungo il marciapiede, mi sono rimproverata.”

“Assolutamente no, mia cara. Non parlare nemmeno di una cosa del genere.”

Quel giorno, Pa era un uomo felice e loquace, con i suoi nuovi vestiti addosso. In definitiva, forse quella fu la giornata più felice della sua vita; nemmeno quella in cui il suo compagno eroico si avvicinò all’altare nuziale al suono della “Marcia dei Morti” di Saul poteva essere paragonata a questa.

La piccola spedizione lungo il fiume fu deliziosa, e anche la piccola stanza affacciata sul fiume in cui furono invitati a cena era incantevole. Tutto era meraviglioso: il parco, le bevande, i piatti di pesce, il vino. Bella, poi, era ancora più deliziosa di qualsiasi altra cosa presente al festival; attirava Pa con grande fascino, si assicurava sempre di essere menzionata come la donna incantevole, incoraggiava Pa a ordinare cibo, sostenendo che fosse lei stessa ad insistere affinché venisse trattato con particolare cura. In breve, riusciva a far sì che Pa si sentisse completamente conquistato dall’idea di essere il padre di una figlia così affascinante.

E poi, mentre seduti osservavano le navi e i vapori che si dirigevano verso il mare seguendo la corrente, quella bella donna immaginava per sé e per suo padre ogni sorta di viaggio. Ora, papà, nel ruolo di proprietario di un poderoso veliero a vela quadra, stava navigando verso Newcastle per procurarsi diamanti neri con cui fare fortuna; ora, papà sarebbe andato in Cina su quel bellissimo trealbero per portare a casa oppio, con il quale avrebbe potuto eliminare per sempre i prodotti di Chicksey Veneering e Stobbles, e avrebbe portato a casa seta e sciarpe in quantità infinita per decorare la sua adorabile figlia. Ora, il disastroso destino di John Harmon non era altro che un sogno; lui era tornato a casa e aveva scoperto che quella bella donna era esattamente ciò di cui aveva bisogno, e lei lo stesso. Così sarebbero partiti insieme in viaggio, sulla loro nobile imbarcazione, per prendersi cura delle loro vigne, con bandiere sventolanti ovunque, una banda che suonava a bordo e papà sistemato nella grande cabina. Ora, John Harmon era di nuovo condannato alla sua tomba, mentre un mercante immensamente ricco (il cui nome è sconosciuto) aveva corteggiato e sposato quella bella donna. Era così ricco che tutto ciò che si vedeva sul fiume era suo; possedeva anche una flotta di yacht per il proprio divertimento. Quel piccolo, impudente yacht con la grande vela bianca si chiamava “The Bella”, in onore di sua moglie. Lei si comportava a bordo come una vera e propria Cleopatra moderna. Un giorno, quando sarebbe arrivata a Gravesend, su quella nave avrebbe imbarcato anche un potente generale, molto ricco (il cui nome è anch’esso sconosciuto); quell’uomo non avrebbe mai pensato di conquistare la vittoria senza sua moglie. E sua moglie era proprio lei. Era destinata a diventare l’idolo di tutti gli ufficiali militari. E poi. Quella nave che vedevate essere trainata da una motobarca a vapore. Dove pensavate che stesse andando? Stava dirigendosi verso le barriere coralline, i banchi di noci di cocco e simili. Era stata noleggiata per un uomo fortunato di nome Pa. Lui stesso era a bordo e tutti lo rispettavano molto. Quella nave sarebbe partita soltanto al suo beneficio, per portare a casa una merce preziosa: legni profumati, i più belli che si fossero mai visti. E quella merce avrebbe rappresentato una vera fortuna. La bella donna che l’aveva acquistata e preparata appositamente per quel viaggio era infatti sposata con un principe indiano. Un uomo molto ricco, che indossava sciarpe di cashmere, diamanti ed emeraldi sul suo turbante. Era bellissimo, di colore caffè. E estremamente devoto. Anche se un po’ troppo geloso. Così “Bella” proseguiva felicemente il suo viaggio, in modo davvero incantevole per Pa. Che era disposto a fare qualsiasi cosa pur di stare con lei. Proprio come i bambini poveri sotto la finestra erano disposti a mettersi nel fango.

“Suppongo, cara mia,” disse papà dopo cena, “che possiamo arrivare alla conclusione, a casa nostra, che ti abbiamo persa per sempre, ”

Bella scosse la testa. Non lo sapeva. Non poteva dirlo. Tutto ciò che riuscì a raccontare fu che le veniva fornito tutto ciò che potesse desiderare, e che ogni volta che accennava al fatto di voler lasciare il signor e la signora Boffin, loro non ne volevano nemmeno sentire parlare.

“E ora, papà,” continuò Bella, “devo farti una confessione. Sono la più egoista e meschina creatura che sia mai esistita al mondo.”

“Non avrei mai pensato che fossi tu a farlo, caro mio,” rispose suo padre, guardandosi prima e poi il dolce.

“Capisco cosa intendi, papà, ma non è così. Non è che mi importi del denaro in sé, quanto di ciò che posso comprare con esso!”

“Onestamente credo che la maggior parte di noi lo faccia,” rispose R. W.

“Ma non fino al terribile punto in cui lo faccio io, papà. Oh!” gridò Bella, strappando fuori quella esclamazione con un movimento della sua guancia increspata. “Sono davvero troppo interessata ai soldi, ”

Con uno sguardo malinconico, R. W., non avendo nulla di meglio da dire, rispose: “Più o meno quando hai iniziato a sentirlo arrivare, cara?”

‘Ecco, papà. Questo è il punto terribile della questione. Quando ero a casa e conoscevo solo cosa significasse essere poveri, mi lamentavo, ma non mi dispiaceva davvero tanto. Quando sono tornato a casa aspettandomi di diventare ricco, pensavo vagamente a tutte le cose meravigliose che avrei potuto fare. Ma quando la mia “splendida fortuna” si è rivelata un’illusione e ho visto con i miei occhi cosa poteva davvero significare, allora sono diventato quel miserabile individuo senza principi che sono oggi.’

‘It’s your fancy, my dear.’

‘I can assure you it’s nothing of the sort, Pa!’ said Bella, nodding at him, with her very pretty eyebrows raised as high as they would go, and looking comically frightened. ‘It’s a fact. I am always avariciously scheming.’

‘Lor! But how?’

‘I’ll tell you, Pa. I don’t mind telling YOU, because we have always been favourites of each other’s, and because you are not like a Pa, but more like a sort of a younger brother with a dear venerable chubbiness on him. And besides,’ added Bella, laughing as she pointed a rallying finger at his face, ‘because I have got you in my power. This is a secret expedition. If ever you tell of me, I’ll tell of you. I’ll tell Ma that you dined at Greenwich.’

Well; seriously, my dear,’ observed R. W., with some trepidation of manner, ‘it might be as well not to mention it.’

‘Aha!’ laughed Bella. ‘I knew you wouldn’t like it, sir! So you keep my confidence, and I’ll keep yours. But betray the lovely woman, and you shall find her a serpent. Now, you may give me a kiss, Pa, and I should like to give your hair a turn, because it has been dreadfully neglected in my absence.’

R. W. submitted his head to the operator, and the operator went on talking; at the same time putting separate locks of his hair through a curious process of being smartly rolled over her two revolving forefingers, which were then suddenly pulled out of it in opposite lateral directions. On each of these occasions the patient winced and winked.

‘I have made up my mind that I must have money, Pa. I feel that I can’t beg it, borrow it, or steal it; and so I have resolved that I must marry it.’

R. W. cast up his eyes towards her, as well as he could under the operating circumstances, and said in a tone of remonstrance, ‘My de-ar Bella!’

‘Have resolved, I say, Pa, that to get money I must marry money. In consequence of which, I am always looking out for money to captivate.’

‘My de-a-r Bella!’

‘Yes, Pa, that is the state of the case. If ever there was a mercenary plotter whose thoughts and designs were always in her mean occupation, I am the amiable creature. But I don’t care. I hate and detest being poor, and I won’t be poor if I can marry money. Now you are deliciously fluffy, Pa, and in a state to astonish the waiter and pay the bill.’

‘But, my dear Bella, this is quite alarming at your age.’

‘I told you so, Pa, but you wouldn’t believe it,’ returned Bella, with a pleasant childish gravity. ‘Isn’t it shocking?’

‘It would be quite so, if you fully knew what you said, my dear, or meant it.’

Well, Pa, I can only tell you that I mean nothing else. Talk to me of love!’ said Bella, contemptuously: though her face and figure certainly rendered the subject no incongruous one. ‘Talk to me of fiery dragons! But talk to me of poverty and wealth, and there indeed we touch upon realities.’

‘My De-ar, this is becoming Awful—’ her father was emphatically beginning: when she stopped him.

‘Pa, tell me. Did you marry money?’

‘You know I didn’t, my dear.’

Bella hummed the Dead March in Saul, and said, after all it signified very little! But seeing him look grave and downcast, she took him round the neck and kissed him back to cheerfulness again.

‘I didn’t mean that last touch, Pa; it was only said in joke. Now mind! You are not to tell of me, and I’ll not tell of you. And more than that; I promise to have no secrets from you, Pa, and you may make certain that, whatever mercenary things go on, I shall always tell you all about them in strict confidence.’

Fain to be satisfied with this concession from the lovely woman, R. W. rang the bell, and paid the bill. ‘Now, all the rest of this, Pa,’ said Bella, rolling up the purse when they were alone again, hammering it small with her little fist on the table, and cramming it into one of the pockets of his new waistcoat, ‘is for you, to buy presents with for them at home, and to pay bills with, and to divide as you like, and spend exactly as you think proper. Last of all take notice, Pa, that it’s not the fruit of any avaricious scheme. Perhaps if it was, your little mercenary wretch of a daughter wouldn’t make so free with it!’

After which, she tugged at his coat with both hands, and pulled him all askew in buttoning that garment over the precious waistcoat pocket, and then tied her dimples into her bonnet-strings in a very knowing way, and took him back to London. Arrived at Mr Boffin’s door, she set him with his back against it, tenderly took him by the ears as convenient handles for her purpose, and kissed him until he knocked muffled double knocks at the door with the back of his head. That done, she once more reminded him of their compact and gaily parted from him.

Not so gaily, however, but that tears filled her eyes as he went away down the dark street. Not so gaily, but that she several times said, ‘Ah, poor little Pa! Ah, poor dear struggling shabby little Pa!’ before she took heart to knock at the door. Not so gaily, but that the brilliant furniture seemed to stare her out of countenance as if it insisted on being compared with the dingy furniture at home. Not so gaily, but that she fell into very low spirits sitting late in her own room, and very heartily wept, as she wished, now that the deceased old John Harmon had never made a will about her, now that the deceased young John Harmon had lived to marry her. ‘Contradictory things to wish,’ said Bella, ‘but my life and fortunes are so contradictory altogether that what can I expect myself to be!’

“È una tua fantasia, cara mia.”

“Posso assicurarvi che non è affatto così, papà!”, disse Bella, annuendo verso di lui con le sue bellissime sopracciglia sollevate al massimo e con un’espressione comicamente spaventata. “È la verità. Io sono sempre impegnata a tramare in modo avido.”

“Ma come è possibile?”

“Te lo dico io, papà. Non mi dispiace dirtelo, perché siamo sempre stati i preferiti l’uno dell’altro, e perché tu non sei come un padre normale, ma più come un fratello minore, con quella tua cara, venerabile pancetta. E poi,” aggiunse Bella ridendo, mentre gli puntava un dito indice verso il viso, “perché ora ti ho in mio potere. Questa è una spedizione segreta. Se mai parli di me, parlerò anch’io di te. Dirò a mamma che hai cenato a Greenwich.”

“Beh, seriamente, mia cara,” osservò R. W., con un certo imbarazzo, “forse sarebbe meglio non menzionarlo.”

‘Aha!’ rise Bella. ‘Sapevo che non vi sarebbe piaciuto, signore! Quindi voi mantenete la mia fiducia, e io manterrò la vostra. Ma se tradite quella bella donna, scoprirete che in realtà è un serpente. Ora potete darmi un bacio, papà. E mi piacerebbe sistemarvi i capelli: sono stati davvero trascurati durante la mia assenza.’

R. W. porse la testa all’operatrice, che continuò a parlare; allo stesso tempo, intrecciava i suoi capelli attraverso un processo curioso: li arrotolava abilmente attorno ai suoi due dita pollici che ruotavano, per poi tirarli fuori improvvisamente in direzioni opposte. In ogni occasione, il paziente faceva una smorfia e sbatteva le palpebre.

“Ho deciso che devo assolutamente avere del denaro, papà. Penso che non possa chiederlo in prestito, né prenderlo in prestito o rubarlo. Quindi ho deciso che devo sposare qualcuno che ne abbia.”

R. W. alzò lo sguardo verso di lei, nel miglior modo possibile date le circostanze, e disse con tono di rimprovero: “Mia cara Bella!”

“Ho deciso, papà, che per ottenere denaro devo sposare qualcuno ricco. Per questo motivo, sto sempre cercando qualcuno con soldi da conquistare.”

“Mia adorata Bella!”

“Sì, papà, è proprio così. Se mai esistesse una persona disposta a compiere atti meschini e a perseguire scopi malvagi, quella sarei io. Ma non mi importa. Odio essere povera, e non lo sarò più se riesco a sposare qualcuno ricco. Ora sei davvero deliziosamente in forma, papà. In grado di stupire il cameriere e pagare il conto.”

“Ma, mia cara Bella, è davvero preoccupante per la tua età, ”

“Te l’avevo detto, papà, ma non volevi crederci,” rispose Bella con una piacevole serietà infantile. “Non è scioccante?”

“Sì, sarebbe proprio così, se solo sapessi davvero cosa stai dicendo o intendendo, carina mia.”

“Beh, papà, posso solo dirti che non intendo nulla di diverso. Parlami d’amore!” disse Bella con disprezzo; anche se il suo viso e la sua figura certamente rendevano l’argomento del tutto appropriato. “Parlami di draghi infuocati! Ma parlami di povertà e ricchezza. Lì sì che tocciamo le realtà.”

“Mio caro, questa situazione sta diventando terribile, ” suo padre stava appena iniziando a dire con enfasi, quando lei lo fermò.

“Papà, dimmi. Hai sposato i soldi?”

“Lo sai che non l’ho fatto, caro mio.”

Bella intonò la “Dead March” in “Saul”, e disse che dopotutto quel brano significava molto poco. Ma vedendolo così serio e triste, lo abbracciò e lo baciò per rallegrarlo di nuovo.

“Non intendevo davvero quello che ho detto l’ultima volta, papà; era solo uno scherzo. Ora ascolta bene: non devi parlare di me, e io non parlerò di te. E ancora di più. Prometto di non avere alcun segreto per te, papà. Puoi esserne certo: qualunque cosa accada, ti dirò sempre tutto in assoluta confidenza.”

R. W., contento di questa concessione da parte della bella donna, suonò il campanello e pagò il conto. “Ora, tutto il resto, papà,” disse Bella, ripiegando la borsa quando rimasero di nuovo soli; batteva leggermente sulla borsa con il suo pugnetto sul tavolo, poi la infilò in una delle tasche del suo nuovo gilet. “È tutto per te: puoi usarlo per comprare regali per loro a casa, per pagare le bollette, o come preferisci. Spendilo esattamente come ritieni giusto. E ricorda, papà: non è il frutto di alcun piano avido. Forse, se lo fosse, tua figlia, quella piccola egoista, non lo spenderebbe così liberamente!”

Dopo di ciò, lo afferrò con entrambe le mani per il cappotto e lo tirò in modo che i bottoni si allineassero correttamente sopra la preziosa tasca del gilet; poi legò i suoi fossetti alle stringhe del cappello in un modo molto significativo, e lo riportò a Londra. Arrivati alla porta di Mr Boffin, lo fece appoggiare contro di essa, gli prese delicatamente le orecchie come se fossero delle maniglie utili per i suoi scopi, e lo baciò fino a quando lui non iniziò a bussare alla porta con la testa. Una volta fatto ciò, gli ricordò ancora una volta il loro accordo e si separò da lui felicemente.

Tuttavia, non con tanta allegria. Le lacrime le riempirono gli occhi mentre lui si allontanava lungo quella strada buia. Non con tanta allegria. Ripeté più volte: “Ah, povero piccolo papà. Ah, povero, caro, sfortunato papà, ” prima di trovare il coraggio di bussare alla porta. Non con tanta allegria. I mobili lussuosi sembravano fissarla con disapprovazione, come se insistessero nel essere paragonati ai mobili vecchi e scoloriti di casa sua. Non con tanta allegria. Rimase seduta nella sua stanza fino a tardi, in preda alla tristezza, piangendo amaramente. Perché il defunto vecchio John Harmon non aveva mai fatto un testamento a suo favore. E perché il defunto giovane John Harmon era morto prima di poterla sposare. “Desideri contraddittori, ”, disse Bella, “ma la mia vita e le mie fortune sono così contrastanti che, cosa posso aspettarmi da me stessa?”

Chapter 9

IN WHICH THE ORPHAN MAKES HIS WILL

The Secretary, working in the Dismal Swamp betimes next morning, was informed that a youth waited in the hall who gave the name of Sloppy. The footman who communicated this intelligence made a decent pause before uttering the name, to express that it was forced on his reluctance by the youth in question, and that if the youth had had the good sense and good taste to inherit some other name it would have spared the feelings of him the bearer.

‘Mrs Boffin will be very well pleased,’ said the Secretary in a perfectly composed way. ‘Show him in.’

Mr Sloppy being introduced, remained close to the door: revealing in various parts of his form many surprising, confounding, and incomprehensible buttons.

‘I am glad to see you,’ said John Rokesmith, in a cheerful tone of welcome. ‘I have been expecting you.’

Sloppy explained that he had meant to come before, but that the Orphan (of whom he made mention as Our Johnny) had been ailing, and he had waited to report him well.

‘Then he is well now?’ said the Secretary.

‘No he ain’t,’ said Sloppy.

Mr Sloppy having shaken his head to a considerable extent, proceeded to remark that he thought Johnny ‘must have took ’em from the Minders.’ Being asked what he meant, he answered, them that come out upon him and partickler his chest. Being requested to explain himself, he stated that there was some of ’em wot you couldn’t kiver with a sixpence. Pressed to fall back upon a nominative case, he opined that they wos about as red as ever red could be. ‘But as long as they strikes out’ards, sir,’ continued Sloppy, ‘they ain’t so much. It’s their striking in’ards that’s to be kep off.’

John Rokesmith hoped the child had had medical attendance? Oh yes, said Sloppy, he had been took to the doctor’s shop once. And what did the doctor call it? Rokesmith asked him. After some perplexed reflection, Sloppy answered, brightening, ‘He called it something as wos wery long for spots.’ Rokesmith suggested measles. ‘No,’ said Sloppy with confidence, ‘ever so much longer than THEM, sir!’ (Mr Sloppy was elevated by this fact, and seemed to consider that it reflected credit on the poor little patient.)

‘Mrs Boffin will be sorry to hear this,’ said Rokesmith.

‘Mrs Higden said so, sir, when she kep it from her, hoping as Our Johnny would work round.’

‘But I hope he will?’ said Rokesmith, with a quick turn upon the messenger.

‘I hope so,’ answered Sloppy. ‘It all depends on their striking in’ards.’ He then went on to say that whether Johnny had ‘took ’em’ from the Minders, or whether the Minders had ‘took ’em’ from Johnny, the Minders had been sent home and had ‘got ’em.’ Furthermore, that Mrs Higden’s days and nights being devoted to Our Johnny, who was never out of her lap, the whole of the mangling arrangements had devolved upon himself, and he had had ‘rayther a tight time’. The ungainly piece of honesty beamed and blushed as he said it, quite enraptured with the remembrance of having been serviceable.

‘Last night,’ said Sloppy, ‘when I was a-turning at the wheel pretty late, the mangle seemed to go like Our Johnny’s breathing. It begun beautiful, then as it went out it shook a little and got unsteady, then as it took the turn to come home it had a rattle-like and lumbered a bit, then it come smooth, and so it went on till I scarce know’d which was mangle and which was Our Johnny. Nor Our Johnny, he scarce know’d either, for sometimes when the mangle lumbers he says, “Me choking, Granny!” and Mrs Higden holds him up in her lap and says to me “Bide a bit, Sloppy,” and we all stops together. And when Our Johnny gets his breathing again, I turns again, and we all goes on together.’

Sloppy had gradually expanded with his description into a stare and a vacant grin. He now contracted, being silent, into a half-repressed gush of tears, and, under pretence of being heated, drew the under part of his sleeve across his eyes with a singularly awkward, laborious, and roundabout smear.

‘This is unfortunate,’ said Rokesmith. ‘I must go and break it to Mrs Boffin. Stay you here, Sloppy.’

Sloppy stayed there, staring at the pattern of the paper on the wall, until the Secretary and Mrs Boffin came back together. And with Mrs Boffin was a young lady (Miss Bella Wilfer by name) who was better worth staring at, it occurred to Sloppy, than the best of wall-papering.

‘Ah, my poor dear pretty little John Harmon!’ exclaimed Mrs Boffin.

‘Yes mum,’ said the sympathetic Sloppy.

‘You don’t think he is in a very, very bad way, do you?’ asked the pleasant creature with her wholesome cordiality.

Put upon his good faith, and finding it in collision with his inclinations, Sloppy threw back his head and uttered a mellifluous howl, rounded off with a sniff.

‘So bad as that!’ cried Mrs Boffin. ‘And Betty Higden not to tell me of it sooner!’

‘I think she might have been mistrustful, mum,’ answered Sloppy, hesitating.

‘Of what, for Heaven’s sake?’

‘I think she might have been mistrustful, mum,’ returned Sloppy with submission, ‘of standing in Our Johnny’s light. There’s so much trouble in illness, and so much expense, and she’s seen such a lot of its being objected to.’

‘But she never can have thought,’ said Mrs Boffin, ‘that I would grudge the dear child anything?’

‘No mum, but she might have thought (as a habit-like) of its standing in Johnny’s light, and might have tried to bring him through it unbeknownst.’

Sloppy knew his ground well. To conceal herself in sickness, like a lower animal; to creep out of sight and coil herself away and die; had become this woman’s instinct. To catch up in her arms the sick child who was dear to her, and hide it as if it were a criminal, and keep off all ministration but such as her own ignorant tenderness and patience could supply, had become this woman’s idea of maternal love, fidelity, and duty. The shameful accounts we read, every week in the Christian year, my lords and gentlemen and honourable boards, the infamous records of small official inhumanity, do not pass by the people as they pass by us. And hence these irrational, blind, and obstinate prejudices, so astonishing to our magnificence, and having no more reason in them—God save the Queen and Confound their politics—no, than smoke has in coming from fire!

Capitolo 9

In cui l’orfano redige il suo testamento.

Il Segretario, mentre lavorava nella palude di Dismal Swamp la mattina seguente, fu informato che un giovane lo aspettava nell’atrio e si presentò con il nome di Sloppy. Il valletto che gli comunicò questa informazione fece una breve pausa prima di pronunciare quel nome, per far capire che era stato costretto a farlo dal giovane stesso, e che se quest’ultimo avesse avuto un po’ di buon senso e gusto nel scegliere un altro nome, avrebbe risparmiato al messaggero l’imbarazzo.

“La signora Boffin sarà molto contenta,” disse il segretario con estrema calma. “Fatelo entrare.”

Quando presentarono il signor Sloppy, lui rimase vicino alla porta; diverse parti del suo corpo rivelavano molti bottoni sorprendenti, confusi e incomprensibili.

“Sono felice di vederti,” disse John Rokesmith con un tono allegro e cordiale. “Ti aspettavo.”

Sloppy spiegò che aveva intenzione di venire prima, ma che l’Orfano
(di cui aveva parlato come “Our Johnny”) era stato malato, e quindi aveva aspettato che si riprendesse completamente per venire a riferirlo.

“Allora adesso sta bene?” chiese il Segretario.

“No, lui no,” disse Sloppy.

Dopo aver scosso la testa con notevole insistenza, il signor Sloppy proseguì dicendo che pensava che Johnny “deve averle prese dai Minders”. Quando gli fu chiesto cosa intendesse, rispose che si riferiva a quelle cose che gli venivano addosso e in particolare al suo petto. Alla richiesta di spiegarsi meglio, precisò che alcune di quelle cose non valevano nemmeno sei pence. Quando gli fu chiesto di essere più chiaro, affermò che erano rosse, il più rosso possibile. “Ma finché escono verso l’esterno, signore”, continuò Sloppy, “non sono poi così terribili. È quando entrano dentro che bisogna fare attenzione.”

John Rokesmith sperava che il bambino avesse ricevuto cure mediche. Oh sì, disse Sloppy, era stato portato una volta dal dottore. E cosa aveva detto il dottore? chiese Rokesmith. Dopo un attimo di riflessione, Sloppy rispose con entusiasmo: “Ha detto qualcosa di molto lungo, riguardo alle macchie.” Rokesmith suggerì che si trattasse di morbillo, “No,” disse Sloppy con sicurezza, “molto più lungo di quello, signore!” (Questo fatto fece sentire Sloppy molto orgoglioso e sembrava considerarlo un segno di lode per il povero bambino.)

“La signora Boffin sarà dispiaciuta di saperlo,” disse Rokesmith.

“La signora Higden l’ha detto così, signore; lei l’ha tenuta per sé, sperando che nostro Johnny si sarebbe occupato di tutto.”

“Ma spero che lo faccia, no?”, disse Rokesmith, girandosi rapidamente verso il messaggero.

“Spero proprio di sì,” rispose Sloppy. “Tutto dipende dal fatto che riescano a ‘prenderli’ o meno.” Poi aggiunse che, indipendentemente dal fatto che fosse stato Johnny ad “averli presi” dai Minders, o se fossero stati i Minders ad “averli presi” da Johnny, comunque i Minders erano stati mandati “a casa” e li avevano “ottenuti”. Inoltre, poiché la signora Higden dedicava giorno e notte a Our Johnny, che non staccava mai dalle sue ginocchia, tutta l’organizzazione di quelle faccende era ricaduta su di lui, il quale aveva avuto “davvero momenti difficili”. Mentre lo diceva, quell’uomo goffo e onesto sorrideva radioso e arrossiva, completamente compiaciuto al pensiero di essere stato utile.

“L’ultima notte”, disse Sloppy, “quando stavo girando la Ruota piuttosto tardi, quella macchina sembrava funzionare proprio come il respiro di Our Johnny. All’inizio andava bene, poi, mentre rallentava per fermarsi, iniziò a tremolare e diventò instabile; quando provò ad affrontare la curva per tornare )a casa, emise dei suoni strani e procedette con difficoltà, ma poi di nuovo funzionò regolarmente. Fino a che quasi non riuscivo più a distinguere quale fosse la macchina e quale Our Johnny. E nemmeno Our Johnny se ne rendeva conto: a volte, quando la macchina faceva rumori strani, lui diceva: ‘Mi sto soffocando, Nonna!’, allora la signora Higden lo prendeva in grembo e mi diceva: ‘Aspetta un attimo, Sloppy, ’, e tutti ci fermavamo insieme. E quando Our Johnny riusciva a respirare di nuovo, io riprendevo a girare la ruota, e proseguivamo tutti insieme.”

Sloppy, con la sua descrizione, aveva gradualmente passato da uno sguardo fisso e un sorriso vuoto a una reazione di emozione trattenuta: iniziò a piangere in silenzio, poi, fingendo di essere commosso, si coprì gli occhi con la parte inferiore della manica, in modo goffo, faticoso e tortuoso.

“È sfortunato,” disse Rokesmith. “Devo andare a dirlo alla signora Boffin. Tu resta qui, Sloppy.”

Sloppy rimase lì, fissando il disegno della carta da parati sul muro,
fino a quando il Segretario e la signora Boffin tornarono insieme. E con la signora Boffin c’era una giovane donna (di nome Miss Bella Wilfer) che, secondo Sloppy, valeva molto di più della migliore carta da parati esistente.

“Ah, povero caro adorabile piccolo John Harmon!” esclamò la signora Boffin.

“Sì, mamma,” disse il comprensivo Sloppy.

“Non pensi che le sue condizioni siano molto, molto gravi, vero?” chiese quella creatura piacevole con la sua sincera cordialità.

Sfruttando la sua buona fede e trovandola in contrasto con le sue inclinazioni, Sloppy alzò la testa all’indietro e emise un ululato melodioso, che si concluse con un singhiozzo.

“Che situazione terribile!” esclamò la signora Boffin. “E perché Betty Higden non me ne ha parlato prima?”

“Penso che potesse essere diffidente, mamma,” rispose Sloppy, esitando.

“Di cosa, per l’amor del cielo?”

“Penso che potesse essere diffidente, mamma,” rispose Sloppy con sottomissione, “all’idea di mettersi in ombra a Our Johnny. La malattia comporta tanti problemi e spese elevate, e lei ha visto molte volte come le persone si oppongano a tutto questo.”

“Ma non avrebbe mai potuto pensare,” disse la signora Boffin, “che io potessi rifiutare qualcosa al caro bambino, ”

“No, mamma, ma forse lei aveva pensato – come una sorta di abitudine – che fosse importante per la vita di Johnny, e potrebbe aver cercato di aiutarlo a superare questa situazione senza che lui se ne rendesse conto.”

Sloppy conosceva bene il proprio ruolo. Nascondersi dietro la malattia, come un animale inferiore; uscire furtivamente dall’occhio del pubblico e morire in solitudine. Questo era diventato l’istinto di quella donna. Abbracciare il bambino malato che le era caro, nasconderlo come se fosse un criminale, e fornirgli solo quell’assistenza ignorante ma piena di tenerezza e pazienza. Questo era diventato il suo concetto di amore materno, fedeltà e dovere. Le vergognose storie che leggiamo ogni settimana, durante l’anno cristiano, quei documenti infamanti delle crudeltà commesse da piccoli funzionari, non passano inosservate dalle persone, proprio come non passano inosservati per noi. Ed è per questo che esistono questi pregiudizi irrazionali, ciechi e ostinati, così sorprendenti per la nostra intelligenza, e privi di qualsiasi fondamento razionale. Che Dio salvi la Regina e confonda le loro politiche. No: proprio come il fumo non ha alcun motivo reale per uscire dal fuoco!

‘It’s not a right place for the poor child to stay in,’ said Mrs Boffin. ‘Tell us, dear Mr Rokesmith, what to do for the best.’

He had already thought what to do, and the consultation was very short. He could pave the way, he said, in half an hour, and then they would go down to Brentford. ‘Pray take me,’ said Bella. Therefore a carriage was ordered, of capacity to take them all, and in the meantime Sloppy was regaled, feasting alone in the Secretary’s room, with a complete realization of that fairy vision—meat, beer, vegetables, and pudding. In consequence of which his buttons became more importunate of public notice than before, with the exception of two or three about the region of the waistband, which modestly withdrew into a creasy retirement.

Punctual to the time, appeared the carriage and the Secretary. He sat on the box, and Mr Sloppy graced the rumble. So, to the Three Magpies as before: where Mrs Boffin and Miss Bella were handed out, and whence they all went on foot to Mrs Betty Higden’s.

But, on the way down, they had stopped at a toy-shop, and had bought that noble charger, a description of whose points and trappings had on the last occasion conciliated the then worldly-minded orphan, and also a Noah’s ark, and also a yellow bird with an artificial voice in him, and also a military doll so well dressed that if he had only been of life-size his brother-officers in the Guards might never have found him out. Bearing these gifts, they raised the latch of Betty Higden’s door, and saw her sitting in the dimmest and furthest corner with poor Johnny in her lap.

‘And how’s my boy, Betty?’ asked Mrs Boffin, sitting down beside her.

‘He’s bad! He’s bad!’ said Betty. ‘I begin to be afeerd he’ll not be yours any more than mine. All others belonging to him have gone to the Power and the Glory, and I have a mind that they’re drawing him to them—leading him away.’

‘No, no, no,’ said Mrs Boffin.

‘I don’t know why else he clenches his little hand as if it had hold of a finger that I can’t see. Look at it,’ said Betty, opening the wrappers in which the flushed child lay, and showing his small right hand lying closed upon his breast. ‘It’s always so. It don’t mind me.’

‘Is he asleep?’

‘No, I think not. You’re not asleep, my Johnny?’

‘No,’ said Johnny, with a quiet air of pity for himself; and without opening his eyes.

‘Here’s the lady, Johnny. And the horse.’

Johnny could bear the lady, with complete indifference, but not the horse. Opening his heavy eyes, he slowly broke into a smile on beholding that splendid phenomenon, and wanted to take it in his arms. As it was much too big, it was put upon a chair where he could hold it by the mane and contemplate it. Which he soon forgot to do.

But, Johnny murmuring something with his eyes closed, and Mrs Boffin not knowing what, old Betty bent her ear to listen and took pains to understand. Being asked by her to repeat what he had said, he did so two or three times, and then it came out that he must have seen more than they supposed when he looked up to see the horse, for the murmur was, ‘Who is the boofer lady?’ Now, the boofer, or beautiful, lady was Bella; and whereas this notice from the poor baby would have touched her of itself; it was rendered more pathetic by the late melting of her heart to her poor little father, and their joke about the lovely woman. So, Bella’s behaviour was very tender and very natural when she kneeled on the brick floor to clasp the child, and when the child, with a child’s admiration of what is young and pretty, fondled the boofer lady.

‘Now, my good dear Betty,’ said Mrs Boffin, hoping that she saw her opportunity, and laying her hand persuasively on her arm; ‘we have come to remove Johnny from this cottage to where he can be taken better care of.’

Instantly, and before another word could be spoken, the old woman started up with blazing eyes, and rushed at the door with the sick child.

‘Stand away from me every one of ye!’ she cried out wildly. ‘I see what ye mean now. Let me go my way, all of ye. I’d sooner kill the Pretty, and kill myself!’

‘Stay, stay!’ said Rokesmith, soothing her. ‘You don’t understand.’

‘I understand too well. I know too much about it, sir. I’ve run from it too many a year. No! Never for me, nor for the child, while there’s water enough in England to cover us!’

The terror, the shame, the passion of horror and repugnance, firing the worn face and perfectly maddening it, would have been a quite terrible sight, if embodied in one old fellow-creature alone. Yet it ‘crops up’—as our slang goes—my lords and gentlemen and honourable boards, in other fellow-creatures, rather frequently!

‘It’s been chasing me all my life, but it shall never take me nor mine alive!’ cried old Betty. ‘I’ve done with ye. I’d have fastened door and window and starved out, afore I’d ever have let ye in, if I had known what ye came for!’

But, catching sight of Mrs Boffin’s wholesome face, she relented, and crouching down by the door and bending over her burden to hush it, said humbly: ‘Maybe my fears has put me wrong. If they have so, tell me, and the good Lord forgive me! I’m quick to take this fright, I know, and my head is summ’at light with wearying and watching.’

‘There, there, there!’ returned Mrs Boffin. ‘Come, come! Say no more of it, Betty. It was a mistake, a mistake. Any one of us might have made it in your place, and felt just as you do.’

‘The Lord bless ye!’ said the old woman, stretching out her hand.

‘Now, see, Betty,’ pursued the sweet compassionate soul, holding the hand kindly, ‘what I really did mean, and what I should have begun by saying out, if I had only been a little wiser and handier. We want to move Johnny to a place where there are none but children; a place set up on purpose for sick children; where the good doctors and nurses pass their lives with children, talk to none but children, touch none but children, comfort and cure none but children.’

“Non è un posto adatto affinché quel povero >bambino vi rimanga,” disse la signora Boffin.
“Diteci, caro signor Rokesmith, cosa sia meglio fare.”

Aveva già deciso cosa fare, e la consultazione fu molto breve. Disse che poteva preparare tutto in mezz’ora, dopodiché avrebbero potuto andare a Brentford. “Per favore, portami con voi”, disse Bella. Così fu ordinata una carrozza sufficientemente grande per tutti loro; intanto Sloppy venne trattato con ogni riguardo, mangiando da solo nella stanza del segretario, godendo appieno di quella visione da favola: carne, birra, verdure e budino. Di conseguenza, i suoi bottoni attirarono ancora di più l’attenzione del pubblico rispetto a prima, tranne due o tre situati nella zona della vita, che si ritirarono modestamente in un angolino.

Puntuale all’orario arrivò la carrozza insieme al Segretario. Lui si sedette sul sedile anteriore, mentre il signor Sloppy occupò quello posteriore. Così, come prima, si diressero verso le “Tre gazze”: lì Mrs Boffin e Miss Bella furono lasciate giù, e da lì tutte andarono a piedi fino a casa della signora Betty Higden.

Ma, lungo la strada del ritorno, si fermarono in un negozio di giocattoli e comprarono quel nobile caricaurie, la cui descrizione dei suoi dettagli e ornamenti aveva, l’ultima volta, conquistato il cuore dell’allora mondano orfano; comprarono anche un’arca di Noè, un uccellino giallo munito di voce artificiale, e una bambola militare così ben vestita che, se solo fosse stata delle dimensioni reali, i suoi compagni ufficiali della Guardia non sarebbero mai riusciti a trovarla. Con questi regali, sollevarono il battente della porta di Betty Higden e la videro seduta nell’angolo più buio e remoto, con povero Johnny in grembo.

“E come sta mio figlio, Betty?” chiese la signora Boffin, sedendosi accanto a lei.

“È cattivo! È davvero cattivo!” disse Betty. “Inizio ad avere paura che non ti appartenga più, proprio come non mi appartiene lui. Tutti gli altri oggetti che gli appartenevano sono andati verso il Potere e la Gloria, e ho l’impressione che stiano attirandolo verso di loro, portandolo via da noi.”

“No, no, no,” disse la signora Boffin.

“Non so perché stringa così forte quella sua manina, come se tenesse stretto un dito che non riesco a vedere. Guardate,” disse Betty, aprendo i pacchetti in cui giaceva il piccolo bambino con le guance arrossite, e mostrando la sua piccola mano destra chiusa sul petto. “È sempre così. Non gli dà fastidio.”

“Dorme?”

“No, penso di no. Non stai dormendo, vero, mio Johnny?”

“No,” disse Johnny, con un tono tranquillo pieno di compassione per se stesso; e senza aprire gli occhi.

“Ecco la signora, Johnny. E anche il cavallo.”

Johnny riusciva a sopportare quella signora con totale indifferenza, ma non il cavallo. Aprì i suoi pesanti occhi e lentamente sorrise vedendo quel meraviglioso fenomeno; voleva prenderlo tra le braccia. Ma poiché era troppo grande, lo mise su una sedia, dove poteva tenere la criniera e ammirarlo. Peccato che presto dimenticò di farlo.

Ma Johnny mormorava qualcosa con gli occhi chiusi, e la signora Boffin, non sapendo di cosa si trattasse, si avvicinò per ascoltare attentamente e cercò di capire. Quando le fu chiesto di ripetere ciò che aveva detto, lo fece due o tre volte; allora emerse che doveva aver visto qualcosa di più di quanto loro pensassero quando aveva alzato lo sguardo verso la cavallo, perché il suo mormorio era: “Chi è quella bella signora?” Ora, quella bella signora era Bella; e sebbene questa osservazione da parte del povero bambino avrebbe potuto commuoverla di per sé, diventò ancora più toccante a causa del recente cambiamento nel suo cuore nei confronti del suo povero piccolo padre, nonché a causa della loro battuta riguardo a quella donna bellissima. Quindi, il comportamento di Bella fu davvero tenero e naturale quando si inginocchiò sul pavimento di mattoni per abbracciare il >bambino, e quando il >bambino, con l’ammirazione tipica dei bambini per ciò che è giovane e bello, accarezzò quella bella signora.

“Ora, mia cara Betty,” disse la signora Boffin, sperando di cogliere l’occasione giusta e posandole con fermezza una mano sul braccio; “siamo venute a portare via Johnny da questa casetta, in un posto dove possa ricevere cure migliori.”

In un istante, prima ancora che si potesse dire una parola in più, la vecchia donna, con gli occhi lampeggianti di rabbia, corse verso la porta portando con sé il malato >bambino.

“Allontanatevi tutti da me!”, gridò lei disperatamente. “Ora capisco cosa volete dire. Lasciatemi andare per la mia strada. Preferirei uccidere quella donna e poi suicidarmi!”

“Resta, resta!”, le disse Rokesmith cercando di calmarla. “Non capisci.”

‘Capisco molto bene anch’io, signore. So troppo al riguardo. L’ho fuggito per troppi anni. No! Mai per me, né per quel >bambino, finché in Inghilterra ci sarà abbastanza acqua per coprirci tutti!’

Il terrore, la vergogna, la passione di orrore e disgusto che illuminavano quel volto segnato dal tempo, rendendolo completamente folle, sarebbero stati uno spettacolo davvero terribile, se manifestatisi in un solo vecchio essere umano. Eppure, come dicono i nostri modi di dire, signori e gentiluomini, questo fenomeno “si verifica” piuttosto spesso anche in altri esseri umani!

“Mi ha perseguitato per tutta la mia vita, ma non riuscirà mai a prendere me né ciò che mi appartiene vivi!” gridò la vecchia Betty. “Basta con voi. Avrei chiuso porte e finestre a chiave e sarei morta di fame piuttosto che lasciarvi entrare, se solo avessi saputo cosa volevate!”

Ma, vedendo il volto sereno della signora Boffin, cambiò idea. Si accovacciò vicino alla porta e, chinandosi sul proprio fardello per farlo tacere, disse umilmente: “Forse i miei timori mi hanno ingannata. Se è così, ditemelo, e che il buon Signore mi perdoni! So di essere troppo facilmente spaventata, e la testa mi gira a causa della stanchezza e dell’ansia.”

“Ecco, ecco, ecco!” rispose la signora Boffin. “Su, su! Non parlarne più, Betty. È stato un errore, solo un errore. Chiunque di noi avrebbe potuto commetterlo al tuo posto e provare esattamente quello che provi tu.”

“Che il Signore vi benedica!”, disse la vecchia donna, tendendo la mano.

“Ora, vedi, Betty,” continuò quella dolce e compassionevole ‘anima, tenendola per mano con affetto, “quello che in realtà intendevo dire. E quello che avrei dovuto dire subito, se solo fossi stata un po’ più saggia e abile. Vogliamo trasferire Johnny in un posto dove ci siano soltanto bambini; un posto creato apposta per i bambini malati; dove i bravi medici e infermieri trascorrano la loro vita con i bambini, parlino solo con i bambini, tocchino solo i bambini, confortino e curino solo i bambini.”

‘Is there really such a place?’ asked the old woman, with a gaze of wonder.

‘Yes, Betty, on my word, and you shall see it. If my home was a better place for the dear boy, I’d take him to it; but indeed indeed it’s not.’

‘You shall take him,’ returned Betty, fervently kissing the comforting hand, ‘where you will, my deary. I am not so hard, but that I believe your face and voice, and I will, as long as I can see and hear.’

This victory gained, Rokesmith made haste to profit by it, for he saw how woefully time had been lost. He despatched Sloppy to bring the carriage to the door; caused the child to be carefully wrapped up; bade old Betty get her bonnet on; collected the toys, enabling the little fellow to comprehend that his treasures were to be transported with him; and had all things prepared so easily that they were ready for the carriage as soon as it appeared, and in a minute afterwards were on their way. Sloppy they left behind, relieving his overcharged breast with a paroxysm of mangling.

At the Children’s Hospital, the gallant steed, the Noah’s ark, yellow bird, and the officer in the Guards, were made as welcome as their child-owner. But the doctor said aside to Rokesmith, ‘This should have been days ago. Too late!’

However, they were all carried up into a fresh airy room, and there Johnny came to himself, out of a sleep or a swoon or whatever it was, to find himself lying in a little quiet bed, with a little platform over his breast, on which were already arranged, to give him heart and urge him to cheer up, the Noah’s ark, the noble steed, and the yellow bird; with the officer in the Guards doing duty over the whole, quite as much to the satisfaction of his country as if he had been upon Parade. And at the bed’s head was a coloured picture beautiful to see, representing as it were another Johnny seated on the knee of some Angel surely who loved little children. And, marvellous fact, to lie and stare at: Johnny had become one of a little family, all in little quiet beds (except two playing dominoes in little arm-chairs at a little table on the hearth): and on all the little beds were little platforms whereon were to be seen dolls’ houses, woolly dogs with mechanical barks in them not very dissimilar from the artificial voice pervading the bowels of the yellow bird, tin armies, Moorish tumblers, wooden tea things, and the riches of the earth.

As Johnny murmured something in his placid admiration, the ministering women at his bed’s head asked him what he said. It seemed that he wanted to know whether all these were brothers and sisters of his? So they told him yes. It seemed then, that he wanted to know whether God had brought them all together there? So they told him yes again. They made out then, that he wanted to know whether they would all get out of pain? So they answered yes to that question likewise, and made him understand that the reply included himself.

Johnny’s powers of sustaining conversation were as yet so very imperfectly developed, even in a state of health, that in sickness they were little more than monosyllabic. But, he had to be washed and tended, and remedies were applied, and though those offices were far, far more skilfully and lightly done than ever anything had been done for him in his little life, so rough and short, they would have hurt and tired him but for an amazing circumstance which laid hold of his attention. This was no less than the appearance on his own little platform in pairs, of All Creation, on its way into his own particular ark: the elephant leading, and the fly, with a diffident sense of his size, politely bringing up the rear. A very little brother lying in the next bed with a broken leg, was so enchanted by this spectacle that his delight exalted its enthralling interest; and so came rest and sleep.

‘I see you are not afraid to leave the dear child here, Betty,’ whispered Mrs Boffin.

‘No, ma’am. Most willingly, most thankfully, with all my heart and soul.’

So, they kissed him, and left him there, and old Betty was to come back early in the morning, and nobody but Rokesmith knew for certain how that the doctor had said, ‘This should have been days ago. Too late!’

But, Rokesmith knowing it, and knowing that his bearing it in mind would be acceptable thereafter to that good woman who had been the only light in the childhood of desolate John Harmon dead and gone, resolved that late at night he would go back to the bedside of John Harmon’s namesake, and see how it fared with him.

The family whom God had brought together were not all asleep, but were all quiet. From bed to bed, a light womanly tread and a pleasant fresh face passed in the silence of the night. A little head would lift itself up into the softened light here and there, to be kissed as the face went by—for these little patients are very loving—and would then submit itself to be composed to rest again. The mite with the broken leg was restless, and moaned; but after a while turned his face towards Johnny’s bed, to fortify himself with a view of the ark, and fell asleep. Over most of the beds, the toys were yet grouped as the children had left them when they last laid themselves down, and, in their innocent grotesqueness and incongruity, they might have stood for the children’s dreams.

The doctor came in too, to see how it fared with Johnny. And he and Rokesmith stood together, looking down with compassion on him.

‘What is it, Johnny?’ Rokesmith was the questioner, and put an arm round the poor baby as he made a struggle.

‘Him!’ said the little fellow. ‘Those!’

The doctor was quick to understand children, and, taking the horse, the ark, the yellow bird, and the man in the Guards, from Johnny’s bed, softly placed them on that of his next neighbour, the mite with the broken leg.

With a weary and yet a pleased smile, and with an action as if he stretched his little figure out to rest, the child heaved his body on the sustaining arm, and seeking Rokesmith’s face with his lips, said:

‘A kiss for the boofer lady.’

Having now bequeathed all he had to dispose of, and arranged his affairs in this world, Johnny, thus speaking, left it.

“Esiste davvero un posto del genere?” chiese la vecchia donna, con uno sguardo pieno di stupore.

“Sì, Betty, te lo prometto, e vedrai con i tuoi occhi. Se la mia casa fosse un posto migliore per quel caro ragazzo, lo porterei lì; ma onestamente, non lo è.”

“Puoi portarlo dove vuoi,” rispose Betty, baciando con affetto quella mano rassicurante, “non sono così dura. Credo nel tuo viso e nella tua voce; lo farò, finché potrò vedere e sentire.”

Avendo ottenuto questa vittoria, Rokesmith si affrettò a trarne vantaggio, poiché vide quanto tempo fosse stato sprecato inutilmente. Mandò Sloppy ad attaccare la carrozza alla porta; fece avvolgere con cura il bambino; ordinò alla vecchia Betty di mettersi il cappello; raccolse tutti i giocattoli, facendo capire al piccolo che i suoi tesori sarebbero stati trasportati insieme a lui; e preparò tutto con tale rapidità che la carrozza fu pronta non appena arrivò, e poco dopo si misero in viaggio. Lasciarono indietro Sloppy, permettendogli di sfogare la sua frustrazione distruggendo tutto ciò che gli capitava a tiro.

All’Ospedale Pediatrico, il nobile cavallo, l’arca di Noè, l’uccello giallo e l’ufficiale della Guardia furono accolti con lo stesso entusiasmo del loro proprietario, il bambino. Ma il dottore disse a Rokesmith: “Avrebbe dovuto essere fatto giorni fa. È troppo tardi!”

Tuttavia, furono tutti portati in una stanza fresca e ariosa; lì Johnny riprese i sensi, dopo uno sonno o un’incoscienza, per ritrovarsi sdraiato su un piccolo letto tranquillo, con una piccola piattaforma sopra il petto sulla quale erano già disposti oggetti che avrebbero dovuto dargli coraggio e incoraggiarlo a rallegrarsi: l’arca di Noè, il nobile cavallo e l’uccello giallo; inoltre, un ufficiale delle Guardie vegliava su tutto, con grande soddisfazione del suo paese, come se fosse stato in parata. Sopra il letto c’era anche un dipinto colorato molto bello da vedere, che raffigurava un altro Johnny seduto sulle ginocchia di un angelo, sicuramente molto affezionato ai bambini piccoli. E, cosa meravigliosa, Johnny faceva parte di una piccola famiglia: tutti sdraiati su piccoli letti tranquilli (tranne due che giocavano a dama in piccole poltrone accanto a un piccolo tavolo vicino al camino); su ogni letto c’era una piccola piattaforma sulla quale si trovavano case di bambole, cani di lana con abbaiamenti meccanici non molto diversi dalla voce artificiale emessa dall’uccello giallo, eserciti di soldatini di latta, giocolieri moreschi, oggetti da tè in legno, e tutte le ricchezze del mondo.

Mentre Johnny mormorava qualcosa con quella sua tranquilla ammirazione, le donne che si prendevano cura di lui chiesero cosa avesse detto. Sembrava che volesse sapere se tutti quei persone fossero suoi fratelli e sorelle; così gli risposero di sì. Poi sembrò voler sapere se Dio li avesse riuniti lì tutti insieme; quindi gli risposero ancora di sì. Alla fine capirono che voleva sapere se sarebbero riusciti a liberarsi da tutto quel dolore; anche a questa domanda risposero di sì, facendogli comprendere che quella risposta includeva anche lui stesso.

Le capacità di Johnny di sostenere una conversazione erano ancora molto imperfettamente sviluppate, anche in condizioni di salute normale; quando si ammalava, le sue risposte erano per lo più monosillabiche. Tuttavia, bisognava lavarlo e prendersi cura di lui, applicargli i rimedi necessari. E sebbene queste attenzioni venissero svolte in modo molto più abile e delicato di quanto fosse mai accaduto nella sua breve vita, così difficile e travagliata, avrebbero comunque potuto fargli male o stancarlo. Se non fosse stato per una circostanza straordinaria che attirò completamente la sua attenzione. Si trattava del fatto che, sulla sua piccola piattaforma, appariva, in coppie, tutta la Creazione, mentre si dirigeva verso il suo “arca personale”: l’elefante guidava la processione, mentre la mosca, consapevole della propria piccolezza, si teneva educatamente dietro. Un fratellino più piccolo, che giaceva nel letto accanto con una gamba rotta, fu così incantato da questa scena che la sua gioia rafforzò ancora di più il fascino di quell’evento. E così arrivò il riposo, e il sonno.

“Vedo che non hai paura di lasciare qui il caro bambino, Betty,” sussurrò la signora Boffin.

“No, signora. Con grande piacere, con immensa gratitudine, con tutto il mio cuore e la mia ‘anima.”

Sì, lo baciarono e lo lasciarono lì; la vecchia Betty doveva tornare presto al mattino. Nessuno, tranne Rokesmith, sapeva con certezza cosa fosse successo. Il dottore aveva detto: “Avrebbe dovuto succedere giorni fa. È troppo tardi!”

Ma Rokesmith, essendone a conoscenza e sapendo che tenerlo a mente avrebbe potuto essere accettabile in seguito da quella buona donna che era stata l’unica luce nell’infanzia dell’abbandonato John Harmon, ormai morto e scomparso, decise che a tarda notte sarebbe tornato al capezzale di quel ragazzo omonimo di John Harmon per vedere come stesse.

La famiglia che Dio aveva unito non era tutta addormentata, ma tutti erano silenziosi. Da un letto all’altro, il passo leggero di una donna e un viso fresco e piacevole si muovevano nel silenzio della notte. Di tanto in tanto, una piccola testa si sollevava nella luce soffusa per essere baciata mentre il viso passava accanto. Questi piccoli “pazienti” erano davvero molto affettuosi; poi si riaddormentavano tranquillamente. Il pidocchio con la zampa rotta era inquieto e gemeva, ma dopo un po’ girò il viso verso il letto di Johnny, per rassicurarsi guardando quell’“arca”, e finalmente si addormentò. Su quasi tutti i letti, i giocattoli erano ancora disposti così come i bambini li avevano lasciati prima di coricarsi; nella loro innocente stranezza e incongruenza, sembravano rappresentare i sogni dei bambini stessi.

Anche il dottore entrò per vedere come stava Johnny. Lui e Rokesmith si fermarono insieme, guardandolo con compassione.

“Che c’è, Johnny?” chiese Rokesmith, mettendo un braccio intorno al povero bambino mentre questi cercava di liberarsi.

“Lui!” disse il piccolo ragazzo. “Quelli!”

Il dottore capiva bene i bambini; prese quindi il cavallo, l’arca, il uccellino giallo e l’uomo delle Guardie dal letto di Johnny, e li posò delicatamente su quello del suo vicino di letto successivo: il piccolo insetto con la gamba rotta.

Con un sorriso stanco ma soddisfatto, e con un movimento come se volesse stiracchiare il proprio piccolo corpo per riposare, il bambino appoggiò il proprio -corpo sul braccio che lo sosteneva, e cercando il viso di Rokesmith con le labbra, disse:

“Un bacio per la signora con il naso rosso.”

Avendo ormai lasciato tutto ciò che aveva a disposizione e sistemato i suoi affari in questo mondo, Johnny, con queste parole, lo lasciò.

Chapter 10

A SUCCESSOR

Some of the Reverend Frank Milvey’s brethren had found themselves exceedingly uncomfortable in their minds, because they were required to bury the dead too hopefully. But, the Reverend Frank, inclining to the belief that they were required to do one or two other things (say out of nine-and-thirty) calculated to trouble their consciences rather more if they would think as much about them, held his peace.

Indeed, the Reverend Frank Milvey was a forbearing man, who noticed many sad warps and blights in the vineyard wherein he worked, and did not profess that they made him savagely wise. He only learned that the more he himself knew, in his little limited human way, the better he could distantly imagine what Omniscience might know.

Wherefore, if the Reverend Frank had had to read the words that troubled some of his brethren, and profitably touched innumerable hearts, in a worse case than Johnny’s, he would have done so out of the pity and humility of his soul. Reading them over Johnny, he thought of his own six children, but not of his poverty, and read them with dimmed eyes. And very seriously did he and his bright little wife, who had been listening, look down into the small grave and walk home arm-in-arm.

There was grief in the aristocratic house, and there was joy in the Bower. Mr Wegg argued, if an orphan were wanted, was he not an orphan himself; and could a better be desired? And why go beating about Brentford bushes, seeking orphans forsooth who had established no claims upon you and made no sacrifices for you, when here was an orphan ready to your hand who had given up in your cause, Miss Elizabeth, Master George, Aunt Jane, and Uncle Parker?

Mr Wegg chuckled, consequently, when he heard the tidings. Nay, it was afterwards affirmed by a witness who shall at present be nameless, that in the seclusion of the Bower he poked out his wooden leg, in the stage-ballet manner, and executed a taunting or triumphant pirouette on the genuine leg remaining to him.

John Rokesmith’s manner towards Mrs Boffin at this time, was more the manner of a young man towards a mother, than that of a Secretary towards his employer’s wife. It had always been marked by a subdued affectionate deference that seemed to have sprung up on the very day of his engagement; whatever was odd in her dress or her ways had seemed to have no oddity for him; he had sometimes borne a quietly-amused face in her company, but still it had seemed as if the pleasure her genial temper and radiant nature yielded him, could have been quite as naturally expressed in a tear as in a smile. The completeness of his sympathy with her fancy for having a little John Harmon to protect and rear, he had shown in every act and word, and now that the kind fancy was disappointed, he treated it with a manly tenderness and respect for which she could hardly thank him enough.

‘But I do thank you, Mr Rokesmith,’ said Mrs Boffin, ‘and I thank you most kindly. You love children.’

‘I hope everybody does.’

‘They ought,’ said Mrs Boffin; ‘but we don’t all of us do what we ought, do us?’

John Rokesmith replied, ‘Some among us supply the short-comings of the rest. You have loved children well, Mr Boffin has told me.’

‘Not a bit better than he has, but that’s his way; he puts all the good upon me. You speak rather sadly, Mr Rokesmith.’

‘Do I?’

‘It sounds to me so. Were you one of many children?’ He shook his head.

‘An only child?’

‘No there was another. Dead long ago.’

‘Father or mother alive?’

‘Dead.’—

‘And the rest of your relations?’

‘Dead—if I ever had any living. I never heard of any.’

At this point of the dialogue Bella came in with a light step. She paused at the door a moment, hesitating whether to remain or retire; perplexed by finding that she was not observed.

‘Now, don’t mind an old lady’s talk,’ said Mrs Boffin, ‘but tell me. Are you quite sure, Mr Rokesmith, that you have never had a disappointment in love?’

‘Quite sure. Why do you ask me?’

‘Why, for this reason. Sometimes you have a kind of kept-down manner with you, which is not like your age. You can’t be thirty?’

‘I am not yet thirty.’

Deeming it high time to make her presence known, Bella coughed here to attract attention, begged pardon, and said she would go, fearing that she interrupted some matter of business.

‘No, don’t go,’ rejoined Mrs Boffin, ‘because we are coming to business, instead of having begun it, and you belong to it as much now, my dear Bella, as I do. But I want my Noddy to consult with us. Would somebody be so good as find my Noddy for me?’

Rokesmith departed on that errand, and presently returned accompanied by Mr Boffin at his jog-trot. Bella felt a little vague trepidation as to the subject-matter of this same consultation, until Mrs Boffin announced it.

‘Now, you come and sit by me, my dear,’ said that worthy soul, taking her comfortable place on a large ottoman in the centre of the room, and drawing her arm through Bella’s; ‘and Noddy, you sit here, and Mr Rokesmith you sit there. Now, you see, what I want to talk about, is this. Mr and Mrs Milvey have sent me the kindest note possible (which Mr Rokesmith just now read to me out aloud, for I ain’t good at handwritings), offering to find me another little child to name and educate and bring up. Well. This has set me thinking.’

(‘And she is a steam-ingein at it,’ murmured Mr Boffin, in an admiring parenthesis, ‘when she once begins. It mayn’t be so easy to start her; but once started, she’s a ingein.’)

‘—This has set me thinking, I say,’ repeated Mrs Boffin, cordially beaming under the influence of her husband’s compliment, ‘and I have thought two things. First of all, that I have grown timid of reviving John Harmon’s name. It’s an unfortunate name, and I fancy I should reproach myself if I gave it to another dear child, and it proved again unlucky.’

Capitolo 10

Un successore

Alcuni dei fratelli del reverendo Frank Milvey si sentivano estremamente a disagio interiormente, perché veniva loro chiesto di seppellire i morti nel modo più appropriato possibile. Tuttavia, il reverendo Frank, convinto che fossero richiesti anche altri compiti – forse tra i trentanove in totale – che avrebbero potuto turbare ulteriormente la loro coscienza se ci avessero pensato troppo, preferì mantenere il silenzio.

Infatti, il Reverendo Frank Milvey era un uomo tollerante; osservava molte anomalie e problemi nel vigneto in cui lavorava, ma non sosteneva che queste lo rendessero “profondamente saggio”. Sapeva soltanto che, più imparava lui stesso, con i suoi limitati mezzi umani, meglio riusciva a immaginare ciò che l’Onniscienza potesse conoscere.

Pertanto, se il Reverendo Frank avesse dovuto leggere quelle parole che turbavano alcuni dei suoi fratelli e toccavano profondamente innumerevoli cuori, in una situazione ancora più difficile di quella di Johnny, lo avrebbe fatto per pietà e umiltà della sua ‘anima. Leggendole davanti a Johnny, pensò ai suoi sei figli, ma non alla propria poverità, e le lesse con gli occhi pieni di lacrime. Lui e la sua brillante moglie, che aveva ascoltato in silenzio, guardarono seriamente nella piccola tomba e tornarono a casa tenendosi per mano.

C’era dolore nella famiglia aristocratica, mentre nel Giardino c’era gioia. Il signor Wegg sosteneva che, se si cercava un orfano, non era forse lui stesso un orfano? E poteva esserci qualcuno migliore di lui? Perché allora andare in giro per i boschi di Brentford alla ricerca di orfani che non avevano mai avuto alcun legame con voi né fatto sacrifici per voi, quando qui c’era un orfano pronto a mettersi al vostro servizio: la signorina Elizabeth, il signor George, zia Jane e zio Parker?

Il signor Wegg ridacchiò molto quando sentì questa notizia. Anzi, in seguito fu confermato da un testimone il cui nome non verrà rivelato, che nella solitudine del padiglione egli fece uscire la sua gamba di legno, con movimenti tipici del balletto teatrale, e eseguì una piroetta beffarda o trionfale sulla gamba vera che gli rimaneva.

Il modo in cui John Rokesmith si comportava con la signora Boffin in quel momento assomigliava di più a quello di un giovane verso sua madre, piuttosto che a quello di un segretario verso la moglie del proprio datore di lavoro. Il suo atteggiamento era sempre stato caratterizzato da una rispettosa affettovolezza che sembrava essere nata proprio il giorno stesso del loro fidanzamento; qualsiasi stranezza nel suo abbigliamento o nei suoi modi non gli sembrava mai tale; a volte, in sua compagnia, mostrava un’espressione di tranquilla divertita tolleranza, ma era evidente che il piacere che il suo temperamento gentile e la sua natura radiosa gli procuravano poteva essere espresso altrettanto naturalmente attraverso una lacrima quanto attraverso un sorriso. La totale comprensione che nutriva per il suo desiderio di avere un piccolo “John Harmon” da proteggere e allevare era evidente in ogni suo gesto e parola; ora, che quel desiderio si era rivelato irrealizzabile, lui lo trattava con una tenerezza e un rispetto davvero virili, per i quali lei non avrebbe mai potuto ringraziarlo abbastanza.

“Ma vi ringrazio davvero, signor Rokesmith,” disse la signora Boffin, “vi ringrazio con tutto il cuore. Voi amate i bambini.”

“Spero che tutti lo facciano.”

“Dovremmo farlo,” disse la signora Boffin; “ma non tutti noi facciamo ciò che dovremmo, vero?”

John Rokesmith rispose: “Alcuni di noi compensano le mancanze degli altri. Voi amate molto i bambini, mi ha detto il signor Boffin.”

“Niente di meglio di ciò che ha lui, ma è il suo modo di essere: attribuisce tutto il bene a me. Parlate con una certa tristezza, signor Rokesmith.”

‘Do I?’

“Per me sembra proprio così. Eri uno di quei tanti bambini?” Lui scosse la testa.

“Un solo bambino?”

“No, ce n’era un altro. Morto molto tempo fa.”

“Padre o madre ancora in vita?”

“Morto.”

“E il resto dei tuoi parenti?”

“Morto, se mai sono stato vivo. Non ne ho mai sentito parlare.”

In questo momento del dialogo, Bella entrò con passi leggeri. Si fermò per un attimo alla porta, esitando se rimanere o andarsene; era confusa perché non sembrava essere stata notata da nessuno.

“Ora, non badate alle parole di una vecchia signora,” disse la signora Boffin, “ma ditemi: siete davvero sicuro, signor Rokesmith, di non aver mai provato delusioni in amore?”

“Certo che sì. Perché mi chiedi?”

“Per questo motivo. A volte hai un comportamento troppo controllato, che non corrisponde alla tua età. Non puoi avere trent’anni, vero?”

“Non ho ancora trent’anni.”

Ritenendo che fosse giunto il momento opportuno per farsi notare, Bella tossì per attirare l’attenzione, chiese scusa e disse che se ne sarebbe andata, temendo di aver interrotto qualche affare importante.

“No, non andare,” ribatté la signora Boffin, “perché stiamo per affrontare questioni importanti; anzi, non abbiamo ancora iniziato a farlo, e tu ne fai parte tanto quanto me, cara Bella. Ma voglio che anche il mio Noddy ci dia il suo parere. Qualcuno potrebbe essere così gentile da trovarmi il mio Noddy?”

Rokesmith partì per quella missione e poco dopo tornò accompagnato da Mr Boffin, che camminava a passo lento. Bella provava una vaga inquietudine riguardo all’argomento di quella consultazione, fino a quando la signora Boffin non lo annunciò.

“Ora vieni a sederti accanto a me, cara mia,” disse quella nobile ‘anima, sistemandosi comodamente su un grande divano al centro della stanza e intrecciando il proprio braccio con quello di Bella; “E tu, Noddy, siediti qui, mentre il signor Rokesmith si sieda lì. Quello di cui voglio parlare ora è questo: il signore e la signora Milvey mi hanno inviato una lettera davvero molto gentile (che il signor Rokesmith mi ha appena letta ad alta voce, perché non sono brava a leggere le scritture a mano), offrendosi di trovarmi un altro piccolo bambino da nominare, educare e crescere con me. Beh. Questo mi ha fatto riflettere molto.”

“E poi è davvero molto abile nel suo lavoro,” mormorò il signor Boffin con ammirazione, “quando una volta inizia. Forse non è facile farla partire; ma una volta che ha cominciato, allora sì, è davvero efficiente.”

“—Questo mi ha fatto riflettere,” ripeté la signora Boffin, con un sorriso cordiale, influenzata dal complimento di suo marito, “e ne ho pensate due cose. Prima di tutto, che ora ho paura di riportare in vita il nome di John Harmon. È un nome sfortunato. Penso che mi rimprovererei se lo dessi a un altro caro bambino, e temo che anche questa volta si rivelasse infelice.”

‘Now, whether,’ said Mr Boffin, gravely propounding a case for his Secretary’s opinion; ‘whether one might call that a superstition?’

‘It is a matter of feeling with Mrs Boffin,’ said Rokesmith, gently. ‘The name has always been unfortunate. It has now this new unfortunate association connected with it. The name has died out. Why revive it? Might I ask Miss Wilfer what she thinks?’

‘It has not been a fortunate name for me,’ said Bella, colouring—‘or at least it was not, until it led to my being here—but that is not the point in my thoughts. As we had given the name to the poor child, and as the poor child took so lovingly to me, I think I should feel jealous of calling another child by it. I think I should feel as if the name had become endeared to me, and I had no right to use it so.’

‘And that’s your opinion?’ remarked Mr Boffin, observant of the Secretary’s face and again addressing him.

‘I say again, it is a matter of feeling,’ returned the Secretary. ‘I think Miss Wilfer’s feeling very womanly and pretty.’

‘Now, give us your opinion, Noddy,’ said Mrs Boffin.

‘My opinion, old lady,’ returned the Golden Dustman, ‘is your opinion.’

‘Then,’ said Mrs Boffin, ‘we agree not to revive John Harmon’s name, but to let it rest in the grave. It is, as Mr Rokesmith says, a matter of feeling, but Lor how many matters ARE matters of feeling! Well; and so I come to the second thing I have thought of. You must know, Bella, my dear, and Mr Rokesmith, that when I first named to my husband my thoughts of adopting a little orphan boy in remembrance of John Harmon, I further named to my husband that it was comforting to think that how the poor boy would be benefited by John’s own money, and protected from John’s own forlornness.’

‘Hear, hear!’ cried Mr Boffin. ‘So she did. Ancoar!’

‘No, not Ancoar, Noddy, my dear,’ returned Mrs Boffin, ‘because I am going to say something else. I meant that, I am sure, as much as I still mean it. But this little death has made me ask myself the question, seriously, whether I wasn’t too bent upon pleasing myself. Else why did I seek out so much for a pretty child, and a child quite to my liking? Wanting to do good, why not do it for its own sake, and put my tastes and likings by?’

‘Perhaps,’ said Bella; and perhaps she said it with some little sensitiveness arising out of those old curious relations of hers towards the murdered man; ‘perhaps, in reviving the name, you would not have liked to give it to a less interesting child than the original. He interested you very much.’

Well, my dear,’ returned Mrs Boffin, giving her a squeeze, ‘it’s kind of you to find that reason out, and I hope it may have been so, and indeed to a certain extent I believe it was so, but I am afraid not to the whole extent. However, that don’t come in question now, because we have done with the name.’

‘Laid it up as a remembrance,’ suggested Bella, musingly.

‘Much better said, my dear; laid it up as a remembrance. Well then; I have been thinking if I take any orphan to provide for, let it not be a pet and a plaything for me, but a creature to be helped for its own sake.’

‘Not pretty then?’ said Bella.

‘No,’ returned Mrs Boffin, stoutly.

‘Nor prepossessing then?’ said Bella.

‘No,’ returned Mrs Boffin. ‘Not necessarily so. That’s as it may happen. A well-disposed boy comes in my way who may be even a little wanting in such advantages for getting on in life, but is honest and industrious and requires a helping hand and deserves it. If I am very much in earnest and quite determined to be unselfish, let me take care of HIM.’

Here the footman whose feelings had been hurt on the former occasion, appeared, and crossing to Rokesmith apologetically announced the objectionable Sloppy.

The four members of Council looked at one another, and paused. ‘Shall he be brought here, ma’am?’ asked Rokesmith.

‘Yes,’ said Mrs Boffin. Whereupon the footman disappeared, reappeared presenting Sloppy, and retired much disgusted.

The consideration of Mrs Boffin had clothed Mr Sloppy in a suit of black, on which the tailor had received personal directions from Rokesmith to expend the utmost cunning of his art, with a view to the concealment of the cohering and sustaining buttons. But, so much more powerful were the frailties of Sloppy’s form than the strongest resources of tailoring science, that he now stood before the Council, a perfect Argus in the way of buttons: shining and winking and gleaming and twinkling out of a hundred of those eyes of bright metal, at the dazzled spectators. The artistic taste of some unknown hatter had furnished him with a hatband of wholesale capacity which was fluted behind, from the crown of his hat to the brim, and terminated in a black bunch, from which the imagination shrunk discomfited and the reason revolted. Some special powers with which his legs were endowed, had already hitched up his glossy trousers at the ankles, and bagged them at the knees; while similar gifts in his arms had raised his coat-sleeves from his wrists and accumulated them at his elbows. Thus set forth, with the additional embellishments of a very little tail to his coat, and a yawning gulf at his waistband, Sloppy stood confessed.

‘And how is Betty, my good fellow?’ Mrs Boffin asked him.

‘Thankee, mum,’ said Sloppy, ‘she do pretty nicely, and sending her dooty and many thanks for the tea and all faviours and wishing to know the family’s healths.’

‘Have you just come, Sloppy?’

‘Yes, mum.’

‘Then you have not had your dinner yet?’

‘No, mum. But I mean to it. For I ain’t forgotten your handsome orders that I was never to go away without having had a good ’un off of meat and beer and pudding—no: there was four of ’em, for I reckoned ’em up when I had ’em; meat one, beer two, vegetables three, and which was four?—Why, pudding, HE was four!’ Here Sloppy threw his head back, opened his mouth wide, and laughed rapturously.

‘How are the two poor little Minders?’ asked Mrs Boffin.

‘Striking right out, mum, and coming round beautiful.’

Mrs Boffin looked on the other three members of Council, and then said, beckoning with her finger:

‘Sloppy.’

‘Yes, mum.’

‘Come forward, Sloppy. Should you like to dine here every day?’

‘Off of all four on ’em, mum? O mum!’ Sloppy’s feelings obliged him to squeeze his hat, and contract one leg at the knee.

‘Yes. And should you like to be always taken care of here, if you were industrious and deserving?’

‘Oh, mum!—But there’s Mrs Higden,’ said Sloppy, checking himself in his raptures, drawing back, and shaking his head with very serious meaning. ‘There’s Mrs Higden. Mrs Higden goes before all. None can ever be better friends to me than Mrs Higden’s been. And she must be turned for, must Mrs Higden. Where would Mrs Higden be if she warn’t turned for!’ At the mere thought of Mrs Higden in this inconceivable affliction, Mr Sloppy’s countenance became pale, and manifested the most distressful emotions.

‘You are as right as right can be, Sloppy,’ said Mrs Boffin ‘and far be it from me to tell you otherwise. It shall be seen to. If Betty Higden can be turned for all the same, you shall come here and be taken care of for life, and be made able to keep her in other ways than the turning.’

‘Even as to that, mum,’ answered the ecstatic Sloppy, ‘the turning might be done in the night, don’t you see? I could be here in the day, and turn in the night. I don’t want no sleep, I don’t. Or even if I any ways should want a wink or two,’ added Sloppy, after a moment’s apologetic reflection, ‘I could take ’em turning. I’ve took ’em turning many a time, and enjoyed ’em wonderful!’

On the grateful impulse of the moment, Mr Sloppy kissed Mrs Boffin’s hand, and then detaching himself from that good creature that he might have room enough for his feelings, threw back his head, opened his mouth wide, and uttered a dismal howl. It was creditable to his tenderness of heart, but suggested that he might on occasion give some offence to the neighbours: the rather, as the footman looked in, and begged pardon, finding he was not wanted, but excused himself; on the ground ‘that he thought it was Cats.’

“Ora, se si possa considerare una superstizione, ”, disse seriamente il signor Boffin, esponendo il punto di vista della sua segretaria.

“Si tratta di prendere in considerazione i sentimenti della signora Boffin,” disse Rokesmith con dolcezza.
“Quel nome è sempre stato sfortunato. Ora è legato a un’altra sfortunata associazione. Il nome stesso è ormai “morto”. Perché rianimarlo? Posso chiedere alla signorina Wilfer cosa ne pensa?”

“Non è stato un nome fortunato per me,” disse Bella, arrossendo, “o almeno non lo era, fino a quando non mi ha portata qui. Ma questo non è il punto che voglio esprimere. Poiché avevamo dato quel nome alla povera >bambina, e poiché quella povera >bambina si era affezionata a me con tanta tenerezza, penso che dovrei sentirmi in colpa se usassi lo stesso nome per un’altra >bambina. Mi sembra che quel nome abbia assunto per me un significato particolare, e quindi non avrei il diritto di usarlo così.”

“E questa è la tua opinione?” osservò il signor Boffin, notando l’espressione sul viso del segretario e rivolgendosi di nuovo a lui.

“Dico ancora una volta: si tratta di una questione di sentimenti,” rispose il Segretario. “Penso che i sentimenti della signorina Wilfer siano molto femminili e piacevoli.”

“Ora, dìci la tua opinione, Noddy,” disse la signora Boffin.

“La mia opinione, signora,” rispose l’Uomo della Polvere d’Oro, “è proprio la vostra opinione.”

“Allora,” disse la signora Boffin, “siamo d’accordo nel non riportare mai più il nome di John Harmon, ma lasciarlo riposare nella sua >tomba. Come dice il signor Rokesmith, si tratta di una questione di sentimenti. Ma, mio Dio, quante cose dipendono davvero dai sentimenti! Bene, ora passo alla seconda cosa a cui ho pensato. Dovete sapere, Bella mia cara, e anche voi, signor Rokesmith, che quando per la prima volta parlai con mio marito dell’idea di adottare un piccolo orfano in memoria di John Harmon, gli spiegai anche come fosse consolante pensare a quanto quel povero bambino potesse trarre beneficio dal denaro stesso di John, e essere protetto dalla sua stessa solitudine.”

“Sentite, sentite!”, esclamò il signor Boffin. “Esatto, è proprio così che ha fatto”.

“No, non Ancoar, Noddy, mio caro,” rispose la signora Boffin, “perché intendo dire qualcos’altro. Sono sicura che ciò che ho detto prima sia ancora vero oggi. Ma questa piccola morte mi ha fatto porre seriamente questa domanda: forse ero troppo concentrata nel compiacermi? Altrimenti, perché avrei cercato con tanta insistenza un bambino carino, proprio quello che mi piaceva? Se volevo fare del bene, perché non farlo per il bene stesso del bambino, mettendo da parte i miei gusti personali?”

“Forse,” disse Bella; e forse lo disse con una certa sensibilità nata da quelle vecchie e strane relazioni che aveva avuto con quell’uomo assassinato; “forse, riprendendo quel nome, non avreste voluto darlo a un >bambino meno interessante di quello originale. Lui vi interessava molto.”

“Beh, caro mio,” rispose la signora Boffin stringendogli la mano, “è molto gentile da parte tua aver capito quella ragione. Spero proprio che sia così, e anzi credo che in un certo senso lo fosse, ma temo che non del tutto. Comunque, ora questo non ha più importanza, perché abbiamo già deciso quale nome utilizzare.”

“L’ho conservata come ricordo,” suggerì Bella, pensierosa.

“Molto meglio detto, caro mio; lo terrò come un ricordo.” Bene, allora. Ho pensato che, se dovesse prendere in custodia qualche orfano, non dovrebbe trattarlo come un animale domestico o un giocattolo, ma come una persona che ha bisogno di aiuto per motivi suoi stessi.

“Allora non è molto bello, vero?” disse Bella.

“No,” rispose con fermezza la signora Boffin.

“Allora non sei affatto preso da lei?” disse Bella.

“No,” rispose la signora Boffin. “Non necessariamente. Può anche darsi che sia così. Un ragazzo di buone intenzioni si trova sulla mia strada; forse non dispone di quei vantaggi che servirebbero per avere successo nella vita, ma è onesto e laborioso, e ha bisogno di un aiuto. E se sono davvero determinata a essere altruista, lasciate che mi occupi DI LUI.”

Ecco comparire il valletto i cui sentimenti erano stati offesi in quella precedente occasione; si avvicinò a Rokesmith con un tono di scusa e gli annunciò l’arrivo di quel fastidioso individuo, Sloppy.

I quattro membri del Consiglio si guardarono l’un l’altro e rimasero in silenzio. “Dovremmo portarlo qui, signora?” chiese Rokesmith.

“Sì,” disse la signora Boffin. Allora il valletto scomparve, ricomparve presentando Sloppy, e se ne andò molto disgustato.

La signora Boffin aveva provveduto a vestire il signor Sloppy con un abito nero; il sarto aveva ricevuto istruzioni personali da Rokesmith affinché impiegasse tutta la sua abilità nel realizzarlo, al fine di nascondere i bottoni che lo tenevano insieme. Tuttavia, le debolezze fisiche del signor Sloppy erano così evidenti che, nonostante gli sforzi del sarto, egli apparve davanti al Consiglio come un vero e proprio “Argo” di bottoni: brillavano, lampeggiavano e scintillavano sotto gli occhi degli spettatori abbagliati. Il gusto artistico di qualche cappellaio sconosciuto aveva fornito a Sloppy una fascia per il cappello estremamente larga, che si assottigliava dalla parte posteriore della “corona” del cappello fino al bordo e terminava in un mazzo nero che faceva rabbrividire l’immaginazione e rivoltare la ragione. Qualche strana caratteristica fisica aveva fatto sì che i suoi pantaloni lucidi si attaccassero alle caviglie e si gonfiassero alle ginocchia; le maniche del suo cappotto, invece, si sollevavano dai polsi e si accumulavano agli gomiti. Così presentato, con quel piccolo “codino” sul cappotto e quella voragine nel girovita, il signor Sloppy rimase inequivocabilmente riconosciuto per ciò che era.

“E come sta Betty, mio caro amico?” gli chiese la signora Boffin.

“Grazie, mamma,” disse Sloppy, “si comporta davvero bene. E manda i suoi saluti più affettuosi, ringrazia molto per il tè e tutto ciò che avete fatto per lei, e desidera sapere come stanno tutti in famiglia.”

“Sei appena arrivato, Sloppy?”

“Sì, mamma.”

“Quindi non hai ancora mangiato la cena?”

“No, mamma. Ma lo dico sul serio. Perché non ho dimenticato le tue rigide istruzioni: che non dovevo mai andarmene senza aver mangiato a sazietà carne, birra e budino. No: ce n’erano quattro! Ho contato bene: carne uno, birra due, verdure tre. E quale era il quarto? Il budino, naturalmente!” Qui Sloppy alzò la testa all’indietro, aprì la bocca wide e scoppiò a ridere felicemente.

“Come stanno quei due poveri piccoli Minders?” chiese la signora Boffin.

“Partendo dritto verso destra, mamma, e poi tornando indietro in modo perfetto.”

La signora Boffin guardò gli altri tre membri del Consiglio, poi disse, facendo un cenno con il dito:

“Impreciso.”

“Sì, mamma.”

“Avanti, Sloppy. Vuoi davvero mangiare qui tutti i giorni?”

“Tra tutti e quattro, mamma? Mamma!” I sentimenti di Sloppy lo costrinsero a stringersi il cappello e a piegare una gamba all’altezza del ginocchio.

“Sì. E se volessi che ti prendessero sempre cura qui, purché fossi diligente e meritevole?”

“Oh, mamma! — Ma c’è la signora Higden, ”, disse Sloppy, tornando in sé e scuotendo la testa con estrema serietà. “C’è la signora Higden. La signora Higden viene prima di tutto. Nessuno potrebbe mai essere un amico migliore per me della signora Higden. E bisogna assolutamente fare qualcosa per lei. Dove sarebbe la signora Higden se non si facesse nulla per lei?” Alla sola idea che la signora Higden potesse trovarsi in una simile situazione insopportabile, il viso di Mr Sloppy impallidì, mostrando emozioni estremamente dolorose.

“Hai perfettamente ragione, Sloppy,” disse la signora Boffin. “E non sarebbe mai mia intenzione contraddirti. Si farà quanto è necessario. Se Betty Higden potrà essere recuperata comunque, tu verrai qui e ti verrà fornita assistenza per tutta la vita, in modi diversi da quelli che abbiamo provato finora.”

“Anche in questo caso, mamma,” rispose eccitato Sloppy, “la conversione potrebbe essere fatta di notte, capisci? Potrei essere qui di giorno e completarla di notte. Non ho bisogno di dormire. Anzi, anche se volessi riposare un po’,” aggiunse dopo un momento di riflessione, “potrei comunque farlo. L’ho già fatto molte volte, e mi è sempre piaciuto molto!”

Sotto l’impulso di gratitudine del momento, il signor Sloppy baciò la mano della signora Boffin; poi, per poter esprimere liberamente i propri sentimenti, si allontanò da quella brava donna, alzò la testa, aprì la bocca e emise un lamento disperato. Questo comportamento dimostrava la tenerezza del suo cuore, ma poteva anche causare qualche offesa ai vicini. Del resto, quando il valletto si affacciò per chiedere scusa, si rese conto che non era stato richiesto e si scusò, adducendo come motivo “il fatto che avesse pensato fossero gatti”.

Chapter 11

SOME AFFAIRS OF THE HEART

Little Miss Peecher, from her little official dwelling-house, with its little windows like the eyes in needles, and its little doors like the covers of school-books, was very observant indeed of the object of her quiet affections. Love, though said to be afflicted with blindness, is a vigilant watchman, and Miss Peecher kept him on double duty over Mr Bradley Headstone. It was not that she was naturally given to playing the spy—it was not that she was at all secret, plotting, or mean—it was simply that she loved the irresponsive Bradley with all the primitive and homely stock of love that had never been examined or certificated out of her. If her faithful slate had had the latent qualities of sympathetic paper, and its pencil those of invisible ink, many a little treatise calculated to astonish the pupils would have come bursting through the dry sums in school-time under the warming influence of Miss Peecher’s bosom. For, oftentimes when school was not, and her calm leisure and calm little house were her own, Miss Peecher would commit to the confidential slate an imaginary description of how, upon a balmy evening at dusk, two figures might have been observed in the market-garden ground round the corner, of whom one, being a manly form, bent over the other, being a womanly form of short stature and some compactness, and breathed in a low voice the words, ‘Emma Peecher, wilt thou be my own?’ after which the womanly form’s head reposed upon the manly form’s shoulder, and the nightingales tuned up. Though all unseen, and unsuspected by the pupils, Bradley Headstone even pervaded the school exercises. Was Geography in question? He would come triumphantly flying out of Vesuvius and Aetna ahead of the lava, and would boil unharmed in the hot springs of Iceland, and would float majestically down the Ganges and the Nile. Did History chronicle a king of men? Behold him in pepper-and-salt pantaloons, with his watch-guard round his neck. Were copies to be written? In capital B’s and H’s most of the girls under Miss Peecher’s tuition were half a year ahead of every other letter in the alphabet. And Mental Arithmetic, administered by Miss Peecher, often devoted itself to providing Bradley Headstone with a wardrobe of fabulous extent: fourscore and four neck-ties at two and ninepence-halfpenny, two gross of silver watches at four pounds fifteen and sixpence, seventy-four black hats at eighteen shillings; and many similar superfluities.

The vigilant watchman, using his daily opportunities of turning his eyes in Bradley’s direction, soon apprized Miss Peecher that Bradley was more preoccupied than had been his wont, and more given to strolling about with a downcast and reserved face, turning something difficult in his mind that was not in the scholastic syllabus. Putting this and that together—combining under the head ‘this,’ present appearances and the intimacy with Charley Hexam, and ranging under the head ‘that’ the visit to his sister, the watchman reported to Miss Peecher his strong suspicions that the sister was at the bottom of it.

‘I wonder,’ said Miss Peecher, as she sat making up her weekly report on a half-holiday afternoon, ‘what they call Hexam’s sister?’

Mary Anne, at her needlework, attendant and attentive, held her arm up.

Well, Mary Anne?’

‘She is named Lizzie, ma’am.’

‘She can hardly be named Lizzie, I think, Mary Anne,’ returned Miss Peecher, in a tunefully instructive voice. ‘Is Lizzie a Christian name, Mary Anne?’

Mary Anne laid down her work, rose, hooked herself behind, as being under catechization, and replied: ‘No, it is a corruption, Miss Peecher.’

‘Who gave her that name?’ Miss Peecher was going on, from the mere force of habit, when she checked herself; on Mary Anne’s evincing theological impatience to strike in with her godfathers and her godmothers, and said: ‘I mean of what name is it a corruption?’

‘Elizabeth, or Eliza, Miss Peecher.’

‘Right, Mary Anne. Whether there were any Lizzies in the early Christian Church must be considered very doubtful, very doubtful.’ Miss Peecher was exceedingly sage here. ‘Speaking correctly, we say, then, that Hexam’s sister is called Lizzie; not that she is named so. Do we not, Mary Anne?’

‘We do, Miss Peecher.’

‘And where,’ pursued Miss Peecher, complacent in her little transparent fiction of conducting the examination in a semiofficial manner for Mary Anne’s benefit, not her own, ‘where does this young woman, who is called but not named Lizzie, live? Think, now, before answering.’

‘In Church Street, Smith Square, by Mill Bank, ma’am.’

‘In Church Street, Smith Square, by Mill Bank,’ repeated Miss Peecher, as if possessed beforehand of the book in which it was written. Exactly so. And what occupation does this young woman pursue, Mary Anne? Take time.’

‘She has a place of trust at an outfitter’s in the City, ma’am.’

‘Oh!’ said Miss Peecher, pondering on it; but smoothly added, in a confirmatory tone, ‘At an outfitter’s in the City. Ye-es?’

‘And Charley—’ Mary Anne was proceeding, when Miss Peecher stared.

‘I mean Hexam, Miss Peecher.’

‘I should think you did, Mary Anne. I am glad to hear you do. And Hexam—’

‘Says,’ Mary Anne went on, ‘that he is not pleased with his sister, and that his sister won’t be guided by his advice, and persists in being guided by somebody else’s; and that—’

‘Mr Headstone coming across the garden!’ exclaimed Miss Peecher, with a flushed glance at the looking-glass. ‘You have answered very well, Mary Anne. You are forming an excellent habit of arranging your thoughts clearly. That will do.’

The discreet Mary Anne resumed her seat and her silence, and stitched, and stitched, and was stitching when the schoolmaster’s shadow came in before him, announcing that he might be instantly expected.

Capitolo 11

Alcune faccende del cuore

La piccola Miss Peecher, dalla sua piccola dimora ufficiale – una casa con finestrelle minuscole come occhi su aghi e porte piccolissime come copertine di libri scolastici – osservava con grande attenzione l’oggetto dei suoi sentimenti silenziosi. L’amore, anche se si dice che sia cieco, è in realtà un guardiano vigile; e Miss Peecher lo incaricò di sorvegliare attentamente il signor Bradley Headstone. Non era certo perché avesse una natura incline a comportamenti spionistici, né perché fosse segreta, piena di complotti o meschina. Era semplicemente perché amava quel Bradley indifferente con tutto l’affetto primitivo e sincero che possiede un cuore umano. Se la sua “tavoletta fedele” avesse avuto le proprietà di carta sensibile, e la sua penna quelle dell’inchiostro invisibile, molti piccoli “trattati” destinati ad stupire gli alunni sarebbero emersi durante le lezioni, sotto l’effetto caloroso del cuore di Miss Peecher. Spesso, quando non c’erano lezioni e lei aveva il suo tranquillo tempo libero nella sua piccola casa, scriveva sulla tavoletta immaginari racconti su come, in una serata calda al crepuscolo, si potessero vedere due figure nel giardino del mercato: uno di loro, di aspetto maschile, si chinava su un’altra figura femminile di statura bassa e snella, che gli sussurrava: “Emma Peecher, vuoi essere mia?”. Dopo queste parole, la testa della donna si appoggiava sulla spalla dell’uomo. E le usignole iniziavano a cantare. Anche se tutto ciò rimaneva invisibile e sconosciuto agli alunni, il nome di Bradley Headstone “penetrava” persino nelle lezioni scolastiche. Quando si trattava di geografia, lui compariva trionfante fuori dal Vesuvio e dall’Etna, prima della lava; bolliva indenne nelle sorgenti termali dell’Islanda, e fluttuava maestosamente lungo il Gange e il Nilo. E quando si parlava di storia, eccolo lì, con i suoi pantaloni a righe bianche e nere e un orologio al collo. Quando bisognava scrivere delle copie, la maggior parte delle ragazze sotto la guida di Miss Peecher riusciva a scrivere lettere grandi come “B” e “H”, superando così tutte le altre lettere dell’alfabeto. E l’aritmetica mentale, insegnata da Miss Peecher, spesso serviva a fornire a Bradley Headstone un guardaroba davvero straordinario: ottantaquattro cravatte al prezzo di due sterline e nove pence e mezzo, due dozzine di orologi d’argento per quattro sterline quindici scellini e sei pence, settantaquattro cappelli neri per diciotto scellini, e molte altre cose simili.

Il guardiano attento, approfittando delle occasioni quotidiane in cui poteva dirigere lo sguardo verso Bradley, presto fece sapere a Miss Peecher che Bradley era più assorto nei suoi pensieri del solito e spesso si aggirava con un’espressione cupa e riservata, come se stesse affrontando qualche problema difficile che non aveva nulla a che fare con il programma scolastico. Tenendo conto di tutto ciò – considerando le apparenze attuali, l’intimità con Charley Hexam, e la visita fatta alla sorella – il guardiano riferì a Miss Peecher le sue forti sospetti che proprio la sorella fosse all’origine di tutto.

“Gli stupori, ”, disse la signorina Peecher mentre sedeva a redigere il suo rapporto settimanale in un pomeriggio di mezza vacanza, “quelli che chiamano la sorella di Hexam, ”

Mary Anne, impegnata nel suo lavoro a maglia, attenta e premurosa, alzò il braccio.

“Beh, Mary Anne?”

“Si chiama Lizzie, signora.”

“Non si può certo chiamarla Lizzie. Penso che dovrebbe essere Mary Anne,” rispose la signorina Peecher con voce dolce e didattica. “Ma Lizzie è un nome cristiano, Mary Anne?”

Mary Anne posò il suo lavoro, si appoggiò allo schienale, come se fosse sotto insegnamento religioso, e rispose: “No, è una corruzione, signorina Peecher.”

“Chi le ha dato quel nome?” stava continuando Miss Peecher, per semplice abitudine, quando si fermò; notando l’impazienza teologica di Mary Anne di intervenire parlando dei suoi padrini e delle sue madrine, disse: “Voglio dire, da quale nome deriva quel nome corrotto?”

“Elisabetta, o Eliza, signorina Peecher.”

“Esatto, Mary Anne. È molto dubbia, davvero molto dubbia, l’esistenza di persone chiamate Lizzie nella Chiesa cristiana primitiva.” La signorina Peecher aveva ragione in questo. “Per essere precisi, diciamo che la sorella di Hexam è chiamata Lizzie, anche se in realtà non si chiama così. Non è vero, Mary Anne?”

“Sì, signorina Peecher.”

“E dove,” proseguì la signorina Peecher, compiaciuta della sua piccola e trasparente finzione di condurre l’esame in modo semiofficiale a beneficio di Mary Anne e non per proprio interesse, “dove vive questa giovane donna che viene chiamata ma non ha un nome vero, Lizzie? Pensaci bene prima di rispondere.”

“In Church Street, Smith Square, vicino a Mill Bank, signora.”

“In Church Street, Smith Square, vicino a Mill Bank,” ripeté la signorina Peecher, come se conoscesse già a memoria il libro in cui quelle informazioni erano scritte. Esattamente così. E quale occupazione svolge questa giovane donna, Mary Anne? Prenditi il tuo tempo.

“Signora, ha un posto di fiducia presso un negozio di attrezzatura sportiva nella Città.”

“Oh!”, disse la signorina Peecher, riflettendoci un attimo; poi aggiunse con tono confermativo: “In un negozio di abbigliamento nella Città. Sì, esatto?”

“E poi c’è Charley, ” stava dicendo Mary Anne, quando Miss Peecher la fissò con uno sguardo intenso.

“Intendo dire Hexam, signorina Peecher.”

“Credo proprio che tu l’abbia fatto, Mary Anne. Sono felice di saperlo. E Hexam, ”

“Dice,” continuò Mary Anne, “che non è soddisfatto di sua sorella, e che lei non segue i suoi consigli, ma insiste nel seguire quelli di qualcun altro; e che, ”

“Il signor Headstone sta attraversando il giardino!” esclamò la signorina Peecher, lanciando uno sguardo arrossito allo specchio. “Hai risposto molto bene, Mary Anne. Stai sviluppando l’abitudine di organizzare chiaramente i tuoi pensieri. È ottimo.”

La discreta Mary Anne riprese il suo posto e il suo silenzio; continuò a cucire, quando l’ombra del preside entrò nella stanza, annunciando che poteva essere chiamato da un momento all’altro.

‘Good evening, Miss Peecher,’ he said, pursuing the shadow, and taking its place.

‘Good evening, Mr Headstone. Mary Anne, a chair.’

‘Thank you,’ said Bradley, seating himself in his constrained manner. ‘This is but a flying visit. I have looked in, on my way, to ask a kindness of you as a neighbour.’

‘Did you say on your way, Mr Headstone?’ asked Miss Peecher.

‘On my way to—where I am going.’

‘Church Street, Smith Square, by Mill Bank,’ repeated Miss Peecher, in her own thoughts.

‘Charley Hexam has gone to get a book or two he wants, and will probably be back before me. As we leave my house empty, I took the liberty of telling him I would leave the key here. Would you kindly allow me to do so?’

‘Certainly, Mr Headstone. Going for an evening walk, sir?’

‘Partly for a walk, and partly for—on business.’

‘Business in Church Street, Smith Square, by Mill Bank,’ repeated Miss Peecher to herself.

‘Having said which,’ pursued Bradley, laying his door-key on the table, ‘I must be already going. There is nothing I can do for you, Miss Peecher?’

‘Thank you, Mr Headstone. In which direction?’

‘In the direction of Westminster.’

‘Mill Bank,’ Miss Peecher repeated in her own thoughts once again. ‘No, thank you, Mr Headstone; I’ll not trouble you.’

‘You couldn’t trouble me,’ said the schoolmaster.

‘Ah!’ returned Miss Peecher, though not aloud; ‘but you can trouble ME!’ And for all her quiet manner, and her quiet smile, she was full of trouble as he went his way.

She was right touching his destination. He held as straight a course for the house of the dolls’ dressmaker as the wisdom of his ancestors, exemplified in the construction of the intervening streets, would let him, and walked with a bent head hammering at one fixed idea. It had been an immoveable idea since he first set eyes upon her. It seemed to him as if all that he could suppress in himself he had suppressed, as if all that he could restrain in himself he had restrained, and the time had come—in a rush, in a moment—when the power of self-command had departed from him. Love at first sight is a trite expression quite sufficiently discussed; enough that in certain smouldering natures like this man’s, that passion leaps into a blaze, and makes such head as fire does in a rage of wind, when other passions, but for its mastery, could be held in chains. As a multitude of weak, imitative natures are always lying by, ready to go mad upon the next wrong idea that may be broached—in these times, generally some form of tribute to Somebody for something that never was done, or, if ever done, that was done by Somebody Else—so these less ordinary natures may lie by for years, ready on the touch of an instant to burst into flame.

The schoolmaster went his way, brooding and brooding, and a sense of being vanquished in a struggle might have been pieced out of his worried face. Truly, in his breast there lingered a resentful shame to find himself defeated by this passion for Charley Hexam’s sister, though in the very self-same moments he was concentrating himself upon the object of bringing the passion to a successful issue.

He appeared before the dolls’ dressmaker, sitting alone at her work. ‘Oho!’ thought that sharp young personage, ‘it’s you, is it? I know your tricks and your manners, my friend!’

‘Hexam’s sister,’ said Bradley Headstone, ‘is not come home yet?’

‘You are quite a conjuror,’ returned Miss Wren.

‘I will wait, if you please, for I want to speak to her.’

‘Do you?’ returned Miss Wren. ‘Sit down. I hope it’s mutual.’ Bradley glanced distrustfully at the shrewd face again bending over the work, and said, trying to conquer doubt and hesitation:

‘I hope you don’t imply that my visit will be unacceptable to Hexam’s sister?’

‘There! Don’t call her that. I can’t bear you to call her that,’ returned Miss Wren, snapping her fingers in a volley of impatient snaps, ‘for I don’t like Hexam.’

‘Indeed?’

‘No.’ Miss Wren wrinkled her nose, to express dislike. ‘Selfish. Thinks only of himself. The way with all of you.’

‘The way with all of us? Then you don’t like ME?’

‘So-so,’ replied Miss Wren, with a shrug and a laugh. ‘Don’t know much about you.’

‘But I was not aware it was the way with all of us,’ said Bradley, returning to the accusation, a little injured. ‘Won’t you say, some of us?’

‘Meaning,’ returned the little creature, ‘every one of you, but you. Hah! Now look this lady in the face. This is Mrs Truth. The Honourable. Full-dressed.’

Bradley glanced at the doll she held up for his observation—which had been lying on its face on her bench, while with a needle and thread she fastened the dress on at the back—and looked from it to her.

‘I stand the Honourable Mrs T. on my bench in this corner against the wall, where her blue eyes can shine upon you,’ pursued Miss Wren, doing so, and making two little dabs at him in the air with her needle, as if she pricked him with it in his own eyes; ‘and I defy you to tell me, with Mrs T. for a witness, what you have come here for.’

‘To see Hexam’s sister.’

‘You don’t say so!’ retorted Miss Wren, hitching her chin. ‘But on whose account?’

‘Her own.’

‘O Mrs T.!’ exclaimed Miss Wren. ‘You hear him!’

‘To reason with her,’ pursued Bradley, half humouring what was present, and half angry with what was not present; ‘for her own sake.’

‘Oh Mrs T.!’ exclaimed the dressmaker.

‘For her own sake,’ repeated Bradley, warming, ‘and for her brother’s, and as a perfectly disinterested person.’

‘Really, Mrs T.,’ remarked the dressmaker, ‘since it comes to this, we must positively turn you with your face to the wall.’ She had hardly done so, when Lizzie Hexam arrived, and showed some surprise on seeing Bradley Headstone there, and Jenny shaking her little fist at him close before her eyes, and the Honourable Mrs T. with her face to the wall.

“Buonasera, signorina Peecher,” disse, seguendo l’ombra e prendendone il posto.

“Buonasera, signor Headstone. Mary Anne, portate una sedia.”

“Grazie,” disse Bradley, sedendosi con quel suo modo goffo e impacciato.
“È solo una visita veloce. Sono passato di strada per chiederti un favore, in quanto vicino.”

“Ha detto così durante il tragitto, signor Headstone?”, chiese la signorina Peecher.

“Sul mio cammino verso, dove sto andando.”

“Church Street, Smith Square, vicino a Mill Bank,” ripeté Miss Peecher, tra sé e sé.

‘Charley Hexam è andato a prendere uno o due libri che desidera e probabilmente tornerà prima di me. Poiché la mia casa rimarrà vuota, mi sono permessa di dirgli che avrei lasciato la chiave qui. Le dispiacerebbe se lo facessi?’

“Certo, signor Headstone. Vuole fare una passeggiata serale, signore?”

“In parte per fare una passeggiata, e in parte, per lavoro.”

“Negozio in Church Street, vicino a Smith Square, accanto a Mill Bank,” ripeté tra sé la signorina Peecher.

“Detto questo,” proseguì Bradley, posando la chiave della porta sul tavolo, “devo andare ora. Non c’è nulla che possa fare per voi, signorina Peecher, ”

“Grazie, signor Headstone. In quale direzione?”

“In direzione di Westminster.”

“Mill Bank,” ripeté ancora una volta Miss Peecher tra sé e sé. “No, grazie, signor Headstone; non voglio disturbarvi.”

“Non potreste certo disturbarmi,” disse il maestro.

“Ah!”, rispose la signorina Peecher, anche se non ad alta voce; “ma potete disturbare ME!” E nonostante il suo modo tranquillo e il suo sorriso sereno, era piena di preoccupazioni mentre lui se ne andava.

Aveva ragione nel puntare direttamente verso la sua destinazione. Mantenne una rotta perfettamente dritta verso la casa della sarta di abiti da bambina, proprio come la saggezza dei suoi antenati, incarnata nella costruzione delle strade circostanti, gli permetteva di procedere senza deviazioni. Camminava con la testa bassa, fissato su un’unica idea. Un’idea immutabile fin dal momento in cui l’aveva vista per la prima volta. Gli sembrava che tutto ciò che era riuscito a reprimere dentro di sé fosse stato effettivamente represso; che ogni impulso fosse stato contenuto. E ora era arrivato il momento: improvvisamente, in un istante, il potere del proprio controllo su se stesso gli era svanito. L’amore a prima vista è un’espressione banale, ormai ampiamente discussa; ma in nature come quella di quest’uomo, tale passione può scatenarsi con violenza, diventando potente quanto il fuoco durante una tempesta. Passioni che, se non fosse per questo controllo, potrebbero sfuggire a ogni freno. Molti individui deboli e imitatori sono sempre pronti a perdere la ragione al minimo stimolo; in tempi come questi, spesso si tratta di forme di omaggio reso a qualcuno per qualcosa che non è mai stato fatto, o, se mai fatto, lo è stato da qualcun altro. E così queste nature “meno ordinarie” possono rimanere in attesa per anni, pronte a esplodere al minimo segnale.

Il maestro andò per la sua strada, immerso in profonde riflessioni; dal suo volto preoccupato si poteva intuire un senso di sconfitta in quella lotta interiore. In realtà, nel suo cuore persisteva un risentimento e una vergogna per essere stato sopraffatto da quella passione per la sorella di Charley Hexam, anche se, nello stesso momento, si stava concentrando con tutte le sue forze per portare quella passione a una conclusione positiva.

Si presentò davanti alla sarta delle bambole, seduto da solo nel suo laboratorio.
“Oho!”, pensò quella giovane e astuta persona, “sei tu, vero? Conosco bene i tuoi trucchi e le tue maniere, amico mio, ”

“La sorella di Hexam”, disse Bradley Headstone, “non è ancora tornata a casa?”

“Sei davvero un abile mago,” rispose la signorina Wren.

“Aspetterò, per favore, voglio parlare con lei.”

“Davvero?” rispose la signorina Wren. “Siediti. Spero che sia reciproco.” Bradley lanciò un’altra occhiata sospettosa verso quel volto astuto chino sul lavoro, e disse, cercando di superare i propri dubbi e esitazioni:

“Spero che non intendiate dire che la mia visita possa essere ritenuta inaccettabile dalla sorella di Hexam, ”

“Ecco! Non chiamarla così. Non riesco proprio a sopportare che tu la chiami in quel modo,” rispose la signorina Wren, schioccando le dita con impazienza, “perché non mi piace affatto ‘Hexam’.”

“Davvero?”

“No.” La signorina Wren arricciò il naso, per esprimere disapprovazione. “Egoista. Pensa solo a se stesso. È lo stesso con tutti voi.”

“Come funziona con tutti noi. Allora non ti piaccio?”

“Niente di particolare,” rispose la signorina Wren, scrollando le spalle e ridendo. “Non so molto su di te.”

“Ma non sapevo che fosse così per tutti noi,” disse Bradley, tornando sull’accusa, un po’ offeso. “Non potresti dire ‘alcuni di noi’?”

“Significa,” rispose la piccola creatura, “che tutti voi, tranne te. Ah! Ora guarda bene in faccia questa signora: questa è la Signora Verità, l’onorevole, completamente vestita.”

Bradley lanciò un’occhiata alla bambola che lei gli stava mostrando: giaceva a faccia in giù sul suo banco, e con ago e filo lei aveva appena fissato il vestito dietro di essa; poi guardò lei.

“Lascio che l’onorevole signora T. si sieda al mio posto in questo angolo, contro il muro, così i suoi occhi blu possono brillare su di voi,” proseguì la signorina Wren, facendo due piccoli movimenti con l’ago nell’aria, come se volesse pungerlo negli occhi; “e vi sfido a dirmi, con la signora T. come testimone, per quale motivo siete venuti qui.”

“Per incontrare la sorella di Hexam.”

“Non direi proprio!”, ribatté la signorina Wren, incrociando le braccia. “Ma a spese di chi?”

“Di sua proprietà.”

“Mia cara signora T.!”, esclamò la signorina Wren. “Lo sentite!”

“Parlare con lei in modo razionale,” continuò Bradley, mettendo metà ironia in ciò che realmente stava accadendo e metà rabbia in ciò che invece non stava succedendo; “per il suo stesso bene.”

“Oh, signora T.!” esclamò la sarta.

“Per il suo bene,” ripeté Bradley, con tono più gentile, “e per quello di suo fratello, e come una persona assolutamente imparziale.”

“Davvero, signora T, ”, osservò la sarta, “visto che è così, dobbiamo assolutamente farle voltare le spalle al muro.” Appena lo fece, arrivò Lizzie Hexam, e mostrò sorpresa nel vedere Bradley Headstone lì, e Jenny che gli scuoteva il pugnetto davanti ai suoi occhi, mentre la rispettabile signora T. aveva le spalle al muro.

‘Here’s a perfectly disinterested person, Lizzie dear,’ said the knowing Miss Wren, ‘come to talk with you, for your own sake and your brother’s. Think of that. I am sure there ought to be no third party present at anything so very kind and so very serious; and so, if you’ll remove the third party upstairs, my dear, the third party will retire.’

Lizzie took the hand which the dolls’ dressmaker held out to her for the purpose of being supported away, but only looked at her with an inquiring smile, and made no other movement.

‘The third party hobbles awfully, you know, when she’s left to herself;’ said Miss Wren, ‘her back being so bad, and her legs so queer; so she can’t retire gracefully unless you help her, Lizzie.’

‘She can do no better than stay where she is,’ returned Lizzie, releasing the hand, and laying her own lightly on Miss Jenny’s curls. And then to Bradley: ‘From Charley, sir?’

In an irresolute way, and stealing a clumsy look at her, Bradley rose to place a chair for her, and then returned to his own.

‘Strictly speaking,’ said he, ‘I come from Charley, because I left him only a little while ago; but I am not commissioned by Charley. I come of my own spontaneous act.’

With her elbows on her bench, and her chin upon her hands, Miss Jenny Wren sat looking at him with a watchful sidelong look. Lizzie, in her different way, sat looking at him too.

‘The fact is,’ began Bradley, with a mouth so dry that he had some difficulty in articulating his words: the consciousness of which rendered his manner still more ungainly and undecided; ‘the truth is, that Charley, having no secrets from me (to the best of my belief), has confided the whole of this matter to me.’

He came to a stop, and Lizzie asked: ‘what matter, sir?’

‘I thought,’ returned the schoolmaster, stealing another look at her, and seeming to try in vain to sustain it; for the look dropped as it lighted on her eyes, ‘that it might be so superfluous as to be almost impertinent, to enter upon a definition of it. My allusion was to this matter of your having put aside your brother’s plans for you, and given the preference to those of Mr—I believe the name is Mr Eugene Wrayburn.’

He made this point of not being certain of the name, with another uneasy look at her, which dropped like the last.

Nothing being said on the other side, he had to begin again, and began with new embarrassment.

‘Your brother’s plans were communicated to me when he first had them in his thoughts. In point of fact he spoke to me about them when I was last here—when we were walking back together, and when I—when the impression was fresh upon me of having seen his sister.’

There might have been no meaning in it, but the little dressmaker here removed one of her supporting hands from her chin, and musingly turned the Honourable Mrs T. with her face to the company. That done, she fell into her former attitude.

‘I approved of his idea,’ said Bradley, with his uneasy look wandering to the doll, and unconsciously resting there longer than it had rested on Lizzie, ‘both because your brother ought naturally to be the originator of any such scheme, and because I hoped to be able to promote it. I should have had inexpressible pleasure, I should have taken inexpressible interest, in promoting it. Therefore I must acknowledge that when your brother was disappointed, I too was disappointed. I wish to avoid reservation or concealment, and I fully acknowledge that.’

He appeared to have encouraged himself by having got so far. At all events he went on with much greater firmness and force of emphasis: though with a curious disposition to set his teeth, and with a curious tight-screwing movement of his right hand in the clenching palm of his left, like the action of one who was being physically hurt, and was unwilling to cry out.

‘I am a man of strong feelings, and I have strongly felt this disappointment. I do strongly feel it. I don’t show what I feel; some of us are obliged habitually to keep it down. To keep it down. But to return to your brother. He has taken the matter so much to heart that he has remonstrated (in my presence he remonstrated) with Mr Eugene Wrayburn, if that be the name. He did so, quite ineffectually. As any one not blinded to the real character of Mr—Mr Eugene Wrayburn—would readily suppose.’

He looked at Lizzie again, and held the look. And his face turned from burning red to white, and from white back to burning red, and so for the time to lasting deadly white.

‘Finally, I resolved to come here alone, and appeal to you. I resolved to come here alone, and entreat you to retract the course you have chosen, and instead of confiding in a mere stranger—a person of most insolent behaviour to your brother and others—to prefer your brother and your brother’s friend.’

Lizzie Hexam had changed colour when those changes came over him, and her face now expressed some anger, more dislike, and even a touch of fear. But she answered him very steadily.

‘I cannot doubt, Mr Headstone, that your visit is well meant. You have been so good a friend to Charley that I have no right to doubt it. I have nothing to tell Charley, but that I accepted the help to which he so much objects before he made any plans for me; or certainly before I knew of any. It was considerately and delicately offered, and there were reasons that had weight with me which should be as dear to Charley as to me. I have no more to say to Charley on this subject.’

His lips trembled and stood apart, as he followed this repudiation of himself; and limitation of her words to her brother.

‘I should have told Charley, if he had come to me,’ she resumed, as though it were an after-thought, ‘that Jenny and I find our teacher very able and very patient, and that she takes great pains with us. So much so, that we have said to her we hope in a very little while to be able to go on by ourselves. Charley knows about teachers, and I should also have told him, for his satisfaction, that ours comes from an institution where teachers are regularly brought up.’

“Ecco una persona assolutamente imparziale, cara Lizzie,” disse la perspicace signorina Wren, “venuta a parlare con te, per il tuo bene e per quello di tuo fratello. Pensaci. Sono sicura che in una questione così gentile e così seria non dovrebbe esserci alcuna terza parte presente; quindi, se vuoi mandare via questa terza parte al piano di sopra, cara, lei se ne andrà.”

Lizzie prese la mano che la sarta delle bambole le stava tendendo per farsi aiutare ad alzarsi, ma si limitò a guardarla con un sorriso curioso, senza fare alcun altro movimento.

“La terza persona zoppica terribilmente quando viene lasciata da sola,” disse la signorina Wren, “con la schiena in quelle condizioni e le gambe così strane. Quindi non può ritirarsi con grazia se non la aiutate voi, Lizzie.”

“Non può fare di meglio che rimanere dove è,” rispose Lizzie, lasciando andare la mano e posandone una sua leggermente sui riccioli di Miss Jenny. Poi, rivolta a Bradley: “Da parte di Charley, signore?”

In modo esitante, e lanciandole uno sguardo timido, Bradley si alzò per metterle una sedia, poi tornò alla sua.

“Per essere precisi,” disse, “vengo da Charley, perché l’ho lasciato solo poco tempo fa; ma non sono stato incaricato da lui. Vengo per mia spontanea volontà.”

Con i gomiti appoggiati al banco e il mento tra le mani, la signorina Jenny Wren lo osservava con uno sguardo attento e di sbieco. Anche Lizzie, a suo modo, lo fissava.

“La verità è,” iniziò Bradley, con la bocca così secca che gli risultava difficile articolare le parole; questa consapevolezza rendeva il suo modo di parlare ancora più goffo e incerto; “che Charley, non avendo alcun segreto per me (per quanto ne so io), mi ha confidato tutta la faccenda.”

Si fermò, e Lizzie chiese: “Che cosa c’è, signore?”

“Pensavo, ”, rispose l’insegnante, lanciandole un altro sguardo, ma sembrava che cercasse invano di mantenerlo; infatti lo sguardo svanì non appena incontrò i suoi occhi. “Che forse fosse del tutto superfluo, persino quasi impertinente, tentare di definirla. Intendevo semplicemente riferirmi al fatto che hai messo da parte i piani che tuo fratello aveva per te, preferendone altri. Credo che il nome sia il signor Eugene Wrayburn.”

Sottolineò ancora di non essere sicuro del nome, lanciandole un altro sguardo ansioso, che questa volta sembrò davvero l’ultimo.

Poiché dall’altra parte non veniva detto nulla, dovette ricominciare, e lo fece con nuovo imbarazzo.

“I piani di tuo fratello mi furono comunicati non appena li ebbe in mente. Anzi, ne parlò con me l’ultima volta che sono stato qui: mentre tornavamo insieme a piedi, quando l’impressione che avevo avuto dopo aver visto sua sorella era ancora fresca nella mia memoria.”

Forse non c’era alcun significato in quel gesto, ma la piccola sarta qui presente tolse una delle sue mani dal mento e, con aria pensierosa, girò la rispettabile signora T. in modo che il suo viso fosse rivolto verso il gruppo di persone presenti. Dopo aver fatto ciò, riprese la sua posizione originale.

“Ho approvato la sua idea,” disse Bradley, con lo sguardo ansioso che si soffermava sulla bambola, e vi rimaneva più a lungo di quanto fosse rimasto su Lizzie, “sia perché tuo fratello dovrebbe naturalmente essere l’ideatore di un progetto del genere, sia perché speravo di poterlo promuovere. Avrei provato un piacere indescrivibile, avrei preso un interesse enorme nel promuoverlo. Quindi devo ammettere che, quando tuo fratello è stato deluso, anch’io sono stato deluso. Voglio evitare qualsiasi riserva o nascondimento: lo ammetto apertamente.”

Sembra che si fosse incoraggiato pensando a quanto fosse già arrivato. In ogni situazione, procedeva con maggiore determinazione e enfasi; tuttavia, aveva l’abitudine di stringere i denti e di muovere la mano destra in modo convulso all’interno del palmo della mano sinistra, come se stesse soffrendo fisicamente e rifiutasse di gridare.

“Sono una persona dal cuore profondo, e ho provato davvero un grande disappunto. Lo sento sinceramente. Non mostro mai ciò che provo; alcuni di noi sono costretti, per abitudine, a reprimere i propri sentimenti. Ma tornando a tuo fratello. Lui ha preso la cosa così sul serio da rimproverare (davanti a me, per giunta) il signor Eugene Wrayburn, se è questo il suo nome. Ha fatto ciò, ma senza alcun risultato. Come chiunque non sia cieco riguardo al vero carattere del signor, del signor Eugene Wrayburn avrebbe facilmente immaginato.”

La guardò di nuovo, mantenendo lo sguardo fisso su di lei. Il suo viso passò dal rosso fuoco al bianco, poi dal bianco di nuovo al rosso fuoco, fino a diventare un pallido bianco mortale.

“Finalmente, ho deciso di venire qui da solo e di rivolgermi a voi. Ho deciso di venire qui da solo e di supplicarvi di cambiare la strada che avete scelto, e di preferire vostro fratello e l’amico di vostro fratello, invece di fidarvi di uno sconosciuto – una persona il cui comportamento è stato estremamente irrispettoso verso vostro fratello e gli altri.”

Lizzie Hexam aveva cambiato colore quando quei cambiamenti si erano verificati in lui; ora il suo viso esprimeva rabbia, disprezzo, e persino un pizzico di paura. Ma rispose a lui con grande calma.

‘Non posso dubitare, signor Headstone, che la sua visita abbia buone intenzioni. È stato un amico così gentile per Charley che non ho alcun diritto di dubitarne. Non ho nulla da dire a Charley, se non che ho accettato l’aiuto che lui tanto ostacolava prima ancora che facesse qualsiasi piano per me. O, almeno, prima che io ne fossi a conoscenza. L’offerta è stata fatta con considerazione e delicatezza, e c’erano motivi validi che mi hanno spinto ad accettarla; motivi che dovrebbero essere altrettanto importanti per Charley quanto lo sono per me. Non ho altro da aggiungere su questo argomento.’

Le sue labbra tremavano e si separarono mentre assisteva a questo rifiuto di sé da parte sua, e al fatto che le parole di lei fossero rivolte esclusivamente a suo fratello.

“Avrei dovuto dirlo a Charley, se fosse venuto da me,” riprese lei, come se ci avesse pensato solo in quel momento, “che Jenny ed io riteniamo la nostra insegnante molto competente e molto paziente, e che si impegna molto con noi. Anzi, le abbiamo detto che speriamo di poter studiare da sole molto presto. Charley conosce bene gli insegnanti, e avrei dovuto anche dirglielo, per suo conforto, che la nostra insegnante proviene da un’istituzione dove gli insegnanti vengono formati regolarmente.”

‘I should like to ask you,’ said Bradley Headstone, grinding his words slowly out, as though they came from a rusty mill; ‘I should like to ask you, if I may without offence, whether you would have objected—no; rather, I should like to say, if I may without offence, that I wish I had had the opportunity of coming here with your brother and devoting my poor abilities and experience to your service.’

‘Thank you, Mr Headstone.’

‘But I fear,’ he pursued, after a pause, furtively wrenching at the seat of his chair with one hand, as if he would have wrenched the chair to pieces, and gloomily observing her while her eyes were cast down, ‘that my humble services would not have found much favour with you?’

She made no reply, and the poor stricken wretch sat contending with himself in a heat of passion and torment. After a while he took out his handkerchief and wiped his forehead and hands.

‘There is only one thing more I had to say, but it is the most important. There is a reason against this matter, there is a personal relation concerned in this matter, not yet explained to you. It might—I don’t say it would—it might—induce you to think differently. To proceed under the present circumstances is out of the question. Will you please come to the understanding that there shall be another interview on the subject?’

‘With Charley, Mr Headstone?’

‘With—well,’ he answered, breaking off, ‘yes! Say with him too. Will you please come to the understanding that there must be another interview under more favourable circumstances, before the whole case can be submitted?’

‘I don’t,’ said Lizzie, shaking her head, ‘Understand your meaning, Mr Headstone.’

‘Limit my meaning for the present,’ he interrupted, ‘to the whole case being submitted to you in another interview.’

‘What case, Mr Headstone? What is wanting to it?’

‘You—you shall be informed in the other interview.’ Then he said, as if in a burst of irrepressible despair, ‘I—I leave it all incomplete! There is a spell upon me, I think!’ And then added, almost as if he asked for pity, ‘Good-night!’

He held out his hand. As she, with manifest hesitation, not to say reluctance, touched it, a strange tremble passed over him, and his face, so deadly white, was moved as by a stroke of pain. Then he was gone.

The dolls’ dressmaker sat with her attitude unchanged, eyeing the door by which he had departed, until Lizzie pushed her bench aside and sat down near her. Then, eyeing Lizzie as she had previously eyed Bradley and the door, Miss Wren chopped that very sudden and keen chop in which her jaws sometimes indulged, leaned back in her chair with folded arms, and thus expressed herself:

‘Humph! If he—I mean, of course, my dear, the party who is coming to court me when the time comes—should be THAT sort of man, he may spare himself the trouble. He wouldn’t do to be trotted about and made useful. He’d take fire and blow up while he was about it.’

‘And so you would be rid of him,’ said Lizzie, humouring her.

‘Not so easily,’ returned Miss Wren. ‘He wouldn’t blow up alone. He’d carry me up with him. I know his tricks and his manners.’

‘Would he want to hurt you, do you mean?’ asked Lizzie.

‘Mightn’t exactly want to do it, my dear,’ returned Miss Wren; ‘but a lot of gunpowder among lighted lucifer-matches in the next room might almost as well be here.’

‘He is a very strange man,’ said Lizzie, thoughtfully.

‘I wish he was so very strange a man as to be a total stranger,’ answered the sharp little thing.

It being Lizzie’s regular occupation when they were alone of an evening to brush out and smooth the long fair hair of the dolls’ dressmaker, she unfastened a ribbon that kept it back while the little creature was at her work, and it fell in a beautiful shower over the poor shoulders that were much in need of such adorning rain. ‘Not now, Lizzie, dear,’ said Jenny; ‘let us have a talk by the fire.’ With those words, she in her turn loosened her friend’s dark hair, and it dropped of its own weight over her bosom, in two rich masses. Pretending to compare the colours and admire the contrast, Jenny so managed a mere touch or two of her nimble hands, as that she herself laying a cheek on one of the dark folds, seemed blinded by her own clustering curls to all but the fire, while the fine handsome face and brow of Lizzie were revealed without obstruction in the sombre light.

‘Let us have a talk,’ said Jenny, ‘about Mr Eugene Wrayburn.’

Something sparkled down among the fair hair resting on the dark hair; and if it were not a star—which it couldn’t be—it was an eye; and if it were an eye, it was Jenny Wren’s eye, bright and watchful as the bird’s whose name she had taken.

‘Why about Mr Wrayburn?’ Lizzie asked.

‘For no better reason than because I’m in the humour. I wonder whether he’s rich!’

‘No, not rich.’

‘Poor?’

‘I think so, for a gentleman.’

‘Ah! To be sure! Yes, he’s a gentleman. Not of our sort; is he?’ A shake of the head, a thoughtful shake of the head, and the answer, softly spoken, ‘Oh no, oh no!’

The dolls’ dressmaker had an arm round her friend’s waist. Adjusting the arm, she slyly took the opportunity of blowing at her own hair where it fell over her face; then the eye down there, under lighter shadows sparkled more brightly and appeared more watchful.

‘When He turns up, he shan’t be a gentleman; I’ll very soon send him packing, if he is. However, he’s not Mr Wrayburn; I haven’t captivated HIM. I wonder whether anybody has, Lizzie!’

‘It is very likely.’

‘Is it very likely? I wonder who!’

‘Is it not very likely that some lady has been taken by him, and that he may love her dearly?’

‘Perhaps. I don’t know. What would you think of him, Lizzie, if you were a lady?’

‘I a lady!’ she repeated, laughing. ‘Such a fancy!’

‘Yes. But say: just as a fancy, and for instance.’

“Vorrei chiedervi,” disse Bradley Headstone, pronunciando lentamente le parole, come se provenissero da una macina arrugginita; “vorrei chiedervi, senza offendere, se vi sareste opposto. No; piuttosto, vorrei dire che mi sarebbe piaciuto avere l’opportunità di venire qui con vostro fratello e dedicare le mie modeste capacità e esperienza al vostro servizio.”

“Grazie, signor Headstone.”

“Ma temo, ”, proseguì dopo una pausa, stringendo con forza il sedile della sua sedia con una mano, come se volesse strapparla in pezzi, e osservandola con tristezza mentre lei teneva lo sguardo basso, “che i miei umili servizi non abbiano trovato molto favore presso di te, ”

Non rispose nulla; quel povero sventurato rimase seduto, lottando con se stesso nel mezzo di un’accesa passione e sofferenza. Dopo un po’, tirò fuori il fazzoletto e si asciugò la fronte e le mani.

‘C’è solo un’altra cosa che dovevo dire, ma è la più importante. Esiste una ragione contraria a questa proposta; ci sono delle implicazioni personali coinvolte in questa questione, che non vi sono ancora state spiegate. Potrebbe, non dico che lo farà, potrebbe indurvi a pensare in modo diverso. Procedere nelle attuali circostanze è assolutamente impossibile. Vi prego di comprendere che ci sarà un’altra conversazione sull’argomento.’

“Con Charley, il signor Headstone?”

“Beh, ”, rispose, interrompendosi, “sì! Dì anche tu con lui che è necessario un altro colloquio in circostanze più favorevoli, prima di poter presentare l’intera questione.”

“Non capisco cosa intendiate, signor Headstone,” disse Lizzie scuotendo la testa.

“Per il momento, limitiamo il significato di quanto sto dicendo all’intero caso che vi verrà presentato in un’altra occasione”, interruppe.

“Che caso è questo, signor Headstone? Cosa gli manca?”

“Ti verrà comunicato durante l’altra intervista.” Poi aggiunse, come se fosse sopraffatto da un’irrefrenabile -disperazione, “Lascio tutto incompleto. Penso che ci sia una maledizione su di me!” E infine concluse, quasi implorando pietà: “Buona notte.”

Tese la mano. Quando lei, con evidente esitazione, per non dire riluttanza, la toccò, un strano tremore lo attraversò; il suo viso, pallidissimo, sembrò essere colpito da un improvviso dolore. Poi se ne andò.

La sarta delle bambole rimase seduta con lo stesso atteggiamento di sempre, fissando la porta da cui lui se n’era andato, fino a quando Lizzie spostò il suo banco da un lato e si sedette accanto a lei. Allora, guardando Lizzie esattamente come aveva guardato Bradley e la porta in precedenza, la signorina Wren fece quel movimento brusco e deciso con cui talvolta muoveva le mascelle, appoggiò le braccia incrociate allo schienale della sedia e si esprimette così:

‘Humph! Se lui, intendo dire, naturalmente, il mio caro, quell’uomo che verrà a corte da me quando arriverà il momento giusto, fosse quel tipo di persona, potrebbe risparmiarsi la fatica. Lui non sarebbe adatto a essere trascinato in giro e usato a scopi utili. Preferirebbe prendere fuoco e far esplodere tutto intorno a sé.’

“E così potresti sbarazzartene,” disse Lizzie, prendendola in giro.

“Non così facilmente,” rispose la signorina Wren. “Lui non farà esplodere tutto da solo. Mi porterà con sé. Conosco i suoi trucchi e le sue abitudini.”

“Vuoi dire che potrebbe volerti fare del male?”, chiese Lizzie.

“Non sarebbe proprio il caso farlo, caro mio,” rispose la signorina Wren; “ma molta polvere da sparo insieme a delle candele accese nella stanza accanto potrebbe causare esattamente lo stesso effetto.”

“È un uomo molto strano,” disse Lizzie, pensierosa.

“Vorrei che fosse un uomo così strano da essere completamente sconosciuto,” rispose quella creatura piccola e vivace.

Quando erano soli una sera, pettinare e lisciare i lunghi capelli biondi delle bambole era l’occupazione abituale di Lizzie. Scioglieva quindi un nastro che li teneva raccolti mentre la piccola creatura lavorava, e i capelli si riversavano in una bella cascata sulle spalle povere, che avevano davvero bisogno di quel tocco di adornamento. “Non ora, Lizzie, cara,” disse Jenny; “parliamo vicino al focolare.” Con queste parole, a sua volta sciolse i capelli scuri dell’amica, che le ricaddero sul petto in due folte ciocche. Fingendo di confrontarne i colori e ammirarne il contrasto, Jenny diede loro solo un leggero tocco con le sue mani agili; appoggiando poi una guancia su una delle ciocche scure, sembrò essere accecata dai propri riccioli, tanto da non vedere altro che il focolare. Mentre il bel viso e la fronte di Lizzie venivano rivelati senza alcun ostacolo nella luce soffusa.

“Diamo un colloquio,” disse Jenny, “su Mr Eugene Wrayburn.”

Qualcosa brillava tra i capelli biondi che si mescolavano ai capelli scuri; e se non fosse stata una stella – il che era impossibile – allora doveva essere un occhio. E se era davvero un occhio, quello di Jenny Wren, luminoso e attento, proprio come l’occhio dell’uccello da cui aveva preso il nome.

“E che ne dici del signor Wrayburn?” chiese Lizzie.

“Per nessuna ragione migliore se non perché sono di umore allegro. Mi chiedo se sia ricco!”

“No, non sono ricco.”

“Poveri?”

“Credo di sì, per un gentiluomo.”

“Ah! Certo! Sì, è un gentiluomo. Non del nostro tipo, vero?” Scosse la testa, una scossa pensierosa, e poi rispose, a voce bassa: “Oh no, oh no!”

La sarta delle bambole aveva un braccio intorno alla vita della sua amica. Mentre lo sistemava, approfittò dell’occasione per soffiarsi sui capelli che le coprivano il viso; poi quel suo occhio, nascosto tra ombre più chiare, brillò ancora di più, sembrando più attento e vigile.

“Quando arriverà, non sarà certo un gentiluomo. Se lo è, lo manderò via molto presto. Comunque, non è il signor Wrayburn; non l’ho affatto conquistato. Mi chiedo se qualcun altro ci sia riuscito, Lizzie!”

“È molto probabile.”

“È molto probabile? Mi chiedo chi possa essere, ”

“Non è molto probabile che qualche signora sia stata presa con lui e che lui possa amarla profondamente?”

“Forse. Non lo so. Cosa ne penseresti di lui, Lizzie, se fossi una signora?”

“Sono una signora!”, ripeté ridendo. “Che idea stravagante!”

“Sì. Ma diciamo: solo per curiosità, ad esempio.”

‘I a lady! I, a poor girl who used to row poor father on the river. I, who had rowed poor father out and home on the very night when I saw him for the first time. I, who was made so timid by his looking at me, that I got up and went out!’

(‘He did look at you, even that night, though you were not a lady!’ thought Miss Wren.)

‘I a lady!’ Lizzie went on in a low voice, with her eyes upon the fire. ‘I, with poor father’s grave not even cleared of undeserved stain and shame, and he trying to clear it for me! I a lady!’

‘Only as a fancy, and for instance,’ urged Miss Wren.

‘Too much, Jenny, dear, too much! My fancy is not able to get that far.’ As the low fire gleamed upon her, it showed her smiling, mournfully and abstractedly.

‘But I am in the humour, and I must be humoured, Lizzie, because after all I am a poor little thing, and have had a hard day with my bad child. Look in the fire, as I like to hear you tell how you used to do when you lived in that dreary old house that had once been a windmill. Look in the—what was its name when you told fortunes with your brother that I DON’T like?’

‘The hollow down by the flare?’

‘Ah! That’s the name! You can find a lady there, I know.’

‘More easily than I can make one of such material as myself, Jenny.’

The sparkling eye looked steadfastly up, as the musing face looked thoughtfully down. ‘Well?’ said the dolls’ dressmaker, ‘We have found our lady?’

Lizzie nodded, and asked, ‘Shall she be rich?’

‘She had better be, as he’s poor.’

‘She is very rich. Shall she be handsome?’

‘Even you can be that, Lizzie, so she ought to be.’

‘She is very handsome.’

‘What does she say about him?’ asked Miss Jenny, in a low voice: watchful, through an intervening silence, of the face looking down at the fire.

‘She is glad, glad, to be rich, that he may have the money. She is glad, glad, to be beautiful, that he may be proud of her. Her poor heart—’

‘Eh? Her poor heart?’ said Miss Wren.

‘Her heart—is given him, with all its love and truth. She would joyfully die with him, or, better than that, die for him. She knows he has failings, but she thinks they have grown up through his being like one cast away, for the want of something to trust in, and care for, and think well of. And she says, that lady rich and beautiful that I can never come near, “Only put me in that empty place, only try how little I mind myself, only prove what a world of things I will do and bear for you, and I hope that you might even come to be much better than you are, through me who am so much worse, and hardly worth the thinking of beside you.”’

As the face looking at the fire had become exalted and forgetful in the rapture of these words, the little creature, openly clearing away her fair hair with her disengaged hand, had gazed at it with earnest attention and something like alarm. Now that the speaker ceased, the little creature laid down her head again, and moaned, ‘O me, O me, O me!’

‘In pain, dear Jenny?’ asked Lizzie, as if awakened.

‘Yes, but not the old pain. Lay me down, lay me down. Don’t go out of my sight to-night. Lock the door and keep close to me.’ Then turning away her face, she said in a whisper to herself, ‘My Lizzie, my poor Lizzie! O my blessed children, come back in the long bright slanting rows, and come for her, not me. She wants help more than I, my blessed children!’

She had stretched her hands up with that higher and better look, and now she turned again, and folded them round Lizzie’s neck, and rocked herself on Lizzie’s breast.

‘Io, una signora? Io, una povera ragazza che un tempo aiutava mio padre a remare sul fiume. Io, che quella stessa notte in cui lo vidi per la prima volta lo accompagnai fino a casa. Io, che diventai così timida al suo sguardo da alzarmi e andarmene!’

“Ti ha davvero guardato, anche quella notte, anche se non eri una signora, ” pensò la signorina Wren.

“Una signora, ”, continuò Lizzie a bassa voce, con lo sguardo fisso sul fuoco. “Io, con la grave macchia e la vergogna ingiuste che pesano ancora sulla memoria di mio povero padre, e lui che cerca disperatamente di cancellarle per me. Io una signora, ”

“Solo come un’idea fantasiosa, per esempio,” insistette la signorina Wren.

“Troppo, Jenny cara, troppo! La mia immaginazione non riesce ad andare oltre.”
Mentre il debole bagliore del fuoco illuminava il suo volto, si vedeva che sorrideva, in modo triste e distaccato.

“Ma sono di umore così, e devo essere assecondata, Lizzie. Dopotutto, sono solo una povera piccola creatura che ha avuto una giornata difficile a causa del mio cattivo figlio. Guarda nel focolare; mi piace sentirti raccontare di come facevi quando vivevi in quella triste vecchia casa che un tempo era un mulino a vento. Guarda lì. Come si chiamava quel posto, quando tu e tuo fratello facevate le profezie? Non mi piace, ”

“La cavità vicino alla fiamma?”

“Ah! Quel nome. Lì potrai trovare una signora, ne sono sicuro.”

“Più facilmente di quanto io possa creare qualcosa fatto dello stesso materiale di me stesso, Jenny.”

Quello sguardo scintillante fissava in alto con determinazione, mentre il viso pensieroso guardava giù con attenzione. “Allora?” disse la sarta delle bambole, “Abbiamo trovato la nostra signorina?”

“Lizzie annuì e chiese: ‘Diventerà ricca?’”

“Meglio che lo sia, visto che è povero.”

“È molto ricca. Ma sarà anche attraente?”

“Anche tu puoi essere così, Lizzie, quindi anche lei dovrebbe poterlo essere.”

“È davvero molto attraente.”

“Cosa dice di lui?”, chiese Miss Jenny a bassa voce, osservando attentamente il viso rivolto verso il fuoco, nel silenzio che li circondava.

“È felice, molto felice di essere ricca, così che lui possa avere i soldi. È felice, molto felice di essere bella, così che lui possa esserne orgoglioso. Il suo povero cuore, ”

“Eh? Il suo povero cuore?” disse la signorina Wren.

‘Il suo cuore gli appartiene, con tutto il suo amore e la sua verità. Sarebbe felice di morire con lui, o meglio ancora, di morire per lui. Sa che ha dei difetti, ma pensa che siano nati perché lui si è sentito abbandonato, senza nulla in cui credere, a cui dedicarsi o di cui prendersi cura. E dice: “Quella signora ricca e bella a cui non potrò mai avvicinarmi. Mettimi solo in quel posto vuoto, prova quanto poco mi importi di me stessa, dimostra quante cose sono disposta a fare e a sopportare per te. E spero che tu possa diventare molto migliore di quello che sei ora, grazie a me, che sono così peggiore e quasi indegna di essere considerata al tuo fianco.”’

Mentre il volto rivolto verso il fuoco si era trasfigurato in un’espressione di estasi e dimenticanza, la piccola creatura, con la mano libera, si sistemava i bei capelli e lo fissava con attenzione sincera e anche un certo allarme. Ora che il parlante aveva smesso, la piccola creatura abbassò di nuovo la testa e gemette: “Oh me, oh me, oh me!”

“Stai soffrendo, cara Jenny?”, chiese Lizzie, come se si fosse appena svegliata.

“Sì, ma non quella vecchia dolore. Mettimi a letto, per favore. Non allontanarti da me di notte. Chiudi la porta e stai vicino a me.” Poi, girando il viso, sussurrò tra sé: “Mia Lizzie, povera Lizzie. Oh miei cari bambini, tornate. Venite da lei, non da me. Lei ha bisogno di aiuto più di me, ”

Aveva teso le mani con quel suo sguardo più alto e migliore; ora si girò di nuovo, le avvolse intorno al collo di Lizzie e si appoggiò al suo petto.

Chapter 12

MORE BIRDS OF PREY

Rogue Riderhood dwelt deep and dark in Limehouse Hole, among the riggers, and the mast, oar and block makers, and the boat-builders, and the sail-lofts, as in a kind of ship’s hold stored full of waterside characters, some no better than himself, some very much better, and none much worse. The Hole, albeit in a general way not over nice in its choice of company, was rather shy in reference to the honour of cultivating the Rogue’s acquaintance; more frequently giving him the cold shoulder than the warm hand, and seldom or never drinking with him unless at his own expense. A part of the Hole, indeed, contained so much public spirit and private virtue that not even this strong leverage could move it to good fellowship with a tainted accuser. But, there may have been the drawback on this magnanimous morality, that its exponents held a true witness before Justice to be the next unneighbourly and accursed character to a false one.

Had it not been for the daughter whom he often mentioned, Mr Riderhood might have found the Hole a mere grave as to any means it would yield him of getting a living. But Miss Pleasant Riderhood had some little position and connection in Limehouse Hole. Upon the smallest of small scales, she was an unlicensed pawnbroker, keeping what was popularly called a Leaving Shop, by lending insignificant sums on insignificant articles of property deposited with her as security. In her four-and-twentieth year of life, Pleasant was already in her fifth year of this way of trade. Her deceased mother had established the business, and on that parent’s demise she had appropriated a secret capital of fifteen shillings to establishing herself in it; the existence of such capital in a pillow being the last intelligible confidential communication made to her by the departed, before succumbing to dropsical conditions of snuff and gin, incompatible equally with coherence and existence.

Why christened Pleasant, the late Mrs Riderhood might possibly have been at some time able to explain, and possibly not. Her daughter had no information on that point. Pleasant she found herself, and she couldn’t help it. She had not been consulted on the question, any more than on the question of her coming into these terrestrial parts, to want a name. Similarly, she found herself possessed of what is colloquially termed a swivel eye (derived from her father), which she might perhaps have declined if her sentiments on the subject had been taken. She was not otherwise positively ill-looking, though anxious, meagre, of a muddy complexion, and looking as old again as she really was.

As some dogs have it in the blood, or are trained, to worry certain creatures to a certain point, so—not to make the comparison disrespectfully—Pleasant Riderhood had it in the blood, or had been trained, to regard seamen, within certain limits, as her prey. Show her a man in a blue jacket, and, figuratively speaking, she pinned him instantly. Yet, all things considered, she was not of an evil mind or an unkindly disposition. For, observe how many things were to be considered according to her own unfortunate experience. Show Pleasant Riderhood a Wedding in the street, and she only saw two people taking out a regular licence to quarrel and fight. Show her a Christening, and she saw a little heathen personage having a quite superfluous name bestowed upon it, inasmuch as it would be commonly addressed by some abusive epithet: which little personage was not in the least wanted by anybody, and would be shoved and banged out of everybody’s way, until it should grow big enough to shove and bang. Show her a Funeral, and she saw an unremunerative ceremony in the nature of a black masquerade, conferring a temporary gentility on the performers, at an immense expense, and representing the only formal party ever given by the deceased. Show her a live father, and she saw but a duplicate of her own father, who from her infancy had been taken with fits and starts of discharging his duty to her, which duty was always incorporated in the form of a fist or a leathern strap, and being discharged hurt her. All things considered, therefore, Pleasant Riderhood was not so very, very bad. There was even a touch of romance in her—of such romance as could creep into Limehouse Hole—and maybe sometimes of a summer evening, when she stood with folded arms at her shop-door, looking from the reeking street to the sky where the sun was setting, she may have had some vaporous visions of far-off islands in the southern seas or elsewhere (not being geographically particular), where it would be good to roam with a congenial partner among groves of bread-fruit, waiting for ships to be wafted from the hollow ports of civilization. For, sailors to be got the better of, were essential to Miss Pleasant’s Eden.

Not on a summer evening did she come to her little shop-door, when a certain man standing over against the house on the opposite side of the street took notice of her. That was on a cold shrewd windy evening, after dark. Pleasant Riderhood shared with most of the lady inhabitants of the Hole, the peculiarity that her hair was a ragged knot, constantly coming down behind, and that she never could enter upon any undertaking without first twisting it into place. At that particular moment, being newly come to the threshold to take a look out of doors, she was winding herself up with both hands after this fashion. And so prevalent was the fashion, that on the occasion of a fight or other disturbance in the Hole, the ladies would be seen flocking from all quarters universally twisting their back-hair as they came along, and many of them, in the hurry of the moment, carrying their back-combs in their mouths.

It was a wretched little shop, with a roof that any man standing in it could touch with his hand; little better than a cellar or cave, down three steps. Yet in its ill-lighted window, among a flaring handkerchief or two, an old peacoat or so, a few valueless watches and compasses, a jar of tobacco and two crossed pipes, a bottle of walnut ketchup, and some horrible sweets these—creature discomforts serving as a blind to the main business of the Leaving Shop—was displayed the inscription SEAMAN’S BOARDING-HOUSE.

Capitolo 12

Ancora più Uccelli da preda.

Rogue Riderhood viveva nelle profondità oscure di Limehouse Hole, tra i costruttori di alberi maestri, di remi e di macchinari nautici, tra gli artigiani che costruivano barche e nei magazzini dove venivano conservate le vele; in un certo senso, era come il ventre di una nave pieno di persone provenienti dal mondo del porto: alcune non molto migliori di lui, altre decisamente migliori, e nessuna molto peggiore. Limehouse Hole, sebbene generalmente non scegliesse compagnie particolarmente virtuose, era piuttosto riluttante ad avvicinarsi a Rogue Riderhood; più spesso gli mostrava indifferenza che cordialità, e raramente – o mai – beveva con lui se non a sue spese. In effetti, una parte di quel luogo possedeva tanto spirito pubblico e virtù private che nemmeno questa forte influenza era sufficiente per indurlo ad instaurare rapporti amichevoli con un individuo disonesto. Ma forse c’era uno svantaggio in questa nobile moralità: i suoi sostenitori ritenevano che, di fronte alla Giustizia, anche il testimone più sincero potesse rivelarsi, in realtà, un altro individuo spregevole e maledetto.

Se non fosse stato per la figlia di cui spesso parlava, il signor Riderhood avrebbe potuto considerare Limehouse Hole semplicemente una tomba, priva di qualsiasi possibilità di guadagno. Ma la signorina Pleasant Riderhood aveva una piccola posizione e alcune connessioni in quel luogo. Su scala molto limitata, lei era una usciatrice di pegni non autorizzata: prestava somme irrisorie su beni di scarso valore depositati in garanzia. A ventiquattro anni, Pleasant era già al quinto anno di questa attività. Sua madre aveva fondato l’impresa; alla morte della donna, lei aveva utilizzato un capitale segreto di quindici scellini per avviare la propria attività. L’esistenza di tale somma era l’ultima informazione confidenziale che le era stata rivelata dalla madre defunta, prima che questa cadesse vittima di una malattia causata dall’eccessivo consumo di gin e tabacco, condizioni incompatibili sia con la lucidità mentale che con la vita stessa.

Perché chiamata Pleasant. La defunta signora Riderhood forse avrebbe potuto spiegarlo, o forse no. Sua figlia non ne sapeva nulla al riguardo. Si trovava semplicemente a chiamarsi Pleasant, e non poteva farci nulla. Non era stata consultata su questa questione, né tantomeno su quella del suo arrivo in queste terre terrestri per ricevere un nome. Allo stesso modo, si ritrovò con quello che comunemente viene definito “un occhio mobile” (ereditato dal padre); forse avrebbe potuto rifiutarlo se le sue opinioni al riguardo fossero state prese in considerazione. In ogni caso, non era particolarmente sgradevole d’aspetto: anzi, sembrava più vecchia di quanto realmente fosse.

Alcuni cani hanno questa natura nel loro sangue, oppure vengono addestrati per spaventare certi animali fino a un certo punto; quindi – senza voler fare paragoni irrispettosi – Pleasant Riderhood aveva questa inclinazione nel suo sangue, o forse era stata addestrata a considerare i marinai, entro certi limiti, come sua preda. Le mostrassero un uomo in giacca blu, e, per così dire, lo “afferrerebbe” all’istante. Tuttavia, se si considerano tutte le circostanze, non aveva certo un animo malvagio o un carattere cattivo. Dopotutto, bisognava tenere conto delle sue sfortunate esperienze personali. Le mostrassero una cerimonia nuziale per strada: lei vedrebbe soltanto due persone che si preparavano a litigare. Una cerimonia di battesimo? Lei vedrebbe soltanto un piccolo bambino a cui veniva dato un nome superfluo, che comunque sarebbe stato chiamato con insulti. Quel bambino non era desiderato da nessuno e veniva sempre ignorato. Le mostrassero un funerale: lei vedrebbe soltanto una cerimonia noiosa e costosa, che rappresentava l’unica “festa” organizzata dal defunto. Un padre vivo? Lei vedeva soltanto una copia di suo padre, che fin da piccola la trattava con violenza. Tuttavia, se si considerano tutte le cose. Pleasant Riderhood non era poi così cattiva. C’era persino un pizzico di romanzo in lei. Un tipo di romanticismo che poteva nascondersi anche nei luoghi più squallidi. Forse, a volte, quando stava ferma davanti al suo negozio, guardando il cielo dove il sole tramontava, immaginava isole lontane, dove avrebbe potuto viaggiare con qualcuno che le fosse caro, tra gli alberi di frutta. Aspettando che arrivassero navi provenienti dai porti della civiltà. Perché, per lei, ingannare i marinai era essenziale per realizzare il suo “Eden”.

Nessuna sera d’estate lei si avvicinò alla porta del suo piccolo negozio, quando un certo uomo che stava in piedi contro la casa dall’altra parte della strada notò la sua presenza. Era una fredda, ventosa serata, dopo il calare delle tenebre. Pleasant Riderhood condivideva, come la maggior parte delle altre donne che abitavano nel quartiere, la particolarità di avere i capelli raccolti in un nodo disordinato che le cadeva continuamente sulle spalle; per questo motivo non riusciva mai a intraprendere nulla senza prima sistemarseli a dovere. In quel preciso momento, appena uscita sulla soglia per guardare fuori, stava proprio sistemando i propri capelli con entrambe le mani. Quella pratica era così diffusa che, in caso di liti o altri disordini nel quartiere, si potevano vedere tutte le donne correre da tutte le direzioni mentre si sistemavano i capelli; molte di loro, nella fretta, tenevano persino le spazzole per i capelli in bocca.

Era un misero negozietto, con un tetto così basso che chiunque vi stesse dentro avrebbe potuto toccarlo con la mano; poco meglio di una cantina o di una grotta, situato a tre gradini di distanza dal suolo. Eppure, nella sua scarsamente illuminata finestra, tra uno o due fazzoletti arroventati al fuoco, un vecchio cappotto logoro, alcune orologi e bussolotti senza valore, una jar piena di tabacco e due pipe incrociate, una bottiglia di ketchup al noce e alcuni dolcetti orribili, tutte queste cose, simboli di povertà e disagio, nascondevano in realtà l’attività principale di quel negozietto: l’insegna “SEAMAN’S BOARDING-houseHOUSE” indicava che si trattava di un ostello per marinai.

Taking notice of Pleasant Riderhood at the door, the man crossed so quickly that she was still winding herself up, when he stood close before her.

‘Is your father at home?’ said he.

‘I think he is,’ returned Pleasant, dropping her arms; ‘come in.’

It was a tentative reply, the man having a seafaring appearance. Her father was not at home, and Pleasant knew it. ‘Take a seat by the fire,’ were her hospitable words when she had got him in; ‘men of your calling are always welcome here.’

‘Thankee,’ said the man.

His manner was the manner of a sailor, and his hands were the hands of a sailor, except that they were smooth. Pleasant had an eye for sailors, and she noticed the unused colour and texture of the hands, sunburnt though they were, as sharply as she noticed their unmistakable looseness and suppleness, as he sat himself down with his left arm carelessly thrown across his left leg a little above the knee, and the right arm as carelessly thrown over the elbow of the wooden chair, with the hand curved, half open and half shut, as if it had just let go a rope.

‘Might you be looking for a Boarding-House?’ Pleasant inquired, taking her observant stand on one side of the fire.

‘I don’t rightly know my plans yet,’ returned the man.

‘You ain’t looking for a Leaving Shop?’

‘No,’ said the man.

‘No,’ assented Pleasant, ‘you’ve got too much of an outfit on you for that. But if you should want either, this is both.’

‘Ay, ay!’ said the man, glancing round the place. ‘I know. I’ve been here before.’

‘Did you Leave anything when you were here before?’ asked Pleasant, with a view to principal and interest.

‘No.’ The man shook his head.

‘I am pretty sure you never boarded here?’

‘No.’ The man again shook his head.

‘What DID you do here when you were here before?’ asked Pleasant. ‘For I don’t remember you.’

‘It’s not at all likely you should. I only stood at the door, one night—on the lower step there—while a shipmate of mine looked in to speak to your father. I remember the place well.’ Looking very curiously round it.

‘Might that have been long ago?’

‘Ay, a goodish bit ago. When I came off my last voyage.’

‘Then you have not been to sea lately?’

‘No. Been in the sick bay since then, and been employed ashore.’

‘Then, to be sure, that accounts for your hands.’

The man with a keen look, a quick smile, and a change of manner, caught her up. ‘You’re a good observer. Yes. That accounts for my hands.’

Pleasant was somewhat disquieted by his look, and returned it suspiciously. Not only was his change of manner, though very sudden, quite collected, but his former manner, which he resumed, had a certain suppressed confidence and sense of power in it that were half threatening.

‘Will your father be long?’ he inquired.

‘I don’t know. I can’t say.’

‘As you supposed he was at home, it would seem that he has just gone out? How’s that?’

‘I supposed he had come home,’ Pleasant explained.

‘Oh! You supposed he had come home? Then he has been some time out? How’s that?’

‘I don’t want to deceive you. Father’s on the river in his boat.’

‘At the old work?’ asked the man.

‘I don’t know what you mean,’ said Pleasant, shrinking a step back. ‘What on earth d’ye want?’

‘I don’t want to hurt your father. I don’t want to say I might, if I chose. I want to speak to him. Not much in that, is there? There shall be no secrets from you; you shall be by. And plainly, Miss Riderhood, there’s nothing to be got out of me, or made of me. I am not good for the Leaving Shop, I am not good for the Boarding-House, I am not good for anything in your way to the extent of sixpenn’orth of halfpence. Put the idea aside, and we shall get on together.’

‘But you’re a seafaring man?’ argued Pleasant, as if that were a sufficient reason for his being good for something in her way.

‘Yes and no. I have been, and I may be again. But I am not for you. Won’t you take my word for it?’

The conversation had arrived at a crisis to justify Miss Pleasant’s hair in tumbling down. It tumbled down accordingly, and she twisted it up, looking from under her bent forehead at the man. In taking stock of his familiarly worn rough-weather nautical clothes, piece by piece, she took stock of a formidable knife in a sheath at his waist ready to his hand, and of a whistle hanging round his neck, and of a short jagged knotted club with a loaded head that peeped out of a pocket of his loose outer jacket or frock. He sat quietly looking at her; but, with these appendages partially revealing themselves, and with a quantity of bristling oakum-coloured head and whisker, he had a formidable appearance.

‘Won’t you take my word for it?’ he asked again.

Pleasant answered with a short dumb nod. He rejoined with another short dumb nod. Then he got up and stood with his arms folded, in front of the fire, looking down into it occasionally, as she stood with her arms folded, leaning against the side of the chimney-piece.

‘To wile away the time till your father comes,’ he said,—‘pray is there much robbing and murdering of seamen about the water-side now?’

‘No,’ said Pleasant.

‘Any?’

‘Complaints of that sort are sometimes made, about Ratcliffe and Wapping and up that way. But who knows how many are true?’

‘To be sure. And it don’t seem necessary.’

‘That’s what I say,’ observed Pleasant. ‘Where’s the reason for it? Bless the sailors, it ain’t as if they ever could keep what they have, without it.’

‘You’re right. Their money may be soon got out of them, without violence,’ said the man.

‘Of course it may,’ said Pleasant; ‘and then they ship again and get more. And the best thing for ’em, too, to ship again as soon as ever they can be brought to it. They’re never so well off as when they’re afloat.’

‘I’ll tell you why I ask,’ pursued the visitor, looking up from the fire. ‘I was once beset that way myself, and left for dead.’

Notando Pleasant Riderhood alla porta, l’uomo attraversò così velocemente che lei stava ancora finendo di prepararsi quando lui si fermò davanti a lei.

“Tuo padre è a casa?” chiese lui.

“Penso di sì,” rispose Pleasant, abbassando le braccia; “entra.”

Era una risposta esitante; quell’uomo aveva un aspetto da marinaio. Suo padre non era a casa, e Pleasant lo sapeva bene. “Si sieda vicino al focolare”, gli disse con ospitalità dopo averlo fatto entrare; “uomini del suo mestiere sono sempre benvenuti qui”.

“Grazie,” disse l’uomo.

Il suo modo di comportarsi era quello di un marinaio, e le sue mani erano davvero quelle di un marinaio, tranne che fossero lisce. Pleasant aveva un occhio particolare per i marinai, e notò subito il colore e la consistenza insoliti di quelle mani: abbronzate dal sole, ma allo stesso tempo estremamente morbide e flessibili. Mentre si sedeva, appoggiava con noncuranza il braccio sinistro sopra la gamba sinistra, poco al di sopra del ginocchio, mentre il braccio destro era abbandonato sullo schienale della sedia di legno; la mano era curva, semiaperta, come se avesse appena lasciato andare una corda.

“Forse state cercando una residenza per studenti?” chiese gentilmente lei, posizionandosi con attenzione su un lato del focolare.

“Non so ancora con esattezza quali siano i miei piani,” rispose l’uomo.

“Non stai cercando un negozio che venda oggetti da lasciare dopo la partenza?”

“No,” disse l’uomo.

“No,” convenne Pleasant, “hai addosso troppi vestiti per farlo. Ma se volessi uno qualsiasi dei due, questo ne ha entrambi i vantaggi.”

“Ah, ah!”, disse l’uomo, guardandosi intorno. “Lo so. Sono già stato qui prima.”

“Hai lasciato qualcosa quando sei stato qui prima?” chiese Pleasant, con un interesse legato sia al principio che all’interesse in questione.

“No.” L’uomo scosse la testa.

“Sono abbastanza sicuro che tu non sia mai salito a bordo qui, ”

“No.” L’uomo scosse nuovamente la testa.

“Cosa hai fatto qui quando sei stato qui prima?” chiese Pleasant. “Perché non mi ricordo di te.”

“Non è affatto probabile che tu debba farlo. Quella notte, mi sono limitato ad aspettare alla porta, sul gradino inferiore. Un mio compagno di viaggio era entrato per parlare con tuo padre. Ricordo bene quel posto.” Guardava intorno con grande curiosità.

“Forse è successo molto tempo fa, ”

“Ah, sì, piuttosto tempo fa. Quando sono tornato dal mio ultimo viaggio.”

“Quindi non sei stato in mare di recente?”

“Da allora sono stato ricoverato in infermeria e poi ho ripreso il mio lavoro a terra.”

“Allora, sicuramente, questo spiega il motivo delle tue mani, ”

L’uomo, con il suo sguardo acuto, il sorriso veloce e il cambiamento di comportamento, la raggiunse. “Sei una brava osservatrice. Sì, è per questo che ho queste mani.”

Pleasant fu un po’ turbato dal suo sguardo e lo ricambiò con diffidenza. Non solo il suo cambiamento di comportamento, sebbene molto improvviso, era estremamente calmo e controllato, ma anche il modo in cui si comportava prima, che aveva ripreso, trasmetteva una certa sicurezza repressa e un senso di potere che sembravano quasi minacciosi.

“Tuo padre tornerà presto?” chiese.

“Non lo so. Non posso dirlo.”

“Come avevate immaginato, era a casa; sembra che sia appena uscito. Che strano.”

“Suppongo che fosse tornato a casa,” spiegò Pleasant.

“Oh! Pensavi che fosse tornato a casa? Allora è stato via per un po’, vero? E come sta?”

“Non voglio ingannarti. Papà è sul fiume nella sua barca.”

“All’antico lavoro?” chiese l’uomo.

“Non so cosa intendi,” disse Pleasant, facendo un passo indietro.
“Cosa diavolo vuoi?”

“Non voglio fare del male a tuo padre. Non voglio nemmeno dire che potrei farlo, se lo volessi. Voglio parlare con lui. Nient’altro, vero? Non dovrà esserci alcun segreto tra noi; tu dovrai essere presente. E francamente, signorina Riderhood, non c’è nulla che si possa ottenere da me, né che si possa fare di me. Non sono adatto né alla ‘Leaving Shop’, né al ‘Boarding House’, né a nulla che abbia a che vedere con te. Lascia perdere quest’idea e possiamo andare d’accordo.”

“Ma tu sei un uomo di mare, no?”, obiettò Pleasant, come se questo fosse una ragione sufficiente per ritenere che potesse esserle d’aiuto in qualche modo.

“Sì e no. Sono stato con te, e potrei esserlo di nuovo. Ma non sono per te. Non mi crederesti se te lo dicessi?”

La conversazione era giunta in una fase critica: bisognava trovare una spiegazione plausibile per i capelli di Miss Pleasant, che le cadevano disordinatamente sulle spalle. Così fecero; lei li raccolse e, guardando l’uomo da sotto la fronte bassa, osservò attentamente i suoi abiti da marinaio, logori e resistenti alle intemperie. Notò anche un coltello nella sua cintura, pronto all’uso, un fischietto al collo, e un corto bastone nodoso con una punta affilata che spuntava dalla tasca del suo giubbotto. Lui sedeva in silenzio, guardandola; ma con quegli oggetti parzialmente visibili, insieme alla folta barba di colore castano scuro, aveva un aspetto davvero imponente.

“Non mi crederesti se te lo dicessi?” chiese di nuovo.

Pleasant rispose con un breve cenno del capo. Poi annuì di nuovo brevemente. Si alzò quindi e si mise in piedi, incrociando le braccia, davanti al focolare, guardandolo di tanto in tanto; lei, intanto, stava anch’essa con le braccia incrociate, appoggiata al muro del camino.

“Per passare il tempo fino all’arrivo di tuo padre,” disse, “chiedimi: in questi giorni ci sono molte rapine e omicidi di marinai lungo la riva del mare?”

“No,” disse Pleasant.

“Qualcuno?”

“A volte si fanno lamentele di quel genere riguardo a Ratcliffe e Wapping, e in quelle zone circostanti. Ma chi sa quante siano vere?”

“Certo. E non sembra necessario.”

“Ecco cosa dico io,” osservò Pleasant. “Dove sta il motivo di tutto questo? Benedetti quei marinai. Non è mica che riescano mai a tenersi ciò che hanno, senza di essa.”

“Hai ragione. Il loro denaro potrebbe essere ottenuto presto, senza violenza,” disse l’uomo.

“Certo che possono,” disse Pleasant; “e poi possono ripartire in nave e procurarsene ancora. E la cosa migliore per loro è proprio ripartire il prima possibile, non appena ne hanno l’opportunità. Non sono mai così benestanti come quando sono in mare.”

“Vi spiegherò il motivo per cui lo chiedo,” continuò il visitatore, alzando lo sguardo dal fuoco. “Anch’io sono stato colpito nello stesso modo una volta e mi hanno dato per morto.”

‘No?’ said Pleasant. ‘Where did it happen?’

‘It happened,’ returned the man, with a ruminative air, as he drew his right hand across his chin, and dipped the other in the pocket of his rough outer coat, ‘it happened somewhere about here as I reckon. I don’t think it can have been a mile from here.’

‘Were you drunk?’ asked Pleasant.

‘I was muddled, but not with fair drinking. I had not been drinking, you understand. A mouthful did it.’

Pleasant with a grave look shook her head; importing that she understood the process, but decidedly disapproved.

‘Fair trade is one thing,’ said she, ‘but that’s another. No one has a right to carry on with Jack in THAT way.’

‘The sentiment does you credit,’ returned the man, with a grim smile; and added, in a mutter, ‘the more so, as I believe it’s not your father’s.—Yes, I had a bad time of it, that time. I lost everything, and had a sharp struggle for my life, weak as I was.’

‘Did you get the parties punished?’ asked Pleasant.

‘A tremendous punishment followed,’ said the man, more seriously; ‘but it was not of my bringing about.’

‘Of whose, then?’ asked Pleasant.

The man pointed upward with his forefinger, and, slowly recovering that hand, settled his chin in it again as he looked at the fire. Bringing her inherited eye to bear upon him, Pleasant Riderhood felt more and more uncomfortable, his manner was so mysterious, so stern, so self-possessed.

‘Anyways,’ said the damsel, ‘I am glad punishment followed, and I say so. Fair trade with seafaring men gets a bad name through deeds of violence. I am as much against deeds of violence being done to seafaring men, as seafaring men can be themselves. I am of the same opinion as my mother was, when she was living. Fair trade, my mother used to say, but no robbery and no blows.’ In the way of trade Miss Pleasant would have taken—and indeed did take when she could—as much as thirty shillings a week for board that would be dear at five, and likewise conducted the Leaving business upon correspondingly equitable principles; yet she had that tenderness of conscience and those feelings of humanity, that the moment her ideas of trade were overstepped, she became the seaman’s champion, even against her father whom she seldom otherwise resisted.

But, she was here interrupted by her father’s voice exclaiming angrily, ‘Now, Poll Parrot!’ and by her father’s hat being heavily flung from his hand and striking her face. Accustomed to such occasional manifestations of his sense of parental duty, Pleasant merely wiped her face on her hair (which of course had tumbled down) before she twisted it up. This was another common procedure on the part of the ladies of the Hole, when heated by verbal or fistic altercation.

‘Blest if I believe such a Poll Parrot as you was ever learned to speak!’ growled Mr Riderhood, stooping to pick up his hat, and making a feint at her with his head and right elbow; for he took the delicate subject of robbing seamen in extraordinary dudgeon, and was out of humour too. ‘What are you Poll Parroting at now? Ain’t you got nothing to do but fold your arms and stand a Poll Parroting all night?’

‘Let her alone,’ urged the man. ‘She was only speaking to me.’

‘Let her alone too!’ retorted Mr Riderhood, eyeing him all over. ‘Do you know she’s my daughter?’

‘Yes.’

‘And don’t you know that I won’t have no Poll Parroting on the part of my daughter? No, nor yet that I won’t take no Poll Parroting from no man? And who may YOU be, and what may YOU want?’

‘How can I tell you until you are silent?’ returned the other fiercely.

Well,’ said Mr Riderhood, quailing a little, ‘I am willing to be silent for the purpose of hearing. But don’t Poll Parrot me.’

‘Are you thirsty, you?’ the man asked, in the same fierce short way, after returning his look.

‘Why nat’rally,’ said Mr Riderhood, ‘ain’t I always thirsty!’ (Indignant at the absurdity of the question.)

‘What will you drink?’ demanded the man.

‘Sherry wine,’ returned Mr Riderhood, in the same sharp tone, ‘if you’re capable of it.’

The man put his hand in his pocket, took out half a sovereign, and begged the favour of Miss Pleasant that she would fetch a bottle. ‘With the cork undrawn,’ he added, emphatically, looking at her father.

‘I’ll take my Alfred David,’ muttered Mr Riderhood, slowly relaxing into a dark smile, ‘that you know a move. Do I know YOU? N—n—no, I don’t know you.’

The man replied, ‘No, you don’t know me.’ And so they stood looking at one another surlily enough, until Pleasant came back.

‘There’s small glasses on the shelf,’ said Riderhood to his daughter. ‘Give me the one without a foot. I gets my living by the sweat of my brow, and it’s good enough for ME.’ This had a modest self-denying appearance; but it soon turned out that as, by reason of the impossibility of standing the glass upright while there was anything in it, it required to be emptied as soon as filled, Mr Riderhood managed to drink in the proportion of three to one.

With his Fortunatus’s goblet ready in his hand, Mr Riderhood sat down on one side of the table before the fire, and the strange man on the other: Pleasant occupying a stool between the latter and the fireside. The background, composed of handkerchiefs, coats, shirts, hats, and other old articles ‘On Leaving,’ had a general dim resemblance to human listeners; especially where a shiny black sou’wester suit and hat hung, looking very like a clumsy mariner with his back to the company, who was so curious to overhear, that he paused for the purpose with his coat half pulled on, and his shoulders up to his ears in the uncompleted action.

The visitor first held the bottle against the light of the candle, and next examined the top of the cork. Satisfied that it had not been tampered with, he slowly took from his breastpocket a rusty clasp-knife, and, with a corkscrew in the handle, opened the wine. That done, he looked at the cork, unscrewed it from the corkscrew, laid each separately on the table, and, with the end of the sailor’s knot of his neckerchief, dusted the inside of the neck of the bottle. All this with great deliberation.

“Mai?” disse Pleasant. “Dove è successo?”

“È successo,” rispose l’uomo con un tono meditativo, passandosi la mano destra sul mento e infilando l’altra nella tasca del suo vecchio cappotto. “Dev’essere accaduto da queste parti. Non credo che possa essere stato più lontano di un miglio.”

“Eri ubriaco?” chiese Pleasant.

Ero confuso, ma non a causa di alcol. Non avevo bevuto nulla, capite? È stata una semplice boccata ad avermi messo in questo stato.

Pleasant, con un’espressione seria, scosse la testa; significava che capiva il processo, ma decisamente lo disapprovava.

“Il commercio equo è una cosa,” disse lei, “ma questa è un’altra questione. Nessuno ha il diritto di trattare Jack in quel modo.”

“Quel sentimento ti fa onore,” rispose l’uomo con un sorriso cupo; e aggiunse, sottovoce: “Anzi, tanto più che credo non appartenga a tuo padre. Sì, ho avuto momenti molto difficili quella volta. Ho perso tutto e ho dovuto lottare disperatamente per la mia vita, nonostante fossi debole.”

“Hai fatto punire quelle persone?” chiese Pleasant.

“Seguì una punizione terribile,” disse l’uomo con maggiore serietà; “ma non fu colpa mia.”

“Allora, di chi è?” chiese Pleasant.

L’uomo indicò verso l’alto con il dito indice; lentamente riprendendosi la mano, se la posizionò di nuovo sotto il mento mentre fissava il fuoco. Guardandolo con quel suo occhio ereditato, Pleasant Riderhood si sentì sempre più a disagio: il suo comportamento era così misterioso, così severo, così completamente dominato da sé stesso.

“Comunque,” disse la ragazza, “sono contenta che sia seguita una punizione; lo dico apertamente. Il commercio onesto con i marinai prende cattiva reputazione a causa di atti di violenza. Sono altrettanto contraria agli atti di violenza commessi contro i marinai, quanto lo sono i marinai stessi. Condivido esattamente l’opinione di mia madre quando era in vita: ‘Commercio onesto,’ diceva sempre, ‘ma nessuna rapina e nessun colpo.’ Nel campo del commercio, la signorina Pleasant avrebbe potuto – e infatti lo faceva quando possibile – guadagnare fino a trenta scellini a settimana per vitto che normalmente costava cinque; gestiva inoltre la sua attività secondo principi altrettanto equi. Tuttavia, possedeva quella sensibilità della conscienza e quei sentimenti umani che le facevano diventare immediatamente la difensore dei marinai non appena le sue idee commerciali venivano oltrepassate, anche contro suo padre, al quale di solito non opponeva resistenza.”

Ma fu interrotta dalla voce arrabbiata di suo padre che gridò: “Ora, Poll Parrot!”, e dal cappello di lui che le fu lanciato con forza contro il viso. Abituata a queste occasionali manifestazioni del senso del dovere paterno da parte di lui, Pleasant si pulì semplicemente il viso con i capelli (che naturalmente le erano caduti) prima di raccoglierli di nuovo. Questa era un’altra pratica comune tra le donne del Hole quando venivano messe alle strette da discussioni verbali o fisiche.

“Che fortuna se credessi che uno stupido come te abbia mai imparato a parlare davvero!” ringhiò il signor Riderhood, chinandosi per raccogliere il proprio cappello e facendo finta di colpirla con la testa e il gomito destro; infatti, prendeva l’argomento delicato del rapinaggio dei marinai con estrema avversione, e in quel momento non era affatto di buon umore. “Di cosa stai blaterando adesso? Non hai nient’altro da fare se non incrociare le braccia e stare lì a borbottare per tutta la notte?”

“Lasciatela da sola”, insistette l’uomo. “Stava parlando solo con me.”

“Lasciatela anche lei da sola!” ribatté il signor Riderhood, guardandolo attentamente. “Non sapete che è mia figlia?”

“Sì, davvero.”

“E non sai forse che non tollererò alcuna sciocca ripetizione da parte di mia figlia? No, né permetterò che nessun uomo mi parli in quel modo. E chi sei tu, e cosa vuoi?”

“Come posso spiegartelo se non ti taci?” rispose l’altro con ferocia.

“Beh,” disse il signor Riderhood, tremando un po’, “sono disposto a rimanere in silenzio per poter ascoltare. Ma non fatemi ripetere tutto quello che dite.”

“Hai sete, vero?”, chiese l’uomo, con lo stesso tono brusco e deciso, dopo aver ricambiato il suo sguardo.

“Perché diavolo no,” disse il signor Riderhood, “non ho forse sempre sete!” (Infastidito dall’assurdità della domanda.)

“Cosa vuoi bere?”, chiese l’uomo.

“Vino sherry,” rispose il signor Riderhood, con lo stesso tono acuto, “se siete in grado di berlo.”

L’uomo mise la mano in tasca, tirò fuori mezzo sovrano e chiese gentilmente alla signorina Pleasant di andare a prendere una bottiglia. “Con il tappo ancora aperto,” aggiunse, con enfasi, guardando il padre della ragazza.

“Prenderò il mio Alfred David,” mormorò il signor Riderhood, rilassandosi lentamente in un sorriso cupo, “vedo che sai come muoverti. Ma io ti conosco? No, non ti conosco.”

L’uomo rispose: “No, non mi conosci.” E così rimasero lì a guardarsi a vicenda in modo piuttosto ostile, fino al ritorno di Pleasant.

“Ci sono bicchieri piccoli sullo scaffale,” disse Riderhood a sua figlia. “Dammi quello senza piedistallo. Io guadagno da vivere con il sudore della mia fronte, e per ME va benissimo.” Queste parole sembravano un modesto atto di auto-sacrificio; ma in realtà, poiché era impossibile tenere il bicchiere dritto finché conteneva qualcosa, bisognava svuotarlo non appena lo si riempiva. E così, il signor Riderhood riusciva comunque a bere nella proporzione di tre a uno.

Con il calice di Fortunatus pronto in mano, il signor Riderhood si sedette su un lato del tavolo davanti al fuoco, mentre l’uomo strano si sistemò dall’altro lato; Pleasant occupava uno sgabello tra questi due. Lo sfondo, composto da fazzoletti, cappotti, maglie, cappelli e altri oggetti vecchi, presentava una vaga somiglianza con ascoltatori umani. Soprattutto in quel punto dove pendeva un abito nero lucido e un cappello, che assomigliavano molto a un marinaio goffo, con le spalle rivolte al gruppo di persone; quest’ultimo era così curioso da voler ascoltare di nascosto, che si fermò nell’atto di infilarsi il cappotto, con le spalle sollevate fino alle orecchie, in un gesto incompleto.

Il visitatore prima tenne la bottiglia contro la luce della candela, poi esaminò la parte superiore del tappo. Convinto che non fosse stato manomesso, tirò lentamente fuori dalla tasca del petto un coltello arrugginito con l’impugnatura a spirale e, utilizzandolo, aprì la bottiglia di vino. Una volta fatto ciò, osservò il tappo, lo staccò dall’impugnatura a spirale e li posò entrambi separatamente sul tavolo; infine, con l’estremità del fazzoletto che portava al collo, pulì l’interno del collo della bottiglia. Fece tutto questo con grande attenzione.

At first Riderhood had sat with his footless glass extended at arm’s length for filling, while the very deliberate stranger seemed absorbed in his preparations. But, gradually his arm reverted home to him, and his glass was lowered and lowered until he rested it upside down upon the table. By the same degrees his attention became concentrated on the knife. And now, as the man held out the bottle to fill all round, Riderhood stood up, leaned over the table to look closer at the knife, and stared from it to him.

‘What’s the matter?’ asked the man.

‘Why, I know that knife!’ said Riderhood.

‘Yes, I dare say you do.’

He motioned to him to hold up his glass, and filled it. Riderhood emptied it to the last drop and began again.

‘That there knife—’

‘Stop,’ said the man, composedly. ‘I was going to drink to your daughter. Your health, Miss Riderhood.’

‘That knife was the knife of a seaman named George Radfoot.’

‘It was.’

‘That seaman was well beknown to me.’

‘He was.’

‘What’s come to him?’

Death has come to him. Death came to him in an ugly shape. He looked,’ said the man, ‘very horrible after it.’

‘Arter what?’ said Riderhood, with a frowning stare.

‘After he was killed.’

‘Killed? Who killed him?’

Only answering with a shrug, the man filled the footless glass, and Riderhood emptied it: looking amazedly from his daughter to his visitor.

‘You don’t mean to tell a honest man—’ he was recommencing with his empty glass in his hand, when his eye became fascinated by the stranger’s outer coat. He leaned across the table to see it nearer, touched the sleeve, turned the cuff to look at the sleeve-lining (the man, in his perfect composure, offering not the least objection), and exclaimed, ‘It’s my belief as this here coat was George Radfoot’s too!’

‘You are right. He wore it the last time you ever saw him, and the last time you ever will see him—in this world.’

‘It’s my belief you mean to tell me to my face you killed him!’ exclaimed Riderhood; but, nevertheless, allowing his glass to be filled again.

The man only answered with another shrug, and showed no symptom of confusion.

‘Wish I may die if I know what to be up to with this chap!’ said Riderhood, after staring at him, and tossing his last glassful down his throat. ‘Let’s know what to make of you. Say something plain.’

‘I will,’ returned the other, leaning forward across the table, and speaking in a low impressive voice. ‘What a liar you are!’

The honest witness rose, and made as though he would fling his glass in the man’s face. The man not wincing, and merely shaking his forefinger half knowingly, half menacingly, the piece of honesty thought better of it and sat down again, putting the glass down too.

‘And when you went to that lawyer yonder in the Temple with that invented story,’ said the stranger, in an exasperatingly comfortable sort of confidence, ‘you might have had your strong suspicions of a friend of your own, you know. I think you had, you know.’

‘Me my suspicions? Of what friend?’

‘Tell me again whose knife was this?’ demanded the man.

‘It was possessed by, and was the property of—him as I have made mention on,’ said Riderhood, stupidly evading the actual mention of the name.

‘Tell me again whose coat was this?’

‘That there article of clothing likeways belonged to, and was wore by—him as I have made mention on,’ was again the dull Old Bailey evasion.

‘I suspect that you gave him the credit of the deed, and of keeping cleverly out of the way. But there was small cleverness in HIS keeping out of the way. The cleverness would have been, to have got back for one single instant to the light of the sun.’

‘Things is come to a pretty pass,’ growled Mr Riderhood, rising to his feet, goaded to stand at bay, ‘when bullyers as is wearing dead men’s clothes, and bullyers as is armed with dead men’s knives, is to come into the houses of honest live men, getting their livings by the sweats of their brows, and is to make these here sort of charges with no rhyme and no reason, neither the one nor yet the other! Why should I have had my suspicions of him?’

‘Because you knew him,’ replied the man; ‘because you had been one with him, and knew his real character under a fair outside; because on the night which you had afterwards reason to believe to be the very night of the murder, he came in here, within an hour of his having left his ship in the docks, and asked you in what lodgings he could find room. Was there no stranger with him?’

‘I’ll take my world-without-end everlasting Alfred David that you warn’t with him,’ answered Riderhood. ‘You talk big, you do, but things look pretty black against yourself, to my thinking. You charge again’ me that George Radfoot got lost sight of, and was no more thought of. What’s that for a sailor? Why there’s fifty such, out of sight and out of mind, ten times as long as him—through entering in different names, re-shipping when the out’ard voyage is made, and what not—a turning up to light every day about here, and no matter made of it. Ask my daughter. You could go on Poll Parroting enough with her, when I warn’t come in: Poll Parrot a little with her on this pint. You and your suspicions of my suspicions of him! What are my suspicions of you? You tell me George Radfoot got killed. I ask you who done it and how you know it. You carry his knife and you wear his coat. I ask you how you come by ’em? Hand over that there bottle!’ Here Mr Riderhood appeared to labour under a virtuous delusion that it was his own property. ‘And you,’ he added, turning to his daughter, as he filled the footless glass, ‘if it warn’t wasting good sherry wine on you, I’d chuck this at you, for Poll Parroting with this man. It’s along of Poll Parroting that such like as him gets their suspicions, whereas I gets mine by argueyment, and being nat’rally a honest man, and sweating away at the brow as a honest man ought.’ Here he filled the footless goblet again, and stood chewing one half of its contents and looking down into the other as he slowly rolled the wine about in the glass; while Pleasant, whose sympathetic hair had come down on her being apostrophised, rearranged it, much in the style of the tail of a horse when proceeding to market to be sold.

All’inizio, Riderhood aveva tenuto il suo bicchiere senza piedistallo disteso a braccio d’uomo in attesa di essere riempito, mentre lo sconosciuto, con estrema calma, sembrava concentrato sulle sue preparazioni. Gradualmente, però, il suo braccio tornò “a casa”, e il bicchiere fu abbassato sempre di più fino a quando non rimase capovolto sul tavolo. Allo stesso modo, la sua attenzione si concentrò sulla lama del coltello. Quando l’uomo allungò la bottiglia per riempire i bicchieri di tutti, Riderhood si alzò, si chinò sopra il tavolo per osservare meglio il coltello e fissò lo sconosciuto con lo sguardo.

“Che c’è che non va?” chiese l’uomo.

“Ma quella è la mia stessa lama!”, esclamò Riderhood.

“Sì, direi proprio di sì.”

Gli fece segno di alzare il bicchiere e lo riempì. Riderhood lo svuotò fino all’ultima goccia e ricominciò.

“Quel coltello, ”

“Basta,” disse l’uomo con calma. “Stavo per brindare a vostra figlia. Alla sua salute, signorina Riderhood.”

“Quel coltello apparteneva a un marinaio di nome George Radfoot.”

“Fu proprio così.”

Quel marinaio mi era ben noto.

“Lo era.”

“Che gli è successo?”

Morte è venuta a prenderlo. Morte è arrivata sotto una forma orribile. Dopo, sembrava davvero terribile,’ disse l’uomo.

“Arter cosa?”, disse Riderhood, guardandolo con espressione accigliata.

“Dopo che fu ucciso.”

“Ucciso? Chi lo ha ucciso?”

L’uomo rispose soltanto con un alzato di spalle, poi riempì il bicchiere senza piedistallo; Riderhood lo svuotò tutto d’un fiato, guardando alternativamente sua figlia e il suo ospite con aria sorpresa.

“Non vorrai davvero dire a un uomo onesto, ” stava riprendendo a dire, tenendo in mano il suo bicchiere vuoto, quando i suoi occhi furono attratti dal cappotto dell’estraneo. Si sporse sopra il tavolo per vederlo meglio, toccò la manica, girò il polsino per esaminare l’interno della stoffa (l’uomo, con la sua perfetta compostezza, non fece alcuna obiezione) e esclamò: “Sono convinto che questo cappotto appartenesse anche a George Radfoot!”

Hai ragione. L’aveva addosso l’ultima volta che lo hai visto, e anche l’ultima volta in cui lo vedrai, in questo mondo.

“Credo che tu stia cercando di dirmi in faccia che sei stato tu ad ucciderlo!” esclamò Riderhood; ma comunque permise che gli riempissero di nuovo il bicchiere.

L’uomo rispose soltanto con un altro alzato di spalle, senza mostrare alcun segno di confusione.

“Vorrei morire se solo sapessi cosa fare con questo ragazzo!” disse Riderhood dopo averlo fissato a lungo e aver trangugiato l’ultimo sorso del suo bicchiere. “Diciamo chi sei veramente. Parla chiaro.”

“Lo farò,” rispose l’altro, inclinandosi in avanti sopra il tavolo e parlando con una voce bassa e impressionante. “Che bugiardo che sei!”

Il testimone onesto si alzò, e fece finta di voler gettare il suo bicchiere in faccia all’uomo. L’uomo non batté ciglio, ma scosse semplicemente l’indice, a metà in modo significativo, a metà minaccioso; così il testimone onesto decise di rimettersi a sedere e posare anche il bicchiere.

“E quando sei andato da quel avvocato laggiù nel Tempio con quella storia inventata,” disse lo sconosciuto, con una sicurezza fastidiosamente tranquilla, “avresti potuto avere forti sospetti riguardo a un tuo amico. Penso che li avessi, sai.”

“Le mie sospetti, su quale amico?”

“Dimmi ancora di chi era questo coltello”, chiese l’uomo.

“Era posseduto da lui, e apparteneva a lui, come ho già detto,” disse Riderhood, evitando stupidamente di menzionare il nome per davvero.

“Dimmi ancora di chi era questo cappotto, ”

“Quell’indumento apparteneva effettivamente a lui e veniva indossato da lui, come ho già detto”, fu di nuovo quella banale scusa utilizzata in tribunale.

Sospetto che tu abbia attribuito a lui il merito di quell’azione e che tu stesso ti sia tenuto saggiamente fuori dai guai. Ma la sua “saggezza” nel tenersi alla larga non era davvero tale. La vera saggezza sarebbe stata quella di tornare, anche solo per un istante, alla luce del sole.

“Le cose sono arrivate a un punto davvero critico,” ringhiò il signor Riderhood alzandosi in piedi, spinto a difendersi, “quando bulli che indossano i vestiti dei morti e armati di coltelli dei morti entrano nelle case di onesti lavoratori che guadagnano da vivere con il sudore della loro fronte, e avanzano accuse senza alcun fondamento né logica. Perché mai avrei dovuto sospettare di lui?”

“Perché lo conoscevi,” rispose l’uomo; “perché eri stato uno di loro e conoscevi il suo vero carattere sotto quella facciata apparentemente onesta; perché nella notte in cui poi ebbe motivo di credere che fosse proprio la notte dell’omicidio, entrò qui, entro un’ora dal momento in cui aveva lasciato la sua >nave nei porti, e ti chiese dove potesse trovare una stanza dove alloggiare. Non c’era nessun estraneo con lui?”

“Preferisco il mio eterno Alfred David, senza fine né limiti, piuttosto che essere avvertito riguardo a lui,” rispose Riderhood. “Parli in modo grandioso, è vero, ma secondo me le cose sembrano piuttosto sfavorevoli per te. Continui a accusarmi di aver fatto perdere traccia di George Radfoot, di non aver più pensato a lui. Ma che significa questo per un marinaio? Ci sono almeno cinquanta persone come lui: scompaiono e vengono dimenticate, entrano in città con nomi diversi, cambiano imbarcazione dopo il viaggio. E ogni giorno ne emerge qualcuno nuovo. Che importanza ha tutto questo? Chiedilo pure a mia figlia. Potresti parlare all’infinito con lei, se non fossi intervenuto io. Ma tu e le tue sospetti. Quali sono i miei sospetti su di te? Mi dici che George Radfoot è stato ucciso. Allora dimmi chi l’ha fatto e come lo sai. Hai il suo coltello e indossi il suo cappotto. Come li hai ottenuti? Dammi quella bottiglia!” A quanto pare, Mr Riderhood credeva sinceramente che quegli oggetti fossero suoi. “E tu,” aggiunse, rivolgendosi a sua figlia mentre riempiva il bicchiere vuoto, “se non fosse un peccato sprecare del buon sherry, ti lancierei questa bottiglia addosso. Perché parli troppo con quest’uomo. Sono proprio le sue chiacchiere a far sorgere dei sospetti in persone come lui. Mentre io, essendo una persona onesta, arrivo alle mie conclusioni attraverso il ragionamento. E lavorando sodo, come dovrebbe fare un uomo onesto.” Riempì di nuovo il bicchiere, poi rimase lì a masticare metà del contenuto e a osservare lentamente il vino che girava all’interno; mentre Pleasant, la cui chioma sembrava essersi “abbassata” per via delle sue parole, la sistemò di nuovo, proprio come la coda di un cavallo prima di andare al mercato.

Well? Have you finished?’ asked the strange man.

‘No,’ said Riderhood, ‘I ain’t. Far from it. Now then! I want to know how George Radfoot come by his death, and how you come by his kit?’

‘If you ever do know, you won’t know now.’

‘And next I want to know,’ proceeded Riderhood ‘whether you mean to charge that what-you-may-call-it-murder—’

‘Harmon murder, father,’ suggested Pleasant.

‘No Poll Parroting!’ he vociferated, in return. ‘Keep your mouth shut!—I want to know, you sir, whether you charge that there crime on George Radfoot?’

‘If you ever do know, you won’t know now.’

‘Perhaps you done it yourself?’ said Riderhood, with a threatening action.

‘I alone know,’ returned the man, sternly shaking his head, ‘the mysteries of that crime. I alone know that your trumped-up story cannot possibly be true. I alone know that it must be altogether false, and that you must know it to be altogether false. I come here to-night to tell you so much of what I know, and no more.’

Mr Riderhood, with his crooked eye upon his visitor, meditated for some moments, and then refilled his glass, and tipped the contents down his throat in three tips.

‘Shut the shop-door!’ he then said to his daughter, putting the glass suddenly down. ‘And turn the key and stand by it! If you know all this, you sir,’ getting, as he spoke, between the visitor and the door, ‘why han’t you gone to Lawyer Lightwood?’

‘That, also, is alone known to myself,’ was the cool answer.

‘Don’t you know that, if you didn’t do the deed, what you say you could tell is worth from five to ten thousand pound?’ asked Riderhood.

‘I know it very well, and when I claim the money you shall share it.’

The honest man paused, and drew a little nearer to the visitor, and a little further from the door.

‘I know it,’ repeated the man, quietly, ‘as well as I know that you and George Radfoot were one together in more than one dark business; and as well as I know that you, Roger Riderhood, conspired against an innocent man for blood-money; and as well as I know that I can—and that I swear I will!—give you up on both scores, and be the proof against you in my own person, if you defy me!’

‘Father!’ cried Pleasant, from the door. ‘Don’t defy him! Give way to him! Don’t get into more trouble, father!’

‘Will you leave off a Poll Parroting, I ask you?’ cried Mr Riderhood, half beside himself between the two. Then, propitiatingly and crawlingly: ‘You sir! You han’t said what you want of me. Is it fair, is it worthy of yourself, to talk of my defying you afore ever you say what you want of me?’

‘I don’t want much,’ said the man. ‘This accusation of yours must not be left half made and half unmade. What was done for the blood-money must be thoroughly undone.’

Well; but Shipmate—’

‘Don’t call me Shipmate,’ said the man.

‘Captain, then,’ urged Mr Riderhood; ‘there! You won’t object to Captain. It’s a honourable title, and you fully look it. Captain! Ain’t the man dead? Now I ask you fair. Ain’t Gaffer dead?’

Well,’ returned the other, with impatience, ‘yes, he is dead. What then?’

‘Can words hurt a dead man, Captain? I only ask you fair.’

‘They can hurt the memory of a dead man, and they can hurt his living children. How many children had this man?’

‘Meaning Gaffer, Captain?’

‘Of whom else are we speaking?’ returned the other, with a movement of his foot, as if Rogue Riderhood were beginning to sneak before him in the body as well as the spirit, and he spurned him off. ‘I have heard of a daughter, and a son. I ask for information; I ask YOUR daughter; I prefer to speak to her. What children did Hexam leave?’

Pleasant, looking to her father for permission to reply, that honest man exclaimed with great bitterness:

‘Why the devil don’t you answer the Captain? You can Poll Parrot enough when you ain’t wanted to Poll Parrot, you perwerse jade!’

Thus encouraged, Pleasant explained that there were only Lizzie, the daughter in question, and the youth. Both very respectable, she added.

‘It is dreadful that any stigma should attach to them,’ said the visitor, whom the consideration rendered so uneasy that he rose, and paced to and fro, muttering, ‘Dreadful! Unforeseen? How could it be foreseen!’ Then he stopped, and asked aloud: ‘Where do they live?’

Pleasant further explained that only the daughter had resided with the father at the time of his accidental death, and that she had immediately afterwards quitted the neighbourhood.

‘I know that,’ said the man, ‘for I have been to the place they dwelt in, at the time of the inquest. Could you quietly find out for me where she lives now?’

Pleasant had no doubt she could do that. Within what time, did she think? Within a day. The visitor said that was well, and he would return for the information, relying on its being obtained. To this dialogue Riderhood had attended in silence, and he now obsequiously bespake the Captain.

‘Captain! Mentioning them unfort’net words of mine respecting Gaffer, it is contrairily to be bore in mind that Gaffer always were a precious rascal, and that his line were a thieving line. Likeways when I went to them two Governors, Lawyer Lightwood and the t’other Governor, with my information, I may have been a little over-eager for the cause of justice, or (to put it another way) a little over-stimilated by them feelings which rouses a man up, when a pot of money is going about, to get his hand into that pot of money for his family’s sake. Besides which, I think the wine of them two Governors was—I will not say a hocussed wine, but fur from a wine as was elthy for the mind. And there’s another thing to be remembered, Captain. Did I stick to them words when Gaffer was no more, and did I say bold to them two Governors, “Governors both, wot I informed I still inform; wot was took down I hold to”? No. I says, frank and open—no shuffling, mind you, Captain!—“I may have been mistook, I’ve been a thinking of it, it mayn’t have been took down correct on this and that, and I won’t swear to thick and thin, I’d rayther forfeit your good opinions than do it.” And so far as I know,’ concluded Mr Riderhood, by way of proof and evidence to character, ‘I HAVE actiwally forfeited the good opinions of several persons—even your own, Captain, if I understand your words—but I’d sooner do it than be forswore. There; if that’s conspiracy, call me conspirator.’

‘You shall sign,’ said the visitor, taking very little heed of this oration, ‘a statement that it was all utterly false, and the poor girl shall have it. I will bring it with me for your signature, when I come again.’

‘When might you be expected, Captain?’ inquired Riderhood, again dubiously getting between him and door.

‘Quite soon enough for you. I shall not disappoint you; don’t be afraid.’

‘Might you be inclined to leave any name, Captain?’

‘No, not at all. I have no such intention.’

‘“Shall” is summ’at of a hard word, Captain,’ urged Riderhood, still feebly dodging between him and the door, as he advanced. ‘When you say a man “shall” sign this and that and t’other, Captain, you order him about in a grand sort of a way. Don’t it seem so to yourself?’

The man stood still, and angrily fixed him with his eyes.

‘Father, father!’ entreated Pleasant, from the door, with her disengaged hand nervously trembling at her lips; ‘don’t! Don’t get into trouble any more!’

‘Hear me out, Captain, hear me out! All I was wishing to mention, Captain, afore you took your departer,’ said the sneaking Mr Riderhood, falling out of his path, ‘was, your handsome words relating to the reward.’

‘When I claim it,’ said the man, in a tone which seemed to leave some such words as ‘you dog,’ very distinctly understood, ‘you shall share it.’

Looking stedfastly at Riderhood, he once more said in a low voice, this time with a grim sort of admiration of him as a perfect piece of evil, ‘What a liar you are!’ and, nodding his head twice or thrice over the compliment, passed out of the shop. But, to Pleasant he said good-night kindly.

The honest man who gained his living by the sweat of his brow remained in a state akin to stupefaction, until the footless glass and the unfinished bottle conveyed themselves into his mind. From his mind he conveyed them into his hands, and so conveyed the last of the wine into his stomach. When that was done, he awoke to a clear perception that Poll Parroting was solely chargeable with what had passed. Therefore, not to be remiss in his duty as a father, he threw a pair of sea-boots at Pleasant, which she ducked to avoid, and then cried, poor thing, using her hair for a pocket-handkerchief.

Beh? Hai finito?” chiese l’uomo strano.

“No,” disse Riderhood, “non è affatto così. Ora ascolta: voglio sapere come George Radfoot sia morto, e come tu abbia ottenuto il suo equipaggiamento.”

“Se mai lo scoprirai, non sarà ora.”

“E ora voglio sapere,” proseguì Riderhood, “se intendi accusare quel che si potrebbe definire omicidio, ”

“L’omicidio di Harmon, padre,” suggerì Pleasant.

“Niente chiacchiere inutili!” gridò lui di rimando. “Taci! Voglio sapere se accusate George Radfoot di quel crimine.”

“Se mai lo scoprirai, non sarà ora.”

“Forse l’hai fatto tu stesso?” disse Riderhood, con un gesto minaccioso.

Solo io conosco,” rispose l’uomo scuotendo fermamente la testa, “i misteri di quel crimine. Solo io so che la tua storia inventata non può assolutamente essere vera. Solo io so che deve essere completamente falsa, e che tu devi esserne consapevole. Sono venuto qui, di notte, per dirti tutto ciò che so, e nient’altro.”

Il signor Riderhood, con il suo occhio storto fissato sul visitatore, rimase per un po’ in silenzio; poi riempì di nuovo il bicchiere e ne tracannò il contenuto in tre sorsi.

“Chiudi la porta del negozio!” le disse poi, posando improvvisamente il bicchiere. “E gira la chiave, e stai lì vicino! Se sai tutto questo, perché non sei andata dal avvocato Lightwood?”

“Quello è l’unico fatto che io conosca,” fu la risposta calma e distaccata.

“Non capisci che, se non avessi fatto quella cosa, ciò che dici di poter raccontare valeva tra i cinque e i diecimila sterline?” chiese Riderhood.

Lo so molto bene, e quando chiederò i soldi, li dividerete con me.

L’uomo onesto fece una pausa, si avvicinò un po’ di più al visitatore e si allontanò leggermente dalla porta.

“Lo so,” ripeté l’uomo in silenzio, “proprio come so che tu e George Radfoot siete stati coinvolti in più di un affare oscuro; proprio come so che tu, Roger Riderhood, hai cospirato contro un uomo innocente per ottenere denaro sporco con il sangue altrui; e proprio come so che posso – e giuro che lo farò! – consegnarti alla giustizia in entrambi questi casi, diventando la prova contro di te con la mia stessa persona, se mi sfidi!”

“Padre!” gridò Pleasant dalla porta. “Non sfidarlo! Ceda il passo a lui. Non causarti altri problemi, padre!”

“Per favore, smetta di ripetere sempre la stessa cosa, la prego,” gridò il signor Riderhood, quasi fuori di sé. Poi, con tono umile e supplichevole: “Signore. Non mi ha ancora detto cosa vuole da me. È giusto, è degno di lei parlare di come io l’abbia sfidato, senza nemmeno sapere cosa desidera?”

“Non voglio molto,” disse l’uomo. “Questa tua accusa non può rimanere a metà compiuta e a metà lasciata in sospeso. Quello che è stato fatto per quei soldi ottenuti con il sangue deve essere completamente annullato.”

“Beh, ma Amico, ”

“Non chiamatemi ‘Compagno di viaggio’”, disse l’uomo.

“Allora, Capitano,” insistette il signor Riderhood; “ecco! Non avrete obiezioni, vero, Capitano. È un titolo onorevole, e voi lo meritate pienamente. Capitano! Quell’uomo non è morto? Vi chiedo seriamente: Gaffer non è morto?”

“Beh,” rispose l’altro con impazienza, “sì, è morto. E allora?”

“Le parole possono ferire un uomo morto, Capitano? Vi chiedo solo la verità.”

“Possono ferire la memoria di un uomo morto, e possono anche ferire i suoi figli vivi. Quanti figli aveva quest’uomo?”

“Capitano, cosa significa ‘Meaning Gaffer’?”

“Di chi altro stiamo parlando?” rispose l’altro, muovendo il piede, come se Rogue Riderhood stesse iniziando a insinuarsi davanti a lui sia nel corpo che nello spirito; lo scacciò via. “Ho sentito parlare di una figlia e di un figlio. Chiedo informazioni; voglio parlare con TUA figlia. Preferisco parlarle io stesso. Quali figli ha lasciato Hexam?”

Pleasant, guardando suo padre in cerca di permesso per rispondere, quell’uomo onesto esclamò con grande amarezza:

“Perché diavolo non rispondi al Capitano? Puoi fare il pagliaccio quanto vuoi quando non ti va di farlo. Maledetto idiota!”

Così incoraggiato, Pleasant spiegò che c’erano solo Lizzie, la figlia in questione, e il giovane. Entrambi molto rispettabili, aggiunse.

“È terribile che possa esserci qualche stigma associato a loro,” disse il visitatore, il quale si sentiva così a disagio da alzarsi in piedi e camminare avanti e indietro, mormorando: “Terribile. Inaspettato. Come avrebbe potuto essere previsto?” Poi si fermò e chiese ad alta voce: “Dove vivono?”

Pleasant spiegò inoltre che solo la figlia risiedeva con il padre al momento della sua morte accidentale, e che lei aveva immediatamente lasciato quel quartiere dopo l’evento.

“Lo so,” disse l’uomo, “perché sono stato nel luogo dove vivevano, al momento dell’inchiesta. Potresti scoprire per me, in modo discreto, dove vive ora?”

Pleasant non aveva alcun dubbio che potesse farlo. In quanto tempo pensava di riuscirci? In un giorno. Il visitatore disse che era benissimo, e che sarebbe tornato per avere notizie, fidandosi che l’informazione venisse ottenuta. A questo dialogo Riderhood aveva assistito in silenzio; ora, con ossequiosità, lodò il Capitano.

“Capitano! Menzionare quelle mie sfortunatissime parole riguardo a Gaffer, è in realtà contraddittorio, visto che Gaffer è sempre stato un individuo davvero speciale, e che la sua attività era piuttosto, disonesta. Inoltre, quando sono andato da quei due governatori, l’avvocato Lightwood e l’altro governatore, con le informazioni che avevo in mano, forse ero un po’ troppo zelante nel servire la causa della giustizia, o, per dirla in altro modo, forse sono stato un po’ troppo influenzato da quei sentimenti che spingono un uomo, quando c’è del denaro in gioco, a cercare di ottenerlo per il bene della propria famiglia. Inoltre, beh, credo che il vino di quei due governatori fosse, non direi che fosse un vino particolarmente ‘incantesato’, ma sicuramente molto efficace nell’influenzare la mente delle persone. E c’è un’altra cosa da ricordare, Capitano: quando Gaffer è morto, ho mantenuto le mie dichiarazioni, e ho detto loro chiaramente: ‘Governatori, quello che vi ho riferito allora lo ripeto ancora; ciò che è stato registrato potrebbe non essere esatto in tutti i dettagli. Preferirei perdere la vostra stima piuttosto che mentire.’ E per quel che ne so,” concluse il signor Riderhood, “ho effettivamente perso la stima di molte persone, anche la vostra, Capitano, se ho capito bene. Ma preferisco farlo piuttosto che mentire. Ecco: se questo si chiama cospirazione, allora chiamatemi cospiratore.”

“Dovrete firmare,” disse il visitatore, prestando poca attenzione a quelle parole, “una dichiarazione in cui si afferma che tutto ciò è assolutamente falso; la povera ragazza la riceverà. La porterò con me quando tornerò per chiedervi di firmarla.”

“Quando potreste arrivare, Capitano?”, chiese di nuovo Riderhood, mettendosi ancora una volta tra lui e la porta con aria scettica.

“Abbastanza presto, per te. Non ti deluderò; non avere paura.”

“Potrebbe lasciare il suo nome, Capitano?”

“No, assolutamente no. Non ho alcuna intenzione del genere.”

“‘Shall’ è davvero una parola complicata, Capitano,” insistette Riderhood, continuando a muoversi furtivamente tra lui e la porta mentre avanzava. “Quando dici a un uomo di ‘dovere’ fare questo o quest’altro, in realtà gli stai dando degli ordini, in modo piuttosto autoritario. Non le sembra anche lei?”

L’uomo rimase fermo, fissandolo con rabbia negli occhi.

“Padre, padre!” pregò Pleasant dalla porta, con la mano libera che le tremava nervosamente vicino alle labbra; “Per favore, non causarti più problemi!”

“Ascoltatemi, Capitano, ascoltatemi! Tutto ciò che volevo dirvi, prima che partiste,” disse il subdolo signor Riderhood, mettendosi di mezzo al suo cammino, “erano le vostre gentili parole riguardo alla ricompensa.”

“Quando lo pretenderò,” disse l’uomo, con un tono che lasciava chiaramente intendere frasi del tipo “tu cane”, “lo dividerai con me.”

Guardando fisso Riderhood, disse di nuovo a bassa voce, questa volta con un certo tipo di ammirazione per lui come esempio perfetto del male, “Che bugiardo che sei!”, e, annuendo due o tre volte in segno di apprezzamento per quel complimento, uscì dal negozio. Ma a Pleasant disse gentilmente buonanotte.

L’uomo onesto che guadagnava da vivere con il sudore della propria fronte rimase in uno stato simile allo stupore, fino a quando il vetro senza piedi e la bottiglia incompleta gli vennero in mente. Da lì, li portò nelle sue mani e così fece entrare l’ultimo goccio di vino nello stomaco. Una volta fatto ciò, si rese conto chiaramente che era soltanto Poll Parroting la responsabile di quanto accaduto. Pertanto, per non trascurare il proprio dovere di padre, lanciò un paio di stivali da marina contro Pleasant, che li evitò abbassandosi; poi, poveretta, si mise a piangere, usando i propri capelli come fazzoletto.

Chapter 13

A SOLO AND A DUETT

The wind was blowing so hard when the visitor came out at the shop-door into the darkness and dirt of Limehouse Hole, that it almost blew him in again. Doors were slamming violently, lamps were flickering or blown out, signs were rocking in their frames, the water of the kennels, wind-dispersed, flew about in drops like rain. Indifferent to the weather, and even preferring it to better weather for its clearance of the streets, the man looked about him with a scrutinizing glance. ‘Thus much I know,’ he murmured. ‘I have never been here since that night, and never was here before that night, but thus much I recognize. I wonder which way did we take when we came out of that shop. We turned to the right as I have turned, but I can recall no more. Did we go by this alley? Or down that little lane?’

He tried both, but both confused him equally, and he came straying back to the same spot. ‘I remember there were poles pushed out of upper windows on which clothes were drying, and I remember a low public-house, and the sound flowing down a narrow passage belonging to it of the scraping of a fiddle and the shuffling of feet. But here are all these things in the lane, and here are all these things in the alley. And I have nothing else in my mind but a wall, a dark doorway, a flight of stairs, and a room.’

He tried a new direction, but made nothing of it; walls, dark doorways, flights of stairs and rooms, were too abundant. And, like most people so puzzled, he again and again described a circle, and found himself at the point from which he had begun. ‘This is like what I have read in narratives of escape from prison,’ said he, ‘where the little track of the fugitives in the night always seems to take the shape of the great round world, on which they wander; as if it were a secret law.’

Here he ceased to be the oakum-headed, oakum-whiskered man on whom Miss Pleasant Riderhood had looked, and, allowing for his being still wrapped in a nautical overcoat, became as like that same lost wanted Mr Julius Handford, as never man was like another in this world. In the breast of the coat he stowed the bristling hair and whisker, in a moment, as the favouring wind went with him down a solitary place that it had swept clear of passengers. Yet in that same moment he was the Secretary also, Mr Boffin’s Secretary. For John Rokesmith, too, was as like that same lost wanted Mr Julius Handford as never man was like another in this world.

‘I have no clue to the scene of my death,’ said he. ‘Not that it matters now. But having risked discovery by venturing here at all, I should have been glad to track some part of the way.’ With which singular words he abandoned his search, came up out of Limehouse Hole, and took the way past Limehouse Church. At the great iron gate of the churchyard he stopped and looked in. He looked up at the high tower spectrally resisting the wind, and he looked round at the white tombstones, like enough to the dead in their winding-sheets, and he counted the nine tolls of the clock-bell.

‘It is a sensation not experienced by many mortals,’ said he, ‘to be looking into a churchyard on a wild windy night, and to feel that I no more hold a place among the living than these dead do, and even to know that I lie buried somewhere else, as they lie buried here. Nothing uses me to it. A spirit that was once a man could hardly feel stranger or lonelier, going unrecognized among mankind, than I feel.

‘But this is the fanciful side of the situation. It has a real side, so difficult that, though I think of it every day, I never thoroughly think it out. Now, let me determine to think it out as I walk home. I know I evade it, as many men—perhaps most men—do evade thinking their way through their greatest perplexity. I will try to pin myself to mine. Don’t evade it, John Harmon; don’t evade it; think it out!

‘When I came to England, attracted to the country with which I had none but most miserable associations, by the accounts of my fine inheritance that found me abroad, I came back, shrinking from my father’s money, shrinking from my father’s memory, mistrustful of being forced on a mercenary wife, mistrustful of my father’s intention in thrusting that marriage on me, mistrustful that I was already growing avaricious, mistrustful that I was slackening in gratitude to the two dear noble honest friends who had made the only sunlight in my childish life or that of my heartbroken sister. I came back, timid, divided in my mind, afraid of myself and everybody here, knowing of nothing but wretchedness that my father’s wealth had ever brought about. Now, stop, and so far think it out, John Harmon. Is that so? That is exactly so.

‘On board serving as third mate was George Radfoot. I knew nothing of him. His name first became known to me about a week before we sailed, through my being accosted by one of the ship-agent’s clerks as “Mr Radfoot.” It was one day when I had gone aboard to look to my preparations, and the clerk, coming behind me as I stood on deck, tapped me on the shoulder, and said, “Mr Rad-foot, look here,” referring to some papers that he had in his hand. And my name first became known to Radfoot, through another clerk within a day or two, and while the ship was yet in port, coming up behind him, tapping him on the shoulder and beginning, “I beg your pardon, Mr Harmon—.” I believe we were alike in bulk and stature but not otherwise, and that we were not strikingly alike, even in those respects, when we were together and could be compared.

‘However, a sociable word or two on these mistakes became an easy introduction between us, and the weather was hot, and he helped me to a cool cabin on deck alongside his own, and his first school had been at Brussels as mine had been, and he had learnt French as I had learnt it, and he had a little history of himself to relate—God only knows how much of it true, and how much of it false—that had its likeness to mine. I had been a seaman too. So we got to be confidential together, and the more easily yet, because he and every one on board had known by general rumour what I was making the voyage to England for. By such degrees and means, he came to the knowledge of my uneasiness of mind, and of its setting at that time in the direction of desiring to see and form some judgment of my allotted wife, before she could possibly know me for myself; also to try Mrs Boffin and give her a glad surprise. So the plot was made out of our getting common sailors’ dresses (as he was able to guide me about London), and throwing ourselves in Bella Wilfer’s neighbourhood, and trying to put ourselves in her way, and doing whatever chance might favour on the spot, and seeing what came of it. If nothing came of it, I should be no worse off, and there would merely be a short delay in my presenting myself to Lightwood. I have all these facts right? Yes. They are all accurately right.

Capitolo 13

Un solo e un duetto

Il vento soffiava così forte quando il visitatore uscì dal negozio e si trovò nel buio e nella sporcizia di Limehouse Hole, che quasi lo risospinse all’interno. Le porte si chiudevano con violenza, le lampade tremolavano o si spegnevano, i cartelli oscillavano nei loro telai; l’acqua dei canili, dispersa dal vento, volava intorno a gocce simili a pioggia. Indifferente al tempo atmosferico – anzi, forse preferendolo proprio per la pulizia delle strade – l’uomo guardò intorno con attenzione. “Così tanto so, ”, mormorò. “Non sono mai stato qui da quella notte, e non ci ero mai stato prima di quella notte, ma queste cose le riconosco. Mi chiedo quale strada abbiamo preso uscendo dal negozio. Abbiamo svoltato a destra, come ho fatto io, ma non ricordo altro. Siamo passati per questo vicolo? O per quella piccola stradina?”

Provò entrambe le cose, ma entrambe lo confusero allo stesso modo; così tornò indietro, finendo nello stesso posto di prima. “Ricordo che dalle finestre superiori spuntavano dei pali su cui si stendevano i vestiti ad asciugare; ricordo anche una piccola casa pubblica. E il suono prodotto da un violino e dal rumore di passi che proveniva da un corridoio stretto adiacente. Ma ora tutte queste cose sono qui, nel vicolo. Nella mia mente non c’è altro che un muro, un portone buio, una scala. E una stanza.”

Provò una nuova direzione, ma non ottenne alcun risultato; muri, porte oscure, gradini e stanze erano troppo numerosi. E, come la maggior parte delle persone confuse in quella situazione, descrisse ancora e ancora un cerchio, solo per ritrovarsi nel punto da cui aveva iniziato. “È proprio come ho letto nelle storie di fuga dalle prigioni”, disse, “dove il sentiero seguito dai fuggitivi di notte sembra sempre assumere la forma del grande mondo circolare su cui vagano. Come se esistesse una legge segreta che lo governa.”

Lì, smise di essere quell’uomo con la testa e le barbe folte che Miss Pleasant Riderhood aveva visto; e, anche se era ancora avvolto in un cappotto da marinaio, assomigliava tantissimo a quel misterioso signor Julius Handford ricercato, come nessun altro uomo al mondo. Nella tasca del cappotto nascose i propri capelli e le proprie barbe; in un attimo, con il vento favorevole, si diresse verso un luogo desolato dove non c’erano passeggeri. E proprio in quel momento, divenne anche il segretario: il segretario di Mr Boffin. Perché anche John Rokesmith assomigliava tantissimo a quel misterioso signor Julius Handford ricercato, come nessun altro uomo al mondo.

“Non ho la minima idea di come sia avvenuta la scena della mia morte,” disse. “Anche se ormai non ha più importanza. Ma visto che ho rischiato di essere scoperto venendo qui, avrei dovuto almeno cercare di capire qualcosa.” Con queste parole abbandonò le sue ricerche, uscì da Limehouse Hole e proseguì lungo il cammino passando davanti alla chiesa di Limehouse. Davanti al grande cancello di ferro del cimitero si fermò e guardò all’interno. Alzò lo sguardo verso la torre alta che, spettralemente, resisteva al vento, osservò le lapidi bianche, simili a morti avvolti nelle loro lenzuola funebri, e contò i nove rintocchi della campana del orologio.

“È una sensazione che pochi mortali possono provare,” disse, “guardare un cimitero in una notte selvaggia e ventosa, e sentirsi come se non si appartenesse più ai vivi, proprio come questi morti; anzi, rendersi conto di essere sepolto da qualche altra parte, proprio come loro. Niente mi lega a questo luogo. Uno spirito che un tempo è stato un uomo potrebbe a malapena provare una sensazione di estraneità o solitudine maggiore della mia, trovandosi ignorato tra gli uomini.”

“Ma questa è solo la parte fantasiosa della situazione. C’è anche una parte reale, così difficile da comprendere che, nonostante ci pensi ogni giorno, non riesco mai a analizzarla completamente. Ora, deciderò di farlo mentre torno a casa. So che la evito, proprio come fanno molti uomini, forse la maggior parte degli uomini, che preferiscono non riflettere sulle loro più grandi difficoltà. Cercherò di affrontarla seriamente. Non evitarla, John Harmon, non evitarla: pensaci attentamente!”

“Quando arrivai in Inghilterra, attratto da quel paese con il quale non avevo alcun legame se non ricordi terribili, spinto dalle notizie riguardo alla mia considerevole eredità che mi aspettava all’estero, tornai indietro, ma temevo i soldi di mio padre, temevo il suo ricordo, diffidavo del fatto che potesse costringermi a sposare una donna per interesse, dubitavo delle sue intenzioni nel volermi imporre quel mattrimono. Temevo anche di starmo diventando avari, o di perdere la riconoscenza verso quei due cari e nobili amici che avevano rappresentato l’unica luce nella mia vita infantile, o in quella di mia sorella distrutta dal dolore. Tornai indietro, timido, confuso, consapevole soltanto della miseria che la ricchezza di mio padre aveva portato con sé. Ora, fermati un attimo e rifletti bene su tutto questo, John Harmon. È davvero così? Esattamente.”

A bordo, nel ruolo di terzo ufficiale, c’era George Radfoot. Non sapevo nulla di lui. Il suo nome mi divenne noto per la prima volta circa una settimana prima della partenza, quando uno dei impiegati dell’agenzia navale mi chiamò “Signor Radfoot”. Un giorno, mentre ero a bordo per controllare i miei preparativi, l’impiegato, avvicinandosi da dietro mentre stavo sul ponte, mi diede una pacca sulla spalla e disse: “Signor Radfoot, guardi qui”, indicando alcuni documenti che aveva in mano. Il nome mio fu noto anche a Radfoot, un giorno o due dopo, quando un altro impiegato gli si avvicinò allo stesso modo. A quel tempo la nave era ancora in porto.

‘Tuttavia, qualche parola cordiale riguardo a questi errori divenne un ottimo pretesto per entrare in confidenza; il tempo era caldo, e mi aiutò a trovare una cabina fresca sul ponte, accanto alla sua. Anche la sua prima scuola era stata a Bruxelles, proprio come la mia; aveva imparato il francese esattamente come l’avevo imparato io. Mi raccontò anche qualcosa della sua storia personale. Solo Dio sa quanto fosse vera e quanto falsa. Ma c’erano molte somiglianze tra le nostre esperienze. Anch’io ero stato marinaio. Così diventammo molto intimi, soprattutto perché lui e tutti gli altri a bordo conoscevano già il motivo per cui stavo viaggiando verso l’Inghilterra. In questo modo venne a sapere del mio stato d’animo ansioso. Volevo vedere la mia futura moglie prima che potesse conoscermi davvero, e volevo anche fare una sorpresa alla signora Boffin. Così decidemmo di indossare abiti da marinai (lui mi aiutò a orientarmi a Londra) e di approfittare dell’occasione per avvicinarci a Bella Wilfer, cercando qualsiasi opportunità ci fosse. Se nulla fosse successo, non sarei rimasto peggio di prima. Ci sarebbe stata soltanto una breve ritardata presentazione a Lightwood. Ho raccontato tutto correttamente? Sì. È tutto esatto.’

‘His advantage in all this was, that for a time I was to be lost. It might be for a day or for two days, but I must be lost sight of on landing, or there would be recognition, anticipation, and failure. Therefore, I disembarked with my valise in my hand—as Potterson the steward and Mr Jacob Kibble my fellow-passenger afterwards remembered—and waited for him in the dark by that very Limehouse Church which is now behind me.

‘As I had always shunned the port of London, I only knew the church through his pointing out its spire from on board. Perhaps I might recall, if it were any good to try, the way by which I went to it alone from the river; but how we two went from it to Riderhood’s shop, I don’t know—any more than I know what turns we took and doubles we made, after we left it. The way was purposely confused, no doubt.

‘But let me go on thinking the facts out, and avoid confusing them with my speculations. Whether he took me by a straight way or a crooked way, what is that to the purpose now? Steady, John Harmon.

‘When we stopped at Riderhood’s, and he asked that scoundrel a question or two, purporting to refer only to the lodging-houses in which there was accommodation for us, had I the least suspicion of him? None. Certainly none until afterwards when I held the clue. I think he must have got from Riderhood in a paper, the drug, or whatever it was, that afterwards stupefied me, but I am far from sure. All I felt safe in charging on him to-night, was old companionship in villainy between them. Their undisguised intimacy, and the character I now know Riderhood to bear, made that not at all adventurous. But I am not clear about the drug. Thinking out the circumstances on which I found my suspicion, they are only two. One: I remember his changing a small folded paper from one pocket to another, after we came out, which he had not touched before. Two: I now know Riderhood to have been previously taken up for being concerned in the robbery of an unlucky seaman, to whom some such poison had been given.

‘It is my conviction that we cannot have gone a mile from that shop, before we came to the wall, the dark doorway, the flight of stairs, and the room. The night was particularly dark and it rained hard. As I think the circumstances back, I hear the rain splashing on the stone pavement of the passage, which was not under cover. The room overlooked the river, or a dock, or a creek, and the tide was out. Being possessed of the time down to that point, I know by the hour that it must have been about low water; but while the coffee was getting ready, I drew back the curtain (a dark-brown curtain), and, looking out, knew by the kind of reflection below, of the few neighbouring lights, that they were reflected in tidal mud.

‘He had carried under his arm a canvas bag, containing a suit of his clothes. I had no change of outer clothes with me, as I was to buy slops. “You are very wet, Mr Harmon,”—I can hear him saying—“and I am quite dry under this good waterproof coat. Put on these clothes of mine. You may find on trying them that they will answer your purpose to-morrow, as well as the slops you mean to buy, or better. While you change, I’ll hurry the hot coffee.” When he came back, I had his clothes on, and there was a black man with him, wearing a linen jacket, like a steward, who put the smoking coffee on the table in a tray and never looked at me. I am so far literal and exact? Literal and exact, I am certain.

‘Now, I pass to sick and deranged impressions; they are so strong, that I rely upon them; but there are spaces between them that I know nothing about, and they are not pervaded by any idea of time.

‘I had drank some coffee, when to my sense of sight he began to swell immensely, and something urged me to rush at him. We had a struggle near the door. He got from me, through my not knowing where to strike, in the whirling round of the room, and the flashing of flames of fire between us. I dropped down. Lying helpless on the ground, I was turned over by a foot. I was dragged by the neck into a corner. I heard men speak together. I was turned over by other feet. I saw a figure like myself lying dressed in my clothes on a bed. What might have been, for anything I knew, a silence of days, weeks, months, years, was broken by a violent wrestling of men all over the room. The figure like myself was assailed, and my valise was in its hand. I was trodden upon and fallen over. I heard a noise of blows, and thought it was a wood-cutter cutting down a tree. I could not have said that my name was John Harmon—I could not have thought it—I didn’t know it—but when I heard the blows, I thought of the wood-cutter and his axe, and had some dead idea that I was lying in a forest.

‘This is still correct? Still correct, with the exception that I cannot possibly express it to myself without using the word I. But it was not I. There was no such thing as I, within my knowledge.

‘It was only after a downward slide through something like a tube, and then a great noise and a sparkling and crackling as of fires, that the consciousness came upon me, “This is John Harmon drowning! John Harmon, struggle for your life. John Harmon, call on Heaven and save yourself!” I think I cried it out aloud in a great agony, and then a heavy horrid unintelligible something vanished, and it was I who was struggling there alone in the water.

‘I was very weak and faint, frightfully oppressed with drowsiness, and driving fast with the tide. Looking over the black water, I saw the lights racing past me on the two banks of the river, as if they were eager to be gone and leave me dying in the dark. The tide was running down, but I knew nothing of up or down then. When, guiding myself safely with Heaven’s assistance before the fierce set of the water, I at last caught at a boat moored, one of a tier of boats at a causeway, I was sucked under her, and came up, only just alive, on the other side.

Il suo vantaggio in tutta questa situazione era che, per un certo periodo di tempo, io sarei stato “perso”. Poteva trattarsi di uno o due giorni, ma dovevo assolutamente scomparire dalla vista al momento dello sbarco, altrimenti ci sarebbe stata riconoscibilità, previsione del mio arrivo e, di conseguenza, fallimento. Pertanto, scesi dalla nave con la mia valigia in mano – come ricordarono in seguito lo steward Potterson e il mio compagno di viaggio, il signor Jacob Kibble – e aspettai lui nell’oscurità vicino a quella chiesa di Limehouse che ora si trova alle mie spalle.

Poiché avevo sempre evitato il porto di Londra, conoscevo quella chiesa soltanto grazie al suo indicarmi la sua guglia da bordo. Forse riuscirei a ricordare, se ci fosse qualche utilità nel provarci, il percorso che ho seguito per raggiungerla da solo lungo il >fiume; ma non so come noi due siamo arrivati dal luogo in cui si trovava alla bottega di Riderhood, né quali strade abbiamo preso o deviazioni abbiamo fatto dopo averlo lasciato. Il percorso era stato intenzionalmente reso complicato, senza >dubbio alcuno.

“Ma lasciami continuare a riflettere su questi fatti, evitando di confonderli con le mie speculazioni. Che mi abbia portato per la strada più diretta o per una deviazione, che importanza ha ora? Calma, John Harmon.”

‘Quando ci fermammo da Riderhood e lui pose a quel farabutto una o due domande, fingendo di interessarsi soltanto alle locande dove avremmo potuto trovare alloggio, avrei mai sospettato qualcosa di lui? Assolutamente no. Certamente no, fino a quando in seguito non ottenni qualche indizio. Penso che debba aver ricevuto da Riderhood, su carta, quella sostanza drogante o qualunque cosa fosse, che in seguito mi ha stordito. Ma non ne sono affatto sicura. L’unica cosa di cui ero certa era che il loro vecchio legame nel male li rendeva particolarmente pericolosi. La loro intimità evidente, e il carattere che ora conosco di Riderhood, mi fecero capire che non c’era alcun rischio nel attaccarli. Ma non sono del tutto chiara riguardo a quella sostanza drogante. Ripensando alle circostanze che mi hanno portato a sospettare di loro, ne esistono soltanto due: primo, ricordo che, dopo essere usciti, lui cambiò più volte un piccolo foglio piegato da una tasca all’altra, qualcosa che prima non aveva toccato affatto; secondo, so ora che Riderhood era già stato sospettato di essere coinvolto nel rapimento e nell’omicidio di un sfortunato marinaio a cui era stata somministrata una sostanza velenosa del genere, ’

“Sono convinto che non possiamo essere mai stati più lontani di un miglio da quel negozio, prima di arrivare al muro, alla porta buia, alle scale e alla stanza. Quella notte era particolarmente buia e pioveva forte. Ripensando a quegli eventi, ricordo il rumore della pioggia che batteva sul selciato di pietra del passaggio, che non era coperto da alcun tetto. La stanza si affacciava sul fiume, o su un molo, o su un ruscello; in quel momento la marea era bassa. Avendo una precisa idea del orario in cui tutto è accaduto, so con certezza che doveva essere circa l’ora di bassa marea. Ma mentre il caffè si preparava, tirai indietro la tenda (una tenda di colore marrone scuro) e, guardando fuori, riconobbi, grazie al tipo di riflessione delle luci vicine, che queste venivano riflesse nel fango causato dalla bassa marea.”

Aveva sotto il braccio un borsone di tela, dentro cui c’era un abito suo. Io non avevo con me nessun altro indumento esterno, poiché intendevo comprare dei vestiti nuovi. “Siete molto bagnato, signor Harmon,” – posso ancora sentirlo dire – “e io sono completamente asciutto sotto questo ottimo cappotto impermeabile. Mettetevi questi miei vestiti. Probabilmente vi andranno bene anche domani, tanto quanto i nuovi che avrete comprato, o forse addirittura di più. Intanto che vi cambiate, io preparerò in fretta il caffè caldo.” Quando tornò, indossavo i suoi vestiti; con lui c’era anche un uomo di colore, con una giacca di lino, simile a quello di un cameriere. Quell’uomo mise il caffè fumante sul tavolo su un vassoio e non mi guardò nemmeno una volta. Sono stato abbastanza letterale ed esatto? Sicuramente sì.

Ora passo alle impressioni malate e folli; sono così intense che mi affido a loro. Ma ci sono spazi tra di esse di cui non so nulla, e non sono permeate da alcuna nozione di tempo.

Avevo bevuto del caffè quando, ai miei occhi, quell’oggetto iniziò ad ingrandirsi enormemente; qualcosa mi spinse ad attaccarlo immediatamente. Lottammo vicino alla porta. Lui riuscì a sfuggirmi, grazie al fatto che non sapevo dove colpire, nel mezzo del caos creato dal movimento frenetico delle persone e dalle fiamme del fuoco che ci circondavano. Caddi a terra. Inerente, fui trascinato da alcuni piedi fino in un angolo; sentii degli uomini parlare tra loro. Fui spostato ancora altre volte. Vidi una figura simile a me, vestita con i miei stessi abiti, sdraiata su un letto. Quello che potrebbe essere stato, per quanto ne so, un silenzio di giorni, settimane, mesi, anni, fu interrotto da una violenta lotta. La figura simile a me venne assalita; la mia valigia era nelle sue mani. Fui calpestato e gettato a terra. Sentii dei colpi. Pensai che fosse un taglialegna che stava abbattendo un albero. Non riuscivo nemmeno a ricordare il mio nome. Non lo sapevo. Ma quando sentii quei colpi, pensai al taglialegna e alla sua ascia. Ebbi l’impressione di essere sdraiato in una foresta.

“È ancora corretto? Sì, è ancora corretto, tranne per il fatto che non riesco assolutamente a esprimerlo senza utilizzare la parola ‘io’. Ma in realtà non era ‘io’. Non esisteva nulla del genere, almeno secondo quanto ne so io.”

“Solo dopo essere scivolato verso il basso attraverso qualcosa di simile a un tubo, e poi dopo un forte rumore, nonché un bagliore e dei suoni simili a quelli di fiamme, mi tornò la coscienza: ‘Questo è John Harmon che sta annegando! John Harmon, lotta per salvarti la vita. Chiedi aiuto al cielo e salva te stesso!’ Penso di aver gridato quelle parole con grande angoscia. Poi qualcosa di pesante, orribile e incomprensibile scomparve. E fui io ad essere lì, da solo nell’acqua.”

Ero molto debole e stordito, sopraffatto da una terribile sonnolenza; venivo trascinato via rapidamente dalla corrente del fiume. Guardando quelle acque nere, vidi le luci sfrecciare lungo le due rive del fiume, come se fossero ansiose di allontanarsi da me e lasciarmi morire nell’oscurità. La corrente scorreva verso il basso, ma in quel momento non avevo idea di quale direzione prendesse. Quando, grazie alla protezione del cielo, riuscii finalmente ad aggrapparmi a una barca ormeggiata lungo un pontile, fui trascinato sotto di essa; riemersi dall’altra parte, ero appena vivo.

‘Was I long in the water? Long enough to be chilled to the heart, but I don’t know how long. Yet the cold was merciful, for it was the cold night air and the rain that restored me from a swoon on the stones of the causeway. They naturally supposed me to have toppled in, drunk, when I crept to the public-house it belonged to; for I had no notion where I was, and could not articulate—through the poison that had made me insensible having affected my speech—and I supposed the night to be the previous night, as it was still dark and raining. But I had lost twenty-four hours.

‘I have checked the calculation often, and it must have been two nights that I lay recovering in that public-house. Let me see. Yes. I am sure it was while I lay in that bed there, that the thought entered my head of turning the danger I had passed through, to the account of being for some time supposed to have disappeared mysteriously, and of proving Bella. The dread of our being forced on one another, and perpetuating the fate that seemed to have fallen on my father’s riches—the fate that they should lead to nothing but evil—was strong upon the moral timidity that dates from my childhood with my poor sister.

‘As to this hour I cannot understand that side of the river where I recovered the shore, being the opposite side to that on which I was ensnared, I shall never understand it now. Even at this moment, while I leave the river behind me, going home, I cannot conceive that it rolls between me and that spot, or that the sea is where it is. But this is not thinking it out; this is making a leap to the present time.

‘I could not have done it, but for the fortune in the waterproof belt round my body. Not a great fortune, forty and odd pounds for the inheritor of a hundred and odd thousand! But it was enough. Without it I must have disclosed myself. Without it, I could never have gone to that Exchequer Coffee House, or taken Mrs Wilfer’s lodgings.

‘Some twelve days I lived at that hotel, before the night when I saw the corpse of Radfoot at the Police Station. The inexpressible mental horror that I laboured under, as one of the consequences of the poison, makes the interval seem greatly longer, but I know it cannot have been longer. That suffering has gradually weakened and weakened since, and has only come upon me by starts, and I hope I am free from it now; but even now, I have sometimes to think, constrain myself, and stop before speaking, or I could not say the words I want to say.

‘Again I ramble away from thinking it out to the end. It is not so far to the end that I need be tempted to break off. Now, on straight!

‘I examined the newspapers every day for tidings that I was missing, but saw none. Going out that night to walk (for I kept retired while it was light), I found a crowd assembled round a placard posted at Whitehall. It described myself, John Harmon, as found dead and mutilated in the river under circumstances of strong suspicion, described my dress, described the papers in my pockets, and stated where I was lying for recognition. In a wild incautious way I hurried there, and there—with the horror of the death I had escaped, before my eyes in its most appalling shape, added to the inconceivable horror tormenting me at that time when the poisonous stuff was strongest on me—I perceived that Radfoot had been murdered by some unknown hands for the money for which he would have murdered me, and that probably we had both been shot into the river from the same dark place into the same dark tide, when the stream ran deep and strong.

‘That night I almost gave up my mystery, though I suspected no one, could offer no information, knew absolutely nothing save that the murdered man was not I, but Radfoot. Next day while I hesitated, and next day while I hesitated, it seemed as if the whole country were determined to have me dead. The Inquest declared me dead, the Government proclaimed me dead; I could not listen at my fireside for five minutes to the outer noises, but it was borne into my ears that I was dead.

‘So John Harmon died, and Julius Handford disappeared, and John Rokesmith was born. John Rokesmith’s intent to-night has been to repair a wrong that he could never have imagined possible, coming to his ears through the Lightwood talk related to him, and which he is bound by every consideration to remedy. In that intent John Rokesmith will persevere, as his duty is.

‘Now, is it all thought out? All to this time? Nothing omitted? No, nothing. But beyond this time? To think it out through the future, is a harder though a much shorter task than to think it out through the past. John Harmon is dead. Should John Harmon come to life?

‘If yes, why? If no, why?’

‘Take yes, first. To enlighten human Justice concerning the offence of one far beyond it who may have a living mother. To enlighten it with the lights of a stone passage, a flight of stairs, a brown window-curtain, and a black man. To come into possession of my father’s money, and with it sordidly to buy a beautiful creature whom I love—I cannot help it; reason has nothing to do with it; I love her against reason—but who would as soon love me for my own sake, as she would love the beggar at the corner. What a use for the money, and how worthy of its old misuses!

‘Now, take no. The reasons why John Harmon should not come to life. Because he has passively allowed these dear old faithful friends to pass into possession of the property. Because he sees them happy with it, making a good use of it, effacing the old rust and tarnish on the money. Because they have virtually adopted Bella, and will provide for her. Because there is affection enough in her nature, and warmth enough in her heart, to develop into something enduringly good, under favourable conditions. Because her faults have been intensified by her place in my father’s will, and she is already growing better. Because her marriage with John Harmon, after what I have heard from her own lips, would be a shocking mockery, of which both she and I must always be conscious, and which would degrade her in her mind, and me in mine, and each of us in the other’s. Because if John Harmon comes to life and does not marry her, the property falls into the very hands that hold it now.

“Sono rimasto troppo a lungo nell’acqua? Abbastanza da congelarmi fino al cuore, ma non so esattamente per quanto tempo. Tuttavia il freddo è stato misericordioso: fu l’aria gelida della notte e la pioggia a riportarmi in me dopo essere svenuto sulle pietre del molo. Naturalmente pensarono che fossi caduto lì ubriaco; non avevo idea di dove mi trovassi e non riuscivo a parlare. Il veleno che mi aveva reso incosciente aveva infatti alterato la mia capacità di comunicare. Pensavo che fosse ancora la notte precedente, visto che faceva ancora buio e pioveva. Ma in realtà ne erano passate ventiquattro.”

Ho controllato più volte i calcoli: devono essere state due notti che ho trascorso a riprendermi in quella casa pubblica. Sì. Sono sicuro che è stato mentre giacevo in quel letto che mi è venuta l’idea di trasformare il pericolo che avevo affrontato nel fatto di essere, per un certo periodo, ritenuto scomparso misteriosamente, e così dimostrare la mia innocenza. La paura che fossimo costretti a rimanere insieme e che continuassimo quel destino che sembrava destinato alle ricchezze di mio padre, un destino che avrebbe portato soltanto al male, era molto forte in me; una paura nata fin da quando ero bambino, insieme alla mia povera sorella.

“Per quanto riguarda questo momento, non riesco ancora a capire quale sia la sponda di quel fiume dove sono riuscito a raggiungere la riva: è esattamente l’opposta di quella in cui sono rimasto intrappolato. Non lo capirò mai. Nemmeno ora, mentre lascio il fiume alle mie spalle e torno a casa, riesco a immaginare che scorra proprio tra me e quel luogo, o che il mare si trovi lì. Ma questo non significa che ci stia davvero pensando. Significa semplicemente che sto facendo un salto nel presente.”

“Non sarei riuscito a farlo, se non fosse stato per la fortuna nascosta nella cintura impermeabile attorno al mio -corpo. Non una grande fortuna: poco più di quaranta sterline, per l’erede di oltre centomila! Ma è stata sufficiente. Senza di essa, avrei dovuto rivelare la mia identità. Senza di essa, non sarei mai potuto entrare in quella casa del caffè presso l’Ufficio delle Finanze, né affittare l’appartamento della signora Wilfer.”

“Vissi in quell’hotel per circa dodici giorni, prima di quella notte in cui vidi il cadavere di Radfoot alla stazione di polizia. L’orrore mentale indescrivibile che provai, come conseguenza dell’)veleno, fa sembrare quel periodo molto più lungo; ma so che non può esserlo stato davvero. Da allora, quella sofferenza si è gradualmente attenuata, manifestandosi solo di tanto in tanto. Spero di essere ormai libero da essa; tuttavia, a volte devo ancora fermarmi prima di parlare, altrimenti non riuscirei a esprimere ciò che voglio dire.”

“Di nuovo mi allontano dal pensare fino in fondo alle cose. Non è così lontano arrivare alla fine che io debba essere tentato di interrompere il mio ragionamento. Ora, dritto verso la meta!”

“Esaminavo i giornali ogni giorno nella speranza di trovare notizie che mi mancavano, ma non ne trovai alcuna. Quella notte, uscendo a fare una passeggiata (poiché rimanevo chiuso in casa finché c’era luce), vidi una folla radunata intorno a un cartello affisso a Whitehall. Il cartello descriveva me, John Harmon, come trovato morto e mutilato nel fiume in circostanze molto sospette; vi erano descritti i miei vestiti, i documenti che avevo in tasca, e indicato il luogo dove giacevo per essere riconosciuto. In modo impulsivo e imprudente mi diressi lì immediatamente. E lì, davanti ai miei occhi, nella sua forma più orribile, assistetti alla prova più terribile dell’morte che avevo appena scampato; inoltre, il dolore insopportabile che mi tormentava in quel momento, quando gli effetti del veleno erano al loro apice. Mi resi conto che Radfoot era stato assassinato da qualcuno per i soldi che avrebbe potuto ottenere uccidendo me. E probabilmente entrambi eravamo stati gettati nel fiume dallo stesso luogo oscuro, nella stessa corrente impetuosa, ”

‘Quella notte quasi abbandonai la mia indagine: non sospettavo di nessuno, nessuno poteva fornire informazioni utili, nessuno sapeva assolutamente nulla, se non che l’uomo assassinato non ero io, ma Radfoot. Il giorno dopo continuavo a esitare. Sembrava che tutta la nazione fosse decisa a vedermi morto: l’inchiesta mi dichiarò morto, il Governo proclamò anch’esso la mia morte. Non riuscivo nemmeno a stare cinque minuti vicino al fuoco ad ascoltare i rumori esterni. Sembrava che tutti sapessero che ero morto.’

So che John Harmon è morto, che Julius Handford è scomparso e che John Rokesmith è nato. Da allora, l’intento di John Rokesmith è stato quello di rimediare a un errore che non avrebbe mai potuto immaginare fosse possibile; di tale errore ha appreso attraverso le conversazioni dei Lightwood riguardanti lui stesso, e per motivi morali ineludibili si impegna a correggerlo. Con questa determinazione, John Rokesmith persevererà, poiché questo è il suo dovere.

“Ora, è tutto stato ben pensato? Fino a questo momento? Niente è stato tralasciato? No, niente. Ma dopo questo momento? Pensare a tutto ciò che accadrà in futuro è un compito più difficile, ma anche molto più breve rispetto a pensare a ciò che è già accaduto nel passato. John Harmon è morto. Dovrebbe John Harmon tornare in vita?”

“Se sì, perché? Se no, perché?”

“Prendi prima di tutto il ‘sì’. Per illuminare la Giustizia umana riguardo al crimine compiuto da qualcuno che le è ben al di sopra; qualcuno che potrebbe avere ancora una madre viva. Per farle comprendere attraverso elementi semplici come un corridoio di pietra, una rampa di scale, una tenda marrone alla finestra, e un uomo di colore. Per impossessarmi del denaro di mio padre e usarlo in modo spregevole per comprare una creatura meravigliosa che io, amo; non posso farci nulla: la ragione non c’entra; la amo contro ogni logica. Ma chi mai mi amerebbe per me stesso, così come lei amerrebbe il mendicante all’angolo della strada? Che uso inutile per quel denaro, e quanto sia degno dei suoi vecchi usi spregevoli!”

“Ora, non considerate queste ragioni. Le motivazioni per cui John Harmon non dovrebbe essere riportato in vita. Perché ha permesso passivamente che questi cari e fedeli amici prendessero possesso della proprietà. Perché li vede felici con essa, ne fanno buon uso, eliminando ogni traccia di vecchiaia o deterioramento del denaro. Perché hanno praticamente adottato Bella e si prenderanno cura di lei. Perché nella sua natura c’è abbastanza affetto, nel suo cuore abbastanza calore, per che tutto ciò possa svilupparsi in qualcosa di davvero positivo, sotto condizioni favorevoli. Perché i suoi difetti sono stati accentuati dal ruolo che le è stato assegnato nel testamento di mio padre, e lei sta già migliorando. Perché il suo matrimonio con John Harmon, secondo quanto ho sentito dire da lei stessa, sarebbe una vera e propria beffa, di cui entrambi dovremmo sempre essere consapevoli, e che la degraderebbe nella sua mente, me nella mia, e ognuno di noi nell’altro. Perché se John Harmon dovesse tornare in vita senza sposarla, la proprietà finirebbe proprio nelle mani di coloro che la possiedono già ora.”

‘What would I have? Dead, I have found the true friends of my lifetime still as true as tender and as faithful as when I was alive, and making my memory an incentive to good actions done in my name. Dead, I have found them when they might have slighted my name, and passed greedily over my grave to ease and wealth, lingering by the way, like single-hearted children, to recall their love for me when I was a poor frightened child. Dead, I have heard from the woman who would have been my wife if I had lived, the revolting truth that I should have purchased her, caring nothing for me, as a Sultan buys a slave.

‘What would I have? If the dead could know, or do know, how the living use them, who among the hosts of dead has found a more disinterested fidelity on earth than I? Is not that enough for me? If I had come back, these noble creatures would have welcomed me, wept over me, given up everything to me with joy. I did not come back, and they have passed unspoiled into my place. Let them rest in it, and let Bella rest in hers.

‘What course for me then? This. To live the same quiet Secretary life, carefully avoiding chances of recognition, until they shall have become more accustomed to their altered state, and until the great swarm of swindlers under many names shall have found newer prey. By that time, the method I am establishing through all the affairs, and with which I will every day take new pains to make them both familiar, will be, I may hope, a machine in such working order as that they can keep it going. I know I need but ask of their generosity, to have. When the right time comes, I will ask no more than will replace me in my former path of life, and John Rokesmith shall tread it as contentedly as he may. But John Harmon shall come back no more.

‘That I may never, in the days to come afar off, have any weak misgiving that Bella might, in any contingency, have taken me for my own sake if I had plainly asked her, I WILL plainly ask her: proving beyond all question what I already know too well. And now it is all thought out, from the beginning to the end, and my mind is easier.’

So deeply engaged had the living-dead man been, in thus communing with himself, that he had regarded neither the wind nor the way, and had resisted the former instinctively as he had pursued the latter. But being now come into the City, where there was a coach-stand, he stood irresolute whether to go to his lodgings, or to go first to Mr Boffin’s house. He decided to go round by the house, arguing, as he carried his overcoat upon his arm, that it was less likely to attract notice if left there, than if taken to Holloway: both Mrs Wilfer and Miss Lavinia being ravenously curious touching every article of which the lodger stood possessed.

Arriving at the house, he found that Mr and Mrs Boffin were out, but that Miss Wilfer was in the drawing-room. Miss Wilfer had remained at home, in consequence of not feeling very well, and had inquired in the evening if Mr Rokesmith were in his room.

‘Make my compliments to Miss Wilfer, and say I am here now.’

Miss Wilfer’s compliments came down in return, and, if it were not too much trouble, would Mr Rokesmith be so kind as to come up before he went?

It was not too much trouble, and Mr Rokesmith came up.

Oh she looked very pretty, she looked very, very pretty! If the father of the late John Harmon had but left his money unconditionally to his son, and if his son had but lighted on this loveable girl for himself, and had the happiness to make her loving as well as loveable!

‘Dear me! Are you not well, Mr Rokesmith?’

‘Yes, quite well. I was sorry to hear, when I came in, that YOU were not.’

‘A mere nothing. I had a headache—gone now—and was not quite fit for a hot theatre, so I stayed at home. I asked you if you were not well, because you look so white.’

‘Do I? I have had a busy evening.’

She was on a low ottoman before the fire, with a little shining jewel of a table, and her book and her work, beside her. Ah! what a different life the late John Harmon’s, if it had been his happy privilege to take his place upon that ottoman, and draw his arm about that waist, and say, ‘I hope the time has been long without me? What a Home Goddess you look, my darling!’

But, the present John Rokesmith, far removed from the late John Harmon, remained standing at a distance. A little distance in respect of space, but a great distance in respect of separation.

‘Mr Rokesmith,’ said Bella, taking up her work, and inspecting it all round the corners, ‘I wanted to say something to you when I could have the opportunity, as an explanation why I was rude to you the other day. You have no right to think ill of me, sir.’

The sharp little way in which she darted a look at him, half sensitively injured, and half pettishly, would have been very much admired by the late John Harmon.

‘You don’t know how well I think of you, Miss Wilfer.’

‘Truly, you must have a very high opinion of me, Mr Rokesmith, when you believe that in prosperity I neglect and forget my old home.’

‘Do I believe so?’

‘You DID, sir, at any rate,’ returned Bella.

‘I took the liberty of reminding you of a little omission into which you had fallen—insensibly and naturally fallen. It was no more than that.’

‘And I beg leave to ask you, Mr Rokesmith,’ said Bella, ‘why you took that liberty?—I hope there is no offence in the phrase; it is your own, remember.’

‘Because I am truly, deeply, profoundly interested in you, Miss Wilfer. Because I wish to see you always at your best. Because I—shall I go on?’

‘No, sir,’ returned Bella, with a burning face, ‘you have said more than enough. I beg that you will NOT go on. If you have any generosity, any honour, you will say no more.’

‘Cosa avrei potuto avere? Morto. Ho trovato gli veri amici della mia vita: ancora così fedeli e devoti come quando ero vivo, e il loro ricordo diventa per me motivo di compiere buone azioni in mio nome. Morto. Li ho trovati proprio quando avrebbero potuto disprezzare il mio nome e passare avidamente accanto alla mia tomba per cercare ricchezza e piacere; invece, come bambini sinceri, continuano a ricordare il loro amore per me quando ero solo un povero bambino spaventato. Morto. Ho sentito dalla donna che avrebbe potuto essere mia moglie, la rivoltante verità che avrei potuto comprarla, senza curarmi affatto di lei, proprio come un sultano compra una schiava.’

“Cosa avrei potuto desiderare? Se i morti potessero sapere, o sappiano davvero, come i vivi li utilizzano. Chi tra le schiere dei defunti ha mai dimostrato una fedeltà più disinteressata sulla terra di me? Non è questo sufficiente per me? Se fossi tornato, queste nobili creature mi avrebbero accolto con gioia, pianto per me, dato tutto a me felicemente. Non sono tornato, e loro sono passate indisturbate al mio posto. Lasciate che riposino lì, e lasciate che Bella riposi nel suo.”

“Quale strada dovrei quindi intraprendere? Questa: vivere la stessa vita tranquilla di un segretario, evitando con cura qualsiasi possibilità di essere riconosciuto, fino a quando le persone non si saranno abituate al loro nuovo stato, e fino a quando quella grande folla di truffatori, sotto molti nomi diversi, non avrà trovato nuove vittime. A quel momento, il metodo che sto mettendo in atto in tutti questi affari, e con cui continuerò ogni giorno a lavorare sodo per renderlo sempre più efficace, diventerà, spero, un sistema così ben funzionante da poter essere mantenuto senza problemi. So di poter contare sulla loro generosità. Quando arriverà il momento giusto, chiederò soltanto ciò che mi permetterà di riprendere la mia precedente vita; John Rokesmith potrà percorrerla con la stessa serenità di sempre. Ma John Harmon non tornerà mai più.”

“Affinché in futuro, nei giorni a venire, non abbia mai il minimo dubbio che Bella, in alcuna circostanza, potrebbe avermi accettato per il mio bene se le avessi chiesto apertamente. Le chiederò apertamente, dimostrando senza ombra di dubbio ciò che già so troppo bene. Ora tutto è stato ben ponderato, dall’inizio alla fine, e la mia mente è più serena.”

Quell’uomo, ormai completamente assorbito in quella sorta di comunicazione con se stesso, non prestava attenzione né al vento né al percorso da seguire; istintivamente resisteva al primo e continuava nel secondo. Ma ora, essendo entrato nella Città, dove c’era una stazione di posteggi, esitava tra tornare al proprio alloggio o andare prima a casa del signor Boffin. Decise di passare per la sua casa, pensando che lasciare il cappotto lì avrebbe ridotto le probabilità di attirare l’attenzione, rispetto al caso in cui lo portasse con sé fino a Holloway: sia la signora Wilfer che la signorina Lavinia erano infatti estremamente curiose riguardo a ogni oggetto che appartenesse al suo inquilino.

Arrivato alla casa, scoprì che il signor e la signora Boffin erano fuori, ma che la signorina Wilfer si trovava nel salotto. La signorina Wilfer era rimasta a _casa perché non si sentiva molto bene, e quella sera aveva chiesto se il signor Rokesmith fosse nella sua stanza.

“Riferite i miei complimenti alla signorina Wilfer e ditele che sono arrivato ora.”

Anche i complimenti di Miss Wilfer arrivarono in risposta; e, se non fosse troppo disturbo, il signor Rokesmith sarebbe così gentile da venire da lei prima di andarsene?

Non fu troppo complicato, e il signor Rokesmith arrivò subito.

Oh, sembrava davvero molto bella. Molto, molto bella! Se il padre del defunto John Harmon avesse lasciato tutto il suo denaro a suo figlio senza condizioni, e se suo figlio avesse scelto proprio questa ragazza adorabile per sé, e avesse avuto la fortuna di renderla altrettanto amorevole quanto lei lo è.

“Mio Dio! Non si sente bene, signor Rokesmith?”

“Sì, abbastanza bene. Mi dispiaceva molto quando sono entrato e ho scoperto che NON eri lì.”

“Niente di grave. Avevo mal di testa – ora è passato – e non mi sentivo del tutto in forma per andare in teatro, quindi sono rimasto a casa. Ti ho chiesto se stessi bene, perché sembri molto pallido.”

“Davvero? Ho avuto una serata molto impegnativa.”

Era seduta su un basso divano davanti al focolare, con un piccolo tavolino adornato da una luccicante jewel; accanto a lei c’erano il suo libro e i suoi lavori. Ah! Che vita diversa avrebbe avuto il defunto John Harmon se fosse stato suo felice destino sedersi su quel divano, stringerla tra le braccia e dire: “Spero che il tempo senza di me sia stato lungo. Come sembri una vera Dea del Casa, mia cara!”

Ma il presente John Rokesmith, lontano mille miglia dall’ormai defunto John Harmon, rimaneva fermo a distanza. Una piccola distanza nello spazio, ma una grande distanza nel cuore.

“Signor Rokesmith,” disse Bella, riprendendo il suo lavoro e controllandolo attentamente da ogni angolazione, “volevo dirle qualcosa quando ne avessi avuto l’opportunità, per spiegare perché mi sono comportata in modo scortese con lei l’altro giorno. Non ha alcun diritto di pensare male di me, signore.”

Il modo rapido e affilato con cui gli lanciò uno sguardo, metà pieno di sensibilità ferita e metà in tono capriccioso, sarebbe stato molto apprezzato dal defunto John Harmon.

“Non immagina quanto bene pensi a lei, signorina Wilfer.”

“Davvero, signor Rokesmith, deve avere un’opinione molto alta di me quando ritiene che, nella prosperità, io trascuri e dimentichi la mia vecchia casa.”

“Lo credo davvero?”

“Lo avete fatto, signore, comunque,” rispose Bella.

“Mi sono preso la libertà di ricordarvi una piccola omissione che avete commesso. In modo involontario e naturale, nient’altro.”

“E permettetemi di chiedervi, signor Rokesmith,” disse Bella, “perché avete preso quella libertà? Spero che non ci sia nulla di offensivo nella mia frase; è stata voi a usarla, ricordatevelo.”

“Perché sono davvero, profondamente interessato a voi, signorina Wilfer. Perché desidero vedervi sempre al vostro meglio. Perché io, devo continuare?”

“No, signore,” rispose Bella, con il viso in fiamme, “avete detto più che abbastanza. Vi prego di non continuare. Se avete un po’ di generosità, un po’ di onore, vi astenete dal dire altro.”

The late John Harmon, looking at the proud face with the down-cast eyes, and at the quick breathing as it stirred the fall of bright brown hair over the beautiful neck, would probably have remained silent.

‘I wish to speak to you, sir,’ said Bella, ‘once for all, and I don’t know how to do it. I have sat here all this evening, wishing to speak to you, and determining to speak to you, and feeling that I must. I beg for a moment’s time.’

He remained silent, and she remained with her face averted, sometimes making a slight movement as if she would turn and speak. At length she did so.

‘You know how I am situated here, sir, and you know how I am situated at home. I must speak to you for myself, since there is no one about me whom I could ask to do so. It is not generous in you, it is not honourable in you, to conduct yourself towards me as you do.’

‘Is it ungenerous or dishonourable to be devoted to you; fascinated by you?’

‘Preposterous!’ said Bella.

The late John Harmon might have thought it rather a contemptuous and lofty word of repudiation.

‘I now feel obliged to go on,’ pursued the Secretary, ‘though it were only in self-explanation and self-defence. I hope, Miss Wilfer, that it is not unpardonable—even in me—to make an honest declaration of an honest devotion to you.’

‘An honest declaration!’ repeated Bella, with emphasis.

‘Is it otherwise?’

‘I must request, sir,’ said Bella, taking refuge in a touch of timely resentment, ‘that I may not be questioned. You must excuse me if I decline to be cross-examined.’

‘Oh, Miss Wilfer, this is hardly charitable. I ask you nothing but what your own emphasis suggests. However, I waive even that question. But what I have declared, I take my stand by. I cannot recall the avowal of my earnest and deep attachment to you, and I do not recall it.’

‘I reject it, sir,’ said Bella.

‘I should be blind and deaf if I were not prepared for the reply. Forgive my offence, for it carries its punishment with it.’

‘What punishment?’ asked Bella.

‘Is my present endurance none? But excuse me; I did not mean to cross-examine you again.’

‘You take advantage of a hasty word of mine,’ said Bella with a little sting of self-reproach, ‘to make me seem—I don’t know what. I spoke without consideration when I used it. If that was bad, I am sorry; but you repeat it after consideration, and that seems to me to be at least no better. For the rest, I beg it may be understood, Mr Rokesmith, that there is an end of this between us, now and for ever.’

‘Now and for ever,’ he repeated.

‘Yes. I appeal to you, sir,’ proceeded Bella with increasing spirit, ‘not to pursue me. I appeal to you not to take advantage of your position in this house to make my position in it distressing and disagreeable. I appeal to you to discontinue your habit of making your misplaced attentions as plain to Mrs Boffin as to me.’

‘Have I done so?’

‘I should think you have,’ replied Bella. ‘In any case it is not your fault if you have not, Mr Rokesmith.’

‘I hope you are wrong in that impression. I should be very sorry to have justified it. I think I have not. For the future there is no apprehension. It is all over.’

‘I am much relieved to hear it,’ said Bella. ‘I have far other views in life, and why should you waste your own?’

‘Mine!’ said the Secretary. ‘My life!’

His curious tone caused Bella to glance at the curious smile with which he said it. It was gone as he glanced back. ‘Pardon me, Miss Wilfer,’ he proceeded, when their eyes met; ‘you have used some hard words, for which I do not doubt you have a justification in your mind, that I do not understand. Ungenerous and dishonourable. In what?’

‘I would rather not be asked,’ said Bella, haughtily looking down.

‘I would rather not ask, but the question is imposed upon me. Kindly explain; or if not kindly, justly.’

‘Oh, sir!’ said Bella, raising her eyes to his, after a little struggle to forbear, ‘is it generous and honourable to use the power here which your favour with Mr and Mrs Boffin and your ability in your place give you, against me?’

‘Against you?’

‘Is it generous and honourable to form a plan for gradually bringing their influence to bear upon a suit which I have shown you that I do not like, and which I tell you that I utterly reject?’

The late John Harmon could have borne a good deal, but he would have been cut to the heart by such a suspicion as this.

‘Would it be generous and honourable to step into your place—if you did so, for I don’t know that you did, and I hope you did not—anticipating, or knowing beforehand, that I should come here, and designing to take me at this disadvantage?’

‘This mean and cruel disadvantage,’ said the Secretary.

‘Yes,’ assented Bella.

The Secretary kept silence for a little while; then merely said, ‘You are wholly mistaken, Miss Wilfer; wonderfully mistaken. I cannot say, however, that it is your fault. If I deserve better things of you, you do not know it.’

‘At least, sir,’ retorted Bella, with her old indignation rising, ‘you know the history of my being here at all. I have heard Mr Boffin say that you are master of every line and word of that will, as you are master of all his affairs. And was it not enough that I should have been willed away, like a horse, or a dog, or a bird; but must you too begin to dispose of me in your mind, and speculate in me, as soon as I had ceased to be the talk and the laugh of the town? Am I for ever to be made the property of strangers?’

‘Believe me,’ returned the Secretary, ‘you are wonderfully mistaken.’

‘I should be glad to know it,’ answered Bella.

‘I doubt if you ever will. Good-night. Of course I shall be careful to conceal any traces of this interview from Mr and Mrs Boffin, as long as I remain here. Trust me, what you have complained of is at an end for ever.’

‘I am glad I have spoken, then, Mr Rokesmith. It has been painful and difficult, but it is done. If I have hurt you, I hope you will forgive me. I am inexperienced and impetuous, and I have been a little spoilt; but I really am not so bad as I dare say I appear, or as you think me.’

He quitted the room when Bella had said this, relenting in her wilful inconsistent way. Left alone, she threw herself back on her ottoman, and said, ‘I didn’t know the lovely woman was such a Dragon!’ Then, she got up and looked in the glass, and said to her image, ‘You have been positively swelling your features, you little fool!’ Then, she took an impatient walk to the other end of the room and back, and said, ‘I wish Pa was here to have a talk about an avaricious marriage; but he is better away, poor dear, for I know I should pull his hair if he WAS here.’ And then she threw her work away, and threw her book after it, and sat down and hummed a tune, and hummed it out of tune, and quarrelled with it.

And John Rokesmith, what did he?

He went down to his room, and buried John Harmon many additional fathoms deep. He took his hat, and walked out, and, as he went to Holloway or anywhere else—not at all minding where—heaped mounds upon mounds of earth over John Harmon’s grave. His walking did not bring him home until the dawn of day. And so busy had he been all night, piling and piling weights upon weights of earth above John Harmon’s grave, that by that time John Harmon lay buried under a whole Alpine range; and still the Sexton Rokesmith accumulated mountains over him, lightening his labour with the dirge, ‘Cover him, crush him, keep him down!’

Il defunto John Harmon, osservando quel viso orgoglioso con gli occhi bassi, e quella respirazione affannosa che faceva ondeggiare i capelli castano scuro sul bellissimo collo, probabilmente sarebbe rimasto in silenzio.

“Vorrei parlare con lei, signore,” disse Bella, “una volta per tutte. Non so come farlo. Sono stata seduta qui tutta la sera, desiderando parlarle, decisa a farlo, e sentendo di doverlo assolutamente fare. Le chiedo solo un momento, ”

Rimase in silenzio, e lei continuò a tenere il viso girato da un’altra parte, facendo talvolta un leggero movimento come se volesse voltarsi e parlare. Alla fine lo fece davvero.

“Signore, lei sa bene in quale situazione mi trovo qui, e sa anche come stanno le cose a casa. Devo parlare con lei per conto mio, poiché non ho nessuno intorno a me a cui poter chiedere di farlo. Il modo in cui si sta comportando con me non è generoso, né onorevole.”

“È ingiusto o disonorevole dedicarsi a te, essere affascinati da te?”

“Assurdo!” disse Bella.

Il defunto John Harmon avrebbe potuto considerarlo una parola di rifiuto piena di disprezzo e superiorità.

“Ora mi sento obbligato a continuare,” proseguì il Segretario, “anche se fosse solo per una sorta di autoesplicazione e autodifesa. Spero, signorina Wilfer, che non sia inammissibile – anche da parte mia – fare una dichiarazione onesta riguardo alla mia sincera devozione verso di voi.”

“Una dichiarazione onesta!”, ripeté Bella, con enfasi.

“Altrimenti, come potrebbe essere?”

“Devo chiedervelo, signore,” disse Bella, rifugiandosi in un pizzico di risentimento tempestivo, “di non interrogarmi. Vi scuserò se rifiuto di essere sottoposta a un’interrogatorio approfondito.”

“Oh, Miss Wilfer, questo non è affatto caritatevole. Non vi chiedo nulla se non ciò che il vostro stesso tono suggerisce. Tuttavia, rinuncio anche a quella domanda. Ma ciò che ho dichiarato, lo sostengo fermamente. Non riesco a ricordare di aver espresso mai un tale attaccamento sincero e profondo per voi. E non me ne ricordo davvero.”

“Lo rifiuto, signore,” disse Bella.

“Dovrei essere cieco e sordo se non fossi preparato a quella risposta. Perdonami per la mia offesa, poiché essa porta con sé la sua punizione.”

“Quale punizione?” chiese Bella.

“Dunque la mia resistenza non è nulla? Ma scusatemi, non volevo interrogarvi di nuovo.”

“Stai approfittando di una mia parola detta in fretta,” disse Bella con un leggero senso di auto-rimprovero, “per farmi sembrare, non so cosa. L’ho detta senza pensarci bene; se questo è stato sbagliato, mi dispiace. Ma tu la ripeti dopo averci riflettuto, e a me sembra che questo non sia certo meglio. In ogni caso, ti prego di capire, signor Rokesmith: tra noi tutto finisce qui, per sempre.”

“Per sempre,” ripeté.

“Sì. Vi supplico, signore,” proseguì Bella con sempre maggiore determinazione, “di non perseguitarmi. Vi supplico di non approfittare della vostra posizione in questa casa per rendere la mia situazione difficile e sgradevole. Vi supplico di smettere di manifestare le vostre attenzioni fuori luogo in modo così evidente, sia per la signora Boffin che per me.”

“L’ho davvero fatto?”

“Credo proprio di sì,” rispose Bella. “Comunque, non è certo colpa tua se non l’hai, signor Rokesmith.”

‘Spero che tu ti sbagli riguardo a quell’impressione. Mi dispiacerebbe molto se l’avessi giustificata. Penso di non averlo fatto. Per il futuro, non c’è più nulla da temere: è tutto finito.’

“Sono molto sollevata di saperlo,” disse Bella. “Ho altri obiettivi nella vita. Perché dovresti sprecare i tuoi?”

“Mio!” disse il Segretario. “La mia vita!”

Il suo tono curioso fece sì che Bella lanciasse uno sguardo al sorriso enigmatico con cui l’aveva detto. Quel sorriso scomparve non appena lui ricambiò il suo sguardo. “Perdonatemi, signorina Wilfer,” proseguì quando i loro occhi si incontrarono di nuovo; “avete usato parole molto dure. Di cui, senza dubbio, avete una giustificazione nella vostra mente, ma che io non comprendo. Sono parole ingiuste e disonorevoli. Per quale motivo?”

“Preferirei non essere interrogata,” disse Bella, guardando in basso con aria sprezzante.

“Preferirei non chiederlo, ma la domanda mi viene imposta. Per favore, spiegate. O, se non per favore, almeno giustamente.”

“Oh, signore!” disse Bella, alzando lo sguardo verso di lui dopo aver faticato un po’ a trattenersi, “è davvero generoso e onesto utilizzare il potere che la vostra stima da parte del signor e della signora Boffin, nonché le vostre capacità nel vostro ruolo vi danno, contro di me?”

“Contro di te?”

“È generoso e onorevole pianificare di esercitare gradualmente la loro influenza su una questione che vi ho mostrato non mi piacere e che vi dico di rifiutare completamente?”

Il defunto John Harmon avrebbe potuto sopportare molte cose, ma una sospetto del genere lo avrebbe profondamente ferito nel cuore.

Sarebbe generoso e onorevole prendere il vostro posto, se l’aveste fatto; perché non so se lo abbiate fatto, e spero proprio che non lo abbiate fatto. Immaginando, o sapendo in anticipo, che sarei venuto qui, avete deciso di mettermi in questa situazione svantaggiosa.

“Questo svantaggio meschino e crudele,” disse il Segretario.

“Sì,” concordò Bella.

La Segretaria rimase in silenzio per un po’; poi disse semplicemente: “Si sbaglia completamente, signorina Wilfer. Terribilmente. Tuttavia, non posso dire che sia colpa sua. Se merito qualcosa di meglio da lei, lei non lo sa.”

“Almeno, signore,” ribatté Bella, con la sua vecchia indignazione che riemergeva, “sapete almeno la storia del mio arrivo qui. Ho sentito il signor Boffin dire che voi avete il controllo su ogni riga e parola di quel testamento, proprio come avete il controllo su tutte le sue faccende. E non è stato già abbastanza essere stata “comprata” e portata via, come un cavallo, un cane o un uccello. Ma dovete anche voi iniziare a disporre di me a vostro piacimento, a considerarmi come una merce su cui fare speculazioni, non appena ho smesso di essere l’oggetto delle chiacchiere e degli scherzi della gente? Devo forse diventare per sempre la proprietà di estranei?”

“Credetemi,” rispose il Segretario, “vi sbagliate completamente.”

“Sarei felice di saperlo,” rispose Bella.

‘Dubito che tu lo farai mai. Buona notte. Certo che farò attenzione a nascondere qualsiasi traccia di questa conversazione da Mr e Mrs Boffin, finché rimarrò qui. Fidati: ciò di cui ti sei lamentato è finito per sempre.’

“Sono contento di aver parlato, allora, signor Rokesmith. È stato doloroso e difficile, ma è stato fatto. Se vi ho ferito, spero che mi perdonerete. Sono inesperto e impulsivo, e sono stato un po’ viziato; ma davvero non sono così cattivo come potrei sembrare o come voi pensate che sia.”

Quando Bella disse queste cose, lui lasciò la stanza, arrendendosi al suo modo capriccioso e incoerente. Rimasta sola, si gettò di nuovo sull’ottomano e disse: “Non sapevo che quella donna adorabile fosse davvero così terribile, ” Poi si alzò, si guardò nello specchio e disse alla propria immagine: “Stai decisamente ingrossando i tratti del viso, piccola stupida!” Dopo aver camminato avanti e indietro per la stanza con impazienza, aggiunse: “Vorrei che papà fosse qui per parlare di quel matrimonio avido. Ma è meglio che non sia qui, poverino. So che gli tirerei i capelli se fosse qui.” Poi gettò via il lavoro che stava facendo e anche il libro, si sedette e iniziò a canticchiare una melodia, ma senza alcuna armonia, e continuò a discutere con quella “melodia” stessa.

E John Rokesmith, cosa fece?

Scese nella sua stanza e seppellì John Harmon a molte spanne di profondità. Prese il suo cappello e uscì; mentre si dirigeva verso Holloway o altrove – senza curarsi affatto della destinazione – accumulò montagne di terra sopra la mogila di John Harmon. Continuò a lavorare per tutta la notte, aggiungendo sempre più terra sopra la sua tomba, fino a quando, all’‘alba, John Harmon non fu sepolto sotto un intero massiccio alpino. Eppure Sexton Rokesmith continuò ad accumulare ancora più terra su di lui, cantando mentre lavorava: “Copritelo, schiacciatelo, tenetelo giù!”

Chapter 14

STRONG OF PURPOSE

The sexton-task of piling earth above John Harmon all night long, was not conducive to sound sleep; but Rokesmith had some broken morning rest, and rose strengthened in his purpose. It was all over now. No ghost should trouble Mr and Mrs Boffin’s peace; invisible and voiceless, the ghost should look on for a little while longer at the state of existence out of which it had departed, and then should for ever cease to haunt the scenes in which it had no place.

He went over it all again. He had lapsed into the condition in which he found himself, as many a man lapses into many a condition, without perceiving the accumulative power of its separate circumstances. When in the distrust engendered by his wretched childhood and the action for evil—never yet for good within his knowledge then—of his father and his father’s wealth on all within their influence, he conceived the idea of his first deception, it was meant to be harmless, it was to last but a few hours or days, it was to involve in it only the girl so capriciously forced upon him and upon whom he was so capriciously forced, and it was honestly meant well towards her. For, if he had found her unhappy in the prospect of that marriage (through her heart inclining to another man or for any other cause), he would seriously have said: ‘This is another of the old perverted uses of the misery-making money. I will let it go to my and my sister’s only protectors and friends.’ When the snare into which he fell so outstripped his first intention as that he found himself placarded by the police authorities upon the London walls for dead, he confusedly accepted the aid that fell upon him, without considering how firmly it must seem to fix the Boffins in their accession to the fortune. When he saw them, and knew them, and even from his vantage-ground of inspection could find no flaw in them, he asked himself, ‘And shall I come to life to dispossess such people as these?’ There was no good to set against the putting of them to that hard proof. He had heard from Bella’s own lips when he stood tapping at the door on that night of his taking the lodgings, that the marriage would have been on her part thoroughly mercenary. He had since tried her, in his own unknown person and supposed station, and she not only rejected his advances but resented them. Was it for him to have the shame of buying her, or the meanness of punishing her? Yet, by coming to life and accepting the condition of the inheritance, he must do the former; and by coming to life and rejecting it, he must do the latter.

Another consequence that he had never foreshadowed, was the implication of an innocent man in his supposed murder. He would obtain complete retraction from the accuser, and set the wrong right; but clearly the wrong could never have been done if he had never planned a deception. Then, whatever inconvenience or distress of mind the deception cost him, it was manful repentantly to accept as among its consequences, and make no complaint.

Thus John Rokesmith in the morning, and it buried John Harmon still many fathoms deeper than he had been buried in the night.

Going out earlier than he was accustomed to do, he encountered the cherub at the door. The cherub’s way was for a certain space his way, and they walked together.

It was impossible not to notice the change in the cherub’s appearance. The cherub felt very conscious of it, and modestly remarked:

‘A present from my daughter Bella, Mr Rokesmith.’

The words gave the Secretary a stroke of pleasure, for he remembered the fifty pounds, and he still loved the girl. No doubt it was very weak—it always IS very weak, some authorities hold—but he loved the girl.

‘I don’t know whether you happen to have read many books of African Travel, Mr Rokesmith?’ said R. W.

‘I have read several.’

Well, you know, there’s usually a King George, or a King Boy, or a King Sambo, or a King Bill, or Bull, or Rum, or Junk, or whatever name the sailors may have happened to give him.’

‘Where?’ asked Rokesmith.

‘Anywhere. Anywhere in Africa, I mean. Pretty well everywhere, I may say; for black kings are cheap—and I think’—said R. W., with an apologetic air, ‘nasty’.

‘I am much of your opinion, Mr Wilfer. You were going to say—?’

‘I was going to say, the king is generally dressed in a London hat only, or a Manchester pair of braces, or one epaulette, or an uniform coat with his legs in the sleeves, or something of that kind.’

‘Just so,’ said the Secretary.

‘In confidence, I assure you, Mr Rokesmith,’ observed the cheerful cherub, ‘that when more of my family were at home and to be provided for, I used to remind myself immensely of that king. You have no idea, as a single man, of the difficulty I have had in wearing more than one good article at a time.’

‘I can easily believe it, Mr Wilfer.’

‘I only mention it,’ said R. W. in the warmth of his heart, ‘as a proof of the amiable, delicate, and considerate affection of my daughter Bella. If she had been a little spoilt, I couldn’t have thought so very much of it, under the circumstances. But no, not a bit. And she is so very pretty! I hope you agree with me in finding her very pretty, Mr Rokesmith?’

‘Certainly I do. Every one must.’

‘I hope so,’ said the cherub. ‘Indeed, I have no doubt of it. This is a great advancement for her in life, Mr Rokesmith. A great opening of her prospects?’

‘Miss Wilfer could have no better friends than Mr and Mrs Boffin.’

‘Impossible!’ said the gratified cherub. ‘Really I begin to think things are very well as they are. If Mr John Harmon had lived—’

‘He is better dead,’ said the Secretary.

‘No, I won’t go so far as to say that,’ urged the cherub, a little remonstrant against the very decisive and unpitying tone; ‘but he mightn’t have suited Bella, or Bella mightn’t have suited him, or fifty things, whereas now I hope she can choose for herself.’

Capitolo 14

Con determinazione ferma

Il compito di accumulare terra sopra il corpo di John Harmon per tutta la notte non era certo propizio a un sonno tranquillo; ma Rokesmith riuscì comunque a riposare un po’ al mattino, e la sua determinazione si rafforzò ancora di più. Ora tutto era finito. Nessun fantasma avrebbe più disturbato la pace del signor e della signora Boffin; invisibile e silenzioso, quel fantasma avrebbe dovuto osservare ancora per un po’ lo stato di esistenza da cui era uscito, e poi, per sempre, smettere di infestare quei luoghi in cui non aveva più alcun posto.

Ripensò a tutto daccapo. Era caduto in quella condizione, come tante altre persone finiscono per trovarsi, senza rendersi conto del potere cumulativo di tutte le circostanze che lo avevano portato lì. Quando, a causa della diffidenza generata dalla sua misera infanzia e delle azioni malvagie – mai compiute fino ad allora, ma che riguardavano il comportamento di suo padre e la ricchezza di quest’ultimo – si rese conto di quale fosse la situazione in cui si trovava, gli venne l’idea della sua prima frode. Era destinata ad essere innocua, avrebbe dovuto durare solo poche ore o giorni, e coinvolgeva soltanto quella ragazza che gli era stata imposta in modo così capriccioso. E le sue intenzioni nei suoi confronti erano davvero oneste. Se avesse visto che lei sarebbe stata infelice con quel matrimonio – per via dei sentimenti che provava per un altro uomo o per qualsiasi altra ragione – avrebbe detto seriamente: “È un’altra di quelle vecchie e perverse utilizzazioni del denaro che porta solo sofferenza. Lascierò che vada ai soli protettori e amici di mia sorella e mio.” Quando la trappola in cui cadde superò di gran lunga le sue intenzioni iniziali, si ritrovò addirittura accusato dalle autorità poliziesche e pubblicamente denunciato come morto. Accettò confusamente l’aiuto che gli venne offerto, senza considerare quanto quel gesto potesse rafforzare la posizione dei Boffins nella conquista di quella fortuna. Quando li vide e li conobbe, non trovò alcun difetto in loro. E allora si chiese: “Dovrò forse tornare in vita per privare queste persone della loro ricchezza?” Non c’era nulla che potesse opporsi a questa decisione. Aveva sentito dalle stesse labbra di Bella, quella notte in cui bussò alla porta per affittare la stanza, che quel matrimonio sarebbe stato per lei soltanto un mezzo per ottenere denaro. Da allora l’aveva provata con se stesso, sotto una falsa identità. E lei non solo aveva rifiutato le sue avance, ma le aveva anche disprezzate. Doveva forse subire l’umiliazione di comprarla, o la meschinità di punirla? Tuttavia, tornando in vita e accettando quelle condizioni, avrebbe dovuto fare proprio la prima cosa. E rifiutandole, avrebbe dovuto fare la seconda.

Un’altra conseguenza che non aveva mai previsto fu l’implicazione di un uomo innocente nel suo presunto omicidio. Riuscì ad ottenere il ritiro totale delle accuse da parte dell’accusatore e a rimediare all’ingiustizia; ma era evidente che quell’ingiustizia non sarebbe mai avvenuta se non avesse pianificato quella frode. Pertanto, qualunque disagio o preoccupazione derivante da quella frode li accettò con umiltà, riconoscendoli come conseguenze inevitabili del proprio comportamento, senza mai lamentarsi.

Così, la mattina seguente, John Rokesmith, e John Harmon fu sepolto ancora a molte braccia di profondità rispetto a come era stato sepolto la notte precedente.

Uscendo prima del solito, incontrò il cherub alla porta. Il percorso del cherub coincideva in parte con il suo, quindi camminarono insieme.

Era impossibile non notare il cambiamento nell’aspetto del cherubino. Il cherubino ne era molto consapevole e, con modestia, osservò:

“Un regalo di mia figlia Bella, signor Rokesmith.”

Quelle parole procurarono al Segretario un momento di piacere, perché ricordò i cinquanta sterline e continuava ad amare quella ragazza. Non c’era dubbio che fosse molto debole, alcune autorità sostengono sempre che lo sia, ma lui la amava comunque.

“Non so se abbiate avuto l’occasione di leggere molti libri sui viaggi in Africa, signor Rokesmith,” disse R. W.

Ne ho letti diversi.

‘Beh, sai, di solito c’è un Re George, o un Re Boy, o un Re Sambo, o un Re Bill, o Bull, o Rum, o Junk, o qualsiasi altro nome i marinai decidano di dargli.’

“Dove?” chiese Rokesmith.

“Ovunque. Ovunque in Africa, intendo. Direi che sia abbastanza possibile; i re neri sono economici. E penso, ” disse R. W., con un tono di scusa.

“Concordo pienamente con lei, signor Wilfer. Stava per dire,?”

“Stavo per dire che il re di solito indossa solo un cappello londinese, o una coppia di braccialetti mancuniani, oppure una spallina, o un mantello uniforme con le gambe infilate nelle maniche, qualcosa del genere.”

“Solo per essere sicuri,” disse il Segretario.

“In confidenza, vi assicuro, signor Rokesmith,” osservò il cherubino allegro, “che quando più membri della mia famiglia fossero a casa e potessero essere provveduti di tutto ciò di cui hanno bisogno, mi ricorderei spesso di quel re. Non avete idea, essendo solo, delle difficoltà che ho incontrato nel portare contemporaneamente più di un capo d’abbigliamento decente.”

“Posso crederci facilmente, signor Wilfer.”

“Lo menziono soltanto,” disse R. W. con sincerità, “come prova dell’affetto gentile, delicato e premuroso di mia figlia Bella. Se fosse stata un po’ viziata, non l’avrei considerato così positivamente, date le circostanze. Ma no, affatto. E poi è davvero molto bella! Spero che concordiate con me nel ritenere che sia molto bella, signor Rokesmith, ”

“Certo che sì. Ognuno deve farlo.”

“Spero proprio di sì,” disse il cherubino. “Infatti, non ho alcun dubbio al riguardo. È un grande passo avanti nella sua vita, signor Rokesmith. Una vera opportunità per il suo futuro.”

“La signorina Wilfer non avrebbe potuto desiderare amici migliori del signore e della signora Boffin.”

“Impossibile!”, disse il cherubino soddisfatto. “Davvero, inizio a pensare che le cose siano proprio come sono. Se il signor John Harmon fosse ancora vivo, ”

“È meglio che sia morto,” disse il Segretario.

“No, non vorrei arrivare a dire questo,” insistette il cherubino, un po’ rimproverandolo per quel tono così deciso e spietato; “ma forse lui non sarebbe stato adatto a Bella, o forse Bella non sarebbe stata adatta a lui. Ci sono tante possibilità, mentre ora spero che lei possa scegliere da sola.”

‘Has she—as you place the confidence in me of speaking on the subject, you will excuse my asking—has she—perhaps—chosen?’ faltered the Secretary.

‘Oh dear no!’ returned R. W.

‘Young ladies sometimes,’ Rokesmith hinted, ‘choose without mentioning their choice to their fathers.’

‘Not in this case, Mr Rokesmith. Between my daughter Bella and me there is a regular league and covenant of confidence. It was ratified only the other day. The ratification dates from—these,’ said the cherub, giving a little pull at the lappels of his coat and the pockets of his trousers. ‘Oh no, she has not chosen. To be sure, young George Sampson, in the days when Mr John Harmon—’

‘Who I wish had never been born!’ said the Secretary, with a gloomy brow.

R. W. looked at him with surprise, as thinking he had contracted an unaccountable spite against the poor deceased, and continued: ‘In the days when Mr John Harmon was being sought out, young George Sampson certainly was hovering about Bella, and Bella let him hover. But it never was seriously thought of, and it’s still less than ever to be thought of now. For Bella is ambitious, Mr Rokesmith, and I think I may predict will marry fortune. This time, you see, she will have the person and the property before her together, and will be able to make her choice with her eyes open. This is my road. I am very sorry to part company so soon. Good morning, sir!’

The Secretary pursued his way, not very much elevated in spirits by this conversation, and, arriving at the Boffin mansion, found Betty Higden waiting for him.

‘I should thank you kindly, sir,’ said Betty, ‘if I might make so bold as have a word or two wi’ you.’

She should have as many words as she liked, he told her; and took her into his room, and made her sit down.

‘’Tis concerning Sloppy, sir,’ said Betty. ‘And that’s how I come here by myself. Not wishing him to know what I’m a-going to say to you, I got the start of him early and walked up.’

‘You have wonderful energy,’ returned Rokesmith. ‘You are as young as I am.’

Betty Higden gravely shook her head. ‘I am strong for my time of life, sir, but not young, thank the Lord!’

‘Are you thankful for not being young?’

‘Yes, sir. If I was young, it would all have to be gone through again, and the end would be a weary way off, don’t you see? But never mind me; ’tis concerning Sloppy.’

‘And what about him, Betty?’

‘’Tis just this, sir. It can’t be reasoned out of his head by any powers of mine but what that he can do right by your kind lady and gentleman and do his work for me, both together. Now he can’t. To give himself up to being put in the way of arning a good living and getting on, he must give me up. Well; he won’t.’

‘I respect him for it,’ said Rokesmith.

‘DO ye, sir? I don’t know but what I do myself. Still that don’t make it right to let him have his way. So as he won’t give me up, I’m a-going to give him up.’

‘How, Betty?’

‘I’m a-going to run away from him.’

With an astonished look at the indomitable old face and the bright eyes, the Secretary repeated, ‘Run away from him?’

‘Yes, sir,’ said Betty, with one nod. And in the nod and in the firm set of her mouth, there was a vigour of purpose not to be doubted.

‘Come, come!’ said the Secretary. ‘We must talk about this. Let us take our time over it, and try to get at the true sense of the case and the true course, by degrees.’

‘Now, lookee here, by dear,’ returned old Betty—‘asking your excuse for being so familiar, but being of a time of life a’most to be your grandmother twice over. Now, lookee, here. ’Tis a poor living and a hard as is to be got out of this work that I’m a doing now, and but for Sloppy I don’t know as I should have held to it this long. But it did just keep us on, the two together. Now that I’m alone—with even Johnny gone—I’d far sooner be upon my feet and tiring of myself out, than a sitting folding and folding by the fire. And I’ll tell you why. There’s a deadness steals over me at times, that the kind of life favours and I don’t like. Now, I seem to have Johnny in my arms—now, his mother—now, his mother’s mother—now, I seem to be a child myself, a lying once again in the arms of my own mother—then I get numbed, thought and sense, till I start out of my seat, afeerd that I’m a growing like the poor old people that they brick up in the Unions, as you may sometimes see when they let ’em out of the four walls to have a warm in the sun, crawling quite scared about the streets. I was a nimble girl, and have always been a active body, as I told your lady, first time ever I see her good face. I can still walk twenty mile if I am put to it. I’d far better be a walking than a getting numbed and dreary. I’m a good fair knitter, and can make many little things to sell. The loan from your lady and gentleman of twenty shillings to fit out a basket with, would be a fortune for me. Trudging round the country and tiring of myself out, I shall keep the deadness off, and get my own bread by my own labour. And what more can I want?’

‘And this is your plan,’ said the Secretary, ‘for running away?’

‘Show me a better! My deary, show me a better! Why, I know very well,’ said old Betty Higden, ‘and you know very well, that your lady and gentleman would set me up like a queen for the rest of my life, if so be that we could make it right among us to have it so. But we can’t make it right among us to have it so. I’ve never took charity yet, nor yet has any one belonging to me. And it would be forsaking of myself indeed, and forsaking of my children dead and gone, and forsaking of their children dead and gone, to set up a contradiction now at last.’

‘It might come to be justifiable and unavoidable at last,’ the Secretary gently hinted, with a slight stress on the word.

‘I hope it never will! It ain’t that I mean to give offence by being anyways proud,’ said the old creature simply, ‘but that I want to be of a piece like, and helpful of myself right through to my death.’

“Ha forse già scelto?”, balbettò il Segretario, “visto che mi avete affidato l’onore di parlare sull’argomento, vi perdonerete se ve lo chiedo, ”

“Oddio, no!” rispose R. W.

“A volte, le giovani signore,” suggerì Rokesmith, “fanno la loro scelta senza informarne i propri padri.”

“Non in questo caso, signor Rokesmith. Tra mia figlia Bella e me esiste un legame di fiducia consolidato; è stato ratificato proprio l’altro giorno. La data della ratifica è, ecco,” disse il cherubino, tirando leggermente i polsini del suo cappotto e le tasche dei suoi pantaloni. “Oh no, lei non ha ancora scelto. Certo, giovane George Sampson, nei tempi in cui il signor John Harmon, ”

“Chi vorrei non fosse mai nato!” disse il Segretario, con un cipiglio cupo.

R. W. lo guardò con sorpresa, come se pensasse che lui provasse un rancore inspiegabile verso quel povero defunto, e continuò: “Nei giorni in cui si cercava il signor John Harmon, il giovane George Sampson era sicuramente sempre intorno a Bella, e Bella lo lasciava fare. Ma non se ne è mai pensato seriamente. E ora ancora meno. Perché Bella è ambiziosa, signor Rokesmith. Penso che possa sposare qualcuno molto ricco. Questa volta, vedete, avrà sia la persona giusta che le proprietà necessarie, e potrà fare la sua scelta con piena consapevolezza. Questo è il mio punto di vista. Mi dispiace molto dovervi lasciare così presto. Buongiorno, signore!”

Il Segretario proseguì il suo cammino, non molto sollevato dall’aver avuto quella conversazione, e arrivato alla residenza dei Boffin, trovò Betty Higden ad aspettarlo.

“Dovrei ringraziarvi molto, signore,” disse Betty, “se posso osare scambiare qualche parola con voi.”

“Dovrebbe poter dire quante parole vuole,” le disse; poi la portò nella sua stanza e la fece sedere.

“Si tratta di Sloppy, signore,” disse Betty. “Ed è per questo che sono venuta qui da sola. Non volendo che lui sapesse cosa intendevo dirvi, l’ho preceduto e sono arrivata prima.”

“Hai una energia meravigliosa,” rispose Rokesmith. “Sei giovane proprio come me.”

Betty Higden scosse vigorosamente la testa. “Per la mia età, signore, sono abbastanza forte, ma non più giovane, grazie al Signore!”

“Sei grato di non essere più giovane?”

“Sì, signore. Se fossi giovane, tutto dovrebbe essere fatto di nuovo, e la fine sarebbe ancora lontana, non capisce? Ma lasciamo perdere me; si tratta di Sloppy.”

“E lui, Betty? Che ne sarà di lui?”

“Ecco il problema, signore. Non c’è modo con alcun ragionamento di fargli cambiare idea; ma se dovesse comportarsi in modo corretto verso la vostra gentile signora e il signore, e allo stesso tempo svolgere il suo lavoro per me, ora non può farlo. Per potersi dedicare a guadagnarsi da vivere onestamente, dovrebbe rinunciare a me. Beh, lui non lo farà.”

“Lo rispetto per questo”, disse Rokesmith.

“Davvero, signore? Non so cosa farei io stesso. Ma questo non significa che sia giusto lasciarlo fare ciò che vuole. E poiché lui non mi lascerà in pace, allora sarò io ad arrendermi.”

“Come mai, Betty?”

“Me ne andrò lontano da lui.”

Con uno sguardo sorpreso verso quel volto vecchio e indomabile e quegli occhi luminosi, il Segretario ripeté: “Scappare da lui?”

“Sì, signore,” disse Betty con un semplice cenno del capo. In quel cenno e nella determinazione che si leggeva sul suo viso, c’era una fermezza di intenti che non lasciava spazio al dubbio.

“Ma come!”, disse il Segretario. “Dobbiamo parlare di questo. Prendiamoci il nostro tempo per rifletterci sopra e cercare di comprendere gradualmente il vero significato della situazione e la giusta strada da seguire.”

“Ora, ascoltami bene, cara,” rispose la vecchia Betty, “scusami se mi permetto di essere così familiare con te, ma visto che appartengo a un’epoca della vita in cui potrei essere tua nonna due volte. Ora, ascolta: è una vita dura e difficile da condurre con il lavoro che faccio ora, e senza Sloppy non so se sarei riuscita a resistere così a lungo. Ma quel lavoro ci ha aiutate entrambe a sopravvivere. Ora che sono rimasta sola, anche Johnny se n’è andato, preferirei mille volte lavorare sodo piuttosto che stare seduta accanto al fuoco, senza fare nulla. E ti spiego il perché: a volte mi assale una sensazione di torpore, un’apatia che questa vita favorisce. Non mi piace affatto. A volte immagino di avere Johnny tra le braccia, poi sua madre, poi ancora sua nonna, allora mi sembra di essere di nuovo una bambina, di riposare tra le braccia della mia mamma. Ma poi tutto diventa insopportabile: mi sento intorpidita, senza pensieri, senza sensazioni. Fino a quando non mi alzo in piedi, spaventata all’idea di trasformarmi come quelle povere vecchie che vengono rinchiuse negli ospizi. A volte, quando le lasciano uscire dalle loro stanze per godersi un po’ di sole, si vedono strisciare per le strade, spaventate. Ero una ragazza agile, sempre attiva. Come ho detto anche a tua signora, la prima volta che l’ho vista. Sono ancora in grado di camminare venti miglia, se necessario. Preferirei mille volte lavorare sodo piuttosto che vivere in questo torpore e nella tristezza. So fare bene il lavoro a maglia, posso creare tante piccole cose da vendere. I venti scellini che tua signora e suo marito mi hanno prestato per comprare gli strumenti necessari sarebbero una vera fortuna per me. Camminando per il paese, lavorando sodo, riuscirei a tenere lontana quell’apatia. A guadagnarmi da vivere con le mie stesse forze. E cosa potrei desiderare di più?”

“E questo è il vostro piano”, disse il Segretario, “per scappare?”

“Mostrami qualcosa di meglio! Caro mio, mostrami qualcosa di meglio. Sai molto bene,” disse la vecchia Betty Higden, “e sai anche tu che se riuscissimo a metterci d’accordo, la tua signora e il tuo gentiluomo mi tratterebbero come una regina per il resto della mia vita. Ma non riusciamo proprio a trovare un accordo. Non ho mai ricevuto alcuna forma di aiuto fino ad ora, né io né nessuno dei miei figli. E sarebbe davvero come abbandonare me stessa, abbandonare i miei figli ormai defunti. Abbandonare anche i loro figli, ”

“Potrebbe alla fine rivelarsi giustificabile e inevitabile,” suggerì dolcemente il Segretario, ponendo un leggero accento su quella parola.

“Spero che non succeda mai! Non è che voglia offendere essere orgoglioso in qualche modo,” disse semplicemente la vecchia creatura, “ma voglio comportarmi in modo corretto e essere d’aiuto fino alla mia morte.”

‘And to be sure,’ added the Secretary, as a comfort for her, ‘Sloppy will be eagerly looking forward to his opportunity of being to you what you have been to him.’

‘Trust him for that, sir!’ said Betty, cheerfully. ‘Though he had need to be something quick about it, for I’m a getting to be an old one. But I’m a strong one too, and travel and weather never hurt me yet! Now, be so kind as speak for me to your lady and gentleman, and tell ’em what I ask of their good friendliness to let me do, and why I ask it.’

The Secretary felt that there was no gainsaying what was urged by this brave old heroine, and he presently repaired to Mrs Boffin and recommended her to let Betty Higden have her way, at all events for the time. ‘It would be far more satisfactory to your kind heart, I know,’ he said, ‘to provide for her, but it may be a duty to respect this independent spirit.’ Mrs Boffin was not proof against the consideration set before her. She and her husband had worked too, and had brought their simple faith and honour clean out of dustheaps. If they owed a duty to Betty Higden, of a surety that duty must be done.

‘But, Betty,’ said Mrs Boffin, when she accompanied John Rokesmith back to his room, and shone upon her with the light of her radiant face, ‘granted all else, I think I wouldn’t run away’.

‘’Twould come easier to Sloppy,’ said Mrs Higden, shaking her head. ‘’Twould come easier to me too. But ’tis as you please.’

‘When would you go?’

‘Now,’ was the bright and ready answer. ‘To-day, my deary, to-morrow. Bless ye, I am used to it. I know many parts of the country well. When nothing else was to be done, I have worked in many a market-garden afore now, and in many a hop-garden too.’

‘If I give my consent to your going, Betty—which Mr Rokesmith thinks I ought to do—’

Betty thanked him with a grateful curtsey.

‘—We must not lose sight of you. We must not let you pass out of our knowledge. We must know all about you.’

‘Yes, my deary, but not through letter-writing, because letter-writing—indeed, writing of most sorts hadn’t much come up for such as me when I was young. But I shall be to and fro. No fear of my missing a chance of giving myself a sight of your reviving face. Besides,’ said Betty, with logical good faith, ‘I shall have a debt to pay off, by littles, and naturally that would bring me back, if nothing else would.’

‘MUST it be done?’ asked Mrs Boffin, still reluctant, of the Secretary.

‘I think it must.’

After more discussion it was agreed that it should be done, and Mrs Boffin summoned Bella to note down the little purchases that were necessary to set Betty up in trade. ‘Don’t ye be timorous for me, my dear,’ said the stanch old heart, observant of Bella’s face: ‘when I take my seat with my work, clean and busy and fresh, in a country market-place, I shall turn a sixpence as sure as ever a farmer’s wife there.’

The Secretary took that opportunity of touching on the practical question of Mr Sloppy’s capabilities. He would have made a wonderful cabinet-maker, said Mrs Higden, ‘if there had been the money to put him to it.’ She had seen him handle tools that he had borrowed to mend the mangle, or to knock a broken piece of furniture together, in a surprising manner. As to constructing toys for the Minders, out of nothing, he had done that daily. And once as many as a dozen people had got together in the lane to see the neatness with which he fitted the broken pieces of a foreign monkey’s musical instrument. ‘That’s well,’ said the Secretary. ‘It will not be hard to find a trade for him.’

John Harmon being buried under mountains now, the Secretary that very same day set himself to finish his affairs and have done with him. He drew up an ample declaration, to be signed by Rogue Riderhood (knowing he could get his signature to it, by making him another and much shorter evening call), and then considered to whom should he give the document? To Hexam’s son, or daughter? Resolved speedily, to the daughter. But it would be safer to avoid seeing the daughter, because the son had seen Julius Handford, and—he could not be too careful—there might possibly be some comparison of notes between the son and daughter, which would awaken slumbering suspicion, and lead to consequences. ‘I might even,’ he reflected, ‘be apprehended as having been concerned in my own murder!’ Therefore, best to send it to the daughter under cover by the post. Pleasant Riderhood had undertaken to find out where she lived, and it was not necessary that it should be attended by a single word of explanation. So far, straight.

But, all that he knew of the daughter he derived from Mrs Boffin’s accounts of what she heard from Mr Lightwood, who seemed to have a reputation for his manner of relating a story, and to have made this story quite his own. It interested him, and he would like to have the means of knowing more—as, for instance, that she received the exonerating paper, and that it satisfied her—by opening some channel altogether independent of Lightwood: who likewise had seen Julius Handford, who had publicly advertised for Julius Handford, and whom of all men he, the Secretary, most avoided. ‘But with whom the common course of things might bring me in a moment face to face, any day in the week or any hour in the day.’

Now, to cast about for some likely means of opening such a channel. The boy, Hexam, was training for and with a schoolmaster. The Secretary knew it, because his sister’s share in that disposal of him seemed to be the best part of Lightwood’s account of the family. This young fellow, Sloppy, stood in need of some instruction. If he, the Secretary, engaged that schoolmaster to impart it to him, the channel might be opened. The next point was, did Mrs Boffin know the schoolmaster’s name? No, but she knew where the school was. Quite enough. Promptly the Secretary wrote to the master of that school, and that very evening Bradley Headstone answered in person.

“E sicuramente,” aggiunse il Segretario per consolarla, “Sloppy attende con impazienza l’opportunità di essere per te ciò che tu sei stata per lui.”

“Potete fidarvi di lui per questo, signore!” disse Betty, con entusiasmo. “Anche se doveva sbrigarsi in fretta, perché ormai sto invecchiando. Ma sono anche forte, e i viaggi e il maltempo non mi hanno mai fatto del male! Ora, per favore, parlate per me con la vostra signora e il vostro signore, e dite loro cosa chiedo della loro gentilezza, e perché lo chiedo.”

Il Segretario ritenne che non ci fosse nulla da obiettare alle richieste di questa coraggiosa anziana eroina, e così si recò subito dalla signora Boffin, raccomandandole di lasciare che Betty Higden facesse ciò che voleva, almeno per il momento. “Sapete bene che sarebbe molto più soddisfacente per il vostro buon cuore provvedere a lei”, le disse, “ma forse è un dovere rispettare questo spirito indipendente”. La signora Boffin non poté resistere a questa argomentazione. Anche lei e suo marito avevano lavorato sodo, e con la loro semplice fede e onestà erano riusciti a uscire dalle difficoltà. Se dovevano qualcosa a Betty Higden, allora quel dovere andava assolutamente adempiuto.

“Ma, Betty,” disse la signora Boffin quando accompagnò John Rokesmith nella sua stanza, illuminandolo con il sorriso radioso del suo volto, “anche a prescindere da tutto il resto, penso che io non scapperei.”

“Sarebbe più facile per Sloppy,” disse la signora Higden scuotendo la testa.
“Sarebbe anche più facile per me. Ma dipende da te.”

“Quando partiresti?”

“Ora,” fu la risposta pronta e decisa. “Oggi, mio caro, o domani. Che Dio vi benedica; ci sono abituata. Conosco molto bene molte parti di questa regione. Quando non c’era nulla altro da fare, ho lavorato in molti orti e campi di luppolo in passato.”

“Se do il mio consenso alla tua partenza, Betty, cosa che il signor Rokesmith ritiene che dovrei fare, ”

Betty lo ringraziò con un inchino pieno di gratitudine.

“Non dobbiamo perderti di vista. Non dobbiamo permettere che tu esca dalla nostra conoscenza. Dobbiamo sapere tutto su di te.”

“Sì, caro mio, ma non attraverso la corrispondenza. Perché la corrispondenza, in realtà, e la scrittura in generale, non erano certo argomenti di cui si parlasse molto per persone come me da giovane. Ma andrò avanti e indietro. Non c’è alcun pericolo che io possa perdere l’occasione di rivedere il tuo viso, finalmente rivitalizzato. Inoltre,” disse Betty, con una logica e sincera >fede, “devo saldare un debito, poco alla volta. E naturalmente questo mi porterà indietro, anche se nient’altro lo facesse.”

“Deve davvero essere fatto?”, chiese la signora Boffin, ancora riluttante, al segretario.

“Penso che debba essere così.”

Dopo ulteriori discussioni, si decise di procedere. La signora Boffin chiamò Bella per farle annotare le piccole spese necessarie per avviare la attività commerciale di Betty. “Non avere paura per me, mia cara,” disse il suo vecchio cuore premuroso, osservando il viso di Bella: “quando mi siederò al mio posto, a lavorare, pulita, impegnata e allegra, in un mercato rurale, guadagnerò sei pence con la stessa sicurezza di qualsiasi altra moglie di contadino lì.”

Il Segretario approfittò dell’occasione per affrontare la questione pratica delle capacità del signor Sloppy. “Sarebbe diventato un ottimo falegname,” disse la signora Higden, “se solo ci fossero stati i soldi necessari per farlo studiare.” L’aveva visto usare strumenti presi in prestito per riparare oggetti o assemblare pezzi di mobili rotti, e lo faceva in modo sorprendente. Per quanto riguarda la costruzione di giocattoli per i Minders, partendo da nulla, ci riusciva ogni giorno. Una volta, addirittura una dozzina di persone si radunarono nel vicolo per ammirare con quanta precisione avesse montato i pezzi rotti di uno strumento musicale di origine straniera. “Beh,” disse il Segretario, “non sarà difficile trovare un mestiere adatto a lui.”

John Harmon essendo ora sepolto sotto montagne, il Segretario, nello stesso giorno, si dedicò a sistemare le sue faccende per liberarsi definitivamente di lui. Redasse una dichiarazione dettagliata da far firmare al gruppo dei “Rogue Riderhood” (sapendo di poter ottenere la loro firma con un altro breve colloquio serale), ma poi si chiese a chi inviarla: al figlio o alla figlia di Hexam? Decise rapidamente per la figlia. Tuttavia, sarebbe stato più sicuro evitare di incontrarla direttamente, poiché il figlio aveva già incontrato Julius Handford, e non si poteva essere mai abbastanza cauti: c’era il rischio che il figlio e la figlia potessero confrontare le loro informazioni, suscitando sospetti e causando conseguenze spiacevoli. “Potrei persino essere accusato,” rifletté, “di essere coinvolto nel mio stesso omicidio!” Pertanto, era meglio inviare la dichiarazione alla figlia tramite posta. Pleasant Riderhood aveva già scoperto dove lei viveva, e non c’era alcun bisogno di aggiungere spiegazioni. Fino a quel punto, tutto andava per il meglio.

Ma tutto ciò che sapeva sulla figlia derivava dalle descrizioni fornite dalla signora Boffin riguardo a quanto aveva sentito dal signor Lightwood; quest’ultimo sembrava avere una certa abilità nel raccontare storie, e aveva probabilmente modificato notevolmente i fatti narrati. Quella storia lo interessava molto, e avrebbe voluto trovare un modo per saperne di più – ad esempio, se lei avesse ricevuto quel documento che la scagionava e se questo l’avesse soddisfatta – senza passare attraverso Lightwood stesso. Infatti, anche Lightwood aveva incontrato Julius Handford, che aveva pubblicamente annunciato la sua ricerca; ed era proprio lui, il Segretario, a evitarlo più di ogni altro, “Ma chi sa, forse un giorno, in qualsiasi momento della settimana o dell’anno, potrei trovarmi faccia a faccia con lui per caso.”

Ora, bisognava trovare un modo per aprire tale “canale”. Il ragazzo, Hexam, stava ricevendo lezioni da un insegnante. Il Segretario lo sapeva, perché la parte del patrimonio di Lightwood che riguardava sua sorella sembrava essere la più cospicua. Questo giovane, Sloppy, aveva bisogno di istruzioni; se il Segretario avesse assunto quell’insegnante affinché gli le desse, forse si sarebbe potuto aprire quel “canale”. Il prossimo passo era: la signora Boffin conosceva il nome dell’insegnante? No, ma sapeva dove si trovava la scuola. Questo era sufficiente. Il Segretario scrisse immediatamente all’insegnante, e quella stessa sera Bradley Headstone rispose di persona.

The Secretary stated to the schoolmaster how the object was, to send to him for certain occasional evening instruction, a youth whom Mr and Mrs Boffin wished to help to an industrious and useful place in life. The schoolmaster was willing to undertake the charge of such a pupil. The Secretary inquired on what terms? The schoolmaster stated on what terms. Agreed and disposed of.

‘May I ask, sir,’ said Bradley Headstone, ‘to whose good opinion I owe a recommendation to you?’

‘You should know that I am not the principal here. I am Mr Boffin’s Secretary. Mr Boffin is a gentleman who inherited a property of which you may have heard some public mention; the Harmon property.’

‘Mr Harmon,’ said Bradley: who would have been a great deal more at a loss than he was, if he had known to whom he spoke: ‘was murdered and found in the river.’

‘Was murdered and found in the river.’

‘It was not—’

‘No,’ interposed the Secretary, smiling, ‘it was not he who recommended you. Mr Boffin heard of you through a certain Mr Lightwood. I think you know Mr Lightwood, or know of him?’

‘I know as much of him as I wish to know, sir. I have no acquaintance with Mr Lightwood, and I desire none. I have no objection to Mr Lightwood, but I have a particular objection to some of Mr Lightwood’s friends—in short, to one of Mr Lightwood’s friends. His great friend.’

He could hardly get the words out, even then and there, so fierce did he grow (though keeping himself down with infinite pains of repression), when the careless and contemptuous bearing of Eugene Wrayburn rose before his mind.

The Secretary saw there was a strong feeling here on some sore point, and he would have made a diversion from it, but for Bradley’s holding to it in his cumbersome way.

‘I have no objection to mention the friend by name,’ he said, doggedly. ‘The person I object to, is Mr Eugene Wrayburn.’

The Secretary remembered him. In his disturbed recollection of that night when he was striving against the drugged drink, there was but a dim image of Eugene’s person; but he remembered his name, and his manner of speaking, and how he had gone with them to view the body, and where he had stood, and what he had said.

‘Pray, Mr Headstone, what is the name,’ he asked, again trying to make a diversion, ‘of young Hexam’s sister?’

‘Her name is Lizzie,’ said the schoolmaster, with a strong contraction of his whole face.

‘She is a young woman of a remarkable character; is she not?’

‘She is sufficiently remarkable to be very superior to Mr Eugene Wrayburn—though an ordinary person might be that,’ said the schoolmaster; ‘and I hope you will not think it impertinent in me, sir, to ask why you put the two names together?’

‘By mere accident,’ returned the Secretary. ‘Observing that Mr Wrayburn was a disagreeable subject with you, I tried to get away from it: though not very successfully, it would appear.’

‘Do you know Mr Wrayburn, sir?’

‘No.’

‘Then perhaps the names cannot be put together on the authority of any representation of his?’

‘Certainly not.’

‘I took the liberty to ask,’ said Bradley, after casting his eyes on the ground, ‘because he is capable of making any representation, in the swaggering levity of his insolence. I—I hope you will not misunderstand me, sir. I—I am much interested in this brother and sister, and the subject awakens very strong feelings within me. Very, very, strong feelings.’ With a shaking hand, Bradley took out his handkerchief and wiped his brow.

The Secretary thought, as he glanced at the schoolmaster’s face, that he had opened a channel here indeed, and that it was an unexpectedly dark and deep and stormy one, and difficult to sound. All at once, in the midst of his turbulent emotions, Bradley stopped and seemed to challenge his look. Much as though he suddenly asked him, ‘What do you see in me?’

‘The brother, young Hexam, was your real recommendation here,’ said the Secretary, quietly going back to the point; ‘Mr and Mrs Boffin happening to know, through Mr Lightwood, that he was your pupil. Anything that I ask respecting the brother and sister, or either of them, I ask for myself out of my own interest in the subject, and not in my official character, or on Mr Boffin’s behalf. How I come to be interested, I need not explain. You know the father’s connection with the discovery of Mr Harmon’s body.’

‘Sir,’ replied Bradley, very restlessly indeed, ‘I know all the circumstances of that case.’

‘Pray tell me, Mr Headstone,’ said the Secretary. ‘Does the sister suffer under any stigma because of the impossible accusation—groundless would be a better word—that was made against the father, and substantially withdrawn?’

‘No, sir,’ returned Bradley, with a kind of anger.

‘I am very glad to hear it.’

‘The sister,’ said Bradley, separating his words over-carefully, and speaking as if he were repeating them from a book, ‘suffers under no reproach that repels a man of unimpeachable character who had made for himself every step of his way in life, from placing her in his own station. I will not say, raising her to his own station; I say, placing her in it. The sister labours under no reproach, unless she should unfortunately make it for herself. When such a man is not deterred from regarding her as his equal, and when he has convinced himself that there is no blemish on her, I think the fact must be taken to be pretty expressive.’

‘And there is such a man?’ said the Secretary.

Bradley Headstone knotted his brows, and squared his large lower jaw, and fixed his eyes on the ground with an air of determination that seemed unnecessary to the occasion, as he replied: ‘And there is such a man.’

The Secretary had no reason or excuse for prolonging the conversation, and it ended here. Within three hours the oakum-headed apparition once more dived into the Leaving Shop, and that night Rogue Riderhood’s recantation lay in the post office, addressed under cover to Lizzie Hexam at her right address.

Il Segretario spiegò all’insegnante lo scopo della richiesta: inviargli, per alcune lezioni serali occasionali, un giovane che i signori Boffin desideravano aiutare a trovare una posizione lavorativa onesta e utile nella vita. L’insegnante fu disposto ad assumersi la responsabilità di tale studente. Il Segretario chiese in quali termini avvenisse l’affidamento; l’insegnante specificò le condizioni richieste. Si raggiunse un accordo e tutto fu sistemato.

“Posso chiedervelo, signore?” disse Bradley Headstone. “A quale persona devo il merito di questa raccomandazione per voi?”

“Dovreste sapere che non sono il direttore qui. Sono la segretaria del signor Boffin. Il signor Boffin è un gentiluomo che ha ereditato una proprietà di cui forse avete sentito parlare in pubblico: la proprietà Harmon.”

“Signor Harmon,” disse Bradley: “che sarebbe stato ancora più perplesso se avesse saputo con chi stava parlando. È stato assassinato e trovato nel fiume.”

Fu assassinato e trovato nel fiume.

“Non era, ”

“No,” intervenne il Segretario sorridendo, “non è stato lui a raccomandarvi. Il signor Boffin ha sentito parlare di voi attraverso un certo signor Lightwood. Penso che conosciate il signor Lightwood, o almeno ne abbiate sentito parlare.”

“So tanto di lui quanto desidero sapere, signore. Non conosco il signor Lightwood e non ho alcun interesse ad conoscerlo. Non ho nulla in contrario al signor Lightwood, ma ho particolari obiezioni verso alcuni dei suoi amici. In breve, verso uno dei suoi amici: il suo grande amico.”

A malapena riusciva a pronunciare quelle parole, anche in quel momento e lì, tanto intensa era la sua emozione (sebbene si sforzasse di contenerla con enorme difficoltà), quando gli tornava alla mente l’atteggiamento negligente e sprezzante di Eugene Wrayburn.

Il Segretario si rese conto che c’era un forte sentimento riguardo a una questione delicata; avrebbe cercato di deviare l’attenzione su altro, se non fosse stato per il modo goffo e insistente con cui Bradley affrontava l’argomento.

“Non ho obiezioni ad menzionare il nome di quell’amico,” disse lui, con ostinazione. “La persona contro cui ho obiezioni è il signor Eugene Wrayburn.”

Il Segretario si ricordava di lui. Nella sua confusa memoria di quella notte in cui aveva lottato contro l’effetto dell’alcol drogato, rimaneva solo un vago ricordo dell’aspetto di Eugene; ma si ricordava il suo nome, il modo in cui parlava, e come fosse andato con loro a vedere il corpo, dove si era trovato e cosa aveva detto.

“Per favore, signor Headstone, qual è il nome della sorella del giovane Hexam?”, chiese, cercando ancora una volta di deviare l’argomento.

“Si chiama Lizzie,” disse l’insegnante, con tutto il viso contratto in un’espressione intensa.

“È una giovane donna dal carattere davvero notevole, non è vero?”

“È abbastanza eccezionale da essere decisamente superiore al signor Eugene Wrayburn, anche se una persona ordinaria potrebbe esserlo anch’essa,” disse il preside; “e spero, signore, che non considererete impertinente se vi chiedo perché abbiate messo insieme quei due nomi.”

“Per pura coincidenza,” rispose il Segretario. “Notando che il signor Wrayburn era un argomento sgradevole per voi, ho cercato di evitarlo, anche se, a quanto pare, non con molto successo.”

“Conosce il signor Wrayburn, signore?”

‘No.’

“Allora forse quei nomi non possono essere collegati sulla base di alcuna rappresentazione di lui?”

‘Assolutamente no.’

“Ho preso la libertà di chiedere,” disse Bradley, dopo aver guardato a terra, “perché lui è capace di fare qualsiasi tipo di rappresentazione, con quella sua arrogante leggerezza. Spero, spero che non mi fraintendiate, signore. Sono molto interessato a questo fratello e a questa sorella; la questione suscita in me sentimenti molto forti. Molto, molto forti.” Con una mano tremante, Bradley tirò fuori il fazzoletto e si asciugò la fronte.

Il Segretario, guardando il viso dell’insegnante, pensò di aver davvero aperto un canale, ma un canale inaspettatamente oscuro, profondo e tempestoso, difficile da esplorare. All’improvviso, nel mezzo di quelle emozioni tumultuose, Bradley si fermò e sembrò sfidarlo con lo sguardo, come se gli stesse chiedendo: “Cosa vedi in me?”

“Vostro fratello, il giovane Hexam, è stata la vera raccomandazione che mi avete fatta in questo caso,” disse il Segretario, tornando tranquillamente al punto; “il signor e la signora Boffin, per via del signor Lightwood, sapevano che era vostro allievo. Qualsiasi cosa chieda riguardo a lui o a sua sorella, lo faccio per mio interesse personale in questa questione, e non nel mio ruolo ufficiale, né a nome del signor Boffin. Non c’è bisogno che spieghi perché mi interessa. Conoscete infatti il legame del padre con la scoperta del corpo del signor Harmon.”

“Signore,” rispose Bradley, con grande inquietudine, “conosco tutte le circostanze di quel caso.”

“Per favore ditemi, signor Headstone,” disse il Segretario. “La sorella soffre per qualche stigma a causa di quell’accusa impossibile, ‘Infondata’ sarebbe una parola più appropriata, mossa contro il padre e successivamente ritratta?”

“No, signore,” rispose Bradley, con un certo tono di rabbia.

“Sono molto felice di saperlo.”

“La sorella,” disse Bradley, articolando le parole con estrema attenzione, come se le stesse ripetendo da un libro, “non soffre di alcun difetto che possa allontanare un uomo dal carattere irreprensibile, il quale ha percorso ogni passo della propria vita per portarla al proprio livello. Non dirò che l’abbia elevata al proprio stesso rango; dico soltanto che l’ha messa in quella posizione. La sorella non presenta alcun difetto, a meno che, sfortunatamente, non se ne crei uno da sola. Quando un uomo del genere non si ritrae dall’considerarla sua pari, e quando è convinto che lei non abbia alcuna macchia, penso che questo fatto debba essere considerato piuttosto significativo.”

“E esiste davvero un uomo del genere?” chiese il Segretario.

Bradley Headstone si corrugò la fronte, serrò la mascella e fissò il suolo con un’aria di determinazione che sembrava del tutto superflua per l’occasione, mentre rispondeva: “E esiste davvero un tale uomo.”

Il Segretario non aveva alcuna ragione o scusa per prolungare la conversazione; essa terminò qui. Entro tre ore, quell’apparizione con la testa coperta di stoppa si immerse nuovamente nella “Bottega delle Partenze”, e quella notte la lettera di pentimento di Rogue Riderhood arrivò all’ufficio postale, indirizzata a Lizzie Hexam presso il suo vero indirizzo.

All these proceedings occupied John Rokesmith so much, that it was not until the following day that he saw Bella again. It seemed then to be tacitly understood between them that they were to be as distantly easy as they could, without attracting the attention of Mr and Mrs Boffin to any marked change in their manner. The fitting out of old Betty Higden was favourable to this, as keeping Bella engaged and interested, and as occupying the general attention.

‘I think,’ said Rokesmith, when they all stood about her, while she packed her tidy basket—except Bella, who was busily helping on her knees at the chair on which it stood; ‘that at least you might keep a letter in your pocket, Mrs Higden, which I would write for you and date from here, merely stating, in the names of Mr and Mrs Boffin, that they are your friends;—I won’t say patrons, because they wouldn’t like it.’

‘No, no, no,’ said Mr Boffin; ‘no patronizing! Let’s keep out of THAT, whatever we come to.’

‘There’s more than enough of that about, without us; ain’t there, Noddy?’ said Mrs Boffin.

‘I believe you, old lady!’ returned the Golden Dustman. ‘Overmuch indeed!’

‘But people sometimes like to be patronized; don’t they, sir?’ asked Bella, looking up.

‘I don’t. And if THEY do, my dear, they ought to learn better,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Patrons and Patronesses, and Vice-Patrons and Vice-Patronesses, and Deceased Patrons and Deceased Patronesses, and Ex-Vice-Patrons and Ex-Vice-Patronesses, what does it all mean in the books of the Charities that come pouring in on Rokesmith as he sits among ’em pretty well up to his neck! If Mr Tom Noakes gives his five shillings ain’t he a Patron, and if Mrs Jack Styles gives her five shillings ain’t she a Patroness? What the deuce is it all about? If it ain’t stark staring impudence, what do you call it?’

‘Don’t be warm, Noddy,’ Mrs Boffin urged.

‘Warm!’ cried Mr Boffin. ‘It’s enough to make a man smoking hot. I can’t go anywhere without being Patronized. I don’t want to be Patronized. If I buy a ticket for a Flower Show, or a Music Show, or any sort of Show, and pay pretty heavy for it, why am I to be Patroned and Patronessed as if the Patrons and Patronesses treated me? If there’s a good thing to be done, can’t it be done on its own merits? If there’s a bad thing to be done, can it ever be Patroned and Patronessed right? Yet when a new Institution’s going to be built, it seems to me that the bricks and mortar ain’t made of half so much consequence as the Patrons and Patronesses; no, nor yet the objects. I wish somebody would tell me whether other countries get Patronized to anything like the extent of this one! And as to the Patrons and Patronesses themselves, I wonder they’re not ashamed of themselves. They ain’t Pills, or Hair-Washes, or Invigorating Nervous Essences, to be puffed in that way!’

Having delivered himself of these remarks, Mr Boffin took a trot, according to his usual custom, and trotted back to the spot from which he had started.

‘As to the letter, Rokesmith,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘you’re as right as a trivet. Give her the letter, make her take the letter, put it in her pocket by violence. She might fall sick. You know you might fall sick,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Don’t deny it, Mrs Higden, in your obstinacy; you know you might.’

Old Betty laughed, and said that she would take the letter and be thankful.

‘That’s right!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Come! That’s sensible. And don’t be thankful to us (for we never thought of it), but to Mr Rokesmith.’

The letter was written, and read to her, and given to her.

‘Now, how do you feel?’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Do you like it?’

‘The letter, sir?’ said Betty. ‘Ay, it’s a beautiful letter!’

‘No, no, no; not the letter,’ said Mr Boffin; ‘the idea. Are you sure you’re strong enough to carry out the idea?’

‘I shall be stronger, and keep the deadness off better, this way, than any way left open to me, sir.’

‘Don’t say than any way left open, you know,’ urged Mr Boffin; ‘because there are ways without end. A housekeeper would be acceptable over yonder at the Bower, for instance. Wouldn’t you like to see the Bower, and know a retired literary man of the name of Wegg that lives there—WITH a wooden leg?’

Old Betty was proof even against this temptation, and fell to adjusting her black bonnet and shawl.

‘I wouldn’t let you go, now it comes to this, after all,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘if I didn’t hope that it may make a man and a workman of Sloppy, in as short a time as ever a man and workman was made yet. Why, what have you got there, Betty? Not a doll?’

It was the man in the Guards who had been on duty over Johnny’s bed. The solitary old woman showed what it was, and put it up quietly in her dress. Then, she gratefully took leave of Mrs Boffin, and of Mr Boffin, and of Rokesmith, and then put her old withered arms round Bella’s young and blooming neck, and said, repeating Johnny’s words: ‘A kiss for the boofer lady.’

The Secretary looked on from a doorway at the boofer lady thus encircled, and still looked on at the boofer lady standing alone there, when the determined old figure with its steady bright eyes was trudging through the streets, away from paralysis and pauperism.

Tutti questi impegni assorbirono completamente John Rokesmith, al punto che fu solo il giorno seguente che riuscì a rivedere Bella. A quel punto sembrava essersi stabilito tra loro un accordo tacito: dovevano comportarsi in modo il più distaccato possibile, senza attirare l’attenzione del signor e della signora Boffin su eventuali cambiamenti nel loro comportamento. Il fatto che Betty Higden fosse impegnata con queste attività contribuiva a questo obiettivo: teneva Bella occupata e interessata, e inoltre distoglieva l’attenzione generale da loro.

“Penso,” disse Rokesmith mentre tutti si erano radunati intorno a lei mentre lei riempiva il suo cestino ordinatamente – tranne Bella, che era impegnata ad aiutarla accovacciata vicino alla sedia su cui il cestino stava appoggiato – “che almeno potreste tenere una lettera in tasca, signora Higden. Io ve ne scriverei una, datandola da qui, e vi direi semplicemente, a nome del signor e della signora Boffin, che sono vostri amici. Non dirò ‘protettori’, perché a loro non piacerebbe.”

“No, no, no,” disse il signor Boffin; “nessun atteggiamento paternalistico! Dobbiamo evitare tutto ciò, qualunque cosa accada.”

“Ce n’è già abbastanza di quella roba senza di noi, non è vero, Noddy?” disse la signora Boffin.

“Credo in te, vecchia signora!” rispose l’Uomo della Polvere d’Oro. “Davvero troppo!”

“Ma a volte alle persone piace essere trattate con superiorità, non è vero, signore?”, chiese Bella alzando lo sguardo.

“Non lo faccio. E se LO fanno loro, cara mia, dovrebbero imparare a comportarsi meglio,” disse il signor Boffin. “Patroni e Patronesse, Vice-Patroni e Vice-Patronesse, Patroni deceduti e Patronesse decedute, Ex-Vice-Patroni ed Ex-Vice-Patronesse. Cosa significa tutto questo nei registri delle associazioni di beneficenza che continuano ad arrivare a Rokesmith mentre lui se ne sta lì, ben immerso in queste pratiche! Se il signor Tom Noakes dona cinque scellini, non è forse un Patron? E se la signora Jack Styles dona cinque scellini, non è forse una Patronessa? Di cosa diavolo si tratta? Se non è pura e semplice impudenza, come lo chiamate voi?”

“Non essere troppo caloroso, Noddy,” lo esortò la signora Boffin.

“Caldo!” esclamò il signor Boffin. “È abbastanza per far bollire un uomo dal calore. Non posso andare da nessuna parte senza essere trattato con condiscendenza. Non voglio essere trattato così. Se compro un biglietto per una mostra di fiori, o per un concerto musicale, o qualsiasi tipo di evento, e pago una somma considerevole per farlo, perché dovrei essere trattato con tanta condiscendenza da parte dei partecipanti? Se c’è qualcosa di buono da fare, non può forse essere fatto in base ai suoi meriti stessi? E se c’è qualcosa di negativo da fare, può davvero essere “patronizzato” nel modo giusto? Eppure, quando si costruisce una nuova istituzione, sembra che i mattoni e il cemento non abbiano la stessa importanza dei finanziatori. No, nemmeno gli oggetti stessi hanno lo stesso valore. Vorrei davvero che qualcuno mi dicesse se anche in altri paesi le cose vengono trattate con la stessa condiscendenza. E riguardo ai finanziatori stessi. Mi chiedo se non si vergognino di se stessi. Non sono mica pillole, shampoo o prodotti per rinvigorire i nervi, che possano essere pubblicizzati in quel modo!”

Dopo aver espresso queste osservazioni, il signor Boffin si mise a trottare, secondo la sua abitudine consueta, e tornò al punto da cui era partito.

“Per quanto riguarda quella lettera, Rokesmith,” disse il signor Boffin, “hai perfettamente ragione. Dalle la lettera, costringila ad accettarla, mettila nella sua tasca con la forza. Potrebbe ammalarsi. Lo sai anche tu che potresti ammalarti,” aggiunse. “Non negarlo, signora Higden, nella tua testardaggine, lo sai bene che potresti.”

La vecchia Betty rise e disse che avrebbe preso la lettera e sarebbe stata grata.

“Esatto!” disse il signor Boffin. “Che idea. È davvero sensata. E non dovete ringraziarci noi (poiché non ce l’abbiamo mai nemmeno pensato), ma il signor Rokesmith.”

La lettera fu scritta, letta ad alta voce per lei e poi le consegnata.

“Ora, che ne pensi?” disse il signor Boffin. “Ti piace?”

“La lettera, signore?”, disse Betty. “Sì, è una bellissima lettera!”

“No, no, no; non si tratta della lettera,” disse il signor Boffin; “si tratta dell’idea. Sei sicuro di essere abbastanza forte per realizzarla?”

“Diventerò più forte e riuscirò a tenere a bada la morte meglio, in questo modo, che con qualsiasi altro approccio mi fosse possibile, signore.”

“Non dire assolutamente che non ci siano altre possibilità, capisci,” insistette il signor Boffin; “perché ce ne sono infinite. Ad esempio, una domestica potrebbe andare bene lì, alla Bower. Non vorresti dare un’occhiata alla Bower e conoscere quel letterato in pensione di nome Wegg che vive lì. CON una gamba di legno?”

Anche la vecchia Betty resistette a questa tentazione e continuò ad occuparsi di sistemare il suo cappello nero e lo scialle.

“Non ti lascerei andare, ora che è arrivato questo momento,” disse il signor Boffin, “se non sperassi che tutto ciò possa trasformare Sloppy in un uomo e in un lavoratore, nel più breve tempo possibile. Ehi, Betty. Che cos’hai lì? Non è una bambola, vero?”

Era l’uomo delle Guardie che era di servizio accanto al letto di Johnny.
Quella vecchia donna solitaria mostrò ciò che aveva e lo nascose silenziosamente nella sua gonna. Poi, ringraziando, si congedò dalla signora Boffin, dal signor Boffin e da Rokesmith; infine avvolse le sue braccia vecchie e secche intorno al collo giovane e rigoglioso di Bella, ripetendo le parole di Johnny: “Un bacio per la signora gentile.”

Il Segretario osservava da una soglia quella donna circondata dagli sguardi ostili; continuò a guardarla mentre lei stava lì, sola, mentre quella figura anziana e decisa, con i suoi occhi luminosi e fermi, si dirigeva per le strade, lontano dalla paralisi e dalla povertà.

Chapter 15

THE WHOLE CASE SO FAR

Bradley Headstone held fast by that other interview he was to have with Lizzie Hexam. In stipulating for it, he had been impelled by a feeling little short of desperation, and the feeling abided by him. It was very soon after his interview with the Secretary, that he and Charley Hexam set out one leaden evening, not unnoticed by Miss Peecher, to have this desperate interview accomplished.

‘That dolls’ dressmaker,’ said Bradley, ‘is favourable neither to me nor to you, Hexam.’

‘A pert crooked little chit, Mr Headstone! I knew she would put herself in the way, if she could, and would be sure to strike in with something impertinent. It was on that account that I proposed our going to the City to-night and meeting my sister.’

‘So I supposed,’ said Bradley, getting his gloves on his nervous hands as he walked. ‘So I supposed.’

‘Nobody but my sister,’ pursued Charley, ‘would have found out such an extraordinary companion. She has done it in a ridiculous fancy of giving herself up to another. She told me so, that night when we went there.’

‘Why should she give herself up to the dressmaker?’ asked Bradley.

‘Oh!’ said the boy, colouring. ‘One of her romantic ideas! I tried to convince her so, but I didn’t succeed. However, what we have got to do, is, to succeed to-night, Mr Headstone, and then all the rest follows.’

‘You are still sanguine, Hexam.’

‘Certainly I am, sir. Why, we have everything on our side.’

‘Except your sister, perhaps,’ thought Bradley. But he only gloomily thought it, and said nothing.

‘Everything on our side,’ repeated the boy with boyish confidence. ‘Respectability, an excellent connexion for me, common sense, everything!’

‘To be sure, your sister has always shown herself a devoted sister,’ said Bradley, willing to sustain himself on even that low ground of hope.

‘Naturally, Mr Headstone, I have a good deal of influence with her. And now that you have honoured me with your confidence and spoken to me first, I say again, we have everything on our side.’

And Bradley thought again, ‘Except your sister, perhaps.’

A grey dusty withered evening in London city has not a hopeful aspect. The closed warehouses and offices have an air of death about them, and the national dread of colour has an air of mourning. The towers and steeples of the many house-encompassed churches, dark and dingy as the sky that seems descending on them, are no relief to the general gloom; a sun-dial on a church-wall has the look, in its useless black shade, of having failed in its business enterprise and stopped payment for ever; melancholy waifs and strays of housekeepers and porters sweep melancholy waifs and strays of papers and pins into the kennels, and other more melancholy waifs and strays explore them, searching and stooping and poking for anything to sell. The set of humanity outward from the City is as a set of prisoners departing from gaol, and dismal Newgate seems quite as fit a stronghold for the mighty Lord Mayor as his own state-dwelling.

On such an evening, when the city grit gets into the hair and eyes and skin, and when the fallen leaves of the few unhappy city trees grind down in corners under wheels of wind, the schoolmaster and the pupil emerged upon the Leadenhall Street region, spying eastward for Lizzie. Being something too soon in their arrival, they lurked at a corner, waiting for her to appear. The best-looking among us will not look very well, lurking at a corner, and Bradley came out of that disadvantage very poorly indeed.

‘Here she comes, Mr Headstone! Let us go forward and meet her.’

As they advanced, she saw them coming, and seemed rather troubled. But she greeted her brother with the usual warmth, and touched the extended hand of Bradley.

‘Why, where are you going, Charley, dear?’ she asked him then.

‘Nowhere. We came on purpose to meet you.’

‘To meet me, Charley?’

‘Yes. We are going to walk with you. But don’t let us take the great leading streets where every one walks, and we can’t hear ourselves speak. Let us go by the quiet backways. Here’s a large paved court by this church, and quiet, too. Let us go up here.’

‘But it’s not in the way, Charley.’

‘Yes it is,’ said the boy, petulantly. ‘It’s in my way, and my way is yours.’

She had not released his hand, and, still holding it, looked at him with a kind of appeal. He avoided her eyes, under pretence of saying, ‘Come along, Mr Headstone.’ Bradley walked at his side—not at hers—and the brother and sister walked hand in hand. The court brought them to a churchyard; a paved square court, with a raised bank of earth about breast high, in the middle, enclosed by iron rails. Here, conveniently and healthfully elevated above the level of the living, were the dead, and the tombstones; some of the latter droopingly inclined from the perpendicular, as if they were ashamed of the lies they told.

They paced the whole of this place once, in a constrained and uncomfortable manner, when the boy stopped and said:

‘Lizzie, Mr Headstone has something to say to you. I don’t wish to be an interruption either to him or to you, and so I’ll go and take a little stroll and come back. I know in a general way what Mr Headstone intends to say, and I very highly approve of it, as I hope—and indeed I do not doubt—you will. I needn’t tell you, Lizzie, that I am under great obligations to Mr Headstone, and that I am very anxious for Mr Headstone to succeed in all he undertakes. As I hope—and as, indeed, I don’t doubt—you must be.’

‘Charley,’ returned his sister, detaining his hand as he withdrew it, ‘I think you had better stay. I think Mr Headstone had better not say what he thinks of saying.’

‘Why, how do you know what it is?’ returned the boy.

‘Perhaps I don’t, but—’

Capitolo 15

L’intera vicenda finora

Bradley Headstone era determinato a portare a termine quell’altra intervista che avrebbe dovuto fare con Lizzie Hexam. Aveva deciso di farla spinto da un sentimento che rasentava la disperazione, e quel sentimento continuò ad accompagnarlo. Poco dopo l’intervista con il Segretario, lui e Charley Hexam partirono in una serata cupa e fredda; la signorina Peecher non li perse di vista mentre si recavano a quell’incontro disperato.

“Quella sarta di bambole”, disse Bradley, “non è favorevole né a me né a te, Hexam.”

“Che piccola impertinente. Mr Headstone! Sapevo che, se avesse potuto, si sarebbe messa di mezzo e sicuramente avrebbe detto qualcosa di inappropriato. Proprio per questo ho proposto di andare in Città quella notte per incontrare mia sorella.”

“Immagino di sì,” disse Bradley, infilando i guanti sulle sue mani nervose mentre camminava. “Immagino di sì.”

“Nessuno tranne mia sorella,” continuò Charley, “avrebbe scoperto un compagno così straordinario. L’ha fatto per una ridicola idea di ‘sacrificarsi’ per un altro. Me lo ha detto quella notte quando siamo andati lì.”

“Perché dovrebbe dedicarsi interamente a quella sarta?”, chiese Bradley.

“Oh!” disse il ragazzo, arrossendo. “Una delle sue idee romantiche. Ho cercato di convincerla, ma non ci sono riuscito. Comunque, quello che dobbiamo fare è riuscirci stasera, signor Headstone. E poi tutto il resto seguirà.”

“Sei ancora ottimista, Hexam.”

“Certamente sì, signore. Dopotutto, abbiamo tutto dalla nostra parte.”

“Tranne forse tua sorella,” pensò Bradley. Ma lo pensò solo con tristezza e non disse nulla.

“Tutto è dalla nostra parte,” ripeté il ragazzo con la fiducia tipica dei ragazzi. “Respettabilità, un ottimo contatto per me, buon senso, tutto!”

“Certo, tua sorella si è sempre dimostrata una sorella devota,” disse Bradley, disposto ad aggrapparsi anche a quel tenue filo di >speranza.

“Naturalmente, signor Headstone, ho una notevole influenza su di lei. E ora che mi avete concesso la vostra fiducia e vi siete rivolti prima a me, ripeto: abbiamo tutto dalla nostra parte.”

E Bradley pensò di nuovo: “Tranne forse tua sorella.”

Una sera grigia, polverosa e appassita nella città di Londra non presenta alcun aspetto promettente. I magazzini e gli uffici chiusi emanano un’atmosfera di morte, e la diffusa avversione per i colori contribuisce ulteriormente all’oscurità generale. Le torri e le guglie delle molte chiese, circondate da edifici, scure e tetre come il cielo che sembra opprimerle, non offrono alcun sollievo a questa desolazione. Un orologio solare su un muro della chiesa, con la sua ombra nera e inutile, sembra aver fallito nel proprio compito e aver smesso per sempre di funzionare; mendicanti e servitori raccoglievano fogli e spille, mentre altri individui, ancora più desolati, li esaminavano alla ricerca di qualcosa da vendere. L’insieme delle persone che lasciavano la città assomigliava a un gruppo di prigionieri in uscita dal carcere; e il cupo Newgate sembrava un luogo altrettanto adatto per il potente Lord Mayor quanto la sua residenza ufficiale.

In una serata del genere, quando la polvere della >città si insinua nei capelli, negli occhi e sulla pelle, e quando le foglie cadute degli pochi alberi sfortunati della città vengono schiacciate negli angoli dai vento, l’insegnante e lo studente uscirono nella zona di Leadenhall Street, cercando di scorgere Lizzie in lontananza. Essendo arrivati un po’ troppo presto, si nascosero in un angolo, aspettando che lei comparisse. Nemmeno il più attraente di noi sembrerebbe molto a suo agio mentre si nasconde in un angolo. E Bradley uscì da questa situazione davvero in modo disastroso.

“Eccola che arriva, signor Headstone! Andiamo ad accoglierla.”

Mentre avanzavano, lei li vide arrivare e sembrava piuttosto preoccupata. Ma salutò suo fratello con la solita calore e strinse la mano tesa di Bradley.

“Ma dove stai andando, caro Charlie?” gli chiese allora.

“Nessun posto. Siamo venuti apposta per incontrarti.”

“Per incontrarmi, Charley?”

‘Sì. Vi accompagneremo. Ma non fateci percorrere le grandi strade principali dove tutti passano, altrimenti non riusciremo nemmeno a sentirci parlare. Andiamo invece per le vie tranquille e secondarie. Qui c’è un grande cortile lastricato vicino a questa chiesa, anche questo è molto tranquillo. Andiamo da questa parte.’

“Ma non è d’intralcio, Charley.”

“Sì, lo è,” disse il ragazzo in tono capriccioso. “Mi ostacola la strada, e la mia strada è anche la tua.”

Non aveva ancora lasciato andare la sua mano e, tenendola ancora, lo guardò con un certo tono di supplica. Lui evitò i suoi occhi, fingendo di dire: “Venga con me, signor Headstone.” Bradley camminava al suo fianco, non al suo; il fratello e la sorella invece camminavano mano nella mano. Il corte li portò in un cimitero: una piazza lastricata, con un bordo rialzato di terra alto circa quanto il petto, circondato da ringhiere di ferro. Lì, convenientemente e “salutariamente” elevati rispetto al livello della terra viva, si trovavano i morti e le lapidi; alcune di queste ultime erano inclinate in modo precario, come se provassero vergogna delle menzogne che raccontavano.

Camminarono avanti e indietro per tutto quel posto, in modo rigido e scomodo, quando il ragazzo si fermò e disse:

‘Lizzie, il signor Headstone ha qualcosa da dirvi. Non vorrei essere d’intralcio né a lui né a voi, quindi andrò a fare una piccola passeggiata e tornerò subito. So più o meno di cosa intenda parlare il signor Headstone, e lo approvo pienamente. Spero davvero – e infatti non dubito affatto – che anche voi lo approverete. Non c’è bisogno che vi dica, Lizzie, che ho grandi obblighi verso il signor Headstone, e che desidero molto che abbia successo in tutto ciò che intraprende. Spero davvero – e infatti non dubito affatto – che anche voi la pensiate allo stesso modo.’

“Charley,” rispose sua sorella, trattenendogli la mano mentre lui cercava di ritrarla, “penso che sia meglio che tu resti. Penso che a Mr Headstone non convenga dire ciò che ha intenzione di dire.”

“Perché, come fai a sapere cosa sia?” rispose il ragazzo.

“Forse no, ma, ”

‘Perhaps you don’t? No, Liz, I should think not. If you knew what it was, you would give me a very different answer. There; let go; be sensible. I wonder you don’t remember that Mr Headstone is looking on.’

She allowed him to separate himself from her, and he, after saying, ‘Now Liz, be a rational girl and a good sister,’ walked away. She remained standing alone with Bradley Headstone, and it was not until she raised her eyes, that he spoke.

‘I said,’ he began, ‘when I saw you last, that there was something unexplained, which might perhaps influence you. I have come this evening to explain it. I hope you will not judge of me by my hesitating manner when I speak to you. You see me at my greatest disadvantage. It is most unfortunate for me that I wish you to see me at my best, and that I know you see me at my worst.’

She moved slowly on when he paused, and he moved slowly on beside her.

‘It seems egotistical to begin by saying so much about myself,’ he resumed, ‘but whatever I say to you seems, even in my own ears, below what I want to say, and different from what I want to say. I can’t help it. So it is. You are the ruin of me.’

She started at the passionate sound of the last words, and at the passionate action of his hands, with which they were accompanied.

‘Yes! you are the ruin—the ruin—the ruin—of me. I have no resources in myself, I have no confidence in myself, I have no government of myself when you are near me or in my thoughts. And you are always in my thoughts now. I have never been quit of you since I first saw you. Oh, that was a wretched day for me! That was a wretched, miserable day!’

A touch of pity for him mingled with her dislike of him, and she said: ‘Mr Headstone, I am grieved to have done you any harm, but I have never meant it.’

‘There!’ he cried, despairingly. ‘Now, I seem to have reproached you, instead of revealing to you the state of my own mind! Bear with me. I am always wrong when you are in question. It is my doom.’

Struggling with himself, and by times looking up at the deserted windows of the houses as if there could be anything written in their grimy panes that would help him, he paced the whole pavement at her side, before he spoke again.

‘I must try to give expression to what is in my mind; it shall and must be spoken. Though you see me so confounded—though you strike me so helpless—I ask you to believe that there are many people who think well of me; that there are some people who highly esteem me; that I have in my way won a Station which is considered worth winning.’

‘Surely, Mr Headstone, I do believe it. Surely I have always known it from Charley.’

‘I ask you to believe that if I were to offer my home such as it is, my station such as it is, my affections such as they are, to any one of the best considered, and best qualified, and most distinguished, among the young women engaged in my calling, they would probably be accepted. Even readily accepted.’

‘I do not doubt it,’ said Lizzie, with her eyes upon the ground.

‘I have sometimes had it in my thoughts to make that offer and to settle down as many men of my class do: I on the one side of a school, my wife on the other, both of us interested in the same work.’

‘Why have you not done so?’ asked Lizzie Hexam. ‘Why do you not do so?’

‘Far better that I never did! The only one grain of comfort I have had these many weeks,’ he said, always speaking passionately, and, when most emphatic, repeating that former action of his hands, which was like flinging his heart’s blood down before her in drops upon the pavement-stones; ‘the only one grain of comfort I have had these many weeks is, that I never did. For if I had, and if the same spell had come upon me for my ruin, I know I should have broken that tie asunder as if it had been thread.’

She glanced at him with a glance of fear, and a shrinking gesture. He answered, as if she had spoken.

‘No! It would not have been voluntary on my part, any more than it is voluntary in me to be here now. You draw me to you. If I were shut up in a strong prison, you would draw me out. I should break through the wall to come to you. If I were lying on a sick bed, you would draw me up—to stagger to your feet and fall there.’

The wild energy of the man, now quite let loose, was absolutely terrible. He stopped and laid his hand upon a piece of the coping of the burial-ground enclosure, as if he would have dislodged the stone.

‘No man knows till the time comes, what depths are within him. To some men it never comes; let them rest and be thankful! To me, you brought it; on me, you forced it; and the bottom of this raging sea,’ striking himself upon the breast, ‘has been heaved up ever since.’

‘Mr Headstone, I have heard enough. Let me stop you here. It will be better for you and better for me. Let us find my brother.’

‘Not yet. It shall and must be spoken. I have been in torments ever since I stopped short of it before. You are alarmed. It is another of my miseries that I cannot speak to you or speak of you without stumbling at every syllable, unless I let the check go altogether and run mad. Here is a man lighting the lamps. He will be gone directly. I entreat of you let us walk round this place again. You have no reason to look alarmed; I can restrain myself, and I will.’

She yielded to the entreaty—how could she do otherwise!—and they paced the stones in silence. One by one the lights leaped up making the cold grey church tower more remote, and they were alone again. He said no more until they had regained the spot where he had broken off; there, he again stood still, and again grasped the stone. In saying what he said then, he never looked at her; but looked at it and wrenched at it.

‘You know what I am going to say. I love you. What other men may mean when they use that expression, I cannot tell; what I mean is, that I am under the influence of some tremendous attraction which I have resisted in vain, and which overmasters me. You could draw me to fire, you could draw me to water, you could draw me to the gallows, you could draw me to any death, you could draw me to anything I have most avoided, you could draw me to any exposure and disgrace. This and the confusion of my thoughts, so that I am fit for nothing, is what I mean by your being the ruin of me. But if you would return a favourable answer to my offer of myself in marriage, you could draw me to any good—every good—with equal force. My circumstances are quite easy, and you would want for nothing. My reputation stands quite high, and would be a shield for yours. If you saw me at my work, able to do it well and respected in it, you might even come to take a sort of pride in me;—I would try hard that you should. Whatever considerations I may have thought of against this offer, I have conquered, and I make it with all my heart. Your brother favours me to the utmost, and it is likely that we might live and work together; anyhow, it is certain that he would have my best influence and support. I don’t know what I could say more if I tried. I might only weaken what is ill enough said as it is. I only add that if it is any claim on you to be in earnest, I am in thorough earnest, dreadful earnest.’

“Forse tu no? No, Liz, penso di no. Se sapessi di cosa si tratta, mi daresti una risposta molto diversa. Ecco. Lasciami andare; sii ragionevole. Mi chiedo come faccia a non ricordarti che il signor Headstone sta osservando.”

Gli permise di allontanarsi da lei, e lui, dopo aver detto: “Ora, Liz, sii una ragazza razionale e una buona sorella”, se ne andò. Lei rimase lì in piedi, sola con Bradley Headstone, e fu solo quando alzò lo sguardo che lui parlò di nuovo.

“Ho detto,” iniziò, “quando ti ho visto l’ultima volta, che c’era qualcosa di inspiegabile che forse poteva influenzarti. Sono venuto stasera per spiegarlo. Spero che non mi giudicherai in base al mio modo esitante quando parlo con te. Mi vedi nel momento più svantaggioso per me. È molto sfortunato per me che desideri vedermi nel mio miglior aspetto, e che so che tu mi vedi nel mio peggiore.”

Quando lui si fermò, lei continuò ad avanzare lentamente; lui fece lo stesso al suo fianco.

“Sembra egoistico iniziare parlando così tanto di me stesso,” riprese, “ma qualsiasi cosa io dica sembra, anche alle mie stesse orecchie, inferiore a ciò che vorrei dire e diverso da ciò che vorrei dire. Non posso farci nulla. È così. Tu sei la mia rovina.”

Iniziò ascoltando il suono appassionato delle sue ultime parole e osservando le azioni appassionate delle sue mani che le accompagnavano.

‘Sì! Tu sei la mia rovina. La mia totale rovina. Non ho risorse in me stesso, non ho fiducia in me stesso, non riesco a controllarmi quando tu sei vicino a me o nei miei pensieri. E ora tu sei sempre nei miei pensieri. Non sono mai riuscito a liberarmi di te da quando ti ho visto per la prima volta. Oh, che giorno terribile è stato quello per me! Un giorno davvero orribile e disperato!’

Un pizzico di compassione per lui si mescolava al suo disprezzo nei suoi confronti; così disse:
“Signor Headstone, mi dispiace molto se vi ho fatto del male, ma non l’ho mai inteso.”

“Lì!” gridò disperatamente. “Ora sembra che ti abbia rimproverato, invece di rivelarti il vero stato della mia mente. Perdonami. Ogni volta che si tratta di te, sbaglio sempre. È la mia condanna.”

Lottando con se stesso, e a volte alzando lo sguardo verso le finestre deserte delle case, come se nei loro vetri sporchi potesse esserci qualcosa scritto che lo aiutasse, camminò avanti e indietro lungo tutto il marciapiede al suo fianco, prima di parlare di nuovo.

Devo cercare di esprimere ciò che ho nel cuore; deve e dovrà essere detto. Anche se mi vedete così confuso, anche se mi considerate così impotente, vi chiedo di credere che ci siano molte persone che pensano bene di me, che ci siano alcune persone che mi stimano molto, e che abbia raggiunto una posizione che si ritiene degna di essere conquistata.

“Certo, signor Headstone, lo credo davvero. Sono sempre stata convinta di questo, grazie a Charley.”

Vi chiedo di credere che, se offrissi la mia casa così com’è, la mia posizione così com’è, i miei sentimenti così come sono, a qualsiasi delle giovani donne più stimate, qualificate e distinte che svolgano la stessa professione che faccio io, probabilmente verrebbero accettate. Anzi, molto volentieri accettate.

“Non ne dubito affatto,” disse Lizzie, con lo sguardo fisso a terra.

A volte ho pensato di fare quella proposta e di sistemarmi come fanno molti uomini della mia classe: io da una parte della scuola, mia moglie dall’altra, entrambi interessati allo stesso lavoro.

“Perché non l’hai fatto?” chiese Lizzie Hexam. “Perché non lo fai adesso?”

“È molto meglio che non l’abbia mai fatto! L’unica consolazione che ho avuto in queste molte settimane, ”, disse, parlando sempre con passione; e quando voleva sottolineare particolarmente il suo pensiero, ripeteva quel gesto delle sue mani, come se stesse versando goccia a goccia il sangue del proprio cuore davanti a lei, sulle pietre del selciato; “L’unica consolazione che ho avuto in queste molte settimane è che non l’abbia mai fatto. Perché se l’avessi fatto, e se lo stesso incantesimo fosse venuto a distruggermi, so che avrei spezzato quel legame, come se fosse stato solo un filo di seta”.

Lo guardò con uno sguardo pieno di paura e fece un gesto di ritiro. Lui rispose, come se lei avesse parlato davvero.

“No! Non sarebbe stato un atto volontario da parte mia, proprio come non è volontario per me essere qui ora. Sei tu a tirarmi verso di te. Anche se fossi rinchiuso in una forte prigione, tu mi tireresti fuori; romperei ogni barriera pur di raggiungerti. Anche se fossi disteso su un letto di malato, tu mi faresti alzare, per poi cadere nuovamente lì.”

L’energia selvaggia di quell’uomo, ormai completamente scatenata, era davvero terribile. Si fermò e posò la mano su un pezzo della balaustra che delimitava il cimitero, come se volesse staccare quella pietra.

“Nessuno sa, fino a quando non arriva quel momento, quali profondità si nascondano dentro di lui. Per alcuni uomini quel momento non arriverà mai; che riposino e siano grati! Per me, voi l’avete portato; su di me, voi lo avete imposto. E il fondo di questo mare in tempesta,” disse battendosi il petto, “è stato rivelato da allora.”

“Signor Headstone, ne ho sentito abbastanza. Lasciate che vi fermi qui. Sarà meglio per voi e meglio per me. Andiamo a cercare mio fratello.”

“Non ancora. Deve essere detto, e lo sarà. Sono in tormento da quando ho smesso di parlarne. Siete allarmati. È un’altra delle mie sofferenze: non riesco a parlare con voi o di voi senza inciampare su ogni singola parola. A meno che non lasci completamente perdere il controllo e impazzisca. Ecco un uomo che sta accendendo le lampade. Se ne andrà subito. Vi prego, camminiamo ancora una volta intorno a questo posto. Non c’è motivo di allarmarsi. Riesco a controllarmi, ”

Cedette alla loro preghiera, come avrebbe potuto fare altrimenti! E camminarono avanti e indietro sulle pietre in silenzio. Una dopo l’altra, le luci si accendevano, rendendo la fredda torre grigia della chiesa ancora più lontana, e loro rimasero di nuovo soli. Lui non disse più nulla fino a quando non raggiunsero il punto in cui aveva interrotto il suo discorso; lì si fermò di nuovo, afferrando nuovamente quella pietra. Mentre pronunciava quelle parole, non la guardò mai, ma fissò soltanto la pietra e la strinse con forza.

“Sai cosa sto per dire. Ti amo. Cosa possano intendere altri uomini quando usano quell’espressione, non lo so; quello che intendo io è che sono soggetto a un’attrazione immensa contro cui ho lottato invano, ma che alla fine ha la meglio su di me. Potresti attirarmi verso il fuoco, verso l’acqua, verso la forca, verso qualsiasi forma di morte; potresti attirarmi verso tutto ciò che ho sempre cercato di evitare, verso ogni sorta di umiliazione e disonore. È proprio questo, insieme al caos dei miei pensieri, a rendere impossibile che io possa fare qualsiasi cosa. Questo è ciò che intendo quando dico che tu sei la mia rovina. Ma se accetterai la mia proposta di sposarmi, potresti attirarmi verso tutto ciò che è buono, con la stessa forza. Le mie condizioni finanziarie sono piuttosto buone, e tu non avresti bisogno di nulla; la mia reputazione è rispettabile e potrebbe proteggere anche la tua. Se mi vedessi al lavoro, capace di svolgerlo bene e rispettato per questo, forse provaresti persino un certo orgoglio di me. E io farò del mio meglio perché ciò accada. Qualsiasi obiezione possa aver avuto inizialmente, l’ho superata. Lo faccio con tutto il cuore. Tuo fratello mi appoggia molto; è probabile che viviamo e lavoriamo insieme. In ogni caso, lui avrà sicuramente il mio massimo sostegno e influenza. Non so cosa altro potrei dire. Forse solo peggiorare ciò che ho già detto. Aggiungo soltanto che, se questa proposta è seria per te, lo è anche per me, seriamente, terribilmente seriamente.”

The powdered mortar from under the stone at which he wrenched, rattled on the pavement to confirm his words.

‘Mr Headstone—’

‘Stop! I implore you, before you answer me, to walk round this place once more. It will give you a minute’s time to think, and me a minute’s time to get some fortitude together.’

Again she yielded to the entreaty, and again they came back to the same place, and again he worked at the stone.

‘Is it,’ he said, with his attention apparently engrossed by it, ‘yes, or no?’

‘Mr Headstone, I thank you sincerely, I thank you gratefully, and hope you may find a worthy wife before long and be very happy. But it is no.’

‘Is no short time necessary for reflection; no weeks or days?’ he asked, in the same half-suffocated way.

‘None whatever.’

‘Are you quite decided, and is there no chance of any change in my favour?’

‘I am quite decided, Mr Headstone, and I am bound to answer I am certain there is none.’

‘Then,’ said he, suddenly changing his tone and turning to her, and bringing his clenched hand down upon the stone with a force that laid the knuckles raw and bleeding; ‘then I hope that I may never kill him!’

The dark look of hatred and revenge with which the words broke from his livid lips, and with which he stood holding out his smeared hand as if it held some weapon and had just struck a mortal blow, made her so afraid of him that she turned to run away. But he caught her by the arm.

‘Mr Headstone, let me go. Mr Headstone, I must call for help!’

‘It is I who should call for help,’ he said; ‘you don’t know yet how much I need it.’

The working of his face as she shrank from it, glancing round for her brother and uncertain what to do, might have extorted a cry from her in another instant; but all at once he sternly stopped it and fixed it, as if Death itself had done so.

‘There! You see I have recovered myself. Hear me out.’

With much of the dignity of courage, as she recalled her self-reliant life and her right to be free from accountability to this man, she released her arm from his grasp and stood looking full at him. She had never been so handsome, in his eyes. A shade came over them while he looked back at her, as if she drew the very light out of them to herself.

‘This time, at least, I will leave nothing unsaid,’ he went on, folding his hands before him, clearly to prevent his being betrayed into any impetuous gesture; ‘this last time at least I will not be tortured with after-thoughts of a lost opportunity. Mr Eugene Wrayburn.’

‘Was it of him you spoke in your ungovernable rage and violence?’ Lizzie Hexam demanded with spirit.

He bit his lip, and looked at her, and said never a word.

‘Was it Mr Wrayburn that you threatened?’

He bit his lip again, and looked at her, and said never a word.

‘You asked me to hear you out, and you will not speak. Let me find my brother.’

‘Stay! I threatened no one.’

Her look dropped for an instant to his bleeding hand. He lifted it to his mouth, wiped it on his sleeve, and again folded it over the other. ‘Mr Eugene Wrayburn,’ he repeated.

‘Why do you mention that name again and again, Mr Headstone?’

‘Because it is the text of the little I have left to say. Observe! There are no threats in it. If I utter a threat, stop me, and fasten it upon me. Mr Eugene Wrayburn.’

A worse threat than was conveyed in his manner of uttering the name, could hardly have escaped him.

‘He haunts you. You accept favours from him. You are willing enough to listen to HIM. I know it, as well as he does.’

‘Mr Wrayburn has been considerate and good to me, sir,’ said Lizzie, proudly, ‘in connexion with the death and with the memory of my poor father.’

‘No doubt. He is of course a very considerate and a very good man, Mr Eugene Wrayburn.’

‘He is nothing to you, I think,’ said Lizzie, with an indignation she could not repress.

‘Oh yes, he is. There you mistake. He is much to me.’

‘What can he be to you?’

‘He can be a rival to me among other things,’ said Bradley.

‘Mr Headstone,’ returned Lizzie, with a burning face, ‘it is cowardly in you to speak to me in this way. But it makes me able to tell you that I do not like you, and that I never have liked you from the first, and that no other living creature has anything to do with the effect you have produced upon me for yourself.’

His head bent for a moment, as if under a weight, and he then looked up again, moistening his lips. ‘I was going on with the little I had left to say. I knew all this about Mr Eugene Wrayburn, all the while you were drawing me to you. I strove against the knowledge, but quite in vain. It made no difference in me. With Mr Eugene Wrayburn in my mind, I went on. With Mr Eugene Wrayburn in my mind, I spoke to you just now. With Mr Eugene Wrayburn in my mind, I have been set aside and I have been cast out.’

‘If you give those names to my thanking you for your proposal and declining it, is it my fault, Mr Headstone?’ said Lizzie, compassionating the bitter struggle he could not conceal, almost as much as she was repelled and alarmed by it.

‘I am not complaining,’ he returned, ‘I am only stating the case. I had to wrestle with my self-respect when I submitted to be drawn to you in spite of Mr Wrayburn. You may imagine how low my self-respect lies now.’

She was hurt and angry; but repressed herself in consideration of his suffering, and of his being her brother’s friend.

‘And it lies under his feet,’ said Bradley, unfolding his hands in spite of himself, and fiercely motioning with them both towards the stones of the pavement. ‘Remember that! It lies under that fellow’s feet, and he treads upon it and exults above it.’

‘He does not!’ said Lizzie.

‘He does!’ said Bradley. ‘I have stood before him face to face, and he crushed me down in the dirt of his contempt, and walked over me. Why? Because he knew with triumph what was in store for me to-night.’

La polvere di malta che si trovava sotto la pietra che aveva strappato via produceva un rumore sul marciapiede, confermando così le sue parole.

“Mr Headstone, ”

“Fermati! Ti prego, prima di rispondermi, cammina ancora una volta intorno a questo posto. Ti darà un minuto per pensare, e a me un minuto per raccogliere le forze.”

Di nuovo lei cedette alle sue suppliche, e di nuovo tornarono nello stesso posto; ancora una volta lui lavorò sulla pietra.

“È così,” disse, apparentemente completamente assorto in quel pensiero, “sì, o no?”

“Signor Headstone, le ringrazio sinceramente, con profonda gratitudine, e spero che presto possa trovare una moglie degna di lui e diventare molto felice. Ma non è così.”

“Non è necessario molto tempo per riflettere, né settimane, né giorni,” chiese, con lo stesso tono soffocato.

“Nessuno affatto.”

“Sei davvero deciso, e non c’è alcuna possibilità di cambiamento a mio favore?”

“Sono assolutamente deciso, signor Headstone: devo rispondere che ne sono certo, non ce n’è nessuna.”

“Allora,” disse lui, cambiando improvvisamente tono e rivolgendosi a lei, mentre abbassava la mano stretta con forza sulla pietra, fino a far sanguinare le nocche; “allora spero di non dover mai ucciderlo!”

Lo sguardo cupo di odio e vendetta con cui quelle parole uscirono dalle sue labbra livide, e con cui si fermò tendendo la sua mano sporca come se stringesse un’arma appena scagliata contro qualcuno, la spaventarono a tal punto che cercò di fuggire. Ma lui le afferrò il braccio.

“Signor Headstone, lasciatemi andare! Signor Headstone, devo chiamare aiuto!”

“Sono io che dovrei chiedere aiuto”, disse; “non sapete ancora quanto ne abbia bisogno”.

L’espressione sul suo viso, mentre lei si allontanava da lui, guardandosi intorno alla ricerca di suo fratello e incerta su cosa fare, avrebbe potuto farle emettere un grido in quell’istante; ma improvvisamente lui fermò quella reazione con fermezza, fissando il suo sguardo, come se fosse stata la Morte stessa a farlo.

“Ecco! Vedi che mi sono ripreso. Lasciami parlare fino in fondo.”

Con grande dignità e coraggio, ricordando la sua vita basata sull’autoaffidamento e il suo diritto di essere libera da qualsiasi responsabilità nei confronti di quell’uomo, liberò il proprio braccio dalla sua presa e si alzò per guardarlo dritto negli occhi. Ai suoi occhi, non era mai stata così bella. Un velo di tristezza gli apparve nello sguardo mentre la fissava a sua volta, come se lei stesse assorbendo tutta la luce presente nei suoi occhi per sé stessa.

‘Almeno questa volta,’ continuò, incrociando le mani davanti a sé per evitare di compiere gesti impulsivi che potessero tradirlo, ‘almeno questa ultima volta non sarò tormentato dai rimpianti per un’opportunità persa. Signor Eugene Wrayburn.’

“Era di lui che parlavi nella tua rabbia e violenza incontrollabili?” chiese con determinazione Lizzie Hexam.

Si morse il labbro, la guardò e non disse una parola.

“È stato il signor Wrayburn la persona che avete minacciato?”

Si morse di nuovo il labbro, la guardò e non disse una parola.

“Mi hai chiesto di ascoltarti fino in fondo, e invece non parli. Lasciami cercare mio fratello.”

Fermati! Non ho minacciato nessuno.

Il suo sguardo si posò per un istante sulla sua mano sanguinante. La sollevò alla bocca, la pulì con la manica e poi la ripose di nuovo sopra l’altra. “Signor Eugene Wrayburn”, ripeté.

“Perché menziona quel nome continuamente, signor Headstone?”

“Perché è il testo delle ultime cose che ho da dire. Osservate: non contiene minacce. Se pronunciassi una minaccia, fermatemi e imputatela a me. Signor Eugene Wrayburn.”

Una minaccia peggiore di quella che trasmetteva il modo in cui pronunciava quel nome, difficilmente avrebbe potuto sfuggirgli.

“Ti perseguita. Accetti i suoi favori. Sei disposta ad ascoltarlo. Lo so, tanto quanto lo sa lui.”

“Signor Wrayburn si è sempre comportato con me in modo gentile e premuroso, signore,” disse Lizzie con orgoglio, “soprattutto riguardo alla morte e al ricordo di mio povero padre.”

“Nessun >dubbio. È certamente un uomo molto premuroso e molto gentile, il signor >Eugene Wrayburn.”

“Non significa nulla per te, penso,” disse Lizzie, con un’indignazione che non riusciva a trattenere.

“Ah sì, lo è. Ecco dove vi sbagliate: lui significa molto per me.”

“Che ruolo può avere lui nella tua vita?”

“Può essere un mio rivale, tra le altre cose,” disse Bradley.

“Signor Headstone,” rispose Lizzie, con il viso arrossato, “è codardo da parte sua parlarmi in questo modo. Ma questo mi permette di dirle che non le piaccio, e che non le sono mai piaciuta fin dall’inizio. E che nessun’altra persona al mondo ha mai provato per lei ciò che lei ha provato per me.”

Abbassò la testa per un momento, come se fosse oppresso da un peso, poi la rialzò, umidificandosi le labbra. “Stavo per continuare a dire ciò che mi restava da dire. Sapevo tutto di quest’uomo, il signor Eugene Wrayburn, mentre tu cercavi di attirarmi a te. Ho lottato contro questa consapevolezza, ma invano. Non ha cambiato nulla in me. Con il signor Eugene Wrayburn nella mia mente, ho continuato. Con il signor Eugene Wrayburn nella mia mente, ti ho parlato poco fa. Con il signor Eugene Wrayburn nella mia mente, ora sono stato messo da parte e scartato.”

“Se do questi nomi per ringraziarvi della vostra proposta e rifiutarla, è colpa mia, signor Headstone?” disse Lizzie, provando compassione per la difficile lotta che lui non riusciva a nascondere, quasi tanto quanto ne era disgustata e allarmata.

“Non sto lamentandomi,” rispose, “sto solo esponendo i fatti. Ho dovuto lottare con il mio rispetto per me stesso quando ho deciso di essere attratto da te nonostante il signor Wrayburn. Potete immaginare quanto sia basso ora il mio rispetto per me stesso.”

Era ferita e arrabbiata; ma si trattenne, considerando il suo sofferimento e il fatto che fosse l’amico di suo fratello.

“E si trova sotto i suoi piedi,” disse Bradley, aprendo le mani involontariamente e indicando con forza verso le pietre del marciapiede. “Ricordatelo! Si trova proprio sotto i piedi di quel tizio, e lui ci cammina sopra, esultando per questo.”

“Non lo fa!” disse Lizzie.

“Lo fa davvero!” disse Bradley. “Sono stato di fronte a lui faccia a faccia, e lui mi ha schiacciato nella polvere del suo disprezzo, calpestandomi. Perché? Perché sapeva, con trionfo, ciò che mi aspettava quella notte, ”

‘O, Mr Headstone, you talk quite wildly.’

‘Quite collectedly. I know what I say too well. Now I have said all. I have used no threat, remember; I have done no more than show you how the case stands;—how the case stands, so far.’

At this moment her brother sauntered into view close by. She darted to him, and caught him by the hand. Bradley followed, and laid his heavy hand on the boy’s opposite shoulder.

‘Charley Hexam, I am going home. I must walk home by myself to-night, and get shut up in my room without being spoken to. Give me half an hour’s start, and let me be, till you find me at my work in the morning. I shall be at my work in the morning just as usual.’

Clasping his hands, he uttered a short unearthly broken cry, and went his way. The brother and sister were left looking at one another near a lamp in the solitary churchyard, and the boy’s face clouded and darkened, as he said in a rough tone: ‘What is the meaning of this? What have you done to my best friend? Out with the truth!’

‘Charley!’ said his sister. ‘Speak a little more considerately!’

‘I am not in the humour for consideration, or for nonsense of any sort,’ replied the boy. ‘What have you been doing? Why has Mr Headstone gone from us in that way?’

‘He asked me—you know he asked me—to be his wife, Charley.’

Well?’ said the boy, impatiently.

‘And I was obliged to tell him that I could not be his wife.’

‘You were obliged to tell him,’ repeated the boy angrily, between his teeth, and rudely pushing her away. ‘You were obliged to tell him! Do you know that he is worth fifty of you?’

‘It may easily be so, Charley, but I cannot marry him.’

‘You mean that you are conscious that you can’t appreciate him, and don’t deserve him, I suppose?’

‘I mean that I do not like him, Charley, and that I will never marry him.’

‘Upon my soul,’ exclaimed the boy, ‘you are a nice picture of a sister! Upon my soul, you are a pretty piece of disinterestedness! And so all my endeavours to cancel the past and to raise myself in the world, and to raise you with me, are to be beaten down by YOUR low whims; are they?’

‘I will not reproach you, Charley.’

‘Hear her!’ exclaimed the boy, looking round at the darkness. ‘She won’t reproach me! She does her best to destroy my fortunes and her own, and she won’t reproach me! Why, you’ll tell me, next, that you won’t reproach Mr Headstone for coming out of the sphere to which he is an ornament, and putting himself at YOUR feet, to be rejected by YOU!’

‘No, Charley; I will only tell you, as I told himself, that I thank him for doing so, that I am sorry he did so, and that I hope he will do much better, and be happy.’

Some touch of compunction smote the boy’s hardening heart as he looked upon her, his patient little nurse in infancy, his patient friend, adviser, and reclaimer in boyhood, the self-forgetting sister who had done everything for him. His tone relented, and he drew her arm through his.

‘Now, come, Liz; don’t let us quarrel: let us be reasonable and talk this over like brother and sister. Will you listen to me?’

‘Oh, Charley!’ she replied through her starting tears; ‘do I not listen to you, and hear many hard things!’

‘Then I am sorry. There, Liz! I am unfeignedly sorry. Only you do put me out so. Now see. Mr Headstone is perfectly devoted to you. He has told me in the strongest manner that he has never been his old self for one single minute since I first brought him to see you. Miss Peecher, our schoolmistress—pretty and young, and all that—is known to be very much attached to him, and he won’t so much as look at her or hear of her. Now, his devotion to you must be a disinterested one; mustn’t it? If he married Miss Peecher, he would be a great deal better off in all worldly respects, than in marrying you. Well then; he has nothing to get by it, has he?’

‘Nothing, Heaven knows!’

‘Very well then,’ said the boy; ‘that’s something in his favour, and a great thing. Then I come in. Mr Headstone has always got me on, and he has a good deal in his power, and of course if he was my brother-in-law he wouldn’t get me on less, but would get me on more. Mr Headstone comes and confides in me, in a very delicate way, and says, “I hope my marrying your sister would be agreeable to you, Hexam, and useful to you?” I say, “There’s nothing in the world, Mr Headstone, that I could be better pleased with.” Mr Headstone says, “Then I may rely upon your intimate knowledge of me for your good word with your sister, Hexam?” And I say, “Certainly, Mr Headstone, and naturally I have a good deal of influence with her.” So I have; haven’t I, Liz?’

‘Yes, Charley.’

Well said! Now, you see, we begin to get on, the moment we begin to be really talking it over, like brother and sister. Very well. Then YOU come in. As Mr Headstone’s wife you would be occupying a most respectable station, and you would be holding a far better place in society than you hold now, and you would at length get quit of the river-side and the old disagreeables belonging to it, and you would be rid for good of dolls’ dressmakers and their drunken fathers, and the like of that. Not that I want to disparage Miss Jenny Wren: I dare say she is all very well in her way; but her way is not your way as Mr Headstone’s wife. Now, you see, Liz, on all three accounts—on Mr Headstone’s, on mine, on yours—nothing could be better or more desirable.’

They were walking slowly as the boy spoke, and here he stood still, to see what effect he had made. His sister’s eyes were fixed upon him; but as they showed no yielding, and as she remained silent, he walked her on again. There was some discomfiture in his tone as he resumed, though he tried to conceal it.

‘Having so much influence with you, Liz, as I have, perhaps I should have done better to have had a little chat with you in the first instance, before Mr Headstone spoke for himself. But really all this in his favour seemed so plain and undeniable, and I knew you to have always been so reasonable and sensible, that I didn’t consider it worth while. Very likely that was a mistake of mine. However, it’s soon set right. All that need be done to set it right, is for you to tell me at once that I may go home and tell Mr Headstone that what has taken place is not final, and that it will all come round by-and-by.’

“Oh, signor Headstone, parlate davvero in modo assurdo.”

“Molto calmo e composto. So bene ciò che dico. Ora ho detto tutto. Non ho usato minacce, ricordatelo; non ho fatto altro che mostrarvi come stanno le cose, almeno per ora.”

In quel momento suo fratello apparve poco lontano. Lei corse verso di lui e gli afferrò la mano. Bradley lo seguì e posò la sua pesante mano sull’altra spalla del ragazzo.

‘Charley Hexam, sto per tornare a casa. Devo camminare da solo fino a notte, e poi chiudermi nella mia stanza senza che nessuno mi parli. Dammi mezz’ora di vantaggio, e lasciami in pace, fino a quando non mi troverai al mio lavoro la mattina. Sarò lì come sempre.’

Tenendosi le mani, emise un breve grido straziato e se ne andò. Il fratello e la sorella rimasero a guardarsi l’un l’altro vicino a una lampada nel desolato cimitero; il viso del ragazzo si oscurò e, con tono rude, disse: “Che significato ha tutto questo? Cosa avete fatto al mio migliore amico? Ditemi la verità!”

“Charley!”, disse sua sorella. “Parla un po’ più con considerazione!”

“Non sono nello umore giusto per essere preso in considerazione, né per ascoltare sciocchezze di alcun tipo,” rispose il ragazzo. “Cosa hai fatto? Perché il signor Headstone se n’è andato in quel modo?”

“Mi ha chiesto, sai, mi ha chiesto di diventare sua moglie, Charley.”

“‘Bene’?” disse il ragazzo, impaziente.

“E ho dovuto dirgli che non potevo diventare sua moglie.”

“Eri obbligata a dirglielo,” ripeté il ragazzo con rabbia, tra i denti, spingendola via in modo scortese. “Eri obbligata a dirglielo! Sai che lui vale cinquanta volte di più di te?”

“Potrebbe essere facile, Charley, ma non posso sposarlo.”

“Voleti dire che sei consapevole di non essere in grado di apprezzarlo e che, probabilmente, non lo meriti?”

“Voglio dire che non mi piace affatto, Charley, e che non lo sposerò mai.”

“Per la mia ‘anima”, esclamò il ragazzo, “tu sei davvero un bell’esempio di sorella! Per la mia ‘anima, sei davvero un esempio di altruismo. E così tutti i miei sforzi per dimenticare il passato, per migliorare nella vita e per aiutarti a farlo anch’tuono vengono vanificati dai tuoi capricci. È vero?”

“Non ti rimprovererò, Charley.”

“Sentitela!” esclamò il ragazzo, guardandosi intorno nella oscurità. “Non mi rimprovererà! Fa del suo meglio per distruggere sia la mia che la sua fortuna, eppure non mi rimprovererà. E poi, ditemi: non mi direte mica che non rimprovererete nemmeno il signor Headstone per essere uscito dal ruolo che gli spetta, per essersi umiliato davanti a VOI, solo per essere rifiutato da VOI!”

“No, Charley; ti dirò soltanto quello che ho detto anche a me stesso: gli sono grato per averlo fatto, mi dispiace che l’abbia fatto, e spero che in futuro faccia molto meglio e sia felice.”

Un certo senso di rimorso colpì il cuore ormai indurito del ragazzo mentre la guardava: la sua paziente piccola infermiera nell’infanzia, la sua amica fedele, consigliera e sostegno durante l’adolescenza, quella sorella che aveva fatto di tutto per lui. Il suo tono si addolcì, e le prese il braccio.

“Ora vieni, Liz; non lasciare che litighiamo: siamo ragionevoli e parliamone come fratello e sorella. Mi ascolterai?”

“Oh, Charley!” rispose lei tra le lacrime che iniziavano a scorrere; “Non ti ascolto forse, e non sento molte cose dure da dire?”

“Allora mi dispiace davvero. Ecco, Liz! Mi dispiace sinceramente. Solo tu riesci a mettermi in questa situazione. Ora vedi: il signor Headstone è completamente devoto a te. Mi ha detto chiaramente che da quando l’ho portato da te per la prima volta, non è più stato se stesso nemmeno per un minuto. La signorina Peecher, la nostra insegnante, bella e giovane, insomma, è molto affezionata a lui, ma lui non le rivolge nemmeno uno sguardo né pensa a lei. Quindi, il suo attaccamento verso di te deve essere sincero, vero? Se sposasse la signorina Peecher, sarebbe molto più avvantaggiato in termini materiali rispetto a se ti sposasse. Beh, allora, non ha certo nulla da guadagnare a farlo, giusto?”

“Niente, solo il cielo lo sa!”

“Molto bene allora,” disse il ragazzo; “questo è un punto a suo favore, e un punto molto importante. Poi arrivo io. Il signor Headstone mi ha sempre trattato bene; ha molta influenza, e naturalmente, se fosse mio cognato, non mi tratterebbe meno bene, anzi meglio ancora. Il signor Headstone viene da me e mi confida in modo molto delicato, dicendo: ‘Spero che il fatto di sposare tua sorella ti vada a genio, Hexam, e sia anche vantaggioso per te.’ Io rispondo: ‘Non c’è nulla al mondo, signor Headstone, che potrebbe rendermi più felice.’ Lui allora dice: ‘Allora posso contare sul tuo affetto per me, affinché parli bene di me a tua sorella, Hexam?’ E io rispondo: ‘Certo, signor Headstone, e naturalmente ho molta influenza su di lei.’ Ed è vero, non è così, Liz?’

“Sì, Charley.”

‘Ben detto! Ora, vedi, iniziamo finalmente a capirci a vicenda, dal momento che cominciamo davvero a parlare seriamente, come fratello e sorella. Molto bene. Poi arrivi tu. Come moglie di Mr Headstone, occuperesti una posizione molto rispettabile e godresti di uno status sociale molto più elevato di ora; inoltre, ti libereresti per sempre della zona vicino al fiume e di tutte le spiacevolezze che vi sono legate. E non dovresti più avere a che fare con quelle modiste o i loro padri ubriaconi, e simili. Non voglio certo insultare Miss Jenny Wren: direi anzi che abbia i suoi pregi; ma il suo modo di vivere non è adatto a te, come moglie di Mr Headstone. Ora capisci, Liz. Per tutti e tre gli aspetti – quello di Mr Headstone, il mio e il tuo – nulla potrebbe essere migliore o più desiderabile.’

Camminavano lentamente mentre il ragazzo parlava; poi si fermarono per vedere quale effetto avesse avuto ciò che aveva detto. Gli occhi di sua sorella erano fissi su di lui; ma poiché non mostravano alcun segno di cedimento e lei rimaneva in silenzio, continuarono a camminare. Nel suo tono si percepiva un certo imbarazzo, anche se cercava di nasconderlo.

“Avendo su di te così grande influenza, Liz, forse avrei dovuto parlare con te prima che il signor Headstone intervenisse. Ma in realtà tutte le prove a suo favore sembravano così evidenti e indiscutibili. E sapevo che tu eri sempre stata così ragionevole e sensata, quindi non ho ritenuto necessario farlo. Molto probabilmente è stato un mio errore. Comunque, ora possiamo rimediare. Tutto ciò che serve è che tu mi dica subito di poter tornare a casa e dire al signor Headstone che quanto è accaduto non è definitivo, e che tutto si risolverà presto.”

He stopped again. The pale face looked anxiously and lovingly at him, but she shook her head.

‘Can’t you speak?’ said the boy sharply.

‘I am very unwilling to speak, Charley. If I must, I must. I cannot authorize you to say any such thing to Mr Headstone: I cannot allow you to say any such thing to Mr Headstone. Nothing remains to be said to him from me, after what I have said for good and all, to-night.’

‘And this girl,’ cried the boy, contemptuously throwing her off again, ‘calls herself a sister!’

‘Charley, dear, that is the second time that you have almost struck me. Don’t be hurt by my words. I don’t mean—Heaven forbid!—that you intended it; but you hardly know with what a sudden swing you removed yourself from me.’

‘However!’ said the boy, taking no heed of the remonstrance, and pursuing his own mortified disappointment, ‘I know what this means, and you shall not disgrace me.’

‘It means what I have told you, Charley, and nothing more.’

‘That’s not true,’ said the boy in a violent tone, ‘and you know it’s not. It means your precious Mr Wrayburn; that’s what it means.’

‘Charley! If you remember any old days of ours together, forbear!’

‘But you shall not disgrace me,’ doggedly pursued the boy. ‘I am determined that after I have climbed up out of the mire, you shall not pull me down. You can’t disgrace me if I have nothing to do with you, and I will have nothing to do with you for the future.’

‘Charley! On many a night like this, and many a worse night, I have sat on the stones of the street, hushing you in my arms. Unsay those words without even saying you are sorry for them, and my arms are open to you still, and so is my heart.’

‘I’ll not unsay them. I’ll say them again. You are an inveterately bad girl, and a false sister, and I have done with you. For ever, I have done with you!’

He threw up his ungrateful and ungracious hand as if it set up a barrier between them, and flung himself upon his heel and left her. She remained impassive on the same spot, silent and motionless, until the striking of the church clock roused her, and she turned away. But then, with the breaking up of her immobility came the breaking up of the waters that the cold heart of the selfish boy had frozen. And ‘O that I were lying here with the dead!’ and ‘O Charley, Charley, that this should be the end of our pictures in the fire!’ were all the words she said, as she laid her face in her hands on the stone coping.

A figure passed by, and passed on, but stopped and looked round at her. It was the figure of an old man with a bowed head, wearing a large brimmed low-crowned hat, and a long-skirted coat. After hesitating a little, the figure turned back, and, advancing with an air of gentleness and compassion, said:

‘Pardon me, young woman, for speaking to you, but you are under some distress of mind. I cannot pass upon my way and leave you weeping here alone, as if there was nothing in the place. Can I help you? Can I do anything to give you comfort?’

She raised her head at the sound of these kind words, and answered gladly, ‘O, Mr Riah, is it you?’

‘My daughter,’ said the old man, ‘I stand amazed! I spoke as to a stranger. Take my arm, take my arm. What grieves you? Who has done this? Poor girl, poor girl!’

‘My brother has quarrelled with me,’ sobbed Lizzie, ‘and renounced me.’

‘He is a thankless dog,’ said the Jew, angrily. ‘Let him go. Shake the dust from thy feet and let him go. Come, daughter! Come home with me—it is but across the road—and take a little time to recover your peace and to make your eyes seemly, and then I will bear you company through the streets. For it is past your usual time, and will soon be late, and the way is long, and there is much company out of doors to-night.’

She accepted the support he offered her, and they slowly passed out of the churchyard. They were in the act of emerging into the main thoroughfare, when another figure loitering discontentedly by, and looking up the street and down it, and all about, started and exclaimed, ‘Lizzie! why, where have you been? Why, what’s the matter?’

As Eugene Wrayburn thus addressed her, she drew closer to the Jew, and bent her head. The Jew having taken in the whole of Eugene at one sharp glance, cast his eyes upon the ground, and stood mute.

‘Lizzie, what is the matter?’

‘Mr Wrayburn, I cannot tell you now. I cannot tell you to-night, if I ever can tell you. Pray leave me.’

‘But, Lizzie, I came expressly to join you. I came to walk home with you, having dined at a coffee-house in this neighbourhood and knowing your hour. And I have been lingering about,’ added Eugene, ‘like a bailiff; or,’ with a look at Riah, ‘an old clothesman.’

The Jew lifted up his eyes, and took in Eugene once more, at another glance.

‘Mr Wrayburn, pray, pray, leave me with this protector. And one thing more. Pray, pray be careful of yourself.’

‘Mysteries of Udolpho!’ said Eugene, with a look of wonder. ‘May I be excused for asking, in the elderly gentleman’s presence, who is this kind protector?’

‘A trustworthy friend,’ said Lizzie.

‘I will relieve him of his trust,’ returned Eugene. ‘But you must tell me, Lizzie, what is the matter?’

‘Her brother is the matter,’ said the old man, lifting up his eyes again.

‘Our brother the matter?’ returned Eugene, with airy contempt. ‘Our brother is not worth a thought, far less a tear. What has our brother done?’

The old man lifted up his eyes again, with one grave look at Wrayburn, and one grave glance at Lizzie, as she stood looking down. Both were so full of meaning that even Eugene was checked in his light career, and subsided into a thoughtful ‘Humph!’

With an air of perfect patience the old man, remaining mute and keeping his eyes cast down, stood, retaining Lizzie’s arm, as though in his habit of passive endurance, it would be all one to him if he had stood there motionless all night.

Si fermò di nuovo. Il suo viso pallido lo guardava con ansia e affetto, ma scosse la testa.

“Non riesci a parlare?” disse il ragazzo in tono brusco.

“Non ho affatto voglia di parlare, Charley. Se devo farlo, allora lo farò. Non posso autorizzarti a dire nulla del genere al signor Headstone; non posso permetterti di dirgli nulla del genere. Dopo tutto ciò che gli ho detto ieri sera, non c’è più nulla che io possa dirgli.”

“E questa ragazza,” gridò il ragazzo, gettandola via con disprezzo, “si chiama sorella!”

“Caro Charley, questa è la seconda volta che quasi mi colpisci. Non prendere sul serio le mie parole. Non intendo certo – per l’amor del cielo! – che tu l’abbia fatto apposta; ma non sai quanto improvvisamente ti sia allontanato da me.”

“Ma no!”, disse il ragazzo, ignorando le rimproveri e continuando a soffrire per la delusione subita, “So cosa significa tutto questo. E non mi farai vergognare.”

“Significa esattamente ciò che ti ho detto, Charley, e nient’altro.”

“Non è vero,” disse il ragazzo con tono aggressivo, “e tu lo sai che non lo è. Significa il tuo prezioso signor Wrayburn. È proprio questo che significa.”

“Charley! Se ricordi ancora i vecchi tempi trascorsi insieme, per favore,!”

“Ma non dovrai umiliarmi,” insistette ostinatamente il ragazzo. “Sono deciso che, una volta uscito da questo fango, tu non mi possa trascinare di nuovo giù. Non potrai umiliarmi se non avrò più nulla a che fare con te, e in futuro non avrò assolutamente nulla a che fare con te.”

‘Charley! In molte notti come questa, e in molte altre ancora peggiori, mi sono seduto sulle pietre della strada, tenendoti tra le mie braccia per calmarti. Non dire quelle parole senza nemmeno scusartene. Le mie braccia sono ancora aperte per te, così come il mio cuore.’

“Non le ritratterò. Le dirò di nuovo: sei una ragazza terribilmente cattiva, una falsa sorella. E basta con te. Per sempre, basta con te!”

Lui alzò la sua mano ingrata e scortese, come se creasse una barriera tra loro, poi si girò e la lasciò. Lei rimase immobile nello stesso posto, silenziosa e senza muoversi, fino a quando il suono dell’orologio della chiesa la risvegliò; allora se ne andò. Ma con la fine della sua immobilità, si sciolsero anche le acque che il cuore freddo e egoista di quel ragazzo aveva congelato, “Oh, se solo potessi giacere qui con i morti, ” “Oh, Charley, Charley, perché deve essere la fine delle nostre immagini nel fuoco, ” Queste furono le uniche parole che disse, mentre appoggiava il viso sulle mani, sulla pietra del bordo della strada.

Una figura passò davanti a lei e continuò per la sua strada, ma poi si fermò e si guardò intorno. Era la figura di un vecchio con la testa china, che indossava un cappello a tesa larga e bassa e un mantello con gonna lunga. Dopo aver esitato un attimo, quella figura tornò indietro e, avvicinandosi con aria gentile e compassionevole, disse:

“Perdonatemi, giovane donna, per avervi parlato, ma sembrate essere in preda a qualche angoscia. Non posso andarmene via lasciandovi piangere qui da sola, come se in questo posto non ci fosse nulla. Posso aiutarvi? C’è qualcosa che posso fare per confortarvi?”

Alzò lo sguardo sentendo queste parole gentili e rispose felicemente: “Oh, signor Riah, siete voi?”

“Mia figlia,” disse l’uomo anziano, “sono davvero stupito! Ho parlato come se fossi con uno sconosciuto. Prendimi il braccio, per favore. Cosa ti addolora? Chi è stato a farlo? Povera ragazza, ”

“Mio fratello si è arrabbiato con me”, singhiozzò Lizzie, “e mi ha abbandonata”.

“È un cane ingrato,” disse l’ebreo, arrabbiato. “Lascialo andare. Scuoti la polvere dai tuoi piedi e lascialo andare. Vieni, figlia mia! Torna a casa con me, è solo dall’altra parte della strada. Prenditi un po’ di tempo per riprenderti e sistemarti. Poi ti accompagnerò per le strade. Ormai è passata l’ora solita. Presto farà notte, il cammino è lungo. E ci sono molte persone in giro, di notte, ”

Accettò il sostegno che le offrì e lentamente lasciarono il cimitero. Mentre stavano per uscire sulla strada principale, un’altra figura, che se ne stava lì in piedi con aria insoddisfatta, guardando su e giù per la strada e intorno a loro, improvvisamente esclamò: “Lizzie! Ma dove sei stata? Cosa è successo?”

Quando Eugene Wrayburn le parlò in quel modo, lei si avvicinò di più al ebreo e chinò la testa. L’ebreo, dopo aver osservato attentamente tutto il viso di Eugene con uno sguardo rapido, abbassò lo sguardo a terra e rimase in silenzio.

“Lizzie, che cosa c’è?”

“Signor Wrayburn, non posso dirglielo ora. Non posso dirglielo stasera. Forse un giorno potrò farlo. La prego, lasciatemi in pace.”

“Ma, Lizzie, sono venuto apposta per unirmi a te. Sono venuto per tornare a casa con te, dopo aver pranzato in una caffetteria di questo quartiere e conoscendo l’ora in cui saresti uscita. E ho continuato ad aspettarti,” aggiunse Eugene, “come un ufficiale giudiziario, o,” guardando Riah, “come un vecchio rigattiere.”

Lo ebreo alzò lo sguardo e osservò di nuovo Eugene, questa volta con un altro sguardo.

“Signor Wrayburn, per favore, lasciatemi con questo protettore. E un’altra cosa: per favore, fate attenzione a voi stesso.”

“‘I misteri di Udolpho’!”, disse Eugenio, con uno sguardo di stupore. “Posso permettermi di chiedere, davanti a questo gentiluomo anziano, chi sia questo nobile protettore?”

“Un amico affidabile,” disse Lizzie.

“Gli toglierò la fiducia che ha in me,” rispose Eugene. “Ma devi dirmelo, Lizzie, qual è il problema?”

“Mio fratello è il problema,” disse l’uomo anziano, alzando di nuovo lo sguardo.

“Nostro fratello, che importanza ha?” rispose Eugene con un tono di sprezzante noncuranza. “Nostro fratello non merita nemmeno un pensiero, figuriamoci una lacrima. Cosa ha fatto mai nostro fratello?”

L’uomo anziano alzò di nuovo lo sguardo, lanciando un’occhiata seria verso Wrayburn e un’altra altrettanto seria verso Lizzie, che stava in piedi con lo sguardo abbassato. Entrambe quelle occhiate erano così piene di significato che persino Eugene, nel suo modo spensierato, si fermò e emise un pensoso “Humph!”.

Con un’aria di perfetta pazienza, l’uomo anziano rimase in silenzio, tenendo lo sguardo basso; continuò a stringere il braccio di Lizzie, come se, nella sua abitudine alla passiva resistenza, non facesse alcuna differenza per lui stare fermo lì tutta la notte.

‘If Mr Aaron,’ said Eugene, who soon found this fatiguing, ‘will be good enough to relinquish his charge to me, he will be quite free for any engagement he may have at the Synagogue. Mr Aaron, will you have the kindness?’

But the old man stood stock still.

‘Good evening, Mr Aaron,’ said Eugene, politely; ‘we need not detain you.’ Then turning to Lizzie, ‘Is our friend Mr Aaron a little deaf?’

‘My hearing is very good, Christian gentleman,’ replied the old man, calmly; ‘but I will hear only one voice to-night, desiring me to leave this damsel before I have conveyed her to her home. If she requests it, I will do it. I will do it for no one else.’

‘May I ask why so, Mr Aaron?’ said Eugene, quite undisturbed in his ease.

‘Excuse me. If she asks me, I will tell her,’ replied the old man. ‘I will tell no one else.’

‘I do not ask you,’ said Lizzie, ‘and I beg you to take me home. Mr Wrayburn, I have had a bitter trial to-night, and I hope you will not think me ungrateful, or mysterious, or changeable. I am neither; I am wretched. Pray remember what I said to you. Pray, pray, take care.’

‘My dear Lizzie,’ he returned, in a low voice, bending over her on the other side; ‘of what? Of whom?’

‘Of any one you have lately seen and made angry.’

He snapped his fingers and laughed. ‘Come,’ said he, ‘since no better may be, Mr Aaron and I will divide this trust, and see you home together. Mr Aaron on that side; I on this. If perfectly agreeable to Mr Aaron, the escort will now proceed.’

He knew his power over her. He knew that she would not insist upon his leaving her. He knew that, her fears for him being aroused, she would be uneasy if he were out of her sight. For all his seeming levity and carelessness, he knew whatever he chose to know of the thoughts of her heart.

And going on at her side, so gaily, regardless of all that had been urged against him; so superior in his sallies and self-possession to the gloomy constraint of her suitor and the selfish petulance of her brother; so faithful to her, as it seemed, when her own stock was faithless; what an immense advantage, what an overpowering influence, were his that night! Add to the rest, poor girl, that she had heard him vilified for her sake, and that she had suffered for his, and where the wonder that his occasional tones of serious interest (setting off his carelessness, as if it were assumed to calm her), that his lightest touch, his lightest look, his very presence beside her in the dark common street, were like glimpses of an enchanted world, which it was natural for jealousy and malice and all meanness to be unable to bear the brightness of, and to gird at as bad spirits might.

Nothing more being said of repairing to Riah’s, they went direct to Lizzie’s lodging. A little short of the house-door she parted from them, and went in alone.

‘Mr Aaron,’ said Eugene, when they were left together in the street, ‘with many thanks for your company, it remains for me unwillingly to say Farewell.’

‘Sir,’ returned the other, ‘I give you good night, and I wish that you were not so thoughtless.’

‘Mr Aaron,’ returned Eugene, ‘I give you good night, and I wish (for you are a little dull) that you were not so thoughtful.’

But now, that his part was played out for the evening, and when in turning his back upon the Jew he came off the stage, he was thoughtful himself. ‘How did Lightwood’s catechism run?’ he murmured, as he stopped to light his cigar. ‘What is to come of it? What are you doing? Where are you going? We shall soon know now. Ah!’ with a heavy sigh.

The heavy sigh was repeated as if by an echo, an hour afterwards, when Riah, who had been sitting on some dark steps in a corner over against the house, arose and went his patient way; stealing through the streets in his ancient dress, like the ghost of a departed Time.

“Se il signor Aaron,” disse Eugene, che presto si rese conto di quanto fosse noioso questo discorso, “fosse così gentile da cedermi le sue responsabilità, potrebbe dedicarsi liberamente a qualsiasi impegno avesse presso la Sinagoga. Signor Aaron, le sarebbe possibile essere così cortese?”

Ma l’uomo anziano rimase fermo immobile.

“Buonasera, signor Aaron,” disse Eugene con gentilezza; “non dobbiamo trattenervi.” Poi, rivolgendosi a Lizzie: “Il nostro amico, il signor Aaron, è un po’ sordo?”

“La mia udizione è molto buona, gentile signore Christian,” rispose l’uomo anziano con calma; “ma di notte sentirò soltanto una voce che mi chiederà di lasciare questa giovane donna prima di accompagnarla a casa sua. Se lei lo richiederà, lo farò. Lo farò solo per lei.”

“Posso chiedere il motivo, signor Aaron?”, disse Eugene, del tutto tranquillo e a suo agio.

“Scusi. Se me lo chiede, glielo dirò,” rispose l’uomo anziano. “Non lo dirò a nessun altro.”

“Non vi lo chiedo,” disse Lizzie, “e vi supplico di portarmi a casa. Signor Wrayburn, questa notte ho attraversato un momento terribile. Spero che non pensiate che io sia ingrata, misteriosa o capricciosa. Non lo sono affatto; sono solo sventurata. Per favore, ricordatevi di ciò che vi ho detto. Vi prego, prendetevi cura di me.”

“Mia cara Lizzie,” le rispose lui a bassa voce, chinandosi su di lei dall’altra parte; “di cosa? Di chi?”

“Di qualcuno che hai visto di recente e che hai fatto arrabbiare, ”

Schioccò le dita e rise. “Vieni,” disse, “poiché non c’è niente di meglio da fare, io e il signor Aaron divideremo questo incarico e ci occuperemo di portarti a casa insieme. Il signor Aaron da un lato; io dall’altro. Se per il signor Aaron va bene, l’accompagnamento può procedere immediatamente.”

Conosceva il proprio potere su di lei. Sapeva che lei non avrebbe insistito affinché lui la lasciasse. Sapeva che, avendo paura per lui, si sarebbe sentita a disagio se lui fosse stato fuori dalla sua vista. Nonostante la sua apparente leggerezza e indifferenza, sapeva tutto ciò che desiderava conoscere sui pensieri del suo cuore.

E procedendo al suo fianco, con tale allegria, nonostante tutto ciò che gli era stato detto contro di lui; superiore in ogni sua azione e nella padronanza di sé rispetto alla cupa oppressione del suo corteggiatore e all’egoismo del suo fratello; fedele a lei, quando lei stessa mancava di fedeltà. Che immenso vantaggio, che potente influenza aveva lui quella notte! Inoltre, povera ragazza, aveva sentito parlare male di lui a causa sua, e aveva sofferto per lui; e quando le sue occasionali parole di sincero interesse (che sembravano voler calmarla), il suo più lieve tocco, il suo sguardo più gentile, la semplice sua presenza al suo fianco nelle oscure strade, tutto ciò rappresentava come squarci di un mondo incantato. Non c’è da meravigliarsi che l’invidia, la malvagità e ogni sorta di meschinità non potessero sopportare tanta luminosità, e che le sembrassero influenze negative.

Non essendoci più nulla da dire riguardo al riparare a casa di Riah, andarono direttamente all’alloggio di Lizzie. Poco prima di arrivare alla porta di casa, si separò da loro e entrò da sola.

“Signor Aaron”, disse Eugene quando rimasero soli per strada,
“grazie mille per la sua compagnia, ma mi dispiace dover dire addio.”

“Signore,” rispose l’altro, “vi auguro una buona notte e spero che non siate così imprudente.”

“Signor Aaron”, rispose Eugene, “vi auguro una buona notte e spero, (poiché siete un po’ noioso, ) che non foste così pensieroso.”

Ma ora, che il suo ruolo era stato interpretato per quella sera e che, voltando le spalle al giudeo, era sceso dal palco, anche lui iniziò a riflettere. “Com’è andata la lezione di catechismo di Lightwood?”, mormorò mentre si fermava ad accendere il sigaro. “Cosa ne sarà adesso? Cosa stai facendo? Dove stai andando? Presto lo scopriremo. Ah!”, esclamò con un profondo sospiro.

Quel profondo sospiro si ripeté, come un eco, un’ora dopo: Riah, che aveva passato il tempo seduto su alcuni gradini scuri in un angolo vicino alla casa, si alzò e proseguì nel suo cammino lento e silenzioso; si muoveva furtivamente per le strade, vestito con i suoi abiti antichi, come lo fantasma di un’epoca ormai passata.

Chapter 16

AN ANNIVERSARY OCCASION

The estimable Twemlow, dressing himself in his lodgings over the stable-yard in Duke Street, Saint James’s, and hearing the horses at their toilette below, finds himself on the whole in a disadvantageous position as compared with the noble animals at livery. For whereas, on the one hand, he has no attendant to slap him soundingly and require him in gruff accents to come up and come over, still, on the other hand, he has no attendant at all; and the mild gentleman’s finger-joints and other joints working rustily in the morning, he could deem it agreeable even to be tied up by the countenance at his chamber-door, so he were there skilfully rubbed down and slushed and sluiced and polished and clothed, while himself taking merely a passive part in these trying transactions.

How the fascinating Tippins gets on when arraying herself for the bewilderment of the senses of men, is known only to the Graces and her maid; but perhaps even that engaging creature, though not reduced to the self-dependence of Twemlow could dispense with a good deal of the trouble attendant on the daily restoration of her charms, seeing that as to her face and neck this adorable divinity is, as it were, a diurnal species of lobster—throwing off a shell every forenoon, and needing to keep in a retired spot until the new crust hardens.

Howbeit, Twemlow doth at length invest himself with collar and cravat and wristbands to his knuckles, and goeth forth to breakfast. And to breakfast with whom but his near neighbours, the Lammles of Sackville Street, who have imparted to him that he will meet his distant kinsman, Mr Fledgely. The awful Snigsworth might taboo and prohibit Fledgely, but the peaceable Twemlow reasons, If he IS my kinsman I didn’t make him so, and to meet a man is not to know him.’

It is the first anniversary of the happy marriage of Mr and Mrs Lammle, and the celebration is a breakfast, because a dinner on the desired scale of sumptuosity cannot be achieved within less limits than those of the non-existent palatial residence of which so many people are madly envious. So, Twemlow trips with not a little stiffness across Piccadilly, sensible of having once been more upright in figure and less in danger of being knocked down by swift vehicles. To be sure that was in the days when he hoped for leave from the dread Snigsworth to do something, or be something, in life, and before that magnificent Tartar issued the ukase, ‘As he will never distinguish himself, he must be a poor gentleman-pensioner of mine, and let him hereby consider himself pensioned.’

Ah! my Twemlow! Say, little feeble grey personage, what thoughts are in thy breast to-day, of the Fancy—so still to call her who bruised thy heart when it was green and thy head brown—and whether it be better or worse, more painful or less, to believe in the Fancy to this hour, than to know her for a greedy armour-plated crocodile, with no more capacity of imagining the delicate and sensitive and tender spot behind thy waistcoat, than of going straight at it with a knitting-needle. Say likewise, my Twemlow, whether it be the happier lot to be a poor relation of the great, or to stand in the wintry slush giving the hack horses to drink out of the shallow tub at the coach-stand, into which thou has so nearly set thy uncertain foot. Twemlow says nothing, and goes on.

As he approaches the Lammles’ door, drives up a little one-horse carriage, containing Tippins the divine. Tippins, letting down the window, playfully extols the vigilance of her cavalier in being in waiting there to hand her out. Twemlow hands her out with as much polite gravity as if she were anything real, and they proceed upstairs. Tippins all abroad about the legs, and seeking to express that those unsteady articles are only skipping in their native buoyancy.

And dear Mrs Lammle and dear Mr Lammle, how do you do, and when are you going down to what’s-its-name place—Guy, Earl of Warwick, you know—what is it?—Dun Cow—to claim the flitch of bacon? And Mortimer, whose name is for ever blotted out from my list of lovers, by reason first of fickleness and then of base desertion, how do YOU do, wretch? And Mr Wrayburn, YOU here! What can YOU come for, because we are all very sure before-hand that you are not going to talk! And Veneering, M.P., how are things going on down at the house, and when will you turn out those terrible people for us? And Mrs Veneering, my dear, can it positively be true that you go down to that stifling place night after night, to hear those men prose? Talking of which, Veneering, why don’t you prose, for you haven’t opened your lips there yet, and we are dying to hear what you have got to say to us! Miss Podsnap, charmed to see you. Pa, here? No! Ma, neither? Oh! Mr Boots! Delighted. Mr Brewer! This IS a gathering of the clans. Thus Tippins, and surveys Fledgeby and outsiders through golden glass, murmuring as she turns about and about, in her innocent giddy way, Anybody else I know? No, I think not. Nobody there. Nobody THERE. Nobody anywhere!

Mr Lammle, all a-glitter, produces his friend Fledgeby, as dying for the honour of presentation to Lady Tippins. Fledgeby presented, has the air of going to say something, has the air of going to say nothing, has an air successively of meditation, of resignation, and of desolation, backs on Brewer, makes the tour of Boots, and fades into the extreme background, feeling for his whisker, as if it might have turned up since he was there five minutes ago.

But Lammle has him out again before he has so much as completely ascertained the bareness of the land. He would seem to be in a bad way, Fledgeby; for Lammle represents him as dying again. He is dying now, of want of presentation to Twemlow.

Twemlow offers his hand. Glad to see him. ‘Your mother, sir, was a connexion of mine.’

Capitolo 16

Un’occasione di anniversario

Il stimato Twemlow, mentre si vestiva nelle sue stanze situate sopra il cortile delle stalle in Duke Street, Saint James’s, e sentiva i cavalli sotto di lui occupati alle loro abluzioni mattutine, si trovava in una posizione piuttosto svantaggiosa rispetto a quegli nobili animali che vivevano nelle scuderie. Da un lato, infatti, non aveva nessuno che lo aiutasse ad indossare i vestiti con decisione e gli chiedesse con tono brusco di sbrigarsi; dall’altro lato, però, non aveva affatto alcun assistente. Così, al mattino, mentre le sue articolazioni si muovevano con difficoltà, avrebbe persino trovato piacevole se qualcuno fosse venuto nella sua stanza per strofinarlo, lavarlo e vestirlo con cura, lasciandogli lui stesso svolgere un ruolo passivo in queste operazioni.

Come la affascinante Tippins si prepari per suscitare lo stupore e l’ammirazione degli uomini è noto solo alle Grazie e alla sua ancella; ma forse anche quella incantevole creatura, sebbene non ridotta all’assoluta dipendenza dal proprio aspetto fisico come Twemlow, potrebbe evitare gran parte delle difficoltà legate al ripristino quotidiano dei propri “tratti attraenti”. Dopotutto, per quanto riguarda il viso e il collo, questa adorabile divinità è, in un certo senso, una sorta di aragosta: ogni mattina si “spoglia” della vecchia “carapace” e deve rimanere in un luogo appartato fino a quando la nuova corazza non si indurisce.

Tuttavia, alla fine Twemlow si indossa colletto, cravatta e braccialetti fino ai polsi, e va a fare colazione. E con chi altro potrebbe fare colazione se non con i suoi vicini di casa, i Lammle di Sackville Street, che gli hanno detto che incontrerà il suo lontano parente, il signor Fledgely? Anche se lo spaventoso Snigsworth potesse proibire a Fledgely di entrare in loro casa, il pacifico Twemlow ragiona così: “Se lui è davvero mio parente, non sono stato io ad averlo reso tale; inoltre, incontrare una persona non significa necessariamente conoscerla”.

È il primo anniversario del felice matrimonio di signor e signora Lammle; la celebrazione consiste in una colazione, poiché non è possibile organizzare una cena con l’entità di lusso desiderata entro i limiti di quella inesistente residenza palatina di cui tante persone sono follemente invidiose. Così, Twemlow cammina lungo Piccadilly con un po’ di rigidità, consapevole di essere ora più eretto e meno esposto al rischio di essere investito dai veicoli veloci. Quei giorni erano quelli in cui sperava ancora di ottenere il permesso dal terribile Snigsworth per poter fare qualcosa, o diventare qualcuno nella vita. Prima che quel magnifico “tartaro” emettesse l’ordine: “Poiché non riuscirà mai a distinguersi, dovrà diventare uno dei miei poveri gentiluomini pensionati. E si consideri pure tale da questo momento in poi.”

Ah! mio povero Twemlow. Dimmi, piccola creatura debole e grigia, quali pensieri hanno oggi nel tuo cuore riguardo a quella che una volta ferì il tuo cuore quando era ancora giovane e tenero. E se sia meglio, o peggio, più doloroso o meno, credere in lei anche ora, piuttosto che riconoscerla per ciò che realmente è: un “coccodrillo corazzato” avido e senza alcuna capacità di immaginare le cose delicate e sensibili. Dimmi pure, Twemlow. Se sia più fortunato essere soltanto una persona insignificante legata ai grandi, oppure trovarsi in mezzo alla fanghiglia invernale a fornire da bere ai cavalli davanti alle stazioni di posta. Twemlow non dice nulla e continua semplicemente ad andare avanti.

Mentre si avvicina alla porta dei Lammles, arriva una piccola carrozza a cavallo, nella quale c’è Tippins la divina. Tippins, abbassando il finestrino, esalta scherzosamente la vigilanza del suo cavaliere, che è rimasto ad aspettarla lì per aiutarla a scendere. Twemlow le porge la mano con tutta la dignità e cortesia, come se fosse davvero qualcuno importante, e poi salgono insieme al piano di sopra. Tippins, mentre cammina, cerca in tutti i modi di far capire che quelle sue gambe instabili stanno semplicemente “saltellando” per via della loro naturale agilità.

E cara signora Lammle, e caro signor Lammle, come state? E quando andrete in quel posto, come si chiama. Guy, l’Conte di Warwick, lo sapete. Dun Cow, per ritirare quella quantità di pancetta? E Mortimer, il cui nome è stato per sempre cancellato dalla mia lista degli amanti, a causa prima della sua incostanza e poi della sua ignobile abbandono, come stai tu, misero? E signor Wrayburn, eccovi qui! Cosa siete venuto a fare? Sappiamo tutti benissimo che non avrete intenzione di parlare. E Veneering, deputato, com’è la situazione in quella casa, e quando ci libererete da quelle terribili persone? E signora Veneering, cara, è davvero possibile che andiate in quel posto soffocante ogni notte ad ascoltare quegli uomini parlare? A proposito, Veneering, perché non parlate? Non avete ancora aperto bocca, e noi moriamo dalla curiosità di sapere cosa avete da dirci! Signorina Podsnap, è un piacere vedervi. Papà, siete qui? No. E nemmeno lui? Oh, signor Boots! Che gioia! Signor Brewer. Questa sì che è una vera riunione di famiglie. E così Tippins, osserva Fledgeby e gli estranei attraverso il suo vetro dorato, mormorando mentre gira intorno in quel modo suo innocente e un po’ stordito. C’è qualcun altro che conosco? No. Penso di no. Nessuno lì. Nessuno da nessuna parte!

Il signor Lammle, tutto luccicante, presenta il suo amico Fledgeby, che sembra morire dalla voglia di ricevere l’onore di essere presentato a Lady Tippins. Dopo la presentazione, Fledgeby ha un’aria come se stesse per dire qualcosa, poi come se non dovesse dire nulla; successivamente assume espressioni di meditazione, rassegnazione e desolazione. Si appoggia a Brewer, fa il giro dei negozi vicini e poi scompare nell’ombra, controllando la propria barba, come se potesse essere cresciuta da quando è stato lì cinque minuti prima.

Ma Lammle lo manda via di nuovo prima ancora che abbia potuto verificare appieno quanto sia desolata quella terra. Sembra che le cose stiano andando male per Fledgeby; infatti, Lammle lo descrive come se stesse morendo di nuovo. E ora sta davvero morendo, a causa della mancanza di un’opportunità per presentarsi a Twemlow.

“Twemlow mi porge la mano. È bello rivederlo. ‘Sua madre, signore, era una mia conoscente.’”

‘I believe so,’ says Fledgeby, ‘but my mother and her family were two.’

‘Are you staying in town?’ asks Twemlow.

‘I always am,’ says Fledgeby.

‘You like town,’ says Twemlow. But is felled flat by Fledgeby’s taking it quite ill, and replying, No, he don’t like town. Lammle tries to break the force of the fall, by remarking that some people do not like town. Fledgeby retorting that he never heard of any such case but his own, Twemlow goes down again heavily.

‘There is nothing new this morning, I suppose?’ says Twemlow, returning to the mark with great spirit.

Fledgeby has not heard of anything.

‘No, there’s not a word of news,’ says Lammle.

‘Not a particle,’ adds Boots.

‘Not an atom,’ chimes in Brewer.

Somehow the execution of this little concerted piece appears to raise the general spirits as with a sense of duty done, and sets the company a going. Everybody seems more equal than before, to the calamity of being in the society of everybody else. Even Eugene standing in a window, moodily swinging the tassel of a blind, gives it a smarter jerk now, as if he found himself in better case.

Breakfast announced. Everything on table showy and gaudy, but with a self-assertingly temporary and nomadic air on the decorations, as boasting that they will be much more showy and gaudy in the palatial residence. Mr Lammle’s own particular servant behind his chair; the Analytical behind Veneering’s chair; instances in point that such servants fall into two classes: one mistrusting the master’s acquaintances, and the other mistrusting the master. Mr Lammle’s servant, of the second class. Appearing to be lost in wonder and low spirits because the police are so long in coming to take his master up on some charge of the first magnitude.

Veneering, M.P., on the right of Mrs Lammle; Twemlow on her left; Mrs Veneering, W.M.P. (wife of Member of Parliament), and Lady Tippins on Mr Lammle’s right and left. But be sure that well within the fascination of Mr Lammle’s eye and smile sits little Georgiana. And be sure that close to little Georgiana, also under inspection by the same gingerous gentleman, sits Fledgeby.

Oftener than twice or thrice while breakfast is in progress, Mr Twemlow gives a little sudden turn towards Mrs Lammle, and then says to her, ‘I beg your pardon!’ This not being Twemlow’s usual way, why is it his way to-day? Why, the truth is, Twemlow repeatedly labours under the impression that Mrs Lammle is going to speak to him, and turning finds that it is not so, and mostly that she has her eyes upon Veneering. Strange that this impression so abides by Twemlow after being corrected, yet so it is.

Lady Tippins partaking plentifully of the fruits of the earth (including grape-juice in the category) becomes livelier, and applies herself to elicit sparks from Mortimer Lightwood. It is always understood among the initiated, that that faithless lover must be planted at table opposite to Lady Tippins, who will then strike conversational fire out of him. In a pause of mastication and deglutition, Lady Tippins, contemplating Mortimer, recalls that it was at our dear Veneerings, and in the presence of a party who are surely all here, that he told them his story of the man from somewhere, which afterwards became so horribly interesting and vulgarly popular.

‘Yes, Lady Tippins,’ assents Mortimer; ‘as they say on the stage, “Even so!”’

‘Then we expect you,’ retorts the charmer, ‘to sustain your reputation, and tell us something else.’

‘Lady Tippins, I exhausted myself for life that day, and there is nothing more to be got out of me.’

Mortimer parries thus, with a sense upon him that elsewhere it is Eugene and not he who is the jester, and that in these circles where Eugene persists in being speechless, he, Mortimer, is but the double of the friend on whom he has founded himself.

‘But,’ quoth the fascinating Tippins, ‘I am resolved on getting something more out of you. Traitor! what is this I hear about another disappearance?’

‘As it is you who have heard it,’ returns Lightwood, ‘perhaps you’ll tell us.’

Monster, away!’ retorts Lady Tippins. ‘Your own Golden Dustman referred me to you.’

Mr Lammle, striking in here, proclaims aloud that there is a sequel to the story of the man from somewhere. Silence ensues upon the proclamation.

‘I assure you,’ says Lightwood, glancing round the table, ‘I have nothing to tell.’ But Eugene adding in a low voice, ‘There, tell it, tell it!’ he corrects himself with the addition, ‘Nothing worth mentioning.’

Boots and Brewer immediately perceive that it is immensely worth mentioning, and become politely clamorous. Veneering is also visited by a perception to the same effect. But it is understood that his attention is now rather used up, and difficult to hold, that being the tone of the House of Commons.

‘Pray don’t be at the trouble of composing yourselves to listen,’ says Mortimer Lightwood, ‘because I shall have finished long before you have fallen into comfortable attitudes. It’s like—’

‘It’s like,’ impatiently interrupts Eugene, ‘the children’s narrative:

“I’ll tell you a story Of Jack a Manory, And now my story’s begun; I’ll tell you another Of Jack and his brother, And now my story is done.”

—Get on, and get it over!’

Eugene says this with a sound of vexation in his voice, leaning back in his chair and looking balefully at Lady Tippins, who nods to him as her dear Bear, and playfully insinuates that she (a self-evident proposition) is Beauty, and he Beast.

‘The reference,’ proceeds Mortimer, ‘which I suppose to be made by my honourable and fair enslaver opposite, is to the following circumstance. Very lately, the young woman, Lizzie Hexam, daughter of the late Jesse Hexam, otherwise Gaffer, who will be remembered to have found the body of the man from somewhere, mysteriously received, she knew not from whom, an explicit retraction of the charges made against her father, by another water-side character of the name of Riderhood. Nobody believed them, because little Rogue Riderhood—I am tempted into the paraphrase by remembering the charming wolf who would have rendered society a great service if he had devoured Mr Riderhood’s father and mother in their infancy—had previously played fast and loose with the said charges, and, in fact, abandoned them. However, the retraction I have mentioned found its way into Lizzie Hexam’s hands, with a general flavour on it of having been favoured by some anonymous messenger in a dark cloak and slouched hat, and was by her forwarded, in her father’s vindication, to Mr Boffin, my client. You will excuse the phraseology of the shop, but as I never had another client, and in all likelihood never shall have, I am rather proud of him as a natural curiosity probably unique.’

“Credo di sì,” dice Fledgeby, “ma mia madre e la sua famiglia erano due.”

“Resterai in città?” chiede Twemlow.

“Lo sono sempre,” dice Fledgeby.

“Ti piace la città,” dice Twemlow. Ma viene immediatamente contraddetto da Fledgeby, che si offende molto e risponde: “No, non mi piace affatto la città”. Lammle tenta di attenuare l’impatto di questa risposta osservando che alcune persone potrebbero non amare la città. Ma Fledgeby ribatte dicendo di non aver mai sentito parlare di casi del genere, tranne il proprio, e così Twemlow cade nuovamente nel disappunto.

“Non c’è nulla di nuovo stamattina, immagino, ”, dice Twemlow, tornando al suo compito con grande entusiasmo.

Fledgeby non ha sentito parlare di nulla.

“No, non c’è alcuna novità,” dice Lammle.

“Nemmeno una particella,” aggiunge Boots.

“Nemmeno un atomo,” interviene Brewer.

In qualche modo, l’esecuzione di questo piccolo brano concordato sembra sollevare lo spirito generale, come se fosse stato compiuto un dovere, e dà il via al resto delle attività del gruppo. Tutti sembrano più uguali tra loro, anche se ciò significa trovarsi nella compagnia di tutti gli altri. Anche Eugene, fermo davanti a una finestra e dondolando pensierosamente la frangia di una tenda oscurante, ora lo fa con più energia, come se si sentisse in condizioni migliori.

La colazione è stata annunciata. Tutto ciò che si trova sul tavolo appare vistoso e sgargiante, ma le decorazioni hanno un’aria temporanea e nomade, come se volessero sottolineare quanto saranno ancora più appariscenti e sfarzose nella residenza lussuosa. Il servitore personale di Mr Lammle è alle sue spalle; quello di Veneering è dietro la sua sedia. Esempi concreti che dimostrano come tali servitori si dividano in due categorie: quelli che non fidano delle conoscenze del padrone, e quelli che non fidano del padrone stesso. Il servitore di Mr Lammle appartiene alla seconda categoria. Sembra perso nello stupore e di cattivo umore, perché la polizia tarda ad arrivare per arrestare il suo padrone con qualche accusa grave.

Veneering, M.P., a destra della signora Lammle; Twemlow a sinistra di lei; la signora Veneering, W.M.P. (moglie di un membro del Parlamento), e Lady Tippins a destra e a sinistra del signor Lammle. Ma state certi che, ben nel campo visivo e sotto lo sguardo sorridente del signor Lammle, si trova la piccola Georgiana. E state anche certi che, vicino alla piccola Georgiana, anch’essa sotto l’esame di quel gentiluomo attento, c’è Fledgeby.

Più di due o tre volte durante la colazione, il signor Twemlow si gira improvvisamente verso la signora Lammle e le dice: “Mi scusi!” Poiché questo non è il comportamento abituale di Twemlow, perché oggi lo fa? In realtà, il signor Twemlow ha ripetutamente l’impressione che la signora Lammle stia per parlargli, ma poi si rende conto che non è così; spesso, inoltre, nota che lei sta guardando Veneering. È strano che questa impressione persista nonostante sia stata corretta. Ma è proprio così.

Lady Tippins, godendo abbondantemente dei frutti della terra (incluso il succo d’uva), diventa più vivace e si impegna a suscitare reazioni in Mortimer Lightwood. Tra coloro che ne sono a conoscenza, è sempre stato chiaro che quel traditore di amante debba essere fatto sedere di fronte a Lady Tippins, affinché lei possa stimolare in lui una conversazione vivace e appassionata. Mentre mastica e deglutisce, Lady Tippins, riflettendo su Mortimer, ricorda che fu proprio durante quella serata, presso i nostri cari Veneerings e in presenza di persone che sicuramente sono tutte qui presenti, che lui raccontò loro la sua storia dell’uomo proveniente da chissà dove. Una storia che in seguito divenne terribilmente interessante e popolare tra il pubblico.

“Sì, signora Tippins”, concorda Mortimer; “come si dice sul palcoscenico: ‘Eppure sì!’”

“Allora ci aspettiamo che tu,” ribatte il mago, “mantenga la tua reputazione e ci dica qualcos’altro.”

“Lady Tippins, quel giorno ho esaurito tutte le mie forze. Non c’è più nulla che io possa dare.”

Mortimer para in questo modo, con la sensazione che altrove sia Eugene, e non lui, ad essere lo scemo; e che in questi circoli, dove Eugene continua a rimanere senza parole, lui, Mortimer, non sia altro che il >doppio di quell’amico su cui ha costruito la propria esistenza.

“Ma,” disse la affascinante Tippins, “sono decisa a ottenere qualcosa di più da te. Traditore! Cosa è questa storia di un’altra scomparsa?”

“Poiché siete voi ad averlo sentito”, risponde Lightwood, “forse potrete raccontarcelo”.

“‘Mostro, vattene!’ ribatte Lady Tippins. ‘È stato proprio il tuo stesso ‘Uomo di Polvere d’Oro’ a indirizzarmi a te.’”

Il signor Lammle, intervenendo all’improvviso, dichiara ad alta voce che esiste un seguito alla storia di quell’uomo proveniente da chissà dove. Dopo la sua affermazione, cala il silenzio.

“Vi assicuro,” dice Lightwood, guardandosi intorno al tavolo, “non ho nulla da dire.” Ma Eugene aggiunge a bassa voce: “Dai, dillo, dillo!” Poi si corregge, dicendo: “Niente che valga la pena menzionare.”

Boots e Brewer capiscono immediatamente che vale assolutamente la pena menzionarlo e iniziano a insistere educatamente. Anche Veneering ha la stessa percezione. Tuttavia, si rende conto che la sua attenzione è ormai quasi esaurita e difficile da mantenere, data l’atmosfera dominante nella Casa dei Comuni.

“Per favore, non vi prendete la briga di assumere posizioni comode per ascoltare,” dice Mortimer Lightwood, “perché io avrò finito molto prima che voi riusciate a mettervi in una posizione confortevole. È come, ”

“È come,” interrompe impazientemente Eugene, “le storie che raccontano i bambini, ”

“Vi racconterò una storia di Jack e della sua dimora; ora la mia storia è iniziata; vi racconterò un’altra di Jack e di suo fratello; ora la mia storia è finita.”

“Salite e finitela!”

Eugene lo dice con un tono di irritazione nella voce, appoggiandosi allo schienale della sedia e guardando minacciosamente Lady Tippins, la quale annuisce a lui come al suo caro “Orso”, insinuando scherzosamente che lei (una proposta piuttosto ovvia) sia la Bellezza e lui la Bestia.

“La referenza,” prosegue Mortimer, “che ritengo sia fatta dal mio onorevole e giusto ‘schiavista’ di fronte a me, riguarda la seguente circostanza. Piuttosto di recente, la giovane donna Lizzie Hexam, figlia del defunto Jesse Hexam – che era conosciuto anche come Gaffer, e che ricorderemo per aver trovato il corpo dell’uomo da qualche parte – ha ricevuto, in modo misterioso e senza sapere da chi, una rettifica esplicita delle accuse rivolte a suo padre, proveniente da un altro personaggio del mondo fluviale di nome Riderhood. Nessuno le ha creduto, perché quel furfante di Riderhood – sono tentato di usare questa espressione ricordando il ‘carino’ lupo che avrebbe reso un grande servizio alla società se avesse divorato i genitori di Mr Riderhood quando erano ancora bambini – aveva già in precedenza manipolato quelle accuse, per poi abbandonarle del tutto. Tuttavia, la rettifica menzionata è arrivata nelle mani di Lizzie Hexam, accompagnata dall’impressione che fosse stata consegnata da un messaggero anonimo avvolto in un mantello scuro e con un cappello floscio; lei l’ha poi inviata, a sostegno della difesa di suo padre, a Mr Boffin, il mio cliente. Scusate questa terminologia tipica del mondo commerciale. Ma poiché non ho mai avuto altri clienti, e probabilmente non ne avrò mai, sono piuttosto orgoglioso di lui: rappresenta una sorta di curiosità naturale, probabilmente unica nel suo genere.”

Although as easy as usual on the surface, Lightwood is not quite as easy as usual below it. With an air of not minding Eugene at all, he feels that the subject is not altogether a safe one in that connexion.

‘The natural curiosity which forms the sole ornament of my professional museum,’ he resumes, ‘hereupon desires his Secretary—an individual of the hermit-crab or oyster species, and whose name, I think, is Chokesmith—but it doesn’t in the least matter—say Artichoke—to put himself in communication with Lizzie Hexam. Artichoke professes his readiness so to do, endeavours to do so, but fails.’

‘Why fails?’ asks Boots.

‘How fails?’ asks Brewer.

‘Pardon me,’ returns Lightwood, ‘I must postpone the reply for one moment, or we shall have an anti-climax. Artichoke failing signally, my client refers the task to me: his purpose being to advance the interests of the object of his search. I proceed to put myself in communication with her; I even happen to possess some special means,’ with a glance at Eugene, ‘of putting myself in communication with her; but I fail too, because she has vanished.’

‘Vanished!’ is the general echo.

‘Disappeared,’ says Mortimer. ‘Nobody knows how, nobody knows when, nobody knows where. And so ends the story to which my honourable and fair enslaver opposite referred.’

Tippins, with a bewitching little scream, opines that we shall every one of us be murdered in our beds. Eugene eyes her as if some of us would be enough for him. Mrs Veneering, W.M.P., remarks that these social mysteries make one afraid of leaving Baby. Veneering, M.P., wishes to be informed (with something of a second-hand air of seeing the Right Honourable Gentleman at the head of the Home Department in his place) whether it is intended to be conveyed that the vanished person has been spirited away or otherwise harmed? Instead of Lightwood’s answering, Eugene answers, and answers hastily and vexedly: ‘No, no, no; he doesn’t mean that; he means voluntarily vanished—but utterly—completely.’

However, the great subject of the happiness of Mr and Mrs Lammle must not be allowed to vanish with the other vanishments—with the vanishing of the murderer, the vanishing of Julius Handford, the vanishing of Lizzie Hexam,—and therefore Veneering must recall the present sheep to the pen from which they have strayed. Who so fit to discourse of the happiness of Mr and Mrs Lammle, they being the dearest and oldest friends he has in the world; or what audience so fit for him to take into his confidence as that audience, a noun of multitude or signifying many, who are all the oldest and dearest friends he has in the world? So Veneering, without the formality of rising, launches into a familiar oration, gradually toning into the Parliamentary sing-song, in which he sees at that board his dear friend Twemlow who on that day twelvemonth bestowed on his dear friend Lammle the fair hand of his dear friend Sophronia, and in which he also sees at that board his dear friends Boots and Brewer whose rallying round him at a period when his dear friend Lady Tippins likewise rallied round him—ay, and in the foremost rank—he can never forget while memory holds her seat. But he is free to confess that he misses from that board his dear old friend Podsnap, though he is well represented by his dear young friend Georgiana. And he further sees at that board (this he announces with pomp, as if exulting in the powers of an extraordinary telescope) his friend Mr Fledgeby, if he will permit him to call him so. For all of these reasons, and many more which he right well knows will have occurred to persons of your exceptional acuteness, he is here to submit to you that the time has arrived when, with our hearts in our glasses, with tears in our eyes, with blessings on our lips, and in a general way with a profusion of gammon and spinach in our emotional larders, we should one and all drink to our dear friends the Lammles, wishing them many years as happy as the last, and many many friends as congenially united as themselves. And this he will add; that Anastatia Veneering (who is instantly heard to weep) is formed on the same model as her old and chosen friend Sophronia Lammle, in respect that she is devoted to the man who wooed and won her, and nobly discharges the duties of a wife.

Seeing no better way out of it, Veneering here pulls up his oratorical Pegasus extremely short, and plumps down, clean over his head, with: ‘Lammle, God bless you!’

Then Lammle. Too much of him every way; pervadingly too much nose of a coarse wrong shape, and his nose in his mind and his manners; too much smile to be real; too much frown to be false; too many large teeth to be visible at once without suggesting a bite. He thanks you, dear friends, for your kindly greeting, and hopes to receive you—it may be on the next of these delightful occasions—in a residence better suited to your claims on the rites of hospitality. He will never forget that at Veneering’s he first saw Sophronia. Sophronia will never forget that at Veneering’s she first saw him. ‘They spoke of it soon after they were married, and agreed that they would never forget it. In fact, to Veneering they owe their union. They hope to show their sense of this some day (‘No, no, from Veneering)—oh yes, yes, and let him rely upon it, they will if they can! His marriage with Sophronia was not a marriage of interest on either side: she had her little fortune, he had his little fortune: they joined their little fortunes: it was a marriage of pure inclination and suitability. Thank you! Sophronia and he are fond of the society of young people; but he is not sure that their house would be a good house for young people proposing to remain single, since the contemplation of its domestic bliss might induce them to change their minds. He will not apply this to any one present; certainly not to their darling little Georgiana. Again thank you! Neither, by-the-by, will he apply it to his friend Fledgeby. He thanks Veneering for the feeling manner in which he referred to their common friend Fledgeby, for he holds that gentleman in the highest estimation. Thank you. In fact (returning unexpectedly to Fledgeby), the better you know him, the more you find in him that you desire to know. Again thank you! In his dear Sophronia’s name and in his own, thank you!

Sebbene in apparenza fosse facile come al solito, sotto quella superficie Lightwood non era affatto così semplice da comprendere. Con un atteggiamento che faceva credere di non curarsi affatto di Eugene, lui sentiva che l’argomento in questione non fosse del tutto sicuro da trattare in quel contesto.

“La curiosità naturale, che costituisce l’unico ornamento del mio museo professionale,” prosegue, “desidera che il suo Segretario – un individuo appartenente alla specie dei granchi eremiti o delle ostriche, il cui nome, credo, sia Chokesmith, ma in realtà non ha alcuna importanza, diciamo Artichoke – entri in contatto con Lizzie Hexam. Artichoke afferma di essere disposto a farlo, ci prova, ma fallisce.”

“Perché fallisce?”, chiede Boots.

“Come fallisce?”, chiede Brewer.

“Perdonatemi,” risponde Lightwood, “devo rimandare la risposta per un momento, altrimenti otterremo un anticlimax. Poiché l’articolio non sta funzionando correttamente, il mio cliente mi ha affidato il compito: il suo scopo è promuovere gli interessi dell’oggetto della sua ricerca. Ho provato a mettermi in contatto con lei; anzi, possiedo alcuni mezzi speciali,” aggiunge, lanciando un’occhiata a Eugene, “per farlo, ma anche io fallisco, perché lei è scomparsa.”

“Scomparso!” è l’eco generale che si sente.

“È scomparso,” dice Mortimer. “Nessuno sa come, nessuno sa quando, nessuno sa dove. E così finisce la storia di cui parlava il mio onorevole e gentile padrone.”

Tippins, con un grido incantevole, afferma che ognuno di noi verrà assassinato nel proprio letto. Eugene la guarda come se alcuni di noi fossero già sufficienti per lui. La signora Veneering, membro del partito W.M.P., osserva che questi misteri sociali fanno paura di lasciare il bambino da solo. Veneering, membro del parlamento, desidera sapere (con un tono che sembra suggerire che il Right Honourable Gentleman sia il responsabile della direzione del Dipartimento dell’Interno) se si intenda davvero sostenere che la persona scomparsa sia stata portata via con mezzi soprannaturali o abbia subito altri danni. Invece di rispondere Lightwood, è Eugene a farlo, e lo fa in modo affrettato e irritato: “No, no, no; non intende dire questo; intende dire che quella persona se n’è andata volontariamente, ma completamente, del tutto.”

Tuttavia, non si può permettere che l’argomento fondamentale della felicità del signor e della signora Lammle scompaia insieme alle altre cose che sono scomparse: la scomparsa dell’assassino, la scomparsa di Julius Handford, la scomparsa di Lizzie Hexam. Pertanto, Veneering deve riportare quelle persone “perse” nel luogo da cui si erano allontanate. Chi potrebbe essere più adatto a parlare della felicità del signor e della signora Lammle, se non loro stessi, i suoi amici più cari e antichi al mondo? E quale pubblico potrebbe essere più adatto per confidarsi con lui, se non proprio quelle persone, che rappresentano tutti i suoi amici più cari e antichi? Così Veneering, senza nemmeno alzarsi in piedi, inizia un discorso familiare, che gradualmente si trasforma in una sorta di canto parlamentare. In quel momento, vede sul tavolo il suo caro amico Twemlow, che dodici mesi prima aveva unito la mano della sua cara amica Sophronia a quella del signor Lammle; vede anche i suoi amici Boots e Brewer, che lo avevano sostenuto in un momento difficile. Ah, e soprattutto Lady Tippins, che occupava sempre il posto d’onore nella sua vita. Ma deve ammettere di sentire la mancanza del suo vecchio amico Podsnap, anche se è ben rappresentato dalla sua cara giovane amica Georgiana. E vede ancora sul tavolo il suo amico Mr Fledgeby. Per tutti questi motivi, e molti altri che sicuramente vi sono venuti in mente, è qui per proporvi che sia giunto il momento di brindare con tutto il cuore ai nostri cari amici Lammle, augurandogli tanti anni di felicità e molti amici altrettanto uniti e affettuosi. E aggiunge ancora: Anastatia Veneering, (si sente immediatamente il suo pianto), è fatta della stessa stoffa della sua vecchia e cara amica Sophronia Lammle: è devota all’uomo che l’ha corteggiata e conquistata, e svolge con nobiltà i doveri di una moglie.

Non vedendo alcun altro modo per uscire da quella situazione, Veneering si limita a riassumere brevemente il proprio discorso e conclude dicendo: “Lammle, che Dio ti benedica!”

Poi c’era Lammle: troppo di lui in ogni aspetto; il suo naso, di forma grossolana e prominente, era onnipresente nella sua mente e nei suoi modi; un sorriso troppo smagliante per essere sincero, una fronte troppo corrugata per essere falsa, denti troppo grandi da non far pensare subito a un morso. Vi ringrazia, cari amici, per il vostro cordiale saluto e spera di ricevervi presto – forse in una prossima occasione piacevole – in una dimora più adatta alle vostre esigenze in termini di ospitalità. Non dimenticherà mai che è stato proprio a Veneering’s che ha conosciuto Sophronia; e lei non dimenticherà mai che è stata lì che lo ha incontrato per la prima volta. “Ne parlarono poco dopo essersi sposati e decisero di non dimenticarlo mai. In realtà, il loro unione è dovuta proprio a Veneering’s. Sperano un giorno di poter dimostrare quanto lo apprezzino (‘No, no, da parte di Veneering’s’ – oh sì, certo! Lui può contarci: lo faranno se possibile!). Il loro matrimonio con Sophronia non fu motivato da interessi materiali: lei aveva la sua piccola fortuna, lui la sua; hanno semplicemente unito le loro risorse. È stato un matrimonio basato esclusivamente sull’affetto e sulla compatibilità.’ Grazie! Sia Sophronia che lui apprezzano la compagnia dei giovani. Ma non è sicuro che la loro casa sia adatta a coloro che desiderano rimanere single, poiché l’immagine di una vita domestica felice potrebbe indurli a cambiare idea. Non intende applicare questa considerazione a nessuno qui presente. Certamente non alla loro adorabile Georgiana. E nemmeno al suo amico Fledgeby. Ringrazia Veneering per il modo cordiale con cui ha parlato del loro comune amico Fledgeby: tiene quel gentiluomo in grande stima. Grazie ancora! In nome di sua moglie Sophronia e di sé stesso, vi ringrazia!”

Mrs Lammle has sat quite still, with her eyes cast down upon the table-cloth. As Mr Lammle’s address ends, Twemlow once more turns to her involuntarily, not cured yet of that often recurring impression that she is going to speak to him. This time she really is going to speak to him. Veneering is talking with his other next neighbour, and she speaks in a low voice.

‘Mr Twemlow.’

He answers, ‘I beg your pardon? Yes?’ Still a little doubtful, because of her not looking at him.

‘You have the soul of a gentleman, and I know I may trust you. Will you give me the opportunity of saying a few words to you when you come up stairs?’

‘Assuredly. I shall be honoured.’

‘Don’t seem to do so, if you please, and don’t think it inconsistent if my manner should be more careless than my words. I may be watched.’

Intensely astonished, Twemlow puts his hand to his forehead, and sinks back in his chair meditating. Mrs Lammle rises. All rise. The ladies go up stairs. The gentlemen soon saunter after them. Fledgeby has devoted the interval to taking an observation of Boots’s whiskers, Brewer’s whiskers, and Lammle’s whiskers, and considering which pattern of whisker he would prefer to produce out of himself by friction, if the Genie of the cheek would only answer to his rubbing.

In the drawing-room, groups form as usual. Lightwood, Boots, and Brewer, flutter like moths around that yellow wax candle—guttering down, and with some hint of a winding-sheet in it—Lady Tippins. Outsiders cultivate Veneering, M P., and Mrs Veneering, W.M.P. Lammle stands with folded arms, Mephistophelean in a corner, with Georgiana and Fledgeby. Mrs Lammle, on a sofa by a table, invites Mr Twemlow’s attention to a book of portraits in her hand.

Mr Twemlow takes his station on a settee before her, and Mrs Lammle shows him a portrait.

‘You have reason to be surprised,’ she says softly, ‘but I wish you wouldn’t look so.’

Disturbed Twemlow, making an effort not to look so, looks much more so.

‘I think, Mr Twemlow, you never saw that distant connexion of yours before to-day?’

‘No, never.’

‘Now that you do see him, you see what he is. You are not proud of him?’

‘To say the truth, Mrs Lammle, no.’

‘If you knew more of him, you would be less inclined to acknowledge him. Here is another portrait. What do you think of it?’

Twemlow has just presence of mind enough to say aloud: ‘Very like! Uncommonly like!’

‘You have noticed, perhaps, whom he favours with his attentions? You notice where he is now, and how engaged?’

‘Yes. But Mr Lammle—’

She darts a look at him which he cannot comprehend, and shows him another portrait.

‘Very good; is it not?’

‘Charming!’ says Twemlow.

‘So like as to be almost a caricature?—Mr Twemlow, it is impossible to tell you what the struggle in my mind has been, before I could bring myself to speak to you as I do now. It is only in the conviction that I may trust you never to betray me, that I can proceed. Sincerely promise me that you never will betray my confidence—that you will respect it, even though you may no longer respect me,—and I shall be as satisfied as if you had sworn it.’

‘Madam, on the honour of a poor gentleman—’

‘Thank you. I can desire no more. Mr Twemlow, I implore you to save that child!’

‘That child?’

‘Georgiana. She will be sacrificed. She will be inveigled and married to that connexion of yours. It is a partnership affair, a money-speculation. She has no strength of will or character to help herself and she is on the brink of being sold into wretchedness for life.’

‘Amazing! But what can I do to prevent it?’ demands Twemlow, shocked and bewildered to the last degree.

‘Here is another portrait. And not good, is it?’

Aghast at the light manner of her throwing her head back to look at it critically, Twemlow still dimly perceives the expediency of throwing his own head back, and does so. Though he no more sees the portrait than if it were in China.

‘Decidedly not good,’ says Mrs Lammle. ‘Stiff and exaggerated!’

‘And ex—’ But Twemlow, in his demolished state, cannot command the word, and trails off into ‘—actly so.’

‘Mr Twemlow, your word will have weight with her pompous, self-blinded father. You know how much he makes of your family. Lose no time. Warn him.’

‘But warn him against whom?’

‘Against me.’

By great good fortune Twemlow receives a stimulant at this critical instant. The stimulant is Lammle’s voice.

‘Sophronia, my dear, what portraits are you showing Twemlow?’

‘Public characters, Alfred.’

‘Show him the last of me.’

‘Yes, Alfred.’

She puts the book down, takes another book up, turns the leaves, and presents the portrait to Twemlow.

‘That is the last of Mr Lammle. Do you think it good?—Warn her father against me. I deserve it, for I have been in the scheme from the first. It is my husband’s scheme, your connexion’s, and mine. I tell you this, only to show you the necessity of the poor little foolish affectionate creature’s being befriended and rescued. You will not repeat this to her father. You will spare me so far, and spare my husband. For, though this celebration of to-day is all a mockery, he is my husband, and we must live.—Do you think it like?’

Twemlow, in a stunned condition, feigns to compare the portrait in his hand with the original looking towards him from his Mephistophelean corner.

‘Very well indeed!’ are at length the words which Twemlow with great difficulty extracts from himself.

‘I am glad you think so. On the whole, I myself consider it the best. The others are so dark. Now here, for instance, is another of Mr Lammle—’

‘But I don’t understand; I don’t see my way,’ Twemlow stammers, as he falters over the book with his glass at his eye. ‘How warn her father, and not tell him? Tell him how much? Tell him how little? I—I—am getting lost.’

‘Tell him I am a match-maker; tell him I am an artful and designing woman; tell him you are sure his daughter is best out of my house and my company. Tell him any such things of me; they will all be true. You know what a puffed-up man he is, and how easily you can cause his vanity to take the alarm. Tell him as much as will give him the alarm and make him careful of her, and spare me the rest. Mr Twemlow, I feel my sudden degradation in your eyes; familiar as I am with my degradation in my own eyes, I keenly feel the change that must have come upon me in yours, in these last few moments. But I trust to your good faith with me as implicitly as when I began. If you knew how often I have tried to speak to you to-day, you would almost pity me. I want no new promise from you on my own account, for I am satisfied, and I always shall be satisfied, with the promise you have given me. I can venture to say no more, for I see that I am watched. If you would set my mind at rest with the assurance that you will interpose with the father and save this harmless girl, close that book before you return it to me, and I shall know what you mean, and deeply thank you in my heart.—Alfred, Mr Twemlow thinks the last one the best, and quite agrees with you and me.’

Alfred advances. The groups break up. Lady Tippins rises to go, and Mrs Veneering follows her leader. For the moment, Mrs Lammle does not turn to them, but remains looking at Twemlow looking at Alfred’s portrait through his eyeglass. The moment past, Twemlow drops his eyeglass at its ribbon’s length, rises, and closes the book with an emphasis which makes that fragile nursling of the fairies, Tippins, start.

Then good-bye and good-bye, and charming occasion worthy of the Golden Age, and more about the flitch of bacon, and the like of that; and Twemlow goes staggering across Piccadilly with his hand to his forehead, and is nearly run down by a flushed lettercart, and at last drops safe in his easy-chair, innocent good gentleman, with his hand to his forehead still, and his head in a whirl.

La signora Lammle è rimasta seduta immobile, con lo sguardo fisso sul tappeto da tavola. Quando il discorso del signor Lammle termina, Twemlow si gira di nuovo verso di lei, involontariamente; non è ancora riuscito a superare quell’impressione ricorrente che lei stia per parlargli. Questa volta, invece, lei davvero intende parlargli. Il signor Venering sta conversando con il suo vicino di casa, quindi lei parla a voce bassa.

“Mr Twemlow.”

Risponde: “Scusi? Sì?” Ancora un po’ scettico, perché lei non lo stava guardando.

“Hai l’anima di un gentiluomo, e so di potermi fidare di te. Mi darai l’opportunità di dirti qualcosa quando salirai le scale?”

“Certamente. Sarò onorato.”

“Per favore, non fatelo; e non considerate strano se il mio comportamento sia più disinvolto delle mie parole. Potrei essere sotto osservazione.”

Intensamente sorpreso, Twemlow si porta una mano alla fronte e si appoggia allo schienale della sedia, immerso in riflessioni. La signora Lammle si alza; tutti si alzano. Le signore salgono le scale; i gentiluomini le seguono poco dopo. Nel frattempo, Fledgeby ha osservato attentamente le basette di Boots, di Brewer e di Lammle, chiedendosi quale tipo di baffi preferirebbe avere se solo il Genio della guancia rispondesse ai suoi tentativi di strofinarsi la faccia.

Nel salotto, come al solito si formano dei gruppi. Lightwood, Boots e Brewer volteggiano intorno a quella candela di cera gialla, con un’aria un po’ lugubre. E poi c’è Lady Tippins. Gli estranei cercano di adottare comportamenti appropriati: M.P. e la signora Veneering, W.M.P. Lammle sta in un angolo, con le braccia incrociate, con un aspetto sinistro. Accanto a lui ci sono Georgiana e Fledgeby. La signora Lammle, su un divano vicino a un tavolo, attira l’attenzione di Mr Twemlow verso un libro di ritratti che tiene in mano.

Il signor Twemlow si siede su un divano di fronte a lei, e la signora Lammle gli mostra un ritratto.

“Hai motivo di essere sorpresa,” dice lei dolcemente, “ma vorrei che non sembrassi così.”

Disturbato, Twemlow si sforza di non sembrarlo, ma in realtà lo sembra molto di più.

“Credo, signor Twemlow, che fino ad oggi lei non abbia mai notato quella lontana connessione tra le cose, ”

“No, mai.”

“Ora che lo hai visto, sai chi è veramente. Non ne sei orgogliosa?”

“Per dire la verità, signora Lammle, no.”

“Se lo conoscessi meglio, saresti meno propenso ad ammetterne l’esistenza. Ecco un altro ritratto. Cosa ne pensi?”

“Twemlow riesce appena a trovare la forza di dire ad alta voce: ‘Molto simile! Straordinariamente simile!’”

“Forse avete notato a chi dedica le sue attenzioni. Notate dove si trova ora e quanto sia impegnato, ”

“Sì. Ma il signor Lammle, ”

Lei gli lancia uno sguardo che lui non riesce a comprendere, poi gli mostra un altro ritratto.

“Molto buono, non è vero?”

“Incantevole!” dice Twemlow.

“Sono quasi una caricatura, vero? — Signor Twemlow, è impossibile descrivervi quanto sia stata difficile la lotta interiore che ho dovuto affrontare prima di riuscire a parlarvi come faccio ora. Solo nella certezza che possiate fidarvi ciecamente di me e che non mi tradirete mai posso procedere. Promettetemi sinceramente che non tradirete mai la mia confidenza, che la rispetterete, anche se forse non mi rispettate più. E allora sarò completamente soddisfatta, come se lo aveste giurato.”

“Signora, per l’onore di un povero gentiluomo, ”

“Grazie. Non posso desiderare nient’altro. Signor Twemlow, la prego di salvare quel bambino!”

“Quel bambino?”

“Georgiana. Sarà sacrificata. Sarà ingannata e data in sposa a quella tua connessione. È una questione di affari, una speculazione finanziaria. Non ha alcuna forza di volontà né carattere per aiutarsi da sola. Ed è sull’orlo di essere venduta alla miseria per tutta la vita.”

“Straordinario! Ma cosa posso fare per evitarlo?” chiede Twemlow, scioccato e completamente confuso.

“Ecco un altro ritratto. E non è molto buono, vero?”

Inorridito dal modo disinvolto con cui lei gettava indietro la testa per osservarlo criticamente, Twemlow percepiva ancora vagamente l’utilità di fare lo stesso, e così fece. Anche se ormai non riusciva a vedere il ritratto, come se fosse in Cina.

“Assolutamente non è buono”, dice la signora Lammle. “Troppo rigido e esagerato!”

“E, ex, ” Ma Twemlow, nel suo stato di devastazione emotiva, non riesce a pronunciare quella parola e la lascia cadere, concludendo semplicemente “esattamente così”.

‘Signor Twemlow, la sua parola avrà peso presso quel padre suo presuntuoso e cieco di sé. Sa quanto apprezzi la sua famiglia. Non perda tempo: avvertigalo.’

“Ma avvertirlo contro chi?”

“Contro di me.”

Per grande fortuna, in questo momento critico, Twemlow riceve un elemento stimolante: è la voce di Lammle.

“Sophronia, mia cara, quali ritratti stai mostrando a Twemlow?”

“Personaggi pubblici, Alfred.”

“Mostragli l’ultima parte di me.”

‘Sì, Alfred.’

Posa il libro giù, ne prende un altro, sfoglia le pagine e presenta il ritratto a Twemlow.

“Questo è l’ultimo atto di Mr Lammle. Pensi che sia giusto? Avverta suo padre contro di me. Me lo merito, visto che ho partecipato a questo piano fin dall’inizio. È il piano di mio marito, del tuo parente e anche mio. Te lo dico solo per farti capire quanto sia necessario aiutare e salvare quella povera, ingenua e affettuosa creatura. Non ne parlerai con suo padre, vero? Mi risparmierai, così come risparmierai mio marito. Perché, anche se questa celebrazione di oggi è solo una farsa, lui è comunque mio marito. E dobbiamo vivere, ” “Pensi che sia giusto?”

Twemlow, in uno stato di shock, finge di confrontare il ritratto che ha in mano con l’originale, guardandolo mentre quest’ultimo si trova nel suo angolo oscuro e sinistro.

“Molto bene, davvero!” sono finalmente le parole che Twemlow riesce a pronunciare con grande difficoltà.

“Sono felice che tu la pensi così. Nel complesso, anch’io la ritengo la migliore. Gli altri sono troppo cupi. Ecco, ad esempio, un altro scritto del signor Lammle, ”

“Ma non capisco; non so cosa fare,” balbetta Twemlow, mentre barcolla mentre legge il libro con il bicchiere davanti agli occhi. “Come avvertire suo padre, e non dirgli nulla? Dirgli quanto? O quanto poco? Sto, sto perdendo la bussola.”

“Ditegli che sono una intermediaria; ditegli che sono una donna astuta e calcolatrice; ditegli che siete sicuro che sua figlia stia meglio nella mia casa e in mia compagnia. Ditegli qualsiasi cosa su di me, saranno tutte vere. Sapete quanto sia vanitoso quell’uomo, e quanto facilmente si possa far scattare la sua vanità. Ditegli tutto ciò che potrà spaventarlo e fargli prendere attenzione per lei. Lasciate che io non debba dire altro. Signor Twemlow, sento chiaramente come il mio status sia cambiato ai vostri occhi; anche se sono abituata a considerarmi in condizioni disonorevoli, percepisco con intensità questo cambiamento. Ma confido nella vostra buona fede verso di me, proprio come all’inizio. Se sapeste quante volte oggi ho cercato di parlarvi, probabilmente mi compatireste. Non voglio alcuna nuova promessa da voi, perché sono soddisfatta, e lo sarò sempre, della promessa che mi avete fatto. Non oso dire di più, vedo che qualcuno mi sta osservando. Se volete tranquillizzarmi, assicurandomi che interverrete con il padre per salvare questa ragazza innocente, chiudete quel libro prima di restituirmelo, così capirò cosa intendete e vi ringrazierò profondamente nel mio cuore, — Alfred, il signor Twemlow pensa che l’ultima sia la migliore, ed è completamente d’accordo con voi e me.”

Alfred avanza; i gruppi si disperdono. Lady Tippins si alza per andarsene, e Mrs Veneering la segue. Per il momento, Mrs Lammle non si gira verso di loro, ma continua a fissare Twemlow mentre questi osserva il ritratto di Alfred attraverso i suoi occhiali. Non appena quel momento passa, Twemlow lascia cadere gli occhiali lungo la loro cordicella, si alza e chiude il libro con tale enfasi che Lady Tippins, quella fragile “protetta” delle fate, sobbalza.

Allora addio, addio. Un’occasione incantevole, degna dell’Età d’Oro. E poi ancora discorsi sul prosciutto e simili. Twemlow barcolla per Piccadilly, tenendosi la fronte; rischia quasi di essere investito da un carrozza postale. Alla fine si lascia cadere dolcemente nella sua poltrona, quell’innocente gentiluomo, ancora con la mano sulla fronte, mentre la testa gli gira vorticosamente.

BOOK THE THIRD — A LONG LANE Chapter 1

LODGERS IN QUEER STREET

It was a foggy day in London, and the fog was heavy and dark. Animate London, with smarting eyes and irritated lungs, was blinking, wheezing, and choking; inanimate London was a sooty spectre, divided in purpose between being visible and invisible, and so being wholly neither. Gaslights flared in the shops with a haggard and unblest air, as knowing themselves to be night-creatures that had no business abroad under the sun; while the sun itself when it was for a few moments dimly indicated through circling eddies of fog, showed as if it had gone out and were collapsing flat and cold. Even in the surrounding country it was a foggy day, but there the fog was grey, whereas in London it was, at about the boundary line, dark yellow, and a little within it brown, and then browner, and then browner, until at the heart of the City—which call Saint Mary Axe—it was rusty-black. From any point of the high ridge of land northward, it might have been discerned that the loftiest buildings made an occasional struggle to get their heads above the foggy sea, and especially that the great dome of Saint Paul’s seemed to die hard; but this was not perceivable in the streets at their feet, where the whole metropolis was a heap of vapour charged with muffled sound of wheels, and enfolding a gigantic catarrh.

At nine o’clock on such a morning, the place of business of Pubsey and Co. was not the liveliest object even in Saint Mary Axe—which is not a very lively spot—with a sobbing gaslight in the counting-house window, and a burglarious stream of fog creeping in to strangle it through the keyhole of the main door. But the light went out, and the main door opened, and Riah came forth with a bag under his arm.

Almost in the act of coming out at the door, Riah went into the fog, and was lost to the eyes of Saint Mary Axe. But the eyes of this history can follow him westward, by Cornhill, Cheapside, Fleet Street, and the Strand, to Piccadilly and the Albany. Thither he went at his grave and measured pace, staff in hand, skirt at heel; and more than one head, turning to look back at his venerable figure already lost in the mist, supposed it to be some ordinary figure indistinctly seen, which fancy and the fog had worked into that passing likeness.

Arrived at the house in which his master’s chambers were on the second floor, Riah proceeded up the stairs, and paused at Fascination Fledgeby’s door. Making free with neither bell nor knocker, he struck upon the door with the top of his staff, and, having listened, sat down on the threshold. It was characteristic of his habitual submission, that he sat down on the raw dark staircase, as many of his ancestors had probably sat down in dungeons, taking what befell him as it might befall.

After a time, when he had grown so cold as to be fain to blow upon his fingers, he arose and knocked with his staff again, and listened again, and again sat down to wait. Thrice he repeated these actions before his listening ears were greeted by the voice of Fledgeby, calling from his bed, ‘Hold your row!—I’ll come and open the door directly!’ But, in lieu of coming directly, he fell into a sweet sleep for some quarter of an hour more, during which added interval Riah sat upon the stairs and waited with perfect patience.

At length the door stood open, and Mr Fledgeby’s retreating drapery plunged into bed again. Following it at a respectful distance, Riah passed into the bed-chamber, where a fire had been sometime lighted, and was burning briskly.

‘Why, what time of night do you mean to call it?’ inquired Fledgeby, turning away beneath the clothes, and presenting a comfortable rampart of shoulder to the chilled figure of the old man.

‘Sir, it is full half-past ten in the morning.’

‘The deuce it is! Then it must be precious foggy?’

‘Very foggy, sir.’

‘And raw, then?’

‘Chill and bitter,’ said Riah, drawing out a handkerchief, and wiping the moisture from his beard and long grey hair as he stood on the verge of the rug, with his eyes on the acceptable fire.

With a plunge of enjoyment, Fledgeby settled himself afresh.

‘Any snow, or sleet, or slush, or anything of that sort?’ he asked.

‘No, sir, no. Not quite so bad as that. The streets are pretty clean.’

‘You needn’t brag about it,’ returned Fledgeby, disappointed in his desire to heighten the contrast between his bed and the streets. ‘But you’re always bragging about something. Got the books there?’

‘They are here, sir.’

‘All right. I’ll turn the general subject over in my mind for a minute or two, and while I’m about it you can empty your bag and get ready for me.’

With another comfortable plunge, Mr Fledgeby fell asleep again. The old man, having obeyed his directions, sat down on the edge of a chair, and, folding his hands before him, gradually yielded to the influence of the warmth, and dozed. He was roused by Mr Fledgeby’s appearing erect at the foot of the bed, in Turkish slippers, rose-coloured Turkish trousers (got cheap from somebody who had cheated some other somebody out of them), and a gown and cap to correspond. In that costume he would have left nothing to be desired, if he had been further fitted out with a bottomless chair, a lantern, and a bunch of matches.

‘Now, old ’un!’ cried Fascination, in his light raillery, ‘what dodgery are you up to next, sitting there with your eyes shut? You ain’t asleep. Catch a weasel at it, and catch a Jew!’

‘Truly, sir, I fear I nodded,’ said the old man.

‘Not you!’ returned Fledgeby, with a cunning look. ‘A telling move with a good many, I dare say, but it won’t put ME off my guard. Not a bad notion though, if you want to look indifferent in driving a bargain. Oh, you are a dodger!’

The old man shook his head, gently repudiating the imputation, and suppressed a sigh, and moved to the table at which Mr Fledgeby was now pouring out for himself a cup of steaming and fragrant coffee from a pot that had stood ready on the hob. It was an edifying spectacle, the young man in his easy chair taking his coffee, and the old man with his grey head bent, standing awaiting his pleasure.

Libro terzo – Un lungo vicolo
Capitolo 1

Ospiti in Gay Street

Era una giornata nebbiosa a Londra, e la nebbia era densa e scura. La vivace Londra, con occhi pungenti e polmoni irritati, sbatteva le palpebre, ansimava e soffocava; l’inanimata Londra era uno spettro fuligginoso, diviso tra il desiderio di essere visibile e quello di restare invisibile, finendo per non essere né l’uno né l’altro. I lampioni a gas brillavano nelle strade con un bagliore pallido e malinconico, come se sapessero di essere creature della notte che non avevano nulla da fare alla luce del sole; il sole stesso, quando per qualche momento si intravedeva attraverso le spirali di nebbia, sembrava essersi spento, appiattito e freddo. Anche nelle zone circostanti la giornata era nebbiosa, ma là la nebbia era grigia; a Londra, invece, lungo il confine, era di un giallo scuro, un po’ più all’interno di marrone, poi ancora più scuro, fino al cuore della Città – chiamata Saint Mary Axe – dove diventava nero-rugginoso. Da qualsiasi punto del crinale settentrionale si poteva notare come gli edifici più alti lottassero per emergere da quel mare di nebbia; in particolare, la grande cupola di Saint Paul sembrava resistere con difficoltà. Ma tutto ciò non era visibile nelle strade sottostanti, dove l’intera metropoli era un groviglio di vapori accompagnati dal rumore soffocato delle ruote, avvolta in una sorta di enorme “catarro”.

Alle nove in punto di una mattina del genere, l’ufficio di Pubsey e Co. non era certo il luogo più vivace nemmeno in Saint Mary Axe – che comunque non è un posto molto animato – con una lampada a gas che tremolava nella finestra dell’ufficio contabile, e una densa nebbia che si insinuava attraverso la fessura della porta principale per “soffocarla”. Ma poi la luce si spense, la porta principale si aprì, e Riah uscì, con un sacco sotto il braccio.

Quasi appena arrivato alla porta, Riah scomparve nella nebbia e svanì dalla vista di Saint Mary Axe. Ma gli occhi di questa storia possono seguirlo verso ovest, lungo Cornhill, Cheapside, Fleet Street e lo Strand, fino a Piccadilly e Albany. Lì si diresse con passo regolare, bastone in mano; più di una persona, voltandosi per guardare indietro quella sua venerabile figura ormai persa nella nebbia, pensò che si trattasse soltanto di un’altra figura ordinaria, indistinta e confusa dal vapore.

Arrivato alla casa nella quale le stanze del suo padrone si trovavano al secondo piano, Riah salì le scale e si fermò davanti alla porta di Fascination Fledgeby. Senza suonare campanello né bussare, colpì la porta con la parte superiore del suo bastone; dopo aver ascoltato, si sedette sul gradino d’ingresso. Era tipico della sua abituale sottomissione il fatto che si sedesse lì, su quella scala buia e spoglia, proprio come molti dei suoi antenati probabilmente avevano fatto nelle prigioni, accettando ciò che gli accadeva senza protestare.

Dopo un po’ di tempo, quando aveva freddo tanto da essere costretto a soffiarsi sulle dita, si alzò e bussò di nuovo con il suo bastone; ascoltò ancora una volta, poi si sedette di nuovo ad attendere. Ripeté queste azioni per tre volte, finché finalmente la voce di Fledgeby lo chiamò dal letto: “Aspetta un attimo! Vengo subito ad aprire la porta!” Ma invece di venire subito, Fledgeby cadde in un dolce sonno per altri quindici minuti; nel frattempo, Riah rimase seduta sulle scale ad attendere con estrema pazienza.

Finalmente la porta si aprì, e le tende di Mr Fledgeby tornarono a coprire il letto. Seguendole a una distanza rispettosa, Riah entrò nella camera da letto, dove un fuoco era stato acceso poco prima e ardeva vigorosamente.

“Ma a che ora di notte intendi farlo?” chiese Fledgeby, girandosi e offrendo con le sue spalle un solido schermo protettivo contro il corpo gelato dell’uomo anziano.

“Signore, sono già le dieci e mezza del mattino.”

“Maledizione. Allora deve essere una nebbia davvero densa!”

“Molto nebbioso, signore.”

“E crudo, allora?”

“Freddo e amaro,” disse Riah, tirando fuori un fazzoletto e asciugandosi la umidità dalla barba e dai lunghi capelli grigi mentre stava in piedi sul bordo del tappeto, con lo sguardo fisso sul fuoco accettabile.

Con un senso di grande piacere, Fledgeby si sistemò nuovamente.

“Qualsiasi tipo di neve, pioggia battente, fango, o qualcosa del genere?” chiese.

“No, signore, no. Non è così grave. Le strade sono abbastanza pulite.”

“Non c’è bisogno di vantarsene,” rispose Fledgeby, deluso nel suo desiderio di accentuare il contrasto tra la sua casa e le strade. “Ma tu sei sempre impegnato a vantarti di qualcosa. Hai portato i libri?”

“Sono qui, signore.”

“Bene. Penserò un attimo al tema generale, e nel frattempo puoi svuotare la tua borsa e prepararti per me.”

Con un altro comodo sonnellino, il signor Fledgeby si addormentò di nuovo. L’uomo anziano, avendo seguito le sue istruzioni, si sedette sul bordo di una sedia, incrociò le mani davanti a sé e gradualmente si lasciò sopraffare dal calore, finché non iniziò a sonnecchiare. Fu svegliato quando il signor Fledgeby apparve in piedi ai piedi del letto, indossando pantofole turche, pantaloni turchi di colore rosa (acquistati a buon mercato da qualcuno che a sua volta aveva truffato un’altra persona), oltre a una veste e un cappello abbinati. Con quel costume, non ci sarebbe stato nulla di cui lamentarsi, se solo gli fossero stati forniti anche una sedia senza fondo, una lanterna e un mazzo di fiammiferi.

“Ora, vecchio birichino!” esclamò Fascination con tono scherzoso, “che trucchi stai combinando adesso, seduto lì con gli occhi chiusi? Non sei mica addormentato. Cerca di catturare qualcosa, magari un ebreo!”

“Veramente, signore, temo di aver annuito,” disse l’uomo anziano.

“Non tu!” rispose Fledgeby con uno sguardo astuto. “Un’ottima mossa, senza dubbio, ma non riuscirà a farmi abbassare la guardia. Comunque, non è una cattiva idea, se vuoi sembrare indifferente mentre negozzi. Oh, sei davvero un abile manipolatore!”

L’uomo anziano scosse la testa, rifiutando dolcemente quell’accusa, trattenne un sospiro e si avvicinò al tavolo dove il signor Fledgeby stava versandosi una tazza di caffè fumante e profumato da una pentola pronta sul fornello. Era uno spettacolo commovente: il giovane, seduto nella sua poltrona comoda, beveva il suo caffè, mentre l’uomo anziano, con la testa grigia china, attendeva pazientemente che finisse.

‘Now!’ said Fledgeby. ‘Fork out your balance in hand, and prove by figures how you make it out that it ain’t more. First of all, light that candle.’

Riah obeyed, and then taking a bag from his breast, and referring to the sum in the accounts for which they made him responsible, told it out upon the table. Fledgeby told it again with great care, and rang every sovereign.

‘I suppose,’ he said, taking one up to eye it closely, ‘you haven’t been lightening any of these; but it’s a trade of your people’s, you know. YOU understand what sweating a pound means, don’t you?’

‘Much as you do, sir,’ returned the old man, with his hands under opposite cuffs of his loose sleeves, as he stood at the table, deferentially observant of the master’s face. ‘May I take the liberty to say something?’

‘You may,’ Fledgeby graciously conceded.

‘Do you not, sir—without intending it—of a surety without intending it—sometimes mingle the character I fairly earn in your employment, with the character which it is your policy that I should bear?’

‘I don’t find it worth my while to cut things so fine as to go into the inquiry,’ Fascination coolly answered.

‘Not in justice?’

‘Bother justice!’ said Fledgeby.

‘Not in generosity?’

‘Jews and generosity!’ said Fledgeby. ‘That’s a good connexion! Bring out your vouchers, and don’t talk Jerusalem palaver.’

The vouchers were produced, and for the next half-hour Mr Fledgeby concentrated his sublime attention on them. They and the accounts were all found correct, and the books and the papers resumed their places in the bag.

‘Next,’ said Fledgeby, ‘concerning that bill-broking branch of the business; the branch I like best. What queer bills are to be bought, and at what prices? You have got your list of what’s in the market?’

‘Sir, a long list,’ replied Riah, taking out a pocket-book, and selecting from its contents a folded paper, which, being unfolded, became a sheet of foolscap covered with close writing.

‘Whew!’ whistled Fledgeby, as he took it in his hand. ‘Queer Street is full of lodgers just at present! These are to be disposed of in parcels; are they?’

‘In parcels as set forth,’ returned the old man, looking over his master’s shoulder; ‘or the lump.’

‘Half the lump will be waste-paper, one knows beforehand,’ said Fledgeby. ‘Can you get it at waste-paper price? That’s the question.’

Riah shook his head, and Fledgeby cast his small eyes down the list. They presently began to twinkle, and he no sooner became conscious of their twinkling, than he looked up over his shoulder at the grave face above him, and moved to the chimney-piece. Making a desk of it, he stood there with his back to the old man, warming his knees, perusing the list at his leisure, and often returning to some lines of it, as though they were particularly interesting. At those times he glanced in the chimney-glass to see what note the old man took of him. He took none that could be detected, but, aware of his employer’s suspicions, stood with his eyes on the ground.

Mr Fledgeby was thus amiably engaged when a step was heard at the outer door, and the door was heard to open hastily. ‘Hark! That’s your doing, you Pump of Israel,’ said Fledgeby; ‘you can’t have shut it.’ Then the step was heard within, and the voice of Mr Alfred Lammle called aloud, ‘Are you anywhere here, Fledgeby?’ To which Fledgeby, after cautioning Riah in a low voice to take his cue as it should be given him, replied, ‘Here I am!’ and opened his bedroom door.

‘Come in!’ said Fledgeby. ‘This gentleman is only Pubsey and Co. of Saint Mary Axe, that I am trying to make terms for an unfortunate friend with in a matter of some dishonoured bills. But really Pubsey and Co. are so strict with their debtors, and so hard to move, that I seem to be wasting my time. Can’t I make ANY terms with you on my friend’s part, Mr Riah?’

‘I am but the representative of another, sir,’ returned the Jew in a low voice. ‘I do as I am bidden by my principal. It is not my capital that is invested in the business. It is not my profit that arises therefrom.’

‘Ha ha!’ laughed Fledgeby. ‘Lammle?’

‘Ha ha!’ laughed Lammle. ‘Yes. Of course. We know.’

‘Devilish good, ain’t it, Lammle?’ said Fledgeby, unspeakably amused by his hidden joke.

‘Always the same, always the same!’ said Lammle. ‘Mr—’

‘Riah, Pubsey and Co. Saint Mary Axe,’ Fledgeby put in, as he wiped away the tears that trickled from his eyes, so rare was his enjoyment of his secret joke.

‘Mr Riah is bound to observe the invariable forms for such cases made and provided,’ said Lammle.

‘He is only the representative of another!’ cried Fledgeby. ‘Does as he is told by his principal! Not his capital that’s invested in the business. Oh, that’s good! Ha ha ha ha!’ Mr Lammle joined in the laugh and looked knowing; and the more he did both, the more exquisite the secret joke became for Mr Fledgeby.

‘However,’ said that fascinating gentleman, wiping his eyes again, ‘if we go on in this way, we shall seem to be almost making game of Mr Riah, or of Pubsey and Co. Saint Mary Axe, or of somebody: which is far from our intention. Mr Riah, if you would have the kindness to step into the next room for a few moments while I speak with Mr Lammle here, I should like to try to make terms with you once again before you go.’

The old man, who had never raised his eyes during the whole transaction of Mr Fledgeby’s joke, silently bowed and passed out by the door which Fledgeby opened for him. Having closed it on him, Fledgeby returned to Lammle, standing with his back to the bedroom fire, with one hand under his coat-skirts, and all his whiskers in the other.

‘Halloa!’ said Fledgeby. ‘There’s something wrong!’

‘How do you know it?’ demanded Lammle.

‘Because you show it,’ replied Fledgeby in unintentional rhyme.

Well then; there is,’ said Lammle; ‘there IS something wrong; the whole thing’s wrong.’

‘I say!’ remonstrated Fascination very slowly, and sitting down with his hands on his knees to stare at his glowering friend with his back to the fire.

“Ora!” disse Fledgeby. “Metti da parte il tuo denaro e dimostra con dei calcoli come fai a sostenere che non sia di più. Prima di tutto, accendi quella candela.”

Riah obbedì; poi prese una borsa dal proprio petto e, facendo riferimento alla somma indicata nei conti di cui gli era stato affidato il controllo, la elencò sul tavolo. Fledgeby verificò nuovamente i dati con grande attenzione, controllando ogni singola moneta.

“Suppongo di no,” disse, prendendone uno in mano per esaminarlo attentamente. “Non avrete certo acceso nessuno di questi. Ma è un mestiere della vostra gente, lo sapete bene. Capite cosa significa lavorare sodo, vero?”

“Proprio come voi dite, signore,” rispose l’uomo anziano, tenendo le mani sotto i rispettivi polsini delle sue maniche larghe, mentre stava in piedi davanti al tavolo, osservando con deferenza l’espressione del padrone. “Posso permettermi di dire qualcosa?”

“Puoi farlo,” concesse gentilmente Fledgeby.

“Non è forse vero, signore, che senza volerlo, a volte mescolate il carattere che ho guadagnato onestamente grazie al mio lavoro per voi, con quel carattere che invece vorreste che io assumessi?”

“Non ritengo che valga la pena analizzare le cose in modo così dettagliato,” rispose freddamente Fascination.

“Non per giustizia?”

“Che si occupi la giustizia!” disse Fledgeby.

“Non per generosità?”

“Ebrei e generosità!” disse Fledgeby. “Che bella combinazione! Tirate fuori i vostri buoni, e smettetela di parlare in quel gergo complicato.”

I voucher furono prodotti, e per i successivi trenta minuti il signor Fledgeby concentrò la sua suprema attenzione su di essi. Sia i voucher che i conti risultarono tutti corretti, e i libri e i documenti ripresero il loro posto nella borsa.

“Prossimo,” disse Fledgeby, “parliamo di quella branca dell’attività legata all’intermediazione finanziaria, la branca che mi piace di più. Che tipo di obbligazioni si devono acquistare, e a quali prezzi? Hai già la lista di quelle disponibili sul mercato?”

“Signore, è una lunga lista,” rispose Riah, estraendo un portafoglietto e selezionandone un foglio di carta piegato; una volta aperto, si rivelò essere un pezzo di carta coperta da scritti fitti.

“Uff!” sospirò Fledgeby mentre lo prendeva in mano. “In questo periodo, Queer Street è piena di inquilini. Bisognerà sbarazzarsene uno per uno, vero?”

“Con i pacchi indicati,” rispose l’uomo anziano, guardando oltre la spalla del suo padrone; “oppure tutto insieme.”

“Metà di quella roba finirà per essere carta straccia, lo si sa già in anticipo,” disse Fledgeby. “Riesci a ottenerla al prezzo della carta straccia? Ecco la domanda.”

Riah scosse la testa, mentre Fledgeby abbassò lo sguardo sulla lista. Poco dopo i suoi occhi iniziarono a lampeggiare; non appena se ne accorse, alzò lo sguardo verso il volto serio dell’uomo sopra di lui e si avvicinò alla mensola del camino. Usandola come scrivania, vi si mise dietro, riscaldandosi le ginocchia mentre esaminava la lista con calma, tornando spesso su alcune righe, come se fossero particolarmente interessanti. In quei momenti gettava un’occhiata nello specchio del camino per vedere quale reazione avesse suscitato l’uomo. Ma non ne notò nessuna evidente; tuttavia, consapevole dei sospetti del suo datore di lavoro, continuava a tenere lo sguardo fisso a terra.

Il signor Fledgeby era quindi impegnato in una conversazione cordiale quando si sentirono dei passi alla porta esterna, e la porta si aprì rapidamente. “Ascolta! È opera tua, tu ‘Pompa d’Israele’. Non può essere stato tu a chiuderla,” disse Fledgeby. Poi si sentirono altri passi all’interno della casa, e la voce del signor Alfred Lammle chiamò ad alta voce: “Sei qui da qualche parte, Fledgeby?” A questo, dopo aver sussurrato a Riah di seguire le sue indicazioni, Fledgeby rispose: “Sono qui!” e aprì la porta della sua camera da letto.

“Entri pure!”, disse Fledgeby. “Questo signore è semplicemente Pubsey e Co. di Saint Mary Axe; sto cercando di trovare un accordo per conto di un amico sfortunato riguardo a alcune cambiali non pagate. Ma, onestamente, Pubsey e Co. sono troppo rigorosi con i loro debitori e molto difficili da convincere. Sembra proprio che stia perdendo il mio tempo. Non potrebbe forse trovare qualche soluzione per conto di mio amico, signor Riah?”

“Sono soltanto il rappresentante di un altro, signore,” rispose l’ebreo a voce bassa. “Faccio ciò che mi viene ordinato dal mio principale. Non è il mio capitale ad essere investito in questa attività. E non è il mio profitto a derivarne.”

“Ah ah!” rise Fledgeby. “Lammle?”

“Ah ah!” rise Lammle. “Sì, certo. Lo sappiamo.”

“Davvero incredibilmente buono, non è vero, Lammle?”, disse Fledgeby, divertito oltre ogni limite dal suo scherzo nascosto.

“Sempre lo stesso, sempre lo stesso!”, disse Lammle. “Signor, ”

“Riah, Pubsey e Co. Saint Mary Axe,” intervenne Fledgeby mentre si asciugava le lacrime che gli scorrevano dagli occhi; era davvero raro che provasse tanto piacere per quella sua battuta segreta.

“Il signor Riah sicuramente seguirà le procedure stabilite e previste per casi del genere,” disse Lammle.

“Lui è soltanto il rappresentante di un altro!” gridò Fledgeby. “Fa ciò che gli viene detto dal suo principale. Non è nemmeno lui a investire i propri soldi in questa attività. Oh, che bello! Ha ha ha ha!” Anche il signor Lammle si unì alla risata, con un’espressione complice. E più facevano così, più quel “segreto scherzo” diventava delizioso per il signor Fledgeby.

“Tuttavia,” disse quel affascinante gentiluomo, asciugandosi di nuovo gli occhi, “se continuiamo in questo modo, sembrerà quasi che stiamo prendendo in giro il signor Riah, o Pubsey e Co. di Saint Mary Axe, o qualcun altro. Il che è lontano dalla nostra intenzione. Signor Riah, se le fosse possibile entrare nella stanza accanto per un momento mentre parlo con il signor Lammle qui, mi piacerebbe tentare ancora una volta di raggiungere un accordo con lei prima che se ne vada.”

L’uomo anziano, che per tutta la durata della “farsa” di Mr Fledgeby non aveva mai alzato lo sguardo, si inchinò silenziosamente e uscì dalla porta che Fledgeby gli aveva aperto. Dopo averla chiusa alle sue spalle, Fledgeby tornò da Lammle, che stava in piedi con le spalle rivolte al caminetto; una mano di Lammle era infilata sotto la gonna del suo abito, mentre con l’altra stringeva tutte le sue basette.

“Salve!”, disse Fledgeby. “C’è qualcosa che non va!”

“Come fai a saperlo?” chiese Lammle.

“Perché tu lo mostri,” rispose Fledgeby in un ritmo involontariamente rimaico.

“Allora, c’è davvero qualcosa che non va,” disse Lammle; “tutto è sbagliato.”

“Dico io!”, protestò Fascination molto lentamente, sedendosi con le mani sulle ginocchia e fissando il suo amico cupo, con la schiena rivolta verso il fuoco.

‘I tell you, Fledgeby,’ repeated Lammle, with a sweep of his right arm, ‘the whole thing’s wrong. The game’s up.’

‘What game’s up?’ demanded Fledgeby, as slowly as before, and more sternly.

‘THE game. OUR game. Read that.’

Fledgeby took a note from his extended hand and read it aloud. ‘Alfred Lammle, Esquire. Sir: Allow Mrs Podsnap and myself to express our united sense of the polite attentions of Mrs Alfred Lammle and yourself towards our daughter, Georgiana. Allow us also, wholly to reject them for the future, and to communicate our final desire that the two families may become entire strangers. I have the honour to be, Sir, your most obedient and very humble servant, JOHN PODSNAP.’ Fledgeby looked at the three blank sides of this note, quite as long and earnestly as at the first expressive side, and then looked at Lammle, who responded with another extensive sweep of his right arm.

‘Whose doing is this?’ said Fledgeby.

‘Impossible to imagine,’ said Lammle.

‘Perhaps,’ suggested Fledgeby, after reflecting with a very discontented brow, ‘somebody has been giving you a bad character.’

‘Or you,’ said Lammle, with a deeper frown.

Mr Fledgeby appeared to be on the verge of some mutinous expressions, when his hand happened to touch his nose. A certain remembrance connected with that feature operating as a timely warning, he took it thoughtfully between his thumb and forefinger, and pondered; Lammle meanwhile eyeing him with furtive eyes.

Well!’ said Fledgeby. ‘This won’t improve with talking about. If we ever find out who did it, we’ll mark that person. There’s nothing more to be said, except that you undertook to do what circumstances prevent your doing.’

‘And that you undertook to do what you might have done by this time, if you had made a prompter use of circumstances,’ snarled Lammle.

‘Hah! That,’ remarked Fledgeby, with his hands in the Turkish trousers, ‘is matter of opinion.’

‘Mr Fledgeby,’ said Lammle, in a bullying tone, ‘am I to understand that you in any way reflect upon me, or hint dissatisfaction with me, in this affair?’

‘No,’ said Fledgeby; ‘provided you have brought my promissory note in your pocket, and now hand it over.’

Lammle produced it, not without reluctance. Fledgeby looked at it, identified it, twisted it up, and threw it into the fire. They both looked at it as it blazed, went out, and flew in feathery ash up the chimney.

‘NOW, Mr Fledgeby,’ said Lammle, as before; ‘am I to understand that you in any way reflect upon me, or hint dissatisfaction with me, in this affair?’

‘No,’ said Fledgeby.

‘Finally and unreservedly no?’

‘Yes.’

‘Fledgeby, my hand.’

Mr Fledgeby took it, saying, ‘And if we ever find out who did this, we’ll mark that person. And in the most friendly manner, let me mention one thing more. I don’t know what your circumstances are, and I don’t ask. You have sustained a loss here. Many men are liable to be involved at times, and you may be, or you may not be. But whatever you do, Lammle, don’t—don’t—don’t, I beg of you—ever fall into the hands of Pubsey and Co. in the next room, for they are grinders. Regular flayers and grinders, my dear Lammle,’ repeated Fledgeby with a peculiar relish, ‘and they’ll skin you by the inch, from the nape of your neck to the sole of your foot, and grind every inch of your skin to tooth-powder. You have seen what Mr Riah is. Never fall into his hands, Lammle, I beg of you as a friend!’

Mr Lammle, disclosing some alarm at the solemnity of this affectionate adjuration, demanded why the devil he ever should fall into the hands of Pubsey and Co.?

‘To confess the fact, I was made a little uneasy,’ said the candid Fledgeby, ‘by the manner in which that Jew looked at you when he heard your name. I didn’t like his eye. But it may have been the heated fancy of a friend. Of course if you are sure that you have no personal security out, which you may not be quite equal to meeting, and which can have got into his hands, it must have been fancy. Still, I didn’t like his eye.’

The brooding Lammle, with certain white dints coming and going in his palpitating nose, looked as if some tormenting imp were pinching it. Fledgeby, watching him with a twitch in his mean face which did duty there for a smile, looked very like the tormentor who was pinching.

‘But I mustn’t keep him waiting too long,’ said Fledgeby, ‘or he’ll revenge it on my unfortunate friend. How’s your very clever and agreeable wife? She knows we have broken down?’

‘I showed her the letter.’

‘Very much surprised?’ asked Fledgeby.

‘I think she would have been more so,’ answered Lammle, ‘if there had been more go in YOU?’

‘Oh!—She lays it upon me, then?’

‘Mr Fledgeby, I will not have my words misconstrued.’

‘Don’t break out, Lammle,’ urged Fledgeby, in a submissive tone, ‘because there’s no occasion. I only asked a question. Then she don’t lay it upon me? To ask another question.’

‘No, sir.’

‘Very good,’ said Fledgeby, plainly seeing that she did. ‘My compliments to her. Good-bye!’

They shook hands, and Lammle strode out pondering. Fledgeby saw him into the fog, and, returning to the fire and musing with his face to it, stretched the legs of the rose-coloured Turkish trousers wide apart, and meditatively bent his knees, as if he were going down upon them.

‘You have a pair of whiskers, Lammle, which I never liked,’ murmured Fledgeby, ‘and which money can’t produce; you are boastful of your manners and your conversation; you wanted to pull my nose, and you have let me in for a failure, and your wife says I am the cause of it. I’ll bowl you down. I will, though I have no whiskers,’ here he rubbed the places where they were due, ‘and no manners, and no conversation!’

Having thus relieved his noble mind, he collected the legs of the Turkish trousers, straightened himself on his knees, and called out to Riah in the next room, ‘Halloa, you sir!’ At sight of the old man re-entering with a gentleness monstrously in contrast with the character he had given him, Mr Fledgeby was so tickled again, that he exclaimed, laughing, ‘Good! Good! Upon my soul it is uncommon good!’

“Te lo dico io, Fledgeby,” ripeté Lammle, facendo un ampio movimento con il braccio destro, “tutto è andato storto. La partita è finita.”

“Di che gioco si tratta?” chiese Fledgeby, con la solita lentezza, ma in tono ancora più severo.

“Il gioco. Il nostro gioco. Leggetelo.”

Fledgeby prese il biglietto dalla mano tesa di Alfred Lammle e lo lesse ad alta voce: “Alfred Lammle, Esquire. Signore: permettetemi e a mia moglie Podsnap di esprimere la nostra profonda gratitudine per le attenzioni gentili da voi e da vostra moglie rivolte alla nostra figlia Georgiana. Tuttavia, rifiutiamo categoricamente tali attenzioni in futuro e chiediamo che le due famiglie diventino completamente estranee l’una all’altra. Ho l’onore di essere, signore, il vostro più obbediente e umile servitore, JOHN PODSNAP.” Fledgeby guardò attentamente i tre fogli bianchi del biglietto, con lo stesso impegno con cui aveva letto il testo scritto, poi fissò Lammle, che rispose con un altro ampio movimento del braccio destro.

“Di chi è questo lavoro?” chiese Fledgeby.

“Impossibile da immaginare,” disse Lammle.

“Forse,” suggerì Fledgeby, dopo aver riflettuto con un’espressione molto insoddisfatta, “qualcuno deve avervi dato una cattiva impressione di me.”

“O tu,” disse Lammle, con un cipiglio ancora più profondo.

Mr Fledgeby sembrava sul punto di esprimere qualche pensiero ribelle, quando per caso si toccò il naso. Un certo ricordo legato a quel gesto agì come un avvertimento tempestivo: lo prese tra pollice e indice e ci rifletté attentamente; intanto Lammle lo osservava di nascosto.

“Beh!”, disse Fledgeby. “Parlarne non servirà a nulla. Se mai scopriremo chi l’ha fatto, lo segneremo. Non c’è altro da dire, se non che hai promesso di fare qualcosa che le circostanze ti impediscono di fare.”

“E tu hai deciso di fare ciò che avresti potuto fare già da questa ora, se solo avessi sfruttato al meglio le circostanze,” ringhiò Lammle.

“Ah! Quello,” commentò Fledgeby, con le mani nelle sue pantaloni alla turca, “è una questione di opinione.”

“Signor Fledgeby,” disse Lammle con tono minaccioso, “devo intendere che lei, in qualche modo, abbia delle critiche nei miei confronti o manifesti disapprovazione riguardo a questa faccenda?”

“No,” disse Fledgeby; “a condizione che tu abbia con te la mia cambiale nel tuo portafoglio, e ora consegnamela.”

Lammle lo produsse, sebbene con riluttanza. Fledgeby lo guardò, lo riconobbe, lo strinse tra le mani e lo gettò nel fuoco. Entrambi lo osservarono mentre bruciava, poi si spegneva, lasciando dietro di sé solo cenere fine che saliva su per la cappa del camino.

“Ora, signor Fledgeby,” disse Lammle, come prima; “devo intendere che lei, in qualche modo, abbia delle riserve su di me, o che esprima disapprovazione nei miei confronti riguardo a questa questione?”

“No,” disse Fledgeby.

“Finalmente e senza riserve, no?”

“Sì, davvero.”

“Fledgeby, mia mano.”

Il signor Fledgeby prese il documento e disse: “E se mai scopriremo chi ha fatto questo, segneremo quella persona. E, in modo del tutto amichevole, lasciate che vi dica un’altra cosa. Non so quali siano le vostre circostanze, e non lo chiedo nemmeno. Avete subito una perdita. Molti uomini a volte possono essere coinvolti in situazioni del genere; potreste esserlo voi, o forse no. Ma qualunque cosa facciate, Lammle, per favore, non cadete mai nelle mani di Pubsey e Co., che sono persone spietate. Sono veri e propri “scorticatori”. Vi spelleranno vivo, pezzo dopo pezzo, dalla nuca ai piedi, e ridurranno ogni centimetro della vostra pelle in polvere per denti. Avete visto com’è il signor Riah. Per favore, Lammle, non cadete mai nelle sue mani. Ve lo chiedo come amico!”

Il signor Lammle, mostrando una certa preoccupazione di fronte alla solennità di quel fervente giuramento, chiese perché mai fosse finito nelle mani della Pubsey & Co.

“Ad essere onesto, devo dire che sono un po’ inquieto,” disse il franco Fledgeby, “per il modo in cui quel ebreo ti ha guardato quando ha sentito il tuo nome. Non mi è piaciuto il suo sguardo. Ma forse è stata solo una mia fantasia esagerata. Certo, se sei sicuro di non correre alcun rischio personale – qualcosa che potrebbe metterti in pericolo e che potrebbe finire nelle sue mani – allora probabilmente si tratta solo di un’illusione. Comunque, non mi è piaciuto il suo sguardo.”

Il pensieroso Lammle, con quelle macchie bianche che apparivano e scomparivano sul suo naso palpitante, sembrava essere pizzicato da qualche spirito maligno. Fledgeby, osservandolo con un freddo sorriso sul volto, assomigliava molto a quel “spirito maligno” che lo stava tormentando.

“Ma non devo farlo aspettare troppo a lungo,” disse Fledgeby, “altrimenti se la prenderà con il mio sfortunato amico. Come sta tua moglie, così intelligente e piacevole? Sa che abbiamo avuto un problema?”

“Le ho mostrato la lettera.”

“Molto sorpreso?” chiese Fledgeby.

“Penso che sarebbe stata ancora più così,” rispose Lammle, “se ci fossi stato tu a impegnarti di più.”

“Ah, allora me la lancia addosso?”

“Signor Fledgeby, non permetterò che le mie parole vengano fraintese.”

“Non scatenare una rissa, Lammle,” lo esortò Fledgeby con tono sottomesso, “non c’è alcuna ragione per farlo. Ho solo posto una domanda. E allora perché lei insiste nel farmi porre un’altra domanda?”

“No, signore.”

“Molto bene,” disse Fledgeby, vedendo chiaramente che lei l’aveva fatto. “I miei complimenti a lei. Addio!”

Si strinsero la mano, e Lammle se ne andò pensieroso. Fledgeby lo vide scomparire nella nebbia; tornato davanti al fuoco e assorto nei suoi pensieri, allargò bene le gambe dei pantaloni turchi di colore rosa e, con aria meditativa, si piegò in ginocchio, come se stesse per sedersi.

“Hai un paio di mustache, Lammle, che non mi sono mai piaciuti,” mormorò Fledgeby, “e che il denaro non può certo procurarti; ti vanti delle tue maniere e del tuo modo di parlare; volevi tirarmi il naso, e invece mi hai fatto perdere dei soldi. E tua moglie dice che sono io la causa di tutto questo. Ti farò cadere a terra. Lo farò, anche se non ho mustache,” aggiunse strofinandosi le guance dove normalmente ne avrebbe avuti, “né maniere, né modo di parlare!”

Avendo così sollevato il peso dal proprio animo nobile, raccolse le gambe dei pantaloni turchi, si raddrizzò in ginocchio e chiamò Riah nella stanza accanto: “Ehi, lei!” Alla vista dell’uomo anziano che rientrava con una gentilezza stranamente in contrasto con il carattere che gli aveva attribuito, il signor Fledgeby si divertì così tanto da esclamare ridendo: “Bene! Bene davvero! Per la mia ‘anima, è davvero molto buono!”

‘Now, old ’un,’ proceeded Fledgeby, when he had had his laugh out, ‘you’ll buy up these lots that I mark with my pencil—there’s a tick there, and a tick there, and a tick there—and I wager two-pence you’ll afterwards go on squeezing those Christians like the Jew you are. Now, next you’ll want a cheque—or you’ll say you want it, though you’ve capital enough somewhere, if one only knew where, but you’d be peppered and salted and grilled on a gridiron before you’d own to it—and that cheque I’ll write.’

When he had unlocked a drawer and taken a key from it to open another drawer, in which was another key that opened another drawer, in which was another key that opened another drawer, in which was the cheque book; and when he had written the cheque; and when, reversing the key and drawer process, he had placed his cheque book in safety again; he beckoned the old man, with the folded cheque, to come and take it.

‘Old ’un,’ said Fledgeby, when the Jew had put it in his pocketbook, and was putting that in the breast of his outer garment; ‘so much at present for my affairs. Now a word about affairs that are not exactly mine. Where is she?’

With his hand not yet withdrawn from the breast of his garment, Riah started and paused.

‘Oho!’ said Fledgeby. ‘Didn’t expect it! Where have you hidden her?’

Showing that he was taken by surprise, the old man looked at his master with some passing confusion, which the master highly enjoyed.

‘Is she in the house I pay rent and taxes for in Saint Mary Axe?’ demanded Fledgeby.

‘No, sir.’

‘Is she in your garden up atop of that house—gone up to be dead, or whatever the game is?’ asked Fledgeby.

‘No, sir.’

‘Where is she then?’

Riah bent his eyes upon the ground, as if considering whether he could answer the question without breach of faith, and then silently raised them to Fledgeby’s face, as if he could not.

‘Come!’ said Fledgeby. ‘I won’t press that just now. But I want to know this, and I will know this, mind you. What are you up to?’

The old man, with an apologetic action of his head and hands, as not comprehending the master’s meaning, addressed to him a look of mute inquiry.

‘You can’t be a gallivanting dodger,’ said Fledgeby. ‘For you’re a “regular pity the sorrows”, you know—if you DO know any Christian rhyme—“whose trembling limbs have borne him to”—et cetrer. You’re one of the Patriarchs; you’re a shaky old card; and you can’t be in love with this Lizzie?’

‘O, sir!’ expostulated Riah. ‘O, sir, sir, sir!’

‘Then why,’ retorted Fledgeby, with some slight tinge of a blush, ‘don’t you out with your reason for having your spoon in the soup at all?’

‘Sir, I will tell you the truth. But (your pardon for the stipulation) it is in sacred confidence; it is strictly upon honour.’

Honour too!’ cried Fledgeby, with a mocking lip. ‘Honour among Jews. Well. Cut away.’

‘It is upon honour, sir?’ the other still stipulated, with respectful firmness.

‘Oh, certainly. Honour bright,’ said Fledgeby.

The old man, never bidden to sit down, stood with an earnest hand laid on the back of the young man’s easy chair. The young man sat looking at the fire with a face of listening curiosity, ready to check him off and catch him tripping.

‘Cut away,’ said Fledgeby. ‘Start with your motive.’

‘Sir, I have no motive but to help the helpless.’

Mr Fledgeby could only express the feelings to which this incredible statement gave rise in his breast, by a prodigiously long derisive sniff.

‘How I came to know, and much to esteem and to respect, this damsel, I mentioned when you saw her in my poor garden on the house-top,’ said the Jew.

‘Did you?’ said Fledgeby, distrustfully. ‘Well. Perhaps you did, though.’

‘The better I knew her, the more interest I felt in her fortunes. They gathered to a crisis. I found her beset by a selfish and ungrateful brother, beset by an unacceptable wooer, beset by the snares of a more powerful lover, beset by the wiles of her own heart.’

‘She took to one of the chaps then?’

‘Sir, it was only natural that she should incline towards him, for he had many and great advantages. But he was not of her station, and to marry her was not in his mind. Perils were closing round her, and the circle was fast darkening, when I—being as you have said, sir, too old and broken to be suspected of any feeling for her but a father’s—stepped in, and counselled flight. I said, “My daughter, there are times of moral danger when the hardest virtuous resolution to form is flight, and when the most heroic bravery is flight.” She answered, she had had this in her thoughts; but whither to fly without help she knew not, and there were none to help her. I showed her there was one to help her, and it was I. And she is gone.’

‘What did you do with her?’ asked Fledgeby, feeling his cheek.

‘I placed her,’ said the old man, ‘at a distance;’ with a grave smooth outward sweep from one another of his two open hands at arm’s length; ‘at a distance—among certain of our people, where her industry would serve her, and where she could hope to exercise it, unassailed from any quarter.’

Fledgeby’s eyes had come from the fire to notice the action of his hands when he said ‘at a distance.’ Fledgeby now tried (very unsuccessfully) to imitate that action, as he shook his head and said, ‘Placed her in that direction, did you? Oh you circular old dodger!’

With one hand across his breast and the other on the easy chair, Riah, without justifying himself, waited for further questioning. But, that it was hopeless to question him on that one reserved point, Fledgeby, with his small eyes too near together, saw full well.

‘Lizzie,’ said Fledgeby, looking at the fire again, and then looking up. ‘Humph, Lizzie. You didn’t tell me the other name in your garden atop of the house. I’ll be more communicative with you. The other name’s Hexam.’

“Ora, vecchio mio,” proseguì Fledgeby, una volta finito di ridere, “comprerai questi lotti che ho segnato con la mia penna. C’è un segno qui, e uno là, e ancora uno là. Scommetto due penny che in seguito continuerai a spremere quei cristiani proprio come fai con gli ebrei. Ora, vorrai sicuramente un assegno. O almeno dirai di volerlo, anche se hai abbastanza denaro da qualche parte. Se solo si sapesse dove. Ma prima che lo ammettessi, saresti già stato arrostito su una griglia. E quell’assegno, io te lo scriverò.”

Quando ebbe aperto un cassetto e ne prese una chiave per aprire un altro cassetto, dentro al quale c’era un’altra chiave che apriva ancora un altro cassetto, e in quello ancora un’altra chiave che apriva un altro cassetto, nel quale si trovava il libretto degli assegni; e quando ebbe compilato l’assegno; e quando, invertendo l’ordine con cui aveva utilizzato le chiavi e i cassetti, riuscì a riporre nuovamente in sicurezza il suo libretto degli assegni; fece segno all’uomo anziano di avvicinarsi per prendere l’assegno.

“Vecchio mio,” disse Fledgeby quando l’ebreo se l’ebbe messa nel portafoglio e stava per infilarla nella tasca della sua giacca esterna; “per il momento, questo è tutto ciò che riguarda i miei affari. Ora, una parola su questioni che non sono esattamente mie. Dove si trova?”

Con la mano ancora immersa nella tasca della sua veste, Riah iniziò a parlare, poi si fermò.

“Oho!”, esclamò Fledgeby. “Non me l’aspettavo! Dove l’hai nascosta?”

Dimostrando di essere stato colto alla sprovvista, l’uomo anziano guardò il suo padrone con un certo senso di confusione, che il padrone apprezzò molto.

“È nella casa per cui pago affitto e tasse a Saint Mary Axe?” chiese Fledgeby.

“No, signore.”

“È nel tuo giardino, sopra quella casa? È andata lì per morire, o qual è il vero motivo di tutto questo?” chiese Fledgeby.

“No, signore.”

“Dove è allora?”

Riah abbassò lo sguardo a terra, come se stesse valutando se potesse rispondere alla domanda senza violare la sua fede, poi lentamente alzò gli occhi verso il viso di Fledgeby, come se non ci riuscisse.

“Come!” disse Fledgeby. “Non insisterò su questo per ora. Ma voglio sapere una cosa, e la scoprirò, state certi. Cosa stai combinando?”

L’uomo anziano, con un gesto di scusa con la testa e le mani, non comprendendo il significato delle parole del padrone, gli rivolse uno sguardo pieno di silenziosa domanda.

“Non puoi mica comportarti come un libertino che scappa da tutto,” disse Fledgeby. “Dopotutto, sei uno di quei tipi che dovrebbero davvero provare compassione per le sofferenze altrui, se solo conoscessero qualche verso cristiano, ‘Le sue gambe tremanti lo hanno portato fino a qui’, e così via. Sei uno dei ‘Patriarchi’ della nostra comunità; sei un vecchio fragile e indebolito. E non puoi mica essere innamorato di questa Lizzie, vero?”

“Oh, signore!” esclamò Riah. “Oh, signore, signore, signore!”

“Allora perché,” ribatté Fledgeby, con un leggero rossore sul viso, “non ci spieghi affatto il motivo per cui hai messo la tua cucchiaiata nella zuppa?”

“Signore, le dirò la verità. Ma (mi perdoni questa condizione) deve rimanere un segreto sacro; si tratta di una questione strettamente legata all’onore.”

“Anche l’’onore!” gridò Fledgeby, con un sorriso beffardo. “L’‘onore tra gli ebrei. Beh, basta così.”

“Si tratta di una questione d’‘onore, signore?”, insistette l’altro con rispetto e fermezza.

“Certo, senz’altro. ‘Onore splendente’,” disse Fledgeby.

L’uomo anziano, mai invitato a sedersi, stava in piedi, con una mano sincera appoggiata sullo schienale della poltrona del giovane. Il giovane sedeva davanti al fuoco, con un’espressione di curiosità attenta, pronto a contraddirlo e a coglierlo in errore.

“Cominciate dal vostro movente,” disse Fledgeby. “Iniziate da lì.”

“Signore, il mio unico scopo è aiutare coloro che sono indifesi.”

Il signor Fledgeby poté esprimere solo i sentimenti che questa incredibile dichiarazione suscitava nel suo cuore, con un lungo e derisorio soffio.

“Come ho fatto a conoscere, e anzi ad apprezzare e rispettare molto, questa ragazza, ve l’ho detto quando l’avete vista nel mio povero giardino, sopra la housecasa”», disse l’ebreo.

“Davvero?” disse Fledgeby, con scetticismo. “Beh. Forse sì, dopotutto.”

Più la conoscevo, più mi interessava la sua sorte. La situazione era giunta a una crisi: lei si trovava assediata da un fratello egoista e ingrato, da un corteggiatore inaccettabile, dalle insidie di un amante più potente, e anche dalle lusinghe del proprio cuore.

“Allora si è avvicinata a uno di quei ragazzi?”

‘Signore, era del tutto naturale che lei si sentisse attratta da lui, poiché possedeva molti e grandi vantaggi. Ma non apparteneva alla sua stessa classe sociale, e sposarla non era affatto nei suoi piani. Pericoli la circondavano, e la situazione diventava sempre più pericolosa. Quando io – come avete detto voi stesso, signore – ormai troppo vecchio e incapace di provare per lei altro che un sentimento paterno – intervenni e le consigliai di fuggire. Dissi: “Mia figlia, ci sono momenti in cui il pericolo morale è tale che l’unica decisione virtuosa da prendere è fuggire. E in quei momenti, anche il coraggio più eroico non basta”. Lei rispose che aveva già pensato a farlo; ma non sapeva dove andare senza aiuto, e nessuno era lì per aiutarla. Le mostrai che c’era qualcuno che poteva farlo, ed ero io. E ora lei se n’è andata.’

“Cosa ne hai fatto?” chiese Fledgeby, tastandosi la guancia.

“L’ho messa,” disse l’uomo anziano, “a distanza”; con le sue due mani aperte, tenute a braccio disteso, fece un movimento lento e deciso verso l’esterno; “a distanza, tra alcune delle nostre persone, dove il suo impegno potesse essere utile, e dove potesse sperare di metterlo in pratica, senza subire alcuna minaccia da nessuna parte.”

Gli occhi di Fledgeby, illuminati dal fuoco, avevano notato i movimenti delle sue mani quando aveva detto “da lontano”. Ora Fledgeby cercò invano di imitare quei gesti; scuotendo la testa, esclamò: “L’hai messa in quella direzione, vero? Oh, vecchio astuto!”

Con una mano sul petto e l’altra sulla poltrona, Riah, senza giustificarsi, aspettò ulteriori domande. Ma era del tutto inutile cercare di farlo parlare su quel punto specifico; Fledgeby, con i suoi occhi troppo vicini tra loro, se ne rendeva pienamente conto.

“Lizzie,” disse Fledgeby, guardando di nuovo il fuoco, poi alzò lo sguardo. “Humph, Lizzie. Non mi hai detto l’altro nome del tuo giardino, quello sopra la casa. D’ora in poi sarò più comunicativo con te. Quell’altro nome è Hexam.”

Riah bent his head in assent.

‘Look here, you sir,’ said Fledgeby. ‘I have a notion I know something of the inveigling chap, the powerful one. Has he anything to do with the law?’

‘Nominally, I believe it his calling.’

‘I thought so. Name anything like Lightwood?’

‘Sir, not at all like.’

‘Come, old ’un,’ said Fledgeby, meeting his eyes with a wink, ‘say the name.’

‘Wrayburn.’

‘By Jupiter!’ cried Fledgeby. ‘That one, is it? I thought it might be the other, but I never dreamt of that one! I shouldn’t object to your baulking either of the pair, dodger, for they are both conceited enough; but that one is as cool a customer as ever I met with. Got a beard besides, and presumes upon it. Well done, old ’un! Go on and prosper!’

Brightened by this unexpected commendation, Riah asked were there more instructions for him?

‘No,’ said Fledgeby, ‘you may toddle now, Judah, and grope about on the orders you have got.’ Dismissed with those pleasing words, the old man took his broad hat and staff, and left the great presence: more as if he were some superior creature benignantly blessing Mr Fledgeby, than the poor dependent on whom he set his foot. Left alone, Mr Fledgeby locked his outer door, and came back to his fire.

Well done you!’ said Fascination to himself. ‘Slow, you may be; sure, you are!’ This he twice or thrice repeated with much complacency, as he again dispersed the legs of the Turkish trousers and bent the knees.

‘A tidy shot that, I flatter myself,’ he then soliloquised. ‘And a Jew brought down with it! Now, when I heard the story told at Lammle’s, I didn’t make a jump at Riah. Not a hit of it; I got at him by degrees.’ Herein he was quite accurate; it being his habit, not to jump, or leap, or make an upward spring, at anything in life, but to crawl at everything.

‘I got at him,’ pursued Fledgeby, feeling for his whisker, ‘by degrees. If your Lammles or your Lightwoods had got at him anyhow, they would have asked him the question whether he hadn’t something to do with that gal’s disappearance. I knew a better way of going to work. Having got behind the hedge, and put him in the light, I took a shot at him and brought him down plump. Oh! It don’t count for much, being a Jew, in a match against ME!’

Another dry twist in place of a smile, made his face crooked here.

‘As to Christians,’ proceeded Fledgeby, ‘look out, fellow-Christians, particularly you that lodge in Queer Street! I have got the run of Queer Street now, and you shall see some games there. To work a lot of power over you and you not know it, knowing as you think yourselves, would be almost worth laying out money upon. But when it comes to squeezing a profit out of you into the bargain, it’s something like!’

With this apostrophe Mr Fledgeby appropriately proceeded to divest himself of his Turkish garments, and invest himself with Christian attire. Pending which operation, and his morning ablutions, and his anointing of himself with the last infallible preparation for the production of luxuriant and glossy hair upon the human countenance (quacks being the only sages he believed in besides usurers), the murky fog closed about him and shut him up in its sooty embrace. If it had never let him out any more, the world would have had no irreparable loss, but could have easily replaced him from its stock on hand.

Riah annuì in segno di accordo.

“Guardi qui, signore,” disse Fledgeby. “Ho l’impressione di conoscere qualcosa riguardo a quel tipo astuto, quello potente. Ha qualche legame con la legge?”

“Nominalmente, credo che sia la sua vocazione.”

“Già me lo immaginavo. Qualsiasi nome che assomigli a ‘Lightwood’, no?”

“Signore, assolutamente no.”

“Vieni, amico mio,” disse Fledgeby, incrociando il suo sguardo e facendogli l’occhiolino, “dimmi il nome.”

“Wrayburn.”

“Per Giove!” esclamò Fledgeby. “Quello, quindi? Pensavo potesse essere l’altro, ma non avrei mai immaginato proprio quello. Non mi dispiacerebbe affatto che tu prendessi entrambi, furfante: sono abbastanza presuntuosi comunque; ma quel tipo è davvero il cliente più freddo e distaccato che abbia mai incontrato. Ha anche la barba, e se ne vanta. Bene fatto, vecchio mio! Continua così e prospera!”

Riancito da questo inaspettato complimento, chiese se ci fossero altre istruzioni per lui.

“No,” disse Fledgeby, “ora puoi camminare zoppicando, Judah, e cercare la strada seguendo le istruzioni che hai ricevuto.” Con queste parole gentili, l’uomo anziano prese il suo cappello largo e il suo bastone, e lasciò quella maestosa dimora; sembrava più una creatura superiore che benediceva affettuosamente il signor Fledgeby, che un povero individuo di cui egli calpestava i diritti. Rimasto solo, il signor Fledgeby chiuse la porta esterna e tornò davanti al suo >focolare.

“Bravo davvero!” si disse Fascination. “Lento, forse, ma sicuramente sì!” Lo ripeté due o tre volte con grande soddisfazione, mentre di nuovo allargava le gambe dei pantaloni turchi e piegava le ginocchia.

“Un tiro preciso, devo ammetterlo,” disse poi tra sé e sé. “E un ebreo è stato colpito! Quando ho sentito raccontare questa storia da Lammle, non mi sono precipitato su Riah. Non ho agito in modo impulsivo; l’ho affrontato gradualmente.” In questo era assolutamente preciso: per lui era abitudine non agire con impulsi o movimenti bruschi, ma procedere con calma e metodo.

“L’ho colpito,” continuò Fledgeby, tastandosi la barba, “poco alla volta. Se i tuoi Lammles o i tuoi Lightwoods avessero cercato di affrontarlo in qualche modo, gli avrebbero sicuramente chiesto se avesse qualcosa a che fare con la scomparsa di quella ragazza. Io conoscevo un metodo migliore: una volta che l’ho messo alle strette e l’ho messo sotto la luce, ho sparato e l’ho colpito in pieno. Oh! Non conta molto, essere ebreo, contro DI ME, ”

Un altro sorriso asciutto al posto di un vero sorriso fece piegare il suo viso in quel modo.

“Per quanto riguarda i cristiani,” proseguì Fledgeby, “fate attenzione, compagni cristiani, soprattutto voi che abitate in Queer Street! Ora ho il controllo su Queer Street, e vedrete cose interessanti. Esercitare un grande potere su di voi senza che voi ve ne accorgiate, pensando di conoscervi bene, sarebbe quasi worth investing dei soldi. Ma quando si tratta di ottenere un profitto da voi, beh, è tutta un’altra storia!”

Con questo apostrofo, il signor Fledgeby procedette adeguatamente a togliersi i vestiti turchi e ad indossare abiti cristiani. Mentre attendeva questa operazione, le sue abluzioni mattutine e l’ungimento con quella sostanza infallibile che, secondo lui, permetteva di ottenere capelli rigogliosi e lucidi sul viso umano (poiché gli unici saggi in cui credeva, oltre ai prestatori di denaro, erano i ciarlatani), la nebbia fitta lo avvolse completamente, chiudendolo nel suo abbraccio fuligginoso. Se mai quella nebbia lo avesse trattenuto per sempre, il mondo non avrebbe subito alcuna perdita irreparabile, ma avrebbe potuto facilmente sostituirlo con un altro individuo disponibile.

Chapter 2

A RESPECTED FRIEND IN A NEW ASPECT

In the evening of this same foggy day when the yellow window-blind of Pubsey and Co. was drawn down upon the day’s work, Riah the Jew once more came forth into Saint Mary Axe. But this time he carried no bag, and was not bound on his master’s affairs. He passed over London Bridge, and returned to the Middlesex shore by that of Westminster, and so, ever wading through the fog, waded to the doorstep of the dolls’ dressmaker.

Miss Wren expected him. He could see her through the window by the light of her low fire—carefully banked up with damp cinders that it might last the longer and waste the less when she was out—sitting waiting for him in her bonnet. His tap at the glass roused her from the musing solitude in which she sat, and she came to the door to open it; aiding her steps with a little crutch-stick.

‘Good evening, godmother!’ said Miss Jenny Wren.

The old man laughed, and gave her his arm to lean on.

‘Won’t you come in and warm yourself, godmother?’ asked Miss Jenny Wren.

‘Not if you are ready, Cinderella, my dear.’

Well!’ exclaimed Miss Wren, delighted. ‘Now you ARE a clever old boy! If we gave prizes at this establishment (but we only keep blanks), you should have the first silver medal, for taking me up so quick.’ As she spake thus, Miss Wren removed the key of the house-door from the keyhole and put it in her pocket, and then bustlingly closed the door, and tried it as they both stood on the step. Satisfied that her dwelling was safe, she drew one hand through the old man’s arm and prepared to ply her crutch-stick with the other. But the key was an instrument of such gigantic proportions, that before they started Riah proposed to carry it.

‘No, no, no! I’ll carry it myself,’ returned Miss Wren. ‘I’m awfully lopsided, you know, and stowed down in my pocket it’ll trim the ship. To let you into a secret, godmother, I wear my pocket on my high side, o’ purpose.’

With that they began their plodding through the fog.

‘Yes, it was truly sharp of you, godmother,’ resumed Miss Wren with great approbation, ‘to understand me. But, you see, you ARE so like the fairy godmother in the bright little books! You look so unlike the rest of people, and so much as if you had changed yourself into that shape, just this moment, with some benevolent object. Boh!’ cried Miss Jenny, putting her face close to the old man’s. ‘I can see your features, godmother, behind the beard.’

‘Does the fancy go to my changing other objects too, Jenny?’

‘Ah! That it does! If you’d only borrow my stick and tap this piece of pavement—this dirty stone that my foot taps—it would start up a coach and six. I say! Let’s believe so!’

‘With all my heart,’ replied the good old man.

‘And I’ll tell you what I must ask you to do, godmother. I must ask you to be so kind as give my child a tap, and change him altogether. O my child has been such a bad, bad child of late! It worries me nearly out of my wits. Not done a stroke of work these ten days. Has had the horrors, too, and fancied that four copper-coloured men in red wanted to throw him into a fiery furnace.’

‘But that’s dangerous, Jenny.’

‘Dangerous, godmother? My child is always dangerous, more or less. He might’—here the little creature glanced back over her shoulder at the sky—‘be setting the house on fire at this present moment. I don’t know who would have a child, for my part! It’s no use shaking him. I have shaken him till I have made myself giddy. “Why don’t you mind your Commandments and honour your parent, you naughty old boy?” I said to him all the time. But he only whimpered and stared at me.’

‘What shall be changed, after him?’ asked Riah in a compassionately playful voice.

‘Upon my word, godmother, I am afraid I must be selfish next, and get you to set me right in the back and the legs. It’s a little thing to you with your power, godmother, but it’s a great deal to poor weak aching me.’

There was no querulous complaining in the words, but they were not the less touching for that.

‘And then?’

‘Yes, and then—YOU know, godmother. We’ll both jump up into the coach and six and go to Lizzie. This reminds me, godmother, to ask you a serious question. You are as wise as wise can be (having been brought up by the fairies), and you can tell me this: Is it better to have had a good thing and lost it, or never to have had it?’

‘Explain, god-daughter.’

‘I feel so much more solitary and helpless without Lizzie now, than I used to feel before I knew her.’ (Tears were in her eyes as she said so.)

‘Some beloved companionship fades out of most lives, my dear,’ said the Jew,—‘that of a wife, and a fair daughter, and a son of promise, has faded out of my own life—but the happiness was.’

‘Ah!’ said Miss Wren thoughtfully, by no means convinced, and chopping the exclamation with that sharp little hatchet of hers; ‘then I tell you what change I think you had better begin with, godmother. You had better change Is into Was and Was into Is, and keep them so.’

‘Would that suit your case? Would you not be always in pain then?’ asked the old man tenderly.

‘Right!’ exclaimed Miss Wren with another chop. ‘You have changed me wiser, godmother.—Not,’ she added with the quaint hitch of her chin and eyes, ‘that you need be a very wonderful godmother to do that deed.’

Thus conversing, and having crossed Westminster Bridge, they traversed the ground that Riah had lately traversed, and new ground likewise; for, when they had recrossed the Thames by way of London Bridge, they struck down by the river and held their still foggier course that way.

But previously, as they were going along, Jenny twisted her venerable friend aside to a brilliantly-lighted toy-shop window, and said: ‘Now look at ’em! All my work!’

This referred to a dazzling semicircle of dolls in all the colours of the rainbow, who were dressed for presentation at court, for going to balls, for going out driving, for going out on horseback, for going out walking, for going to get married, for going to help other dolls to get married, for all the gay events of life.

Capitolo 2

Un amico stimato sotto una nuova luce

Nella sera di quel stesso giorno nebbioso, quando la tenda gialla della finestra del negozio Pubsey e Co. venne tirata giù a segnare la fine della giornata lavorativa, Riah il Ebreo uscì nuovamente in Saint Mary Axe. Ma questa volta non portava nessun sacco con sé, e non era impegnato in alcuna commissione per il suo padrone. Attraversò il ponte di Londra e tornò sulla riva del Middlesex passando per quella di Westminster; così, continuando a camminare nella nebbia, raggiunse finalmente la porta di casa della sarta che confezionava abiti da bambola.

La signorina Wren lo aspettava. Riusciva a vederla attraverso la finestra, alla luce del suo piccolo focolare: attento a raccogliere i ciocchi umidi intorno al fuoco, in modo che durasse più a lungo e consumasse meno legna mentre lei era assente. Lei sedeva ad aspettarlo, con il cappello in testa. Il suo bussare al vetro la riscosse dalla meditazione solitaria in cui era immersa; venne alla porta per aprirla, aiutandosi con un piccolo bastone.

“Buonasera, madrina!” disse la signorina Jenny Wren.

L’uomo anziano rise e le offrì il braccio su cui appoggiarsi.

“Non vuoi entrare a scaldarti un po’, madrina?” chiese la signorina Jenny Wren.

“Mai, se non sei pronta, Cenerentola mia cara, ”

“Benissimo!”, esclamò felice la signorina Wren. “Ora sì che sei un bravo ragazzo! Se in questo posto si dessero premi (ma noi teniamo solo moduli vuoti), tu dovresti vincere la prima medaglia d’argento per essere stato così veloce ad aiutarmi.” Mentre parlava, la signorina Wren tolse la chiave della porta di casa dal buco della serratura e se la mise in tasca; poi chiuse rapidamente la porta e la provò mentre entrambi erano sul gradino. Convinta che la sua abitazione fosse al sicuro, infilò una mano sotto il braccio dell’uomo anziano e si preparò a usare l’altro braccio per appoggiarsi alla sua stampella. Ma la chiave era di dimensioni così enormi che, prima ancora di iniziare a camminare, Riah propose di portarla lei.

“No, no, no! Lo porterò io stessa,” rispose la signorina Wren. “Sono terribilmente sbilanciata, sapete. E tenendolo nella tasca, aiuterà a mantenere l’nave in equilibrio. Per dirvi un segreto, madrina, lo indosso apposta sul lato più alto.”

Con quello iniziarono il loro lento cammino nella nebbia.

“Sì, davvero è stato molto astuto da parte tua, madrina,” riprese la signorina Wren con grande approvazione, “aver capito ciò che volevo dire. Ma, vedi, sei proprio come la fata madrina nei libri illustrati! Non assomigli affatto alle altre persone; sembri davvero essere trasformata in quel ruolo, proprio in questo momento, per qualche motivo benevolo. Boh!” esclamò la signorina Jenny, avvicinando il viso a quello dell’uomo anziano. “Riesco a vedere i tuoi tratti, madrina, dietro quella barba, ”

“Jenny, pensi anche tu che io cambi gli oggetti per puro capriccio?”

‘Ah! Proprio così! Se solo prendeste in prestito il mio bastone e lo usaste per battere su questo pezzo di pavé, questa pietra sporca su cui batto il piede, si metterebbe in movimento un intero treno. Dico davvero! Dovremmo crederci!’

“Con tutto il mio cuore,” rispose il buon vecchio uomo.

“E vi dirò cosa devo chiedervi di fare, madrina. Devo chiedervi la gentilezza di dare una ‘sculacciata’ al mio >bambino e di cambiarlo completamente. Oh, il mio >bambino ultimamente è stato davvero un cattivo bambino. Mi preoccupa tantissimo: non ha fatto nemmeno un lavoro in questi dieci giorni. Ha anche avuto degli incubi, pensava che quattro uomini vestiti di rosso volessero gettarlo in una fornace ardente, ”

“Ma è pericoloso, Jenny.”

“Pericoloso, madrina? Mio >bambino è sempre pericoloso, più o meno. Potrebbe anche, ” – in quel momento la piccola creatura guardò indietro, verso il cielo – “stare appiccando il fuoco a tutta la casa in questo stesso istante. Non so proprio chi vorrebbe avere un figlio del genere. Non serve nemmeno scuoterlo: l’ho scosso così tanto che mi gira la testa, ‘Perché non segui i tuoi Comandamenti e onori i tuoi genitori, piccolo monello cattivo?’ Gliel’ho detto continuamente. Ma lui si limitava a piagnucolare e a fissarmi.”

“Cosa cambierà dopo di lui?”, chiese Riah con una voce gentile e scherzosa.

“Per la mia parola, madrina, temo di dover essere egoista questa volta. Vi prego di sistemarmi in modo che io sia seduto davanti e abbia le gambe libere. Per voi è una cosa da nulla, con tutto il vostro potere. Ma per me, povera creatura debole e dolorante, significa molto.”

Nelle parole non c’era alcun lamento petulante, ma per questo non erano meno commoventi.

“E poi?”

“Sì, e poi, sai, madrina? Entreremo entrambe nella carrozza e andremo da Lizzie. Questo mi fa venire in mente di farti una domanda seria: sei così saggia come solo si può essere (essendo stata cresciuta dalle fate), quindi puoi dirmi. È meglio aver avuto qualcosa di bello e poi perderlo, o non averlo mai avuto affatto?”

“Spiegami, nipotina mia.”

“Ora che non ho più Lizzie, mi sento molto più solo e indifeso di quanto mi sentissi prima di conoscerla.” Le lacrime le riempirono gli occhi mentre lo diceva.

“Alcune delle compagnie più care scompaiono dalla vita della maggior parte delle persone, mio caro,” disse l’ebreo, “la compagnia di una moglie, di una bella figlia e di un figlio promettente, anche lei è scomparsa dalla mia vita, ma quella felicità c’è stata.”

“Ah!”, disse Miss Wren pensierosamente, affatto convinta, e concluse la sua esclamazione con quel suo tono tagliente; “allora vi dico da quale cambiamento dovreste iniziare, madrina. Dovreste cambiare ‘Is’ in ‘Was’ e ‘Was’ in ‘Is’, e mantenerle così.”

“Ti andrebbe bene così? Non saresti sempre nel dolore, allora?” chiese dolcemente l’uomo anziano.

“Esatto!” esclamò la signorina Wren con un altro colpo di coltello. “Mi hai resa più saggia. Madrina mia. No,” aggiunse, sollevando il mento in quel suo modo caratteristico e fissando gli occhi, “non è necessario che tu sia una madrina davvero meravigliosa per aver fatto una cosa del genere.”

Conversando così e attraversato il Westminster Bridge, percorsero il terreno che poco prima aveva attraversato Riah, oltre ad altri nuovi tratti di strada; infatti, quando ripassarono il Tamigi attraverso il London Bridge, proseguirono lungo le rive del fiume, mantenendo quella stessa direzione ancora più nebbiosa.

Ma in precedenza, mentre camminavano, Jenny trascinò via la sua cara amica davanti alla vetrina di un negozio di giocattoli splendidamente illuminato e disse: “Guarda ora. Tutta il mio lavoro!”

Si riferiva a un sorprendente semicerchio di bambole di tutti i colori dell’arcobaleno, vestite appositamente per essere presentate alla >corte, per partecipare a balli, per uscire in carrozza, a cavallo o a piedi, per sposarsi, per aiutare altre bambole a sposarsi, insomma, per tutte le occasioni gioiose della vita.

‘Pretty, pretty, pretty!’ said the old man with a clap of his hands. ‘Most elegant taste!’

‘Glad you like ’em,’ returned Miss Wren, loftily. ‘But the fun is, godmother, how I make the great ladies try my dresses on. Though it’s the hardest part of my business, and would be, even if my back were not bad and my legs queer.’

He looked at her as not understanding what she said.

‘Bless you, godmother,’ said Miss Wren, ‘I have to scud about town at all hours. If it was only sitting at my bench, cutting out and sewing, it would be comparatively easy work; but it’s the trying-on by the great ladies that takes it out of me.’

‘How, the trying-on?’ asked Riah.

‘What a mooney godmother you are, after all!’ returned Miss Wren. ‘Look here. There’s a Drawing Room, or a grand day in the Park, or a Show, or a Fete, or what you like. Very well. I squeeze among the crowd, and I look about me. When I see a great lady very suitable for my business, I say “You’ll do, my dear!” and I take particular notice of her, and run home and cut her out and baste her. Then another day, I come scudding back again to try on, and then I take particular notice of her again. Sometimes she plainly seems to say, ‘How that little creature is staring!’ and sometimes likes it and sometimes don’t, but much more often yes than no. All the time I am only saying to myself, “I must hollow out a bit here; I must slope away there;” and I am making a perfect slave of her, with making her try on my doll’s dress. Evening parties are severer work for me, because there’s only a doorway for a full view, and what with hobbling among the wheels of the carriages and the legs of the horses, I fully expect to be run over some night. However, there I have ’em, just the same. When they go bobbing into the hall from the carriage, and catch a glimpse of my little physiognomy poked out from behind a policeman’s cape in the rain, I dare say they think I am wondering and admiring with all my eyes and heart, but they little think they’re only working for my dolls! There was Lady Belinda Whitrose. I made her do double duty in one night. I said when she came out of the carriage, “YOU’ll do, my dear!” and I ran straight home and cut her out and basted her. Back I came again, and waited behind the men that called the carriages. Very bad night too. At last, “Lady Belinda Whitrose’s carriage! Lady Belinda Whitrose coming down!” And I made her try on—oh! and take pains about it too—before she got seated. That’s Lady Belinda hanging up by the waist, much too near the gaslight for a wax one, with her toes turned in.’

When they had plodded on for some time nigh the river, Riah asked the way to a certain tavern called the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters. Following the directions he received, they arrived, after two or three puzzled stoppages for consideration, and some uncertain looking about them, at the door of Miss Abbey Potterson’s dominions. A peep through the glass portion of the door revealed to them the glories of the bar, and Miss Abbey herself seated in state on her snug throne, reading the newspaper. To whom, with deference, they presented themselves.

Taking her eyes off her newspaper, and pausing with a suspended expression of countenance, as if she must finish the paragraph in hand before undertaking any other business whatever, Miss Abbey demanded, with some slight asperity: ‘Now then, what’s for you?’

‘Could we see Miss Potterson?’ asked the old man, uncovering his head.

‘You not only could, but you can and you do,’ replied the hostess.

‘Might we speak with you, madam?’

By this time Miss Abbey’s eyes had possessed themselves of the small figure of Miss Jenny Wren. For the closer observation of which, Miss Abbey laid aside her newspaper, rose, and looked over the half-door of the bar. The crutch-stick seemed to entreat for its owner leave to come in and rest by the fire; so, Miss Abbey opened the half-door, and said, as though replying to the crutch-stick:

‘Yes, come in and rest by the fire.’

‘My name is Riah,’ said the old man, with courteous action, ‘and my avocation is in London city. This, my young companion—’

‘Stop a bit,’ interposed Miss Wren. ‘I’ll give the lady my card.’ She produced it from her pocket with an air, after struggling with the gigantic door-key which had got upon the top of it and kept it down. Miss Abbey, with manifest tokens of astonishment, took the diminutive document, and found it to run concisely thus:—

MISS JENNY WREN

DOLLS’ DRESSMAKER.

Dolls attended at their own residences.

‘Lud!’ exclaimed Miss Potterson, staring. And dropped the card.

‘We take the liberty of coming, my young companion and I, madam,’ said Riah, ‘on behalf of Lizzie Hexam.’

Miss Potterson was stooping to loosen the bonnet-strings of the dolls’ dressmaker. She looked round rather angrily, and said: ‘Lizzie Hexam is a very proud young woman.’

‘She would be so proud,’ returned Riah, dexterously, ‘to stand well in your good opinion, that before she quitted London for—’

‘For where, in the name of the Cape of Good Hope?’ asked Miss Potterson, as though supposing her to have emigrated.

‘For the country,’ was the cautious answer,—‘she made us promise to come and show you a paper, which she left in our hands for that special purpose. I am an unserviceable friend of hers, who began to know her after her departure from this neighbourhood. She has been for some time living with my young companion, and has been a helpful and a comfortable friend to her. Much needed, madam,’ he added, in a lower voice. ‘Believe me; if you knew all, much needed.’

‘I can believe that,’ said Miss Abbey, with a softening glance at the little creature.

‘And if it’s proud to have a heart that never hardens, and a temper that never tires, and a touch that never hurts,’ Miss Jenny struck in, flushed, ‘she is proud. And if it’s not, she is NOT.’

“Bello, bello, bello!” esclamò l’uomo anziano battendo le mani.
“Che gusto davvero raffinato!”

“Mi fa piacere che vi piacciano,” rispose Miss Wren con aria sprezzante. “Ma il vero divertimento sta nel fatto che, madrina, come riesco a far provare le mie vestiti alle grandi dame. Anche se è la parte più difficile del mio lavoro, e lo sarebbe comunque, anche senza il mio problema alla schiena e le mie gambe strane.”

La guardò senza capire ciò che aveva detto.

“Che Dio ti benedica, madrina,” disse la signorina Wren, “devo correre in giro per la città a tutte le ore. Se solo potessi sedermi al mio banco e occuparmi di tagliare e cucire, sarebbe un lavoro relativamente facile. Ma sono proprio i provini davanti alle grandi dame che mi stancano davvero.”

“Come, la prova dell’abito?”, chiese Riah.

“Che madrina un po’ strana sei davvero!” rispose Miss Wren. “Guarda: c’è una sala da ricevimento, o una passeggiata nel parco, o uno spettacolo, o una festa, insomma, quello che vuoi tu. Molto bene! Mi infilo tra la folla e guardo intorno; quando vedo una signora adatta per i miei scopi, dico ‘Tu sei perfetta!’ e mi concentro su di lei. Poi torno a casa, la ricavo e la cucio. Un altro giorno torno a provarla, e mi concentro di nuovo su di lei. A volte sembra che dica chiaramente ‘Ma che cosa sta fissando quella piccola creatura?’; altre volte le piace, altre volte no, ma molto più spesso sì che le piace. In tutto questo tempo, penso solo a come modificare il suo aspetto: devo creare delle pieghe qui, inclinarla là. La trasformo letteralmente in una schiava, facendola provare i vestiti della mia bambola. Le feste serali sono ancora più impegnative per me: c’è solo un ingresso da cui si può vedere tutto. E con tutti quei carri e le zampe dei cavalli intorno, temo davvero di essere investita una notte. Comunque, ce la faccio lo stesso. Quando entrano nella sala dal carro e intravedono il mio visino che spunta dietro il cappotto di un poliziotto sotto la pioggia, probabilmente pensano che io stia ammirandole con tutto il cuore. Ma non sanno che in realtà stanno solo lavorando per le mie bambole! C’era Lady Belinda Whitrose. Quella notte l’ho fatta fare ‘doppio lavoro’. Quando è scesa dal carro, ho detto ‘Tu sei perfetta!’ e sono corsa a casa a prepararla. Poi sono tornata indietro e ho aspettato dietro le persone che chiamavano i carri. Anche quella notte è stata molto impegnativa. Alla fine: ‘Il carro di Lady Belinda Whitrose! Sta scendendo!’ L’ho fatta provare il vestito, oh, si è davvero impegnata molto prima di sedersi. Ecco Lady Belinda, appesa per la vita, troppo vicina alla lampada a gas per essere una bambola di cera, con i piedi girati all’interno, ”

Dopo aver camminato a fatica per un po’ vicino al fiume, Riah chiese indicazioni per una certa taverna chiamata “Six Jolly Fellowship Porters”. Seguendo le indicazioni ricevute, dopo due o tre soste per riflettere e qualche esitazione nel trovare la strada, arrivarono finalmente davanti alla porta della dimora di Miss Abbey Potterson. Guardando attraverso il vetro della porta, scorsero le luci splendenti del bar e videro Miss Abbey seduta sul suo comodo “trono”, intenta a leggere il giornale. Si presentarono rispettosamente davanti a lei.

Togliendo lo sguardo dal giornale e fermandosi con un’espressione di attenzione, come se dovesse finire prima di occuparsi di altro, la signorina Abbey chiese, con una certa asprezza: “Allora, di cosa si tratta?”

“Potremmo vedere la signorina Potterson?” chiese l’uomo anziano, togliendosi il cappello.

“Non solo potevi farlo, ma puoi farlo e lo fai,” rispose la padrona di casa.

“Potremmo parlarle un attimo, signora?”

A quell’ora, gli occhi di Miss Abbey erano fissi sulla piccola figura di Miss Jenny Wren. Per osservarla meglio, Miss Abbey mise da parte il suo giornale e la rosa, e guardò attraverso la porta semiaperta del bar. Il bastone da passeggio sembrava supplicare la sua proprietaria di lasciarlo entrare per riposarsi vicino al focolare; così, Miss Abbey aprì la porta semiaperta e disse, come se rispondesse al bastone da passeggio:

“Sì, entra pure e riposati vicino al focolare.”

“Mi chiamo Riah,” disse l’uomo anziano con modi cortesi, “e la mia attività si svolge nella città di Londra. Questo, mio giovane compagno, ”

“Un attimo,” intervenne la signorina Wren. “Darò alla signora il mio biglietto da visita.” Lo tirò fuori dalla tasca con un certo sforzo, poiché la gigantesca chiave di casa si era incastrata sopra di esso e lo teneva premuto giù. La signorina Abbey, mostrando evidente sorpresa, prese quel piccolo documento e vi lesse quanto segue:—

Signorina Jenny Wren

Il sarto delle bambole.

Le bambole partecipavano alle feste dalle loro rispettive case.

“Lud!” esclamò la signorina Potterson, fissandolo intensamente. Poi lasciò cadere la carta.

“Ci permettiamo di venire, io e il mio giovane compagno, signora,” disse Riah, “in nome di Lizzie Hexam.”

La signorina Potterson si stava chinando per allentare i lacci del cappello delle bambole. Guardò intorno con aria piuttosto arrabbiata e disse: “Lizzie Hexam è una giovane donna molto orgogliosa.”

“Sarebbe così orgogliosa,” rispose Riah con disinvoltura, “di essere nella tua buona considerazione; tanto che prima di lasciare Londra per, ”

“Ma dove, per l’amor del Capo di Buona Speranza?”, chiese la signorina Potterson, come se pensasse che lei fosse emigrata.

“Per il paese, ”, fu la risposta cauta. “Ci ha fatto promettere di venire a mostrarvi un documento che ci aveva lasciato per quel preciso scopo. Sono un amico inutile per lei. L’ho conosciuta solo dopo che se n’è andata da questo quartiere. Vive da qualche tempo con la mia giovane compagna, e le è stata davvero una amica preziosa e di grande aiuto. Molto necessario, signora, ”, aggiunse a voce più bassa. “Credetemi: se sapeste tutto, sarebbe davvero molto necessario.”

“Posso crederci,” disse la signorina Abbey, lanciando uno sguardo dolce verso quella piccola creatura.

“E se è orgoglioso avere un cuore che non si indurisce mai, un carattere che non si stanca mai, e una dolcezza che non fa mai male, ” intervenne Miss Jenny, arrossendo, “allora è orgoglioso. Altrimenti, allora NON lo è.”

Her set purpose of contradicting Miss Abbey point blank, was so far from offending that dread authority, as to elicit a gracious smile. ‘You do right, child,’ said Miss Abbey, ‘to speak well of those who deserve well of you.’

‘Right or wrong,’ muttered Miss Wren, inaudibly, with a visible hitch of her chin, ‘I mean to do it, and you may make up your mind to THAT, old lady.’

‘Here is the paper, madam,’ said the Jew, delivering into Miss Potterson’s hands the original document drawn up by Rokesmith, and signed by Riderhood. ‘Will you please to read it?’

‘But first of all,’ said Miss Abbey, ‘—did you ever taste shrub, child?’

Miss Wren shook her head.

‘Should you like to?’

‘Should if it’s good,’ returned Miss Wren.

‘You shall try. And, if you find it good, I’ll mix some for you with hot water. Put your poor little feet on the fender. It’s a cold, cold night, and the fog clings so.’ As Miss Abbey helped her to turn her chair, her loosened bonnet dropped on the floor. ‘Why, what lovely hair!’ cried Miss Abbey. ‘And enough to make wigs for all the dolls in the world. What a quantity!’

‘Call THAT a quantity?’ returned Miss Wren. ‘Poof! What do you say to the rest of it?’ As she spoke, she untied a band, and the golden stream fell over herself and over the chair, and flowed down to the ground. Miss Abbey’s admiration seemed to increase her perplexity. She beckoned the Jew towards her, as she reached down the shrub-bottle from its niche, and whispered:

Child, or woman?’

Child in years,’ was the answer; ‘woman in self-reliance and trial.’

‘You are talking about Me, good people,’ thought Miss Jenny, sitting in her golden bower, warming her feet. ‘I can’t hear what you say, but I know your tricks and your manners!’

The shrub, when tasted from a spoon, perfectly harmonizing with Miss Jenny’s palate, a judicious amount was mixed by Miss Potterson’s skilful hands, whereof Riah too partook. After this preliminary, Miss Abbey read the document; and, as often as she raised her eyebrows in so doing, the watchful Miss Jenny accompanied the action with an expressive and emphatic sip of the shrub and water.

‘As far as this goes,’ said Miss Abbey Potterson, when she had read it several times, and thought about it, ‘it proves (what didn’t much need proving) that Rogue Riderhood is a villain. I have my doubts whether he is not the villain who solely did the deed; but I have no expectation of those doubts ever being cleared up now. I believe I did Lizzie’s father wrong, but never Lizzie’s self; because when things were at the worst I trusted her, had perfect confidence in her, and tried to persuade her to come to me for a refuge. I am very sorry to have done a man wrong, particularly when it can’t be undone. Be kind enough to let Lizzie know what I say; not forgetting that if she will come to the Porters, after all, bygones being bygones, she will find a home at the Porters, and a friend at the Porters. She knows Miss Abbey of old, remind her, and she knows what-like the home, and what-like the friend, is likely to turn out. I am generally short and sweet—or short and sour, according as it may be and as opinions vary—’ remarked Miss Abbey, ‘and that’s about all I have got to say, and enough too.’

But before the shrub and water was sipped out, Miss Abbey bethought herself that she would like to keep a copy of the paper by her. ‘It’s not long, sir,’ said she to Riah, ‘and perhaps you wouldn’t mind just jotting it down.’ The old man willingly put on his spectacles, and, standing at the little desk in the corner where Miss Abbey filed her receipts and kept her sample phials (customers’ scores were interdicted by the strict administration of the Porters), wrote out the copy in a fair round character. As he stood there, doing his methodical penmanship, his ancient scribelike figure intent upon the work, and the little dolls’ dressmaker sitting in her golden bower before the fire, Miss Abbey had her doubts whether she had not dreamed those two rare figures into the bar of the Six Jolly Fellowships, and might not wake with a nod next moment and find them gone.

Miss Abbey had twice made the experiment of shutting her eyes and opening them again, still finding the figures there, when, dreamlike, a confused hubbub arose in the public room. As she started up, and they all three looked at one another, it became a noise of clamouring voices and of the stir of feet; then all the windows were heard to be hastily thrown up, and shouts and cries came floating into the house from the river. A moment more, and Bob Gliddery came clattering along the passage, with the noise of all the nails in his boots condensed into every separate nail.

‘What is it?’ asked Miss Abbey.

‘It’s summut run down in the fog, ma’am,’ answered Bob. ‘There’s ever so many people in the river.’

‘Tell ’em to put on all the kettles!’ cried Miss Abbey. ‘See that the boiler’s full. Get a bath out. Hang some blankets to the fire. Heat some stone bottles. Have your senses about you, you girls down stairs, and use ’em.’

While Miss Abbey partly delivered these directions to Bob—whom she seized by the hair, and whose head she knocked against the wall, as a general injunction to vigilance and presence of mind—and partly hailed the kitchen with them—the company in the public room, jostling one another, rushed out to the causeway, and the outer noise increased.

‘Come and look,’ said Miss Abbey to her visitors. They all three hurried to the vacated public room, and passed by one of the windows into the wooden verandah overhanging the river.

‘Does anybody down there know what has happened?’ demanded Miss Abbey, in her voice of authority.

‘It’s a steamer, Miss Abbey,’ cried one blurred figure in the fog.

‘It always IS a steamer, Miss Abbey,’ cried another.

Il suo scopo dichiarato di contraddire apertamente la signorina Abbey non solo non offese affatto quell’autorità temuta, ma ottenne persino un sorriso gentile. “Fai bene, bambino”, disse la signorina Abbey, “a parlare bene di coloro che meritano il tuo rispetto.”

“Giusto o sbagliato,” mormorò la signorina Wren, in modo inudibile, con un evidente movimento della mascella, “intanto lo farò, e potete decidere anche voi così, vecchia signora.”

“Ecco il documento, signora,” disse l’ebreo, porgendo a Miss Potterson l’originale redatto da Rokesmith e firmato da Riderhood. “Potrebbe leggerlo per favore?”

“Ma prima di tutto,” disse la signorina Abbey, “hai mai assaggiato lo bambino di arbusto?”

La signorina Wren scosse la testa.

“Se ti va, davvero, ”

“Se è buono, allora sì,” rispose la signorina Wren.

“Dovresti provarla. E se ti piacerà, ne preparerò un po’ per te con dell’acqua calda. Metti i tuoi poverini piedini sul parafango. È una notte freddissima, e la nebbia è densa.” Mentre Miss Abbey l’aiutava a girare la sedia, il suo cappello si staccò e cadde per terra. “Ma che bellissimi capelli!” esclamò Miss Abbey. “Ci basterebbero per fare delle parrucche per tutte le bambole del mondo. Quanta quantità!”

“Chiamare QUESTO una quantità?”, rispose la signorina Wren. “Puff! E che dire del resto?” Mentre parlava, sciolse un laccio, e il flusso d’oro le si riversò addosso e sul divano, per poi cadere a terra. L’ammirazione della signorina Abbey sembrava aumentare la sua confusione. Chiamò il giudeo verso di sé, prese la bottiglia nascosta tra i cespugli e sussurrò:

“Un bambino, o una donna?”

“Un bambino di pochi anni”, fu la risposta; “una donna piena di autonomia e capacità di affrontare le difficoltà”.

“State parlando di Me, buone persone,” pensò la signorina Jenny, seduta nel suo padiglione d’oro, riscaldandosi i piedi. “Non riesco a sentire quello che dite, ma conosco bene le vostre astuzie e i vostri modi, ”

Quel arbusto, una volta assaggiato con un cucchiaio e trovatosi perfettamente in armonia con il palato della signorina Jenny, fu mescolato in dosi appropriate dalle abili mani della signorina Potterson; anche Riah ne partecipò. Dopo questa fase preparatoria, la signorina Abbey lesse il documento; e ogni volta che alzava le sopracciglia mentre lo leggeva, la attenta signorina Jenny accompagnava quel gesto con un sorso espressivo e deciso di quell’arbusto mescolato all’acqua.

“Per quel che riguarda questo,” disse la signorina Abbey Potterson dopo averlo letto più volte e riflettuto a lungo, “prove (ciò che in realtà non aveva bisogno di prove) che Rogue Riderhood è un malvagio. Ho dei dubbi sul fatto che non sia proprio lui l’unico responsabile di quel crimine; ma non ho alcuna speranza che questi dubbi possano mai essere chiariti. Credo di aver trattato male il padre di Lizzie, ma mai lei stessa; perché quando le cose sono arrivate al peggio, le ho creduto ciecamente e ho cercato di convincerla a rifugiarsi da me. Mi dispiace molto di aver fatto del male a un uomo, soprattutto quando non si può più rimediare. Per favore, dica a Lizzie ciò che ho detto; non dimentichi che, se decidesse comunque di venire dai Porter, il passato sarà lasciato alle spalle e troverà una casa accogliente e un’amica sincera. Conosce già la signorina Abbey, ricordale che lei sa bene quale tipo di “casa” e quale tipo di amica possa offrirle. Di solito sono piuttosto diretta e schietta, o forse anche un po’ acida, a seconda delle circostanze e delle opinioni altrui,” aggiunse la signorina Abbey. “E questo è più o meno tutto ciò che ho da dire, e basta davvero.”

Ma prima che il cespuglio e l’acqua venissero completamente bevuti, la signorina Abbey pensò che avrebbe voluto tenersi una copia di quel foglio con sé. “Non è molto lungo, signore,” disse a Riah, “e forse non le dispiacerebbe scriverlo velocemente.” L’uomo anziano si mise volentieri gli occhiali e, in piedi davanti al piccolo tavolo nell’angolo dove la signorina Abbey conservava le ricevute e i campioni di prodotto (le registrazioni dei clienti erano infatti vietate dalle rigide normative dell’amministrazione del negozio), scrisse la copia con caratteri chiari e regolari. Mentre stava lì, impegnato nella sua scrivitura meticolosa, con quella sua figura antica e un po’ strana concentrata sul lavoro, e mentre la piccola sarta sedeva nel suo angolo accanto al fuoco, la signorina Abbey iniziò a dubitare che quelle due figure così insolite non fossero in realtà frutto del suo sogno. Forse, nel prossimo momento, si sarebbe svegliata e le avrebbe trovate scomparse.

La signorina Abbey aveva già provato due volte a chiudere gli occhi e poi riaprirli, trovando sempre le stesse figure davanti a sé; quando, come in un sogno, si levò un clamore confuso nella sala pubblica. Mentre lei si alzava e loro tre si guardarono l’un l’altro, il rumore divenne ancora più forte: voci che gridavano, passi affrettati. Poi si sentì che tutte le finestre venivano aperte di scatto, e grida e urla risuonarono nella >casa provenienti dal >fiume. Un attimo dopo, Bob Gliddery arrivò correndo lungo il corridoio. Il rumore prodotto da tutti i chiodi delle sue scarpe si udì chiaramente.

“Che cos’è?” chiese la signorina Abbey.

“È tutto sommato perso nella nebbia, signora,” rispose Bob. “Ci sono tantissime persone nel >fiume.”

“Dite loro di mettere su tutti i pentoloni!” gridò la signorina Abbey. “Assicuratevi che il boiler sia pieno. Preparate un bagno. Appendete alcune coperte vicino al focolare. Riscaldate qualche bottiglia di pietra. State attente, ragazze, e usatele correttamente.”

Mentre la signorina Abbey dava queste istruzioni a Bob – afferrandolo per i capelli e sbattendogli la testa contro il muro, come modo per esortarlo alla vigilanza e all’attenzione – allo stesso tempo le gridava anche dalla cucina. La compagnia nella sala pubblica, spingendosi l’un l’altro, si precipitò fuori verso il pontile, e il rumore all’esterno aumentò.

“Venite a vedere,” disse la signorina Abbey ai suoi visitatori. Tutti e tre si affrettarono verso la stanza pubblica ormai vuota e passarono attraverso una delle finestre per raggiungere il portico in legno che si affacciava sul fiume.

“Qualcuno laggiù sa cosa è successo?” chiese la signorina Abbey, con voce autoritaria.

“È una nave a vapore, signorina Abbey,” gridò una figura sfocata nella nebbia.

“È sempre una nave a vapore, signorina Abbey,” gridò un altro.

‘Them’s her lights, Miss Abbey, wot you see a-blinking yonder,’ cried another.

‘She’s a-blowing off her steam, Miss Abbey, and that’s what makes the fog and the noise worse, don’t you see?’ explained another.

Boats were putting off, torches were lighting up, people were rushing tumultuously to the water’s edge. Some man fell in with a splash, and was pulled out again with a roar of laughter. The drags were called for. A cry for the life-buoy passed from mouth to mouth. It was impossible to make out what was going on upon the river, for every boat that put off sculled into the fog and was lost to view at a boat’s length. Nothing was clear but that the unpopular steamer was assailed with reproaches on all sides. She was the Murderer, bound for Gallows Bay; she was the Manslaughterer, bound for Penal Settlement; her captain ought to be tried for his life; her crew ran down men in row-boats with a relish; she mashed up Thames lightermen with her paddles; she fired property with her funnels; she always was, and she always would be, wreaking destruction upon somebody or something, after the manner of all her kind. The whole bulk of the fog teemed with such taunts, uttered in tones of universal hoarseness. All the while, the steamer’s lights moved spectrally a very little, as she lay-to, waiting the upshot of whatever accident had happened. Now, she began burning blue-lights. These made a luminous patch about her, as if she had set the fog on fire, and in the patch—the cries changing their note, and becoming more fitful and more excited—shadows of men and boats could be seen moving, while voices shouted: ‘There!’ ‘There again!’ ‘A couple more strokes a-head!’ ‘Hurrah!’ ‘Look out!’ ‘Hold on!’ ‘Haul in!’ and the like. Lastly, with a few tumbling clots of blue fire, the night closed in dark again, the wheels of the steamer were heard revolving, and her lights glided smoothly away in the direction of the sea.

It appeared to Miss Abbey and her two companions that a considerable time had been thus occupied. There was now as eager a set towards the shore beneath the house as there had been from it; and it was only on the first boat of the rush coming in that it was known what had occurred.

‘If that’s Tom Tootle,’ Miss Abbey made proclamation, in her most commanding tones, ‘let him instantly come underneath here.’

The submissive Tom complied, attended by a crowd.

‘What is it, Tootle?’ demanded Miss Abbey.

‘It’s a foreign steamer, miss, run down a wherry.’

‘How many in the wherry?’

‘One man, Miss Abbey.’

‘Found?’

‘Yes. He’s been under water a long time, Miss; but they’ve grappled up the body.’

‘Let ’em bring it here. You, Bob Gliddery, shut the house-door and stand by it on the inside, and don’t you open till I tell you. Any police down there?’

‘Here, Miss Abbey,’ was official rejoinder.

‘After they have brought the body in, keep the crowd out, will you? And help Bob Gliddery to shut ’em out.’

‘All right, Miss Abbey.’

The autocratic landlady withdrew into the house with Riah and Miss Jenny, and disposed those forces, one on either side of her, within the half-door of the bar, as behind a breastwork.

‘You two stand close here,’ said Miss Abbey, ‘and you’ll come to no hurt, and see it brought in. Bob, you stand by the door.’

That sentinel, smartly giving his rolled shirt-sleeves an extra and a final tuck on his shoulders, obeyed.

Sound of advancing voices, sound of advancing steps. Shuffle and talk without. Momentary pause. Two peculiarly blunt knocks or pokes at the door, as if the dead man arriving on his back were striking at it with the soles of his motionless feet.

‘That’s the stretcher, or the shutter, whichever of the two they are carrying,’ said Miss Abbey, with experienced ear. ‘Open, you Bob!’

Door opened. Heavy tread of laden men. A halt. A rush. Stoppage of rush. Door shut. Baffled boots from the vexed souls of disappointed outsiders.

‘Come on, men!’ said Miss Abbey; for so potent was she with her subjects that even then the bearers awaited her permission. ‘First floor.’

The entry being low, and the staircase being low, they so took up the burden they had set down, as to carry that low. The recumbent figure, in passing, lay hardly as high as the half door.

Miss Abbey started back at sight of it. ‘Why, good God!’ said she, turning to her two companions, ‘that’s the very man who made the declaration we have just had in our hands. That’s Riderhood!’

“Quelle sono le sue luci, signorina Abbey, quelle che vedete lampeggiare laggiù,” gridò un altro.

“Sta solo sfogando la sua rabbia, signorina Abbey. Ed è proprio questo che peggiora la nebbia e il rumore, non capisce?” spiegò un’altra persona.

Le barche si staccavano dal molo, le torce venivano accese; la gente correva tumultuosamente verso la riva dell’acqua. Un uomo cadde nell’acqua con un tonfo, per poi essere tirato fuori tra risate. Furono chiamati i rematori; grida di aiuto si diffusero da una bocca all’altra. Era impossibile capire cosa stesse succedendo sull’fiume, perché ogni barca che si allontanava scompariva nella nebbia. L’unica cosa chiara era che quella nave poco popolare veniva assalita da rimproveri da tutte le parti: la chiamavano “l’assassina”, “la responsabile di omicidi”; il suo capitano doveva essere processato per morte; l’equipaggio sembrava godersi l’atto di investire le persone con le barche a remi; distruggeva i barcaioli del Tamigi con i suoi remi, danneggiava le proprietà. Era sempre stata così, e sempre lo sarebbe stata: causava distruzione a chiunque o a qualsiasi cosa. L’intera nebbia era piena di simili insulti, pronunciati in toni di rabbia universale. Nel frattempo, i fanali della nave si muovevano appena, mentre essa aspettava l’esito dell’incidente che doveva essere accaduto. Alla fine, iniziò a emettere luci blu; queste creavano un cerchio luminoso intorno a lei, come se avesse dato fuoco alla nebbia stessa. All’interno di quel cerchio, le grida delle persone cambiavano tono, diventando più frenetiche e eccitate; si vedevano ombre di uomini e barche muoversi rapidamente, mentre voci gridavano: “Lì! Ancora una volta! Un paio di colpi in avanti. Evviva! Attenzione! Tenetevi forte. Tirate indietro, ” Alla fine, con alcune ultime luci blu che si spegnevano, la notte calò nuovamente nel buio; si sentirono i rumori dei motori della nave che si avviavano, e i suoi fanali scomparvero nella direzione del mare.

A Miss Abbey e alle sue due compagne sembrava che un considerevole tempo fosse stato trascorso in questo modo. Ora c’era lo stesso fervore nell’avvicinarsi alla riva, sotto la >casa, di quanto ce ne fosse stato prima; e fu solo con il primo barcaio che arrivò che si seppe cosa era accaduto.

“Se quello è Tom Tootle,” dichiarò la signorina Abbey con il suo tono più autoritario, “che venga immediatamente qui sotto.”

Il sottomesso Tom obbedì, assistito da una folla.

“Che c’è, Tootle?”, chiese la signorina Abbey.

“È una nave a vapore straniera, signorina, condotta da un barcaio.”

“Quanti ci sono nella barca?”

“Un uomo, signorina Abbey.”

“Trovato?”

“Sì. È rimasto sott’acqua per molto tempo, signorina; ma hanno recuperato il suo corpo.”

“Lasciate che lo portino qui. Tu, Bob Gliddery, chiudi la porta di casa e stai lì dentro; non aprirla finché non te lo dico io. C’è della polizia laggiù?”

“Ecco qui, signorina Abbey,” fu la risposta ufficiale.

“Dopo che avranno portato dentro il corpo, tenete fuori la folla, per favore. E aiutate Bob Gliddery a chiuderla fuori.”

“Va bene, signorina Abbey.”

La padrona di casa autoritaria si ritirò nella >casa insieme a Riah e Miss Jenny, disponendo quelle persone ai suoi lati, all’interno della porta semiaperta del bar, come se fossero dietro un parapetto protettivo.

“Voi due restate qui vicini,” disse la signorina Abbey, “e non vi capiterà nulla di male; vedrete anche come viene portato dentro. Bob, tu stai vicino alla porta.”

Quel sentinella, sistemando con cura le maniche arrotolate della camicia sulle spalle, obbedì.

Voci che si avvicinano, passi che si avvicinano. Rumori confusi e voci che parlano. Una breve pausa. Due colpi o spinte particolarmente forti alla porta, come se il morto, arrivando a dorso, stesse battendola con le piante dei suoi piedi immobili.

“Quello è il lettino da trasporto, o la tenda oscurante, qualunque dei due stiano portando,” disse Miss Abbey, con un orecchio esperto. “Apri, tu, Bob!”

La porta si aprì. Passi pesanti di uomini carichi. Una sosta. Un affrettarsi. Poi il movimento si fermò. La porta si chiuse. Stivali che rivelavano l’irritazione e la delusione di persone esterne, frustrate.

“Su, ragazzi!”, disse la signorina Abbey; poiché aveva un tale ascendente sui suoi sottoposti che anche in quel momento gli addetti aspettavano il suo permesso. “Primo piano.”

Poiché l’ingresso era basso e le scale erano altrettanto basse, riuscirono a sollevare il carico che avevano posato, facendolo arrivare fino a quel livello basso. La figura distesa, per inciso, non superava quasi la metà dell’altezza della porta.

Non appena lo vide, la signorina Abbey si fermò di colpo. “Mio Dio!”, esclamò, rivolgendosi alle sue due compagne, “quello è proprio l’uomo che ha fatto quella dichiarazione che abbiamo appena letto. Quello è Riderhood!”

Chapter 3

THE SAME RESPECTED FRIEND IN MORE ASPECTS THAN ONE

In sooth, it is Riderhood and no other, or it is the outer husk and shell of Riderhood and no other, that is borne into Miss Abbey’s first-floor bedroom. Supple to twist and turn as the Rogue has ever been, he is sufficiently rigid now; and not without much shuffling of attendant feet, and tilting of his bier this way and that way, and peril even of his sliding off it and being tumbled in a heap over the balustrades, can he be got up stairs.

‘Fetch a doctor,’ quoth Miss Abbey. And then, ‘Fetch his daughter.’ On both of which errands, quick messengers depart.

The doctor-seeking messenger meets the doctor halfway, coming under convoy of police. Doctor examines the dank carcase, and pronounces, not hopefully, that it is worth while trying to reanimate the same. All the best means are at once in action, and everybody present lends a hand, and a heart and soul. No one has the least regard for the man; with them all, he has been an object of avoidance, suspicion, and aversion; but the spark of life within him is curiously separable from himself now, and they have a deep interest in it, probably because it IS life, and they are living and must die.

In answer to the doctor’s inquiry how did it happen, and was anyone to blame, Tom Tootle gives in his verdict, unavoidable accident and no one to blame but the sufferer. ‘He was slinking about in his boat,’ says Tom, ‘which slinking were, not to speak ill of the dead, the manner of the man, when he come right athwart the steamer’s bows and she cut him in two.’ Mr Tootle is so far figurative, touching the dismemberment, as that he means the boat, and not the man. For, the man lies whole before them.

Captain Joey, the bottle-nosed regular customer in the glazed hat, is a pupil of the much-respected old school, and (having insinuated himself into the chamber, in the execution of the important service of carrying the drowned man’s neck-kerchief) favours the doctor with a sagacious old-scholastic suggestion that the body should be hung up by the heels, ‘sim’lar’, says Captain Joey, ‘to mutton in a butcher’s shop,’ and should then, as a particularly choice manoeuvre for promoting easy respiration, be rolled upon casks. These scraps of the wisdom of the captain’s ancestors are received with such speechless indignation by Miss Abbey, that she instantly seizes the Captain by the collar, and without a single word ejects him, not presuming to remonstrate, from the scene.

There then remain, to assist the doctor and Tom, only those three other regular customers, Bob Glamour, William Williams, and Jonathan (family name of the latter, if any, unknown to man-kind), who are quite enough. Miss Abbey having looked in to make sure that nothing is wanted, descends to the bar, and there awaits the result, with the gentle Jew and Miss Jenny Wren.

If you are not gone for good, Mr Riderhood, it would be something to know where you are hiding at present. This flabby lump of mortality that we work so hard at with such patient perseverance, yields no sign of you. If you are gone for good, Rogue, it is very solemn, and if you are coming back, it is hardly less so. Nay, in the suspense and mystery of the latter question, involving that of where you may be now, there is a solemnity even added to that of death, making us who are in attendance alike afraid to look on you and to look off you, and making those below start at the least sound of a creaking plank in the floor.

Stay! Did that eyelid tremble? So the doctor, breathing low, and closely watching, asks himself.

No.

Did that nostril twitch?

No.

This artificial respiration ceasing, do I feel any faint flutter under my hand upon the chest?

No.

Over and over again No. No. But try over and over again, nevertheless.

See! A token of life! An indubitable token of life! The spark may smoulder and go out, or it may glow and expand, but see! The four rough fellows, seeing, shed tears. Neither Riderhood in this world, nor Riderhood in the other, could draw tears from them; but a striving human soul between the two can do it easily.

He is struggling to come back. Now, he is almost here, now he is far away again. Now he is struggling harder to get back. And yet—like us all, when we swoon—like us all, every day of our lives when we wake—he is instinctively unwilling to be restored to the consciousness of this existence, and would be left dormant, if he could.

Bob Gliddery returns with Pleasant Riderhood, who was out when sought for, and hard to find. She has a shawl over her head, and her first action, when she takes it off weeping, and curtseys to Miss Abbey, is to wind her hair up.

‘Thank you, Miss Abbey, for having father here.’

‘I am bound to say, girl, I didn’t know who it was,’ returns Miss Abbey; ‘but I hope it would have been pretty much the same if I had known.’

Poor Pleasant, fortified with a sip of brandy, is ushered into the first-floor chamber. She could not express much sentiment about her father if she were called upon to pronounce his funeral oration, but she has a greater tenderness for him than he ever had for her, and crying bitterly when she sees him stretched unconscious, asks the doctor, with clasped hands: ‘Is there no hope, sir? O poor father! Is poor father dead?’

To which the doctor, on one knee beside the body, busy and watchful, only rejoins without looking round: ‘Now, my girl, unless you have the self-command to be perfectly quiet, I cannot allow you to remain in the room.’

Pleasant, consequently, wipes her eyes with her back-hair, which is in fresh need of being wound up, and having got it out of the way, watches with terrified interest all that goes on. Her natural woman’s aptitude soon renders her able to give a little help. Anticipating the doctor’s want of this or that, she quietly has it ready for him, and so by degrees is intrusted with the charge of supporting her father’s head upon her arm.

It is something so new to Pleasant to see her father an object of sympathy and interest, to find any one very willing to tolerate his society in this world, not to say pressingly and soothingly entreating him to belong to it, that it gives her a sensation she never experienced before. Some hazy idea that if affairs could remain thus for a long time it would be a respectable change, floats in her mind. Also some vague idea that the old evil is drowned out of him, and that if he should happily come back to resume his occupation of the empty form that lies upon the bed, his spirit will be altered. In which state of mind she kisses the stony lips, and quite believes that the impassive hand she chafes will revive a tender hand, if it revive ever.

Sweet delusion for Pleasant Riderhood. But they minister to him with such extraordinary interest, their anxiety is so keen, their vigilance is so great, their excited joy grows so intense as the signs of life strengthen, that how can she resist it, poor thing! And now he begins to breathe naturally, and he stirs, and the doctor declares him to have come back from that inexplicable journey where he stopped on the dark road, and to be here.

Tom Tootle, who is nearest to the doctor when he says this, grasps the doctor fervently by the hand. Bob Glamour, William Williams, and Jonathan of the no surname, all shake hands with one another round, and with the doctor too. Bob Glamour blows his nose, and Jonathan of the no surname is moved to do likewise, but lacking a pocket handkerchief abandons that outlet for his emotion. Pleasant sheds tears deserving her own name, and her sweet delusion is at its height.

There is intelligence in his eyes. He wants to ask a question. He wonders where he is. Tell him.

‘Father, you were run down on the river, and are at Miss Abbey Potterson’s.’

He stares at his daughter, stares all around him, closes his eyes, and lies slumbering on her arm.

The short-lived delusion begins to fade. The low, bad, unimpressible face is coming up from the depths of the river, or what other depths, to the surface again. As he grows warm, the doctor and the four men cool. As his lineaments soften with life, their faces and their hearts harden to him.

‘He will do now,’ says the doctor, washing his hands, and looking at the patient with growing disfavour.

‘Many a better man,’ moralizes Tom Tootle with a gloomy shake of the head, ‘ain’t had his luck.’

‘It’s to be hoped he’ll make a better use of his life,’ says Bob Glamour, ‘than I expect he will.’

‘Or than he done afore,’ adds William Williams.

‘But no, not he!’ says Jonathan of the no surname, clinching the quartette.

They speak in a low tone because of his daughter, but she sees that they have all drawn off, and that they stand in a group at the other end of the room, shunning him. It would be too much to suspect them of being sorry that he didn’t die when he had done so much towards it, but they clearly wish that they had had a better subject to bestow their pains on. Intelligence is conveyed to Miss Abbey in the bar, who reappears on the scene, and contemplates from a distance, holding whispered discourse with the doctor. The spark of life was deeply interesting while it was in abeyance, but now that it has got established in Mr Riderhood, there appears to be a general desire that circumstances had admitted of its being developed in anybody else, rather than that gentleman.

‘However,’ says Miss Abbey, cheering them up, ‘you have done your duty like good and true men, and you had better come down and take something at the expense of the Porters.’

This they all do, leaving the daughter watching the father. To whom, in their absence, Bob Gliddery presents himself.

‘His gills looks rum; don’t they?’ says Bob, after inspecting the patient.

Pleasant faintly nods.

‘His gills’ll look rummer when he wakes; won’t they?’ says Bob.

Pleasant hopes not. Why?

‘When he finds himself here, you know,’ Bob explains. ‘Cause Miss Abbey forbid him the house and ordered him out of it. But what you may call the Fates ordered him into it again. Which is rumness; ain’t it?’

‘He wouldn’t have come here of his own accord,’ returns poor Pleasant, with an effort at a little pride.

‘No,’ retorts Bob. ‘Nor he wouldn’t have been let in, if he had.’

The short delusion is quite dispelled now. As plainly as she sees on her arm the old father, unimproved, Pleasant sees that everybody there will cut him when he recovers consciousness. ‘I’ll take him away ever so soon as I can,’ thinks Pleasant with a sigh; ‘he’s best at home.’

Presently they all return, and wait for him to become conscious that they will all be glad to get rid of him. Some clothes are got together for him to wear, his own being saturated with water, and his present dress being composed of blankets.

Becoming more and more uncomfortable, as though the prevalent dislike were finding him out somewhere in his sleep and expressing itself to him, the patient at last opens his eyes wide, and is assisted by his daughter to sit up in bed.

Well, Riderhood,’ says the doctor, ‘how do you feel?’

He replies gruffly, ‘Nothing to boast on.’ Having, in fact, returned to life in an uncommonly sulky state.

‘I don’t mean to preach; but I hope,’ says the doctor, gravely shaking his head, ‘that this escape may have a good effect upon you, Riderhood.’

The patient’s discontented growl of a reply is not intelligible; his daughter, however, could interpret, if she would, that what he says is, he ‘don’t want no Poll-Parroting’.

Mr Riderhood next demands his shirt; and draws it on over his head (with his daughter’s help) exactly as if he had just had a Fight.

‘Warn’t it a steamer?’ he pauses to ask her.

‘Yes, father.’

‘I’ll have the law on her, bust her! and make her pay for it.’

He then buttons his linen very moodily, twice or thrice stopping to examine his arms and hands, as if to see what punishment he has received in the Fight. He then doggedly demands his other garments, and slowly gets them on, with an appearance of great malevolence towards his late opponent and all the spectators. He has an impression that his nose is bleeding, and several times draws the back of his hand across it, and looks for the result, in a pugilistic manner, greatly strengthening that incongruous resemblance.

‘Where’s my fur cap?’ he asks in a surly voice, when he has shuffled his clothes on.

‘In the river,’ somebody rejoins.

‘And warn’t there no honest man to pick it up? O’ course there was though, and to cut off with it arterwards. You are a rare lot, all on you!’

Thus, Mr Riderhood: taking from the hands of his daughter, with special ill-will, a lent cap, and grumbling as he pulls it down over his ears. Then, getting on his unsteady legs, leaning heavily upon her, and growling, ‘Hold still, can’t you? What! You must be a staggering next, must you?’ he takes his departure out of the ring in which he has had that little turn-up with Death.

È qualcosa di così nuovo per Pleasant vedere suo padre oggetto di simpatia e interesse, scoprire che ci sia qualcuno disposto ad accettare la sua compagnia in questo mondo, per non parlare del fatto che molte persone lo esortano con insistenza e gentilezza a farne parte. Questo le provoca una sensazione che non ha mai sperimentato prima. Le passa per la mente l’idea vaga che, se le cose potessero rimanere così per molto tempo, ciò rappresenterebbe un cambiamento positivo; inoltre, pensa anche che il male che c’era in lui sia ormai svanito. E che, se dovesse tornare felicemente a occupare quel “corpo vuoto” disteso sul letto, il suo spirito sarebbe cambiato. In questo stato d’animo, bacia quelle labbra di pietra e crede davvero che quella mano inerte che accarezza possa ritornare a essere una mano tenera, anche se forse non succederà mai.

Dolce illusione per Pleasant Riderhood. Ma loro si prendono cura di lui con un interesse straordinario: la loro ansia è così profonda, la loro attenzione così costante, la loro gioia così intensa man mano che i segni di vita migliorano. Come potrebbe resistere, poverina! Ora lui inizia a respirare naturalmente, si muove. E il dottore dichiara che è tornato da quel viaggio inspiegabile, dove si era fermato su quella strada oscura. Ed eccolo qui.

Tom Tootle, che è il più vicino al dottore in quel momento, afferra con fervore la mano del dottore. Bob Glamour, William Williams e Jonathan – che non ha cognome – si stringono la mano a turno, così come fanno con il dottore. Bob Glamour soffia il naso; Jonathan, anch’egli commosso, cerca di fare lo stesso, ma non avendo un fazzoletto, rinuncia a quell’espressione dei suoi sentimenti. Pleasant versa lacrime sincere, e la sua dolce illusione raggiunge il suo apice.

Ci è intelligenza nei suoi occhi. Vuole fare una domanda. Si chiede dove si trovi. Diglielo.

“Padre, sei stato investito sul fiume ed ora ti trovi da Miss Abbey Potterson.”

Guarda sua figlia, guarda intorno a sé, chiude gli occhi e si addormenta sul suo braccio.

Quella illusione di breve durata inizia a svanire. Quel volto brutto, insignificante e poco impressionante risale dalle profondità del fiume, o da altre profondità, per riemergere in superficie. Mentre lui si riscalda, il dottore e quei quattro uomini iniziano a raffreddarsi. Mentre i tratti del suo volto si addolciscono con la vita, i loro volti e i loro cuori diventano sempre più duri nei suoi confronti.

“Ora lo farà,” dice il dottore, lavandosi le mani e guardando il paziente con sempre maggiore disapprovazione.

“Molti uomini migliori di lui,” moralizza Tom Tootle scuotendo tristemente la testa, “non hanno avuto la stessa fortuna.”

“Si spera che utilizzi la sua vita in modo migliore di quanto io preveda,” dice Bob Glamour.

“O forse anche di più di quanto avesse già fatto prima,” aggiunge William Williams.

“Ma no, non lui!”, dice Jonathan riguardo a colui senza cognome, completando così il quartetto.

Parlano a bassa voce per via di sua figlia, ma lei si accorge che tutti se ne sono andati e stanno raggruppati nell’altra parte della stanza, evitandolo. Sarebbe troppo supporre che provino dispiacere perché non è morto, visto tutto ciò che aveva fatto per farlo accadere. Ma è evidente che avrebbero preferito poter dedicare le loro attenzioni a un “soggetto” migliore. Le informazioni vengono comunicate a Miss Abbey al bar; lei ricompare sulla scena e osserva da lontano, conversando sottovoce con il dottore. La “scintilla di vita” era davvero interessante quando era ancora inesistente. Ma ora che si è insediata in Mr Riderhood, sembra che tutti desiderino ardentemente che le circostanze avessero permesso che si sviluppasse in qualcun altro, piuttosto che in quel gentiluomo.

“Tuttavia,” dice la signorina Abbey per rincuorarli, “avete adempiuto al vostro dovere da veri e buoni uomini; dovreste scendere a prendervi qualcosa a spese dei portieri.”

Tutti fanno così, lasciando la figlia a guardare il padre. A lui, in loro assenza, si presenta Bob Gliddery.

“Le sue branchie sembrano strane. Non è vero?”, dice Bob dopo aver esaminato il paziente.

Pleasant annuisce leggermente.

“Le sue branchie sembreranno ancora più strane quando si sveglierà, vero?” dice Bob.

Non sono speranze piacevoli. Perché?

“Quando si trova qui, capisci, ”, spiega Bob. “Perché la signorina Abbey gli ha proibito di entrare in casa e gli ha ordinato di andarsene. Ma quello che potremmo definire il Destino l’ha fatto rientrare lì dentro. Che strano, non credi?”

“Non sarebbe venuto qui di sua iniziativa,” risponde povera Pleasant, cercando di mostrare un po’ di orgoglio.

“No,” ribatte Bob. “E comunque, nemmeno se avesse provato ad entrare, glielo avrebbero permesso.”

Quella breve illusione è ormai completamente svanita. Proprio come vede chiaramente sul proprio braccio quel vecchio padre, immutato, Pleasant capisce che tutti lì lo feriranno non appena riprenderà conoscenza. “Lo porterò via il prima possibile”, pensa Pleasant con un sospiro; “è meglio per lui a casa”.

Al momento tutti tornano indietro e aspettano che lui riprenda conoscenza; saranno tutti felici di liberarsi di lui. Gli sono stati preparati alcuni vestiti da indossare: i suoi propri sono completamente bagnati d’acqua, mentre quello che indossa ora è fatto di coperte.

Diventando sempre più a disagio, come se quel diffuso disprezzo lo stesse scoprendo da qualche parte nel suo sonno e si stesse manifestando verso di lui, il paziente alla fine apre completamente gli occhi e sua figlia lo aiuta ad alzarsi a sedere sul letto.

“Beh, Riderhood,” disse il dottore, “come ti senti?”

Risponde bruscamente: “Niente di cui vantarsi.” In effetti, era tornato in vita in uno stato di malumore insolito.

“Non intendo fare la predica; ma spero”, dice il dottore scuotendo seriamente la testa, “che questa fuga possa avere un effetto positivo su di te, Riderhood.”

Il ringhio scontento e incomprensibile della risposta del paziente non è chiaro; tuttavia, sua figlia potrebbe interpretarlo, se lo desiderasse, come un modo per dire che “non vuole sentire sciocchezze”.

Il signor Riderhood chiede poi la sua camicia e se la infila sopra la testa (con l’aiuto di sua figlia), proprio come se avesse appena combattuto una battaglia.

“Non era forse una nave a vapore?”, le chiede dopo una pausa.

‘Sì, padre.’

“Me la vedrò con lei, la farò pagare!”

Poi si abbottona con aria molto cupa i suoi vestiti di lino, fermandosi due o tre volte per esaminare le braccia e le mani, come se volesse controllare quale punizione avesse ricevuto nel combattimento. Successivamente chiede con insistenza gli altri indumenti e se li infila lentamente, mostrando un evidente rancore verso il suo recente avversario e tutti i presenti. Ha l’impressione che il naso sanguini; più volte si passa il dorso della mano sul naso per controllare, con atteggiamenti tipici di un pugile, rafforzando ulteriormente quell’incongruente somiglianza.

“Dove è il mio cappello di pelliccia?” chiede con voce irritata, dopo aver messo via i suoi vestiti.

“Nel fiume”, aggiunge qualcuno.

“E non c’era nessun uomo onesto che potesse raccoglierla? Certo che c’era, anzi, qualcuno che avrebbe potuto anche tagliarla via per poi usarla in seguito. Siete davvero una strana banda, tutti quanti!”

Ecco quindi il signor Riderhood: con particolare malizia, prende un cappello che gli è stato prestato dalle sue figlie e se lo cala sulle orecchie borbottando. Poi, appoggiandosi pesantemente a loro e mormorando “Stai ferma, per favore. Ma cosa! Devi essere davvero instabile, vero?”, se ne va dal luogo in cui ha avuto quel piccolo scontro con Morte.

Chapter 4

A HAPPY RETURN OF THE DAY

Mr and Mrs Wilfer had seen a full quarter of a hundred more anniversaries of their wedding day than Mr and Mrs Lammle had seen of theirs, but they still celebrated the occasion in the bosom of their family. Not that these celebrations ever resulted in anything particularly agreeable, or that the family was ever disappointed by that circumstance on account of having looked forward to the return of the auspicious day with sanguine anticipations of enjoyment. It was kept morally, rather as a Fast than a Feast, enabling Mrs Wilfer to hold a sombre darkling state, which exhibited that impressive woman in her choicest colours.

The noble lady’s condition on these delightful occasions was one compounded of heroic endurance and heroic forgiveness. Lurid indications of the better marriages she might have made, shone athwart the awful gloom of her composure, and fitfully revealed the cherub as a little monster unaccountably favoured by Heaven, who had possessed himself of a blessing for which many of his superiors had sued and contended in vain. So firmly had this his position towards his treasure become established, that when the anniversary arrived, it always found him in an apologetic state. It is not impossible that his modest penitence may have even gone the length of sometimes severely reproving him for that he ever took the liberty of making so exalted a character his wife.

As for the children of the union, their experience of these festivals had been sufficiently uncomfortable to lead them annually to wish, when out of their tenderest years, either that Ma had married somebody else instead of much-teased Pa, or that Pa had married somebody else instead of Ma. When there came to be but two sisters left at home, the daring mind of Bella on the next of these occasions scaled the height of wondering with droll vexation ‘what on earth Pa ever could have seen in Ma, to induce him to make such a little fool of himself as to ask her to have him.’

The revolving year now bringing the day round in its orderly sequence, Bella arrived in the Boffin chariot to assist at the celebration. It was the family custom when the day recurred, to sacrifice a pair of fowls on the altar of Hymen; and Bella had sent a note beforehand, to intimate that she would bring the votive offering with her. So, Bella and the fowls, by the united energies of two horses, two men, four wheels, and a plum-pudding carriage dog with as uncomfortable a collar on as if he had been George the Fourth, were deposited at the door of the parental dwelling. They were there received by Mrs Wilfer in person, whose dignity on this, as on most special occasions, was heightened by a mysterious toothache.

‘I shall not require the carriage at night,’ said Bella. ‘I shall walk back.’

The male domestic of Mrs Boffin touched his hat, and in the act of departure had an awful glare bestowed upon him by Mrs Wilfer, intended to carry deep into his audacious soul the assurance that, whatever his private suspicions might be, male domestics in livery were no rarity there.

Well, dear Ma,’ said Bella, ‘and how do you do?’

‘I am as well, Bella,’ replied Mrs Wilfer, ‘as can be expected.’

‘Dear me, Ma,’ said Bella; ‘you talk as if one was just born!’

‘That’s exactly what Ma has been doing,’ interposed Lavvy, over the maternal shoulder, ‘ever since we got up this morning. It’s all very well to laugh, Bella, but anything more exasperating it is impossible to conceive.’

Mrs Wilfer, with a look too full of majesty to be accompanied by any words, attended both her daughters to the kitchen, where the sacrifice was to be prepared.

‘Mr Rokesmith,’ said she, resignedly, ‘has been so polite as to place his sitting-room at our disposal to-day. You will therefore, Bella, be entertained in the humble abode of your parents, so far in accordance with your present style of living, that there will be a drawing-room for your reception as well as a dining-room. Your papa invited Mr Rokesmith to partake of our lowly fare. In excusing himself on account of a particular engagement, he offered the use of his apartment.’

Bella happened to know that he had no engagement out of his own room at Mr Boffin’s, but she approved of his staying away. ‘We should only have put one another out of countenance,’ she thought, ‘and we do that quite often enough as it is.’

Yet she had sufficient curiosity about his room, to run up to it with the least possible delay, and make a close inspection of its contents. It was tastefully though economically furnished, and very neatly arranged. There were shelves and stands of books, English, French, and Italian; and in a portfolio on the writing-table there were sheets upon sheets of memoranda and calculations in figures, evidently referring to the Boffin property. On that table also, carefully backed with canvas, varnished, mounted, and rolled like a map, was the placard descriptive of the murdered man who had come from afar to be her husband. She shrank from this ghostly surprise, and felt quite frightened as she rolled and tied it up again. Peeping about here and there, she came upon a print, a graceful head of a pretty woman, elegantly framed, hanging in the corner by the easy chair. ‘Oh, indeed, sir!’ said Bella, after stopping to ruminate before it. ‘Oh, indeed, sir! I fancy I can guess whom you think THAT’S like. But I’ll tell you what it’s much more like—your impudence!’ Having said which she decamped: not solely because she was offended, but because there was nothing else to look at.

‘Now, Ma,’ said Bella, reappearing in the kitchen with some remains of a blush, ‘you and Lavvy think magnificent me fit for nothing, but I intend to prove the contrary. I mean to be Cook today.’

‘Hold!’ rejoined her majestic mother. ‘I cannot permit it. Cook, in that dress!’

‘As for my dress, Ma,’ returned Bella, merrily searching in a dresser-drawer, ‘I mean to apron it and towel it all over the front; and as to permission, I mean to do without.’

Capitolo 4

Un felice ritorno del giorno

Il signor e la signora Wilfer avevano celebrato ben un quarto di secolo in più del loro anniversario di nozze rispetto al signor e alla signora Lammle, ma continuavano comunque a festeggiare l’occasione tra le mura della loro famiglia. Non che queste celebrazioni portassero mai a qualcosa di particolarmente piacevole, né che la famiglia si deludesse per questo motivo, visto che aveva sempre atteso con grandi speranze il ritorno di quel giorno fortunato. Si trattava più di un rito solenne che di una festa: la signora Wilfer manteneva quindi un’atmosfera cupa e triste, il che le permetteva di mostrarsi nel suo aspetto più imponente.

In queste deliziose occasioni, lo stato d’animo di quella nobile signora era caratterizzato da un eroico sforzo e da un eroico perdono. Indizi evidenti dei matrimoni migliori che avrebbe potuto contrarre emergevano attraverso l’orribile compostezza del suo comportamento, rivelando occasionalmente quel cherubino come un piccolo mostro incomprensibilmente favorito dal Cielo, il quale aveva ottenuto una benedizione per la quale molti dei suoi superiori avevano invano lottato e cercato di ottenerla. Il suo rapporto con quella donna era così saldamente consolidato che, quando arrivava l’anniversario del loro matrimonio, lui si trovava sempre in uno stato di profonda contrizione. Non è affatto impossibile che la sua modesta penitenza arrivasse persino al punto di rimproverarla aspramente per aver avuto l’ardire di rendere sua moglie una figura così nobile e elevata.

Per quanto riguarda i figli di quella .unione, la loro esperienza di questi festival era stata così sgradevole da far sì che, già da giovani, desiderassero ogni anno che la madre si fosse sposata con qualcun altro invece del padre, o viceversa. Quando a casa rimasero solo due sorelle, la spregiudicata Bella, in una di queste occasioni, arrivò al punto di chiedersi con divertita perplessità: “Ma che cosa mai poteva vedere il padre in mia madre da indurlo a comportarsi in modo così ridicolo, chiedendole di sposarlo?”

L’anno, con il suo corso ordinato, riportava di nuovo quel giorno; Bella arrivò nella carrozza dei Boffin per partecipare alla celebrazione. Era una consuetudine familiare, ogni volta che quel giorno ricorreva, sacrificare un paio di polli sull’altare di Imene; e Bella aveva inviato in anticipo un biglietto per comunicare che avrebbe portato con sé l’offerta votiva. Così, Bella e i polli, grazie alle forze congiunte di due cavalli, due uomini, quattro ruote e un cane da carrozza, il cui collare sembrava davvero troppo stretto, come se appartenesse a Giorgio IV, furono depositati alla porta della dimora dei genitori. Li accolse personalmente la signora Wilfer; la sua dignità, in quell’occasione come nella maggior parte delle occasioni speciali, era ulteriormente accentuata da un misterioso mal di denti.

“Non avrò bisogno della carrozza di notte,” disse Bella. “Tornerò a piedi.”

Il servitore maschio della signora Boffin si toccò il cappello; nel momento di andarsene, la signora Wilfer gli lanciò uno sguardo terribile, con l’intento di far penetrare profondamente nella sua audace ‘anima l’idea che, qualunque fossero le sue supposizioni private, i servitori maschi in livrea non fossero affatto una rarità da quelle parti.

“Beh, cara mamma,” disse Bella, “come stai?”

“Sono nella migliore delle condizioni possibili, Bella,” rispose la signora Wilfer, “esattamente come ci si potrebbe aspettare.”

“Mio Dio, mamma”, disse Bella, “parli come se qualcuno fosse appena nato!”

“È esattamente quello che sta facendo mamma,” intervenne Lavvy, parlando dall’alto della spalla materna, “da quando siamo alzati stamattina. È divertente ridere, Bella, ma non si può immaginare nulla di più esasperante.”

La signora Wilfer, con uno sguardo così pieno di maestosità da non aver bisogno di alcune parole, accompagnò entrambe le sue figlie in cucina, dove il “sacrificio” doveva essere preparato.

“Signor Rokesmith,” disse lei, rassegnata, “è stato così gentile da metterci a disposizione il suo salotto oggi. Pertanto, Bella, sarai ospitata nell’umile dimora dei tuoi genitori, in piena armonia con il tuo attuale stile di vita: ci sarà sia un salotto per le tue visite che una sala da pranzo. Tuo padre ha invitato il signor Rokesmith a condividere il nostro semplice pasto. Ma lui, scusandosi per un impegno particolare, ci ha offerto l’uso del suo appartamento.”

A Bella capitò di sapere che lui non aveva alcun impegno e che poteva uscire liberamente dalla sua stanza nella casa del signor Boffin, ma approvava comunque che stesse lontano da lei. “Dovremmo solo evitare di incontrarci”, pensò, “e in realtà lo facciamo già abbastanza spesso”.

Eppure aveva abbastanza curiosità riguardo alla sua stanza da corrervi il prima possibile e esaminarne attentamente il contenuto. Era arredata con gusto, sebbene in modo semplice ed economico, e tutto era molto ordinato. C’erano scaffali pieni di libri, in inglese, francese e italiano; su un portafoglio posato sulla scrivania c’erano fogli su fogli di appunti e calcoli, chiaramente relativi alla proprietà dei Boffin. Sulla stessa scrivania, accuratamente protetta da una tela, verniciata e arrotolata come una mappa, era anche il cartello che descriveva l’uomo assassinato che era venuto da lontano per diventare suo marito. Lei indietreggiò di fronte a questa sorpresa inquietante e si spaventò molto mentre arrotolava di nuovo quel cartello. Guardando intorno, trovò un ritratto: la bella testa di una donna, elegantemente incorniciato, appeso nell’angolo vicino al divano. “Oh, davvero, ”, disse Bella dopo esserselo fermata a osservare per un po’. “Oh, davvero. Credo di poter indovinare a chi assomiglia. Ma vi dico a cosa assomiglia molto di più: alla vostra impudenza!” Dopo aver detto questo, se ne andò. Non solo perché si era offesa, ma anche perché non c’era nient’altro da guardare.

“Ora, mamma,” disse Bella, ricomparendo in cucina con un leggero rossore sulle guance, “tu e Lavvy pensate che io, con la mia ‘grandezza’, non sia adatta a nulla, ma intendo dimostrare il contrario. Oggi sarò io a cucinare.”

“Fermati!” ribatté la sua maestosa madre. “Non posso permetterlo. Cook, con quel vestito!”

“Per quanto riguarda il mio vestito, mamma,” rispose Bella, cercando allegramente in un cassetto dell’armadio, “intendo aggiungere un grembiule e coprirne tutta la parte davanti; e per quanto riguarda il permesso, beh, intendo farlo senza.”

‘YOU cook?’ said Mrs Wilfer. ‘YOU, who never cooked when you were at home?’

‘Yes, Ma,’ returned Bella; ‘that is precisely the state of the case.’

She girded herself with a white apron, and busily with knots and pins contrived a bib to it, coming close and tight under her chin, as if it had caught her round the neck to kiss her. Over this bib her dimples looked delightful, and under it her pretty figure not less so. ‘Now, Ma,’ said Bella, pushing back her hair from her temples with both hands, ‘what’s first?’

‘First,’ returned Mrs Wilfer solemnly, ‘if you persist in what I cannot but regard as conduct utterly incompatible with the equipage in which you arrived—’

(‘Which I do, Ma.’)

‘First, then, you put the fowls down to the fire.’

‘To—be—sure!’ cried Bella; ‘and flour them, and twirl them round, and there they go!’ sending them spinning at a great rate. ‘What’s next, Ma?’

‘Next,’ said Mrs Wilfer with a wave of her gloves, expressive of abdication under protest from the culinary throne, ‘I would recommend examination of the bacon in the saucepan on the fire, and also of the potatoes by the application of a fork. Preparation of the greens will further become necessary if you persist in this unseemly demeanour.’

‘As of course I do, Ma.’

Persisting, Bella gave her attention to one thing and forgot the other, and gave her attention to the other and forgot the third, and remembering the third was distracted by the fourth, and made amends whenever she went wrong by giving the unfortunate fowls an extra spin, which made their chance of ever getting cooked exceedingly doubtful. But it was pleasant cookery too. Meantime Miss Lavinia, oscillating between the kitchen and the opposite room, prepared the dining-table in the latter chamber. This office she (always doing her household spiriting with unwillingness) performed in a startling series of whisks and bumps; laying the table-cloth as if she were raising the wind, putting down the glasses and salt-cellars as if she were knocking at the door, and clashing the knives and forks in a skirmishing manner suggestive of hand-to-hand conflict.

‘Look at Ma,’ whispered Lavinia to Bella when this was done, and they stood over the roasting fowls. ‘If one was the most dutiful child in existence (of course on the whole one hopes one is), isn’t she enough to make one want to poke her with something wooden, sitting there bolt upright in a corner?’

‘Only suppose,’ returned Bella, ‘that poor Pa was to sit bolt upright in another corner.’

‘My dear, he couldn’t do it,’ said Lavvy. ‘Pa would loll directly. But indeed I do not believe there ever was any human creature who could keep so bolt upright as Ma, ‘or put such an amount of aggravation into one back! What’s the matter, Ma? Ain’t you well, Ma?’

‘Doubtless I am very well,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, turning her eyes upon her youngest born, with scornful fortitude. ‘What should be the matter with Me?’

‘You don’t seem very brisk, Ma,’ retorted Lavvy the bold.

‘Brisk?’ repeated her parent, ‘Brisk? Whence the low expression, Lavinia? If I am uncomplaining, if I am silently contented with my lot, let that suffice for my family.’

Well, Ma,’ returned Lavvy, ‘since you will force it out of me, I must respectfully take leave to say that your family are no doubt under the greatest obligations to you for having an annual toothache on your wedding day, and that it’s very disinterested in you, and an immense blessing to them. Still, on the whole, it is possible to be too boastful even of that boon.’

‘You incarnation of sauciness,’ said Mrs Wilfer, ‘do you speak like that to me? On this day, of all days in the year? Pray do you know what would have become of you, if I had not bestowed my hand upon R. W., your father, on this day?’

‘No, Ma,’ replied Lavvy, ‘I really do not; and, with the greatest respect for your abilities and information, I very much doubt if you do either.’

Whether or no the sharp vigour of this sally on a weak point of Mrs Wilfer’s entrenchments might have routed that heroine for the time, is rendered uncertain by the arrival of a flag of truce in the person of Mr George Sampson: bidden to the feast as a friend of the family, whose affections were now understood to be in course of transference from Bella to Lavinia, and whom Lavinia kept—possibly in remembrance of his bad taste in having overlooked her in the first instance—under a course of stinging discipline.

‘I congratulate you, Mrs Wilfer,’ said Mr George Sampson, who had meditated this neat address while coming along, ‘on the day.’ Mrs Wilfer thanked him with a magnanimous sigh, and again became an unresisting prey to that inscrutable toothache.

‘I am surprised,’ said Mr Sampson feebly, ‘that Miss Bella condescends to cook.’

Here Miss Lavinia descended on the ill-starred young gentleman with a crushing supposition that at all events it was no business of his. This disposed of Mr Sampson in a melancholy retirement of spirit, until the cherub arrived, whose amazement at the lovely woman’s occupation was great.

However, she persisted in dishing the dinner as well as cooking it, and then sat down, bibless and apronless, to partake of it as an illustrious guest: Mrs Wilfer first responding to her husband’s cheerful ‘For what we are about to receive—’ with a sepulchral Amen, calculated to cast a damp upon the stoutest appetite.

‘But what,’ said Bella, as she watched the carving of the fowls, ‘makes them pink inside, I wonder, Pa! Is it the breed?’

‘No, I don’t think it’s the breed, my dear,’ returned Pa. ‘I rather think it is because they are not done.’

‘They ought to be,’ said Bella.

‘Yes, I am aware they ought to be, my dear,’ rejoined her father, ‘but they—ain’t.’

So, the gridiron was put in requisition, and the good-tempered cherub, who was often as un-cherubically employed in his own family as if he had been in the employment of some of the Old Masters, undertook to grill the fowls. Indeed, except in respect of staring about him (a branch of the public service to which the pictorial cherub is much addicted), this domestic cherub discharged as many odd functions as his prototype; with the difference, say, that he performed with a blacking-brush on the family’s boots, instead of performing on enormous wind instruments and double-basses, and that he conducted himself with cheerful alacrity to much useful purpose, instead of foreshortening himself in the air with the vaguest intentions.

“Tu cucini?”, disse la signora Wilfer. “Tu, che non hai mai cucinato quando eri a >casa?”

“Sì, mamma,” rispose Bella; “esattamente così stanno le cose.”

Si legò intorno al corpo un grembiule bianco e, con grande impegno, utilizzando nodi e spilli, ne creò una sciarpa che le aderiva strettamente sotto il mento, come se fosse avvolta intorno al collo per essere baciata. Sopra quella sciarpa i suoi fossetti apparivano ancora più deliziosi, e sotto di essa la sua bella figura non era da meno. “Ora,” disse Bella, spingendo indietro i capelli dalle tempie con entrambe le mani, “cosa dobbiamo fare per prima cosa?”

“Prima di tutto,” rispose la signora Wilfer con solennità, “se insisterete in comportamenti che non posso fare a meno di considerare del tutto incompatibili con lo status sociale che vi accompagna, ”

“È proprio quello che faccio, mamma.”

“Prima di tutto, bisogna mettere le galline nel fuoco.”

“Assolutamente!” esclamò Bella; “e poi cospargili di farina, girali velocemente. Ecco che volano!” Li fece ruotare ad alta velocità. “E ora cosa facciamo, Ma?”

“Prossimo,” disse la signora Wilfer facendo un gesto con i guanti, come a simboleggiare una resa controvoglia dal “trono culinario”. “Consiglierei di controllare il bacon nella pentola sul foco, e anche le patate utilizzando una forchetta. La preparazione delle verdure diventerà ancora più necessaria se continuerete a comportarvi in modo così indecoroso.”

“Certo che sì, mamma.”

Con tenacia, Bella dedicava la sua attenzione a una cosa e dimenticava un’altra; poi si concentrava sull’altra e scordava la terza; quando ricordava la terza, veniva distratta dalla quarta. Ogni volta che commetteva un errore, cercava di rimediare facendo girare le povere galline un po’ più a lungo, il che rendeva estremamente improbabile che venissero mai cotte. Ma era comunque una cucina piacevole. Nel frattempo, la signorina Lavinia, andando avanti e indietro tra la cucina e la stanza accanto, preparava il tavolo da pranzo in quest’ultima. Questa incombenza, che svolgeva sempre con riluttanza, la portava a compiere una serie di gesti frenetici: stendeva la tovaglia come se stesse sollevando il vento, posizionava bicchieri e saliera come se stesse bussando alla porta, e faceva tintinnare coltelli e forchette in modo così caotico da sembrare un vero e proprio scontro corpo a corpo.

“Guarda Ma,” sussurrò Lavinia a Bella quando tutto fu pronto; si trovavano lì, accanto alle galline arrosto. “Se una persona fosse la più devota figlia dell’universo (certamente si spera sempre di esserlo, ), non basterebbe già per far venire voglia di pungolarla con qualcosa di duro, mentre sta lì in piedi dritta in un angolo?”

“Solo immagina,” rispose Bella, “che povero papà dovesse sedersi dritto in un altro angolo, ”

“Mia cara, non ce l’avrebbe mai fatta,” disse Lavvy. “Pa si sarebbe addormentato subito. Ma davvero, non credo esista nessuna persona al mondo che riesca a stare dritta in piedi come Ma, o che possa sopportare tanta frustrazione! Che c’è, Ma? Non ti senti bene, Ma?”

“Senza dubbio sto molto bene,” rispose la signora Wilfer, rivolgendo uno sguardo pieno di disprezzo verso la sua figlia più giovane. “Che cosa potrebbe esserci che non va in me?”

“Non sembri molto allegra stasera, mamma,” ribatté con audacia Lavvy.

“Riservata?” ripeté suo padre. “Riservata? Da dove deriva quell’espressione triste, Lavinia? Se non mi lamento, se accetto in silenzio la mia sorte, che questo basti per la mia famiglia.”

“Beh,” rispose Lavvy, “poiché insisti per farmelo dire, devo riconoscere che la tua famiglia è indubbiamente molto in debito con te, per il fatto che soffri di mal di denti ogni anno proprio nel giorno del tuo matrimonio! In realtà, per loro sei praticamente un disastro, ma comunque, si può anche esagerare nel lodare una cosa del genere.”

“Tu, incarnazione di sfrontatezza,” disse la signora Wilfer, “parli così con me? Proprio in questo giorno, tra tutti i giorni dell’anno? Sai forse cosa sarebbe successo a te se non avessi dato il mio consenso al matrimonio tuo padre, R. W., proprio oggi?”

“No, Ma,” rispose Lavvy, “davvero non lo penso; e, con il massimo rispetto per le tue capacità e le informazioni che possiedi, dubito molto anche che tu lo pensi.”

Che la feroce offensiva sferrata contro un punto debole delle difese della signora Wilfer avesse potuto sconfiggere quella “eroina” per l’momento oppure no, rimane incerto a causa dell’arrivo di una “bandiera della tregua” in persona del signor George Sampson: invitato alla festa come amico della famiglia, le cui affezioni ormai sembravano essere passate da Bella a Lavinia; e che Lavinia teneva sotto una sorta di rigida disciplina, forse per ricordargli il suo cattivo gusto nel non averla presa in considerazione fin dall’inizio.

“Le faccio i miei complimenti, signora Wilfer,” disse il signor George Sampson, che aveva preparato questo discorso durante il tragitto. “Per questa giornata importante, ” La signora Wilfer lo ringraziò con un sospiro magnanimo e, di nuovo, divenne vittima inerme di quel doloroso mal di denti inspiegabile.

“Sono sorpreso,” disse debolmente il signor Sampson, “che la signorina Bella si degni di cucinare.”

Ecco che la signorina Lavinia si presentò davanti al sfortunato giovane gentiluomo con l’assurda supposizione che, in ogni caso, quella non fosse affar suo. Questo fece sì che il signor Sampson si ritirasse in uno stato di melanconia, fino all’arrivo del cherubino, il quale rimase molto sorpreso dall’occupazione della bella donna.

Tuttavia, continuò a servire la cena con la stessa cura con cui l’aveva preparata, e poi si sedette, senza grembiule né tovaglia, per mangiarla come una distinta ospite: la signora Wilfer rispose infatti alle parole gioiose di suo marito “Per ciò che stiamo per ricevere, ” con un “Amen” cupo e lugubre, capace di rovinare anche l’appetito più robusto.

“Ma cosa,” disse Bella, osservando le figure scolpite delle galline, “fa sì che siano rosa all’interno. Mi chiedo, papà! Forse dipende dalla razza?”

“No, non credo che sia legato alla razza, cara mia,” rispose il padre. “Penso piuttosto che sia perché non sono ancora pronti.”

“Dovrebbero esserlo,” disse Bella.

“Sì, so bene che dovrebbero esserlo, mia cara,” rispose suo padre, “ma in realtà non lo sono.”

Quindi, la griglia fu messa a disposizione, e il cherubino dal carattere mite, che spesso si dedicava alle faccende domestiche con lo stesso impegno con cui avrebbe potuto lavorare per qualche grande maestro pittore, si incaricò di arrostire le polli. Infatti, ad eccezione del fatto che tendeva a guardarsi intorno (una sorta di “servizio pubblico” al quale i cherubini sono particolarmente inclini), questo cherubino domestico svolgeva altrettante funzioni strane quanto il suo prototipo; la differenza stava forse nel fatto che utilizzava una spazzola per lucidare le scarpe di famiglia, invece di suonare enormi strumenti a fiato o contrabbassi, e che si comportava con allegria e efficienza al servizio di scopi molto utili, invece di volteggiare nell’aria con intenzioni vaghe.

Bella helped him with his supplemental cookery, and made him very happy, but put him in mortal terror too by asking him when they sat down at table again, how he supposed they cooked fowls at the Greenwich dinners, and whether he believed they really were such pleasant dinners as people said? His secret winks and nods of remonstrance, in reply, made the mischievous Bella laugh until she choked, and then Lavinia was obliged to slap her on the back, and then she laughed the more.

But her mother was a fine corrective at the other end of the table; to whom her father, in the innocence of his good-fellowship, at intervals appealed with: ‘My dear, I am afraid you are not enjoying yourself?’

‘Why so, R. W.?’ she would sonorously reply.

‘Because, my dear, you seem a little out of sorts.’

‘Not at all,’ would be the rejoinder, in exactly the same tone.

‘Would you take a merry-thought, my dear?’

‘Thank you. I will take whatever you please, R. W.’

Well, but my dear, do you like it?’

‘I like it as well as I like anything, R. W.’ The stately woman would then, with a meritorious appearance of devoting herself to the general good, pursue her dinner as if she were feeding somebody else on high public grounds.

Bella had brought dessert and two bottles of wine, thus shedding unprecedented splendour on the occasion. Mrs Wilfer did the honours of the first glass by proclaiming: ‘R. W. I drink to you.

‘Thank you, my dear. And I to you.’

‘Pa and Ma!’ said Bella.

‘Permit me,’ Mrs Wilfer interposed, with outstretched glove. ‘No. I think not. I drank to your papa. If, however, you insist on including me, I can in gratitude offer no objection.’

‘Why, Lor, Ma,’ interposed Lavvy the bold, ‘isn’t it the day that made you and Pa one and the same? I have no patience!’

‘By whatever other circumstance the day may be marked, it is not the day, Lavinia, on which I will allow a child of mine to pounce upon me. I beg—nay, command!—that you will not pounce. R. W., it is appropriate to recall that it is for you to command and for me to obey. It is your house, and you are master at your own table. Both our healths!’ Drinking the toast with tremendous stiffness.

‘I really am a little afraid, my dear,’ hinted the cherub meekly, ‘that you are not enjoying yourself?’

‘On the contrary,’ returned Mrs Wilfer, ‘quite so. Why should I not?’

‘I thought, my dear, that perhaps your face might—’

‘My face might be a martyrdom, but what would that import, or who should know it, if I smiled?’

And she did smile; manifestly freezing the blood of Mr George Sampson by so doing. For that young gentleman, catching her smiling eye, was so very much appalled by its expression as to cast about in his thoughts concerning what he had done to bring it down upon himself.

‘The mind naturally falls,’ said Mrs Wilfer, ‘shall I say into a reverie, or shall I say into a retrospect? on a day like this.’

Lavvy, sitting with defiantly folded arms, replied (but not audibly), ‘For goodness’ sake say whichever of the two you like best, Ma, and get it over.’

‘The mind,’ pursued Mrs Wilfer in an oratorical manner, ‘naturally reverts to Papa and Mamma—I here allude to my parents—at a period before the earliest dawn of this day. I was considered tall; perhaps I was. Papa and Mamma were unquestionably tall. I have rarely seen a finer woman than my mother; never than my father.’

The irrepressible Lavvy remarked aloud, ‘Whatever grandpapa was, he wasn’t a female.’

‘Your grandpapa,’ retorted Mrs Wilfer, with an awful look, and in an awful tone, ‘was what I describe him to have been, and would have struck any of his grandchildren to the earth who presumed to question it. It was one of mamma’s cherished hopes that I should become united to a tall member of society. It may have been a weakness, but if so, it was equally the weakness, I believe, of King Frederick of Prussia.’ These remarks being offered to Mr George Sampson, who had not the courage to come out for single combat, but lurked with his chest under the table and his eyes cast down, Mrs Wilfer proceeded, in a voice of increasing sternness and impressiveness, until she should force that skulker to give himself up. ‘Mamma would appear to have had an indefinable foreboding of what afterwards happened, for she would frequently urge upon me, “Not a little man. Promise me, my child, not a little man. Never, never, never, marry a little man!” Papa also would remark to me (he possessed extraordinary humour), “that a family of whales must not ally themselves with sprats.” His company was eagerly sought, as may be supposed, by the wits of the day, and our house was their continual resort. I have known as many as three copper-plate engravers exchanging the most exquisite sallies and retorts there, at one time.’ (Here Mr Sampson delivered himself captive, and said, with an uneasy movement on his chair, that three was a large number, and it must have been highly entertaining.) ‘Among the most prominent members of that distinguished circle, was a gentleman measuring six feet four in height. HE was NOT an engraver.’ (Here Mr Sampson said, with no reason whatever, Of course not.) ‘This gentleman was so obliging as to honour me with attentions which I could not fail to understand.’ (Here Mr Sampson murmured that when it came to that, you could always tell.) ‘I immediately announced to both my parents that those attentions were misplaced, and that I could not favour his suit. They inquired was he too tall? I replied it was not the stature, but the intellect was too lofty. At our house, I said, the tone was too brilliant, the pressure was too high, to be maintained by me, a mere woman, in every-day domestic life. I well remember mamma’s clasping her hands, and exclaiming “This will end in a little man!”’ (Here Mr Sampson glanced at his host and shook his head with despondency.) ‘She afterwards went so far as to predict that it would end in a little man whose mind would be below the average, but that was in what I may denominate a paroxysm of maternal disappointment. Within a month,’ said Mrs Wilfer, deepening her voice, as if she were relating a terrible ghost story, ‘within a-month, I first saw R. W. my husband. Within a year, I married him. It is natural for the mind to recall these dark coincidences on the present day.’

Bella lo aiutò con le sue ricette supplementari e lo rese molto felice, ma allo stesso tempo lo spaventò a morte quando, mentre sedevano di nuovo a tavola, gli chiese come si cucinassero le galline durante quei banchetti a Greenwich, e se credesse davvero che fossero così deliziosi come la gente diceva. I suoi sottili gesti di rimprovero lo fecero ridere fino a soffocarsi; allora Lavinia dovette dargli una pacca sulla schiena, e lui rise ancora di più.

Ma sua madre era un ottimo “correttivo” all’altro capo del tavolo; a lei suo padre, nella innocenza della sua cordialità, di tanto in tanto si rivolgeva dicendo: “Mia cara, temo che tu non ti stia divertendo, ”

“Perché mai, R. W.?” rispondeva lei con voce sonora.

“Perché, mia cara, sembri un po’ in disordine, ”

“Assolutamente no,” sarebbe la risposta, con esattamente lo stesso tono.

“Prenderesti un pensiero gioioso con me, mia cara?”

“Grazie. Prenderò qualsiasi cosa tu voglia, R. W.”

“Beh, ma cara, ti piace?”

“Mi piace tanto quanto mi piace qualsiasi altra cosa, R. W.” Quella donna maestosa, poi, con un’aria apparentemente dedicata al bene comune, continuava a mangiare la sua cena come se stesse nutrendo qualcun altro in un luogo pubblico e importante.

Bella aveva portato dolci e due bottiglie di vino, donando così all’occasione uno splendore senza precedenti. La signora Wilfer fu la prima a brindare, dichiarando: “R. W., bevo a tuo onore.”

“Grazie, mio caro. E anch’io a te.”

“Mamma e Papà!”, disse Bella.

“Permettetemelo,” intervenne la signora Wilfer, tendendo il guanto. “No. Penso di no. Ho brindato a vostro padre. Tuttavia, se insistete nel includermi, non avrò obiezioni, per gratitudine.”

“Perché, Lor, Ma,” intervenne Lavvy, il coraggioso, “non è forse questo il giorno che ha fatto di te e di Papà una cosa sola? Non ne ho più la pazienza!”

“Per qualsiasi altra ragione questo giorno possa essere ricordato, non è certo il giorno in cui permetterò a uno dei miei figli di aggredirmi. Ti prego, anzi, ti ordino! Di non farlo. R. W., è giusto ricordare che sei tu ad avere il potere di comandare e io quello di obbedire. È la tua casa, e tu sei il padrone a tavola. Alla nostra salute!” Bevendo il brindisi con estrema rigidità.

“Sono davvero un po’ spaventata, caro mio,” suggerì dolcemente il cherubino, “forse non ti stai divertendo, ”

“Al contrario,” rispose la signora Wilfer, “esattamente così. Perché non dovrei?”

“Ho pensato, cara mia, che forse il tuo viso potesse, ”

“La mia faccia potrebbe rappresentare un vero e proprio martirio, ma che importanza avrebbe? E chi dovrebbe saperlo, se solo sorridessi?”

E lei sorrise davvero; chiaramente, con quel sorriso fece gelare il sangue del signor George Sampson. Perché quel giovane gentiluomo, incrociando il suo sguardo sorridente, ne fu così profondamente spaventato da iniziare a chiedersi cosa avesse potuto fare per meritarselo.

“La mente, naturalmente, tende a distaccarsi,” disse la signora Wilfer, “dovrei dire che entra in una sorta di meditazione, o forse in un ricordo del passato, in una giornata come questa.”

Lavvy, seduta con le braccia incrociate in segno di sfida, rispose (ma non abbastanza ad alta voce da essere sentita): “Per l’amor del cielo, digli semplicemente quale delle due cose preferisci, mamma, e finisciamola una volta per tutte.”

“La mente,” proseguì la signora Wilfer in tono oratorio, “naturalmente ritorna ai genitori. Intendo qui i miei genitori, già in un periodo precedente all’alba di questo giorno. Si diceva che fossi alta; forse lo ero davvero. I miei genitori erano senza dubbio alti. Raramente ho visto una donna più bella di mia madre; mai, invece, un uomo più bello di mio padre.”

“L’irrefrenabile Lavvy commentò ad alta voce: ‘Qualunque cosa fosse nonno, di certo non era una donna.’”

“Il tuo nonno,” ribatté la signora Wilfer con un’espressione orribile e in un tono terribile, “era proprio così come lo descrivo io; qualsiasi suo pronipote che avesse osato metterlo in dubbio sarebbe stato schiacciato. Uno dei desideri più forti di mamma era che io mi unissi a un uomo di rilievo nella società. Forse era una debolezza, ma se così era, credo fosse la stessa debolezza del re Federico di Prussia.” Queste parole furono rivolte al signor George Sampson, che non aveva il coraggio di affrontarla direttamente e si nascondeva sotto il tavolo con lo sguardo basso; la signora Wilfer continuò quindi, con voce sempre più severa e imponente, fino a costringere quel timido individuo ad arrendersi. “Mamma sembrava avere un presentimento indefinibile di ciò che sarebbe successo in seguito. Spesso mi esortava: ‘Non sposare un uomo piccolo. Promettimelo, mio bambino. Mai, mai sposare un uomo piccolo!’ Anche papà, che aveva un umorismo straordinario, diceva sempre: ‘Una famiglia di balene non dovrebbe allearsi con i piccoli pesci.’ La sua compagnia era molto ricercata dalle persone intelligenti dell’epoca. Nella nostra casa si riunivano spesso incisori su rame. Una volta, addirittura tre di loro scambiarono tra loro battute e risposte estremamente argute, ” (A questo punto il signor Sampson, a disagio sulla sedia, osservò che tre era davvero un numero elevato, e che doveva essere stato molto divertente.) “Tra i membri più importanti di quel circolo c’era un gentiluomo alto sei piedi e quattro pollici. LUI NON era un incisore, ” (Il signor Sampson aggiunse, senza alcun motivo apparente: “Certo che no.”) “Questo gentiluomo fu così premuroso da dedicarmi delle attenzioni che non potevo certo ignorare, ” (Il signor Sampson mormorò che, in quei casi, era sempre facile capire, ) “Subito comunicai ai miei genitori che quelle attenzioni erano inappropriate e che non avrei accettato la sua proposta. Mi chiesero se fosse troppo alto. Risposi che non si trattava dell’altezza, ma del fatto che il suo intelletto era troppo elevato. Nella nostra casa, dissi, quel modo di parlare era troppo brillante, quella pressione troppo forte. Per una donna come me, nella vita quotidiana domestica, sarebbe stato impossibile mantenerlo. Ricordo bene mamma che si stringeva le mani e esclamava: ‘Questo finirà con un uomo piccolo!’” (Il signor Sampson guardò il suo ospite e scosse la testa con disperazione.) “In seguito, andò addirittura fino a predire che quel matrimonio avrebbe portato a un uomo il cui intelletto sarebbe stato al di sotto della media. Ma questo fu soltanto un attacco di delusione materna. Un mese dopo,” disse la signora Wilfer, abbassando la voce come se stesse raccontando una terribile storia di fantasmi, “un mese dopo, incontrai per la prima volta R. W., mio marito. Un anno dopo, lo sposai. È naturale che oggi il ricordo di queste coincidenze oscure torni alla mente, ”

Mr Sampson at length released from the custody of Mrs Wilfer’s eye, now drew a long breath, and made the original and striking remark that there was no accounting for these sort of presentiments. R. W. scratched his head and looked apologetically all round the table until he came to his wife, when observing her as it were shrouded in a more sombre veil than before, he once more hinted, ‘My dear, I am really afraid you are not altogether enjoying yourself?’ To which she once more replied, ‘On the contrary, R. W. Quite so.’

The wretched Mr Sampson’s position at this agreeable entertainment was truly pitiable. For, not only was he exposed defenceless to the harangues of Mrs Wilfer, but he received the utmost contumely at the hands of Lavinia; who, partly to show Bella that she (Lavinia) could do what she liked with him, and partly to pay him off for still obviously admiring Bella’s beauty, led him the life of a dog. Illuminated on the one hand by the stately graces of Mrs Wilfer’s oratory, and shadowed on the other by the checks and frowns of the young lady to whom he had devoted himself in his destitution, the sufferings of this young gentleman were distressing to witness. If his mind for the moment reeled under them, it may be urged, in extenuation of its weakness, that it was constitutionally a knock-knee’d mind and never very strong upon its legs.

The rosy hours were thus beguiled until it was time for Bella to have Pa’s escort back. The dimples duly tied up in the bonnet-strings and the leave-taking done, they got out into the air, and the cherub drew a long breath as if he found it refreshing.

Well, dear Pa,’ said Bella, ‘the anniversary may be considered over.’

‘Yes, my dear,’ returned the cherub, ‘there’s another of ’em gone.’

Bella drew his arm closer through hers as they walked along, and gave it a number of consolatory pats. ‘Thank you, my dear,’ he said, as if she had spoken; ‘I am all right, my dear. Well, and how do you get on, Bella?’

‘I am not at all improved, Pa.’

‘Ain’t you really though?’

‘No, Pa. On the contrary, I am worse.’

‘Lor!’ said the cherub.

‘I am worse, Pa. I make so many calculations how much a year I must have when I marry, and what is the least I can manage to do with, that I am beginning to get wrinkles over my nose. Did you notice any wrinkles over my nose this evening, Pa?’

Pa laughing at this, Bella gave him two or three shakes.

‘You won’t laugh, sir, when you see your lovely woman turning haggard. You had better be prepared in time, I can tell you. I shall not be able to keep my greediness for money out of my eyes long, and when you see it there you’ll be sorry, and serve you right for not being warned in time. Now, sir, we entered into a bond of confidence. Have you anything to impart?’

‘I thought it was you who was to impart, my love.’

‘Oh! did you indeed, sir? Then why didn’t you ask me, the moment we came out? The confidences of lovely women are not to be slighted. However, I forgive you this once, and look here, Pa; that’s’—Bella laid the little forefinger of her right glove on her lip, and then laid it on her father’s lip—‘that’s a kiss for you. And now I am going seriously to tell you—let me see how many—four secrets. Mind! Serious, grave, weighty secrets. Strictly between ourselves.’

‘Number one, my dear?’ said her father, settling her arm comfortably and confidentially.

‘Number one,’ said Bella, ‘will electrify you, Pa. Who do you think has’—she was confused here in spite of her merry way of beginning ‘has made an offer to me?’

Pa looked in her face, and looked at the ground, and looked in her face again, and declared he could never guess.

‘Mr Rokesmith.’

‘You don’t tell me so, my dear!’

‘Mis—ter Roke—smith, Pa,’ said Bella separating the syllables for emphasis. ‘What do you say to THAT?’

Pa answered quietly with the counter-question, ‘What did YOU say to that, my love?’

‘I said No,’ returned Bella sharply. ‘Of course.’

‘Yes. Of course,’ said her father, meditating.

‘And I told him why I thought it a betrayal of trust on his part, and an affront to me,’ said Bella.

‘Yes. To be sure. I am astonished indeed. I wonder he committed himself without seeing more of his way first. Now I think of it, I suspect he always has admired you though, my dear.’

‘A hackney coachman may admire me,’ remarked Bella, with a touch of her mother’s loftiness.

‘It’s highly probable, my love. Number two, my dear?’

‘Number two, Pa, is much to the same purpose, though not so preposterous. Mr Lightwood would propose to me, if I would let him.’

‘Then I understand, my dear, that you don’t intend to let him?’

Bella again saying, with her former emphasis, ‘Why, of course not!’ her father felt himself bound to echo, ‘Of course not.’

‘I don’t care for him,’ said Bella.

‘That’s enough,’ her father interposed.

‘No, Pa, it’s NOT enough,’ rejoined Bella, giving him another shake or two. ‘Haven’t I told you what a mercenary little wretch I am? It only becomes enough when he has no money, and no clients, and no expectations, and no anything but debts.’

‘Hah!’ said the cherub, a little depressed. ‘Number three, my dear?’

‘Number three, Pa, is a better thing. A generous thing, a noble thing, a delightful thing. Mrs Boffin has herself told me, as a secret, with her own kind lips—and truer lips never opened or closed in this life, I am sure—that they wish to see me well married; and that when I marry with their consent they will portion me most handsomely.’ Here the grateful girl burst out crying very heartily.

‘Don’t cry, my darling,’ said her father, with his hand to his eyes; ‘it’s excusable in me to be a little overcome when I find that my dear favourite child is, after all disappointments, to be so provided for and so raised in the world; but don’t YOU cry, don’t YOU cry. I am very thankful. I congratulate you with all my heart, my dear.’ The good soft little fellow, drying his eyes, here, Bella put her arms round his neck and tenderly kissed him on the high road, passionately telling him he was the best of fathers and the best of friends, and that on her wedding-morning she would go down on her knees to him and beg his pardon for having ever teased him or seemed insensible to the worth of such a patient, sympathetic, genial, fresh young heart. At every one of her adjectives she redoubled her kisses, and finally kissed his hat off, and then laughed immoderately when the wind took it and he ran after it.

When he had recovered his hat and his breath, and they were going on again once more, said her father then: ‘Number four, my dear?’

Bella’s countenance fell in the midst of her mirth. ‘After all, perhaps I had better put off number four, Pa. Let me try once more, if for never so short a time, to hope that it may not really be so.’

The change in her, strengthened the cherub’s interest in number four, and he said quietly: ‘May not be so, my dear? May not be how, my dear?’

Bella looked at him pensively, and shook her head.

‘And yet I know right well it is so, Pa. I know it only too well.’

‘My love,’ returned her father, ‘you make me quite uncomfortable. Have you said No to anybody else, my dear?’

‘No, Pa.’

‘Yes to anybody?’ he suggested, lifting up his eyebrows.

‘No, Pa.’

‘Is there anybody else who would take his chance between Yes and No, if you would let him, my dear?’

‘Not that I know of, Pa.’

‘There can’t be somebody who won’t take his chance when you want him to?’ said the cherub, as a last resource.

‘Why, of course not, Pa,’ said Bella, giving him another shake or two.

‘No, of course not,’ he assented. ‘Bella, my dear, I am afraid I must either have no sleep to-night, or I must press for number four.’

‘Oh, Pa, there is no good in number four! I am so sorry for it, I am so unwilling to believe it, I have tried so earnestly not to see it, that it is very hard to tell, even to you. But Mr Boffin is being spoilt by prosperity, and is changing every day.’

‘My dear Bella, I hope and trust not.’

‘I have hoped and trusted not too, Pa; but every day he changes for the worse, and for the worse. Not to me—he is always much the same to me—but to others about him. Before my eyes he grows suspicious, capricious, hard, tyrannical, unjust. If ever a good man were ruined by good fortune, it is my benefactor. And yet, Pa, think how terrible the fascination of money is! I see this, and hate this, and dread this, and don’t know but that money might make a much worse change in me. And yet I have money always in my thoughts and my desires; and the whole life I place before myself is money, money, money, and what money can make of life!’

Finalmente, il signor Sampson fu liberato dall’osservazione attenta della signora Wilfer; tirò un lungo respiro e fece quella osservazione originale e sorprendente secondo cui non si poteva dare alcuna spiegazione a questo genere di presentimenti. R. W. si grattò la testa e guardò con aria imbarazzata intorno al tavolo, fino a quando non arrivò alla sua moglie. Notando che sembrava essere avvolta in un velo ancora più cupo del solito, le chiese di nuovo: “Mia cara, temo davvero che tu non ti stia divertendo molto, ”. A cui lei rispose nuovamente: “Al contrario, R. W. Assolutamente sì.”

La situazione del povero signor Sampson durante questo piacevole intrattenimento era davvero compassionevole. Non solo era esposto senza difesa alle invettive della signora Wilfer, ma riceveva anche le più gravi umiliazioni da parte di Lavinia; la quale, in parte per dimostrare a Bella che lei poteva fare ciò che voleva con lui, e in parte per vendicarsi del fatto che lui continuava ad ammirare apertamente la bellezza di Bella, lo trattava come un cane. Da un lato, era illuminato dalle solenni e affascinanti orazioni della signora Wilfer; dall’altro, era oppresso dai rifiuti e dagli sguardi torvi della giovane donna a cui aveva dedicato tutta la sua vita in condizioni di povertà. Le sofferenze di questo giovane gentiluomo erano davvero dolorose da osservare. Se, in quel momento, la sua mente vacillava sotto il peso di tutto ciò, si può forse giustificare questa debolezza sostenendo che fosse per natura una mente instabile e mai particolarmente forte.

Le ore serene trascorsero così, fino a quando non arrivò l’ora in cui Bella doveva farsi riaccompagnare da Pa. Le fossette furono opportunamente sistemate con i nastri del cappello e, dopo essersi salutati, si misero in volo; il cherubino tirò un lungo respiro, come se quel momento gli risultasse particolarmente piacevole.

“Beh, caro papà,” disse Bella, “si potrebbe considerare che l’anniversario sia finito.”

“Sì, mio caro,” rispose il cherubino, “ne è andato un altro.”

Mentre camminavano, Bella strinse il suo braccio più forte attorno al proprio e lo accarezzò più volte in segno di conforto. “Grazie, mio caro,” disse lui, come se lei avesse parlato; “Sto bene, davvero. E tu, Bella, come stai?”

“Non sono affatto migliorato, papà.”

“Non è davvero così, vero?”

“No, papà. Al contrario, sono peggio.”

“Lor!” disse il cherubino.

“Sono ancora peggio, papà. Faccio così tanti calcoli su quanto dovrò guadagnare all’anno quando mi sposerò, e su cosa potrò permettermi di fare con quei soldi, che sto già iniziando ad avere delle rughe sul naso. Hai notato qualche ruga sul mio naso stasera, papà?”

Pa rise a queste parole, così Bella lo scosse due o tre volte.

“Non riderete, signore, quando vedrete la vostra adorabile donna diventare pallida e smunta. Meglio che vi prepariate in tempo, ve lo dico io. Non riuscirò a tenere a bada la mia avidità per i soldi ancora a lungo; e quando se ne accorgerete, sarà troppo tardi. E vi meriterete davvero di soffrire, per non essere stati avvertiti in tempo. Ora, signore, abbiamo instaurato un rapporto di fiducia tra noi. Avete qualcosa da dirmi?”

“Pensavo fossi tu a dovermi insegnare, il mio amore.”

“Oh! Davvero l’hai fatto, signore? Allora perché non me lo hai chiesto non appena siamo usciti? Le confidenze delle donne belle non devono essere trascurate. Comunque, ti perdono questa volta. E ora ascolta bene, papà: ecco, ” Bella posò il dito mignolo della sua mano destra sulle proprie labbra, poi lo mise su quelle di suo padre. “Questo è un bacio per te. Ora devo raccontarti seriamente qualcosa. Quanti segreti ci sono? Quattro. Attenzione: segreti molto importanti, davvero gravi. Solo tra noi.”

“Primo punto, cara mia?” disse suo padre, sistemandole il braccio in modo confortevole e confidenziale.

“Primo di tutto,” disse Bella, “ti farà venire la scossa elettrica, papà. Chi pensi che mi abbia fatto un’offerta?” Era confusa, nonostante avesse iniziato con tono spensierato.

Pa guardò il suo viso, poi guardò il suolo, e poi di nuovo il suo viso, dichiarando che non avrebbe mai potuto indovinare.

“Mr Rokesmith.”

“Non mi dire, caro mio!”

“Maestro Roke—ferriera, papà,” disse Bella, separando le sillabe per dare maggiore enfasi. “Cosa ne pensi DI QUESTO?”

Pa rispose in silenzio con una domanda a sua volta: “Cosa hai detto TU a quello, mio amore?”

“Ho detto di no”, rispose Bella in tono deciso. “Certo.”

“Sì. Certo,” disse suo padre, riflettendo.

“E gli ho spiegato perché ritenevo che fosse una tradizione della sua fiducia da parte sua, e un affronto verso di me,” disse Bella.

“Sì. Certo. Sono davvero sorpreso. Mi chiedo come abbia potuto impegnarsi senza prima capire bene la situazione. Ora che ci penso, sospetto che ti abbia sempre ammirato, cara.”

“Un cocchiere di diligenza potrebbe anche ammirarmi,” osservò Bella, con un pizzico dell’arroganza di sua madre.

“È molto probabile, mio amore. Secondo punto, caro mio?”

“Numero due, papà, serve allo stesso scopo, anche se meno assurdo. Il signor Lightwood mi chiederebbe di farlo, se glielo permettessi.”

“Allora capisco, carissima, che non intendi lasciarlo andare, ”

Di nuovo Bella disse, con lo stesso tono enfatico di prima: “Perché, ovviamente no!” E suo padre si sentì in dovere di rispondere: “Ovviamente no.”

“Non mi piace,” disse Bella.

“Basta così,” intervenne suo padre.

“No, papà, non basta,” ribatté Bella, scuotendolo ancora un paio di volte. “Non ti ho forse detto che sono una vera e propria piccola miseraccia? Solo quando lui non avrà più soldi, né clienti, né aspettative, nient’altro che debiti, allora sì che sarà abbastanza.”

“Ahah!”, disse il cherubino, un po’ deluso. “Il numero tre, vero, caro mio?”

“Numero tre, papà, è una cosa migliore: generosa, nobile, deliziosa. La signora Boffin stessa mi l’ha detto in segreto, con le sue labbra così genuine, e sono sicura che nessun’altra bocca al mondo abbia mai pronunciato parole più sincere. Desidera davvero che io sposi bene; e che, se lo farò con il loro consenso, mi assegneranno una dote molto generosa.” A queste parole, la ragazza grata scoppiò in lacrime.

“Non piangere, mia cara,” disse suo padre, tenendosi la mano sugli occhi; “è comprensibile che io sia un po’ commosso quando scopro che il mio adorato bambino, dopo tante delusioni, è finalmente così ben sistemato e cresciuto nel mondo. Ma tu, per favore, non piangere. Sono davvero molto grato; ti congratulo con tutto il cuore, mia cara.” Il buon e gentile ragazzo, asciugandosi le lacrime, fu subito abbracciato da Bella, che lo baciò teneramente sulla guancia e gli disse con passione che era il miglior padre e il miglior amico del mondo; aggiunse anche che, la mattina del suo matrimonio, si sarebbe inginocchiata davanti a lui per chiedergli scusa se in passato lo aveva mai preso in giro o ignorato il valore di un cuore così paziente, comprensivo, gentile e sincero. Ogni volta che usava un nuovo aggettivo per descriverlo, gli dava altri baci. Alla fine gli baciò persino il cappello, e scoppiò a ridere quando il vento lo portò via e lui corse ad inseguirlo.

Quando ebbe ripreso il cappello e ritrovato il fiato, e continuarono il loro cammino una volta ancora, suo padre disse allora: “Numero quattro, cara mia?”

Il volto di Bella si rabbuiò nel bel mezzo della sua allegria. “Dopotutto, forse sarebbe meglio rimandare il punto quattro, papà. Lasciami provare ancora una volta, anche solo per un breve momento, nella speranza che le cose non siano davvero così.”

Il cambiamento in lei rafforzò l’interesse del cherubino per il numero quattro; egli disse quindi sottovoce: “Forse non è così, mia cara. Forse non è proprio come pensiamo, mia cara, ”

Bella lo guardò pensierosamente e scosse la testa.

“Eppure so con certezza che è così, papà. Lo so fin troppo bene.”

“Mia cara,” le rispose suo padre, “mi metti davvero a disagio. Hai detto di no anche a qualcun altro, vero?”

‘No, Pa.’

“Sì, con chiunque?” suggerì, alzando le sopracciglia.

‘No, Pa.’

“C’è qualcun altro che vorrebbe cogliere questa opportunità tra ‘Sì’ e ‘No’, se glielo permetteste, mio caro?”

“Per quel che ne so, no, papà.”

“Non può esistere qualcuno che non approfitti dell’opportunità quando gli viene offerta, no?” disse il cherubino, come ultima risorsa.

“Perché no, certo che no, papà,” disse Bella, scuotendolo ancora un paio di volte.

“No, certo che no,” acconsentì. “Bella, mia cara, temo che o non riuscirò a dormire per tutta la notte, oppure dovrò procedere al numero quattro.”

“Oh, papà, il numero quattro non ha alcun valore! Mi dispiace tantissimo. Non voglio crederci davvero; ho cercato con tutte le mie forze di ignorarlo, ma è così difficile da accettare, anche per te. Ma il signor Boffin sta venendo viziato dalla prosperità e sta cambiando ogni giorno.”

“Mia cara Bella, spero, e confido di no.”

“Ho sperato e confidato, ma ogni giorno lui peggiora sempre di più. Non con me: verso di me è sempre più o meno lo stesso, ma con gli altri intorno a lui sì. Ai miei occhi diventa sospettoso, capriccioso, duro, tirannico, ingiusto. Se mai un uomo buono sia stato rovinato dalla fortuna, quello è il mio benefattore. Eppure, padre, pensate quanto terribile possa essere la fascinazione del denaro! Lo vedo, lo odio, ne ho paura, e non so se il denaro non possa causare in me cambiamenti ancora peggiori. Eppure, il denaro è sempre nei miei pensieri e nei miei desideri; l’intera mia vita si riduce a denaro, e a ciò che il denaro può fare della vita!”

Chapter 5

THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN FALLS INTO BAD COMPANY

Were Bella Wilfer’s bright and ready little wits at fault, or was the Golden Dustman passing through the furnace of proof and coming out dross? Ill news travels fast. We shall know full soon.

On that very night of her return from the Happy Return, something chanced which Bella closely followed with her eyes and ears. There was an apartment at the side of the Boffin mansion, known as Mr Boffin’s room. Far less grand than the rest of the house, it was far more comfortable, being pervaded by a certain air of homely snugness, which upholstering despotism had banished to that spot when it inexorably set its face against Mr Boffin’s appeals for mercy in behalf of any other chamber. Thus, although a room of modest situation—for its windows gave on Silas Wegg’s old corner—and of no pretensions to velvet, satin, or gilding, it had got itself established in a domestic position analogous to that of an easy dressing-gown or pair of slippers; and whenever the family wanted to enjoy a particularly pleasant fireside evening, they enjoyed it, as an institution that must be, in Mr Boffin’s room.

Mr and Mrs Boffin were reported sitting in this room, when Bella got back. Entering it, she found the Secretary there too; in official attendance it would appear, for he was standing with some papers in his hand by a table with shaded candles on it, at which Mr Boffin was seated thrown back in his easy chair.

‘You are busy, sir,’ said Bella, hesitating at the door.

‘Not at all, my dear, not at all. You’re one of ourselves. We never make company of you. Come in, come in. Here’s the old lady in her usual place.’

Mrs Boffin adding her nod and smile of welcome to Mr Boffin’s words, Bella took her book to a chair in the fireside corner, by Mrs Boffin’s work-table. Mr Boffin’s station was on the opposite side.

‘Now, Rokesmith,’ said the Golden Dustman, so sharply rapping the table to bespeak his attention as Bella turned the leaves of her book, that she started; ‘where were we?’

‘You were saying, sir,’ returned the Secretary, with an air of some reluctance and a glance towards those others who were present, ‘that you considered the time had come for fixing my salary.’

‘Don’t be above calling it wages, man,’ said Mr Boffin, testily. ‘What the deuce! I never talked of any salary when I was in service.’

‘My wages,’ said the Secretary, correcting himself.

‘Rokesmith, you are not proud, I hope?’ observed Mr Boffin, eyeing him askance.

‘I hope not, sir.’

‘Because I never was, when I was poor,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Poverty and pride don’t go at all well together. Mind that. How can they go well together? Why it stands to reason. A man, being poor, has nothing to be proud of. It’s nonsense.’

With a slight inclination of his head, and a look of some surprise, the Secretary seemed to assent by forming the syllables of the word ‘nonsense’ on his lips.

‘Now, concerning these same wages,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Sit down.’

The Secretary sat down.

‘Why didn’t you sit down before?’ asked Mr Boffin, distrustfully. ‘I hope that wasn’t pride? But about these wages. Now, I’ve gone into the matter, and I say two hundred a year. What do you think of it? Do you think it’s enough?’

‘Thank you. It is a fair proposal.’

‘I don’t say, you know,’ Mr Boffin stipulated, ‘but what it may be more than enough. And I’ll tell you why, Rokesmith. A man of property, like me, is bound to consider the market-price. At first I didn’t enter into that as much as I might have done; but I’ve got acquainted with other men of property since, and I’ve got acquainted with the duties of property. I mustn’t go putting the market-price up, because money may happen not to be an object with me. A sheep is worth so much in the market, and I ought to give it and no more. A secretary is worth so much in the market, and I ought to give it and no more. However, I don’t mind stretching a point with you.’

‘Mr Boffin, you are very good,’ replied the Secretary, with an effort.

‘Then we put the figure,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘at two hundred a year. Then the figure’s disposed of. Now, there must be no misunderstanding regarding what I buy for two hundred a year. If I pay for a sheep, I buy it out and out. Similarly, if I pay for a secretary, I buy HIM out and out.’

‘In other words, you purchase my whole time?’

‘Certainly I do. Look here,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘it ain’t that I want to occupy your whole time; you can take up a book for a minute or two when you’ve nothing better to do, though I think you’ll a’most always find something useful to do. But I want to keep you in attendance. It’s convenient to have you at all times ready on the premises. Therefore, betwixt your breakfast and your supper,—on the premises I expect to find you.’

The Secretary bowed.

‘In bygone days, when I was in service myself,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘I couldn’t go cutting about at my will and pleasure, and you won’t expect to go cutting about at your will and pleasure. You’ve rather got into a habit of that, lately; but perhaps it was for want of a right specification betwixt us. Now, let there be a right specification betwixt us, and let it be this. If you want leave, ask for it.’

Again the Secretary bowed. His manner was uneasy and astonished, and showed a sense of humiliation.

‘I’ll have a bell,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘hung from this room to yours, and when I want you, I’ll touch it. I don’t call to mind that I have anything more to say at the present moment.’

The Secretary rose, gathered up his papers, and withdrew. Bella’s eyes followed him to the door, lighted on Mr Boffin complacently thrown back in his easy chair, and drooped over her book.

‘I have let that chap, that young man of mine,’ said Mr Boffin, taking a trot up and down the room, ‘get above his work. It won’t do. I must have him down a peg. A man of property owes a duty to other men of property, and must look sharp after his inferiors.’

Capitolo 5

Il fantasma della polvere d’oro finisce in cattive compagnie

Forse era colpa dell’intelligenza vivace e pronta di Bella Wilfer, o forse il “Dottore Polvere d’Oro” stava passando attraverso la prova del fuoco per uscire trasformato in scorie. Le cattive notizie si diffondono velocemente. Presto ne sapremo di più.

Quella stessa notte del suo ritorno da “Happy Return”, accadde qualcosa che Bella osservò attentamente con occhi e orecchie. C’era un appartamento sul lato della residenza dei Boffin, conosciuto come la “stanza di Mr Boffin”. Molto meno imponente del resto della >casa, era però molto più confortevole; vi regnava un’atmosfera accogliente e familiare, che il dispotismo degli arredi aveva escluso da ogni altra stanza della casa, ignorando completamente le suppliche di Mr Boffin per una “misericordia” nei loro confronti. Così, sebbene si trattasse di una stanza semplice – con finestre che si affacciavano sull’antico angolo abitato da Silas Wegg – priva di velluti, seta o dorature, essa aveva assunto una funzione domestica simile a quella di un comodo abito da camera o di un paio di pantofole. Ogni volta che la famiglia desiderava trascorrere una serata particolarmente piacevole accanto al fuoco, lo faceva proprio nella stanza di Mr Boffin.

Si diceva che il signor e la signora Boffin fossero seduti in questa stanza quando Bella tornò. Entrando, vi trovò anche il segretario; sembrava che fosse lì per un motivo ufficiale, poiché stava in piedi con alcuni documenti in mano accanto a un tavolo su cui c’erano candele schermate, mentre il signor Boffin era seduto nella sua poltrona comoda.

“Siete occupato, signore,” disse Bella, esitando sulla soglia.

“Assolutamente no, mia cara, assolutamente no. Tu sei una di noi. Non ti abbiamo mai tenuta alla larga. Entra pure, entra. Ecco la vecchia signora, al suo solito posto.”

La signora Boffin aggiunse il suo cenno di assenso e il suo sorriso di benvenuto alle parole del signor Boffin; Bella prese il suo libro e si sedette su una sedia nell’angolo vicino al camino, accanto alla scrivania della signora Boffin. Il posto del signor Boffin era dall’altra parte.

“Ora, Rokesmith,” disse l’Uomo della Polvere d’Oro, battendo il tavolo con tale forza per attirare la sua attenzione, mentre Bella girava le pagine del suo libro, che lei sobbalzò; “dove eravamo rimasti?”

“Stavate dicendo, signore,” rispose il Segretario con un certo riluttanza e lanciando uno sguardo verso gli altri presenti, “che ritenevate fosse arrivato il momento di stabilire il mio stipendio.”

“Non essere così presuntuoso da non chiamarla paga, amico mio,” disse il signor Boffin con tono irritato. “Per l’amor del cielo! Quando lavoravo io, non ho mai parlato di alcun stipendio.”

“Il mio stipendio,” disse il Segretario, correggendosi.

“Rokesmith, non sei orgoglioso, spero, ”, osservò il signor Boffin, guardandolo di sottecchi.

“Non lo spero, signore.”

“Perché io non lo sono mai stato, quando ero povero,” disse il signor Boffin. “La povertà e l’orgoglio non vanno affatto d’accordo. Ricordatelo bene. Come potrebbero andare d’accordo? È logico: un uomo povero non ha nulla di cui essere orgoglioso. È assurdo.”

Con un leggero movimento della testa e uno sguardo di sorpresa, il Segretario sembrò annuire pronunciando silabicamente la parola “nonsenso” con le labbra.

“Ora, riguardo a questi stessi salari, ”, disse il signor Boffin. “Sedetevi.”

Il Segretario si sedette.

“Perché non ti sei seduto prima?” chiese il signor Boffin, con scetticismo. “Spero che non sia una questione di orgoglio. Ma riguardo a questi salari: ora che ho indagato sulla faccenda, propongo duecento all’anno. Che ne pensi? Ti sembra sufficiente?”

“Grazie, è una proposta equa.”

“Non sto dicendo che sia necessario, capite,” precisò il signor Boffin, “ma potrebbe essere più che sufficiente. E vi spiegherò perché, Rokesmith. Una persona con proprietà, come me, è costretta a considerare il prezzo di mercato. All’inizio non ci avevo pensato molto; ma da allora ho conosciuto altre persone con proprietà e ho compreso i doveri che ne derivano. Non posso certo aumentare il prezzo di mercato, perché per me il denaro potrebbe non essere un fattore importante. Una pecora ha un certo valore sul mercato, e io devo pagarla proprio quel prezzo, nient’altro. Un segretario ha anch’esso un certo valore sul mercato, e io devo pagarlo allo stesso modo. Comunque, non mi dispiace fare uno sforzo per voi.”

“Signor Boffin, lei è davvero molto gentile,” rispose il Segretario, con qualche sforzo.

“Allora mettiamo questa cifra,” disse il signor Boffin, “a duecento all’anno. In questo modo la questione è risolta. Ora, non deve esserci alcun malinteso riguardo a ciò che compro per duecento all’anno: se pago per una pecora, la compro interamente; allo stesso modo, se pago per un segretario, lo compro interamente.”

“In altre parole, state acquistando l’intero mio tempo?”

“Certo che sì. Guardate qui,” disse il signor Boffin, “non è che voglia occupare tutto il vostro tempo; potete prendere un libro in mano per un minuto o due quando non avete niente di meglio da fare, anche se penso che quasi sempre troverete qualcosa di utile da fare. Ma voglio che siate sempre a disposizione. È comodo avervi sempre sull’attenti, qui sul posto. Quindi, tra la colazione e la cena, vi aspetto sempre qui.”

Il Segretario fece un inchino.

“Nei tempi passati, quando anch’io ero al servizio,” disse il signor Boffin, “non potevo muovermi a mio piacimento; e non dovreste nemmeno aspettarvi di poter farlo. Ultimamente, però, vi siete abituati a farlo. Forse perché mancava una precisa regola tra noi. Ora, che ci sia una regola chiara: se volete andarvene, chiedetelo.”

Di nuovo il Segretario si inchinò. Il suo comportamento era nervoso e sorpreso, e mostrava un senso di umiliazione.

“Appenderò una campanella”, disse il signor Boffin, “da questa stanza alla tua; quando avrò bisogno di te, la suonerò. Non mi pare di avere altro da dire al momento”.

Il Segretario si alzò, raccolse i suoi documenti e se ne andò. Gli occhi di Bella lo seguirono fino alla porta; poi il suo sguardo si posò su Mr Boffin, che era comodamente sdraiato nella sua poltrona, e tornò a concentrarsi sul suo libro.

“Ho lasciato che quel ragazzo, quel mio giovane assistente,” disse il signor Boffin, camminando avanti e indietro per la stanza, “si prendesse troppo gioco del suo lavoro. Non va bene così. Devo rimetterlo in riga. Un uomo con proprietà ha dei doveri verso altri uomini con proprietà, e deve prendersi cura attentamente dei suoi subordinati.”

Bella felt that Mrs Boffin was not comfortable, and that the eyes of that good creature sought to discover from her face what attention she had given to this discourse, and what impression it had made upon her. For which reason Bella’s eyes drooped more engrossedly over her book, and she turned the page with an air of profound absorption in it.

‘Noddy,’ said Mrs Boffin, after thoughtfully pausing in her work.

‘My dear,’ returned the Golden Dustman, stopping short in his trot.

‘Excuse my putting it to you, Noddy, but now really! Haven’t you been a little strict with Mr Rokesmith to-night? Haven’t you been a little—just a little little—not quite like your old self?’

‘Why, old woman, I hope so,’ returned Mr Boffin, cheerfully, if not boastfully.

Hope so, deary?’

‘Our old selves wouldn’t do here, old lady. Haven’t you found that out yet? Our old selves would be fit for nothing here but to be robbed and imposed upon. Our old selves weren’t people of fortune; our new selves are; it’s a great difference.’

‘Ah!’ said Mrs Boffin, pausing in her work again, softly to draw a long breath and to look at the fire. ‘A great difference.’

‘And we must be up to the difference,’ pursued her husband; ‘we must be equal to the change; that’s what we must be. We’ve got to hold our own now, against everybody (for everybody’s hand is stretched out to be dipped into our pockets), and we have got to recollect that money makes money, as well as makes everything else.’

‘Mentioning recollecting,’ said Mrs Boffin, with her work abandoned, her eyes upon the fire, and her chin upon her hand, ‘do you recollect, Noddy, how you said to Mr Rokesmith when he first came to see us at the Bower, and you engaged him—how you said to him that if it had pleased Heaven to send John Harmon to his fortune safe, we could have been content with the one Mound which was our legacy, and should never have wanted the rest?’

‘Ay, I remember, old lady. But we hadn’t tried what it was to have the rest then. Our new shoes had come home, but we hadn’t put ’em on. We’re wearing ’em now, we’re wearing ’em, and must step out accordingly.’

Mrs Boffin took up her work again, and plied her needle in silence.

‘As to Rokesmith, that young man of mine,’ said Mr Boffin, dropping his voice and glancing towards the door with an apprehension of being overheard by some eavesdropper there, ‘it’s the same with him as with the footmen. I have found out that you must either scrunch them, or let them scrunch you. If you ain’t imperious with ’em, they won’t believe in your being any better than themselves, if as good, after the stories (lies mostly) that they have heard of your beginnings. There’s nothing betwixt stiffening yourself up, and throwing yourself away; take my word for that, old lady.’

Bella ventured for a moment to look stealthily towards him under her eyelashes, and she saw a dark cloud of suspicion, covetousness, and conceit, overshadowing the once open face.

‘Hows’ever,’ said he, ‘this isn’t entertaining to Miss Bella. Is it, Bella?’

A deceiving Bella she was, to look at him with that pensively abstracted air, as if her mind were full of her book, and she had not heard a single word!

‘Hah! Better employed than to attend to it,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘That’s right, that’s right. Especially as you have no call to be told how to value yourself, my dear.’

Colouring a little under this compliment, Bella returned, ‘I hope sir, you don’t think me vain?’

‘Not a bit, my dear,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘But I think it’s very creditable in you, at your age, to be so well up with the pace of the world, and to know what to go in for. You are right. Go in for money, my love. Money’s the article. You’ll make money of your good looks, and of the money Mrs Boffin and me will have the pleasure of settling upon you, and you’ll live and die rich. That’s the state to live and die in!’ said Mr Boffin, in an unctuous manner. ‘R—r—rich!’

There was an expression of distress in Mrs Boffin’s face, as, after watching her husband’s, she turned to their adopted girl, and said:

‘Don’t mind him, Bella, my dear.’

‘Eh?’ cried Mr Boffin. ‘What! Not mind him?’

‘I don’t mean that,’ said Mrs Boffin, with a worried look, ‘but I mean, don’t believe him to be anything but good and generous, Bella, because he is the best of men. No, I must say that much, Noddy. You are always the best of men.’

She made the declaration as if he were objecting to it: which assuredly he was not in any way.

‘And as to you, my dear Bella,’ said Mrs Boffin, still with that distressed expression, ‘he is so much attached to you, whatever he says, that your own father has not a truer interest in you and can hardly like you better than he does.’

‘Says too!’ cried Mr Boffin. ‘Whatever he says! Why, I say so, openly. Give me a kiss, my dear child, in saying Good Night, and let me confirm what my old lady tells you. I am very fond of you, my dear, and I am entirely of your mind, and you and I will take care that you shall be rich. These good looks of yours (which you have some right to be vain of; my dear, though you are not, you know) are worth money, and you shall make money of ’em. The money you will have, will be worth money, and you shall make money of that too. There’s a golden ball at your feet. Good night, my dear.’

Somehow, Bella was not so well pleased with this assurance and this prospect as she might have been. Somehow, when she put her arms round Mrs Boffin’s neck and said Good Night, she derived a sense of unworthiness from the still anxious face of that good woman and her obvious wish to excuse her husband. ‘Why, what need to excuse him?’ thought Bella, sitting down in her own room. ‘What he said was very sensible, I am sure, and very true, I am sure. It is only what I often say to myself. Don’t I like it then? No, I don’t like it, and, though he is my liberal benefactor, I disparage him for it. Then pray,’ said Bella, sternly putting the question to herself in the looking-glass as usual, ‘what do you mean by this, you inconsistent little Beast?’

Bella si rese conto che la signora Boffin non si sentiva a suo agio, e che gli occhi di quella brava donna cercavano di leggere sul suo viso quale attenzione avesse prestato a quel discorso e quale impressione le fosse rimasta. Per questo motivo, Bella abbassò ancora di più lo sguardo sul suo libro, girando le pagine con aria di profonda concentrazione.

“Noddy,” disse la signora Boffin, dopo aver riflettuto per un momento mentre lavorava.

“Mia cara,” rispose l’Uomo della Polvere d’Oro, fermandosi di colpo nel suo trotto.

“Scusami se te lo dico, Noddy, ma davvero. Non sei stato un po’ troppo severo con il signor Rokesmith stasera? Non sei stato un po’, beh, solo un po’ diverso dal tuo vecchio sé, ”

“Beh, vecchia signora, lo spero proprio,” rispose il signor Boffin, in tono allegro, se non addirittura compiaciuto.

>Spero davvero, tesoro?”

“I nostri vecchi io non sarebbero adatti a questo posto, signora. Non l’avete ancora capito? I nostri vecchi io non sarebbero serviti a nulla qui, se non a essere derubati e sfruttati. I nostri vecchi io non erano persone fortunate; i nostri nuovi io lo sono; c’è una grande differenza.”

“Ah!”, disse la signora Boffin, fermandosi di nuovo nel suo lavoro, per prendere un lungo respiro e guardare il fuoco. “Una grande differenza.”

“E dobbiamo essere all’altezza di questa situazione,” continuò suo marito; “dobbiamo essere in grado di affrontare questi cambiamenti; è proprio questo che dobbiamo fare. Ora dobbiamo resistere a tutti (perché tutte le mani sono tese verso i nostri portafogli), e dobbiamo ricordare che il denaro genera altro denaro, proprio come genera ogni altra cosa.”

“Parlando di ricordi, ”, disse la signora Boffin, abbandonando il suo lavoro, con lo sguardo fisso sul fuoco e il mento appoggiato sulla mano, “ti ricordi, Noddy, di cosa gli hai detto quando il signor Rokesmith è venuto a trovarci per la prima volta alla Bower, e tu l’hai assunto? Gli hai detto che, se solo il Cielo avesse fatto in modo che John Harmon raggiungesse sano e salvo la sua fortuna, noi saremmo stati soddisfatti anche con quella singola eredità che ci era stata lasciata, e non avremmo mai desiderato nient’altro, ”

“Ah sì, me ne ricordo, signora. Ma all’epoca non avevamo ancora provato cosa significasse indossare qualcosa di nuovo. I nostri nuovi scarponi erano arrivati a casa, ma non li avevamo ancora messi. Ora li stiamo indossando, e dobbiamo comportarci di conseguenza.”

La signora Boffin riprese il suo lavoro, lavorando al suo ago in silenzio.

“Per quanto riguarda Rokesmith, quel mio giovane, ” disse il signor Boffin, abbassando la voce e lanciando un’occhiata verso la porta, temendo che qualcuno potesse ascoltarli, “è lo stesso per lui come per quei servitori. Ho capito che o li si domina con autorità, oppure loro finiscono per dominare te. Se non sei deciso e autoritario con loro, non crederanno mai che tu sia migliore di loro, anzi, anche se lo fossi, dopo tutte le storie (perlopiù bugie) che hanno sentito sulle tue origini. Non c’è altra scelta: o ti comporti in modo deciso e autoritario, oppure finirai per perdere tutto. Fidati di me, signora.”

Bella osò per un momento guardarlo di nascosto, sotto le sue ciglia, e vide una nuvola scura di sospetto, invidia e presunzione offuscare il suo volto un tempo aperto e sincero.

“Comunque,” disse lui, “questo non sembra divertire la signorina Bella. Non è vero, Bella?”

Era una Bella ingannevole: lo guardava con quell’aria assorta e distaccata, come se la sua mente fosse completamente occupata dal suo libro, e non avesse sentito nemmeno una parola!

“Ahah! È meglio che occuparsi di quella faccenda,” disse il signor Boffin. “Esatto, esatto. Soprattutto perché non c’è alcun motivo per cui tu debba permettere a qualcuno di dirti come dovresti valutarti, caro mio.”

Rispondendo con un tono leggermente più dolce a quel complimento, Bella disse: “Spero, signore, che non pensiate che io sia vanitosa, ”

“Assolutamente no, mia cara,” disse il signor Boffin. “Ma penso che sia davvero lodevole da parte tua, alla tua età, essere così ben informata sui tempi moderni e sapere esattamente cosa intraprendere. Hai ragione. Concentrati sul denaro, mia cara. Il denaro è ciò che conta veramente. Farai fortuna con la tua bellezza, e con i soldi che il signora Boffin ed io avremo il piacere di darti. Vivrai e morirai ricca. Questa sì che è una vita degna!” disse il signor Boffin, in tono untuoso. “Ricca, ”

Sul viso della signora Boffin si leggeva un’espressione di angoscia; dopo aver osservato quella di suo marito, si rivolse alla loro ragazza adottiva e disse:

“Non farci caso, Bella, mia cara.”

“Eh?”, esclamò il signor Boffin. “Cosa? Non gli darete retta?”

“Non intendo dire questo,” disse la signora Boffin con un’espressione preoccupata, “ma voglio dire, non credere che sia altro che buono e generoso, Bella, perché è davvero l’uomo migliore. No, devo proprio dirlo: sei sempre stato l’uomo migliore.”

Fece quella dichiarazione come se lui si fosse opposto ad essa; ma di certo non era affatto così.

“E per quanto riguarda te, mia cara Bella,” disse la signora Boffin, ancora con quell’espressione angosciata, “lui ti è così legato, qualunque cosa dica, che nemmeno tuo padre ha un interesse più sincero per te e difficilmente potrebbe amarti di più di quanto lui non faccia.”

“Anch’io lo dico!” esclamò il signor Boffin. “Qualunque cosa dica lui. Anzi, io lo dico apertamente: dammi un bacio, mio caro >bambino, mentre dici Buonanotte, e lascia che confermi ciò che mia moglie ti dice. Ti voglio molto bene, caro, e sono completamente d’accordo con te; insieme faremo in modo che tu diventi ricco. Questa tua bella faccia (di cui hai tutto il diritto di essere orgoglioso, anche se non lo sei, lo sai) vale davvero qualcosa, e ne trarrai profitto. Il denaro che avrai avrà valore, e anche di quello farai buon uso. C’è una “palla d’oro” ai tuoi piedi. Buonanotte, mio caro.”

In qualche modo, Bella non era affatto soddisfatta di questa rassicurazione e di questa prospettiva come avrebbe potuto essere. Quando abbracciò la signora Boffin e le disse “Buona notte”, provò un senso di inadeguatezza nel vedere l’espressione ansiosa di quella brava donna e il suo evidente desiderio di scusare suo marito. “Ma perché dovrebbe essere scusato?”, pensò Bella sedendosi nella sua stanza. “Quello che ha detto è sicuramente molto sensato, e anche vero, ne sono certa. È proprio ciò che io stessa dico spesso a me stessa. Allora perché non mi piace? No, non mi piace. E anche se lui è il mio generoso benefattore, lo disprezzo per questo motivo. Allora dimmi”, disse Bella, ponendosi seriamente la domanda davanti allo specchio, come al solito, “che cosa intendi dire con tutto questo, tu, piccola creatura incoerente?”

The looking-glass preserving a discreet ministerial silence when thus called upon for explanation, Bella went to bed with a weariness upon her spirit which was more than the weariness of want of sleep. And again in the morning, she looked for the cloud, and for the deepening of the cloud, upon the Golden Dustman’s face.

She had begun by this time to be his frequent companion in his morning strolls about the streets, and it was at this time that he made her a party to his engaging in a curious pursuit. Having been hard at work in one dull enclosure all his life, he had a child’s delight in looking at shops. It had been one of the first novelties and pleasures of his freedom, and was equally the delight of his wife. For many years their only walks in London had been taken on Sundays when the shops were shut; and when every day in the week became their holiday, they derived an enjoyment from the variety and fancy and beauty of the display in the windows, which seemed incapable of exhaustion. As if the principal streets were a great Theatre and the play were childishly new to them, Mr and Mrs Boffin, from the beginning of Bella’s intimacy in their house, had been constantly in the front row, charmed with all they saw and applauding vigorously. But now, Mr Boffin’s interest began to centre in book-shops; and more than that—for that of itself would not have been much—in one exceptional kind of book.

‘Look in here, my dear,’ Mr Boffin would say, checking Bella’s arm at a bookseller’s window; ‘you can read at sight, and your eyes are as sharp as they’re bright. Now, look well about you, my dear, and tell me if you see any book about a Miser.’

If Bella saw such a book, Mr Boffin would instantly dart in and buy it. And still, as if they had not found it, they would seek out another book-shop, and Mr Boffin would say, ‘Now, look well all round, my dear, for a Life of a Miser, or any book of that sort; any Lives of odd characters who may have been Misers.’

Bella, thus directed, would examine the window with the greatest attention, while Mr Boffin would examine her face. The moment she pointed out any book as being entitled Lives of eccentric personages, Anecdotes of strange characters, Records of remarkable individuals, or anything to that purpose, Mr Boffin’s countenance would light up, and he would instantly dart in and buy it. Size, price, quality, were of no account. Any book that seemed to promise a chance of miserly biography, Mr Boffin purchased without a moment’s delay and carried home. Happening to be informed by a bookseller that a portion of the Annual Register was devoted to ‘Characters’, Mr Boffin at once bought a whole set of that ingenious compilation, and began to carry it home piecemeal, confiding a volume to Bella, and bearing three himself. The completion of this labour occupied them about a fortnight. When the task was done, Mr Boffin, with his appetite for Misers whetted instead of satiated, began to look out again.

It very soon became unnecessary to tell Bella what to look for, and an understanding was established between her and Mr Boffin that she was always to look for Lives of Misers. Morning after morning they roamed about the town together, pursuing this singular research. Miserly literature not being abundant, the proportion of failures to successes may have been as a hundred to one; still Mr Boffin, never wearied, remained as avaricious for misers as he had been at the first onset. It was curious that Bella never saw the books about the house, nor did she ever hear from Mr Boffin one word of reference to their contents. He seemed to save up his Misers as they had saved up their money. As they had been greedy for it, and secret about it, and had hidden it, so he was greedy for them, and secret about them, and hid them. But beyond all doubt it was to be noticed, and was by Bella very clearly noticed, that, as he pursued the acquisition of those dismal records with the ardour of Don Quixote for his books of chivalry, he began to spend his money with a more sparing hand. And often when he came out of a shop with some new account of one of those wretched lunatics, she would almost shrink from the sly dry chuckle with which he would take her arm again and trot away. It did not appear that Mrs Boffin knew of this taste. He made no allusion to it, except in the morning walks when he and Bella were always alone; and Bella, partly under the impression that he took her into his confidence by implication, and partly in remembrance of Mrs Boffin’s anxious face that night, held the same reserve.

While these occurrences were in progress, Mrs Lammle made the discovery that Bella had a fascinating influence over her. The Lammles, originally presented by the dear Veneerings, visited the Boffins on all grand occasions, and Mrs Lammle had not previously found this out; but now the knowledge came upon her all at once. It was a most extraordinary thing (she said to Mrs Boffin); she was foolishly susceptible of the power of beauty, but it wasn’t altogether that; she never had been able to resist a natural grace of manner, but it wasn’t altogether that; it was more than that, and there was no name for the indescribable extent and degree to which she was captivated by this charming girl.

This charming girl having the words repeated to her by Mrs Boffin (who was proud of her being admired, and would have done anything to give her pleasure), naturally recognized in Mrs Lammle a woman of penetration and taste. Responding to the sentiments, by being very gracious to Mrs Lammle, she gave that lady the means of so improving her opportunity, as that the captivation became reciprocal, though always wearing an appearance of greater sobriety on Bella’s part than on the enthusiastic Sophronia’s. Howbeit, they were so much together that, for a time, the Boffin chariot held Mrs Lammle oftener than Mrs Boffin: a preference of which the latter worthy soul was not in the least jealous, placidly remarking, ‘Mrs Lammle is a younger companion for her than I am, and Lor! she’s more fashionable.’

Lo specchio, che manteneva un discreto silenzio ministeriale quando veniva chiamato a fornire spiegazioni, fece sì che Bella andasse a letto provando una stanchezza spirituale ben più profonda della semplice mancanza di sonno. E la mattina seguente, cercò nuovamente quel “nuvolo” sul viso del “Vespertilio d’Oro”.

A quell’epoca, lei era già diventata la sua compagna abituale durante le sue passeggiate mattutine per le strade, e fu proprio in quel periodo che la coinvolse in un’attività piuttosto curiosa. Dopo aver trascorso tutta la vita a lavorare in ambienti noiosi, provava il piacere di un bambino nell’esaminare i negozi. Questa era stata una delle prime novità e gioie della sua libertà, e lo stesso valeva per sua moglie. Per molti anni, le loro uniche uscite a Londra avvenivano la domenica, quando i negozi erano chiusi; ma ora, poiché ogni giorno della settimana era diventato una festa per loro, trovavano grande piacere nella varietà, nell’eleganza e nella bellezza delle vetrine esposte, che sembravano non conoscere mai fine. Come se le strade principali fossero un enorme teatro e lo spettacolo fosse qualcosa di completamente nuovo per loro, il signor e la signora Boffin, fin dall’inizio dell’amicizia di Bella nella loro casa, erano sempre in prima fila, incantati da tutto ciò che vedevano e applaudendo con entusiasmo. Ma ora, l’interesse del signor Boffin iniziava a concentrarsi sui negozi di libri. E soprattutto su un certo tipo di libri, particolarmente rari o preziosi.

“Guarda qui dentro, cara,” diceva il signor Boffin, esaminando il braccio di Bella alla finestra di un libraio; “sei in grado di leggere al volo, e i tuoi occhi sono tanto acuti quanto luminosi. Ora, guarda bene intorno a te, cara, e dimmi se vedi qualche libro che parli di un avaro.”

Se Bella vedesse un libro del genere, il signor Boffin entrerebbe immediatamente e lo comprerebbe. Eppure, come se non l’avessero trovato, andrebbero in un altro negozio di libri, e il signor Boffin direbbe: “Ora, guarda bene dappertutto, cara mia. Cerchiamo ‘La vita di un avaro’ o qualche libro del genere; qualsiasi biografia di personaggi strani che possano essere stati avari.”

Bella, così guidata, esaminava la finestra con la massima attenzione, mentre il signor Boffin osservava il suo viso. Non appena lei indicava un libro intitolato “Vite di personaggi eccentrici”, “Aneddoti su caratteri strani”, “Racconti di individui notevoli” o qualcosa del genere, il volto del signor Boffin si illuminava immediatamente e lui correva a comprarlo senza esitazione. Dimensioni, prezzo, qualità non contavano: qualsiasi libro che sembrasse offrire l’opportunità di leggere biografie di persone meschine veniva acquistato senza indugio e portato a >casa. Un giorno, venendo a sapere da un libraio che una parte dell’“Annual Register” era dedicata ai “Personaggi”, il signor Boffin comprò subito l’intera serie di quella raccolta e iniziò a portarla a >casa pezzo dopo pezzo: affidava un volume a Bella e ne teneva tre per sé. L’ completamento di questo compito richiese circa due settimane. Una volta terminato, il signor Boffin, con il suo interesse per le vite delle persone meschine ancora più accresciuto che saziato, iniziò subito a cercare nuovi materiali da leggere.

Ben presto divenne inutile dire a Bella cosa cercare; tra lei e il signor Boffin si stabilì un’intesa secondo cui lei avrebbe sempre dovuto cercare libri sui miseri. mattina dopo mattina, vagavano insieme per la città, dedicandosi a questa particolare ricerca. Poiché la letteratura sui miseri non era abbondante, il rapporto tra fallimenti e successi doveva essere di cento a uno; tuttavia il signor Boffin, mai stanco, continuava ad avere lo stesso interesse per quei personaggi meschini che all’inizio. Era curioso che Bella non vedesse mai i libri riguardanti quella “casa”, né sentisse mai il signor Boffin menzionare il loro contenuto; sembrava che conservasse quei libri con la stessa gelosia con cui i miseri conservavano i loro soldi. Proprio come loro erano stati avidi, segreti e nascondenti riguardo a quei soldi, così lui lo era riguardo a quei libri. Ma, senza alcun dubbio, Bella se ne accorse chiaramente: mentre il signor Boffin si dedicava con la stessa passione di Don Chisciotte alla raccolta di quei tristi resoconti, iniziò a spendere i suoi soldi con maggiore parsimonia. Spesso, quando usciva da un negozio con un nuovo libro su uno di quei poveri folli, lei quasi rabbrividiva al suo sorriso astuto e freddo mentre le prendeva di nuovo il braccio per andarsene via. Sembra che la signora Boffin non fosse a conoscenza di questo interesse del marito; lui non ne faceva mai menzione, tranne durante quelle passeggiate mattutine in cui erano sempre soli. E Bella, in parte credendo che lui le stesse confidando qualcosa in modo implicito, e in parte ricordandosi dell’espressione ansiosa della signora Boffin quella notte, manteneva lo stesso riserbo.

Mentre queste cose stavano accadendo, la signora Lammle si rese conto che Bella esercitava su di lei un’influenza straordinaria. I Lammle, presentati inizialmente dai cari Veneerings, visitavano i Boffin in tutte le occasioni importanti; la signora Lammle non se n’era resa conto prima, ma ora questa verità le divenne improvvisamente chiara. Era una cosa davvero insolita (disse alla signora Boffin); lei era stupidamente suscettibile al fascino della bellezza, ma non era solo questo. Non riusciva mai a resistere a una grazia naturale nel comportamento delle persone, ma nemmeno quello era tutto. Era qualcosa di più. Non esisteva alcun termine per descrivere fino a che punto fosse affascinata da questa ragazza incantevole.

Questa incantevole ragazza, avendo le parole ripetute da Mrs Boffin (che era orgogliosa che venisse ammirata e avrebbe fatto qualsiasi cosa per darle piacere), riconobbe naturalmente in Mrs Lammle una donna perspicace e dal buon gusto. Rispondendo a questi sentimenti, fu molto gentile con Mrs Lammle, dando a quella signora le opportunità necessarie per migliorare la sua situazione; così il reciproco affetto divenne sempre più profondo, anche se Bella manteneva sempre un atteggiamento più sobrio rispetto alla entusiasta Sophronia. Tuttavia, trascorrevano così tanto tempo insieme che, per un certo periodo, la carrozza di Mrs Boffin portò spesso Mrs Lammle piuttosto che lei stessa: una preferenza di cui l’onesta e gentile Mrs Boffin non fu affatto gelosa, osservando tranquillamente: “Mrs Lammle è una compagna più giovane per lei rispetto a me. E, oh! è anche molto più alla moda.”

But between Bella Wilfer and Georgiana Podsnap there was this one difference, among many others, that Bella was in no danger of being captivated by Alfred. She distrusted and disliked him. Indeed, her perception was so quick, and her observation so sharp, that after all she mistrusted his wife too, though with her giddy vanity and wilfulness she squeezed the mistrust away into a corner of her mind, and blocked it up there.

Mrs Lammle took the friendliest interest in Bella’s making a good match. Mrs Lammle said, in a sportive way, she really must show her beautiful Bella what kind of wealthy creatures she and Alfred had on hand, who would as one man fall at her feet enslaved. Fitting occasion made, Mrs Lammle accordingly produced the most passable of those feverish, boastful, and indefinably loose gentlemen who were always lounging in and out of the City on questions of the Bourse and Greek and Spanish and India and Mexican and par and premium and discount and three-quarters and seven-eighths. Who in their agreeable manner did homage to Bella as if she were a compound of fine girl, thorough-bred horse, well-built drag, and remarkable pipe. But without the least effect, though even Mr Fledgeby’s attractions were cast into the scale.

‘I fear, Bella dear,’ said Mrs Lammle one day in the chariot, ‘that you will be very hard to please.’

‘I don’t expect to be pleased, dear,’ said Bella, with a languid turn of her eyes.

‘Truly, my love,’ returned Sophronia, shaking her head, and smiling her best smile, ‘it would not be very easy to find a man worthy of your attractions.’

‘The question is not a man, my dear,’ said Bella, coolly, ‘but an establishment.’

‘My love,’ returned Mrs Lammle, ‘your prudence amazes me—where DID you study life so well!—you are right. In such a case as yours, the object is a fitting establishment. You could not descend to an inadequate one from Mr Boffin’s house, and even if your beauty alone could not command it, it is to be assumed that Mr and Mrs Boffin will—’

‘Oh! they have already,’ Bella interposed.

‘No! Have they really?’

A little vexed by a suspicion that she had spoken precipitately, and withal a little defiant of her own vexation, Bella determined not to retreat.

‘That is to say,’ she explained, ‘they have told me they mean to portion me as their adopted child, if you mean that. But don’t mention it.’

‘Mention it!’ replied Mrs Lammle, as if she were full of awakened feeling at the suggestion of such an impossibility. ‘Men-tion it!’

‘I don’t mind telling you, Mrs Lammle—’ Bella began again.

‘My love, say Sophronia, or I must not say Bella.’

With a little short, petulant ‘Oh!’ Bella complied. ‘Oh!—Sophronia then—I don’t mind telling you, Sophronia, that I am convinced I have no heart, as people call it; and that I think that sort of thing is nonsense.’

‘Brave girl!’ murmured Mrs Lammle.

‘And so,’ pursued Bella, ‘as to seeking to please myself, I don’t; except in the one respect I have mentioned. I am indifferent otherwise.’

‘But you can’t help pleasing, Bella,’ said Mrs Lammle, rallying her with an arch look and her best smile, ‘you can’t help making a proud and an admiring husband. You may not care to please yourself, and you may not care to please him, but you are not a free agent as to pleasing: you are forced to do that, in spite of yourself, my dear; so it may be a question whether you may not as well please yourself too, if you can.’

Now, the very grossness of this flattery put Bella upon proving that she actually did please in spite of herself. She had a misgiving that she was doing wrong—though she had an indistinct foreshadowing that some harm might come of it thereafter, she little thought what consequences it would really bring about—but she went on with her confidence.

‘Don’t talk of pleasing in spite of one’s self, dear,’ said Bella. ‘I have had enough of that.’

‘Ay?’ cried Mrs Lammle. ‘Am I already corroborated, Bella?’

‘Never mind, Sophronia, we will not speak of it any more. Don’t ask me about it.’

This plainly meaning Do ask me about it, Mrs Lammle did as she was requested.

‘Tell me, Bella. Come, my dear. What provoking burr has been inconveniently attracted to the charming skirts, and with difficulty shaken off?’

‘Provoking indeed,’ said Bella, ‘and no burr to boast of! But don’t ask me.’

‘Shall I guess?’

‘You would never guess. What would you say to our Secretary?’

‘My dear! The hermit Secretary, who creeps up and down the back stairs, and is never seen!’

‘I don’t know about his creeping up and down the back stairs,’ said Bella, rather contemptuously, ‘further than knowing that he does no such thing; and as to his never being seen, I should be content never to have seen him, though he is quite as visible as you are. But I pleased HIM (for my sins) and he had the presumption to tell me so.’

‘The man never made a declaration to you, my dear Bella!’

‘Are you sure of that, Sophronia?’ said Bella. ‘I am not. In fact, I am sure of the contrary.’

‘The man must be mad,’ said Mrs Lammle, with a kind of resignation.

‘He appeared to be in his senses,’ returned Bella, tossing her head, ‘and he had plenty to say for himself. I told him my opinion of his declaration and his conduct, and dismissed him. Of course this has all been very inconvenient to me, and very disagreeable. It has remained a secret, however. That word reminds me to observe, Sophronia, that I have glided on into telling you the secret, and that I rely upon you never to mention it.’

‘Mention it!’ repeated Mrs Lammle with her former feeling. ‘Men-tion it!’

This time Sophronia was so much in earnest that she found it necessary to bend forward in the carriage and give Bella a kiss. A Judas order of kiss; for she thought, while she yet pressed Bella’s hand after giving it, ‘Upon your own showing, you vain heartless girl, puffed up by the doting folly of a dustman, I need have no relenting towards YOU. If my husband, who sends me here, should form any schemes for making YOU a victim, I should certainly not cross him again.’ In those very same moments, Bella was thinking, ‘Why am I always at war with myself? Why have I told, as if upon compulsion, what I knew all along I ought to have withheld? Why am I making a friend of this woman beside me, in spite of the whispers against her that I hear in my heart?’

Ma tra Bella Wilfer e Georgiana Podsnap c’era questa una differenza, tra molte altre: Bella non correva alcun rischio di essere affascinata da Alfred. Lo disprezzava e lo odiava. Infatti, la sua percezione era così rapida e la sua osservazione così acuta che, alla fine, diffidava anche di sua moglie; tuttavia, a causa della sua vertiginosa vanità e testardaggine, relegava quella diffidenza in un angolo della sua mente e la teneva lì nascosta.

La signora Lammle mostrò un interesse davvero sincero nel vedere che Bella trovasse un buon partito. Disse, in tono spensierato, che doveva assolutamente far conoscere a sua bella Bella quali persone ricche e influenti avessero lei e Alfred a disposizione, persone pronte ad inchinarsi davanti a lei come schiavi. Quando si presentò l’occasione giusta, la signora Lammle fece comparire uno di quei gentiluomini presuntuosi, vanitosi e inafferrabili che erano sempre in giro per la Città, occupati a discutere di borsa, lingue straniere, mercato asiatico. Con modi affabile, questi gentiluomini rendevano omaggio a Bella, come se fosse una combinazione di una bella ragazza, un cavallo di razza, un carro ben costruito. Ma tutto ciò non ebbe alcun effetto; anzi, nemmeno le attrattive del signor Fledgeby riuscirono a influenzare la situazione.

“Le mie paura, cara Bella,” disse un giorno la signora Lammle nella carrozza, “è che tu sia molto difficile da soddisfare.”

“Non mi aspetto certo di essere felice, caro,” disse Bella, con uno sguardo languido.

“Davvero, mio caro,” rispose Sofronia scuotendo la testa e sorridendo con il suo sorriso più radioso, “non sarebbe affatto facile trovare un uomo degno delle tue attrattive.”

“La questione non riguarda un uomo, caro mio”, disse Bella con calma, “ma un intero sistema sociale.”

“Mio caro,” rispose la signora Lammle, “la tua prudenza mi sorprende. Dove hai imparato a conoscere così bene le dinamiche della vita! Hai ragione: in una situazione come la tua, l’obiettivo è sicuramente trovare un ambiente adatto. Non potresti certo accontentarti di qualcosa di inferiore dopo aver vissuto nella casa del signor Boffin. E anche se solo la tua bellezza non fosse sufficiente per ottenerlo, si può presumere che il signor e la signora Boffin lo faranno, ”

“Oh! L’hanno già fatto,” intervenne Bella.

“No! Davvero l’hanno fatto?”

Un po’ infastidita dal sospetto di aver parlato troppo in fretta, e al contempo un po’ ribelle verso quella stessa irritazione, Bella decise di non arrendersi.

“In altre parole,” spiegò lei, “mi hanno detto che intendono considerarmi come loro figlio adottivo, se è questo che vuoi dire. Ma non ne parlare più.”

“Menzionalo!” rispose la signora Lammle, come se fosse piena di sentimenti improvvisamente risvegliati all’idea di una tale impossibilità. “Menzionalo!”

“Non mi dispiace dirlo, signora Lammle, ” cominciò di nuovo Bella.

“Mio amore, chiamami Sophronia, altrimenti non dovrò più chiamarti Bella.”

Con un breve e capriccioso “Oh!”, Bella obbedì. “Oh!. Allora, non mi dispiace dirtelo, Sophronia: sono convinta di non avere quel che la gente chiama ‘cuore’, e penso che tutto ciò sia assurdo.”

“Brava ragazza!”, mormorò la signora Lammle.

“E così,” proseguì Bella, “per quanto riguarda il cercare di compiacermi, non lo faccio; tranne che nel senso che ho menzionato. In ogni altro caso, sono indifferente.”

“Ma non puoi fare a meno di compiacere gli altri, Bella,” disse la signora Lammle, cercando di consolarla con uno sguardo malizioso e il suo sorriso più affabile. “Non puoi fare a meno di rendere tuo marito orgoglioso e ammirato. Forse non ti interessa compiacere te stessa, né lui, ma in fatto di piacere agli altri non sei libera di scegliere: sei costretta a farlo, contro la tua volontà. Quindi potrebbe anche darsi che tu possa comunque compiacerti un po’, se solo ci riesci.”

Ora, proprio la volgarità di tale lusinga spinse Bella a dimostrare che, nonostante tutto, era davvero riuscita a compiacerlo. Aveva il presentimento di stare facendo qualcosa di sbagliato; anche se percepiva vagamente che in seguito ne potessero derivare dei problemi, non si rendeva conto delle conseguenze reali che ciò avrebbe comportato. Ma continuò comunque con fiducia.

“Non parlare di compiacere gli altri a scapito di se stessi, caro,” disse Bella. “Ne ho abbastanza.”

“Ah?” esclamò la signora Lammle. “Sono già stata confermata nella mia versione dei fatti, Bella?”

“Lascia stare, Sophronia, non ne parleremo più. Non chiedermi nulla al riguardo.”

Il che significava chiaramente “Chiedetemelo pure, signora Lammle”, quindi lei fece come le era stato chiesto.

“Dimmi, Bella. Come. Mio caro. Quale fastidiosa peluria si è attaccata in modo scomodo alle tue adorabili gonne, e che con difficoltà riesci a scacciare?”

“Davvero provocatorio,” disse Bella, “e senza nemmeno un filo di pelo in eccesso. Ma non chiedermelo.”

“Devo indovinare?”

“Non lo indovineresti mai. Cosa diresti della nostra Segretaria?”

“Mia cara! Quel segretario eremita, che si muove sempre furtivamente su e giù per le scale posteriori, e che nessuno mai vede!”

“Non so nulla riguardo al suo andare su e giù per le scale posteriori,” disse Bella con un certo disprezzo, “so solo che non fa mai una cosa del genere; e per quanto riguarda il fatto che nessuno lo veda mai, sarei felice di non averlo mai visto nemmeno io, anche se è altrettanto visibile quanto te. Ma l’ho compiaciuto (per i miei peccati) e lui ha avuto la presunzione di dirmelo.”

“Quell’uomo non ti ha mai fatto nessuna dichiarazione, cara Bella!”

“Ne sei sicura, Sophronia?” chiese Bella. “No, non ne sono sicura. Anzi, ne sono certa del contrario.”

“Quell’uomo deve essere pazzo,” disse la signora Lammle con una sorta di rassegnazione.

“Sembrava essere in possesso delle sue facoltà mentali,” rispose Bella scuotendo la testa, “e aveva molto da dire a propria difesa. Gli ho espresso il mio parere riguardo alla sua dichiarazione e al suo comportamento, poi l’ho congedato. Naturalmente tutto questo mi ha causato molte difficoltà e disagi. Tuttavia, è rimasto un segreto. Questa osservazione mi fa ricordare, Sophronia, che ho quasi rivelato quel segreto a te. E mi affido a te perché non ne parli mai.”

“Menzionatelo!” ripeté la signora Lammle con lo stesso tono di prima. “Menzionatelo!”

Quella volta Sophronia era così seria che ritenne necessario chinarsi dentro la carrozza per baciare Bella. Un bacio “a ordine di Giuda”, perché mentre le stringeva la mano dopo averla baciata, pensò: “Secondo quanto hai detto tu stessa, sciocca e senza cuore, lusingata dall’assurda devozione di un uomo insignificante, non ho alcun motivo per pentirmi nei tuoi confronti. Se mio marito, che mi ha mandata qui, dovesse avere intenzioni di farti soffrire, di certo non lo contrarierei più.” Nello stesso momento, Bella pensava: “Perché sono sempre in conflitto con me stessa? Perché ho detto, come se fossi costretta a farlo, ciò che sapevo fin dall’inizio e avrei dovuto tenere per me? Perché sto facendo amicizia con questa donna, nonostante i sospetti che sento dentro di me riguardo a lei?”

As usual, there was no answer in the looking-glass when she got home and referred these questions to it. Perhaps if she had consulted some better oracle, the result might have been more satisfactory; but she did not, and all things consequent marched the march before them.

On one point connected with the watch she kept on Mr Boffin, she felt very inquisitive, and that was the question whether the Secretary watched him too, and followed the sure and steady change in him, as she did? Her very limited intercourse with Mr Rokesmith rendered this hard to find out. Their communication now, at no time extended beyond the preservation of commonplace appearances before Mr and Mrs Boffin; and if Bella and the Secretary were ever left alone together by any chance, he immediately withdrew. She consulted his face when she could do so covertly, as she worked or read, and could make nothing of it. He looked subdued; but he had acquired a strong command of feature, and, whenever Mr Boffin spoke to him in Bella’s presence, or whatever revelation of himself Mr Boffin made, the Secretary’s face changed no more than a wall. A slightly knitted brow, that expressed nothing but an almost mechanical attention, and a compression of the mouth, that might have been a guard against a scornful smile—these she saw from morning to night, from day to day, from week to week, monotonous, unvarying, set, as in a piece of sculpture.

The worst of the matter was, that it thus fell out insensibly—and most provokingly, as Bella complained to herself, in her impetuous little manner—that her observation of Mr Boffin involved a continual observation of Mr Rokesmith. ‘Won’t THAT extract a look from him?’—‘Can it be possible THAT makes no impression on him?’ Such questions Bella would propose to herself, often as many times in a day as there were hours in it. Impossible to know. Always the same fixed face.

‘Can he be so base as to sell his very nature for two hundred a year?’ Bella would think. And then, ‘But why not? It’s a mere question of price with others besides him. I suppose I would sell mine, if I could get enough for it.’ And so she would come round again to the war with herself.

A kind of illegibility, though a different kind, stole over Mr Boffin’s face. Its old simplicity of expression got masked by a certain craftiness that assimilated even his good-humour to itself. His very smile was cunning, as if he had been studying smiles among the portraits of his misers. Saving an occasional burst of impatience, or coarse assertion of his mastery, his good-humour remained to him, but it had now a sordid alloy of distrust; and though his eyes should twinkle and all his face should laugh, he would sit holding himself in his own arms, as if he had an inclination to hoard himself up, and must always grudgingly stand on the defensive.

What with taking heed of these two faces, and what with feeling conscious that the stealthy occupation must set some mark on her own, Bella soon began to think that there was not a candid or a natural face among them all but Mrs Boffin’s. None the less because it was far less radiant than of yore, faithfully reflecting in its anxiety and regret every line of change in the Golden Dustman’s.

‘Rokesmith,’ said Mr Boffin one evening when they were all in his room again, and he and the Secretary had been going over some accounts, ‘I am spending too much money. Or leastways, you are spending too much for me.’

‘You are rich, sir.’

‘I am not,’ said Mr Boffin.

The sharpness of the retort was next to telling the Secretary that he lied. But it brought no change of expression into the set face.

‘I tell you I am not rich,’ repeated Mr Boffin, ‘and I won’t have it.’

‘You are not rich, sir?’ repeated the Secretary, in measured words.

Well,’ returned Mr Boffin, ‘if I am, that’s my business. I am not going to spend at this rate, to please you, or anybody. You wouldn’t like it, if it was your money.’

‘Even in that impossible case, sir, I—’

‘Hold your tongue!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘You oughtn’t to like it in any case. There! I didn’t mean to be rude, but you put me out so, and after all I’m master. I didn’t intend to tell you to hold your tongue. I beg your pardon. Don’t hold your tongue. Only, don’t contradict. Did you ever come across the life of Mr Elwes?’ referring to his favourite subject at last.

‘The miser?’

‘Ah, people called him a miser. People are always calling other people something. Did you ever read about him?’

‘I think so.’

‘He never owned to being rich, and yet he might have bought me twice over. Did you ever hear of Daniel Dancer?’

‘Another miser? Yes.’

‘He was a good ’un,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘and he had a sister worthy of him. They never called themselves rich neither. If they HAD called themselves rich, most likely they wouldn’t have been so.’

‘They lived and died very miserably. Did they not, sir?’

‘No, I don’t know that they did,’ said Mr Boffin, curtly.

‘Then they are not the Misers I mean. Those abject wretches—’

‘Don’t call names, Rokesmith,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘—That exemplary brother and sister—lived and died in the foulest and filthiest degradation.’

‘They pleased themselves,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘and I suppose they could have done no more if they had spent their money. But however, I ain’t going to fling mine away. Keep the expenses down. The fact is, you ain’t enough here, Rokesmith. It wants constant attention in the littlest things. Some of us will be dying in a workhouse next.’

‘As the persons you have cited,’ quietly remarked the Secretary, ‘thought they would, if I remember, sir.’

‘And very creditable in ’em too,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Very independent in ’em! But never mind them just now. Have you given notice to quit your lodgings?’

‘Under your direction, I have, sir.’

‘Then I tell you what,’ said Mr Boffin; ‘pay the quarter’s rent—pay the quarter’s rent, it’ll be the cheapest thing in the end—and come here at once, so that you may be always on the spot, day and night, and keep the expenses down. You’ll charge the quarter’s rent to me, and we must try and save it somewhere. You’ve got some lovely furniture; haven’t you?’

Come al solito, non ci fu alcuna risposta nello specchio quando tornò a casa e gli pose queste domande. Forse se avesse consultato un oracolo più affidabile, il risultato sarebbe stato più soddisfacente; ma non lo fece, e quindi tutte le conseguenze si verificarono come previsto.

Su un punto riguardante l’orologio che lei portava sempre addosso, il signor Boffin, provava una grande curiosità: si chiedeva cioè se anche il segretario lo osservasse e notasse, come faceva lei, i cambiamenti che avvenivano in lui. Tuttavia, il suo limitato rapporto con il signor Rokesmith rendeva difficile scoprirlo. Ora, le loro comunicazioni non andavano mai oltre il mantenimento di un comportamento normale davanti al signore e alla signora Boffin; e se per caso Bella e il segretario rimanevano da soli, lui si allontanava immediatamente. Lei cercava di osservare il suo volto quando ne aveva l’occasione, mentre lavorava o leggeva, ma non riusciva a capire nulla: sembrava controllato e impassibile. Tuttavia, aveva imparato a nascondere bene le proprie emozioni; ogni volta che il signor Boffin gli parlava davanti a Bella, o rivelava qualcosa di sé, il volto del segretario non cambiava affatto, sembrava una parete inanimata. Una fronte leggermente corrugata, che esprimeva soltanto un’attenzione quasi meccanica, e una bocca stretta, come se volesse trattenere un sorriso di disprezzo. Questi erano gli unici segni visibili sul suo volto, giorno dopo giorno, settimana dopo settimana, sempre uguali, immutabili, come in una scultura.

Il peggio di tutto era che tutto ciò accadeva in modo insensibile, e, come si lamentava Bella con se stessa nel suo modo impulsivo, in modo particolarmente provocatorio: il fatto che dovesse osservare costantemente il signor Boffin significava anche che doveva continuamente osservare il signor Rokesmith. “Non riuscirò mai a ottenere uno sguardo da lui?” “È davvero possibile che non gli faccia alcuna impressione?” Questi erano i dubbi che Bella si poneva spesso, ogni volta che passava un’ora. Era impossibile saperlo: il suo volto rimaneva sempre immobile, inespressivo.

“Può davvero essere così meschino da vendere la propria stessa >natura per duecento all’anno?” pensava Bella. E poi aggiungeva: “Ma perché no? Con altri, si tratta soltanto di una questione di prezzo. Immagino che anch’io venderei la mia, se ne potessi ottenere abbastanza in cambio.” E così, alla fine, ritornava a combattere contro se stessa.

Un certo tipo di illeggibilità, sebbene diverso dal solito, si diffuse sul volto del signor Boffin. La sua antica semplicità espressiva venne oscurata da una certa astuzia che finì per assorbire anche il suo buon umorismo. Anche il suo sorriso era astuto, come se avesse studiato i sorrisi presenti nei ritratti dei suoi nemici. A parte occasionali scoppi di impazienza o affermazioni brusche riguardo alla propria autorità, il suo buon umorismo gli rimase, ma ora era contaminato da un’atmosfera di sfiducia e diffidenza. E anche se i suoi occhi brillavano e tutto il suo viso sembrava sorridere, lui sedeva lì, avvolgendosi nelle proprie braccia, come se avesse voglia di nascondersi da tutto e dovesse sempre difendersi con riluttanza.

Tenendo conto di questi due volti, e rendendosi conto che questa occupazione furtiva doveva sicuramente lasciare qualche traccia su di lei stessa, Bella iniziò presto a pensare che tra tutti non ci fosse un volto sincero o naturale, se non quello della signora Boffin. Eppure, anche se quel volto era molto meno radioso di una volta, rifletteva fedelmente, nella sua ansia e nel suo rimorso, ogni cambiamento che avveniva nel Golden Dustman.

“Rokesmith,” disse il signor Boffin una sera, quando erano di nuovo tutti nella sua stanza e lui e il segretario stavano esaminando alcuni conti, “sto spendendo troppi soldi. O meglio, sei tu a spenderne troppi per me.”

“Lei è molto ricco, signore.”

“Non lo sono,” disse il signor Boffin.

La durezza di quella risposta era quasi sufficiente per far capire al Segretario che stava mentendo. Tuttavia, quel commento non modificò minimamente l’espressione immobile sul suo volto.

“Vi dico che non sono ricco,” ripeté il signor Boffin, “e non lo voglio affatto.”

“Non siete ricco, signore?” ripeté il Segretario, con parole misurate.

“Beh,” rispose il signor Boffin, “se lo sono, è affar mio. Non intendo continuare a spendere in questo modo solo per compiacervi o a chiunque altro. Voi non lo vorreste, se fossero i vostri soldi.”

“Anche in quel caso impossibile, signore, io, ”

“Tieni la bocca chiusa!” disse il signor Boffin. “Comunque non dovresti approvare tutto questo. Ehi! Non volevo essere scortese, ma mi hai davvero messo in imbarazzo; dopotutto sono io il padrone di casa. Non intendevo dire che dovessi tenere la bocca chiusa. Ti chiedo scusa. Ma per favore, non contraddirmi. Hai mai letto qualcosa sulla vita del signor Elwes?” concluse, tornando finalmente al suo argomento preferito.

“Il misero?”

“Ah, la gente lo chiamava avaro. Le persone hanno sempre qualcosa da dire sugli altri. Hai mai letto qualcosa su di lui?”

“Credo di sì.”

“Non ha mai posseduto molto denaro, eppure avrebbe potuto comprarmi due volte tanto. Hai mai sentito parlare di Daniel Dancer?”

“Un altro avaro? Sì.”

“Era una brava persona,” disse il signor Boffin, “e aveva una sorella degna di lui. Nemmeno loro si definivano ricchi. Se si fossero definiti ricchi, probabilmente non lo sarebbero stati davvero.”

“Vissero e morirono in modo molto misero, non è vero, signore?”

“No, non so se l’hanno fatto,” rispose brevemente il signor Boffin.

“Allora non sono i Miserabili che intendo. Quei miserabili esseri, ”

“Non usare insulti, Rokesmith,” disse il signor Boffin.

“Quel fratello e quella sorella esemplari vissero e morirono nella più abietta e sporca degradazione.”

“Si sono divertiti,” disse il signor Boffin, “e immagino che non avrebbero potuto fare di più nemmeno spendendo tutto il loro denaro. Ma comunque, io non intendo sprecare il mio. Riducete le spese. Il fatto è che voi qui siete troppo pochi, Rokesmith: servono continue attenzioni anche per le cose più piccole. Altrimenti, alcuni di noi finiranno presto in un ospizio di mendicanti.”

“Come le persone che avete citato,” osservò tranquillamente il Segretario, “pensavano di poter fare, se ricordo bene, signore.”

“E anche molto rispettabili, per di più,” disse il signor Boffin. “Molto indipendenti, anzi! Ma lasciamo perdere per ora. Hai già dato avviso di voler lasciare l’appartamento?”

“Con il vostro orientamento, ho fatto ciò che mi è stato chiesto, signore.”

“Allora vi dico cosa fare,” disse il signor Boffin; “pagate l’affitto di un quarto di mese, pagare l’affitto di un quarto di mese sarà senz’altro la soluzione più economica, e venite subito qui, in modo da essere sempre disponibili, sia di giorno che di notte, e così ridurre le spese. Mi addebiterete l’affitto di un quarto di mese, e dobbiamo cercare di risparmiare qualcosa. Avete dei mobili davvero belli, vero?”

‘The furniture in my rooms is my own.’

‘Then we shan’t have to buy any for you. In case you was to think it,’ said Mr Boffin, with a look of peculiar shrewdness, ‘so honourably independent in you as to make it a relief to your mind, to make that furniture over to me in the light of a set-off against the quarter’s rent, why ease your mind, ease your mind. I don’t ask it, but I won’t stand in your way if you should consider it due to yourself. As to your room, choose any empty room at the top of the house.’

‘Any empty room will do for me,’ said the Secretary.

‘You can take your pick,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘and it’ll be as good as eight or ten shillings a week added to your income. I won’t deduct for it; I look to you to make it up handsomely by keeping the expenses down. Now, if you’ll show a light, I’ll come to your office-room and dispose of a letter or two.’

On that clear, generous face of Mrs Boffin’s, Bella had seen such traces of a pang at the heart while this dialogue was being held, that she had not the courage to turn her eyes to it when they were left alone. Feigning to be intent on her embroidery, she sat plying her needle until her busy hand was stopped by Mrs Boffin’s hand being lightly laid upon it. Yielding to the touch, she felt her hand carried to the good soul’s lips, and felt a tear fall on it.

‘Oh, my loved husband!’ said Mrs Boffin. ‘This is hard to see and hear. But my dear Bella, believe me that in spite of all the change in him, he is the best of men.’

He came back, at the moment when Bella had taken the hand comfortingly between her own.

‘Eh?’ said he, mistrustfully looking in at the door. ‘What’s she telling you?’

‘She is only praising you, sir,’ said Bella.

‘Praising me? You are sure? Not blaming me for standing on my own defence against a crew of plunderers, who could suck me dry by driblets? Not blaming me for getting a little hoard together?’

He came up to them, and his wife folded her hands upon his shoulder, and shook her head as she laid it on her hands.

‘There, there, there!’ urged Mr Boffin, not unkindly. ‘Don’t take on, old lady.’

‘But I can’t bear to see you so, my dear.’

‘Nonsense! Recollect we are not our old selves. Recollect, we must scrunch or be scrunched. Recollect, we must hold our own. Recollect, money makes money. Don’t you be uneasy, Bella, my child; don’t you be doubtful. The more I save, the more you shall have.’

Bella thought it was well for his wife that she was musing with her affectionate face on his shoulder; for there was a cunning light in his eyes as he said all this, which seemed to cast a disagreeable illumination on the change in him, and make it morally uglier.

“I mobili nelle mie stanze sono tutti miei.”

“Allora non dovremo comprarne nessuna per te. Nel caso tu potessi pensarlo, ”, disse il signor Boffin con uno sguardo particolarmente astuto, “visto che sei così onorevolmente indipendente da trovare sollievo nel cedermi quegli arredi in conto della pigione del mese. Ebbene, non farti problemi. Non te lo chiedo io, ma non ti ostacolerò se ritieni sia giusto farlo. Per quanto riguarda la tua stanza, scegli pure quella vuota al piano di sopra della casa.”

“Qualsiasi stanza vuota andrà bene per me,” disse il Segretario.

“Puoi scegliere quello che preferisci,” disse il signor Boffin, “e sarà come ottenere otto o dieci scellini in più alla settimana. Non ne detrarrò nulla; mi aspetto che tu riesca a recuperare questa somma riducendo le spese. Ora, se vuoi accendere una luce, verrò nel tuo ufficio per scrivere un paio di lettere.”

Su quel viso sereno e generoso di Mrs Boffin, Bella aveva notato tracce evidenti di dolore nel suo cuore durante quell’interazione; per questo non ebbe il coraggio di alzare lo sguardo quando rimasero soli. Fingendo di essere concentrata sul proprio ricamo, continuò a lavorare con l’ago fino a quando la mano di Mrs Boffin non la fermò dolcemente. Sotto quel tocco, sentì la propria mano portata alle labbra di quella buona anima e percepì una lacrima che vi cadde sopra.

“Oh, mio caro marito!” disse la signora Boffin. “È difficile da vedere e da ascoltare. Ma cara Bella, credimi: nonostante tutti i cambiamenti in lui, è ancora l’uomo migliore.”

Tornò nel momento in cui Bella aveva preso la sua mano per consolarlo.

“Eh?”, disse lui, guardando con sospetto verso la porta. “Cosa ti sta dicendo?”

“Sta solo lodandovi, signore,” disse Bella.

“Mi lodate? Ne siete sicuri? Non mi biasimate per essermi difeso da solo contro una banda di predoni che avrebbero potuto spolarmi completamente? Non mi rimproverate nemmeno per aver raccolto un po’ di risorse?”

Si avvicinò a loro; sua moglie incrociò le mani sulle sue spalle e scosse la testa mentre lo faceva.

“Su, su, su!”, esortò il signor Boffin con gentilezza. “Non affaticarti troppo, vecchia signora.”

“Ma non riesco a sopportare di vederti in questo stato, mio caro.”

‘Sciocchezze! Ricorda che non siamo più le stesse persone di prima. Ricorda che dobbiamo fare attenzione a non finire nei guai. Ricorda che dobbiamo difendere ciò che abbiamo. Ricorda: i soldi fanno sempre altri soldi. Non essere preoccupata, Bella, mia bambina; non avere dubbi. Più risparmio io, più ne avrai tu.’

Bella pensava che fosse bene per sua moglie che lei riflettesse con quel suo viso affettuoso sulle spalle di lui; perché nei suoi occhi c’era un luccichio astuto mentre diceva tutte queste cose, e questo sembrava gettare una luce sgradevole su quel cambiamento in lui, rendendolo moralmente ancora più brutto.

Chapter 6

THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN FALLS INTO WORSE COMPANY

It had come to pass that Mr Silas Wegg now rarely attended the minion of fortune and the worm of the hour, at his (the worm’s and minion’s) own house, but lay under general instructions to await him within a certain margin of hours at the Bower. Mr Wegg took this arrangement in great dudgeon, because the appointed hours were evening hours, and those he considered precious to the progress of the friendly move. But it was quite in character, he bitterly remarked to Mr Venus, that the upstart who had trampled on those eminent creatures, Miss Elizabeth, Master George, Aunt Jane, and Uncle Parker, should oppress his literary man.

The Roman Empire having worked out its destruction, Mr Boffin next appeared in a cab with Rollin’s Ancient History, which valuable work being found to possess lethargic properties, broke down, at about the period when the whole of the army of Alexander the Macedonian (at that time about forty thousand strong) burst into tears simultaneously, on his being taken with a shivering fit after bathing. The Wars of the Jews, likewise languishing under Mr Wegg’s generalship, Mr Boffin arrived in another cab with Plutarch: whose Lives he found in the sequel extremely entertaining, though he hoped Plutarch might not expect him to believe them all. What to believe, in the course of his reading, was Mr Boffin’s chief literary difficulty indeed; for some time he was divided in his mind between half, all, or none; at length, when he decided, as a moderate man, to compound with half, the question still remained, which half? And that stumbling-block he never got over.

One evening, when Silas Wegg had grown accustomed to the arrival of his patron in a cab, accompanied by some profane historian charged with unutterable names of incomprehensible peoples, of impossible descent, waging wars any number of years and syllables long, and carrying illimitable hosts and riches about, with the greatest ease, beyond the confines of geography—one evening the usual time passed by, and no patron appeared. After half an hour’s grace, Mr Wegg proceeded to the outer gate, and there executed a whistle, conveying to Mr Venus, if perchance within hearing, the tidings of his being at home and disengaged. Forth from the shelter of a neighbouring wall, Mr Venus then emerged.

‘Brother in arms,’ said Mr Wegg, in excellent spirits, ‘welcome!’

In return, Mr Venus gave him a rather dry good evening.

‘Walk in, brother,’ said Silas, clapping him on the shoulder, ‘and take your seat in my chimley corner; for what says the ballad?

“No malice to dread, sir, And no falsehood to fear, But truth to delight me, Mr Venus, And I forgot what to cheer. Li toddle de om dee. And something to guide, My ain fireside, sir, My ain fireside.”’

With this quotation (depending for its neatness rather on the spirit than the words), Mr Wegg conducted his guest to his hearth.

‘And you come, brother,’ said Mr Wegg, in a hospitable glow, ‘you come like I don’t know what—exactly like it—I shouldn’t know you from it—shedding a halo all around you.’

‘What kind of halo?’ asked Mr Venus.

‘’Ope sir,’ replied Silas. ‘That’s YOUR halo.’

Mr Venus appeared doubtful on the point, and looked rather discontentedly at the fire.

‘We’ll devote the evening, brother,’ exclaimed Wegg, ‘to prosecute our friendly move. And arterwards, crushing a flowing wine-cup—which I allude to brewing rum and water—we’ll pledge one another. For what says the Poet?

“And you needn’t, Mr Venus, be your black bottle, For surely I’ll be mine, And we’ll take a glass with a slice of lemon in it to which you’re partial, For auld lang syne.”’

This flow of quotation and hospitality in Wegg indicated his observation of some little querulousness on the part of Venus.

‘Why, as to the friendly move,’ observed the last-named gentleman, rubbing his knees peevishly, ‘one of my objections to it is, that it DON’T move.’

‘Rome, brother,’ returned Wegg: ‘a city which (it may not be generally known) originated in twins and a wolf; and ended in Imperial marble: wasn’t built in a day.’

‘Did I say it was?’ asked Venus.

‘No, you did not, brother. Well-inquired.’

‘But I do say,’ proceeded Venus, ‘that I am taken from among my trophies of anatomy, am called upon to exchange my human warious for mere coal-ashes warious, and nothing comes of it. I think I must give up.’

‘No, sir!’ remonstrated Wegg, enthusiastically. ‘No, Sir!

“Charge, Chester, charge, On, Mr Venus, on!”

Never say die, sir! A man of your mark!’

‘It’s not so much saying it that I object to,’ returned Mr Venus, ‘as doing it. And having got to do it whether or no, I can’t afford to waste my time on groping for nothing in cinders.’

‘But think how little time you have given to the move, sir, after all,’ urged Wegg. ‘Add the evenings so occupied together, and what do they come to? And you, sir, harmonizer with myself in opinions, views, and feelings, you with the patience to fit together on wires the whole framework of society—I allude to the human skelinton—you to give in so soon!’

‘I don’t like it,’ returned Mr Venus moodily, as he put his head between his knees and stuck up his dusty hair. ‘And there’s no encouragement to go on.’

‘Not them Mounds without,’ said Mr Wegg, extending his right hand with an air of solemn reasoning, ‘encouragement? Not them Mounds now looking down upon us?’

‘They’re too big,’ grumbled Venus. ‘What’s a scratch here and a scrape there, a poke in this place and a dig in the other, to them. Besides; what have we found?’

‘What HAVE we found?’ cried Wegg, delighted to be able to acquiesce. ‘Ah! There I grant you, comrade. Nothing. But on the contrary, comrade, what MAY we find? There you’ll grant me. Anything.’

Capitolo 6

Il Pulitore di Polvere d’Oro finisce in compagnie peggiori

Era arrivato al punto che il signor Silas Wegg raramente si recava nella dimora del “servitore della fortuna” e del “verme dell’ora”, ma riceveva l’ordine di aspettarlo entro un certo lasso di tempo presso il Bower. Il signor Wegg accettò questa disposizione con grande riluttanza, poiché gli orari stabiliti coincidevano con quelli serali, che lui considerava fondamentali per il successo del suo piano. Ma, come osservò amaramente con il signor Venus, era proprio tipico di quel nuovo arrivato che aveva calpestato persone così eminenti come la signorina Elizabeth, il signor George, zia Jane e zio Parker, opprimere ora lui, un uomo di lettere.

Dopo aver pianificato la propria distruzione, l’Impero Romano. Il signor Boffin apparve successivamente in una cabina insieme al “Antico Storia” di Rollin; tuttavia, quel prezioso lavoro risultò possedere proprietà letali e si guastò proprio nel momento in cui l’intera armata di Alessandro Magno (all’epoca composta da circa quarantamila uomini) scoppiò in lacrime simultaneamente, dopo che il re aveva avuto un attacco di tremori dopo il bagno. Anche le “Guerre dei Giudei”, sotto la guida generale del signor Wegg, procedevano a rilento. Il signor Boffin arrivò quindi in un’altra cabina con Plutarco; le sue “Vite” gli sembrarono estremamente interessanti, anche se sperava che Plutarco non si aspettasse davvero che le credesse tutte. Decidere cosa credere, durante la lettura, fu davvero il principale problema letterario del signor Boffin: per un po’ rimase diviso tra credere a metà delle informazioni, a tutte, o a nessuna. Alla fine, decidendo di optare per la soluzione moderata di crederne a metà, si trovò comunque di fronte alla domanda fondamentale: “Quale metà?” E quel ostacolo non riuscì mai ad superarlo.

Una sera, quando Silas Wegg si era ormai abituato all’arrivo del suo protettore in cabina, accompagnato da qualche storico volgare incaricato di menzionare nomi incomprensibili di popoli indecifrabili, discendenze impossibili, guerre durate anni interi e descritte con un numero infinito di sillabe, nonché eserciti e ricchezze illimitate trasportati con estrema facilità al di là dei confini della geografia. Una sera, l’ora solita passò senza che il protettore comparisse. Dopo mezz’ora d’attesa, il signor Wegg si recò alla porta d’ingresso e fischiò, per comunicare a il signor Venus, se forse era nelle vicinanze, che era tornato a casa e non aveva più bisogno di nulla. Da dietro un muro adiacente, allora, comparve il signor Venus.

“Compagno d’armi”, disse il signor Wegg, di ottimo umore, “benvenuto!”

In cambio, Signor Venere gli disse semplicemente “buonasera”.

“Entra pure, fratello,” disse Silas dandogli una pacca sulla spalla, “e siediti nel mio angolino accanto al camino; perché dice la canzone?”

“Nessuna malizia da temere, signore, Nessuna menzogna da temere, Solo la verità che mi rende felice, Mr VenusSignor Venere}}, E ho dimenticato cosa potesse rendermi gioioso. Camminano incerti, quei bambini. E qualcosa che possa guidarli,, Il mio unico rifugio accanto al fuoco, signore, Il mio unico rifugio.”

Con questa citazione – la cui bellezza dipende piuttosto dall’essenza che dalle parole stesse – il signor Wegg accompagnò il suo ospite vicino al camino.

“E tu arrivi, fratello,” disse il signor Wegg con un tono ospitale, “arrivi proprio come, non so come dire, esattamente come si addice a te; sembri quasi avvolto in un alone di luce.”

“Che tipo di aureola?” chiese Signor Venere.

“Opé, signore,” rispose Silas. “Quello è il SUO alone.”

Signor Venere sembrava incerto su questa questione e guardava con notevole disapprovazione il fuoco.

“Dedicheremo la serata, fratello,” esclamò Wegg, “a proseguire il nostro gesto amichevole. E dopo, schiacciando una coppa di vino fresco – intendo dire che prepareremo rum e acqua– ci faremo giuramenti reciproci. Che dice infatti il Poeta?”

“E non c’è bisogno che tu lo sia, Signor Venere,, perché sicuramente io sarò me stessa. E berremo insieme un bicchiere con un pezzo di limone, che a te piace tanto. Per ricordare i tempi passati.”

Questo flusso di parole e ospitalità da parte di Wegg indicava la sua osservazione di una certa petulanza da parte di [Venere.

“Beh, per quanto riguarda quel gesto amichevole, ”, osservò il gentiluomo menzionato ultimamente, strofinandosi le ginocchia con irritazione, “uno dei motivi per cui mi oppongo è che, semplicemente non si muove.”

“Roma, fratello,” rispose Wegg: “una città che (forse non è molto conosciuta) nacque da due gemelli e un lupo; e si concluse con marmo imperiale. Non fu costruita in un solo giorno.”

“L’ho detto o no?”, chiese Venere.

“No, non l’hai fatto, fratello.” chiese con curiosità.

“Ma devo dire,” proseguì Venere, “che sono stata presa tra i miei trofei di anatomia, mi viene chiesto di sostituire la mia natura umana con semplici ceneri di carbone. E nulla ne risulta. Penso che dovrò arrendermi.”

“No, signore!” obiettò Wegg con entusiasmo. “No, signore!”

“Carica, Chester, carica! Avanti, Signor Venere, avanti!”

Mai dire mai, signore. Un uomo del suo calibro!

“Non è tanto il fatto di dirlo che mi dispiace,” rispose Signor Venus, “quanto il fatto di farlo. E poiché devo comunque farlo, non posso permettermi di sprecare il mio tempo a cercare invano tra le ceneri.”

“Ma pensate quanta poca tempo abbiate dedicato a questa questione, signore,” insistette Wegg. “Aggiungete tutte le serate trascorse insieme. A cosa portano? E voi, signore, che siete d’accordo con me in opinioni, punti di vista e sentimenti, che avete la pazienza di coordinare tutti gli elementi che compongono la struttura della società – intendo dire lo “scheletro umano” – perché cedete così facilmente?”

“Non mi piace,” rispose malinconicamente Signor Venere, mettendosi la testa tra le ginocchia e sistemando i suoi capelli pieni di polvere. “E non c’è alcun incoraggiamento a continuare.”

“Non loro, senza incoraggiamento, ”, disse il signor Wegg, tendendo la sua mano destra con un tono solenne e ragionevole, “non loro che ora ci guardano dall’alto in basso, ”

“Sono troppo grandi,” borbottò Venere. “Che cosa significano un graffio qui e una scalfatura là, un pizzico in questo punto e un buco nell’altro, per loro? Inoltre, cosa abbiamo trovato davvero?”

“Cosa ABBIAM trovato?” esclamò Wegg, felice di poter concordare.
“Ah! In questo ti do ragione, compagno. Niente. Anzi, al contrario, compagno: cosa POTREMMO trovare? Lì sì che mi dai ragione. Qualsiasi cosa.”

‘I don’t like it,’ pettishly returned Venus as before. ‘I came into it without enough consideration. And besides again. Isn’t your own Mr Boffin well acquainted with the Mounds? And wasn’t he well acquainted with the deceased and his ways? And has he ever showed any expectation of finding anything?’

At that moment wheels were heard.

‘Now, I should be loth,’ said Mr Wegg, with an air of patient injury, ‘to think so ill of him as to suppose him capable of coming at this time of night. And yet it sounds like him.’

A ring at the yard bell.

‘It is him,’ said Mr Wegg, ‘and he is capable of it. I am sorry, because I could have wished to keep up a little lingering fragment of respect for him.’

Here Mr Boffin was heard lustily calling at the yard gate, ‘Halloa! Wegg! Halloa!’

‘Keep your seat, Mr Venus,’ said Wegg. ‘He may not stop.’ And then called out, ‘Halloa, sir! Halloa! I’m with you directly, sir! Half a minute, Mr Boffin. Coming, sir, as fast as my leg will bring me!’ And so with a show of much cheerful alacrity stumped out to the gate with a light, and there, through the window of a cab, descried Mr Boffin inside, blocked up with books.

‘Here! lend a hand, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin excitedly, ‘I can’t get out till the way is cleared for me. This is the Annual Register, Wegg, in a cab-full of wollumes. Do you know him?’

‘Know the Animal Register, sir?’ returned the Impostor, who had caught the name imperfectly. ‘For a trifling wager, I think I could find any Animal in him, blindfold, Mr Boffin.’

‘And here’s Kirby’s Wonderful Museum,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘and Caulfield’s Characters, and Wilson’s. Such Characters, Wegg, such Characters! I must have one or two of the best of ’em to-night. It’s amazing what places they used to put the guineas in, wrapped up in rags. Catch hold of that pile of wollumes, Wegg, or it’ll bulge out and burst into the mud. Is there anyone about, to help?’

‘There’s a friend of mine, sir, that had the intention of spending the evening with me when I gave you up—much against my will—for the night.’

‘Call him out,’ cried Mr Boffin in a bustle; ‘get him to bear a hand. Don’t drop that one under your arm. It’s Dancer. Him and his sister made pies of a dead sheep they found when they were out a walking. Where’s your friend? Oh, here’s your friend. Would you be so good as help Wegg and myself with these books? But don’t take Jemmy Taylor of Southwark, nor yet Jemmy Wood of Gloucester. These are the two Jemmys. I’ll carry them myself.’

Not ceasing to talk and bustle, in a state of great excitement, Mr Boffin directed the removal and arrangement of the books, appearing to be in some sort beside himself until they were all deposited on the floor, and the cab was dismissed.

‘There!’ said Mr Boffin, gloating over them. ‘There they are, like the four-and-twenty fiddlers—all of a row. Get on your spectacles, Wegg; I know where to find the best of ’em, and we’ll have a taste at once of what we have got before us. What’s your friend’s name?’

Mr Wegg presented his friend as Mr Venus.

‘Eh?’ cried Mr Boffin, catching at the name. ‘Of Clerkenwell?’

‘Of Clerkenwell, sir,’ said Mr Venus.

‘Why, I’ve heard of you,’ cried Mr Boffin, ‘I heard of you in the old man’s time. You knew him. Did you ever buy anything of him?’ With piercing eagerness.

‘No, sir,’ returned Venus.

‘But he showed you things; didn’t he?’

Mr Venus, with a glance at his friend, replied in the affirmative.

‘What did he show you?’ asked Mr Boffin, putting his hands behind him, and eagerly advancing his head. ‘Did he show you boxes, little cabinets, pocket-books, parcels, anything locked or sealed, anything tied up?’

Mr Venus shook his head.

‘Are you a judge of china?’

Mr Venus again shook his head.

‘Because if he had ever showed you a teapot, I should be glad to know of it,’ said Mr Boffin. And then, with his right hand at his lips, repeated thoughtfully, ‘a Teapot, a Teapot’, and glanced over the books on the floor, as if he knew there was something interesting connected with a teapot, somewhere among them.

Mr Wegg and Mr Venus looked at one another wonderingly: and Mr Wegg, in fitting on his spectacles, opened his eyes wide, over their rims, and tapped the side of his nose: as an admonition to Venus to keep himself generally wide awake.

‘A Teapot,’ repeated Mr Boffin, continuing to muse and survey the books; ‘a Teapot, a Teapot. Are you ready, Wegg?’

‘I am at your service, sir,’ replied that gentleman, taking his usual seat on the usual settle, and poking his wooden leg under the table before it. ‘Mr Venus, would you make yourself useful, and take a seat beside me, sir, for the conveniency of snuffing the candles?’

Venus complying with the invitation while it was yet being given, Silas pegged at him with his wooden leg, to call his particular attention to Mr Boffin standing musing before the fire, in the space between the two settles.

‘Hem! Ahem!’ coughed Mr Wegg to attract his employer’s attention. ‘Would you wish to commence with an Animal, sir—from the Register?’

‘No,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘no, Wegg.’ With that, producing a little book from his breast-pocket, he handed it with great care to the literary gentlemen, and inquired, ‘What do you call that, Wegg?’

‘This, sir,’ replied Silas, adjusting his spectacles, and referring to the title-page, ‘is Merryweather’s Lives and Anecdotes of Misers. Mr Venus, would you make yourself useful and draw the candles a little nearer, sir?’ This to have a special opportunity of bestowing a stare upon his comrade.

‘Which of ’em have you got in that lot?’ asked Mr Boffin. ‘Can you find out pretty easy?’

Well, sir,’ replied Silas, turning to the table of contents and slowly fluttering the leaves of the book, ‘I should say they must be pretty well all here, sir; here’s a large assortment, sir; my eye catches John Overs, sir, John Little, sir, Dick Jarrel, John Elwes, the Reverend Mr Jones of Blewbury, Vulture Hopkins, Daniel Dancer—’

“Non mi piace,” rispose in tono capriccioso Venus, come prima. “Sono entrata in questa faccenda senza pensarci abbastanza. E poi, non è forse il vostro stesso signor Boffin molto informato riguardo ai Mounds? Non era forse ben a conoscenza del defunto e delle sue abitudini? E non ha mai mostrato alcuna aspettativa di trovare qualcosa?”

In quel momento si sentirono rumori di ruote.

“Ora, dovrei proprio rifiutarmi di pensare così male di lui da supporre che possa venire a quest’ora, nel cuore della notte. Eppure sembra proprio plausibile.” disse il signor Wegg con un tono di paziente risentimento.

Un suono alla campanella del cortile.

“È lui,” disse il signor Wegg, “e è davvero capace di farlo. Mi dispiace, perché avrei voluto conservare ancora un po’ di rispetto per lui.”

Qui si sentì il signor Boffin chiamare ad alta voce alla porta del cortile: “Ehi! Vai via! Ehi!”

“Rimanga seduto, Signor Venus,” disse Wegg. “Potrebbe non fermarsi.” Poi gridò: “Ehi, signore! Ehi! Sono subito da lei, signore! Un minuto, Signor Boffin. Arrivo il più in fretta possibile!” Con grande efficienza e allegria, corse verso l’uscita; attraverso la finestra di una cabina, vide il Signor Boffin all’interno, completamente sommerso dai libri.

“Eccolo qui! Aiutami un po’, Wegg,” disse eccitato il signor Boffin, “non riesco a uscire finché non si libererà la strada per me. Questo è l’Annual Register, Wegg, in un calesino pieno di volumi. Lo conosci?”

“Conosce il Registro degli Animali, signore?”, rispose l’Impostore, che aveva ricordato il nome in modo imperfetto. “Per una piccola scommessa, credo di riuscire a individuare qualsiasi animale ci sia dentro di lui, anche bendato, signor Boffin.”

“Ecco il meraviglioso museo di Kirby,” disse il signor Boffin, “e anche i personaggi creati da Caulfield e Wilson. Personaggi davvero straordinari, Wegg! Devo assolutamente procurarmene uno o due dei migliori, per stasera. È incredibile in quali posti mettessero le ghinee, avvolte in stracci. Afferrati bene a quel mucchio di fogli, Wegg, altrimenti spunteranno fuori e finiranno nel fango. C’è qualcuno nei paraggi che possa aiutarmi?”

“Signore, c’è un mio amico che aveva intenzione di trascorrere la serata con me quella notte. Nonostante io fossi contrario, l’ho lasciato fare.”

“Chiamatelo qui,” gridò il signor Boffin in fretta; “fate sì che ci aiuti. Non lasciate cadere quel libro che avete sotto il braccio. È Dancer. Lui e sua sorella hanno fatto delle torte con una pecora morta che hanno trovato mentre facevano una passeggiata. Dove è il vostro amico? Ah, eccolo qui. Potreste gentilmente aiutarci Wegg ed io con questi libri? Ma non prendete Jemmy Taylor di Southwark, né Jemmy Wood di Gloucester. Questi sono i due Jemmy. Li porterò io stesso.”

Senza smettere di parlare e muoversi freneticamente, in uno stato di grande eccitazione, il signor Boffin dirigeva il trasporto e l’organizzazione dei libri; sembrava completamente fuori di sé finché tutti non furono disposti sul pavimento e la vettura venne congedata.

“Eccoli!” disse il signor Boffin, ammirandoli con compiacimento. “Eccoli lì, tutti in fila, come quei ventiquattro violinisti. Metti gli occhiali, Wegg; so dove trovare i migliori di loro, e possiamo subito assaggiare ciò che abbiamo davanti a noi. Come si chiama il tuo amico?”

Il signor Wegg presentò il suo amico come il signor Venere.

“Eh?”, esclamò il signor Boffin, afferrando quel nome. “Di Clerkenwell?”

“Di Clerkenwell, signore,” disse Il signor Venus.

“Ma certo, ho sentito parlare di te,” esclamò il signor Boffin. “Ho sentito parlare di te ai tempi di quell’uomo anziano. Lo conoscevi, vero? Hai mai comprato qualcosa da lui?” Con una curiosità penetrante.

“No, signore,” rispose Venere.

“Ma vi ha mostrato delle cose, vero?”

Signor Venere, dopo aver lanciato un’occhiata al suo amico, rispose affermativamente.

“Cos’è che ti ha mostrato?” chiese il signor Boffin, mettendosi le mani dietro la schiena e avvicinando con curiosità la testa. “Ti ha mostrato scatole, piccoli armadietti, quadernini, pacchi, qualcosa che fosse chiuso o sigillato, qualcosa legato?”

Signor Venere scosse la testa.

“Sei un esperto di porcellane?”

Signor Venere scosse di nuovo la testa.

“Perché se mai vi avesse mostrato una teiera, sarei felice di saperlo,” disse il signor Boffin. Poi, tenendo la destra vicino alle labbra, ripeté pensierosamente: “Una teiera, una teiera, ”, e guardò i libri sul pavimento, come se sapesse che tra loro ci fosse qualcosa di interessante legato alle teiere.

Il signor Wegg e il signor Venus si guardarono l’un l’altro con aria perplessa; poi il signor Wegg, mettendosi gli occhiali, spalancò gli occhi al di sopra delle loro montature e si diede una pacca sul naso, come un modo per esortare il signor Venus a rimanere ben sveglio.

“Una teiera,” ripeté il signor Boffin, continuando a riflettere e ad esaminare i libri; “una teiera. Sei pronto, Wegg?”

“Sono ai vostri ordini, signore,” rispose quel gentiluomo, prendendo il solito posto sul solito divano e infilando la sua gamba di legno sotto il tavolo davanti a sé. “Signor Venus, potreste sedervi accanto a me, per comodità nel spegnere le candele?”

Venus accettò l’invito non appena fu fatto; Silas, utilizzando la sua gamba di legno, attirò su di lui l’attenzione, per far notare in particolare il signor Boffin, che stava meditando davanti al focolare, nel spazio tra le due stanze.

“Ehm! Ahem!” tossì il signor Wegg per attirare l’attenzione del suo datore di lavoro. “Vorreste iniziare con un animale, signore, quello elencato nel registro?”

“No,” disse il signor Boffin, “no, Wegg.” Detto ciò, tirò fuori un piccolo libro dalla tasca del petto e lo porse con grande cura ai gentiluomini letterati, chiedendo: “Come si chiama questo, Wegg?”

“Questo, signore,” rispose Silas, sistemando gli occhiali e indicando la pagina del titolo, “è ‘Vite e aneddoti di miserabili’ di Merryweather. Signor Venus, potrebbe essere così gentile da avvicinare un po’ le candele, per favore?” In questo modo avrebbe avuto l’opportunità di lanciare uno sguardo speciale al suo compagno.

“Quale di loro hai in quella serie?”, chiese il signor Boffin. “Riesci a scoprirlo facilmente?”

“Beh, signore,” rispose Silas, voltandosi verso l’indice e sfogliando lentamente le pagine del libro, “devo dire che qui ci sono davvero molte persone; ecco un elenco piuttosto lungo: John Overs, John Little, Dick Jarrel, John Elwes, il reverendo signor Jones di Blewbury, Vulture Hopkins, Daniel Dancer, ”

‘Give us Dancer, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin.

With another stare at his comrade, Silas sought and found the place.

‘Page a hundred and nine, Mr Boffin. Chapter eight. Contents of chapter, “His birth and estate. His garments and outward appearance. Miss Dancer and her feminine graces. The Miser’s Mansion. The finding of a treasure. The Story of the Mutton Pies. A Miser’s Idea of Death. Bob, the Miser’s cur. Griffiths and his Master. How to turn a penny. A substitute for a Fire. The Advantages of keeping a Snuff-box. The Miser dies without a Shirt. The Treasures of a Dunghill—”’

‘Eh? What’s that?’ demanded Mr Boffin.

‘“The Treasures,” sir,’ repeated Silas, reading very distinctly, ‘“of a Dunghill.” Mr Venus, sir, would you obleege with the snuffers?’ This, to secure attention to his adding with his lips only, ‘Mounds!’

Mr Boffin drew an arm-chair into the space where he stood, and said, seating himself and slyly rubbing his hands:

‘Give us Dancer.’

Mr Wegg pursued the biography of that eminent man through its various phases of avarice and dirt, through Miss Dancer’s death on a sick regimen of cold dumpling, and through Mr Dancer’s keeping his rags together with a hayband, and warming his dinner by sitting upon it, down to the consolatory incident of his dying naked in a sack. After which he read on as follows:

‘“The house, or rather the heap of ruins, in which Mr Dancer lived, and which at his death devolved to the right of Captain Holmes, was a most miserable, decayed building, for it had not been repaired for more than half a century.”’

(Here Mr Wegg eyes his comrade and the room in which they sat: which had not been repaired for a long time.)

‘“But though poor in external structure, the ruinous fabric was very rich in the interior. It took many weeks to explore its whole contents; and Captain Holmes found it a very agreeable task to dive into the miser’s secret hoards.”’

(Here Mr Wegg repeated ‘secret hoards’, and pegged his comrade again.)

‘“One of Mr Dancer’s richest escretoires was found to be a dungheap in the cowhouse; a sum but little short of two thousand five hundred pounds was contained in this rich piece of manure; and in an old jacket, carefully tied, and strongly nailed down to the manger, in bank notes and gold were found five hundred pounds more.”’

(Here Mr Wegg’s wooden leg started forward under the table, and slowly elevated itself as he read on.)

‘“Several bowls were discovered filled with guineas and half-guineas; and at different times on searching the corners of the house they found various parcels of bank notes. Some were crammed into the crevices of the wall”’;

(Here Mr Venus looked at the wall.)

‘“Bundles were hid under the cushions and covers of the chairs”’;

(Here Mr Venus looked under himself on the settle.)

‘“Some were reposing snugly at the back of the drawers; and notes amounting to six hundred pounds were found neatly doubled up in the inside of an old teapot. In the stable the Captain found jugs full of old dollars and shillings. The chimney was not left unsearched, and paid very well for the trouble; for in nineteen different holes, all filled with soot, were found various sums of money, amounting together to more than two hundred pounds.”’

On the way to this crisis Mr Wegg’s wooden leg had gradually elevated itself more and more, and he had nudged Mr Venus with his opposite elbow deeper and deeper, until at length the preservation of his balance became incompatible with the two actions, and he now dropped over sideways upon that gentleman, squeezing him against the settle’s edge. Nor did either of the two, for some few seconds, make any effort to recover himself; both remaining in a kind of pecuniary swoon.

But the sight of Mr Boffin sitting in the arm-chair hugging himself, with his eyes upon the fire, acted as a restorative. Counterfeiting a sneeze to cover their movements, Mr Wegg, with a spasmodic ‘Tish-ho!’ pulled himself and Mr Venus up in a masterly manner.

‘Let’s have some more,’ said Mr Boffin, hungrily.

‘John Elwes is the next, sir. Is it your pleasure to take John Elwes?’

‘Ah!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Let’s hear what John did.’

He did not appear to have hidden anything, so went off rather flatly. But an exemplary lady named Wilcocks, who had stowed away gold and silver in a pickle-pot in a clock-case, a canister-full of treasure in a hole under her stairs, and a quantity of money in an old rat-trap, revived the interest. To her succeeded another lady, claiming to be a pauper, whose wealth was found wrapped up in little scraps of paper and old rag. To her, another lady, apple-woman by trade, who had saved a fortune of ten thousand pounds and hidden it ‘here and there, in cracks and corners, behind bricks and under the flooring.’ To her, a French gentleman, who had crammed up his chimney, rather to the detriment of its drawing powers, ‘a leather valise, containing twenty thousand francs, gold coins, and a large quantity of precious stones,’ as discovered by a chimneysweep after his death. By these steps Mr Wegg arrived at a concluding instance of the human Magpie:

‘Many years ago, there lived at Cambridge a miserly old couple of the name of Jardine: they had two sons: the father was a perfect miser, and at his death one thousand guineas were discovered secreted in his bed. The two sons grew up as parsimonious as their sire. When about twenty years of age, they commenced business at Cambridge as drapers, and they continued there until their death. The establishment of the Messrs Jardine was the most dirty of all the shops in Cambridge. Customers seldom went in to purchase, except perhaps out of curiosity. The brothers were most disreputable-looking beings; for, although surrounded with gay apparel as their staple in trade, they wore the most filthy rags themselves. It is said that they had no bed, and, to save the expense of one, always slept on a bundle of packing-cloths under the counter. In their housekeeping they were penurious in the extreme. A joint of meat did not grace their board for twenty years. Yet when the first of the brothers died, the other, much to his surprise, found large sums of money which had been secreted even from him.’

“Dateci Dancer, Wegg,” disse il signor Boffin.

Dopo un altro sguardo al suo compagno, Silas trovò il luogo che cercava.

“Pagina centonove, signor Boffin. Ottavo capitolo. Indice del capitolo:
‘La sua nascita e la sua fortuna. I suoi abiti e l’aspetto esteriore. La signorina Dancer e le sue grazie femminili. La dimora del misero. La scoperta di un tesoro. La storia delle torte di carne d’agnello. L’idea che un misero ha della morte. Bob, il cane del misero. Griffiths e il suo padrone. Come far fruttare anche un penny. Un sostituto del fuoco. I vantaggi di possedere una scatola da tabacco. Il misero muore senza nemmeno una camicia. I tesori di un mucchio di letame, ’”

“Eh? Cosa significa?” chiese il signor Boffin.

“‘I Tesori’”, signore”, ripeté Silas, leggendo molto chiaramente, “‘di un Dunghill’. Signor Venus, signore, potrebbe gentilmente passarmi i fazzoletti?” Questo per assicurarsi che tutti prestassero attenzione a ciò che aggiunse solo con le labbra: “‘Monticoli’!”

Il signor Boffin trascinò una poltrona nell’angolo in cui si trovava e, sedendosi, iniziò a strofinarsi le mani con aria astuta.

“Dategli il Danzatore.”

Il signor Wegg seguì la biografia di quell’uomo eminente attraverso le varie fasi della sua avidità e della sua corruzione, attraverso la morte di Miss Dancer dovuta a un regime alimentare malsano basato su ravioli freddi, e attraverso il modo in cui il signor Dancer teneva insieme i suoi stracci con un cinturone di paglia e si scaldava il pasto sedendoci sopra. Fino all’episodio consolante della sua morte, avvenuta nudo dentro un sacco. Dopodiché continuò a leggere come segue:

“La casa, o meglio il cumulo di rovine in cui viveva il signor Dancer e che, alla sua morte, passò sotto la proprietà del capitano Holmes, era un edificio estremamente fatiscente e in condizioni disastrose, poiché non veniva riparato da più di mezzo secolo.”

(Equi, il signor Wegg osserva il suo compagno e la stanza in cui erano seduti: una stanza che non veniva riparata da molto tempo.)

“Anche se povera di strutture esterne, quella rovina era molto ricca all’interno. Ci vollero molte settimane per esplorarne tutto il contenuto; e al Capitano Holmes piacque molto immergersi in quei tesori segreti del mendicante.”

(Equi il signor Wegg ripeté “tesori nascosti” e legò di nuovo il suo compagno.)

“Uno dei bauli più ricchi del signor Dancer fu trovato essere un mucchio di letame nel recinto delle mucche; al suo interno c’erano quasi duemilacinquecento sterline in contanti. Inoltre, in una vecchia giacca ben legata e fissata con chiodi al mangime, furono trovate altre cinquecento sterline in banconote e oro.”

(A questo punto, la gamba di legno del signor Wegg iniziò a muoversi sotto il tavolo e lentamente si sollevò mentre continuava a leggere.)

“Fu scoperto che diverse ciotole contenevano ghinee e mezze ghinee; inoltre, durante le ricerche nelle varie parti della >casa, trovarono diversi pacchi di banconote. Alcune erano state nascoste nelle fessure dei muri”.

(Equi Signor Venere guardò il muro.)

“Mazzi di foglie erano nascosti sotto i cuscini e le coperte delle sedie”.

(Equi Signor Venere guardò sotto di sé sul divano.)

Alcuni erano riposti comodamente nella parte posteriore degli armadietti; inoltre, furono trovati biglietti del valore di seicento sterline, ordinatamente ripiegati all’interno di una vecchia teiera. Nella stalla, il Capitano scoprì giare piene di vecchi dollari e scellini. Nemmeno il camino fu trascurato; la fatica svolta venne ampiamente ricompensata, poiché in diciannove diverse cavità, tutte riempite di fuliggine, furono trovate varie somme di denaro, per un totale superiore a duecento sterline.

Durante il percorso verso questa crisi, la gamba di legno del signor Wegg si era gradualmente sollevata sempre di più, e lui spingeva con il gomito opposto il signor Venus sempre più in profondità, fino a quando la conservazione dell’equilibrio divenne impossibile con entrambe queste azioni; alla fine cadde di lato su quel gentiluomo, schiacciandolo contro il bordo del divano. Per alcuni secondi, nessuno dei due tentò di riprendersi; rimasero entrambi in una sorta di stordimento.

Ma la vista del signor Boffin seduto nella poltrona, abbracciandosi, con lo sguardo fisso sul fuoco, ebbe un effetto rilassante su di loro. Fingendo uno starnuto per nascondere i propri movimenti, il signor Wegg, con un “Tish-ho!” spasmodico, riuscì a tirarsi su insieme al signor Venus in modo molto abile.

“Ne prendiamo ancora un po’,” disse il signor Boffin, con avidità.

“John Elwes è il prossimo, signore. Desiderate selezionare John Elwes?”

“Ah!”, disse il signor Boffin. “Diamo ascolto a cosa ha fatto John.”

Non sembrava che avesse nascosto nulla, quindi se ne andò piuttosto tranquillamente.
Ma una signora esemplare di nome Wilcocks, che aveva nascosto oro e argento in un vaso per i sottaceti all’interno di una cassa da orologio, un intero barile di tesori in un buco sotto le sue scale, e una certa somma di denaro in un vecchio trappolino per topi, riaccese l’interesse degli investigatori. A lei succedette un’altra signora che si fingeva povera; il suo “tesoro” fu trovato avvolto in piccoli pezzi di carta e vecchi stracci. Poi venne una donna che vendeva mele, la quale aveva accumulato una fortuna di diecimila sterline e l’aveva nascosta “qui e là, nelle fessure, negli angoli, dietro i mattoni e sotto il pavimento”. Infine, un gentiluomo francese aveva stipato tutto il proprio patrimonio – una valigia di pelle contenente ventimila franchi, monete d’oro e una grande quantità di pietre preziose – nel camino, con conseguenti problemi per la sua funzionalità; tale tesoro fu scoperto dal camminatore di tetti dopo la sua morte. Attraverso questi casi, il signor Wegg arrivò a una conclusione riguardo al comportamento umano, simile a quello di un “corvo”.

“Molti anni fa, a Cambridge viveva una vecchia coppia meschina di nome Jardine: avevano due figli. Il padre era un vero avaro, e al suo decesso furono trovate mille ghinee nascoste nel suo letto. I due figli crescero altrettanto parsimoniosi quanto il loro padre. All’età di circa vent’anni iniziarono a lavorare come mercanti di stoffe a Cambridge e continuarono fino alla loro morte. Il negozio dei signori Jardine era il più sporco di tutti quelli presenti nella città: i clienti raramente vi entravano per fare acquisti, forse solo per curiosità. I due fratelli avevano un aspetto molto disonorevole; nonostante vendessero abiti eleganti, loro stessi indossavano stracci sporchi e laceri. Si diceva che non avessero nemmeno un letto e che, per risparmiare sul costo di uno, dormissero sempre sotto il bancone, su un mucchio di stoffe da imballaggio. Nella gestione della loro casa erano estremamente avari: per vent’anni non mangiarono mai carne. Tuttavia, quando morì il primo dei fratelli, l’altro scoprì, con grande sorpresa, somme ingenti di denaro che erano state nascoste anche da lui.”

‘There!’ cried Mr Boffin. ‘Even from him, you see! There was only two of ’em, and yet one of ’em hid from the other.’

Mr Venus, who since his introduction to the French gentleman, had been stooping to peer up the chimney, had his attention recalled by the last sentence, and took the liberty of repeating it.

‘Do you like it?’ asked Mr Boffin, turning suddenly.

‘I beg your pardon, sir?’

‘Do you like what Wegg’s been a-reading?’

Mr Venus answered that he found it extremely interesting.

‘Then come again,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘and hear some more. Come when you like; come the day after to-morrow, half an hour sooner. There’s plenty more; there’s no end to it.’

Mr Venus expressed his acknowledgments and accepted the invitation.

‘It’s wonderful what’s been hid, at one time and another,’ said Mr Boffin, ruminating; ‘truly wonderful.’

‘Meaning sir,’ observed Wegg, with a propitiatory face to draw him out, and with another peg at his friend and brother, ‘in the way of money?’

‘Money,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Ah! And papers.’

Mr Wegg, in a languid transport, again dropped over on Mr Venus, and again recovering himself, masked his emotions with a sneeze.

’tish-ho! Did you say papers too, sir? Been hidden, sir?’

‘Hidden and forgot,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Why the bookseller that sold me the Wonderful Museum—where’s the Wonderful Museum?’ He was on his knees on the floor in a moment, groping eagerly among the books.

‘Can I assist you, sir?’ asked Wegg.

‘No, I have got it; here it is,’ said Mr Boffin, dusting it with the sleeve of his coat. ‘Wollume four. I know it was the fourth wollume, that the bookseller read it to me out of. Look for it, Wegg.’

Silas took the book and turned the leaves.

‘Remarkable petrefaction, sir?’

‘No, that’s not it,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘It can’t have been a petrefaction.’

‘Memoirs of General John Reid, commonly called The Walking Rushlight, sir? With portrait?’

‘No, nor yet him,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘Remarkable case of a person who swallowed a crown-piece, sir?’

‘To hide it?’ asked Mr Boffin.

‘Why, no, sir,’ replied Wegg, consulting the text, ‘it appears to have been done by accident. Oh! This next must be it. “Singular discovery of a will, lost twenty-one years.”’

‘That’s it!’ cried Mr Boffin. ‘Read that.’

‘“A most extraordinary case,”’ read Silas Wegg aloud, ‘“was tried at the last Maryborough assizes in Ireland. It was briefly this. Robert Baldwin, in March 1782, made his will, in which he devised the lands now in question, to the children of his youngest son; soon after which his faculties failed him, and he became altogether childish and died, above eighty years old. The defendant, the eldest son, immediately afterwards gave out that his father had destroyed the will; and no will being found, he entered into possession of the lands in question, and so matters remained for twenty-one years, the whole family during all that time believing that the father had died without a will. But after twenty-one years the defendant’s wife died, and he very soon afterwards, at the age of seventy-eight, married a very young woman: which caused some anxiety to his two sons, whose poignant expressions of this feeling so exasperated their father, that he in his resentment executed a will to disinherit his eldest son, and in his fit of anger showed it to his second son, who instantly determined to get at it, and destroy it, in order to preserve the property to his brother. With this view, he broke open his father’s desk, where he found—not his father’s will which he sought after, but the will of his grandfather, which was then altogether forgotten in the family.”’

‘There!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘See what men put away and forget, or mean to destroy, and don’t!’ He then added in a slow tone, ‘As—ton—ish—ing!’ And as he rolled his eyes all round the room, Wegg and Venus likewise rolled their eyes all round the room. And then Wegg, singly, fixed his eyes on Mr Boffin looking at the fire again; as if he had a mind to spring upon him and demand his thoughts or his life.

‘However, time’s up for to-night,’ said Mr Boffin, waving his hand after a silence. ‘More, the day after to-morrow. Range the books upon the shelves, Wegg. I dare say Mr Venus will be so kind as help you.’

While speaking, he thrust his hand into the breast of his outer coat, and struggled with some object there that was too large to be got out easily. What was the stupefaction of the friendly movers when this object at last emerging, proved to be a much-dilapidated dark lantern!

Without at all noticing the effect produced by this little instrument, Mr Boffin stood it on his knee, and, producing a box of matches, deliberately lighted the candle in the lantern, blew out the kindled match, and cast the end into the fire. ‘I’m going, Wegg,’ he then announced, ‘to take a turn about the place and round the yard. I don’t want you. Me and this same lantern have taken hundreds—thousands—of such turns in our time together.’

‘But I couldn’t think, sir—not on any account, I couldn’t,’—Wegg was politely beginning, when Mr Boffin, who had risen and was going towards the door, stopped:

‘I have told you that I don’t want you, Wegg.’

Wegg looked intelligently thoughtful, as if that had not occurred to his mind until he now brought it to bear on the circumstance. He had nothing for it but to let Mr Boffin go out and shut the door behind him. But, the instant he was on the other side of it, Wegg clutched Venus with both hands, and said in a choking whisper, as if he were being strangled:

Mr Venus, he must be followed, he must be watched, he mustn’t be lost sight of for a moment.’

‘Why mustn’t he?’ asked Venus, also strangling.

‘Comrade, you might have noticed I was a little elewated in spirits when you come in to-night. I’ve found something.’

‘What have you found?’ asked Venus, clutching him with both hands, so that they stood interlocked like a couple of preposterous gladiators.

“Eccola!” gridò il signor Boffin. “Anche da lui, vedete! Ce n’erano solo due, eppure uno di loro si nascondeva dall’altro.”

Signor Venere, che da quando era stato presentato al gentiluomo francese non faceva altro che chinarsi per guardare dentro il camino, fu attirato dall’ultima frase e si permise di ripeterla.

“Ti piace?” chiese improvvisamente il signor Boffin, girandosi di scatto.

‘La prego, signore?’

“Ti piace quello che Wegg sta leggendo?”

Signor Venere rispose che lo trovava estremamente interessante.

“Allora tornate ancora,” disse il signor Boffin, “e ascoltate ancora un po’. Venite quando volete; venite anche domani mattina, mezz’ora prima del solito. C’è ancora molto da ascoltare; non finisce mai.”

Signor Venus esprime ringraziamenti e accetta l’invito.

“È meraviglioso ciò che è stato nascosto in passato,” disse il signor Boffin, riflettendo; “davvero meraviglioso.”

“Voglio dire, signore,” osservò Wegg, con un’espressione accomodante per indurlo a parlare, e aggiunse, prendendo di mira anche il suo amico e fratello: “Per quanto riguarda i soldi?”

“Denaro,” disse il signor Boffin. “Ah! E anche documenti.”

Il signor Wegg, con un atteggiamento apatico, si addormentò di nuovo accanto al signor Venus; poi, riprendendosi, nascose le proprie emozioni con uno starnuto.

“Tish-ho! Ha detto anche ‘carte’, signore? Sono state nascoste, vero?”

“Nascosti e dimenticati,” disse il signor Boffin. “Dove è finito quel libraio che mi ha venduto il ‘Meraviglioso Museo’. Dove si trova?” In un attimo era in ginocchio sul pavimento, cercando freneticamente tra i libri.

“Posso esservi d’aiuto, signore?” chiese Wegg.

“No, l’ho trovato; eccolo qui,” disse il signor Boffin, spolverandolo con la manica del suo cappotto. “Il quarto volume. So che era il quarto volume da cui il libraio me lo leggeva ad alta voce. Cercalo, Wegg.”

Silas prese il libro e sfogliò le sue pagine.

“Una pietrificazione davvero notevole, signore, ”

“No, non è così,” disse il signor Boffin. “Non può essere stata una pietrificazione.”

“Memorie del generale John Reid, comunemente chiamato ‘La torcia ambulante’, con ritratto?”

“No, nemmeno lui,” disse il signor Boffin.

“Un caso davvero notevole di una persona che ha ingoiato un pezzo della corona, signore, ”

“Per nasconderlo?”, chiese il signor Boffin.

“No, signore,” rispose Wegg, consultando il testo, “sembra che sia stato fatto per errore. Oh! Questo dev’essere quello giusto: ‘Scoperta singolare di un testamento perso da ventuno anni.’”

“Ecco fatto!”, esclamò il signor Boffin. “Leggi questo.”

“Un caso davvero straordinario,” lesse ad alta voce Silas Wegg, “fu giudicato durante gli ultimi assisi di Maryborough in Irlanda. Ecco i fatti: nel marzo del 1782, Robert Baldwin redasse il suo testamento, lasciando le terre in questione ai figli del proprio figlio minore; poco dopo perse la capacità di intendere e giudicare, tornò ad avere comportamenti infantili e morì all’età di oltre ottant’anni. Il figlio maggiore, subito dopo la morte del padre, affermò che questi avesse distrutto il testamento; poiché nessun documento del genere fu trovato, egli prese possesso delle terre in questione. La situazione rimase così per ventuno anni: l’intera famiglia credeva che il padre fosse morto senza lasciare un testamento. Ma dopo ventuno anni morì anche la moglie del figlio maggiore, e questi, all’età di settantotto anni, sposò una donna molto giovane. Questo causò preoccupazione nei suoi due figli, i quali espressero il loro disappunto in modo così evidente da far infuriare il padre al punto che, nella sua rabbia, redasse un nuovo testamento per diseredare il figlio maggiore e gli mostrò immediatamente quel documento. Il secondo figlio, deciso a proteggere i beni della famiglia, aprì quindi lo scrivano del padre, ma trovò non il testamento che cercava, bensì quello di suo nonno, ormai completamente dimenticato nella famiglia.”

“Eccola!” disse il signor Boffin. “Vedete cosa gli uomini mettono da parte e dimenticano, o cosa intendono distruggere. E non fatelo mai!” Poi aggiunse con tono lento: “Assolutamente mai, ” Mentre girava lo sguardo per tutta la stanza, anche Wegg e Venus fecero lo stesso. Alla fine, Wegg fissò il signor Boffin, che stava di nuovo guardando il fuoco, come se avesse intenzione di aggredirlo e chiedergli cosa stesse pensando, o addirittura chiedergli la vita.

“Tuttavia, la ora è già passata; siamo arrivati a notte,” disse il signor Boffin, agitando la mano dopo un breve silenzio. “Anzi, domani mattina. Metti i libri sugli scaffali, Wegg. Credo che il signor Venus sarà così gentile da aiutarti.”

Mentre parlava, infilò la mano nella tasca del suo cappotto esterno e iniziò a lottare con un oggetto che era troppo grande per essere estratto facilmente. Quanto fu grande lo stupore di coloro che assistevano quando quell’oggetto, finalmente tirato fuori, si rivelò essere una lanterna nera molto logora!

Senza nemmeno accorgersi dell’effetto prodotto da questo piccolo strumento, il signor Boffin lo posò sulle ginocchia, prese una scatola di fiammiferi, accese deliberatamente la candela nella lanterna, spense il fiammifero e gettò la sua estremità nel fuoco. “Ora vado,” annunciò poi, “a fare un giro intorno al posto e nel cortile. Non ho bisogno di te. Io e questa stessa lanterna abbiamo fatto centinaia, migliaia di questi giri insieme nel corso del nostro tempo.”

“Ma non riuscivo a pensare, signore, assolutamente no,” stava cominciando educatamente Wegg, quando il signor Boffin, che si era alzato e stava dirigendosi verso la porta, si fermò.

“Ti ho detto che non ti voglio, Wegg.”

Wegg sembrava riflettere con aria intelligente, come se quell’idea non gli fosse mai venuta in mente fino a quel momento. Non aveva altra scelta se non lasciare che il signor Boffin uscisse e chiudesse la porta dietro di sé. Ma non appena quest’ultimo fu dall’altra parte, Wegg afferrò Venus con entrambe le mani e disse, in un sussurro soffocato, come se stesse per essere strangolato:

Signor Venere, bisogna seguirlo, bisogna tenerlo d’occhio, non deve essere perso di vista nemmeno per un momento.’

“Perché non dovrebbe poterlo fare?” chiese Venere, stringendolo anche lei alla gola.

“Compagno, forse hai notato che ero un po’ su di giri quando sei entrato, quella notte. Ho trovato qualcosa.”

“Cosa hai trovato?” chiese Venere, tenendolo stretto con entrambe le mani, in modo che rimanessero avvinti l’uno all’altro come due strani gladiatori.

‘There’s no time to tell you now. I think he must have gone to look for it. We must have an eye upon him instantly.’

Releasing each other, they crept to the door, opened it softly, and peeped out. It was a cloudy night, and the black shadow of the Mounds made the dark yard darker. ‘If not a double swindler,’ whispered Wegg, ‘why a dark lantern? We could have seen what he was about, if he had carried a light one. Softly, this way.’

Cautiously along the path that was bordered by fragments of crockery set in ashes, the two stole after him. They could hear him at his peculiar trot, crushing the loose cinders as he went. ‘He knows the place by heart,’ muttered Silas, ‘and don’t need to turn his lantern on, confound him!’ But he did turn it on, almost in that same instant, and flashed its light upon the first of the Mounds.

‘Is that the spot?’ asked Venus in a whisper.

‘He’s warm,’ said Silas in the same tone. ‘He’s precious warm. He’s close. I think he must be going to look for it. What’s that he’s got in his hand?’

‘A shovel,’ answered Venus. ‘And he knows how to use it, remember, fifty times as well as either of us.’

‘If he looks for it and misses it, partner,’ suggested Wegg, ‘what shall we do?’

‘First of all, wait till he does,’ said Venus.

Discreet advice too, for he darkened his lantern again, and the mound turned black. After a few seconds, he turned the light on once more, and was seen standing at the foot of the second mound, slowly raising the lantern little by little until he held it up at arm’s length, as if he were examining the condition of the whole surface.

‘That can’t be the spot too?’ said Venus.

‘No,’ said Wegg, ‘he’s getting cold.’

‘It strikes me,’ whispered Venus, ‘that he wants to find out whether any one has been groping about there.’

‘Hush!’ returned Wegg, ‘he’s getting colder and colder.—Now he’s freezing!’

This exclamation was elicited by his having turned the lantern off again, and on again, and being visible at the foot of the third mound.

‘Why, he’s going up it!’ said Venus.

‘Shovel and all!’ said Wegg.

At a nimbler trot, as if the shovel over his shoulder stimulated him by reviving old associations, Mr Boffin ascended the ‘serpentining walk’, up the Mound which he had described to Silas Wegg on the occasion of their beginning to decline and fall. On striking into it he turned his lantern off. The two followed him, stooping low, so that their figures might make no mark in relief against the sky when he should turn his lantern on again. Mr Venus took the lead, towing Mr Wegg, in order that his refractory leg might be promptly extricated from any pitfalls it should dig for itself. They could just make out that the Golden Dustman stopped to breathe. Of course they stopped too, instantly.

‘This is his own Mound,’ whispered Wegg, as he recovered his wind, ‘this one.’

‘Why all three are his own,’ returned Venus.

‘So he thinks; but he’s used to call this his own, because it’s the one first left to him; the one that was his legacy when it was all he took under the will.’

‘When he shows his light,’ said Venus, keeping watch upon his dusky figure all the time, ‘drop lower and keep closer.’

He went on again, and they followed again. Gaining the top of the Mound, he turned on his light—but only partially—and stood it on the ground. A bare lopsided weatherbeaten pole was planted in the ashes there, and had been there many a year. Hard by this pole, his lantern stood: lighting a few feet of the lower part of it and a little of the ashy surface around, and then casting off a purposeless little clear trail of light into the air.

‘He can never be going to dig up the pole!’ whispered Venus as they dropped low and kept close.

‘Perhaps it’s holler and full of something,’ whispered Wegg.

He was going to dig, with whatsoever object, for he tucked up his cuffs and spat on his hands, and then went at it like an old digger as he was. He had no design upon the pole, except that he measured a shovel’s length from it before beginning, nor was it his purpose to dig deep. Some dozen or so of expert strokes sufficed. Then, he stopped, looked down into the cavity, bent over it, and took out what appeared to be an ordinary case-bottle: one of those squat, high-shouldered, short-necked glass bottles which the Dutchman is said to keep his Courage in. As soon as he had done this, he turned off his lantern, and they could hear that he was filling up the hole in the dark. The ashes being easily moved by a skilful hand, the spies took this as a hint to make off in good time. Accordingly, Mr Venus slipped past Mr Wegg and towed him down. But Mr Wegg’s descent was not accomplished without some personal inconvenience, for his self-willed leg sticking into the ashes about half way down, and time pressing, Mr Venus took the liberty of hauling him from his tether by the collar: which occasioned him to make the rest of the journey on his back, with his head enveloped in the skirts of his coat, and his wooden leg coming last, like a drag. So flustered was Mr Wegg by this mode of travelling, that when he was set on the level ground with his intellectual developments uppermost, he was quite unconscious of his bearings, and had not the least idea where his place of residence was to be found, until Mr Venus shoved him into it. Even then he staggered round and round, weakly staring about him, until Mr Venus with a hard brush brushed his senses into him and the dust out of him.

Mr Boffin came down leisurely, for this brushing process had been well accomplished, and Mr Venus had had time to take his breath, before he reappeared. That he had the bottle somewhere about him could not be doubted; where, was not so clear. He wore a large rough coat, buttoned over, and it might be in any one of half a dozen pockets.

‘Non c’è tempo per dirtelo ora. Penso che debba essere andato a cercarlo. Dobbiamo tenerlo d’occhio immediatamente.’

Lasciandosi andare a vicenda, si avvicinarono silenziosamente alla porta, la aprirono con delicatezza e sbirciarono fuori. Era una notte nuvolosa, e l’oscura ombra delle colline rendeva il cortile ancora più buio. “Se non fosse un truffatore doppiogiochista, ”, sussurrò Wegg, “perché portare una lanterna così scura? Se avesse usato una lampada normale, avremmo potuto vedere cosa stava facendo. Andiamo, in silenzio.”

Con cautela, lungo il sentiero delimitato da frammenti di ceramica ridotta in cenere, i due lo seguirono di nascosto. Potevano sentirlo mentre procedeva con quel suo passo particolare, calpestando i ciottoli sparsi sul terreno. “Conosce questo posto a memoria,” mormorò Silas, “non ha bisogno nemmeno di accendere la lanterna. Che confusione!” Ma quasi nello stesso istante la accese, e il suo raggio illuminò il primo dei tumuli.

“È questo il posto?” chiese sottovoce Venere.

“È caldo,” disse Silas con lo stesso tono. “È davvero molto caldo. È vicino a me. Penso che stia per andare a cercarlo. Cosa ha in mano?”

“Una pala,” rispose Venere. “E sa usarla, molto meglio di noi due, ricorda.”

“Se lo cerca e non lo trova, amico mio, cosa dovremmo fare?” suggerì Wegg.

“Prima di tutto, aspetta che lui lo faccia,” disse Venere.

Consigli discreti anche. Poiché accese di nuovo la sua lanterna, il tumulo divenne nero. Dopo alcuni secondi, la riaccese e si vide in piedi ai piedi del secondo tumulo, sollevando lentamente la lanterna poco alla volta, fino a tenerla all’altezza del braccio, come se stesse esaminando l’intera superficie.

“Non può essere anche questo il posto, vero?” disse Venere.

“No,” disse Wegg, “sta prendendo freddo.”

“Mi sembra,” sussurrò Venere, “che voglia scoprire se qualcuno abbia girovagato lì intorno.”

“Zitti!” rispose Wegg, “sta diventando sempre più freddo. Ora sta congelando!”

Questo esclamazione scaturì dal fatto che aveva spento la lanterna più e più volte, e poi era di nuovo visibile ai piedi del terzo tumulo.

“Ma sta salendo lì sopra!”, disse Venere.

“Pala compresa!” disse Wegg.

Con un trotto più agile, come se la pala che portava sulle spalle lo stimolasse a rievocare vecchi ricordi, il signor Boffin iniziò a salire lungo quel sentiero serpeggiante, verso la collina di cui aveva parlato a Silas Wegg quando avevano iniziato a declinare. Appena vi entrò, spense la lanterna. I due lo seguirono, chinandosi molto in basso, in modo che le loro figure non si distinguessero contro il cielo quando lui avesse riacceso la lanterna. Il signor Venus prendeva l’iniziativa, trascinando con sé il signor Wegg, per evitare che la sua gamba ostinata finisse in qualche trappola che potesse scavarsi da sola lungo il cammino. Riuscivano appena a distinguere che il “Raccoglitore di Polvere d’Oro” si fermava per riprendere fiato. Naturalmente, anche loro si fermavano immediatamente.

“Questo è il suo Mound,” sussurrò Wegg, mentre riprendeva fiato, “proprio questo.”

“Perché tutti e tre sono suoi,” rispose Venere.

“So lui pensa così; ma è abituato a considerarla sua, perché è quella che gli è stata lasciata per prima; quella che è diventata la sua eredità, l’unica cosa che gli è rimasta secondo il testamento.”

“Quando mostra la sua luce,” disse [Venere, osservando costantemente la sua figura oscura, “abbassati di più e rimani più vicino.”

Proseguì ancora, e loro lo seguirono di nuovo. Raggiunto la cima della collina, accese la sua lampada – ma solo parzialmente – e la posò a terra. Lì, tra le ceneri, era piantato un semplice palo malandato dal tempo; vicino a esso si trovava la sua lanterna: illuminava soltanto pochi piedi della parte inferiore del palo e una piccola area intorno alle ceneri, per poi proiettare nel cielo un debole raggio di luce senza alcun scopo preciso.

“Non riuscirà mai a scavare fuori quel palo!” sussurrò Venere mentre si abbassavano e rimanevano vicini l’uno all’altro.

“Forse è pieno di qualcosa, ”, sussurrò Wegg.

Intenzionava di scavare, a qualunque scopo fosse; si arrotolò le maniche, sputò sulle mani e poi iniziò a lavorare come un vero esperto. Non aveva alcun piano specifico riguardo al palo: prima di iniziare, ne misurò la lunghezza con una pala, e non intendeva scavare troppo in profondità. Dopo circa una dozzina di colpi abili, si fermò, guardò all’interno della buca, si chinò e ne estrasse quello che sembrava essere un semplice flacone di vetro: uno di quei contenitori bassi, dal collo corto e dalle spalle alte, nei quali, si dice, i olandesi conservino il loro coraggio. Non appena lo ebbe preso, spense la lanterna e loro poterono sentire che stava riempiendo la buca al buio. Poiché le ceneri venivano facilmente spostate da una mano abile, gli spie decisero di andarsene il prima possibile. Così, Mr Venus si avvicinò a Mr Wegg e lo trascinò giù. Tuttavia, la discesa di Mr Wegg non fu priva di inconvenienti: a metà strada, la sua gamba rigida rimase incastrata nelle ceneri, e poiché il tempo stringeva, Mr Venus prese l’iniziativa di trascinarlo per il colletto; così Mr Wegg dovette completare il resto del “viaggio” a pancia in giù, con la testa avvolta nella gonna del suo cappotto e la gamba di legno che gli ostacolava il movimento. Così sconvolto da questo modo di spostarsi, quando finalmente arrivò sul terreno pianeggiante, non aveva la minima idea di dove si trovasse, fino a quando Mr Venus lo spinse dentro il suo “luogo di residenza”. Anche allora barcollò in giro, guardandosi intorno debolmente, finché Mr Venus non gli ristabilì i sensi con un colpo secco, e gli pulì via la “polvere” dalla testa.

Il signor Boffin scese con calma, perché quel processo di pulizia era stato ben eseguito, e il signor Venus aveva avuto tempo per riprendere fiato prima di ricomparire. Non c’era dubbio che avesse la bottiglia con sé; l’unica incertezza era dove la tenesse. Indossava un grande cappotto ruvido, abbottonato fino in cima, e poteva essere in qualsiasi delle mezza dozzina di tasche che aveva.

‘What’s the matter, Wegg?’ said Mr Boffin. ‘You are as pale as a candle.’

Mr Wegg replied, with literal exactness, that he felt as if he had had a turn.

‘Bile,’ said Mr Boffin, blowing out the light in the lantern, shutting it up, and stowing it away in the breast of his coat as before. ‘Are you subject to bile, Wegg?’

Mr Wegg again replied, with strict adherence to truth, that he didn’t think he had ever had a similar sensation in his head, to anything like the same extent.

‘Physic yourself to-morrow, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘to be in order for next night. By-the-by, this neighbourhood is going to have a loss, Wegg.’

‘A loss, sir?’

‘Going to lose the Mounds.’

The friendly movers made such an obvious effort not to look at one another, that they might as well have stared at one another with all their might.

‘Have you parted with them, Mr Boffin?’ asked Silas.

‘Yes; they’re going. Mine’s as good as gone already.’

‘You mean the little one of the three, with the pole atop, sir.’

‘Yes,’ said Mr Boffin, rubbing his ear in his old way, with that new touch of craftiness added to it. ‘It has fetched a penny. It’ll begin to be carted off to-morrow.’

‘Have you been out to take leave of your old friend, sir?’ asked Silas, jocosely.

‘No,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘What the devil put that in your head?’

He was so sudden and rough, that Wegg, who had been hovering closer and closer to his skirts, despatching the back of his hand on exploring expeditions in search of the bottle’s surface, retired two or three paces.

‘No offence, sir,’ said Wegg, humbly. ‘No offence.’

Mr Boffin eyed him as a dog might eye another dog who wanted his bone; and actually retorted with a low growl, as the dog might have retorted.

‘Good-night,’ he said, after having sunk into a moody silence, with his hands clasped behind him, and his eyes suspiciously wandering about Wegg.—‘No! stop there. I know the way out, and I want no light.’

Avarice, and the evening’s legends of avarice, and the inflammatory effect of what he had seen, and perhaps the rush of his ill-conditioned blood to his brain in his descent, wrought Silas Wegg to such a pitch of insatiable appetite, that when the door closed he made a swoop at it and drew Venus along with him.

‘He mustn’t go,’ he cried. ‘We mustn’t let him go? He has got that bottle about him. We must have that bottle.’

‘Why, you wouldn’t take it by force?’ said Venus, restraining him.

‘Wouldn’t I? Yes I would. I’d take it by any force, I’d have it at any price! Are you so afraid of one old man as to let him go, you coward?’

‘I am so afraid of you, as not to let YOU go,’ muttered Venus, sturdily, clasping him in his arms.

‘Did you hear him?’ retorted Wegg. ‘Did you hear him say that he was resolved to disappoint us? Did you hear him say, you cur, that he was going to have the Mounds cleared off, when no doubt the whole place will be rummaged? If you haven’t the spirit of a mouse to defend your rights, I have. Let me go after him.’

As in his wildness he was making a strong struggle for it, Mr Venus deemed it expedient to lift him, throw him, and fall with him; well knowing that, once down, he would not be up again easily with his wooden leg. So they both rolled on the floor, and, as they did so, Mr Boffin shut the gate.

“Che c’è che non va, Wegg?” disse il signor Boffin. “Sei pallido come una candela.”

Il signor Wegg rispose, con assoluta precisione, che si sentiva come se avesse fatto un giro completo.

“Bile,” disse il signor Boffin, spegnendo la luce della lanterna, chiudendola e riponendola nella tasca del suo cappotto, come prima. “Soffri di disturbi legati al bilio, Wegg?”

Il signor Wegg rispose nuovamente, attenendosi rigorosamente alla verità, dicendo di non ritenersi mai aver provato una sensazione simile nella propria testa, nemmeno in misura paragonabile.

“Vieni a trovarmi domani, Wegg,” disse il signor Boffin, “dovremmo essere pronti per la prossima notte. A proposito, in questo quartiere ci sarà una perdita. Wegg.”

“Una perdita, signore?”

“Perderemo le colline, ”

I traslocatori gentili facevano di tutto per non guardarsi a vicenda; in realtà, avrebbero potuto anche fissarsi con tutta la loro forza.

“Avete già detto addio a loro, signor Boffin?” chiese Silas.

“Sì; se ne stanno andando. Il mio è ormai praticamente sparito.”

“Intende quella piccola tra le tre, con la punta in cima, signore.”

“Sì,” disse il signor Boffin, strofinandosi l’orecchio nel suo solito modo, con quel nuovo tocco di astuzia in più. “Ha fruttato un penny. Domani inizieranno a portarla via.”

“Avete già fatto visita al vostro vecchio amico, signore?” chiese Silas in tono scherzoso.

“No,” disse il signor Boffin. “Ma che diavolo ti è venuto in mente?”

Fu così improvviso e brusco che Wegg, che si era avvicinato sempre di più alle sue gonne, esplorando con il dorso della mano la superficie del pavimento alla ricerca della bottiglia, dovette arretrare di due o tre passi.

“Nessuna offesa, signore,” disse Wegg con umiltà. “Nessuna offesa.”

Il signor Boffin lo guardò come un cane potrebbe guardare un altro cane che vuole prendersi il suo osso; anzi, rispose con un ringhio sommesso, proprio come avrebbe fatto quel cane.

“Buona notte”, disse dopo essere caduto in un cupo silenzio, con le mani incrociate dietro la schiena e lo sguardo che vagava sospettosamente intorno a Wegg. “No! Basta così. So io la strada per uscire, e non voglio luce.”

L’avidità, le leggende serali sull’avidità, l’effetto stimolante di ciò che aveva visto, e forse anche il flusso accelerato del suo sangue malaticcio verso il cervello durante la discesa, portarono Silas Wegg a un livello di appetito insaziabile tale che, non appena la porta si chiuse, vi si gettò contro trascinando con sé anche Venus.

“Non deve andarsene,” gridò. “Non dobbiamo lasciarlo andare. Ha quella bottiglia con sé. Dobbiamo assolutamente prendere quella bottiglia.”

“Perché, non vorresti prenderla con la forza?” disse Venere, trattenendolo.

“Non lo farei forse? Sì, lo farei. Lo prenderei a tutti i costi, lo avrei a qualunque prezzo! Hai davvero così paura di un vecchio da lasciarlo andare, codardo?”

“Ho così paura di te che non oso lasciarti andare,” mormorò Venere, tenendolo stretto tra le braccia.

“L’hai sentito?” ribatté Wegg. “Hai sentito dire che era deciso a deluderci? Hai sentito quel maledetto affermare che avrebbe fatto sgombrare le colline, quando è evidente che l’intera zona verrà perquisita? Se tu non hai il coraggio nemmeno di difendere i tuoi diritti, io sì. Lasciami andare da lui.”

Nella sua follia, lottava con tutte le sue forze; Signor Venus ritenne opportuno sollevarlo, gettarlo a terra e cadere insieme a lui, sapendo bene che, una volta a terra, non sarebbe stato facile per lui rialzarsi con quella gamba di legno. Così rotolarono entrambi sul pavimento, e nel frattempo Signor Boffin chiuse il cancello.

Chapter 7

THE FRIENDLY MOVE TAKES UP A STRONG POSITION

The friendly movers sat upright on the floor, panting and eyeing one another, after Mr Boffin had slammed the gate and gone away. In the weak eyes of Venus, and in every reddish dust-coloured hair in his shock of hair, there was a marked distrust of Wegg and an alertness to fly at him on perceiving the smallest occasion. In the hard-grained face of Wegg, and in his stiff knotty figure (he looked like a German wooden toy), there was expressed a politic conciliation, which had no spontaneity in it. Both were flushed, flustered, and rumpled, by the late scuffle; and Wegg, in coming to the ground, had received a humming knock on the back of his devoted head, which caused him still to rub it with an air of having been highly—but disagreeably—astonished. Each was silent for some time, leaving it to the other to begin.

‘Brother,’ said Wegg, at length breaking the silence, ‘you were right, and I was wrong. I forgot myself.’

Mr Venus knowingly cocked his shock of hair, as rather thinking Mr Wegg had remembered himself, in respect of appearing without any disguise.

‘But comrade,’ pursued Wegg, ‘it was never your lot to know Miss Elizabeth, Master George, Aunt Jane, nor Uncle Parker.’

Mr Venus admitted that he had never known those distinguished persons, and added, in effect, that he had never so much as desired the honour of their acquaintance.

‘Don’t say that, comrade!’ retorted Wegg: ‘No, don’t say that! Because, without having known them, you never can fully know what it is to be stimilated to frenzy by the sight of the Usurper.’

Offering these excusatory words as if they reflected great credit on himself, Mr Wegg impelled himself with his hands towards a chair in a corner of the room, and there, after a variety of awkward gambols, attained a perpendicular position. Mr Venus also rose.

‘Comrade,’ said Wegg, ‘take a seat. Comrade, what a speaking countenance is yours!’

Mr Venus involuntarily smoothed his countenance, and looked at his hand, as if to see whether any of its speaking properties came off.

‘For clearly do I know, mark you,’ pursued Wegg, pointing his words with his forefinger, ‘clearly do I know what question your expressive features puts to me.’

‘What question?’ said Venus.

‘The question,’ returned Wegg, with a sort of joyful affability, ‘why I didn’t mention sooner, that I had found something. Says your speaking countenance to me: “Why didn’t you communicate that, when I first come in this evening? Why did you keep it back till you thought Mr Boffin had come to look for the article?” Your speaking countenance,’ said Wegg, ‘puts it plainer than language. Now, you can’t read in my face what answer I give?’

‘No, I can’t,’ said Venus.

‘I knew it! And why not?’ returned Wegg, with the same joyful candour. ‘Because I lay no claims to a speaking countenance. Because I am well aware of my deficiencies. All men are not gifted alike. But I can answer in words. And in what words? These. I wanted to give you a delightful sap—pur—IZE!’

Having thus elongated and emphasized the word Surprise, Mr Wegg shook his friend and brother by both hands, and then clapped him on both knees, like an affectionate patron who entreated him not to mention so small a service as that which it had been his happy privilege to render.

‘Your speaking countenance,’ said Wegg, ‘being answered to its satisfaction, only asks then, “What have you found?” Why, I hear it say the words!’

Well?’ retorted Venus snappishly, after waiting in vain. ‘If you hear it say the words, why don’t you answer it?’

‘Hear me out!’ said Wegg. ‘I’m a-going to. Hear me out! Man and brother, partner in feelings equally with undertakings and actions, I have found a cash-box.’

‘Where?’

‘—Hear me out!’ said Wegg. (He tried to reserve whatever he could, and, whenever disclosure was forced upon him, broke into a radiant gush of Hear me out.) ‘On a certain day, sir—’

‘When?’ said Venus bluntly.

‘N—no,’ returned Wegg, shaking his head at once observantly, thoughtfully, and playfully. ‘No, sir! That’s not your expressive countenance which asks that question. That’s your voice; merely your voice. To proceed. On a certain day, sir, I happened to be walking in the yard—taking my lonely round—for in the words of a friend of my own family, the author of All’s Well arranged as a duett:

“Deserted, as you will remember, Mr Venus, by the waning moon, When stars, it will occur to you before I mention it, proclaim night’s cheerless noon, On tower, fort, or tented ground, The sentry walks his lonely round, The sentry walks;”

—under those circumstances, sir, I happened to be walking in the yard early one afternoon, and happened to have an iron rod in my hand, with which I have been sometimes accustomed to beguile the monotony of a literary life, when I struck it against an object not necessary to trouble you by naming—’

‘It is necessary. What object?’ demanded Venus, in a wrathful tone.

‘—Hear me out!’ said Wegg. ‘The Pump.—When I struck it against the Pump, and found, not only that the top was loose and opened with a lid, but that something in it rattled. That something, comrade, I discovered to be a small flat oblong cash-box. Shall I say it was disappointingly light?’

‘There were papers in it,’ said Venus.

‘There your expressive countenance speaks indeed!’ cried Wegg. ‘A paper. The box was locked, tied up, and sealed, and on the outside was a parchment label, with the writing, “MY WILL, JOHN HARMON, TEMPORARILY DEPOSITED HERE.”’

‘We must know its contents,’ said Venus.

‘—Hear me out!’ cried Wegg. ‘I said so, and I broke the box open.’

‘Without coming to me!’ exclaimed Venus.

‘Exactly so, sir!’ returned Wegg, blandly and buoyantly. ‘I see I take you with me! Hear, hear, hear! Resolved, as your discriminating good sense perceives, that if you was to have a sap—pur—IZE, it should be a complete one! Well, sir. And so, as you have honoured me by anticipating, I examined the document. Regularly executed, regularly witnessed, very short. Inasmuch as he has never made friends, and has ever had a rebellious family, he, John Harmon, gives to Nicodemus Boffin the Little Mound, which is quite enough for him, and gives the whole rest and residue of his property to the Crown.’

Capitolo 7

Il gesto amichevole occupa una posizione di forza

I gentili traslocatori sedevano dritti per terra, ansimando e guardandosi a vicenda, dopo che il signor Boffin aveva sbattuto la porta ed era andato via. Negli occhi deboli di Venere e in ogni ciocca di capelli rossastro, impregnata di polvere, si leggeva una marcata diffidenza verso Wegg, nonché un’attenzione pronta a scattare al minimo segnale. Sul volto rugoso di Wegg, e nella sua figura rigida e nodosa (sembrava un giocattolo di legno tedesco), si manifestava una conciliazione apparentemente cordiale, ma priva di spontaneità. Entrambi erano arrossiti, sconvolti e in disordine a causa della recente colluttazione; Wegg, cadendo a terra, aveva ricevuto un colpo sulla nuca che lo spinse ad continuare a strofinarsela, con l’aria di essere stato profondamente, ma sgradevolmente, sorpreso. Per qualche momento rimasero in silenzio, lasciando all’altro il compito di rompere il ghiaccio.

“Fratello,” disse finalmente Wegg rompendo il silenzio, “avevi ragione tu, e io avevo torto. Mi sono dimenticato di me stesso.”

Signor Venus sistemò intenzionalmente i suoi capelli, pensando che forse il signor Wegg si fosse ricordato di comportarsi senza alcun travestimento.

“Ma compagno,” continuò Wegg, “non è mai stato destino tuo conoscere la signorina Elizabeth, il signor George, zia Jane, né lo zio Parker.”

Signor Venere ammise di non aver mai conosciuto quelle persone distinte e aggiunse, in sostanza, che non aveva mai nemmeno desiderato l’onore di conoscerle.

“Non dire così, compagno!” ribatté Wegg: “No, non dirlo! Perché, senza averli conosciuti, non si può mai comprendere appieno cosa significhi essere spinti alla follia dal vedere l’Usurpatore.”

Offrendo queste parole scuse come se riflettessero un grande merito su di sé, il signor Wegg si spinse con le mani verso una sedia nell’angolo della stanza; lì, dopo varie tentativi goffi, riuscì a assumere una posizione verticale. Anche il signor Venus si alzò in piedi.

“Compagno,” disse Wegg, “siediti pure. Compagno, che volto così espressivo hai!”

Signor Venere si lisciò involontariamente il viso e guardò la propria mano, come se volesse verificare se avesse ancora qualche proprietà “parlante”.

“Perché so molto bene, vi assicuro,” continuò Wegg, puntando il dito indice mentre parlava, “so molto bene quale domanda mi pongano i vostri tratti espressivi.”

“Quale domanda?”, disse Venere.

“La domanda,” rispose Wegg con una sorta di gioiosa affabilità, “è perché non ne ho parlato prima. Il vostro atteggiamento mi dice chiaramente: ‘Perché non me l’hai detto quando sono arrivato stasera? Perché l’hai tenuto per te fino a quando non hai pensato che il signor Boffin fosse venuto a cercare quell’articolo?’ Il vostro atteggiamento,” aggiunse Wegg, “lo spiega meglio delle parole. Ora, non riuscite forse a leggere sul mio viso quale risposta darò?”

“No, non posso,” disse Venere.

“Lo sapevo! E perché no?” rispose Wegg, con la stessa gioiosa schiettezza.
“Perché non pretendo di avere un aspetto attraente. Perché sono ben consapevole delle mie mancanze. Non tutti gli uomini sono dotati allo stesso modo. Ma posso rispondere a parole. E con quali parole? Queste. Volevo offrirti una deliziosa ‘intuizione’, ”

Avendo così allungato ed enfatizzato la parola “Surprise”, il signor Wegg scosse il suo amico e fratello per entrambe le mani, poi gli batté sulle ginocchia, come un affettuoso protettore che lo esortava a non menzionare un servizio così insignificante come quello che gli era stato il piacere di rendere.

“Il tuo volto parlante,” disse Wegg, “una volta ricevuta la risposta che desidera, chiede soltanto: ‘Cosa hai scoperto?’ Infatti, lo sento pronunciare queste parole!”

“‘Bene?’” ribatté irritata Venere, dopo aver aspettato invano. “Se lo senti pronunciare quelle parole, perché non rispondi?”

“Ascoltatemi fino in fondo!” disse Wegg. “Lo farò. Ascoltatemi! Amici e compagni, con cui condivido sentimenti, impegni e azioni allo stesso modo, ho trovato una cassaforte piena di denaro.”

‘Dove?’

“Ascoltatemi fino in fondo!”, disse Wegg. (Cercava di trattenere tutto ciò che poteva; e ogni volta che era costretto a rivelare qualcosa, esprimevasi con entusiasmo.) “Un certo giorno, signore, ”

“Quando?”, chiese bruscamente Venere.

“N-no,” rispose Wegg, scuotendo la testa contemporaneamente in modo osservativo, pensieroso e giocoso. “No, signore! Non è il vostro sguardo espressivo a porre quella domanda. È solo la vostra voce. A proposito. Un certo giorno, signore, mi trovavo a passeggiare nel cortile. Per usare le parole di un amico della mia famiglia, l’autore di ‘All’s Well Arranged’ scritto come duetto, ”

“Abbandonato, come sicuramente ricorderete, Signor Venere, dalla luna calante. Quando le stelle appariranno, vi verrà in mente prima ancora che io lo menzioni: il triste mezzogiorno della notte. Sulla torre, sulla fortezza o sul terreno coperto da tende, la sentinella fa il suo solitario giro. La sentinella cammina, ”

—in quelle circostanze, signore, capitò che quel pomeriggio camminassi nel cortile e che avessi in mano un bastone di ferro; talvolta uso questo strumento per rompere la monotonia della mia vita letteraria. Quando lo colpii contro un oggetto di cui non vale la pena menzionare il nome, ecco cosa accadde.

“È necessario. Di quale oggetto si tratta?” chiese Venere con tono furioso.

“—Ascoltatemi fino in fondo! —disse Wegg.—La pompa. Quando la colpii contro la parete, scoprii non solo che la parte superiore era aperta, ma anche che c’era qualcosa all’interno che produceva rumori. Quella cosa, compagni, si rivelò essere una piccola cassaforte rettangolare e piatta. Devo dire che era sorprendentemente leggera?”

“C’erano dei documenti dentro,” disse Venere.

“Ecco, il tuo volto espressivo parla davvero per te!” esclamò Wegg. “Un foglio di carta. La scatola era chiusa a chiave, legata e sigillata; all’esterno c’era un’etichetta di pergamena con la scritta: ‘Il mio testamento, di John Harmon, depositato temporaneamente qui.’”

“Dobbiamo conoscere il suo contenuto,” disse Venere.

“Ascoltatemi fino in fondo!”, gridò Wegg. “È proprio così che ho fatto: ho aperto la scatola.”

“Senza venire da me!”, esclamò Venere.

‘Esattamente così, signore!’ rispose Wegg, in tono cordiale e allegro. ‘Vedo che mi seguirà con voi! Ascolti bene: sono deciso, come il suo buon giudizio può certamente confermare, a garantire che se dovesse verificarsi qualche problema, questo sia risolto completamente! Beh, signore. E così, poiché mi ha onorato anticipando la mia richiesta, ho esaminato il documento. Redatto in modo regolare, con testimoni attendibili, molto breve. Poiché non si è mai fatto degli amici e ha sempre avuto una famiglia ribelle, lui, John Harmon, cede a Nicodemus Boffin il “Piccolo Mound”, che gli basta più che sufficiente, e lascia l’intera restante proprietà alla Corona.’

‘The date of the will that has been proved, must be looked to,’ remarked Venus. ‘It may be later than this one.’

‘—Hear me out!’ cried Wegg. ‘I said so. I paid a shilling (never mind your sixpence of it) to look up that will. Brother, that will is dated months before this will. And now, as a fellow-man, and as a partner in a friendly move,’ added Wegg, benignantly taking him by both hands again, and clapping him on both knees again, ‘say have I completed my labour of love to your perfect satisfaction, and are you sap—pur—IZED?’

Mr Venus contemplated his fellow-man and partner with doubting eyes, and then rejoined stiffly:

‘This is great news indeed, Mr Wegg. There’s no denying it. But I could have wished you had told it me before you got your fright to-night, and I could have wished you had ever asked me as your partner what we were to do, before you thought you were dividing a responsibility.’

‘—Hear me out!’ cried Wegg. ‘I knew you was a-going to say so. But alone I bore the anxiety, and alone I’ll bear the blame!’ This with an air of great magnanimity.

‘No,’ said Venus. ‘Let’s see this will and this box.’

‘Do I understand, brother,’ returned Wegg with considerable reluctance, ‘that it is your wish to see this will and this—?’

Mr Venus smote the table with his hand.

‘—Hear me out!’ said Wegg. ‘Hear me out! I’ll go and fetch ’em.’

After being some time absent, as if in his covetousness he could hardly make up his mind to produce the treasure to his partner, he returned with an old leathern hat-box, into which he had put the other box, for the better preservation of commonplace appearances, and for the disarming of suspicion. ‘But I don’t half like opening it here,’ said Silas in a low voice, looking around: ‘he might come back, he may not be gone; we don’t know what he may be up to, after what we’ve seen.’

‘There’s something in that,’ assented Venus. ‘Come to my place.’

Jealous of the custody of the box, and yet fearful of opening it under the existing circumstances, Wegg hesitated. ‘Come, I tell you,’ repeated Venus, chafing, ‘to my place.’ Not very well seeing his way to a refusal, Mr Wegg then rejoined in a gush, ‘—Hear me out!—Certainly.’ So he locked up the Bower and they set forth: Mr Venus taking his arm, and keeping it with remarkable tenacity.

They found the usual dim light burning in the window of Mr Venus’s establishment, imperfectly disclosing to the public the usual pair of preserved frogs, sword in hand, with their point of honour still unsettled. Mr Venus had closed his shop door on coming out, and now opened it with the key and shut it again as soon as they were within; but not before he had put up and barred the shutters of the shop window. ‘No one can get in without being let in,’ said he then, ‘and we couldn’t be more snug than here.’ So he raked together the yet warm cinders in the rusty grate, and made a fire, and trimmed the candle on the little counter. As the fire cast its flickering gleams here and there upon the dark greasy walls; the Hindoo baby, the African baby, the articulated English baby, the assortment of skulls, and the rest of the collection, came starting to their various stations as if they had all been out, like their master and were punctual in a general rendezvous to assist at the secret. The French gentleman had grown considerably since Mr Wegg last saw him, being now accommodated with a pair of legs and a head, though his arms were yet in abeyance. To whomsoever the head had originally belonged, Silas Wegg would have regarded it as a personal favour if he had not cut quite so many teeth.

Silas took his seat in silence on the wooden box before the fire, and Venus dropping into his low chair produced from among his skeleton hands, his tea-tray and tea-cups, and put the kettle on. Silas inwardly approved of these preparations, trusting they might end in Mr Venus’s diluting his intellect.

‘Now, sir,’ said Venus, ‘all is safe and quiet. Let us see this discovery.’

With still reluctant hands, and not without several glances towards the skeleton hands, as if he mistrusted that a couple of them might spring forth and clutch the document, Wegg opened the hat-box and revealed the cash-box, opened the cash-box and revealed the will. He held a corner of it tight, while Venus, taking hold of another corner, searchingly and attentively read it.

‘Was I correct in my account of it, partner?’ said Mr Wegg at length.

‘Partner, you were,’ said Mr Venus.

Mr Wegg thereupon made an easy, graceful movement, as though he would fold it up; but Mr Venus held on by his corner.

‘No, sir,’ said Mr Venus, winking his weak eyes and shaking his head. ‘No, partner. The question is now brought up, who is going to take care of this. Do you know who is going to take care of this, partner?’

‘I am,’ said Wegg.

‘Oh dear no, partner,’ retorted Venus. ‘That’s a mistake. I am. Now look here, Mr Wegg. I don’t want to have any words with you, and still less do I want to have any anatomical pursuits with you.’

‘What do you mean?’ said Wegg, quickly.

‘I mean, partner,’ replied Venus, slowly, ‘that it’s hardly possible for a man to feel in a more amiable state towards another man than I do towards you at this present moment. But I am on my own ground, I am surrounded by the trophies of my art, and my tools is very handy.’

‘What do you mean, Mr Venus?’ asked Wegg again.

‘I am surrounded, as I have observed,’ said Mr Venus, placidly, ‘by the trophies of my art. They are numerous, my stock of human warious is large, the shop is pretty well crammed, and I don’t just now want any more trophies of my art. But I like my art, and I know how to exercise my art.’

‘No man better,’ assented Mr Wegg, with a somewhat staggered air.

‘There’s the Miscellanies of several human specimens,’ said Venus, ‘(though you mightn’t think it) in the box on which you’re sitting. There’s the Miscellanies of several human specimens, in the lovely compo-one behind the door’; with a nod towards the French gentleman. ‘It still wants a pair of arms. I DON’T say that I’m in any hurry for ’em.’

“La data del testamento che è stato legalmente convalidato deve essere presa in considerazione”, osservò Venere. “Potrebbe essere successiva a questa”.

“—Ascoltatemi fino in fondo!”, gridò Wegg. “Ve l’avevo detto. Ho pagato un scellino (lasciate stare i vostri sei pence) per cercare quel testamento. Fratello, quel testamento è datato mesi prima di questo. Ora, come essere umano e come socio in questa iniziativa amichevole”, aggiunse Wegg, prendendolo di nuovo per entrambe le mani con affetto e battendogli nuovamente sulle ginocchia, “dite: ho compiuto il mio dovere d’amore al vostro pieno soddisfazione. E siete davvero, purificato?”

Signor Venere osservò il suo simile e compagno con occhi pieni di dubbi, poi riprese a parlare in tono rigido:

“È davvero una grande notizia, signor Wegg. Non si può negare. Ma avrei voluto che me la comunicaste prima di spaventarvi quella notte, e avrei voluto che mi chiedeste, in qualità di vostro partner, cosa dovessimo fare, prima di decidere di dividere insieme le responsabilità.”

“—Ascoltatemi fino in fondo!”, gridò Wegg. “Sapevo che avreste detto così. Ma sono stato io ad affrontare tutta questa ansia, e sarò anch’io a subire le conseguenze!” E lo disse con un tono di grande magnanimità.

“No,” disse Venere. “Diamo un’occhiata a questa volontà e a questa scatola.”

“Ho capito bene, fratello?” rispose Wegg con notevole riluttanza, “che è tuo desiderio vedere questo testamento e, quest’altro?”

Signor Venere batté il tavolo con la mano.

“Ascoltatemi!” disse Wegg. “Ascoltatemi! Vado a prenderli.”

Dopo essere stato assente per un po’ di tempo, come se nella sua avidità faticasse a decidere di consegnare il tesoro al suo compagno, tornò con una vecchia scatola di cuoio in cui aveva messo l’altra scatola, al fine di mantenere un aspetto più normale e di evitare sospetti. “Ma non mi va affatto l’idea di aprirla qui,” disse Silas a bassa voce, guardandosi intorno: “Potrebbe tornare in qualsiasi momento; non sappiamo cosa stia combinando, dopo quello che abbiamo visto, ”

“C’è del vero in quello che dici,” concordò Venere. “Vieni a casa mia.”

Invidioso della custodia di quella scatola, ma allo stesso tempo spaventato all’idea di aprirla nelle circostanze attuali, Wegg esitava. “Vieni con me,” ripeté Venus impaziente, “al mio posto.” Non riuscendo a trovare un modo per rifiutare, il signor Wegg alla fine acconsentì: “Ascoltami prima. Certo che vengo.” Così chiuse a chiave la stanza e partirono: Il signor Venus gli prese il braccio e lo tenne stretto con notevole determinazione.

Trovarono la solita luce fioca accesa nella finestra del negozio di Mr Venus, che rivelava in modo imperfetto al pubblico quella solita coppia di rane conservate, con la spada in mano e il loro simbolo di onore ancora intatto. Mr Venus aveva chiuso la porta del negozio uscendo, poi l’aprì con la chiave e la richiuse non appena entrarono; ma prima fece abbassare e chiudere le persiane della finestra. “Nessuno può entrare senza essere invitato,” disse, “e qui siamo davvero al sicuro.” Raccolse quindi i tizzoni ancora caldi nel camino arrugginito, accese un fuoco e sistemò la candela sul piccolo bancone. Mentre il fuoco gettava luci tremolanti sulle pareti scure e unte, il bambino indiano, quello africano, il bambino inglese, le varie ossa craniche e il resto della collezione iniziarono a prendere posizione nelle loro rispettive “postazioni”, come se fossero tutti usciti insieme al loro padrone per partecipare a un incontro segreto. Il signore francese era cambiato notevolmente da quando Mr Wegg l’aveva visto l’ultima volta: ora aveva una coppia di gambe e una testa, anche se le braccia mancavano ancora. A chiunque appartenesse originariamente quella testa, Silas Wegg l’avrebbe considerata un vero favore personale, se solo non avesse avuto così tanti denti.

Silas si sedette in silenzio sulla scatola di legno davanti al fuoco; Venus, uscendo dalle sue mani scheletriche, posò sul tavolino il vassoio con le tazze di tè e mise in funzione la teiera. Silas approvava interiormente queste preparazioni, convinto che avrebbero probabilmente portato a un indebolimento dell’intelligenza di Mr Venus.

“Ora, signore,” disse Venere, “tutto è sicuro e tranquillo. Vediamo questa scoperta.”

Con mani ancora riluttanti, e non senza lanciare diversi sguardi verso quelle mani scheletriche, come se temesse che qualcuna di esse potesse improvvisamente “spuntare fuori” e afferrare il documento, Wegg aprì la scatola da cappelli e rivelò la cassaforte; aprì la cassaforte e ne tirò fuori il testamento. Tenne stretto un angolo del documento, mentre Venus, afferrando un altro angolo, lo lesse con attenzione e cura.

“Ho descritto correttamente gli eventi, partner?” disse finalmente il signor Wegg.

“Compagno, tu lo eri,” disse Signor Venere.

A quel punto, il signor Wegg fece un movimento facile e aggraziato, come se volesse ripiegarlo; ma il signor Venus lo tenne fermo per l’angolo.

“No, signore,” disse Signor Venus, battendo le palpebre deboli e scuotendo la testa.
“No, amico mio. Ora la domanda è: chi si occuperà di questa faccenda? Sai tu chi sarà ad occuparsene, amico mio?”

“Lo sono,” disse Wegg.

“Oh no, caro mio,” ribatté Venus. “È un errore. Sono io. Ora ascoltami bene, signor Wegg: non voglio avere nulla a che fare con te, né tantomeno intraprendere alcuna attività di natura anatomiche.”

“Cosa intendi dire?”, chiese rapidamente Wegg.

“Voglio dire, caro,” rispose Venus lentamente, “è quasi impossibile che un uomo possa provare per un altro uomo sentimenti più affettuosi di quelli che provo io per te in questo momento. Ma sono nel mio ambiente naturale: sono circondata dai trofei della mia arte, e i miei strumenti sono a portata di mano.”

“Cosa intendete dire, Signor Venere?”, chiese di nuovo Wegg.

“Sono circondato, come ho osservato,” disse tranquillamente Signor Venus, “dagli trofei della mia arte. Sono numerosi; la mia collezione di esemplari umani è vasta, il negozio è piuttosto ben riempito. E al momento non desidero più alcun altro trofeo della mia arte. Ma amo la mia arte e so come esercitarla.”

“Nessuno è migliore di lui,” convenne il signor Wegg, con un tono leggermente incerto.

“Ci sono le ‘Cose Varie’ di diversi esemplari umani,” disse Venus, “(anche se potreste non pensarci) nella scatola su cui siete seduti. Ci sono anche nella bella composizione d’arte dietro la porta”; e fece un cenno verso il gentiluomo francese. “Manca ancora una coppia di braccia. Non dico che abbia fretta di trovarle.”

‘You must be wandering in your mind, partner,’ Silas remonstrated.

‘You’ll excuse me if I wander,’ returned Venus; ‘I am sometimes rather subject to it. I like my art, and I know how to exercise my art, and I mean to have the keeping of this document.’

‘But what has that got to do with your art, partner?’ asked Wegg, in an insinuating tone.

Mr Venus winked his chronically-fatigued eyes both at once, and adjusting the kettle on the fire, remarked to himself, in a hollow voice, ‘She’ll bile in a couple of minutes.’

Silas Wegg glanced at the kettle, glanced at the shelves, glanced at the French gentleman behind the door, and shrank a little as he glanced at Mr Venus winking his red eyes, and feeling in his waistcoat pocket—as for a lancet, say—with his unoccupied hand. He and Venus were necessarily seated close together, as each held a corner of the document, which was but a common sheet of paper.

‘Partner,’ said Wegg, even more insinuatingly than before, ‘I propose that we cut it in half, and each keep a half.’

Venus shook his shock of hair, as he replied, ‘It wouldn’t do to mutilate it, partner. It might seem to be cancelled.’

‘Partner,’ said Wegg, after a silence, during which they had contemplated one another, ‘don’t your speaking countenance say that you’re a-going to suggest a middle course?’

Venus shook his shock of hair as he replied, ‘Partner, you have kept this paper from me once. You shall never keep it from me again. I offer you the box and the label to take care of, but I’ll take care of the paper.’

Silas hesitated a little longer, and then suddenly releasing his corner, and resuming his buoyant and benignant tone, exclaimed, ‘What’s life without trustfulness! What’s a fellow-man without honour! You’re welcome to it, partner, in a spirit of trust and confidence.’

Continuing to wink his red eyes both together—but in a self-communing way, and without any show of triumph—Mr Venus folded the paper now left in his hand, and locked it in a drawer behind him, and pocketed the key. He then proposed ‘A cup of tea, partner?’ To which Mr Wegg returned, ‘Thank’ee, partner,’ and the tea was made and poured out.

‘Next,’ said Venus, blowing at his tea in his saucer, and looking over it at his confidential friend, ‘comes the question, What’s the course to be pursued?’

On this head, Silas Wegg had much to say. Silas had to say That, he would beg to remind his comrade, brother, and partner, of the impressive passages they had read that evening; of the evident parallel in Mr Boffin’s mind between them and the late owner of the Bower, and the present circumstances of the Bower; of the bottle; and of the box. That, the fortunes of his brother and comrade, and of himself were evidently made, inasmuch as they had but to put their price upon this document, and get that price from the minion of fortune and the worm of the hour: who now appeared to be less of a minion and more of a worm than had been previously supposed. That, he considered it plain that such price was stateable in a single expressive word, and that the word was, ‘Halves!’ That, the question then arose when ‘Halves!’ should be called. That, here he had a plan of action to recommend, with a conditional clause. That, the plan of action was that they should lie by with patience; that, they should allow the Mounds to be gradually levelled and cleared away, while retaining to themselves their present opportunity of watching the process—which would be, he conceived, to put the trouble and cost of daily digging and delving upon somebody else, while they might nightly turn such complete disturbance of the dust to the account of their own private investigations—and that, when the Mounds were gone, and they had worked those chances for their own joint benefit solely, they should then, and not before, explode on the minion and worm. But here came the conditional clause, and to this he entreated the special attention of his comrade, brother, and partner. It was not to be borne that the minion and worm should carry off any of that property which was now to be regarded as their own property. When he, Mr Wegg, had seen the minion surreptitiously making off with that bottle, and its precious contents unknown, he had looked upon him in the light of a mere robber, and, as such, would have despoiled him of his ill-gotten gain, but for the judicious interference of his comrade, brother, and partner. Therefore, the conditional clause he proposed was, that, if the minion should return in his late sneaking manner, and if, being closely watched, he should be found to possess himself of anything, no matter what, the sharp sword impending over his head should be instantly shown him, he should be strictly examined as to what he knew or suspected, should be severely handled by them his masters, and should be kept in a state of abject moral bondage and slavery until the time when they should see fit to permit him to purchase his freedom at the price of half his possessions. If, said Mr Wegg by way of peroration, he had erred in saying only ‘Halves!’ he trusted to his comrade, brother, and partner not to hesitate to set him right, and to reprove his weakness. It might be more according to the rights of things, to say Two-thirds; it might be more according to the rights of things, to say Three-fourths. On those points he was ever open to correction.

Mr Venus, having wafted his attention to this discourse over three successive saucers of tea, signified his concurrence in the views advanced. Inspirited hereby, Mr Wegg extended his right hand, and declared it to be a hand which never yet. Without entering into more minute particulars. Mr Venus, sticking to his tea, briefly professed his belief as polite forms required of him, that it WAS a hand which never yet. But contented himself with looking at it, and did not take it to his bosom.

“Devi essere perso nei tuoi pensieri, amico mio,” rimproverò Silas.

“Scusate se mi allontano un po’”, rispose Venere; “A volte mi succede. Amo la mia arte e so come esprimerla al meglio; intendo assicurarmi che questo documento venga custodito con cura”.

“Ma cosa c’entra tutto questo con la tua arte, partner?” chiese Wegg, con un tono insinuante.

Signor Venere chiuse contemporaneamente entrambi i suoi occhi cronicamente stanchi, regolò la pentola sul foco e, con voce spenta, mormorò tra sé: “Tra un paio di minuti inizierà a bollire.”

Silas Wegg guardò la pentola, poi gli scaffali, quindi il gentiluomo francese dietro la porta; si ritrasse leggermente quando vide Mr Venus che gli strizzava gli occhi rossi, e con la mano libera frugò nella tasca del gilet, come se cercasse una lancetta, per esempio. Lui e Venus erano costretti a sedersi molto vicini l’uno all’altro, poiché ognuno teneva un angolo del documento, che in realtà non era altro che un semplice foglio di carta.

“Partner,” disse Wegg, ancora più allusivo di prima, “propongo che la dividiamo a metà e che ognuno ne tenga una parte.”

Venus scosse i suoi capelli sconvolti e rispose: “Non sarebbe giusto mutilarlo, amico. Potrebbe sembrare che sia stato annullato.”

“Compagno,” disse Wegg, dopo un silenzio durante il quale si erano osservati a vicenda, “non ti dice forse il tuo volto che stai per proporre una soluzione di compromesso?”

Venus scosse i suoi capelli biondi e rispose: “Amico mio, una volta mi hai nascosto questo documento. Non lo farai mai più. Ti offro la scatola e l’etichetta per occupartene tu, ma io mi occuperò del documento stesso.”

Silas esitò ancora per un momento, poi all’improvviso lasciò andare la presa che aveva su di lui e, riprendendo il suo tono allegro e gentile, esclamò: “Che cos’è la vita senza fiducia! Che cos’è un essere umano senza onore! Sei il benvenuto in questo spirito di fiducia e affidamento, amico mio.”

Continuando a socchiudere entrambi gli occhi rossi, ma in modo riflessivo e senza alcun segno di trionfo, Signor Venus piegò il foglio che aveva ancora in mano, lo mise in un cassetto dietro di sé e si infilò la chiave in tasca. Poi propose: “Un tè, compagno?” A cui Signor Wegg rispose: “Grazie, compagno.” E così il tè fu preparato e servito.

“Ora,” disse Venere, soffiando sul suo tè nella tazza e guardandolo poi con il suo amico fidato, “arriva la domanda: quale dovrebbe essere l’approccio da seguire?”

In questo senso, Silas Wegg aveva molto da dire. Silas voleva ricordare al suo compagno, fratello e socio le parti significative che avevano letto quella sera; il parallelo evidente nella mente del signor Boffin tra quelle storie e l’ex proprietario della dimora, nonché le circostanze attuali di quella casa; la bottiglia, e la scatola. Affermava che il destino di lui, del suo compagno e di loro tutti dipendeva soltanto dal fatto che decidessero quale prezzo chiedere per quel documento, e che riuscissero a ottenerlo da quel “servo della fortuna”, un individuo che ora sembrava meno un servo e più un verme di quanto si fosse pensato in precedenza. Silas riteneva chiaro che tale prezzo potesse essere espresso con una sola parola: “Metà!” La domanda quindi era: quando esprimere quella parola? Aveva un piano da proporre, ma con una clausola condizionale. Dovevano aspettare con pazienza; permettere che le colline venissero gradualmente rase al suolo, mantenendo però l’opportunità di osservare tutto quel processo. In questo modo avrebbero evitato il disturbo e i costi legati ai lavori di scavo quotidiani, potendo invece utilizzare quegli sconvolgimenti a scopo delle loro indagini personali. E quando le colline fossero state eliminate, e avessero ottenuto quel che desideravano per il proprio beneficio comune, allora, e solo allora, avrebbero affrontato quel “servo della fortuna”. Ma c’era una clausola condizionale. E su questo Silas chiedeva l’attenzione particolare del suo compagno, fratello e socio: non era possibile permettere a quell’individuo di portare via anche solo una parte di quella proprietà che ora doveva essere considerata loro. Quando Silas aveva visto quel “servo della fortuna” nascondere furtivamente la bottiglia e il suo contenuto prezioso, lo aveva considerato semplicemente un ladro. E avrebbe potuto derubarlo delle sue ricchezze illecite, se non fosse stato per l’intervento tempestivo del suo compagno. Quindi la clausola condizionale che proponeva era questa: se quel “servo della fortuna” fosse tornato a comportarsi in modo furtivo, e se, sotto stretta sorveglianza, si fosse scoperto che possedeva qualcosa, allora avrebbero dovuto mostrargli immediatamente la spada minacciosa, interrogarlo riguardo a ciò che sapeva o sospettava, trattarlo con severità, e tenerlo in uno stato di schiavitù morale fino al momento in cui avessero deciso di permettergli di comprare la propria “libertà” pagando metà delle sue proprietà. “Se ho sbagliato a dire soltanto ‘Metà!’, confido nel mio compagno, fratello e socio per correggermi. Forse sarebbe più giusto dire ‘Due terzi’. O addirittura ‘Tre quarti’. Sono sempre aperto alle correzioni”, concluse Silas.

Signor Venere, dopo aver prestato attenzione a questo discorso mentre beveva tre tazze di tè consecutive, manifestò il proprio accordo con le opinioni espresse. Incoraggiato da ciò, Signor Wegg allungò la mano destra e dichiarò che si trattava di una mano che, senza entrare in dettagli più precisi. Signor Venere, continuando a bere il suo tè, esprime brevemente la propria credenza, come richiesto dalle convenzioni sociali, che si trattasse davvero di una mano che. Ma si accontentò di guardarla e non se la portò al petto.

‘Brother,’ said Wegg, when this happy understanding was established, ‘I should like to ask you something. You remember the night when I first looked in here, and found you floating your powerful mind in tea?’

Still swilling tea, Mr Venus nodded assent.

‘And there you sit, sir,’ pursued Wegg with an air of thoughtful admiration, ‘as if you had never left off! There you sit, sir, as if you had an unlimited capacity of assimilating the flagrant article! There you sit, sir, in the midst of your works, looking as if you’d been called upon for Home, Sweet Home, and was obleeging the company!

“A exile from home splendour dazzles in vain, O give you your lowly Preparations again, The birds stuffed so sweetly that can’t be expected to come at your call, Give you these with the peace of mind dearer than all. Home, Home, Home, sweet Home!”

—Be it ever,’ added Mr Wegg in prose as he glanced about the shop, ‘ever so ghastly, all things considered there’s no place like it.’

‘You said you’d like to ask something; but you haven’t asked it,’ remarked Venus, very unsympathetic in manner.

‘Your peace of mind,’ said Wegg, offering condolence, ‘your peace of mind was in a poor way that night. HOW’S it going on? IS it looking up at all?’

‘She does not wish,’ replied Mr Venus with a comical mixture of indignant obstinacy and tender melancholy, ‘to regard herself, nor yet to be regarded, in that particular light. There’s no more to be said.’

‘Ah, dear me, dear me!’ exclaimed Wegg with a sigh, but eyeing him while pretending to keep him company in eyeing the fire, ‘such is Woman! And I remember you said that night, sitting there as I sat here—said that night when your peace of mind was first laid low, that you had taken an interest in these very affairs. Such is coincidence!’

‘Her father,’ rejoined Venus, and then stopped to swallow more tea, ‘her father was mixed up in them.’

‘You didn’t mention her name, sir, I think?’ observed Wegg, pensively. ‘No, you didn’t mention her name that night.’

‘Pleasant Riderhood.’

‘In—deed!’ cried Wegg. ‘Pleasant Riderhood. There’s something moving in the name. Pleasant. Dear me! Seems to express what she might have been, if she hadn’t made that unpleasant remark—and what she ain’t, in consequence of having made it. Would it at all pour balm into your wounds, Mr Venus, to inquire how you came acquainted with her?’

‘I was down at the water-side,’ said Venus, taking another gulp of tea and mournfully winking at the fire—‘looking for parrots’—taking another gulp and stopping.

Mr Wegg hinted, to jog his attention: ‘You could hardly have been out parrot-shooting, in the British climate, sir?’

‘No, no, no,’ said Venus fretfully. ‘I was down at the water-side, looking for parrots brought home by sailors, to buy for stuffing.’

‘Ay, ay, ay, sir!’

‘—And looking for a nice pair of rattlesnakes, to articulate for a Museum—when I was doomed to fall in with her and deal with her. It was just at the time of that discovery in the river. Her father had seen the discovery being towed in the river. I made the popularity of the subject a reason for going back to improve the acquaintance, and I have never since been the man I was. My very bones is rendered flabby by brooding over it. If they could be brought to me loose, to sort, I should hardly have the face to claim ’em as mine. To such an extent have I fallen off under it.’

Mr Wegg, less interested than he had been, glanced at one particular shelf in the dark.

‘Why I remember, Mr Venus,’ he said in a tone of friendly commiseration ‘(for I remember every word that falls from you, sir), I remember that you said that night, you had got up there—and then your words was, “Never mind.”’

‘—The parrot that I bought of her,’ said Venus, with a despondent rise and fall of his eyes. ‘Yes; there it lies on its side, dried up; except for its plumage, very like myself. I’ve never had the heart to prepare it, and I never shall have now.’

With a disappointed face, Silas mentally consigned this parrot to regions more than tropical, and, seeming for the time to have lost his power of assuming an interest in the woes of Mr Venus, fell to tightening his wooden leg as a preparation for departure: its gymnastic performances of that evening having severely tried its constitution.

After Silas had left the shop, hat-box in hand, and had left Mr Venus to lower himself to oblivion-point with the requisite weight of tea, it greatly preyed on his ingenuous mind that he had taken this artist into partnership at all. He bitterly felt that he had overreached himself in the beginning, by grasping at Mr Venus’s mere straws of hints, now shown to be worthless for his purpose. Casting about for ways and means of dissolving the connexion without loss of money, reproaching himself for having been betrayed into an avowal of his secret, and complimenting himself beyond measure on his purely accidental good luck, he beguiled the distance between Clerkenwell and the mansion of the Golden Dustman.

For, Silas Wegg felt it to be quite out of the question that he could lay his head upon his pillow in peace, without first hovering over Mr Boffin’s house in the superior character of its Evil Genius. Power (unless it be the power of intellect or virtue) has ever the greatest attraction for the lowest natures; and the mere defiance of the unconscious house-front, with his power to strip the roof off the inhabiting family like the roof of a house of cards, was a treat which had a charm for Silas Wegg.

As he hovered on the opposite side of the street, exulting, the carriage drove up.

‘There’ll shortly be an end of YOU,’ said Wegg, threatening it with the hat-box. ‘YOUR varnish is fading.’

Mrs Boffin descended and went in.

‘Look out for a fall, my Lady Dustwoman,’ said Wegg.

Bella lightly descended, and ran in after her.

‘How brisk we are!’ said Wegg. ‘You won’t run so gaily to your old shabby home, my girl. You’ll have to go there, though.’

A little while, and the Secretary came out.

‘I was passed over for you,’ said Wegg. ‘But you had better provide yourself with another situation, young man.’

Mr Boffin’s shadow passed upon the blinds of three large windows as he trotted down the room, and passed again as he went back.

‘Yoop!’ cried Wegg. ‘You’re there, are you? Where’s the bottle? You would give your bottle for my box, Dustman!’

Having now composed his mind for slumber, he turned homeward. Such was the greed of the fellow, that his mind had shot beyond halves, two-thirds, three-fourths, and gone straight to spoliation of the whole. ‘Though that wouldn’t quite do,’ he considered, growing cooler as he got away. ‘That’s what would happen to him if he didn’t buy us up. We should get nothing by that.’

We so judge others by ourselves, that it had never come into his head before, that he might not buy us up, and might prove honest, and prefer to be poor. It caused him a slight tremor as it passed; but a very slight one, for the idle thought was gone directly.

‘He’s grown too fond of money for that,’ said Wegg; ‘he’s grown too fond of money.’ The burden fell into a strain or tune as he stumped along the pavements. All the way home he stumped it out of the rattling streets, PIANO with his own foot, and FORTE with his wooden leg, ‘He’s GROWN too FOND of MONEY for THAT, he’s GROWN too FOND of MONEY.’

Even next day Silas soothed himself with this melodious strain, when he was called out of bed at daybreak, to set open the yard-gate and admit the train of carts and horses that came to carry off the little Mound. And all day long, as he kept unwinking watch on the slow process which promised to protract itself through many days and weeks, whenever (to save himself from being choked with dust) he patrolled a little cinderous beat he established for the purpose, without taking his eyes from the diggers, he still stumped to the tune: He’s GROWN too FOND of MONEY for THAT, he’s GROWN too FOND of MONEY.’

“Fratello,” disse Wegg, una volta stabilito questo felice intesa, “vorrei chiederti qualcosa. Ricordi quella notte in cui entrai qui per la prima volta e ti trovai mentre immaginavi cose straordinarie con il tuo potente pensiero, mentre bevevi il tè?”

Continuando a sorseggiare il tè, Signor Venere annuì in segno di accordo.

“E lì siete seduto, signore,” proseguì Wegg con un tono di ammirazione pensierosa, “come se non foste mai andato via! E lì siete seduto, signore, come se aveste una capacità infinita di assorbire tutto ciò che vi viene presentato. E lì siete seduto, signore, tra le vostre opere, con quell’aspetto come se foste stato chiamato a casa. Cara, dolce casa, ”

“Un esilio lontano dallo splendore della casa è vano e inutile; Oh, restituitegli le sue umili condizioni di un tempo! Quei uccelli imbalsamati con tanta cura, che non possono certo essere chiamati al vostro canto. Dateli a lui, insieme alla pace interiore, più preziosa di ogni cosa. Casa, Casa, Casa, dolce Casa, ”

“Che ciò accada mai,” aggiunse il signor Wegg parlando in modo prosaico, mentre guardava intorno al negozio, “per quanto possa essere orribile, considerando tutto, non esiste posto migliore di questo.”

“Hai detto che volevi chiedermi qualcosa; ma non l’hai ancora fatto,” osservò Venere con un tono del tutto privo di simpatia.

“La tua tranquillità d’animo, ”, disse Wegg offrendo le sue condoglianze, “la tua tranquillità d’animo era davvero a rischio quella notte. Come stai andando? Ci sono segni di miglioramento?”

“Non lo desidera,” rispose Signor Venus con una combinazione comica di ostinazione indignata e tenera melancolia, “né vuole che lei stessa venga considerata in quel modo. Non c’è altro da dire.”

“Ah, mio Dio, mio Dio!” esclamò Wegg con un sospiro, ma guardandolo mentre fingeva di accompagnarlo nell’osservare il fuoco, “Ecco cos’è una donna! Ricordo che quella notte, seduto lì dove sono seduto io ora, hai detto che proprio in quella notte, quando per la prima volta la tua serenità venne turbata, avevi iniziato a interessarti a queste stesse faccende. Che coincidenza!”

“Suo padre,” riprese Venere, poi si fermò per bere un altro sorso di tè, “suo padre era coinvolto in quelle faccende.”

“Non ha menzionato il suo nome, signore, giusto?” osservò Wegg, pensieroso.
“No, quella notte non ha detto il suo nome.”

“Pleasant Riderhood.”

“Davvero!” esclamò Wegg. “Pleasant Riderhood. C’è qualcosa di piacevole in quel nome. Pleasant. Mio Dio! Sembra esprimere ciò che lei avrebbe potuto essere, se non avesse fatto quella osservazione sgradevole. E ciò che invece non è, proprio a causa di essa. Non vi lenirebbe affatto il dolore, Signor Venus, se chiedessi come abbiate fatto a conoscerla?”

“Ero sul lato dell’acqua,” disse Venere, bevendo un altro sorso di tè e battendo tristemente le palpebre verso il fuoco, “Cercavo dei pappagalli, ” Bevve ancora, poi si fermò.

Il signor Wegg fece un accenno, per attirare la sua attenzione: “Con il clima britannico, è difficile che lei fosse fuori a sparare alle papagalle, vero, signore?”

“No, no, no,” disse ansiosamente Venere. “Ero sul lato dell’acqua, in cerca di pappagalli portati a casa dai marinai, per comprarli e usarli come imbottitura.”

“Ah ah ah, signore!”

‘—E mentre cercavo un bel paio di serpenti a sonagli da donare a un Museo, in quel momento fui costretto ad avvicinarmi a lei e a gestire la situazione con lei. Fu proprio in quell’istante, durante quella scoperta nel fiume, che suo padre vide il reperto essere trascinato via dal fiume. Approfittai della popolarità di quell’argomento per riallacciare i rapporti con lei. Da allora non sono più stato lo stesso uomo. Le ossa stesse mi sono diventate molli a forza di pensarci continuamente. Se solo potessero essere portate da me, per essere sistemate. Non avrei nemmeno il coraggio di dire che appartengono a me. Sono davvero caduto così in basso a causa di tutto questo.’

Il signor Wegg, meno interessato di prima, gettò un’occhiata a uno specifico scaffale nell’oscurità.

“Perché me lo ricordo bene, Signor Venus,” disse lui con un tono di cordiale comprensione, “(poiché mi ricordo ogni parola che esce dalla sua bocca, signore), ricordo che quella notte lei disse: ‘Non importa.’”

“—Il pappagallo che le ho comprato,” disse Venus, con un movimento scoraggiato dei suoi occhi. “Sì, è lì, sdraiato su un lato, asciutto; tranne per il piumaggio, assomiglia molto a me. Non ho mai avuto il coraggio di prepararlo, e non lo avrò mai.”

Con un’espressione delusa, Silas decise mentalmente di destinare quel pappagallo a regioni ben lontane dalle zone tropicali; sembrava che, per quella volta, avesse perso la capacità di interessarsi ai problemi di Mr Venus, quindi iniziò a stringere la sua gamba di legno, preparandosi alla partenza: le acrobazie di quella sera avevano gravemente affaticato il suo organismo.

Dopo che Silas aveva lasciato il negozio, con la scatola da cappelli in mano, e dopo che Mr Venus si era immerso nell’oblio sotto l’effetto del dovuto quantitativo di tè, lui stesso iniziò a rimproverarsi amaramente per aver intrapreso questa partnership con quell’artista. Si rendeva conto di essersi spinto troppo oltre all’inizio, afferrandosi alle semplici allusioni di Mr Venus, che ora si rivelavano del tutto inutili ai suoi scopi. Cercando disperatamente modi per interrompere quella relazione senza subire perdite finanziarie, si rimproverava ancora di essersi lasciato ingannare fino al punto di rivelare il proprio segreto, e allo stesso tempo si compiaceva in modo eccessivo della propria fortuna puramente casuale. Così, mentre percorreva la distanza tra Clerkenwell e la residenza del “Golden Dustman”, continuava a tormentarsi con questi pensieri.

Perché Silas Wegg riteneva assolutamente impossibile poter riposare in pace, senza prima sovrintendere alla casa del signor Boffin, nel ruolo di quel “Genio del Male” che essa rappresentava. Il potere – a meno che non si tratti del potere dell’intelligenza o della virtù – esercita sempre la massima attrazione sulle nature più basse; e il semplice fatto di sfidare quell’aspetto esteriore apparentemente innocuo, con la possibilità di distruggere completamente quella “casa” insieme alle sue famiglie che vi abitavano, rappresentava per Silas Wegg una vera e propria tentazione.

Mentre si trovava dall’altra parte della strada, esultante, il carro arrivò.

“Presto per te sarà la fine,” disse Wegg, minacciandolo con la scatola da cappelli. “Il tuo ‘smalto’ sta svanendo, ”

La signora Boffin scese le scale ed entrò dentro.

“Fate attenzione a non inciampare, mia Signora Pulitrici,” disse Wegg.

Bella scese dolcemente e la seguì di corsa.

“Che fretta abbiamo!”, disse Wegg. “Non correrai certo così allegramente verso la tua vecchia e malandata casa, mia ragazza. Ma dovrai andarci lo stesso.”

Dopo un po’, il Segretario uscì.

“Mi hanno ignorato a tuo favore,” disse Wegg. “Ma sarebbe meglio che tu trovassi un’altra situazione, giovane.”

L’ombra del signor Boffin si proiettò sulle tende di tre grandi finestre mentre lui correva per la stanza; poi si ripresentò quando tornò indietro.

“Yoop!” gridò Wegg. “Sei lì, vero? Dov’è la bottiglia? Daresti la tua bottiglia per la mia scatola, Spazzino!”

Ora che si era deciso a dormire, tornò verso casa. Quella era la sua avidità: aveva già pensato di prendersi metà, due terzi, tre quarti, e poi tutto intero. “Ma così non andrebbe bene,” rifletté, mentre si allontanava e iniziava a calmarsi. “Se non ci comprasse tutti, finiremmo per nulla.”

Giudichiamo gli altri in base a noi stessi, al punto che non gli era mai passato per la mente l’idea di non comprarci nulla, di comportarsi onestamente e preferire di essere povero. Quel pensiero ozioso lo fece tremare leggermente, ma solo per un attimo, perché subito dopo svanì.

“Ormai si è troppo affezionato al denaro per farlo,” disse Wegg; “si è davvero troppo affezionato al denaro.” Mentre zoppicava lungo i marciapiedi, quelle parole assumevano un ritmo preciso. Per tutto il tragitto verso casa, continuò a ripeterle: dapprima in modo “piano”, con il proprio piede, e poi più “forte”, usando la gamba di legno, “Si è davvero troppo affezionato al denaro per farlo, si è davvero troppo affezionato al denaro.”

Anche il giorno dopo, Silas si consolava con quella melodia, quando alle prime luci dell’alba fu chiamato a svegliarsi per aprire il cancello del cortile e far entrare la fila di carri e cavalli venuti a portare via il piccolo Mound. Per tutto il giorno, mentre osservava attentamente quel lento processo che sembrava dover protrarsi per molti giorni e settimane, ogni volta che (per non soffocare nel polvere) faceva la ronda lungo un piccolo percorso di cenere che aveva delimitato apposta, non distoglieva mai lo sguardo dai lavoratori; continuava a mormorare quella canzone: “È diventato troppo avido di denaro. È davvero diventato troppo avido di denaro.”

Chapter 8

THE END OF A LONG JOURNEY

The train of carts and horses came and went all day from dawn to nightfall, making little or no daily impression on the heap of ashes, though, as the days passed on, the heap was seen to be slowly melting. My lords and gentlemen and honourable boards, when you in the course of your dust-shovelling and cinder-raking have piled up a mountain of pretentious failure, you must off with your honourable coats for the removal of it, and fall to the work with the power of all the queen’s horses and all the queen’s men, or it will come rushing down and bury us alive.

Yes, verily, my lords and gentlemen and honourable boards, adapting your Catechism to the occasion, and by God’s help so you must. For when we have got things to the pass that with an enormous treasure at disposal to relieve the poor, the best of the poor detest our mercies, hide their heads from us, and shame us by starving to death in the midst of us, it is a pass impossible of prosperity, impossible of continuance. It may not be so written in the Gospel according to Podsnappery; you may not ‘find these words’ for the text of a sermon, in the Returns of the Board of Trade; but they have been the truth since the foundations of the universe were laid, and they will be the truth until the foundations of the universe are shaken by the Builder. This boastful handiwork of ours, which fails in its terrors for the professional pauper, the sturdy breaker of windows and the rampant tearer of clothes, strikes with a cruel and a wicked stab at the stricken sufferer, and is a horror to the deserving and unfortunate. We must mend it, lords and gentlemen and honourable boards, or in its own evil hour it will mar every one of us.

Old Betty Higden fared upon her pilgrimage as many ruggedly honest creatures, women and men, fare on their toiling way along the roads of life. Patiently to earn a spare bare living, and quietly to die, untouched by workhouse hands—this was her highest sublunary hope.

Nothing had been heard of her at Mr Boffin’s house since she trudged off. The weather had been hard and the roads had been bad, and her spirit was up. A less stanch spirit might have been subdued by such adverse influences; but the loan for her little outfit was in no part repaid, and it had gone worse with her than she had foreseen, and she was put upon proving her case and maintaining her independence.

Faithful soul! When she had spoken to the Secretary of that ‘deadness that steals over me at times’, her fortitude had made too little of it. Oftener and ever oftener, it came stealing over her; darker and ever darker, like the shadow of advancing Death. That the shadow should be deep as it came on, like the shadow of an actual presence, was in accordance with the laws of the physical world, for all the Light that shone on Betty Higden lay beyond Death.

The poor old creature had taken the upward course of the river Thames as her general track; it was the track in which her last home lay, and of which she had last had local love and knowledge. She had hovered for a little while in the near neighbourhood of her abandoned dwelling, and had sold, and knitted and sold, and gone on. In the pleasant towns of Chertsey, Walton, Kingston, and Staines, her figure came to be quite well known for some short weeks, and then again passed on.

She would take her stand in market-places, where there were such things, on market days; at other times, in the busiest (that was seldom very busy) portion of the little quiet High Street; at still other times she would explore the outlying roads for great houses, and would ask leave at the Lodge to pass in with her basket, and would not often get it. But ladies in carriages would frequently make purchases from her trifling stock, and were usually pleased with her bright eyes and her hopeful speech. In these and her clean dress originated a fable that she was well to do in the world: one might say, for her station, rich. As making a comfortable provision for its subject which costs nobody anything, this class of fable has long been popular.

In those pleasant little towns on Thames, you may hear the fall of the water over the weirs, or even, in still weather, the rustle of the rushes; and from the bridge you may see the young river, dimpled like a young child, playfully gliding away among the trees, unpolluted by the defilements that lie in wait for it on its course, and as yet out of hearing of the deep summons of the sea. It were too much to pretend that Betty Higden made out such thoughts; no; but she heard the tender river whispering to many like herself, ‘Come to me, come to me! When the cruel shame and terror you have so long fled from, most beset you, come to me! I am the Relieving Officer appointed by eternal ordinance to do my work; I am not held in estimation according as I shirk it. My breast is softer than the pauper-nurse’s; death in my arms is peacefuller than among the pauper-wards. Come to me!’

There was abundant place for gentler fancies too, in her untutored mind. Those gentlefolks and their children inside those fine houses, could they think, as they looked out at her, what it was to be really hungry, really cold? Did they feel any of the wonder about her, that she felt about them? Bless the dear laughing children! If they could have seen sick Johnny in her arms, would they have cried for pity? If they could have seen dead Johnny on that little bed, would they have understood it? Bless the dear children for his sake, anyhow! So with the humbler houses in the little street, the inner firelight shining on the panes as the outer twilight darkened. When the families gathered in-doors there, for the night, it was only a foolish fancy to feel as if it were a little hard in them to close the shutter and blacken the flame. So with the lighted shops, and speculations whether their masters and mistresses taking tea in a perspective of back-parlour—not so far within but that the flavour of tea and toast came out, mingled with the glow of light, into the street—ate or drank or wore what they sold, with the greater relish because they dealt in it. So with the churchyard on a branch of the solitary way to the night’s sleeping-place. ‘Ah me! The dead and I seem to have it pretty much to ourselves in the dark and in this weather! But so much the better for all who are warmly housed at home.’ The poor soul envied no one in bitterness, and grudged no one anything.

Capitolo 8

La fine di un lungo viaggio

Il treno di carri e cavalli andava avanti e indietro tutto il giorno, dalla ‘alba al tramonto, ma lasciava pochissimo o nessun segno visibile sull’ammasso di ceneri; tuttavia, col passare dei giorni, si notò che l’ammasso iniziava lentamente a sciogliersi. Signori e gentiluomini onorabili, quando, nel corso delle vostre attività di spalatura della polvere e raccoglimento dei ceneri, avete accumulato un “monte” di fallimenti presuntuosi, dovete togliervi i vostri onorevoli abiti per occuparvi personalmente della sua rimozione. E dovrete farlo con tutte le forze disponibili, come se fossero quelle dei cavalli e degli uomini della regina, altrimenti quell’ammasso ci travolgerà vivi.

Sì, davvero, miei signori e gentiluomini onorabili: adattando il vostro Catechismo alle circostanze attuali, e con l’aiuto di Dio è proprio ciò che dovete fare. Perché quando le cose arrivano a tal punto che, disponendo di un enorme tesoro per alleviare i poveri, i migliori tra loro odiano la nostra misericordia, nascondono il viso da noi e ci umiliano morendo di fame proprio davanti ai nostri occhi, allora non c’è più speranza di prosperità, né possibilità che questa situazione possa continuare. Forse questo non è scritto nel Vangelo secondo Podsnappery; forse non si possono “trovare queste parole” nei testi dei sermoni o nei rapporti del Consiglio Commerciale. Ma questa è la verità fin dai tempi in cui furono gettate le fondamenta dell’universo, e rimarrà tale fino a quando non saranno scosse dal Creatore stesso. Questo nostro vanitoso tentativo di aiutare i poveri, che fallisce completamente nel caso dei veri bisognosi – quegli che rompono finestre o strappano vestiti – rappresenta un colpo crudele e malvagio verso coloro che soffrono davvero, e costituisce una vera orrore per chi è meritevole di aiuto ma sfortunato. Dobbiamo correggerlo, miei signori e gentiluomini onorabili. Altrimenti, nel momento del suo fallimento, distruggerà tutti noi.

La vecchia Betty Higden procedeva nel suo pellegrinaggio proprio come molte altre persone oneste e semplici, donne e uomini, che percorrono con fatica i sentieri della vita. Con pazienza guadagnava da vivere in modo stentato, e moriva in silenzio, senza mai ricevere aiuti dall’assistenza sociale. Questa era la sua più alta aspirazione.

Non si aveva più notizie di lei nella casa del signor Boffin da quando se n’era andata a piedi. Il tempo era stato cattivo e le strade erano in condizioni pessime; il suo spirito, però, non si era affatto abbassato. Un carattere meno forte forse sarebbe stato sopraffatto da tali difficoltà; ma il prestito ottenuto per il suo abbigliamento non era stato restituito nemmeno in parte, e la situazione le era andata peggio di quanto avesse previsto. Ora doveva dimostrare la sua innocenza e mantenere la propria indipendenza.

Fedele ‘anima. Quando parlava con il Segretario di quella “morte” che a volte si impadronisce di me, la sua forza d’animo sembrava sottovalutarne l’effetto reale. Sempre più spesso, però, quell’oscurità tornava ad avvolgerla; diventava sempre più densa, come l’ombra dell’avvicinarsi della >Morte. Il fatto che quell’ombra fosse così profonda, come se fosse il segno di una presenza reale, era in accordo con le leggi del mondo fisico, perché tutta la Luce che illuminava Betty Higden si trovava al di là della >Morte.

Quella povera vecchia creatura aveva seguito il corso ascendente del fiume Tamigi come sua strada principale; era quella la via che conduceva al suo ultimo luogo di dimora, dove aveva provato l’ultima volta amore e affetto. Per un po’ aveva soggiornato nelle vicinanze della sua abitazione abbandonata, vendendo ciò che possedeva, lavorando a maglia, e poi era ripartita. Nei piacevoli paesi di Chertsey, Walton, Kingston e Staines, la sua figura divenne per qualche settimana piuttosto nota, per poi scomparire di nuovo.

Si recava nei mercati, nei giorni di mercato; altre volte, nella parte più trafficata (che però raramente lo era davvero) della tranquilla High Street; ancora in altre occasioni esplorava le strade circostanti alla ricerca di grandi case, e chiedeva il permesso di entrare con la sua cesta, ma spesso non lo otteneva. Tuttavia, le signore nelle loro carrozze acquistavano frequentemente i suoi piccoli prodotti, e di solito erano soddisfatte dei suoi occhi luminosi e del suo modo speranzoso di parlare. Da queste cose, e dal suo abbigliamento pulito, nacque la >fama che lei fosse molto abile nel “mondo”: si potrebbe dire, per il suo status sociale, che era, ricca. Poiché offriva ai suoi clienti qualcosa di confortevole senza che nessuno ne pagasse il prezzo, questo tipo di >fama è da tempo molto diffuso.

In quelle deliziose piccole città sul Tamigi, si può sentire il suono dell’acqua che cade sui dighe, o persino, in tempo di calma, il fruscio delle canne; e dal ponte si può vedere il giovane fiume, increspato come un bambino, scorrere giocoso tra gli alberi, non contaminato dalle impurità che lo aspettano lungo il suo corso, e ancora lontano dai richiami profondi del mare. Sarebbe troppo pretendere che Betty Higden potesse comprendere tali pensieri; no. Ma lei sentiva il dolce sussurro del fiume che diceva a molte persone come lei: “Vienite da me, venite da me! Quando la vergogna crudele e il terrore da cui avete fuggito per tanto tempo vi assaliranno con più forza, venite da me! Io sono l’Ufficiale incaricato di alleviare le sofferenze, nominato per decreto eterno; non vengo apprezzato perché mi rifiuto di adempiere al mio dovere. Il mio petto è più morbido di quello delle infermiere dei poveri; la morte tra le mie braccia è più serena che nelle case di accoglienza per i bisognosi. Venite da me!”

C’era anche molto spazio per pensieri più gentili nella sua mente incolta. Quelle persone gentili e i loro bambini, dentro quelle belle case, potevano forse immaginare, guardandola, cosa significasse davvero soffrire la fame, il freddo? Provavano anche loro quell’stupore nei suoi confronti che lei provava per loro? Benedetti quei cari bambini che ridono. Se solo avessero potuto vedere Johnny malato tra le sue braccia, avrebbero pianto di compassione? Se solo avessero potuto vedere Johnny morto su quel piccolo letto, avrebbero capito? Comunque sia, benedetti quei bambini per amor suo! Così come nelle case più umili di quella piccola strada, dove la luce interna brillava sulle finestre mentre il crepuscolo esterno si addensava. Quando le famiglie si riunivano in casa per la notte, sembrava davvero sciocco rifiutarsi di chiudere le persiane e spegnere le luci. Così come nei negozi illuminati. Si chiedeva se i loro proprietari, mentre bevevano il tè nel soggiorno, potessero percepire il sapore del tè e del pane tostato che veniva venduto fuori, mescolato con la luce delle lampade. Mangiavano, bevevano o indossavano ciò che vendevano, godendoselo ancora di più proprio perché lo producevano loro stessi. E così anche nel cimitero, lungo quel sentiero solitario che conduceva al luogo di riposo notturno, “Ah. I morti e io sembriamo avere tutto questo per noi soltanto, nel buio e in questo tempo freddo. Ma tanto meglio così per tutti coloro che hanno un rifugio caldo a casa”. Quella povera ‘anima non invidiava nessuno con amarezza, né rimpiangeva nulla per nessuno.

But, the old abhorrence grew stronger on her as she grew weaker, and it found more sustaining food than she did in her wanderings. Now, she would light upon the shameful spectacle of some desolate creature—or some wretched ragged groups of either sex, or of both sexes, with children among them, huddled together like the smaller vermin for a little warmth—lingering and lingering on a doorstep, while the appointed evader of the public trust did his dirty office of trying to weary them out and so get rid of them. Now, she would light upon some poor decent person, like herself, going afoot on a pilgrimage of many weary miles to see some worn-out relative or friend who had been charitably clutched off to a great blank barren Union House, as far from old home as the County Jail (the remoteness of which is always its worst punishment for small rural offenders), and in its dietary, and in its lodging, and in its tending of the sick, a much more penal establishment. Sometimes she would hear a newspaper read out, and would learn how the Registrar General cast up the units that had within the last week died of want and of exposure to the weather: for which that Recording Angel seemed to have a regular fixed place in his sum, as if they were its halfpence. All such things she would hear discussed, as we, my lords and gentlemen and honourable boards, in our unapproachable magnificence never hear them, and from all such things she would fly with the wings of raging Despair.

This is not to be received as a figure of speech. Old Betty Higden however tired, however footsore, would start up and be driven away by her awakened horror of falling into the hands of Charity. It is a remarkable Christian improvement, to have made a pursuing Fury of the Good Samaritan; but it was so in this case, and it is a type of many, many, many.

Two incidents united to intensify the old unreasoning abhorrence—granted in a previous place to be unreasoning, because the people always are unreasoning, and invariably make a point of producing all their smoke without fire.

One day she was sitting in a market-place on a bench outside an inn, with her little wares for sale, when the deadness that she strove against came over her so heavily that the scene departed from before her eyes; when it returned, she found herself on the ground, her head supported by some good-natured market-women, and a little crowd about her.

‘Are you better now, mother?’ asked one of the women. ‘Do you think you can do nicely now?’

‘Have I been ill then?’ asked old Betty.

‘You have had a faint like,’ was the answer, ‘or a fit. It ain’t that you’ve been a-struggling, mother, but you’ve been stiff and numbed.’

‘Ah!’ said Betty, recovering her memory. ‘It’s the numbness. Yes. It comes over me at times.’

Was it gone? the women asked her.

‘It’s gone now,’ said Betty. ‘I shall be stronger than I was afore. Many thanks to ye, my dears, and when you come to be as old as I am, may others do as much for you!’

They assisted her to rise, but she could not stand yet, and they supported her when she sat down again upon the bench.

‘My head’s a bit light, and my feet are a bit heavy,’ said old Betty, leaning her face drowsily on the breast of the woman who had spoken before. ‘They’ll both come nat’ral in a minute. There’s nothing more the matter.’

‘Ask her,’ said some farmers standing by, who had come out from their market-dinner, ‘who belongs to her.’

‘Are there any folks belonging to you, mother?’ said the woman.

‘Yes sure,’ answered Betty. ‘I heerd the gentleman say it, but I couldn’t answer quick enough. There’s plenty belonging to me. Don’t ye fear for me, my dear.’

‘But are any of ’em near here?’ said the men’s voices; the women’s voices chiming in when it was said, and prolonging the strain.

‘Quite near enough,’ said Betty, rousing herself. ‘Don’t ye be afeard for me, neighbours.’

‘But you are not fit to travel. Where are you going?’ was the next compassionate chorus she heard.

‘I’m a going to London when I’ve sold out all,’ said Betty, rising with difficulty. ‘I’ve right good friends in London. I want for nothing. I shall come to no harm. Thankye. Don’t ye be afeard for me.’

A well-meaning bystander, yellow-legginged and purple-faced, said hoarsely over his red comforter, as she rose to her feet, that she ‘oughtn’t to be let to go’.

‘For the Lord’s love don’t meddle with me!’ cried old Betty, all her fears crowding on her. ‘I am quite well now, and I must go this minute.’

She caught up her basket as she spoke and was making an unsteady rush away from them, when the same bystander checked her with his hand on her sleeve, and urged her to come with him and see the parish-doctor. Strengthening herself by the utmost exercise of her resolution, the poor trembling creature shook him off, almost fiercely, and took to flight. Nor did she feel safe until she had set a mile or two of by-road between herself and the marketplace, and had crept into a copse, like a hunted animal, to hide and recover breath. Not until then for the first time did she venture to recall how she had looked over her shoulder before turning out of the town, and had seen the sign of the White Lion hanging across the road, and the fluttering market booths, and the old grey church, and the little crowd gazing after her but not attempting to follow her.

The second frightening incident was this. She had been again as bad, and had been for some days better, and was travelling along by a part of the road where it touched the river, and in wet seasons was so often overflowed by it that there were tall white posts set up to mark the way. A barge was being towed towards her, and she sat down on the bank to rest and watch it. As the tow-rope was slackened by a turn of the stream and dipped into the water, such a confusion stole into her mind that she thought she saw the forms of her dead children and dead grandchildren peopling the barge, and waving their hands to her in solemn measure; then, as the rope tightened and came up, dropping diamonds, it seemed to vibrate into two parallel ropes and strike her, with a twang, though it was far off. When she looked again, there was no barge, no river, no daylight, and a man whom she had never before seen held a candle close to her face.

Ma quell’antico orrore cresceva sempre di più in lei man mano che lei stessa indeboliva; trovava nel mondo circostante più motivi per alimentarsi di quel sentimento negativo di quanto ne trovasse lei nelle sue peregrinazioni. Ora, spesso si imbatteva in scene vergognose: creature desolate, gruppi miseri e disperati di uomini, donne o entrambi i sessi, con bambini al seguito; tutti rannicchiati insieme per scaldarsi un po’, aspettando che qualcuno li allontanasse, persone oneste e povere, come lei stessa, che si avventuravano in lunghi viaggi per visitare parenti o amici malati, trasferiti in istituzioni spietate lontane da casa loro, dove le condizioni di vita erano ancora più terribili. A volte sentiva leggere i giornali, e veniva a sapere quanti fossero morti nella settimana precedente per fame o freddo. Quell’“Angelo della registrazione” sembrava avere un posto fisso nei suoi registri, come se quei decessi rappresentassero semplicemente delle piccole somme di denaro. Tutto ciò la faceva fuggire, spinta dalle ali della disperazione più furiosa.

Questo non deve essere inteso come figura retorica. La vecchia Betty Higden, per quanto stanca o dolorante ai piedi, si alzava immediatamente e fuggiva, spinta dal terrore di finire nelle mani di Carità. È un notevole esempio di “miglioramento cristiano”: trasformare la furia del Buon Samaritano in qualcosa di positivo. Ma in questo caso era proprio così, e rappresenta anche molti altri casi simili.

Due incidenti si sommarono, rafforzando quell’antico e irragionevole disgusto – già definito in precedenza come irragionevole, perché le persone sono sempre irrazionali e, inevitabilmente, producono “tutto il loro fumo” senza alcun “fuoco”.

Un giorno stava seduta in un mercato, su una panchina fuori da una locanda, con i suoi piccoli oggetti in vendita; quando la sensazione di torpore contro cui lottava la colpì con tale forza che tutto intorno a lei scomparve dalla sua vista. Quando tornò in sé, si trovò a terra, la testa sostenuta da alcune gentili donne del mercato, e una piccola folla intorno a lei.

“Ora ti senti meglio, mamma? Pensi di poter fare tutto come al solito?” chiese una delle donne.

“Allora, sono stata malata?” chiese la vecchia Betty.

“Hai avuto un mancamento,” fu la risposta, “o un attacco. Non è che tu abbia lottato, madre, ma sei stata rigida e intorpidita.”

“Ah!” disse Betty, riacquistando la sua memoria. “È quella sensazione di intorpidimento. Sì, a volte mi colpisce.”

Se n’era andata? le chiesero le donne.

“È sparito adesso,” disse Betty. “Diventerò più forte di prima. Grazie mille a voi, cari miei. E quando anche voi sarete vecchi come me, spero che altre persone facciano lo stesso per voi!”

La aiutarono ad alzarsi, ma lei non riusciva ancora a stare in piedi; quindi la sostennero quando si sedette di nuovo sul banco.

“La testa mi gira un po’, e i piedi mi sembrano pesanti,” disse la vecchia Betty, appoggiando sonnolentemente il viso sul petto della donna che aveva parlato prima. “Entrambi arriveranno naturalmente tra poco. Non c’è più nulla di cui preoccuparsi.”

“Chiedetelo a lei,” dissero alcuni contadini che erano lì presenti e che erano usciti dal loro banchetto di mercato. “Chi le appartiene?”

“Avete qualcuno che vi appartiene, madre?” chiese la donna.

“Sì, certo,” rispose Betty. “Ho sentito quel signore dirlo, ma non sono riuscita a rispondere abbastanza in fretta. Mi appartiene molte cose. Non temetevi per me, caro.”

“Ma ce n’è qualcuno vicino qui?” dissero le voci degli uomini; le voci delle donne si unirono a loro, prolungando quella melodia.

“Più che sufficiente,” disse Betty, riprendendosi. “Non preoccupatevi per me, vicini.”

“Ma non sei in condizioni di viaggiare. Dove stai andando?” fu la seguente domanda piena di compassione che lei sentì.

“Quando avrò venduto tutto, andrò a Londra”, disse Betty alzandosi con difficoltà. “Ho ottimi amici a Londra. Non mi mancherà nulla e non mi capiterà niente di male. Grazie. Non preoccupatevi per me.”

Una testimone benevola, con le gambe gialle e il viso viola, disse raucamente, coperta dal suo piumone rosso, mentre si alzava in piedi, che ‘non doveva essere lasciata andare’.

“Per l’amore del Signore, non mettetevi in mezzo!” gridò la vecchia Betty, sopraffatta dai suoi timori. “Ora sto bene, e devo andare subito.”

Mentre parlava, raccolse il suo cesto e cercò di allontanarsi da loro in fretta, ma lo stesso passante le afferrò il braccio per fermarla e la esortò ad andare con lui dal parroco. Con grande determinazione, quella povera ragazza scosse via la sua mano e fuggì via. Solo quando si trovò a un miglio o due di distanza dal mercato, nascosta in un boschetto come una bestia braccata, si sentì al sicuro. Fu solo allora che ricordò, per la prima volta, di aver visto, prima di lasciare la città, il cartello con l’immagine del Leone Bianco appeso sopra la strada, le bancarelle del mercato, la vecchia chiesa grigia e la piccola folla che la guardava senza tentare di seguirla.

Il secondo incidente spaventoso fu questo: lei si era nuovamente trovata in condizioni molto gravi, ma da alcuni giorni stava migliorando. Si stava muovendo lungo una parte della strada che costeggiava il >fiume; nelle stagioni piovose quel tratto veniva spesso sommerso dalle acque, per cui erano stati piantati alti pali bianchi per segnalare il percorso. Una barca stava essere trainata verso di lei; lei si sedette sulla riva per riposarsi e osservarla. Quando la corda di traino si allentò a causa di una curva del fiume e scomparve sotto l’acqua, nella sua mente si insinuò un tale senso di confusione che le parve di vedere le figure dei suoi figli e nipoti defunti sulla barca, che le facevano segno con la mano in modo solenne; poi, quando la corda si tese di nuovo, sembrò dividersi in due corde parallele e colpirla con un suono secco, anche se in realtà era molto lontana. Quando guardò di nuovo intorno, non c’era più né barca né fiume; c’era solo un uomo che non aveva mai visto prima, il quale le avvicinò una candela al viso.

‘Now, Missis,’ said he; ‘where did you come from and where are you going to?’

The poor soul confusedly asked the counter-question where she was?

‘I am the Lock,’ said the man.

‘The Lock?’

‘I am the Deputy Lock, on job, and this is the Lock-house. (Lock or Deputy Lock, it’s all one, while the t’other man’s in the hospital.) What’s your Parish?’

‘Parish!’ She was up from the truckle-bed directly, wildly feeling about her for her basket, and gazing at him in affright.

‘You’ll be asked the question down town,’ said the man. ‘They won’t let you be more than a Casual there. They’ll pass you on to your settlement, Missis, with all speed. You’re not in a state to be let come upon strange parishes ’ceptin as a Casual.’

‘’Twas the deadness again!’ murmured Betty Higden, with her hand to her head.

‘It was the deadness, there’s not a doubt about it,’ returned the man. ‘I should have thought the deadness was a mild word for it, if it had been named to me when we brought you in. Have you got any friends, Missis?’

‘The best of friends, Master.’

‘I should recommend your looking ’em up if you consider ’em game to do anything for you,’ said the Deputy Lock. ‘Have you got any money?’

‘Just a morsel of money, sir.’

‘Do you want to keep it?’

‘Sure I do!’

Well, you know,’ said the Deputy Lock, shrugging his shoulders with his hands in his pockets, and shaking his head in a sulkily ominous manner, ‘the parish authorities down town will have it out of you, if you go on, you may take your Alfred David.’

‘Then I’ll not go on.’

‘They’ll make you pay, as fur as your money will go,’ pursued the Deputy, ‘for your relief as a Casual and for your being passed to your Parish.’

‘Thank ye kindly, Master, for your warning, thank ye for your shelter, and good night.’

‘Stop a bit,’ said the Deputy, striking in between her and the door. ‘Why are you all of a shake, and what’s your hurry, Missis?’

‘Oh, Master, Master,’ returned Betty Higden, ‘I’ve fought against the Parish and fled from it, all my life, and I want to die free of it!’

‘I don’t know,’ said the Deputy, with deliberation, ‘as I ought to let you go. I’m a honest man as gets my living by the sweat of my brow, and I may fall into trouble by letting you go. I’ve fell into trouble afore now, by George, and I know what it is, and it’s made me careful. You might be took with your deadness again, half a mile off—or half of half a quarter, for the matter of that—and then it would be asked, Why did that there honest Deputy Lock, let her go, instead of putting her safe with the Parish? That’s what a man of his character ought to have done, it would be argueyfied,’ said the Deputy Lock, cunningly harping on the strong string of her terror; ‘he ought to have handed her over safe to the Parish. That was to be expected of a man of his merits.’

As he stood in the doorway, the poor old careworn wayworn woman burst into tears, and clasped her hands, as if in a very agony she prayed to him.

‘As I’ve told you, Master, I’ve the best of friends. This letter will show how true I spoke, and they will be thankful for me.’

The Deputy Lock opened the letter with a grave face, which underwent no change as he eyed its contents. But it might have done, if he could have read them.

‘What amount of small change, Missis,’ he said, with an abstracted air, after a little meditation, ‘might you call a morsel of money?’

Hurriedly emptying her pocket, old Betty laid down on the table, a shilling, and two sixpenny pieces, and a few pence.

‘If I was to let you go instead of handing you over safe to the Parish,’ said the Deputy, counting the money with his eyes, ‘might it be your own free wish to leave that there behind you?’

‘Take it, Master, take it, and welcome and thankful!’

‘I’m a man,’ said the Deputy, giving her back the letter, and pocketing the coins, one by one, ‘as earns his living by the sweat of his brow;’ here he drew his sleeve across his forehead, as if this particular portion of his humble gains were the result of sheer hard labour and virtuous industry; ‘and I won’t stand in your way. Go where you like.’

She was gone out of the Lock-house as soon as he gave her this permission, and her tottering steps were on the road again. But, afraid to go back and afraid to go forward; seeing what she fled from, in the sky-glare of the lights of the little town before her, and leaving a confused horror of it everywhere behind her, as if she had escaped it in every stone of every market-place; she struck off by side ways, among which she got bewildered and lost. That night she took refuge from the Samaritan in his latest accredited form, under a farmer’s rick; and if—worth thinking of, perhaps, my fellow-Christians—the Samaritan had in the lonely night, ‘passed by on the other side’, she would have most devoutly thanked High Heaven for her escape from him.

The morning found her afoot again, but fast declining as to the clearness of her thoughts, though not as to the steadiness of her purpose. Comprehending that her strength was quitting her, and that the struggle of her life was almost ended, she could neither reason out the means of getting back to her protectors, nor even form the idea. The overmastering dread, and the proud stubborn resolution it engendered in her to die undegraded, were the two distinct impressions left in her failing mind. Supported only by a sense that she was bent on conquering in her life-long fight, she went on.

The time was come, now, when the wants of this little life were passing away from her. She could not have swallowed food, though a table had been spread for her in the next field. The day was cold and wet, but she scarcely knew it. She crept on, poor soul, like a criminal afraid of being taken, and felt little beyond the terror of falling down while it was yet daylight, and being found alive. She had no fear that she would live through another night.

“Ora, signora,” disse lui, “da dove viene e dove sta andando?”

Quella povera ‘anima pose confusamente la controdomanda: “Dove mi trovo?”

“Io sono la Chiave,” disse l’uomo.

“La chiave?”

“Sono il vice custode, sono al lavoro, e questa è la casa del custode. (Custode o vice custode, fa lo stesso; l’altro uomo è in ospedale.) Di quale parrocchia sei?”

“Parish!” Si alzò immediatamente dal letto a castello, cercando disperatamente la sua cesta intorno a sé e guardandolo con terrore.

“Ti faranno quella domanda in città,” disse l’uomo. “Lì non ti permetteranno di fare altro che lavorare come ‘casuale’. Ti manderanno subito al tuo insediamento, signora, il più velocemente possibile. Non sei nelle condizioni adatte per essere accettata in parrocchie straniere, se non come ‘casuale’.”

“È di nuovo quella sensazione di morte, ”, mormorò Betty Higden, portandosi una mano alla testa.

“Era proprio quella morte, non c’è alcun >dubbio al riguardo,” rispose l’uomo.
“Avrei dovuto capire che ‘morte’ era un eufemismo per descriverlo, se solo me ne avessero parlato quando vi abbiamo portati qui. Avete qualche amico, signora?”

“Il miglior degli amici, Maestro.”

“Dovresti considerare l’idea di cercarli, se pensi che possano essere utili per qualcosa che hai in mente,” disse il vice ispettore Lock. “Hai del denaro con te?”

“Solo un piccolo importo di denaro, signore.”

“Vuoi tenerlo?”

“Certo che sì!”

“Beh,” disse il vice-sceriffo Lock, scrollando le spalle con le mani in tasca e scuotendo la testa in modo cupo e minaccioso, “se continui così, le autorità parrocchiali ti faranno pagare caro. Puoi anche portarti via il tuo Alfred David.”

“Allora non continuerò.”

“Ti faranno pagare fino all’ultimo centesimo,” insistette l’Ufficiale Subalterno, “per il tuo aiuto come Volontario e per essere stato trasferito nella tua parrocchia.”

“Grazie mille, Maestro, per il vostro avvertimento, grazie per la vostra protezione. Buona notte.”

“Fermati un attimo,” disse il vice-sceriffo, interponendosi tra lei e la porta.
“Perché siete tutte così agitate, e cosa c’è di così urgente, signora?”

“Oh, Maestro, Maestro,” rispose Betty Higden, “Ho lottato contro la Parrocchia e ne sono fuggita per tutta la mia vita; voglio morire libera da essa!”

“Non lo so,” disse il vice sceriffo, con deliberazione, “perché dovrei lasciarti andare. Sono un uomo onesto che vive del proprio lavoro onesto, e potrei finire nei guai se ti lasciassi andare. In passato mi sono già trovato nei guai, per Dio. So bene com’è, ed è per questo che sono diventato cauto. Potresti essere catturata di nuovo, anche a mezzo miglio di distanza. E allora si chiederebbe: ‘Perché quel onesto vice sceriffo Lock l’ha lasciata andare, invece di metterla al sicuro presso il tribunale parrocchiale?’ È quello che ci si aspetterebbe da un uomo della sua reputazione. Ci sarebbero delle discussioni,” disse il vice sceriffo Lock, approfittando abilmente del timore che provava lei; “Avrebbe dovuto consegnarla al tribunale parrocchiale. Era ciò che si aspettava da un uomo dei suoi meriti.”

Mentre stava fermo sulla soglia, quella povera donna anziana e logora scoppiò in lacrime e, con le mani giunte, pregò lui con grande angoscia.

“Come vi ho detto, Maestro, ho i migliori amici. Questa lettera dimostrerà quanto fossi sincero, e loro saranno grati con me.”

Il vice ispettore aprì la lettera con un’espressione seria, che non cambiò affatto mentre ne leggeva il contenuto. Forse sarebbe cambiata, se solo fosse riuscito a comprenderlo.

“Quanto denaro piccolo, signora,” disse lui con un tono distaccato, “potrebbe considerarsi una piccola somma di denaro?” Dopo averci pensato per un momento.

Svuotando frettolosamente la propria tasca, la vecchia Betty posò sul tavolo un scellino, due monete da sei penny e alcune piccole monete.

“Se ti lasciassi andare invece di consegnarti in sicurezza alla Parrocchia,” disse il vice-sceriffo, contando i soldi con lo sguardo, “potrebbe essere davvero una tua libera scelta lasciare tutto questo alle tue spalle?”

“Prendetelo, Maestro, prendetelo, con gratitudine e ringraziamento!”

“Sono un uomo,” disse il vice-sceriffo, restituendole la lettera e mettendo le monete in tasca una per una, “un uomo che si guadagna da vivere con il sudore della propria fronte;” si passò la manica sulla fronte, come se quella particolare parte dei suoi modesti guadagni fosse il risultato di un duro lavoro e di una onesta diligenza; “e non intendo ostacolarti. Vai pure dove vuoi.”

Non appena le diede questo permesso, uscì dalla casa chiusa a chiave e i suoi passi incerti risuonarono di nuovo sulla strada. Ma aveva paura sia di tornare indietro che di andare avanti; vedendo ciò da cui fuggiva, nella luce fioca delle luci della piccola città davanti a lei, lasciando dietro di sé un senso di orrore e confusione, come se fosse riuscita a sfuggirgli in ogni singola pietra di ogni mercato. Prese strade secondarie, ma si perse nel labirinto di sentieri. Quella notte trovò rifugio presso il Samaritano, nella sua ultima forma “autorizzata”, sotto un mucchio di paglia di un contadino; e se – forse vale la pena pensarci, miei cari cristiani – quel Samaritano, in quella solitaria notte, fosse “passato dall’altra parte”, lei gli avrebbe sicuramente ringraziato con grande devozione il Cielo per essere riuscita a sfuggirgli.

La mattina la trovò di nuovo in movimento, ma la chiarezza dei suoi pensieri andava rapidamente diminuendo, sebbene la fermezza della sua determinazione rimanesse intatta. Rendendosi conto che le sue forze stavano venendo meno e che la lotta della sua vita era quasi giunta al termine, non riusciva né a concepire i mezzi per tornare dai suoi protettori, né a formularne un’idea chiara. Il terrore opprimente e la risoluzione orgogliosa e testarda che ne derivava – di morire senza subire umiliazioni – furono le due uniche impressioni che rimasero nella sua mente ormai indebolita. Sostenuta soltanto dal desiderio di vincere nella battaglia della sua vita, continuò ad andare avanti.

Era arrivato il momento in cui i bisogni di questa piccola vita stavano svanendo. Non riusciva più a ingoiare cibo, anche se le avevano preparato un pasto nel campo accanto. La giornata era fredda e umida, ma lei quasi non se ne rendeva conto. Si muoveva furtivamente, povera ‘anima, come un criminale spaventato di essere catturato. Sentiva soltanto il terrore di cadere mentre ancora era giorno, e di essere trovata viva. Non aveva alcuna >paura che sarebbe sopravvissuta a un’altra -notte.

Sewn in the breast of her gown, the money to pay for her burial was still intact. If she could wear through the day, and then lie down to die under cover of the darkness, she would die independent. If she were captured previously, the money would be taken from her as a pauper who had no right to it, and she would be carried to the accursed workhouse. Gaining her end, the letter would be found in her breast, along with the money, and the gentlefolks would say when it was given back to them, ‘She prized it, did old Betty Higden; she was true to it; and while she lived, she would never let it be disgraced by falling into the hands of those that she held in horror.’ Most illogical, inconsequential, and light-headed, this; but travellers in the valley of the shadow of death are apt to be light-headed; and worn-out old people of low estate have a trick of reasoning as indifferently as they live, and doubtless would appreciate our Poor Law more philosophically on an income of ten thousand a year.

So, keeping to byways, and shunning human approach, this troublesome old woman hid herself, and fared on all through the dreary day. Yet so unlike was she to vagrant hiders in general, that sometimes, as the day advanced, there was a bright fire in her eyes, and a quicker beating at her feeble heart, as though she said exultingly, ‘The Lord will see me through it!’

By what visionary hands she was led along upon that journey of escape from the Samaritan; by what voices, hushed in the grave, she seemed to be addressed; how she fancied the dead child in her arms again, and times innumerable adjusted her shawl to keep it warm; what infinite variety of forms of tower and roof and steeple the trees took; how many furious horsemen rode at her, crying, ‘There she goes! Stop! Stop, Betty Higden!’ and melted away as they came close; be these things left untold. Faring on and hiding, hiding and faring on, the poor harmless creature, as though she were a Murderess and the whole country were up after her, wore out the day, and gained the night.

Water-meadows, or such like,’ she had sometimes murmured, on the day’s pilgrimage, when she had raised her head and taken any note of the real objects about her. There now arose in the darkness, a great building, full of lighted windows. Smoke was issuing from a high chimney in the rear of it, and there was the sound of a water-wheel at the side. Between her and the building, lay a piece of water, in which the lighted windows were reflected, and on its nearest margin was a plantation of trees. ‘I humbly thank the Power and the Glory,’ said Betty Higden, holding up her withered hands, ‘that I have come to my journey’s end!’

She crept among the trees to the trunk of a tree whence she could see, beyond some intervening trees and branches, the lighted windows, both in their reality and their reflection in the water. She placed her orderly little basket at her side, and sank upon the ground, supporting herself against the tree. It brought to her mind the foot of the Cross, and she committed herself to Him who died upon it. Her strength held out to enable her to arrange the letter in her breast, so as that it could be seen that she had a paper there. It had held out for this, and it departed when this was done.

‘I am safe here,’ was her last benumbed thought. ‘When I am found dead at the foot of the Cross, it will be by some of my own sort; some of the working people who work among the lights yonder. I cannot see the lighted windows now, but they are there. I am thankful for all!’

The darkness gone, and a face bending down.

‘It cannot be the boofer lady?’

‘I don’t understand what you say. Let me wet your lips again with this brandy. I have been away to fetch it. Did you think that I was long gone?’

It is as the face of a woman, shaded by a quantity of rich dark hair. It is the earnest face of a woman who is young and handsome. But all is over with me on earth, and this must be an Angel.

‘Have I been long dead?’

‘I don’t understand what you say. Let me wet your lips again. I hurried all I could, and brought no one back with me, lest you should die of the shock of strangers.’

‘Am I not dead?’

‘I cannot understand what you say. Your voice is so low and broken that I cannot hear you. Do you hear me?’

‘Yes.’

‘Do you mean Yes?’

‘Yes.’

‘I was coming from my work just now, along the path outside (I was up with the night-hands last night), and I heard a groan, and found you lying here.’

‘What work, deary?’

‘Did you ask what work? At the paper-mill.’

‘Where is it?’

‘Your face is turned up to the sky, and you can’t see it. It is close by. You can see my face, here, between you and the sky?’

‘Yes.’

‘Dare I lift you?’

‘Not yet.’

‘Not even lift your head to get it on my arm? I will do it by very gentle degrees. You shall hardly feel it.’

‘Not yet. Paper. Letter.’

‘This paper in your breast?’

‘Bless ye!’

‘Let me wet your lips again. Am I to open it? To read it?’

‘Bless ye!’

She reads it with surprise, and looks down with a new expression and an added interest on the motionless face she kneels beside.

‘I know these names. I have heard them often.’

‘Will you send it, my dear?’

‘I cannot understand you. Let me wet your lips again, and your forehead. There. O poor thing, poor thing!’ These words through her fast-dropping tears. ‘What was it that you asked me? Wait till I bring my ear quite close.’

‘Will you send it, my dear?’

‘Will I send it to the writers? Is that your wish? Yes, certainly.’

‘You’ll not give it up to any one but them?’

‘No.’

‘As you must grow old in time, and come to your dying hour, my dear, you’ll not give it up to any one but them?’

‘No. Most solemnly.’

‘Never to the Parish!’ with a convulsed struggle.

‘No. Most solemnly.’

‘Nor let the Parish touch me, not yet so much as look at me!’ with another struggle.

‘No. Faithfully.’

A look of thankfulness and triumph lights the worn old face.

The eyes, which have been darkly fixed upon the sky, turn with meaning in them towards the compassionate face from which the tears are dropping, and a smile is on the aged lips as they ask:

‘What is your name, my dear?’

‘My name is Lizzie Hexam.’

‘I must be sore disfigured. Are you afraid to kiss me?’

The answer is, the ready pressure of her lips upon the cold but smiling mouth.

‘Bless ye! NOW lift me, my love.’

Lizzie Hexam very softly raised the weather-stained grey head, and lifted her as high as Heaven.

Sul petto del suo abito era cucita la somma di denaro necessaria per il suo funerale; era ancora intatta. Se fosse riuscita a sopravvivere fino al giorno seguente, per poi morire nell’oscurità della notte, sarebbe morta in modo indipendente. Se invece fosse stata catturata prima, il denaro le sarebbe stato tolto, poiché considerata una poveraccia senza diritti su di esso, e sarebbe stata portata in quella maledetta casa di lavoro. Al suo funerale, la lettera sarebbe stata trovata sul suo petto insieme al denaro, e le persone gentili avrebbero detto: “L’aveva molto a cuore, povera Betty Higden; ci era fedele. E finché è vissuta, non ha mai permesso che venisse disonorata cadendo nelle mani di coloro che odiava”. Tutto questo sembra assurdo e irrilevante. Ma i viaggiatori nella valle dell’ombra della morte spesso perdono la ragione; inoltre, le persone anziane e povere hanno un modo di pensare altrettanto superficiale quanto il loro stile di vita. E probabilmente apprezzerebbero di più le nostre leggi di assistenza sociale se guadagnassero diecimila sterline all’anno.

Così, tenendosi lontana dalle strade principali e evitando ogni contatto umano, questa fastidiosa vecchia donna si nascose e trascorse l’intera giornata in solitudine. Tuttavia, era così diversa dagli altri vagabondi che, a volte, man mano che il giorno avanzava, nei suoi occhi appariva un bagliore luminoso e il suo debole cuore batteva più velocemente, come se esclamasse con gioia: “Il Signore mi aiuterà ad uscire da questa situazione!”

Per quali mani visionarie fu guidata in quel viaggio di fuga dal Samaritano; con quali voci, sommesse nel silenzio della notte, sembrava essere interpellata; come immaginava di avere di nuovo tra le braccia il piccolo bambino morto, e quante volte sistemò il proprio scialle per tenerlo al caldo; quali infinite forme di torri, tetti e guglie assunsero gli alberi; quanti cavalieri furiosi la inseguirono, gridando “Eccola là! Fermatela! Fermatela, Betty Higden!”, per poi scomparire non appena si avvicinavano. Tutto ciò rimane inespresso. Proseguendo nel suo cammino, nascondendosi continuamente, quella povera e innocente creatura, come se fosse una assassina e l’intero paese la stesse dando la caccia, trascorse la giornata e arrivò alla notte.

“Prati allagati, o qualcosa del genere,” mormorava a volte durante le sue pellegrinazioni quotidiane, quando alzava lo sguardo e osservava gli oggetti che la circondavano. Ora, nell’oscurità, apparve un grande edificio pieno di finestre illuminate; dal camino situato sul retro usciva del fumo, e sul lato si udiva il rumore di una ruota azionata dall’acqua. Tra lei e l’edificio c’era un tratto d’acqua in cui le luci delle finestre si riflettevano; sulla riva più vicina cresceva un boschetto di alberi. “Ringrazio umilmente il Potere e la Gloria,” disse Betty Higden, alzando le sue mani secche e ingrigite, “per avermi portata alla fine del mio viaggio!”

Si insinuò tra gli alberi fino al tronco di uno di essi; da lì riusciva a vedere, oltre alcuni alberi e rami che le ostacolavano la vista, le finestre illuminate, sia nella loro realtà che nel riflesso sull’acqua. Posò accanto a sé il suo piccolo cestino ordinatamente sistemato, poi si sedette a terra appoggiandosi all’albero. Quel gesto le ricordò i piedi dell’Croce; si dedicò quindi a Colui che vi era morto sopra. La sua forza resistette abbastanza a lungo da permetterle di sistemare la lettera sul petto, in modo che fosse visibile il fatto che ne possedesse una. Quella forza le fu sufficiente, e svanì non appena ebbe terminato quel compito.

“Sono al sicuro qui,” fu il suo ultimo pensiero distaccato. “Quando mi troveranno morta ai piedi della Croce, saranno persone come me; alcuni di quei lavoratori che operano tra quelle luci laggiù. Ora non riesco a vedere le finestre illuminate, ma ci sono sicuramente. Sono grata per tutto!”

La oscurità era svanita, e un viso si chinò verso di lui.

“Non può essere la signora con il cappello buffo, ”

“Non capisco quello che dici. Lascia che inumidisca di nuovo le tue labbra con questo brandy. Sono andato a prenderlo apposta. Pensi davvero che fossi via da molto tempo?”

È il viso di una donna, ombreggiato da una folta chioma scura e densa. È il volto serio di una donna giovane e bella. Ma per me tutto è finito sulla terra; quindi questa deve essere un angelo.

“Sono forse morto da molto tempo?”

“Non capisco quello che dici. Lascia che inumidisca di nuovo le tue labbra. Sono corso il più velocemente possibile, e non ho portato nessuno con me, per evitare che tu morissi per lo shock causato dagli sconosciuti.”

“Non sono forse morto?”

“Non riesco a capire quello che dici. La tua voce è così bassa e roca che non ti sento. Mi senti?”

“Sì, davvero.”

“Intendi dire ‘Sì’?”

“Sì, davvero.”

“Stavo tornando dal lavoro proprio ora, lungo il sentiero fuori. Ero impegnato con i lavori notturni la scorsa notte. Ho sentito un gemito e ti ho trovato qui sdraiato.”

“Che lavoro, carina?”

“Hai chiesto di quale lavoro si tratta? In una cartiera.”

“Dove si trova?”

“La tua faccia è rivolta verso il cielo, e non riesci a vederlo. È proprio vicino. Puoi vedere la mia faccia, qui, tra te e il cielo?”

“Sì, davvero.”

“Posso sollevarti?”

“Non ancora.”

“Nemmeno alzi la testa per mettermela sul braccio? Lo farò molto lentamente. Non sentirai quasi nulla.”

“Non ancora. Carta. Lettera.”

“Questo foglio di carta nel tuo petto?”

“Beneditevi!”

“Lasciami inumidire di nuovo le tue labbra. Devo aprirlo? Leggerlo?”

“Beneditevi!”

Lo legge con sorpresa, poi guarda in basso con un’espressione diversa e un interesse maggiore sul volto immobile accanto al quale si inginocchia.

“Conosco questi nomi. Li ho sentiti spesso.”

“Me lo manderai, caro mio?”

“Non riesco a capirti. Lascia che bagni di nuovo le tue labbra e la tua fronte. Ecco. Povera creatura, poverina, ” Queste parole filtravano attraverso le sue lacrime che cadevano velocemente. “Cos’era che mi hai chiesto? Aspetta che avvicini l’orecchio abbastanza, ”

“Me lo manderai, caro mio?”

“Devo inviarlo agli scrittori? È questo il tuo desiderio? Sì, certamente.”

“Non lo darai mai a nessun altro se non a loro?”

‘No.’

“Poiché, caro mio, con il passare del tempo dovrai invecchiare e arrivare all’ora della tua morte, non la consegnerai a nessun altro se non a loro, vero?”

“Mai. Con la massima solennità.”

“Mai andare in parrocchia!” con uno sforzo disperato.

“Mai. Con la massima solennità.”

“Né lasciate che il Parroco mi tocchi, nemmeno che mi guardi!” con un altro sforzo.

“Nessuno mai, fedelmente.”

Un’espressione di gratitudine e trionfo illumina quel volto vecchio e stanco.

Gli occhi, che fino ad allora erano fissi sul cielo, si rivolgono con significato verso quel volto compassionevole dal quale cadono le lacrime; un sorriso appare sulle labbra dell’anziano mentre chiede.

“Come ti chiami, mia cara?”

“Mi chiamo Lizzie Hexam.”

“Devo essere terribilmente sfigurato. Hai paura di baciarmi?”

La risposta è, la pressione delle sue labbra sulle sue guance fredde, ma sorridenti.

“Beneditevi! Ora sollevami, mio amore.”

Lizzie Hexam sollevò molto lentamente la sua testa grigia, macchiata dal tempo, e la alzò fino al cielo.

Chapter 9

SOMEBODY BECOMES THE SUBJECT OF A PREDICTION

‘“We give thee hearty thanks for that it hath pleased thee to deliver this our sister out of the miseries of this sinful world.”’ So read the Reverend Frank Milvey in a not untroubled voice, for his heart misgave him that all was not quite right between us and our sister—or say our sister in Law—Poor Law—and that we sometimes read these words in an awful manner, over our Sister and our Brother too.

And Sloppy—on whom the brave deceased had never turned her back until she ran away from him, knowing that otherwise he would not be separated from her—Sloppy could not in his conscience as yet find the hearty thanks required of it. Selfish in Sloppy, and yet excusable, it may be humbly hoped, because our sister had been more than his mother.

The words were read above the ashes of Betty Higden, in a corner of a churchyard near the river; in a churchyard so obscure that there was nothing in it but grass-mounds, not so much as one single tombstone. It might not be to do an unreasonably great deal for the diggers and hewers, in a registering age, if we ticketed their graves at the common charge; so that a new generation might know which was which: so that the soldier, sailor, emigrant, coming home, should be able to identify the resting-place of father, mother, playmate, or betrothed. For, we turn up our eyes and say that we are all alike in death, and we might turn them down and work the saying out in this world, so far. It would be sentimental, perhaps? But how say ye, my lords and gentleman and honourable boards, shall we not find good standing-room left for a little sentiment, if we look into our crowds?

Near unto the Reverend Frank Milvey as he read, stood his little wife, John Rokesmith the Secretary, and Bella Wilfer. These, over and above Sloppy, were the mourners at the lowly grave. Not a penny had been added to the money sewn in her dress: what her honest spirit had so long projected, was fulfilled.

‘I’ve took it in my head,’ said Sloppy, laying it, inconsolable, against the church door, when all was done: ‘I’ve took it in my wretched head that I might have sometimes turned a little harder for her, and it cuts me deep to think so now.’

The Reverend Frank Milvey, comforting Sloppy, expounded to him how the best of us were more or less remiss in our turnings at our respective Mangles—some of us very much so—and how we were all a halting, failing, feeble, and inconstant crew.

‘SHE warn’t, sir,’ said Sloppy, taking this ghostly counsel rather ill, in behalf of his late benefactress. ‘Let us speak for ourselves, sir. She went through with whatever duty she had to do. She went through with me, she went through with the Minders, she went through with herself, she went through with everythink. O Mrs Higden, Mrs Higden, you was a woman and a mother and a mangler in a million million!’

With those heartfelt words, Sloppy removed his dejected head from the church door, and took it back to the grave in the corner, and laid it down there, and wept alone. ‘Not a very poor grave,’ said the Reverend Frank Milvey, brushing his hand across his eyes, ‘when it has that homely figure on it. Richer, I think, than it could be made by most of the sculpture in Westminster Abbey!’

They left him undisturbed, and passed out at the wicket-gate. The water-wheel of the paper-mill was audible there, and seemed to have a softening influence on the bright wintry scene. They had arrived but a little while before, and Lizzie Hexam now told them the little she could add to the letter in which she had enclosed Mr Rokesmith’s letter and had asked for their instructions. This was merely how she had heard the groan, and what had afterwards passed, and how she had obtained leave for the remains to be placed in that sweet, fresh, empty store-room of the mill from which they had just accompanied them to the churchyard, and how the last requests had been religiously observed.

‘I could not have done it all, or nearly all, of myself,’ said Lizzie. ‘I should not have wanted the will; but I should not have had the power, without our managing partner.’

‘Surely not the Jew who received us?’ said Mrs Milvey.

(‘My dear,’ observed her husband in parenthesis, ‘why not?’)

‘The gentleman certainly is a Jew,’ said Lizzie, ‘and the lady, his wife, is a Jewess, and I was first brought to their notice by a Jew. But I think there cannot be kinder people in the world.’

‘But suppose they try to convert you!’ suggested Mrs Milvey, bristling in her good little way, as a clergyman’s wife.

‘To do what, ma’am?’ asked Lizzie, with a modest smile.

‘To make you change your religion,’ said Mrs Milvey.

Lizzie shook her head, still smiling. ‘They have never asked me what my religion is. They asked me what my story was, and I told them. They asked me to be industrious and faithful, and I promised to be so. They most willingly and cheerfully do their duty to all of us who are employed here, and we try to do ours to them. Indeed they do much more than their duty to us, for they are wonderfully mindful of us in many ways.’

‘It is easy to see you’re a favourite, my dear,’ said little Mrs Milvey, not quite pleased.

‘It would be very ungrateful in me to say I am not,’ returned Lizzie, ‘for I have been already raised to a place of confidence here. But that makes no difference in their following their own religion and leaving all of us to ours. They never talk of theirs to us, and they never talk of ours to us. If I was the last in the mill, it would be just the same. They never asked me what religion that poor thing had followed.’

‘My dear,’ said Mrs Milvey, aside to the Reverend Frank, ‘I wish you would talk to her.’

‘My dear,’ said the Reverend Frank aside to his good little wife, ‘I think I will leave it to somebody else. The circumstances are hardly favourable. There are plenty of talkers going about, my love, and she will soon find one.’

Capitolo 9

Qualcuno diventa oggetto di una previsione

“Ti ringraziamo sinceramente per aver voluto salvare nostra sorella dalle miserie di questo mondo peccaminoso.” Così lesse il Reverendo Frank Milvey con voce tranquilla, anche se nel suo cuore sentiva che qualcosa non andasse del tutto tra noi e nostra sorella, o meglio, nostra cognata. A volte, pensava, leggiamo queste parole in modo davvero terribile, riguardo sia a nostra sorella che a nostro fratello.

E Sloppy, su di cui la brava defunta non aveva mai girato le spalle, fino a quando non fuggì da lui, sapendo che altrimenti lui non sarebbe stato separato da lei. Sloppy, nella sua coscienza, non riusciva ancora a trovare quelle sincere parole di ringraziamento che ci si aspetterebbero. La sua egoismo era forse scusabile. Si può sperare umilmente che lo fosse, perché nostra sorella era stata per lui molto di più di una semplice madre.

Le parole furono lette sopra le ceneri di Betty Higden, in un angolo di un cimitero vicino al fiume; in un cimitero così poco conosciuto che non vi era nulla se non cumuli d’erba, nemmeno una singola lapide. Forse non sarebbe un gesto eccessivamente generoso nei confronti di coloro che scavano e lavorano la terra, soprattutto in questa epoca di registrazioni, se registrassimo le loro tombe al prezzo comune; così che una nuova generazione potesse sapere chi era chi: così che il soldato, il marinaio, l’emigrante, tornando a casa, potesse riconoscere il luogo di riposo di padre, madre, amico d’infanzia o fidanzata. Infatti, alziamo lo sguardo e diciamo che tutti siamo uguali nella morte, ma forse dovremmo mettere in pratica questo principio anche in questa vita. Forse sarebbe sentimentale. Ma che ne dite voi, miei signori e gentiluomini, non credete che ci sia ancora spazio per un po’ di sentimento, se osserviamo le nostre folle?

Vicino al Reverendo Frank Milvey, mentre leggeva, c’erano sua moglie, John Rokesmith il segretario e Bella Wilfer. Questi, insieme a Sloppy, erano i presenti al modesto sepolcro di Bella. Non era stato aggiunto nemmeno un penny al denaro cucito nel suo abito: ciò che il suo onesto cuore aveva desiderato per tanto tempo si era finalmente realizzato.

“Me l’ho messo in testa,” disse Sloppy, posandola lì, inconsolabile, contro la porta della chiesa, quando tutto fu finito: “Mi sono convinto, con questa mia misera testa, che a volte avrei potuto provare ad aiutarla di più. E ora il pensiero mi tormenta profondamente.”

Il Reverendo Frank Milvey, consolando Sloppy, gli spiegò come anche i migliori tra noi fossero più o meno negligenti nelle loro rispettive attività – alcuni di noi molto di più – e come tutti insieme fossimo un gruppo incerto, fallibile, debole e incoerente.

“Non lo ha detto, signore,” disse Sloppy, prendendo molto male questo consiglio “fantasma”, parlando a nome della sua defunta benefattrice. “Lasciate che parliamo noi per noi, signore. Lei ha adempiuto a ogni dovere che le spettava. Ha fatto tutto ciò che doveva fare: con me, con i guardiani, con se stessa. Oh, signora Higden, lei era davvero una donna, una madre, e anche qualcos’altro di ancora più grande!”

Con quelle parole sincere, Sloppy sollevò la sua testa abbattuta dalla porta della chiesa e la riportò presso la tomba nell’angolo; la posò lì e pianse da solo. “Non è certo una tomba molto semplice, ”, disse il reverendo Frank Milvey, asciugandosi gli occhi con la mano, “con quella figura così accogliente sopra. Penso che sia persino più ‘ricca’ di molte delle sculture presenti nell’Abbazia di Westminster!”

Lo lasciarono in pace e proseguirono verso il cancello del mulino. Il rumore della ruota che azionava la macchina per lavorare la carta era udibile lì, e sembrava avere un effetto lenitivo su quella scena invernale luminosa. Erano arrivati da poco quando Lizzie Hexam raccontò loro tutto ciò che poteva aggiungere alla lettera nella quale aveva incluso quella di Mr Rokesmith e aveva chiesto loro istruzioni. Raccontò semplicemente come avesse sentito quel lamento, cosa fosse accaduto in seguito, come avesse ottenuto il permesso di far riposare i resti in quell’ambiente fresco e vuoto del mulino, dal quale li aveva appena accompagnati al cimitero, e come le ultime volontà del defunto fossero state rispettate con religiosità.

“Non sarei riuscita a farcela da sola, o quasi,” disse Lizzie.
“Non avrei voluto quella volontà, ma senza il nostro socio dirigente, non avrei avuto nemmeno la forza necessaria.”

“Di certo non quel ebreo che ci ha accolto, vero?” disse la signora Milvey.

“Mia cara,” osservò suo marito tra parentesi, “perché no?”

“Quel signore è sicuramente ebreo,” disse Lizzie, “e la signora, sua moglie, è ebrea anch’essa; sono stata presentata loro da un ebreo. Ma penso che non ci siano persone più gentili al mondo.”

“Ma supponiamo che provino a convertirti!” suggerì la signora Milvey, con quel suo modo caratteristico da moglie di un clérigo.

“Fare cosa, signora?”, chiese Lizzie con un sorriso modesto.

“Per farti cambiare religione,” disse la signora Milvey.

Lizzie scosse la testa, continuando a sorridere. “Non mi hanno mai chiesto quale sia la mia religione. Mi hanno chiesto qual fosse la mia storia, e io gliel’ho raccontata. Mi hanno detto di essere laboriosa e fedele, e io ho promesso di esserlo. Loro svolgono con grande volontà e gioia il loro dovere verso di noi tutti che lavoriamo qui, e noi cerchiamo di fare lo stesso verso di loro. In realtà, fanno molto di più del loro dovere, perché si prendono davvero cura di noi in molti modi.”

“È facile capire che tu sia la preferita, cara mia,” disse la piccola signora Milvey, non del tutto soddisfatta.

“Sarebbe molto ingrato da parte mia dire di no,” rispose Lizzie, “poiché sono già stata trattata con fiducia qui. Ma questo non cambia nulla nel fatto che loro seguano la propria religione e lascino noi liberi di seguire la nostra. Non parlano mai della loro religione con noi, e nemmeno della nostra. Anche se fossi l’ultima in questa situazione, sarebbe lo stesso: non mi hanno mai chiesto quale religione seguisse quella povera persona.”

“Mio caro,” disse la signora Milvey sottovoce al reverendo Frank, “vorrei che parlaste con lei.”

“Mia cara,” disse il reverendo Frank sottovoce alla sua buona moglie, “penso che lascerò fare ad altri. Le circostanze non sono certo favorevoli. Ci sono tante persone che parlano in giro, mia amata, e lei troverà presto qualcuno.”

While this discourse was interchanging, both Bella and the Secretary observed Lizzie Hexam with great attention. Brought face to face for the first time with the daughter of his supposed murderer, it was natural that John Harmon should have his own secret reasons for a careful scrutiny of her countenance and manner. Bella knew that Lizzie’s father had been falsely accused of the crime which had had so great an influence on her own life and fortunes; and her interest, though it had no secret springs, like that of the Secretary, was equally natural. Both had expected to see something very different from the real Lizzie Hexam, and thus it fell out that she became the unconscious means of bringing them together.

For, when they had walked on with her to the little house in the clean village by the paper-mill, where Lizzie had a lodging with an elderly couple employed in the establishment, and when Mrs Milvey and Bella had been up to see her room and had come down, the mill bell rang. This called Lizzie away for the time, and left the Secretary and Bella standing rather awkwardly in the small street; Mrs Milvey being engaged in pursuing the village children, and her investigations whether they were in danger of becoming children of Israel; and the Reverend Frank being engaged—to say the truth—in evading that branch of his spiritual functions, and getting out of sight surreptitiously.

Bella at length said:

‘Hadn’t we better talk about the commission we have undertaken, Mr Rokesmith?’

‘By all means,’ said the Secretary.

‘I suppose,’ faltered Bella, ‘that we ARE both commissioned, or we shouldn’t both be here?’

‘I suppose so,’ was the Secretary’s answer.

‘When I proposed to come with Mr and Mrs Milvey,’ said Bella, ‘Mrs Boffin urged me to do so, in order that I might give her my small report—it’s not worth anything, Mr Rokesmith, except for it’s being a woman’s—which indeed with you may be a fresh reason for it’s being worth nothing—of Lizzie Hexam.’

‘Mr Boffin,’ said the Secretary, ‘directed me to come for the same purpose.’

As they spoke they were leaving the little street and emerging on the wooded landscape by the river.

‘You think well of her, Mr Rokesmith?’ pursued Bella, conscious of making all the advances.

‘I think highly of her.’

‘I am so glad of that! Something quite refined in her beauty, is there not?’

‘Her appearance is very striking.’

‘There is a shade of sadness upon her that is quite touching. At least I—I am not setting up my own poor opinion, you know, Mr Rokesmith,’ said Bella, excusing and explaining herself in a pretty shy way; ‘I am consulting you.’

‘I noticed that sadness. I hope it may not,’ said the Secretary in a lower voice, ‘be the result of the false accusation which has been retracted.’

When they had passed on a little further without speaking, Bella, after stealing a glance or two at the Secretary, suddenly said:

‘Oh, Mr Rokesmith, don’t be hard with me, don’t be stern with me; be magnanimous! I want to talk with you on equal terms.’

The Secretary as suddenly brightened, and returned: ‘Upon my honour I had no thought but for you. I forced myself to be constrained, lest you might misinterpret my being more natural. There. It’s gone.’

‘Thank you,’ said Bella, holding out her little hand. ‘Forgive me.’

‘No!’ cried the Secretary, eagerly. ‘Forgive ME!’ For there were tears in her eyes, and they were prettier in his sight (though they smote him on the heart rather reproachfully too) than any other glitter in the world.

When they had walked a little further:

‘You were going to speak to me,’ said the Secretary, with the shadow so long on him quite thrown off and cast away, ‘about Lizzie Hexam. So was I going to speak to you, if I could have begun.’

‘Now that you CAN begin, sir,’ returned Bella, with a look as if she italicized the word by putting one of her dimples under it, ‘what were you going to say?’

‘You remember, of course, that in her short letter to Mrs Boffin—short, but containing everything to the purpose—she stipulated that either her name, or else her place of residence, must be kept strictly a secret among us.’

Bella nodded Yes.

‘It is my duty to find out why she made that stipulation. I have it in charge from Mr Boffin to discover, and I am very desirous for myself to discover, whether that retracted accusation still leaves any stain upon her. I mean whether it places her at any disadvantage towards any one, even towards herself.’

‘Yes,’ said Bella, nodding thoughtfully; ‘I understand. That seems wise, and considerate.’

‘You may not have noticed, Miss Wilfer, that she has the same kind of interest in you, that you have in her. Just as you are attracted by her beaut—by her appearance and manner, she is attracted by yours.’

‘I certainly have NOT noticed it,’ returned Bella, again italicizing with the dimple, ‘and I should have given her credit for—’

The Secretary with a smile held up his hand, so plainly interposing ‘not for better taste’, that Bella’s colour deepened over the little piece of coquetry she was checked in.

‘And so,’ resumed the Secretary, ‘if you would speak with her alone before we go away from here, I feel quite sure that a natural and easy confidence would arise between you. Of course you would not be asked to betray it; and of course you would not, if you were. But if you do not object to put this question to her—to ascertain for us her own feeling in this one matter—you can do so at a far greater advantage than I or any else could. Mr Boffin is anxious on the subject. And I am,’ added the Secretary after a moment, ‘for a special reason, very anxious.’

‘I shall be happy, Mr Rokesmith,’ returned Bella, ‘to be of the least use; for I feel, after the serious scene of to-day, that I am useless enough in this world.’

‘Don’t say that,’ urged the Secretary.

‘Oh, but I mean that,’ said Bella, raising her eyebrows.

‘No one is useless in this world,’ retorted the Secretary, ‘who lightens the burden of it for any one else.’

‘But I assure you I DON’T, Mr Rokesmith,’ said Bella, half-crying.

‘Not for your father?’

‘Dear, loving, self-forgetting, easily-satisfied Pa! Oh, yes! He thinks so.’

‘It is enough if he only thinks so,’ said the Secretary. ‘Excuse the interruption: I don’t like to hear you depreciate yourself.’

‘But YOU once depreciated ME, sir,’ thought Bella, pouting, ‘and I hope you may be satisfied with the consequences you brought upon your head!’ However, she said nothing to that purpose; she even said something to a different purpose.

‘Mr Rokesmith, it seems so long since we spoke together naturally, that I am embarrassed in approaching another subject. Mr Boffin. You know I am very grateful to him; don’t you? You know I feel a true respect for him, and am bound to him by the strong ties of his own generosity; now don’t you?’

‘Unquestionably. And also that you are his favourite companion.’

‘That makes it,’ said Bella, ‘so very difficult to speak of him. But—. Does he treat you well?’

‘You see how he treats me,’ the Secretary answered, with a patient and yet proud air.

‘Yes, and I see it with pain,’ said Bella, very energetically.

The Secretary gave her such a radiant look, that if he had thanked her a hundred times, he could not have said as much as the look said.

‘I see it with pain,’ repeated Bella, ‘and it often makes me miserable. Miserable, because I cannot bear to be supposed to approve of it, or have any indirect share in it. Miserable, because I cannot bear to be forced to admit to myself that Fortune is spoiling Mr Boffin.’

‘Miss Wilfer,’ said the Secretary, with a beaming face, ‘if you could know with what delight I make the discovery that Fortune isn’t spoiling YOU, you would know that it more than compensates me for any slight at any other hands.’

‘Oh, don’t speak of ME,’ said Bella, giving herself an impatient little slap with her glove. ‘You don’t know me as well as—’

‘As you know yourself?’ suggested the Secretary, finding that she stopped. ‘DO you know yourself?’

‘I know quite enough of myself,’ said Bella, with a charming air of being inclined to give herself up as a bad job, ‘and I don’t improve upon acquaintance. But Mr Boffin.’

‘That Mr Boffin’s manner to me, or consideration for me, is not what it used to be,’ observed the Secretary, ‘must be admitted. It is too plain to be denied.’

‘Are you disposed to deny it, Mr Rokesmith?’ asked Bella, with a look of wonder.

‘Ought I not to be glad to do so, if I could: though it were only for my own sake?’

‘Truly,’ returned Bella, ‘it must try you very much, and—you must please promise me that you won’t take ill what I am going to add, Mr Rokesmith?’

‘I promise it with all my heart.’

‘—And it must sometimes, I should think,’ said Bella, hesitating, ‘a little lower you in your own estimation?’

Assenting with a movement of his head, though not at all looking as if it did, the Secretary replied:

‘I have very strong reasons, Miss Wilfer, for bearing with the drawbacks of my position in the house we both inhabit. Believe that they are not all mercenary, although I have, through a series of strange fatalities, faded out of my place in life. If what you see with such a gracious and good sympathy is calculated to rouse my pride, there are other considerations (and those you do not see) urging me to quiet endurance. The latter are by far the stronger.’

‘I think I have noticed, Mr Rokesmith,’ said Bella, looking at him with curiosity, as not quite making him out, ‘that you repress yourself, and force yourself, to act a passive part.’

‘You are right. I repress myself and force myself to act a part. It is not in tameness of spirit that I submit. I have a settled purpose.’

‘And a good one, I hope,’ said Bella.

‘And a good one, I hope,’ he answered, looking steadily at her.

‘Sometimes I have fancied, sir,’ said Bella, turning away her eyes, ‘that your great regard for Mrs Boffin is a very powerful motive with you.’

‘You are right again; it is. I would do anything for her, bear anything for her. There are no words to express how I esteem that good, good woman.’

‘As I do too! May I ask you one thing more, Mr Rokesmith?’

‘Anything more.’

‘Of course you see that she really suffers, when Mr Boffin shows how he is changing?’

‘I see it, every day, as you see it, and am grieved to give her pain.’

‘To give her pain?’ said Bella, repeating the phrase quickly, with her eyebrows raised.

‘I am generally the unfortunate cause of it.’

‘Perhaps she says to you, as she often says to me, that he is the best of men, in spite of all.’

‘I often overhear her, in her honest and beautiful devotion to him, saying so to you,’ returned the Secretary, with the same steady look, ‘but I cannot assert that she ever says so to me.’

Bella met the steady look for a moment with a wistful, musing little look of her own, and then, nodding her pretty head several times, like a dimpled philosopher (of the very best school) who was moralizing on Life, heaved a little sigh, and gave up things in general for a bad job, as she had previously been inclined to give up herself.

But, for all that, they had a very pleasant walk. The trees were bare of leaves, and the river was bare of water-lilies; but the sky was not bare of its beautiful blue, and the water reflected it, and a delicious wind ran with the stream, touching the surface crisply. Perhaps the old mirror was never yet made by human hands, which, if all the images it has in its time reflected could pass across its surface again, would fail to reveal some scene of horror or distress. But the great serene mirror of the river seemed as if it might have reproduced all it had ever reflected between those placid banks, and brought nothing to the light save what was peaceful, pastoral, and blooming.

“Nessuno è inutile in questo mondo,” ribatté il Segretario, “chiunque possa alleviare il fardello di un altro.”

“Ma vi assicuro che non lo faccio, signor Rokesmith,” disse Bella, quasi piangendo.

“Non per tuo padre?”

“Caro, amorevole, generoso Padre che dimentica se stesso e si accontenta facilmente. Oh sì, lui pensa proprio così.”

“Basta che lui la pensi così,” disse il Segretario. “Scusate l’interruzione: non mi piace sentirvi sottovalutare voi stessi.”

“Ma voi una volta mi avete disprezzato, signore,” pensò Bella, facendo il broncio, “e spero che siate soddisfatti delle conseguenze che vi siete attirati addosso!” Tuttavia, non disse nulla in questo senso; anzi, disse qualcosa per un altro motivo.

‘Signor Rokesmith, sembra sia passato così tanto tempo da quando abbiamo parlato liberamente insieme, che mi sento imbarazzata nel sollevare un altro argomento. Signor Boffin, lei sa quanto io gli sia grata, vero? Provo davvero grande rispetto per lui, e sono legata a lui dai forti legami generosità sua; non è così?’

“Senza dubbio. E anche che tu sia la sua compagna preferita.”

“Così diventa davvero molto difficile parlare di lui. Ma, ti tratta bene?”

“Vedete come mi tratta,” rispose il Segretario, con un tono paziente ma al contempo orgoglioso.

“Sì, e lo vedo con grande dolore,” disse Bella, con molta energia.

Il Segretario le rivolse uno sguardo così radioso che, anche se l’avesse ringraziata cento volte, non avrebbe potuto esprimere neanche la metà di ciò che quel suo sguardo significava.

“Lo vedo con dolore,” ripeteva Bella, “e spesso questo mi rende molto infelice. Infelice, perché non riesco a sopportare l’idea di essere considerata colpevole o di avere anche solo un legame indiretto con tutto ciò. Infelice, perché non posso accettare di dover ammettere dentro di me che la Fortuna sta rovinando il signor Boffin.”

“Signorina Wilfer,” disse il Segretario con un viso radioso, “se solo poteste sapere con quanta gioia scopro che la Fortuna non vi sta rovinando la vita, capireste che questo mi compensa ampiamente di eventuali offese ricevute da altre persone.”

“Oh, non parlate di ME,” disse Bella, dandosi un piccolo schiaffo impaziente con il guanto. “Voi non mi conoscete così bene come, ”

“Come tu stesso sai, ”, suggerì la Segretaria, notando che si era fermata. “Conosci davvero te stesso?”

“Conosco abbastanza bene me stessa,” disse Bella, con un tono affascinante che sembrava voler ammettere di essere una persona non molto brava, “e non miglioro certo quando vengo conosciuta meglio. Ma il signor Boffin, ”

“È innegabile che il modo in cui il signor Boffin si comporta con me, o l’attenzione che mi riserva, non sia più quella di un tempo,” osservò il Segretario. “È troppo evidente per poter essere negato.”

“È disposto a negarlo, signor Rokesmith?”, chiese Bella con un’espressione di stupore.

“Non dovrei essere felice di farlo, se potessi, anche solo per il mio stesso bene?”

“Davvero,” rispose Bella, “deve essere molto difficile per voi. E vi prego, promettetemi che non vi arrabbierete per ciò che sto per dire, signor Rokesmith.”

“Lo prometto con tutto il mio cuore.”

“—A volte, penso, deve anche accadere che tu abbassi un po’ la tua stima di te stesso, ” disse Bella, esitando.

Annuendo con un movimento della testa, anche se in realtà non sembrava affatto convinto, il Segretario rispose:

‘Ho motivi molto validi, signorina Wilfer, per sopportare gli svantaggi della mia posizione nella casa in cui entrambi viviamo. Credetemi: non sono tutti motivi egoistici o materiali, anche se, a causa di una serie di eventi tragici, ho perso il mio posto nella vita. Se ciò che vedete con tanta gentilezza e simpatia ha lo scopo di suscitare la mia orgoglio, ci sono altre considerazioni (e quelle che voi non vedete) che mi spingono a mantenere questa pazienza. Queste ultime, di gran lunga, sono le più importanti.’

“Credo di aver notato, signor Rokesmith,” disse Bella, guardandolo con curiosità, poiché non lo riconosceva del tutto, “che si trattiene e si costringe a svolgere un ruolo passivo.”

Hai ragione. Mi reprimo e mi costringo ad interpretare un ruolo. Non è per debolezza d’animo che mi sottometto. Ho uno scopo ben definito.

“E una bella rosa, spero,” disse Bella.

“E una buona, spero,” rispose, guardandola fisso negli occhi.

“A volte ho pensato, signore,” disse Bella, distogliendo lo sguardo, “che il vostro grande rispetto per la signora Boffin sia un motivo molto forte che vi spinge ad agire in questo modo.”

Hai ragione ancora una volta; è proprio così. Farei qualsiasi cosa per lei, sopporterei qualsiasi cosa per lei. Non esistono parole per esprimere quanto apprezzi quella donna buona, davvero buona.

“Anch’io lo stesso! Posso chiederle un’altra cosa, signor Rokesmith?”

“Qualcos’altro?”

“Certo che si vede che soffre davvero, quando il signor Boffin mostra come sta cambiando, ”

“Lo vedo ogni giorno, proprio come lo vedi tu, e mi addolora doverle causare dolore.”

“Farle provare dolore?” disse Bella, ripetendo rapidamente la frase con le sopracciglia alzate.

“Di solito sono io la causa sfortunata di tutto ciò.”

“Forse ti dirà, come spesso mi dice, che è l’uomo migliore di tutti, nonostante tutto.”

“Spesso la sento dire queste cose, nella sua sincera e bellissima devozione verso di lui,” rispose il Segretario, con lo stesso sguardo fermo, “ma non posso affermare che lei le dica mai a me.”

Bella mantenne per un momento quello sguardo serio e pensieroso, poi annuì più volte con la sua bella testa, come una filosofa dall’aria gentile (di quella migliore scuola) che si soffermava a riflettere sulla vita. Sospirò leggermente e, in generale, rinunciò all’idea di dedicarsi a qualcosa di importante, proprio come aveva precedentemente pensato di rinunciare a se stessa.

Ma nonostante tutto, fecero una passeggiata molto piacevole. Gli alberi erano privi di foglie, e il fiume era privo di lillà d’acqua; ma il cielo non mancava della sua bellissima tonalità azzurra, e l’acqua la rifletteva. Una deliziosa brezza soffiava insieme al corso d’acqua, accarezzandone la superficie con dolcezza. Forse quel vecchio specchio non fu mai creato dalle mani dell’uomo; e se tutte le immagini che racchiude nella sua storia potessero riflettersi nuovamente sulla sua superficie, probabilmente non rivelerebbero scene di orrore o sofferenza. Ma il grande e sereno specchio del fiume sembrava in grado di riprodurre fedelmente tutto ciò che aveva mai riflesso lungo quelle tranquille rive, mostrando soltanto cose pacifiche, idilliache e rigogliose.

So, they walked, speaking of the newly filled-up grave, and of Johnny, and of many things. So, on their return, they met brisk Mrs Milvey coming to seek them, with the agreeable intelligence that there was no fear for the village children, there being a Christian school in the village, and no worse Judaical interference with it than to plant its garden. So, they got back to the village as Lizzie Hexam was coming from the paper-mill, and Bella detached herself to speak with her in her own home.

‘I am afraid it is a poor room for you,’ said Lizzie, with a smile of welcome, as she offered the post of honour by the fireside.

‘Not so poor as you think, my dear,’ returned Bella, ‘if you knew all.’ Indeed, though attained by some wonderful winding narrow stairs, which seemed to have been erected in a pure white chimney, and though very low in the ceiling, and very rugged in the floor, and rather blinking as to the proportions of its lattice window, it was a pleasanter room than that despised chamber once at home, in which Bella had first bemoaned the miseries of taking lodgers.

The day was closing as the two girls looked at one another by the fireside. The dusky room was lighted by the fire. The grate might have been the old brazier, and the glow might have been the old hollow down by the flare.

‘It’s quite new to me,’ said Lizzie, ‘to be visited by a lady so nearly of my own age, and so pretty, as you. It’s a pleasure to me to look at you.’

‘I have nothing left to begin with,’ returned Bella, blushing, ‘because I was going to say that it was a pleasure to me to look at you, Lizzie. But we can begin without a beginning, can’t we?’

Lizzie took the pretty little hand that was held out in as pretty a little frankness.

‘Now, dear,’ said Bella, drawing her chair a little nearer, and taking Lizzie’s arm as if they were going out for a walk, ‘I am commissioned with something to say, and I dare say I shall say it wrong, but I won’t if I can help it. It is in reference to your letter to Mr and Mrs Boffin, and this is what it is. Let me see. Oh yes! This is what it is.’

With this exordium, Bella set forth that request of Lizzie’s touching secrecy, and delicately spoke of that false accusation and its retraction, and asked might she beg to be informed whether it had any bearing, near or remote, on such request. ‘I feel, my dear,’ said Bella, quite amazing herself by the business-like manner in which she was getting on, ‘that the subject must be a painful one to you, but I am mixed up in it also; for—I don’t know whether you may know it or suspect it—I am the willed-away girl who was to have been married to the unfortunate gentleman, if he had been pleased to approve of me. So I was dragged into the subject without my consent, and you were dragged into it without your consent, and there is very little to choose between us.’

‘I had no doubt,’ said Lizzie, ‘that you were the Miss Wilfer I have often heard named. Can you tell me who my unknown friend is?’

‘Unknown friend, my dear?’ said Bella.

‘Who caused the charge against poor father to be contradicted, and sent me the written paper.’

Bella had never heard of him. Had no notion who he was.

‘I should have been glad to thank him,’ returned Lizzie. ‘He has done a great deal for me. I must hope that he will let me thank him some day. You asked me has it anything to do—’

‘It or the accusation itself,’ Bella put in.

‘Yes. Has either anything to do with my wishing to live quite secret and retired here? No.’

As Lizzie Hexam shook her head in giving this reply and as her glance sought the fire, there was a quiet resolution in her folded hands, not lost on Bella’s bright eyes.

‘Have you lived much alone?’ asked Bella.

‘Yes. It’s nothing new to me. I used to be always alone many hours together, in the day and in the night, when poor father was alive.’

‘You have a brother, I have been told?’

‘I have a brother, but he is not friendly with me. He is a very good boy though, and has raised himself by his industry. I don’t complain of him.’

As she said it, with her eyes upon the fire-glow, there was an instantaneous escape of distress into her face. Bella seized the moment to touch her hand.

‘Lizzie, I wish you would tell me whether you have any friend of your own sex and age.’

‘I have lived that lonely kind of life, that I have never had one,’ was the answer.

‘Nor I neither,’ said Bella. ‘Not that my life has been lonely, for I could have sometimes wished it lonelier, instead of having Ma going on like the Tragic Muse with a face-ache in majestic corners, and Lavvy being spiteful—though of course I am very fond of them both. I wish you could make a friend of me, Lizzie. Do you think you could? I have no more of what they call character, my dear, than a canary-bird, but I know I am trustworthy.’

The wayward, playful, affectionate nature, giddy for want of the weight of some sustaining purpose, and capricious because it was always fluttering among little things, was yet a captivating one. To Lizzie it was so new, so pretty, at once so womanly and so childish, that it won her completely. And when Bella said again, ‘Do you think you could, Lizzie?’ with her eyebrows raised, her head inquiringly on one side, and an odd doubt about it in her own bosom, Lizzie showed beyond all question that she thought she could.

‘Tell me, my dear,’ said Bella, ‘what is the matter, and why you live like this.’

Lizzie presently began, by way of prelude, ‘You must have many lovers—’ when Bella checked her with a little scream of astonishment.

‘My dear, I haven’t one!’

‘Not one?’

Well! Perhaps one,’ said Bella. ‘I am sure I don’t know. I HAD one, but what he may think about it at the present time I can’t say. Perhaps I have half a one (of course I don’t count that Idiot, George Sampson). However, never mind me. I want to hear about you.’

Così, camminando, parlavano della nuova tomba appena scavata, di Johnny e di molte altre cose. Al loro ritorno, incontrarono la vivace signora Milvey che veniva a cercarli, con la piacevole notizia che non c’era alcun pericolo per i bambini del villaggio: nella zona esisteva una scuola cristiana e nessuna interferenza ebraica, se non quella legata alla cura del suo giardino. Tornarono quindi al villaggio proprio nel momento in cui Lizzie Hexam stava uscendo dalla cartiera; Bella si separò dal gruppo per parlare con lei nella sua casa.

“Temo che questa stanza non sia adatta a te,” disse Lizzie, con un sorriso di benvenuto, mentre gli offriva il posto d’onore accanto al fuoco.

“Non così povera come pensi, caro mio,” rispose Bella, “se solo sapessi tutto, ”
Infatti, anche se l’accesso a quella stanza avveniva attraverso delle meravigliose scale strette e tortuose che sembravano essere state costruite all’interno di un camino bianco puro, e anche se il soffitto era molto basso, il pavimento irregolare e le dimensioni della finestra piuttosto strane, quella stanza era comunque più accogliente di quella squallida camera in cui Bella aveva una volta espresso il proprio rammarico per la necessità di ospitare inquilini.

La giornata stava volgendo al termine quando le due ragazze si guardarono a vicenda accanto al fuoco. La stanza, avvolta nella penombra, era illuminata dalla fiamma. Quella griglia poteva essere l’antico braciere, e quel bagliore, forse proveniva da qualche vecchio forno.

“È davvero una novità per me,” disse Lizzie, “essere visitata da una signora quasi della mia età e così bella come te. È un piacere guardarti.”

“Non ho nulla da iniziare, comunque,” rispose Bella arrossendo, “perché stavo per dire che è un piacere per me guardarti, Lizzie. Ma possiamo iniziare senza un inizio, no?”

Lizzie prese quella piccola, graziosa mano tesa con tale sincera gentilezza.

“Ora, cara,” disse Bella, avvicinando un po’ la sedia e prendendo il braccio di Lizzie come se stessero per uscire a fare una passeggiata, “mi è stato chiesto di dirti qualcosa. E temo che possa sbagliare nel farlo, ma cercherò di non farlo, se posso. Si tratta della tua lettera al signor e alla signora Boffin. Ecco di cosa si tratta. Lasciami pensare. Ah sì! È proprio questo.”

Con queste parole introduttive, Bella espose la richiesta riguardante il delicato segreto di Lizzie, parlò con delicatezza di quell’accusa falsa e della sua ritrattazione, e chiese se fosse possibile sapere se essa avesse qualche legame, anche remoto, con tale richiesta. “Credo, mia cara,” disse Bella, sorprendendosi lei stessa per il modo così pratico e deciso con cui affrontava l’argomento, “che questo tema debba essere molto doloroso per te. Ma anch’io sono coinvolta in questa situazione; perché, non so se tu lo sappia o lo sospetti, io sono quella ragazza che è stata rapita e che avrebbe dovuto sposare quel povero gentiluomo, se lui fosse stato d’accordo. Quindi sono stata trascinata in questa faccenda senza il mio consenso, e tu altrettanto. Non c’è quasi differenza tra di noi.”

“Non avevo alcun dubbio”, disse Lizzie, “che tu fossi la signorina Wilfer di cui ho spesso sentito parlare. Puoi dirmi chi sia la mia sconosciuta amica?”

“Amico sconosciuto, mio caro?” disse Bella.

“Chi ha fatto sì che le accuse contro povero padre venissero confutate, e mi ha inviato quel documento scritto?”

Bella non aveva mai sentito parlare di lui. Non aveva la minima idea di chi fosse.

“Avrei dovuto essere felice di ringraziarlo,” rispose Lizzie. “Mi ha aiutato molto. Devo sperare che un giorno mi permetta di farlo. Mi hai chiesto se c’entrasse in qualche modo, ”

“O quella accusa stessa,” intervenne Bella.

“Sì. Ha qualcosa a che fare con il mio desiderio di vivere in segreto e in ritiro qui? No.”

Mentre Lizzie Hexam scuoteva la testa dando questa risposta e mentre il suo sguardo si posava sul fuoco, nelle sue mani giunte c’era una determinazione silenziosa, che non sfuggì agli occhi luminosi di Bella.

“Hai vissuto molto da solo?”, chiese Bella.

“Sì. Non è nulla di nuovo per me. Anche prima, spesso passavo molte ore da solo, sia di giorno che di notte, quando povero padre era ancora vivo.”

“Mi è stato detto che hai un fratello, ”

Ho un fratello, ma non è molto amichevole con me. Tuttavia, è un ragazzo molto bravo e si è fatto strada grazie al proprio impegno. Non mi lamento di lui.

Mentre lo diceva, con lo sguardo fisso sul bagliore del fuoco, un’immediata tristezza apparve sul suo viso. Bella colse l’occasione per toccarle la mano.

“Lizzie, vorrei che mi dicessi se hai qualche amica della tua stessa età e sesso.”

“Ho vissuto quel tipo di vita solitaria, una vita in cui non ho mai avuto nessuno al mio fianco”, fu la risposta.

“Nemmeno io,” disse Bella. “Non che la mia vita sia stata solitaria. Anzi, a volte avrei voluto che lo fosse di più. Mia madre continua sempre con quella sua aria tragica, come una Musa. E Lavvy è così cattiva, anche se naturalmente le voglio molto bene entrambe. Vorrei che tu potessi diventare mia amica, Lizzie. Credi che sia possibile? Non ho più quello che si chiama ‘carattere’, cara. Proprio come un canarino. Ma so di essere affidabile.”

Quella natura capricciosa, giocosa e affettuosa, priva del peso di un scopo concreto che la guidasse, e sempre intenta a occuparsi di piccole cose, era nondimeno incantevole. Per Lizzie era qualcosa di completamente nuovo, di così bello, al contempo così femminile e così infantile, da conquistarla totalmente. E quando Bella ripeté: “Pensi davvero di riuscirci, Lizzie?”, con le sopracciglia sollevate e la testa inclinata in un gesto interrogativo, mentre nel suo cuore nutriva una strana dubbio, Lizzie dimostrò senza ombra di dubbio che credeva di potercela fare.

“Dimmi, caro mio,” disse Bella, “qual è il problema e perché vivi in questo modo.”

All’improvviso Lizzie iniziò, come preludio: “Devi avere molti amanti, ”
Ma Bella la interruppe con un piccolo grido di sorpresa.

“Mia cara, non ne ho nessuna!”

“Nessuno?”

‘Beh! Forse uno,’ disse Bella. ‘Sono sicura di non saperlo. Ne avevo uno, ma cosa ne pensi ora, non posso dirlo. Forse ne ho ancora metà (ovviamente non conto quel idiota, George Sampson). Comunque, lasciami stare. Voglio sapere di te.’

‘There is a certain man,’ said Lizzie, ‘a passionate and angry man, who says he loves me, and who I must believe does love me. He is the friend of my brother. I shrank from him within myself when my brother first brought him to me; but the last time I saw him he terrified me more than I can say.’ There she stopped.

‘Did you come here to escape from him, Lizzie?’

‘I came here immediately after he so alarmed me.’

‘Are you afraid of him here?’

‘I am not timid generally, but I am always afraid of him. I am afraid to see a newspaper, or to hear a word spoken of what is done in London, lest he should have done some violence.’

‘Then you are not afraid of him for yourself, dear?’ said Bella, after pondering on the words.

‘I should be even that, if I met him about here. I look round for him always, as I pass to and fro at night.’

‘Are you afraid of anything he may do to himself in London, my dear?’

‘No. He might be fierce enough even to do some violence to himself, but I don’t think of that.’

‘Then it would almost seem, dear,’ said Bella quaintly, ‘as if there must be somebody else?’

Lizzie put her hands before her face for a moment before replying: ‘The words are always in my ears, and the blow he struck upon a stone wall as he said them is always before my eyes. I have tried hard to think it not worth remembering, but I cannot make so little of it. His hand was trickling down with blood as he said to me, “Then I hope that I may never kill him!’

Rather startled, Bella made and clasped a girdle of her arms round Lizzie’s waist, and then asked quietly, in a soft voice, as they both looked at the fire:

‘Kill him! Is this man so jealous, then?’

‘Of a gentleman,’ said Lizzie. ‘—I hardly know how to tell you—of a gentleman far above me and my way of life, who broke father’s death to me, and has shown an interest in me since.’

‘Does he love you?’

Lizzie shook her head.

‘Does he admire you?’

Lizzie ceased to shake her head, and pressed her hand upon her living girdle.

‘Is it through his influence that you came here?’

‘O no! And of all the world I wouldn’t have him know that I am here, or get the least clue where to find me.’

‘Lizzie, dear! Why?’ asked Bella, in amazement at this burst. But then quickly added, reading Lizzie’s face: ‘No. Don’t say why. That was a foolish question of mine. I see, I see.’

There was silence between them. Lizzie, with a drooping head, glanced down at the glow in the fire where her first fancies had been nursed, and her first escape made from the grim life out of which she had plucked her brother, foreseeing her reward.

‘You know all now,’ she said, raising her eyes to Bella’s. ‘There is nothing left out. This is my reason for living secret here, with the aid of a good old man who is my true friend. For a short part of my life at home with father, I knew of things—don’t ask me what—that I set my face against, and tried to better. I don’t think I could have done more, then, without letting my hold on father go; but they sometimes lie heavy on my mind. By doing all for the best, I hope I may wear them out.’

‘And wear out too,’ said Bella soothingly, ‘this weakness, Lizzie, in favour of one who is not worthy of it.’

‘No. I don’t want to wear that out,’ was the flushed reply, ‘nor do I want to believe, nor do I believe, that he is not worthy of it. What should I gain by that, and how much should I lose!’

Bella’s expressive little eyebrows remonstrated with the fire for some short time before she rejoined:

‘Don’t think that I press you, Lizzie; but wouldn’t you gain in peace, and hope, and even in freedom? Wouldn’t it be better not to live a secret life in hiding, and not to be shut out from your natural and wholesome prospects? Forgive my asking you, would that be no gain?’

‘Does a woman’s heart that—that has that weakness in it which you have spoken of,’ returned Lizzie, ‘seek to gain anything?’

The question was so directly at variance with Bella’s views in life, as set forth to her father, that she said internally, ‘There, you little mercenary wretch! Do you hear that? Ain’t you ashamed of your self?’ and unclasped the girdle of her arms, expressly to give herself a penitential poke in the side.

‘But you said, Lizzie,’ observed Bella, returning to her subject when she had administered this chastisement, ‘that you would lose, besides. Would you mind telling me what you would lose, Lizzie?’

‘I should lose some of the best recollections, best encouragements, and best objects, that I carry through my daily life. I should lose my belief that if I had been his equal, and he had loved me, I should have tried with all my might to make him better and happier, as he would have made me. I should lose almost all the value that I put upon the little learning I have, which is all owing to him, and which I conquered the difficulties of, that he might not think it thrown away upon me. I should lose a kind of picture of him—or of what he might have been, if I had been a lady, and he had loved me—which is always with me, and which I somehow feel that I could not do a mean or a wrong thing before. I should leave off prizing the remembrance that he has done me nothing but good since I have known him, and that he has made a change within me, like—like the change in the grain of these hands, which were coarse, and cracked, and hard, and brown when I rowed on the river with father, and are softened and made supple by this new work as you see them now.’

They trembled, but with no weakness, as she showed them.

‘Understand me, my dear;’ thus she went on. ‘I have never dreamed of the possibility of his being anything to me on this earth but the kind picture that I know I could not make you understand, if the understanding was not in your own breast already. I have no more dreamed of the possibility of MY being his wife, than he ever has—and words could not be stronger than that. And yet I love him. I love him so much, and so dearly, that when I sometimes think my life may be but a weary one, I am proud of it and glad of it. I am proud and glad to suffer something for him, even though it is of no service to him, and he will never know of it or care for it.’

“C’è un certo uomo,” disse Lizzie, “un uomo appassionato e irascibile, che dice di amarmi e che devo credere che mi ami davvero. È l’amico di mio fratello. Quando mio fratello me lo presentò per la prima volta, ne fui spaventata; ma l’ultima volta che l’ho visto, mi ha terrorizzata più di quanto possa esprimere a parole.” Si fermò lì.

“Sei venuta qui per scappare da lui, Lizzie?”

“Sono arrivato qui immediatamente dopo che mi aveva spaventato così tanto.”

“Ti spaventa qui, con lui?”

Di solito non sono timido, ma ho sempre paura di lui. Ho paura di leggere un giornale o di sentire parlare di ciò che accade a Londra, nel caso abbia commesso qualche atto violento.

“Allora non hai paura di lui per te stessa, cara?” disse Bella, dopo aver riflettuto su quelle parole.

“Dovrei essere anch’io così, se lo incontrassi da queste parti. Ogni volta che vado avanti e indietro di notte, lo cerco sempre intorno a me.”

“Temi qualcosa che potrebbe farsi a se stesso a Londra, carina mia?”

“No. Potrebbe essere abbastanza violento da farsi del male, ma non penso a una cosa del genere.”

“Allora sembrerebbe quasi, caro,” disse Bella in modo strano, “che debba esserci qualcun altro, ”

Lizzie si coprì il viso con le mani per un momento prima di rispondere: “Le parole continuano ad echeggiarmi nelle orecchie, e l’impatto che quelle parole ebbero contro quel muro di pietra mentre le pronunciava rimane sempre davanti ai miei occhi. Ho cercato con tutte le mie forze di convincermi che non valga la pena ricordarle, ma non ci riesco. La sua mano era piena di sangue quando mi disse: ‘Allora spero di non doverlo mai uccidere, ’”

Piuttosto sorpresa, Bella incrociò le braccia attorno alla vita di Lizzie e poi chiese dolcemente, con voce bassa, mentre entrambe guardavano il fuoco:

“Uccidetelo! Quindi quest’uomo è davvero così geloso?”

“Di un gentiluomo, ”, disse Lizzie. “Non so proprio come dirlo. Di un gentiluomo molto superiore a me e al mio modo di vivere, che mi ha comunicato la notizia della morte di mio padre e da allora mostra interesse per me.”

“Ti ama?”

Lizzie scosse la testa.

“Ti ammira davvero?”

Lizzie smise di scuotere la testa e posò la mano sulla sua cintura.

“È grazie alla sua influenza che sei arrivato qui?”

“Oddio no! Per niente al mondo vorrei che sapesse che sono qui, o che avesse anche solo la minima idea di dove trovarmi.”

“Lizzie, cara! Perché?” chiese Bella, stupita da quella reazione improvvisa. Poi, osservando il viso di Lizzie, aggiunse rapidamente: “No. Non dire perché. È stata una domanda sciocca da parte mia. Capisco, ora capisco.”

C’era silenzio tra loro. Lizzie, con la testa china, guardò il bagliore del fuoco nel quale avevano germogliato i suoi primi sogni e dove aveva trovato la sua prima via di fuga da quella vita dura dalla quale aveva salvato suo fratello; immaginava già la ricompensa che l’aspettava.

“Ora sai tutto,” disse, alzando lo sguardo su quello di Bella. “Non è rimasto nulla da nascondere. Questa è la ragione per cui vivo qui in segreto, con l’aiuto di un buon vecchio uomo che è il mio vero amico. Per un breve periodo della mia vita a casa, con mio padre, sapevo di alcune cose. Non chiedermi cosa, contro le quali mi sono opposta e ho cercato di migliorare. Non credo che avrei potuto fare di più senza perdere il legame con mio padre; ma quelle cose a volte continuano a pesarmi sul cuore. Facendo del mio meglio, spero di riuscire a superarle.”

“E anche questa debolezza andrà consumandosi,” disse Bella con dolcezza, “per colpire qualcuno che non ne è degno, Lizzie.”

“No. Non voglio indossarlo,” fu la risposta rossa in volto, “né voglio crederci, né credo davvero che non sia degno di esso. Cosa potrei guadagnare in questo modo, e quanto potrei perdere?”

Le espressive sopracciglia di Bella rimproverarono il fuoco per un breve momento, prima che si riconciliassero con lui.

“Non pensare che ti stia pressando, Lizzie; ma non guadagneresti forse in pace, in speranza e persino in libertà? Non sarebbe meglio non vivere una vita segreta e nascosta, e non essere esclusa dalle tue possibilità naturali e sane? Perdonami se te lo chiedo, ma non sarebbe questo un vantaggio per te?”

“Un cuore di donna che possiede quella debolezza di cui avete parlato,” rispose Lizzie, “cerca forse di ottenere qualcosa?”

La domanda era così palesemente in contrasto con le idee di Bella sulla vita, come lei stessa le aveva espresse a suo padre, che pensò tra sé: “Ecco qua, piccolo miserabile mercenario! Lo senti? Non ti vergogni di te stesso?” E allora si slacciò la cintura, per pungersi il fianco in segno di penitenza.

“Ma tu hai detto, Lizzie,” osservò Bella, tornando all’argomento dopo aver inflitto questa punizione, “che avresti perso qualcos’altro. Ti dispiacerebbe dirmi cosa esattamente perderesti, Lizzie?”

Dovrei perdere alcune delle migliori memorie, degli incoraggiamenti più sinceri e degli obiettivi più importanti che accompagnano la mia vita quotidiana. Dovrei perdere la convinzione che, se fossimo stati uguali e lui mi avesse amata, avrei fatto di tutto per renderlo migliore e più felice, proprio come lui avrebbe fatto per me. Dovrei perdere quasi tutto il valore che attribuisco alle poche conoscenze che possiedo, conoscenze che gli sono dovute interamente e che ho acquisito superando molte difficoltà, solo perché non volessi che pensasse che fossero state sprecate per me. Dovrei perdere quell’immagine di lui, o di ciò che avrebbe potuto diventare se fossi stata una signora e lui mi avesse amata, un’immagine che è sempre con me e che, in qualche modo, mi fa sentire incapace di compiere azioni meschine o sbagliate. Dovrei smettere di apprezzare il ricordo del fatto che, da quando lo conosco, non mi ha mai fatto altro che del bene, e che ha cambiato me dentro, proprio come il cambiamento avvenuto nella pelle delle mie mani: un tempo ruvida, screpolata e dura, mentre remavo sul fiume con mio padre; ora è diventata morbida e flessibile, grazie a questo nuovo lavoro.

Tremavano, ma senza debolezza, mentre lei glielo mostrava.

“Capiscimi, caro mio,” continuò lei. “Non ho mai nemmeno sognato che potesse esserci qualcosa tra di noi in questo mondo, se non quella semplice immagine che so bene non sarei riuscita a farti comprendere, se tale comprensione non esistesse già nel tuo cuore. Non ho mai pensato nemmeno per un istante che IO potessi diventare sua moglie, proprio come lui. E le parole non potrebbero essere più chiare di così. Eppure lo amo. Lo amo così tanto, con tale profondità, che quando a volte penso che la mia vita possa essere solo una vita piena di sofferenze, ne sono orgogliosa e felice. Sono orgogliosa e felice di poter soffrire per lui, anche se questo non gli è di alcun aiuto, e lui probabilmente non lo saprà mai né se ne curerà.”

Bella sat enchained by the deep, unselfish passion of this girl or woman of her own age, courageously revealing itself in the confidence of her sympathetic perception of its truth. And yet she had never experienced anything like it, or thought of the existence of anything like it.

‘It was late upon a wretched night,’ said Lizzie, ‘when his eyes first looked at me in my old river-side home, very different from this. His eyes may never look at me again. I would rather that they never did; I hope that they never may. But I would not have the light of them taken out of my life, for anything my life can give me. I have told you everything now, my dear. If it comes a little strange to me to have parted with it, I am not sorry. I had no thought of ever parting with a single word of it, a moment before you came in; but you came in, and my mind changed.’

Bella kissed her on the cheek, and thanked her warmly for her confidence. ‘I only wish,’ said Bella, ‘I was more deserving of it.’

‘More deserving of it?’ repeated Lizzie, with an incredulous smile.

‘I don’t mean in respect of keeping it,’ said Bella, ‘because any one should tear me to bits before getting at a syllable of it—though there’s no merit in that, for I am naturally as obstinate as a Pig. What I mean is, Lizzie, that I am a mere impertinent piece of conceit, and you shame me.’

Lizzie put up the pretty brown hair that came tumbling down, owing to the energy with which Bella shook her head; and she remonstrated while thus engaged, ‘My dear!’

‘Oh, it’s all very well to call me your dear,’ said Bella, with a pettish whimper, ‘and I am glad to be called so, though I have slight enough claim to be. But I AM such a nasty little thing!’

‘My dear!’ urged Lizzie again.

‘Such a shallow, cold, worldly, Limited little brute!’ said Bella, bringing out her last adjective with culminating force.

‘Do you think,’ inquired Lizzie with her quiet smile, the hair being now secured, ‘that I don’t know better?’

‘DO you know better though?’ said Bella. ‘Do you really believe you know better? Oh, I should be so glad if you did know better, but I am so very much afraid that I must know best!’

Lizzie asked her, laughing outright, whether she ever saw her own face or heard her own voice?

‘I suppose so,’ returned Bella; ‘I look in the glass often enough, and I chatter like a Magpie.’

‘I have seen your face, and heard your voice, at any rate,’ said Lizzie, ‘and they have tempted me to say to you—with a certainty of not going wrong—what I thought I should never say to any one. Does that look ill?’

‘No, I hope it doesn’t,’ pouted Bella, stopping herself in something between a humoured laugh and a humoured sob.

‘I used once to see pictures in the fire,’ said Lizzie playfully, ‘to please my brother. Shall I tell you what I see down there where the fire is glowing?’

They had risen, and were standing on the hearth, the time being come for separating; each had drawn an arm around the other to take leave.

‘Shall I tell you,’ asked Lizzie, ‘what I see down there?’

‘Limited little b?’ suggested Bella with her eyebrows raised.

‘A heart well worth winning, and well won. A heart that, once won, goes through fire and water for the winner, and never changes, and is never daunted.’

‘Girl’s heart?’ asked Bella, with accompanying eyebrows.

Lizzie nodded. ‘And the figure to which it belongs—’

‘Is yours,’ suggested Bella.

‘No. Most clearly and distinctly yours.’

So the interview terminated with pleasant words on both sides, and with many reminders on the part of Bella that they were friends, and pledges that she would soon come down into that part of the country again. There with Lizzie returned to her occupation, and Bella ran over to the little inn to rejoin her company.

‘You look rather serious, Miss Wilfer,’ was the Secretary’s first remark.

‘I feel rather serious,’ returned Miss Wilfer.

She had nothing else to tell him but that Lizzie Hexam’s secret had no reference whatever to the cruel charge, or its withdrawal. Oh yes though! said Bella; she might as well mention one other thing; Lizzie was very desirous to thank her unknown friend who had sent her the written retractation. Was she, indeed? observed the Secretary. Ah! Bella asked him, had he any notion who that unknown friend might be? He had no notion whatever.

They were on the borders of Oxfordshire, so far had poor old Betty Higden strayed. They were to return by the train presently, and, the station being near at hand, the Reverend Frank and Mrs Frank, and Sloppy and Bella and the Secretary, set out to walk to it. Few rustic paths are wide enough for five, and Bella and the Secretary dropped behind.

‘Can you believe, Mr Rokesmith,’ said Bella, ‘that I feel as if whole years had passed since I went into Lizzie Hexam’s cottage?’

‘We have crowded a good deal into the day,’ he returned, ‘and you were much affected in the churchyard. You are over-tired.’

‘No, I am not at all tired. I have not quite expressed what I mean. I don’t mean that I feel as if a great space of time had gone by, but that I feel as if much had happened—to myself, you know.’

‘For good, I hope?’

‘I hope so,’ said Bella.

‘You are cold; I felt you tremble. Pray let me put this wrapper of mine about you. May I fold it over this shoulder without injuring your dress? Now, it will be too heavy and too long. Let me carry this end over my arm, as you have no arm to give me.’

Yes she had though. How she got it out, in her muffled state, Heaven knows; but she got it out somehow—there it was—and slipped it through the Secretary’s.

‘I have had a long and interesting talk with Lizzie, Mr Rokesmith, and she gave me her full confidence.’

‘She could not withhold it,’ said the Secretary.

‘I wonder how you come,’ said Bella, stopping short as she glanced at him, ‘to say to me just what she said about it!’

‘I infer that it must be because I feel just as she felt about it.’

‘And how was that, do you mean to say, sir?’ asked Bella, moving again.

‘That if you were inclined to win her confidence—anybody’s confidence—you were sure to do it.’

The railway, at this point, knowingly shutting a green eye and opening a red one, they had to run for it. As Bella could not run easily so wrapped up, the Secretary had to help her. When she took her opposite place in the carriage corner, the brightness in her face was so charming to behold, that on her exclaiming, ‘What beautiful stars and what a glorious night!’ the Secretary said ‘Yes,’ but seemed to prefer to see the night and the stars in the light of her lovely little countenance, to looking out of window.

O boofer lady, fascinating boofer lady! If I were but legally executor of Johnny’s will! If I had but the right to pay your legacy and to take your receipt!—Something to this purpose surely mingled with the blast of the train as it cleared the stations, all knowingly shutting up their green eyes and opening their red ones when they prepared to let the boofer lady pass.

Bella era incatenata dalla profonda e altruistica passione di questa ragazza o donna della sua stessa età, che si manifestava con coraggio nella fiducia derivante dalla sua comprensiva percezione della sua verità. Eppure lei non aveva mai sperimentato nulla del genere, né aveva mai pensato all’esistenza di qualcosa del genere.

“Era tardi, in una triste notte,” disse Lizzie, “quando i suoi occhi mi guardarono per la prima volta nella mia vecchia casa vicino al fiume, molto diversa da questa. Forse non mi guarderanno mai più. Preferirei che non lo facessero mai; spero proprio che non lo facciano mai. Ma non vorrei che la luce dei loro occhi venisse cancellata dalla mia vita, per nulla al mondo. Ora ti ho raccontato tutto, caro mio. Anche se mi sembra strano dover condividere queste cose con te, non mi dispiace. Prima del tuo arrivo, non avevo mai pensato di condividerle con nessuno; ma tu sei arrivato, e le mie idee sono cambiate.”

Bella la baciò sulla guancia e le ringraziò calorosamente per la sua fiducia. “Vorrei solo,” disse Bella, “essere più degna di essa.”

“Molto più meritevole?” ripeté Lizzie, con un sorriso incredulo.

“Non intendo dire che dovrei tenerlo per me,” disse Bella, “perché chiunque potrebbe distruggermi prima ancora di riuscire a pronunciare una sola parola al suo riguardo, anche se in realtà non c’è alcun merito in questo, visto che sono naturalmente testarda quanto un maiale. Quello che voglio dire è che, Lizzie, io sono soltanto una sciocca presuntuosa, e tu mi fai vergognare.”

Lizzie sistemò i bei capelli castani che cadevano disordinatamente a causa dell’energia con cui Bella scuoteva la testa; e mentre lo faceva, le disse: “Mia cara!”

“Oh, è molto carino che tu mi chiami tua cara,” disse Bella con un lamento petulante, “e sono felice di essere chiamata così, anche se ho abbastanza diritto a esserlo. Ma sono davvero una persona terribile!”

“Mia cara!” insistette di nuovo Lizzie.

“Che essere superficiale, freddo, mondano e limitato, ” disse Bella, pronunciando l’ultimo aggettivo con particolare enfasi.

“Pensi davvero,” chiese Lizzie con il suo sorriso tranquillo, ora che i suoi capelli erano stati sistemati, “che io non sappia cosa fare?”

“Ma tu lo sai davvero meglio, vero?” disse Bella. “Pensi davvero di conoscere la risposta migliore? Oh, sarei così felice se fosse così. Ma ho molta paura che sia proprio io ad avere ragione!”

Lizzie le chiese, ridendo apertamente, se avesse mai visto il proprio viso o sentito la propria voce.

“Immagino di sì,” rispose Bella; “mi guardo nello specchio abbastanza spesso, e chiacchiero senza sosta.”

“Ho visto il tuo viso e ho sentito la tua voce, comunque,” disse Lizzie, “e questo mi ha spinto a volerti dire qualcosa, con la certezza di non sbagliare, qualcosa che pensavo di non dover mai dire a nessuno. Questo sembra strano?”

“No, spero proprio che non succeda,” borbottò Bella, trattenendosi tra una risata e un singhiozzo ironico.

“Una volta vedevo delle immagini nel fuoco”, disse Lizzie scherzando, “per compiacere mio fratello. Vi racconterò quello che vedo laggiù, dove il fuoco brilla?”

Si erano alzati e stavano in piedi accanto al camino; era arrivato il momento di separarsi; ognuno aveva messo un braccio intorno all’altro per salutarsi.

“Devo raccontarti,” chiese Lizzie, “quello che vedo laggiù?”

“Piccolo ‘b’ limitato?” suggerì Bella alzando le sopracciglia.

Un cuore davvero degno di essere vinto, e che è stato effettivamente conquistato. Un cuore che, una volta ottenuto, attraverserebbe fuoco e acqua per il suo possessore, senza mai cambiare né arrendersi.

“Il cuore di una ragazza?”, chiese Bella, alzando le sopracciglia in modo significativo.

Lizzie annuì. “E la figura a cui appartiene, ”

“È tuo,” suggerì Bella.

“Mai. Appartiene chiaramente e inequivocabilmente a te.”

L’intervista terminò con parole piacevoli da entrambe le parti; inoltre, Bella ricordò più volte che erano amiche e promise che sarebbe tornata presto in quella parte del paese. Lì, Lizzie riprese la sua occupazione, mentre Bella corse alla piccola locanda per rivederla.

“Sembrate piuttosto seria, signorina Wilfer,” fu il primo commento del segretario.

“Mi sento abbastanza seria,” rispose la signorina Wilfer.

Non aveva nulla altro da dirgli se non che il segreto di Lizzie Hexam non aveva alcuna relazione con quell’accusa crudele, né con la sua ritrattazione. Oh sì, però! disse Bella; avrebbe potuto comunque menzionare un’altra cosa: Lizzie desiderava molto ringraziare quella sua amica sconosciuta che le aveva inviato quella dichiarazione scritta di ritrattazione. Davvero lo voleva? chiese il Segretario. Ah! Bella gli domandò se avesse qualche idea su chi potesse essere quell’amica sconosciuta. Lui non ne aveva la minima idea.

Si trovavano ai confini dell’Oxfordshire; fino a quel momento, la povera vecchia Betty Higden si era persa. Avrebbero dovuto tornare in treno a breve, e poiché la stazione era vicina, il Reverendo Frank e la signora Frank, insieme a Sloppy, Bella e il Segretario, decisero di andarci a piedi. Poche strade rurali sono abbastanza larghe da permettere il passaggio di cinque persone contemporaneamente; così Bella e il Segretario rimasero indietro.

“Riesce a crederci, signor Rokesmith?”, disse Bella, “mi sembra che siano passati interi anni da quando sono entrata nella capanna di Lizzie Hexam”.

“Abbiamo fatto molte cose nel corso della giornata,” rispose, “e tu sei stato molto scosso nel cimitero. Sei troppo stanco.”

“No, affatto non sono stanco. Non ho ancora espresso del tutto ciò che intendo. Non voglio dire che mi sembri sia trascorso un lungo periodo di tempo, ma che ho la sensazione che siano accadute molte cose, per me, capisci.”

“Per sempre, spero?”

“Spero proprio di sì,” disse Bella.

“Hai freddo; ho notato che tremavi. Permettimi di avvolgerti con questo mio scialle. Posso ripiegarlo attorno a questa spalla senza danneggiare il tuo abito? Ora sarà troppo pesante e troppo lungo. Lascia che lo porti io sul braccio, visto che tu non hai un braccio da darmi.”

Sì, l’aveva davvero. Come sia riuscita a farla uscire, in quello stato di confusione, solo il cielo lo sa; ma in qualche modo ce l’è riuscita, ed è riuscita a infilarla nella mano del Segretario.

“Ho avuto una lunga e interessante conversazione con Lizzie, signor Rokesmith, e lei mi ha affidato tutta la sua fiducia.”

“Non riuscì a trattenersi,” disse il Segretario.

“Mi chiedo davvero come tu abbia potuto,” disse Bella, fermandosi all’improvviso mentre lo guardava, “dire proprio a me quello che lei ha detto al riguardo!”

“Infiero che sia perché provo esattamente le stesse emozioni che lei provava in quella situazione.”

“E come è successo, volete dire, signore?” chiese Bella, muovendosi di nuovo.

“Se volessi guadagnarti la sua fiducia, o la fiducia di chiunque altro, sicuramente ci riusciresti.”

In quel punto, la ferrovia, deliberatamente ignorando le regole e agendo in modo discutibile, costringeva tutti a correre per raggiungerla. Poiché Bella non poteva muoversi facilmente a causa del suo abbigliamento pesante, il Segretario dovette aiutarla. Quando lei si sistemò nell’angolo del vagone, la luce sul suo viso era così incantevole da far esclamare: “Che bellissime stelle e che meravigliosa notte”! Il Segretario rispose “Sì”, ma sembrava preferire ammirare quelle stelle e quella notte attraverso il riflesso del suo adorabile volto, piuttosto che guardando fuori dalla finestra.

Oh, signora affascinante. Se solo fossi l’esecutore legale del testamento di Johnny! Se solo avessi il diritto di pagare la tua eredità e ricevere la tua ricevuta. Qualcosa del genere, sicuramente, si mescolò al fragore del treno che lasciava le stazioni; tutti, consapevolmente, chiusero i loro occhi verdi e aprirono quelli rossi quando prepararono ad lasciare passare quella signora affascinante.

Chapter 10

SCOUTS OUT

‘And so, Miss Wren,’ said Mr Eugene Wrayburn, ‘I cannot persuade you to dress me a doll?’

‘No,’ replied Miss Wren snappishly; ‘if you want one, go and buy one at the shop.’

‘And my charming young goddaughter,’ said Mr Wrayburn plaintively, ‘down in Hertfordshire—’

(‘Humbugshire you mean, I think,’ interposed Miss Wren.)

‘—is to be put upon the cold footing of the general public, and is to derive no advantage from my private acquaintance with the Court Dressmaker?’

‘If it’s any advantage to your charming godchild—and oh, a precious godfather she has got!’—replied Miss Wren, pricking at him in the air with her needle, ‘to be informed that the Court Dressmaker knows your tricks and your manners, you may tell her so by post, with my compliments.’

Miss Wren was busy at her work by candle-light, and Mr Wrayburn, half amused and half vexed, and all idle and shiftless, stood by her bench looking on. Miss Wren’s troublesome child was in the corner in deep disgrace, and exhibiting great wretchedness in the shivering stage of prostration from drink.

‘Ugh, you disgraceful boy!’ exclaimed Miss Wren, attracted by the sound of his chattering teeth, ‘I wish they’d all drop down your throat and play at dice in your stomach! Boh, wicked child! Bee-baa, black sheep!’

On her accompanying each of these reproaches with a threatening stamp of the foot, the wretched creature protested with a whine.

‘Pay five shillings for you indeed!’ Miss Wren proceeded; ‘how many hours do you suppose it costs me to earn five shillings, you infamous boy?—Don’t cry like that, or I’ll throw a doll at you. Pay five shillings fine for you indeed. Fine in more ways than one, I think! I’d give the dustman five shillings, to carry you off in the dust cart.’

‘No, no,’ pleaded the absurd creature. ‘Please!’

‘He’s enough to break his mother’s heart, is this boy,’ said Miss Wren, half appealing to Eugene. ‘I wish I had never brought him up. He’d be sharper than a serpent’s tooth, if he wasn’t as dull as ditch water. Look at him. There’s a pretty object for a parent’s eyes!’

Assuredly, in his worse than swinish state (for swine at least fatten on their guzzling, and make themselves good to eat), he was a pretty object for any eyes.

‘A muddling and a swipey old child,’ said Miss Wren, rating him with great severity, ‘fit for nothing but to be preserved in the liquor that destroys him, and put in a great glass bottle as a sight for other swipey children of his own pattern,—if he has no consideration for his liver, has he none for his mother?’

‘Yes. Deration, oh don’t!’ cried the subject of these angry remarks.

‘Oh don’t and oh don’t,’ pursued Miss Wren. ‘It’s oh do and oh do. And why do you?’

‘Won’t do so any more. Won’t indeed. Pray!’

‘There!’ said Miss Wren, covering her eyes with her hand. ‘I can’t bear to look at you. Go up stairs and get me my bonnet and shawl. Make yourself useful in some way, bad boy, and let me have your room instead of your company, for one half minute.’

Obeying her, he shambled out, and Eugene Wrayburn saw the tears exude from between the little creature’s fingers as she kept her hand before her eyes. He was sorry, but his sympathy did not move his carelessness to do anything but feel sorry.

‘I’m going to the Italian Opera to try on,’ said Miss Wren, taking away her hand after a little while, and laughing satirically to hide that she had been crying; ‘I must see your back before I go, Mr Wrayburn. Let me first tell you, once for all, that it’s of no use your paying visits to me. You wouldn’t get what you want, of me, no, not if you brought pincers with you to tear it out.’

‘Are you so obstinate on the subject of a doll’s dress for my godchild?’

‘Ah!’ returned Miss Wren with a hitch of her chin, ‘I am so obstinate. And of course it’s on the subject of a doll’s dress—or ADdress—whichever you like. Get along and give it up!’

Her degraded charge had come back, and was standing behind her with the bonnet and shawl.

‘Give ’em to me and get back into your corner, you naughty old thing!’ said Miss Wren, as she turned and espied him. ‘No, no, I won’t have your help. Go into your corner, this minute!’

The miserable man, feebly rubbing the back of his faltering hands downward from the wrists, shuffled on to his post of disgrace; but not without a curious glance at Eugene in passing him, accompanied with what seemed as if it might have been an action of his elbow, if any action of any limb or joint he had, would have answered truly to his will. Taking no more particular notice of him than instinctively falling away from the disagreeable contact, Eugene, with a lazy compliment or so to Miss Wren, begged leave to light his cigar, and departed.

‘Now you prodigal old son,’ said Jenny, shaking her head and her emphatic little forefinger at her burden, ‘you sit there till I come back. You dare to move out of your corner for a single instant while I’m gone, and I’ll know the reason why.’

With this admonition, she blew her work candles out, leaving him to the light of the fire, and, taking her big door-key in her pocket and her crutch-stick in her hand, marched off.

Eugene lounged slowly towards the Temple, smoking his cigar, but saw no more of the dolls’ dressmaker, through the accident of their taking opposite sides of the street. He lounged along moodily, and stopped at Charing Cross to look about him, with as little interest in the crowd as any man might take, and was lounging on again, when a most unexpected object caught his eyes. No less an object than Jenny Wren’s bad boy trying to make up his mind to cross the road.

A more ridiculous and feeble spectacle than this tottering wretch making unsteady sallies into the roadway, and as often staggering back again, oppressed by terrors of vehicles that were a long way off or were nowhere, the streets could not have shown. Over and over again, when the course was perfectly clear, he set out, got half way, described a loop, turned, and went back again; when he might have crossed and re-crossed half a dozen times. Then, he would stand shivering on the edge of the pavement, looking up the street and looking down, while scores of people jostled him, and crossed, and went on. Stimulated in course of time by the sight of so many successes, he would make another sally, make another loop, would all but have his foot on the opposite pavement, would see or imagine something coming, and would stagger back again. There, he would stand making spasmodic preparations as if for a great leap, and at last would decide on a start at precisely the wrong moment, and would be roared at by drivers, and would shrink back once more, and stand in the old spot shivering, with the whole of the proceedings to go through again.

Capitolo 10

Scout gli avversari

“E così, signorina Wren,” disse il signor Eugene Wrayburn, “non riesco a convincervi a confezionarmi un vestito da bambola?”

“No,” rispose la signorina Wren in tono brusco; “se ne vuoi uno, vai a comprarlo al negozio.”

“E la mia adorabile giovane nipote,” disse il signor Wrayburn con tono malinconico, “che è giù in Hertfordshire, ”

“Intendi dire Humbugshire, giusto?” intervenne la signorina Wren.

“Deve essere trattato esattamente come il resto del pubblico comune, e non deve trarre alcun vantaggio dal mio rapporto personale con la sarta della >Corte?”

“Se questo può essere di qualche aiuto alla tua adorabile nipotina, e oh, che prezioso padrino ha!” rispose la signorina Wren, pungendolo con l’ago nell’aria. “Puoi dirle che la sarta della Corte conosce bene i tuoi trucchi e le tue maniere. Mandale un messaggio per posta, con i miei complimenti.”

La signorina Wren era impegnata nel suo lavoro alla luce delle candele; il signor Wrayburn, metà divertito e metà infastidito, e del tutto ozioso e indolente, stava accanto al suo banco a osservarla. Il fastidioso bambino della signorina Wren si trovava in un angolo, in uno stato di profonda disgrazia, mostrando evidenti segni di sventura a causa dell’ebrezza.

“Uff, ragazzo disonorevole!” esclamò la signorina Wren, attirata dal rumore dei suoi denti che battevano, “Vorrei che tutti quei denti ti cadessero giù per la gola e giocassero a dadi nello stomaco! Boh, malvagio bambino. Bah, pecora nera!”

Ogni volta che accompagnava queste rimproveri con un minaccioso calcio, quella povera creatura protestava con un lamento.

“Cinque scellini, davvero,!” proseguì la signorina Wren; “quante ore pensi che mi ci vogliano per guadagnare cinque scellini, tu maledetto ragazzo? — Non piangere così, altrimenti ti lancio una bambola addosso. Cinque scellini, sì, e in più modi, credo! Darei persino cinque scellini al netturbino, affinché ti portasse via con la sua carriola piena di polvere, ”

“No, no,” supplicò quella creatura assurda. “Per favore!”

“Questo ragazzo è davvero capace di spezzare il cuore di sua madre,” disse la signorina Wren, rivolgendosi in parte a Eugene. “Vorrei non averlo mai cresciuto. Se solo non fosse così noioso come l’acqua di una fossa. Guardatelo: è davvero uno spettacolo penoso per un genitore!”

Certamente, nel suo stato peggiore di quello di un maiale (poiché almeno i maiali ingrassano con il loro mangiare e diventano commestibili), rappresentava davvero uno spettacolo disgustoso per chiunque lo guardasse.

“Un vecchio bambino stupido e dispettoso,” disse la signorina Wren, giudicandolo con grande severità, “adatto solo a essere conservato nel liquore che lo distrugge, e messo in una grande bottiglia di vetro per far da esempio ad altri bambini simili. Se non ha cura del proprio fegato, allora non ne ha nemmeno per sua madre.”

“Sì. La riduzione del rancio, oh no!” gridò la persona su cui si riversavano queste parole furiose.

“Mai farlo, mai farlo,” insisteva la signorina Wren. “Dovresti farlo invece. E perché lo fai?”

“Non lo farò più. Davvero no. Per favore!”

“Lì!” disse la signorina Wren, coprendosi gli occhi con la mano. “Non riesco a sopportare di guardarti. Vai su per le scale e portami il cappello e lo scialle. Fai qualcosa di utile, cattivo ragazzo. Lasciami usare la tua stanza invece della tua compagnia, anche solo per mezzo minuto.”

Obbedendo a lei, uscì barcollando; Eugene Wrayburn vide le lacrime scorrere tra le dita della piccola creatura mentre lei teneva la mano davanti agli occhi. Gli dispiaceva, ma la sua compassione non lo spinse a fare nulla per cambiare la situazione; si limitò a provare rimorso.

“Vado all’Opera Italiana per provare il vestito,” disse la signorina Wren, togliendo finalmente la sua mano dopo un po’ e ridendo in modo sarcastico per nascondere che aveva pianto; “Devo vedere come vi sta prima di andarmene, signor Wrayburn. Lasciate che vi dica una volta per tutte: non ha alcun senso che veniate a trovarmi. Non otterrete mai ciò che desiderate da me. No, nemmeno se portaste delle pinze con voi per strapparlo via.”

“Sei davvero testardo riguardo al vestito da bambola per il mio nipote?”

“Ah!” rispose la signorina Wren, alzando leggermente il mento, “Sono davvero ostinata. E naturalmente si tratta di un vestito per una bambola, o meglio, dell’abito adatto a una bambola, come preferite voi. Lasciate perdere e arrendetevi!”

Il suo abito umiliato era tornato; lei lo indossava di nuovo, con cappello e scialle.

“Dammeli a me e torna subito nel tuo angolo, tu vecchio birichino!” disse la signorina Wren, non appena lo vide. “No, no, non voglio il tuo aiuto. Vai nel tuo angolo, immediatamente!”

L’uomo miserabile, strofinandosi debolmente il dorso delle mani tremanti partendo dai polsi, si avviò verso il suo posto di disonore; ma non senza lanciare uno sguardo curioso a Eugene mentre lo superava, accompagnato da un movimento del gomito, se mai qualche movimento fosse stato possibile da parte di quelle membra o articolazioni che ancora possedeva. Senza prestargli ulteriore attenzione, e semplicemente allontanandosi istintivamente da quel contatto sgradevole, Eugene rivolse un complimento svogliato a Miss Wren e chiese il permesso di accendere il suo sigaro, per poi andarsene.

“Ora tu, mio dissoluto figliolo,” disse Jenny scuotendo la testa e puntando il suo dito indice verso di lui, “resta lì seduto finché non torno. Se osi muoverti anche solo per un istante mentre sono via, scoprirò subito il motivo.”

Con queste parole di ammonimento, spense le candele accese sul suo lavoro, lasciandolo al chiarore del fuoco. Poi, prendendo con sé la sua grande chiave di casa e il suo bastone da sostegno, se ne andò.

Eugene si avviò lentamente verso il Tempio, fumando il suo sigaro, ma non vide più la sarta delle bambole, poiché queste avevano preso direzioni opposte in strada. Continuò a camminare con aria pensierosa e si fermò alla Charing Cross per guardarsi intorno; mostrava lo stesso scarso interesse per la folla che qualsiasi altro uomo avrebbe potuto provare. Mentre riprendeva il suo cammino, un oggetto del tutto inaspettato attirò la sua attenzione: nientemeno che il ragazzo discolo di Jenny Wren che cercava di decidere se attraversare o meno la strada.

Non poteva esserci uno spettacolo più ridicolo e debole di quello offerto da quel povero disgraziato che, barcollando, si avventurava sulla strada per poi ritrarsi immediatamente, sopraffatto dall’immaginario timore di veicoli lontani o addirittura inesistenti. Ripetutamente, quando la strada sembrava completamente libera, lui partiva, avanzava per metà strada, poi cambiava direzione e tornava indietro; a volte avrebbe potuto attraversare la strada decine di volte. Alla fine si fermava tremante sul bordo del marciapiede, guardando su e giù lungo la via, mentre decine di persone lo spingevano da parte, proseguendo il loro cammino. Con il tempo, stimolato dai pochi “successi” ottenuti, provava a riprovare, ma ogni volta finiva per ritrarsi all’ultimo momento, facendosi rimproverare dagli automobilisti e tornando al punto di partenza, tremante, pronto a ricominciare tutto da capo.

‘It strikes me,’ remarked Eugene coolly, after watching him for some minutes, ‘that my friend is likely to be rather behind time if he has any appointment on hand.’ With which remark he strolled on, and took no further thought of him.

Lightwood was at home when he got to the Chambers, and had dined alone there. Eugene drew a chair to the fire by which he was having his wine and reading the evening paper, and brought a glass, and filled it for good fellowship’s sake.

‘My dear Mortimer, you are the express picture of contented industry, reposing (on credit) after the virtuous labours of the day.’

‘My dear Eugene, you are the express picture of discontented idleness not reposing at all. Where have you been?’

‘I have been,’ replied Wrayburn, ‘—about town. I have turned up at the present juncture, with the intention of consulting my highly intelligent and respected solicitor on the position of my affairs.’

‘Your highly intelligent and respected solicitor is of opinion that your affairs are in a bad way, Eugene.’

‘Though whether,’ said Eugene thoughtfully, ‘that can be intelligently said, now, of the affairs of a client who has nothing to lose and who cannot possibly be made to pay, may be open to question.’

‘You have fallen into the hands of the Jews, Eugene.’

‘My dear boy,’ returned the debtor, very composedly taking up his glass, ‘having previously fallen into the hands of some of the Christians, I can bear it with philosophy.’

‘I have had an interview to-day, Eugene, with a Jew, who seems determined to press us hard. Quite a Shylock, and quite a Patriarch. A picturesque grey-headed and grey-bearded old Jew, in a shovel-hat and gaberdine.’

‘Not,’ said Eugene, pausing in setting down his glass, ‘surely not my worthy friend Mr Aaron?’

‘He calls himself Mr Riah.’

‘By-the-by,’ said Eugene, ‘it comes into my mind that—no doubt with an instinctive desire to receive him into the bosom of our Church—I gave him the name of Aaron!’

‘Eugene, Eugene,’ returned Lightwood, ‘you are more ridiculous than usual. Say what you mean.’

‘Merely, my dear fellow, that I have the honour and pleasure of a speaking acquaintance with such a Patriarch as you describe, and that I address him as Mr Aaron, because it appears to me Hebraic, expressive, appropriate, and complimentary. Notwithstanding which strong reasons for its being his name, it may not be his name.’

‘I believe you are the absurdest man on the face of the earth,’ said Lightwood, laughing.

‘Not at all, I assure you. Did he mention that he knew me?’

‘He did not. He only said of you that he expected to be paid by you.’

‘Which looks,’ remarked Eugene with much gravity, ‘like NOT knowing me. I hope it may not be my worthy friend Mr Aaron, for, to tell you the truth, Mortimer, I doubt he may have a prepossession against me. I strongly suspect him of having had a hand in spiriting away Lizzie.’

‘Everything,’ returned Lightwood impatiently, ‘seems, by a fatality, to bring us round to Lizzie. “About town” meant about Lizzie, just now, Eugene.’

‘My solicitor, do you know,’ observed Eugene, turning round to the furniture, ‘is a man of infinite discernment!’

‘Did it not, Eugene?’

‘Yes it did, Mortimer.’

‘And yet, Eugene, you know you do not really care for her.’

Eugene Wrayburn rose, and put his hands in his pockets, and stood with a foot on the fender, indolently rocking his body and looking at the fire. After a prolonged pause, he replied: ‘I don’t know that. I must ask you not to say that, as if we took it for granted.’

‘But if you do care for her, so much the more should you leave her to herself.’

Having again paused as before, Eugene said: ‘I don’t know that, either. But tell me. Did you ever see me take so much trouble about anything, as about this disappearance of hers? I ask, for information.’

‘My dear Eugene, I wish I ever had!’

‘Then you have not? Just so. You confirm my own impression. Does that look as if I cared for her? I ask, for information.’

‘I asked YOU for information, Eugene,’ said Mortimer reproachfully.

‘Dear boy, I know it, but I can’t give it. I thirst for information. What do I mean? If my taking so much trouble to recover her does not mean that I care for her, what does it mean? “If Peter Piper picked a peck of pickled pepper, where’s the peck,” &c.?’

Though he said this gaily, he said it with a perplexed and inquisitive face, as if he actually did not know what to make of himself. ‘Look on to the end—’ Lightwood was beginning to remonstrate, when he caught at the words:

‘Ah! See now! That’s exactly what I am incapable of doing. How very acute you are, Mortimer, in finding my weak place! When we were at school together, I got up my lessons at the last moment, day by day and bit by bit; now we are out in life together, I get up my lessons in the same way. In the present task I have not got beyond this:—I am bent on finding Lizzie, and I mean to find her, and I will take any means of finding her that offer themselves. Fair means or foul means, are all alike to me. I ask you—for information—what does that mean? When I have found her I may ask you—also for information—what do I mean now? But it would be premature in this stage, and it’s not the character of my mind.’

Lightwood was shaking his head over the air with which his friend held forth thus—an air so whimsically open and argumentative as almost to deprive what he said of the appearance of evasion—when a shuffling was heard at the outer door, and then an undecided knock, as though some hand were groping for the knocker. ‘The frolicsome youth of the neighbourhood,’ said Eugene, ‘whom I should be delighted to pitch from this elevation into the churchyard below, without any intermediate ceremonies, have probably turned the lamp out. I am on duty to-night, and will see to the door.’

His friend had barely had time to recall the unprecedented gleam of determination with which he had spoken of finding this girl, and which had faded out of him with the breath of the spoken words, when Eugene came back, ushering in a most disgraceful shadow of a man, shaking from head to foot, and clothed in shabby grease and smear.

“Mi sembra,” osservò Eugene con calma, dopo averlo osservato per alcuni minuti, “che il mio amico rischi di rimanere piuttosto indietro rispetto al tempo se ha qualche appuntamento imminente.” Detto questo, proseguì per la sua strada senza pensarci più.

Lightwood era a >casa quando arrivò nelle stanze e aveva già cenato da solo lì. Eugene tirò una sedia vicino al >focolare, dove stava bevendo vino e leggendo il giornale serale; poi prese un bicchiere e lo riempì, per il bene della compagnia.

“Mio caro Mortimer, sei l’esempio vivente di una persona serenamente impegnata nel proprio lavoro, che si riposa (in debito) dopo le oneste fatiche della giornata.”

“Mio caro Eugene, sei l’esempio vivente di un’ozio insoddisfatto che non conosce riposo. Dove sei stato?”

“Sì,” rispose Wrayburn, “sono stato in giro per la città. Sono arrivato proprio in questo momento con l’intenzione di consultare il mio molto intelligente e rispettato avvocato riguardo alla situazione delle mie faccende.”

“Il vostro molto intelligente e rispettato avvocato ritiene che le vostre faccende siano in una cattiva situazione, Eugene.”

“Tuttavia,” pensò Eugene, “se ciò si possa dire in modo sensato riguardo alle situazioni di un cliente che non ha nulla da perdere e che comunque non può essere costretto a pagare, è una domanda che merita di essere posta.”

“Sei caduto nelle mani degli ebrei, Eugene.”

“Mio caro ragazzo,” rispose il debitore, prendendo con grande calma il suo bicchiere, “essendo già caduto nelle mani di alcuni cristiani, posso sopportarlo con filosofia.”

“Oggi ho avuto un colloquio, Eugene, con un ebreo che sembra deciso ad insistere molto con noi. Un vero e proprio Shylock, ma anche un autentico patriarca. Un vecchio ebreo dai capelli e dalla barba grigi, con un cappello a cupola e una giacca di velluto.”

“Non è possibile,” disse Eugene, fermandosi un attimo mentre posava il bicchiere, “certamente non il mio stimato amico il signor Aaron, ”

“Si chiama signor Riah.”

“Ah, a proposito,” disse Eugene, “mi è venuto in mente che, senza alcun >dubbio e con un istintivo -desiderio di accoglierlo nel seno della nostra Chiesa, gli ho dato il nome di >Aarone!”

“Eugene, Eugene,” rispose Lightwood, “sei più ridicolo del solito. Dimmi cosa intendi.”

‘Solo che, caro amico mio, ho l’onore e il piacere di conoscere personalmente un Patriarca del genere di quello che descrivi, e lo chiamo signor Aaron perché mi sembra un nome ebraico, espressivo, appropriato e lusinghiero. Tuttavia, nonostante queste valide ragioni per considerarlo il suo vero nome, potrebbe anche non esserlo.’

“Credo che tu sia l’uomo più assurdo della faccia della terra,” disse Lightwood, ridendo.

“Assolutamente no, vi assicuro. Ha detto qualcosa riguardo al fatto di conoscermi?”

“Non lo fece. Disse soltanto che si aspettava di essere pagato da te.”

“Che cosa che,” osservò Eugene con grande serietà, “sembrerebbe indicare che non mi conosca affatto. Spero che non si tratti del mio stimato amico il signor Aaron, perché, a dire la verità, Mortimer, dubito che possa avere qualche pregiudizio contro di me. Sospetto fortemente che abbia avuto a che fare con la fuga di Lizzie.”

“Tutto,” rispose Lightwood con impazienza, “sembra, per qualche destino crudele, riportarci sempre a Lizzie. ‘In giro per la città’ significava proprio parlare di Lizzie, poco fa, Eugene.”

“Mio avvocato,” osservò Eugene, voltandosi verso i mobili, “è un uomo di infinita perspicacia!”

“Non è vero, Eugene?”

“Sì, è proprio così, Mortimer.”

“Eppure, Eugene, sai bene che in realtà non ti interessa davvero.”

Eugene Wrayburn raccolse la rosa, mise le mani in tasca e si fermò, appoggiando un piede sul parafango; dondolava pigramente il corpo mentre guardava il fuoco. Dopo una lunga pausa, rispose: “Non lo so. Devo chiedervi di non dirlo, come se fosse qualcosa di scontato.”

“Ma se davvero tieni a lei, allora tanto più dovresti lasciarla in pace.”

Dopo essersi nuovamente fermato come prima, Eugene disse: “Anch’io non lo so. Ma dimmi. Hai mai visto me prendermi tante premure per qualcosa, quanto per questa sua scomparsa? Te lo chiedo solo per avere informazioni.”

“Mio caro Eugene, quanto vorrei averlo anch’io!”

“Allora non l’hai fatto? Proprio così. Confermi la mia stessa impressione. Sembra davvero che mi importi di lei? Lo chiedo solo per informazione.”

“Sono stato IO a chiederti informazioni, Eugene,” disse Mortimer in tono di rimprovero.

“Caro ragazzo, lo so, ma non posso dartela. Ho una grande sete di informazioni. Cosa intendo? Se il fatto che mi dia tanta pena recuperarla non significa che mi importi di lei, allora cosa significa? ‘Se Peter Piper avesse raccolto un pizzico di pepe in scatola, dove sarebbe finito quel pizzico?’, ”

Anche se lo disse con allegria, lo fece con un’espressione perplessa e curiosa, come se davvero non sapesse cosa pensare di sé stesso. “Aspetta fino alla fine, ” Lightwood stava per obiettare, quando si rese conto delle parole appena pronunciate.

‘Ah! Ora capite. È proprio quello che io non sono in grado di fare. Che acutezza da parte tua, Mortimer, nel individuare il mio punto debole! Quando eravamo a scuola insieme, imparavo sempre all’ultimo momento, giorno dopo giorno; ora che siamo insieme nella vita reale, faccio lo stesso. Nella mia attuale missione non sono andato oltre questo: sono determinato a trovare Lizzie, e la troverò, userò qualsiasi mezzo mi venga in mente. Metodi onesti o disonesti, per me sono tutti uguali. Vi chiedo soltanto una cosa: che significato ha tutto ciò? Una volta che l’avrò trovata, forse vi potrò chiedere anche io, che dovrei fare ora. Ma in questa fase sarebbe prematuro, e non corrisponde affatto al carattere del mio modo di pensare.’

Lightwood scuoteva la testa di fronte al modo in cui il suo amico esprimeva le proprie idee: un tono così capriccioso e discutibile da far quasi sembrare che ciò che diceva fosse solo una forma di evasione. In quel momento si sentì un rumore alla porta d’ingresso, seguito da un colpo incerto, come se qualcuno stesse cercando a tentoni il battente. “Quei giovani birichini del quartiere,” disse Eugene, “di cui mi divertirei molto a gettarli giù da questo piano nel cimitero sottostante, senza alcuna cerimonia intermediaria. Probabilmente hanno spento la luce. Sono di servizio di notte; andrò ad occuparmi della porta.”

Il suo amico non aveva ancora avuto il tempo di ricordare quell’insolito bagliore di determinazione con cui aveva parlato della ricerca di quella ragazza; quel bagliore era svanito insieme alle parole pronunciate, quando Eugene tornò, introducendo nella loro vita l’immagine di un uomo estremamente disonorevole: tremava dalla testa ai piedi e indossava abiti sporchi e lerci.

‘This interesting gentleman,’ said Eugene, ‘is the son—the occasionally rather trying son, for he has his failings—of a lady of my acquaintance. My dear Mortimer—Mr Dolls.’ Eugene had no idea what his name was, knowing the little dressmaker’s to be assumed, but presented him with easy confidence under the first appellation that his associations suggested.

‘I gather, my dear Mortimer,’ pursued Eugene, as Lightwood stared at the obscene visitor, ‘from the manner of Mr Dolls—which is occasionally complicated—that he desires to make some communication to me. I have mentioned to Mr Dolls that you and I are on terms of confidence, and have requested Mr Dolls to develop his views here.’

The wretched object being much embarrassed by holding what remained of his hat, Eugene airily tossed it to the door, and put him down in a chair.

‘It will be necessary, I think,’ he observed, ‘to wind up Mr Dolls, before anything to any mortal purpose can be got out of him. Brandy, Mr Dolls, or—?’

‘Threepenn’orth Rum,’ said Mr Dolls.

A judiciously small quantity of the spirit was given him in a wine-glass, and he began to convey it to his mouth, with all kinds of falterings and gyrations on the road.

‘The nerves of Mr Dolls,’ remarked Eugene to Lightwood, ‘are considerably unstrung. And I deem it on the whole expedient to fumigate Mr Dolls.’

He took the shovel from the grate, sprinkled a few live ashes on it, and from a box on the chimney-piece took a few pastiles, which he set upon them; then, with great composure began placidly waving the shovel in front of Mr Dolls, to cut him off from his company.

‘Lord bless my soul, Eugene!’ cried Lightwood, laughing again, ‘what a mad fellow you are! Why does this creature come to see you?’

‘We shall hear,’ said Wrayburn, very observant of his face withal. ‘Now then. Speak out. Don’t be afraid. State your business, Dolls.’

‘Mist Wrayburn!’ said the visitor, thickly and huskily. ‘—’tis Mist Wrayburn, ain’t?’ With a stupid stare.

‘Of course it is. Look at me. What do you want?’

Mr Dolls collapsed in his chair, and faintly said ‘Threepenn’orth Rum.’

‘Will you do me the favour, my dear Mortimer, to wind up Mr Dolls again?’ said Eugene. ‘I am occupied with the fumigation.’

A similar quantity was poured into his glass, and he got it to his lips by similar circuitous ways. Having drunk it, Mr Dolls, with an evident fear of running down again unless he made haste, proceeded to business.

‘Mist Wrayburn. Tried to nudge you, but you wouldn’t. You want that drection. You want t’know where she lives. Do you Mist Wrayburn?’

With a glance at his friend, Eugene replied to the question sternly, ‘I do.’

‘I am er man,’ said Mr Dolls, trying to smite himself on the breast, but bringing his hand to bear upon the vicinity of his eye, ‘er do it. I am er man er do it.’

‘What are you the man to do?’ demanded Eugene, still sternly.

‘Er give up that drection.’

‘Have you got it?’

With a most laborious attempt at pride and dignity, Mr Dolls rolled his head for some time, awakening the highest expectations, and then answered, as if it were the happiest point that could possibly be expected of him: ‘No.’

‘What do you mean then?’

Mr Dolls, collapsing in the drowsiest manner after his late intellectual triumph, replied: ‘Threepenn’orth Rum.’

Wind him up again, my dear Mortimer,’ said Wrayburn; ‘wind him up again.’

‘Eugene, Eugene,’ urged Lightwood in a low voice, as he complied, ‘can you stoop to the use of such an instrument as this?’

‘I said,’ was the reply, made with that former gleam of determination, ‘that I would find her out by any means, fair or foul. These are foul, and I’ll take them—if I am not first tempted to break the head of Mr Dolls with the fumigator. Can you get the direction? Do you mean that? Speak! If that’s what you have come for, say how much you want.’

‘Ten shillings—Threepenn’orths Rum,’ said Mr Dolls.

‘You shall have it.’

‘Fifteen shillings—Threepenn’orths Rum,’ said Mr Dolls, making an attempt to stiffen himself.

‘You shall have it. Stop at that. How will you get the direction you talk of?’

‘I am er man,’ said Mr Dolls, with majesty, ‘er get it, sir.’

‘How will you get it, I ask you?’

‘I am ill-used vidual,’ said Mr Dolls. ‘Blown up morning t’night. Called names. She makes Mint money, sir, and never stands Threepenn’orth Rum.’

‘Get on,’ rejoined Eugene, tapping his palsied head with the fire-shovel, as it sank on his breast. ‘What comes next?’

Making a dignified attempt to gather himself together, but, as it were, dropping half a dozen pieces of himself while he tried in vain to pick up one, Mr Dolls, swaying his head from side to side, regarded his questioner with what he supposed to be a haughty smile and a scornful glance.

‘She looks upon me as mere child, sir. I am NOT mere child, sir. Man. Man talent. Lerrers pass betwixt ’em. Postman lerrers. Easy for man talent er get drection, as get his own drection.’

‘Get it then,’ said Eugene; adding very heartily under his breath, ‘—You Brute! Get it, and bring it here to me, and earn the money for sixty threepenn’orths of rum, and drink them all, one a top of another, and drink yourself dead with all possible expedition.’ The latter clauses of these special instructions he addressed to the fire, as he gave it back the ashes he had taken from it, and replaced the shovel.

Mr Dolls now struck out the highly unexpected discovery that he had been insulted by Lightwood, and stated his desire to ‘have it out with him’ on the spot, and defied him to come on, upon the liberal terms of a sovereign to a halfpenny. Mr Dolls then fell a crying, and then exhibited a tendency to fall asleep. This last manifestation as by far the most alarming, by reason of its threatening his prolonged stay on the premises, necessitated vigorous measures. Eugene picked up his worn-out hat with the tongs, clapped it on his head, and, taking him by the collar—all this at arm’s length—conducted him down stairs and out of the precincts into Fleet Street. There, he turned his face westward, and left him.

“Questo interessante signore,” disse Eugene, “è il figlio, a volte un figlio piuttosto difficile da gestire, poiché ha i suoi difetti, di una signora che conosco. Mio caro Mortimer, il signor Dolls.” Eugene non aveva idea di quale fosse il suo vero nome, sapendo soltanto che si trattava del figlio della piccola sarta; quindi lo presentò con naturalezza, usando il primo nome che gli venne in mente.

“Credo, caro Mortimer,” proseguì Eugene, mentre Lightwood fissava quell’ospite indecente, “dal modo di comportarsi del signor Dolls – che a volte è piuttosto complicato – che desideri comunicarmi qualcosa. Ho detto al signor Dolls che tu ed io abbiamo un rapporto di fiducia reciproca, e gli ho chiesto di esporre chiaramente le sue idee.”

Quell’essere miserabile, molto imbarazzato per ciò che rimaneva del suo cappello, fu gettato con noncuranza da Eugene verso la porta, dopodiché venne fatto sedere su una sedia.

“Credo che sarà necessario,” osservò, “mettere in ordine il signor Dolls, prima che si possa ottenere da lui qualcosa di utile per un scopo concreto. Brandy, signor Dolls, o forse qualcos’altro?”

“Tre penny di rum,” disse il signor Dolls.

Gli fu data una quantità, saggiamente ridotta, di quel liquore in un bicchiere da vino; poi iniziò a portarlo alla bocca, facendo ogni sorta di movimenti incerti e complicati lungo il percorso.

“I nervi del signor Dolls sono davvero molto scossi,” osservò Eugene rivolto a Lightwood. “E ritengo che sia nel complesso opportuno fumigare il signor Dolls.”

Prese la pala dal griglie, ne spolverò un po’ di ceneri ancora calde sopra, e poi prese alcune pastille da una scatola posizionata sul camino; le mise sopra le ceneri e, con grande calma, iniziò a muovere la pala davanti al signor Dolls, impedendogli di continuare a parlare con gli altri.

“Signore, benedica la mia ‘anima, Eugene!” esclamò Lightwood, ridendo di nuovo, “che tipo pazzo sei! Perché questa creatura viene a trovarti?”

“Ascolteremo,” disse Wrayburn, osservando attentamente il suo volto. “Allora parla pure. Non avere paura. Esponi la tua questione, Dolls.”

“Signorina Wrayburn!”, disse il visitatore, con voce roca e rauca. “È davvero la signorina Wrayburn, vero?” Con uno sguardo stupido.

“Certo che lo è. Guardami. Cosa vuoi?”

“Mr Dolls si accasciò sulla sedia e mormorò debolmente: ‘Tre penny di rum, ’”

“Mi fareste questo favore, caro Mortimer? Potreste rimettere in funzione il signor Dolls?” disse Eugene. “Sono impegnato con la fumigazione.”

Una quantità simile fu versata nel suo bicchiere, e lui la portò alle labbra con metodi altrettanto tortuosi. Dopo averla bevuta, il signor Dolls, con un evidente timore di rimetterci dentro se non si affrettava, proseguì con i suoi affari.

“Mistress Wrayburn. Ho provato a suggerirvelo, ma non volevate ascoltare. Voi volete quella direzione. Volete sapere dove vive. Davvero, Mistress Wrayburn?”

“Con uno sguardo al suo amico, Eugene rispose seriamente alla domanda: ‘Sì.’”

“Sono un uomo,” disse il signor Dolls, cercando di colpire il proprio petto, ma finendo per posare la mano vicino all’occhio, “un vero uomo, lo faccio davvero.”

“Che cosa intendi fare?” chiese Eugene, ancora con tono severo.

Abbandonò quella direzione.

“L’hai già preso?”

Con un tentativo estremamente laborioso di mostrare orgoglio e dignità, il signor Dolls girò la testa per qualche momento, suscitando le aspettative più alte, e poi rispose, come se fosse la risposta più felice che si potesse mai aspettarsi da lui: “No.”

“Che cosa intendi dire allora?”

Il signor Dolls, crollando nel modo più sonnolento dopo il suo recente trionfo intellettuale, rispose: “Tre penny di rum.”

“Ricaricalo di nuovo, caro Mortimer,” disse Wrayburn; “ricaricalo ancora.”

“Eugene, Eugene,” lo esortò Lightwood a bassa voce; e quando lui obbedì, aggiunse: “Puoi davvero ricorrere a un mezzo del genere?”

“Ho detto,” fu la risposta, pronunciata con quel vecchio scintillio di determinazione, “che l’avrei trovata a tutti i costi, con mezzi onesti o disonesti. Questi mezzi sono disonesti, ma li userò, anche se prima non sarò tentato di rompere la testa al signor Dolls con quel fumigatore. Riesci a ottenere le indicazioni necessarie? Intendi davvero questo? Parla! Se è per questo che sei venuto, dimmi quanto vuoi.”

“Dieci scellini, tre penny di rum,” disse il signor Dolls.

“Lo avrai.”

“Quindici scellini, tre penny di rum,” disse il signor Dolls, cercando di mostrarsi deciso.

“Lo avrai. Basta così. Ma come otterrai le informazioni di cui parli?”

“Sono un uomo,” disse il signor Dolls con maestosità, “capisce, signore?”

“Come farai ad ottenerlo, te lo chiedo?”

“Sono trattato male,” disse il signor Dolls. “Mi svegliano al mattino presto. Mi insultano. Lei guadagna un sacco di soldi, signore, ma non mi offre nemmeno una goccia di rum.”

“Salite,” ripeté Eugene, battendo la propria testa paralizzata con la pala da fuoco, mentre questa gli pesava sul petto. “Cosa succederà adesso?”

Cercando con dignità di riprendersi, ma come se, nel tentativo vano di raccogliere una parte di sé stesso, ne perdesse altre, il signor Dolls scosse la testa da un lato all’altro e guardò il suo interlocutore con un sorriso che riteneva fosse sprezzante e uno sguardo pieno di disprezzo.

“Lei mi considera solo un semplice >bambino, signore. Ma IO NON sono solo un semplice >bambino, signore. Sono un uomo. Un uomo con talento. Gli errori si commettono spesso, soprattutto tra gli uomini. Per chi ha talento è facile trovare la direzione giusta, o anche decidere da solo quale strada prendere.”

“Allora prendilo,” disse Eugene; aggiungendo poi molto sinceramente sottovoce: “—Brutto idiota! Prendilo e portamelo qui, così guadagnerai i soldi per sessanta tredici pence di rum. E potrai berli tutti, uno dopo l’altro, fino a morire.” Le ultime parti di queste istruzioni particolari le rivolse al fuoco, mentre gli restituiva le ceneri che aveva preso e rimetteva a posto la pala.

Il signor Dolls fece ora rivelazione di una scoperta assolutamente inaspettata: aveva ricevuto insulti da Lightwood, e dichiarò il proprio desiderio di “risolvere la questione” sul posto stesso, sfidandolo a combattere secondo le regole “liberali” proprie di un sovrano rispetto a quelle di una persona comune. Poi il signor Dolls iniziò a piangere e mostrò segni di sonnolenza. Quest’ultima manifestazione, essendo la più preoccupante poiché minacciava la sua permanenza nel luogo, richiese l’intervento deciso di Eugene. Questi raccolse il suo cappello logoro con le pinze, se lo mise in testa e, tenendolo per il colletto – tutto a distanza di braccio – lo portò giù per le scale e fuori dal quartiere, fino a Fleet Street. Lì gli voltò le spalle e lo lasciò andare.

When he got back, Lightwood was standing over the fire, brooding in a sufficiently low-spirited manner.

‘I’ll wash my hands of Mr Dolls physically—’ said Eugene, ‘and be with you again directly, Mortimer.’

‘I would much prefer,’ retorted Mortimer, ‘your washing your hands of Mr Dolls, morally, Eugene.’

‘So would I,’ said Eugene; ‘but you see, dear boy, I can’t do without him.’

In a minute or two he resumed his chair, as perfectly unconcerned as usual, and rallied his friend on having so narrowly escaped the prowess of their muscular visitor.

‘I can’t be amused on this theme,’ said Mortimer, restlessly. ‘You can make almost any theme amusing to me, Eugene, but not this.’

Well!’ cried Eugene, ‘I am a little ashamed of it myself, and therefore let us change the subject.’

‘It is so deplorably underhanded,’ said Mortimer. ‘It is so unworthy of you, this setting on of such a shameful scout.’

‘We have changed the subject!’ exclaimed Eugene, airily. ‘We have found a new one in that word, scout. Don’t be like Patience on a mantelpiece frowning at Dolls, but sit down, and I’ll tell you something that you really will find amusing. Take a cigar. Look at this of mine. I light it—draw one puff—breathe the smoke out—there it goes—it’s Dolls!—it’s gone—and being gone you are a man again.’

‘Your subject,’ said Mortimer, after lighting a cigar, and comforting himself with a whiff or two, ‘was scouts, Eugene.’

‘Exactly. Isn’t it droll that I never go out after dark, but I find myself attended, always by one scout, and often by two?’

Lightwood took his cigar from his lips in surprise, and looked at his friend, as if with a latent suspicion that there must be a jest or hidden meaning in his words.

‘On my honour, no,’ said Wrayburn, answering the look and smiling carelessly; ‘I don’t wonder at your supposing so, but on my honour, no. I say what I mean. I never go out after dark, but I find myself in the ludicrous situation of being followed and observed at a distance, always by one scout, and often by two.’

‘Are you sure, Eugene?’

‘Sure? My dear boy, they are always the same.’

‘But there’s no process out against you. The Jews only threaten. They have done nothing. Besides, they know where to find you, and I represent you. Why take the trouble?’

‘Observe the legal mind!’ remarked Eugene, turning round to the furniture again, with an air of indolent rapture. ‘Observe the dyer’s hand, assimilating itself to what it works in,—or would work in, if anybody would give it anything to do. Respected solicitor, it’s not that. The schoolmaster’s abroad.’

‘The schoolmaster?’

‘Ay! Sometimes the schoolmaster and the pupil are both abroad. Why, how soon you rust in my absence! You don’t understand yet? Those fellows who were here one night. They are the scouts I speak of, as doing me the honour to attend me after dark.’

‘How long has this been going on?’ asked Lightwood, opposing a serious face to the laugh of his friend.

‘I apprehend it has been going on, ever since a certain person went off. Probably, it had been going on some little time before I noticed it: which would bring it to about that time.’

‘Do you think they suppose you to have inveigled her away?’

‘My dear Mortimer, you know the absorbing nature of my professional occupations; I really have not had leisure to think about it.’

‘Have you asked them what they want? Have you objected?’

‘Why should I ask them what they want, dear fellow, when I am indifferent what they want? Why should I express objection, when I don’t object?’

‘You are in your most reckless mood. But you called the situation just now, a ludicrous one; and most men object to that, even those who are utterly indifferent to everything else.’

‘You charm me, Mortimer, with your reading of my weaknesses. (By-the-by, that very word, Reading, in its critical use, always charms me. An actress’s Reading of a chambermaid, a dancer’s Reading of a hornpipe, a singer’s Reading of a song, a marine painter’s Reading of the sea, the kettle-drum’s Reading of an instrumental passage, are phrases ever youthful and delightful.) I was mentioning your perception of my weaknesses. I own to the weakness of objecting to occupy a ludicrous position, and therefore I transfer the position to the scouts.’

‘I wish, Eugene, you would speak a little more soberly and plainly, if it were only out of consideration for my feeling less at ease than you do.’

‘Then soberly and plainly, Mortimer, I goad the schoolmaster to madness. I make the schoolmaster so ridiculous, and so aware of being made ridiculous, that I see him chafe and fret at every pore when we cross one another. The amiable occupation has been the solace of my life, since I was baulked in the manner unnecessary to recall. I have derived inexpressible comfort from it. I do it thus: I stroll out after dark, stroll a little way, look in at a window and furtively look out for the schoolmaster. Sooner or later, I perceive the schoolmaster on the watch; sometimes accompanied by his hopeful pupil; oftener, pupil-less. Having made sure of his watching me, I tempt him on, all over London. One night I go east, another night north, in a few nights I go all round the compass. Sometimes, I walk; sometimes, I proceed in cabs, draining the pocket of the schoolmaster who then follows in cabs. I study and get up abstruse No Thoroughfares in the course of the day. With Venetian mystery I seek those No Thoroughfares at night, glide into them by means of dark courts, tempt the schoolmaster to follow, turn suddenly, and catch him before he can retreat. Then we face one another, and I pass him as unaware of his existence, and he undergoes grinding torments. Similarly, I walk at a great pace down a short street, rapidly turn the corner, and, getting out of his view, as rapidly turn back. I catch him coming on post, again pass him as unaware of his existence, and again he undergoes grinding torments. Night after night his disappointment is acute, but hope springs eternal in the scholastic breast, and he follows me again to-morrow. Thus I enjoy the pleasures of the chase, and derive great benefit from the healthful exercise. When I do not enjoy the pleasures of the chase, for anything I know he watches at the Temple Gate all night.’

Quando tornò, Lightwood stava in piedi accanto al fuoco, con un’aria piuttosto depressa.

“Mi libererò fisicamente del signor Dolls, ”, disse Eugene, “e tornerò subito da te, Mortimer.”

“Preferirei di gran lunga,” ribatté Mortimer, “che tu ti lavassi le mani da ogni responsabilità riguardante il signor Dolls, a livello morale, Eugene.”

“Anch’io lo farei,” disse Eugene; “ma vedi, caro ragazzo, non posso farne a meno.”

In un minuto o due tornò a sedersi, con la solita indifferenza, e raccontò al suo amico di essere scampato per un soffio alla forza del loro visitatore muscoloso.

“Non riesco a divertirmi con questo argomento,” disse Mortimer, irrequieto. “Con quasi qualsiasi altro argomento puoi riuscire a farmi divertire, Eugene, ma non con questo.”

“Beh!”, esclamò Eugene, “Anzi, mi vergogno un po’ di questo, quindi cambiamo argomento.”

“È davvero meschino e disonorevole,” disse Mortimer. “Non è affatto da te mettere in atto un trucco così vergognoso.”

“Abbiamo cambiato argomento!”, esclamò Eugene con noncuranza. “Abbiamo trovato un nuovo aspetto in quella parola, scout. Non essere come Patience sul caminetto che fa la faccia scura davanti alle bambole: siediti e ti racconterò qualcosa di davvero divertente. Prendi un sigaro. Guarda questo mio. Lo accendo, fumo una boccata, esalo il fumo. Ecco fatto: è sparito. E ora che è sparito, sei di nuovo un uomo!”

“Il tuo soggetto,” disse Mortimer, dopo aver acceso un sigaro e essersi deliziato con alcune boccate, “erano degli scout, Eugene.”

‘Esattamente. Non è divertente che io non esca mai dopo il tramonto, eppure mi ritrovo sempre accompagnato, sempre da uno scout, e spesso anche da due?’

Lightwood tolse sorpreso il sigaro dalle labbra e guardò il suo amico, come se avesse un sospetto latente che nelle sue parole ci fosse uno scherzo o un significato nascosto.

‘Per la mia onore, no,’ disse Wrayburn, rispondendo al suo sguardo e sorridendo con noncuranza; ‘Non mi meraviglio che tu lo pensi, ma per la mia onore, no. Dico sempre ciò che penso. Non esco mai dopo il tramonto, eppure mi ritrovo in questa situazione ridicola: qualcuno mi segue e mi osserva da lontano, sempre uno solo, a volte anche due.’

“Sei sicuro, Eugene?”

“Sicuro? Caro ragazzo mio, sono sempre gli stessi.”

“Ma non esiste alcuna procedura legale contro di te. Gli ebrei si limitano a minacciare; non hanno fatto nulla concreto. Inoltre, sanno dove trovarti, e io ti rappresento. Perché prendersi la briga?”

“Guardate la mente legale!”, osservò Eugene, rivolgendosi di nuovo ai mobili con un tono di pigra estasi. “Guardate la maestria del tintore, che si fonde perfettamente con ciò su cui lavora, o lavorerebbe, se qualcuno gli desse l’opportunità. Onorato avvocato, non è di questo che stiamo parlando. L’insegnante è via.”

“Il maestro di scuola?”

‘Ahimè! A volte sia l’insegnante che lo studente sono entrambi fuori città. Ma guarda come ti arrugginisci in mia assenza. Non capisci ancora? Quei ragazzi che erano qui una notte. Sono loro i boy scout di cui parlo, quelli che mi fanno l’onore di accompagnarmi dopo il tramonto.’

“Da quanto tempo va avanti questa situazione?” chiese Lightwood, mantenendo un’espressione seria nonostante le risate del suo amico.

Credo che tutto ciò stesse accadendo fin da quando quella certa persona se n’è andata. Probabilmente era già in corso da un po’ di tempo prima che me ne accorgessi, il che significa che risale più o meno a quell’epoca.

“Pensi che pensino che tu l’abbia sedotta per portarla via?”

“Mio caro Mortimer, conosci bene l’impegno totale che richiedono le mie attività professionali; davvero non ho avuto il tempo di pensarci.”

“Hai mai chiesto loro cosa vogliono? Hai mai fatto obiezioni?”

“Perché dovrei chiedere loro cosa vogliono, caro amico, se in realtà non mi interessa affatto ciò che desiderano? Perché dovrei oppormi, se in fondo non ho obiezioni?”

“Sei nel tuo umore più sconsiderato. Ma hai appena definito la situazione ridicola; e la maggior parte delle persone si oppone a questo, anche quelle che sono completamente indifferenti a tutto il resto.”

“Mi affascini, Mortimer, nel modo in cui individui le mie debolezze. A proposito, quella parola stessa, ‘individuare’, quando usata in senso critico, mi incanta sempre. L’interpretazione di un’attrice del ruolo di una cameriera, quella di una ballerina di quello di una suonatrice di cornamusa, quella di un cantante di una canzone, o anche l’immagine del mare dipinta da un pittore marino, tutte queste rappresentazioni sono sempre piene di vitalità e piacere. Stavo parlando della tua capacità di individuare le mie debolezze. Ammetto di avere la tendenza a oppormi all’idea di trovarmi in situazioni ridicole, quindi trasferisco quelle situazioni ai ‘ragazzi esploratori’, ”

“Vorrei, Eugene, che parlassi in modo un po’ più sobrio e chiaro, anche solo per rispettare il mio senso di disagio, che è maggiore del tuo.”

‘Allora, in modo serio e chiaro, Mortimer, io spingo l’insegnante verso la >pazzia. Lo rendo così ridicolo, e gli faccio tanto capire di essere reso ridicolo, che lo vedo innervosirsi e agitarsi a ogni nostra incontro. Questa “piacevole occupazione” è stata la consolazione della mia vita. Ho tratto da essa un conforto inesprimibile. Lo faccio così: esco dopo il tramonto, cammino per un po’, guardo dentro una finestra e cerco di individuare l’insegnante. Prima o poi lo scorgo all’erta; a volte accompagnato dal suo “promettente” alunno, più spesso no. Una volta certo che mi sta osservando, lo attiro in giro per tutta Londra. Una notte vado verso est, un’altra verso nord. In poche notti ho girato tutto il perimetro della città. A volte cammino a piedi, altre volte prendo i taxi, svuotando così le tasche dell’insegnante che, inevitabilmente, mi segue. Durante il giorno studio libri complicati. Di notte, con astuzia, lo attiro in luoghi nascosti, poi mi volto all’improvviso e lo blocco prima che possa fuggire. Ci troviamo faccia a faccia. Io passo davanti a lui come se non esistesse. E lui soffre terribilmente. Allo stesso modo, cammino velocemente lungo una strada corta, giro rapidamente l’angolo e, sparendo dalla sua vista, mi volto di nuovo indietro. Lo sorprendo mentre mi segue. Ancora una volta passo davanti a lui come se non esistesse. E lui soffre ancora. Notte dopo notte, la sua delusione diventa sempre più acuta. Ma la >speranza nel suo cuore rimane eterna. E il giorno dopo mi segue di nuovo. Così godo dei piaceri di questa “caccia” e tratto grande beneficio da questo esercizio salutare. Quando non mi diverto a “cacciare”, so per certo che lui passa tutte le notti davanti al Tempio Gate ad aspettarmi, ’

‘This is an extraordinary story,’ observed Lightwood, who had heard it out with serious attention. ‘I don’t like it.’

‘You are a little hipped, dear fellow,’ said Eugene; ‘you have been too sedentary. Come and enjoy the pleasures of the chase.’

‘Do you mean that you believe he is watching now?’

‘I have not the slightest doubt he is.’

‘Have you seen him to-night?’

‘I forgot to look for him when I was last out,’ returned Eugene with the calmest indifference; ‘but I dare say he was there. Come! Be a British sportsman and enjoy the pleasures of the chase. It will do you good.’

Lightwood hesitated; but, yielding to his curiosity, rose.

‘Bravo!’ cried Eugene, rising too. ‘Or, if Yoicks would be in better keeping, consider that I said Yoicks. Look to your feet, Mortimer, for we shall try your boots. When you are ready, I am—need I say with a Hey Ho Chivey, and likewise with a Hark Forward, Hark Forward, Tantivy?’

‘Will nothing make you serious?’ said Mortimer, laughing through his gravity.

‘I am always serious, but just now I am a little excited by the glorious fact that a southerly wind and a cloudy sky proclaim a hunting evening. Ready? So. We turn out the lamp and shut the door, and take the field.’

As the two friends passed out of the Temple into the public street, Eugene demanded with a show of courteous patronage in which direction Mortimer would you like the run to be? ‘There is a rather difficult country about Bethnal Green,’ said Eugene, ‘and we have not taken in that direction lately. What is your opinion of Bethnal Green?’ Mortimer assented to Bethnal Green, and they turned eastward. ‘Now, when we come to St Paul’s churchyard,’ pursued Eugene, ‘we’ll loiter artfully, and I’ll show you the schoolmaster.’ But, they both saw him, before they got there; alone, and stealing after them in the shadow of the houses, on the opposite side of the way.

‘Get your wind,’ said Eugene, ‘for I am off directly. Does it occur to you that the boys of Merry England will begin to deteriorate in an educational light, if this lasts long? The schoolmaster can’t attend to me and the boys too. Got your wind? I am off!’

At what a rate he went, to breathe the schoolmaster; and how he then lounged and loitered, to put his patience to another kind of wear; what preposterous ways he took, with no other object on earth than to disappoint and punish him; and how he wore him out by every piece of ingenuity that his eccentric humour could devise; all this Lightwood noted, with a feeling of astonishment that so careless a man could be so wary, and that so idle a man could take so much trouble. At last, far on in the third hour of the pleasures of the chase, when he had brought the poor dogging wretch round again into the City, he twisted Mortimer up a few dark entries, twisted him into a little square court, twisted him sharp round again, and they almost ran against Bradley Headstone.

‘And you see, as I was saying, Mortimer,’ remarked Eugene aloud with the utmost coolness, as though there were no one within hearing by themselves: ‘and you see, as I was saying—undergoing grinding torments.’

It was not too strong a phrase for the occasion. Looking like the hunted and not the hunter, baffled, worn, with the exhaustion of deferred hope and consuming hate and anger in his face, white-lipped, wild-eyed, draggle-haired, seamed with jealousy and anger, and torturing himself with the conviction that he showed it all and they exulted in it, he went by them in the dark, like a haggard head suspended in the air: so completely did the force of his expression cancel his figure.

Mortimer Lightwood was not an extraordinarily impressible man, but this face impressed him. He spoke of it more than once on the remainder of the way home, and more than once when they got home.

They had been abed in their respective rooms two or three hours, when Eugene was partly awakened by hearing a footstep going about, and was fully awakened by seeing Lightwood standing at his bedside.

‘Nothing wrong, Mortimer?’

‘No.’

‘What fancy takes you, then, for walking about in the night?’

‘I am horribly wakeful.’

‘How comes that about, I wonder!’

‘Eugene, I cannot lose sight of that fellow’s face.’

‘Odd!’ said Eugene with a light laugh, ‘I can.’ And turned over, and fell asleep again.

“Questa è una storia straordinaria,” osservò Lightwood, che l’aveva ascoltata con grande attenzione. “Non mi piace.”

“Sei un po’ troppo sedentario, caro amico,” disse Eugene; “vieni con me a goderti i piaceri della caccia.”

“Intendi dire che credi che in questo momento lo stia osservando?”

“Non ho la minima dubbio che lo sia.”

“L’hai visto stasera?”

“Ho dimenticato di cercarlo l’ultima volta che sono uscito,” rispose Eugene con la massima indifferenza; “ma credo che ci fosse. Vieni! Sii un vero sportivo britannico e goditi le gioie della caccia. Ti farà bene.”

Lightwood esitò; ma, cedendo alla sua curiosità, prese la rosa.

“Bravo!” esclamò Eugene, alzandosi anche lui. “O, se Yoicks fosse tenuto meglio in custodia, considerate che ho detto ‘Yoicks’. State attento ai vostri piedi, Mortimer: proveremo le vostre scarpe. Quando siete pronto, beh, non c’è bisogno di dire ‘Hey Ho Chivey’, né ‘Hark Forward, Hark Forward, Tantivy’, vero?”

“Non c’è niente che possa farti prendere sul serio?” disse Mortimer, ridendo nonostante la sua gravità.

“Sono sempre serio, ma in questo momento sono un po’ eccitato all’idea che una brezza meridionale e un cielo nuvoloso annuncino una serata di caccia. Pronto? Allora: spegniamo la lampada, chiudiamo la porta e andiamo in campagna.”

Mentre i due amici uscivano dal Tempio e si immettevano nella strada pubblica, Eugene chiese con un tono di cortese sollecitudine in quale direzione Mortimer desiderasse andare. “C’è una zona piuttosto difficile da attraversare vicino a Bethnal Green,” disse Eugene, “e non ci siamo direzionati verso quella parte ultimamente. Che ne pensi di Bethnal Green?” Mortimer acconsentì, e così presero la direzione est. “Ora, quando arriveremo nel cimitero di St Paul’s,” proseguì Eugene, “ci fermeremo un attimo e ti mostrerò l’insegnante.” Ma entrambi lo videro già prima di arrivare: era solo e li stava seguendo nell’ombra delle case, dall’altra parte della strada.

“Prendi il tuo vento,” disse Eugene, “perché me ne vado subito. Ti è mai venuto in mente che i ragazzi di Merry England potrebbero iniziare a peggiorare dal punto di vista educativo, se questa situazione continua? L’insegnante non può occuparsi sia di me che dei ragazzi. Hai preso il tuo vento? Me ne vado!”

A che velocità procedeva, per mettere alla prova la pazienza dell’insegnante; e poi come si soffermava e indugiava, logorando ulteriormente la sua tolleranza con comportamenti assurdi, al solo scopo di deluderlo e punirlo. E con quale ingegnosità, frutto del suo eccentrico umore, riusciva a stancarlo completamente. Tutto questo Lightwood lo osservava con stupore: come potesse un uomo così negligente essere così attento, e come uno così pigro dedicare tanta fatica a simili cose. Alla fine, molto dopo l’inizio di quella “caccia”, quando aveva riportato quel povero cane nel Città, gli fece percorrere alcuni sentieri tortuosi, lo portò in un piccolo cortile quadrato, poi lo fece girare bruscamente, e quasi andarono a sbattere contro il Bradley Headstone.

“E vedete, come stavo dicendo, Mortimer,” osservò Eugene ad alta voce con la massima calma, come se non ci fosse nessuno nelle vicinanze che potesse sentire: “e vedete, come stavo dicendo, subendo atroci tormenti.”

Non era una frase troppo forte per l’occasione. Sembrava la preda e non il cacciatore: confuso, stanco, con l’esaurimento di tutte le speranze deluse e con odio e rabbia dipinti sul viso; labbra pallide, occhi selvaggi, capelli disordinati. Intriso di gelosia e furia, si tormentava pensando che loro gioissero di tutto ciò che mostrava. Passava accanto a loro nell’oscurità, come una testa emaciata sospesa nel vuoto: l’intensità della sua espressione cancellava completamente la sua figura fisica.

Mortimer Lightwood non era un uomo particolarmente facile da impressionare, ma quel volto lo colpì profondamente. Ne parlò più volte durante il resto del viaggio verso casa, e ancora una volta una volta arrivati a destinazione.

Erano già a letto nelle loro rispettive stanze da due o tre ore, quando Eugene si svegliò parzialmente sentendo dei passi intorno; si svegliò completamente quando vide Lightwood in piedi accanto al suo letto.

“Niente di male, Mortimer?”

‘No.’

“Allora, quale strana idea ti è venuta di girovagare nella notte?”

“Sono terribilmente sveglio.”

“Come mai è successo questo? Mi chiedo, ”

“Eugene, non riesco a dimenticare il volto di quell’uomo.”

“Strano!”, disse Eugene ridendo leggermente, “Posso farlo.” Poi si girò e si addormentò di nuovo.

Chapter 11

IN THE DARK

There was no sleep for Bradley Headstone on that night when Eugene Wrayburn turned so easily in his bed; there was no sleep for little Miss Peecher. Bradley consumed the lonely hours, and consumed himself in haunting the spot where his careless rival lay a dreaming; little Miss Peecher wore them away in listening for the return home of the master of her heart, and in sorrowfully presaging that much was amiss with him. Yet more was amiss with him than Miss Peecher’s simply arranged little work-box of thoughts, fitted with no gloomy and dark recesses, could hold. For, the state of the man was murderous.

The state of the man was murderous, and he knew it. More; he irritated it, with a kind of perverse pleasure akin to that which a sick man sometimes has in irritating a wound upon his body. Tied up all day with his disciplined show upon him, subdued to the performance of his routine of educational tricks, encircled by a gabbling crowd, he broke loose at night like an ill-tamed wild animal. Under his daily restraint, it was his compensation, not his trouble, to give a glance towards his state at night, and to the freedom of its being indulged. If great criminals told the truth—which, being great criminals, they do not—they would very rarely tell of their struggles against the crime. Their struggles are towards it. They buffet with opposing waves, to gain the bloody shore, not to recede from it. This man perfectly comprehended that he hated his rival with his strongest and worst forces, and that if he tracked him to Lizzie Hexam, his so doing would never serve himself with her, or serve her. All his pains were taken, to the end that he might incense himself with the sight of the detested figure in her company and favour, in her place of concealment. And he knew as well what act of his would follow if he did, as he knew that his mother had borne him. Granted, that he may not have held it necessary to make express mention to himself of the one familiar truth any more than of the other.

He knew equally well that he fed his wrath and hatred, and that he accumulated provocation and self-justification, by being made the nightly sport of the reckless and insolent Eugene. Knowing all this,—and still always going on with infinite endurance, pains, and perseverance, could his dark soul doubt whither he went?

Baffled, exasperated, and weary, he lingered opposite the Temple gate when it closed on Wrayburn and Lightwood, debating with himself should he go home for that time or should he watch longer. Possessed in his jealousy by the fixed idea that Wrayburn was in the secret, if it were not altogether of his contriving, Bradley was as confident of getting the better of him at last by sullenly sticking to him, as he would have been—and often had been—of mastering any piece of study in the way of his vocation, by the like slow persistent process. A man of rapid passions and sluggish intelligence, it had served him often and should serve him again.

The suspicion crossed him as he rested in a doorway with his eyes upon the Temple gate, that perhaps she was even concealed in that set of Chambers. It would furnish another reason for Wrayburn’s purposeless walks, and it might be. He thought of it and thought of it, until he resolved to steal up the stairs, if the gatekeeper would let him through, and listen. So, the haggard head suspended in the air flitted across the road, like the spectre of one of the many heads erst hoisted upon neighbouring Temple Bar, and stopped before the watchman.

The watchman looked at it, and asked: ‘Who for?’

‘Mr Wrayburn.’

‘It’s very late.’

‘He came back with Mr Lightwood, I know, near upon two hours ago. But if he has gone to bed, I’ll put a paper in his letter-box. I am expected.’

The watchman said no more, but opened the gate, though rather doubtfully. Seeing, however, that the visitor went straight and fast in the right direction, he seemed satisfied.

The haggard head floated up the dark staircase, and softly descended nearer to the floor outside the outer door of the chambers. The doors of the rooms within, appeared to be standing open. There were rays of candlelight from one of them, and there was the sound of a footstep going about. There were two voices. The words they uttered were not distinguishable, but they were both the voices of men. In a few moments the voices were silent, and there was no sound of footstep, and the inner light went out. If Lightwood could have seen the face which kept him awake, staring and listening in the darkness outside the door as he spoke of it, he might have been less disposed to sleep, through the remainder of the night.

‘Not there,’ said Bradley; ‘but she might have been.’ The head arose to its former height from the ground, floated down the stair-case again, and passed on to the gate. A man was standing there, in parley with the watchman.

‘Oh!’ said the watchman. ‘Here he is!’

Perceiving himself to be the antecedent, Bradley looked from the watchman to the man.

‘This man is leaving a letter for Mr Lightwood,’ the watchman explained, showing it in his hand; ‘and I was mentioning that a person had just gone up to Mr Lightwood’s chambers. It might be the same business perhaps?’

‘No,’ said Bradley, glancing at the man, who was a stranger to him.

‘No,’ the man assented in a surly way; ‘my letter—it’s wrote by my daughter, but it’s mine—is about my business, and my business ain’t nobody else’s business.’

As Bradley passed out at the gate with an undecided foot, he heard it shut behind him, and heard the footstep of the man coming after him.

‘’Scuse me,’ said the man, who appeared to have been drinking and rather stumbled at him than touched him, to attract his attention: ‘but might you be acquainted with the T’other Governor?’

Capitolo 11

Nella oscurità

Quella notte, Bradley Headstone non riuscì a dormire, mentre Eugene Wrayburn si girava tranquillamente nel suo letto; nemmeno la piccola Miss Peecher riuscì a prendere sonno. Bradley trascorse quelle ore solitarie tormentandosi al pensiero del luogo in cui il suo rivale giaceva ignaro di tutto; la piccola Miss Peecher, invece, passava il tempo aspettando con ansia il ritorno del ragazzo che amava, temendo che gli fosse accaduto qualcosa di grave. Ma ciò che realmente lo minacciava era molto più grave di quanto potesse immaginare. La situazione di quell’uomo era davvero pericolosa.

Lo stato d’animo di quell’uomo era assassino, e lui lo sapeva bene. Anzi, ne traeva una sorta di perverso piacere, simile a quello che talvolta prova un uomo malato nel tormentare una ferita sul proprio corpo. Legato tutto il giorno da quella maschera disciplinata che indossava, costretto a ripetere sempre gli stessi trucchi educativi, circondato da una folla chiacchierona, di notte si liberava come una bestia selvaggia e incontrollabile. Quella repressione quotidiana era, per lui, una sorta di compensazione, non certo un tormento. Di notte, poteva finalmente osservare il vero stato del proprio animo e godere della “libertà” che esso gli concedeva. Se i grandi criminali dicessero la verità – il che, essendo grandi criminali, di rado fanno – molto raramente parlerebbero delle loro lotte contro il crimine. In realtà, quelle lotte avvengono proprio verso il crimine stesso: lottano contro le forze opposte per raggiungere quella “riva sanguinosa”, non per allontanarsene. Quell’uomo comprendeva perfettamente che odiava il proprio rivale con tutte le sue forze, e che, anche se lo inseguisse fino a Lizzie Hexam, quel gesto non gli avrebbe portato nulla di buono, né a lei. Tutti i suoi sforzi avevano uno scopo solo: vedere quell’uomo odiato in sua compagnia, favorito da lei, nel luogo stesso dove si nascondeva. E sapeva benissimo quale sarebbe stata la conseguenza di quel suo comportamento, proprio come sapeva che sua madre lo aveva partorito. Forse non riteneva necessario ricordarsi esplicitamente di quella “verità” familiare, proprio come non lo faceva per le altre.

Sapeva altrettanto bene che alimentava la propria rabbia e il proprio odio, e che accumulava provocazioni e giustificazioni personali, diventando ogni notte oggetto di scherzi da parte dell’irresponsabile ed insolente Eugene. Conoscendo tutto ciò, eppure continuando sempre con infinita pazienza, sofferenza e perseveranza, la sua oscura ‘anima poteva forse dubitare della direzione verso cui stava andando?

Confuso, esasperato e stanco, indugiò di fronte al cancello del Tempio mentre questi si chiudeva alle spalle di Wrayburn e Lightwood, chiedendosi se dovesse rincasare per quella volta o continuare a osservarli. Posseduto dalla sua invidia dall’idea fissa che Wrayburn fosse a conoscenza del segreto – anche se non ne fosse l’autore principale – Bradley era altrettanto convinto che, perseverando ostinatamente nel seguirli, alla fine avrebbe ottenuto la vittoria, proprio come aveva spesso fatto in passato nell’apprendere qualsiasi materia legata alla sua professione, attraverso un processo lento ma costante. Un uomo dalle passioni violente e dall’intelligenza lenta, questo approccio gli era stato utile molte volte, e sicuramente lo sarebbe stato ancora.

Mentre riposava nell’androne, con lo sguardo fisso sulla porta del Tempio, gli balenò il sospetto che forse lei si nascondesse proprio in quelle stanze. Questo avrebbe potuto spiegare i vagabondaggi senza scopo di Wrayburn. Decise quindi di salire le scale, se il custode glielo avesse permesso, per ascoltare. Così, quella testa emaciata e sospesa a mezz’aria attraversò la strada, come lo spettro di una delle tante teste che un tempo venivano appese vicino al Temple Bar. E si fermò davanti al guardiano.

Il custode lo guardò e chiese: “Per chi?”

“Mr Wrayburn.”

“È molto tardi.”

“È tornato con il signor Lightwood, lo so, quasi due ore fa. Ma se si è già messo a letto, lascerò un biglietto nella sua cassetta della posta. Mi aspettano.”

Il custode non disse più nulla, ma aprì il cancello, sebbene con qualche esitazione. Tuttavia, vedendo che il visitatore si dirigeva dritto e velocemente nella direzione giusta, sembrò soddisfatto.

Quella testa emaciata fluttuò su per la buia scala e scese lentamente, avvicinandosi al pavimento fuori dalla porta esterna delle stanze. Le porte all’interno sembravano essere aperte; da una di esse provenivano raggi di luce delle candele, e si udiva il rumore di passi che andavano avanti e indietro. C’erano due voci. Le parole che pronunciavano non erano chiare, ma entrambe appartenevano a uomini. Dopo pochi momenti, le voci tacquero; non si udirono più passi, e anche la luce all’interno si spense. Se Lightwood avesse potuto vedere il volto che lo teneva sveglio, fissando e ascoltando nell’oscurità fuori dalla porta, forse non sarebbe stato così propenso a dormire per il resto di quella notte.

“Non è lì,” disse Bradley; “ma forse c’era.” La testa riemerse dal terreno raggiungendo di nuovo la sua altezza originale, scese lungo le scale e proseguì verso il cancello. Lì c’era un uomo che stava parlando con il custode.

“Oh!”, esclamò il custode. “Eccolo qui!”

Ritenendosi il precedente in quella situazione, Bradley osservò prima il guardiano e poi quell’uomo.

“Quest’uomo sta lasciando una lettera per il signor Lightwood,” spiegò il custode, mostrandola in mano; “e stavo appunto dicendo che qualcuno era appena andato nelle stanze del signor Lightwood. Forse si tratta della stessa faccenda?”

“No,” disse Bradley, lanciando un’occhiata all’uomo, che per lui era uno sconosciuto.

“No,” rispose l’uomo in tono burbero; “la mia lettera, è stata scritta da mia figlia, ma appartiene a me, riguarda affari miei, e gli affari miei non sono affari di nessun altro.”

Mentre Bradley sveniva al cancello con un piede ancora indeciso su quale direzione muoversi, sentì il cancello chiudersi alle sue spalle e anche i passi dell’uomo che lo stava inseguendo.

“Scusi,” disse l’uomo, che sembrava aver bevuto e che lo urtò più che toccarlo, per attirare la sua attenzione: “ma potresti conoscere l’altro Governatore?”

‘With whom?’ asked Bradley.

‘With,’ returned the man, pointing backward over his right shoulder with his right thumb, ‘the T’other Governor?’

‘I don’t know what you mean.’

‘Why look here,’ hooking his proposition on his left-hand fingers with the forefinger of his right. ‘There’s two Governors, ain’t there? One and one, two—Lawyer Lightwood, my first finger, he’s one, ain’t he? Well; might you be acquainted with my middle finger, the T’other?’

‘I know quite as much of him,’ said Bradley, with a frown and a distant look before him, ‘as I want to know.’

‘Hooroar!’ cried the man. ‘Hooroar T’other t’other Governor. Hooroar T’otherest Governor! I am of your way of thinkin’.’

‘Don’t make such a noise at this dead hour of the night. What are you talking about?’

‘Look here, T’otherest Governor,’ replied the man, becoming hoarsely confidential. ‘The T’other Governor he’s always joked his jokes agin me, owing, as I believe, to my being a honest man as gets my living by the sweat of my brow. Which he ain’t, and he don’t.’

‘What is that to me?’

‘T’otherest Governor,’ returned the man in a tone of injured innocence, ‘if you don’t care to hear no more, don’t hear no more. You begun it. You said, and likeways showed pretty plain, as you warn’t by no means friendly to him. But I don’t seek to force my company nor yet my opinions on no man. I am a honest man, that’s what I am. Put me in the dock anywhere—I don’t care where—and I says, “My Lord, I am a honest man.” Put me in the witness-box anywhere—I don’t care where—and I says the same to his lordship, and I kisses the book. I don’t kiss my coat-cuff; I kisses the book.’

It was not so much in deference to these strong testimonials to character, as in his restless casting about for any way or help towards the discovery on which he was concentrated, that Bradley Headstone replied: ‘You needn’t take offence. I didn’t mean to stop you. You were too—loud in the open street; that was all.’

‘’Totherest Governor,’ replied Mr Riderhood, mollified and mysterious, ‘I know wot it is to be loud, and I know wot it is to be soft. Nat’rally I do. It would be a wonder if I did not, being by the Chris’en name of Roger, which took it arter my own father, which took it from his own father, though which of our fam’ly fust took it nat’ral I will not in any ways mislead you by undertakin’ to say. And wishing that your elth may be better than your looks, which your inside must be bad indeed if it’s on the footing of your out.’

Startled by the implication that his face revealed too much of his mind, Bradley made an effort to clear his brow. It might be worth knowing what this strange man’s business was with Lightwood, or Wrayburn, or both, at such an unseasonable hour. He set himself to find out, for the man might prove to be a messenger between those two.

‘You call at the Temple late,’ he remarked, with a lumbering show of ease.

‘Wish I may die,’ cried Mr Riderhood, with a hoarse laugh, ‘if I warn’t a goin’ to say the self-same words to you, T’otherest Governor!’

‘It chanced so with me,’ said Bradley, looking disconcertedly about him.

‘And it chanced so with me,’ said Riderhood. ‘But I don’t mind telling you how. Why should I mind telling you? I’m a Deputy Lock-keeper up the river, and I was off duty yes’day, and I shall be on to-morrow.’

‘Yes?’

‘Yes, and I come to London to look arter my private affairs. My private affairs is to get appinted to the Lock as reg’lar keeper at fust hand, and to have the law of a busted B’low-Bridge steamer which drownded of me. I ain’t a goin’ to be drownded and not paid for it!’

Bradley looked at him, as though he were claiming to be a Ghost.

‘The steamer,’ said Mr Riderhood, obstinately, ‘run me down and drownded of me. Interference on the part of other parties brought me round; but I never asked ’em to bring me round, nor yet the steamer never asked ’em to it. I mean to be paid for the life as the steamer took.’

‘Was that your business at Mr Lightwood’s chambers in the middle of the night?’ asked Bradley, eyeing him with distrust.

‘That and to get a writing to be fust-hand Lock Keeper. A recommendation in writing being looked for, who else ought to give it to me? As I says in the letter in my daughter’s hand, with my mark put to it to make it good in law, Who but you, Lawyer Lightwood, ought to hand over this here stifficate, and who but you ought to go in for damages on my account agin the Steamer? For (as I says under my mark) I have had trouble enough along of you and your friend. If you, Lawyer Lightwood, had backed me good and true, and if the T’other Governor had took me down correct (I says under my mark), I should have been worth money at the present time, instead of having a barge-load of bad names chucked at me, and being forced to eat my words, which is a unsatisfying sort of food wotever a man’s appetite! And when you mention the middle of the night, T’otherest Governor,’ growled Mr Riderhood, winding up his monotonous summary of his wrongs, ‘throw your eye on this here bundle under my arm, and bear in mind that I’m a walking back to my Lock, and that the Temple laid upon my line of road.’

Bradley Headstone’s face had changed during this latter recital, and he had observed the speaker with a more sustained attention.

‘Do you know,’ said he, after a pause, during which they walked on side by side, ‘that I believe I could tell you your name, if I tried?’

‘Prove your opinion,’ was the answer, accompanied with a stop and a stare. ‘Try.’

‘Your name is Riderhood.’

‘I’m blest if it ain’t,’ returned that gentleman. ‘But I don’t know your’n.’

‘That’s quite another thing,’ said Bradley. ‘I never supposed you did.’

As Bradley walked on meditating, the Rogue walked on at his side muttering. The purport of the muttering was: ‘that Rogue Riderhood, by George! seemed to be made public property on, now, and that every man seemed to think himself free to handle his name as if it was a Street Pump.’ The purport of the meditating was: ‘Here is an instrument. Can I use it?’

“Con chi?” chiese Bradley.

“Con,” rispose l’uomo, indicando indietro con il pollice destro, “l’altro governatore?”

“Non so cosa intendi.”

“Perché guardare qui?” disse, intrecciando le sue proposte con i dita della mano sinistra e il dito indice della destra. “Ci sono due Governatori, no? Uno e uno, l’avvocato Lightwood, il mio dito indice, è uno, vero? Beh, potresti conoscere anche il mio dito medio, l’altro?”

“So abbastanza su di lui,” disse Bradley, con un cipiglio e uno sguardo distante, “quanto ne voglio sapere.”

“Urrà!”, gridò l’uomo. “Urrà per l’altro governatore. Urrà per l’ultimo governatore! Io la penso proprio come voi.”

“Non fare tutto questo rumore a quest’ora tarda della notte. Di cosa stai parlando?”

“Guardi qui, Governatore,” rispose l’uomo, assumendo un tono confidenziale e rauco. “Quell’altro Governatore continua sempre a scherzare su di me. E questo, credo, sia dovuto al fatto che io sono una persona onesta, che guadagno da vivere con il sudore della mia fronte. Lui invece no. Non lo è affatto.”

“Che significato ha tutto ciò per me?”

“L’altro governatore,” rispose l’uomo con un tono di offesa innocenza, “se non vuole più ascoltare, non ascolti pure. È stato lei ad iniziare tutto. Lei stesso lo ha detto chiaramente, e ha anche dimostrato apertamente di non essere affatto amichevole nei suoi confronti. Ma io non cerco mai di imporre la mia compagnia né le mie opinioni a nessuno. Sono un uomo onesto, ecco cos’ero e sono ancora. Mettetemi dove volete. Non mi interessa. E dirò sempre: ‘Mio signore, sono un uomo onesto.’ Mettetemi anche sul banco dei testimoni. Non mi importa. E ripeterò la stessa cosa al suo signorilità. E bacerò il libro. Non bacio i miei polsini. Bacio il libro.”

Non era tanto per rispetto verso queste solide testimonianze di carattere, quanto piuttosto a causa della sua incessante ricerca di qualsiasi mezzo o aiuto che potesse aiutarlo nella scoperta a cui era concentrato, che Bradley Headstone rispose: “Non dovete offendersi. Non volevo fermarvi. Era solo perché eravate troppo, rumorosi in strada aperta; nient’altro.”

“Per quanto riguarda il resto, Governatore,” rispose Mr Riderhood, con tono conciliante e misterioso, “so bene cosa significhi parlare ad alta voce e cosa significhi parlare a bassa voce. Naturalmente lo so. Sarebbe davvero strano se non lo sapessi, giuro sul nome di Cristo, Roger, un nome che ho ereditato dal mio stesso padre, il quale l’aveva preso dal suo. Anche se non so esattamente chi dei nostri antenati abbia usato per primo quel nome, non intendo assolutamente ingannarvi a riguardo. E auguro che la vostra condizione interiore sia migliore di quanto sembri esteriormente. Altrimenti, il vostro interno deve essere davvero molto cattivo.”

Sorpreso dall’idea che il suo volto rivelasse troppo dei suoi pensieri, Bradley si sforzò di distendere la fronte. Forse valeva la pena scoprire quale fosse lo scopo di quell’uomo strano con Lightwood, o Wrayburn, o entrambi, a un’ora così insolita. Decise di indagare: quell’uomo poteva essere un messaggero tra loro due.

“Arrivi al Tempio tardi,” osservò lui, con un atteggiamento apparentemente rilassato ma che in realtà trasmetteva una certa tensione.

“Vorrei morire,” gridò il signor Riderhood con una risata rauca, “se non dovessi dire esattamente le stesse parole anche a te, altro Governatore!”

“È successo anche a me,” disse Bradley, guardandosi intorno con aria confusa.

“Ed è successo anche a me,” disse Riderhood. “Ma non ho nulla in contrario a raccontarvi come. Perché dovrei avercela? Sono un vice custode del fiume, e oggi ero fuori servizio; domani tornerò al mio lavoro.”

“Sì, davvero?”

‘Sì, e sono venuto a Londra per occuparmi dei miei affari personali. Il mio compito è diventare il custode ufficiale del Lock, in modo da poter ottenere un risarcimento legale per la perdita della nave a vapore “B’low-Bridge” che mi ha fatto annegare. Non ho intenzione di morire annegato senza ricevere alcun compenso!’

Bradley lo guardò, come se stesse pretendendo di essere un Fantasma.

“La nave a vapore,” disse ostinatamente il signor Riderhood, “mi ha investito e mi ha fatto annegare. L’intervento di altre persone mi ha salvato; ma non ho mai chiesto loro di farlo, né la nave a vapore lo ha mai chiesto. Voglio essere pagato per la vita che quella nave mi ha tolto.”

“Era affar tuo recarti nelle stanze del signor Lightwood a mezzanotte?” chiese Bradley, guardandolo con sospetto.

“Tutto questo, e poi ottenere una lettera di raccomandazione per diventare direttamente il custode del cancello. Cosa potrebbe darmi una raccomandazione scritta, se non tu, avvocato Lightwood? Come dico nella lettera che mia figlia tiene in mano, con la mia firma che la rende legale. Chi altro, se non tu, dovrebbe occuparsi di questo documento ufficiale e rappresentarmi legalmente contro quella nave a vapore? Perché (come dichiaro sotto la mia firma) ho già avuto abbastanza problemi a causa tua e del tuo amico. Se solo tu, avvocato Lightwood, mi avessi sostenuto sinceramente, e se l’altro governatore mi avesse trattato con giustizia. Ora valerei qualcosa, invece di essere coperto di infamie e costretto a ritrattare le mie parole, il che è davvero un cibo insoddisfacente per chiunque abbia appetito! E quando parli della mezzanotte, ”, ringhiò Mr Riderhood, concludendo la sua monotona lista di ingiustizie, “guarda questo fagotto che ho sotto il braccio. Ricorda che sto tornando al mio cancello, e che il Tempio rappresenta un ostacolo sulla mia strada.”

Il volto di Bradley Headstone era cambiato durante questo secondo racconto; aveva osservato il relatore con maggiore attenzione.

“Lo sai?” disse lui, dopo una pausa, mentre camminavano uno accanto all’altro. “Credo di poter dirti il tuo nome, se ci provassi, ”

“Dimostra la tua opinione”, fu la risposta, accompagnata da una pausa e uno sguardo intenso. “Provaci”.

“Il tuo nome è Riderhood.”

“Sono davvero fortunato se è così”, rispose quel signore. “Ma non so quale sia la tua fortuna.”

“Beh, questa è un’altra storia,” disse Bradley. “Non avrei mai pensato che lo facessi.”

Mentre Bradley camminava assorto nei suoi pensieri, il “Rogue” lo seguiva accanto a lui, mormorando tra sé. Il senso di quei mormori era: “Quel titolo di ‘Rogue Riderhood’, per George, sembra ormai diventato di proprietà pubblica; tutti sembrano considerarsi liberi di usarlo come se fosse un semplice oggetto comune”. Il senso dei pensieri di Bradley, invece, era: “Ecco uno strumento. Posso utilizzarlo?”

They had walked along the Strand, and into Pall Mall, and had turned up-hill towards Hyde Park Corner; Bradley Headstone waiting on the pace and lead of Riderhood, and leaving him to indicate the course. So slow were the schoolmaster’s thoughts, and so indistinct his purposes when they were but tributary to the one absorbing purpose or rather when, like dark trees under a stormy sky, they only lined the long vista at the end of which he saw those two figures of Wrayburn and Lizzie on which his eyes were fixed—that at least a good half-mile was traversed before he spoke again. Even then, it was only to ask:

‘Where is your Lock?’

‘Twenty mile and odd—call it five-and-twenty mile and odd, if you like—up stream,’ was the sullen reply.

‘How is it called?’

‘Plashwater Weir Mill Lock.’

‘Suppose I was to offer you five shillings; what then?’

‘Why, then, I’d take it,’ said Mr Riderhood.

The schoolmaster put his hand in his pocket, and produced two half-crowns, and placed them in Mr Riderhood’s palm: who stopped at a convenient doorstep to ring them both, before acknowledging their receipt.

‘There’s one thing about you, T’otherest Governor,’ said Riderhood, faring on again, ‘as looks well and goes fur. You’re a ready money man. Now;’ when he had carefully pocketed the coins on that side of himself which was furthest from his new friend; ‘what’s this for?’

‘For you.’

‘Why, o’ course I know THAT,’ said Riderhood, as arguing something that was self-evident. ‘O’ course I know very well as no man in his right senses would suppose as anythink would make me give it up agin when I’d once got it. But what do you want for it?’

‘I don’t know that I want anything for it. Or if I do want anything for it, I don’t know what it is.’ Bradley gave this answer in a stolid, vacant, and self-communing manner, which Mr Riderhood found very extraordinary.

‘You have no goodwill towards this Wrayburn,’ said Bradley, coming to the name in a reluctant and forced way, as if he were dragged to it.

‘No.’

‘Neither have I.’

Riderhood nodded, and asked: ‘Is it for that?’

‘It’s as much for that as anything else. It’s something to be agreed with, on a subject that occupies so much of one’s thoughts.’

‘It don’t agree with YOU,’ returned Mr Riderhood, bluntly. ‘No! It don’t, T’otherest Governor, and it’s no use a lookin’ as if you wanted to make out that it did. I tell you it rankles in you. It rankles in you, rusts in you, and pisons you.’

‘Say that it does so,’ returned Bradley with quivering lips; ‘is there no cause for it?’

‘Cause enough, I’ll bet a pound!’ cried Mr Riderhood.

‘Haven’t you yourself declared that the fellow has heaped provocations, insults, and affronts on you, or something to that effect? He has done the same by me. He is made of venomous insults and affronts, from the crown of his head to the sole of his foot. Are you so hopeful or so stupid, as not to know that he and the other will treat your application with contempt, and light their cigars with it?’

‘I shouldn’t wonder if they did, by George!’ said Riderhood, turning angry.

‘If they did! They will. Let me ask you a question. I know something more than your name about you; I knew something about Gaffer Hexam. When did you last set eyes upon his daughter?’

‘When did I last set eyes upon his daughter, T’otherest Governor?’ repeated Mr Riderhood, growing intentionally slower of comprehension as the other quickened in his speech.

‘Yes. Not to speak to her. To see her—anywhere?’

The Rogue had got the clue he wanted, though he held it with a clumsy hand. Looking perplexedly at the passionate face, as if he were trying to work out a sum in his mind, he slowly answered:

‘I ain’t set eyes upon her—never once—not since the day of Gaffer’s death.’

‘You know her well, by sight?’

‘I should think I did! No one better.’

‘And you know him as well?’

‘Who’s him?’ asked Riderhood, taking off his hat and rubbing his forehead, as he directed a dull look at his questioner.

‘Curse the name! Is it so agreeable to you that you want to hear it again?’

‘Oh! HIM!’ said Riderhood, who had craftily worked the schoolmaster into this corner, that he might again take note of his face under its evil possession. ‘I’d know HIM among a thousand.’

‘Did you—’ Bradley tried to ask it quietly; but, do what he might with his voice, he could not subdue his face;—‘did you ever see them together?’

(The Rogue had got the clue in both hands now.)

‘I see ’em together, T’otherest Governor, on the very day when Gaffer was towed ashore.’

Bradley could have hidden a reserved piece of information from the sharp eyes of a whole inquisitive class, but he could not veil from the eyes of the ignorant Riderhood the withheld question next in his breast. ‘You shall put it plain if you want it answered,’ thought the Rogue, doggedly; ‘I ain’t a-going a wolunteering.’

Well! was he insolent to her too?’ asked Bradley after a struggle. ‘Or did he make a show of being kind to her?’

‘He made a show of being most uncommon kind to her,’ said Riderhood. ‘By George! now I—’

His flying off at a tangent was indisputably natural. Bradley looked at him for the reason.

‘Now I think of it,’ said Mr Riderhood, evasively, for he was substituting those words for ‘Now I see you so jealous,’ which was the phrase really in his mind; ‘P’r’aps he went and took me down wrong, a purpose, on account o’ being sweet upon her!’

The baseness of confirming him in this suspicion or pretence of one (for he could not have really entertained it), was a line’s breadth beyond the mark the schoolmaster had reached. The baseness of communing and intriguing with the fellow who would have set that stain upon her, and upon her brother too, was attained. The line’s breadth further, lay beyond. He made no reply, but walked on with a lowering face.

What he might gain by this acquaintance, he could not work out in his slow and cumbrous thoughts. The man had an injury against the object of his hatred, and that was something; though it was less than he supposed, for there dwelt in the man no such deadly rage and resentment as burned in his own breast. The man knew her, and might by a fortunate chance see her, or hear of her; that was something, as enlisting one pair of eyes and ears the more. The man was a bad man, and willing enough to be in his pay. That was something, for his own state and purpose were as bad as bad could be, and he seemed to derive a vague support from the possession of a congenial instrument, though it might never be used.

Avevano camminato lungo lo Strand, poi in Pall Mall, e avevano svoltato su per la collina verso Hyde Park Corner; Bradley Headstone seguiva da vicino Riderhood, lasciando a lui il compito di indicare la direzione. I pensieri del maestro erano così lenti, i suoi propositi così vaghi. Tutto ciò non faceva che alimentare quell’unico scopo dominante; o meglio, come alberi scuri sotto un cielo tempestoso, quelle idee si limitavano a delimitare il percorso lungo cui i suoi occhi erano fissi su quelle due figure: Wrayburn e Lizzie. Fu necessario percorrere almeno mezzo miglio prima che parlasse di nuovo. E anche allora, la sua domanda fu semplicemente questa:

“Dove è la tua chiave?”

“Venti miglia e qualcosa, chiamiamole venticinque miglia e qualcosa, se vi piace, a monte del fiume,” fu la risposta cupa.

“Come si chiama?”

“Plashwater Weir Mill Lock.”

“Supponiamo che vi offrissi cinque scellini, cosa succederebbe?”

“Allora, lo prenderò,” disse il signor Riderhood.

Il maestro mise la mano in tasca e ne tirò fuori due mezzo-crown, che posò nel palmo della mano di Mr Riderhood; questi si fermò davanti a una porta adatta per suonarli entrambi, prima di confermare di averli ricevuti.

“C’è una cosa che ti riguarda, Governatore T’otherest,” disse Riderhood, continuando il suo discorso, “e cioè che sembri benissimo e hai anche la pelliccia. Sei davvero un uomo disposto a investire denaro al momento giusto. Ora, ” dopo aver messo con cura le monete nella tasca del lato del suo corpo più lontano dal suo nuovo amico, “perché le hai prese?”

“Per te.”

“Beh, ovviamente lo so,” disse Riderhood, come se stesse discutendo di qualcosa che era del tutto evidente. “Ovviamente lo so molto bene, tanto bene che nessuno con un minimo di buon senso penserebbe mai che qualcosa potrebbe farmi rinunciarci una volta che l’ho ottenuto. Ma cosa vuoi in cambio?”

“Non so se voglio qualcosa in cambio. O, se lo voglio, non so cosa sia.” Bradley rispose in modo cupo, distaccato e assorto nei propri pensieri, il che a Mr. Riderhood sembrò davvero straordinario.

“Non provi alcuna simpatia per questo Wrayburn,” disse Bradley, menzionando il nome in modo riluttante e forzato, come se fosse stato trascinato ad farlo.

‘No.’

“Nemmeno io.”

“Riderhood annuì e chiese: ‘È per questo?’”

“È per questo, più che per qualsiasi altra ragione. È qualcosa su cui bisogna accordarsi, in un argomento che occupa così tanto i pensieri delle persone.”

“Non è d’accordo con te,” rispose bruscamente il signor Riderhood. “No! Non lo è affatto, altro Governatore, e non serve nemmeno cercare di far credere il contrario. Ti dico che ti dà fastidio. Ti dà fastidio, ti rovina l’anima e ti causa dolore.”

“Dite pure che è così”, rispose Bradley con le labbra tremanti; “non esiste alcuna ragione per cui debba essere così?”

“Basta così, scommetto una sterlina!” gridò il signor Riderhood.

“Non avete forse voi stesso dichiarato che quell’uomo vi ha rivolto continue provocazioni, insulti e offese, o qualcosa del genere? Ha fatto lo stesso anche con me. È completamente pieno di insulti e offese velenose, dalla testa ai piedi. Siete davvero così ottimisti, o così stupidi, da non rendervi conto che lui e gli altri tratteranno la vostra richiesta con disprezzo, e usaranno addirittura quella richiesta per accendere i loro sigari?”

“Non dovrei certo chiedermi se l’hanno fatto o no. Per George!” disse Riderhood, arrabbiandosi.

“Se lo facessero. Lo faranno sicuramente. Lasciate che vi ponga una domanda: so qualcosa su di voi, qualcosa che va oltre il vostro nome; sapevo anche qualcosa su Gaffer Hexam. Quando è stata l’ultima volta che avete visto sua figlia?”

“Quando è stata l’ultima volta che ho visto sua figlia, altro Governatore?” ripeté il signor Riderhood, rallentando intenzionalmente il ritmo della sua comprensione mentre l’altro accelerava nel parlare.

“Sì. Non parlare con lei, ma vederla, in qualsiasi posto?”

Il Ladro aveva ottenuto l’informazione che voleva, anche se la stringeva con una mano goffa. Guardando confuso quel volto appassionato, come se stesse cercando di risolvere un problema nella sua mente, rispose lentamente:

“Non l’ho più vista nemmeno una volta, da quando è morto Gaffer.”

“La conosci bene, vero? Solo di vista?”

“Credo proprio di sì. Nessuno sarebbe stato meglio di me.”

“E lo conosci bene, vero?”

“Chi è?” chiese Riderhood, togliendosi il cappello e strofinandosi la fronte, mentre lanciava uno sguardo torvo verso chi gli aveva posto la domanda.

“Maledetto quel nome! Vi piace così tanto da volerlo sentire di nuovo?”

“Oh! LUI!” esclamò Riderhood, che aveva abilmente costretto l’insegnante in quella situazione, per poter osservare di nuovo il suo volto sotto quell’effetto malvagio. “Lo riconoscerei tra mille.”

“Li hai mai visti insieme?” Bradley cercò di chiederlo in silenzio; ma per quanto si sforzasse con la voce, non riuscì a controllare il proprio viso, “Li hai mai visti insieme?”

(Ora il Ladro aveva entrambe le piste in mano.)

“Li vedo insieme, quel governatore lì, proprio il giorno in cui Gaffer fu tratto a riva.”

Bradley avrebbe potuto nascondere un’informazione riservata agli occhi attenti di tutta una classe curiosa, ma non riuscì a celare dalla vista degli ignoranti membri del gruppo “Riderhood” la domanda che teneva nascosta nel suo cuore. “Se vuoi che ti risponda chiaramente, devi porla apertamente”, pensò il Rogue con determinazione; “non ho intenzione di farlo volontariamente”.

“Beh, ”, chiese Bradley dopo un po’ di riflessione, “è stato anche irrispettoso con lei? O ha fatto finta di essere gentile?”

“Fingeva di essere estremamente gentile con lei, ma in realtà, ”, disse Riderhood. “Per George! Ora io, ”

Il suo allontanarsi bruscamente in modo così improvviso era indubbiamente naturale. Bradley lo guardò per capirne il motivo.

“Ora che ci penso,” disse il signor Riderhood in modo evasivo, perché in realtà stava usando quelle parole al posto di “Ora vedo quanto sei geloso”, che era la frase che aveva veramente in mente; “forse è andato apposta a portarmi nel posto sbagliato, per via del suo interesse per lei!”

La bassezza di confermare questa sua sospettazione o questa finzione da parte sua (poiché in realtà non poteva averla davvero), andava ben oltre i limiti che l’insegnante si era imposto. La bassezza di intrattenersi e complottare con colui che avrebbe potuto macchiare sia lei che suo fratello, raggiungeva livelli ancora più inaccettabili. Lui non rispose nulla, ma continuò a camminare con il viso cupo.

Quello che avrebbe potuto guadagnare da questa conoscenza, non riusciva a comprenderlo con i suoi pensieri lenti e complicati. Quell’uomo nutriva un rancore verso l’oggetto del suo odio, ed era già qualcosa; anche se meno di quanto avesse immaginato, poiché in quell’uomo non esisteva quella furia e quel risentimento mortali che ardevano nel suo stesso petto. Quell’uomo la conosceva, e forse, per una fortunata coincidenza, l’avrebbe potuta incontrare o sentire parlare di lei; anche questo era qualcosa, poiché significava disporre di un paio di occhi e di orecchie in più. Quell’uomo era una persona malvagia, e ben disposta a servire i suoi scopi oscuri. Anche questo era qualcosa, poiché il suo stato d’animo e le sue intenzioni erano davvero quanto di peggio si potesse immaginare; sembrava che ottenere un “strumento” adatto ai suoi fini gli desse una sorta di sostegno, anche se forse quel “strumento” non sarebbe mai stato utilizzato.

Suddenly he stood still, and asked Riderhood point-blank if he knew where she was? Clearly, he did not know. He asked Riderhood if he would be willing, in case any intelligence of her, or of Wrayburn as seeking her or associating with her, should fall in his way, to communicate it if it were paid for? He would be very willing indeed. He was ‘agin ’em both,’ he said with an oath, and for why? ’Cause they had both stood betwixt him and his getting his living by the sweat of his brow.

‘It will not be long then,’ said Bradley Headstone, after some more discourse to this effect, ‘before we see one another again. Here is the country road, and here is the day. Both have come upon me by surprise.’

‘But, T’otherest Governor,’ urged Mr Riderhood, ‘I don’t know where to find you.’

‘It is of no consequence. I know where to find you, and I’ll come to your Lock.’

‘But, T’otherest Governor,’ urged Mr Riderhood again, ‘no luck never come yet of a dry acquaintance. Let’s wet it, in a mouth-fill of rum and milk, T’otherest Governor.’

Bradley assenting, went with him into an early public-house, haunted by unsavoury smells of musty hay and stale straw, where returning carts, farmers’ men, gaunt dogs, fowls of a beery breed, and certain human nightbirds fluttering home to roost, were solacing themselves after their several manners; and where not one of the nightbirds hovering about the sloppy bar failed to discern at a glance in the passion-wasted nightbird with respectable feathers, the worst nightbird of all.

An inspiration of affection for a half-drunken carter going his way led to Mr Riderhood’s being elevated on a high heap of baskets on a waggon, and pursuing his journey recumbent on his back with his head on his bundle. Bradley then turned to retrace his steps, and by-and-by struck off through little-traversed ways, and by-and-by reached school and home. Up came the sun to find him washed and brushed, methodically dressed in decent black coat and waistcoat, decent formal black tie, and pepper-and-salt pantaloons, with his decent silver watch in its pocket, and its decent hair-guard round his neck: a scholastic huntsman clad for the field, with his fresh pack yelping and barking around him.

Yet more really bewitched than the miserable creatures of the much-lamented times, who accused themselves of impossibilities under a contagion of horror and the strongly suggestive influences of Torture, he had been ridden hard by Evil Spirits in the night that was newly gone. He had been spurred and whipped and heavily sweated. If a record of the sport had usurped the places of the peaceful texts from Scripture on the wall, the most advanced of the scholars might have taken fright and run away from the master.

All’improvviso si fermò e chiese direttamente a Riderhood se sapesse dove si trovava. Ovviamente non lo sapeva. Chiese poi a Riderhood se fosse disposto, nel caso gli capitasse di venire a conoscenza di qualsiasi informazione su di lei, o su Wrayburn che la cercasse o stesse in sua compagnia, a comunicargliela in cambio di denaro. Lo avrebbe fatto molto volentieri. “Li odio entrambi”, disse giurando, e perché? “Perché entrambi si sono messi di mezzo tra lui e il suo modo di guadagnarsi da vivere con il sudore della propria fronte”.

“Non passerà molto tempo,” disse Bradley Headstone dopo aver continuato a parlare in questo senso, “prima che ci rivediamo di nuovo. Ecco la strada di campagna, ed ecco il giorno. Entrambi mi sono arrivati all’improvviso.”

“Ma, signor Governatore, ”, insistette il signor Riderhood, “non so dove possa trovarvi”.

“Non ha alcuna importanza. So dove trovarti e verrò da te.”

“Ma, altro Governatore,” insistette di nuovo il signor Riderhood, “non è mai successo che un semplice conoscente porti fortuna. Diamo una possibilità a questo rum e latte. Che ne dite, altro Governatore?”

Bradley, acconsentendo, lo seguì in una vecchia casa pubblica, invasa da odori sgradevoli di fieno ammuffito e paglia stantia; lì, carri che tornavano indietro, uomini contadini, cani magri, polli di razza rossastra e certi esseri umani notturni si ristoravano a modo loro. E nessuno di quegli esseri umani notturni, che volteggiavano intorno al bancone sporco, mancò di riconoscere, a prima vista, in quella creatura notturna dalle piume “rispettabili” ma dal comportamento dissoluto, il peggiore tra tutti.

Un impulso di affetto verso quel carrettiere mezzo ubriaco che procedeva per la sua strada spinse il signor Riderhood ad essere sistemato su un alto mucchio di cesti all’interno del carro, e così poté proseguire il suo viaggio sdraiato sulla schiena, con la testa appoggiata al proprio fagotto. Bradley, intanto, tornò indietro percorrendo sentieri poco frequentati, fino a raggiungere scuola e poi casa. Al suo risveglio, il sole lo trovò pulito e sistemato, vestito con un dignitoso cappotto nero, una cravatta nera elegante, pantaloni ordinari. Con l’orologio d’argento nel taschino e i capelli ben pettinati intorno al collo: un vero “cacciatore scolastico”, pronto per le avventure all’aperto, con il proprio bagaglio pronto a seguirlo ovunque.

Ancora più stregato di quelle misere creature dei tempi tanto lamentati, che si accusavano di cose impossibili sotto l’effetto di un contagio di orrore e delle forti influenze suggestive della Tortura, lui era stato assillato da Spiriti Malvagi nella notte appena trascorsa. Era stato spinto, frustato e aveva sudato profusamente. Se un resoconto di quelle esperienze avesse occupato il posto dei testi pacifici della Scrittura sulle pareti, anche i più eruditi tra gli studiosi si sarebbero spaventati e fuggiti da quel maestro.

Chapter 12

MEANING MISCHIEF

Up came the sun, streaming all over London, and in its glorious impartiality even condescending to make prismatic sparkles in the whiskers of Mr Alfred Lammle as he sat at breakfast. In need of some brightening from without, was Mr Alfred Lammle, for he had the air of being dull enough within, and looked grievously discontented.

Mrs Alfred Lammle faced her lord. The happy pair of swindlers, with the comfortable tie between them that each had swindled the other, sat moodily observant of the tablecloth. Things looked so gloomy in the breakfast-room, albeit on the sunny side of Sackville Street, that any of the family tradespeople glancing through the blinds might have taken the hint to send in his account and press for it. But this, indeed, most of the family tradespeople had already done, without the hint.

‘It seems to me,’ said Mrs Lammle, ‘that you have had no money at all, ever since we have been married.’

‘What seems to you,’ said Mr Lammle, ‘to have been the case, may possibly have been the case. It doesn’t matter.’

Was it the speciality of Mr and Mrs Lammle, or does it ever obtain with other loving couples? In these matrimonial dialogues they never addressed each other, but always some invisible presence that appeared to take a station about midway between them. Perhaps the skeleton in the cupboard comes out to be talked to, on such domestic occasions?

‘I have never seen any money in the house,’ said Mrs Lammle to the skeleton, ‘except my own annuity. That I swear.’

‘You needn’t take the trouble of swearing,’ said Mr Lammle to the skeleton; ‘once more, it doesn’t matter. You never turned your annuity to so good an account.’

‘Good an account! In what way?’ asked Mrs Lammle.

‘In the way of getting credit, and living well,’ said Mr Lammle. Perhaps the skeleton laughed scornfully on being intrusted with this question and this answer; certainly Mrs Lammle did, and Mr Lammle did.

‘And what is to happen next?’ asked Mrs Lammle of the skeleton.

‘Smash is to happen next,’ said Mr Lammle to the same authority.

After this, Mrs Lammle looked disdainfully at the skeleton—but without carrying the look on to Mr Lammle—and drooped her eyes. After that, Mr Lammle did exactly the same thing, and drooped HIS eyes. A servant then entering with toast, the skeleton retired into the closet, and shut itself up.

‘Sophronia,’ said Mr Lammle, when the servant had withdrawn. And then, very much louder: ‘Sophronia!’

Well?’

‘Attend to me, if you please.’ He eyed her sternly until she did attend, and then went on. ‘I want to take counsel with you. Come, come; no more trifling. You know our league and covenant. We are to work together for our joint interest, and you are as knowing a hand as I am. We shouldn’t be together, if you were not. What’s to be done? We are hemmed into a corner. What shall we do?’

‘Have you no scheme on foot that will bring in anything?’

Mr Lammle plunged into his whiskers for reflection, and came out hopeless: ‘No; as adventurers we are obliged to play rash games for chances of high winnings, and there has been a run of luck against us.’

She was resuming, ‘Have you nothing—’ when he stopped her.

‘We, Sophronia. We, we, we.’

‘Have we nothing to sell?’

‘Deuce a bit. I have given a Jew a bill of sale on this furniture, and he could take it to-morrow, to-day, now. He would have taken it before now, I believe, but for Fledgeby.’

‘What has Fledgeby to do with him?’

‘Knew him. Cautioned me against him before I got into his claws. Couldn’t persuade him then, in behalf of somebody else.’

‘Do you mean that Fledgeby has at all softened him towards you?’

‘Us, Sophronia. Us, us, us.’

‘Towards us?’

‘I mean that the Jew has not yet done what he might have done, and that Fledgeby takes the credit of having got him to hold his hand.’

‘Do you believe Fledgeby?’

‘Sophronia, I never believe anybody. I never have, my dear, since I believed you. But it looks like it.’

Having given her this back-handed reminder of her mutinous observations to the skeleton, Mr Lammle rose from table—perhaps, the better to conceal a smile, and a white dint or two about his nose—and took a turn on the carpet and came to the hearthrug.

‘If we could have packed the brute off with Georgiana;—but however; that’s spilled milk.’

As Lammle, standing gathering up the skirts of his dressing-gown with his back to the fire, said this, looking down at his wife, she turned pale and looked down at the ground. With a sense of disloyalty upon her, and perhaps with a sense of personal danger—for she was afraid of him—even afraid of his hand and afraid of his foot, though he had never done her violence—she hastened to put herself right in his eyes.

‘If we could borrow money, Alfred—’

‘Beg money, borrow money, or steal money. It would be all one to us, Sophronia,’ her husband struck in.

‘—Then, we could weather this?’

‘No doubt. To offer another original and undeniable remark, Sophronia, two and two make four.’

But, seeing that she was turning something in her mind, he gathered up the skirts of his dressing-gown again, and, tucking them under one arm, and collecting his ample whiskers in his other hand, kept his eye upon her, silently.

‘It is natural, Alfred,’ she said, looking up with some timidity into his face, ‘to think in such an emergency of the richest people we know, and the simplest.’

‘Just so, Sophronia.’

‘The Boffins.’

‘Just so, Sophronia.’

‘Is there nothing to be done with them?’

‘What is there to be done with them, Sophronia?’

She cast about in her thoughts again, and he kept his eye upon her as before.

‘Of course I have repeatedly thought of the Boffins, Sophronia,’ he resumed, after a fruitless silence; ‘but I have seen my way to nothing. They are well guarded. That infernal Secretary stands between them and—people of merit.’

‘If he could be got rid of?’ said she, brightening a little, after more casting about.

Capitolo 12

Malizia e significato

Sorse il sole, illuminando tutta Londra; con la sua gloriosa e imparziale luce, fece persino brillare i baffi di Mr Alfred Lammle mentre mangiava la colazione. Mr Alfred Lammle aveva bisogno di quella luce esterna per illuminare anche il suo interno, poiché sembrava davvero molto noioso dentro, e appariva profondamente insoddisfatto.

La signora Alfred Lammle si trovò di fronte al suo marito. La felice coppia di truffatori, uniti da quel legame confortevole derivante dal fatto che entrambi avevano truffato l’altro, sedevano in silenzio, osservando con aria malinconica la tovaglia. La sala da pranzo sembrava così cupa, nonostante si trovasse sul lato soleggiato di Sackville Street, che qualsiasi commerciante della famiglia che avesse dato un’occhiata attraverso le tende avrebbe potuto intuire la situazione e decidere di presentare il proprio conto per ricevere i propri soldi. Ma in realtà, la maggior parte di quei commercianti aveva già fatto ciò senza alcun suggerimento.

“Mi sembra,” disse la signora Lammle, “che da quando ci siamo sposati tu non abbia mai avuto soldi.”

“Quello che a voi sembra essere accaduto,” disse il signor Lammle, “potrebbe anche esserlo davvero. Non ha importanza.”

Era una caratteristica specifica del signor e della signora Lammle, o accade anche con altre coppie amorevoli? In questi dialoghi coniugali, loro non si rivolgevano mai l’uno all’altro, ma sempre a qualche presenza invisibile che sembrava trovarsi a metà strada tra di loro. Forse, in occasioni domestiche del genere, era lo stesso “scheletro” nell’armadio ad essere interpellato?

“Non ho mai visto nessun denaro in questa casa”, disse la signora Lammle allo scheletro, “tranne la mia pensione. Lo giuro.”

“Non c’è bisogno di prendersi la briga di imprecare,” disse il signor Lammle allo scheletro; “ancora una volta, non ha importanza. Non hai mai fatto rendere il tuo assegno annuo con tanta efficacia.”

“Che bel racconto! In che senso?” chiese la signora Lammle.

“Per quanto riguarda ottenere riconoscimenti e vivere bene,” disse il signor Lammle. Forse lo scheletro rise con disprezzo quando gli fu affidata questa domanda e questa risposta; di certo la signora Lammle rise, e così fece anche il signor Lammle.

“E cosa succederà adesso?” chiese la signora Lammle riguardo allo scheletro.

“Lo ‘Smash’ avverrà la prossima volta,” disse il signor Lammle alla stessa autorità.

Dopo questo, la signora Lammle guardò con disprezzo il scheletro, ma senza trasmettere quell’atteggiamento al signor Lammle; poi abbassò lo sguardo. Subito dopo, anche il signor Lammle fece esattamente la stessa cosa. A quel punto un servitore entrò con del pane tostato; il scheletro si ritirò nel armadio e vi si chiuse dentro.

“Sophronia,” disse il signor Lammle quando la serva si fu allontanata. Poi, molto più ad alta voce: “Sophronia!”

“‘Beh?’”

“Per favore, presta attenzione a me,” le disse, guardandola con severità finché lei non lo fece, e poi continuò: “Voglio consultarmi con te. Vieni, per l’amor del cielo; basta con queste sciocchezze. Conosci bene la nostra alleanza e il nostro patto. Dobbiamo lavorare insieme per il nostro interesse comune, e tu sei altrettanto consapevole delle nostre responsabilità quanto lo sono io. Non dovremmo essere insieme, se non fosse così. Cosa dobbiamo fare? Siamo messi in una situazione difficile. Che cosa possiamo fare?”

“Non hai qualche piano in corso che possa portare a dei risultati concreti?”

Il signor Lammle si immerse nei suoi pensieri, ma ne uscì scoraggiato: “No; essendo avventurieri, siamo costretti a correre rischi per ottenere grandi guadagni. E questa volta la fortuna ci ha abbandonati.”

Stava per continuare: “Non hai niente, ”, quando lui la fermò.

“We, Sophronia. We, we, we.”

“Non abbiamo nulla da vendere?”

“Un attimo. Ho dato a un ebreo un atto di vendita per questi mobili; potrebbe portarli via domani, oggi stesso, in qualsiasi momento. Credo che li avrebbe presi già adesso, se non fosse stato per Fledgeby.”

“Che cosa c’entra Fledgeby con lui?”

Lo conoscevo. Mi aveva avvertito di stare attento a lui prima che finissi nelle sue grinfie. All’epoca non riuscii a convincerlo a fare qualcosa per conto di un’altra persona.

“Intendi dire che Fledgeby abbia in qualche modo reso più gentile il suo comportamento verso di te?”

“Noi, Sophronia. Noi, noi, noi.”

“Verso di noi?”

Voglio dire che quel ebreo non ha ancora fatto ciò che avrebbe potuto fare, e che Fledgeby si prende il merito di averlo convinto a collaborare.

“Credi davvero in Fledgeby?”

“Sophronia, io non credo mai a nessuno. Non l’ho mai fatto, cara mia, da quando ho iniziato a credere in te. Ma questa volta sembra che sia vero.”

Dopo averle ricordato in modo indiretto le sue osservazioni ribelli riguardo al scheletro, il signor Lammle si alzò da tavola – forse per nascondere un sorriso, nonché qualche macchia bianca sul naso – e si avviò verso il tappeto, dirigendosi poi verso la poltrona accanto al camino.

“Se solo avessimo potuto portare via quel bruto insieme a Georgiana. Ma ormai è fatta.”

Mentre Lammle, con le spalle rivolte al fuoco, si sistemava le gonne della vestaglia mentre parlava, lei, guardandolo, impallidì e fissò il pavimento. Sentendosi tradita, e forse anche minacciata personalmente – poiché lo temeva: temeva sia la sua mano che i suoi piedi, sebbene lui non le avesse mai fatto del male – si affrettò a mettersi di nuovo sotto il suo sguardo.

“Se potessimo prendere in prestito dei soldi, Alfred, ”

“Chiedere soldi in prestito, prendere in prestito soldi o rubare soldi. Per noi sarebbe la stessa cosa, Sofronia,” intervenne suo marito.

“Allora, riusciremo a superare questa difficoltà?”

“Nessun dubbio. Per fare un altro commento originale e indiscutibile, Sophronia: due più due fanno quattro.”

Ma, vedendo che lei aveva qualcosa in mente, raccolse di nuovo le falde della sua vestaglia, se le infilò sotto un braccio e, tenendosi i suoi folti baffi nell’altra mano, continuò a osservarla in silenzio.

“È naturale, Alfred,” disse lei, alzando lo sguardo verso di lui con un po’ di timidezza, “in una situazione del genere pensare alle persone più ricche che conosciamo, e anche a quelle più semplici.”

“Esattamente così, Sophronia.”

“Il gruppo degli scienziati”.

“Esattamente così, Sophronia.”

“Non c’è proprio nulla che si possa fare con loro?”

“Cosa si può fare con loro, Sophronia?”

Ripensò ancora a tutto ciò, mentre lui continuava a fissarla come prima.

“Certo che ho pensato più volte ai Boffins, Sophronia,” riprese dopo un inutile silenzio; “ma non sono riuscito a trovare nessun modo per raggiungerli. Sono troppo ben protetti. Quel maledetto Segretario si frappone tra loro e le persone meritevoli.”

“Se si potesse sbarazzarsi di lui, ”, disse lei, illuminandosi un po’ dopo averci pensato ancora.

‘Take time, Sophronia,’ observed her watchful husband, in a patronizing manner.

‘If working him out of the way could be presented in the light of a service to Mr Boffin?’

‘Take time, Sophronia.’

‘We have remarked lately, Alfred, that the old man is turning very suspicious and distrustful.’

‘Miserly too, my dear; which is far the most unpromising for us. Nevertheless, take time, Sophronia, take time.’

She took time and then said:

‘Suppose we should address ourselves to that tendency in him of which we have made ourselves quite sure. Suppose my conscience—’

‘And we know what a conscience it is, my soul. Yes?’

‘Suppose my conscience should not allow me to keep to myself any longer what that upstart girl told me of the Secretary’s having made a declaration to her. Suppose my conscience should oblige me to repeat it to Mr Boffin.’

‘I rather like that,’ said Lammle.

‘Suppose I so repeated it to Mr Boffin, as to insinuate that my sensitive delicacy and honour—’

‘Very good words, Sophronia.’

‘—As to insinuate that OUR sensitive delicacy and honour,’ she resumed, with a bitter stress upon the phrase, ‘would not allow us to be silent parties to so mercenary and designing a speculation on the Secretary’s part, and so gross a breach of faith towards his confiding employer. Suppose I had imparted my virtuous uneasiness to my excellent husband, and he had said, in his integrity, “Sophronia, you must immediately disclose this to Mr Boffin.”’

‘Once more, Sophronia,’ observed Lammle, changing the leg on which he stood, ‘I rather like that.’

‘You remark that he is well guarded,’ she pursued. ‘I think so too. But if this should lead to his discharging his Secretary, there would be a weak place made.’

‘Go on expounding, Sophronia. I begin to like this very much.’

‘Having, in our unimpeachable rectitude, done him the service of opening his eyes to the treachery of the person he trusted, we shall have established a claim upon him and a confidence with him. Whether it can be made much of, or little of, we must wait—because we can’t help it—to see. Probably we shall make the most of it that is to be made.’

‘Probably,’ said Lammle.

‘Do you think it impossible,’ she asked, in the same cold plotting way, ‘that you might replace the Secretary?’

‘Not impossible, Sophronia. It might be brought about. At any rate it might be skilfully led up to.’

She nodded her understanding of the hint, as she looked at the fire. ‘Mr Lammle,’ she said, musingly: not without a slight ironical touch: ‘Mr Lammle would be so delighted to do anything in his power. Mr Lammle, himself a man of business as well as a capitalist. Mr Lammle, accustomed to be intrusted with the most delicate affairs. Mr Lammle, who has managed my own little fortune so admirably, but who, to be sure, began to make his reputation with the advantage of being a man of property, above temptation, and beyond suspicion.’

Mr Lammle smiled, and even patted her on the head. In his sinister relish of the scheme, as he stood above her, making it the subject of his cogitations, he seemed to have twice as much nose on his face as he had ever had in his life.

He stood pondering, and she sat looking at the dusty fire without moving, for some time. But, the moment he began to speak again she looked up with a wince and attended to him, as if that double-dealing of hers had been in her mind, and the fear were revived in her of his hand or his foot.

‘It appears to me, Sophronia, that you have omitted one branch of the subject. Perhaps not, for women understand women. We might oust the girl herself?’

Mrs Lammle shook her head. ‘She has an immensely strong hold upon them both, Alfred. Not to be compared with that of a paid secretary.’

‘But the dear child,’ said Lammle, with a crooked smile, ‘ought to have been open with her benefactor and benefactress. The darling love ought to have reposed unbounded confidence in her benefactor and benefactress.’

Sophronia shook her head again.

Well! Women understand women,’ said her husband, rather disappointed. ‘I don’t press it. It might be the making of our fortune to make a clean sweep of them both. With me to manage the property, and my wife to manage the people—Whew!’

Again shaking her head, she returned: ‘They will never quarrel with the girl. They will never punish the girl. We must accept the girl, rely upon it.’

Well!’ cried Lammle, shrugging his shoulders, ‘so be it: only always remember that we don’t want her.’

‘Now, the sole remaining question is,’ said Mrs Lammle, ‘when shall I begin?’

‘You cannot begin too soon, Sophronia. As I have told you, the condition of our affairs is desperate, and may be blown upon at any moment.’

‘I must secure Mr Boffin alone, Alfred. If his wife was present, she would throw oil upon the waters. I know I should fail to move him to an angry outburst, if his wife was there. And as to the girl herself—as I am going to betray her confidence, she is equally out of the question.’

‘It wouldn’t do to write for an appointment?’ said Lammle.

‘No, certainly not. They would wonder among themselves why I wrote, and I want to have him wholly unprepared.’

‘Call, and ask to see him alone?’ suggested Lammle.

‘I would rather not do that either. Leave it to me. Spare me the little carriage for to-day, and for to-morrow (if I don’t succeed to-day), and I’ll lie in wait for him.’

It was barely settled when a manly form was seen to pass the windows and heard to knock and ring. ‘Here’s Fledgeby,’ said Lammle. ‘He admires you, and has a high opinion of you. I’ll be out. Coax him to use his influence with the Jew. His name is Riah, of the House of Pubsey and Co.’ Adding these words under his breath, lest he should be audible in the erect ears of Mr Fledgeby, through two keyholes and the hall, Lammle, making signals of discretion to his servant, went softly up stairs.

“Prenditi il tuo tempo, Sophronia,” osservò suo marito, attento e con tono paternalistico.

“Se eliminarlo potesse essere considerato un modo per servire il signor Boffin, ”

“Prenditi il tuo tempo, Sophronia.”

“Alfred, di recente abbiamo notato che quell’uomo anziano sta diventando molto sospettoso e diffidente.”

“Anche avaro, carissima, il che rappresenta di certo la minore delle nostre possibilità. Tuttavia, prenditi del tempo, Sophronia, prenditi del tempo.”

Prese del tempo prima di dire:

“Supponiamo di rivolgerci a quella tendenza in lui di cui siamo assolutamente certi. Supponiamo che la mia coscienza, ”

“E sappiamo bene cos’è una coscienza, la mia ‘anima. Giusto?”

‘Supponiamo che la mia coscienza non mi permettesse più di tenere per me ciò che quella ragazza presuntuosa mi ha detto riguardo alla dichiarazione fatta dal Segretario a suo favore. Supponiamo che la mia coscienza mi costringesse a riferirlo al signor Boffin.’

“Mi piace abbastanza,” disse Lammle.

“Supponiamo che io ripetessi questa cosa più volte al signor Boffin, per insinuare che la mia sensibile delicatezza e la mia onore, ”

“Parole molto sagge, Sofronia.”

“—Per quanto riguarda l’insinuare che la NOstra sensibilità e il NOSSO onore non ci permetterebbero di rimanere in silenzio di fronte a una speculazione così mercenaria e calcolata da parte del Segretario, e a una tale grave violazione della fede nei confronti del suo datore di lavoro che si è fidato di lui. Supponiamo che io abbia condiviso le mie preoccupazioni con mio marito eccellente, e che lui, nella sua integrità, mi abbia detto: ‘Sophronia, devi immediatamente rivelare tutto questo al signor Boffin.’”

“Un’altra volta, Sophronia,” osservò Lammle, cambiando la gamba su cui si reggeva, “A me piace molto.”

“Osservi che è ben protetto,” proseguì lei. “Anch’io lo penso. Ma se questo dovesse portare al suo allontanamento del segretario, ci sarebbe un punto debole.”

“Continua pure a spiegare, Sofronia. Inizio davvero ad apprezzarlo molto.”

‘Avendo, con la nostra irreprensibile rettitudine, fatto sì che aprisse gli occhi sulla tradizione di quella persona in cui aveva fiducia, avremo stabilito un legame e una fiducia reciproca con lui. Se questo possa portare a qualcosa di significativo o meno, dobbiamo aspettare, perché non possiamo fare altrimenti. Probabilmente ne trarremo il massimo vantaggio possibile.’

“Probabilmente,” disse Lammle.

“Pensi davvero che sia impossibile,” chiese lei, con lo stesso tono freddo e calcolatore, “che tu possa sostituire il Segretario?”

“Non è impossibile, Sophronia. Potrebbe essere realizzato. In ogni caso, si potrebbe procedere con abilità per arrivarci.”

Annuì, comprendendo il suggerimento, mentre fissava il fuoco. “Signor Lammle,” disse, con un tono meditativo e leggermente ironico: “Il signor Lammle sarebbe molto felice di fare qualsiasi cosa fosse in suo potere. Il signor Lammle, uomo d’affari tanto competente quanto capitalista. Abituato a essere incaricato delle questioni più delicate. Che ha gestito la mia piccola fortuna in modo così ammirevole. Ma che, certamente, ha iniziato a farsi una reputazione proprio grazie al fatto di essere un uomo con mezzi economici, al di sopra di qualsiasi tentazione e al di fuori di ogni sospetto.”

Il signor Lammle sorrise e le diede persino una pacca sulla testa. Nel suo sinistro godimento di quel piano, mentre stava sopra di lei e lo analizzava attentamente, sembrava che avesse il naso molto più grande di quanto l’avesse mai avuto in tutta la sua vita.

Stava fermo a riflettere, mentre lei sedeva immobile davanti al camino polveroso, per un po’. Ma non appena lui iniziò di nuovo a parlare, lei alzò lo sguardo con un sospiro e gli prestò attenzione, come se quel suo comportamento doppio le fosse tornato in mente, e il timore che provava per lui si riaccese.

“A mio parere, Sofronia, hai tralasciato un aspetto della questione. Forse no, le donne capiscono le altre donne. Forse dovremmo eliminare la ragazza stessa?”

La signora Lammle scosse la testa. “Ha un ascendente estremamente forte su entrambi, Alfred. Non paragonabile a quello di una segretaria retribuita.”

“Ma povera piccola >bambina, ”, disse Lammle con un sorriso strano, “avrebbe dovuto essere sincera con il suo benefattore e la sua benefattrice. Quel carino amore avrebbe dovuto riporre in loro una fiducia assoluta.”

Sophronia scosse di nuovo la testa.

“Beh! Le donne capiscono le altre donne,” disse suo marito, piuttosto deluso.
“Non insisto. Forse eliminarle entrambe potrebbe essere la nostra fortuna. Io mi occuperò delle proprietà e mia moglie delle persone. Uau!”

Scuotendo di nuovo la testa, ripeté: “Non litigheranno mai con quella ragazza. Non la puniranno mai. Dobbiamo accettarla, dobbiamo fidarci di lei.”

“Beh!”, esclamò Lammle scuotendo le spalle, “va bene così. Ma ricorda sempre che non la vogliamo.”

“Ora, l’unica domanda che rimane”, disse la signora Lammle, “è: quando dovrei iniziare?”

“Non si può iniziare mai abbastanza presto, Sophronia. Come ti ho detto, la situazione delle nostre faccende è disperata e potrebbe crollare da un momento all’altro.”

“Devo assicurarmi che il signor Boffin sia solo, Alfred. Se sua moglie fosse presente, complicherebbe tutto. So che non riuscirei a farlo infuriare se lei fosse lì. E per quanto riguarda la ragazza stessa, poiché sto per tradire la sua fiducia, nemmeno lei è un’opzione possibile.”

“Non sarebbe appropriato scrivere per fissare un appuntamento, vero?” disse Lammle.

“No, assolutamente no. Si chiederebbero tra loro perché l’abbia scritto, e voglio che non sia affatto preparato.”

“Chiami e chiedi di vederlo da solo?” suggerì Lammle.

“Anch’io preferirei non farlo. Lasciatelo a me. Risparmiatemi quel piccolo viaggio oggi, e anche domani (se oggi non riuscirò), aspetterò lui in agguato.”

Appena tutto si era sistemato, si vide una figura maschile passare davanti alle finestre e si sentì bussare e suonare il campanello. “Ecco Fledgeby,” disse Lammle. “Ti apprezza molto e ha un’alta stima di te. Vado fuori; cerca di convincerlo a utilizzare la sua influenza con quel ebreo. Si chiama Riah, della Casa Pubsey e Co.” Dicendo queste parole sottovoce, per evitare che venissero sentite da Fledgeby attraverso le due fessure delle serrature e il corridoio, Lammle fece segni al proprio servitore di procedere in silenzio e salì le scale.

‘Mr Fledgeby,’ said Mrs Lammle, giving him a very gracious reception, ‘so glad to see you! My poor dear Alfred, who is greatly worried just now about his affairs, went out rather early. Dear Mr Fledgeby, do sit down.’

Dear Mr Fledgeby did sit down, and satisfied himself (or, judging from the expression of his countenance, DISsatisfied himself) that nothing new had occurred in the way of whisker-sprout since he came round the corner from the Albany.

‘Dear Mr Fledgeby, it was needless to mention to you that my poor dear Alfred is much worried about his affairs at present, for he has told me what a comfort you are to him in his temporary difficulties, and what a great service you have rendered him.’

‘Oh!’ said Mr Fledgeby.

‘Yes,’ said Mrs Lammle.

‘I didn’t know,’ remarked Mr Fledgeby, trying a new part of his chair, ‘but that Lammle might be reserved about his affairs.’

‘Not to me,’ said Mrs Lammle, with deep feeling.

‘Oh, indeed?’ said Fledgeby.

‘Not to me, dear Mr Fledgeby. I am his wife.’

‘Yes. I—I always understood so,’ said Mr Fledgeby.

‘And as the wife of Alfred, may I, dear Mr Fledgeby, wholly without his authority or knowledge, as I am sure your discernment will perceive, entreat you to continue that great service, and once more use your well-earned influence with Mr Riah for a little more indulgence? The name I have heard Alfred mention, tossing in his dreams, IS Riah; is it not?’

‘The name of the Creditor is Riah,’ said Mr Fledgeby, with a rather uncompromising accent on his noun-substantive. ‘Saint Mary Axe. Pubsey and Co.’

‘Oh yes!’ exclaimed Mrs Lammle, clasping her hands with a certain gushing wildness. ‘Pubsey and Co.!’

‘The pleading of the feminine—’ Mr Fledgeby began, and there stuck so long for a word to get on with, that Mrs Lammle offered him sweetly, ‘Heart?’

‘No,’ said Mr Fledgeby, ‘Gender—is ever what a man is bound to listen to, and I wish it rested with myself. But this Riah is a nasty one, Mrs Lammle; he really is.’

‘Not if YOU speak to him, dear Mr Fledgeby.’

‘Upon my soul and body he is!’ said Fledgeby.

‘Try. Try once more, dearest Mr Fledgeby. What is there you cannot do, if you will!’

‘Thank you,’ said Fledgeby, ‘you’re very complimentary to say so. I don’t mind trying him again, at your request. But of course I can’t answer for the consequences. Riah is a tough subject, and when he says he’ll do a thing, he’ll do it.’

‘Exactly so,’ cried Mrs Lammle, ‘and when he says to you he’ll wait, he’ll wait.’

(‘She is a devilish clever woman,’ thought Fledgeby. ‘I didn’t see that opening, but she spies it out and cuts into it as soon as it’s made.’)

‘In point of fact, dear Mr Fledgeby,’ Mrs Lammle went on in a very interesting manner, ‘not to affect concealment of Alfred’s hopes, to you who are so much his friend, there is a distant break in his horizon.’

This figure of speech seemed rather mysterious to Fascination Fledgeby, who said, ‘There’s a what in his—eh?’

‘Alfred, dear Mr Fledgeby, discussed with me this very morning before he went out, some prospects he has, which might entirely change the aspect of his present troubles.’

‘Really?’ said Fledgeby.

‘O yes!’ Here Mrs Lammle brought her handkerchief into play. ‘And you know, dear Mr Fledgeby—you who study the human heart, and study the world—what an affliction it would be to lose position and to lose credit, when ability to tide over a very short time might save all appearances.’

‘Oh!’ said Fledgeby. ‘Then you think, Mrs Lammle, that if Lammle got time, he wouldn’t burst up?—To use an expression,’ Mr Fledgeby apologetically explained, ‘which is adopted in the Money Market.’

‘Indeed yes. Truly, truly, yes!’

‘That makes all the difference,’ said Fledgeby. ‘I’ll make a point of seeing Riah at once.’

‘Blessings on you, dearest Mr Fledgeby!’

‘Not at all,’ said Fledgeby. She gave him her hand. ‘The hand,’ said Mr Fledgeby, ‘of a lovely and superior-minded female is ever the repayment of a—’

‘Noble action!’ said Mrs Lammle, extremely anxious to get rid of him.

‘It wasn’t what I was going to say,’ returned Fledgeby, who never would, under any circumstances, accept a suggested expression, ‘but you’re very complimentary. May I imprint a—a one—upon it? Good morning!’

‘I may depend upon your promptitude, dearest Mr Fledgeby?’

Said Fledgeby, looking back at the door and respectfully kissing his hand, ‘You may depend upon it.’

In fact, Mr Fledgeby sped on his errand of mercy through the streets, at so brisk a rate that his feet might have been winged by all the good spirits that wait on Generosity. They might have taken up their station in his breast, too, for he was blithe and merry. There was quite a fresh trill in his voice, when, arriving at the counting-house in St Mary Axe, and finding it for the moment empty, he trolled forth at the foot of the staircase: ‘Now, Judah, what are you up to there?’

The old man appeared, with his accustomed deference.

‘Halloa!’ said Fledgeby, falling back, with a wink. ‘You mean mischief, Jerusalem!’

The old man raised his eyes inquiringly.

‘Yes you do,’ said Fledgeby. ‘Oh, you sinner! Oh, you dodger! What! You’re going to act upon that bill of sale at Lammle’s, are you? Nothing will turn you, won’t it? You won’t be put off for another single minute, won’t you?’

Ordered to immediate action by the master’s tone and look, the old man took up his hat from the little counter where it lay.

‘You have been told that he might pull through it, if you didn’t go in to win, Wide-Awake; have you?’ said Fledgeby. ‘And it’s not your game that he should pull through it; ain’t it? You having got security, and there being enough to pay you? Oh, you Jew!’

The old man stood irresolute and uncertain for a moment, as if there might be further instructions for him in reserve.

‘Do I go, sir?’ he at length asked in a low voice.

‘Asks me if he is going!’ exclaimed Fledgeby. ‘Asks me, as if he didn’t know his own purpose! Asks me, as if he hadn’t got his hat on ready! Asks me, as if his sharp old eye—why, it cuts like a knife—wasn’t looking at his walking-stick by the door!’

‘Do I go, sir?’

‘Do you go?’ sneered Fledgeby. ‘Yes, you do go. Toddle, Judah!’

“Signor Fledgeby,” disse la signora Lammle, accogliendolo con grande gentilezza,
“che piacere rivederla! Povero caro Alfred, in questo momento è molto preoccupato per le sue faccende ed è uscito presto. Caro signor Fledgeby, si sieda pure.”

Caro signor Fledgeby, si sedette e si assicurò (o, a giudicare dall’espressione del suo volto, si rese conto di non essersi assicurato) che nulla di nuovo fosse accaduto riguardo alla crescita delle sue basette da quando aveva svoltato l’angolo proveniente da Albany.

“Caro signor Fledgeby, non era necessario dirle che mio povero caro Alfred è molto preoccupato per le sue difficoltà attuali; mi ha detto quanto lei sia stato di grande aiuto per lui in questi momenti difficili e quale enorme servizio gli abbia reso.”

“Oh!”, disse il signor Fledgeby.

“Sì,” disse la signora Lammle.

“Non lo sapevo,” osservò il signor Fledgeby, provando una nuova posizione sulla sua sedia, “ma che Lammle potesse essere riservato riguardo ai suoi affari, ”

“Non a me,” disse la signora Lammle con profondo sentimento.

“Ah, davvero?” disse Fledgeby.

“Non a me, caro signor Fledgeby. Io sono sua moglie.”

“Sì. Io, io l’ho sempre capito così,” disse il signor Fledgeby.

‘E in qualità di moglie di Alfred, posso io, caro signor Fledgeby, senza alcuna autorizzazione o conoscenza da parte sua – come sicuramente il vostro discernimento comprenderà – chiedervi di continuare a prestare quel grande servizio e di utilizzare ancora una volta la vostra influenza, così meritatamente acquisita, presso il signor Riah affinché possa concedere un po’ più di indulgenza? Il nome che ho sentito Alfred menzionare nei suoi >sogni è proprio Riah, non è vero?’

“Il nome del creditore è Riah,” disse il signor Fledgeby, con un accento piuttosto deciso sulla parola “Riah”. “Saint Mary Axe. Pubsey and Co.”

“Oh sì!”, esclamò la signora Lammle, stringendo le mani con un certo entusiasmo frenetico. “Pubsey e Co.”

“La supplica della donna, ” iniziò il signor Fledgeby, ma rimase bloccato per un bel po’, senza riuscire a trovare la parola giusta per continuare. Allora la signora Lammle gli suggerì dolcemente: “Cuore?”

“No,” disse il signor Fledgeby, “il genere, non è certo qualcosa a cui un uomo debba prestare ascolto; preferisco lasciare questa questione a me stesso. Ma questo Riah è davvero pericoloso, signora Lammle, lo è davvero.”

“Mai, se lei gli parla, caro signor Fledgeby.”

“Su tutta la mia ‘anima e il mio -corpo, lui è tutto!” disse Fledgeby.

“Prova ancora, caro signor Fledgeby. Cosa c’è che non potresti fare, se solo lo volessi?”

“Grazie,” disse Fledgeby, “è molto gentile da parte tua dirlo. Non mi dispiace provare di nuovo su sua richiesta. Ma ovviamente non posso assumermi le conseguenze. Riah è una persona difficile da gestire; quando dice che farà qualcosa, significa davvero che lo farà.”

“Esattamente,” esclamò la signora Lammle, “e quando ti dirà che aspetterà, allora aspetterà davvero.”

“È una donna davvero astuta e malvagia,” pensò Fledgeby. “Non avevo notato quell’opportunità, ma lei l’ha individuata subito non appena si è presentata.”

“Infatti, caro signor Fledgeby,” proseguì la signora Lammle in modo molto interessante, “per non nascondere le speranze di Alfred, a voi che siete suo grande amico, c’è una luce di speranza all’orizzonte, ”

Questo tipo di figura retorica sembrava piuttosto misterioso per Fascination Fledgeby, che disse: “C’è qualcosa di strano in lui, eh?”

“Alfred, caro signor Fledgeby, questa stessa mattina, prima di uscire, mi ha parlato di alcune opportunità che potrebbero cambiare completamente l’aspetto dei suoi attuali problemi.”

“Davvero?” disse Fledgeby.

“O sì!” A questo punto la signora Lammle tirò fuori il suo fazzoletto. “E lei lo sa, caro signor Fledgeby. Lei che studia il cuore umano e il mondo intero: quale afflizione sarebbe perdere posizione e credito, quando l’abilità di superare momentaneamente una situazione difficile potrebbe salvare tutte le apparenze.”

“Oh!”, disse Fledgeby. “Allora lei pensa, signora Lammle, che se Lammle avesse tempo, non esploderebbe. Per usare un’espressione”, spiegò Mr Fledgeby in tono scusante, “che è comune nel mercato finanziario.”

“Certamente sì. Davvero, davvero sì!”

“Questo fa tutta la differenza,” disse Fledgeby. “Farò in modo di incontrare immediatamente Riah.”

“Benedizioni su di te, caro signor Fledgeby!”

“Assolutamente no,” disse Fledgeby. Gli porse la mano. “La mano,” aggiunse il signor Fledgeby, “di una donna bella e di nobili ideali è sempre la ricompensa per un, ”

“Un atto nobile!”, disse la signora Lammle, desiderosa al massimo di sbarazzarsi di lui.

“Non era quello che intendevo dire,” rispose Fledgeby, il quale, in nessuna circostanza, avrebbe mai accettato un’espressione suggerita da altri; “ma siete davvero molto lusinghiero. Posso, posso aggiungere qualcosa? Buongiorno!”

“Posso contare sulla sua prontezza, caro signor Fledgeby?”

Disse Fledgeby, guardando indietro verso la porta e baciando rispettosamente la sua mano: “Può starne certo.”

Infatti, il signor Fledgeby proseguì nella sua missione di misericordia per le strade, con tale rapidità che i suoi piedi sembravano essere sospesi da tutti gli spiriti buoni che servono la Generosità. Quegli spiriti avrebbero potuto anche stabilirsi nel suo petto, perché lui era così allegro e felice. C’era davvero un tono gioioso nella sua voce quando, arrivato alla banca di St Mary Axe e trovandola momentaneamente vuota, mormorò allegramente: “E ora, Giuda, cosa stai combinando lassù?”

L’uomo anziano apparve, con il solito suo rispetto.

“Salve!” disse Fledgeby, facendo un passo indietro e ammiccando. “Voi state pensando a qualcosa di dispettoso, vero, Gerusalemme?”

L’uomo anziano alzò lo sguardo con aria interrogativa.

“Sì, lo farai,” disse Fledgeby. “Oh, peccatore! Oh, furfante! Cosa! Intendi davvero attuare quel contratto di vendita presso Lammle, vero? Niente ti fermerà, giusto? Non esiterai nemmeno un minuto, vero?”

Ordinato all’azione immediata dal tono e dall’espressione del padrone, l’uomo anziano prese il suo cappello dal piccolo bancone dove era posato.

“Ti è stato detto che potrebbe farcela, se non fossi entrato per vincere, Wide-Awake, vero?” disse Fledgeby. “E non è mica la tua partita quella in cui dovrebbe riuscirci, giusto? Tu hai già le tue garanzie, e c’è abbastanza denaro per pagarti. Oh, tu ebreo!”

L’uomo anziano rimase fermo, indeciso e incerto per un momento, come se potessero esserci altre istruzioni nascoste per lui.

“Devo andare, signore?”, chiese infine a bassa voce.

“Mi chiede se sta per andarsene!” esclamò Fledgeby. “Mi chiede, come se non conoscesse il proprio scopo! Mi chiede, come se non avesse già indossato il cappello pronto! Mi chiede, come se il suo vecchio occhio acuto, beh, taglia come un coltello, non stesse guardando il suo bastone da passeggio accanto alla porta!”

“Devo andare, signore?”

“Vai davvero?” sogghignò Fledgeby. “Sì, tu vai davvero. Vattene, Giuda!”

Chapter 13

GIVE A DOG A BAD NAME, AND HANG HIM

Fascination Fledgeby, left alone in the counting-house, strolled about with his hat on one side, whistling, and investigating the drawers, and prying here and there for any small evidences of his being cheated, but could find none. ‘Not his merit that he don’t cheat me,’ was Mr Fledgeby’s commentary delivered with a wink, ‘but my precaution.’ He then with a lazy grandeur asserted his rights as lord of Pubsey and Co. by poking his cane at the stools and boxes, and spitting in the fireplace, and so loitered royally to the window and looked out into the narrow street, with his small eyes just peering over the top of Pubsey and Co.’s blind. As a blind in more senses than one, it reminded him that he was alone in the counting-house with the front door open. He was moving away to shut it, lest he should be injudiciously identified with the establishment, when he was stopped by some one coming to the door.

This some one was the dolls’ dressmaker, with a little basket on her arm, and her crutch stick in her hand. Her keen eyes had espied Mr Fledgeby before Mr Fledgeby had espied her, and he was paralysed in his purpose of shutting her out, not so much by her approaching the door, as by her favouring him with a shower of nods, the instant he saw her. This advantage she improved by hobbling up the steps with such despatch that before Mr Fledgeby could take measures for her finding nobody at home, she was face to face with him in the counting-house.

Hope I see you well, sir,’ said Miss Wren. ‘Mr Riah in?’

Fledgeby had dropped into a chair, in the attitude of one waiting wearily. ‘I suppose he will be back soon,’ he replied; ‘he has cut out and left me expecting him back, in an odd way. Haven’t I seen you before?’

‘Once before—if you had your eyesight,’ replied Miss Wren; the conditional clause in an under-tone.

‘When you were carrying on some games up at the top of the house. I remember. How’s your friend?’

‘I have more friends than one, sir, I hope,’ replied Miss Wren. ‘Which friend?’

‘Never mind,’ said Mr Fledgeby, shutting up one eye, ‘any of your friends, all your friends. Are they pretty tolerable?’

Somewhat confounded, Miss Wren parried the pleasantry, and sat down in a corner behind the door, with her basket in her lap. By-and-by, she said, breaking a long and patient silence:

‘I beg your pardon, sir, but I am used to find Mr Riah at this time, and so I generally come at this time. I only want to buy my poor little two shillings’ worth of waste. Perhaps you’ll kindly let me have it, and I’ll trot off to my work.’

‘I let you have it?’ said Fledgeby, turning his head towards her; for he had been sitting blinking at the light, and feeling his cheek. ‘Why, you don’t really suppose that I have anything to do with the place, or the business; do you?’

‘Suppose?’ exclaimed Miss Wren. ‘He said, that day, you were the master!’

‘The old cock in black said? Riah said? Why, he’d say anything.’

Well; but you said so too,’ returned Miss Wren. ‘Or at least you took on like the master, and didn’t contradict him.’

‘One of his dodges,’ said Mr Fledgeby, with a cool and contemptuous shrug. ‘He’s made of dodges. He said to me, “Come up to the top of the house, sir, and I’ll show you a handsome girl. But I shall call you the master.” So I went up to the top of the house and he showed me the handsome girl (very well worth looking at she was), and I was called the master. I don’t know why. I dare say he don’t. He loves a dodge for its own sake; being,’ added Mr Fledgeby, after casting about for an expressive phrase, ‘the dodgerest of all the dodgers.’

‘Oh my head!’ cried the dolls’ dressmaker, holding it with both her hands, as if it were cracking. ‘You can’t mean what you say.’

‘I can, my little woman, retorted Fledgeby, ‘and I do, I assure you.’

This repudiation was not only an act of deliberate policy on Fledgeby’s part, in case of his being surprised by any other caller, but was also a retort upon Miss Wren for her over-sharpness, and a pleasant instance of his humour as regarded the old Jew. ‘He has got a bad name as an old Jew, and he is paid for the use of it, and I’ll have my money’s worth out of him.’ This was Fledgeby’s habitual reflection in the way of business, and it was sharpened just now by the old man’s presuming to have a secret from him: though of the secret itself, as annoying somebody else whom he disliked, he by no means disapproved.

Miss Wren with a fallen countenance sat behind the door looking thoughtfully at the ground, and the long and patient silence had again set in for some time, when the expression of Mr Fledgeby’s face betokened that through the upper portion of the door, which was of glass, he saw some one faltering on the brink of the counting-house. Presently there was a rustle and a tap, and then some more rustling and another tap. Fledgeby taking no notice, the door was at length softly opened, and the dried face of a mild little elderly gentleman looked in.

‘Mr Riah?’ said this visitor, very politely.

‘I am waiting for him, sir,’ returned Mr Fledgeby. ‘He went out and left me here. I expect him back every minute. Perhaps you had better take a chair.’

The gentleman took a chair, and put his hand to his forehead, as if he were in a melancholy frame of mind. Mr Fledgeby eyed him aside, and seemed to relish his attitude.

‘A fine day, sir,’ remarked Fledgeby.

The little dried gentleman was so occupied with his own depressed reflections that he did not notice the remark until the sound of Mr Fledgeby’s voice had died out of the counting-house. Then he started, and said: ‘I beg your pardon, sir. I fear you spoke to me?’

‘I said,’ remarked Fledgeby, a little louder than before, ‘it was a fine day.’

‘I beg your pardon. I beg your pardon. Yes.’

Capitolo 13

Dai un cattivo nome a un cane, e poi uccidilo.

Fascination Fledgeby, rimasto solo nella casa contabile, passeggiava avanti e indietro con il cappello storto su un lato, fischiettando e ispezionando i cassetti, cercando invano qualsiasi piccolo indizio che potesse dimostrare di essere stato truffato. “Non è certo merito suo se non mi ha ingannato,” commentò Fledgeby con un sorrisetto, “ma piuttosto la mia prudenza.” Poi, con aria pigra e arrogante, affermò i propri diritti come proprietario della ditta Pubsey and Co., spingendo le sedie e le scatole con il suo bastone e sputando nel camino. Dopo aver vagabondato per un po’, si avvicinò alla finestra e guardò fuori nella strada stretta, i suoi occhi piccoli che a malapena riuscivano a vedere oltre la vetrina della ditta Pubsey and Co. Essendo “cieco” in molti sensi, quel panorama gli ricordò di essere davvero solo nella casa contabile, con la porta d’ingresso aperta. Stava per andare a chiuderla, per evitare che qualcuno potesse confonderlo con i proprietari dell’azienda, quando qualcuno bussò alla porta.

Questa donna era la sarta delle bambole; aveva un piccolo cestino sul braccio e il suo bastone da sostegno in mano. I suoi occhi acuti l’avevano già notata prima che lui potesse accorgersi di lei, e questo lo paralizzò nel tentativo di impedirle l’ingresso: non tanto per via del suo avvicinarsi alla porta, quanto piuttosto perché, non appena la vide, lei iniziò a fargli segni di assenso con la testa. Approfittando di questo vantaggio, salì rapidamente i gradini; prima ancora che lui potesse prendere misure per impedirle di trovare nessuno in casa, si trovò faccia a faccia con lui nella stanza dove avvenivano i conti.

“Spero di vedervi in buona salute, signore,” disse la signorina Wren. “Il signor Riah è in casa?”

Fledgeby si era lasciato cadere su una sedia, con l’aria di chi aspetta con impazienza. “Suppongo che tornerà presto,” rispose; “se n’è andato senza dirmi nulla, lasciandomi ad aspettarlo. In qualche modo, mi sembra di averti già visto, ”

“Una volta, se solo avessi la vista, ” rispose Miss Wren; la frase condizionale era pronunciata con un tono di rimprovero.

“Quando facevate quelle vostre ‘partite’ in cima alla >casa. Me lo ricordo. Come sta il tuo amico?”

“Ho più di un amico, signore. Spero proprio”, rispose la signorina Wren. “Quale amico?”

“Non importa,” disse il signor Fledgeby, chiudendo un occhio, “qualsiasi dei vostri amici, sono davvero tollerabili?”

Un po’ confusa, la signorina Wren respinse quelle battute scherzose e si sedette in un angolo dietro la porta, con il cestino in grembo. Dopo un po’, rompendo un lungo e paziente silenzio, disse:

“Perdonatemi, signore, ma sono abituato a trovare il signor Riah a quest’ora, quindi di solito vengo proprio in questo momento. Voglio solo comprare quella roba che costa due scellini. Forse potreste gentilmente concedermela, così me ne andrò subito al mio lavoro.”

“Ti ho fatto del male?” disse Fledgeby, girando la testa verso di lei; perché aveva steso a sedere, battendo le palpebre per via della luce e accarezzandosi la guancia. “Davvero non pensi che io abbia qualche legame con quel posto o con quell’affare, vero?”

“Supponi?” esclamò la signorina Wren. “Quel giorno disse che eri tu il padrone!”

“Quel vecchio gallo nero, cosa avrebbe detto? Riah, beh, lui direbbe qualsiasi cosa.”

“Beh, ma anche tu l’hai detto,” rispose la signorina Wren. “O almeno ti sei comportata come se fossi il capo, e non l’hai contraddetto.”

“Uno dei suoi trucchi,” disse il signor Fledgeby con un gesto di indifferenza e disprezzo. “È fatto interamente di trucchi. Mi ha detto: ‘Venga su in cima alla casa, signore, e le mostrerò una ragazza molto bella. Ma la chiamerò “il padrone”.” Così sono salito in cima alla casa e lui mi ha mostrato quella ragazza davvero molto attraente. E mi hanno chiamato “il padrone”. Non so perché. Probabilmente nemmeno lui lo sa. Lui ama i trucchi per il loro stesso piacere. È,” aggiunse il signor Fledgeby, cercando una frase appropriata, “il più abile di tutti i truffatori.”

“Oddio, la mia testa!” gridò la sarta delle bambole, tenendola tra le mani come se stesse per rompersi. “Non può essere vero quello che dici, ”

“Posso farlo, mia piccola donna”, ribatté Fledgeby, “e lo faccio, ve lo assicuro.”

Questo rifiuto non era soltanto un atto deliberato da parte di Fledgeby, nel caso in cui fosse stato sorpreso da qualche altro visitatore, ma rappresentava anche una risposta alla troppa acutezza di Miss Wren, oltre a essere un esempio caratteristico del suo umorismo riguardo a quel vecchio ebreo. “Ha una cattiva reputazione come vecchio ebreo, e ne viene pagato per utilizzarla; quindi ne trarrò tutto il vantaggio possibile”, pensava Fledgeby abitualmente in ambito lavorativo. In quel momento, il suo atteggiamento si era ulteriormente acuito perché quell’uomo aveva osato nascondergli qualcosa, anche se, riguardo al segreto stesso, non lo disapprovava affatto, anzi: visto che poteva causare fastidio a qualcuno che non gli piaceva, non vedeva alcun motivo per opporsi.

Miss Wren, con un’espressione triste, sedeva dietro la porta, fissando pensierosa il pavimento; il lungo e paziente silenzio era tornato ad avvolgere la stanza per qualche minuto, quando l’espressione sul volto del signor Fledgeby indicò che, attraverso la parte superiore della porta di vetro, aveva visto qualcuno esitare sulla soglia dell’edificio dove si svolgevano i conteggi. Poco dopo si udirono alcuni rumori, poi altri ancora; il signor Fledgeby non prestò attenzione, ma alla fine la porta si aprì dolcemente e il volto raggrinzito di un gentile anziano signore apparve all’interno.

“Signor Riah?”, chiese questo visitatore in modo molto educato.

“Lo sto aspettando, signore,” rispose il signor Fledgeby. “È uscito e mi ha lasciato qui. Mi aspetto che torni da un momento all’altro. Forse sarebbe meglio che si sedesse.”

Il gentiluomo prese una sedia e si mise la mano sulla fronte, come se fosse in uno stato d’animo malinconico. Il signor Fledgeby lo osservava di sottecchi, sembrando apprezzare quel suo comportamento.

“Buona serata, signore,” osservò Fledgeby.

Il piccolo signore dall’aspetto “asciutto” era così immerso nelle sue riflessioni deprimenti che non si accorse della battuta fino a quando il suono della voce del signor Fledgeby non scomparve dalla sala delle contabilità. Allora si riprese e disse: “Mi scusi, signore, temo di averla frainteso”.

“Ho detto,” osservò Fledgeby, un po’ più ad alta voce del solito, “che era una bella giornata.”

“Mi scusi. Mi scusi. Sì.”

Again the little dried gentleman put his hand to his forehead, and again Mr Fledgeby seemed to enjoy his doing it. When the gentleman changed his attitude with a sigh, Fledgeby spake with a grin.

‘Mr Twemlow, I think?’

The dried gentleman seemed much surprised.

‘Had the pleasure of dining with you at Lammle’s,’ said Fledgeby. ‘Even have the honour of being a connexion of yours. An unexpected sort of place this to meet in; but one never knows, when one gets into the City, what people one may knock up against. I hope you have your health, and are enjoying yourself.’

There might have been a touch of impertinence in the last words; on the other hand, it might have been but the native grace of Mr Fledgeby’s manner. Mr Fledgeby sat on a stool with a foot on the rail of another stool, and his hat on. Mr Twemlow had uncovered on looking in at the door, and remained so. Now the conscientious Twemlow, knowing what he had done to thwart the gracious Fledgeby, was particularly disconcerted by this encounter. He was as ill at ease as a gentleman well could be. He felt himself bound to conduct himself stiffly towards Fledgeby, and he made him a distant bow. Fledgeby made his small eyes smaller in taking special note of his manner. The dolls’ dressmaker sat in her corner behind the door, with her eyes on the ground and her hands folded on her basket, holding her crutch-stick between them, and appearing to take no heed of anything.

‘He’s a long time,’ muttered Mr Fledgeby, looking at his watch. ‘What time may you make it, Mr Twemlow?’

Mr Twemlow made it ten minutes past twelve, sir.

‘As near as a toucher,’ assented Fledgeby. ‘I hope, Mr Twemlow, your business here may be of a more agreeable character than mine.’

‘Thank you, sir,’ said Mr Twemlow.

Fledgeby again made his small eyes smaller, as he glanced with great complacency at Twemlow, who was timorously tapping the table with a folded letter.

‘What I know of Mr Riah,’ said Fledgeby, with a very disparaging utterance of his name, ‘leads me to believe that this is about the shop for disagreeable business. I have always found him the bitingest and tightest screw in London.’

Mr Twemlow acknowledged the remark with a little distant bow. It evidently made him nervous.

‘So much so,’ pursued Fledgeby, ‘that if it wasn’t to be true to a friend, nobody should catch me waiting here a single minute. But if you have friends in adversity, stand by them. That’s what I say and act up to.’

The equitable Twemlow felt that this sentiment, irrespective of the utterer, demanded his cordial assent. ‘You are very right, sir,’ he rejoined with spirit. ‘You indicate the generous and manly course.’

‘Glad to have your approbation,’ returned Fledgeby. ‘It’s a coincidence, Mr Twemlow;’ here he descended from his perch, and sauntered towards him; ‘that the friends I am standing by to-day are the friends at whose house I met you! The Lammles. She’s a very taking and agreeable woman?’

Conscience smote the gentle Twemlow pale. ‘Yes,’ he said. ‘She is.’

‘And when she appealed to me this morning, to come and try what I could do to pacify their creditor, this Mr Riah—that I certainly have gained some little influence with in transacting business for another friend, but nothing like so much as she supposes—and when a woman like that spoke to me as her dearest Mr Fledgeby, and shed tears—why what could I do, you know?’

Twemlow gasped ‘Nothing but come.’

‘Nothing but come. And so I came. But why,’ said Fledgeby, putting his hands in his pockets and counterfeiting deep meditation, ‘why Riah should have started up, when I told him that the Lammles entreated him to hold over a Bill of Sale he has on all their effects; and why he should have cut out, saying he would be back directly; and why he should have left me here alone so long; I cannot understand.’

The chivalrous Twemlow, Knight of the Simple Heart, was not in a condition to offer any suggestion. He was too penitent, too remorseful. For the first time in his life he had done an underhanded action, and he had done wrong. He had secretly interposed against this confiding young man, for no better real reason than because the young man’s ways were not his ways.

But, the confiding young man proceeded to heap coals of fire on his sensitive head.

‘I beg your pardon, Mr Twemlow; you see I am acquainted with the nature of the affairs that are transacted here. Is there anything I can do for you here? You have always been brought up as a gentleman, and never as a man of business;’ another touch of possible impertinence in this place; ‘and perhaps you are but a poor man of business. What else is to be expected!’

‘I am even a poorer man of business than I am a man, sir,’ returned Twemlow, ‘and I could hardly express my deficiency in a stronger way. I really do not so much as clearly understand my position in the matter on which I am brought here. But there are reasons which make me very delicate of accepting your assistance. I am greatly, greatly, disinclined to profit by it. I don’t deserve it.’

Good childish creature! Condemned to a passage through the world by such narrow little dimly-lighted ways, and picking up so few specks or spots on the road!

‘Perhaps,’ said Fledgeby, ‘you may be a little proud of entering on the topic,—having been brought up as a gentleman.’

‘It’s not that, sir,’ returned Twemlow, ‘it’s not that. I hope I distinguish between true pride and false pride.’

‘I have no pride at all, myself,’ said Fledgeby, ‘and perhaps I don’t cut things so fine as to know one from t’other. But I know this is a place where even a man of business needs his wits about him; and if mine can be of any use to you here, you’re welcome to them.’

‘You are very good,’ said Twemlow, faltering. ‘But I am most unwilling—’

‘I don’t, you know,’ proceeded Fledgeby with an ill-favoured glance, ‘entertain the vanity of supposing that my wits could be of any use to you in society, but they might be here. You cultivate society and society cultivates you, but Mr Riah’s not society. In society, Mr Riah is kept dark; eh, Mr Twemlow?’

Di nuovo il piccolo gentiluomo si portò la mano alla fronte; ancora una volta, sembrava che al signor Fledgeby piacesse farlo. Quando il gentiluomo cambiò atteggiamento con un sospiro, Fledgeby parlò sorridendo.

“Mr Twemlow, giusto?”

Il signore anziano sembrava molto sorpreso.

“Ho avuto il piacere di cenare con voi da Lammle’s,” disse Fledgeby. “Anzi, ho anche l’onore di essere vostro conoscente. Un posto davvero inaspettato per incontrarsi. Ma chi sa, quando si vive nella City, con chi si può finire per avere a che fare. Spero che stiate bene e che vi stiate divertendo.”

Nelle ultime parole poteva esserci un certo tono di impertinenza; d’altra parte, forse era semplicemente la naturale grazia nel modo di comportarsi del signor Fledgeby. Il signor Fledgeby sedeva su uno sgabello, con un piede appoggiato alla ringhiera di un altro sgabello, e indossava il cappello. Il signor Twemlow, entrando, si era tolto il cappello e lo aveva lasciato così. Ora, il coscienzioso Twemlow, consapevole di ciò che aveva fatto per ostacolare il gentile Fledgeby, si sentiva particolarmente a disagio in questa situazione. Era estremamente imbarazzato, come solo un vero signore potrebbe essere. Sentì di dover comportarsi in modo rigido nei confronti di Fledgeby e gli fece un inchino distante. Fledgeby strinse ancora di più i suoi piccoli occhi, osservando attentamente il suo comportamento. La sarta delle bambole sedeva nel suo angolo, dietro la porta: aveva lo sguardo fisso a terra, le mani incrociate sul cestino e il bastone da sostegno tra esse, apparentemente ignara di tutto ciò che accadeva intorno a lei.

“È passato molto tempo,” mormorò il signor Fledgeby guardando l’orologio. “Che ora è, signor Twemlow?”

Il signor Twemlow è arrivato alle dodici e dieci minuti, signore.

“Quasi a contatto,” concordò Fledgeby. “Spero, signor Twemlow, che i vostri affari qui siano di natura più piacevole dei miei.”

“Grazie, signore,” disse il signor Twemlow.

Fledgeby strinse ancora di più i suoi piccoli occhi, mentre guardava con grande compiacimento Twemlow, che batteva timidamente sul tavolo con una lettera piegata.

“Quello che so di Mr Riah,” disse Fledgeby, pronunciando il suo nome con grande disprezzo, “mi fa credere che si tratti di quella attività legata a affari sgradevoli. L’ho sempre considerato la persona più spietata e rigida di Londra.”

Il signor Twemlow rispose al commento con un lieve inchino distaccato; evidentemente, quel commento lo aveva messo a disagio.

“Proprio così,” continuò Fledgeby, “che se non si trattasse di essere fedeli a un amico, nessuno dovrebbe trovarmi qui ad aspettare nemmeno per un minuto. Ma se hai amici nei momenti difficili, stai al loro fianco. È quello che dico io e è ciò che faccio.”

Il giusto e onesto Twemlow riteneva che questo sentimento, indipendentemente da chi lo esprimesse, richiedesse la sua piena approvazione. “Avete perfettamente ragione, signore,” rispose con entusiasmo. “Indicateate il comportamento generoso e nobile che ci si aspetta da un uomo.”

“Mi fa piacere avere la vostra approvazione,” rispose Fledgeby. “È una coincidenza, signor Twemlow, che gli amici che sostengo oggi siano proprio quelli nella cui >casa vi ho incontrato! I Lammle. È davvero una donna affascinante e piacevole, vero?”

La conscienza colpì il delicato viso di Twemlow, facendolo impallidire. “Sì,” disse. “Lo è.”

‘E quando stamattina mi ha chiesto di venire e di provare a fare qualcosa per pacificare il loro creditore, questo signor Riah, con cui certamente ho ottenuto un certo ascendente nell’affrontare gli affari per un altro amico, ma nulla di paragonabile a quanto lei pensi. E quando una donna del genere mi ha parlato come se fossi il suo carissimo signor Fledgeby e ha versato lacrime, beh, cosa avrei potuto fare, capite?’

“Nient’altro che venire, ”, esclamò Twemlow.

“Nient’altro che venire. E così sono venuto. Ma perché,” disse Fledgeby, mettendosi le mani in tasca e fingendo di meditare profondamente, “perché Riah abbia deciso di andarsene, quando gli avevo detto che i Lammles lo pregavano di rinviare la firma del contratto di vendita che possiede su tutti i loro beni; e perché sia uscito dicendo che sarebbe tornato subito; e perché mi abbia lasciato qui solo per tutto questo tempo. Non riesco a capirlo.”

Il cavalleresco Twemlow, Cavaliere del Cuore Semplice, non era in condizioni di poter offrire alcun suggerimento. Era troppo pentito, troppo pieno di rimorso. Per la prima volta nella sua vita aveva compiuto un atto disonesto e aveva sbagliato. Aveva agito segretamente contro quel giovane che si fidava di lui, senza alcun motivo reale se non perché i modi di comportamento del giovane non erano i suoi.

Ma quel giovane fiducioso continuò ad aggiungere “carbone ardente” sulla sua sensibile testa.

“Perdonatemi, signor Twemlow; vedete, conosco bene la >natura degli affari che qui vengono trattati. C’è qualcosa che posso fare per voi? Siete sempre stato educato come un gentiluomo, e mai come un uomo d’affari, ” Un altro esempio di possibile impertinenza in questo contesto, “E forse siete semplicemente un povero uomo d’affari. Cosa si potrebbe aspettare d’altro?”

“Sono persino un uomo d’affari peggiore di quanto sia un uomo, signore,” rispose Twemlow, “e difficilmente potrei esprimere in modo più chiaro la mia incompetenza in questa materia. Onestamente, non riesco nemmeno a comprendere con precisione quale sia la mia posizione riguardo al problema per cui sono stato chiamato qui. Tuttavia, ci sono delle ragioni che mi fanno molto riluttante ad accettare il vostro aiuto. Sono assolutamente contrario all’idea di trarne beneficio; non me lo merito.”

Che cara creatura infantile. Condannata a percorrere questo mondo attraverso sentieri così stretti e poco illuminati, raccogliendo soltanto poche “polveri” o “macchie” lungo la strada.

“Forse,” disse Fledgeby, “potresti essere un po’ orgoglioso di affrontare questo argomento, visto che sei stato educato come un gentiluomo.”

“Non è quello, signore,” rispose Twemlow, “non è quello. Spero di riuscire a distinguere tra la vera orgoglio e quella falsa.”

“Personalmente, non provo affatto alcuna orgoglio”, disse Fledgeby, “e forse non sono così attento ai dettagli da riuscire a distinguere una cosa dall’altra. Ma so che questo è un posto in cui anche un uomo d’affari ha bisogno di essere astuto; e se la mia esperienza può esservi utile, non esitate a farne uso.”

“Sei molto bravo,” disse Twemlow, esitando. “Ma io sono assolutamente riluttante, ”

“Non credo proprio,” proseguì Fledgeby con uno sguardo poco lusinghiero, “che la mia intelligenza possa esservi di qualche utilità in società. Ma forse qui potrebbe servire. Voi coltivate la società e la società vi coltiva; ma il signor Riah non fa parte di questa società. In società, il signor Riah viene ignorato. Eh, signor Twemlow?”

Twemlow, much disturbed, and with his hand fluttering about his forehead, replied: ‘Quite true.’

The confiding young man besought him to state his case. The innocent Twemlow, expecting Fledgeby to be astounded by what he should unfold, and not for an instant conceiving the possibility of its happening every day, but treating of it as a terrible phenomenon occurring in the course of ages, related how that he had had a deceased friend, a married civil officer with a family, who had wanted money for change of place or change of post, and how he, Twemlow, had ‘given him his name,’ with the usual, but in the eyes of Twemlow almost incredible result that he had been left to repay what he had never had. How, in the course of years, he had reduced the principal by trifling sums, ‘having,’ said Twemlow, ‘always to observe great economy, being in the enjoyment of a fixed income limited in extent, and that depending on the munificence of a certain nobleman,’ and had always pinched the full interest out of himself with punctual pinches. How he had come, in course of time, to look upon this one only debt of his life as a regular quarterly drawback, and no worse, when ‘his name’ had some way fallen into the possession of Mr Riah, who had sent him notice to redeem it by paying up in full, in one plump sum, or take tremendous consequences. This, with hazy remembrances of how he had been carried to some office to ‘confess judgment’ (as he recollected the phrase), and how he had been carried to another office where his life was assured for somebody not wholly unconnected with the sherry trade whom he remembered by the remarkable circumstance that he had a Straduarius violin to dispose of, and also a Madonna, formed the sum and substance of Mr Twemlow’s narrative. Through which stalked the shadow of the awful Snigsworth, eyed afar off by money-lenders as Security in the Mist, and menacing Twemlow with his baronial truncheon.

To all, Mr Fledgeby listened with the modest gravity becoming a confiding young man who knew it all beforehand, and, when it was finished, seriously shook his head. ‘I don’t like, Mr Twemlow,’ said Fledgeby, ‘I don’t like Riah’s calling in the principal. If he’s determined to call it in, it must come.’

‘But supposing, sir,’ said Twemlow, downcast, ‘that it can’t come?’

‘Then,’ retorted Fledgeby, ‘you must go, you know.’

‘Where?’ asked Twemlow, faintly.

‘To prison,’ returned Fledgeby. Whereat Mr Twemlow leaned his innocent head upon his hand, and moaned a little moan of distress and disgrace.

‘However,’ said Fledgeby, appearing to pluck up his spirits, ‘we’ll hope it’s not so bad as that comes to. If you’ll allow me, I’ll mention to Mr Riah when he comes in, who you are, and I’ll tell him you’re my friend, and I’ll say my say for you, instead of your saying it for yourself; I may be able to do it in a more business-like way. You won’t consider it a liberty?’

‘I thank you again and again, sir,’ said Twemlow. ‘I am strong, strongly, disinclined to avail myself of your generosity, though my helplessness yields. For I cannot but feel that I—to put it in the mildest form of speech—that I have done nothing to deserve it.’

‘Where CAN he be?’ muttered Fledgeby, referring to his watch again. ‘What CAN he have gone out for? Did you ever see him, Mr Twemlow?’

‘Never.’

‘He is a thorough Jew to look at, but he is a more thorough Jew to deal with. He’s worst when he’s quiet. If he’s quiet, I shall take it as a very bad sign. Keep your eye upon him when he comes in, and, if he’s quiet, don’t be hopeful. Here he is!—He looks quiet.’

With these words, which had the effect of causing the harmless Twemlow painful agitation, Mr Fledgeby withdrew to his former post, and the old man entered the counting-house.

‘Why, Mr Riah,’ said Fledgeby, ‘I thought you were lost!’

The old man, glancing at the stranger, stood stock-still. He perceived that his master was leading up to the orders he was to take, and he waited to understand them.

‘I really thought,’ repeated Fledgeby slowly, ‘that you were lost, Mr Riah. Why, now I look at you—but no, you can’t have done it; no, you can’t have done it!’

Hat in hand, the old man lifted his head, and looked distressfully at Fledgeby as seeking to know what new moral burden he was to bear.

‘You can’t have rushed out to get the start of everybody else, and put in that bill of sale at Lammle’s?’ said Fledgeby. ‘Say you haven’t, Mr Riah.’

‘Sir, I have,’ replied the old man in a low voice.

‘Oh my eye!’ cried Fledgeby. ‘Tut, tut, tut! Dear, dear, dear! Well! I knew you were a hard customer, Mr Riah, but I never thought you were as hard as that.’

‘Sir,’ said the old man, with great uneasiness, ‘I do as I am directed. I am not the principal here. I am but the agent of a superior, and I have no choice, no power.’

‘Don’t say so,’ retorted Fledgeby, secretly exultant as the old man stretched out his hands, with a shrinking action of defending himself against the sharp construction of the two observers. ‘Don’t play the tune of the trade, Mr Riah. You’ve a right to get in your debts, if you’re determined to do it, but don’t pretend what every one in your line regularly pretends. At least, don’t do it to me. Why should you, Mr Riah? You know I know all about you.’

The old man clasped the skirt of his long coat with his disengaged hand, and directed a wistful look at Fledgeby.

‘And don’t,’ said Fledgeby, ‘don’t, I entreat you as a favour, Mr Riah, be so devilish meek, for I know what’ll follow if you are. Look here, Mr Riah. This gentleman is Mr Twemlow.’

The Jew turned to him and bowed. That poor lamb bowed in return; polite, and terrified.

‘I have made such a failure,’ proceeded Fledgeby, ‘in trying to do anything with you for my friend Lammle, that I’ve hardly a hope of doing anything with you for my friend (and connexion indeed) Mr Twemlow. But I do think that if you would do a favour for anybody, you would for me, and I won’t fail for want of trying, and I’ve passed my promise to Mr Twemlow besides. Now, Mr Riah, here is Mr Twemlow. Always good for his interest, always coming up to time, always paying his little way. Now, why should you press Mr Twemlow? You can’t have any spite against Mr Twemlow! Why not be easy with Mr Twemlow?’

Twemlow, molto turbato e con la mano che gli tremolava sulla fronte, rispose: “Assolutamente vero.”

Il giovane, pieno di fiducia, lo pregò di spiegargli la situazione. Il innocente Twemlow, convinto che Fledgeby sarebbe rimasto sbalordito da ciò che stava per raccontare – e senza mai nemmeno considerare l’eventualità che tutto ciò potesse accadere ogni giorno, ma trattandolo piuttosto come un fenomeno terribile che si verificava soltanto nel corso degli secoli – narrò di un suo amico defunto, un funzionario civile sposato con una famiglia, il quale aveva chiesto denaro per cambiare residenza o incarico. Twemlow gli aveva “dato il proprio nome”, ma con l’inevitabile conseguenza che quell’amico si era ritrovato ad essere costretto a ripagare somme di denaro che in realtà non possedeva mai. Nel corso degli anni, Twemlow aveva continuato a ridurre quella somma di piccole cifre, “mantenendo sempre un’estrema parsimonia”, poiché il suo reddito era fisso e limitato, e dipendeva dalla generosità di un certo nobile. Aveva sempre cercato di trarre il massimo profitto possibile da quella situazione. Fino a quando, col passare del tempo, aveva iniziato a considerare quel debito come una sorta di “ritiro trimestrale” regolare, e nulla di più. Finché “il suo nome” non era finito nelle mani di Mr Riah, il quale gli aveva ordinato di saldarlo completamente in un’unica soluzione, altrimenti avrebbe affrontato conseguenze terribili. Il racconto di Twemlow includeva anche vaghi ricordi di come fosse stato portato in alcuni uffici per “confessare la propria colpa”, e di come la sua vita fosse stata messa in pericolo da persone legate al commercio dello sherry. Il tutto avvolto nell’ombra spaventosa di Snigsworth, visto da tutti i prestatori di denaro come una sorta di “garanzia” nel fumo e nelle incertezze del futuro, e che minacciava Twemlow con il suo potere e la sua autorità.

Tutti ascoltavano il signor Fledgeby con quell’aria di modesta gravità tipica di un giovane che sa già tutto in anticipo; quando tutto fu finito, scosse seriamente la testa. “Non mi piace, signor Twemlow,” disse Fledgeby, “non mi piace che Riah abbia deciso di coinvolgere il principale in questa faccenda. Se è determinato a farlo, allora dovrà accadere.”

“Ma supponiamo, signore,” disse Twemlow, con voce triste, “che non possa mai arrivare, ”

“Allora,” ribatté Fledgeby, “dovete andare, capite.”

“Dove?” chiese debolmente Twemlow.

“Nella prigione”, rispose Fledgeby. Allora il signor Twemlow appoggiò la sua innocente testa sulle mani e emise un debole lamento di dolore e vergogna.

“Tuttavia,” disse Fledgeby, cercando di raccogliere i propri spiriti, “speriamo che non vada così male come potrebbe succedere. Se mi permettete, parlerò con il signor Riah quando arriverà, gli dirò chi siete e che siete mio amico; cercherò di difendervi al suo posto, in modo più appropriato. Non vi sembrerà una libertà eccessiva?”

“Grazie ancora e ancora, signore,” disse Twemlow. “Sono profondamente riluttante ad approfittare della vostra generosità, nonostante la mia impotenza mi costringa a farlo. Perché non posso fare a meno di sentire che, per usare le parole più delicate possibile, non ho fatto nulla per meritarla.”

“Dove può essere?” mormorò Fledgeby, guardando di nuovo l’orologio.
“A cosa potrebbe essere uscito? L’avete mai visto, signor Twemlow?”

“Mai.”

“Da solo a guardarlo, sembra un ebreo integrale; ma quando si ha a che fare con lui, lo è ancora di più. È il peggiore quando rimane in silenzio. Se tace, significa sicuramente qualcosa di molto negativo. Tenetelo d’occhio quando entra: se rimane in silenzio, non illudetevi. Ecco che arriva. Sembra tranquillo.”

Con queste parole, che causarono a quel innocuo Twemlow un’agitazione dolorosa, il signor Fledgeby tornò al suo posto precedente, e l’uomo anziano entrò nella banca.

“Ma come, signor Riah”, disse Fledgeby, “pensavo che si fosse perso!”

L’uomo anziano, lanciando uno sguardo al estraneo, rimase immobile. Capì che il suo padrone stava per dargli degli ordini e aspettò di comprenderli.

“Pensavo davvero,” ripeté lentamente Fledgeby, “che foste perduto, signor Riah. Ma ora che vi guardo. No, non avete potuto farlo; davvero, non avete potuto farlo!”

Con il cappello in mano, l’uomo anziano alzò lo sguardo e guardò Fledgeby con aria preoccupata, come se volesse capire quale nuovo fardello morale dovesse sopportare.

“Non puoi essere uscito di corsa per essere il primo tra tutti e aver compilato quel contratto di vendita da Lammle’s, vero?” disse Fledgeby. “Dica di no, signor Riah.”

“Signore, l’ho fatto,” rispose l’uomo anziano a bassa voce.

“Oddio mio!” esclamò Fledgeby. “Tut, tut, tut! Caro, caro, caro. Beh! Sapevo che eravate un cliente difficile, signor Riah, ma non avrei mai pensato che lo foste fino a questo punto.”

“Signore,” disse l’uomo anziano con grande imbarazzo, “faccio ciò che mi viene ordinato. Non sono io il responsabile di questa situazione; sono soltanto l’agente di qualcuno di più potente, e non ho alcuna scelta, nessun potere.”

“Non dica così,” ribatté Fledgeby, in realtà estremamente compiaciuto mentre l’uomo anziano tendeva le mani, come se volesse proteggersi dallo sguardo acuto dei due osservatori. “Non finga di essere ciò che tutti nella sua professione fanno abitualmente. Almeno, non con me. Perché dovrebbe farlo, signor Riah? Sa bene che io so tutto su di lei.”

L’uomo anziano, con la mano libera, afferrò l’orlo del suo lungo cappotto e lanciò uno sguardo malinconico verso Fledgeby.

“E per favore,” disse Fledgeby, “per favore, la prego, non sia così terribilmente umile, signor Riah. So bene cosa succederà se lo farà. Guardi qui, signor Riah: questo gentiluomo è il signor Twemlow.”

Quel ebreo si rivolse a lui e fece un inchino. Quella povera agnellina rispose con un inchino anch’essa; educata, ma terrorizzata.

“Ho fallito completamente,” continuò Fledgeby, “nel tentativo di fare qualcosa per te a beneficio del mio amico Lammle, al punto che ormai non ho quasi alcuna >speranza di riuscirci nemmeno per il mio amico (e anzi parente stretto) il signor Twemlow. Ma credo davvero che, se fossi disposto a fare un favore a qualcuno, lo farei senz’altro per te. E non smetterò di provare; inoltre, ho già dato la mia parola al signor Twemlow. Ora, signor Riah, ecco il signor Twemlow: sempre pronto ad aiutare chi ha bisogno, sempre puntuale nel rispettare gli impegni, sempre generoso con i propri mezzi. Allora, perché dovresti opporgli resistenza? Non puoi certo avere alcun rancore nei suoi confronti. Perché non essere gentile con lui?”

The old man looked into Fledgeby’s little eyes for any sign of leave to be easy with Mr Twemlow; but there was no sign in them.

‘Mr Twemlow is no connexion of yours, Mr Riah,’ said Fledgeby; ‘you can’t want to be even with him for having through life gone in for a gentleman and hung on to his Family. If Mr Twemlow has a contempt for business, what can it matter to you?’

‘But pardon me,’ interposed the gentle victim, ‘I have not. I should consider it presumption.’

‘There, Mr Riah!’ said Fledgeby, ‘isn’t that handsomely said? Come! Make terms with me for Mr Twemlow.’

The old man looked again for any sign of permission to spare the poor little gentleman. No. Mr Fledgeby meant him to be racked.

‘I am very sorry, Mr Twemlow,’ said Riah. ‘I have my instructions. I am invested with no authority for diverging from them. The money must be paid.’

‘In full and slap down, do you mean, Mr Riah?’ asked Fledgeby, to make things quite explicit.

‘In full, sir, and at once,’ was Riah’s answer.

Mr Fledgeby shook his head deploringly at Twemlow, and mutely expressed in reference to the venerable figure standing before him with eyes upon the ground: ‘What a Monster of an Israelite this is!’

‘Mr Riah,’ said Fledgeby.

The old man lifted up his eyes once more to the little eyes in Mr Fledgeby’s head, with some reviving hope that the sign might be coming yet.

‘Mr Riah, it’s of no use my holding back the fact. There’s a certain great party in the background in Mr Twemlow’s case, and you know it.’

‘I know it,’ the old man admitted.

‘Now, I’ll put it as a plain point of business, Mr Riah. Are you fully determined (as a plain point of business) either to have that said great party’s security, or that said great party’s money?’

‘Fully determined,’ answered Riah, as he read his master’s face, and learnt the book.

‘Not at all caring for, and indeed as it seems to me rather enjoying,’ said Fledgeby, with peculiar unction, ‘the precious kick-up and row that will come off between Mr Twemlow and the said great party?’

This required no answer, and received none. Poor Mr Twemlow, who had betrayed the keenest mental terrors since his noble kinsman loomed in the perspective, rose with a sigh to take his departure. ‘I thank you very much, sir,’ he said, offering Fledgeby his feverish hand. ‘You have done me an unmerited service. Thank you, thank you!’

‘Don’t mention it,’ answered Fledgeby. ‘It’s a failure so far, but I’ll stay behind, and take another touch at Mr Riah.’

‘Do not deceive yourself Mr Twemlow,’ said the Jew, then addressing him directly for the first time. ‘There is no hope for you. You must expect no leniency here. You must pay in full, and you cannot pay too promptly, or you will be put to heavy charges. Trust nothing to me, sir. Money, money, money.’ When he had said these words in an emphatic manner, he acknowledged Mr Twemlow’s still polite motion of his head, and that amiable little worthy took his departure in the lowest spirits.

Fascination Fledgeby was in such a merry vein when the counting-house was cleared of him, that he had nothing for it but to go to the window, and lean his arms on the frame of the blind, and have his silent laugh out, with his back to his subordinate. When he turned round again with a composed countenance, his subordinate still stood in the same place, and the dolls’ dressmaker sat behind the door with a look of horror.

‘Halloa!’ cried Mr Fledgeby, ‘you’re forgetting this young lady, Mr Riah, and she has been waiting long enough too. Sell her her waste, please, and give her good measure if you can make up your mind to do the liberal thing for once.’

He looked on for a time, as the Jew filled her little basket with such scraps as she was used to buy; but, his merry vein coming on again, he was obliged to turn round to the window once more, and lean his arms on the blind.

‘There, my Cinderella dear,’ said the old man in a whisper, and with a worn-out look, ‘the basket’s full now. Bless you! And get you gone!’

‘Don’t call me your Cinderella dear,’ returned Miss Wren. ‘O you cruel godmother!’

She shook that emphatic little forefinger of hers in his face at parting, as earnestly and reproachfully as she had ever shaken it at her grim old child at home.

‘You are not the godmother at all!’ said she. ‘You are the Wolf in the Forest, the wicked Wolf! And if ever my dear Lizzie is sold and betrayed, I shall know who sold and betrayed her!’

L’uomo anziano guardò nei piccoli occhi di Fledgeby alla ricerca di qualche segno che gli permettesse di essere gentile con il signor Twemlow; ma non ne trovò alcuno.

“Mr Twemlow non ha alcun legame con voi, signor Riah,” disse Fledgeby; “non potete certo voler avere nulla a che fare con lui solo perché per tutta la vita si è comportato da gentiluomo e ha rispettato le tradizioni della sua famiglia. Se Mr Twemlow disprezza gli affari, cosa dovrebbe importarvi?”

“Ma perdonatemi,” intervenne la gentile vittima, “non l’ho fatto. Lo considererei un’arroganza.”

“Ecco, signor Riah!” disse Fledgeby, “non è detto molto bene? Venga! Concluda un accordo con me per conto del signor Twemlow.”

L’uomo anziano cercò ancora qualche segno che gli permettesse di risparmiare quel povero giovane gentiluomo. Ma no: il signor Fledgeby intendeva proprio che venisse torturato.

“Mi dispiace molto, signor Twemlow,” disse Riah. “Ho ricevuto delle istruzioni precise e non ho alcun potere per deviarne. Il denaro deve essere pagato.”

“Intende dire in modo chiaro e deciso, signor Riah?” chiese Fledgeby per rendere le cose del tutto esplicite.

“Con tutto il dovuto rispetto, signore, e immediatamente,” fu la risposta di Riah.

Il signor Fledgeby scosse la testa con disapprovazione verso Twemlow e, con un gesto silenzioso, riferendosi alla venerabile figura davanti a lui che teneva lo sguardo basso a terra, esclamò: “Che mostro di israelita è questo!”

“Signor Riah,” disse Fledgeby.

L’uomo anziano alzò di nuovo lo sguardo verso quegli occhietti nel viso del signor Fledgeby, con un barlume di >speranza che forse quel segnale sarebbe ancora arrivato.

‘Signor Riah, non ha senso che io nasconda questo fatto. Nel caso del signor Twemlow c’è qualcosa di molto importante che sta avvenendo alle sue spalle, e lei lo sa.’

“Lo so,” ammise l’uomo anziano.

“Ora, lo dirò in termini puramente pratici, signor Riah: siate davvero deciso, in senso strettamente pratico, ad assicurare la sicurezza di quella grande organizzazione, o a ottenere i suoi soldi?”

“Completamente determinato,” rispose Riah, osservando il volto del proprio padrone e comprendendo così il messaggio che voleva trasmettere.

“Non mi interessa affatto, anzi, a mio parere, sembra addirittura divertente,” disse Fledgeby con un tono particolarmente enfatico, “quella bella lite e quel trambusto che scaturiranno tra il signor Twemlow e quella grande compagnia, ”

Non c’era bisogno di alcuna risposta, e infatti non ne fu data nessuna. Povero signor Twemlow. Aveva suscitato le più intense paure mentali in lui, quando il suo nobile parente apparve all’orizzonte; con un sospiro, si preparò ad andarsene. “Grazie mille, signore,” disse, porgendo a Fledgeby la sua mano tremante. “Mi ha reso un servizio inestimabile. Grazie davvero!”

“Nessun problema,” rispose Fledgeby. “Finora è stato un fallimento, ma rimarrò e proverò ancora con il signor Riah.”

“Non ingannatevi, signor Twemlow,” disse l’ebreo, rivolgendosi a lui per la prima volta in modo diretto. “Non c’è alcuna >speranza per voi. Non dovrete aspettarvi alcuna pietà; dovete pagare interamente e il prima possibile, altrimenti dovrete affrontare pesanti conseguenze. Non fidatevi di me, signore. Denaro, denaro, sempre denaro.” Dopo aver pronunciato queste parole con enfasi, l’ebreo accettò il cenno cortese di Twemlow e se ne andò in uno stato d’animo molto cupo.

Fascination Fledgeby era di così buon umore quando la stanza fu finalmente liberata dalla sua presenza, che non gli restò altro da fare se non avvicinarsi alla finestra, appoggiare le braccia sul telaio della persiana e scoppiare in una risata silenziosa, con le spalle rivolte al suo subordinato. Quando si girò di nuovo con un’espressione composta, il suo subordinato era ancora fermo nello stesso posto, mentre la sarta delle bambole sedeva dietro la porta con uno sguardo di terrore.

“Salve!” gridò il signor Fledgeby, “state dimenticando questa giovane signora, signor Riah. E lei aspetta da abbastanza tempo. Vendetele la sua roba di scarto, per favore. E datele una buona quantità, se vi decidete finalmente a comportarvi generosamente, almeno una volta.”

Restò a guardare per un po’, mentre la donna ebraica riempiva il suo piccolo cestino con quei pezzetti di roba che era abituata a comprare; ma, ripresa la sua aria allegra, dovette voltarsi di nuovo verso la finestra e appoggiare le braccia al davanzale.

“Ecco, mia cara Cenerentola,” disse l’uomo anziano sottovoce, con un’espressione stanca, “il cesto è ora pieno. Che Dio ti benedica, e vattene!”

“Non chiamarmi la tua Cenerentola, caro”, rispose la signorina Wren. “Oh, tu crudele madrina!”

Quando si separarono, gli agitò davanti al viso quel suo dito indice deciso, con lo stesso impegno e rimprovero con cui l’aveva mai fatto nei confronti del suo vecchio e severo >bambino a >casa.

“Non sei affatto la madrina!” disse lei. “Sei il Lupo del Bosco, il cattivo Lupo! E se mai mia cara Lizzie dovesse essere venduta e tradita, saprò chi l’ha venduta e tradita!”

Chapter 14

MR WEGG PREPARES A GRINDSTONE FOR MR BOFFIN’S NOSE

Having assisted at a few more expositions of the lives of Misers, Mr Venus became almost indispensable to the evenings at the Bower. The circumstance of having another listener to the wonders unfolded by Wegg, or, as it were, another calculator to cast up the guineas found in teapots, chimneys, racks and mangers, and other such banks of deposit, seemed greatly to heighten Mr Boffin’s enjoyment; while Silas Wegg, for his part, though of a jealous temperament which might under ordinary circumstances have resented the anatomist’s getting into favour, was so very anxious to keep his eye on that gentleman—lest, being too much left to himself, he should be tempted to play any tricks with the precious document in his keeping—that he never lost an opportunity of commending him to Mr Boffin’s notice as a third party whose company was much to be desired. Another friendly demonstration towards him Mr Wegg now regularly gratified. After each sitting was over, and the patron had departed, Mr Wegg invariably saw Mr Venus home. To be sure, he as invariably requested to be refreshed with a sight of the paper in which he was a joint proprietor; but he never failed to remark that it was the great pleasure he derived from Mr Venus’s improving society which had insensibly lured him round to Clerkenwell again, and that, finding himself once more attracted to the spot by the social powers of Mr V., he would beg leave to go through that little incidental procedure, as a matter of form. ‘For well I know, sir,’ Mr Wegg would add, ‘that a man of your delicate mind would wish to be checked off whenever the opportunity arises, and it is not for me to baulk your feelings.’

A certain rustiness in Mr Venus, which never became so lubricated by the oil of Mr Wegg but that he turned under the screw in a creaking and stiff manner, was very noticeable at about this period. While assisting at the literary evenings, he even went so far, on two or three occasions, as to correct Mr Wegg when he grossly mispronounced a word, or made nonsense of a passage; insomuch that Mr Wegg took to surveying his course in the day, and to making arrangements for getting round rocks at night instead of running straight upon them. Of the slightest anatomical reference he became particularly shy, and, if he saw a bone ahead, would go any distance out of his way rather than mention it by name.

The adverse destinies ordained that one evening Mr Wegg’s labouring bark became beset by polysyllables, and embarrassed among a perfect archipelago of hard words. It being necessary to take soundings every minute, and to feel the way with the greatest caution, Mr Wegg’s attention was fully employed. Advantage was taken of this dilemma by Mr Venus, to pass a scrap of paper into Mr Boffin’s hand, and lay his finger on his own lip.

When Mr Boffin got home at night he found that the paper contained Mr Venus’s card and these words: ‘Should be glad to be honoured with a call respecting business of your own, about dusk on an early evening.’

The very next evening saw Mr Boffin peeping in at the preserved frogs in Mr Venus’s shop-window, and saw Mr Venus espying Mr Boffin with the readiness of one on the alert, and beckoning that gentleman into his interior. Responding, Mr Boffin was invited to seat himself on the box of human miscellanies before the fire, and did so, looking round the place with admiring eyes. The fire being low and fitful, and the dusk gloomy, the whole stock seemed to be winking and blinking with both eyes, as Mr Venus did. The French gentleman, though he had no eyes, was not at all behind-hand, but appeared, as the flame rose and fell, to open and shut his no eyes, with the regularity of the glass-eyed dogs and ducks and birds. The big-headed babies were equally obliging in lending their grotesque aid to the general effect.

‘You see, Mr Venus, I’ve lost no time,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Here I am.’

‘Here you are, sir,’ assented Mr Venus.

‘I don’t like secrecy,’ pursued Mr Boffin—‘at least, not in a general way I don’t—but I dare say you’ll show me good reason for being secret so far.’

‘I think I shall, sir,’ returned Venus.

‘Good,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘You don’t expect Wegg, I take it for granted?’

‘No, sir. I expect no one but the present company.’

Mr Boffin glanced about him, as accepting under that inclusive denomination the French gentleman and the circle in which he didn’t move, and repeated, ‘The present company.’

‘Sir,’ said Mr Venus, ‘before entering upon business, I shall have to ask you for your word and honour that we are in confidence.’

‘Let’s wait a bit and understand what the expression means,’ answered Mr Boffin. ‘In confidence for how long? In confidence for ever and a day?’

‘I take your hint, sir,’ said Venus; ‘you think you might consider the business, when you came to know it, to be of a nature incompatible with confidence on your part?’

‘I might,’ said Mr Boffin with a cautious look.

‘True, sir. Well, sir,’ observed Venus, after clutching at his dusty hair, to brighten his ideas, ‘let us put it another way. I open the business with you, relying upon your honour not to do anything in it, and not to mention me in it, without my knowledge.’

‘That sounds fair,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘I agree to that.’

‘I have your word and honour, sir?’

‘My good fellow,’ retorted Mr Boffin, ‘you have my word; and how you can have that, without my honour too, I don’t know. I’ve sorted a lot of dust in my time, but I never knew the two things go into separate heaps.’

This remark seemed rather to abash Mr Venus. He hesitated, and said, ‘Very true, sir;’ and again, ‘Very true, sir,’ before resuming the thread of his discourse.

Capitolo 14

Il macinino di pietra per il naso del signor Boffin

Dopo aver assistito ad altre esposizioni riguardanti la vita dei “Miseri”, il signor Venus divenne quasi indispensabile per le serate trascorse nel Bower. Il fatto di avere un altro ascoltatore delle meraviglie raccontate da Silas Wegg, o meglio, un altro “calcolatore” in grado di individuare le sterline nascoste nelle teiere, nei camini, negli scaffali e in altri luoghi simili, sembrava aumentare notevolmente il piacere del signor Boffin; mentre Silas Wegg, da parte sua, sebbene avesse un temperamento geloso che in circostanze normali gli avrebbe fatto disprezzare l’interesse crescente del signor Venus per lui, era così ansioso di tenerlo d’occhio – temendo che, lasciato troppo a se stesso, potesse tentare di giocare qualche scherzo con quel prezioso documento affidatogli – che non perdeva mai l’occasione di raccomandarlo al signor Boffin come una compagnia davvero desiderabile. Un altro gesto amichevole da parte sua consisteva nel riaccompagnare regolarmente il signor Venus a casa dopo ogni incontro. Naturalmente, chiedeva sempre di poter rivedere quel documento di cui era co-proprietario; ma non mancava mai di sottolineare che era proprio il piacere di trascorrere del tempo in compagnia del signor Venus ad averlo nuovamente attirato a Clerkenwell, e che, essendo stato ancora una volta attratto da quelle qualità sociali, gli chiedeva il permesso di ripetere quel piccolo rituale, solo per forma. “Perché,” aggiungeva sempre Silas Wegg, “so bene, signore, che un uomo con una mente delicata come la vostra vorrebbe sicuramente verificare ogni volta che ne ha l’occasione. E non spetta a me contrariare i vostri desideri.”

Una certa ruvidità in Mr Venus, che non veniva mai attenuata dall’“olio” di Mr Wegg, rendeva i suoi movimenti cigolanti e rigidi; questo aspetto era particolarmente evidente in quel periodo. Mentre assisteva alle serate letterarie, arrivò persino, in due o tre occasioni, a correggere Mr Wegg quando questi pronunciava male una parola o rendeva insensato un passaggio del testo; tanto che Mr Wegg iniziò a pianificare con attenzione le proprie azioni durante il giorno, per evitare gli ostacoli la sera invece di andarci dritto contro. Di fronte al minimo riferimento anatomico diventava particolarmente imbarazzato; se vedeva una osso davanti a sé, faceva di tutto pur di evitarne il nome.

Destini avversi vollero che una sera la lingua di Mr Wegg, solitamente sobria e semplice, si riempisse di parole polisillabiche, ritrovandosi così in mezzo a un vero “arcipelago” di termini difficili da pronunciare. Poiché era necessario effettuare continui controlli e procedere con estrema cautela, l’attenzione di Mr Wegg era completamente assorbita da questa situazione complicata. Approfittando di questo momento di difficoltà, Mr Venus riuscì a passargli un pezzo di carta e a fargli segno di tenere il dito sulle proprie labbra.

Quando il signor Boffin tornò a casa di notte, scoprì che nel foglio c’era la cartolina del signor Venus con queste parole: “Sarò lieto di ricevere una sua chiamata riguardo a questioni lavorative, verso il tramonto di un pomeriggio presto.”

La sera seguente, il signor Boffin spiò attraverso la finestra del negozio di Mr Venus le rane conservate; vide anche Mr Venus osservarlo attentamente, come chi sia all’erta, e lo chiamò dentro. Il signor Boffin fu invitato a sedersi su un ripiano pieno di oggetti vari davanti al focolare, e così fece, guardandosi intorno con occhi ammirati. Poiché il fuoco era debole e incostante, e l’oscurità era densa, tutto ciò che si trovava nel negozio sembrava “batteva le palpebre” insieme a Mr Venus. Il gentiluomo francese, anche se non aveva occhi, non era affatto indietro: sembrava, man mano che la fiamma si alzava e poi si abbassava, aprire e chiudere le sue “palpebre”, con la stessa regolarità dei cani, anatre e uccelli dagli occhi di vetro. Anche i bambini dalle teste grandi contribuivano in modo “grottesco” a creare quell’effetto visivo.

“Vede, Signor Venere, non ho perso tempo,” disse il signor Boffin. “Eccomi qui.”

“Ecco a lei, signore,” disse Il signor Venus.

“Non mi piacciono i segreti,” continuò il signor Boffin, “almeno, non in generale. Ma oserei dire che mi fornirete una buona ragione per mantenere questo segreto fino ad ora.”

“Penso che lo farò, signore,” rispose Venere.

“Bene,” disse il signor Boffin. “Non vi aspettate che Wegg venga, giusto?”

“No, signore. Non mi aspetto l’arrivo di nessuno, tranne le persone presenti qui.”

Il signor Boffin guardò intorno a sé, come se accettasse, con quella denominazione inclusiva, sia il gentiluomo francese che il circolo in cui non si muoveva, e ripeté: “La compagnia attuale”.

“Signore,” disse Il signor Venus, “prima di iniziare a parlare d’affari, devo chiedervi la vostra parola e la vostra onestà affinché ci possiamo fidare l’uno dell’altro.”

“Aspettiamo un po’ e capiamo cosa significa quell’espressione,” rispose il signor Boffin. “Per quanto tempo, in confidenza? Per sempre, o solo per un giorno?”

“Ho capito il vostro suggerimento, signore,” disse Venere; “pensate che, una volta venuti a conoscenza dei dettagli, possa trattarsi di un affare di natura incompatibile con la vostra fiducia?”

“Forse sì,” disse il signor Boffin con uno sguardo cauto.

“Vero, signore. Beh, signore,” osservò Venus, dopo aver afferrato i suoi capelli polverosi nel tentativo di schiarire le sue idee, “mettiamola in un altro modo. Inizio questa transazione con voi, fidandomi della vostra onore affinché non facciate nulla al riguardo e che non menzioniate il mio nome senza il mio consenso.”

“Sembra equo,” disse il signor Boffin. “Concordo.”

“Ho la sua parola e il suo .onore, signore?”

“Mio caro amico,” ribatté il signor Boffin, “ti do la mia parola; e non so proprio come tu possa averla senza anche la mia onore. Nel corso della mia vita ho raccolto molta polvere, ma non avevo mai immaginato che queste due cose venissero messe in mucchi separati.”

Questo commento sembrò mettere in imbarazzo Signor Venus. Esitò e disse: “Assolutamente vero, signore”; poi ancora: “Assolutamente vero, signore”, prima di riprendere il filo del suo discorso.

‘Mr Boffin, if I confess to you that I fell into a proposal of which you were the subject, and of which you oughtn’t to have been the subject, you will allow me to mention, and will please take into favourable consideration, that I was in a crushed state of mind at the time.’

The Golden Dustman, with his hands folded on the top of his stout stick, with his chin resting upon them, and with something leering and whimsical in his eyes, gave a nod, and said, ‘Quite so, Venus.’

‘That proposal, sir, was a conspiring breach of your confidence, to such an extent, that I ought at once to have made it known to you. But I didn’t, Mr Boffin, and I fell into it.’

Without moving eye or finger, Mr Boffin gave another nod, and placidly repeated, ‘Quite so, Venus.’

‘Not that I was ever hearty in it, sir,’ the penitent anatomist went on, ‘or that I ever viewed myself with anything but reproach for having turned out of the paths of science into the paths of—’ he was going to say ‘villany,’ but, unwilling to press too hard upon himself, substituted with great emphasis—‘Weggery.’

Placid and whimsical of look as ever, Mr Boffin answered:

‘Quite so, Venus.’

‘And now, sir,’ said Venus, ‘having prepared your mind in the rough, I will articulate the details.’ With which brief professional exordium, he entered on the history of the friendly move, and truly recounted it. One might have thought that it would have extracted some show of surprise or anger, or other emotion, from Mr Boffin, but it extracted nothing beyond his former comment:

‘Quite so, Venus.’

‘I have astonished you, sir, I believe?’ said Mr Venus, pausing dubiously.

Mr Boffin simply answered as aforesaid: ‘Quite so, Venus.’

By this time the astonishment was all on the other side. It did not, however, so continue. For, when Venus passed to Wegg’s discovery, and from that to their having both seen Mr Boffin dig up the Dutch bottle, that gentleman changed colour, changed his attitude, became extremely restless, and ended (when Venus ended) by being in a state of manifest anxiety, trepidation, and confusion.

‘Now, sir,’ said Venus, finishing off; ‘you best know what was in that Dutch bottle, and why you dug it up, and took it away. I don’t pretend to know anything more about it than I saw. All I know is this: I am proud of my calling after all (though it has been attended by one dreadful drawback which has told upon my heart, and almost equally upon my skeleton), and I mean to live by my calling. Putting the same meaning into other words, I do not mean to turn a single dishonest penny by this affair. As the best amends I can make you for having ever gone into it, I make known to you, as a warning, what Wegg has found out. My opinion is, that Wegg is not to be silenced at a modest price, and I build that opinion on his beginning to dispose of your property the moment he knew his power. Whether it’s worth your while to silence him at any price, you will decide for yourself, and take your measures accordingly. As far as I am concerned, I have no price. If I am ever called upon for the truth, I tell it, but I want to do no more than I have now done and ended.’

‘Thank’ee, Venus!’ said Mr Boffin, with a hearty grip of his hand; ‘thank’ee, Venus, thank’ee, Venus!’ And then walked up and down the little shop in great agitation. ‘But look here, Venus,’ he by-and-by resumed, nervously sitting down again; ‘if I have to buy Wegg up, I shan’t buy him any cheaper for your being out of it. Instead of his having half the money—it was to have been half, I suppose? Share and share alike?’

‘It was to have been half, sir,’ answered Venus.

‘Instead of that, he’ll now have all. I shall pay the same, if not more. For you tell me he’s an unconscionable dog, a ravenous rascal.’

‘He is,’ said Venus.

‘Don’t you think, Venus,’ insinuated Mr Boffin, after looking at the fire for a while—‘don’t you feel as if—you might like to pretend to be in it till Wegg was bought up, and then ease your mind by handing over to me what you had made believe to pocket?’

‘No I don’t, sir,’ returned Venus, very positively.

‘Not to make amends?’ insinuated Mr Boffin.

‘No, sir. It seems to me, after maturely thinking it over, that the best amends for having got out of the square is to get back into the square.’

‘Humph!’ mused Mr Boffin. ‘When you say the square, you mean—’

‘I mean,’ said Venus, stoutly and shortly, ‘the right.’

‘It appears to me,’ said Mr Boffin, grumbling over the fire in an injured manner, ‘that the right is with me, if it’s anywhere. I have much more right to the old man’s money than the Crown can ever have. What was the Crown to him except the King’s Taxes? Whereas, me and my wife, we was all in all to him.’

Mr Venus, with his head upon his hands, rendered melancholy by the contemplation of Mr Boffin’s avarice, only murmured to steep himself in the luxury of that frame of mind: ‘She did not wish so to regard herself, nor yet to be so regarded.’

‘And how am I to live,’ asked Mr Boffin, piteously, ‘if I’m to be going buying fellows up out of the little that I’ve got? And how am I to set about it? When am I to get my money ready? When am I to make a bid? You haven’t told me when he threatens to drop down upon me.’

Venus explained under what conditions, and with what views, the dropping down upon Mr Boffin was held over until the Mounds should be cleared away. Mr Boffin listened attentively. ‘I suppose,’ said he, with a gleam of hope, ‘there’s no doubt about the genuineness and date of this confounded will?’

‘None whatever,’ said Mr Venus.

‘Where might it be deposited at present?’ asked Mr Boffin, in a wheedling tone.

‘It’s in my possession, sir.’

‘Is it?’ he cried, with great eagerness. ‘Now, for any liberal sum of money that could be agreed upon, Venus, would you put it in the fire?’

‘Signor Boffin, se le confesso che sono caduta vittima di una proposta la cui destinataria non avreste dovuto essere voi, mi permetterà di menzionare, e le prego di prendere in considerazione favorevolmente, che in quel momento ero in uno stato d’animo estremamente depressivo.’

Il Golden Dustman, con le mani incrociate sulla sommità del suo robusto bastone, il mento appoggiato su di esse, e uno sguardo malizioso e stravagante negli occhi, annuì e disse: “Esattamente, Venus.”

“Quella proposta, signore, rappresentava una violazione della sua fiducia, a tal punto che avrei dovuto informarla immediatamente. Ma non l’ho fatto, signor Boffin, e ne sono rimasto coinvolto.”

Senza muovere occhio né dito, il signor Boffin fece un altro cenno del capo e ripeté con calma: “Esattamente, Venere.”

“Non che io abbia mai provato vera gioia in tutto ciò, signore,” continuò l’anatomista pentito, “né che abbia mai considerato me stesso diversamente da con disprezzo per aver abbandonato i sentieri della scienza per imboccare quelli della, ”, stava per dire “malvagità”, ma, riluttante a essere troppo severo con se stesso, sostituì quella parola con grande enfasi: “strada sbagliata”.

Con lo sguardo sempre sereno e stravagante, il signor Boffin rispose:

‘Esattamente, Venere.’

“E ora, signore,” disse Venus, “dopo aver preparato il vostro spirito in modo generale, passerò ai dettagli.” Con questo breve preambolo professionale, iniziò a raccontare la storia di quel gesto amichevole, e lo fece davvero con precisione. Si sarebbe potuto pensare che questo racconto suscitasse in Mr Boffin qualche reazione di sorpresa, rabbia o un’altra emozione, ma non ne scaturì nulla se non il suo commento precedente.

‘Esattamente, Venere.’

“Credo di avervi sorpreso, signore, ”, disse Il signor Venere, esitando per un momento.

Il signor Boffin rispose semplicemente come detto prima: “Esattamente, Venere.”

A quel momento, lo stupore era completamente dall’altra parte. Tuttavia, la situazione non rimase così. Infatti, quando Venus passò alla scoperta di Wegg, e poi entrambi videro il signor Boffin scavare fuori quella bottiglia olandese, quel gentiluomo cambiò colore, cambiò atteggiamento, divenne estremamente irrequieto, e alla fine (quando Venus terminò) si trovava in uno stato di evidente ansia, trepidazione e confusione.

“Ora, signore,” disse Venus, concludendo, “dovreste ben sapere cosa c’era in quella bottiglia olandese, e perché l’avete scavata fuori e portata via. Non pretendo di sapere nulla di più di ciò che ho visto. Tutto quello che so è questo: sono orgogliosa della mia vocazione, nonostante abbia comportato uno svantaggio terribile che ha colpito sia il mio cuore che, quasi altrettanto il mio scheletro; intendo quindi vivere secondo questa vocazione. In altre parole, non intendo guadagnare un centesimo disonestamente attraverso questa faccenda. Come miglior rimedio per ciò che avete fatto, vi comunico, a titolo di avvertimento, ciò che Wegg ha scoperto. Secondo me, Wegg non può essere zittito con una somma modesta. E fondo questa opinione sul fatto che abbia iniziato subito a disporre delle vostre proprietà non appena ha capito il proprio potere. Se vale la pena zittirlo a qualunque costo, deciderete voi stessi e prenderete le misure necessarie. Per quanto mi riguarda, non ho alcuna richiesta da fare. Se mai dovesse essere chiesto di dire la verità, la dirò, ma non intendo fare nulla di più di ciò che ho già fatto.”

“Grazie mille, Venus!” disse il signor Boffin, stringendogli calorosamente la mano;
“Grazie mille, )Venus, grazie mille, )Venus!” Poi iniziò a camminare avanti e indietro nel piccolo negozio, visibilmente agitato. “Ma ascolta un attimo, Venus, ” riprese dopo un po’, sedendosi di nuovo nervosamente; “se devo comprare Wegg, non lo farò certo a un prezzo più basso solo perché tu non sei coinvolta in questa faccenda. Invece di ricevere metà del denaro. Immagino che dovesse essere metà, no? Dividere equamente tra tutti, ”

“Avrebbe dovuto essere la metà, signore,” rispose Venere.

“Invece di questo, ora avrà tutto. Pagherò lo stesso, se non di più. Perché mi hai detto che è un cane senza coscienza, un furfante avido.”

“Lo è,” disse Venere.

“Non pensi anche tu, Venus,” insinuò il signor Boffin dopo aver osservato il fuoco per un po’, “che potresti fingere di essere dentro quel fuoco finché Wegg non verrà riscattato, e poi tranquillizzarti consegnandomi ciò che hai finto di aver messo in tasca?”

“No, signore, non lo faccio,” rispose Venere con grande fermezza.

“Non per fare ammenda?” insinuò il signor Boffin.

“No, signore. Dopo averci pensato attentamente, ritengo che il miglior modo per rimediare al fatto di essere usciti dal “quadrato” sia rientrarvi.”

“Humph!”, meditò il signor Boffin. “Quando dici ‘il quadrato’, intendi, ”

“Voglio dire,” disse Venere, con fermezza e brevità, “la cosa giusta.”

“Mi sembra,” disse il signor Boffin, brontolando davanti al fuoco in tono offeso, “che la ragione sia dalla mia parte, se mai esiste. Ho molto più diritto sui soldi di quell’uomo di quanto la Corona possa mai averne. Cosa rappresentava per lui la Corona, se non le tasse del Re? Mentre io e mia moglie eravamo tutto ciò che aveva.”

Signor Venus, con la testa tra le mani, si sentiva melanconico al pensiero dell’avarizia di Mr Boffin; si limitava a mormorare, godendosi appieno quel stato d’animo: “Non voleva che lei la considerasse così, né che fosse considerata in quel modo.”

“E come dovrei vivere,” chiese il signor Boffin con voce piena di compassione, “se devo spendere tutto quello che ho per comprare altre persone? E come dovrei procedere? Quando dovrò preparare i soldi? Quando dovrò fare l’offerta? Non mi avete ancora detto quando lui minaccia di colpirmi.”

Venus spiegò in quali condizioni e con quali considerazioni il fatto che la proprietà venisse consegnata al signor Boffin fosse stato rinviato fino a quando le colline non fossero state rimosse. Il signor Boffin ascoltò attentamente. “Suppongo,” disse, con un barlume di speranza, “che non ci siano dubbi sulla autenticità e sulla data di questo misterioso testamento, vero?”

“Nessuno affatto,” disse Signor Venere.

“Dove potrebbe essere depositato al momento?” chiese il signor Boffin con un tono insinuante.

“È in mio possesso, signore.”

“Davvero?” esclamò con grande avidità. “Allora, per qualsiasi somma di denaro ragionevole si possa concordare, Venere, la metteresti nel fuoco?”

‘No, sir, I wouldn’t,’ interrupted Mr Venus.

‘Nor pass it over to me?’

‘That would be the same thing. No, sir,’ said Mr Venus.

The Golden Dustman seemed about to pursue these questions, when a stumping noise was heard outside, coming towards the door. ‘Hush! here’s Wegg!’ said Venus. ‘Get behind the young alligator in the corner, Mr Boffin, and judge him for yourself. I won’t light a candle till he’s gone; there’ll only be the glow of the fire; Wegg’s well acquainted with the alligator, and he won’t take particular notice of him. Draw your legs in, Mr Boffin, at present I see a pair of shoes at the end of his tail. Get your head well behind his smile, Mr Boffin, and you’ll lie comfortable there; you’ll find plenty of room behind his smile. He’s a little dusty, but he’s very like you in tone. Are you right, sir?’

Mr Boffin had but whispered an affirmative response, when Wegg came stumping in. ‘Partner,’ said that gentleman in a sprightly manner, ‘how’s yourself?’

‘Tolerable,’ returned Mr Venus. ‘Not much to boast of.’

‘In-deed!’ said Wegg: ‘sorry, partner, that you’re not picking up faster, but your soul’s too large for your body, sir; that’s where it is. And how’s our stock in trade, partner? Safe bind, safe find, partner? Is that about it?’

‘Do you wish to see it?’ asked Venus.

‘If you please, partner,’ said Wegg, rubbing his hands. ‘I wish to see it jintly with yourself. Or, in similar words to some that was set to music some time back:

“I wish you to see it with your eyes, And I will pledge with mine.”’

Turning his back and turning a key, Mr Venus produced the document, holding on by his usual corner. Mr Wegg, holding on by the opposite corner, sat down on the seat so lately vacated by Mr Boffin, and looked it over. ‘All right, sir,’ he slowly and unwillingly admitted, in his reluctance to loose his hold, ‘all right!’ And greedily watched his partner as he turned his back again, and turned his key again.

‘There’s nothing new, I suppose?’ said Venus, resuming his low chair behind the counter.

‘Yes there is, sir,’ replied Wegg; ‘there was something new this morning. That foxey old grasper and griper—’

‘Mr Boffin?’ inquired Venus, with a glance towards the alligator’s yard or two of smile.

‘Mister be blowed!’ cried Wegg, yielding to his honest indignation. ‘Boffin. Dusty Boffin. That foxey old grunter and grinder, sir, turns into the yard this morning, to meddle with our property, a menial tool of his own, a young man by the name of Sloppy. Ecod, when I say to him, “What do you want here, young man? This is a private yard,” he pulls out a paper from Boffin’s other blackguard, the one I was passed over for. “This is to authorize Sloppy to overlook the carting and to watch the work.” That’s pretty strong, I think, Mr Venus?’

‘Remember he doesn’t know yet of our claim on the property,’ suggested Venus.

‘Then he must have a hint of it,’ said Wegg, ‘and a strong one that’ll jog his terrors a bit. Give him an inch, and he’ll take an ell. Let him alone this time, and what’ll he do with our property next? I tell you what, Mr Venus; it comes to this; I must be overbearing with Boffin, or I shall fly into several pieces. I can’t contain myself when I look at him. Every time I see him putting his hand in his pocket, I see him putting it into my pocket. Every time I hear him jingling his money, I hear him taking liberties with my money. Flesh and blood can’t bear it. No,’ said Mr Wegg, greatly exasperated, ‘and I’ll go further. A wooden leg can’t bear it!’

‘But, Mr Wegg,’ urged Venus, ‘it was your own idea that he should not be exploded upon, till the Mounds were carted away.’

‘But it was likewise my idea, Mr Venus,’ retorted Wegg, ‘that if he came sneaking and sniffing about the property, he should be threatened, given to understand that he has no right to it, and be made our slave. Wasn’t that my idea, Mr Venus?’

‘It certainly was, Mr Wegg.’

‘It certainly was, as you say, partner,’ assented Wegg, put into a better humour by the ready admission. ‘Very well. I consider his planting one of his menial tools in the yard, an act of sneaking and sniffing. And his nose shall be put to the grindstone for it.’

‘It was not your fault, Mr Wegg, I must admit,’ said Venus, ‘that he got off with the Dutch bottle that night.’

‘As you handsomely say again, partner! No, it was not my fault. I’d have had that bottle out of him. Was it to be borne that he should come, like a thief in the dark, digging among stuff that was far more ours than his (seeing that we could deprive him of every grain of it, if he didn’t buy us at our own figure), and carrying off treasure from its bowels? No, it was not to be borne. And for that, too, his nose shall be put to the grindstone.’

‘How do you propose to do it, Mr Wegg?’

‘To put his nose to the grindstone? I propose,’ returned that estimable man, ‘to insult him openly. And, if looking into this eye of mine, he dares to offer a word in answer, to retort upon him before he can take his breath, “Add another word to that, you dusty old dog, and you’re a beggar.”’

‘Suppose he says nothing, Mr Wegg?’

‘Then,’ replied Wegg, ‘we shall have come to an understanding with very little trouble, and I’ll break him and drive him, Mr Venus. I’ll put him in harness, and I’ll bear him up tight, and I’ll break him and drive him. The harder the old Dust is driven, sir, the higher he’ll pay. And I mean to be paid high, Mr Venus, I promise you.’

‘You speak quite revengefully, Mr Wegg.’

‘Revengefully, sir? Is it for him that I have declined and falled, night after night? Is it for his pleasure that I’ve waited at home of an evening, like a set of skittles, to be set up and knocked over, set up and knocked over, by whatever balls—or books—he chose to bring against me? Why, I’m a hundred times the man he is, sir; five hundred times!’

“No, signore, non lo farei,” intervenne Il signor Venus.

“Nemmeno me lo passi?”

“Sarebbe la stessa cosa. No, signore,” disse Il signor Venus.

Il Golden Dustman sembrava sul punto di approfondire quelle domande, quando si udì un rumore forte provenire dall’esterno, diretto verso la porta. “Zitti! È Wegg!” disse Venus. “Si nasconda dietro l’alligatore nel angolo, signor Boffin, e giudichi lui stesso. Non accenderò una candela finché non se ne sarà andato; ci sarà solo il bagliore del fuoco. Wegg conosce molto bene quell’alligatore, quindi non si accorgerà nemmeno della sua presenza. Si infili dentro, signor Boffin: in questo momento vedo un paio di scarpe all’estremità della sua coda. Nasconda bene la testa dietro il suo ‘sorriso’, signor Boffin. Lì starà comodo; ci sarà abbastanza spazio. È un po’ polveroso, ma ha lo stesso tono di voce di lei. Ha ragione, signore?”

Il signor Boffin aveva appena sussurrato una risposta affermativa, quando Wegg entrò di corsa. “Amico mio,” disse quel gentiluomo con tono vivace, “come stai?”

“Tollerabile,” rispose Signor Venus. “Niente di eccezionale, insomma.”

“Davvero!” disse Wegg: “Mi dispiace, amico mio, che tu non riesca a muoverti più velocemente, ma la tua ‘anima è troppo grande rispetto al tuo -corpo, signore. Ebbene, come va il nostro commercio? Roba sicura da trovare, sicura da vendere, vero? È così?”

“Vuoi vederlo?” chiese Venere.

“Per favore, compagno,” disse Wegg, strofinandosi le mani. “Vorrei vederlo insieme a te. O, per usare le stesse parole di qualcuno che un tempo ne compose la musica, ”

“Vorrei che lo vedeste con i vostri occhi,
e io lo giurerò con i miei.”

Dandogli le spalle e girando la chiave, Signor Venus produsse il documento, tenendolo per l’angolo abituale. Signor Wegg, tenendolo dall’angolo opposto, si sedette sul posto appena lasciato libero da Signor Boffin e lo esaminò attentamente. “Va bene, signore,” ammise lentamente e a malincuore, riluttante a rinunciare al controllo che aveva su quel documento, “Va bene!” E osservò con avidità il proprio compagno mentre di nuovo gli dava le spalle e girava la chiave.

“Niente di nuovo, immagino, ”, disse Venus riprendendo posto sulla sua sedia bassa dietro al bancone.

“Sì, signore,” rispose Wegg; “questa mattina c’è stata una novità. Quel vecchio astuto e manipolatore, ”

“Signor Boffin?”, chiese Venus, lanciando uno sguardo verso il cortile dove si trovava l’alligatore, accompagnato da un sorriso.

“Mistero del diavolo!”, esclamò Wegg, lasciandosi travolgere dalla sua onesta indignazione. “Quel Boffin, quel vecchio furfante e intrigante, stamattina è venuto nel cortile per intromettersi nelle nostre faccende, usando come strumento un giovane di nome Sloppy. Quando gli ho chiesto: ‘Cosa vuoi qui, ragazzo? Questo è un cortile privato’, lui ha tirato fuori un documento firmato da quel farabutto di Boffin. Un documento che autorizza Sloppy a supervisionare i lavori e a controllare il trasporto delle merci. Che facciamo adesso, Signor Venus?”

“Ricorda che ancora non sa nulla della nostra rivendicazione su quella proprietà,” suggerì Venere.

“Allora deve averne un indizio,” disse Wegg, “e un indizio abbastanza forte da scuotere un po’ le sue paure. Dagli un po’ di spazio, e ne chiederà ancora di più. Lascialo da solo questa volta. E poi cosa farà con la nostra proprietà? Vi dico io: devo essere deciso con Boffin, altrimenti andrò in mille pezzi. Non riesco a controllarmi quando lo vedo. Ogni volta che lo vedo mettersi la mano in tasca, penso che stia prendendo i miei soldi. Ogni volta che lo sento tintinnare con i suoi soldi, penso che stia spendendo i miei. La carne e il sangue umano non possono sopportarlo. No,” disse Wegg, estremamente esasperato, “e andrò ancora oltre. Nemmeno una gamba di legno potrebbe sopportarlo!”

“Ma, signor Wegg,” insistette Venere, “è stata proprio un’idea vostra che non dovesse essere fatto esplodere fino a quando le colline non fossero state portate via.”

“Ma è stata anch’essa la mia idea, Signor Venere,” ribatté Wegg, “che se lui fosse venuto a spiarci intorno alla proprietà, avremmo dovuto minacciarlo, fargli capire che non ne aveva alcun diritto, e renderlo nostro schiavo. Non era forse questa la mia idea, Signor Venere?”

“Certamente sì, signor Wegg.”

“Certamente lo era, come dici tu, partner,” convenne Wegg, il cui umore si era migliorato di fronte a quell’ammissione pronta. “Molto bene. Considero che aver piazzato uno dei suoi uomini nel cortile sia stato un atto di spionaggio e indagine. E per questo, quel suo naso finirà sicuramente sul macinino.”

“Non è stata colpa sua, signor Wegg, devo ammetterlo,” disse Venere, “che sia riuscito a portare via quella bottiglia olandese quella notte.”

‘Come dici ancora una volta molto bene, compagno! No, non è stata colpa mia. Avrei fatto in modo che quel bottiglione gli venisse tolto. Come si poteva permettere che arrivasse, come un ladro al buio, a frugare tra cose che appartenevano a noi molto di più che a lui (visto che avremmo potuto privarlo di ogni singola briciola, se non ci avesse pagato il giusto prezzo), e portarsi via tesori che erano lì per nostro uso? No. Non si poteva permettere. E per questo, anche, il suo naso finirà sul macinino.’

“Come intende procedere, signor Wegg?”

“Farlo lavorare sodo? Io propongo,” rispose quell’uomo stimato, “di insultarlo apertamente. E se, guardandomi negli occhi, osa rispondere anche solo una parola, gli replicherò prima che possa riprendere fiato: ‘Aggiungi un’altra parola, vecchio cane polveroso, e diventerai un mendicante.’”

“E se non dicesse nulla, signor Wegg?”

“Allora,” rispose Wegg, “arriveremo a un accordo senza alcun problema. Lo dominerò e lo costringerò ad obbedire, Signor Venere. Lo metterò al mio servizio e lo controllerò strettamente; più duro sarà costretto a lavorare, signore, più alto sarà il prezzo che dovrà pagare. E io intendo essere ben ricompensato, Signor Venere, ve lo prometto.”

“Parlate con un tono davvero vendicativo, signor Wegg.”

‘Con rancore, signore? È per lui che ho rifiutato e sono caduto, notte dopo notte. È per il suo piacere che ho aspettato a casa, come una serie di biglie da gioco, pronte ad essere messe in movimento e rovesciate, da qualsiasi “palla” o “libro” abbia scelto di usare contro di me? Ma io sono cento volte l’uomo che è lui, signore. Cinquecento volte!’

Perhaps it was with the malicious intent of urging him on to his worst that Mr Venus looked as if he doubted that.

‘What? Was it outside the house at present ockypied, to its disgrace, by that minion of fortune and worm of the hour,’ said Wegg, falling back upon his strongest terms of reprobation, and slapping the counter, ‘that I, Silas Wegg, five hundred times the man he ever was, sat in all weathers, waiting for a errand or a customer? Was it outside that very house as I first set eyes upon him, rolling in the lap of luxury, when I was selling halfpenny ballads there for a living? And am I to grovel in the dust for HIM to walk over? No!’

There was a grin upon the ghastly countenance of the French gentleman under the influence of the firelight, as if he were computing how many thousand slanderers and traitors array themselves against the fortunate, on premises exactly answering to those of Mr Wegg. One might have fancied that the big-headed babies were toppling over with their hydrocephalic attempts to reckon up the children of men who transform their benefactors into their injurers by the same process. The yard or two of smile on the part of the alligator might have been invested with the meaning, ‘All about this was quite familiar knowledge down in the depths of the slime, ages ago.’

‘But,’ said Wegg, possibly with some slight perception to the foregoing effect, ‘your speaking countenance remarks, Mr Venus, that I’m duller and savager than usual. Perhaps I HAVE allowed myself to brood too much. Begone, dull Care! ’tis gone, sir. I’ve looked in upon you, and empire resumes her sway. For, as the song says—subject to your correction, sir—

“When the heart of a man is depressed with cares, The mist is dispelled if Venus appears. Like the notes of a fiddle, you sweetly, sir, sweetly, Raises our spirits and charms our ears.”

Good-night, sir.’

‘I shall have a word or two to say to you, Mr Wegg, before long,’ remarked Venus, ‘respecting my share in the project we’ve been speaking of.’

‘My time, sir,’ returned Wegg, ‘is yours. In the meanwhile let it be fully understood that I shall not neglect bringing the grindstone to bear, nor yet bringing Dusty Boffin’s nose to it. His nose once brought to it, shall be held to it by these hands, Mr Venus, till the sparks flies out in showers.’

With this agreeable promise Wegg stumped out, and shut the shop-door after him. ‘Wait till I light a candle, Mr Boffin,’ said Venus, ‘and you’ll come out more comfortable.’ So, he lighting a candle and holding it up at arm’s length, Mr Boffin disengaged himself from behind the alligator’s smile, with an expression of countenance so very downcast that it not only appeared as if the alligator had the whole of the joke to himself, but further as if it had been conceived and executed at Mr Boffin’s expense.

‘That’s a treacherous fellow,’ said Mr Boffin, dusting his arms and legs as he came forth, the alligator having been but musty company. ‘That’s a dreadful fellow.’

‘The alligator, sir?’ said Venus.

‘No, Venus, no. The Serpent.’

‘You’ll have the goodness to notice, Mr Boffin,’ remarked Venus, ‘that I said nothing to him about my going out of the affair altogether, because I didn’t wish to take you anyways by surprise. But I can’t be too soon out of it for my satisfaction, Mr Boffin, and I now put it to you when it will suit your views for me to retire?’

‘Thank’ee, Venus, thank’ee, Venus; but I don’t know what to say,’ returned Mr Boffin, ‘I don’t know what to do. He’ll drop down on me any way. He seems fully determined to drop down; don’t he?’

Mr Venus opined that such was clearly his intention.

‘You might be a sort of protection for me, if you remained in it,’ said Mr Boffin; ‘you might stand betwixt him and me, and take the edge off him. Don’t you feel as if you could make a show of remaining in it, Venus, till I had time to turn myself round?’

Venus naturally inquired how long Mr Boffin thought it might take him to turn himself round?

‘I am sure I don’t know,’ was the answer, given quite at a loss. ‘Everything is so at sixes and sevens. If I had never come into the property, I shouldn’t have minded. But being in it, it would be very trying to be turned out; now, don’t you acknowledge that it would, Venus?’

Mr Venus preferred, he said, to leave Mr Boffin to arrive at his own conclusions on that delicate question.

‘I am sure I don’t know what to do,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘If I ask advice of any one else, it’s only letting in another person to be bought out, and then I shall be ruined that way, and might as well have given up the property and gone slap to the workhouse. If I was to take advice of my young man, Rokesmith, I should have to buy HIM out. Sooner or later, of course, he’d drop down upon me, like Wegg. I was brought into the world to be dropped down upon, it appears to me.’

Mr Venus listened to these lamentations in silence, while Mr Boffin jogged to and fro, holding his pockets as if he had a pain in them.

‘After all, you haven’t said what you mean to do yourself, Venus. When you do go out of it, how do you mean to go?’

Venus replied that as Wegg had found the document and handed it to him, it was his intention to hand it back to Wegg, with the declaration that he himself would have nothing to say to it, or do with it, and that Wegg must act as he chose, and take the consequences.

‘And then he drops down with his whole weight upon ME!’ cried Mr Boffin, ruefully. ‘I’d sooner be dropped upon by you than by him, or even by you jintly, than by him alone!’

Mr Venus could only repeat that it was his fixed intention to betake himself to the paths of science, and to walk in the same all the days of his life; not dropping down upon his fellow-creatures until they were deceased, and then only to articulate them to the best of his humble ability.

Forse, con l’intento malizioso di spingerlo verso il peggio, Signor Venere sembrava dubitarne.

“Cosa? Era davvero fuori da quella casa in quel momento, umiliato al massimo grado, da quel servitore della fortuna e da quel verme del momento, ” disse Wegg, ricorrendo alle parole più dure per esprimere la sua riprovazione, e battendo il pugno sul bancone. “Io, Silas Wegg, cinquecento volte migliore di lui, devo sedermi sotto ogni condizione meteorologica ad aspettare qualche commissione o un cliente? Fu proprio fuori da quella casa che lo vidi per la prima volta, raggiante nel lusso, mentre io vendevamo canzoni a mezzo penny per guadagnarmi da vivere. E dovrei forse strisciare nella polvere solo perché LUI possa camminarci sopra? No!”

C’era un sorriso sul volto orribile di quel gentiluomo francese, sotto l’effetto della luce del fuoco; sembrava che stesse calcolando quante migliaia di calunniatori e traditori si schierassero contro i fortunati. In un ambiente esattamente simile a quello del signor Wegg. Si sarebbe potuto pensare che quei “bambini” dalla testa grossa stessero cadendo a terra, nel loro tentativo idiota di contare i figli di coloro che, con lo stesso processo, trasformano i propri benefattori in nemici. Quel sorriso, quel breve attimo di gioia da parte dell’alligatore, avrebbe potuto significare: “Tutto questo era già una conoscenza ben nota nelle profondità del fango, molto tempo fa”.

“Ma,” disse Wegg, forse avendo un vago presentimento dell’effetto precedente, “il vostro sguardo mi fa capire, Signor Venere, che sono più ottuso e selvaggio del solito. Forse ho permesso alla malinconia di dominarmi troppo. Andate via, noiosa Malinconia! È sparita, signore: vi ho osservato attentamente, e il dominio della ragione ritorna. Perché, come dice la canzone, ”

“Quando il cuore di un uomo è oppresso dai pensieri, la nebbia si disperde se appare >Venere. Come le note di un violino, tu, signore, in modo dolce e incantevole, sollevi il nostro spirito e delizi i nostri orecchi.”

“Buona notte, signore.”

“Tra poco avrò qualcosa da dirvi, signor Wegg,” osservò Venere, “riguardo alla mia parte nel progetto di cui abbiamo parlato.”

“Il mio tempo, signore,” rispose Wegg, “è a vostra disposizione. Nel frattempo, si faccia ben capire che non trascurerò il compito assegnatomi, né permetterò che il naso di Dusty Boffin si avvicini anche solo alla macina. Non appena quel naso si avvicinerà, verrà tenuto fermo da queste mani, Signor Venus, fino a quando le scintille non inizieranno a volare ovunque.”

Con questa promessa piacevole, Wegg se ne andò, chiudendo la porta del negozio dietro di sé. “Aspetti che accenda una candela, signor Boffin,” disse Venus, “così uscirà più comodamente.” Così, dopo aver acceso una candela e tenendola a distanza dal corpo, il signor Boffin si liberò dall’“sorriso” dell’alligatore, con un’espressione del viso così cupa che sembrava non solo che l’alligatore avesse tutto il divertimento per sé, ma anche che tutto fosse stato ideato ed eseguito a spese del signor Boffin stesso.

“Quel tipo è davvero pericoloso,” disse il signor Boffin, spolverandosi braccia e gambe mentre usciva; l’alligatore era stato una compagnia, decisamente poco piacevole. “Un individuo terribile.”

“L’alligatore, signore?” disse Venere.

“No, >Venere, no. Il Serpente.”

“Lei avrà la gentilezza di notare, signor Boffin,” osservò Venus, “che non gli ho detto nulla riguardo al mio completo ritiro da questa faccenda, perché comunque non volevo sorprenderla. Ma per la mia tranquillità, è meglio che me ne vada il prima possibile. Quando le sembra opportuno, mi dica quando dovrei ritirarmi.”

“Grazie, >Venere, grazie, )Venere. Ma non so cosa dire,” rispose il signor Boffin. “Non so cosa fare. Comunque, lui finirà per colpirmi. Sembra davvero deciso a farlo, vero?”

Signor Venere riteneva che quella fosse chiaramente la sua intenzione.

“Se rimanessi lì, forse potresti rappresentare una sorta di protezione per me,” disse il signor Boffin; “potresti stare tra lui e me, attenuando la sua aggressività. Non pensi che potresti fingere di rimanere lì, Venus, finché non avrò il tempo di prepararmi?”

Venere chiese naturalmente quanto tempo, secondo il signor Boffin, gli sarebbe servito per sistemare le cose.

“Sono sicura di non saperlo,” fu la risposta, data con evidente perplessità. “Tutto è così in disordine. Se non fossi mai entrata in questa proprietà, non mi sarebbe importato nulla. Ma ora che ci sono, sarebbe davvero molto difficile dovermene andare; non lo ammetti anche tu, Venus?”

Signor Venere preferiva, disse, lasciare che il signor Boffin arrivasse da solo alle proprie conclusioni su quella delicata questione.

“Sono sicuro di non sapere cosa fare,” disse il signor Boffin. “Se chiedessi consiglio a qualcun altro, significherebbe solo permettere che un’altra persona venisse comprata da me, e così finirei rovinato. Meglio sarebbe stato abbandonare la proprietà e andare direttamente in un ospizio. Se chiedessi consiglio al mio giovane assistente, Rokesmith, dovrei comprarLO anch’IO. Prima o poi, comunque, finirebbe per approfittare di me, proprio come Wegg. A quanto pare, sono stato creato apposta per essere sfruttato dagli altri.”

Signor Venere ascoltò queste lamentele in silenzio, mentre il signor Boffin andava avanti e indietro, tenendosi le tasche come se provasse un )dolore al loro interno.

“Dopotutto, non hai ancora detto cosa intendi fare tu stessa, Venere. Quando deciderai di intervenire, come pensi di farlo?”

Venus rispose che, poiché Wegg aveva trovato il documento e glielo aveva consegnato, intendeva restituirlo a Wegg, dichiarando di non avere nulla da dire al riguardo né intenzione di intervenire in alcun modo; spettava quindi a Wegg decidere cosa fare e assumersene le conseguenze.

“E poi si getta su di me con tutto il suo peso!” gridò il signor Boffin, con rammarico. “Preferirei essere colpito da te piuttosto che da lui. Anche se fossi colpito da te con delicatezza, preferirei comunque questo a essere colpito da lui da solo!”

Signor Venere poteva solo ripetere che la sua intenzione fissa era quella di dedicarsi alla scienza e di seguirne le orme per tutta la vita; non avrebbe mai interferito con i suoi simili finché fossero stati in vita, e solo dopo la loro morte avrebbe cercato di comprenderli nel miglior modo possibile, secondo le sue umili capacità.

‘How long could you be persuaded to keep up the appearance of remaining in it?’ asked Mr Boffin, retiring on his other idea. ‘Could you be got to do so, till the Mounds are gone?’

No. That would protract the mental uneasiness of Mr Venus too long, he said.

‘Not if I was to show you reason now?’ demanded Mr Boffin; ‘not if I was to show you good and sufficient reason?’

If by good and sufficient reason Mr Boffin meant honest and unimpeachable reason, that might weigh with Mr Venus against his personal wishes and convenience. But he must add that he saw no opening to the possibility of such reason being shown him.

‘Come and see me, Venus,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘at my house.’

‘Is the reason there, sir?’ asked Mr Venus, with an incredulous smile and blink.

‘It may be, or may not be,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘just as you view it. But in the meantime don’t go out of the matter. Look here. Do this. Give me your word that you won’t take any steps with Wegg, without my knowledge, just as I have given you my word that I won’t without yours.’

‘Done, Mr Boffin!’ said Venus, after brief consideration.

‘Thank’ee, Venus, thank’ee, Venus! Done!’

‘When shall I come to see you, Mr Boffin.’

‘When you like. The sooner the better. I must be going now. Good-night, Venus.’

‘Good-night, sir.’

‘And good-night to the rest of the present company,’ said Mr Boffin, glancing round the shop. ‘They make a queer show, Venus, and I should like to be better acquainted with them some day. Good-night, Venus, good-night! Thankee, Venus, thankee, Venus!’ With that he jogged out into the street, and jogged upon his homeward way.

‘Now, I wonder,’ he meditated as he went along, nursing his stick, ‘whether it can be, that Venus is setting himself to get the better of Wegg? Whether it can be, that he means, when I have bought Wegg out, to have me all to himself and to pick me clean to the bones!’

It was a cunning and suspicious idea, quite in the way of his school of Misers, and he looked very cunning and suspicious as he went jogging through the streets. More than once or twice, more than twice or thrice, say half a dozen times, he took his stick from the arm on which he nursed it, and hit a straight sharp rap at the air with its head. Possibly the wooden countenance of Mr Silas Wegg was incorporeally before him at those moments, for he hit with intense satisfaction.

He was within a few streets of his own house, when a little private carriage, coming in the contrary direction, passed him, turned round, and passed him again. It was a little carriage of eccentric movement, for again he heard it stop behind him and turn round, and again he saw it pass him. Then it stopped, and then went on, out of sight. But, not far out of sight, for, when he came to the corner of his own street, there it stood again.

There was a lady’s face at the window as he came up with this carriage, and he was passing it when the lady softly called to him by his name.

‘I beg your pardon, Ma’am?’ said Mr Boffin, coming to a stop.

‘It is Mrs Lammle,’ said the lady.

Mr Boffin went up to the window, and hoped Mrs Lammle was well.

‘Not very well, dear Mr Boffin; I have fluttered myself by being—perhaps foolishly—uneasy and anxious. I have been waiting for you some time. Can I speak to you?’

Mr Boffin proposed that Mrs Lammle should drive on to his house, a few hundred yards further.

‘I would rather not, Mr Boffin, unless you particularly wish it. I feel the difficulty and delicacy of the matter so much that I would rather avoid speaking to you at your own home. You must think this very strange?’

Mr Boffin said no, but meant yes.

‘It is because I am so grateful for the good opinion of all my friends, and am so touched by it, that I cannot bear to run the risk of forfeiting it in any case, even in the cause of duty. I have asked my husband (my dear Alfred, Mr Boffin) whether it is the cause of duty, and he has most emphatically said Yes. I wish I had asked him sooner. It would have spared me much distress.’

(‘Can this be more dropping down upon me!’ thought Mr Boffin, quite bewildered.)

‘It was Alfred who sent me to you, Mr Boffin. Alfred said, “Don’t come back, Sophronia, until you have seen Mr Boffin, and told him all. Whatever he may think of it, he ought certainly to know it.” Would you mind coming into the carriage?’

Mr Boffin answered, ‘Not at all,’ and took his seat at Mrs Lammle’s side.

‘Drive slowly anywhere,’ Mrs Lammle called to her coachman, ‘and don’t let the carriage rattle.’

‘It MUST be more dropping down, I think,’ said Mr Boffin to himself. ‘What next?’

“Per quanto tempo riuscireste a essere convinti a continuare a fingere di esserci ancora?” chiese il signor Boffin, tornando alla sua precedente idea. “Riuscirebbero a farvi mantenere questa finzione fino a quando le Mound non scompariranno?”

“No. Ciò prolungherebbe troppo a lungo l’ansia mentale di Signor Venus,” disse.

“Non anche se vi mostrassi ora delle ragioni valide?” insistette il signor Boffin; “non anche se vi fornissi motivi validi e sufficienti?”

Se per “buona e sufficiente ragione” Mr Boffin intendeva una ragione onesta e irrefutabile, questa potrebbe aver peso presso Mr Venus contro i suoi desideri personali e le sue comodità. Tuttavia, deve aggiungere che non vede alcuna possibilità che tale ragione gli venga presentata.

“Vieni a trovarmi, Venere,” disse il signor Boffin, “a casa mia.”

“È davvero quella la ragione, signore?”, chiese Il signor Venus con un sorriso incredulo e battendo le palpebre.

“Può essere, o forse no,” disse il signor Boffin, “esattamente come voi la vedete. Ma intanto non abbandonate questa questione. Guardate qui. Fate questo. Datemi la vostra parola che non intraprenderete alcuna azione riguardo a Wegg senza il mio consenso, proprio come io vi ho dato la mia parola che non lo farò senza il vostro.”

“Fatto, signor Boffin!”, disse Venere dopo un breve istante di riflessione.

“Grazie, Venere, grazie, )Venere! Fatto!”

“Quando potrò venire a trovarla, signor Boffin?”

“Quando vuoi tu. Più presto è meglio. Devo andare ora. Buona notte, Venere.”

“Buona notte, signore.”

“Buona notte a tutti voi,” disse il signor Boffin, guardandosi intorno nel negozio. “Fanno uno spettacolo davvero strano. Venus, mi piacerebbe conoscerli meglio un giorno. Buona notte, Venus, buona notte! Grazie, Venus, grazie, Venus!” Detto questo, uscì di corsa in strada e si avviò verso casa.

“Ora mi chiedo, ”, rifletteva mentre camminava, tenendosi al suo bastone, “se sia possibile che Venus stia cercando di prendersi gioco di Wegg. Se forse, una volta che avrò comprato Wegg, abbia intenzione di tenermi tutto per sé e di sfruttarmi completamente, ”

Era un’idea astuta e sospetta, tipica della sua scuola di avari; mentre correva per le strade, sembrava davvero molto astuto e sospetto. Più di una volta, anzi, più di due o tre volte, forse addirittura mezza dozzina di volte, prese il suo bastone dal braccio su cui lo teneva sempre con sé e lo colpì ripetutamente nell’aria con la sua estremità. Forse, in quei momenti, il volto di legno del signor Silas Wegg gli appariva davanti agli occhi, perché colpiva il bastone con grande soddisfazione.

Era a poche strade dalla sua casa quando una piccola carrozza privata, che veniva nella direzione opposta, lo superò, fece dietrofront e lo superò di nuovo. Era una carrozza dal movimento insolito: sentì ancora il rumore del suo fermo alle sue spalle, poi la vide ripartire. Poi si fermò di nuovo, per poi proseguire e scomparire dalla vista. Ma non molto lontano: quando arrivò all’angolo della sua strada, eccola lì di nuovo.

Mentre saliva su questo carrozza, vide il viso di una signora alla finestra; mentre stava per passare oltre, la signora lo chiamò dolcemente per nome.

“Mi scusi, signora?”, disse il signor Boffin, fermandosi.

“È la signora Lammle,” disse la donna.

Il signor Boffin si avvicinò alla finestra e sperava che la signora Lammle stesse bene.

“Non molto bene, caro signor Boffin. Mi sono agitata inutilmente, forse in modo sciocco, per l’ansia e la preoccupazione. Vi aspetto da un po’ di tempo. Posso parlarvi?”

Il signor Boffin suggerì che la signora Lammle proseguisse fino alla sua casa, situata a poche centinaia di metri di distanza.

“Preferirei di no, signor Boffin, a meno che non lo desideriate particolarmente. Riconosco la difficoltà e la delicatezza della situazione, quindi preferirei evitare di parlarvi nella vostra stessa casa. Deve sembrarvi molto strano, ”

Il signor Boffin disse di no, ma in realtà voleva dire sì.

“È perché sono così grata per l’ottima opinione che tutti i miei amici hanno di me, e ne sono così commossa, che non riesco a sopportare il rischio di perderla in alcun modo, nemmeno a causa del dovere. Ho chiesto a mio marito (il mio caro Alfred, il signor Boffin) se si trattasse davvero di una questione legata al dovere, e lui ha detto con assoluta certezza di sì. Vorrei averglielo chiesto prima. Mi avrebbe risparmiato molta sofferenza.”

“Può davvero succedermi tutto questo!” pensò il signor Boffin, completamente confuso.

“È stato Alfred a mandarmi da voi, signor Boffin. Alfred ha detto: “Non tornare indietro, Sophronia, finché non avrai visto il signor Boffin e gli avrai raccontato tutto. Qualunque cosa possa pensare, è certamente giusto che lo sappia.” Vi dispiacerebbe salire in carrozza?”

Il signor Boffin rispose: “Assolutamente no”, e si sedette accanto alla signora Lammle.

“Guidi lentamente ovunque tu vada,” disse la signora Lammle al suo cocchiere, “e fai in modo che la carrozza non faccia rumore.”

“Deve esserci ancora qualcosa che cade, penso,” disse il signor Boffin tra sé e sé.
“E ora cosa faccio?”

Chapter 15

THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN AT HIS WORST

The breakfast table at Mr Boffin’s was usually a very pleasant one, and was always presided over by Bella. As though he began each new day in his healthy natural character, and some waking hours were necessary to his relapse into the corrupting influences of his wealth, the face and the demeanour of the Golden Dustman were generally unclouded at that meal. It would have been easy to believe then, that there was no change in him. It was as the day went on that the clouds gathered, and the brightness of the morning became obscured. One might have said that the shadows of avarice and distrust lengthened as his own shadow lengthened, and that the night closed around him gradually.

But, one morning long afterwards to be remembered, it was black midnight with the Golden Dustman when he first appeared. His altered character had never been so grossly marked. His bearing towards his Secretary was so charged with insolent distrust and arrogance, that the latter rose and left the table before breakfast was half done. The look he directed at the Secretary’s retiring figure was so cunningly malignant, that Bella would have sat astounded and indignant, even though he had not gone the length of secretly threatening Rokesmith with his clenched fist as he closed the door. This unlucky morning, of all mornings in the year, was the morning next after Mr Boffin’s interview with Mrs Lammle in her little carriage.

Bella looked to Mrs Boffin’s face for comment on, or explanation of, this stormy humour in her husband, but none was there. An anxious and a distressed observation of her own face was all she could read in it. When they were left alone together—which was not until noon, for Mr Boffin sat long in his easy-chair, by turns jogging up and down the breakfast-room, clenching his fist and muttering—Bella, in consternation, asked her what had happened, what was wrong? ‘I am forbidden to speak to you about it, Bella dear; I mustn’t tell you,’ was all the answer she could get. And still, whenever, in her wonder and dismay, she raised her eyes to Mrs Boffin’s face, she saw in it the same anxious and distressed observation of her own.

Oppressed by her sense that trouble was impending, and lost in speculations why Mrs Boffin should look at her as if she had any part in it, Bella found the day long and dreary. It was far on in the afternoon when, she being in her own room, a servant brought her a message from Mr Boffin begging her to come to his.

Mrs Boffin was there, seated on a sofa, and Mr Boffin was jogging up and down. On seeing Bella he stopped, beckoned her to him, and drew her arm through his. ‘Don’t be alarmed, my dear,’ he said, gently; ‘I am not angry with you. Why you actually tremble! Don’t be alarmed, Bella my dear. I’ll see you righted.’

‘See me righted?’ thought Bella. And then repeated aloud in a tone of astonishment: ‘see me righted, sir?’

‘Ay, ay!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘See you righted. Send Mr Rokesmith here, you sir.’

Bella would have been lost in perplexity if there had been pause enough; but the servant found Mr Rokesmith near at hand, and he almost immediately presented himself.

‘Shut the door, sir!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘I have got something to say to you which I fancy you’ll not be pleased to hear.’

‘I am sorry to reply, Mr Boffin,’ returned the Secretary, as, having closed the door, he turned and faced him, ‘that I think that very likely.’

‘What do you mean?’ blustered Mr Boffin.

‘I mean that it has become no novelty to me to hear from your lips what I would rather not hear.’

‘Oh! Perhaps we shall change that,’ said Mr Boffin with a threatening roll of his head.

‘I hope so,’ returned the Secretary. He was quiet and respectful; but stood, as Bella thought (and was glad to think), on his manhood too.

‘Now, sir,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘look at this young lady on my arm.’

Bella involuntarily raising her eyes, when this sudden reference was made to herself, met those of Mr Rokesmith. He was pale and seemed agitated. Then her eyes passed on to Mrs Boffin’s, and she met the look again. In a flash it enlightened her, and she began to understand what she had done.

‘I say to you, sir,’ Mr Boffin repeated, ‘look at this young lady on my arm.’

‘I do so,’ returned the Secretary.

As his glance rested again on Bella for a moment, she thought there was reproach in it. But it is possible that the reproach was within herself.

‘How dare you, sir,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘tamper, unknown to me, with this young lady? How dare you come out of your station, and your place in my house, to pester this young lady with your impudent addresses?’

‘I must decline to answer questions,’ said the Secretary, ‘that are so offensively asked.’

‘You decline to answer?’ retorted Mr Boffin. ‘You decline to answer, do you? Then I’ll tell you what it is, Rokesmith; I’ll answer for you. There are two sides to this matter, and I’ll take ’em separately. The first side is, sheer Insolence. That’s the first side.’

The Secretary smiled with some bitterness, as though he would have said, ‘So I see and hear.’

‘It was sheer Insolence in you, I tell you,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘even to think of this young lady. This young lady was far above YOU. This young lady was no match for YOU. This young lady was lying in wait (as she was qualified to do) for money, and you had no money.’

Bella hung her head and seemed to shrink a little from Mr Boffin’s protecting arm.

‘What are you, I should like to know,’ pursued Mr Boffin, ‘that you were to have the audacity to follow up this young lady? This young lady was looking about the market for a good bid; she wasn’t in it to be snapped up by fellows that had no money to lay out; nothing to buy with.’

‘Oh, Mr Boffin! Mrs Boffin, pray say something for me!’ murmured Bella, disengaging her arm, and covering her face with her hands.

‘Old lady,’ said Mr Boffin, anticipating his wife, ‘you hold your tongue. Bella, my dear, don’t you let yourself be put out. I’ll right you.’

Capitolo 15

Il fantasma polveroso d’oro nel suo momento peggiore

La tavola della colazione a casa del signor Boffin era solitamente molto piacevole, e sempre presieduta da Bella. Come se iniziasse ogni nuovo giorno con il proprio carattere sano e naturale, e come se alcune ore di veglia fossero necessarie affinché non ricadesse sotto l’influenza corrottrice della sua ricchezza, il volto e il comportamento del “Uomo della Polvere d’Oro” erano generalmente sereni durante quei pasti. In quel momento sarebbe stato facile credere che in lui non ci fossero cambiamenti. Ma con il passare delle ore, le nuvole iniziavano ad addensarsi e la luce del mattino veniva offuscata. Si poteva dire che le ombre dell’avidità e della diffidenza si allungassero man mano che anche la sua “ombra” diventava più lunga, e che la “notte” lo avvolgesse gradualmente.

Ma una mattina, molto tempo dopo, che rimase impressa nella memoria di tutti, era mezzanotte fonda; il “Vecchio dell’Polvere d’Oro” era appena apparso per la prima volta. Il suo carattere cambiato non era mai stato così evidente prima d’allora. Il modo in cui si comportava con la sua segretaria era pieno di sfida, sospetto e arroganza; tanto che questa ultima, offesa, lasciò la tavola prima ancora che la colazione fosse quasi finita. Lo sguardo che rivolse alla figura della segretaria mentre si allontanava era così malvagio e astuto da far rimanere Bella sbalordita e indignata, anche se lui non aveva arrivato al punto di minacciare Rokesmith con il pugno chiuso, chiudendo la porta alle sue spalle. Quella sfortunata mattina, tra tutte quelle dell’anno, fu proprio quella successiva all’incontro tra il signor Boffin e la signora Lammle nella sua piccola carrozza.

Bella guardò il viso della signora Boffin in cerca di commenti o spiegazioni riguardo a questo umore turbolento di suo marito, ma non ne trovò alcuna. Tutto ciò che riuscì a leggere sul suo volto fu un’espressione ansiosa e preoccupata. Quando rimasero sole insieme – il che avvenne solo a mattina, poiché il signor Boffin trascorse molto tempo nella sua poltrona, andando avanti e indietro nel salotto da pranzo, stringendo i pugni e mormorando tra sé – Bella, in preda all’angoscia, gli chiese cosa fosse successo, cosa non andasse. “Mi è vietato parlartene, cara Bella; non posso dirtelo”, fu l’unica risposta che ottenne. Eppure, ogni volta che, nella sua meraviglia e nel suo sconcerto, alzava lo sguardo sul viso della signora Boffin, vi leggeva sempre la stessa espressione ansiosa e preoccupata.

Sopraffatta dal senso che un problema stesse per verificarsi e immersa nelle speculazioni su perché la signora Boffin la guardasse come se lei avesse qualche responsabilità in quella situazione, Bella trovò la giornata intera lunga e noiosa. Era già tardi pomeriggio quando, mentre si trovava nella sua stanza, una domestica le portò un messaggio del signor Boffin che la pregava di andare da lui.

La signora Boffin era lì, seduta su un divano, mentre il signor Boffin andava avanti e indietro di corsa. Vedendo Bella, si fermò, le fece segno di avvicinarsi e le mise il braccio attorno al proprio. “Non allarmarti, cara,” disse dolcemente; “non sono arrabbiato con te. Perché tremi così? Non preoccuparti, Bella mia, sistemerò tutto.”

“Vedete come sono stato rimesso in ordine?”, pensò Bella. Poi ripeté ad alta voce, con tono di stupore: “Vedete come sono stato rimesso in ordine, signore?”

“Ah, ah!”, disse il signor Boffin. “Vedo che avete ripristinato le cose in ordine. Chiamate qui il signor Rokesmith, per favore.”

Bella sarebbe rimasta persa nella confusione se ci fosse stata un po’ più di pausa; ma la domestica trovò il signor Rokesmith nelle vicinanze, e lui si presentò quasi immediatamente.

“Chiudete la porta, signore!” disse il signor Boffin. “Ho qualcosa da dirvi che, temo, non vi piacerà affatto ascoltare.”

“Mi dispiace dover rispondere in questo modo, signor Boffin,” replicò il Segretario, dopo aver chiuso la porta e essersi girato verso di lui, “ma ritengo che sia molto probabile.”

“Cosa intendi dire?”, esclamò infuriato il signor Boffin.

Voglio dire che ormai non è più nulla di nuovo per me ascoltare dalle tue labbra ciò che preferirei non sentire.

“Ah! Forse cambieremo quella situazione,” disse il signor Boffin scuotendo la testa in modo minaccioso.

“Spero proprio di sì,” rispose il Segretario. Era tranquillo e rispettoso; ma, come pensò Bella (e ne fu felice), si atteneva anche alle proprie responsabilità da uomo.

“Ora, signore,” disse il signor Boffin, “guardi questa giovane signora che è al mio braccio.”

Bella alzò involontariamente lo sguardo; quando fu fatta questa improvvisa allusione a lei, i suoi occhi incontrarono quelli di Mr Rokesmith. Lui era pallido e sembrava agitato. Poi i suoi occhi si spostarono su Mrs Boffin, e incontrò di nuovo quello sguardo. In un istante tutto le divenne chiaro, e cominciò a capire ciò che aveva fatto.

“Vi dico, signore,” ripeté il signor Boffin, “guardate questa giovane donna che è nel mio braccio.”

“Lo faccio,” rispose il Segretario.

Mentre il suo sguardo si soffermava di nuovo su Bella per un momento, lei pensò che ci fosse rimprovero nei suoi occhi. Ma forse quel rimprovero era dentro di lei stessa.

“Come osate, signore,” disse il signor Boffin, “intromettervi, senza che io ne sappia nulla, con questa giovane signora? Come osate uscire dai vostri limiti e dal vostro ruolo nella mia >casa per importunarla con le vostre insolenze?”

“Devo rifiutarmi di rispondere a domande formulate in modo così offensivo”, disse il Segretario.

“Rifiuti di rispondere?” ribatté il signor Boffin. “Rifiuti davvero di rispondere, eh? Allora te lo dirò io cosa si tratta, Rokesmith; risponderò al posto tuo. Ci sono due aspetti in questa faccenda, e li esaminerò separatamente. Il primo aspetto è, pura Insolenza. Ecco il primo aspetto.”

Il Segretario sorrise con un certo amarezza, come se volesse dire:
“Quindi è così che vedo e sento.”

“È stata una pura e semplice insolenza da parte tua,” disse il signor Boffin, “pensare anche solo a questa giovane signora. Questa giovane signora era di gran lunga superiore a te. Non aveva nulla in comune con te. In realtà, stava aspettando l’occasione giusta (e ne aveva tutte le qualifiche) per ottenere del denaro. E tu non ne avevi affatto.”

Bella abbassò la testa e sembrò ritrarsi un po’ dal braccio protettivo del signor Boffin.

“Chi siete voi, vorrei sapere,” insistette il signor Boffin, “per avere l’audacia di seguire questa giovane signora? Lei stava semplicemente cercando un buon prezzo nel mercato; non era lì per essere afferrata da individui che non hanno nemmeno i soldi necessari per fare acquisti.”

“Oh, signor Boffin! Signora Boffin, per favore dica qualcosa per me!” mormorò Bella, liberando il proprio braccio e coprendosi il viso con le mani.

“Signora,” disse il signor Boffin, anticipando sua moglie, “stia zitta un attimo. Bella, mia cara, non lasciare che ti mettano in imbarazzo. Io sistemerò tutto.”

‘But you don’t, you don’t right me!’ exclaimed Bella, with great emphasis. ‘You wrong me, wrong me!’

‘Don’t you be put out, my dear,’ complacently retorted Mr Boffin. ‘I’ll bring this young man to book. Now, you Rokesmith! You can’t decline to hear, you know, as well as to answer. You hear me tell you that the first side of your conduct was Insolence—Insolence and Presumption. Answer me one thing, if you can. Didn’t this young lady tell you so herself?’

‘Did I, Mr Rokesmith?’ asked Bella with her face still covered. ‘O say, Mr Rokesmith! Did I?’

‘Don’t be distressed, Miss Wilfer; it matters very little now.’

‘Ah! You can’t deny it, though!’ said Mr Boffin, with a knowing shake of his head.

‘But I have asked him to forgive me since,’ cried Bella; ‘and I would ask him to forgive me now again, upon my knees, if it would spare him!’

Here Mrs Boffin broke out a-crying.

‘Old lady,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘stop that noise! Tender-hearted in you, Miss Bella; but I mean to have it out right through with this young man, having got him into a corner. Now, you Rokesmith. I tell you that’s one side of your conduct—Insolence and Presumption. Now, I’m a-coming to the other, which is much worse. This was a speculation of yours.’

‘I indignantly deny it.’

‘It’s of no use your denying it; it doesn’t signify a bit whether you deny it or not; I’ve got a head upon my shoulders, and it ain’t a baby’s. What!’ said Mr Boffin, gathering himself together in his most suspicious attitude, and wrinkling his face into a very map of curves and corners. ‘Don’t I know what grabs are made at a man with money? If I didn’t keep my eyes open, and my pockets buttoned, shouldn’t I be brought to the workhouse before I knew where I was? Wasn’t the experience of Dancer, and Elwes, and Hopkins, and Blewbury Jones, and ever so many more of ’em, similar to mine? Didn’t everybody want to make grabs at what they’d got, and bring ’em to poverty and ruin? Weren’t they forced to hide everything belonging to ’em, for fear it should be snatched from ’em? Of course they was. I shall be told next that they didn’t know human natur!’

‘They! Poor creatures,’ murmured the Secretary.

‘What do you say?’ asked Mr Boffin, snapping at him. ‘However, you needn’t be at the trouble of repeating it, for it ain’t worth hearing, and won’t go down with ME. I’m a-going to unfold your plan, before this young lady; I’m a-going to show this young lady the second view of you; and nothing you can say will stave it off. (Now, attend here, Bella, my dear.) Rokesmith, you’re a needy chap. You’re a chap that I pick up in the street. Are you, or ain’t you?’

‘Go on, Mr Boffin; don’t appeal to me.’

‘Not appeal to YOU,’ retorted Mr Boffin as if he hadn’t done so. ‘No, I should hope not! Appealing to YOU, would be rather a rum course. As I was saying, you’re a needy chap that I pick up in the street. You come and ask me in the street to take you for a Secretary, and I take you. Very good.’

‘Very bad,’ murmured the Secretary.

‘What do you say?’ asked Mr Boffin, snapping at him again.

He returned no answer. Mr Boffin, after eyeing him with a comical look of discomfited curiosity, was fain to begin afresh.

‘This Rokesmith is a needy young man that I take for my Secretary out of the open street. This Rokesmith gets acquainted with my affairs, and gets to know that I mean to settle a sum of money on this young lady. “Oho!” says this Rokesmith;’ here Mr Boffin clapped a finger against his nose, and tapped it several times with a sneaking air, as embodying Rokesmith confidentially confabulating with his own nose; ‘“This will be a good haul; I’ll go in for this!” And so this Rokesmith, greedy and hungering, begins a-creeping on his hands and knees towards the money. Not so bad a speculation either: for if this young lady had had less spirit, or had had less sense, through being at all in the romantic line, by George he might have worked it out and made it pay! But fortunately she was too many for him, and a pretty figure he cuts now he is exposed. There he stands!’ said Mr Boffin, addressing Rokesmith himself with ridiculous inconsistency. ‘Look at him!’

‘Your unfortunate suspicions, Mr Boffin—’ began the Secretary.

‘Precious unfortunate for you, I can tell you,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘—are not to be combated by any one, and I address myself to no such hopeless task. But I will say a word upon the truth.’

‘Yah! Much you care about the truth,’ said Mr Boffin, with a snap of his fingers.

‘Noddy! My dear love!’ expostulated his wife.

‘Old lady,’ returned Mr Boffin, ‘you keep still. I say to this Rokesmith here, much he cares about the truth. I tell him again, much he cares about the truth.’

‘Our connexion being at an end, Mr Boffin,’ said the Secretary, ‘it can be of very little moment to me what you say.’

‘Oh! You are knowing enough,’ retorted Mr Boffin, with a sly look, ‘to have found out that our connexion’s at an end, eh? But you can’t get beforehand with me. Look at this in my hand. This is your pay, on your discharge. You can only follow suit. You can’t deprive me of the lead. Let’s have no pretending that you discharge yourself. I discharge you.’

‘So that I go,’ remarked the Secretary, waving the point aside with his hand, ‘it is all one to me.’

‘Is it?’ said Mr Boffin. ‘But it’s two to me, let me tell you. Allowing a fellow that’s found out, to discharge himself, is one thing; discharging him for insolence and presumption, and likewise for designs upon his master’s money, is another. One and one’s two; not one. (Old lady, don’t you cut in. You keep still.)’

‘Have you said all you wish to say to me?’ demanded the Secretary.

‘I don’t know whether I have or not,’ answered Mr Boffin. ‘It depends.’

‘Perhaps you will consider whether there are any other strong expressions that you would like to bestow upon me?’

‘I’ll consider that,’ said Mr Boffin, obstinately, ‘at my convenience, and not at yours. You want the last word. It may not be suitable to let you have it.’

“Ma tu non lo fai, davvero non lo fai!” esclamò Bella, con grande enfasi. “Mi inganni, mi inganni!”

“Non arrabbiarti, cara mia,” ribatté compiaciuto il signor Boffin. “Porterò questo giovane a fare la sua dichiarazione. Ora, tu Rokesmith. Non puoi rifiutare di ascoltare, sai bene. E nemmeno di rispondere. Ascolta: il tuo comportamento iniziale è stato insolenza. Insolenza e presunzione. Rispondimi una cosa, se puoi. Non te l’ha detto anche questa giovane signora stessa?”

“L’ho fatto davvero, signor Rokesmith?”, chiese Bella con il viso ancora coperto. “Ditemelo, signor Rokesmith. L’ho fatto davvero?”

“Non si preoccupi, signorina Wilfer: ormai non ha più importanza.”

“Ah! Non puoi negarlo, però!” disse il signor Boffin, scuotendo la testa con aria comprensiva.

“Ma da allora gli ho chiesto di perdonarmi,” gridò Bella; “e ora vorrei chiedergli di perdonarmi ancora, in ginocchio, se questo potesse salvarlo!”

In quel momento, la signora Boffin scoppiò in lacrime.

“Signora anziana,” disse il signor Boffin, “smetta quel rumore! Lei è davvero compassionevole, signorina Bella; ma ora devo sistemare questa faccenda con questo giovane, visto che l’ho messo in trappola. Ora, lei, Rokesmith. Le dico che questa è una delle sue caratteristiche: insolenza e presunzione. Ma ora arrivo all’altra, che è ancora peggiore. Si trattava di una sua speculazione finanziaria.”

“Lo nego con indignazione.”

“Non serve a nulla che lo neghi; non fa la minima differenza se lo neghi o no. Ho una testa, e non sono mica un bambino!”, disse il signor Boffin, assumendo l’atteggiamento più sospettoso possibile e corrugando il viso in mille pieghe. “Non so forse quali trucchi si usano per approfittare di una persona ricca? Se non tenessi sempre gli occhi aperti e i miei pantaloni ben abbottonati, non finirei certamente in un ospizio prima ancora di rendermi conto di cosa mi stesse succedendo. L’esperienza di Dancer, Elwes, Hopkins, Blewbury Jones, e di tanti altri non è forse simile alla mia? Tutti quanti, non è vero, cercano solo di prendersi ciò che hanno e di portarli alla povertà e al disastro. Non sono costretti a nascondere tutto ciò che possiedono, per paura che gli venga strappato via? Certo che lo sono. E ora mi diranno anche che non conoscono la natura umana, ”

“Loro, povere creature,” mormorò il Segretario.

“Cosa ne dici?” chiese il signor Boffin, interrompendolo bruscamente. “Comunque, non c’è bisogno che tu ti dia la pena di ripeterlo: non vale la pena ascoltarlo, e in ogni caso NON verrà registrato da ME. Ora spiegherò il tuo piano davanti a questa giovane signora; le mostrerò un altro lato di te. E nulla di quello che potrai dire riuscirà a impedirmelo. (Ora, ascolta bene, Bella, mia cara, ) Rokesmith, sei proprio un tipo bisognoso. Un ragazzo che ho trovato per strada. Lo sei o no?”

“Vai avanti, signor Boffin; non cercare di convincermi.”

“Non sto cercando di convincere TE,” ribatté il signor Boffin, come se non lo avesse già fatto. “No, anzi, spero proprio di non doverlo fare! Cercare di convincere TE sarebbe davvero strano. Come stavo dicendo, tu sei un ragazzo in difficoltà che ho incontrato per strada; vieni da me e mi chiedi di assumermi come segretario, e io lo faccio. Molto bene.”

“Molto grave,” mormorò il Segretario.

“Che ne dici?” chiese il signor Boffin, rivolgendogli di nuovo la parola con tono brusco.

Non rispose nulla. Il signor Boffin, dopo averlo osservato con uno sguardo comico e pieno di curiosità imbarazzata, dovette ricominciare da capo.

“Questo Rokesmith è un giovane bisognoso che ho preso come mio segretario, proprio per strada. Questo Rokesmith ha iniziato a conoscere i miei affari e ha scoperto che intendo concedere una somma di denaro a questa giovane signora, ‘Ohoh!’ dice Rokesmith, ” A questo punto il signor Boffin si batté un dito sul naso, facendolo tintinnare più volte con aria complice, come se Rokesmith stesse confidando segretamente i suoi piani al proprio naso stesso, “Questa sarà davvero una buona opportunità. Me ne occuperò io!” E così, avido e ingordo com’era, Rokesmith iniziò a muoversi furtivamente verso quel denaro. Non era poi una cattiva speculazione: se quella giovane signora avesse avuto meno spirito o meno buon senso, chissà, forse sarebbe riuscito a realizzare i suoi piani! Ma fortunatamente lei era troppo intelligente per lui. E ora, esposto com’è, fa davvero una brutta figura. Lì sta!” disse il signor Boffin, rivolgendosi a Rokesmith con un’assurda contraddizione. “Guardatelo, ”

“Le sue sospetti infelici, signor Boffin, ” iniziò il Segretario.

“Poverino, sei davvero sfortunato,” disse il signor Boffin.

“Non deve essere combattuto da nessuno, e non mi impegno in una tale impresa disperata. Ma voglio dire qualcosa sulla _verità.”

“Ah! A te importa davvero molto la _verità”, disse il signor Boffin, facendo schioccare le dita.

“Noddy! Mio caro amore!” esclamò sua moglie.

“Signora anziana,” rispose il signor Boffin, “stia ferma. Dico a questo Rokesmith qui: a lui non importa affatto la _verità. Glielo ripeto ancora: a lui non interessa affatto la _verità.”

“Poiché la nostra relazione è giunta al termine, signor Boffin,” disse il Segretario, “ciò che dirà non avrà per me alcuna importanza.”

“Oh! Ne sai abbastanza,” ribatté il signor Boffin con uno sguardo astuto, “per aver capito che la nostra relazione è finita, eh? Ma non puoi anticiparmi. Guarda questa cosa che ho in mano: questo è il tuo stipendio, al momento del tuo congedo. Puoi solo fare lo stesso. Non puoi privarmi di questo vantaggio. Lasciamo perdere queste finzioni: sono io a congedarti.”

“Quindi posso andare,” osservò il Segretario, scacciando l’argomento con un gesto della mano, “per me non fa alcuna differenza.”

“Davvero?” disse il signor Boffin. “Ma per me sono due. Lasciare che uno che ha scoperto qualcosa se ne vada è una cosa; ma licenziarlo per insolenza e presunzione, oltre che per aver cercato di rubare i soldi del suo padrone, è tutta un’altra storia. Uno più uno fa due. Non uno solo.” (Signora anziana, non interrompa. Stia zitta.)

“Hai detto tutto ciò che volevi dirmi?” chiese il Segretario.

“Non so se ce l’abbia o meno,” rispose il signor Boffin. “Dipende.”

“Forse potresti considerare se ci siano altre espressioni forti che vorresti utilizzare per descrivermi, ”

“Lo considererò,” disse il signor Boffin in modo testardo, “quando mi sarà comodo, e non quando lo sarà per te. Vuoi avere l’ultima parola. Ma forse non è opportuno che tu la abbia.”

‘Noddy! My dear, dear Noddy! You sound so hard!’ cried poor Mrs Boffin, not to be quite repressed.

‘Old lady,’ said her husband, but without harshness, ‘if you cut in when requested not, I’ll get a pillow and carry you out of the room upon it. What do you want to say, you Rokesmith?’

‘To you, Mr Boffin, nothing. But to Miss Wilfer and to your good kind wife, a word.’

‘Out with it then,’ replied Mr Boffin, ‘and cut it short, for we’ve had enough of you.’

‘I have borne,’ said the Secretary, in a low voice, ‘with my false position here, that I might not be separated from Miss Wilfer. To be near her, has been a recompense to me from day to day, even for the undeserved treatment I have had here, and for the degraded aspect in which she has often seen me. Since Miss Wilfer rejected me, I have never again urged my suit, to the best of my belief, with a spoken syllable or a look. But I have never changed in my devotion to her, except—if she will forgive my saying so—that it is deeper than it was, and better founded.’

‘Now, mark this chap’s saying Miss Wilfer, when he means L.s.d.!’ cried Mr Boffin, with a cunning wink. ‘Now, mark this chap’s making Miss Wilfer stand for Pounds, Shillings, and Pence!’

‘My feeling for Miss Wilfer,’ pursued the Secretary, without deigning to notice him, ‘is not one to be ashamed of. I avow it. I love her. Let me go where I may when I presently leave this house, I shall go into a blank life, leaving her.’

‘Leaving L.s.d. behind me,’ said Mr Boffin, by way of commentary, with another wink.

‘That I am incapable,’ the Secretary went on, still without heeding him, ‘of a mercenary project, or a mercenary thought, in connexion with Miss Wilfer, is nothing meritorious in me, because any prize that I could put before my fancy would sink into insignificance beside her. If the greatest wealth or the highest rank were hers, it would only be important in my sight as removing her still farther from me, and making me more hopeless, if that could be. Say,’ remarked the Secretary, looking full at his late master, ‘say that with a word she could strip Mr Boffin of his fortune and take possession of it, she would be of no greater worth in my eyes than she is.’

‘What do you think by this time, old lady,’ asked Mr Boffin, turning to his wife in a bantering tone, ‘about this Rokesmith here, and his caring for the truth? You needn’t say what you think, my dear, because I don’t want you to cut in, but you can think it all the same. As to taking possession of my property, I warrant you he wouldn’t do that himself if he could.’

‘No,’ returned the Secretary, with another full look.

‘Ha, ha, ha!’ laughed Mr Boffin. ‘There’s nothing like a good ’un while you ARE about it.’

‘I have been for a moment,’ said the Secretary, turning from him and falling into his former manner, ‘diverted from the little I have to say. My interest in Miss Wilfer began when I first saw her; even began when I had only heard of her. It was, in fact, the cause of my throwing myself in Mr Boffin’s way, and entering his service. Miss Wilfer has never known this until now. I mention it now, only as a corroboration (though I hope it may be needless) of my being free from the sordid design attributed to me.’

‘Now, this is a very artful dog,’ said Mr Boffin, with a deep look. ‘This is a longer-headed schemer than I thought him. See how patiently and methodically he goes to work. He gets to know about me and my property, and about this young lady, and her share in poor young John’s story, and he puts this and that together, and he says to himself, “I’ll get in with Boffin, and I’ll get in with this young lady, and I’ll work ’em both at the same time, and I’ll bring my pigs to market somewhere.” I hear him say it, bless you! I look at him, now, and I see him say it!’

Mr Boffin pointed at the culprit, as it were in the act, and hugged himself in his great penetration.

‘But luckily he hadn’t to deal with the people he supposed, Bella, my dear!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘No! Luckily he had to deal with you, and with me, and with Daniel and Miss Dancer, and with Elwes, and with Vulture Hopkins, and with Blewbury Jones and all the rest of us, one down t’other come on. And he’s beat; that’s what he is; regularly beat. He thought to squeeze money out of us, and he has done for himself instead, Bella my dear!’

Bella my dear made no response, gave no sign of acquiescence. When she had first covered her face she had sunk upon a chair with her hands resting on the back of it, and had never moved since. There was a short silence at this point, and Mrs Boffin softly rose as if to go to her. But, Mr Boffin stopped her with a gesture, and she obediently sat down again and stayed where she was.

‘There’s your pay, Mister Rokesmith,’ said the Golden Dustman, jerking the folded scrap of paper he had in his hand, towards his late Secretary. ‘I dare say you can stoop to pick it up, after what you have stooped to here.’

‘I have stooped to nothing but this,’ Rokesmith answered as he took it from the ground; ‘and this is mine, for I have earned it by the hardest of hard labour.’

‘You’re a pretty quick packer, I hope,’ said Mr Boffin; ‘because the sooner you are gone, bag and baggage, the better for all parties.’

‘You need have no fear of my lingering.’

‘There’s just one thing though,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘that I should like to ask you before we come to a good riddance, if it was only to show this young lady how conceited you schemers are, in thinking that nobody finds out how you contradict yourselves.’

‘Ask me anything you wish to ask,’ returned Rokesmith, ‘but use the expedition that you recommend.’

‘You pretend to have a mighty admiration for this young lady?’ said Mr Boffin, laying his hand protectingly on Bella’s head without looking down at her.

‘I do not pretend.’

‘Oh! Well. You HAVE a mighty admiration for this young lady—since you are so particular?’

“Noddy! Mio caro, caro Noddy. Parli in modo così severo!” gridò la povera signora Boffin, cercando di trattenersi.

“Signora,” disse suo marito, ma senza durezza, “se continuiate a interrompere quando vi viene chiesto di non farlo, prenderò un cuscino e vi porterò fuori dalla stanza su di esso. Cosa avete da dire, voi Rokesmith?”

“Per voi, signor Boffin, nulla. Ma per la signorina Wilfer e per la vostra gentile moglie, una parola.”

“Allora parla pure e sii breve, perché ne abbiamo abbastanza di te,” rispose il signor Boffin.

“Ho sopportato,” disse il Segretario a bassa voce, “la mia falsa posizione qui, solo per non essere separato da Miss Wilfer. Essere vicino a lei è stato, giorno dopo giorno, una ricompensa per me, anche di fronte al trattamento ingiusto che ho ricevuto e alla condizione umiliante in cui spesso mi sono trovato. Da quando Miss Wilfer mi ha rifiutato, non ho mai più cercato di avvicinarmi a lei, né con una parola né con uno sguardo. Ma la mia devozione verso di lei non è cambiata, anzi, se vuole scusarmi per dirlo, è diventata ancora più profonda e più sincera.”

“Ora, notate bene ciò che dice questo ragazzo, signorina Wilfer: quando intende dire L.s.d., in realtà sta parlando di Punte, Scellini e Centesimi!” esclamò il signor Boffin, facendo l’occhiolino con astuzia. “Ora, notate come questo ragazzo fa sì che la signorina Wilfer rappresenti proprio Punte, Scellini e Centesimi, ”

“Il mio sentimento per la signorina Wilfer,” proseguì il Segretario, senza degnarsi di notarlo, “non è qualcosa di cui vergognarsi. Lo ammetto apertamente. La amo. Che io vada dove voglio quando lascerò questa casa, la mia vita diventerà vuota. Senza di lei.”

“Lasciando L.s.d. alle mie spalle,” disse il signor Boffin, aggiungendo un altro battito di ciglia a mo’ di commento.

“Il fatto che io sia incapace,” continuò il Segretario, senza ancora prestargli attenzione, “di concepire progetti o pensieri mercenari riguardanti la signorina Wilfer non rappresenta affatto un merito da parte mia; perché qualsiasi ricompensa potessi desiderare sembrerebbe insignificante al confronto di lei. Anche se le spettassero la massima ricchezza o il più alto rango, per me avrebbero valore soltanto nel senso che ciò la allontanerebbe ancora di più da me, rendendomi ancora più disperato, se possibile. Ditemi,” osservò il Segretario, guardando il suo defunto padrone negli occhi, “ditemi: anche se con una sola parola lei potesse privare il signor Boffin della sua fortuna e prenderne possesso, per me non avrebbe comunque un valore maggiore di quello che ha attualmente.”

“Cosa ne pensi a quest’ora, vecchia signora?” chiese il signor Boffin, rivolgendosi alla moglie in tono scherzoso. “Di questo Rokesmith e della sua attenzione verso la verità? Non devi necessariamente dire cosa pensi, cara, non voglio che tu interrompa, ma puoi comunque pensarci. Per quanto riguarda l’idea di impossessarsi delle mie proprietà, ti assicuro che lui stesso non lo farebbe mai, se potesse.”

“No,” rispose il Segretario, dopo averlo guardato di nuovo attentamente.

“Ahahah!”, rise il signor Boffin. “Non c’è niente di meglio di una bella risata, quando ne hai l’occasione”.

“Per un momento sono stato distratto,” disse il Segretario, allontanandosi da lui e riprendendo il suo solito modo di parlare, “dalla cosa poco che avevo da dire. Il mio interesse per Miss Wilfer è iniziato non appena l’ho vista per la prima volta; anzi, già quando ne avevo solo sentito parlare. In realtà, è stato proprio questo il motivo per cui mi sono messo sul cammino di Mr Boffin e ho iniziato a lavorare per lui. Miss Wilfer non lo sapeva fino ad ora. Lo menziono soltanto come una conferma (anche se spero che sia superflua) del fatto che io non abbia alcun legame con quel losco piano che mi viene attribuito.”

“Ora, questo è davvero un cane molto astuto,” disse il signor Boffin, guardandolo attentamente. “È più calcolatore di quanto pensassi. Vede come lavora con pazienza e metodo? Studia me e le mie proprietà, questa giovane signora e il suo coinvolgimento nella storia di quel povero ragazzo. Poi mette insieme tutte queste informazioni e si dice: ‘Mi avvicinerò a Boffin, mi avvicinerò anche a questa giovane signora. E lavorerò su entrambi allo stesso tempo, per poi portare i miei maiali al mercato.’ Lo sento dire queste cose. Davvero!”

Il signor Boffin indicò il colpevole, per così dire mentre stava commettendo l’atto, e si abbracciò, mostrando la sua grande perspicacia.

“Ma per fortuna non ha dovuto avere a che fare con le persone che pensava, Bella, mia cara!” disse il signor Boffin. “No! Per fortuna ha dovuto avere a che fare con te, e con me, e con Daniel e la signorina Dancer, e con Elwes, e con Vulture Hopkins, e con Blewbury Jones e con tutti noi. E lui è stato sconfitto; ecco cos’è: completamente sconfitto. Pensava di ottenere denaro da noi, ma invece ne ha ottenuto solo per sé stesso, Bella, mia cara!”

Bella, mia cara, non rispose, non diede alcun segno di assenso. Quando aveva coperto il viso per la prima volta, si era seduta su una sedia con le mani appoggiate allo schienale e da allora non si era più mossa. In quel momento calò un breve silenzio, e la signora Boffin si alzò dolcemente come per avvicinarsi a lei. Ma il signor Boffin la fermò con un gesto, e lei obbedientemente si risedette e rimase dove era.

“Ecco il tuo compenso, signor Rokesmith,” disse l’Uomo della Polvere d’Oro, spingendo verso il suo ex segretario quel pezzo di carta piegato che aveva in mano. “Immagino tu sia abbastanza umile da raccoglierlo, dopo tutto ciò a cui sei disposto ad abbassarti.”

“Non ho fatto altro che questo,” rispose Rokesmith mentre lo raccoglieva dal suolo; “e questo è mio, perché l’ho guadagnato con il lavoro più duro di tutti.”

“Spero che tu sia abbastanza veloce nel fare i bagagli,” disse il signor Boffin; “perché più presto te ne sarai andato, con tutto ciò che possiedi, meglio sarà per tutti.”

“Non dovresti avere alcuna paura del mio ritardo.”

“C’è solo una cosa, però,” disse il signor Boffin, “che vorrei chiedervi prima che possiamo liberarci definitivamente di questa situazione. Solo per far vedere a questa giovane signora quanto siate presuntuosi voi complottatori, nel pensare che nessuno si accorga di come vi contraddite.”

“Chiedimi tutto ciò che desideri,” rispose Rokesmith, “ma utilizza proprio l’espedizione che consigli.”

“Fai finta di provare un grande ammiramento per questa giovane signora?” disse il signor Boffin, posando protettivamente la mano sulla testa di Bella senza nemmeno guardarla in faccia.

“Non mi faccio illusioni.”

“Oh! Beh. Allora provi davvero una grande ammirazione per questa giovane signorina, visto che sei così esigente?”

‘Yes.’

‘How do you reconcile that, with this young lady’s being a weak-spirited, improvident idiot, not knowing what was due to herself, flinging up her money to the church-weathercocks, and racing off at a splitting pace for the workhouse?’

‘I don’t understand you.’

‘Don’t you? Or won’t you? What else could you have made this young lady out to be, if she had listened to such addresses as yours?’

‘What else, if I had been so happy as to win her affections and possess her heart?’

‘Win her affections,’ retorted Mr Boffin, with ineffable contempt, ‘and possess her heart! Mew says the cat, Quack-quack says the duck, Bow-wow-wow says the dog! Win her affections and possess her heart! Mew, Quack-quack, Bow-wow!’

John Rokesmith stared at him in his outburst, as if with some faint idea that he had gone mad.

‘What is due to this young lady,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘is Money, and this young lady right well knows it.’

‘You slander the young lady.’

‘YOU slander the young lady; you with your affections and hearts and trumpery,’ returned Mr Boffin. ‘It’s of a piece with the rest of your behaviour. I heard of these doings of yours only last night, or you should have heard of ’em from me, sooner, take your oath of it. I heard of ’em from a lady with as good a headpiece as the best, and she knows this young lady, and I know this young lady, and we all three know that it’s Money she makes a stand for—money, money, money—and that you and your affections and hearts are a Lie, sir!’

‘Mrs Boffin,’ said Rokesmith, quietly turning to her, ‘for your delicate and unvarying kindness I thank you with the warmest gratitude. Good-bye! Miss Wilfer, good-bye!’

‘And now, my dear,’ said Mr Boffin, laying his hand on Bella’s head again, ‘you may begin to make yourself quite comfortable, and I hope you feel that you’ve been righted.’

But, Bella was so far from appearing to feel it, that she shrank from his hand and from the chair, and, starting up in an incoherent passion of tears, and stretching out her arms, cried, ‘O Mr Rokesmith, before you go, if you could but make me poor again! O! Make me poor again, Somebody, I beg and pray, or my heart will break if this goes on! Pa, dear, make me poor again and take me home! I was bad enough there, but I have been so much worse here. Don’t give me money, Mr Boffin, I won’t have money. Keep it away from me, and only let me speak to good little Pa, and lay my head upon his shoulder, and tell him all my griefs. Nobody else can understand me, nobody else can comfort me, nobody else knows how unworthy I am, and yet can love me like a little child. I am better with Pa than any one—more innocent, more sorry, more glad!’ So, crying out in a wild way that she could not bear this, Bella drooped her head on Mrs Boffin’s ready breast.

John Rokesmith from his place in the room, and Mr Boffin from his, looked on at her in silence until she was silent herself. Then Mr Boffin observed in a soothing and comfortable tone, ‘There, my dear, there; you are righted now, and it’s ALL right. I don’t wonder, I’m sure, at your being a little flurried by having a scene with this fellow, but it’s all over, my dear, and you’re righted, and it’s—and it’s ALL right!’ Which Mr Boffin repeated with a highly satisfied air of completeness and finality.

‘I hate you!’ cried Bella, turning suddenly upon him, with a stamp of her little foot—‘at least, I can’t hate you, but I don’t like you!’

‘HUL—LO!’ exclaimed Mr Boffin in an amazed under-tone.

‘You’re a scolding, unjust, abusive, aggravating, bad old creature!’ cried Bella. ‘I am angry with my ungrateful self for calling you names; but you are, you are; you know you are!’

Mr Boffin stared here, and stared there, as misdoubting that he must be in some sort of fit.

‘I have heard you with shame,’ said Bella. ‘With shame for myself, and with shame for you. You ought to be above the base tale-bearing of a time-serving woman; but you are above nothing now.’

Mr Boffin, seeming to become convinced that this was a fit, rolled his eyes and loosened his neckcloth.

‘When I came here, I respected you and honoured you, and I soon loved you,’ cried Bella. ‘And now I can’t bear the sight of you. At least, I don’t know that I ought to go so far as that—only you’re a—you’re a Monster!’ Having shot this bolt out with a great expenditure of force, Bella hysterically laughed and cried together.

‘The best wish I can wish you is,’ said Bella, returning to the charge, ‘that you had not one single farthing in the world. If any true friend and well-wisher could make you a bankrupt, you would be a Duck; but as a man of property you are a Demon!’

After despatching this second bolt with a still greater expenditure of force, Bella laughed and cried still more.

‘Mr Rokesmith, pray stay one moment. Pray hear one word from me before you go! I am deeply sorry for the reproaches you have borne on my account. Out of the depths of my heart I earnestly and truly beg your pardon.’

As she stepped towards him, he met her. As she gave him her hand, he put it to his lips, and said, ‘God bless you!’ No laughing was mixed with Bella’s crying then; her tears were pure and fervent.

‘There is not an ungenerous word that I have heard addressed to you—heard with scorn and indignation, Mr Rokesmith—but it has wounded me far more than you, for I have deserved it, and you never have. Mr Rokesmith, it is to me you owe this perverted account of what passed between us that night. I parted with the secret, even while I was angry with myself for doing so. It was very bad in me, but indeed it was not wicked. I did it in a moment of conceit and folly—one of my many such moments—one of my many such hours—years. As I am punished for it severely, try to forgive it!’

‘I do with all my soul.’

‘Thank you. O thank you! Don’t part from me till I have said one other word, to do you justice. The only fault you can be truly charged with, in having spoken to me as you did that night—with how much delicacy and how much forbearance no one but I can know or be grateful to you for—is, that you laid yourself open to be slighted by a worldly shallow girl whose head was turned, and who was quite unable to rise to the worth of what you offered her. Mr Rokesmith, that girl has often seen herself in a pitiful and poor light since, but never in so pitiful and poor a light as now, when the mean tone in which she answered you—sordid and vain girl that she was—has been echoed in her ears by Mr Boffin.’

“Sì, davvero.”

“Come si può conciliare questo con il fatto che questa giovane donna sia una persona debole di carattere, imprudente e sciocca, che non sa cosa le spetti, che getta i suoi soldi via come se fossero semplicemente oggetti senza valore, e poi scappa a tutta velocità verso l’ospizio?”

“Non capisco cosa intendi.”

“Non è vero? O forse non lo farai? Di cosa altro si potrebbe trattare, se questa giovane donna avesse ascoltato discorsi del genere?”

“Cosa altro, se fossi stato così fortunato da conquistare il suo affetto e possedere il suo cuore?”

“Conquistare il suo affetto,” ribatté il signor Boffin con un disprezzo indescrivibile, “e possedere il suo cuore! Miagola il gatto, quack-quack dice l’anatra, abbai-abbaia il cane. Conquistare il suo affetto e possedere il suo cuore! Miagola, quack-quack, abbai-abbaia!”

John Rokesmith lo fissava mentre lui esprimeva quelle emozioni intense, come se avesse un vago sospetto che fosse impazzito.

“Quello che spetta a questa giovane signora,” disse il signor Boffin, “è del denaro, e lei lo sa molto bene.”

“Denigrate quella giovane signora.”

“Voi diffamate questa giovane signora; con le vostre passioni e i vostri sentimentalismi, ” ribatté il signor Boffin. “È tutto parte dello stesso comportamento che avete sempre tenuto. Ho saputo di queste vostre azioni solo ieri sera. Altrimenti, avreste dovuto saperne da me molto prima, giurateci! L’ho appreso da una signora altrettanto perbene e rispettabile di qualsiasi altra; lei conosce questa giovane signora, io la conosco, e tutti e tre sappiamo che ciò per cui lei lotta è il denaro. Il denaro, sempre il denaro! E che voi, con le vostre passioni e i vostri sentimentalismi, non valete nulla, signore!”

“Signora Boffin,” disse Rokesmith, voltandosi verso di lei in silenzio, “per la sua gentilezza delicata e costante le sono profondamente grato. Addio! Signorina Wilfer, addio!”

“E ora, mia cara,” disse il signor Boffin, posando di nuovo la mano sulla testa di Bella, “puoi iniziare a sentirti completamente a tuo agio, e spero che tu ritenga di essere stata giustificata.”

Ma Bella non dava affatto l’impressione di soffrirne; anzi, si allontanò dalla sua mano e dalla sedia, scoppiando in un pianto incoerente e tendendo le braccia, gridò: “Oh, signor Rokesmith, prima di andarsene, se solo potesse rendermi di nuovo povera! Oh, faccia che io torni povera. Qualcuno, la prego, altrimenti il mio cuore si spezzerà! Papà, caro, rendimi di nuovo povera e portami a casa. Lì ero già abbastanza cattiva, ma qui sono stata ancora peggiore. Non mi dia soldi, signor Boffin, non li voglio. Li tenga lontani da me. Lasciami solo parlare con il mio caro papà, appoggiare la testa sul suo petto e raccontargli tutte le mie sofferenze. Nessun altro può capirmi, nessun altro può consolarmi. Nessuno sa quanto io sia indegna. Eppure qualcuno può ancora amarmi come una piccola bambina. Con papà sto meglio che con chiunque altro. Sono più innocente, più disperata, e anche più felice!” Così, gridando in modo frenetico perché non riusciva a sopportare quella situazione, Bella appoggiò la testa sul petto di Mrs Boffin.

John Rokesmith, dal suo posto nella stanza, e il signor Boffin, dal proprio, la osservavano in silenzio fino a quando anche lei non rimase in silenzio. Allora il signor Boffin disse con un tono rassicurante: “Ecco, cara mia, ora tutto è a posto; sei stata giustificata e va tutto bene. Non mi mira se sei un po’ sconvolta per quella scenata con quell’uomo, ma ormai è finita. Tutto è a posto!” E ripeté queste parole con un’espressione di grande soddisfazione, come se tutto fosse stato risolto definitivamente.

“Ti odio!” gridò Bella, voltandosi improvvisamente verso di lui e battendo il suo piccolo piedino. “Almeno, non posso odiarti, ma non mi piaci!”

“Hul-lo!” esclamò il signor Boffin con un tono sorpreso e sommesso.

“Sei una creatura fastidiosa, ingiusta, offensiva e irritante!” gridò Bella. “Sono arrabbiata con la mia ingrata stessa per avermi fatta insultarti; ma lo sei davvero, lo sai bene!”

Il signor Boffin guardava da una parte e dall’altra, dubitando che potesse essere colpito da qualche tipo di attacco.

“Ti ho ascoltato con vergogna,” disse Bella. “Con vergogna per me stessa, e con vergogna per te. Dovresti essere al di sopra di quelle basse calunnie tipiche di una donna che serve il tempo; ma ora non sei al di sopra di nulla.”

Il signor Boffin, sembrando convincersi che si trattasse di un attacco isterico, alzò gli occhi al cielo e allentò il colletto.

“Quando sono arrivata qui, ti rispettavo e ti onoravo, e presto ho iniziato ad amarti,” gridò Bella. “E ora non riesco nemmeno a sopportare di vederti. Almeno, non so se dovrei arrivare a questo punto. Tu sei solo un, un Mostro!” Dopo aver pronunciato queste parole con grande intensità, Bella scoppiò in una crisi isterica di risate e pianto.

“Il miglior desiderio che posso farti è,” disse Bella, riprendendo il discorso, “che tu non avessi nemmeno un soldo al mondo. Se qualcuno che ti voglia davvero bene potesse renderti povero, saresti felice; ma essendo una persona ricca, sei un vero demonio!”

Dopo aver inviato questo secondo proiettile con ancora maggiore forza, Bella rise e pianse ancora di più.

‘Signor Rokesmith, per favore rimanite un attimo. Ascoltate almeno una parola da me prima di andarvene! Mi dispiace profondamente per le accuse che avete dovuto subire a causa mia. Dal profondo del mio cuore vi chiedo sinceramente perdono.’

Mentre lei si avvicinava a lui, lui la incontrò. Quando lei gli tese la mano, lui la portò alle labbra e disse: “Dio ti benedica!” In quel momento, nel pianto di Bella non c’era traccia di risate; le sue lacrime erano pure e sincere.

‘Non ho mai sentito pronunciare una parola ingiusta nei vostri confronti – parole dette con disprezzo e indignazione, signor Rokesmith – ma queste parole mi hanno ferito molto di più di voi, perché le meritavo io, mentre voi mai. Signor Rokesmith, è a me che dovete questa distorta versione di ciò che è accaduto tra noi quella notte. Ho rivelato il segreto, anche se in quel momento mi rimproveravo per averlo fatto. È stato molto sbagliato da parte mia, ma davvero non malvagio. L’ho fatto in un momento di vanità e follia, uno dei tanti momenti del genere nella mia vita. Poiché ne pago un prezzo molto alto, provate ad perdonarmi.’

Lo faccio con tutta la mia ‘anima.

“Grazie. Grazie davvero! Non allontanarti da me finché non avrò detto un’altra parola, per renderti giustizia. L’unica colpa che si può realmente attribuirti per avermi parlato in quel modo quella notte – con tanta delicatezza e pazienza, cose di cui solo io posso comprendere il valore e per le quali solo io posso essere grato a te – è che ti sei esposto al rischio di essere offeso da una ragazza frivola e superficiale, la cui mente era stata distolta da altre cose, e che non era affatto in grado di apprezzare ciò che le hai offerto. Signor Rokesmith, da allora quella ragazza ha spesso visto se stessa sotto una luce misera e degradante. Ma mai come ora, quando il tono meschino con cui ti ha risposto – quella ragazza volgare e vanitosa – le è stato ripetuto nelle orecchie dal signor Boffin.”

He kissed her hand again.

‘Mr Boffin’s speeches were detestable to me, shocking to me,’ said Bella, startling that gentleman with another stamp of her little foot. ‘It is quite true that there was a time, and very lately, when I deserved to be so “righted,” Mr Rokesmith; but I hope that I shall never deserve it again!’

He once more put her hand to his lips, and then relinquished it, and left the room. Bella was hurrying back to the chair in which she had hidden her face so long, when, catching sight of Mrs Boffin by the way, she stopped at her. ‘He is gone,’ sobbed Bella indignantly, despairingly, in fifty ways at once, with her arms round Mrs Boffin’s neck. ‘He has been most shamefully abused, and most unjustly and most basely driven away, and I am the cause of it!’

All this time, Mr Boffin had been rolling his eyes over his loosened neckerchief, as if his fit were still upon him. Appearing now to think that he was coming to, he stared straight before him for a while, tied his neckerchief again, took several long inspirations, swallowed several times, and ultimately exclaimed with a deep sigh, as if he felt himself on the whole better: ‘Well!’

No word, good or bad, did Mrs Boffin say; but she tenderly took care of Bella, and glanced at her husband as if for orders. Mr Boffin, without imparting any, took his seat on a chair over against them, and there sat leaning forward, with a fixed countenance, his legs apart, a hand on each knee, and his elbows squared, until Bella should dry her eyes and raise her head, which in the fulness of time she did.

‘I must go home,’ said Bella, rising hurriedly. ‘I am very grateful to you for all you have done for me, but I can’t stay here.’

‘My darling girl!’ remonstrated Mrs Boffin.

‘No, I can’t stay here,’ said Bella; ‘I can’t indeed.—Ugh! you vicious old thing!’ (This to Mr Boffin.)

‘Don’t be rash, my love,’ urged Mrs Boffin. ‘Think well of what you do.’

‘Yes, you had better think well,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘I shall never more think well of YOU,’ cried Bella, cutting him short, with intense defiance in her expressive little eyebrows, and championship of the late Secretary in every dimple. ‘No! Never again! Your money has changed you to marble. You are a hard-hearted Miser. You are worse than Dancer, worse than Hopkins, worse than Blackberry Jones, worse than any of the wretches. And more!’ proceeded Bella, breaking into tears again, ‘you were wholly undeserving of the Gentleman you have lost.’

‘Why, you don’t mean to say, Miss Bella,’ the Golden Dustman slowly remonstrated, ‘that you set up Rokesmith against me?’

‘I do!’ said Bella. ‘He is worth a Million of you.’

Very pretty she looked, though very angry, as she made herself as tall as she possibly could (which was not extremely tall), and utterly renounced her patron with a lofty toss of her rich brown head.

‘I would rather he thought well of me,’ said Bella, ‘though he swept the street for bread, than that you did, though you splashed the mud upon him from the wheels of a chariot of pure gold.—There!’

Well I’m sure!’ cried Mr Boffin, staring.

‘And for a long time past, when you have thought you set yourself above him, I have only seen you under his feet,’ said Bella—‘There! And throughout I saw in him the master, and I saw in you the man—There! And when you used him shamefully, I took his part and loved him—There! I boast of it!’

After which strong avowal Bella underwent reaction, and cried to any extent, with her face on the back of her chair.

‘Now, look here,’ said Mr Boffin, as soon as he could find an opening for breaking the silence and striking in. ‘Give me your attention, Bella. I am not angry.’

‘I AM!’ said Bella.

‘I say,’ resumed the Golden Dustman, ‘I am not angry, and I mean kindly to you, and I want to overlook this. So you’ll stay where you are, and we’ll agree to say no more about it.’

‘No, I can’t stay here,’ cried Bella, rising hurriedly again; ‘I can’t think of staying here. I must go home for good.’

‘Now, don’t be silly,’ Mr Boffin reasoned. ‘Don’t do what you can’t undo; don’t do what you’re sure to be sorry for.’

‘I shall never be sorry for it,’ said Bella; ‘and I should always be sorry, and should every minute of my life despise myself if I remained here after what has happened.’

‘At least, Bella,’ argued Mr Boffin, ‘let there be no mistake about it. Look before you leap, you know. Stay where you are, and all’s well, and all’s as it was to be. Go away, and you can never come back.’

‘I know that I can never come back, and that’s what I mean,’ said Bella.

‘You mustn’t expect,’ Mr Boffin pursued, ‘that I’m a-going to settle money on you, if you leave us like this, because I am not. No, Bella! Be careful! Not one brass farthing.’

‘Expect!’ said Bella, haughtily. ‘Do you think that any power on earth could make me take it, if you did, sir?’

But there was Mrs Boffin to part from, and, in the full flush of her dignity, the impressible little soul collapsed again. Down upon her knees before that good woman, she rocked herself upon her breast, and cried, and sobbed, and folded her in her arms with all her might.

‘You’re a dear, a dear, the best of dears!’ cried Bella. ‘You’re the best of human creatures. I can never be thankful enough to you, and I can never forget you. If I should live to be blind and deaf I know I shall see and hear you, in my fancy, to the last of my dim old days!’

Mrs Boffin wept most heartily, and embraced her with all fondness; but said not one single word except that she was her dear girl. She said that often enough, to be sure, for she said it over and over again; but not one word else.

Bella broke from her at length, and was going weeping out of the room, when in her own little queer affectionate way, she half relented towards Mr Boffin.

‘I am very glad,’ sobbed Bella, ‘that I called you names, sir, because you richly deserved it. But I am very sorry that I called you names, because you used to be so different. Say good-bye!’

Le baciò di nuovo la mano.

“I discorsi del signor Boffin erano odiosi per me, scioccanti,” disse Bella, colpendo quel gentiluomo con un altro calcetto del suo piccolo piedino. “È vero che c’è stato un momento, e molto di recente, in cui meritavo davvero di essere trattata così, signor Rokesmith; ma spero di non meritarlo mai più!”

Lei mise di nuovo la sua mano sulle labbra di lui, poi la ritirò e lasciò la stanza. Bella stava correndo verso la sedia in cui aveva nascosto il viso per tanto tempo, quando, vedendo passare la signora Boffin, si fermò davanti a lei. “È andato via,” singhiozzò Bella con indignazione e disperazione, abbracciando la signora Boffin. “È stato trattato in modo vergognoso, è stato cacciato via in modo ingiusto e spregevole. E sono io la causa di tutto questo!”

In tutto questo tempo, il signor Boffin continuava a girare gli occhi verso il suo fazzoletto allentato, come se la crisi che aveva avuto fosse ancora in corso. Ora sembrava essersi ripreso; fissò davanti a sé per un po’, riannodò il fazzoletto, fece alcune lunghe inspirazioni, deglutì più volte e infine esclamò con un profondo sospiro, come se si sentisse finalmente meglio: “Bene!”

Nessuna parola, né buona né cattiva, la signora Boffin disse; ma si prese cura di Bella con tenerezza e lanciò occhiate al marito come se aspettasse ordini da lui. Il signor Boffin, senza dare alcun ordine, si sedette su una sedia di fronte a loro e rimase lì, appoggiato in avanti, con un’espressione immobile, le gambe divaricate, una mano su ogni ginocchio e i gomiti ben aperti, fino a quando Bella non si asciugò gli occhi e alzò lo sguardo, il che accadde, alla fine.

“Devo andare a casa,” disse Bella alzandosi in fretta. “Sono molto grata per tutto ciò che hai fatto per me, ma non posso rimanere qui.”

“Mia cara ragazza!” rimproverò la signora Boffin.

“No, non posso restare qui,” disse Bella; “Davvero non posso. Ah! tu vecchio malvagio!” (Queste parole erano rivolte a Mr. Boffin.)

“Non essere avventata, mio amore”, lo esortò la signora Boffin. “Pensa bene a ciò che stai per fare.”

“Sì, è meglio che ci pensiate bene,” disse il signor Boffin.

“Non penserò mai più bene a TE,” gridò Bella, interrompendolo bruscamente, con uno sguardo pieno di sfida nei suoi sopraccigli espressivi e in ogni piega del suo viso che ricordava il defunto Segretario. “No! Mai più! I tuoi soldi ti hanno trasformato in una statua di marmo. Sei un avaro senza cuore. Sei peggiore di Dancer, peggiore di Hopkins, peggiore di Blackberry Jones, peggiore di qualsiasi altro miserabile. E ancora di più, ” proseguì Bella, scoppiando di nuovo in lacrime. “Non meritavi affatto l’uomo che hai perso.”

“Ma non vorrà dire, signorina Bella,” osservò lentamente l’Uomo della Polvere d’Oro, “che abbia incastrato Rokesmith contro di me?”

“Lo faccio!” disse Bella. “Lui vale un milione di voi.”

Sembrava davvero molto bella, anche se molto arrabbiata; si alzò il più in alto possibile (il che non significava essere particolarmente alta) e rifiutò completamente il suo protettore con un gesto sprezzante della sua ricca chioma marrone.

“Preferirei che pensasse bene di me,” disse Bella, “anche se dovesse pulire le strade in cerca di pane, piuttosto che tu lo facessi tu. Anche se dovessi spargergli fango addosso con le ruote di una carrozza d’oro puro. Ecco!”

“Beh, ne sono sicuro!” esclamò il signor Boffin, fissando intensamente.

“E per un lungo periodo di tempo, mentre tu pensavi di esserti posto al di sopra di lui, io ti ho sempre visto ai suoi piedi,” disse Bella. “Lui era il maestro, e tu soltanto l’uomo. Quando lo hai trattato in modo vergognoso, ho preso le sue parti e l’ho amato. Ne vado fiera!”

Dopo quella forte dichiarazione, Bella ebbe una reazione emotiva: pianse a dirotto, con il viso appoggiato allo schienale della sedia.

“Ora, guardate qui,” disse il signor Boffin non appena trovò l’occasione per rompere il silenzio e intervenire. “Dategli attenzione, Bella. Non sono arrabbiato.”

“IO SONO!”, disse Bella.

“Dico,” continuò l’Uomo della Polvere d’Oro, “che non sono arrabbiato e parlo con gentilezza nei tuoi confronti; voglio lasciar perdere questa faccenda. Quindi rimarrai dove sei e concorderemo nel non parlarne più.”

“No, non posso restare qui,” gridò Bella, alzandosi di nuovo in fretta; “non riesco nemmeno a pensare all’idea di rimanere qui. Devo tornare a casa per sempre.”

“Ora, non essere sciocco,” ragionò il signor Boffin. “Non fare ciò che non puoi più rimediare; non fare ciò per cui sicuramente ti pentirai.”

“Non mi pentirò mai di averlo fatto,” disse Bella; “ma se rimanessi qui dopo quanto è accaduto, mi pentirei sempre e disprezzerei me stessa in ogni momento della mia vita.”

“Almeno, Bella,” argomentò il signor Boffin, “non ci siano dubbi al riguardo. Pensaci bene prima di agire. Resta dove sei, e tutto andrà bene, sarà esattamente come doveva essere. Se te ne vai, non potrai mai tornare indietro.”

“So che non potrò mai tornare indietro, ed è proprio questo che intendo,” disse Bella.

“Non dovete certo aspettarvi,” continuò il signor Boffin, “che vi dia del denaro se ci lasciate in questo stato, perché non lo farò. No, Bella! Fate attenzione. Nemmeno un penny.”

“Aspettatevi!” disse Bella con arroganza. “Pensate davvero che qualche potere al mondo possa costringermi ad accettarlo, anche se lo voleste voi, signore?”

Ma c’era la signora Boffin da salutare, e, nel pieno della sua dignità, quella fragile e impressionabile ‘anima collassò di nuovo. In ginocchio davanti a quella buona donna, si abbandonò al pianto, singhiozzando e stringendola forte tra le braccia.

“Sei così caro, davvero il più caro di tutti!”, esclamò Bella. “Sei la migliore delle creature umane. Non potrò mai ringraziarti abbastanza, e non ti dimenticherò mai. Anche se dovessi diventare cieca e sorda in vecchiaia, so che continuerò a vederti e a sentirti nella mia immaginazione, fino all’ultimo dei miei giorni!”

La signora Boffin pianse con grande commozione e abbracciò la sua figlia con tutto il suo affetto; ma non disse una parola, se non che era la sua cara bambina. Ripeté più volte questa frase, ma non aggiunse nulla altro.

Alla fine, Bella si staccò da lei e, piangendo, uscì dalla stanza; poi, con quel suo modo strano e affettuoso, cambiò idea riguardo al signor Boffin.

“Sono molto felice,” singhiozzò Bella, “di avervi insultato, signore, perché ve lo meritavate davvero. Ma mi dispiace molto di averlo fatto, perché un tempo eravate così diverso. Addio!”

‘Good-bye,’ said Mr Boffin, shortly.

‘If I knew which of your hands was the least spoilt, I would ask you to let me touch it,’ said Bella, ‘for the last time. But not because I repent of what I have said to you. For I don’t. It’s true!’

‘Try the left hand,’ said Mr Boffin, holding it out in a stolid manner; ‘it’s the least used.’

‘You have been wonderfully good and kind to me,’ said Bella, ‘and I kiss it for that. You have been as bad as bad could be to Mr Rokesmith, and I throw it away for that. Thank you for myself, and good-bye!’

‘Good-bye,’ said Mr Boffin as before.

Bella caught him round the neck and kissed him, and ran out for ever.

She ran up-stairs, and sat down on the floor in her own room, and cried abundantly. But the day was declining and she had no time to lose. She opened all the places where she kept her dresses; selected only those she had brought with her, leaving all the rest; and made a great misshapen bundle of them, to be sent for afterwards.

‘I won’t take one of the others,’ said Bella, tying the knots of the bundle very tight, in the severity of her resolution. ‘I’ll leave all the presents behind, and begin again entirely on my own account.’ That the resolution might be thoroughly carried into practice, she even changed the dress she wore, for that in which she had come to the grand mansion. Even the bonnet she put on, was the bonnet that had mounted into the Boffin chariot at Holloway.

‘Now, I am complete,’ said Bella. ‘It’s a little trying, but I have steeped my eyes in cold water, and I won’t cry any more. You have been a pleasant room to me, dear room. Adieu! We shall never see each other again.’

With a parting kiss of her fingers to it, she softly closed the door and went with a light foot down the great staircase, pausing and listening as she went, that she might meet none of the household. No one chanced to be about, and she got down to the hall in quiet. The door of the late Secretary’s room stood open. She peeped in as she passed, and divined from the emptiness of his table, and the general appearance of things, that he was already gone. Softly opening the great hall door, and softly closing it upon herself, she turned and kissed it on the outside—insensible old combination of wood and iron that it was!—before she ran away from the house at a swift pace.

‘That was well done!’ panted Bella, slackening in the next street, and subsiding into a walk. ‘If I had left myself any breath to cry with, I should have cried again. Now poor dear darling little Pa, you are going to see your lovely woman unexpectedly.’

“Addio,” disse brevemente il signor Boffin.

“Se solo sapessi quale delle tue mani è la meno rovinata, ti chiederei di lasciarmela toccare,” disse Bella, “per l’ultima volta. Ma non perché mi penta di ciò che ti ho detto. Perché non me ne pento affatto. È vero!”

“Prova con la mano sinistra,” disse il signor Boffin, tendendola in modo deciso; “è quella che si usa meno.”

“Sei stato meravigliosamente gentile e buono con me,” disse Bella, “e per questo ti bacio. Ma sei stato terribilmente cattivo con il signor Rokesmith. E per questo lo getto via.” “Grazie per tutto. Addio!”

“Addio,” disse il signor Boffin, come prima.

Bella lo afferrò per il collo, lo baciò e poi scappò via per sempre.

Salì di corsa le scale, si sedette per terra nella sua stanza e pianse a dirotto. Ma il giorno stava volgendo al termine e non aveva tempo da perdere. Aprì tutti gli armadi in cui teneva i suoi vestiti; ne scelse soltanto quelli che aveva portato con sé, lasciando gli altri; poi li legò in un fagotto disordinato, pronto per essere spedito in seguito.

“Non prenderò nessuno degli altri regali,” disse Bella, legando molto stretti i nodi del pacco, con grande determinazione. “Lascierò tutti questi doni indietro e inizierò da capo, interamente per conto mio.” Per assicurarsi che quella decisione venisse attuata fino in fondo, cambiò persino l’abito che indossava: quello con cui era arrivata alla grande dimora. Anche il cappello che mise era lo stesso che aveva indossato quando era salita sul carro dei Boffin a Holloway.

“Ora sono completa,” disse Bella. “È un po’ difficile, ma ho immerso i miei occhi nell’acqua fredda, e non piangerò più. Tu sei stata una stanza piacevole per me, cara stanza. Addio! Non ci rivedremo mai più.”

Dandogli un bacio di addio con le dita, chiuse silenziosamente la porta e scese lentamente la grande scalinata, fermandosi di tanto in tanto per ascoltare, nel caso incontrasse qualcuno della servitù. Nessuno era nei paraggi, e raggiunse il corridoio senza fare rumore. La porta della stanza del defunto segretario era aperta; sbirciò all’interno e, notando la scrivania vuota e l’aspetto generale della stanza, capì che se n’era già andato. Aprì e chiuse delicatamente la porta del corridoio, poi si girò e baciò anche quella esterna. Quella vecchia combinazione di legno e ferro! Infine fuggì via dalla casa a tutta velocità.

“È stato davvero bene fatto!”, ansimò Bella, rallentando nel vicolo successivo e passando a camminare normalmente. “Se solo avessi avuto ancora la forza di piangere. Avrei pianto di nuovo. Ora, povero caro piccolo Pa, vedrai tua moglie inaspettatamente.”

Chapter 16

THE FEAST OF THE THREE HOBGOBLINS

The City looked unpromising enough, as Bella made her way along its gritty streets. Most of its money-mills were slackening sail, or had left off grinding for the day. The master-millers had already departed, and the journeymen were departing. There was a jaded aspect on the business lanes and courts, and the very pavements had a weary appearance, confused by the tread of a million of feet. There must be hours of night to temper down the day’s distraction of so feverish a place. As yet the worry of the newly-stopped whirling and grinding on the part of the money-mills seemed to linger in the air, and the quiet was more like the prostration of a spent giant than the repose of one who was renewing his strength.

If Bella thought, as she glanced at the mighty Bank, how agreeable it would be to have an hour’s gardening there, with a bright copper shovel, among the money, still she was not in an avaricious vein. Much improved in that respect, and with certain half-formed images which had little gold in their composition, dancing before her bright eyes, she arrived in the drug-flavoured region of Mincing Lane, with the sensation of having just opened a drawer in a chemist’s shop.

The counting-house of Chicksey, Veneering, and Stobbles was pointed out by an elderly female accustomed to the care of offices, who dropped upon Bella out of a public-house, wiping her mouth, and accounted for its humidity on natural principles well known to the physical sciences, by explaining that she had looked in at the door to see what o’clock it was. The counting-house was a wall-eyed ground floor by a dark gateway, and Bella was considering, as she approached it, could there be any precedent in the City for her going in and asking for R. Wilfer, when whom should she see, sitting at one of the windows with the plate-glass sash raised, but R. Wilfer himself, preparing to take a slight refection.

On approaching nearer, Bella discerned that the refection had the appearance of a small cottage-loaf and a pennyworth of milk. Simultaneously with this discovery on her part, her father discovered her, and invoked the echoes of Mincing Lane to exclaim ‘My gracious me!’

He then came cherubically flying out without a hat, and embraced her, and handed her in. ‘For it’s after hours and I am all alone, my dear,’ he explained, ‘and am having—as I sometimes do when they are all gone—a quiet tea.’

Looking round the office, as if her father were a captive and this his cell, Bella hugged him and choked him to her heart’s content.

‘I never was so surprised, my dear!’ said her father. ‘I couldn’t believe my eyes. Upon my life, I thought they had taken to lying! The idea of your coming down the Lane yourself! Why didn’t you send the footman down the Lane, my dear?’

‘I have brought no footman with me, Pa.’

‘Oh indeed! But you have brought the elegant turn-out, my love?’

‘No, Pa.’

‘You never can have walked, my dear?’

‘Yes, I have, Pa.’

He looked so very much astonished, that Bella could not make up her mind to break it to him just yet.

‘The consequence is, Pa, that your lovely woman feels a little faint, and would very much like to share your tea.’

The cottage loaf and the pennyworth of milk had been set forth on a sheet of paper on the window-seat. The cherubic pocket-knife, with the first bit of the loaf still on its point, lay beside them where it had been hastily thrown down. Bella took the bit off, and put it in her mouth. ‘My dear child,’ said her father, ‘the idea of your partaking of such lowly fare! But at least you must have your own loaf and your own penn’orth. One moment, my dear. The Dairy is just over the way and round the corner.’

Regardless of Bella’s dissuasions he ran out, and quickly returned with the new supply. ‘My dear child,’ he said, as he spread it on another piece of paper before her, ‘the idea of a splendid—!’ and then looked at her figure, and stopped short.

‘What’s the matter, Pa?’

‘—of a splendid female,’ he resumed more slowly, ‘putting up with such accommodation as the present!—Is that a new dress you have on, my dear?’

‘No, Pa, an old one. Don’t you remember it?’

‘Why, I THOUGHT I remembered it, my dear!’

‘You should, for you bought it, Pa.’

‘Yes, I THOUGHT I bought it my dear!’ said the cherub, giving himself a little shake, as if to rouse his faculties.

‘And have you grown so fickle that you don’t like your own taste, Pa dear?’

Well, my love,’ he returned, swallowing a bit of the cottage loaf with considerable effort, for it seemed to stick by the way: ‘I should have thought it was hardly sufficiently splendid for existing circumstances.’

‘And so, Pa,’ said Bella, moving coaxingly to his side instead of remaining opposite, ‘you sometimes have a quiet tea here all alone? I am not in the tea’s way, if I draw my arm over your shoulder like this, Pa?’

‘Yes, my dear, and no, my dear. Yes to the first question, and Certainly Not to the second. Respecting the quiet tea, my dear, why you see the occupations of the day are sometimes a little wearing; and if there’s nothing interposed between the day and your mother, why SHE is sometimes a little wearing, too.’

‘I know, Pa.’

‘Yes, my dear. So sometimes I put a quiet tea at the window here, with a little quiet contemplation of the Lane (which comes soothing), between the day, and domestic—’

‘Bliss,’ suggested Bella, sorrowfully.

‘And domestic Bliss,’ said her father, quite contented to accept the phrase.

Bella kissed him. ‘And it is in this dark dingy place of captivity, poor dear, that you pass all the hours of your life when you are not at home?’

‘Not at home, or not on the road there, or on the road here, my love. Yes. You see that little desk in the corner?’

‘In the dark corner, furthest both from the light and from the fireplace? The shabbiest desk of all the desks?’

Capitolo 16

La festa dei tre hobgoblin

La città sembrava davvero poco promettente mentre Bella percorreva le sue strade polverose. La maggior parte delle sue fabbriche produttrici di denaro aveva rallentato la propria attività, o addirittura smesso del tutto di funzionare. Anche i capifabbrica se n’erano già andati, così come gli operai. Le strade e le piazze avevano un aspetto desolato; anche i marciapiedi sembravano stanchi, segnati dal passaggio di milioni di persone. Dovevano trascorrere molte ore di notte per placare l’agitazione di una città così frenetica. Per il momento, l’atmosfera di silenzio sembrava più quella di un gigante esausto che quella di qualcuno che si stesse riposando per riacquistare le forze.

Anche se Bella, guardando quella maestosa banca, pensava quanto sarebbe piacevole passare un’ora a fare giardinaggio lì, con una bella pala di rame tra tutti quei soldi, non era affatto avida. Molto migliorata in questo senso, e con alcune idee vaghe che contenevano ben poco “oro” nella loro struttura, le balenarono davanti agli occhi mentre entrava nella zona profumata di erbe medicinali di Mincing Lane, con la sensazione di aver appena aperto un cassetto in una farmacia.

La casa dove si svolgevano le operazioni di conteggio di Chicksey, Veneering e Stobbles fu indicata da una donna anziana abituata alle pratiche burocratiche; questa uscì da un edificio pubblico, si pulì la bocca e spiegò l’umidità presente all’interno in termini di principi fisici ben noti alle scienze naturali, aggiungendo di essere entrata per controllare che ora fosse. La casa in questione era situata al piano terra, con un ingresso buio; mentre si avvicinava, Bella si chiedeva se esistesse qualche precedente nella città per il fatto che lei potesse entrare e chiedere di R. Wilfer. E infatti, chi vide seduto vicino a una finestra, con la persiana alzata, se non proprio R. Wilfer stesso, che stava per pranzare?

Avvicinandosi di più, Bella notò che il pasto consisteva in un piccolo pane e un penny di latte. Nello stesso istante in cui lei fece questa scoperta, anche suo padre la vide e, richiamando le eco di Mincing Lane, esclamò: “Mio Dio!”

Poi arrivò volando come un cherubino, senza cappello, l’abbracciò e la fece entrare. “Perché è dopo orario di lavoro e sono completamente solo, cara,” spiegò, “e sto facendo, come qualche volta succede quando tutti se ne sono andati, una tazza di tè in tranquillità.”

Guardandosi intorno in ufficio, come se suo padre fosse un prigioniero e questa stanza la sua cella, Bella lo abbracciò stretto, stringendolo forte contro il proprio petto.

“Non sono mai stato così sorpreso, cara mia!” disse suo padre. “Non riuscivo a credere ai miei occhi. Per la vita mia, pensavo che avessero iniziato a mentire! L’idea che tu sia venuta qui di persona. Perché non hai mandato il valletto, cara?”

“Non ho portato con me nessun servitore, papà.”

“Ah davvero! Ma hai portato con te tutta questa eleganza, mio amore?”

‘No, Pa.’

“Non puoi aver mai camminato, mia cara, ”

“Sì, papà, l’ho fatto.”

Sembrava così sorpreso che Bella non riusciva a decidersi se dirglielo subito o meno.

“La conseguenza è, papà, che la tua adorabile moglie si sente un po’ debole e le piacerebbe molto condividere il tuo tè.”

Il pane casalingo e il litro di latte erano stati messi su un foglio di carta sul davanzale della finestra. Il piccolo coltello da tasca, con ancora un pezzo di pane attaccato alla lama, giaceva accanto a loro, gettato lì in fretta e furia. Bella prese quel pezzo di pane e se lo mise in bocca. “Mia cara bambina”, disse suo padre, “l’idea che tu consumi cibo così semplice. Ma almeno dovresti avere il tuo pane e il tuo latte. Un attimo solo, mia cara: la latteria è proprio dietro l’angolo.”

Nonostante le dissuasioni di Bella, uscì e tornò rapidamente con il nuovo rifornimento. “Mia cara bambina”, disse, spargendolo su un altro foglio di carta davanti a lei, “l’idea di qualcosa di splendido,!” Poi guardò la sua figura e si fermò di colpo.

“Che c’è che non va, papà?”

“Di una donna davvero splendida, ”, proseguì più lentamente, “che sopporta un ambiente del genere come questo. È un nuovo vestito quello che indossi, mia cara?”

“No, papà, è un vecchio libro. Non te ne ricordi?”

“Ma pensavo di ricordarmelo, carissima!”

“Dovresti farlo, papà, l’hai comprato tu stesso.”

“Sì, pensavo di averla comprata, cara mia!” disse il cherubino, scuotendosi leggermente come per ravvivare le proprie facoltà mentali.

“E sei diventato così capriccioso da non apprezzare più i tuoi stessi gusti, caro padre?”

“Beh, mia cara,” rispose lui, ingoiando con notevole sforzo un pezzo di pane casalingo che sembrava essergli rimasto in gola: “Avrei dovuto pensare che non fosse abbastanza splendido per le circostanze attuali.”

“E così, papà,” disse Bella, avvicinandosi dolcemente al suo fianco invece di rimanere di fronte a lui, “a volte ti piace prendere il tè qui da solo, vero? Non ti disturberò, se mi appoggio al tuo braccio in questo modo, papà?”

“Sì, caro mio, e no, caro mio. Sì alla prima domanda, ma certamente no alla seconda. Per quanto riguarda il pomeriggio tranquillo, caro mio, vedi, le occupazioni di tutto il giorno a volte possono risultare un po’ estenuanti; e se non ci fosse nulla che interrompesse la giornata e te, perché anche tu a volte potresti sentirti un po’ stanco, ”

“Lo so, papà.”

“Sì, caro mio. A volte mi siedo qui alla finestra, bevo un tè tranquillo e osservo in silenzio quella stradina. È davvero rilassante, tra la giornata lavorativa e le responsabilità domestiche, ”

“Bliss,” suggerì Bella, con tristezza.

“E la felicità domestica,” disse suo padre, assolutamente soddisfatto di accettare quell’espressione.

Bella lo baciò. “E è proprio in questo posto buio e squallido di prigionia, povero caro, che trascorri tutte le tue ore quando non sei a casa?”

“Né a casa, né su quella strada là, né su questa strada qui, mio amore. Sì. Vedi quel piccolo tavolo nell’angolo?”

Nell’angolo buio, il più lontano sia dalla luce che dal camino. Il tavolo più vecchio e malandato di tutti?

‘Now, does it really strike you in that point of view, my dear?’ said her father, surveying it artistically with his head on one side: ‘that’s mine. That’s called Rumty’s Perch.’

‘Whose Perch?’ asked Bella with great indignation.

‘Rumty’s. You see, being rather high and up two steps they call it a Perch. And they call ME Rumty.’

‘How dare they!’ exclaimed Bella.

‘They’re playful, Bella my dear; they’re playful. They’re more or less younger than I am, and they’re playful. What does it matter? It might be Surly, or Sulky, or fifty disagreeable things that I really shouldn’t like to be considered. But Rumty! Lor, why not Rumty?’

To inflict a heavy disappointment on this sweet nature, which had been, through all her caprices, the object of her recognition, love, and admiration from infancy, Bella felt to be the hardest task of her hard day. ‘I should have done better,’ she thought, ‘to tell him at first; I should have done better to tell him just now, when he had some slight misgiving; he is quite happy again, and I shall make him wretched.’

He was falling back on his loaf and milk, with the pleasantest composure, and Bella stealing her arm a little closer about him, and at the same time sticking up his hair with an irresistible propensity to play with him founded on the habit of her whole life, had prepared herself to say: ‘Pa dear, don’t be cast down, but I must tell you something disagreeable!’ when he interrupted her in an unlooked-for manner.

‘My gracious me!’ he exclaimed, invoking the Mincing Lane echoes as before. ‘This is very extraordinary!’

‘What is, Pa?’

‘Why here’s Mr Rokesmith now!’

‘No, no, Pa, no,’ cried Bella, greatly flurried. ‘Surely not.’

‘Yes there is! Look here!’

Sooth to say, Mr Rokesmith not only passed the window, but came into the counting-house. And not only came into the counting-house, but, finding himself alone there with Bella and her father, rushed at Bella and caught her in his arms, with the rapturous words ‘My dear, dear girl; my gallant, generous, disinterested, courageous, noble girl!’ And not only that even, (which one might have thought astonishment enough for one dose), but Bella, after hanging her head for a moment, lifted it up and laid it on his breast, as if that were her head’s chosen and lasting resting-place!

‘I knew you would come to him, and I followed you,’ said Rokesmith. ‘My love, my life! You ARE mine?’

To which Bella responded, ‘Yes, I AM yours if you think me worth taking!’ And after that, seemed to shrink to next to nothing in the clasp of his arms, partly because it was such a strong one on his part, and partly because there was such a yielding to it on hers.

The cherub, whose hair would have done for itself under the influence of this amazing spectacle, what Bella had just now done for it, staggered back into the window-seat from which he had risen, and surveyed the pair with his eyes dilated to their utmost.

‘But we must think of dear Pa,’ said Bella; ‘I haven’t told dear Pa; let us speak to Pa.’ Upon which they turned to do so.

‘I wish first, my dear,’ remarked the cherub faintly, ‘that you’d have the kindness to sprinkle me with a little milk, for I feel as if I was—Going.’

In fact, the good little fellow had become alarmingly limp, and his senses seemed to be rapidly escaping, from the knees upward. Bella sprinkled him with kisses instead of milk, but gave him a little of that article to drink; and he gradually revived under her caressing care.

‘We’ll break it to you gently, dearest Pa,’ said Bella.

‘My dear,’ returned the cherub, looking at them both, ‘you broke so much in the first—Gush, if I may so express myself—that I think I am equal to a good large breakage now.’

‘Mr Wilfer,’ said John Rokesmith, excitedly and joyfully, ‘Bella takes me, though I have no fortune, even no present occupation; nothing but what I can get in the life before us. Bella takes me!’

‘Yes, I should rather have inferred, my dear sir,’ returned the cherub feebly, ‘that Bella took you, from what I have within these few minutes remarked.’

‘You don’t know, Pa,’ said Bella, ‘how ill I have used him!’

‘You don’t know, sir,’ said Rokesmith, ‘what a heart she has!’

‘You don’t know, Pa,’ said Bella, ‘what a shocking creature I was growing, when he saved me from myself!’

‘You don’t know, sir,’ said Rokesmith, ‘what a sacrifice she has made for me!’

‘My dear Bella,’ replied the cherub, still pathetically scared, ‘and my dear John Rokesmith, if you will allow me so to call you—’

‘Yes do, Pa, do!’ urged Bella. ‘I allow you, and my will is his law. Isn’t it—dear John Rokesmith?’

There was an engaging shyness in Bella, coupled with an engaging tenderness of love and confidence and pride, in thus first calling him by name, which made it quite excusable in John Rokesmith to do what he did. What he did was, once more to give her the appearance of vanishing as aforesaid.

‘I think, my dears,’ observed the cherub, ‘that if you could make it convenient to sit one on one side of me, and the other on the other, we should get on rather more consecutively, and make things rather plainer. John Rokesmith mentioned, a while ago, that he had no present occupation.’

‘None,’ said Rokesmith.

‘No, Pa, none,’ said Bella.

‘From which I argue,’ proceeded the cherub, ‘that he has left Mr Boffin?’

‘Yes, Pa. And so—’

‘Stop a bit, my dear. I wish to lead up to it by degrees. And that Mr Boffin has not treated him well?’

‘Has treated him most shamefully, dear Pa!’ cried Bella with a flashing face.

‘Of which,’ pursued the cherub, enjoining patience with his hand, ‘a certain mercenary young person distantly related to myself, could not approve? Am I leading up to it right?’

‘Could not approve, sweet Pa,’ said Bella, with a tearful laugh and a joyful kiss.

‘Upon which,’ pursued the cherub, ‘the certain mercenary young person distantly related to myself, having previously observed and mentioned to myself that prosperity was spoiling Mr Boffin, felt that she must not sell her sense of what was right and what was wrong, and what was true and what was false, and what was just and what was unjust, for any price that could be paid to her by any one alive? Am I leading up to it right?’

“Ora, ti colpisce davvero sotto questo punto di vista, cara mia?” disse suo padre, osservandola con aria critica e inclinando la testa da un lato: “Questa è, la mia. Si chiama ‘Il Nido di Rumty’.”

“Di chi è questo posatoio?” chiese Bella con grande indignazione.

“Rumty’s. Sai, essendo piuttosto in alto e situato su due gradini, lo chiamano ‘Perch’. E mi chiamano Rumty.”

“Come osano!” esclamò Bella.

“Sono giocosi, cara Bella; sono davvero giocosi. Sono più o meno più giovani di me, e sono giocosi. Che importanza ha? Potrebbero chiamarsi Surly, Sulky, o avere mille altri nomi sgradevoli. Ma Rumty! Perché proprio Rumty?”

Infliggere una grande delusione a questa dolce natura, che, nonostante tutti i suoi capricci, era stata oggetto della sua riconoscenza, del suo amore e del suo ammiramento fin dall’infanzia, sembrava a Bella la cosa più difficile da fare in quella giornata difficile. “Avrei dovuto farlo meglio”, pensò, “avrei dovuto dirglielo subito all’inizio; avrei dovuto dirglielo anche ora, quando aveva già qualche dubbio. Ora è di nuovo felice, e io lo renderò infelice”.

Stava riposando tranquillamente, godendosi il suo pane e il suo latte; Bella gli avvicinò ancora di più il braccio attorno a lui e, allo stesso tempo, con una irresistibile voglia di giocare con lui – dovuta all’abitudine di tutta la sua vita – si preparava a dire: “Caro papà, non essere triste, ma devo dirti qualcosa di sgradevole!”, quando lui la interruppe in modo inaspettato.

“Mio Dio!” esclamò, facendo risuonare le eco di Mincing Lane come prima. “Questo è davvero straordinario!”

“Che cos’è, papà?”

“Ecco arrivare il signor Rokesmith!”

“No, no, papà, no,” gridò Bella, molto agitata. “Assolutamente no.”

“Sì, c’è davvero! Guarda qui!”

Per dirlo in modo gentile, il signor Rokesmith non solo superò la finestra, ma entrò anche nella casa dove si svolgevano i calcoli finanziari. E non solo ci entrò, ma, trovandosi lì da solo con Bella e suo padre, corse verso di lei e la strinse tra le braccia, esclamando con entusiasmo: “Mia cara, mia adorata ragazza; la mia nobile, generosa, coraggiosa e virtuosa ragazza!” E non basta: dopo aver abbassato per un momento lo sguardo, Bella sollevò il viso e lo appoggiò sul suo petto, come se quel fosse il luogo ideale e permanente dove riposare.

“Sapevo che saresti andata da lui, e ti ho seguita,” disse Rokesmith. “Il mio amore, la mia vita. Sei davvero mia?”

A cui Bella rispose: “Sì, IO SONO tua se pensi che valga la pena prendermi!” E dopo quel momento, sembrò ridursi a quasi nulla tra le sue braccia; in parte perché l’abbraccio di lui era così forte, e in parte perché il suo corpo si arrendeva completamente a esso.

Il cherubino, il cui capello, sotto l’effetto di questo spettacolo straordinario e di ciò che Bella aveva appena fatto, sembrava essersi trasformato completamente, indietreggiò barcollando verso la poltrona accanto alla finestra da cui era uscito e osservò la coppia con gli occhi spalancati al massimo.

“Ma dobbiamo pensare a caro Papà,” disse Bella; “Non gli ho ancora detto nulla; parliamoci con lui.” E così fecero.

“Prima di tutto, caro mio,” disse il cherubino con voce debole, “vorrei che tu avessi la gentilezza di versarmi un po’ di latte, perché mi sento come se stessi per, ”

Infatti, quel bravo piccolino era diventato in modo allarmante flaccido, e i suoi sensi sembravano stessero svanendo rapidamente, partendo dalle ginocchia verso l’alto. Bella lo baciò invece di dargli latte, ma gli diede anche un po’ di quella sostanza da bere; gradualmente, sotto la sua cura amorevole, riprese le forze.

“Te lo diremo con dolcezza, caro papà,” disse Bella.

“Mia cara,” rispose il cherub, guardandoli entrambi, “hai rotto così tanto la prima volta. Ah, se posso esprimermi in questo modo, che ora credo di essere all’altezza di una bella e grande rottura, ”

“Signor Wilfer,” disse John Rokesmith, con eccitazione e gioia, “Bella mi ha scelto, nonostante io non abbia alcuna fortuna, né un lavoro attuale; nulla se non ciò che posso ottenere nella vita che ci aspetta. Bella mi ha scelto!”

“Sì, avrei dovuto intuirlo da solo, mio caro signore,” rispose il cherubino con voce debole, “dal modo in cui Bella si è comportata nelle ultime minuti.”

“Non lo sai, papà”, disse Bella, “quanto l’abbia maluso!”

“Non lo sa, signore,” disse Rokesmith, “quanto cuore abbia lei!”

“Non sai, papà,” disse Bella, “quanta creatura orribile stessi diventando, quando lui mi salvò da me stessa!”

“Non lo sa, signore,” disse Rokesmith, “quanto sacrificio abbia fatto per me!”

“Mia cara Bella,” rispose il cherubino, ancora terribilmente spaventato, “e mio caro John Rokesmith, se mi permettete di chiamarvi così, ”

“Sì, fallo, papà, per favore!” insistette Bella. “Te lo permetto; la mia volontà è la sua legge, non è vero, caro John Rokesmith?”

In Bella c’era una timidezza affascinante, unita a una tenerezza commovente dovuta all’amore, nonché a fiducia e orgoglio; per questo motivo fu del tutto comprensibile che John Rokesmith facesse ciò che fece. Quello che fece, in altre parole, fu farle di nuovo credere che fosse scomparsa, proprio come accaduto in precedenza.

“Credo, cari miei,” osservò il cherubino, “che se riusciste a far sedere uno da un lato mio e l’altro dall’altro, potremmo procedere in modo più ordinato e rendere tutto più chiaro. John Rokesmith ha detto poco fa di non avere alcuna occupazione al momento.”

“Nessuno,” disse Rokesmith.

“No, papà, nessuno,” disse Bella.

“Da ciò deduco,” proseguì il cherubino, “che abbia lasciato il signor Boffin, ”

“Sì, papà. E così, ”

“Fermati un attimo, caro mio. Vorrei avvicinarmici gradualmente al tema. E non è che quel signor Boffin lo abbia trattato bene, vero?”

“Lo ha trattato in modo davvero vergognoso, caro papà!” gridò Bella con il viso acceso d’emozione.

“Di cui,” proseguì il cherub, invitando alla pazienza con un gesto della mano, “una certa giovane mercenaria lontanamente imparentata con me non poteva essere d’accordo? Sto arrivando al punto giusto, vero?”

“Non potrei approvare, caro papà,” disse Bella, ridendo tra le lacrime e dandogli un bacio gioioso.

“E su questo,” proseguì il cherubino, “quella giovane mercenaria, lontanamente imparentata con me, che in precedenza aveva osservato e menzionato a me come la prosperità stesse rovinando il signor Boffin, pensò che non dovesse mai vendere la propria capacità di distinguere ciò che è giusto da ciò che è sbagliato, ciò che è vero da ciò che è falso, e ciò che è equo da ciò che è ingiusto, per nessun prezzo che qualcuno potesse offrirle. Sto arrivando al punto giusto?”

With another tearful laugh Bella joyfully kissed him again.

‘And therefore—and therefore,’ the cherub went on in a glowing voice, as Bella’s hand stole gradually up his waistcoat to his neck, ‘this mercenary young person distantly related to myself, refused the price, took off the splendid fashions that were part of it, put on the comparatively poor dress that I had last given her, and trusting to my supporting her in what was right, came straight to me. Have I led up to it?’

Bella’s hand was round his neck by this time, and her face was on it.

‘The mercenary young person distantly related to myself,’ said her good father, ‘did well! The mercenary young person distantly related to myself, did not trust to me in vain! I admire this mercenary young person distantly related to myself, more in this dress than if she had come to me in China silks, Cashmere shawls, and Golconda diamonds. I love this young person dearly. I say to the man of this young person’s heart, out of my heart and with all of it, “My blessing on this engagement betwixt you, and she brings you a good fortune when she brings you the poverty she has accepted for your sake and the honest truth’s!”’

The stanch little man’s voice failed him as he gave John Rokesmith his hand, and he was silent, bending his face low over his daughter. But, not for long. He soon looked up, saying in a sprightly tone:

‘And now, my dear child, if you think you can entertain John Rokesmith for a minute and a half, I’ll run over to the Dairy, and fetch HIM a cottage loaf and a drink of milk, that we may all have tea together.’

It was, as Bella gaily said, like the supper provided for the three nursery hobgoblins at their house in the forest, without their thunderous low growlings of the alarming discovery, ‘Somebody’s been drinking MY milk!’ It was a delicious repast; by far the most delicious that Bella, or John Rokesmith, or even R. Wilfer had ever made. The uncongenial oddity of its surroundings, with the two brass knobs of the iron safe of Chicksey, Veneering, and Stobbles staring from a corner, like the eyes of some dull dragon, only made it the more delightful.

‘To think,’ said the cherub, looking round the office with unspeakable enjoyment, ‘that anything of a tender nature should come off here, is what tickles me. To think that ever I should have seen my Bella folded in the arms of her future husband, HERE, you know!’

It was not until the cottage loaves and the milk had for some time disappeared, and the foreshadowings of night were creeping over Mincing Lane, that the cherub by degrees became a little nervous, and said to Bella, as he cleared his throat:

‘Hem!—Have you thought at all about your mother, my dear?’

‘Yes, Pa.’

‘And your sister Lavvy, for instance, my dear?’

‘Yes, Pa. I think we had better not enter into particulars at home. I think it will be quite enough to say that I had a difference with Mr Boffin, and have left for good.’

‘John Rokesmith being acquainted with your Ma, my love,’ said her father, after some slight hesitation, ‘I need have no delicacy in hinting before him that you may perhaps find your Ma a little wearing.’

‘A little, patient Pa?’ said Bella with a tuneful laugh: the tune fuller for being so loving in its tone.

Well! We’ll say, strictly in confidence among ourselves, wearing; we won’t qualify it,’ the cherub stoutly admitted. ‘And your sister’s temper is wearing.’

‘I don’t mind, Pa.’

‘And you must prepare yourself you know, my precious,’ said her father, with much gentleness, ‘for our looking very poor and meagre at home, and being at the best but very uncomfortable, after Mr Boffin’s house.’

‘I don’t mind, Pa. I could bear much harder trials—for John.’

The closing words were not so softly and blushingly said but that John heard them, and showed that he heard them by again assisting Bella to another of those mysterious disappearances.

Well!’ said the cherub gaily, and not expressing disapproval, ‘when you—when you come back from retirement, my love, and reappear on the surface, I think it will be time to lock up and go.’

If the counting-house of Chicksey, Veneering, and Stobbles had ever been shut up by three happier people, glad as most people were to shut it up, they must have been superlatively happy indeed. But first Bella mounted upon Rumty’s Perch, and said, ‘Show me what you do here all day long, dear Pa. Do you write like this?’ laying her round cheek upon her plump left arm, and losing sight of her pen in waves of hair, in a highly unbusiness-like manner. Though John Rokesmith seemed to like it.

So, the three hobgoblins, having effaced all traces of their feast, and swept up the crumbs, came out of Mincing Lane to walk to Holloway; and if two of the hobgoblins didn’t wish the distance twice as long as it was, the third hobgoblin was much mistaken. Indeed, that modest spirit deemed himself so much in the way of their deep enjoyment of the journey, that he apologetically remarked: ‘I think, my dears, I’ll take the lead on the other side of the road, and seem not to belong to you.’ Which he did, cherubically strewing the path with smiles, in the absence of flowers.

It was almost ten o’clock when they stopped within view of Wilfer Castle; and then, the spot being quiet and deserted, Bella began a series of disappearances which threatened to last all night.

‘I think, John,’ the cherub hinted at last, ‘that if you can spare me the young person distantly related to myself, I’ll take her in.’

‘I can’t spare her,’ answered John, ‘but I must lend her to you.—My Darling!’ A word of magic which caused Bella instantly to disappear again.

‘Now, dearest Pa,’ said Bella, when she became visible, ‘put your hand in mine, and we’ll run home as fast as ever we can run, and get it over. Now, Pa. Once!—’

Con un altro riso tra le lacrime, Bella lo baciò di nuovo felicemente.

“E quindi, e quindi,” continuò il cherubino con voce vibrante, mentre la mano di Bella gli saliva lentamente lungo la giacca fino al collo, “questa giovane donna, lontanamente imparentata con me, rifiutò il compenso offertole, si tolse i vestiti splendidi che ne facevano parte e indossò l’abito piuttosto semplice che le avevo dato l’ultima volta, fidandosi che io l’avrei sostenuta nel fare la cosa giusta. Ho forse preparato tutto questo?”

A quel momento, la mano di Bella era intorno al suo collo, e il suo viso era vicinissimo al suo.

“Quel giovane mercenario, lontanamente imparentato con me,” disse suo buon padre, “si è comportato davvero bene! Non si è fidato di me a vuoto. Ammiro molto questo giovane mercenario, lontanamente imparentato con me. Anzi, lo ammiro ancora di più in questo abito, piuttosto che se fosse venuto da me avvolto in sete cinesi, sciarpe di cashmere e diamanti del Golconda. Amo davvero profondamente questa giovane donna. Dico con tutto il cuore all’uomo che lei ama: ‘Vi benedico per questo fidanzamento. Lei vi porterà fortuna, anche se dovrà sopportare la povertà che ha accettato per voi, e per la fedeltà alla verità’.”

La voce di quell’uomo stanco e piccolo tremò mentre stringeva la mano a John Rokesmith; rimase in silenzio, abbassando il viso verso sua figlia. Ma non per molto. Presto alzò lo sguardo e disse con tono vivace:

“E ora, mio caro bambino, se pensi di riuscire a intrattenere John Rokesmith per un minuto e mezzo, correrò al negozio di latticini a prendere per LUI un pane e un bicchiere di latte, così potremo bere il tè insieme.”

Era, come disse allegramente Bella, come la cena preparata per i tre orchi dei servizi di cucina nella loro casa nel bosco, senza quei loro ruggiti minacciosi che dicevano: “Qualcuno ha bevuto il MIO latte!” Era un pasto delizioso; di gran lunga il più delizioso che Bella, o John Rokesmith, o persino R. Wilfer avessero mai preparato. L’ambiente insolito e strano in cui si svolgeva tutto – con quei due pomelli di ottone della cassaforte di Chicksey, Veneering e Stobbles che spuntavano da un angolo, come gli occhi di qualche drago torpido – rendeva il tutto ancora più piacevole.

“Pensarci, ”, disse il cherubino, guardandosi intorno nell’ufficio con un piacere indescrivibile, “che qualcosa di così tenero e delicato possa nascere proprio qui. Questo mi diverte davvero. Pensare che io abbia mai visto la mia Bella tra le braccia del suo futuro marito. QUI, capite?”

Solo quando i panini fatti in casa e il latte erano ormai scomparsi da un po’ di tempo, e le ombre della notte iniziavano ad avvolgere Mincing Lane, il cherubino cominciò gradualmente a sentirsi un po’ nervoso e, dopo essersi schiarito la voce, disse a Bella:

“Ehm. Hai mai pensato, cara mia, a tua madre?”

“Sì, papà.”

“E tua sorella Lavvy, per esempio, cara mia?”

“Sì, papà. Penso che sia meglio non entrare nei dettagli a casa. Basterà dire che ho avuto un disaccordo con il signor Boffin e che me ne sono andato per sempre.”

“Poiché John Rokesmith conosce tua madre, mio amore”, disse suo padre dopo un breve esitare, “non vedo motivo di essere delicato nel suggerirgli che forse tua madre potrebbe sentirsi un po’ stanca”.

“Un po’, paziente Pa?”, disse Bella ridendo dolcemente; quella risata era ancora più bella per la tenerezza e l’affetto che trasmetteva.

“Beh! Diciamo, solo tra di noi in assoluta confidenza. Non lo definiremmo proprio un abito,” ammise fermamente il cherubino. “E poi l’umore di tua sorella sta peggiorando.”

“Non mi dispiace, papà.”

“E devi prepararti, sai, ”, disse suo padre con grande dolcezza, “perché a casa nostra sembrerà che siamo molto poveri e malvestiti, e sarà comunque molto scomodo, rispetto alla casa del signor Boffin.”

“Non mi dispiace, papà. Potrei sopportare prove molto più difficili, per John.”

Le ultime parole non furono dette in modo così dolce e timido, ma John le sentì, e lo dimostrò aiutando di nuovo Bella a compiere uno di quei misteriosi scomparimenti.

“‘Beh!’” disse il cherubo felicemente, senza alcun segno di disapprovazione, “quando tu, quando tornerai dalla tua ritirata e ricomparirai in superficie, penso che sarà arrivato il momento di chiudere tutto a chiave e andarsene.”

Se la casa di Chicksey, Veneering e Stobbles fosse mai stata chiusa da tre persone più felici di quelle che, come la maggior parte delle persone, erano contente di chiuderla, allora quelle persone dovevano essere davvero estremamente felici. Ma prima di tutto, Bella salì sul trespolo di Rumty e disse: “Mostrami cosa fai qui tutto il giorno, caro papà. Scrivi così?” Appoggiò la guancia rotonda sul suo braccio sinistro paffuto, perdendo di vista la penna tra i suoi capelli ondulati, in modo davvero poco professionale. Anche se a John Rokesmith sembrava piacere.

Quindi, i tre hobgoblin, dopo aver cancellato ogni traccia del loro banchetto e raccolto tutti i briciole, uscirono da Mincing Lane per dirigersi verso Holloway; e se due di loro non avessero desiderato che la distanza fosse il doppio di quella reale, il terzo hobgoblin si sarebbe sbagliato di grosso. Infatti, quel modesto spirito si riteneva un vero ostacolo al loro piacere nel compiere quel viaggio, tanto che disse con scusa: “Credo, cari miei, che camminerò davanti a voi, dall’altra parte della strada, in modo da non sembrare far parte del vostro gruppo.” E così fece, diffondendo lungo il percorso sorrisi, anche se non c’erano fiori a farlo.

Erano quasi le dieci di ore quando si fermarono in vista del castello di Wilfer; e poiché il luogo era tranquillo e deserto, Bella iniziò una serie di scomparse che sembravano destinate a durare per tutta la notte.

“Penso, John,” suggerì infine il cherubino, “che se potessi concedermi quella giovane donna che è lontanamente imparentata con me, la accoglierei volentieri.”

“Non posso privarmene,” rispose John, “ma devo prestarla a te. Mia cara!” Una parola di magia che fece sì che Bella scomparisse immediatamente di nuovo.

“Ora, caro papà,” disse Bella quando divenne visibile, “metti la tua mano nella mia e correremo a casa il più velocemente possibile per risolvere questa situazione. Per favore, papà, una volta sola!”

‘My dear,’ the cherub faltered, with something of a craven air, ‘I was going to observe that if your mother—’

‘You mustn’t hang back, sir, to gain time,’ cried Bella, putting out her right foot; ‘do you see that, sir? That’s the mark; come up to the mark, sir. Once! Twice! Three times and away, Pa!’ Off she skimmed, bearing the cherub along, nor ever stopped, nor suffered him to stop, until she had pulled at the bell. ‘Now, dear Pa,’ said Bella, taking him by both ears as if he were a pitcher, and conveying his face to her rosy lips, ‘we are in for it!’

Miss Lavvy came out to open the gate, waited on by that attentive cavalier and friend of the family, Mr George Sampson. ‘Why, it’s never Bella!’ exclaimed Miss Lavvy starting back at the sight. And then bawled, ‘Ma! Here’s Bella!’

This produced, before they could get into the house, Mrs Wilfer. Who, standing in the portal, received them with ghostly gloom, and all her other appliances of ceremony.

‘My child is welcome, though unlooked for,’ said she, at the time presenting her cheek as if it were a cool slate for visitors to enrol themselves upon. ‘You too, R. W., are welcome, though late. Does the male domestic of Mrs Boffin hear me there?’ This deep-toned inquiry was cast forth into the night, for response from the menial in question.

‘There is no one waiting, Ma, dear,’ said Bella.

‘There is no one waiting?’ repeated Mrs Wilfer in majestic accents.

‘No, Ma, dear.’

A dignified shiver pervaded Mrs Wilfer’s shoulders and gloves, as who should say, ‘An Enigma!’ and then she marched at the head of the procession to the family keeping-room, where she observed:

‘Unless, R. W.:’ who started on being solemnly turned upon: ‘you have taken the precaution of making some addition to our frugal supper on your way home, it will prove but a distasteful one to Bella. Cold neck of mutton and a lettuce can ill compete with the luxuries of Mr Boffin’s board.’

‘Pray don’t talk like that, Ma dear,’ said Bella; ‘Mr Boffin’s board is nothing to me.’

But, here Miss Lavinia, who had been intently eyeing Bella’s bonnet, struck in with ‘Why, Bella!’

‘Yes, Lavvy, I know.’

The Irrepressible lowered her eyes to Bella’s dress, and stooped to look at it, exclaiming again: ‘Why, Bella!’

‘Yes, Lavvy, I know what I have got on. I was going to tell Ma when you interrupted. I have left Mr Boffin’s house for good, Ma, and I have come home again.’

Mrs Wilfer spake no word, but, having glared at her offspring for a minute or two in an awful silence, retired into her corner of state backward, and sat down: like a frozen article on sale in a Russian market.

‘In short, dear Ma,’ said Bella, taking off the depreciated bonnet and shaking out her hair, ‘I have had a very serious difference with Mr Boffin on the subject of his treatment of a member of his household, and it’s a final difference, and there’s an end of all.’

‘And I am bound to tell you, my dear,’ added R. W., submissively, ‘that Bella has acted in a truly brave spirit, and with a truly right feeling. And therefore I hope, my dear, you’ll not allow yourself to be greatly disappointed.’

‘George!’ said Miss Lavvy, in a sepulchral, warning voice, founded on her mother’s; ‘George Sampson, speak! What did I tell you about those Boffins?’

Mr Sampson perceiving his frail bark to be labouring among shoals and breakers, thought it safest not to refer back to any particular thing that he had been told, lest he should refer back to the wrong thing. With admirable seamanship he got his bark into deep water by murmuring ‘Yes indeed.’

‘Yes! I told George Sampson, as George Sampson tells you,’ said Miss Lavvy, ‘that those hateful Boffins would pick a quarrel with Bella, as soon as her novelty had worn off. Have they done it, or have they not? Was I right, or was I wrong? And what do you say to us, Bella, of your Boffins now?’

‘Lavvy and Ma,’ said Bella, ‘I say of Mr and Mrs Boffin what I always have said; and I always shall say of them what I always have said. But nothing will induce me to quarrel with any one to-night. I hope you are not sorry to see me, Ma dear,’ kissing her; ‘and I hope you are not sorry to see me, Lavvy,’ kissing her too; ‘and as I notice the lettuce Ma mentioned, on the table, I’ll make the salad.’

Bella playfully setting herself about the task, Mrs Wilfer’s impressive countenance followed her with glaring eyes, presenting a combination of the once popular sign of the Saracen’s Head, with a piece of Dutch clock-work, and suggesting to an imaginative mind that from the composition of the salad, her daughter might prudently omit the vinegar. But no word issued from the majestic matron’s lips. And this was more terrific to her husband (as perhaps she knew) than any flow of eloquence with which she could have edified the company.

‘Now, Ma dear,’ said Bella in due course, ‘the salad’s ready, and it’s past supper-time.’

Mrs Wilfer rose, but remained speechless. ‘George!’ said Miss Lavinia in her voice of warning, ‘Ma’s chair!’ Mr Sampson flew to the excellent lady’s back, and followed her up close chair in hand, as she stalked to the banquet. Arrived at the table, she took her rigid seat, after favouring Mr Sampson with a glare for himself, which caused the young gentleman to retire to his place in much confusion.

The cherub not presuming to address so tremendous an object, transacted her supper through the agency of a third person, as ‘Mutton to your Ma, Bella, my dear’; and ‘Lavvy, I dare say your Ma would take some lettuce if you were to put it on her plate.’ Mrs Wilfer’s manner of receiving those viands was marked by petrified absence of mind; in which state, likewise, she partook of them, occasionally laying down her knife and fork, as saying within her own spirit, ‘What is this I am doing?’ and glaring at one or other of the party, as if in indignant search of information. A magnetic result of such glaring was, that the person glared at could not by any means successfully pretend to be ignorant of the fact: so that a bystander, without beholding Mrs Wilfer at all, must have known at whom she was glaring, by seeing her refracted from the countenance of the beglared one.

“Mia cara,” balbettò il cherubino, con un tono un po’ codardo, “volevo dire che se tua madre, ”

“Non dovete indugiare, signore, per guadagnare tempo,” gridò Bella, muovendo il piede destro; “vedete quel punto? Arrivate fino a lì, signore. Una volta! Due volte! Tre volte e via, papà!” Si allontanò veloce, trascinando con sé il cherubino, senza mai fermarsi né permettergli di farlo, finché non suonò la campanella. “Ora, caro papà,” disse Bella, prendendolo per entrambe le orecchie come se fosse una brocca e avvicinando il suo viso alle proprie labbra rosse, “siamo pronti!”

La signorina Lavvy uscì per aprire il cancello, assistita da quel cortese cavaliere e amico della famiglia, il signor George Sampson. “Ma non è mai stata Bella!” esclamò la signorina Lavvy, facendo un passo indietro alla vista di quella persona. E poi gridò: “Ma, eccola là, Bella!”

Prima ancora che potessero entrare nella casa, comparve la signora Wilfer. In piedi sul portone, li accolse con un’atmosfera cupa e solenne, utilizzando tutti i rituali di cerimonia a sua disposizione.

“Mio bambino è il benvenuto, anche se non era previsto,” disse lei, presentando la sua guancia come se fosse una superficie liscia su cui gli ospiti potessero “iscriversi”. “Anche tu, R. W., sei il benvenuto, anche se in ritardo. Il domestico maschio della signora Boffin mi sente laggiù?” Questa domanda, pronunciata con voce profonda, fu lanciata nella notte, in attesa di una risposta da parte del suddetto domestico.

“Nessuno sta aspettando, mamma cara,” disse Bella.

“Nessuno sta aspettando?” ripeté la signora Wilfer con tono maestoso.

“No, Ma, caro.”

Un leggero brivido percorse le spalle e i guanti della signora Wilfer; chi avrebbe potuto dire, “Un enigma!”, poi lei guidò la processione verso la sala familiare, dove osservò:

“A meno che, R. W.:” cominciò qualcuno, rivolgendosi a lui con tono solenne, “non abbiate preso la precauzione di portare con voi qualcosa in più per arricchire la nostra frugale cena lungo la strada di casa, altrimenti sarà davvero insapore per Bella. Una coscia di montone fredda e un’insalata non possono certo competere con i lussi della tavola del signor Boffin.”

“Per favore, non parlare in quel modo, mamma cara,” disse Bella; “la tavola di Mr Boffin non significa nulla per me.”

Ma ecco qui la signorina Lavinia, che aveva osservato attentamente il cappello di Bella, intervenire dicendo: “Ma guarda, Bella!”

“Sì, Lavvy, lo so.”

La Irrispettabile abbassò lo sguardo sul vestito di Bella e si chinò per osservarlo, esclamando di nuovo: “Ma guarda, Bella!”

“Sì, Lavvy, so cosa ho fatto. Stavo per dirlo a mamma quando tu mi hai interrotto. Ho lasciato per sempre la casa del signor Boffin, mamma, e sono tornata a casa.”

La signora Wilfer non disse una parola; dopo aver fissato i suoi figli per un minuto o due in un terribile silenzio, si ritirò nel suo angolo e si sedette, immobile come un oggetto congelato in vendita in un mercato russo.

“In breve, cara mamma,” disse Bella, togliendosi il cappello ormai logoro e scuotendo i capelli, “ho avuto un grave disaccordo con il signor Boffin riguardo al modo in cui tratta un membro della sua famiglia. E si tratta di un disaccordo definitivo; ormai è tutto finito.”

“E devo assolutamente dirvi questo, carissima,” aggiunse R. W., con sottomissione, “che Bella si è comportata con un vero spirito coraggioso e con un sentimento davvero giusto. E quindi spero, carissima, che non vi lasciate deludere troppo.”

“George!” disse la signorina Lavvy con una voce cupa e minacciosa, simile a quella di sua madre; “George Sampson, rispondi! Cosa ti avevo detto riguardo a quegli scienziati?”

Il signor Sampson, vedendo che la sua fragile imbarcazione si trovava tra scogli e frangenti, ritenne più sicuro non ricordare nulla di ciò che gli era stato detto, per evitare di fare riferimento alla cosa sbagliata. Con notevole abilità nautica, riuscì a portare la sua imbarcazione in acque profonde, mormorando “Sì, davvero”.

“Sì! Gliel’ho detto io a George Sampson, proprio come George Sampson vi dirà,” disse Miss Lavvy, “che quei maledetti Boffins avrebbero cercato di creare problemi a Bella non appena la sua novità fosse passata. L’hanno fatto o no? Avevo ragione o no? E tu, Bella, cosa ne pensi ora dei tuoi Boffins?”

“Lavvy e Ma,” disse Bella, “dico di Mr e Mrs Boffin ciò che ho sempre detto; e continuerò sempre a dire la stessa cosa. Ma nulla mi spingerà a litigare con nessuno, nemmeno di notte. Spero che non vi dispiaccia vedermi, cara Ma,” le disse baciandola; “e spero anche che non vi dispiaccia vedermi, Lavvy,” aggiunse baciando anche lei. “E poiché ho notato il lattuga di cui Ma ha parlato, sul tavolo, preparerò io stessa la insalata.”

Mentre si dedicava allegramente a quel compito, il volto imponente della signora Wilfer la seguiva con sguardi penetranti; quell’aspetto combinava elementi del una volta popolare simbolo della “Testa di Saraceno” con parti meccaniche di un orologio olandese, facendo pensare a chi avesse un po’ di immaginazione che, nella preparazione di quella insalata, sua figlia potesse saggiamente omettere l’aceto. Ma nessuna parola uscì dalle labbra di quella maestosa signora. E questo fu per suo marito (forse lo sapeva già) ancora più terribile di qualsiasi discorso eloquente avesse potuto tenere davanti a tutti.

“Ora, cara mamma,” disse alla fine Bella, “la insalata è pronta, e è già passata l’ora di cena.”

La signora Wilfer arrossì, ma rimase senza parole. “George!” disse la signorina Lavinia con voce allarmata, “La sedia di Ma!” Il signor Sampson corse subito al fianco della gentile signora e le tenne la sedia mentre lei si dirigeva verso il banchetto. Arrivata al tavolo, prese il suo posto rigido e freddo, lanciando allo stesso tempo uno sguardo minaccioso al signor Sampson, che lo costrinse a ritirarsi nel proprio angolo in grande imbarazzo.

Il cherubino, senza osare rivolgersi direttamente a un essere così maestoso, fece portare la cena tramite terzi, dicendo cose del tipo: “Mutton for your Ma, Bella, my dear”; o “Lavvy, I think your Ma would like some lettuce if you put it on her plate.” Il modo in cui la signora Wilfer accettava quei cibi era caratterizzato da una totale assenza di attenzione; mangiava senza prestare alcuna attenzione al cibo stesso, mettendo a volte giù forchetta e coltello, come se si chiedesse: “Ma cosa sto facendo?” E fissava con sguardo indignato le persone intorno a lei, come se cercasse disperatamente informazioni. L’effetto di questo suo comportamento era che chi veniva fissato non poteva assolutamente fingere di ignorare la situazione; quindi, anche un osservatore esterno, senza guardare direttamente la signora Wilfer, avrebbe potuto capire a chi stesse fissando, vedendo come il suo sguardo venisse riflesso sul viso della persona bersaglio.

Miss Lavinia was extremely affable to Mr Sampson on this special occasion, and took the opportunity of informing her sister why.

‘It was not worth troubling you about, Bella, when you were in a sphere so far removed from your family as to make it a matter in which you could be expected to take very little interest,’ said Lavinia with a toss of her chin; ‘but George Sampson is paying his addresses to me.’

Bella was glad to hear it. Mr Sampson became thoughtfully red, and felt called upon to encircle Miss Lavinia’s waist with his arm; but, encountering a large pin in the young lady’s belt, scarified a finger, uttered a sharp exclamation, and attracted the lightning of Mrs Wilfer’s glare.

‘George is getting on very well,’ said Miss Lavinia which might not have been supposed at the moment—‘and I dare say we shall be married, one of these days. I didn’t care to mention it when you were with your Bof—’ here Miss Lavinia checked herself in a bounce, and added more placidly, ‘when you were with Mr and Mrs Boffin; but now I think it sisterly to name the circumstance.’

‘Thank you, Lavvy dear. I congratulate you.’

‘Thank you, Bella. The truth is, George and I did discuss whether I should tell you; but I said to George that you wouldn’t be much interested in so paltry an affair, and that it was far more likely you would rather detach yourself from us altogether, than have him added to the rest of us.’

‘That was a mistake, dear Lavvy,’ said Bella.

‘It turns out to be,’ replied Miss Lavinia; ‘but circumstances have changed, you know, my dear. George is in a new situation, and his prospects are very good indeed. I shouldn’t have had the courage to tell you so yesterday, when you would have thought his prospects poor, and not worth notice; but I feel quite bold tonight.’

‘When did you begin to feel timid, Lavvy?’ inquired Bella, with a smile.

‘I didn’t say that I ever felt timid, Bella,’ replied the Irrepressible. ‘But perhaps I might have said, if I had not been restrained by delicacy towards a sister’s feelings, that I have for some time felt independent; too independent, my dear, to subject myself to have my intended match (you’ll prick yourself again, George) looked down upon. It is not that I could have blamed you for looking down upon it, when you were looking up to a rich and great match, Bella; it is only that I was independent.’

Whether the Irrepressible felt slighted by Bella’s declaration that she would not quarrel, or whether her spitefulness was evoked by Bella’s return to the sphere of Mr George Sampson’s courtship, or whether it was a necessary fillip to her spirits that she should come into collision with somebody on the present occasion,—anyhow she made a dash at her stately parent now, with the greatest impetuosity.

‘Ma, pray don’t sit staring at me in that intensely aggravating manner! If you see a black on my nose, tell me so; if you don’t, leave me alone.’

‘Do you address Me in those words?’ said Mrs Wilfer. ‘Do you presume?’

‘Don’t talk about presuming, Ma, for goodness’ sake. A girl who is old enough to be engaged, is quite old enough to object to be stared at as if she was a Clock.’

‘Audacious one!’ said Mrs Wilfer. ‘Your grandmamma, if so addressed by one of her daughters, at any age, would have insisted on her retiring to a dark apartment.’

‘My grandmamma,’ returned Lavvy, folding her arms and leaning back in her chair, ‘wouldn’t have sat staring people out of countenance, I think.’

‘She would!’ said Mrs Wilfer.

‘Then it’s a pity she didn’t know better,’ said Lavvy. ‘And if my grandmamma wasn’t in her dotage when she took to insisting on people’s retiring to dark apartments, she ought to have been. A pretty exhibition my grandmamma must have made of herself! I wonder whether she ever insisted on people’s retiring into the ball of St Paul’s; and if she did, how she got them there!’

Silence!’ proclaimed Mrs Wilfer. ‘I command silence!’

‘I have not the slightest intention of being silent, Ma,’ returned Lavinia coolly, ‘but quite the contrary. I am not going to be eyed as if I had come from the Boffins, and sit silent under it. I am not going to have George Sampson eyed as if HE had come from the Boffins, and sit silent under it. If Pa thinks proper to be eyed as if HE had come from the Boffins also, well and good. I don’t choose to. And I won’t!’

Lavinia’s engineering having made this crooked opening at Bella, Mrs Wilfer strode into it.

‘You rebellious spirit! You mutinous child! Tell me this, Lavinia. If in violation of your mother’s sentiments, you had condescended to allow yourself to be patronized by the Boffins, and if you had come from those halls of slavery—’

‘That’s mere nonsense, Ma,’ said Lavinia.

‘How!’ exclaimed Mrs Wilfer, with sublime severity.

‘Halls of slavery, Ma, is mere stuff and nonsense,’ returned the unmoved Irrepressible.

‘I say, presumptuous child, if you had come from the neighbourhood of Portland Place, bending under the yoke of patronage and attended by its domestics in glittering garb to visit me, do you think my deep-seated feelings could have been expressed in looks?’

‘All I think about it, is,’ returned Lavinia, ‘that I should wish them expressed to the right person.’

‘And if,’ pursued her mother, ‘if making light of my warnings that the face of Mrs Boffin alone was a face teeming with evil, you had clung to Mrs Boffin instead of to me, and had after all come home rejected by Mrs Boffin, trampled under foot by Mrs Boffin, and cast out by Mrs Boffin, do you think my feelings could have been expressed in looks?’

Lavinia was about replying to her honoured parent that she might as well have dispensed with her looks altogether then, when Bella rose and said, ‘Good night, dear Ma. I have had a tiring day, and I’ll go to bed.’ This broke up the agreeable party. Mr George Sampson shortly afterwards took his leave, accompanied by Miss Lavinia with a candle as far as the hall, and without a candle as far as the garden gate; Mrs Wilfer, washing her hands of the Boffins, went to bed after the manner of Lady Macbeth; and R. W. was left alone among the dilapidations of the supper table, in a melancholy attitude.

La signorina Lavinia fu straordinariamente affabile con il signor Sampson in quella particolare occasione, e colse l’opportunità di informare la sorella del perché.

«Non valeva la pena di disturbarti, Bella, quando eri in una sfera tanto lontana dalla tua famiglia da rendere la cosa una faccenda per la quale ci si poteva aspettare che tu provassi ben poco interesse», disse Lavinia con uno scatto del mento; «ma George Sampson mi fa la corte.»

Bella fu lieta di saperlo. Il signor Sampson arrossì pensieroso, e si sentì in dovere di cingere con il braccio la vita della signorina Lavinia; ma, incontrando un grosso spillo nella cintura della giovane, si graffiò un dito, emise una brusca esclamazione e attirò il lampo dello sguardo della signora Wilfer.

«George se la cava molto bene», disse la signorina Lavinia — cosa che in quel momento non si sarebbe potuta supporre — «e credo proprio che uno di questi giorni ci sposeremo. Non mi andava di parlartene quando eri con i tuoi Bof, » qui la signorina Lavinia si arrestò con un sussulto, e aggiunse più placidamente: «quando eri con il signore e la signora Boffin; ma ora mi pare da sorella nominare la circostanza.»

«Grazie, Lavvy cara. Mi congratulo con te.»

«Grazie, Bella. La verità è che George e io abbiamo discusso se dovessi dirtelo; ma io ho detto a George che una faccenda così meschina non ti avrebbe molto interessata, e che era assai più probabile che tu preferissi staccarti del tutto da noi, piuttosto che vederlo aggiunto al resto della famiglia.»

«Questo era uno sbaglio, cara Lavvy», disse Bella.

«Si scopre che lo era», rispose la signorina Lavinia; «ma le circostanze sono cambiate, sai, mia cara. George ha un nuovo impiego, e le sue prospettive sono davvero ottime. Non avrei avuto il coraggio di dirtelo ieri, quando avresti giudicato povere le sue prospettive, e indegne di attenzione; ma stasera mi sento del tutto ardita.»

«Quando hai cominciato a sentirti timida, Lavvy?» domandò Bella, con un sorriso.

«Non ho detto di essermi mai sentita timida, Bella», rispose l’Irrefrenabile. «Ma forse avrei potuto dire, se non fossi stata trattenuta dalla delicatezza verso i sentimenti di una sorella, che da qualche tempo mi sento indipendente; troppo indipendente, mia cara, per espormi a veder guardato dall’alto in basso il matrimonio che ho in animo (ti pungerai di nuovo, George). Non che avrei potuto biasimarti per averlo guardato dall’alto in basso, mentre tu guardavi in alto verso un matrimonio ricco e grandioso, Bella; è solo che io ero indipendente.»

Che l’Irrefrenabile si sentisse offesa dalla dichiarazione di Bella di non voler litigare, o che il suo astio fosse suscitato dal ritorno di Bella nella sfera del corteggiamento del signor George Sampson, o che le fosse necessario, come stimolo agli spiriti, entrare in collisione con qualcuno in quella circostanza — comunque sia, si lanciò allora contro la sua maestosa genitrice con la più grande impetuosità.

«Mamma, ti prego, non startene lì a fissarmi in quel modo tanto esasperante! Se mi vedi un nero sul naso, dimmelo; se no, lasciami in pace

«Rivolgi a Me tali parole?» disse la signora Wilfer. «Osi tanto?»

«Non parlare di osare, mamma, per amor del cielo. Una ragazza abbastanza grande da essere fidanzata è abbastanza grande da rifiutare di essere fissata come se fosse un Orologio

«Sfrontata!» disse la signora Wilfer. «Tua nonna, se una delle sue figlie le si fosse rivolta così, a qualunque età, avrebbe preteso che si ritirasse in una stanza buia.»

«Mia nonna», ribatté Lavvy, incrociando le braccia e appoggiandosi allo schienale della sedia, «non sarebbe rimasta a fissare la gente fino a farla vergognare, credo.»

«Invece sì!» disse la signora Wilfer.

«Allora è un peccato che non avesse più giudizio», disse Lavvy. «E se mia nonna non era rimbambita quando si mise a pretendere che la gente si ritirasse in stanze buie, avrebbe dovuto esserlo. Che bella figura deve aver fatto, mia nonna! Mi domando se abbia mai preteso che la gente si ritirasse nella palla di San Paolo; e, in tal caso, come facesse a portarcela!»

«Silenzio!» proclamò la signora Wilfer. «Ordino il silenzio

«Non ho la minima intenzione di tacere, mamma», rispose Lavinia con freddezza, «anzi, tutto il contrario. Non ho intenzione di essere squadrata come se venissi dai Boffin, e di starmene zitta a subirlo. Non ho intenzione che George Sampson sia squadrato come se LUI venisse dai Boffin, e di starmene zitta a subirlo. Se papà ritiene opportuno essere squadrato come se anche LUI venisse dai Boffin, bene e buono. Io non ci sto. E non lo farò!»

Avendo la manovra di Lavinia aperto questo varco obliquo verso Bella, la signora Wilfer vi si gettò dentro a grandi passi.

«Spirito ribelle! Figlia ammutinata! Dimmi questo, Lavinia. Se, in violazione dei sentimenti di tua madre, ti fossi degnata di lasciarti proteggere dai Boffin, e se fossi venuta da quelle sale di schiavitù—»

«Sono pure sciocchezze, mamma», disse Lavinia.

«Come!» esclamò la signora Wilfer, con sublime severità.

«Sale di schiavitù, mamma, sono pure fandonie e sciocchezze», ribatté impassibile l’Irrefrenabile.

«Io dico, figlia presuntuosa, che se tu fossi venuta dalle parti di Portland Place, piegata sotto il giogo del patrocinio e accompagnata dai suoi domestici in livrea sfavillante per farmi visita, credi che i miei sentimenti profondi avrebbero potuto esprimersi con gli sguardi?»

«Tutto ciò che ne penso», ribatté Lavinia, «è che vorrei fossero espressi alla persona giusta.»

«E se», proseguì la madre, «se, facendo poco conto dei miei avvertimenti che il volto della signora Boffin soltanto era un volto brulicante di male, ti fossi aggrappata alla signora Boffin invece che a me, e dopo tutto fossi tornata a casa respinta dalla signora Boffin, calpestata dalla signora Boffin e cacciata dalla signora Boffin, credi che i miei sentimenti avrebbero potuto esprimersi con gli sguardi?»

Lavinia stava per rispondere alla venerata genitrice che allora avrebbe fatto bene a rinunciare del tutto ai suoi sguardi, quando Bella si alzò e disse: «Buona notte, cara mamma. Ho avuto una giornata faticosa, e vado a letto.» Ciò sciolse l’amabile compagnia. Il signor George Sampson prese congedo poco dopo, accompagnato dalla signorina Lavinia con una candela fino all’ingresso, e senza candela fino al cancello del giardino; la signora Wilfer, lavandosi le mani dei Boffin, andò a letto alla maniera di Lady Macbeth; e R. W. rimase solo tra le rovine della tavola della cena, in atteggiamento malinconico.

But, a light footstep roused him from his meditations, and it was Bella’s. Her pretty hair was hanging all about her, and she had tripped down softly, brush in hand, and barefoot, to say good-night to him.

‘My dear, you most unquestionably ARE a lovely woman,’ said the cherub, taking up a tress in his hand.

‘Look here, sir,’ said Bella; ‘when your lovely woman marries, you shall have that piece if you like, and she’ll make you a chain of it. Would you prize that remembrance of the dear creature?’

‘Yes, my precious.’

‘Then you shall have it if you’re good, sir. I am very, very sorry, dearest Pa, to have brought home all this trouble.’

‘My pet,’ returned her father, in the simplest good faith, ‘don’t make yourself uneasy about that. It really is not worth mentioning, because things at home would have taken pretty much the same turn any way. If your mother and sister don’t find one subject to get at times a little wearing on, they find another. We’re never out of a wearing subject, my dear, I assure you. I am afraid you find your old room with Lavvy, dreadfully inconvenient, Bella?’

‘No I don’t, Pa; I don’t mind. Why don’t I mind, do you think, Pa?’

Well, my child, you used to complain of it when it wasn’t such a contrast as it must be now. Upon my word, I can only answer, because you are so much improved.’

‘No, Pa. Because I am so thankful and so happy!’

Here she choked him until her long hair made him sneeze, and then she laughed until she made him laugh, and then she choked him again that they might not be overheard.

‘Listen, sir,’ said Bella. ‘Your lovely woman was told her fortune to night on her way home. It won’t be a large fortune, because if the lovely woman’s Intended gets a certain appointment that he hopes to get soon, she will marry on a hundred and fifty pounds a year. But that’s at first, and even if it should never be more, the lovely woman will make it quite enough. But that’s not all, sir. In the fortune there’s a certain fair man—a little man, the fortune-teller said—who, it seems, will always find himself near the lovely woman, and will always have kept, expressly for him, such a peaceful corner in the lovely woman’s little house as never was. Tell me the name of that man, sir.’

‘Is he a Knave in the pack of cards?’ inquired the cherub, with a twinkle in his eyes.

‘Yes!’ cried Bella, in high glee, choking him again. ‘He’s the Knave of Wilfers! Dear Pa, the lovely woman means to look forward to this fortune that has been told for her, so delightfully, and to cause it to make her a much better lovely woman than she ever has been yet. What the little fair man is expected to do, sir, is to look forward to it also, by saying to himself when he is in danger of being over-worried, “I see land at last!”

‘I see land at last!’ repeated her father.

‘There’s a dear Knave of Wilfers!’ exclaimed Bella; then putting out her small white bare foot, ‘That’s the mark, sir. Come to the mark. Put your boot against it. We keep to it together, mind! Now, sir, you may kiss the lovely woman before she runs away, so thankful and so happy. O yes, fair little man, so thankful and so happy!’

Ma un passo leggero lo svegliò dalle sue meditazioni. Era quello di Bella. I suoi bei capelli le ricadevano intorno; era inciampata dolcemente, con la spazzola in mano e a piedi nudi, per salutarlo buonanotte.

“Mia cara, senza dubbio sei una donna meravigliosa,” disse il cherubino, prendendo tra le mani una ciocca di capelli.

“Guardate qui, signore,” disse Bella; “quando la vostra adorabile donna si sposerà, potrete tenervi quel pezzo se lo desiderate, e lei vi farà anche una catena con esso. Vi piacerebbe conservare questo ricordo di quella cara persona?”

“Sì, mio caro.”

“Allora potrete averla se siete buoni, signore. Mi dispiace molto, caro papà, di aver portato a casa tutta questa preoccupazione.”

“Mio tesoro,” le rispose suo padre con la più semplice e sincera >fede, “non preoccuparti per questo. Davvero non vale la pena parlarne, perché a >casa le cose sarebbero andate più o meno allo stesso modo comunque. Se tua madre e tua sorella non trovano un argomento che a volte diventa noioso, ne trovano un altro. Non ci manca mai un argomento di discussione, te lo assicuro. Temo che la tua vecchia stanza con Lavvy ti sembri terribilmente scomoda, Bella, ”

“Mai, papà. Non mi dispiace affatto. Perché non dovrei dispiacermi, secondo te, papà?”

“Beh, mio figlio, un tempo ti lamentavi di questo contrasto, ma ora non è più così evidente come prima. Te lo dico sul serio: posso risponderti solo perché tu sei davvero migliorato molto.”

“No, papà. Perché sono così grata e così felice!”

Qui lo soffocò fino a quando i suoi lunghi capelli lo fecero starnutire, poi rise fino a farlo ridere anche lui, e infine lo soffocò di nuovo per evitare che qualcuno li sentisse.

“Ascolti, signore,” disse Bella. “Alla sua adorabile donna è stata predetta la sua fortuna stasera, mentre tornava a casa. Non sarà una fortuna enorme, perché se l’uomo che lei ama ottenesse un certo incarico che spera di ottenere presto, si sposerebbe con uno stipendio di centocinquanta sterline all’anno. Ma questo è solo per il momento; anche se mai dovesse cambiare, le sarebbe comunque più che sufficiente. Ma non è tutto, signore. Nella predizione c’è anche un certo uomo attraente. Un uomo piccolo, ha detto la veggente. Che, a quanto pare, sarà sempre vicino alla sua adorabile donna e avrà sempre a disposizione, appositamente per lui, un angolo tranquillo nella sua piccola casa. Ditemi il nome di quell’uomo, signore.”

“È forse uno Scemo nel mazzo di carte?”, chiese il cherubino, con un luccichio negli occhi.

“Sì!“ esclamò Bella, felice da morire, soffocandolo di nuovo. “È il Cavaliere di Wilfers! Caro papà, quella meravigliosa donna aspetta con ansia questa fortuna che le è stata predetta, e grazie a essa diventerà una donna ancora più bella di quanto non sia mai stata prima. Quello che quel carino giovane dovrà fare, signore, è anche lui aspettare con fiducia, dicendosi ogni volta che rischia di preoccuparsi troppo: “Finalmente vedo la terra!”

“Finalmente vedo la terra!” ripeté suo padre.

“C’è un caro furfante di Wilfers!” esclamò Bella; poi, mettendo fuori il suo piccolo piede nudo e bianco, aggiunse: “Ecco il segno, signore. Venga qui, appoggi il suo stivale contro di esso. Dobbiamo seguirlo insieme, capisce? Ora, signore, può baciare questa bella donna prima che scappi. È così grata e così felice! Oh sì, caro piccolo uomo, così grata e così felice!”

Chapter 17

A SOCIAL CHORUS

Amazement sits enthroned upon the countenances of Mr and Mrs Alfred Lammle’s circle of acquaintance, when the disposal of their first-class furniture and effects (including a Billiard Table in capital letters), ‘by auction, under a bill of sale,’ is publicly announced on a waving hearthrug in Sackville Street. But, nobody is half so much amazed as Hamilton Veneering, Esquire, M.P. for Pocket-Breaches, who instantly begins to find out that the Lammles are the only people ever entered on his soul’s register, who are NOT the oldest and dearest friends he has in the world. Mrs Veneering, W.M.P. for Pocket-Breaches, like a faithful wife shares her husband’s discovery and inexpressible astonishment. Perhaps the Veneerings twain may deem the last unutterable feeling particularly due to their reputation, by reason that once upon a time some of the longer heads in the City are whispered to have shaken themselves, when Veneering’s extensive dealings and great wealth were mentioned. But, it is certain that neither Mr nor Mrs Veneering can find words to wonder in, and it becomes necessary that they give to the oldest and dearest friends they have in the world, a wondering dinner.

For, it is by this time noticeable that, whatever befals, the Veneerings must give a dinner upon it. Lady Tippins lives in a chronic state of invitation to dine with the Veneerings, and in a chronic state of inflammation arising from the dinners. Boots and Brewer go about in cabs, with no other intelligible business on earth than to beat up people to come and dine with the Veneerings. Veneering pervades the legislative lobbies, intent upon entrapping his fellow-legislators to dinner. Mrs Veneering dined with five-and-twenty bran-new faces over night; calls upon them all to day; sends them every one a dinner-card to-morrow, for the week after next; before that dinner is digested, calls upon their brothers and sisters, their sons and daughters, their nephews and nieces, their aunts and uncles and cousins, and invites them all to dinner. And still, as at first, howsoever, the dining circle widens, it is to be observed that all the diners are consistent in appearing to go to the Veneerings, not to dine with Mr and Mrs Veneering (which would seem to be the last thing in their minds), but to dine with one another.

Perhaps, after all,—who knows?—Veneering may find this dining, though expensive, remunerative, in the sense that it makes champions. Mr Podsnap, as a representative man, is not alone in caring very particularly for his own dignity, if not for that of his acquaintances, and therefore in angrily supporting the acquaintances who have taken out his Permit, lest, in their being lessened, he should be. The gold and silver camels, and the ice-pails, and the rest of the Veneering table decorations, make a brilliant show, and when I, Podsnap, casually remark elsewhere that I dined last Monday with a gorgeous caravan of camels, I find it personally offensive to have it hinted to me that they are broken-kneed camels, or camels labouring under suspicion of any sort. ‘I don’t display camels myself, I am above them: I am a more solid man; but these camels have basked in the light of my countenance, and how dare you, sir, insinuate to me that I have irradiated any but unimpeachable camels?’

The camels are polishing up in the Analytical’s pantry for the dinner of wonderment on the occasion of the Lammles going to pieces, and Mr Twemlow feels a little queer on the sofa at his lodgings over the stable yard in Duke Street, Saint James’s, in consequence of having taken two advertised pills at about mid-day, on the faith of the printed representation accompanying the box (price one and a penny halfpenny, government stamp included), that the same ‘will be found highly salutary as a precautionary measure in connection with the pleasures of the table.’ To whom, while sickly with the fancy of an insoluble pill sticking in his gullet, and also with the sensation of a deposit of warm gum languidly wandering within him a little lower down, a servant enters with the announcement that a lady wishes to speak with him.

‘A lady!’ says Twemlow, pluming his ruffled feathers. ‘Ask the favour of the lady’s name.’

The lady’s name is Lammle. The lady will not detain Mr Twemlow longer than a very few minutes. The lady is sure that Mr Twemlow will do her the kindness to see her, on being told that she particularly desires a short interview. The lady has no doubt whatever of Mr Twemlow’s compliance when he hears her name. Has begged the servant to be particular not to mistake her name. Would have sent in a card, but has none.

‘Show the lady in.’ Lady shown in, comes in.

Mr Twemlow’s little rooms are modestly furnished, in an old-fashioned manner (rather like the housekeeper’s room at Snigsworthy Park), and would be bare of mere ornament, were it not for a full-length engraving of the sublime Snigsworth over the chimneypiece, snorting at a Corinthian column, with an enormous roll of paper at his feet, and a heavy curtain going to tumble down on his head; those accessories being understood to represent the noble lord as somehow in the act of saving his country.

‘Pray take a seat, Mrs Lammle.’ Mrs Lammle takes a seat and opens the conversation.

‘I have no doubt, Mr Twemlow, that you have heard of a reverse of fortune having befallen us. Of course you have heard of it, for no kind of news travels so fast—among one’s friends especially.’

Mindful of the wondering dinner, Twemlow, with a little twinge, admits the imputation.

‘Probably it will not,’ says Mrs Lammle, with a certain hardened manner upon her, that makes Twemlow shrink, ‘have surprised you so much as some others, after what passed between us at the house which is now turned out at windows. I have taken the liberty of calling upon you, Mr Twemlow, to add a sort of postscript to what I said that day.’

Capitolo 17

Un CORO sociale.

Lo stupore si legge sul volto del signor e della signora Alfred Lammle, nonché di tutti i loro conoscenti, quando viene annunciato pubblicamente che i loro mobili di prima qualità e le loro proprietà (incluso un tavolo da biliardo) saranno venduti all’asta. Ma nessuno è più sorpreso di Hamilton Veneering, membro del Parlamento per la circoscrizione di Pocket-Breaches, il quale immediatamente si rende conto che i Lammle sono gli unici ad essere mai entrati nel “registro della sua anima”, e che non sono affatto i suoi amici più vecchi e cari al mondo. La signora Veneering condivide la scoperta e lo stupore inesprimibile di suo marito, come una moglie fedele. Forse i coniugi Veneering ritengono che questa ultima constatazione sia particolarmente appropriata, considerando la loro reputazione, poiché un tempo, quando si menzionavano le vaste attività commerciali e la grande ricchezza di Hamilton Veneering, alcune persone influenti della città avevano espresso sorpresa. Ma è certo che né il signor né la signora Veneering riescano a trovare parole per esprimere il loro stupore. E così diventa necessario organizzare una cena speciale per i loro amici più vecchi e cari al mondo.

Perché è proprio in questo periodo che si nota chiaramente che, qualunque cosa accada, i membri della famiglia Veneering devono organizzare una cena al riguardo. Lady Tippins vive in uno stato cronico di “invito” a cenare con i Veneering, e allo stesso tempo in uno stato cronico di “infiammazione” causata da tutte queste cene. Boots e Brewer viaggiano continuamente in taxi, senza alcun altro scopo apparente se non quello di convincere le persone ad andare a cena dai Veneering. La pratica della “veneeratura” pervade persino i corridoi legislativi: tutti cercano di intrappolare i propri colleghi per invitarli a cena. La signora Veneering ha cenato con venticinque persone completamente nuove la scorsa notte; durante il giorno le ha tutte visitate; domani manderà loro una carta da visita per invitare tutti a cena nella settimana successiva. E prima ancora che quella cena venga digerita, inviterà i fratelli e le sorelle di queste persone, i loro figli, nipoti, zii e cugini. Eppure, nonostante il cerchio dei partecipanti alle cene si allarghi continuamente, è evidente che tutti questi ospiti sembrano andare dai Veneering non per cenare con il signor e la signora Veneering (che probabilmente non è affatto ciò che hanno in mente), ma per cenare tra di loro.

Forse, dopotutto, chi lo sa?. La “Veneering” potrebbe ritenere che questo tipo di banchetti, sebbene costosi, siano proficui, nel senso che contribuiscono a creare dei “campioni”. Il signor Podsnap, in quanto rappresentante tipico della sua classe, non è l’unico a curarsi molto della propria dignità, e tanto meno di quella dei propri conoscenti; per questo sostiene con fermezza quei conoscenti che hanno ottenuto il suo “Permesso”, per evitare che anche la sua stessa reputazione ne risentisse. I cammelli d’oro e d’argento, i secchi di ghiaccio e le altre decorazioni della tavola offrono uno spettacolo davvero imponente; quando io, Podsnap, menzione casualmente in altri contesti che lunedì scorso ho pranzato con un magnifico corteo di cammelli, trovo offensivo che qualcuno insinui che si tratti di cammelli malandati o sospettati di qualche cosa. “Io stesso non espongo cammelli: sono al di sopra di loro. Sono una persona più solida; ma questi cammelli hanno goduto della luce del mio prestigio. Come osate, signore, insinuare che io abbia avuto a che fare con cammelli meno che impeccabili?”

I cammelli vengono lucidati nella dispensa dell’Analitico per la cena di meraviglia che si terrà in occasione del fatto che i “Lammles” si stanno disintegrando. E il signor Twemlow si sente un po’ strano sul divano della sua stanza, situata sopra il cortile delle stalle in Duke Street, Saint James’s: ha infatti preso due pillole pubblicizzate a mezzogiorno, fidandosi completamente dell’indicazione stampata sulla confezione (prezzo uno scellino e mezzo, inclusa la marca di controllo del governo), secondo cui tali pillole “sarebbero estremamente benefiche come misura preventiva per godere appieno dei piaceri della tavola”. Mentre soffre per l’illusione che una pillola insolubile si sia incastrata nella sua gola, e per la sensazione di qualcosa di caldo e vischioso che si muova lentamente dentro di lui, un servitore entra annunciando che una signora desidera parlargli.

“Una signora!”, dice Twemlow, sistemando le piume scompigliate. “Chiedete il nome di questa signora, per favore.”

Il nome della signora è Lammle. La signora non tratterrà il signor Twemlow per più di pochi minuti. È certa che il signor Twemlow le farà l’onore di riceverla, soprattutto sapendo che desidera un breve incontro. Non ha alcun dubbio riguardo alla sua collaborazione non appena sentirà il suo nome. Ha pregato il servitore di fare attenzione a non sbagliare il suo nome. Avrebbe voluto inviare una cartolina, ma non ne possiede nessuna.

“Faccia entrare la signora.” La signora viene fatta entrare.

Le piccole stanze di Mr Twemlow sono arredate in modo semplice e alla vecchia maniera (un po’ come la stanza della cameriera a Snigsworthy Park); sarebbero completamente prive di ornamenti, se non fosse per un ritratto inciso su tela dell’nobile Snigsworth sopra il caminetto: lui, che soffia contro una colonna corinzia, con un enorme rotolo di carta ai piedi e una pesante tenda pronta a cadergli addosso. Questi elementi simboleggiano chiaramente il nobile signore mentre compie qualche atto eroico per salvare il suo paese.

“Prego, si sieda, signora Lammle.” La signora Lammle si siede e inizia la conversazione.

“Non ho alcun dubbio, signor Twemlow, che abbiate sentito parlare di una sfortuna improvvisa che ci è capitata. Naturalmente l’avete saputo, perché nessuna notizia si diffonde così in fretta, soprattutto tra gli amici.”

Consapevole delle domande che avrebbero potuto porsi durante la cena, Twemlow, con un leggero senso di disagio, ammise l’accusa.

“Probabilmente non vi sorprenderà tanto quanto altre cose”, dice la signora Lammle con un tono piuttosto freddo e deciso che fa rabbrividire Twemlow, “dopo quello che è successo tra noi in quella casa, che ora è stata trasformata in negozio. Mi sono permessa di venire da voi, signor Twemlow, per aggiungere una sorta di postfazione a ciò che dissi quel giorno.”

Mr Twemlow’s dry and hollow cheeks become more dry and hollow at the prospect of some new complication.

‘Really,’ says the uneasy little gentleman, ‘really, Mrs Lammle, I should take it as a favour if you could excuse me from any further confidence. It has ever been one of the objects of my life—which, unfortunately, has not had many objects—to be inoffensive, and to keep out of cabals and interferences.’

Mrs Lammle, by far the more observant of the two, scarcely finds it necessary to look at Twemlow while he speaks, so easily does she read him.

‘My postscript—to retain the term I have used’—says Mrs Lammle, fixing her eyes on his face, to enforce what she says herself—‘coincides exactly with what you say, Mr Twemlow. So far from troubling you with any new confidence, I merely wish to remind you what the old one was. So far from asking you for interference, I merely wish to claim your strict neutrality.’

Twemlow going on to reply, she rests her eyes again, knowing her ears to be quite enough for the contents of so weak a vessel.

‘I can, I suppose,’ says Twemlow, nervously, ‘offer no reasonable objection to hearing anything that you do me the honour to wish to say to me under those heads. But if I may, with all possible delicacy and politeness, entreat you not to range beyond them, I—I beg to do so.’

‘Sir,’ says Mrs Lammle, raising her eyes to his face again, and quite daunting him with her hardened manner, ‘I imparted to you a certain piece of knowledge, to be imparted again, as you thought best, to a certain person.’

‘Which I did,’ says Twemlow.

‘And for doing which, I thank you; though, indeed, I scarcely know why I turned traitress to my husband in the matter, for the girl is a poor little fool. I was a poor little fool once myself; I can find no better reason.’ Seeing the effect she produces on him by her indifferent laugh and cold look, she keeps her eyes upon him as she proceeds. ‘Mr Twemlow, if you should chance to see my husband, or to see me, or to see both of us, in the favour or confidence of any one else—whether of our common acquaintance or not, is of no consequence—you have no right to use against us the knowledge I intrusted you with, for one special purpose which has been accomplished. This is what I came to say. It is not a stipulation; to a gentleman it is simply a reminder.’

Twemlow sits murmuring to himself with his hand to his forehead.

‘It is so plain a case,’ Mrs Lammle goes on, ‘as between me (from the first relying on your honour) and you, that I will not waste another word upon it.’ She looks steadily at Mr Twemlow, until, with a shrug, he makes her a little one-sided bow, as though saying ‘Yes, I think you have a right to rely upon me,’ and then she moistens her lips, and shows a sense of relief.

‘I trust I have kept the promise I made through your servant, that I would detain you a very few minutes. I need trouble you no longer, Mr Twemlow.’

‘Stay!’ says Twemlow, rising as she rises. ‘Pardon me a moment. I should never have sought you out, madam, to say what I am going to say, but since you have sought me out and are here, I will throw it off my mind. Was it quite consistent, in candour, with our taking that resolution against Mr Fledgeby, that you should afterwards address Mr Fledgeby as your dear and confidential friend, and entreat a favour of Mr Fledgeby? Always supposing that you did; I assert no knowledge of my own on the subject; it has been represented to me that you did.’

‘Then he told you?’ retorts Mrs Lammle, who again has saved her eyes while listening, and uses them with strong effect while speaking.

‘Yes.’

‘It is strange that he should have told you the truth,’ says Mrs Lammle, seriously pondering. ‘Pray where did a circumstance so very extraordinary happen?’

Twemlow hesitates. He is shorter than the lady as well as weaker, and, as she stands above him with her hardened manner and her well-used eyes, he finds himself at such a disadvantage that he would like to be of the opposite sex.

‘May I ask where it happened, Mr Twemlow? In strict confidence?’

‘I must confess,’ says the mild little gentleman, coming to his answer by degrees, ‘that I felt some compunctions when Mr Fledgeby mentioned it. I must admit that I could not regard myself in an agreeable light. More particularly, as Mr Fledgeby did, with great civility, which I could not feel that I deserved from him, render me the same service that you had entreated him to render you.’

It is a part of the true nobility of the poor gentleman’s soul to say this last sentence. ‘Otherwise,’ he has reflected, ‘I shall assume the superior position of having no difficulties of my own, while I know of hers. Which would be mean, very mean.’

‘Was Mr Fledgeby’s advocacy as effectual in your case as in ours?’ Mrs Lammle demands.

‘As ineffectual.’

‘Can you make up your mind to tell me where you saw Mr Fledgeby, Mr Twemlow?’

‘I beg your pardon. I fully intended to have done so. The reservation was not intentional. I encountered Mr Fledgeby, quite by accident, on the spot.—By the expression, on the spot, I mean at Mr Riah’s in Saint Mary Axe.’

‘Have you the misfortune to be in Mr Riah’s hands then?’

‘Unfortunately, madam,’ returns Twemlow, ‘the one money obligation to which I stand committed, the one debt of my life (but it is a just debt; pray observe that I don’t dispute it), has fallen into Mr Riah’s hands.’

‘Mr Twemlow,’ says Mrs Lammle, fixing his eyes with hers: which he would prevent her doing if he could, but he can’t; ‘it has fallen into Mr Fledgeby’s hands. Mr Riah is his mask. It has fallen into Mr Fledgeby’s hands. Let me tell you that, for your guidance. The information may be of use to you, if only to prevent your credulity, in judging another man’s truthfulness by your own, from being imposed upon.’

‘Impossible!’ cries Twemlow, standing aghast. ‘How do you know it?’

‘I scarcely know how I know it. The whole train of circumstances seemed to take fire at once, and show it to me.’

Le guance secche e scavate del signor Twemlow diventano ancora più secche e scavate alla prospettiva di qualche nuova complicazione.

“Davvero,” disse il piccolo gentiluomo a disagio, “davvero, signora Lammle, le sarei molto grato se potesse scusarmi per qualsiasi ulteriore confidenza da parte mia. Essere inoffensivi e tenersi lontani da intrighi e interferenze è sempre stato uno degli obiettivi della mia vita, un obiettivo, purtroppo, non molto realizzato.”

La signora Lammle, di gran lunga la più attenta dei due, quasi non ritiene necessario guardare Twemlow mentre parla: riesce facilmente a comprenderlo senza bisogno di osservarlo.

“La mia postfazione – per mantenere il termine che ho utilizzato – dice”, spiega la signora Lammle, fissandolo negli occhi per sottolineare ciò che afferma, “esattamente ciò che dite voi, signor Twemlow. Lungi dal disturbarvi con nuove richieste di fiducia, desidero semplicemente ricordarvi quali fossero le vostre precedenti promesse. Lungi dall’chiedervi di intervenire, voglio soltanto che manteniate una rigorosa neutralità.”

Twemlow continuò a rispondere; lei chiuse di nuovo gli occhi, consapevole che le sue orecchie fossero più che sufficienti per comprendere il contenuto di un recipiente così debole.

“Credo di poterlo fare,” disse Twemlow, nervosamente, “non ho alcuna obiezione ragionevole all’idea di ascoltare qualsiasi cosa siate disposti a dirmi su questi argomenti, nell’onore che mi fate. Ma se posso chiedervelo con tutta la delicatezza e la cortesia possibili, vi prego di non andare oltre.”

“Signore,” disse la signora Lammle, alzando di nuovo lo sguardo verso il suo viso e intimidendolo con il suo tono freddo e deciso, “vi ho rivelato una certa informazione, affinché voi la trasmetteste, a vostra discrezione, a una determinata persona.”

“Ed è esattamente ciò che ho fatto,” dice Twemlow.

“E per questo vi ringrazio; anche se, in realtà, non so proprio perché abbia tradito mio marito in questa faccenda. Quella ragazza è solo una povera piccola sciocca. Anch’io un tempo ero una povera piccola sciocca; non riesco a trovare nessuna ragione migliore.” Vedendo l’effetto che il suo sorriso indifferente e il suo sguardo freddo avevano su di lui, continuò: “Signor Twemlow, se doveste incontrare mio marito, o me, o entrambi, per conto di qualcun altro, che sia un nostro conoscente comune o meno, non ha alcuna importanza. Non avete il diritto di utilizzare la conoscenza che vi ho confidato per uno scopo particolare che ormai è stato raggiunto. Questo è ciò che volevo dire. Non si tratta di una richiesta formale; per un gentiluomo, è semplicemente un promemoria.”

Twemlow se ne sta seduto a mormorare tra sé, tenendosi la fronte con una mano.

“È un caso così evidente,” continua la signora Lammle, “tra me (che fin dall’inizio mi sono fidata della tua onestà) e te, che non voglio perdere altre parole al riguardo.” Guarda fisso il signor Twemlow, fino a quando lui, con un gesto di spalle, le fa un piccolo inchino, come per dire “Sì, penso che tu abbia il diritto di fidarti di me”. Poi lei umidifica le labbra e mostra un senso di sollievo.

Spero di aver mantenuto la promessa fatta tramite il vostro servo, ovvero di trattenervi solo per pochi minuti. Non voglio disturbarvi oltre, signor Twemlow.

“Restate!” dice Twemlow, alzandosi insieme a lei. “Perdonatemi un momento. Non avrei mai dovuto cercarvi, signora, per dirvi ciò che sto per dire. Ma poiché siete venuta voi stessa da me, ve lo dirò comunque. Era davvero coerente, onestamente parlando, con la decisione che avevamo preso contro il signor Fledgeby, il fatto che in seguito vi rivolgeste a lui chiamandolo ‘caro e fidato amico’ e gli chiedeste un favore? Supponendo sempre che sia così. Io personalmente non ne so nulla; mi è stato detto che lo avete fatto.”

“Allora te l’ha detto?” ribatte la signora Lammle, che ancora una volta si è salvata gli occhi ascoltando e ora li utilizza con grande efficacia mentre parla.

“Sì, davvero.”

“È strano che abbia deciso di rivelarti la verità”, dice la signora Lammle, riflettendo seriamente. “Dimmi, in quale luogo può essere accaduta una circostanza così straordinaria?”

Twemlow esita. È più basso della signora e anche più debole; inoltre, mentre lei sta sopra di lui con quel suo atteggiamento freddo e quegli occhi abituati a osservare attentamente, si sente così svantaggiato che vorrebbe essere dell’altro sesso.

“Posso chiedere dove è successo, signor Twemlow? In assoluta confidenza?”

“Devo confessare,” disse il gentile signore, rispondendo gradualmente alla domanda, “che ho provato alcuni rimorsi quando il signor Fledgeby ne ha parlato. Devo ammettere di non potermi considerare in una luce positiva. In particolare, poiché il signor Fledgeby, con grande cortesia – che non ritenevo di meritare da lui – mi ha reso lo stesso servizio che voi gli avevate chiesto di rendervi.”

Fa parte della vera nobiltà dell’anima di quel gentiluomo povero il fatto che abbia detto quest’ultima frase. “Altrimenti,” ha riflettuto, “assumerei una posizione di superiorità, quella di non avere alcuna difficoltà personale, mentre so delle sue. Il che sarebbe meschino, davvero meschino.”

“La difesa del signor Fledgeby è stata efficace nel vostro caso tanto quanto nel nostro?” chiede la signora Lammle.

“Del tutto inefficace.”

“Riuscite finalmente a dirmi dove avete visto il signor Fledgeby, signor Twemlow?”

“Mi scusi molto. Intendevo davvero farlo; la prenotazione non è stata intenzionale. Ho incontrato il signor Fledgeby, per puro caso, proprio lì. Con ‘proprio lì’ intendo dire nella casa del signor Riah, a Saint Mary Axe.”

“Sei dunque nella sfortuna di trovarti nelle mani del signor Riah?”

“Purtroppo, signora,” risponde Twemlow, “l’unica obbligazione finanziaria che ho, il solo debito della mia vita, ma si tratta di un debito giusto; per favore noti che non lo contesto affatto, è finito nelle mani del signor Riah.”

“Signor Twemlow,” disse la signora Lammle, fissandolo negli occhi: qualcosa che lui avrebbe voluto impedirle di fare, se solo ne fosse stato in grado, ma non poteva; “tutta questa informazione è finita nelle mani del signor Fledgeby. Il signor Riah è soltanto la sua maschera. È tutto nelle mani del signor Fledgeby. Lasciate che ve lo dica, per il vostro bene. Queste notizie potrebbero esservi utili, anche solo per evitare che la vostra credulità vi faccia giudicare la sincerità degli altri in base alla vostra stessa esperienza.”

“Impossibile!”, esclama Twemlow, inorridito. “Come fai a saperlo?”

“Quasi non so come faccia a saperlo. Tutta quella serie di eventi sembrò prendere fuoco all’improvviso e mostrarmelo chiaramente.”

‘Oh! Then you have no proof.’

‘It is very strange,’ says Mrs Lammle, coldly and boldly, and with some disdain, ‘how like men are to one another in some things, though their characters are as different as can be! No two men can have less affinity between them, one would say, than Mr Twemlow and my husband. Yet my husband replies to me “You have no proof,” and Mr Twemlow replies to me with the very same words!’

‘But why, madam?’ Twemlow ventures gently to argue. ‘Consider why the very same words? Because they state the fact. Because you HAVE no proof.’

‘Men are very wise in their way,’ quoth Mrs Lammle, glancing haughtily at the Snigsworth portrait, and shaking out her dress before departing; ‘but they have wisdom to learn. My husband, who is not over-confiding, ingenuous, or inexperienced, sees this plain thing no more than Mr Twemlow does—because there is no proof! Yet I believe five women out of six, in my place, would see it as clearly as I do. However, I will never rest (if only in remembrance of Mr Fledgeby’s having kissed my hand) until my husband does see it. And you will do well for yourself to see it from this time forth, Mr Twemlow, though I CAN give you no proof.’

As she moves towards the door, Mr Twemlow, attending on her, expresses his soothing hope that the condition of Mr Lammle’s affairs is not irretrievable.

‘I don’t know,’ Mrs Lammle answers, stopping, and sketching out the pattern of the paper on the wall with the point of her parasol; ‘it depends. There may be an opening for him dawning now, or there may be none. We shall soon find out. If none, we are bankrupt here, and must go abroad, I suppose.’

Mr Twemlow, in his good-natured desire to make the best of it, remarks that there are pleasant lives abroad.

‘Yes,’ returns Mrs Lammle, still sketching on the wall; ‘but I doubt whether billiard-playing, card-playing, and so forth, for the means to live under suspicion at a dirty table-d’hote, is one of them.’

It is much for Mr Lammle, Twemlow politely intimates (though greatly shocked), to have one always beside him who is attached to him in all his fortunes, and whose restraining influence will prevent him from courses that would be discreditable and ruinous. As he says it, Mrs Lammle leaves off sketching, and looks at him.

‘Restraining influence, Mr Twemlow? We must eat and drink, and dress, and have a roof over our heads. Always beside him and attached in all his fortunes? Not much to boast of in that; what can a woman at my age do? My husband and I deceived one another when we married; we must bear the consequences of the deception—that is to say, bear one another, and bear the burden of scheming together for to-day’s dinner and to-morrow’s breakfast—till death divorces us.’

With those words, she walks out into Duke Street, Saint James’s. Mr Twemlow returning to his sofa, lays down his aching head on its slippery little horsehair bolster, with a strong internal conviction that a painful interview is not the kind of thing to be taken after the dinner pills which are so highly salutary in connexion with the pleasures of the table.

But, six o’clock in the evening finds the worthy little gentleman getting better, and also getting himself into his obsolete little silk stockings and pumps, for the wondering dinner at the Veneerings. And seven o’clock in the evening finds him trotting out into Duke Street, to trot to the corner and save a sixpence in coach-hire.

Tippins the divine has dined herself into such a condition by this time, that a morbid mind might desire her, for a blessed change, to sup at last, and turn into bed. Such a mind has Mr Eugene Wrayburn, whom Twemlow finds contemplating Tippins with the moodiest of visages, while that playful creature rallies him on being so long overdue at the woolsack. Skittish is Tippins with Mortimer Lightwood too, and has raps to give him with her fan for having been best man at the nuptials of these deceiving what’s-their-names who have gone to pieces. Though, indeed, the fan is generally lively, and taps away at the men in all directions, with something of a grisly sound suggestive of the clattering of Lady Tippins’s bones.

A new race of intimate friends has sprung up at Veneering’s since he went into Parliament for the public good, to whom Mrs Veneering is very attentive. These friends, like astronomical distances, are only to be spoken of in the very largest figures. Boots says that one of them is a Contractor who (it has been calculated) gives employment, directly and indirectly, to five hundred thousand men. Brewer says that another of them is a Chairman, in such request at so many Boards, so far apart, that he never travels less by railway than three thousand miles a week. Buffer says that another of them hadn’t a sixpence eighteen months ago, and, through the brilliancy of his genius in getting those shares issued at eighty-five, and buying them all up with no money and selling them at par for cash, has now three hundred and seventy-five thousand pounds—Buffer particularly insisting on the odd seventy-five, and declining to take a farthing less. With Buffer, Boots, and Brewer, Lady Tippins is eminently facetious on the subject of these Fathers of the Scrip-Church: surveying them through her eyeglass, and inquiring whether Boots and Brewer and Buffer think they will make her fortune if she makes love to them? with other pleasantries of that nature. Veneering, in his different way, is much occupied with the Fathers too, piously retiring with them into the conservatory, from which retreat the word ‘Committee’ is occasionally heard, and where the Fathers instruct Veneering how he must leave the valley of the piano on his left, take the level of the mantelpiece, cross by an open cutting at the candelabra, seize the carrying-traffic at the console, and cut up the opposition root and branch at the window curtains.

“Ah, allora non avete prove.”

“È molto strano,” dice la signora Lammle, in modo freddo e deciso, con un certo disprezzo, “quanto gli uomini siano simili l’uno all’altro in alcune cose, nonostante i loro caratteri siano così diversi quanto sia possibile! Si direbbe che non ci possa essere meno affinità tra due persone di quanto ce ne sia tra il signor Twemlow e mio marito. Eppure mio marito mi risponde sempre: ‘Non hai prove’, e lo stesso fa anche il signor Twemlow!”

“Ma perché, signora?” osa chiedere gentilmente Twemlow. “Pensate: perché proprio le stesse parole? Perché esprimono semplicemente il fatto. Perché voi NON avete alcuna prova.”

“Gli uomini sono molto saggi a modo loro,” disse la signora Lammle, lanciando uno sguardo sprezzante al ritratto di Snigsworth e scuotendo il proprio abito prima di andarsene; “ma hanno ancora molta saggezza da imparare. Mio marito, che non è né troppo fiducioso, né ingenuo, né inesperto, vede questa cosa con la stessa chiarezza del signor Twemlow, perché non esistono prove! Eppure credo che cinque donne su sei, al mio posto, la vedrebbero altrettanto chiaramente di me. Comunque, non riposerò mai (anche solo in memoria del fatto che il signor Fledgeby mi abbia baciato la mano) finché mio marito non la comprenderà a sua volta. E anche lei farebbe bene a cominciarla a capire da ora in poi, signor Twemlow, anche se non posso fornirle alcuna prova.”

Mentre si avvicina alla porta, il signor Twemlow, che la assiste, esprime la sua speranza che la situazione degli affari del signor Lammle non sia irreparabile.

“Non lo so,” risponde la signora Lammle, fermandosi un attimo e disegnando con la punta del suo ombrello il motivo sulla parete; “dipende. Forse ora si aprirà una possibilità per lui, oppure no. Lo scopriremo presto. Se non ci sarà nessuna opportunità, saremo rovinati e dovremo andare all’estero, suppongo.”

Il signor Twemlow, con la sua buona volontà di trarre il meglio dalla situazione, osserva che all’estero ci sono vite piacevoli.

“Sì,” risponde la signora Lammle, continuando a disegnare sulla parete; “ma dubito che giocare a biliardo, a carte e simili possa essere considerato un modo per vivere sotto sospetto in un brutto bordello.”

È davvero molto per il signor Lammle, osserva educatamente Twemlow (sebbene sia profondamente scioccato), avere sempre accanto a sé qualcuno che lo segua in tutte le sue avventure e il cui influenzo moderatore lo impedirà di compiere azioni disonorevoli o rovinose. Come lui stesso dice, la signora Lammle smette di disegnare e lo guarda.

“Restrignere l’influenza di qualcuno, signor Twemlow? Dobbiamo mangiare, bere, vestirci e avere un tetto sopra la testa. Stare sempre al suo fianco e condividere tutte le sue fortune? Non c’è molto di cui vantarsi in questo. Cosa può fare una donna della mia età? Mio marito ed io ci siamo ingannati quando ci siamo sposati; dobbiamo sopportare le conseguenze di quell’inganno. Cioè, dobbiamo sopportarci a vicenda e portare il peso delle nostre strategie per preparare la cena di oggi e la colazione di domani. Fino a quando la morte non ci separerà.”

Con quelle parole, uscì in Duke Street, a Saint James’s. Il signor Twemlow tornò sul suo divano e posò la sua testa dolorante sul cuscino di seta liscia; era fermamente convinto che un colloquio spiacevole non fosse certo il tipo di cosa da affrontare dopo aver preso le pillole per cena, che sono così benefiche per i piaceri della tavola.

Ma alle sei di sera, quel bravo giovane signore sta già migliorando; si infila anche le sue vecchie calze di seta e i suoi stivali, pronto per la strana cena dai Veneerings. E alle sette di sera, è già fuori in Duke Street, deciso a risparmiare sei penny sulla tariffa della vettura.

A quest’ora, la divina Tippins si è ridotta in tale stato che una mente malinconica potrebbe persino desiderare che, per un cambiamento benedetto, finalmente vada a cena e si metta a letto. Una tale mente appartiene al signor Eugene Wrayburn, che Twemlow lo trova mentre contempla Tippins con un’espressione molto cupa; intanto quella creatura giocosa lo rimprovera per essere così in ritardo. Anche con Mortimer Lightwood, Tippins è piuttosto scherzosa e a volte gli dà dei colpi con il suo ventaglio per aver fatto da testimone alle nozze di quelle persone ingannevoli, anche se, in realtà, quel ventaglio produce solitamente suoni vivaci, che però sembrano quasi i rumori sinistri delle ossa di Lady Tippins.

Da quando Veneering è entrato in Parlamento per il bene pubblico, è sorta una nuova cerchia di amici intimi, ai quali la signora Veneering dedica grande attenzione. Questi amici, simili a distanze astronomiche, vanno menzionati soltanto in termini molto esagerati. Boots afferma che uno di loro sia un imprenditore che, secondo i calcoli, fornisce lavoro diretto e indiretto a cinquecentomila uomini; Brewer sostiene che un altro sia un presidente di diverse commissioni, talmente impegnato da viaggiare almeno tremila miglia in treno ogni settimana; Buffer, invece, racconta che uno di loro, diciotto mesi fa, non possedeva nemmeno sei pence, ma grazie alla sua genialità nel far emettere le azioni a ottantacinque penny e poi acquistarle tutte senza spendere un centesimo per venderle a prezzo pieno in contanti, ora possiede trecentosettantacinquemila sterline. Buffer insiste particolarmente su quel “settantacinque” e rifiuta di accettare nemmeno una moneta in meno. Lady Tippins, con Bootes, Brewer e gli altri, scherza spesso su questi cosiddetti “Padri della Chiesa delle Azioni”; li osserva attraverso il suo monocolo e chiede loro se pensino che possano farle guadagnare molto se lei decidesse di, innamorarsi di loro. Anche Veneering, a modo suo, è molto impegnato con questi “Padri”: si ritira spesso nel giardino d’inverno insieme a loro, dove occasionalmente si sente pronunciare la parola “comitato”; in quei momenti gli “Padri” gli indicano come deve muoversi: lasciare il “valle del pianoforte” sulla sinistra, raggiungere il livello del caminetto, attraversare un passaggio aperto vicino al candelabro, prendere il percorso principale presso la consolle, e eliminare completamente ogni ostacolo davanti alle tende della finestra.

Mr and Mrs Podsnap are of the company, and the Fathers descry in Mrs Podsnap a fine woman. She is consigned to a Father—Boots’s Father, who employs five hundred thousand men—and is brought to anchor on Veneering’s left; thus affording opportunity to the sportive Tippins on his right (he, as usual, being mere vacant space), to entreat to be told something about those loves of Navvies, and whether they really do live on raw beefsteaks, and drink porter out of their barrows. But, in spite of such little skirmishes it is felt that this was to be a wondering dinner, and that the wondering must not be neglected. Accordingly, Brewer, as the man who has the greatest reputation to sustain, becomes the interpreter of the general instinct.

‘I took,’ says Brewer in a favourable pause, ‘a cab this morning, and I rattled off to that Sale.’

Boots (devoured by envy) says, ‘So did I.’

Buffer says, ‘So did I’; but can find nobody to care whether he did or not.

‘And what was it like?’ inquires Veneering.

‘I assure you,’ replies Brewer, looking about for anybody else to address his answer to, and giving the preference to Lightwood; ‘I assure you, the things were going for a song. Handsome things enough, but fetching nothing.’

‘So I heard this afternoon,’ says Lightwood.

Brewer begs to know now, would it be fair to ask a professional man how—on—earth—these—people—ever—did—come—TO—such—A—total smash? (Brewer’s divisions being for emphasis.)

Lightwood replies that he was consulted certainly, but could give no opinion which would pay off the Bill of Sale, and therefore violates no confidence in supposing that it came of their living beyond their means.

‘But how,’ says Veneering, ‘CAN people do that!’

Hah! That is felt on all hands to be a shot in the bull’s eye. How CAN people do that! The Analytical Chemist going round with champagne, looks very much as if HE could give them a pretty good idea how people did that, if he had a mind.

‘How,’ says Mrs Veneering, laying down her fork to press her aquiline hands together at the tips of the fingers, and addressing the Father who travels the three thousand miles per week: ‘how a mother can look at her baby, and know that she lives beyond her husband’s means, I cannot imagine.’

Eugene suggests that Mrs Lammle, not being a mother, had no baby to look at.

‘True,’ says Mrs Veneering, ‘but the principle is the same.’

Boots is clear that the principle is the same. So is Buffer. It is the unfortunate destiny of Buffer to damage a cause by espousing it. The rest of the company have meekly yielded to the proposition that the principle is the same, until Buffer says it is; when instantly a general murmur arises that the principle is not the same.

‘But I don’t understand,’ says the Father of the three hundred and seventy-five thousand pounds, ‘—if these people spoken of, occupied the position of being in society—they were in society?’

Veneering is bound to confess that they dined here, and were even married from here.

‘Then I don’t understand,’ pursues the Father, ‘how even their living beyond their means could bring them to what has been termed a total smash. Because, there is always such a thing as an adjustment of affairs, in the case of people of any standing at all.’

Eugene (who would seem to be in a gloomy state of suggestiveness), suggests, ‘Suppose you have no means and live beyond them?’

This is too insolvent a state of things for the Father to entertain. It is too insolvent a state of things for any one with any self-respect to entertain, and is universally scouted. But, it is so amazing how any people can have come to a total smash, that everybody feels bound to account for it specially. One of the Fathers says, ‘Gaming table.’ Another of the Fathers says, ‘Speculated without knowing that speculation is a science.’ Boots says ‘Horses.’ Lady Tippins says to her fan, ‘Two establishments.’ Mr Podsnap, saying nothing, is referred to for his opinion; which he delivers as follows; much flushed and extremely angry:

‘Don’t ask me. I desire to take no part in the discussion of these people’s affairs. I abhor the subject. It is an odious subject, an offensive subject, a subject that makes me sick, and I—’ And with his favourite right-arm flourish which sweeps away everything and settles it for ever, Mr Podsnap sweeps these inconveniently unexplainable wretches who have lived beyond their means and gone to total smash, off the face of the universe.

Eugene, leaning back in his chair, is observing Mr Podsnap with an irreverent face, and may be about to offer a new suggestion, when the Analytical is beheld in collision with the Coachman; the Coachman manifesting a purpose of coming at the company with a silver salver, as though intent upon making a collection for his wife and family; the Analytical cutting him off at the sideboard. The superior stateliness, if not the superior generalship, of the Analytical prevails over a man who is as nothing off the box; and the Coachman, yielding up his salver, retires defeated.

Then, the Analytical, perusing a scrap of paper lying on the salver, with the air of a literary Censor, adjusts it, takes his time about going to the table with it, and presents it to Mr Eugene Wrayburn. Whereupon the pleasant Tippins says aloud, ‘The Lord Chancellor has resigned!’

With distracting coolness and slowness—for he knows the curiosity of the Charmer to be always devouring—Eugene makes a pretence of getting out an eyeglass, polishing it, and reading the paper with difficulty, long after he has seen what is written on it. What is written on it in wet ink, is:

‘Young Blight.’

‘Waiting?’ says Eugene over his shoulder, in confidence, with the Analytical.

‘Waiting,’ returns the Analytical in responsive confidence.

Eugene looks ‘Excuse me,’ towards Mrs Veneering, goes out, and finds Young Blight, Mortimer’s clerk, at the hall-door.

‘You told me to bring him, sir, to wherever you was, if he come while you was out and I was in,’ says that discreet young gentleman, standing on tiptoe to whisper; ‘and I’ve brought him.’

‘Sharp boy. Where is he?’ asks Eugene.

‘He’s in a cab, sir, at the door. I thought it best not to show him, you see, if it could be helped; for he’s a-shaking all over, like—Blight’s simile is perhaps inspired by the surrounding dishes of sweets—‘like Glue Monge.’

‘Sharp boy again,’ returns Eugene. ‘I’ll go to him.’

Goes out straightway, and, leisurely leaning his arms on the open window of a cab in waiting, looks in at Mr Dolls: who has brought his own atmosphere with him, and would seem from its odour to have brought it, for convenience of carriage, in a rum-cask.

‘Now Dolls, wake up!’

‘Mist Wrayburn? Drection! Fifteen shillings!’

After carefully reading the dingy scrap of paper handed to him, and as carefully tucking it into his waistcoat pocket, Eugene tells out the money; beginning incautiously by telling the first shilling into Mr Dolls’s hand, which instantly jerks it out of window; and ending by telling the fifteen shillings on the seat.

‘Give him a ride back to Charing Cross, sharp boy, and there get rid of him.’

Returning to the dining-room, and pausing for an instant behind the screen at the door, Eugene overhears, above the hum and clatter, the fair Tippins saying: ‘I am dying to ask him what he was called out for!’

‘Are you?’ mutters Eugene, ‘then perhaps if you can’t ask him, you’ll die. So I’ll be a benefactor to society, and go. A stroll and a cigar, and I can think this over. Think this over.’ Thus, with a thoughtful face, he finds his hat and cloak, unseen of the Analytical, and goes his way.

Il signor e la signora Podsnap fanno parte del gruppo; i padri descrivono la signora Podsnap come una donna davvero elegante. Lei viene affidata a un certo padre – il padre di Boots, che impiega cinquecentomila uomini – e si posiziona alla sinistra di Veneering; questo offre all’ospite sportivo Tippins, che si trova alla sua destra (e che, come al solito, rappresenta semplicemente uno “spazio vuoto”), l’opportunità di chiedere informazioni su quelle storie d’amore tra i soldati, e se davvero vivano di bistecche crude e bevano birra dai loro carri. Ma nonostante queste piccole schermaglie, tutti sono convinti che questa sarà una cena davvero interessante, e che tale interesse non debba essere trascurato. Pertanto, Brewer, essendo l’uomo con la maggiore reputazione in materia, diventa l’interprete di questo istinto collettivo.

“Ho preso un taxi questa mattina,” dice Brewer in una pausa opportuna, “e sono andato direttamente da quel negozio.”

“Le scarpe, divorate dall’invidia”, dice: “Anch’io lo stesso.”

Buffer dice: “Anch’io lo sapevo”; ma non riesce a trovare nessuno che si interessi al fatto che lui lo sapesse o meno.

“E com’è stato?” chiede Veneering.

“Ve lo assicuro,” risponde Brewer, guardandosi intorno per vedere se ci fosse qualcun altro a cui rivolgere la sua risposta, dando la preferenza a Lightwood; “Ve lo assicuro, quelle cose erano destinate a diventare una canzone. Roba abbastanza bella, ma del tutto inutile.”

“Lo so, l’ho sentito questo pomeriggio,” dice Lightwood.

Il birraio chiede di sapere: sarebbe giusto chiedere a un uomo professionista come, per l’amor del cielo, queste persone siano mai arrivate a un fallimento così totale? (Le virgole di Brewer servono solo a enfatizzare il punto.)

Lightwood risponde che certamente è stato consultato, ma non poteva fornire un parere che rendesse valido il Contratto di Vendita; pertanto, non si viola alcuna fiducia nel presupporre che tale contratto sia nato da una situazione in cui le loro spese superavano i loro mezzi.

“Ma come,” dice Veneering, “possono le persone farlo davvero!”

Ahah! Tutti concordano sul fatto che sia stato un colpo perfetto. Come fanno le persone a riuscirci?! Quel chimico analitico che gira con lo champagne sembra proprio in grado di darci una spiegazione su come facciano, se solo ci provasse davvero.

“Come è possibile,” dice la signora Veneering, posando la forchetta e unendo le mani affusolate alle punte delle dita, rivolgendosi al padre che viaggia tremila miglia a settimana: “come possa una madre guardare il proprio bambino e sapere che la sua vita costituisce un peso troppo grande per le possibilità finanziarie del marito. Non riesco proprio a immaginarlo.”

Eugene suggerisce che la signora Lammle, non essendo una madre, non avesse un bambino da prendersi cura.

“Vero,” dice la signora Veneering, “ma il principio è lo stesso.”

È evidente che per Boot e anche per Buffer il principio sia lo stesso. Tuttavia, è la sfortunata sorte di Buffer quella di danneggiare una causa proprio difendendola con forza. Tutti gli altri membri dell’azienda hanno acconsentito passivamente all’idea che il principio fosse lo stesso, finché Buffer non l’ha affermato apertamente; in quel momento è scaturito immediatamente un generale mormorio secondo cui il principio, in realtà, non era affatto lo stesso.

“Ma non capisco,” dice il padre di quei trecentosettantacinque mila sterline, “se queste persone, di cui si parla, occupavano una posizione sociale, allora facevano davvero parte della società?”

Il rivestimento in legno è sicuramente costretto ad ammettere che hanno pranzato qui e addirittura si sono sposati qui.

“Allora non capisco,” insiste il Padre, “come possa anche il fatto di vivere al di sopra delle proprie possibilità portarli a una situazione definita ‘totale rovina’. Perché, per persone di qualsiasi rango sociale, c’è sempre la possibilità di adeguarsi alle circostanze.”

Eugene (che sembra essere in uno stato di malinconia e suggestione), suggerisce: “Supponi di non avere mezzi e di vivere al di là di essi, ”

Questa è una situazione davvero disastrosa, troppo grave perché il Padre possa prenderla in considerazione. È troppo grave perché chiunque abbia un minimo di rispetto per se stesso possa accettarla; tutti la considerano assolutamente inaccettabile. Eppure, è davvero sorprendente come alcune persone possano arrivare a un simile fallimento totale. Così tutti sentono il dovere di fornire una spiegazione specifica. Uno dei Padri dice: “Le tavole da gioco”. Un altro dice: “Speculazioni fatte senza rendersi conto che la speculazione è una scienza”. Boots parla degli “cavalli”. Lady Tippins dice al suo ammiratore: “Due attività commerciali”. Il signor Podsnap, senza dire nulla, viene chiamato a esprimere il proprio parere. Lo fa con grande imbarazzo e estrema rabbia.

“Non chiedetemelo. Non desidero assolutamente prendere parte alla discussione su queste faccende delle persone. Odio l’argomento: è un argomento odioso, offensivo, che mi fa star male. E con il suo gesto preferito con il braccio destro – quel gesto che risolve tutto per sempre – il signor Podsnap elimina dalla faccia dell’universo questi miserabili incomprensibili, che hanno vissuto al di sopra delle loro possibilità e sono finiti completamente distrutti.”

Eugene, appoggiato allo schienale della sedia, osserva il signor Podsnap con un’espressione irriverente e sembra sul punto di fare una nuova proposta, quando l’“Analitico” si scontra con il cocchiere: quest’ultimo intende avvicinarsi al gruppo con un vassoio d’argento, come se volesse raccogliere fondi per sua moglie e la sua famiglia; l’“Analitico”, però, lo interrompe vicino al buffet. La superiorità dell’“Analitico”, se non in termini di autorità generale, prevale su un uomo che, al contrario, è del tutto privo di qualità particolari; il cocchiere, quindi, rinuncia al suo vassoio e si ritira sconfitto.

Poi, l’Analitico, esaminando un pezzo di carta che giaceva sul vassoio, con l’aria di un censore letterario, lo sistemò con cura, ci impiegò del tempo prima di portarlo al tavolo e lo presentò a Mr Eugene Wrayburn. Allora il gentile Tippins esclamò ad alta voce: “Il Cancelliere della Corona si è dimesso!”

Con una calma e lentezza che distraggono l’attenzione – poiché sa bene che la curiosità di quel “Incantatore” è sempre pronta ad assorbire tutto – Eugene finge di prendere un occhiale, di pulirlo e di leggere il giornale con difficoltà, anche se ormai ha già visto ciò che vi è scritto. Ciò che vi è scritto, in inchiostro umido, è:

“La giovane piaga”.

“Stai aspettando?” dice Eugene voltandosi alle spalle, con fiducia, usando quel tono analitico tipico suo.

“Attendendo”, risponde l’Analitico con sicurezza e prontezza.

Eugene si avvicina a Mrs Veneering dicendo “Scusi”, esce e trova Young Blight, il segretario di Mortimer, alla porta d’ingresso.

“Mi avevate detto di portarlo da voi, signore, ovunque vi trovaste, nel caso venisse mentre voi eravate assente e io ero qui,” disse quel giovane gentiluomo discreto, in piedi sulle punte dei piedi per sussurrare; “e l’ho portato.”

“Bravo ragazzo. Dove si trova?” chiede Eugene.

“È in un taxi, signore, proprio alla porta. Ho pensato fosse meglio non farglielo vedere, capisce, perché sta tremando tutto; forse l’immagine del ‘Glue Monge’ gli è venuta in mente a causa dei dolci che ci sono intorno, ”

“Bravo ragazzo ancora,” risponde Eugene. “Andrò da lui.”

Uscì immediatamente e, appoggiandosi con noncuranza alle braccia della finestra aperta di un taxi in attesa, guardò all’interno: il signor Dolls aveva portato con sé la propria “atmosfera personale”; a giudicare dall’odore, sembrava averla trasportata dentro una botte di rum, per comodità durante il viaggio.

“Ora, bambine, svegliatevi!”

“Mist Wrayburn? Indirizzo! Quindici scellini!”

Dopo aver letto attentamente quel pezzo di carta logora che gli era stato consegnato, e dopo averlo riposto con cura nella tasca del gilet, Eugene contò i soldi; iniziò in modo imprudente, dando per primo un scellino a Mr Dolls, il quale immediatamente lo tirò via dalla finestra; poi continuò, contando anche i quindici scellini rimasti sul sedile.

“Portalo indietro a Charing Cross, sbrigati ragazzo, e poi liberatene.”

Tornando in sala da pranzo e fermandosi per un istante dietro lo schermo alla porta, Eugene sente, sopra il rumore e il frastuono, la bella Tippins dire: “Morirei dalla voglia di chiedergli per quale motivo è stato chiamato!”

“Sei davvero tu?”, mormora Eugene. “Allora forse, se non riesci a chiederglielo, morirai. Quindi sarò un benefattore per la società e me ne andrò. Una passeggiata, un sigaro. E potrò rifletterci su. Rifletterci davvero.” Così, con un’espressione pensierosa, prende cappello e mantello, senza essere visto dall’“Analitico”, e se ne va per la sua strada.

BOOK THE FOURTH — A TURNING Chapter 1

SETTING TRAPS

Plashwater Weir Mill Lock looked tranquil and pretty on an evening in the summer time. A soft air stirred the leaves of the fresh green trees, and passed like a smooth shadow over the river, and like a smoother shadow over the yielding grass. The voice of the falling water, like the voices of the sea and the wind, were as an outer memory to a contemplative listener; but not particularly so to Mr Riderhood, who sat on one of the blunt wooden levers of his lock-gates, dozing. Wine must be got into a butt by some agency before it can be drawn out; and the wine of sentiment never having been got into Mr Riderhood by any agency, nothing in nature tapped him.

As the Rogue sat, ever and again nodding himself off his balance, his recovery was always attended by an angry stare and growl, as if, in the absence of any one else, he had aggressive inclinations towards himself. In one of these starts the cry of ‘Lock, ho! Lock!’ prevented his relapse into a doze. Shaking himself as he got up like the surly brute he was, he gave his growl a responsive twist at the end, and turned his face down-stream to see who hailed.

It was an amateur-sculler, well up to his work though taking it easily, in so light a boat that the Rogue remarked: ‘A little less on you, and you’d a’most ha’ been a Wagerbut’; then went to work at his windlass handles and sluices, to let the sculler in. As the latter stood in his boat, holding on by the boat-hook to the woodwork at the lock side, waiting for the gates to open, Rogue Riderhood recognized his ‘T’other governor,’ Mr Eugene Wrayburn; who was, however, too indifferent or too much engaged to recognize him.

The creaking lock-gates opened slowly, and the light boat passed in as soon as there was room enough, and the creaking lock-gates closed upon it, and it floated low down in the dock between the two sets of gates, until the water should rise and the second gates should open and let it out. When Riderhood had run to his second windlass and turned it, and while he leaned against the lever of that gate to help it to swing open presently, he noticed, lying to rest under the green hedge by the towing-path astern of the Lock, a Bargeman.

The water rose and rose as the sluice poured in, dispersing the scum which had formed behind the lumbering gates, and sending the boat up, so that the sculler gradually rose like an apparition against the light from the bargeman’s point of view. Riderhood observed that the bargeman rose too, leaning on his arm, and seemed to have his eyes fastened on the rising figure.

But, there was the toll to be taken, as the gates were now complaining and opening. The T’other governor tossed it ashore, twisted in a piece of paper, and as he did so, knew his man.

‘Ay, ay? It’s you, is it, honest friend?’ said Eugene, seating himself preparatory to resuming his sculls. ‘You got the place, then?’

‘I got the place, and no thanks to you for it, nor yet none to Lawyer Lightwood,’ gruffly answered Riderhood.

‘We saved our recommendation, honest fellow,’ said Eugene, ‘for the next candidate—the one who will offer himself when you are transported or hanged. Don’t be long about it; will you be so good?’

So imperturbable was the air with which he gravely bent to his work that Riderhood remained staring at him, without having found a retort, until he had rowed past a line of wooden objects by the weir, which showed like huge teetotums standing at rest in the water, and was almost hidden by the drooping boughs on the left bank, as he rowed away, keeping out of the opposing current. It being then too late to retort with any effect—if that could ever have been done—the honest man confined himself to cursing and growling in a grim under-tone. Having then got his gates shut, he crossed back by his plank lock-bridge to the towing-path side of the river.

If, in so doing, he took another glance at the bargeman, he did it by stealth. He cast himself on the grass by the Lock side, in an indolent way, with his back in that direction, and, having gathered a few blades, fell to chewing them. The dip of Eugene Wrayburn’s sculls had become hardly audible in his ears when the bargeman passed him, putting the utmost width that he could between them, and keeping under the hedge. Then, Riderhood sat up and took a long look at his figure, and then cried: ‘Hi—I—i! Lock, ho! Lock! Plashwater Weir Mill Lock!’

The bargeman stopped, and looked back.

‘Plashwater Weir Mill Lock, T’otherest gov—er—nor—or—or—or!’ cried Mr Riderhood, with his hands to his mouth.

The bargeman turned back. Approaching nearer and nearer, the bargeman became Bradley Headstone, in rough water-side second-hand clothing.

‘Wish I may die,’ said Riderhood, smiting his right leg, and laughing, as he sat on the grass, ‘if you ain’t ha’ been a imitating me, T’otherest governor! Never thought myself so good-looking afore!’

Truly, Bradley Headstone had taken careful note of the honest man’s dress in the course of that night-walk they had had together. He must have committed it to memory, and slowly got it by heart. It was exactly reproduced in the dress he now wore. And whereas, in his own schoolmaster clothes, he usually looked as if they were the clothes of some other man, he now looked, in the clothes of some other man or men, as if they were his own.

‘THIS your Lock?’ said Bradley, whose surprise had a genuine air; ‘they told me, where I last inquired, it was the third I should come to. This is only the second.’

‘It’s my belief, governor,’ returned Riderhood, with a wink and shake of his head, ‘that you’ve dropped one in your counting. It ain’t Locks as YOU’VE been giving your mind to. No, no!’

As he expressively jerked his pointing finger in the direction the boat had taken, a flush of impatience mounted into Bradley’s face, and he looked anxiously up the river.

Libro quarto – Un cambiamento

Impostare trappole

Il mulino e il chiusevo di Plashwater Weir sembravano tranquilli e belli in una serata d’estate. Una brezza leggera muoveva le foglie degli alberi freschi e verdi, creando ombre morbide sul fiume e sull’erba. Il suono dell’acqua che scorreva, simile ai rumori del mare e del vento, rappresentava per chi ascoltava una sorta di ricordo esterno; ma non particolarmente per il signor Riderhood, che sedeva su uno dei bracci in legno del chiusevo, sonnecchiando. Il vino, infatti, deve essere “immagazzinato” in qualche modo prima di poter essere bevuto; e poiché il sentimento non era mai stato “immagazzinato” nel signor Riderhood, nulla nella natura riusciva a stimolarlo.

Mentre il “Rogue” sedeva, sbadigliando di continuo fino a perdere l’equilibrio, ogni volta che si riprendeva veniva immediatamente fissato con uno sguardo furioso e accompagnato da un ringhio; sembrava che, in assenza di altre persone, avesse tendenze aggressive verso se stesso. In una di queste occasioni, il grido “Lock, ho! Lock!” lo salvò dal riaddormentarsi. Alzandosi con movimenti bruschi e aggressivi, aggiunse al suo ringhio un ulteriore suono minaccioso, poi girò la testa verso la direzione da cui proveniva il grido per vedere chi lo chiamava.

Era un rematore amatoriale, ma molto abile nel suo lavoro; usava una barca così leggera che Rogue commentò: “Se fossi stato un po’ più pesante, quasi saresti diventato un ‘Wagerbut’, ” Poi si mise all’opera con le manovelle e i sistemi di controllo per far entrare il rematore nella barca. Mentre quest’ultimo stava fermo sulla sua imbarcazione, tenendosi alla ringhiera di legno sul lato del canale, in attesa che le porte si aprissero, Rogue Riderhood riconobbe il suo “altro governatore”, il signor Eugene Wrayburn; tuttavia, quest’ultimo era troppo indifferente o troppo impegnato per accorgersi di lui.

Le porte del cancello, che scricchiolavano, si aprirono lentamente; non appena ci fu abbastanza spazio, la piccola barca vi entrò e le porte si richiusero alle sue spalle. La barca rimase immobile nel molo, tra le due file di cancelli, fino a quando l’acqua non iniziò ad alzarsi e il secondo cancello si aprì per lasciarla uscire. Mentre Riderhood correva verso la seconda ruota di sollevamento e la azionava, appoggiandosi al braccio del cancello per aiutarlo a spalancarsi, notò, sdraiato sotto la siepe verde lungo il sentiero di traino alle spalle del cancello, un mercante.

L’acqua spazzò via la rosa d’acqua e le altre piante mentre le porte si aprivano, disperdendo lo schifo formato dietro di esse e facendo salire la barca; così, la figura del rematore iniziò gradualmente ad emergere, come un’apparizione contro la luce proveniente dalla parte del battelliere. Riderhood notò che anche il battelliere si alzava in piedi, appoggiandosi al suo braccio, e sembrava fissare attentamente quella figura che emergeva dall’acqua.

Ma c’era un prezzo da pagare: i cancelli ora si lamentavano e si aprivano. L’altro governatore li gettò a riva, avvolgendoli in un pezzo di carta; nel farlo, capì chi fosse il suo uomo.

“Ah, ah? Sei tu, vero, caro amico?” disse Eugene, sedendosi pronto a riprendere il suo lavoro di rematore. “Allora hai ottenuto quel posto, ”

“Ho ottenuto quel posto, e non grazie a te, né tantomeno al avvocato Lightwood,” rispose bruscamente Riderhood.

“Abbiamo riservato la nostra raccomandazione, onesto amico,” disse Eugene, “per il prossimo candidato, quello che si presenterà quando sarai trasportato o impiccato. Non tardare troppo, per favore, sarebbe gentile da parte tua.”

L’atteggiamento di quell’uomo era così imperturbabile che Riderhood continuò a fissarlo senza riuscire a trovare una risposta, finché lui non ebbe superato una fila di oggetti di legno situati lungo la diga: sembravano enormi “teetotum” immobili nell’acqua, quasi nascosti dai rami penduli della riva sinistra mentre lui remava lontano, evitando il corso opposto della corrente. Ormai era troppo tardi per replicare in modo efficace, se mai fosse stato possibile farlo. Quell’uomo onesto si limitò quindi a imprecare e borbottare con voce cupa. Dopo aver chiuso i cancelli, attraversò di nuovo il ponte di legno per raggiungere il lato del fiume dove si trovava la strada per il traino.

Se, nel farlo, diede un altro sguardo al barcaiolo, lo fece in modo furtivo. Si sdraiò sull’erba accanto al canale, con noncuranza, con la schiena rivolta in quella direzione; raccolse alcune foglie d’erba e iniziò a masticarle. Il rumore prodotto dai remi di Eugene Wrayburn era ormai quasi inaudibile quando il barcaiolo lo superò, cercando di mantenere la massima distanza possibile tra loro e tenendosi sotto la siepe. Allora, Riderhood si alzò e osservò a lungo quella figura. Poi gridò: “Ehi. Lock! Lock! Plashwater Weir Mill Lock!”

Il barcaiolo si fermò e guardò indietro.

“Plashwater Weir Mill Lock, altro governatore o qualcosa del genere!”, gridò il signor Riderhood, tenendosi le mani sulla bocca.

Il barcaiolo tornò indietro. Avvicinandosi sempre di più, il barcaiolo divenne Bradley Headstone, vestito con abiti usati e logori, su un lato del fiume pieno d’acqua.

“Vorrei morire,” disse Riderhood, battendosi la gamba destra e ridendo, mentre sedeva sull’erba, “se non fossi stato tu a imitarmi, quel maledetto governatore! Non mi sarei mai considerato così attraente prima!”

Veramente, Bradley Headstone aveva prestato attenzione al vestito di quell’uomo onesto durante quella passeggiata notturna che avevano fatto insieme. Doveva averlo memorizzato attentamente e poi imparato a ricordarlo perfettamente. Quel vestito era esattamente lo stesso che indossava ora. E mentre, con i suoi abiti da insegnante, di solito sembrava che appartenessero a un altro uomo, ora, con quegli abiti che appartenevano a un altro o altri uomini, sembrava che fossero i suoi.

“È questa la tua chiave?” disse Bradley, il cui stupore sembrava sincero; “mi avevano detto, l’ultima volta che ho chiesto informazioni, che sarebbe stata la terza chiave a cui avrei dovuto rivolgermi. Questa invece è solo la seconda.”

“È mia convinzione, governatore,” rispose Riderhood, con un battito di ciglia e scuotendo la testa, “che abbiate sbagliato nel vostro calcolo. Non si tratta di Locks, su cui avete concentrato tutta la vostra attenzione. No, no!”

Mentre indicava con il dito nella direzione in cui la barca era scomparsa, un velo di impazienza apparve sul viso di Bradley, che guardò ansiosamente lungo l’fiume.

‘It ain’t Locks as YOU’VE been a reckoning up,’ said Riderhood, when the schoolmaster’s eyes came back again. ‘No, no!’

‘What other calculations do you suppose I have been occupied with? Mathematics?’

‘I never heerd it called that. It’s a long word for it. Hows’ever, p’raps you call it so,’ said Riderhood, stubbornly chewing his grass.

‘It. What?’

‘I’ll say them, instead of it, if you like,’ was the coolly growled reply. ‘It’s safer talk too.’

‘What do you mean that I should understand by them?’

‘Spites, affronts, offences giv’ and took, deadly aggrawations, such like,’ answered Riderhood.

Do what Bradley Headstone would, he could not keep that former flush of impatience out of his face, or so master his eyes as to prevent their again looking anxiously up the river.

‘Ha ha! Don’t be afeerd, T’otherest,’ said Riderhood. ‘The T’other’s got to make way agin the stream, and he takes it easy. You can soon come up with him. But wot’s the good of saying that to you! YOU know how fur you could have outwalked him betwixt anywheres about where he lost the tide—say Richmond—and this, if you had a mind to it.’

‘You think I have been following him?’ said Bradley.

‘I KNOW you have,’ said Riderhood.

Well! I have, I have,’ Bradley admitted. ‘But,’ with another anxious look up the river, ‘he may land.’

‘Easy you! He won’t be lost if he does land,’ said Riderhood. ‘He must leave his boat behind him. He can’t make a bundle or a parcel on it, and carry it ashore with him under his arm.’

‘He was speaking to you just now,’ said Bradley, kneeling on one knee on the grass beside the Lock-keeper. ‘What did he say?’

‘Cheek,’ said Riderhood.

‘What?’

‘Cheek,’ repeated Riderhood, with an angry oath; ‘cheek is what he said. He can’t say nothing but cheek. I’d ha’ liked to plump down aboard of him, neck and crop, with a heavy jump, and sunk him.’

Bradley turned away his haggard face for a few moments, and then said, tearing up a tuft of grass:

‘Damn him!’

‘Hooroar!’ cried Riderhood. ‘Does you credit! Hooroar! I cry chorus to the T’otherest.’

‘What turn,’ said Bradley, with an effort at self-repression that forced him to wipe his face, ‘did his insolence take to-day?’

‘It took the turn,’ answered Riderhood, with sullen ferocity, ‘of hoping as I was getting ready to be hanged.’

‘Let him look to that,’ cried Bradley. ‘Let him look to that! It will be bad for him when men he has injured, and at whom he has jeered, are thinking of getting hanged. Let HIM get ready for HIS fate, when that comes about. There was more meaning in what he said than he knew of, or he wouldn’t have had brains enough to say it. Let him look to it; let him look to it! When men he has wronged, and on whom he has bestowed his insolence, are getting ready to be hanged, there is a death-bell ringing. And not for them.’

Riderhood, looking fixedly at him, gradually arose from his recumbent posture while the schoolmaster said these words with the utmost concentration of rage and hatred. So, when the words were all spoken, he too kneeled on one knee on the grass, and the two men looked at one another.

‘Oh!’ said Riderhood, very deliberately spitting out the grass he had been chewing. ‘Then, I make out, T’otherest, as he is a-going to her?’

‘He left London,’ answered Bradley, ‘yesterday. I have hardly a doubt, this time, that at last he is going to her.’

‘You ain’t sure, then?’

‘I am as sure here,’ said Bradley, with a clutch at the breast of his coarse shirt, ‘as if it was written there;’ with a blow or a stab at the sky.

‘Ah! But judging from the looks on you,’ retorted Riderhood, completely ridding himself of his grass, and drawing his sleeve across his mouth, ‘you’ve made ekally sure afore, and have got disapinted. It has told upon you.’

‘Listen,’ said Bradley, in a low voice, bending forward to lay his hand upon the Lock-keeper’s shoulder. ‘These are my holidays.’

‘Are they, by George!’ muttered Riderhood, with his eyes on the passion-wasted face. ‘Your working days must be stiff ’uns, if these is your holidays.’

‘And I have never left him,’ pursued Bradley, waving the interruption aside with an impatient hand, ‘since they began. And I never will leave him now, till I have seen him with her.’

‘And when you have seen him with her?’ said Riderhood.

‘—I’ll come back to you.’

Riderhood stiffened the knee on which he had been resting, got up, and looked gloomily at his new friend. After a few moments they walked side by side in the direction the boat had taken, as if by tacit consent; Bradley pressing forward, and Riderhood holding back; Bradley getting out his neat prim purse into his hand (a present made him by penny subscription among his pupils); and Riderhood, unfolding his arms to smear his coat-cuff across his mouth with a thoughtful air.

‘I have a pound for you,’ said Bradley.

‘You’ve two,’ said Riderhood.

Bradley held a sovereign between his fingers. Slouching at his side with his eyes upon the towing-path, Riderhood held his left hand open, with a certain slight drawing action towards himself. Bradley dipped in his purse for another sovereign, and two chinked in Riderhood’s hand, the drawing action of which, promptly strengthening, drew them home to his pocket.

‘Now, I must follow him,’ said Bradley Headstone. ‘He takes this river-road—the fool!—to confuse observation, or divert attention, if not solely to baffle me. But he must have the power of making himself invisible before he can shake Me off.’

Riderhood stopped. ‘If you don’t get disapinted agin, T’otherest, maybe you’ll put up at the Lock-house when you come back?’

‘I will.’

Riderhood nodded, and the figure of the bargeman went its way along the soft turf by the side of the towing-path, keeping near the hedge and moving quickly. They had turned a point from which a long stretch of river was visible. A stranger to the scene might have been certain that here and there along the line of hedge a figure stood, watching the bargeman, and waiting for him to come up. So he himself had often believed at first, until his eyes became used to the posts, bearing the dagger that slew Wat Tyler, in the City of London shield.

“Non è come le volte precedenti. Questa volta c’è stato un vero e proprio conto,” disse Riderhood quando gli occhi dell’insegnante tornarono ad aprirsi. “No, no!”

“Quali altri calcoli pensate che abbia avuto modo di fare? La matematica?”

“Non l’avevo mai sentito chiamare in quel modo. È una parola lunga per indicarlo. Comunque, forse è così che lo chiami tu,” disse Riderhood, masticando ostinatamente l’erba.

“Che cosa?”

“Le dirò io al posto tuo, se vuoi,” fu la risposta ringhiata in modo freddo. “È anche più sicuro parlare così.”

“Cosa intendi dire con ‘devo capirli’?”

“Offese, provocazioni, atti di ostilità dati e ricevuti, insomma, tutto ciò che può portare a conseguenze fatali,” rispose Riderhood.

Fai ciò che Bradley Headstone farebbe. Lui non riusciva a nascondere quell’impazienza dal proprio volto, né a controllare i propri occhi per impedire che guardassero di nuovo con ansia verso il >fiume.

“Ha ha! Non avere paura, T’otherest,” disse Riderhood. “L’altro dovrà tornare indietro lungo il fiume, quindi procede con calma. Presto lo raggiungerai. Ma a che serve dirlo a te? TU sai quanto più velocemente potresti averlo superato, tra qualsiasi punto in cui abbia perso l’orientamento – diciamo Richmond – e qui, se solo volessi.”

“Pensi che lo abbia seguito?” disse Bradley.

“SO che l’hai,” disse Riderhood.

‘Beh!’ ammise Bradley. ‘Sì, l’ho fatto.’ ‘Ma, ’, guardando di nuovo ansiosamente verso la fiume, ‘potrebbe atterrare comunque.’

“Stai calmo! Non si perderà se atterra davvero,” disse Riderhood. “Dovrà lasciare la sua barca indietro. Non può impacchettarci nulla dentro e portarlo a riva sotto il braccio.”

“Stava parlando con te proprio adesso,” disse Bradley, inginocchiandosi sull’erba accanto al custode del cancello. “Cosa ti ha detto?”

“Cheek,” disse Riderhood.

“Cosa?”

“Sfrontatezza,” ripeté Riderhood, imprecando furiosamente; “solo sfrontatezza. Non sa dire altro che sfrontatezza. Avrei voluto saltargli addosso con tutta la forza e affondarlo.”

Bradley distolse il suo volto stanco per qualche momento, poi disse, strappando un ciuffo d’erba:

“Maledetto lui!”

“Urrà!”, gridò Riderhood. “Non ci credi? Urrà! Canto un coro in onore del T’otherest.”

“Che nuovo livello di insolenza ha raggiunto oggi?”, disse Bradley, con uno sforzo di autocontrollo che lo costrinse a asciugarsi il viso.

“Prese quella piega,” rispose Riderhood con una rabbia cupa, “quando stavo per essere impiccato.”

“Lasciate che se ne occupi lui,” gridò Bradley. “Lasciate che se ne occupi lui! Sarà terribile per lui quando le persone che ha ferito e contro cui si è comportato con arroganza penseranno di farsi impiccare. Lasciate che si prepari al proprio destino, quando arriverà il momento. Ciò che ha detto aveva un significato più profondo di quanto lui stesso sapesse; altrimenti non avrebbe avuto abbastanza coraggio per dirlo. Lasciate che se ne occupi lui. Quando le persone a cui ha fatto del male si preparano ad essere impiccate, significa che una campana della morte sta suonando. E non solo per loro.”

Riderhood, fissandolo intensamente, si alzò gradualmente dalla posizione in cui era sdraiato, mentre l’insegnante pronunciava quelle parole con la massima concentrazione di rabbia e odio. Quando ebbe finito di parlare, anche lui si inginocchiò sull’erba; i due uomini si guardarono l’un l’altro.

“Ohi!”, disse Riderhood, sputando con molta attenzione l’erba che aveva masticato. “Allora, capisco. Quell’altro, mentre va da lei, ”

“È partito da Londra”, rispose Bradley, “ieri. Non ho quasi alcun >dubbio che questa volta finalmente stia andando da lei.”

“Non ne sei sicuro, allora?”

“Ne sono sicuro al cento per cento,” disse Bradley, afferrando il petto della sua camicia ruvida, “come se fosse scritto lì, ” e poi puntò un dito verso il cielo, come se volesse colpirlo o pugnalarlo.

“Ah! Ma a giudicare dalle vostre espressioni,” ribatté Riderhood, ormai completamente libero dallo “erba” che aveva addosso e coprendosi la bocca con la manica, “avete già provato prima, e siete rimasti delusi. Vi si legge in faccia.”

“Ascolta,” disse Bradley a bassa voce, chinandosi per posare la mano sulla spalla del custode della chiave. “Questi sono i miei giorni di vacanza.”

“Davvero? Per Giove!”, mormorò Riderhood, fissando quel viso segnato dalla passione. “I tuoi giorni di lavoro devono essere davvero duri, se queste sono le tue vacanze, ”

“E non l’ho mai lasciato,” continuò Bradley, scacciando con un gesto impaziente qualsiasi interruzione, “da quando tutto è iniziato. E non lo lascerò mai ora, finché non lo vedrò con lei.”

“E quando lo avrai visto con lei?” chiese Riderhood.

“—Torno da te.”

Riderhood irrigidì la gamba su cui si era appoggiato, si alzò e guardò con aria cupa il suo nuovo amico. Dopo qualche momento camminarono fianco a fianco nella direzione in cui era andata la barca, come se fossero d’accordo senza dirlo; Bradley procedeva velocemente, mentre Riderhood rallentava; Bradley tirò fuori dalla sua elegante borsa un regalo ricevuto grazie alle donazioni dei suoi alunni; Riderhood, intanto, aprì le braccia e si pulì il polsino della giacca con aria pensierosa.

“Ho una sterlina per te,” disse Bradley.

“Ne hai due,” disse Riderhood.

Bradley teneva un sovrano tra le dita. Appoggiato di lato, con lo sguardo fisso sulla strada di rimorchio, Riderhood teneva la mano sinistra aperta, attirando leggermente i due sovrani verso di sé. Bradley frugò nella tasca e ne tirò fuori un altro; i due sovrani tintinnarono nella mano di Riderhood, che li fece subito scivolare nella propria tasca.

“Ora devo seguirlo,” disse Bradley Headstone. “Utilizza questo fiume e questa strada, quel pazzo!, per confondere le osservazioni, distrarre l’attenzione, o almeno per mettermi in difficoltà. Ma deve sicuramente possedere il potere di rendersi invisibile per riuscire a liberarsi di me.”

La compagnia si fermò. “Se non ti deludi di nuovo, l’altro giorno, forse potresti restare alla locanda della stazione di posta quando tornerai?”

“Lo farò.”

Riderhood annuì, e la figura del barcaiolo proseguì lungo l’erba morbida accanto al sentiero di traino, tenendosi vicino alla siepe e muovendosi rapidamente. Avevano svoltato in un punto da dove si poteva vedere un lungo tratto di fiume. Uno sconosciuto che avesse osservato la scena avrebbe potuto essere certo che, qua e là lungo la siepe, ci fossero persone che osservavano il barcaiolo in attesa che si avvicinasse. Anche lui stesso, all’inizio, aveva spesso pensato lo stesso, finché i suoi occhi non si furono abituati ai pali su cui era raffigurato lo scudo della >Città di Londra, con il pugnale che aveva ucciso Wat Tyler.

Within Mr Riderhood’s knowledge all daggers were as one. Even to Bradley Headstone, who could have told to the letter without book all about Wat Tyler, Lord Mayor Walworth, and the King, that it is dutiful for youth to know, there was but one subject living in the world for every sharp destructive instrument that summer evening. So, Riderhood looking after him as he went, and he with his furtive hand laid upon the dagger as he passed it, and his eyes upon the boat, were much upon a par.

The boat went on, under the arching trees, and over their tranquil shadows in the water. The bargeman skulking on the opposite bank of the stream, went on after it. Sparkles of light showed Riderhood when and where the rower dipped his blades, until, even as he stood idly watching, the sun went down and the landscape was dyed red. And then the red had the appearance of fading out of it and mounting up to Heaven, as we say that blood, guiltily shed, does.

Turning back towards his Lock (he had not gone out of view of it), the Rogue pondered as deeply as it was within the contracted power of such a fellow to do. ‘Why did he copy my clothes? He could have looked like what he wanted to look like, without that.’ This was the subject-matter in his thoughts; in which, too, there came lumbering up, by times, like any half floating and half sinking rubbish in the river, the question, Was it done by accident? The setting of a trap for finding out whether it was accidentally done, soon superseded, as a practical piece of cunning, the abstruser inquiry why otherwise it was done. And he devised a means.

Rogue Riderhood went into his Lock-house, and brought forth, into the now sober grey light, his chest of clothes. Sitting on the grass beside it, he turned out, one by one, the articles it contained, until he came to a conspicuous bright red neckerchief stained black here and there by wear. It arrested his attention, and he sat pausing over it, until he took off the rusty colourless wisp that he wore round his throat, and substituted the red neckerchief, leaving the long ends flowing. ‘Now,’ said the Rogue, ‘if arter he sees me in this neckhankecher, I see him in a sim’lar neckhankecher, it won’t be accident!’ Elated by his device, he carried his chest in again and went to supper.

‘Lock ho! Lock!’ It was a light night, and a barge coming down summoned him out of a long doze. In due course he had let the barge through and was alone again, looking to the closing of his gates, when Bradley Headstone appeared before him, standing on the brink of the Lock.

‘Halloa!’ said Riderhood. ‘Back a’ ready, T’otherest?’

‘He has put up for the night, at an Angler’s Inn,’ was the fatigued and hoarse reply. ‘He goes on, up the river, at six in the morning. I have come back for a couple of hours’ rest.’

‘You want ’em,’ said Riderhood, making towards the schoolmaster by his plank bridge.

‘I don’t want them,’ returned Bradley, irritably, ‘because I would rather not have them, but would much prefer to follow him all night. However, if he won’t lead, I can’t follow. I have been waiting about, until I could discover, for a certainty, at what time he starts; if I couldn’t have made sure of it, I should have stayed there.—This would be a bad pit for a man to be flung into with his hands tied. These slippery smooth walls would give him no chance. And I suppose those gates would suck him down?’

‘Suck him down, or swaller him up, he wouldn’t get out,’ said Riderhood. ‘Not even, if his hands warn’t tied, he wouldn’t. Shut him in at both ends, and I’d give him a pint o’ old ale ever to come up to me standing here.’

Bradley looked down with a ghastly relish. ‘You run about the brink, and run across it, in this uncertain light, on a few inches width of rotten wood,’ said he. ‘I wonder you have no thought of being drowned.’

‘I can’t be!’ said Riderhood.

‘You can’t be drowned?’

‘No!’ said Riderhood, shaking his head with an air of thorough conviction, ‘it’s well known. I’ve been brought out o’ drowning, and I can’t be drowned. I wouldn’t have that there busted B’lowbridger aware on it, or her people might make it tell agin’ the damages I mean to get. But it’s well known to water-side characters like myself, that him as has been brought out o drowning, can never be drowned.’

Bradley smiled sourly at the ignorance he would have corrected in one of his pupils, and continued to look down into the water, as if the place had a gloomy fascination for him.

‘You seem to like it,’ said Riderhood.

He took no notice, but stood looking down, as if he had not heard the words. There was a very dark expression on his face; an expression that the Rogue found it hard to understand. It was fierce, and full of purpose; but the purpose might have been as much against himself as against another. If he had stepped back for a spring, taken a leap, and thrown himself in, it would have been no surprising sequel to the look. Perhaps his troubled soul, set upon some violence, did hover for the moment between that violence and another.

‘Didn’t you say,’ asked Riderhood, after watching him for a while with a sidelong glance, ‘as you had come back for a couple o’ hours’ rest?’ But, even then he had to jog him with his elbow before he answered.

‘Eh? Yes.’

‘Hadn’t you better come in and take your couple o’ hours’ rest?’

‘Thank you. Yes.’

With the look of one just awakened, he followed Riderhood into the Lock-house, where the latter produced from a cupboard some cold salt beef and half a loaf, some gin in a bottle, and some water in a jug. The last he brought in, cool and dripping, from the river.

‘There, T’otherest,’ said Riderhood, stooping over him to put it on the table. ‘You’d better take a bite and a sup, afore you takes your snooze.’ The draggling ends of the red neckerchief caught the schoolmaster’s eyes. Riderhood saw him look at it.

Per quanto ne sapeva il signor Riderhood, tutti i pugnali erano uguali tra loro. Anche per Bradley Headstone, che avrebbe potuto raccontare dettagliatamente su Wat Tyler, l’Lord Mayor Walworth e il Re, tutto ciò che era doveroso che i giovani sapessero, esisteva soltanto un argomento al mondo legato a ogni strumento affilato e distruttivo in quella serata estiva. Così, mentre Riderhood lo seguiva con attenzione, e lui, con mano furtiva, toccava il pugnale mentre lo passava, entrambi avevano lo stesso pensiero in mente.

La barca proseguiva, sotto gli alberi a forma di arco, attraverso le loro tranquille ombre sull’acqua. Il battelliere, nascosto sulla riva opposta del fiume, la seguiva. I bagliori di luce illuminavano Riderhood ogni volta che il rematore immergeva i remi; fino a quando, mentre stava osservando in silenzio, il sole tramontò e il paesaggio si tinse di rosso. Poi quel colore sembrò dissolversi nell’oscurità e salire verso il cielo, proprio come si dice che avvenga con il >sangue versato in modo colpevole.

Tornando verso il suo nascondiglio (non era ancora uscito dalla sua visuale), il Ladro rifletté con la profondità che un individuo nella sua posizione poteva permettersi. “Perché ha copiato i miei vestiti? Avrebbe potuto assomigliare a ciò che voleva, senza farlo.” Questo era l’argomento principale dei suoi pensieri; in essi, però, emergeva di tanto in tanto anche un’altra domanda, simile a rifiuti che galleggiano e affondano alternativamente nel fiume: “È stato fatto per caso?” L’idea di tendere una trappola per scoprire se si fosse trattato davvero di un errore fu presto sostituita da un’indagine più concettuale sul motivo per cui qualcuno avrebbe voluto fare una cosa del genere. E lui escogitò un modo per farlo.

Rogue Riderhood entrò nella sua “casa chiusa a chiave” e tirò fuori, sotto la luce grigia ormai serena, il suo baule pieno di vestiti. Sedutosi sull’erba accanto ad esso, ne estrasse uno dopo l’altro gli indumenti contenuti, fino a quando non arrivò a un fazzoletto da collo di colore rosso brillante, macchiato di nero in alcuni punti a causa dell’uso. Quel fazzoletto attirò la sua attenzione; si fermò a osservarlo per un po’, poi si tolse il vecchio fazzoletto logoro che indossava intorno al collo e lo sostituì con quello rosso, lasciando che i suoi lunghi bordi pendessero liberamente. “Ora,” pensò Rogue, “se dopo mi vede con questo fazzoletto da collo, significa che anche lui ne indossa uno simile. Non può essere una coincidenza!” Felice della sua trovata, ripose il baule e andò a cena.

“Blocco! Blocco!” Era una notte tranquilla; un battello che stava passando lo svegliò da un lungo sonnellino. Dopo aver fatto passare il battello, si ritrovò di nuovo solo, intento a osservare la chiusura dei suoi cancelli, quando Bradley Headstone apparve davanti a lui, in piedi sul bordo del canale di sbarramento.

“Salve!”, disse Riderhood. “Sei pronto anche tu, amico?”

“È rimasto per la notte in una locanda per pescatori,” fu la risposta stancha e rauca. “Parte di nuovo lungo la fiume alle sei del mattino. Sono tornato solo per riposare un po’.”

“Voi li volete,” disse Riderhood, avvicinandosi all’insegnante attraverso il suo ponte di assi.

“Non li voglio,” rispose Bradley, irritato, “perché preferirei non averli, ma vorrei molto seguirlo per tutta la notte. Tuttavia, se lui non vuole guidarmi, non posso seguirlo. Sono stato ad aspettare, fino a quando non sono riuscito a scoprire con certezza a che ora inizia; se non fossi riuscito a saperlo con sicurezza, sarei rimasto lì. Questo sarebbe un brutto posto in cui gettare un uomo con le mani legate: queste pareti lisce e scivolose non gli darebbero alcuna possibilità di fuga. E suppongo che quelle porte lo risucchierebbero giù, ”

“Sia che lo risucchii dentro, sia che lo inghiotta intero, non riuscirebbe mai a uscire,” disse Riderhood.
“Nemmeno se le sue mani non fossero legate, non ci riuscirebbe. Chiudilo da entrambe le parti, e gli darei una pinta di birra vecchia, purché non si avvicini mai più a me mentre sto qui in piedi.”

Bradley guardò giù con un orribile piacere. “Corriate sul bordo del precipizio e lo attraversate in questa luce incerta, su pochi centimetri di legno marcio,” disse. “Mi chiedo come facciate a non pensare di poter annegare.”

“Non può essere!” disse Riderhood.

“Non si può annegare?”

“No!” disse Riderhood scuotendo la testa con aria di totale convinzione, “è ben noto. Sono stato salvato dall’annegamento e non posso essere annegato di nuovo. Non vorrei che quel maledetto B’lowbridger lo scoprisse, altrimenti le sue persone potrebbero far sì che tutto ciò si ripetesse, causandomi ulteriori danni. Ma è ben noto a persone come me, che hanno a che fare con l’acqua, che chi è stato salvato dall’annegamento non può mai essere annegato di nuovo.”

Bradley sorrise amaramente di fronte all’ignoranza che avrebbe corretto in uno dei suoi studenti, e continuò a guardare verso il basso, nell’acqua, come se quel luogo esercitasse su di lui un fascino cupo.

“Sembra che ti piaccia,” disse Riderhood.

Non prestò alcuna attenzione, ma rimase fermo a guardare giù, come se non avesse sentito quelle parole. Sul suo viso c’era un’espressione molto cupa; un’espressione che il Ladro trovava difficile da comprendere. Era intensa e piena di determinazione, ma quella determinazione poteva essere rivolta tanto contro di lui stesso quanto contro qualcun altro. Se avesse fatto un passo indietro, poi balzato in avanti, non sarebbe stato affatto sorprendente che accadesse qualcosa. Forse la sua anima turbata, spinta verso la violenza, stava in quel momento esitando tra una forma di violenza e un’altra.

“Non hai detto,” chiese Riderhood, dopo averlo osservato per un po’ con uno sguardo di lato, “che eri tornato solo per riposare un paio d’ore?” Ma anche allora dovette dargli una spinta con il gomito prima che rispondesse.

“Eh? Sì, davvero.”

“Non sarebbe meglio che entrassi e ti riposassi per un paio d’ore?”

“Grazie. Sì.”

Con lo sguardo di chi si è appena svegliato, seguì Riderhood nella casa chiusa a chiave; l’altro tirò fuori da un armadio del manzo salato freddo e mezzo pane, del gin in una bottiglia, e dell’acqua in un secchio. L’ultima cosa che portò dentro era acqua fresca, ancora gocciolante, presa dal fiume.

“Ecco qui,” disse Riderhood, chinandosi per posarlo sul tavolo. “Faresti meglio a mangiare qualcosa e bere un po’ di brodo prima di andare a dormire.” Le estremità svolazzanti del fazzoletto rosso attirarono l’attenzione dell’insegnante, che se ne accorse mentre Riderhood lo guardava.

‘Oh!’ thought that worthy. ‘You’re a-taking notice, are you? Come! You shall have a good squint at it then.’ With which reflection he sat down on the other side of the table, threw open his vest, and made a pretence of re-tying the neckerchief with much deliberation.

Bradley ate and drank. As he sat at his platter and mug, Riderhood saw him, again and yet again, steal a look at the neckerchief, as if he were correcting his slow observation and prompting his sluggish memory. ‘When you’re ready for your snooze,’ said that honest creature, ‘chuck yourself on my bed in the corner, T’otherest. It’ll be broad day afore three. I’ll call you early.’

‘I shall require no calling,’ answered Bradley. And soon afterwards, divesting himself only of his shoes and coat, laid himself down.

Riderhood, leaning back in his wooden arm-chair with his arms folded on his breast, looked at him lying with his right hand clenched in his sleep and his teeth set, until a film came over his own sight, and he slept too. He awoke to find that it was daylight, and that his visitor was already astir, and going out to the river-side to cool his head:—‘Though I’m blest,’ muttered Riderhood at the Lock-house door, looking after him, ‘if I think there’s water enough in all the Thames to do THAT for you!’ Within five minutes he had taken his departure, and was passing on into the calm distance as he had passed yesterday. Riderhood knew when a fish leaped, by his starting and glancing round.

‘Lock ho! Lock!’ at intervals all day, and ‘Lock ho! Lock!’ thrice in the ensuing night, but no return of Bradley. The second day was sultry and oppressive. In the afternoon, a thunderstorm came up, and had but newly broken into a furious sweep of rain when he rushed in at the door, like the storm itself.

‘You’ve seen him with her!’ exclaimed Riderhood, starting up.

‘I have.’

‘Where?’

‘At his journey’s end. His boat’s hauled up for three days. I heard him give the order. Then, I saw him wait for her and meet her. I saw them’—he stopped as though he were suffocating, and began again—‘I saw them walking side by side, last night.’

‘What did you do?’

‘Nothing.’

‘What are you going to do?’

He dropped into a chair, and laughed. Immediately afterwards, a great spirt of blood burst from his nose.

‘How does that happen?’ asked Riderhood.

‘I don’t know. I can’t keep it back. It has happened twice—three times—four times—I don’t know how many times—since last night. I taste it, smell it, see it, it chokes me, and then it breaks out like this.’

He went into the pelting rain again with his head bare, and, bending low over the river, and scooping up the water with his two hands, washed the blood away. All beyond his figure, as Riderhood looked from the door, was a vast dark curtain in solemn movement towards one quarter of the heavens. He raised his head and came back, wet from head to foot, but with the lower parts of his sleeves, where he had dipped into the river, streaming water.

‘Your face is like a ghost’s,’ said Riderhood.

‘Did you ever see a ghost?’ was the sullen retort.

‘I mean to say, you’re quite wore out.’

‘That may well be. I have had no rest since I left here. I don’t remember that I have so much as sat down since I left here.’

‘Lie down now, then,’ said Riderhood.

‘I will, if you’ll give me something to quench my thirst first.’

The bottle and jug were again produced, and he mixed a weak draught, and another, and drank both in quick succession. ‘You asked me something,’ he said then.

‘No, I didn’t,’ replied Riderhood.

‘I tell you,’ retorted Bradley, turning upon him in a wild and desperate manner, ‘you asked me something, before I went out to wash my face in the river.

‘Oh! Then?’ said Riderhood, backing a little. ‘I asked you wot you wos a-going to do.’

‘How can a man in this state know?’ he answered, protesting with both his tremulous hands, with an action so vigorously angry that he shook the water from his sleeves upon the floor, as if he had wrung them. ‘How can I plan anything, if I haven’t sleep?’

‘Why, that’s what I as good as said,’ returned the other. ‘Didn’t I say lie down?’

Well, perhaps you did.’

Well! Anyways I says it again. Sleep where you slept last; the sounder and longer you can sleep, the better you’ll know arterwards what you’re up to.’

His pointing to the truckle bed in the corner, seemed gradually to bring that poor couch to Bradley’s wandering remembrance. He slipped off his worn down-trodden shoes, and cast himself heavily, all wet as he was, upon the bed.

Riderhood sat down in his wooden arm-chair, and looked through the window at the lightning, and listened to the thunder. But, his thoughts were far from being absorbed by the thunder and the lightning, for again and again and again he looked very curiously at the exhausted man upon the bed. The man had turned up the collar of the rough coat he wore, to shelter himself from the storm, and had buttoned it about his neck. Unconscious of that, and of most things, he had left the coat so, both when he had laved his face in the river, and when he had cast himself upon the bed; though it would have been much easier to him if he had unloosened it.

The thunder rolled heavily, and the forked lightning seemed to make jagged rents in every part of the vast curtain without, as Riderhood sat by the window, glancing at the bed. Sometimes, he saw the man upon the bed, by a red light; sometimes, by a blue; sometimes, he scarcely saw him in the darkness of the storm; sometimes he saw nothing of him in the blinding glare of palpitating white fire. Anon, the rain would come again with a tremendous rush, and the river would seem to rise to meet it, and a blast of wind, bursting upon the door, would flutter the hair and dress of the man, as if invisible messengers were come around the bed to carry him away. From all these phases of the storm, Riderhood would turn, as if they were interruptions—rather striking interruptions possibly, but interruptions still—of his scrutiny of the sleeper.

‘He sleeps sound,’ he said within himself; ‘yet he’s that up to me and that noticing of me that my getting out of my chair may wake him, when a rattling peal won’t; let alone my touching of him.’

He very cautiously rose to his feet. ‘T’otherest,’ he said, in a low, calm voice, ‘are you a lying easy? There’s a chill in the air, governor. Shall I put a coat over you?’

No answer.

‘That’s about what it is a’ready, you see,’ muttered Riderhood in a lower and a different voice; ‘a coat over you, a coat over you!’

The sleeper moving an arm, he sat down again in his chair, and feigned to watch the storm from the window. It was a grand spectacle, but not so grand as to keep his eyes, for half a minute together, from stealing a look at the man upon the bed.

It was at the concealed throat of the sleeper that Riderhood so often looked so curiously, until the sleep seemed to deepen into the stupor of the dead-tired in mind and body. Then, Riderhood came from the window cautiously, and stood by the bed.

‘Poor man!’ he murmured in a low tone, with a crafty face, and a very watchful eye and ready foot, lest he should start up; ‘this here coat of his must make him uneasy in his sleep. Shall I loosen it for him, and make him more comfortable? Ah! I think I ought to do it, poor man. I think I will.’

He touched the first button with a very cautious hand, and a step backward. But, the sleeper remaining in profound unconsciousness, he touched the other buttons with a more assured hand, and perhaps the more lightly on that account. Softly and slowly, he opened the coat and drew it back.

The draggling ends of a bright-red neckerchief were then disclosed, and he had even been at the pains of dipping parts of it in some liquid, to give it the appearance of having become stained by wear. With a much-perplexed face, Riderhood looked from it to the sleeper, and from the sleeper to it, and finally crept back to his chair, and there, with his hand to his chin, sat long in a brown study, looking at both.

“Oh!” pensò quell’uomo degno di rispetto. “Allora ti stai accorgendo, eh? Vieni! Allora potrai darci un’occhiata più da vicino.” Detto questo, si sedette dall’altra parte del tavolo, aprì il gilet e fece finta di riannodarsi la cravatta con grande attenzione.

Bradley mangiava e beveva. Mentre sedeva davanti al suo piatto e alla sua tazza, Riderhood lo vide, ancora e ancora, lanciare occhiate furtive al fazzoletto da collo, come se stesse cercando di ricordare meglio o di rafforzare la propria lenta memoria. “Quando sarai pronto per dormire,” disse quella creatura onesta, “mettiti a letto nel mio angolo. Sarà ancora buio prima delle tre. Ti chiamerò presto.”

“Non avrò bisogno di alcun richiamo,” rispose Bradley. Poco dopo, si tolse solo le scarpe e il cappotto, poi si sdraiò.

Riderhood, appoggiato allo schienale della sua sedia di legno con le braccia incrociate sul petto, lo osservava mentre giaceva addormentato, con la mano destra stretta e i denti serrati. Fino a quando anche lui iniziò ad assopirsi. Si svegliò al chiaro di giorno: il suo visitatore era già in piedi e si stava dirigendo verso la riva del fiume per rinfrescarsi la testa, “Anche se sono fortunato,” mormorò Riderhood davanti alla porta della casa sul fiume, osservandolo mentre se ne andava, “non credo che ci sia abbastanza acqua nel Tamigi per fare una cosa del genere, ” Cinque minuti dopo, l’uomo era già scomparso nella distanza tranquilla. Riderhood riusciva a capire quando un pesce saltava fuori dall’acqua dal modo in cui questa si muoveva.

“Lock ho! Lock!” continuava a dire a intervalli durante tutto il giorno, e ancora “Lock ho! Lock!” per tre volte nella notte successiva, ma Bradley non tornò mai. Il secondo giorno fu afoso e soffocante; nel pomeriggio scoppiò un temporale, e proprio quando la pioggia iniziava a scatenarsi con violenza, lui entrò di corsa dalla porta, come se fosse il temporale stesso.

“L’avete visto con lei!” esclamò Riderhood, alzandosi in piedi.

‘Ho fatto.’

‘Dove?’

“Alla fine del suo viaggio, la sua barca rimase tirata in secco per tre giorni. Ho sentito lui dare l’ordine. Poi li ho visti aspettarsi a vicenda e incontrarsi. Li ho visti camminare fianco a fianco, la scorsa notte.” Si fermò, come se stesse soffocando, poi riprese: “Li ho visti, ”

“Cosa hai fatto?”

“Niente.”

“Cosa farai?”

Si lasciò cadere su una sedia e rise. Subito dopo, un fiotto abbondante di sangue gli uscì dal naso.

“Come può succedere una cosa del genere?”, chiese Riderhood.

“Non lo so. Non riesco a trattenere quelle sensazioni. È successo due volte, tre volte, quattro volte, non so quante volte esattamente, da quella notte scorsa. Le assaporo, le annuso, le vedo. Mi soffocano, e poi esplodono così.”

Rientrò sotto la pioggia battente a testa scoperta; chinandosi vicino al fiume, raccolse l’acqua con entrambe le mani e lavò via il sangue. Tutto ciò che si vedeva oltre la sua figura, osservato da Riderhood dalla porta, era una vasta cortina nera in movimento verso un angolo del cielo. Alzò la testa e tornò indietro, bagnato fradicio dalla testa ai piedi; le parti inferiori delle sue maniche, però, essendo state immerse nell’fiume, gocciolavano ancora d’acqua.

“Il tuo viso assomiglia a quello di un fantasma”, disse Riderhood.

“Hai mai visto un fantasma?” fu la risposta cupa.

“Voglio dire, sei davvero stanco.”

“Forse è davvero così. Non ho avuto un attimo di riposo da quando sono partito da qui. Non ricordo nemmeno di essere mai seduto da allora.”

“Allora, sdraiati ora,” disse Riderhood.

“Lo farò, ma prima dammi qualcosa per placare la mia sete.”

La bottiglia e la giara furono prodotte di nuovo; lui ne preparò due bevande deboli e le bevve una dopo l’altra in fretta. “Mi hai chiesto qualcosa,” disse poi.

“No, non l’ho fatto,” rispose Riderhood.

“Te lo dico io,” ribatté Bradley, voltandosi verso di lui in modo selvaggio e disperato, “mi hai fatto una domanda prima che uscissi a lavarmi il viso nel fiume.”

“Ah, e allora?” disse Riderhood, facendo un passo indietro. “Ti ho chiesto cosa avevi intenzione di fare.”

“Come può un uomo in questo stato saperlo?” rispose, protestando con entrambe le mani tremolanti, con un gesto così furioso che fece cadere l’acqua dalle sue maniche sul pavimento, come se le avesse strizzate. “Come posso pianificare qualcosa, se non ho dormito?”

“Esatto, è proprio quello che ho detto,” rispose l’altro. “Non ho forse detto di sdraiarsi?”

‘Beh’, forse è vero.’

‘Beh! Comunque lo ripeto: dormite dove avete dormito l’ultima volta; più a lungo e profondamente dormirete, meglio capirete in seguito cosa dovete fare.’

Il suo indicare il letto a soppalco nell’angolo sembrava gradualmente far riaffiorare nella memoria di Bradley quel povero divano. Si tolse le scarpe logore e consumate e si gettò pesantemente sul letto, tutto bagnato com’era.

Riderhood si sedette nella sua poltrona di legno, guardò fuori dalla finestra i fulmini e ascoltò il tuono. Ma i suoi pensieri erano lontani da tutto ciò; continuava infatti a osservare con grande curiosità quell’uomo esausto disteso sul letto. L’uomo aveva alzato il colletto del cappotto ruvido che indossava per proteggersi dalla tempesta e se l’era abbottonato stretto intorno al collo. Ignaro di tutto ciò, e della maggior parte delle cose che accadevano intorno a lui, aveva lasciato il cappotto così come era sia quando si era lavato il viso nel fiume, sia quando si era sdraiato sul letto; anche se per lui sarebbe stato molto più comodo se l’avesse slacciato.

Il tuono rimbombava con forza, e i fulmini a forma di forcone sembravano creare strappi irregolari in ogni parte di quella vasta “tenda” formata dal cielo notturno. Mentre Riderhood sedeva accanto alla finestra, osservando il letto, a volte riusciva a vedere l’uomo sdraiato su di esso: a volte sotto una luce rossa, a volte sotto una luce blu; altre volte, nella oscurità della tempesta, quasi non lo distingueva affatto; ancora altre volte, non riusciva a vederlo nemmeno sotto il bagliore accecante del fuoco bianco che tremolava nel cielo. Poi, all’improvviso, la pioggia riprendeva con violenza, e il fiume sembrava innalzarsi per incontrarla; un soffio di vento, colpendo la porta, faceva svolazzare i capelli e i vestiti dell’uomo, come se messaggeri invisibili fossero venuti intorno al letto per portarlo via. Di fronte a tutte queste manifestazioni della tempesta, Riderhood continuava a osservare l’uomo che dormiva, considerandole soltanto delle interruzioni, forse piuttosto significative, ma pur sempre interruzioni.

“Dorme profondamente,” si disse tra sé; “eppure è così attento a me, così consapevole della mia presenza, che anche il semplice alzarmi dalla sedia potrebbe svegliarlo, mentre un rumore forte non riesce nemmeno a disturbarlo. Lasciate che sia io ad accarezzarlo.”

Si alzò molto cautamente in piedi. “Gli altri,” disse con voce bassa e calma, “stanno riposando? Fa freddo. Devo metterti un cappotto?”

Nessuna risposta.

“Più o meno è così,” mormorò Riderhood con una voce più bassa e diversa; “un mantello addosso a te, un mantello addosso a te!”

Il dormiente, muovendo un braccio, si sedette di nuovo sulla sedia e fingeva di osservare la tempesta dalla finestra. Era uno spettacolo imponente, ma non abbastanza da impedirgli, anche solo per mezzo minuto, di lanciare occhiate al uomo a letto.

Era proprio nella gola nascosta di il dormiente che Riderhood spesso guardava con tanta curiosità, fino a quando il )sogno sembrava approfondirsi nel torpore di chi era completamente stanco, sia mentalmente che fisicamente. Allora, Riderhood usciva cautamente dalla finestra e si avvicinava al letto.

“Povero uomo, ”, mormorò a bassa voce, con un’espressione astuta e occhi molto attenti, pronti a intervenire se necessario; “questo cappotto deve sicuramente disturbarlo nel suo sonno. Forse dovrei allentarlo un po’ per farlo stare più comodo. Ah! Penso che dovrei proprio farlo, povero uomo. Decido di sì.”

Toccò il primo pulsante con molta cautela e fece un passo indietro. Ma poiché la persona addormentata rimaneva in uno stato di profonda incoscienza, toccò gli altri pulsanti con maggiore sicurezza, e forse anche più delicatamente. Con movimenti lenti e silenziosi, aprì il cappotto e lo tirò indietro.

Poi furono visibili i lunghi lembi di un fazzoletto da collo di colore rosso brillante; aveva persino preso la briga di immergerne alcune parti in un liquido, per farle sembrare macchiate dal tempo. Con un’espressione molto perplessa, Riderhood guardò prima il dormiente e poi il fazzoletto, e infine tornò a sedersi sulla sua sedia. Lì, appoggiando una mano al mento, rimase a fissare entrambi per molto tempo.

Chapter 2

THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN RISES A LITTLE

Mr and Mrs Lammle had come to breakfast with Mr and Mrs Boffin. They were not absolutely uninvited, but had pressed themselves with so much urgency on the golden couple, that evasion of the honour and pleasure of their company would have been difficult, if desired. They were in a charming state of mind, were Mr and Mrs Lammle, and almost as fond of Mr and Mrs Boffin as of one another.

‘My dear Mrs Boffin,’ said Mrs Lammle, ‘it imparts new life to me, to see my Alfred in confidential communication with Mr Boffin. The two were formed to become intimate. So much simplicity combined with so much force of character, such natural sagacity united to such amiability and gentleness—these are the distinguishing characteristics of both.’

This being said aloud, gave Mr Lammle an opportunity, as he came with Mr Boffin from the window to the breakfast table, of taking up his dear and honoured wife.

‘My Sophronia,’ said that gentleman, ‘your too partial estimate of your husband’s character—’

‘No! Not too partial, Alfred,’ urged the lady, tenderly moved; ‘never say that.’

‘My child, your favourable opinion, then, of your husband—you don’t object to that phrase, darling?’

‘How can I, Alfred?’

‘Your favourable opinion then, my Precious, does less than justice to Mr Boffin, and more than justice to me.’

‘To the first charge, Alfred, I plead guilty. But to the second, oh no, no!’

‘Less than justice to Mr Boffin, Sophronia,’ said Mr Lammle, soaring into a tone of moral grandeur, ‘because it represents Mr Boffin as on my lower level; more than justice to me, Sophronia, because it represents me as on Mr Boffin’s higher level. Mr Boffin bears and forbears far more than I could.’

‘Far more than you could for yourself, Alfred?’

‘My love, that is not the question.’

‘Not the question, Lawyer?’ said Mrs Lammle, archly.

‘No, dear Sophronia. From my lower level, I regard Mr Boffin as too generous, as possessed of too much clemency, as being too good to persons who are unworthy of him and ungrateful to him. To those noble qualities I can lay no claim. On the contrary, they rouse my indignation when I see them in action.’

‘Alfred!’

‘They rouse my indignation, my dear, against the unworthy persons, and give me a combative desire to stand between Mr Boffin and all such persons. Why? Because, in my lower nature I am more worldly and less delicate. Not being so magnanimous as Mr Boffin, I feel his injuries more than he does himself, and feel more capable of opposing his injurers.’

It struck Mrs Lammle that it appeared rather difficult this morning to bring Mr and Mrs Boffin into agreeable conversation. Here had been several lures thrown out, and neither of them had uttered a word. Here were she, Mrs Lammle, and her husband discoursing at once affectingly and effectively, but discoursing alone. Assuming that the dear old creatures were impressed by what they heard, still one would like to be sure of it, the more so, as at least one of the dear old creatures was somewhat pointedly referred to. If the dear old creatures were too bashful or too dull to assume their required places in the discussion, why then it would seem desirable that the dear old creatures should be taken by their heads and shoulders and brought into it.

‘But is not my husband saying in effect,’ asked Mrs Lammle, therefore, with an innocent air, of Mr and Mrs Boffin, ‘that he becomes unmindful of his own temporary misfortunes in his admiration of another whom he is burning to serve? And is not that making an admission that his nature is a generous one? I am wretched in argument, but surely this is so, dear Mr and Mrs Boffin?’

Still, neither Mr and Mrs Boffin said a word. He sat with his eyes on his plate, eating his muffins and ham, and she sat shyly looking at the teapot. Mrs Lammle’s innocent appeal was merely thrown into the air, to mingle with the steam of the urn. Glancing towards Mr and Mrs Boffin, she very slightly raised her eyebrows, as though inquiring of her husband: ‘Do I notice anything wrong here?’

Mr Lammle, who had found his chest effective on a variety of occasions, manoeuvred his capacious shirt front into the largest demonstration possible, and then smiling retorted on his wife, thus:

‘Sophronia, darling, Mr and Mrs Boffin will remind you of the old adage, that self-praise is no recommendation.’

Self-praise, Alfred? Do you mean because we are one and the same?’

‘No, my dear child. I mean that you cannot fail to remember, if you reflect for a single moment, that what you are pleased to compliment me upon feeling in the case of Mr Boffin, you have yourself confided to me as your own feeling in the case of Mrs Boffin.’

(‘I shall be beaten by this Lawyer,’ Mrs Lammle gaily whispered to Mrs Boffin. ‘I am afraid I must admit it, if he presses me, for it’s damagingly true.’)

Several white dints began to come and go about Mr Lammle’s nose, as he observed that Mrs Boffin merely looked up from the teapot for a moment with an embarrassed smile, which was no smile, and then looked down again.

‘Do you admit the charge, Sophronia?’ inquired Alfred, in a rallying tone.

‘Really, I think,’ said Mrs Lammle, still gaily, ‘I must throw myself on the protection of the Court. Am I bound to answer that question, my Lord?’ To Mr Boffin.

‘You needn’t, if you don’t like, ma’am,’ was his answer. ‘It’s not of the least consequence.’

Both husband and wife glanced at him, very doubtfully. His manner was grave, but not coarse, and derived some dignity from a certain repressed dislike of the tone of the conversation.

Again Mrs Lammle raised her eyebrows for instruction from her husband. He replied in a slight nod, ‘Try ’em again.’

‘To protect myself against the suspicion of covert self-laudation, my dear Mrs Boffin,’ said the airy Mrs Lammle therefore, ‘I must tell you how it was.’

Capitolo 2

Il fantasma del pulitore d’oro si risveglia

Il signor e la signora Lammle erano venuti a colazione dal signor e dalla signora Boffin. Non erano stati espressamente invitati, ma si erano presentati con tale insistenza che evitare l’onore e il piacere della loro compagnia sarebbe stato difficile, se ci fosse stata questa intenzione da parte del signor e della signora Boffin. Il signor e la signora Lammle erano in uno stato d’animo molto gradevole e provavano per il signor e la signora Boffin quasi lo stesso affetto che si provava l’uno per l’altro.

“Mia cara signora Boffin,” disse la signora Lammle, “vedere mio Alfred in rapporti confidenziali con il signor Boffin mi dà una grande gioia. I due sono fatti l’uno per l’altro: tanta semplicità unita a tale forza di carattere, tale saggezza naturale abbinata a tanta gentilezza e affabilità. Queste sono le caratteristiche distintive di entrambi.”

Dichiarato ad alta voce, questo fatto fornì a Mr Lammle l’opportunità, mentre si avvicinava al tavolo della colazione insieme a Mr Boffin dalla finestra, di prendere in braccio la sua cara e onorata moglie.

“Mia Sophronia,” disse quel gentiluomo, “la tua valutazione troppo lusinghiera del carattere di tuo marito, ”

“No! Non essere troppo parziale, Alfred,” lo esortò la signora, commossa; “mai dire una cosa del genere.”

“Mio bambino, quindi la tua opinione positiva su tuo marito, non ti dispiace questa espressione, caro?”

“Come posso farlo, Alfred?”

“Allora, il tuo parere favorevole, mio Caro, rende meno giustizia al signor Boffin e più giustizia a me.”

“Per la prima accusa, Alfred, mi dichiaro colpevole. Ma per la seconda, oh no, assolutamente no!”

“Non è giusto nei confronti del signor Boffin, Sophronia,” disse il signor Lammle, alzando il tono in un modo pieno di moralità, “perché questo lo rappresenta come se fosse al mio livello inferiore; invece per me sarebbe più che giusto, perché mi rappresenterebbe come se fossi al suo livello superiore. Il signor Boffin sopporta e tollera molto di più di quanto io potrei fare.”

“Molto di più di quanto tu possa fare da solo, Alfred, ”

“Mio amore, quella non è la questione.”

“Non è questa la domanda, avvocato?”, disse la signora Lammle con un tono ironico.

“No, cara Sophronia. Dal mio punto di vista, considero il signor Boffin troppo generoso, troppo compassionevole, troppo buono verso persone che non lo meritano e che non sono grate con lui. Non posso rivendicare alcuna di queste nobili qualità; anzi, mi suscitano indignazione quando le vedo manifestarsi.”

“Alfred!”

‘Scatenano la mia indignazione, caro, verso queste persone indegne, e suscitano in me il desiderio di intervenire tra il signor Boffin e tutte queste persone. Perché? Perché, nella mia natura più bassa, sono più mondano e meno delicato. Non essendo così nobile come il signor Boffin, provo le sue offese più intensamente di lui stesso, e credo di essere più in grado di contrastare coloro che lo offendono.’

A Mrs Lammle sembrò piuttosto difficile, quella mattina, far sì che il signor e la signora Boffin intraprendessero una conversazione piacevole. Erano stati fatti diversi tentativi per avviare una discussione, ma nessuno dei due aveva detto una parola. Lì c’erano lei, Mrs Lammle, e suo marito che parlavano contemporaneamente in modo affettuoso ed efficace, ma parlavano solo tra loro. Ammesso che quelle povere vecchie creature fossero state colpite da ciò che avevano sentito, sarebbe stato comunque auspicabile esserne certi, soprattutto considerando che almeno una di loro era stata menzionata in modo piuttosto esplicito. Se invece quelle povere vecchie creature erano troppo timide o troppo lente a prendere parte alla conversazione, allora sembrava davvero necessario aiutarle ad entrare nel discorso.

“Ma non sta forse dicendo, in sostanza,” chiese la signora Lammle con un tono innocente, “il mio marito, a proposito del signor e della signora Boffin, che dimentica le proprie temporanee sfortune nell’ammirazione di un’altra persona verso cui prova un profondo desiderio di servire? E non significa forse questo ammettere che la sua natura è generosa? Non sono molto abile nel dibattere, ma sicuramente è così, cari signor e signora Boffin, ”

Tuttavia, né il signor né la signora Boffin dissero una parola. Lui sedeva con lo sguardo fisso sul proprio piatto, mangiando i suoi muffin e la carne di maiale; lei, invece, sedeva timidamente, fissando la teiera. Il innocente appello della signora Lammle fu semplicemente gettato nell’aria, per mescolarsi con il vapore che si alzava dalla teiera. Gettando uno sguardo verso i Boffin, sollevò leggermente le sopracciglia, come se stesse chiedendo a suo marito: “Noto qualcosa di strano qui?”

Il signor Lammle, che aveva constatato l’efficacia di questo metodo in diverse occasioni, sistemò la parte anteriore della sua camicia in modo da creare la dimostrazione più evidente possibile; poi, sorridendo, replicò alla moglie così:

“Sophronia, carina, il signor e la signora Boffin ti ricorderanno quel vecchio detto: l’auto-lode non è certo una raccomandazione.”

“Autocompiacimento, Alfred? Intendi dire perché siamo la stessa cosa?”

“No, mio caro bambino. Voglio dire che non puoi non ricordare: se solo rifletti per un momento, ti renderai conto che ciò di cui sei così felice di lodarmi riguardo al signor Boffin, è esattamente ciò che tu stesso mi hai confidato come il tuo vero sentimento riguardo alla signora Boffin.”

“Sarò sconfitta da questo avvocato,” sussurrò allegramente la signora Lammle alla signora Boffin. “Temo di doverlo ammettere, se insisterà, perché è una verità dannosa.”

Diverse macchie bianche iniziarono ad apparire e scomparire intorno al naso del signor Lammle; egli notò che la signora Boffin sollevava lo sguardo dalla teiera solo per un momento, con un sorriso imbarazzato, che in realtà non era affatto un sorriso, per poi riabbassare lo sguardo subito dopo.

“Ammetti l’accusa, Sofronia?”, chiese Alfred con un tono incoraggiante.

“Davvero, penso,” disse la signora Lammle, ancora allegra, “devo affidarmi alla protezione della Corte. Sono obbligata a rispondere a quella domanda, mio Signore?” Si rivolgeva al signor Boffin.

“Non è necessario, se non vi piace, signora,” fu la sua risposta. “Non ha la minima importanza.”

Sia il marito che la moglie lo guardarono con grande scetticismo. Il suo comportamento era serio, ma non volgare; inoltre, una certa riluttanza nascosta nei confronti del tono della conversazione conferiva al suo atteggiamento un certo senso di dignità.

Di nuovo, la signora Lammle alzò le sopracciglia in attesa di istruzioni dal marito. Lui rispose con un leggero cenno del capo: “Prova ancora.”

“Per proteggermi dal sospetto di una nascosta auto-lode, mia cara signora Boffin,” disse quindi la disinvolta signora Lammle, “devo raccontarvi com’è andata realmente.”

‘No. Pray don’t,’ Mr Boffin interposed.

Mrs Lammle turned to him laughingly. ‘The Court objects?’

‘Ma’am,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘the Court (if I am the Court) does object. The Court objects for two reasons. First, because the Court don’t think it fair. Secondly, because the dear old lady, Mrs Court (if I am Mr) gets distressed by it.’

A very remarkable wavering between two bearings—between her propitiatory bearing there, and her defiant bearing at Mr Twemlow’s—was observable on the part of Mrs Lammle as she said:

‘What does the Court not consider fair?’

‘Letting you go on,’ replied Mr Boffin, nodding his head soothingly, as who should say, We won’t be harder on you than we can help; we’ll make the best of it. ‘It’s not above-board and it’s not fair. When the old lady is uncomfortable, there’s sure to be good reason for it. I see she is uncomfortable, and I plainly see this is the good reason wherefore. HAVE you breakfasted, ma’am.’

Mrs Lammle, settling into her defiant manner, pushed her plate away, looked at her husband, and laughed; but by no means gaily.

‘Have YOU breakfasted, sir?’ inquired Mr Boffin.

‘Thank you,’ replied Alfred, showing all his teeth. ‘If Mrs Boffin will oblige me, I’ll take another cup of tea.’

He spilled a little of it over the chest which ought to have been so effective, and which had done so little; but on the whole drank it with something of an air, though the coming and going dints got almost as large, the while, as if they had been made by pressure of the teaspoon. ‘A thousand thanks,’ he then observed. ‘I have breakfasted.’

‘Now, which,’ said Mr Boffin softly, taking out a pocket-book, ‘which of you two is Cashier?’

‘Sophronia, my dear,’ remarked her husband, as he leaned back in his chair, waving his right hand towards her, while he hung his left hand by the thumb in the arm-hole of his waistcoat: ‘it shall be your department.’

‘I would rather,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘that it was your husband’s, ma’am, because—but never mind, because, I would rather have to do with him. However, what I have to say, I will say with as little offence as possible; if I can say it without any, I shall be heartily glad. You two have done me a service, a very great service, in doing what you did (my old lady knows what it was), and I have put into this envelope a bank note for a hundred pound. I consider the service well worth a hundred pound, and I am well pleased to pay the money. Would you do me the favour to take it, and likewise to accept my thanks?’

With a haughty action, and without looking towards him, Mrs Lammle held out her left hand, and into it Mr Boffin put the little packet. When she had conveyed it to her bosom, Mr Lammle had the appearance of feeling relieved, and breathing more freely, as not having been quite certain that the hundred pounds were his, until the note had been safely transferred out of Mr Boffin’s keeping into his own Sophronia’s.

‘It is not impossible,’ said Mr Boffin, addressing Alfred, ‘that you have had some general idea, sir, of replacing Rokesmith, in course of time?’

‘It is not,’ assented Alfred, with a glittering smile and a great deal of nose, ‘not impossible.’

‘And perhaps, ma’am,’ pursued Mr Boffin, addressing Sophronia, ‘you have been so kind as to take up my old lady in your own mind, and to do her the honour of turning the question over whether you mightn’t one of these days have her in charge, like? Whether you mightn’t be a sort of Miss Bella Wilfer to her, and something more?’

‘I should hope,’ returned Mrs Lammle, with a scornful look and in a loud voice, ‘that if I were anything to your wife, sir, I could hardly fail to be something more than Miss Bella Wilfer, as you call her.’

‘What do YOU call her, ma’am?’ asked Mr Boffin.

Mrs Lammle disdained to reply, and sat defiantly beating one foot on the ground.

‘Again I think I may say, that’s not impossible. Is it, sir?’ asked Mr Boffin, turning to Alfred.

‘It is not,’ said Alfred, smiling assent as before, ‘not impossible.’

‘Now,’ said Mr Boffin, gently, ‘it won’t do. I don’t wish to say a single word that might be afterwards remembered as unpleasant; but it won’t do.’

‘Sophronia, my love,’ her husband repeated in a bantering manner, ‘you hear? It won’t do.’

‘No,’ said Mr Boffin, with his voice still dropped, ‘it really won’t. You positively must excuse us. If you’ll go your way, we’ll go ours, and so I hope this affair ends to the satisfaction of all parties.’

Mrs Lammle gave him the look of a decidedly dissatisfied party demanding exemption from the category; but said nothing.

‘The best thing we can make of the affair,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘is a matter of business, and as a matter of business it’s brought to a conclusion. You have done me a great service, a very great service, and I have paid for it. Is there any objection to the price?’

Mr and Mrs Lammle looked at one another across the table, but neither could say that there was. Mr Lammle shrugged his shoulders, and Mrs Lammle sat rigid.

‘Very good,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘We hope (my old lady and me) that you’ll give us credit for taking the plainest and honestest short-cut that could be taken under the circumstances. We have talked it over with a deal of care (my old lady and me), and we have felt that at all to lead you on, or even at all to let you go on of your own selves, wouldn’t be the right thing. So, I have openly given you to understand that—’ Mr Boffin sought for a new turn of speech, but could find none so expressive as his former one, repeated in a confidential tone, ‘—that it won’t do. If I could have put the case more pleasantly I would; but I hope I haven’t put it very unpleasantly; at all events I haven’t meant to. So,’ said Mr Boffin, by way of peroration, ‘wishing you well in the way you go, we now conclude with the observation that perhaps you’ll go it.’

Mr Lammle rose with an impudent laugh on his side of the table, and Mrs Lammle rose with a disdainful frown on hers. At this moment a hasty foot was heard on the staircase, and Georgiana Podsnap broke into the room, unannounced and in tears.

“No. Per favore, non fatelo,” intervenne il signor Boffin.

La signora Lammle si girò verso di lui ridendo. “Il Tribunale obietta?”

“Signora,” disse il signor Boffin, “la Corte (se io sono la Corte) si oppone. La Corte si oppone per due motivi: primo, perché la Corte ritiene che non sia giusto; secondo, perché quella cara vecchia signora, la signora Corte (se io sono il signor, ) ne soffre molto.”

Si poteva notare una notevole incertezza nel comportamento di Mrs Lammle mentre diceva: un’alternanza tra il suo atteggiamento accomodante in quel momento e quello ribelle nei confronti del signor Twemlow.

“Cosa non ritiene giusto il Tribunale?”

“Lasciarti andare, ”, rispose il signor Boffin, annuendo dolcemente, come se volesse dire: “Non saremo più duri di quanto sia necessario; faremo del nostro meglio”. “Ma non è onesto, e non è giusto. Quando la vecchia signora si sente a disagio, sicuramente c’è una buona ragione per questo. Vedo che si sente a disagio, e chiaramente questa è la ragione. Ha già fatto colazione, signora?”

La signora Lammle, assumendo il suo solito atteggiamento ribelle, spinse via il proprio piatto, guardò suo marito e rise, ma assolutamente non con gioia.

“Ha già fatto colazione, signore?”, chiese il signor Boffin.

“Grazie,” rispose Alfred, mostrando tutti i suoi denti. “Se la signora Boffin mi permetterà, berò un’altra tazza di tè.”

Ne versò un po’ sul petto, che avrebbe dovuto essere così efficace, e invece non aveva prodotto alcun effetto; ma nel complesso lo bevve con un certo distacco, anche se le macchie lasciate dal movimento del cucchiaino diventavano sempre più grandi, come se fossero state create proprio da quella pressione. “Mille grazie,” disse poi. “Ho già fatto colazione.”

“Ora,” disse gentilmente il signor Boffin, tirando fuori un portafoglio, “chi di voi due è il cassiere?”

“Sophronia, mia cara,” disse suo marito, appoggiandosi allo schienale della sedia e facendo un gesto con la mano destra verso di lei, mentre con la sinistra si appoggiava al polsino del gilet: “Sarà tuo compito occupartene.”

“Preferirei,” disse il signor Boffin, “che fosse di vostro marito, signora. Ma lasciamo perdere; in ogni caso, preferirei avere a che fare con lui. Comunque, quello che devo dire lo dirò nel modo meno offensivo possibile; se riesco a farlo senza offendervi affatto, ne sarò molto felice. Voi due mi avete reso un grande servizio. Ho messo in questa busta una banconota da cento sterline. Ritengo che quel servizio valga davvero cento sterline, e sono molto contento di pagarle. Vi fareste il favore di accettarle, insieme ai miei ringraziamenti?”

Con un gesto arrogante, e senza guardarlo, la signora Lammle tese la sua mano sinistra; il signor Boffin vi mise all’interno quel piccolo pacchetto. Quando lei lo portò al petto, il signor Lammle sembrò sentirsi sollevato e respirare più liberamente, poiché non era del tutto certo che quei cento sterline fossero davvero suoi, finché il biglietto non fu sicuramente passato dalle mani del signor Boffin alle sue, di Sophronia.

“Non è impossibile,” disse il signor Boffin rivolgendosi ad Alfred, “che nel corso del tempo vi sia venuta un’idea generale su come sostituire Rokesmith, vero?”

“Non è impossibile,” concordò Alfred, con un sorriso scintillante e muovendo molto il naso.

“E forse, signora,” continuò il signor Boffin rivolgendosi a Sophronia, “siete stata così gentile da prendervi cura della mia vecchia signora nel vostro cuore, e di onorarla considerando la possibilità di prendervene cura voi stessa, un giorno o l’altro. Forse potreste diventare una sorta di ‘signorina Bella Wilfer’ per lei, o qualcosa del genere, ”

“Dovrei sperare,” rispose la signora Lammle con uno sguardo sprezzante e a voce alta, “che se fossi qualcosa per tua moglie, signore, difficilmente potrei essere meno di quanto tu chiami ‘Miss Bella Wilfer’.”

“Come la chiamate voi, signora?” chiese il signor Boffin.

La signora Lammle rifiutò di rispondere e sedette lì, battendo con aria sprezzante un piede a terra.

“Di nuovo penso di poter dire che non è impossibile. Giusto, signore?” chiese il signor Boffin, rivolgendosi ad Alfred.

“Non è impossibile,” disse Alfred, sorridendo e annuendo come prima.

“Ora,” disse gentilmente il signor Boffin, “non va più bene. Non voglio dire una parola che possa essere ricordata in seguito come sgradevole; ma non va più bene.”

“Sophronia, mio amore”, ripeté suo marito in tono scherzoso, “hai sentito? Non va bene così.”

“No,” disse il signor Boffin, con voce ancora bassa, “davvero non funzionerà. Dovete assolutamente scusarci. Se voi andate per la vostra strada, andremo per la nostra, e spero così che questa faccenda si concluda a soddisfazione di tutte le parti.”

La signora Lammle lo guardò con l’espressione di una persona decisamente insoddisfatta che chiedeva di essere esclusa da quella categoria; ma non disse nulla.

“La cosa migliore che possiamo fare riguardo a questa faccenda,” disse il signor Boffin, “è considerarla un affare commerciale, e come tale è già stata risolta. Mi avete reso un grande servizio, un servizio davvero importante, e io vi ho ricompensato. C’è qualche obiezione al prezzo che ho offerto?”

Il signor e la signora Lammle si guardarono a vicenda attraverso il tavolo, ma nessuno dei due riuscì a dire nulla. Il signor Lammle alzò le spalle, mentre la signora Lammle rimase seduta immobile.

“Molto bene,” disse il signor Boffin. “Noi (mia moglie e io) speriamo che ci riconoscerete per aver scelto la strada più semplice ed onesta possibile, date le circostanze. Ne abbiamo discusso attentamente (mia moglie e io), e abbiamo ritenuto che guidarvi in modo ingannevole, o anche lasciarvi procedere da soli, non sarebbe stato giusto. Quindi vi ho detto apertamente che, ”. Il signor Boffin cercò un altro modo di esprimersi, ma non ne trovò uno altrettanto efficace; ripeté quindi, con tono confidenziale: “Che non è possibile. Se avessi potuto esprimermi in modo più piacevole lo avrei fatto; ma spero di non essere stato troppo sgradevole. Comunque, non era questa la mia intenzione. Quindi,” concluse il signor Boffin, “augurandovi tutto il meglio nel vostro percorso, riteniamo che forse lo seguirete davvero”.

Il signor Lammle sorrise con impudenza mentre prendeva la rosa, mentre la signora Lammle lo fece con un’espressione di disprezzo. In quel momento si sentirono passi affrettati sulle scale, e Georgiana Podsnap irruppe nella stanza, senza essere stata annunciata, in preda alle lacrime.

‘Oh, my dear Sophronia,’ cried Georgiana, wringing her hands as she ran up to embrace her, ‘to think that you and Alfred should be ruined! Oh, my poor dear Sophronia, to think that you should have had a Sale at your house after all your kindness to me! Oh, Mr and Mrs Boffin, pray forgive me for this intrusion, but you don’t know how fond I was of Sophronia when Pa wouldn’t let me go there any more, or what I have felt for Sophronia since I heard from Ma of her having been brought low in the world. You don’t, you can’t, you never can, think, how I have lain awake at night and cried for my good Sophronia, my first and only friend!’

Mrs Lammle’s manner changed under the poor silly girl’s embraces, and she turned extremely pale: directing one appealing look, first to Mrs Boffin, and then to Mr Boffin. Both understood her instantly, with a more delicate subtlety than much better educated people, whose perception came less directly from the heart, could have brought to bear upon the case.

‘I haven’t a minute,’ said poor little Georgiana, ‘to stay. I am out shopping early with Ma, and I said I had a headache and got Ma to leave me outside in the phaeton, in Piccadilly, and ran round to Sackville Street, and heard that Sophronia was here, and then Ma came to see, oh such a dreadful old stony woman from the country in a turban in Portland Place, and I said I wouldn’t go up with Ma but would drive round and leave cards for the Boffins, which is taking a liberty with the name; but oh my goodness I am distracted, and the phaeton’s at the door, and what would Pa say if he knew it!’

‘Don’t ye be timid, my dear,’ said Mrs Boffin. ‘You came in to see us.’

‘Oh, no, I didn’t,’ cried Georgiana. ‘It’s very impolite, I know, but I came to see my poor Sophronia, my only friend. Oh! how I felt the separation, my dear Sophronia, before I knew you were brought low in the world, and how much more I feel it now!’

There were actually tears in the bold woman’s eyes, as the soft-headed and soft-hearted girl twined her arms about her neck.

‘But I’ve come on business,’ said Georgiana, sobbing and drying her face, and then searching in a little reticule, ‘and if I don’t despatch it I shall have come for nothing, and oh good gracious! what would Pa say if he knew of Sackville Street, and what would Ma say if she was kept waiting on the doorsteps of that dreadful turban, and there never were such pawing horses as ours unsettling my mind every moment more and more when I want more mind than I have got, by pawing up Mr Boffin’s street where they have no business to be. Oh! where is, where is it? Oh! I can’t find it!’ All this time sobbing, and searching in the little reticule.

‘What do you miss, my dear?’ asked Mr Boffin, stepping forward.

‘Oh! it’s little enough,’ replied Georgiana, ‘because Ma always treats me as if I was in the nursery (I am sure I wish I was!), but I hardly ever spend it and it has mounted up to fifteen pounds, Sophronia, and I hope three five-pound notes are better than nothing, though so little, so little! And now I have found that—oh, my goodness! there’s the other gone next! Oh no, it isn’t, here it is!’

With that, always sobbing and searching in the reticule, Georgiana produced a necklace.

‘Ma says chits and jewels have no business together,’ pursued Georgiana, ‘and that’s the reason why I have no trinkets except this, but I suppose my aunt Hawkinson was of a different opinion, because she left me this, though I used to think she might just as well have buried it, for it’s always kept in jewellers’ cotton. However, here it is, I am thankful to say, and of use at last, and you’ll sell it, dear Sophronia, and buy things with it.’

‘Give it to me,’ said Mr Boffin, gently taking it. ‘I’ll see that it’s properly disposed of.’

‘Oh! are you such a friend of Sophronia’s, Mr Boffin?’ cried Georgiana. ‘Oh, how good of you! Oh, my gracious! there was something else, and it’s gone out of my head! Oh no, it isn’t, I remember what it was. My grandmamma’s property, that’ll come to me when I am of age, Mr Boffin, will be all my own, and neither Pa nor Ma nor anybody else will have any control over it, and what I wish to do is to make some of it over somehow to Sophronia and Alfred, by signing something somewhere that’ll prevail on somebody to advance them something. I want them to have something handsome to bring them up in the world again. Oh, my goodness me! Being such a friend of my dear Sophronia’s, you won’t refuse me, will you?’

‘No, no,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘it shall be seen to.’

‘Oh, thank you, thank you!’ cried Georgiana. ‘If my maid had a little note and half a crown, I could run round to the pastrycook’s to sign something, or I could sign something in the Square if somebody would come and cough for me to let ’em in with the key, and would bring a pen and ink with ’em and a bit of blotting-paper. Oh, my gracious! I must tear myself away, or Pa and Ma will both find out! Dear, dear Sophronia, good, good-bye!’

The credulous little creature again embraced Mrs Lammle most affectionately, and then held out her hand to Mr Lammle.

‘Good-bye, dear Mr Lammle—I mean Alfred. You won’t think after to-day that I have deserted you and Sophronia because you have been brought low in the world, will you? Oh me! oh me! I have been crying my eyes out of my head, and Ma will be sure to ask me what’s the matter. Oh, take me down, somebody, please, please, please!’

Mr Boffin took her down, and saw her driven away, with her poor little red eyes and weak chin peering over the great apron of the custard-coloured phaeton, as if she had been ordered to expiate some childish misdemeanour by going to bed in the daylight, and were peeping over the counterpane in a miserable flutter of repentance and low spirits. Returning to the breakfast-room, he found Mrs Lammle still standing on her side of the table, and Mr Lammle on his.

‘I’ll take care,’ said Mr Boffin, showing the money and the necklace, ‘that these are soon given back.’

“Oh, mia cara Sophronia,” gridò Georgiana, stringendosi le mani mentre correva ad abbracciarla, “pensare che tu e Alfred possiate finire in rovina. Oh, povera mia cara Sophronia, pensare che dopo tutto il bene che mi hai fatto, la tua casa sia stata messa all’asta. Oh, signor e signora Boffin, perdonatemi per questa intrusione, ma non sapete quanto fossi affezionata a Sophronia. Quando papà smise di permettermi di andare da lei, o cosa ho provato quando mia madre mi disse che era caduta in disgrazia. Non potete nemmeno immaginare quante notti abbia trascorso sveglia, piangendo per la mia cara Sophronia, la mia unica amica, ”

Il comportamento di Mrs Lammle cambiò sotto gli abbracci di quella povera ragazza sciocca; impallidì visibilmente e lanciò uno sguardo supplichevole prima a Mrs Boffin e poi a Mr Boffin. Entrambi la capirono immediatamente, con una sensibilità e una delicatezza molto superiori a quelle di molte persone più istruite, le cui percezioni, provenienti meno direttamente dal cuore, probabilmente non sarebbero state così acute.

“Non ho nemmeno un minuto da perdere,” disse la povera piccola Georgiana. “Sono uscita a fare la spesa presto con mia madre, e le ho detto che avevo mal di testa; così mi ha lasciata sola nel phaeton, in Piccadilly. Sono corsa fino a Sackville Street e ho saputo che Sophronia era qui. Poi è arrivata mia madre: una terribile vecchia donna di campagna, con un turbante, da Portland Place. Le ho detto che non volevo andare con lei, ma che avrei lasciato dei biglietti ai Boffins. Anche se questo è un po’ presuntuoso. Ma oh mio Dio, sono così confusa. Il phaeton è già alla porta. E cosa direbbe papà se lo scoprisse?”

“Non essere timida, cara,” disse la signora Boffin. “Sei venuta a trovarci, no?”

“Oh, no, non l’ho fatto,” gridò Georgiana. “So che è molto maleducato, ma sono venuta a vedere la mia povera Sophronia, la mia unica amica. Oh! Quanto ho sofferto per la nostra separazione, cara Sophronia. Prima ancora di sapere che tu eri caduta in disgrazia nel mondo, e ora ne soffro ancora di più!”

Negli occhi di quella donna decisa c’erano davvero delle lacrime, mentre la ragazza ingenua e dal cuore tenero le avvolgeva le braccia intorno al collo.

“Ma sono venuta per affari,” disse Georgiana, singhiozzando e asciugandosi il viso, poi cercò nella sua piccola reticella: “E se non mi sbrigo, verrò qui invano. Oh mio Dio! Cosa direbbe papà se sapesse di Sackville Street? E cosa direbbe mamma se dovesse aspettare davanti alla porta di quella terribile casa. E poi, quei cavalli che continuano a disturbarmi. Ogni momento mi distraggono ancora di più, proprio quando ho bisogno di concentrarmi. Perché continuano a passeggiare su e giù per la strada di Mr Boffin, dove non hanno alcun diritto di essere. Oh! Dov’è. Dov’è? Non riesco a trovarlo, ” Continuava a singhiozzare mentre cercava nella reticella.

“Cosa ti manca, mia cara?” chiese il signor Boffin, facendo un passo avanti.

“Oh! È davvero poco,” rispose Georgiana, “perché mia madre mi tratta sempre come se fossi ancora in nursery (sono sicura che vorrei esserci!), ma quasi mai lo spendo e ormai ammonta a quindici sterline, Sophronia. Spero che tre banconote da cinque sterline siano meglio di niente, anche se è così poco. Oh no, eccola qui!”

Così, continuando a singhiozzare e cercando tra le maglie della rete, Georgiana realizzò un collare.

“Ma dice che gioielli e cianfrusaglie non dovrebbero mai stare insieme,” continuò Georgiana, “ed è per questo che non possiedo altri ornamenti se non questo. Ma immagino che mia zia Hawkinson avesse un’altra opinione, visto che me l’ha lasciato. Anche se a volte pensavo che avrebbe potuto benissimo seppellirlo. Dopotutto è sempre stato conservato in quel tessuto speciale per gioielli. Comunque, eccolo qui: sono davvero grata che sia servito a qualcosa, finalmente. Tu lo venderai, cara Sophronia, e con i soldi ne comprerai altri.”

“Dammelo,” disse il signor Boffin, prendendolo con dolcezza. “Mi assicurerò che venga smaltito nel modo giusto.”

“Oh! Sei davvero un amico così caro di Sophronia, signor Boffin?” esclamò Georgiana.
“Oh, che gentile da parte tua. Oh, mio Dio! C’era qualcos’altro, ma mi è uscito di mente. No, ora ricordo: la proprietà di mia nonna, quella che mi spetterà quando avrò raggiunto l’età adulta. Sarà tutta mia, e né mio padre né mia madre né nessun altro potrà averci voce in capitolo. Quello che voglio è destinare una parte di essa a Sophronia e Alfred, firmando qualche documento che possa convincere qualcuno ad aiutarli. Voglio che abbiano qualcosa di significativo per ricominciare la loro vita. Oh, mio Dio! Essendo un amico così caro della mia cara Sophronia, non mi rifiuterai, vero?”

“No, no,” disse il signor Boffin, “si vedrà cosa fare.”

“Oh, grazie mille!” esclamò Georgiana. “Se solo la mia cameriera avesse un biglietto e mezza corona, potrei correre dal pasticciere per firmare qualcosa. Oppure potrei firmare qualcosa in piazza, se qualcuno venisse a tossire per farmi aprire con la chiave, portando con sé penna, inchiostro e un po’ di carta assorbente. Oh, mio Dio! Devo andarmene subito, altrimenti i miei genitori scopriranno tutto! Cara, cara Sophronia. Addio!”

La piccola creatura ingenua abbracciò di nuovo la signora Lammle con grande affetto, poi tese la mano al signor Lammle.

‘Addio, caro signor Lammle, intendo dire Alfred. Non penserete certo, dopo oggi, che vi abbia abbandonato voi e Sophronia solo perché siete caduti in disgrazia nel mondo, vero? Oh mio Dio! Ho pianto disperatamente. E mia madre sicuramente mi chiederà cosa c’è che non va. Oh, per favore, qualcuno mi aiuti!’

Il signor Boffin la accompagnò giù e la vide allontanarsi; i suoi poveri occhietti rossi e il mento delicato spuntavano oltre l’ampio bordo del phaeton di colore crema, come se le fosse stato ordinato di espiare qualche piccolo misfatto infantile dormendo alla luce del giorno. E ora spiava fuori dalla coperta, con un’espressione di pentimento e tristezza. Tornando nella sala da pranzo, trovò la signora Lammle ancora in piedi dal suo lato del tavolo, e il signor Lammle dal suo.

“Me ne occuperò io,” disse il signor Boffin, mostrando i soldi e il collare, “affinché vengano restituiti al più presto.”

Mrs Lammle had taken up her parasol from a side table, and stood sketching with it on the pattern of the damask cloth, as she had sketched on the pattern of Mr Twemlow’s papered wall.

‘You will not undeceive her I hope, Mr Boffin?’ she said, turning her head towards him, but not her eyes.

‘No,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘I mean, as to the worth and value of her friend,’ Mrs Lammle explained, in a measured voice, and with an emphasis on her last word.

‘No,’ he returned. ‘I may try to give a hint at her home that she is in want of kind and careful protection, but I shall say no more than that to her parents, and I shall say nothing to the young lady herself.’

‘Mr and Mrs Boffin,’ said Mrs Lammle, still sketching, and seeming to bestow great pains upon it, ‘there are not many people, I think, who, under the circumstances, would have been so considerate and sparing as you have been to me just now. Do you care to be thanked?’

‘Thanks are always worth having,’ said Mrs Boffin, in her ready good nature.

‘Then thank you both.’

‘Sophronia,’ asked her husband, mockingly, ‘are you sentimental?’

Well, well, my good sir,’ Mr Boffin interposed, ‘it’s a very good thing to think well of another person, and it’s a very good thing to be thought well of BY another person. Mrs Lammle will be none the worse for it, if she is.’

‘Much obliged. But I asked Mrs Lammle if she was.’

She stood sketching on the table-cloth, with her face clouded and set, and was silent.

‘Because,’ said Alfred, ‘I am disposed to be sentimental myself, on your appropriation of the jewels and the money, Mr Boffin. As our little Georgiana said, three five-pound notes are better than nothing, and if you sell a necklace you can buy things with the produce.’

‘IF you sell it,’ was Mr Boffin’s comment, as he put it in his pocket.

Alfred followed it with his looks, and also greedily pursued the notes until they vanished into Mr Boffin’s waistcoat pocket. Then he directed a look, half exasperated and half jeering, at his wife. She still stood sketching; but, as she sketched, there was a struggle within her, which found expression in the depth of the few last lines the parasol point indented into the table-cloth, and then some tears fell from her eyes.

‘Why, confound the woman,’ exclaimed Lammle, ‘she is sentimental.’

She walked to the window, flinching under his angry stare, looked out for a moment, and turned round quite coldly.

‘You have had no former cause of complaint on the sentimental score, Alfred, and you will have none in future. It is not worth your noticing. We go abroad soon, with the money we have earned here?’

‘You know we do; you know we must.’

‘There is no fear of my taking any sentiment with me. I should soon be eased of it, if I did. But it will be all left behind. It IS all left behind. Are you ready, Alfred?’

‘What the deuce have I been waiting for but you, Sophronia?’

‘Let us go then. I am sorry I have delayed our dignified departure.’

She passed out and he followed her. Mr and Mrs Boffin had the curiosity softly to raise a window and look after them as they went down the long street. They walked arm-in-arm, showily enough, but without appearing to interchange a syllable. It might have been fanciful to suppose that under their outer bearing there was something of the shamed air of two cheats who were linked together by concealed handcuffs; but, not so, to suppose that they were haggardly weary of one another, of themselves, and of all this world. In turning the street corner they might have turned out of this world, for anything Mr and Mrs Boffin ever saw of them to the contrary; for, they set eyes on the Lammles never more.

La signora Lammle aveva preso il suo ombrello da un tavolino laterale e stava disegnando con esso seguendo i motivi del tessuto damascato, proprio come aveva fatto prima sui motivi della parete rivestita di carta del signor Twemlow.

“Spero che non la ingannerete, signor Boffin”, disse lei, girando la testa verso di lui, ma senza guardarlo negli occhi.

“No,” disse il signor Boffin.

“Voglio dire, per quanto riguarda il valore e l’importanza dell’amica di lei,” spiegò la signora Lammle, con voce misurata, ponendo enfasi sull’ultima parola.

“No,” rispose. “Potrei provare a dare un indizio ai suoi genitori riguardo al fatto che abbia bisogno di una protezione gentile e attenta, ma non dirò nulla di più, né alla ragazza stessa.”

“Signor e signora Boffin,” disse la signora Lammle, continuando a disegnare e sembrando dedicarvi grande impegno, “penso che non ci siano molte persone, date le circostanze, che sarebbero state così premurose e generose come voi lo siete stati con me poco fa. Vi dispiacerebbe se vi ringraziassi?”

“Le ringraziamenti sono sempre utili,” disse la signora Boffin, con la sua solita gentilezza.

“Allora grazie a entrambi.”

“Sophronia”, le chiese suo marito in tono sarcastico, “sei forse sentimentale?”

“Beh, beh, mio caro signore,” intervenne il signor Boffin, “è davvero una cosa molto bella pensare bene di un’altra persona, e è altrettanto bello essere considerati persone perbene da qualcun altro. La signora Lammle non ne risentirà affatto, se così sarà.”

“Molto obbligato. Ma ho chiesto alla signora Lammle se fosse presente.”

Stava in piedi, disegnando sul tovagliolo; il suo viso era cupo e serio, e rimase in silenzio.

“Perché,” disse Alfred, “anch’io sono incline ad essere sentimentale riguardo alla vostra appropriazione delle gioielli e del denaro, signor Boffin. Come ha detto la nostra piccola Georgiana, tre banconote da cinque sterline sono meglio di niente, e se vendete un collare potrete comprare delle cose con quei soldi.”

“Se lo vendi,” fu il commento del signor Boffin, mentre se lo metteva in tasca.

Alfred seguì con lo sguardo quelle note, e le inseguì avidamente fino a quando non scomparvero nella tasca della giacca del signor Boffin. Poi rivolse uno sguardo, metà esasperato e metà derisorio, verso sua moglie. Lei stava ancora disegnando; ma mentre disegnava, dentro di lei c’era una lotta interiore che si manifestò nelle ultime righe che il pennino del parasole incise nel tovagliolo. Poi alcune lacrime le scesero dagli occhi.

“Ma che donna sentimentale, ”, esclamò Lammle.

Si avvicinò alla finestra, rabbrividendo sotto il suo sguardo furioso, guardò fuori per un momento e poi si girò, con aria molto fredda.

“Non hai mai avuto motivi di lamentela per questioni sentimentali, Alfred, e non ne avrai nemmeno in futuro. Non vale la pena che te ne occupi. Presto partiremo all’estero con i soldi che abbiamo guadagnato qui, vero?”

“Lo sai che lo dobbiamo; lo sai che è necessario.”

“Non c’è alcuna >paura che io possa portare con me qualche sentimento. Presto ne sarò liberato, se mai lo facessi. Ma tutto rimarrà indietro. È davvero tutto lasciato indietro. Sei pronto, Alfred?”

“Per quale motivo diavolo avrei dovuto aspettare altro se non te, Sofronia?”

“Allora andiamo. Mi dispiace di aver ritardato la nostra partenza dignitosa.”

Lei svenne e lui la seguì. Il signor e la signora Boffin, mosso dalla curiosità, aprirono delicatamente una finestra per osservarli mentre si allontanavano lungo quella strada. Camminavano a braccio, in modo piuttosto vistoso, ma senza scambiare nemmeno una parola. Forse sarebbe stato un’illusione pensare che, dietro quel loro comportamento esteriore, ci fosse qualcosa del senso di vergogna tipico di due persone colpevoli legate insieme da “manette nascoste”; ma non era affatto così. Era molto più probabile che fossero profondamente stanchi l’uno dell’altro, di se stessi e di tutto questo mondo. Girando l’angolo della strada, avrebbero potuto anche uscire da questo mondo. Almeno, nulla ciò che il signor e la signora Boffin videro in seguito suggeriva il contrario; infatti, non li rividero mai più.

Chapter 3

THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN SINKS AGAIN

The evening of that day being one of the reading evenings at the Bower, Mr Boffin kissed Mrs Boffin after a five o’clock dinner, and trotted out, nursing his big stick in both arms, so that, as of old, it seemed to be whispering in his ear. He carried so very attentive an expression on his countenance that it appeared as if the confidential discourse of the big stick required to be followed closely. Mr Boffin’s face was like the face of a thoughtful listener to an intricate communication, and, in trotting along, he occasionally glanced at that companion with the look of a man who was interposing the remark: ‘You don’t mean it!’

Mr Boffin and his stick went on alone together, until they arrived at certain cross-ways where they would be likely to fall in with any one coming, at about the same time, from Clerkenwell to the Bower. Here they stopped, and Mr Boffin consulted his watch.

‘It wants five minutes, good, to Venus’s appointment,’ said he. ‘I’m rather early.’

But Venus was a punctual man, and, even as Mr Boffin replaced his watch in its pocket, was to be descried coming towards him. He quickened his pace on seeing Mr Boffin already at the place of meeting, and was soon at his side.

‘Thank’ee, Venus,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Thank’ee, thank’ee, thank’ee!’

It would not have been very evident why he thanked the anatomist, but for his furnishing the explanation in what he went on to say.

‘All right, Venus, all right. Now, that you’ve been to see me, and have consented to keep up the appearance before Wegg of remaining in it for a time, I have got a sort of a backer. All right, Venus. Thank’ee, Venus. Thank’ee, thank’ee, thank’ee!’

Mr Venus shook the proffered hand with a modest air, and they pursued the direction of the Bower.

‘Do you think Wegg is likely to drop down upon me to-night, Venus?’ inquired Mr Boffin, wistfully, as they went along.

‘I think he is, sir.’

‘Have you any particular reason for thinking so, Venus?’

Well, sir,’ returned that personage, ‘the fact is, he has given me another look-in, to make sure of what he calls our stock-in-trade being correct, and he has mentioned his intention that he was not to be put off beginning with you the very next time you should come. And this,’ hinted Mr Venus, delicately, ‘being the very next time, you know, sir—’

—‘Why, therefore you suppose he’ll turn to at the grindstone, eh, Wegg?’ said Mr Boffin.

‘Just so, sir.’

Mr Boffin took his nose in his hand, as if it were already excoriated, and the sparks were beginning to fly out of that feature. ‘He’s a terrible fellow, Venus; he’s an awful fellow. I don’t know how ever I shall go through with it. You must stand by me, Venus like a good man and true. You’ll do all you can to stand by me, Venus; won’t you?’

Mr Venus replied with the assurance that he would; and Mr Boffin, looking anxious and dispirited, pursued the way in silence until they rang at the Bower gate. The stumping approach of Wegg was soon heard behind it, and as it turned upon its hinges he became visible with his hand on the lock.

‘Mr Boffin, sir?’ he remarked. ‘You’re quite a stranger!’

‘Yes. I’ve been otherwise occupied, Wegg.’

‘Have you indeed, sir?’ returned the literary gentleman, with a threatening sneer. ‘Hah! I’ve been looking for you, sir, rather what I may call specially.’

‘You don’t say so, Wegg?’

‘Yes, I do say so, sir. And if you hadn’t come round to me tonight, dash my wig if I wouldn’t have come round to you tomorrow. Now! I tell you!’

‘Nothing wrong, I hope, Wegg?’

‘Oh no, Mr Boffin,’ was the ironical answer. ‘Nothing wrong! What should be wrong in Boffinses Bower! Step in, sir.’

‘“If you’ll come to the Bower I’ve shaded for you, Your bed shan’t be roses all spangled with doo: Will you, will you, will you, will you, come to the Bower? Oh, won’t you, won’t you, won’t you, won’t you, come to the Bower?”’

An unholy glare of contradiction and offence shone in the eyes of Mr Wegg, as he turned the key on his patron, after ushering him into the yard with this vocal quotation. Mr Boffin’s air was crestfallen and submissive. Whispered Wegg to Venus, as they crossed the yard behind him: ‘Look at the worm and minion; he’s down in the mouth already.’ Whispered Venus to Wegg: ‘That’s because I’ve told him. I’ve prepared the way for you.’

Mr Boffin, entering the usual chamber, laid his stick upon the settle usually reserved for him, thrust his hands into his pockets, and, with his shoulders raised and his hat drooping back upon them, looking disconsolately at Wegg. ‘My friend and partner, Mr Venus, gives me to understand,’ remarked that man of might, addressing him, ‘that you are aware of our power over you. Now, when you have took your hat off, we’ll go into that pint.’

Mr Boffin shook it off with one shake, so that it dropped on the floor behind him, and remained in his former attitude with his former rueful look upon him.

‘First of all, I’m a-going to call you Boffin, for short,’ said Wegg. ‘If you don’t like it, it’s open to you to lump it.’

‘I don’t mind it, Wegg,’ Mr Boffin replied.

‘That’s lucky for you, Boffin. Now, do you want to be read to?’

‘I don’t particularly care about it to-night, Wegg.’

‘Because if you did want to,’ pursued Mr Wegg, the brilliancy of whose point was dimmed by his having been unexpectedly answered: ‘you wouldn’t be. I’ve been your slave long enough. I’m not to be trampled under-foot by a dustman any more. With the single exception of the salary, I renounce the whole and total sitiwation.’

‘Since you say it is to be so, Wegg,’ returned Mr Boffin, with folded hands, ‘I suppose it must be.’

‘I suppose it must be,’ Wegg retorted. ‘Next (to clear the ground before coming to business), you’ve placed in this yard a skulking, a sneaking, and a sniffing, menial.’

Capitolo 3

Il fantasma della polvere d’oro affonda di nuovo

Quella sera, essendo una delle serate dedicate alla lettura presso il Bower, il signor Boffin baciò la signora Boffin dopo una cena alle cinque in punto e uscì di corsa, tenendo tra le braccia il suo grosso bastone, come se quest’ultimo gli sussurrasse all’orecchio. Il suo volto esprimeva un’attenzione tale da far sembrare che i “segreti” comunicati dal bastone richiedessero una attenta ascolto. Il viso del signor Boffin assomigliava a quello di chi ascolta con attenzione un discorso complesso; mentre camminava di fretta, di tanto in tanto lanciava uno sguardo al suo “compagno”, come se volesse dire: “Non può essere vero!”

Il signor Boffin e il suo bastone continuarono da soli il loro cammino, fino a quando non arrivarono in alcune incrocio dove era probabile incontrare qualcuno che, più o meno nello stesso momento, stesse viaggiando da Clerkenwell verso il Bower. Lì si fermarono e il signor Boffin controllò l’orologio.

“Serve cinque minuti, va bene, per l’appuntamento con Venere,” disse. “Sono un po’ in anticipo.”

Ma Venus era un uomo puntuale; e proprio mentre il signor Boffin rimetteva l’orologio in tasca, lo si vide avvicinarsi a lui. Accelerò il passo non appena notò che il signor Boffin si trovava già nel luogo dell’appuntamento, e presto gli fu accanto.

“Grazie, Venere,” disse il signor Boffin. “Grazie mille!”

Non sarebbe stato facile capire il motivo per cui ringraziava l’anatomista, ma lo si comprese attraverso le spiegazioni che fornì successivamente.

‘Bene, Venere, bene. Ora che sei venuta da me e hai acconsentito a continuare a fingere davanti a Wegg di rimanere in questa situazione per un po’, ho ottenuto una sorta di sostegno. Bene, )Venere. Grazie mille, Venere. Grazie davvero!’

Signor Venere strinse la mano che gli veniva offerta con aria modesta, e poi continuarono il loro cammino in direzione del padiglione.

“Pensi che Wegg possa piombare su di me stanotte, sotto la forma di Venere?”, chiese Mr Boffin con aria malinconica mentre camminavano.

“Penso di sì, signore.”

“Hai qualche motivo particolare per pensarlo così, Venere?”

“Beh, signore,” rispose quella persona, “il fatto è che mi ha dato un’altra occhiata per verificare se ciò che lui definisce il nostro ‘stock-in-trade’ fosse corretto, e ha detto chiaramente di non voler aspettare nemmeno un attimo prima di iniziare con voi non appena sarete tornati.” E questo,” suggerì delicatamente Mr Venus, “è proprio il prossimo momento, capite, signore, ”

“Quindi pensi che tornerà a lavorare alla macina, eh, Wegg?” disse il signor Boffin.

“Esattamente così, signore.”

Il signor Boffin si prese il naso tra le mani, come se fosse già stato ferito gravemente; dalle sue narici iniziavano a uscire scintille. “È un individuo terribile, Venus; davvero orribile. Non so proprio come riuscirò a farcela. Devi stare al mio fianco, Venus, come una vera amica e compagna leale. Farai di tutto per sostenermi, vero, Venus?”

Signor Venus rispose con l’assicurazione che lo avrebbe fatto; e il signor Boffin, con un’espressione ansiosa e scoraggiata, proseguì il cammino in silenzio fino a quando non bussarono alla porta del padiglione. Poco dopo si sentì il passo pesante di Wegg alle loro spalle; quando la porta si aprì, lui apparve con la mano sulla serratura.

“Signor Boffin, vero? Lei è davvero un estraneo, ”

“Sì, sono stato troppo impegnato, Wegg.”

“Davvero lo avete fatto, signore?” rispose il gentiluomo letterato con un sorriso minaccioso. “Ah! Vi stavo cercando, signore, anzi, per essere precisi, vi stavo cercando in modo particolare.”

“Non dici mica così, Wegg?”

“Sì, lo dico davvero, signore. E se stasera non foste venuto da me, giuro sulla mia parrucca che domani non sarei venuto nemmeno io da voi. Davvero!”

“Niente di male, spero. Wegg?”

“Oh no, signor Boffin,” fu la risposta ironica. “Niente di male! Cosa potrebbe andare storto nel Giardino dei Boffin? Entrate pure, signore.”

“Se verrai nel Boschetto che ho preparato per te, il tuo letto non sarà fatto solo di rose e brillanti decorazioni: Verrai, verrai, verrai, verrai, nel Boschetto? Oh, non verrai, non verrai, non verrai, non verrai, nel Boschetto?”

Un bagliore malvagio di contraddizione e offesa brillò negli occhi del signor Wegg, mentre girava la chiave per aprire la porta del suo protettore, dopo averlo fatto entrare nel cortile con quelle parole. L’aspetto del signor Boffin era sconsolato e sottomesso. Mentre attraversavano il cortile dietro di lui, Wegg sussurrò a Venus: “Guarda quel verme, quel servitore umile. È già ai piedi del suo padrone.” Venus rispose a Wegg: “È perché sono stata io ad avvisarlo. Ho preparato la strada per te.”

Il signor Boffin, entrando nella solita stanza, posò il suo bastone sul divano riservatogli di solito, infilò le mani in tasca e, con le spalle alzate e il cappello che pendeva all’indietro, guardò Wegg con aria desolata. “Mio amico e socio, il signor Venus, mi ha detto,” osservò quell’uomo potente rivolgendosi a lui, “che sei a conoscenza del nostro potere su di te. Ora, che hai tolto il cappello, andremo a bere quella pinta.”

Il signor Boffin lo scosse una volta sola, e così cadde a terra dietro di lui, rimanendo nella sua posizione originale con quell’aspetto malinconico rivolto verso di lui.

“Prima di tutto, ti chiamerò semplicemente Boffin,” disse Wegg.
“Se non ti piace, puoi anche rifiutare.”

“Non mi dispiace affatto, Wegg,” rispose il signor Boffin.

“Che fortuna per te, Boffin. Ora vuoi che ti leggano qualcosa?”

“Non mi interessa particolarmente, di notte, Wegg.”

“Perché se davvero lo volessi,” continuò il signor Wegg, la brillantezza delle sue argomentazioni offuscata dal fatto che era stato risposto inaspettatamente: “non lo faresti. Sono stato tuo schiavo abbastanza a lungo. Non permetterò più che un addetto alle pulizie mi calpesti sotto i piedi. Ad eccezione dello stipendio, rinuncio completamente a tutta questa situazione.”

“Poiché tu dici che deve essere così, Wegg,” rispose il signor Boffin, con le mani incrociate, “allora immagino che debba esserlo.”

“Immagino che debba essere così,” ribatté Wegg. “Dopo aver preparato il terreno per affrontare l’argomento principale, avete fatto entrare in questo cortile un individuo meschino, subdolo e sempre pronto a spiare.”

‘He hadn’t a cold in his head when I sent him here,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘Boffin!’ retorted Wegg, ‘I warn you not to attempt a joke with me!’

Here Mr Venus interposed, and remarked that he conceived Mr Boffin to have taken the description literally; the rather, forasmuch as he, Mr Venus, had himself supposed the menial to have contracted an affliction or a habit of the nose, involving a serious drawback on the pleasures of social intercourse, until he had discovered that Mr Wegg’s description of him was to be accepted as merely figurative.

‘Anyhow, and every how,’ said Wegg, ‘he has been planted here, and he is here. Now, I won’t have him here. So I call upon Boffin, before I say another word, to fetch him in and send him packing to the right-about.’

The unsuspecting Sloppy was at that moment airing his many buttons within view of the window. Mr Boffin, after a short interval of impassive discomfiture, opened the window and beckoned him to come in.

‘I call upon Boffin,’ said Wegg, with one arm a-kimbo and his head on one side, like a bullying counsel pausing for an answer from a witness, ‘to inform that menial that I am Master here!’

In humble obedience, when the button-gleaming Sloppy entered Mr Boffin said to him: ‘Sloppy, my fine fellow, Mr Wegg is Master here. He doesn’t want you, and you are to go from here.’

‘For good!’ Mr Wegg severely stipulated.

‘For good,’ said Mr Boffin.

Sloppy stared, with both his eyes and all his buttons, and his mouth wide open; but was without loss of time escorted forth by Silas Wegg, pushed out at the yard gate by the shoulders, and locked out.

‘The atomspear,’ said Wegg, stumping back into the room again, a little reddened by his late exertion, ‘is now freer for the purposes of respiration. Mr Venus, sir, take a chair. Boffin, you may sit down.’

Mr Boffin, still with his hands ruefully stuck in his pockets, sat on the edge of the settle, shrunk into a small compass, and eyed the potent Silas with conciliatory looks.

‘This gentleman,’ said Silas Wegg, pointing out Venus, ‘this gentleman, Boffin, is more milk and watery with you than I’ll be. But he hasn’t borne the Roman yoke as I have, nor yet he hasn’t been required to pander to your depraved appetite for miserly characters.’

‘I never meant, my dear Wegg—’ Mr Boffin was beginning, when Silas stopped him.

‘Hold your tongue, Boffin! Answer when you’re called upon to answer. You’ll find you’ve got quite enough to do. Now, you’re aware—are you—that you’re in possession of property to which you’ve no right at all? Are you aware of that?’

Venus tells me so,’ said Mr Boffin, glancing towards him for any support he could give.

‘I tell you so,’ returned Silas. ‘Now, here’s my hat, Boffin, and here’s my walking-stick. Trifle with me, and instead of making a bargain with you, I’ll put on my hat and take up my walking-stick, and go out, and make a bargain with the rightful owner. Now, what do you say?’

‘I say,’ returned Mr Boffin, leaning forward in alarmed appeal, with his hands on his knees, ‘that I am sure I don’t want to trifle, Wegg. I have said so to Venus.’

‘You certainly have, sir,’ said Venus.

‘You’re too milk and watery with our friend, you are indeed,’ remonstrated Silas, with a disapproving shake of his wooden head. ‘Then at once you confess yourself desirous to come to terms, do you Boffin? Before you answer, keep this hat well in your mind and also this walking-stick.’

‘I am willing, Wegg, to come to terms.’

‘Willing won’t do, Boffin. I won’t take willing. Are you desirous to come to terms? Do you ask to be allowed as a favour to come to terms?’ Mr Wegg again planted his arm, and put his head on one side.

‘Yes.’

‘Yes what?’ said the inexorable Wegg: ‘I won’t take yes. I’ll have it out of you in full, Boffin.’

‘Dear me!’ cried that unfortunate gentleman. ‘I am so worrited! I ask to be allowed to come to terms, supposing your document is all correct.’

‘Don’t you be afraid of that,’ said Silas, poking his head at him. ‘You shall be satisfied by seeing it. Mr Venus will show it you, and I’ll hold you the while. Then you want to know what the terms are. Is that about the sum and substance of it? Will you or won’t you answer, Boffin?’ For he had paused a moment.

‘Dear me!’ cried that unfortunate gentleman again, ‘I am worrited to that degree that I’m almost off my head. You hurry me so. Be so good as name the terms, Wegg.’

‘Now, mark, Boffin,’ returned Silas: ‘Mark ’em well, because they’re the lowest terms and the only terms. You’ll throw your Mound (the little Mound as comes to you any way) into the general estate, and then you’ll divide the whole property into three parts, and you’ll keep one and hand over the others.’

Mr Venus’s mouth screwed itself up, as Mr Boffin’s face lengthened itself, Mr Venus not having been prepared for such a rapacious demand.

‘Now, wait a bit, Boffin,’ Wegg proceeded, ‘there’s something more. You’ve been a squandering this property—laying some of it out on yourself. That won’t do. You’ve bought a house. You’ll be charged for it.’

‘I shall be ruined, Wegg!’ Mr Boffin faintly protested.

‘Now, wait a bit, Boffin; there’s something more. You’ll leave me in sole custody of these Mounds till they’re all laid low. If any waluables should be found in ’em, I’ll take care of such waluables. You’ll produce your contract for the sale of the Mounds, that we may know to a penny what they’re worth, and you’ll make out likewise an exact list of all the other property. When the Mounds is cleared away to the last shovel-full, the final diwision will come off.’

‘Dreadful, dreadful, dreadful! I shall die in a workhouse!’ cried the Golden Dustman, with his hands to his head.

‘Now, wait a bit, Boffin; there’s something more. You’ve been unlawfully ferreting about this yard. You’ve been seen in the act of ferreting about this yard. Two pair of eyes at the present moment brought to bear upon you, have seen you dig up a Dutch bottle.’

“Quando l’ho mandato qui, non aveva assolutamente nulla,” disse il signor Boffin.

“Scienziato!”, ribatté Wegg, “ti avverto: non provare mai a scherzare con me!”

In questo momento intervenne Signor Venus, osservando che riteneva il signor Boffin avesse preso la descrizione alla lettera; anzi, poiché anche lui stesso aveva inizialmente pensato che quell’uomo avesse qualche difetto o abitudine al naso che ne compromettesse seriamente le possibilità di interazione sociale, fino a quando non scoprì che la descrizione fatta del signor Wegg doveva essere intesa solo in senso figurato.

“Comunque sia,” disse Wegg, “lui è stato messo qui e ora è qui. Bene, io non voglio che resti qui. Quindi, prima di dire altro, chiedo a Boffin di portarlo via e mandarlo dove deve andare.”

Lo ingenuo Sloppy, in quel momento, stava mostrando tutti i suoi bottoni alla vista di tutti, attraverso la finestra. Dopo un breve periodo di indifferenza e imbarazzo, il signor Boffin aprì la finestra e lo chiamò ad entrare.

“Chiamo Boffin,” disse Wegg, con un braccio incrociato dietro la schiena e la testa inclinata da una parte, come un avvocato prepotente che aspetta una risposta da un testimone, “per far sapere a quel servitore che sono io il padrone qui!”

Con umile obbedienza, quando il luccicante di bottoni Sloppy entrò nella stanza del signor Boffin, questi gli disse: “Sloppy, mio caro amico, il signor Wegg è il padrone qui. Lui non ti vuole, quindi devi andartene.”

“Per sempre!” insistette severamente il signor Wegg.

“Per sempre,” disse il signor Boffin.

Guardava in modo stupido, con entrambi gli occhi e tutti i suoi “bottoni” visibili. La bocca aperta; ma senza perdere un attimo di tempo, fu scortato fuori da Silas Wegg, spinto via alle porte del cortile e poi chiuse fuori.

“La lancia atomica,” disse Wegg, rientrando nella stanza con passi pesanti, un po’ arrossito per lo sforzo appena compiuto, “è ora libera per essere utilizzata ai fini della respirazione. Signor Venus, si accomodi pure. Boffin, anche lei può sedersi.”

Il signor Boffin, con le mani ancora riluttanti nelle tasche, sedeva sul bordo del divano, accovacciato come un piccolo punto, e osservava Silas con sguardi accomodanti.

“Questo gentiluomo,” disse Silas Wegg, indicando Venus, “questo gentiluomo, Boffin, è più accomodante e indulgente con voi di quanto lo sarò io. Ma lui non ha mai portato il giogo romano come ho fatto io, né è mai stato costretto ad accontentare i vostri depravati desideri per personaggi meschini.”

“Non intendevo mai dire questo, mio caro Wegg, ”, stava per cominciare il signor Boffin, quando Silas lo interruppe.

“Tieni a bada la lingua, Boffin! Rispondi solo quando ti viene chiesto di farlo. Troverai che hai già abbastanza da fare. Ora, sei consapevole, lo sei davvero, che possiedi proprietà di cui non hai alcun diritto? Lo sai?”

“Me lo dice proprio ‘Venere’”, disse il signor Boffin, guardandolo in cerca di qualche forma di sostegno da parte sua.

“Ve lo dicevo,” rispose Silas. “Ecco il mio cappello, Boffin, e ecco anche il mio bastone da passeggio. Se provate a prendervi gioco di me, invece di concludere un accordo con voi, mi metterò il cappello, prenderò il bastone e andrò a concludere l’accordo con il legittimo proprietario. Allora, cosa ne dite?”

“Dico,” rispose il signor Boffin, inclinandosi in avanti con un tono allarmato e mettendo le mani sulle ginocchia, “che sono sicuro di non voler scherzare, Wegg. L’ho detto anche a Venus.”

“Certo che sì, signore,” disse Venere.

“Sei troppo gentile e premuroso con il nostro amico, davvero,” rimproverò Silas, scuotendo la testa in segno di disapprovazione. “E poi all’improvviso confessi di voler raggiungere un accordo, vero, Boffin? Prima di rispondere, tieni bene a mente questo cappello, e anche questo bastone da passeggio.”

“Sono disposto, Wegg, ad arrivare a un accordo.”

“Essere disposti non basta, Boffin. Non accetterò una semplice disponibilità. Desideri davvero raggiungere un accordo? Chiedi che ti venga concesso questo favore?” Mr Wegg posò di nuovo il braccio sul tavolo e inclinò la testa da un lato.

“Sì, davvero.”

“Sì, cosa?” disse l’implacabile Wegg: “Non mi accontenterò di un semplice ‘sì’. Voglio che me lo dica tutto, Boffin.”

“Mio Dio!” esclamò quel povero gentiluomo. “Sono così preoccupato. Chiedo di poter raggiungere un accordo, a condizione che il vostro documento sia completamente corretto.”

“Non aver paura di quello,” disse Silas, sporgendo la testa verso di lui. “Ne sarai soddisfatto una volta che l’avrai visto. Signor Venus te lo mostrerà, e io ti terrò compagnia intanto. Allora vuoi sapere quali sono i termini dell’accordo. Si tratta proprio di questo: la somma e le condizioni principali? Risponderai o no, Boffin?” Perché per un momento si era fermato.

“Mio Dio!”, esclamò di nuovo quel povero gentiluomo, “Sono così preoccupato che quasi perdo la ragione. Mi affrettate troppo. Vi prego, ditemi quali sono le condizioni, Wegg.”

“Ora, fai attenzione, Boffin,” rispose Silas: “Memorizzali bene, perché sono i termini più semplici e gli unici. Devi inserire quella ‘pila’ (la piccola pila che hai a disposizione) nel patrimonio complessivo, poi dividere l’intera proprietà in tre parti: ne terrai una e consegnerai le altre due.”

La bocca di Signor Venere si contorse in una smorfia, mentre il viso di Signor Boffin si allungò: Signor Venere non era affatto preparato a una richiesta così avida.

“Ora, aspetta un attimo, Boffin,” proseguì Wegg, “c’è ancora qualcosa. Hai sprecato questa proprietà, usando una parte di essa per te stesso. Questo non va bene. Hai comprato una casa, e dovrai pagarne le spese.”

“Sarò rovinato, Wegg!”, protestò debolmente il signor Boffin.

‘Aspetta un attimo, Boffin; c’è ancora qualcosa. Mi lascerai in custodia esclusiva di questi tumuli finché non saranno tutti demoliti. Se dovesse essere trovato qualche oggetto di valore al loro interno, me ne occuperò io stesso. Devi presentarmi il contratto di vendita dei tumuli, così possiamo sapere con precisione quanto valgono, e devi anche redigere un elenco dettagliato di tutti gli altri beni che contengono. Quando i tumuli saranno stati completamente rasi al suolo, avverrà la divisione definitiva dei beni.’

“Terribile, terribile, terribile! Morirò in un ospizio!” gridò il Ragazzo della Polvere d’Oro, tenendosi la testa tra le mani.

“Ora aspetta un attimo, Boffin; c’è ancora qualcosa. Hai setacciato illegalmente questo cortile. Ti hanno visto mentre lo facevi. In questo momento ci sono due persone che ti stanno osservando e ti hanno visto scavare una bottiglia olandese.”

‘It was mine, Wegg,’ protested Mr Boffin. ‘I put it there myself.’

‘What was in it, Boffin?’ inquired Silas.

‘Not gold, not silver, not bank notes, not jewels, nothing that you could turn into money, Wegg; upon my soul!’

‘Prepared, Mr Venus,’ said Wegg, turning to his partner with a knowing and superior air, ‘for an ewasive answer on the part of our dusty friend here, I have hit out a little idea which I think will meet your views. We charge that bottle against our dusty friend at a thousand pound.’

Mr Boffin drew a deep groan.

‘Now, wait a bit, Boffin; there’s something more. In your employment is an under-handed sneak, named Rokesmith. It won’t answer to have HIM about, while this business of ours is about. He must be discharged.’

‘Rokesmith is already discharged,’ said Mr Boffin, speaking in a muffled voice, with his hands before his face, as he rocked himself on the settle.

‘Already discharged, is he?’ returned Wegg, surprised. ‘Oh! Then, Boffin, I believe there’s nothing more at present.’

The unlucky gentleman continuing to rock himself to and fro, and to utter an occasional moan, Mr Venus besought him to bear up against his reverses, and to take time to accustom himself to the thought of his new position. But, his taking time was exactly the thing of all others that Silas Wegg could not be induced to hear of. ‘Yes or no, and no half measures!’ was the motto which that obdurate person many times repeated; shaking his fist at Mr Boffin, and pegging his motto into the floor with his wooden leg, in a threatening and alarming manner.

At length, Mr Boffin entreated to be allowed a quarter of an hour’s grace, and a cooling walk of that duration in the yard. With some difficulty Mr Wegg granted this great favour, but only on condition that he accompanied Mr Boffin in his walk, as not knowing what he might fraudulently unearth if he were left to himself. A more absurd sight than Mr Boffin in his mental irritation trotting very nimbly, and Mr Wegg hopping after him with great exertion, eager to watch the slightest turn of an eyelash, lest it should indicate a spot rich with some secret, assuredly had never been seen in the shadow of the Mounds. Mr Wegg was much distressed when the quarter of an hour expired, and came hopping in, a very bad second.

‘I can’t help myself!’ cried Mr Boffin, flouncing on the settle in a forlorn manner, with his hands deep in his pockets, as if his pockets had sunk. ‘What’s the good of my pretending to stand out, when I can’t help myself? I must give in to the terms. But I should like to see the document.’

Wegg, who was all for clinching the nail he had so strongly driven home, announced that Boffin should see it without an hour’s delay. Taking him into custody for that purpose, or overshadowing him as if he really were his Evil Genius in visible form, Mr Wegg clapped Mr Boffin’s hat upon the back of his head, and walked him out by the arm, asserting a proprietorship over his soul and body that was at once more grim and more ridiculous than anything in Mr Venus’s rare collection. That light-haired gentleman followed close upon their heels, at least backing up Mr Boffin in a literal sense, if he had not had recent opportunities of doing so spiritually; while Mr Boffin, trotting on as hard as he could trot, involved Silas Wegg in frequent collisions with the public, much as a pre-occupied blind man’s dog may be seen to involve his master.

Thus they reached Mr Venus’s establishment, somewhat heated by the nature of their progress thither. Mr Wegg, especially, was in a flaming glow, and stood in the little shop, panting and mopping his head with his pocket-handkerchief, speechless for several minutes.

Meanwhile, Mr Venus, who had left the duelling frogs to fight it out in his absence by candlelight for the public delectation, put the shutters up. When all was snug, and the shop-door fastened, he said to the perspiring Silas: ‘I suppose, Mr Wegg, we may now produce the paper?’

‘Hold on a minute, sir,’ replied that discreet character; ‘hold on a minute. Will you obligingly shove that box—which you mentioned on a former occasion as containing miscellanies—towards me in the midst of the shop here?’

Mr Venus did as he was asked.

‘Very good,’ said Silas, looking about: ‘ve—ry good. Will you hand me that chair, sir, to put a-top of it?’

Venus handed him the chair.

‘Now, Boffin,’ said Wegg, ‘mount up here and take your seat, will you?’

Mr Boffin, as if he were about to have his portrait painted, or to be electrified, or to be made a Freemason, or to be placed at any other solitary disadvantage, ascended the rostrum prepared for him.

‘Now, Mr Venus,’ said Silas, taking off his coat, ‘when I catches our friend here round the arms and body, and pins him tight to the back of the chair, you may show him what he wants to see. If you’ll open it and hold it well up in one hand, sir, and a candle in the other, he can read it charming.’

Mr Boffin seemed rather inclined to object to these precautionary arrangements, but, being immediately embraced by Wegg, resigned himself. Venus then produced the document, and Mr Boffin slowly spelt it out aloud: so very slowly, that Wegg, who was holding him in the chair with the grip of a wrestler, became again exceedingly the worse for his exertions. ‘Say when you’ve put it safe back, Mr Venus,’ he uttered with difficulty, ‘for the strain of this is terrimenjious.’

At length the document was restored to its place; and Wegg, whose uncomfortable attitude had been that of a very persevering man unsuccessfully attempting to stand upon his head, took a seat to recover himself. Mr Boffin, for his part, made no attempt to come down, but remained aloft disconsolate.

Well, Boffin!’ said Wegg, as soon as he was in a condition to speak. ‘Now, you know.’

‘Yes, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin, meekly. ‘Now, I know.’

“Era mio, Wegg,” protestò il signor Boffin. “L’ho messo lì io stesso.”

“Cosa c’era dentro, Boffin?”, chiese Silas.

“Né oro, né argento, né banconote, né gioielli, nulla che tu possa trasformare in denaro, Wegg. Giuro sulla mia ‘anima!”

“Pronto, Signor Venus,” disse Wegg, rivolgendosi al suo compagno con un tono complice e sprezzante, “per una risposta evasiva da parte del nostro amico polveroso qui presente. Ho pensato a una soluzione che credo soddisferà le vostre esigenze. Facciamo pagare quella bottiglia al nostro amico polveroso mille sterline.”

Il signor Boffin emise un profondo sospiro.

“Ora aspetta un attimo, Boffin; c’è ancora qualcosa. Nel tuo staff c’è un individuo subdolo e astuto di nome Rokesmith. Non possiamo permettergli di essere coinvolto in questa faccenda. Deve essere licenziato.”

“Rokesmith è già stato rilasciato,” disse il signor Boffin, parlando con voce sommessa, tenendosi le mani davanti al viso mentre dondolava sulla sedia.

“Già dimesso, quindi?” rispose Wegg, sorpreso. “Oh! Allora, Boffin, credo che per il momento non ci sia altro da fare.”

Il sfortunato gentiluomo continuava a dondolarsi avanti e indietro, emettendo di tanto in tanto un lamento; Mr Venus lo esortò ad affrontare con coraggio le sue sfortune e a prendersi il tempo necessario per abituarsi alla sua nuova situazione. Ma proprio il fatto che volesse prendersi del tempo era l’unica cosa che Silas Wegg non poteva assolutamente accettare. “Sì o no, e niente mezzi termini!” era lo slogan che quell’uomo testardo ripeteva spesso; sbatteva il pugno contro Mr Boffin e, con la sua gamba di legno, incideva quel motto sul pavimento in modo minaccioso e allarmante.

Alla fine, il signor Boffin chiese di poter godere di un quarto d’ora di tempo libero e di fare una passeggiata rinfrescante nel cortile per quella durata. Con qualche difficoltà, il signor Wegg concesse questo grande favore, ma solo a condizione che lo accompagnasse nella passeggiata, poiché non sapeva cosa potesse scoprire in modo fraudolento se lasciato da solo. Una scena più assurda di quella del signor Boffin, che camminava con grande agilità a causa della sua irritazione mentale, mentre il signor Wegg lo seguiva saltellando con grande sforzo, attento a osservare anche il minimo movimento delle sue palpebre nel timore che indicasse un luogo ricco di segreti, non era mai stata vista prima nelle ombre dei Mounds. Il signor Wegg fu molto contrariato quando quel quarto d’ora terminò e tornò dentro saltellando, in uno stato di grande agitazione.

“Non riesco a trattenermi!”, esclamò il signor Boffin, gettandosi disperatamente sul divano con le mani infilate nelle tasche, come se queste fossero affondate. “A che serve che mi sforzi di comportarmi in un certo modo, se non riesco a controllarmi? Devo accettare quelle condizioni. Ma vorrei vedere quel documento.”

Wegg, che era assolutamente determinato a portare a termine ciò che aveva intrapreso con tanta determinazione, annunciò che Boffin doveva essere messo in custodia senza alcun ritardo. Prendendolo con sé per questo scopo, come se fosse davvero il suo “Genio del Male” sotto forma visibile, Wegg gli mise il cappello in testa e lo accompagnò fuori, affermando un diritto di proprietà sulla sua ‘anima e sul suo -corpo che era al tempo stesso più cupo e ridicolo di qualsiasi cosa si potesse trovare nella rara collezione di Mr Venus. Quel gentiluomo dai capelli biondi li seguì da vicino; almeno, in senso letterale, continuava a “sostenere” Boffin, anche se ultimamente non ne aveva più avuto l’opportunità in termini spirituali. Mentre Boffin, correndo il più velocemente possibile, faceva sì che Silas Wegg si scontrasse spesso con la folla, proprio come un cane cieco e distratto potrebbe far inciampare il suo padrone.

Così raggiunsero il negozio di Signor Venus, piuttosto accaldati a causa del modo in cui vi erano arrivati. In particolare, Signor Wegg era completamente sudato; stava fermo nel piccolo negozio, ansimando e asciugandosi la fronte con il fazzoletto di tasca, senza riuscire a pronunciare una parola per diversi minuti.

Nel frattempo, Signor Venus, che aveva lasciato le rane impegnate a duellare alla luce delle candele in sua assenza per il divertimento del pubblico, chiuse le persiane. Quando tutto fu sistemato e la porta del negozio chiusa a chiave, disse a Silas, sudato fradicio: “Suppongo, signor Wegg, che ora possiamo tirare fuori quel documento, vero?”

“Un attimo, signore,” rispose quel personaggio discreto; “un attimo solo. Potrebbe gentilmente spostare quella scatola – di cui ha parlato in precedenza, dicendo che conteneva oggetti vari – verso di me, nel bel mezzo del negozio?”

Signor Venere fece ciò che gli era stato chiesto.

“Molto bene,” disse Silas, guardandosi intorno: “molto bene. Potrebbe passarmi quella sedia, per favore, così posso salirci sopra?”

Venere gli porse la sedia.

“Ora, Boffin,” disse Wegg, “salga qui sopra e si sieda, per favore.”

Il signor Boffin, come se stesse per farsi dipingere il ritratto, o essere elettrificato, o diventare un massone, o trovarsi in qualche altro tipo di svantaggio, salì sul podio preparato per lui.

“Ora, Signor Venus,” disse Silas, togliendosi il cappotto, “quando avrò afferrato il nostro amico per le braccia e il corpo, e lo avrò stretto forte contro lo schienale della sedia, potrete fargli vedere ciò che vuole vedere. Se lo aprirete e lo tenete ben sollevato in una mano, signore, e accenderete una candela nell’altra, potrà leggerlo senza problemi.”

Il signor Boffin sembrava piuttosto contrario a questi accordi precauzionali, ma, essendo immediatamente abbracciato da Wegg, si rassegnò. Venus estrasse quindi il documento e il signor Boffin lo lesse ad alta voce, molto lentamente; così lentamente che Wegg, che lo teneva fermo sulla sedia con la forza di un lottatore, peggiorò notevolmente a causa dello sforzo. “Dica quando avrà riposto il documento al sicuro, signor Venus”, disse con difficoltà, “questo sforzo è davvero terribile.”

Finalmente il documento fu rimesso al suo posto; e Wegg, il cui comportamento imbarazzante ricordava quello di un uomo molto ostinato che cercava invano di stare in piedi a testa in giù, si sedette per riprendersi. Mr Boffin, invece, non tentò nemmeno di scendere e rimase lassù, sconsolato.

“Beh, Boffin!”, disse Wegg non appena fu in grado di parlare. “Ora lo sai.”

“Sì, Wegg,” disse gentilmente il signor Boffin. “Ora capisco.”

‘You have no doubts about it, Boffin.’

‘No, Wegg. No, Wegg. None,’ was the slow and sad reply.

‘Then, take care, you,’ said Wegg, ‘that you stick to your conditions. Mr Venus, if on this auspicious occasion, you should happen to have a drop of anything not quite so mild as tea in the ’ouse, I think I’d take the friendly liberty of asking you for a specimen of it.’

Mr Venus, reminded of the duties of hospitality, produced some rum. In answer to the inquiry, ‘Will you mix it, Mr Wegg?’ that gentleman pleasantly rejoined, ‘I think not, sir. On so auspicious an occasion, I prefer to take it in the form of a Gum-Tickler.’

Mr Boffin, declining rum, being still elevated on his pedestal, was in a convenient position to be addressed. Wegg having eyed him with an impudent air at leisure, addressed him, therefore, while refreshing himself with his dram.

‘Bof—fin!’

‘Yes, Wegg,’ he answered, coming out of a fit of abstraction, with a sigh.

‘I haven’t mentioned one thing, because it’s a detail that comes of course. You must be followed up, you know. You must be kept under inspection.’

‘I don’t quite understand,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘Don’t you?’ sneered Wegg. ‘Where’s your wits, Boffin? Till the Mounds is down and this business completed, you’re accountable for all the property, recollect. Consider yourself accountable to me. Mr Venus here being too milk and watery with you, I am the boy for you.’

‘I’ve been a-thinking,’ said Mr Boffin, in a tone of despondency, ‘that I must keep the knowledge from my old lady.’

‘The knowledge of the diwision, d’ye mean?’ inquired Wegg, helping himself to a third Gum-Tickler—for he had already taken a second.

‘Yes. If she was to die first of us two she might then think all her life, poor thing, that I had got the rest of the fortune still, and was saving it.’

‘I suspect, Boffin,’ returned Wegg, shaking his head sagaciously, and bestowing a wooden wink upon him, ‘that you’ve found out some account of some old chap, supposed to be a Miser, who got himself the credit of having much more money than he had. However, I don’t mind.’

‘Don’t you see, Wegg?’ Mr Boffin feelingly represented to him: ‘don’t you see? My old lady has got so used to the property. It would be such a hard surprise.’

‘I don’t see it at all,’ blustered Wegg. ‘You’ll have as much as I shall. And who are you?’

‘But then, again,’ Mr Boffin gently represented; ‘my old lady has very upright principles.’

‘Who’s your old lady,’ returned Wegg, ‘to set herself up for having uprighter principles than mine?’

Mr Boffin seemed a little less patient at this point than at any other of the negotiations. But he commanded himself, and said tamely enough: ‘I think it must be kept from my old lady, Wegg.’

Well,’ said Wegg, contemptuously, though, perhaps, perceiving some hint of danger otherwise, ‘keep it from your old lady. I ain’t going to tell her. I can have you under close inspection without that. I’m as good a man as you, and better. Ask me to dinner. Give me the run of your ’ouse. I was good enough for you and your old lady once, when I helped you out with your weal and hammers. Was there no Miss Elizabeth, Master George, Aunt Jane, and Uncle Parker, before YOU two?’

‘Gently, Mr Wegg, gently,’ Venus urged.

‘Milk and water-erily you mean, sir,’ he returned, with some little thickness of speech, in consequence of the Gum-Ticklers having tickled it. ‘I’ve got him under inspection, and I’ll inspect him.

“Along the line the signal ran, England expects as this present man Will keep Boffin to his duty.”

—Boffin, I’ll see you home.’

Mr Boffin descended with an air of resignation, and gave himself up, after taking friendly leave of Mr Venus. Once more, Inspector and Inspected went through the streets together, and so arrived at Mr Boffin’s door.

But even there, when Mr Boffin had given his keeper good-night, and had let himself in with his key, and had softly closed the door, even there and then, the all-powerful Silas must needs claim another assertion of his newly-asserted power.

‘Bof—fin!’ he called through the keyhole.

‘Yes, Wegg,’ was the reply through the same channel.

‘Come out. Show yourself again. Let’s have another look at you!’ Mr Boffin—ah, how fallen from the high estate of his honest simplicity!—opened the door and obeyed.

‘Go in. You may get to bed now,’ said Wegg, with a grin.

The door was hardly closed, when he again called through the keyhole: ‘Bof—fin!’

‘Yes, Wegg.’

This time Silas made no reply, but laboured with a will at turning an imaginary grindstone outside the keyhole, while Mr Boffin stooped at it within; he then laughed silently, and stumped home.

“Non hai alcun dubbio al riguardo, Boffin.”

“No, Wegg. No, Wegg. Nessuno,” fu la risposta lenta e triste.

“Allora, fai attenzione tu,” disse Wegg, “a rispettare le tue condizioni. Signor Venus, se in questa occasione fortunata doveste avere in casa qualcosa di non proprio tanto leggero come il tè, penso che mi permetterei l’amichevole libertà di chiedervene un campione.”

Signor Venus, ricordandosi dei doveri dell’ospitalità, preparò del rum. Alla domanda “Lo mescolerà lei, signor Wegg?”, quel gentiluomo rispose piacevolmente: “Penso di no, signore. In un’occasione così propizia, preferisco assumerlo sotto forma di una gomma da masticare”.

Il signor Boffin, rifiutando il rum e ancora considerato con grande stima, si trovava in una posizione ideale per essere interpellato. Dopo averlo osservato con aria impudente, Wegg decise quindi di rivolgersi a lui mentre si rinfrescava con il suo bicchiere di liquore.

“Bof—fin!”

“Sì, Wegg,” rispose, uscendo da uno stato di distrazione, con un sospiro.

“Non ho menzionato nulla, perché si tratta di un dettaglio che, ovviamente, va preso in considerazione. È necessario tenerlo sotto controllo, capisci? Bisogna continuare a monitorarlo.”

“Non capisco del tutto,” disse il signor Boffin.

“Non è vero?” sogghignò Wegg. “Dove sono finite le tue facoltà mentali, Boffin? Fino a quando non saranno completati tutti questi affari, sei tu il responsabile di tutta questa proprietà, ricordatelo. Considerati responsabile davanti a me. Mr Venus è troppo debole e insicuro con te; io sono la persona adatta per te.”

“Stavo pensando, ”, disse il signor Boffin con tono scoraggiato, “che dovrei tenere questo segreto per me e non dirlo alla mia moglie.”

“Voi intendete la conoscenza di quella divisione?”, chiese Wegg, prendendo un terzo “Gum-Tickler” – poiché ne aveva già consumati due.

“Sì. Se dovesse morire prima di me, potrebbe pensare per tutta la vita, poverina, che io abbia ancora tutto il resto del patrimonio e lo stia risparmiando.”

“Sospetto, Boffin,” rispose Wegg scuotendo saggiamente la testa e dandogli un’occhiata complice, “che tu abbia scoperto qualcosa riguardo a quel vecchio tizio, che si dice fosse un avaro, il quale si è fatto credere di avere molto più denaro di quanto ne avesse in realtà. Comunque, non mi dispiace.”

“Non capisci, Wegg?” gli spiegò con emozione il signor Boffin: “Non capisci? Mia moglie si è talmente abituata a quella proprietà. Sarebbe un colpo terribile per lei.”

“Non lo vedo affatto,” esclamò Wegg. “Avrai la stessa quantità che avrò io. E chi sei tu?”

“Ma d’altra parte,” osservò gentilmente il signor Boffin, “mia moglie ha principi molto rigidi.”

“Chi è la tua donna,” rispose Wegg, “per permettersi di avere principi più morali dei miei?”

A quel punto, il signor Boffin sembrava meno paziente di qualsiasi altro momento delle trattative. Ma si controllò e disse, con voce abbastanza calma: “Penso che dovremmo tenere questa cosa nascosta dalla mia vecchia signora, Wegg.”

“Beh,” disse Wegg con disprezzo, anche se forse percepiva qualche segnale di pericolo, “tenetela nascosta dalla vostra vecchia signora. Non ho intenzione di dirglielo. Posso tenervi sotto stretta sorveglianza senza bisogno di farlo. Sono un uomo tanto buono quanto voi, anzi meglio. Invitatemi a cena, lasciatemi usare la vostra casa. Una volta ero abbastanza buono per voi e per la vostra vecchia signora, quando vi aiutavo con i vostri affari. Non c’era forse una certa Miss Elizabeth, Master George, zia Jane e zio Parker, prima di VOI due?”

“Con delicatezza, signor Wegg, con delicatezza,” insistette Venere.

“Latte e, acqua, intendete dire, signore,” rispose lui, con un po’ di difficoltà a parlare, a causa dei “Gum-Ticklers” che gli avevano fatto il solletico alla gola. “Lo sto controllando, e continuerò a farlo.”

“Lungo la linea il segnale si diffondeva; L’Inghilterra conta sul fatto che quest’uomo Mantenga Boffin nel suo dovere.”

—Boffin, ci vediamo a >casa.

Il signor Boffin scese con un’aria di rassegnazione e si arrese, dopo essersi congedato cordialmente dal signor Venus. Ancora una volta, l’ispettore e il suo assistente percorsero insieme le strade, fino ad arrivare alla porta del signor Boffin.

Ma anche lì, quando il signor Boffin aveva augurato la buona notte al suo custode, si era fatto entrare con la sua chiave e aveva chiuso silenziosamente la porta, anche in quel momento, il potente Silas dovette nuovamente dimostrare la forza del proprio potere appena acquisito.

“Bof, finito!” gridò attraverso la fessura della serratura.

“Sì, Wegg,” fu la risposta inviata attraverso lo stesso canale.

“Vieni fuori. Mostrati di nuovo. Diamo un’altra occhiata a te!”
Il signor Boffin, ah, quanto era caduto in basso rispetto alla sua un tempo onesta semplicità!, aprì la porta e obbedì.

“Entra pure. Ora puoi andare a letto,” disse Wegg, sorridendo.

“La porta era appena stata chiusa, quando lui chiamò di nuovo attraverso la fessura della serratura: ‘Bof, finito!’”

“Sì, Wegg.”

Quella volta Silas non rispose nulla, ma si sforzò con tutte le sue forze di girare una macina immaginaria fuori dalla serratura, mentre il signor Boffin si chinava ad operare all’interno; poi rise silenziosamente e se ne andò a casa.

Chapter 4

A RUNAWAY MATCH

Cherubic Pa arose with as little noise as possible from beside majestic Ma, one morning early, having a holiday before him. Pa and the lovely woman had a rather particular appointment to keep.

Yet Pa and the lovely woman were not going out together. Bella was up before four, but had no bonnet on. She was waiting at the foot of the stairs—was sitting on the bottom stair, in fact—to receive Pa when he came down, but her only object seemed to be to get Pa well out of the house.

‘Your breakfast is ready, sir,’ whispered Bella, after greeting him with a hug, ‘and all you have to do, is, to eat it up and drink it up, and escape. How do you feel, Pa?’

‘To the best of my judgement, like a housebreaker new to the business, my dear, who can’t make himself quite comfortable till he is off the premises.’

Bella tucked her arm in his with a merry noiseless laugh, and they went down to the kitchen on tiptoe; she stopping on every separate stair to put the tip of her forefinger on her rosy lips, and then lay it on his lips, according to her favourite petting way of kissing Pa.

‘How do YOU feel, my love?’ asked R. W., as she gave him his breakfast.

‘I feel as if the Fortune-teller was coming true, dear Pa, and the fair little man was turning out as was predicted.’

‘Ho! Only the fair little man?’ said her father.

Bella put another of those finger-seals upon his lips, and then said, kneeling down by him as he sat at table: ‘Now, look here, sir. If you keep well up to the mark this day, what do you think you deserve? What did I promise you should have, if you were good, upon a certain occasion?’

‘Upon my word I don’t remember, Precious. Yes, I do, though. Wasn’t it one of these beau—tiful tresses?’ with his caressing hand upon her hair.

‘Wasn’t it, too!’ returned Bella, pretending to pout. ‘Upon my word! Do you know, sir, that the Fortune-teller would give five thousand guineas (if it was quite convenient to him, which it isn’t) for the lovely piece I have cut off for you? You can form no idea, sir, of the number of times he kissed quite a scrubby little piece—in comparison—that I cut off for HIM. And he wears it, too, round his neck, I can tell you! Near his heart!’ said Bella, nodding. ‘Ah! very near his heart! However, you have been a good, good boy, and you are the best of all the dearest boys that ever were, this morning, and here’s the chain I have made of it, Pa, and you must let me put it round your neck with my own loving hands.’

As Pa bent his head, she cried over him a little, and then said (after having stopped to dry her eyes on his white waistcoat, the discovery of which incongruous circumstance made her laugh): ‘Now, darling Pa, give me your hands that I may fold them together, and do you say after me:—My little Bella.’

‘My little Bella,’ repeated Pa.

‘I am very fond of you.’

‘I am very fond of you, my darling,’ said Pa.

‘You mustn’t say anything not dictated to you, sir. You daren’t do it in your responses at Church, and you mustn’t do it in your responses out of Church.’

‘I withdraw the darling,’ said Pa.

‘That’s a pious boy! Now again:—You were always—’

‘You were always,’ repeated Pa.

‘A vexatious—’

‘No you weren’t,’ said Pa.

‘A vexatious (do you hear, sir?), a vexatious, capricious, thankless, troublesome, Animal; but I hope you’ll do better in the time to come, and I bless you and forgive you!’ Here, she quite forgot that it was Pa’s turn to make the responses, and clung to his neck. ‘Dear Pa, if you knew how much I think this morning of what you told me once, about the first time of our seeing old Mr Harmon, when I stamped and screamed and beat you with my detestable little bonnet! I feel as if I had been stamping and screaming and beating you with my hateful little bonnet, ever since I was born, darling!’

‘Nonsense, my love. And as to your bonnets, they have always been nice bonnets, for they have always become you—or you have become them; perhaps it was that—at every age.’

‘Did I hurt you much, poor little Pa?’ asked Bella, laughing (notwithstanding her repentance), with fantastic pleasure in the picture, ‘when I beat you with my bonnet?’

‘No, my child. Wouldn’t have hurt a fly!’

‘Ay, but I am afraid I shouldn’t have beat you at all, unless I had meant to hurt you,’ said Bella. ‘Did I pinch your legs, Pa?’

‘Not much, my dear; but I think it’s almost time I—’

‘Oh, yes!’ cried Bella. ‘If I go on chattering, you’ll be taken alive. Fly, Pa, fly!’

So, they went softly up the kitchen stairs on tiptoe, and Bella with her light hand softly removed the fastenings of the house door, and Pa, having received a parting hug, made off. When he had gone a little way, he looked back. Upon which, Bella set another of those finger seals upon the air, and thrust out her little foot expressive of the mark. Pa, in appropriate action, expressed fidelity to the mark, and made off as fast as he could go.

Bella walked thoughtfully in the garden for an hour and more, and then, returning to the bedroom where Lavvy the Irrepressible still slumbered, put on a little bonnet of quiet, but on the whole of sly appearance, which she had yesterday made. ‘I am going for a walk, Lavvy,’ she said, as she stooped down and kissed her. The Irrepressible, with a bounce in the bed, and a remark that it wasn’t time to get up yet, relapsed into unconsciousness, if she had come out of it.

Behold Bella tripping along the streets, the dearest girl afoot under the summer sun! Behold Pa waiting for Bella behind a pump, at least three miles from the parental roof-tree. Behold Bella and Pa aboard an early steamboat for Greenwich.

Were they expected at Greenwich? Probably. At least, Mr John Rokesmith was on the pier looking out, about a couple of hours before the coaly (but to him gold-dusty) little steamboat got her steam up in London. Probably. At least, Mr John Rokesmith seemed perfectly satisfied when he descried them on board. Probably. At least, Bella no sooner stepped ashore than she took Mr John Rokesmith’s arm, without evincing surprise, and the two walked away together with an ethereal air of happiness which, as it were, wafted up from the earth and drew after them a gruff and glum old pensioner to see it out. Two wooden legs had this gruff and glum old pensioner, and, a minute before Bella stepped out of the boat, and drew that confiding little arm of hers through Rokesmith’s, he had had no object in life but tobacco, and not enough of that. Stranded was Gruff and Glum in a harbour of everlasting mud, when all in an instant Bella floated him, and away he went.

Capitolo 4

Una partita sfuggita di controllo

Cherubic Pa si alzò il più silenziosamente possibile accanto alla maestosa Ma, una mattina presto, poiché aveva un giorno libero davanti a sé. Pa e quella donna adorabile avevano un appuntamento piuttosto speciale da rispettare.

Eppure Pa e quella bella donna non uscivano insieme. Bella si alzava prima delle quattro, ma non indossava il cappello. Aspettava ai piedi della scala – anzi, sedeva sul gradino più in basso – per accogliere Pa quando scendeva, ma l’unico suo scopo sembrava essere quello di far uscire Pa il prima possibile dalla casa.

“La colazione è pronta, signore,” sussurrò Bella dopo averlo abbracciato, “e tutto quello che deve fare è mangiare e bere in fretta, e poi andarsene. Come vi sentite, papà?”

“Secondo il mio miglior giudizio, è come un ladro alle prime armi: il mio caro, insomma, non riesce a rilassarsi finché non se n’è andato da quel posto.”

Bella gli infilò il braccio sotto il proprio con una risata allegra e silenziosa, poi scesero in cucina in punta di piedi; a ogni gradino si fermava per posare la punta del dito indice sulle sue labbra rosse, e poi lo metteva sulle sue labbra, seguendo il suo modo preferito di baciare papà.

“Come ti senti, mio amore?” chiese R. W. mentre gli preparava la colazione.

“Mi sembra che le previsioni della Veggente si stiano avverando, caro papà. Quel grazioso bambino sta diventando esattamente ciò che era stato predetto.”

“Ho! Solo quel carino bambino?” disse suo padre.

Bella posò di nuovo uno di quei sigilli sulle sue labbra e poi disse, inginocchiandosi accanto a lui mentre sedeva a tavola: “Ora, ascoltami bene, signore. Se oggi ti comporterai in modo impeccabile, cosa credi che meriti? Cosa ti avevo promesso che avresti avuto, se fossi stato bravo, in un certo momento?”

“Per la mia parola, non mi ricordo, Preciosa. Ma sì, in effetti: non era forse uno di quei bellissimi capelli?” disse lui, posando la mano carezzevole sui suoi capelli.

“Non è vero anche per te?” rispose Bella, fingendo di fare il broncio. “Giuro su quanto ho di più caro! Sai, signore, che quella veggente sarebbe disposta a dare cinquemila ghinee (se le fosse davvero possibile, il che non è) per quel bellissimo pezzo di stoffa che ti ho tagliato? Non puoi nemmeno immaginare quante volte abbia baciato, un pezzetto di stoffa molto più brutto, in confronto, quello che invece ho tagliato PER LUI. E lui lo indossa davvero al collo, te lo assicuro! Vicino al suo cuore!” disse Bella, annuendo. “Ah, proprio vicino al suo cuore! Comunque, sei stato un bravo ragazzo, il migliore di tutti i ragazzi più cari che siano mai esistiti stamattina. E questa è la catena che ho fatto con quella stoffa, papà. Devi permettermi di mettertela al collo con le mie stesse mani, piene d’amore.”

Mentre Pa chinava la testa, lei pianse un po’ per lui, poi disse (dopo essersi asciugata le lacrime sul suo gilet bianco, il cui ritrovamento in quella situazione così insolita la fece ridere): “Ora, caro Pa, dammi le tue mani affinché possa unirle insieme, e ripeti dopo di me: ‘Mia piccola Bella’.”

“Mia piccola Bella,” ripeté il padre.

“Mi piaci molto.”

“Ti voglio molto bene, tesoro mio,” disse papà.

“Non deve dire nulla che non le sia stato detto, signore. Non oserebbe farlo nelle sue risposte in chiesa, e non dovrebbe farlo nemmeno al di fuori della chiesa.”

“Tiro indietro la mia proposta,” disse il padre.

“Che ragazzo devoto! Ancora una volta: sei sempre stato, ”

“Sei sempre stato così,” ripeté il padre.

“Un fastidioso, ”

“No, non lo eri,” disse il padre.

“Un animale fastidioso (sentite bene, signore?), capriccioso, ingrato, problematico. Ma spero che in futuro vi comporterete meglio. Vi benedico e vi perdono!” Qui, dimenticò completamente che era il turno di Pa di rispondere, e gli si aggrappò al collo. “Caro Pa, se solo sapeste quanto penso questa mattina a ciò che mi avete detto una volta, riguardo alla prima volta in cui abbiamo incontrato il vecchio signor Harmon. Quando ho pianto, urlato e vi ho colpito con quel mio orribile cappellino! Mi sembra di aver continuato a farlo da quando sono nata, ”

“Sciocchezze, mio amore. E per quanto riguarda i tuoi cappelli, sono sempre stati bei cappelli, perché hanno sempre rappresentato te, o forse sei stata tu a rappresentarli; forse è proprio questo che è successo, in ogni età.”

“Ti ho fatto molto male, povero piccolo papà?” chiese Bella ridendo, nonostante il suo rimorso, provando un piacere incredibile all’idea di averlo colpito con il cappello.

“No, mio bambino. Non avrebbe fatto male nemmeno a una mosca!”

“Ahimè, temo di non aver dovuto batterti affatto, a meno che non volessi farti male,” disse Bella. “Ti ho pizzicato le gambe, papà?”

“Niente di particolare, caro mio; ma penso che sia quasi arrivato il momento in cui io, ”

“Oh, sì!” esclamò Bella. “Se continuo a parlare, vi prenderanno vivi. Vola, papà, vola!”

Sì, salirono silenziosamente le scale della cucina in punta di piedi; Bella, con la sua mano leggera, aprì delicatamente i chiavistri della porta di casa, e papà, dopo un abbraccio d’addio, se ne andò. Dopo aver camminato per un po’, si girò indietro. Allora Bella disegnò nuovamente quel segno nell’aria con le dita e mosse il suo piedino a indicare quella stessa forma. Papà, rispondendo in modo appropriato, mostrò di essere fedele a quel segno e se ne andò il più velocemente possibile.

Bella camminò pensierosa nel giardino per più di un’ora; poi, tornata in camera da letto dove Lavvy l’Incontenibile continuava a dormire, indossò un piccolo cappellino dall’aspetto tranquillo, ma in realtà piuttosto astuto, che aveva fatto il giorno prima. “Vado a fare una passeggiata, Lavvy,” disse, chinandosi per baciarla. L’Incontenibile, con un balzo nel letto e commentando che non era ancora ora di alzarsi, ricadde nell’incoscienza, se mai ne fosse uscita.

Ecco Bella che barcolla per le strade, la ragazza più adorabile sotto il sole d’estate. Ecco Papà che aspetta Bella dietro una fontana, almeno a tre miglia dalla casa dei suoi genitori. Ecco Bella e Papà a bordo di un battello a vapore diretto a Greenwich.

Si aspettavano che arrivassero a Greenwich? Probabilmente sì. Almeno, il signor John Rokesmith era sul molo ad aspettare, circa un paio d’ore prima che quel piccolo battello a vapore, nero come la carbone ma per lui dorato come l’oro, prendesse il via da Londra. Probabilmente sì. Almeno, il signor John Rokesmith sembrava perfettamente soddisfatto quando li descrisse a bordo. Probabilmente sì. Almeno, non appena Bella mise piede sulla riva, prese il braccio del signor John Rokesmith senza mostrare alcuna sorpresa, e i due se ne andarono insieme, emanando un’aura di felicità così eterea da sembrare sollevarsi dalla terra stessa e attirare dietro di sé anche quel vecchio pensionato burbero e malinconico che li osservava. Quel vecchio aveva due gambe di legno; un minuto prima che Bella scendesse dal battello e mettesse il proprio braccio fiducioso attraverso quello di Rokesmith, nella sua vita non c’era nulla se non il tabacco. E nemmeno abbastanza. Il vecchio burbero era intrappolato in un porto pieno di fango perenne; ma in un istante, Bella lo “sollevò” e lui se ne andò via.

Say, cherubic parent taking the lead, in what direction do we steer first? With some such inquiry in his thoughts, Gruff and Glum, stricken by so sudden an interest that he perked his neck and looked over the intervening people, as if he were trying to stand on tiptoe with his two wooden legs, took an observation of R. W. There was no ‘first’ in the case, Gruff and Glum made out; the cherubic parent was bearing down and crowding on direct for Greenwich church, to see his relations.

For, Gruff and Glum, though most events acted on him simply as tobacco-stoppers, pressing down and condensing the quids within him, might be imagined to trace a family resemblance between the cherubs in the church architecture, and the cherub in the white waistcoat. Some remembrance of old Valentines, wherein a cherub, less appropriately attired for a proverbially uncertain climate, had been seen conducting lovers to the altar, might have been fancied to inflame the ardour of his timber toes. Be it as it might, he gave his moorings the slip, and followed in chase.

The cherub went before, all beaming smiles; Bella and John Rokesmith followed; Gruff and Glum stuck to them like wax. For years, the wings of his mind had gone to look after the legs of his body; but Bella had brought them back for him per steamer, and they were spread again.

He was a slow sailer on a wind of happiness, but he took a cross cut for the rendezvous, and pegged away as if he were scoring furiously at cribbage. When the shadow of the church-porch swallowed them up, victorious Gruff and Glum likewise presented himself to be swallowed up. And by this time the cherubic parent was so fearful of surprise, that, but for the two wooden legs on which Gruff and Glum was reassuringly mounted, his conscience might have introduced, in the person of that pensioner, his own stately lady disguised, arrived at Greenwich in a car and griffins, like the spiteful Fairy at the christenings of the Princesses, to do something dreadful to the marriage service. And truly he had a momentary reason to be pale of face, and to whisper to Bella, ‘You don’t think that can be your Ma; do you, my dear?’ on account of a mysterious rustling and a stealthy movement somewhere in the remote neighbourhood of the organ, though it was gone directly and was heard no more. Albeit it was heard of afterwards, as will afterwards be read in this veracious register of marriage.

Who taketh? I, John, and so do I, Bella. Who giveth? I, R. W. Forasmuch, Gruff and Glum, as John and Bella have consented together in holy wedlock, you may (in short) consider it done, and withdraw your two wooden legs from this temple. To the foregoing purport, the Minister speaking, as directed by the Rubric, to the People, selectly represented in the present instance by G. and G. above mentioned.

And now, the church-porch having swallowed up Bella Wilfer for ever and ever, had it not in its power to relinquish that young woman, but slid into the happy sunlight, Mrs John Rokesmith instead. And long on the bright steps stood Gruff and Glum, looking after the pretty bride, with a narcotic consciousness of having dreamed a dream.

After which, Bella took out from her pocket a little letter, and read it aloud to Pa and John; this being a true copy of the same.

‘DEAREST MA,

I hope you won’t be angry, but I am most happily married to Mr John Rokesmith, who loves me better than I can ever deserve, except by loving him with all my heart. I thought it best not to mention it beforehand, in case it should cause any little difference at home. Please tell darling Pa. With love to Lavvy,

Ever dearest Ma, Your affectionate daughter, BELLA (P.S.—Rokesmith).’

Then, John Rokesmith put the queen’s countenance on the letter—when had Her Gracious Majesty looked so benign as on that blessed morning!—and then Bella popped it into the post-office, and said merrily, ‘Now, dearest Pa, you are safe, and will never be taken alive!’

Pa was, at first, in the stirred depths of his conscience, so far from sure of being safe yet, that he made out majestic matrons lurking in ambush among the harmless trees of Greenwich Park, and seemed to see a stately countenance tied up in a well-known pocket-handkerchief glooming down at him from a window of the Observatory, where the Familiars of the Astronomer Royal nightly outwatch the winking stars. But, the minutes passing on and no Mrs Wilfer in the flesh appearing, he became more confident, and so repaired with good heart and appetite to Mr and Mrs John Rokesmith’s cottage on Blackheath, where breakfast was ready.

A modest little cottage but a bright and a fresh, and on the snowy tablecloth the prettiest of little breakfasts. In waiting, too, like an attendant summer breeze, a fluttering young damsel, all pink and ribbons, blushing as if she had been married instead of Bella, and yet asserting the triumph of her sex over both John and Pa, in an exulting and exalted flurry: as who should say, ‘This is what you must all come to, gentlemen, when we choose to bring you to book.’ This same young damsel was Bella’s serving-maid, and unto her did deliver a bunch of keys, commanding treasures in the way of dry-saltery, groceries, jams and pickles, the investigation of which made pastime after breakfast, when Bella declared that ‘Pa must taste everything, John dear, or it will never be lucky,’ and when Pa had all sorts of things poked into his mouth, and didn’t quite know what to do with them when they were put there.

Then they, all three, out for a charming ride, and for a charming stroll among heath in bloom, and there behold the identical Gruff and Glum with his wooden legs horizontally disposed before him, apparently sitting meditating on the vicissitudes of life! To whom said Bella, in her light-hearted surprise: ‘Oh! How do you do again? What a dear old pensioner you are!’ To which Gruff and Glum responded that he see her married this morning, my Beauty, and that if it warn’t a liberty he wished her ji and the fairest of fair wind and weather; further, in a general way requesting to know what cheer? and scrambling up on his two wooden legs to salute, hat in hand, ship-shape, with the gallantry of a man-of-warsman and a heart of oak.

Dite, caro genitore angelico. In quale direzione dovremmo muoverci per prima cosa? Con questo pensiero in mente, Gruff e Glum, colpiti da un interesse improvviso che li fece raddrizzare il collo e guardare oltre le persone intorno, come se cercassero di mettersi in punta di piedi con quelle loro due gambe di legno, osservarono R. W. Ma non c’era alcun “primo passo” da compiere. Gruff e Glum capirono che il genitore angelico stava semplicemente dirigendosi dritto verso la chiesa di Greenwich per vedere i suoi parenti.

Poiché Gruff e Glum, sebbene la maggior parte degli eventi che lo riguardavano agissero su di lui semplicemente come mezzi per “fermare” il fumo del tabacco – schiacciandolo e condensandolo al suo interno – si poteva immaginare che esistesse una sorta di somiglianza tra i cherubini presenti nell’architettura delle chiese e quello presente nel gilet bianco. Forse qualche ricordo legato alle vecchie feste di San Valentino, in cui un cherubino, vestito in modo meno appropriato per un clima proverbialmente incerto, veniva visto accompagnare gli innamorati all’altare, aveva contribuito ad accendere ancora di più il “fuoco” del suo desiderio. Comunque fosse, egli lasciò i suoi ormeggi e iniziò a inseguire la preda.

Il cherubino andava avanti, con un sorriso radioso; Bella e John Rokesmith lo seguivano; Gruff e Glum li tenevano sempre vicini a loro. Per anni, le “ali” della sua mente erano state utilizzate soltanto per “prendersi cura” delle gambe del suo corpo; ma Bella le aveva riportate indietro per lui, e ora si erano di nuovo spiegate.

Era un viaggiatore lento su una “vista” di felicità, ma per raggiungere il luogo dell’incontro prese una strada più lunga e accelerò il passo, come se stesse giocando con grande impegno a cribbage. Quando l’“ombra” del portico della chiesa li inghiottì, anche Gruff e Glum si presentarono pronti ad essere “inghiottiti” insieme a lui. A quel punto, il padre cherubico aveva talmente paura di qualche sorpresa che, se non fosse stato per le due gambe di legno su cui Gruff e Glum si appoggiavano con fiducia, la sua “coscienza” avrebbe potuto far comparire, sotto le sembianze di quel pensionato, la propria nobile signora travestita, che sarebbe arrivata a Greenwich in una carrozza trainata da grifoni, come quella strega malvagia presente alle battesime delle principesse, per compiere qualcosa di terribile durante la cerimonia nuziale. E in effetti, per un momento ebbe motivo di impallidire e sussurrare a Bella: “Non pensi che possa essere tua madre, vero, cara?” A causa di alcuni misteriosi fruscii e movimenti furtivi provenienti da qualche parte vicino all’organo, anche se poi quei suoni scomparvero immediatamente senza lasciare traccia. Tuttavia, di loro si parlò in seguito, come si leggerà in questo veritiero registro dei matrimoni.

Chi prende? Io, John, e anche io, Bella. Chi dà? Io, R. W. Poiché, Gruff e Glum, come John e Bella hanno concordato insieme in santo matrimonio, potete considerarlo concluso e ritirare le vostre due “gambe di legno” da questo tempio. A tale scopo, il Ministro, seguendo le indicazioni della Rubrica, si rivolge al Popolo, qui rappresentato dai suddetti G. e G.

E ora che il portico della chiesa aveva inghiottito per sempre Bella Wilfer, se non avesse avuto il potere di liberare quella giovane donna, invece, fu la signora John Rokesmith ad entrare nella luce felice del sole. E per molto tempo, sui gradini luminosi, rimasero Gruff e Glum a guardia della bella sposa, con una sensazione stordita, come se avessero sognato, un sogno.

Dopo di ciò, Bella tirò fuori dalla tasca una piccola lettera e la lesse ad alta voce a Pa e John; si trattava infatti di una copia autentica della stessa.

“Mia più cara mamma, ”

Spero che non vi arrabbierete, ma sono molto felicemente sposata con il signor John Rokesmith, che mi ama più di quanto io possa mai meritare, a meno che non lo ami anch’io con tutto il mio cuore. Ho pensato fosse meglio non parlarne in anticipo, nel caso potesse causare qualche problema a >casa. Per favore, ditecielo, caro papà. Con tanto amore, Lavvy.

Cara e adorata mamma, tua affezionata figlia, Bella (P.S.: Rokesmith).

Poi, John Rokesmith applicò il volto della regina sulla lettera; quando mai Sua Maestà era apparsa così benevola in quella mattina fortunata! Infine, Bella la portò all’ufficio postale e disse allegramente: “Ora, caro papà, sei al sicuro, e non sarai mai catturato vivo!”

All’inizio, Pa si trovava nel vortice dei dubbi della propria coscienza, così incerto riguardo alla propria sicurezza da immaginare che maestose dame in agguato si nascondessero tra gli alberi innocui di Greenwich Park, e sembrava persino vedere un volto imponente avvolto in un fazzoletto ben noto che lo fissava dalla finestra dell’Osservatorio, dove ogni sera i collaboratori dell’Astronomo Reale osservavano le stelle che lampeggiavano nel cielo. Ma man mano che i minuti passavano e nessuna Mrs Wilfer si faceva vedere, iniziò a sentirsi più sicuro, e così tornò con buon umore e appetito alla capanna di Mr e Mrs John Rokesmith a Blackheath, dove la colazione era già pronta.

Una piccola e modesta casetta, ma luminosa e fresca; sul tavolo coperto di tovaglia bianca c’era la colazione più deliziosa. In attesa, come una brezza estiva leggera e gentile, c’era anche una giovane ragazza, tutta vestita di rosa e con nastri addosso; arrossiva come se fosse stata lei a sposarsi invece di Bella. Eppure dimostrava con orgoglio il trionfo del proprio sesso su John e Pa, in un movimento frenetico e gioioso. Quella stessa ragazza era la cameriera di Bella, e le fu consegnato un mazzo di chiavi che aprivano tesori come spezie secche, provviste alimentari, marmellate e sottaceti. Esaminarli divenne un passatempo dopo colazione; Bella dichiarava sempre: “Pa deve assaggiare tutto, caro John. Altrimenti non sarà mai fortunato”. E così Pa aveva in bocca di ogni sorta di cose, senza sapere bene cosa farne una volta che gliele mettevano lì.

Poi, tutti e tre insieme, partirono per una deliziosa gita e una piacevole passeggiata tra i campi fioriti di erica; lì videro Gruff e Glum, con le loro gambe di legno disposte orizzontalmente davanti a sé, apparentemente seduti a riflettere sulle vicissitudini della vita! Bella, sorpresa e allegra, esclamò: “Oh! Che piacere rivedervi! Che caro vecchio pensionato siete!” Gruff e Glum risposero che quel mattino l’avevano vista sposarsi e che, se non fosse stato per la mancanza di formalità, le avrebbero augurato tutto il meglio, e anche il più bel vento possibile! Inoltre, chiesero quale fosse la sua gioia. Poi si alzarono sulle loro gambe di legno, salutarono con il cappello in mano, con grande galanteria da veri cavalieri.

It was a pleasant sight, in the midst of the golden bloom, to see this salt old Gruff and Glum, waving his shovel hat at Bella, while his thin white hair flowed free, as if she had once more launched him into blue water again. ‘You are a charming old pensioner,’ said Bella, ‘and I am so happy that I wish I could make you happy, too.’ Answered Gruff and Glum, ‘Give me leave to kiss your hand, my Lovely, and it’s done!’ So it was done to the general contentment; and if Gruff and Glum didn’t in the course of the afternoon splice the main brace, it was not for want of the means of inflicting that outrage on the feelings of the Infant Bands of Hope.

But, the marriage dinner was the crowning success, for what had bride and bridegroom plotted to do, but to have and to hold that dinner in the very room of the very hotel where Pa and the lovely woman had once dined together! Bella sat between Pa and John, and divided her attentions pretty equally, but felt it necessary (in the waiter’s absence before dinner) to remind Pa that she was HIS lovely woman no longer.

‘I am well aware of it, my dear,’ returned the cherub, ‘and I resign you willingly.’

‘Willingly, sir? You ought to be brokenhearted.’

‘So I should be, my dear, if I thought that I was going to lose you.’

‘But you know you are not; don’t you, poor dear Pa? You know that you have only made a new relation who will be as fond of you and as thankful to you—for my sake and your own sake both—as I am; don’t you, dear little Pa? Look here, Pa!’ Bella put her finger on her own lip, and then on Pa’s, and then on her own lip again, and then on her husband’s. ‘Now, we are a partnership of three, dear Pa.’

The appearance of dinner here cut Bella short in one of her disappearances: the more effectually, because it was put on under the auspices of a solemn gentleman in black clothes and a white cravat, who looked much more like a clergyman than THE clergyman, and seemed to have mounted a great deal higher in the church: not to say, scaled the steeple. This dignitary, conferring in secrecy with John Rokesmith on the subject of punch and wines, bent his head as though stooping to the Papistical practice of receiving auricular confession. Likewise, on John’s offering a suggestion which didn’t meet his views, his face became overcast and reproachful, as enjoining penance.

What a dinner! Specimens of all the fishes that swim in the sea, surely had swum their way to it, and if samples of the fishes of divers colours that made a speech in the Arabian Nights (quite a ministerial explanation in respect of cloudiness), and then jumped out of the frying-pan, were not to be recognized, it was only because they had all become of one hue by being cooked in batter among the whitebait. And the dishes being seasoned with Bliss—an article which they are sometimes out of, at Greenwich—were of perfect flavour, and the golden drinks had been bottled in the golden age and hoarding up their sparkles ever since.

The best of it was, that Bella and John and the cherub had made a covenant that they would not reveal to mortal eyes any appearance whatever of being a wedding party. Now, the supervising dignitary, the Archbishop of Greenwich, knew this as well as if he had performed the nuptial ceremony. And the loftiness with which his Grace entered into their confidence without being invited, and insisted on a show of keeping the waiters out of it, was the crowning glory of the entertainment.

There was an innocent young waiter of a slender form and with weakish legs, as yet unversed in the wiles of waiterhood, and but too evidently of a romantic temperament, and deeply (it were not too much to add hopelessly) in love with some young female not aware of his merit. This guileless youth, descrying the position of affairs, which even his innocence could not mistake, limited his waiting to languishing admiringly against the sideboard when Bella didn’t want anything, and swooping at her when she did. Him, his Grace the Archbishop perpetually obstructed, cutting him out with his elbow in the moment of success, despatching him in degrading quest of melted butter, and, when by any chance he got hold of any dish worth having, bereaving him of it, and ordering him to stand back.

‘Pray excuse him, madam,’ said the Archbishop in a low stately voice; ‘he is a very young man on liking, and we DON’T like him.’

This induced John Rokesmith to observe—by way of making the thing more natural—‘Bella, my love, this is so much more successful than any of our past anniversaries, that I think we must keep our future anniversaries here.’

Whereunto Bella replied, with probably the least successful attempt at looking matronly that ever was seen: ‘Indeed, I think so, John, dear.’

Here the Archbishop of Greenwich coughed a stately cough to attract the attention of three of his ministers present, and staring at them, seemed to say: ‘I call upon you by your fealty to believe this!’

With his own hands he afterwards put on the dessert, as remarking to the three guests, ‘The period has now arrived at which we can dispense with the assistance of those fellows who are not in our confidence,’ and would have retired with complete dignity but for a daring action issuing from the misguided brain of the young man on liking. He finding, by ill-fortune, a piece of orange flower somewhere in the lobbies now approached undetected with the same in a finger-glass, and placed it on Bella’s right hand. The Archbishop instantly ejected and excommunicated him; but the thing was done.

‘I trust, madam,’ said his Grace, returning alone, ‘that you will have the kindness to overlook it, in consideration of its being the act of a very young man who is merely here on liking, and who will never answer.’

With that, he solemnly bowed and retired, and they all burst into laughter, long and merry. ‘Disguise is of no use,’ said Bella; ‘they all find me out; I think it must be, Pa and John dear, because I look so happy!’

Era davvero una scena piacevole: tra i fiori dorati, vedere quel vecchio burbero e malinconico che agitava il suo cappello a forma di pala verso Bella, mentre i suoi sottili capelli bianchi fluttuavano liberi. Come se lei lo avesse nuovamente immerso nelle acque azzurre. “Sei un anziano davvero affascinante,” disse Bella, “e sono così felice che vorrei poterti rendere anche tu felice.” “Lasciami baciare la tua mano, mia cara. E fatto!” Così fu fatto, a grande soddisfazione di tutti. E se, nel corso del pomeriggio, Gruff e Glum non riuscirono a riparare il pezzo principale della struttura, non fu certo per mancanza dei mezzi necessari per compiere tale “offesa” ai sentimenti delle giovani generazioni di Speranza.

Ma la cena di nozze fu il culmine del successo, perché ciò che la sposa e lo sposo avevano pianificato era proprio organizzare quella cena nella stessa stanza dell’hotel in cui padre e quella donna meravigliosa avevano una volta pranzato insieme! Bella sedeva tra padre e John, dividendo le sue attenzioni in modo equilibrato, ma ritenne necessario (in assenza del cameriere prima della cena) ricordare a padre che lei non era più “la sua donna meravigliosa”.

“Ne sono ben consapevole, mio caro,” rispose il cherubino, “e te lo cedo volentieri.”

“Volontariamente, signore? Dovreste essere distrutto, ”

“Dovrei esserlo, mio caro, se pensassi di poterti perdere.”

“Ma tu sai che non è vero; lo sai, povero caro papà? Sai che hai appena fatto una nuova conoscenza che ti amerà e sarà grata verso di te – sia per il mio bene che per il tuo – proprio come lo sono io; lo sai, caro piccolo papà? Guarda qui, papà!” Bella mise il dito sulle proprie labbra, poi su quelle di papà, poi di nuovo sulle proprie e infine su quelle del marito. “Ora siamo una specie di società a tre, caro papà.”

L’arrivo della cena interruppe bruscamente una delle sparizioni di Bella: e in modo ancora più efficace, poiché tutto avvenne sotto l’egida di un gentiluomo solenne, vestito di nero con cravatta bianca, che assomigliava molto di più a un prete vero e proprio, anzi, sembrava aver raggiunto posizioni molto elevate nella chiesa, per non dire addirittura aver scalato la guglia. Questo dignitario, discutendo in segreto con John Rokesmith di questioni legate a punch e vini, chinava la testa come se stesse adempiendo alla pratica papista della confessione auricolare. Allo stesso modo, quando John propose un’idea che non corrispondeva ai suoi desideri, il suo volto si oscurò, pieno di rimprovero, come se stesse imponendo una penitenza.

Che cena! Esemplari di tutti i pesci che nuotano nel mare, sicuramente erano arrivati lì per caso. E se alcuni di quei pesci dai colori vivaci, descritti nelle “Mille e una notte” (un’ottima spiegazione, davvero, riguardo ai fenomeni meteorologici legati alle nuvole, ), non fossero stati riconosciuti, sarebbe stato solo perché tutti avevano assunto lo stesso colore dopo essere stati cotti nella pastella insieme al bianchetto. Inoltre, i piatti erano conditi con il “Bliss” – una spezia talvolta difficile da reperire a Greenwich – e quindi avevano un sapore perfetto; le bevande dorate, invece, erano state conservate fin dall’“età d’oro”, e da allora mantengono ancora tutta la loro lucentezza.

La cosa migliore di tutto era che Bella, John e il cherubino avevano stretto un patto per non rivelare agli occhi dei mortali alcun segno del fatto che si trattasse di una cerimonia nuziale. Ora, l’alto funzionario incaricato di supervisionare la situazione, l’Arcivescovo di Greenwich, ne era a conoscenza altrettanto bene come se fosse stato lui stesso ad officiare la cerimonia nuziale. E l’audacia con cui Sua Grazia aveva deciso di partecipare alle loro confidenze senza essere stato invitato, insistendo affinché i servitori non venissero coinvolti nella faccenda, rappresentava il culmine di tutto questo spettacolo.

C’era un giovane cameriere innocente, di corporatura snella e con gambe un po’ deboli; ancora inesperto nelle arti del mestiere, aveva chiaramente un temperamento romantico e, era profondamente (e non sarebbe esagerato dire disperatamente) innamorato di una giovane donna che non era affatto consapevole dei suoi meriti. Questo ingenuo ragazzo, rendendosi conto della situazione – che nemmeno la sua innocenza poteva fraintendere – si limitava a fissare con ammirazione il bancone ogni volta che Bella non desiderava nulla, e ad avvicinarsi a lei immediatamente quando lo faceva. Tuttavia, Sua Grazia l’Arcivescovo lo ostacolava costantemente: gli sferrava gomitate nel momento in cui riusciva a ottenere qualcosa, lo mandava via con compiti umilianti come portare il burro fuso, e quando per caso riusciva ad afferrare un piatto davvero desiderabile, glielo toglieva subito, ordinandogli di allontanarsi.

“Per favore scusatelo, signora,” disse l’Arcivescovo con voce bassa e solenne; “è un giovane molto impulsivo, e noi NON lo apprezziamo.”

Questo indusse John Rokesmith a osservare, per rendere la cosa più naturale: “Bella, mia amata, questa volta è stato molto più bello di qualsiasi altro nostro anniversario passato; penso quindi che dovremmo tenere tutti i nostri futuri anniversari qui.”

A cui Bella rispose, con probabilmente il tentativo meno riuscito di apparire materna che si sia mai visto: “Davvero, penso di sì, John, caro.”

Qui l’Arcivescovo di Greenwich tossì in modo solenne per attirare l’attenzione dei tre suoi ministri presenti; fissandoli, sembrava dire: “Vi esorto, in nome della vostra fedeltà, a credere in questo!”

Con le sue stesse mani, dopo aver servito il dessert, disse ai tre ospiti: “È giunto il momento in cui possiamo fare a meno dell’aiuto di quegli individui di cui non ci fidiamo.” Avrebbe potuto ritirarsi con piena dignità, se non fosse stato per un atto audace compiuto da quel giovane, spinto da una mente errata. Per sfortuna, il giovane trovò un pezzo di scorza d’arancia nei locali adiacenti e, senza essere visto, lo mise nel bicchiere da tè di Bella, posizionandolo sulla sua mano destra. L’Arcivescovo lo espulse immediatamente dall’assemblea e lo scomunicò; ma ormai l’atto era stato compiuto.

“Confido, signora,” disse Sua Grazia, tornando da solo, “che vorrà avere la gentilezza di perdonarlo, considerando che si tratta dell’atto di un ragazzo molto giovane che è qui soltanto su invito e che non risponderà mai alle sue domande.”

Dopo aver detto questo, si inchinò solennemente e se ne andò; tutti scoppiarono a ridere, a lungo e felicemente. “Il travestimento non serve a nulla,” disse Bella; “tutti mi scoprono lo stesso. Penso che sia perché sembro così felice, cari papà e John!”

Her husband feeling it necessary at this point to demand one of those mysterious disappearances on Bella’s part, she dutifully obeyed; saying in a softened voice from her place of concealment:

‘You remember how we talked about the ships that day, Pa?’

‘Yes, my dear.’

‘Isn’t it strange, now, to think that there was no John in all the ships, Pa?’

‘Not at all, my dear.’

‘Oh, Pa! Not at all?’

‘No, my dear. How can we tell what coming people are aboard the ships that may be sailing to us now from the unknown seas!’

Bella remaining invisible and silent, her father remained at his dessert and wine, until he remembered it was time for him to get home to Holloway. ‘Though I positively cannot tear myself away,’ he cherubically added, ‘—it would be a sin—without drinking to many, many happy returns of this most happy day.’

‘Here! ten thousand times!’ cried John. ‘I fill my glass and my precious wife’s.’

‘Gentlemen,’ said the cherub, inaudibly addressing, in his Anglo-Saxon tendency to throw his feelings into the form of a speech, the boys down below, who were bidding against each other to put their heads in the mud for sixpence: ‘Gentlemen—and Bella and John—you will readily suppose that it is not my intention to trouble you with many observations on the present occasion. You will also at once infer the nature and even the terms of the toast I am about to propose on the present occasion. Gentlemen—and Bella and John—the present occasion is an occasion fraught with feelings that I cannot trust myself to express. But gentlemen—and Bella and John—for the part I have had in it, for the confidence you have placed in me, and for the affectionate good-nature and kindness with which you have determined not to find me in the way, when I am well aware that I cannot be otherwise than in it more or less, I do most heartily thank you. Gentlemen—and Bella and John—my love to you, and may we meet, as on the present occasion, on many future occasions; that is to say, gentlemen—and Bella and John—on many happy returns of the present happy occasion.’

Having thus concluded his address, the amiable cherub embraced his daughter, and took his flight to the steamboat which was to convey him to London, and was then lying at the floating pier, doing its best to bump the same to bits. But, the happy couple were not going to part with him in that way, and before he had been on board two minutes, there they were, looking down at him from the wharf above.

‘Pa, dear!’ cried Bella, beckoning him with her parasol to approach the side, and bending gracefully to whisper.

‘Yes, my darling.’

‘Did I beat you much with that horrid little bonnet, Pa?’

‘Nothing to speak of; my dear.’

‘Did I pinch your legs, Pa?’

‘Only nicely, my pet.’

‘You are sure you quite forgive me, Pa? Please, Pa, please, forgive me quite!’ Half laughing at him and half crying to him, Bella besought him in the prettiest manner; in a manner so engaging and so playful and so natural, that her cherubic parent made a coaxing face as if she had never grown up, and said, ‘What a silly little Mouse it is!’

‘But you do forgive me that, and everything else; don’t you, Pa?’

‘Yes, my dearest.’

‘And you don’t feel solitary or neglected, going away by yourself; do you, Pa?’

‘Lord bless you! No, my Life!’

‘Good-bye, dearest Pa. Good-bye!’

‘Good-bye, my darling! Take her away, my dear John. Take her home!’

So, she leaning on her husband’s arm, they turned homeward by a rosy path which the gracious sun struck out for them in its setting. And O there are days in this life, worth life and worth death. And O what a bright old song it is, that O ’tis love, ’tis love, ’tis love that makes the world go round!

Suo marito, ritenendo necessario in quel momento che Bella scomparisse misteriosamente, lei obbedì senza esitazione; e da dove si nascondeva, disse con voce dolce:

“Ricordi come quel giorno abbiamo parlato delle navi, papà?”

“Sì, mio caro.”

“Non è strano, ora, pensare che su tutte quelle navi non ci fosse nessun John, papà?”

“Assolutamente no, mia cara.”

“Oh, papà. Davvero no?”

“No, mio caro. Come possiamo sapere quali persone stiano arrivando a bordo di quelle navi che potrebbero essere in viaggio verso di noi proprio ora, provenienti da mari sconosciuti, ”

Bella rimase invisibile e in silenzio; suo padre continuò a mangiare il dessert e bere vino, fino a quando non si ricordò che era arrivato il momento di tornare a >casa a Holloway. “Anche se mi sarebbe davvero difficile andarmene,” aggiunse con aria affettuosa, “sarebbe un peccato non brindare a molte, moltissime felici ricorrenze di questo giorno così meraviglioso.”

“Ecco! Diecimila volte!” gridò John. “Riempio il mio bicchiere, e anche quello della mia adorata moglie.”

“Signori,” disse il cherubino, rivolgendosi in modo inudibile ai ragazzi laggiù, che si stavano sfidando a immergere la testa nel fango per sei pence, con quella sua tendenza anglo-sassone a esprimere i propri sentimenti attraverso discorsi: “Signori, e Bella e John, immaginerete facilmente che non intenda disturbarvi con troppe osservazioni in questa occasione. Capirete anche immediatamente la >natura e persino le parole del brindisi che sto per proporre. Signori, e Bella e John, questa è un’occasione carica di sentimenti che non oso esprimere a parole. Ma signori, e Bella e John, per il ruolo che ho avuto in tutto questo, per la fiducia che avete riposto in me, e per l’affetto e la gentilezza con cui avete deciso di non ostacolarmi, anche se so bene di essere inevitabilmente coinvolto in questa situazione, vi ringrazio sinceramente dal profondo del cuore. Signori, e Bella e John, il mio amore per voi, e che possiamo incontrarci, come in questa occasione, in molte altre occasioni future; in altre parole, signori, e Bella e John, in molti altri felici ritorni di questa felice giornata.”

Dopo aver concluso il suo discorso, il carino cherubino abbracciò sua figlia e si diresse verso la nave a vapore che lo avrebbe portato a Londra, ferma in quel momento al molo galleggiante, pronta a farla a pezzi. Ma la felice coppia non intendeva separarsi da lui in quel modo; meno di due minuti dopo che era salito a bordo, eccoli lì, a guardarlo dal molo sopra di lui.

“Papà, caro!” gridò Bella, chiamandolo con il suo ombrello perché si avvicinasse e poi si chinò graziosamente per sussurrargli qualcosa all’orecchio.

“Sì, mio caro.”

“Ti ho battuto davvero molto con quel terribile cappellino, papà?”

“Niente di cui parlare, mia cara.”

“Ho pizzicato le tue gambe, papà?”

“Solo con gentilezza, il mio caro.”

“Sei sicuro di perdonarmi del tutto, papà? Per favore, papà, perdonami davvero!” Bella lo pregava in modo così affascinante, giocoso e naturale che il suo adorabile genitore fece un’espressione indulgente, come se non fosse mai cresciuta, e disse: “Che sciocchina, ”

“Ma mi perdoni davvero per questo e per tutto il resto, vero, papà?”

“Sì, mio carissimo.”

“E non ti senti solo o trascurato, andando via da solo, vero, papà?”

“Che il Signore ti benedica! No, mio Dio!”

Addio, caro papà. Addio!

“Addio, mio caro! Portala via, mio caro John. Portala a >casa!”

Sì, appoggiandosi al braccio di suo marito, tornarono a casa lungo un sentiero incantevole, illuminato dal sole morente che aveva creato apposta per loro quella strada. Oh, ci sono giorni nella vita che valgono tutta la vita, e persino la morte. E oh, che meravigliosa vecchia -canzone è questa: è l’‘amore, è l’amore, è l’’amore che fa girare il mondo!

Chapter 5

CONCERNING THE MENDICANT’S BRIDE

The impressive gloom with which Mrs Wilfer received her husband on his return from the wedding, knocked so hard at the door of the cherubic conscience, and likewise so impaired the firmness of the cherubic legs, that the culprit’s tottering condition of mind and body might have roused suspicion in less occupied persons than the grimly heroic lady, Miss Lavinia, and that esteemed friend of the family, Mr George Sampson. But, the attention of all three being fully possessed by the main fact of the marriage, they had happily none to bestow on the guilty conspirator; to which fortunate circumstance he owed the escape for which he was in nowise indebted to himself.

‘You do not, R. W.’ said Mrs Wilfer from her stately corner, ‘inquire for your daughter Bella.’

‘To be sure, my dear,’ he returned, with a most flagrant assumption of unconsciousness, ‘I did omit it. How—or perhaps I should rather say where—IS Bella?’

‘Not here,’ Mrs Wilfer proclaimed, with folded arms.

The cherub faintly muttered something to the abortive effect of ‘Oh, indeed, my dear!’

‘Not here,’ repeated Mrs Wilfer, in a stern sonorous voice. ‘In a word, R. W., you have no daughter Bella.’

‘No daughter Bella, my dear?’

‘No. Your daughter Bella,’ said Mrs Wilfer, with a lofty air of never having had the least copartnership in that young lady: of whom she now made reproachful mention as an article of luxury which her husband had set up entirely on his own account, and in direct opposition to her advice: ‘—your daughter Bella has bestowed herself upon a Mendicant.’

‘Good gracious, my dear!’

‘Show your father his daughter Bella’s letter, Lavinia,’ said Mrs Wilfer, in her monotonous Act of Parliament tone, and waving her hand. ‘I think your father will admit it to be documentary proof of what I tell him. I believe your father is acquainted with his daughter Bella’s writing. But I do not know. He may tell you he is not. Nothing will surprise me.’

‘Posted at Greenwich, and dated this morning,’ said the Irrepressible, flouncing at her father in handing him the evidence. ‘Hopes Ma won’t be angry, but is happily married to Mr John Rokesmith, and didn’t mention it beforehand to avoid words, and please tell darling you, and love to me, and I should like to know what you’d have said if any other unmarried member of the family had done it!’

He read the letter, and faintly exclaimed ‘Dear me!’

‘You may well say Dear me!’ rejoined Mrs Wilfer, in a deep tone. Upon which encouragement he said it again, though scarcely with the success he had expected; for the scornful lady then remarked, with extreme bitterness: ‘You said that before.’

‘It’s very surprising. But I suppose, my dear,’ hinted the cherub, as he folded the letter after a disconcerting silence, ‘that we must make the best of it? Would you object to my pointing out, my dear, that Mr John Rokesmith is not (so far as I am acquainted with him), strictly speaking, a Mendicant.’

‘Indeed?’ returned Mrs Wilfer, with an awful air of politeness. ‘Truly so? I was not aware that Mr John Rokesmith was a gentleman of landed property. But I am much relieved to hear it.’

‘I doubt if you HAVE heard it, my dear,’ the cherub submitted with hesitation.

‘Thank you,’ said Mrs Wilfer. ‘I make false statements, it appears? So be it. If my daughter flies in my face, surely my husband may. The one thing is not more unnatural than the other. There seems a fitness in the arrangement. By all means!’ Assuming, with a shiver of resignation, a deadly cheerfulness.

But, here the Irrepressible skirmished into the conflict, dragging the reluctant form of Mr Sampson after her.

‘Ma,’ interposed the young lady, ‘I must say I think it would be much better if you would keep to the point, and not hold forth about people’s flying into people’s faces, which is nothing more nor less than impossible nonsense.’

‘How!’ exclaimed Mrs Wilfer, knitting her dark brows.

‘Just im-possible nonsense, Ma,’ returned Lavvy, ‘and George Sampson knows it is, as well as I do.’

Mrs Wilfer suddenly becoming petrified, fixed her indignant eyes upon the wretched George: who, divided between the support due from him to his love, and the support due from him to his love’s mamma, supported nobody, not even himself.

‘The true point is,’ pursued Lavinia, ‘that Bella has behaved in a most unsisterly way to me, and might have severely compromised me with George and with George’s family, by making off and getting married in this very low and disreputable manner—with some pew-opener or other, I suppose, for a bridesmaid—when she ought to have confided in me, and ought to have said, “If, Lavvy, you consider it due to your engagement with George, that you should countenance the occasion by being present, then Lavvy, I beg you to BE present, keeping my secret from Ma and Pa.” As of course I should have done.’

‘As of course you would have done? Ingrate!’ exclaimed Mrs Wilfer. ‘Viper!’

‘I say! You know ma’am. Upon my honour you mustn’t,’ Mr Sampson remonstrated, shaking his head seriously. ‘With the highest respect for you, ma’am, upon my life you mustn’t. No really, you know. When a man with the feelings of a gentleman finds himself engaged to a young lady, and it comes (even on the part of a member of the family) to vipers, you know!—I would merely put it to your own good feeling, you know,’ said Mr Sampson, in rather lame conclusion.

Mrs Wilfer’s baleful stare at the young gentleman in acknowledgment of his obliging interference was of such a nature that Miss Lavinia burst into tears, and caught him round the neck for his protection.

‘My own unnatural mother,’ screamed the young lady, ‘wants to annihilate George! But you shan’t be annihilated, George. I’ll die first!’

Mr Sampson, in the arms of his mistress, still struggled to shake his head at Mrs Wilfer, and to remark: ‘With every sentiment of respect for you, you know, ma’am—vipers really doesn’t do you credit.’

Capitolo 5

Riguardo alla sposa del mendicante

L’impressionante tristezza con cui la signora Wilfer accolse suo marito al suo ritorno dal matrimonio colpì duramente la “coscienza” di quel gentile e innocente uomo, indebolendo al contempo la sua forza fisica e mentale. Una situazione del genere avrebbe potuto suscitare sospetti in persone meno distaccate e comprensive di quella severa e nobile signora, la signorina Lavinia, e dell’onorevole amico della famiglia, il signor George Sampson. Tuttavia, l’attenzione di tutti e tre era completamente concentrata sul fatto principale: il matrimonio stesso; per questo motivo non ebbero alcun sospetto riguardo al colpevole. A questa fortunata circostanza doveva il suo “scampato”, un risultato che, in realtà, non doveva affatto a se stesso.

“Non lo fai, R. W.” disse la signora Wilfer dal suo angolo maestoso, “non chiedi notizie di tua figlia Bella.”

“Certo, mio caro,” rispose lui, assumendo in modo palese l’atteggiamento di chi non si rendesse conto di nulla, “l’ho davvero dimenticato. Dove, o forse dovrei dire come, si trova Bella?”

“Non è qui,” dichiarò la signora Wilfer, incrociando le braccia.

“Oh, davvero, mio caro, ” mormorò debolmente il cherubino.

“Non è qui,” ripeté la signora Wilfer con voce severa e sonora. “In altre parole, R. W., tu non hai una figlia di nome Bella.”

“Nessuna figlia, Bella mia cara?”

“No. Tua figlia Bella,” disse la signora Wilfer con un tono sprezzante, come se non avesse mai avuto alcun ruolo nella formazione di quella giovane donna; ora ne parlava con rimprovero, considerandola un lusso che suo marito aveva deciso di acquistare interamente a proprio carico, in diretta opposizione ai suoi consigli: “Tua figlia Bella si è data a un mendicante.”

“Mio Dio, cara!”

“Mostra a tuo padre la lettera di tua figlia Bella, Lavinia”, disse la signora Wilfer con quel suo tono monotono tipico delle riunioni parlamentari, agitando la mano. “Penso che tuo padre riconoscerà che questa è una prova documentale di ciò che gli sto dicendo. Credo che tuo padre conosca la calligrafia di sua figlia Bella. Ma non ne sono sicura; potrebbe anche negarlo. Niente mi sorprenderebbe.”

“Pubblicato a Greenwich e datato stamattina,” disse l’Irrepressibile, porgendo la prova a suo padre. “Spero che mamma non si arrabbi. Ma è felicemente sposata con il signor John Rokesmith; non ne ho parlato prima per evitare discussioni. Per favore, diglielo tu e anche al mio amore. Vorrei sapere cosa avreste detto se fosse stato qualche altro membro single della famiglia a farlo!”

“Leggendo la lettera, esclamò debolmente: ‘Mio Dio!’”

“Puoi ben dire ‘Dio mio!’”, ribatté la signora Wilfer con voce profonda. Su questo incoraggiamento, lui lo ripeté, anche se non con il successo che si aspettava; perché la donna sprezzante commentò allora, con estrema amarezza: “L’hai già detto prima.”

“È molto sorprendente. Ma suppongo, mio caro,” suggerì il cherubino, dopo un imbarazzante silenzio, “che dobbiamo sfruttare al meglio questa situazione. Le dispiacerebbe se le facessi notare che, per quanto ne so io, il signor John Rokesmith non è, be’, per essere precisi, un mendicante.”

“Davvero?” rispose la signora Wilfer con un tono di cortesia estrema. “Sul serio? Non sapevo che il signor John Rokesmith fosse un gentiluomo possidente. Ma sono molto sollevata nel saperlo.”

“Non so se l’abbiate già sentito, mia cara,” disse il cherubino con esitazione.

“Grazie,” disse la signora Wilfer. “A quanto pare faccio dichiarazioni false. Ebbene sia. Se mia figlia mi parla in faccia con arroganza, sicuramente anche mio marito può farlo. Una cosa non è più naturale dell’altra. C’è persino una sorta di logica in questo comportamento. Assolutamente!” Con un brivido di resignazione, assunse un atteggiamento apparentemente gioioso, ma in realtà pieno di amarezza.

Ma qui l’Irresistibile si immischiò nella disputa, trascinando dietro di sé la riluttante figura del signor Sampson.

“Ma,” intervenne la giovane signora, “devo dire che penso sarebbe molto meglio se vi teneste al punto e non vi dilungaste su storie di persone che volano in faccia ad altre, il che non è altro che assurdo e impossibile.”

“Come!” esclamò la signora Wilfer, aggrottando le sue sopracciglia scure.

“Solo assurde sciocchezze, Ma,” rispose Lavvy, “e George Sampson lo sa bene, proprio come me.”

La signora Wilfer d’un tratto impallidì e fissò con occhi indignati quel povero George: il quale, diviso tra l’impegno che doveva assumersi verso la sua amata e quello verso la madre di questa stessa, non aiutava nessuno, nemmeno se stesso.

“Il vero punto è,” continuò Lavinia, “che Bella si è comportata in modo assolutamente indegno di una sorella nei miei confronti; avrebbe potuto mettermi in grave pericolo con George e la sua famiglia, scappando e sposandosi in un modo così umiliante e disonorevole, con qualche individuo di bassa condizione, presumo, come damigella d’onore. Quando invece avrebbe dovuto confidarsi con me e dirmi: ‘Se ritieni, Lavvy, che sia giusto, data la tua promessa con George, partecipare a questa cerimonia essendo presente, allora ti prego di venire, ma tieni il mio segreto per mamma e papà.’ Naturalmente, io avrei fatto lo stesso.”

“Come avresti fatto tu, naturalmente. Ingrato!” esclamò la signora Wilfer.
“Vipera!”

“Dico sul serio, signora! Per la mia onore, non dovreste farlo,” protestò il signor Sampson scuotendo seriamente la testa. “Con tutto il rispetto che provo per voi, signora, davvero non dovreste. Quando un uomo con i sentimenti di un gentiluomo si trova fidanzato con una giovane donna, e poi arrivano cose del genere, beh, vi parlo solo per il vostro bene,” concluse il signor Sampson in modo piuttosto goffo.

Lo sguardo minaccioso della signora Wilfer verso il giovane gentiluomo, in segno di riconoscenza per la sua premurosa intercessione, aveva una tale natura che la signorina Lavinia scoppiò in lacrime e lo abbracciò stretto per proteggerlo.

“Mia stessa madre, che non è mia madre, ”, gridò la giovane donna, “vuole distruggere George! Ma tu non verrai distrutto, George. Morirò io prima!”

Signor Sampson, tra le braccia della sua amante, continuava a scuotere la testa in direzione di signora Wilfer, dicendo: “Con tutto il rispetto che provo per voi, sapete, le vipere davvero non vi fanno onore”.

‘You shall not be annihilated, George!’ cried Miss Lavinia. ‘Ma shall destroy me first, and then she’ll be contented. Oh, oh, oh! Have I lured George from his happy home to expose him to this! George, dear, be free! Leave me, ever dearest George, to Ma and to my fate. Give my love to your aunt, George dear, and implore her not to curse the viper that has crossed your path and blighted your existence. Oh, oh, oh!’ The young lady who, hysterically speaking, was only just come of age, and had never gone off yet, here fell into a highly creditable crisis, which, regarded as a first performance, was very successful; Mr Sampson, bending over the body meanwhile, in a state of distraction, which induced him to address Mrs Wilfer in the inconsistent expressions: ‘Demon—with the highest respect for you—behold your work!’

The cherub stood helplessly rubbing his chin and looking on, but on the whole was inclined to welcome this diversion as one in which, by reason of the absorbent properties of hysterics, the previous question would become absorbed. And so, indeed, it proved, for the Irrepressible gradually coming to herself; and asking with wild emotion, ‘George dear, are you safe?’ and further, ‘George love, what has happened? Where is Ma?’ Mr Sampson, with words of comfort, raised her prostrate form, and handed her to Mrs Wilfer as if the young lady were something in the nature of refreshments. Mrs Wilfer with dignity partaking of the refreshments, by kissing her once on the brow (as if accepting an oyster), Miss Lavvy, tottering, returned to the protection of Mr Sampson; to whom she said, ‘George dear, I am afraid I have been foolish; but I am still a little weak and giddy; don’t let go my hand, George!’ And whom she afterwards greatly agitated at intervals, by giving utterance, when least expected, to a sound between a sob and a bottle of soda water, that seemed to rend the bosom of her frock.

Among the most remarkable effects of this crisis may be mentioned its having, when peace was restored, an inexplicable moral influence, of an elevating kind, on Miss Lavinia, Mrs Wilfer, and Mr George Sampson, from which R. W. was altogether excluded, as an outsider and non-sympathizer. Miss Lavinia assumed a modest air of having distinguished herself; Mrs Wilfer, a serene air of forgiveness and resignation; Mr Sampson, an air of having been improved and chastened. The influence pervaded the spirit in which they returned to the previous question.

‘George dear,’ said Lavvy, with a melancholy smile, ‘after what has passed, I am sure Ma will tell Pa that he may tell Bella we shall all be glad to see her and her husband.’

Mr Sampson said he was sure of it too; murmuring how eminently he respected Mrs Wilfer, and ever must, and ever would. Never more eminently, he added, than after what had passed.

‘Far be it from me,’ said Mrs Wilfer, making deep proclamation from her corner, ‘to run counter to the feelings of a child of mine, and of a Youth,’ Mr Sampson hardly seemed to like that word, ‘who is the object of her maiden preference. I may feel—nay, know—that I have been deluded and deceived. I may feel—nay, know—that I have been set aside and passed over. I may feel—nay, know—that after having so far overcome my repugnance towards Mr and Mrs Boffin as to receive them under this roof, and to consent to your daughter Bella’s,’ here turning to her husband, ‘residing under theirs, it were well if your daughter Bella,’ again turning to her husband, ‘had profited in a worldly point of view by a connection so distasteful, so disreputable. I may feel—nay, know—that in uniting herself to Mr Rokesmith she has united herself to one who is, in spite of shallow sophistry, a Mendicant. And I may feel well assured that your daughter Bella,’ again turning to her husband, ‘does not exalt her family by becoming a Mendicant’s bride. But I suppress what I feel, and say nothing of it.’

Mr Sampson murmured that this was the sort of thing you might expect from one who had ever in her own family been an example and never an outrage. And ever more so (Mr Sampson added, with some degree of obscurity,) and never more so, than in and through what had passed. He must take the liberty of adding, that what was true of the mother was true of the youngest daughter, and that he could never forget the touching feelings that the conduct of both had awakened within him. In conclusion, he did hope that there wasn’t a man with a beating heart who was capable of something that remained undescribed, in consequence of Miss Lavinia’s stopping him as he reeled in his speech.

‘Therefore, R. W.’ said Mrs Wilfer, resuming her discourse and turning to her lord again, ‘let your daughter Bella come when she will, and she will be received. So,’ after a short pause, and an air of having taken medicine in it, ‘so will her husband.’

‘And I beg, Pa,’ said Lavinia, ‘that you will not tell Bella what I have undergone. It can do no good, and it might cause her to reproach herself.’

‘My dearest girl,’ urged Mr Sampson, ‘she ought to know it.’

‘No, George,’ said Lavinia, in a tone of resolute self-denial. ‘No, dearest George, let it be buried in oblivion.’

Mr Sampson considered that, ‘too noble.’

‘Nothing is too noble, dearest George,’ returned Lavinia. ‘And Pa, I hope you will be careful not to refer before Bella, if you can help it, to my engagement to George. It might seem like reminding her of her having cast herself away. And I hope, Pa, that you will think it equally right to avoid mentioning George’s rising prospects, when Bella is present. It might seem like taunting her with her own poor fortunes. Let me ever remember that I am her younger sister, and ever spare her painful contrasts, which could not but wound her sharply.’

Mr Sampson expressed his belief that such was the demeanour of Angels. Miss Lavvy replied with solemnity, ‘No, dearest George, I am but too well aware that I am merely human.’

“Non dovrai essere distrutto, George!” gridò la signorina Lavinia. “Ma prima dovranno distruggere me. E solo allora lei sarà soddisfatta. Oh, oh, oh! Ho forse attirato George lontano dalla sua felice casa per esporlo a tutto questo? George, caro, sii libero. Lasciami, il mio adorato George. Lasciami al destino che mi aspetta. Dona il mio amore alla tua zia, George. E prega lei di non maledire quella vipera che ha intralciato la tua strada e rovinato la tua vita. Oh, oh, oh!” La giovane donna, che appena aveva raggiunto l’età adulta e non era mai uscita di casa, cadde in una crisi isterica. Che, considerata come sua prima performance, fu davvero molto convincente. Nel frattempo, il signor Sampson, assorto nei suoi pensieri, si rivolse alla signora Wilfer con espressioni assai confuse: “Dio. Con tutto il rispetto per voi. Ecco il risultato delle vostre azioni, ”

Il cherubino stava lì impotente, si grattava il mento e osservava la scena; nel complesso, però, era incline ad accogliere questa distrazione come un’occasione in cui, grazie alle caratteristiche “assorbenti” delle crisi isteriche, la domanda precedente sarebbe stata dimenticata. E infatti fu proprio così: la giovane donna tornò gradualmente in sé e, con emozione selvaggia, chiese: “Caro George, sei al sicuro? Oh, George mio adorato, cosa è successo? Dov’è Ma?” Il signor Sampson, con parole di conforto, l’aiutò a rialzarsi e la consegnò alla signora Wilfer, come se si trattasse di un semplice “rinfrescante”. La signora Wilfer, con dignità, accettò questa “offerta” baciandola una volta sulla fronte (come se stesse assaggiando un’ostrica). Miss Lavvy, barcollando, tornò sotto la protezione del signor Sampson, il quale le disse: “Caro George, temo di essere stata sciocca. Ma sono ancora un po’ debole e stordita; non lasciarmi andare, per favore!” In seguito, la ragazza lo agitava continuamente, emettendo, nei momenti meno previsti, suoni che sembravano provenire dal profondo del suo petto, come se qualcosa dentro di lei si stesse spezzando.

Tra gli effetti più notevoli di questa crisi si può menzionare il fatto che, quando la pace fu ristabilita, essa ebbe un’influenza morale inspiegabile e di natura elevante su Miss Lavinia, sulla signora Wilfer e sul signor George Sampson; R. W., invece, ne fu completamente escluso, essendo considerato un esterno e non simpatizzante. Miss Lavinia assunse un atteggiamento modesto, come se si fosse distinta in qualche modo; la signora Wilfer mostrò un’aria serena di perdono e resignazione; il signor Sampson sembrava essere cambiato in meglio. Questa influenza influenzò profondamente lo spirito con cui tornarono ad affrontare la questione iniziale.

“Caro George,” disse Lavvy, con un sorriso malinconico, “dopo tutto quello che è successo, sono sicura che mamma dirà a papà di poter dire a Bella che tutti noi saremo felici di vederla e suo marito.”

Il signor Sampson disse di essere anch’egli sicuro al riguardo; mormorò quanto profondamente rispettasse la signora Wilfer, e che sempre l’avrebbe rispettata. Aggiunse che mai prima d’ora il suo rispetto per lei era stato così profondo come dopo quanto accaduto.

“Non oso nemmeno pensare di contraddire i sentimenti di una mia figlia, e di una giovane donna che rappresenta la sua prima scelta,” disse la signora Wilfer con voce ferma. “Posso anche sentire – anzi, so – di essere stata ingannata e tradita. Posso sentire – anzi, so – di essere stata ignorata e trascurata. E posso anche pensare – anzi, so – che, nonostante abbia superato le mie avversioni nei confronti del signor e della signora Boffin al punto di accoglierli sotto questo tetto, e di permettere a vostra figlia Bella,” disse rivolgendosi a suo marito, “di vivere con loro, sarebbe forse meglio se, dal punto di vista mondano, lei avesse tratto qualche vantaggio da un legame così sgradevole e disonorevole. Posso anche pensare – anzi, so – che unendosi al signor Rokesmith, si sia unita a una persona che, nonostante le sue superficiali argomentazioni, è in realtà un mendicante. Ma soffoco questi sentimenti e non ne parlo.”

Il signor Sampson mormorò che era proprio ciò che si poteva aspettare da una persona la cui stessa famiglia aveva sempre rappresentato un esempio di comportamento onesto e mai di scandali. E soprattutto, aggiunse il signor Sampson con una certa vaghezza, questo era ancora più vero in relazione a quanto era appena accaduto. Si permise di aggiungere che ciò che valeva per la madre valeva anche per la figlia minore, e che non avrebbe mai dimenticato i sentimenti commoventi che il comportamento di entrambe aveva suscitato in lui. In conclusione, sperava davvero che non esistesse alcun uomo con un cuore sincero capace di compiere qualcosa di ancora indescrivibile, grazie al fatto che la signorina Lavinia lo aveva interrotto mentre pronunciava quelle parole.

“Pertanto,” disse la signora Wilfer riprendendo il suo discorso e rivolgendosi di nuovo al suo marito, “lasciate che vostra figlia Bella venga quando vuole; sarà accolta. Quindi,” dopo una breve pausa, con un tono come se avesse appena preso una medicina, “lo stesso vale per suo marito.”

“E ti prego, papà,” disse Lavinia, “di non dire a Bella ciò che ho passato. Non servirà a nulla e potrebbe farla sentire in colpa.”

“Mia cara ragazza, ”, insistette il signor Sampson, “dovrebbe saperlo.”

“No, George,” disse Lavinia con un tono deciso di auto-rinuncia. “No, carissimo George, lasciamo che venga sepolto nell’oblio.”

“Troppo nobile”, secondo il signor Sampson.

“Niente è troppo nobile, caro George,” rispose Lavinia. “E papà, spero che tu faccia attenzione a non menzionare, davanti a Bella, se possibile, il mio fidanzamento con George. Potrebbe sembrare un modo per ricordarle di aver gettato via la propria opportunità. E spero anche che tu eviti di parlare delle prospettive future di George quando lei è presente. Potrebbe sembrare una forma di deriderla per la sua sfortuna. Ricorda sempre che sono sua sorella minore, e cerca di risparmiarle quei dolorosi confronti che sicuramente le farebbero male.”

Il signor Sampson esprimeva la sua convinzione che gli Angeli si comportassero proprio in quel modo.
La signorina Lavvy rispose con solennità: “No, caro George. So fin troppo bene di essere solo umana.”

Mrs Wilfer, for her part, still further improved the occasion by sitting with her eyes fastened on her husband, like two great black notes of interrogation, severely inquiring, Are you looking into your breast? Do you deserve your blessings? Can you lay your hand upon your heart and say that you are worthy of so hysterical a daughter? I do not ask you if you are worthy of such a wife—put Me out of the question—but are you sufficiently conscious of, and thankful for, the pervading moral grandeur of the family spectacle on which you are gazing? These inquiries proved very harassing to R. W. who, besides being a little disturbed by wine, was in perpetual terror of committing himself by the utterance of stray words that would betray his guilty foreknowledge. However, the scene being over, and—all things considered—well over, he sought refuge in a doze; which gave his lady immense offence.

‘Can you think of your daughter Bella, and sleep?’ she disdainfully inquired.

To which he mildly answered, ‘Yes, I think I can, my dear.’

‘Then,’ said Mrs Wilfer, with solemn indignation, ‘I would recommend you, if you have a human feeling, to retire to bed.’

‘Thank you, my dear,’ he replied; ‘I think it IS the best place for me.’ And with these unsympathetic words very gladly withdrew.

Within a few weeks afterwards, the Mendicant’s bride (arm-in-arm with the Mendicant) came to tea, in fulfilment of an engagement made through her father. And the way in which the Mendicant’s bride dashed at the unassailable position so considerately to be held by Miss Lavy, and scattered the whole of the works in all directions in a moment, was triumphant.

‘Dearest Ma,’ cried Bella, running into the room with a radiant face, ‘how do you do, dearest Ma?’ And then embraced her, joyously. ‘And Lavvy darling, how do YOU do, and how’s George Sampson, and how is he getting on, and when are you going to be married, and how rich are you going to grow? You must tell me all about it, Lavvy dear, immediately. John, love, kiss Ma and Lavvy, and then we shall all be at home and comfortable.’

Mrs Wilfer stared, but was helpless. Miss Lavinia stared, but was helpless. Apparently with no compunction, and assuredly with no ceremony, Bella tossed her bonnet away, and sat down to make the tea.

‘Dearest Ma and Lavvy, you both take sugar, I know. And Pa (you good little Pa), you don’t take milk. John does. I didn’t before I was married; but I do now, because John does. John dear, did you kiss Ma and Lavvy? Oh, you did! Quite correct, John dear; but I didn’t see you do it, so I asked. Cut some bread and butter, John; that’s a love. Ma likes it doubled. And now you must tell me, dearest Ma and Lavvy, upon your words and honours! Didn’t you for a moment—just a moment—think I was a dreadful little wretch when I wrote to say I had run away?’

Before Mrs Wilfer could wave her gloves, the Mendicant’s bride in her merriest affectionate manner went on again.

‘I think it must have made you rather cross, dear Ma and Lavvy, and I know I deserved that you should be very cross. But you see I had been such a heedless, heartless creature, and had led you so to expect that I should marry for money, and so to make sure that I was incapable of marrying for love, that I thought you couldn’t believe me. Because, you see, you didn’t know how much of Good, Good, Good, I had learnt from John. Well! So I was sly about it, and ashamed of what you supposed me to be, and fearful that we couldn’t understand one another and might come to words, which we should all be sorry for afterwards, and so I said to John that if he liked to take me without any fuss, he might. And as he did like, I let him. And we were married at Greenwich church in the presence of nobody—except an unknown individual who dropped in,’ here her eyes sparkled more brightly, ‘and half a pensioner. And now, isn’t it nice, dearest Ma and Lavvy, to know that no words have been said which any of us can be sorry for, and that we are all the best of friends at the pleasantest of teas!’

Having got up and kissed them again, she slipped back to her chair (after a loop on the road to squeeze her husband round the neck) and again went on.

‘And now you will naturally want to know, dearest Ma and Lavvy, how we live, and what we have got to live upon. Well! And so we live on Blackheath, in the charm—ingest of dolls’ houses, de—lightfully furnished, and we have a clever little servant who is de—cidedly pretty, and we are economical and orderly, and do everything by clockwork, and we have a hundred and fifty pounds a year, and we have all we want, and more. And lastly, if you would like to know in confidence, as perhaps you may, what is my opinion of my husband, my opinion is—that I almost love him!’

‘And if you would like to know in confidence, as perhaps you may,’ said her husband, smiling, as he stood by her side, without her having detected his approach, ‘my opinion of my wife, my opinion is—.’ But Bella started up, and put her hand upon his lips.

‘Stop, Sir! No, John, dear! Seriously! Please not yet a while! I want to be something so much worthier than the doll in the doll’s house.’

‘My darling, are you not?’

‘Not half, not a quarter, so much worthier as I hope you may some day find me! Try me through some reverse, John—try me through some trial—and tell them after THAT, what you think of me.’

‘I will, my Life,’ said John. ‘I promise it.’

‘That’s my dear John. And you won’t speak a word now; will you?’

‘And I won’t,’ said John, with a very expressive look of admiration around him, ‘speak a word now!’

She laid her laughing cheek upon his breast to thank him, and said, looking at the rest of them sideways out of her bright eyes: ‘I’ll go further, Pa and Ma and Lavvy. John don’t suspect it—he has no idea of it—but I quite love him!’

Even Mrs Wilfer relaxed under the influence of her married daughter, and seemed in a majestic manner to imply remotely that if R. W. had been a more deserving object, she too might have condescended to come down from her pedestal for his beguilement. Miss Lavinia, on the other hand, had strong doubts of the policy of the course of treatment, and whether it might not spoil Mr Sampson, if experimented on in the case of that young gentleman. R. W. himself was for his part convinced that he was father of one of the most charming of girls, and that Rokesmith was the most favoured of men; which opinion, if propounded to him, Rokesmith would probably not have contested.

La signora Wilfer, da parte sua, migliorò ulteriormente l’atmosfera sedendosi con lo sguardo fisso su suo marito, come due grandi “note nere” di interrogazione, che sembravano chiedere severamente: “Stai guardando dentro te stesso? Meriti davvero le tue benedizioni? Puoi mettere la mano sul tuo cuore e dire di essere degno di una figlia così isterica?” Non vi chiedo se siate degni di una moglie del genere, lasciate fuori Me dalla questione. Ma siete sufficientemente consapevoli, e grati, per la grandezza morale che caratterizza questa scena familiare a cui state assistendo? Queste domande risultarono particolarmente fastidiose per R. W., il quale, oltre ad essere leggermente turbato dal vino, temeva costantemente di tradirsi con parole casuali che potessero rivelare la sua colpevole consapevolezza. Tuttavia, una volta terminata la scena, e, considerando tutto ciò che era accaduto, cercò rifugio in un sonnellino; il che offese profondamente sua moglie.

“Riesci a pensare a tua figlia Bella e a dormire?” chiese lei con disprezzo.

“Sì, credo di poterlo fare, mia cara”, rispose lui con dolcezza.

“Allora,” disse la signora Wilfer con solenne indignazione, “se avete un briciolo di umanità, vi consiglio di andare a letto.”

“Grazie, mia cara,” rispose; “penso che questo sia davvero il posto migliore per me.”
E con queste parole prive di compassione, se ne andò molto felicemente.

Nelle poche settimane successive, la sposa del Mendicante (abbracciata al Mendicante) venne a prendere il tè, per adempiere a un impegno preso tramite suo padre. Il modo in cui la sposa del Mendicante si precipitò verso quella posizione inespugnabile che Miss Lavy stava tenendo con tanta cura, e scagliò via tutte le opere d’arte in ogni direzione in un istante, fu davvero trionfale.

“Mamma cara,” gridò Bella, correndo nella stanza con il viso radioso, “come stai, mamma cara?” E poi la abbracciò, felice. “E Lavvy adorata, come stai tu? E come va George Sampson? Quando vi sposerete? Quanto diventerete ricchi? Devi raccontarmi tutto subito, Lavvy cara. John, mio amore, bacia mamma e Lavvy. Poi saremo tutti a casa e al sicuro.”

La signora Wilfer fissava la scena senza poter fare nulla. Anche la signorina Lavinia fissava, ma era altrettanto impotente. Senza alcun rimorso e certamente senza alcuna formalità, Bella gettò via il suo cappello e si sedette per preparare il tè.

“Cara Ma e cara Lavvy, so che entrambe mangiate lo zucchero. E papà (il vostro caro piccolo papà) non beve il latte; John sì. Io prima di sposarmi non lo bevevo, ma ora sì, perché John lo fa. Caro John, hai baciato Ma e Lavvy? Oh, sì! Esatto, caro John. Ma non ti ho visto farlo, quindi te l’ho chiesto. Taglia del pane e del burro, John. Questa è vera amore. A Ma piace che sia in quantità doppia. Ora dovete dirmelo, cara Ma e cara Lavvy. Per la vostra parola d’onore. Non avete mai pensato, nemmeno per un momento, che fossi una terribile piccola disgraziata quando vi ho scritto dicendo di essere fuggita?”

Prima ancora che la signora Wilfer potesse agitare i suoi guanti, la sposa del mendicante, con il suo modo più affettuoso e gioioso, ricominciò a parlare.

“Credo che questo debba avervi fatto molto arrabbiare, cari mamma e Lavvy. So di meritare davvero la vostra rabbia. Ma vedete, sono stata così negligente, così senza cuore da farvi credere che mi sarei sposata per denaro, dimostrando così di non essere in grado di sposarmi per amore. Pensavo che non avreste mai potuto credermi. Perché, capite, non sapevate quanto Bene avessi imparato da John. Beh, quindi ho agito con astuzia, vergognandomi di ciò che pensavate di me, temendo che non riuscissimo a capirci e che finissimo per litigare, il che poi ci sarebbe dispiaciuto molto. Così ho detto a John che, se voleva prendermi senza complicazioni, poteva farlo. E poiché lo desiderava, l’ho lasciato fare. Ci siamo sposati nella chiesa di Greenwich, in presenza di nessuno, tranne un individuo sconosciuto che è passato per caso, ” A questo punto i suoi occhi brillarono ancora di più. “E ora, non è meraviglioso, cari mamma e Lavvy? Non abbiamo detto nulla di cui possiamo pentirci. Siamo tutte amiche, e ci godiamo insieme dei deliziosi tè, ”

Dopo essersi alzata e averli baciati di nuovo, tornò a sedersi sulla sua sedia (dopo aver fatto un giro lungo la strada per abbracciare stretto suo marito) e continuò il suo discorso.

“E ora, naturalmente, vorrete sapere, cari Ma e Lavvy, come viviamo e di cosa ci nutriamo. Beh. Viviamo a Blackheath, in case di bambole incantevoli, arredate con grande cura; abbiamo una servetta intelligente e decisamente bella; siamo parsimoniose e organizzate, facciamo tutto secondo un preciso orario. Guadagniamo centocinquanta sterline all’anno, abbiamo tutto ciò che desideriamo, e anche di più. E infine, se voleste saperlo in confidenza, beh, la mia opinione su mio marito è che lo, amo quasi!”

“E se volessi sapere in confidenza, come forse potresti voler fare, ”, disse suo marito sorridendo, mentre stava al suo fianco; lei non si era nemmeno accorta del suo arrivo. “La mia opinione su mia moglie, beh, la mia opinione è, ” Ma Bella si alzò di scatto e gli mise una mano sulle labbra.

“Fermati, signore! No, John, caro. Sul serio! Per favore, non ora. Voglio diventare qualcosa di molto più prezioso della bambola nella casa delle bambole.”

“Mia cara, non è vero?”

“Nemmeno la metà, nemmeno un quarto, tanto più degno di te, quanto spero che un giorno tu possa riconoscermi! Mettimi alla prova con qualche difficoltà, John, mettimi alla prova con qualche prova difficile, e poi dimmi cosa pensi di me.”

“Lo farò, con tutta la mia vita,” disse John. “Te lo prometto.”

“Quello è il mio caro John. E ora non dirai una parola, vero?”

“E non lo farò,” disse John, con uno sguardo pieno di ammirazione rivolto intorno a sé, “non dirò una parola adesso!”

Posò la sua guancia sorridente sul suo petto per ringraziarlo e disse, guardandoli tutti con i suoi occhi luminosi: “Andrò ancora più lontano, papà, mamma e Lavvy. John non se ne accorgerà; non ne ha la minima idea. Ma io lo amo davvero!”

Anche la signora Wilfer si rilassò sotto l’influenza di sua figlia sposata, e sembrò alludere in modo vagamente che, se R. W. fosse stato un oggetto più degno, anche lei avrebbe potuto concedersi il piacere di scendere dal suo piedistallo per lui. La signorina Lavinia, invece, nutriva forti dubbi riguardo a tale approccio e si chiedeva se non potesse rovinare il signor Sampson, qualora venisse applicato in quel caso. R. W., dal canto suo, era convinto di essere il padre di una delle ragazze più affascinanti e che Rokesmith fosse l’uomo più fortunato al mondo; un’opinione che, se gli fosse stata espressa da qualcuno, probabilmente Rokesmith non avrebbe contestato.

The newly-married pair left early, so that they might walk at leisure to their starting-place from London, for Greenwich. At first they were very cheerful and talked much; but after a while, Bella fancied that her husband was turning somewhat thoughtful. So she asked him:

‘John dear, what’s the matter?’

‘Matter, my love?’

‘Won’t you tell me,’ said Bella, looking up into his face, ‘what you are thinking of?’

‘There’s not much in the thought, my soul. I was thinking whether you wouldn’t like me to be rich?’

‘You rich, John?’ repeated Bella, shrinking a little.

‘I mean, really rich. Say, as rich as Mr Boffin. You would like that?’

‘I should be almost afraid to try, John dear. Was he much the better for his wealth? Was I much the better for the little part I once had in it?’

‘But all people are not the worse for riches, my own.’

‘Most people?’ Bella musingly suggested with raised eyebrows.

‘Nor even most people, it may be hoped. If you were rich, for instance, you would have a great power of doing good to others.’

‘Yes, sir, for instance,’ Bella playfully rejoined; ‘but should I exercise the power, for instance? And again, sir, for instance; should I, at the same time, have a great power of doing harm to myself?’

Laughing and pressing her arm, he retorted: ‘But still, again for instance; would you exercise that power?’

‘I don’t know,’ said Bella, thoughtfully shaking her head. ‘I hope not. I think not. But it’s so easy to hope not and think not, without the riches.’

‘Why don’t you say, my darling—instead of that phrase—being poor?’ he asked, looking earnestly at her.

‘Why don’t I say, being poor! Because I am not poor. Dear John, it’s not possible that you suppose I think we are poor?’

‘I do, my love.’

‘Oh John!’

‘Understand me, sweetheart. I know that I am rich beyond all wealth in having you; but I think OF you, and think FOR you. In such a dress as you are wearing now, you first charmed me, and in no dress could you ever look, to my thinking, more graceful or more beautiful. But you have admired many finer dresses this very day; and is it not natural that I wish I could give them to you?’

‘It’s very nice that you should wish it, John. It brings these tears of grateful pleasure into my eyes, to hear you say so with such tenderness. But I don’t want them.’

‘Again,’ he pursued, ‘we are now walking through the muddy streets. I love those pretty feet so dearly, that I feel as if I could not bear the dirt to soil the sole of your shoe. Is it not natural that I wish you could ride in a carriage?’

‘It’s very nice,’ said Bella, glancing downward at the feet in question, ‘to know that you admire them so much, John dear, and since you do, I am sorry that these shoes are a full size too large. But I don’t want a carriage, believe me.’

‘You would like one if you could have one, Bella?’

‘I shouldn’t like it for its own sake, half so well as such a wish for it. Dear John, your wishes are as real to me as the wishes in the Fairy story, that were all fulfilled as soon as spoken. Wish me everything that you can wish for the woman you dearly love, and I have as good as got it, John. I have better than got it, John!’

They were not the less happy for such talk, and home was not the less home for coming after it. Bella was fast developing a perfect genius for home. All the loves and graces seemed (her husband thought) to have taken domestic service with her, and to help her to make home engaging.

Her married life glided happily on. She was alone all day, for, after an early breakfast her husband repaired every morning to the City, and did not return until their late dinner hour. He was ‘in a China house,’ he explained to Bella: which she found quite satisfactory, without pursuing the China house into minuter details than a wholesale vision of tea, rice, odd-smelling silks, carved boxes, and tight-eyed people in more than double-soled shoes, with their pigtails pulling their heads of hair off, painted on transparent porcelain. She always walked with her husband to the railroad, and was always there again to meet him; her old coquettish ways a little sobered down (but not much), and her dress as daintily managed as if she managed nothing else. But, John gone to business and Bella returned home, the dress would be laid aside, trim little wrappers and aprons would be substituted, and Bella, putting back her hair with both hands, as if she were making the most business-like arrangements for going dramatically distracted, would enter on the household affairs of the day. Such weighing and mixing and chopping and grating, such dusting and washing and polishing, such snipping and weeding and trowelling and other small gardening, such making and mending and folding and airing, such diverse arrangements, and above all such severe study! For Mrs J. R., who had never been wont to do too much at home as Miss B. W., was under the constant necessity of referring for advice and support to a sage volume entitled The Complete British Family Housewife, which she would sit consulting, with her elbows on the table and her temples on her hands, like some perplexed enchantress poring over the Black Art. This, principally because the Complete British Housewife, however sound a Briton at heart, was by no means an expert Briton at expressing herself with clearness in the British tongue, and sometimes might have issued her directions to equal purpose in the Kamskatchan language. In any crisis of this nature, Bella would suddenly exclaim aloud, ‘Oh you ridiculous old thing, what do you mean by that? You must have been drinking!’ And having made this marginal note, would try the Housewife again, with all her dimples screwed into an expression of profound research.

There was likewise a coolness on the part of the British Housewife, which Mrs John Rokesmith found highly exasperating. She would say, ‘Take a salamander,’ as if a general should command a private to catch a Tartar. Or, she would casually issue the order, ‘Throw in a handful—’ of something entirely unattainable. In these, the Housewife’s most glaring moments of unreason, Bella would shut her up and knock her on the table, apostrophising her with the compliment, ‘O you ARE a stupid old Donkey! Where am I to get it, do you think?’

La coppia appena sposata se ne andò presto, in modo da poter camminare con calma fino al loro punto di partenza da Londra, verso Greenwich. All’inizio erano molto felici e chiacchieravano molto; ma dopo un po’, Bella pensò che suo marito sembrasse diventare un po’ pensieroso. Così gli chiese:

“Caro John, che cosa c’è?”

“Mater, mio amore?”

“Non mi dirai mai cosa stai pensando?” disse Bella, alzando lo sguardo verso di lui.

“Non c’è nulla di particolare in questo pensiero, mia ‘anima. Stavo solo chiedendomi se non ti piacerebbe che fossi ricco.”

“Sei ricco, John?”, ripeté Bella, stringendosi un po’ nel corpo.

“Voglio dire, davvero molto ricchi. Tipo quanto il signor Boffin. Vi piacerebbe?”

“Dovrei quasi avere paura di provarci, caro John. È davvero migliorato grazie alla sua ricchezza? E io, sono davvero migliorata per quel piccolo ruolo che un tempo ho avuto in essa?”

Ma non tutti diventano peggiori con la ricchezza, almeno per quanto mi riguarda.

“La maggior parte delle persone?” chiese Bella, riflettendo con le sopracciglia alzate.

“Forse nemmeno la maggior parte delle persone lo farebbe. Se fossi ricco, ad esempio, avresti un grande potere per fare del bene agli altri.”

“Sì, signore, ad esempio,” rispose Bella scherzosamente; “ma dovrei davvero esercitare quel potere, per esempio? E ancora, signore, ad esempio: dovrei, allo stesso tempo, disporre di un grande potere che mi permettesse di farmi del male?”

Ridendo e stringendole il braccio, le rispose: “Ma comunque, ancora una volta, per esempio, useresti quel potere?”

“Non lo so,” disse Bella, scuotendo la testa pensierosamente. “Spero di no. Penso di no. Ma è così facile sperare e pensare il contrario, senza quelle ricchezze, ”

“Perché non dici semplicemente, mio caro, invece di quella frase, che siamo poveri?” le chiese, guardandola con sincerità.

“Perché non dico semplicemente che siamo poveri? Perché in realtà non lo siamo. Caro John, è impossibile che tu pensi che io creda che siamo poveri, ”

“Sì, il mio amore.”

“Ah, John!”

“Capiscimi, tesoro mio. So di essere ricchissimo, molto più di quanto si possa immaginare, perché ti ho. Ma penso a te e agisco per il tuo bene. Con quell’abito che indossi ora, sei stata tu ad affascinarmi per la prima volta; e non credo che ci sia alcun altro abito in grado di farti apparire più graziosa o più bella. Tuttavia, oggi hai ammirato molti altri abiti ancora più belli. Non è forse naturale che desideri poterteli regalare tutti?”

“È molto gentile da parte tua desiderarlo, John. Sentirti dire queste cose con tanta tenerezza mi riempie gli occhi di lacrime di gratitudine. Ma io non le voglio.”

“Di nuovo,” continuò, “stiamo camminando per strade fangose. Amo così tanto quelle tue belle piedine che non riesco nemmeno a sopportare l’idea che il fango possa sporcare la suola delle tue scarpe. Non è naturale che desideri che tu viaggi in carrozza?”

“È molto gentile da parte tua,” disse Bella, guardando i piedi in questione, “sapere che li apprezzi così tanto, caro John. E poiché è così, mi dispiace che queste scarpe siano di una taglia troppo grande. Ma credimi, non voglio assolutamente un tassì.”

“Te ne vorresti uno, se potessi averne uno, Bella?”

“Non dovrei apprezzarlo per il suo valore intrinseco, tanto meno se questo desiderio nasce da un motivo così profondo. Caro John, i tuoi desideri sono per me altrettanto reali quanto quelli delle fiabe, che si avverano non appena vengono espressi. Desiderami tutto ciò che potresti desiderare per la donna che ami tanto, e io l’avrò, John, anzi, l’avrò già!”

Non erano meno felici per queste conversazioni, e la casa non era certo meno accogliente dopo averle avute. Bella stava sviluppando rapidamente un vero genio per l’arredamento e l’organizzazione della casa. Tutti gli affetti e le attenzioni sembravano (pensava suo marito) essersi trasferiti in quella dimora, aiutandola a renderla davvero piacevole da vivere.

La sua vita coniugale procedeva felicemente. Passava le giornate da sola, perché suo marito, dopo una colazione mattutina, partiva ogni giorno per la città e non tornava fino all’ora di cena. Le spiegava che era “in una casa cinese”, il che lei trovava del tutto soddisfacente, senza voler approfondire i dettagli di quella “casa cinese” – limitandosi a immaginare tè, riso, sete dall’odore strano, scatole intagliate e persone con gli occhi socchiusi che indossavano scarpe con suole doppie, i cui codini tiravano via i loro capelli dipinti su porcellana trasparente. Ogni giorno accompagnava suo marito alla stazione ferroviaria e lo aspettava lì; i suoi vecchi modi civettuosi erano un po’ più sobri (ma non molto), e il suo abbigliamento era sempre curato con grande attenzione, come se fosse l’unica cosa a cui dedicasse le sue energie. Tuttavia, quando John andava in ufficio e Bella tornava a casa, metteva da parte quegli abiti eleganti, indossava grembiuli e foulard più semplici, si sistemava i capelli con entrambe le mani, come se stesse preparandosi per impegni molto importanti, e poi iniziava a occuparsi delle faccende domestiche del giorno. Cucinare, pulire, lavare, lucidare, tagliare, raccogliere erbacce, spalare, tutte queste attività quotidiane, insieme a molte altre piccole incombenze legate alla casa, e soprattutto, uno studio assiduo! Perché la signora J. R., che non era mai stata abituata a fare troppo lavoro in casa come la signorina B. W., aveva sempre bisogno di consultare un libro sagace intitolato “La casalinga britannica perfetta”, sedendosi con i gomiti sul tavolo e le tempie sulle mani, come una strega perplessa che studiasse arti magiche oscure. Il problema era che quel libro, per quanto rappresentativo dei valori britannici, non era affatto bravo a esprimersi in modo chiaro e comprensibile nella lingua inglese. A volte le sue istruzioni avrebbero potuto essere altrettanto efficaci anche in lingua camusca! In momenti di crisi del genere, Bella esclamava ad alta voce: “Oh, ma cosa stai dicendo? Devi aver bevuto!” E dopo aver annotato questo commento, provava di nuovo a seguire le indicazioni del libro, con un’espressione seria e concentrata.

C’era altresì una certa freddezza da parte della casalinga britannica, che la signora John Rokesmith trovava estremamente irritante. Diceva cose del tipo: “Prendi una salamandra”, come se un generale potesse ordinare a un soldato semplice di catturare un tartaro. Oppure dava ordini casualmente, tipo: “Metti dentro una manciata di, ” di qualcosa che era completamente impossibile da ottenere. In questi momenti di totale irragionevolezza, Bella la faceva tacere e le batteva sul tavolo, complimentandola con frasi del tipo: “Oh, ma sei davvero una stupida vecchia scrofa! Dove dovrei trovarlo, secondo te?”

Another branch of study claimed the attention of Mrs John Rokesmith for a regular period every day. This was the mastering of the newspaper, so that she might be close up with John on general topics when John came home. In her desire to be in all things his companion, she would have set herself with equal zeal to master Algebra, or Euclid, if he had divided his soul between her and either. Wonderful was the way in which she would store up the City Intelligence, and beamingly shed it upon John in the course of the evening; incidentally mentioning the commodities that were looking up in the markets, and how much gold had been taken to the Bank, and trying to look wise and serious over it until she would laugh at herself most charmingly and would say, kissing him: ‘It all comes of my love, John dear.’

For a City man, John certainly did appear to care as little as might be for the looking up or looking down of things, as well as for the gold that got taken to the Bank. But he cared, beyond all expression, for his wife, as a most precious and sweet commodity that was always looking up, and that never was worth less than all the gold in the world. And she, being inspired by her affection, and having a quick wit and a fine ready instinct, made amazing progress in her domestic efficiency, though, as an endearing creature, she made no progress at all. This was her husband’s verdict, and he justified it by telling her that she had begun her married life as the most endearing creature that could possibly be.

‘And you have such a cheerful spirit!’ he said, fondly. ‘You are like a bright light in the house.’

‘Am I truly, John?’

‘Are you truly? Yes, indeed. Only much more, and much better.’

‘Do you know, John dear,’ said Bella, taking him by a button of his coat, ‘that I sometimes, at odd moments—don’t laugh, John, please.’

Nothing should induce John to do it, when she asked him not to do it.

‘—That I sometimes think, John, I feel a little serious.’

‘Are you too much alone, my darling?’

‘O dear, no, John! The time is so short that I have not a moment too much in the week.’

‘Why serious, my life, then? When serious?’

‘When I laugh, I think,’ said Bella, laughing as she laid her head upon his shoulder. ‘You wouldn’t believe, sir, that I feel serious now? But I do.’ And she laughed again, and something glistened in her eyes.

‘Would you like to be rich, pet?’ he asked her coaxingly.

‘Rich, John! How CAN you ask such goose’s questions?’

‘Do you regret anything, my love?’

‘Regret anything? No!’ Bella confidently answered. But then, suddenly changing, she said, between laughing and glistening: ‘Oh yes, I do though. I regret Mrs Boffin.’

‘I, too, regret that separation very much. But perhaps it is only temporary. Perhaps things may so fall out, as that you may sometimes see her again—as that we may sometimes see her again.’ Bella might be very anxious on the subject, but she scarcely seemed so at the moment. With an absent air, she was investigating that button on her husband’s coat, when Pa came in to spend the evening.

Pa had his special chair and his special corner reserved for him on all occasions, and—without disparagement of his domestic joys—was far happier there, than anywhere. It was always pleasantly droll to see Pa and Bella together; but on this present evening her husband thought her more than usually fantastic with him.

‘You are a very good little boy,’ said Bella, ‘to come unexpectedly, as soon as you could get out of school. And how have they used you at school to-day, you dear?’

Well, my pet,’ replied the cherub, smiling and rubbing his hands as she sat him down in his chair, ‘I attend two schools. There’s the Mincing Lane establishment, and there’s your mother’s Academy. Which might you mean, my dear?’

‘Both,’ said Bella.

‘Both, eh? Why, to say the truth, both have taken a little out of me to-day, my dear, but that was to be expected. There’s no royal road to learning; and what is life but learning!’

‘And what do you do with yourself when you have got your learning by heart, you silly child?’

‘Why then, my dear,’ said the cherub, after a little consideration, ‘I suppose I die.’

‘You are a very bad boy,’ retorted Bella, ‘to talk about dismal things and be out of spirits.’

‘My Bella,’ rejoined her father, ‘I am not out of spirits. I am as gay as a lark.’ Which his face confirmed.

‘Then if you are sure and certain it’s not you, I suppose it must be I,’ said Bella; ‘so I won’t do so any more. John dear, we must give this little fellow his supper, you know.’

‘Of course we must, my darling.’

‘He has been grubbing and grubbing at school,’ said Bella, looking at her father’s hand and lightly slapping it, ‘till he’s not fit to be seen. O what a grubby child!’

‘Indeed, my dear,’ said her father, ‘I was going to ask to be allowed to wash my hands, only you find me out so soon.’

‘Come here, sir!’ cried Bella, taking him by the front of his coat, ‘come here and be washed directly. You are not to be trusted to do it for yourself. Come here, sir!’

The cherub, to his genial amusement, was accordingly conducted to a little washing-room, where Bella soaped his face and rubbed his face, and soaped his hands and rubbed his hands, and splashed him and rinsed him and towelled him, until he was as red as beet-root, even to his very ears: ‘Now you must be brushed and combed, sir,’ said Bella, busily. ‘Hold the light, John. Shut your eyes, sir, and let me take hold of your chin. Be good directly, and do as you are told!’

Her father being more than willing to obey, she dressed his hair in her most elaborate manner, brushing it out straight, parting it, winding it over her fingers, sticking it up on end, and constantly falling back on John to get a good look at the effect of it. Who always received her on his disengaged arm, and detained her, while the patient cherub stood waiting to be finished.

Un altro campo di studio attirava quotidianamente l’attenzione della signora John Rokesmith: si trattava dell’apprendimento del giornalismo, in modo da poter discutere con John di argomenti vari quando lui tornava a >casa. Nel suo desiderio di essere sempre al suo fianco in ogni cosa, avrebbe dedicato lo stesso impegno anche all’algebra o a Euclide, se solo John avesse diviso la sua attenzione tra lei e queste materie. Era straordinario il modo in cui raccoglieva tutte le informazioni relative alla situazione cittadina e le condivideva con entusiasmo con John durante la serata; menzionava casualmente i prezzi delle merci nei mercati, la quantità d’oro depositata in banca, cercando di sembrare seria e competente, fino a quando non scoppiava a ridere in modo incantevole, per poi dire baciandolo: “Tutto questo deriva dal mio amore, caro John.”

Per un uomo di Città, John sembrava davvero non curarsi affatto né del rispetto delle regole né dell’oro che veniva portato in banca. Ma ciò che gli importava, più di ogni altra cosa, era sua moglie: la considerava un bene prezioso e dolce, sempre pronta ad aiutarlo, e il cui valore superava di gran lunga quello di tutto l’oro del mondo. Lei, ispirata dall’amore per lui e dotata di intelligenza vivace e istinti agili, faceva progressi straordinari nell’adempire alle sue responsabilità domestiche, anche se, come creatura adorabile e affettuosa, non sembrava affatto migliorare con il tempo. Questo era il parere di suo marito, che lo giustificava dicendole che aveva iniziato la sua vita coniugale come la creatura più incantevole che si potesse immaginare.

“E hai davvero uno spirito così allegro!” disse lui con affetto. “Sei come una luce splendente in questa casa.”

“Sono davvero io, John?”

“Sei davvero così? Sì, senza dubbio. Anzi, molto di più, e molto meglio.”

“Lo sai, caro John,” disse Bella, prendendolo per un bottone del suo cappotto, “che a volte, in momenti strani, non ridere, per favore, John.”

Niente avrebbe dovuto spingere John a farlo, soprattutto dopo che lei gli aveva chiesto di non farlo.

“—A volte penso, John, che mi senta un po’ serio, ”

“Sei troppo sola, tesoro mio?”

“Oh no, John! Il tempo è così limitato che non ho nemmeno un minuto in più durante la settimana.”

“Perché prendersi sul serio la vita, allora? Quando si dovrebbe farlo?”

“Quando rido, penso, ”, disse Bella ridendo mentre appoggiava la testa sulla sua spalla. “Non ci credereste, signore, ma in questo momento mi sento davvero seria. Ma lo sono.” E rise di nuovo; qualcosa brillò nei suoi occhi.

“Vuoi diventare ricca, tesoro?” le chiese lui in tono dolce.

“Ricco, John! Come puoi fare domande del genere?”

“Ti penti di qualcosa, mio amore?”

“Mi pento di qualcosa? No!” rispose Bella con fiducia. Ma poi, improvvisamente cambiando tono, disse, tra risate e lacrime: “Oh sì, in realtà mi pento. Mi pento della signora Boffin.”

Anch’io rimpiango molto quella separazione. Ma forse è solo temporanea. Forse le cose si sistemeranno in modo che possiamo rivederla di nuovo, un giorno. Bella potrebbe essere molto ansiosa al riguardo, ma in quel momento non sembrava affatto così. Con aria assente, stava esaminando il bottone sul cappotto di suo marito, quando Pa entrò per trascorrere la serata con loro.

Pa aveva la sua sedia speciale e il suo angolo preferito riservati per lui in tutte le occasioni, e – senza voler menovalere le sue gioie domestiche – era molto più felice lì che in qualsiasi altro posto. Era sempre divertente vedere Pa e Bella insieme; ma quella sera, suo marito pensò che lei fosse più stravagante del solito con lui.

“Sei un bambino molto bravo,” disse Bella, “ad essere venuto qui all’improvviso, non appena hai potuto lasciare la scuola. E come ti sono trattati oggi a scuola, caro?”

“Beh, mio caro,” rispose il cherubo sorridendo e strofinandosi le mani mentre lo faceva sedere sulla sedia, “io frequento due scuole: quella di Mincing Lane e l’Accademia di tua madre. A quale delle due ti riferisci, tesoro mio?”

“Entrambi,” disse Bella.

‘Entrambi, eh? Beh, per dire la verità, entrambi oggi mi hanno “tolto qualcosa”, caro mio. Ma era prevedibile. Non esiste un percorso regale verso l’apprendimento; e che cos’è la vita, se non apprendimento?’

“E poi cosa fai tu quando hai imparato tutto a memoria, tu sciocco bambino?”

“Allora, mio caro,” disse il cherubino dopo un attimo di riflessione, “immagino che dovrò morire.”

“Sei davvero un cattivo ragazzo,” ribatté Bella, “parlare di cose tristi e essere di cattivo umore, ”

“Mia bella,” le rispose il padre, “non sono affatto depresso. Sono altrettanto felice quanto un allodola.” Il suo viso lo confermava.

“Allora, se sei assolutamente sicura che non sei tu, immagino che debba essere io,” disse Bella; “quindi non lo farò più. Caro John, dobbiamo dare la cena a questo piccolino, sai.”

“Certo che dobbiamo, mio caro.”

“Ha continuato a sporcarsi dappertutto a scuola,” disse Bella, guardando la mano di suo padre e dandogli una leggera pacca, “fino a diventare davvero indegno di essere visto. Che bambino sporco!”

“Infatti, mio caro,” disse suo padre, “stavo proprio per chiedere il permesso di lavarmi le mani. Solo che tu mi hai scoperto così presto.”

“Venga qui, signore!” gridò Bella, afferrandolo per la parte anteriore del cappotto.
“Venga qui e si lavi subito. Non si può fidare che lo faccia da solo. Venga qui, signore!”

Il cherubino, per il grande divertimento di tutti, fu condotto in un piccolo bagno dove Bella gli insaponò il viso e lo strofinò bene, poi gli insaponò le mani e le strofinò anch’esse. Dopo averlo spruzzato d’acqua, lo sciacquò e lo asciugò con un asciugamano, fino a quando non divenne rosso come una barbabietola, persino alle orecchie. “Ora devi essere spazzolato e pettinato, signorino”, disse Bella, impegnata nel suo compito. “Tieni la lampada, John. Chiudi gli occhi, signorino, e lasciami tenere il tuo mento. Sii bravo adesso, e fai esattamente quello che ti dico!”

Poiché suo padre era più che disposto ad obbedire, lei gli acconciò i capelli con la massima cura: li spazzolò dritti, li divise in due parti, li avvolse intorno alle sue dita, li sollevò all’indietro, e continuava a chiedere a John di guardarle il risultato. Lui l’accoglieva sempre con il braccio libero, trattenerla mentre quel “cherubino paziente” aspettava che finisse.

‘There!’ said Bella, when she had at last completed the final touches. ‘Now, you are something like a genteel boy! Put your jacket on, and come and have your supper.’

The cherub investing himself with his coat was led back to his corner—where, but for having no egotism in his pleasant nature, he would have answered well enough for that radiant though self-sufficient boy, Jack Horner—Bella with her own hands laid a cloth for him, and brought him his supper on a tray. ‘Stop a moment,’ said she, ‘we must keep his little clothes clean;’ and tied a napkin under his chin, in a very methodical manner.

While he took his supper, Bella sat by him, sometimes admonishing him to hold his fork by the handle, like a polite child, and at other times carving for him, or pouring out his drink. Fantastic as it all was, and accustomed as she ever had been to make a plaything of her good father, ever delighted that she should put him to that account, still there was an occasional something on Bella’s part that was new. It could not be said that she was less playful, whimsical, or natural, than she always had been; but it seemed, her husband thought, as if there were some rather graver reason than he had supposed for what she had so lately said, and as if throughout all this, there were glimpses of an underlying seriousness.

It was a circumstance in support of this view of the case, that when she had lighted her father’s pipe, and mixed him his glass of grog, she sat down on a stool between her father and her husband, leaning her arm upon the latter, and was very quiet. So quiet, that when her father rose to take his leave, she looked round with a start, as if she had forgotten his being there.

‘You go a little way with Pa, John?’

‘Yes, my dear. Do you?’

‘I have not written to Lizzie Hexam since I wrote and told her that I really had a lover—a whole one. I have often thought I would like to tell her how right she was when she pretended to read in the live coals that I would go through fire and water for him. I am in the humour to tell her so to-night, John, and I’ll stay at home and do it.’

‘You are tired.’

‘Not at all tired, John dear, but in the humour to write to Lizzie. Good night, dear Pa. Good night, you dear, good, gentle Pa!’

Left to herself she sat down to write, and wrote Lizzie a long letter. She had but completed it and read it over, when her husband came back. ‘You are just in time, sir,’ said Bella; ‘I am going to give you your first curtain lecture. It shall be a parlour-curtain lecture. You shall take this chair of mine when I have folded my letter, and I will take the stool (though you ought to take it, I can tell you, sir, if it’s the stool of repentance), and you’ll soon find yourself taken to task soundly.’

Her letter folded, sealed, and directed, and her pen wiped, and her middle finger wiped, and her desk locked up and put away, and these transactions performed with an air of severe business sedateness, which the Complete British Housewife might have assumed, and certainly would not have rounded off and broken down in with a musical laugh, as Bella did: she placed her husband in his chair, and placed herself upon her stool.

‘Now, sir! To begin at the beginning. What is your name?’

A question more decidedly rushing at the secret he was keeping from her, could not have astounded him. But he kept his countenance and his secret, and answered, ‘John Rokesmith, my dear.’

‘Good boy! Who gave you that name?’

With a returning suspicion that something might have betrayed him to her, he answered, interrogatively, ‘My godfathers and my godmothers, dear love?’

‘Pretty good!’ said Bella. ‘Not goodest good, because you hesitate about it. However, as you know your Catechism fairly, so far, I’ll let you off the rest. Now, I am going to examine you out of my own head. John dear, why did you go back, this evening, to the question you once asked me before—would I like to be rich?’

Again, his secret! He looked down at her as she looked up at him, with her hands folded on his knee, and it was as nearly told as ever secret was.

Having no reply ready, he could do no better than embrace her.

‘In short, dear John,’ said Bella, ‘this is the topic of my lecture: I want nothing on earth, and I want you to believe it.’

‘If that’s all, the lecture may be considered over, for I do.’

‘It’s not all, John dear,’ Bella hesitated. ‘It’s only Firstly. There’s a dreadful Secondly, and a dreadful Thirdly to come—as I used to say to myself in sermon-time when I was a very small-sized sinner at church.’

‘Let them come, my dearest.’

‘Are you sure, John dear; are you absolutely certain in your innermost heart of hearts—?’

‘Which is not in my keeping,’ he rejoined.

‘No, John, but the key is.—Are you absolutely certain that down at the bottom of that heart of hearts, which you have given to me as I have given mine to you, there is no remembrance that I was once very mercenary?’

‘Why, if there were no remembrance in me of the time you speak of,’ he softly asked her with his lips to hers, ‘could I love you quite as well as I do; could I have in the Calendar of my life the brightest of its days; could I whenever I look at your dear face, or hear your dear voice, see and hear my noble champion? It can never have been that which made you serious, darling?’

‘No John, it wasn’t that, and still less was it Mrs Boffin, though I love her. Wait a moment, and I’ll go on with the lecture. Give me a moment, because I like to cry for joy. It’s so delicious, John dear, to cry for joy.’

She did so on his neck, and, still clinging there, laughed a little when she said, ‘I think I am ready now for Thirdly, John.’

‘I am ready for Thirdly,’ said John, ‘whatever it is.’

‘I believe, John,’ pursued Bella, ‘that you believe that I believe—’

“Ecco fatto!” disse Bella, quando finalmente ebbe terminato gli ultimi ritocchi. “Ora sembri davvero un ragazzo perbene. Metti la giacca e vieni a mangiare la cena.”

Il cherubino, avvolto nel proprio mantello, fu riportato al suo angolo; se solo nella sua piacevole natura non ci fosse stato alcun egoismo, avrebbe risposto molto bene a quel ragazzo radioso eppure così autosufficiente, Jack Horner. Bella stessa gli preparò un panno con le sue mani e gli portò la cena su un vassoio. “Aspetta un momento,” disse, “dobbiamo tenere puliti i suoi vestitini, ” E legò un tovagliolo sotto il suo mento, in modo molto meticoloso.

Mentre mangiava la cena, Bella sedeva accanto a lui: a volte lo rimproverava perché teneva la forchetta per il manico, come un bambino educato; altre volte gli tagliava la carne o gli versava da bere. Per quanto tutto ciò fosse strano, e nonostante fosse abituata a prendersi gioco del suo buon padre, provava comunque piacere nel farlo. Tuttavia, a volte c’era qualcosa di nuovo nel modo in cui si comportava. Non si poteva dire che fosse meno giocosa, capricciosa o naturale di prima; ma sembrava, pensava suo marito, che ci fosse una ragione più seria di quanto avesse immaginato per le cose che aveva detto di recente. E che, in tutto questo, si intravedessero sprazzi di serietà.

C’era una circostanza che avvalorava questa visione della situazione: quando aveva acceso la pipa di suo padre e gli aveva preparato il bicchiere di grog, si era seduta su uno sgabello tra suo padre e suo marito, appoggiando un braccio a quest’ultimo, ed era molto tranquilla. Così tranquilla che, quando suo padre si alzò per andarsene, lei girò la testa di scatto, come se avesse dimenticato della sua presenza lì.

“Vai un po’ con papà, John?”

“Sì, mio caro. Lo fai davvero?”

‘Non ho più scritto a Lizzie Hexam da quando le dissi che avevo davvero un innamorato, uno vero. Spesso ho pensato di raccontarle quanto avesse ragione quando fingeva di leggere nelle braci ardenti, dicendo che sarei passata attraverso fuoco e acqua per lui. Stasera sono proprio nello spirito giusto per farlo, John; resterò a casa e lo farò.’

“Sei stanco.”

“Per niente stanco, caro John. Anzi, sono proprio di umore giusto per scrivere a Lizzie. Buona notte, caro papà. Buona notte, tu mio caro, buono e gentile papà!”

Lasciata sola, si sedette a scrivere e scrisse una lunga lettera a Lizzie. Appena l’ebbe finita e riletta, suo marito tornò a casa. “Siete proprio in tempo, signore,” disse Bella; “vi darò la mia prima lezione sulle tende da salotto. Vi sedetterete su questa mia sedia quando avrò piegato la lettera, e io mi siederò su quel sgabello, anche se, a dire il vero, dovreste essere voi ad usarlo, signore, ” E presto si ritrovò a dover affrontare seri rimproveri.

La sua lettera fu piegata, sigillata e indirizzata; la penna venne pulita, così come il dito medio; la scrivania fu chiusa e messa via. Tutte queste operazioni furono eseguite con una serietà e un’efficienza tipiche di un ambiente lavorativo rigoroso. Qualcosa che una “vera casalinga britannica” avrebbe sicuramente considerato appropriato. Ma Bella non fece così: sistemò il marito sulla sedia e si sedette sullo sgabello.

“Ora, signore. Diamo inizio dall’inizio: come si chiama?”

Nessuna domanda che avesse potuto mettere più chiaramente in luce il segreto che lui le nascondeva avrebbe potuto sorprenderlo di più. Ma mantenne la sua calma e il suo segreto, rispondendo: “John Rokesmith, mio caro.”

“Bravo ragazzo! Chi ti ha dato questo nome?”

Con un sospetto crescente che qualcuno potesse averlo tradito con lei, rispose in tono interrogativo: “I miei padrini e le mie madrine, cara amore?”

“Abbastanza buono!”, disse Bella. “Non il migliore dei migliori, perché hai esitato a rispondere. Tuttavia, dato che conosci abbastanza bene il tuo Catechismo, per ora ti lascio andare. Ora, ti interrogherò su cose che mi sono venute in mente io stessa. John caro, perché stasera sei tornato sull’interrogativo che mi avevi già posto una volta: ‘Mi piacerebbe essere ricca?’”

Di nuovo, il suo segreto. Lui la guardò mentre lei lo fissava a sua volta, con le mani poggiate sulle sue ginocchia; e quel segreto rimase comunque quasi del tutto inconfessato.

Non avendo una risposta pronta, non gli restò altro che abbracciarla.

“In breve, caro John,” disse Bella, “questo è l’argomento della mia lezione: non desidero nulla al mondo, e voglio che tu ci creda.”

“Se è tutto, allora si può considerare conclusa la lezione, perché per me lo è davvero.”

“Non è tutto, caro John,” esitò Bella. “C’è prima di tutto, una cosa terribile; poi c’è un’altra cosa ancora più terribile, e infine ce n’è una terza ancora peggiore. Come dicevo sempre a me stessa quando ero una piccolissima peccatrice in chiesa, durante i sermoni.”

“Lasciali venire, mio caro.”

“Sei davvero sicuro, caro John? Ne sei assolutamente certo nel profondo del tuo cuore?”

“Non spetta a me decidere”, rispose lui.

“No, John, ma la questione è. Sei assolutamente certo che, nel profondo di quel cuore che mi hai dato, così come io ti ho dato il mio, non rimanga alcun ricordo del fatto che un tempo fossi molto interessato ai vantaggi personali?”

“Perché, se non ci fosse nella mia memoria alcun ricordo di quel tempo di cui parli,” le chiese dolcemente, con le sue labbra vicine alle sue, “potrei amarti davvero così tanto come ti amo; potrebbero esistere nei giorni della mia vita i momenti più belli; ogni volta che guardo il tuo adorabile viso o ascolto la tua voce, potrei vedere e sentire il mio nobile campione. Non può essere stato questo ciò che ti ha resa così seria, tesoro, ”

“No, John, non era per quello. E certamente non era la signora Boffin, anche se la amo molto. Aspetta un attimo, e poi continuerò con la lezione. Dammi un momento. Perché mi piace piangere di gioia. È davvero delizioso, caro John, piangere di gioia.”

Lo fece sul suo collo, e rimanendo lì appesa, rise leggermente mentre disse: “Credo che ora sia pronta per la Terza cosa, John.”

“Sono pronto per la terza cosa,” disse John, “qualunque essa sia.”

“Credo che tu creda che io creda, ”, continuò Bella.

‘My dear child,’ cried her husband gaily, ‘what a quantity of believing!’

‘Isn’t there?’ said Bella, with another laugh. ‘I never knew such a quantity! It’s like verbs in an exercise. But I can’t get on with less believing. I’ll try again. I believe, dear John, that you believe that I believe that we have as much money as we require, and that we want for nothing.’

‘It is strictly true, Bella.’

‘But if our money should by any means be rendered not so much—if we had to stint ourselves a little in purchases that we can afford to make now—would you still have the same confidence in my being quite contented, John?’

‘Precisely the same confidence, my soul.’

‘Thank you, John dear, thousands upon thousands of times. And I may take it for granted, no doubt,’ with a little faltering, ‘that you would be quite as contented yourself John? But, yes, I know I may. For, knowing that I should be so, how surely I may know that you would be so; you who are so much stronger, and firmer, and more reasonable and more generous, than I am.’

‘Hush!’ said her husband, ‘I must not hear that. You are all wrong there, though otherwise as right as can be. And now I am brought to a little piece of news, my dearest, that I might have told you earlier in the evening. I have strong reason for confidently believing that we shall never be in the receipt of a smaller income than our present income.’

She might have shown herself more interested in the intelligence; but she had returned to the investigation of the coat-button that had engaged her attention a few hours before, and scarcely seemed to heed what he said.

‘And now we have got to the bottom of it at last,’ cried her husband, rallying her, ‘and this is the thing that made you serious?’

‘No dear,’ said Bella, twisting the button and shaking her head, ‘it wasn’t this.’

‘Why then, Lord bless this little wife of mine, there’s a Fourthly!’ exclaimed John.

‘This worried me a little, and so did Secondly,’ said Bella, occupied with the button, ‘but it was quite another sort of seriousness—a much deeper and quieter sort of seriousness—that I spoke of John dear.’

As he bent his face to hers, she raised hers to meet it, and laid her little right hand on his eyes, and kept it there.

‘Do you remember, John, on the day we were married, Pa’s speaking of the ships that might be sailing towards us from the unknown seas?’

‘Perfectly, my darling!’

‘I think…among them…there is a ship upon the ocean…bringing…to you and me…a little baby, John.’

“Mio caro bambino”, esclamò felicemente suo marito, “quanta fiducia hai!”

“Non c’è, vero?”, disse Bella, ridendo di nuovo. “Non avevo mai visto una quantità del genere! È come i verbi in un esercizio. Ma non riesco a procedere se non ci credo davvero. Proverò ancora. Credo, caro John, che tu creda che io creda che abbiamo abbastanza soldi per tutto ciò di cui abbiamo bisogno, e che non desideriamo nulla in più.”

“È assolutamente vero, Bella.”

“Ma se per qualche motivo i nostri soldi non fossero più sufficienti, se dovessimo risparmiare un po’ su acquisti che ora possiamo permetterci di fare, avresti ancora la stessa fiducia nel fatto che io sia davvero soddisfatto, John?”

“Esattamente la stessa fiducia, mia ‘anima.”

“Grazie mille, caro John. E posso considerarlo scontato, senza alcun dubbio, che anche tu sia altrettanto felice, vero? Sì, lo so di poterlo pensare. Perché, se so che io sarò felice, come posso non credere che lo sarai anche tu? Tu che sei così molto più forte, più deciso, più ragionevole e più generoso di me.”

“Zitta!” disse suo marito, “Non posso sentire queste cose. Avete tutti torto su questo punto, anche se per il resto avete perfettamente ragione. Ora devo comunicarvi una notizia, che avrei potuto dirvi stasera presto. Ho forti motivi per credere con certezza che i nostri introiti non diminuiranno mai rispetto a quelli attuali.”

Avrebbe potuto mostrare un maggiore interesse per l’intelligenza; ma era tornata all’indagine su quel bottone del cappotto che aveva attirato la sua attenzione poche ore prima, e sembrava quasi non prestare ascolto a ciò che lui diceva.

“E ora finalmente siamo arrivati alla fine di tutto questo,” esclamò suo marito, rincuorandola, “e questa è la ragione per cui sei diventata così seria?”

“Mai, caro,” disse Bella, girando il bottone e scuotendo la testa, “non era questo.”

“Allora, Signore, benedite questa mia piccola moglie, c’è ancora una Quarta cosa!” esclamò John.

“Questo mi ha un po’ preoccupato, e lo stesso vale per la seconda cosa,” disse Bella, impegnata con il bottone, “ma si trattava di una gravità del tutto diversa, una gravità molto più profonda e silenziosa, di quella di cui ho parlato a John caro.”

Mentre lui abbassava il viso verso il suo, lei alzò il proprio per incontrarlo e posò la sua piccola mano destra sugli occhi di lui, tenendola lì.

“Ricordi, John, il giorno in cui ci siamo sposati? Papà parlava delle navi che forse stavano navigando verso di noi, provenienti da mari sconosciuti, ”

“Perfettamente, mio caro!”

“Penso, tra di loro, ci sia una nave sull’oceano, che porterà, a te e a me, un piccolo bambino, John.”

Chapter 6

A CRY FOR HELP

The Paper Mill had stopped work for the night, and the paths and roads in its neighbourhood were sprinkled with clusters of people going home from their day’s labour in it. There were men, women, and children in the groups, and there was no want of lively colour to flutter in the gentle evening wind. The mingling of various voices and the sound of laughter made a cheerful impression upon the ear, analogous to that of the fluttering colours upon the eye. Into the sheet of water reflecting the flushed sky in the foreground of the living picture, a knot of urchins were casting stones, and watching the expansion of the rippling circles. So, in the rosy evening, one might watch the ever-widening beauty of the landscape—beyond the newly-released workers wending home—beyond the silver river—beyond the deep green fields of corn, so prospering, that the loiterers in their narrow threads of pathway seemed to float immersed breast-high—beyond the hedgerows and the clumps of trees—beyond the windmills on the ridge—away to where the sky appeared to meet the earth, as if there were no immensity of space between mankind and Heaven.

It was a Saturday evening, and at such a time the village dogs, always much more interested in the doings of humanity than in the affairs of their own species, were particularly active. At the general shop, at the butcher’s and at the public-house, they evinced an inquiring spirit never to be satiated. Their especial interest in the public-house would seem to imply some latent rakishness in the canine character; for little was eaten there, and they, having no taste for beer or tobacco (Mrs Hubbard’s dog is said to have smoked, but proof is wanting), could only have been attracted by sympathy with loose convivial habits. Moreover, a most wretched fiddle played within; a fiddle so unutterably vile, that one lean long-bodied cur, with a better ear than the rest, found himself under compulsion at intervals to go round the corner and howl. Yet, even he returned to the public-house on each occasion with the tenacity of a confirmed drunkard.

Fearful to relate, there was even a sort of little Fair in the village. Some despairing gingerbread that had been vainly trying to dispose of itself all over the country, and had cast a quantity of dust upon its head in its mortification, again appealed to the public from an infirm booth. So did a heap of nuts, long, long exiled from Barcelona, and yet speaking English so indifferently as to call fourteen of themselves a pint. A Peep-show which had originally started with the Battle of Waterloo, and had since made it every other battle of later date by altering the Duke of Wellington’s nose, tempted the student of illustrated history. A Fat Lady, perhaps in part sustained upon postponed pork, her professional associate being a Learned Pig, displayed her life-size picture in a low dress as she appeared when presented at Court, several yards round. All this was a vicious spectacle as any poor idea of amusement on the part of the rougher hewers of wood and drawers of water in this land of England ever is and shall be. They MUST NOT vary the rheumatism with amusement. They may vary it with fever and ague, or with as many rheumatic variations as they have joints; but positively not with entertainment after their own manner.

The various sounds arising from this scene of depravity, and floating away into the still evening air, made the evening, at any point which they just reached fitfully, mellowed by the distance, more still by contrast. Such was the stillness of the evening to Eugene Wrayburn, as he walked by the river with his hands behind him.

He walked slowly, and with the measured step and preoccupied air of one who was waiting. He walked between the two points, an osier-bed at this end and some floating lilies at that, and at each point stopped and looked expectantly in one direction.

‘It is very quiet,’ said he.

It was very quiet. Some sheep were grazing on the grass by the river-side, and it seemed to him that he had never before heard the crisp tearing sound with which they cropped it. He stopped idly, and looked at them.

‘You are stupid enough, I suppose. But if you are clever enough to get through life tolerably to your satisfaction, you have got the better of me, Man as I am, and Mutton as you are!’

A rustle in a field beyond the hedge attracted his attention. ‘What’s here to do?’ he asked himself leisurely going towards the gate and looking over. ‘No jealous paper-miller? No pleasures of the chase in this part of the country? Mostly fishing hereabouts!’

The field had been newly mown, and there were yet the marks of the scythe on the yellow-green ground, and the track of wheels where the hay had been carried. Following the tracks with his eyes, the view closed with the new hayrick in a corner.

Now, if he had gone on to the hayrick, and gone round it? But, say that the event was to be, as the event fell out, and how idle are such suppositions! Besides, if he had gone; what is there of warning in a Bargeman lying on his face?

‘A bird flying to the hedge,’ was all he thought about it; and came back, and resumed his walk.

‘If I had not a reliance on her being truthful,’ said Eugene, after taking some half-dozen turns, ‘I should begin to think she had given me the slip for the second time. But she promised, and she is a girl of her word.’

Turning again at the water-lilies, he saw her coming, and advanced to meet her.

‘I was saying to myself, Lizzie, that you were sure to come, though you were late.’

‘I had to linger through the village as if I had no object before me, and I had to speak to several people in passing along, Mr Wrayburn.’

‘Are the lads of the village—and the ladies—such scandal-mongers?’ he asked, as he took her hand and drew it through his arm.

Capitolo 6

Aiuto!

La cartiera aveva interrotto il lavoro per la notte, e i sentieri e le strade dei dintorni erano pieni di gruppi di persone che tornavano a casa dopo una giornata di lavoro lì. Tra quei gruppi c’erano uomini, donne e bambini; non mancava certo il colore vivace che ondeggiava nella dolce brezza serale. Il miscuglio di voci diverse e il suono delle risate creavano un’impressione allegra per l’orecchio, simile a quella che i colori vivaci suscitavano negli occhi. Nella superficie dell’acqua che rifletteva il cielo arrossato in primo piano di questa “pittura vivente”, un gruppo di riccioli gettava pietre, osservando l’allargarsi delle onde che si propagavano. Così, nella serata rossastra, si poteva ammirare l’bellezza sempre più vasta del paesaggio: oltre i lavoratori che tornavano a casa, oltre il fiume argenteo, oltre i campi di mais di un verde intenso e rigoglioso. I passanti, lungo i sentieri stretti, sembravano galleggiare, con il petto immerso nell’acqua; oltre gli arbusti e i gruppi di alberi, oltre i mulini a vento sulle colline. Lontano, fino a dove il cielo pareva incontrare la terra, come se non esistesse alcuna vastità tra l’uomo e il Cielo.

Era una sera di sabato, e a quell’ora i cani del villaggio, sempre molto più interessati alle attività umane che ai fatti della loro stessa specie, erano particolarmente attivi. Al negozio generale, al macellaio e alla locanda pubblica, mostravano un interesse insaziabile. Il loro particolare interesse per la locanda sembrava implicare una sorta di lussuria latente nel carattere canino; infatti, lì si mangiava molto poco, e poiché non avevano alcun gusto per la birra o il tabacco (si dice che il cane della signora Hubbard avesse fumato, ma mancano prove), dovevano essere attratti soltanto dalle abitudini conviviali disordinate degli esseri umani. Inoltre, all’interno si suonava una fisarmonica terribilmente scadente; tanto che un cane snello e allungato, con un orecchio più acuto degli altri, era costretto di andare ogni tanto dietro l’angolo per ululare. Eppure, ogni volta tornava alla locanda con la tenacia di un alcolizzato incallito.

Terribile da raccontare. Nel villaggio c’era persino una sorta di piccola fiera. Alcuni biscotti di pan di zenzero, che avevano inutilmente cercato di sbarazzarsi di sé in tutto il paese e, nella loro disperazione, si erano coperti la testa di polvere, chiedevano nuovamente l’attenzione del pubblico da un banchetto malandato. Lo stesso valeva per un mucchio di noci, a lungo esiliate da Barcellona, eppure capaci di parlare inglese con tale indifferenza da definirsi “una pinta” in quattordici. C’era anche uno spettacolo di figure umane che, partendo dalla Battaglia di Waterloo, aveva poi aggiornato le sue rappresentazioni includendo altre battaglie più recenti, modificando il naso del Duca di Wellington. Un vero e proprio spettacolo disgustoso. Quanto poco possa essere divertente, per le persone semplici di questa terra d’Inghilterra, qualsiasi forma di intrattenimento concepita da loro stessi. Non possono certo “variare il reumatismo” con divertimenti. Possono farlo con febbre o malattie, ma assolutamente non con forme di intrattenimento create secondo i loro gusti.

I vari suoni che provenivano da questa scena di depravazione, e che si diffondevano nell’aria tranquilla della sera, rendevano quella stessa serata, nei punti in cui quei suoni raggiungevano, più dolce per via della distanza, e ancora più silenziosa per contrasto. Ecco la quiete di quella sera per Eugene Wrayburn, mentre camminava lungo il >fiume con le mani dietro la schiena.

Camminava lentamente, con passi misurati e un’espressione assorta, come chi stesse aspettando qualcosa. Attraversò quei due punti: da un lato c’era un letto di salici, dall’altro alcune ninfee galleggianti sull’acqua; a ogni passo si fermava e guardava con attesa in una determinata direzione.

“È molto tranquillo,” disse lui.

C’era molto silenzio. Alcune pecore pascolavano sull’erba lungo la riva del fiume, e gli sembrò di non aver mai prima sentito quel suono croccante che producevano masticando l’erba. Si fermò e le osservò.

“Suppongo che tu sia abbastanza stupido. Ma se sei abbastanza intelligente da cavartela nella vita in modo soddisfacente per te stesso, allora hai vinto su di me: io, come uomo che sono, e tu, come ‘maiale’ che sei, ”

Un fruscio in un campo al di là della siepe attirò la sua attenzione. “Cosa ci sarà mai qui?” si chiese con calma, dirigendosi verso il cancello e guardando intorno. “Nessun fabbricante di carta geloso. Niente divertimenti legati alla caccia in questa zona della campagna? Qui intorno si fa soprattutto pesca, ”

Il campo era stato appena falciato; sul terreno giallo-verde si vedevano ancora le tracce della falce, nonché le orme delle ruote dove il fieno era stato trasportato. Seguendo con lo sguardo quelle tracce, la vista si fermava su un nuovo mucchio di fieno in un angolo del campo.

Ora, se fosse andato fino al mucchio di paglia e lo avesse circondato. Ma supponiamo che ciò dovesse accadere, proprio come poi è successo: quali sciocche ipotesi! Inoltre, anche se ci fosse andato. Cosa potrebbe significare il fatto che un mercante di paglia giaccia a faccia in giù?

“Un uccello che vola verso la siepe, ”, fu tutto ciò a cui pensò; poi tornò indietro e riprese a camminare.

“Se non avessi la certezza che lei dica la verità,” disse Eugene, dopo aver girato più volte intorno al luogo dell’incontro, “incomincerei a pensare che mi abbia ingannato per la seconda volta. Ma lei ha promesso, e è una ragazza di parola.”

Voltandosi di nuovo verso i lillà d’acqua, la vide avvicinarsi e le andò incontro.

“Stavo pensando tra me e me: ‘Lizzie, sicuramente saresti arrivata, anche se eri in ritardo’.”

“Dovevo aggirare il villaggio come se non avessi alcun obiettivo davanti a me, e dovevo parlare con diverse persone lungo la strada, signor Wrayburn.”

“Sono davvero tutti questi ragazzi del villaggio – e anche le ragazze – persone che amano spargere pettegolezzi?” chiese, prendendola per la mano e facendola passare sotto il suo braccio.

She submitted to walk slowly on, with downcast eyes. He put her hand to his lips, and she quietly drew it away.

‘Will you walk beside me, Mr Wrayburn, and not touch me?’ For, his arm was already stealing round her waist.

She stopped again, and gave him an earnest supplicating look. ‘Well, Lizzie, well!’ said he, in an easy way though ill at ease with himself ‘don’t be unhappy, don’t be reproachful.’

‘I cannot help being unhappy, but I do not mean to be reproachful. Mr Wrayburn, I implore you to go away from this neighbourhood, to-morrow morning.’

‘Lizzie, Lizzie, Lizzie!’ he remonstrated. ‘As well be reproachful as wholly unreasonable. I can’t go away.’

‘Why not?’

Faith!’ said Eugene in his airily candid manner. ‘Because you won’t let me. Mind! I don’t mean to be reproachful either. I don’t complain that you design to keep me here. But you do it, you do it.’

‘Will you walk beside me, and not touch me;’ for, his arm was coming about her again; ‘while I speak to you very seriously, Mr Wrayburn?’

‘I will do anything within the limits of possibility, for you, Lizzie,’ he answered with pleasant gaiety as he folded his arms. ‘See here! Napoleon Buonaparte at St Helena.’

‘When you spoke to me as I came from the Mill the night before last,’ said Lizzie, fixing her eyes upon him with the look of supplication which troubled his better nature, ‘you told me that you were much surprised to see me, and that you were on a solitary fishing excursion. Was it true?’

‘It was not,’ replied Eugene composedly, ‘in the least true. I came here, because I had information that I should find you here.’

‘Can you imagine why I left London, Mr Wrayburn?’

‘I am afraid, Lizzie,’ he openly answered, ‘that you left London to get rid of me. It is not flattering to my self-love, but I am afraid you did.’

‘I did.’

‘How could you be so cruel?’

‘O Mr Wrayburn,’ she answered, suddenly breaking into tears, ‘is the cruelty on my side! O Mr Wrayburn, Mr Wrayburn, is there no cruelty in your being here to-night!’

‘In the name of all that’s good—and that is not conjuring you in my own name, for Heaven knows I am not good’—said Eugene, ‘don’t be distressed!’

‘What else can I be, when I know the distance and the difference between us? What else can I be, when to tell me why you came here, is to put me to shame!’ said Lizzie, covering her face.

He looked at her with a real sentiment of remorseful tenderness and pity. It was not strong enough to impell him to sacrifice himself and spare her, but it was a strong emotion.

‘Lizzie! I never thought before, that there was a woman in the world who could affect me so much by saying so little. But don’t be hard in your construction of me. You don’t know what my state of mind towards you is. You don’t know how you haunt me and bewilder me. You don’t know how the cursed carelessness that is over-officious in helping me at every other turning of my life, WON’T help me here. You have struck it dead, I think, and I sometimes almost wish you had struck me dead along with it.’

She had not been prepared for such passionate expressions, and they awakened some natural sparks of feminine pride and joy in her breast. To consider, wrong as he was, that he could care so much for her, and that she had the power to move him so!

‘It grieves you to see me distressed, Mr Wrayburn; it grieves me to see you distressed. I don’t reproach you. Indeed I don’t reproach you. You have not felt this as I feel it, being so different from me, and beginning from another point of view. You have not thought. But I entreat you to think now, think now!’

‘What am I to think of?’ asked Eugene, bitterly.

‘Think of me.’

‘Tell me how NOT to think of you, Lizzie, and you’ll change me altogether.’

‘I don’t mean in that way. Think of me, as belonging to another station, and quite cut off from you in honour. Remember that I have no protector near me, unless I have one in your noble heart. Respect my good name. If you feel towards me, in one particular, as you might if I was a lady, give me the full claims of a lady upon your generous behaviour. I am removed from you and your family by being a working girl. How true a gentleman to be as considerate of me as if I was removed by being a Queen!’

He would have been base indeed to have stood untouched by her appeal. His face expressed contrition and indecision as he asked:

‘Have I injured you so much, Lizzie?’

‘No, no. You may set me quite right. I don’t speak of the past, Mr Wrayburn, but of the present and the future. Are we not here now, because through two days you have followed me so closely where there are so many eyes to see you, that I consented to this appointment as an escape?’

‘Again, not very flattering to my self-love,’ said Eugene, moodily; ‘but yes. Yes. Yes.’

‘Then I beseech you, Mr Wrayburn, I beg and pray you, leave this neighbourhood. If you do not, consider to what you will drive me.’

He did consider within himself for a moment or two, and then retorted, ‘Drive you? To what shall I drive you, Lizzie?’

‘You will drive me away. I live here peacefully and respected, and I am well employed here. You will force me to quit this place as I quitted London, and—by following me again—will force me to quit the next place in which I may find refuge, as I quitted this.’

‘Are you so determined, Lizzie—forgive the word I am going to use, for its literal truth—to fly from a lover?’

‘I am so determined,’ she answered resolutely, though trembling, ‘to fly from such a lover. There was a poor woman died here but a little while ago, scores of years older than I am, whom I found by chance, lying on the wet earth. You may have heard some account of her?’

‘I think I have,’ he answered, ‘if her name was Higden.’

‘Her name was Higden. Though she was so weak and old, she kept true to one purpose to the very last. Even at the very last, she made me promise that her purpose should be kept to, after she was dead, so settled was her determination. What she did, I can do. Mr Wrayburn, if I believed—but I do not believe—that you could be so cruel to me as to drive me from place to place to wear me out, you should drive me to death and not do it.’

Si arrese a camminare lentamente, con lo sguardo basso. Lui posò la sua mano sulle sue labbra, ma lei la ritirò silenziosamente.

“Verrà a camminare al mio fianco, signor Wrayburn, senza toccarmi?” Perché il suo braccio stava già avvolgendosi intorno alla sua vita.

Si fermò di nuovo e gli rivolse uno sguardo sincero e supplicante. “Dai, Lizzie, ” disse lui con tono rilassato, anche se in realtà si sentiva a disagio, “Non essere triste, non essere rimproverativa.”

“Non posso fare a meno di essere infelice, ma non intendo essere accusatoria. Signor Wrayburn, la prego di allontanarsi da questo quartiere, domani mattina.”

“Lizzie, Lizzie, Lizzie!” le rimproverò. “Anche se fosse del tutto irragionevole, non potrei comunque andarmene.”

“Perché no?”

“‘Faith!’” disse Eugene con quel suo tono spensieratamente sincero. “Perché non mi lasci andare. Attenzione! Non voglio certo sembrare accusatorio. Non mi lamento del fatto che tu intenda tenermi qui. Ma lo fai davvero, lo fai.”

“Vorrai camminare al mio fianco senza toccarmi, ”, perché il suo braccio stava di nuovo avvolgendola; “mentre ti parlo molto seriamente, signor Wrayburn?”

“Farò qualsiasi cosa entro i limiti della possibilità, per te, Lizzie,” rispose con piacevole allegria, incrociando le braccia. “Guarda qui! Napoleone Buonaparte a St Helena.”

“Quando mi hai parlato la notte scorsa, mentre tornavo dal mulino,” disse Lizzie, fissandolo con uno sguardo supplichevole che turbava la sua natura più gentile, “mi hai detto di essere molto sorpreso di vedermi e che eri in una gita di pesca da solo. Era vero?”

“Non era affatto vero,” rispose Eugene con calma, “Assolutamente no. Sono venuto qui perché avevo informazioni che mi indicavano proprio in questo posto per trovarti.”

“Riesce a immaginare perché ho lasciato Londra, signor Wrayburn?”

“Temo, Lizzie,” rispose apertamente, “che tu abbia lasciato Londra per sbarazzarti di me. Non è lusinghiero per il mio amor proprio, ma temo che sia proprio così.”

“Lo ho fatto.”

“Come puoi essere così crudele?”

“Oh, signor Wrayburn,” rispose lei, improvvisamente scoppiando in lacrime, “è forse la mia crudeltà il problema. Oh, signor Wrayburn, signor Wrayburn, non c’è forse alcuna crudeltà nel fatto che siate qui, a quest’ora di notte, ”

“Nel nome di tutto ciò che è buono, e che non ha nulla a che fare con il mio nome personale, perché Dio sa bene che io non sono buono, ” disse Eugene, “non angosciarti!”

“Cosa altro posso essere, se conosco la distanza e la differenza che c’è tra di noi? Cosa altro posso essere, se sapere il motivo per cui sei venuto qui significa solo mettermi in imbarazzo!”, disse Lizzie, coprendosi il viso.

La guardò con un vero sentimento di tenerezza e compassione piena di rimorso. Non era abbastanza forte da spingerlo a sacrificarsi per salvarla, ma era sicuramente un’emozione intensa.

‘Lizzie! Non avrei mai pensato che esistesse una donna al mondo capace di influenzarmi così tanto con poche parole. Ma non giudicarmi troppo severamente. Non sai quale sia il mio stato d’animo nei tuoi confronti. Non sai quanto tu mi perseguiti e mi confonda. Quella maledetta superficialità, quella premura eccessiva che cerca sempre di aiutarmi in ogni momento della mia vita, in questo caso, non mi aiuterà affatto. Penso che tu l’abbia distrutta del tutto. A volte, quasi desidererei che tu avessi distrutto anche me insieme a essa.’

Non era preparata ad affrontare tali espressioni appassionate; esse risvegliarono in lei alcune naturali scintille di orgoglio e gioia femminile. Pensare che, nonostante i suoi errori, lui potesse provare per lei un tale affetto, e che lei avesse il potere di commuoverlo a tal punto!

“Vi addolora vedermi in preda alla angoscia, signor Wrayburn; mi addolora vedere voi in preda alla angoscia. Non vi rimprovero. Davvero non vi rimprovero. Voi non avete provato ciò che provo io, essendo così diverso da me e partendo da un altro punto di vista. Non avete riflettuto. Ma vi supplico: riflettete ora, riflettete subito!”

“Cosa dovrei pensare?” chiese Eugene, con amarezza.

“Pensa a me.”

“Dimmi come non pensare a te, Lizzie, e tu mi cambierai completamente.”

“Non intendo dire questo. Pensami come se appartenessi a un’altra cerchia, completamente separata da te per motivi di onore. Ricorda che non ho nessuno che mi protegga, a meno che tu non lo faccia con il tuo nobile cuore. Rispetta la mia reputazione. Se provi per me qualcosa di simile a ciò che potresti provare per una signora, concedimi allora i diritti che spettano a una signora nel tuo comportamento generoso. Essendo una ragazza lavoratrice, sono lontana da te e dalla tua famiglia. Che gentiluomo è davvero, a prendersi cura di me come se fossi una Regina!”

Sarebbe stato davvero insensato non essere rimasto commosso dal suo appello. Il suo viso esprimeva rimorso e incertezza mentre chiedeva:

“Ti ho fatto così male, Lizzie?”

“No, no. Potete tranquillamente correggermi. Non sto parlando del passato, signor Wrayburn, ma del presente e del futuro. Non siamo forse qui proprio perché, in questi due giorni, mi avete seguito così da vicino in un luogo dove ci sono tanti occhi che possono vedervi, tanto che ho acconsentito a questo appuntamento come a una via di fuga?”

“Di nuovo, non è molto lusinghiero per il mio amore verso me stesso,” disse Eugene, in tono malinconico; “ma sì. Sì.”

“Allora vi supplico, signor Wrayburn, vi prego davvero di lasciare questo quartiere. Se non lo farete, pensate a cosa mi costringerete a fare.”

Ci pensò per un momento o due, poi rispose:
“Portarti via? Dove dovrei portarti via, Lizzie?”

“Mi costringerai ad andarmene. Vivo qui in pace e rispetto, e ho un lavoro buono qui. Mi obbligherai a lasciare questo posto, proprio come ho dovuto lasciare Londra; e seguendomi di nuovo, mi costringerai ad abbandonare anche il prossimo luogo in cui potrei trovare rifugio.”

“Sei davvero così decisa, Lizzie, perdonami se uso questa parola, ma per la sua letterale verità, a lasciare un amante?”

“Sono così decisa,” rispose lei con determinazione, anche se tremava, “a allontanarmi da un tale amante. Poco tempo fa è morta qui una povera donna, molto più anziana di me; l’ho trovata per caso, distesa sulla terra bagnata. Forse avete sentito parlare di lei, ”

“Credo di sì,” rispose, “se il suo nome fosse Higden.”

Si chiamava Higden. Anche se era così debole e anziana, rimase fedele a un solo scopo fino alla fine. Persino all’ultimo momento, mi fece promettere che quel suo scopo sarebbe stato portato avanti anche dopo la sua morte; la sua determinazione era davvero incrollabile. Quello che lei ha fatto, io posso farlo anch’io. Signor Wrayburn, se credessi, ma non ci credo, che potreste essere così crudeli da costringermi a viaggiare da un posto all’altro fino a consumarmi completamente, vi supplico: portatemi alla morte, ma fatelo.

He looked full at her handsome face, and in his own handsome face there was a light of blended admiration, anger, and reproach, which she—who loved him so in secret whose heart had long been so full, and he the cause of its overflowing—drooped before. She tried hard to retain her firmness, but he saw it melting away under his eyes. In the moment of its dissolution, and of his first full knowledge of his influence upon her, she dropped, and he caught her on his arm.

‘Lizzie! Rest so a moment. Answer what I ask you. If I had not been what you call removed from you and cut off from you, would you have made this appeal to me to leave you?’

‘I don’t know, I don’t know. Don’t ask me, Mr Wrayburn. Let me go back.’

‘I swear to you, Lizzie, you shall go directly. I swear to you, you shall go alone. I’ll not accompany you, I’ll not follow you, if you will reply.’

‘How can I, Mr Wrayburn? How can I tell you what I should have done, if you had not been what you are?’

‘If I had not been what you make me out to be,’ he struck in, skilfully changing the form of words, ‘would you still have hated me?’

‘O Mr Wrayburn,’ she replied appealingly, and weeping, ‘you know me better than to think I do!’

‘If I had not been what you make me out to be, Lizzie, would you still have been indifferent to me?’

‘O Mr Wrayburn,’ she answered as before, ‘you know me better than that too!’

There was something in the attitude of her whole figure as he supported it, and she hung her head, which besought him to be merciful and not force her to disclose her heart. He was not merciful with her, and he made her do it.

‘If I know you better than quite to believe (unfortunate dog though I am!) that you hate me, or even that you are wholly indifferent to me, Lizzie, let me know so much more from yourself before we separate. Let me know how you would have dealt with me if you had regarded me as being what you would have considered on equal terms with you.’

‘It is impossible, Mr Wrayburn. How can I think of you as being on equal terms with me? If my mind could put you on equal terms with me, you could not be yourself. How could I remember, then, the night when I first saw you, and when I went out of the room because you looked at me so attentively? Or, the night that passed into the morning when you broke to me that my father was dead? Or, the nights when you used to come to see me at my next home? Or, your having known how uninstructed I was, and having caused me to be taught better? Or, my having so looked up to you and wondered at you, and at first thought you so good to be at all mindful of me?’

‘Only “at first” thought me so good, Lizzie? What did you think me after “at first”? So bad?’

‘I don’t say that. I don’t mean that. But after the first wonder and pleasure of being noticed by one so different from any one who had ever spoken to me, I began to feel that it might have been better if I had never seen you.’

‘Why?’

‘Because you WERE so different,’ she answered in a lower voice. ‘Because it was so endless, so hopeless. Spare me!’

‘Did you think for me at all, Lizzie?’ he asked, as if he were a little stung.

‘Not much, Mr Wrayburn. Not much until to-night.’

‘Will you tell me why?’

‘I never supposed until to-night that you needed to be thought for. But if you do need to be; if you do truly feel at heart that you have indeed been towards me what you have called yourself to-night, and that there is nothing for us in this life but separation; then Heaven help you, and Heaven bless you!’

The purity with which in these words she expressed something of her own love and her own suffering, made a deep impression on him for the passing time. He held her, almost as if she were sanctified to him by death, and kissed her, once, almost as he might have kissed the dead.

‘I promised that I would not accompany you, nor follow you. Shall I keep you in view? You have been agitated, and it’s growing dark.’

‘I am used to be out alone at this hour, and I entreat you not to do so.’

‘I promise. I can bring myself to promise nothing more tonight, Lizzie, except that I will try what I can do.’

‘There is but one means, Mr Wrayburn, of sparing yourself and of sparing me, every way. Leave this neighbourhood to-morrow morning.’

‘I will try.’

As he spoke the words in a grave voice, she put her hand in his, removed it, and went away by the river-side.

‘Now, could Mortimer believe this?’ murmured Eugene, still remaining, after a while, where she had left him. ‘Can I even believe it myself?’

He referred to the circumstance that there were tears upon his hand, as he stood covering his eyes. ‘A most ridiculous position this, to be found out in!’ was his next thought. And his next struck its root in a little rising resentment against the cause of the tears.

‘Yet I have gained a wonderful power over her, too, let her be as much in earnest as she will!’

The reflection brought back the yielding of her face and form as she had drooped under his gaze. Contemplating the reproduction, he seemed to see, for the second time, in the appeal and in the confession of weakness, a little fear.

‘And she loves me. And so earnest a character must be very earnest in that passion. She cannot choose for herself to be strong in this fancy, wavering in that, and weak in the other. She must go through with her nature, as I must go through with mine. If mine exacts its pains and penalties all round, so must hers, I suppose.’

Pursuing the inquiry into his own nature, he thought, ‘Now, if I married her. If, outfacing the absurdity of the situation in correspondence with M. R. F., I astonished M. R. F. to the utmost extent of his respected powers, by informing him that I had married her, how would M. R. F. reason with the legal mind? “You wouldn’t marry for some money and some station, because you were frightfully likely to become bored. Are you less frightfully likely to become bored, marrying for no money and no station? Are you sure of yourself?” Legal mind, in spite of forensic protestations, must secretly admit, “Good reasoning on the part of M. R. F. NOT sure of myself.”’

La guardò attentamente nel suo bel viso, e sul proprio bel volto si leggeva un’espressione di ammirazione, rabbia e rimprovero mescolati insieme. Lei, che lo amava così segretamente e il cui cuore da tempo era pieno di sentimenti, lei che lui stesso ne era la causa, si abbassò davanti a lui. Tentò disperatamente di mantenere la sua fermezza, ma lui vide come questa svanisse sotto i suoi occhi. Nel momento in cui essa scomparve, e quando finalmente comprese appieno l’influenza che aveva su di lei, lei cadde, e lui la afferrò per il braccio.

“Lizzie! Fermati un attimo. Rispondi alle mie domande. Se non fossi stato ciò che tu definisci ‘lontano da te’ e ‘tagliato fuori da te’, avresti mai fatto questo appello affinché ti lasciassi?”

“Non lo so, non lo so. Non chiedermelo, signor Wrayburn. Lasciami andare.”

“Giuro su di te, Lizzie, devi andare subito. Giuro su di te, devi andare da sola. Non ti accompagnerò, non ti seguirò. Se vuoi, rispondimi.”

“Come potrei farlo, signor Wrayburn? Come potrei dirvi cosa avrei dovuto fare, se non foste stato ciò che siete?”

“Se non fossi quello che voi mi fate essere,” intervenne lui, cambiando abilmente la forma delle parole, “mi odiereste ancora?”

“Oh, signor Wrayburn,” rispose lei con tono supplichevole e piangendo, “voi mi conoscete meglio di quanto possiate pensare che io lo faccia!”

“Se non fossi stato ciò che tu mi fai essere, Lizzie, saresti ancora stata indifferente verso di me?”

“Mio caro signor Wrayburn”, rispose come prima, “voi mi conoscete meglio di così!”

C’era qualcosa nell’atteggiamento di tutto il suo corpo mentre lui la sosteneva; lei abbassava la testa, come se lo invitasse a essere misericordioso e a non costringerla a rivelare i suoi sentimenti. Lui però non fu misericordioso con lei e la costrinse comunque a farlo.

“Se ti conosco abbastanza bene da poter credere (anche se sono un povero disgraziato, ) che tu mi odi, o addirittura che tu sia completamente indifferente nei miei confronti, Lizzie, dimmelo chiaramente prima che ci separiamo. Dimmi come avresti agito con me se mi avessi considerato una persona alla tua stessa pari.”

‘È impossibile, signor Wrayburn. Come potrei pensare a voi come a qualcuno che sia allo stesso livello mio? Se la mia mente riuscisse davvero a considerarvi alla mia stessa altezza, allora non sareste più voi stessi. Come potrei ricordare, dunque, quella notte in cui vi ho visto per la prima volta e sono uscita dalla stanza perché mi guardavate con tale attenzione? O quella notte che si è trasformata in alba, quando mi avete comunicato la morte di mio padre? O tutte quelle notti in cui venivate a trovarmi nel mio nuovo casa? O il fatto che sapevate quanto fossi ignorante e abbiate fatto in modo che ricevessi un’educazione migliore? O il modo in cui vi ammiravo così tanto, meravigliandomi di voi. E pensando, all’inizio, quanto foste gentili nel preoccuparvi di me?’

“Solo all’inizio pensavi che fossi così brava, Lizzie? E dopo, cosa hai pensato di me? Che fossi così cattiva?”

‘Non sto dicendo questo. Non intendo dire questo. Ma dopo la prima meraviglia e il piacere di essere notato da qualcuno così diverso da tutte le persone che mi avevano mai parlato, ho iniziato a pensare che forse sarebbe stato meglio se non ti avessi mai incontrato.’

“Perché?”

“Perché eri così diverso,” rispose lei a voce più bassa. “Perché era tutto così senza fine, così disperato. Lasciami stare!”

“Hai pensato affatto a me, Lizzie?”, chiese lui, come se fosse un po’ offeso.

“Niente di particolare, signor Wrayburn. Niente fino a stasera.”

“Mi spiegherai il motivo?”

“Non avrei mai pensato, fino a questa notte, che tu avessi bisogno di qualcuno che si preoccupasse per te. Ma se davvero ne hai bisogno; se nel tuo cuore senti davvero di avermi trattato con tutto ciò che ritieni sia giusto, e se in questa vita non c’è altro per noi se non la separazione, allora che il Cielo ti aiuti e ti benedica!”

La purezza con cui, in queste parole, lei esprimeva una parte del proprio amore e della propria sofferenza, gli lasciò un’impressione profonda per tutto il tempo che seguì. La tenne tra le braccia, come se fosse stata santificata per lui dalla )morte, e la baciò una volta, quasi come avesse potuto baciare i morti.

“Ho promesso di non accompagnarti né seguirti. Devo tenerti d’occhio? Sei agitato, e sta facendo buio.”

Sono abituato a stare fuori da solo a quest’ora, e ti prego di non farlo.

“Te lo prometto. Posso prometterti soltanto che stasera non farò nulla di più, Lizzie, tranne che proverò tutto ciò che è in mio potere.”

“C’è un solo modo, signor Wrayburn, per risparmiare sia voi che me, in ogni senso: lasciate questa zona domani mattina.”

“Proverò.”

Mentre pronunciava quelle parole con una voce triste, lei mise la sua mano nella sua, poi la ritirò e se ne andò lungo il bordo del fiume.

“Ora, riuscirebbe Mortimer a crederci?” mormorò Eugene, rimanendo ancora lì dove lei lo aveva lasciato. “Riuscirò io stesso a crederci?”

Si riferì alla circostanza che ci fossero lacrime sulle sue mani, mentre si teneva le palpebre con una mano. “Che situazione assurda, essere scoperto in questo modo!” fu il suo pensiero successivo. E quel pensiero diede origine a un leggero risentimento verso la causa di quelle lacrime.

“Eppure ho anche io acquisito un potere meraviglioso su di lei. Che sia seria quanto vuole!”

Il riflesso riportava alla luce i tratti del suo viso e della sua figura mentre si piegava sotto il suo sguardo. Contemplando quella rappresentazione, sembrò vedere, per la seconda volta, nell’attrattiva e nella confessione di debolezza, un leggero segno di paura.

‘E lei mi ama. Una persona così sincera e appassionata deve sicuramente essere molto determinata in quel sentimento. Non può scegliere di essere forte in un aspetto, incerta in un altro e debole in ancora un altro. Deve seguire la sua natura, proprio come io devo seguire la mia. Se la mia natura richiede sofferenze e conseguenze in ogni ambito, immagino che la stessa cosa valga per la sua.’

Continuando a indagare sulla propria natura, pensò: “Ora, se la sposassi. Se, ignorando l’assurdità della situazione e in accordo con M. R. F., lo sorprendessi comunicandogli che l’ho sposata, come reagirebbe M. R. F. con il suo modo di pensare legale? ‘Non saresti certo sceso a sposarla per dei soldi o una posizione sociale, visto che molto probabilmente ti annoieresti. Ma non è forse altrettanto probabile che ti annoieresti anche senza nulla in cambio? Sei davvero sicuro di te?’ Nonostante le proteste legali, nel profondo del cuore si deve ammettere: ‘Buon ragionamento da parte di M. R. F. Ma io non sono sicuro di me.’”

In the very act of calling this tone of levity to his aid, he felt it to be profligate and worthless, and asserted her against it.

‘And yet,’ said Eugene, ‘I should like to see the fellow (Mortimer excepted) who would undertake to tell me that this was not a real sentiment on my part, won out of me by her beauty and her worth, in spite of myself, and that I would not be true to her. I should particularly like to see the fellow to-night who would tell me so, or who would tell me anything that could be construed to her disadvantage; for I am wearily out of sorts with one Wrayburn who cuts a sorry figure, and I would far rather be out of sorts with somebody else. “Eugene, Eugene, Eugene, this is a bad business.” Ah! So go the Mortimer Lightwood bells, and they sound melancholy to-night.’

Strolling on, he thought of something else to take himself to task for. ‘Where is the analogy, Brute Beast,’ he said impatiently, ‘between a woman whom your father coolly finds out for you and a woman whom you have found out for yourself, and have ever drifted after with more and more of constancy since you first set eyes upon her? Ass! Can you reason no better than that?’

But, again he subsided into a reminiscence of his first full knowledge of his power just now, and of her disclosure of her heart. To try no more to go away, and to try her again, was the reckless conclusion it turned uppermost. And yet again, ‘Eugene, Eugene, Eugene, this is a bad business!’ And, ‘I wish I could stop the Lightwood peal, for it sounds like a knell.’

Looking above, he found that the young moon was up, and that the stars were beginning to shine in the sky from which the tones of red and yellow were flickering out, in favour of the calm blue of a summer night. He was still by the river-side. Turning suddenly, he met a man, so close upon him that Eugene, surprised, stepped back, to avoid a collision. The man carried something over his shoulder which might have been a broken oar, or spar, or bar, and took no notice of him, but passed on.

‘Halloa, friend!’ said Eugene, calling after him, ‘are you blind?’

The man made no reply, but went his way.

Eugene Wrayburn went the opposite way, with his hands behind him and his purpose in his thoughts. He passed the sheep, and passed the gate, and came within hearing of the village sounds, and came to the bridge. The inn where he stayed, like the village and the mill, was not across the river, but on that side of the stream on which he walked. However, knowing the rushy bank and the backwater on the other side to be a retired place, and feeling out of humour for noise or company, he crossed the bridge, and sauntered on: looking up at the stars as they seemed one by one to be kindled in the sky, and looking down at the river as the same stars seemed to be kindled deep in the water. A landing-place overshadowed by a willow, and a pleasure-boat lying moored there among some stakes, caught his eye as he passed along. The spot was in such dark shadow, that he paused to make out what was there, and then passed on again.

The rippling of the river seemed to cause a correspondent stir in his uneasy reflections. He would have laid them asleep if he could, but they were in movement, like the stream, and all tending one way with a strong current. As the ripple under the moon broke unexpectedly now and then, and palely flashed in a new shape and with a new sound, so parts of his thoughts started, unbidden, from the rest, and revealed their wickedness. ‘Out of the question to marry her,’ said Eugene, ‘and out of the question to leave her. The crisis!’

He had sauntered far enough. Before turning to retrace his steps, he stopped upon the margin, to look down at the reflected night. In an instant, with a dreadful crash, the reflected night turned crooked, flames shot jaggedly across the air, and the moon and stars came bursting from the sky.

Was he struck by lightning? With some incoherent half-formed thought to that effect, he turned under the blows that were blinding him and mashing his life, and closed with a murderer, whom he caught by a red neckerchief—unless the raining down of his own blood gave it that hue.

Eugene was light, active, and expert; but his arms were broken, or he was paralysed, and could do no more than hang on to the man, with his head swung back, so that he could see nothing but the heaving sky. After dragging at the assailant, he fell on the bank with him, and then there was another great crash, and then a splash, and all was done.

Lizzie Hexam, too, had avoided the noise, and the Saturday movement of people in the straggling street, and chose to walk alone by the water until her tears should be dry, and she could so compose herself as to escape remark upon her looking ill or unhappy on going home. The peaceful serenity of the hour and place, having no reproaches or evil intentions within her breast to contend against, sank healingly into its depths. She had meditated and taken comfort. She, too, was turning homeward, when she heard a strange sound.

It startled her, for it was like a sound of blows. She stood still, and listened. It sickened her, for blows fell heavily and cruelly on the quiet of the night. As she listened, undecided, all was silent. As she yet listened, she heard a faint groan, and a fall into the river.

Her old bold life and habit instantly inspired her. Without vain waste of breath in crying for help where there were none to hear, she ran towards the spot from which the sounds had come. It lay between her and the bridge, but it was more removed from her than she had thought; the night being so very quiet, and sound travelling far with the help of water.

Nel momento stesso in cui ricorreva a questo tono leggero per aiutarsi, si rese conto che fosse sprecoso e inutile, e lo contrastò decisamente.

“Eppure,” disse Eugene, “vorrei proprio vedere chi mai oserebbe dire che i miei sentimenti per lei non siano veri, che siano stati suscitati dalla sua bellezza e dal suo valore, contro la mia volontà. Vorrei soprattutto vedere chi, di notte, potrebbe affermare una cosa del genere, o chi oserebbe dire qualcosa che possa danneggiarla; perché sono stanco ormai di avere a che fare con quel povero Wrayburn, che fa davvero una brutta figura. Preferirei di gran lunga avere problemi con qualcun altro.” “Eugene, Eugene. Questa è davvero una brutta situazione, ” Ah! Che suonino pure le campane di Mortimer Lightwood di notte. Suonano così melanconiche.

Proseguendo nel suo cammino, pensò ad altro di cui rimproverarsi.
“Dove sta l’analogia, Bestiaccia,” disse impazientemente, “tra una donna che tuo padre ha scoperto per te e una donna che hai scoperto da solo, e per la quale hai continuato a provare sempre maggiore affetto fin dal primo momento in cui l’hai vista? Imbecille. Non riesci davvero a ragionare meglio di così?”

Ma ancora una volta ricadde nella rievocazione della prima volta in cui aveva pienamente compreso il potere che possedeva, e del momento in cui lei gli aveva confidato i suoi sentimenti. Non provare più a allontanarsi da lei e tentare di nuovo con lei, questa fu la conclusione folle a cui giunse. E ancora una volta pensò: “Eugene, Eugene, Eugene, questa è una situazione pericolosa!” E aggiunse: “Vorrei poter fermare quel suono incessante proveniente dalla famiglia Lightwood, sembra proprio un rintocco funebre.”

Alzando lo sguardo, vide che la giovane luna era già sorta e che le stelle iniziavano ad illuminare il cielo; i toni del rosso e del giallo tremolavano, lasciando il posto al tranquillo blu di una serata estiva. Era ancora vicino alla riva del fiume. All’improvviso, incrociò un uomo così vicino a lui che Eugene, sorpreso, fece un passo indietro per evitare di scontrarsi. L’uomo portava qualcosa sulle spalle: forse una pagaia rotta, o uno sperone. Non prestò alcuna attenzione a lui e proseguì per la sua strada.

“Ehi, amico!” gridò Eugene, chiamandolo, “sei forse cieco?”

L’uomo non rispose nulla, ma proseguì per la sua strada.

Eugene Wrayburn prese la direzione opposta, con le mani dietro la schiena e i suoi pensieri concentrati su un obiettivo preciso. Superò le pecore, oltrepassò il cancello e iniziò a sentire i suoni del villaggio; arrivò quindi al ponte. L’osteria in cui si fermò, così come il villaggio stesso e il mulino, non si trovava dall’altra parte del fiume, ma sul lato opposto di quel corso d’acqua lungo cui stava camminando. Tuttavia, conoscendo bene la riva scoscesa e le zone poco profonde dall’altra parte, che sembravano luoghi tranquilli, e non desiderando né rumori né compagnia in quel momento, attraversò il ponte e proseguì il suo cammino. Alzava lo sguardo verso le stelle, che sembravano accendersi una dopo l’altra nel cielo, e guardava giù verso il fiume, dove quelle stesse stelle parevano risplendere nelle profondità dell’acqua. Lungo la strada, attirò la sua attenzione un luogo di sbarco ombreggiato da un salice e una barca da divertimento ormeggiata lì vicino. Quel punto era immerso in un’oscurità così fitta che si fermò per osservare meglio ciò che vi si trovava, prima di continuare il suo cammino.

Le increspature del fiume sembravano suscitare reazioni analoghe nelle sue riflessioni agitate. Avrebbe voluto farle “addormentare”, se solo fosse stato possibile, ma esse erano in movimento, proprio come il corso d’acqua, e tendevano tutte verso una stessa direzione, spinte da una forte corrente. Proprio come le increspature sotto la luna apparivano di tanto in tanto in nuove forme e con nuovi suoni, anche alcune parti dei suoi pensieri iniziavano spontaneamente a emergere dalle altre, rivelando la loro natura “malvagia”. “È assolutamente impossibile sposarla, e altrettanto impossibile lasciarla”, disse Eugene. “Una crisi, ”

Si era allontanato abbastanza. Prima di tornare indietro, si fermò sul bordo per guardare in basso verso la riflessione della notte. In un istante, con un terribile fragore, quella riflessione si distorse; fiamme si sprigionarono nell’aria e la luna e le stelle sembrarono esplodere dal cielo.

È stato colpito dal fulmine? Con un pensiero confuso e incompleto in quel senso, ha cercato di proteggersi dai colpi che lo accecavano e distruggevano la sua vita. Alla fine ha catturato il suo assassino, afferrandolo per un fazzoletto rosso. A meno che non fosse stato il sangue suo stesso a dargli quel colore.

Eugene era leggero, agile ed esperto; ma aveva le braccia rotte o era paralizzato, e non poteva fare altro che aggrapparsi all’assalitore, con la testa rivolta all’indietro, in modo da non vedere nulla se non il cielo scosso dalle onde. Dopo aver tirato l’assalitore, cadde insieme a lui sulla riva; poi ci fu un altro forte rumore, uno schizzo d’acqua, e tutto finì.

Anche Lizzie Hexam aveva evitato il rumore e il movimento della folla nelle strade deserte di quel sabato, e aveva scelto di camminare da sola lungo la riva dell’acqua, fino a quando le sue lacrime non si fossero asciugate e lei avesse potuto riprendersi abbastanza da evitare che qualcuno notasse che sembrava malata o infelice tornando a casa. La tranquillità di quell’ora e di quel luogo, priva di rimproveri o intenzioni malvagie con cui confrontarsi, ebbe un effetto lenitivo su di lei; rifletté e trovò conforto in quelle circostanze. Anche lei stava tornando a casa quando sentì un suono strano.

La colpì il fatto che sembrasse il suono di pugni. Rimase immobile ad ascoltare. Le dava disgusto: i colpi cadevano con forza e crudeltà sulla quiete della notte. Mentre continuava ad ascoltare, incerta su cosa fare, tutto rimase silenzioso. Poi sentì un debole gemito, seguito dal rumore di qualcuno che cadeva nel >fiume.

La sua vecchia vita spensierata e i suoi vecchi comportamenti le ispirarono immediatamente. Senza perdere tempo in vani tentativi di chiedere aiuto, dove nessuno avrebbe potuto sentirla, corse verso il luogo da cui provenivano quei suoni. Si trovava tra lei e il ponte, ma era più lontana di quanto pensasse; la notte era estremamente silenziosa, e i suoni si diffondevano facilmente con l’aiuto dell’acqua.

At length, she reached a part of the green bank, much and newly trodden, where there lay some broken splintered pieces of wood and some torn fragments of clothes. Stooping, she saw that the grass was bloody. Following the drops and smears, she saw that the watery margin of the bank was bloody. Following the current with her eyes, she saw a bloody face turned up towards the moon, and drifting away.

Now, merciful Heaven be thanked for that old time, and grant, O Blessed Lord, that through thy wonderful workings it may turn to good at last! To whomsoever the drifting face belongs, be it man’s or woman’s, help my humble hands, Lord God, to raise it from death and restore it to some one to whom it must be dear!

It was thought, fervently thought, but not for a moment did the prayer check her. She was away before it welled up in her mind, away, swift and true, yet steady above all—for without steadiness it could never be done—to the landing-place under the willow-tree, where she also had seen the boat lying moored among the stakes.

A sure touch of her old practised hand, a sure step of her old practised foot, a sure light balance of her body, and she was in the boat. A quick glance of her practised eye showed her, even through the deep dark shadow, the sculls in a rack against the red-brick garden-wall. Another moment, and she had cast off (taking the line with her), and the boat had shot out into the moonlight, and she was rowing down the stream as never other woman rowed on English water.

Intently over her shoulder, without slackening speed, she looked ahead for the driving face. She passed the scene of the struggle—yonder it was, on her left, well over the boat’s stern—she passed on her right, the end of the village street, a hilly street that almost dipped into the river; its sounds were growing faint again, and she slackened; looking as the boat drove, everywhere, everywhere, for the floating face.

She merely kept the boat before the stream now, and rested on her oars, knowing well that if the face were not soon visible, it had gone down, and she would overshoot it. An untrained sight would never have seen by the moonlight what she saw at the length of a few strokes astern. She saw the drowning figure rise to the surface, slightly struggle, and as if by instinct turn over on its back to float. Just so had she first dimly seen the face which she now dimly saw again.

Firm of look and firm of purpose, she intently watched its coming on, until it was very near; then, with a touch unshipped her sculls, and crept aft in the boat, between kneeling and crouching. Once, she let the body evade her, not being sure of her grasp. Twice, and she had seized it by its bloody hair.

It was insensible, if not virtually dead; it was mutilated, and streaked the water all about it with dark red streaks. As it could not help itself, it was impossible for her to get it on board. She bent over the stern to secure it with the line, and then the river and its shores rang to the terrible cry she uttered.

But, as if possessed by supernatural spirit and strength, she lashed it safe, resumed her seat, and rowed in, desperately, for the nearest shallow water where she might run the boat aground. Desperately, but not wildly, for she knew that if she lost distinctness of intention, all was lost and gone.

She ran the boat ashore, went into the water, released him from the line, and by main strength lifted him in her arms and laid him in the bottom of the boat. He had fearful wounds upon him, and she bound them up with her dress torn into strips. Else, supposing him to be still alive, she foresaw that he must bleed to death before he could be landed at his inn, which was the nearest place for succour.

This done very rapidly, she kissed his disfigured forehead, looked up in anguish to the stars, and blessed him and forgave him, ‘if she had anything to forgive.’ It was only in that instant that she thought of herself, and then she thought of herself only for him.

Now, merciful Heaven be thanked for that old time, enabling me, without a wasted moment, to have got the boat afloat again, and to row back against the stream! And grant, O Blessed Lord God, that through poor me he may be raised from death, and preserved to some one else to whom he may be dear one day, though never dearer than to me!

She rowed hard—rowed desperately, but never wildly—and seldom removed her eyes from him in the bottom of the boat. She had so laid him there, as that she might see his disfigured face; it was so much disfigured that his mother might have covered it, but it was above and beyond disfigurement in her eyes.

The boat touched the edge of the patch of inn lawn, sloping gently to the water. There were lights in the windows, but there chanced to be no one out of doors. She made the boat fast, and again by main strength took him up, and never laid him down until she laid him down in the house.

Surgeons were sent for, and she sat supporting his head. She had oftentimes heard in days that were gone, how doctors would lift the hand of an insensible wounded person, and would drop it if the person were dead. She waited for the awful moment when the doctors might lift this hand, all broken and bruised, and let it fall.

The first of the surgeons came, and asked, before proceeding to his examination, ‘Who brought him in?’

‘I brought him in, sir,’ answered Lizzie, at whom all present looked.

‘You, my dear? You could not lift, far less carry, this weight.’

‘I think I could not, at another time, sir; but I am sure I did.’

The surgeon looked at her with great attention, and with some compassion. Having with a grave face touched the wounds upon the head, and the broken arms, he took the hand.

O! would he let it drop?

He appeared irresolute. He did not retain it, but laid it gently down, took a candle, looked more closely at the injuries on the head, and at the pupils of the eyes. That done, he replaced the candle and took the hand again. Another surgeon then coming in, the two exchanged a whisper, and the second took the hand. Neither did he let it fall at once, but kept it for a while and laid it gently down.

‘Attend to the poor girl,’ said the first surgeon then. ‘She is quite unconscious. She sees nothing and hears nothing. All the better for her! Don’t rouse her, if you can help it; only move her. Poor girl, poor girl! She must be amazingly strong of heart, but it is much to be feared that she has set her heart upon the dead. Be gentle with her.’

Finalmente, raggiunse una parte di quel pendio erboso, molto calpestata di recente; lì giacevano alcuni pezzi di legno spezzati e alcune strisce di stoffa strappate. Inginocchiandosi, notò che l’erba era insanguinata. Seguendo le gocce e le tracce di sangue, vide che anche il bordo umido del pendio era macchiato di rosso. Continuando a osservare quella scia, scorse un volto insanguinato rivolto verso la luna, che poi iniziò ad allontanarsi lentamente.

Ora, si ringrazi il misericordioso Cielo per quel lontano tempo, e conceda, o Benedetto Signore, che attraverso le tue meravigliose azioni tutto possa finalmente volgersi al bene! Chiunque appartenga a quella persona scomparsa, sia uomo che donna, aiutami, o Signore Dio, affinché io possa sollevarla dalla morte e restituirla a colui che deve tenerla molto a cuore!

Si pensava con fervore, ma nemmeno per un istante quella preghiera la fermò. Era già lontana prima ancora che potesse nascere nella sua mente; lontana, veloce e decisa. Ma soprattutto ferma: senza questa fermezza, nulla avrebbe mai potuto essere fatto. Si dirigeva verso il luogo sotto l’albero di salice, dove aveva anche visto la barca ancorata tra i pali.

Con un tocco sicuro della sua mano abile e esperta, con un passo deciso del suo piede altrettanto abile, mantenendo un equilibrio perfetto del proprio -corpo, lei salì sulla barca. Un’occhiata rapida e attenta le permise di individuare, anche nella fitta oscurità delle ombre, i remi appoggiati al muro di mattoni rossi del giardino. In un istante, sciolse l’ormeggio e la barca si lanciò sotto la luce della luna; lei iniziò a remare lungo il corso d’acqua come nessun’altra donna aveva mai fatto sulle acque inglesi.

Con attenzione, senza rallentare la velocità, guardava davanti a sé alla ricerca di quel volto che galleggiava sull’acqua. Superò la scena della lotta: era laggiù, sulla sua sinistra, proprio oltre la poppa della barca; poi superò anche la fine della strada del villaggio, una strada in salita che quasi si immergeva nella fiume; i suoni provenienti da quella zona stavano di nuovo svanendo, e lei rallentò. Mentre la barca proseguiva il suo viaggio, guardava dappertutto alla ricerca di quel volto.

Ora teneva semplicemente la barca davanti al corso d’acqua e riposava sui remi, sapendo benissimo che se il viso non fosse apparso presto, significava che era già scomparso sott’acqua, e lei lo avrebbe superato. Chi non fosse stato addestrato non sarebbe mai riuscito a vedere, alla luce della luna, ciò che lei scoprì dopo pochi colpi di remo alle sue spalle. Vide la figura che stava annegando riemergere in superficie, lottare leggermente, e poi, come per istinto, girarsi sulla schiena per galleggiare. Proprio così aveva visto per la prima volta quel viso, ora lo rivedeva di nuovo, ma solo in modo sfocato.

Con sguardo deciso e determinazione, osservava attentamente l’avvicinarsi della preda; quando fu abbastanza vicina, con un movimento rapido spinse le pagaie all’indietro e si insinuò nella barca, muovendosi tra posizioni di ginocchio e accovacciamento. Una volta lasciò che il corpo della vittima le sfuggisse, non essendo sicura di averlo afferrato correttamente; due volte invece riuscì a catturarlo per i suoi capelli insanguinati.

Era insensibile, se non praticamente morta; era mutilata, e lasciava tracce di strisce rosse scure nell’acqua intorno a sé. Non essendo in grado di muoversi da sola, le risultò impossibile portarla a bordo. Si chinò sul ponte posteriore per fissarla con una corda, e poi l’fiume e le sue rive risuonarono del terribile grido che emise.

Ma, come se fosse posseduta da uno spirito e da una forza sovrannaturale, legò saldamente la corda, tornò al suo posto e remò con disperazione verso le acque poco profonde più vicine, dove avrebbe potuto far incagliare la barca. Con disperazione, ma senza perdere il controllo: sapeva che se avesse perso lucidità di intenti, tutto sarebbe andato perduto.

Portò la barca a riva, entrò nell’acqua, lo liberò dalla corda e, con tutte le sue forze, lo sollevò tra le braccia e lo adagiò sul fondo della barca. Aveva ferite gravi; lei le fasciò utilizzando strisce del proprio abito strappato. Altrimenti, anche supponendo che fosse ancora vivo, sapeva che avrebbe perso troppo sangue prima di poter essere portato al suo ostello, l’unico posto vicino dove ricevere aiuto.

Fatto questo molto rapidamente, baciò la sua fronte deturpata, alzò lo sguardo con angoscia verso le stelle, e lo benedisse e gli perdonò, “se aveva qualcosa da perdonare”. Fu solo in quell’istante che pensò a se stessa, e poi pensò a sé stessa soltanto per lui.

Ora, si debba ringraziare il misericordioso Cielo per quel lontano tempo, che mi ha permesso, senza perdere un istante, di far ripartire la barca e di remare controcorrente! E concedi, o Benedetto Signore Dio, che attraverso di me possa essere risuscitato dalla morte e conservato per qualcun altro che un giorno possa considerarlo caro, anche se mai tanto quanto lo sono stato io!

Remava con tutte le sue forze, remava disperatamente, ma mai in modo frenetico; raramente distoglieva lo sguardo da lui, seduta nella parte posteriore della barca. L’aveva sistemato lì proprio per poter vedere il suo viso deturpato. Era così gravemente deturpato che sua madre avrebbe potuto coprirlo, ma ai suoi occhi quella deformità andava ben oltre ogni limite di bruttezza.

La barca toccò il bordo del prato vicino all’acqua; le finestre erano illuminate, ma non c’era nessuno fuori. Lei legò la barca e, con tutte le sue forze, lo portò su terra, senza mai lasciarlo fino a quando non lo ebbe messo dentro la casa.

Chiamarono i chirurghi, e lei rimase lì a sostenere la sua testa. Spesso, in passato, aveva sentito dire come i medici sollevassero la mano di una persona ferita priva di sensi per poi lasciarla cadere se questa fosse morta. Aspettava quel terribile momento in cui i medici avrebbero sollevato quella mano, completamente frantumata e piena di lividi, per poi farla ricadere a terra.

Il primo dei chirurghi arrivò e, prima di iniziare l’esame, chiese: “Chi lo ha portato qui?”

“L’ho portato dentro, signore,” rispose Lizzie, e tutti i presenti la guardarono.

“Tu, mia cara? Non saresti nemmeno in grado di sollevare, figuriamoci di portare, un peso del genere.”

“Credo che in un altro momento non sarei riuscito, signore; ma sono sicuro di averlo fatto.”

Il chirurgo la osservò con grande attenzione e anche con un po’ di compassione. Con un’espressione molto seria toccò le ferite sulla testa e sui bracci fratturati, poi prese la sua mano.

Oh! Lascerebbe che cadesse?

Sembrava indeciso. Non la tenne in mano, ma la posò delicatamente a terra; prese una candela e esaminò più da vicino le ferite sulla testa e le pupille degli occhi. Dopo averlo fatto, rimise via la candela e riprese di nuovo quella mano. Poi arrivò un altro chirurgo; i due si scambiarono qualche parola sottovoce e il secondo prese in carico la cura della mano. Nemmeno lui la lasciò subito, ma la tenne per un po’ prima di posarla delicatamente a terra.

“Prendetevi cura di quella povera ragazza,” disse allora il primo chirurgo. “È completamente priva di sensi; non vede nulla e non sente nulla. Meglio così, forse! Non svegliatela, se possibile; muovetela soltanto con delicatezza. Povera ragazza. Deve avere un cuore davvero straordinario, ma temo molto che abbia messo tutta la sua speranza in qualcuno ormai morto. Siate gentili con lei.”

Chapter 7

BETTER TO BE ABEL THAN CAIN

Day was breaking at Plashwater Weir Mill Lock. Stars were yet visible, but there was dull light in the east that was not the light of night. The moon had gone down, and a mist crept along the banks of the river, seen through which the trees were the ghosts of trees, and the water was the ghost of water. This earth looked spectral, and so did the pale stars: while the cold eastern glare, expressionless as to heat or colour, with the eye of the firmament quenched, might have been likened to the stare of the dead.

Perhaps it was so likened by the lonely Bargeman, standing on the brink of the lock. For certain, Bradley Headstone looked that way, when a chill air came up, and when it passed on murmuring, as if it whispered something that made the phantom trees and water tremble—or threaten—for fancy might have made it either.

He turned away, and tried the Lock-house door. It was fastened on the inside.

‘Is he afraid of me?’ he muttered, knocking.

Rogue Riderhood was soon roused, and soon undrew the bolt and let him in.

‘Why, T’otherest, I thought you had been and got lost! Two nights away! I a’most believed as you’d giv’ me the slip, and I had as good as half a mind for to advertise you in the newspapers to come for’ard.’

Bradley’s face turned so dark on this hint, that Riderhood deemed it expedient to soften it into a compliment.

‘But not you, governor, not you,’ he went on, stolidly shaking his head. ‘For what did I say to myself arter having amused myself with that there stretch of a comic idea, as a sort of a playful game? Why, I says to myself; “He’s a man o’ honour.” That’s what I says to myself. “He’s a man o’ double honour.”’

Very remarkably, Riderhood put no question to him. He had looked at him on opening the door, and he now looked at him again (stealthily this time), and the result of his looking was, that he asked him no question.

‘You’ll be for another forty on ’em, governor, as I judges, afore you turns your mind to breakfast,’ said Riderhood, when his visitor sat down, resting his chin on his hand, with his eyes on the ground. And very remarkably again: Riderhood feigned to set the scanty furniture in order, while he spoke, to have a show of reason for not looking at him.

‘Yes. I had better sleep, I think,’ said Bradley, without changing his position.

‘I myself should recommend it, governor,’ assented Riderhood. ‘Might you be anyways dry?’

‘Yes. I should like a drink,’ said Bradley; but without appearing to attend much.

Mr Riderhood got out his bottle, and fetched his jug-full of water, and administered a potation. Then, he shook the coverlet of his bed and spread it smooth, and Bradley stretched himself upon it in the clothes he wore. Mr Riderhood poetically remarking that he would pick the bones of his night’s rest, in his wooden chair, sat in the window as before; but, as before, watched the sleeper narrowly until he was very sound asleep. Then, he rose and looked at him close, in the bright daylight, on every side, with great minuteness. He went out to his Lock to sum up what he had seen.

‘One of his sleeves is tore right away below the elber, and the t’other’s had a good rip at the shoulder. He’s been hung on to, pretty tight, for his shirt’s all tore out of the neck-gathers. He’s been in the grass and he’s been in the water. And he’s spotted, and I know with what, and with whose. Hooroar!’

Bradley slept long. Early in the afternoon a barge came down. Other barges had passed through, both ways, before it; but the Lock-keeper hailed only this particular barge, for news, as if he had made a time calculation with some nicety. The men on board told him a piece of news, and there was a lingering on their part to enlarge upon it.

Twelve hours had intervened since Bradley’s lying down, when he got up. ‘Not that I swaller it,’ said Riderhood, squinting at his Lock, when he saw Bradley coming out of the house, ‘as you’ve been a sleeping all the time, old boy!’

Bradley came to him, sitting on his wooden lever, and asked what o’clock it was? Riderhood told him it was between two and three.

‘When are you relieved?’ asked Bradley.

‘Day arter to-morrow, governor.’

‘Not sooner?’

‘Not a inch sooner, governor.’

On both sides, importance seemed attached to this question of relief. Riderhood quite petted his reply; saying a second time, and prolonging a negative roll of his head, ‘n—n—not a inch sooner, governor.’

‘Did I tell you I was going on to-night?’ asked Bradley.

‘No, governor,’ returned Riderhood, in a cheerful, affable, and conversational manner, ‘you did not tell me so. But most like you meant to it and forgot to it. How, otherways, could a doubt have come into your head about it, governor?’

‘As the sun goes down, I intend to go on,’ said Bradley.

‘So much the more necessairy is a Peck,’ returned Riderhood. ‘Come in and have it, T’otherest.’

The formality of spreading a tablecloth not being observed in Mr Riderhood’s establishment, the serving of the ‘peck’ was the affair of a moment; it merely consisting in the handing down of a capacious baking dish with three-fourths of an immense meat pie in it, and the production of two pocket-knives, an earthenware mug, and a large brown bottle of beer.

Both ate and drank, but Riderhood much the more abundantly. In lieu of plates, that honest man cut two triangular pieces from the thick crust of the pie, and laid them, inside uppermost, upon the table: the one before himself, and the other before his guest. Upon these platters he placed two goodly portions of the contents of the pie, thus imparting the unusual interest to the entertainment that each partaker scooped out the inside of his plate, and consumed it with his other fare, besides having the sport of pursuing the clots of congealed gravy over the plain of the table, and successfully taking them into his mouth at last from the blade of his knife, in case of their not first sliding off it.

Capitolo 7

Meglio essere Abele che Caino.

All’alba, presso il mulino di Plashwater Weir Lock, le stelle erano ancora visibili, ma a est si diffondeva una luce pallida che non apparteneva alla notte. La luna era già tramontata e una nebbia si stava insinuando lungo le rive del [fiume; attraverso di essa, gli alberi sembravano “fantasmi” di alberi, e l’acqua appariva come un “fantasma” d’acqua. Questa terra aveva un aspetto spettrale, così come le pallide stelle; mentre quel freddo bagliore orientale, privo di calore o colore, con lo sguardo del cielo spento, poteva essere paragonato allo sguardo dei morti.

Forse era proprio così che lo vedeva quel solitario venditore ambulante, fermo sul bordo del canale. Di certo, Bradley Headstone sembrava così quando soffiava un vento freddo e sussurrante, come se mormorasse qualcosa che faceva tremare gli alberi fantasma e l’acqua, o forse era solo una suggestione.

Si allontanò e provò ad aprire la porta della casa chiusa a chiave. Era bloccata dall’interno.

“Ha paura di me?”, mormorò mentre bussava.

Rogue Riderhood si svegliò rapidamente, aprì subito la porta e lo fece entrare.

“Ma che cosa. Pensavo fossi già partito e ti fossi perso! Sono solo due notti di distanza. Stavo quasi per annunciare la tua scomparsa sui giornali, affinché tornassi indietro.”

Il viso di Bradley si oscurò così tanto a sentire questo suggerimento, che Riderhood ritenne opportuno addolcirlo trasformandolo in un complimento.

“Ma non tu, governatore, non tu,” continuò, scuotendo ostinatamente la testa. “Perché, dopo essermi divertito con quell’idea comica, come se fosse stato un gioco, cosa mi sono detto? ‘Lui è un uomo d’onore.’ È quello che ho pensato: ‘È un uomo di doppio onore.’”

In modo molto straordinario, Riderhood non gli pose alcuna domanda. Lo aveva guardato quando aveva aperto la porta, e ora lo guardò di nuovo (questa volta in modo furtivo), e il risultato di quel suo sguardo fu che non gli fece nessuna domanda.

“Avrete ancora bisogno di altri quaranta minuti con loro, governatore, a giudicare da quanto tempo ci vorrà prima che vi decidiate a fare colazione,” disse Riderhood quando il suo visitatore si sedette, appoggiando il mento sulla mano e fissando il pavimento. E ancora una volta in modo davvero notevole: mentre parlava, Riderhood fingeva di sistemare i pochi mobili presenti nella stanza, così da avere una scusa per non guardare il suo interlocutore.

“Sì. Penso che sia meglio che io vada a dormire,” disse Bradley, senza cambiare posizione.

“Lo consiglierei personalmente, governatore”, convenne Riderhood. “Potreste almeno asciugarvi un po’?”

“Sì. Vorrei bere qualcosa,” disse Bradley, ma senza sembrare davvero interessato.

Il signor Riderhood tirò fuori la sua bottiglia e prese il secchio pieno d’acqua, poi preparò una bevanda per Bradley. Dopo aver sistemato bene le coperte del letto, Bradley vi si sdraiò indossando i vestiti che aveva addosso. Il signor Riderhood osservò con aria poetica che avrebbe “raccolto i resti” del riposo notturno di Bradley. Seduto nella sua sedia di legno accanto alla finestra, come prima, seguì attentamente ogni movimento del dormiente fino a quando non si addormentò profondamente. Solo allora si alzò e lo esaminò da vicino, sotto la luce chiara del giorno, con grande attenzione. Infine uscì per riassumere ciò che aveva osservato.

‘Una delle sue maniche è strappata proprio sotto il gomito, e l’altra presenta un grosso strappo sulla spalla. È stato tenuto fermo con molta forza, perché la sua camicia è completamente strappata dalla zona del colletto. È stato nel prato e anche nell’acqua. E qualcuno lo ha visto. So con cosa e da chi. Evviva!’

Bradley dormì a lungo. All’inizio pomeriggio arrivò una chiatta. Altre chiatte erano già passate, in entrambe le direzioni, prima di essa; ma il custode del canale chiamò soltanto quella particolare chiatta per ricevere delle notizie, come se avesse effettuato un calcolo del tempo con estrema precisione. Gli uomini a bordo gli riferirono una notizia, e sembravano voler approfondirla ulteriormente.

Erano trascorse dodici ore da quando Bradley si era sdraiato, quando finalmente si alzò.
“Non che l’abbia davvero ingoiata,” disse Riderhood, strizzando gli occhi davanti ai propri capelli arruffati, quando vide Bradley uscire dalla casa, “visto che hai passato tutto questo tempo a dormire, vecchio mio!”

Bradley si avvicinò a lui, sedendosi sulla sua leva di legno, e chiese che ore fossero. Riderhood gli rispose che erano tra le due e le tre.

“Quando ti sentirai sollevato?”, chiese Bradley.

“Domani, governatore.”

“Non prima di ora?”

“Nemmeno un istante prima, governatore.”

Da entrambe le parti sembrava essere attribuita grande importanza a questa questione del soccorso. Il cavaliere si prese molto cura della sua risposta; dopo aver detto “No” una seconda volta e scuotuto nuovamente la testa in segno di negazione, aggiunse: “N-no, nemmeno di un pollice prima, governatore.”

“Ti ho detto che sarei andato, di notte?” chiese Bradley.

“No, governatore,” rispose Riderhood in tono allegro, amichevole e colloquiale, “non me lo avete detto esplicitamente. Ma molto probabilmente era quello che volevate dire e poi ve ne siete dimenticato. Altrimenti, come mai potrebbe essere sorta in voi una dubbio al riguardo, governatore?”

“Quando il sole tramonta, intendo continuare,” disse Bradley.

“Tanto più necessario è allora un ‘Peck’,” rispose Riderhood. “Entra e prendilo, T’otherest.”

Nell’ambiente di Mr. Riderhood non si rispettava la formalità di stendere la tovaglia; il servizio del “pasto” richiedeva soltanto un attimo: bastava passare un grande vassoio da forno contenente tre quarti di una enorme torta di carne, insieme a due coltelli da tasca, una tazza di terracotta e una grande bottiglia marrone di birra.

Entrambi mangiarono e bevvero, ma Riderhood molto di più. Al posto dei piatti, quell’uomo onesto tagliò due pezzi triangolari dalla crosta spessa della torta e li posò sul tavolo, uno davanti a sé e l’altro davanti al suo ospite. Su questi “piatti” mise due generose porzioni di contenuto della torta; in questo modo, l’atmosfera del pasto divenne particolarmente interessante: ognuno, mentre mangiava, cercava di raccogliere i grumi di sugo solidificato che si trovavano sul fondo del piatto e li portava alla bocca con il resto del cibo. Era anche divertente provare a prendere quei grumi con la lama del coltello, nel caso in cui non scivolassero giù da soli.

Bradley Headstone was so remarkably awkward at these exercises, that the Rogue observed it.

‘Look out, T’otherest!’ he cried, ‘you’ll cut your hand!’

But, the caution came too late, for Bradley gashed it at the instant. And, what was more unlucky, in asking Riderhood to tie it up, and in standing close to him for the purpose, he shook his hand under the smart of the wound, and shook blood over Riderhood’s dress.

When dinner was done, and when what remained of the platters and what remained of the congealed gravy had been put back into what remained of the pie, which served as an economical investment for all miscellaneous savings, Riderhood filled the mug with beer and took a long drink. And now he did look at Bradley, and with an evil eye.

‘T’otherest!’ he said, hoarsely, as he bent across the table to touch his arm. ‘The news has gone down the river afore you.’

‘What news?’

‘Who do you think,’ said Riderhood, with a hitch of his head, as if he disdainfully jerked the feint away, ‘picked up the body? Guess.’

‘I am not good at guessing anything.’

‘She did. Hooroar! You had him there agin. She did.’

The convulsive twitching of Bradley Headstone’s face, and the sudden hot humour that broke out upon it, showed how grimly the intelligence touched him. But he said not a single word, good or bad. He only smiled in a lowering manner, and got up and stood leaning at the window, looking through it. Riderhood followed him with his eyes. Riderhood cast down his eyes on his own besprinkled clothes. Riderhood began to have an air of being better at a guess than Bradley owned to being.

‘I have been so long in want of rest,’ said the schoolmaster, ‘that with your leave I’ll lie down again.’

‘And welcome, T’otherest!’ was the hospitable answer of his host. He had laid himself down without waiting for it, and he remained upon the bed until the sun was low. When he arose and came out to resume his journey, he found his host waiting for him on the grass by the towing-path outside the door.

‘Whenever it may be necessary that you and I should have any further communication together,’ said Bradley, ‘I will come back. Good-night!’

Well, since no better can be,’ said Riderhood, turning on his heel, ‘Good-night!’ But he turned again as the other set forth, and added under his breath, looking after him with a leer: ‘You wouldn’t be let to go like that, if my Relief warn’t as good as come. I’ll catch you up in a mile.’

In a word, his real time of relief being that evening at sunset, his mate came lounging in, within a quarter of an hour. Not staying to fill up the utmost margin of his time, but borrowing an hour or so, to be repaid again when he should relieve his reliever, Riderhood straightway followed on the track of Bradley Headstone.

He was a better follower than Bradley. It had been the calling of his life to slink and skulk and dog and waylay, and he knew his calling well. He effected such a forced march on leaving the Lock House that he was close up with him—that is to say, as close up with him as he deemed it convenient to be—before another Lock was passed. His man looked back pretty often as he went, but got no hint of him. HE knew how to take advantage of the ground, and where to put the hedge between them, and where the wall, and when to duck, and when to drop, and had a thousand arts beyond the doomed Bradley’s slow conception.

But, all his arts were brought to a standstill, like himself when Bradley, turning into a green lane or riding by the river-side—a solitary spot run wild in nettles, briars, and brambles, and encumbered with the scathed trunks of a whole hedgerow of felled trees, on the outskirts of a little wood—began stepping on these trunks and dropping down among them and stepping on them again, apparently as a schoolboy might have done, but assuredly with no schoolboy purpose, or want of purpose.

‘What are you up to?’ muttered Riderhood, down in the ditch, and holding the hedge a little open with both hands. And soon his actions made a most extraordinary reply. ‘By George and the Draggin!’ cried Riderhood, ‘if he ain’t a going to bathe!’

He had passed back, on and among the trunks of trees again, and has passed on to the water-side and had begun undressing on the grass. For a moment it had a suspicious look of suicide, arranged to counterfeit accident. ‘But you wouldn’t have fetched a bundle under your arm, from among that timber, if such was your game!’ said Riderhood. Nevertheless it was a relief to him when the bather after a plunge and a few strokes came out. ‘For I shouldn’t,’ he said in a feeling manner, ‘have liked to lose you till I had made more money out of you neither.’

Prone in another ditch (he had changed his ditch as his man had changed his position), and holding apart so small a patch of the hedge that the sharpest eyes could not have detected him, Rogue Riderhood watched the bather dressing. And now gradually came the wonder that he stood up, completely clothed, another man, and not the Bargeman.

‘Aha!’ said Riderhood. ‘Much as you was dressed that night. I see. You’re a taking me with you, now. You’re deep. But I knows a deeper.’

When the bather had finished dressing, he kneeled on the grass, doing something with his hands, and again stood up with his bundle under his arm. Looking all around him with great attention, he then went to the river’s edge, and flung it in as far, and yet as lightly as he could. It was not until he was so decidedly upon his way again as to be beyond a bend of the river and for the time out of view, that Riderhood scrambled from the ditch.

‘Now,’ was his debate with himself ‘shall I foller you on, or shall I let you loose for this once, and go a fishing?’ The debate continuing, he followed, as a precautionary measure in any case, and got him again in sight. ‘If I was to let you loose this once,’ said Riderhood then, still following, ‘I could make you come to me agin, or I could find you out in one way or another. If I wasn’t to go a fishing, others might.—I’ll let you loose this once, and go a fishing!’ With that, he suddenly dropped the pursuit and turned.

Bradley Headstone era così incredibilmente goffo in queste esercitazioni che il Rogue se ne accorse.

“Attenzione, dall’altra parte!”, gridò, “ti taglierai la mano!”

Ma l’avvertimento arrivò troppo tardi: in quel preciso istante, Bradley si ferì gravemente. E per di più, chiedendo a Riderhood di bendargli la ferita e trovandosi così vicino a lui, fece sì che il sangue schizzasse sulla sua giacca.

Quando la cena fu finita, e quando ciò che rimaneva dei piatti e del sugo rappreso fu rimesso dentro quella che ormai era solo una crosta di torta, utilizzata come risorsa economica per tutte le piccole spese, Riderhood riempì la sua tazza di birra e ne bevve a lungo. E ora guardò Bradley, con uno sguardo malvagio.

“L’altro posto!”, disse con voce rauca, mentre si chinava sopra il tavolo per toccargli il braccio. “La notizia è già arrivata lungo l’fiume prima di te.”

“Che novità?”

“Chi pensi che sia stato,” disse Riderhood, scuotendo leggermente la testa, come se volesse liquidare con disprezzo quell’ipotesi, “ad aver raccolto il corpo? Indovina.”

“Non sono bravo a indovinare nulla.”

“Ce l’ha fatta. Evviva! L’hai messo di nuovo nella situazione difficile. Ce l’ha fatta.”

I convulsivi ticchi sul viso di Bradley Headstone e l’improvvisa, intensa emozione che ne scaturì mostrarono quanto profondamente quell’intuizione lo avesse colpito. Ma non disse una parola, né buona né cattiva. Si limitò a sorridere in modo cupo, poi si alzò e si appoggiò alla finestra, guardando fuori. Riderhood lo seguì con lo sguardo; abbassò gli occhi sui propri vestiti sporchi e macchiati. Cominciò a pensare che forse era più bravo a indovinare le cose di quanto Bradley stesso ammettesse.

“Sono da così tanto tempo privo di riposo,” disse il maestro, “che, con il vostro permesso, mi sdraierò di nuovo.”

“E benvenuto, T’otherest!” fu la risposta ospitale del suo ospite. Lui si era già coricato senza aspettare l’invito e rimase a letto fino a quando il sole non iniziò a tramontare. Quando si alzò per riprendere il suo viaggio, trovò il suo ospite ad aspettarlo sull’erba, accanto al sentiero esterno alla porta.

“Ogni volta che dovesse essere necessario che tu e io continuassimo a comunicare,” disse Bradley, “tornerò. Buona notte!”

“Beh,” disse Riderhood, girandosi sui tacchi, “poiché non si può fare di meglio, ” “Buona notte!” Ma si voltò di nuovo quando l’altro se ne andò, e aggiunse sottovoce, guardandolo con un sorriso malizioso: “Non ti lascerebbero andare così facilmente, se la mia ‘assistenza’ non fosse così efficace. Ti raggiungerò tra un miglio.”

In breve, il momento vero e proprio in cui provò sollievo fu quella sera, al tramonto: il suo compagno arrivò dopo appena un quarto d’ora. Senza perdere tempo a sfruttare al massimo quel lasso di tempo, ma prendendo in prestito circa un’ora, che sarebbe stata restituita quando a sua volta avrebbe aiutato qualcun altro, Riderhood si mise immediatamente all’inseguimento di Bradley Headstone.

Era un seguace migliore di Bradley. Seguire di nascosto, tendere agguati e compiere azioni furtive era il destino della sua vita; conosceva bene tale vocazione. Quando lasciò la casa dei Lock, procedette a una velocità tale da raggiungerli, o meglio, si tenne a distanza adeguata, secondo quanto riteneva opportuno. Il suo uomo si voltava spesso alle sue spalle, ma non riuscì mai a scorgerlo. Lui sapeva come sfruttare al meglio il terreno, dove piantare siepi o muri per nascondersi, quando accovacciarsi o correre. Possedeva mille strategie che il lento e inadeguato Bradley non avrebbe mai potuto immaginare.

Ma tutte le sue attività si fermarono, proprio come lui stesso quando Bradley, trasformatosi in una striscia verde o passando lungo la riva del fiume – un luogo desolato invaso da erbacce, rovi e cespugli, ingombro dei tronchi spezzati di un intero filare d’alberi abbattuti, ai margini di una piccola foresta – iniziò a calpestare quei tronchi, ad inginocchiarsi tra di loro e poi a rialzarsi, probabilmente come avrebbe fatto uno scolaro, ma certamente senza alcun scopo specifico, o nemmeno la volontà di farlo.

“Cosa stai facendo?” mormorò Riderhood, seduto nel fossato e tenendo il recinto aperto con entrambe le mani. E presto le sue azioni fornirono una risposta davvero straordinaria: “Per George e la Draggin!” esclamò Riderhood, “se non sta per andare a fare il bagno, ”

Si era di nuovo inoltrato tra i tronchi degli alberi, ed era arrivato sul lato acqueo, dove aveva iniziato a spogliarsi sull’erba. Per un momento sembrò che stesse cercando di simulare un suicidio, fingendo che si trattasse di un incidente. “Ma non avresti certo preso con te un fagotto sotto il braccio, tra quegli alberi, se davvero volessi suicidarti!”, disse Riderhood. Tuttavia, fu sollevato quando l’uomo che si stava bagnando emerse dopo essere entrato in acqua e aver nuotato per un po’. “Perché, non vorrei perderti”, disse con un tono sincero, “finché non avessi guadagnato di più da te.”

Disteso in un altro fossato (aveva cambiato posto perché anche il suo compagno aveva modificato la propria posizione), tenendo separata una così piccola porzione di recinzione che nemmeno gli occhi più attenti avrebbero potuto scorgerlo, Rogue Riderhood osservava l’uomo che si stava vestendo. E gradualmente in lui nacque lo stupore: quell’uomo si alzò, completamente vestito, ed era un altro uomo, non più il Mercante.

“Ahah!” disse Riderhood. “Vedo. Anche se quella notte eri vestito in quel modo. Ora mi stai portando con te. Sei davvero coinvolto in qualcosa di serio. Ma io conosco qualcuno che lo è ancora di più.”

Quando il bagnante finì di vestirsi, si inginocchiò sull’erba e fece qualcosa con le mani; poi si alzò di nuovo, tenendo il proprio fagotto sotto il braccio. Guardandosi intorno con grande attenzione, andò sul bordo del fiume e lo gettò lì dentro il più lontano possibile, ma allo stesso tempo il più delicatamente possibile. Solo quando si fu completamente allontanato, al di là di una curva del fiume e fu quindi fuori dalla vista, Riderhood uscì dal canale.

“Ora,” fu la sua debatte con se stesso, “dovrei continuare a seguirti, o dovrei lasciarti andare questa volta e andare a pescare?” Continuando nella sua debatte, decise comunque di seguirlo, come misura precauzionale, e riuscì di nuovo a vederlo. “Se ti lasciassi andare questa volta,” disse poi Riderhood, continuando a seguirlo, “potrei farti tornare da me, o potrei trovarti in un modo o nell’altro. Se non andassi a pescare, altri potrebbero farlo. Lascio che tu vada questa volta e vado a pescare!” Detto questo, improvvisamente interruppe la sua inseguimento e si girò.

The miserable man whom he had released for the time, but not for long, went on towards London. Bradley was suspicious of every sound he heard, and of every face he saw, but was under a spell which very commonly falls upon the shedder of blood, and had no suspicion of the real danger that lurked in his life, and would have it yet. Riderhood was much in his thoughts—had never been out of his thoughts since the night-adventure of their first meeting; but Riderhood occupied a very different place there, from the place of pursuer; and Bradley had been at the pains of devising so many means of fitting that place to him, and of wedging him into it, that his mind could not compass the possibility of his occupying any other. And this is another spell against which the shedder of blood for ever strives in vain. There are fifty doors by which discovery may enter. With infinite pains and cunning, he double locks and bars forty-nine of them, and cannot see the fiftieth standing wide open.

Now, too, was he cursed with a state of mind more wearing and more wearisome than remorse. He had no remorse; but the evildoer who can hold that avenger at bay, cannot escape the slower torture of incessantly doing the evil deed again and doing it more efficiently. In the defensive declarations and pretended confessions of murderers, the pursuing shadow of this torture may be traced through every lie they tell. If I had done it as alleged, is it conceivable that I would have made this and this mistake? If I had done it as alleged, should I have left that unguarded place which that false and wicked witness against me so infamously deposed to? The state of that wretch who continually finds the weak spots in his own crime, and strives to strengthen them when it is unchangeable, is a state that aggravates the offence by doing the deed a thousand times instead of once; but it is a state, too, that tauntingly visits the offence upon a sullen unrepentant nature with its heaviest punishment every time.

Bradley toiled on, chained heavily to the idea of his hatred and his vengeance, and thinking how he might have satiated both in many better ways than the way he had taken. The instrument might have been better, the spot and the hour might have been better chosen. To batter a man down from behind in the dark, on the brink of a river, was well enough, but he ought to have been instantly disabled, whereas he had turned and seized his assailant; and so, to end it before chance-help came, and to be rid of him, he had been hurriedly thrown backward into the river before the life was fully beaten out of him. Now if it could be done again, it must not be so done. Supposing his head had been held down under water for a while. Supposing the first blow had been truer. Supposing he had been shot. Supposing he had been strangled. Suppose this way, that way, the other way. Suppose anything but getting unchained from the one idea, for that was inexorably impossible.

The school reopened next day. The scholars saw little or no change in their master’s face, for it always wore its slowly labouring expression. But, as he heard his classes, he was always doing the deed and doing it better. As he paused with his piece of chalk at the black board before writing on it, he was thinking of the spot, and whether the water was not deeper and the fall straighter, a little higher up, or a little lower down. He had half a mind to draw a line or two upon the board, and show himself what he meant. He was doing it again and improving on the manner, at prayers, in his mental arithmetic, all through his questioning, all through the day.

Charley Hexam was a master now, in another school, under another head. It was evening, and Bradley was walking in his garden observed from behind a blind by gentle little Miss Peecher, who contemplated offering him a loan of her smelling salts for headache, when Mary Anne, in faithful attendance, held up her arm.

‘Yes, Mary Anne?’

‘Young Mr Hexam, if you please, ma’am, coming to see Mr Headstone.’

‘Very good, Mary Anne.’

Again Mary Anne held up her arm.

‘You may speak, Mary Anne?’

‘Mr Headstone has beckoned young Mr Hexam into his house, ma’am, and he has gone in himself without waiting for young Mr Hexam to come up, and now HE has gone in too, ma’am, and has shut the door.’

‘With all my heart, Mary Anne.’

Again Mary Anne’s telegraphic arm worked.

‘What more, Mary Anne?’

‘They must find it rather dull and dark, Miss Peecher, for the parlour blind’s down, and neither of them pulls it up.’

‘There is no accounting,’ said good Miss Peecher with a little sad sigh which she repressed by laying her hand on her neat methodical boddice, ‘there is no accounting for tastes, Mary Anne.’

Charley, entering the dark room, stopped short when he saw his old friend in its yellow shade.

‘Come in, Hexam, come in.’

Charley advanced to take the hand that was held out to him; but stopped again, short of it. The heavy, bloodshot eyes of the schoolmaster, rising to his face with an effort, met his look of scrutiny.

‘Mr Headstone, what’s the matter?’

‘Matter? Where?’

‘Mr Headstone, have you heard the news? This news about the fellow, Mr Eugene Wrayburn? That he is killed?’

‘He is dead, then!’ exclaimed Bradley.

Young Hexam standing looking at him, he moistened his lips with his tongue, looked about the room, glanced at his former pupil, and looked down. ‘I heard of the outrage,’ said Bradley, trying to constrain his working mouth, ‘but I had not heard the end of it.’

‘Where were you,’ said the boy, advancing a step as he lowered his voice, ‘when it was done? Stop! I don’t ask that. Don’t tell me. If you force your confidence upon me, Mr Headstone, I’ll give up every word of it. Mind! Take notice. I’ll give up it, and I’ll give up you. I will!’

The wretched creature seemed to suffer acutely under this renunciation. A desolate air of utter and complete loneliness fell upon him, like a visible shade.

Quell’uomo sventurato che aveva liberato per quel momento, ma non per molto tempo, proseguì verso )Londra. Bradley era sospettoso di ogni suono che udiva, di ogni volto che vedeva, ma era sotto l’incantesimo che spesso colpisce chi ha versato del sangue; non sospettava affatto del pericolo reale che si nascondeva nella sua vita, e che ancora lo avrebbe minacciato. Riderhood occupava i suoi pensieri in modo costante; da quella notte dell’incontro tra loro, non aveva mai smesso di pensarci. Ma nel suo cuore, Riderhood ricopriva un ruolo molto diverso da quello di un inseguitore; Bradley si era impegnato con tutte le sue forze per far quadrare quel ruolo con la realtà, per “incastrarlo” perfettamente nella sua mente. Al punto che non riusciva nemmeno a concepire l’idea che Riderhood potesse occupare un altro posto nei suoi pensieri. E questo è un altro di quegli incantesimi contro cui chi ha versato del sangue lotta invano per sempre. Ci sono cinquanta “porte” attraverso le quali la verità può entrare; con infinite fatiche e astuzia, Bradley ne chiude a doppio lucchetto e barra quarantanove, ma non si accorge che la quintasta è rimasta completamente aperta.

Anche ora, era maledetto da uno stato d’animo ancora più logorante e snervante del rimorso. Non provava rimorso; ma il malvagio che riesce a tenere a bada quel vendicatore non può sfuggire alla tortura lenta e continua di ripetere continuamente lo stesso atto malvagio, anzi di farlo in modo ancora più efficiente. Nelle dichiarazioni difensive e nelle confessioni false dei criminali, si può rintracciare l’ombra di questa tortura in ogni bugia che raccontano. Se avessi commesso quel crimine come mi viene attribuito, è davvero concepibile che abbia commesso questi errori? Se avessi fatto ciò che mi viene imputato, avrei dovuto lasciare quel luogo indifeso, di cui quel falso e malvagio testimone ha parlato in modo così infamante? Lo stato d’animo di quel miserabile che continua a individuare i punti deboli del proprio crimine e cerca invano di rafforzarli, quando ormai non è più possibile modificarlo, è uno stato che aggrava il reato facendolo mille volte invece di una sola; ma è anche uno stato che, in modo beffardo, colpisce nuovamente quel cuore ostinatamente irredento con la punizione più severa ogni volta.

Bradley continuò a soffrire, intrappolato nell’idea del proprio odio e della propria vendetta, chiedendosi come avrebbe potuto soddisfarli in modi molto migliori di quelli che aveva scelto. L’arma utilizzata avrebbe potuto essere più adatta, il luogo e l’ora scelti con maggiore attenzione. Colpire un uomo alle spalle, al buio, sul bordo di un fiume, era certamente sufficiente. Ma avrebbe dovuto immobilizzarlo immediatamente; invece aveva afferrato l’assalitore e lo aveva gettato nuovamente nel fiume prima che la vita gli venisse completamente spezzata. Ora, se fosse possibile ripetere quell’atto, non doveva essere fatto allo stesso modo. Forse avrebbe dovuto tenergli la testa sott’acqua per un po’ di più. Forse il primo colpo avrebbe potuto essere più preciso. Forse avrebbe dovuto sparargli. O strangolarlo. Qualsiasi cosa, tranne liberarsi da quell’unica ossessione. Perché questo era semplicemente impossibile.

La scuola riaprì il giorno dopo. Gli studenti notarono pochissimi o nessun cambiamento nell’espressione del loro maestro, che manteneva sempre quell’aspetto serio e concentrato. Tuttavia, mentre teneva le sue lezioni, lui continuava a migliorare nel modo in cui si esprimeva: quando si fermava davanti alla lavagna con la sua gesso in mano prima di scrivere, rifletteva sul luogo in questione, chiedendosi se l’acqua fosse più profonda o il corso più diritto, un po’ più in alto o un po’ più in basso. A volte aveva persino l’idea di tracciare qualche linea sulla lavagna per spiegare meglio ciò che intendeva. Continuava a migliorare nei suoi metodi sia durante le lezioni che nelle sue riflessioni mentali, nell’eseguire i calcoli e nel porre domande, per tutta la giornata.

Charley Hexam ormai era un maestro, in un’altra scuola, sotto la guida di un altro direttore.
Era sera; Bradley stava passeggiando nel suo giardino quando fu osservato da dietro una tenda dalla gentile e timida piccola Miss Peecher, che pensò di offrirgli i suoi sali aromatici per il mal di testa. Quando Mary Anne, sempre al suo fianco, alzò il braccio.

“Sì, Mary Anne?”

“Il giovane signor Hexam, se le fa piacere, signora, è venuto a trovare il signor Headstone.”

“Molto bene, Mary Anne.”

Di nuovo, Mary Anne alzò il braccio.

“Puoi parlare, Mary Anne?”

“Il signor Headstone ha chiamato il giovane signor Hexam nella sua casa, signora, e lui è entrato senza aspettare che il giovane signor Hexam lo raggiungesse; ora anche lui è entrato e ha chiuso la porta, signora.”

“Con tutto il mio cuore, Mary Anne.”

Di nuovo, il “metodo telegrafico” di Mary Anne funzionò.

“Cosa altro, Mary Anne?”

“Deve sembrare loro piuttosto noioso e buio lì dentro, signorina Peecher, le tende della sala sono chiuse, e nessuno delle due persone si prende la briga di aprirle.”

“Non si può spiegare nulla,” disse la gentile signorina Peecher con un lieve sospiro triste, che represse posando la mano sulla sua gonna ordinata e metodica, “non si possono spiegare i gusti, Mary Anne.”

Charley, entrando nella stanza buia, si fermò di colpo quando vide il suo vecchio amico nella sua luce gialla.

“Entra pure, Hexam, entra.”

Charley fece un passo avanti per prendere la mano che gli veniva tesa; ma si fermò di nuovo, senza raggiungerla. Gli occhi pesanti e iniettati di sangue dell’insegnante, sollevatisi con sforzo verso il suo viso, incrociarono il suo sguardo attento.

“Signor Headstone, cosa c’è?”

“Materia? Dove?”

“Signor Headstone, ha sentito la notizia? Quella riguardante quell’uomo, il signor Eugene Wrayburn? Che è stato ucciso, ”

“Allora è morto!” esclamò Bradley.

Il giovane Hexam lo fissava in silenzio; si umettì le labbra con la lingua, guardò intorno nella stanza, lanciò un’occhiata al suo ex allievo e poi abbassò lo sguardo. “Ho sentito parlare di questa atrocità,” disse Bradley, cercando di controllare il proprio linguaggio incontenibile, “ma non conoscevo tutti i dettagli.”

“Dove eri tu,” disse il ragazzo, avvicinandosi di un passo e abbassando la voce, “quando è successo? Fermati! Non te lo chiedo. Non dirmelo. Se mi costringi a condividere i tuoi segreti, signor Headstone, rinuncierò a ogni singola parola che so. Ascolta bene: rinuncierò a tutto, e anche a te. Lo farò!”

Quella povera creatura sembrava soffrire terribilmente a causa di questa rinuncia. Su di lei calò un’atmosfera desolata di totale e assoluta solitudine, come un’ombra visibile.

‘It’s for me to speak, not you,’ said the boy. ‘If you do, you’ll do it at your peril. I am going to put your selfishness before you, Mr Headstone—your passionate, violent, and ungovernable selfishness—to show you why I can, and why I will, have nothing more to do with you.’

He looked at young Hexam as if he were waiting for a scholar to go on with a lesson that he knew by heart and was deadly tired of. But he had said his last word to him.

‘If you had any part—I don’t say what—in this attack,’ pursued the boy; ‘or if you know anything about it—I don’t say how much—or if you know who did it—I go no closer—you did an injury to me that’s never to be forgiven. You know that I took you with me to his chambers in the Temple when I told him my opinion of him, and made myself responsible for my opinion of you. You know that I took you with me when I was watching him with a view to recovering my sister and bringing her to her senses; you know that I have allowed myself to be mixed up with you, all through this business, in favouring your desire to marry my sister. And how do you know that, pursuing the ends of your own violent temper, you have not laid me open to suspicion? Is that your gratitude to me, Mr Headstone?’

Bradley sat looking steadily before him at the vacant air. As often as young Hexam stopped, he turned his eyes towards him, as if he were waiting for him to go on with the lesson, and get it done. As often as the boy resumed, Bradley resumed his fixed face.

‘I am going to be plain with you, Mr Headstone,’ said young Hexam, shaking his head in a half-threatening manner, ‘because this is no time for affecting not to know things that I do know—except certain things at which it might not be very safe for you, to hint again. What I mean is this: if you were a good master, I was a good pupil. I have done you plenty of credit, and in improving my own reputation I have improved yours quite as much. Very well then. Starting on equal terms, I want to put before you how you have shown your gratitude to me, for doing all I could to further your wishes with reference to my sister. You have compromised me by being seen about with me, endeavouring to counteract this Mr Eugene Wrayburn. That’s the first thing you have done. If my character, and my now dropping you, help me out of that, Mr Headstone, the deliverance is to be attributed to me, and not to you. No thanks to you for it!’

The boy stopping again, he moved his eyes again.

‘I am going on, Mr Headstone, don’t you be afraid. I am going on to the end, and I have told you beforehand what the end is. Now, you know my story. You are as well aware as I am, that I have had many disadvantages to leave behind me in life. You have heard me mention my father, and you are sufficiently acquainted with the fact that the home from which I, as I may say, escaped, might have been a more creditable one than it was. My father died, and then it might have been supposed that my way to respectability was pretty clear. No. For then my sister begins.’

He spoke as confidently, and with as entire an absence of any tell-tale colour in his cheek, as if there were no softening old time behind him. Not wonderful, for there WAS none in his hollow empty heart. What is there but self, for selfishness to see behind it?

‘When I speak of my sister, I devoutly wish that you had never seen her, Mr Headstone. However, you did see her, and that’s useless now. I confided in you about her. I explained her character to you, and how she interposed some ridiculous fanciful notions in the way of our being as respectable as I tried for. You fell in love with her, and I favoured you with all my might. She could not be induced to favour you, and so we came into collision with this Mr Eugene Wrayburn. Now, what have you done? Why, you have justified my sister in being firmly set against you from first to last, and you have put me in the wrong again! And why have you done it? Because, Mr Headstone, you are in all your passions so selfish, and so concentrated upon yourself that you have not bestowed one proper thought on me.’

The cool conviction with which the boy took up and held his position, could have been derived from no other vice in human nature.

‘It is,’ he went on, actually with tears, ‘an extraordinary circumstance attendant on my life, that every effort I make towards perfect respectability, is impeded by somebody else through no fault of mine! Not content with doing what I have put before you, you will drag my name into notoriety through dragging my sister’s—which you are pretty sure to do, if my suspicions have any foundation at all—and the worse you prove to be, the harder it will be for me to detach myself from being associated with you in people’s minds.’

When he had dried his eyes and heaved a sob over his injuries, he began moving towards the door.

‘However, I have made up my mind that I will become respectable in the scale of society, and that I will not be dragged down by others. I have done with my sister as well as with you. Since she cares so little for me as to care nothing for undermining my respectability, she shall go her way and I will go mine. My prospects are very good, and I mean to follow them alone. Mr Headstone, I don’t say what you have got upon your conscience, for I don’t know. Whatever lies upon it, I hope you will see the justice of keeping wide and clear of me, and will find a consolation in completely exonerating all but yourself. I hope, before many years are out, to succeed the master in my present school, and the mistress being a single woman, though some years older than I am, I might even marry her. If it is any comfort to you to know what plans I may work out by keeping myself strictly respectable in the scale of society, these are the plans at present occurring to me. In conclusion, if you feel a sense of having injured me, and a desire to make some small reparation, I hope you will think how respectable you might have been yourself and will contemplate your blighted existence.’

Was it strange that the wretched man should take this heavily to heart? Perhaps he had taken the boy to heart, first, through some long laborious years; perhaps through the same years he had found his drudgery lightened by communication with a brighter and more apprehensive spirit than his own; perhaps a family resemblance of face and voice between the boy and his sister, smote him hard in the gloom of his fallen state. For whichsoever reason, or for all, he drooped his devoted head when the boy was gone, and shrank together on the floor, and grovelled there, with the palms of his hands tight-clasping his hot temples, in unutterable misery, and unrelieved by a single tear.

Rogue Riderhood had been busy with the river that day. He had fished with assiduity on the previous evening, but the light was short, and he had fished unsuccessfully. He had fished again that day with better luck, and had carried his fish home to Plashwater Weir Mill Lock-house, in a bundle.

“È a me che spetta parlare, non a te,” disse il ragazzo. “Se lo fai, lo farai a tuo rischio. Metterò davanti a te la tua egoismo, signor Headstone – il tuo egoismo appassionato, violento e incontrollabile – per farti capire perché posso, e perché voglio, smettere completamente di avere a che fare con te.”

Guardava il giovane Hexam come se stesse aspettando che uno studioso continuasse una lezione che conosceva a memoria e di cui era estremamente stanco. Ma aveva già detto la sua ultima parola su di lui.

“Se avessi avuto anche solo un minimo ruolo in questo attacco,” continuò il ragazzo, “o se sapessi qualcosa al riguardo, o se conoscessi chi l’ha fatto, mi hai fatto un torto che non potrà mai essere perdonato. Sai che ti ho portato con me nelle sue stanze nel Tempio quando gli ho espresso la mia opinione su di lui, e che ho assunto la responsabilità delle mie parole riguardo a te. Sai che ti ho portato con me mentre lo tenevo d’occhio nella speranza di poter salvare mia sorella e farla tornare in sé; sai che mi sono lasciato coinvolgere in tutto questo per favorire il tuo desiderio di sposare mia sorella. E come fai a essere sicuro che, seguendo i capricci del tuo violento temperamento, non abbia messo me stesso sotto sospetto? Questa è la tua gratitudine verso di me, signor Headstone?”

Bradley sedeva immobile, fissando lo spazio vuoto davanti a sé. Ogni volta che il giovane Hexam si fermava, lui girava lo sguardo verso di lui, come se aspettasse che continuasse la lezione per portarla a termine. E ogni volta che il ragazzo riprendeva, Bradley riprendeva a mantenere quell’espressione immobile sul viso.

“Vorrei essere chiaro con lei, signor Headstone,” disse il giovane Hexam scuotendo la testa in modo quasi minaccioso, “perché non è questo il momento di fingere di non sapere cose che so benissimo, tranne alcune questioni riguardo alle quali potrebbe non essere molto sicuro per lei riprovarci. Quello che intendo dire è questo: se lei fosse stato un buon maestro, io sarei stato un buon allievo. Le ho reso molti servizi, e migliorando la mia reputazione, ne ho migliorata anche la sua. Bene, partendo da queste basi uguali, voglio che sappia come mi ha ringraziato per aver fatto tutto il possibile per realizzare i suoi desideri riguardo a mia sorella. Ha compromesso me stesso facendosi vedere in giro con me, nel tentativo di contrastare questo signor Eugene Wrayburn. Questa è la prima cosa che ha fatto. Se il mio carattere, e il fatto che ora la lascio, mi aiuteranno a uscire da questa situazione, la gratitudine va attribuita a me, non a lei. Nessun ringraziamento per questo, signor Headstone!”

Il ragazzo si fermò di nuovo e mosse nuovamente lo sguardo.

“Continuerò, signor Headstone, non abbiate paura. Arriverò fino alla fine, e vi ho già detto in anticipo quale sia la fine. Ora conoscete la mia storia. Siete altrettanto ben informato di me quanto lo sono io stesso: nella vita ho incontrato molte difficoltà che ho dovuto superare. Avete sentito parlare di mio padre, e sapete bene che la >famiglia da cui, per così dire, sono fuggita avrebbe potuto essere molto più rispettabile di quanto non fosse in realtà. Mio padre è morto. E allora si sarebbe potuto pensare che il mio cammino verso la rispettabilità fosse ormai tracciato con chiarezza. Ma no. Perché a quel punto entra in scena mia sorella.”

Parlava con tale sicurezza, e con un’assoluta assenza di qualsiasi segno evidente sulle sue guance, come se non ci fosse stata alcuna dolcezza offerta dal vecchio tempo alle sue spalle. Non era certo meraviglioso, perché nel suo cuore vuoto e desolato non c’era davvero nulla. Cosa poteva esserci, se non il ego stesso? E dietro l’ego, cosa si può vedere, se non l’avidità?

“Quando parlo di mia sorella, desidero ardentemente che voi non l’abbiate mai vista, signor Headstone. Tuttavia, l’avete vista, e ormai è inutile. Vi ho confidato tutto su di lei; vi ho spiegato il suo carattere e come abbia introdotto idee ridicole e fantasiose nel nostro tentativo di vivere onestamente, come cercavo io di fare. Voi siete innamorato di lei, e io vi ho dato tutto il mio sostegno. Lei, però, non ha mai mostrato alcun interesse per voi. E così siamo finiti contro questo signor Eugene Wrayburn. Ora, cosa avete fatto? Avete dimostrato che mia sorella aveva tutte le ragioni di odiarvi fin dall’inizio, e ora avete messo me nei guai! E perché l’avete fatto? Perché, signor Headstone, nelle vostre passioni siete così egoisti, così concentrati su voi stessi, che non avete mai pensato davvero a me.”

La ferma determinazione con cui il ragazzo assunse e mantenne la sua posizione non poteva derivare da alcun altro vizio presente nella natura umana.

“È vero,” continuò lui, con davvero delle lacrime negli occhi, “che nella mia vita esistono circostanze straordinarie; ogni sforzo che faccio per comportarmi in modo perfettamente rispettabile viene ostacolato da qualcun altro, senza alcuna colpa da parte mia! Non vi accontentate di ciò che vi ho detto, ma volete trascinare il mio nome nel disonore attirando nella stessa situazione anche mia sorella, e sono abbastanza sicuro che lo farete, se le mie sospetti hanno fondamento. Più si dimostrerà grave la vostra condotta, più mi sarà difficile liberarmi di questa associazione con voi agli occhi delle persone.”

Quando si fu asciugato gli occhi e singhiozzò per le sue ferite, iniziò ad avvicinarsi alla porta.

‘Tuttavia, ho deciso di diventare una persona rispettabile nella società in cui vivo, e di non lasciarmi trascinare giù dagli altri. Ho chiuso ogni rapporto con mia sorella, proprio come l’ho fatto con te. Poiché a lei importa così poco di me da essere disposta a distruggere la mia reputazione, che vada per la sua strada e io per la mia. Le mie prospettive sono molto buone, e intendo seguirle da sola. Signor Headstone, non so cosa abbia sulla coscienza. Ma qualunque cosa sia, spero che comprenderà l’importanza di tenersi alla larga da me, e troverà conforto nel considerarsi completamente innocente, tranne che per quanto riguarda se stesso. Spero anche che, in pochi anni, possa sostituire il maestro nella mia attuale scuola. E poiché la direttrice è una donna single, anche se più anziana di me, forse potrei persino sposarla. Se questo può consolarti nel sapere quali sono i miei piani per mantenere una reputazione rispettabile nella società, questi sono i progetti che al momento mi vengono in mente. In conclusione, se senti di avermi ferito e desideri fare qualche piccola riparazione, spero che rifletta su quanto potresti essere stato tu stesso una persona rispettabile, e consideri la tua stessa vita rovinata.’

Era strano che quell’uomo sventurato prendesse tutto questo così sul serio? Forse aveva legato un grande affetto al ragazzo, dopo anni di duro lavoro; forse, negli stessi anni, aveva scoperto che il suo fardello si alleggeriva attraverso la comunicazione con uno spirito più luminoso e sensibile del proprio; forse, la somiglianza tra il ragazzo e sua sorella, sia nel viso che nella voce, lo colpì profondamente nell’oscurità della sua condizione decaduta. Per qualsiasi motivo fosse, o forse per tutti quanti, abbassò la testa piena di dolore quando il ragazzo se ne andò; si rannicchiò a terra, stringendosi le tempie con le mani, nella più atroce sofferenza, senza che una singola lacrima potesse alleviare il suo tormento.

Quel giorno, Rogue Riderhood era impegnato sul >fiume. La sera precedente aveva pescato con impegno, ma la luce era scarsa e non aveva ottenuto risultati. Quel giorno aveva provato di nuovo, con più fortuna, e aveva portato a casa i suoi pesci, avvolti in un fagotto, presso il mulino di Plashwater Weir Lock->casa.

Chapter 8

A FEW GRAINS OF PEPPER

The dolls’ dressmaker went no more to the business-premises of Pubsey and Co. in St Mary Axe, after chance had disclosed to her (as she supposed) the flinty and hypocritical character of Mr Riah. She often moralized over her work on the tricks and the manners of that venerable cheat, but made her little purchases elsewhere, and lived a secluded life. After much consultation with herself, she decided not to put Lizzie Hexam on her guard against the old man, arguing that the disappointment of finding him out would come upon her quite soon enough. Therefore, in her communication with her friend by letter, she was silent on this theme, and principally dilated on the backslidings of her bad child, who every day grew worse and worse.

‘You wicked old boy,’ Miss Wren would say to him, with a menacing forefinger, ‘you’ll force me to run away from you, after all, you will; and then you’ll shake to bits, and there’ll be nobody to pick up the pieces!’

At this foreshadowing of a desolate decease, the wicked old boy would whine and whimper, and would sit shaking himself into the lowest of low spirits, until such time as he could shake himself out of the house and shake another threepennyworth into himself. But dead drunk or dead sober (he had come to such a pass that he was least alive in the latter state), it was always on the conscience of the paralytic scarecrow that he had betrayed his sharp parent for sixty threepennyworths of rum, which were all gone, and that her sharpness would infallibly detect his having done it, sooner or later. All things considered therefore, and addition made of the state of his body to the state of his mind, the bed on which Mr Dolls reposed was a bed of roses from which the flowers and leaves had entirely faded, leaving him to lie upon the thorns and stalks.

On a certain day, Miss Wren was alone at her work, with the house-door set open for coolness, and was trolling in a small sweet voice a mournful little song which might have been the song of the doll she was dressing, bemoaning the brittleness and meltability of wax, when whom should she descry standing on the pavement, looking in at her, but Mr Fledgeby.

‘I thought it was you?’ said Fledgeby, coming up the two steps.

‘Did you?’ Miss Wren retorted. ‘And I thought it was you, young man. Quite a coincidence. You’re not mistaken, and I’m not mistaken. How clever we are!’

Well, and how are you?’ said Fledgeby.

‘I am pretty much as usual, sir,’ replied Miss Wren. ‘A very unfortunate parent, worried out of my life and senses by a very bad child.’

Fledgeby’s small eyes opened so wide that they might have passed for ordinary-sized eyes, as he stared about him for the very young person whom he supposed to be in question.

‘But you’re not a parent,’ said Miss Wren, ‘and consequently it’s of no use talking to you upon a family subject.—To what am I to attribute the honour and favour?’

‘To a wish to improve your acquaintance,’ Mr Fledgeby replied.

Miss Wren, stopping to bite her thread, looked at him very knowingly.

‘We never meet now,’ said Fledgeby; ‘do we?’

‘No,’ said Miss Wren, chopping off the word.

‘So I had a mind,’ pursued Fledgeby, ‘to come and have a talk with you about our dodging friend, the child of Israel.’

‘So HE gave you my address; did he?’ asked Miss Wren.

‘I got it out of him,’ said Fledgeby, with a stammer.

‘You seem to see a good deal of him,’ remarked Miss Wren, with shrewd distrust. ‘A good deal of him you seem to see, considering.’

‘Yes, I do,’ said Fledgeby. ‘Considering.’

‘Haven’t you,’ inquired the dressmaker, bending over the doll on which her art was being exercised, ‘done interceding with him yet?’

‘No,’ said Fledgeby, shaking his head.

‘La! Been interceding with him all this time, and sticking to him still?’ said Miss Wren, busy with her work.

‘Sticking to him is the word,’ said Fledgeby.

Miss Wren pursued her occupation with a concentrated air, and asked, after an interval of silent industry:

‘Are you in the army?’

‘Not exactly,’ said Fledgeby, rather flattered by the question.

‘Navy?’ asked Miss Wren.

‘N—no,’ said Fledgeby. He qualified these two negatives, as if he were not absolutely in either service, but was almost in both.

‘What are you then?’ demanded Miss Wren.

‘I am a gentleman, I am,’ said Fledgeby.

‘Oh!’ assented Jenny, screwing up her mouth with an appearance of conviction. ‘Yes, to be sure! That accounts for your having so much time to give to interceding. But only to think how kind and friendly a gentleman you must be!’

Mr Fledgeby found that he was skating round a board marked Dangerous, and had better cut out a fresh track. ‘Let’s get back to the dodgerest of the dodgers,’ said he. ‘What’s he up to in the case of your friend the handsome gal? He must have some object. What’s his object?’

‘Cannot undertake to say, sir, I am sure!’ returned Miss Wren, composedly.

‘He won’t acknowledge where she’s gone,’ said Fledgeby; ‘and I have a fancy that I should like to have another look at her. Now I know he knows where she is gone.’

‘Cannot undertake to say, sir, I am sure!’ Miss Wren again rejoined.

‘And you know where she is gone,’ hazarded Fledgeby.

‘Cannot undertake to say, sir, really,’ replied Miss Wren.

The quaint little chin met Mr Fledgeby’s gaze with such a baffling hitch, that that agreeable gentleman was for some time at a loss how to resume his fascinating part in the dialogue. At length he said:

‘Miss Jenny!—That’s your name, if I don’t mistake?’

‘Probably you don’t mistake, sir,’ was Miss Wren’s cool answer; ‘because you had it on the best authority. Mine, you know.’

‘Miss Jenny! Instead of coming up and being dead, let’s come out and look alive. It’ll pay better, I assure you,’ said Fledgeby, bestowing an inveigling twinkle or two upon the dressmaker. ‘You’ll find it pay better.’

Capitolo 8

Qualche granello di pepe

La sarta delle bambole non andò più negli uffici di Pubsey & Co. in St Mary Axe, dopo che per caso aveva scoperto (come credeva) il carattere duro e ipocrita del signor Riah. Spesso rifletteva sui trucchi e sul comportamento di quel rispettabile imbroglione, ma faceva le sue piccole spese altrove e conduceva una vita ritirata. Dopo molte riflessioni, decise di non avvertire Lizzie Hexam riguardo a quell’uomo, ritenendo che la delusione di scoprirne la vera natura sarebbe arrivata abbastanza presto. Pertanto, nelle sue lettere alla sua amica, taceva su questo argomento e si soffermava soprattutto sui comportamenti sempre peggiori della sua cattiva figlia.

“Maledetto ragazzo cattivo,” gli diceva la signorina Wren, puntandogli contro un dito indice minaccioso, “alla fine mi costringerai a scappare da te, lo farai sicuramente; e poi tu andrai in mille pezzi, e non ci sarà nessuno a raccoglierli, ”

Di fronte a questa premonizione di una morte desolata, quel malvagio ragazzo piangeva e lamentava, seduto e tremante fino al momento in cui riusciva ad uscire di casa per procurarsi altri tre penny. Ma che fosse completamente ubriaco o sobrio (era arrivato a tal punto che, nello stato di sobrietà, sembrava meno vivo del solito), la coscienza di quel “spaventapasseri” paralizzato gli rimproverava costantemente per aver tradito sua madre in cambio di sessanta penny di rum, soldi ormai persi, e che lei, con certezza, avrebbe scoperto prima o poi. Considerando tutto ciò, e aggiungendo lo stato del suo corpo a quello della sua mente, il letto su cui riposava il signor Dolls era in realtà un letto di rose, le quali, però, avevano ormai completamente appassito, lasciandolo sdraiato tra spine e steli.

Un certo giorno, la signorina Wren era da sola al suo lavoro; la porta di casa era aperta per far entrare l’aria fresca. Con una voce dolce e sommessa, cantava una piccola canzone triste, probabilmente quella della bambola che stava vestendo, lamentando la fragilità e la fusibilità della cera. Quando, guarda un po’, chi vide in piedi sul marciapiede che la guardava? Il signor Fledgeby.

“Pensavo fossi tu, ”, disse Fledgeby salendo i due gradini.

“Davvero?” ribatté la signorina Wren. “E io pensavo fossi stato tu, giovane uomo. Che coincidenza! Nessuno di noi si sbaglia. Che intelligenti siamo!”

“Beh, e come stai?” disse Fledgeby.

“Sono più o meno come al solito, signore,” rispose la signorina Wren. “Una madre molto sfortunata, distrutta dalla preoccupazione per un bambino davvero terribile.”

Gli occhi piccoli di Fledgeby si aprirono così tanto che avrebbero potuto sembrare di dimensioni normali; mentre guardava intorno, cercava quella persona molto giovane di cui pensava si stesse parlando.

“Ma tu non sei un genitore,” disse la signorina Wren, “quindi non ha senso parlarti di argomenti familiari. A cosa devo attribuire questa onore e questo favore?”

“Per desiderare approfondire la nostra conoscenza,” rispose il signor Fledgeby.

La signorina Wren, fermandosi per mordicchiare il filo, lo guardò con un’aria molto comprensiva.

“Ora non ci incontriamo mai più, vero?” disse Fledgeby.

“No,” disse la signorina Wren, interrompendo bruscamente la frase.

“Sapevo che volevo parlarti,” continuò Fledgeby, “di quel nostro amico che si nasconde, il >bambino di Israele.”

“So che lui ti ha dato il mio indirizzo, vero?” chiese la signorina Wren.

“L’ho ottenuto da lui,” disse Fledgeby, balbettando.

“Sembri incontrarlo spesso,” osservò la signorina Wren con una sottile diffidenza. “Considerando tutto, sembri davvero incontrarlo molto.”

“Sì, lo faccio,” disse Fledgeby. “Considerando, ”

“Non l’hai ancora fatto, vero?”, chiese la sarta, chinandosi sulla bambola su cui stava mettendo in pratica le sue abilità.

“No,” disse Fledgeby scuotendo la testa.

“Ah! Hai cercato di intercedere per lui tutto questo tempo e continui ancora a stargli accanto?” disse la signorina Wren, impegnata nel suo lavoro.

“Restare con lui è la cosa giusta da fare,” disse Fledgeby.

La signorina Wren proseguì la sua occupazione con grande concentrazione e, dopo un periodo di silenziosa attività, chiese:

“Sei nell’esercito?”

“Non esattamente,” disse Fledgeby, piuttosto lusingato dalla domanda.

“Marina?” chiese la signorina Wren.

“N-no,” disse Fledgeby. Precisò queste due negazioni, come se non fosse assolutamente fedele a nessuno dei due, ma quasi a entrambi.

“Allora, chi sei?” chiese la signorina Wren.

“Sono un gentiluomo, lo sono davvero,” disse Fledgeby.

‘Oh!’ concordò Jenny, arricciando le labbra in un’espressione di convinzione. ‘Sì, sicuramente! Questo spiega perché hai così tanto tempo da dedicare alle tue intercessioni. Ma pensa solo a quanto tu debba essere gentile e cordiale come uomo!’

Il signor Fledgeby si rese conto di essere costretto a “ pattinare” attorno a un cartello su cui era scritto “Pericoloso”; decise quindi di tracciare una nuova pista. “Torniamo ai metodi più astuti e ingegnosi”, disse. “Cosa sta combinando riguardo alla tua amica, quella bella ragazza? Deve sicuramente avere un qualche scopo. Qual è esattamente il suo obiettivo?”

“Non posso assicurarvelo con certezza, signore!” rispose Miss Wren, con calma.

“Non vuole ammettere dove sia andata,” disse Fledgeby; “e ho l’impressione che mi piacerebbe darle un’altra occhiata. Ora so che lui sa dove è andata.”

“Non posso assicurarvelo con certezza, signore!” ribatté di nuovo la signorina Wren.

“E sai dove è andata,” osò dire Fledgeby.

“Non posso assicurarvelo con certezza, signore,” rispose la signorina Wren.

Quel grazioso mento si incontrò con lo sguardo del signor Fledgeby in modo così strano che quel gentiluomo, per un po’, non riuscì a capire come riprendere il suo ruolo nel dialogo. Alla fine disse:

“Miss Jenny! — È questo il suo nome, se non mi sbaglio?”

“Probabilmente non vi sbagliate, signore,” fu la risposta calma della signorina Wren; “perché avevate informazioni provenienti dalla fonte più affidabile. La mia, sapete.”

“Signorina Jenny! Invece di venire qui e sembrare morta, usciamo fuori e mostriamo di essere vive. Vi assicuro che ne trarrete maggior beneficio,” disse Fledgeby, lanciando alla sarta uno sguardo seducente. “Ve lo garantisco: ne trarrete davvero più vantaggio.”

‘Perhaps,’ said Miss Jenny, holding out her doll at arm’s length, and critically contemplating the effect of her art with her scissors on her lips and her head thrown back, as if her interest lay there, and not in the conversation; ‘perhaps you’ll explain your meaning, young man, which is Greek to me.—You must have another touch of blue in your trimming, my dear.’ Having addressed the last remark to her fair client, Miss Wren proceeded to snip at some blue fragments that lay before her, among fragments of all colours, and to thread a needle from a skein of blue silk.

‘Look here,’ said Fledgeby.—‘Are you attending?’

‘I am attending, sir,’ replied Miss Wren, without the slightest appearance of so doing. ‘Another touch of blue in your trimming, my dear.’

Well, look here,’ said Fledgeby, rather discouraged by the circumstances under which he found himself pursuing the conversation. ‘If you’re attending—’

(‘Light blue, my sweet young lady,’ remarked Miss Wren, in a sprightly tone, ‘being best suited to your fair complexion and your flaxen curls.’)

‘I say, if you’re attending,’ proceeded Fledgeby, ‘it’ll pay better in this way. It’ll lead in a roundabout manner to your buying damage and waste of Pubsey and Co. at a nominal price, or even getting it for nothing.’

‘Aha!’ thought the dressmaker. ‘But you are not so roundabout, Little Eyes, that I don’t notice your answering for Pubsey and Co. after all! Little Eyes, Little Eyes, you’re too cunning by half.’

‘And I take it for granted,’ pursued Fledgeby, ‘that to get the most of your materials for nothing would be well worth your while, Miss Jenny?’

‘You may take it for granted,’ returned the dressmaker with many knowing nods, ‘that it’s always well worth my while to make money.’

‘Now,’ said Fledgeby approvingly, ‘you’re answering to a sensible purpose. Now, you’re coming out and looking alive! So I make so free, Miss Jenny, as to offer the remark, that you and Judah were too thick together to last. You can’t come to be intimate with such a deep file as Judah without beginning to see a little way into him, you know,’ said Fledgeby with a wink.

‘I must own,’ returned the dressmaker, with her eyes upon her work, ‘that we are not good friends at present.’

‘I know you’re not good friends at present,’ said Fledgeby. ‘I know all about it. I should like to pay off Judah, by not letting him have his own deep way in everything. In most things he’ll get it by hook or by crook, but—hang it all!—don’t let him have his own deep way in everything. That’s too much.’ Mr Fledgeby said this with some display of indignant warmth, as if he was counsel in the cause for Virtue.

‘How can I prevent his having his own way?’ began the dressmaker.

‘Deep way, I called it,’ said Fledgeby.

‘—His own deep way, in anything?’

‘I’ll tell you,’ said Fledgeby. ‘I like to hear you ask it, because it’s looking alive. It’s what I should expect to find in one of your sagacious understanding. Now, candidly.’

‘Eh?’ cried Miss Jenny.

‘I said, now candidly,’ Mr Fledgeby explained, a little put out.

‘Oh-h!’

‘I should be glad to countermine him, respecting the handsome gal, your friend. He means something there. You may depend upon it, Judah means something there. He has a motive, and of course his motive is a dark motive. Now, whatever his motive is, it’s necessary to his motive’—Mr Fledgeby’s constructive powers were not equal to the avoidance of some tautology here—‘that it should be kept from me, what he has done with her. So I put it to you, who know: What HAS he done with her? I ask no more. And is that asking much, when you understand that it will pay?’

Miss Jenny Wren, who had cast her eyes upon the bench again after her last interruption, sat looking at it, needle in hand but not working, for some moments. She then briskly resumed her work, and said with a sidelong glance of her eyes and chin at Mr Fledgeby:

‘Where d’ye live?’

‘Albany, Piccadilly,’ replied Fledgeby.

‘When are you at home?’

‘When you like.’

‘Breakfast-time?’ said Jenny, in her abruptest and shortest manner.

‘No better time in the day,’ said Fledgeby.

‘I’ll look in upon you to-morrow, young man. Those two ladies,’ pointing to dolls, ‘have an appointment in Bond Street at ten precisely. When I’ve dropped ’em there, I’ll drive round to you.’ With a weird little laugh, Miss Jenny pointed to her crutch-stick as her equipage.

‘This is looking alive indeed!’ cried Fledgeby, rising.

‘Mark you! I promise you nothing,’ said the dolls’ dressmaker, dabbing two dabs at him with her needle, as if she put out both his eyes.

‘No no. I understand,’ returned Fledgeby. ‘The damage and waste question shall be settled first. It shall be made to pay; don’t you be afraid. Good-day, Miss Jenny.’

‘Good-day, young man.’

Mr Fledgeby’s prepossessing form withdrew itself; and the little dressmaker, clipping and snipping and stitching, and stitching and snipping and clipping, fell to work at a great rate; musing and muttering all the time.

‘Misty, misty, misty. Can’t make it out. Little Eyes and the wolf in a conspiracy? Or Little Eyes and the wolf against one another? Can’t make it out. My poor Lizzie, have they both designs against you, either way? Can’t make it out. Is Little Eyes Pubsey, and the wolf Co? Can’t make it out. Pubsey true to Co, and Co to Pubsey? Pubsey false to Co, and Co to Pubsey? Can’t make it out. What said Little Eyes? “Now, candidly?” Ah! However the cat jumps, HE’S a liar. That’s all I can make out at present; but you may go to bed in the Albany, Piccadilly, with THAT for your pillow, young man!’ Thereupon, the little dressmaker again dabbed out his eyes separately, and making a loop in the air of her thread and deftly catching it into a knot with her needle, seemed to bowstring him into the bargain.

For the terrors undergone by Mr Dolls that evening when his little parent sat profoundly meditating over her work, and when he imagined himself found out, as often as she changed her attitude, or turned her eyes towards him, there is no adequate name. Moreover it was her habit to shake her head at that wretched old boy whenever she caught his eye as he shivered and shook. What are popularly called ‘the trembles’ being in full force upon him that evening, and likewise what are popularly called ‘the horrors,’ he had a very bad time of it; which was not made better by his being so remorseful as frequently to moan ‘Sixty threepennorths.’ This imperfect sentence not being at all intelligible as a confession, but sounding like a Gargantuan order for a dram, brought him into new difficulties by occasioning his parent to pounce at him in a more than usually snappish manner, and to overwhelm him with bitter reproaches.

“Forse,” disse la signorina Jenny, tenendo la sua bambola a distanza e osservandone con attenzione l’effetto prodotto dalle sue forbici sui suoi capelli e sul suo viso, mentre inclinava leggermente la testa all’indietro, come se il vero interesse per lei risiedesse in quell’aspetto e non nella conversazione; “forse potresti spiegarmi cosa intendi dire, giovane uomo. Per me è davvero incomprensibile. Dovresti aggiungere ancora un po’ di blu ai tuoi ornamenti, cara.” Dopo aver rivolto quest’ultima osservazione alla sua bella cliente, la signorina Wren continuò a tagliare alcuni frammenti di seta blu presenti davanti a lei, tra pezzi di tutti i colori, e iniziò poi a infilare un ago con un gomitolo di seta blu.

“Guarda qui,” disse Fledgeby. “Stai ascoltando?”

“Parteciperò, signore,” rispose la signorina Wren, senza mostrare il minimo segno di volerlo fare. “Un altro tocco di blu nei vostri ornamenti, caro mio.”

“Beh, guardate qui,” disse Fledgeby, piuttosto scoraggiato dalle circostanze in cui si trovava a proseguire quella conversazione. “Se state ascoltando, ”

“Blu chiaro, mia cara giovane signorina,” osservò la signorina Wren con tono vivace, “è il colore che si abbina meglio al vostro incarnato pallido e alle vostre onde di capelli biondi.”

“Dico, se parteciperete,” proseguì Fledgeby, “sarà più vantaggioso così. In un certo senso, vi porterà ad acquistare prodotti della ditta Pubsey e Co. a un prezzo irrisorio, o addirittura gratuitamente.”

“Ahah!” pensò la sarta. “Ma non sei così astuta da riuscire a nascondere il fatto che in realtà lavori per Pubsey e Co., vero? Piccoli Occhi, sei davvero troppo ingegnosa, ”

“E io considero questo scontato,” proseguì Fledgeby, “che ottenere il massimo dai vostri materiali senza spendere nulla valga davvero la pena, signorina Jenny, ”

“Potreste dare per scontato,” rispose la sarta con molti cenni d’intesa, “che per me sia sempre valsa la pena guadagnare denaro.”

“Ora,” disse Fledgeby con approvazione, “stai servendo uno scopo sensato. Ora sembri davvero viva e piena di energia! Quindi mi permetto, signorina Jenny, di dire che tu e Judah eravate troppo legati l’uno all’altro per poter durare a lungo. Non si può diventare intimi con qualcuno così complesso come Judah senza iniziare ad approfondire la sua personalità, capisci?” disse Fledgeby con un occhiolino.

“Devo ammetterlo,” rispose la sarta, fissando il proprio lavoro, “che al momento non siamo buone amiche.”

“So che al momento non siete buoni amici,” disse Fledgeby. “Lo so tutto. Vorrei ripagare Judah impedendogli di avere sempre la sua strada preferita in ogni cosa. Nella maggior parte dei casi riuscirà comunque a ottenerla, a tutti i costi. Ma, per l’amor del cielo, non lasciatelo fare in tutto! È troppo.” Mr Fledgeby disse queste parole con un certo calore indignato, come se fosse un sostenitore della Virtù.

“Come posso impedirgli di fare sempre a modo suo?” cominciò la sarta.

“Un posto molto profondo,” disse Fledgeby.

“—A modo suo profondo, in qualsiasi cosa?”

“Te lo dirò,” disse Fledgeby. “Mi piace sentirti far questa domanda, perché sembra davvero viva. È proprio ciò che mi aspetterei di trovare nella tua saggezza e comprensione. Ora, onestamente, ”

“Eh?”, esclamò la signorina Jenny.

“Ho detto, onestamente parlando,” spiegò il signor Fledgeby, un po’ seccato.

‘Oh-h!’

“Dovrei essere felice di neutralizzarlo, considerando quella bella ragazza, tua amica. Lui significa qualcosa, ne puoi essere certo. Judah significa davvero qualcosa. Ha un movente, e ovviamente si tratta di un movente oscuro. Qualunque sia questo movente, è necessario che io non venga a sapere cosa abbia fatto con lei. Quindi te lo chiedo: COSA ha fatto con lei? Non chiedo altro. E non è forse una domanda troppo invasiva, quando si considera che potrebbe rivelarsi molto utile?”

La signorina Jenny Wren, che dopo l’ultima interruzione aveva di nuovo posato lo sguardo su quel banco, sedette a fissarlo per qualche momento, con l’ago in mano ma senza lavorare. Poi riprese rapidamente il suo lavoro e, lanciando uno sguardo obliquo verso il signor Fledgeby, disse.

“Dove vivi?”

“Albany, Piccadilly,” rispose Fledgeby.

“Quando tornerai a casa?”

“Quando vuoi tu.”

“Ora di colazione?” disse Jenny, nel suo modo più brusco e conciso.

“Non c’è momento migliore nella giornata”, disse Fledgeby.

“Tornerò a vederti domani, giovane uomo. Quelle due signore,” indicando le bambole, “hanno un appuntamento in Bond Street alle dieci in punto. Dopo averle lasciate lì, verrò da te.” Con una strana risatina, la signorina Jenny indicò il suo bastone da passeggio come se fosse il suo mezzo di trasporto.

“Sembra davvero vivo!” esclamò Fledgeby alzandosi in piedi.

“Ricorda bene! Non ti prometto nulla,” disse la sarta delle bambole, pungendolo due volte con l’ago, come se volesse accecarlo completamente.

“No, no. Capisco,” rispose Fledgeby. “La questione dei danni e degli sprechi dovrà essere risolta prima di tutto. Si farà in modo che vengano ripagati; non temete. Buongiorno, signorina Jenny.”

“Buongiorno, giovane.”

La figura imponente del signor Fledgeby scomparve; e la piccola sarta, mentre tagliava, cuciva e di nuovo tagliava, si mise al lavoro con grande efficienza, continuando a mormorare tra sé tutto il tempo.

“Misty, misty. Non riesco a capirlo. Little Eyes e il lupo sono in combutta? O si oppongono a vicenda? Non riesco proprio a capire. Povera Lizzie. Forse entrambi hanno cattive intenzioni nei tuoi confronti? Little Eyes è Pubsey, e il lupo è Co? Oppure Pubsey è fedele a Co, e Co a Pubsey? O ancora Pubsey tradisce Co, e Co tradisce Pubsey? Non riesco davvero a capirlo. Cosa ha detto Little Eyes? ‘Ora, onestamente?’ Ah. Comunque sia, quel tipo mente. Per ora è tutto ciò che riesco a capire. Ma puoi andare a letto, giovane uomo, con queste domande come cuscino, ” Così dicendo, la piccola sarta gli asciugò di nuovo gli occhi uno per uno, fece un giro con il filo nell’aria e lo legò abilmente con l’ago. Sembrava quasi che volesse “incordarlo” per usarlo come bersaglio.

Per le terribili esperienze che il signor Dolls visse quella sera, quando sua madre sedeva immersa nella meditazione sul proprio lavoro e lui si immaginava scoperto ogni volta che lei cambiava atteggiamento o lo guardava, non esiste un termine adeguato per descriverle. Inoltre, era sua abitudine scuotere la testa di fronte a quel povero vecchio ragazzo ogni volta che questi lo fissava, mentre tremava e sobbalzava. Poiché quella sera i cosiddetti “tremori” erano al loro apice, così come le altre forme di terrore, il signor Dolls visse davvero un momento molto difficile. Il tutto non migliorò certo per il fatto che fosse così pentito da lamentarsi continuamente: “Sessantatré penny, ” Questa frase incomprensibile, anziché sembrare una confessione, suonava piuttosto come un ordine gigantesco di ordinare un bicchiere di vino. Il che lo mise nuovamente nei guai, facendo sì che sua madre reagisse con ancora maggiore irritazione e lo sommergesse di rimproveri amari.

What was a bad time for Mr Dolls, could not fail to be a bad time for the dolls’ dressmaker. However, she was on the alert next morning, and drove to Bond Street, and set down the two ladies punctually, and then directed her equipage to conduct her to the Albany. Arrived at the doorway of the house in which Mr Fledgeby’s chambers were, she found a lady standing there in a travelling dress, holding in her hand—of all things in the world—a gentleman’s hat.

‘You want some one?’ said the lady in a stern manner.

‘I am going up stairs to Mr Fledgeby’s.’

‘You cannot do that at this moment. There is a gentleman with him. I am waiting for the gentleman. His business with Mr Fledgeby will very soon be transacted, and then you can go up. Until the gentleman comes down, you must wait here.’

While speaking, and afterwards, the lady kept watchfully between her and the staircase, as if prepared to oppose her going up, by force. The lady being of a stature to stop her with a hand, and looking mightily determined, the dressmaker stood still.

Well? Why do you listen?’ asked the lady.

‘I am not listening,’ said the dressmaker.

‘What do you hear?’ asked the lady, altering her phrase.

‘Is it a kind of a spluttering somewhere?’ said the dressmaker, with an inquiring look.

‘Mr Fledgeby in his shower-bath, perhaps,’ remarked the lady, smiling.

‘And somebody’s beating a carpet, I think?’

‘Mr Fledgeby’s carpet, I dare say,’ replied the smiling lady.

Miss Wren had a reasonably good eye for smiles, being well accustomed to them on the part of her young friends, though their smiles mostly ran smaller than in nature. But she had never seen so singular a smile as that upon this lady’s face. It twitched her nostrils open in a remarkable manner, and contracted her lips and eyebrows. It was a smile of enjoyment too, though of such a fierce kind that Miss Wren thought she would rather not enjoy herself than do it in that way.

Well!’ said the lady, watching her. ‘What now?’

‘I hope there’s nothing the matter!’ said the dressmaker.

‘Where?’ inquired the lady.

‘I don’t know where,’ said Miss Wren, staring about her. ‘But I never heard such odd noises. Don’t you think I had better call somebody?’

‘I think you had better not,’ returned the lady with a significant frown, and drawing closer.

On this hint, the dressmaker relinquished the idea, and stood looking at the lady as hard as the lady looked at her. Meanwhile the dressmaker listened with amazement to the odd noises which still continued, and the lady listened too, but with a coolness in which there was no trace of amazement.

Soon afterwards, came a slamming and banging of doors; and then came running down stairs, a gentleman with whiskers, and out of breath, who seemed to be red-hot.

‘Is your business done, Alfred?’ inquired the lady.

‘Very thoroughly done,’ replied the gentleman, as he took his hat from her.

‘You can go up to Mr Fledgeby as soon as you like,’ said the lady, moving haughtily away.

‘Oh! And you can take these three pieces of stick with you,’ added the gentleman politely, ‘and say, if you please, that they come from Mr Alfred Lammle, with his compliments on leaving England. Mr Alfred Lammle. Be so good as not to forget the name.’

The three pieces of stick were three broken and frayed fragments of a stout lithe cane. Miss Jenny taking them wonderingly, and the gentleman repeating with a grin, ‘Mr Alfred Lammle, if you’ll be so good. Compliments, on leaving England,’ the lady and gentleman walked away quite deliberately, and Miss Jenny and her crutch-stick went up stairs. ‘Lammle, Lammle, Lammle?’ Miss Jenny repeated as she panted from stair to stair, ‘where have I heard that name? Lammle, Lammle? I know! Saint Mary Axe!’

With a gleam of new intelligence in her sharp face, the dolls’ dressmaker pulled at Fledgeby’s bell. No one answered; but, from within the chambers, there proceeded a continuous spluttering sound of a highly singular and unintelligible nature.

‘Good gracious! Is Little Eyes choking?’ cried Miss Jenny.

Pulling at the bell again and getting no reply, she pushed the outer door, and found it standing ajar. No one being visible on her opening it wider, and the spluttering continuing, she took the liberty of opening an inner door, and then beheld the extraordinary spectacle of Mr Fledgeby in a shirt, a pair of Turkish trousers, and a Turkish cap, rolling over and over on his own carpet, and spluttering wonderfully.

‘Oh Lord!’ gasped Mr Fledgeby. ‘Oh my eye! Stop thief! I am strangling. Fire! Oh my eye! A glass of water. Give me a glass of water. Shut the door. Murder! Oh Lord!’ And then rolled and spluttered more than ever.

Hurrying into another room, Miss Jenny got a glass of water, and brought it for Fledgeby’s relief: who, gasping, spluttering, and rattling in his throat betweenwhiles, drank some water, and laid his head faintly on her arm.

‘Oh my eye!’ cried Fledgeby, struggling anew. ‘It’s salt and snuff. It’s up my nose, and down my throat, and in my wind-pipe. Ugh! Ow! Ow! Ow! Ah—h—h—h!’ And here, crowing fearfully, with his eyes starting out of his head, appeared to be contending with every mortal disease incidental to poultry.

‘And Oh my Eye, I’m so sore!’ cried Fledgeby, starting, over on his back, in a spasmodic way that caused the dressmaker to retreat to the wall. ‘Oh I smart so! Do put something to my back and arms, and legs and shoulders. Ugh! It’s down my throat again and can’t come up. Ow! Ow! Ow! Ah—h—h—h! Oh I smart so!’ Here Mr Fledgeby bounded up, and bounded down, and went rolling over and over again.

The dolls’ dressmaker looked on until he rolled himself into a corner with his Turkish slippers uppermost, and then, resolving in the first place to address her ministration to the salt and snuff, gave him more water and slapped his back. But, the latter application was by no means a success, causing Mr Fledgeby to scream, and to cry out, ‘Oh my eye! don’t slap me! I’m covered with weales and I smart so!’

Qualsiasi momento difficile per il signor Dolls doveva necessariamente essere un momento difficile anche per la sarta delle bambole. Tuttavia, la mattina seguente era già pronta e si recò immediatamente in Bond Street, lasciando le due signore puntualmente al loro destino, prima di dirigersi verso l’Albany. Arrivata all’ingresso della casa dove si trovavano gli uffici del signor Fledgeby, vide una signora in abito da viaggio che teneva in mano, un cappello da gentiluomo.

“Vuoi qualcuno con te?” disse la signora in tono severo.

“Sto salendo le scale per andare da Mr Fledgeby.”

“Non puoi farlo in questo momento. C’è un signore con lui. Sto aspettando quel signore. La sua faccenda con il signor Fledgeby sarà risolta molto presto, e poi potrai salire. Finché il signore non scenderà, devi aspettare qui.”

Mentre parlava, e anche dopo, la signora rimase attentamente di guardia tra lei e le scale, come se fosse pronta ad impedirle di salire con la forza. Essendo alta abbastanza da poterla fermare con una sola mano, e sembrando estremamente decisa, la sarta rimase immobile.

“‘Bene?’ Perché lo ascolti?” chiese la signora.

“Non sto ascoltando,” disse la sarta.

“Cosa senti?” chiese la signora, modificando la sua frase.

“È forse un qualche rumore strano proveniente da qualche parte?”, chiese la sarta con uno sguardo curioso.

“Forse il signor Fledgeby è nella sua doccia,” osservò la signora sorridendo.

“E qualcuno sta battendo un tappeto, credo, ”

“Il tappeto del signor Fledgeby, direi,” rispose la signora sorridente.

La signorina Wren aveva un occhio abbastanza acuto per riconoscere i sorrisi, essendo ben abituata ad vederli sui volti dei suoi giovani amici; tuttavia, quei sorrisi di solito erano meno intensi di quelli che si vedono in natura. Ma non aveva mai visto un sorriso così particolare come quello sul viso di quella signora. Quel sorriso fece sì che le narici le si dilatassero in modo strano, e le labbra e le sopracciglia si contrassero. Era un sorriso di piacere, ma di un tipo così intensamente negativo che la signorina Wren pensò che preferisse non provare alcun piacere piuttosto che farlo in quel modo.

“Che bello!”, disse la signora osservandola. “E ora cosa farai?”

“Spero che non ci sia nulla di grave!”, disse la sarta.

“Dove?”, chiese la signora.

“Non so dove,” disse la signorina Wren, guardandosi intorno. “Ma non ho mai sentito rumori così strani. Non pensi che dovrei chiamare qualcuno?”

“Penso che sia meglio di no,” rispose la signora, aggrottando la fronte in modo significativo e avvicinandosi di più.

Su questo indizio, la sarta abbandonò l’idea e rimase ad osservare la signora con lo stesso attenzione con cui la signora la guardava. Nel frattempo, la sarta ascoltava con meraviglia i suoni strani che continuavano a provenire; anche la signora li ascoltava, ma con una freddezza che non lasciava trapelare alcuna traccia di sorpresa.

Poco dopo, si udirono colpi e rumori di porte che si chiudevano; poi, correndo giù per le scale, apparve un signore con la barba, senza fiato, che sembrava essere completamente sudato.

“Hai finito con i tuoi affari, Alfred?” chiese la signora.

“Molto ben fatto,” rispose il gentiluomo, prendendo il proprio cappello da lei.

“Puoi andare da Mr Fledgeby quando vuoi,” disse la signora, allontanandosi con aria sprezzante.

“Oh! E potete portare con voi questi tre pezzi di legno,” aggiunse gentilmente il signore, “e dite, per favore, che provengono dal signor Alfred Lammle, con i suoi saluti per la partenza dall’Inghilterra. Il signor Alfred Lammle. Vi prego, non dimenticate il nome.”

I tre pezzi di bastone erano in realtà tre frammenti rotti e logori di un robusto e agile bastone. La signorina Jenny li prese in mano, meravigliandosi, mentre il gentiluomo ripeteva sorridendo: “Il signor Alfred Lammle, se le fa piacere. Un complimento da parte sua prima di lasciare l’Inghilterra.” La signora e il gentiluomo si allontanarono con calma, mentre la signorina Jenny e il suo bastone per appoggiarsi salirono le scale. “Lammle, Lammle, ”, ripeteva lei, ansimando a ogni gradino, “dove ho già sentito questo nome? Lammle. Ah, sì! Saint Mary Axe!”

Con un lampo di nuova intelligenza sul suo viso affilato, la sarta delle bambole suonò il campanello di Fledgeby. Nessuno rispose; ma, dalle stanze interne, proveniva un continuo rumore sibilante di natura molto particolare e incomprensibile.

“Mio Dio! Little Eyes sta soffocando?” gridò la signorina Jenny.

Tirando di nuovo la campanella senza ricevere risposta, spinse la porta esterna e la trovò semiaperta. Non vedendo nessuno nei paraggi, decise di aprirla del tutto; il rumore continuava incessantemente, quindi si permise di aprire anche una porta interna. E allora vide lo spettacolo straordinario: il signor Fledgeby, in camicia, pantaloni turchi e berretto turco, si rotolava avanti e indietro sul proprio tappeto, emettendo suoni davvero bizzarri.

“Oh Signore!” esclamò il signor Fledgeby. “Oh mio Dio! Fermate quel ladro! Sto per soffocarlo. Fuoco! Oh mio Dio, datemi un bicchiere d’acqua. Chiudete la porta. Omicidio! Oh Signore!” E poi continuò a rotolare e a balbettare più che mai.

Correndo in un’altra stanza, la signorina Jenny prese un bicchiere di acqua e lo portò a Fledgeby per alleviarne le sofferenze: quest’ultimo, ansimando e tossendo, bevve un po’ d’acqua e appoggiò debolmente la testa sul suo braccio.

“Oh mio Dio!” gridò Fledgeby, lottando di nuovo. “È sale e tabacco. È dentro il mio naso, giù per la gola. E anche nella mia trachea! Ugh! Ahia! Ahia! Ahia. Ah, ” E in quel momento, emettendo suoni spaventosi e con gli occhi che sembravano uscire dalle orbite, parve essere afflitto da tutte le malattie possibili che colpiscono i pollame.

“E oh mio Dio, mi fa così male!” gridò Fledgeby, iniziando a contorcersi sul dorso in modo spasmodico, tanto che la sarta dovette ritirarsi contro il muro. “Oh, quanto dolore. Mettete qualcosa sulla mia schiena, sulle braccia, sulle gambe e sulle spalle. Ah! Sta di nuovo scendendo giù per la gola e non riesce a risalire. Ahi! Ahi! Ahi. Ahhh!” In quel momento, il signor Fledgeby iniziò a saltare su e giù, rotolando continuamente sul pavimento.

Il sarto delle bambole continuò a osservarlo finché non si rannicchiò in un angolo, con le pantofole turche rivolte verso l’alto; poi, decidendo prima di tutto di dedicarsi alle sue necessità legate al sale e allo snuff, gli diede ancora un po’ d’acqua e lo schiaffeggiò sulla schiena. Ma questa seconda azione non ebbe affatto successo: il signor Fledgeby iniziò a urlare e a dire: “Oh mio Dio! Non schiaffeggiarmi! Sono coperto di lividi e mi fa molto male!”

However, he gradually ceased to choke and crow, saving at intervals, and Miss Jenny got him into an easy-chair: where, with his eyes red and watery, with his features swollen, and with some half-dozen livid bars across his face, he presented a most rueful sight.

‘What ever possessed you to take salt and snuff, young man?’ inquired Miss Jenny.

‘I didn’t take it,’ the dismal youth replied. ‘It was crammed into my mouth.’

‘Who crammed it?’ asked Miss Jenny.

‘He did,’ answered Fledgeby. ‘The assassin. Lammle. He rubbed it into my mouth and up my nose and down my throat—Ow! Ow! Ow! Ah—h—h—h! Ugh!—to prevent my crying out, and then cruelly assaulted me.’

‘With this?’ asked Miss Jenny, showing the pieces of cane.

‘That’s the weapon,’ said Fledgeby, eyeing it with the air of an acquaintance. ‘He broke it over me. Oh I smart so! How did you come by it?’

‘When he ran down stairs and joined the lady he had left in the hall with his hat’—Miss Jenny began.

‘Oh!’ groaned Mr Fledgeby, writhing, ‘she was holding his hat, was she? I might have known she was in it.’

‘When he came down stairs and joined the lady who wouldn’t let me come up, he gave me the pieces for you, and I was to say, “With Mr Alfred Lammle’s compliments on his leaving England.”’ Miss Jenny said it with such spiteful satisfaction, and such a hitch of her chin and eyes as might have added to Mr Fledgeby’s miseries, if he could have noticed either, in his bodily pain with his hand to his head.

‘Shall I go for the police?’ inquired Miss Jenny, with a nimble start towards the door.

‘Stop! No, don’t!’ cried Fledgeby. ‘Don’t, please. We had better keep it quiet. Will you be so good as shut the door? Oh I do smart so!’

In testimony of the extent to which he smarted, Mr Fledgeby came wallowing out of the easy-chair, and took another roll on the carpet.

‘Now the door’s shut,’ said Mr Fledgeby, sitting up in anguish, with his Turkish cap half on and half off, and the bars on his face getting bluer, ‘do me the kindness to look at my back and shoulders. They must be in an awful state, for I hadn’t got my dressing-gown on, when the brute came rushing in. Cut my shirt away from the collar; there’s a pair of scissors on that table. Oh!’ groaned Mr Fledgeby, with his hand to his head again. ‘How I do smart, to be sure!’

‘There?’ inquired Miss Jenny, alluding to the back and shoulders.

‘Oh Lord, yes!’ moaned Fledgeby, rocking himself. ‘And all over! Everywhere!’

The busy little dressmaker quickly snipped the shirt away, and laid bare the results of as furious and sound a thrashing as even Mr Fledgeby merited. ‘You may well smart, young man!’ exclaimed Miss Jenny. And stealthily rubbed her little hands behind him, and poked a few exultant pokes with her two forefingers over the crown of his head.

‘What do you think of vinegar and brown paper?’ inquired the suffering Fledgeby, still rocking and moaning. ‘Does it look as if vinegar and brown paper was the sort of application?’

‘Yes,’ said Miss Jenny, with a silent chuckle. ‘It looks as if it ought to be Pickled.’

Mr Fledgeby collapsed under the word ‘Pickled,’ and groaned again. ‘My kitchen is on this floor,’ he said; ‘you’ll find brown paper in a dresser-drawer there, and a bottle of vinegar on a shelf. Would you have the kindness to make a few plasters and put ’em on? It can’t be kept too quiet.’

‘One, two—hum—five, six. You’ll want six,’ said the dress-maker.

‘There’s smart enough,’ whimpered Mr Fledgeby, groaning and writhing again, ‘for sixty.’

Miss Jenny repaired to the kitchen, scissors in hand, found the brown paper and found the vinegar, and skilfully cut out and steeped six large plasters. When they were all lying ready on the dresser, an idea occurred to her as she was about to gather them up.

‘I think,’ said Miss Jenny with a silent laugh, ‘he ought to have a little pepper? Just a few grains? I think the young man’s tricks and manners make a claim upon his friends for a little pepper?’

Mr Fledgeby’s evil star showing her the pepper-box on the chimneypiece, she climbed upon a chair, and got it down, and sprinkled all the plasters with a judicious hand. She then went back to Mr Fledgeby, and stuck them all on him: Mr Fledgeby uttering a sharp howl as each was put in its place.

‘There, young man!’ said the dolls’ dressmaker. ‘Now I hope you feel pretty comfortable?’

Apparently, Mr Fledgeby did not, for he cried by way of answer, ‘Oh—h how I do smart!’

Miss Jenny got his Persian gown upon him, extinguished his eyes crookedly with his Persian cap, and helped him to his bed: upon which he climbed groaning. ‘Business between you and me being out of the question to-day, young man, and my time being precious,’ said Miss Jenny then, ‘I’ll make myself scarce. Are you comfortable now?’

‘Oh my eye!’ cried Mr Fledgeby. ‘No, I ain’t. Oh—h—h! how I do smart!’

The last thing Miss Jenny saw, as she looked back before closing the room door, was Mr Fledgeby in the act of plunging and gambolling all over his bed, like a porpoise or dolphin in its native element. She then shut the bedroom door, and all the other doors, and going down stairs and emerging from the Albany into the busy streets, took omnibus for Saint Mary Axe: pressing on the road all the gaily-dressed ladies whom she could see from the window, and making them unconscious lay-figures for dolls, while she mentally cut them out and basted them.

Tuttavia, gradualmente smise di soffocarsi e di rantolare; ogni tanto riusciva a respirare normalmente. La signorina Jenny lo fece sedere in una poltrona comoda: lì, con gli occhi rossi e gonfi, i tratti del viso intorpiditi e diverse strisce livide sul volto, offriva uno spettacolo davvero penoso da vedere.

“Che cosa ti è preso per prendere sale e tabacco, giovane?” chiese la signorina Jenny.

“Non l’ho preso io,” rispose il giovane triste. “Me l’hanno ficcato in bocca.”

“Chi l’ha messo lì?” chiese la signorina Jenny.

“Lo fece,” rispose Fledgeby. “L’assassino. Lammle. Me lo spalmò in bocca, sul naso e giù per la gola. Ahhh! Ahhh! Ahhh! Ugh. Per impedirmi di gridare, poi mi aggredì brutalmente.”

“Con queste?” chiese la signorina Jenny, mostrando i pezzi di canna.

“Quella è l’arma,” disse Fledgeby, osservandola con aria di chi la conoscesse bene. “Me l’ha rotta addosso. Ah, quanto mi fa male! Come l’hai ottenuta?”

“Quando scese le scale e si unì alla signora che aveva lasciato nell’atrio, con il suo cappello, ” – cominciò Miss Jenny.

“Oh!” gemette il signor Fledgeby, contorcendosi. “Stava tenendo il suo cappello, vero? Avrei dovuto immaginare che fosse lì dentro.”

“Quando scese le scale e si unì alla signora che non mi permetteva di salire, mi diede i messaggi per te; dovevo dire: ‘Con i complimenti del signor Alfred Lammle per la sua partenza dall’Inghilterra.’” Miss Jenny lo disse con una tale soddisfazione malvagia, e con un movimento così evidente del mento e degli occhi, da poter aumentare ulteriormente le sofferenze del signor Fledgeby, se solo fosse stato in grado di accorgersene, nel mezzo del suo dolore fisico, con la mano premuta sulla testa.”

“Devo chiamare la polizia?”, chiese Miss Jenny, muovendosi rapidamente verso la porta.

“Fermati! No, per favore!” gridò Fledgeby. “Per favore, lasciamo le cose come stanno. Potresti chiudere la porta, per favore? Oddio, mi sento così male, ”

A dimostrazione di quanto soffrisse, il signor Fledgeby uscì dalla poltrona e rotolò di nuovo sul tappeto.

“Ora la porta è chiusa,” disse il signor Fledgeby, alzandosi di scatto con aria angosciata; il suo cappello turco era mezzo calato e mezzo staccato dalla testa, e le “sbarre” sul suo viso diventavano sempre più blu. “Fatevi il favore di guardare la mia schiena e le mie spalle. Devono essere in uno stato terribile. Non avevo ancora indossato la vestaglia quando quel mostro è entrato di corsa. Tagliate via la mia camicia dalla scollina. Ci sono delle forbici su quel tavolo. Oh!” gemette il signor Fledgeby, portandosi di nuovo la mano alla testa. “Che dolore terribile, ”

“Lì?” chiese la signorina Jenny, alludendo alla schiena e alle spalle.

“Oh Signore, sì!”, gemette Fledgeby, dondolandosi avanti e indietro. “Dappertutto, ovunque!”

La diligente sarta tagliò rapidamente la camicia, rivelando così i risultati di quella furiosa e sonora “lezione” che anche il signor Fledgeby meritava senz’altro. “Puoi davvero essere molto elegante, giovane uomo!”, esclamò la signorina Jenny. Poi, in segreto, si strofinò le manine dietro di lui e, con due dita, gli diede qualche leggero pizzico sulla “corona” dei suoi capelli.

“Che ne pensi di aceto e carta marrone?”, chiese il sofferente Fledgeby, che continuava a dondolarsi e gemere. “Sembra davvero che l’uso di aceto e carta marrone possa essere efficace in questo caso?”

“Sì,” disse la signorina Jenny, con una risatina silenziosa. “Sembra proprio che debba essere messa in salamoia.”

Il signor Fledgeby svenne non appena sentì la parola “Sottaceto”, e gemette di nuovo.
“La mia cucina si trova al piano di sotto,” disse; “troverete della carta marrone in un cassetto lì, e una bottiglia di aceto su uno scaffale. Potreste avere la gentilezza di preparare alcuni impacchi e applicarli? La ferita deve rimanere il più possibile tranquilla.”

“Uno, due, um, cinque, sei. Ne avrai bisogno di sei,” disse la sarta.

“C’è abbastanza intelligenza,” gemette il signor Fledgeby, lamentandosi e contorcendosi di nuovo, “per sessanta sterline.”

La signorina Jenny si recò in cucina, con le forbici in mano; trovò il carta marrone e l’aceto, quindi tagliò con abilità sei grandi cerotti e li immersi nell’acido. Quando tutti furono pronti sul comodino, le venne in mente un’idea proprio mentre stava per raccoglierli.

“Penso,” disse la signorina Jenny con una risata silenziosa, “che dovrebbe aggiungere un po’ di pepe. Solo qualche granello. Credo che le sue buffonate e i suoi modi richiedano che i suoi amici gli diano una “spolverata” di pepe, ”

La “stella malvagia” del signor Fledgeby gli fece indicare la scatola di pepe sul camino; lei salì su una sedia, la prese e sparse con abilità tutti i cerotti sulla sua pelle. Poi tornò dal signor Fledgeby e li applicò tutti su di lui: ogni volta che un cerotto veniva messo al suo posto, il signor Fledgeby emetteva un grido acuto.

“Ecco fatto, giovane signore!” disse la sarta delle bambole. “Ora spero che vi sentiate davvero a vostro agio, ”

Titolo:
A quanto pare, il signor Fledgeby non lo fece, perché in risposta gridò: “Oh, come sono sfortunato!”

Miss Jenny gli fece indossare l’abito persiano, gli coprì gli occhi con il cappello persiano e lo aiutò a salire sul letto; lui ci si arrampicò sopra gemendo. “Poiché oggi non è il caso che abbiamo nulla a che fare insieme, giovane uomo, e poiché il mio tempo è prezioso”, disse allora Miss Jenny, “me ne andrò adesso. Ti senti più a tuo agio ora?”

“Oddio mio!” esclamò il signor Fledgeby. “No, non è vero. Ah, ah, quanto mi sento male!”

L’ultima cosa che la signorina Jenny vide, prima di chiudere la porta della stanza, fu il signor Fledgeby che si muoveva avanti e indietro sul suo letto, come un delfino nel proprio ambiente naturale. Poi chiuse la porta della camera da letto e tutte le altre porte, scese le scale e uscì dall’Albany per immergersi nelle strade affollate; prese l’omnibus diretto a Saint Mary Axe. Lungo la strada, osservava tutte quelle signore vestite con abiti colorati che riusciva a vedere dalla finestra, immaginando di trasformarle in figure immobili e inutili, come se fossero bambole.

Chapter 9

TWO PLACES VACATED

Set down by the omnibus at the corner of Saint Mary Axe, and trusting to her feet and her crutch-stick within its precincts, the dolls’ dressmaker proceeded to the place of business of Pubsey and Co. All there was sunny and quiet externally, and shady and quiet internally. Hiding herself in the entry outside the glass door, she could see from that post of observation the old man in his spectacles sitting writing at his desk.

‘Boh!’ cried the dressmaker, popping in her head at the glass-door. ‘Mr Wolf at home?’

The old man took his glasses off, and mildly laid them down beside him. ‘Ah Jenny, is it you? I thought you had given me up.’

‘And so I had given up the treacherous wolf of the forest,’ she replied; ‘but, godmother, it strikes me you have come back. I am not quite sure, because the wolf and you change forms. I want to ask you a question or two, to find out whether you are really godmother or really wolf. May I?’

‘Yes, Jenny, yes.’ But Riah glanced towards the door, as if he thought his principal might appear there, unseasonably.

‘If you’re afraid of the fox,’ said Miss Jenny, ‘you may dismiss all present expectations of seeing that animal. HE won’t show himself abroad, for many a day.’

‘What do you mean, my child?’

‘I mean, godmother,’ replied Miss Wren, sitting down beside the Jew, ‘that the fox has caught a famous flogging, and that if his skin and bones are not tingling, aching, and smarting at this present instant, no fox did ever tingle, ache, and smart.’ Therewith Miss Jenny related what had come to pass in the Albany, omitting the few grains of pepper.

‘Now, godmother,’ she went on, ‘I particularly wish to ask you what has taken place here, since I left the wolf here? Because I have an idea about the size of a marble, rolling about in my little noddle. First and foremost, are you Pubsey and Co., or are you either? Upon your solemn word and honour.’

The old man shook his head.

‘Secondly, isn’t Fledgeby both Pubsey and Co.?’

The old man answered with a reluctant nod.

‘My idea,’ exclaimed Miss Wren, ‘is now about the size of an orange. But before it gets any bigger, welcome back, dear godmother!’

The little creature folded her arms about the old man’s neck with great earnestness, and kissed him. ‘I humbly beg your forgiveness, godmother. I am truly sorry. I ought to have had more faith in you. But what could I suppose when you said nothing for yourself, you know? I don’t mean to offer that as a justification, but what could I suppose, when you were a silent party to all he said? It did look bad; now didn’t it?’

‘It looked so bad, Jenny,’ responded the old man, with gravity, ‘that I will straightway tell you what an impression it wrought upon me. I was hateful in mine own eyes. I was hateful to myself, in being so hateful to the debtor and to you. But more than that, and worse than that, and to pass out far and broad beyond myself—I reflected that evening, sitting alone in my garden on the housetop, that I was doing dishonour to my ancient faith and race. I reflected—clearly reflected for the first time—that in bending my neck to the yoke I was willing to wear, I bent the unwilling necks of the whole Jewish people. For it is not, in Christian countries, with the Jews as with other peoples. Men say, “This is a bad Greek, but there are good Greeks. This is a bad Turk, but there are good Turks.” Not so with the Jews. Men find the bad among us easily enough—among what peoples are the bad not easily found?—but they take the worst of us as samples of the best; they take the lowest of us as presentations of the highest; and they say “All Jews are alike.” If, doing what I was content to do here, because I was grateful for the past and have small need of money now, I had been a Christian, I could have done it, compromising no one but my individual self. But doing it as a Jew, I could not choose but compromise the Jews of all conditions and all countries. It is a little hard upon us, but it is the truth. I would that all our people remembered it! Though I have little right to say so, seeing that it came home so late to me.’

The dolls’ dressmaker sat holding the old man by the hand, and looking thoughtfully in his face.

‘Thus I reflected, I say, sitting that evening in my garden on the housetop. And passing the painful scene of that day in review before me many times, I always saw that the poor gentleman believed the story readily, because I was one of the Jews—that you believed the story readily, my child, because I was one of the Jews—that the story itself first came into the invention of the originator thereof, because I was one of the Jews. This was the result of my having had you three before me, face to face, and seeing the thing visibly presented as upon a theatre. Wherefore I perceived that the obligation was upon me to leave this service. But Jenny, my dear,’ said Riah, breaking off, ‘I promised that you should pursue your questions, and I obstruct them.’

‘On the contrary, godmother; my idea is as large now as a pumpkin—and YOU know what a pumpkin is, don’t you? So you gave notice that you were going? Does that come next?’ asked Miss Jenny with a look of close attention.

‘I indited a letter to my master. Yes. To that effect.’

‘And what said Tingling-Tossing-Aching-Screaming-Scratching-Smarter?’ asked Miss Wren with an unspeakable enjoyment in the utterance of those honourable titles and in the recollection of the pepper.

‘He held me to certain months of servitude, which were his lawful term of notice. They expire to-morrow. Upon their expiration—not before—I had meant to set myself right with my Cinderella.’

‘My idea is getting so immense now,’ cried Miss Wren, clasping her temples, ‘that my head won’t hold it! Listen, godmother; I am going to expound. Little Eyes (that’s Screaming-Scratching-Smarter) owes you a heavy grudge for going. Little Eyes casts about how best to pay you off. Little Eyes thinks of Lizzie. Little Eyes says to himself, “I’ll find out where he has placed that girl, and I’ll betray his secret because it’s dear to him.” Perhaps Little Eyes thinks, “I’ll make love to her myself too;” but that I can’t swear—all the rest I can. So, Little Eyes comes to me, and I go to Little Eyes. That’s the way of it. And now the murder’s all out, I’m sorry,’ added the dolls’ dressmaker, rigid from head to foot with energy as she shook her little fist before her eyes, ‘that I didn’t give him Cayenne pepper and chopped pickled Capsicum!’

Capitolo 9

Due posti liberi

Scesa dall’omnibus all’angolo di Saint Mary Axe, e fiduciosa nelle proprie forze e nel proprio bastone da passeggio all’interno di quel quartiere, la sarta di bambole si diresse verso l’ufficio di Pubsey and Co. All’esterno tutto era soleggiato e tranquillo; all’interno, ombreggiato e silenzioso. Nascondendosi all’ingresso, dietro la porta di vetro, poté osservare dall’angolo in cui si trovava l’uomo anziano con gli occhiali seduto alla scrivania a scrivere.

“Boh!”, esclamò la sarta, sporgendo la testa attraverso la porta a vetro. “Il signor Wolf è a >casa?”

L’uomo anziano si tolse gli occhiali e li posò delicatamente accanto a sé.
“Ah Jenny, sei tu? Pensavo che mi avessi abbandonato.”

“E così ho abbandonato quel lupo traditore della foresta,” rispose lei;
“ma, madrina, mi sembra che tu sia tornata. Non ne sono del tutto sicura,
perché tu e il lupo cambiate forma. Vorrei farti una o due domande,
per capire se sei davvero la mia madrina o davvero un lupo. Posso?”

“Sì, Jenny, sì.” Ma Riah lanciò uno sguardo verso la porta, come se pensasse che il suo preside potesse apparire lì, in modo inaspettato.

“Se hai paura della volpe,” disse la signorina Jenny, “puoi scartare tutte le aspettative attuali di vederla: non si farà vedere per molti giorni.”

“Cosa intendi dire, mio bambino?”

“Voglio dire, madrina,” rispose la signorina Wren, sedendosi accanto al ebreo, “che quel lupo ha ricevuto una punizione davvero severa. E se in questo momento la sua pelle e le sue ossa non stanno formicolando, dolendo e bruciando, allora nessun lupo al mondo ha mai provato tali sensazioni.” A seguito di ciò, la signorina Jenny raccontò quanto era accaduto ad Albany, omettendo però quei pochi dettagli “piccanti”.

“Ora, madrina,” continuò lei, “vorrei particolarmente chiedervi cosa sia successo qui da quando ho lasciato il lupo in questa stanza. Perché ho un’idea, più o meno grande come una biglia di marmo, che mi ronza in testa. Prima di tutto: siete davvero voi Pubsey e Co., o no? Sul vostro solenne onore, ”

L’uomo anziano scosse la testa.

“In secondo luogo, non è forse Fledgeby anche Pubsey e Co.?”

L’uomo anziano rispose con un cenno del capo riluttante.

“La mia idea,” esclamò la signorina Wren, “adesso è grande più o meno come un’arancia. Ma prima che diventi ancora più grande, ben ritrovata, cara madrina!”

La piccola creatura incrociò le braccia attorno al collo dell’uomo anziano con grande sincerità e lo baciò. “Vi supplico umilmente di perdonarmi, madrina. Mi dispiace davvero molto. Avrei dovuto avere più fiducia in voi. Ma cosa potevo pensare, quando non vi difendevate mai, capite? Non voglio certo usare questo come scusa. Ma cosa potevo fare, se rimanevate in silenzio di fronte a tutto ciò che lui diceva? Sembrava davvero una situazione spiacevole, vero?”

“Sembrava così terribile, Jenny,” rispose l’uomo anziano con gravità, “che ti dirò subito quale impressione mi ha fatto. Mi sono odiato nei miei stessi occhi. Mi sono detestato per essere così crudele verso il debitore e verso di te. Ma ancora peggio. Quella sera, seduto da solo nel mio giardino in cima al tetto, ho riflettuto che stavo disonorando la mia antica fede e la mia razza. Ho capito, per la prima volta con chiarezza, che piegando il collo sotto quel giogo che ero disposto ad accettare, stavo in realtà costringendo anche tutto il popolo ebraico a farlo allo stesso modo. Perché nei paesi cristiani non è così. Si dice: ‘Questo greco è cattivo, ma ci sono anche greci buoni; questo turco è cattivo, ma ci sono anche turchi buoni’. Non è vero per gli ebrei. Tra di noi i cattivi si trovano facilmente. Ma prendono i peggiori tra noi come esempio dei migliori, e dicono ‘Tutti gli ebrei sono uguali’. Se avessi fatto ciò che ero disposto a fare qui, solo perché ero grato per il passato e avevo poco bisogno di denaro, se fossi stato un cristiano, avrei potuto farlo senza compromettere nessuno tranne me stesso. Ma essendo ebreo, non potevo fare altrimenti che compromettere tutti gli ebrei, indipendentemente dalle loro condizioni o dai loro paesi. È un po’ duro per noi, ma è la verità. Vorrei che tutto il nostro popolo se ne ricordasse! Anche se ho poco diritto di dirlo, visto che questa consapevolezza è arrivata tardi nella mia vita.”

La sarta delle bambole sedeva tenendo per mano l’uomo anziano, guardandolo con aria pensierosa negli occhi.

“Ecco come riflettevo, quella sera, seduto nel mio giardino sul tetto di casa. Ripassando più e più volte la dolorosa scena di quel giorno davanti ai miei occhi, vedevo sempre che il povero gentiluomo aveva creduto facilmente a quella storia, perché io ero uno dei Giudei; che tu avevi creduto facilmente a quella storia, mio >bambino, perché io ero uno dei Giudei; che la stessa storia fosse stata inventata dal suo autore, perché io ero uno dei Giudei. Questo fu il risultato del fatto che vi avevo avuti tutti e tre davanti a me, faccia a faccia, e vedevo tutto ciò come se si svolgesse su un palcoscenico. Per questo capii che era mio dovere lasciare quel compito. Ma Jenny, mia cara,” disse Riah interrompendosi, “ti avevo promesso che avresti potuto continuare a porre le tue domande, e invece io te lo sto impedendo.”

“Al contrario, madrina; ora la mia idea è grande quanto una zucca. E voi sapete cosa sia una zucca, vero? Quindi avete annunciato che ve ne andavate. Questo viene dopo?” chiese Miss Jenny con uno sguardo attento.

“Ho scritto una lettera al mio padrone. Sì, proprio per questo scopo.”

“E cosa ha detto Tingling-Tossing-Aching-Screaming-Scratching-Smarter?” chiese la signorina Wren, provando un piacere indescrivibile nell’usare quei titoli onorifici e nel ricordare quella situazione, piuttosto spiacevole.

“Mi ha tenuto in schiavitù per alcuni mesi, che rappresentavano il periodo di preavviso legale stabilito. Questo periodo scade domani. Appena sarà trascorso – e non prima – intendevo sistemare le cose con la mia ‘Cenerentola’.”

“La mia idea ora è diventata così enorme,” esclamò Miss Wren, stringendosi le tempie, “che la mia testa non riesce più a contenerla! Ascoltate, madrina: vi spiegherò tutto. Little Eyes (cioè quella che urla, graffia e pensa sempre) nutre un grande rancore verso di voi per essere andata via. Sta cercando il modo migliore per vendicarsi. Pensa a Lizzie. Si dice: ‘Devo scoprire dove ha nascosto quella ragazza, e rivelerò il suo segreto, perché lui la tiene molto cara’. Forse pensa anche: ‘Potrei innamorarmi anch’io di lei, ’, ma di questo non posso giurare. Tutto il resto, invece, sì, ” “Quindi viene da me, e io vado da lei. Ecco com’è andata. Ora che il delitto è stato commesso, mi dispiace davvero,” aggiunse la sarta delle bambole, rigida dalla testa ai piedi per l’eccitazione, mentre scuoteva il suo pugnetto davanti agli occhi, “Non gli ho dato pepe di Cayenna né peperoncini sottaceti, ”

This expression of regret being but partially intelligible to Mr Riah, the old man reverted to the injuries Fledgeby had received, and hinted at the necessity of his at once going to tend that beaten cur.

‘Godmother, godmother, godmother!’ cried Miss Wren irritably, ‘I really lose all patience with you. One would think you believed in the Good Samaritan. How can you be so inconsistent?’

‘Jenny dear,’ began the old man gently, ‘it is the custom of our people to help—’

‘Oh! Bother your people!’ interposed Miss Wren, with a toss of her head. ‘If your people don’t know better than to go and help Little Eyes, it’s a pity they ever got out of Egypt. Over and above that,’ she added, ‘he wouldn’t take your help if you offered it. Too much ashamed. Wants to keep it close and quiet, and to keep you out of the way.’

They were still debating this point when a shadow darkened the entry, and the glass door was opened by a messenger who brought a letter unceremoniously addressed, ‘Riah.’ To which he said there was an answer wanted.

The letter, which was scrawled in pencil uphill and downhill and round crooked corners, ran thus:

‘OLD RIAH,

Your accounts being all squared, go. Shut up the place, turn out directly, and send me the key by bearer. Go. You are an unthankful dog of a Jew. Get out.

F.’

The dolls’ dressmaker found it delicious to trace the screaming and smarting of Little Eyes in the distorted writing of this epistle. She laughed over it and jeered at it in a convenient corner (to the great astonishment of the messenger) while the old man got his few goods together in a black bag. That done, the shutters of the upper windows closed, and the office blind pulled down, they issued forth upon the steps with the attendant messenger. There, while Miss Jenny held the bag, the old man locked the house door, and handed over the key to him; who at once retired with the same.

Well, godmother,’ said Miss Wren, as they remained upon the steps together, looking at one another. ‘And so you’re thrown upon the world!’

‘It would appear so, Jenny, and somewhat suddenly.’

‘Where are you going to seek your fortune?’ asked Miss Wren.

The old man smiled, but looked about him with a look of having lost his way in life, which did not escape the dolls’ dressmaker.

‘Verily, Jenny,’ said he, ‘the question is to the purpose, and more easily asked than answered. But as I have experience of the ready goodwill and good help of those who have given occupation to Lizzie, I think I will seek them out for myself.’

‘On foot?’ asked Miss Wren, with a chop.

‘Ay!’ said the old man. ‘Have I not my staff?’

It was exactly because he had his staff, and presented so quaint an aspect, that she mistrusted his making the journey.

‘The best thing you can do,’ said Jenny, ‘for the time being, at all events, is to come home with me, godmother. Nobody’s there but my bad child, and Lizzie’s lodging stands empty.’ The old man when satisfied that no inconvenience could be entailed on any one by his compliance, readily complied; and the singularly-assorted couple once more went through the streets together.

Now, the bad child having been strictly charged by his parent to remain at home in her absence, of course went out; and, being in the very last stage of mental decrepitude, went out with two objects; firstly, to establish a claim he conceived himself to have upon any licensed victualler living, to be supplied with threepennyworth of rum for nothing; and secondly, to bestow some maudlin remorse on Mr Eugene Wrayburn, and see what profit came of it. Stumblingly pursuing these two designs—they both meant rum, the only meaning of which he was capable—the degraded creature staggered into Covent Garden Market and there bivouacked, to have an attack of the trembles succeeded by an attack of the horrors, in a doorway.

This market of Covent Garden was quite out of the creature’s line of road, but it had the attraction for him which it has for the worst of the solitary members of the drunken tribe. It may be the companionship of the nightly stir, or it may be the companionship of the gin and beer that slop about among carters and hucksters, or it may be the companionship of the trodden vegetable refuse which is so like their own dress that perhaps they take the Market for a great wardrobe; but be it what it may, you shall see no such individual drunkards on doorsteps anywhere, as there. Of dozing women-drunkards especially, you shall come upon such specimens there, in the morning sunlight, as you might seek out of doors in vain through London. Such stale vapid rejected cabbage-leaf and cabbage-stalk dress, such damaged-orange countenance, such squashed pulp of humanity, are open to the day nowhere else. So, the attraction of the Market drew Mr Dolls to it, and he had out his two fits of trembles and horrors in a doorway on which a woman had had out her sodden nap a few hours before.

There is a swarm of young savages always flitting about this same place, creeping off with fragments of orange-chests, and mouldy litter—Heaven knows into what holes they can convey them, having no home!—whose bare feet fall with a blunt dull softness on the pavement as the policeman hunts them, and who are (perhaps for that reason) little heard by the Powers that be, whereas in top-boots they would make a deafening clatter. These, delighting in the trembles and the horrors of Mr Dolls, as in a gratuitous drama, flocked about him in his doorway, butted at him, leaped at him, and pelted him. Hence, when he came out of his invalid retirement and shook off that ragged train, he was much bespattered, and in worse case than ever. But, not yet at his worst; for, going into a public-house, and being supplied in stress of business with his rum, and seeking to vanish without payment, he was collared, searched, found penniless, and admonished not to try that again, by having a pail of dirty water cast over him. This application superinduced another fit of the trembles; after which Mr Dolls, as finding himself in good cue for making a call on a professional friend, addressed himself to the Temple.

Poiché questa espressione di rammarico era solo parzialmente comprensibile per il signor Riah, l’uomo anziano tornò a parlare delle ferite subite da Fledgeby e accennò alla necessità che questi si recasse immediatamente a prendersi cura di quel cane malconcio.

“Madrina, madrina, madrina!” esclamò la signorina Wren con irritazione, “Davvero perdo tutta la pazienza con te. Si potrebbe pensare che tu creda nel Buon Samaritano. Come puoi essere così incoerente?”

“Jenny cara,” iniziò dolcemente l’uomo anziano, “è tradizione del nostro popolo aiutare gli altri, ”

“Oh! Lasciate in pace la vostra gente!” intervenne Miss Wren, scuotendo la testa.
“Se la vostra gente non sa comportarsi meglio e va ad aiutare Little Eyes, è un peccato che sia mai uscita dall’Egitto. E inoltre,” aggiunse, “lui non accetterebbe nemmeno il vostro aiuto, se glielo offriste. È troppo imbarazzato. Vuole mantenere tutto tranquillo e lontano da interferenze.”

Stavano ancora discutendo su questo punto quando un’ombra oscurò l’ingresso; la porta di vetro fu aperta da un messaggero che portava una lettera indirizzata senza formalità a “Riah”. Il messaggero disse che c’era una risposta richiesta.

La lettera, scritta a matita su e giù per le pendenze e attorno agli angoli storti, diceva così:

“Old Riah”

Ora che tutti i tuoi conti sono in ordine, vattene. Chiudi quel posto, vieni subito qui e portami la chiave di persona. Vai. Sei proprio un ingrato, maledetto ebreo. Vattene immediatamente.

F.’

La sarta delle bambole trovava delizioso seguire le grida e i commenti sarcastici di “Little Eyes” nelle parole distorte di questa lettera. Rideva di quelle reazioni e se ne prendeva gioco in un angolo appartato (per grande sorpresa del messaggero), mentre l’uomo anziano radunava i suoi pochi beni in una borsa nera. Una volta fatto ciò, chiusero le persiane delle finestre superiori e abbassarono la tenda oscurante; poi uscirono insieme al messaggero. Lì, mentre Miss Jenny teneva la borsa, l’uomo anziano chiuse a chiave la porta di casa e gli consegnò la chiave; questi se ne andò immediatamente con essa.

“Beh, madrina,” disse la signorina Wren mentre rimanevano insieme sulle scale, guardandosi l’un l’altra. “E così sei stata abbandonata al mondo, ”

“Sembra proprio così, Jenny, e in modo piuttosto improvviso.”

“Dove andrai a cercare fortuna?” chiese la signorina Wren.

L’uomo anziano sorrise, ma guardava intorno a sé con l’espressione di chi si fosse perso nella vita, e questo non sfuggì alla sarta delle bambole.

“Davvero, Jenny,” disse lui, “la domanda è pertinente al problema e inoltre più facile da porre che da rispondere. Ma poiché ho sperimentato la pronta disponibilità e l’aiuto generoso di coloro che hanno dato lavoro a Lizzie, penso che cercherò anch’io il loro aiuto.”

“A piedi?”, chiese la signorina Wren con tono secco.

“Ah!” disse l’uomo anziano. “Non ho forse il mio bastone?”

Fu proprio perché aveva il suo bastone e presentava un aspetto così particolare che lei dubitò che potesse effettivamente intraprendere quel viaggio.

“La cosa migliore che tu possa fare,” disse Jenny, “per il momento, in ogni caso possibile, è venire a casa con me, madrina. Lì non c’è nessuno tranne la mia povera bambina, e anche l’appartamento di Lizzie è vuoto.” Il vecchio, una volta certo che il suo consenso non avrebbe causato alcun disagio a nessuno, acconsentì prontamente; e quella strana coppia tornò così a camminare insieme per le strade.

Ora, quel cattivo bambino, essendo stato severamente rimproverato dalla madre di restare a casa in sua assenza, naturalmente uscì lo stesso; e, trovandosi nel più avanzato stadio di decadenza mentale, lo fece con due scopi principali: innanzitutto, cercare di ottenere gratuitamente della rum da qualche venditore autorizzato; in secondo luogo, provare un senso di rimorso nei confronti del signor Eugene Wrayburn e vedere quali conseguenze ne derivassero. Inseguito goffamente a questi due obiettivi – entrambi legati alla rum, l’unica cosa che riuscisse a comprendere – quella creatura degradata si diresse barcollando verso il mercato di Covent Garden, dove si accampò in un angolo, per poi essere colpita da convulsioni e da attacchi di terrore.

Questo mercato di Covent Garden era decisamente fuori dalla normale rotta di movimento delle persone, ma esercitava su di lui lo stesso fascino che esercita sui peggiori membri di quella tribù solitaria e ubriacona. Forse era la vivacità notturna, forse l’atmosfera caratterizzata da alcolici e venditori ambulanti, o ancora i rifiuti vegetali ammucchiati che, per qualche motivo, sembravano assomigliare ai loro stessi abiti. Comunque fosse, in nessun altro posto si avrebbero trovati ubriaconi seduti sulle soglie delle case. In particolare, al mattino, sotto la luce del sole, era facile incontrare donne ubriache. Esempi del genere, in tutta Londra, sarebbero stati difficili da trovare. Abiti logori e strappati, volti pallidi e distrutti. Tutto ciò era visibile solo lì. Fu proprio questo fascino a attirare il signor Dolls verso quel mercato; lì, in un portone dove poche ore prima una donna aveva riposato ubriaca, egli ebbe le sue due crisi di tremore e terrore.

C’è sempre uno stormo di giovani selvaggi che vola intorno a questo stesso posto, portandosene via frammenti di armadi arancioni e rifiuti ammuffiti. Chissà in quali buchi possano nasconderli, visto che non hanno alcun casa! I loro piedi nudi lasciano sul marciapiede un suono sordo e monotono mentre il poliziotto li insegue; forse proprio per questo le autorità non si accorgono quasi di loro. Se invece indossassero stivali, farebbero un rumore assordante. Questi giovani, divertendosi ai tremori e alle paure del signor Dolls, come se fossero in un dramma gratuito, gli si radunavano intorno alla porta di casa, lo spingevano, gli saltavano addosso e lo colpivano con tutto ciò che avevano a disposizione. Così, quando uscì dalla sua vita da recluso e si liberò di quegli stracci, era completamente coperto di sporco. E la situazione non era certo migliore del solito. Ma non ancora al peggio: entrando in un locale pubblico e ottenendo il rum che gli serviva per i suoi affari, cercò di andarsene senza pagare. Fu arrestato, perquisito, trovato senza un soldo. E gli fu detto di non provare più a farlo, gettandogli addosso un secchio d’acqua sporca. Questo trattamento scatenò un altro attacco di tremori. Dopo di ciò, il signor Dolls, ritenendo che fosse il momento giusto per chiedere aiuto a un amico professionista, si recò al Temple.

There was nobody at the chambers but Young Blight. That discreet youth, sensible of a certain incongruity in the association of such a client with the business that might be coming some day, with the best intentions temporized with Dolls, and offered a shilling for coach-hire home. Mr Dolls, accepting the shilling, promptly laid it out in two threepennyworths of conspiracy against his life, and two threepennyworths of raging repentance. Returning to the Chambers with which burden, he was descried coming round into the court, by the wary young Blight watching from the window: who instantly closed the outer door, and left the miserable object to expend his fury on the panels.

The more the door resisted him, the more dangerous and imminent became that bloody conspiracy against his life. Force of police arriving, he recognized in them the conspirators, and laid about him hoarsely, fiercely, staringly, convulsively, foamingly. A humble machine, familiar to the conspirators and called by the expressive name of Stretcher, being unavoidably sent for, he was rendered a harmless bundle of torn rags by being strapped down upon it, with voice and consciousness gone out of him, and life fast going. As this machine was borne out at the Temple gate by four men, the poor little dolls’ dressmaker and her Jewish friend were coming up the street.

‘Let us see what it is,’ cried the dressmaker. ‘Let us make haste and look, godmother.’

The brisk little crutch-stick was but too brisk. ‘O gentlemen, gentlemen, he belongs to me!’

‘Belongs to you?’ said the head of the party, stopping it.

‘O yes, dear gentlemen, he’s my child, out without leave. My poor bad, bad boy! and he don’t know me, he don’t know me! O what shall I do,’ cried the little creature, wildly beating her hands together, ‘when my own child don’t know me!’

The head of the party looked (as well he might) to the old man for explanation. He whispered, as the dolls’ dressmaker bent over the exhausted form and vainly tried to extract some sign of recognition from it: ‘It’s her drunken father.’

As the load was put down in the street, Riah drew the head of the party aside, and whispered that he thought the man was dying. ‘No, surely not?’ returned the other. But he became less confident, on looking, and directed the bearers to ‘bring him to the nearest doctor’s shop.’

Thither he was brought; the window becoming from within, a wall of faces, deformed into all kinds of shapes through the agency of globular red bottles, green bottles, blue bottles, and other coloured bottles. A ghastly light shining upon him that he didn’t need, the beast so furious but a few minutes gone, was quiet enough now, with a strange mysterious writing on his face, reflected from one of the great bottles, as if Death had marked him: ‘Mine.’

The medical testimony was more precise and more to the purpose than it sometimes is in a Court of Justice. ‘You had better send for something to cover it. All’s over.’

Therefore, the police sent for something to cover it, and it was covered and borne through the streets, the people falling away. After it, went the dolls’ dressmaker, hiding her face in the Jewish skirts, and clinging to them with one hand, while with the other she plied her stick. It was carried home, and, by reason that the staircase was very narrow, it was put down in the parlour—the little working-bench being set aside to make room for it—and there, in the midst of the dolls with no speculation in their eyes, lay Mr Dolls with no speculation in his.

Many flaunting dolls had to be gaily dressed, before the money was in the dressmaker’s pocket to get mourning for Mr Dolls. As the old man, Riah, sat by, helping her in such small ways as he could, he found it difficult to make out whether she really did realize that the deceased had been her father.

‘If my poor boy,’ she would say, ‘had been brought up better, he might have done better. Not that I reproach myself. I hope I have no cause for that.’

‘None indeed, Jenny, I am very certain.’

‘Thank you, godmother. It cheers me to hear you say so. But you see it is so hard to bring up a child well, when you work, work, work, all day. When he was out of employment, I couldn’t always keep him near me. He got fractious and nervous, and I was obliged to let him go into the streets. And he never did well in the streets, he never did well out of sight. How often it happens with children!’

‘Too often, even in this sad sense!’ thought the old man.

‘How can I say what I might have turned out myself, but for my back having been so bad and my legs so queer, when I was young!’ the dressmaker would go on. ‘I had nothing to do but work, and so I worked. I couldn’t play. But my poor unfortunate child could play, and it turned out the worse for him.’

‘And not for him alone, Jenny.’

Well! I don’t know, godmother. He suffered heavily, did my unfortunate boy. He was very, very ill sometimes. And I called him a quantity of names;’ shaking her head over her work, and dropping tears. ‘I don’t know that his going wrong was much the worse for me. If it ever was, let us forget it.’

‘You are a good girl, you are a patient girl.’

‘As for patience,’ she would reply with a shrug, ‘not much of that, godmother. If I had been patient, I should never have called him names. But I hope I did it for his good. And besides, I felt my responsibility as a mother, so much. I tried reasoning, and reasoning failed. I tried coaxing, and coaxing failed. I tried scolding and scolding failed. But I was bound to try everything, you know, with such a charge upon my hands. Where would have been my duty to my poor lost boy, if I had not tried everything!’

With such talk, mostly in a cheerful tone on the part of the industrious little creature, the day-work and the night-work were beguiled until enough of smart dolls had gone forth to bring into the kitchen, where the working-bench now stood, the sombre stuff that the occasion required, and to bring into the house the other sombre preparations. ‘And now,’ said Miss Jenny, ‘having knocked off my rosy-cheeked young friends, I’ll knock off my white-cheeked self.’ This referred to her making her own dress, which at last was done. ‘The disadvantage of making for yourself,’ said Miss Jenny, as she stood upon a chair to look at the result in the glass, ‘is, that you can’t charge anybody else for the job, and the advantage is, that you haven’t to go out to try on. Humph! Very fair indeed! If He could see me now (whoever he is) I hope he wouldn’t repent of his bargain!’

Nelle stanze non c’era nessuno tranne il giovane Blight. Quel ragazzo discreto, consapevole della strana combinazione tra un cliente del genere e gli affari che potessero sorgere in futuro, pur con le migliori intenzioni, si avvicinò a Dolls offrendogli uno scellino per noleggiare una carrozza e tornare a casa. Il signor Dolls, accettando lo scellino, lo utilizzò immediatamente per finanziare due “conspirazioni” contro la sua vita, e due altrettante manifestazioni di furiosa pentimento. Tornato nelle stanze con quel fardello, fu visto dal cauto giovane Blight, che lo osservava dalla finestra; quest’ultimo chiuse immediatamente la porta esterna, lasciando che il poveretto sfogasse la sua rabbia sui pannelli di legno.

Più la porta si opponeva a lui, più pericolosa e imminente diventava quella sporca cospirazione contro la sua vita. Quando arrivò la forza di polizia, egli riconobbe in loro i congiurati e iniziò a colpirli con violenza, urlando, fissandoli con occhi folli, sputando schiuma dalla bocca. Fu necessario chiamare un umile mezzo di trasporto, familiare ai congiurati e soprannominato “Portantina”; una volta legato su di esso, perse la voce, la coscienza, e la vita stessa. Mentre quel mezzo veniva portato fuori dal cancello del Tempio da quattro uomini, la povera sarta dei bambini e la sua amica ebrea stavano percorrendo quella strada.

“Diamo un’occhiata a cosa sia,” esclamò la sarta. “Dobbiamo sbrigarci e controllare, madrina.”

Quel piccolo bastone da passeggio era davvero troppo leggero, “Oh, signori, signori, appartiene a me!”

“Ti appartiene?” disse il capo del gruppo, fermandolo.

“Oh sì, cari signori, è mio figlio, ma se n’è andato senza permesso. Mio povero ragazzo cattivo, e non mi riconosce nemmeno! Oh, cosa dovrei fare,” gridò la piccola creatura, battendo disperatamente le mani, “se il mio stesso figlio non mi riconosce!”

Il capo del partito chiese spiegazioni all’uomo anziano, come avrebbe potuto fare. Mentre la sarta delle bambole si chinava su quel corpo esausto cercando invano di ottenere qualche segno di riconoscimento da esso, sussurrò: “È suo padre ubriaco.”

Non appena il carico fu depositato in strada, Riah trascinò da parte il capo del gruppo e sussurrò che pensava l’uomo stesse per morire. “No, sicuramente no, ”, rispose l’altro. Ma, dopo averlo guardato meglio, divenne meno sicuro e ordinò ai portatori di “portarlo al negozio del medico più vicino”.

Fu portato lì; la finestra, dall’interno, si trasformò in un muro di volti, deformati in ogni sorta di forma a causa di bottiglie rosse, verdi, blu e di altri colori. Una luce spaventosa lo illuminava, ma non ne aveva bisogno; la bestia, prima furiosa, dopo pochi minuti si calmò completamente. Sul suo viso c’era una scritta strana e misteriosa, riflessa su una delle grandi bottiglie, come se Morte lo avesse marchiato: “Mio”.

Il testimone medico fu più preciso e più pertinente di quanto avvenga talvolta in un Tribunale di Giustizia. “È meglio che chiamiate qualcuno per coprirlo. È tutto finito.”

Pertanto, la polizia mandò qualcosa per coprirlo, e così fu fatto; poi lo portarono per le strade, mentre la gente si faceva da parte. Dopo di esso, passò anche la sarta delle bambole, che nascondeva il viso sotto le gonne ebree e, tenendosi a esse con una mano, continuava a lavorare con l’altra. Lo portarono a casa, e poiché la scala era molto stretta, lo posero nel salotto; il piccolo banco da lavoro fu spostato per farci spazio. Lì, tra le bambole i cui occhi non riflettevano alcuna emozione, giaceva anche il signor Dolls, con lo stesso sguardo vuoto negli occhi.

Molte bambole vistose dovevano essere vestite con cura, prima che i soldi finissero nelle tasche dei sarti per permettere loro di “piangere” il signor Bambola. Mentre l’uomo anziano, Riah, sedeva accanto a lei aiutandola in piccoli modi, gli risultava difficile capire se lei si rendesse davvero conto che il defunto era stato suo padre.

“Se solo mio povero ragazzo,” diceva lei, “fosse stato cresciuto meglio, forse avrebbe avuto successo. Non che mi rimproveri. Spero proprio di non averne motivo.”

“Assolutamente no, Jenny, ne sono molto sicuro.”

“Grazie, madrina. Mi rende felice sentirti dire queste cose. Ma vedi. È davvero difficile crescere un >bambino in modo che stia bene, quando si lavora tutto il giorno senza sosta. Quando non aveva lavoro, non riuscivo sempre a tenerlo vicino a me. Diventava irrequieto e nervoso, quindi ero costretta a lasciarlo andare per le strade. E lì, non andava mai bene, mai davvero. Che cosa spesso succede ai bambini, ”

“Troppo spesso, anche in questo senso triste!”, pensò l’uomo anziano.

“Come posso dire in che modo sarei potuta diventare io stessa, se non fosse stato per il mio problema alla schiena e le mie gambe strane da giovane!” continuava a dire la sarta. “Non avevo altra scelta se non lavorare, quindi ho lavorato. Non potevo giocare. Ma mio povero, sfortunato bambino poteva giocare, e questo si è rivelato ancora più dannoso per lui.”

“E non solo per lui, solo, Jenny.”

‘Beh. Non so, madrina. Ha sofferto molto, il mio povero ragazzo. A volte era molto, molto malato. E gli ho dato tanti nomi diversi, ’ Scuoteva la testa, mentre le lacrime le scorrevano giù per le guance. ‘Non so se la sua morte sia stata davvero una perdita per me. Se lo è stata, dimentichiamolo.’

“Sei una brava ragazza, sei davvero paziente.”

“Per quanto riguarda la pazienza,” rispondeva lei con un alzato di spalle, “non ne ho molta, madrina. Se avessi avuto pazienza, non gli avrei mai dato quei nomi offensivi. Ma >spero che l’abbia fatto per il suo bene. Inoltre, sentivo una grande responsabilità come madre. Ho provato a ragionare, ma senza successo; ho provato a blandire, ma senza risultati; ho provato a rimproverarlo, ma ancora niente. Ma dovevo provare di tutto, capisce? Con un compito del genere sulle mie spalle. Dove sarebbe finita la mia responsabilità verso quel povero ragazzo perso, se non avessi provato di tutto?”

Con simili parole, pronunciate per lo più in tono allegro da quella piccola creatura laboriosa, il lavoro diurno e quello notturno procedevano senza intoppi, finché non furono pronte abbastanza bambole eleganti da essere portate in cucina – dove ora si trovava il banco da lavoro – per procurare gli ingredienti necessari all’occasione, oltre ad altre cose utili per le preparazioni. “E ora,” disse Miss Jenny, “dopo aver finito con i miei giovani amici dalle guance rosee, mi occuperò di me stessa, ” Si riferiva così al fatto che stava confezionando da sola il proprio abito, il quale finalmente fu completato. “Lo svantaggio di cucire per sé,” commentò Miss Jenny mentre si alzava su una sedia per ammirare il risultato nello specchio, “è che non puoi far pagare nessun altro per il lavoro. Ma il vantaggio è che non devi andare da nessuno per provarlo. Humph! Davvero molto carino. Se Lui potesse vedermi ora (chiunque Lui sia), spero che non si pentirebbe della sua decisione, ”

The simple arrangements were of her own making, and were stated to Riah thus:

‘I mean to go alone, godmother, in my usual carriage, and you’ll be so kind as keep house while I am gone. It’s not far off. And when I return, we’ll have a cup of tea, and a chat over future arrangements. It’s a very plain last house that I have been able to give my poor unfortunate boy; but he’ll accept the will for the deed if he knows anything about it; and if he doesn’t know anything about it,’ with a sob, and wiping her eyes, ‘why, it won’t matter to him. I see the service in the Prayer-book says, that we brought nothing into this world and it is certain we can take nothing out. It comforts me for not being able to hire a lot of stupid undertaker’s things for my poor child, and seeming as if I was trying to smuggle ’em out of this world with him, when of course I must break down in the attempt, and bring ’em all back again. As it is, there’ll be nothing to bring back but me, and that’s quite consistent, for I shan’t be brought back, some day!’

After that previous carrying of him in the streets, the wretched old fellow seemed to be twice buried. He was taken on the shoulders of half a dozen blossom-faced men, who shuffled with him to the churchyard, and who were preceded by another blossom-faced man, affecting a stately stalk, as if he were a Policeman of the D(eath) Division, and ceremoniously pretending not to know his intimate acquaintances, as he led the pageant. Yet, the spectacle of only one little mourner hobbling after, caused many people to turn their heads with a look of interest.

At last the troublesome deceased was got into the ground, to be buried no more, and the stately stalker stalked back before the solitary dressmaker, as if she were bound in honour to have no notion of the way home. Those Furies, the conventionalities, being thus appeased, he left her.

‘I must have a very short cry, godmother, before I cheer up for good,’ said the little creature, coming in. ‘Because after all a child is a child, you know.’

It was a longer cry than might have been expected. Howbeit, it wore itself out in a shadowy corner, and then the dressmaker came forth, and washed her face, and made the tea. ‘You wouldn’t mind my cutting out something while we are at tea, would you?’ she asked her Jewish friend, with a coaxing air.

‘Cinderella, dear child,’ the old man expostulated, ‘will you never rest?’

‘Oh! It’s not work, cutting out a pattern isn’t,’ said Miss Jenny, with her busy little scissors already snipping at some paper. ‘The truth is, godmother, I want to fix it while I have it correct in my mind.’

‘Have you seen it to-day then?’ asked Riah.

‘Yes, godmother. Saw it just now. It’s a surplice, that’s what it is. Thing our clergymen wear, you know,’ explained Miss Jenny, in consideration of his professing another faith.

‘And what have you to do with that, Jenny?’

‘Why, godmother,’ replied the dressmaker, ‘you must know that we Professors who live upon our taste and invention, are obliged to keep our eyes always open. And you know already that I have many extra expenses to meet just now. So, it came into my head while I was weeping at my poor boy’s grave, that something in my way might be done with a clergyman.’

‘What can be done?’ asked the old man.

‘Not a funeral, never fear!’ returned Miss Jenny, anticipating his objection with a nod. ‘The public don’t like to be made melancholy, I know very well. I am seldom called upon to put my young friends into mourning; not into real mourning, that is; Court mourning they are rather proud of. But a doll clergyman, my dear,—glossy black curls and whiskers—uniting two of my young friends in matrimony,’ said Miss Jenny, shaking her forefinger, ‘is quite another affair. If you don’t see those three at the altar in Bond Street, in a jiffy, my name’s Jack Robinson!’

With her expert little ways in sharp action, she had got a doll into whitey-brown paper orders, before the meal was over, and was displaying it for the edification of the Jewish mind, when a knock was heard at the street-door. Riah went to open it, and presently came back, ushering in, with the grave and courteous air that sat so well upon him, a gentleman.

The gentleman was a stranger to the dressmaker; but even in the moment of his casting his eyes upon her, there was something in his manner which brought to her remembrance Mr Eugene Wrayburn.

‘Pardon me,’ said the gentleman. ‘You are the dolls’ dressmaker?’

‘I am the dolls’ dressmaker, sir.’

Lizzie Hexam’s friend?’

‘Yes, sir,’ replied Miss Jenny, instantly on the defensive. ‘And Lizzie Hexam’s friend.’

‘Here is a note from her, entreating you to accede to the request of Mr Mortimer Lightwood, the bearer. Mr Riah chances to know that I am Mr Mortimer Lightwood, and will tell you so.’

Riah bent his head in corroboration.

‘Will you read the note?’

‘It’s very short,’ said Jenny, with a look of wonder, when she had read it.

‘There was no time to make it longer. Time was so very precious. My dear friend Mr Eugene Wrayburn is dying.’

The dressmaker clasped her hands, and uttered a little piteous cry.

‘Is dying,’ repeated Lightwood, with emotion, ‘at some distance from here. He is sinking under injuries received at the hands of a villain who attacked him in the dark. I come straight from his bedside. He is almost always insensible. In a short restless interval of sensibility, or partial sensibility, I made out that he asked for you to be brought to sit by him. Hardly relying on my own interpretation of the indistinct sounds he made, I caused Lizzie to hear them. We were both sure that he asked for you.’

The dressmaker, with her hands still clasped, looked affrightedly from the one to the other of her two companions.

‘If you delay, he may die with his request ungratified, with his last wish—intrusted to me—we have long been much more than brothers—unfulfilled. I shall break down, if I try to say more.’

In a few moments the black bonnet and the crutch-stick were on duty, the good Jew was left in possession of the house, and the dolls’ dressmaker, side by side in a chaise with Mortimer Lightwood, was posting out of town.

Gli accordi semplici erano stati ideati da lei stessa e furono spiegati a Riah in questo modo:

“Voglio andare da sola, madrina, con la mia solita carrozza, e lei sarà così gentile da tenere in ordine la casa mentre io non ci sono. Non è lontano. E quando tornerò, berremo una tazza di tè e parleremo delle future disposizioni. È una casa molto semplice quella che ho potuto dare al mio povero ragazzo; ma lui accetterà comunque le volontà della madre. Anche se non ne sa nulla. E se non ne sa nulla, ” singhiozzò, asciugandosi gli occhi. “Beh, non importerà niente. Leggo nella preghiera che non abbiamo portato nulla in questo mondo, e sicuramente non possiamo portarne via nulla. Mi consola il fatto di non dover assumere tutte quelle cose inutili per l’impresa funebre. Sembra quasi che stia cercando di “contrabbandarle” con lui fuori da questo mondo. Ma ovviamente non ci riuscirò mai. Alla fine, non resterà nulla da riportare indietro. Tranne me. E questo è perfettamente logico. Perché io non verrò mai riportata indietro, ”

Dopo quella precedente processione per le strade, quel povero vecchio sembrava essere stato sepolto due volte. Fu portato in spalla da mezza dozzina di uomini dal viso sorridente, che lo accompagnarono fino al cimitero; davanti a loro camminava un altro uomo dal viso sorridente, che si comportava con aria solenne, come se fosse un poliziotto della “Divisione della Morte”, e fingeva con cerimoniosità di non conoscere le persone a lui intime mentre guidava quella processione. Tuttavia, lo spettacolo di quel solo piccolo dolente che zoppicava dietro di loro attirò l’attenzione di molte persone, che si girarono a guardare con curiosità.

Finalmente, il fastidioso defunto fu sepolto, per non essere più disturbato; l’imponente “inseguitore” tornò quindi davanti alla solitaria sarta, come se lei fosse obbligata, per rispetto, a non conoscere la strada di casa. Con quelle “Furie”, cioè le convenzioni sociali, placate, la lasciò in pace.

“Devo piangere un attimo solo, madrina, prima di poter essere davvero felice,” disse la piccola creatura entrando. “Dopotutto, una bambina è pur sempre una bambina, capite?”

Era un pianto più lungo di quanto ci si sarebbe aspettati. Tuttavia, si placò in un angolo buio; poi la sarta uscì, si lavò il viso e preparò il tè. “Non ti dispiacerebbe se mentre beviamo il tè tagliassi qualcosa, vero?”, chiese alla sua amica ebrea con tono dolce e persuasivo.

“Cenerentola, cara >bambina”, spiegò l’uomo anziano, “non vorrai mai riposare?”

“Oh! Non è lavoro. Tagliare un disegno non lo è,” disse la signorina Jenny, mentre le sue piccole forbici affaccendate già tagliavano su un pezzo di carta. “La verità è che, madrina, voglio sistemarlo finché l’immagine è ancora chiara nella mia mente.”

“Allora l’hai visto oggi?” chiese Riah.

“Sì, madrina. L’ho visto proprio adesso. È un abito talare, ecco cos’è. Quello che indossano i nostri preti, capisce,” spiegò Miss Jenny, tenendo conto del fatto che lui professava un’altra fede.

“E tu che c’entri in tutto questo, Jenny?”

“Perché, madrina,” rispose la sarta, “dovete sapere che noi, i professori che viviamo del nostro gusto e della nostra inventiva, siamo costretti a tenere sempre gli occhi aperti. E voi già sapete che in questo momento ho molte spese extra da affrontare. Così, mentre piangevo alla tomba di mio povero ragazzo, mi è venuta in mente l’idea di poter utilizzare un prete a mio vantaggio.”

“Cosa si può fare?”, chiese l’uomo anziano.

“Nessun funerale, mai paura!”, rispose Miss Jenny, anticipando la sua obiezione con un cenno del capo. “Al pubblico non piace essere reso malinconico, lo so molto bene. Raramente mi viene chiesto di far piangere i miei giovani amici. Non nel vero senso della parola, intendo; quel tipo di lutto che fa parte delle cerimonie di corte, di cui sono anzi piuttosto orgogliosi. Ma un prete di pezza, caro mio, con riccioli neri lucidi e baffi posticci, che unisce due dei miei giovani amici in matrimonio, ”, disse Miss Jenny, scuotendo il dito indice, “è tutta un’altra storia. Se non vedete quei tre all’altare in Bond Street entro un attimo, giuro che mi chiamo Jack Robinson!”

Con i suoi modi esperti e rapidi, prima ancora che la cena finisse, aveva avvolto la bambola in carta bianca e marrone, e ora la stava mostrando per l’educazione delle menti ebree, quando si sentì bussare alla porta di strada. Riah andò ad aprirla e poco dopo tornò, facendo entrare un gentiluomo con quell’aria seria e cortese che gli era così caratteristica.

Quel signore era sconosciuto alla sarta; ma già nel momento in cui posò lo sguardo su di lei, c’era qualcosa nel suo modo di comportarsi che le fece ricordare il signor Eugene Wrayburn.

“Scusi,” disse il gentiluomo. “Lei è la sarta delle bambole?”

“Sono il sarto delle bambole, signore.”

“L’amica di ‘Lizzie Hexam’?”

“Sì, signore,” rispose immediatamente la signorina Jenny, assumendo una posizione difensiva. “E anche l’amica di Lizzie Hexam.”

Ecco una nota da parte sua, nella quale vi prega di acconsentire alla richiesta del signor Mortimer Lightwood, il mittente. È possibile che il signor Riah sappia che io sono il signor Mortimer Lightwood e ve lo dirà.

Riah annuì in segno di conferma.

“Leggerai il biglietto?”

“È molto breve,” disse Jenny, con un’espressione di stupore, dopo averlo letto.

Non c’era tempo per farla durare di più. Il tempo era davvero troppo prezioso. Mio caro amico, il signor Eugene Wrayburn, sta morendo.

La sarta si strinse le mani e emise un piccolo grido di compassione.

“Sta morendo,” ripeté Lightwood con emozione, “a una certa distanza da qui. Sta soccombendo a causa delle ferite riportate a seguito di un attacco perpetrato da un malvagio nelle tenebre. Sono appena tornato dal suo letto: è quasi sempre privo di sensi. In quei brevi momenti in cui era ancora cosciente, ho capito che aveva chiesto che tu venissi da lui. Confidando poco nella mia interpretazione dei suoni indistinti che emetteva, ho fatto sì che Lizzie li sentisse. Siamo entrambi certi che ti abbia cercato.”

La sarta, con le mani ancora giunte, guardava spaventata alternativamente i suoi due compagni.

“Se ritardi, potrebbe morire senza che il suo desiderio venga esaudito; il suo ultimo desiderio, affidatomi a me. Da tempo siamo molto di più che fratelli. E quel desiderio non è stato ancora realizzato. Crollerei se provassi a dire di più.”

In pochi momenti il cappello nero e il bastone da passeggio entrarono in azione; il buon ebreo rimase in possesso della casa, mentre la sarta delle bambole, seduta accanto a Mortimer Lightwood su una carrozza, lasciava la città.

Chapter 10

THE DOLLS’ DRESSMAKER DISCOVERS A WORD

A darkened and hushed room; the river outside the windows flowing on to the vast ocean; a figure on the bed, swathed and bandaged and bound, lying helpless on its back, with its two useless arms in splints at its sides. Only two days of usage so familiarized the little dressmaker with this scene, that it held the place occupied two days ago by the recollections of years.

He had scarcely moved since her arrival. Sometimes his eyes were open, sometimes closed. When they were open, there was no meaning in their unwinking stare at one spot straight before them, unless for a moment the brow knitted into a faint expression of anger, or surprise. Then, Mortimer Lightwood would speak to him, and on occasions he would be so far roused as to make an attempt to pronounce his friend’s name. But, in an instant consciousness was gone again, and no spirit of Eugene was in Eugene’s crushed outer form.

They provided Jenny with materials for plying her work, and she had a little table placed at the foot of his bed. Sitting there, with her rich shower of hair falling over the chair-back, they hoped she might attract his notice. With the same object, she would sing, just above her breath, when he opened his eyes, or she saw his brow knit into that faint expression, so evanescent that it was like a shape made in water. But as yet he had not heeded. The ‘they’ here mentioned were the medical attendant; Lizzie, who was there in all her intervals of rest; and Lightwood, who never left him.

The two days became three, and the three days became four. At length, quite unexpectedly, he said something in a whisper.

‘What was it, my dear Eugene?’

‘Will you, Mortimer—’

‘Will I—?

—‘Send for her?’

‘My dear fellow, she is here.’

Quite unconscious of the long blank, he supposed that they were still speaking together.

The little dressmaker stood up at the foot of the bed, humming her song, and nodded to him brightly. ‘I can’t shake hands, Jenny,’ said Eugene, with something of his old look; ‘but I am very glad to see you.’

Mortimer repeated this to her, for it could only be made out by bending over him and closely watching his attempts to say it. In a little while, he added:

‘Ask her if she has seen the children.’

Mortimer could not understand this, neither could Jenny herself, until he added:

‘Ask her if she has smelt the flowers.’

‘Oh! I know!’ cried Jenny. ‘I understand him now!’ Then, Lightwood yielded his place to her quick approach, and she said, bending over the bed, with that better look: ‘You mean my long bright slanting rows of children, who used to bring me ease and rest? You mean the children who used to take me up, and make me light?’

Eugene smiled, ‘Yes.’

‘I have not seen them since I saw you. I never see them now, but I am hardly ever in pain now.’

‘It was a pretty fancy,’ said Eugene.

‘But I have heard my birds sing,’ cried the little creature, ‘and I have smelt my flowers. Yes, indeed I have! And both were most beautiful and most Divine!’

‘Stay and help to nurse me,’ said Eugene, quietly. ‘I should like you to have the fancy here, before I die.’

She touched his lips with her hand, and shaded her eyes with that same hand as she went back to her work and her little low song. He heard the song with evident pleasure, until she allowed it gradually to sink away into silence.

‘Mortimer.’

‘My dear Eugene.’

‘If you can give me anything to keep me here for only a few minutes—’

‘To keep you here, Eugene?’

‘To prevent my wandering away I don’t know where—for I begin to be sensible that I have just come back, and that I shall lose myself again—do so, dear boy!’

Mortimer gave him such stimulants as could be given him with safety (they were always at hand, ready), and bending over him once more, was about to caution him, when he said:

‘Don’t tell me not to speak, for I must speak. If you knew the harassing anxiety that gnaws and wears me when I am wandering in those places—where are those endless places, Mortimer? They must be at an immense distance!’

He saw in his friend’s face that he was losing himself; for he added after a moment: ‘Don’t be afraid—I am not gone yet. What was it?’

‘You wanted to tell me something, Eugene. My poor dear fellow, you wanted to say something to your old friend—to the friend who has always loved you, admired you, imitated you, founded himself upon you, been nothing without you, and who, God knows, would be here in your place if he could!’

‘Tut, tut!’ said Eugene with a tender glance as the other put his hand before his face. ‘I am not worth it. I acknowledge that I like it, dear boy, but I am not worth it. This attack, my dear Mortimer; this murder—’

His friend leaned over him with renewed attention, saying: ‘You and I suspect some one.’

‘More than suspect. But, Mortimer, while I lie here, and when I lie here no longer, I trust to you that the perpetrator is never brought to justice.’

‘Eugene?’

‘Her innocent reputation would be ruined, my friend. She would be punished, not he. I have wronged her enough in fact; I have wronged her still more in intention. You recollect what pavement is said to be made of good intentions. It is made of bad intentions too. Mortimer, I am lying on it, and I know!’

‘Be comforted, my dear Eugene.’

‘I will, when you have promised me. Dear Mortimer, the man must never be pursued. If he should be accused, you must keep him silent and save him. Don’t think of avenging me; think only of hushing the story and protecting her. You can confuse the case, and turn aside the circumstances. Listen to what I say to you. It was not the schoolmaster, Bradley Headstone. Do you hear me? Twice; it was not the schoolmaster, Bradley Headstone. Do you hear me? Three times; it was not the schoolmaster, Bradley Headstone.’

He stopped, exhausted. His speech had been whispered, broken, and indistinct; but by a great effort he had made it plain enough to be unmistakeable.

Capitolo 10

Il sarto delle bambole scopre una parola

Una stanza buia e silenziosa; il fiume fuori dalla finestra scorreva verso l’immenso oceano; una figura sul letto, avvolta in bende e immobilizzata, giaceva impotente a pancia in su, con le due braccia inutili fissate ai fianchi con delle steccature. Solo due giorni di frequentazione avevano abituato quella giovane sarta a questa scena, al punto che essa sostituiva ormai i ricordi accumulati nel corso degli anni.

Da quando lei era arrivata, quasi non si era mosso. A volte i suoi occhi erano aperti, a volte chiusi. Quando erano aperti, il loro sguardo fisso su un punto davanti a lui non significava nulla, a meno che per un momento la fronte non si corrugasse in un’espressione di rabbia o sorpresa. Allora Mortimer Lightwood gli parlava, e a volte lui riusciva persino a pronunciare il nome del suo amico. Ma in un istante ogni coscienza svaniva di nuovo, e nella forma esteriore distrutta di Eugene non rimaneva più traccia della sua anima.

Lei le fornirono i materiali necessari per svolgere il suo lavoro, e posero un piccolo tavolo ai piedi del suo letto. Seduta lì, con la sua folta chioma che ricadeva sullo schienale della sedia, speravano che potesse attirare la sua attenzione. Per lo stesso scopo, cantava sottovoce quando lui apriva gli occhi, o quando vedeva le sue sopracciglia corrugarsi in quell’espressione fugace, così evanescente da sembrare un’immagine creata nell’acqua. Ma finora lui non aveva prestato attenzione. I “loro” menzionati qui erano l’infermiere; Lizzie, che era sempre al suo fianco durante i momenti di riposo; e Lightwood, che non lo lasciava mai.

I due giorni diventarono tre, e i tre giorni diventarono quattro. Alla fine, in modo del tutto inaspettato, sussurrò qualcosa.

“Che cos’era, mio caro Eugene?”

“Mortimer, lo farai?”

“Riuscirò a,?”

“Chiamarla?”

“Caro amico, è qui.”

Del tutto ignaro di quell’intervallo di silenzio così lungo, pensava che stessero ancora parlando insieme.

La piccola sarta si alzò ai piedi del letto, canticchiando la sua canzone e gli fece un sorriso radioso. “Non posso stringerti la mano, Jenny,” disse Eugene, con un’aria leggermente della sua vecchia personalità; “ma sono molto felice di rivederti.”

Mortimer glielo ripeté, perché si poteva capire solo avvicinandosi molto a lui e osservando attentamente i suoi tentativi di pronunciarlo. Dopo un po’, aggiunse:

“Chiedile se ha visto i bambini.”

“Mortimer non riusciva a capirlo, né lo stesso Jenny, fino a quando lui non aggiunse, ”

“Chiedile se ha annusato le >fiori.”

“Oh! Ora capisco!” esclamò Jenny. “Finalmente lo comprendo!” Allora Lightwood le cedette il posto per permetterle di avvicinarsi rapidamente; lei si chinò sul letto e, con quel suo sguardo così particolare, disse: “Intendi quelle mie file lunghe e luminose di bambini, quei bambini che un tempo mi portavano pace e sollievo? Quei bambini che mi facevano sentire più leggera?”

Eugene sorrise: “Sì.”

“Non li ho visti da quando ti ho incontrato. Ora non li vedo mai più, ma quasi mai provo più dolore.”

“Era davvero molto elegante,” disse Eugene.

“Ma ho sentito i miei uccelli cantare,” gridò la piccola creatura, “e ho annusato i miei >fiori. Sì, davvero! E entrambi erano bellissimi e, divini!”

“Resta e aiutami a curarmi,” disse Eugene in silenzio. “Vorrei che tu potessi immaginare tutto questo qui, prima che io muoia.”

Lei gli accarezzò le labbra con quella stessa mano e, con lo stesso gesto, si coprì gli occhi mentre riprendeva il suo lavoro e cantava la sua dolce, sommessa canzone. Lui ascoltava quella canzone con evidente piacere, fino a quando lei non la lasciò gradualmente svanire nel silenzio.

“Mortimer.”

“Mio caro Eugene.”

“Se poteste darmi qualcosa che mi faccia rimanere qui anche solo per pochi minuti, ”

“Per tenerti qui, Eugene?”

“Per evitare che io mi allontani chissà dove, perché inizio a rendermi conto di essere appena tornato, e che potrei perdermi di nuovo. Fallo, caro ragazzo!”

Mortimer gli fornì tutti quegli stimolanti che fossero sicuri da somministrargli (erano sempre a disposizione, pronti all’uso), e chinandosi su di lui una volta ancora stava per avvertirlo, quando disse:

“Non ditemi di non parlare, perché devo parlare. Se solo sapeste l’ansia tormentosa che mi consuma quando vago in quei luoghi. Dove si trovano quelle infinite distanze, Mortimer? Devono essere a una grandissima distanza, ”

Vide sul volto del suo amico che stava perdendo il controllo di sé; perché dopo un momento aggiunse: “Non avere paura. Non me ne sono ancora andato. Di cosa si trattava?”

“Volevi dirmi qualcosa, Eugene. Povero caro mio, volevi dire qualcosa al tuo vecchio amico, all’amico che ti ha sempre amato, ammirato, imitato, si è costruito una vita su di te, non è stato nulla senza di te. E, Dio sa, sarebbe qui al tuo posto se potesse!”

“Tut, tut!” disse Eugene con uno sguardo tenero mentre l’altro si copriva il viso con la mano. “Non ne vale la pena. Ammetto che mi piace, caro ragazzo, ma non ne vale la pena. Questo attacco, mio caro Mortimer, questo ‘omicidio’, ”

Il suo amico si chinò su di lui con maggiore attenzione e disse: “Tu ed io sospettiamo di qualcuno.”

“Più di un semplice sospetto. Ma, Mortimer, sia che io rimanga qui, sia che non ci sia più, confido in te affinché il colpevole non venga mai portato davanti alla giustizia.”

“Eugene?”

“La sua reputazione innocente verrebbe distrutta, mio amico. Lei sarebbe punita, non lui. In realtà l’ho già offesa abbastanza; in intenzione, poi, l’ho offesa ancora di più. Ricordi quella frase che dice che i marciapiedi sono fatti di buone intenzioni. Ma sono anche fatti di cattive intenzioni. Mortimer, sto mentendo su questo, e lo so!”

“Consolati, mio caro Eugene.”

“Lo farò, se mi lo prometti. Caro Mortimer, quell’uomo non deve mai essere inseguito. Se dovesse essere accusato, devi farlo tacere e salvarlo. Non pensare a vendicarmi; pensa solo a mettere a tacere questa storia e a proteggerla. Puoi confondere le circostanze e distorcere i fatti. Ascoltami bene: non è stato il maestro, Bradley Headstone. Mi senti? Due volte. Non è stato il maestro, Bradley Headstone. Mi senti? Tre volte. Non è stato il maestro, Bradley Headstone.”

Si fermò, esausto. Il suo discorso era stato sussurrato, interrotto e incomprensibile; ma con grande sforzo era riuscito a renderlo abbastanza chiaro da non essere frainteso.

‘Dear fellow, I am wandering away. Stay me for another moment, if you can.’

Lightwood lifted his head at the neck, and put a wine-glass to his lips. He rallied.

‘I don’t know how long ago it was done, whether weeks, days, or hours. No matter. There is inquiry on foot, and pursuit. Say! Is there not?’

‘Yes.’

‘Check it; divert it! Don’t let her be brought in question. Shield her. The guilty man, brought to justice, would poison her name. Let the guilty man go unpunished. Lizzie and my reparation before all! Promise me!’

‘Eugene, I do. I promise you!’

In the act of turning his eyes gratefully towards his friend, he wandered away. His eyes stood still, and settled into that former intent unmeaning stare.

Hours and hours, days and nights, he remained in this same condition. There were times when he would calmly speak to his friend after a long period of unconsciousness, and would say he was better, and would ask for something. Before it could be given him, he would be gone again.

The dolls’ dressmaker, all softened compassion now, watched him with an earnestness that never relaxed. She would regularly change the ice, or the cooling spirit, on his head, and would keep her ear at the pillow betweenwhiles, listening for any faint words that fell from him in his wanderings. It was amazing through how many hours at a time she would remain beside him, in a crouching attitude, attentive to his slightest moan. As he could not move a hand, he could make no sign of distress; but, through this close watching (if through no secret sympathy or power) the little creature attained an understanding of him that Lightwood did not possess. Mortimer would often turn to her, as if she were an interpreter between this sentient world and the insensible man; and she would change the dressing of a wound, or ease a ligature, or turn his face, or alter the pressure of the bedclothes on him, with an absolute certainty of doing right. The natural lightness and delicacy of touch which had become very refined by practice in her miniature work, no doubt was involved in this; but her perception was at least as fine.

The one word, Lizzie, he muttered millions of times. In a certain phase of his distressful state, which was the worst to those who tended him, he would roll his head upon the pillow, incessantly repeating the name in a hurried and impatient manner, with the misery of a disturbed mind, and the monotony of a machine. Equally, when he lay still and staring, he would repeat it for hours without cessation, but then, always in a tone of subdued warning and horror. Her presence and her touch upon his breast or face would often stop this, and then they learned to expect that he would for some time remain still, with his eyes closed, and that he would be conscious on opening them. But, the heavy disappointment of their hope—revived by the welcome silence of the room—was, that his spirit would glide away again and be lost, in the moment of their joy that it was there.

This frequent rising of a drowning man from the deep, to sink again, was dreadful to the beholders. But, gradually the change stole upon him that it became dreadful to himself. His desire to impart something that was on his mind, his unspeakable yearning to have speech with his friend and make a communication to him, so troubled him when he recovered consciousness, that its term was thereby shortened. As the man rising from the deep would disappear the sooner for fighting with the water, so he in his desperate struggle went down again.

One afternoon when he had been lying still, and Lizzie, unrecognized, had just stolen out of the room to pursue her occupation, he uttered Lightwood’s name.

‘My dear Eugene, I am here.’

‘How long is this to last, Mortimer?’

Lightwood shook his head. ‘Still, Eugene, you are no worse than you were.’

‘But I know there’s no hope. Yet I pray it may last long enough for you to do me one last service, and for me to do one last action. Keep me here a few moments, Mortimer. Try, try!’

His friend gave him what aid he could, and encouraged him to believe that he was more composed, though even then his eyes were losing the expression they so rarely recovered.

‘Hold me here, dear fellow, if you can. Stop my wandering away. I am going!’

‘Not yet, not yet. Tell me, dear Eugene, what is it I shall do?’

‘Keep me here for only a single minute. I am going away again. Don’t let me go. Hear me speak first. Stop me—stop me!’

‘My poor Eugene, try to be calm.’

‘I do try. I try so hard. If you only knew how hard! Don’t let me wander till I have spoken. Give me a little more wine.’

Lightwood complied. Eugene, with a most pathetic struggle against the unconsciousness that was coming over him, and with a look of appeal that affected his friend profoundly, said:

‘You can leave me with Jenny, while you speak to her and tell her what I beseech of her. You can leave me with Jenny, while you are gone. There’s not much for you to do. You won’t be long away.’

‘No, no, no. But tell me what it is that I shall do, Eugene!’

‘I am going! You can’t hold me.’

‘Tell me in a word, Eugene!’

His eyes were fixed again, and the only word that came from his lips was the word millions of times repeated. Lizzie, Lizzie, Lizzie.

But, the watchful little dressmaker had been vigilant as ever in her watch, and she now came up and touched Lightwood’s arm as he looked down at his friend, despairingly.

‘Hush!’ she said, with her finger on her lips. ‘His eyes are closing. He’ll be conscious when he next opens them. Shall I give you a leading word to say to him?’

‘O Jenny, if you could only give me the right word!’

‘I can. Stoop down.’

He stooped, and she whispered in his ear. She whispered in his ear one short word of a single syllable. Lightwood started, and looked at her.

‘Try it,’ said the little creature, with an excited and exultant face. She then bent over the unconscious man, and, for the first time, kissed him on the cheek, and kissed the poor maimed hand that was nearest to her. Then, she withdrew to the foot of the bed.

“Caro amico, sto per allontanarmi. Fermami ancora un momento, se puoi.”

Lightwood alzò la testa e portò un bicchiere di vino alle labbra; si riprese.

“Non so da quanto tempo sia stato fatto, se settimane, giorni o ore. Non importa. Ci sono indagini in corso e delle ricerche sono in atto. Diteci: non è vero?”

“Sì, davvero.”

“Controllalo; divertisciti con quello. Non lasciare che venga messa in dubbio. Proteggila. L’uomo colpevole, se portato davanti alla giustizia, rovinerebbe la sua reputazione. Lascia che l’uomo colpevole resti impunito. Per Lizzie e per il mio rimorso! Me lo prometti!”

“Eugene, lo prometto! Te lo giuro!”

Mentre rivolgeva lo sguardo pieno di gratitudine verso il suo amico, si allontanò lentamente. I suoi occhi rimasero immobili, riprendendo quell’antico sguardo vuoto e senza significato.

Ore e ore, giorni e notti, rimase sempre nello stesso stato. C’erano momenti in cui, dopo un lungo periodo di incoscienza, parlava tranquillamente con il suo amico, diceva di stare meglio e chiedeva qualcosa. Ma prima che gli venisse dato, scompariva di nuovo.

La sarta delle bambole, ora piena di compassione e tenerezza, lo osservava con una attenzione che non si allentava mai. Regolarmente cambiava il ghiaccio o l’impacco rinfrescante posato sulla sua testa, e di tanto in tanto teneva l’orecchio vicino al cuscino per ascoltare eventuali parole che potessero uscire dalle sue labbra durante i suoi deliri. Era sorprendente quante ore potesse trascorrere accanto a lui, in posizione accovacciata, attenta al minimo suo lamento. Poiché non poteva muovere nemmeno una mano, non era in grado di dare segni di sofferenza; tuttavia, grazie a questa costante osservazione – se non proprio a un’empatia o a un potere segreto – quella piccola creatura riusciva a comprenderlo meglio di quanto Lightwood potesse fare. Spesso Mortimer si rivolgeva a lei, come se fosse un interprete tra questo mondo sensibile e quell’uomo insensibile; lei cambiava la medicazione delle ferite, allentava le bende, girava il suo viso o modificava la pressione delle coperte su di lui, con una sicurezza assoluta nel fare ciò che era giusto. La naturale leggerezza e delicatezza del suo tocco, ormai perfezionate attraverso l’esperienza nella sua attività di lavorazione su modellini in miniatura, non lasciavano spazio a alcun dubbio; la sua percezione, comunque, era almeno altrettanto acuta.

Quella parola, “Lizzie”, la mormorava milioni di volte. In una certa fase del suo stato di angoscia – che era la più terribile per coloro che si prendevano cura di lui – girava continuamente la testa sul cuscino, ripetendo quel nome in modo affrettato e impaziente, con l’angoscia di una mente turbata e la monotonia di una macchina. Allo stesso modo, quando rimaneva fermo a fissare qualcosa, continuava a ripeterlo per ore senza sosta, ma sempre con un tono di avvertimento e orrore. La sua presenza e il suo tocco sul petto o sul viso spesso riuscivano a fermarlo; allora impararono ad aspettarsi che rimanesse fermo per un po’, con gli occhi chiusi, e che tornasse in sé non appena li apriva. Tuttavia, la pesante delusione delle loro speranze–risvegliate dal silenzio confortevole della stanza–era che il suo spirito si allontanasse di nuovo, perdersi nel momento stesso in cui loro provavano gioia al pensiero che fosse lì.

Questo frequente risalire di un uomo che stava annegando dalle profondità, per poi affondare di nuovo, era terribile per chi lo osservava. Ma gradualmente, quel cambiamento ebbe effetti anche su di lui stesso: divenne qualcosa di davvero spaventoso per lui. Il suo desiderio di comunicare ciò che aveva in mente, il suo insopportabile anelito a parlare con il proprio amico e a fargli sapere qualcosa, lo tormentava così tanto ogni volta che riprendeva conoscenza, da accorciare inevitabilmente la durata di quei momenti. Proprio come l’uomo che risaliva dalle profondità scompariva più rapidamente a causa della lotta contro le acque, anche lui, nella sua disperata lotta, finiva nuovamente per affondare.

Un pomeriggio, mentre giaceva immobile e Lizzie, non riconosciuta da lui, era appena uscita dalla stanza per dedicarsi alle sue occupazioni, pronunciò il nome di Lightwood.

“Mio caro Eugene, sono qui.”

“Quanto durerà tutto questo, Mortimer?”

“Comunque, Eugene, non sei peggio di prima.” Lightwood scosse la testa.

“Ma so che non c’è alcuna speranza. Eppure prego che duri abbastanza a lungo perché tu possa compiere per me un ultimo favore, e perché io possa fare l’ultima cosa possibile. Tienimi qui ancora qualche momento, Mortimer. Provaci, ti prego!”

Il suo amico gli fornì tutto l’aiuto possibile e lo incoraggiò a credere di essere più calmo, anche se in quel momento i suoi occhi stavano perdendo quell’espressione che raramente ritrovavano.

“Tienimi qui, caro amico, se puoi. Fermami dal vagabondare. Sto andando!”

“Non ancora, non ancora. Dimmi, caro Eugene, cosa dovrei fare?”

“Tienimi qui anche solo per un minuto. Me ne andrò di nuovo. Non lasciarmi andare. Ascoltami prima. Fermami, fermami!”

“Povero Eugene, cerca di rimanere calmo.”

“Ci provo davvero. Ci provo con tutte le mie forze. Se solo sapeste quanto ci sto mettendo! Non lasciatemi vagare finché non avrò parlato. Datemi ancora un po’ di vino.”

Lightwood obbedì. Eugene, lottando disperatamente contro la perdita di coscienza che lo stava assalendo, e con uno sguardo pieno di supplica che colpì profondamente il suo amico, disse:

“Puoi lasciarmi con Jenny mentre parli con lei e le spieghi ciò che le sto chiedendo. Puoi lasciarmi con Jenny mentre sei via. Non c’è molto che tu debba fare; non starai via a lungo.”

“No, no, no. Ma dimmi cosa devo fare, Eugene!”

“Me ne vado! Non potete trattenermi.”

“Dimmelo in una parola, Eugene!”

I suoi occhi erano di nuovo fissi davanti a lui, e l’unica parola che uscì dalle sue labbra fu quella ripetuta milioni di volte: Lizzie, Lizzie, Lizzie.

Ma la attenta e vigile sarta era sempre stata all’erta; ora si avvicinò e toccò il braccio di Lightwood mentre questi guardava disperatamente il suo amico.

“Zitta!”, disse, mettendo un dito sulle labbra. “Gli stanno chiudendosi gli occhi. Tornerà in sé la prossima volta che li aprirà. Devo darti una parola da dirgli?”

“O Jenny, se solo potessi trovare la parola giusta, ”

“Posso. Inginocchiarmi.”

Si chinò, e lei sussurrò nel suo orecchio. Sussurrò una sola parola, breve e composta da un’unica sillaba. Lightwood sobbalzò e la guardò.

“Provalo,” disse la piccola creatura, con un viso eccitato e gioioso. Poi si chinò sull’uomo privo di sensi e, per la prima volta, lo baciò sulla guancia e baciò anche quella povera mano ferita che le era più vicina. Infine si allontanò e andò a sedersi ai piedi del letto.

Some two hours afterwards, Mortimer Lightwood saw his consciousness come back, and instantly, but very tranquilly, bent over him.

‘Don’t speak, Eugene. Do no more than look at me, and listen to me. You follow what I say.’

He moved his head in assent.

‘I am going on from the point where we broke off. Is the word we should soon have come to—is it—Wife?’

‘O God bless you, Mortimer!’

‘Hush! Don’t be agitated. Don’t speak. Hear me, dear Eugene. Your mind will be more at peace, lying here, if you make Lizzie your wife. You wish me to speak to her, and tell her so, and entreat her to be your wife. You ask her to kneel at this bedside and be married to you, that your reparation may be complete. Is that so?’

‘Yes. God bless you! Yes.’

‘It shall be done, Eugene. Trust it to me. I shall have to go away for some few hours, to give effect to your wishes. You see this is unavoidable?’

‘Dear friend, I said so.’

‘True. But I had not the clue then. How do you think I got it?’

Glancing wistfully around, Eugene saw Miss Jenny at the foot of the bed, looking at him with her elbows on the bed, and her head upon her hands. There was a trace of his whimsical air upon him, as he tried to smile at her.

‘Yes indeed,’ said Lightwood, ‘the discovery was hers. Observe my dear Eugene; while I am away you will know that I have discharged my trust with Lizzie, by finding her here, in my present place at your bedside, to leave you no more. A final word before I go. This is the right course of a true man, Eugene. And I solemnly believe, with all my soul, that if Providence should mercifully restore you to us, you will be blessed with a noble wife in the preserver of your life, whom you will dearly love.’

‘Amen. I am sure of that. But I shall not come through it, Mortimer.’

‘You will not be the less hopeful or less strong, for this, Eugene.’

‘No. Touch my face with yours, in case I should not hold out till you come back. I love you, Mortimer. Don’t be uneasy for me while you are gone. If my dear brave girl will take me, I feel persuaded that I shall live long enough to be married, dear fellow.’

Miss Jenny gave up altogether on this parting taking place between the friends, and sitting with her back towards the bed in the bower made by her bright hair, wept heartily, though noiselessly. Mortimer Lightwood was soon gone. As the evening light lengthened the heavy reflections of the trees in the river, another figure came with a soft step into the sick room.

‘Is he conscious?’ asked the little dressmaker, as the figure took its station by the pillow. For, Jenny had given place to it immediately, and could not see the sufferer’s face, in the dark room, from her new and removed position.

‘He is conscious, Jenny,’ murmured Eugene for himself. ‘He knows his wife.’

Circa due ore dopo, Mortimer Lightwood vide che il suo compagno riprendeva i sensi; immediatamente e con grande calma, si chinò su di lui.

“Non parlare, Eugene. Basta che mi guardi e mi ascolti. Fai ciò che dico io.”

Scosse la testa in segno di assenso.

“Continuerò dal punto in cui ci siamo interrotti. La parola a cui dovremmo arrivare presto, è, ‘Moglie’?”

“Dio ti benedica, Mortimer!”

‘Zitta! Non agitarti, non parlare. Ascoltami, caro Eugene. Il tuo animo troverà pace se la prenderai in moglie. Vuoi che io parli con lei, che le dica tutto questo e la supplichi di diventare tua moglie. Vuoi che si inginocchi accanto a questo letto e vi sposiate, affinché il tuo rimorso possa essere completamente espiato. È vero?’

“Sì. Che Dio ti benedica! Sì.”

“Si farà, Eugene. Fidati di me. Dovrò allontanarmi per alcune ore, per realizzare i tuoi desideri. Vedi, è inevitabile, ”

“Caro amico, te l’avevo detto.”

“Vero. Ma all’epoca non ne avevo la minima idea. Come pensi che abbia fatto ad scoprirlo?”

Guardandosi intorno con aria malinconica, Eugene vide Miss Jenny ai piedi del letto: lo stava guardando, appoggiata sui gomiti e con la testa tra le mani. C’era ancora traccia del suo carattere capriccioso quando cercò di sorriderle.

“Sì, senza dubbio,” disse Lightwood, “la scoperta è stata sua. Osserva, mio caro Eugene: mentre sarò via, saprai che ho adempiuto alla mia fiducia verso Lizzie, trovandola qui, nel luogo in cui mi trovo ora, al tuo fianco, affinché non ti lasci più. Un’ultima parola prima di andarmene. Questo è il comportamento degno di un vero uomo, Eugene. E credo sinceramente, con tutta la mia ‘anima, che se la Provvidenza dovesse misericordiosamente restituiti a noi, sarai benedetto da una nobile moglie, colui o colei che ti ha salvato la vita, e la amerai profondamente.”

“Ahimè. Ne sono certo. Ma non ce la farò, Mortimer.”

“Non diventerai certo meno speranzoso o meno forte per questo motivo, Eugene.”

“No. Tocca il mio viso con il tuo, nel caso non riesca a resistere fino al tuo ritorno. Ti amo, Mortimer. Non preoccuparti per me mentre sei via. Se la mia cara e coraggiosa ragazza vorrà accettarmi, sono convinta che vivrò abbastanza a lungo da potermi sposare, caro.”

Miss Jenny si arrese completamente all’idea che quegli addii tra gli amici avessero luogo; seduta con la schiena rivolta al letto, nella grotta creata dai suoi capelli luminosi, piangeva silenziosamente ma con grande dolore. Mortimer Lightwood se ne andò presto. Man mano che il crepuscolo allungava le ombre dense degli alberi sull’fiume, un’altra figura entrò nella stanza del malato con passi leggeri.

“È cosciente?”, chiese la piccola sarta mentre quella figura si sistemava accanto al cuscino. Infatti, Jenny si era immediatamente spostata di lato e, nella stanza buia, dalla sua nuova posizione non riusciva a vedere il viso del malato.

“È cosciente, Jenny, ”, mormorò Eugene tra sé. “Riconosce sua moglie.”

Chapter 11

EFFECT IS GIVEN TO THE DOLLS’ DRESSMAKER’S DISCOVERY

Mrs John Rokesmith sat at needlework in her neat little room, beside a basket of neat little articles of clothing, which presented so much of the appearance of being in the dolls’ dressmaker’s way of business, that one might have supposed she was going to set up in opposition to Miss Wren. Whether the Complete British Family Housewife had imparted sage counsel anent them, did not appear, but probably not, as that cloudy oracle was nowhere visible. For certain, however, Mrs John Rokesmith stitched at them with so dexterous a hand, that she must have taken lessons of somebody. Love is in all things a most wonderful teacher, and perhaps love (from a pictorial point of view, with nothing on but a thimble), had been teaching this branch of needlework to Mrs John Rokesmith.

It was near John’s time for coming home, but as Mrs John was desirous to finish a special triumph of her skill before dinner, she did not go out to meet him. Placidly, though rather consequentially smiling, she sat stitching away with a regular sound, like a sort of dimpled little charming Dresden-china clock by the very best maker.

A knock at the door, and a ring at the bell. Not John; or Bella would have flown out to meet him. Then who, if not John? Bella was asking herself the question, when that fluttering little fool of a servant fluttered in, saying, ‘Mr Lightwood!’

Oh good gracious!

Bella had but time to throw a handkerchief over the basket, when Mr Lightwood made his bow. There was something amiss with Mr Lightwood, for he was strangely grave and looked ill.

With a brief reference to the happy time when it had been his privilege to know Mrs Rokesmith as Miss Wilfer, Mr Lightwood explained what was amiss with him and why he came. He came bearing Lizzie Hexam’s earnest hope that Mrs John Rokesmith would see her married.

Bella was so fluttered by the request, and by the short narrative he had feelingly given her, that there never was a more timely smelling-bottle than John’s knock. ‘My husband,’ said Bella; ‘I’ll bring him in.’

But, that turned out to be more easily said than done; for, the instant she mentioned Mr Lightwood’s name, John stopped, with his hand upon the lock of the room door.

‘Come up stairs, my darling.’

Bella was amazed by the flush in his face, and by his sudden turning away. ‘What can it mean?’ she thought, as she accompanied him up stairs.

‘Now, my life,’ said John, taking her on his knee, ‘tell me all about it.’

All very well to say, ‘Tell me all about it;’ but John was very much confused. His attention evidently trailed off, now and then, even while Bella told him all about it. Yet she knew that he took a great interest in Lizzie and her fortunes. What could it mean?

‘You will come to this marriage with me, John dear?’

‘N—no, my love; I can’t do that.’

‘You can’t do that, John?’

‘No, my dear, it’s quite out of the question. Not to be thought of.’

‘Am I to go alone, John?’

‘No, my dear, you will go with Mr Lightwood.’

‘Don’t you think it’s time we went down to Mr Lightwood, John dear?’ Bella insinuated.

‘My darling, it’s almost time you went, but I must ask you to excuse me to him altogether.’

‘You never mean, John dear, that you are not going to see him? Why, he knows you have come home. I told him so.’

‘That’s a little unfortunate, but it can’t be helped. Unfortunate or fortunate, I positively cannot see him, my love.’

Bella cast about in her mind what could be his reason for this unaccountable behaviour; as she sat on his knee looking at him in astonishment and pouting a little. A weak reason presented itself.

‘John dear, you never can be jealous of Mr Lightwood?’

‘Why, my precious child,’ returned her husband, laughing outright: ‘how could I be jealous of him? Why should I be jealous of him?’

‘Because, you know, John,’ pursued Bella, pouting a little more, ‘though he did rather admire me once, it was not my fault.’

‘It was your fault that I admired you,’ returned her husband, with a look of pride in her, ‘and why not your fault that he admired you? But, I jealous on that account? Why, I must go distracted for life, if I turned jealous of every one who used to find my wife beautiful and winning!’

‘I am half angry with you, John dear,’ said Bella, laughing a little, ‘and half pleased with you; because you are such a stupid old fellow, and yet you say nice things, as if you meant them. Don’t be mysterious, sir. What harm do you know of Mr Lightwood?’

‘None, my love.’

‘What has he ever done to you, John?’

‘He has never done anything to me, my dear. I know no more against him than I know against Mr Wrayburn; he has never done anything to me; neither has Mr Wrayburn. And yet I have exactly the same objection to both of them.’

‘Oh, John!’ retorted Bella, as if she were giving him up for a bad job, as she used to give up herself. ‘You are nothing better than a sphinx! And a married sphinx isn’t a—isn’t a nice confidential husband,’ said Bella, in a tone of injury.

‘Bella, my life,’ said John Rokesmith, touching her cheek, with a grave smile, as she cast down her eyes and pouted again; ‘look at me. I want to speak to you.’

‘In earnest, Blue Beard of the secret chamber?’ asked Bella, clearing her pretty face.

‘In earnest. And I confess to the secret chamber. Don’t you remember that you asked me not to declare what I thought of your higher qualities until you had been tried?’

‘Yes, John dear. And I fully meant it, and I fully mean it.’

‘The time will come, my darling—I am no prophet, but I say so,—when you WILL be tried. The time will come, I think, when you will undergo a trial through which you will never pass quite triumphantly for me, unless you can put perfect faith in me.’

Capitolo 11

La scoperta del sarto delle bambole

La signora John Rokesmith sedeva a lavorare a maglia nella sua piccola e ordinata stanza, accanto a un cestino pieno di piccoli capi d’abbigliamento ben confezionati; tutto sembrava indicare che stesse per avviare una attività concorrente rispetto a quella della signorina Wren. Non si sapeva se il “Libro Completo sulla Casa e la Gestione Familiare Britannica” le avesse fornito qualche consiglio in merito, ma probabilmente no, visto che quel testo non era affatto visibile nella stanza. Comunque sia, la signora John Rokesmith eseguiva i suoi lavori con grande abilità; doveva quindi aver ricevuto delle lezioni da qualcuno. L’amore è davvero un insegnante meraviglioso in ogni ambito. Forse proprio l’amore (visto dal punto di vista estetico, con addosso soltanto un dito mignolo) aveva insegnato alla signora John Rokesmith questa tecnica di cucito.

Era quasi l’ora in cui John doveva tornare a casa, ma poiché la signora John desiderava completare un lavoro particolarmente raffinato prima di cena, non andò ad aspettarlo. Sedeva tranquillamente, con un sorriso sereno, e continuava a cucire con regolarità, emettendo un suono simile a quello di un grazioso orologio di porcellana di Dresda realizzato dal miglior artigiano.

Un colpo alla porta, e il suono della campanella. Non era John; altrimenti Bella sarebbe corsa ad aprirgli. Allora chi, se non John? Bella si stava ponendo questa domanda quando quella servetta sciocchina entrò di corsa, dicendo: “Signor Lightwood!”

Oh mio Dio!

Bella ebbe appena il tempo di gettare un fazzoletto sopra la cesta, quando il signor Lightwood fece un inchino. C’era qualcosa che non andava in lui: sembrava stranamente serio e malato.

Con un breve riferimento ai felici tempi in cui gli era stato concesso il privilegio di conoscere la signora Rokesmith come Miss Wilfer, il signor Lightwood spiegò quale fosse il problema che lo affliggeva e il motivo della sua visita. Era venuto portando la sincera speranza di Lizzie Hexam che la signora John Rokesmith permettesse al loro matrimonio di realizzarsi.

Bella era così turbata da quella richiesta, e anche dal breve racconto che lui le aveva fatto con tanta emozione, che non ci fu mai momento più opportuno per utilizzare quel “flacone profumato” di quanto lo fosse il bussare di John. “Mio marito,” disse Bella; “lo farò entrare.”

Ma si rivelò che era più facile dirlo che farlo; infatti, non appena menzionò il nome del signor Lightwood, John si fermò, con la mano sulla maniglia della porta della stanza.

“Sali le scale, mio caro.”

Bella rimase sorpresa dal rossore sul suo viso e dal suo improvviso allontanarsi. “Cosa può significare?”, pensò mentre lo accompagnava su per le scale.

“Ora, la mia vita, ”, disse John, prendendola in grembo, “raccontami tutto di essa.”

In breve, si potrebbe dire: “Raccontami tutto”; ma John era davvero confuso. Ogni tanto la sua attenzione svaniva, anche mentre Bella gli raccontava tutto. Eppure lei sapeva che lui aveva un grande interesse per Lizzie e per la sua sorte. Cosa poteva significare?

“Verrai con me a questo matrimonio, caro John?”

“No, mio amore; non posso farlo.”

“Non puoi farlo, vero, John?”

“No, mia cara, è assolutamente fuori discussione. Nemmeno da prendere in considerazione.”

“Devo andare da solo, John?”

“No, mio caro, andrai con il signor Lightwood.”

“Non pensi che sia arrivato il momento di andare da Mr Lightwood, caro John?” suggerì Bella con astuzia.

“Mio caro, è quasi arrivato il momento che tu vada, ma devo chiederti di scusarmi completamente con lui.”

“Mai diresti sul serio, caro John, che non andrai a trovarlo? Lui sa che sei tornato a casa. Gliel’ho detto io.”

“È un po’ sfortunato, ma non si può fare nulla al riguardo. Sia che sia sfortunato o meno, semplicemente non riesco a vederlo, il mio amore.”

Bella rifletteva nella sua mente quale potesse essere la ragione di questo comportamento inspiegabile; mentre sedeva sulle sue ginocchia, lo guardava con stupore e con un piccolo broncio. Le venne in mente una ragione debole.

“Caro John, non potresti mai essere geloso di Mr Lightwood, vero?”

“Ma caro mio bambino”, rispose suo marito ridendo apertamente, “come potrei essere gelosa di lui? Perché dovrei esserlo?”

“Perché, sai,” continuò Bella, imbronciandosi ancora di più, “anche se una volta John mi trovava abbastanza attraente, non è stata colpa mia.”

“È stata colpa tua se ti ammiravo,” le rispose il marito, con uno sguardo di orgoglio nei suoi occhi, “e perché non dovrebbe essere anche colpa tua se lui ti ammira? Ma dovrei diventare geloso per questo motivo? Oh, allora sarei costretto a vivere nella follia, se dovessi invidiare chiunque trovi mia moglie bella e attraente!”

“Sono un po’ arrabbiata con te, caro John,” disse Bella ridendo leggermente, “e allo stesso tempo anche contenta, perché sei davvero un vecchio sciocco, eppure dici cose carine, come se le pensassi davvero. Non essere misterioso, per favore. Qual è il male che conosci riguardo al signor Lightwood?”

“Nessuno, mio amore.”

“Cosa ti ha mai fatto, John?”

“Non mi ha mai fatto nulla, caro mio. Non so nulla contro di lui, proprio come non so nulla contro il signor Wrayburn; nessuno dei due mi ha mai fatto nulla. Eppure ho esattamente le stesse obiezioni nei loro confronti.”

“Oh, John!” ribatté Bella, come se lo stesse giudicando male per qualcosa che aveva fatto, esattamente come faceva una volta con se stessa. “Non sei affatto meglio di una sfinge! E una sfinge sposata, non è certo un marito affidabile e premuroso,” disse Bella, con tono offeso.

“Bella, la mia vita,” disse John Rokesmith, accarezzandole la guancia con un sorriso serio, mentre lei abbassava lo sguardo e si imbronciava di nuovo; “guardami. Voglio parlarti.”

“Sul serio, la Barba Blu della stanza segreta?”, chiese Bella, pulendosi il bel viso.

‘Sul serio. E confesso tutto nella stanza segreta. Non ricordi che mi avevi chiesto di non dire cosa pensavo delle tue qualità superiori finché non fossi stato giudicato?’

“Sì, caro John. E lo dicevo davvero, e lo penso ancora.”

“Quel momento arriverà, mio caro. Non sono un profeta, ma lo dico lo stesso: verrà il momento in cui sarai messo alla prova. Penso che arriverà il momento in cui dovrai affrontare una prova dalla quale non uscirai necessariamente vittorioso ai miei occhi, a meno che tu non possa riporre in me una fede assoluta.”

‘Then you may be sure of me, John dear, for I can put perfect faith in you, and I do, and I always, always will. Don’t judge me by a little thing like this, John. In little things, I am a little thing myself—I always was. But in great things, I hope not; I don’t mean to boast, John dear, but I hope not!’

He was even better convinced of the truth of what she said than she was, as he felt her loving arms about him. If the Golden Dustman’s riches had been his to stake, he would have staked them to the last farthing on the fidelity through good and evil of her affectionate and trusting heart.

‘Now, I’ll go down to, and go away with, Mr Lightwood,’ said Bella, springing up. ‘You are the most creasing and tumbling Clumsy-Boots of a packer, John, that ever was; but if you’re quite good, and will promise never to do so any more (though I don’t know what you have done!) you may pack me a little bag for a night, while I get my bonnet on.’

He gaily complied, and she tied her dimpled chin up, and shook her head into her bonnet, and pulled out the bows of her bonnet-strings, and got her gloves on, finger by finger, and finally got them on her little plump hands, and bade him good-bye and went down. Mr Lightwood’s impatience was much relieved when he found her dressed for departure.

‘Mr Rokesmith goes with us?’ he said, hesitating, with a look towards the door.

‘Oh, I forgot!’ replied Bella. ‘His best compliments. His face is swollen to the size of two faces, and he is to go to bed directly, poor fellow, to wait for the doctor, who is coming to lance him.’

‘It is curious,’ observed Lightwood, ‘that I have never yet seen Mr Rokesmith, though we have been engaged in the same affairs.’

‘Really?’ said the unblushing Bella.

‘I begin to think,’ observed Lightwood, ‘that I never shall see him.’

‘These things happen so oddly sometimes,’ said Bella with a steady countenance, ‘that there seems a kind of fatality in them. But I am quite ready, Mr Lightwood.’

They started directly, in a little carriage that Lightwood had brought with him from never-to-be-forgotten Greenwich; and from Greenwich they started directly for London; and in London they waited at a railway station until such time as the Reverend Frank Milvey, and Margaretta his wife, with whom Mortimer Lightwood had been already in conference, should come and join them.

That worthy couple were delayed by a portentous old parishioner of the female gender, who was one of the plagues of their lives, and with whom they bore with most exemplary sweetness and good-humour, notwithstanding her having an infection of absurdity about her, that communicated itself to everything with which, and everybody with whom, she came in contact. She was a member of the Reverend Frank’s congregation, and made a point of distinguishing herself in that body, by conspicuously weeping at everything, however cheering, said by the Reverend Frank in his public ministration; also by applying to herself the various lamentations of David, and complaining in a personally injured manner (much in arrear of the clerk and the rest of the respondents) that her enemies were digging pit-falls about her, and breaking her with rods of iron. Indeed, this old widow discharged herself of that portion of the Morning and Evening Service as if she were lodging a complaint on oath and applying for a warrant before a magistrate. But this was not her most inconvenient characteristic, for that took the form of an impression, usually recurring in inclement weather and at about daybreak, that she had something on her mind and stood in immediate need of the Reverend Frank to come and take it off. Many a time had that kind creature got up, and gone out to Mrs Sprodgkin (such was the disciple’s name), suppressing a strong sense of her comicality by his strong sense of duty, and perfectly knowing that nothing but a cold would come of it. However, beyond themselves, the Reverend Frank Milvey and Mrs Milvey seldom hinted that Mrs Sprodgkin was hardly worth the trouble she gave; but both made the best of her, as they did of all their troubles.

This very exacting member of the fold appeared to be endowed with a sixth sense, in regard of knowing when the Reverend Frank Milvey least desired her company, and with promptitude appearing in his little hall. Consequently, when the Reverend Frank had willingly engaged that he and his wife would accompany Lightwood back, he said, as a matter of course: ‘We must make haste to get out, Margaretta, my dear, or we shall be descended on by Mrs Sprodgkin.’ To which Mrs Milvey replied, in her pleasantly emphatic way, ‘Oh YES, for she IS such a marplot, Frank, and DOES worry so!’ Words that were scarcely uttered when their theme was announced as in faithful attendance below, desiring counsel on a spiritual matter. The points on which Mrs Sprodgkin sought elucidation being seldom of a pressing nature (as Who begat Whom, or some information concerning the Amorites), Mrs Milvey on this special occasion resorted to the device of buying her off with a present of tea and sugar, and a loaf and butter. These gifts Mrs Sprodgkin accepted, but still insisted on dutifully remaining in the hall, to curtsey to the Reverend Frank as he came forth. Who, incautiously saying in his genial manner, ‘Well, Sally, there you are!’ involved himself in a discursive address from Mrs Sprodgkin, revolving around the result that she regarded tea and sugar in the light of myrrh and frankincense, and considered bread and butter identical with locusts and wild honey. Having communicated this edifying piece of information, Mrs Sprodgkin was left still unadjourned in the hall, and Mr and Mrs Milvey hurried in a heated condition to the railway station. All of which is here recorded to the honour of that good Christian pair, representatives of hundreds of other good Christian pairs as conscientious and as useful, who merge the smallness of their work in its greatness, and feel in no danger of losing dignity when they adapt themselves to incomprehensible humbugs.

“Allora puoi essere certo di me, caro John, perché posso avere la massima >fiducia in te, e ce l’ho, e sempre ce l’avrò. Non giudicarmi per una cosa così piccola, John. Per le cose minori, anch’io sono una persona insignificante; lo sono sempre stata. Ma per le cose importanti, >spero di non esserlo. Non voglio vantarmi, caro John, ma >spero di no.”

Era ancora più convinto della _verità di ciò che lei aveva detto di quanto lo fosse lei stessa, perché sentiva le sue braccia amorevoli intorno a sé. Se le ricchezze del “Uomo della Polvere d’Oro” fossero state sue da scommettere, le avrebbe giocate fino all’ultimo centesimo sulla fedeltà, sia nel bene che nel male, di quel suo cuore affettuoso e fiducioso.

“Ora scenderò e andrò via con il signor Lightwood,” disse Bella, alzandosi in piedi. “Sei davvero il più goffo e impacciato dei facchini che esistano, John. Ma se prometti di non farlo mai più (anche se non so cosa tu abbia fatto!), potrai prepararmi una piccola borsa per la notte, mentre mi metto il cappello.”

Obbedì felicemente; lei sollevò il suo mento incavato, scosse la testa dentro il cappello, tirò fuori i nastri del cappello stesso, infilò i guanti, uno per uno, e finalmente li mise sulle sue piccole mani paffute. Poi gli disse addio e scese le scale. La impazienza di Mr Lightwood diminuì notevolmente quando la vide pronta per partire.

“Il signor Rokesmith viene con noi?”, chiese lui, esitando, guardando verso la porta.

“Oh, me ne sono dimenticata!” rispose Bella. “I suoi migliori complimenti. Il suo viso è gonfio quanto due facce insieme, e dovrà andare a letto subito, poverino, ad aspettare il dottore che verrà a praticargli un’incisione.”

“È curioso,” osservò Lightwood, “che non abbia mai incontrato il signor Rokesmith, nonostante lavoriamo entrambi nello stesso settore.”

“Davvero?” disse senza alcun imbarazzo Bella.

“Comincio a pensare”, osservò Lightwood, “che forse non lo rivedrò mai più.”

“Queste cose a volte accadono in modi così strani,” disse Bella con un’espressione serena, “che sembra ci sia una sorta di fatalità all’origine. Ma sono assolutamente pronta, signor Lightwood.”

Partirono subito, su una piccola carrozza che Lightwood aveva portato con sé da Greenwich, quel luogo mai dimenticato; da lì si diressero direttamente verso Londra; a Londra aspettarono in una stazione ferroviaria fino al momento in cui il Reverendo Frank Milvey e sua moglie Margaretta, con i quali Mortimer Lightwood aveva già avuto un incontro, sarebbero arrivati per unirsi a loro.

Quel meritevole coppia fu ritardata da una vecchia parrocchiana di sesso femminile, che rappresentava uno dei flagelli della loro vita. Eppure tolleravano le sue comportamenti con estrema dolcezza e buon umore, nonostante lei fosse pervasa da un’assurdità che si trasmetteva a tutto ciò e a tutti coloro con cui entrava in contatto. Era membro della congregazione del Reverendo Frank e faceva di tutto per distinguersi in quel gruppo: piangeva in modo evidente davanti a qualsiasi cosa il Reverendo Frank dicesse durante i suoi sermoni, si applicava le varie lamentazioni di Davide. E si lamentava in modo particolarmente esagerato che i suoi “nemici” stessero preparandole trappole e distruggendola con bastoni di ferro. In effetti, quella vecchia vedova si comportava durante le funzioni mattutine e serali come se stesse presentando un reclamo ufficiale davanti a un magistrato. Ma questa non era certo la sua caratteristica più fastidiosa. C’era anche l’abitudine, soprattutto in tempo di maltempo o all’alba, di sembrare sempre preoccupata e di aver bisogno immediatamente dell’aiuto del Reverendo Frank per “liberarsi” da quel peso. Molte volte si alzava e andava da Mrs Sprodgkin, reprimendo il proprio senso dell’umorismo a causa del forte senso del dovere che provava. E sapeva benissimo che tutto ciò non avrebbe portato a nulla di buono. Tuttavia, né il Reverendo Frank né sua moglie mai fecero commenti negativi su Mrs Sprodgkin; anzi, facevano del loro meglio per gestire tutte le situazioni difficili, proprio come facevano con ogni altro problema che si presentava nella loro vita.

Questo membro della comunità, estremamente esigente, sembrava essere dotato di un sesto senso: sapeva perfettamente quando il Reverendo Frank Milvey desiderava meno la sua compagnia e si presentava immediatamente nel suo piccolo salotto. Così, quando il Reverendo Frank acconsentì volentieri ad accompagnare Lightwood insieme a sua moglie, disse con naturalezza: “Dobbiamo affrettarci, Margaretta mia cara, altrimenti la signora Sprodgkin ci raggiungerà”. La signora Milvey rispose, con il suo modo piacevolmente enfatico: “Oh sì, Frank, è davvero una persona molto fastidiosa, e ci causa tantissimi problemi!”. Appena queste parole furono pronunciate, la signora Sprodgkin bussò alla porta chiedendo consiglio su questioni spirituali. Tuttavia, le argomentazioni sollevate dalla signora Sprodgkin erano di rado di natura urgente (come ad esempio informazioni riguardanti i popoli antichi o la genealogia), quindi la signora Milvey decise di compiacerla regalandole tè, zucchero, pane e burro. La signora Sprodgkin accettò questi doni, ma insistette comunque per rimanere nel salotto e fare un inchino al Reverendo Frank quando uscì. Quest’ultimo, con la sua gentilezza, disse: “Ebbene, Sally, eccoti qui!”, e così iniziò una lunga conversazione con lei, durante la quale la signora Sprodgkin paragonò tè e zucchero a mirra e incenso, mentre pane e burro li considerava equivalenti a locuste e miele selvatico. Dopo aver condiviso queste “illuminanti” opinioni, la signora Sprodgkin rimase ancora nel salotto, mentre i signori Milvey si affrettarono verso la stazione ferroviaria in preda all’agitazione. Tutto ciò viene qui raccontato per onorare quella brava coppia cristiana, rappresentativa di centinaia di altre coppie altrettanto devote e utili: persone che, con il loro impegno quotidiano, contribuiscono al bene comune senza mai perdere la propria dignità, nemmeno di fronte alle assurdità altrui.

‘Detained at the last moment by one who had a claim upon me,’ was the Reverend Frank’s apology to Lightwood, taking no thought of himself. To which Mrs Milvey added, taking thought for him, like the championing little wife she was; ‘Oh yes, detained at the last moment. But AS to the claim, Frank, I MUST say that I DO think you are OVER-considerate sometimes, and allow THAT to be a LITTLE abused.’

Bella felt conscious, in spite of her late pledge for herself, that her husband’s absence would give disagreeable occasion for surprise to the Milveys. Nor could she appear quite at her ease when Mrs Milvey asked:

‘HOW is Mr Rokesmith, and IS he gone before us, or DOES he follow us?’

It becoming necessary, upon this, to send him to bed again and hold him in waiting to be lanced again, Bella did it. But not half as well on the second occasion as on the first; for, a twice-told white one seems almost to become a black one, when you are not used to it.

‘Oh DEAR!’ said Mrs Milvey, ‘I am SO sorry! Mr Rokesmith took SUCH an interest in Lizzie Hexam, when we were there before. And if we had ONLY known of his face, we COULD have given him something that would have kept it down long enough for so SHORT a purpose.’

By way of making the white one whiter, Bella hastened to stipulate that he was not in pain. Mrs Milvey was SO glad of it.

‘I don’t know HOW it is,’ said Mrs Milvey, ‘and I am SURE you don’t, Frank, but the clergy and their wives seem to CAUSE swelled faces. Whenever I take notice of a child in the school, it seems to me as if its face swelled INSTANTLY. Frank NEVER makes acquaintance with a new old woman, but she gets the face-ache. And another thing is, we DO make the poor children sniff so. I don’t know HOW we do it, and I should be so glad not to; but the MORE we take notice of them, the MORE they sniff. Just as they do when the text is given out.—Frank, that’s a schoolmaster. I have seen him somewhere.’

The reference was to a young man of reserved appearance, in a coat and waistcoat of black, and pantaloons of pepper and salt. He had come into the office of the station, from its interior, in an unsettled way, immediately after Lightwood had gone out to the train; and he had been hurriedly reading the printed bills and notices on the wall. He had had a wandering interest in what was said among the people waiting there and passing to and fro. He had drawn nearer, at about the time when Mrs Milvey mentioned Lizzie Hexam, and had remained near, since: though always glancing towards the door by which Lightwood had gone out. He stood with his back towards them, and his gloved hands clasped behind him. There was now so evident a faltering upon him, expressive of indecision whether or no he should express his having heard himself referred to, that Mr Milvey spoke to him.

‘I cannot recall your name,’ he said, ‘but I remember to have seen you in your school.’

‘My name is Bradley Headstone, sir,’ he replied, backing into a more retired place.

‘I ought to have remembered it,’ said Mr Milvey, giving him his hand. ‘I hope you are well? A little overworked, I am afraid?’

‘Yes, I am overworked just at present, sir.’

‘Had no play in your last holiday time?’

‘No, sir.’

‘All work and no play, Mr Headstone, will not make dulness, in your case, I dare say; but it will make dyspepsia, if you don’t take care.’

‘I will endeavour to take care, sir. Might I beg leave to speak to you, outside, a moment?’

‘By all means.’

It was evening, and the office was well lighted. The schoolmaster, who had never remitted his watch on Lightwood’s door, now moved by another door to a corner without, where there was more shadow than light; and said, plucking at his gloves:

‘One of your ladies, sir, mentioned within my hearing a name that I am acquainted with; I may say, well acquainted with. The name of the sister of an old pupil of mine. He was my pupil for a long time, and has got on and gone upward rapidly. The name of Hexam. The name of Lizzie Hexam.’ He seemed to be a shy man, struggling against nervousness, and spoke in a very constrained way. The break he set between his last two sentences was quite embarrassing to his hearer.

‘Yes,’ replied Mr Milvey. ‘We are going down to see her.’

‘I gathered as much, sir. I hope there is nothing amiss with the sister of my old pupil? I hope no bereavement has befallen her. I hope she is in no affliction? Has lost no—relation?’

Mr Milvey thought this a man with a very odd manner, and a dark downward look; but he answered in his usual open way.

‘I am glad to tell you, Mr Headstone, that the sister of your old pupil has not sustained any such loss. You thought I might be going down to bury some one?’

‘That may have been the connexion of ideas, sir, with your clerical character, but I was not conscious of it.—Then you are not, sir?’

A man with a very odd manner indeed, and with a lurking look that was quite oppressive.

‘No. In fact,’ said Mr Milvey, ‘since you are so interested in the sister of your old pupil, I may as well tell you that I am going down to marry her.’

The schoolmaster started back.

‘Not to marry her, myself,’ said Mr Milvey, with a smile, ‘because I have a wife already. To perform the marriage service at her wedding.’

Bradley Headstone caught hold of a pillar behind him. If Mr Milvey knew an ashy face when he saw it, he saw it then.

‘You are quite ill, Mr Headstone!’

‘It is not much, sir. It will pass over very soon. I am accustomed to be seized with giddiness. Don’t let me detain you, sir; I stand in need of no assistance, I thank you. Much obliged by your sparing me these minutes of your time.’

As Mr Milvey, who had no more minutes to spare, made a suitable reply and turned back into the office, he observed the schoolmaster to lean against the pillar with his hat in his hand, and to pull at his neckcloth as if he were trying to tear it off. The Reverend Frank accordingly directed the notice of one of the attendants to him, by saying: ‘There is a person outside who seems to be really ill, and to require some help, though he says he does not.’

“Trattenuto all’ultimo momento da qualcuno che aveva un diritto su di me,” fu l’scusa del Reverendo Frank rivolta a Lightwood, senza pensare affatto a se stesso. A cui la signora Milvey aggiunse, preoccupandosi per lui come una moglie devota e protettiva: “Oh sì, trattenuto all’ultimo momento. Ma riguardo a quel diritto, Frank, devo dire che a volte sei davvero troppo premuroso, e permetti che ciò venga un po’ abusato.”

Bella era consapevole che, nonostante la promessa fatta in precedenza, l’assenza di suo marito avrebbe potuto causare imbarazzi ai Milvey. Inoltre, non poteva certo sembrare del tutto a proprio agio quando la signora Milvey le fece quella domanda.

“Come sta il signor Rokesmith? Ci ha preceduti, o ci segue?”

Essendo diventato necessario, a questo punto, rimandarlo a letto e tenerlo in attesa che venisse puncionato di nuovo, Bella lo fece. Ma la seconda volta non riuscì nemmeno lontanamente bene come la prima; perché una cosa detta due volte sembra quasi trasformarsi in qualcosa di negativo, quando non ci si è abituati.

“Oh mio Dio!” disse la signora Milvey, “Mi dispiace davvero tanto! Il signor Rokesmith mostrava un tale interesse per Lizzie Hexam quando siamo stati lì l’ultima volta. Se solo avessimo conosciuto il suo aspetto, avremmo potuto dargli qualcosa che gli avesse impedito di continuare a farlo, almeno per un periodo sufficientemente breve.”

Per rendere ancora più bianco quello bianco, Bella si affrettò a precisare che lui non provava alcun dolore. La signora Milvey ne fu MOLTO felice.

“Non so COME succeda,” disse la signora Milvey, “e sono SICURA che nemmeno tu lo sappia, Frank, ma il clero e le loro mogli sembrano far sì che le persone sviluppino gonfiori sul viso. Ogni volta che noto un >bambino a scuola, mi sembra che il suo viso si gonfi all’istante. Frank NON fa mai conoscenza con nuove donne, ma loro subito iniziano ad avere mal di faccia. E poi c’è anche questo: noi facciamo davvero sniffare troppo quei poveri bambini. Non so COME ci riusciamo, e sarei molto contenta se non fosse così; ma più ci occupiamo di loro, più sniffano. Proprio come quando viene distribuito il testo scolastico. Frank, quello è un preside. L’ho già visto da qualche parte.”

Si riferiva a un giovane dall’aspetto riservato, vestito con un cappotto e una giacca neri, e pantaloni color pepe e sale. Era entrato nell’ufficio della stazione, provenendo dall’interno, in modo affrettato, subito dopo che Lightwood era uscito per andare al treno; leggeva rapidamente i cartelli e gli avvisi appesi al muro. Sembrava interessato a ciò che si diceva tra le persone che aspettavano lì dentro o che andavano avanti e indietro. Si era avvicinato quando la signora Milvey aveva menzionato Lizzie Hexam, e da allora era rimasto lì vicino, anche se continuava a guardare verso la porta da cui Lightwood era uscito. Stava in piedi con le spalle rivolte verso di loro, le mani guantate incrociate dietro la schiena. Ora era evidente che esitasse molto, indeciso se dovesse rivelare di aver sentito menzionare il proprio nome. Così il signor Milvey gli parlò.

“Non riesco a ricordare il tuo nome,” disse, “ma mi ricordo di averti visto a scuola.”

“Il mio nome è Bradley Headstone, signore,” rispose lui, arretrando in un posto più appartato.

“Avrei dovuto ricordarmene,” disse il signor Milvey stringendogli la mano. “Spero che tu stia bene. Forse sei un po’ troppo impegnato, vero?”

“Sì, al momento sono sovraccarico di lavoro, signore.”

“Non hai giocato durante le tue ultime vacanze, l’ultima volta?”

“No, signore.”

“Tutto lavoro e nessun divertimento, signor Headstone, non porteranno certo alla noia, in questo caso, oserei dire; ma sicuramente causeranno disturbi digestivi, se non fate attenzione.”

“Ci impegnerò al massimo per prendermi cura di tutto, signore. Posso chiedervi il permesso di parlarvi un momento, fuori?”

“Certamente.”

Era sera, e l’ufficio era ben illuminato. Il maestro, che prima aveva sempre appeso il suo orologio alla porta di Lightwood, ora si diresse verso un angolo diverso, dove c’era più ombra che luce; e, tirandosi su i guanti, disse:

“Una delle vostre dame, signore, ha menzionato ad alta voce un nome che conosco bene. Anzi, posso dire di conoscere molto bene. Si tratta della sorella di un mio vecchio allievo. È stato mio allievo per molto tempo e ha fatto rapidi progressi nella sua carriera. Il nome è Hexam. Lizzie Hexam.” Sembrava un uomo timido, che lottava contro la nervosità, e parlava in modo molto impacciato. Il breve silenzio che fece tra le due frasi successive risultò davvero imbarazzante per chi lo ascoltava.

“Sì,” rispose il signor Milvey. “Andremo a trovarla.”

‘Ho raccolto tutto ciò che era necessario, signore. Spero che non ci sia nulla di sbagliato con la sorella del mio vecchio allievo. Spero che non le sia accaduto alcun lutto. Spero che non stia attraversando alcuna difficoltà. Che non abbia perso nessuno, ’

Il signor Milvey pensò che quell’uomo avesse modi molto strani e un’espressione cupa e abbassata dello sguardo; tuttavia rispose nel suo solito modo schietto.

“Sono lieto di comunicarvi, signor Headstone, che la sorella del vostro vecchio allievo non ha subito alcuna perdita del genere. Pensavate forse che fossi andato a seppellire qualcuno?”

“Quella potrebbe essere stata la connessione tra quelle idee e il vostro carattere clericale, signore, ma io non me ne ero reso conto. Allora voi stesso non ve ne siete accorto, signore?”

Un uomo dal comportamento davvero molto strano, con uno sguardo insidioso che risultava piuttosto opprimente.

“No. Anzi,” disse il signor Milvey, “poiché vi interessa così tanto la sorella del vostro vecchio allievo, posso benissimo dirvi che sto per andare a sposarla.”

Il maestro iniziò a indietreggiare.

“Non per sposarla io stesso,” disse il signor Milvey sorridendo, “perché ho già una moglie. Per celebrare la cerimonia nuziale al suo matrimonio.”

Bradley Headstone si aggrappò a un pilastro dietro di sé. Se il signor Milvey aveva visto un volto coperto di cenere, allora l’aveva visto proprio in quel momento.

“Sei davvero malato, signor Headstone!”

“Non è nulla di grave, signore. Passerà molto presto. Sono abituato a provare vertigini. Non lasciate che vi trattiene; non ho bisogno di alcun aiuto, grazie. Vi sono davvero grato per avermi concesso questi minuti del vostro tempo.”

Mentre il signor Milvey, che non aveva più minuti da perdere, dava una risposta appropriata e tornava in ufficio, notò che l’insegnante si appoggiava al pilastro con il cappello in mano e tirava sulla cravatta come se cercasse di strapparla via. Il reverendo Frank allora chiamò uno degli assistenti e gli disse: “C’è una persona fuori che sembra davvero malata e ha bisogno di aiuto, anche se lei stessa dice di no”.

Lightwood had by this time secured their places, and the departure-bell was about to be rung. They took their seats, and were beginning to move out of the station, when the same attendant came running along the platform, looking into all the carriages.

‘Oh! You are here, sir!’ he said, springing on the step, and holding the window-frame by his elbow, as the carriage moved. ‘That person you pointed out to me is in a fit.’

‘I infer from what he told me that he is subject to such attacks. He will come to, in the air, in a little while.’

He was took very bad to be sure, and was biting and knocking about him (the man said) furiously. Would the gentleman give him his card, as he had seen him first? The gentleman did so, with the explanation that he knew no more of the man attacked than that he was a man of a very respectable occupation, who had said he was out of health, as his appearance would of itself have indicated. The attendant received the card, watched his opportunity for sliding down, slid down, and so it ended.

Then, the train rattled among the house-tops, and among the ragged sides of houses torn down to make way for it, and over the swarming streets, and under the fruitful earth, until it shot across the river: bursting over the quiet surface like a bomb-shell, and gone again as if it had exploded in the rush of smoke and steam and glare. A little more, and again it roared across the river, a great rocket: spurning the watery turnings and doublings with ineffable contempt, and going straight to its end, as Father Time goes to his. To whom it is no matter what living waters run high or low, reflect the heavenly lights and darknesses, produce their little growth of weeds and flowers, turn here, turn there, are noisy or still, are troubled or at rest, for their course has one sure termination, though their sources and devices are many.

Then, a carriage ride succeeded, near the solemn river, stealing away by night, as all things steal away, by night and by day, so quietly yielding to the attraction of the loadstone rock of Eternity; and the nearer they drew to the chamber where Eugene lay, the more they feared that they might find his wanderings done. At last they saw its dim light shining out, and it gave them hope: though Lightwood faltered as he thought: ‘If he were gone, she would still be sitting by him.’

But he lay quiet, half in stupor, half in sleep. Bella, entering with a raised admonitory finger, kissed Lizzie softly, but said not a word. Neither did any of them speak, but all sat down at the foot of the bed, silently waiting. And now, in this night-watch, mingling with the flow of the river and with the rush of the train, came the questions into Bella’s mind again: What could be in the depths of that mystery of John’s? Why was it that he had never been seen by Mr Lightwood, whom he still avoided? When would that trial come, through which her faith in, and her duty to, her dear husband, was to carry her, rendering him triumphant? For, that had been his term. Her passing through the trial was to make the man she loved with all her heart, triumphant. Term not to sink out of sight in Bella’s breast.

Far on in the night, Eugene opened his eyes. He was sensible, and said at once: ‘How does the time go? Has our Mortimer come back?’

Lightwood was there immediately, to answer for himself. ‘Yes, Eugene, and all is ready.’

‘Dear boy!’ returned Eugene with a smile, ‘we both thank you heartily. Lizzie, tell them how welcome they are, and that I would be eloquent if I could.’

‘There is no need,’ said Mr Milvey. ‘We know it. Are you better, Mr Wrayburn?’

‘I am much happier,’ said Eugene.

‘Much better too, I hope?’

Eugene turned his eyes towards Lizzie, as if to spare her, and answered nothing.

Then, they all stood around the bed, and Mr Milvey, opening his book, began the service; so rarely associated with the shadow of death; so inseparable in the mind from a flush of life and gaiety and hope and health and joy. Bella thought how different from her own sunny little wedding, and wept. Mrs Milvey overflowed with pity, and wept too. The dolls’ dressmaker, with her hands before her face, wept in her golden bower. Reading in a low clear voice, and bending over Eugene, who kept his eyes upon him, Mr Milvey did his office with suitable simplicity. As the bridegroom could not move his hand, they touched his fingers with the ring, and so put it on the bride. When the two plighted their troth, she laid her hand on his and kept it there. When the ceremony was done, and all the rest departed from the room, she drew her arm under his head, and laid her own head down upon the pillow by his side.

‘Undraw the curtains, my dear girl,’ said Eugene, after a while, ‘and let us see our wedding-day.’

The sun was rising, and his first rays struck into the room, as she came back, and put her lips to his. ‘I bless the day!’ said Eugene. ‘I bless the day!’ said Lizzie.

‘You have made a poor marriage of it, my sweet wife,’ said Eugene. ‘A shattered graceless fellow, stretched at his length here, and next to nothing for you when you are a young widow.’

‘I have made the marriage that I would have given all the world to dare to hope for,’ she replied.

‘You have thrown yourself away,’ said Eugene, shaking his head. ‘But you have followed the treasure of your heart. My justification is, that you had thrown that away first, dear girl!’

‘No. I had given it to you.’

‘The same thing, my poor Lizzie!’

‘Hush! hush! A very different thing.’

There were tears in his eyes, and she besought him to close them. ‘No,’ said Eugene, again shaking his head; ‘let me look at you, Lizzie, while I can. You brave devoted girl! You heroine!’

Her own eyes filled under his praises. And when he mustered strength to move his wounded head a very little way, and lay it on her bosom, the tears of both fell.

A quel momento, Lightwood aveva già garantito loro i posti a sedere; la campanella del partenza stava per suonare. Si misero a sedere e iniziarono ad uscire dalla stazione, quando lo stesso addetto corse lungo il binario, controllando tutti i vagoni.

“Oh! Siete qui, signore!” disse, salendo sul gradino e tenendosi al telaio della finestra con il gomito, mentre la carrozza si muoveva. “Quella persona di cui mi avete parlato è in preda a una crisi.”

“Da ciò che mi ha detto, deduco che sia vittima di tali attacchi. Arriverà tra poco, in volo.”

Era davvero in condizioni molto gravi: mordeva e colpiva furiosamente tutto intorno a lui. L’uomo chiese se il signore potesse dargli il proprio biglietto, visto che lo aveva incontrato per primo. Il signore acconsentì, spiegando di non sapere nulla di più su quell’uomo, se non che si trattava di una persona con un lavoro molto rispettabile e che aveva detto di essere malata, il che era evidente anche dal suo aspetto. L’assistente prese il biglietto, attese l’occasione giusta per scivolare via, e così finì tutta la storia.

Poi, il treno sfrecciò tra i tetti delle case, tra i muri malandati di edifici demoliti per fargli spazio, attraverso le strade affollate e sotto la terra fertile, fino a superare il fiume: sfondò la sua superficie tranquilla come un proiettile, per poi scomparire nel vapore, nella fumo e nel bagliore generati dal suo passaggio. Un attimo dopo, ruggì di nuovo attraverso il fiume, come un enorme razzo che disprezzava con indescrivibile arroganza i suoi meandri e le sue curve, dirigendosi dritto verso la sua destinazione, proprio come il Tempo segue il suo corso inesorabile. Per lui non importa se le acque si alzano o scendono, se riflettono luci celesti o tenebre, se producono erbacce o fiori. Il suo percorso ha sempre una fine certa, anche se le sue sorgenti e i suoi meccanismi sono molti.

Poi seguì un viaggio in carrozza, vicino al solenne fiume, che si svolgeva di notte, come tutto ciò che viene portato via dalla notte e dal giorno. In silenzio, cedevano all’attrazione della roccia magnetica dell’Eternità; e più si avvicinavano alla stanza dove giaceva Eugene, più temevano di scoprire che i suoi vagabondaggi fossero già terminati. Alla fine videro la sua debole luce brillare. E questo loro diede speranza; anche se Lightwood esitò, pensando: “Se lui fosse già andato via, lei sarebbe ancora lì, seduta accanto a lui.”

Ma rimase immobile, metà stordito, metà addormentato. Bella, entrando con un dito ammonitore sollevato, baciò dolcemente Lizzie, ma non disse una parola. Nessuno di loro parlò; si sedettero tutti ai piedi del letto, in silenzio, in attesa. E ora, durante questa veglia notturna, mescolati al rumore del fiume e al fruscio del treno, i dubbi tornarono nella mente di Bella: cosa si nascondeva nelle profondità di quel mistero legato a John? Perché nessuno lo aveva mai visto, nemmeno il signor Lightwood, che lui continuava ad evitare? Quando sarebbe arrivata quella prova, attraverso la quale la sua fede in suo marito e il suo dovere verso di lui l’avrebbero portata alla vittoria? Perché così aveva detto lui stesso. Superare quella prova significava rendere trionfante l’uomo che amava con tutto il cuore. Un obiettivo che non avrebbe mai perso importanza nel suo cuore.

Verso la fine della notte, Eugene aprì gli occhi. Era lucido e disse subito: “Che ore sono? È tornato il nostro Mortimer?”

“Lightwood era lì immediatamente, pronto a rispondere personalmente delle proprie azioni. ‘Sì, Eugene, tutto è pronto.’”

“Caro ragazzo!”, rispose Eugene sorridendo, “entrambi ti ringraziamo sinceramente. Lizzie, digli quanto siano benvenuti, e che io sarei stato molto più eloquente se potessi.”

“Non c’è bisogno,” disse il signor Milvey. “Lo sappiamo già. Vi sentite meglio, signor Wrayburn?”

“Sono molto più felice,” disse Eugene.

Molto meglio anche, spero.

Eugene rivolse lo sguardo verso Lizzie, come se volesse risparmiarla, e non rispose nulla.

Poi, tutti si raccolsero intorno al letto, e il signor Milvey, aprendo il suo libro, iniziò la cerimonia; qualcosa che così raramente veniva associato all’morte. Qualcosa che, nella mente di tutti, era indissolubilmente legato a sentimenti di vita, gioia, speranza, salute e felicità. Bella pensò quanto fosse diverso da il suo stesso matrimonio, così sereno e gioioso, e pianse. La signora Milvey fu invasa dalla compassione e pianse anch’essa. La sarta delle bambole, con le mani davanti al viso, pianse nella sua stanza dorata. Il signor Milvey, leggendo a voce bassa e chiara e chinandosi su Eugene, che non distoglieva lo sguardo da lui, eseguì la cerimonia con grande semplicità. Poiché lo sposo non riusciva a muovere la mano, loro posero l’anello sui suoi dita e poi lo infilarono al dito della sposa. Quando entrambi si impegnarono l’uno con l’altra, lei pose la sua mano sulla sua e la tenne lì. Quando la cerimonia fu terminata e tutti se ne furono andati, lei mise il proprio braccio sotto la sua testa e posò la propria testa sul cuscino, accanto a lui.

“Tira giù le tende, mia cara,” disse Eugene dopo un po’, “e vediamo insieme il giorno del nostro matrimonio.”

Il sole stava sorgendo; i suoi primi raggi entrarono nella stanza nel momento in cui lei tornò e posò le sue labbra sulle sue. “Benedico questo giorno!” disse Eugène. “Benedico questo giorno!” disse Lizzie.

“Hai fatto una pessima sposa di lui, mia cara moglie,” disse Eugene. “Un uomo senza grazia e distrutto, disteso qui a terra. E per te non rappresenta nulla, ora che sei una giovane vedova.”

“Ho fatto quel matrimonio per il quale avrei dato tutto al mondo, se solo qualcuno avesse osato sperarlo,” rispose lei.

“Ti sei rovinata la vita,” disse Eugene scuotendo la testa. “Ma hai seguito il tesoro del tuo cuore. La mia giustificazione è che tu l’avevi già gettato via prima, cara ragazza!”

“No. L’avevo già dato a te.”

“La stessa cosa, povera Lizzie!”

“Zitta! Zitta. È una cosa del tutto diversa.”

C’erano lacrime nei suoi occhi, e lei lo pregò di chiuderli. “No,” disse Eugene, scuotendo di nuovo la testa; “lasciami guardarti, Lizzie, finché ne ho la possibilità. Tu cara, devota ragazza, tu eroina!”

I suoi stessi occhi si riempirono di lacrime sotto i suoi elogi. E quando riuscì a raccolgere le forze per muovere leggermente la sua testa ferita e appoggiarla sul suo petto, entrambi iniziarono a piangere.

‘Lizzie,’ said Eugene, after a silence: ‘when you see me wandering away from this refuge that I have so ill deserved, speak to me by my name, and I think I shall come back.’

‘Yes, dear Eugene.’

‘There!’ he exclaimed, smiling. ‘I should have gone then, but for that!’

A little while afterwards, when he appeared to be sinking into insensibility, she said, in a calm loving voice: ‘Eugene, my dear husband!’ He immediately answered: ‘There again! You see how you can recall me!’ And afterwards, when he could not speak, he still answered by a slight movement of his head upon her bosom.

The sun was high in the sky, when she gently disengaged herself to give him the stimulants and nourishment he required. The utter helplessness of the wreck of him that lay cast ashore there, now alarmed her, but he himself appeared a little more hopeful.

‘Ah, my beloved Lizzie!’ he said, faintly. ‘How shall I ever pay all I owe you, if I recover!’

‘Don’t be ashamed of me,’ she replied, ‘and you will have more than paid all.’

‘It would require a life, Lizzie, to pay all; more than a life.’

‘Live for that, then; live for me, Eugene; live to see how hard I will try to improve myself, and never to discredit you.’

‘My darling girl,’ he replied, rallying more of his old manner than he had ever yet got together. ‘On the contrary, I have been thinking whether it is not the best thing I can do, to die.’

‘The best thing you can do, to leave me with a broken heart?’

‘I don’t mean that, my dear girl. I was not thinking of that. What I was thinking of was this. Out of your compassion for me, in this maimed and broken state, you make so much of me—you think so well of me—you love me so dearly.’

‘Heaven knows I love you dearly!’

‘And Heaven knows I prize it! Well. If I live, you’ll find me out.’

‘I shall find out that my husband has a mine of purpose and energy, and will turn it to the best account?’

‘I hope so, dearest Lizzie,’ said Eugene, wistfully, and yet somewhat whimsically. ‘I hope so. But I can’t summon the vanity to think so. How can I think so, looking back on such a trifling wasted youth as mine! I humbly hope it; but I daren’t believe it. There is a sharp misgiving in my conscience that if I were to live, I should disappoint your good opinion and my own—and that I ought to die, my dear!’

“Lizzie,” disse Eugene, dopo un silenzio: “quando mi vedrai allontanarmi da questo rifugio che non merito affatto, parla con me usando il mio nome, e credo che tornerò.”

“Sì, caro Eugene.”

“Eccolo!” esclamò sorridendo. “Avrei dovuto andare allora, se non fosse stato per quello, ”

Dopo un po’, quando sembrò che stesse perdendo i sensi, lei disse con voce calma e amorevole: “Eugene, mio caro marito!” Lui rispose immediatamente: “Eccoci di nuovo! Vedi come riesci a ricordarti di me, ” E in seguito, quando non riusciva più a parlare, continuava comunque a rispondere con un leggero movimento della testa sul suo petto.

Il sole era alto nel cielo quando lei si staccò dolcemente da lui per dargli gli stimolanti e i nutrimenti di cui aveva bisogno. L’assoluta impotenza di quel corpo distrutto che giaceva sulla riva la preoccupava, ma lui stesso sembrava un po’ più speranzoso.

“Ah, mia adorata Lizzie!”, disse debolmente. “Come potrò mai ripagare tutto ciò che ti devo, se guarisco, ”

“Non vergognarti di me”, rispose lei, “e così avrai più che ripagato tutto”.

“Ci vorrebbe un’intera vita, Lizzie, per pagare tutto, più di una vita.”

“Allora vivi per questo; vivi per me, Eugene. Vivi per vedere quanto mi sforzerò di migliorare, e per non disonorarti mai.”

“Mia cara ragazza,” rispose lui, raccogliendo più del solito di quel suo vecchio modo di essere. “Anzi, ho pensato che forse morire sia la cosa migliore che possa fare.”

“La cosa migliore che puoi fare, è lasciarmi con il cuore spezzato?”

“Non intendevo dire quello, mia cara ragazza. Non stavo pensando a quello. Quello a cui pensavo era questo: per compassione verso di me, in questo stato di mutilazione e fragilità, tu mi consideri così tanto. Pensi davvero molto bene di me. Mi ami profondamente.”

“Solo il cielo sa quanto ti amo davvero!”

“E solo il Cielo sa quanto io la apprezzi! Beh. Se sopravvivrò, vi farò scoprire la verità.”

“Scoprirò che mio marito possiede una grande determinazione ed energia, e le sfrutterà al meglio, vero?”

“Lo spero davvero, cara Lizzie,” disse Eugene con tristezza, ma anche con un certo spirito capriccioso. “Lo spero davvero. Ma non riesco a trovare la forza di crederci. Come potrei farlo, ripensando a una giovinezza così sprecata e insignificante come la mia! Lo spero umilmente, ma non oso crederci. C’è un forte dubbio nella mia coscienza: temo che se continuassi a vivere, deluderei sia la tua buona opinione che la mia. E forse dovrei morire, cara.”

Chapter 12

THE PASSING SHADOW

The winds and tides rose and fell a certain number of times, the earth moved round the sun a certain number of times, the ship upon the ocean made her voyage safely, and brought a baby-Bella home. Then who so blest and happy as Mrs John Rokesmith, saving and excepting Mr John Rokesmith!

‘Would you not like to be rich NOW, my darling?’

‘How can you ask me such a question, John dear? Am I not rich?’

These were among the first words spoken near the baby Bella as she lay asleep. She soon proved to be a baby of wonderful intelligence, evincing the strongest objection to her grandmother’s society, and being invariably seized with a painful acidity of the stomach when that dignified lady honoured her with any attention.

It was charming to see Bella contemplating this baby, and finding out her own dimples in that tiny reflection, as if she were looking in the glass without personal vanity. Her cherubic father justly remarked to her husband that the baby seemed to make her younger than before, reminding him of the days when she had a pet doll and used to talk to it as she carried it about. The world might have been challenged to produce another baby who had such a store of pleasant nonsense said and sung to it, as Bella said and sung to this baby; or who was dressed and undressed as often in four-and-twenty hours as Bella dressed and undressed this baby; or who was held behind doors and poked out to stop its father’s way when he came home, as this baby was; or, in a word, who did half the number of baby things, through the lively invention of a gay and proud young mother, that this inexhaustible baby did.

The inexhaustible baby was two or three months old, when Bella began to notice a cloud upon her husband’s brow. Watching it, she saw a gathering and deepening anxiety there, which caused her great disquiet. More than once, she awoke him muttering in his sleep; and, though he muttered nothing worse than her own name, it was plain to her that his restlessness originated in some load of care. Therefore, Bella at length put in her claim to divide this load, and hear her half of it.

‘You know, John dear,’ she said, cheerily reverting to their former conversation, ‘that I hope I may safely be trusted in great things. And it surely cannot be a little thing that causes you so much uneasiness. It’s very considerate of you to try to hide from me that you are uncomfortable about something, but it’s quite impossible to be done, John love.’

‘I admit that I am rather uneasy, my own.’

‘Then please to tell me what about, sir.’

But no, he evaded that. ‘Never mind!’ thought Bella, resolutely. ‘John requires me to put perfect faith in him, and he shall not be disappointed.’

She went up to London one day, to meet him, in order that they might make some purchases. She found him waiting for her at her journey’s end, and they walked away together through the streets. He was in gay spirits, though still harping on that notion of their being rich; and he said, now let them make believe that yonder fine carriage was theirs, and that it was waiting to take them home to a fine house they had; what would Bella, in that case, best like to find in the house? Well! Bella didn’t know: already having everything she wanted, she couldn’t say. But, by degrees she was led on to confess that she would like to have for the inexhaustible baby such a nursery as never was seen. It was to be ‘a very rainbow for colours’, as she was quite sure baby noticed colours; and the staircase was to be adorned with the most exquisite flowers, as she was absolutely certain baby noticed flowers; and there was to be an aviary somewhere, of the loveliest little birds, as there was not the smallest doubt in the world that baby noticed birds. Was there nothing else? No, John dear. The predilections of the inexhaustible baby being provided for, Bella could think of nothing else.

They were chatting on in this way, and John had suggested, ‘No jewels for your own wear, for instance?’ and Bella had replied laughing. O! if he came to that, yes, there might be a beautiful ivory case of jewels on her dressing-table; when these pictures were in a moment darkened and blotted out.

They turned a corner, and met Mr Lightwood.

He stopped as if he were petrified by the sight of Bella’s husband, who in the same moment had changed colour.

‘Mr Lightwood and I have met before,’ he said.

‘Met before, John?’ Bella repeated in a tone of wonder. ‘Mr Lightwood told me he had never seen you.’

‘I did not then know that I had,’ said Lightwood, discomposed on her account. ‘I believed that I had only heard of—Mr Rokesmith.’ With an emphasis on the name.

‘When Mr Lightwood saw me, my love,’ observed her husband, not avoiding his eye, but looking at him, ‘my name was Julius Handford.’

Julius Handford! The name that Bella had so often seen in old newspapers, when she was an inmate of Mr Boffin’s house! Julius Handford, who had been publicly entreated to appear, and for intelligence of whom a reward had been publicly offered!

‘I would have avoided mentioning it in your presence,’ said Lightwood to Bella, delicately; ‘but since your husband mentions it himself, I must confirm his strange admission. I saw him as Mr Julius Handford, and I afterwards (unquestionably to his knowledge) took great pains to trace him out.’

‘Quite true. But it was not my object or my interest,’ said Rokesmith, quietly, ‘to be traced out.’

Bella looked from the one to the other, in amazement.

‘Mr Lightwood,’ pursued her husband, ‘as chance has brought us face to face at last—which is not to be wondered at, for the wonder is, that, in spite of all my pains to the contrary, chance has not confronted us together sooner—I have only to remind you that you have been at my house, and to add that I have not changed my residence.’

Capitolo 12

L’Ombra che passava.

I venti e le maree si alzarono e calarono un certo numero di volte; la terra ruotò intorno al sole un certo numero di volte; la nave sul mare completò il suo viaggio in sicurezza, portando a casa una piccola Bella. Chi potrebbe essere più fortunato e felice della signora John Rokesmith, a parte il signor John Rokesmith stesso!

“Non vorresti diventare ricca adesso, mia cara?”

“Come puoi farmi una domanda del genere, caro John? Non sono forse ricca?”

Queste furono tra le prime parole pronunciate vicino alla piccola Bella mentre dormiva. Presto si dimostrò essere un bambino di straordinaria intelligenza: mostrava infatti una forte avversione per la compagnia di sua nonna, e ogni volta che quella signora distinta le rivolgeva attenzione, lei soffriva inevitabilmente di dolorose acidità gastriche.

Era incantevole vedere Bella mentre contemplava questo bambino e scopriva le proprie fossette in quella piccola immagine riflessa, come se stesse guardando uno specchio senza alcuna vanità personale. Suo padre, dal viso angelico, commentò giustamente con suo marito che il bambino sembrava farla apparire più giovane di prima, ricordandogli i tempi in cui lei aveva una bambola e le parlava mentre la portava in giro. Il mondo intero avrebbe potuto provare a creare un altro bambino capace di dire e cantare tante cose piacevoli come faceva Bella con questo; o che venisse vestito e spogliato così frequentemente, in ventiquattro ore, quanto lo faceva lei; o che venisse nascosto dietro le porte per impedire al padre di entrare quando tornava a casa, proprio come accadeva con questo bambino. In breve, un altro bambino che facesse la metà delle cose che faceva questo, grazie all’inventiva vivace e alle attenzioni costanti di una giovane madre felice e orgogliosa.

Il bambino, ancora molto piccolo – aveva due o tre mesi – fece sì che Bella iniziasse a notare un’ombra di preoccupazione sulla fronte di suo marito. Osservandola, vide crescere e intensificarsi quella ansia, il che la mise profondamente a disagio. Più volte lo svegliò mentre mormorava nel sonno; e sebbene non pronunciasse nulla di più grave del proprio nome, era evidente che la sua inquietudine derivasse da qualche preoccupazione. Così, alla fine Bella decise di chiedere di condividere quel peso, affinché anche lei potesse portare una parte delle responsabilità.

“Sai, caro John,” disse lei, riprendendo allegramente la loro precedente conversazione, “spero davvero di poter essere affidata a me per questioni importanti. E sicuramente non può trattarsi di una cosa insignificante che ti causi tanta preoccupazione. È molto premuroso da parte tua cercare di nascondermi il fatto che sei a disagio per qualcosa, ma è del tutto impossibile farlo, caro John.”

“Devo ammettere che sono piuttosto a disagio, ”

“Allora, per favore, ditemi di cosa si tratta, signore.”

Ma no, lui evitò di farlo. “Non importa!” pensò Bella, con determinazione. “John ha bisogno che io abbia una perfetta fiducia in lui, e non dovrà deludersi.”

Un giorno andò a Londra per incontrarlo, in modo che potessero fare alcune compere. Lo trovò ad aspettarla alla fine del suo viaggio e insieme camminarono per le strade. Lui era di buon umore, anche se continuava a parlare dell’idea di essere ricchi; disse che avrebbero potuto fingere che quella bella carrozza appartenesse a loro e che li stesse aspettando per portarli a casa in una bellissima casa che avevano. Cosa avrebbe preferito trovare Bella, in quel caso, nella casa? Beh! Bella non lo sapeva: avendo già tutto ciò che desiderava, non riusciva a rispondere. Ma gradualmente ammise di voler regalare al loro bambino un’infanzia così meravigliosa da non essere mai vista prima. Una nursery “dipinta con tutti i colori dell’arcobaleno”, perché era sicura che il bambino notasse i colori; una scala decorata con i fiori più belli, perché ne era certa al cento per cento; e anche un recinto con gli uccellini più adorabili. Non c’era alcun dubbio nel mondo che il bambino si interessasse agli uccellini. Nient’altro? No, caro John. Ora che le preferenze del loro bambino erano state tutte soddisfatte, Bella non riusciva a pensare a nulla altro.

Chiacchieravano in questo modo, e John aveva suggerito: “Nessun gioiello da indossare personalmente, per esempio?”, a cui Bella aveva risposto ridendo. Oh! Se avesse insistito su quel punto, sì, forse sul suo comodino ci sarebbe stata una bellissima scatola di giada con i gioielli; ma in quel momento quelle immagini stavano già diventando scure e sfocate.

Voltarono l’angolo e incontrarono il signor Lightwood.

Si fermò, come se fosse stato pietrificato dal vedere il marito di Bella, che nel frattempo aveva cambiato colore.

“Ho già incontrato il signor Lightwood in precedenza,” disse.

“Metterla prima, John?”, ripeté Bella con tono di meraviglia. “Il signor Lightwood mi ha detto che non ti aveva mai visto.”

“All’epoca non sapevo di averla,” disse Lightwood, visibilmente turbato per via sua. “Pensavo di averne solo sentito parlare, del signor Rokesmith.” Poneva enfasi su quel nome.

“Quando il signor Lightwood mi vide, il mio amore, ”, osservò sua moglie senza evitare il suo sguardo, ma guardandolo direttamente negli occhi, “il mio nome era Julius Handford.”

Julius Handford! Il nome che Bella aveva visto così spesso nei vecchi giornali, quando era ospite nella casa del signor Boffin. Julius Handford, di cui si chiedeva pubblicamente la presenza e per il cui aiuto era stata offerta una ricompensa!

“Avrei evitato di menzionarlo in tua presenza,” disse Lightwood a Bella con delicatezza; “ma poiché tuo marito ne parla lui stesso, devo confermare la sua strana ammissione. L’ho visto come il signor Julius Handford, e in seguito (senza dubbio a sua conoscenza) ho fatto di tutto per rintracciarlo.”

“Assolutamente vero. Ma non era certo mio scopo né il mio interesse,” disse Rokesmith, in tono tranquillo, “essere rintracciato.”

Bella li guardò uno dopo l’altro, piena di meraviglia.

“Signor Lightwood,” continuò suo marito, “poiché la fortuna ci ha finalmente fatto incontrare di nuovo, il che non sorprende affatto, poiché la vera meraviglia è che, nonostante tutti i miei sforzi per evitarlo, la fortuna non ci abbia fatti incontrare prima. Devo solo ricordarvi che siete stato a casa mia, e aggiungere che non ho cambiato residenza.”

‘Sir’ returned Lightwood, with a meaning glance towards Bella, ‘my position is a truly painful one. I hope that no complicity in a very dark transaction may attach to you, but you cannot fail to know that your own extraordinary conduct has laid you under suspicion.’

‘I know it has,’ was all the reply.

‘My professional duty,’ said Lightwood hesitating, with another glance towards Bella, ‘is greatly at variance with my personal inclination; but I doubt, Mr Handford, or Mr Rokesmith, whether I am justified in taking leave of you here, with your whole course unexplained.’

Bella caught her husband by the hand.

‘Don’t be alarmed, my darling. Mr Lightwood will find that he is quite justified in taking leave of me here. At all events,’ added Rokesmith, ‘he will find that I mean to take leave of him here.’

‘I think, sir,’ said Lightwood, ‘you can scarcely deny that when I came to your house on the occasion to which you have referred, you avoided me of a set purpose.’

‘Mr Lightwood, I assure you I have no disposition to deny it, or intention to deny it. I should have continued to avoid you, in pursuance of the same set purpose, for a short time longer, if we had not met now. I am going straight home, and shall remain at home to-morrow until noon. Hereafter, I hope we may be better acquainted. Good-day.’

Lightwood stood irresolute, but Bella’s husband passed him in the steadiest manner, with Bella on his arm; and they went home without encountering any further remonstrance or molestation from any one.

When they had dined and were alone, John Rokesmith said to his wife, who had preserved her cheerfulness: ‘And you don’t ask me, my dear, why I bore that name?’

‘No, John love. I should dearly like to know, of course;’ (which her anxious face confirmed;) ‘but I wait until you can tell me of your own free will. You asked me if I could have perfect faith in you, and I said yes, and I meant it.’

It did not escape Bella’s notice that he began to look triumphant. She wanted no strengthening in her firmness; but if she had had need of any, she would have derived it from his kindling face.

‘You cannot have been prepared, my dearest, for such a discovery as that this mysterious Mr Handford was identical with your husband?’

‘No, John dear, of course not. But you told me to prepare to be tried, and I prepared myself.’

He drew her to nestle closer to him, and told her it would soon be over, and the truth would soon appear. ‘And now,’ he went on, ‘lay stress, my dear, on these words that I am going to add. I stand in no kind of peril, and I can by possibility be hurt at no one’s hand.’

‘You are quite, quite sure of that, John dear?’

‘Not a hair of my head! Moreover, I have done no wrong, and have injured no man. Shall I swear it?’

‘No, John!’ cried Bella, laying her hand upon his lips, with a proud look. ‘Never to me!’

‘But circumstances,’ he went on ‘—I can, and I will, disperse them in a moment—have surrounded me with one of the strangest suspicions ever known. You heard Mr Lightwood speak of a dark transaction?’

‘Yes, John.’

‘You are prepared to hear explicitly what he meant?’

‘Yes, John.’

‘My life, he meant the murder of John Harmon, your allotted husband.’

With a fast palpitating heart, Bella grasped him by the arm. ‘You cannot be suspected, John?’

‘Dear love, I can be—for I am!’

There was silence between them, as she sat looking in his face, with the colour quite gone from her own face and lips. ‘How dare they!’ she cried at length, in a burst of generous indignation. ‘My beloved husband, how dare they!’

He caught her in his arms as she opened hers, and held her to his heart. ‘Even knowing this, you can trust me, Bella?’

‘I can trust you, John dear, with all my soul. If I could not trust you, I should fall dead at your feet.’

The kindling triumph in his face was bright indeed, as he looked up and rapturously exclaimed, what had he done to deserve the blessing of this dear confiding creature’s heart! Again she put her hand upon his lips, saying, ‘Hush!’ and then told him, in her own little natural pathetic way, that if all the world were against him, she would be for him; that if all the world repudiated him, she would believe him; that if he were infamous in other eyes, he would be honoured in hers; and that, under the worst unmerited suspicion, she could devote her life to consoling him, and imparting her own faith in him to their little child.

A twilight calm of happiness then succeeding to their radiant noon, they remained at peace, until a strange voice in the room startled them both. The room being by that time dark, the voice said, ‘Don’t let the lady be alarmed by my striking a light,’ and immediately a match rattled, and glimmered in a hand. The hand and the match and the voice were then seen by John Rokesmith to belong to Mr Inspector, once meditatively active in this chronicle.

‘I take the liberty,’ said Mr Inspector, in a business-like manner, ‘to bring myself to the recollection of Mr Julius Handford, who gave me his name and address down at our place a considerable time ago. Would the lady object to my lighting the pair of candles on the chimneypiece, to throw a further light upon the subject? No? Thank you, ma’am. Now, we look cheerful.’

Mr Inspector, in a dark-blue buttoned-up frock coat and pantaloons, presented a serviceable, half-pay, Royal Arms kind of appearance, as he applied his pocket handkerchief to his nose and bowed to the lady.

‘You favoured me, Mr Handford,’ said Mr Inspector, ‘by writing down your name and address, and I produce the piece of paper on which you wrote it. Comparing the same with the writing on the fly-leaf of this book on the table—and a sweet pretty volume it is—I find the writing of the entry, “Mrs John Rokesmith. From her husband on her birthday”—and very gratifying to the feelings such memorials are—to correspond exactly. Can I have a word with you?’

“Signore”, rispose Lightwood, lanciando uno sguardo significativo verso Bella, “la mia posizione è davvero difficile. Spero che nulla possa collegarvi a una transazione molto oscura, ma non potete negare che il vostro stesso comportamento insolito vi abbia messo sotto sospetto.”

“Lo so che ce l’ha,” fu tutta la risposta.

“Il mio dovere professionale,” disse Lightwood esitando, lanciando un altro sguardo verso Bella, “è in forte contrasto con le mie preferenze personali; ma dubito, signor Handford o signor Rokesmith, che io abbia il diritto di lasciarvi qui, senza che tutto ciò che è accaduto venga spiegato.”

Bella prese il marito per la mano.

“Non allarmarti, mio caro. Il signor Lightwood scoprirà di avere tutte le ragioni per lasciarmi qui. In ogni caso,” aggiunse Rokesmith, “scoprirà che anch’io intendo lasciarlo qui.”

“Credo, signore,” disse Lightwood, “che sia difficile negare che, quando sono venuto a casa sua per l’occasione di cui ha parlato, lei mi abbia evitato in modo deliberato.”

‘Signor Lightwood, le assicuro che non ho alcuna intenzione di negarlo. Avrei continuato a evitarla, per lo stesso motivo, ancora per un po’, se non ci fossimo incontrati ora. Sto andando direttamente a casa e rimarrò lì fino a mezzogiorno di domani. Spero che da ora in poi possiamo conoscerci meglio. Buon giorno.’

Lightwood rimase indeciso, ma il marito di Bella lo superò con passo deciso, tenendo Bella per il braccio; e se ne andarono a casa senza incontrare ulteriori obiezioni o molestie da parte di nessuno.

Dopo aver cenato e essere rimasti soli, John Rokesmith disse a sua moglie, che aveva mantenuto il proprio buon umore: “E tu non mi chiedi, cara, perché porto quel nome?”

“No, John mio caro. Certo che mi piacerebbe molto saperlo;” (e il suo viso ansioso lo confermava); “ma aspetto che tu me lo dica di tua spontanea volontà. Mi hai chiesto se potessi avere una perfetta fede in te, e io ho detto di sì. E lo pensavo davvero.”

A Bella non sfuggì che lui cominciava ad avere un’espressione trionfale. Non aveva bisogno di alcun rafforzamento nella sua determinazione; ma se ne fosse stato necessario, l’avrebbe trovato nel suo viso illuminato da una gioia evidente.

“Mia cara, non potevi certo essere preparata a una scoperta del genere. Quel misterioso signor Handford era identico a tuo marito, ”

“No, caro John, certo che no. Ma tu mi hai detto di prepararmi al processo, e io mi sono preparata.”

La attirò a sé perché si avvicinasse di più e le disse che tutto sarebbe finito presto, che la verità sarebbe emersa molto presto. “E ora,” continuò, “fai molta attenzione a queste parole che sto per aggiungere: non corro alcun pericolo e non posso essere ferito da nessuno.”

“Sei davvero sicuro di questo, caro John?”

“Nemmeno un capello della mia testa! Inoltre, non ho commesso alcun errore e non ho ferito nessuno. Devo giurarlo?”

“No, John!” gridò Bella, posando una mano sulle sue labbra con uno sguardo orgoglioso. “Mai con me!”

“Ma le circostanze,” proseguì, “posso e farò sì che vengano dissipate in un istante. Mi hanno circondato con una delle sospette più strane mai esistite. Avete sentito il signor Lightwood parlare di una transazione oscura, vero?”

“Sì, John.”

“Siete pronti ad ascoltare esplicitamente cosa intendeva?”

“Sì, John.”

“La mia vita. Intendeva dire l’omicidio di John Harmon, il tuo marito designato.”

Con il cuore che batteva velocemente, Bella gli afferrò il braccio. “Non può essere sospettato, vero, John?”

“Caro amore mio, posso esserlo, perché lo sono davvero!”

C’era silenzio tra loro; lei sedeva fissandolo negli occhi, il colore del suo viso e delle sue labbra era completamente scomparso. “Come osano!” esclamò infine, in un impeto di generosa indignazione. “Mio caro marito, come osano!”

La strinse tra le braccia non appena lei aprì le sue e la tenne vicina al proprio cuore.
“Anche sapendo tutto questo, puoi fidarti di me, Bella?”

“Posso fidarmi di te, caro John, con tutta la mia ‘anima. Se non potessi fidarmi di te, morirei ai tuoi piedi.”

La luce del trionfo brillava davvero sul suo viso quando alzò lo sguardo e esclamò con entusiasmo: “Cosa ho fatto per meritare il favore del cuore di questa cara creatura che mi confida tutto?!” Di nuovo lei posò la mano sulle sue labbra, dicendo: “Taci!”, e poi gli spiegò, nel suo modo naturale e commovente, che anche se tutto il mondo fosse contro di lui, lei sarebbe stata dalla sua parte; che anche se tutti lo rinnegassero, lei avrebbe creduto in lui; che anche se agli occhi degli altri fosse disonorato, ai suoi occhi sarebbe stato onorato; e che, nonostante le peggiori e ingiuste sospetti, era pronta a dedicare la sua vita a consolarlo e a trasmettere la propria fede in lui al loro piccolo bambino.

Un tranquillo crepuscolo di felicità seguì il loro radioso pomeriggio; rimasero in pace, fino a quando una voce strana nella stanza li spaventò entrambi. Poiché la stanza era ormai buia, quella voce disse: “Non lasciate che la signora si allarmi se accendo una luce”, e immediatamente un fiammifero si accese in una mano. La mano, il fiammifero e la voce furono riconosciuti da John Rokesmith come appartenenti al signor ispettore, che in passato aveva avuto un ruolo importante in questa cronaca.

“Prendo la libertà,” disse il signor ispettore in tono professionale, “di ricordare al signor Julius Handford che, molto tempo fa, ci ha fornito il suo nome e indirizzo. La signora avrebbe obiezioni se accendessi le due candele sul camino per chiarire ulteriormente la questione? No? Grazie, signora. Ora, l’atmosfera sembra più allegra.”

Signor ispettore, con un abito scuro blu con bottoni e pantaloni, aveva un aspetto dignitoso e rispettabile, tipico di chi riceve uno stipendio ridotto ma appartiene alla famiglia reale; si pulì il naso con il fazzoletto da tasca e fece un inchino alla signora.

“Mi avete fatto un favore, signor Handford,” disse l’ispettore, “scrivendo il vostro nome e indirizzo; ecco il foglio su cui li avete annotati. Confrontandolo con la scrittura presente sulla pagina di frontespizio di questo libro sul tavolo – e che bel libro è! – ho verificato che l’iscrizione ‘Signora John Rokesmith. Da suo marito per il suo compleanno’ corrisponde esattamente alla vostra calligrafia. E, naturalmente, tale ricordo è molto significativo per i sentimenti che suscita. Posso parlarvi un attimo?”

‘Certainly. Here, if you please,’ was the reply.

‘Why,’ retorted Mr Inspector, again using his pocket handkerchief, ‘though there’s nothing for the lady to be at all alarmed at, still, ladies are apt to take alarm at matters of business—being of that fragile sex that they’re not accustomed to them when not of a strictly domestic character—and I do generally make it a rule to propose retirement from the presence of ladies, before entering upon business topics. Or perhaps,’ Mr Inspector hinted, ‘if the lady was to step up-stairs, and take a look at baby now!’

‘Mrs Rokesmith,’—her husband was beginning; when Mr Inspector, regarding the words as an introduction, said, ‘Happy I am sure, to have the honour.’ And bowed, with gallantry.

‘Mrs Rokesmith,’ resumed her husband, ‘is satisfied that she can have no reason for being alarmed, whatever the business is.’

‘Really? Is that so?’ said Mr Inspector. ‘But it’s a sex to live and learn from, and there’s nothing a lady can’t accomplish when she once fully gives her mind to it. It’s the case with my own wife. Well, ma’am, this good gentleman of yours has given rise to a rather large amount of trouble which might have been avoided if he had come forward and explained himself. Well you see! He DIDN’T come forward and explain himself. Consequently, now that we meet, him and me, you’ll say—and say right—that there’s nothing to be alarmed at, in my proposing to him TO come forward—or, putting the same meaning in another form, to come along with me—and explain himself.’

When Mr Inspector put it in that other form, ‘to come along with me,’ there was a relishing roll in his voice, and his eye beamed with an official lustre.

‘Do you propose to take me into custody?’ inquired John Rokesmith, very coolly.

‘Why argue?’ returned Mr Inspector in a comfortable sort of remonstrance; ‘ain’t it enough that I propose that you shall come along with me?’

‘For what reason?’

‘Lord bless my soul and body!’ returned Mr Inspector, ‘I wonder at it in a man of your education. Why argue?’

‘What do you charge against me?’

‘I wonder at you before a lady,’ said Mr Inspector, shaking his head reproachfully: ‘I wonder, brought up as you have been, you haven’t a more delicate mind! I charge you, then, with being some way concerned in the Harmon Murder. I don’t say whether before, or in, or after, the fact. I don’t say whether with having some knowledge of it that hasn’t come out.’

‘You don’t surprise me. I foresaw your visit this afternoon.’

‘Don’t!’ said Mr Inspector. ‘Why, why argue? It’s my duty to inform you that whatever you say, will be used against you.’

‘I don’t think it will.’

‘But I tell you it will,’ said Mr Inspector. ‘Now, having received the caution, do you still say that you foresaw my visit this afternoon?’

‘Yes. And I will say something more, if you will step with me into the next room.’

With a reassuring kiss on the lips of the frightened Bella, her husband (to whom Mr Inspector obligingly offered his arm), took up a candle, and withdrew with that gentleman. They were a full half-hour in conference. When they returned, Mr Inspector looked considerably astonished.

‘I have invited this worthy officer, my dear,’ said John, ‘to make a short excursion with me in which you shall be a sharer. He will take something to eat and drink, I dare say, on your invitation, while you are getting your bonnet on.’

Mr Inspector declined eating, but assented to the proposal of a glass of brandy and water. Mixing this cold, and pensively consuming it, he broke at intervals into such soliloquies as that he never did know such a move, that he never had been so gravelled, and that what a game was this to try the sort of stuff a man’s opinion of himself was made of! Concurrently with these comments, he more than once burst out a laughing, with the half-enjoying and half-piqued air of a man, who had given up a good conundrum, after much guessing, and been told the answer. Bella was so timid of him, that she noted these things in a half-shrinking, half-perceptive way, and similarly noted that there was a great change in his manner towards John. That coming-along-with-him deportment was now lost in long musing looks at John and at herself and sometimes in slow heavy rubs of his hand across his forehead, as if he were ironing out the creases which his deep pondering made there. He had had some coughing and whistling satellites secretly gravitating towards him about the premises, but they were now dismissed, and he eyed John as if he had meant to do him a public service, but had unfortunately been anticipated. Whether Bella might have noted anything more, if she had been less afraid of him, she could not determine; but it was all inexplicable to her, and not the faintest flash of the real state of the case broke in upon her mind. Mr Inspector’s increased notice of herself and knowing way of raising his eyebrows when their eyes by any chance met, as if he put the question ‘Don’t you see?’ augmented her timidity, and, consequently, her perplexity. For all these reasons, when he and she and John, at towards nine o’clock of a winter evening went to London, and began driving from London Bridge, among low-lying water-side wharves and docks and strange places, Bella was in the state of a dreamer; perfectly unable to account for her being there, perfectly unable to forecast what would happen next, or whither she was going, or why; certain of nothing in the immediate present, but that she confided in John, and that John seemed somehow to be getting more triumphant. But what a certainty was that!

They alighted at last at the corner of a court, where there was a building with a bright lamp and wicket gate. Its orderly appearance was very unlike that of the surrounding neighbourhood, and was explained by the inscription POLICE STATION.

“Certamente. Ecco, per favore,” fu la risposta.

“Perché,” ribatté il signor ispettore, utilizzando di nuovo il fazzoletto di tasca, “sebbene non ci sia nulla che possa allarmare davvero la signora, comunque le donne tendono ad agitarsi per questioni di lavoro, essendo un sesso fragile e non abituato a simili argomenti, se non quando riguardano esclusivamente aspetti domestici. Di solito, quindi, mi impegno a suggerire di allontanarci dalla presenza delle signore prima di affrontare argomenti lavorativi. O forse, ”, insinuò il signor ispettore, “se la signora volesse salire al piano di sopra e dare un’occhiata al bambino adesso, ”

“Signora Rokesmith, ”, stava per dire suo marito; quando il signor ispettore, interpretando quelle parole come un’introduzione, disse: “Sono sicuramente felice di ricevere questa onore”. E si inchinò con galanteria.

“Signora Rokesmith,” continuò suo marito, “è convinta che non ci siano motivi per allarmarsi, qualunque sia la questione in discussione.”

“Davvero? È proprio così?” disse il signor ispettore. “Ma è un’attività attraverso la quale si può vivere e imparare; non c’è nulla che una donna non possa realizzare se ci dedica completamente la propria mente. Lo stesso vale per mia moglie. Beh, signora, questo gentiluomo ha causato parecchi problemi, problemi che avrebbero potuto essere evitati se si fosse fatto avanti e spiegato le sue intenzioni. Ma lui non l’ha fatto. Quindi, ora che ci incontriamo, lei dirà – e dirà sinceramente – che non c’è nulla di cui allarmarsi nel caso io gli proponga di farsi avanti e spiegarsi.”

Quando il signor ispettore lo espresse in quel modo, “venire con me”, c’era un tono di piacere nella sua voce, e i suoi occhi brillavano di un luccichio ufficiale.

“Vi proponete di arrestarmi?” chiese John Rokesmith con estrema calma.

“Perché discutere?” rispose il signor ispettore con un tono pacato e ragionevole; “Non è già abbastanza che io vi proponga di venire con me?”

“Per quale motivo?”

“Che il Signore benedica la mia ‘anima e il mio -corpo!” rispose l’ispettore. “Mi meraviglio che un uomo della vostra istruzione possa comportarsi in questo modo. Perché discutere?”

“Cosa mi imputi?”

“Mi chiedo davvero cosa pensiate di voi stesso davanti a una signora,” disse il signor ispettore scuotendo la testa in segno di rimprovero: “Vi siete cresciuti in questo modo, eppure non avete alcuna sensibilità. Vi accuso quindi di essere in qualche modo coinvolti nell’omicidio di Harmon. Non dico se prima, durante o dopo l’evento; né se abbiate delle informazioni che non sono state rese pubbliche.”

“Non mi sorprendi affatto. Avevo previsto la tua visita questo pomeriggio.”

“Non fatelo!”, disse l’ispettore. “Perché discutere? È mio dovere informarvi che qualsiasi cosa diciate verrà usata contro di voi.”

“Non credo che succederà.”

“Ma vi dico che succederà,” disse l’ispettore. “Ora, dopo aver ricevuto questa avvertenza, continuate ancora a dire di aver previsto la mia visita di questo pomeriggio?”

“Sì. E dirò anche qualcos’altro, se volete seguirmi nella stanza accanto.”

Dando un bacio rassicurante sulle labbra della spaventata Bella, suo marito – a cui il signor ispettore gentilmente offrì il braccio – prese una candela e si allontanò con quel gentiluomo. Rimasero a parlare per un bel quarto d’ora. Quando tornarono, il signor ispettore sembrava davvero molto sorpreso.

“Ho invitato questo nobile ufficiale, mio caro,” disse John, “a fare una breve gita con me, e anche tu ne potrai partecipare. Scommetto che, su tua richiesta, porterà qualcosa da mangiare e da bere, mentre tu indossi il tuo cappello.”

Il signor ispettore rifiutò di mangiare, ma accettò un bicchiere di brandy e acqua. Mescolandoli e bevendoli con aria pensierosa, di tanto in tanto esprimeva commenti del tipo: “Non avrei mai immaginato una cosa del genere. Non ero mai stato così confuso. Che gioco strano è questo, per mettere alla prova ciò che una persona pensa di sé stesso!” Allo stesso tempo, più volte scoppiava a ridere, con un’espressione a metà divertita e a metà irritata, come chi avesse risolto un difficile enigma dopo molte congetture, e poi ricevesse la risposta. Bella, però, aveva troppa paura di lui, quindi osservava tutto questo in modo timido e confuso; notò anche che il suo comportamento verso John era cambiato drasticamente: non parlava più con lui, ma lo fissava a lungo, sia lui che se stessa. A volte si passava la mano sulla fronte, come per eliminare le “pieghe” causate dai suoi profondi pensieri. Aveva anche alcuni assistenti che gli giravano intorno in silenzio, ma ora li aveva mandati via. Guardava John come se avesse voluto fargli un favore, ma che purtroppo qualcun altro ci fosse riuscito prima di lui. Se Bella avesse avuto meno paura di lui, forse avrebbe notato qualcos’altro. Ma tutto le sembrava incomprensibile; non aveva la minima idea della verità. L’attenzione crescente del signor ispettore nei suoi confronti, e il modo in cui alzava le sopracciglia ogni volta che i loro sguardi si incrociavano, come se volesse chiederle: “Non lo vedi?”, aumentavano solo la sua timidezza e la sua confusione. Per tutte queste ragioni, quando verso le nove di una sera d’inverno lui, lei e John partirono per Londra e iniziarono il viaggio lungo i moli e i porti situati lungo le rive dell’fiume, Bella era come in un sogno. Non riusciva assolutamente a spiegare perché si trovasse lì, né a prevedere cosa sarebbe successo dopo. Non sapeva nulla riguardo al presente. Sapeva solo di fidarsi di John, e che John sembrava diventare sempre più “trionfante”. Ma quale certezza poteva esserci in tutto ciò?

Finalmente atterrarono all’angolo di un >cortile, dove c’era un edificio con una luce brillante e un cancello a sbarre. Il suo aspetto ordinato era molto diverso da quello dei dintorni, e ciò si spiegava con la iscrizione “STAZIONE DI POLIZIA”.

‘We are not going in here, John?’ said Bella, clinging to him.

‘Yes, my dear; but of our own accord. We shall come out again as easily, never fear.’

The whitewashed room was pure white as of old, the methodical book-keeping was in peaceful progress as of old, and some distant howler was banging against a cell door as of old. The sanctuary was not a permanent abiding-place, but a kind of criminal Pickford’s. The lower passions and vices were regularly ticked off in the books, warehoused in the cells, carted away as per accompanying invoice, and left little mark upon it.

Mr Inspector placed two chairs for his visitors, before the fire, and communed in a low voice with a brother of his order (also of a half-pay, and Royal Arms aspect), who, judged only by his occupation at the moment, might have been a writing-master, setting copies. Their conference done, Mr Inspector returned to the fireplace, and, having observed that he would step round to the Fellowships and see how matters stood, went out. He soon came back again, saying, ‘Nothing could be better, for they’re at supper with Miss Abbey in the bar;’ and then they all three went out together.

Still, as in a dream, Bella found herself entering a snug old-fashioned public-house, and found herself smuggled into a little three-cornered room nearly opposite the bar of that establishment. Mr Inspector achieved the smuggling of herself and John into this queer room, called Cosy in an inscription on the door, by entering in the narrow passage first in order, and suddenly turning round upon them with extended arms, as if they had been two sheep. The room was lighted for their reception.

‘Now,’ said Mr Inspector to John, turning the gas lower; ‘I’ll mix with ’em in a casual way, and when I say Identification, perhaps you’ll show yourself.’

John nodded, and Mr Inspector went alone to the half-door of the bar. From the dim doorway of Cosy, within which Bella and her husband stood, they could see a comfortable little party of three persons sitting at supper in the bar, and could hear everything that was said.

The three persons were Miss Abbey and two male guests. To whom collectively, Mr Inspector remarked that the weather was getting sharp for the time of year.

‘It need be sharp to suit your wits, sir,’ said Miss Abbey. ‘What have you got in hand now?’

‘Thanking you for your compliment: not much, Miss Abbey,’ was Mr Inspector’s rejoinder.

‘Who have you got in Cosy?’ asked Miss Abbey.

‘Only a gentleman and his wife, Miss.’

‘And who are they? If one may ask it without detriment to your deep plans in the interests of the honest public?’ said Miss Abbey, proud of Mr Inspector as an administrative genius.

‘They are strangers in this part of the town, Miss Abbey. They are waiting till I shall want the gentleman to show himself somewhere, for half a moment.’

‘While they’re waiting,’ said Miss Abbey, ‘couldn’t you join us?’

Mr Inspector immediately slipped into the bar, and sat down at the side of the half-door, with his back towards the passage, and directly facing the two guests. ‘I don’t take my supper till later in the night,’ said he, ‘and therefore I won’t disturb the compactness of the table. But I’ll take a glass of flip, if that’s flip in the jug in the fender.’

‘That’s flip,’ replied Miss Abbey, ‘and it’s my making, and if even you can find out better, I shall be glad to know where.’ Filling him, with hospitable hands, a steaming tumbler, Miss Abbey replaced the jug by the fire; the company not having yet arrived at the flip-stage of their supper, but being as yet skirmishing with strong ale.

‘Ah—h!’ cried Mr Inspector. ‘That’s the smack! There’s not a Detective in the Force, Miss Abbey, that could find out better stuff than that.’

‘Glad to hear you say so,’ rejoined Miss Abbey. ‘You ought to know, if anybody does.’

‘Mr Job Potterson,’ Mr Inspector continued, ‘I drink your health. Mr Jacob Kibble, I drink yours. Hope you have made a prosperous voyage home, gentlemen both.’

Mr Kibble, an unctuous broad man of few words and many mouthfuls, said, more briefly than pointedly, raising his ale to his lips: ‘Same to you.’ Mr Job Potterson, a semi-seafaring man of obliging demeanour, said, ‘Thank you, sir.’

‘Lord bless my soul and body!’ cried Mr Inspector. ‘Talk of trades, Miss Abbey, and the way they set their marks on men’ (a subject which nobody had approached); ‘who wouldn’t know your brother to be a Steward! There’s a bright and ready twinkle in his eye, there’s a neatness in his action, there’s a smartness in his figure, there’s an air of reliability about him in case you wanted a basin, which points out the steward! And Mr Kibble; ain’t he Passenger, all over? While there’s that mercantile cut upon him which would make you happy to give him credit for five hundred pound, don’t you see the salt sea shining on him too?’

‘YOU do, I dare say,’ returned Miss Abbey, ‘but I don’t. And as for stewarding, I think it’s time my brother gave that up, and took his House in hand on his sister’s retiring. The House will go to pieces if he don’t. I wouldn’t sell it for any money that could be told out, to a person that I couldn’t depend upon to be a Law to the Porters, as I have been.’

‘There you’re right, Miss,’ said Mr Inspector. ‘A better kept house is not known to our men. What do I say? Half so well a kept house is not known to our men. Show the Force the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters, and the Force—to a constable—will show you a piece of perfection, Mr Kibble.’

That gentleman, with a very serious shake of his head, subscribed the article.

‘And talk of Time slipping by you, as if it was an animal at rustic sports with its tail soaped,’ said Mr Inspector (again, a subject which nobody had approached); ‘why, well you may. Well you may. How has it slipped by us, since the time when Mr Job Potterson here present, Mr Jacob Kibble here present, and an Officer of the Force here present, first came together on a matter of Identification!’

“Non entreremo qui dentro, vero, John?” disse Bella, aggrappandosi a lui.

“Sì, caro mio; ma di nostra spontanea volontà. Torneremo fuori altrettanto facilmente, senza mai provare paura.”

La stanza imbiancata era di un bianco puro, proprio come una volta; la meticolosa tenuta dei registri procedeva tranquillamente, proprio come prima; e qualche lontano urlo risuonava ancora contro le porte delle celle, esattamente come in passato. Quel rifugio non costituiva un luogo di dimora permanente, ma piuttosto una sorta di “prigione” per criminali. Le passioni più basse e i vizi venivano regolarmente registrati nei libri, conservati nelle celle, trasportati via secondo le relative fatture, lasciando dietro di sé poche tracce.

Il signor ispettore mise due sedie per i suoi visitatori davanti al camino, e parlò a bassa voce con un collega della sua stessa ordine (anch’egli in congedo parziale e con stemmi reali); a giudicare solo dall’occupazione che svolgeva in quel momento, avrebbe potuto essere un maestro di calligrafia incaricato di copiare documenti. Dopo aver concluso la loro conversazione, il signor ispettore tornò vicino al camino e, osservando che avrebbe fatto un giro nelle aule per verificare come stavano le cose, uscì. Tornò presto indietro dicendo: “Non potrebbe andare meglio. Stanno cenando con la signorina Abbey nel bar”; poi tutti e tre uscirono insieme.

Tuttavia, come in un >sogno, Bella si trovò ad entrare in una confortevole e vecchio stile locanda pubblica, e venne introdotta di nascosto in una piccola stanza angolare situata quasi di fronte al bancone dell’edificio. L’ispettore riuscì a far entrare lei e John in questa strana stanza, chiamata “Cosy” dall’iscrizione sulla porta; per farlo, entrò prima lui nel corridoio stretto, per poi girarsi improvvisamente verso di loro con le braccia aperte, come se fossero state due pecore. La stanza era stata illuminata apposta per accoglierli.

“Ora,” disse il signor ispettore a John, abbassando la fiamma del gas; “mi mescolerò con loro in modo naturale, e quando dirò ‘Identificazione’, forse vi farete vedere.”

John annuì, e il signor ispettore andò da solo verso la porta semi-aperta del bar. Dalla penombra dell’ingresso di Cosy, dove si trovavano Bella e suo marito, potevano vedere un piccolo gruppo di tre persone sedute a cena nel bar e potevano sentire tutto ciò che veniva detto.

Le tre persone erano la signorina Abbey e due ospiti maschi. A loro, il signor ispettore osservò che il tempo stava diventando più freddo per questa epoca dell’anno.

“Deve essere affilato abbastanza per adattarsi alla vostra intelligenza, signore,” disse la signorina Abbey. “Cosa avete in mano ora?”

“Grazie per il suo complimento: niente di speciale, signorina Abbey,” fu la risposta dell’ispettore.

“Chi c’è dentro il ‘Cosy’?” chiese la signorina Abbey.

“Solo un gentiluomo e sua moglie, signorina.”

“E chi sono? Se si può chiederlo senza compromettere i vostri profondi piani a beneficio del pubblico onesto, ” disse la signorina Abbey, orgogliosa del signor ispettore come genio amministrativo.

“Sono estranei in questa parte della città, signorina Abbey. Stanno aspettando che io chieda a quel gentiluomo di farsi vedere da qualche parte, per un attimo soltanto.”

“Mentre aspettano,” disse la signorina Abbey, “non potresti unirti a noi?”

Il signor ispettore entrò immediatamente nel bar e si sedette accanto alla porta semiaperta, con le spalle rivolte al corridoio e di fronte direttamente ai due ospiti. “Non mangio la cena fino a più tardi nella notte,” disse, “quindi non disturberò l’ordine attorno al tavolo. Ma mi porterò un bicchiere di liquore, se nel bar ce n’è davvero.”

“È davvero ingegnoso,” rispose la signorina Abbey, “e l’ho ideato io stessa; se anche tu riesci a trovare qualcosa di meglio, sarò felice di sapere dove.” Riempì una tazza fumante per lui con le sue mani ospitali, poi rimise la giara vicino al focolare; il gruppo non aveva ancora iniziato a mangiare, ma stava ancora assaporando l’ale forte.

“Ah—h!” esclamò il signor ispettore. “Ecco il colpo vincente! Non c’è nessun detective nell’intera polizia, signorina Abbey, che potrebbe scoprire cose migliori di queste.”

“Mi fa piacere sentirti dire questo,” rispose la signorina Abbey. “Dovresti saperlo meglio di chiunque altro.”

“Signor Job Potterson,” continuò l’ispettore, “brindo alla sua salute. Signor Jacob Kibble, brindo anche alla sua. Spero che il vostro viaggio sia stato proficuo e che possiate tornare a casa sani e salvi, signori.”

Il signor Kibble, un uomo grassoccio e untuoso che parlava poco ma mangiava molto, disse, in modo più breve che incisivo, alzando la sua birra alle labbra: “Lo stesso per voi.” Il signor Job Potterson, un uomo con esperienze nel settore marittimo e dal comportamento gentile, rispose: “Grazie, signore.”

“Signore, benedite la mia ‘anima e il mio -corpo!” esclamò l’ispettore. “Parliamo di mestieri. Miss Abbey, e di come questi influenzino le persone” (un argomento che nessuno aveva mai affrontato prima); “chi non riconoscerebbe vostro fratello come un maggiordomo? C’è uno scintillio vivace nei suoi occhi, c’è precisione nelle sue azioni, c’è eleganza nel suo portamento. E quell’aria di affidabilità che lo contraddistingue. Se mai aveste bisogno di un bacino, capireste subito che si tratta di un maggiordomo! E poi Mr Kibble. Non sembra forse anche lui un commerciante? Quel suo aspetto pratico e deciso vi spingerebbe sicuramente a fidarvi di lui per una somma considerevole, vero? E non notate anche voi quel “bagliore speciale” che lo caratterizza?”

“Voi forse lo fareste,” rispose Miss Abbey, “ma io no. E per quanto riguarda la gestione della casa, penso che sia arrivato il tempo che mio fratello smetta di occuparsene e prenda in mano la casa al ritiro di mia sorella. La casa andrà in rovina se non lo fa. Non la venderei nemmeno per una grande somma di denaro, a qualcuno di cui non potessi fidarmi al punto da affidargli il compito di gestirla come ho fatto io.”

“Ha perfettamente ragione, signorina,” disse l’ispettore. “Una casa così ben tenuta non è mai stata vista dai nostri uomini. Che cosa posso dire? Nemmeno la metà di tanta cura viene dedicata alle case. Mostri alla polizia i sei portieri della Six Jolly Fellowship, e loro vi mostreranno davvero l’ideale, signor Kibble.”

Quel signore, scuotendo la testa molto seriamente, firmò l’articolo.

“E parlare di come il tempo ci sfugga via, come se fosse un animale impegnato in giochi rustici con la coda insaponata, ”, disse l’ispettore (un argomento su cui nessuno aveva mai osato parlare prima); “beh, certo che potete farlo. Come è possibile che il tempo ci sfugga via, da quando il signor Job Potterson, il signor Jacob Kibble e un ufficiale delle forze di polizia si sono incontrati per la prima volta per una questione legata all’identificazione, ”

Bella’s husband stepped softly to the half-door of the bar, and stood there.

‘How has Time slipped by us,’ Mr Inspector went on slowly, with his eyes narrowly observant of the two guests, ‘since we three very men, at an Inquest in this very house—Mr Kibble? Taken ill, sir?’

Mr Kibble had staggered up, with his lower jaw dropped, catching Potterson by the shoulder, and pointing to the half-door. He now cried out: ‘Potterson! Look! Look there!’ Potterson started up, started back, and exclaimed: ‘Heaven defend us, what’s that!’ Bella’s husband stepped back to Bella, took her in his arms (for she was terrified by the unintelligible terror of the two men), and shut the door of the little room. A hurry of voices succeeded, in which Mr Inspector’s voice was busiest; it gradually slackened and sank; and Mr Inspector reappeared. ‘Sharp’s the word, sir!’ he said, looking in with a knowing wink. ‘We’ll get your lady out at once.’ Immediately, Bella and her husband were under the stars, making their way back, alone, to the vehicle they had kept in waiting.

All this was most extraordinary, and Bella could make nothing of it but that John was in the right. How in the right, and how suspected of being in the wrong, she could not divine. Some vague idea that he had never really assumed the name of Handford, and that there was a remarkable likeness between him and that mysterious person, was her nearest approach to any definite explanation. But John was triumphant; that much was made apparent; and she could wait for the rest.

When John came home to dinner next day, he said, sitting down on the sofa by Bella and baby-Bella: ‘My dear, I have a piece of news to tell you. I have left the China House.’

As he seemed to like having left it, Bella took it for granted that there was no misfortune in the case.

‘In a word, my love,’ said John, ‘the China House is broken up and abolished. There is no such thing any more.’

‘Then, are you already in another House, John?’

‘Yes, my darling. I am in another way of business. And I am rather better off.’

The inexhaustible baby was instantly made to congratulate him, and to say, with appropriate action on the part of a very limp arm and a speckled fist: ‘Three cheers, ladies and gemplemorums. Hoo—ray!’

‘I am afraid, my life,’ said John, ‘that you have become very much attached to this cottage?’

‘Afraid I have, John? Of course I have.’

‘The reason why I said afraid,’ returned John, ‘is, because we must move.’

‘O John!’

‘Yes, my dear, we must move. We must have our head-quarters in London now. In short, there’s a dwelling-house rent-free, attached to my new position, and we must occupy it.’

‘That’s a gain, John.’

‘Yes, my dear, it is undoubtedly a gain.’

He gave her a very blithe look, and a very sly look. Which occasioned the inexhaustible baby to square at him with the speckled fists, and demand in a threatening manner what he meant?

‘My love, you said it was a gain, and I said it was a gain. A very innocent remark, surely.’

‘I won’t,’ said the inexhaustible baby, ‘—allow—you—to—make—game—of—my—venerable—Ma.’ At each division administering a soft facer with one of the speckled fists.

John having stooped down to receive these punishing visitations, Bella asked him, would it be necessary to move soon? Why yes, indeed (said John), he did propose that they should move very soon. Taking the furniture with them, of course? (said Bella). Why, no (said John), the fact was, that the house was—in a sort of a kind of a way—furnished already.

The inexhaustible baby, hearing this, resumed the offensive, and said: ‘But there’s no nursery for me, sir. What do you mean, marble-hearted parent?’ To which the marble-hearted parent rejoined that there was a—sort of a kind of a—nursery, and it might be ‘made to do’. ‘Made to do?’ returned the Inexhaustible, administering more punishment, ‘what do you take me for?’ And was then turned over on its back in Bella’s lap, and smothered with kisses.

‘But really, John dear,’ said Bella, flushed in quite a lovely manner by these exercises, ‘will the new house, just as it stands, do for baby? That’s the question.’

‘I felt that to be the question,’ he returned, ‘and therefore I arranged that you should come with me and look at it, to-morrow morning.’ Appointment made, accordingly, for Bella to go up with him to-morrow morning; John kissed; and Bella delighted.

When they reached London in pursuance of their little plan, they took coach and drove westward. Not only drove westward, but drove into that particular westward division, which Bella had seen last when she turned her face from Mr Boffin’s door. Not only drove into that particular division, but drove at last into that very street. Not only drove into that very street, but stopped at last at that very house.

‘John dear!’ cried Bella, looking out of window in a flutter. ‘Do you see where we are?’

‘Yes, my love. The coachman’s quite right.’

The house-door was opened without any knocking or ringing, and John promptly helped her out. The servant who stood holding the door, asked no question of John, neither did he go before them or follow them as they went straight up-stairs. It was only her husband’s encircling arm, urging her on, that prevented Bella from stopping at the foot of the staircase. As they ascended, it was seen to be tastefully ornamented with most beautiful flowers.

‘O John!’ said Bella, faintly. ‘What does this mean?’

‘Nothing, my darling, nothing. Let us go on.’

Going on a little higher, they came to a charming aviary, in which a number of tropical birds, more gorgeous in colour than the flowers, were flying about; and among those birds were gold and silver fish, and mosses, and water-lilies, and a fountain, and all manner of wonders.

‘O my dear John!’ said Bella. ‘What does this mean?’

‘Nothing, my darling, nothing. Let us go on.’

They went on, until they came to a door. As John put out his hand to open it, Bella caught his hand.

‘I don’t know what it means, but it’s too much for me. Hold me, John, love.’

John caught her up in his arm, and lightly dashed into the room with her.

Behold Mr and Mrs Boffin, beaming! Behold Mrs Boffin clapping her hands in an ecstacy, running to Bella with tears of joy pouring down her comely face, and folding her to her breast, with the words: ‘My deary deary, deary girl, that Noddy and me saw married and couldn’t wish joy to, or so much as speak to! My deary, deary, deary, wife of John and mother of his little child! My loving loving, bright bright, Pretty Pretty! Welcome to your house and home, my deary!’

Il marito di Bella si avvicinò silenziosamente alla porta semiaperta del bar e rimase lì in piedi.

“Come è possibile che il tempo ci sia sfuggito così in fretta,” proseguì lentamente il signor ispettore, osservando attentamente i due ospiti, “da quando noi tre uomini, in questa stessa casa, durante un’inchiesta. Il signor Kibble? Si è ammalato, vero?”

Il signor Kibble si era alzato barcollando, con la mandibola penzolante; afferrò Potterson per la spalla e indicò la porta semiaperta. Gridò: “Potterson! Guarda! Lì!” Potterson si alzò di scatto e esclamò: “Dio ci protegga. Che cos’è?” Il marito di Bella si avvicinò a lei, la prese tra le braccia (poiché era terrorizzata dall’atmosfera inquietante di quegli uomini) e chiuse la porta della piccola stanza. Poi si udì un gran trambusto di voci; quella dell’ispettore era la più sonora. Gradualmente il rumore si placò, e l’ispettore ricomparve. “‘Rapido’ è la parola d’ordine, signore!” disse, entrando con un sorriso complice. “Porteremo subito via sua moglie.” immediatamente, Bella e suo marito uscirono e tornarono da soli al veicolo che li aspettava.

Tutto ciò era davvero straordinario, e Bella non riusciva a capirne nulla se non che John aveva ragione. Quanto ragione avesse, e quanto invece si potesse sospettare che avesse torto, lei non riusciva a indovinare. L’unica idea vaga che le venisse in mente era che John in realtà non avesse mai assunto il nome di Handford, e che ci fosse una notevole somiglianza tra lui e quella persona misteriosa. Ma John trionfava; questo almeno era evidente, e lei poteva aspettare il resto.

Quando il giorno dopo John tornò a casa per cena, si sedette sul divano accanto a Bella e alla piccola Bella e disse: “Mia cara, ho una notizia da darti. Ho lasciato la China House.”

Poiché sembrava che a lui piacesse averlo lasciato lì, Bella dava per scontato che non ci fosse alcun disastro in quel caso.

“In breve, mio amore,” disse John, “la Casa della Cina è stata sciolta e abolita. Non esiste più.”

“Allora, sei già in un’altra Casa, John?”

“Sì, mio caro. Sono impegnato in un altro tipo di attività. E sto molto meglio.”

Il bambino, instancabile com’era, fu immediatamente costretto a congratularlo, dicendo, con i movimenti appropriati di un braccio molto debole e di un pugno maculato: “Tre evviva, signore e signori. Urrà!”

“Temo, mia vita,” disse John, “che tu ti sia ormai molto affezionata a questa casetta, ”

“Ho paura, John? Certo che sì.”

“Il motivo per cui ho detto ‘ho paura’”, rispose John, “è perché dobbiamo muoverci.”

“O John!”

“Sì, caro mio, dobbiamo trasferirci. Dobbiamo stabilire la nostra sede principale a Londra ora stesso. In breve, c’è una casa disponibile gratuitamente, collegata alla mia nuova posizione, e dobbiamo occuparla.”

“È un vantaggio, John.”

“Sì, mia cara, senza dubbio è un vantaggio.”

Le lanciò uno sguardo molto disinvolto, e anche molto astuto. Questo fece sì che la piccola, instancabile bambina si avvicinasse a lui con i pugni chiazzati e gli chiedesse, in tono minaccioso, cosa intendesse dire.

“Mio amore, hai detto che era un vantaggio, e anch’io ho detto che era un vantaggio. Una dichiarazione davvero molto innocente, senza dubbio.”

“Non lo permetterò,” disse il bambino inesauribile, “che tu prenda in giro la mia venerabile mamma.” A ogni frase, accompagnava le parole con un dolce pugnetto.

Dato che John si era chinato per ricevere queste “visite” così spiacevoli, Bella gli chiese se fosse necessario trasferirsi presto. “Sì, senz’altro”, rispose John, proponendo di spostarsi il prima possibile. “Portando con noi i mobili, ovviamente?”, chiese Bella. “No”, disse John; in realtà, la casa era già, in un certo senso, arredata.

Il bambino, che sembrava non avere mai fine, sentendo questo, riprese l’offensiva e disse: “Ma non c’è nessuna nursery per me, signore. Cosa intende dire, genitore dal cuore di marmo?” Al che il genitore dal cuore di marmo rispose che c’era, una sorta di nursery, e che forse si poteva “adattarla” alle esigenze del bambino. “Adattarla?”, ribatté il bambino, infliggendo ulteriori “punizioni”: “Ma cosa pensa che io sia?” Poi fu girato a pancia in su sulle ginocchia di Bella e coperto di baci.

“Ma davvero, caro John,” disse Bella, arrossendo in modo molto grazioso a causa di queste attività, “la nuova casa, così com’è adesso, sarà adatta al bambino? Questa è la domanda.”

“Ero convinto che quella fosse la domanda giusta,” rispose, “e per questo ho organizzato che tu venissi con me a darci un’occhiata, domani mattina.” Così fu concordato che Bella lo accompagnasse il giorno seguente; John le diede un bacio e Bella ne fu molto felice.

Quando arrivarono a Londra per realizzare il loro piccolo piano, presero una carrozza e si diressero verso ovest. Non solo verso ovest, ma in quella specifica zona della città che Bella aveva visto l’ultima volta quando aveva distolto lo sguardo dalla porta del signor Boffin. Non solo in quella zona, ma infine arrivarono proprio in quella strada. E non solo in quella strada, ma si fermarono proprio davanti a quella casa.

“Caro John!”, gridò Bella, guardando fuori dalla finestra con aria agitata. “Vedi dove ci troviamo?”

“Sì, mio amore. Il cocchiere ha perfettamente ragione.”

La porta di casa fu aperta senza alcun bussare o suonare il campanello, e John l’aiutò subito ad uscire. Il servitore che stava in piedi accanto alla porta non fece domande a John, né li precedette né li seguì mentre salivano direttamente le scale. Fu solo il braccio di suo marito, che la spingeva avanti, a impedire a Bella di fermarsi ai piedi della scala. Mentre salivano, si notò che l’ambiente era decorato con grande gusto, pieno delle più belle fiori.

“Oh John!”, disse Bella, con voce debole. “Cosa significa tutto questo?”

“Niente, mia cara, niente. Continuiamo.”

Salendo ancora un po’, arrivarono in un incantevole aviario, dove numerosi uccelli tropicali, dai colori ancora più splendidi di quelli dei fiori, volavano intorno; tra quegli uccelli c’erano anche pesci d’oro e d’argento, muschi, lillà d’acqua, una fontana, e ogni sorta di meraviglie.

“Mio caro John!”, esclamò Bella. “Cosa significa tutto questo?”

“Niente, mia cara, niente. Continuiamo.”

Proseguirono fino a quando non arrivarono davanti a una porta. Mentre John allungava la mano per aprirla, Bella gli afferrò la mano.

“Non so cosa significhi, ma è troppo per me. Abbracciami, John, amore mio.”

John la prese tra le braccia e entrò nella stanza insieme a lei.

Ecco il signor e la signora Boffin, sorridenti! Ecco la signora Boffin che batte le mani dall’entusiasmo, correndo verso Bella con lacrime di gioia che le scorrono sul bel viso, abbracciandola e dicendo: “Mia cara, mia adorata ragazza. Noody ed io abbiamo assistito al vostro matrimonio e non avremmo potuto desiderarvi più felicità, né tanto meno parlarvene! Mia cara, mia adorata moglie di John e madre del suo piccolo bambino. Mia amata, mia luminosa, mia bellissima ragazza. Benvenuta nella tua casa e nel tuo focolare, mia cara!”

Chapter 13

SHOWING HOW THE GOLDEN DUSTMAN HELPED TO SCATTER DUST

In all the first bewilderment of her wonder, the most bewilderingly wonderful thing to Bella was the shining countenance of Mr Boffin. That his wife should be joyous, open-hearted, and genial, or that her face should express every quality that was large and trusting, and no quality that was little or mean, was accordant with Bella’s experience. But, that he, with a perfectly beneficent air and a plump rosy face, should be standing there, looking at her and John, like some jovial good spirit, was marvellous. For, how had he looked when she last saw him in that very room (it was the room in which she had given him that piece of her mind at parting), and what had become of all those crooked lines of suspicion, avarice, and distrust, that twisted his visage then?

Mrs Boffin seated Bella on the large ottoman, and seated herself beside her, and John her husband seated himself on the other side of her, and Mr Boffin stood beaming at every one and everything he could see, with surpassing jollity and enjoyment. Mrs Boffin was then taken with a laughing fit of clapping her hands, and clapping her knees, and rocking herself to and fro, and then with another laughing fit of embracing Bella, and rocking her to and fro—both fits, of considerable duration.

‘Old lady, old lady,’ said Mr Boffin, at length; ‘if you don’t begin somebody else must.’

‘I’m a going to begin, Noddy, my dear,’ returned Mrs Boffin. ‘Only it isn’t easy for a person to know where to begin, when a person is in this state of delight and happiness. Bella, my dear. Tell me, who’s this?’

‘Who is this?’ repeated Bella. ‘My husband.’

‘Ah! But tell me his name, deary!’ cried Mrs Boffin.

‘Rokesmith.’

‘No, it ain’t!’ cried Mrs Boffin, clapping her hands, and shaking her head. ‘Not a bit of it.’

‘Handford then,’ suggested Bella.

‘No, it ain’t!’ cried Mrs Boffin, again clapping her hands and shaking her head. ‘Not a bit of it.’

‘At least, his name is John, I suppose?’ said Bella.

‘Ah! I should think so, deary!’ cried Mrs Boffin. ‘I should hope so! Many and many is the time I have called him by his name of John. But what’s his other name, his true other name? Give a guess, my pretty!’

‘I can’t guess,’ said Bella, turning her pale face from one to another.

‘I could,’ cried Mrs Boffin, ‘and what’s more, I did! I found him out, all in a flash as I may say, one night. Didn’t I, Noddy?’

‘Ay! That the old lady did!’ said Mr Boffin, with stout pride in the circumstance.

‘Harkee to me, deary,’ pursued Mrs Boffin, taking Bella’s hands between her own, and gently beating on them from time to time. ‘It was after a particular night when John had been disappointed—as he thought—in his affections. It was after a night when John had made an offer to a certain young lady, and the certain young lady had refused it. It was after a particular night, when he felt himself cast-away-like, and had made up his mind to go seek his fortune. It was the very next night. My Noddy wanted a paper out of his Secretary’s room, and I says to Noddy, “I am going by the door, and I’ll ask him for it.” I tapped at his door, and he didn’t hear me. I looked in, and saw him a sitting lonely by his fire, brooding over it. He chanced to look up with a pleased kind of smile in my company when he saw me, and then in a single moment every grain of the gunpowder that had been lying sprinkled thick about him ever since I first set eyes upon him as a man at the Bower, took fire! Too many a time had I seen him sitting lonely, when he was a poor child, to be pitied, heart and hand! Too many a time had I seen him in need of being brightened up with a comforting word! Too many and too many a time to be mistaken, when that glimpse of him come at last! No, no! I just makes out to cry, “I know you now! You’re John!” And he catches me as I drops.—So what,’ says Mrs Boffin, breaking off in the rush of her speech to smile most radiantly, ‘might you think by this time that your husband’s name was, dear?’

‘Not,’ returned Bella, with quivering lips; ‘not Harmon? That’s not possible?’

‘Don’t tremble. Why not possible, deary, when so many things are possible?’ demanded Mrs Boffin, in a soothing tone.

‘He was killed,’ gasped Bella.

‘Thought to be,’ said Mrs Boffin. ‘But if ever John Harmon drew the breath of life on earth, that is certainly John Harmon’s arm round your waist now, my pretty. If ever John Harmon had a wife on earth, that wife is certainly you. If ever John Harmon and his wife had a child on earth, that child is certainly this.’

By a master-stroke of secret arrangement, the inexhaustible baby here appeared at the door, suspended in mid-air by invisible agency. Mrs Boffin, plunging at it, brought it to Bella’s lap, where both Mrs and Mr Boffin (as the saying is) ‘took it out of’ the Inexhaustible in a shower of caresses. It was only this timely appearance that kept Bella from swooning. This, and her husband’s earnestness in explaining further to her how it had come to pass that he had been supposed to be slain, and had even been suspected of his own murder; also, how he had put a pious fraud upon her which had preyed upon his mind, as the time for its disclosure approached, lest she might not make full allowance for the object with which it had originated, and in which it had fully developed.

‘But bless ye, my beauty!’ cried Mrs Boffin, taking him up short at this point, with another hearty clap of her hands. ‘It wasn’t John only that was in it. We was all of us in it.’

‘I don’t,’ said Bella, looking vacantly from one to another, ‘yet understand—’

‘Of course you don’t, my deary,’ exclaimed Mrs Boffin. ‘How can you till you’re told! So now I am a going to tell you. So you put your two hands between my two hands again,’ cried the comfortable creature, embracing her, ‘with that blessed little picter lying on your lap, and you shall be told all the story. Now, I’m a going to tell the story. Once, twice, three times, and the horses is off. Here they go! When I cries out that night, “I know you now, you’re John!”—which was my exact words; wasn’t they, John?’

Capitolo 13

Mostrando come l’Uomo della Polvere d’Oro abbia aiutato a disperdere la polvere.

Nel pieno di quell’stupore iniziale, la cosa più straordinariamente meravigliosa per Bella fu il volto radioso del signor Boffin. Il fatto che sua moglie fosse gioiosa, aperta e cordiale, che il suo viso esprimesse soltanto qualità grandi e fiduciose, senza alcuna traccia di meschinità o avarizia, non corrispondeva affatto alle sue aspettative. Ma che lui, con un’espressione perfettamente benevola e un viso rossastro e paffuto, stesse lì ad osservarla e John, come una sorta di spirito gentile e gioioso, era davvero meraviglioso. Perché, com’era apparso l’ultima volta che lo aveva visto in quella stessa stanza (era la stanza in cui gli aveva espresso i suoi pensieri al momento dell’addio), e cosa ne era stato di tutte quelle rughe di sospetto, avarizia e diffidenza che allora deformavano il suo volto?

La signora Boffin fece sedere Bella sul grande divano e si sistemò accanto a lei; John, suo marito, si sedette dall’altra parte. Il signor Boffin, intanto, stava in piedi, sorridendo felicemente a tutto ciò che vedeva, con un’allegria e un piacere davvero straordinari. Poi la signora Boffin scoppiò in una risata incontrollabile: batteva le mani, i ginocchi e dondolava avanti e indietro; poco dopo, ancora ridendo, abbracciò Bella e continuò a dondolarla. Entrambe queste crisi di ilarità durarono per un bel po’.

“Signora anziana, signora anziana, ”, disse finalmente il signor Boffin; “se non iniziate voi, dovrà farlo qualcun altro”.

“Comincerò subito, Noddy, caro mio,” rispose la signora Boffin. “Ma è davvero difficile sapere da dove iniziare, quando si è in uno stato di tale gioia e felicità. Bella, cara mia. Dimmi, chi è questa persona?”

“Chi è questa persona?” ripeté Bella. “Mio marito.”

“Ah! Ma dimmi il suo nome, caro!” gridò la signora Boffin.

“Rokesmith.”

“No, assolutamente no!” gridò la signora Boffin, battendo le mani e scuotendo la testa. “Nemmeno un po’.”

“Allora Handford,” suggerì Bella.

“No, assolutamente no!” gridò la signora Boffin, battendo di nuovo le mani e scuotendo la testa. “Nemmeno un po’.”

“Almeno, il suo nome è John, suppongo, ”, disse Bella.

“Ah! Certo che dovrebbe essere così, caro!” esclamò la signora Boffin. “Lo spero davvero! Molte volte l’ho chiamato con il suo nome, John. Ma qual è il suo altro nome, il vero nome che gli appartiene? Provaci a indovinare, mio bello!”

“Non riesco a indovinare,” disse Bella, girando il suo viso pallido da uno all’altro.

“Avrei potuto farlo,” gridò la signora Boffin, “e inoltre, l’ho fatto davvero! L’ho scoperto, in un attimo, una notte. Vero, Noddy?”

“Ah! Che cosa ha fatto quella vecchia signora!” disse il signor Boffin, con sincero orgoglio per l’evento.

“Vieni qui da me, cara,” continuò la signora Boffin, prendendo le mani di Bella tra le sue e battendole dolcemente di tanto in tanto. “È stato dopo una particolare notte, quando John era rimasto deluso nelle sue aspettative amorose. Era stata una notte in cui John aveva fatto una proposta a una certa giovane signorina, ma lei l’aveva rifiutata. Era proprio quella notte in cui si sentiva abbandonato e decise di andare a cercare fortuna. Fu la notte seguente. Il mio Noddy voleva prendere un documento dalla stanza del segretario; io gli dissi: ‘Passerò da lì e glielo chiederò.’ Bussai alla sua porta, ma lui non mi sentì. Entrai e lo trovai seduto da solo davanti al fuoco, immerso nei suoi pensieri. Quando mi vide, sollevò lo sguardo con un sorriso felice. E in quell’istante, tutta la ‘polvere da sparo’ che si era accumulata intorno a lui fin dal momento in cui l’avevo visto per la prima volta, esplose!”
“Troppe volte l’avevo visto seduto da solo, quando era ancora un povero bambino. Perché dovrei mai provare compassione per lui? Troppo spesso aveva bisogno di parole di conforto. E quando finalmente lo riconobbi. Non mi sbagliavo affatto! ‘Ora so chi sei: sei John!’ E lui mi afferrò mentre cadevo, ”
“E allora,” concluse la signora Boffin, sorridendo radiosa, “cosa pensi ora, che il nome di tuo marito sia davvero questo, cara?”

“Mai,” rispose Bella, con le labbra tremanti; “mai Harmon? È impossibile, ”

“Non tremare. Perché non dovrebbe essere possibile, caro mio, quando molte cose lo sono?” chiese la signora Boffin con un tono rassicurante.

“È stato ucciso,” esclamò Bella, senza fiato.

“Si pensava di sì,” disse la signora Boffin. “Ma se mai John Harmon ha respirato sulla terra, allora sicuramente è lui ad abbracciarti ora, mia cara. Se mai John Harmon ha avuto una moglie sulla terra, quella moglie sei senz’altro tu. E se mai John Harmon e sua moglie hanno avuto un figlio sulla terra, quel figlio è sicuramente questo.”

Grazie a un abile e segreto accordo, il “bambino inesauribile” apparve alla porta, sospeso a mezz’aria da una forza invisibile. La signora Boffin, afferrandolo al volo, lo portò sul grembo di Bella, dove sia lei che il signor Boffin lo coccolarono con grande affetto. Fu proprio questa tempestiva apparizione a impedire a Bella di svenire. Inoltre, l’insistenza del marito nel spiegarle come fosse potuto succedere che venisse creduto morto, e persino sospettato dell’omicidio stesso; come avesse architettato questa “frode pia” per proteggerla, una preoccupazione che lo aveva assillato man mano che si avvicinava il momento di rivelarle tutta la verità, tutto ciò contribuì a farle comprendere appieno lo scopo della sua azione.

“Ma benedetto tu, mio bello!” esclamò la signora Boffin, interrompendolo proprio in quel momento con un altro caloroso applauso delle mani. “Non era solo John coinvolto in tutto questo. Eravamo tutti noi.”

“Non capisco ancora,” disse Bella, guardando alternativamente l’uno e l’altro con espressione vuota.

“Certo che no, caro mio,” esclamò la signora Boffin. “Come potresti saperlo senza che ti venga detto! Ora te lo dirò io stessa. Metti quindi le tue due mani tra le mie,” gridò quella donna affettuosa abbracciandolo, “con quel piccolo angelo seduto sulle tue ginocchia, e ti racconterò tutta la storia. Allora, inizia. Una volta, due volte, tre volte. Ecco che parte! Quando griderò quella notte: ‘Ora ti riconosco, sei John!’ – queste furono esattamente le mie parole, vero, John?”

‘Your exact words,’ said John, laying his hand on hers.

‘That’s a very good arrangement,’ cried Mrs Boffin. ‘Keep it there, John. And as we was all of us in it, Noddy you come and lay yours a top of his, and we won’t break the pile till the story’s done.’

Mr Boffin hitched up a chair, and added his broad brown right hand to the heap.

‘That’s capital!’ said Mrs Boffin, giving it a kiss. ‘Seems quite a family building; don’t it? But the horses is off. Well! When I cries out that night, “I know you now! you’re John!” John catches of me, it is true; but I ain’t a light weight, bless ye, and he’s forced to let me down. Noddy, he hears a noise, and in he trots, and as soon as I anyways comes to myself I calls to him, “Noddy, well I might say as I did say, that night at the Bower, for the Lord be thankful this is John!” On which he gives a heave, and down he goes likewise, with his head under the writing-table. This brings me round comfortable, and that brings him round comfortable, and then John and him and me we all fall a crying for joy.’

‘Yes! They cry for joy, my darling,’ her husband struck in. ‘You understand? These two, whom I come to life to disappoint and dispossess, cry for joy!’

Bella looked at him confusedly, and looked again at Mrs Boffin’s radiant face.

‘That’s right, my dear, don’t you mind him,’ said Mrs Boffin, ‘stick to me. Well! Then we sits down, gradually gets cool, and holds a confabulation. John, he tells us how he is despairing in his mind on accounts of a certain fair young person, and how, if I hadn’t found him out, he was going away to seek his fortune far and wide, and had fully meant never to come to life, but to leave the property as our wrongful inheritance for ever and a day. At which you never see a man so frightened as my Noddy was. For to think that he should have come into the property wrongful, however innocent, and—more than that—might have gone on keeping it to his dying day, turned him whiter than chalk.’

‘And you too,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘Don’t you mind him, neither, my deary,’ resumed Mrs Boffin; ‘stick to me. This brings up a confabulation regarding the certain fair young person; when Noddy he gives it as his opinion that she is a deary creetur. “She may be a leetle spoilt, and nat’rally spoilt,” he says, “by circumstances, but that’s only the surface, and I lay my life,” he says, “that she’s the true golden gold at heart.”’

‘So did you,’ said Mr Boffin.

‘Don’t you mind him a single morsel, my dear,’ proceeded Mrs Boffin, ‘but stick to me. Then says John, O, if he could but prove so! Then we both of us ups and says, that minute, “Prove so!”’

With a start, Bella directed a hurried glance towards Mr Boffin. But, he was sitting thoughtfully smiling at that broad brown hand of his, and either didn’t see it, or would take no notice of it.

‘“Prove it, John!” we says,’ repeated Mrs Boffin. ‘“Prove it and overcome your doubts with triumph, and be happy for the first time in your life, and for the rest of your life.” This puts John in a state, to be sure. Then we says, “What will content you? If she was to stand up for you when you was slighted, if she was to show herself of a generous mind when you was oppressed, if she was to be truest to you when you was poorest and friendliest, and all this against her own seeming interest, how would that do?” “Do?” says John, “it would raise me to the skies.” “Then,” says my Noddy, “make your preparations for the ascent, John, it being my firm belief that up you go!”’

Bella caught Mr Boffin’s twinkling eye for half an instant; but he got it away from her, and restored it to his broad brown hand.

‘From the first, you was always a special favourite of Noddy’s,’ said Mrs Boffin, shaking her head. ‘O you were! And if I had been inclined to be jealous, I don’t know what I mightn’t have done to you. But as I wasn’t—why, my beauty,’ with a hearty laugh and an embrace, ‘I made you a special favourite of my own too. But the horses is coming round the corner. Well! Then says my Noddy, shaking his sides till he was fit to make ’em ache again: “Look out for being slighted and oppressed, John, for if ever a man had a hard master, you shall find me from this present time to be such to you.” And then he began!’ cried Mrs Boffin, in an ecstacy of admiration. ‘Lord bless you, then he began! And how he DID begin; didn’t he!’

Bella looked half frightened, and yet half laughed.

‘But, bless you,’ pursued Mrs Boffin, ‘if you could have seen him of a night, at that time of it! The way he’d sit and chuckle over himself! The way he’d say “I’ve been a regular brown bear to-day,” and take himself in his arms and hug himself at the thoughts of the brute he had pretended. But every night he says to me: “Better and better, old lady. What did we say of her? She’ll come through it, the true golden gold. This’ll be the happiest piece of work we ever done.” And then he’d say, “I’ll be a grislier old growler to-morrow!” and laugh, he would, till John and me was often forced to slap his back, and bring it out of his windpipes with a little water.’

Mr Boffin, with his face bent over his heavy hand, made no sound, but rolled his shoulders when thus referred to, as if he were vastly enjoying himself.

‘And so, my good and pretty,’ pursued Mrs Boffin, ‘you was married, and there was we hid up in the church-organ by this husband of yours; for he wouldn’t let us out with it then, as was first meant. “No,” he says, “she’s so unselfish and contented, that I can’t afford to be rich yet. I must wait a little longer.” Then, when baby was expected, he says, “She is such a cheerful, glorious housewife that I can’t afford to be rich yet. I must wait a little longer.” Then when baby was born, he says, “She is so much better than she ever was, that I can’t afford to be rich yet. I must wait a little longer.” And so he goes on and on, till I says outright, “Now, John, if you don’t fix a time for setting her up in her own house and home, and letting us walk out of it, I’ll turn Informer.” Then he says he’ll only wait to triumph beyond what we ever thought possible, and to show her to us better than even we ever supposed; and he says, “She shall see me under suspicion of having murdered myself, and YOU shall see how trusting and how true she’ll be.” Well! Noddy and me agreed to that, and he was right, and here you are, and the horses is in, and the story is done, and God bless you my Beauty, and God bless us all!’

“Esattamente queste parole,” disse John, posando la sua mano sulla sua.

“È un’organizzazione davvero ottima,” esclamò la signora Boffin. “Lascialo lì, John. E poiché tutti noi ne facciamo parte, Noddy, vieni anche tu a mettere il tuo sopra quello di lui; così non romperemo il mucchio fino a quando la storia non sarà finita.”

Il signor Boffin legò insieme una sedia e aggiunse la sua larga mano destra marrone al mucchio.

“È davvero magnifico!”, disse la signora Boffin baciandolo. “Sembra proprio una casa di famiglia, non trovi? Ma i cavalli sono scappati. Beh! Quella notte, quando gridai ‘Ora ti riconosco: sei John!’, lui mi afferrò davvero; ma non sono certo leggera, e fu costretto a lasciarmi andare. Noddy, sentendo un rumore, arrivò di corsa. Appena ripresi i sensi, gli gridai: ‘Noddy, quella notte al Bower, per la grazia del Signore, era davvero John!’ Lui fece uno sforzo e cadde anch’egli, con la testa sotto la scrivania. Così tutti e tre iniziammo a piangere di gioia.”

“Sì! Gridano di gioia, mia cara,” intervenne suo marito. “Capisci? Queste due persone, che io ho riportato in vita solo per deluderle e privarle di tutto, gridano di gioia!”

Bella lo guardò confusa, poi osservò di nuovo il viso radioso della signora Boffin.

“Esatto, caro mio, non dargli retta,” disse la signora Boffin, “rimani con me. Bene! Allora ci sediamo, iniziamo a rinfrescarci e facciamo due chiacchiere. John ci racconta quanto sia disperato per via di una certa giovane e bella ragazza. E che, se non lo avessi scoperto, sarebbe andato lontano a cercare fortuna, deciso a non tornare mai più indietro, lasciando tutta la proprietà come nostra eredità illegittima. A quel punto, non hai mai visto un uomo così spaventato come il mio Noddy. Pensare che avesse potuto ottenere quella proprietà in modo ingiusto, per quanto innocente fosse. E che addirittura avrebbe potuto continuare a tenerla fino alla fine dei suoi giorni. Lo ha reso pallido come la gesso.”

“E tu anche,” disse il signor Boffin.

“Non darti nemmeno pena di lui, cara mia,” continuò la signora Boffin; “resta con me. Questo discorso riguarda una certa giovane e bella ragazza. Quando Noddy ne parla, afferma che sia davvero una persona adorabile. ‘Forse è un po’ viziata, e naturalmente lo è,’ dice, ‘per via delle circostanze, ma quella è solo la superficie. Io scommetto la mia vita,’ aggiunge, ‘che nel profondo del cuore sia davvero pura come l’oro.’”

“Anch’io lo sapevo,” disse il signor Boffin.

“Non badare affatto a lui, cara mia,” continuò la signora Boffin,
“ma stai sempre con me. Allora John dice: ‘Oh, se solo potessi provarlo!’ E in quel momento entrambi rispondiamo: ‘Prova pure!’”

Con un movimento rapido, Bella gettò uno sguardo verso il signor Boffin. Ma lui era seduto, assorto nei suoi pensieri e sorrideva mentre guardava quella sua grande mano marrone; forse non se ne accorse, o decise semplicemente di ignorarlo.

“Provalo, John!”, ripeté la signora Boffin. “Provalo e supera i tuoi dubbi con la vittoria; sii felice per la prima volta nella tua vita, e per il resto della tua esistenza.” Queste parole mettevano davvero John in uno stato di agitazione. Poi aggiungemmo: “Cosa ti soddisferebbe? Se lei si schierasse al tuo fianco quando vieni offeso, se mostrasse generosità quando sei oppresso, se fosse sempre fedele a te anche quando sei nel bisogno, e tutto questo contro i suoi interessi personali. Come sarebbe?” “Come sarebbe?”, disse John. “Mi solleverebbe fino al cielo.” “Allora”, disse il mio Noddy, “prepara te stesso per questa ascesa, John. Perché io sono fermamente convinta che tu riuscirai!”

Per un attimo, Bella notò lo sguardo scintillante del signor Boffin; ma lui distolse lo sguardo da lei e lo riportò sulla sua larga mano marrone.

“Fin dall’inizio, sei sempre stato il preferito speciale di Noddy,” disse la signora Boffin scuotendo la testa. “Davvero! E se avessi avuto tendenze gelose, chissà cosa ti avrei fatto. Ma poiché non ne avevo, oh, mia cara, ” aggiunse ridendo e abbracciandola, “ti ho reso anch’io il mio preferito speciale. Ma i cavalli stanno arrivando all’angolo. Bene! Allora Noddy, scuotendosi fino a far male, disse: ‘Stai attento a non essere umiliato o oppresso, John. Perché se mai un uomo ha avuto un padrone crudele, sappi che da questo momento in poi io sarò proprio quel padrone per te.’ E poi iniziò, ” esclamò la signora Boffin, piena di ammirazione. “Dio ti benedica. Iniziò davvero! E come iniziò. Non è vero?”

Bella sembrava sia spaventata che, allo stesso tempo, ridesse.

“Ma, per l’amor del cielo,” continuò la signora Boffin, “se solo lo aveste visto una notte, in quel momento preciso! Come si sedeva e rideva da solo. Diceva sempre: ‘Oggi sono stato proprio un orso bruno, ’, si abbracciava pensando a quella parte brutale che aveva recitato. Ma ogni notte mi diceva: ‘Sto migliorando, signora. Che cosa abbiamo detto di lei? Ce la farà, è davvero l’oro vero. Sarà il lavoro più felice che abbiamo mai fatto.’ Poi aggiungeva: ‘Domani sarò ancora più spaventoso, ’, e rideva così tanto che io e John dovevamo spesso dargli delle pacche sulla schiena per farlo smettere di ridere, ”

Il signor Boffin, con il viso chinato sulla sua pesante mano, non emise alcun suono; ma scrollò le spalle quando fu menzionato in quel modo, come se si stesse divertendo moltissimo.

“E così, mia cara e bella,” proseguì la signora Boffin, “ti sei sposata, e noi ci siamo nascoste nell’organo della chiesa insieme a tuo marito; perché all’inizio non voleva lasciarci uscire con quell’organo. ‘No,’ diceva, ‘è così altruista e contenta che non posso permettermi di diventare ricco adesso. Devo aspettare ancora un po’.’ Poi, quando è nato il bambino, ha detto: ‘È una casalinga così allegra e meravigliosa che non posso permettermi di diventare ricco adesso. Devo aspettare ancora un po’.’ E poi, quando il bambino è stato battezzato, ha ripetuto: ‘È ancora migliore di prima. Non posso permettermi di diventare ricco adesso. Devo aspettare ancora un po’.’ E così andava avanti all’infinito. Fino a quando non ho detto chiaramente: ‘Ora, John, se non decidi entro un certo termine di sistemarla nella sua casa e lasciarci uscire da lì, diventerò una delatrice.’ Allora lui ha risposto che avrebbe aspettato fino a quando non avesse ottenuto la vittoria in modo ancora più straordinario di quanto avessimo mai immaginato. E ci avrebbe mostrato quanto fosse davvero sincera e fiduciosa. Ha detto anche: ‘La vedrà sospettata di essersi suicidata. E TU vedrai quanto sia ancora leale e affidabile.’ Beh. Noddy ed io abbiamo accettato la sua proposta. Ed aveva ragione. E ora eccovi qui. I cavalli sono pronti. La storia è finita. Che Dio vi benedica, mia bella. E che Dio ci benedica tutti!”

The pile of hands dispersed, and Bella and Mrs Boffin took a good long hug of one another: to the apparent peril of the inexhaustible baby, lying staring in Bella’s lap.

‘But IS the story done?’ said Bella, pondering. ‘Is there no more of it?’

‘What more of it should there be, deary?’ returned Mrs Boffin, full of glee.

‘Are you sure you have left nothing out of it?’ asked Bella.

‘I don’t think I have,’ said Mrs Boffin, archly.

‘John dear,’ said Bella, ‘you’re a good nurse; will you please hold baby?’ Having deposited the Inexhaustible in his arms with those words, Bella looked hard at Mr Boffin, who had moved to a table where he was leaning his head upon his hand with his face turned away, and, quietly settling herself on her knees at his side, and drawing one arm over his shoulder, said: ‘Please I beg your pardon, and I made a small mistake of a word when I took leave of you last. Please I think you are better (not worse) than Hopkins, better (not worse) than Dancer, better (not worse) than Blackberry Jones, better (not worse) than any of them! Please something more!’ cried Bella, with an exultant ringing laugh as she struggled with him and forced him to turn his delighted face to hers. ‘Please I have found out something not yet mentioned. Please I don’t believe you are a hard-hearted miser at all, and please I don’t believe you ever for one single minute were!’

At this, Mrs Boffin fairly screamed with rapture, and sat beating her feet upon the floor, clapping her hands, and bobbing herself backwards and forwards, like a demented member of some Mandarin’s family.

‘O, I understand you now, sir!’ cried Bella. ‘I want neither you nor any one else to tell me the rest of the story. I can tell it to YOU, now, if you would like to hear it.’

‘Can you, my dear?’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Tell it then.’

‘What?’ cried Bella, holding him prisoner by the coat with both hands. ‘When you saw what a greedy little wretch you were the patron of, you determined to show her how much misused and misprized riches could do, and often had done, to spoil people; did you? Not caring what she thought of you (and Goodness knows THAT was of no consequence!) you showed her, in yourself, the most detestable sides of wealth, saying in your own mind, “This shallow creature would never work the truth out of her own weak soul, if she had a hundred years to do it in; but a glaring instance kept before her may open even her eyes and set her thinking.” That was what you said to yourself, was it, sir?’

‘I never said anything of the sort,’ Mr Boffin declared in a state of the highest enjoyment.

‘Then you ought to have said it, sir,’ returned Bella, giving him two pulls and one kiss, ‘for you must have thought and meant it. You saw that good fortune was turning my stupid head and hardening my silly heart—was making me grasping, calculating, insolent, insufferable—and you took the pains to be the dearest and kindest fingerpost that ever was set up anywhere, pointing out the road that I was taking and the end it led to. Confess instantly!’

‘John,’ said Mr Boffin, one broad piece of sunshine from head to foot, ‘I wish you’d help me out of this.’

‘You can’t be heard by counsel, sir,’ returned Bella. ‘You must speak for yourself. Confess instantly!’

Well, my dear,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘the truth is, that when we did go in for the little scheme that my old lady has pinted out, I did put it to John, what did he think of going in for some such general scheme as YOU have pinted out? But I didn’t in any way so word it, because I didn’t in any way so mean it. I only said to John, wouldn’t it be more consistent, me going in for being a reg’lar brown bear respecting him, to go in as a reg’lar brown bear all round?’

‘Confess this minute, sir,’ said Bella, ‘that you did it to correct and amend me!’

‘Certainly, my dear child,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘I didn’t do it to harm you; you may be sure of that. And I did hope it might just hint a caution. Still, it ought to be mentioned that no sooner had my old lady found out John, than John made known to her and me that he had had his eye upon a thankless person by the name of Silas Wegg. Partly for the punishment of which Wegg, by leading him on in a very unhandsome and underhanded game that he was playing, them books that you and me bought so many of together (and, by-the-by, my dear, he wasn’t Blackberry Jones, but Blewberry) was read aloud to me by that person of the name of Silas Wegg aforesaid.’

Bella, who was still on her knees at Mr Boffin’s feet, gradually sank down into a sitting posture on the ground, as she meditated more and more thoughtfully, with her eyes upon his beaming face.

‘Still,’ said Bella, after this meditative pause, ‘there remain two things that I cannot understand. Mrs Boffin never supposed any part of the change in Mr Boffin to be real; did she?—You never did; did you?’ asked Bella, turning to her.

‘No!’ returned Mrs Boffin, with a most rotund and glowing negative.

‘And yet you took it very much to heart,’ said Bella. ‘I remember its making you very uneasy, indeed.’

‘Ecod, you see Mrs John has a sharp eye, John!’ cried Mr Boffin, shaking his head with an admiring air. ‘You’re right, my dear. The old lady nearly blowed us into shivers and smithers, many times.’

‘Why?’ asked Bella. ‘How did that happen, when she was in your secret?’

‘Why, it was a weakness in the old lady,’ said Mr Boffin; ‘and yet, to tell you the whole truth and nothing but the truth, I’m rather proud of it. My dear, the old lady thinks so high of me that she couldn’t abear to see and hear me coming out as a reg’lar brown one. Couldn’t abear to make-believe as I meant it! In consequence of which, we was everlastingly in danger with her.’

Mrs Boffin laughed heartily at herself; but a certain glistening in her honest eyes revealed that she was by no means cured of that dangerous propensity.

‘I assure you, my dear,’ said Mr Boffin, ‘that on the celebrated day when I made what has since been agreed upon to be my grandest demonstration—I allude to Mew says the cat, Quack quack says the duck, and Bow-wow-wow says the dog—I assure you, my dear, that on that celebrated day, them flinty and unbelieving words hit my old lady so hard on my account, that I had to hold her, to prevent her running out after you, and defending me by saying I was playing a part.’

Il gruppo di persone si disperse, e Bella e la signora Boffin si abbracciarono a lungo: nonostante il pericolo potenziale rappresentato dal bambino, che giaceva immobile tra le braccia di Bella.

“Ma la storia è davvero finita?”, chiese Bella, pensierosa. “Non ne resta più nulla?”

“Cosa potrebbe esserci di più, caro?” rispose la signora Boffin, piena di gioia.

“Sei sicura di non aver dimenticato nulla?” chiese Bella.

“Non credo di averne,” disse la signora Boffin con un sorrisetto ironico.

“Caro John,” disse Bella, “sei un ottimo infermiere; potresti tenere in braccio il bambino, per favore?” Dopo aver posato l’“Inesauribile” tra le sue braccia con queste parole, Bella fissò attentamente il signor Boffin, che si era avvicinato a un tavolo e vi aveva appoggiato la testa sulla mano, voltando il viso da un’altra parte. Si sedette silenziosamente accanto a lui, posandogli un braccio sulle spalle, e disse: “Per favore, perdonami. Ho commesso un piccolo errore di parola quando ci siamo salutati l’ultima volta. Penso davvero che tu sia migliore (e non peggio) di Hopkins, migliore (e non peggio) di Dancer, migliore (e non peggio) di Blackberry Jones. Meglio (e non peggio) di loro tutti! Per favore, ” gridò Bella, con una risata gioiosa, mentre cercava di farlo girare verso di lei. “Ho scoperto qualcosa che ancora nessuno ha menzionato. Non credo affatto che tu sia un avaro senza cuore. E non credo nemmeno per un solo minuto che lo fossi mai stato!”

A questo punto, la signora Boffin gridò di gioia, battendo i piedi per terra, applaudendo e dondolando avanti e indietro come un membro pazzo di qualche famiglia cinese.

“Oh, ora capisco, signore!” esclamò Bella. “Non voglio che sia né voi né nessun altro a raccontarmi il resto della storia. Posso raccontarvelo IO, ora, se volete ascoltarlo.”

“Puoi farlo, mia cara?” disse il signor Boffin. “Allora racconta.”

“Cosa?” gridò Bella, tenendolo prigioniero per il cappotto con entrambe le mani.
“Quando hai visto di che persona avida e meschina eri tu stesso il protettore, hai deciso di mostrarle quanto i soldi, se mal usati e disprezzati, possano rovinare le persone. Non ti importava affatto cosa lei pensasse di te (e, per Dio, questo non aveva alcuna importanza!). Le hai mostrato, con te stesso, gli aspetti più odiosi della ricchezza, dicendoti: ‘Questa creatura superficiale non riuscirebbe mai a scoprire la verità dentro la sua debole ‘anima, anche se avesse cento anni per farlo. Ma un esempio evidente davanti ai suoi occhi potrebbe forse farle aprire gli occhi e farla riflettere.’ È così che ti sei detto, vero, signore?”

“Non ho mai detto nulla del genere,” dichiarò il signor Boffin, visibilmente molto divertito.

“Allora avresti dovuto dirlo, signore,” rispose Bella, tirandolo due volte e dandogli un bacio, “perché sicuramente l’hai pensato e inteso davvero. Hai visto che quella fortuna stava facendo girare la testa a me, sciocca com’ero, e indurire il mio cuore, mi stava rendendo avida, calcolatrice, insolente, insopportabile. E tu ti sei preso la briga di essere l’aiuto più prezioso e gentile che si possa mai trovare, indicandomi la strada che stavo percorrendo e la fine a cui portava. Ammettilo subito!”

“John,” disse il signor Boffin, tutto raggiante di felicità, “vorrei che mi aiutassi in questa situazione.”

“Il vostro avvocato non può sentirvi, signore,” rispose Bella. “Dovete parlare da solo. Confessate immediatamente!”

“Beh, mia cara,” disse il signor Boffin, “la verità è che quando abbiamo deciso di intraprendere quel piccolo progetto che mia moglie ci ha suggerito, l’ho proposto anche a John. Cosa ne pensava lui dell’idea di partecipare a un progetto così ambizioso come quello che hai tu in mente? Ma non l’ho detto in quel senso, perché non era affatto quella la mia intenzione. Gli ho semplicemente chiesto: ‘Non sarebbe più logico, da parte mia, comportarmi come un vero e proprio orso marrone nei suoi confronti?’”

“Confessate subito, signore,” disse Bella, “che l’avete fatto per correggermi e migliorarmi!”

“Certamente, mio caro bambino,” disse il signor Boffin, “non l’ho fatto per farti del male; puoi esserne certo. E speravo davvero che questo potesse servire da avvertimento. Tuttavia, va detto che non appena mia moglie lo scoprì, John le spiegò subito che aveva messo gli occhi su una persona ingrata di nome Silas Wegg. In parte per punirla, e perché Wegg lo aveva trascinato in un gioco molto disonesto e meschino, quei libri che tu ed io avevamo comprato insieme (e, a proposito, caro mio, non si chiamava Blackberry Jones, ma Blowberry) furono letti ad alta voce proprio da quella persona, il suddetto Silas Wegg.”

Bella, che era ancora in ginocchio ai piedi del signor Boffin, gradualmente si adagiò a sedere per terra, mentre rifletteva sempre più attentamente, fissando il suo volto sorridente.

“Comunque,” disse Bella, dopo questa pausa meditativa, “ci sono ancora due cose che non riesco a capire. La signora Boffin non ha mai pensato che alcuna parte di quel cambiamento in Mr Boffin fosse reale, vero?. E nemmeno tu l’hai mai pensato, vero?” chiese Bella, voltandosi verso di lei.

“No!”, rispose la signora Boffin con un rifiuto deciso e categorico.

“Eppure l’hai presa molto sul serio,” disse Bella. “Ricordo che ti ha davvero messo a disagio.”

“Ecod, vedi, la signora John ha davvero un occhio acuto, John!” esclamò il signor Boffin scuotendo la testa con ammirazione. “Hai ragione, caro mio. Quella vecchia signora ci ha spaventati a morte molte volte.”

“Perché?”, chiese Bella. “Come è potuto succedere, se lei conosceva il tuo segreto?”

“Beh, era una debolezza della vecchia signora,” disse il signor Boffin; “eppure, per dirvi tutta la verità, senza nascondere nulla, ne sono quasi orgoglioso. Mia cara, la vecchia signora ha un’opinione così alta di me che non avrebbe potuto sopportare di vedermi e sentirmi comportarmi come una persona comune. Non avrebbe mai potuto credere che lo facessi davvero! Di conseguenza, eravamo sempre in pericolo con lei.”

La signora Boffin rise di cuore di se stessa; ma un certo luccichio nei suoi occhi onesti rivelava che quella pericolosa tendenza non era affatto scomparsa in lei.

“Ve lo assicuro, mia cara,” disse il signor Boffin, “quel giorno memorabile in cui realizzai ciò che da allora è stato riconosciuto come la mia più grande dimostrazione. Mi riferisco a quella volta in cui Mew disse ‘Il gatto fa miau’, Quack quack disse ‘L’anatra fa quack’, e Bow-wow-wow disse ‘Il cane fa abbaio’. Ve lo assicuro, mia cara, che in quel giorno memorabile quelle parole dure e incredibili colpirono mia moglie così duramente a causa mia, che dovetti trattenerla per impedirle di correre da voi e difendermi dicendo che stavo semplicemente recitando un ruolo.”

Mrs Boffin laughed heartily again, and her eyes glistened again, and it then appeared, not only that in that burst of sarcastic eloquence Mr Boffin was considered by his two fellow-conspirators to have outdone himself, but that in his own opinion it was a remarkable achievement. ‘Never thought of it afore the moment, my dear!’ he observed to Bella. ‘When John said, if he had been so happy as to win your affections and possess your heart, it come into my head to turn round upon him with “Win her affections and possess her heart! Mew says the cat, Quack quack says the duck, and Bow-wow-wow says the dog.” I couldn’t tell you how it come into my head or where from, but it had so much the sound of a rasper that I own to you it astonished myself. I was awful nigh bursting out a laughing though, when it made John stare!’

‘You said, my pretty,’ Mrs Boffin reminded Bella, ‘that there was one other thing you couldn’t understand.’

‘O yes!’ cried Bella, covering her face with her hands; ‘but that I never shall be able to understand as long as I live. It is, how John could love me so when I so little deserved it, and how you, Mr and Mrs Boffin, could be so forgetful of yourselves, and take such pains and trouble, to make me a little better, and after all to help him to so unworthy a wife. But I am very very grateful.’

It was John Harmon’s turn then—John Harmon now for good, and John Rokesmith for nevermore—to plead with her (quite unnecessarily) in behalf of his deception, and to tell her, over and over again, that it had been prolonged by her own winning graces in her supposed station of life. This led on to many interchanges of endearment and enjoyment on all sides, in the midst of which the Inexhaustible being observed staring, in a most imbecile manner, on Mrs Boffin’s breast, was pronounced to be supernaturally intelligent as to the whole transaction, and was made to declare to the ladies and gemplemorums, with a wave of the speckled fist (with difficulty detached from an exceedingly short waist), ‘I have already informed my venerable Ma that I know all about it!’

Then, said John Harmon, would Mrs John Harmon come and see her house? And a dainty house it was, and a tastefully beautiful; and they went through it in procession; the Inexhaustible on Mrs Boffin’s bosom (still staring) occupying the middle station, and Mr Boffin bringing up the rear. And on Bella’s exquisite toilette table was an ivory casket, and in the casket were jewels the like of which she had never dreamed of, and aloft on an upper floor was a nursery garnished as with rainbows; ‘though we were hard put to it,’ said John Harmon, ‘to get it done in so short a time.’

The house inspected, emissaries removed the Inexhaustible, who was shortly afterwards heard screaming among the rainbows; whereupon Bella withdrew herself from the presence and knowledge of gemplemorums, and the screaming ceased, and smiling Peace associated herself with that young olive branch.

‘Come and look in, Noddy!’ said Mrs Boffin to Mr Boffin.

Mr Boffin, submitting to be led on tiptoe to the nursery door, looked in with immense satisfaction, although there was nothing to see but Bella in a musing state of happiness, seated in a little low chair upon the hearth, with her child in her fair young arms, and her soft eyelashes shading her eyes from the fire.

‘It looks as if the old man’s spirit had found rest at last; don’t it?’ said Mrs Boffin.

‘Yes, old lady.’

‘And as if his money had turned bright again, after a long long rust in the dark, and was at last a beginning to sparkle in the sunlight?’

‘Yes, old lady.’

‘And it makes a pretty and a promising picter; don’t it?’

‘Yes, old lady.’

But, aware at the instant of a fine opening for a point, Mr Boffin quenched that observation in this—delivered in the grisliest growling of the regular brown bear. ‘A pretty and a hopeful picter? Mew, Quack quack, Bow-wow!’ And then trotted silently downstairs, with his shoulders in a state of the liveliest commotion.

La signora Boffin rise di nuovo con grande gioia; i suoi occhi brillarono ancora una volta. Sembrava non solo che in quell’esplosione di eloquenza sarcastica il signor Boffin fosse stato considerato dai suoi due complici come il migliore di sé stesso, ma anche che, a suo parere, si trattasse di un risultato davvero notevole. “Non ci avevo mai pensato prima di quel momento, cara!” osservò con Bella. “Quando John disse che, se avesse avuto la fortuna di conquistare il tuo affetto e possedere il tuo cuore, mi venne in mente di rispondergli: ‘Conquistale il suo affetto e possiedi il suo cuore. Mew dice il gatto, Quack quack dice l’anatra, e Bow-wow-wow dice il cane.’ Non so proprio da dove mi sia venuta questa idea, ma suonava così stranamente che, beh, devo ammettere che anche io ne fui sorpreso. Ero quasi sul punto di scoppiare a ridere quando John rimase a bocca aperta, ”

“Hai detto, mia cara,” le ricordò la signora Boffin, “che c’era un’altra cosa che non riuscivi a capire.”

“O sì!“ esclamò Bella, coprendosi il viso con le mani; “ma non riuscirò mai a capirlo finché vivrò. Come John abbia potuto amarmi così tanto, quando meritavo così poco di essere amata. E come voi, signor e signora Boffin, siate stati così generosi nel dedicare tempo e sforzi per rendermi un po’ migliore. Eppure alla fine avete aiutato lui a prendersi una moglie così indegna. Ma sono davvero molto, molto grata.”

Fu poi il turno di John Harmon: ora apparteneva definitivamente a lei, mentre John Rokesmith non avrebbe mai più fatto parte della sua vita. Lui cercò di convincerla (in modo del tutto inutile) a perdonare la propria inganno, ripetendole ancora e ancora che tutto ciò era stato reso possibile dalle sue stesse qualità affascinanti, nella situazione sociale in cui si trovava. Questi scambi di tenerezze e gioie portarono a momenti di grande intimità da parte di tutti; nel mezzo di queste scene, l’essere “Inesauribile” che osservava con aria stupida il petto della signora Boffin fu dichiarato supernaturalmente intelligente riguardo a tutta la situazione. E venne persino costretto, agitando il proprio pugno maculato (difficilmente staccabile da una vita decisamente troppo corta), ad annunciare alle signore e alle altre donne presenti: “Ho già informato la mia venerabile Ma che so tutto al riguardo!”

“Allora,” disse John Harmon, “la signora John Harmon verrebbe a vedere la sua casa?”
E era davvero una casa deliziosa, arredata con gusto e bellezza; entrarono tutti insieme in processione: la “Inesauribile”, ancora appoggiata al petto della signora Boffin (continuando a fissare tutto intorno), occupava il posto centrale, mentre il signor Boffin seguiva in coda. Sul raffinatissimo comodino di Bella c’era una scatola d’avorio; all’interno, gioielli di cui lei non aveva mai nemmeno sognato. E al piano di sopra c’era una nursery decorata come se fosse un arcobaleno; “Anche se ci è voluto molto impegno,” disse John Harmon, “per completare tutto in così poco tempo, ”

Dopo l’ispezione della casa, gli emissari portarono via l’Inesauribile; poco dopo si sentì il suo grido tra i colori dell’arcobaleno. Allora Bella si allontanò dalla presenza e dal conoscere di quegli esseri strani, e il grido cessò; la sorridente Pace si unì a quel giovane ramo d’olivo.

“Vieni a dare un’occhiata dentro, Noddy!” disse la signora Boffin al signor Boffin.

Il signor Boffin, lasciandosi guidare in punta di piedi fino alla porta della nursery, guardò all’interno con immensa soddisfazione; non c’era nulla da vedere, se non Bella, immersa in uno stato di felice meditazione, seduta su una piccola sedia bassa vicino al camino, con il suo bambino tra le sue braccia giovani e belle, e le sue morbide ciglia che le ombreggiavano gli occhi dal focolare.

“Sembra che lo spirito di quell’uomo anziano abbia finalmente trovato pace, non credi?” disse la signora Boffin.

“Sì, signora.”

E come se i suoi soldi fossero tornati ad essere luminosi, dopo essere rimasti nascosti nell’oscurità per molto tempo, e finalmente iniziassero a brillare sotto il sole.

“Sì, signora.”

“E dà vita a un’immagine davvero bella e promettente, non è vero?”

“Sì, signora.”

Ma, nel momento stesso in cui si rese conto di una buona opportunità per fare un commento, il signor Boffin lo soffocò con quel verso, emesso con il ringhio più spaventoso di un normale orso bruno. “Un bel pittore, e anche promettente? Mew, quack quack, bow-wow!” Poi scese silenziosamente le scale, con le spalle in uno stato di notevole agitazione.

Chapter 14

CHECKMATE TO THE FRIENDLY MOVE

Mr and Mrs John Harmon had so timed their taking possession of their rightful name and their London house, that the event befell on the very day when the last waggon-load of the last Mound was driven out at the gates of Boffin’s Bower. As it jolted away, Mr Wegg felt that the last load was correspondingly removed from his mind, and hailed the auspicious season when that black sheep, Boffin, was to be closely sheared.

Over the whole slow process of levelling the Mounds, Silas had kept watch with rapacious eyes. But, eyes no less rapacious had watched the growth of the Mounds in years bygone, and had vigilantly sifted the dust of which they were composed. No valuables turned up. How should there be any, seeing that the old hard jailer of Harmony Jail had coined every waif and stray into money, long before?

Though disappointed by this bare result, Mr Wegg felt too sensibly relieved by the close of the labour, to grumble to any great extent. A foreman-representative of the dust contractors, purchasers of the Mounds, had worn Mr Wegg down to skin and bone. This supervisor of the proceedings, asserting his employers’ rights to cart off by daylight, nightlight, torchlight, when they would, must have been the death of Silas if the work had lasted much longer. Seeming never to need sleep himself, he would reappear, with a tied-up broken head, in fantail hat and velveteen smalls, like an accursed goblin, at the most unholy and untimely hours. Tired out by keeping close ward over a long day’s work in fog and rain, Silas would have just crawled to bed and be dozing, when a horrid shake and rumble under his pillow would announce an approaching train of carts, escorted by this Demon of Unrest, to fall to work again. At another time, he would be rumbled up out of his soundest sleep, in the dead of the night; at another, would be kept at his post eight-and-forty hours on end. The more his persecutor besought him not to trouble himself to turn out, the more suspicious was the crafty Wegg that indications had been observed of something hidden somewhere, and that attempts were on foot to circumvent him. So continually broken was his rest through these means, that he led the life of having wagered to keep ten thousand dog-watches in ten thousand hours, and looked piteously upon himself as always getting up and yet never going to bed. So gaunt and haggard had he grown at last, that his wooden leg showed disproportionate, and presented a thriving appearance in contrast with the rest of his plagued body, which might almost have been termed chubby.

However, Wegg’s comfort was, that all his disagreeables were now over, and that he was immediately coming into his property. Of late, the grindstone did undoubtedly appear to have been whirling at his own nose rather than Boffin’s, but Boffin’s nose was now to be sharpened fine. Thus far, Mr Wegg had let his dusty friend off lightly, having been baulked in that amiable design of frequently dining with him, by the machinations of the sleepless dustman. He had been constrained to depute Mr Venus to keep their dusty friend, Boffin, under inspection, while he himself turned lank and lean at the Bower.

To Mr Venus’s museum Mr Wegg repaired when at length the Mounds were down and gone. It being evening, he found that gentleman, as he expected, seated over his fire; but did not find him, as he expected, floating his powerful mind in tea.

‘Why, you smell rather comfortable here!’ said Wegg, seeming to take it ill, and stopping and sniffing as he entered.

‘I AM rather comfortable, sir,’ said Venus.

‘You don’t use lemon in your business, do you?’ asked Wegg, sniffing again.

‘No, Mr Wegg,’ said Venus. ‘When I use it at all, I mostly use it in cobblers’ punch.’

‘What do you call cobblers’ punch?’ demanded Wegg, in a worse humour than before.

‘It’s difficult to impart the receipt for it, sir,’ returned Venus, ‘because, however particular you may be in allotting your materials, so much will still depend upon the individual gifts, and there being a feeling thrown into it. But the groundwork is gin.’

‘In a Dutch bottle?’ said Wegg gloomily, as he sat himself down.

‘Very good, sir, very good!’ cried Venus. ‘Will you partake, sir?’

‘Will I partake?’ returned Wegg very surlily. ‘Why, of course I will! WILL a man partake, as has been tormented out of his five senses by an everlasting dustman with his head tied up! WILL he, too! As if he wouldn’t!’

‘Don’t let it put you out, Mr Wegg. You don’t seem in your usual spirits.’

‘If you come to that, you don’t seem in your usual spirits,’ growled Wegg. ‘You seem to be setting up for lively.’

This circumstance appeared, in his then state of mind, to give Mr Wegg uncommon offence.

‘And you’ve been having your hair cut!’ said Wegg, missing the usual dusty shock.

‘Yes, Mr Wegg. But don’t let that put you out, either.’

‘And I am blest if you ain’t getting fat!’ said Wegg, with culminating discontent. ‘What are you going to do next?’

Well, Mr Wegg,’ said Venus, smiling in a sprightly manner, ‘I suspect you could hardly guess what I am going to do next.’

‘I don’t want to guess,’ retorted Wegg. ‘All I’ve got to say is, that it’s well for you that the diwision of labour has been what it has been. It’s well for you to have had so light a part in this business, when mine has been so heavy. You haven’t had YOUR rest broke, I’ll be bound.’

‘Not at all, sir,’ said Venus. ‘Never rested so well in all my life, I thank you.’

‘Ah!’ grumbled Wegg, ‘you should have been me. If you had been me, and had been fretted out of your bed, and your sleep, and your meals, and your mind, for a stretch of months together, you’d have been out of condition and out of sorts.’

‘Certainly, it has trained you down, Mr Wegg,’ said Venus, contemplating his figure with an artist’s eye. ‘Trained you down very low, it has! So weazen and yellow is the kivering upon your bones, that one might almost fancy you had come to give a look-in upon the French gentleman in the corner, instead of me.’

Capitolo 14

Scacco matto al movimento amichevole

Il signor e la signora John Harmon avevano programmato con precisione il momento in cui avrebbero assunto il loro nome legittimo e si sarebbero trasferiti nella loro casa di Londra, in modo che l’evento avvenisse esattamente lo stesso giorno in cui l’ultimo carico proveniente dall’ultima miniera fu espulso dai cancelli di Boffin’s Bower. Mentre il carro si allontanava, il signor Wegg sentì che anche l’ultimo “peso” che opprimeva la sua mente era finalmente stato eliminato, e accolse con favore quell’“epoca propizia” in cui quel “pecora nera” chiamato Boffin sarebbe stato finalmente “tosato”.

Durante l’intero processo lento di livellamento delle colline, Silas le osservava con occhi avidi. Ma occhi altrettanto avidi avevano seguito la crescita di quelle colline negli anni passati, analizzando attentamente ogni granello di polvere di cui erano composte. Non fu trovato nulla di valore. Come avrebbe potuto esserci qualcosa, visto che l’antico e spietato carceriere della prigione di Harmony aveva trasformato in denaro ogni vagabondo o senzatetto molto tempo prima?

Sebbene deluso da questo risultato così scarno, il signor Wegg si sentiva comunque sollevato dal termine di quel lavoro, e non ebbe motivo di lamentarsi troppo. Un caposquadra rappresentante dei contractor incaricati della raccolta della polvere, acquirenti delle colline su cui si svolgevano i lavori, aveva letteralmente spremuto il signor Wegg fino all’osso. Questo supervisore, che insisteva affinché i suoi datori di lavoro potessero proseguire i lavori sia di giorno che di notte, con luce di torcia o altro mezzo a loro piacimento, avrebbe sicuramente distrutto Silas se il lavoro fosse durato ancora a lungo. Sembrava non aver bisogno mai di dormire: ricompariva sempre, con la testa ferita e bendata, indossando un cappello a punta e pantaloni di velluto, come un orribile goblin, nelle ore più inopportune e sacrileghe. Stanco dopo una lunga giornata di lavoro tra nebbia e pioggia, Silas si addormentava appena quando, improvvisamente, un forte rumore sotto il cuscino annunciava l’arrivo di un convoglio di carri, scortato da quel “Demone del Disordine”, pronto a far riprendere i lavori. A volte lo svegliavano nel bel mezzo della notte; altre volte lo costringevano a rimanere al lavoro per ottantaquattro ore consecutive. Più il suo persecutore gli chiedeva di non disturbarsi ad andare a lavorare, più il astuto Wegg sospettava che ci fosse qualcosa nascosto da qualche parte, e che qualcuno stesse cercando di eluderlo. Il suo riposo era continuamente interrotto in questo modo; viveva come se avesse dovuto tenere sveglio diecimila orologi per diecimila ore, e si considerava un povero disgraziato che, pur alzandosi ogni volta, non riusciva mai a dormire veramente. Alla fine era diventato così magro e emaciato che la sua gamba di legno sembrava fuori proporzione rispetto al resto del suo corpo, ormai quasi grassoccio.

Tuttavia, ciò che consolava Wegg era il fatto che tutte le sue sfortune fossero ormai finite e che stesse per entrare in possesso della sua proprietà. Negli ultimi tempi, sembrava davvero che la “pietra di macina” ruotasse proprio sotto il suo naso, piuttosto che sotto quello di Boffin, ma ora il naso di Boffin sarebbe stato affilato a dovere. Finora, Wegg aveva trattato con indulgenza il suo amico polveroso, Boffin; tuttavia, i piani del sonnolento addetto alla pulizia lo avevano costretto ad annullare spesso le loro cene insieme. Così, aveva incaricato Mr Venus di tenere d’occhio Boffin, mentre lui stesso si riduceva a uno stato di magrezza estrema.

Per il museo di Mr Venus, Mr Wegg fece i lavori di riparazione quando finalmente quelle colline furono demolite e scomparse. Essendo sera, trovò quel signore, come si aspettava, seduto davanti al suo focolare; ma non lo trovò, come si aspettava, immerso nella lettura di un libro o nel godimento del tè.

“Ma che profumo piacevole. Qui deve essere davvero confortevole!” disse Wegg, sembrando offeso; si fermò e annusò l’aria non appena entrò.

“Sono abbastanza a mio agio, signore,” disse Venere.

“Non usi il limone nel tuo lavoro, vero?”, chiese Wegg, annusando di nuovo.

“No, signor Wegg,” disse Venere. “Quando lo uso, di solito lo uso nel punch dei calzolai.”

“Come si chiama quel drink chiamato ‘Cobblers’ Punch?”, chiese Wegg, con un umore ancora peggiore del solito.

“È difficile fornire una ricetta precisa per questo, signore,” rispose Venus, “perché, per quanto si possa essere precisi nell’uso dei materiali, molto dipenderà comunque dai talenti individuali e dall’impegno emotivo che ci si mette. Ma la base fondamentale è il gin.”

“In una bottiglia olandese?” disse Wegg con aria cupa, mentre si sedeva.

“Molto bene, signore, molto bene!” esclamò Venere. “Verrà a partecipare anche lei, signore?”

“Parteciperò?” rispose Wegg in tono molto irritato. “Certo che sì! Perché mai un uomo dovrebbe partecipare, dopo essere stato tormentato fino a perdere tutti e cinque i sensi da quel maledetto spazzino con la testa legata! Certo che lo farà. Come se non volesse!”

“Non lasciare che questo ti abbassi lo spirito, signor Wegg. Non sembri nel tuo solito stato d’animo.”

“Se continui così, non sembri nel tuo solito stato d’animo,” ringhiò Wegg. “Sembra che tu stia preparandoti per qualcosa di interessante, ”

In quella sua condizione mentale di allora, questa circostanza sembrava rappresentare un offesa particolarmente grave per il signor Wegg.

“E hai anche fatto tagliare i capelli!” disse Wegg, senza mostrare la solita sorpresa dovuta alla polvere.

“Sì, signor Wegg. Ma non lasci che questo la scoraggi.”

“E sarei davvero fortunato se tu non iniziassi ad ingrassare!” disse Wegg, con un disappunto che raggiungeva il suo apice. “Cosa farai adesso?”

“Beh, signor Wegg,” disse Venere sorridendo allegramente, “sospetto che non riuscireste mai a indovinare cosa farò adesso.”

“Non voglio indovinare,” ribatté Wegg. “Tutto quello che posso dire è che per te è stato bene che la divisione del lavoro sia stata proprio così come è stata. È stato bene per te aver avuto un ruolo così poco importante in questa faccenda, mentre il mio è stato molto pesante. Di certo, il tuo riposo non è stato disturbato.”

“Assolutamente no, signore,” disse Venere. “Non mi sono mai riposata così bene in tutta la mia vita; vi ringrazio.”

‘Ah!’ borbottò Wegg, ‘avresti dovuto essere al mio posto. Se fossi stato al mio posto, se fossi stato costretto ad abbandonare il letto, il sonno, i pasti e la mia tranquillità per mesi interi, sarei diventato malato e fuori forma.’

“Certamente, vi ha reso molto più debole, signor Wegg,” disse Venus, osservando la sua figura con lo sguardo di un artista. “Vi ha reso davvero molto più debole. Quella pelle pallida e giallastra sulle vostre ossa. Si potrebbe quasi pensare che siate venuti a dare un’occhiata al gentiluomo francese nell’angolo, invece che a me.”

Mr Wegg, glancing in great dudgeon towards the French gentleman’s corner, seemed to notice something new there, which induced him to glance at the opposite corner, and then to put on his glasses and stare at all the nooks and corners of the dim shop in succession.

‘Why, you’ve been having the place cleaned up!’ he exclaimed.

‘Yes, Mr Wegg. By the hand of adorable woman.’

‘Then what you’re going to do next, I suppose, is to get married?’

‘That’s it, sir.’

Silas took off his glasses again—finding himself too intensely disgusted by the sprightly appearance of his friend and partner to bear a magnified view of him and made the inquiry:

‘To the old party?’

‘Mr Wegg!’ said Venus, with a sudden flush of wrath. ‘The lady in question is not a old party.’

‘I meant,’ exclaimed Wegg, testily, ‘to the party as formerly objected?’

‘Mr Wegg,’ said Venus, ‘in a case of so much delicacy, I must trouble you to say what you mean. There are strings that must not be played upon. No sir! Not sounded, unless in the most respectful and tuneful manner. Of such melodious strings is Miss Pleasant Riderhood formed.’

‘Then it IS the lady as formerly objected?’ said Wegg.

‘Sir,’ returned Venus with dignity, ‘I accept the altered phrase. It is the lady as formerly objected.’

‘When is it to come off?’ asked Silas.

‘Mr Wegg,’ said Venus, with another flush. ‘I cannot permit it to be put in the form of a Fight. I must temperately but firmly call upon you, sir, to amend that question.’

‘When is the lady,’ Wegg reluctantly demanded, constraining his ill temper in remembrance of the partnership and its stock in trade, ‘a going to give her ’and where she has already given her ’art?’

‘Sir,’ returned Venus, ‘I again accept the altered phrase, and with pleasure. The lady is a going to give her ’and where she has already given her ’art, next Monday.’

‘Then the lady’s objection has been met?’ said Silas.

‘Mr Wegg,’ said Venus, ‘as I did name to you, I think, on a former occasion, if not on former occasions—’

‘On former occasions,’ interrupted Wegg.

‘—What,’ pursued Venus, ‘what the nature of the lady’s objection was, I may impart, without violating any of the tender confidences since sprung up between the lady and myself, how it has been met, through the kind interference of two good friends of mine: one, previously acquainted with the lady: and one, not. The pint was thrown out, sir, by those two friends when they did me the great service of waiting on the lady to try if a union betwixt the lady and me could not be brought to bear—the pint, I say, was thrown out by them, sir, whether if, after marriage, I confined myself to the articulation of men, children, and the lower animals, it might not relieve the lady’s mind of her feeling respecting being as a lady—regarded in a bony light. It was a happy thought, sir, and it took root.’

‘It would seem, Mr Venus,’ observed Wegg, with a touch of distrust, ‘that you are flush of friends?’

‘Pretty well, sir,’ that gentleman answered, in a tone of placid mystery. ‘So-so, sir. Pretty well.’

‘However,’ said Wegg, after eyeing him with another touch of distrust, ‘I wish you joy. One man spends his fortune in one way, and another in another. You are going to try matrimony. I mean to try travelling.’

‘Indeed, Mr Wegg?’

‘Change of air, sea-scenery, and my natural rest, I hope may bring me round after the persecutions I have undergone from the dustman with his head tied up, which I just now mentioned. The tough job being ended and the Mounds laid low, the hour is come for Boffin to stump up. Would ten to-morrow morning suit you, partner, for finally bringing Boffin’s nose to the grindstone?’

Ten to-morrow morning would quite suit Mr Venus for that excellent purpose.

‘You have had him well under inspection, I hope?’ said Silas.

Mr Venus had had him under inspection pretty well every day.

‘Suppose you was just to step round to-night then, and give him orders from me—I say from me, because he knows I won’t be played with—to be ready with his papers, his accounts, and his cash, at that time in the morning?’ said Wegg. ‘And as a matter of form, which will be agreeable to your own feelings, before we go out (for I’ll walk with you part of the way, though my leg gives under me with weariness), let’s have a look at the stock in trade.’

Mr Venus produced it, and it was perfectly correct; Mr Venus undertook to produce it again in the morning, and to keep tryst with Mr Wegg on Boffin’s doorstep as the clock struck ten. At a certain point of the road between Clerkenwell and Boffin’s house (Mr Wegg expressly insisted that there should be no prefix to the Golden Dustman’s name) the partners separated for the night.

It was a very bad night; to which succeeded a very bad morning. The streets were so unusually slushy, muddy, and miserable, in the morning, that Wegg rode to the scene of action; arguing that a man who was, as it were, going to the Bank to draw out a handsome property, could well afford that trifling expense.

Venus was punctual, and Wegg undertook to knock at the door, and conduct the conference. Door knocked at. Door opened.

‘Boffin at home?’

The servant replied that MR Boffin was at home.

‘He’ll do,’ said Wegg, ‘though it ain’t what I call him.’

The servant inquired if they had any appointment?

‘Now, I tell you what, young fellow,’ said Wegg, ‘I won’t have it. This won’t do for me. I don’t want menials. I want Boffin.’

They were shown into a waiting-room, where the all-powerful Wegg wore his hat, and whistled, and with his forefinger stirred up a clock that stood upon the chimneypiece, until he made it strike. In a few minutes they were shown upstairs into what used to be Boffin’s room; which, besides the door of entrance, had folding-doors in it, to make it one of a suite of rooms when occasion required. Here, Boffin was seated at a library-table, and here Mr Wegg, having imperiously motioned the servant to withdraw, drew up a chair and seated himself, in his hat, close beside him. Here, also, Mr Wegg instantly underwent the remarkable experience of having his hat twitched off his head and thrown out of a window, which was opened and shut for the purpose.

Il signor Wegg, lanciando uno sguardo furioso verso l’angolo dove si trovava il gentiluomo francese, sembrò notare qualcosa di nuovo; questo lo spinse a guardare anche nell’angolo opposto, poi si mise gli occhiali e iniziò ad esaminare attentamente tutti gli angoli e le nicchie di quel negozio poco illuminato.

“Ma guarda, avete fatto pulire tutto il posto!” esclamò.

“Sì, signor Wegg, grazie a una donna adorabile.”

“Quindi, suppongo che quello che farai adesso sia sposarti, ”

“Ecco fatto, signore.”

Silas si tolse di nuovo gli occhiali, sentendosi troppo disgustato dall’aspetto vivace del suo amico e compagno per poter sopportare di vederlo ingrandito; quindi fece quella domanda.

“Al vecchio partito?”

“Signor Wegg!”, disse Venere con un improvviso impeto di rabbia. “La signora in questione non è una vecchia conoscenza.”

“Volevo dire,” esclamò Wegg con impazienza, “quella stessa obiezione fatta in precedenza riguardo al gruppo, ”

“Signor Wegg,” disse Venus, “in una situazione così delicata, devo chiedervi di chiarire cosa intendete. Ci sono delle corde che non devono essere suonate. No, signore! Non possono essere fatte risuonare, a meno che non sia in modo estremamente rispettoso e armonioso. La signorina Pleasant Riderhood è proprio una di queste ‘corde melodiose’.”

“Allora è davvero quella signora di cui si parlava in precedenza?” disse Wegg.

“Signore,” rispose Venere con dignità, “accetto la modifica proposta. È esattamente ciò che la signora aveva precedentemente obiettato.”

“Quando avverrà?” chiese Silas.

“Signor Wegg,” disse Venere, arrossendo di nuovo. “Non posso permettere che questa richiesta venga presentata sotto forma di una sfida. Devo chiedervi, con moderazione ma con fermezza, di modificare tale proposta.”

“Quando la signora, ”, chiese Wegg con riluttanza, trattenendo il proprio cattivo umore in memoria della loro partnership e dei suoi benefici, “intende mostrare il suo ‘arte’? E dove l’ha già mostrata?”

“Signore,” rispose Venere, “accetto nuovamente questa modifica e con piacere. La signora terrà la sua esibizione, e dove ha già mostrato il suo talento, anche lunedì prossimo.”

“Allora l’obiezione della signora è stata risolta?” disse Silas.

“Signor Wegg,” disse Venere, “come credo di averle già detto in precedenza, ”

“In occasioni precedenti,” intervenne Wegg.

“—Che cosa, —continuò >Venus—, quale fosse esattamente il motivo dell’obiezione di quella signora, posso rivelarlo senza violare alcuna delle delicate confidenze che sono nate tra noi in questi tempi; posso anche spiegare come sia stata risolta, grazie all’intervento gentile di due mie amiche: una che conosceva già quella signora, e l’altra no. Quella ‘pinta’, insomma, quel problema fu risolto da quelle due amiche quando mi resero il grande favore di assistere quella signora, per verificare se fosse possibile realizzare un’unione tra noi. Quella ‘pinta’, dico, fu eliminata da loro. Perché, anche dopo il matrimonio, se mi fossi limitata a parlare di uomini, bambini e animali inferiori, forse questo avrebbe potuto alleviare i timori della signora riguardo al suo status sociale. Era un’idea felice, signore, ed è attecchita.”

“Sembra proprio, Signor Venus”, osservò Wegg con un certo scetticismo, “che lei abbia molti amici, ”

“Abbastanza bene, signore,” rispose quel gentiluomo con un tono di tranquilla misteriosità. “Piuttosto bene, signore.”

“Tuttavia,” disse Wegg, dopo averlo osservato con un altro sguardo pieno di sfiducia, “vi auguro buona fortuna. C’è chi spende tutta la propria fortuna in un certo modo, e chi in un altro. Voi state per provare il matrimonio. Io, invece, intendo provare a viaggiare.”

“Davvero, signor Wegg?”

“Un cambiamento d’aria, il paesaggio marino e il mio naturale riposo. Spero che possano aiutarmi a riprendermi dopo le persecuzioni subite da parte di quel netturbino con la testa legata, di cui ho appena parlato. Ora che il lavoro più duro è finito e quelle colline sono state rase al suolo, è arrivato il momento che Boffin paghi le conseguenze delle sue azioni. Che ne diresti di un incontro domani mattina alle dieci, amico mio, per mettere finalmente Boffin di fronte alle sue responsabilità?”

Domani mattina alle dieci sarebbe perfetto per Signor Venere per quell’ottimo scopo.

“Lo avete esaminato attentamente, vero?”, disse Silas.

Signor Venere lo faceva controllare ogni giorno, in modo piuttosto accurato.

“Supponiamo che tu vada da lui di notte e gli dia ordini da parte mia. Dico da parte mia, perché sa che non gli permetterò di scherzare. Che debba avere pronti i suoi documenti, i suoi conti e il suo denaro, proprio a quell’ora della mattina,” disse Wegg. “E, per pura formalità – cosa che sarà anche in linea con i tuoi sentimenti – prima di uscire (perché ti accompagnerò per un tratto, anche se la mia gamba mi fa male per la stanchezza), diamo un’occhiata alle merci in magazzino.”

Signor Venus lo produsse, ed era perfettamente corretto; Signor Venus si impegnò a riprodurlo la mattina seguente e ad incontrarsi di nuovo con il signor Wegg davanti alla porta di casa del signor Boffin alle dieci in punto. In un certo punto della strada che collega Clerkenwell alla casa del signor Boffin (il signor Wegg insistette esplicitamente affinché nel nome del “Golden Dustman” non venisse utilizzato alcun prefisso), i due partner si separarono per la notte.

Fu una notte molto brutta; dopo di essa venne una mattina ancora peggiore. Le strade erano insolitamente fangose e disastrose, al punto che Wegg decise di recarsi sul posto, argomentando che un uomo che stava per andare in banca a ritirare una somma considerevole poteva sicuramente permettersi quel piccolo costo.

Venere arrivò puntuale; Wegg si incaricò di bussare alla porta e di gestire la conversazione. Fu bussato alla porta. La porta si aprì.

“Un scienziato a casa?”

Il servitore rispose che il signor Boffin si trovava a >casa.

“Va bene,” disse Wegg, “anche se non è il modo in cui io lo chiamerei.”

Il servitore chiese se avessero qualche appuntamento.

“Ora, ascoltami bene, giovane,” disse Wegg, “non lo accetterò. Questo non mi va affatto. Non voglio servitori. Voglio Boffin.”

Li fecero entrare in una sala d’attesa, dove il potente Wegg indossava il suo cappello, fischiava e, con l’indice, agitava un orologio posizionato sul caminetto fino a farlo suonare. Dopo pochi minuti li condussero al piano di sopra, nella stanza che un tempo apparteneva a Boffin; essa, oltre alla porta d’ingresso, era dotata di porte scorrevoli, il che la rendeva utilizzabile come suite in caso di necessità. Lì, Boffin sedeva davanti a un tavolo da studio; Mr Wegg, dopo aver congedato imperiosamente il servitore, si avvicinò e si sedette accanto a lui, ancora con il cappello in testa. Fu proprio lì che Mr Wegg ebbe l’esperienza straordinaria di vedere il suo cappello essere strappato via dalla testa e gettato fuori da una finestra, la quale venne aperta e chiusa appositamente per quell’occasione.

‘Be careful what insolent liberties you take in that gentleman’s presence,’ said the owner of the hand which had done this, ‘or I will throw you after it.’

Wegg involuntarily clapped his hand to his bare head, and stared at the Secretary. For, it was he addressed him with a severe countenance, and who had come in quietly by the folding-doors.

‘Oh!’ said Wegg, as soon as he recovered his suspended power of speech. ‘Very good! I gave directions for YOU to be dismissed. And you ain’t gone, ain’t you? Oh! We’ll look into this presently. Very good!’

‘No, nor I ain’t gone,’ said another voice.

Somebody else had come in quietly by the folding-doors. Turning his head, Wegg beheld his persecutor, the ever-wakeful dustman, accoutred with fantail hat and velveteen smalls complete. Who, untying his tied-up broken head, revealed a head that was whole, and a face that was Sloppy’s.

‘Ha, ha, ha, gentlemen!’ roared Sloppy in a peal of laughter, and with immeasureable relish. ‘He never thought as I could sleep standing, and often done it when I turned for Mrs Higden! He never thought as I used to give Mrs Higden the Police-news in different voices! But I did lead him a life all through it, gentlemen, I hope I really and truly DID!’ Here, Mr Sloppy opening his mouth to a quite alarming extent, and throwing back his head to peal again, revealed incalculable buttons.

‘Oh!’ said Wegg, slightly discomfited, but not much as yet: ‘one and one is two not dismissed, is it? Bof—fin! Just let me ask a question. Who set this chap on, in this dress, when the carting began? Who employed this fellow?’

‘I say!’ remonstrated Sloppy, jerking his head forward. ‘No fellows, or I’ll throw you out of winder!’

Mr Boffin appeased him with a wave of his hand, and said: ‘I employed him, Wegg.’

‘Oh! You employed him, Boffin? Very good. Mr Venus, we raise our terms, and we can’t do better than proceed to business. Bof—fin! I want the room cleared of these two scum.’

‘That’s not going to be done, Wegg,’ replied Mr Boffin, sitting composedly on the library-table, at one end, while the Secretary sat composedly on it at the other.

‘Bof—fin! Not going to be done?’ repeated Wegg. ‘Not at your peril?’

‘No, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin, shaking his head good-humouredly. ‘Not at my peril, and not on any other terms.’

Wegg reflected a moment, and then said: ‘Mr Venus, will you be so good as hand me over that same dockyment?’

‘Certainly, sir,’ replied Venus, handing it to him with much politeness. ‘There it is. Having now, sir, parted with it, I wish to make a small observation: not so much because it is anyways necessary, or expresses any new doctrine or discovery, as because it is a comfort to my mind. Silas Wegg, you are a precious old rascal.’

Mr Wegg, who, as if anticipating a compliment, had been beating time with the paper to the other’s politeness until this unexpected conclusion came upon him, stopped rather abruptly.

Silas Wegg,’ said Venus, ‘know that I took the liberty of taking Mr Boffin into our concern as a sleeping partner, at a very early period of our firm’s existence.’

‘Quite true,’ added Mr Boffin; ‘and I tested Venus by making him a pretended proposal or two; and I found him on the whole a very honest man, Wegg.’

‘So Mr Boffin, in his indulgence, is pleased to say,’ Venus remarked: ‘though in the beginning of this dirt, my hands were not, for a few hours, quite as clean as I could wish. But I hope I made early and full amends.’

Venus, you did,’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Certainly, certainly, certainly.’

Venus inclined his head with respect and gratitude. ‘Thank you, sir. I am much obliged to you, sir, for all. For your good opinion now, for your way of receiving and encouraging me when I first put myself in communication with you, and for the influence since so kindly brought to bear upon a certain lady, both by yourself and by Mr John Harmon.’ To whom, when thus making mention of him, he also bowed.

Wegg followed the name with sharp ears, and the action with sharp eyes, and a certain cringing air was infusing itself into his bullying air, when his attention was re-claimed by Venus.

‘Everything else between you and me, Mr Wegg,’ said Venus, ‘now explains itself, and you can now make out, sir, without further words from me. But totally to prevent any unpleasantness or mistake that might arise on what I consider an important point, to be made quite clear at the close of our acquaintance, I beg the leave of Mr Boffin and Mr John Harmon to repeat an observation which I have already had the pleasure of bringing under your notice. You are a precious old rascal!’

‘You are a fool,’ said Wegg, with a snap of his fingers, ‘and I’d have got rid of you before now, if I could have struck out any way of doing it. I have thought it over, I can tell you. You may go, and welcome. You leave the more for me. Because, you know,’ said Wegg, dividing his next observation between Mr Boffin and Mr Harmon, ‘I am worth my price, and I mean to have it. This getting off is all very well in its way, and it tells with such an anatomical Pump as this one,’ pointing out Mr Venus, ‘but it won’t do with a Man. I am here to be bought off, and I have named my figure. Now, buy me, or leave me.’

‘I’ll leave you, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin, laughing, ‘as far as I am concerned.’

‘Bof—fin!’ replied Wegg, turning upon him with a severe air, ‘I understand YOUR new-born boldness. I see the brass underneath YOUR silver plating. YOU have got YOUR nose out of joint. Knowing that you’ve nothing at stake, you can afford to come the independent game. Why, you’re just so much smeary glass to see through, you know! But Mr Harmon is in another sitiwation. What Mr Harmon risks, is quite another pair of shoes. Now, I’ve heerd something lately about this being Mr Harmon—I make out now, some hints that I’ve met on that subject in the newspaper—and I drop you, Bof—fin, as beneath my notice. I ask Mr Harmon whether he has any idea of the contents of this present paper?’

“Fai attenzione a quali insolenze osi commettere in presenza di quel gentiluomo,” disse il proprietario della mano che aveva compiuto quel gesto, “altrimenti ti getterò via insieme a essa.”

Wegg si portò involontariamente la mano sulla testa nuda e fissò il Segretario. Infatti, era stato lui ad addressarlo con un’espressione severa, ed era stato lui ad entrare silenziosamente attraverso le porte a persiana.

“Oh!” disse Wegg non appena riacquistò la capacità di parlare.
“Molto bene! Ho dato l’ordine che vi congedassero. E invece non siete andati via, vero? Oh! Ne parleremo più tardi. Molto bene!”

“No, nemmeno io sono andato,” disse un’altra voce.

Qualcun altro era entrato silenziosamente dalla porta pieghevole. Girando la testa, Wegg vide il suo persecutore, il sempre all’erta spazzino, vestito con un cappello a piume e pantaloncini di velluto. Questi, sciogliendo il fazzoletto che gli copriva la testa ferita, rivelò una testa intera, e un viso che apparteneva a Sloppy.

“Ha, ha, ha, signori!” ruggì Sloppy tra una serie di risate, con immenso godimento. “Non avrebbe mai pensato che io potessi dormire in piedi. E spesso lo facevo anche quando mi giravo verso la signora Higden! Non avrebbe mai immaginato che io le raccontassi le notizie della polizia usando voci diverse. Ma gli ho davvero fatto vivere un’esperienza unica, signori. Spero proprio di sì!” A quel punto, Mr Sloppy aprì la bocca ancora di più, gettando indietro la testa per ridere ancora, rivelando così un numero incalcolabile di bottoni.

“Oh!” disse Wegg, leggermente imbarazzato, ma non troppo ancora: “Uno più uno fa due. Questo non si può negare, vero? Beh, lasciate che vi faccia una domanda. Chi ha messo questo ragazzo in quest’abito, quando è iniziata la spedizione? Chi ha assunto quest’uomo?”

“Dico io!”, protestò Sloppy, sporgendo la testa in avanti. “Nessun altro, altrimenti vi caccio via!”

“Mr Boffin lo placò con un gesto della mano e disse: ‘L’ho assunto io, Wegg.’”

“Oh! L’hai assunto tu, Boffin? Ottimo. Signor Venus, aumentiamo le nostre condizioni e non possiamo fare di meglio che procedere con gli affari. Bof-fin! Voglio che questi due individui spregevoli vengano rimossi da questa stanza.”

“Quello non verrà fatto, Wegg,” rispose il signor Boffin, seduto con calma all’estremità del tavolo della biblioteca, mentre il segretario era seduto allo stesso modo dall’altra parte.

“Bof, finito? Non si va avanti più?” ripeté Wegg. “Non sarà mica a vostro rischio, vero?”

“No, Wegg,” disse il signor Boffin scuotendo la testa in modo bonario. “Né a mio rischio, né sotto alcuna altra condizione.”

Wegg rifletté per un momento, poi disse: “Signor Venus, potrebbe gentilmente darmi quel documento?”

“Certamente, signore,” rispose Venus, porgendoglielo con grande cortesia.
“Ecco qui. Ora che l’ho consegnato a voi, desidero fare una piccola osservazione: non tanto perché sia necessaria, né perché esprima qualche nuova dottrina o scoperta, ma perché rappresenta un conforto per la mia mente. Silas Wegg, sei davvero un vecchio furfante prezioso.”

Il signor Wegg, che, come se si aspettasse un complimento, aveva continuato a segnare il tempo con quel foglio, mostrando tanta cortesia da parte sua, fino a quando non arrivò questa conclusione inaspettata; allora si fermò bruscamente.

“‘Silas Wegg’,” disse Venus, “sa che ho preso l’iniziativa di includere il signor Boffin tra i nostri soci, come socio passivo, fin dai primi giorni dell’esistenza della nostra azienda.”

“Assolutamente vero,” aggiunse il signor Boffin; “e ho messo alla prova Venus facendogli fare uno o due finto progetti di matrimonio; e ho scoperto che, nel complesso, è un uomo molto onesto, Wegg.”

“So che il signor Boffin, nella sua indulgenza, è felice di dire,” osservò Venus: “che se all’inizio di questo lavoro le mie mani non erano del tutto pulite come avrei desiderato, spero comunque di avermi rimediata in fretta e completamente.”

“‘Venere, l’hai fatto davvero’, disse il signor Boffin. ‘Certo, certo, senza dubbio.’”

Venus inclinò la testa in segno di rispetto e gratitudine. “Grazie, signore. Sono molto in debito con voi per tutto: per il vostro buon giudizio su di me, per il modo in cui mi avete accolto e incoraggiato quando vi ho contattato per la prima volta, e per l’influenza positiva che avete esercitato su una certa signora, sia voi stesso che il signor John Harmon.” A quest’ultimo, menzionandolo, fece anche un inchino.

Wegg seguì quel nome con orecchie attente e osservò l’azione con occhi acuti; un certo imbarazzo iniziò ad infiltrarsi nel suo atteggiamento prepotente, quando la sua attenzione fu nuovamente attratta da Venus.

“Tutto il resto tra voi e me, signor Wegg,” disse Venus, “ora si spiega da solo; potete comprenderlo senza ulteriori parole da parte mia. Ma per evitare completamente qualsiasi dispiacere o errore possa sorgere su ciò che ritengo un punto importante, da chiarire appieno alla fine della nostra conoscenza, chiedo il permesso di signor Boffin e di signor John Harmon di ripetere un’osservazione che ho già avuto l’onore di farvi notare. Siete davvero un vecchio furfante prezioso!”

“Sei un idiota”, disse Wegg, facendo schioccare le dita, “e avrei già fatto in modo di sbarazzarmi di te, se solo ci fosse stato un modo per farlo. L’ho pensato bene, credimi. Puoi andartene pure, anzi, ti ringrazio persino. Ti lasci dietro molto di più per me. Perché, sai, ” continuò Wegg, rivolgendosi sia a Mr Boffin che a Mr Harmon, “io valgo il mio prezzo, e intendo ottenerlo. Questa fuga è senz’altro ben organizzata, e vede la partecipazione di una persona davvero eccezionale, come questa qui”, indicando Mr Venus, “ma non basta per un uomo normale. Sono qui perché qualcuno debba comprarmi, e ho già fissato il mio prezzo. Ora: comprami, o lasciami in pace.”

“Vi lascio in pace, Wegg,” disse il signor Boffin ridendo, “per quanto mi riguarda.”

“Bof, basta!” rispose Wegg, voltandosi verso di lui con un’espressione severa. “Capisco questa tua nuova audacia. Vedo chiaramente il bronzo nascosto sotto la tua patina d’argento. Sai bene che non hai nulla da perdere, quindi puoi permetterti di comportarti in modo così presuntuoso. Ma il signor Harmon si trova in una situazione completamente diversa. Quello che rischia lui è qualcosa di molto più importante. Ultimamente ho sentito alcune voci riguardo al signor Harmon. Alcuni indizi apparsi sui giornali. E quindi, basta. Non mi interessa affatto questa faccenda. Chiederò io stesso al signor Harmon se abbia qualche idea sul contenuto di questo documento.”

‘It is a will of my late father’s, of more recent date than the will proved by Mr Boffin (address whom again, as you have addressed him already, and I’ll knock you down), leaving the whole of his property to the Crown,’ said John Harmon, with as much indifference as was compatible with extreme sternness.

‘Right you are!’ cried Wegg. ‘Then,’ screwing the weight of his body upon his wooden leg, and screwing his wooden head very much on one side, and screwing up one eye: ‘then, I put the question to you, what’s this paper worth?’

‘Nothing,’ said John Harmon.

Wegg had repeated the word with a sneer, and was entering on some sarcastic retort, when, to his boundless amazement, he found himself gripped by the cravat; shaken until his teeth chattered; shoved back, staggering, into a corner of the room; and pinned there.

‘You scoundrel!’ said John Harmon, whose seafaring hold was like that of a vice.

‘You’re knocking my head against the wall,’ urged Silas faintly.

‘I mean to knock your head against the wall,’ returned John Harmon, suiting his action to his words, with the heartiest good will; ‘and I’d give a thousand pounds for leave to knock your brains out. Listen, you scoundrel, and look at that Dutch bottle.’

Sloppy held it up, for his edification.

‘That Dutch bottle, scoundrel, contained the latest will of the many wills made by my unhappy self-tormenting father. That will gives everything absolutely to my noble benefactor and yours, Mr Boffin, excluding and reviling me, and my sister (then already dead of a broken heart), by name. That Dutch bottle was found by my noble benefactor and yours, after he entered on possession of the estate. That Dutch bottle distressed him beyond measure, because, though I and my sister were both no more, it cast a slur upon our memory which he knew we had done nothing in our miserable youth, to deserve. That Dutch bottle, therefore, he buried in the Mound belonging to him, and there it lay while you, you thankless wretch, were prodding and poking—often very near it, I dare say. His intention was, that it should never see the light; but he was afraid to destroy it, lest to destroy such a document, even with his great generous motive, might be an offence at law. After the discovery was made here who I was, Mr Boffin, still restless on the subject, told me, upon certain conditions impossible for such a hound as you to appreciate, the secret of that Dutch bottle. I urged upon him the necessity of its being dug up, and the paper being legally produced and established. The first thing you saw him do, and the second thing has been done without your knowledge. Consequently, the paper now rattling in your hand as I shake you—and I should like to shake the life out of you—is worth less than the rotten cork of the Dutch bottle, do you understand?’

Judging from the fallen countenance of Silas as his head wagged backwards and forwards in a most uncomfortable manner, he did understand.

‘Now, scoundrel,’ said John Harmon, taking another sailor-like turn on his cravat and holding him in his corner at arms’ length, ‘I shall make two more short speeches to you, because I hope they will torment you. Your discovery was a genuine discovery (such as it was), for nobody had thought of looking into that place. Neither did we know you had made it, until Venus spoke to Mr Boffin, though I kept you under good observation from my first appearance here, and though Sloppy has long made it the chief occupation and delight of his life, to attend you like your shadow. I tell you this, that you may know we knew enough of you to persuade Mr Boffin to let us lead you on, deluded, to the last possible moment, in order that your disappointment might be the heaviest possible disappointment. That’s the first short speech, do you understand?’

Here, John Harmon assisted his comprehension with another shake.

‘Now, scoundrel,’ he pursued, ‘I am going to finish. You supposed me just now, to be the possessor of my father’s property.—So I am. But through any act of my father’s, or by any right I have? No. Through the munificence of Mr Boffin. The conditions that he made with me, before parting with the secret of the Dutch bottle, were, that I should take the fortune, and that he should take his Mound and no more. I owe everything I possess, solely to the disinterestedness, uprightness, tenderness, goodness (there are no words to satisfy me) of Mr and Mrs Boffin. And when, knowing what I knew, I saw such a mud-worm as you presume to rise in this house against this noble soul, the wonder is,’ added John Harmon through his clenched teeth, and with a very ugly turn indeed on Wegg’s cravat, ‘that I didn’t try to twist your head off, and fling THAT out of window! So. That’s the last short speech, do you understand?’

Silas, released, put his hand to his throat, cleared it, and looked as if he had a rather large fishbone in that region. Simultaneously with this action on his part in his corner, a singular, and on the surface an incomprehensible, movement was made by Mr Sloppy: who began backing towards Mr Wegg along the wall, in the manner of a porter or heaver who is about to lift a sack of flour or coals.

‘I am sorry, Wegg,’ said Mr Boffin, in his clemency, ‘that my old lady and I can’t have a better opinion of you than the bad one we are forced to entertain. But I shouldn’t like to leave you, after all said and done, worse off in life than I found you. Therefore say in a word, before we part, what it’ll cost to set you up in another stall.’

‘And in another place,’ John Harmon struck in. ‘You don’t come outside these windows.’

‘Mr Boffin,’ returned Wegg in avaricious humiliation: ‘when I first had the honour of making your acquaintance, I had got together a collection of ballads which was, I may say, above price.’

‘Then they can’t be paid for,’ said John Harmon, ‘and you had better not try, my dear sir.’

“È il testamento di mio defunto padre, redatto in data più recente rispetto a quello presentato dal signor Boffin. A cui vi rivolgerete ancora, e vi distruggerò se lo farete. In esso, tutta la sua proprietà viene lasciata alla Corona”, disse John Harmon con un’indifferenza tale da essere compatibile con la sua estrema severità.

“Esatto!” esclamò Wegg. “Allora,” appoggiando tutto il peso del suo corpo sulla gamba di legno e inclinando molto la testa da un lato, stringendo anche un occhio: “allora vi faccio questa domanda: a quanto vale questo foglio di carta?”

“Niente,” disse John Harmon.

Wegg aveva ripetuto quella parola con un sorriso beffardo, pronto a replicare in modo sarcastico, quando, con sua immensa sorpresa, si trovò afferrato per la cravatta; scosso fino a far battere i denti; spinto indietro, barcollando, in un angolo della stanza; e lì tenuto fermo.

“Mascalzone!” disse John Harmon, il cui amore per il mare era simile a una vera e propria dipendenza.

“Stai facendomi sbattere la testa contro il muro,” disse Silas con voce debole.

“Intendo sbatterti la testa contro il muro,” rispose John Harmon, facendo seguire alle parole l’azione, con la massima buona volontà; “e darei mille sterline per avere il permesso di farti perdere i sensi. Ascolta, farabutto. Guarda quella bottiglia olandese.”

Sloppy lo tenne in alto, per il suo divertimento.

“Quella bottiglia olandese, mascalzone, conteneva l’ultimo testamento tra i tanti che mio padre, tormentato da se stesso, aveva redatto. Quel testamento assegna tutto, senza eccezioni, al mio nobile benefattore e a voi, signor Boffin, tranne me e mia sorella (che ormai era morta per il dolore), menzionandoci esplicitamente in termini offensivi. Quella bottiglia fu trovata dal mio nobile benefattore dopo che egli ereditò la proprietà. Lo angosciò profondamente, perché, sebbene io e mia sorella non fossimo più vivi, quel documento macchiava la nostra memoria, quando in realtà, nella nostra misera giovinezza, non avevamo fatto nulla per meritarlo. Perciò egli seppellì quella bottiglia nel tumulo che gli apparteneva, e lì rimase, mentre voi, miserabile ingrato, la cercavate e la toccavate, spesso molto vicino a essa, oserei dire. La sua intenzione era che quel documento non venisse mai alla luce; ma temeva di distruggerlo, perché farlo, anche per motivi così nobili, avrebbe potuto costituire un reato legale. Dopo che fu scoperto chi fossi, signor Boffin, ancora preoccupato per la questione, mi rivelò il segreto di quella bottiglia, a certe condizioni che uno spregevole come voi non avrebbe mai potuto comprendere. Insistetti affinché quel documento venisse ritrovato e presentato legalmente. La prima cosa che vedeste che fece fu proprio questo, mentre la seconda è stata compiuta senza che voi ne sapeste nulla. Quindi, quel foglio che ora avete in mano, vale meno del tappo marcio di quella bottiglia olandese, capite?”

A giudicare dall’espressione sconvolta di Silas, che scuoteva la testa avanti e indietro in modo molto innaturale, capiva davvero ciò che era accaduto.

“Ora, furfante,” disse John Harmon, sistemando di nuovo la cravatta a modo marinaresco e tenendolo a distanza con le braccia aperte, “ti farò ancora due brevi discorsi, perché spero che ti tormentino. La tua scoperta, beh, era davvero una scoperta, visto che nessuno aveva mai pensato di controllare quel posto. Nemmeno noi sapevamo che l’avessi fatta, fino a quando Venus non ne parlò al signor Boffin. Anche se ti tenevo sotto stretta osservazione fin dal mio arrivo qui, e anche se Sloppy ha sempre considerato il compito di seguirti come la principale occupazione della sua vita. Ti dico tutto questo perché tu sappia che sapevamo abbastanza su di te per convincere il signor Boffin a lasciarci portarti avanti, ingannandoti fino all’ultimo momento possibile, affinché la tua delusione fosse la più profonda possibile. Questo è il primo dei due brevi discorsi; capisci?”

Qui, John Harmon lo aiutò a capire ancora una volta con un altro scossone.

“Ora, furfante,” proseguì, “finirò con te. Poco fa pensavi che fossi il possessore della proprietà di mio padre. E infatti lo sono. Ma grazie a quale atto di mio padre, o a quale diritto legittimo? No. Grazie alla generosità del signor Boffin. Le condizioni che mi impostò prima di rivelarmi il segreto della bottiglia olandese erano queste: avrei preso tutta la fortuna, mentre lui avrebbe tenuto soltanto il suo ‘Mound’ e nient’altro. Tutto ciò che possiedo lo devo esclusivamente all’imparzialità, alla rettitudine, alla gentilezza, alla bontà (non esistono parole sufficienti per descriverle) del signor e della signora Boffin. E quando, sapendo ciò che sapevo, ho visto una creatura meschina come te osare alzarsi in questa casa contro un’anima nobile come quella del signor Boffin, la meraviglia è,” aggiunse John Harmon tra i denti stretti, torcendo con violenza il colletto di Wegg, “che non abbia cercato di strapparti la testa e gettarla fuori dalla finestra! Bene. Questo è stato l’ultimo dei miei discorsi, capisci?”

Silas, una volta liberato, si portò la mano alla gola, tossì e sembrava avere un osso di pesce piuttosto grande in quella zona. Nello stesso istante, nel suo angolo, il signor Sloppy fece un movimento singolare e, a prima vista, incomprensibile: iniziò ad allontanarsi dal signor Wegg lungo il muro, proprio come un portatore o un sollevatore che sta per alzare un sacco di farina o di carbone.

“Mi dispiace, Wegg,” disse il signor Boffin con gentilezza, “che io e mia moglie non possiamo avere di te un’opinione migliore di quella negativa che siamo costretti ad avere. Ma non vorrei lasciarti, dopo tutto ciò che è stato detto e fatto, in condizioni peggiori di quelle in cui ti ho trovato. Quindi, dimmi in poche parole, prima che ci separiamo, quanto costerebbe metterti su da solo con un altro banchetto.”

“E in un altro posto,” intervenne John Harmon. “Non si esce da queste finestre.”

“Signor Boffin,” rispose Wegg con un tono di avida umiliazione, “quando ebbi l’onore di conoscervi per la prima volta, avevo raccolto una serie di ballate che, posso dire, erano davvero inestimabili.”

“Allora non possono essere pagati,” disse John Harmon, “e sarebbe meglio che non ci provaste, mio caro signore.”

‘Pardon me, Mr Boffin,’ resumed Wegg, with a malignant glance in the last speaker’s direction, ‘I was putting the case to you, who, if my senses did not deceive me, put the case to me. I had a very choice collection of ballads, and there was a new stock of gingerbread in the tin box. I say no more, but would rather leave it to you.’

‘But it’s difficult to name what’s right,’ said Mr Boffin uneasily, with his hand in his pocket, ‘and I don’t want to go beyond what’s right, because you really have turned out such a very bad fellow. So artful, and so ungrateful you have been, Wegg; for when did I ever injure you?’

‘There was also,’ Mr Wegg went on, in a meditative manner, ‘a errand connection, in which I was much respected. But I would not wish to be deemed covetous, and I would rather leave it to you, Mr Boffin.’

‘Upon my word, I don’t know what to put it at,’ the Golden Dustman muttered.

‘There was likewise,’ resumed Wegg, ‘a pair of trestles, for which alone a Irish person, who was deemed a judge of trestles, offered five and six—a sum I would not hear of, for I should have lost by it—and there was a stool, a umbrella, a clothes-horse, and a tray. But I leave it to you, Mr Boffin.’

The Golden Dustman seeming to be engaged in some abstruse calculation, Mr Wegg assisted him with the following additional items.

‘There was, further, Miss Elizabeth, Master George, Aunt Jane, and Uncle Parker. Ah! When a man thinks of the loss of such patronage as that; when a man finds so fair a garden rooted up by pigs; he finds it hard indeed, without going high, to work it into money. But I leave it wholly to you, sir.’

Mr Sloppy still continued his singular, and on the surface his incomprehensible, movement.

‘Leading on has been mentioned,’ said Wegg with a melancholy air, ‘and it’s not easy to say how far the tone of my mind may have been lowered by unwholesome reading on the subject of Misers, when you was leading me and others on to think you one yourself, sir. All I can say is, that I felt my tone of mind a lowering at the time. And how can a man put a price upon his mind! There was likewise a hat just now. But I leave the ole to you, Mr Boffin.’

‘Come!’ said Mr Boffin. ‘Here’s a couple of pound.’

‘In justice to myself, I couldn’t take it, sir.’

The words were but out of his mouth when John Harmon lifted his finger, and Sloppy, who was now close to Wegg, backed to Wegg’s back, stooped, grasped his coat collar behind with both hands, and deftly swung him up like the sack of flour or coals before mentioned. A countenance of special discontent and amazement Mr Wegg exhibited in this position, with his buttons almost as prominently on view as Sloppy’s own, and with his wooden leg in a highly unaccommodating state. But, not for many seconds was his countenance visible in the room; for, Sloppy lightly trotted out with him and trotted down the staircase, Mr Venus attending to open the street door. Mr Sloppy’s instructions had been to deposit his burden in the road; but, a scavenger’s cart happening to stand unattended at the corner, with its little ladder planted against the wheel, Mr S. found it impossible to resist the temptation of shooting Mr Silas Wegg into the cart’s contents. A somewhat difficult feat, achieved with great dexterity, and with a prodigious splash.

“Perdonatemi, signor Boffin,” riprese Wegg, lanciando uno sguardo malvagio nella direzione dell’ultimo interlocutore, “stavo semplicemente esponendovi la situazione, visto che, se i miei sensi non mi ingannano, è stato proprio voi a esporla a me. Avevo una collezione molto selezionata di ballate, e nella scatola di latta c’era anche del nuovo pan di zenzero. Non dico altro, lascio che sia voi a decidere.”

“Ma è difficile definire cosa sia giusto,” disse il signor Boffin con inquietudine, tenendo la mano in tasca, “e non voglio andare oltre ciò che è giusto, perché tu davvero sei diventato una persona molto cattiva. Così astuto e così ingrato, Wegg; quando mai ti ho fatto del male?”

“C’era anche,” proseguì il signor Wegg in tono meditativo, “un incarico legato a questioni di interesse materiale, nel quale ero molto rispettato. Ma non vorrei essere considerato avido, quindi preferisco lasciarlo a voi, signor Boffin.”

“Per la mia parola, non so proprio come definirlo,” mormorò l’Uomo della Polvere d’Oro.

“C’erano inoltre,” proseguì Wegg, “due paia di gruoline; per queste, solo un irlandese, ritenuto un esperto in materia, offrì cinque o sei sterline. Una somma che io non avrei mai accettato, perché ci avrei perso sopra. C’era anche uno sgabello, un ombrello, una gruola per i vestiti e un vassoio. Ma lascio decidere a voi, signor Boffin.”

Il Golden Dustman, apparentemente impegnato in qualche calcolo complesso, fu assistito dal signor Wegg con gli elementi aggiuntivi necessari.

‘C’erano inoltre la signorina Elizabeth, il signor George, zia Jane e zio Parker. Ah! Quando un uomo pensa alla perdita di un tale sostegno; quando scopre che un giardino così bello è stato distrutto dai maiali. Gli sembra davvero difficile, senza grandi sforzi, trasformarlo in denaro. Ma lascio completamente la decisione a voi, signore.’

Il signor Sloppy continuava ancora con il suo comportamento strano e, a prima vista, incomprensibile.

“Si è già parlato di ‘continuare su questa strada’,” disse Wegg con un tono melancolico, “e non è facile dire fino a che punto il mio modo di pensare possa essere stato influenzato negativamente da letture poco salutari sull’argomento dei ‘miserabili’, soprattutto quando voi stesso, signore, mi avete fatto credere e far credere ad altri che foste uno di loro. Tutto quello che posso dire è che ho effettivamente percepito un peggioramento del mio modo di pensare in quel periodo. E come può un uomo dare un prezzo al proprio modo di pensare. C’era anche un cappello, poco fa. Ma lascio questa questione a voi, signor Boffin.”

“Ma che cosa!” esclamò il signor Boffin. “Ecco qui qualche sterlina.”

“Per essere onesto con me stesso, non potevo sopportarlo, signore.”

Non aveva ancora finito di parlare che John Harmon alzò un dito; Sloppy, che ormai si trovava vicino a Wegg, indietreggiò fino ad appoggiarsi alle sue spalle, si chinò, afferrò con entrambe le mani il colletto del suo cappotto e lo sollevò con destrezza, come quel sacco di farina o di carbone di cui avevamo parlato prima. Il signor Wegg mostrò un’espressione di profondo disappunto e sorpresa in quella posizione: i suoi bottoni erano ora ben visibili, proprio come quelli di Sloppy, e la sua gamba di legno si trovava in una condizione piuttosto scomoda. Ma la sua espressione non rimase visibile nella stanza per molto tempo. Sloppy lo portò via rapidamente giù per le scale, mentre il signor Venus si occupava di aprire la porta d’ingresso. Le istruzioni di Sloppy erano di depositare il “suo carico” in strada; tuttavia, poiché c’era un carretto dei rifiuti abbandonato all’angolo, con una piccola scala appoggiata al ruote, a Mr Sloppy non fu difficile, resistere alla “tentazione” di gettare il signor Wegg all’interno del carretto. Fu un’impresa piuttosto complicata, ma riuscita con grande abilità, e accompagnata da un notevole schizzo d’acqua.

Chapter 15

WHAT WAS CAUGHT IN THE TRAPS THAT WERE SET

How Bradley Headstone had been racked and riven in his mind since the quiet evening when by the river-side he had risen, as it were, out of the ashes of the Bargeman, none but he could have told. Not even he could have told, for such misery can only be felt.

First, he had to bear the combined weight of the knowledge of what he had done, of that haunting reproach that he might have done it so much better, and of the dread of discovery. This was load enough to crush him, and he laboured under it day and night. It was as heavy on him in his scanty sleep, as in his red-eyed waking hours. It bore him down with a dread unchanging monotony, in which there was not a moment’s variety. The overweighted beast of burden, or the overweighted slave, can for certain instants shift the physical load, and find some slight respite even in enforcing additional pain upon such a set of muscles or such a limb. Not even that poor mockery of relief could the wretched man obtain, under the steady pressure of the infernal atmosphere into which he had entered.

Time went by, and no visible suspicion dogged him; time went by, and in such public accounts of the attack as were renewed at intervals, he began to see Mr Lightwood (who acted as lawyer for the injured man) straying further from the fact, going wider of the issue, and evidently slackening in his zeal. By degrees, a glimmering of the cause of this began to break on Bradley’s sight. Then came the chance meeting with Mr Milvey at the railway station (where he often lingered in his leisure hours, as a place where any fresh news of his deed would be circulated, or any placard referring to it would be posted), and then he saw in the light what he had brought about.

For, then he saw that through his desperate attempt to separate those two for ever, he had been made the means of uniting them. That he had dipped his hands in blood, to mark himself a miserable fool and tool. That Eugene Wrayburn, for his wife’s sake, set him aside and left him to crawl along his blasted course. He thought of Fate, or Providence, or be the directing Power what it might, as having put a fraud upon him—overreached him—and in his impotent mad rage bit, and tore, and had his fit.

New assurance of the truth came upon him in the next few following days, when it was put forth how the wounded man had been married on his bed, and to whom, and how, though always in a dangerous condition, he was a shade better. Bradley would far rather have been seized for his murder, than he would have read that passage, knowing himself spared, and knowing why.

But, not to be still further defrauded and overreached—which he would be, if implicated by Riderhood, and punished by the law for his abject failure, as though it had been a success—he kept close in his school during the day, ventured out warily at night, and went no more to the railway station. He examined the advertisements in the newspapers for any sign that Riderhood acted on his hinted threat of so summoning him to renew their acquaintance, but found none. Having paid him handsomely for the support and accommodation he had had at the Lock House, and knowing him to be a very ignorant man who could not write, he began to doubt whether he was to be feared at all, or whether they need ever meet again.

All this time, his mind was never off the rack, and his raging sense of having been made to fling himself across the chasm which divided those two, and bridge it over for their coming together, never cooled down. This horrible condition brought on other fits. He could not have said how many, or when; but he saw in the faces of his pupils that they had seen him in that state, and that they were possessed by a dread of his relapsing.

One winter day when a slight fall of snow was feathering the sills and frames of the schoolroom windows, he stood at his black board, crayon in hand, about to commence with a class; when, reading in the countenances of those boys that there was something wrong, and that they seemed in alarm for him, he turned his eyes to the door towards which they faced. He then saw a slouching man of forbidding appearance standing in the midst of the school, with a bundle under his arm; and saw that it was Riderhood.

He sat down on a stool which one of his boys put for him, and he had a passing knowledge that he was in danger of falling, and that his face was becoming distorted. But, the fit went off for that time, and he wiped his mouth, and stood up again.

‘Beg your pardon, governor! By your leave!’ said Riderhood, knuckling his forehead, with a chuckle and a leer. ‘What place may this be?’

‘This is a school.’

‘Where young folks learns wot’s right?’ said Riderhood, gravely nodding. ‘Beg your pardon, governor! By your leave! But who teaches this school?’

‘I do.’

‘You’re the master, are you, learned governor?’

‘Yes. I am the master.’

‘And a lovely thing it must be,’ said Riderhood, ‘fur to learn young folks wot’s right, and fur to know wot THEY know wot you do it. Beg your pardon, learned governor! By your leave!—That there black board; wot’s it for?’

‘It is for drawing on, or writing on.’

‘Is it though!’ said Riderhood. ‘Who’d have thought it, from the looks on it! WOULD you be so kind as write your name upon it, learned governor?’ (In a wheedling tone.)

Bradley hesitated for a moment; but placed his usual signature, enlarged, upon the board.

‘I ain’t a learned character myself,’ said Riderhood, surveying the class, ‘but I do admire learning in others. I should dearly like to hear these here young folks read that there name off, from the writing.’

The arms of the class went up. At the miserable master’s nod, the shrill chorus arose: ‘Bradley Headstone!’

‘No?’ cried Riderhood. ‘You don’t mean it? Headstone! Why, that’s in a churchyard. Hooroar for another turn!’

Capitolo 15

Cosa fu catturato nelle trappole predisposte

In che modo Bradley Headstone fosse tormentato e distrutto nella sua mente da quella tranquilla serata in cui, sulle rive del fiume, era sorto, per così dire, dalle ceneri di “Bargeman”, solo lui avrebbe potuto dirlo. Nemmeno lui stesso avrebbe potuto spiegarlo, perché un tale dolore può essere compreso soltanto chi lo ha provato.

Prima di tutto, doveva sopportare il peso combinato della consapevolezza di ciò che aveva fatto, di quella persistente rimprovera per aver potuto farlo molto meglio, e della paura di essere scoperto. Questo carico era sufficiente a schiacciarlo, e soffriva sotto di esso giorno e notte. Era altrettanto opprimente durante i suoi brevi )sogni quanto nelle ore in cui era sveglio, con gli occhi arrossati. Lo schiacciava con una monotonia terribile e immutabile, priva di alcuna variazione. Anche il più pesante animale da soma o lo schiavo sovraccarico possono, per brevi istanti, spostare quel carico fisico e trovare un lieve sollievo, anche se ciò comporta ulteriore dolore per i muscoli o gli arti coinvolti. Ma nemmeno quella misera forma di conforto era possibile per quell’uomo sventurato, sotto la pressione costante di quell’atmosfera infernale in cui si trovava intrappolato.

Il tempo passava, e nessun sospetto evidente lo perseguitava; il tempo continuava a scorrere, e nelle descrizioni pubbliche dell’attacco che venivano ripetute di tanto in tanto, lui cominciò a notare che il signor Lightwood (che agiva come avvocato dell’uomo ferito) si allontanava sempre di più dalla verità, deviando dal tema principale e, chiaramente, perdendo entusiasmo nel suo impegno. Gradualmente, a Bradley iniziarono ad apparire alcuni indizi sulla causa di tutto ciò. Poi arrivò l’incontro casuale con il signor Milvey alla stazione ferroviaria (dove spesso trascorreva i suoi momenti liberi, convinto che fosse quel luogo dove avrebbero potuto circolare nuove notizie riguardo al suo atto, o essere affissati manifesti in merito ad esso), e fu allora che comprese pienamente ciò che aveva causato.

Perché allora capì che, con il suo disperato tentativo di separare per sempre quelle due persone, era diventato lui stesso lo strumento che le univa. Che aveva immerso le proprie mani nel sangue, segnandosi così come un miserabile idiota e uno strumento nelle mani altrui. Che >Eugene Wrayburn, per amore di sua moglie, lo aveva abbandonato, lasciandolo a percorrere la propria tragica strada da solo. Pensò che il Destino, o la Provvidenza, qualunque fosse la forza che guidava tutto ciò, gli aveva giocato un brutto scherzo. Lo aveva ingannato e, nella sua impotente rabbia, iniziò a mordere, strappare e sfogarsi in modo disperato.

Una nuova conferma della verità gli giunse nei giorni successivi, quando si venne a sapere come l’uomo ferito fosse stato sposato nel suo letto, con chi e in che modo; nonostante la sua condizione sempre pericolosa, le sue condizioni miglioravano leggermente. Bradley avrebbe preferito di gran lunga essere accusato del crimine piuttosto che leggere quel passaggio, sapendo di essere stato risparmiato, e conoscendo il motivo.

Ma, per non essere ancora una volta truffato e sfruttato – cosa che sarebbe accaduta se Riderhood lo avesse coinvolto in qualche affare illegale, facendolo così punire dalla legge per il suo totale fallimento, come se si fosse trattato di un successo – durante il giorno rimaneva sempre a scuola, usciva solo con cautela di notte e non andava più alla stazione ferroviaria. Esaminava attentamente gli annunci sui giornali per scoprire eventuali segni che Riderhood avesse messo in atto la sua minaccia di richiamarlo per rinnovare il loro rapporto, ma non ne trovò alcuno. Dopo averlo pagato generosamente per il sostegno e l’alloggio che gli aveva fornito nella casa del Lock House, e sapendo che si trattava di una persona molto ignorante e analfabeta, iniziò a >dubitare se fosse davvero qualcuno da temere, o se avessero mai bisogno di incontrarsi di nuovo.

In tutto questo tempo, la sua mente non ebbe mai un attimo di riposo; il suo furioso desiderio di superare il baratro che separava quelle due persone e di creare un ponte per permetterne il ricongiungimento non si placò mai. Questo terribile stato causò altri episodi simili. Non avrebbe potuto dire quanti né quando, ma vedeva negli sguardi dei suoi studenti che essi lo avevano visto in quella condizione e che provavano un profondo timore che potesse ricadere nuovamente in quelle crisi.

Un giorno d’inverno, quando una leggera nevicata stava coprendo i davanzali e le cornici delle finestre dell’aula scolastica, lui si trovava davanti alla lavagna, con la matita in mano, pronto ad iniziare la lezione; ma notando l’espressione preoccupata sui volti dei ragazzi, capì che qualcosa non andava. Girò lo sguardo verso la porta verso cui erano rivolti. E vide un uomo dall’aspetto minaccioso, con un fagotto sotto il braccio, fermo al centro dell’aula: era Riderhood.

Si sedette su uno sgabello che uno dei suoi ragazzi gli aveva preparato; ebbe la vaga consapevolezza di essere in pericolo di cadere e che il suo viso stava assumendo una forma distorta. Ma, per quel momento, l’attacco passò; si asciugò la bocca e si alzò di nuovo.

“Perdonatemi, governatore! Con il vostro permesso, ”, disse Riderhood, inchinandosi e sorridendo maliziosamente. “In quale luogo ci troviamo?”

“Questa è una scuola.”

“Dove i giovani imparano ciò che è giusto?”, disse Riderhood, annuendo seriamente.
“Perdonatemi, governatore. Ma chi dirige questa scuola?”

‘I do.’

“Sei tu il padrone, vero, illustre governatore?”

“Sì. Io sono il padrone.”

“E deve essere davvero una cosa meravigliosa,” disse Riderhood, “imparare ai giovani ciò che è giusto, e capire cosa sappiano loro riguardo a ciò che si fa. Perdonatemi, rispettabile governatore! Con il vostro permesso. Quella lavagna nera: a cosa serve?”

“È per disegnare su di esso o scrivere sopra.”

“Ma davvero!” disse Riderhood. “Chi l’avrebbe mai pensato, a giudicare dall’aspetto. Le dispiacerebbe scrivere il suo nome sopra, onorevole governatore?” (con un tono supplichevole.)

Bradley esitò per un momento; ma poi scrisse la sua solita firma, ingrandita, sulla lavagna.

“Non sono certo una persona molto istruita,” disse Riderhood, guardando l’aula, “ma ammiro davvero la curiosità intellettuale negli altri. Mi piacerebbe molto ascoltare questi giovani leggere quel nome ad alta voce, da quanto è scritto.”

Le braccia della classe si alzarono. Al cenno del misero insegnante, risuonò il stridulo coro: “‘Bradley Headstone’!”

“Non è vero?” gridò Riderhood. “Non lo dici sul serio? Una lapide. Ma quella si trova in un cimitero! Evviva, un’altra svolta!”

Another tossing of arms, another nod, and another shrill chorus:

Bradley Headstone!’

‘I’ve got it now!’ said Riderhood, after attentively listening, and internally repeating: ‘Bradley. I see. Chris’en name, Bradley sim’lar to Roger which is my own. Eh? Fam’ly name, Headstone, sim’lar to Riderhood which is my own. Eh?’

Shrill chorus. ‘Yes!’

‘Might you be acquainted, learned governor,’ said Riderhood, ‘with a person of about your own heighth and breadth, and wot ’ud pull down in a scale about your own weight, answering to a name sounding summat like Totherest?’

With a desperation in him that made him perfectly quiet, though his jaw was heavily squared; with his eyes upon Riderhood; and with traces of quickened breathing in his nostrils; the schoolmaster replied, in a suppressed voice, after a pause: ‘I think I know the man you mean.’

‘I thought you knowed the man I mean, learned governor. I want the man.’

With a half glance around him at his pupils, Bradley returned:

‘Do you suppose he is here?’

‘Begging your pardon, learned governor, and by your leave,’ said Riderhood, with a laugh, ‘how could I suppose he’s here, when there’s nobody here but you, and me, and these young lambs wot you’re a learning on? But he is most excellent company, that man, and I want him to come and see me at my Lock, up the river.’

‘I’ll tell him so.’

‘D’ye think he’ll come?’ asked Riderhood.

‘I am sure he will.’

‘Having got your word for him,’ said Riderhood, ‘I shall count upon him. P’raps you’d so fur obleege me, learned governor, as tell him that if he don’t come precious soon, I’ll look him up.’

‘He shall know it.’

‘Thankee. As I says a while ago,’ pursued Riderhood, changing his hoarse tone and leering round upon the class again, ‘though not a learned character my own self, I do admire learning in others, to be sure! Being here and having met with your kind attention, Master, might I, afore I go, ask a question of these here young lambs of yourn?’

‘If it is in the way of school,’ said Bradley, always sustaining his dark look at the other, and speaking in his suppressed voice, ‘you may.’

‘Oh! It’s in the way of school!’ cried Riderhood. ‘I’ll pound it, Master, to be in the way of school. Wot’s the diwisions of water, my lambs? Wot sorts of water is there on the land?’

Shrill chorus: ‘Seas, rivers, lakes, and ponds.’

‘Seas, rivers, lakes, and ponds,’ said Riderhood. ‘They’ve got all the lot, Master! Blowed if I shouldn’t have left out lakes, never having clapped eyes upon one, to my knowledge. Seas, rivers, lakes, and ponds. Wot is it, lambs, as they ketches in seas, rivers, lakes, and ponds?’

Shrill chorus (with some contempt for the ease of the question):

‘Fish!’

‘Good a-gin!’ said Riderhood. ‘But wot else is it, my lambs, as they sometimes ketches in rivers?’

Chorus at a loss. One shrill voice: ‘Weed!’

‘Good agin!’ cried Riderhood. ‘But it ain’t weed neither. You’ll never guess, my dears. Wot is it, besides fish, as they sometimes ketches in rivers? Well! I’ll tell you. It’s suits o’ clothes.’

Bradley’s face changed.

‘Leastways, lambs,’ said Riderhood, observing him out of the corners of his eyes, ‘that’s wot I my own self sometimes ketches in rivers. For strike me blind, my lambs, if I didn’t ketch in a river the wery bundle under my arm!’

The class looked at the master, as if appealing from the irregular entrapment of this mode of examination. The master looked at the examiner, as if he would have torn him to pieces.

‘I ask your pardon, learned governor,’ said Riderhood, smearing his sleeve across his mouth as he laughed with a relish, ‘tain’t fair to the lambs, I know. It wos a bit of fun of mine. But upon my soul I drawed this here bundle out of a river! It’s a Bargeman’s suit of clothes. You see, it had been sunk there by the man as wore it, and I got it up.’

‘How do you know it was sunk by the man who wore it?’ asked Bradley.

‘Cause I see him do it,’ said Riderhood.

They looked at each other. Bradley, slowly withdrawing his eyes, turned his face to the black board and slowly wiped his name out.

‘A heap of thanks, Master,’ said Riderhood, ‘for bestowing so much of your time, and of the lambses’ time, upon a man as hasn’t got no other recommendation to you than being a honest man. Wishing to see at my Lock up the river, the person as we’ve spoke of, and as you’ve answered for, I takes my leave of the lambs and of their learned governor both.’

With those words, he slouched out of the school, leaving the master to get through his weary work as he might, and leaving the whispering pupils to observe the master’s face until he fell into the fit which had been long impending.

The next day but one was Saturday, and a holiday. Bradley rose early, and set out on foot for Plashwater Weir Mill Lock. He rose so early that it was not yet light when he began his journey. Before extinguishing the candle by which he had dressed himself, he made a little parcel of his decent silver watch and its decent guard, and wrote inside the paper: ‘Kindly take care of these for me.’ He then addressed the parcel to Miss Peecher, and left it on the most protected corner of the little seat in her little porch.

It was a cold hard easterly morning when he latched the garden gate and turned away. The light snowfall which had feathered his schoolroom windows on the Thursday, still lingered in the air, and was falling white, while the wind blew black. The tardy day did not appear until he had been on foot two hours, and had traversed a greater part of London from east to west. Such breakfast as he had, he took at the comfortless public-house where he had parted from Riderhood on the occasion of their night-walk. He took it, standing at the littered bar, and looked loweringly at a man who stood where Riderhood had stood that early morning.

Altre geste con le braccia, altri cenni del capo, e ancora quel grido acuto del coro:

Bradley Headstone!’

“Ora ho capito!” disse Riderhood dopo aver ascoltato attentamente, ripetendosi mentalmente: “Bradley. Il nome Chrisen. Bradley è simile a Roger, che è il mio stesso nome. Eh? Un cognome familiare. Headstone. Simile a Riderhood, che è anche il mio cognome. Eh?”

Un acuto coro. “Sì!”

“Potreste conoscere, onorevole governatore,” disse Riderhood, “una persona più o meno alta e larga quanto voi, che pesi all’incirca quanto voi, il cui nome suona qualcosa come ‘Totherest’?”

Con una disperazione tale da renderlo completamente silenzioso, sebbene la mascella fosse stretta con forza; con lo sguardo fisso su Riderhood e segni di respirazione accelerata nelle narici, l’insegnante rispose, con voce soffocata, dopo una pausa: “Credo di conoscere l’uomo che intendi.”

“Pensavo che conoscesse quell’uomo di cui parlo, illustre governatore. Voglio quel uomo.”

Con uno sguardo veloce ai suoi studenti, Bradley rispose:

“Pensi che sia qui?”

“Perdonatemi, onorevole governatore, e con il vostro permesso, ”, disse Riderhood ridendo, “come avrei potuto pensare che fosse qui, visto che non c’è nessuno tranne voi, me e questi giovani agnelli su cui state insegnando? Ma quell’uomo è davvero una compagnia eccellente; vorrei che venisse a trovarmi al mio mulino, sulle rive del fiume.”

“Glielo dirò senz’altro.”

“Pensi che verrà?” chiese Riderhood.

“Sono sicuro che lo farà.”

“Avendo avuto la sua parola in merito,” disse Riderhood, “mi fiderò di lui. Forse potreste avere la gentilezza, onorato governatore, di dirgli che se non arriva presto, andrò a cercarlo io stesso.”

“Lo scoprirà.”

“Grazie. Come ho detto poco fa,” continuò Riderhood, cambiando il suo tono rauco e guardando di nuovo intorno alla classe, “anche se non sono una persona molto istruita, ammiro certamente la cultura negli altri! Essendo qui e avendo ricevuto la vostra attenzione, Maestro, potrei, prima di andarmene, porre una domanda a questi giovani, vostri discepoli?”

“Se questo ostacola gli studi,” disse Bradley, mantenendo sempre quell’espressione cupa e parlando con voce sommessa, “allora puoi farlo.”

“Oh! Intralcia il passaggio per la scuola!” gridò Riderhood. “Lo distruggerò, padrone. Non può certo ostacolare il cammino verso la scuola. Quali sono le proprietà dell’acqua, mie pecore? Che tipi di acqua si trovano sulla terra?”

Acuto coro: “Mare, fiumi, laghi e stagni.”

“Mare, fiumi, laghi e stagni,” disse Riderhood. “Ce n’è davvero di tutto, Maestro! Che stupido da parte mia non aver menzionato i laghi. Non ne ho mai visto nemmeno uno, per quanto ne so. Mare, fiumi, laghi e stagni. Cosa ne dite, agnellini? Si catturano forse nei mari, nei fiumi, nei laghi e negli stagni?”

Un acuto coro (con un certo disprezzo per la facilità della domanda):

“Pesce!”

“Buon agnello!” disse Riderhood. “Ma cos’altro può essere, mie pecorelle, visto che a volte vengono catturate nei fiumi?”

Il Coro era perso. Una voce stridula gridò: “Erba!”

“Buona fortuna ancora!” esclamò Riderhood. “Ma non è nemmeno erba. Non riuscirete mai a indovinare, cari miei. Cosa è, oltre ai pesci che a volte si pescano nei fiumi? Bene, ve lo dirò: sono abiti.”

Il viso di Bradley cambiò espressione.

“Almeno i agnelli,” disse Riderhood, osservandolo con la coda dell’occhio, “sono proprio quelli che a volte io stesso riesco a pescare nei fiumi. Per Dio, se non avessi pescato quel maledetto fagotto sotto il braccio in un fiume, giuro che non so cosa farei!”

La classe guardava il docente, come se chiedesse pietà per questa forma irregolare di esame. Il docente, a sua volta, guardava l’esaminatore, come se volesse strapparlo in pezzi.

“Chiedo scusa, onorevole governatore,” disse Riderhood, pulendosi la bocca con il polsino mentre rideva con gusto, “so che non è giusto nei confronti delle agnelle. È stato solo uno scherzo da parte mia. Ma giuro sulla mia ‘anima che ho tirato fuori questo mucchio dall’fiume! Si tratta di un abito da mercante. L’uomo l’aveva gettato lì mentre lo indossava, e io l’ho recuperato.”

“Come fai a sapere che sia stato affondato dall’uomo che lo indossava?” chiese Bradley.

“Perché lo vedo farlo,” disse Riderhood.

Si guardarono l’un l’altro. Bradley, lentamente distogliendo lo sguardo, girò il viso verso la lavagna e cancellò lentamente il proprio nome.

“Un mucchio di ringraziamenti, Maestro,” disse Riderhood, “per aver dedicato così tanto del vostro tempo, e anche del tempo delle pecorelle, a un uomo che non ha altra raccomandazione da farvi se non quella di essere una persona onesta. Desiderando vedere nella mia prigione il fiume di cui abbiamo parlato, e la persona per cui avete garantito, mi congedo sia dalle pecorelle che dal loro sapiente governante.”

Con quelle parole, se ne andò lentamente dalla scuola, lasciando l’insegnante a proseguire nel suo lavoro faticoso come meglio poteva, e lasciando gli studenti che sussurravano ad osservare il suo volto fino a quando non ebbe un attacco che da tempo si profilava.

Il giorno dopo, che era sabato e quindi festa, Bradley si alzò presto e partì a piedi per Plashwater Weir Mill Lock. Si alzò così presto che non era ancora giorno quando iniziò il suo viaggio. Prima di spegnere la candela con cui si era vestito, fece un piccolo pacchetto con il proprio orologio d’argento e il relativo cinturino, e scrisse all’interno del foglio: “Per favore, prendetevi cura di questi per me”. Poi indirizzò il pacchetto a Miss Peecher e lo lasciò nell’angolo più protetto del piccolo sedile nel suo portico.

Era una fredda e gelida mattina di primavera quando chiuse il cancello del giardino e se ne andò. La leggera nevicata che aveva coperto le finestre della sua aula il giovedì persisteva ancora nell’aria, cadendo come fiocchi bianchi, mentre il vento soffiava forte. Il giorno sembrava non voler iniziare fino a quando non ebbe camminato per due ore, attraversando gran parte di Londra da est a ovest. Quel semplice pasto mattutino lo consumò in un ostello pubblico e scomodo, proprio là dove aveva lasciato Riderhood durante la loro passeggiata notturna. Lo mangiò in piedi al bancone, guardando con disprezzo l’uomo che si trovava nel posto dove era stato Riderhood quella mattina.

He outwalked the short day, and was on the towing-path by the river, somewhat footsore, when the night closed in. Still two or three miles short of the Lock, he slackened his pace then, but went steadily on. The ground was now covered with snow, though thinly, and there were floating lumps of ice in the more exposed parts of the river, and broken sheets of ice under the shelter of the banks. He took heed of nothing but the ice, the snow, and the distance, until he saw a light ahead, which he knew gleamed from the Lock House window. It arrested his steps, and he looked all around. The ice, and the snow, and he, and the one light, had absolute possession of the dreary scene. In the distance before him, lay the place where he had struck the worse than useless blows that mocked him with Lizzie’s presence there as Eugene’s wife. In the distance behind him, lay the place where the children with pointing arms had seemed to devote him to the demons in crying out his name. Within there, where the light was, was the man who as to both distances could give him up to ruin. To these limits had his world shrunk.

He mended his pace, keeping his eyes upon the light with a strange intensity, as if he were taking aim at it. When he approached it so nearly as that it parted into rays, they seemed to fasten themselves to him and draw him on. When he struck the door with his hand, his foot followed so quickly on his hand, that he was in the room before he was bidden to enter.

The light was the joint product of a fire and a candle. Between the two, with his feet on the iron fender, sat Riderhood, pipe in mouth.

He looked up with a surly nod when his visitor came in. His visitor looked down with a surly nod. His outer clothing removed, the visitor then took a seat on the opposite side of the fire.

‘Not a smoker, I think?’ said Riderhood, pushing a bottle to him across the table.

‘No.’

They both lapsed into silence, with their eyes upon the fire.

‘You don’t need to be told I am here,’ said Bradley at length. ‘Who is to begin?’

‘I’ll begin,’ said Riderhood, ‘when I’ve smoked this here pipe out.’

He finished it with great deliberation, knocked out the ashes on the hob, and put it by.

‘I’ll begin,’ he then repeated, ‘Bradley Headstone, Master, if you wish it.’

‘Wish it? I wish to know what you want with me.’

‘And so you shall.’ Riderhood had looked hard at his hands and his pockets, apparently as a precautionary measure lest he should have any weapon about him. But, he now leaned forward, turning the collar of his waistcoat with an inquisitive finger, and asked, ‘Why, where’s your watch?’

‘I have left it behind.’

‘I want it. But it can be fetched. I’ve took a fancy to it.’

Bradley answered with a contemptuous laugh.

‘I want it,’ repeated Riderhood, in a louder voice, ‘and I mean to have it.’

‘That is what you want of me, is it?’

‘No,’ said Riderhood, still louder; ‘it’s on’y part of what I want of you. I want money of you.’

‘Anything else?’

‘Everythink else!’ roared Riderhood, in a very loud and furious way. ‘Answer me like that, and I won’t talk to you at all.’

Bradley looked at him.

‘Don’t so much as look at me like that, or I won’t talk to you at all,’ vociferated Riderhood. ‘But, instead of talking, I’ll bring my hand down upon you with all its weight,’ heavily smiting the table with great force, ‘and smash you!’

‘Go on,’ said Bradley, after moistening his lips.

‘O! I’m a going on. Don’t you fear but I’ll go on full-fast enough for you, and fur enough for you, without your telling. Look here, Bradley Headstone, Master. You might have split the T’other governor to chips and wedges, without my caring, except that I might have come upon you for a glass or so now and then. Else why have to do with you at all? But when you copied my clothes, and when you copied my neckhankercher, and when you shook blood upon me after you had done the trick, you did wot I’ll be paid for and paid heavy for. If it come to be throw’d upon you, you was to be ready to throw it upon me, was you? Where else but in Plashwater Weir Mill Lock was there a man dressed according as described? Where else but in Plashwater Weir Mill Lock was there a man as had had words with him coming through in his boat? Look at the Lock-keeper in Plashwater Weir Mill Lock, in them same answering clothes and with that same answering red neckhankercher, and see whether his clothes happens to be bloody or not. Yes, they do happen to be bloody. Ah, you sly devil!’

Bradley, very white, sat looking at him in silence.

‘But two could play at your game,’ said Riderhood, snapping his fingers at him half a dozen times, ‘and I played it long ago; long afore you tried your clumsy hand at it; in days when you hadn’t begun croaking your lecters or what not in your school. I know to a figure how you done it. Where you stole away, I could steal away arter you, and do it knowinger than you. I know how you come away from London in your own clothes, and where you changed your clothes, and hid your clothes. I see you with my own eyes take your own clothes from their hiding-place among them felled trees, and take a dip in the river to account for your dressing yourself, to any one as might come by. I see you rise up Bradley Headstone, Master, where you sat down Bargeman. I see you pitch your Bargeman’s bundle into the river. I hooked your Bargeman’s bundle out of the river. I’ve got your Bargeman’s clothes, tore this way and that way with the scuffle, stained green with the grass, and spattered all over with what bust from the blows. I’ve got them, and I’ve got you. I don’t care a curse for the T’other governor, alive or dead, but I care a many curses for my own self. And as you laid your plots agin me and was a sly devil agin me, I’ll be paid for it—I’ll be paid for it—I’ll be paid for it—till I’ve drained you dry!’

Camminò per tutta la giornata breve e, verso sera, raggiunse il sentiero lungo il fiume; aveva i piedi un po’ doloranti quando calò la notte. Mancavano ancora due o tre miglia per arrivare al mulino a vapore; allora rallentò il passo, ma continuò ad andare avanti con costanza. Il terreno era ormai coperto da una sottile pellicola di neve, e nelle parti più esposte del fiume galleggiavano blocchi di ghiaccio, mentre sotto i ripari delle rive si trovavano lastre di ghiaccio spezzate. Non prestava attenzione a nulla se non al ghiaccio, alla neve e alla distanza che lo separava dal suo obiettivo. Fino a quando non vide una luce davanti a sé: sapeva che proveniva dalla finestra della casa del mulino a vapore. Quella luce lo fece fermare; guardò intorno. Il ghiaccio, la neve, lui stesso e quella singola luce costituivano tutto ciò che c’era in quell’ambiente desolato. Lontano davanti a lui si trovava il luogo dove aveva inflitto colpi inutili, colpi che sembravano deriderlo, soprattutto perché Lizzie era lì, come moglie di Eugene. Lontano dietro di lui c’era il luogo dove quei bambini, con le mani puntate verso di lui, sembravano inviarlo tra i demoni, gridando il suo nome. Là, dove si trovava quella luce, c’era l’uomo che, in entrambi quei luoghi, avrebbe potuto distruggerlo. Fino a quel punto si era ridotto il suo mondo.

Aumentò il passo, tenendo lo sguardo fisso sulla luce con una strana intensità, come se stesse prendendola di mira. Quando si avvicinò così tanto da farla diventare un insieme di raggi, questi sembrarono attaccarsi a lui e trascinarlo verso di sé. Quando bussò alla porta con la mano, il piede lo seguì immediatamente; entrò nella stanza prima ancora che gli venisse permesso di farlo.

La luce era il prodotto congiunto di un fuoco e di una candela. Tra i due, con i piedi appoggiati alla ringhiera di ferro, sedeva Riderhood, con la pipa in bocca.

Alzò lo sguardo e annuì con aria scocciata quando il suo visitatore entrò. Anche il visitatore guardò verso di lui e annuì allo stesso modo. Dopo essersi tolto i vestiti esterni, il visitatore si sedette dall’altra parte del focolare.

“Non fumo, giusto?”, disse Riderhood, spingendogli una bottiglia attraverso il tavolo.

‘No.’

Entrambi piombarono nel silenzio, con lo sguardo fisso sul fuoco.

“Non c’è bisogno che vi dica che sono qui,” disse finalmente Bradley. “Chi inizia per primo?”

“Comincerò,” disse Riderhood, “non appena avrò finito di fumare questa pipa.”

Lo finì con grande attenzione, spazzò via le ceneri sul fornello e lo mise da parte.

“Comincerò,” ripeté poi, “Bradley Headstone, Maestro, se lo desiderate.”

“Lo desideri davvero? Vorrei sapere cosa vuoi da me.”

“E così sarà.” Riderhood aveva esaminato attentamente le sue mani e le tasche, evidentemente come misura precauzionale nel caso avesse avuto con sé qualche arma. Ma ora si sporse in avanti, girò il colletto della sua giacca con un dito curioso e chiese: “Ma dove è la tua orologio?”

“L’ho lasciato indietro.”

“Me lo voglio. Ma può essere preso. Mi è piaciuto molto.”

Bradley rispose con una risata sprezzante.

“Lo voglio,” ripeté Riderhood a voce più alta, “e intendo assolutamente ottenerlo.”

“È questo che vuoi da me, vero?”

“No,” disse Riderhood, ancora più ad alta voce; “è solo una parte di ciò che voglio da te. Voglio i tuoi soldi.”

“Altro qualcosa?”

“Tutto il resto!” gridò Riderhood, in modo molto forte e furioso. “Se mi rispondi così, non parlerò più con te.”

Bradley lo guardò.

“Non osare nemmeno guardarmi in quel modo, altrimenti non parlerò affatto con te,” gridò Riderhood. “Ma invece di parlare, poserò la mia mano su di te con tutta la sua forza, e ti schiaccerò!” E colpì il tavolo con tale violenza che il suono rimbombò nella stanza.

“Vai avanti,” disse Bradley, dopo essersi inumidito le labbra.

‘Oh! Continuerò. Non temere: continuerò abbastanza velocemente e con sufficiente intensità per te, senza che tu debba nemmeno dirlo. Guarda qui, Bradley Headstone. Avresti potuto ridurre in pezzi quel governatore senza che mi importasse nulla. A meno che non avessi voluto ogni tanto bere un bicchiere insieme a me. Altrimenti, perché mai dovrei avere a che fare con te? Ma quando hai copiato i miei vestiti, quando hai copiato il mio fazzoletto da collo, e quando hai versato del sangue su di me dopo aver compiuto quel misfatto, beh, per questo dovrai pagare caro. E se dovesse toccarti a te subire le conseguenze, dovresti essere pronto a farle ricadere anche su di me, vero? Dove altro, se non nel mulino di Plashwater Weir Mill Lock, potrebbe esserci un uomo vestito esattamente come descritto? E dove altro, se non lì, potrebbe esserci un uomo con cui lui aveva avuto degli scontri. Guarda il custode del mulino: indossa gli stessi vestiti e ha lo stesso fazzoletto da collo rosso. Vedi se i suoi vestiti sono sporchi di sangue o no. Sì, lo sono. Ah, tu furbo diavolo!’

Bradley, molto pallido, sedeva a guardarlo in silenzio.

“Ma due persone possono giocare al tuo gioco,” disse Riderhood, facendo schioccare le dita verso di lui un paio di volte. “E io l’ho già giocato molto tempo fa, molto prima che tu provassi a farlo con i tuoi goffi tentativi; in tempi in cui nemmeno avevi ancora iniziato a tenere le tue lezioni o cose del genere a scuola. So esattamente come hai fatto. So dove ti sei nascosto, e io avrei potuto nascondermi dopo di te, facendolo meglio di te. So come esci da Londra con i tuoi vestiti, dove li cambi e dove li nascondi. Ti vedo coi miei occhi prendere i tuoi vestiti dal loro nascondiglio tra gli alberi abbattuti, e tuffarti nel fiume per spiegare come ti sei vestito, a chiunque potesse passare di lì. Ti vedo salire su Bradley Headstone, Maestro, dove prima eri seduto come il mercante. Ti vedo gettare il tuo fagotto nel fiume. L’ho recuperato dal fiume. Ho i tuoi vestiti, strappati in mille pezzi durante la lotta, macchiati di verde dall’erba e sporchi di sangue. Li ho, e ho anche te. Non mi importa nulla dell’altro governatore, vivo o morto, ma mi importa molto di me stesso. E poiché hai nuovamente architettato trame contro di me, comportandoti come un astuto demonio, ne pagherai le conseguenze, ne pagherai le conseguenze, fino a quando non ti avrò prosciugato completamente!”

Bradley looked at the fire, with a working face, and was silent for a while. At last he said, with what seemed an inconsistent composure of voice and feature:

‘You can’t get blood out of a stone, Riderhood.’

‘I can get money out of a schoolmaster though.’

‘You can’t get out of me what is not in me. You can’t wrest from me what I have not got. Mine is but a poor calling. You have had more than two guineas from me, already. Do you know how long it has taken me (allowing for a long and arduous training) to earn such a sum?’

‘I don’t know, nor I don’t care. Yours is a ’spectable calling. To save your ’spectability, it’s worth your while to pawn every article of clothes you’ve got, sell every stick in your house, and beg and borrow every penny you can get trusted with. When you’ve done that and handed over, I’ll leave you. Not afore.’

‘How do you mean, you’ll leave me?’

‘I mean as I’ll keep you company, wherever you go, when you go away from here. Let the Lock take care of itself. I’ll take care of you, once I’ve got you.’

Bradley again looked at the fire. Eyeing him aside, Riderhood took up his pipe, refilled it, lighted it, and sat smoking. Bradley leaned his elbows on his knees, and his head upon his hands, and looked at the fire with a most intent abstraction.

‘Riderhood,’ he said, raising himself in his chair, after a long silence, and drawing out his purse and putting it on the table. ‘Say I part with this, which is all the money I have; say I let you have my watch; say that every quarter, when I draw my salary, I pay you a certain portion of it.’

‘Say nothink of the sort,’ retorted Riderhood, shaking his head as he smoked. ‘You’ve got away once, and I won’t run the chance agin. I’ve had trouble enough to find you, and shouldn’t have found you, if I hadn’t seen you slipping along the street overnight, and watched you till you was safe housed. I’ll have one settlement with you for good and all.’

‘Riderhood, I am a man who has lived a retired life. I have no resources beyond myself. I have absolutely no friends.’

‘That’s a lie,’ said Riderhood. ‘You’ve got one friend as I knows of; one as is good for a Savings-Bank book, or I’m a blue monkey!’

Bradley’s face darkened, and his hand slowly closed on the purse and drew it back, as he sat listening for what the other should go on to say.

‘I went into the wrong shop, fust, last Thursday,’ said Riderhood. ‘Found myself among the young ladies, by George! Over the young ladies, I see a Missis. That Missis is sweet enough upon you, Master, to sell herself up, slap, to get you out of trouble. Make her do it then.’

Bradley stared at him so very suddenly that Riderhood, not quite knowing how to take it, affected to be occupied with the encircling smoke from his pipe; fanning it away with his hand, and blowing it off.

‘You spoke to the mistress, did you?’ inquired Bradley, with that former composure of voice and feature that seemed inconsistent, and with averted eyes.

‘Poof! Yes,’ said Riderhood, withdrawing his attention from the smoke. ‘I spoke to her. I didn’t say much to her. She was put in a fluster by my dropping in among the young ladies (I never did set up for a lady’s man), and she took me into her parlour to hope as there was nothink wrong. I tells her, “O no, nothink wrong. The master’s my wery good friend.” But I see how the land laid, and that she was comfortable off.’

Bradley put the purse in his pocket, grasped his left wrist with his right hand, and sat rigidly contemplating the fire.

‘She couldn’t live more handy to you than she does,’ said Riderhood, ‘and when I goes home with you (as of course I am a going), I recommend you to clean her out without loss of time. You can marry her, arter you and me have come to a settlement. She’s nice-looking, and I know you can’t be keeping company with no one else, having been so lately disapinted in another quarter.’

Not one other word did Bradley utter all that night. Not once did he change his attitude, or loosen his hold upon his wrist. Rigid before the fire, as if it were a charmed flame that was turning him old, he sat, with the dark lines deepening in his face, its stare becoming more and more haggard, its surface turning whiter and whiter as if it were being overspread with ashes, and the very texture and colour of his hair degenerating.

Not until the late daylight made the window transparent, did this decaying statue move. Then it slowly arose, and sat in the window looking out.

Riderhood had kept his chair all night. In the earlier part of the night he had muttered twice or thrice that it was bitter cold; or that the fire burnt fast, when he got up to mend it; but, as he could elicit from his companion neither sound nor movement, he had afterwards held his peace. He was making some disorderly preparations for coffee, when Bradley came from the window and put on his outer coat and hat.

‘Hadn’t us better have a bit o’ breakfast afore we start?’ said Riderhood. ‘It ain’t good to freeze a empty stomach, Master.’

Without a sign to show that he heard, Bradley walked out of the Lock House. Catching up from the table a piece of bread, and taking his Bargeman’s bundle under his arm, Riderhood immediately followed him. Bradley turned towards London. Riderhood caught him up, and walked at his side.

The two men trudged on, side by side, in silence, full three miles. Suddenly, Bradley turned to retrace his course. Instantly, Riderhood turned likewise, and they went back side by side.

Bradley re-entered the Lock House. So did Riderhood. Bradley sat down in the window. Riderhood warmed himself at the fire. After an hour or more, Bradley abruptly got up again, and again went out, but this time turned the other way. Riderhood was close after him, caught him up in a few paces, and walked at his side.

Bradley guardò il fuoco con un’espressione seria e rimase in silenzio per un po’. Alla fine disse, con una calma apparentemente contrastante nella voce e nel viso:

“Non si può ottenere sangue da una pietra, Riderhood.”

“Posso comunque ottenere dei soldi da un maestro di scuola.”

“Non puoi strappare da me ciò che non possiedo. Non puoi togliermi ciò che non ho affatto. La mia vocazione è davvero povera. Hai già ricevuto da me più di due ghinee. Sai quante settimane, quanti mesi di duro lavoro mi sono costati guadagnare una somma del genere?”

“Non lo so, e non mi interessa nemmeno. La tua è una vocazione, “imponente”. Per preservare questa tua “imponenza”, vale la pena impegnare ogni singola cosa che possiedi, vendere ogni oggetto presente nella tua casa, e chiedere in prestito o mendicare ogni centesimo che ti venga concesso. Solo quando avrai fatto tutto questo e l’avrai consegnato, me ne andrò. E non prima.”

“Come fai a dire che mi lascerai?”

Voglio dire, poiché sarò con te ovunque tu vada, quando te ne andrai da qui. Lascia che il “Lucchetto” si prenda cura di sé stesso; io mi occuperò di te, non appena ti avrò raggiunto.

Bradley guardò di nuovo il fuoco. Mentre lo osservava di sottecchi, Riderhood prese la sua pipa, la riempì, l’accese e iniziò a fumare. Bradley appoggiò i gomiti sulle ginocchia, la testa tra le mani, e fissò il fuoco con estrema attenzione.

“Riderhood,” disse, alzandosi sulla sedia dopo un lungo silenzio, e tirando fuori la sua borsa per posarla sul tavolo. “Dite che mi separo da tutto questo, che è l’unico denaro che ho; dite che vi lascio il mio orologio; dite che ogni trimestre, quando ricevo lo stipendio, vi pago una certa somma.”

“Non pensare nemmeno a una cosa del genere,” ribatté Riderhood scuotendo la testa mentre fumava. “Sei già riuscito a scappare una volta, e non intendo rischiare di nuovo. Ho avuto abbastanza problemi a trovarti. E in realtà non avrei nemmeno dovuto trovarti, se non ti avessi visto muoverti per strada di notte e non ti avessi tenuto d’occhio fino a quando non sei stato al sicuro. Questa volta voglio risolvere la questione una volta per tutte.”

“Riderhood, sono un uomo che ha condotto una vita ritirata. Non possiedo risorse al di fuori di me stesso. Assolutamente nessun amico.”

“È una bugia,” disse Riderhood. “Conosco un solo tuo amico; uno che andrebbe bene per essere inserito in un libro sulle banche di risparmio. Altrimenti sono un idiota!”

Il viso di Bradley si oscurò; lentamente strinse la borsa e la tirò indietro, mentre ascoltava ciò che l’altro avrebbe detto.

“Sono entrato nel negozio sbagliato, accidenti. L’ultima giovedì,” disse Riderhood. “Mi sono ritrovato tra le giovani signore. E, guarda un po’, c’è una signora che sembra davvero interessata a te, padrone. Potrebbe anche vendere se stessa pur di aiutarti ad uscire dai guai. Falle farlo, allora.”

Bradley lo fissò così all’improvviso che Riderhood, non sapendo bene come reagire, finse di essere impegnato a spazzare via il fumo intorno alla sua pipa; lo scostava con la mano e lo soffiava via.

“Hai parlato con la padrona, vero?”, chiese Bradley, con quella stessa compostezza di voce e di espressione che sembrava fuori luogo, e guardando altrove.

‘Puff! Sì,’ disse Riderhood, distogliendo lo sguardo dal fumo.
‘Ho parlato con lei. Non ho detto molto. È rimasta un po’ turbata dal mio improvviso arrivo tra quelle giovani signore (non mi ero mai presentato come accompagnatore di una donna), quindi mi ha fatto entrare nel suo salotto, nella speranza che non ci fosse nulla di sbagliato. Le ho detto: “Oh no, niente di sbagliato. Il padrone è un mio molto buon amico.” Ma ho capito subito come stavano le cose. E che lei era abbastanza a suo agio.’

Bradley mise la borsa nella tasca, si afferrò il polso sinistro con la mano destra e rimase seduto immobile, fissando il fuoco.

“Non potrebbe essere più utile per te di quanto lo sia adesso,” disse Riderhood, “e quando tornerò a casa con te (e naturalmente lo farò), ti consiglio di sbarazzartene il prima possibile. Puoi anche sposarla, una volta che noi due avremo raggiunto un accordo. È carina, e so bene che non puoi continuare a stare senza compagnia, dopo essere stato deluso di recente in un’altra relazione.”

Nessuna altra parola uscì dalle labbra di Bradley per tutta quella notte. Nemmeno una volta cambiò atteggiamento o allentò la presa sul suo polso. Rigido davanti a quel fuoco, come se fosse una fiamma incantata che lo invecchiava, rimase seduto; le linee scure sul suo viso si approfondivano, il suo sguardo diventava sempre più cupo e stanco, la superficie dei suoi capelli assumeva un colore sempre più bianco, come se fosse coperta di cenere. E anche la consistenza e il colore dei suoi capelli iniziavano a deteriorarsi.

Solo quando la luce del tardo pomeriggio rese la finestra trasparente, questa statua in decomposizione si mosse. Poi si alzò lentamente e rimase seduta nella finestra, a guardare fuori.

Riderhood aveva tenuto la sua sedia accesa per tutta la notte. Nella prima parte della stessa, aveva mormorato un paio di volte che faceva un freddo terribile, o che il fuoco bruciava troppo velocemente quando si era alzato per aggiustarlo; ma poiché non riusciva a ottenere alcuna risposta né movimento dal suo compagno, aveva poi smesso di fare rumore. Stava preparando il caffè in modo piuttosto disordinato, quando Bradley uscì dalla finestra e si mise il cappotto e il cappello.

“Non sarebbe meglio mangiare un po’ di colazione prima di iniziare?” disse Riderhood. “Non è salutare congelarsi lo stomaco vuoto, padrone.”

Senza dare alcun segno di aver sentito, Bradley uscì dalla Casa del Carceriere. Prese un pezzo di pane dal tavolo e, con il suo fagotto sotto il braccio, Riderhood lo seguì immediatamente. Bradley si diresse verso Londra; Riderhood lo raggiunse e camminò al suo fianco.

I due uomini continuarono ad avanzare, fianco a fianco, nel silenzio, per un totale di tre miglia. All’improvviso, Bradley decise di tornare indietro; immediatamente anche Riderhood fece lo stesso, e ripresero il cammino insieme.

Bradley rientrò nella casa del Lock. Anche Riderhood lo fece. Bradley si sedette alla finestra, mentre Riderhood si scaldava vicino al >focolare. Dopo un’ora o più, Bradley si alzò improvvisamente e uscì di nuovo, ma questa volta in direzione opposta. Riderhood lo seguì da vicino, raggiungendolo dopo pochi passi, e camminò al suo fianco.

This time, as before, when he found his attendant not to be shaken off, Bradley suddenly turned back. This time, as before, Riderhood turned back along with him. But, not this time, as before, did they go into the Lock House, for Bradley came to a stand on the snow-covered turf by the Lock, looking up the river and down the river. Navigation was impeded by the frost, and the scene was a mere white and yellow desert.

‘Come, come, Master,’ urged Riderhood, at his side. ‘This is a dry game. And where’s the good of it? You can’t get rid of me, except by coming to a settlement. I am a going along with you wherever you go.’

Without a word of reply, Bradley passed quickly from him over the wooden bridge on the lock gates. ‘Why, there’s even less sense in this move than t’other,’ said Riderhood, following. ‘The Weir’s there, and you’ll have to come back, you know.’

Without taking the least notice, Bradley leaned his body against a post, in a resting attitude, and there rested with his eyes cast down. ‘Being brought here,’ said Riderhood, gruffly, ‘I’ll turn it to some use by changing my gates.’ With a rattle and a rush of water, he then swung-to the lock gates that were standing open, before opening the others. So, both sets of gates were, for the moment, closed.

‘You’d better by far be reasonable, Bradley Headstone, Master,’ said Riderhood, passing him, ‘or I’ll drain you all the dryer for it, when we do settle.—Ah! Would you!’

Bradley had caught him round the body. He seemed to be girdled with an iron ring. They were on the brink of the Lock, about midway between the two sets of gates.

‘Let go!’ said Riderhood, ‘or I’ll get my knife out and slash you wherever I can cut you. Let go!’

Bradley was drawing to the Lock-edge. Riderhood was drawing away from it. It was a strong grapple, and a fierce struggle, arm and leg. Bradley got him round, with his back to the Lock, and still worked him backward.

‘Let go!’ said Riderhood. ‘Stop! What are you trying at? You can’t drown Me. Ain’t I told you that the man as has come through drowning can never be drowned? I can’t be drowned.’

‘I can be!’ returned Bradley, in a desperate, clenched voice. ‘I am resolved to be. I’ll hold you living, and I’ll hold you dead. Come down!’

Riderhood went over into the smooth pit, backward, and Bradley Headstone upon him. When the two were found, lying under the ooze and scum behind one of the rotting gates, Riderhood’s hold had relaxed, probably in falling, and his eyes were staring upward. But, he was girdled still with Bradley’s iron ring, and the rivets of the iron ring held tight.

Questa volta, come prima, quando si rese conto che il suo attendente non era stato allontanato, Bradley tornò indietro improvvisamente. Anche questa volta, come prima, Riderhood lo seguì. Ma, a differenza delle altre volte, non entrarono nella Casa del Cancello, perché Bradley si fermò sul prato coperto di neve accanto al cancello, guardando su e giù lungo il fiume e il fiume. La navigazione era ostacolata dal gelo, e la scena appariva soltanto un deserto bianco e giallo.

“Ma insomma, Maestro,” insistette Riderhood al suo fianco. “È un gioco inutile. E qual è il vantaggio? Non potete sbarazzarvi di me se non trovando un accordo. Vi seguirò ovunque andiate.”

Senza dire una parola in risposta, Bradley lo superò rapidamente attraverso il ponte di legno situato sopra le porte delle chiuse. “Ma che senso ha questo gesto? È ancora meno logico dell’altro,” disse Riderhood seguendolo. “Il diga è lì, dovrai tornare indietro, lo sai.”

Senza dare il minimo peso alla cosa, Bradley appoggiò il proprio -corpo contro un palo, assumendo una posizione rilassata, con lo sguardo abbassato. “Essendo stato portato qui,” disse Riderhood in tono brusco, “farò qualcosa di utile cambiando le mie porte.” Con un rumore e uno scorrere d’acqua, aprì quindi le porte a chiave che erano rimaste aperte, prima di chiudere anche le altre. Così, entrambi i set di porte furono, per il momento, chiusi.

“Farai meglio ad essere ragionevole, Bradley Headstone, padrone,” disse Riderhood passandogli accanto, “altrimenti te ne farò pentire quando finalmente risolveremo questa situazione. Ah! Davvero lo faresti?”

Bradley lo aveva afferrato attorno al -corpo; sembrava essere avvolto in un anello di ferro. Si trovavano sul bordo del “Lock”, a circa metà strada tra i due gruppi di porte.

“Lasciami andare!” disse Riderhood, “altrimenti tirerò fuori il mio coltello e ti taglierò ovunque possa farlo. Lasciami andare!”

Bradley stava cercando di avvicinarsi al “Lock-edge”; Riderhood, invece, cercava di allontanarsene. Era uno scontro intenso e feroce, con colpi di braccia e gambe. Bradley riuscì a girarlo con la schiena rivolta verso il “Lock” e continuò a spingerlo indietro.

“Lasciami andare!” disse Riderhood. “Fermati! Cosa stai cercando di fare? Non puoi annegarmi. Non ti ho forse detto che un uomo che è già sopravvissuto all’annegamento non può mai essere annegato di nuovo? Non posso essere annegato.”

“Posso farlo!”, rispose Bradley con voce disperata e tremante. “Sono deciso a riuscirci. Ti terrò in vita, o ti terrò morto. Vieni giù!”

Riderhood finì nella fossa liscia, cadendo all’indietro; Bradley Headstone gli era ancora attorno al collo. Quando i due furono trovati, sdraiati sotto il fango e la schiuma dietro uno dei cancelli in rovina, si notò che la presa di Riderhood si era allentata, probabilmente a causa della caduta; i suoi occhi erano fissi verso l’alto. Tuttavia, il cerchio di ferro di Bradley gli era ancora attorno al collo, e i rivetti lo tenevano saldamente fermo.

Chapter 16

PERSONS AND THINGS IN GENERAL

Mr and Mrs John Harmon’s first delightful occupation was, to set all matters right that had strayed in any way wrong, or that might, could, would, or should, have strayed in any way wrong, while their name was in abeyance. In tracing out affairs for which John’s fictitious death was to be considered in any way responsible, they used a very broad and free construction; regarding, for instance, the dolls’ dressmaker as having a claim on their protection, because of her association with Mrs Eugene Wrayburn, and because of Mrs Eugene’s old association, in her turn, with the dark side of the story. It followed that the old man, Riah, as a good and serviceable friend to both, was not to be disclaimed. Nor even Mr Inspector, as having been trepanned into an industrious hunt on a false scent. It may be remarked, in connexion with that worthy officer, that a rumour shortly afterwards pervaded the Force, to the effect that he had confided to Miss Abbey Potterson, over a jug of mellow flip in the bar of the Six Jolly Fellowship Porters, that he ‘didn’t stand to lose a farthing’ through Mr Harmon’s coming to life, but was quite as well satisfied as if that gentleman had been barbarously murdered, and he (Mr Inspector) had pocketed the government reward.

In all their arrangements of such nature, Mr and Mrs John Harmon derived much assistance from their eminent solicitor, Mr Mortimer Lightwood; who laid about him professionally with such unwonted despatch and intention, that a piece of work was vigorously pursued as soon as cut out; whereby Young Blight was acted on as by that transatlantic dram which is poetically named An Eye-Opener, and found himself staring at real clients instead of out of window. The accessibility of Riah proving very useful as to a few hints towards the disentanglement of Eugene’s affairs, Lightwood applied himself with infinite zest to attacking and harassing Mr Fledgeby: who, discovering himself in danger of being blown into the air by certain explosive transactions in which he had been engaged, and having been sufficiently flayed under his beating, came to a parley and asked for quarter. The harmless Twemlow profited by the conditions entered into, though he little thought it. Mr Riah unaccountably melted; waited in person on him over the stable yard in Duke Street, St James’s, no longer ravening but mild, to inform him that payment of interest as heretofore, but henceforth at Mr Lightwood’s offices, would appease his Jewish rancour; and departed with the secret that Mr John Harmon had advanced the money and become the creditor. Thus, was the sublime Snigsworth’s wrath averted, and thus did he snort no larger amount of moral grandeur at the Corinthian column in the print over the fireplace, than was normally in his (and the British) constitution.

Mrs Wilfer’s first visit to the Mendicant’s bride at the new abode of Mendicancy, was a grand event. Pa had been sent for into the City, on the very day of taking possession, and had been stunned with astonishment, and brought-to, and led about the house by one ear, to behold its various treasures, and had been enraptured and enchanted. Pa had also been appointed Secretary, and had been enjoined to give instant notice of resignation to Chicksey, Veneering, and Stobbles, for ever and ever. But Ma came later, and came, as was her due, in state.

The carriage was sent for Ma, who entered it with a bearing worthy of the occasion, accompanied, rather than supported, by Miss Lavinia, who altogether declined to recognize the maternal majesty. Mr George Sampson meekly followed. He was received in the vehicle, by Mrs Wilfer, as if admitted to the honour of assisting at a funeral in the family, and she then issued the order, ‘Onward!’ to the Mendicant’s menial.

‘I wish to goodness, Ma,’ said Lavvy, throwing herself back among the cushions, with her arms crossed, ‘that you’d loll a little.’

‘How!’ repeated Mrs Wilfer. ‘Loll!’

‘Yes, Ma.’

‘I hope,’ said the impressive lady, ‘I am incapable of it.’

‘I am sure you look so, Ma. But why one should go out to dine with one’s own daughter or sister, as if one’s under-petticoat was a backboard, I do NOT understand.’

‘Neither do I understand,’ retorted Mrs Wilfer, with deep scorn, ‘how a young lady can mention the garment in the name of which you have indulged. I blush for you.’

‘Thank you, Ma,’ said Lavvy, yawning, ‘but I can do it for myself, I am obliged to you, when there’s any occasion.’

Here, Mr Sampson, with the view of establishing harmony, which he never under any circumstances succeeded in doing, said with an agreeable smile: ‘After all, you know, ma’am, we know it’s there.’ And immediately felt that he had committed himself.

‘We know it’s there!’ said Mrs Wilfer, glaring.

‘Really, George,’ remonstrated Miss Lavinia, ‘I must say that I don’t understand your allusions, and that I think you might be more delicate and less personal.’

‘Go it!’ cried Mr Sampson, becoming, on the shortest notice, a prey to despair. ‘Oh yes! Go it, Miss Lavinia Wilfer!’

‘What you may mean, George Sampson, by your omnibus-driving expressions, I cannot pretend to imagine. Neither,’ said Miss Lavinia, ‘Mr George Sampson, do I wish to imagine. It is enough for me to know in my own heart that I am not going to—’ having imprudently got into a sentence without providing a way out of it, Miss Lavinia was constrained to close with ‘going to it’. A weak conclusion which, however, derived some appearance of strength from disdain.

‘Oh yes!’ cried Mr Sampson, with bitterness. ‘Thus it ever is. I never—’

‘If you mean to say,’ Miss Lavvy cut him short, that you never brought up a young gazelle, you may save yourself the trouble, because nobody in this carriage supposes that you ever did. We know you better.’ (As if this were a home-thrust.)

Capitolo 16

Persone e cose in generale

Il primo compito piacevole di Mr e Mrs John Harmon fu quello di sistemare tutte le questioni che si erano discostate dal giusto percorso, o che avrebbero potuto, potevano, avrebbero o dovevano discostarsi da esso, mentre il loro nome era ancora sotto accusa. Nel risolvere queste questioni, considerando la presunta morte di John come responsabile in qualche modo, adottarono un approccio molto ampio e flessibile; ad esempio, ritennero che anche la sarta delle bambole avesse diritto alla loro protezione, a causa del suo legame con Mrs Eugene Wrayburn, e considerando inoltre il vecchio Riah come un buon e prezioso amico di entrambi. Nemmeno il signor ispettore fu escluso da questa considerazione, poiché era stato indotto ad intraprendere delle indagini su una pista falsa. A proposito di quell’ufficiale, poco dopo si diffuse nella polizia la voce che avesse confidato a Miss Abbey Potterson, davanti a un boccale di birra nel bar dei “Six Jolly Fellowship Porters”, che non avrebbe perso nemmeno un penny a causa della rinascita di Mr Harmon; anzi, era altrettanto soddisfatto come se quel signore fosse stato brutalmente assassinato e lui stesso avesse intascato la ricompensa offerta dal governo.

In tutti questi accordi di tale natura, il signor e la signora John Harmon ricevettero grande aiuto dal loro eminente avvocato, il signor Mortimer Lightwood; quest’ultimo si occupò professionalmente della questione con tale sollecitudine e impegno che ogni compito venne portato a termine con rapidità. Grazie a ciò, Young Blight fu messo di fronte alle conseguenze delle sue azioni, come se fosse stato coinvolto in un dramma epico, e si ritrovò ad affrontare clienti “reali”, invece di fissare il vuoto attraverso una finestra. La disponibilità di Riah risultò particolarmente utile per fornire alcune indicazioni utili a risolvere i problemi legati alle faccende di Eugene; Lightwood, quindi, si dedicò con grande impegno ad attaccare e tormentare il signor Fledgeby. Quest’ultimo, rendendosi conto del pericolo rappresentato da alcune transazioni finanziarie rischiose in cui era coinvolto, decise di negoziare una tregua. Anche il innocuo Twemlow trasse beneficio dalle condizioni concordate, sebbene non se ne rendesse pienamente conto. Il signor Riah, per qualche motivo, cambiò completamente atteggiamento: lo andò personalmente a trovare nel cortile della scuderia in Duke Street, St James’s, e gli spiegò che il pagamento degli interessi avrebbe placato la sua rabbia, da quel momento in poi, tali pagamenti avrebbero avuto luogo presso gli uffici del signor Lightwood. Inoltre, Riah rivelò che era stato il signor John Harmon ad anticipare i soldi e a diventare il creditore. Così, la furia di Snigsworth fu deviata, e lui non poté esprimere alcuna “grandezza morale” riguardo alle questioni finanziarie, visto che tale comportamento rientrava perfettamente nella norma della sua (e della britannica) cultura.

La prima visita di Mrs Wilfer alla sposa del Mendicante nella sua nuova dimora fu un evento davvero importante. Papà era stato mandato in Città lo stesso giorno dell’insediamento e rimase sbalordito dalla meraviglia che vide: gli mostrarono tutti i tesori presenti nella casa, e ne fu completamente incantato. A papà fu anche affidato il ruolo di segretario e gli fu ordinato di comunicare immediatamente la propria dimissioni a Chicksey, Veneering e Stobbles, per sempre. Ma mamma arrivò più tardi, e, come era giusto che fosse, con grande pompa.

La carrozza fu mandata a chiamare Ma, la quale vi entrò con un portamento degno dell’occasione, accompagnata, piuttosto che sostenuta, da Miss Lavinia, la quale rifiutò categoricamente di riconoscere la maestosità materna. Il signor George Sampson seguì umilmente; fu accolto nella carrozza dalla signora Wilfer, come se fosse stato ammesso all’onore di assistere a un funerale della famiglia, e poi lei diede l’ordine: “In movimento!” al servitore del mendicante.

“Dio mio, mamma,” disse Lavvy, appoggiandosi di nuovo sui cuscini con le braccia incrociate, “vorrei tanto che ti riposassi un po’.”

“Come!” ripeté la signora Wilfer. “Che sciocchezza!”

“Sì, mamma.”

“Le mie speranze”, disse la signora imponente, “sono impossibili da realizzare.”

“Sono sicura che tu la veda così, mamma. Ma perché mai una persona dovrebbe uscire a cena con propria figlia o sorella, come se il proprio grembiule fosse un canestro da basket? Non capisco davvero.”

“Nemmeno io capisco,” ribatté la signora Wilfer con profondo disprezzo, “come una giovane donna possa menzionare quell’abito per il quale tu hai ceduto alle sue richieste. Mi vergogno per te.”

“Grazie, mamma,” disse Lavvy, sbadigliando, “ma posso farlo da solo. Ti sono grato, però, ogni volta che c’è l’occasione.”

Ecco, signor Sampson: nel tentativo di instaurare armonia – cosa che in nessun caso riuscì a fare – disse con un sorriso cordiale: “Dopotutto, signora, sappiamo che c’è.” E immediatamente si rese conto di essersi impegnato in qualcosa.

“Sappiamo che c’è!” disse la signora Wilfer, fissandoli con occhi furiosi.

“Davvero, George,” obiettò la signorina Lavinia, “devo dire che non capisco le tue allusioni, e penso che potresti essere più delicato e meno personale.”

“Corri!” gridò il signor Sampson, che in un attimo cadde preda dello dispero. “Oh sì! Corri, signorina Lavinia Wilfer!”

“Cosa tu possa intendere, George Sampson, con quelle tue espressioni vaghe e generiche, non riesco proprio a immaginarlo. Nemmeno io,” disse la signorina Lavinia, “desidero provarci. È sufficiente che sappia nel mio cuore che non intendo farlo, ” Dopo essersi imbarcata imprudentemente in una frase senza trovare una via d’uscita, la signorina Lavinia fu costretta a concludere con “non intendo farlo”. Una conclusione debole, che tuttavia acquistava un certo peso grazie al disprezzo che ne traspariva.

“Ah sì!”, esclamò il signor Sampson con amarezza. “Sempre così. Io mai, ”

“Se quello che vuoi dire,” lo interruppe la signorina Lavvy, “è che non hai mai menzionato una giovane gazzella, puoi risparmiarti la fatica: nessuno in questa carrozza pensa che tu l’abbia mai fatto. Ti conosciamo meglio di così.” (Come se si trattasse di un’allusione familiare.)

Lavinia,’ returned Mr Sampson, in a dismal vein, ‘I did not mean to say so. What I did mean to say, was, that I never expected to retain my favoured place in this family, after Fortune shed her beams upon it. Why do you take me,’ said Mr Sampson, ‘to the glittering halls with which I can never compete, and then taunt me with my moderate salary? Is it generous? Is it kind?’

The stately lady, Mrs Wilfer, perceiving her opportunity of delivering a few remarks from the throne, here took up the altercation.

‘Mr Sampson,’ she began, ‘I cannot permit you to misrepresent the intentions of a child of mine.’

‘Let him alone, Ma,’ Miss Lavvy interposed with haughtiness. ‘It is indifferent to me what he says or does.’

‘Nay, Lavinia,’ quoth Mrs Wilfer, ‘this touches the blood of the family. If Mr George Sampson attributes, even to my youngest daughter—’

(‘I don’t see why you should use the word “even”, Ma,’ Miss Lavvy interposed, ‘because I am quite as important as any of the others.’)

‘Peace!’ said Mrs Wilfer, solemnly. ‘I repeat, if Mr George Sampson attributes, to my youngest daughter, grovelling motives, he attributes them equally to the mother of my youngest daughter. That mother repudiates them, and demands of Mr George Sampson, as a youth of honour, what he WOULD have? I may be mistaken—nothing is more likely—but Mr George Sampson,’ proceeded Mrs Wilfer, majestically waving her gloves, ‘appears to me to be seated in a first-class equipage. Mr George Sampson appears to me to be on his way, by his own admission, to a residence that may be termed Palatial. Mr George Sampson appears to me to be invited to participate in the—shall I say the—Elevation which has descended on the family with which he is ambitious, shall I say to Mingle? Whence, then, this tone on Mr Sampson’s part?’

‘It is only, ma’am,’ Mr Sampson explained, in exceedingly low spirits, ‘because, in a pecuniary sense, I am painfully conscious of my unworthiness. Lavinia is now highly connected. Can I hope that she will still remain the same Lavinia as of old? And is it not pardonable if I feel sensitive, when I see a disposition on her part to take me up short?’

‘If you are not satisfied with your position, sir,’ observed Miss Lavinia, with much politeness, ‘we can set you down at any turning you may please to indicate to my sister’s coachman.’

‘Dearest Lavinia,’ urged Mr Sampson, pathetically, ‘I adore you.’

‘Then if you can’t do it in a more agreeable manner,’ returned the young lady, ‘I wish you wouldn’t.’

‘I also,’ pursued Mr Sampson, ‘respect you, ma’am, to an extent which must ever be below your merits, I am well aware, but still up to an uncommon mark. Bear with a wretch, Lavinia, bear with a wretch, ma’am, who feels the noble sacrifices you make for him, but is goaded almost to madness,’ Mr Sampson slapped his forehead, ‘when he thinks of competing with the rich and influential.’

‘When you have to compete with the rich and influential, it will probably be mentioned to you,’ said Miss Lavvy, ‘in good time. At least, it will if the case is MY case.’

Mr Sampson immediately expressed his fervent Opinion that this was ‘more than human’, and was brought upon his knees at Miss Lavinia’s feet.

It was the crowning addition indispensable to the full enjoyment of both mother and daughter, to bear Mr Sampson, a grateful captive, into the glittering halls he had mentioned, and to parade him through the same, at once a living witness of their glory, and a bright instance of their condescension. Ascending the staircase, Miss Lavinia permitted him to walk at her side, with the air of saying: ‘Notwithstanding all these surroundings, I am yours as yet, George. How long it may last is another question, but I am yours as yet.’ She also benignantly intimated to him, aloud, the nature of the objects upon which he looked, and to which he was unaccustomed: as, ‘Exotics, George,’ ‘An aviary, George,’ ‘An ormolu clock, George,’ and the like. While, through the whole of the decorations, Mrs Wilfer led the way with the bearing of a Savage Chief, who would feel himself compromised by manifesting the slightest token of surprise or admiration.

Indeed, the bearing of this impressive woman, throughout the day, was a pattern to all impressive women under similar circumstances. She renewed the acquaintance of Mr and Mrs Boffin, as if Mr and Mrs Boffin had said of her what she had said of them, and as if Time alone could quite wear her injury out. She regarded every servant who approached her, as her sworn enemy, expressly intending to offer her affronts with the dishes, and to pour forth outrages on her moral feelings from the decanters. She sat erect at table, on the right hand of her son-in-law, as half suspecting poison in the viands, and as bearing up with native force of character against other deadly ambushes. Her carriage towards Bella was as a carriage towards a young lady of good position, whom she had met in society a few years ago. Even when, slightly thawing under the influence of sparkling champagne, she related to her son-in-law some passages of domestic interest concerning her papa, she infused into the narrative such Arctic suggestions of her having been an unappreciated blessing to mankind, since her papa’s days, and also of that gentleman’s having been a frosty impersonation of a frosty race, as struck cold to the very soles of the feet of the hearers. The Inexhaustible being produced, staring, and evidently intending a weak and washy smile shortly, no sooner beheld her, than it was stricken spasmodic and inconsolable. When she took her leave at last, it would have been hard to say whether it was with the air of going to the scaffold herself, or of leaving the inmates of the house for immediate execution. Yet, John Harmon enjoyed it all merrily, and told his wife, when he and she were alone, that her natural ways had never seemed so dearly natural as beside this foil, and that although he did not dispute her being her father’s daughter, he should ever remain stedfast in the faith that she could not be her mother’s.

“‘Lavinia,’” rispose il signor Sampson con tono cupo, “non volevo dire quello. Quello che volevo dire era che non mi aspettavo affatto di mantenere il mio posto privilegiato in questa famiglia, dopo che la Fortuna vi aveva riversato i suoi doni. Perché mi portate,” continuò, “in quei palazzi lussuosi con cui non potrò mai competere, per poi deridermi per lo stipendio modesto che ricevo? È questo generoso? È questo gentile?”

La nobile signora, la signora Wilfer, avendo colto l’occasione per fare alcune osservazioni dal “trono”, intervenne nella discussione.

“Signor Sampson,” iniziò lei, “non posso permetterle di distorcere le intenzioni di uno dei miei >bambini.”

“Lasciatelo stare da solo,” intervenne la signorina Lavvy con arroganza. “A me non importa affatto quello che dice o fa.”

“No, Lavinia”, disse la signora Wilfer, “ciò riguarda il sangue della famiglia. Se il signor George Sampson attribuisce anche solo a mia figlia minore, ”

“Non capisco perché dovresti usare la parola ‘anche’, Ma,” intervenne la signorina Lavvy, “perché sono altrettanto importante quanto le altre.”

“Pace!”, disse la signora Wilfer con solennità. “Ripeto: se il signor George Sampson attribuisce a mia figlia minore motivi volgari, allora li attribuisce ugualmente anche alla madre di mia figlia minore. Quella madre li respinge e chiede al signor George Sampson, come a un giovane d’onore, ciò che lui stesso vorrebbe ricevere. Potrei sbagliarmi – nulla è più probabile – ma il signor George Sampson”, proseguì la signora Wilfer agitando maestosamente i guanti, “mi sembra viaggiare in una carrozza di prima classe; mi sembra essere diretto, secondo le sue stesse parole, verso una residenza che si potrebbe definire sontuosa. Mi sembra anche essere stato invitato a partecipare a quella, diciamo, elevazione sociale che ha colpito la famiglia con cui ambisce di legarsi. Da dove, dunque, deriva questo tono da parte sua?”

“È solo, signora,” spiegò il signor Sampson con estrema tristezza, “perché, in termini finanziari, sono dolorosamente consapevole della mia indegnità. Lavinia ora ha molte connessioni sociali. Posso sperare che rimanga ancora la stessa Lavinia di un tempo? E non è forse comprensibile che io mi senta ferito quando vedo in lei l’intenzione di trattarmi con meno rispetto?”

“Se non sono soddisfatto della mia posizione, signore,” osservò Miss Lavinia con grande cortesia, “possiamo farvi scendere in qualsiasi punto voi indichiate al cocchiere di mia sorella.”

“Carissima Lavinia,” disse il signor Sampson con tono patetico, “ti amo.”

“Allora, se non potete farlo in un modo più piacevole,” rispose la giovane signorina, “vorrei che non lo faceste.”

“Anch’io,” proseguì il signor Sampson, “vi rispetto, signora, in una misura che certamente non può mai eguagliare i vostri meriti. Lo so bene, ma comunque in un grado insolito. Perdonate un miserabile, Lavinia, perdonate un miserabile. Un uomo che è consapevole dei nobili sacrifici che fate per lui, ma che quasi viene spinto alla >pazzia quando pensa di dover competere con i ricchi e gli influenti.” Il signor Sampson si batté la fronte.

“Quando devi competere con persone ricche e influenti, probabilmente ti verrà detto in tempo,” disse la signorina Lavvy, “almeno, se si tratta del mio caso.”

Il signor Sampson esprimette immediatamente la sua ferma opinione che ciò fosse “più che umano”, e si gettò in ginocchio ai piedi della signorina Lavinia.

Fu l’aggiunta finale indispensabile per godere appieno della compagnia sia della madre che della figlia: portare il signor Sampson, quel prigioniero riconoscente, nelle splendide sale di cui aveva parlato, e farlo sfilare in esse, come testimone vivente della loro gloria e esempio evidente della loro magnanimità. Salendo la scala, la signorina Lavinia gli permise di camminare al suo fianco, con l’aria di dire: “Nonostante tutto questo ambiente, io appartengo ancora a te, George. Quanto durerà è un’altra questione, ma per ora appartengo a te.” Gli spiegò anche, in tono gentile, la natura degli oggetti che vedeva e di cui non era abituato: “Oggetti esotici, George. Un aviario, George. Un orologio ornato d’oro, George, ” Mentre Mrs. Wilfer guidava il cammino con l’aria di una capo tribù selvaggia, che si sarebbe sentita imbarazzata nel mostrare anche solo un minimo di sorpresa o ammirazione.

Infatti, il comportamento di questa donna impressionante, durante tutto il giorno, rappresentava un esempio per tutte le donne simili che si trovassero in circostanze analoghe. Rinnovò la conoscenza con il signor e la signora Boffin, come se questi avessero detto di lei ciò che lei aveva detto di loro, e come se solo il tempo potesse guarire le sue ferite emotive. Considerava ogni servitore che si avvicinava a lei come un nemico giurato, intenzionato chiaramente a offrirle insulti attraverso i piatti o a ferire i suoi sentimenti morali con le parole. Sedeva dritta a tavola, alla destra di suo genero, quasi sospettando che nei cibi ci fosse del veleno, e si sforzava di resistere con la forza del proprio carattere ad altre insidie mortali. Il suo comportamento verso Bella era quello riservato a una giovane donna di buona posizione che aveva incontrato in società alcuni anni prima. Anche quando, un po’ rilassata dall’effetto dello champagne, raccontava a suo genero alcune storie familiari riguardanti suo padre, infondeva nel racconto l’idea che lei fosse stata una benedizione per l’umanità fin dai tempi di suo padre, e che quel gentiluomo fosse soltanto un rappresentante tipico della sua razza fredda e distaccata. Quell’essere “inesauribile”, che la fissava con uno sguardo apparentemente intenzionato a sorridere debolmente, non appena la vedeva, si immobilizzava in una smorfia spasmodica e insopportabile. Quando finalmente se ne andò, era difficile dire se si stesse dirigendo verso il patibolo o se stesse lasciando gli “inquilini” di quella casa per essere immediatamente giustiziata. Tuttavia, John Harmon si divertiva molto a tutto questo e, quando erano soli, diceva a sua moglie che i suoi modi naturali non sembravano mai così “naturali” come in confronto a quella donna; e che, anche se non metteva in dubbio che fosse la figlia di suo padre, restava fermamente convinto che non potesse essere la figlia di sua madre.

This visit was, as has been said, a grand event. Another event, not grand but deemed in the house a special one, occurred at about the same period; and this was, the first interview between Mr Sloppy and Miss Wren.

The dolls’ dressmaker, being at work for the Inexhaustible upon a full-dressed doll some two sizes larger than that young person, Mr Sloppy undertook to call for it, and did so.

‘Come in, sir,’ said Miss Wren, who was working at her bench. ‘And who may you be?’

Mr Sloppy introduced himself by name and buttons.

‘Oh indeed!’ cried Jenny. ‘Ah! I have been looking forward to knowing you. I heard of your distinguishing yourself.’

‘Did you, Miss?’ grinned Sloppy. ‘I am sure I am glad to hear it, but I don’t know how.’

‘Pitching somebody into a mud-cart,’ said Miss Wren.

‘Oh! That way!’ cried Sloppy. ‘Yes, Miss.’ And threw back his head and laughed.

‘Bless us!’ exclaimed Miss Wren, with a start. ‘Don’t open your mouth as wide as that, young man, or it’ll catch so, and not shut again some day.’

Mr Sloppy opened it, if possible, wider, and kept it open until his laugh was out.

‘Why, you’re like the giant,’ said Miss Wren, ‘when he came home in the land of Beanstalk, and wanted Jack for supper.’

‘Was he good-looking, Miss?’ asked Sloppy.

‘No,’ said Miss Wren. ‘Ugly.’

Her visitor glanced round the room—which had many comforts in it now, that had not been in it before—and said: ‘This is a pretty place, Miss.’

‘Glad you think so, sir,’ returned Miss Wren. ‘And what do you think of Me?’

The honesty of Mr Sloppy being severely taxed by the question, he twisted a button, grinned, and faltered.

‘Out with it!’ said Miss Wren, with an arch look. ‘Don’t you think me a queer little comicality?’ In shaking her head at him after asking the question, she shook her hair down.

‘Oh!’ cried Sloppy, in a burst of admiration. ‘What a lot, and what a colour!’

Miss Wren, with her usual expressive hitch, went on with her work. But, left her hair as it was; not displeased by the effect it had made.

‘You don’t live here alone; do you, Miss?’ asked Sloppy.

‘No,’ said Miss Wren, with a chop. ‘Live here with my fairy godmother.’

‘With;’ Mr Sloppy couldn’t make it out; ‘with who did you say, Miss?’

Well!’ replied Miss Wren, more seriously. ‘With my second father. Or with my first, for that matter.’ And she shook her head, and drew a sigh. ‘If you had known a poor child I used to have here,’ she added, ‘you’d have understood me. But you didn’t, and you can’t. All the better!’

‘You must have been taught a long time,’ said Sloppy, glancing at the array of dolls in hand, ‘before you came to work so neatly, Miss, and with such a pretty taste.’

‘Never was taught a stitch, young man!’ returned the dress-maker, tossing her head. ‘Just gobbled and gobbled, till I found out how to do it. Badly enough at first, but better now.’

‘And here have I,’ said Sloppy, in something of a self-reproachful tone, ‘been a learning and a learning, and here has Mr Boffin been a paying and a paying, ever so long!’

‘I have heard what your trade is,’ observed Miss Wren; ‘it’s cabinet-making.’

Mr Sloppy nodded. ‘Now that the Mounds is done with, it is. I’ll tell you what, Miss. I should like to make you something.’

‘Much obliged. But what?’

‘I could make you,’ said Sloppy, surveying the room, ‘I could make you a handy set of nests to lay the dolls in. Or I could make you a handy little set of drawers, to keep your silks and threads and scraps in. Or I could turn you a rare handle for that crutch-stick, if it belongs to him you call your father.’

‘It belongs to me,’ returned the little creature, with a quick flush of her face and neck. ‘I am lame.’

Poor Sloppy flushed too, for there was an instinctive delicacy behind his buttons, and his own hand had struck it. He said, perhaps, the best thing in the way of amends that could be said. ‘I am very glad it’s yours, because I’d rather ornament it for you than for any one else. Please may I look at it?’

Miss Wren was in the act of handing it to him over her bench, when she paused. ‘But you had better see me use it,’ she said, sharply. ‘This is the way. Hoppetty, Kicketty, Pep-peg-peg. Not pretty; is it?’

‘It seems to me that you hardly want it at all,’ said Sloppy.

The little dressmaker sat down again, and gave it into his hand, saying, with that better look upon her, and with a smile: ‘Thank you!’

‘And as concerning the nests and the drawers,’ said Sloppy, after measuring the handle on his sleeve, and softly standing the stick aside against the wall, ‘why, it would be a real pleasure to me. I’ve heerd tell that you can sing most beautiful; and I should be better paid with a song than with any money, for I always loved the likes of that, and often giv’ Mrs Higden and Johnny a comic song myself, with “Spoken” in it. Though that’s not your sort, I’ll wager.’

‘You are a very kind young man,’ returned the dressmaker; ‘a really kind young man. I accept your offer.—I suppose He won’t mind,’ she added as an afterthought, shrugging her shoulders; ‘and if he does, he may!’

‘Meaning him that you call your father, Miss,’ asked Sloppy.

‘No, no,’ replied Miss Wren. ‘Him, Him, Him!’

‘Him, him, him?’ repeated Sloppy; staring about, as if for Him.

‘Him who is coming to court and marry me,’ returned Miss Wren. ‘Dear me, how slow you are!’

‘Oh! HIM!’ said Sloppy. And seemed to turn thoughtful and a little troubled. ‘I never thought of him. When is he coming, Miss?’

‘What a question!’ cried Miss Wren. ‘How should I know!’

‘Where is he coming from, Miss?’

‘Why, good gracious, how can I tell! He is coming from somewhere or other, I suppose, and he is coming some day or other, I suppose. I don’t know any more about him, at present.’

This tickled Mr Sloppy as an extraordinarily good joke, and he threw back his head and laughed with measureless enjoyment. At the sight of him laughing in that absurd way, the dolls’ dressmaker laughed very heartily indeed. So they both laughed, till they were tired.

Questa visita fu, come si è detto, un evento importante. Un altro evento, non certo importante ma considerato speciale nella casa, ebbe luogo più o meno nello stesso periodo: si trattava della prima conversazione tra il signor Sloppy e la signorina Wren.

La sarta delle bambole, essendo impegnata a lavorare su una bambola completamente vestita che era di due taglie più grande di quella giovane persona, il signor Sloppy si incaricò di andarla a prendere e lo fece davvero.

“Entri pure, signore,” disse la signorina Wren, che stava lavorando al suo banco. “E chi sareste lei?”

Il signor Sloppy si presentò dicendo il proprio nome, e anche i propri bottoni.

“Oh, davvero!” esclamò Jenny. “Ah! Non vedevo l’ora di conoscerti. Ho sentito parlare del tuo modo straordinario di comportarti.”

“Davvero, signorina?”, ghignò Sloppy. “Sono sicuro che mi faccia piacere saperlo, ma non so proprio come.”

“Gettare qualcuno dentro un carretto pieno di fango,” disse la signorina Wren.

“Oh! In quella direzione!” gridò Sloppy. “Sì, signorina.” Poi alzò la testa e rise.

“Benedicici!” esclamò la signorina Wren, sobbalzando. “Non aprire la bocca così tanto, giovane uomo. Altrimenti un giorno non riuscirai più a chiuderla.”

Il signor Sloppy lo aprì, se possibile, ancora di più, e lo tenne aperto finché non ebbe finito di ridere.

“Ma tu sei proprio come il gigante,” disse la signorina Wren, “quando tornò a casa nel paese del Fagiolo Gigante e volle che Jack fosse a cena con lui.”

“Era bello, signorina?” chiese Sloppy.

“No,” disse la signorina Wren. “Orribile.”

Il suo visitatore guardò intorno alla stanza, che ora era dotata di molte comodità che prima non c’erano, e disse: “Questo è un posto davvero bello, signorina.”

“Sono felice che la pensi così, signore,” rispose la signorina Wren. “E cosa ne pensa di me?”

L’onestà del signor Sloppy fu gravemente messa alla prova da quella domanda; lui girò un bottone, sorrise e esitò.

“Dilla pure!” disse la signorina Wren con un sorriso malizioso. “Non pensi che io sia una strana e un po’ comica creatura?” Scuotendo la testa dopo avergli posto quella domanda, si scosse i capelli all’indietro.

“Oh!”, esclamò Sloppy, pieno di ammirazione. “Quanta quantità, e che colore!”

La signorina Wren, con il suo solito modo espressivo di parlare, continuò a lavorare. Ma lasciò i capelli com’erano; non era affatto scontenta dell’effetto che producevano.

“Non vive qui da sola, vero, signorina?” chiese Sloppy.

“No,” disse la signorina Wren con decisione. “Vivi qui con la mia fata madrina.”

“Con, ”, non riuscì a capire il signor Sloppy; “con chi ha detto, signorina?”

“Beh!”, rispose Miss Wren, con maggiore serietà. “Con mio secondo padre. O, per la verità, anche con il mio primo.” Scosse la testa e sospirò. “Se aveste conosciuto quel povero >bambino che un tempo avevo qui”, aggiunse, “mi avreste capito. Ma non lo sapevate, e non potete capire. E forse è meglio così.”

“Deve esservi voluto molto tempo per imparare tutto questo,” disse Sloppy, guardando l’insieme di bambole che aveva in mano, “prima di riuscire a lavorare con tanta cura e gusto, signorina.”

“Non mi è mai stato insegnato nemmeno un punto di cucito, giovane uomo!” rispose la sarta, scuotendo la testa. “Ho imparato da sola, cercando e provando fino a capire come farlo. All’inizio non andavo molto bene, ma ora sono migliorata.”

“E eccomi qui,” disse Sloppy con un tono piuttosto auto-rimproverante,
“a imparare senza sosta. E intanto il signor Boffin continua a pagarmi, da molto tempo ormai!”

“Ho sentito dire di che mestiere ti occupi,” osservò la signorina Wren; “è il falegname.”

Il signor Sloppy annuì. “Ora che il lavoro sui tumuli è finito. Beh, vi dirò una cosa, signorina: mi piacerebbe farvi qualcosa.”

“Molto obbligato. Ma cosa?”

“Potrei trasformarti,” disse Sloppy, guardandosi intorno nella stanza, “potrei farti un comodo set di nidi in cui mettere le bambole. Oppure potrei costruirti dei pratici cassetti per conservare i tuoi tessuti, i fili e i ritagli. O ancora, potrei realizzare una maniglia unica per quel bastone da passeggio, se appartiene a quell’uomo che chiami tuo padre.”

“Appartiene a me,” rispose la piccola creatura, arrossendo rapidamente in viso e sul collo. “Sono zoppa.”

Anche povero Sloppy arrossì, perché dietro i suoi bottoni c’era una sorta di delicatezza istintiva. E proprio la sua stessa mano li aveva toccati. Disse, forse, la cosa più appropriata come scusa: “Sono molto felice che sia tuo, perché preferirei adornarlo per te piuttosto che per chiunque altro. Posso vederlo, per favore?”

La signorina Wren stava per consegnarglielo dal suo banco quando si fermò. “Ma è meglio che tu veda come lo uso,” disse in tono deciso. “È così che si fa. Hoppetty, Kicketty, Pep-peg-peg. Non è molto bello, vero?”

“Mi sembra che tu non lo voglia affatto,” disse Sloppy.

La piccola sarta si sedette di nuovo e gli porse il vestito, dicendo con uno sguardo più sereno e un sorriso: “Grazie!”

“E per quanto riguarda i nidi e le cassettine,” disse Sloppy, dopo aver misurato la maniglia sulla sua manica e aver posizionato dolcemente il bastone contro il muro, “be’, sarebbe davvero un piacere per me. Ho sentito dire che sai cantare molto bene; e mi verrebbero dati migliori compensi con una canzone che con del denaro. Perché ho sempre amato queste cose, e spesso stesso cantavo canzoni divertenti a Mrs Higden e a Johnny, anche quelle con parti recitate. Anche se non è il tuo genere, ”

“Sei un giovane molto gentile,” rispose la sarta; “davvero molto gentile. Accetto la tua offerta. Immagino che a lui non dispiacerà,” aggiunse scrollando le spalle; “e se invece gli dispiacesse, pazienza, ”

“Volete dire che dovete chiamare vostro padre, signorina,” chiese Sloppy.

“No, no,” rispose la signorina Wren. “Lui, lui, lui!”

“Lui, lui, lui?” ripeté Sloppy, guardandosi intorno come se cercasse qualcuno chiamato “Lui”.

“Colui che verrà alla >corte per sposarmi,” rispose la signorina Wren. “Mio caro, quanto siete lenti!”

“Oh! LUI!” disse Sloppy. Sembrò pensieroso e un po’ turbato. “Non ci avevo mai pensato. Quando arriverà, signorina?”

“Che domanda strana!”, esclamò la signorina Wren. “Come potrei saperlo?”

“Da dove viene, signorina?”

“Mio Dio, come posso saperlo? Immagino che venga da qualche parte e che arrivi in un giorno o nell’altro. Al momento, non so nulla di più su di lui.”

Questo scherzo divertì moltissimo il signor Sloppy, che si mise a ridere di cuore, godendoselo immensamente. Vedendolo ridere in quel modo assurdo, anche la sarta delle bambole rise molto. Così risero entrambi, fino a quando non furono stanchi.

‘There, there, there!’ said Miss Wren. ‘For goodness’ sake, stop, Giant, or I shall be swallowed up alive, before I know it. And to this minute you haven’t said what you’ve come for.’

‘I have come for little Miss Harmonses doll,’ said Sloppy.

‘I thought as much,’ remarked Miss Wren, ‘and here is little Miss Harmonses doll waiting for you. She’s folded up in silver paper, you see, as if she was wrapped from head to foot in new Bank notes. Take care of her, and there’s my hand, and thank you again.’

‘I’ll take more care of her than if she was a gold image,’ said Sloppy, ‘and there’s both MY hands, Miss, and I’ll soon come back again.’

But, the greatest event of all, in the new life of Mr and Mrs John Harmon, was a visit from Mr and Mrs Eugene Wrayburn. Sadly wan and worn was the once gallant Eugene, and walked resting on his wife’s arm, and leaning heavily upon a stick. But, he was daily growing stronger and better, and it was declared by the medical attendants that he might not be much disfigured by-and-by. It was a grand event, indeed, when Mr and Mrs Eugene Wrayburn came to stay at Mr and Mrs John Harmon’s house: where, by the way, Mr and Mrs Boffin (exquisitely happy, and daily cruising about, to look at shops,) were likewise staying indefinitely.

To Mr Eugene Wrayburn, in confidence, did Mrs John Harmon impart what she had known of the state of his wife’s affections, in his reckless time. And to Mrs John Harmon, in confidence, did Mr Eugene Wrayburn impart that, please God, she should see how his wife had changed him!

‘I make no protestations,’ said Eugene; ‘—who does, who means them!—I have made a resolution.’

‘But would you believe, Bella,’ interposed his wife, coming to resume her nurse’s place at his side, for he never got on well without her: ‘that on our wedding day he told me he almost thought the best thing he could do, was to die?’

‘As I didn’t do it, Lizzie,’ said Eugene, ‘I’ll do that better thing you suggested—for your sake.’

That same afternoon, Eugene lying on his couch in his own room upstairs, Lightwood came to chat with him, while Bella took his wife out for a ride. ‘Nothing short of force will make her go,’ Eugene had said; so, Bella had playfully forced her.

‘Dear old fellow,’ Eugene began with Lightwood, reaching up his hand, ‘you couldn’t have come at a better time, for my mind is full, and I want to empty it. First, of my present, before I touch upon my future. M. R. F., who is a much younger cavalier than I, and a professed admirer of beauty, was so affable as to remark the other day (he paid us a visit of two days up the river there, and much objected to the accommodation of the hotel), that Lizzie ought to have her portrait painted. Which, coming from M. R. F., may be considered equivalent to a melodramatic blessing.’

‘You are getting well,’ said Mortimer, with a smile.

‘Really,’ said Eugene, ‘I mean it. When M. R. F. said that, and followed it up by rolling the claret (for which he called, and I paid), in his mouth, and saying, “My dear son, why do you drink this trash?” it was tantamount in him—to a paternal benediction on our union, accompanied with a gush of tears. The coolness of M. R. F. is not to be measured by ordinary standards.’

‘True enough,’ said Lightwood.

‘That’s all,’ pursued Eugene, ‘that I shall ever hear from M. R. F. on the subject, and he will continue to saunter through the world with his hat on one side. My marriage being thus solemnly recognized at the family altar, I have no further trouble on that score. Next, you really have done wonders for me, Mortimer, in easing my money-perplexities, and with such a guardian and steward beside me, as the preserver of my life (I am hardly strong yet, you see, for I am not man enough to refer to her without a trembling voice—she is so inexpressibly dear to me, Mortimer!), the little that I can call my own will be more than it ever has been. It need be more, for you know what it always has been in my hands. Nothing.’

‘Worse than nothing, I fancy, Eugene. My own small income (I devoutly wish that my grandfather had left it to the Ocean rather than to me!) has been an effective Something, in the way of preventing me from turning to at Anything. And I think yours has been much the same.’

‘There spake the voice of wisdom,’ said Eugene. ‘We are shepherds both. In turning to at last, we turn to in earnest. Let us say no more of that, for a few years to come. Now, I have had an idea, Mortimer, of taking myself and my wife to one of the colonies, and working at my vocation there.’

‘I should be lost without you, Eugene; but you may be right.’

‘No,’ said Eugene, emphatically. ‘Not right. Wrong!’

He said it with such a lively—almost angry—flash, that Mortimer showed himself greatly surprised.

‘You think this thumped head of mine is excited?’ Eugene went on, with a high look; ‘not so, believe me. I can say to you of the healthful music of my pulse what Hamlet said of his. My blood is up, but wholesomely up, when I think of it. Tell me! Shall I turn coward to Lizzie, and sneak away with her, as if I were ashamed of her! Where would your friend’s part in this world be, Mortimer, if she had turned coward to him, and on immeasurably better occasion?’

‘Honourable and stanch,’ said Lightwood. ‘And yet, Eugene—’

‘And yet what, Mortimer?’

‘And yet, are you sure that you might not feel (for her sake, I say for her sake) any slight coldness towards her on the part of—Society?’

‘O! You and I may well stumble at the word,’ returned Eugene, laughing. ‘Do we mean our Tippins?’

‘Perhaps we do,’ said Mortimer, laughing also.

Faith, we DO!’ returned Eugene, with great animation. ‘We may hide behind the bush and beat about it, but we DO! Now, my wife is something nearer to my heart, Mortimer, than Tippins is, and I owe her a little more than I owe to Tippins, and I am rather prouder of her than I ever was of Tippins. Therefore, I will fight it out to the last gasp, with her and for her, here, in the open field. When I hide her, or strike for her, faint-heartedly, in a hole or a corner, do you whom I love next best upon earth, tell me what I shall most righteously deserve to be told:—that she would have done well to turn me over with her foot that night when I lay bleeding to death, and spat in my dastard face.’

The glow that shone upon him as he spoke the words, so irradiated his features that he looked, for the time, as though he had never been mutilated. His friend responded as Eugene would have had him respond, and they discoursed of the future until Lizzie came back. After resuming her place at his side, and tenderly touching his hands and his head, she said:

‘Eugene, dear, you made me go out, but I ought to have stayed with you. You are more flushed than you have been for many days. What have you been doing?’

‘Nothing,’ replied Eugene, ‘but looking forward to your coming back.’

‘And talking to Mr Lightwood,’ said Lizzie, turning to him with a smile. ‘But it cannot have been Society that disturbed you.’

Faith, my dear love!’ retorted Eugene, in his old airy manner, as he laughed and kissed her, ‘I rather think it WAS Society though!’

The word ran so much in Mortimer Lightwood’s thoughts as he went home to the Temple that night, that he resolved to take a look at Society, which he had not seen for a considerable period.

“Ecco, ecco, ecco!” disse la signorina Wren. “Per l’amor del cielo, smettila, Gigante. Altrimenti verrò inghiottita viva, senza nemmeno accorgermene. E fino ad ora non mi hai ancora detto per quale motivo sei venuto.”

“Sono venuto per la bambola della piccola signorina Harmonse,” disse Sloppy.

“Lo pensavo anch’io,” osservò la signorina Wren, “e ecco qui la bambola della piccola signorina Harmonse che ti aspetta. È avvolta in carta d’argento, vedi, come se fosse avvolta dalla testa ai piedi in nuove banconote. Prenditi cura di lei. Ecco la mia mano; grazie ancora.”

“Mi prenderò cura di lei meglio di quanto lo farei con un’immagine d’oro,” disse Sloppy, “e ho entrambe le mani a disposizione, signorina, tornerò presto.”

Ma l’evento più importante di tutti, nella nuova vita del signor e della signora John Harmon, fu la visita del signor e della signora Eugene Wrayburn. Purtroppo, l’una volta affascinante Eugene era ormai magro e stanco; camminava appoggiandosi al braccio di sua moglie e con grande fatica. Tuttavia, giorno dopo giorno migliorava, e i medici dichiararono che probabilmente non avrebbe subito gravi conseguenze fisiche a lungo andare. Fu davvero un evento importante quando il signor e la signora Eugene Wrayburn vennero ad ospitarsi a casa del signor e della signora John Harmon; tra l’altro, anche il signor e la signora Boffin (estremamente felici e che passavano le giornate a visitare negozi) soggiornavano lì allo stesso modo.

A >Eugene Wrayburn, in via confidenziale, la signora John Harmon rivelò ciò che sapeva riguardo allo stato dei sentimenti di sua moglie, in quel suo periodo di follia. E a John Harmon, in via confidenziale, il signor >Eugene Wrayburn le disse che, se Dio voleva, avrebbe visto come sua moglie lo aveva cambiato.

“Non faccio alcuna dichiarazione,” disse Eugene; “chi mai ne fa, chi mai le intende davvero? Ho preso una decisione.”

“Ma credi davvero, Bella,” intervenne sua moglie, tornando a prendere il posto della sua infermiera al suo fianco, perché lui non stava mai bene senza di lei: “che nel giorno del nostro matrimonio mi disse che quasi pensava che la cosa migliore da fare fosse morire?”

“Poiché non l’ho fatto io, Lizzie,” disse Eugene, “farò quella cosa migliore che hai suggerito, per il tuo bene.”

Quel pomeriggio stesso, mentre Eugene era sdraiato sul divano nella sua stanza al piano di sopra, Lightwood venne a chiacchierare con lui, mentre Bella portava sua moglie a fare un giro in macchina. “Solo la forza potrebbe farla andare”, aveva detto Eugene; quindi, Bella, l’aveva costretta, scherzando, ad andare.

“Caro vecchio amico,” cominciò Eugene rivolgendosi a Lightwood, tendendogli la mano, “non avresti potuto arrivare in un momento migliore: la mia mente è piena di pensieri e voglio liberarmene. Prima parlerò del presente, poi del futuro. M. R. F., che è molto più giovane di me e un dichiarato ammiratore della bellezza, si è preso la briga di far notare l’altro giorno (ci ha fatto visita per due giorni lungo il >fiume, e si è molto lamentato delle condizioni dell’albergo) che Lizzie dovrebbe farsi dipingere il ritratto. Una proposta, proveniente da M. R. F., potrebbe essere considerata una vera e propria benedizione.”

“Stai migliorando”, disse Mortimer sorridendo.

“Davvero,” disse Eugene, “lo dico sul serio. Quando M. R. F. lo disse, e poi fece roteare il vino rosso nella bocca (per cui chiamò qualcuno e io pagai), dicendo: ‘Mio caro figlio, perché bevi questa robaccia?’, fu come una benedizione paterna sulla nostra unione, accompagnata da un fiotto di lacrime. La freddezza di M. R. F. non può essere misurata con gli standard ordinari.”

“È vero,” disse Lightwood.

“Ecco tutto,” continuò Eugene, “quello che mai sentirò da parte di M. R. F. sull’argomento; lui continuerà a girovagare per il mondo con il cappello storto su un lato. Poiché il mio matrimonio è stato così solennemente riconosciuto all’altare familiare, non ho più problemi in questo senso. Ora, davvero, Mortimer, hai fatto miracoli nel risolvere le mie difficoltà finanziarie; con una tutrice e una custode come lei al mio fianco – lei che ha salvato la mia vita (vedi, non sono ancora abbastanza forte. Non riesco nemmeno a parlare di lei senza tremare: è davvero insopportabilmente cara per me, Mortimer!) – ciò che posso considerare mio sarà molto di più di quanto sia mai stato prima. Deve essere di più, perché tu sai com’era sempre nelle mie mani. Niente.”

“Meglio di niente, immagino, Eugene. Il mio modesto reddito (spero davvero che mio nonno l’avesse lasciato all’Oceano piuttosto che a me, ) è stato efficace nel impedirmi di ricorrere a qualsiasi altra soluzione. Penso che il tuo sia stato più o meno lo stesso.”

“Ecco la voce della saggezza,” disse Eugene. “Siamo entrambi pastori. Quando finalmente ci rivolgiamo a qualcosa con sincerità, è perché ne abbiamo davvero bisogno. Lasciamo perdere l’argomento per qualche anno ancora. Ora, Mortimer, mi è venuta un’idea: potremmo andare insieme in una delle colonie e dedicarci lì alla nostra vocazione.”

“Senza di te sarei perso, Eugene. Ma forse hai ragione.”

“No,” disse Eugene con enfasi. “Non è giusto. È sbagliato!”

Lo disse con un tono così vivace, quasi arrabbiato, che Mortimer sembrò davvero sorpreso.

“Pensi davvero che questa mia testa grossa e pesante sia eccitata?”, continuò Eugene, alzando lo sguardo; “no, credimi. Posso dirti di quella ‘musica salutare’ del mio battito cardiaco ciò che Amleto disse del proprio. Il mio >sangue si agita, ma in modo sano, quando ci penso. Dimmi: dovrei diventare un codardo davanti a Lizzie e scappare con lei, come se mi vergognassi di lei? Dove sarebbe il ruolo della tua amica in questo mondo, Mortimer, se anche lei fosse diventata una codarda davanti a lui, in circostanze molto più importanti?”

“Onorevole e fedele,” disse Lightwood. “Eppure, Eugene, ”

“Eppure, cosa c’è, Mortimer?”

“Eppure, sei davvero sicuro che non possa provare, per il suo bene, un po’ di distacco o freddezza nei suoi confronti da parte della. Società?”

“Oh! Forse entrambi faremo fatica a pronunciare quel nome,” rispose Eugene ridendo.
“Intendiamo davvero il nostro Tippins?”

“Forse sì,” disse Mortimer, ridendo anch’egli.

“‘Faith, lo faremo!’ rispose Eugene con grande entusiasmo. ‘Possiamo nasconderci dietro i cespugli e tergiversare, ma lo faremo! Mia moglie è qualcosa di molto più vicino al mio cuore di Tippins. Le devo molto di più che a Tippins, e sono addirittura più orgoglioso di lei di quanto lo sia mai stato di Tippins. Pertanto, combatterò fino all’ultimo respiro per lei, qui, in campo aperto. Se la nascondessi o agissi contro di lei con codardia, in un buco o in un angolo, tu, che amo più di ogni altra persona al mondo, dimmi cosa meriterei davvero: che lei mi avesse calpestato quella notte quando giacevo sanguinante sul punto di morire, e mi avesse sputato in faccia.’”

Il bagliore che lo avvolgeva mentre pronunciava quelle parole illuminava così intensamente i suoi tratti facciali che, per quel momento, sembrava davvero non fosse mai stato mutilato. Il suo amico rispose esattamente come Eugene avrebbe fatto, e continuarono a discutere del futuro fino al ritorno di Lizzie. Dopo essersi nuovamente seduta accanto a lui e avergli toccato dolcemente le mani e la testa, lei disse:

“Eugene, caro, mi hai fatto uscire, ma avrei dovuto restare con te. Sembri più arrossito di quanto non lo fossi da molti giorni. Cosa stai facendo?”

“Niente,” rispose Eugene, “se non l’attesa del tuo ritorno.”

“E parlando con il signor Lightwood, ”, disse Lizzie, girandosi verso di lui con un sorriso.
“Ma non può essere stata la società ad avervi turbato, ”

“‘Faith, mia cara amata’!” ribatté Eugene, con il suo solito modo disinvolto, ridendo e baciandola. “Anzi, credo proprio che SI TRATTASSE DI SOCIA, ”

Quella parola continuava ad assillare i pensieri di Mortimer Lightwood mentre tornava a casa al Tempio; quella stessa notte decise quindi di andare a visitare la Società, che non vedeva da molto tempo.

Chapter 17

THE VOICE OF SOCIETY

Behoves Mortimer Lightwood, therefore, to answer a dinner card from Mr and Mrs Veneering requesting the honour, and to signify that Mr Mortimer Lightwood will be happy to have the other honour. The Veneerings have been, as usual, indefatigably dealing dinner cards to Society, and whoever desires to take a hand had best be quick about it, for it is written in the Books of the Insolvent Fates that Veneering shall make a resounding smash next week. Yes. Having found out the clue to that great mystery how people can contrive to live beyond their means, and having over-jobbed his jobberies as legislator deputed to the Universe by the pure electors of Pocket-Breaches, it shall come to pass next week that Veneering will accept the Chiltern Hundreds, that the legal gentleman in Britannia’s confidence will again accept the Pocket-Breaches Thousands, and that the Veneerings will retire to Calais, there to live on Mrs Veneering’s diamonds (in which Mr Veneering, as a good husband, has from time to time invested considerable sums), and to relate to Neptune and others, how that, before Veneering retired from Parliament, the House of Commons was composed of himself and the six hundred and fifty-seven dearest and oldest friends he had in the world. It shall likewise come to pass, at as nearly as possible the same period, that Society will discover that it always did despise Veneering, and distrust Veneering, and that when it went to Veneering’s to dinner it always had misgivings—though very secretly at the time, it would seem, and in a perfectly private and confidential manner.

The next week’s books of the Insolvent Fates, however, being not yet opened, there is the usual rush to the Veneerings, of the people who go to their house to dine with one another and not with them. There is Lady Tippins. There are Podsnap the Great, and Mrs Podsnap. There is Twemlow. There are Buffer, Boots, and Brewer. There is the Contractor, who is Providence to five hundred thousand men. There is the Chairman, travelling three thousand miles per week. There is the brilliant genius who turned the shares into that remarkably exact sum of three hundred and seventy five thousand pounds, no shillings, and nopence.

To whom, add Mortimer Lightwood, coming in among them with a reassumption of his old languid air, founded on Eugene, and belonging to the days when he told the story of the man from Somewhere.

That fresh fairy, Tippins, all but screams at sight of her false swain. She summons the deserter to her with her fan; but the deserter, predetermined not to come, talks Britain with Podsnap. Podsnap always talks Britain, and talks as if he were a sort of Private Watchman employed, in the British interests, against the rest of the world. ‘We know what Russia means, sir,’ says Podsnap; ‘we know what France wants; we see what America is up to; but we know what England is. That’s enough for us.’

However, when dinner is served, and Lightwood drops into his old place over against Lady Tippins, she can be fended off no longer. ‘Long banished Robinson Crusoe,’ says the charmer, exchanging salutations, ‘how did you leave the Island?’

‘Thank you,’ says Lightwood. ‘It made no complaint of being in pain anywhere.’

‘Say, how did you leave the savages?’ asks Lady Tippins.

‘They were becoming civilized when I left Juan Fernandez,’ says Lightwood. ‘At least they were eating one another, which looked like it.’

‘Tormentor!’ returns the dear young creature. ‘You know what I mean, and you trifle with my impatience. Tell me something, immediately, about the married pair. You were at the wedding.’

‘Was I, by-the-by?’ Mortimer pretends, at great leisure, to consider. ‘So I was!’

‘How was the bride dressed? In rowing costume?’

Mortimer looks gloomy, and declines to answer.

‘I hope she steered herself, skiffed herself, paddled herself, larboarded and starboarded herself, or whatever the technical term may be, to the ceremony?’ proceeds the playful Tippins.

‘However she got to it, she graced it,’ says Mortimer.

Lady Tippins with a skittish little scream, attracts the general attention. ‘Graced it! Take care of me if I faint, Veneering. He means to tell us, that a horrid female waterman is graceful!’

‘Pardon me. I mean to tell you nothing, Lady Tippins,’ replies Lightwood. And keeps his word by eating his dinner with a show of the utmost indifference.

‘You shall not escape me in this way, you morose backwoodsman,’ retorts Lady Tippins. ‘You shall not evade the question, to screen your friend Eugene, who has made this exhibition of himself. The knowledge shall be brought home to you that such a ridiculous affair is condemned by the voice of Society. My dear Mrs Veneering, do let us resolve ourselves into a Committee of the whole House on the subject.’

Mrs Veneering, always charmed by this rattling sylph, cries. ‘Oh yes! Do let us resolve ourselves into a Committee of the whole House! So delicious!’ Veneering says, ‘As many as are of that opinion, say Aye,—contrary, No—the Ayes have it.’ But nobody takes the slightest notice of his joke.

‘Now, I am Chairwoman of Committees!’ cries Lady Tippins.

(‘What spirits she has!’ exclaims Mrs Veneering; to whom likewise nobody attends.)

‘And this,’ pursues the sprightly one, ‘is a Committee of the whole House to what-you-may-call-it—elicit, I suppose—the voice of Society. The question before the Committee is, whether a young man of very fair family, good appearance, and some talent, makes a fool or a wise man of himself in marrying a female waterman, turned factory girl.’

‘Hardly so, I think,’ the stubborn Mortimer strikes in. ‘I take the question to be, whether such a man as you describe, Lady Tippins, does right or wrong in marrying a brave woman (I say nothing of her beauty), who has saved his life, with a wonderful energy and address; whom he knows to be virtuous, and possessed of remarkable qualities; whom he has long admired, and who is deeply attached to him.’

Capitolo 17

La voce della società

Pertanto, spetta a Mortimer Lightwood rispondere alla cartolina di invito a cena del signor e della signora Veneering, accettando con piacere quell’onore; i Veneering, come al solito, hanno continuato instancabilmente a distribuire tali inviti in società, e chi desidera partecipare dovrebbe farlo al più presto. Poiché nei “Libri del Destino Insolvente” è scritto che la prossima settimana Veneering subirà una rovina totale. Sì. Dopo aver scoperto il segreto di come le persone riescano a vivere al di sopra delle proprie possibilità, e dopo essersi impegnato eccessivamente nelle sue attività legislative delegate dall’Universo dai cosiddetti “elettori puri” dei “Pocket-Breaches”, accadrà che la prossima settimana Veneering accetterà i Chiltern Hundreds; quel gentiluomo di fiducia della Britannia accetterà nuovamente i “Pocket-Breaches Thousands”, e i Veneering si ritireranno a Calais, dove vivranno dei diamanti della signora Veneering (nei quali il signor Veneering, da buon marito, ha investito somme considerevoli nel corso del tempo). Lì racconteranno a Nettuno e ad altri come, prima che Veneering lasciasse il Parlamento, la Camera dei Comuni fosse composta soltanto da lui stesso e dai seicento cinquantasette amici più cari e anziani che avesse al mondo. E allo stesso periodo, la società scoprirà di aver sempre disprezzato e diffidato di Veneering; quando andava a cena da lui, provava sempre dei dubbi, anche se, apparentemente, in modo molto segreto e confidenziale.

Tuttavia, i libri della serie “Insolvent Fates” della settimana successiva non essendo ancora stati aperti, si verifica la solita affollamento presso le case dei Veneering: persone che vanno a cena lì con gli altri, e non con loro stessi. Ci sono Lady Tippins, Podsnap il Grande e sua moglie, Twemlow, Buffer, Boots e Brewer. C’è anche il Costruttore, che rappresenta la “Provvidenza” per cinquecentomila uomini; c’è il Presidente, che viaggia tremila miglia a settimana. E c’è quel genio straordinario che è riuscito a convertire le azioni in quella somma esatta di trecentosettantacinquemila sterline, senza neanche un penny in più o in meno.

A cui si aggiungeva Mortimer Lightwood, che entrò tra loro con il suo solito atteggiamento svogliato, quello tipico dei tempi in cui raccontava la storia di quell’uomo proveniente da chissà dove.

Quella fresca e ingenua fanciulla, Tippins, quasi urla alla vista del suo falso innamorato. Con il suo ventaglio lo chiama a sé; ma lui, deciso a non venire, parla di questioni politiche con Podsnap. Podsnap parla sempre di politica, e lo fa come se fosse un sorta di “guardiano privato” incaricato, nell’interesse della Gran Bretagna, di contrastare il resto del mondo. “Noi sappiamo cosa significa la Russia, signore”, dice Podsnap; “sappiamo cosa vuole la Francia; vediamo quali sono le intenzioni dell’America. Ma sappiamo cosa rappresenta l’Inghilterra. Questo basta per noi.”

Tuttavia, quando viene servita la cena e Lightwood si siede al suo solito posto, di fronte a Lady Tippins, lei non può più essere tenuta a bada. “Il lontano esiliato Robinson Crusoe”, dice la donna affascinante, scambiandosi saluti, “come hai fatto ad abbandonare l’Isola?”

“Grazie,” disse Lightwood. “Non ha mai lamentato alcun dolore, né in un posto né nell’altro.”

“Dimmi, come sei riuscito a sfuggire a quei selvaggi?” chiede Lady Tippins.

“Quando ho lasciato Juan Fernandez, stavano iniziando a civilizzarsi,” dice Lightwood. “Almeno si mangiavano a vicenda, o almeno sembrava così.”

“Torturatore!” risponde quella cara creatura giovane. “Capisci cosa intendo, eppure giochi con la mia impazienza. Dimmi qualcosa subito riguardo a quella coppia sposata. Eri alla cerimonia di nozze.”

“Ero davvero io?” Mortimer finge di rifletterci con calma.
“Sì, ero proprio io!”

“Come era vestita la sposa? In abito da rematore?”

Mortimer sembra cupo e rifiuta di rispondere.

“Spero che sia riuscita a guidare da sola il suo canotto, a remare da sola, a virare a dritta e a sinistra, o comunque si chiami la tecnica giusta, per arrivare alla cerimonia”, prosegue scherzosamente Tippins.

“Comunque sia riuscita a farlo, l’ha reso davvero bello,” dice Mortimer.

Lady Tippins, con un piccolo grido spaventato, attira l’attenzione generale. “Che grazia. Prendetevi cura di me se svenisco, Veneering. Vuol dire che quella terribile donna che lavora sul fiume è davvero elegante!”

“Perdonatemi. Non intendo dirvi nulla, Lady Tippins,” risponde Lightwood. E mantiene la sua parola, mangiando la cena con estrema indifferenza.

“Non riuscirai a sfuggirmi in questo modo, tu malinconico contadino di campagna,” ribatte Lady Tippins. “Non potrai eludere questa domanda per proteggere il tuo amico Eugene, che si è comportato in modo così ridicolo. Dovrai sapere che un simile comportamento è condannato dalla voce della società. Mia cara signora Veneering, permetteteci di costituire un comitato composto da tutti i membri dell’Casa per discutere questa questione.”

La signora Veneering, sempre affascinata da questa graziosa e vivace creatura, esclama: “Oh sì! Dovremmo formare un Comitato composto da tutti i membri dell’Casa. Che idea deliziosa!” Veneering aggiunge: “Chi è d’accordo dica ‘Sì’, chi no ‘No’. Ma nessuno presta la minima attenzione alla sua battuta.”

“Ora sono la presidente dei comitati!” esclama Lady Tippins.

“Che spirito meraviglioso ha!” esclama la signora Veneering; a cui, del resto, nessuno presta attenzione.

“E questo,” prosegue la persona vivace, “è un Comitato formato da tutti i membri della Casa il cui scopo è, per così dire, raccogliere la voce della Società. La questione che il Comitato deve esaminare è se un giovane di famiglia molto rispettabile, dall’aspetto gradevole e con qualche talento possa diventare una persona saggia o sciocca sposando una donna che in passato lavorava nel settore idrico e ora è diventata operaia in fabbrica.”

“Non proprio, penso,” interviene il testardo Mortimer. “La domanda che mi sembra essere posta è: un uomo come quello che descrivete, Lady Tippins, agisce giustamente o sbagliatamente sposando una donna coraggiosa (non parlo della sua bellezza), che gli ha salvato la vita con grande energia e abilità; una donna che sa essere virtuosa e possedere qualità straordinarie; una donna che ha a lungo ammirato e che è profondamente legata a lui.”

‘But, excuse me,’ says Podsnap, with his temper and his shirt-collar about equally rumpled; ‘was this young woman ever a female waterman?’

‘Never. But she sometimes rowed in a boat with her father, I believe.’

General sensation against the young woman. Brewer shakes his head. Boots shakes his head. Buffer shakes his head.

‘And now, Mr Lightwood, was she ever,’ pursues Podsnap, with his indignation rising high into those hair-brushes of his, ‘a factory girl?’

‘Never. But she had some employment in a paper mill, I believe.’

General sensation repeated. Brewer says, ‘Oh dear!’ Boots says, ‘Oh dear!’ Buffer says, ‘Oh dear!’ All, in a rumbling tone of protest.

‘Then all I have to say is,’ returns Podsnap, putting the thing away with his right arm, ‘that my gorge rises against such a marriage—that it offends and disgusts me—that it makes me sick—and that I desire to know no more about it.’

(‘Now I wonder,’ thinks Mortimer, amused, ‘whether YOU are the Voice of Society!’)

‘Hear, hear, hear!’ cries Lady Tippins. ‘Your opinion of this MESALLIANCE, honourable colleagues of the honourable member who has just sat down?’

Mrs Podsnap is of opinion that in these matters there should be an equality of station and fortune, and that a man accustomed to Society should look out for a woman accustomed to Society and capable of bearing her part in it with—an ease and elegance of carriage—that.’ Mrs Podsnap stops there, delicately intimating that every such man should look out for a fine woman as nearly resembling herself as he may hope to discover.

(‘Now I wonder,’ thinks Mortimer, ‘whether you are the Voice!’)

Lady Tippins next canvasses the Contractor, of five hundred thousand power. It appears to this potentate, that what the man in question should have done, would have been, to buy the young woman a boat and a small annuity, and set her up for herself. These things are a question of beefsteaks and porter. You buy the young woman a boat. Very good. You buy her, at the same time, a small annuity. You speak of that annuity in pounds sterling, but it is in reality so many pounds of beefsteaks and so many pints of porter. On the one hand, the young woman has the boat. On the other hand, she consumes so many pounds of beefsteaks and so many pints of porter. Those beefsteaks and that porter are the fuel to that young woman’s engine. She derives therefrom a certain amount of power to row the boat; that power will produce so much money; you add that to the small annuity; and thus you get at the young woman’s income. That (it seems to the Contractor) is the way of looking at it.

The fair enslaver having fallen into one of her gentle sleeps during the last exposition, nobody likes to wake her. Fortunately, she comes awake of herself, and puts the question to the Wandering Chairman. The Wanderer can only speak of the case as if it were his own. If such a young woman as the young woman described, had saved his own life, he would have been very much obliged to her, wouldn’t have married her, and would have got her a berth in an Electric Telegraph Office, where young women answer very well.

What does the Genius of the three hundred and seventy-five thousand pounds, no shillings, and nopence, think? He can’t say what he thinks, without asking: Had the young woman any money?

‘No,’ says Lightwood, in an uncompromising voice; ‘no money.’

Madness and moonshine,’ is then the compressed verdict of the Genius. ‘A man may do anything lawful, for money. But for no money!—Bosh!’

What does Boots say?

Boots says he wouldn’t have done it under twenty thousand pound.

What does Brewer say?

Brewer says what Boots says.

What does Buffer say?

Buffer says he knows a man who married a bathing-woman, and bolted.

Lady Tippins fancies she has collected the suffrages of the whole Committee (nobody dreaming of asking the Veneerings for their opinion), when, looking round the table through her eyeglass, she perceives Mr Twemlow with his hand to his forehead.

Good gracious! My Twemlow forgotten! My dearest! My own! What is his vote?

Twemlow has the air of being ill at ease, as he takes his hand from his forehead and replies.

‘I am disposed to think,’ says he, ‘that this is a question of the feelings of a gentleman.’

‘A gentleman can have no feelings who contracts such a marriage,’ flushes Podsnap.

‘Pardon me, sir,’ says Twemlow, rather less mildly than usual, ‘I don’t agree with you. If this gentleman’s feelings of gratitude, of respect, of admiration, and affection, induced him (as I presume they did) to marry this lady—’

‘This lady!’ echoes Podsnap.

‘Sir,’ returns Twemlow, with his wristbands bristling a little, ‘YOU repeat the word; I repeat the word. This lady. What else would you call her, if the gentleman were present?’

This being something in the nature of a poser for Podsnap, he merely waves it away with a speechless wave.

‘I say,’ resumes Twemlow, ‘if such feelings on the part of this gentleman, induced this gentleman to marry this lady, I think he is the greater gentleman for the action, and makes her the greater lady. I beg to say, that when I use the word, gentleman, I use it in the sense in which the degree may be attained by any man. The feelings of a gentleman I hold sacred, and I confess I am not comfortable when they are made the subject of sport or general discussion.’

‘I should like to know,’ sneers Podsnap, ‘whether your noble relation would be of your opinion.’

‘Mr Podsnap,’ retorts Twemlow, ‘permit me. He might be, or he might not be. I cannot say. But, I could not allow even him to dictate to me on a point of great delicacy, on which I feel very strongly.’

Somehow, a canopy of wet blanket seems to descend upon the company, and Lady Tippins was never known to turn so very greedy or so very cross. Mortimer Lightwood alone brightens. He has been asking himself, as to every other member of the Committee in turn, ‘I wonder whether you are the Voice!’ But he does not ask himself the question after Twemlow has spoken, and he glances in Twemlow’s direction as if he were grateful. When the company disperse—by which time Mr and Mrs Veneering have had quite as much as they want of the honour, and the guests have had quite as much as THEY want of the other honour—Mortimer sees Twemlow home, shakes hands with him cordially at parting, and fares to the Temple, gaily.

“Ma scusi,” disse Podsnap, con il suo stesso tono irritabile e il colletto della camicia altrettanto sgualcito; “questa giovane donna è mai stata una barcaiola?”

“Mai. Ma a volte, credo, remava in barca con suo padre.”

Un’opinione generale negativa riguardo a quella giovane donna. Brewer scuote la testa. Anche gli altri scuotono la testa.

“E ora, signor Lightwood,” insiste Podsnap, con la sua indignazione che raggiunge l’apice, “lei è mai stata una ragazza di fabbrica?”

“Mai. Ma credo che avesse un lavoro in una cartiera.”

La stessa sensazione generale si ripeté. Brewer disse: “Oh mio Dio!”, Boots disse: “Oh mio Dio!”, Buffer disse: “Oh mio Dio!”. Tutti, con un tono rimbombante di protesta.

“Allora tutto ciò che ho da dire è,” risponde Podsnap, mettendo via l’oggetto con il braccio destro, “che il solo pensiero di un tale matrimonio mi disgusta profondamente. Mi offende e mi fa star male. E desidero davvero non saperne più nulla.”

(Ora mi chiedo, pensa Mortimer divertito, se SEI tu la Voce della Società, )

“Sentite, sentite, sentite!” esclama Lady Tippins. “Qual è la vostra opinione su questa alleanza, onorevoli colleghi dell’onorevole membro che si è appena seduto?”

La signora Podsnap ritiene che in queste questioni debba esserci uguaglianza di condizione e fortuna, e che un uomo abituato alla società dovrebbe cercare una donna anch’essa abituata alla società e capace di svolgere il proprio ruolo con disinvoltura ed eleganza. La signora Podsnap si ferma qui, lasciando intendere in modo delicato che ogni tale uomo dovrebbe cercare una donna bella il più possibile simile a sé stesso, nella misura in cui possa sperare di trovarne una.

(Ora mi chiedo, pensa Mortimer, se tu sia quella “Voce”, )

Lady Tippins si rivolge quindi al Contrattore, riguardo a una potenza di cinquecentomila unità. A questo potente sembra che ciò che quell’uomo avrebbe dovuto fare fosse comprare alla giovane donna una barca e un piccolo stipendio annuo, per permetterle di vivere in modo indipendente. Tutto ciò dipende, in realtà, dal costo dei manzo e del birra: si compra la barca alla ragazza. Molto bene. E allo stesso tempo si le offre anche un piccolo stipendio annuo. Si parla di questo stipendio in sterline, ma in realtà esso corrisponde a una determinata quantità di manzo e birra. Da un lato, la giovane donna ha la barca; dall’altro, consuma quella quantità di carne e birra. Quella carne e quella birra rappresentano il “carburante” necessario affinché possa utilizzare la barca; da esso deriva una certa quantità di energia, che le permette di remare. Quell’energia, a sua volta, genera del denaro. Si aggiunge questo denaro allo stipendio annuo. E così si ottiene il reddito complessivo della giovane donna. Questo, almeno, è ciò che pensa il Contrattore.

La bella schiavista, essendo caduta in uno di quei suoi dolci sonnellini durante l’ultima esposizione, non voleva essere svegliata da nessuno. Fortunatamente, si risvegliò da sola e pose la questione al Presidente Vagabondo. Questi poteva parlare del caso solo come se fosse stato il suo stesso. Se una giovane donna come quella descritta avesse salvato la sua vita, lui le sarebbe stato molto grato; non l’avrebbe sposata, ma le avrebbe trovato un lavoro in un ufficio telegrafico, dove le giovani donne svolgono il loro compito molto bene.

Cosa pensa il “Genio” di quei trecentosettantacinque migliaia di sterline, senza scellini né centesimi? Non può esprimere ciò che pensa senza chiedersi: “Quella giovane donna aveva del denaro?”

“No,” dice Lightwood con voce decisa; “nessun denaro.”

Pazzia e alcol contrabbandato, ”, ecco il verdetto sintetico del Genio.
“Un uomo può fare qualsiasi cosa legale, per denaro. Ma senza denaro? Assurdo!”

Cosa dice Boots?

Boots dice che non l’avrebbe fatto per meno di ventimila sterline.

Cosa dice Brewer?

Il birraio dice ciò che dice anche Boots.

Cosa dice Buffer?

Buffere dice di conoscere un uomo che ha sposato una donna che faceva il bagno in pubblico, e poi se l’è svignata.

Lady Tippins crede di aver ottenuto il consenso di tutto il Comitato (nessuno oserebbe chiedere l’opinione dei Veneering), quando, guardando intorno al tavolo attraverso i suoi occhiali, nota che il signor Twemlow si tiene una mano sulla fronte.

Mio Dio! Ho dimenticato mio Twemlow. Il mio caro, il mio unico. Qual è il suo voto?

Twemlow sembra a disagio mentre si toglie la mano dalla fronte e risponde.

“Sono incline a pensare,” dice, “che si tratti di una questione legata ai sentimenti di un gentiluomo.”

“Un gentiluomo non può provare alcun sentimento se contratta un tale mattrimono”, arrossisce Podsnap.

“Perdonatemi, signore,” disse Twemlow, con meno dolcezza del solito, “non sono d’accordo con voi. Se i sentimenti di gratitudine, rispetto, ammirazione e affetto di questo gentiluomo lo hanno spinto (come presumo sia accaduto) a sposare questa signora, ”

“Questa signora!” echeggia Podsnap.

“Signore,” risponde Twemlow, con i polsini che si muovono leggermente, “VOI ripetete quella parola; io la ripeto anch’io. Questa signora. Come altro la chiamereste, se il gentiluomo fosse presente?”

Essendo qualcosa di simile a una provocazione per Podsnap, lui si limita ad allontanarlo con un gesto senza parole.

“Dico,” prosegue Twemlow, “che se tali sentimenti da parte di questo gentiluomo lo hanno spinto a sposare questa signora, allora penso che lui sia davvero un gentiluomo più nobile per tale azione, e che lei diventi una signora ancora più nobile. Voglio precisare che quando uso la parola ‘gentiluomo’, la intendo nel senso in cui qualsiasi uomo può raggiungere questo livello. I sentimenti di un gentiluomo li considero sacri, e devo ammettere che non mi sento a mio agio quando vengono oggetto di scherzi o di discussioni pubbliche.”

“Mi piacerebbe saperlo,” sogghignò Podsnap, “se anche la tua nobile parente condividesse la tua opinione.”

“Signor Podsnap,” ribatte Twemlow, “permettetemi di dire che potrebbe essere così, oppure no. Non posso esserne certo. Ma non permetterei nemmeno a lui di dirmi cosa fare su una questione di grande delicatezza, su cui ho delle opinioni molto ferme.”

In qualche modo, sembra che un’atmosfera di malumore cali su tutto il gruppo; Lady Tippins, infatti, non era mai stata conosciuta per essere così avida o così irascibile. Solo Mortimer Lightwood appare sereno. Si è chiesto, uno dopo l’altro, tutti i membri del Comitato: “Mi chiedo se siate voi la ‘Voce’, ”, ma non pone più questa domanda dopo che Twemlow ha parlato, e guarda nella sua direzione con un’espressione di gratitudine. Quando il gruppo si disperde – a quell’ora – sia il signor che la signora Veneering hanno già avuto abbastanza di quell’onore, così come gli ospiti hanno avuto abbastanza di tutto il resto. Mortimer vede Twemlow andarsene, gli stringe cordialmente la mano al momento dell’addio e poi si dirige felicemente verso il Temple.

POSTSCRIPT

IN LIEU OF PREFACE

When I devised this story, I foresaw the likelihood that a class of readers and commentators would suppose that I was at great pains to conceal exactly what I was at great pains to suggest: namely, that Mr John Harmon was not slain, and that Mr John Rokesmith was he. Pleasing myself with the idea that the supposition might in part arise out of some ingenuity in the story, and thinking it worth while, in the interests of art, to hint to an audience that an artist (of whatever denomination) may perhaps be trusted to know what he is about in his vocation, if they will concede him a little patience, I was not alarmed by the anticipation.

To keep for a long time unsuspected, yet always working itself out, another purpose originating in that leading incident, and turning it to a pleasant and useful account at last, was at once the most interesting and the most difficult part of my design. Its difficulty was much enhanced by the mode of publication; for, it would be very unreasonable to expect that many readers, pursuing a story in portions from month to month through nineteen months, will, until they have it before them complete, perceive the relations of its finer threads to the whole pattern which is always before the eyes of the story-weaver at his loom. Yet, that I hold the advantages of the mode of publication to outweigh its disadvantages, may be easily believed of one who revived it in the Pickwick Papers after long disuse, and has pursued it ever since.

There is sometimes an odd disposition in this country to dispute as improbable in fiction, what are the commonest experiences in fact. Therefore, I note here, though it may not be at all necessary, that there are hundreds of Will Cases (as they are called), far more remarkable than that fancied in this book; and that the stores of the Prerogative Office teem with instances of testators who have made, changed, contradicted, hidden, forgotten, left cancelled, and left uncancelled, each many more wills than were ever made by the elder Mr Harmon of Harmony Jail.

In my social experiences since Mrs Betty Higden came upon the scene and left it, I have found Circumlocutional champions disposed to be warm with me on the subject of my view of the Poor Law. My friend Mr Bounderby could never see any difference between leaving the Coketown ‘hands’ exactly as they were, and requiring them to be fed with turtle soup and venison out of gold spoons. Idiotic propositions of a parallel nature have been freely offered for my acceptance, and I have been called upon to admit that I would give Poor Law relief to anybody, anywhere, anyhow. Putting this nonsense aside, I have observed a suspicious tendency in the champions to divide into two parties; the one, contending that there are no deserving Poor who prefer death by slow starvation and bitter weather, to the mercies of some Relieving Officers and some Union Houses; the other, admitting that there are such Poor, but denying that they have any cause or reason for what they do. The records in our newspapers, the late exposure by THE LANCET, and the common sense and senses of common people, furnish too abundant evidence against both defences. But, that my view of the Poor Law may not be mistaken or misrepresented, I will state it. I believe there has been in England, since the days of the STUARTS, no law so often infamously administered, no law so often openly violated, no law habitually so ill-supervised. In the majority of the shameful cases of disease and death from destitution, that shock the Public and disgrace the country, the illegality is quite equal to the inhumanity—and known language could say no more of their lawlessness.

On Friday the Ninth of June in the present year, Mr and Mrs Boffin (in their manuscript dress of receiving Mr and Mrs Lammle at breakfast) were on the South Eastern Railway with me, in a terribly destructive accident. When I had done what I could to help others, I climbed back into my carriage—nearly turned over a viaduct, and caught aslant upon the turn—to extricate the worthy couple. They were much soiled, but otherwise unhurt. The same happy result attended Miss Bella Wilfer on her wedding day, and Mr Riderhood inspecting Bradley Headstone’s red neckerchief as he lay asleep. I remember with devout thankfulness that I can never be much nearer parting company with my readers for ever, than I was then, until there shall be written against my life, the two words with which I have this day closed this book:—THE END.

September 2nd, 1865.

Postfazione

In luogo di prefazione

Quando ho concepito questa storia, prevedevo che un certo tipo di lettori e commentatori potesse supporre che mi fossi impegnato molto per nascondere esattamente ciò che in realtà cercavo di suggerire: cioè che il signor John Harmon non fosse stato ucciso, e che invece lo fosse stato il signor John Rokesmith. Mi compiaceva l’idea che tale supposizione potesse derivare in parte dall’ingegnosità stessa della storia, e ritenevo che valesse la pena, nell’interesse dell’arte, suggerire al pubblico che un artista (di qualsiasi denominazione sia) possa probabilmente sapere ciò che fa nella sua professione, se gli si concede un po’ di pazienza. Quindi non ero affatto preoccupato da questa possibilità.

Riuscire a mantenere, per un lungo periodo di tempo], un piano del tutto insospettato, pur facendolo progredire costantemente, rappresentava allo stesso tempo la parte più interessante e la più difficile del mio progetto. La difficoltà aumentava notevolmente a causa del modo in cui il racconto veniva pubblicato; infatti, sarebbe stato assolutamente irragionevole aspettarsi che molti lettori, seguendo le varie parti della storia mese dopo mese per un periodo di diciannove mesi, riuscissero a comprendere, prima ancora di leggerla completamente, i collegamenti tra tutti gli elementi del racconto e il disegno complessivo che ne risultava. Tuttavia, chi abbia ripreso questo metodo di pubblicazione nei Pickwick Papers dopo un lungo periodo di inutilizzo, e lo abbia continuato da allora, può facilmente credere che i vantaggi di tale approccio superino di gran lunga gli svantaggi.

A volte in questo paese si ha una strana tendenza a contestare come improbabili quelle cose che nella finzione appaiono tali, mentre in realtà rappresentano esperienze molto comuni. Pertanto, desidero sottolineare – anche se forse non è affatto necessario – che esistono centinaia di casi legati alle volontà testamentarie, ben più straordinari di quelli descritti in questo libro; inoltre, gli archivi dell’Ufficio dei Poteri Speciali sono pieni di esempi di testatori che hanno redatto, modificato, contraddetto, nascosto, dimenticato, annullato o lasciato in vigore i propri testamenti. Ognuno di loro ha stilato molti più testamenti di quanti ne abbia mai redatti il vecchio signor Harmon della prigione di Harmony.

Nelle mie esperienze sociali, da quando la signora Betty Higden è apparsa sulla scena e se n’è andata, ho notato che coloro che difendono i metodi attuali per l’aiuto ai poveri sono soliti essere molto gentili con me riguardo alla mia opinione su questa questione. Mio amico il signor Bounderby, invece, non riusciva mai a comprendere la differenza tra lasciare le condizioni di vita dei poveri di Coketown esattamente come erano e costringerli a mangiare zuppa di tartaruga e carne di cervo con cucchiai d’oro. Sono state avanzate proposte assurde, basate sull’idea che esista una qualche “natura parallela” tra queste due situazioni, e mi è stato chiesto di ammettere che sarei disposto ad aiutare i poveri in qualsiasi modo possibile. Mettendo da parte queste sciocchezze, ho osservato una tendenza sospetta tra coloro che difendono questi metodi: da un lato, ci sono coloro che sostengono non esistano poveri davvero meritevoli di aiuto, i quali preferirebbero morire lentamente di fame o a causa del maltempo piuttosto che affidarsi alla misericordia di alcuni funzionari o delle case di assistenza; dall’altro lato, ci sono coloro che ammettono l’esistenza di tali poveri, ma negano che abbiano motivi validi per comportarsi in quel modo. I resoconti dei giornali, le rivelazioni pubblicate da THE LANCET, nonché il buon senso della gente comune forniscono prove più che sufficienti contro entrambe queste tesi. Ma affinché la mia opinione sulla legge sull’assistenza ai poveri non venga fraintesa o distorta, la esprimerò chiaramente: credo che in Inghilterra, dai tempi dei Stuart, non ci sia mai stata una legge così spesso applicata in modo vergognoso, così apertamente violata e così scarsamente supervisionata. Nella maggior parte dei casi vergognosi di malattia e morte dovuti alla povertà, che scioccano l’opinione pubblica e disonorano il paese, l’illegalità è davvero paragonabile all’inumanità. E non esistono parole a sufficienza per descrivere tale illegalità.

Venerdì 9 giugno di quest’anno, il signor e la signora Boffin (vestiti con l’abito da ricevimento che indossavano quando avevano accolto il signor e la signora Lammle a colazione) erano con me sul treno della South Eastern Railway quando si verificò un terribile incidente. Dopo aver fatto tutto ciò che potevo per aiutare gli altri, tornai nel mio vagone; rischiai quasi di cadere da un viadotto e riuscii a salvarmi aggrappandomi al bordo del vagone stesso, per poi recuperare la coppia. Erano molto sporchi, ma per il resto illesi. Lo stesso felice esito ebbe anche per la signorina Bella Wilfer nel giorno del suo matrimonio, e per il signor Riderhood quando ispezionò il fazzoletto rosso di Bradley Headstone mentre questi dormiva. Ricordo con profonda gratitudine che non potrò mai separarmi dai miei lettori più di quanto sia accaduto in quel momento, a meno che non vengano scritte contro la mia vita le due parole con cui ho concluso questo libro oggi: “LA FINESSE”.

2 settembre 1865.